﻿<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
<rss version="2.0" xmlns:dc="http://purl.org/dc/elements/1.1/" xmlns:sy="http://purl.org/rss/1.0/modules/syndication/" xmlns:admin="http://webns.net/mvcb/" xmlns:rdf="http://www.w3.org/1999/02/22-rdf-syntax-ns#" xmlns:content="http://purl.org/rss/1.0/modules/content/">
  <channel>
    <pubDate>13/11/2014</pubDate>
    <title>MEA</title>
    <description>Publication Articles from all over the globe.</description>
    <link> http://mea.gov.in</link>
    <dc:language>en-usa</dc:language>
    <dc:creator>
    </dc:creator>
    <dc:rights>Copyright 2009</dc:rights>
    <admin:generatorAgent rdf:resource="http://mea.gov.in" />
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>24232</publicationdataID>
      <title>Kenya: The art of Indian classical dance leaves Kenyans in awe</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[All Africa/by Sahil Gada<br />
<br />
Prerana Deshpande and her dancing troop succeed not only in shining a light on the historical art of Indian classical dancing, known as Kathak (dancing art of storytelling), but also in contemporising the art, for it to be
<span style="font-style:italic">appreciated by modern day audiences</span><br />
<br />
Ushered in by the High Commission of India, Nairobi, Indian Council for Cultural Relations, New Delhi and Assistant High Commission of India, Mombasa, Deshpande is an internationally acclaimed creative.<br />
<br />
Trained by the great maestro, Guru Dr Rohini Bhate-a doyen of Kathak for over 22 years, Deshpande has developed her own uniquely complete and effortless style. This was witnessed by a large gathering, as she took the stage at the Oshwal Center auditoriumon
 Wednesdayevening........…<span style="font-weight:bold"><a href="http://allafrica.com/stories/201411111154.html" target="_blank">[Read more]</a></span><br />
<br />
<span style="font-style:italic">(The views expressed above are the personal views of the author)</span>]]></description>
      <pubDate>12/11/2014 16:35:56</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/24232/Kenya+The+art+of+Indian+classical+dance+leaves+Kenyans+in+awe</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">24232</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>24233</publicationdataID>
      <title>After Mars, India space chief aims for the moon</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[<span style="font-style:italic">Yahoo News/ by Trudy Harris</span><br />
<br />
India now has its sights set on low-budget missions to land on the moon and study the sun after becoming the first country in Asia to reach Mars, the head of its space agency said Tuesday.<br />
<br />
India has been swelling with pride since winning the continent's race to Mars in September when its unnamed Mangalyaan spacecraft slipped into the Red Planet's orbit after a 10-month journey on a shoestring budget.<br />
<br />
The mission, designed to search for evidence of life on Mars, sparked mass celebrations which were especially sweet as India also became the only country to reach the planet on its first attempt.<br />
<br />
Buoyed by the success, Indian Space Research Organisation (ISRO) chairman K.S Radhakrishnan said the agency was ..........<a href=" https://uk.news.yahoo.com/mars-india-space-chief-aims-moon-153131057.html#eN0PFBA" target="_blank">
<span style="font-weight:bold">[Read more]</span></a><br />
<br />
<span style="font-style:italic">(The views expressed above are the personal views of the author)</span>]]></description>
      <pubDate>12/11/2014 16:38:29</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/24233/After+Mars+India+space+chief+aims+for+the+moon</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">24233</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>24235</publicationdataID>
      <title>Indian boy, 5, becomes youngest to trek to Mount Everest base camp</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[<span style="font-style:italic">Harshit Saumitra, from New Delhi, did his mountaineer father proud when he spent 10 days trekking the 45 miles to reach the South Base Camp in Nepal, fighting through heavy snowfall, in October.</span><br />
<br />
<span style="font-style:italic">New York Daily News</span><br />
<br />
A 5-year-old boy has become the youngest boy to trek to Everest Base Camp.<br />
<br />
Harshit Saumitra, from New Delhi, India, spent 10 days trekking 45 miles to reach the famous camp and is now hoping to register his name in the Guinness Book of Records.<br />
<br />
Harshit is already an aspiring mountaineer and has been trekking on difficult terrain since he was just three years old.<br />
<br />
"I'm so proud of my son; he has done the unthinkable," said Harshit's father 42-year-old father, Rajeev Saumitra.<br />
<br />
"I'm confident his name will get into the Guinness Book of Records. We've sent video clips, pictures and Harshit's birth certificate so fingers crossed."<br />
<br />
Saumitra, a teacher and an avid trekker running a private coaching institute, said his son expressed a desire to climb Mount Everest on a family holiday in 2012.<br />
<br />
"He kept saying he wanted to climb Mount Everest but I said he was a little too young for the huge mountain. Then I realized he could most probably do the base camp......<span style="font-weight:bold"><a href=" http://www.nydailynews.com/news/world/indian-boy-5-youngest-trek-everest-base-camp-article-1.2006574" target="_blank">[Read
 more]</a></span>]]></description>
      <pubDate>12/11/2014 16:45:28</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/24235/Indian+boy+5+becomes+youngest+to+trek+to+Mount+Everest+base+camp</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">24235</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>24221</publicationdataID>
      <title>India becomes Nigeria’s largest trading partner by N1.8 trillion</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p><span style="font-style:italic">The Sun/ by Amaechi Ogbonna</span><br />
<span style="font-weight:bold; font-style:italic"><br />
There is a gradual shift from the West to the East as India is now Nigeria’s leading trade partner with oil and non-oil exports hitting N1.8 trillion.</span><br />
<br />
The United States of America, which used to be Nigeria’s leading trade partner, particularly in the oil sector, has ceased buy­ing oil from Nigeria as they now produce 8.5 million barrel of oil daily.<br />
<br />
The Federal Govern­ment, as a result, said it would be expanding its non-oil export base through the Nigeria Export Promo­tion council, (NEPC) with focus on diversifying its economic base beyond the oil sector.<br />
<br />
Olusegun Aganga, the Minister of Industry, Trade and Investment during a public presentation over the weekend, said govern­ment has rolled out an in­dustrial policy that would expand its non-oil base and advance the country eco­nomically.<br />
<br />
He explained that the Nigerian Industrial Revo­lution Plan(NIRP)is lever­aging on where Nigeria has competitive advantage, while dropping attention from the oil sector and shifting attention to indus­trialsiation where Nigeria has comparative advantage.<br />
<br />
According to Aganga, "Government through its industrialisation policy has attracted various in­vestments in the country in the last four years. For instance, Dangote invest­ment of $16 billion, Flour mill investment of $1.2bil­lion, Indorama in fertilizer investment
 of $1.2 billion and $1.4 billion investment in ethanol. GWC $1.2 bil­lion in petro-chemicals”.......<span style="font-weight:bold"><a href="http://sunnewsonline.com/new/?p=90107" target="_blank">[Read more]</a></span></p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>10/11/2014 18:27:56</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/24221/India+becomes+Nigerias+largest+trading+partner+by+N18+trillion</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">24221</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>24225</publicationdataID>
      <title>Israel, India successfully test advanced missile system</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[<span style="font-style:italic">The Times of Israel/by Spencer Ho</span><br />
<br />
Israel’s national aerospace and aviation arms manufacturer conducted the first full and successful test of the Barak-8 air and naval defense missile system on Monday morning, Israel Aerospace Industries announced in a press release.<br />
<br />
The test, conducted with the Defense Ministry and India’s Defence Research and Development Organization, validated all components of the weapons system, from radar detection to interception and detonation of the incoming projectile.........<span style="font-weight:bold"><a href="http://www.timesofisrael.com/israel-india-successfully-test-advanced-missile-system/" target="_blank">[Read
 More]</a></span><br />
<br />
<span style="font-style:italic">(The views expressed above are the personal views of writer)</span><br />
]]></description>
      <pubDate>11/11/2014 19:28:46</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/24225/Israel+India+successfully+test+advanced+missile+system</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">24225</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>24226</publicationdataID>
      <title>US, UK and India To Grow Despite Global Economic Slowdown – Moody's</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[<span style="font-style:italic">International Business Times/by Rapti Gupta</span><br />
<br />
The United States, United Kingdom and India will continue to post solid growth in the coming two years despite a slowdown in the Eurozone and other areas, according to the rating agency Moody's Investors Service.<br />
<br />
In its latest quarterly Global Macro Outlook report, Moody asserts that it does not expect a significant rebound in global GDP (Gross Domestic Product) growth as the Eurozone still remains in turmoil and the Chinese economy continues faltering........<span style="font-weight:bold"><a href="http://www.ibtimes.co.in/us-uk-india-grow-despite-global-economic-slowdown-moodys-613555" target="_blank">[Read
 More]</a></span><br />
<br />
<span style="font-style:italic">(The views expressed above are the personal views of writer)</span>]]></description>
      <pubDate>11/11/2014 19:32:30</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/24226/US+UK+and+India+To+Grow+Despite+Global+Economic+Slowdown++Moodys</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">24226</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>24206</publicationdataID>
      <title>India fest in Abu Dhabi</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p>Fifth edition of festival to showcase Arab and Asian dance forms.<br />
<br />
<span style="font-style:italic">By Binsal Abdul Kader/Gulf News</span><br />
<br />
An annual socio-cultural event organised by a prominent Indian organisation in the capital will turn into a ‘mini global village’ this year.<br />
<br />
The fifth edition of India Fest next month will be an open air event with more activities representing many countries apart from India, organisers told Gulf News on Thursday.<br />
<br />
The Indian Social and Cultural Centre (ISC), the largest social organisation of Indians in the capital, is organising the three-day event from December 4 to 6, which is expected to attract more than 30,000 visitors.<br />
<br />
The 5,000 square metre ground will have scores of tents and stalls showing art, culture, cuisine and commercial items from various countries. The Municipality of Abu Dhabi City is the strategic partner of the festival, which is held with the support of the
 Indian Embassy in Abu Dhabi.<br />
<br />
The event used to be organised inside the premises of five-storey building of the ISC is moving to the adjacent ground to accommodate more stalls and visitors, D. Natarajan, honorary president of the ISC, said. "It will be a different experience. Among the
 more than 100 food stalls, many will be of non-Indian cuisine, giving the visitors an international culinary experience,” he said.......<a href="http://gulfnews.com/news/gulf/uae/society/india-fest-in-abu-dhabi-1.1409128" target="_blank"><span style="font-weight:bold">[Rrad
 More]</span></a></p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>07/11/2014 17:19:11</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/24206/India+fest+in+Abu+Dhabi</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">24206</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>24195</publicationdataID>
      <title>India plans to add 5-in-1 vaccine in every state</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p><span style="font-style:italic">Vaccine News Daily</span><br />
<br />
Two Indian states will add a new pentavalent vaccine into their routine immunization schedules this week.<br />
<br />
The 5-in-1 vaccine protects against hepatitis B (hepB), Haemophilus influenza type b (Hib), and diphtheria, tetanus and pertussis (DTP).Continuing the Phase One rollout of the vaccine, Madhya Pradesh and Rejasthan will join eight other states currently offering
 the vaccine for free as part of a project by the vaccine alliance, Gavi. Ten additional states will also begin offering the pentavalent vaccine before the year is over........<a href="http://vaccinenewsdaily.com/medical_countermeasures/332028-india-plans-to-add-5-in-1-vaccine-in-every-state/" target="_blank"><span style="font-weight:bold">[Read
 More]</span></a></p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>05/11/2014 16:49:16</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/24195/India+plans+to+add+5in1+vaccine+in+every+state</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">24195</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>24166</publicationdataID>
      <title>Celebrations Golden Jubilee of India-Maldives Diplomatic Relations inaugurated</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p><span style="font-style:italic">MIADHU/ by Abdul Latheef</span><br />
<br />
Celebrations Golden Jubilee of India-Maldives Diplomatic Relations has been inaugurated.<br />
<br />
Friendship Association of India-Maldives (FAIM) in association with the Government of Maldives and High Commission of India marked"India-Maldives Friendship Day” and inaugurated the ceremony to celebrate the Golden Jubilee of India-Maldives Diplomatic Relations.
 The official ceremony was held on 01-Nov-2014 at Traders Hotel.<br />
The ceremony was officiated by the Indian High Commissioner in Maldives, Rajeev Sahare.<br />
He said that this ceremony is a very important celebration and the activities of this celebration will continue till one year......<a href="http://www.miadhu.com/2014/11/local-news/celebrations-golden-jubilee-of-india-maldives-diplomatic-relations-inaugurated/" target="_blank"><span style="font-weight:bold">[Read
 More]</span></a><br />
<br />
<span style="font-style:italic">(The views expressed above are the personal views of the writer)</span></p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>03/11/2014 09:58:31</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/24166/Celebrations+Golden+Jubilee+of+IndiaMaldives+Diplomatic+Relations+inaugurated</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">24166</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>24159</publicationdataID>
      <title>Billions pour into India's e-commerce business</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p><span style="font-style:italic">The Daily Star</span><br />
<br />
From Japan's richest man to Jeff Bezos, everyone wants a piece of India's booming online retail sector.<br />
<br />
For those without billions to pump into the tightly held firms who dominate e-commerce, the best bet maybe the delivery men.<br />
<br />
On Tuesday, SoftBank Corp Chief Executive Masayoshi Son joined Bezos's Amazon.com Inc in pledgingheavy investment in an e-commerce industry worth $10 billion and seen quadrupling in five years. Son'sgambit: a stake in Snapdeal, India's third-biggest online
 marketplace.<br />
<br />
Yet the little-known firms that deliver goods ordered online are already raking in rocketing earnings frome-commerce in a country with the world's third-biggest Internet user base, and they're listed. Shares incompanies like Transport Corp of India and Gati
 Ltd have surged more than three-quarters this year as industry watchers seek a chance to invest.<br />
<br />
"When you see the limitless growth in the e-commerce sector, you do want to get involved," said EricMookherjee, a Paris-based fund manager at Shanti India, whose holdings include Transport Corp. "Thenext Alibaba or Tencent can be created in a country whose
 population is roughly similar to China. You willget that in India."<br />
<br />
Finance house Nomura estimated in a research note in July that India's e-commerce industry could morethan quadruple to $43 billion over the next five years, driven by online retail...............<span style="font-weight:bold"><a href="http://www.thedailystar.net/billions-pour-into-indias-e-commerce-business-48184" target="_blank">[Read
 more]</a></span></p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>31/10/2014 18:39:09</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/24159/Billions+pour+into+Indias+ecommerce+business</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">24159</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>24160</publicationdataID>
      <title>Hyderabad hospital claims to perform India’s first foetal heart procedure</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p><span style="font-style:italic">Gulf News</span><br />
<br />
Doctors at Care Hospital in Hyderabad have performed a heart procedure on a foetus of a 25-year-oldwoman, in what is claimed to be India’s first foetal heart procedure.<br />
<br />
A team of eight doctors led by K. Nageshwar Rao, chief pediatric cardiologist, said the procedure wasperformed in the 27th week of pregnancy.<br />
<br />
The foetus was diagnosed with severe obstruction in the aortic valve, which was resulting in failure ofthe left ventricle to pump blood to the body. It was also showing further damage in the form of leakage ofmitral valve ..........<span style="font-weight:bold"><a href="http://gulfnews.com/news/world/india/hyderabad-hospital-claims-to-perform-india-s-first-foetal-heart-procedure-1.1406300" target="_blank">[Read
 more]</a></span></p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>31/10/2014 18:42:15</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/24160/Hyderabad++claims+to+perform+Indias+first+foetal+heart+procedure</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">24160</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>24161</publicationdataID>
      <title>Indian Embassy brings the wonderful spectacle of Diwali to Jakarta</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[<span style="font-style:italic">The Jakarta Globe/by Tunggul Wirajuda</span><br />
<br />
The exuberance of the Indian kathak dance on the terrace of the Indian ambassador’s residence inCentral Jakarta enthralled the guests who had gathered there last week.<br />
<br />
Lively and well synchronized, the group moved as one to the sounds of the traditional drums and otherinstruments. The following dance was just as lively yet more memorable, as the dancers imitated the bodylanguage of an elephant. The effect of the two dances
 was enhanced by the lanterns.<br />
<br />
"The dances are a form of devotion to Lord Rama, and the second dance is dedicated to Lord Ganesha,”said Acharya Pratistha, a longtime Kathak practitioner who teaches the dance at the Indian Embassy.The sights and sounds of fireworks then filled the night air,
 adding an extra element of exuberance to theoccasion.<br />
<br />
The soiree, attended by dignitaries including Jakarta Acting Governor Basuki Tjahaja Purnama andHouse of Representatives Deputy Speaker Fadli Zon, was held to mark Diwali, an important Hinduholiday that celebrates the return of the god Rama from 14 years in
 exile — an occasion that marks thetriumph of light over darkness, good over evil, and the return of hope.....<span style="font-weight:bold"><a href="http://thejakartaglobe.beritasatu.com/features/indian-embassy-brings-wonderful-spectacle-diwali-jakarta" target="_blank">[Read
 More]</a></span>]]></description>
      <pubDate>31/10/2014 18:46:57</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/24161/Indian+Embassy+brings+the+wonderful+spectacle+of+Diwali+to+Jakarta</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">24161</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>24154</publicationdataID>
      <title>Sharmistha Banerjee named India’s first global links scholar</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p><span style="font-style:italic">Market Watch</span><br />
<br />
US Secretary of State’s Office of Global Women’s Issues, Tupperware Brands and Rollins College – launch public-private partnership between US and India<br />
<br />
Dr. Sharmistha Banerjee, a Professor of Business at the University of Calcutta, has been selected as the first Indian scholar for the Global Links: Empowering Women through Education &amp; Opportunity program, launching in India. The public-private partnership
 is an initiative between the US Secretary of State’s Office of Global Women’s Issues, Tupperware Brands and Rollins College.<br />
<br />
The innovative program is designed to train female Indian professors in social entrepreneurship. The program utilizes the train-the-trainer model with the goal of creating a pool of students who will support and mentor women in the community in starting their
 own businesses.<br />
<br />
"The Global Links program provides an opportunity for government, civil society, academia and the private sector to collaborate to enhance and expand opportunities for women entrepreneurs. By working across sectors, we can give future generations of Indian
 women entrepreneurs the opportunity to become leaders in business and throughout Indian society,” said Catherine Russell, U.S. Ambassador-at-Large for Global Women’s Issues.<br />
<br />
As the scholar in residence, Dr. Banerjee will participate in curriculum at Rollins College in the Business and Social Entrepreneurship department and the Crummer Graduate School of Business. The curriculum includes coursework on human centered design thinking,
 entrepreneurship and small and medium enterprise development. Subsequently, the professor will participate in an externship at Tupperware Brands, where she will gain practical experience, learn the fundamentals of direct selling, market analysis and management......<a href="http://www.marketwatch.com/story/sharmistha-banerjee-named-indias-first-global-links-scholar-2014-10-29" target="_blank">[Read
 More]</a><br />
<br />
<span style="font-style:italic">(The views expressed above are the personal views of the writer)
</span></p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>30/10/2014 16:57:05</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/24154/Sharmistha+Banerjee+named+Indias+first+global+links+scholar</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">24154</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>24155</publicationdataID>
      <title>Yoga provides jobs and changes lifes in Kenya</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p><span style="font-style:italic">Deutsche Welle/ by Tanya Castle</span><br />
<br />
From its roots in ancient India, Yoga has spread all over the world, and is now practised in many different forms. One of yoga's youngest markets is Kenya, where an increasing number of yoga studios have started up over the last few years.....<span style="font-weight:bold"><a href=" http://www.dw.de/yoga-provides-jobs-and-changes-lifes-in-kenya/av-18028152" target="_blank">[Read
 more]</a></span><br />
<span style="font-style:italic"><br />
(The views expressed above are the personal views of the writer)</span></p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>30/10/2014 16:59:51</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/24155/Yoga+provides+jobs+and+changes+lifes+in+Kenya</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">24155</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>24146</publicationdataID>
      <title>Gift of touching hearts</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p><span style="font-style:italic">Fiji Times/By Avinesh Gopal</span><br />
<br />
There are many people in the world who are gifted with doing something or the other. But there are very few people who have been gifted by God to touch people's hearts, literally. It is this gift of touching hearts that some have that has given a new life to
 several Fijians over the years. This new life has been made possible by the open heart surgeries they went through at the hands of specialists from India. However, this new life came at a cost which was borne by the Fijian Government for majority of the patients
 who had cardiac surgery three weeks ago. While operating on these patients, the team from Sahyadri Hospitals in India also made some interesting findings as far as the heart is concerned. The hospital group's senior cardiac surgeon did not hesitate to reveal
 what he found in the patients and advice others on how to have a healthy heart.<br />
<br />
IT is a very delicate surgery and the person performing it needs to have exceptional skills.The heart is beating and the surgery has to be performed on this important organ as it is.Some patients with very bad medical conditions maybe put on a heart and lung
 machine during surgery.<br />
<br />
But the majority are not hooked onto any such machine — they are operated on while their hearts are still beating.<br />
<br />
The surgeon performing the surgery has to do his work while the heart beats and he has to cut and stitch as per the timing of every beat..........<a href=" http://www.fijitimes.com/story.aspx?id=284396" target="_blank"><span style="font-weight:bold">[Read More]</span></a></p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>28/10/2014 16:38:26</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/24146/Gift+of+touching+hearts</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">24146</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>24133</publicationdataID>
      <title>Keep your eyes on growing India despite problems and shortcomings</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p><span style="font-style:italic">Daily Metro/By Johan Norberg</span><br />
<br />
Just after a few days I realize that my handkerchief is not black when I blow my nose. The smog which was so dense over New Delhi when I was last here is still there, but does not take over everything as before. Many other things have also changed. The roads
 are wider, and the holes in them fewer. The houses are grander and the city has a subway.<br />
<br />
It has been nine years since I was in India. Since then, the average income has doubled and poverty has reduced for an incredible 200 million people. The UN estimates that the proportion of people living in slums has fallen by a third. Malnutrition is high,
 but has declined by 36 percent since the economy was opened in 1991.<br />
<br />
It is important to say this, as most of the time we only hear news about this country when it comes to fights with Pakistan or abuse against women. These are realities, and there is still extreme poverty and social problems. The ancient and formally abolished
 caste system, which forces segregation from birth, still casts long shadows.<br />
<br />
But the upcoming trend is undermining the old authoritarian traditions. Madhusudan Rao belongs to the lowest class in the caste system - he is a Dalit "untouchable". He grew up in a small village where he was doing work no one else wanted to do, but moved to
 the big city of Hyderabad to look for better opportunities. One morning he heard that a company had a shortage of workers to put down telephone cables, so he promised that he could get hold of 25 workers the same evening. He borrowed money and went to a village
 and hired young men. The company got the manpower, the men got paid and Madhusudan made more money in one day than he had seen in his entire life.<br />
<br />
He got more work and started his own construction company. The untouchable became wealthy and is now raising his children to see individuals and not caste. "In cities no one asks what caste you belong to" he says.<br />
<br />
When we talk about the progress in Asia, we more often think of China, but we have should keep our eyes on India. Despite problems and shortcomings, it is a stable democracy with a freedom of speech that its people avidly utilize. In 2030 India will have the
 world's largest population, and if current trends continue, India will be the world's largest economy in 2050.<br />
<br />
It is an achievement in itself that the country holds together. It consists of 29 different states, with 1.2 billion people who speak 17 different major languages and 22,000 dialects. India is "just a geographical term, which does not have more political cohesion
 than Europe," Churchill declared. Political parties are tempted to play off different groups against each other. But still the country functions. When Indians look at Europe trying to reach across linguistic and national barriers, they sometimes joke that
 it is about time we learned from them.<br />
<span style="font-style:italic"><br />
(Above article has been translated from Swedish in to English. The views expressed in this article are personal views of the writer)</span></p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>24/10/2014 14:17:09</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/24133/Keep+your+eyes+on+growing+India+despite+problems+and+shortcomings</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">24133</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>24134</publicationdataID>
      <title>Indian Company Launches Solar-Powered Self-Cleaning Toilets</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[<span style="font-style:italic"><br />
</span>
<p><span style="font-style:italic">Clean Technica/ by Mridul Chadha</span><br />
<br />
Eram Scientific has announced the launch of the innovative "electronic toilet” armed with "state-of-the-art technology to address public sanitation challenges.” This product has been specifically modified for use in schools.<br />
<br />
Made of mild steel, the enclosure of the toilet is sleek and aesthetically pleasing, the company claims. The unit is self-sustaining and equipped with internet connectivity for remote access.<br />
<br />
A user needs to insert a coin to initiate operation of the toilet. Upon the insertion of the coin, the door opens and a light is turned on. The user is even directed through voice commands. Water usage is also automated in this toilet. The toilets are programmed
 to flush 1.5 liters of water after 3 minutes of usage or 4.5 liters if usage is longer. All these operations are conducted using solar panels making the toilet completely "off-grid.” The toilets to be installed in schools are expected to be usable free of
 charge............<a href=" http://cleantechnica.com/2014/10/23/indian-company-launches-solar-powered-self-cleaning-toilets/" target="_blank">
<span style="font-weight:bold">[Read More]</span></a><br />
<br />
<span style="font-style:italic">(The views expressed in this article are the personal views of the writer)</span></p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>24/10/2014 18:27:42</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/24134/Indian+Company+Launches+SolarPowered+SelfCleaning+Toilets</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">24134</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>24126</publicationdataID>
      <title>Indian stock market best in the world</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p><span style="font-style:italic">Dagens Industri (Daily Industry)(Sweden)</span><br />
<br />
The success continues for Narendra Modi’s party BJP, which last spring convincingly won the parliamentary elections. This weekend it became clear that the BJP is the winner , both in the state of Haryana, near the capital, Delhi, and Maharashtra, with over
 110 million people and in the financial metropolis of Bombay. Bolstered by the election results and the low oil price Narendra Modi honours promises of liberalization. The gas price has increased and price controls on diesel have been removed. Next in line
 is a tax reform and a further opening of India to foreign investment.<br />
<br />
The reforms lifted both energy companies and banks on Monday. Bombay Stock Exchange index Sensex rose by 1.2 percent. Thus, the Indian stock market has gone up by 25 percent this year, making it the best in the world's ten largest markets, according to Bloomberg.<br />
<br />
This is a revenge for Narendra Modi, who was criticized for his cautious first budget in July. Subsidies of over 300 billion - for food, energy and fertilizers - weigh on India's budget. With the reforms India should get the budget deficit down from 4.3 to
 4.1 percent of GDP.<br />
<br />
Board Member of may leading companies Ravi Venkatesan, a heavyweight in the Indian business community, says that India has always had enormous potential, but never really realized it.<br />
<br />
With Narendra Modi things are looking better.<br />
<br />
"It is the first time in 30 years that a party has substantial majority and power to get things done. Modi is also the first prime minister who understands the business. India has had good leaders in the past but they have not understood or been downright suspicious
 of the business community,” said Ravi Venkatesan from the board of Infosys.<br />
<br />
Recently the OECD raised its forecast for India's growth this year from 4.9 to 5.7 percent."The new government is business friendly. It can provide fantastic five to ten years for India. "<br />
<br />
But just three years ago GDP growth went from 9 to 4 percent. As recently as February, the pressure on the rupee was hard. The government also slowed down the Indians' ability to buy gold, a refuge in times of uncertainty.<br />
<br />
Ravi Venkatesan makes a comparison with China, which has for long beaten India in the race for foreign capital.<br />
<br />
"China started reforms ten years before India. The economy is five times larger and the infrastructure is world class while it is horrible in India. Already when you land, you get a completely different impression. "<br />
<br />
Now the Indian government is planning to invest more than 7.000 billion in infrastructure.<br />
<br />
"On electricity, roads, railways and ports. It is a massive opportunity for foreign companies, "said Ravi Venkatesan.<br />
<br />
The attraction for foreign investors is of course the population of 1.2 billion.<br />
<br />
"Half of them are under 25 years old, ambitious, consume more and become steadily richer."<br />
<br />
Ravi Venkatesan advises foreign companies to focus on a successful half-dozen states, mostly in the south.<br />
<br />
"India is a continent, not a country. Many of the states are bigger than France and Germany. And there are big differences between them, as there is between Portugal and Greece on one side, and Sweden and Germany on the other side of the EU. "<br />
<br />
The new Prime Minister is trying to overcome the widespread corruption that is limiting growth.<br />
<br />
"People in India are fed up with the bribes. I hope that the worst is behind us, "said Ravi Venkatesan pointing to revelations of briberies in the media and active courts.<br />
<br />
The caste system is also preventing development.<br />
<br />
"The caste system is old and becoming more and more irrelevant, especially in the big cities but is still important on the country side. India is probably one of the most unequal countries in the world while Sweden is one of the most equal "says Ravi Venkatesan.<br />
<br />
<span style="font-weight:bold">Modi’s stock keeps going up</span><br />
<br />
Financial markets continue to embrace India's Prime Minister Narendra Modi.Rarely has a prime minister been so welcomed by financial markets as when he was elected in May. So far this year, the Bombay Stock Exchange has gone up by 25 percent, driven by a large
 influx of international capital. The rise has made the Indian stock market one of this year's best in the world.<br />
<br />
The rise has also meant that the valuation calculated as P/E ratio is now higher than in Europe and the USA.<br />
<br />
The Indian stock market is trading at P/E 17 on this year's earnings, compared to P/E 15 for the New York Stock Exchange and several European stock exchanges. But there is reason to continue to be on the Indian stock market bandwagon. The reason is the Indian
 economy's huge potential given that the country's per capita GDP is only 40 per cent of China´s.<br />
<br />
The key to approach China's level is to get the country's 700 million rural residents to move to more productive jobs in the cities. To succeed, it requires that India be fundamentally reformed.<br />
<br />
Financial markets believe Narendra Modi is the right man, and that conditions have been strengthened with the weekend's electoral success of his party in two of India's states.But given that the profits of the Indian listed companies are predicted to double
 over the next four years, as the country's growth will recover from last year's historically low 4 percent, it is likely to be too early to sell the Indian shares today.<br />
<br />
<span style="font-style:italic">(The above article is an English Translation of an article published in the leading Economic Newspaper of Sweden, Dagens Industri )</span></p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>22/10/2014 10:14:18</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/24126/Indian+stock+market+best+in+the+world</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">24126</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>24128</publicationdataID>
      <title>India and Guatemala start negotiations for Partial Scope Agreement</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[<span style="font-style:italic">PRENSA LIBRE / by Geovanni Contreras</span><br />
<br />
​ Guatemala and India will start negotiations for a Partial Scope Agreement that may include areas like commerce, economy or agriculture. Since these agreements are flexible they may be adapted to almost any issue.<br />
<br />
The Foreign Ministers of Guatemala and India, Carlos Raúl Morales and Sushma Swaraj, held a bilateral meeting on Wednesday, October 2015 in India in which they reviewed the Partial Scope Agreement as well as other five agreements. The Guatemalan Embassy in
 India was also inaugurated on the same date.<br />
<br />
The Guatemalan delegation was led by Morales and it also included Minister of Economy, Sergio de la Torre and eight businessmen that participated in an investment conclave from 16-17 October.<br />
<br />
Foreign Minister Morales said that the other agreements, in addition to the negotiations of the Partial Scope Agreement, would be finalized and signed in Guatemala along with another Agreement on Reciprocal Protection of Investments. Swaraj also offered to
 increase the amount of scholarships slots for Guatemalans.<br />
<br />
Morales informed that ¨the Indian Foreign Minister will make an official visit to Guatemala in March 2015, accompanied by an Indian business delegation, and we will take the opportunity to hold a meeting of the India-SICA Political Dialogue to which all Foreign
 Ministers of Central America will be invited¨.<br />
<br />
During this opportunity, they will sign in Guatemala an Agreement on Exemption of the Requirement of Visa to Holders of Diplomatic and Official Passports and Swaraj offered USD 200 thousand as disaster relief to deal with the ongoing droughts that have affected
 families in Guatemala.<br />
<br />
The Foreign Minister participated as keynote speaker in a conference at the Aspen Research Center of India and addressed the issue of Reforms to the Global Drug Policy.<br />
<span style="font-style:italic"><br />
(The above article is an English Translation of the Spanish article originally published in the Guatemalan Newspaper Prensa Libre )</span><br />
<br />
]]></description>
      <pubDate>22/10/2014 16:22:56</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/24128/India+and+Guatemala+start+negotiations+for+Partial+Scope+Agreement</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">24128</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>24129</publicationdataID>
      <title>The Role of Female Empowerment in World-Class Eye Care</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[<span style="font-style:italic">Huffington Post/by Harish Kilaru</span><br />
<br />
The world's largest provider of eye care isn't located in Boston or San Francisco. Situated in the small town of Madurai in southern India, Aravind Eye Hospital performs sixty percent as many eye surgeries as the entire National Health Service of the United
 Kingdom, with half the complication rate and less than one percent of the cost. Sixty percent of Aravind's surgeries are free or ultra-subsidized, and it still maintains impressive margins. I had the incredible privilege to spend ten days observing in Madurai
 last June.<br />
<br />
Strolling through the pale blue halls of the hospital, there is no futuristic technology separating Aravind from its competitors. The layout and equipment of the clinic appear ordinary, but the striking difference is the employees. Women dressed in vibrant
 saris (traditional Indian dress) decisively move through the hospital. Each "sister" holds a distinct role, but a persona appears common. Each sari is precisely tied, hair styled in a tight bun, and no jewelry is worn. More prominent than outward appearance
 is the confidence and purpose carried by each sister. Walking between wards, everything is controlled by these women. They guide the blind, comfort the families, create the glasses, andmonitorpatient flow. The physicians diagnose and operate -- the nurses
 do everything else...........<a href="http://www.huffingtonpost.com/harish-kilaru/the-role-of-female-empowe_b_6022856.html" target="_blank">
<span style="font-weight:bold">[Read More]</span></a><br />
<br />
<span style="font-style:italic">(The views expressed above are the personal views of writer)</span>]]></description>
      <pubDate>22/10/2014 18:08:57</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/24129/The+Role+of+Female+Empowerment+in+WorldClass+Eye+Care</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">24129</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>24130</publicationdataID>
      <title>IIT Delhi bags top prize at the GITEX competition</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[<span style="font-style:italic">Arabian Gazette/by Lavanya Singhal</span><br />
<br />
Indian students shine at the GITEX Technology Week Student Lab competition with their innovative women protection device.<br />
<br />
A team of five from the Indian Institute of Technology in Delhi bagged the top award at the GITEX Technology Week Student Lab competition for ProtectMe, a product which enhances women’s safety by combining a wearable device, control room and mobile app to alert
 authorities and potentially volunteers when the wearer is attacked, all while recording live audio-visual feeds.<br />
<br />
Edging out more than 50 rival applications from universities across the Middle East, Africa, and South Asia, the Indian students — Paras Batra, Ayush Banka, Avinash Bansa, Chiraag Kapil, and Manik Mehta– won AED 30,000 under their newly founded "Leaf Lab team”............<span style="font-weight:bold"><a href="http://www.arabiangazette.com/iit-delhi-bags-top-prize-at-the-gitex-competition-20141021/" target="_blank">[Read
 More]</a> ​</span>]]></description>
      <pubDate>22/10/2014 18:10:58</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/24130/IIT+Delhi+bags+top+prize+at+the+GITEX+competition</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">24130</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>24117</publicationdataID>
      <title>Guatemala and India seek more investments</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p><span style="font-style:italic">Diario de Centro America/ By Areli Alonzo</span><br />
<br />
A Guatemalan official delegation has traveled to India from 13-17 October with the intention of strengthening the commercial ties between the two countries, attract more investments and create more formal jobs.<br />
<br />
Minister of Economy, Sergio de la Torre, leads the delegation that will participate in the India-LAC Investments Conclave 2014 which has been organized by the Federation of Indian Chambers of Commerce and Industry (FICCI).<br />
<br />
De la Torre said: ¨It is very important for us to consolidate and increase the bilateral trade with India and attract more investments that create jobs in the country¨.<br />
<br />
Inauguration<br />
<br />
The activity was also attended by Carlos Raúl Morales, Minister of Foreign Affairs, who inaugurated the Guatemalan Embassy in India that will be in charge of Ambassador George De la Roche.<br />
<br />
The Foreign Minister said he is very happy with the bilateral meeting he held with Indian Foreign Minister, Sushma Swaraj, and that they agreed on the signing of a Partial Scope Agreement.<br />
<br />
Trade<br />
<br />
According to data from Bank of Guatemalan bilateral trade between India and Guatemala is worth USD 260 million (Q. 1.98 billion). The balance of trade favors India which exported USD 238 million (Q. 1.81 billion) to Guatemala.<br />
<br />
India imported Guatemalan products for an amount of USD 22 million (Q. 167 million). The Asian Giant’s exports to Guatemala include textiles, pharmaceutical industry products and rickshaws (Cycle-Cabs).<br />
<br />
Minister of Economy told that Guatemala’s exports to India include cardamom, wood, paper, carton, machinery, mechanical devices for electro-technical applications, recording devices, audio players, coffee, and metal waste.<br />
<br />
Pharmaceuticals<br />
<br />
As per the Indian Pharmaceutical Industry, it has earned worldwide reputation with the production of high quality formulations at affordable prices for millions of people in many developing countries.<br />
<br />
According to Bank of Guatemala, Indian Pharmaceutical Industry has invested over USD 115,080,500 (Q. 901,080,315) in Guatemala.<br />
<br />
Subrata Bhattacharjee, Ambassador of India to Guatemala, presented on August 13 a Delegation from the Pharmaceuticals Export Promotion Council (PHARMEXCIL). Abhay Sinha, PHARMEXCIL Representative, said the delegation included 23 companies exporting pharmaceutical
 formulations (generics), Active Ingredients (AI), herbal and traditional Medicines.<br />
<br />
Sinha told that between 15-20 Indian companies non-based in Guatemala are commercializing formulations through national drugstores. In the field of plastic exports, Subrata Bhattacharjee said that Indian main products are polymers and semi-elaborated products.<br />
<br />
India and Guatemala established diplomatic relations in 1970.<br />
<br />
The last visit of a Guatemalan Foreign Minister to India took place in 2007 when Ambassador Gert Rosenthal made a 6-day visit to the country. *With information from EFE news agency.<br />
<br />
Solidarity for ongoing droughts<br />
<br />
India has expressed its solidarity with the most affected by the droughts by giving a donation of USD 200 thousand (Q. 1.52 million) as disaster relief to deal with the ongoing droughts in Guatemala. According to Carlos Raúl Morales, Minister of Foreign Affaris,
 the droughts have affected 70% of plantations. Government of Taiwan has also joined the efforts and its Ambassador in Guatemala, Adolfo Sun, handed over a donation worth USD 300 thousand (Q. 2.29 million) that would be utilized to assist families that have
 lost their crops in San Juan Comalapa and San José Poaquil villages of Chimaltenango Department.<br />
<br />
The donation was received by the Vice President of Guatemala, Roxana Baldetti, who explained that Taiwan’s donation will be addressed to the purchase of 5,575 food packages consisting of corn, beans and flour to prepare atol (fortified drink); the food packages
 will benefit at least 1,115 homes.<br />
<br />
(The views expressed above are the personal views of the writer)<br />
<br />
<span style="font-weight:bold">This article can also be read at:</span><br />
<a href="http://www.dca.gob.gt/index.php/categoryblog-2/item/35555-guatemala-e-india-buscan-mÃ¡s-inversiones.html" target="_blank">Guatemala and India seek more investments</a></p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>20/10/2014 09:53:33</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/24117/Guatemala+and+India+seek+more+investments</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">24117</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>24118</publicationdataID>
      <title>India and Latin America strengthen commercial ties</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p><span style="font-style:italic">Siglo 21 </span><br />
<br />
India and Latin America are seeking to strengthen their ties by celebrating an investment conclave in New Delhi and thus advance towards a historical duplication of their trade transactions during the next five years.<br />
<br />
According to the organizers of the conclave, trade relations between India and Latin America and the Caribbean has increased at annual rate of 25% during the last decade but the level of investments between them maintained very low rates during the last 20
 years.Because of this, Indian Minister of Commerce, Nirmala Sitharaman, called to further deepen economic relations and improve investment levels which she considers are "modest and very low from their true potential”.<br />
<br />
Rakesh Bakshi, organizer of the conclave, said "we have started to walk together, now let us run together”. He also wanted "to tell the world during his address during the inaugural session: We are ready to do business¨.<br />
With his objective in mind, delegates from 350 Latina American countries traveled to the Indian Capital where, today, they will hold bilateral meetings with their counterparts in the Asian Giant.<br />
The activity was attended by government authorities including Nicaraguan Minister of Commerce and Promotion of Investments, Alvaro Baltodano; Haitian Minister of Finance, Marie Carmelle Jean Marie; and Guatemalan Minister of Economy, Sergio de la Torre.<br />
<br />
De la Torre said that besides being a politician he is also ¨a businessman¨ and he called for creation of a ¨Joint Committee¨ with Government and private sector representatives in order to identify the business opportunities between the region and the Asian
 Giant.<br />
<br />
The Argentinean Secretary of Economic Relation, Carlos Bianco, highlighted that it is important to take advantage of the ¨synergies¨ that emerge in Latin America like MERCOSUR and the Pacific Alliance with the aim of cooperating and improving the bilateral
 relations with India.<br />
<br />
In his opinion, the only way to overcome this ¨lack of knowledge¨ of each other’s regions is by having ¨high-level government visits and business delegations¨.<br />
<br />
Ever since the celebration of the first edition of this conclave six years back, Indian investments in Latin America have become more balanced with 13 different investment destinations over the initial six destinations that India had ten years ago.<br />
<br />
Notwithstanding, Baltodano considers that the balance of trade is not balanced enough and he has requested India not to keep its commercial exchange with big countries only and to collaborate with the ¨development of Central America¨.<br />
<br />
In order to pursue this and other objectives, New Delhi held several conferences that focused on sectors like infrastructure, tourism and manufacturing.<br />
<br />
During this year’s edition, Argentina and Peru were guests of honor of the India-LAC Investment Conclave, they will take part in their own conferences and they will have their own information stands. The conclave will conclude on October 17...<a href="http://www.s21.com.gt/pulso/2014/10/16/india-latinoamerica-estrechan-lazos-comerciales-gran-potencial" target="_blank"><span style="font-weight:bold">[Read
 more]</span></a></p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>20/10/2014 09:57:03</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/24118/India+and+Latin+America+strengthen+commercial+ties</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">24118</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>24119</publicationdataID>
      <title>Businessmen see potential in trade relations</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p><span style="font-style:italic">Diario de Centro America</span><br />
<br />
India and Latin America are seeking to strengthen their ties by celebrating an investment conclave in New Delhi and thus advance towards a historical duplication of their trade transactions during the next five years.<br />
<br />
According to the organizers of the conclave, trade relations between India and Latin America and the Caribbean has increased at annual rate of 25% during the last decade but the level of investments between them maintained very low rates during the last 20
 years.<br />
Because of this, Indian Minister of Commerce, Nirmala Sitharaman, called to further deepen economic relations and improve investment levels which she considers are "modest and very low from their true potential”.<br />
<br />
Business<br />
<br />
Rakesh Bakshi, organizer of the conclave, said "we have started to walk together, now let us run together”. He also wanted "to tell the world during his address during the second inaugural session: We are ready to do business¨.<br />
<br />
With his objective in mind, delegates from 350 Latina American countries traveled to the Indian Capital where, today, they will hold bilateral meetings with their counterparts in the Asian Giant.<br />
<br />
The activity was attended by government authorities including Nicaraguan Minister of Commerce and Promotion of Investments, Alvaro Baltodano; Haitian Minister of Finance, Marie Carmelle Jean Marie; and Guatemalan Minister of Economy, Sergio de la Torre.<br />
<br />
Cooperation<br />
<br />
The Guatemalan Minister said that besides being a politician he is also a businessman and he called for creation of a Joint Committee with Government and private sector representatives in order to identify the business opportunities between the region and the
 Asian Giant.<br />
<br />
The Argentinean Secretary of Economic Relation, Carlos Bianco, highlighted that ¨It is important to take advantage of the synergies that emerge in Latin America like MERCOSUR and the Pacific Alliance with the aim of cooperating and improving the bilateral relations
 with India¨.</p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>20/10/2014 10:00:31</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/24119/Businessmen+see+potential+in+trade+relations</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">24119</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>24124</publicationdataID>
      <title>Rendezvous at Mars</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p><span style="font-style:italic">Space News</span><br />
<br />
The Sept. 24 capture of India’s first interplanetary spacecraft into Mars orbit marks another significant achievement for the rising space power.<br />
<br />
The Mangalyaan probe, like India’s Chandrayaan-1 lunar orbiter that flew in 2008, symbolizes the expanding frontiers and potential of a space program that grew up on down-to-Earth applications like resource mapping, weather monitoring and communications. The
 Indian Space Research Organisation, which developed Asia’s first successful Mars mission at an estimated cost of roughly $70 million, is to be congratulated.<br />
<br />
Perhaps by coincidence, Mangalyaan’s arrival came just three days after that of the latest U.S. visitor to the red planet, NASA’s Mars Atmosphere and Volatile Evolution (MAVEN) probe..........<a href="http://www.spacenews.com/article/opinion/42247editorial-rendezvous-at-mars" target="_blank"><span style="font-weight:bold">[Read
 More]</span></a></p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>21/10/2014 18:05:56</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/24124/Rendezvous+at+Mars</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">24124</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>24105</publicationdataID>
      <title>In India, there is more than Kareena Kapoor</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p><span style="font-style:italic">Al-Youm Al-Sabie/by Amr Gad</span><br />
<br />
<span style="font-style:italic">Originally published on September 03, 2014</span><br />
<br />
A few days ago, the Indian Prime Minister Narendra Modi announced an ambitious program to open a bank account for every Indian citizen to benefit from financial services that are not available to them under normal circumstances. This account provides its holder
 with a credit and insurance document of about 100,000 Indian Rupees (about 13,000 Egyptian pounds) and another life insurance policy of one third of that amount.<br />
<br />
There are two remarks here: first, in the first day of launching the program, about 15 million Indians joined this program which encouraged the government to go on with it. Under this program, the government targets to open 75 million accounts for 75 million
 families that constitute the poor category of this country whose population, according to the most recent statistics, amount to one billion and 300 million. If the program succeeds, it would elevate the standard of living of the poor category and may even
 raise it to that of the middle class through investing these amounts of money in successful medium and small enterprises. As for the concerns that such poor citizens may be sent to prison for being burdened with debts, the government have imposed controls
 to prevent this.<br />
<br />
Second: the genius decision makers of India linked the provision of subsidies to this program. The government plans to give subsidy to citizens by transferring the money to their bank accounts. Hence, the government can eradicate corruption in the subsidy system.With
 these remarks in mind, we can see that the situations in Egypt and India are similar to a large extent. In Egypt, just as in India, the problem of high population growth rates hinders development, especially if it grows at lower rates than that of the population.
 Some of the economically emerging countries managed to solve this problem by making use of the growing population in boosting the economy. In this regard, the Indian Prime Minister said: "This program will connect the poor with the mainstream of the Indian
 economy.” Hence, the aim of this program is not to make the poor category a rich one, but rather to raise their standard of living and stimulate their interest in savings. This is similar to what the Egyptian decision maker has done by issuing investment certificates
 to fund the Suez Canal project.We do not need to be impressed by the Indian films that are immersed in passion, fantasy and superstition. We need only to know that India has become the world’s 12th most powerful economy in spite of the social, racial and political
 problems it suffers. We used to look at the faults of other people, but not to look at our own faults. Instead, we should look at what other people do to overcome their problems.I remembered this contradiction while I was watching a scene of an Indian film
 in which the hero managed to overcome 5 men in one strike to rescue his beautiful girl friend who started to dance happily with her eyes full of tears. Seeing those around me so impressed with the scene, I said to them: "This girl does not deserve the fighting
 of these guys for her.” At that point, a young girl said to me: "She is so cute. How come you do not know Kareena Kapoor?” Appearing as an ignorant, I spoke no more.<br />
<br />
This is an English translation of the article originally published in Egypt's Arabic Newspaper (Youm Al Sabae) which can be accessed
<a href="http://www.youm7.com/story/2014/9/3/Ù&#129;Ù‰_Ø§Ù„Ù‡Ù†Ø¯_Ù…Ø§_Ù‡Ùˆ_Ø£Ø¬Ù…Ù„_Ù…Ù†_Â«ÙƒØ§Ø±ÙŠÙ†Ø§_ÙƒØ§Ø¨ÙˆØ±Â»/1848242#.VECqElcfjiz" target="_blank">
<span style="font-weight:bold">here</span></a><br />
<br />
(The views expressed above are the personal views of the author)</p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>17/10/2014 11:29:40</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/24105/In+India+there+is+more+than+Kareena+Kapoor</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">24105</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>24114</publicationdataID>
      <title>20,000 solar pumps to provide drinking water to remote parts of India</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p><span style="font-style:italic">Eco-Business</span><br />
<br />
The drinking water and sanitation ministry has set a target of installing 20,000 solar power-based pumping systems in tribal and inaccessible hamlets/ habitation during this financial year to provide potable piped water to the locals.<br />
<br />
In such areas, piped drinking water is almost impossible due to non-availability of electricity. As per the plan, Chhattisgarh, Jharkhand, Odisha and Rajasthan would get 2,000 pumping systems each. Other states that have been identified for 1,500 such pumps
 are Bihar, Madhya Pradesh and Uttar Pradesh while Andhra Pradesh, Maharashtra, and Telangana would get 1,000 pumps each............<span style="font-weight:bold"><a href="http://www.eco-business.com/news/20000-solar-pumps-provide-drinking-water-remote-parts-india/" target="_blank">[Read
 More]</a></span></p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>17/10/2014 17:50:44</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/24114/20000+solar+pumps+to+provide+drinking+water+to+remote+parts+of+India</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">24114</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>24113</publicationdataID>
      <title>India launches third satellite for regional navigation constellation</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p><span style="font-style:italic">Space News/by K.S. Jayaraman<br />
</span><br />
India on Oct. 16 successfully launched the third of seven planned satellites for its Indian Regional Navigation Satellite System (IRNSS), which is expected to be fully operational in 2015.<br />
<br />
In a nationally televised launch, India’s Polar Satellite Launch Vehicle lifted off at1:32 a.m.local time from the Satish Dhawan Space Centre in Sriharikota carrying the 1,425 kilogram-IRNSS-1C satellite. The satellite was injected into an elliptical orbit
 with a perigee of 282 kilometers and an apogee of 20,670 kilometers as intended.........<span style="font-weight:bold"><a href="http://www.spacenews.com/article/launch-report/42206india-launches-third-satellite-for-regional-navigation-constellation" target="_blank">[Read
 More]</a></span></p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>17/10/2014 17:44:20</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/24113/India+launches+third+satellite+for+regional+navigation+constellation</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">24113</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>24076</publicationdataID>
      <title>India to get first-ever mental health policy</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p><span style="font-style:italic">Wall Street Journal/&nbsp; by Shanoor Seervai</span><br />
<br />
Mental illness in India has grown so much that the government has promised to frame its first national policy on the issue, said Health Minister Harsh Vardhanon Tuesday.<br />
<br />
"Unfortunately, society still stigmatizes those who suffer from routine psychiatric problems and so their treatment is either delayed or denied. We need to build up a social movement to change mindsets and focus on the human dimension of mental illnesses,”
 said Dr. Vardhan in a statement.<br />
<br />
The new policy will be launched on Oct. 10, the date that will henceforth be observed as National Mental Health Day across India each year.<br />
<br />
The policy is likely to include provisions for more institutions and trained professionals to tackle mental health. India’s universal health insurance program – another of the health minister’s promises — "will also have a focus on mental health,” said Dr.
 Vardhan in a statement...........<span style="font-weight:bold"><a href="http://blogs.wsj.com/indiarealtime/2014/10/09/india-to-get-first-ever-mental-health-policy/" target="_blank">[Read More]</a></span></p>
<a href="http://blogs.wsj.com/indiarealtime/2014/10/09/india-to-get-first-ever-mental-health-policy/" target="_blank"></a>]]></description>
      <pubDate>10/10/2014 18:54:06</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/24076/India+to+get+firstever+mental+health+policy</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">24076</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>24077</publicationdataID>
      <title>India hopes to revive economy with launch of MOM</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p><span style="font-style:italic">Guardian Liberty Voice/&nbsp; by Bridgette Bryant</span><br />
<br />
India began its hopeful economic rise with the launch of its first orbital spaceship, the Mars Orbiter Mission (MOM). After an almost year-long voyage, Indian scientists entered the orbit of Mars for the bargain price of 4.5 billion rupee ($74 million). This
 reputation-establishing mission may be the first milestone toward the nation’s advancement, particularly due to its cost-effective production, which was only 11 percent of the cost to produce the U.S. Mayan probe.<br />
<br />
"History has been created today,” said Indian Prime Minister Narendra Modi in an acknowledgement speech at the Indian Space Research Organization office in Bengaluru. "We have dared to reach out into the unknown and have achieved the near impossible.”<br />
<br />
To put into perspective the gravity of the first-run feat, consider that over half of all previous attempts at orbit – 23 out of 41 worldwide – failed to succeed. Prime Minister Modi put the achievement into further jovial perspective stating that, "this mission
 costs less than it takes to make a Hollywood movie. These are the achievements that will go down as landmarks in history.” The triumph even earned India a technological nod of respect from U.S. NASA, which congratulated them via tweet and welcomed MOM into
 the elite circle of red planet researchers.......<span style="font-weight:bold">.<a href="http://guardianlv.com/2014/10/india-hopes-to-revive-economy-with-launch-of-mom/" target="_blank">[Read More]</a></span></p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>10/10/2014 18:56:50</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/24077/India+hopes+to+revive+economy+with+launch+of+MOM</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">24077</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>24059</publicationdataID>
      <title>Democracy in India and Indonesia</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p><span style="font-style:italic">The Jakarta Post/ by Erwin Wirawan</span><br />
<br />
India and Indonesia are regarded as the world’s largest and third-largest democracies respectively. India and Indonesia have many similarities. Both declared independence at relatively the same time and each founding father, Jawaharlal Nehru and Sukarno were
 co-founders of the non-aligned movement. Both have large populations and social diversity. Both are still developing and still grappling with poverty, red tape and inadequate infrastructure.<br />
<br />
The differences are India has embraced democracy since its earliest days, while Indonesia achieved it in 1998 after toppling president Soeharto. In terms of economics, Indonesia under president Soeharto‘s administration was touted as an economic miracle. India’s
 economic growth has been anemic for decades. Nehru’s legacy was opting for centralized development planning. Amid the financial crisis in the 1990s, India, led by then prime minister Narasimha Rao and then finance minister, Manmohan Singh, started reforming
 the economy and moving to a market economy.<br />
<br />
It is worth noting that in India a state is managed by a party and led by a chief minister. Through economic surveys, each state’s performance is publicly announced. Each party boasts about the best performance of states under its rule. So, before elections
 Indians have references on a political party’s performance. The party hardly promises anything beyond reality.
<br />
<br />
In a similar vein, Indonesia has been under President Susilo Bambang Yudhoyono’s (SBY) administration for 10 years. The best he gave us was stability in economy and politics. The economy has grown by around 5 percent during his two terms, which brought Indonesia
 into the G20 as a country shaping the global economy. And there has been no significant turmoil in politics. However, his administration has been tainted with corruption scandals implicating the top brass of his Democratic Party.<br />
<br />
Thanks to democracy Indonesia has also given birth to a new leader. To many people, Joko "Jokowi” Widodo was seen as the best choice to replace SBY and bring Indonesians to prosperity. Like India’s Modi, his meteoric rise started from the success in managing
 a municipality, Surakarta. He made many breakthroughs in the economy, infrastructure and public services through a hands-on approach.<br />
<br />
Later, this achievement brought him to lead Jakarta and ultimately to lead Indonesia. To this point, Indians and Indonesians have got the leaders they wanted. However, India and Indonesia have different political systems. Under the parliamentary system, Indians
 know exactly what party to vote for if they want Modi to be prime minister. And in the last general election, the BJP-led coalition swept the parliament.
<br />
<br />
In contrast, Indonesia subscribes to a presidential system with the result that legislative elections do not necessarily correspond with the presidential election. The Indonesian Democratic Party of Struggle (PDI-P)-led coalition who managed to secure Jokowi’s
 presidency got fewer seats than those of the opposition coalition. The debacle begins.<br />
<br />
Even before the new president is sworn in the opposition is trying everything to show their force in controlling legislation and trying to hamper all the executives’ policies. The amendment to the law regarding the House of Representatives leadership is a case
 in point. <br />
<br />
As an Indonesian, I am very envious of the Indians. In India, the fierce rivalry during the general election has completely stopped as the loser has given way to the winner. And the newly established government has started working with full confidence and support.
 In Indonesia, the future looks grim and uncertain. The fallout of the presidential election still exists and, sadly, Jokowi’s administration – instead of working to catch up with the progress of other developing nations – has to start quarrelling with the
 House about many issues for the next five years. <br />
<br />
(The views expressed above are the personal views of the author)<br />
<br />
<span style="font-weight:bold">This article can also be read at:</span><br />
<a href="http://www.thejakartapost.com/news/2014/10/06/your-letters-democracy-india-and-indonesia.html" target="_blank">Democracy in India and Indonesia</a></p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>08/10/2014 09:45:58</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/24059/Democracy+in+India+and+Indonesia</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">24059</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>24064</publicationdataID>
      <title>India proves that space exploration can be a low-budget affair</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p><span style="font-style:italic">North West Georgia News</span><br />
<br />
The sum of $74 million doesn’t go as far as it used to: NFL Commissioner Roger Goodell earned that amount in just the past two years.<br />
<br />
A Los Angeles home once owned by Walt Disney recently sold for $74 million.<br />
<br />
In India, however, $74 million is all that’s needed to send a satellite into orbit around Mars.<br />
<br />
Determined to explore the red planet ahead of rival China — and to demonstrate its technical prowess — the world’s second-most populous country last month succeeded in delivering its Mars orbiter to the intended destination 420 million miles away.<br />
<br />
For $74 million. NASA expects to spend nine times more on its latest (and much more complex) Mars program.<br />
<br />
India kept the costs of its space shot low by adapting cheap, indigenous technology, limiting the payload to a modest 33 pounds and using the Earth’s gravity to slingshot its craft out of orbit instead of powering through with a larger, more expensive rocket......<span style="font-weight:bold"><a href="http://www.northwestgeorgianews.com/rome/opinion/columns/guest-column-india-proves-that-space-exploration-can-be-a/article_687c2a3c-4ddb-11e4-b800-0017a43b2370.html" target="_blank">[Read
 more]</a></span></p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>08/10/2014 15:35:47</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/24064/India+proves+that+space+exploration+can+be+a+lowbudget+affair</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">24064</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>24066</publicationdataID>
      <title>Indian state of Rajasthan simplifies regulations to boost solar power capacity by 25 GW</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p><span style="font-style:italic">Clean Technica/by Mridul Chadha</span><br />
<br />
India is on a fast-track to boost its solar power capacity, and as the investors flock to its solar power market, no state would stand to gain more than the western state of Rajasthan.<br />
<br />
The Rajasthan state government has a policy that dwarfs the national solar power policy itself. While the current national policy aims at 22 GW installed capacity by 2022, the Rajasthan solar power policy targets 25 GW installed capacity over the next five
 years.The state has about 600 MW installed solar power capacity as of now.............<span style="font-weight:bold"><a href="http://cleantechnica.com/2014/10/08/indian-state-rajasthan-simplifies-regulations-boost-solar-power-capacity-25-gw/" target="_blank">[Read
 more]</a></span></p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>08/10/2014 17:16:21</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/24066/Indian+state+of+Rajasthan+simplifies+regulations+to+boost+solar+power+capacity+by+25+GW</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">24066</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>24056</publicationdataID>
      <title>India at the Forefront</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p><span style="font-style:italic">El País</span><br />
<br />
The coming to power of nationalist Narendra Modi is implying an increasing presence of India in the forefront of international politics. The biggest democracy of the world –as per number of voters– wants to be considered not only as a huge market or a regional
 nuclear power, but also as an important technological partner and a key political leader.<br />
<br />
It is not surprising that the international tour that has taken Modi to the U.S. –after hosting Chinese President Xi Jingping– has coincided with the announcement that India has placed a satellite in the Mars orbit for barely euros 54 million, a trifling figure
 in terms of space research. This shows what India is able to do with its human capital. And if it is able to place a satellite in Mars, it could send its nuclear warheads anywhere on the planet.<br />
<br />
It is significant that this other Asian giant's main investment item is indeed knowledge. It is the world's largest exporter of computer science intelligence and one of the main suppliers of Silicon Valley. Modi also wants to create 100 intelligent cities in
 the next years, and has the help from China to build a giant high-speed network to connect those cities with hundreds of technological parks, which will make the country have one foot in the global cutting edge.<br />
<br />
But the other foot is on a fragile territory. The shining face of the coin has a dark side of extreme inequality; the prime minister won the elections promising "toilets before temples” in a country where 54% of its 1.2 billion inhabitants do not have a bathroom.
 India harbours some of the largest pockets of misery in the world, with millions of illiterate and poverty-stricken citizens.<br />
<br />
Modi wants his country to be a great power and to act like one. It remains to be seen how the power grows in the inside and what type of power it will project to the outside.<br />
<br />
<span style="font-weight:bold">The Spanish version of this article can be read at:</span><br />
<a href="http://elpais.com/elpais/2014/10/01/opinion/1412186205_416394.html" target="_blank">India at the Forefront</a></p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>07/10/2014 12:46:38</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/24056/India+at+the+Forefront</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">24056</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>24065</publicationdataID>
      <title>A brighter future for the Hornbills of India</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p><span style="font-style:italic">NatGeo News Watch‎/by Magnus Lidén</span><br />
<br />
Today, given that fake ”bills” are such a widespread problem, it is perhaps nice to hear that they may play a positive role—in this case, in nature conservation in Arunachal Pradesh in northeast India. However, these aren’t counterfeit monetary notes; rather,
 they are replacements for bird beaks!<br />
<br />
The Nyishi are one of many Tibeto-Burmese tribes that inhabit the valleys and foothills of the eastern Himalayas. The tribe is descended from paleo-mongoloid ancestors and speaks the Tibeto-Burman group of languages...........<span style="font-weight:bold"><a href="http://newswatch.nationalgeographic.com/2014/10/07/a-brighter-future-for-the-hornbills-of-india/" target="_blank">[Read
 more]</a></span></p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>08/10/2014 17:11:01</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/24065/A+brighter+future+for+the+Hornbills+of+India</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">24065</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>24067</publicationdataID>
      <title>Festival offers a taste of India</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p><span style="font-style:italic">Stevens Point Journal Media</span><br />
<br />
Experience the sights, sounds, smells and tastes of India at the 27th annual Festival of India Saturday at Stevens Point Area Senior High, 1201 Northpoint Drive.<br />
<br />
The day will include henna painting, an Indian bazaar of clothes, arts and crafts, games, Indian cuisine and a variety of workshops from 3 p.m. to 6 p.m. Professional Indian dance groups and a comedian will perform from 7 p.m. to 8:45 p.m. These activities
 are offered free of charge.......<span style="font-weight:bold"><a href="http://www.stevenspointjournal.com/story/life/2014/10/08/festival-offers-taste-india/16863291/" target="_blank">[Read more]</a></span></p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>08/10/2014 17:21:29</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/24067/Festival+offers+a+taste+of+India</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">24067</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>24068</publicationdataID>
      <title>India tapping 7,600 km of offshore power potential</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p><span style="font-style:italic">Nikkei Asian Review/by Kiran Sharma</span><br />
<br />
In an effort to harness renewable energy, India has announced its first offshore wind power project along the coast of Gujarat, the political home state of Prime Minister Narendra Modi.<br />
<br />
A memorandum of understanding for the 100-megawatt Gujarat demonstration project has been signed by the Ministry of New and Renewable Energy and state-run National Thermal Power Corporation and Power Grid Corporation of India.<br />
<br />
The pilot project is expected to pave the way for similar projects along India's 7,600 km coast. Power and Coal Minister Piyush Goyal described this as a great opportunity for Asia's second largest energy consumer after China.......<span style="font-weight:bold"><a href="http://asia.nikkei.com/Politics-Economy/Economy/India-tapping-7-600-km-of-offshore-power-potential" target="_blank">[Read
 more]</a></span></p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>08/10/2014 17:26:37</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/24068/India+tapping+7600+km+of+offshore+power+potential</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">24068</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>24110</publicationdataID>
      <title>India overcame Poverty and reached Mars</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p>By Fawzi Abdel Moneim<br />
<br />
This Article is in Arabic Language. Please <span style="font-weight:bold"><a href="http://www.gomhuriaonline.com/main.asp?v_article_id=196769&amp;v_section_id=-2" target="_blank">Click Here</a>​</span><br />
</p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>17/10/2014 17:19:05</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/24110/India+overcame+Poverty+and+reached+Mars</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">24110</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>24049</publicationdataID>
      <title>A renewed U.S.-India partnership for the 21st century</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<div>
<div>
<h1><span style="text-decoration:underline; font-size:14pt; font-style:italic"></span><span style="font-style:italic">Washington Post/​ by Narendra Modi and Barack Obama</span></h1>
</div>
</div>
<br />
As nations committed to democracy, liberty, diversity and enterprise, India and the United States are bound by common values and mutual interests. We have each shaped the positive trajectory of human history, and through our joint efforts, our natural and unique
 partnership can help shape international security and peace for years to come.<br />
<br />
Ties between the United States and India are rooted in the shared desire of our citizens for justice and equality. When Swami Vivekananda presented Hinduism as a world religion, he did so at the 1893 World's Parliament of Religions in Chicago. When Martin Luther
 King Jr. sought to end discrimination and prejudice against African Americans, he was inspired by Mahatma Gandhi's nonviolent teachings. Gandhiji himself drew upon the writings of Henry David Thoreau.<br />
<br />
As nations, we've partnered over the decades to deliver progress to our people. The people of India remember the strong foundations of our cooperation. The food production increases of the Green Revolution and the Indian Institutes of Technology are among the
 many products of our collaboration.<br />
<br />
Today our partnership is robust, reliable and enduring, and it is expanding. Our relationship involves more bilateral collaboration than ever before - not just at the federal level but also at the state and local levels, between our two militaries, private
 sectors and civil society. Indeed, so much has happened that, in 2000, then-Prime Minister Atal Bihari Vajpayee could declare that we are natural allies.<br />
<br />
After many years of growing cooperation since, on any given day, our students work together on research projects, our scientists develop cutting-edge technology and senior officials consult closely on global issues. Our militaries conduct joint exercises in
 air, on land and at sea, and our space programs engage in unprecedented areas of cooperation, leading us from Earth to Mars. And in this partnership, the Indian American community has been a vibrant, living bridge between us. Its success has been the truest
 reflection of the vitality of our people, the value of America's open society and the strength of what we can do when we join together.<br />
<br />
Still, the true potential of our relationship has yet to be fully realized. The advent of a new government in India is a natural opportunity to broaden and deepen our relationship. With a reinvigorated level of ambition and greater confidence, we can go beyond
 modest and conventional goals. It is time to set a new agenda, one that realizes concrete benefits for our citizens.<br />
<br />
This will be an agenda that enables us to find mutually rewarding ways to expand our collaboration in trade, investment and technology that harmonize with India's ambitious development agenda, while sustaining the United States as the global engine of growth.
 When we meet today in Washington, we will discuss ways in which we can boost manufacturing and expand affordable renewable energy, while sustainably securing the future of our common environment.<br />
<br />
We will discuss ways in which our businesses, scientists and governments can partner as India works to improve the quality, reliability and availability of basic services, especially for the poorest of citizens. In this, the United States stands ready to assist.
 An immediate area of concrete support is the "Clean India" campaign, where we will leverage private and civil society innovation, expertise and technology to improve sanitation and hygiene throughout India.<br />
<br />
While our shared efforts will benefit our own people, our partnership aspires to be larger than merely the sum of its parts. As nations, as people, we aspire to a better future for all; one in which our strategic partnership also produces benefits for the world
 at large. While India benefits from the growth generated by U.S. investment and technical partnerships, the United States benefits from a stronger, more prosperous India. In turn, the region and the world benefit from the greater stability and security that
 our friendship creates. We remain committed to the larger effort to integrate South Asia and connect it with markets and people in Central and Southeast Asia.<br />
<br />
As global partners, we are committed to enhancing our homeland security by sharing intelligence, through counterterrorism and law-enforcement cooperation, while we jointly work to maintain freedom of navigation and lawful commerce across the seas. Our health
 collaboration will help us tackle the toughest of challenges, whether combating the spread of Ebola, researching cancer cures or conquering diseases such as tuberculosis, malaria and dengue. And we intend to expand our recent tradition of working together
 to empower women, build capacity and improve food security in Afghanistan and Africa.<br />
<br />
The exploration of space will continue to fire our imaginations and challenge us to raise our ambitions. That we both have satellites orbiting Mars tells its own story. The promise of a better<span tabindex="0">tomorrow</span>is not solely for Indians and Americans:
 It also beckons us to move forward together for a better world. This is the central premise of our defining partnership for the 21st century. Forward together we go - chalein saath saath.<br />
<br />
(Narendra Modi is Prime Minister of India. Barack Obama is President of the United States.)]]></description>
      <pubDate>30/09/2014 18:43:33</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/24049/A+renewed+USIndia+partnership+for+the+21st+century</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">24049</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>24047</publicationdataID>
      <title>Why Better Ties With India Should Be Among Next Government's Foreign-Policy Priorities</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p><span style="font-style:italic">The Jakarta Globe/byJohannes Nugroho</span><br />
<br />
India’s Prime Minister Narendra Modi is currently in the United States for his first official state visit there. In welcoming him, the US Congress has also designated Sept. 30 as US-India Partnership Day.<br />
<br />
While a state visit to Indonesia by Prime Minister Modi is not in the offing yet, it would be in Jakarta’s interest that one be arranged as soon as possible. It may even be wise for the country’s President-elect, Joko Widodo, to make India among the top five
 countries to visit first after taking office.<br />
<br />
The last Indonesian leader to visit New Delhi was President Susilo Bambang Yudhoyono in 2011. The visit was of particular importance as President Yudhoyono had been invited as the state guest of honor for India’s Republic Day celebrations. It was also hailed
 as a watershed in trade relations between the two nations as trade and investment agreements worth over 15 billion dollars were duly signed..........<a href="http://www.thejakartaglobe.com/opinion/better-ties-india-among-next-governments-foreign-policy-priorities/" target="_blank">[Read
 More]</a><br />
<br />
</p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>29/09/2014 18:44:13</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/24047/Why+Better+Ties+With+India+Should+Be+Among+Next+Governments+ForeignPolicy+Priorities</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">24047</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>24034</publicationdataID>
      <title>Unleashing India's Energy and Drive</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[​
<p><span style="font-style:italic">The Wall Street Journal/by Narendra Modi</span><br />
<br />
There is a high tide of hope for change in India. This May, across India's immense diversity, 1.25 billion people spoke unequivocally for political stability, good governance and rapid development. India has a government with a majority in the Lok Sabha, our
 lower house of parliament, for the first time in 30 years. A young nation with 800 million people under age 35, India is brimming with optimism and confidence. The young people's energy, enthusiasm and enterprise are India's greatest strength. Unleashing those
 attributes is my government's biggest mission.<br />
<br />
We will pursue this mission by eliminating unnecessary laws and regulations, making bureaucratic processes easier and shorter, and ensuring that our government is more transparent, responsive and accountable. It has been said that doing the thing right is as
 important as doing the right thing. <br />
<br />
We will create world-class infrastructure that India badly needs to accelerate growth and meet people's basic needs. We will make our cities and towns habitable, sustainable and smart; and we will make our villages the new engines of economic transformation.
 "Make in India" is our commitment—and an invitation to all—to turn India into a new global manufacturing hub. We will do what it takes to make it a reality.........<a href="http://online.wsj.com/articles/narendra-modi-an-invitation-to-make-in-india-1411687511?mod=trending_now_1" target="_blank"><span style="font-weight:bold">[Read
 more]</span></a></p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>26/09/2014 10:24:40</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/24034/Unleashing+Indias+Energy+and+Drive</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">24034</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>24031</publicationdataID>
      <title>Prime Minister Narendra Modi Is Getting India Going</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[​<span style="font-style:italic">Jakarta Globe/by Ambassador Gurjit Singh</span><br />
<br />
The new government in India was elected in June and has completed 100 days in office under the leadership of Prime Minister Narendra Modi.<br />
<br />
The government has emerged with an absolute parliamentary mandate through the hope and aspirations of the people of India and had undertaken to prepare a road map within 100 days for India’s development, keeping in view a new focus on "minimum government and
 maximum governance.” The slogan of Prime Minister Modi, Sabka Sath Sabka Vikas, or All Together, Development for All, is a new call for inclusive development among people, among states and in the entire country.<br />
<br />
In the first 100 days some important initiatives have been taken to bring the economy back on track and put more focus on infrastructure development. The government has introduced a scheme called Pradhan Mantri Jan Dhan Yojna, which is a comprehensive financial
 inclusion scheme, which opens bank accounts for all those who are outside the reach of the banking system. So far 30 million new accounts have been opened. The government also works towards reforming the working of the cabinet system through groups of ministers,
 unleashing the dynamism of the bureaucracy, seeking a replacement for the Planning Commission with a new initiative and has undertaken fast-track diplomacy both bilaterally and multilaterally.<br />
<br />
In his first Independence Day address to the nation on Aug. 15 this year, Prime Minister Modi, besides the financial inclusion scheme, also announced an initiative for strong infrastructure to empower India; an initiative for clean India (Swach Bharat) to be
 launched on Oct. 2 (Mahatma Gandhi’s birthday) as well as initiatives to improve sanitation facilities in schools, to have model villages as well as to empower common people to further realize the potential of India’s youth. A nationwide "Skill India” movement
 will be initiated to improve skills and increase employment.<br />
<br />
From the ramparts of the Red Fort on Independence Day, the prime minister also announced the "Make in India” campaign, inviting manufacturers to invest in India and utilize India’s strengths and capabilities to boost India’s industrial growth. In his view,
 the Made in India label could become a synonym of excellence and with the current changes in the policies towards foreign investment and joint ventures, this can strengthen the Indian economy. With initiatives to increase investment and to create employment,
 the growth rate has returned to a positive direction.<br />
<br />
Among the efforts made by the new government to improve the growth rate, are measures taken to ease the business atmosphere and also to discourage red tape; some of the efforts are to boost business practices in all of India’s states, industrial licensing brought
 under the e-biz portal, the process of applying for industrial licenses and the industrial entrepreneurs memorandum has been brought online and the service is now available to entrepreneurs on 24/7 basis at the e-Biz website, without human interface. Visa
 on arrival for business entrepreneurs is also under consideration.<br />
<br />
With greater emphasis on Foreign Direct Investment, the government has allowed 100 percent FDI in the railway sector and 49 percent in the defense industry. FDI in the construction sector is being liberalized particularly to focus on the development of smart
 cities and to provide affordable housing for all.<br />
<br />
By bringing together the manufacturing sector, industrial corridors and smart cities under the Delhi-Mumbai corridors, implementation is being hastened. New cities are emerging in Dholera Special Investment Region in Gujarat, Shendra-Bidkin Industrial Park
 in Maharashtra, Integrated Industrial Township in Madhya Pradesh and Global City in Gurgaon, Haryana and Integrated Industrial Township in Greater Noida, Uttar Pradesh. The Perspective Plan for Chennai-Bengaluru Industrial corridor has been completed and three
 new industrial cities have been identified for development — Ponneri in Tamil Nadu, Krishnapatnam in Andhra Pradesh and Tumkur in Karnataka — which are receiving positive attention.<br />
<br />
The prime minister is keen to push connectivity with the Southeast Asian region, and the emphasis is now set to shift to how the connectivity corridors, when ready, can be transformed into zones of vibrant economic activity that would benefit both sides. There
 is keenness to transform these connectivity corridors, like the 3,200-kilometer Trilateral Highway linking India, Myanmar and Thailand and the Kaladan Multi-modal transit project — that would link Kolkata port with landlocked Mizoram via Myanmar — into economic
 highways with special economic zones set up along the way. A new National Industrial Development Authority will take charge of these plans. These corridors will facilitate the manufacturing and service sectors and help to create a global manufacturing and
 trading hub.<br />
<br />
The government will create employment opportunities through these processes. The Indian Leather Development program has emerged as the best skill-development program, training 50 thousand youth in the last 100 days with an employment rate of 83 percent. Due
 to these various measures, FDI inflow in India in June-July has increased by 74 percent,manufacturing growth has increased by 3.4 percent, growth in capital goods has increased by 23 percent. Twenty-one new industrial clusters have been approved in the first
 100 days of the new government and these would have their own supply chains, responsive administration, lower logistic costs, and labor availability, and will provide technology upgradation. These clusters are expected to provide cost-effective productivity
 gains and give a further fillip to the Make in India campaign.<br />
<br />
The Make in India initiative has a raft of proposals designed to get foreign companies to set up business and make the country a manufacturing powerhouse by expanding its global partnership. A partnership between Indian and Indonesian companies could thus lead
 to positive resilience not only in terms of sales to the Indian market but also further expand India-Indonesia business cooperation. Indonesian companies who are supplying palm oil, rubber and coal to the Indian market could find more opportunities to utilize
 their experience for downstream business opportunities in India. Indonesian companies in the service sector, particularly in construction, can find tremendous opportunities in cooperation with Indian companies in the increasingly vibrant Indian infrastructure
 sector.<br />
<br />
The government in India has brought a new dynamism and direction which has created a momentum for a vibrant manufacturing sector. In the year ahead, India will fully tap its competitive strengths and continue to build partnerships with friendly countries and
 tap the business acumen across the board. This is an important time for Indian and Indonesian companies to come together to take advantage of these opportunities. Our bilateral engagements of a trade of $20 billion and Indian investment of approximately $15
 billion and strong people-to-people links provide a good framework to create partnerships which could lead to a greater opportunity for Indonesian companies in India as well as Indian companies in Indonesia. Together they could then also look at new opportunities
 which will emerge through India-Asean connectivity and the Asean Economic Community.<br />
<br />
Gurjit Singh is the ambassador of India to Indonesia, the Association of Southeast Asian Nations and Timor Leste.<br />
<br />
<a href="http://www.thejakartaglobe.com/opinion/prime-minister-narendra-modi-getting-india-going/" target="_blank"><span style="font-weight:bold">Prime Minister Narendra Modi Is Getting India Going</span></a>]]></description>
      <pubDate>25/09/2014 10:35:53</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/24031/Prime+Minister+Narendra+Modi+Is+Getting+India+Going</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">24031</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>24029</publicationdataID>
      <title>The U.S. Bets on Modi</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p><span style="font-style:italic">Wall Street Journal/ By Daniel Twining</span><br />
<br />
America anticipates an Indian resurgence that could tilt Asia's power balance.<br />
<br />
India's Narendra Modi was once subject to a U.S. visa ban for failing to halt communal violence while chief minister of Gujarat. He meets President Obama at the White House on Sept. 29 as an honored guest. Prime minister of the world's second-most populous
 country, with the biggest electoral mandate of any Indian leader in decades, he can afford to be magnanimous about former slights. The two leaders should embrace an agenda that strengthens their role as democratic and economic counterweights to growing global
 disorder.<br />
<br />
Obama might envy what Mr. Modi has already accomplished: India's stock market is up 30%, growth has surged to nearly 6%, and the defeated Congress Party is so feeble it cannot even lead India's fractured opposition. Mr. Modi makes the political weather in his
 country, whereas Obama seems a bystander in his own. But their countries' common interests compel cooperation.<br />
<br />
India urgently needs American technology, investment, energy and trade to reform a still-statist economy that sputtered badly under the previous government and lacks the foundations for Chinese-style growth. India could also use American support to manage a
 dangerous security environment featuring a witches' brew of Pakistani-based terrorism, internal insurgency and tensions with a revisionist China driven by what Mr. Modi calls an "18th century expansionist mindset." His recent summit with Xi Jinping was overshadowed
 by a military standoff along their border.<br />
<br />
America anticipates an Indian resurgence that could tilt Asia's power balance in a democratic direction and drive global growth. A thriving India could also uplift the region, including troubled Pakistan. As sectarian violence engulfs the Middle East, India
 and its nearly 200 million Muslims exemplify relative tolerance. The United States has a considerable stake in India's success.<br />
<br />
Refreshingly, Mr. Modi has said all things are possible between India and America—even a strategic alliance. But the two countries still have much distance to travel to create one. An agenda for the Obama-Modi summit should encompass five critical areas for
 cooperation: defense, energy, trade and investment, the future of Afghanistan and the crisis in the Middle East.<br />
<br />
India is the world's largest arms importer. America is its principal supplier of military hardware, and Indians exercise more with U.S. armed forces than with anyone else. It is now time to engage in joint planning for contingencies that impact both countries.
 Mr. Modi's liberalization of foreign investment in the defense sector and pending renewal of a 10-year U.S.-India defense agreement offer a chance to work together to propel India's military modernization.<br />
<br />
India faces chronic developmental bottlenecks from energy supply constraints. The 2008 Indo-U.S. civilian nuclear deal was designed to help—but Indian liability laws made it impossible to implement. The new team in New Delhi should push through enacting legislation
 as part of a pro-growth package of reforms. America could also supply natural gas as India opens its energy market to international investment. This would be a bounty for a country overly reliant on risky Middle Eastern suppliers.<br />
<br />
And it is surely time for a U.S.-India investment treaty that opens the way to a broader agreement covering trade, technology and knowledge workers; after all, America remains India's largest trading partner in goods and services combined. Messrs. Obama and
 Modi should clear away the bureaucratic underbrush to make it happen. India's exclusion from the Trans-Pacific Partnership and obstructionism at the World Trade Organization could otherwise marginalize it from the global trading system at a time when almost
 half India's GDP is tied to the world economy. Integration into global supply chains is a developmental imperative.<br />
<br />
India and America have high stakes in preventing Afghanistan from spiraling back into warlordism after Western forces withdraw. Indians recall that the 1999 hijacking of Air India made them—not Americans—the first foreign victims of the Taliban's alliance with
 Al Qaeda and other extremists. Washington and New Delhi should develop a joint plan to expand training of Afghan security forces and enhance India's stabilizing economic and diplomatic role.<br />
<br />
Even more pressing, the victories of Islamic State compel a closer degree of Indo-U.S. collaboration. India's Arab allies—and principal energy suppliers—are all part of the U.S.-led anti-IS coalition; even China is considering cooperating. New Delhi opposed
 action in Libya and Syria at the United Nations and has taken a hands-off approach to the region. But how can India—home to as many Muslims as Iraq, Syria, Libya, Saudi Arabia, and Egypt combined—sit this one out?<br />
<br />
Prime Minister Modi recently said that modern countries can follow two paths—vistarvad (expansionism) or vikasvad (peaceful development). India and America are aligned in the second camp. Mr. Modi urgently needs to revitalize India's economic fortunes and manage
 pressing security challenges. For both he could use, and deserves, American help.<br />
<br />
Mr. Twining is senior fellow for Asia at the German Marshall Fund of the United States.<br />
<br />
<span style="font-style:italic">(The views expressed above are the personal views of the author)</span><br />
<br />
<a href="http://online.wsj.com/articles/daniel-twining-the-u-s-bets-on-modi-1411403689" target="_blank"><span style="font-weight:bold">The U.S. Bets on Modi</span></a></p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>23/09/2014 10:14:04</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/24029/The+US+Bets+on+Modi</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">24029</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>23987</publicationdataID>
      <title>Mars Probes from US and India Arrive at Red Planet This Month</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p><span style="font-style:italic">Space.com/By Elizabeth Howell</span><br />
<br />
The planet Mars is about to have some company. Two new spacecraft, one from the United States and the other from India, are closing in on the Red Planet and poised to begin orbiting Mars by the end of this month.<br />
<br />
The U.S.-built probe, NASA's Mars Atmosphere and Volatile Evolution (MAVEN) spacecraft, is expected to enter orbit around Mars on Sept. 21. Just days later, on Sept. 24, India's Mars Orbiter Mission(MOM) orbiter is due to make its own Mars arrival when it enters
 orbit. Both MOM and MAVEN launched to space in 2013.<br />
<br />
MAVEN is the first mission devoted to probing the Martian atmosphere, particularly to understand how it has changed during the planet's history. ...<span style="font-weight:bold"><a href="http://www.space.com/27076-mars-nasa-india-probes-arrival.html" target="_blank">[Read
 more]</a></span><br />
<br />
<span style="font-style:italic">(The views expressed above are the personal views of the author)</span></p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>11/09/2014 11:25:17</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/23987/Mars+Probes+from+US+and+India+Arrive+at+Red+Planet+This+Month</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">23987</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>23988</publicationdataID>
      <title>Sanskrit, Far from Being a Dead Language, Has Attractions Outside India Too</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p><span style="font-style:italic">Latin American Herald Tribune</span><br />
<br />
Far from being a dead language, the ancient Indian tongue of Sanskrit has more and more students outside the subcontinent and there is growing interest to learn it in America and Europe.<br />
<br />
Sanskrit has given the world such words as yoga, avatar, guru, mantra and nirvana, and in Spanish, for example, Sanskrit-derived words include colors like blue (azul) and lilac (lila) and fruits such as lemon (limon) and orange (naranja).<br />
<br />
"But Sanskrit is not just a language, but also the study of Indian history and culture,” Professor Ramesh Bhardwaj of the University of Delhi told Efe.<br />
<br />
Bhardwaj boasted that the university has the largest department of Sanskrit in the world, with more than 500 graduate students ...<span style="font-weight:bold"><a href=" http://www.laht.com/article.asp?ArticleId=2351365&amp;CategoryId=13003" target="_blank">[Read
 more]</a></span></p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>11/09/2014 11:31:18</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/23988/Sanskrit+Far+from+Being+a+Dead+Language+Has+Attractions+Outside+India+Too</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">23988</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>23953</publicationdataID>
      <title>Iyengar and the Invention of Yoga</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p><span style="font-style:italic">The New Yorker/ By Michelle Goldberg</span><br />
<br />
In contemporary yoga classes, teachers often speak of Patanjali’s "Yoga Sutras,” a philosophical text compiled around two thousand years ago, as the wellspring of the practice. This requires an imaginative leap, because the yoga sutras say next to nothing about
 physical poses; their overriding concern is the workings of the mind. Yoga, the sutras say, "is the restriction of the fluctuations of consciousness.” The total of their guidance about posture is that it should be "steady and comfortable.”<br />
<br />
Instructions for postures, or asanas, appeared much later, in medieval tantra-inflected texts, such as the "Hatha Yoga Pradipika.” Even in those works, however, you won’t find many of the positionstaught today as yoga. Fifteen poses appear in the "Hatha Yoga
 Pradipika,” most of them seated or supine. There are no sun salutations, no downward-facing dogs or warriors. There are instructions for drawing discharged semen back into the penis, so as to overcome death, and for severing the tendon connecting the tongue
 to the bottom of the mouth, and lengthening it so that it can touch the forehead.....<a href="http://www.newyorker.com/business/currency/iyengar-invention-yoga" target="_blank">[<span style="font-weight:bold">Read more]</span></a></p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>27/08/2014 12:12:29</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/23953/Iyengar+and+the+Invention+of+Yoga</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">23953</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>23950</publicationdataID>
      <title>India: Multifunctional Wonder Herb 'Rhodiola' Found in Himalaya's High Peaks</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[<br />
<p><span style="font-style:italic">International Business Times/ by Sarmistha Acharya</span><br />
<br />
Rhodiola can reduce the effects of altitiude sickness and exposure to radiation.<br />
<br />
Indian scientists have found a wonder herb which regulates the immunity system, adapts to challenging environment conditions and protects people from radiation, in the high peaks of the Himalayas mountains in southeast Asia.<br />
<br />
Rhodiola is a herb found in cold and highland climates, could be the end to the quest for Sanjeevani – the mythical herb that gave life to Ram's brother Lakshman in the great Indian Hindu epic.<br />
<br />
Rhodiola is also found in the US and China, where the herb is used in traditional Chinese medicine for combating altitude sickness. In Mongolia, physicians prescribed it for tuberculosis and cancer. Additionally, researchers in Russia studied its impact on
 athletes and cosmonauts.......<span style="font-weight:bold"><a href=" http://www.ibtimes.co.uk/india-multifunctional-wonder-herb-rhodiola-found-himalayas-high-peaks-1462448" target="_blank">[Read more]</a></span><br />
<br />
<span style="font-style:italic">(The views expressed above are the personal views of the writer)</span></p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>25/08/2014 19:19:12</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/23950/India+Multifunctional+Wonder+Herb+Rhodiola+Found+in+Himalayas+High+Peaks</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">23950</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>23941</publicationdataID>
      <title>India Set to Introduce .Bharat Domain, URLs in Indian Languages</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p><span style="font-style:italic">India West/ by Aparajita Gupta</span><br />
<br />
India, with an Internet user base of 243 million, is all set to get a ".Bharat” domain this month, followed by web addresses in six regional languages.<br />
<br />
In tandem with its dream of "Digital India” to connect with people across the country, the Bharatiya Janata Party-led government is expected to unveil the ".Bharat” domain name on Aug 21. It will also then launch Uniform Resource Locators, or URLs, in six regional
 languages.........<a href="http://www.indiawest.com/news/india/india-set-to-introduce-bharat-domain-urls-in-indian-languages/article_b806ed98-261d-11e4-8d3a-001a4bcf887a.htm" target="-blank">
<span style="font-weight:bold">[Read More]</span></a><br />
<br />
<span style="font-style:italic">(The views expressed above are the personal views of writer)</span></p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>19/08/2014 19:39:14</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/23941/India+Set+to+Introduce+Bharat+Domain+URLs+in+Indian+Languages</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">23941</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>23923</publicationdataID>
      <title>Girls find ways to fight injustice in troubled Uttar Pradesh</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[​
<p><span style="font-style:italic">UCA News/by Shawn Sebastian</span><br />
<br />
​On a bright sunny day, Poornima, a 20-year-old post graduate student traveled from her remote village in Sultanpur district to a town in Raebareli district in the northern Indian state of Uttar Pradesh.
<br />
<br />
Over the next three days, she would share many of her concerns as a teen living in a dangerous environment in a troubled state and would try to find solutions to some of them.
<br />
<br />
Poornima is part of a group of more than 35 teenage girls from Uttar Pradesh who attended a leadership/journalism training camp held July 31 to August 2 in the state's Raebareli district.
<br />
<br />
During discussion groups, the teens voiced many of their pressing concerns; growing insecurity, sanitation, education, and ending the practice of dowry, among others. The camp was organized by the Rajiv Gandhi Mahila Vikas Pariyojana womens' rights organization
 based in Uttar Pradesh........<span style="font-weight:bold"><a href="http://www.ucanews.com/news/girls-find-ways-to-fight-injustice-in-troubled-uttar-pradesh/71648" target="_blank">[Read More]</a></span><br />
<br />
<span style="font-style:italic">(The views expressed above are the personal views of writer)</span></p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>14/08/2014 18:46:35</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/23923/Girls+find+ways+to+fight+injustice+in+troubled+Uttar+Pradesh</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">23923</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>23876</publicationdataID>
      <title>First Solar announces first development project in India</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p><span style="font-style:italic">PV-Magazine/by Christian Roselund</span><br />
<br />
While First Solar has been the single largest module supplier for the Indian market, with the 45 MW-AC project at two sites in the new state of Telangana the company is moving into project development in the nation as well.<br />
<br />
First Solar has announced plans to develop a 45 MW-AC solar PV project at two sites in the newly established Indian state of Telangana, which split off from Andhra Pradesh two months ago. The company plans to begin construction of the project by October 2014,
 with commercial operation scheduled by May 2015...............<span style="font-weight:bold"><a href="http://www.pv-magazine.com/news/details/beitrag/first-solar-announces-first-development-project-in-india_100015992/#axzz39lhMFnxv" target="_blank">[Read More]</a></span><br />
<span style="font-style:italic">(The views expressed above are the personal views of writer)</span></p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>08/08/2014 17:34:27</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/23876/First+Solar+announces+first+development+project+in+India</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">23876</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>23885</publicationdataID>
      <title>Antenna ready for the Mars Orbit Insertion: ISRO</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p><span style="font-style:italic">Brahmand.com</span><br />
<br />
​​India's Mars Orbiter Mission's antenna is ready for the Mars Orbit Insertion with only 14 per cent of its journey to the Red Planet left to be covered.<br />
<br />
MOM successfully completed the characterisation of its Medium Gain Antenna, which will be used for communicating with earth during the critical Mars Orbit Insertion (MOI), ISRO said on Thursday in a post on its Mars Orbiter Mission Facebook page............<span style="font-weight:bold"><a href="http://www.brahmand.com/news/Antenna-ready-for-Indias-Mars-Orbit-Insertion-ISRO/12654/1/10.html " target="_blank">[Read
 More]</a></span></p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>11/08/2014 12:50:06</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/23885/Antenna+ready+for+the+Mars+Orbit+Insertion+ISRO</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">23885</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>23886</publicationdataID>
      <title>India-born Psychiatrist elected head of West Virginia Medical Board</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[<span style="font-style:italic">India West/by Richard Springer</span><br />
<p><br />
​India-born psychiatrist Dr. Ahmed Daver Faheem, a clinical professor in the psychiatry department at West Virginia University in Morgantown, W. Va., has been unanimously elected to a two-year term as president of the West Virginia Board of Medicine.<br />
<br />
The board is the state’s sole authority for the issuance of licenses to practice medicine, surgery and podiatry, for physician assistants to medical doctors; and is the regulatory and disciplinary body for medical doctors, podiatrists and physician assistants...........<span style="font-weight:bold"><a href="http://www.indiawest.com/news/global_indian/india-born-psychiatrist-elected-head-of-west-virginia-medical-board/article_b6f533d6-1f21-11e4-b28c-0019bb2963f4.html" target="_blank">[Read
 More]</a></span><br />
<br />
​(The views expressed above are the personal views of writer)</p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>11/08/2014 12:52:20</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/23886/Indiaborn+Psychiatrist+elected+head+of+West+Virginia+Medical+Board</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">23886</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>23887</publicationdataID>
      <title>India approves USD 1 million for the construction of Kandahar cricket stadium</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[<span style="font-style:italic">Khaama Press/by Ghanizada</span><br />
<p><br />
The government of India has approved USD 1 million for the construction of cricket stadium in southern Kandahar province of Afghanistan.<br />
<br />
The Afghanistan Cricket Board (ACB) said Friday that a proposal was sent to the Indian embassy requesting USD 1 million fund for the construction of a standard cricket stadium in Kandahar province.<br />
<br />
ACB further added that construction work of the stadium will be started in the near future in Aino Meena city, after the proposal was approved by the Indian government..................<span style="font-weight:bold"><a href="http://www.khaama.com/india-approves-1-million-for-the-construction-of-kandahar-cricket-stadium-6533" target="_blank">[Read
 More]</a></span><br />
<br />
<span style="font-style:italic">​(The views expressed above are the personal views of writer)</span></p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>11/08/2014 12:55:19</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/23887/India+approves+USD+1+million+for+the+construction+of+Kandahar+cricket+stadium</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">23887</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>23888</publicationdataID>
      <title>‘Mughal painting’: Tiny works tell a story of vast wealth</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p><span style="font-style:italic">Seattle Times/by Nancy Worssam</span><br />
<br />
A review of "Mughal Painting: Power and Piety,” exquisite miniature paintings from the wealthy dynasty that ruled India for hundreds of years. At Seattle Asian Art Museum through Dec. 7.<br />
<br />
Emeralds and empires, rubies and royalty, pearls and power. In the early 16th century, Muslim invaders from the West swept into Hindu India and established a dynasty that lasted into the mid-19th century. These Mughal emperors became immensely wealthy, enabling
 them to commission astounding artworks and jeweled adornments.<br />
<br />
The small but dazzling collection now exhibited at Seattle Asian Art Museum, "Mughal Painting: Power and Piety,” offers a peek at the lifestyle and history of the Mughal Empire and an insight into the extent of its wealth..........<span style="font-weight:bold"><a href="http://seattletimes.com/html/thearts/2024262088_mughalspaintingreviewxml.html " target="_blank">[Read
 More]</a></span></p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>11/08/2014 12:57:49</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/23888/Mughal+painting+Tiny+works+tell+a+story+of+vast+wealth</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">23888</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>23889</publicationdataID>
      <title>India’s ancient cave monasteries</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p>Financial Times/by William Dalrymple<br />
<br />
To the north of Pune lie rock-cut complexes as startling as Petra but completely overlooked by tourists.<br />
<br />
The valley was wide and fertile, still green despite the onset of the Indian summer heat. On the horizon, the hilltops were jagged with the silhouetted crenellations of Maratha forts. Below, in the valley bottom, white oxen with blue-painted horns dragged wooden
 ploughs through rocky strip fields. The second harvest of the year had just been reaped, and the land was being prepared for the fallow months of blazing heat ahead.<br />
<br />
The path, though unmarked from the Tarmac road and quite deserted, was an ancient one, rubbed into a U-shaped hollow by the footfalls of generations of pilgrims. It was a steep climb up the old path in the midday sun, and I stopped every few hundred yards to
 mop my brow. Mynahs hopped chattering around my feet, apparently impervious to the intense heat radiating from the walls of dark rock. Thirty minutes later, finally turning the corner of the cliff, I looked on to the great façade of the building that had drawn
 so many generations puffing up this hill: the elaborately sculpted portico of probably the oldest intact Buddhist monastery in the world............<a href="http://www.ft.com/cms/s/2/e0ce2850-198d-11e4-8730-00144feabdc0.html#axzz39rTMmNio" target="_blank">
 [Read More]</a> ​(The views expressed above are the personal views of writer)</p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>11/08/2014 13:00:05</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/23889/Indias+ancient+cave+monasteries</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">23889</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>23890</publicationdataID>
      <title>India's Royal Enfield going global with retro-cool bikes</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p><span style="font-style:italic">Los Angles Times/by Charles Fleming</span><br />
<br />
The entrepreneur slipped on his aviator sunglasses, threw a leg over a gleaming new motorcycle, and roared into the North San Diego County sunset.<br />
<br />
At the end of a long day in the saddle, Siddhartha Lal showed no signs of tiring. Wearing riding jeans and a leather motorcycle jacket, he looked like he stepped out of 1960s London.<br />
<br />
The son of the Indian motorworks mogul Vikram Lal, Lal, 40, is CEO and managing director of Eicher Motors Ltd., one of India’s largest commercial vehicle producers, and head of the legendary motorcycle company Royal Enfield...........<a href="http://www.latimes.com/business/autos/la-fi-hy-indias-royal-enfield-going-global-20140808-story.html" target="_blank">
<span style="font-weight:bold">[Read More]</span></a><br />
<br />
<span style="font-style:italic">(The views expressed above are the personal views of writer)</span></p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>11/08/2014 13:02:56</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/23890/Indias+Royal+Enfield+going+global+with+retrocool+bikes</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">23890</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>23858</publicationdataID>
      <title>Indian Author Wins American Literary Forum Society Award</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p><span style="font-style:italic">India West/by Yoshita Singh</span><br />
<br />
Nikhil Chandwani, a 20-year-old noted Indian author and documentary filmmaker, has become the first Asian to win the prestigious "Author of the Year Award” from the American Literary Forum Society for his novel.<br />
<br />
Chandwani bagged the "Conspiracy Novel of the Year Award” for his book "Coded Conspiracy.”<br />
<br />
The author has previously won the United Kingdom Writers’ Forum Award for excellence in poetry.............<a href="http://www.indiawest.com/entertainment/global/indian-author-wins-american-literary-forum-society-award/article_de67406a-1dc0-11e4-af3c-0019bb2963f4.html" target="_blank"><span style="font-weight:bold">[Read
 More]</span></a></p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>07/08/2014 19:11:23</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/23858/Indian+Author+Wins+American+Literary+Forum+Society+Award</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">23858</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>23848</publicationdataID>
      <title>Festival of India in Japan in October</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[<br />
<p><span style="font-style:italic">Daiji World</span><br />
<br />
The Festival of India will be held in Japan in October, the two countries' cultural ministers decided Tuesday as they agreed to encourage bilateral cultural exchanges.<br />
<br />
Tourism and Culture Minister Shripad Yesso Naik and Japanese Minister of Education, Culture, Sports, Science and Technology Hakubun Shimomura agreed that "friendship between India and Japan has a long history rooted in spiritual affinity and strong cultural
 and civilisational ties"......... <a href="http://www.daijiworld.com/news/news_disp.asp?n_id=253856" target="_blank">
<span style="font-weight:bold">[Read More]</span></a></p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>06/08/2014 18:46:46</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/23848/Festival+of+India+in+Japan+in+October</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">23848</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>23849</publicationdataID>
      <title>Festival of India in Japan in October</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[<br />
<p><span style="font-style:italic">Daiji World</span><br />
<br />
The Festival of India will be held in Japan in October, the two countries' cultural ministers decided Tuesday as they agreed to encourage bilateral cultural exchanges.<br />
<br />
Tourism and Culture Minister Shripad Yesso Naik and Japanese Minister of Education, Culture, Sports, Science and Technology Hakubun Shimomura agreed that "friendship between India and Japan has a long history rooted in spiritual affinity and strong cultural
 and civilisational ties"......... <a href="http://www.daijiworld.com/news/news_disp.asp?n_id=253856" target="_blank">
<span style="font-weight:bold">[Read More]</span></a></p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>06/08/2014 18:49:49</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/23849/Festival+of+India+in+Japan+in+October</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">23849</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>23850</publicationdataID>
      <title>India to invest in electric vehicle industry again​ ​</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[<br />
<p><span style="font-style:italic">Bike-​Europe</span><br />
​<br />
The Indian government initiated a US$ 2.3 billion incentive program to the electric vehicle industry and to enhance the adoption of greener and cleaner vehicles.<br />
<br />
The electric vehicle industry expects the government to expedite the roll out of the National Electric Mobility Mission Plan 2020 (NEMMP 2020 plan) intended to aid manufacturers of electric vehicles in India............<span style="font-weight:bold"><a target="_blank">[Read
 More]</a></span></p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>06/08/2014 18:52:09</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/23850/India+to+invest+in+electric+vehicle+industry+again</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">23850</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>23851</publicationdataID>
      <title>Bihar soon to become first fully solar powered Indian state?​</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[<br />
<p><span style="font-style:italic">​​International Business Times​ ​/by Mangala Dilip​​</span><br />
​​<br />
Former chief minister Nitish Kumar on Monday visited Dharnai in Jehanabad district of Bihar, India's first fully solar-powered village, and praised the Greenpeace's efforts in installing the micro-grid.​​<br />
​​<br />
Kumar, elated with the unique energy model, upheld it as a crucial step towards rural electrification of Bihar. The micro-grid is now powering the homes, shops, schools and street-lights of Dharnai.​​<br />
​​<br />
"Solar energy is the only solution and I praise and appreciate Greenpeace for accepting the challenge in successfully installing this everlasting viable solution model," Kumar told the 2,000 people gathered for the public event in Dharnai on 4 August...........<a href="http://www.ibtimes.co.in/bihars-dharnai-becomes-first-fully-solar-powered-village-india-606094" target="_blank">
<span style="font-weight:bold">[Read More]</span></a></p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>06/08/2014 18:55:05</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/23851/Bihar+soon+to+become+first+fully+solar+powered+Indian+state</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">23851</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>23809</publicationdataID>
      <title>Visit From Indian Premier Signals a Political Shift in Nepal</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p><span style="font-style:italic">New York Times/ By Gardiner Harris</span><br />
<br />
KATMANDU, Nepal — Prime Minister Narendra Modi of India continued his wooing of the people and leaders of Nepal here Monday by praying at the country’s most important Hindu temple and meeting top political leaders.<br />
<br />
Mr. Modi promised not to interfere in Nepal’s internal politics, but his graceful speech before the country’s legislature on Sunday and his rapturous reception by the country’s people and media shifted the country’s political debate.<br />
<br />
On Monday, the country’s Maoist leaders, who have made anti-India rhetoric central to their politics, looked decidedly uncomfortable as they praised Mr. Modi after meeting with him at the palatial Hyatt Hotel here........<a href="http://www.nytimes.com/2014/08/05/world/asia/visit-from-indian-premier-modi-signals-a-political-shift-in-nepal.html?ref=world&amp;_r=0" target="_blank"><span style="font-weight:bold">[Read
 more]</span></a></p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>05/08/2014 09:37:36</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/23809/Visit+From+Indian++Signals+a+Political+Shift+in+Nepal</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">23809</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>23810</publicationdataID>
      <title>A new page opens in Nepal-India relations</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p><span style="font-style:italic">The Himalayan/ by Shyam Sharan</span><br />
<br />
Prime Minister Narendra Modi’s visit to Nepal on August 3 and 4 has certainly hit all the right notes. It has raised very high expectations, not unlike those in India itself, and on their fulfilment, within a reasonable period of time, rests the future of India-Nepal
 relations.<br />
<br />
What were the high notes? In every pronouncement, Modi accorded respect and courtesy to his hosts. This was not an arrogant big brother talking down to a smaller neighbour. This set the right tone throughout the visit. In his speech to the Constituent Assembly,
 the Indian leader conveyed a categorical and public assurance that India had no desire to interfere in Nepal’s internal affairs, thus reinforcing a similar assurance conveyed earlier by Foreign Minister Sushma Swaraj. While expressing the hope that the Constituent
 Assembly would fulfil its mandate expeditiously, comments on the nature of the Constitution were avoided, except on one significant issue. By conveying his respect for Nepal’s ‘Federal, Democratic Republic, as per the wishes of the people of Nepal’, Modi put
 to rest apprehensions that India under the BJP would not be averse to a revival, in same form, of Nepal’s monarchy. The Indian leader reiterated what had also been conveyed earlier by his foreign minister, that India would be agreeable to ‘the review, adjustment
 and updating of the Treaty of Peace and Friendship of 1950, in order to reflect current realities’.<br />
<br />
At the welcome banquet in his honour hosted by the Nepal prime minister, Modi said, "My doors are open, I invite you to bring any suggestions to review the 1950 Treaty, if you so want.” The foreign secretaries of the two countries are expected to meet soon
 in order to make necessary recommendations in this regard......<a href="http://thehimalayantimes.com/fullNews.php?headline=A&#43;new&#43;page&#43;opens&#43;in&#43;&#43;Nepal-India&#43;relations&amp;NewsID=423204" target="_blank"><span style="font-weight:bold">[read more]</span></a></p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>05/08/2014 09:46:38</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/23810/A+new+page+opens+in+NepalIndia+relations</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">23810</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>23811</publicationdataID>
      <title>Indian Army in the Ypres Salient 1914-1918</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[​<span style="font-style:italic">by Dominiek Dendooven​</span><br />
<br />
​​The Indian army.s involvement on the Western front started on 6 August 1914. That day, the War Council in London requested two infantry divisions and a cavalry brigade from the Viceroy's government to be sent to Egypt. The two selected infantry divisions
 were the Lahore Division (3rd India War Division) and the Meerut Division (7th Indian War Division). Together they formed the Indian Corps. The Secunderabad Cavalry Brigade was added later. On 27 August 1914 the British government decided that the Indian divisions
 had to be sent immediately to France, as reinforcement of the British Expeditionary Force, which had already suffered heavy losses in the Battle of Mons​.....<a href="Images/pdf/Indian_Army_in_the_Ypres_Salient.pdf" target="_blank"><span style="font-weight:bold">[read
 more]</span></a>]]></description>
      <pubDate>05/08/2014 09:56:28</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/23811/Indian+Army+in+the+Ypres+Salient+19141918</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">23811</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>23812</publicationdataID>
      <title>Nepal Enthralled by Visit of India Premier, Who Hits ‘the Right Notes’</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p><span style="font-style:italic">The New York Times/ by Gardiner Harris</span><br />
<br />
In a visit that has transfixed this impoverished country, the Indian prime minister, Narendra Modi, told Nepal’s legislature on Sunday that its effort to write the nation’s Constitution was a sacred process.<br />
<br />
"You are writing a treatise just like the rishis in the past wrote the Vedas and Upanishads,” Mr. Modi said, referring to Hindu sages and the religious scriptures they wrote.<br />
<br />
The 50-minute speech, the first by a foreign leader before Nepal’s legislature, the Constituent Assembly, was clearly intended to urge Nepal’s leaders to finish the country’s Constitution, delayed for years.<br />
<br />
Perhaps just as important, Mr. Modi avoided suggesting how Nepal’s legislators should resolve their remaining controversies over how to delineate states, whether to empower a president or prime minister, and whether Hinduism should be declared the state religion.
 Nepal, like India, is majority Hindu........<a href="http://www.nytimes.com/2014/08/04/world/asia/nepal-enthralled-by-visit-of-indian-prime-minister-narendra-modi-who-hits-the-right-notes.html?partner=rss&amp;emc=rss&amp;smid=tw-nytimes&amp;_r=1" target="_blank"><span style="font-weight:bold">[read
 more]</span></a><br />
</p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>05/08/2014 10:04:32</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/23812/Nepal+Enthralled+by+Visit+of+India++Who+Hits+the+Right+Notes</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">23812</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>23845</publicationdataID>
      <title>Electricity from Sewage in India</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p><span style="font-style:italic">Environmental Expert</span><br />
<span style="font-weight:bold"><br />
Waste-to-Wire: Electricity from Sewage</span><br />
<br />
India’s newly elected government’s agenda on sanitation and sewage treatment is intent towards improving the socio-economic spheres of our times. Financial schemes from the central government to build sewage treatment plants, river cleaning programmes and providing
 clean sanitation facility for all are indicators of enterprising solutions which have been embarked by the Narendra Modi led government.<br />
<span style="font-weight:bold"><br />
Sanitation and renewable energy generation</span><br />
<br />
A holistic approach at the micro level – sanitation &amp; sewer – can contribute towards a healthy and hygienic society along with minimising our electricity woes.<br />
<br />
At community levels, a centralised collection and waste treatment from toilets answers not only proper sanitation but if treated scientifically, yields renewable energy as well. Adopting bio-methanation the waste can be effectively treated and the biogas thus
 produced can either be used as a cooking gas or can power a biogas engine for generating electricity.<br />
<br />
At many public toilets across India the biogas-to-power concept is getting implemented. There are success stories scripted for generating electricity from the waste generated at public toilets. Many countries are adopting the concept too. A government’s mandate
 for energy generation from public toilets shall be notable towards meeting our needs and contributing for sustainability; in the form of waste treatment and renewable energy production.<br />
<br />
With the rapid urbanisation and increasing population of Indian cities, it becomes paramount to treat the waste generated. The Indian Government’s announcement to develop sewage treatment plant through project funding shall ensure keeping financial challenges
 at bay. The Government’s fast track implementation of developing sewer networks and connecting to a Sewage Treatment Plant (STP) (or wastewater treatment plant (WWTP) at community levels or at a central location shall ensure the implementation of proven ways
 of sewage collection and disposal. Also, adoption of latest waste treatment technology can be done which serves multi-purpose motives.<br />
<br />
One such way to treat sewage by achieving multi-prong benefit is anaerobic digestion . The technology transforms sewage treatment into a revenue generation option. Whilst effectively treating the sewage, anaerobic digestion generates a high grade of gaseous
 fuel – sewage gas. The methane produced can be utilised for generating electricity – renewable energy – through a biogas engine thereby making the sewage treatment plant meet its electricity requirements. Moreover, surplus power generated can be supplied to
 the grid.<br />
<span style="font-weight:bold"><br />
Massive potential for power from sewage in India</span><br />
<br />
At many sites both in India and internationally, Clarke Energy has executed sewage gas based power generation facilities with long term maintenance contracts intact with the developer using GE’s Jenbacher gas engines.<br />
<br />
Such facilities include United Utilities Davyhulme WWTP near Manchester, UK or SA Water’s Bolivar WWTP near Adelaide. However, the sewage gas based power generation plants built are miniscule against the total number of STP’s in India. Guidelines from the government
 favouring captive power generation using sewage can spur electricity-from-sewage.<br />
<br />
Consuming sewage gas, a gas engine can be configured as a combined heat and power (CHP) plant. Waste heat emanating can be utilised for heating the bio-digester thereby facilitating bacterial growth for the sludge treatment. In the CHP mode, the overall plant
 efficiency increases significantly.<br />
<br />
Benefits from the government through project subsidies, availing renewable energy certificates, eligibility for clean development mechanism, production of a soil improver and sustainability through a sewage gas based power plant encourages us to ‘Think &amp; Act’
 on the concept.................<a href="http://www.environmental-expert.com/news/electricity-from-sewage-in-india-439569" target="_blank">[Read More]</a></p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>06/08/2014 15:34:36</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/23845/Electricity+from+Sewage+in+India</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">23845</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>23774</publicationdataID>
      <title>The promise of Aadhaar, India's identification card</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p><span style="font-style:italic">The Straits Times/by Nayan Chanda</span><br />
<br />
In a significant reversal, the Narendra Modi government has laid to rest fears that just to score political points, it would kill a transformational technology for good governance.<br />
<br />
Instead of throwing out the unique identification card Aadhaar, created by the previous government, the Modi regime will harness it to directly deliver benefits to millions of recipients, bypassing the sticky fingers of corrupt officials.<br />
<br />
The announcement was an important step in fulfilling the ruling Bharatiya Janata Party's (BJP) campaign slogan of "minimum government, maximum governance". To take full advantage of this simple but effective tool of governance, the government needs to clean
 up the implementation of the programme, which has been marred by inefficiency and misuse......<a href="http://www.straitstimes.com/news/opinion/more-opinion-stories/story/the-promise-aadhaar-indias-identification-card-20140730" target="_blank">[Read more]</a><br />
<br />
<span style="font-style:italic">(The views expressed are the personal view of the writer)</span></p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>30/07/2014 18:33:17</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/23774/The+promise+of+Aadhaar+Indias+identification+card</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">23774</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>23773</publicationdataID>
      <title>Lighter than ‘Gravity’: Why the world should take note of India’s Mars mission</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p><span style="font-style:italic">RT/by Rajeev Sharma</span><br />
<br />
India's maiden Mars mission, launched in November 2013, has covered about 80 percent of its journey, and is likely to hit the Red Planet after the 540 million km journey on September 24 as slated.<br />
<br />
On June 30, in his address after witnessing the successful launch of the PSLV C23 rocket that sent five foreign satellites into orbit from Sriharikota in the southern Indian state of Andhra Pradesh, Indian Prime Minister Narendra Modi said the Indian Mars Mission
 had cost less than the Hollywood film Gravity.<br />
<br />
"Our program stands out as most cost effective. There is this story of our Mars mission costing less than the Hollywood movie Gravity. I have heard that Mars mission's expense is lesser than Gravity. Our scientists have shown the world a new paradigm of engineering
 and the power of imagination," Modi said to the gathering..............<a href="http://rt.com/op-edge/176436-india-mars-mission-journey/ " target="_blank">[Read more]</a><br />
<br />
<span style="font-style:italic">(The views expressed above are the personal views of the writer)</span></p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>30/07/2014 18:27:11</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/23773/Lighter+than+Gravity+Why+the+world+should+take+note+of+Indias+Mars+mission</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">23773</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>23738</publicationdataID>
      <title>Very positive relations between India and Serbia</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[<br />
<p><span style="font-style:italic">In Serbia</span><br />
<br />
BELGRADE – Serbian First Deputy Prime Minister and Minister of Foreign Affairs Ivica Dacic and Indian Ambassador in Belgrade Narinder Chauhan underscored the need on Wednesday for improvement of bilateral economic cooperation, further enhancement of political
 dialogue and exchange of visits on all levels. <br />
<br />
During the talks, Dacic and Chauhan stressed that the two countries share traditionally friendly ties forged in the Non-Aligned Movement, and pointed to the continuity of very positive political relations between India and Serbia, the Serbian Ministry of Foreign
 Affairs stated in its release. <br />
<br />
Dacic voiced gratitude on behalf of the Serbian government for India’s principled stand concerning the unilaterally declared independence of Kosovo-Metohija, and he also thanked the Indian ambassador for the note of condolences and financial aid India delivered
 to Serbia after the catastrophic floods which hit the country in May. <br />
<br />
Stressing the need for improvement of economic cooperation between the two countries, Dacic and Chauhan agreed that the business cooperation is far behind the level of bilateral political relations and the two countries’ potentials.<br />
<br />
The Indian ambassador informed Dacic about the proposition of India for the meeting of the Mixed Committee for Economic and Agricultural Cooperation to be staged soon, as well as her country’s idea for organising a visit of a delegation of Indian hi-tech scientists
 to Serbia. <br />
<br />
Chauhan also emphasised the growing interest of Indian companies in investing in Serbia, including certain major restructuring companies, states the release.........<a href="http://inserbia.info/today/2014/07/very-positive-relations-between-india-and-serbia/" target="_blank"><span style="font-weight:bold">[Read
 More] </span></a></p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>24/07/2014 17:28:00</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/23738/Very+positive+relations+between+India+and+Serbia</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">23738</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>23661</publicationdataID>
      <title>Indian city installs novel ATM-like machines to register complaints against police officers, fight corruption</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p><span style="font-style:italic">Vacouver Desi</span><br />
<br />
Indian officials vowing to clamp down on police corruption have installed automated machines where people can file complaints about officers that are sent straight to the senior police chiefs.<br />
<br />
The pilot project is being first tested in India’s western Gujarat city of Ahmedabad where the automated complaint machines, which have been described as looking like ATM machines, been set up at the Sanand Police Station.........<a href="http://www.vancouverdesi.com/news/india/indian-city-police-install-novel-atm-complaint-machines-to-fight-corruption/770448/" target="_blank"><span style="font-weight:bold">[Read
 More]</span></a></p>
​]]></description>
      <pubDate>16/07/2014 19:55:37</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/23661/Indian+city+installs+novel+ATMlike+machines+to+register+complaints+against+police+officers+fight+corruption</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">23661</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>23626</publicationdataID>
      <title>India Bets On Renewable Energy &amp;amp; Biotech</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p><span style="font-style:italic">Asian Scientist/by T.V. Padma</span><br />
<br />
Dashing the expectations of India’s scientific community, the newly elected government of Prime Minister Narendra Modi has only marginally increased the annual budgetary allocation for science departments.<br />
<br />
The budget for 2014—2015 presented in Parliament this week sets aside one billion Indian rupees (US$16.6 million) for a national adaptation plan to give thrust to the renewable energy sector.<br />
<br />
Finance minister Arun Jaitley also announced US$83.07 million for solar power plants in the states of Gujarat, Rajasthan, Tamil Nadu and the Ladakh region of Jammu and Kashmir.<br />
<br />
Overall allocation for the renewable energy ministry is at US$158.4 million, down from last year’s US$254 million..................<a href="http://www.asianscientist.com/features/india-bets-renewable-energy-biotech-2014/" target="_blank"><span style="font-weight:bold">[Read
 More]</span></a><br />
<span style="font-style:italic"><br />
(The views expressed above are the personal views of writer)</span></p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>15/07/2014 10:15:10</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/23626/India+Bets+On+Renewable+Energy+amp+Biotech</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">23626</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>23627</publicationdataID>
      <title>‘Professional Indian expats enrich our Kuwaiti culture’</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p><span style="font-style:italic">Arab Times Online/by Khaled Aljenfawi </span><br />
<br />
According to Arab Times, a recent statistical report by the General Immigration Department published by Alam Alyawm daily shows "the total number of residents has reached 2,413,081; 762,471 of them Indians which represent the biggest percentage in the country
 followed by the Egyptians with 517,973 and Bangladeshis with 181,265 come in third position.” (see Arab Times July 8, 2014).<br />
<br />
Many of our Indian expats work in Kuwait as professionals either in the government or the private sector, and a few numbers of Indian expats occupy domestic jobs..........<a href="http://www.arabtimesonline.com/NewsDetails/tabid/96/smid/414/ArticleID/207665/t/â&#128;&#152;Professional-Indian-expats-enrich-our-Kuwaiti-cultureâ&#128;&#153;/Default.aspx" target="_blank"><span style="font-weight:bold">[Read
 More]</span></a><br />
<br />
<span style="font-style:italic">(The views expressed above are the personal views of writer)
</span></p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>15/07/2014 10:26:53</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/23627/Professional+Indian+expats+enrich+our+Kuwaiti+culture</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">23627</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>23625</publicationdataID>
      <title>Entrepreneurs launch comprehensive health services for elderly parents in India</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p><span style="font-style:italic">MedCity News/by Amara Rose</span><br />
<br />
Getting your elderly parents to see a doctor can be tough. "I’m fine,” they quaver, though that "little cough” could be bronchitis — or the spike in blood pressure may signal heart disease. Yet it’s not only a question of persuasion; there’s also the matter
 of managing a senior’s health when you live halfway around the world.<br />
<br />
A trio of college friends who faced these problems in their own families developed a solution: UberHealth. Launched in April, the New Delhi, India-based service offers complete cloud- and mobile-based preventive health care packages for seniors. The initial
 response has been so positive that UberHealth is already rolling out family health care packages..........<a href="http://medcitynews.com/2014/07/entrepreneurs-launch-comprehensive-health-services-elderly-parents-india/" target="_blank">
<span style="font-weight:bold">[Read More]</span></a><br />
<br />
<span style="font-style:italic">(The views expressed above are the personal views of writer)</span></p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>15/07/2014 10:05:25</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/23625/Entrepreneurs+launch+comprehensive+health+services+for+elderly+parents+in+India</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">23625</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>23609</publicationdataID>
      <title>Conjecture Proof Leads to Pólya Prize</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p><span style="font-style:italic">Inside Microsoft Research/by Rob Knies</span><br />
<br />
It was almost a year ago, in this space, that you might have learned the astounding news that a team of two researchers from Yale University and one from Microsoft Research had announced a proof of a riddle that had eluded mathematicians for more than half
 a century.<br />
<br />
The Kadison-Singer conjecture, first proposed by Richard Kadison and Isadore Singer in 1959, pertains to the mathematical foundations of quantum mechanics. At the time, experts suggested that the implications could be significant. That, says Nikhil Srivastava
 of Microsoft Research India, is starting to come true.............<a href="http://blogs.technet.com/b/inside_microsoft_research/archive/2014/07/09/conjecture-proof-leads-to-p-243-lya-prize.aspx" target="_blank"><span style="font-weight:bold">[Read More]</span></a><br />
<br />
<span style="font-style:italic">(The views expressed above are the personal views of writer)</span></p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>11/07/2014 10:13:39</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/23609/Conjecture+Proof+Leads+to+Plya+Prize</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">23609</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>23610</publicationdataID>
      <title>​Kerala ayurveda hopes to come to Neymar’s aid</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[​<span style="font-style:italic">Gulf News/by By Akhel Mathew</span><br />
<p><br />
Brazilian footballers battered on the field by Germany may take a few months or even years to heal their emotional wounds, but Kerala’s ayurveda practitioners feel they can help nurse at least one of them back to physical health: the redoubtable Neymar.<br />
<br />
The Kerala Football Association has proposed that ayurvedic treatment be suggested to the Brazilian player who has suffered a spine fracture. The state government is also acting on the suggestion.<br />
<br />
Ayurveda is a form of alternative medicine native to the Indian subcontinent...........<a href="http://gulfnews.com/news/world/india/kerala-ayurveda-hopes-to-come-to-neymar-s-aid-1.1357876" target="_blank"><span style="font-weight:bold"> [Read More]</span></a><br />
<br />
​<span style="font-style:italic">(The views expressed above are the personal views of writer)
</span></p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>11/07/2014 10:18:34</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/23610/Kerala+ayurveda+hopes+to+come+to+Neymars+aid</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">23610</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>23618</publicationdataID>
      <title>India plans to build the world's largest floating solar farm</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p><span style="font-style:italic">Engadget/by Daniel Cooper​ </span><br />
<br />
​Solar farms need three things: sunlight, photovoltaic panels and a huge expanse of land. It's the third in that list that's hampering green efforts in countries like India, where space is scarce and therefore very expensive. That's why India is copying Japan's
 (pictured) idea of building floating solar farms out on the water, saving a fortune in land costs and helping to prevent evaporation in the hottest months........<a href="http://www.engadget.com/2014/07/10/india-floating-solar-farm-solve-land-cost-problem/" target="_blank"><span style="font-weight:bold">[Read
 More]</span></a><br />
<br />
<span style="font-style:italic">(The views expressed above are the personal views of writer)
</span></p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>12/07/2014 16:39:24</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/23618/India+plans+to+build+the+worlds+largest+floating+solar+farm</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">23618</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>23619</publicationdataID>
      <title>Watch how solar power is transforming Rural India</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p><span style="font-style:italic">Think Progress/by Andrew Satter </span><br />
<br />
Sun-bleached brick and concrete houses dot the landscape. Cows and buffaloes compete with rickshaws, people and the occasional SUV on the only road into town. And when the sun goes down, life comes to a screeching halt. In other words, this rural village in
 India’s northern plains is an unlikely place for the beginning of a technological revolution.<br />
<br />
Yet it is here, as I watch employees of one of the country’s many fast-growing clean energy startups install solar panels on a local villager’s roof — their sixth installation of the day — that I realize I am witnessing something transformational. It is a glimpse
 into the future of how the world’s rural poor could access electricity: off-grid, distributed, renewable, and most importantly, affordable. It’s happening all over rural India and in parts of sub-Saharan Africa, and is turning the entire narrative around energy
 and development on its head.......<a href="http://thinkprogress.org/climate/2014/07/10/3457917/india-solar-revolution/" target="_blank"><span style="font-weight:bold">[Read More]</span></a><br />
<br />
<span style="font-style:italic">​(The views expressed above are the personal views of writer)
</span></p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>12/07/2014 16:41:24</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/23619/Watch+how+solar+power+is+transforming+Rural+India</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">23619</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>23620</publicationdataID>
      <title>India's 'Plastic Man' Turns Litter Into Paved Roads</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p><span style="font-style:italic">Businessweek/by Akash Kapur </span><br />
<br />
For as far as the eye can see, there’s stinking, smoking, untreated garbage. It’s concentrated in the municipal dump, in the South Indian city of Madurai, but not contained by it. The surrounding fields are also piled with trash. Stray dogs nibble at mounds
 of rotting food. The trees are denuded and covered with shredded plastic, the blue and pink and yellow bags like some kind of sinister confetti.<br />
<br />
The road to the dump, and beyond it to Madurai’s airport, is like a Hollywood vision of dystopian ruin: lifeless, black, choked with human refuse. And that’s why Rajagopalan Vasudevan’s enthusiasm is so jarring. As he makes his way through the rubbish, he’s
 like a child on a treasure hunt. "Wonderful resource,” he says, admiring a jumble of plastic bags, jerrycans, and torn food packets. "With all this plastic, I could lay the whole road to the airport.”.......<a href="http://www.businessweek.com/articles/2014-07-10/indias-plastic-man-chemist-turns-litter-into-paved-roads" target="_blank"><span style="font-weight:bold">[Read
 More]</span></a><br />
<br />
​<span style="font-style:italic"> ​(The views expressed above are the personal views of writer)​</span></p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>12/07/2014 16:43:18</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/23620/Indias+Plastic+Man+Turns+Litter+Into+Paved+Roads</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">23620</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>23607</publicationdataID>
      <title>India: Jewels that Enchanted the World. Five Hundred Years of Superb Design!</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p><span style="font-style:italic">Yareah</span><br />
<br />
Jewels that Enchanted the World. Until 27 July 2014. The State Museums of Moscow Kremlin,Moscow, Russia.Jewels that Enchanted the World, the most comprehensive exhibition of Indian jewellery ever staged, will be on view until 27 July 2014 at the State Museums
 of Moscow Kremlin. The exhibition examines the legacy of five hundred years of Indian jewellery,<br />
<br />
from the 17th century to the present day. More than 300 pieces of jewellery and jewelled objects generously loaned from over 30 museums, institutions and private collections from around the world have been brought together for the first time to showcase the
 beauty of Indian craftsmanship, the magnificence of gemstone setting and the aesthetic refinement of Indian taste. Many of the items have never been exhibited before....<span style="font-weight:bold"><a href="http://www.yareah.com/2014/07/08/india-jewels-enchanted-world-five-hundred-years-superb-design/ " target="_blank">[READ
 MORE]</a></span></p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>10/07/2014 18:31:27</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/23607/India+Jewels+that+Enchanted+the+World+Five+Hundred+Years+of+Superb+Design</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">23607</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>23608</publicationdataID>
      <title>India’s plan to build hospitals in Nigeria</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p><span style="font-style:italic">The Sun</span><br />
<br />
The Indian High Commissioner to Nigeria, Ambassador Ghanashyam Rangaiah, recently disclosed that India is planning to establish hospitals across the six geopolitical zones of the country. The gesture, he explained, was to make India’s medical facilities accessible
 and affordable to Nigerians in various communities and stop the high cost of travelling and medical expenses paid by Nigerians in India.<br />
<br />
This plan by India must have been informed by the exodus of Nigerians to the Asian countryfor medical treatment, the parlous state of the nation’s health care delivery system, which is nothelped by the frequent industrial crises in the sector, lack of requisite
 equipment, manpowerand expertise in some critical areas........<span style="font-weight:bold"><a href="http://sunnewsonline.com/new/?p=71267" target="_blank">[READ MORE]</a></span></p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>10/07/2014 18:36:32</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/23608/Indias+plan+to+build+hospitals+in+Nigeria</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">23608</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>23599</publicationdataID>
      <title>Britain to unveil Mahatma Gandhi's statue outside UK Parliament</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[<br />
<p><span style="font-style:italic">Global Post</span><br />
<br />
​Britain Tuesday said that it would soon unveil the statue of India's independence icon Mahatma Gandhi outside the British Parliament to honor the 'Father of the nation'.Visiting British Chancellor George Osborne announced the news on social media site Twitter,
 saying that London would "honour his (Gandhi's) memory with statue in front of mother of parliaments" in Parliament Square at the heart of the British capital...............<a href="http://www.globalpost.com/dispatch/news/xinhua-news-agency/140708/britain-unveil-mahatma-gandhis-statue-outside-uk-parliament" target="_blank">
<span style="font-weight:bold">[Read More]</span></a></p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>09/07/2014 20:14:40</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/23599/Britain+to+unveil+Mahatma+Gandhis+statue+outside+UK+Parliament</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">23599</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>23600</publicationdataID>
      <title>India manufacturing, services sectors growth outpaces China in June​</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[<br />
<p><span style="font-style:italic">Oman Tribune​</span><br />
<br />
​Manufacturing and services sectors in India expanded at a faster pace than China during June while emerging market output registered the strongest upturn in business activity since March quarter of 2013, an HSBC survey reported.
<br />
<br />
The HSBC Emerging Markets Index, a monthly indicator derived from Purchasing Managers’ Index surveys, stood at 52.3 in June, up from 50.6 in May, signalling the sharpest rate of expansion since March 2013.<br />
<br />
The pick-up in output growth was reflected in both manufacturing and services, most notably the latter, where activity expansion hit a 15-month high, HSBC said. Stronger output growth was registered across global emerging markets in June, primarily driven by
 India and China.............<a href="http://www.omantribune.com/index.php?page=news&amp;id=171012&amp;heading=Business" target="_blank">
<span style="font-weight:bold">[Read More]​</span></a></p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>09/07/2014 20:16:40</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/23600/India+manufacturing+services+sectors+growth+outpaces+China+in+June</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">23600</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>23570</publicationdataID>
      <title>Adarsh Credit Co-op Reaches India's Rural Poor With Mobile Tech</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p><span style="font-style:italic">Forbes/by Tom Groenfeldt</span><br />
<br />
Mobile phones are a key way to expand financial inclusion to rural areas across emerging markets, as M-Pesa has demonstrated in Kenya. In India, Adarsh Credit Co-operative Society reaches one million members through 800 branches and more than 100,000 financial
 advisors who travel through villages taking deposits or disbursing money by linking to the bank through their mobile phones.<br />
<br />
"The advisors are like walking ATMs where customers can deposit cash or get cash,” said Philips Eapen, an SAP business manager in Mumbai. "They do online and electronic banking and work primarily in rural areas, among the lowest strata of the population who
 don’t have access to financial institutions.” The amounts customers lend or deposit can be as low as $10 to $50 in a month, or $100 in a year...........
<span style="font-weight:bold"><a href="http://www.forbes.com/sites/tomgroenfeldt/2014/07/06/adarsh-credit-co-op-reaches-indias-rural-poor-with-mobile-tech/" target="_blank">[Read More]</a></span><br />
<br />
<span style="font-style:italic">(The views expressed above are the personal views of writer)</span></p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>08/07/2014 11:32:32</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/23570/Adarsh+Credit+Coop+Reaches+Indias+Rural+Poor+With+Mobile+Tech</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">23570</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>23571</publicationdataID>
      <title>Cancer Patient Recovers Completely after Rare Surgery in Sir Ganga Ram Hospital, New Delhi, India</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p><span style="font-style:italic">Virtual-Strategy Magazine</span><br />
<br />
Dr. Lubabatuyakuba Musa, a 32-year-old physician from Nigeria, has survived from cancer, thanks to the competent surgeons in Sir Ganga Ram Hospital, New Delhi. The Nigerian doctor was operated by a team of surgeons in Sir Ganga Ram Hospital for cancer of the
 liver and a tumor in the heart. On July 5, 2014, Dr. Musa came to the hospital in Delhi for a follow-up, one year and three months after her surgery, and underwent all important investigations.<br />
<br />
Congratulating the Nigerian doctor for fighting cancer bravely, Dr Suresh Singhvi, Senior Consultant Hepatic Pancreatic &amp; Biliary (HPB) Surgery and Liver Transplant in Sir Ganga Ram hospital stated, "All of Dr. Musa’s diagnostic tests are normal and she is
 absolutely healthy.”........... <span style="font-weight:bold"><a href="http://www.virtual-strategy.com/2014/07/06/cancer-patient-recovers-completely-after-rare-surgery-sir-ganga-ram-hospital-new-delhi-in" target="_blank">[Read More]</a></span></p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>08/07/2014 11:37:19</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/23571/Cancer+Patient+Recovers+Completely+after+Rare+Surgery+in+Sir+Ganga+Ram++New+Delhi+India</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">23571</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>23598</publicationdataID>
      <title>Indian assistance of Rs 21 m for Budhanilkantha Temple</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[<br />
<p><span style="font-style:italic">Kantipur</span><br />
<br />
India has pledged an assistance of Rs 21.76 million for the construction of Mathadhis Building for Budhanilkantha Temple in Narayanthan.
<br />
<br />
A Memorandum of Understanding (MoU) was signed Monday between the District Development Committee, Kathmandu, Budhanilkantha Narayan Area Management Committee and Embassy of India , Kathmandu, for providing India n grant assistance of Rs. 21.76 million for the
 construction of Mathadhis Building for Budhanilkantha temple under Nepal- India Economic Cooperation Programme...............<span style="font-weight:bold"><a href="http://www.ekantipur.com/2014/07/07/headlines/Indian-assistance-of-Rs-21-m-for-Budhanilkantha-Temple/391879/ " target="_blank">[Read
 More]</a> ​</span></p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>09/07/2014 20:08:57</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/23598/Indian+assistance+of+Rs+21+m+for+Budhanilkantha+Temple</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">23598</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>23540</publicationdataID>
      <title>India’s mission to Mars ‘cheaper than Hollywood hit Gravity’</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p><span style="font-style:italic">Telegraph </span><br />
<br />
India has declared itself the world’s leader in cheap space exploration after its prime minister claimed its Mars mission will cost less than the Oscar-winning science-fiction thriller Gravity.<br />
<br />
Narendra Modi, the prime minister, made his claim today at the launch of India’s latest rocket to put a French satellite into the Earth’s orbit.<br />
<br />
It is the fifth successful Polar Satellite Launch Vehicle (PSLV) launch and Mr Modi used the occasion to assert India’s claim to be the world’s cheapest producer of rocket launchers and pitch for a larger slice of the £180 million per year space market.<br />
<br />
India has scored significant successes in space exploration in recent years. Despite some glitches, its 2008 Chandrayaan lunar mission discovered sources of water on the Moon and its Mangalyaan Mars orbiter was launched without a hitch in November last year.........<a href="http://www.telegraph.co.uk/news/worldnews/asia/india/10935920/Indias-mission-to-Mars-cheaper-than-Hollywood-hit-Gravity.html" target="_blank"><span style="font-weight:bold">[Read
 More]</span></a></p>
​]]></description>
      <pubDate>01/07/2014 19:41:56</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/23540/Indias+mission+to+Mars+cheaper+than+Hollywood+hit+Gravity</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">23540</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>23541</publicationdataID>
      <title>India Offers Ayush Scholarship Scheme</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p><span style="font-style:italic">Asian Tribune</span><br />
<br />
The High Commission of India announces the offer of eight (08) scholarships for Sri Lankan Nationals under the "Ayush Scholarship Scheme” for UG/PG/Ph.D courses in Ayurveda, Unani, Siddha ,Homeopathy and Yoga during the forthcoming session of 2014 – 2015.<br />
<br />
The Government of India selects meritorious Sri Lankan nationals for award of these scholarships Selection of candidates would be done in consultation with the Ministry of Higher Education (MOHE) Government of Sri Lanka, to pursue higher education degrees in
 some of the most reputed Universities in India.<br />
<br />
All scholarships cover full tuition fees and a monthly sustenance allowance for the entire duration of the course. The scholarship also covers accommodation allowance and an annual grant for books and stationary. Besides, all ICCR scholars in India are provided
 full healthcare facilities........<a href="http://www.asiantribune.com/node/83679" target="_blank"><span style="font-weight:bold">[Read More]</span></a></p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>01/07/2014 19:45:54</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/23541/India+Offers+Ayush+Scholarship+Scheme</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">23541</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>23523</publicationdataID>
      <title>China invites India to join Asian Infrastructure Investment Bank</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p><span style="font-style:italic">The Hindu/by Atul Aneja</span><br />
<br />
China has invited India to participate in the Asian Infrastructure Investment Bank (AIIB) — Beijing’s brainchild to steer development along the ancient "silk route” free from the influence of western-backed lenders such as the World Bank and the Asian Development
 Bank (ADB).<br />
<br />
Diplomatic sources, who did not wish to be named, told The Hindu that China had sought India’s participation during the visit to New Delhi by Chinese Foreign Minister Wang Yi soon after the Modi government assumed office. "It is clear that the Chinese will
 not tie the lending from the investment bank to non-economic issues, such as human rights, which western-backed lenders have often leveraged as instruments of political influence and control,” the sources observed..........<a href="http://www.thehindu.com/news/national/china-invites-india-to-join-asian-infrastructure-investment-bank/article6160686.ece" target="_blank"><span style="font-weight:bold">[Read
 More]</span></a><br />
<br />
<span style="font-style:italic">(The view expressed above are the personal views of writer)</span></p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>01/07/2014 15:06:11</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/23523/China+invites+India+to+join+Asian+Infrastructure+Investment+Bank</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">23523</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>23527</publicationdataID>
      <title>Old ties between India and the Gulf are renewed</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p><span style="font-style:italic">Financial Times</span><br />
<br />
With the US trying to disengage from intractable wars in the Middle East and Afghanistan, and the US economy rapidly reducing its dependence on Gulf oil, it was perhaps inevitable that Arab and Asian leaders would begin looking to each other for strategic and
 commercial support.<br />
<br />
India and the Gulf states across the Arabian Sea have trade ties that go back centuries, but their mutual dependence has never been as strong as it is today.The six-nation Gulf Co-operation Council is India’s most important trading partner and provides half
 its oil, with the UAE in the vanguard. Add in Iran and Iraq, and the Gulf region accounts for 80 per cent of India’s oil needs, a figure expected to rise to 90 per cent in the next decade.<br />
<br />
Yet the relationship is not as unbalanced as the oil trade or India’s commercial record elsewhere might suggest. In the 2012-13 financial year, India exported $51bn to the GCC, mostly food, garments, jewellery and petrochemicals, making the Gulf a slightly
 more important market for India than the 28-nation EU...........<a href="http://gulfnews.com/business/economy/old-ties-between-india-and-the-gulf-are-renewed-1.1354166" target="_blank"><span style="font-weight:bold">[Read More]</span></a><br />
<br />
</p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>01/07/2014 15:18:36</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/23527/Old+ties+between+India+and+the+Gulf+are+renewed</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">23527</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>23528</publicationdataID>
      <title>​NRI alert: More job opportunities to surface in India 30 June 2014</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p><span style="font-style:italic">Emirates 24x7: Shuchita Kapur</span><br />
<br />
A number of new job opportunities are expected to surface in India in the next three months, offering fresh prospects to Indian expats who may have intentions to make a move back home at some point.<br />
<br />
After a lull before the general elections in the country, India’s hiring landscape is expected to improve considerably, a new survey reveals.<br />
<br />
The latest employment outlook survey by job portal MyHiringClub.com shows that Indian companies are expecting the hiring pace for the upcoming quarter to rebound, giving hopes to many jobseekers.<br />
<br />
Employers who participated in the poll foresee an increase in the headcount in the second quarter (July-September) of the current financial year. The projected hiring intentions are stronger when compared with the previous quarter........<a href="http://www.emirates247.com/news/nri-alert-more-job-opportunities-to-surface-in-india-2014-06-30-1.554787" target="_blank"><span style="font-weight:bold">[Read
 More]</span></a><br />
<span style="font-style:italic"><br />
(The views expressed above are the personal views of writer)</span></p>
​]]></description>
      <pubDate>01/07/2014 15:22:57</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/23528/NRI+alert+More+job+opportunities+to+surface+in+India+30+June+2014</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">23528</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>23529</publicationdataID>
      <title>Waves of news sweep the Indian countryside</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p><span style="font-style:italic">Deutsche Welle/by Manasi Gopalakrishnan</span><br />
<br />
Women from India’s poorest regions tell their stories every week on Khabar Lahariya, a local news website. This year, it won the DW Best of blogs (The Bobs) Global Media Forum Award in Hindi.<br />
<br />
Kavita was barely 16 when she got married. She was still in school at the time. Her married life was not a happy one. Her husband's family was not very supportive and there was a lot of pressure on her to have children. Kavita was very young and, as a result,
 most of her pregnancies miscarried.<br />
<br />
She decided to end her marriage and get back to her studies. She joined a literacy campaign organized by an NGO in New Delhi called Nirantar. Once the camp was over, Kavita and several other participants said they wanted to continue reading and writing. This
 is how Khabar Lahariya - which means "waves of news" - was born.<br />
<br />
Poorvi Bhargava, Khabar Lahariya's editorial coordinator in New Delhi, recalls the days of the literacy camp. "As part of the camp, they started a small activity where they wrote stories about issues in the village - whatever they felt was close to their hearts.
 This became quite popular in their community.....<a href="http://www.dw.de/waves-of-news-sweep-the-indian-countryside/a-17743997" target="_blank"><span style="font-weight:bold">[Read More]</span></a><br />
<br />
<span style="font-style:italic">(The views expressed above are the personal views of writer)</span></p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>01/07/2014 15:25:46</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/23529/Waves+of+news+sweep+the+Indian+countryside</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">23529</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>23530</publicationdataID>
      <title>Journey of Indian ‘barefoot’ master now in Arabic</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p><span style="font-style:italic">Khaleej Times/by Sajila Saseendran</span><br />
<br />
Malayalam book on Indian painter M.F. Hussain translated into Arabic, English<br />
<br />
The story of India’s modern master Maqbool Fida Hussain is now read in Arabic by thousands across the region with the Sharjah Government publishing and distributing the translated version of a book on the painter written by a UAE-based Indian journalist.<br />
<br />
The Department of Culture and Information of the Sharjah Government published the translated version of the book — orginially written in Malayalam by E.M. Ashraf, the Middle East director of News and Programmes at Malayalam television channel Kairali TV.<br />
<br />
The department distributed 3,000 copies of the book in various Arab countries along with the last issue of its monthly magazine Arrafid, Dr Omar Abdul Aziz, the chief editor of the magazine, told Khaleej Times........<a href="http://www.khaleejtimes.com/kt-article-display-1.asp?section=newsmakers&amp;xfile=data/newsmakers/2014/June/newsmakers_June40.xml" target="_blank"><span style="font-weight:bold">[Read
 More]​</span></a><br />
<br />
<span style="font-style:italic">(The views expressed above are the personal views of writer)</span></p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>01/07/2014 15:29:36</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/23530/Journey+of+Indian+barefoot+master+now+in+Arabic</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">23530</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>23542</publicationdataID>
      <title>Indian dancers tell stories to a Staten Island audience without a word</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p><span style="font-style:italic">SILive.com/by Michael J. Fressola</span><br />
<br />
Five small dancers, wearing resplendent jewelry, ankle bells and costumes, in elaborate make-up and long braids interwoven with flowers, certainly looked the part Saturday afternoon in the auditorium of the St. George Library Center.The girls were playing goddesses,
 it turned out, performing a traditional semi-classical Indian dance that has survived largely unchanged for thousands of years.The reason, dancer and educator Raja Rajeswari explained to a full house in the library auditorium, is that traditional dance is
 still an important part of Indian culture.<br />
<br />
"It is always performed at weddings, festivals and religious events," she said.........<a href="http://www.silive.com/entertainment/arts/index.ssf/2014/06/post_126.html" target="_blank"><span style="font-weight:bold">[Read More]</span></a></p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>01/07/2014 19:48:19</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/23542/Indian+dancers+tell+stories+to+a+Staten+Island+audience+without+a+word</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">23542</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>23506</publicationdataID>
      <title>India's mutual fund investment may double in five years</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p><span style="font-style:italic">Wall Street Journal/ by Debiprasad Nayak </span>
<br />
<br />
The amount of money invested in mutual funds in India could double to more than $300 billion in the next five years, an industry association said, as the incomes of the country's massive middle class grows and it discovers that there are more ways to save than
 just gold and property.<br />
<br />
The amount of Indian money stashed in mutual funds has recently reached around 10 trillion rupees ($167 billion) and that number could double in the next five years, the Association of Mutual Funds in India said at an industry conference it sponsored Thursday.<br />
<br />
As the wealth of the Indian individuals and corporations grows they inevitably look for more ways to save. The amount of money managed by stock and bond mutual funds in India has already almost doubled in the last six years.....<a href="http://online.wsj.com/articles/indias-mutual-fund-investment-may-double-in-five-years-1403861871?tesla=y&amp;mg=reno64-wsj&amp;url=http://online.wsj.com/article/SB10001424052702304557404579649883877672684.html" target="_blank"><span style="font-weight:bold">[Read
 More]</span></a></p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>29/06/2014 11:26:50</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/23506/Indias+mutual+fund+investment+may+double+in+five+years</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">23506</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>23507</publicationdataID>
      <title>Empowering Indian women through employment</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p><span style="font-style:italic">The Guardian/ by Natricia Duncan </span><br />
<br />
Ela Bhatt, Indian co-operative organiser and activist, on the challenges facing women in the informal economy<br />
<br />
Tell me about yourself and why you started the Self-Employed Women's Association of India (Sewa) in 1974<br />
<br />
I am a product of India's freedom struggle and have been influenced by the values of Mahatma Gandhi and Anasuya Sarabhai, who started the textile labour union. When I joined that union in Ahmedabad in 1955 it had already achieved some legislative protection
 for the workers, but women were lost in the industrial progress.....<a href="http://www.theguardian.com/global-development-professionals-network/2014/jun/27/female-empowerment-india-cooperative-unions " target="_blank"><span style="font-weight:bold">[Read
 More]</span></a></p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>29/06/2014 11:29:16</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/23507/Empowering+Indian+women+through+employment</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">23507</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>23508</publicationdataID>
      <title>The Learning Tea brightens the future for poor or orphaned girls in India</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p><span style="font-style:italic">Christian Science Monito/by By Stell Simonton </span>
<br />
<br />
Along the rough steep road up the Himalayas to this city known for its tea, a young woman walks bent double under a load. She's carrying rocks in a basket on her back, with a strap over her forehead.<br />
<br />
Women will pound the rocks to break them up and make concrete.<br />
<br />
In West Bengal, India, girls who are orphaned or whose parents are poor can look ahead to this kind of hard labor. If they are lucky, they might get field work picking tea on one of the many tea plantations for about $2 a day.....<a href="http://www.csmonitor.com/World/Making-a-difference/Change-Agent/2014/0627/The-Learning-Tea-brightens-the-future-for-poor-or-orphaned-girls-in-India " target="_blank"><span style="font-weight:bold">[Read
 More]</span></a></p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>29/06/2014 11:31:50</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/23508/The+Learning+Tea+brightens+the+future+for+poor+or+orphaned+girls+in+India</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">23508</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>23509</publicationdataID>
      <title>Africa to model public-private partnerships on India’s success</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p><span style="font-style:italic">Out-Law</span><br />
<br />
The African Development Bank Group (AfDB) said it aims to draw on lessons learned from India’s successful implementation of private-public partnerships (PPP) and to use the model to encourage further investment in Africa’s infrastructure.<br />
<br />
AfDB said yesterday that it had signed an agreement with India’s government to adopt model agreements and legal documents associated with PPPs in that country to use in African nations.<br />
<br />
The AfDB said: "India is one of the developing countries to have successfully received large-scale investment to the tune of $300 billion in infrastructure under the PPP model. With more than 1,000 PPP projects, India is said to have perfected the PPP model,
 which could arguably provide a solution to Africa’s infrastructural deficit."....<a href="http://www.out-law.com/en/articles/2014/june/africa-to-model-public-private-partnerships-on-indias-success/" target="_blank"><span style="font-weight:bold">[Read More]</span></a></p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>29/06/2014 11:35:09</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/23509/Africa+to+model+publicprivate+partnerships+on+Indias+success</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">23509</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>23510</publicationdataID>
      <title>Indian Contemporary Literature considered in Iranian Artists Forum</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p><span style="font-style:italic">Iran Book News Agency </span><br />
<br />
The Iranian Artists Forum hosted the meeting "Indian Contemporary Literature” attended by the scholar Safdar Taqizadeh, as well as Ehsan Abbaslou, Behnaz Ali-Pour and Elham Baqeri on Thursday, June 26.<br />
<br />
Speaking to IBNA correspondent, Elham Baqeri, research secretary of India's Cultural Centre in Iran described the event: "The subject of the lecture by master Taqizadeh, the Iranian writer, translator and critic was "Rabindranath Tagore from the View of William
 Butler Yeats, the Great Poet of the West.”<br />
<br />
Moreover Behnaz Ali-Pour (PhD) presented a brief history about the English language Indian writers and then focused on the works of Anita Desai, the Indian novelist. The other lecturer, Ehsan Abbaslou, translator, writer and the director of Iran’s House of
 Translation elaborated on the features of modern Indian literature with a focus on the novel ‘White Tiger’ by Aravind Adiga the Indian-Australian writer.....<a href="http://www.ibna.ir/vdcf10d0mw6dxxa.r7iw.html " target="_blank"><span style="font-weight:bold">[Read
 More]</span></a></p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>29/06/2014 11:37:14</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/23510/Indian+Contemporary+Literature+considered+in+Iranian+Artists+Forum</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">23510</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>23480</publicationdataID>
      <title>The stars of India</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p><span style="font-style:italic">Stuff/ by Danelle Heyns</span><br />
<br />
An increasing number of women who aren't from Indian heritage are now buying saris.<br />
<br />
Taruna Mistry, co-owner of Pragma Fashions in Hamilton, says women will come into her store looking for salwar kameez (the loose pants/tunic combo) but end up leaving with a sari.<br />
<br />
"There is something just so elegant looking about a sari," she says.<br />
<br />
There has been an increase in Bollywood parties among Westerners, says Taruna. "And with so many Indians around now, they might be invited to an Indian wedding and think it would be nice to dress Indian style."<br />
<br />
Originally made from cotton or silk, these often heavily embroidered pieces of fabric have kept up with the times. You can now get a sari in chiffon, georgette, or crepe in silk or polyester.<br />
<br />
Some women buy the less expensive polyester saris to use for interior decorating, turning them into cushions or drapes. And though this doesn't happen often, some have a ballgown made from a sari - all the beading is already done............<a href="http://www.stuff.co.nz/life-style/fashion/10197522/The-stars-of-India" target="_blank"><span style="font-weight:bold">[Read
 more]</span></a><br />
<br />
<span style="font-style:italic">(The views express above are the personal views of the author)</span></p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>26/06/2014 10:23:56</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/23480/The+stars+of+India</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">23480</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>23482</publicationdataID>
      <title>35 Rajasthan girls vow to uplift community</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p><span style="font-style:italic">Oman Tribune/ IANS</span><br />
<br />
The group of 35 young women from a cluster of villages in Rajasthan’s Udaipur district is perhaps the first in their families who ever went to school, and are now preparing to give something back to their communities by getting trained as primary and high school
 teachers.<br />
<br />
Many of these young women - in the age group of 16-24 years - have parents who work as agricultural labourers and who are more or less illiterate.<br />
<br />
These women are being helped by ChildFund India, part of a global child development and protection agency..........<a href="http://www.omantribune.com/index.php?page=news&amp;id=170348&amp;heading=India" target="_blank"><span style="font-weight:bold">[Read more]</span></a></p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>26/06/2014 11:10:00</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/23482/35+Rajasthan+girls+vow+to+uplift+community</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">23482</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>23485</publicationdataID>
      <title>Language initiative</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p><span style="font-style:italic">Fiji Times/ Shayal Devi</span><br />
<br />
The Arya Pratinidhi Sabha of Fiji has started a new initiative in the hope of encouraging heightening interest in learning Hindi.<br />
<br />
National president Arun Padarath said the start of the Pandit Ami Chandra Vidyalankar has reinforced the Sabha's strong stance on teaching Hindi in its schools.<br />
<br />
"It has made it compulsory for all students having studied Hindi in primary schools from Year 8 up to Year 10," Mr Padarath said........<a href="http://www.fijitimes.com/story.aspx?id=272491" target="_blank"><span style="font-weight:bold">[Read more]</span></a><br />
<br />
<span style="font-style:italic">(The views expressed above are the personal views of the writer)</span></p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>26/06/2014 11:20:56</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/23485/Language+initiative</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">23485</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>23488</publicationdataID>
      <title>White House losing Twitter war to India’s Narendra Modi</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p><span style="font-style:italic">The Washington Post/ by Swati Sharma</span><br />
<br />
Although he has only been India's prime minister for about amonth, Narendra Modi has already beaten the White House -- on Twitter.<br />
<br />
@NarendraModi's Twitter account has reached 5 million followers, beating out the @WhiteHouse account of 4.98 million followers, making him the fourth-most-followed leader in the world.<br />
<br />
Even though having a huge amount of Twitter followersin a country that has a median age of 26 with 200 million active Web users seems natural, this is still a significant milestone. In 2009, there was only one Indian politician on Twitter -- Shashi Tharoor,
 who then had only 6,000 followersaccording to NDTV. Now, he has more than twomillion followers and is the second-most followed politician, behind Modi...........<a href=" http://www.washingtonpost.com/blogs/worldviews/wp/2014/06/25/indian-prime-minister-narendra-modi-beats-the-white-house-on-twitter/" target="_blank"><span style="font-weight:bold">[Read
 more] </span></a><br />
<br />
<span style="font-style:italic">(The views expressed above are the personal views of the author)</span></p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>26/06/2014 18:53:33</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/23488/White+House+losing+Twitter+war+to+Indias+Narendra+Modi</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">23488</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>23489</publicationdataID>
      <title>Ancient Hindu festival of colour comes to Olympic Park this weekend</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p><span style="font-style:italic">Barking and Dagenham Post/ by Freddy Mayhew</span><br />
<br />
Plumes of colour will fill the sky this weekend as the festival of colour comes to Queen Elizabeth Olympic Park.<br />
<br />
The ancient Hindu festival, known as Holi, has rocketed in popularity and is now a major event on the summer calender for many young Londoners.<br />
<br />
The organisers of this year’s London Holi festival began their event in Berlin, Germany, in 2012, the first of its kind in Europe. They have returned this year to the newly opened Olympic Park on Saturday, June 28, and Sunday, June 29.<br />
<br />
Last year they brought their colourful party to Battersea, south London, and saw more than 30,000 "colourful and happy guests” take part over two days, said a spokesman........<span style="font-weight:bold"><a href=" http://www.barkinganddagenhampost.co.uk/news/ancient_hindu_festival_of_colour_comes_to_olympic_park_this_weekend_1_3656884d_1_3656884" target="_blank">[Read
 more]</a></span><br />
<br />
<span style="font-style:italic">(The views expressed above are the personal views of the author)</span></p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>26/06/2014 18:57:11</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/23489/Ancient+Hindu+festival+of+colour+comes+to+Olympic+Park+this+weekend</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">23489</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>23490</publicationdataID>
      <title>How a Local Newspaper in India Is Empowering Rural Women to Write About Their Communities</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p><span style="font-style:italic">Global Voice Online</span><br />
<br />
How do you make the voices of women in poor, rural areas of India heard? A hard-hitting community newspaper is a good place to start.<br />
<br />
Khabar Lahariya is a women-run rural weekly newspaper produced in the local languages Awadhi, Bajjika,Bhojuri, and Bundeli in the Indian states of Utter Pradesh and Bihar. The paper is distributed to 80,000 readers across 600 villages.<br />
<br />
It describes itself as a "local watchdog” and a "weapon of the weak,” reporting on injustices and corruption affecting rural communities that don't normally receive media attention. Launched in 2002, Khabar Laharia became available online in February 2013.<br />
<br />
Every year, international broadcaster Deutsche Welle holds a competition for the the best blogs produced over the past 12 months – this year, Khabar Laharia won the Global Media Forum Award. Jury member and blogger Rohini Lakshane called the paper "a shining
 example that a functioning democracy is dependent on access to information for all people.”.............<a href="http://rising.globalvoicesonline.org/blog/2014/06/25/khabar-lahariya-india-women-rural/" target="_blank"><span style="font-weight:bold">[Read More]</span></a></p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>26/06/2014 19:36:10</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/23490/How+a+Local+Newspaper+in+India+Is+Empowering+Rural+Women+to+Write+About+Their+Communities</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">23490</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>23491</publicationdataID>
      <title>Portable water contamination sensor developed</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[<br />
<span style="font-style:italic">Two Cicrles<br />
</span><br />
Two Assam Don Bosco University Researchers of the Electronics and Communication Engineering (ECE) Department at Don Bosco College of Engineering and Technology (DBCET) have developed an on-the-spot water contamination sensor that can assess whether the amount
 of metal ions present in water is in the range that is safe for human consumption.<br />
<br />
According to Dr. Sunandan Baruah, Head of the ECE Department at DBCET and also the Group Leader of the Nanotechnology group "the sensor works on the principle of Surface Plasmon Resonance (SPR) and a change in the concentration of metal contaminants shifts
 the SPR peak and the sensing solution changes colour”........<span style="font-weight:bold">.<a href=" http://twocircles.net/2014jun25/portable_water_contamination_sensor_developed.html#.U6wgObHtvN4" target="_blank">[Read more]
</a></span>]]></description>
      <pubDate>26/06/2014 20:10:30</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/23491/Portable+water+contamination+sensor+developed</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">23491</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>23473</publicationdataID>
      <title>Himachal Pradesh nature reserve gets Unesco heritage tag</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p><span style="font-style:italic">Gulf News/IANS</span><br />
<br />
The Great Himalayan National Park Conservation Area (GHNPCA) in Himachal Pradesh, India’s richest biodiversity spot in the western Himalayas, on Monday got the coveted Unesco tag of a world heritage site.<br />
<br />
The World Heritage Committee, which met in Doha, included GHNPCA in the World Heritage Natural Site List. It was India’s lone entry.<br />
<br />
The previous Indian addition to the Unesco heritage list was Rani ki Vav (queen’s stepwell) in Gujarat’s Patan town.<br />
<br />
"It’s a great honour. Now it’s an international site... will get global attention. The uniqueness of the park is that the rights of the locals have been protected,” said Tarun Sridhar, Himachal Pradesh state’s Principal Secretary (Forest).....<a href=" http://gulfnews.com/news/world/india/himachal-pradesh-nature-reserve-gets-unesco-heritage-tag-1.1351244?utm_content=1.1351244&amp;utm_medium=RSS&amp;utm_source=Feeds&amp;utm_campaign=Himachal Pradesh nature reserve gets Unesco heritage tag&amp;localLinksEnabled=false&amp;utm_term=News RSS feed" target="_blank"><span style="font-weight:bold">[Read
 more]</span></a></p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>25/06/2014 13:58:14</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/23473/Himachal+Pradesh+nature+reserve+gets+Unesco+heritage+tag</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">23473</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>23464</publicationdataID>
      <title>Will India be Asia's next economic superpower?</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p><span style="font-style:italic">Emirates 24X7/ by Sneha May Francis</span><br />
<br />
Dignitaries from India are optimistic that the country is on its way to becoming "Asia’s next superpower”.<br />
<br />
With a new government in place in the country, celebrities from the Indian diaspora hope that this is just a reflection of good times to come.<br />
<br />
The mood has shifted from "depressed to euphoric”, according to the attendees of the UAE book launch of McKinsey &amp; Company’s ‘Reimagining India: Unlocking the Potential of Asia's Next Superpower’.<br />
<br />
Abdul Rahman Saif Al Ghurair, Chairman of Dubai Chamber of Commerce and Industry, unveiled the book last week. "India has technicians, engineers, scientists… India has every kind of brain you can think of,” he said during his keynote address. "The first batch
 of engineers [to the UAE] came from India, and not from Lebanon or Syria or Egypt.”..........<span style="font-weight:bold"><a href="http://www.emirates247.com/business/economy-finance/will-india-be-asia-s-next-economic-superpower-2014-06-22-1.553834" target="_blank">[Read
 more ]</a></span><br />
<br />
<span style="font-style:italic">(The views expressed above are the personal views of the writer)</span></p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>23/06/2014 18:15:03</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/23464/Will+India+be+Asias+next+economic+superpower</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">23464</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>23474</publicationdataID>
      <title>Solar Power Installed on India’s Clean Public Transportation Terminals</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p>The Green Optimistic <br />
<br />
Delhi Metro Rail Corporation (DMRC) is one of the world’s greenest, made greener by the addition of its first solar powerinstallation on a DMRC terminal near Delhi International Airport.<br />
<br />
People in big cities need to move around, whether for work, school, or play, and everything in between, and Delhi, the capital of India, has some of the worst automobile traffic in the world. Cars, trucks, buses, motorcycles, and bicycles cram cities streets
 almost all day long, making commuting a dangerous and dirty proposition. As in most cities, public rail transportation is often smoother and more time-effective. The DMRC public transportation system also happens to be one of the world’s mostenvironmentally-responsible,
 employing electric locomotives, regenerative braking, and next month,solar power...........<a href="http://www.greenoptimistic.com/2014/06/23/solar-power-installed-indias-clean-public-transportation-terminals/#.U6qDhJSSwnU" target="_blank"><span style="font-weight:bold">[Read
 more]</span></a></p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>25/06/2014 14:07:33</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/23474/Solar+Power+Installed+on+Indias+Clean+Public+Transportation+Terminals</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">23474</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>23475</publicationdataID>
      <title>Indian Toilet-Cleaners Break Free From Centuries-Old Caste</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p><span style="font-style:italic">The Epoch Times/ by Venus Upadhayaya</span><br />
<br />
In a small city in India’s north, a community of illiterate women have broken free from the profession they were born into: cleaning rich people’s toilets. Now, they’re learning to read and write, speak English, and provide for their children’s education.<br />
<br />
In the community of Chumars in Rajasthan state of India, these women traditionally had only this single profession. Because they did such filthy work, they and their families had to live in separate colonies.<br />
<br />
"Since the age of seven, I started to accompany my mother who cleaned toilets everyday. Just as mothers teach their daughters to do various chores, my mother taught me how to clean other people’s toilets. She said, ‘After you get married this will help you
 earn a living,’” said Usha Chumar. Usha was married at age ten. She is now 35.<br />
<br />
For centuries, people in India like Usha had little choice about their careers. Their birth determined their caste and their caste determined their profession. Thus, the son of a priest became a priest, the son of a warrior became a warrior, and the daughter
 of a manual scavenger became a manual scavenger. About one in seven Indians belongs to the lowest caste, the "Dalit”—or Untouchables. Among them are people like Usha who clean toilets.........<a href="http://www.theepochtimes.com/n3/756653-indian-toilet-cleaners-break-free-from-centuries-old-caste/?photo=2" target="_blank"><span style="font-weight:bold">[Read
 more]</span></a><br />
<span style="font-style:italic"><br />
(The views expressed above are the personal views of the author)</span></p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>25/06/2014 14:12:33</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/23475/Indian+ToiletCleaners+Break+Free+From+CenturiesOld+Caste</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">23475</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>23450</publicationdataID>
      <title>Female Activist in Haryana Works Within System for Change</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[Female Activist in Haryana Works Within System for Change
<p><span style="font-style:italic">New York Times/by Betwa Sharma</span><br />
<br />
Over a cup of milky tea some months ago in a nondescript hotel in Rohtak, a dusty town of steel and oil mills, colleges and auto repair shops, Santosh Dahiya reflected on the slow-moving pace of change in the mostly rural state of Haryana.<br />
<br />
She is the head of the women’s wing of the Sarve Khap, Sarve Jaatiya Mahapanchayat, an umbrella organization of khap panchayats, traditionally all-male unelected councils in north India that exercise a great deal of social control.<br />
<br />
When she was a girl, she used to watch the men in her native village gather for meetings at which clan leaders and village elders would settle disputes: adultery in the family, domestic violence, even murder.<br />
<br />
Though many have come to see the councils as oppressive, Haryana is virtually run by them, and Ms. Dahiya recalled marveling at how quickly the disputes were solved.<br />
<br />
"The fear of being shamed before your own people is greater than being put in jail,” she said.The diktats of the councils, many say, reinforce caste-based prejudices and impose a stranglehold over women’s freedoms. Some say it has led to honor killings and
 female feticide, and the state of Haryana has the lowest ratio of females to males in the country.Ms. Dahiya, 45, who had a relatively progressive family and husband, was able to get an education and carve out a space for her activism in Haryana. After receiving
 a doctorate in physical education, she became a professor at Kurukshetra University in the northern part of the state, where she now works and lives.<br />
<br />
In 2010, she was nominated to be the president of the women’s wing of the umbrella organization, and she has used her platform to speak out about atrocities against women.<br />
<br />
In Afghanistan, an 18-year-old was shot to death for running away to escape an arranged marriage in May. Weeks ago in Pakistan, a 25-year-old was beaten to death for marrying the man she loved. In September, a 20-year-old was lynched in Haryana and her fiancé
 was publicly beheaded by the woman’s family because the couple had decided to marry despite being from the same clan, considered a social taboo because members of a clan are regarded as family. Over the years, village councils have reinforced the argument
 against intraclan marriages, as well as marriages between people of different castes.<br />
<br />
The thread running through these killings this past year is that women are chained to family honor, which justifies controlling their lives, said Ms. Dahiya.<br />
<br />
"There is no notion that she can have her own thoughts, plans and desires,” she said.Although she is not a clan leader, a position still held only by men, she is able to speak to the news media about women’s issues in Haryana. And though she believes that marriages
 within the same clan should be avoided, she speaks out against honor killings as a choice of reprisal."I hold meetings with villagers three to four times a month. I tell them that murder is not an option in this modern era,” she said. Ms. Dahiya advises parents
 that their children must be allowed to leave their village unharmed.<br />
<br />
There is some indication that her appeals to logic fall on deaf ears. A community leader in Haryana this year said that same-clan marriages led to the birth of eunuchs......<a href="http://india.blogs.nytimes.com/2014/06/17/female-activist-in-haryana-works-within-system-for-change/?_php=true&amp;_type=blogs&amp;_php=true&amp;_type=blogs&amp;_r=1&amp; " target="_blank"><span style="font-weight:bold">[Read
 More]</span></a></p>
<br />
<br />
]]></description>
      <pubDate>18/06/2014 10:37:17</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/23450/Female+Activist+in+Haryana+Works+Within+System+for+Change</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">23450</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>23445</publicationdataID>
      <title>Quality Education for All: How India managed to achieve it</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[<img src="" title="" alt=""/><span style="font-style:italic">By Ambassador Sanjay Verma/Ethiopian Business Review</span><br />
<br />
India has come a long way; it is now a USD 2 trillion economy and is ranked as the third biggest economy (PPP) in the world. The CEOs of the PepsiCo, Microsoft, Nokia, Deutsch Bank, MasterCard, Adobe Systems, Diageo, DBS Bank, Reckitt Benckiser, Global Foundries
 are Indians. To this list you can easily add many more COOs, CFOs and Chief Technology Officers of the world’s biggest corporations, many of whom have studied in India.<br />
<br />
Measuring success is easy; explaining it is difficult. India’s story cannot be described in past perfect tense........<span style="font-weight:bold"><a href="Images/pdf/edu.pdf" target="_blank">[READ MORE]</a></span>]]></description>
      <pubDate>17/06/2014 17:04:37</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/23445/Quality+Education+for+All+How+India+managed+to+achieve+it</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">23445</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>23429</publicationdataID>
      <title>India health, wellness hub for UAE and GCC nationals</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p><span style="font-style:italic">Khaleej Times/ by Suchitra Steven Samuel</span><br />
<br />
Nationals and expats encouraged to improve quality of life<br />
<br />
India has a holistic health care system that is accessible and effective. Experts in the field were in Dubai to support the vision of the Government of India to promote naturopathy and Ayush (Ayurveda, Yoga, Unani, Siddha and Homeopathy) to UAE nationals and
 expatriates.<br />
<br />
The Royal India Wellness Seminar in Dubai on Wednesday served as a platform to share the wellness, health and medical tourism agenda of the Ministry of Tourism, Government of India. The seminar showcased the wellness products and services, world-class medical
 facilities, luxury spas and Ayurveda therapy for holistic healing and rejuvenation. Specialists encouraged UAE nationals and expats to consider wellness and leisure in India as an option to improve the quality of life.<br />
<br />
Different aspects were discussed like holistic wellness (mind, body and soul integration), integrative medical and complimentary therapies, detox (de-stress, rejuvenate), early intervention and prevention, and yoga and meditation. Several leading names shared
 their thoughts on alternative systems of healing...........<span style="font-weight:bold"><a href=" http://www.khaleejtimes.com/biz/inside.asp?xfile=/data/uaebusiness/2014/June/uaebusiness_June175.xml&amp;section=uaebusiness" target="_blank">[Read more]</a></span></p>
<p><br />
</p>
<span style="font-style:italic">(The views expressed above are the personal views of the writer)</span>]]></description>
      <pubDate>13/06/2014 19:04:16</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/23429/India+health+wellness+hub+for+UAE+and+GCC+nationals</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">23429</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>23427</publicationdataID>
      <title>India's industrial output grows as inflation slows</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p><span style="font-style:italic">Wall Street Journal/ by Anant Vijay Kala and Mukesh Jagota</span><br />
<br />
Modest increase raises hopes, but analysts say economic recovery will take time<br />
<br />
India reported an increase in industrial output and lower inflation Thursday, raising hopes that Asia's third-largest economy is starting to see some early signs of improvement.<br />
<br />
Industrial production, which includes the output of factories, mines and utilities companies, rose 3.4% from a year earlier in April. This was a significant turnaround from the 0.5% decline in March and better than the 1.9% increase that economists had predicted.<br />
<br />
Separate data showed consumer inflation slowed in May for the first time in three months to 8.28% on-year. That is down from 8.59% in April and slightly better than the 8.4% inflation rate forecast by economists.......<a href=" http://online.wsj.com/articles/indias-industrial-output-grows-as-inflation-slows-1402580317?tesla=y&amp;mg=reno64-wsj&amp;url=http://online.wsj.com/article/SB10001424052702303642704579620041295095938.html " target="_blank"><span style="font-weight:bold">[Read
 more]</span></a><br />
<br />
<span style="font-style:italic">(The views expressed above are the personal views of the author)</span></p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>13/06/2014 18:56:15</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/23427/Indias+industrial+output+grows+as+inflation+slows</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">23427</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>23428</publicationdataID>
      <title>Brain regain in India as medical tourism booms</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p><span style="font-style:italic">The National</span><br />
<br />
One of the multitude of Indian emigrant doctors, Paul Ramesh moved to Britain in the 1990s, keen to get the best surgical training and earn a generous pay packet.<br />
<br />
Today he is still treating Westerners, but in hospital beds back in Chennai, his hometown in Tamil Nadu state.<br />
<br />
"When I came back it was quite exceptional to return. Now it’s the rule,” the 46-year-old said at the city’s Apollo hospital, soon after performing a heart transplant on a woman from the United States.<br />
<br />
In Chennai, known as India’s health care capital, medical workers describe a "reverse brain drain” as home-grown doctors return from the US and Europe – at the same time as the city develops as a top budget destination for medical tourists.<br />
<br />
While the number of Indian doctors abroad remains substantial, Apollo staff say their national hospital chain now gets 300 applications annually from those working in Britain alone, encouraged by improved living standards and better medical technology at home.<br />
<br />
Traditionally drawn to the West to boost their expertise and earnings, doctors also cited tightening salaries under Britain’s National Health Service and increasingly tough US healthcare regulations as factors luring them back.........<a target="_blank" href="http://www.thenational.ae/world/south-asia/brain-regain-in-india-as-medical-tourism-booms "><span style="font-weight:bold">[Read
 more ]</span></a></p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>13/06/2014 19:00:57</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/23428/Brain+regain+in+India+as+medical+tourism+booms</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">23428</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>23430</publicationdataID>
      <title>India: Jewels that inspired the world</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p><span style="font-style:italic">The Telegraph UK/ by Joanna Hardy</span><br />
<br />
Moscow’s insightful exhibition brings together sumptuous Indian jewels spanning over 400 years for the first, and perhaps last, time.<br />
<br />
India has always been the world’s gem cornucopia; its colourful culture has been the source of inspiration for western and eastern art for hundreds of years. Until diamond mines were discovered in Brazil in 1725, the Golconda region in south India was the sole
 supplier of diamonds to the world. Many of the diamonds set in Russian and European royal regalia are probably of Indian origin; cut and transformed by skilled lapidaries into awe-inspiring jewels that have adorned tsars, maharajahs, kings and queens.<br />
<br />
Tales of Southern India’s fabulous gemological wealth spread to the far corners of the world, enticing merchants from Rome, Greece, Venice, Arabia, Persia, Turkey and beyond. These agents traded gold, diamonds, beryls, pearls, sapphires, cotton, silks and spices,
 each one hoping to acquire the best gems on the market. In turn, Indian and European craftsmen were mutually inspired by each other, resulting in an array of sumptuous jewels. Fortunately, a few have survived to tell the tale.........<a href="http://www.telegraph.co.uk/luxury/jewellery/36018/india-jewels-that-inspired-the-world.html" target="_blank"><span style="font-weight:bold">[Read
 more]</span></a><br />
<br />
<span style="font-style:italic">(The views expressed above are the personal views of the writer)</span></p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>13/06/2014 19:08:01</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/23430/India+Jewels+that+inspired+the+world</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">23430</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>23422</publicationdataID>
      <title>India to expand solar program</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p><span style="font-style:italic">The Australian/ by John Conroy</span><br />
<br />
India will expand its flagship solar program, with president Pranab Mukherjee saying details of the new government's energy policy will be revealed soon, PV-Tech reports.<br />
<br />
According to the website, the incoming Bharatiya Janata Party government has already promised to give every home at least 'one light bulb's worth of electrification' via solar, as well as deploy solar-powered agriculture pumps..........<span style="font-weight:bold"><a href="http://www.theaustralian.com.au/business/latest/india-to-expand-solar-program/story-e6frg90f-1226950481159" target="_blank">[Read
 more]</a></span><br />
<br />
<span style="font-style:italic">(The views expressed above are the personal views of the author)</span></p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>11/06/2014 17:27:57</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/23422/India+to+expand+solar+program</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">23422</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>23420</publicationdataID>
      <title>India's industrial output likely grew in April—Poll</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p><span style="font-style:italic">Wall Street Journal/ by Anant Vijay Kala</span><br />
<br />
Economists expect that Indian industry expanded in April, with production increasing for the first time in three months, helped by rising power generation, a poll showed.<br />
<br />
Industrial production, which includes factories, mines and utilities companies, is forecast to grow 1.9% from a year earlier, according to the median estimate in a poll of 19 economists by The Wall Street Journal. It had shrunk 0.5% in March and 1.8% in February.
 The government is scheduled to issue the data on Thursday.<br />
<br />
Data issued last week showed India's electricity output—which accounts for about 10% of industrial production—rose 11.2% in April, its fastest rise in seven months. It had increased 5.4% in March. The government didn't provide a reason for the sharper increase
 in April.......<span style="font-weight:bold"><a href="http://online.wsj.com/articles/indias-industrial-output-likely-grew-in-aprilpoll-1402401128 " target="_blank">[Read more ]</a></span><br />
<span style="font-style:italic"><br />
(The views expressed above are the personal views of the author)</span></p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>11/06/2014 17:16:24</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/23420/Indias+industrial+output+likely+grew+in+AprilPoll</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">23420</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>23421</publicationdataID>
      <title>What India's next tech boom looks like</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p><span style="font-style:italic">OZY/ by Prashant Agrawal</span><br />
<br />
Over the last fifteen years, India has become the IT outsource destination of the world. Companies based on the subcontinent — Wipro, Infosys, Cognizant and TCS — have all become well-known names inside corporate America. Global IT giants like Accenture, IBM
 and Microsoft all have a dedicated and substantial presence in India. They’ve created hundreds of thousands of jobs for Indians and Americans alike. One would think, with millions of people working on technology, India would be a hotbed of innovation. But
 it isn’t.<br />
<br />
Not yet, anyway. <br />
<br />
India’s Tech 1.0, was all about outsourcing — taking on everyday, mundane, information technology work, such as the implementation of big enterprise software platforms or the maintenance of IT infrastructure. With increased bandwidth, Indian IT companies could
 place a few people across the world and transfer these activities to India.<br />
<br />
India Tech 2.0 is about creating new products and services entirely. It’s about building the enterprise software platforms, not implementing them. It’s about not just mimicking U.S. Internet companies, but also innovating and improving on them. India Tech 2.0
 is about creating the next SAP or Microsoft, not just implementing the solutions across Fortune 500 companies.........<span style="font-weight:bold"><a href=" http://www.ozy.com/c-notes/what-indias-next-tech-boom-looks-like/32002.article" target="">[Read more]</a></span><br />
<br />
<span style="font-style:italic">(The views expressed above are the personal views of the writer)</span></p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>11/06/2014 17:20:55</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/23421/What+Indias+next+tech+boom+looks+like</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">23421</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>23407</publicationdataID>
      <title>Indian equities looking unstoppable</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p><span style="font-style:italic">Forbes/ by Kenneth Rapoza</span><br />
<br />
Morgan Stanley did a study that showed how equity markets move post-election in emerging markets. On average, they rise about 2% in the first 100 days. India is becoming an exception to the rule. The Wisdom Tree India Earnings (EPI) exchange traded fund rose
 2.65% in one day. And since Narendra Modi’s BJP Party was voted into Parliament by a wide margin, EPI is up 11.56%. That’s better than the benchmark MSCI Emerging Markets Index, better than the S&amp;P 500, and better than Indonesia, which is in the red, and a
 month away from their presidential election.<br />
<br />
<span style="font-weight:bold">India looks unstoppable.</span><br />
<br />
The Modi wave is turning out to be the perfect wave in what too many investors are believing will be an endless summer.<br />
<br />
The benchmark Sensex made history on Thursday, closing above the 25,000 mark thanks to foreign investors buying up resource and infrastructure stocks. The 50-share NSE Nifty climbed 71.85 points, or 0.97% higher to close at a new peak of 7,474.10. Sure, the
 latest European monetary policy announced by Mario Draghi of the European Central Bank helped out. But it helped out India equities more than it did any other BRIC market. Even Poland, seen benefiting from any type of European investment, rose just 1.7% on
 the day.............<a href="http://www.forbes.com/sites/kenrapoza/2014/06/05/indian-equities-looking-unstoppable/ " target="_blank"><span style="font-weight:bold">[Read More]</span></a></p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>06/06/2014 19:07:45</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/23407/Indian+equities+looking+unstoppable</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">23407</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>23410</publicationdataID>
      <title>PM Confirms Modi’s Visit Calling It Historic</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p><span style="font-style:italic">The Bhutanese/ by Chencho Dema</span><br />
<br />
The upcoming visit of the newly elected Indian Prime Minister Narendra Modi to Bhutan will be a historic visit said Prime Minister Tshering Tobgay during a press conference yesterday.<br />
<br />
The Indian Prime Minister will be in Bhutan for a two day visit from June 15 to 16. This is his first foreign visit after becoming Prime Minister.<br />
<br />
"The fact that Indian PM has chosen Bhutan as his first visit oversea is an honor by itself. So Bhutan will use this opportunity to further strength the already close ties of friendship,” the PM said.<br />
<br />
Upon asking what issues will be discussed with the Indian Prime Minister, Lyonchhen said they will also discuss business and talk about the 11th five year plan, the ongoing hydro power projects, economic stimulus plan, reflect on past successes and then work
 towards the future."But as of now we don’t see any specific issue because we don’t have any outstanding issues to resolve. As far as we are concerned, the main agenda is to further cement our already strong ties of friendship,” Lyonchhen said.<br />
<br />
The choice was largely between Bhutan, Nepal and Bangladesh, although Afghanistan also came up for discussion according to the Indian Express paper in Delhi.<br />
<br />
An Indian official team will be coming to capital today to set up the visit and work out the relevant logistics........<a href="http://www.thebhutanese.bt/pm-confirms-modis-visit-calling-it-historic/" target="_blank"><span style="font-weight:bold">[Read more]</span></a><br />
<br />
<span style="font-style:italic">(The views expressed above are the personal views of the author)</span></p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>09/06/2014 10:35:13</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/23410/PM+Confirms+Modis+Visit+Calling+It+Historic</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">23410</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>23399</publicationdataID>
      <title>India's 'Pink Warriors' take on injustice</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p><span style="font-style:italic">Deutsche Welle</span><br />
<br />
An ordinary woman living in a village in northern India saw a man mercilessly beating his wife. Her attempts to intervene backfired and she too ended up with a beating. The next day she returned with a lathi (a bamboo stick) and five other women and gave the
 man a beating just like the one he had given his wife. News spread and this ordinary woman, Sampat Pal Devi, was hailed as a warrior and her group was soon known as the Gulabi Gang or the Pink Gang. Devi specifically chose the color pink to signify "womanhood
 and understated strength."<br />
<br />
"Women are always treated like dirt by men, especially in rural villages, where most women are illiterate and have no knowledge about their rights," she told DW.
<br />
<br />
Today, Sampat Pal Devi's group has over 300,000 members spread across the villages in the state of Uttar Pradesh. She has opened schools and training centers for women where they learn to sew, weave baskets, and other skills that can help them make money and
 become independent........<span style="font-weight:bold"><a href="http://www.dw.de/indias-pink-warriors-take-on-injustice/a-17665865" target="_blank">[Read More]</a></span></p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>05/06/2014 10:30:36</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/23399/Indias+Pink+Warriors+take+on+injustice</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">23399</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>23401</publicationdataID>
      <title>India world’s 10th largest business travel market</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p><span style="font-style:italic">Travel Daily India</span><br />
<br />
In its first BTI Outlook for India, the Global Business Travel Association (GBTA) revealed that India’s business travel sector has grown considerably in the last 15 years, propelling the country from 24th in the global rankings in 2000 to 10th in 2013.<br />
<br />
And the GBTA expects that India will continue to move up the rankings in future, and should overtake Italy to become the ninth largest global market in the next five years....<span style="font-weight:bold">.<a href="http://www.traveldailymedia.com/208366/india-worlds-10th-largest-business-travel-market/" target="_blank">[Read
 More] </a></span></p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>05/06/2014 17:39:13</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/23401/India+worlds+10th+largest+business+travel+market</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">23401</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>23390</publicationdataID>
      <title>India Ranks As World's Second Largest Textile Exporter</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p><span style="font-style:italic">Bernama/by Saraswathi Muniappan</span><br />
<br />
India ranks as the world's second largest textiles exporter last year, ahead of its competitors like Italy, Germany and Bangladesh, with China still retaining the top position, according to data released by UN Comtrade.<br />
Currently, India's textiles exports to the world is US$40.2 billion. <br />
India's share in Global Textiles has increased by 17.5 per cent in 2013 compared to the previous year.<br />
This growth is phenomenal as the global textiles growth rate is only 4.7 per cent compared to India which registered growth of 23 per cent versus China and Bangladesh which registered 11.4 per cent and 15.4 per cent, respectively.....<span style="font-weight:bold">.<a href="http://www.bernama.com.my/bernama/v7/wn/newsworld.php?id=1043326" target="_blank">[Read
 More]</a></span><br />
</p>
<p>(The views expressed above are the personal views of writer)</p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>03/06/2014 17:14:56</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/23390/India+Ranks+As+Worlds+Second+Largest+Textile+Exporter</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">23390</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>23391</publicationdataID>
      <title>Passage from India: wheels turn full cycle</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p><span style="font-style:italic">The Telegraph/by Anna White</span><br />
<br />
Indian bicycles, a common mode of transport for the 1.2bn people in the south Asian country, are now being peddled in a Soho pop-up shop.<br />
<br />
Brand designer Adriano Galardi, 25, spotted a gap in the UK market for affordable push bikes, below £500, and is now importing Indian ones.<br />
<br />
Basic in its design, the bicycle was introduced into India 100 years ago by the British, who set up factories to mass-produce them using machinery brought over from Britain, and it has barely changed.<br />
<br />
After independence in 1947, and the ban on imports in the 1950s, local businessmen took over the equipment, and they continue to churn out millions of bikes a year...........<a href="http://www.telegraph.co.uk/finance/businessclub/10871597/Passage-from-India-wheels-turn-full-cycle.html" target="_blank"><span style="font-weight:bold">[Read
 More]</span></a><br />
<span style="font-style:italic">(The views expressed above are the personal views of writer)</span></p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>03/06/2014 17:26:55</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/23391/Passage+from+India+wheels+turn+full+cycle</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">23391</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>23382</publicationdataID>
      <title>Restoring the lost legacies of brilliant Indian minds</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p><span style="font-style:italic">The Sunday Guardian/ Tanul Thakur</span><br />
<br />
C.V. Raman was convinced he had conceived an idea that would win him the Nobel Prize. But he didn't have enough money to buy a spectrograph. He shot a letter to G.D. Birla stating his demand in no less clear words: "Give me money to buy a spectrograph. And
 if you give me the money, I promise I will bring the Nobel Prize in one year." G.D. Birla fulfilled Raman's demand. Later, Raman published a paper in the Indian Journal of Physics, and sent it to several Nobel laureates — Niels Bohr, Ernest Rutherford and
 others — along with a terse declaration: "I believe this is a Nobel Prize winning discovery. You must nominate me for the Nobel prize." This scene almost comes unannounced in the documentary The Quantum Indians, which chronicles the lives of India's three
 celebrated scientists — C.V. Raman, Satyendra Nath Bose and Meghnad Saha — but it compels you to think how much do we really know about them. A lot of us know about the "Raman effect" and its indelible impact on the world of science, but Raman — like other
 eminent Indian scientists — has mainly been a disembodied figure, alive only through his discoveries, not what materialised them.<br />
<br />
We live in times of archival paucity, and this reason alone makes Raja Choudhury's The Quantum Indians a significant effort. But Choudhury didn't just stumble on the stories of these scientists by accident; he gravitated towards them with a tinge of befuddlement
 and misgiving: "In 2012, when the Boson particle was announced, there was no conversation on S.N. Bose in international media at all. That riled me a little," says Choudhury. "He was being seen as a 'forgotten hero.'" Choudhury also soon found out that Bose's
 life-story didn't exist in isolation: it was tethered to two other important lives, and their stories coalesced to form a narrative about a bunch of Indians who were working with limited means to leave their imprints on the world of basic science. "There are
 some moments in time that change history," he says. "And if you look at it, that moment can be pointed out to the Calcutta University in the 1920s, when three people overcame the shackles of colonial rule to leave a lasting impact on the world of science."......<span style="font-weight:bold"><a href="http://www.sunday-guardian.com/technologic/restoring-the-lost-legacies-of-brilliant-indian-minds" target="_blank">[Read
 More]</a></span></p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>01/06/2014 21:05:22</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/23382/Restoring+the+lost+legacies+of+brilliant+Indian+minds</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">23382</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>23379</publicationdataID>
      <title>India Harvests Sun and Wind to Save Water and Power a Slowing Economy</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p><span style="font-style:italic">Circle of Blue/ by Keith Schneider</span><br />
<br />
Hawa Mahal, the Palace of Winds, was constructed in 1799, here in the largest city in India’s largest state. Made of red and pink sandstone, and facing the street with an ornate honeycomb of open windows, the five-story building could have been named the Hawa
 Suraja Mahal, the Palace of Sun and Wind.<br />
<br />
Though the palace’s distinctive grill work ensured the privacy of royal women, its architect also sized the openings, and determined the building’s precise axis to the sun, to provide moderate winter heating, and produce the air flow and shading demanded by
 Maharashtra’s desperately hot summers. In a central-west Indian state as large the Republic of Congo, where six of every 10 square kilometers is desert, such understanding of the heating and cooling energy of the sun and the wind is generations old.<br />
<br />
"People in this place have been working with nature’s energy, what we now call renewable energy, for a very long time,” said S.K. Mather, a wind and solar energy project officer with the Rajasthan Renewable Energy Corporation. "It’s one of the reasons we’re
 making good progress with our projects.”.......<span style="font-weight:bold"><a href=" http://www.circleofblue.org/waternews/2014/world/india-harvests-sun-wind-save-water-power-slowing-economy" target="_blank">[Read more]</a></span></p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>29/05/2014 17:34:06</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/23379/India+Harvests+Sun+and+Wind+to+Save+Water+and+Power+a+Slowing+Economy</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">23379</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>23375</publicationdataID>
      <title>A teenage girl's campaign for a polythene-free India</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p><span style="font-style:italic">Two Circles/by Anil Sharma</span><br />
<br />
The death of a cow after swallowing a polythene bag was the trigger that led Divya Jain, 15, to start a campaign against its use in Rajasthan and beyond. She also encourages people to fabricte water troughs to save birds from the searing desert summer.<br />
<br />
Divya Jain, a class 10 student in Chittorgarh, over 350 km from state capital Jaipur, believes in leading by example. Over the last few years, she has herself made and distributed 15,000 cloth and jute bags to the people in the city, famous for its historic
 fort, in a bid to persuade them to use such bags in place of polythene.........<span style="font-weight:bold"><a href="http://twocircles.net/2014may28/teenage_girls_campaign_polythenefree_india.html#.U4XWZnYfjix" target="_blank">[Read More]</a></span></p>
​]]></description>
      <pubDate>28/05/2014 18:08:05</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/23375/A+teenage+girls+campaign+for+a+polythenefree+India</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">23375</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>23371</publicationdataID>
      <title>Solar to enable India's new PM to bring power to the poor</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p><span style="font-style:italic">The Australian</span><br />
<br />
India’s new government led by Prime Minister-elect Narendra Modi has said that it sees solar as a critical part of a plan to electrify every home in India within the next five years.<br />
<br />
The country currently has several hundred million people without access to electricity.<br />
<br />
Bloomberg quotes Narenda Taneja, convener of the energy division at Modi’s Bharatiya Janata Party, as saying: "We look upon solar as having the potential to completely transform the way we look at the energy space.....<a href="http://www.theaustralian.com.au/business/latest/solar-to-enable-indias-new-pm-to-bring-power-to-the-poor/story-e6frg90f-1226932945917" target="_blank"><span style="font-weight:bold">[Read
 more] </span></a></p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>27/05/2014 18:26:51</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/23371/Solar+to+enable+Indias+new+PM+to+bring+power+to+the+poor</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">23371</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>23359</publicationdataID>
      <title>Narendra Modi: India’s strongman</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p><span style="font-style:italic">The Economist</span><br />
<br />
<span style="font-style:italic">Narendra Modi’s amazing victory gives India its best chance ever of prosperity</span><br />
<br />
The most important change in the world over the past 30 years has been the rise of China. The increase in its average annual GDP per head from around $300 to $6,750 over the period has not just brought previously unimagined prosperity to hundreds of millions
 of people, but has also remade the world economy and geopolitics.<br />
<br />
India’s GDP per head was the same as China’s three decades ago. It is now less than a quarter of the size. Despite a couple of bouts of reform and spurts of growth, India’s economy has never achieved the momentum that has dragged much of East Asia out of poverty.
 The human cost, in terms of frustrated, underemployed, ill-educated, unhealthy, hungry people, has been immense......<span style="font-weight:bold"><a href="http://www.economist.com/news/leaders/21602683-narendra-modis-amazing-victory-gives-india-its-best-chance-ever-prosperity-indias-strongman#sthash.bLB7r2a3.dpbs" target="_blank">[Read
 More]</a></span></p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>24/05/2014 16:50:05</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/23359/Narendra+Modi+Indias+strongman</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">23359</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>23360</publicationdataID>
      <title>Change and opportunity in India</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p><span style="font-style:italic">The China Post/ by John J. Metzler</span><br />
<br />
An expected, if still extraordinary, political tsunami has swept across India as voters elected a nationalist and pro-business political party to lead this country of over a billion people. Riding a wave of voter anger with ingrained corruption, slowing economic
 growth and the entitled privilege of the incumbent Congress Party, voters made a break with the past and overwhelmingly chose Narendra Modi's pro-commerce Bharatiya Janata Party (BJP).<br />
<br />
With only a few pauses in continuity, the Congress Party has run India since independence from Britain in 1947. Congress and its dynastic leadership by the Nehru and Gandhi families were identified with "the idea of India,” a democratic, socialist, secular
 and non-aligned land but with a growing undertow of corruption and poverty. Only in the 1990's, under a more reformist Congress Party, did India begin to change and open itself to the outside world.............<span style="font-weight:bold"><a href="http://www.chinapost.com.tw/commentary/the-china-post/john-metzler/2014/05/24/408477/Change-and.htm" target="_blank">[Read
 More]</a></span><br />
<br />
<span style="font-style:italic">(The views expressed above are the personal views of the writer)</span></p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>24/05/2014 17:02:25</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/23360/Change+and+opportunity+in+India</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">23360</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>23363</publicationdataID>
      <title>Indian billionaire Azim Premji wants  to give more</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p><span style="font-style:italic">Khaleej Times/ by Sudha Menon</span><br />
<br />
Will India’s bold and the beautiful follow in Premji’s footsteps?<br />
<br />
Indian billionaires, barring a handful, have been accused of being notoriously miserly with their money, especially when it comes to charity. Unlike other parts of the world, especially the United States where icons such as Warren Buffet and Bill Gates have
 donated massive amounts to charity and towards community development projects, Indian billionaires have chosen to keep their assets close to their chest and lavish it on fast cars, billion-dollar homes and other indulgences.<br />
<br />
Reclusive Indian tech-billionaire, Azim Premji, the man behind tech company Wipro, has , however, chosen to stand out from the crowd and work behind the scenes at various charity projects, through his Azim Premji Foundation....<span style="font-weight:bold"><a href="http://www.khaleejtimes.com/kt-article-display-1.asp?xfile=data/expressions/2014/May/expressions_May20.xml&amp;section=expressions" target="_blank">[Read
 More]</a></span><br />
<br />
<span style="font-style:italic">(The views expressed above are the personal views of the writer)</span></p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>24/05/2014 17:24:08</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/23363/Indian+billionaire+Azim+Premji+wants+to+give+more</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">23363</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>23350</publicationdataID>
      <title>The Most Important Regional Organization That Nobody Has Heard Of</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p>Originally published on May 12, 2014<br />
<br />
<span style="font-style:italic">The World Post/by Stanley Weiss </span><br />
<br />
Last month, as Indian voters began streaming to the polls to elect a new Parliament and prime minister, India's Bharatiya Janata Party released its long-awaited election platform. Predictably, the document criticized the record of the ruling Congress Party,
 while stressing the need for greater economic growth and good governance. But buried on page 40 of 42--after the BJP's evolving stance on nuclear weapons but before their sacred commitment to the "Cow and its Progeny"--was the single, unexpected line, "We
 will work towards strengthening regional forums like SAARC and ASEAN."<br />
<br />
Though SAARC--the South Asian Association for Regional Cooperation--is comprised of eight nations collectively containing over 1.6 billion people, it's unsurprising that the organization would merit a mere passing mention in the political platform of what is
 likely to be India's next ruling party. Founded in 1985 to promote regional cultural and economic integration, SAARC quickly acquired a reputation for "much talk and no action." For one thing, decisions among its members--India, Pakistan, Afghanitan, Bangladesh,
 Sri Lanka, Bhutan, Nepal, and the Maldives--must be unanimous. For another, its two biggest members, India and Pakistan, treat each other with the thinly-veiled contempt born of half a century of enmity.......<span style="font-weight:bold">.<a href="http://www.huffingtonpost.com/stanley-weiss/the-most-important-region_b_5306786.html" target="_blank">[Read
 More]</a></span><a href="http://www.huffingtonpost.com/stanley-weiss/the-most-important-region_b_5306786.html" target="_blank"></a><br />
<br />
<span style="font-style:italic">(The views expressed above are the personal views of writer)</span></p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>23/05/2014 11:47:13</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/23350/The+Most+Important+Regional+Organization+That+Nobody+Has+Heard+Of</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">23350</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>23355</publicationdataID>
      <title>Alternative energy biz mega-bullish on India's Narenda Modi</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p><span style="font-style:italic">Forbes/ by Kenneth Rapoza</span><br />
<br />
Wind and solar power firms in India are counting on the new government of Narendra Modi to be friendly to alternative energy when it takes up shop later next month. While most of India’s wind turbine manufacturers are private, one large volume company has become
 the go-to choice to play mean and green in Modi’s India. Suzlon Energy has been trading like a triple levered exchange traded fund, and making every investor happy.<br />
<br />
Modi is the main reason for the mega–bullish sentiment on alternative energy.<br />
<br />
On Thursday, the Press Trust of India called Modi the country’s "first energy literate Prime Minister” and said industry groups are hoping the BJP party, which won a landslide victory against the incumbent Indian National Congress........<a href="http://www.forbes.com/sites/kenrapoza/2014/05/22/alternative-energy-biz-mega-bullish-on-indias-namo/" target="_blank"><span style="font-weight:bold">[Read
 more]</span></a></p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>23/05/2014 18:46:27</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/23355/Alternative+energy+biz+megabullish+on+Indias+Narenda+Modi</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">23355</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>23356</publicationdataID>
      <title>Festival of Indian Culture at the Village Museum of Bucharest</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p><span style="font-style:italic">Romanian Business News</span><br />
<br />
From Friday, May 23, to Sunday, May 25, the Festival of Indian Culture - Namaste India is set to take place, comprising of Hindi, Sanskrit, and Bengali language lessons, demonstrations of traditional yoga, art demonstration of henna decoration, classical Indian
 dances - Odissi, Bharatanatyam, Mohiniattam, and Kathak, the history and evolution of the 'sari' over time, mandala, Indian cuisine lessons, tea presentations.......<a href="http://actmedia.eu/daily/festival-of-indian-culture-at-the-village-museum-of-bucharest/52285" target="_blank"><span style="font-weight:bold">[Read
 more]</span></a></p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>23/05/2014 18:49:16</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/23356/Festival+of+Indian+Culture+at+the+Village+Museum+of+Bucharest</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">23356</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>23357</publicationdataID>
      <title>Asian Heritage Festival this Sunday at Baker Park</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p><span style="font-style:italic">WFMD/ by Kevin McManus</span><br />
<br />
Foods, games, vendors and live performances will be part of the Asian Heritage Festival taking place Sunday, May 25th at Baker Park in Frederick from 1:00 PM until 6:00 PM.<br />
<br />
"May is Asian Heritage Month. So that we wanted to celebrate, and bring our activities, and festivities to share with our Frederick community," says Elizabeth Chung, the Director of the Asian American Center of Frederick.<br />
<br />
There will be 12 performances representing six Asian Nations, including China, Japan, Korea, northern and southern India, Thailand and Nepal. There will be the Guzheng performance by the Guzheng Society; Indian Dance; the Joy.......<a href="http://www.wfmd.com/articles/wfmd-local-news-119935/asian-heritage-festival-this-sunday-at-12385271" target="_blank"><span style="font-weight:bold">[Read
 more]</span></a></p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>23/05/2014 18:52:22</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/23357/Asian+Heritage+Festival+this+Sunday+at+Baker+Park</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">23357</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>23362</publicationdataID>
      <title>South Florida varsity honours TERI's Pachauri</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p><span style="font-style:italic">Two Circles</span><br />
<br />
The University of South Florida's Patel College of Global Sustainability (PCGS) has awarded its first Eminent Global Scholar in Sustainability Award to Rajendra Pachauri, chair of the UN Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change (IPCC).<br />
<br />
Pachauri, who has served as the IPCC chair since 2002, was given the award in recognition of his extraordinary ccomplishments in advancing the science and understanding of climate change and international policy, in Tampa, Florida.<br />
<br />
A 2007 Nobel Peace Prize recipient, Pachauri is also the CEO of the Energy and Resources Institute (TERI) in New Delhi, president of the Asian Energy Institute, and founding director and senior adviser to the Yale University Climate and Energy Institute......<span style="font-weight:bold"><a href="http://twocircles.net/2014may23/south_florida_varsity_honours_teris_pachauri.html#.U4Bc6XKSwep)" target="_blank">[Read
 More]</a></span></p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>24/05/2014 17:17:01</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/23362/South+Florida+varsity+honours+TERIs+Pachauri</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">23362</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>23346</publicationdataID>
      <title>French honour to be conferred on Rahul Vohra</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p><span style="font-style:italic">Gulf News</span><br />
<br />
Actor-director is being recognised for his contribution to cinema and theatre, said a statement<br />
<br />
Actor-director Rahul Vohra will be bestowed with the French honour Chevalier dans l’Ordre des Arts et des Lettres (Knight of the Order of Arts and Letters) in New Delhi on Friday.<br />
<br />
Francois Richier, ambassador of France to India, will confer the French government’s honour on the noted artiste for his contribution to cinema and theatre, said a statement.<br />
<br />
The honour is given to people who have distinguished themselves by their creativity in the field of art, culture and literature or for their contribution to the influence of the arts in France and throughout the world........<span style="font-weight:bold"><a href="http://gulfnews.com/arts-entertainment/celebrity/bollywood/french-honour-to-be-conferred-on-rahul-vohra-1.1336756" target="_blank">[Read
 More]</a></span></p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>22/05/2014 16:55:24</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/23346/French+honour+to+be+conferred+on+Rahul+Vohra</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">23346</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>23347</publicationdataID>
      <title>India Set to Make Bankers Out of its Postmen</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p><span style="font-style:italic">Wall Street Journal/by Nupur Acharya</span><br />
<br />
India’s massive postal network may soon start acting as a better bank for the masses as the Reserve Bank of India looks for new ways to get basic banking service to the hundreds of millions of Indians without accounts.<br />
<br />
India Post, the world’s largest postal network, may become India’s first "payment bank,” a new classification of bank which will offer payment, savings and remittance services to customers but not loans.<br />
<br />
Central bank governor Raghuram Rajan hinted as much in speech this week.<br />
<br />
"A payments bank, which will … be constrained to invest all its funds in safe instruments such as government securities, could be very synergistic with other existing services,” Mr. Rajan said in a speech on Tuesday. "For example, the proposed Post Bank could
 start as a payment bank, making use of post office outlets to raise deposits and make payments.”........<span style="font-weight:bold"><a href="http://blogs.wsj.com/indiarealtime/2014/05/22/india-set-to-make-bankers-out-of-its-postmen/" target="_blank">[Read
 More]</a></span></p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>22/05/2014 16:58:23</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/23347/India+Set+to+Make+Bankers+Out+of+its+Postmen</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">23347</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>23341</publicationdataID>
      <title>India-funded Maldives hospital renovation project begins</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p><span style="font-style:italic">Haveeru</span><br />
<span style="font-weight:bold"><br />
State run Indira Gandhi Memorial Hospital (IGMH) has started a mega renovation project, worth MVR118 million, funded by the Indian government.</span><br />
<br />
No major renovations had been done at the Indian-built hospital which was opened 19 years ago.<br />
<br />
In a statement, the hospital said on Tuesday that India’s Renaatus Projects had been contracted to renovate wards, ICU, operation theatres, labour room and emergency rooms, and completely change the roofing, ceiling, fire systems and wiring of the building.
 Two emergency generators would also be installed, the hospital said.........<a href="http://www.haveeru.com.mv/news/54935" target="_blank"><span style="font-weight:bold">[Read More]</span></a></p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>22/05/2014 10:22:23</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/23341/Indiafunded+Maldives++renovation+project+begins</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">23341</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>23343</publicationdataID>
      <title>Images of India</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p><span style="font-style:italic">Kantipur</span><br />
<br />
The Sirjana College of Fine Art is presently exhibiting a collection of paintings and photos produced by students, the result of a two-week tour around cultural and historical sites in India<br />
<br />
An exhibition of paintings and photographs is currently on display at the premises of the Sirjana College of Fine Art. The show was inaugurated on May 15 by The Ambassador of India to Nepal, H E Shri Ranjit Rae. The collection being shown is the result of a
 two-week-long visit to the cultural and historical sites around India that was undertaken by students and teachers of the college earlier this year. The tour was supported by the Embassy of India and the BP Koirala India-Nepal foundation.<br />
<br />
During the opening of the programme, Ambassador Rae stated that these kinds of events, especially in the field of art and culture, should be organised on a regular basis owing to the fact that such a practice could very well play a critical role in the strengthening
 of relationships between the two countries........<a href="http://www.ekantipur.com/2014/05/21/entertainment/images-of-india/389852.html" target="_blank"><span style="font-weight:bold">[Read More]</span></a></p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>22/05/2014 10:30:01</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/23343/Images+of+India</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">23343</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>23344</publicationdataID>
      <title>Indian Heritage Centre to feature 250 artefacts</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p><span style="font-style:italic">Channel News Asia</span><br />
<br />
A family heirloom of an Indian trading family, a silver deity staff from a temple and wartime publications belonging to former Singapore President S R Nathan: These are some of the 250 artefacts loaned and donated to the Indian Heritage Centre (IHC), which
 is slated to open early next year.<br />
<br />
A gold necklace which is family heirloom of an Indian trading family, a silver deity staff from a temple and wartime publications belonging to former Singapore President S R Nathan: These are some of the 250 artefacts loaned and donated to the Indian Heritage
 Centre (IHC), which is slated to open early next year........<a href="http://www.channelnewsasia.com/news/singapore/indian-heritage-centre-to/1114876.html" target="_blank"><span style="font-weight:bold">[Read More]</span></a></p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>22/05/2014 10:32:59</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/23344/Indian+Heritage+Centre+to+feature+250+artefacts</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">23344</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>23340</publicationdataID>
      <title>Sustainable Tourism Empowering Children in India to Break Cycle of Poverty</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p><span style="font-style:italic">Huffington Post/by Irene Lane</span><br />
<br />
According to a UNESCO report, in India 90% of children from poorer households remain illiterate after completing four years of school, mostly caused by absenteeism. Another report, by US News &amp; World Report states that only 33% of Indian teens finish high school.
 However, an intriguing new initiative, The Children's College, is providing an environmental and climate-change focused education to Mysore's (in southern India) poorest tribal children, and empowering students to dream beyond becoming migrant laborers to
 instead, obtaining a college degree.<br />
<br />
The Children's College, which is supported by sustainable tourism efforts and direct donations, enables youth who would otherwise drop out and work alongside their parents, to focus on school and develop their talents.<br />
<br />
In particular, the school has changed the prospects for Sidappa, whose parents are illiterate and malnourished Adivasi Tribe laborers. They were forced to become migrant workers when the Kabini River dam flooded their traditional homeland. Despite the additional
 challenges of transiency and rampant disease, Sidappa has a dream that one day he will be a doctor for his impoverished community.........<span style="font-weight:bold"><a href="http://www.huffingtonpost.com/irene-lane/sustainable-tourism-empow_b_5352306.html" target="_blank">[Read
 More]</a></span></p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>22/05/2014 10:15:57</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/23340/Sustainable+Tourism+Empowering+Children+in+India+to+Break+Cycle+of+Poverty</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">23340</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>23342</publicationdataID>
      <title>Indian election could see clean energy revolution</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p><span style="font-style:italic">PV Magazine</span><br />
<br />
Wind power bosses expect great things if Narendra Modi becomes prime minister. As chief minister of Gujarat, Modi pioneered the introduction of the country's first incentives for large-scale renewables.<br />
<br />
Leading figures in India's wind power industry have told news agency Bloomberg they are confident the country's new government will add impetus to renewables development in the nation.<br />
<br />
Narendra Modi's centre-right opposition Bharatiya Janata Party (BJP) won a clear majority in the recent marathon general election in India, giving the party a clear mandate for reforming the country's energy market, according to two high-profile figures associated
 with the wind industry.......<a href="http://www.pv-magazine.com/news/details/beitrag/indian-election-could-see-clean-energy-revolution_100015131/#axzz32KC71x7Y" target="_blank"><span style="font-weight:bold">[Read More]</span></a></p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>22/05/2014 10:26:18</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/23342/Indian+election+could+see+clean+energy+revolution</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">23342</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>23330</publicationdataID>
      <title>India election expected to improve investor sentiment</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p>​<span style="font-style:italic">Wall Street Journal/ by ​Kenan Machado </span>
<br />
<br />
The clear majority gained by the Bharatiya Janata Party in India’s national elections Friday will likely improve investor sentiment for the country, say analysts, sweetening a mood that had soured for the incumbent government and its sometimes baffling tax
 moves and complex processes.<br />
<br />
"I think having a single party with a simple majority will speed up economic reforms and accelerate investments leading to broader reform programs in the government and the administration,” said Dhanpal Jhaveri, chief executive of Everstone Capital, an India-
 and South East Asia-focused private-equity and real estate funds operator.<br />
<br />
Given the BJP’s economic agenda—one based on simplifying procedures and tax reform that are both chief concerns of the private equity industry—the party’s ability to provide a stable government for the next five years will augur well, he added.<br />
<br />
The new government, largely viewed as strong and decisive, will steer the country back onto investors’ radar amid macroeconomic and microeconomic improvements, said Amit Khandelwal, head of transaction advisory services at Ernst and Young......<a href="http://blogs.wsj.com/indiarealtime/2014/05/17/india-election-expected-to-improve-investor-sentiment/" target="_blank"><span style="font-weight:bold">[Read
 More]</span></a></p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>19/05/2014 13:39:00</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/23330/India+election+expected+to+improve+investor+sentiment</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">23330</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>23331</publicationdataID>
      <title>Postbag: India can teach us a lesson</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p><span style="font-style:italic">​Bangkok Post/ by​ Kuldeep Negi </span><br />
<br />
By using the power of the ballot box, voters in India decimated the dynastic hold of the Gandhi family, the corrupt government and its leaders. People got fed up with politics of caste, creed, social classes and rampant corruption. The same can be done in Thailand
 to oust corrupt politicians and family dynasties.<br />
<br />
The Election Commission can learn a lot from the recent elections in Indonesia and India, but only if it is willing. The usual excuse is, as always, "We are different”. Thais have allowed corrupt leaders and powerbrokers to manipulate the system for personal
 gain. It is the politicians, powerbrokers, commissions and courts which are holding the power against the will of the people......<a href="http://www.bangkokpost.com/opinion/opinion/410357/b-postbag-b-india-can-teach-us-a-lesson" target="_blank"><span style="font-weight:bold">[Read
 More]</span></a></p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>19/05/2014 13:39:40</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/23331/Postbag+India+can+teach+us+a+lesson</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">23331</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>23332</publicationdataID>
      <title>Hindu temple now home to first consecrated idol, shrine in NW</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p><span style="font-style:italic">Herald Net/ by​ Alexa Vaughn </span><br />
<br />
When yellow-robed priests pulled back the burgundy curtain of a shrine inside the Hindu Temple and Cultural Center in Bothell, more than a thousand people who had squeezed into the smoke-filled building let out tears and gasps of joy.<br />
<br />
It was the crowd's first glimpse of not just the temple's first formally consecrated idol, but the first formally consecrated Hindu temple shrine in the Pacific Northwest.<br />
<br />
Indian craftsmen called shilpis, descended from generations of other temple craftsmen, had spent six months molding the idol's shrine. The deity itself was hand-sculpted in India out of black granite.<br />
<br />
Finally, after three days of rituals last weekend called Kumbabhishekam, the deity Prasanna Venkateshwara was brought to life. Related to Vishnu, preserver of life in the universe, the deity will play a key role in formal rituals performed at the shrine.<br />
<br />
Witnessing the three-day event is a once-in-a-lifetime experience for many Hindus, said Mani Vadari, chairman of the HTCC's board. He said the closest U.S. temple shrine built in the same tradition is in San Francisco......<a href="http://heraldnet.com/article/20140517/NEWS01/140519176/One-in-a-lifetime-experience-" target="_blank"><span style="font-weight:bold">[Read
 More]</span></a></p>
​]]></description>
      <pubDate>19/05/2014 13:40:33</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/23332/Hindu+temple+now+home+to+first+consecrated+idol+shrine+in+NW</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">23332</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>23334</publicationdataID>
      <title>‘Need to enhance ties with Indians for good of country’</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p><span style="font-style:italic">Arab Times Online/ by Yousef Awadh</span><br />
<br />
India is like a jewel that is currently in the right path for achieving huge economic progress and development in the global economy in the future. India is not just about the spices as many believe. It is a huge industrial country and has been particularly
 exporting qualified people in the field of information technology. There are a number of figures confirming that India is one of the developed nations globally. In the field of public health, Indian doctors and nurses are known to be peaceful and trustworthy
 with excellent and clean security files.<br />
<br />
In fact, India exports manpower to most developed countries due to cheap labor and reasonable efficiency in the security, engineering and service fields. India has also been a major source of a number of basic food items notably the Indian Basmati rice. I remember
 a few years ago when the price of Indian Basmati rice had increased as it was in demand throughout the world. This hike in price was the result of advance requests made by major regional countries due to shortage of required quantity of rice. A number of countries
 began to search for alternatives to compensate for the lack of rice or to deal with the high prices of Indian Basmati rice.<br />
<br />
The Kuwaiti government, according to its statements, had signed agreements with several African countries for the purchase of large-scale farmlands to obtain agricultural products such as rice and import them to Kuwait but those plans never worked. Kuwait and
 India share a common legacy and relations dating back to several decades. In fact, some Kuwaiti families still live in Mumbai while there are many huge Kuwaiti investments in India. My suggestion is that we have to reconsider the number of expatriates in the
 country who are working in the security, engineering and service fields. However, we must first study how much the country will benefit from these aspects and then reconsider the number of expatriate laborers from every country based on the public interest
 of Kuwait......<a href=" http://www.arabtimesonline.com/NewsDetails/tabid/96/smid/414/ArticleID/206165/reftab/36/Default.aspx" target="_blank"><span style="font-weight:bold">[Read More]</span></a></p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>19/05/2014 16:26:58</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/23334/Need+to+enhance+ties+with+Indians+for+good+of+country</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">23334</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>23336</publicationdataID>
      <title>Lessons from India’s elections</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p><span style="font-style:italic">Yahoo News Malaysia/ by Sri A.K. Rasa</span><br />
<br />
India has seen a seismic shift in political power, with the Nehru-Gandhi dynasty and the Congress party, which has ruled India for the most part since the country’s independence in 1947, given a drubbing by voters.Narendra Modi, the son of a tea-stall vendor,
 is the new prime minister of the second most populous nation, and the world’s largest democracy.<br />
<br />
Are there lessons in the way India’s parliamentary elections were conducted for Malaysia? Certainly, provided we are willing to learn.<br />
<br />
India is a large country of many religions, languages, ideologies and peoples. There is always some tension or fight going on, including the constant tension in Jammu-Kashmir state and the battles between government forces and Maoist rebels. To have an election
 in such a situation is a daunting task.<br />
<br />
Add to this the fact that India has 814.5 million registered voters. Can you imagine the immensity of the task of conducting such a humungous election and the security measures that are needed to be in place?<br />
<br />
Compare that with the 13.29 million voters Malaysia had on the electoral roll on May 5 2013, when the 13th general election was held.It is a tribute to the efficiency and professionalism of India’s Election Commission that the election process went smoothly,
 and largely peacefully.....<a href=" https://my.news.yahoo.com/blogs/rasawrites/lessons-india-elections-012655415.html" target="_blank"><span style="font-weight:bold">[Read More]</span></a></p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>19/05/2014 16:36:20</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/23336/Lessons+from+Indias+elections</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">23336</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>23328</publicationdataID>
      <title>Intercontinental Trade​</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[<span style="font-style:italic">Prensa Libre Newspaper​</span><br />
<p><br />
<span style="font-style:italic">​​​​Conclave seeks expansion of trade relations between India and Latin ​ ​America</span><br />
<br />
India-Latin America Conclave will​ ​be held in October 2014 in New Delhi ​ ​and it gathers Indian and Latin​ ​American businessmen with the ​ ​purpose of expanding trade relations​ ​between them. ​ ​The​ ​Federation of Indian ​ ​Chambers of Commerce and Industry​
 ​(FICCI) made a presentation on the ​ ​Conclave that will be held from 16-17​ ​October 2014 during an event that ​ ​was attended by representatives of​ ​Latin American Embassies in New ​ ​Delhi.​ ​Ambassador of Peru to India, Javier Paulinich, said ¨the slogan
 of ​ ​the Conclave is ¨Let us grow together¨ and it comes from the growing​ ​interest of India in the Latin American region and vice versa¨. ​ ​Bombay Stock Exchange or SENSEX​ ​has 30 of the biggest leading ​ ​exchanges in India.​ ​The presentation was attended
 by diplomats from Argentina, ​ ​Guatemala, El Salvador, Bolivia, Mexico, Colombia, Ecuador and Brazil......<a href="images/pdf/Intercontinental_Trade.pdf" target="_blank"><span style="font-weight:bold">[Read More]</span></a><br />
<br />
<span style="font-style:italic">​(​With information from EFE News Agency ​)</span></p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>16/05/2014 09:39:51</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/23328/Intercontinental+Trade</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">23328</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>23329</publicationdataID>
      <title>India’s 2014 elections</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p><span style="font-style:italic">The Hill/by Reps. Joe Crowley (D-NY) and Ami Bera (D-Calif.)</span><br />
<br />
At a time when democracy is under pressure in many corners of the globe, officials are currently tallying votes in the largest exercise of democracy in the world: the elections in India.<br />
<br />
The numbers are staggering. In an election that took place over several weeks, nearly 815 million voters were eligible to vote at 930,000 polling locations. Indians cast their ballots for control of the Lok Sabha, Parliament’s lower house and the body that
 chooses the country’s prime minister.<br />
<br />
To put this in perspective, the number of eligible voters in the Indian election surpasses the entire population of Europe. The number of new voters alone in India exceeds 100 million – just shy of one third of the entire population of the United States. It’s
 extraordinary to see a country of more than one billion people, that could be the world’s most populous nation within a decade, carrying out another election. The world is truly watching history being made.........<span style="font-weight:bold"><a href="http://thehill.com/opinion/op-ed/206219-indias-2014-elections#ixzz31oEOdgFi" target="_blank">[Read
 More]</a></span></p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>16/05/2014 10:59:00</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/23329/Indias+2014+elections</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">23329</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>23327</publicationdataID>
      <title>India honored with ‘New Frontiers Award’</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p><span style="font-style:italic">eTurbo News </span><br />
<br />
Honouring India’s efforts to rebuild infrastructure and its Rural Tourism economy after two natural disasters, Uttarakhand floods (June) and Cyclone Phailin (October) in the North East, struck the nation last year, the Arabian Travel Market (ATM) named India
 as the as the recipient of the ‘New Frontiers Award’ 2014. The Award is given to destinations that have overcome great adversity to bring much needed tourism back to their shores, and honors the strength and determination of the local people who work tirelessly
 to rebuild lives and communities following disaster as well as highlighting the crisis management capabilities of local tourism authorities. Devender Singh, Economic Advisor, Ministry of Tourism, Government of India, received the award from Mark Walsh, Portfolio
 Director, Reed Travel Exhibitions, organiser of ATM, at a special seminar session.
<br />
<br />
Accepting the award, Singh said, "Tremendous effort is being made at all levels in terms of rebuilding tourism infrastructure in the affected areas, from state government activity to financial support from the Government of India. It will be a long-term process
 and we have only just started to get back to normal, but we are optimistic for the future.”............<a href="http://www.eturbonews.com/45783/india-honored-new-frontiers-award" target="_blank">[Read More]</a></p>
​]]></description>
      <pubDate>15/05/2014 17:06:16</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/23327/India+honored+with+New+Frontiers+Award</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">23327</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>23321</publicationdataID>
      <title>India’s electoral spring</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p><span style="font-style:italic">Times of Israel/By Jaideep Sarkar</span><br />
<br />
A YouTube video shows a 97-year-old retired schoolteacher walking through snow to vote in a remote hilly region in India. Cricket heroes and Bollywood actors are seen in selfies proudly showing the finger (with the indelible ink stain that is proof of voting).
 Following a landmark judgement, the sex of 28,000 transgender voters is now categorised as neither male nor female but ‘others’. For the first time, voters have the option of choosing ‘none of the above’ candidates.
<br />
<br />
These are just a few of the quirky aspects of India’s election process that is slowly winding down after a bitter and hard fought political battle. The results will be declared on 16th May................<a href="http://blogs.timesofisrael.com/indias-electoral-spring/" target="_blank">[
 Read More]</a><br />
<br />
<span style="font-style:italic">(The views expressed above are the personal views of writer)
</span></p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>13/05/2014 20:56:08</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/23321/Indias+electoral+spring</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">23321</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>23318</publicationdataID>
      <title>New Rice Variety Developed In Assam For Flood-Affected Indian Farmers</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[<span style="font-style:italic">​ </span>
<p><span style="font-style:italic">Eurasia Review/by Chandan Kumar Duarah</span><br />
<br />
Climate change not only pushes farmers in Brahmaputra basin to adopt new varieties of crops that can resist vageries of weather but also compels agro-scientists to merge into research works to invent modified better varieties, espicially rice. Recently the
 Regional<br />
<br />
Agricultural Research Station (RARS) of Assam Agricultural University at Titabor has developed a submergence resistent gene in rice variety of Ranjit which will bring good harvest to flood-hit farmers offering great relief to them. RARS is a research institute
 of Assam Agriculture University in Jorhat and has been devoting for better scientific cultivation and production for years.<br />
<br />
Since flooding is one of the major hazards of rice cultivation in Brahmaputra basin areas, tolerant varieties are urgently needed to help protect the farmers from submergence. So as a result of this urgency, the research works to develop new better varieties
 became a compulsion for the scientists from Assam, a highly climate change<br />
<br />
effected state of India. Ultimately they have developed the new variety of the rice last year after a three years research. Though the variety has not been released to farmers yet, it will come out of experimental complex soon, said Dr. Tomijuddin Ahmed , the
 Chief Scientist of the RARS. Scientists of RARS had started their work during 2010 for the introgression of submergence tolerance gene in the rice variety Ranjit and finally the project was completed last year.............<span style="font-weight:bold"><a href="http://www.eurasiareview.com/12052014-new-rice-variety-developed-assam-flood-affected-indian-farmers/" target="_blank">[Read
 More]</a></span><br />
<span style="font-style:italic"><br />
​​(The views expressed above are the personal views of writer)​</span></p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>12/05/2014 18:44:49</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/23318/New+Rice+Variety+Developed+In+Assam+For+FloodAffected+Indian+Farmers</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">23318</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>23314</publicationdataID>
      <title>‘India Has Potential To Attract Investments From Europe’</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p><span style="font-style:italic">InSerbia​</span><br />
<br />
​The Europe-India Chamber of Commerce (EICC) believes India has a huge potential to attract Foreign Direct Investments (FDI) from the European countries.<br />
<br />
In its latest report – titled ‘European Companies in India: Reigniting Economic Growth’, the EICC has mentioned that the European companies has invested USD 198 billion in the South Asian country in the last nine years (2004-13) and they will invest more in
 the coming days. The Chamber is of the opinion that the FDI from the EU countries has boosted the competitiveness of Indian export, apart from generating employment in the country​..........<a href="http://inserbia.info/today/2014/05/india-has-potential-to-attract-investments-from-europe/ " target="_blank"><span style="font-weight:bold">[Read
 More]</span></a></p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>09/05/2014 18:16:16</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/23314/India+Has+Potential+To+Attract+Investments+From+Europe</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">23314</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>23309</publicationdataID>
      <title>Incredible India honoured after 2013 devastation</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p><span style="font-style:italic">Zawya.com</span><br />
<br />
Arabian Travel Market New Frontiers Award recognises country's efforts to rebuild economy and revive tourism demand in the aftermath of a duo of natural disasters<br />
<br />
Arabian Travel Market (ATM) 2014, the region's leading travel industry showcase, has named India as the recipient of the New Frontiers Award 2014 at a special roundtable seminar session held on the third day of the annual event.<br />
<br />
Devender Singh, Economic Advisor, Ministry of Tourism, Government of India, accepted the award from Mark Walsh, Portfolio Director, Reed Travel Exhibitions.<br />
<br />
Last year's recipient, the Philippines, represented by Benito C. Bengzon, Jr., Assistant Secretary, International Tourism Promotions, Department of Tourism, providing an update on sector recovery and the outlook for the industry in 2014, with previous recipient
 Chile, represented by HE Jean-Paul Tarud, Ambassador of Chile to the UAE and P K Ashok Babu, Deputy Consul General, Consulate General of India, also joining the interactive panel discussion.....<span style="font-weight:bold"><a href="https://www.zawya.com/story/Incredible_India_honoured_after_2013_devastation-ZAWYA20140508095737/" target="_blank">[Read
 More]</a></span></p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>08/05/2014 17:02:34</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/23309/Incredible+India+honoured+after+2013+devastation</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">23309</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>23306</publicationdataID>
      <title>​A lesson in democracy from India</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p><span style="font-style:italic">Huffington Post​</span><br />
<br />
​ India is voting. That might not seem like a big deal to many people in the United States. But, it is a very big deal for three reasons:<br />
<br />
The size of the electorate in any other democracy pales in comparison to that in India.<br />
<br />
The manner in which the elections are being conducted.<br />
<br />
The expected participation rate in the elections.<br />
<br />
According to the Embassy of India in Washington, D.C., India has 815 million eligible voters. That compares to 193 million voter in the U.S. for an electorate more than four times larger there than here<br />
<br />
To address logistical and security concerns, the Indian election is spread out over nine days (phases) between April 7 and May 12. The votes will be counted and the results will be announced on May 16.<br />
<br />
The Washington Post reports that to make the election process run as smoothly as possible, approximately 1.1 million government workers and 5.5 million civilian employees will help voters at 1.4 million voting machines in 930,000 polling stations. The Indian
 election features electronic voting machines throughout the country.<br />
<br />
The Election Commission of India is using a coded SMS-based alert system called COMET to do online monitoring of the election down to the polling level on a real time basis. Another interesting aspect of the election is that voters will be able to cast a ballot
 for "none of the above."<br />
<br />
India has a significantly expanded electorate in this election which is the first national election since 2009. There are more than 100 million more voters registered now than then -- an increase of almost 15 percent. Non-resident Indians will be allowed to
 vote for the first time, but will have to travel to India to do so.<br />
<br />
The voter turnout in 2009 was 58.73 percent with an all time high of 61.97 percent in 1998. After the seventh phase of the 2014 election, it appeared that the voter participation in this election may be the highest ever.<br />
<br />
If it is, in large part, it may be attributable to a national initiative implemented by the Election Commission called Systematic Voters Education and Electoral Participation (SVEEP). According to HS Brahma, in the run up to the election, SVEEP did work "on
 a massive scale to educate voters, especially the vulnerable ones -- illiterate, poor, marginalized -- as well as women and youth."<br />
<br />
The Indian elections are a mirror for democracy. They provide a prism through which to examine our own democracy here in the United States.<br />
<br />
In contrast to India where the focus has been on expanding the voting pool and increasing participation, here in the United States, of late, there has been an emphasis on restricting and/or reducing participation.<br />
<br />
According to New York University's Brennan Center, during the 2011-2012 election cycle, there were over 180 laws passed in over 41 states with this focus. After court intervention, the new rules covered voters in only 13 states. Since the Supreme Court ruling
 on Voting Rights Act of 1965 about one year ago, five states have tightened access to voting.<br />
<br />
It's not just having the right to vote, but exercising that right. We citizens of the United States do a particularly poor job in this regard. On a 2007 international ranking of 172 democracies, the United States ranked 139th in voter participation.<br />
<br />
The country is at a critical juncture. America invented democracy. For more than a half a century, our democratic republic has been the envy and role model for much of the world.<br />
<br />
That is no longer the case for a variety of reasons. It is time to reinvigorate democracy.<br />
<br />
A starting point for accomplishing this would be to take a lesson from India's playbook by putting an effective and efficient system in place to maximize eligible voter participation.<br />
<br />
Our current approach is anything but systematic. It is Rube Goldberg at its worst with basically each state doing pretty much its own thing in terms of the electoral process.<br />
<br />
At the beginning of this year, the Presidential Commission on Election Administration presented sound recommendations for improving our current system. They include: online voter registration, state of the art techniques to assure efficient management of polling
 places and, accelerating the conversion to new voting technology.<br />
<br />
It is time for action on these and other recommendations that will help bring America's electoral process into the 21st century.<br />
<br />
I write this as an American citizen who came to the United States from India at the age of 15 to live in the greatest democracy in the world and to pursue the American dream. I have achieved that dream, and believe that America is still the greatest democracy
 in the world. I am confident that if we embrace a system now that enhances and enables more citizen participation in determining the direction of our democracy, that will be true throughout this century and into the next.<br />
<br />
<span style="font-weight:bold">This article may also be read at:</span><br />
<a href="http://www.huffingtonpost.com/frank-islam/a-lesson-in-democracy-fro_b_5272633.html" target="_blank">​A lesson in democracy from India</a></p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>07/05/2014 17:29:26</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/23306/A+lesson+in+democracy+from+India</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">23306</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>23307</publicationdataID>
      <title>India is credible generics maker</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p><span style="font-style:italic">The Statesman</span><br />
<br />
The $34 billion Indian pharmaceutical industry with over 1400 WHO GMP certified manufacturing units will leverage the forthcoming ‘iPHEX 2014’ global exhibition in Mumbai to showcase to over 500 international buyers from over 110 countries, including government
 regulators from 25 countries that they remain a credible, affordable and sustainable pharmacy of the developing world.
<br />
<br />
Addressing a Press conference here today, chairman of the Pharmaceuticals Export Promotion Council of India (Pharmexcil), Ashutosh Gupta said besides key buyers and importers from major economies, regulators and government procurement agencies from 25 countries,
 including the USA and the EU, will be attending the ‘iPHEX 2014’, to be held between 21-23 May.
<br />
<br />
"In order to build on India’s reputation as a quality, credible and affordable provider of drugs and pharmaceuticals, factory visits of the regulators will be organised.
<br />
<br />
This aspect will also be highlighted by the industry leaders in their technical sessions at the event which is also being attended by media from different countries,” Mr Gupta added.
<br />
<br />
He highlighted that officials from the Drug Controller General of India will also be making presentations to buyers from 110 countries, including the EU and the USA, briefing them about the strict quality standards in Indian pharmaceutical units.
<br />
<br />
While Indian generics reach almost all corners of the world, as much as 55 per cent of the $14.5 billion exports are shipped to highly regulated markets, including the USA and the EU countries. Japan too holds a big potential for the Indian pharma sector.
<br />
<br />
Business orders worth several hundred crores are expected to be bagged by Indian exhibitors of drugs and manufacturers of drug-making machinery at the three-day exhibition.
<br />
<br />
The Indian pharmaceutical industry spread across Andhra Pradesh, Gujarat, Maharashtra, Tamil Nadu, Karnataka, Himachal Pradesh and other parts of India has several milestones to its credit.
<br />
<br />
Globally more than 90 per cent of formulation approvals for anti-retroviral (ARVs), anti-tubercular and anti-malarial (WHO pre-qualified) have been granted to India.
<br />
<br />
According to Dr PV Appaji, director general of Pharmexcil, ‘iPHEX-2013’ had generated business over Rs 1,000 crore. This year too, it is expected to be a good draw among foreign buyers who are looking for affordable, credible and sustainable source of pharmaceutical
 supplies. <br />
<br />
He said while China is India’s main competitor in APIs, India’s credibility in generics medicines is recognised worldwide.<br />
<br />
<span style="font-weight:bold">This article may also be read at:</span><br />
<a href="http://www.thestatesman.net/news/53220-india-is-credible-generics-maker.html" target="_blank">India is credible generics maker</a></p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>07/05/2014 17:32:46</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/23307/India+is+credible+generics+maker</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">23307</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>23301</publicationdataID>
      <title>In India, Women, Youth Turnout in Large Numbers to Vote ​</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p><span style="font-style:italic">Voice of America/by Anjana Pasricha</span><br />
<br />
Women and young voters are turning up in large numbers to vote across India, pushing up polling percentages and possibly giving this election one of the biggest voter turnouts ever.
<br />
<br />
When Ranjana Kumari, a well-known women’s activist, went to vote in her village in Uttar Pradesh state recently, she noticed a difference. "I saw groups of women walking to the polling booth, with all very beautiful saris and very happy mood," she explained.
 "This was not the scene earlier also because of the violence and the threat of being intimidated.<br />
<br />
"Now with Election Commission taking care of the violence, they have a lot of police personnel posted, so women are also going in large numbers to go and vote,” she added.<br />
<br />
Election Commission data testifies to what Kumari witnessed. Propelled by women and young people, so far 110 million more voters have turned up at polling booths compared to the 2009 general election. In the 438 out of 543 parliamentary districts that have
 gone to the polls in the phased election, the polling percentage has topped 66 percent -- higher than in any previous election.<br />
<br />
The Election Commission attributes the brisk polling to a huge voter awareness program (known as Systematic Voters Education and Electoral Participation) it has implemented. Director General at the Commission, Akshaya Rout, who supervises the campaign, said
 they focused on removing what he calls the "youth disconnect” and the gender gap.<br />
<br />
"We have engaged about I think more than 9000 campus ambassadors in all universities and big colleges, so that everyone is enrolled and everyone comes out to vote. We have women specific campaigns, we have got into "live” situations. In some areas there is
 a cultural tradition that women do not come out to vote, we have worked with the community there and men there and made sure cultural barriers are broken,” said Rout.
<br />
<br />
The results were evident: in several states across the country, more women than men turned out to vote.<br />
<br />
Ranjana Kumari said this reflects the deep desire among women to improve their lives in a country where many people are still poor.
<br />
<br />
"There is across the country rising aspirations of women, not only in terms of education for their children and better livelihood, but also political aspiration," Kumari said. "They are understanding the value and worth of their vote, they are also looking
 at the future of the family and their children.”<br />
<br />
However, many observers say the greater political engagement is not just a sign of vibrant democracy, but also the result of an extremely polarized election campaign.
<br />
<br />
The opposition Hindu nationalist party’s prime ministerial candidate, Narendra Modi, is leading a no-holds-barred campaign to gain power. While he is projecting development as his main plank, there is heated, often angry debate among his supporters and detractors
 about allegations that he is divisive. The ruling Congress Party, which is fighting to ward off defeat, calls Modi a threat to the country’s secular future.
<br />
<br />
Sociologist Dipankar Gupta said the higher voter turnout is a sign that these are charged times.
<br />
<br />
"This polarization has led to very strong feelings on both sides for the status quo or against the status quo. There is this great degree of passionate involvement on the sides of the voters who want to see their point of view carried. It’s not a laid back
 campaign at all, every party, every nook and cranny, there is a lot of excitement, and commotion. When things are not quite settled, when there are issues to be resolved, when there is a chance that your vote might make a difference, that is when people come
 out to vote,” Gupta stated. <br />
<br />
There is no doubt that voter enthusiasm is at a new high. Political observers say this is the first election in which it became fashionable to vote, not just among the young, but also the urban, middle class, notorious for its voter apathy in the past. The
 proof: hundreds of selfies and photos with ink-marked fingers posted on Facebook and Tweets after each round of voting.<br />
<br />
Sociologist Gupta traces the higher political awareness to an anti-corruption party - the Aam Aadmi Party - that made its debut in local elections in Delhi in December. While the party is not getting massive support on the national stage, Gupta said it helped
 draw out thousands of voters with its message that ordinary people can help change the system.<br />
<br />
"That energized a lot of young people, and even older people to come out and vote. It broke that stigma of voting. It is this liberation of sorts that has carried through to this election. Voting is again kind of an "in” thing to do,” Gupta said.<br />
<br />
Among those who had not voted in previous elections, but made sure they turned out this year is Raghav Gupta, a resident of Gurgaon near Delhi. The boom years of India’s growth were a great period for senior professionals like him, offering them opportunities
 for good career growth. But Gupta said that took a hit in recent years due to bad governance and corruption.
<br />
<br />
"The feeling of, if you work hard you do well in your career changed to saying that not just working hard for your career but also making sure you select right people for the government is important, and so this time it was very important to go and out and
 vote for the right person.”<br />
<br />
Whatever the motivation for voters, for the Election Commission, the large turnout is a cause for satisfaction. They hope by the time the last votes are cast on May 12, India will have witnessed a record turnout.
<br />
<br />
<span style="font-style:italic">(The views expressed above are the personal views of writer)</span><br />
<span style="font-weight:bold"><br />
This article can also be read at:</span><br />
<a href="http://www.voanews.com/content/reu-in-india-women-youth-turnout-in-large-numbers-to-vote/1907721.html" target="_blank">In India, Women, Youth Turnout in Large Numbers to Vote</a> ​</p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>06/05/2014 17:47:05</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/23301/In+India+Women+Youth+Turnout+in+Large+Numbers+to+Vote</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">23301</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>23302</publicationdataID>
      <title>Britain confers top honour on Indian tycoon Ratan Tata</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p><span style="font-style:italic">Emirates24x7</span><br />
<br />
​Indian tycoon Ratan Tata has received an honorary knighthood from Britain in recognition of his company's heavy British investments and philanthropy, an embassy statement said Monday.<br />
<br />
Tata, who retired in 2012 as head of the giant tea-to-steel Tata group, was awarded the Knight Grand Cross of the Order of the British Empire.<br />
<br />
The award is one of Britain's highest civilian honours, the British High Commission (embassy) said in a statement.<br />
<br />
"Tata is the only Indian national to be given this particular award since India became a republic in 1950," the High Commission added.<br />
<br />
Under Ratan Tata, 76, the group bought Britain's Corus Group, a steelmaker, for $11.3 billion in 2007 as the Mumbai-based business house spread its global wings.<br />
<br />
A year later, the conglomerate bought British luxury icons Jaguar and Land Rover for $2.3 billion as it vaulted into the premium global car market.<br />
<br />
Tata has become Britain's largest manufacturing employer.<br />
<br />
Ratan Tata, who is now Tata Group chairman emeritus and one of India's most respected businessmen, was presented the award by British High Commissioner to India, Sir James Bevan, on behalf of Queen Elizabeth II.<br />
<br />
The High Commission said the award was conferred on Ratan Tata in recognition of the group's British investments and philanthropy.<br />
<br />
Ratan Tata's "leadership, vision and integrity will remain the gold standard for generations of aspirational British and Indian business people", the High Commissioner said.<br />
<br />
<span style="font-weight:bold">This article can also be read at:</span><br />
<a href="http://www.emirates247.com/news/britain-confers-top-honour-on-indian-tycoon-ratan-tata-2014-05-05-1.548105" target="_blank">Britain confers top honour on Indian tycoon Ratan Tata</a></p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>06/05/2014 17:49:25</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/23302/Britain+confers+top+honour+on+Indian+tycoon+Ratan+Tata</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">23302</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>23287</publicationdataID>
      <title>Indian women start ignoring their husbands as voting power rises</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p><span style="font-style:italic">Bloomberg/by Rina Chandran and Bibhudatta Pradhan</span><br />
<br />
To avoid upsetting her husband, Urmila Devi told him she’ll heed his request to pick India’s ruling Congress party when their 50-family village votes this week. Once inside the polling booth, she plans to ignore him.
<br />
<br />
"I’ll vote for a different party,” Devi, 26, said on May 1 outside her one-room house in Galanodhan Purwa village in Uttar Pradesh state, where she takes care of her two children. "I’m concerned about women’s safety. It should be the government’s top priority.”
<br />
<br />
Devi is among a growing number of women who are eschewing traditional gender roles in India and asserting their voice in elections ending May 16. Higher literacy rates, greater financial independence and a desire to stem violence against women, epitomized by
 the gang-rape and murder of a student in New Delhi in December 2012, are prompting the change.
<br />
<br />
"Over the years, we’ve asked women if they voted on their own or if they voted for whoever their husbands or fathers asked them to,” said Sanjay Kumar, New Delhi-based director of the Centre for the Study of Developing Societies, which conducts opinion polls.
 "Women were reluctant to tell us earlier, but increasingly they’re saying they’re voting on their own, no matter what the men say.”
<br />
<br />
About 56 percent of eligible female voters cast their ballot in the previous election in 2009, compared with 58 percent of total registered voters, the narrowest gap in data going back to 1991, according to the Election Commission of India. Fifty-nine women
 were elected to the lower house of parliament that year, or about 11 percent of all lawmakers, the highest percentage in India’s history.
<br />
<span style="font-weight:bold"><br />
Gender Inequality </span><br />
<br />
The ratio of women voters increased to 883 per 1,000 male voters in the 2000s from 715 per 1,000 male voters in the 1960s, according to data compiled by Shamika Ravi and Mudit Kapoor of the Indian School of Business in Hyderabad. The data, based on elections
 in 16 states from 1962 to 2012, shows that female voting has risen while the number of males going to the polls has been stagnant.
<br />
<br />
"Women have traditionally not been considered a vote bank, but there’s a heightened sense of gender inequality in the country now,” said Ravi, also a visiting fellow at the Indian unit of the Washington D.C.-based Brookings Institution, who has studied voting
 behavior over the past five decades. "That’s bringing more women out to vote.” <br />
<br />
Most polls show Narendra Modi’s Bharatiya Janata Party winning the most seats in elections ending May 16 while falling short of a majority. The Congress party will probably suffer its worst ever defeat as voters punish it for corruption scandals, slowing economic
 growth and rising prices. <br />
<span style="font-weight:bold"><br />
Bill Stalled </span><br />
<br />
Both parties have pledged in their campaign manifestos to increase education, job skills, safety and enforcement of property and marital rights for women.
<br />
<br />
Women have had the right to vote and contest alongside men since India’s first elections after independence in 1951. Sonia Gandhi, Congress party’s president, ranked 21st last year in Forbes’s list of the world’s most powerful people.
<br />
<br />
Prime Minister Manmohan Singh’s effort in 2009 agreed to push for a law that would reserve at least half the seats for women at local government institutions in villages and districts. The Election Commission has improved security at polling stations and added
 toilets to encourage more women to vote. <br />
<br />
Even so, in much of India, women tend to vote for whichever candidate their husbands choose.
<br />
<br />
In Uttar Pradesh, Chabila Verma says she doesn’t know anything about the elections apart from the Congress party’s symbol: an open outward-facing palm. The mother of three relies on her husband, a brick maker, to guide her vote.
<br />
<br />
<span style="font-weight:bold">‘Small Thing’ </span><br />
<br />
"He has more knowledge than me, as he listens to what other people discuss about politics,” the 25-year-old said on May 1 as she took a break from threshing sheaves of mustard in Khajuri village. "I can’t say ‘no’ to him for such a small thing. My father and
 mother have taught me to obey him.” <br />
<br />
India ranks 101 out of 136 countries on the World Economic Forum’s 2013 global gender-gap index, which examines economic participation, education, health and political empowerment. That is the lowest ranking among the so-called BRIC economies, which also includes
 Brazil, Russia and China. <br />
<br />
Women comprise about 11 percent of India’s lower house of parliament, 112th in a list compiled by the Inter-Parliamentary Union after Rwanda, the United Arab Emirates and the U.S. The Congress and the BJP have pledged to pass a bill stalled for four years that
 would reserve a third of all seats in the lower house and all state legislative assemblies for women.
<br />
<br />
Devi, the housewife who’s ignoring her husband’s wishes, says she’s excited to vote and hopes her ballot will bring change to India. Her desire to improve security for women is shared by Pinky Singh in New Delhi, who also didn’t follow her husband’s call to
 vote for the upstart Aam Aadmi Party. <br />
<br />
"My mother voted, but she always did whatever my father told her to,” Singh, a 27-year-old housewife and mother of three, said last month, adding that her decision to vote for Modi’s BJP caused friction with her husband. "We had a few fights about that.”
<br />
<br />
<span style="font-style:italic">(The views expressed above are the personal views of writer)</span><br />
<br />
<span style="font-weight:bold">This article can also be read at:</span><br />
<a href="http://www.bloomberg.com/news/2014-05-04/indian-women-start-ignoring-their-husbands-as-voting-power-rises.html" target="_blank">Indian women start ignoring their husbands as voting power rises</a></p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>05/05/2014 16:23:47</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/23287/Indian+women+start+ignoring+their+husbands+as+voting+power+rises</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">23287</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>23288</publicationdataID>
      <title>How One Silicon Valley Millionaire Is Using Tech To Spark Change In India</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p><span style="font-style:italic">Business Insider/by Jillian D'Onfro </span><br />
<br />
Karl Mehta has made quite a splash in the tech world. <br />
<br />
He founded PlaySpan, which sold to Visa for more than $200 million in 2011. He was a White House Presidential Innovation Fellow in the program's inaugural year. He joined Menlo Ventures in 2013 as a partner to focus on finding and funding interesting and world-changing
 companies. He's writing a book called Financial Inclusion at the Bottom of the Pyramid about the best ways to get financial services to poorer people.<br />
<br />
Right now, he's also working on Code for India, a program that he founded to inspire engineers in the U.S. and abroad to use technology to help India's urban and rural poor.
<br />
<br />
Code for India will be holding it's second hack-a-thon - happening simultaneously in Mountain View and Bangalore - on May 9. This year's event will revolve around the theme of using tech to make India more resilient to natural disasters. Business Insider hopped
 on the phone with Mehta to ask him a few questions about his illustrious career. Below is a lightly edited transcript of the conversation.<br />
<br />
<span style="font-weight:bold">BI: Tell me a little more about Code for India. </span>
<br />
<br />
Mehta: India already has a large number of tech developers and there's also a large Indian developer community in the U.S. The country has massive challenges, in the public service infrastructure and the government, that need a lot of help. So this is an excellent
 opportunity for tech developers all over the world to take time to volunteer. We have a very diverse group pitching in, and contributing and building software. Code for India is special because hundreds and hundreds of NGO's in India, and instead of starting
 another NGO to try to focus on education, or healthcare, or crime, or women's issues, we can cut across horizontally, and provide a technology backbone to dozens or even hundreds of NGOs that are already doing wonderful work.
<br />
<br />
It's been a wonderful, really open source movement, and we've created some really great apps - over 20 of them so far.
<br />
<br />
<span style="font-weight:bold">BI: Any particular ones that you want to highlight?</span><br />
<br />
Mehta: One of our apps that gets the most attention is the voting app, I Vote For A Better India. India is going through a massive election - probably the world's largest election - and 1.2 billion people are going out to vote. Tirelessly, through weekends
 and weeknights, outside their daily jobs, both here in the US and in India, our community of developers and entrepreneurs have developed this app to increase voter registration. Part of the trouble with the democratic process is that the people who can actually
 make a difference in voting, don't go out and vote, because they think that it's too much of hassle, since even registering requires standing in big lines.<br />
<br />
With the mobile devices, and the software that we built, we cut down the hassle to almost nothing. And that made a big impact over the last few months. Our volunteers all over the country were able to convince even the election commissioner to use the app,
 which is a big achievement. For tech volunteers like us, our ability to take our software and get it implemented in this vast country, and also getting it out there through the election commissioner, is a pretty big deal. It's a big achievement and it's kind
 of super-charging all the other projects and applications that we're working on.<br />
<span style="font-weight:bold"><br />
BI: What made you decide to launch Code for India and how did you get involved with Menlo Ventures?</span><br />
<br />
Mehta: When I sold my company PlaySpin in 2011 to Visa, it was a pretty large, very successful outcome - $240 million in cash - so I almost retired. And I decided that I want to do two things:<br />
<br />
First, I want to help entrepreneurs because I had benefitted from being an entrepreneur. So, I think taking on a venture capital role is the best way to keep in touch continuously, either by funding them or mentoring them. But I realized that the venture capital
 role is not very engaging from a personal standpoint. You're not actually playing the game, you're coaching.<br />
<br />
And having been in an operating role, used to working 18 hours a day and 7 days a week as an entrepreneur, I realized that I had a lot more time being a VC. So, the second thing that I wanted to do was give back, and for me the best way to give back is through
 technology because that's all I know.<br />
<br />
I had seen how technology projects worked in the White House, and when I was appointed by Governor Brown to the Workforce Investment Board of the California, so I had a pretty good understanding of the state government and how we work here and some interesting
 best practices that I could bring back to my native country. Code For India was the perfect way to bring all this together.<br />
<br />
I spend almost half and half of my time helping entrepreneurs launch for profit companies that can change the world, as we say here in the Valley, and then the other half goes into helping nonprofit initiatives.
<br />
<br />
<span style="font-weight:bold">BI: Do you think enough startups are focusing on social good?</span><br />
<br />
Mehta: I think that Silicon Valley gets a fair share of blame for not doing much in the social impact space and I think that that criticism is quite legitimate. I think we still have more companies getting funded that are just solving the first world problems
 than the second world or third world problems, because typically investors have a short-term horizon and they all want the next Snapchat and Facebook, which is unfortunate. And I think that we're starting to see some big stories where big bets and big risks
 are taken - like Tesla - that still offer first world products, but help the third world (in Tesla's case, in reducing CO2 or bringing clean energy). But we're still very far away from that in changing the mindset of people to build, take risks, and try to
 innovate in areas that will really make an impact, instead of trying to make the next photo sharing app.
<br />
<br />
<span style="font-weight:bold">BI: What do you think are some U.S. problems that could be solved by technology?</span><br />
<br />
Mehta: I think there is a big movement going on now in the education space. That's another area that I'm really excited about. And there has been a surge in the number of of ed tech companies that have been funded in Silicon Valley and in the U.S., and I think
 that's a really encouraging trend. And several years back, VCs would probably shy away from anything in education because they would think that the majority of that was government controlled and for nonprofits, so there isn't much money to be made. But I think
 that the thinking is shifting as we are moving more and more towards consumer-centric technology adoption, and that is helping to fund more companies that want to bring more technology to education to improve both the student performance and outcome in K-12
 and in higher education. I've seen some technology startups that are pushing the boundaries to bring the cost of education down and the access ability to everyone.<br />
<span style="font-style:italic"><br />
(The views expressed above are the personal views of writer)</span><br />
<br />
<span style="font-weight:bold">This article can also be read at:</span><br />
<a href="http://www.businessinsider.in/How-One-Silicon-Valley-Millionaire-Is-Using-Tech-To-Spark-Change-In-India/articleshow/34650005.cms" target="_blank">How One Silicon Valley Millionaire Is Using Tech To Spark Change In India</a></p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>05/05/2014 16:35:32</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/23288/How+One+Silicon+Valley+Millionaire+Is+Using+Tech+To+Spark+Change+In+India</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">23288</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>23299</publicationdataID>
      <title>A sisterly act: Indian nuns care for Holy Spirit Retirement Home residents</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p><span style="font-style:italic">Sioux City Journal/by Dolly A. Butz</span><br />
<br />
After morning mass, Marylaila Lakshanathuparampil's face beams with joy as she walks out of the chapel at Holy Spirit Retirement Home clutching a shiny gold tin of unleavened communion wafers.<br />
<br />
She says, "I'm so happy to see you. How are you doing?" to men and women seated in wheelchairs and hunched over walkers. They return a wide smile or grasp her petite hands. Sister Marylaila knows all of their names.<br />
<br />
"I like to be with the older people, especially when they smile without teeth," she says, giggling. "I like to see them like that."<br />
<br />
At the end of the hallway, she gently taps on the door before entering room 106. She crosses herself, places a wafer on the bed-ridden woman's tongue and then offers her a sip of water.<br />
<br />
"Take your time. Swallow Jesus," she says softly. "God bless you."<br />
<br />
When the 50-year-old from southern India arrived at the retirement home on the city's westside in 1996, she told the Rev. Dennis Meinen that she would help distribute communion to residents who were too tired and weak to attend Mass. The task is one of many
 duties that Sister Marylaila, a registered nurse, performs. She lives with four other nuns in a brown ranch-style home at the bottom of the hill that the retirement home is built on.<br />
<br />
Since 1970, Indian sisters from the Apostolic Life Community of Sisters in the Opus Spiritus Sancti have cared for residents at Holy Spirit Retirement Home. The international missionary community was founded in Germany in 1950 by the late Rev. Bernhard Bendel,
 who sought to build a new society "that God may be all in all" amidst the destruction of World War II. Bendel's Holy Spirit Sisters also do mission work in Africa, China and the Philippines.<br />
<br />
Sherin Vattamattathil (Sister Sherin) and Sheeba Jainamma (Sister Sheeba) are activities assistants, while Mini Poreekkal (Sister Alphonsa) and Therese Maliackal (Sister Therese) serve as certified nurses aides.<br />
<br />
Administrator Pat Tomscha said the compassion and leadership that the sisters show on a daily basis at the retirement home should be emulated.<br />
<br />
"They have such a mission and such a calling to come across the seas to help us and to help our Siouxland elderly," he said. "They really are role models for the rest of us to follow and to cherish our time with them."<br />
<br />
DEDICATED LIFE<br />
<br />
Sister Marylaila works from 10:30 p.m. to 6:30 a.m. as a registered nurse. Then she goes home to catch a few hours of sleep before returning to Holy Spirit Retirement Home at 10 a.m. for Mass.<br />
<br />
She and the other nuns, in their early forties, stand out from the other parishioners gathered in the chapel. They wear long chiffon, pastel saris and navy blue blazers for warmth. Silver emblems hanging from their necks bear the image of Mary, the mother of
 Jesus Christ.<br />
<br />
"Wherever we go, we have to follow their dress and their customs," says Sister Alphonsa. Sister Marylaila, who wore the habit for two years during Mass, adds, "It's easy for us to be with (the people) and to mingle with them more deeply, so we can give the
 Spirit to everybody."<br />
<br />
After Mass, the nuns help residents back to their rooms and visit with them and their family members. Sister Marylaila gives communion to those mingling in hallways and to bed-bound residents on the first floor.<br />
<br />
At 11:45 a.m., the sisters return to their house to pray -- an act they do together three times a day and several times on their own -- before eating lunch.<br />
<br />
Their chapel, which sits just off the back doorway, is concealed by a plaid curtain. Draped in sparkling maroon cloth, the altar is the space's focal point. A cross hangs on the wall above the altar. A statue of Mary, cloaked in lights, sits on a pedestal in
 the corner.<br />
<br />
On a Tuesday afternoon, the sisters encircle a kitchen island covered with cabbage, fried rice and curry-filled casserole dishes. It is Sister Alphonsa's 41st birthday.<br />
<br />
They fold their hands, bow their heads and close their eyes to pray. They sing, "Rejoice in the Lord always, and again I say, rejoice."<br />
<br />
Wherever the sisters live and work in the world, they say they will be happy.<br />
<br />
As a child, Sister Alphonsa says she told the sisters in her home community that she didn't want to become a nun. A retreat she attended after 10th grade changed her view.<br />
<br />
"I felt a little bit of attachment to (the) dedicated life. Then I came to the convent," she says. "Now I like the dedicated life."<br />
<br />
Sister Sherin, whose uncle is a priest, and Sister Therese became nuns, like their housemates, because they wanted to help others.<br />
<br />
"I like to love God more and help the people and love the people more," Sister Therese says.<br />
<br />
Sister Alphonsa admits that it was very tough leaving her parents behind in India at first, but now she says her family in faith is bigger than she ever imagined it could be.<br />
<br />
"If I become a housewife I can have only one husband and my own children. But if I'm a nun, I have many parents and many brothers and sisters, and many children. If I'm a nun, I can say, 'She's my child,'" she says resting a hand on Sister Sherin's shoulder.
 "And you're my sister. That power I have."<br />
<br />
(The views expressed above are the personal views of writer)<br />
<br />
<span style="font-weight:bold">This article can also be read at:</span><br />
<a href="http://siouxcityjournal.com/lifestyles/local/a-sisterly-act-indian-nuns-care-for-holy-spirit-retirement/article_ecd3d1e7-0c92-55d2-b63a-d99db441fd40.html" target="_blank">A sisterly act: Indian nuns care for Holy Spirit Retirement Home residents</a></p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>06/05/2014 10:55:06</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/23299/A+sisterly+act+Indian+nuns+care+for+Holy+Spirit+Retirement+Home+residents</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">23299</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>23300</publicationdataID>
      <title>Children Clothing Brand Bonpoint Director Says She is Inspired by India</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[​​​​
<p><span style="font-style:italic">Wall Street Journal​/by​Dan Thawley</span><br />
<br />
​There are times when the universe of children's clothing brand Bonpoint seems to have emerged directly from a storybook. A romantic charm filters through everything from the crowns of flowers the young girls wear in the label's fashion shows to the company's
 whitewashed headquarters on Paris's Left Bank, where creative director Christine Innamorato has presided since 2005.<br />
<br />
Still, Ms. Innamorato, 48, is adamant that her designs—though often quite precious, and pricey—are grounded in reality. "Luxury is a word that you can't use for children," she said. "It is really too much. I love the wild side of children; they are alive, always
 on the move." True enough, her wares have a bohemian edge: colorful smocked tunics and jacquard shift dresses for girls; artfully rolled chinos and Liberty print shirts for boys.<br />
<br />
The designer, who lives in Paris with her husband and daughter, succeeded Marie-France Cohen, who founded the label in 1975. The women met in the 1990s when Ms. Innamorato's daughter, Litchis, now 26 and a designer for her mother's eponymous women's label,
 modeled in Bonpoint shows. Under Ms. Innamorato's watch, the company has expanded its global reach, especially in Asia and the U.S.<br />
<br />
The next outpost opens on May 6 in New York's SoHo. The 1,900-plus-square-foot store is decorated with vintage furniture, sourced by Ms. Innamorato and her team, some of which comes from Parisian flea markets. The new location will also sell a limited-edition
 collection of girls' clothing based on pieces in company archives, including a dress that actress Charlotte Gainsbourg wore as a child; a portion of the collection's sales will go to the charity New Yorkers for Children.<br />
<br />
Between sips of a Coke Zero at Bonpoint's in-store cafe, Ms. Innamorato chatted about her admiration for Rei Kawakubo, her favorite fictitious muse and the best places to shop for antiques in Paris.<br />
<br />
Children should never be dressed in: rigid clothes. We aren't in the 1930s anymore, we are not dressing mini-adults. I like to see children in well-cut, comfortable clothes of good quality, and from time to time, to give them a touch of couture fantasy, like
 our "fairy" dresses.<br />
<br />
My design process always involves: sketching. I am the type of artistic director who actually draws. I carry a Moleskine MSK.MI -1.17% or a Muji notebook whenever I travel.<br />
<br />
One of my muses is: the character Eloise from the 1950s books by Kay Thompson. Eloise was an eccentric little girl who lived in the Plaza Hotel in New York and got up to all sorts of mischief.<br />
<br />
My design hero is: [Rei Kawakubo of] Comme des Garçons. And I really respect the team at Maison Martin Margiela. I like to add that touch of deconstruction they have to our dresses. I am also a fan of Maria Grazia Chiuri and Pierpaolo Piccioli at Valentino.<br />
<br />
If money were no object, I would: buy an island, an Aeolian island, to escape.<br />
<br />
On weekends I like to: take trips, generally in Italy with my Italian husband. We often head to Siena, Tuscany or the Amalfi coast.<br />
<br />
My holiday dress code is: a white Maison Martin Margiela shirt dress with a hat from Bates, Vhernier bracelets and a pair of nude sandals from my Innamorato collection.<br />
<br />
The latest novel I read was: Christophe Ono-dit-Biot's "Plonger," a very touching French story of passion pushed to the extreme. I also loved "The Man Who Wanted to Be Happy" by Laurent Gounelle. It's full of simple advice regarding our quest for happiness.<br />
<br />
My favorite flowers are: those huge white and cream anemones with the powdery black hearts.<br />
<br />
My go-to perfume is: Jo Malone's Velvet Rose &amp; Oud. I always keep it in my bag.<br />
<br />
My beauty regimen includes: Françoise Morice's serum, from the spa in the Eighth Arrondissement of Paris. And for makeup, only Chanel.<br />
<br />
My favorite cuisine to cook is: Thai food—beef salad or spicy coconut prawn soup. Otherwise I like to cook fresh pasta or head to La Stresa in Paris's Eighth Arrondissement. I like light, fresh food.<br />
<br />
My most recent discovery is: green tea. I never used to like it, but I found a Japanese tea house around the corner from the studio, called Jugetsudo, and their green tea is delicious. In spring, I throw myself into detoxing. I shouldn't be drinking Coke today,
 but I really felt like it.<br />
<br />
My home's décor is: not overflowing with exotic carpets and artifacts, despite my taste for India. It is decorated in soft, light colors, and I am a big fan of Danish furniture in blond wood from the '40s and '50s.<br />
<br />
On a day off in Paris, I like to: head to the flea markets to hunt for interesting pieces. It's often the case that the best find isn't necessarily the most expensive piece. I also like to visit the art and antiques galleries around the Sixth Arrondissement.
 My favorite is François Laffanour's [fine furniture gallery] Galerie Downtown.<br />
<br />
I find inspiration by: traveling a lot. I enjoy going to India, but my last two inspiration trips have been to New York. It's equally interesting for business as it is artistically. There is so much energy. I like the Bowery Hotel in winter, with its beautiful
 big fireplace. I find a lot of interesting new shopping in Brooklyn too.<br />
<br />
My favorite design period is: the '30s and '40s. I find that time so rich and inspiring for furniture and design. I also find the return to the '80s very interesting.<br />
<br />
My go-to websites are: Vogue [Paris], L'Officiel, Crash and Wallpaper, rather than blogs—except for Garance Doré's.<br />
<br />
The last fashion item I bought was: the satin Marni sandals with the jewels on the front I am wearing now. They are going to be perfect for my next weekend away.<br />
<br />
​(The views expressed above are the personal views of writer)​<br />
<span style="font-weight:bold"><br />
This article can also be read at:</span><br />
​<a href="http://blogs.wsj.com/indiarealtime/2014/05/04/children-clothing-brand-bonpoint-director-says-she-is-inspired-by-india/" target="_blank">Children Clothing Brand Bonpoint Director Says She is Inspired by India</a></p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>06/05/2014 10:58:32</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/23300/Children+Clothing+Brand+Bonpoint+Director+Says+She+is+Inspired+by+India</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">23300</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>23296</publicationdataID>
      <title>2nd Lady lauds India-Africa Craft Design Initiative</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p><span style="font-style:italic">Ghana Web</span><br />
<br />
Mrs. Matilda Amissah-Arthur,on 1st May lauded the India Africa Craft Design Initiative at their training site at the Ghana Trade Fair Centre in Accra, where the India government is helping in the empowerment of African women through a unique initiative being
 undertaken in coordination with the National Institute of Design (NID), Ahmedabad. "The initiative is helping women in basket weaving to develop and improve their skills in making products they have already been making.<br />
<br />
Mrs. Matilda Amissah-Arthur encouraged the participants to take advantage of the training programme and add value to their skills and themselves so as to become marketable and commended the Indian government for helping add value to the work of the participants.<br />
<br />
The second Lady Mrs.,after interacting with then said she was impressed at the transformation the weavers have gone through under the project, and encouraged participants to do more and also help others. She said if they are serious and replicate what they
 have learnt from the Indian initiative well, they would not only get local market but also export and be able to compete with international standards. She made a personal commitment to, from time to time, order for their products and give out as gifts to her
 friends and guests.<br />
<br />
The final in-field workshop and will be offered in April 2014. So far twenty weavers have been trained through workshops in the country and at NID, receptively. A group of approximately 30 weavers are envisaged to participate in the last workshop. As part of
 the India-Africa Forum Summit-II, held in Addis Ababa, in May 2011, the Indian government offered a major design intervention to women basket weavers in five countries in Africa.<br />
<br />
Its thrust is to empower rural weavers in Zimbabwe, Ethiopia, Ghana, Malawi and Zambia. A senior Designer a the Ministry of External Affairs of India, Madam Shimul Mehta Vyas, said the project is being implemented by the National Institute of Design, NID, Ahmedabad,
 under India’s department of industrial policy and promotion in the ministry of commerce and industry.<br />
<br />
The Executive Director of Aid to Artisans Ghana, a non-governmental organization, as project consultant, Madam Bridget Kyerematen-Darko said field visits in Ghana revealed that there is a major concentration of basket weavers in the northern town of Bolgatanga,
 who use elephant grass to weave exquisitely patterned baskets, hence weavers from different craft based organizations based in Bolgatanga were chosen for training under the project.<br />
<br />
The project programme comprised three training workshops, a scoping field trip in beneficiary country, and beneficiaries’ trip to India to participate in workshops at the NID, and a final workshop and exhibition in beneficiaries' home country. So far, a range
 of 30 products have been developed, which span across personal accessories and lifestyle products, with interesting integration of leather and wood as secondary materials, adding further value to the products.<br />
<span style="font-weight:bold"><br />
This article can also be read at:</span><br />
<a href="http://www.ghanaweb.com/GhanaHomePage/NewsArchive/artikel.php?ID=308079" target="_blank">2nd Lady lauds India-Africa Craft Design Initiative</a></p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>05/05/2014 17:37:30</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/23296/2nd+Lady+lauds+IndiaAfrica+Craft+Design+Initiative</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">23296</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>23298</publicationdataID>
      <title>Indian scientist wins top British research fellowship​</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[​​​
<p><span style="font-style:italic">Can India</span><br />
<br />
​An Indian scientist in Britain has been granted a prestigious fellowship worth 1,068,000 pounds (around $1.8 million) by a top British agency that funds research in engineering and the physical sciences.<br />
<br />
Ravinder Dahiya, a senior lecturer at the University of Glasgow’s electronic and nano scale engineering division, is among the eight leading academics from 10 British universities to be endowed with ‘Engineering Fellowships for Growth’ by the Engineering and
 Physical Sciences Research Council (EPSRC) aimed at maintaining Britain’s research leadership in three areas identified as Great British Technologies — advanced materials, robotic and autonomous systems, and synthetic biology.<br />
<br />
EPSRC is a British research council that provides government funding for grants to undertake research and postgraduate degrees in engineering and the physical sciences at universities and other organisations throughout Britain.<br />
Dahiya, a former lecturer at Netaji Subhas Institute of Technology (NSIT) in Delhi, has been awarded the fellowship to pursue research in robotics stream for the next five years.<br />
<br />
In robotics, Dahiya has been entitled to develop tactile synthetic skin that can be printed and used with robots to work in healthcare known as "printable tactile skin”.<br />
In a statement Thursday announcing the research funding, Britain’s Universities and Science Minister David Willetts said: "These fellowships will keep the UK ahead in fields identified as part of the Eight Great Technologies with the potential to propel Britain’s
 growth. We champion and support our leading academics in these areas to realise our ambition to make the UK the best place in the world to do and apply science.”<br />
<br />
Philip Nelson, chief executive of EPSRC, said: "To provide opportunities for growth, both scientific and economic, it is vital that the UK has a steady supply of academic talent in the physical sciences and engineering. To do this we must support academics
 throughout their careers. These fellowships will mean we are retaining the leaders we need to maintain our position in synthetic biology, robotics and autonomous systems, and advanced materials.”<br />
<br />
EPSRC, based in the town of Swindon in southwest Britain, invests around 800 million pounds a year in research and postgraduate training, to help the nation handle the next generation of technological change.<br />
He has 20 years of demonstrated experience delivering critical applications in a managed services environment, optimising efficiency and performance to meet the goals of industry leaders.<br />
<br />
During his career, Kaliani established, coached, and mentored high-performing, cross-functional teams of more than 700 employees.<br />
<br />
<span style="font-weight:bold">​This article can also be read at:</span><br />
​<a href="http://www.canindia.com/2014/05/indian-scientist-wins-top-british-research-fellowship/#sthash.jfIwrkAF.dpuf" target="_blank"> Indian scientist wins top British research fellowship</a>​</p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>06/05/2014 10:51:12</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/23298/Indian+scientist+wins+top+British+research+fellowship</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">23298</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>23280</publicationdataID>
      <title>Shoestring theory: India's pioneering budget space probe is halfway to Mars</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p><span style="font-style:italic">The Guardian/ by Anu Anand</span><br />
<br />
If the £46m 'Mangalyaan' orbiter mission succeeds in reaching the red planet, it will be a triumph of ingenuity over big spending<br />
<br />
On the pitted rural roads running through millions of India's small towns and villages, the jugaad vehicle is a source of peculiar pride.<br />
<br />
Often it's a hand-cranked diesel engine crudely bolted on to a flatbed wagon and is used to carry people, steel rods, livestock or sacks of food in places where no public transport exists. It is loud, polluting and not officially roadworthy.<br />
<br />
Yet it stands for a quality valued by most Indians: an ability to find a cheap solution to complex problems in a country where infrastructure is poor and technology is still largely unreliable. Jugaad represents a triumph of Indian ingenuity against incredible
 odds.<br />
<br />
India's Mars orbiter, Mangalyaan, is perhaps the country's most audacious and successful example of jugaad so far. A boxy probe built by scientists in just 15 months for the paltry sum of £46m ($75m) – less than the cost of the average Hollywood blockbuster
 film – Mangalyaan has completed more than half of its perilous journey to the red planet.<br />
<br />
It is only a few days behind Nasa's Maven probe, which is propelled by powerful Atlas V and Centaur rockets.<br />
<br />
If Mangalyaan enters Martian orbit in September to survey the topography and sniff out evidence of methane, a key sign of life, India will enter the history books as a pioneering nation. It will be Asia's first country to carry out a successful Mars mission.
 Japan, China and 21 other countries have failed.<br />
<br />
At the Delhi offices of the Indian Space Research Organisation (ISRO), a crumbling government building characterised by the usual profusion of with sprouting electrical wires and urine-soaked stairwells, the head of India's space programme explained that Mangalyaan's
 success on a shoestring budget was down to factors including reusing spacecraft modules, carrying out fewer but more efficient ground tests, and opting for the longer, cheaper route to Mars in the absence of powerful rocket technology.<br />
<br />
"We used the launch vehicle that was available to us to the best of its capability, tailoring the launch time and angle to achieve the correct trajectory," said Koppillil Radhakrishnan, the ISRO chairman. "While Mangalyaan was in Earth orbit, we tested its
 performance and the instruments on board, so this was another advantage."<br />
<br />
Access to India's space programme is severely restricted, but videos posted by ISRO show teams of scientists wearing plastic shower caps assembling the probe and its components at different stages. Unlike at Nasa, India's space programme does not adhere to
 strict design and review audits, saving money in the process.<br />
<br />
While European scientists stick to a 35-hour working week, 18 to 20-hour days are common for Indian scientists, according to Radhakrishnan. "Our wages are less, yes, but the rigour of the design and our reliability are second to none," said Radhakrishnan.<br />
<br />
Bruce Jakosky, principal scientist on Nasa's Maven, said: "I'm very impressed by India's mission so far. They sent [the Mangalyaan probe] into orbit around Earth and used a series of small rocket motor burns to get into higher altitude. They used the last burn
 to break free of Earth's gravity to slingshot to Mars. I thought it was a very clever way to do it."<br />
<br />
In the recent Indian elections, voters have been mainly concerned about the flagging economy, inflation and corruption in government-run programmes. In the context of widespread poverty, how can India's £600m space programme be justifiable?<br />
<br />
Radhakrishnan said ISRO spent a tiny proportion of its budget – 7% – on pure science, such as the Mars mission. Most of its budget is used, he said, on projects that help India's poorest citizens and fight corruption. "If you look at the Indian space programme,
 it is primarily for the people; 55% of our budget is used for satellites that help more than 100,000 fishermen find their daily catch. We help the government monitor crops, and ground and surface water. Our satellites have helped millions of people escape
 cyclones in time and we've even helped develop tele-medicine for people who live too far to visit a specialist," he said.<br />
<br />
The agency is also using satellites to monitor whether promised government projects are delivered. "When you have a lot of developmental work on paper in rural areas, satellites can certainly be used to monitor progress in a very major way," he said. "If you
 look at Nasa, you won't find them running the communications satellites for the entire country. People consider India a role model. [Our space programme] did not stay in an ivory tower."<br />
<br />
Despite the success of India's Mars probe, most Indians still identify the red planet with its astrological power, not with whether it ever sustained life.<br />
<br />
Radhakrishnan, a classical Kathakali dancer and Carnatic music vocalist, said he did not believe in astrology, but he was not averse to making sure the gods and good luck were on his side: Mangalyaan was launched on a Tuesday, mangalvaar or "Mars day" in Hindi.<br />
<br />
And a day before theprobe's launch, he sought the blessings of deities at a local temple. "Every person has their own values and beliefs," he said. "I go to temple, to church and mosque. But what is finally important is the power of your mind to face challenges,
 because the line between success and failure in space is very thin."<br />
<br />
(The views expressed above are the personal views of the writer)<br />
<br />
<span style="font-weight:bold">This article may also be read at:</span><br />
<a href="http://www.theguardian.com/world/2014/may/02/india-mars-probe-mangalyaan" target="_blank">Shoestring theory: India's pioneering budget space probe is halfway to Mars</a></p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>02/05/2014 16:11:49</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/23280/Shoestring+theory+Indias+pioneering+budget+space+probe+is+halfway+to+Mars</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">23280</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>23281</publicationdataID>
      <title>This belt will help visually impaired walk around easily</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p><span style="font-style:italic">DNA/ by Sandip Kolhatkar </span><br />
<br />
Boon for blind | i-ODAN, developed by students of Bharati Vidyapeeth, will help visually impaired walk around easily<br />
<br />
Technology to help the visual impaired has developed tremendously over the years. Gone are the days when they’d rely on a white stick to find their way.<br />
<br />
Based on sensing technologies such as ultra-sound sensors that are used in unmanned air vehicles (UAVs) and human-free intelligent navigation in defence establishment, three students from Bharati Vidyapeeth College of Engineering, Pune have developed and designed
 ‘i-ODAN’. This device is a sonar-based 3D obstacle-avoidance belt for the visually impaired.<br />
<br />
In simpler words, it is a wearable belt comprising three ultrasonic sensors strategically mounted on an innovative mechanism. Each sensor has a field of detection of about 60 degrees and a four to six feet range. It conducts a 3D scan of the immediate vicinity
 of the blind person, and if any sensor detects an obstacle, vibrations are felt in the corresponding vibrator attached on the belt. Depending on which side of the belt creates the sensation, one can sense which direction the obstacle lies in front of him.<br />
<br />
This innovative device has bagged top honours at a competition held at the Banaras Hindu University (BHU). All three students belong to different streams of engineering — Digvijay Singh Raghuvanshi is pursuing his B.Tech Mechanical, Isha Dutt is from B.Tech
 Bio-medical and Saif Nazi belongs to Electronics.<br />
<br />
Speaking about the invention, the project lead Raghuvanshi said that work on this project started by mid-2013.<br />
<br />
They initially developed a prototype, which later went through a lot of modifications and improvements. Now, the project is ready and was also demonstrated at several blind schools in the city as well as in Delhi.<br />
<br />
The principal and dean of college, Anand Bhalerao said that the demonstration of the belt was done at the Poona Blind School in Kothrud where students found the system immensely easy and helpful when walking around. Bhalerao said the equipment was developed
 in Bharati Vidyapeeth University College of Engineering, Pune with technical assistance from Robita Corporation, a city-based firm.<br />
<span style="font-weight:bold"><br />
About the device</span><br />
<br />
i-ODAN efficiently and automatically scans the entire area in front and on the sides of a user and establish clear communication with respect to how close an obstacle is. It responds through vibrations of varying intensity that is generated by small DC motors.
 The college is now in the process of filing a patent for the product.<br />
<br />
<span style="font-style:italic">(The views expressed above the personal views of the writer)
</span><br />
<br />
<span style="font-weight:bold">This article may also be read at: </span><br />
<a href="http://www.dnaindia.com/scitech/report-pune-students-develop-a-belt-to-help-visually-impaired-walk-around-easily-1984227" target="_blank">This belt will help visually impaired walk around easily</a></p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>02/05/2014 16:38:12</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/23281/This+belt+will+help+visually+impaired+walk+around+easily</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">23281</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>23282</publicationdataID>
      <title>India ranked No. 3 in US Green Building Council list</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p><span style="font-style:italic">Business Line/ by V. Rishi Kumar </span><br />
<br />
The US Green Building Council (USGBC) has ranked India as No 3 among the list of top 10 countries for LEED outside of the United States.<br />
<br />
Canada tops the list followed by China, India, South Korea, Taiwan, Germany and Brazil, among others.<br />
<br />
The list demonstrates the global reach of the movement that is transforming the built environment into healthy, high-performing structures that benefit the planet and its people.<br />
<br />
"The global community is increasingly recognising the imperative for action as we combat the extraordinary challenge of worldwide climate change,” said Rick Fedrizzi, president, CEO and founding chair, USGBC.<br />
<br />
"LEED’s success in India represents not only a growing recognition of its demonstrated benefits for human health and operational cost-savings, but also its unparalleled potential to be part of the solution to a warming planet and rising sea levels.”<br />
<br />
<span style="font-weight:bold">Top 10 nations </span><br />
<br />
According to a statement, the list of the top 10 countries for LEED reflects the global adaptability of the world’s most widely used and recognised system guiding the design, construction, operations and maintenance of green buildings.<br />
<br />
To date, project teams in more than 140 countries and territories have implemented LEED in their building projects, taking advantage of its global, regional and local applicability to create structures that mitigate greenhouse gas emissions; create healthier
 indoor environments for workers, students and community members; and lower utility bills for building owners through reduced energy and water use.<br />
<span style="font-weight:bold"><br />
LEED-certified space</span><br />
<br />
The ranking of the top 10 countries for LEED outside of the US is based on cumulative gross square meter (GSM) of space certified to LEED in each nation as of April 2014.<br />
<br />
India has 11.64 million GSM of LEED-certified space, and in total, it has 1,657 LEED-certified and -registered projects representing 66.22 million GSM.<br />
<br />
In June 2013, USGBC had launched the LEED Earth campaign, offering free certification to the first projects to certify in more than 100 countries where LEED has yet to take root. Since then, 15 projects in various nations have earned free certification.<br />
<br />
<span style="font-style:italic">(The views expressed above are the personal views of the writer)
</span><br />
<span style="font-weight:bold"><br />
This article may also be read at:</span><br />
<a href="http://www.thehindubusinessline.com/news/india-ranked-no-3-in-us-green-building-council-list/article5968730.ece" target="_blank">India ranked No. 3 in US Green Building Council list</a></p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>02/05/2014 16:41:15</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/23282/India+ranked+No+3+in+US+Green+Building+Council+list</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">23282</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>23283</publicationdataID>
      <title>Four Indians Win Awards at Harvard Competition for Start-Ups</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p><span style="font-style:italic">NDTV </span><br />
<br />
Four Indians are among the winners of a Harvard Business School competition that awards prizes worth over USD 300,000 to new and innovative business and social impact start-ups conceptualised by the US institution's students and alumni.<br />
<br />
Harvard MBA student Amrita Siagal won the grand prize in the 'Social Enterprise' category at the 18th Harvard Business School New Venture Competition for her venture 'Saathi', which she co-founded with Oracle engineer Kristin Kagetsu.<br />
<br />
'Saathi' provides affordable sanitary pads made from waste banana tree fibre to women in rural India.<br />
<br />
Siagal and Kagetsu, who both hold mechanical engineering degrees from MIT, received a USD 50,000 prize at the competition, which supports both students and alumni launching new business and social impact ventures inspired by "belief that one simple idea can
 change everything".<br />
<br />
'Saathi' also got the audience choice award through an electronic crowd vote.<br />
<br />
The winner in the business track category was the start-up 'Alfred', being launched by Saurabh Mahajan, Marcela Sapone and Jess Beck.<br />
<br />
Alfred is a concierge service individuals can use for their daily and weekly tasks, including dry cleaning, house cleaning, groceries, laundry, and more.<br />
<br />
The Alfred team also won USD 50,000.<br />
<br />
The runner-up in the social enterprise track was 'Tomato Jos' founded by MBA students Mira Mehta and Mike Lawrence.<br />
<br />
'Tomato Jos' is a vertically integrated tomato processing company that helps small farmers in Nigeria grow tomatoes that can then be made into tomato paste.<br />
<br />
In the business category, 'Booya Fitness' founded by MBA student Pritar Kumar won the runner-up award and a USD 25,000 cash prize.<br />
<br />
The venture is an on-demand video platform featuring workouts created by the industry's best boutique gyms and instructors.<br />
<br />
The capstone event of the HBS's expansive offerings in entrepreneurship, this year's competition attracted 150 Harvard MBA candidates as well as students from six other Harvard graduate schools.<br />
<br />
In addition, HBS graduates from 17 HBS alumni "hub" clubs worldwide participated in 14 regional competitions.<br />
<br />
As part of the finale programme, a member of each venture delivered a 90-second pitch to the audience, leading to an electronic crowd vote.<br />
<br />
Over the course of the entire competition, which began last fall, more than 200 judges and mentors took part.<br />
<br />
Alumni winners were chosen by an online crowd vote by other HBS graduates around the globe, HBS students, and a panel of judges in three categories - most innovative, greatest impact, and best investment.<br />
<br />
<span style="font-weight:bold">This article may also be read at: </span><br />
<a href="http://www.ndtv.com/article/diaspora/four-indians-win-awards-at-harvard-competition-for-start-ups-517324" target="_blank">Four Indians Win Awards at Harvard Competition for Start-Ups</a></p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>02/05/2014 16:44:56</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/23283/Four+Indians+Win+Awards+at+Harvard+Competition+for+StartUps</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">23283</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>23292</publicationdataID>
      <title>The West can learn from India's Central Banker</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p><span style="font-style:italic">Bloomberg/by Mohamed A. El-Erian</span><br />
<br />
Raghuram Rajan, a highly respected University of Chicago economist who now heads the Reserve Bank of India, is bringing much-needed attention to a crucial issue for the global economy: the spillover effects that the unconventional monetary policies of big Western
 central banks, particularly the U.S. Federal Reserve, have on other countries all over the world.<br />
<br />
His views started attracting a lot more interest a few weeks ago when he had a rather unusual public back-and-forth with another highly respected economist, former Fed Chairman Ben S. Bernanke, at the Brookings Institution in Washington. Rajan's point, elaborated
 in a later column for Project Syndicate, is that if the spillover effects of the West's experimental monetary policies are better understood, it might turn out that their benefits don’t exceed their costs and risks.<br />
<br />
Rajan has no quarrel with the policies themselves as part of central banks’ arsenal, particularly as a way to stabilize financial markets in times of crisis. His concern is that when they become the main way to stimulate economies suffering from debt overhangs
 and structural problems like those currently afflicting the U.S., the resulting liquidity injection can't all be efficiently absorbed at home. Instead, it is pushed abroad.<br />
<br />
Reflecting the overly ambitious expectations that Western central banks have placed on the effectiveness of such unconventional measures, the domestic economic growth response has repeatedly fallen short of their forecasts. In the meantime, other parts of the
 world have had to deal with disruptions that impair their economic performance, resulting in lower global growth and risking a range of adverse feedback loops. Note, for example, how stocks, bonds and currencies across emerging markets suffered in May and
 June of last year (and earlier this year, albeit to a lesser extent) as investors fretted about the Fed's plans to taper monthly bond purchases aimed at supporting the U.S. recovery.<br />
<br />
As Rajan put it, the West’s unconventional policies can "fuel currency and asset-price volatility in both the home economy and emerging countries,” rather than deliver the intended sizable net benefits. As such, "greater coordination among central banks would
 contribute substantially to ensuring that monetary policy does its job at home, without excessive adverse side effects elsewhere.”<br />
<br />
Bernanke, for his part, has countered such arguments by encouraging a deeper appreciation of the beneficial economic growth impact of the bond-buying program known as quantitative easing. The higher the growth rate in the West, the better it is for international
 trade, financial stability and, therefore, the outlook for the rest of the world.<br />
<br />
Along with other Western officials, Bernanke has also argued that central banks' mandates limit their policy goals to domestic variables and domestic objectives. So, to the extent that there are negative externalities, it is the responsibility of the rest of
 the world to deal with them. Whenever the spillover issues have come up in multilateral policy discussions, such as the Group of 20 meeting in February 2013, Western officials have prevailed on the grounds that their central banks are rightly focused on their
 own economies.<br />
<br />
Rajan’s insights and policy recommendations are not totally new, and he is not the first developing country official to speak out. Still, he is the first person to openly take up the issue on the basis of an impressive trio of relevant central bank experience
 in a systemically important developing country, a remarkable academic pedigree and a successful tenure as the economic counselor of the International Monetary Fund. As such, it should be much harder for Western policy makers, and for their representatives
 at multilateral institutions, to dismiss his arguments.<br />
<br />
There is reason to hope that, this time around, an important national and global policy issue may finally command more serious attention from national policy makers, academic researchers and multilateral institutions. It certainly deserves it.<br />
<br />
<span style="font-style:italic">(The views expressed above are the personal views of writer)</span><br />
<br />
<span style="font-weight:bold">This article can also be read at:</span><br />
<a href="http://www.bloombergview.com/articles/2014-05-02/the-west-can-learn-from-india-s-central-banker?cmpid=hpbv" target="_blank">The West can learn from India's Central Banker</a></p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>05/05/2014 17:14:42</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/23292/The+West+can+learn+from+Indias+Central+Banker</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">23292</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>23293</publicationdataID>
      <title>Eradicating polio in India -- PCI and the Core Group Polio Project</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p><span style="font-style:italic">San Diego Source</span><br />
<br />
After completing three full years without reporting any case of polio, India celebrated a landmark achievement in public health in February 2014 – the victory over polio. In the global effort to eradicate polio, India has been a success story. For a country
 which, until 2009, reported more than half of the global polio cases, India has shown unprecedented progress. PCI can proudly say that they have helped aid this success.<br />
<br />
Experts predicted India would be the last country to stop this debilitating disease. To find and immunize more than 170 million children — to reach the millions who didn’t even exist on a map — presented itself as an incredibly daunting task. The endemic pockets
 in parts of Uttar Pradesh and Bihar were among the most difficult places in the world to eradicate polio. The combination of poor sanitation, high population density, poor health conditions, and extreme weather conditions created the perfect climate for virus
 transmission.<br />
<br />
Nevertheless, it was a task PCI chose to undertake and believed we could achieve. The Core Group Polio Project (CGPP) was formed — led by PCI and implemented with additional partners. The CGPP continues to operate to ensure that India remains polio free.<br />
<br />
<span style="font-weight:bold">The process</span><br />
<br />
Working in the most high-risk districts of Uttar Pradesh, where resistance to polio immunization was previously high, the CGPP has succeeded in doubling levels of routine immunization to above 90% through community mobilization coordinators, health camps where
 vaccines are provided by the Government of India, and promotion of hygienic practices to reduce new infections, especially in children under 5 years of age.<br />
<br />
Children are also recruited to support the effort by participating in rallies, announcing dates of vaccination drives and teaching the adult members of their communities about preventing disease. Citizens who were reluctant to trust health workers have been
 far more willing to listen to members of their own communities, and children are especially convincing since they are fighting for their future.<br />
<span style="font-weight:bold"><br />
Cultural resistance to the polio vaccine</span><br />
<br />
Early on, a pervasive and inaccurate myth circulated, convincing many that the polio vaccine was a government conspiracy designed to make young men impotent to stem the community’s population growth. Muslim community members believed that the vaccine contained
 a Haraam ingredient (forbidden under Islam), that the program was aimed at sterilizing them, and thus refused to participate. Others asked themselves, "Why are they only bringing us this vaccine when we need so much more?” Thus, they refused to take the drug,
 thinking it useless.<br />
<br />
<span style="font-weight:bold">Mobilizing the community</span><br />
<br />
As a result of the strong initial cultural resistance to the drug (and foreign interference), PCI began to identify and call upon people that could break down barriers within the community – school children, mothers, religious leaders and other influential
 people – who soon came to be known as Community Mobilization Coordinators (CMCs).<br />
<br />
CMCs work hard to build strong human relationships within the community, particularly wherever a family has a pregnant female or child under five. These relationships are not confined only to the polio vaccination round period. Our CMCs work persistently all
 year long for the welfare of their community. It took one CMC, Reshma, between five and six visits per month over a five year period to finally persuade one family to stop resisting immunizations. Other CMCs, such as Sushma, are polio survivors – which makes
 their case much more compelling. Sushma says she desperately doesn’t want to have to watch children suffer from the same disease that has debilitated her. The CMCs are truly the backbone of the CGPP – the success of the program would not have been possible
 without their support and influence.<br />
<br />
Children play a vital role as part of the community mobilization program. Acting as agents of change, children would lead large rallies (polio rally, kukro koo rally, bulawa tolli rally), each with their own job- be it chanting a slogan, holding a banner or
 ensuring the presence of parents. The children are enthusiastic as their role gives them a sense of pride and importance. Between 2007 and 2012 over 5,000 children participated in 29,683 rallies in 44 rounds of polio vaccinations.<br />
<br />
PCI has been particularly effective in obtaining the support of influential religious leaders in India’s Islamic communities, who hold the trust of and have a direct impact on the Muslim families. These religious leaders are playing a similar role to other
 CMCs; countering rumors and misinformation about polio vaccinations that keep some Muslim parents from immunizing their children.<br />
<br />
Mothers’ meetings include both mothers of immunized and non-immunized children to increase acceptance of the polio vaccine and routine immunization coverage. Other topics such as personal hygiene and sanitation, managing the common cold, fever and diarrhea
 and the importance of breast feeding are also covered. Information is shared through demonstrations, charts, games, pamphlets flashcards, and personal appeals.<br />
<br />
PCI’s capacity building for female mobilizers is excellent. After gaining the respect of the women in a community, much can be accomplished – mothers will go far lengths to protect their children.<br />
<span style="font-weight:bold"><br />
Routine health camps</span><br />
<br />
With the arrival of health camps, villagers saw that doctors were coming to them and giving out medicines free of cost. This, along with the large tents full of beautiful decorations, created incentive for many families to attend the camps. Foreigners and people
 from further afield, such as Delhi, also held the ability to influence community members, as their presence enforced the gravity of the situation. People assumed they would not have travelled so far unless it was for a good cause. To avail themselves the free
 medications, families were requested by the CGPP to bring their children with them.<br />
<br />
Health camps also include a small stall led by teachers, encouraging visitors to send their children to school. With a better education comes better health and hygiene practices. The CGPP’s approach is multi-faceted. Each step towards immunization compliments
 the development and progress of a community as a whole.<br />
<br />
As well as improving basic sanitation conditions to make the spread of Polio through oral-fecal route more difficult, the CGPP need to give the Polio Vaccine to every child under five. Each child requires 2 drops of the vaccine. After this is administered,
 the index finger of the vaccinated child is marked with a marker pen, and a record is made of his/her vaccination. Fieldworkers then go into villages to find the children that remained at home and did not receive their dose of the vaccine. Where children have
 taken the vaccine these houses are labelled P for Polio in the CMC’s register and on the outside of the door. Where they have not, the homes are labelled X. This is either because they cannot be reached (they are brick layers, field workers etc.) or because
 they have refused the first time around.<br />
<br />
A different group of CMC’s return a few hours later to attempt to vaccinate children from the homes labelled X.<br />
<br />
Routine Immunization- In addition to the oral polio vaccine, the CGPP strongly encourages the BCG for tuberculosis, DPT for diphtheria, whooping cough and tetanus, measles, hepatitis and Vitamin A.<br />
<br />
A child’s basic immunity needs to be maximized if they are going to be exposed to the polio virus. The OPV may not be enough. Experts claim that if just one case is found where a child has weakness in limbs, it is likely the virus will have entered the intestines
 of between 300-500 other children.<br />
<br />
A celebration in Moradabad -- the district experts claimed would never be polio free<br />
<br />
On the 13th March 2014, in a small village in Moradabad (a district in Uttar Pradesh), over 700 men, women and children gathered to celebrate the eradication of polio in India at a jamboree held by the CGPP. The community were honored for the incredible work
 and continuous efforts they have put towards eliminating polio in Moradabad – an extremely ‘high risk’ town which previously produced the most cases of polio per year of anywhere in India. Children from the community performed songs and dances, community mobilisers
 gave speeches, and all were awarded gifts for their extraordinary efforts in working with the CGPP. The room was filled with a humble atmosphere of pride and celebration; a reminder of the struggles they have overcome, but also with an enormous sense of accomplishment.
 Because PCI works with the community, this really was the success of a community.<br />
<br />
It was wonderful to see so many female Community Mobilisers, both in the audience and as speakers- the backbones of our program. They spoke with such confidence about the work they’ve done, and continue to do. In this way, it was not only a celebration for
 the feat over Polio, but also a celebration for the women of Moradabad, for their independence, and for the tightening of a community.<br />
<span style="font-weight:bold"><br />
Maintaining polio free India</span><br />
<br />
With as many as 200,000 new cases in 1994 alone, India has now been polio free for over three years. The CGPP continues to work at maintaining a polio free environment, as there will always remain a threat of reinfection from other countries in the region due
 to migration.<br />
<br />
India’s success against Polio is an example to the rest of the world, and one that should be shared as World Immunization Week approaches. In the global effort to eradicate polio, India has been a success story and PCI can proudly say that they have helped
 aid this success.<br />
<span style="font-weight:bold"><br />
This article can also be read at:</span><br />
<a href="http://www.sddt.com/News/article.cfm?SourceCode=20140502cwd#.U2SMe4GSyz5" target="_blank">Eradicating polio in India -- PCI and the Core Group Polio Project</a></p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>05/05/2014 17:22:40</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/23293/Eradicating+polio+in+India++PCI+and+the+Core+Group+Polio+Project</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">23293</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>23294</publicationdataID>
      <title>Solar surge brings green heat and hope to India's far north</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p><span style="font-style:italic">Thomson Reuters Foundation/by Athar Parvaiz</span><br />
<br />
Tsering Nurbo of Leh town in the Indian state of Jammu and Kashmir proudly explains how the smart design of his new home has eased the hardships he and his wife suffered during the mountain region’s extreme winters.<br />
<br />
"Now the hard work - which we had to put in to keep our home warm - has reduced many-fold,” he said. "Before we had to use a lot of firewood and cow dung for generating warmth. Now we are not doing that any more thanks to our new house.”<br />
<br />
Nurbo doesn’t know that the house he now owns is called a Passive Solar House (PSH). Neither does he know much about the technology and design that has transformed his life. But he is happy with the way it is working for him.<br />
<br />
A PSH harnesses solar energy by trapping solar radiation to heat the interior of a building, through large south-facing windows and insulated trombe walls, ceilings and floors. The houses soak up the sun’s rays on winter days and retain the heat, enabling rooms
 to stay warm through the night, explained Rigzin Dorje, coordinator of the PSH project run by the Ladakh Ecological Development Group (LEDeG).<br />
<br />
Double walls of sun-dried bricks, with gaps in between for insulation, and double-glazed windows are key features of the homes, which also use environmentally-friendly building materials. Sawdust and wood-shavings are used for insulation, for example, rather
 than the plastic sheets that are easily available in the market.<br />
<br />
The room temperature always remains above 10 degrees Celsius in winter in the solar homes, while it falls far below zero in traditional houses. Temperatures in the Ladakh region drop as low as minus 35 degrees in winter despite the region’s sunny days.<br />
<br />
Insulation also keeps the houses cool in summer, when the different positioning of the sun’s rays means they do not capture heat.<br />
<span style="font-weight:bold"><br />
GREENER AND HEALTHIER</span><br />
<br />
"This is really wonderful. I like the way we are benefiting from the sun’s energy,” Nurbo said. The new house not only saves his family the drudgery of procuring and burning fuel for warmth but has brought other comforts too. Smokeless heating helps them breathe
 easier, and taking a bath has become much less of an endurance test in harsh winter temperatures, Nurbo noted.<br />
<br />
More than 350 families in the Changthang and Nobra areas of Leh – the capital of the ancient Hamalayan kingdom of Ladakh in India’s far north - have received technical support and construction materials from LEDeG to build solar houses.<br />
<br />
LEDeG, an award-winning organisation that promotes sustainable development in Ladakh, has received funding for its PSH project from international NGOs, including GERES India and the Inter-Church Organisation for Development Cooperation, a Dutch group.<br />
<br />
"Since Ladakh - being a desert - has no resources of fossil fuels, dependence on these fuels doesn’t make any sense,” said Lobzang Tsultim, LEDeG’s executive director. "Apart from that, using dung and firewood to heat homes has implications for health and the
 environment too.”<br />
<br />
The group has been advising people across Ladakh on how to use solar energy to heat their homes, explaining that it requires less effort and is environmental-friendly into the bargain.<br />
<br />
The amount of fuel used for heating has dropped by two thirds, cutting indoor air pollution and health hazards, Tsultim said. Moreover, each household has reduced its carbon dioxide emissions by 3.5 tonnes annually.<br />
<br />
Due to the scarcity of fuel resources in Ladakh and the abundance of solar radiation in the high-altitude desert, the region’s solar energy network is growing. On top of meeting the energy needs of local people, it could also produce solar energy for other
 parts of India in future.<br />
<span style="font-weight:bold"><br />
BIG AMBITIONS</span><br />
<br />
Jigmet Takpa, project director at the Ladakh Renewable Energy Development Agency (LREDA) which is working with the Indian government under its solar mission programme, noted that Ladakh has no forests. Fuel wood and timber are transported in from Kashmir, while
 diesel and kerosene come from other parts of India at a high cost.<br />
<br />
But thanks to the $87 million solar project in Ladakh, led by India’s New and Renewable Energy Ministry, this has changed rapidly.<br />
<br />
"All the hotels and households in Ladakh are now using solar energy for lighting and water-heating, while many are using solar cookers as well,” Takpa told Thomson Reuters Foundation.<br />
<br />
Ladakh "is in close proximity with God”, Takpa quipped, and coupled with the climatic advantages this confers, the region is poised to be a solar energy leader, he said.<br />
<br />
"Every square metre of our land has the potential to generate 1,200 watts of solar power, which is the highest in India,” Takpa noted. The region gets more than 320 clear sunny days a year, and the low air temperature enables the solar panels to work more efficiently,
 he added.<br />
<br />
According to Takpa, the Indian government has set a target of boosting solar-power generating capacity to 400,000 megawatts by 2050, a quarter of which is due to be situated in Ladakh.<br />
<br />
"We have already installed 137 small solar power plants for remote villagers, monasteries, educational institutions and hospitals,” he said.<br />
<span style="font-weight:bold"><br />
SUBSIDIES</span><br />
<br />
The impact of this solar energy initiative on the lives of Ladakh’s people is clear to see. Solar water heating systems perch atop every household and hotel in Leh, while outside lies the solar cooking equipment.<br />
<br />
Dependence on diesel, kerosene and firewood has been cut dramatically in this sparsely populated region of some 280,000 people. According to LREDA figures, solar water systems that can heat 1.15 million litres per day have replaced electric water heaters, and
 kerosene or diesel-based boilers. And 4,500 domestic solar ovens have helped overcome reliance on liquefied petroleum gas and biomass.<br />
<br />
The government’s decision to subsidise the solar-energy devices has attracted almost all households to the initiative. Schools, residential homes, hotels and guest houses receive a 50 percent subsidy for solar equipment, while government offices enjoy a 90
 percent subsidy for installing solar-powered energy systems.<br />
<span style="font-style:italic"><br />
(The views expressed above are the personal views of writer)</span><br />
<br />
<span style="font-weight:bold">This article can also be read at:</span><br />
<a href="http://www.trust.org/item/20140502131853-lkav2/?source=dpagehead" target="_blank">Solar surge brings green heat and hope to India's far north</a></p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>05/05/2014 17:28:49</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/23294/Solar+surge+brings+green+heat+and+hope+to+Indias+far+north</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">23294</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>23295</publicationdataID>
      <title>One man stops Indian coal mine construction</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p><span style="font-style:italic">The Epoch Times/by Morgan Erickson-Davis</span><br />
<br />
This week, the Goldman Environmental Prize was awarded to six grassroots environmentalists from around the world in honor of their achievements. Of these, Ramesh Agrawal was chosen as this year’s winner for the Prize’s Asian region. For many years, he has worked
 to spread awareness of the environmental repercussions of India’s coal industry to local residents, empowering them with information and speaking out on their behalf. In 2012, his tireless efforts shut down development of a major coal mine, which would have
 been the largest in the state of Chhattisgarh (see interview below).<br />
<br />
India is a country of rapid growth in terms of both population and economy, requiring ever-increasing amounts of energy. Coal is its most abundant fossil fuel, with an estimated total of 293,497 million metric tons of reserve remaining throughout the subcontinent.
 Beginning in 1774, coal mining has sought to supply the energy needs of the country. In the late 1970s, annual production reached 100 million metric tons, and has surged ever since. Today, nearly 700 million tons of coal is mined in India every year, making
 it the third-largest coal producer in the world.<br />
<br />
However, there are downsides to what India deems "progress.” Mounting public health concerns, displacement of human communities, and environmental degradation are commonplace in areas surrounding coal mines. Air is filled with haze, and air pollution-related
 diseases are on the rise. A study published in 2013 estimated that, every year, 397,000 people in India die from conditions directly attributable to air pollution. Coal mining also pollutes waterways, and causes deforestation of the country’s already-reduced
 wild areas.<br />
<br />
Not all of India’s coal pollution stays in India. Once mined, the coal is transported to power plants where it is combusted to produce electricity. The emissions from this process contain, among other things, high levels of mercury, which are transported around
 the world by atmospheric circulation patterns. This mercury eventually precipitates out of the air as rain or snow, much of which ends up in the ocean and accumulates up the food chain, resulting in high mercury levels in many predatory fish and whale populations
 around the world – and in the people who eat them.<br />
<br />
India’s government is known to operate hand-in-hand with the coal industry, allowing it to bypass thorough environmental impact analyses in order to get coal mines and power plants up and running as quickly as possible. Residents of communities in areas affected
 by coal development are often denied access to information about proposed energy projects, their land appropriated without fair compensation, and their water and air contaminated with toxic mining byproducts.<br />
<br />
India’s Right to Information Act (RTI) of 2002 guarantees access to governmental information, allowing individuals to make informed decisions and report legislative misconduct. However, many people in India are illiterate, which makes it difficult if not impossible
 for them to access critical information. Agrawal, a former social worker, realized that more people needed better access to information, as well as someone to speak for them and their interests. In response to this need, he founded Jan Chethana, a grassroots
 movement headquartered in a small internet café in his hometown of Raigarh, in the state of Chhattisgarh.<br />
<br />
Jan Chethana acted as a watchdog for Chhattisgarh’s rural communities. Agrawal took it upon himself to educate their residents about environmental violations and file RTI applications on their behalf. He encouraged residents to voice their opposition to threatening
 industry development and helped them file petitions against it.<br />
<br />
Jan Chethana’s greatest triumph came in April, 2012, when Agrawal and area residents succeeded in halting development of a new coal mine. Proposed by Jindal Steel and Power Limited (JSPL), the new mine was slated to be the biggest mine in the state and produce
 more than four million tons of coal annually. Starting in 2008, Agrawal organized residents to demonstrate their opposition to mine. Eventually, the permits allowing JSPL to break ground were revoked by government agencies, citing the many violations Agrawal
 had reported.<br />
<br />
A few months later, Agrawal was shot by gunmen allegedly hired by JSPL to kill him. He survived, but with a shattered femur. Still, he remains undaunted, and plans to continue his work as the voice for those who are underrepresented by the government and overexploited
 by industry.<br />
<span style="font-style:italic"><br />
(The views expressed above are the personal views of writer)</span><br />
<span style="font-weight:bold"><br />
This article can also be read at:</span><br />
<a href="http://www.theepochtimes.com/n3/654034-one-man-stops-indian-coal-mine-construction/?photo=3" target="_blank">One man stops Indian coal mine construction</a></p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>05/05/2014 17:34:07</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/23295/One+man+stops+Indian+coal+mine+construction</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">23295</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>23275</publicationdataID>
      <title>Contemporary Indian cinema on show for film festival in St Kilda and beyond</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p><span style="font-style:italic">Herald Sun/by Julie Hedjes</span><br />
<br />
From Bollywood to the latest art-house films, the richness of Indian cinema is coming to our movie screens.<br />
<br />
The St Kilda-based Indian Film Festival of Melbourne opens on Thursday. Festival director Mitu Bhowmick-Lange said while Bollywood was certainly the most popular and common genre in Indian cinema, there was a strong and growing independent film industry with
 a much more serious tone.<br />
<br />
This year’s festival, with a program of more than 45 films, explores contemporary Indian cinema and also introduces a new international competition, the Indian Film Festival of Melbourne Awards.<br />
<br />
There will be master classes with India’s leading film figures, and on May 4 at Federation Square audiences can emulate their screen heroes and join a Bollywood dance competition to be judged by Malaika Arora Khan, a judge from the India’s Got Talent TV show.<br />
<br />
"We hope that everyone who loves cinema comes to the festival – the stories have universal appeal and all the films are subtitled,’’ said Bhowmick-Lange.<br />
<br />
The festival kicks off with the Australian premiere of the newly-restored Sholay 3D, followed by a Q &amp; A with the film’s star Amitabh Bachchan.<br />
<br />
Since its release in 1975, the spaghetti western-style action adventure film has established itself as a beloved classic of Indian cinema.<br />
<br />
Among the international guests visiting the festival is the ”godfather of Indian cinema’’, Amitabh Bachchan, who will be honoured as the IFFM International Screen Icon for 2014.<br />
<br />
To celebrate this visit La Trobe University is creating the ‘Shri Amitabh Bachchan’ scholarship and Mr Bachchan will personally present the inaugural scholarship to a student during his visit.<br />
<br />
Bhowmick-Lange said the festival’s contemporary stream showcased the new films from India and the subcontinent.<br />
<br />
”The program reflects the films coming out of India today - questioning the social injustices, our relationship with our neighbours, gender inequality, while we also celebrate the wonderful Bollywood musicals that we all so love,’’ she said.<br />
<br />
<span style="font-style:italic">(The views expressed above are the personal views of the author)
</span><br />
<br />
<span style="font-weight:bold">This article can also be read at: </span><br />
<a href="http://www.heraldsun.com.au/leader/central/contemporary-indian-cinema-on-show-for-film-festival-in-st-kilda-and-beyond/story-fngnvlpt-1226899682968" target="_blank">Contemporary Indian cinema on show for film festival in St Kilda and beyond</a></p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>30/04/2014 17:47:24</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/23275/Contemporary+Indian+cinema+on+show+for+film+festival+in+St+Kilda+and+beyond</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">23275</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>23277</publicationdataID>
      <title>India becomes world's third-largest economy</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p><span style="font-style:italic">Al Jazeera </span><br />
<br />
India emerged as the world's third-largest economy in 2011 from being the 10th largest in 2005 in terms of purchasing power parity (PPP), according to a new study by the world's leading statistical agencies.<br />
<br />
The 2011 International Comparison Program (ICP), which involves the World Bank, ranked India before Japan and after the US and China. The last survey in 2005 had placed India on the 10th place.<br />
<br />
PPP is used to compare economies and incomes of people by adjusting for differences in prices in different countries to make a meaningful comparison.<br />
<br />
The report has given India's ruling Congress party a short in the arm which has been targeted by the opposition Bharatiya Janata Party for the country's slow growth.<br />
<br />
On Wednesday, the Congress leadership hailed the World Bank report as an 'answer' to the party's critiques (BJP).<br />
<br />
"This is an answer to Modi and other leaders of opposition for their false accusations against us," said General Secretary of Congress party, Shakeel Ahmad.<br />
<br />
The opposition BJP's prime ministerial candidate Narendra Modi often launchs sharp attacks on the Congress party blaming the Congress-led government of weak economic policies and development fallouts during its ten year long term.<br />
<br />
Ahmad said that India has achieved the feat because of Prime Minister Manmohan Singh's efforts.<br />
<br />
"This is the result of his efforts that yesterday World Bank has said India is number third," he said.<br />
<span style="font-weight:bold"><br />
This article may also be read at:</span><br />
<a href="http://www.aljazeera.com/news/asia/2014/04/india-becomes-world-third-largest-economy-2014430153453423300.html" target="_blank">India becomes world's third-largest economy</a></p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>01/05/2014 17:18:10</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/23277/India+becomes+worlds+thirdlargest+economy</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">23277</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>23278</publicationdataID>
      <title>India-made EVMs to be used in Namibia’s presidential polls</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p><span style="font-style:italic">Gulf News/ IANS </span><br />
<br />
Ahead of its presidential election, the Namibian government has purchased 3,400 India-made electronic voting machines (EVMs) which have already been used by other countries in Asia to conduct smooth and fair polls.<br />
<br />
Purchased at a cost of Namibian $10 million (Dh3.4 million/approx $948,000) from Bengaluru-based public sector unit, Bharat Electronic Limited (BEL), the EVMs will be used in the southern African nation for their elections scheduled for November, top officials
 told IANS.<br />
<br />
Namibia, which had ordered 1,700 EVMs in 2013, placed another order earlier this year, is the first African country to use such machines in any of its polls.<br />
<br />
Officials said a seven-member delegation from the Electoral Commission of Namibia (ECN) had visited various polling stations in Karnataka including its capital, Bengaluru, when the Lok Sabha polls were held on April 17 and were impressed by the system.Speaking
 to IANS, Namibian High Commissioner Pius Dunaiski said: "In the entire Asian region, India is of pivotal importance for us. It’s developing technologies and the high advanced EVMs are a great learning point for us.<br />
<br />
"Namibia had sent a few members from the information technology team to familiarise themselves with the functioning of the EVMs.<br />
<br />
"A delegation will soon visit New Delhi to understand the vote counting process, including the software which is used at result centres during the announcement of results,” Dunaiski told IANS.<br />
<br />
The envoy stressed that the main reason Namibia is keen on purchasing the Indian made EVMs lies in its benefits like faster results, reduction in the number of spoilt ballots, low expenses in conducting the polls, and the elimination of potential avenues of
 manipulation avenues.<br />
<br />
"Newly introduced features like the None of the Above (NOTA) button in order to vote against all the contesting candidates in a constituency, in-built clocks and Braille markings for the visually impaired, are some other reasons that have drawn the officials
 of the Namibia’s Electoral Commission,” Dunaiski said.<br />
<br />
Some other features of EVMs that impressed the commission was that they eliminated the possibility of vote tempering by displaying the time when the vote was cast along with recording the ballot. It also gives hourly polling updates.<br />
<br />
A senior official from BEL told IANS that India’s EVMs are "more advanced” than those in the west.<br />
<br />
"Our EVMs are more advanced as compared to those used in western nations. The EVMs we manufacture can adopt to any electoral process. Our machines are time-saving, environment-friendly and mobile,” he said.<br />
<br />
"These are the reasons why the Namibian government has ordered our EVMs,” he added.<br />
<br />
The company, which is six decades old, has provided 850,000 new EVMs to the Election Commission for the ongoing Lok Sabha poll.<br />
<br />
Earlier, it had also provided over 3,000 such machines to Bhutan for conducting their polls.<br />
<br />
"While the EVMs have already been supplied, their technology won’t be shared with any of the countries,” the official categorically told IANS.<br />
<br />
"We are always ready to extend help to other countries in their electoral process, but we can’t share the technology. After all, it is our technology which makes India a leader in conducting smooth polls, despite being the biggest democracy and highly prone
 to hassles during the electoral process,” he added.<br />
<br />
But Namibia is not the only African country who want EVMs.<br />
<br />
Impressed by smooth, hassle-free elections they ensure, officials said other countries have also shown interest in purchasing them.<br />
<br />
"Other African countries like Ghana, South Sudan, Nigeria and Kenya have also shown interest in the purchase of the EVMs, but everything will depend on the success of these machines in the Namibian presidential polls,” K.N. Bhar, secretary, Election Commission
 told IANS.<br />
<br />
"The delegation has been given a thorough training by the Election Commission regarding the proper usage and operation of the EVMs,” he said.<br />
<br />
Although various technologies have been used to automate certain processes in the electoral systems, as of now, no African country has made use of actual EVMs in its election process.<br />
<br />
Biometric systems were introduced during the 2013 Kenya polls to streamline the voter registration process, while electronic tallying was used to expedite the counting and tallying process.<br />
<br />
According to reports, due to operational and technical problems, both systems failed, forcing the electoral management body to resort to hand counting -- a process that took five days, and threatened to destabilise the entire electoral process.<br />
<br />
<span style="font-weight:bold">This article may also be read at: </span><br />
<a href="http://gulfnews.com/news/world/india/india-made-evms-to-be-used-in-namibia-s-presidential-polls-1.1326602" target="_blank">India-made EVMs to be used in Namibia’s presidential polls</a></p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>01/05/2014 17:22:47</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/23278/Indiamade+EVMs+to+be+used+in+Namibias+presidential+polls</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">23278</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>23279</publicationdataID>
      <title>The Indian elections are becoming a big tourist draw</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p><span style="font-style:italic">Time/ by Nirenjana Bhowmick </span><br />
<br />
If festivals like Diwali, Holi or the spectacular Kumbh Mela draw tourists to India, why shouldn’t its vast, sprawling legislative election? With 814 million eligible voters, it’s the biggest democratic show on earth — and with that in mind, tourists from as
 far afield as the U.S., the U.K., France and Australia have signed up for package tours that include visiting public rallies and meeting party officials.<br />
<br />
Among the visitors are curious tourists of Indian ethnicity, like Beijing-based businessman Ratan Singh Chowdhury. He got an Indian tour operator to come up with a tailor-made election-tourism package for him and four of his friends, and together they have
 been crisscrossing the country since the beginning of April. Their travel plans include meetings with more than 70 people from local communities in the states they have chosen to visit. For his Chinese travel companions — hailing from a country where citizens
 can only vote in low-level elections that are usually stage-managed — the experience is fascinating.<br />
<br />
"India is the largest democracy in the world and our next-door neighbor,” says Pan Liu, 25, a technical manager in a solar company in Guangzhou, in an email to TIME. "Our interest in India is natural.”<br />
<br />
Liu is not the only one who has been bitten by the Indian poll bug this year. While there are no hard numbers yet, tour operators say hundreds if not thousands of long-haul visitors will witness the polls firsthand. Some are there because of a professional
 interest.<br />
<br />
"It’s a huge achievement that, for the last six decades, India has been conducting these elections in a free and fair manner, and so there’s a lot of academic interest in the process,” says Subhash Goyal, founder-chairman of the travel company that customized
 the election package for Chowdhury and his friends. "This is a new segment of tourism that has emerged and we are very happy about it, but we were not prepared for this kind of demand.”<br />
<br />
At the same time, there are visitors who just want to soak up the carnival-like atmosphere that generally accompanies the polls.<br />
<br />
"Even in the small villages there are decorations, rallies and celebrations [of a kind] seen nowhere else in the world,” says Manish Sharma, chairman of a tourism-development body in the western state of Gujarat and the director of a travel agency.<br />
<br />
Sharma tested the waters by offering tours of the Gujarat state polls in 2012, inspired by similar packages in Mexico. His company now offers a weeklong, $1,200 tour of several cities in various stages of India’s general elections. About 800 tourists have already
 signed up, and he is expecting to sell as many as 2,000 more tours. "It feels like a festival,” says Nirav Shah, one of Sharma’s customers and a 27-year-old IT professional based in the U.S. "It’s been a while since I’ve seen this type of craze for Indian
 elections.” <br />
<br />
The hype is also spurring foreign operators to get in on the act. Companies like U.K.-based Political Tours plan to start election tours of India during the next round of voting.<br />
<br />
"India is the largest democracy in the world, and there is huge interest internationally in seeing it in operation,” says Nicholas Wood, the firm’s director.<br />
<br />
Chowdhury’s Chinese friend Pan Liu agrees. "We are very excited to see so many people doing nothing but politics,” she says.<br />
<br />
<span style="font-weight:bold">This article may also be read at: </span><br />
<a href="http://time.com/79635/india-election-tourism/" target="_blank">The Indian elections are becoming a big tourist draw</a></p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>01/05/2014 17:26:01</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/23279/The+Indian+elections+are+becoming+a+big+tourist+draw</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">23279</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>23255</publicationdataID>
      <title>Websites and support groups help Indian cancer survivors find partners</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p><span style="font-style:italic">South China Morning Pos/ by Amrit Dhillon</span><br />
<br />
Cancer survivors can rarely find partners in India, but websites and support groups are helping to pair lonely hearts, writes Amrit Dhillon<br />
<br />
Binoo George, 33, was diagnosed with lymphoma six years ago and is now in remission. With the illness behind him, his older brother, Balaji, worries that Binoo doesn't have a partner, children, emotional intimacy or a typical family life.<br />
<br />
Over the past four years, Balaji has searched their home of Kochi in the state of Kerala, trying to arrange a marriage for his brother.<br />
<br />
"The moment any prospective family hears about the cancer, they vanish. But in India, there is no alternative to arranged marriages. You have to get married to have a partner. This is not like foreign countries where you can find someone yourself and go around
 without marrying," says Balaji.<br />
<br />
When he heard about a new marriage website set up by the youth wing of St Mary's Orthodox Parish Church in Kerala last month, his heart soared with fresh hope. He registered Binoo at once.<br />
<br />
"I haven't told him, though. I don't want to get his hopes up until I have found someone who might work out," he says.<br />
<br />
The website, insightmatrimony.com is the first of its kind in India, catering to cancer survivors who want to share their life with a partner. "After realising that few Indians will accept a cancer survivor as a spouse, we decided their best hope was to find
 another cancer survivor, through this website," says website co-ordinator Chils Thomas Koshy."The stigma of cancer is still there. People fear a recurrence, the medical expenses. They are scared the children will have a greater chance of getting cancer."Anyone
 aged between 20 and 35 can register free of charge. Koshy says 180 people have registered since the launch. The figure would have been higher had the website not run into technical problems. A similar impulse was behind a just-launched United States-based
 website called 2date4love. The site is for survivors who cannot have sex, due to the effect of cancer or its treatment, but who want a companion.<br />
<br />
In other countries there is no support for cancer survivors seeking partners. The Hong Kong Cancer Fund, for example, provides no such service at any of its care centres. A spokesman said patients were focused on "treatment and recovery" rather than finding
 a partner.<br />
<br />
If arranged marriages were not the bedrock of Indian culture, insightmatrimony would be unnecessary. People would fall in love, discover the person was a cancer survivor and marry regardless, at least in most cases.<br />
<br />
Spontaneous love scorns cost-benefit analysis, but arranged marriages are based on cold calculations. Parents seek to find the best possible mate for their child against a list of criteria and a cancer survivor does not make the shortlist. Arranging a marriage
 is like shopping. The best deal is sought and no "defective" goods will be entertained.<br />
<br />
Most Indians still consider cancer a shameful secret. The only significant recent breakthrough was the brave decision by cricketer Yuvraj Singh to tell the public he had cancer after being diagnosed with a lung tumour in 2011. It was one of the few times a
 celebrity had acknowledged they had cancer. Singh's honesty has dented the taboo to some extent, but not to the point where cancer survivors can find partners.<br />
<br />
Poonam Bagai, chairwoman of CanKids … KidsCan, a support group in New Delhi for children with cancer and their families, and a former cancer patient herself who fights against the stigma, understands the difficulty.<br />
<br />
"If I were absolutely honest, if one of my two sons fell in love with a cancer survivor, I'd be fine. But if I had to arrange his marriage and I could choose between a girl who is a cancer survivor and one who does not have cancer, then I would probably go
 for the latter," says Bagai.<br />
<br />
And that is the way it will stay, as long as arranged marriages are the norm, Bagai says. An overwhelming majority of Indians have arranged marriages, partly to please their parents and partly because they like the tradition.<br />
<br />
Matrimonial websites are so popular these days that they have become specialised, catering to specific groups: the divorced, people diagnosed with HIV, civil servants, the disabled.<br />
<br />
One general website, Jeevansathi, has a section for cancer survivors, but insightmatrimony is the only site that caters exclusively to them. The church was also prompted to create the website because Kerala has the highest number of cancer patients in the country
 for reasons that remain unclear.<br />
<br />
"By marrying another cancer survivor, people will not just be accepted but also understood. They will have gone through the same experiences and emotions that others won't understand, so it's comforting for them," says Koshy.At the CanKids office, a colourful,
 bustling centre reached through a warren of narrow alleyways, Ritu Bhalla, 23, works as an awareness co-ordinator. She is also the Girl Child Cancer Ambassador of India.Petite, articulate and self-possessed, Bhalla has matured enormously since Bagai took her
 under her wing years ago. She was diagnosed with non-Hodgkin's lymphoma at the age of four. After a course of treatment, she recovered. Then, at the age of 11, she was diagnosed with a second cancer, acute lymphoblastic leukaemia. Since 2004, she has been
 free of the disease.<br />
<br />
Among the young people she works with, most tell her that their parents will hide the fact of their cancer when they reach marrying age. There is no alternative.<br />
<br />
Bhalla understands that arranged marriages make this lying inevitable. For her part, she will choose her own partner. Working for CanKids has given her a confidence and social skills that few other girls from her poor background could hope to acquire.<br />
<br />
Moreover, she can afford to make her own decisions about her life partner because she is the family's breadwinner, supporting her parents and two younger sisters. "I realise that not everyone can decide to find their own partner," says Bhalla.<br />
<br />
"My circumstances are different. I am who I am because of my cancer. It has given my life direction. Cancer is my achievement. But I realise that others less fortunate than me cannot have this attitude and must have an arranged marriage and, for them, this
 website will be a great help."She and the other young survivors at CanKids often joke that Singh, who is 32 and unmarried, should hurry up and find himself a wife."When a cancer survivor like Yuvraj, who is rich and famous, finds a woman to accept him, that
 will break down the doors and make it easier for other survivors to find a partner, too," she says.<br />
<br />
(The views expressed above are the personal views of the author)<br />
<br />
<span style="font-weight:bold">This article can also be read at:</span><br />
<a href="http://www.scmp.com/lifestyle/health/article/1496842/websites-and-support-groups-help-indian-cancer-survivors-find" target="_blank">Websites and support groups help Indian cancer survivors find partners</a></p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>29/04/2014 10:26:36</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/23255/Websites+and+support+groups+help+Indian+cancer+survivors+find+partners</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">23255</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>23256</publicationdataID>
      <title>On board India’s palace on wheels</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p><span style="font-style:italic">The Blade/by S. Amjad Hussain</span><br />
<br />
Luxury tourist train provides trip into history<br />
<br />
Trains are fascinating. If you have time and patience, train travel is one of the most enjoyable modes of transportation.<br />
<br />
On my current tour of India, I traveled through the western Indian state of Rajasthan aboard the Palace on Wheels. It is a luxury tourist train that makes a weeklong excursion through the state.<br />
<br />
From the moment I stepped onto the platform at the Safdar Jang railway station in New Delhi to the strains of live Indian music to the time I got off a week later at the same station, I had a journey of delightful sights, sounds, and smells.<br />
<br />
The train is a vivid reminder of a bygone era when Indian rulers rode elephants to board their train compartments and travel in the lap of luxury and comfort. They almost literally carried their palaces with them — hence the name of the train.<br />
<br />
A train journey such as this one amounts to much more than luxurious staterooms and a well-trained bevy of elegant-looking staff who look after your every whim.<br />
<br />
Rajasthan is the most western state in India, adjoining Pakistan. It has a rich history. The Palace on Wheels provides its riders with glimpses of that history, with a backdrop of impressive palaces and forts.<br />
<br />
The train stops at Jaipur, in the northern part of the state. Along the way, the train makes daylong stops in the cities of Udaipur, Chittorgarh, Jaisalmer, Jodhpur, and Agra, the site of the Taj Mahal.<br />
<br />
With imagination, you could still hear the drumbeats of battles that were fought on the plains and hills of Rajasthan an eon ago. Tales of valor and bravery, mixed with a tinge of prejudice, are commonplace.<br />
<br />
Each city has a compelling story of epic battles fought centuries and sometimes millennia ago. Some of those stories are part of local myth. One enduring myth is that religion always separated invaders from the invaded.<br />
<br />
Chittorgarh, a fortress city on top of a broad hill, was coveted by many invaders because of its strategic location at the crossroads of southern Rajasthan and south Asia.<br />
<br />
According to legend, the fortress repelled two attacks by the armies of kings from northern India. But in the third attack, in the 16th century, Muslim Mughal King Akbar, who ruled vast parts of India, conquered Chittorgarh.<br />
<br />
Before the battle lines for the third attack were drawn, thousands of women in the besieged fort committed suicide. The legend of these Rajput women killing themselves to preserve their honor and that of their nation has become ingrained in the psyche of the
 people of Chittorgarh and other places.<br />
<br />
A historic narrative defined by sharp religious borders ignores the fact that political alliances often crossed religious divisions. King Akbar’s trusted general, who led many a campaign, was Man Singh, the Rajput ruler of Jaipur.<br />
<br />
The architecture of some cities of Rajasthan is breathtaking. Forts and palaces were built at strategic locations, with an eye for the environment and availability of local materials. Because of the colors of the stones that were used, Jaipur is called the
 Pink City and Jaisalmer the Golden City.<br />
<br />
I was surprised to see a young man at every stop we made. A bag slung on his shoulder, he would greet passengers with clasped hands and a beautiful smile. He asked whether we needed a shoeshine.<br />
<br />
He had been following this train for more than eight years, eking out a living by providing his services to well-to-do travelers. Even if your shoes do not need a shine, you feel compelled to help this cheerful and hard-working young man.The unfolding panorama
 you see from the train is interesting and at times poignant. Urban areas — congested, chaotic, and deliciously eclectic — are a far cry from the laid-back days of bullock carts and horse-driven buggies.<br />
<br />
The rural landscape, however, has not changed much over the years. An occasional lush green field with sheaves of wheat comes into view, reminding me of Vincent Van Gogh’s series of paintings Wheat Fields. A Persian wheel adds an exotic eastern touch to the
 scene.<br />
<br />
It was a memorable week, and one of the most exciting excursions I ever have had.<br />
<br />
(The views expressed above are the personal views of the author)<br />
<br />
<span style="font-weight:bold">This article can also be read at:</span><br />
<a href="http://www.toledoblade.com/S-Amjad-Hussain/2014/04/28/On-board-India-s-Palace-on-Wheels-for-a-trip-into-history.html" target="_blank">On board India’s palace on wheels</a></p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>29/04/2014 10:30:02</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/23256/On+board+Indias+palace+on+wheels</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">23256</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>23257</publicationdataID>
      <title>India, wild and wondrous</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p><span style="font-style:italic">Philly/ by Marilyn Jones</span><br />
<br />
Far off, there's a sound of panic, low and guttural. The naturalist, explaining the relationship of the common langur monkey and spotted deer to me, a woman from Los Angeles and two women from Boston, suddenly starts speaking in Hindi to the jeep driver and
 guide.<br />
<br />
"Hold on," the guide yells back at us as the driver makes a frantic U-turn and begins racing down the rutted dirt road.<br />
<br />
The sound: The warning call of a sambar deer.<br />
<br />
The scene: Ranthambore National Park, India.<br />
<br />
The objective: to see if the deer distress call is a warning that a tiger is in the area.<br />
<br />
Worldwide, there are an estimated 3,200 tigers in the wild; between 40 and 50 live in this park of nearly 100,000 acres. The chance to see a tiger in the wild is what draws people here. Seeing one is never guaranteed.<br />
<br />
After several jaw-jarring miles, we come upon a female Bengal tiger lazily resting by a lake. Other drivers of jeeps and much larger safari vehicles jockey for position to allow their passengers the best view of the endangered species.<br />
<br />
Slowly she stands and begins to walk toward the deer. Instead of running, they stand their ground, watching the tiger, making sure they know where she is at all times. After only a few minutes, the tiger disappears into the long grass and our driver maneuvers
 back into the forest in search of more adventure.<br />
<br />
India is magical, mystical, and majestic. Sighting this rare tiger is just the beginning. My adventure also includes Delhi, Agra, and Jaipur - one historic site, animal encounter, and shopping bazaar after another.<br />
<br />
Delhi<br />
<br />
Horns blare. Tuk-tuks and pedicabs travel alongside motorcycles, cars, and commercial trucks. There don't seem to be any accidents as agile drivers snake through traffic. My driver, Ganga Ram, says the key to driving in India is "blow horn, good luck, and good
 brakes."<br />
<br />
Delhi, the capital of India, is home to more than 22 million residents, the second-most populous urban area in the world after Tokyo, according to the United Nations.<br />
<br />
The area has likely been inhabited since at least the 6th century B.C., After independence in 1947, New Delhi was declared the capital of the new nation.<br />
<br />
As varied as its long and colorful past is, today it exhibits two distinct personalities: New Delhi, with its tree-lined avenues and imposing government buildings, and Old Delhi, a labyrinth of narrow streets lined with crumbling buildings and street hawkers.<br />
<br />
I would not recommend exploring alone. I left the driving and the itinerary in the hands of Kensington Tours. As much as I enjoyed visiting the largest mosque in India, the tombs of long-ago rulers, and government landmarks, the most fun - and eye-opening experience
 - was a pedicab ride through Old Delhi, arranged by my guide.The chaos, color, and sound; scents of unknown spices and street food; and people going about their daily lives in the crowded streets are spellbinding - an inspired vision of India, its people and
 their way of life.<br />
<br />
The Taj Mahal<br />
<br />
Although the sun is setting and it is too late to visit the Taj Mahal, I am excited to reach my hotel in Agra, where every room faces this Wonder of the World. The Oberoi Amarvilas is designed to give every guest the same view whether they are in their guest
 room, the dining room, or another public space.<br />
<br />
Stepping out onto the balcony, I see the monument built by Shah Jahan and dedicated to his wife Mumtaz Mahal, who died giving birth to the couple's 14 child. Her death profoundly affected the shah, who built this monument as her final resting place. I remind
 myself to be in the moment; this is a once-in-a-lifetime event.<br />
<br />
The next morning I am met by a tour guide and taken by golf cart a short distance where I stand in line for just under a half hour to gain entry. Once through security, we walk through a grand gate where we pause so that I can photograph the Taj Mahal reflected
 in a still pool of water before my guide explains more of the monument's history.<br />
<br />
It's hard to take my eyes from its beauty; perfectly symmetrical and glowing in the early morning sunlight. My guide takes me to an uncrowded area where he explains more about the monument.A beautiful example of Mughal architecture, he says, the design combines
 elements of Islamic, Persian, Turkish, and Indian architecture. It took 20,000 artisans nearly 22 years - 1632 to 1653 - to build it.<br />
<br />
I approach the domed marble mausoleum where the shah and his wife are buried. In a crush of tourists I am swept into its interior, where grave markers are placed several feet above the graves.<br />
<br />
For me, in addition to looking at the whole, admiring the intricate inlaid designs made of semiprecious stones (yellow jasper, black onyx, reddish-brown carnelian, dark-green jade, blue lapis, light-blue Indian turquoise, smoky-colored agate, and iridescent
 mother-of-pearl) is one of my most memorable experiences.<br />
<br />
In 1983, the Taj Mahal became a UNESCO World Heritage Site.<br />
<br />
As I leave, I turn one last time to admire the beauty of this symbol of undying love; a monument to beauty, art, and passion.<br />
<br />
Jaipur<br />
<br />
Jaipur's history actually starts a few miles away at the Amber Fort and Palace. Built in the 16th century, the fortress of white and red sandstone has many stories to tell of India and its history, and the men who ruled from here.<br />
<br />
All the intricate designs remain and show the opulence amid which these men of power and their families lived, including one ruler who designed 12 apartments surrounding a common courtyard to accommodate his 12 wives. (A carved marble screen allowed the harem
 to look out at the activity of the fort without being seen.)<br />
<br />
Jaipur was built in the 18th century as an extension of the fort. It is often referred to as the Pink City. The color originates from 1876 when Maharaja Ram Singh painted the entire city pink to welcome the Prince of Wales (later King Edward VII) when India
 was under British rule.<br />
<br />
Another highlight in Jaipur is shopping.<br />
<br />
In the heart of the city are narrow streets lined with craftsmen creating one-of-a-kind treasures, from stunning lacquer bracelets to lovely handmade journals. This is where you can find beautiful clothing and saris as well.<br />
<br />
For jewelry though, avoid the street. This is another reason to have a guide. You'll want to visit a reputable dealer.<br />
<br />
Block printing is a featured craft in Jaipur. At Shree Carpet &amp; Textile Mahal, I watched the process as well as other artisans weaving carpets. The showroom features such block-printed textiles as tablecloths, wall hangings, clothing, and scarves.<br />
<br />
My time in India, with its roaming animals, warm and friendly people, and cultural charm, was dreamlike.<br />
<br />
(The views expressed above are the personal views of the author)<br />
<br />
<span style="font-weight:bold">This article can also be read at:</span><br />
<a href="http://articles.philly.com/2014-04-27/travel/49440022_1_old-delhi-rare-tiger-female-bengal-tiger" target="_blank">India, wild and wondrous</a></p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>29/04/2014 10:36:26</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/23257/India+wild+and+wondrous</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">23257</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>23258</publicationdataID>
      <title>Fully disproportionate American (FDA) action</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p><span style="font-style:italic">Chronicle Pharmabiz/ by D. B. Anantha Narayana</span><br />
<br />
The recent issue of FD 483 (a document issued to pharmaceutical firms audited by Food &amp; Drug Administration (FDA) inspectors from America) to Indian pharmaceutical firms like Wockhardt and more recently to Ranbaxy are in the news. Many of them points to lapses
 in procedural and paperwork. With Indian pharmaceutical sector having more than 170 US FDA approved plants and exporting a fair share of medicines to US receipt of any FD 483 is news. Positive work done by this sector in contributing high quality pharmaceuticals
 and medicines do not make any news. It is surprising that based on alleged lapses in procedures and paperwork, the US FDA has announced banning all productions of this company export to US. Numbers of leading pharmaceutical firms in US are known to not even
 perform complete quality testing of the finished drug products before releasing them into market, ordering recall due to suspected or confirmed potency and quality issues of products so released, marketing drug products for unapproved indications and such
 lapses are far more serious than lapses in paperwork. One of the lapses pointed out in the recent Ranbaxy case relates to testing of one of the raw material at a very downstream step and lapse in the documentation which may not really have that serious impact
 on the quality of the final drug produced with this raw material. Compared to this, it is to be recognized that the Indian drug regulator has approved these plants and the products both for procedures, paperworks and more importantly the final product for
 its quality. <br />
<br />
It is often heard that the US FDA respects the management attitude, leadership and action in constantly improving all procedures, paperworks and quality. Managements of Indian pharmaceutical firms are known to take serious note of any FD 483’s and setting focused
 attention to rectify the lapses and putting in place preventive measures. More often than not, such actions hurt many employees, bringing a bit of de-motivation and in extreme cases issue of transfer or pink slips to some. FD 483’s often use the term procedural/data
 ‘integrity’. This term gets reflected on the integrity of the management and the employee’s action which is not questionable as intentionally committed lapses don’t happen. While the management focuses on a few areas of identified lapses in paperwork, by the
 time the next inspection comes up a lapse may be noticed in some other aspect and pushes the management and the employees into a ‘falling into a quick sand like’ experience. No reports have been heard of any management not wanting to set right the procedural
 lapses. Higher stress on paperwork has been a subject of debate even amongst many Indian regulators who attended training programmes conducted by the US FDA. One such senior regulator told this author "he did not learn any new thing in such training programmes
 and the stress on documentation was almost questionable than necessary. With such a focus on documentation, an inspector can miss really serious aspect in the premises or aspects that impact on the finished drug quality”, said the regulator.<br />
<br />
Indian pharmaceutical companies and the regulators both play greater stress on testing each and number of batches of finished drugs before releasing to market. It has now become common that the Indian regulator rushes to these firms which receive an FD 483,
 after the American inspectors have visited them and issued notes on lapses. It is also true that the Indian regulator has found no problem with the product quality in these pharmaceutical firms. Isn’t it odd that the stables are closed after the horses have
 run away? The US FDA inspectors should be asked to ensure presence of an Indian regulator during audits so that the findings do not reflect superiority of one against the other and the inspectors from US also respect the cultural sensitivities of Indians and
 Indian operations. Would any pharmaceutical industry in US have permitted inspection on a Sunday like the recent one that US inspectors are known to have undertaken by visiting Tonsa factory of Ranbaxy on a Sunday?
<br />
<br />
Joint inspections should be the way forward for common good and actions of the US FDA is not disproportionate to the so called lapses in paper and procedure. Surely banning of export of products from Indian pharmaceutical firms for alleged lapses in paperwork
 is not proportionate so long as the final product meets the quality parameters set for the medicines. Both the Indian regulator and Indian pharmaceutical industry do not allow any slackness on this aspect, a fact proven by highest quality of drugs exported
 to US and other countries from India at costs that are far lower than those produced in US. The quality of drugs produced by Indian pharmaceutical companies has been accepted globally, by World Health Organisation, European Union, Australia and South Africa
 to name a few. <br />
<br />
Proportionate weightages to paper work vis-a-vis quality of final product is the answer and not faulty disproportionate actions.<br />
<br />
(The views expressed above are the personal views of the author. The author is an eminent pharmacist and a regulatory expert)<br />
<br />
<span style="font-weight:bold">This article can also be read at:</span><br />
<a href="http://www.pharmabiz.com/ArticleDetails.aspx?aid=81409&amp;sid=9" target="_blank">Fully disproportionate American (FDA) action</a></p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>29/04/2014 12:10:43</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/23258/Fully+disproportionate+American+FDA+action</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">23258</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>23265</publicationdataID>
      <title>Goldman Prize: Indian Ramesh Agrawal wins top environment award</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[<span style="line-height:1.67em; font-style:italic">BBC</span><br />
<p>An Indian who helped villagers fight a large coal mine is among six environmental activists from around the world who have won the Goldman Prize.<br />
<br />
Ramesh Agrawal organised villagers in the central state of Chhattisgarh and succeeded in shutting down one of the largest planned coal mines in the area.<br />
The other winners of this year's award are from Peru, Russia, South Africa, Indonesia and the US.<br />
<br />
The winners of the prestigious prize will each receive $175,000 (£103,925).<br />
<br />
"With a small internet cafe as his headquarters, Ramesh Agrawal organised villagers to demand their right to information about industrial development projects and succeeded in shutting down one of the largest proposed coal mines in Chhattisgarh," the San Francisco-based
 Goldman Environmental Foundation said in a press release on Monday.<br />
<br />
Mr Agrawal's work earned him powerful enemies and after the coal mine project was cancelled, gunmen broke into his shop and shot him in the leg, shattering his bones.<br />
<br />
"Despite his limited mobility, Mr Agrawal is helping villagers to assert their rights as landowners and apply for mineral rights to the coal buried under their properties," the release adds.<br />
<br />
The foundation also recognised Peru's Ruth Buendia for "helping to prevent two dams in the Peruvian Amazon", Russian zoologist Suren Gazaryan for "defending protected areas from Olympic development in Sochi" and American lawyer Helen Slottje for "helping to
 shut down fracking in New York State".<br />
<br />
South Africa's Desmond D'Sa has been chosen for "closing a toxic dump site in Durban" and Indonesian biologist Rudi Putra has been awarded for "shutting illegal palm oil plantations in Sumatra", the foundation said.<br />
<br />
<span style="font-weight:bold">This article can also be read at:</span><br />
<a href="http://www.bbc.com/news/world-asia-india-27184346" target="_blank">Goldman Prize: Indian Ramesh Agrawal wins top environment award</a></p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>29/04/2014 18:47:47</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/23265/Goldman+Prize+Indian+Ramesh+Agrawal+wins+top+environment+award</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">23265</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>23266</publicationdataID>
      <title>Indian innovation offers cheap and effective test for heart disease</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p><span style="font-style:italic">Deutsche Welle/ by Murali Krishnan</span><br />
<br />
Image-free and non-invasive technology is being developed in India to help detect cardiovascular disease. If successful, the device could bring affordable healthcare to India where millions die of the disease each year.<br />
<br />
Scientists at the Healthcare Technology Innovation Centre (HTIC) in the southern Indian city of Chennai have invented a friendly device that keeps a check on artery stiffness and gives an alert when issues arise.<br />
<br />
The ARTSENS [Arterial Stiffness Evaluation for Non-Invasive Screening] device helps prevent cardiovascular diseases which are becoming more prevalent because of factors like unhealthy eating and stress.<br />
<br />
Up until now, image-based ultra sonograms have been used to test the elasticity and structure of an artery. Such conventional ultrasound machines are large, expensive and require very skilled operators.<br />
<br />
<span style="font-weight:bold">How it works</span><br />
<br />
Dr Jayaraj Joseph heads the project at HTIC, he told DW that several factors, including age and lifestyle, can affect human blood vessels and in turn could interrupt the normal function of the heart. An ARTSENS machine, Joseph added, assists in identifying
 premature vascular abnormalities and could assist in preventing heart disease through early diagnosis and treatment.<br />
<br />
"This has got tremendous potential in early detection of possible vascular events in the future,” he adds.<br />
<br />
The use of a singular ultrasound probe is another great advantage of the ARTSENS machine, Preejith, an electronic design engineer told DW.<br />
<br />
The device, which is about the size of a digital television set top box, has been tested in three different clinical trials. All tests found the Indian machine to be on par with the commonly used imaging system.<br />
<br />
<span style="font-weight:bold">Timely detection helpful</span><br />
<br />
In comparison to a standard ultrasound imaging machine, ARTSENS’ manufacturers pride themselves on how compact and easily transportable the machine is. The Indian produced prototype costs around 1,200 euros ($1,663), which is a relatively small investment when
 you compare it to the 20,000 euros cost of the ultrasound imaging machine.<br />
<br />
It will not be long before the device is ready commercially, Mohanasankar Sivaprakasam, head of the HTIC, told DW.<br />
<br />
The research team expects their invention will prove very useful within India’s public health sector as it will allow for mass patient screenings. In a country like India where more than 2.5 million people die every year because of cardiovascular disease, it
 will be a boon.<br />
<br />
<span style="font-style:italic">(The views expressed above are the personal views of the author)</span><br />
<br />
<span style="font-weight:bold">This article can also be read at:</span><br />
<a href="http://www.dw.de/indian-innovation-offers-cheap-and-effective-test-for-heart-disease/a-17595806" target="_blank">Indian innovation offers cheap and effective test for heart disease</a></p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>29/04/2014 18:53:00</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/23266/Indian+innovation+offers+cheap+and+effective+test+for+heart+disease</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">23266</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>23267</publicationdataID>
      <title>Innovative school empowers Indian women</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p><span style="font-style:italic">The University News/ by Vivek Gorijala</span><br />
<br />
According to Akshay Sharma, an assistant professor for Industrial Design at Virginia Tech, design is about the process of creatively solving problems. With the help of the students and faculty at the School for Architecture and Design at Virginia Tech, he has
 helped guide a series of projects that he hopes will improve the quality of life for the poor in India, as well as help empower them to take their lives into their own hands. Many of Sharma’s projects focus on supporting women. These projects and their effects
 were the focus of Sharma’s Designing Empowerment: Design Thinking for Social Impact talk on April 15, part of a series of talks about design and entrepreneurship.<br />
<br />
During his talk, Sharma mentioned that poverty is a major detriment to many Indians. The majority of the people live on less than $2. Sharma, who grew up in India, says that this is a major limiting factor in the quality of life of many Indians. However, his
 projects aim to raise the subpar standard of living, and help reduce poverty in India.<br />
<br />
One ongoing project that Sharma and his students have taken part in is known as Barefoot College. When the college itself was founded in 1975, locals were very involved in the process of constructing and designing the college, and this tradition has continued.
 The locals are still in charge of operating the institution.<br />
<br />
For example, the college’s dental clinic is run by a 50-year-old woman with no formal training or dental expertise. In fact, the woman is actually completely illiterate. Despite these limitations, she is able to successfully operate the college’s clinic.<br />
<br />
Another segment of the college is known as the Barefoot Engineers. This is a group led by five women, also illiterate, that have built very delicate, precise solar reflectors. These solar reflectors can boil water, cook rice and perform a myriad of other useful
 day-to-day functions. Engineers have also built voltage control models and they are now in the process of teaching other women from around the world how to build these devices. However, to overcome the language barrier, a color-coded system was designed to
 teach the construction of these devices.<br />
<br />
Microfinance has been another of Sharma’s projects. He has helped raise awareness about managing finance among women in the rural villages he and his students have visited. This has led to the development of finance meetings, which are held to manage the village
 women’s finances better.<br />
<br />
According to Sharma, the women host the meetings themselves in order to avoid the extremely high interest rates that local moneylenders demand. Sharma gave an example of an exchange with a local lender.<br />
<br />
"Let’s say I go to a local money lender,” he said. "The money lender will say that he will lend me the money, but at a rate of 1 Indian rupee per 100 rupees lent per 1 week. This is a total interest rate of 52 percent, and it is being compounded.”<br />
<br />
Instead of paying this large rate, the women pool up enough money to go to a bank and request a loan, which saves them money. This allows them to make sound investments rather than becoming mired in debt.<br />
<br />
The last project Sharma mentioned was a vaccination registration system. Sharma said that cell phones are vital in India, and that nearly everyone has them nowadays in order to more quickly find job opportunities by contacting friends and relatives. Another
 use for these cell phones is to help register children on an online database that records their vaccinations. Traveling care workers can use this in turn to verify that children have updated vaccines. Vaccinations are a major health concern as nearly 3 million
 children die from preventable diseases due to a lack of vaccinations.<br />
<br />
In all, these projects and others that Sharma employs a method of immersive research. He first spent time getting to understand the people of India before attempting to help solve their problems. Because Sharma was raised in India, this was easy for him; however,
 he believes that the same approach can be used in places much closer to home, such as poorer areas of St. Louis.<br />
<br />
Sharma believes that the most important thing is to understand the true problems facing people, and to understand their cultural and social values. Once this is done, he believes that the problems can be solved with designs that are easily integrated into the
 lives of the people in question.<br />
<br />
<span style="font-style:italic">(The views expressed above are the personal views of the author)</span><br />
<br />
<span style="font-weight:bold">This article can also be read at:</span><br />
<a href="http://unewsonline.com/2014/04/28/innovative-school-empowers-indian-women/" target="_blank">Innovative school empowers Indian women</a></p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>29/04/2014 18:56:47</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/23267/Innovative+school+empowers+Indian+women</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">23267</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>23268</publicationdataID>
      <title>Ayurveda Herbal Training Offered by the California College of Ayurveda in 2014</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p><span style="font-style:italic">PR Web</span><br />
<br />
The California College of Ayurveda is proud to announce its ayurvedic herbal preparation open to practitioners and patients wishing to order churnas (ayurvedic herbal powder), capsules, medicated oils or ghee, and other preparations.<br />
<br />
The application of ayurvedic herbs is based on the understanding of the patients constitution and imbalance, as well as the physical and energetic qualities of the herbs. The California College of Ayurveda is proud to announce its ayurvedic herbal preparation
 open to practitioners and patients wishing to order churnas (ayurvedic herbal powder), capsules, medicated oils or ghee, and other preparations.<br />
<br />
Established in 1995, the California College of Ayurveda is the longest running, State-approved college offering professional training programs for the study of Ayurvedic Medicine in the West. The school offers a comprehensive curriculum, as well as workshops
 and seminars. The school's herbal department is one of the largest and most comprehensive in the West. Ayurveda herbs are discussed in the Ayurvedic Health Educator program (A.H.E) as well as Ayurvedic studies Level II, III, IV.<br />
<br />
The Ayurvedic school also offers an Ayurvedic herbal apprenticeship program. The comprehensive training in preparation of herbal medicines includes profound meditations with herbs, knowledge about cultivation and processing from start to finish. Ayurveda is
 the healing science from India. It has been practiced for over 5,000 years by millions of individuals to assist the body in journeying back to optimal health. Ayurveda uses herbal medicines to restore physical, emotional and spiritual balance and promote well-being.
 The college's high standards in herbal preparation as well as education allows for a powerful healing and rejuvenation experience that puts clients on their path to healing and harmony.<br />
<br />
<span style="font-weight:bold">This article can also be read at :</span><br />
<a href="http://www.prweb.com/releases/ayurveda-herbal-course/california-medicine/prweb11779063.htm" target="_blank">yurveda Herbal Training Offered by the California College of Ayurveda in 2014</a></p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>29/04/2014 18:59:34</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/23268/Ayurveda+Herbal+Training+Offered+by+the+California+College+of+Ayurveda+in+2014</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">23268</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>23269</publicationdataID>
      <title>India votes: A look at the world's largest and most vibrant election</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p>The Week/ by Lauren Hansen<br />
<br />
The world's largest democracy might also be its most colorful<br />
<br />
India's elections are the biggest democratic exercise in history. With 815 million people registered to vote, the world's largest democracy will likely have more ballots cast this year than were tallied in the last six U.S. presidential elections combined,
 according to the BBC.<br />
<br />
The elections are being held over a five-week period ending on May 12. And while we're weeks away from knowing the results, it's surely not too early to be impressed by the color and diversity of the Indian electorate.<br />
<br />
(The views expressed above are the personal views of the author)<br />
<br />
<span style="font-weight:bold">This article can also be read at:</span><br />
<a href="http://theweek.com/article/index/260639/india-votes-a-look-at-the-worlds-largest-and-most-vibrant-election" target="_blank">India votes: A look at the world's largest and most vibrant election</a></p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>29/04/2014 19:02:05</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/23269/India+votes+A+look+at+the+worlds+largest+and+most+vibrant+election</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">23269</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>23274</publicationdataID>
      <title>Kerala culture: An organic farmstay experience in India</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p><span style="font-style:italic">The Daily Meal</span><br />
<br />
"You are most welcome,” says Sinta, an Indian woman dressed in a teal housecoat and saree , as she performs a traditional Indian welcoming ceremony. As camphor burns in a coconut husk, she places a dab of sandalwood dust on my forehead. Another woman appears
 with a garland of jasmine and places it around my neck, before another offers me a glass of lemon water.<br />
<br />
I’m currently at Dewalokam, which means "paradise,” an organic farm and homestay property on the banks of Kannadipuzha in Kerala, India. Sinta is one of the property managers along with her husband, Jose. From the grounds, I can clearly make out the peaks of
 the Western Ghats. What’s even more prominent, though, is the 12 acres (5 hectares) — although surrounded by jungle it feels like much more — of Ayurveda herbs, spices, fruits and vegetables.<br />
<br />
<span style="font-weight:bold">History </span><br />
<br />
The small farm was purchased in 1918 by Jose’s family. His great grandfather — a businessman engaged in the export of spices — lost everything, but was able to purchase the patch of land Dewalokam now sits on by selling his wife’s gold ornaments. Jose’s father
 began working on the farm in 1922 at the age of eight. He farmed on the land until he was 88, passing the tradition down to his son, Jose, and wife, Sinta. Located in the heart of Kerala’s Spice Belt, fruits and spices naturally flourished on the property.
 It wasn’t until 2003 when Jose’s eldest brother Fr. Paul Joseph began visiting often from Germany (where he was working at a hospital) with his friends that the idea to add on a guest house was born.<br />
<br />
<span style="font-weight:bold">Going Organic </span><br />
<br />
Dewalokam is an organic farm, growing hundreds of spices and everything one could ever need in their kitchen or medicine cabinet: cinnamon, clove, allspice, turmeric, cardamom, ginger, curry leaves, campha, cinconia, lemongrass, frankincense, wrightia inctoria,
 sandalwood, nutmeg, pepper, chili, drumstick plant, coffee, star fruit, mango, pineapple, eggplant, gooseberries, jackfruit, long bean, cashews, cocoa and even their own beehives to make honey, which is served with breakfast each morning, and farm animals
 to make buffalo mozzarella, cow’s milk and farm fresh chicken eggs.<br />
<br />
"We produce milk and honey, vegetables and fruits, and spices, fish and meat in the farm,” explains Jose. "We try to be sustainable in our farm activities.”<br />
<br />
Along with not using chemical fertilizers and pesticides, they also forgo tilling the soil, as this can cause erosion. Additionally, they keep cattle for dairy and, from the fermentation of the cow dung use the resulting methane for cooking gas. The slurry
 coming from the gas plant is used as manure in the farm. From the kitchen, organic waste is fed to chickens and goats and also used for composting. And to heat the water, solar energy is used. This sustainable ideology is what allows them to have such a high-quality
 spice garden and farm operation.<br />
<br />
Hints of these spices are everywhere, even in your room, where you’re greeted with a pitcher of sweet cardamom-spiced drinking water and the fresh scent of lemongrass from the natural cleaners.<br />
<br />
<span style="font-weight:bold">A Fragrant Spice Walk </span><br />
<br />
A spice garden tour led by Sinta makes it clear just how large and lush the property is. It takes an hour and half just to go over the main ingredients grown, and I learn a lot about how the plants are used. While black pepper improves digestion and antibacterial
 effects, cinconia treats malaria. Then there’s allspice, which can essentially be used in place of any lacking spice. While ginger works to combat digestive issues and acts as an anti-inflammatory, cinnamon regulates blood sugar and is effective for menstral
 cramps and infertility. And for a powerful antioxidant and cancer-blocking agent. Not only are these natural ingredients curative, they also enhance the spice-rich dishes India is known for. Essentially, I’m walking through the world’s most delicious and fragrant
 medicine cabinet.<br />
<br />
"Here, taste this,” Sinta says, cutting a piece of bark off a tree. I never knew you could eat bark before, but if she says so. "What is it?”<br />
<br />
The taste seems familiar, although like many of the spices we’ve tasted today I can’t quite place it. I know I’ve had it…it reminds me of Christmas…it’s a little spicy…<br />
<br />
"It’s cinnamon,” Sinta smiles, noticing my furrowed brow. "The thumb size branches of cinnamon trees are cut and the bark is peeled and dried. The bark rolls by itself when it is dried.”<br />
<br />
It’s also interesting to see how white, black, green, yellow and red pepper all come from the same plant; it just depends what stage it’s in, whether you peel the skin or if you sun dry it.<br />
<br />
As my boyfriend is diabetic, the insulin leaves also grab my attention. Apparently, if you eat one leaf a day for a year you’ll essentially be cured.<br />
<br />
<span style="font-weight:bold">Cooking In Culture </span><br />
<br />
A cooking demonstration further introduces me to Kerala culture and its delicious dishes. Chef Sudhish starts out by showing the group how to make a Vegetable Makri, which contains about 10&#43; spices: clove, star anise, cinnamon, turmeric, chili, cumin as well
 as cashew nuts, green chilies, onion and garlic. He fries these in vegetable oil along with fresh produce from their onsite garden. We’re also shown how to make tandoori chicken, with bone-in chicken breasts coated in homemade buffalo yogurt, ginger, garlic
 paste, cumin, rock salt and mustard oil before being placed on a giant skewer and stuck into the tandoor oven, set at 480 °C (900 °F).<br />
<br />
<span style="font-weight:bold">Natural Immersion </span><br />
<br />
Not only is Dewalokam rich in organically grown produce and aromatics, but also wildlife, namely birds. A leisurely bamboo rafting trip up the Kaliyar River — enveloped by the Udiki Forest Reserve — immerses me giant banana leaves and thick mangroves as well
 as the calls of the oriole, racket tailed drongo, king fisher, paradise flycatcher and sun bird. On this river there are over 60 bird species, and it’s not uncommon to spot 40 or more in one day.<br />
<br />
That night, dinner is enjoyed outside under the stars, where the very sounds heard on the river can be enjoyed over a local meal. It is a feast of Indian flavors: the tandoor-roasted chicken, the spice-rich maki, a refreshing mint chutney, thin roti, flavorful
 basamti rice and homemade buffalo yogurt as a condiment. For dessert, sticky sweet syrup gowns my taste buds as I bite into a gulab jamun, which tastes like a cinnamon-flavored cake ball drench with maple syrup.<br />
<br />
At breakfast the farm-fresh spice-enhanced foods continues with a plate of garden-picked fruits — banana, papaya, pineapple and watermelon — a spicy masala omelette, toast paired with onsite-harvested honey and homemade pineapple jam, and a tall glass of fresh
 squeezed orange juice. At this point, I feel so healthy and spice fed I probably won’t need to go to the doctor for at least a year.<br />
<br />
<span style="font-weight:bold">Becoming Family </span><br />
<br />
Seeing how your food is made with your own eyes really gives you an appreciation and understanding of it. When you see how it’s prepared and know where the ingredients come from, a dish like chicken tandoori goes from "Hey, this is tasty” to "Wow! The locally
 grown cinnamon gives this a sweet yet spicy flavor while the buffalo yogurt from the very buffalo I pet this morning adds a certain creaminess to the texture.”<br />
<br />
The intimacy of Dewalokam — which has eight guest rooms in the main building and three in the main house — helps me make friends quickly. It’s hard to think about saying goodbye, and I sip my OJ with a heavy heart. Over morning yoga in the garden, rafting trips,
 dips in the river, waterfall hikes and bird-watching excursions strangers become family. And it’s not just with the other guests, but also with Sinta and Jose, as well as their children Tara and Paul, who are always around helping out and making the guests
 laugh. Dewalokam isn’t a tourist attraction or a hotel, it’s a sustainable, delicious and interactive experience.<br />
<br />
This article can also be read at:<br />
<a href="http://www.thedailymeal.com/kerala-culture-organic-farmstay-experience-india" target="_blank">Kerala culture: An organic farmstay experience in India</a></p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>30/04/2014 17:43:18</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/23274/Kerala+culture+An+organic+farmstay+experience+in+India</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">23274</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>23276</publicationdataID>
      <title>India's vibrant colours in town</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p><span style="font-style:italic">The Himalayan​</span>​<br />
<br />
Cultural exchange is one step that is usually taken by countries to further bilateral relationships and foster and strengthen ties. In the same vein, the Indian Embassy in association with BP Koirala India-Nepal Foundation organised an art worshop here for
 six eminent artists from India. Their works have been exhibited at an exhibition titled ‘Exhibition of Indian Art in Nepal’ at the Patan Museum.​<br />
<br />
Artists Laxman Aelay, Nagesh Goud, Anand Panchal, Sudip Roy, Asit Kumar Patnaik and Meghna Agarwal have found space for their creations in this historic place.​<br />
<br />
As the title of the exhibition suggests, one gets a taste of the vibrant Indian way of living in the exhibition where people, surroundings, nature and more dominate as the artists’ motifs.​<br />
<br />
Goud’s painting is that of an owl against a metallic silver background. However, Goud’s owl is not any ordinary owl — he has carefully used intricate designs on the owl instead of feathers in vibrant colours like black, orange, gold, blue and more. The eyes
 of the owl seems to have a soul of its own, one that touches your heart and makes it look alive.​<br />
<br />
Roy’s abstract painting has a mirror in the middle of a huge canvas to give a realistic touch. On each side of the canvas, he has created various patterns in colours like black, blue, orange, green, gold and more. About his work Roy expresses, "Everything is
 realistic for an artist and using a mirror makes my art realistic as I have tried to capture contemporary time where there will be a reflection of the present viewer.”​<br />
<br />
Aelay’s work is a realistic reflection of rural life. One of his paintings has a village settlement in the backdrop and the bust of a man and woman in the foreground.​<br />
<br />
About the reason for the exhibition Abhay Kumar, Head, Press Information and culture of India Embassy shares, "The workshop and exhibition is a chance for Indian artists to explore Nepali traditional art and culture and to get inspired by the beautiful things
 in Nepal.”​<br />
<br />
As such Goud was mesmerised by the architectural beauty of Kathamandu.The exhibition that continues till May 1.​<br />
<br />
<span style="font-weight:bold">​This article can also be read at:</span>​<br />
<a href="http://www.thehimalayantimes.com/fullNews.php?headline=India's&#43;vibrant&#43;colours&#43;&#43;in&#43;town&amp;NewsID=413301​" target="_blank">India's vibrant colours in town</a></p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>30/04/2014 17:50:55</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/23276/Indias+vibrant+colours+in+town</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">23276</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>23247</publicationdataID>
      <title>India, get ready for the growth mojo</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p><span style="font-style:italic">Financial Times/ by Surjit Bhalla </span><br />
<br />
I’m a natural optimist, but there are still plenty of good reasons to be positive about India’s growth, even if May’s election does not go the way polls suggest. Perhaps the best way to appreciate this is just to assume that this is not one of the most important
 polls in India’s democratic lifetime. What would you expect to happen? For starters: the normal improvements of the business cycle.<br />
<br />
This means inflation is set to decline from its lofty and sustained 10 per cent plus levels, down to earth levels below 7 per cent. To put this in context, the Reserve Bank of India (RBI) has signalled a consumer inflation target of 8 percent by December, even
 though the seasonally adjusted annualised rate for the first quarter of this year is already just a minimal 4.4 per cent.<br />
<br />
To miss the RBI’s target, consumer prices will now have to leap by more than 9.2 per cent during the rest of this year. It might happen, but that would go against thirty years of data, and the last decade in particular.<br />
<br />
Take government procurement prices of food grains, the major cause of administered food inflation in India, which rise with a one year lag. These rose at an average of 13.5 per cent between 2007 and 2012. But in 2013, they rose at less than half that rate,
 meaning food inflation is highly unlikely to top 7 per cent this year. As a result, the RBI target will be met comfortably.<br />
<br />
Put another way, this means interest rates are now also unlikely to be raised further, moving down sometime in 2014. And there is even better news for the business cycle in terms of industrial production, which has averaged less than 0 per cent over the last
 three years.<br />
<br />
Over the decade to 2010, industrial growth averaged 8.2 per cent; for the previous twenty years, 7.7 per cent. Regardless of rising global competition or worries over emerging markets, India’s industrial slump must have bottomed out — even before accounting
 for rising global growth, which has returned, if not to pre-2007 boom levels, then to a respectable 4.8 percent, increasing demand for exports.<br />
<br />
All of these interrelated factors help to explain why the rupee now sits at a respectable Rs 60 to the US dollar, which adjusting for productivity and inflation, puts it within 1 per cent of its value a decade ago. At that time, global growth had not become
 exuberant or irrational, and Indian exports and growth were buoyant. So there is little reason to think that the rupee needs to depreciate much beyond this levels for exports (and indeed growth) to get their mojo back.<br />
<br />
Simply re-finding that mojo would mean something in the region of 6.5 to 7 percent growth. But all of this is without incorporating any of the possible effects of the new political order that may arrive if polls are correct in forecasting a debacle for the
 Sonia Gandhi’s Congress-led government — and a victory for Narendra Modi’s economically right-of-centre Bharatiya Janata party.<br />
<br />
Assuming this does happen, it remains to be seen whether that new order would be Reagan or Thatcheresque, but whatever happens it is likely to be significantly to the right of the heavily populist incumbents. Given economic policies matter for growth, a reasonable
 assumption is that firm reformist policies could then add a further 1 to 2 percent to the economy. And this means that India’s actual and potential GDP growth will both be aligned at around 8 percent, after a gap of three years.<br />
<br />
Of course, this forecast is dependent on what is euphemistically called a "stable government” — which is shorthand for the Congress getting below 100 seats and Modi and only his pre-poll allies picking up the 272 required for a simple majority. In this scenario,
 horses will not need to be traded post- election, to tempt other regional parties into a wider, and less stable, coalition government.<br />
<br />
Even with India’s under-appreciated underlying economic strength, this is clearly the most favourable scenario — and one that could also signal the end of the Congress party’s ruling Nehru-Gandhi dynasty.<br />
<br />
There is an old adage: "from shirtsleeves to shirtsleeves in three generations”. Rahul Gandhi is the fifth generation of his family’s line; so, statistically, its end is long overdue. But for Indian growth, it can’t come soon enough.<br />
<br />
<span style="font-style:italic">(The views expressed above are the personal views of the writer)
</span><br />
<br />
<span style="font-weight:bold">This article can also be read at:</span><br />
<a href=" http://blogs.ft.com/beyond-brics/2014/04/24/guest-post-india-get-ready-for-the-growth-mojo/" target="_blank">India, get ready for the growth mojo</a></p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>24/04/2014 17:51:39</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/23247/India+get+ready+for+the+growth+mojo</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">23247</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>23243</publicationdataID>
      <title>Britain should learn from India’s family values</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p><span style="font-style:italic">Telegraph/ by Anjana Ahuja</span><br />
<br />
The memories of my first trip to India are vivid – how the sun burnt my skin, how the Delhi dust scratched my throat and how beggars lined the street. And how I spent much of that summer holiday crouched on stone floors at my father’s command, touching the
 feet of elderly relatives as a mark of respect, in compliance with Indian custom. Only on completion of this ritual, which my parents and brother also performed, could the chai and samosas be served.<br />
<br />
Such podiatric reverence was probably not uppermost in Simon Hughes’s mind when he cited African and Asian families as models of how the young should look after the old. Rather than "forcing” the elderly into care homes where their main companion is a television
 set, the Liberal Democrat justice minister railed, British families should seek to emulate the example of immigrant families who "look after their families to the end”.<br />
<br />
It is true that the circle of care, at least in Indian families, embraces all generations. When we speak of family, we do not limit its meaning to spouses and children. By family, we mean the "wider family” that Hughes invoked: parents, grandparents, siblings,
 cousins, even second cousins and in-laws. And, in the pecking order, age is the determinant of veneration.<br />
<br />
When I was at primary school, I remember my parents encouraging me to befriend a lonely, elderly neighbour, perhaps out of guilt that I didn’t have any grandparents in Britain. With the impeccable logic of an eight-year-old, I remember thinking that this frail
 white-haired lady was simply too old to have any family or friends, and so I used to knock on her door once a week on the way home from school, for conversation and biscuits.<br />
<br />
Values stated repeatedly in childhood have a habit of creeping unchecked into the soul: when my husband and I moved house in 2009, I remember mentally drawing up plans, quite spontaneously, of how the ground floor could be converted into a granny flat when
 the time comes. With luck, it won’t be soon: my seventysomething mother is still sprightly enough to babysit our two young children, even though the journey takes her an hour each way (the idea that I could pay a neighbouring stranger to look after them baffles
 her). My children delight in the fact that they share around 25 per cent of their DNA with her, including the chocolate-loving gene.<br />
<br />
One of my closest childhood friends, also from a middle-class Indian family and now a senior figure in the NHS, entrusted the care of her infant children not to a nursery or a nanny but to her retired parents.<br />
<br />
This is a simple familial transaction built on the idea of sacrifice. My friend’s parents sacrificed their early retirement to look after their grandchildren (saving her a fortune in nursery fees), while my friend and her husband clawed their way to prestigious,
 high-earning positions. Every domestic decision was made, jointly, with a view to helping the youngest generation to thrive and be more successful than the generation before. I have no doubt that my friend will return the favour when the time comes.<br />
<br />
And the time will, of course, come. The circle of care will need completing; the young will have to look after the old. This is going to be a serious challenge for people like me – the sons and daughters of immigrants who came to these shores in the Sixties.<br />
<br />
Our parents are hitting old age and we can’t bear the thought of dumping them in care homes. But we don’t live in cavernous houses in developing countries, where labour is cheap and willing cousins are bountiful. We live in small families in modest homes, in
 set-ups where often both partners have careers and therefore less time to do any caring at all.<br />
<br />
Sometimes, our jobs take us far from our parents. With our children dependent on us well into adulthood, and elderly parents living for longer, it is my generation of British-born immigrants – the sandwiched group in middle age – that is going to find it hard
 to meet the cultural obligation that Mr Hughes and others so admire.<br />
<br />
But an obligation it absolutely remains. So, many of us will opt for what is grandly called multi-generational living. A whole building industry is springing up around this in the US, coincidentally driven by ethnic-minority communities wishing to reside alongside
 their ageing parents. Fancy new developments boast features such as "in-law suites” and private entrances for each generation, reconciling the competing needs for closeness and privacy.<br />
<br />
In this country, where land and property are more expensive, I suspect Indian parents will sell up and plough the money into granny annexes or the purchase of bigger houses, so that generations can live side by side. With a little luck, tempered with love and
 sacrifice, I hope that when the time comes, we’ll muddle through, with Mum eating chocolate – and the kids respectfully touching her feet.<br />
<br />
(The views expressed above are the personal views of the author)<br />
<br />
<span style="font-weight:bold">This article can also be read at:</span><br />
<a href="http://www.telegraph.co.uk/news/worldnews/asia/india/10780181/Britain-should-learn-from-Indias-family-values.html" target="_blank">Britain should learn from India’s family values</a></p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>23/04/2014 15:35:12</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/23243/Britain+should+learn+from+Indias+family+values</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">23243</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>23248</publicationdataID>
      <title>Pakistani boy, aged two, saved by vital liver transplant at Delhi hospital</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p><span style="font-style:italic">Daily Mail/ byHeena Kausar </span><br />
<br />
For Pakistani toddler Nalain Aziz, who underwent a successful liver transplant at a private hospital in the Capital, the new lease of life was the best birthday gift.<br />
<br />
He will return to Lahore to celebrate his second birthday on April 26.<br />
<br />
Aziz, incidentally, is also the 500th Pakistani citizen to have undergone a liver transplant in Delhi's Indraprastha Apollo hospital.<br />
<br />
Born with a medical condition called 'biliary atresia' in which there is no connection between the liver and intestine, Aziz developed jaundice seven days after birth and had spent most of his life in hospitals.<br />
<br />
He was suffering from end-stage liver failure, jaundice and had started throwing up blood, when local doctors advised his parents to get him treated in India.<br />
<br />
"We are very happy with the treatment. He first underwent an operation at the age of two-and-half months in Pakistan. Even after that operation we had to admit him to hospital every time his condition worsened. But now he is perfectly fine and will turn two
 on April 26. We are excited to celebrate the day," said Aziz's father Shoaib, an engineer.<br />
<br />
A part of the liver donated by Aziz's mother was transplanted in a 10-hour-long surgery, doctors said.<br />
<br />
"Aziz's blood group matched with his mother from whom we took 25 per cent of her liver and transplanted it. Aziz is healthy now and can leave for Lahore. The success rate in such cases is 90 per cent," said Anupam Sibal, group medical director of Apollo Hospitals.<br />
<br />
"Biliary atresia is seen in one in 10,000 babies worldwide," Sibal added.<br />
<br />
Doctors said that there were no complications in this case and Aziz's parents will only have to send them reports of his monthly medical tests.<br />
<br />
"He won't any complications and routine tests will be done for few months. However, like all liver-transplant patients, he will have to be on medication for life," added Sibal.<br />
<br />
Doctors said Aziz was the 500th Pakistani patient to have undergone a liver transplant at the hospital.<br />
<br />
"We have conducted 500 liver transplants for patients from Pakistan since 2003. Over a hundred were conducted in the last one year," said Sibal.<br />
<br />
<span style="font-style:italic">(The views expressed above are the personal views of the writer)
</span><br />
<span style="font-weight:bold"><br />
This article may also be read at:</span><br />
<a href="http://www.dailymail.co.uk/indiahome/indianews/article-2611498/Pakistani-boy-aged-two-saved-vital-liver-transplant-Delhi-hospital.html" target="_blank">Pakistani boy, aged two, saved by vital liver transplant at Delhi hospital</a></p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>24/04/2014 17:56:20</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/23248/Pakistani+boy+aged+two+saved+by+vital+liver+transplant+at+Delhi</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">23248</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>23249</publicationdataID>
      <title>In India, election officials brave hungry crocodiles to reach voters</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p><span style="font-style:italic">The Wall Street Journal/ by Biman Mukherji and Shefali Anand</span><br />
<br />
<span style="font-style:italic">Government Goes to Extraordinary Lengths in Largely Rural and Infrastructure-Challenged Country</span><br />
<br />
The midday sun was blazing when Biswajit Roy, a middle-aged Indian high-school teacher, gingerly pulled himself, and two voting machines, into a modified dugout canoe.<br />
<br />
His mission: Traverse crocodile-infested mangrove swamps, cross a stretch of open sea and then hike through a jungle to the remote village of Hanspuri so its 261 voters could cast ballots in India's national elections.<br />
<br />
"When I got my orders, I was thunderstruck," said Mr. Roy, 41 years old, an election officer in the Andaman and Nicobar Islands.<br />
<br />
India is the world's largest democracy, with 814.5 million registered voters. When election time rolls around, the government and its foot soldiers go to extraordinary lengths to make sure that citizens in this largely rural and infrastructure-challenged country
 can participate.<br />
<br />
Put another way, the national elections trigger the world's biggest obstacle course for some Indian election officials.<br />
<br />
Nearly six million poll workers, many of them teachers like Mr. Roy or other government employees, are protected by 11 million police and soldiers as they fan out across the country. Their routes take them through the soaring Himalayan mountains of Ladakh in
 the north and the tiny Lakshadweep islands in the Arabian Sea to the south.<br />
<br />
Poll workers travel with camel caravans to reach settlements in the deserts of Rajasthan. In Meghalaya in the northeast, election officials recently had to contend with a herd of wild elephants that blocked the way to two polling stations. Eventually, forest
 rangers came to the rescue.<br />
<br />
"While we are dealing with 814 million voters, there is equal emphasis on one vote," said S.Y. Quraishi, India's former chief election commissioner. Even in a place where there is a single voter, his or her ballot "cannot be ignored."<br />
<br />
Election rules say there must be a polling station within two kilometers of every residential community. Earlier this month, in northeastern Arunachal Pradesh, polling officials trekked five hours through a forest carrying a 10-plus-pound polling machine to
 reach a settlement with just two voters near the Chinese border.<br />
<br />
Few territories, however, pose as many challenges as the Andaman and Nicobar archipelago, whose more than 550 islands, many of them heavily forested, lie 1,200 kilometers from the Indian mainland. The British used to exile political prisoners here during colonial
 rule.<br />
<br />
Mr. Roy, whose day job is teaching civics to high school seniors in the town of Rangat on Middle Andaman island, said he was shocked when the polling assignments were unsealed on April 9 and he found out he would be leading a party to Hanspuri.<br />
<br />
It's "one of the remotest areas in the Andamans," Mr. Roy said. "We were born in the Andamans, but had never been there."<br />
<br />
Other election teams had; but because the government rotates their assignments, there is no prescribed route.<br />
<br />
From Mayabunder, there are basically two ways to get to Hanspuri. Going overland would require hacking through dense jungle filled with snakes and across the mountain ridges that serrate North Andaman island—all while carrying the polling machines and other
 equipment in backpacks.<br />
<br />
The more practical water route—through the mangrove forests and up the coast—has its own risks, among them: hungry crocodiles and the risk of capsizing. Mr. Roy isn't a strong swimmer and was worried about the seaworthiness of the dugout. Nevertheless, the
 team pressed on.<br />
<br />
So one Wednesday earlier this month, Mr. Roy along with two teachers, a government errand runner and a security team, clambered down the bank below a high concrete bridge in Mayabunder. They lifted their supplies and then themselves into two canoes.<br />
<br />
"With a prayer on our lips, we got aboard," Mr. Roy said. "We were petrified."<br />
<br />
Election officials don't take the risks lightly. Equipped with rescue boats and other fallbacks, they prepare for all kinds of mishaps, including earthquakes and tsunamis. "We've taken care of every possible eventuality that we can think of," said Rina Ray,
 chief electoral officer for the Andaman &amp; Nicobar islands.<br />
<br />
After a journey of more than three hours across the water, Mr. Roy's overheated team disembarked at a muddy clearing. Phase two of the journey required lugging the two voting machines—a precaution in case one malfunctioned—as well as water, food and camping
 gear to the village.<br />
<br />
On sections of the path carved out in the jungle by villagers, the poll workers and their escorts had to walk in single file over makeshift bridges roughly the width of gymnastics balance beams.<br />
<br />
Once they reached Hanspuri, a village of thatched-roof houses and palm trees inhabited largely by migrants from the impoverished eastern state of Jharkhand, the election workers collapsed. Some slept. Later, they set up voting booths for the next day's elections,
 which would start at 7 a.m.<br />
<br />
Among those voting was Abinas Hujoor, 23. He said he had come back to Hanspuri, where he is registered, from Mayabunder, where he worked as a day laborer on a construction site, to cast his ballot.<br />
<br />
Although he declined to say which way he voted, he said he wanted a government that would bring prosperity to the area. "I hope this leads to some development in our village," he said.<br />
<br />
Sunita Tappo, 30, who moved to Hanspuri around a decade ago after getting married to a local man, wants infrastructure. "They need to give us a road and make it easier for us to travel," said Ms. Tappo, who journeys three to four hours on foot to a market where
 she sells the lentils and rice her family grows.<br />
<br />
Some villagers were skeptical that the elections would change anything. Manohar Topo, a 50-year-old rice farmer, said: "Political leaders always come and promise lots of things, but they do nothing." Still, he said, "Everybody urges us to vote, so we do exercise
 our right."<br />
<br />
By the time the polls closed at 6 p.m., 209 of the village's 261 registered voters, or 80%, had turned out.<br />
<br />
Low tide in the evening meant that the polling party had to spend another night in Hanspuri. Policemen stayed up all night to guard the voting machines. The group set out for the return trip at first light.<br />
<br />
A few miles into the trip, however, Mr. Roy lost sight of the second boat and ordered his craft to turn back. The boat's propeller had hit something, leaving it adrift. All the passengers had to climb into the single functioning dugout. Overloaded and low in
 the water, it finally pulled into Mayabunder around 8:30 a.m.<br />
<br />
Mr. Roy, a veteran of national polls in 1998, 1999, 2005 and 2009, delivered the voting machines to the district election headquarters with relief. "In all my years," he said, "this by far was the toughest."<br />
<br />
<span style="font-style:italic">(The views expressed above are the personal views of the writer)</span><br />
<br />
<span style="font-weight:bold">This article can also be read at: </span><br />
<a href="http://online.wsj.com/news/articles/SB10001424052702303626804579505710305318136?mg=reno64-wsj&amp;url=http://online.wsj.com/article/SB10001424052702303626804579505710305318136.html" target="_blank">In India, election officials brave hungry crocodiles to
 reach voters</a></p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>24/04/2014 18:08:12</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/23249/In+India+election+officials+brave+hungry+crocodiles+to+reach+voters</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">23249</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>23233</publicationdataID>
      <title>Lender to Women Leads Push to Get Poor to Banks in India</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p><span style="font-style:italic">Bloomberg/ by Pradipta Mukherjee and Anto Antony</span><br />
<br />
Bandhan Financial Services Pvt., India’s first microlender to get a banking permit, said deposits will help lower funding costs as it expands into credit for companies to sustain profits as a bank.<br />
<br />
Closely held Bandhan, India’s largest microlender by outstanding loans, could cut its lending rate at least three percentage points by using deposits instead of bank credit to fund loans, Chairman C.S. Ghosh said in an interview.<br />
<br />
"When we’re a bank, we can give loans to small and medium-sized enterprises as well as mobilize deposits,” said Ghosh, 53, who’s still forging the new strategy for Kolkata-based Bandhan. "Even if costs of operations go up as a bank, the loan amount will go
 up, so automatically it will be balanced out.”<br />
<br />
Bandhan lends as little as 1,000 rupees ($16.5) at interest rates ranging from 12 percent to 22.9 percent to women borrowers, aiming to help the rural poor avoid exploitation by money lenders in the shadow finance industry. Those risks even prompted a newspaper
 to reject a recruitment advertisement from Bandhan three months ago, on concern the company may not be a genuine microlender, Ghosh said.<br />
<br />
"The biggest challenge Bandhan faces is a lack of awareness,” he said in the April 15 interview at his office. "That perception is changing after getting the banking license.”<br />
<br />
<span style="font-weight:bold">Beating Billionaires </span><br />
<br />
The lender this month beat applicants such as companies controlled by billionaires Anil Ambani and Kumar Mangalam Birla to the license from the Reserve Bank of India, as RBI Governor Raghuram Rajan prioritizes financial inclusion.<br />
<br />
IDFC Ltd. (IDFC), India’s largest lender to road projects, also got a permit, the first such approvals in more than a decade. The S&amp;P BSE Bankex index, a gauge of 12 Indian lenders, has gained 14 percent this year, compared with a 7.8 percent increase in the
 benchmark S&amp;P BSE Sensex.<br />
<br />
Bandhan’s net income rose 15 percent to 2 billion rupees in the year ended March 2013, Ghosh said. Its current cost of funds is 13 percent, compared with other banks’ base rate of about 10 percent, he said.<br />
<br />
"The issue is, how I can reduce the lending rate for the poor?” Ghosh said. "Reaching them is expensive. Bandhan is paying a large amount to banks to borrow the money we lend to poor people. The cost of funds which gets reduced and that benefit I can pass on
 to my customers.”<br />
<br />
The microlender’s loan book amounted to about 62 billion rupees across more than 5 million, mainly female, borrowers as of March, according to Ghosh. The average loan is 10,000 rupees, and 99.5 percent of credit is repaid, he said. Bandhan must become a bank
 by October 2015 under the RBI’s terms.<br />
<br />
<span style="font-weight:bold">‘Financially Viable’ </span><br />
<br />
"About 80 percent of our customers don’t have a bank account and the remaining don’t bank regularly,” Ghosh said. "We’re in a good position for a banking license because we already have branches in rural areas. We have already proved that ours is a good, financially
 viable model. And for financial inclusion, we are in a good position.”<br />
<br />
Bandhan was founded in 2001 to help alleviate poverty and empower women, according to the company’s website. Five years later, Bangladeshi microlender Grameen Bank and its founder Muhammad Yunus shared the Nobel Peace Price, boosting the industry’s profile.<br />
<br />
World Bank estimates show that more than two-thirds of India’s 1.2 billion people live on less than $2 per day, and just 35 percent of adults have accounts at financial institutions, compared with 64 percent in China.<br />
<br />
<span style="font-weight:bold">Group Model </span><br />
<br />
A Bandhan borrower is typically inducted into a group of 10 to 20 female peers, two of whom must sign as guarantors in the loan application along with the client’s husband. The group approach is for "solidarity” and "peer pressure” to ensure repayments, the
 microlender said.<br />
<br />
The group model sanctions loans of as much 50,000 rupees, Ghosh said. Another approach of extending credit of as much as 500,000 rupees to individuals began three years ago, he said. Ghosh said he’s assessing whether the group model will work when Bandhan is
 a bank.<br />
<br />
"Bandhan’s existing branch network will help them to garner deposits,” said Arindam Saha, a Kolkata-based analyst at Credit Analysis &amp; Research Ltd. "But the company will have to go through a structural transformation and set aside money for various statutory
 reserves. Scaling up infrastructure and revamping human resources will need investment.”<br />
<br />
Credit Analysis &amp; Research assesses Bandhan’s ability to repay debt at A&#43;, an investment-grade rating. Saha said that will be reviewed once the microlender finalizes its business model as a bank.<br />
<br />
<span style="font-weight:bold">Rural Costs </span><br />
<br />
Bandhan was the largest micro-finance institution in the country in December by outstanding loans, followed by SKS Microfinance Ltd., data compiled by industry body Microfinance Institutions Network shows.<br />
<br />
India has struggled to spur the expansion of banking services for the more than 800 million of its population living in the countryside.<br />
<br />
Expenses deter commercial banks, with the cost of service delivery as high as 10 to 12 times the revenue potential of the marginal customer, the Boston Consulting Group estimates.<br />
<br />
A microfinance company’s cost of operations, such as infrastructure and staff expenses, would surge upon becoming a bank, said Sanjay Arya, executive director at Kolkata-based United Bank of India, a lender to Bandhan.<br />
<br />
<span style="font-weight:bold">Branch Network </span><br />
<br />
Ghosh said Bandhan is considering a recruitment drive to attract people with banking expertise and has begun training existing staff to give them the new skills they require.<br />
<br />
The RBI in 2013 issued rules that force banks to open one in four of their branches in communities with less than 10,000 people. India has just 11.4 commercial branches per 100,000 people, compared with 35.3 in the U.S. and 47.3 in Brazil, the International
 Monetary Fund’s Financial Access Survey shows.<br />
<br />
"Banks don’t think poor people are credit-worthy,” said Ghosh. "We started as a micro-credit organization. We have a model which is financially viable. Our total operation will shift to banking. We would like to provide all financial services to all our existing
 customers, and to other customers who aren’t currently our borrowers.”<br />
<span style="font-style:italic"><br />
(The views expressed above are the personal views of the writer)</span><br />
<br />
<span style="font-weight:bold">This article may also be read at: </span><br />
<a href="http://www.bloomberg.com/news/2014-04-21/lender-to-women-leads-push-to-get-poor-to-banks-in-india.html" target="_blank">Lender to Women Leads Push to Get Poor to Banks in India</a></p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>22/04/2014 17:46:16</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/23233/Lender+to+Women+Leads+Push+to+Get+Poor+to+Banks+in+India</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">23233</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>23234</publicationdataID>
      <title>The silicon coast of India</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p><span style="font-style:italic">The Financial Express/ by Rajesh Ravi </span><br />
<br />
The formation of a telecom startup incubator in April 2012 seems to have done the magic for Kerala, a state that has so often missed the bus when it comes to investment and technology. Jointly promoted by the Kerala government and private investors, the Startup
 Village in suburban Kochi is attracting eager youngsters in hordes and one of its projects could well turn out be the next billion-dollar technology company from India. The Startup Village receives more than 150 applications every month, which is a far cry
 from the status before 2012. The state had only 20 startups in the period 2006-09. The Startup Village has more than 1,500 applicants, of which 532 are supported as on January 2013. The most interesting part is that 188 of these are student startups. Amidst
 a backdrop infamous for red tape and trade unionism, the emerging scenario is encouraging.
<br />
<br />
The success of the incubator has surprised many, as the state is known for its bad investment climate and inadequate support system. Youngsters have traditionally opted for academics and took up jobs, as the culture of entrepreneurship was almost non-existent.
 Things are changing and Kerala is on the cusp of transformation, feels Sanjay Vijayakumar, chairman of the Startup Village. "When we founded MobME (Mobile Media &amp; Entertainment) in 2006, it was the first incubated company in Technopark, Thiruvananthapuram.
 People thought we were crazy. Things have changed in the last few years and now youngsters believe that they can do something great in Kerala. Maybe develop a world-class company like Google. There is fire in their bellies and the ecosystem is the best,” he
 says. He adds that two dozen companies in the Startup Village are already funded and ready for the next stage.
<br />
<br />
Young entrepreneurs are confident and are getting much-required support, which includes mentoring from successful entrepreneurs like Kris Gopalakrishnan and Asha Jadeja Motwani. In fact, Kris Gopalakrishnan of Infosys is the chief mentor of the Startup Village,
 and Asha Jadeja tells us that everything she has seen about the Startup Village promises to bring an exciting and cutting-edge new culture of entrepreneurship in Kerala.
<br />
<br />
Abhinav Sree, co-founder of two startups—Innoz (offline search engine) and Springr (platform for artists)—feels it is a great time for entrepreneurs. "There are angels and institutions looking for brilliant ideas to invest in. Right from Technopark TBI, incubators
 in college to Startup Village and TiE Kerala, we have a great support. <br />
<br />
<span style="font-style:italic">(The views expressed above are the personal views of the writer)
</span><br />
<br />
<span style="font-weight:bold">This article may also be read at: </span><br />
<a href="http://www.financialexpress.com/news/the-silicon-coast-of-india/1242694" target="_blank">The silicon coast of India</a></p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>22/04/2014 17:50:11</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/23234/The+silicon+coast+of+India</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">23234</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>23215</publicationdataID>
      <title>India leads world, makes CSR mandatory</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p><span style="font-style:italic">Eurasia Review/ by Gajanan Khergamker</span><br />
<br />
Just before the world’s largest democracy went to the polls, India made Corporate Social Responsibility mandatory for corporates. Now, corporates in India have to match the efforts of the State and Non-Governmental Organisations (NGOs) in initiating activities
 for the economic growth of the underprivileged and similarly marginalised groups as well as social causes like animal welfare and environment.<br />
<br />
From April 1, 2014, it has become legally binding for companies in India to be "socially responsible”. Section 135 of the new Companies Act 2013, reads with the CSR Rules makes it mandatory for companies, meeting certain criteria, to set aside two per cent
 of their net profits for undertaking and promoting socially beneficial activities and projects in India. To implement this, the Ministry of Corporate Affairs (MCA) recently issued the CSR Rules, 2014, to implement this legislative mandate, which came into
 effect on April 1, 2014.<br />
<br />
Every company with a net worth of at least Rs 500 crore, or a minimum turnover of Rs 1,000 crore, or a minimum net profit of Rs 5 crore, has to constitute a CSR committee dedicated to undertake initiatives such as promoting women’s empowerment, improving maternal
 health, education, gender equality or ensuring environmental sustainability.<br />
<br />
However, the new CSR regime isn’t as simple as it seems. There are issues which will need to be analysed and addressed before we ascertain the true intention of the legislation.<br />
<br />
Areas of doubt in the new CSR Regime<br />
<br />
In creating exclusions from net profit, the CSR rules provides the profits of a branch of an Indian company located outside India cannot be merged into the profits of the parent company for the purpose of computing the two per cent contribution. In contravention
 of the very mandate of Section 135, the exclusion is, to that extent, ultra vires.<br />
<br />
Also, the law does not treat foreign companies differently and includes foreign companies doing business in India whether by themselves, or through an agent or even electronically.<br />
<br />
The list of CSR activities provided in the rules seems illustrative and not exhaustive. It however suggests the scheduled activities ‘alone’ will be considered for the purpose of CSR. Now, whether or not social activities falling outside the purview of the
 schedule form a part of CSR activities or not still remains doubtful.<br />
<br />
The Act provides that, for CSR spending, a company should give preference to the "local area in which it operates”. This has given rise to another ambiguity. If a company has more than one operational office in the same city or zone, how should it distribute
 its CSR spending? What will matter in law, the location of its manufacturing unit or the location of its corporate headquarters?<br />
<br />
In excluding contributions directly or indirectly made to a political party from the scope of CSR activity, the law has overlooked contributions made to institutions affiliated with one or more politicians or those located in a constituency represented by a
 politician who has some form of regulatory supervision or leverage over the entity. Also, with regard to entities being under the trusteeship or office of a politician, the law remains ambiguous.<br />
<br />
By law, CSR activities cannot be undertaken ‘only’ for the benefit of the employees and their families. Did the legislation mean "primarily” or "exclusively” benefiting employees? Because, if the legislation meant "primarily”, then any activity which benefits
 one’s employees, and is extended to other marginalised groups cannot be considered as CSR for the said purpose.<br />
<br />
In the Direct Taxes Code 2013, where deduction for CSR expenditure in backward regions and districts is concerned, the CSR expenditure cannot be allowed as a business deduction as it is an application of income. Allowing deduction for CSR expenditure would
 imply that the government would be contributing one third of this expenditure as revenue foregone.<br />
<br />
Was A Law Needed?<br />
<br />
Look at the Hurun India Philanthropy List which is a ranking of 31 Indians who donated more than Rs. 10 crore (equivalent to USD 1.6 million) in cash or cash equivalent during April 1, 2012 till March 31, 2013.<br />
<br />
IT tycoon Azim Hashim Premji emerges as the most generous Indian with a donation of Rs. 8,000 crore in the past year. Education was the most important area for the Indian philanthropists with a total contribution of Rs. 12,200 crore.<br />
<br />
It was followed by social development (Rs. 1,210 crore), healthcare (Rs. 1,065 crore), rural development (Rs. 565 crore), environmental cause (Rs. 170 crore) and agriculture (Rs. 40 crore). HCL group Chairman Shiv Nadar is the second highest contributor in
 the list with a donation of Rs. 3,000 crore.<br />
<br />
The Shiv Nadar Foundation, which completed 20 years in philanthropy this year, works towards educational initiatives and expansion programmes, directly benefiting 15,000 students across India.<br />
<br />
The Wipro chairman who has personally has donated 8.7 per cent from his personal stock holding in Wipro as endowment for the Azim Premji Foundation and has gone on to pledge more has publically opposed the mandated spending of 2 per cent of a company’s profits
 on corporate social responsibility (CSR) related activities.<br />
<br />
While his primary worry remains that, "the stipulation should not become a tax at a later stage,” he feels "spending two per cent on CSR is a lot, especially for companies that are trying to scale up in these difficult times. It must not be imposed.” More importantly,
 he insisted that a distinction should be made between personal philanthropy and CSR, which is a company activity.<br />
<br />
While India has taken the initiative to the social initiative regime in the world, the concept of social and economic initiatives being a responsibility of the corporates has been gaining popularity all over the world.<br />
And The Rest Follow<br />
<br />
The Financial Reporting Council in the United Kingdom is in the process of introducing guidelines for disclosures regarding environmental, social and governance (ESG) issues by a company. These would finally replace the existing ‘business review’ section of
 annual reports, and companies would be required to provide complete disclosure about their business activities, including social efforts.<br />
<br />
The European Parliament’s Legal Affairs Committee has approved draft legislation on corporate non-financial reporting that require some companies to disclose information about their environmental, social and employee-related impact, as well as their diversity
 policy.<br />
<br />
The CSR regime in India is in a nascent stage and there will be hitches, and a lot of fine-tuning will be required before we hit the perfect balance. What is commendable is the spirit with which India has made her corporates socially responsible and in that,
 led the world’s most developed nations.<br />
<br />
<span style="font-weight:bold">(The views expressed above are the personal views of the author)</span><br />
<br />
<span style="font-weight:bold">This article can also be read at:</span><br />
<a href="http://www.eurasiareview.com/18042014-india-leads-world-makes-csr-mandatory-oped/" target="_blank">India leads world, makes CSR mandatory</a></p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>21/04/2014 10:15:39</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/23215/India+leads+world+makes+CSR+mandatory</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">23215</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>23216</publicationdataID>
      <title>Why world’s biggest carnival of democracy matters</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p><span style="font-style:italic">The Jakarta Globe/ by Manish Chand</span><br />
<br />
The world’s biggest carnival of democracy is in full flow. It’s a carnival in every sense of the word — in terms of sheer drama, spectacle and color, along with all that hurly-burly and exuberant noise, the parliamentary elections in India have set new benchmarks
 that are hard to match anywhere else in the world.<br />
<br />
The statistics are staggering and overwhelm the imagination: 814.5 million Indians in a country of 1.2 billion people are eligible to vote in the 16th Lok Sabha election that is being held in nine phases across India from April 7-May 12. The size of the electorate
 — every adult Indian who is 18 (as on Jan. 1, 2014) is free to choose his representative — exceeds the total population of the 28-nation European Union the US and South Asia minus India.<br />
<br />
Around 100 million people have been added to the voters’ roll since the last elections in 2009. And here are some more factoids that are truly mind-boggling: this year, there are 919,452 polling stations in which 814.5 million registered voters will use 1,878,306
 electronic voting machines to choose candidates fielded by over 300 political parties.<br />
<br />
The logistics of organizing the elections on this scale are truly awe-inspiring, but the Election Commission of India (ECI), an autonomous constitutional body known for unimpeachable standards of integrity, has more than risen to the occasion to ensure free,
 fair and credible elections over 67 years of India’s independence. This year, the ECI has deployed around 11 million-plus personnel to ensure the world’s largest democratic exercise goes off without a hitch. The ECI has also been proactive in organizing a
 string of awareness campaigns, roping in celebrities, to exhort Indians to exercise their franchise "in an informed and ethical manner” and treat voting as their sacred duty in the service of democracy.<br />
<br />
The Lok Sabha elections in India, held every five years unless a mid-term poll is forced upon the nation due to compelling circumstances, are without doubt a stupendous blockbuster of democracy, a celebration of argumentative Indians and a veritable feast of
 pomp and polemics. Above all, the elections, based on universal adult franchise, is a great leveler in so far as all adult Indians above 18, be it a celebrity billionaire or an anonymous penniless bard, have one vote each to decide the fate of their aspiring
 rulers.<br />
<br />
The global interest in the 2014 elections in India is without parallel, and for a reason: given India’s growing diplomatic profile and the country’s increasing intertwining with the global economy, the world has a stake in who gets to rule India and what he
 or she stands for. The electoral arena this time is qualitatively different, and has come to resemble personality-oriented presidential-style campaigning: competing for the hearts and minds of over 800 million Indians are a former tea-seller turned political
 star of the Bharatiya Janata Party (BJP), the heir-apparent of India’s longest-running political dynasty representing the ruling Congress-led coalition and a maverick engineer-turned-anti-corruption crusader who aspires to change the old status quo politics
 of privilege that has been practiced in this country for much of its independent history.<br />
<br />
One can understand journalists following the Indian elections with all the professional rigor and fervor they can muster, but this time round a new genre of election tourism is shaping up. Touted as the "Kumbh Mela” of the world’s largest democracy, tourism
 industry impresarios and managers are offering election-themed holiday packages to foreign tourists.<br />
<br />
While speculation is rife about possible policy changes by the new government formed after the elections, no radical changes are expected in the arena of India’s foreign policy. Going by the past, by and large an unwritten across-the-board national consensus
 on the country’s foreign policy has endured, with minor improvisations and modulations.<br />
<br />
This consensus includes pursuing a foreign policy based on enlightened national interest, good relations with neighboring countries and extended neighborhood, strategic autonomy, constructive engagement with major powers and emerging powers, promoting a rule-based
 international border, and vigorously enlarging the country’s developmental options through innovative and pragmatic diplomacy.<br />
<br />
Regardless of who forms the government in New Delhi after the votes are counted and the results are declared on May 16, the world can, therefore, expect some predictability and continuity in broad thrusts of India’s multi-layered relations with the world.<br />
<br />
In a world where democracy remains a distant dream for more than three billion people, the spectacle of the Indian elections, with its proven record of peaceful transfer of power over more than six decades, should be inspiring and a compelling argument against
 authoritarianism. Currently, more than 100 countries are technically democracies in so far as they hold elections to choose their rulers. The good news is that with every passing year, more countries are getting converted to the democratic fold.<br />
<br />
However, according to a report by The Economist Intelligence Unit, only 15 percent of countries enjoy full democracy and nearly a third of the world’s nations are ruled by authoritarian regimes. Against this backdrop, the exhilarating spectacle of millions
 of Indians voting to elect their rulers should be an exemplar. What’s more, the elections in India, despite the sheer magnitude of the exercise and mind-boggling diversity, have been remarkably free of violence or bloodletting, and have consistently scored
 high on credibility.<br />
<br />
But for all its justly-earned democratic credentials and its enduring belief in an inclusive democratic world order, India is not in the business of exporting democracy — proselytizing is alien to the all-embracing Indian culture and ethos. India has, however,
 been prompt to render assistance in holding elections or democratic institution-building, but only on request. It may not be an exaggeration to say that the country’s fiercely argumentative and vibrant democracy has emerged as a role model for many countries
 across the world, ranging from Myanmar and Nepal in Asia to Egypt, Libya and Tunisia in North Africa.<br />
<br />
New democracies, especially those born in the aftermath of the Arab Spring, are now looking at the Indian model of democratic development for inspiration. From Afghanistan to Cambodia, India has been happy to send indelible ink, electronic voting machines or
 polling officers to train personnel in the business of conducting elections.<br />
<br />
Indelible ink, repository of democratic dreams, produced in Mysore, India’s southern city, has become the much sought-after charm by established and fledgling democracies. In the last three decades, Mysore Paints &amp; Varnish Ltd has exported the ink to 28 countries
 across the world, including Turkey, South Africa, Nigeria, Nepal, Ghana, Papua New Guinea, Burkina Faso, Canada, Togo, Sierra Leone, Malaysia and Cambodia.<br />
<br />
In the near future, India looks set to be the world’s most populous democracy — an honor it will be all too happy to cede to China if the latter opts for electoral democracy. And the parliamentary elections in India will remain a veritable carnival and the
 keeper of the world’s democratic dream.<br />
<br />
(The views expressed above are the personal views of the author)<br />
<br />
<span style="font-weight:bold">This article can also be read at:</span><br />
<a href="http://www.thejakartapost.com/news/2014/04/19/why-world-s-biggest-carnival-democracy-matters.html" target="_blank">Why world’s biggest carnival of democracy matters</a></p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>21/04/2014 10:19:10</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/23216/Why+worlds+biggest+carnival+of+democracy+matters</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">23216</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>23221</publicationdataID>
      <title>New survey shows Indian employers are better than Asian peers in managing work related stress</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p><span style="font-style:italic">First Biz</span><br />
<br />
Indian employers are ahead of their Asia Pacific counterparts in developing strategies to manage work-related stress as one in every three employers instituted stress management programmes last year and an almost equal number plan to do so this year, says a
 survey.<br />
<br />
According to the inaugural Asia Pacific edition of the ’Staying@Work’ survey conducted by professional services company Towers Watson, stress is the number one lifestyle risk factor, ranking above physical inactivity and obesity.<br />
<br />
A growing recognition among employers is that the workplace experience can both contribute to and reduce employee stress and an increasing number of employers are planning lifestyle change programmes that were not as prevalent as of now.<br />
<br />
"Almost 1 in every 3 Indian employers has instituted stress or resilience management programmes in 2013 and an almost equal number plan to follow suit in 2014. With stress being ranked as #1 lifestyle risk factor in India, this number is likely to grow,” the
 report said."It is noteworthy that Indian employers fared better than their Asia Pacific counterparts in managing employees’ work-related stress,” Towers Watson India Director, Benefits Anuradha Sriram said.<br />
<br />
Integrating various initiatives into a comprehensive and robust health and productivity strategy is a gradual process, but the fact that Indian companies have begun taking positive strides in this direction augurs well, Sriram added.<br />
<br />
According to Indian employees the top three reasons for stress at workplace include unclear or conflicting job expectations, inadequate staffing (lack of support, uneven workload in group) and lack of work/life balance.<br />
<br />
One of the most common solutions adopted by employers to manage employees’ stress is offering flexible working hours as 50 percent of employers resort to this solution.<br />
<br />
Other top solutions adopted by employers include organise stress management interventions like workshops, yoga, tai chi and undertake education and awareness campaigns to help their employees manage stress.<br />
<br />
Though Indian employers are ahead of their regional peers in managing stress at workplace, only 38 per cent have identified stress management at workplace as a top priority of their health and productivity programs, signaling a vast scope for improvement in
 this area."In a challenging economic scenario, where companies are stretched to balance costs and maximise productivity, employers need to identify specific triggers that impact employee wellness, engagement and in turn productivity,” Sriram said.<br />
<br />
<span style="font-weight:bold">This article can also be read at:</span><br />
<a href="http://www.firstbiz.com/corporate/new-survey-shows-indian-employers-better-asian-peers-managing-work-related-stress-82669.html" target="_blank">New survey shows Indian employers are better than Asian peers in managing work related stress</a></p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>21/04/2014 10:42:29</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/23221/New+survey+shows+Indian+employers+are+better+than+Asian+peers+in+managing+work+related+stress</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">23221</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>23222</publicationdataID>
      <title>Indian elections: A growing voice for women</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p><span style="font-style:italic">Sydney Morning Herald</span><br />
<br />
In the foothills of the Himalayas, on the banks of the holy river Ganges, the city of Haridwar - literally ''Gateway to God'' - is a five-hour drive north of the Indian capital, Delhi.<br />
<br />
In a small village outside the city, a white Indian-made Maruti van fitted with a loudspeaker on its roof is broadcasting a message in support of Kanchan Chaudhary Bhattacharya - the first woman in India to rise to the position of director-general of police
 and a candidate for national parliament.<br />
<br />
''Delhi is just beginning, the entire country will follow. Don't forget to vote for your candidate Kanchan Chaudhary on May 7,'' says the male voice blaring out of the loudspeaker.<br />
<br />
Inside a nearby courtyard trimmed with sky-blue and white bunting, Bhattacharya is holding a microphone and addressing a crowd of about 60 male farmers and a dozen women. ''I'm here to solve your problems,'' she tells them.<br />
<br />
''I'm here to fight for you, to fight the endless circle of corruption, and to do development.''<br />
<br />
Bhattacharya is campaigning as a member of the anti-corruption Aam Aadmi Party, the so-called ''game changer'' in the elections that some bolder supporters are predicting could be the kingmaker in a hung parliament whose exact composition will not be known
 until all the votes are counted on May 16.<br />
<br />
Out here, the most pressing problems are water drainage - most households dump grey water and raw sewage on to the street - and access to education. But in a country that has been shamed over the past year by international headlines focusing on a series of
 brutal gang rapes, women's security has become a prominent issue.<br />
<br />
''A girl from a neighbouring village was kidnapped and raped,'' Bhattacharya tells the crowd. ''When her captors released her, she went to the police, but, to her surprise, they didn't register a case against the accused. She came to me for justice. And I will
 get her justice.''<br />
<br />
For teenage girls here who want to continue their education beyond primary school, their only option is to travel far away to another village. ''There they are even teased for what they are doing, so I will be working to get an intermediate school here so that
 those girls need not to travel to another village,'' she promises.<br />
<br />
Now 62, Bhattacharya's first introduction to a national audience came in the 1980s when her sister Kavita wrote, directed and starred in the television series Udaan that was based on Bhattacharya's life story. ''Actually, I had a very enlightened mother. A
 very upfront woman of great integrity and sensitivity. That was a great lead to have. Both my parents were also constantly pushing us.''<br />
<br />
Bhattacharya says the turning point for her - the moment that convinced her to dedicate her life to public service - came when she watched her father lose the family home in a property dispute.<br />
<br />
''We went through a very tough childhood. I was the oldest and my father, we were turned out of our house, and he was badly beaten up and then we were taken to court. It was when he was in hospital - I took it up from there.<br />
<br />
''I saw the police, they weren't being receptive to the matter that I was going to them for, and I wanted to be on the other side of the table and to be respected.''<br />
<br />
After her mother sold off the family jewellery to pay for her children's tertiary education, Bhattacharya sat the 1973 entrance exam for the Indian Police Service in her home state of Uttarakhand.<br />
<br />
''They told me that only one woman had been an officer in the police service in India, so they told me I could go to another service if I wanted, but I knew I wanted it and I stayed on.''<br />
<br />
Later, she completed a Masters of Business Administration at the University of Wollongong in 1989-90 - the two things she loved most about Australia was the sense of humour and the meat-and-three-veg diet - before retiring in 2007 as state director-general
 of police.<br />
<br />
Despite the fact there are only about 500 women candidates among the more than 8000 people standing in this year's national elections, Indian politics is not without its high-profile female leaders.<br />
<br />
Chief among them is Congress party president Sonia Gandhi, the daughter-in-law of India's first female prime minister, Indira Gandhi.If the Bharatiya Janata Party's lead candidate, Narendra Modi, is the favourite to become the next prime minister, he will have
 to court a trio of powerbrokers known as the ''three ladies'' - Mamata Banerjee, the leader of West Bengal; Mayawati Kumari, the former four-time leader of Uttar Pradesh, the most populous state; and Jayalalithaa Jayaram, Chief Minister of the crucial southern
 state of Tamil Nadu - whose influence will be crucial in building a strong governing coalition. Nevertheless, says Bhattacharya, women remain at a significant disadvantage in Indian society, which is still struggling to accept women who want a career after
 getting married.<br />
<br />
''There is no one biggest problem for women - there are just so many problems we face,'' she says.<br />
<br />
''I think, though, that if you were to look at it analytically, I think it's their self view conditioned over many years. It's the fact that they don't think that they are capable of standing on their own.''<br />
<br />
And the first step towards broader empowerment for women?<br />
<br />
''Oh that's easy,'' Bhattacharya says. ''Education, education, education.'<br />
<br />
<span style="font-weight:bold">This article can also be read at:</span><br />
<a href="http://www.smh.com.au/world/indian-elections-a-growing-voice-for-women-20140418-36w8i.html" target="_blank">Indian elections: A growing voice for women</a></p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>21/04/2014 10:46:00</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/23222/Indian+elections+A+growing+voice+for+women</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">23222</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>23223</publicationdataID>
      <title>Sustainable design is a given in India</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p><span style="font-style:italic">Wall Street Journal/ by David A. Keeps</span><br />
<br />
"Architecture should be ethical and show empathy toward the human condition,” said Bijoy Jain, whose firm Studio Mumbai received the Global Award for Sustainable Architecture from L’Institut Francais D’Architecture in 2009. The Indian modernist—known for blurring
 the boundaries between indoors and outdoors, and creating oases of peace from local stone and wood—studied in the U.S. and worked on the Getty Center in Los Angeles. He established his practice in 1996, building a compound that houses dozens of the craftsmen
 he employs near his own handsome but humble residence in the countryside of Alibag, not far from central Mumbai.<br />
<br />
Mr. Jain’s home was recently part of "Where Architects Live,” an installation at the global design fair Salone del Mobile in Milan that re-created the residences of world-renowned talents including Zaha Hadid, Daniel Liebeskind and Shigeru Ban. Mr. Jain said
 he sees his live-work complex as a laboratory for new ideas and a standard-bearer for old traditions. "There’s a lineage of carpentry and masonry, building with high skill and great efficiency that’s specific to India, and I am transferring that ideology to
 projects around the world,” said the globe-trotting architect, 49, who is working on projects in Switzerland, Spain and Japan and will teach a semester at Yale this fall. Mr. Jain spoke to us about sustainable design, how he’d blow $20,000 and the most beautiful
 restaurant in the world.<br />
<br />
As a child I was obsessed with: water. I grew up in Juhu, on the coast near Mumbai. I was on the Indian national swim team and swam the English Channel when I was 18. One day, I would like to design a public swimming pool like the old Lido public baths in 1920s
 Europe.A formative design experience was: the yearly road trips my family and I took for two months during summer holidays. I was exposed to such diverse architecture, from Le Corbusier’s modern buildings in Chandigarh to ancient complexes built of granite
 like the Rameshwaram Temple that was scaled so a ceremonial procession of elephants could walk through it.<br />
<br />
In India, furniture is: very foreign. A large part of the country still inhabits the floor. The most common piece of furniture we have is the charpai, a four-legged bed made of wood with a woven net or rope mesh. It’s for sitting in during the day and sleeping
 on at night.Sustainable design is: a given. In India, a lot of people’s homes are self-built and that’s an ingrained tradition. My projects are driven by location—what materials and building techniques are available locally and what people are familiar with.
 For me, it’s pure economics and it’s easier to do.<br />
<br />
My dream design project is: a school for young children. The school I went to was beautifully designed, without divisions for classrooms, and that influenced my work. There’s a freshness to designing for children—they have fewer preconceived ideas of what a
 building and landscape could possibly be. It allows you to be free, but not in an irresponsible way.<br />
<br />
The most perfectly designed object is: a pencil. It’s light, efficiently designed and very effective. I am fascinated with it as a tool for communication. In some ways, it’s an extension of your mind and your body.<br />
<br />
My preferred method for drawing is: by hand. I’m not technologically savvy; I don’t spend endless hours doing work with CAD programs. On my iPhone, I don’t have any apps.<br />
<br />
(The views expressed above are the personal views of the author)<br />
<br />
<span style="font-weight:bold">This article can also be read at:</span><br />
<a href="http://blogs.wsj.com/indiarealtime/2014/04/19/sustainable-design-is-a-given-in-india/" target="_blank">Sustainable design is a given in India</a></p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>21/04/2014 10:47:46</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/23223/Sustainable+design+is+a+given+in+India</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">23223</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>23224</publicationdataID>
      <title>India's beautiful architecture as symbols of love shows it has a heart of gold</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p><span style="font-style:italic">Express/ by Jane Memmler</span><br />
<br />
Chai, chai announced the tea seller as he slowly moved along the carriage. Surprisingly, not many were taking him up on his offer, even though it was barely 7am and some passengers looked like they could do with one. No sooner had he passed, then another appeared,
 with a rudimentary basket slung over one shoulder, offering "chips, chips”. They were obviously more preferable than a hot tea, with many handing over a few rupees.<br />
<br />
Therein followed a nonstop succession of floor cleaners, curry sellers and ticket inspectors. All wore the same earnest expressions, with just a hint of self-importance. After all, they are proud employees of Indian Railways; the second largest employer in
 India, which rewards its dedicated staff with benefits such as pensions and even accommodation.<br />
<br />
So with just a 90-second turnaround as a rule of thumb, we had swiftly settled in our first class carriage (with worn leather seats and linoleum floors) of the Shatabdi Express in Bharatpur for the two-hour journey to Agra and the Taj Mahal.<br />
<br />
It was not the Indian train journey I’d imagined, with people on the floors sharing platters of curries, juggling both live chickens and lively children, though perhaps this was the case in the unreserved carriage with its barred, open windows.<br />
<br />
First class, in contrast, was a markedly civilised, air-conditioned affair with passengers sitting quietly, passing the time snoozing or texting from their iPhones. A landscape of neat fields whizzed by. Occasionally, we spotted women in saris the colours of
 luminous rainbows, cutting crops by hand, and lone shepherds in traditional dhoti (the sarong-type dress) tending their flocks and squatting under trees chatting on mobiles.<br />
<br />
The train was just one leg on an enthralling trip touring the Golden Triangle, India’s most popular northern cities of Delhi, Jaipur and Agra. I confess I have had a long, bordering on obsessive attraction to the Rajasthan region. I’ll never tire of the impressive
 forts, such as the Amber Fort in Jaipur, the Agra and intricate Mughal palaces.<br />
<br />
Then there’s Lutyens’s majestic architecture of India’s Parliament buildings in Delhi, the chaotic traffic, the garishly painted lorries, the simple bicycles ridden by wiry, turbanned octogenarians.<br />
<br />
Rajasthan offers a glimpse into the soul of India, a place that will seduce you in equal measure with its charm and grandeur and its poverty and rawness. It began in the capital where, deep within Old Delhi’s labyrinthine streets, life continues as it has for
 centuries.Via rickshaw, we glided silently through bustling shady laneways, under tangled wires crudely suspended overhead which miraculously supply power to the pocket-sized shops bulging with books, saris and tinsel offerings for the temples.<br />
<br />
Opposite sits the grand Red Fort and entering it is like discovering a hidden state, one of decadence, with sprawling gardens, elaborate audience halls and harems. By contrast, New Delhi bears the hallmarks of a highly progressive city with modern skyscrapers,
 imported cars, supermarkets and, everywhere you look, people.<br />
<br />
A quiet reprieve is to be found in Jama Masjid, India’s largest mosque, built by Shah Jahan, India’s fifth Mughal ruler. The intricate masterpiece in red sandstone and marble was completed in 1656 by more than 6,000 workers who had toiled for six years. Its
 vast courtyard, which can hold 25,000 people, is thronging with tourists, yet still manages to be resoundingly calm.<br />
<br />
So too is another glorious Mughal structure, Humayun’s Tomb, commissioned in the 16th century by Haji Begum, the wife of the second Mughal emperor. Elegant archways, bulbous white domes and gardens punctuated with water channels run a close second to the stupendous
 Taj Mahal. In terms of cities however, Jaipur, the walled Pink City (painted pink in 1876 for the visit by Prince Albert), is the one that stirs me the most.<br />
<br />
Browsing the ancient stalls of the bazaars, the domain of turbaned craftsmen sitting on white mattresses reading newspapers and drinking tea, is one of life’s greatest pleasures. Under wooden balconies, shop after shop is stuffed to the brim with bright sari
 fabrics, silverware, copper vessels and gems.<br />
<br />
The peacock feather sellers, the hand-powered sugarcane juice stalls, the turbans lined along rooftops, the pyramids of sweet cakes on wooden carts on busy street corners, not to mention the motionless cows standing in the middle of the road, camel-hauled carts
 and three-wheelers with their own rules, will enthrall.<br />
<br />
Even Jaipur’s City Palace has its own artisan area, sanctioned by the current Maharaja, who resides in one section of it and happens to be mates with Prince Charles. The palace itself isn’t terribly ostentatious, quite the opposite, with neat courtyards and
 glorious gates. An exception is the Peacock Gate, (one of four), an ornate entrance decorated in a riot of bright, autumn tones.<br />
<br />
See the urns Maharaja Madho Singh II made to transport holy Ganges water to England when he came for Edward VII’s coronation in 1902 and the nearby Jantar Mantar, an ancient observatory built by Jai Singh in 1728. Incredibly, it still measures the sun’s shadows
 accurately today. From grand palaces it was out along the flat and dusty roads towards Ranthambhore, tiger territory.<br />
<br />
Butter-yellow tall grasses swayed in the breeze, the heat haze casting a misty veil over the golden landscape. Camels plodded along, hauling gargantuan loads of cuttings barely made secure by hessian tarpaulins. Tractors driven by farmers with large speakers
 mounted either side of their seats, blasted out Indian pop and shepherds and their flocks stopped traffic as they crossed the highway.<br />
<br />
We timed our arrival at The Oberoi, Vanyavilas, Ranthambhore, the fantastic tented camp, just prior to the afternoon’s game drive, so we quickly jumped on an open-top Jeep and headed into the 680sq mile national park. Bouncing up and down over the rocky landscape,
 the tigers, sadly, appeared to have eluded us. Hardly surprising as their numbers only extend to around 50 nowadays, so our expectations were low. Incredibly, at the beginning of the 19th century there were 40,000 tigers in India.<br />
<br />
Suddenly our guide’s mobile trilled. His manner told us he was on to something. We headed off to one of the main gates and there, a mere 200 feet away, lay two of the biggest, most powerful of beasts, Ustad and Sultan. It was the moment we’d come for. So, it
 seemed, had the other 20 Jeeps crammed with excited visitors. Some jumped off for a closer look. Were they mad? Luckily the tigers were oblivious.<br />
<br />
We left Ranthambhore on the Shatabdi Express with some serious bragging material. Now it was time to follow in the footsteps of love. To Agra, its stupendous Mughal Fort and the Taj Mahal. No one can deny this was one hell of a tribute to a love. To see it
 at sunrise, minarets and white dome glistening, is indescribable.<br />
<br />
Poor Shah Jahan. After losing his beloved wife Mumtaz Mahal, who died in childbirth, he spent 17 years overseeing the work of 20,000 craftsmen who carved patterns and placed gems into the pure white marble. For pure beauty and inspiration, no one can argue
 those ancient Mughals didn’t know a thing or two about love.<br />
<br />
(The views expressed above are the personal views of the author)<br />
<span style="font-weight:bold"><br />
This article can also be read at:</span><br />
<a href="http://www.express.co.uk/travel/articles/471397/India-s-beautiful-architecture-as-symbols-of-love-shows-it-has-a-heart-of-gold" target="_blank">India's beautiful architecture as symbols of love shows it has a heart of gold</a></p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>21/04/2014 10:50:17</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/23224/Indias+beautiful+architecture+as+symbols+of++shows+it+has+a+heart+of+gold</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">23224</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>23235</publicationdataID>
      <title>How a simple van in India can save a mother’s life</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p><span style="font-style:italic">Public Radio International/ by Rhitu Chatterjee
</span><br />
<br />
In the central Indian state of Madhya Pradesh, a modest concrete house stands along a dirt path in a remote village called Nanora. Inside the house, Savitri Jatav tends to her family.
<br />
<br />
"My sons were all born here,” she says. "They were delivered in this very room — all three sons.”<br />
<br />
Women have always delivered at home around here, says Jatav, who is in her forties. In the past, it was only women who had trouble during childbirth who went to the nearest hospital. "They would go by bullock cart,” she says. Some would go by tractor. The hospital
 is only six miles away, but that is a long distance where roads are bad and transportation options few. "It would take a long time,” she adds.<br />
<br />
Many women, especially in more distant villages, could not get to the hospital at all. "The majority of women never made it to the hospital,” says Dr. Govind Singh, a senior administrator at the big government hospital in the region, in the district of Shivpuri.<br />
<br />
Giving birth at home, it was all too common for women to die during childbirth. "Maternal mortality in this region used to be about 400,” says Singh. "That means for every 100,000 women who gave birth, 400 sacrificed their lives.” He says they often died of
 preventable causes, like excessive bleeding, infections, or obstructed labor.<br />
<br />
But in 2007, the government of Madhya Pradesh, with the help of UNICEF, started a free ambulance service just for pregnant women. Called Janani Express ("janani” means "mother” in Hindi), the service transports pregnant women and new mothers from their villages
 to health facilities and back.<br />
<br />
<span style="font-weight:bold">Receiving a call, sending help </span><br />
<br />
The ambulances are located across the region and are dispatched by a call center based at the Shivpuri hospital. The center is just a small, square room staffed by one person at any given time. The dispatcher takes a call and then finds the ambulance closest
 to the caller through an online tracking system. He then contacts the driver of the vehicle.
<br />
<br />
On a recent day, that driver was Suresh Karan. He was at a hospital in a little town called Pohri when he got the call and was told to go pick up a woman in labor.<br />
<br />
Karan wasted no time. He switched on his ambulance siren and made his way through the narrow streets of Pohri toward the tiny village of Nanora, where Jatav — the woman who gave birth to her three sons at home — lives. It was her daughter-in-law who was in
 labor, waiting for the ambulance.<br />
<br />
The ambulance wound along paved streets, then made a sharp left turn onto a bumpy mud road, passing farms of golden wheat and green legumes. Soon, the road ended in a cluster of mud and concrete houses. Karan parked in the village square and sent word through
 some villagers to the Jatavs.<br />
<br />
A few minutes later, a group of women approached. Among them was Laali Jatav, 21, a slight woman, hardly five feet tall. Her pregnant belly protruded through the pleats of her sari, and her face was contorted in pain.<br />
<br />
Laali climbed into the back of the ambulance and lay down on one of the seats. Her husband, an aunt, and a village health worker filed in after her to accompany her.<br />
<br />
The drive to the hospital was far from comfortable. The ride was bumpy due to the rutted roads, and the back of the ambulance was outfitted sparingly, with two long seats on either side and with no sophisticated medical equipment — just a first aid kit under
 one of the seats for deliveries that might happen in transit.<br />
<br />
Laali sat up. Her aunt put an arm around her, reminding her to breathe and reassuring her that she was going to be fine.<br />
<br />
Twenty minutes later, Laali reached the hospital and was led to the delivery room. In a couple of hours, she gave birth to a healthy daughter.<br />
<br />
<span style="font-weight:bold">Signs of success </span><br />
<br />
When Janani Express started seven years ago, it consisted of just 35 ambulances.<br />
<br />
"Now we have this transport network across the entire state, with nearly 1,000 ambulances providing 24-7 services,” says Dr. Gagan Gupta, a health specialist with UNICEF India who helped launch the service.<br />
<br />
He says in 2013 alone, one million pregnant women benefited from the service.<br />
<br />
"Half of these were from marginalized groups in the country,” says Gupta. "And half of these women used the service between sunset and sunrise, [when] the community and villages suffer the most in terms of transport.”<br />
<br />
The service doesn’t just transport women who are in labor. It also brings in women for regular health checkups throughout their pregnancy, so that high-risk patients can be identified early on. Ittransports new mothers and their infants back home after the
 delivery. And it brings them to the hospital throughout the following year, to make sure the mother and baby get postnatal care.<br />
<br />
The advent of Janani Express has led to a dramatic rise in the number of institutional deliveries, says Gupta.<br />
<br />
"Previously, three out of 10 women were delivering in hospitals,” he says. "Now nearly nine out of 10 women are delivering in the hospitals, and there has been a sharp decline in the maternal mortality.”<br />
<br />
In the two districts where the service was first started (Guna and Shivpuri), as recently as 2007, 262 women died for every 100,000 who gave birth. By 2011, that number had fallen to 181, he says.<br />
<br />
The success of Janani Express has led other states to start similar services, all funded by the Indian government. It is part of a broad effort to improve maternal health around the country.<br />
<br />
The ambulance service alone is no silver bullet, admits Gupta, but he says it has made a difference.<br />
<br />
And people in villages agree.<br />
<br />
Back in Nanora, two days after giving birth, Laali was at home, lying on a cot, holding her baby. Her mother-in-law ran around, doing chores while stopping by Laali’s bed now and then to beam at her new granddaughter.<br />
<br />
"Times have changed for our daughters-in-law,” Savitri Jatav said, thinking back on the times she gave birth to her sons at home. "It’s a lot more convenient now.”<br />
<br />
<span style="font-style:italic">(The views expressed above are the personal views of the writer)
</span><br />
<span style="font-weight:bold"><br />
This article can also be read at:</span><br />
<a href="http://www.pri.org/stories/2014-04-21/how-simple-van-india-can-save-mother-s-life" target="_blank">How a simple van in India can save a mother’s life</a></p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>22/04/2014 18:04:24</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/23235/How+a+simple+van+in+India+can+save+a+mothers+life</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">23235</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>23236</publicationdataID>
      <title>India’s Renewable Energy Efforts Poised for Resurgence</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p><span style="font-style:italic">Epoch Times/ by Anjali Jaiswal </span><br />
<br />
National elections are underway and dominating headlines and conversations across India. In parallel, the timely release of the second new consensus report from the U.N.’s Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change (IPCC) documenting the impacts of climate change,
 has confirmed again the current and growing risks to the economy, humanhealth and food supply of India’s communities. This latest warning of the growing impacts of climate-fueled disasters should refocus attention on the country’s efforts to mitigate and adapt
 to climate change.<br />
<br />
After a bumpy year, India’s renewable energy efforts are offering tentative but promising signs that clean energy is ready for resurgence. But it remains to be seen whether the solar and wind energy industries will work together to learn from each others’ experiences
 and grow the whole clean energy market. And whether much-needed support for the renewable energy market will increase to enable clean energy to emerge a winner in India.<br />
<br />
The recent slowdown of India’s renewable energy industry is well-documented, but with the current peak energy deficit hovering around 9%, it is clear that the status quo dependence solely on fossil fuel is neither sufficient nor sustainable. Renewable energy
 sources can power India’s future, offering the country a cleaner, more sustainable way to supply its communities’ growing energy needs. In addition to policies that prioritize energy efficiency in the country’s buildings and appliances, clean energy—particularly
 solar and wind energy—is key to reducing the strain on infrastructure and increasing energy security.<br />
<br />
Despite unclear market signals and a dip in India’s investments in renewable energy last year, it appears both the domestic solar and wind markets could be headed toward a more positive 2014 based on recent developments:<br />
<br />
India’s Solar Market Offers Promising Signs of Improvement <br />
<br />
The solar market is recovering from a rough year of setbacks, including an international trade dispute, reduced investments, slumping solar sales, and delays in both the Mission’s Phase 2 and state solar auction allocations. Despite this, the Ministry of New
 and Renewable Energy (MNRE) reported that India added more than 1 gigawatt (GW) of solar energy to its grid last year, nearly doubling the country’s cumulative solar capacity. With many grid-connected solar projects commissioned by state solar projects coming
 online in early 2014, the country now has more than 2.6 GW of installed capacity as of the end of March.
<br />
<br />
Another good sign for solar energy was highlighted by National Solar Mission’s successful bidding process for its first batch of Phase 2 projects in Q1 2014. Bids for these National Solar Mission-sponsored solar projects were more than three times oversubscribed
 by solar developersfor the 750 MW of available photovoltaic capacity. MNRE also announced plans to auction an additional 250 MW worth of solar photovoltaic power in 2014. Many of these projects are expected to come online in 2015, meaning the country could
 see another jump in its solar power capacity next year.<br />
<br />
Gujarat, the current state leader for installed solar, is increasingly having to share its title with emerging state powerhouses Rajasthan and Madhya Pradesh, who are receiving strong interest from solar investors. Newer rooftop solar energy programs, like
 Tamil Nadu’s scheme that is under 6 months old, have received promising responses from developers too.
<br />
<br />
State Solar Installations in India as of January 31, 2014<br />
<br />
Government policies can support this process, especially as the prices of solar energy products continue to decline. The government can work with banks to overcome the persistent perception of risk and unfamiliarity associated with solar financing. Innovative
 financing and incentives to invest in solar technologies can harness the high level of interest in solar energy present in India and act as the bridges that bring solar investors and consumers together. On this front, our NRDC team and our partner, the Council
 on Energy, Environment and Water (CEEW), are working with government agencies, developers and financiers to support the growing solar market both on the economic policy front and in overcoming financing barriers.<br />
<br />
Stay tuned for our team’s release of a forthcoming series of publications that offer specific findings and recommendations to ease financing for grid-connected and decentralized solar projects in India and bolster local job production.<br />
<br />
Signs of India’s Wind Market Reenergizing <br />
<br />
Wind power in India has an estimated total potential of more than 100 GW in India, which was slightly less than half of India’s total electricity generation capacity in 2013. Although India already has the fifth largest wind generation capacity in the world
 at 20,000 MW, recent policy shifts have temporarily slowed wind energy’s momentum.<br />
<br />
To reverse this trend, MNRE recently announced plans to launch aNational Wind Energy Mission (NWEM). The NWEM will operate differently than the National Solar Mission. Rather than inviting bidding for projects, MNRE will play the role of a "facilitator” to
 strengthen grid infrastructure for wind power, identify high wind power potential zones, clear hurdles for land issues, and regulate wind power tariffs. Measures such as accelerated depreciation (a valuable tax benefit that reduces current taxable income)
 and a generation based incentive (which provides an additional tariff to developers for wind electricity fed into the grid), which were curtailed in 2012, are expected to be reintroduced under the NWEM.<br />
<br />
As with solar energy, there are many potential avenues to scale wind energy beyond the NWEM. States with large wind potentials – including Gujarat, Karnataka, Madhya Pradesh, Maharashtra, Rajasthan, and Tamil Nadu – can introduce their own schemes to promote
 wind energy. State and central government policies can be implemented right from the start of the NWEM to ensure sufficient financing wind projects and avoid repeating the hurdles the National Solar Mission launch faced.<br />
<br />
Increasing Indian financial institutions’ comfort levels and ability to affordably fund clean energy are key to increasing renewable energyinvestments. Ensuring that the wind and solar industries are learning from each others’ experiences can also help both
 markets grow and succeed. By working with financial institutions to establish effective financing policies, instruments and mechanisms, India can support and enable a needed resurgence in the diverse renewable energy projects and products that can sustainably
 power its future and help mitigate climate change’s worst impacts.<br />
<br />
<span style="font-style:italic">(The views expressed above are the personal views of the writer)
</span><br />
<br />
<span style="font-weight:bold">This article can also be read at: </span><br />
<a href="http://www.theepochtimes.com/n3/634295-india-s-renewable-energy-efforts-poised-for-resurgence/" target="_blank">India’s Renewable Energy Efforts Poised for Resurgence</a></p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>22/04/2014 18:09:39</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/23236/Indias+Renewable+Energy+Efforts+Poised+for+Resurgence</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">23236</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>23226</publicationdataID>
      <title>The India I have seen - A Kuwaiti viewpoint on India</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p><span style="font-style:italic">The Times/By Abdulqader M. Al-Abdulqader</span><br />
<br />
Recently I visited India for the first time. As I got off the plane at New Delhi I was amazed at the swanky Indira Gandhi International Airport. The new Terminal 3 is acclaimed to be one of the largest in the world and one is impressed with this mega-structure
 which spreads across 5.5 million square feet with 8 levels. My first impression was one of awe. I swiftly completed the airport formalities assisted by courteous officials and exited to the hustle and bustle of the outside world. New Delhi, the capital of
 India is truly a wonderful place. Its architecture is splendid. I visited India Gate which is
<br />
<br />
a war memorial dating back to World War I. I was truly intrigued by the layout of the bustling central shopping and business area known as Connaught Place. It is a well planned circular complex with an outer and inner circle. It is well connected to all parts
 of Delhi by the Metro Rail. There are several malls in Delhi which are comparable to malls found anywhere in the world. I found the shopping
<br />
<br />
excellent with good value for money. From New Delhi I visited Jaipur the capital of the northern
<br />
<br />
state of Rajasthan. Known as the Rose Pink City , Jaipur’s massive forts, the opulence of the Maharajas palaces, the sunset camel safari along the sand dunes and the splendid
<br />
<br />
desert captures the very essence of Rajasthan. The Arab traveler will feel at home in Rajasthan. All along the side of the desert you will find cultivation which is a rare sight in the Arab world. It is springtime throughout the year. This is paradise with
 no need to fight for grass or water as was <br />
<br />
common in the Arab world of the past. Jaipur’s exquisite jewelry and intricate works of art are world renowned. Its lush gardens and floral abundance captivate you. Jaipur is a classic blend of heritage, culture and art.<br />
<br />
India and Kuwait enjoy traditionally friendly relations even before the discovery of oil. Geographic proximity, historical trade links, cultural affinities and the presence of nearly 700,000 Indian expatriates in Kuwait strengthens this long standing relationship.
 India has been a dependable <br />
<br />
trading partner and buys slightly over 10 percent of its total crude oil requirements from Kuwait.
<br />
<br />
As Kuwaitis, we have very strong links with India since time immemorial. A collection of jewelry, seals and pottery discovered in Failaka Island which used to be a convenient passage for ships sailing between the Mesopotamia and India confirm that relations
 existed even as early the fourth millennium BC. Long before the discovery of oil in the country, Kuwaiti sailors used to sail
<br />
<br />
from Shatt-al-Arab to the ports of western coasts in India, carrying dates and horses of fine pedigree. The trade in horses stopped at the end of World War II in 1945 and Kuwaitis began trading in pearls with India and in exchange took teakwood for ship building.
 Kuwaitis played a major role in five principal harbors in India according to Mohammed Abdulaziz Al Shaya, a renowned Kuwaiti businessman. Until 1961, the Indian Rupee was the legal tender in Kuwait.
<br />
<br />
In India I found that Kuwaitis have built mosques, hospitals and educational institutions for the benefit of all. In old Kuwait City, I found a mosque built as early as 1795 by Mohammed Rizq with financial support from India. This goes to prove the strong interaction
 between the people of Kuwait and India. Everywhere I went, I found the Indian people to be very kind, courteous and helpful. Indians accept us and treat us with respect everywhere. We do not feel like foreigners in India.<br />
<br />
The geography and climate of India is so varied that it cannot be generalized as its changes from region to region. The seasons of India are mainly summer, winter and off course the rainy season. India is one of the most fascinating countries to travel to.
 Rail and air facilities connect various places. In India geography, ethnicity, languages, cultures and habits of people are so varied
<br />
<br />
that in every state of India you will notice a new culture and a new language. In fact, tour guides proudly tell you that in India you will find change after every 50 kilometers. This makes India truly a favorable tourist destination. It is common knowledge
 that we in Kuwait look towards the West for several products and services. But now you find that they themselves are looking towards India. India’s IT services are an acknowledged world leader. Medical tourism in India renowned for its professionalism has
 been gaining ground. Isn’t it ironic that many of us go to the United States of America for serious medical conditions and get treated there by an Indian doctor while we can go
<br />
<br />
to India for the same treatment at a fraction of the cost and within three hours flying time? In fact when I went for a consultation with an Indian doctor in New York I was billed $500 whereas in India I would not have been charged more than $10 for consultation.
 I feel that Kuwait which is exploring external avenues to invest should consider investing in India. India provides long term prospects for better returns. India has very fine institutions and regulatory authorities for investor protection.
<br />
<br />
A part of Kuwait’s huge surplus of funds may be invested in diversified fields such as telecommunications, financial sector/services, banking, agriculture, health, medicine, biotechnology, pharma, real estate, R&amp;D, etc. Individual Kuwaitis will find India a
 safe investment destination as it was in the past and so will it be in the future.<br />
<br />
A unique aspect of the Indian way of life is the fact that communities of all religions generally live in peace and harmony without the need to resort to constant fighting. This is a lesson for all of us.<br />
<br />
I returned from India with a greater respect for its people, its culture and its heritage. India opened my mind to immense possibilities. On my return I regretted that I had not visited India much earlier in my life. But now I intend to visit India more frequently
 and discover the various facets of the glory that is India. I am confident that India and Kuwait will definitely treasure the past as it builds a glorious future together.
<br />
<br />
<span style="font-style:italic">(Views expressed above are the personal views of the writer)
</span><br />
<br />
<span style="font-weight:bold">The article may also be seen at:</span><br />
<a href="http://www.timeskuwait.com/upload/pdf/The_Times_(20-26_April).pdf" target="_blank">The India I have seen - A Kuwaiti viewpoint on India</a></p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>21/04/2014 18:38:09</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/23226/The+India+I+have+seen++A+Kuwaiti+viewpoint+on+India</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">23226</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>23217</publicationdataID>
      <title>5 Innovations That Will Transform India in the Next 5 Years</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p>Mashable/ by Stacy Martinet<br />
Following the United States and China, India is the world’s third largest Internet population. The country is projected to be home to 243 million Internet users by June 2014 -– but that’s still only a fraction of the country’s 1.2 billion population.<br />
<br />
As access to the Internet penetrates deeper into the Indian population, it is changing the ways politicians campaign, companies lead and people connect.<br />
<br />
SEE ALSO: 15 Joyful Photos of India's Vibrant Holi Festival<br />
<br />
Mashable was in Mumbai last week to explore the influence connectivity is having on the country at the first-ever India &#43;SocialGood conference. The event brought together more than 400 members of India’s technology, social media and non-profit communities for
 a day of exchanging ideas and networking. More than one million people participated in the social discussions and joined the event via Livestream.Here are five key takeaways from the event, which dive into the country’s powerful online potential.<br />
<br />
</p>
<ul class="decimalBullets">
<li>4G is changing the game.Can you imagine more than 1 billion people with access to the fastest possible mobile Internet? That will be the reality in India in a matter of years. India relies primarily on mobile devices for digital communications, and that’s
 certainly not going to change anytime soon.<br />
<br />
India’s first 4G network arrived in April 2012 in Kolkata, West Bengal. Since then, 4G has slowly spread throughout the country. This February, Apple made a joint announcement with Bharti Airtel that it would bring 4G mobile service to users of Apple’s latest
 phones in Bangalore.<br />
<br />
To date, 4G access has been primarily data-only. As 4G becomes more widespread and accessible for all types of devices, the potential increases for digital communications, online media, both large and small businesses, entrepreneurship and mobile commerce.
 Many &#43;SocialGood community members expressed particular excitement about future opportunities for mobile commerce and peer-to-peer lending.
</li><li>100 million people connected on Facebook.<br />
<br />
On April 9, the same day as the event, Facebook reported it had crossed the 100 million users mark in India, making it the second largest country on the social network, behind only the United States, where the company started. However, 100 million users is
 still just a small percentage of India’s overall population, and the market still has potential for significant growth.<br />
<br />
What you hear and see in Mumbai is that, in many ways, Facebook is the gateway to the Internet. For instance, many small businesses have forgone original websites and sites such as Yelp, instead focusing on building out their company Facebook pages.<br />
<br />
India may also be the biggest reason that Facebook acquired the messaging service WhatsApp for $16 billion. It is an extremely popular service as it works across all smartphones using low amounts of data, unlike SMS/text messages, and is nearly free. It also
 offers several features such as group messaging and audio and video messaging using little data, making it by far the easiest and cheapest way to stay in touch and share information with others both domestically and internationally.
</li><li>Social media as a political force<br />
<br />
Social media is playing a major role in the Indian national elections for the first time.<br />
<br />
The Bharatiya Janata Party has largely adopted social media in this election cycle, creating several campaign activations for its candidate for Prime Minister Narendra Modi. The candidate has a strong presence across platforms such as YouTube, Facebook, Twitter,
 Google&#43; and India’s own social media platform Vebbler.<br />
<br />
Holograms of Modi were shown at rallies, and Google&#43; Hangouts were used to interact with the movement’s supporters. Modi currently has 3.4 million Twitter followers and over 10.6 million "likes” on his Facebook page.<br />
<br />
As we’ve seen in other elections around the world, social media has the potential to play a big role. It is very unclear how this will shape the current election in India, as Rahul Gandhi, the incumbent National Congress Party’s candidate for Prime Minister,
 doesn’t yet have a verified Twitter account. Many are comparing the contrast of social media strategies in this election to the 2008 U.S. presidential race between Barack Obama and John McCain.<br />
<br />
But one thing is clear: With the rise of social networks in the country, more young people are getting involved in the election. As we have seen in the United States, this year’s race could be the tipping point that will never again allow an Indian national
 election to go without social media campaigns. </li><li>The new 2% giving mandate<br />
<br />
The Companies Act was enacted April 1, the start of India’s fiscal year. The mandate requires that one-third of a company’s board is comprised of independent directors. This board committee must ensure the company spends "at least 2% of the average net profits
 of the company made during the three immediately preceding financial years” on corporate social responsibility (CSR) initiatives. Conservative estimates calculate this will net $2.5 billion annually. If the company fails to spend this amount on CSR, the board
 must disclose why in its annual report.<br />
<br />
The act defines CSR as activities that promote poverty reduction, education, health, environmental sustainability, gender equality and vocational skills development. Companies can choose which area to invest in, or contribute the amount to central or state
 government funds earmarked for socioeconomic development.<br />
<br />
The CSR legislation was a big topic of conversation among the businesspeople and NGO workers at India &#43;SocialGood. How this new mandate will work, and what the total result of the giving will be is uncertain, but what is clear is that both sides are working
 to ensure accountability, transparency and measurement, and social media can help play a major role.<br />
<br />
</li><li>Women sitting on corporate boards, by law<br />
<br />
Another part of "The Companies Act” mandates that corporations' boards of directors include at least one female member. While U.S. media writes countless op-eds and Twitter buzzes about getting more women to the top, India has taken a proactive legal step to
 make it a reality.<br />
<br />
Reports indicate fewer than 30% of India’s female population is active in the workforce, but the new legislation is a significant first step in incentivizing and rewarding professional women across India. While it can’t be known what the long-term effects of
 this mandate will be, in theory, the law will provide opportunities for millions of Indian women to take on high-level management and strategy positions across the nation’s top industries.<br />
<br />
Last year, 16.9% of board seats in the United States were held by women, a relatively low number compared to the 27% of Swedish board seats and 40.9% of Norwegian board seats held by women. However, in India, women hold only 4.7% of corporate board positions,
 a statistic significantly lower than in western nations.<br />
<br />
By introducing the female board member mandate, India has the potential to not only grow its female working population, but to increase the value and importance of female leadership culturally and socially across the nation.<br />
</li></ul>
(The views expressed above are the personal views of the author)<br />
<br />
This article can also be read at:<br />
<a href="http://mashable.com/2014/04/17/india-future-innovations/" target="_blank">5 Innovations That Will Transform India in the Next 5 Years</a>]]></description>
      <pubDate>21/04/2014 10:27:44</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/23217/5+Innovations+That+Will+Transform+India+in+the+Next+5+Years</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">23217</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>23218</publicationdataID>
      <title>A moment of truth for India's women</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p><span style="font-style:italic">Bloomberg/ by William Pesek</span><br />
<br />
"The Power of 49": That's how Indian activists have started describing the potential influence of women, who make up just under 50 percent of the population, in the country's ongoing elections. Political parties are courting women for the first time as a bloc,
 a transformative force that could upend both caste-based voting patterns and the conventional wisdom in New Delhi if they cast their ballots along gender lines.<br />
<br />
Unfortunately, campaign pledges on women's issues and advertising blitzes targeting their support add up to more hype than reality. Sure, India's dominant parties -- Rahul Gandhi's Indian National Congress party and Narendra Modi's Bharatiya Janata Party --
 increased references to women in their 2014 election manifestos, compared to 2009. Both pledge to push through a long-stymied bill that guarantees a third of Lower House seats to women. (Women currently make up 11 percent of the body.) India's newest political
 force, Arvind Kejriwal's Aam Aadmi Party, says women's safety is the "biggest issue" in India, after a series of brutal gang rapes made for ugly headlines around the globe.<br />
<br />
Upon closer inspection, though, things look far less encouraging. Just last week, front-runner Modi unapologetically admitted that he had been married for more than four decades to a woman he'd abandoned (amicably, both say) while she was still a teenager.
 The head of a regional party in India's most populous state called for the repeal of an anti-rape law because "boys make mistakes." One of the most powerful state ministers -- a woman -- promises free blenders and wedding gold to lure female votes.<br />
<br />
It's quite the election-year paradox. At a time when India's political class should be addressing and harnessing a demographic that is more educated, literate and engaged than ever before, traditional politicians seem mystified by the task. Treating women like
 some amorphous vote bank and luring them with freebies hardly seems like the best India should be able to do in 2014.<br />
<br />
What do Indian women really want? The budding "Womanifesto" movement is raising its voice, and its fist, to present India's biggest parties with a multipoint plan. This Indian take on the "womenomics" movements afoot in Japan and elsewhere in Asia is promoting
 female empowerment through access to education; more women in positions of power; swift justice in gender crimes; better policing; and improved social mobility so girls born into poverty today can have a brighter tomorrow.<br />
<br />
Is any of this likely to emerge from this election? I don't see it. Far more importantly, neither does Karuna Nundy, a Supreme Court lawyer and co-author of the Womanifesto plan, who says that what she's heard from candidates so far is "vague" and "very thin."
 Nundy has won the support of Kejriwal's "Common Man" party. But the real prize would be to get the poll-leading BJP to commit to specific pro-women policies.<br />
<br />
Sexism is a serious headwind for India. In its 2013 gender-equality report, the World Economic Forum ranked India 101st -- after Cameroon, Azerbaijan and Indonesia and far behind 69th-place China. I asked Jane Horan, author of "How Asian Women Lead," about
 all this. "It's all about the sheer numbers and what this giant, powerful demographic shift says about where India is heading," she said. "You have an amazing talent pool there. Why not use it?"<br />
<br />
Unlike the U.S., India has had female leaders -- former Prime Minister Indira Gandhi and her Italian-born daughter-in-law Sonia Gandhi among them. Three regional female powerbrokers will hold great sway over whether Modi ultimately gets to lead India's 1.2
 billion people. These women -- Mamata Banerjee, J. Jayalalithaa and Mayawati (who goes by one name) -- have slammed Modi on the campaign trail. From PepsiCo Inc.'s Indra Nooyi to ICICI Bank Ltd.'s Chanda Kochhar, the nation has enough female corporate titans
 to put Japan and South Korea to shame.<br />
<br />
But in average life, Indian women still play a subordinate role, with less education and nutrition and fewer opportunities and protections than men. I'm still shocked by a United Nations Children's Fund poll in 2012 that found 57 percent of Indian men aged
 15 to 19 thought wife beating was OK. The ideology of Hindutva, in which women are often portrayed as Westernized temptresses, may intensify if Modi prevails. Also, hostility toward women often begins in the womb. A societal preference for boys and a giant
 sex-selection abortion industry keeps untold millions of girls from being born. Economist Amartya Sen famously calls them "missing women."<br />
<br />
For Indian politicians, the search is for missing female voters. But women aren't props to be exploited for short-term political gain, and it's time India's overwhelmingly male leaders understood that. As they grow more powerful and organized, the 49 percent
 won't be voting how their fathers and husbands do. They'll be tossing out leaders who fail to understand their true needs and aspirations -- and their power.<br />
<br />
(The views expressed above are the personal views of the author)<br />
<br />
<span style="font-weight:bold">This article can also be read at:</span><br />
<a href="http://www.bloombergview.com/articles/2014-04-17/a-moment-of-truth-for-india-s-women" target="_blank">A moment of truth for India's women</a></p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>21/04/2014 10:30:02</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/23218/A+moment+of+truth+for+Indias+women</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">23218</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>23207</publicationdataID>
      <title>India's Briefcase-Sized Voting Machines</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p><span style="font-style:italic">The Atlantic/ by Matt Ford</span><br />
<br />
<span style="font-style:italic">They're portable, economical, and helping more than 800 million Indians cast ballots in this year's election.</span><br />
<br />
Holding India's titanic general election is no simple task. Voting is broken down into nine phases—the fifth and largest of which is scheduled for this Thursday—that are spread over six weeks. Over the six weeks, an army of 11 million election officials and
 security forces will staff and operate more than 935,000 polling stations in India's 543 electoral constituencies, where they will serve almost 815 million registered Indian voters. Central to this undertaking are India's 1.7 million electronic voting machines,
 or EVMs, the portable, affordable, and highly durable systems that help this massive exercise in democracy run smoothly.<br />
<br />
Each EVM comes in two parts. The control unit remains with election officials at each polling place and connects by cable to the balloting unit. When a voter enters a polling booth, an official activates the balloting unit. The voter then presses one of up
 to 64 blue buttons next to each candidate's name and political-party symbol to cast his or her vote. India's Election Commission has produced a video explaining the process:<br />
<br />
EVMs help India overcome a number of electoral challenges. The machines are compact and portable, in contrast to bulkier booth-sized voting machines in the United States and elsewhere. They are also built to withstand India's diverse and sometimes-harsh climate.
 Since they run on two 6-volt alkaline batteries, EVMs can be readily used in rural India, where two-thirds of the country's 1.2 billion citizens live, and other areas with limited or no electricity.<br />
<br />
The symbol-oriented design also makes voting more widely accessible in a country with 287 million illiterate adults—nearly 37 percent of the worldwide total—and a multilingual electorate that speaks 22 officially-recognized languages and hundreds more unofficial
 ones. But perhaps the EVM's most impressive feature is its price tag: each unit costs only 10,500 Indian rupees, or about $175. By comparison, even older, used voting machines in the U.S. can cost around $6,000.<br />
<br />
After a decade of sporadic and unsanctioned use of EVMs, India legalized the devices in 1988 alongside the existing (and often-maligned) paper-ballot system. They became standard features of elections in 1998 and the sole method for casting votes in the 2004
 general election, in which almost 1.1 million EVMs were deployed in polling stations across the country. The Indian government boasts that "EVM has become the leitmotif of the world's largest democratic exercise and gets smarter with each avatar." Official
 election materials cite the EVM's superiority over paper balloting by noting the reduction in environmental waste, the speediness of tabulating results, and the decrease in spoiled or improperly cast votes. Another strength, according to election officials,
 is the EVM's role in combating electoral fraud through "booth capturing"—an ugly tactic where a candidate's supporters storm a polling place, sideline legitimate voters, and cast ballots—and ballot-stuffing.<br />
<br />
But the machines have their limitations as well. EVMs can only record a maximum of 3,840 votes each (the Election Commission says each polling place should only serve about 1,500 voters) and can only list a maximum of 64 candidates at a time to vote for. Because
 India's elections are staggered over a six-week period, votes are tabulated in one region and the machines are then reused in another. In March, the Election Commission estimated it would have 1.7 million ballot units and 1.8 million control units—some polling
 places have more than one ballot unit per control unit—for this year's election. Each Indian constituency is required to keep 10 percent more EVMs than necessary for emergency situations.<br />
<br />
Like all electronic voting systems, EVMs also invite concerns about outside tampering. Since implementing the devices nationwide, the Election Commission has insisted that the machines are not susceptible to hacking or other forms of fraud. But a 2010 report
 by Indian computer-security experts challenged this claim after examining one of the machines and cited numerous vulnerabilities, especially if a malicious user had access to the EVMs in advance. "The technology’s promise was that attacks on the ballot box
 and dishonesty in the counting process would be more difﬁcult," the report concluded. "Yet we ﬁnd that such attacks remain possible, while being potentially more difﬁcult to detect."<br />
<br />
A few months after the report's release, Mumbai police arrived at the house of Hari Prasad, one of the researchers, and arrested and interrogated him for hours about where he had obtained the device his team analyzed, before releasing him on bail. (The U.S.-based
 Electronic Frontier Foundation later bestowed upon Prasad its 2010 Pioneer Award for his work and his ordeal.) After repeated legal challenges by activists, the Delhi High Court ruled in January 2012 that the EVMs weren't tamper-proof and ordered the Election
 Commission to add a paper trail as an extra security measure against electoral fraud. Election officials pledged to upgrade 600,000 old EVMs to comply with the new guidelines and procure new ones, and voters can now file complaints if there are still problems
 with the devices.<br />
<br />
Developing countries from Nepal to Namibia have begun importing India's EVMs for their own elections.<br />
<br />
Occasionally, criticism of the machines takes bizarre forms. During last year's regional assembly elections in Chhattisgarh, for instance, the Bharatiya Janata Party (BJP) filed a formal complaint after an Indian National Congress party elder allegedly told
 tribal voters that the EVMs would electrocute them if they voted for non-Congress candidates. The BJP won the election, but the Election Commission's FAQ now reassures prospective voters that there is no chance of electrocution from "short-circuitry or [any]
 other reason."<br />
<br />
In India, popular sentiment toward EVMs is mixed. Amit Sheth, a professor at Wright State University in Ohio who studies social media's influence in elections like India's, ran a preliminary analysis of Twitter users' feelings about the devices. He found that
 about 50 percent of the tweets his team analyzed were complaints, though Sheth cautions that the analysis coincided with reports of a faulty machine in an eastern Indian state that reportedly cast votes for the BJP regardless of which button was pressed. "In
 the last election, there were many claims about Congress tampering with EVM, usually the ruling party gets blamed more often," Sheth told me. "So far, I have not found systemic differences of one party's view towards EVM than other party's views."<br />
<br />
Despite their drawbacks, EVMs help solve electoral problems that aren't unique to India. The Indian government provided 4,130 EVMs to neighboring Bhutan last year for its legislative elections, and other developing countries, ranging from Nepal to Namibia,
 have also imported the Indian-manufactured machines for use in their own contests. Although it's no panacea for poor governance or repressive regimes, this $150 device from the world's largest democracy could soon make voting easier in burgeoning democracies
 worldwide.<br />
<br />
<span style="font-style:italic">(The views expressed above are the personal views of the author)</span><br />
<br />
<span style="font-weight:bold">This article can also be read at:</span><br />
<a href="http://www.theatlantic.com/international/archive/2014/04/indias-briefcase-sized-voting-machines/360554/" target="_blank">India's Briefcase-Sized Voting Machines</a></p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>17/04/2014 10:03:36</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/23207/Indias+BriefcaseSized+Voting+Machines</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">23207</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>23208</publicationdataID>
      <title>India's Unparalleled Election Demographic And The Fingie</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p><span style="font-style:italic">Forbes/ by Saritha Rai</span><br />
<br />
In the ongoing 2014 general elections in India, a whopping 150 million young Indians between the ages of 18 to 23 years have become eligible to vote for the first time. That is close to the total number of all registered voters in the 2012 presidential elections
 in the United States (169 million) and the sum equivalent of voters in several European countries.<br />
<br />
In the nine-phase voting that began on April 7 and is scheduled to end on May 12, trends indicate that first-time voters are showing no signs of the voter lethargy that middle and upper middle class Indians are infamous for. On the contrary, young Indians are
 showing up at the voting booth in unprecedented numbers. Voting has become a display of impatience and assertiveness.<br />
<br />
Out of this, a Selfie movement has taken root amongst first-timers. Social networks are being flooded with the "Fingie” (finger selfie), or "Ungli” in Hindi, posed photos of inked fingers shot on smartphones and uploaded on Facebook, Instagram or Twitter.<br />
<br />
India’s Election Commission, meanwhile, has warned that anyone shooting Selfies inside voting booths or during voting would be jailed.<br />
<br />
The sizable segment of first-time voters are the target of some concerted wooing by political parties and leaders. Opinion polls and experts, however, are straining to predict the mind of this young voter pool.<br />
<br />
In the urban Indian scenario, there is considerable overlap between first-time voters and the country’s band of educated, tech-savvy and wallet-happy youth. It is India’s post-liberalization generation, a cohort that was born after India’s economy started opening
 up in 1991.<br />
<br />
It is a generation that has grown up in and gotten used to a buoyant economic scenario. In the ongoing elections, these urban first-time voters are expressing considerable anxiety about India’s recent economic slide and the rising incidence of corruption. A
 lot has changed since the last general election in 2009 when India was nearing double-digit economic growth rates. Since then, the economy has slowed drastically and is now projected to grow at 5.4% in 2014.<br />
<br />
Young voters are also concerned about dwindling job prospects. It is a generation that is arriving to a damp job scenario after a long spell of plentiful employment opportunities, double-digit salary raises and job-hopping.<br />
<br />
Real issues aside, first-timers are making it obvious on social networks that they are enamored by political idols. The boyish-faced Rahul Gandhi of the ruling Congress Party, the tough-talking Narendra Modi and the anti-corruption crusader Arvind Kejriwal
 of the Aam Aadmi Party have their own segment of young fans. Still, it is hard to say who this game changer of a generation will favor in the polling booth.<br />
<br />
<span style="font-style:italic">(The views expressed above are the personal views of the author)
</span><br />
<span style="font-weight:bold"><br />
This article can also be read at:</span><br />
<a href="http://www.forbes.com/sites/saritharai/2014/04/15/indias-unparalleled-election-demographic-and-the-fingie/" target="_blank">India's Unparalleled Election Demographic And The Fingie</a></p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>17/04/2014 10:08:52</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/23208/Indias+Unparalleled+Election+Demographic+And+The+Fingie</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">23208</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>23209</publicationdataID>
      <title>Women Top India’s Elections Agenda</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p><span style="font-style:italic">Wall Street Journal/ by Preetika Rana</span><br />
<br />
India’s politicians are courting a newly energized and critical set of voters in this year’s national elections: women.<br />
<br />
A wave of anger after the fatal gang-rape of a 23-year-old student in Delhi in 2012 galvanized Indian women, tens of thousands of whom took to the streets to protest daily violence and discrimination against them.<br />
<br />
That activism has translated into higher female turnout in recent state elections and forced political parties to pay more attention to women’s fears for their physical safety and their broader aspirations for equality.<br />
<br />
"Politicians know they can no longer ignore us,” said Neha Verghese, a 38-year-old fashion designer, after casting her ballot in Delhi. The 2012 attack has "made women bolder,” she said.<br />
<br />
India’s national vote, which began April 7 and lasts for five weeks, is believed to be the world’s biggest-ever election.<br />
<br />
Women’s issues have figured prominently on the campaign agendas of the country’s two most important national parties: the Congress, which is fighting an uphill battle for re-election, and its main rival, the Bharatiya Janata Party.<br />
<br />
Both have pledged to push forward an amendment to India’s constitution that would set aside a third of the seats in Parliament for women members. About 11% of members in the most recent Parliament were women.<br />
<br />
Politicians have also promised better protection for women and a greater government focus on improving their education and economic security.<br />
<br />
"India can be a superpower only by empowering women,” Rahul Gandhi, who is leading the Congress’s national campaign, told a cheering audience at a women’s rally in southern India in February.<br />
<br />
Narendra Modi, the Bharatiya Janata Party candidate for prime minister, has also been speaking out. In a radio ad, Mr. Modi promises that if elected he will insure "security to every mother and daughter.”<br />
<br />
That appeal is reaching many women voters.<br />
<br />
"I’ve voted in four elections, but for the first time this year, I felt part of the national conversation,” said Saraswati, a 42-year-old domestic worker in New Delhi, who like many Indians goes by one name. "Never before have parties promised to safeguard
 our rights and interests.”<br />
<br />
But not all women think the political rhetoric is genuine. "These are all election gimmicks,” Jasjit Purewal, a New Delhi-based women’s rights activist, said. "The real challenge remains: deep-rooted patriarchal mind set against women, even in politics.”<br />
<br />
Last week, an Indian politician from the Samajwadi Party came under fire for playing down the severity of rapes, which he called "mistakes” boys would make in their youth. The same day, one of the men in his party, said women should be hanged for having premarital
 sex.<br />
<br />
The focus on women hasn’t extended to fielding them as candidates in this election. Less than a fifth of candidates for the BJP and Congress are women. "It’s a classic case of not practicing what you preach,” said Praveen Rai, an analyst at the Centre for the
 Study of Developing Societies, a think-tank.<br />
<br />
Officially, the parties disagree. "It’s not that we are being biased. Women have traditionally kept out of politics,” Raashid Alvi, a senior Congress leader, said. "There are fewer women to field as a result.” Prakash Javadekar, a BJP spokesman, echoed his
 views. "If a strong women candidate is in the fray, which party would ever refuse? Sadly, though, there aren’t very many.”<br />
<br />
Female candidates say one of the reasons why fewer women are in the running is because Indian politics is largely viewed as a male-dominated profession. "Now the perception is changing,” Meenakshi Lekhi, a senior BJP leader, said. "Parties are encouraging women’s
 participation, and more women are setting foot into politics.”<br />
<br />
Still, women voters have been neglected in politics in the past, activists say, because they have tended to vote in lower numbers than men, and, when they did cast ballots, often voted for the candidates favored by their fathers or husbands.<br />
<br />
Lately, there have been signs of change. In three of the five states that held state-government elections in December, the women voter turnout was greater than that of the men.<br />
<br />
"When I first voted—some 35 years ago—you’d see only a handful of women at the polling stand,” said Omvati, a 54-year-old mother of four who cast her vote in a Delhi suburb. "Now look: From college students to great-grandmothers, women are coming out in droves
 to vote.”<br />
<br />
Ms. Omvati says the December 2012 attack and the activism it inspired helped push the change. "It encouraged more women to come out and speak for their rights,” she said. "It’s a sign we are no longer scared to speak our minds.”<br />
<br />
As it has wooed women voters, Congress has pledged to quadruple the number of women-only police stations, which are staffed by female officers, in an effort to improve security and give women a haven where they can report complaints.<br />
<br />
Among other things, the party has also said it will set up more schools for girls, earmark more funds for the "development of women and children,” and work to secure land rights for widows and women whose husbands have migrated to find work in cities.<br />
<br />
The BJP, for its part, says if elected it will launch a national campaign to protect and educate girls, and set up a network of dedicated skills-training centers for women.<br />
<br />
"Women’s safety is now a top priority for us as voters,” said Rakhi, a 28-year-old home maker from New Delhi. "If the politicians who win elections this time fail to ensure women’s safety, we will vote them out in the next elections.”<br />
<br />
<span style="font-style:italic">(The views expressed above are the personal views of the author)
</span><br />
<span style="font-weight:bold"><br />
This article can also be read at:</span><br />
<a href="http://blogs.wsj.com/indiarealtime/2014/04/15/womens-issues-women-voters-top-elections-agenda/" target="_blank">Women Top India’s Elections Agenda</a></p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>17/04/2014 10:11:38</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/23209/Women+Top+Indias+Elections+Agenda</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">23209</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>23210</publicationdataID>
      <title>Indian slums switch to solar powered lamps</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p><span style="font-style:italic">Catholic Online </span><br />
<br />
In the slums of New Delhi, India, where starvation, disease and filth run rampant, a most extraordinary thing is happening. The poor here are being given solar lamps in order to use cleaner energy. The smoke from kerosene lamps, in addition to wood burning
 stoves, has made the air there hazardous. Pollinate Energy, a social enterprise start-up is helping people living in the slums to use cleaner energy.<br />
<br />
Pollinate Energy, which began in 2013, is one of thousands of businesses in India tapping into the clean energy market. It's estimated that 35-40 percent of the entire population has no access to electricity.<br />
<br />
Many poor urban communities in India are forced to live by candlelight. Slum tenants also use polluting fuels like kerosene, or "steal energy" by illegally tapping in to the power lines of wealthier neighborhoods.<br />
<br />
Pollinate Energy markets and sells renewable energy lanterns and stoves on a five-week, interest-free payment plan to families living under tarpaulin sheets in Bangalore's slums.<br />
<br />
"There are actually a lot of organizations selling clean energy products in the rural sector already, and we found that there was a big gap in the market in the urban sector," Monique Alfris, co-founder of Pollinate Energy says. "Nobody believes that there
 are people in urban environments who are using kerosene for light."<br />
<br />
As opposed to those who reside in developed nations, "living off the grid" usually means living in a self-sustaining environment in remote, rural areas. The opposite is true for India, where millions of people are off the grid in urban centers. Burning fuel
 in poorly ventilated places like a tent or small hut contributes to indoor air pollution, which can cause premature death in women and young children.<br />
<br />
New alternatives such as solar lanterns and clean cooking stoves are now being manufactured on a larger scale. However, urban slum and village communities have not been aware of these new technologies and have not bought the products.<br />
<br />
Pollinate Energy says there is a serious need to focus on urban areas, given the thousands of rural migrants streaming into India's towns and cities every day, who face "energy poverty" - a lack of access to modern energy services.<br />
<br />
"India is one of the fastest urbanizing countries in the world. There are always more and more people coming into the cities," Alfris says.<br />
<br />
<span style="font-weight:bold">This article can also be read at:</span><br />
<a href="http://www.catholic.org/news/international/asia/story.php?id=54957" target="_blank">Indian slums switch to solar powered lamps</a></p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>17/04/2014 10:14:31</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/23210/Indian+slums+switch+to+solar+powered+lamps</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">23210</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>23211</publicationdataID>
      <title>Why world’s biggest carnival of democracy matters</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p><span style="font-weight:bold; font-style:italic">Elections 2014: Celebrating the carnival of Indian democracy</span><br />
<br />
<span style="font-style:italic">The Daily Mirror/ by Manish Chand</span><br />
<br />
The world’s biggest carnival of democracy is in full flow. It’s a carnival in every sense of the word – in terms of sheer drama, spectacle and colour, along with all that hurly-burly and exuberant noise, the parliamentary elections in India have set new benchmarks
 that are hard to match anywhere else in the world. The statistics are staggering and overwhelm the imagination: 814.5 million Indians in a country of 1.2 billion people are eligible to vote in the 16th Lok Sabha elections that are being held in nine phases
 across India from April 7-May 12. The size of the electorate –- every adult Indian who is 18 (as on January 1, 2014) is free to choose his representative -- exceeds the total population of the 28-nation European Union, the US and South Asia minus India. Around
 100 million people have been added to the voters’ roll since the last elections in 2009. And here are some more factoids that are truly mind-boggling: this year, there are 919,452 polling stations in which 814.5 million registered voters will use 1,878,306
 electronic voting machines to choose candidates fielded by over 300 political parties.<br />
<br />
<span style="font-weight:bold">Logic and Logistics</span><br />
<br />
The logistics of organising the elections on this scale are truly awe-inspiring, but the Election Commission of India, an autonomous constitutional body known for unimpeachable standards of integrity, has more than risen to the occasion to ensure free, fair
 and credible elections over 67 years of India’s independence. This year, the EC<br />
<br />
has deployed around 11 million-plus personnel to ensure the world’s largest democratic exercise goes off without a hitch. The EC has also been proactive in organising a string of awareness campaigns, roping in celebrities to exhort Indians to exercise their
 franchise "in an informed and ethical manner” and treat voting as their sacred duty in the service of democracy. The Lok Sabha elections in India, held every five years unless a mid-term poll is forced upon the nation due to compelling circumstances,<br />
<br />
are without doubt, a stupendous blockbuster of democracy - a celebration of argumentative Indians and a veritable feast of pomp and polemics.<br />
<br />
Above all, the elections, based on universal adult franchise, is a great leveller in so far as all adult Indians above 18, be it a celebrity billionaire or an anonymous penniless bard, have one vote each to decide the fate of their aspiring rulers.<br />
<span style="font-weight:bold"><br />
Global Media Frenzy</span><br />
<br />
Small wonder, the elections in India tease the global imagination like nothing else, and bring in hordes of journalists, paparazzi and plain curiosity-hunters who don’t mind braving the unforgiving Indian summer to have a first-hand feel of this rambunctious
 festival bristling with theatrics and eloquence. Going by the latest buzz, there are some 200-odd foreign correspondents who are criss-crossing the length and breadth of India and trying to unscramble what is clearly the most unpredictable and globally watched
 elections in the world. And these journalists represent some of the most powerful media networks in the world, ranging from behemoths like BBC, CNN, Bloomberg, Time, Sydney Morning Herald, Reuters, AFP, AP, Asahi Shimbun and Kyodo News to smaller media outfits
 from neighbouring countries like Jamuna Television and Banglanews.<br />
<br />
The global interest in the 2014 elections in India is without parallel and for a reason; given India’s growing diplomatic profile and the country’s ncreasing intertwining with the global economy, the world has a stake in who gets to rule India and what he or
 she stands for. The electoral arena this time is qualitatively different, and has come to resemble personality-oriented presidential-style campaigning. Competing for the hearts and minds of over 800 million Indians are a former tea-seller turned political
 star of the BJP, the heir-apparent of India’s longest-running political dynasty representing the ruling Congress-led coalition and a maverick engineer-turned-anti-corruption crusader who aspires to change the old status quo politics of privilege that has been
 practised in this country for much of its independent history.<br />
<br />
<span style="font-weight:bold">Election Tourism</span><br />
<br />
One can understand journalists following the Indian elections with all the professional rigour and fervour they can muster, but this time around, a new genre of election tourism is shaping up. Touted as the ‘Kumbh Mela’ of the world’s largest democracy, tourism
 industry impresarios and managers are offering election-themed holiday packages to foreign tourists. The sales pitch has apparently worked: Varanasi, the world’s oldest living cosmological city, is attracting droves of curiosity-struck foreign tourists, who
 are not seeking salvation, but are looking to experience the much-hyped electoral contest between the BJP’s prime ministerial candidate Narendra Modi and AAM Admi party chief Arvind Kejriwal. Ahamedabad is another hot favourite with a new breed of election
 tourists. Ahmedabad-based tour operator Election Tourism India is hoping to attract around 2,000 foreigners over the next few weeks till the last phase of polling ends on May 12.Will foreign policy change?<br />
<br />
While speculation is rife about possible policy changes by the new government formed after the elections, no radical changes are expected in the arena of India’s foreign policy. Going by the past, by and large an unwritten across-the-board national consensus
 on the country’s foreign policy has endured, with minor improvisations and modulations. This consensus includes pursuing a foreign policy based on enlightened national interest, good relations with neighbouring countries and extended neighbourhood, strategic
 autonomy, constructive engagement with major powers and emerging powers, promoting a rule-based international border, and vigorously enlarging the country’s developmental options through innovative and pragmatic diplomacy. Regardless of who forms the government
 in New Delhi after the votes are counted and the results are declared on May 16, the world can, therefore, expect some predictability and continuity in broad thrusts of India’s multi-layered relations with the world.<br />
<br />
<span style="font-weight:bold">Keeper of Democracy Dream </span><br />
<br />
In a world where democracy remains a distant dream for more than three billion people, the spectacle of the Indian elections, with its proven record of peaceful transfer of power over more than six decades, should be inspiring and a compelling argument against
 authoritarianism. Currently, more than 100 countries are technically democracies in so far as they hold elections to choose their rulers. The good news is that with every passing year, more countries are getting converted to the democratic fold. However, according
 to a report by The Economist Intelligence Unit, only 15 percent of countries enjoy full democracy and nearly a third of the world's nations are ruled by authoritarian regimes. Against this backdrop, the exhilarating spectacle of millions of Indians voting
 to elect their rulers should be an exemplar. What’s more, the elections in India, despite the sheer magnitude of the exercise and mind-boggling diversity, have been remarkably free of violence or bloodletting, and have consistently scored high on credibility.<br />
<br />
<span style="font-weight:bold">India Ink</span><br />
<br />
But for all its justly-earned democratic credentials and its enduring belief in an inclusive democratic world order, India is not in the business of exporting democracy – proselytising is alien to the all-embracing Indian culture and ethos. India has, however,
 been prompt to render assistance in holding elections or democratic institution-building, but only on request. It may not be an exaggeration to say that the country’s fiercely argumentative and vibrant democracy has emerged as a role model for many countries
 across the world, ranging from Myanmar and Nepal in Asia to Egypt, Libya and Tunisia in North Africa. New democracies, especially those born in the aftermath of the Arab Spring, are now<br />
<br />
looking at the Indian model of democratic development for inspiration. From Afghanistan to Cambodia, India has been happy to send indelible ink, electronic voting machines or polling officers to train personnel in the business of conducting elections. Indelible
 ink, repository of democratic dreams, produced in Mysore, India’s southern city, has become the much sought-after charm by established and fledgling democracies. In the last three decades, Mysore Paints &amp; Varnish Ltd has exported the ink to 28 countries across
 the world including Turkey, South Africa, Nigeria, Nepal, Ghana, Papua-New Guinea, Burkina Faso, Canada, Togo, Sierra Leone, Malaysia and Cambodia.<br />
<br />
In the near future, India looks set to be the world’s most populous democracy – an honour it will be all too happy to cede to China if the latter opts for electoral democracy. And the parliamentary elections in India will remain a veritable carnival and the
 keeper of the world’s democratic dream.<br />
<br />
<span style="font-style:italic">(Manish Chand is Editor-in-Chief of India Writes, www.indiawrites.org, an online journal and magazine focused on international affairs and the India Story. The views expressed in this article are solely those of the author)</span><br />
<br />
<span style="font-weight:bold">This article can also be read at:</span><br />
<a href="http://www.dailymirror.lk/opinion/172-opinion/45904-why-worlds-biggest-carnival-of-democracy-matters.html" target="_blank">Why world’s biggest carnival of democracy matters</a></p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>17/04/2014 10:18:28</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/23211/Why+worlds+biggest+carnival+of+democracy+matters</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">23211</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>23201</publicationdataID>
      <title>The Indian Elections</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p><span style="font-style:italic">New York Times/ by V. Mitchell</span><br />
<br />
It is truly the greatest show on Earth, an ode to a diverse &amp; democratic ethos, where 700 million &#43; of humanity vote, providing their small part in directing their ancient civilization into the future.<br />
<br />
It is no less impressive when done in a neighborhood which includes de-stabilizing &amp; violent Pakistan, China, and Burma.<br />
<br />
It's challenges are immense, more so probably than anywhere else, particularly in development &amp; fending off terrorism -- but considering these challenges &amp; its neighbors, it is even more astounding that the most diverse nation on Earth, with hundreds of languages,
 all religions &amp; cultures, is not only surviving, but thriving.<br />
<br />
<span style="font-weight:bold">The nation:</span><br />
<br />
where Hinduism, Buddhism, Jainism &amp; Sikhism were born, which is the second largest Muslim nation on Earth;<br />
<br />
where Christianity has existed for 2000 years;<br />
<br />
where the oldest Jewish synagogues &amp; Jewish communities have resided since the Romans burnt their 2nd temple;<br />
<br />
where the Dalai Lama &amp; the Tibetan government in exile reside;<br />
<br />
where the Zoroastrians from Persia have thrived since being thrown out of their ancient homeland;<br />
<br />
where Armenians, Syrians &amp; many others have come to live; <br />
<br />
where the Paris-based OECD said was the largest economy on Earth for 1500 of the last 2000 years, including the 2nd largest, only 200 years ago;<br />
<br />
where 3 Muslim Presidents have been elected,<br />
<br />
where a Sikh is Prime Minister &amp; the head of the ruling party a Catholic Italian woman,<br />
<br />
where the past President was also a woman, succeeding a Muslim President who as a rocket scientist is a hero in the nation;<br />
<br />
where a booming economy is lifting 40 million out of poverty each year &amp; is expected to have the majority of its population in the middle class already, equal to the entire US population, by 2025;<br />
<br />
where its optimism &amp; vibrancy is manifested in its movies, arts, economic growth &amp; voting, despite all the incredible challenges &amp; hardships;<br />
<br />
where all the great powers are vying for influence, as it itself finds its place in the world.<br />
<br />
Where all of this is happening, is India and as greater than 1/10th of humanity gets ready to vote, it is an inspiration to the entire World.<br />
<br />
(The views expressed above are the personal views of the author)</p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>15/04/2014 09:55:42</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/23201/The+Indian+Elections</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">23201</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>23203</publicationdataID>
      <title>Intelligent' power rationing eases Indian state's irrigation woes</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p><span style="font-style:italic">Thomson Reuters Foundation/ by Manipadma Jena</span><br />
<br />
A scheme to separate agricultural and domestic power supplies in Gujarat has been recognised by the United Nations for making irrigation more efficient and dramatically improving the Indian state’s farm productivity.<br />
<br />
The $290 million rural rewiring project, named Jyotigram Yojana (JGY) or "village light scheme”, has been implemented in almost all of Gujarat’s 18,000 villages.<br />
<br />
The mostly semi-arid, drought-prone state is industrialising rapidly, but nearly half the population still depend on agriculture. Since the late 1980s, groundwater aquifers have been seriously depleted.<br />
<br />
A principal cause of that was highly subsidised electric power provided to farmers by the state utility. With electricity costing farmers next to nothing, they had no incentive to irrigate efficiently, and many diverted power intended for domestic use to pump
 extra water which they sold on at a profit.<br />
<br />
Use of electric pumps in Gujarat increased by 585 percent between 1971 and 2001, compared with an increase of just 56 percent in the use of unsubsidised diesel pumps.<br />
<br />
Electricity bills were mostly flat-rate, and the Gujarat Electricity Board was unable to hike prices because the state’s political leaders did not want to alienate farmers, a large constituency of voters. With no control over the amount of electricity used,
 the utility went bankrupt.<br />
<br />
As a result there was no investment in the power grid, further worsening the supply for domestic users, public services and small-scale industries, especially in rural areas.<br />
<br />
Gujarat’s solution was to split rural electricity feeder lines to supply farm pumps separately from household and commercial users.<br />
<br />
The previously shared connection provided 16 hours of single-phase supply, intended for domestic use, and eight hours of higher-voltage, three-phase supply from which farmers could run their irrigation pumps.<br />
<br />
In practice, many farmers illegally converted the single-phase supply to three-phase in order to pump water for longer and sell it on the informal market.<br />
<br />
<span style="font-weight:bold">UN-WATER AWARD</span><br />
<br />
Under the new system, introduced in 2003 and completed in 2006, non-farm customers receive a 24-hour three-phase supply that is metered, at unsubsidised rates.<br />
<br />
Meanwhile, the agriculture feeder lines provide eight hours a day of uninterrupted, full-voltage power for farmers who operate tube wells.<br />
<br />
The timing of this supply alternates weekly between high-cost peak daytime power and cheaper night-time power. This has reduced overall costs for the power utility, which is still required to provide a 75 percent subsidy to farmers, who pay 0.75 Indian rupees
 (1.25 US cents) for one unit of electricity.<br />
<br />
The prize-winning power separation scheme was based on research by ITP, a Gujarat-based partnership between the International Water Management Institute (IWMI) and the Sir Ratan Tata Trust.<br />
<br />
The project received UN-Water’s "Water for Life” Best Practices Award on Mar. 21, the eve of World Water Day, in Tokyo. The global award recognises sustainable techniques in water-resource management.<br />
<br />
"(We) decided to select this practice for directly tackling the socioeconomic and environmental challenges related to the improvement of the energy-irrigation nexus ... and for its strong potential for replication,” said the Water for Life jury.<br />
<br />
The benefits of separating the power supplies have spread through the state, says Tushaar Shah, leader of the ITP.<br />
<br />
"The high-quality, predictable and reliable power supply incentivised farmers to grow crops with high returns and cultivate all land they owned,” he said.<br />
<br />
Large- and medium-scale farmers have switched from cereals to high-value crops like Bt cotton, tobacco, oilseed, spices, and fruit and flower orchards, maximising returns from every drop of water.<br />
<br />
<span style="font-weight:bold">POOREST FARMERS LOSE OUT?</span><br />
<br />
Agricultural growth in Gujarat has been steady at 8-10 percent for most of the last decade, more than double the national average, according to economists, although some point to other contributing factors such as private seed companies with new technologies,
 stronger marketing through contract farming, and the flourishing of dairy cooperatives with assured cold storage.<br />
<br />
Meanwhile, the formerly indebted state power utility, benefiting from JGY and major energy-sector restructuring, is now selling surplus power to other states.<br />
<br />
"What appealed to the jury about our research programme was (that) when (the) energy-groundwater irrigation nexus was not a big issue anywhere globally, we’ve been making a big deal of it since 12 years now,” Shah said in an interview.<br />
<br />
"It is now proved that feeder segregation and ‘intelligent rationing’ of farm power supply can substantially cut groundwater and subsidised electricity wastage (and) boost agricultural growth,” he added.<br />
<br />
Nonetheless marginal farmers have found their water access cut by the JGY scheme. Because they cannot afford irrigation pumps, they do not qualify for subsidised power and must pay full rates for what they use.<br />
<br />
Farmers who do have pumps are turning to more water-intensive crops, so most no longer have excess water to sell on to those without pumps. Scarcity has driven up prices on the informal market by 30-50 percent since JGY began, making the water too expensive
 for poorer farmers.<br />
<br />
<span style="font-weight:bold">NEXT STEPS</span><br />
<br />
Shah argued that further steps need to be taken to rationalise the use of power and minimise costs. He pointed out that India’s irrigation needs are highest for 30 to 40 days each year, roughly between November and February, and farmers need power most then.<br />
<br />
Farmers would prefer a seasonally adjusted power supply, he said. Instead of the current eight-hour daily ration, more hours could be supplied during the high-demand period, with a limited supply of three or four hours the rest of the year.<br />
<br />
Requirements also differ drastically between years with normal rainfall and drought years, he added. In dry years, farmers say they need 13 hours of irrigation daily, even during the monsoon, which is the sowing period.<br />
<br />
Since 2012, feeder separation has been replicated to varying degrees in the states of Andhra Pradesh, Haryana, Karnataka, Madhya Pradesh and Punjab, at a total investment of $3.5 billion.<br />
<br />
"For separate feeder lines, a strong government is necessary, since farm power and irrigation are powerful political, vote bank-related issues,” Shah said. "Vigorous monitoring of power theft too is necessary; otherwise it defeats the very purpose of power
 rationing.”<br />
<br />
Gujarat has taken legal action against more than 100,000 cases of power theft, he added.<br />
<br />
<span style="font-style:italic">(The views expressed above are the personal views of the author)</span><br />
<span style="font-weight:bold"><br />
This article can also be read at:</span><br />
<a href="http://www.trust.org/item/20140414102138-ic0pz/?source=dpagehead" target="_blank">Intelligent' power rationing eases Indian state's irrigation woes</a></p>
<br />
]]></description>
      <pubDate>15/04/2014 15:34:05</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/23203/Intelligent+power+rationing+eases+Indian+states+irrigation+woes</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">23203</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>23200</publicationdataID>
      <title>India can be role model in conducting smooth elections</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p><span style="font-style:italic">The Peninsula Qatar</span><br />
<br />
The sheer scale of the Indian general election has left them marvelling. Members of an international delegation that is in India to witness the Lok Sabha elections are highly impressed by the smooth conduct of polls and say India has become a learning centre
 for other developing countries.<br />
<br />
"We visited a model polling station in Delhi and witnessing the magnificent arrangements for voters. It also shows that polls of such magnitude can be conducted in such a smooth manner. This would help the other developing countries too,” Abednego Akok, Chief
 Election Commissioner of South Sudan, said.<br />
<br />
Akok, who had witnessed the arrangements for the Delhi assembly polls in December last year, said "India has become a learning center for developing countries of the world. Despite being the world’s largest democracy and being prone to hassles like population,
 problems due to a multi-party system and frequent violation of the model code of conduct by political parties, the Election Commission of India is able to conduct polls in a very smooth manner,” Akok said.<br />
<br />
Akok is part of the 30-member delegation from 19 countries that visited polling stations in other states as well as the national capital. Besides Akok, the delegation includes senior election officials from Ghana, Kyrgyzstan, Lebanon, Malaysia, Maldives, the
 Philippines, Sierra Leone, Sri Lanka and a few other developing countries.<br />
<br />
"The Indian government can be the perfect partner for a young country like South Sudan in the area of training of staff and use of the Electronic Voting Machine (EVM) system, which are very essential for smooth conduct of polls,” said the CEC of South Sudan,
 which became an independent nation in 2012 and its poll panel was set up a year ago.<br />
<br />
Muiugeta, a senior election officer from Ethiopia, praised the awareness campaigns launched by the poll panel and the Systematic Voters Systematic Voters’ Education And Electoral Participation(SVEEP) - an initiative to motivate people to come out and vote.<br />
<br />
He also appreciated the use of the newly-introduced paper trail in EVMs and wants it to be used in his country too.<br />
<br />
Muiugeta said he had seen EVMs with paper trail in Belgium which had been kept for demonstration, while in India it was used in selected polling stations of the national capital.<br />
<br />
"During my visit to polling stations in Delhi, i witnessed the immense excitement among the voters whereas in Ethiopia even the awareness campaigns fail to bring voters to polling booths, " Muiugeta said.<br />
<br />
He said the Ethiopian government wants the Election Commission of India to guide and provide training to his country to make them "election oriented” to conduct the polls smoothly.<br />
<br />
Muiugeta was also amazed to know that unrecognised political parties are allowed to contest polls in India, which is not allowed in Ethiopia. There are a total of 72 recognised political parties in Ethiopia. India has a staggering 1,617 unrecognised political
 parties while there are six national and 47 state recognised parties.<br />
<br />
<span style="font-weight:bold">This article can also be read at:</span><br />
<a href="http://thepeninsulaqatar.com/news/india/279739/india-can-be-role-model-in-conducting-smooth-elections" target="_blank">India can be role model in conducting smooth elections</a></p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>15/04/2014 09:51:38</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/23200/India+can+be+role+model+in+conducting+smooth+elections</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">23200</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>23191</publicationdataID>
      <title>Indian aid for development projects</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p><span style="font-style:italic">Kantipur</span><br />
<br />
The Indian government has invested millions in various development projects in the district.<br />
<br />
India’s investment in the district started with the construction of Koshi Barrage at the cost of Indian Rs 7 billion. Construction of some infrastructure projects is under way while many others have been completed. India provided funds for the construction
 of a building for Narendra Memorial Janata Secondary School and a building for Rameshwor Secondary School at Brahmaputra. Both of the buildings were built at the cost of more than Rs 20 million.<br />
<br />
Likewise, construction of a building for Bindeshwori Multiple Campus at Rajbiraj is under way with the cost of Rs 20 million provided by India.<br />
<br />
The Indian government also provided Rs 30 million for the construction of a building for Gajendra Narayan Singh Sagarmatha Zonal Hospital at Rajbiraj. The construction work is under way. These are just few examples of India-funded projects in the district.<br />
<br />
Gangaram Sah, an official at the District Development Committee (DDC), s aid that India provides aid to such development projects through the DDC.<br />
<br />
Bijaya Prasad Singh of the Nepal Sadbhawana Party s aid that the Indian government is keen to invest in the district as "many people in the district had supported the fight for independence in India.” "Some senior leaders of various Indian political parties
 used to take shelter in villages of Koiladi and Wabhangamakatti in Saptari for months during their fight against the British rule,” he s aid , adding that after India became independent, some of the leaders, who took shelter in Saptari’s villages, became prime
 ministers or ministers.<br />
<span style="font-weight:bold"><br />
This article can also be read at:</span><br />
<a href="http://www.ekantipur.com/2014/04/09/national/indian-aid-for-development-projects/387989.html" target="_blank">Indian aid for development projects</a></p>
<br />
]]></description>
      <pubDate>09/04/2014 16:19:21</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/23191/Indian+aid+for+development+projects</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">23191</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>23189</publicationdataID>
      <title>Mohanjit Jolly: India’s Startups are thinking global</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p><span style="font-style:italic">Wall Street Journal/by Mohanjit Jolly</span><br />
<br />
Any startup ecosystem consists of three fundamental constituents: startups, investors and the market. When analyzing India, one has to use a "relative” lens rather than an "absolute” one. India is orders of magnitude removed from Silicon Valley in absolute
 numbers (startups and capital). But, on a relative basis, compared to where India was a few years ago, the country is clearly moving "up and to the right.”<br />
<br />
<span style="font-weight:bold">Startups</span><br />
<br />
The quantity and quality of Indian startups has continued to improve over the past few years for several reasons. The idea generation and curation machine is starting to take hold. Top-tier technology and management institutes have institutionalized entrepreneurship
 as a topic of academic and business interest. Some have established entrepreneurship cells, with regular business plan competitions leading to seed capital.<br />
<br />
Seasoned executives from India and the US have catalyzed angel investing in Tier 1 cities (many are moving back to India to be close to their aging parents, for example). Certain U.S. university alumni have created their own investment circles. There are a
 few seed or micro VCs along with several independent or corporate incubators, providing real estate, mentorship and in some cases, capital.<br />
<br />
For the first time in history, there are examples of several Indian startups garnering valuations (at least on paper) in excess of $200 million, and in a few cases, like Flipkart, far north of $500 million. This is having a tremendous impact on the overall
 psyche of the Indian tech entrepreneur, who has historically been accused of thinking incremental rather than monumental (in terms of both the idea as well as impact).<br />
<br />
I am a fundamental believer in the "success begets success” philosophy. Now that some startups are starting to blossom, there is anticipation of meaningful exits in the coming years, which is adding fuel to the entrepreneurial fire. There is a secondary benefit
 as well. As potential exits are realized and wealth creation takes place, employees start valuing equity and stock options instead of cash salary, which is the primary motivator today.<br />
<br />
But Indian entrepreneurs still suffer from stigma attached to failure. The irony is that the fundamental tenet of startups in Silicon Valley, most of whom now have an Indian founder, is willingness to fail, and therefore take a massive risk. In India, it’s
 a matter of time before the fear of failure turns into an embrace.<br />
<br />
With few exceptions, startups in India still fall in the "me too” or "US clone” category. The innovation in India has more to do with distribution channels or business models than with changing the fundamental IP. Going back to the theme around relative versus
 absolute, Facebook did make its first acquisition in India, which, while not a large transaction, signifies a seminal moment in Indian startup history.<br />
<br />
The single biggest attribute that got me excited about moving to and investing in India was the sheer "impact” that startups can have there. There is a blossoming category of the "do good, do well,” profit-minded, but socially impactful startups that are saving
 and improving millions of lives. (Attero in e-waste recycling and D.light Design with their solar lanterns are poster children I that category). Transplanted American entrepreneurs who simply wanted to do something meaningful, and create large profitable businesses
 in the process have founded many of them.<br />
<br />
India is really a tale of two very different sets of entrepreneurs. One is focused on the Indian consumer. That could be the high-end, price-insensitive top of the pyramid customer looking for the latest gadget or accessory; a middle of pyramid aspirational
 customer buying his/her first smart phone or Nike shoes; or a bottom of the pyramid customer seeking clean drinking water, access to electricity, healthcare and education. There are tremendous opportunities for those investors and entrepreneurs who are willing
 to be patient. The second set are technology entrepreneurs who are aiming for the global market, and cannot wait to get to the high margin, sophisticated US customers.<br />
<br />
<span style="font-weight:bold">Investors</span><br />
<br />
While Silicon Valley can boast a significant concentration of startups and capital, India is extremely broad-based geographically along both dimensions. There is no single city with hyper-concentration of startup activity. The biggest challenge for both startups
 and investors is the lack of portfolio exits.<br />
<br />
The thesis for many VCs was that cash-rich technology companies from the U.S. would buy Indian companies as their market entry strategy. That simply has not happened. As a result, most investors now have dozens of active companies in their respective portfolios,
 with more being added and very few, if any, exiting.<br />
<br />
There are two trends to note. One, there is a Series A and to a certain extent a Series B capital crunch in India. Given the fairly brisk angel investing climate, the funnel of seed-funded companies is sizable, without ample Series A capital to follow. Those
 lucky enough to raise series A financing are running into a series B crunch since early- to mid-stage venture firms have a heavy existing portfolio load, and little to no bandwidth to make and manage new investments.<br />
<br />
Later stage venture capitalists and private equity groups who traditionally are technology investors have been busy investing in non-technology companies around healthcare chains, educational institutions and infrastructure.<br />
<br />
Interestingly, some of the bigger technology related exits have been secondary transactions where existing venture capitalists have sold their stake to larger private equity investors rather than get liquidity through a typical mergers and acquisitions or IPO
 route. Recent examples include General Atlantic led secondaries in Mu Sigma and Fourcee. There was just one venture funded technology company IPO last year worth mentioning (JustDial), three years after the previous meaningful tech IPO (MakeMyTrip).<br />
<br />
Finally, as technology startups have matured over the past few years, global investors including Softbank, Rocket Internet, Naspers and Tiger Global among others have entered India with hundreds of millions of dollars invested in primarily business-to-consumer
 companies betting on leaders in specific verticals. That has boosted investor confidence and provided partial exits for both investors and entrepreneurs.<br />
<br />
<span style="font-weight:bold">Market</span><br />
<br />
India, generally speaking, is a tough geography in which to create a large profitable business in a timeframe that meets VC expectations.<br />
<br />
Indians are also the most price-sensitive and value-conscious species on the planet, which makes India a very high volume, high touch, thin margin market for many startups. Layer on top of that infrastructural challenges around logistics, payments, government
 approvals, corruption, IP enforcement and constantly changing regulations. I often say that if one can create a profitable business in India, one can do so anywhere in the world.<br />
<br />
Given the challenges with both capital and markets, the clear trend that has emerged especially over the last year is the fact that Indian startups are thinking global from the very beginning. Some are creating sizable businesses serving the Indian consumer,
 but many others are using India as a test bed for product or service design, but then taking that solution to other countries. Some are aiming straight for the US market, while others are taking a phased approached, extending first to SE Asia, ANZ, Europe
 and then eventually the US. Komli and Druva are again prime examples.<br />
<br />
Bottom Line: For anyone who has visited India, they know that it’s a hotbed of activity. The startup scene is no different. While on an absolute basis, the country has a long way to go to catch up with Silicon Valley, foundational stones are being laid to create
 a large and sustainable startup environment. I imagine that this is not dissimilar to what Silicon Valley might have looked and felt like in its formative years. My bet is that India will take years not decades to catch up.<br />
<br />
<span style="font-weight:bold">This article can also be read at:</span><br />
<a href="http://blogs.wsj.com/accelerators/2014/04/08/mohanjit-jolly-indias-startups-are-thinking-global/" target="_blank">Mohanjit Jolly: India’s Startups are thinking global</a></p>
<br />
]]></description>
      <pubDate>09/04/2014 16:04:07</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/23189/Mohanjit+Jolly+Indias+Startups+are+thinking+global</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">23189</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>23190</publicationdataID>
      <title>India’s Solar Power Capacity Tops 2,600 MW</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p><span style="font-style:italic">Clean Technica</span><br />
<br />
India is slowly building upon its installed solar power capacity, thanks to the comprehensive and ambitious National Solar Mission, state solar policies, and relatively increased enforcement of the Renewable Purchase Obligation. The country added almost 950
 MW of solar power capacity between April 2013 and March 2014 (that is, FY2013-14).<br />
<br />
The 56 percent increase in installed solar capacity witnessed in FY2013-14 was mainly due to projects commissioned under the state solar policies and the Renewable Energy Certificate (REC) scheme. Of the 2,632 MW installed capacity till 31 March 2014, 50 percent
 operates under the state solar policies.<br />
<br />
Gujarat remains the clear leader among all Indian states with an installed capacity of 916 MW, but added only about 58 MW capacity during the last financial year. While the Gujarat government has some ambitious and innovative plans to cover water canals with
 solar panels, the official tender documents seeking investments from developers have not been released yet. Thus, following the commissioning of one of the largest solar parks in the world, the Gujarat solar market has been relatively dormant.<br />
<br />
The state of Madhya Pradesh took the lead in adding capacity in FY2014. The state added almost 310 MW of solar PV capacity, which included the largest solar power plant in Asia. The 130 MW solar PV project owned by Welspun Power was commissioned in February
 2014 at a total cost of over $170 million. The state government had awarded 175 MW of solar power capacity to project developers under the state policy while over 165 MW capacity was commissioned directly by the project developers under the REC scheme.<br />
<br />
The state of Rajasthan, second in overall installed capacity in India, added almost 180 MW capacity. This included India’s largest solar thermal power plant, which has a generation capacity of 50 MW. The project is among the seven solar thermal power projects
 auctioned under the first phase of the National Solar Mission. A huge majority of the balance 130 MW capacity was added directly by the project developers through the REC scheme.<br />
<br />
During the current financial year (April 2014 to March 2015), capacity is expected to be added mainly under the state solar policies as a number of project developers would line up solar PV projects for commissioning allocated to them through auctions conducted
 by several state governments. The only projects under the central policy expected to the commissioned this year could be the six solar thermal power projects which have been delayed by about two years.<br />
<br />
<span style="font-weight:bold">This article can also be read at:</span><br />
<a href="http://cleantechnica.com/2014/04/08/indias-solar-power-capacity-tops-2600-mw/" target="_blank">India’s Solar Power Capacity Tops 2,600 MW</a></p>
<br />
]]></description>
      <pubDate>09/04/2014 16:11:35</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/23190/Indias+Solar+Power+Capacity+Tops+2600+MW</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">23190</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>23178</publicationdataID>
      <title>How the World’s Biggest Democracy Votes</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p><span style="font-style:italic">Jakarta Globe/ By Gurjit Singh </span><br />
<br />
Indonesia, as one of the largest democracies in the world, goes to the polls this week. At the same time, the neighboring country of India will do the same. The elections of 2014 will be the 16th general elections in India. The first were held in 1951-52 after
 the declaration of India as a republic on Jan. 26, 1950. Elections in India are held every five years unless the Lower House of Parliament (the House of the People or Lok Sabha) is dissolved earlier. Elections can be called earlier by the president, if the
 government ceases to have the confidence of the House or if no government with a stable majority is available. In the main, however, elections are held every five years.<br />
<br />
As India follows the parliamentary form of government, at the conclusion of the election process for the Lok Sabha, the party or coalition of parties that secures a majority in the House is invited by the president to form a government. Similar exercises take
 place when elections are held for state legislatures in any of the 28 states.<br />
<br />
The elections in India are conducted by the Election Commission, which is an independent constitutional authority. It is a three-member body with a chief election commissioner and two election commissioners. It is based in New Delhi but has organs at state
 and district levels. It has the freedom to call upon civil servants and the like to contribute to the election process. If any civil servant is invited to be an election observer, he is expected to leave all other assignments and proceed under the Election
 Commission’s directive.<br />
<br />
<span style="font-weight:bold">Voters and candidates</span><br />
<br />
Under the Representation of People Act 1951, any Indian citizen who has attained the age of 18 on Jan. 1 of the year for which an election is held and who is ordinarily resident in the constituency he wishes to vote, if eligible, may enrol as a voter. His voting
 rights are based on universal adult suffrage and registered voters will get a voters’ card issued by the Election Commission. Under recent amendments, Indian citizens living abroad can also enrol as voters at the address in India inscribed on their passports.
 However, in order to vote, such overseas registered voters have to travel to their constituencies to vote.<br />
<br />
Election candidates need to be Indian citizens registered as voters and at least 25 years of age. Each candidate is expected to file an affidavit about their assets and liabilities, educational qualifications and criminal cases if any. Political parties are
 expected to be registered with the Election Commission and can be recognized as national parties, state parties or unrecognized parties and candidates in turn can belong to either of these categories or be independents. In the 2009 general elections, there
 were seven national parties, 34 state parties and 322 unrecognized but registered parties. The national parties put up 1,623 candidates, the state parties had 759 candidates, other registered parties had 1,859 candidates and there were 3,829 independents contesting
 the 2009 general elections.<br />
<br />
Originally constituencies of the Indian Parliament were based on an approximately equal representation by population. However, in 1971 based on India’s population policy, the constituencies became fixed with some delimitation and adjustment exercise over the
 years to try and balance the number of people in each constituency. However, the number of constituencies since 1971 has remained at 543 and these is based on the number of seats allocated to each of the 28 states and seven Union Territories based on their
 population in 1971. Each constituency elects one member of Parliament. The president appoints two members after every election from the Anglo-Indian community.<br />
<br />
Thus, the Lower House of Parliament in India has 545 members out of which 423 seats are general, 79 are reserved for Scheduled Castes and 41 are reserved for Scheduled Tribes. The reservation of seats for Scheduled Castes and Tribes emanates from a system of
 positive discrimination to favor those who were listed in the constitution in the relevant schedules and provide reservation in Parliament and State Legislatures as well as in government jobs. This affirmative action continues.<br />
<br />
<span style="font-weight:bold">Detailed programs</span><br />
<br />
Prior to the election, each political party or candidate is allocated an election symbol. Official candidates nominated by political parties contest on the same election symbol. National parties can use their symbol nationwide. Other parties can use theirs
 in the same State, while registered political parties will be allocated symbols depending on their location. Independents can get free symbols from a list prepared by the Election Commission. Each political party or independents contesting issues a manifesto
 with a detailed program on how they wish to implement these, if elected. Each voter can vote for one candidate in their constituency though there is no limit on the number of candidates a constituency could have. A candidate who secures the maximum votes in
 that constituency is declared the winner. Such a candidate does not need to get a minimum prescribed number of votes nor is there any proportional representation emanating from the vote. Thus, often the number of seats won by a party could vary greatly even
 if the swing of the vote in percentage terms is small.<br />
<br />
The Election Commission is in charge of preparing electoral rolls in each constituency and revising them annually. It also issues voter identity cards for electorates and conducts the Systematic Voter Education and Electoral Participation program. The Election
 Commission appoints observers to oversee elections and they are conducted in a fair manner and keep a check on election expenses.<br />
<br />
About a month before the elections, a model code of conduct is brought into play by the Election Commission which applies to political parties and contestants and provides broad guidelines on the conduct during the campaign. This model code of conduct was designed
 on the basis of discussion and consensus among the political parties so that the campaign can be maintained on healthy lines, ensuring a level playing field. Under this, government machinery, for instance, cannot be used by ministers for electioneering nor
 can governments make policy announcements during the period when the Code of Conduct is in operation. Legal limits on poll expenses by candidates and by parties are also in place.<br />
<br />
<span style="font-weight:bold">‘None of the above’</span><br />
<br />
Electronic voting machines allowing for secret ballot-casting have been used since 2004. Polling stations are created to deal with not more than 1,500 voters and are supposed to be within a two-kilometer radius of every voter and are usually established in
 public institutions. Some officials who are on duty on government service are entitled to use postal ballots. Armed Forces personnel are allowed to use postal ballots or proxy voting. While casting a cote, indelible ink is applied to each voter’s left fore-finger
 and it dries in 60 seconds and remains for a few weeks. Once the election processes are completed under the supervision of returning officers and election observers, the counting for all 543 constituencies is done on a single day even though the election will
 be conducted between 7 April and 12 May at different places.<br />
<br />
In order to respond to public suggestions, the Election Commission in India has introduced NOTA (None of the Above) since 2013 State Assembly elections. NOTA is now the last button on the electronic voting machine which shows the symbols of all the participating
 candidates. A voter may press this button if they do not wish to vote for any candidates. Further, a Voter Verifiable Paper Audit Trail prints ballot slips showing the name and the symbol of the candidate to whom a vote has been given so that every voter is
 satisfied that the vote has been correctly cast.<br />
<br />
This year, there will be 919,452 polling stations and nine polling dates. There are 814 million registered voters who will use 1,878,306 electronic voting machines. This is an increase from the 1,183,543 EVMs used in the 2009 elections.<br />
<br />
In 2009, the candidate who polled the minimum number of votes was 118, compared to a maximum of 832,224. The number of candidates in a constituency varied from three to 43 while the voter turnout was at least 25.55 percent and 90.32 percent at the most. The
 largest constituency by size of electorate is the Outer Delhi constituency, with 31,03,525 electorates, and the smallest constituency is Lakshadweep, with 37,619 electorates.<br />
<br />
The colorful, noisy election campaign will come to an end two days before the polling in every area going to the polls. Thus, while in some parts the campaign will end earlier, in others it will carry on. Exit polls have been disallowed as they tend to influence
 voters in the next phase of polling. The Election Commission continues to innovate to stay ahead of the popular perspective of how to increase the voting percentage while keeping the elections free and fair.<br />
<br />
(Gurjit Singh is the ambassador of India to Indonesia. The views expressed are personal.)<br />
<br />
<span style="font-weight:bold">This article can also be read at:</span><br />
<a href="http://www.thejakartaglobe.com/opinion/worlds-biggest-democracy-votes/" target="_blank">How the World’s Biggest Democracy Votes</a></p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>07/04/2014 13:53:34</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/23178/How+the+Worlds+Biggest+Democracy+Votes</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">23178</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>23179</publicationdataID>
      <title>Ethiopia once again looks to Indian teachers</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p><span style="font-style:italic">Nazret.com/by Aparajita Gupta</span><br />
<br />
Ethiopia, where Indian teachers have long been revered, is again looking at Indian teachers and trainers in various fields as the ancient East African nation, where one of the earliest traces of human existence has been found, shifts its economy from an agrarian
 to an industrial one.<br />
<br />
"In 1950-60 when we were expanding our education system, India came to our rescue because we did not have any teacher training colleges. Later, when our capacity grew, we started training elementary and high school teachers. Today, we are expanding our higher
 education and have close to 500 Indian professors in our colleges and universities," Ethiopian Ambassador Gennet Zewide, who completed eight years in India this month, told IANS in an interview.<br />
<br />
"Our tryst with education has further diversified. Not only we take teachers from here but also we bring our Ethiopian students to India. The Ethiopian government consciously gives scholarships to train its would-be professors and instructors at universities
 in India. So we have close to 500 Ethiopian instructors studying in India," said the amiable envoy who, before her stint in New Delhi, served as the country's education minister 1992-2005. She is an academic who taught business education courses and designed
 administration programmes.<br />
<br />
Ethiopia has already tied up with institutes like the South Indian Textile Research Association (SITRA), the National Institute of Fashion Technology and the Footwear Design and Development Institute. "These institutes train people for the industry in our country,"
 the envoy said.<br />
<br />
"They give technical assistance as well. They travel to give short-term training to our people and we also bring our students here," she added.<br />
<br />
"A team from the Metal and Metallurgy Institute of Ethiopia will be coming in a month's time to talk with the Council of Scientific and Industrial Research (CSIR). This tie-up will help in knowledge and technology sharing," she said.<br />
<br />
The team will be visiting the three CSIR institutes - the National Metallurgical Laboratory, Central Mechanical Engineering Research Institute and the Central Electronics Engineering Research Institute.<br />
<br />
<span style="font-style:italic">(The views expressed above are the personal views of writer)</span><br />
<br />
<span style="font-weight:bold">This article can also be read at:</span><br />
<a href="http://nazret.com/blog/index.php/2014/04/06/ethiopia-once-again-looks-to" target="_blank">Ethiopia once again looks to Indian teachers</a></p>
<br />
]]></description>
      <pubDate>07/04/2014 16:37:55</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/23179/Ethiopia+once+again+looks+to+Indian+teachers</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">23179</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>23185</publicationdataID>
      <title>India Begins World’s Largest Democratic Exercise</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p><span style="font-style:italic">New York Times/by Nida Najar</span><br />
<br />
After weeks of campaigning, with politicians hurling insults at one another and making booming speeches in cities, towns and villages, the world’s largest democratic elections began in the most remote, northeast corner of the country on Monday.<br />
<br />
Five voting districts in upper Assam and one in the neighboring state of Tripura are participating in the opening stage of the nine-phase elections in India, involving up to 7.5 million eligible voters. The estimated 8,000 polling stations opened at 7 a.m.
 and will close at 5 p.m.<br />
<br />
Each constituency in Assam has a large percentage of rural voters, and many areas have vast tea plantations, with their workers making up a large portion of the electorate.<br />
<br />
In the city of Dibrugarh, in upper Assam, lines were short, but in the village of Khowang, about 35 kilometers outside the city, roughly 600 people flocked to two booths set up in a government school.<br />
<br />
India’s elections, which run from Monday to May 12, will cover 28 states and seven union territories, which are governed by the central government. These elections will see some of the country’s 814.5 million-strong electorate to exercise their franchise. The
 votes will be counted on May 16.<br />
<br />
This vote is widely seen as historic as it comes at a time of massive social change that has put the Indian National Congress-led government on the defensive after leading the country for 10 years. Opinion polls have shown that voters are leaning toward the
 opposition Bharatiya Janata Party, or B.J.P., as a growing middle-class electorate expresses disappointment with lackluster government services and corruption; voters are mobilizing on social media en masse for the first time; and the B.J.P. has connected
 to crucial voting demographics — including rural and young voters — by harnessing a popular demand for change.<br />
<br />
<span style="font-style:italic">(The views expressed above are the personal views of writer)</span><br />
<span style="font-weight:bold"><br />
This article can also be read at:</span><br />
<a href="http://india.blogs.nytimes.com/2014/04/07/india-begins-worlds-largest-democratic-exercise/?_php=true&amp;_type=blogs&amp;_php=true&amp;_type=blogs&amp;_php=true&amp;_type=blogs&amp;_r=2" target="_blank">India Begins World’s Largest Democratic Exercise</a></p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>07/04/2014 20:11:17</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/23185/India+Begins+Worlds+Largest+Democratic+Exercise</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">23185</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>23184</publicationdataID>
      <title>Why India is so good at organising elections</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p><span style="font-style:italic">The Economist/by A.R.</span><br />
<br />
India's general election is a massive affair. From April 7th to May 12th, across seven phases, 815m people will be eligible to cast votes in the biggest democratic exercise on Earth. Since the previous one, in 2009, an extra 100m people have been added to the
 voters’ roll. For all its cost and complications, it is expected to go smoothly. Political parties may break limits on what they are supposed to spend, but elections in India are broadly clean, in the sense that results are not rigged. Turnout is roughly the
 same as in Western democracies: 60-70% of the electorate are expected to take part in the 16th general election since independence. Nor does anybody see a serious threat of violence, even in areas afflicted by Maoist or other insurgents. The contrast with
 bloody elections experienced by the neighbours—Pakistan, Bangladesh, Sri Lanka, Nepal and even the Maldives—could not be more stark.<br />
<br />
On the face of it, such a triumph is puzzling. Ask Indians about the capacity of their state, and the typical reaction is dismissive. Much else organised by public officials is notably shoddy: try making use of state-run schools or hospitals, getting help from
 a policeman, or relying on food-subsidy schemes. Corruption, waste, delays and mismanagement are depressingly common. Notice, too, the embarrassing failures of India’s navy, plagued by fatal accidents in the past year, the prolonged lack of investment in the
 national railways, or the state’s failure to build enough roads, power lines or ports. How can India get the electoral process to work so well, when much else is done so badly?<br />
<br />
One answer is that elections are narrowly focused tasks of limited duration that are regularly repeated. Where similar conditions hold, bureaucrats prove similarly successful. One example is the ten-yearly national census; a newer success is a scheme to build
 the world’s largest biometric database, which has enrolled some 600m people, scanning their eyes, fingerprints and more. (Whether this data will be put to good use is another matter. It is worth noting, too, that much work was done by private contractors overseen
 by public officials.) A second answer is that state employees respond well when given tasks of great prestige and put under careful public scrutiny. Thus India’s space agency last year launched a spaceship to Mars which continues on course, for a remarkably
 small budget. Similarly, public-health officials recently announced that India had eradicated polio. A third answer is that bureaucrats succeed when free from political meddling and corruption. The Election Commission, like the central bank, is independent.
 And whereas policemen spend much of their time collecting bribes to pay to their superiors, election officials have neither big budgets to divert, nor much opportunity to extract bribes.<br />
<br />
The electoral process may hold lessons that could be applied elsewhere. One is the value of setting a simple, well-defined target. How about next telling officials to reduce by ten places a year India’s rotten ranking of 134th (out of 189) on the World Bank's
 "ease of doing business” index? Another lesson is the importance of transparency. It is harder for politicians to meddle and steal when bureaucrats, like election officials, are under intense public scrutiny. Extending the country’s right-to-information law,
 however embarrassing the rot that has been exposed, has proved immensely valuable. Last, bureaucrats become more efficient, and less corrupt, when they lose discretionary powers. Those who organise elections have no discretion to decide who is allowed to vote
 or where; they are only supposed to ensure it all works efficiently, leaving little incentive for people to bribe or bully them. Whoever wins this year's election could do worse than look at the electoral process itself as a model of how to sharpen up India's
 bureaucracy.<br />
<span style="font-style:italic"><br />
(The views expressed above are the personal views of writer)</span><br />
<br />
<span style="font-weight:bold">This article can also be read at:</span><br />
<a href="http://www.economist.com/blogs/economist-explains/2014/04/economist-explains-1" target="_blank">Why India is so good at organising elections</a></p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>07/04/2014 20:08:46</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/23184/Why+India+is+so+good+at+organising+elections</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">23184</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>23171</publicationdataID>
      <title>India, Iran and Afghanistan to sign pact enabling sea trade</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p><span style="font-style:italic">World Bulletin</span><br />
<br />
A pact that would connect India to war-torn Afghanistan through a port in southern Iran is set to be signed by the three countries, Afghan and Indians officials said on Thursday.<br />
<br />
The draft pact on Chabahar Port, which would allow India and Afghanistan to conduct trade and access Central Asia's vast energy resources, has been reviewed and approved by Afghanistan and is now awaiting India's approval.<br />
<br />
Shakib Mustaghni, spokesman for Afghanistan's Foreign Ministry, stressed the importance of opening a new transit opportunity for land-locked Afghanistan, without relying on access through Pakistan.<br />
<br />
"It is very crucial for Afghanistan to reach the ports of Mumbai through Chabahar, and for India to reach Afghanistan and central Asia,” said Mustaghni.<br />
<br />
A senior official from India's Foreign Ministry said: "We are in conversations with Iran and Afghanistan on a transit agreement. It is still a work in progress."<br />
<br />
India considers the pact pivotal as analysts believe the sea route is the only viable alternative to land trade given the instability of Afghanistan and the reluctance of Pakistan to grant land-access to India, which has no direct land connection to Central
 Asia.<br />
<br />
"India is keen with the construction of the Chabahar port, which will provide a new access point for India to Central Asia,” Anil Wadhwa, Secretary in India’s Foreign Ministry said recently during a lecture at the Institute for Defense Studies and Analyses.
 "The speedy completion of the Chabahar port could be just the game-changer India needs to transform its relations with the region.”<br />
<br />
India, which is involved in a number of infrastructure developments projects in Afghanistan, does not have any "exit policy” even after the planned withdrawal of American troops from Afghanistan.<br />
<br />
India’s Foreign Minister Salman Khurshid said in an interview recently that India is considering increasing use Chabahar port in Iran to use it as direct access to western Afghanistan for "evacuation of mineral wealth”.<br />
<br />
<span style="font-weight:bold">This article can also be read at:</span><br />
<a href="http://www.worldbulletin.net/news/132801/india-iran-and-afghanistan-to-sign-pact-enabling-sea-trade" target="_blank">India, Iran and Afghanistan to sign pact enabling sea trade</a></p>
<br />
]]></description>
      <pubDate>04/04/2014 17:46:16</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/23171/India+Iran+and+Afghanistan+to+sign+pact+enabling+sea+trade</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">23171</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>23168</publicationdataID>
      <title>India, Jordan explore ways to foster cooperation</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p><span style="font-style:italic">Jordan Times/by Abeer Numan</span><br />
<br />
Foreign office consultations held this week between India and Jordan provided the two countries with an opportunity to review bilateral relations and examine ways to boost them, Secretary (East) in India’s Ministry of External Affairs Anil Wadhwa said on Tuesday.
<br />
<br />
In an interview with The Jordan Times, Wadhwa said the two sides agreed to hold consultations at regular intervals because of their significance in strengthening ties.
<br />
<br />
Previous foreign office consultations were held in 2005.<br />
<br />
More importantly, the discussions took place in a very "cordial atmosphere”, reflecting the traditionally friendly relations between India and Jordan, according to the diplomat.<br />
<br />
Expressing satisfaction with the outcome of the meetings, Wadhwa said they also gave both countries the chance to exchange views on regional and international issues of mutual interest.
<br />
<br />
He said his meeting with Foreign Minister Nasser Judeh "focused mainly on trade and investments”.<br />
<br />
"He [Judeh] suggested that we should make sure that we have a visit of a technical delegation, preferably every month, in order to keep the high level of momentum,” Wadhwa added.<br />
<br />
"He also suggested that we should set a trade target every year so that we can try to achieve that.”<br />
<br />
Also at the meeting, Judeh accepted an invitation to visit India, according to Wadhwa.
<br />
<br />
"We have a new government which is going to be in force by June, so sometime between June and December, he will be visiting us,” the Indian official noted.
<br />
<br />
Regarding ways to materialise the envisaged goals he said: "We will have to get the delegations to come and discuss tangible aspects of cooperation.”
<br />
<br />
"We have had a general discussion of what we have at the moment. We have 25 textile companies that have invested in the special qualifying zones in Jordan.”<br />
<br />
"Also, we have a big joint venture which will be commissioned in the month of May… That plant will produce 500,000 metric tonnes of phosphoric acid to be exported to India annually,” Wadhwa said, adding that there are plans to set up two other phosphoric acid
 plants, "which will probably happen next year”.<br />
<br />
During a meeting with Trade Minister Hatem Halawani on Monday, discussions focused on ways to increase the trade volume, which amounted to $1.61 billion in 2013.
<br />
<br />
Meanwhile, a visit by two Jordanian delegations representing small- and medium-sized enterprises and pharmaceuticals to India is pending, he said, noting that the two sides are considering the potential for boosting bilateral trade, through cooperation in IT,
 call centres, pharmaceuticals, automobiles, automotive spare parts, fertilisers and textiles.<br />
<br />
Moreover, the India-Jordan Economic and Trade Committee will convene in Amman after June, he said.
<br />
<br />
Wadhwa commended Jordan’s development in various areas.<br />
<br />
"There is a lot of progress since my last visit to the Kingdom 1998.” <br />
<br />
"I am very happy with my visit to Jordan and would like to take this opportunity to convey my warm and very best wishes to the friendly and welcoming people of this beautiful Kingdom.”
<br />
<br />
During the three-day visit, which concluded late Tuesday, the delegates went to Jerash and the Dead Sea.
<br />
<br />
<span style="font-weight:bold">Political transformations</span><br />
<br />
Talks with Foreign Ministry officials addressed the Middle East peace process, Wadhwa said, noting that India and Jordan share similar views on these issues.
<br />
<br />
"We strongly reject religious fundamentalism and extremism as well as terrorism in all forms,” he added, noting that his country also seeks to further strengthen its cooperation with Jordan in the security field.<br />
<br />
India supports a just, comprehensive and lasting peace, leading to the establishment of a secure, viable and united state of Palestine with East Jerusalem as its capital and with recognised borders alongside Israel, and would like to see an amicable solution
 of the issue, Wadhwa said, commending Jordan’s role in seeking a solution to the Israeli-Palestinian conflict and in strengthening the forces of moderation.<br />
<br />
"India is also deeply concerned at the ongoing violence in Syria and the loss of human life. It has consistently urged all sides to abdicate violence so that conditions can be created for an inclusive political solution… taking into account the legitimate aspirations
 of the people of Syria,” the diplomat said.<br />
<br />
"Syria’s role in the Middle East and in the stability of the wider region is pivotal. Thus prolonged instability or unrest in Syria will have serious ramifications for the region and beyond.”<br />
<br />
<span style="font-style:italic">(The views expressed above are the personal views of writer)</span><br />
<br />
<span style="font-weight:bold">This article can also be read at:</span><br />
<a href="http://jordantimes.com/india-jordan-explore-ways-to-foster-cooperation" target="_blank">India, Jordan explore ways to foster cooperation</a></p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>03/04/2014 18:31:10</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/23168/India+Jordan+explore+ways+to+foster+cooperation</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">23168</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>23162</publicationdataID>
      <title>India increases Omani student scholarships</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p><span style="font-style:italic">The Hindu<br />
<br />
The bilateral assistance programme focuses on technological cooperation</span><br />
<br />
India has increased the number of scholarships to 150 offered to Omani students under a bilateral assistance programme.<br />
<br />
"In 2011—12, the number of scholarships under the Indian Technical and Economic Cooperation (ITEC) Programme was only 50. Now, from April 1, it will become 150, which will be a 200 per cent increase,” Indian Ambassador to Oman J S Mukul said.<br />
<br />
He urged the Omani government and institutes to utilise to the maximum extent the programmes offered by India, the Times of Oman reported.<br />
<br />
The ITEC Programme, a bilateral assistance programme run by the Indian government. It is a demand-driven programme that focuses on addressing the needs of developing countries through innovative technological cooperation.<br />
<br />
The programme, which began on a modest scale in 1964, has since graduated in magnitude and offers innovative forms of technical cooperation.<br />
<br />
"Courses offered through the ITEC are quite beneficial for the Omanis. The learning experience in India was quite useful. It is helping me a lot in my current job,” said Munir Said Al Breiki, a next generation network expert at Omantel. Munir did an advanced
 course in next generation network in India.<br />
<br />
"The education system stands apart when it comes to quality,” said Ruqaiyah Al Tobi, who works with Information Technology Authority (ITA) Oman, and did a three-month course through the ITEC scholarship in India.<br />
<br />
<span style="font-weight:bold">This article can also be read at:</span><br />
<a href="http://www.thehindu.com/news/national/india-increases-omani-student-scholarships/article5859869.ece" target="_blank">India increases Omani student scholarships</a></p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>02/04/2014 16:32:28</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/23162/India+increases+Omani+student+scholarships</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">23162</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>23163</publicationdataID>
      <title>Indian embassy organises interactive business meeting</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p><span style="font-style:italic">Times of Oman</span><br />
<br />
The embassy of India has organised a business interaction meeting for a visiting delegation specialised in oil and gas sector from New Delhi.<br />
<br />
Eng. Salim Al Aufi, undersecretary at the Ministry of Oil &amp; Gas was the chief guest at the event. Mohammed Al Barwani, chairman of M B Petroleum and Raoul Restucci, managing director of Petroleum Development of Oman (PDO) were among the dignitaries who attended
 the event.<br />
<br />
J. S. Mukul, Indian ambassador to the Sultanate, said that there is ample scope for further strengthening economic cooperation between the two countries.<br />
<br />
The 15-member delegation attended the Oil and Gas West Asia conference and exhibition, which started on March 31.<br />
<br />
The delegation members included representatives from Anthem PPE, Well Care Oil Tools, Vishal Steel, Calter Group and Forbs Marshall.<br />
<br />
<span style="font-weight:bold">This article can also be read at:</span><br />
<a href="http://www.timesofoman.com/News/31918/Article-Indian-embassy-organises-interactive-business-meeting" target="_blank">Indian embassy organises interactive business meeting</a></p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>02/04/2014 16:33:58</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/23163/Indian+embassy+organises+interactive+business+meeting</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">23163</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>23156</publicationdataID>
      <title>A Passage to India</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p><span style="font-style:italic">Cambodia Daily/by Aun Pheap</span><br />
<br />
One thousand years ago, Indian architecture and the Hindu religion influenced the construction of Cambodia’s Angkor Wat temples. Earlier this month, I did the reverse commute, visiting India with 20 other Cambodian and Asean journalists.<br />
<br />
In a 21st century update of an old story, India’s government now follows a Look East policy. We traveled to India as part of the Asean Media Exchange Program, an annual event.<br />
<br />
India has 1.3 billion inhabitants, almost 100 times Cambodia’s 15 million. Over the centuries, our cultures and histories have diverged widely. But as I wandered the streets the country’s vast capital, New Delhi, for the first time, some things were familiar.<br />
<br />
All along the chaotic streets, vendors selling various aromatic foods and colorful fruits piled up on wooden stalls reminded me of Phnom Penh. Traffic, too, was reminiscent of home. But like everything else in this vast country, its scale was dissimilar—more
 extreme, even overwhelming.<br />
<br />
Yellow, three-wheeled auto-rickshaws jittered and darted for space amid the bleep and blare of horns like miniature, hyperactive versions of Cambodian tuk-tuks.<br />
<br />
In place of Cambodia’s swarm of modern scooters were motorbikes, many of them decades old and as rusty and smoky as everything else on the roads. But what was really unusual about the traffic clogging the narrow streets was that unlike in Cambodia, the cars
 here were mostly small and old, covered with rust and peppered with dents, belching smoke as their gears clunked and spluttered in the gridlock.<br />
<br />
The convoys of oversized luxury SUV’s that traverse Cambodia’s boulevards were visibly absent. The relative youth of Cambodia’s modernization was underlined by its comparison to New Delhi, a city showing its age.<br />
<br />
India is a much richer nation than Cambodia. It is the largest democracy on earth and a country with a huge, billowing middle class and pretentions of becoming a world superpower. But our first impressions in New Delhi were of a city swelled with poor people
 and conspicuous poverty. Perhaps it is not surprising that in a quickly developing country with so many inhabitants some citizens will be left behind.<br />
<br />
During our four-day stay in New Delhi, we met Indian External Affairs Minister Salman Khurshid, and External Affairs Secretary for East India, Shri Anil Wadhwa. They said we were playing an important part in building a bridge between India and Asean by helping
 the two regions understand each other.<br />
<br />
We also met representatives of the private sector to learn if the Indian government is improving services and infrastructure. We visited the passport office. In India, this is now controlled by a private company and has become much more efficient as a result.
 A passport application used to take four months. Since it was privatized, the process takes only one week. This is one area where India might advise Cambodia.<br />
<br />
Here, a complicated system and unofficial payments make applying for a passport a headache-inducing experience.<br />
<br />
Just as no visit to Cambodia would be complete without visiting the temples at Angkor Wat, so is a trip to India without seeing the famous Taj Mahal mausoleum in Agra in the northern Uttar Pradesh province.<br />
<br />
It is only a three-hour bus ride from New Delhi. Seeing its grand domes, startling white stone, intricate decorations and beautiful gardens was a highlight of the trip.<br />
<br />
But I still think Cambodia’s temples are more mysterious and awe-inspiring. They merit a visit in the opposite direction for our Indian friends.<br />
<br />
I have not yet mentioned India’s food. The food—or at least its profound effect—was definitely the dominant topic of conversation among the Asean journalists. Perhaps it was too spicy and our stomachs were unaccustomed to it. Perhaps we all succumbed to the
 infamous "Delhi belly.” But it was on our journeys within the country that it became most problematic.<br />
<br />
When a journalist from Singapore confessed to us that he went to the toilet at least five times a night, we all could only laugh as we had experienced the same symptoms. On our bus ride to the Taj Mahal, and on our flight east to Hyderabad, the toilet was the
 focal point of the journeys. Many of us craved plainer food that might settle our insides.<br />
<br />
Hyderabad felt more remote, less populated than New Delhi. There was a greater sense of space as we took in a variety of tourist attractions. The ethnic make-up of the city’s inhabitants differed and the city’s rich Muslim history was evident everywhere from
 the architecture to the clothes.<br />
<br />
The 400-year-old Mecca Masjid is one of the world’s largest mosques, which was built by more than 8,000 workers and features a triple arched facade that was carved from a single huge piece of granite over five years, according to tourism director Prabhakar
 Singh.<br />
<br />
A more modern, though more curious feature of Hyderabad’s tourist landscape is Ramoji Film City. At 809 hectares, is the largest film city in the world. The Indian government hopes to attract Asean filmmakers to its sprawling movie sets and production studios.<br />
<br />
For visitors, it is strange to travel through its fake towns and past its imitation houses and shop fronts. But it is a popular destination for Indians, with annual visitors of 1.4 million and the city hopes to increase that number to 3 million in the next
 few years.<br />
<br />
Back in Cambodia now, the experience of our Indian visit has stayed with me, spiritually and physically. One week later, the toilet is still a hot topic. I hope my body is just getting accustomed, in the expectation that I will return one day to India.<br />
<br />
(The views expressed above are the personal views of writer)<br />
<span style="font-weight:bold"><br />
This article can also be read at:</span><br />
<a href="http://www.cambodiadaily.com/news/a-passage-to-india-55220/" target="_blank">A Passage to India</a></p>
<br />
]]></description>
      <pubDate>31/03/2014 15:29:15</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/23156/A+Passage+to+India</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">23156</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>23159</publicationdataID>
      <title>Indian festival to offer colorful start to spring</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p><span style="font-style:italic">Chicago Tribune/by Jen Banowetz</span><br />
<br />
Participants in ancient tradition will toss colored powder on each other<br />
<br />
If you're looking for a vivid start to spring (and don't mind getting a little messy), then celebrate the long-awaited season at Holi - The Festival of Colors, which takes place from 11 a.m.-4 p.m. Saturday at the Riverwalk's Grand Pavilion in downtown Naperville.<br />
<br />
"It's a welcoming of the new season of spring, that new energy, with family and friends and the community," said festival organizer Sarita Sharma. "It's something everyone can enjoy. Everyone understands the long winter weather and wants to celebrate spring."<br />
<br />
It's also probably the most colorful festival you will ever attend. Participants actually toss handfuls of colored powder on each other.<br />
<br />
"It's a very ancient tradition in India," Sharma said. "You forget what state of mind you're in for that day and just play with the color. Embrace the warm nature of this festival."<br />
<br />
Holi, which means festival of colors in Hindi, made its public debut in Naperville in 2010.<br />
<br />
"I knew if we brought the festival out everyone would love it," Sharma said. "There's no admission (fee)—that was the purpose."<br />
<br />
Holi is hosted by Simply Vedic, a nonprofit service organization dedicated to serving the youth and seniors of Naperville. Using ancient Vedic principles such as compassion, generosity and oneness with nature as its guide, the nondenominational organization
 subscribes to "simple living and high thinking." Simply Vedic runs several human and cultural service programs in the area with the help of more than 50 volunteers.<br />
<br />
"The Festival of Colors is our main event to raise funds to support all those activities," said Sharma, a founding board member. "We can't imagine doing this without our volunteers. They come from all different backgrounds, and that's our purpose. We want to
 bring everyone together."<br />
<br />
As for the funky festival colors themselves, participants can buy bags of the safe, organic, dry colors for a $2 donation. For safety reasons, no outside colors are permitted.<br />
<br />
While playing with the colors is mainly a free-for-all, there will be four times for group color-throwing: noon, 1 p.m., 2 p.m. and 3 p.m.<br />
<br />
Festival-goers are going to get rainbow-covered in colors, so be sure to wear old clothing and to leave any valuable accessories at home (watches, sunglasses, jewelry). A sealable plastic bag is a smart place to stash your phone, camera and money.<br />
<br />
Another tip from those in the know: In order to get colors off more easily after the festival, organizers suggest applying sunscreen and hair oil before the event to serve as a separation barrier between the colors and your skin and hair.<br />
<br />
The Festival of Colors also will feature entertainment including the band Visions of Santana as well as traditional music, drums, songs and folk dances. Shoppers can browse the booths of clothing, jewelry, arts, paintings and crafts.<br />
<br />
Holi is a non-alcohol event, and no outside food or beverages are allowed. Simply Vedic will offer a vegetarian lunch platter for purchase. Festival-goers also can order a chilled thandai (meaning "cooling down"), which is a traditional drink of Holi, Sharma
 said.<br />
<br />
"It's our favorite festival. We just enjoy it so much," she said. "It's a unique way to welcome the new spring season for Naperville and the community."<br />
<br />
(The views expressed above are the personal views of writer)<br />
<br />
<span style="font-weight:bold">This article can also be read at:</span><br />
<a href="http://www.chicagotribune.com/news/local/suburbs/naperville_lisle/ct-entertainment-naperville-tl-0403-20140331,0,3544984.story" target="_blank">Indian festival to offer colorful start to spring</a></p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>01/04/2014 16:44:32</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/23159/Indian+festival+to+offer+colorful+start+to+spring</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">23159</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>23154</publicationdataID>
      <title>WHO Certifies India As Polio Free</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p><span style="font-style:italic">Bernama</span><br />
<br />
The World Health Organisation (WHO) officially certified India free of polio Thursday, making the Southeast Asian region, which included India, the fourth region to be declared free of the disease.<br />
<br />
"This achievement makes the Southeast Asia region, the fourth WHO Region to be certified as polio-free, after the Region of the Americas in 1994, the Western Pacific Region in 2000 and the European Region in 2002," it was announced in a statement.<br />
<br />
India's Minister for Health and Family Welfare, Ghulam Nabi Azad received the official certificate at a function in New Delhi. Ghulam stated that India has been polio free since January 2011.<br />
<br />
Speaking on the historic occasion on behalf of all Southeast Asian Health Ministers, he expressed happiness and satisfaction at the historic public health achievement which seemed impossible with India having the highest burden of Polio cases in the world.<br />
<br />
The Health Minister stated that India embarked on the programme to eradicate the nation of polio 19 years ago in 1995, when the disease used to cripple more than 50,000 children in the country every year.<br />
<br />
He noted that this achievement has been possible with resolute will at the highest levels, technological innovations like the indigenous bivalent polio vaccine, adequate domestic financial resources and close monitoring of polio programme, with which immunisation
 levels soared to 99 per cent coverage and India achieved polio eradication.<br />
<br />
The unbelievable operational feat has been possible due to the tireless efforts of over a million Accredited Social Health Activists (ASHAs) and Auxiliary Nurse Midwives (ANMs) who gave a new momentum to polio rounds, he said.<br />
<br />
A 2.3 million strong team of polio volunteers and 150,000 supervisors worked day and night to reach every child.<br />
<br />
The Health Minister also expressed gratitude towards WHO, United Nations International Children's Emergency Fund, Rotary International, Bill and Melinda Gates Foundation and others stakeholders, including the parents of the children, for their strong technical
 and operational support to this collective effort in this region.<br />
<br />
<span style="font-weight:bold">This article can also be read at:</span><br />
<a href="http://www.bernama.com.my/bernama/v7/wn/newsworld.php?id=1025636" target="_blank">WHO Certifies India As Polio Free</a></p>
<br />
]]></description>
      <pubDate>28/03/2014 17:17:23</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/23154/WHO+Certifies+India+As+Polio+Free</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">23154</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>23148</publicationdataID>
      <title>ASHA’s Shelly Batra, Mann Deshi’s Chetna Sinha recipients of Schwab Foundation’s Social Entrepreneur awards</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p><span style="font-style:italic">American Bazaar/By Deepak Chitnis</span><br />
<br />
Two people from India, and one each from Sri Lanka, Bangladesh, and Nepal, have been honored as 2014 Social Entrepreneurs of the Year by the Schwab Foundation.<br />
<br />
India’s Shelly Batra and Chetna Vijay Sinha have been recognized by the esteemed organization, along with A.T. and Vinya Ariyaratne of Sri Lanka, Shaikh Saif Al Rashid of Bangladesh, and Sanduk Ruit of Nepal. The five are among 37 total recipients of the commendation,
 which seeks to recognize individuals who are "pioneering solutions for social and environmental challenges including urban revitalization, renewable energy, unemployment, and more.”<br />
<br />
"Social entrepreneurs are the driving force behind innovations that improve the quality of life of individuals around the world, and they represent an integral and dynamic community of the World Economic Forum,” said Hilde Schwab, the Foundation’s co-founder,
 in a statement. "The 37 outstanding social entrepreneurs we have selected into the Schwab Foundation community this year are designing transformative models in collaboration with government and business partners to generate truly inclusive growth.”<br />
<br />
Batra is the founder and president of Operation ASHA, an organization she co-created with Sandeep Ahuja in order to help make India completely tuberculosis-free. Founded in 2005, the organization is fighting against the disease, which is rampant in India. The
 country tops the list in terms of nations with the highest burden of TB, and since its inception, Operation ASHA has provided treatment in 2,053 slums in six Indian states and two provinces in Cambodia.<br />
<br />
An obstetrician and gynecologist by training, she has M.D. and M.B.B.S. degrees from King George’s Medical College, in Lucknow. While there, she also won the prestigious Abdullah Haji Omar Trophy, the University Book Prize for best academic performance, and
 the Dr. S.S. Khan Gold Medal for Best Student.<br />
<br />
Sinha – who was recognized by the Schwab Foundation last year, too, as the winner of its 2013 India Social Entrepreneur of the Year award – was singled out for her work with Mann Deshi Group of Ventures and the Mann Deshi Foundation. Sinha, along with her two
 organizations, provides the largest microfinance operation in the state of Maharashtra, with over 185,000 clients accrued since its founding in 1997.<br />
<br />
The organization began in a single village, and has now grown to over 15,000. It helps provide banking services to underprivileged people in rural areas, so that they can start businesses, jump-start local economies, and work their way out of poverty. It also
 seeks to empower women and children by giving them more economic opportunities.<br />
<br />
The Ariyaratnes are at the head of an organization called Sarvodaya, which works to "facilitate individual and community development to meet basic human needs, reduce material, social and spiritual poverty, and enhance the quality of life for all.”<br />
<br />
Rashid is the CEO of JITA Bangladesh, which works to create employment opportunities for women throughout the country, and Ruit is the head of the Nepal Eye Program, Tilganga Institute of Ophthalmology.<br />
<span style="font-weight:bold"><br />
This article can also be read at:</span><br />
<a href="http://www.americanbazaaronline.com/2014/03/26/ashas-shelly-batra-mann-deshis-chetna-sinha-recipients-schwab-foundations-social-entrepreneur-awards/" target="_blank">ASHA’s Shelly Batra, Mann Deshi’s Chetna Sinha recipients of Schwab Foundation’s Social
 Entrepreneur awards</a></p>
<br />
]]></description>
      <pubDate>27/03/2014 17:05:07</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/23148/ASHAs+Shelly+Batra+Mann+Deshis+Chetna+Sinha+recipients+of+Schwab+Foundations+Social+Entrepreneur+awards</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">23148</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>23147</publicationdataID>
      <title>Doctor removes 17 blocks with 12 bypass grafts</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p><span style="font-style:italic">Oman Tribune </span><br />
<br />
A cardiac patient with a fatal heart condition, which was declared "inoperable”, has got a new lease of life after a complex, record-breaking surgery was performed on him by renowned cardiac surgeon Ramakant Panda.<br />
<br />
In what is being termed as a revolutionary life-saving surgery, Panda operated on Mithalal Dhoka, 58, to remove a staggering 17 blocks through 12 bypass grafts at the Asian Heart Institute in the northwestern Bandra suburb on February 12. Armed with the unprecedented
 medical feat, the institute is planning a Guinness World Records citation.<br />
<br />
"We did an Internet search and the maximum number of bypass surgeries on a patient reported so far are eight. This is the first time in the world that 12 bypass grafts were done on any patient on a beating heart,” Panda said in an interview.<br />
<br />
Hailing from Yadagiri in Karnataka but now based in Hyderabad, Dhoka, who was dismissed by medicos as "an inoperable case”, has been suffering from diabetes and hypertension for over two decades. In early February, he suffered severe chest pain and breathing
 problems for which he was rushed to Hyderabad’s Krishna Institute of Medical Sciences. A coronary angiogram revealed 17 blockages in all three major arteries.<br />
<br />
"An additional concern was that instead of the normal three arteries in a human heart, he had more than 12 arteries that were all one mm or less in diameter. Due to his general health and diabetic condition, this problem had developed over the years,” Panda
 said.<br />
<br />
All the arteries were very small, and in view of the multiple blockages with high cholesterol deposits, Dhoka was considered unfit for surgery. He was brought to the institute on February 12 and wheeled on to the operation table in a critical condition with
 low blood pressure and high lung pressure. An intra-aortic balloon pump was put inside the heart to support his blood pressure and circulation during surgery,” Panda said.<br />
<br />
Since the conventional technique of using a mixture of arterial graft and vein graft from the leg was not possible for so many blockages, Panda used arterial grafts in a sequential manner in all the 12 arteries with blocks.<br />
<br />
At the end of the 11-hour-long surgery, a weary Panda stepped out of the operation theatre unaware that he had just created a world medical record.<br />
<br />
Post-surgery, Dhoka has shown dramatic recovery and improvement in his heart and general health condition.<br />
<br />
"We did a CT angiogram after three weeks and all grafts were found to be working well. He underwent a stress test which was normal, proving that while he was running an equivalent of seven kilometres an hour, his heart drew its full blood supply,” Panda said,
 adding that the patient was ready for discharge.<br />
<br />
Panda, who attained recognition after operating on Prime Minister Manmohan Singh five years ago, is now doing research on the relation between diabetes and multiple grafts in heart patients. So far, he has operated on more than 500 patients in the 20-80 year
 age-group, 90 percent of whom were diabetics.<br />
<span style="font-weight:bold"><br />
This article can also be read at:</span><br />
<a href="http://www.omantribune.com/index.php?page=news&amp;id=164361&amp;heading=India" target="_blank">Doctor removes 17 blocks with 12 bypass grafts</a></p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>26/03/2014 17:29:01</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/23147/Doctor+removes+17+blocks+with+12+bypass+grafts</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">23147</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>23140</publicationdataID>
      <title>India’s railway food chugs into Abu Dhabi</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p><span style="font-style:italic">Gulf News/by Sarah Diaa</span><br />
<br />
One of the best ways to delve into Indian culture is by taking a railway trip, which provides a window on picturesque scenery, people and the varying Indian cuisines.<br />
<br />
While we cannot experience the scenery from Abu Dhabi, food lovers can still enjoy India’s railway meals with Beach Rotana Hotel’s limited time promotion, Cuisine of the Indian Railways.<br />
<br />
Mohammad Irfan Qureshi (of the prominent Qureshi family), who came up with the railways menu at Indigo Restaurant, said that a cuisine developed in parallel with the growth in Indian railways over hundreds of years. Such growth gave the food a distinctive flavour,
 and made it particularly intrinsic.<br />
<br />
"We decided to do a little work on the food served on Indian railways, but because of the variety, and the large amount of data we managed to get, we decided to streamline,” Qureshi told tabloid!.<br />
<br />
He continued, "The only way we could make a menu is if we took a route. Initially, we wanted to take seven or eight routes, but we were talking about dishes running into hundreds, and that was not possible.”<br />
<br />
To offer the best from across India, the restaurant offers three set menus, each highlighting a different route; Mumbai to Delhi (Mumbai Rajdhani), Delhi to Kolkata (Howrah Rajdhani), and Delhi to Jaipur and Agra (Palace on Wheels).<br />
<br />
As for the dishes, they include aloo chaat (tangy potato starter), vegetable momos (an Indian version of dim sum), railway tomato soup, bihari kebab, various curries, and sitaphal ice cream with kalakhattagola (a pumpkin ice cream exclusively served on Indian
 railways), among others.<br />
<br />
"If you’re not familiar with Indian Railways, you can come to Indigo and expect a pleasant surprise. There is something very unique, very bold, and very flavoursome about the food,” Qureshi said.<br />
<br />
"Sitting in one place like the railways, if you can experience so much diverse food, why would you go to any other place? And Indigo is like a train; you’re just sitting in your place, and you get the flavours from the whole country,” he added.<br />
<br />
To ensure the food is a truly Indian affair, Qureshi used various spices such as kokum, chili, saffron, turmeric and tamarind.<br />
<br />
The menu also includes numerous vegetarian dishes such as dal bati churma (a trio of lentils, bread, and wheat crumble), aloo gobi (s potatoe and cauliflower dish), and aloo ki tikki (potato cutlets), among others.<br />
<br />
The Qureshi name is famous for the dum pukht style of cooking, which was created in India to feed villagers during famines. Chef Irfan Qureshi is currently the joint director of Grande Cuisine of India, and acquired his cooking skills from his father, masterchef
 Imtiaz Qureshi. Irfan has participated in culinary festivals in the US, Switzerland, Hong Kong, Belgium, Singapore, and India, among others.<br />
<br />
<span style="font-style:italic">(The views expressed above are the personal views of the author)</span><br />
<br />
<span style="font-weight:bold">This article can also be read at:</span><br />
<a href="http://gulfnews.com/life-style/food/features/india-s-railway-food-chugs-into-abu-dhabi-1.1308431" target="_blank">India’s railway food chugs into Abu Dhabi</a></p>
<br />
]]></description>
      <pubDate>25/03/2014 15:39:36</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/23140/Indias+railway+food+chugs+into+Abu+Dhabi</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">23140</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>23142</publicationdataID>
      <title>Britain's Royal Mail releases stamp on Noor Inayat Khan</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p><span style="font-style:italic">Malaysia Sun</span><br />
<br />
Britain's Royal Mail Monday issued a postage stamp of Noor Inayat Khan, the World War II heroine, who was a descendant of Tipu Sultan, the remarkable 19th century ruler of Mysore kingdom.<br />
<br />
The stamp - part of a set of 10 stamps in their 'Remarkable Lives' series --- honours Noor on her centenary year of birth. Others honoured in the set include actor Sir Alec Guinness and the poet Dylan Thomas.<br />
<br />
"I am delighted that Royal Mail has commemorated Noor with a stamp," said Shrabani Basu, author of "Spy Princess, The Life of Noor Inayat Khan", and the chair of the Noor Inayat Khan Memorial Trust. "It will ensure that her sacrifice and bravery will not be
 forgotten. "<br />
<br />
Basu campaigned for a memorial for Noor which was unveiled in November 2012 by Princess Anne.<br />
<br />
Noor Inayat Khan was born in Moscow in January 1914 to an Indian father, Hazrat Inayat Khan, and an American mother, Ora Ray Baker. The couple had met in the Ramakrishna Mission ashram in America. Hazrat Inayat Khan was a Sufi preacher and musician and travelled
 the world taking Sufism to the West.<br />
<br />
Noor was brought up in Paris and the family moved to London when the city was occupied by the Germans in 1940 during the Second World War. In London, Noor joined the Women's Auxiliary Air Force and was later recruited for the Special Operations Executive, a
 secret organisation started by Prime Minister Winston Churchill.<br />
<br />
She was the first woman radio operator to be flown undercover to Paris and worked from there for three months under the code name Madeleine. However she was betrayed, arrested and finally executed in Dachau Concentration Camp in Germany. Though she was tortured
 and interrogated, she revealed nothing, not even her real name. Her last word as they shot her was "Liberte"! She was only 30.<br />
<br />
Noor was posthumously awarded the highest honour, the George Cross, by Britain. France awarded her the Croix de Guerre.<br />
<br />
In 2006, President Pranab Mukherjee, then the defence minister of India, paid an official visit to Noor's family house outside Paris and described her bravery and sacrifice as "inspirational".<br />
<br />
<span style="font-weight:bold">This article can also be read at:</span><br />
<a href="http://www.malaysiasun.com/index.php/sid/220575877/scat/b8de8e630faf3631/ht/Britains-Royal-Mail-releases-stamp-on-Noor-Inayat-Khan" target="_blank">Britain's Royal Mail releases stamp on Noor Inayat Khan</a></p>
<br />
]]></description>
      <pubDate>25/03/2014 16:46:18</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/23142/Britains+Royal+Mail+releases+stamp+on+Noor+Inayat+Khan</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">23142</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>23127</publicationdataID>
      <title>All women's bank to open three branches in northeast India</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p><span style="font-style:italic">Two Circles</span><br />
<br />
The Bharatiya Mahila Bank (BMB) -- India's first all-women bank -- will open three more branches in three capital cities of the northeastern states this week, officials said here Sunday.<br />
<br />
"Three branches of the BMB will be set up in Agartala (Tripura), Shillong (Meghalaya) and Itanagar (Arunachal Pradesh) in this week," a senior official of the Reserve Bank of India told IANS.<br />
<br />
The government-owned bank that was launched Nov 19 last year has set up its northeast India's first branch in Assam's main city Guwahati last year.<br />
<br />
The official said BMB chairman and managing director Usha Ananthasubramanian would set up the region's second branch in Agartala Monday.<br />
<br />
The Shillong and Itanagar branches of the women's bank will be set up within this week.<br />
<br />
"By March 31 or before the end of the current fiscal (2013-14), 23 branches are expected to be opened across the country," the official added.<br />
<br />
Besides the three northeastern capital towns, the cities where new branches will be set up during the 2013-14 fiscal include Hyderabad, Chandigarh, Shimla, Bhubaneswar, Jaipur, Dehradun, Patna, Naya Raipur, Panaji, Srinagar, Thiruvananthapuram and Ranchi.<br />
<br />
Aiming to economically empower women, Prime Minister Manmohan Singh and United Progressive Alliance chairperson Sonia Gandhi inaugurated the BMB Nov 19 simultaneously opening seven branches of the bank.<br />
<br />
The bank's nine branches, one each in Delhi, Mumbai, Kolkata, Chennai, Ahmedabad, Indore, Bangalore, Guwahati and Lucknow, are all operational.<br />
<span style="font-weight:bold"><br />
This article can also be read at:</span><br />
<a href="http://twocircles.net/2014mar23/all_womens_bank_open_three_branches_northeast_india.html#.UzARLaJdLMp" target="_blank">All women's bank to open three branches in northeast India</a></p>
<br />
]]></description>
      <pubDate>24/03/2014 16:45:02</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/23127/All+womens+bank+to+open+three+branches+in+northeast+India</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">23127</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>23128</publicationdataID>
      <title>Tackling Indian maternal deaths by smartphone</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p><span style="font-style:italic">The Christian Science Monitor/by Shoba Narayan</span><br />
<br />
India leads the world in annual maternal deaths. Technology firms are pairing with the government's village health program to work with rural women.<br />
<br />
Subhi Quraishi believes that the solution to the high maternal mortality rates that have dogged women in rural India starts with a mobile phone.<br />
<br />
Standing in his bustling New Delhi offices, Mr. Quraishi shows off the mobile "lifeline channel” that his software firm has developed to send nuggets of information to rural users. The app uses rhymes, songs, and interactive games to spread maternal health
 tips and rudimentary but crucial information.<br />
<br />
India leads the world in annual maternal deaths, according to a 2013 report by the advocacy group Save the Children. The report notes that in rural India – especially in states like Uttar Pradesh and Bihar – poor sanitation and malnutrition are rampant and
 women often give birth in the "filthiest” area of the house. Newborns are placed on dirt floors and breast-feeding is discouraged under the notion that it will debilitate the mother’s health.<br />
<br />
India has made progress on its millennium development goal to lower maternal mortality rates to 109 deaths per 100,000 births by 2015. It has cut the rate by 42 percent from 1990, when maternal deaths stood at 457 per every 100,000 births, but the United Nations
 says rates haven’t dropped quickly enough for India to meet its target by 2015.<br />
<br />
ZMQ Software, the firm founded by Qurashi and his brother Hilmi, developed the "lifetime channel” in 2003. It aims to apply the skills of India’s fast growing technology and healthcare sectors to the problem and reaches 500,000 women. The information is sent
 through visual and sound-based reminders from the company’s server to the user’s mobile phone, bypassing the Internet.<br />
<br />
"Once a woman registers herself on our system, and she is pregnant, she will get information every week pertaining to her week of pregnancy,” Quraishi says. "It sends timely information about immunization schedules for her children and pregnancy information
 for her.”<br />
<br />
As the number of mobile phone users in India explodes (the country has the second largest number of mobile phones in use, below China and above the US), more women in rural locations have access to the technology. Programs like Qurashi’s are growing. He now
 competes against firms like Dimagi and BBC Media Action, who offer similar platforms. Yet there are still vast challenges to overcome, including many women off the grid, skepticism of modern practices, and government policies that health care experts say are
 inadequate.<br />
<br />
<span style="font-weight:bold">Pairing with government volunteers</span><br />
<br />
ZMQ, along with a handful of other Indian technology companies, is working with ASHAs – or Accredited Social Health Activists, government-sponsored volunteers – who are at the forefront of India’s battle against maternal and infant death.<br />
<br />
The program, whose name means 'hope' in Hindi, is roughly similar to the community health workers or ‘barefoot doctors’ of China, Iran, and Bangladesh. Instituted by the Indian government in 2005 with a goal of establishing at least one ASHA per village, there
 are currently about 900,000 of them. The program consists of village-based volunteers who get small monetary incentives when they achieve outcomes like ensuring that a pregnant woman delivers in a hospital.<br />
<br />
ZMQ works with ASHAs by sending their "lifetime channel” information to the pregnant women and to the ASHAs working with them.<br />
<br />
<span style="font-weight:bold">What do you need for delivery?</span><br />
<br />
Anita Kumari is an ASHA worker in rural Bihar, one of the poorest Indian states. She works in Sigriyawan, a small village two hours outside the state’s capital. She monitors the women and children in her charge and visits the homes of pregnant women regularly.<br />
<br />
Hina Kumari, one of her charges, is in her seventh month of her first pregnancy. She lives in a thatched hut without running water or electricity with her in-laws. Chickens and a pig run around the mud floors of the single room hut. Anita asks her to repeat
 all the things she needs before her delivery next month. "Clean sheet of cloth, clean blade, clean water in a clean bottle, clean change of clothes for me and the newborn baby,” Hina recites.<br />
<br />
Anita uses her mobile phone and a health booklet to send reminders – to herself and her charges – about what health service is due to whom and when.<br />
<br />
<span style="font-weight:bold">Evaluating success</span><br />
<br />
Despite the enthusiasm for harnessing new technology, a daunting challenge still remains. India's progress has been slow and many rural women remain disconnected from technology or urban best practices.<br />
<br />
Developing apps will only do so much, says Professor Mathew George from the Center for Public Health at the Tata Institute of Social Sciences in Mumbai, who has argued in papers that India’s high maternal and infant mortality rates are in part due to the failure
 of the state to ensure public health functions like nutrition and sanitation for the state.<br />
<br />
"Technology by itself will not work until the structures are in place to support it,” he says.<br />
<br />
The ASHA program has its critics too. They say that it only addresses some of the causes of the maternal mortality rate and operates in much of a vacuum. "There are multiple programs running with little coordination at the district, state or central level,"
 says Rama Baru, a professor of health policy at Jawaharlal Nehru University in New Delhi.<br />
<br />
Quraishi acknowledges the criticism, but maintains that using technology for a step-by-step start to the problem is a good place to start. Eventually, he hopes to add other ‘lifeline’ material to the app, including English lessons.<br />
<br />
<span style="font-style:italic">(The views expressed above are the personal views of writer)</span><br />
<br />
<span style="font-weight:bold">This article can also be read at:</span><br />
<a href="http://www.csmonitor.com/World/Asia-South-Central/2014/0323/Tackling-Indian-maternal-deaths-by-smartphone" target="_blank">Tackling Indian maternal deaths by smartphone</a></p>
<br />
]]></description>
      <pubDate>24/03/2014 16:49:35</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/23128/Tackling+Indian+maternal+deaths+by+smartphone</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">23128</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>23129</publicationdataID>
      <title>Indian boy who invented email</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p><span style="font-style:italic">Pioneer/ by Kumar Chellappan</span><br />
<br />
Even the best brains in computer and software engineering may not be able to answer if you ask them who invented email. This was illustrated on Sunday when this writer checked the same with Prof Achuthsankar S Nair, Director, State Inter-University Centre of
 Excellence in Bioinformatics, Government of Kerala and Dr Iyemperumal, Executive Director, Tamil Nadu State Science and Technology Centre. Both of them expressed their helplessness even though both of them handle hundreds of email messages per day.<br />
<br />
It is a 14-year-old boy from India and that too with roots in Tamil Nadu who invented email as well as the five-letter word which has become synonymous with communication. VA Shiva Ayyadurai, hardly out of school in New Jersey, ushered in the paperless era
 into this world. It was in response to a challenge thrown at him by Dr Leslie P Michelson, Director, High Performance Computing Lab, University of Medicine and Dentistry of New Jersey (UMDNJ), in Newark, New Jersey, which made little Shiva create the world's
 first email system in November 1978.<br />
<br />
"The UMDNJ was a big campus connected by a wide area computer network. The computer was in its initial stages of being used in the office environment. Dr Michelson wanted me to create an electronic version of the interoffice mail system so that the entire staff
 of doctors, secretaries, students and staff could communicate faster.<br />
<br />
At that time, secretaries and staff were performing drafting, typing, copying, hand delivering of the entire paper-based mail. By observing the interoffice mail system, I created a parts list: Inbox, Outbox, Memo, Folders, Address Book, Attachments, and then
 created a computer programme of nearly 50,000 lines of computer code which replicated this entire system. I called my innovation ‘email’, a term that had never been used before. The world’s first email I sent was to Dr Michelson in November 1978,” Dr Ayyadurai
 told The Pioneer on Sunday.<br />
<br />
Dr Ayyadurai developed email as a software programme. "Software itself was a new concept then. In 1978, it was not even covered under the Intellectual Property Rights. The US Copyright Law of 1976 was amended, however, in 1980 to allow for the protection of
 software. In 1982, I was awarded the first US Copyright for ‘Email’, recognising me as the inventor of email by the US Government,” said Dr Ayyadurai, who holds four different Post Graduate degrees including a PhD from the Massachusetts Institute of Technology.<br />
<br />
"What you see in any email system today, the Inbox, Outbox, Address Book, the Memo (From, To, Date, Subject, Body, CC and BCC), Attachments, etc are based on my observations to replicate the interoffice mail system. In November 1978, as a 14-year-old school
 boy, I addressed the doctors of the University on what I invented and demonstrated the use of this entire system,” reminiscences Dr Ayyadurai, son of Vellayappa Ayyadurai, a chemical engineer hailing from Rajapalayam in Tamil Nadu and Meenakshi, a mathematics
 teacher who went on to become the head of the elite Don Bosco Public School in Mumbai.<br />
<br />
The Ayyadurais migrated to the USA in 1970 in search of greater challenges so that little Shiva could get better education and exposure. He did not let his parents down. By the age of 13 he had mastered all known computer programming languages in vogue and
 went on to create email, which revolutionised the world of communication.<br />
<br />
Dr Ayyadurai has come out with a book The Email Revolution: Unleashing The Power of Connect which has foreword by Dr Leslie Michelson and an introduction by none other than Prof Noam Chomsky. He is in India as part of his mission to identify more "Shivas” who
 have much better innovations to offer to the world.<br />
<br />
"Young people of all colors, hungry to make this world a better place, are going to innovate things we’ve never imagined. We have to provide more global images to young people, in India, for example, with icons, beyond just white skinned and white haired, bearded
 scientists,” said Dr Ayyadurai.<br />
<br />
And how many of us are aware of the fact that radio was invented by Prof Jagdish Chandra Bose? It was his failure to get it patented that cost Dr Bose the title. Marconi, who had seen Dr Bose’s public demonstration of the radio, had approached him with an irresistible
 offer to market the same. But Dr Bose wanted the radio to be used for the welfare of the humanity. The night he held the public demonstration, his equipment was robbed from his hotel room. The rest is history,” Prof Ranjit Nair, leading physicist, had told
 this writer. So, today we all think Marconi, an Italian, invented Radio.<br />
<br />
But, when it comes to email, it's time to set the record straight, once and for all — it was a boy, a 14-year-old Indian boy, who invented email. The facts are black and white.<br />
<span style="font-weight:bold"><br />
This article can also be read at:</span><br />
<a href="http://www.dailypioneer.com/nation/indian-boy-who-invented-email.html" target="_blank">Indian boy who invented email</a></p>
<br />
]]></description>
      <pubDate>24/03/2014 16:53:31</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/23129/Indian+boy+who+invented+email</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">23129</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>23131</publicationdataID>
      <title>India Proclaims Victory Over Polio</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p><span style="font-style:italic">Latin Post/by Erik Derr</span><br />
<br />
India and its neighboring countries officially proclaim victory over the debilitating poliovirus this week.<br />
<br />
The World Health Organization's South-East Asia Region --- which includes India, Bangladesh, Bhutan, Democratic People's Republic of Korea, Indonesia, Maldives, Myanmar, Nepal, Sri Lanka, Thailand and Timor-Leste --- has been maintaining a polio-free status
 for the last 3 years. The last case of the largely childhood disease was reported in India in Jan. 2011.<br />
<br />
Plans are now in place to officially certify, and celebrate, the region's eradication of the wild disease Mar. 27, at the WHO regional office in New Delhi, India.<br />
<br />
The process toward global polio eradication was established in 1988, when the disease crippled more than 200,000 children yearly in India, which claims millions of poor and uneducated people and where reaching even basic levels of cleanliness and personal hygiene
 is a great challenge.<br />
<br />
In 2009, India still suffered more than half of the world's new cases of polio, 741 out of 1,604.<br />
<br />
"Many critics believed that this day would never come, that the polio virus was too firmly entrenched in India, that India would never be polio free," WHO Director-General Margaret Chan announced during a February event marking the country's long-fought win
 over polio. "They could point to the country's huge population, high birth rate, dense pockets of poverty, poor sanitation, widespread diarrhea, difficult terrain and resistance to vaccination among some groups."<br />
<br />
But, Chan said, "the doubters missed one decisive factor: the power of India's determination to achieve the impossible, to go from the world's heaviest burden of polio cases to zero."<br />
<br />
Indian governments "at union, state and district levels" took "decisive" ownership of the fight against the disease, earmarking a great array of resources and what amounted to billions of U.S. dollars for the effort, she said.<br />
<br />
The country also demonstrated a "can-do attitude" and "worked together seamlessly with its international partners," including Rotary International, the U.S. Centers for Disease Control and Prevention, UNICEF, WHO and the Bill and Melinda Gates Foundation, Chan
 said.<br />
<br />
"The need to reach every child meant that every nook and cranny of this vast country was crisscrossed by tireless polio workers. It also meant reaching every child in marginalized and migrant populations," said Chan, yet India "met each problem with creativity
 and innovation."<br />
<br />
Pioneering key operational and technical strategies, India "took advantage of new technologies and served as a proving ground for their effectiveness. When better systems to support high-quality performance were needed, India built them. With support from the
 WHO country office, India built its world-class surveillance system. An efficient and reliable network of laboratories was established to support poliovirus testing and the rapid confirmation of cases."<br />
<br />
Said Chan: "India has shown the world that there is no such thing as 'impossible.' This is likely the greatest lesson, and the greatest inspiration for the rest of the world."<br />
<br />
<span style="font-style:italic">(The views expressed above are the personal views of writer)</span><br />
<br />
<span style="font-weight:bold">This article can also be read at:</span><br />
<a href="http://www.latinpost.com/articles/9381/20140323/india-proclaims-victory-over-polio.htm" target="_blank">India Proclaims Victory Over Polio</a></p>
<br />
]]></description>
      <pubDate>24/03/2014 16:59:07</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/23131/India+Proclaims+Victory+Over+Polio</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">23131</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>23132</publicationdataID>
      <title>India Proves Why Vaccines Work — Here's How That Country Solved a National Epidemic</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p><span style="font-style:italic">Policy Mic/by Tom McKay</span><br />
<br />
The anti-vaccination movement has yet another inconvenient truth to explain: the near-complete eradication of the polio virus across an entire country thanks to a sweeping campaign by health authorities to vaccinate children.<br />
<br />
Rukhsar Khatoon is believed to be the last child with polio in India. It's been three years since another confirmed case. And it's all thanks to vaccination. Despite India's abysmal public health system, the Global Polio Eradication Initiative helped achieve
 95% coverage across the nation. When the campaign was launched in 1988, polio permanently disabled 200,000 children a year in India. In 2009, polio affected just 741 children. Now it's none.<br />
<br />
Here's how India has achieved such stellar results, according to the New York Times' Esha Chhabra:<br />
<br />
Health workers, usually women, stand at the booths for eight hours to ensure that every child in the neighborhood is vaccinated. The vaccinated children are marked on the nail of their pinky with black ink. The following day, the health workers search for missed
 children by going door-to-door, carrying the vaccine in an icebox.<br />
<br />
We collect the data, identify gaps, and give it to the government to make decisions,” [Dr. Rakesh Vishwakarma, a World Health Organization regional supervisor] says, pointing to multicolored maps and meticulous charts taped to the wall. Every village in the
 district is accounted for and marked by percentage of children immunized. Red pins mark stool samplings, which are collected to track the virus, and ensure that any cases of acute flaccid paralysis, or limp limbs, are diagnosed properly. Flaccid paralysis
 is not necessarily polio; weakness in the muscle can be caused by other pathogens. The W.H.O. checks each case of paralysis to be sure it's not polio.<br />
<br />
All this intense effort paid off big time. Khatoon, the last known case, only has polio because her parents decided not to vaccinate her because she was a sickly child and they feared it would strain her immune system. They now regret the decision.<br />
<br />
Smart planning: Anti-vaxxers insist that parents should be allowed to choose on their own whether their children will be vaccinated and claim utterly unfounded tales of autism and other health effects. But India's intensive system, which achieved 95% coverage,
 is the only one proven to work. And it took intensive international coordination (another thing anti-vaxxers would be mighty suspicious of) to pull off, with UNICEF, the World Health Organization, the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention and Rotary International
 all playing roles ranging from data collection and analysis to fielding the teams that staff India's National Immunization Days.<br />
<br />
Clear effect: This is the way to eradicate disease, with a prominent and dedicated national health campaign. Compare the demise of polio in India with its problems with other easily preventable diseases; the nation's routine immunization rates for measles,
 rubella, hepatitis B, TB and others hovers around 61%, far short of recommended rates for herd immunity. The result? India suffers from a third of the world's measles deaths, while countries which have more or less completely driven out the disease thanks
 to vaccines saw the rates plummet. In 2009, the U.S. averaged just 50-60 cases of measles a year. The first two months of 2014 have seen that many cases already, thanks in large part to parents who refuse to vaccinate their children.<br />
<br />
Anti-vaxxers would rather have you listen to their ill-concocted mix of anecdotes, ill-founded scientific misconceptions and hysterical paranoia about autism than the medical community. A quick look at India's record should let anyone know not to listen to
 the cranks.<br />
<span style="font-style:italic"><br />
(The views expressed above are the personal views of writer)</span><br />
<span style="font-weight:bold"><br />
This article can also be read at:</span><br />
<a href="http://www.policymic.com/articles/86001/india-proves-why-vaccines-work-here-s-how-that-country-solved-a-national-epidemic" target="_blank">India Proves Why Vaccines Work — Here's How That Country Solved a National Epidemic</a></p>
<br />
]]></description>
      <pubDate>24/03/2014 17:02:37</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/23132/India+Proves+Why+Vaccines+Work++Heres+How+That+Country+Solved+a+National+Epidemic</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">23132</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>23133</publicationdataID>
      <title>Indians Plan Rebirth for 5th-Century University</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p><span style="font-style:italic">New York Times/by Nida Najar</span><br />
<br />
Amartya Sen first saw the colossal, red-brick ruins of Nalanda University at the age of 11. After he told his family that he wanted to be a professor, his grandfather took him to see the remains of what is described as India’s oldest university, a place where
 history has the cast of epic myth.<br />
<br />
Founded in the fifth century, Nalanda at its peak attracted some 10,000 students from across Asia to study Buddhism, law, literature, and philosophy. It is said to have been the first global institution of higher learning — and, Indians note, one created long
 before the development of universities in Europe.<br />
<br />
Mr. Sen, the Harvard economist and Nobel laureate, is now part of an effort to capitalize on Nalanda’s legacy by building a new university with the same name, not far from the original site, in what is now the northeastern state of Bihar. The rebuilt Nalanda
 University would be a graduate-level institution, meant to bring the latest research and teaching practices to the country. It is set up as a quasi-public university, receiving government funds but freed from some national and state rules to give it more flexibility.<br />
<br />
Continue reading the main story<br />
<br />
<span style="font-weight:bold">The Chronicle of Higher Education</span><br />
<br />
The plans, however, have been complicated by myriad obstacles. The university’s construction and opening have faced delays because of bureaucracy. The local news media have questioned the role of international academics. Others speculate that the venture is
 simply too ambitious to succeed — a point that Mr. Sen and other organizers disagree with.<br />
<br />
"Our idea is not gigantic,” Mr. Sen, who heads Nalanda’s governing board, said in an interview. "It is to have a university which would be of high quality, which would be Asian in tradition and concentration.”<br />
<br />
While India’s education and social needs are vast, and one institution will hardly solve them all, he said, Nalanda will fill an important role in India.<br />
<br />
"We need education, we need health care, we need scientific research, and we need everything from elementary immunization of children to high-level medical expertise and skill,” Mr. Sen said. "We also need a connection with our own history, because it has an
 inspirational quality and is indeed something to learn from.”<br />
<br />
In 2006, A.P.J. Abdul Kalam, then India’s president, first proposed the plan to revive Nalanda, and the project has steadily gained international support. Besides Mr. Sen, the other 11 members of governing board include academics from top universities in Britain,
 China, Singapore, the United States, and Thailand.<br />
<br />
The Indian Parliament passed a bill in 2010 authorizing the development of the university. The government pledged more than $330 million to the project; other governments, including those of China and Australia, have each pledged $1 million; Singapore promised
 up to $7 million to build a library.<br />
<br />
Nalanda is expected to open in September, with about 40 students taking courses in history and environmental studies. The university eventually plans to enroll over 2,000 students, with programs in Buddhist studies, philosophy, linguistics, literature, international
 relations, information science and technology, economics, and management.<br />
<br />
Organizers hope that graduate students will come from all over the world for experiences that are like those of a field school — doing ecological research in nearby villages, for example.<br />
<br />
Because of delays, however, no faculty members have been hired, and the university still consists of only a converted government compound. Bihar has allocated 450 acres of rice paddies and wheat fields for a state-of-the-art campus, but parliamentary meetings
 and financial reviews have delayed construction.<br />
<br />
Part of the problem is that members of Parliament and other government officials seem taken aback by the level of autonomy the university seeks. Among other plans, Nalanda wants a professor-student ratio of one to five, while the University Grants Commission,
 which regulates India’s federal universities but will not oversee Nalanda, said a higher ratio, 15 to 20 students per instructor, would be suitable.<br />
<br />
Gopa Sabharwal, the university’s vice chancellor, has argued that India needs to throw out the rule book if it wants to forge a top-tier research institution.<br />
<br />
"There’s never a precedent for someone who does something the first time around,” she said.<br />
<br />
Some Indian academics have also criticized the salaries that the university wants to offer, taking issue with the vice chancellor’s salary of almost $100,000, an unheard-of amount at Indian universities.<br />
<br />
Ms. Sabharwal has agreed to a salary 60 percent lower than originally offered, in part to deflect criticism. But without being able to set faculty pay higher than that at India’s public universities, Nalanda will have trouble attracting top talent, she said.<br />
<br />
"There’s very little incentive in our university system for someone who’s good, young, eager and more productive to get fast-tracked to professorship,” Ms. Sabharwal said.<br />
<br />
The local news media have given substantial coverage to such controversies, making the debate over Nalanda a very public issue.<br />
<br />
Nalanda’s challenges mirror in some ways the problems that American universities have faced in trying to establish branch campuses and other academic programs in India. While the university has backing from Indians, there is also a perception that it is largely
 a foreign-led project.<br />
<br />
Ramachandra Guha, a historian whose name was mentioned as an early candidate for vice chancellor, declined to comment on Nalanda specifically but wrote in an email, "India needs many top-tier, international-caliber research universities, not just one.”<br />
<br />
"These, however, have to be built from the bottom up, by mentors and scholars based in different parts of the country (not abroad), aided by Indian philanthropists and/or public funds,” Mr. Guha added.<br />
<br />
Pramath Raj Sinha, the founding dean of the Indian School of Business, who is setting up a private liberal-arts college, Ashoka University, is sympathetic to Nalanda’s circumstances. But the price tag for starting a top graduate research university from scratch,
 he said, may be too high.<br />
<br />
"It’s like saying you’d set up Harvard without the undergraduate institution,” Mr. Sinha said. "Education is really a money business, and if they want to make a mark on the world with research, they will need funding.”<br />
<br />
Mr. Sen defended Nalanda’s goals, arguing that ambitious ideas are what India needs to move forward.<br />
<br />
"Our problem,” he said, "has always been to cut through the barrier of people who think too small rather than too big.”<br />
<br />
<span style="font-style:italic">(The views expressed above are the personal views of writer)</span><br />
<br />
<span style="font-weight:bold">This article can also be read at:</span><br />
<a href="http://www.nytimes.com/2014/03/24/world/asia/indians-plan-rebirth-for-5th-century-university.html?_r=1" target="_blank">Indians Plan Rebirth for 5th-Century University</a></p>
<br />
]]></description>
      <pubDate>24/03/2014 17:08:13</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/23133/Indians+Plan+Rebirth+for+5thCentury+University</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">23133</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>23134</publicationdataID>
      <title>Kuwaiti princess learns acupuncture in Mumbai</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p><span style="font-style:italic">Gulf Times</span><br />
<br />
In a country where traditional medicine is a virtual no-no, a Kuwaiti princess is aiming to buck the trend by learning acupuncture so that she can take its benefits to the 4mn citizens back home.<br />
<br />
Last week, a Mercedes driven by a female chauffeur halted outside a small clinic, located in a narrow lane in the congested Dadar area of south-central Mumbai. The chauffeur asked her distinguished passenger, Sheikha Alia Salem al-Sabah, the wife of Interior
 Minister Mohamed al-Khalid al-Sabah: "You have come here to meet a doctor?”<br />
<br />
"Yes, since I have come here, you can well imagine what he must be...” the guest smiled, stepping inside the eight-bed clinic run by internationally-acclaimed acupuncturist Dr P B Lohiya.<br />
<br />
Expecting his visitor, Lohiya, 63, founder of Indian Academy of Acupuncture Science (IAAS), was well-prepared, despite a large crowd of patients in the clinic.<br />
<br />
"I want to learn acupuncture as I have great faith in its curative success and benefits,” Sheikha Alia, 55, said at the clinic full of patients with problems ranging from back pains, irregular menstrual cycles, cardiac problems and cancer.<br />
<br />
In her home country, with Indians and Egyptians comprising the largest chunk of expatriates, traditional medicines are virtually a no-no, she explained.<br />
<br />
"Yes, we have a small acupuncture department in a government-run hospital run by Chinese doctors, but there is lack of proper diagnostic systems and cures,” Sheikha Alia said.<br />
<br />
In fact, along with her daughter, Sheikha Alia recently travelled to China to get basic knowledge of acupuncture, but after a week of grappling with the local language problems and lack of diagnostic systems, she gave up her efforts.<br />
<br />
In China, a doctor informed her that she could learn a lot from the renowned Aurangabad-based acupuncturist Lohiya, the only Indian visiting professor at the prestigious Beijing Meridian Research Centre and vice president of the Beijing’s World Association
 of Chinese Medicine. (Lohiya spends the bulk of his time in Aurangabad but attends the Mumbai clinic for one week every month. He also devotes time to his clinics in cities like Pune, Kolhapur, Nagpur and Hyderabad, besides travelling abroad.)<br />
<br />
"Well, with a little research and help from some officials I contacted Dr Lohiya and took the next flight to Mumbai,” said Sheikha Alia, a qualified aerospace engineer from the US.<br />
<br />
At present she spends hours carefully observing Lohiya as he treats patients for various ailments, including those relating to the heart, lungs, kidneys, liver, muscles, bones, paralysis and tissues and brain disorders by pricking tiny needles at strategic
 points on his patients.<br />
<br />
After a week-long sojourn in Mumbai, Sheikha Alia will travel with him to Aurangabad for a similar experience, topping off in Hyderabad with a fortnight-long intensive lectures-cum-practical sessions in acupuncture.<br />
<br />
"After I return to Kuwait, I want to start full-fledged acupuncture departments in hospitals or clinics for the benefit of my countrymen as I feel this ancient form of treatment has tremendous healing and curative potential,” she added.<br />
<br />
Lohiya has tentatively agreed to help start a clinic under his supervision in mid-2014 and even train Kuwaiti doctors in acupuncture along with other branches of traditional medicine.<br />
<br />
Sheikha Alia said that her husband and daughter, who suffered from severe neck and back pain, got tremendous relief by acupuncture-cum-ozone treatments.<br />
<br />
"A friend was advised to undergo a heart-lung transplant, but after an acupuncture-ozone session in Mumbai, he does not need any transplant,” Sheikha Alia said.<br />
<br />
When asked how an aerospace engineer developed an interest in ancient medicine systems, Sheikha Alia, who loves Indian vegetarian cuisine, said it was because of a desire to help people overcome their big and small medical problems.<br />
<span style="font-weight:bold"><br />
This article can also be read at:</span><br />
<a href="http://www.gulf-times.com/india/185/details/385647/kuwaiti-princess-learns-acupuncture-in-mumbai" target="_blank">Kuwaiti princess learns acupuncture in Mumbai</a></p>
<br />
]]></description>
      <pubDate>24/03/2014 17:11:43</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/23134/Kuwaiti+princess+learns+acupuncture+in+Mumbai</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">23134</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>23135</publicationdataID>
      <title>India beats the odds, beats polio</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p><span style="font-style:italic">CNN/by Moni Basu</span><br />
<br />
Rukhsar Khatoon is too young to fully grasp the significance of her life: that she is a last in a country of 1.2 billion people.<br />
<br />
She has become the greatest symbol of India's valiant -- and successful -- effort to rid itself of a crippling and potentially deadly disease. Rukhsar, 4, is the final documented case of polio in India.<br />
<br />
Her face has appeared in newspapers and on television. She's been invited to national events by Rotary International, the organization that led the effort to rid India of polio. She is a literal poster child, an inspiration, a symbol of a feat that no doctor
 or health official thought possible even a few years ago.<br />
<br />
Apart from the publicity, though, Rukhsar's life has hardly changed, her future still a question mark.<br />
<br />
She is used to seeing health officials and reporters arrive on foot at her home in Shahpara, a village in the Indian state of West Bengal. On the day we visited, she dressed herself in a long green printed dress, marred only by a tear at the shoulder. She oiled
 her hair and pulled it back with plastic barrettes. She did it all herself when she learned we were on our way.<br />
<br />
Her parents, Abdul Shah, 32, and Shobejan Begum, 30, blame themselves for their child's suffering. They had their other children vaccinated, but not Rukhsar. She was a sickly child, in and out of hospital with liver infections and diarrhea. They thought it
 safer not to subject her to more medication.<br />
<br />
It wasn't until little Rukhsar's right foot swelled and twisted in early 2011 that her parents took her to a hospital in nearby Beleghata for tests. She was just 18 months old when doctors confirmed the worst: Rukhsar had polio.<br />
<br />
Polio is caused by a virus that attacks the brain and spinal cord cells that move joints and muscles. About one-third of those who contract polio in India are left paralyzed -- as was Rukhsar.<br />
<br />
"Everything was our fault," explains her father. "I thought she would never walk again."<br />
<br />
<span style="font-weight:bold">'Hell of a big deal'</span><br />
<br />
When a global effort to end polio was launched in 1988, the disease crippled more than 200,000 children every year in India. Almost two decades later, in 2009, India still reported half of the world's new cases -- 741 out of 1,604.<br />
<br />
India has millions of poor and uneducated people. The population is booming. Large areas lack hygiene and good sanitation, and polio spreads through contaminated water. Many health experts predicted India would be the last country in the world to get rid of
 polio.<br />
<span style="font-weight:bold"><br />
They were wrong.</span><br />
<br />
Since Rukhsar's diagnosis three years ago, India has not seen another new case of polio. On March 27, the World Health Organization will formally announce the end of polio in India and proclaim another one of its global regions -- Southeast Asia -- free of
 the disease. Afghanistan, Pakistan and Nigeria are the only three countries that have not eradicated polio, leaving the Eastern Mediterranean and Africa the last two WHO regions with the disease.<br />
<br />
The last time WHO made a similar announcement was in 2002, when the European region was declared polio-free.<br />
<br />
Rotary International says the upcoming declaration will be a milestone for a nation that was once the epicenter of the disease.<br />
<br />
India's journey from 200,000 to zero has not been easy, says Deepak Kapur, a businessman who heads Rotary's polio campaign in India.<br />
<br />
"It's a tremendous achievement," he says. "India is a hell of a big deal."<br />
<br />
Kapur has been at the helm of India's campaign since 2001. When he started, he was told India was holding the world hostage, that the planet could not be polio-free until its second most populous nation had eliminated the disease.<br />
<br />
The western part of Uttar Pradesh state was the worst, Kapur says. At one time, scientists documented that the single worst pocket of polio, the city of Moradabad, had exported the virus to every continent.<br />
<br />
Now, Kapur says, the three remaining nations where polio still exists can learn from India.<br />
<br />
<span style="font-weight:bold">Three keys to success</span><br />
<br />
Western nations conquered polio so long ago that its name is unknown to younger generations.<br />
<br />
America experienced the height of polio in the 1940s and '50s, when about 35,000 people became disabled every year. Fear and panic spread and parents were known to warn their children to not drink from public water fountains, avoid swimming pools and stay away
 from crowded public places like movie theaters. Perhaps the most famous case of polio in America was Franklin Delano Roosevelt, the first president with a significant physical disability.<br />
<br />
The development of the Salk and Sabine vaccines helped lead to eradication of polio in the United States in 1979. In India, too, vaccination was critical.<br />
<br />
"There were three keys to our success," Kapur says. "Immunize, immunize and immunize."<br />
<br />
But the challenges in India went way beyond getting 170 million children vaccinated each year and needing 2 million health workers on the case. They went beyond securing $2.3 billion in government funding.<br />
<br />
The oral vaccine must be kept cold, and many places in India do not have electricity -- and even those that do experience frequent power cuts. Each vaccine costs only 12 cents, but refrigerating them was a major problem, says Dr. Mathew Varghese, an orthopedic
 surgeon who runs India's last dedicated polio ward at St. Stephen's Hospital in New Delhi.<br />
<br />
India was able to come up with innovative ideas -- like refrigerators powered by kerosene -- to get vaccinations to remote villages not unlike the one where Rukhsar lives.<br />
<br />
And then there was the campaign to educate. Rumors had spread in Muslim communities about the polio vaccine. Some Muslims believed it made women infertile and that the Indian government was using it to curb a minority population.<br />
<br />
To combat such false beliefs, health workers began a dialog with clerics. They were able to build trust and persuade the clerics to put drops of the vaccine in their own grandchildren's mouths so their followers could see nothing bad would happen.<br />
<br />
For Varghese, all this means that the makeup of his polio ward has changed. The patients tend to be older now since there have been no new cases reported since 2011.<br />
<br />
Varghese has operated on thousands of twisted and mangled bodies, on patients who are forced to crawl on all fours. Polio, he says, robs a person of dignity.<br />
<br />
"It's terrible to have a childhood ruined," he says, inspecting the progress of Haseen Jahan. She's lived with polio 23 of her 25 years. She used to press her hand to her thigh when she walked, to keep her left leg down. Her left foot used to point outwards.<br />
<br />
In her dreams she walked upright. In her dreams, she danced, even wore pants, something she was not able to do before because of the way her limbs were bent.<br />
<br />
Varghese straightened her leg with his orthopedic surgical skills.<br />
<br />
"I'll be able to walk straight," she says, laughing, "just like you."<br />
<br />
Varghese moves on to the other polio patients occupying the 16 beds reserved for them at the missionary-run hospital. Some had knees that had twisted upward to their hips. Others could not even stand. When they leave here, they will embark on lives that were
 previously unimaginable.<br />
<br />
"I would be happy to go out of business -- this kind of business," he says, though he knows he will be seeing polio patients until the day he retires. Half of India's 21 million physically disabled people are that way because of polio.<br />
<br />
Varghese has never met Rukhsar. But he is relieved to know she is the last.<br />
<br />
<span style="font-weight:bold">Poster child</span><br />
<br />
In Shahpara, Rukhsar plays with her brothers and sisters and other children on the bone-dry earth, the dirt forming clouds beneath their feet. The effects of polio were not severe as they could have been, and after exhaustive therapy, Rukhsar is able to use
 her legs.<br />
<br />
She is not unlike the other barefoot children in this village of palms and ponds except that she has a limp. Her right leg is shorter than her left, a condition that is common with polio patients. She complains that her right foot hurts when she runs and jumps.<br />
<br />
Learning from their own mistake, Rukhsar's parents have become advocates for polio vaccinations in their part of the world. Shah is thankful his daughter was not left immobile, but still, he worries for her future.<br />
<br />
He is a poor man, and like most men and women in this village, he makes about $40 a month embroidering saris -- far less than the brocaded and beaded garments sell for. He knows he must save money for future health care needs and do all he can to make sure
 Rukhsar is educated. He is certain he will face obstacles in finding a groom for a daughter with a disability.<br />
<br />
America, too, had poster children for polio at a time when the country was racing to stamp out the disease. In the 1950s, two girls in matching gingham jumpers appeared in an anti-polio campaign. Pam was shown loosening her sister Patricia's leg brace.<br />
<br />
They were faces, just like Rukhsar, of a disease that now is on the brink of global eradication. There is no cure for polio, but the two American sisters were able to overcome the crippling nature of the disease.<br />
<br />
Now it's Rukhsar's turn to lead a full life. Without the interference of polio.<br />
<br />
<span style="font-style:italic">(The views expressed above are the personal views of writer)</span><br />
<span style="font-weight:bold"><br />
This article can also be read at:</span><br />
<a href="http://www.cnn.com/2014/03/22/health/india-end-of-polio" target="_blank">India beats the odds, beats polio</a></p>
<br />
]]></description>
      <pubDate>24/03/2014 17:16:32</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/23135/India+beats+the+odds+beats+polio</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">23135</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>23136</publicationdataID>
      <title>India beats the odds, beats polio</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p><span style="font-style:italic">CNN/by Moni Basu</span><br />
<br />
Rukhsar Khatoon is too young to fully grasp the significance of her life: that she is a last in a country of 1.2 billion people.<br />
<br />
She has become the greatest symbol of India's valiant -- and successful -- effort to rid itself of a crippling and potentially deadly disease. Rukhsar, 4, is the final documented case of polio in India.<br />
<br />
Her face has appeared in newspapers and on television. She's been invited to national events by Rotary International, the organization that led the effort to rid India of polio. She is a literal poster child, an inspiration, a symbol of a feat that no doctor
 or health official thought possible even a few years ago.<br />
<br />
Apart from the publicity, though, Rukhsar's life has hardly changed, her future still a question mark.<br />
<br />
She is used to seeing health officials and reporters arrive on foot at her home in Shahpara, a village in the Indian state of West Bengal. On the day we visited, she dressed herself in a long green printed dress, marred only by a tear at the shoulder. She oiled
 her hair and pulled it back with plastic barrettes. She did it all herself when she learned we were on our way.<br />
<br />
Her parents, Abdul Shah, 32, and Shobejan Begum, 30, blame themselves for their child's suffering. They had their other children vaccinated, but not Rukhsar. She was a sickly child, in and out of hospital with liver infections and diarrhea. They thought it
 safer not to subject her to more medication.<br />
<br />
It wasn't until little Rukhsar's right foot swelled and twisted in early 2011 that her parents took her to a hospital in nearby Beleghata for tests. She was just 18 months old when doctors confirmed the worst: Rukhsar had polio.<br />
<br />
Polio is caused by a virus that attacks the brain and spinal cord cells that move joints and muscles. About one-third of those who contract polio in India are left paralyzed -- as was Rukhsar.<br />
<br />
"Everything was our fault," explains her father. "I thought she would never walk again."<br />
<br />
'Hell of a big deal'<br />
<br />
When a global effort to end polio was launched in 1988, the disease crippled more than 200,000 children every year in India. Almost two decades later, in 2009, India still reported half of the world's new cases -- 741 out of 1,604.<br />
<br />
India has millions of poor and uneducated people. The population is booming. Large areas lack hygiene and good sanitation, and polio spreads through contaminated water. Many health experts predicted India would be the last country in the world to get rid of
 polio.<br />
<br />
They were wrong.<br />
<br />
Since Rukhsar's diagnosis three years ago, India has not seen another new case of polio. On March 27, the World Health Organization will formally announce the end of polio in India and proclaim another one of its global regions -- Southeast Asia -- free of
 the disease. Afghanistan, Pakistan and Nigeria are the only three countries that have not eradicated polio, leaving the Eastern Mediterranean and Africa the last two WHO regions with the disease.<br />
<br />
The last time WHO made a similar announcement was in 2002, when the European region was declared polio-free.<br />
<br />
Rotary International says the upcoming declaration will be a milestone for a nation that was once the epicenter of the disease.<br />
<br />
India's journey from 200,000 to zero has not been easy, says Deepak Kapur, a businessman who heads Rotary's polio campaign in India.<br />
<br />
"It's a tremendous achievement," he says. "India is a hell of a big deal."<br />
<br />
Kapur has been at the helm of India's campaign since 2001. When he started, he was told India was holding the world hostage, that the planet could not be polio-free until its second most populous nation had eliminated the disease.<br />
<br />
The western part of Uttar Pradesh state was the worst, Kapur says. At one time, scientists documented that the single worst pocket of polio, the city of Moradabad, had exported the virus to every continent.<br />
<br />
Now, Kapur says, the three remaining nations where polio still exists can learn from India.<br />
<br />
Three keys to success<br />
<br />
Western nations conquered polio so long ago that its name is unknown to younger generations.<br />
<br />
America experienced the height of polio in the 1940s and '50s, when about 35,000 people became disabled every year. Fear and panic spread and parents were known to warn their children to not drink from public water fountains, avoid swimming pools and stay away
 from crowded public places like movie theaters. Perhaps the most famous case of polio in America was Franklin Delano Roosevelt, the first president with a significant physical disability.<br />
<br />
The development of the Salk and Sabine vaccines helped lead to eradication of polio in the United States in 1979. In India, too, vaccination was critical.<br />
<br />
"There were three keys to our success," Kapur says. "Immunize, immunize and immunize."<br />
<br />
But the challenges in India went way beyond getting 170 million children vaccinated each year and needing 2 million health workers on the case. They went beyond securing $2.3 billion in government funding.<br />
<br />
The oral vaccine must be kept cold, and many places in India do not have electricity -- and even those that do experience frequent power cuts. Each vaccine costs only 12 cents, but refrigerating them was a major problem, says Dr. Mathew Varghese, an orthopedic
 surgeon who runs India's last dedicated polio ward at St. Stephen's Hospital in New Delhi.<br />
<br />
India was able to come up with innovative ideas -- like refrigerators powered by kerosene -- to get vaccinations to remote villages not unlike the one where Rukhsar lives.<br />
<br />
And then there was the campaign to educate. Rumors had spread in Muslim communities about the polio vaccine. Some Muslims believed it made women infertile and that the Indian government was using it to curb a minority population.<br />
<br />
To combat such false beliefs, health workers began a dialog with clerics. They were able to build trust and persuade the clerics to put drops of the vaccine in their own grandchildren's mouths so their followers could see nothing bad would happen.<br />
<br />
For Varghese, all this means that the makeup of his polio ward has changed. The patients tend to be older now since there have been no new cases reported since 2011.<br />
<br />
Varghese has operated on thousands of twisted and mangled bodies, on patients who are forced to crawl on all fours. Polio, he says, robs a person of dignity.<br />
<br />
"It's terrible to have a childhood ruined," he says, inspecting the progress of Haseen Jahan. She's lived with polio 23 of her 25 years. She used to press her hand to her thigh when she walked, to keep her left leg down. Her left foot used to point outwards.<br />
<br />
In her dreams she walked upright. In her dreams, she danced, even wore pants, something she was not able to do before because of the way her limbs were bent.<br />
<br />
Varghese straightened her leg with his orthopedic surgical skills.<br />
<br />
"I'll be able to walk straight," she says, laughing, "just like you."<br />
<br />
Varghese moves on to the other polio patients occupying the 16 beds reserved for them at the missionary-run hospital. Some had knees that had twisted upward to their hips. Others could not even stand. When they leave here, they will embark on lives that were
 previously unimaginable.<br />
<br />
"I would be happy to go out of business -- this kind of business," he says, though he knows he will be seeing polio patients until the day he retires. Half of India's 21 million physically disabled people are that way because of polio.<br />
<br />
Varghese has never met Rukhsar. But he is relieved to know she is the last.<br />
<br />
Poster child<br />
<br />
In Shahpara, Rukhsar plays with her brothers and sisters and other children on the bone-dry earth, the dirt forming clouds beneath their feet. The effects of polio were not severe as they could have been, and after exhaustive therapy, Rukhsar is able to use
 her legs.<br />
<br />
She is not unlike the other barefoot children in this village of palms and ponds except that she has a limp. Her right leg is shorter than her left, a condition that is common with polio patients. She complains that her right foot hurts when she runs and jumps.<br />
<br />
Learning from their own mistake, Rukhsar's parents have become advocates for polio vaccinations in their part of the world. Shah is thankful his daughter was not left immobile, but still, he worries for her future.<br />
<br />
He is a poor man, and like most men and women in this village, he makes about $40 a month embroidering saris -- far less than the brocaded and beaded garments sell for. He knows he must save money for future health care needs and do all he can to make sure
 Rukhsar is educated. He is certain he will face obstacles in finding a groom for a daughter with a disability.<br />
<br />
America, too, had poster children for polio at a time when the country was racing to stamp out the disease. In the 1950s, two girls in matching gingham jumpers appeared in an anti-polio campaign. Pam was shown loosening her sister Patricia's leg brace.<br />
<br />
They were faces, just like Rukhsar, of a disease that now is on the brink of global eradication. There is no cure for polio, but the two American sisters were able to overcome the crippling nature of the disease.<br />
<br />
Now it's Rukhsar's turn to lead a full life. Without the interference of polio.<br />
<br />
(The views expressed above are the personal views of writer)<br />
<br />
<span style="font-weight:bold">This article can also be read at:</span><br />
<a href="http://www.cnn.com/2014/03/22/health/india-end-of-polio/" target="_blank">India beats the odds, beats polio</a></p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>24/03/2014 17:17:17</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/23136/India+beats+the+odds+beats+polio</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">23136</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>23137</publicationdataID>
      <title>Indian doctors at UN bases help save lives in S. Sudan</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p><span style="font-style:italic">Oman Tribune</span><br />
<br />
United Nations Indian doctors stationed at UN mission bases in South Sudan are providing critical healthcare services, including helping deliver babies, amid continued conflict and violence that has plagued the world’s youngest nation in recent months.<br />
<br />
Over 80 babies have been born at the UNMISS (UN Mission in South Sudan) base in troubled Malakal, Upper Nile State, of which 41 were delivered at the UNMISS Indian hospital. The first baby was delivered alive and healthy by Indian doctors on December 24 last
 year when Malakal was first attacked, according to information released by the UN Department of Public Information unit. "Apart from one baby who died, the rest of the babies delivered were healthy,” Indian hospital chief logistics officer Lieutenant Colonel
 Saurabh Bhardwaj said.<br />
<br />
All expecting mothers were transferred to the Indian hospital before the International Medical Corps (IMC) set up a reproductive health facility at the UNMISS clinic, he said.<br />
<br />
At the UNMISS Indian military field hospital in the city of Malakal, 976 patients have been treated since December 23.<br />
<br />
Over 134 major surgeries have been carried out and babies have been delivered with the assistance of Indian doctors who are providing medical and protection assistance to the site. "Out of the 46 babies, 28 were male and 18 were female. Included in that number
 were two sets of twins and one set of triplets,” said Emergency volunteer nurse Kelly Suter.<br />
<br />
Indian peacekeepers and medical personnel in the volatile Jonglei State have been awarded for their courage and devotion to duty shown while working in extremely difficult conditions.<br />
<br />
"Without the steadfastness shown by the battalion group, it would not have been possible to implement the mission mandate in the desired manner,” UNMISS Force Commander Delali Johnson Sakyi said in Bor.<br />
<br />
<span style="font-weight:bold">This article can also be read at:</span><br />
<a href="http://www.omantribune.com/index.php?page=news&amp;id=164152&amp;heading=Middle East" target="_blank">Indian doctors at UN bases help save lives in S. Sudan</a></p>
<br />
]]></description>
      <pubDate>24/03/2014 17:21:49</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/23137/Indian+doctors+at+UN+bases+help+save+lives+in+S+Sudan</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">23137</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>23138</publicationdataID>
      <title>Our forests, our future</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p><span style="font-style:italic">Business Mirror/by Eisen Bernardo</span><br />
<br />
A recent story about an environmental activist and forest worker became viral in different social-networking sites. It is a unique and inspiring story about India’s forest man. Netizens lauded forest man’s effort of growing an entire forest in three decades.<br />
<br />
Jadav Payeng, dubbed by Jawaharlal Nehru University as the Forest Man of India, transformed a 150-hectare of barren sandbar in Jorhat district in Assam region into a lush forest. Because of the major flooding in his district in 1979, the teenaged Payeng was
 motivated to start planting trees. For 34 years he regularly planted saplings, from bamboo and indigenous plants to high-value trees like teak.<br />
<br />
The forest that Payeng built has become a sanctuary for biodiversity. It serves as home to different animal species like wild elephants, Bengal tigers, Indian rhinoceros, deers, rabbits, apes and several varieties of birds, including a large number of vultures.<br />
<br />
The government of India and some international media recognized Payeng’s efforts in conservation. More than that, the forest that he nurtured will be his legacy for the next generation.<br />
<br />
<span style="font-weight:bold">Celebrating the forests and trees</span><br />
<br />
PAYENG’S effort is one of the many reasons to celebrate the forests and trees.<br />
<br />
Every 21st of March is declared by the United Nations as the International Day of Forests and the Trees. In a message, UN Secretary-General Ban Ki-moon said the celebration is "a new platform to raise awareness about the importance of all types of forest ecosystems
 to sustainable development.”<br />
<br />
The celebration emphasizes how vital forests and trees are to the wellbeing of humankind. In the latest data of the Food and Agriculture Organization, more than 3 billion people use wood for fuel; some 2 billion people depend on forests for sustenance and income,
 and 750 million live within them.<br />
<br />
"Forests are also central to combating climate change,” Ban said. He said deforestation and land-use changes account for 17 percent of human-generated carbon-dioxide emissions. Forests can regulate climate by absorbing and storing large amounts of carbon.<br />
<br />
They are also important mechanisms in disaster-risk reduction and management. Forests protect watersheds, reduce soil erosion, stabilize slopes, and prevent landslides and flash floods. Mangrove forests protect coastal communities against tsunami and storm
 surge.<br />
<br />
<span style="font-weight:bold">Forests and biodiversity</span><br />
<br />
FORESTS harbor two-thirds of the Earth’s terrestrial biodiversity. However, the increasing consumption needs of the growing populations intensify the rate of forest and biodiversity loss.<br />
<br />
In Southeast Asia forests serve as habitat for up to 20 percent of the world’s plant and animal species, most of which are endemic to the region.<br />
<br />
Unfortunately, a number of endemic plant and animal species are at risk because of the pressures exerted on forest ecosystems. The destruction of forests because of human activities like mining, agriculture, construction of roads, human-settlement development
 and others have affected the wildlife by reducing the corridors in which they can move or migrate.<br />
<br />
Because of illegal logging in Indonesia, forests have been cleared, affecting many orangutan populations, driving the species toward extinctions. The hotspot countries of Indonesia, Malaysia and the Philippines harbor more endemic species, but also a considerable
 number of threatened species of amphibians, birds, mammals and reptiles.<br />
<br />
<span style="font-weight:bold">Our forests, our future</span><br />
<br />
LAWYER Roberto V. Oliva, the executive director of the Asean Centre for Biodiversity and also a forester, said the key to addressing the issues of forest ecosystems depends largely on effective governance.<br />
<br />
He explained that this should focus on the effective enforcement of binding laws and forest policies, engagement of public, particularly communities and local government units, and private stakeholders, and comprehensive programs for the capacity building of
 institutions involved in the enforcement of laws.<br />
<br />
He added that the establishment of more conservation areas and better forest management practices are critical initiatives in saving forest ecosystems in the region.<br />
<br />
The centerpiece of the celebration of the International Day of Forests and the Trees 2014 is forest conservation. Countries are encouraged to undertake local, national, and international efforts to organize activities involving forests and trees.<br />
<br />
Governments, businesses and all sectors of society are urged to commit to reducing deforestation, preventing forest degradation, reducing poverty, and promoting sustainable livelihoods for all forest-dependent peoples.<br />
<br />
Like what Payeng did in India, everyone should do their part in forest conservation.<br />
<br />
<span style="font-style:italic">(The views expressed above are the personal views of writer)</span><br />
<br />
<span style="font-weight:bold">This article can also be read at:</span><br />
<a href="http://www.businessmirror.com.ph/index.php/en/features/biodiversity/29367-our-forests-our-future" target="_blank">Our forests, our future</a></p>
<br />
]]></description>
      <pubDate>24/03/2014 17:26:01</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/23138/Our+forests+our+future</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">23138</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>23139</publicationdataID>
      <title>India and Space Defense</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p><span style="font-style:italic">The Diplomat/by Amit R. Saksena</span><br />
<br />
Concerned about global trends, India is making progress in building its space defense capabilities.<br />
<br />
Fortunately, the final frontier has yet to become a battlefield. On present trends, however, the next two decades will witness a global arms race in space, culminating in a sophisticated weapons system being placed in orbit. The United States and Russia (formerly
 the Soviet Union) have been active in this sphere since the early 1960s, when the Soviets first tested the "hunter killer” low orbit satellite system. The U.S. responded with a series of advanced strategic missile projects and some more promising ground launched
 initiatives. Since then, however, both the U.S. and Russia have constrained their space military programs, seeking to discourage weaponization. Still, both countries have made it clear they will start again, should a line be crossed.<br />
<br />
In 2007, China sparked global concern when it successfully tested its first ASAT (anti-satellite) missile, destroying one of its obsolete weather satellites at an altitude of 865 km. In 2006, the U.S. government released a report claiming that China had tagged
 some U.S. observation satellites with a high-power laser system. Although no major damage was done to the satellites, it later emerged that the laser was not directed at the optical lenses, which could have rendered the satellites useless. In 2008, when the
 Shenzhou-07 was in orbit, the taikonauts on the mission released a BX-1 micro satellite. The BX-1 flew within the 1000-mile secure radius of the International Space Station (the ISS is programmed to change trajectory and orbit should this happen). Although
 no harm was done, this demonstrated China’s ability to deploy micro satellites with ASAT capabilities.<br />
<br />
China has long lobbied against the weaponization of outer space. The sudden change in its space policy can be viewed as an attempt at deterrence, as well as a hedging of its bets. According to Theresa Hitchens, director of the Center for Defense Information,
 a private group in Washington that tracks military programs, "For several years, the Russians and Chinese have been trying to push a treaty to ban space weapons. The concept of exhibiting a hard-power capability to bring somebody to the negotiating table is
 a classic cold war technique.” In 2006, the Bush Administration authorized a policy, noting that the United States would "preserve its rights, capabilities, and freedom of action in space” and "dissuade or deter others from either impeding those rights or
 developing capabilities intended to do so.” It declared the United States would "deny, if necessary, adversaries the use of space capabilities hostile to U.S. national interests.”<br />
<br />
Apart from the global ramifications, these developments have sent alarm bells ringing in India. An opponent of the weaponizing of space, India has made impressive developments with its Agni–V Inter-Continental Ballistic Missile, joining an elite club of countries
 that possess this technology. Recently, the Defense Research and Development Organization (DRDO) announced that it can harness the technology to manufacture anti-satellite weaponry. This, along with the Indian Space Research Organization’s (ISRO) success with
 indigenous launch vehicles, equips the Indian space program with the technological capability to undertake space weaponization activities. From the mid 1970s to 2005, the Indian space program suffered due to the imposition of a sanctions regime in response
 to its nuclear policies, which left it struggling with little outside technical assistance. India was welcomed back to the mainstream only after a deal with the U.S. was signed in 2005. Eventually, in 2011, the U.S. administration moved certain strategic companies,
 including those from the ISRO, off the so-called Entity List, in an effort to drive hi-tech trade and forge closer strategic ties with India.<br />
<br />
ISRO has already established a reputation for reliability when it comes to launching smaller satellites using its smaller Polar Satellite Launch Vehicle (PSLV). Its workhorse launch vehicle has put more than 35 satellites of various countries, weighing between
 one kg and 712 kg, into orbit, not to mention more than a dozen Indian satellites. With the recent success of the geosynchronous satellite launch vehicle (GSLV-D5), the ISRO is ready to take on satellites weighing in excess of two tons, an important prerequisite
 to the deployment of any weapons system. Existing space treaties prohibit placing weapons of mass destruction in space, but not other types of weapons. Therefore, the next logical step for the DRDO is to develop orbital weapons, which could remain in space
 for as long as required while orbiting Earth or the Moon.<br />
<br />
The line between militarization and weaponization is blurred. Militarization is the build up to a state of conflict and broadly encompasses any activity that furthers this objective. Weaponization, by contrast, means actively developing or deploying a weapon.
 According to many experts, militarization of space first occurred in 1957 when Sputnik 1 was put into orbit by the Soviet Union. Since then, many auxiliary technology satellites have been launched (such as telecommunications, relief mapping and orbital imaging),
 directly or indirectly assisting warfare efforts on terra firma and over water. Today, militaries all over the world rely heavily on satellites for command and control, communication, monitoring, early warning, and navigation with the Global Positioning System
 (GPS). While the term "peaceful purposes” hardly applies to such activities, military applications such as using satellites to direct bombing raids or to orchestrate a "prompt global strike” capability are gradually encroaching on the space environment and
 have raised serious concerns.<br />
<br />
So space warfare can be studied on the basis of a utility criterion in three ways: auxiliary systems, which can assist in warfare on other terrains; defensive systems, which are required to protect these space assets; and weaponized systems – which are purely
 offensive in nature.<br />
<br />
In 2012, the then DRDO chief V.K. Saraswat emphasized a defensive strategy for India in the space domain. Sticking to the principle of "no weaponizing,” Saraswat projected the view that space security entails the creation of "a gamut of capabilities,” including
 the protection of satellites, communications and navigation systems and denying the enemy the use of their own "space systems.”<br />
<br />
The domestic Indian missile defense shield is designed to protect key parts of Indian territory from ballistic missiles originating from China and Pakistan. Priority has to be given to the kill vehicle. Going forward, said Saraswat, "What is needed is technology
 to track the movement of enemy satellites, for instance, before making a kinetic kill. We are trying to build a credible deterrence capability.” At the same time Saraswat made it clear that this anti satellite device "will not be tried out in real life conditions
 unless there are exigencies.” The comment echoes India’s resolve to stick to a defensive program only.<br />
<br />
Countries have long grappled with the issue of space junk left behind by their activities. The 2007 Chinese ASAT test filled the Lower Earth Orbit (LEO) with an estimated 2500 pieces of dangerous debris. In May 2013, a Russian satellite was stuck and destroyed
 by one such piece. Thus, systems to protect against debris also need to be developed for LEO satellites. India, now a major spacefaring nation, has in orbit a substantial number of satellites for communications, meteorology, earth observation and scientific
 research. It is also developing its own indigenous Indian Regional Navigational Satellite System (IRNSS) to reduce is reliance on the GPS used by the U.S. and the Russian GLONASS<br />
<br />
India recently launched its first dedicated defense satellite, GSAT-7 for the Indian Navy. This is seen as the start of a long line of defense application oriented satellites that the Integrated Space Cell (ISC, initiated in 2008) may want to put into orbit.
 Already an "eye-in-the-sky” system for the Air Force is being considered. The Integrated Space Cell is currently operated jointly by the three service arms, the DRDO, and the ISRO, making it more of a central information network system than an offensive one.
 The CARTOSAT-2A, a dedicated satellite of the Indian Armed Forces, will also fall under the jurisdiction of this nodal agency. Although a fledgling agency at the moment, the ISC may be the stepping stone to a fully fledged Indian Military Space Command in
 the near future.<br />
<br />
For India, the issue is China’s reconnaissance and surveillance capabilities, which are essentially satellite-based systems. In battle, the army in possession of the higher ground has a natural advantage over its adversary; right now this higher ground is space.<br />
<span style="font-style:italic"><br />
(The views expressed above are the personal views of writer)</span><br />
<br />
<span style="font-weight:bold">This article can also be read at:</span><br />
<a href="http://thediplomat.com/2014/03/india-and-space-defense/ " target="_blank">India and Space Defense</a></p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>24/03/2014 17:31:02</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/23139/India+and+Space+Defense</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">23139</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>23122</publicationdataID>
      <title>India, Singapore Win 2014 UN &amp;quot;Water For Life&amp;quot; Award</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p><span style="font-style:italic">Bernama,<br />
</span><br />
India and Singapore won the 2014 edition of the United Nations-Water "Water for Life" Best Practices Award for their sustainable practices of water resources.<br />
<br />
The announcement was made by the UN Office here during an official ceremony to mark World Water Day 2014 on Friday, Xinhua news agency reported.<br />
<br />
"This year's winners are excellent examples of two organisations that tackle future challenges in a sustainable way," said Michel Jarraud, chair of UN-Water at the ceremony held in the United Nations University.<br />
<br />
This year's "best water management practices" went to the International Water Management Institute (IWMI)-Tata Water Policy Programme (ITP), a project based on water scarce across India.<br />
<br />
ITP has made progress in filling the gap between research and policy action by simultaneously engaging with scientists and policy makers to tackle socio-economic environmental challenges related to the improvement of the energy-irrigation nexus.<br />
<br />
Singapore-based "NEWater programme", which can meet 30 per cent of the country's daily water needs, won the "best participatory, communication, awareness-raising and education practices" for its strong social component and enduring partnerships in its manifold
 and remarkable water management practices.<br />
<br />
This year's award has received a total of 34 applications around the world with nine from Asia, five from Africa, eight from Europe and 12 from Latin American and Caribbean countries.<br />
<span style="font-weight:bold"><br />
This article can also be read at:</span><br />
<a href="http://www.bernama.com.my/bernama/v7/wn/newsworld.php?id=1023608" target="_blank">India, Singapore Win 2014 UN "Water For Life" Award</a></p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>21/03/2014 16:12:49</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/23122/India+Singapore+Win+2014+UN+quotWater+For+Lifequot+Award</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">23122</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>23118</publicationdataID>
      <title>How India is building Asia's largest secure forest network</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p><span style="font-style:italic">BBC</span><br />
<br />
A landmark effort by the Indian state of Karnataka to connect isolated protected forests could lead to the building of Asia's largest unbroken forest, writes Jay Mazoomdaar.<br />
<br />
It's been all about connecting the green dots.<br />
<br />
Since 2012, the southern state of Karnataka has declared nearly 2,600 sq km (1,003 sq miles) of forests as protected areas, linking a series of national parks, tiger reserves and sanctuaries.<br />
<br />
Protected areas cover nearly 5% of India's landmass and come under strict legal protection that makes conversion of land for non-forestry purposes difficult. Tiger reserves and national parks do not allow human settlements.<br />
<br />
Karnataka has already built three unbroken forest landscapes spread over more than one million hectares along the Western Ghats, a mountain range that runs along the western coast of India. It is also a Unesco World Heritage site and one of the eight hottest
 biological hotspots of the world.<br />
<br />
In southern Karnataka, the missing links in the Bannerghatta-Nagarhole landscape have been bridged to achieve an unbroken stretch of 7,050 sq km that includes adjoining protected areas in the neighbouring states of Tamil Nadu and Kerala.<br />
<br />
In central Karnataka, the Kudremukh-Aghanashini landscape across 1,716 sq km has been made contiguous.<br />
<br />
In the north, expanding the Anshi-Bhimghad landscape has linked a forest stretch of 2,242 sq km in Goa and Karnataka.<br />
<br />
Experts say habitat fragmentation is a major threat to wildlife conservation. Contiguous forest landscapes allow gene flow and increase colonisation probability, thereby reducing the risk of local extinction.<br />
<br />
Interconnected forests also offer a better chance of adaptation and survival when wild animals shift habitats to cope with the impact of climate change.<br />
<br />
None of these concerns has stopped the Indian government from dragging its feet over implementing the recommendations of an expert panel to safeguard the Western Ghats.<br />
<br />
But Karnataka has on its own secured much of this biological treasure trove.<br />
<br />
But, it has not been easy.<br />
<br />
Given the exclusionist conservation model of the Indian state, local communities usually fear losing their traditional rights when a forest is brought under legal protection.<br />
<br />
But the state forest department officials say they have treaded cautiously.<br />
<br />
From the beginning, explains former forest official BK Singh who initiated the expansion process, it was made clear that all existing rights of the people would continue.<br />
<br />
"The protected area expansion covered only reserve forests where people's rights were already settled. Even in those areas, we did not force our decisions on people," says Vinay Luthra, Principal Chief Conservator of Forests, Karnataka.<br />
<br />
'No threat'<br />
<br />
"We have not relocated a single village for this expansion," says MH Swaminath, former wildlife official who was part of the team that drew up the plan in 2011, adding that the focus was on protecting biodiversity-rich forests and key wildlife corridors from
 invasive development such as heavy industries, mining or dams.<br />
"In comparison, existing villages [within the expanded protected areas] do not pose any serious threat to conservation," says Mr Singh.<br />
<br />
The expansion plan was accepted by the Karnataka state wildlife officials in July 2011. By January 2012, it had the approval of the National Board for Wildlife in Delhi. Within a month, the first expansion was implemented in the Bandipur tiger reserve.<br />
<br />
"Since then, nearly 1,700 sq km was added to three national parks and five wildlife sanctuaries. Another 906 sq km was notified as a new sanctuary," says wildlife biologist Sanjay Gubbi.<br />
<br />
Besides supporting wildlife, these expanded protected areas also serve as watersheds and support 15 rivers, he adds.<br />
<br />
The state forest department hit some roadblocks in Bhadra tiger reserve and Pushpagiri wildlife sanctuary.<br />
<br />
Largest network<br />
<br />
"Certain vested interests tried to mislead people. A lot of ground has been covered in just two years but a few key links still remain to be achieved to establish forest connectivity between Bangalore and Goa," says Mr Singh.<br />
<br />
A spate of small hydel power projects, for example, threatened to block the elephant corridors and spoil the natural water systems in and around Pushpagiri wildlife sanctuary.<br />
<br />
In April 2013, the Karnataka government informed the High Court that no new mini-hydel project would be permitted in the Western Ghats region and also set an example by cancelling the land leases granted to two ongoing projects.<br />
<br />
Yet, an unbroken Bangalore-Goa landscape may remain just a dream.<br />
<br />
There are only two small conservation reserves - Aghanashini (known for the lion-tailed macaque) and Bedthi - in a sea of human settlements and areca nut plantations between the northern and central Karnataka landscapes (see map).<br />
<br />
"But it is possible to link the southern and the central Karnataka forest landscapes into a contiguous protected area spread over 15,000 sq km in Karnataka, Tamil Nadu and Kerala," says Mr Gubbi.<br />
<br />
"That in itself will probably be Asia's largest unbroken protected area network."<br />
<span style="font-weight:bold"><br />
This article can also be read at:</span><br />
<a href="http://www.bbc.com/news/world-asia-india-26478430" target="_blank">How India is building Asia's largest secure forest network</a></p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>20/03/2014 17:38:23</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/23118/How+India+is+building+Asias+largest+secure+forest+network</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">23118</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>23107</publicationdataID>
      <title>Indian economy: No longer fragile</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p><span style="font-style:italic">Live Mine/by Niranjan Rajadhyaksha</span><br />
<br />
A growth revival is not yet on the horizon. But the ability of the Indian economy to withstand a global shock is far higher than what it was during July 2013<br />
<br />
The Indian economy is now looking far less fragile than it has been over the past two years. The gradual decline in inflation as well as the dramatic reduction in the current account deficit is a sure sign that excess demand pressures are finally easing.<br />
<br />
A growth revival is not yet on the horizon. But the ability of the Indian economy to withstand a global shock is far higher than what it was during July 2013. It is no surprise that the rupee has been strengthening against the dollar in recent weeks despite
 the fact that the US is committed to keep trimming its extraordinary monetary stimulus.<br />
<br />
Much of the credit for the growing stability should go to finance minister P. Chidambaram, who learnt the harsh lessons on offer in the weeks when the rupee seemed to be in free fall. Raghuram Rajan also flanked him since he took over as Reserve Bank of India
 governor. It is worth comparing the recent Indian success in reducing external imbalances with some of the other countries whose currencies were battered last year. India and Indonesia have worked hard to bring down their current account deficits; Turkey,
 Brazil and South Africa have done precious little.<br />
<br />
Of course, the sceptics have a point when they say that the reduction in the current account deficit is an exaggeration because gold imports have been pushed underground by the import curbs imposed over the past year. And the decline in consumer price inflation
 is largely explained by the seasonal decline in vegetable prices; core inflation has not seen a similar decline. But the economy does seem more stable even after taking these criticisms on board.<br />
<br />
However, the battle is far from over. India continues to be a high inflation economy. Retail inflation is around three percentage points higher than the average of nine comparable emerging market economies I have considered. The latest inflation reading is
 only 1.6 percentage points lower than its average since the new national consumer price inflation began to get calculated in January 2012. And the rate at which prices rose when India had a similar growth rate a decade ago was half the current rate, if one
 considers the consumer price index for industrial workers in fiscal year 2003.<br />
<br />
What this means is that India is only in the early stages of disinflation. One easy thumb rule to figure out how much more inflation needs to fall is as follows. Central banks in the rich countries have a retail inflation target of 2%. It is often assumed that
 inflation in the high growth emerging markets should be around two percentage points higher than in the rich countries because of what economists call the Balassa-Samuelson effect, or around 4%. It is worth pointing out here that the Sukhamoy Chakravarty committee
 on monetary policy had said in 1985 that India should keep inflation below 4%.<br />
<br />
The Urjit Patel committee has recommended a similar target in its recent report. But it has suggested that the Indian central bank should move to the eventual inflation target gradually—the so-called glide path that will ensure that there is no brutal monetary
 squeeze at a time when growth is so sluggish. The latest consumer price inflation data shows that Indian inflation is just a whisker above the target given by the Patel committee for January 2015, which is why many private sector economists are predicting
 in their reports that interest rates will not be touched in the monetary policy due in April.<br />
<br />
Any prolonged fight against high inflation comes with output losses. There has been some work done by economists at the Indian central bank on the size of the sacrifice ratio—or how much growth has to be sacrificed for every one percentage point reduction in
 inflation. However, the current thinking is that Indian inflation is so high that its reduction will in fact help rather than hurt growth. To the mathematically minded, what senior central bank economists are now saying is that the function mapping the two
 variables is convex rather than a straight line.<br />
<br />
The growing signs of stability in the Indian economy are thus welcome. Stability is essential before there is a growth revival; any attempt to prematurely stimulate growth at a time when there is high inflation and an unsustainable current account deficit will
 only push the economy back to the edge of an abyss. But economic stability will be of little use if it is not seen as an opportunity to eventually get growth back on track. There is a lot to be done here, especially getting companies back into investment mode.
 The battle promises to be a long one.<br />
<br />
The United Progressive Alliance government will leave behind an economy that is in important ways much weaker than the one it inherited in 2004, if one looks at the latest combination of four parameters: economic growth, fiscal deficit, current account deficit
 and retail inflation. The numbers do not lie.<br />
<span style="font-style:italic"><br />
(The views expressed above the personal views of the writer)</span><br />
<br />
<span style="font-weight:bold">This article can also be read at:</span><br />
<a href="http://www.livemint.com/Opinion/HCSbCk0zAQaO8HF9pXbZLJ/Indian-economy-No-longer-fragile.html" target="_blank">Indian economy: No longer fragile</a><br />
</p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>19/03/2014 16:56:13</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/23107/Indian+economy+No+longer+fragile</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">23107</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>23108</publicationdataID>
      <title>WHO to certify South-East Asia as polio free next week</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p><span style="font-style:italic">Live Mint/by C.H. Unnikrishnan </span><br />
<br />
The World Health Organisation (WHO) will certify the South-East Asia region that comprises of 11 countries including India as polio free on 27 March.<br />
<br />
The certification is based on independent review and assessment of the national documentations from all the 11 national certification committees of member states for several years. South-East Asia will be the fourth geographical zone to join the polio free
 region of WHO after the Americas (1994), the Western Pacific (2000) and European region(2002).<br />
<br />
"This will be a momentous occasion for the millions of health workers who have worked with governments, non-governmental organizations, civil society and partners to eradicate polio from the region,” Poonam Khetrapal Singh, regional director, WHO South-East
 Asia, said in a statement on Tuesday.<br />
<br />
According to Singh, no single country can be certified as polio-free alone. WHO certification of a region as polio-free can happen after all the countries there report three years without a single new case of polio due to wild polio virus.<br />
<br />
"It proves that such an achievement can also be reached for diseases such as measles and rubella. By preventing a debilitating disease, polio eradication helps to reduce poverty and gives children and their families a greater chance of leading healthy and productive
 lives. We must learn from polio eradication and make use of the infrastructure, capacities and innovative strategies to combat other diseases,” she said.<br />
<br />
<span style="font-weight:bold">This article can also be read at:</span><br />
<a href="http://www.livemint.com/Politics/XcpQN0BVIoacIg6WPmMUIP/WHO-to-certify-SouthEast-Asia-as-polio-free-next-week.html" target="_blank">WHO to certify South-East Asia as polio free next week</a><br />
</p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>19/03/2014 17:03:41</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/23108/WHO+to+certify+SouthEast+Asia+as+polio+free+next+week</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">23108</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>23110</publicationdataID>
      <title>Now, panchayats to manage village forests</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p><span style="font-style:italic">Times of India/ by Vijay Pinjarkar</span><br />
<br />
In bid to institutionalize an effective management regime for conservation and long-term sustainability of forests, the state government has now empowered village panchayats to manage reserve and protected forests and natural resources. This would be done with
 the help of micro plan or Gram Van Yojana to be implemented by Van Vyavasthapan Samiti (forest management committee).<br />
<br />
The government has come out Maharashtra Village Forest Rules 2014 on March 5. They apply to part of such reserved forests (RF) or protected forests (PF) in the village as assigned under the Indian Forest Act (IFA) 1927. These rules will not be applicable to
 forests acquired under community forest rights (CFRs) and Forests Rights Act 2006.<br />
<br />
The chief conservator of forests (CCF) of the Circle concerned, on receiving resolution from the gram sabha that they wish to manage forest areas within 3km as village forests, shall call for the report of the deputy conservator.<br />
<br />
Government/officers may assign RF or PF to a village panchayat effectively managed by joint forest management committee and where effective participation of people has been witnessed in prevention of encroachment, fires, illicit grazing, felling consequently
 ensuring positive rate of regeneration during last decade.<br />
<br />
"Priority shall be given to notifying all the JFM areas as village forests where villages have received any prize under Sant Tukaram Gram Van Scheme," said officials.<br />
<br />
However, extraction of bamboo, tendu and minor forest produce in such forests assigned to Van Vyavsthapan Samiti shall be strictly in accordance with micro plan. To ensure conservation as well as protection of wildlife and also sustainability of regeneration
 of bamboo, the assigned forest area shall be divided into three parts and each part shall be revisited for extraction after a gap of three years.<br />
<br />
The samiti will prepare a ten-year micro plan and an 'annual implementation plan' each year for managing the forests and place the plan before the gram sabha for ratification and its approval by the competent authority as per instructions of the government
 and Central government from time to time.<br />
<br />
Till now, forests are being managed by joint forest management committees (JFMCs) in territorial forest areas and eco-development committees (EDCs) in wildlife areas.<br />
<br />
GIVING FORESTS BACK TO PEOPLE</p>
<ul class="bulletText">
<li>The samiti will manage village forests on behalf of village panchayats. </li><li>Extraction of forest produce like bamboo, tendu, apta etc will be accordance to micro plan approved by the department.
</li><li>The powers, jurisdiction and functions for transaction of business shall be according to provisions of Village Panchayat Act.
</li><li>The panchayats will prohibit damage to forests, wildlife, poaching, stop grazing etc.
</li></ul>
<span style="font-style:italic">(The views expressed above are the personal views of the writer)</span><br />
<br />
<span style="font-weight:bold">This article can also be read at:</span><br />
<a href="http://timesofindia.indiatimes.com/city/nagpur/Now-panchayats-to-manage-village-forests/articleshow/32271630.cms" target="_blank">Now, panchayats to manage village forests</a><br />
]]></description>
      <pubDate>19/03/2014 17:12:50</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/23110/Now+panchayats+to+manage+village+forests</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">23110</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>23116</publicationdataID>
      <title>Equality, Empowerment, and the Gulabi Gang</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p><span style="font-style:italic">Guardian/by Elijah Stephens</span><br />
<br />
In 2006, in Bundelkhand in the Banda District of Uttar Pradesh in Northern India, Sampat Pal Devi, a mother with five children, started the Gulabi Gang to speak out against domestic violence and child marriage. Formerly a government health worker as well as
 a child bride herself, she saw a man beating his wife and intervened only to be beaten herself. She proceeded to return the next day with five women carrying bamboo lathi sticks and taught him an ancient lesson in humility.
<br />
<br />
Word spread and before long women were coming to Sampat in need of her help, at which point she started the sisterhood and adopted the pink, or "gulabi” in Hindi, uniform to symbolize their understated strength. From then on, the Gulabi Gang kept watch over
 their neighborhood, not unlike the Guardian Angels that started in New York in 1979 as a volunteer community watchdog. Unlike that particular group, however, Sampat Pal Devi is hardcore and stories abound of her retaliating against corrupt police and extortionist
 government officials, occasionally with violence to the extent that her group is referred to less as activists protesting injustice but vigilantes.<br />
<br />
In their district, they have worked to put an end to child marriages while arguing against the dowry marriage-custom and trying to spread literacy. They fight for an equal public distribution of grain and food supplies for people living in abject poverty and
 they support the rights of elderly widows, who often lack a birth certificate to prove their age to receive pension benefits. After 2008, the Gang was reported to be 20,000 strong with chapters across the world as far as Paris. More often than not, the Gulabi
 women are known to be a peaceful force working for female empowerment in their community, a strictly patriarchal caste-system of inequality that is strangled by the oppression of men, which is why the Gang uses public shame to instill their beliefs about justice,
 likely holding their lathi sticks when they do.<br />
<br />
On March 7, and not coincidentally before International Women’s Day, Sampat Pal Devi was supposedly ousted from the group due to criticism that she was enjoying her popularity too much. But whether or not she is positioning herself in the popular culture of
 the world’s largest democratic nation for purposes of furthering her honorable sociopolitical standpoints, she is certainly not going to be removed from the organization that was built from the strength of her character.<br />
<br />
Around the globe, women are not only being refused access to education and essential freedom, but rape has reached levels of epidemic proportions and across all of India. 37 percent of women have experienced abuse, not including the thousands of dowry deaths
 and bride burnings that take place every year as a result of segregation derived from their outmoded caste-system. With the Chinese drowning baby girls for decades, they are set in the coming generation to experience a major drought in marriage due to a simple
 lack of the opposite sex, and to even have a conversation about women’s rights in the Middle East at this point is futile.<br />
<br />
According to the Federal Bureau of Investigation, sex trafficking is the most widespread type of slavery and reports estimate the extent of these crimes as millions of victims. As the third largest criminal enterprise on the planet and the fastest growing commodity
 for organized crime, it is considered an international problem but an estimated 293,000 Americans are at risk of becoming victims of sexual exploitation, including youths who come from homes where they were abused or abandoned. On average, the girls who are
 first turned into prostitutes are reported to be 12 to 14.<br />
<br />
Anthropology offers evidence that tribal societies were predominantly egalitarian, and that patriarchy did not exist until after the Pleistocene era, following technological innovations such as agriculture and domestication. Around 4,000 BC, the geographical
 record suggests that climate change led to global famine across Arabia, the Sahara, and the Central Asian deserts, resulting in the adoption of warlike cultures in order to secure these food sources. There is an exaggerated amount of complacency in the western
 world that forgets how the Greeks treated women as second-class citizens and the Romans considered them to be property. There is a distorted concept of what it took to realize the world’s first true democracy in America, even when the women’s suffrage movement
 started in the 1700s and gained momentum through stalwart support from sacrifices made across centuries by Elizabeth Cady Stanton, Lucretia Mott, Susan B. Anthony and Eleanor Roosevelt.<br />
<br />
In the sixth century AD, after the Justinian Plague severely decimated the populations of Mediterranean Romans and Greeks, the Germanic migration that was later followed by Scandinavians successfully spread the northernmost global culture to the rest of Europe.
 According to anthropologists, in the north women were treated respectfully. They could own property and get divorced and though their societies were patrifocal, meaning that men were the center of the social structure as a result of continuous territorial
 struggles, any female could rise through the ranks of male-dominated groups if she had what it took to compete. According to the psychology of Carl Jung, patriarchy is a weak form of masculinity that not only insults the sacred feminine but also masculinity
 in its fullness.<br />
<br />
From Queens Elizabeth, Isabella, Catherine, and Victoria, all the way to modern Margaret Thatcher, western civilization from then forward showed trust in a woman’s acumen for politics. From Boudicca the Celt to Joan of Arc, there was never a problem with following
 women to war. Historically speaking though, advanced civilizations have all been patriarchal, believed to be a psychological reaction in those who first gain freedom trying to keep it for themselves, other than reductionist physical domination. Even the U.S.
 was disrespectfully patriarchal until the 1960s, and as a result there was little consideration about the reason for the prevalence of pair-bonding and equality of both sexes.<br />
<br />
Abstract thought has proof going back almost 100,000 years through tribal cultures, and since civilization has only existed for the past 10,000, what humanity is in terms of hardwired natural programming is far from civilized. Pair-bonding was not created by
 man or woman, it was designed by nature as one of the many ways in which a species achieves lasting survival. In fact, mates imprint upon each other with such intensity that there are species of birds that remain completely loyal to their partner, even after
 death. This would seem unnatural because animals reach for immortality through procreation and are driven to do so through the same immutable programming, but the counter-reductionist argument would consider this a manifestation of unconditional love.<br />
<br />
People want freedom and therefore play games of apologetics to excuse their behavior, but even in tribal cultures where polygamy existed, it was always about the wealth of alpha males and 80 percent of the people in those tribes still married one man with one
 woman. All major empires, except for those in the west allowed their emperors to have concubines, but out of political necessity, because what advanced European cultures experienced with respect for marriage was that after a King died they were often left
 without a rightful heir, or worse, sociopathic Caligulas who had no right to rule over the lives of others. In societies to the east, the purpose of a harem was to provide multiple opportunities for the royal bloodline to get it right for the sake of the empires
 they were responsible for ruling, not their own personal enjoyment of innumerable females at their feet.<br />
<br />
According to archeologists, only in rare cases were tribal cultures patriarchal, and many warrior-cultures like the Aztecs respected women enough to designate Paradise as only for men who died in battle and women who died during childbirth. There is ample evidence
 for all variations, from the Hawaiians who went so far as to have separate huts for eating to divide the sexes, to polyandrous cultures in the Himalayas where one woman married numerous men because the territory was rugged enough to dictate their necessity
 for natural support to raise the following generation.<br />
<br />
Historians list tribal customs across the world that have matrilineal kinship systems in which property and descent were passed through the female line, and women elders could even vote on hereditary male chiefs and occasionally depose them. Though matrifocal
 practices are widespread enough to be considered common, there has been no evidence that matriarchal societies ever existed, but the unburied fertility statues from the hunter-gatherer point of view would denote incomparable reverence. Being that most children
 died before the age of five and the average lifespan was less than 30, without understanding the scientific dynamic of procreation, simple logic would have led tribal men to comprehend that continued existence rested upon the fact that women kept creating
 more humans.<br />
<br />
The momentum of history cannot be denied, because western women in the 1960s sought power that had been taken from them during the cultural transition from the northern tribes to this version of Greek Hellenism. Since men had all the power to give away, it
 was an appeal to morality and the inherent natural state of equality that urged them to abdicate what they never owned to begin with. Genetic memory from leaving the forest less than 1,500 years ago brought with it a background of respect for females that
 has since permeated the drive towards freedom that would not exist in the "civilized” world otherwise.<br />
<br />
After the 14 Amendment in 1868, when the 19 amendment was ratified in 1920, America took the most vital step towards true democracy to carry over into the Civil Rights Movement apart from President Truman’s signature on Executive Order 9981 in 1948 that declared
 equal opportunity for people in the armed services. From there, the court case of Brown versus the Board of Education of Topeka, Kansas in 1954 finally resigned the issue legally by declaring that separation itself was inherently unequal, with obvious insinuations
 beyond race.<br />
<br />
Perhaps it is time now to pick up sticks. If the Gulabi Gang in India is a sign that women have reached the limits of their patience, there must be hope for the rest of the world. The only example they need is Sampat Pal Devi, and real men who have the courage
 to find the same reverence for women that the Vikings did, facing the cold and brutal wilderness with appreciation for the warmth and light that females bring to it. Americans are adept at expressing opinions with voices loud enough to rattle the walls of
 global culture, so if it is time for society to awaken to itself. There should be limitless gratitude for the liberty provided from the sacrifice of the ancestors to declare in the loudest voice possible that even if the war of equality has not yet been won.
 For the sake of the suffering women and girls in foreign countries, the fight will not stop until every last cage has been broken, every chain removed, and every false limitation burned away for sacred women to once again take their rightful place.<br />
<span style="font-style:italic"><br />
(The views expressed above are personal views of the writer)</span><br />
<br />
<span style="font-weight:bold">This article can also be read at:</span><br />
<a href="http://guardianlv.com/2014/03/equality-empowerment-and-the-gulabi-gang/" target="_blank">Equality, Empowerment, and the Gulabi Gang</a></p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>19/03/2014 18:46:05</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/23116/Equality+Empowerment+and+the+Gulabi+Gang</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">23116</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>23095</publicationdataID>
      <title>How India's Chet Kanojia is shaking up the US TV industry</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p><span style="font-style:italic">BBC India/by Brajesh Upadhyay </span><br />
<br />
Growing up in the northern Indian city of Bhopal, Chet Kanojia and his friends would smuggle palm-sized transistors into school to listen to live commentary of cricket matches.<br />
<br />
It may have been his first exposure to what Indians call jugaad - a cheap but reliable solution to problems through improvisation.<br />
<br />
Today, he is threatening to topple the titans of America's television industry with what could easily qualify as a master-stroke of Indian jugaad.From a small office in Manhattan, the 43-year-old Indian immigrant has launched a cloud-based technology that grabs
 over-the-air television signals and streams them online to subscribers for $8 (£4.8) a month.<br />
<br />
"We decided it made sense to bring television online. Wouldn't it be fun to put TV in the cloud?" asks Mr Kanojia.<br />
<br />
<span style="font-weight:bold">Stealing content?</span><br />
<br />
Each subscriber is provided with a coin-sized remote antenna. The customer connects the antenna to a device through the internet - subscribers can watch programmes on tablets, phones, personal computers and TV.<br />
<br />
US TV networks have sued Mr Kanjoia's company Aereo, available in 13 cities in the US, accusing it of stealing their content.<br />
<br />
Under US copyright law anyone with an antenna can watch Fox, ABC, NBC and other free-to-air networks.<br />
<br />
But these days most people get their TV through cable and satellite subscriptions that bundle hundreds of channels along with these free-to-air channels and charge $100-200 (£60-£120) a month. Cable operators pay these networks what is known as a "retransmission
 fee".<br />
<br />
According to figures compiled by Nielsen, some 100 million of the 114 million US homes<br />
<br />
with TV subscribe to cable, satellite or fibre-optic pay TV systems.<br />
<br />
The Economist magazine says the big four broadcast networks alone earned $1.3bn (£0.8bn) from "retransmission fee" paid by cable operators.<br />
<br />
Aereo is being called the party-spoiler for TV networks as it threatens their valuable source of income.<br />
<br />
It cuts out the cable operator from the picture and the TV networks do not get any retransmission fee.<br />
<br />
"We are not a cable company. We just provide the technology to the consumer," says Mr Kanojia.<br />
<br />
He says his invention is driven by consumer habits.<br />
<br />
The majority of his subscribers watch shows carried by free-to-air networks on the device of their choice, he says.<br />
<br />
Companies like Netflix and Hulu offer previously-aired content online but not live news and sports like Aereo does.<br />
<br />
June Besek of Columbia Law School says the broadcasters are angry because Aereo is capturing and retransmitting their signals and not paying any licence fee for that.<br />
<br />
"Aereo says they have give an antenna to each individual user. So according to Aereo, if you have 100,000 people watching the World Series, through individual antennas, it's still a private performance," she says.<br />
<br />
But broadcasters want Aereo to pay for retransmitting what they regard as a "public performance" and that's at the heart of the legal battle.<br />
<br />
<span style="font-weight:bold">'Tough challenge'</span><br />
<br />
Mr Kanojia says the challenges are tough and the most significant is the legal challenge as it's "existential".<br />
<br />
"But then the funny thing about upstarts is they like to beat the challenge," he says.<br />
<br />
He sold his previous company, which helped target advertisements to TV viewers, to Microsoft for a reported $250m.<br />
<br />
Aereo has attracted $97m in venture-capital funding. One of the backers is media baron Barry Diller who helped launch Fox Broadcasting Company.<br />
<br />
By his own admission, Mr Kanojia, son of a businessman father and a teacher mother, was not bright but "hard-working".<br />
<br />
Hanging out with friends in Bhopal, he did "all the things that young men do".<br />
<br />
He picked up a degree in mechanical engineering from the National Institute of Technology in Bhopal before moving to the US in 1991 for a masters in computer systems engineering.<br />
<br />
Today he is a workaholic who manages with four hours of sleep and rarely misses his morning run.<br />
<br />
<span style="font-weight:bold">So is Aereo about earning more money?</span><br />
<br />
"It's not about money. I have made a few bucks and have a very modest and balanced lifestyle," he says.<br />
<br />
"If they gave out medals for accomplishment, it might be a better system because the trappings for other things wouldn't get in the way," says Mr Kanojia.<br />
<br />
Aereo's case comes up for hearing in the US Supreme Court in April.<br />
<br />
"Am I nervous? I will be a fool not to be," he says.<br />
<br />
But then his mantra for life is: "I love the journey. I am more fearful about the journey ending as opposed to the outcome".<br />
<br />
<span style="font-weight:bold">This article can also be read at:</span><br />
<a href="http://www.bbc.com/news/world-asia-india-26540751" target="_blank">How India's Chet Kanojia is shaking up the US TV industry</a></p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>18/03/2014 16:34:39</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/23095/How+Indias+Chet+Kanojia+is+shaking+up+the+US+TV+industry</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">23095</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>23099</publicationdataID>
      <title>India goes to the polls in the biggest election ever seen</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p><span style="font-style:italic">The Conversation</span><br />
<br />
After weeks of waiting for the dates to be announced, the dates and process of the next election in the world’s largest democracy have been confirmed. On 9 separate days between April 7 and May 12, 814m Indian voters will vote in almost a million polling stations,
 using 1.8m electronic voting machines to allocate 543 seats in the Lok Sabha ("house of the people”). Votes will be counted on May 16; the term of the current Lok Sabha comes to an end on May 31.<br />
<br />
India is the world’s largest democracy, and these are the 16th national elections since independence in 1947. India has changed much in that time. Once dominated by the secular Indian National Congress – although even in the first national election of 1951-2,
 the INC won 76% of the seats on only 45% of the vote – its politics now revolve around coalitions, with a plethora of political parties. National parties like the Congress and the Hindu Nationalist Bharatiya Janata Party (BJP) do still exist, they are unable
 to come to power on their own, relying on regional and caste-based allies.<br />
<br />
Turnout varies, but is usually around 60%, making the Election Commission of India’s (ECI) prediction of a turnout higher than 70% an ambitious one. That said, the ECI has dedicated itself to an electoral participation programme to increase voter turn-out among
 previously disengaged groups. And for the first time, voters will also be offered a "none of the above” option.<br />
<br />
This will not be India’s longest election; the first elections of 1951-2 were held over a five-month period. Despite this, the length of this polling period has been controversial. The ECI has justified the time span as necessary given the logistics of providing
 security and impartial policing for the election, which "requires considerable deployment of central and state police forces to ensure peaceful, free, fair election with fearless participation of electors, especially in the vulnerable areas/pockets”. It is
 estimated that 11m security personnel and 5.5m civilian staff will be required. The ECI also had to take into account religious holidays and festivals, as well as examination schedules, harvest season, and the "onset and spread of [the] monsoon and acute hot
 weather conditions in certain parts of the country”.<br />
<br />
<span style="font-weight:bold">Clash of heavyweights</span><br />
<br />
Much has been made of the clash between two major party leaders. The first is Narendra Modi, the BJP’s prime ministerial candidate. Modi is highly controversial, with the BJP’s alliance partner in the state of Bihar, the JD(U), withdrawing from the BJP-led
 National Democratic Alliance (NDA) in 2012 after the announcement. He is chief minister of the state of Gujarat, with a reputation for delivering high levels of economic growth in the state – although when compared to other states, his record looks less exceptional.
 He was accused of failing to prevent the massacre of up to 2000 Muslims in 2002 in Gujarat, and even of complicity in the pogrom. These accusations led to a visa ban by several foreign governments, including the US and the UK, though the UK ban was lifted
 in 2012, and the US ban is likely to be lifted by the US if Modi becomes prime minister.<br />
<br />
The second major figure is Rahul Gandhi, son of Sonia and Rajiv (assassinated in 1991), grandson of Indira Gandhi (assassinated in 1984) and the great-grandson of India’s first prime minister, Jawaharlal Nehru. Elevated to vice-president of Congress in January
 2013, Rahul is relatively inexperienced; he fumbled embarrasingly through a high-profile interview in January this year. Congress have deliberately avoided projecting him as their prime ministerial candidate, to avoid him being tarnished by their expected
 poor showing at the polls. Many predict the party will suffer its worst electoral defeat ever – some say it will win even fewer than 100 seats, less than half of its current total.<br />
<br />
But a focus on national leaders is hardly an appropriate way to view an election in such a diverse and differentiated country. Regional leaders, not least the indomitable J Jayalalitha from Tamil Nadu and Mamata Banerjee from West Bengal are just as important.
 Additionally, because India is a federal system, the electoral maths are complicated. Therefore, although a recently released large-scale attitudinal survey confirmed the general perception of huge NDA gains over the United Progressive Alliance (UPA) led by
 the Congress Party, and a recent poll predicted the NDA winning 319 seats (well above the 272 needed to form a government), the exact make-up of the government will be determined by electoral alliances.<br />
<br />
Electoral alliances between Indian political parties involve agreeing which seats in a state allied parties will each contest. One such example is the pact between the Shiv Sena and the BJP in the state of Maharashtra. The alliance between the extreme Hindu
 nationalist Shiv Sena and the BJP is a fairly natural one, but many other alliances are less obvious and often occasioned by political opportunism rather than ideological affiliation. This is one reason why many are still in the process of being finalised.<br />
<br />
<span style="font-weight:bold">Cleaning house</span><br />
<br />
The focus on the Modi-Gandhi dichotomy also obscures the important policy issues at stake. Corruption, inflation and economic development are the main voter concerns. Many of those who will consider voting for Modi are not extreme Hindu nationalists, but those
 who see him as a leader who gets things done and can produce economic growth, delivering India from the poor governance, corruption and inflation it has suffered under the Congress’s second term, where Manmohan Singh has essentially been a lame-duck prime
 minister.<br />
<br />
And in this atmosphere of impatience with bad government there has emerged the Aam Aadmi (AAP) party –- focused on ending corruption. The party swept to power in Delhi in December 2013, then resigned in protest in February 2014 after they were unable to table
 their flagship anti-corruption bill. Their leader, Arvind Kejrival, has been explicitly targeting Modi in recent days, questioning Gujarat’s economic "miracle”. AAP is unlikely to win many seats, but its emergence has changed the focus of the campaign.<br />
<br />
Although Modi is the favourite to be India’s next prime minister, much will depend on how well the BJP performs as part of the NDA, and some voters will undoubtedly be wary of voting for the BJP or its alliance partners with Modi at the helm. However, a week
 is a long time in politics and with eight weeks until the polls close, this election could produce some surprises, as the University of Nottingham’s blog on #IndiaVotes2014 will be covering.<br />
<br />
<span style="font-style:italic">(The views expressed above are the personal views of the writer)</span><br />
<br />
<span style="font-weight:bold">This article can also be read at:</span><br />
<a href="http://theconversation.com/india-goes-to-the-polls-in-the-biggest-election-ever-seen-24365" target="_blank">India goes to the polls in the biggest election ever seen</a></p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>18/03/2014 17:33:05</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/23099/India+goes+to+the+polls+in+the+biggest+election+ever+seen</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">23099</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>23103</publicationdataID>
      <title>New technology for uninterrupted power supply in India could end rolling blackouts</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p><span style="font-style:italic">Deutsche Welle</span><br />
<br />
They call it the Uninterrupted Direct Current and it could be the solution to India's crippling, rolling power cuts. The UDC guarantees continuous power from the grid even during outages.<br />
<br />
A new collaboration between the Indian government and the Indian Institute of Technology in Chennai promises to be a "game changer" in power starved India. It could spell the end for the country's chronic power outages.<br />
<br />
In the southern state of Tamil Nadu, for instance, long, daily power cuts are common. They have been crippling for industry and agriculture, disrupting thousands of micro, small and medium sized enterprises.<br />
<br />
"For the last year or more, because of the power cuts, many of us have suffered, especially our businesses. Some had to shut shop," says Uday Kumar, a small businessman from Madurai. "But if the government manages to power up our lives and give us minimum energy,
 we will greatly welcome it."<br />
<br />
Uday Kumar is excited about the new technology, which is being tested in homes in four southern Indian states.<br />
<br />
The 'uninterrupted direct current' (UDC) promises to provide electricity from the grid to power basic appliances such as fans, TVs, lights and mobile phone chargers, despite an outage and when demand is high.<br />
<br />
Basic electricity<br />
<br />
It's the brainchild of Indian Institute of Technology director Bhaskar Ramamurti and electrical engineering professor Ashok Jhunjhunwala, a member of the prime minister's Science Advisory Council.<br />
<br />
Ramamurti says the UDC aims to provide a minimum of 100 watts of power per day to households, with the addition of a simple piece of equipment at substations.<br />
<br />
"In the home, you add another small device before the electric meter. So on top of AC power, we can supply a second output of power at 48 volts DC. This only gives you 48 volts DC and 100 watts [from the grid], but you get it 24 hours a day," says Ramamurti.<br />
<br />
And in the event of a power outage, the new system will maintain a minimal supply of power.<br />
<br />
"So you will have a 'brown out' rather than a blackout," adds Ramamurti.<br />
<br />
LED future<br />
<br />
The current flows through a separate meter to power three lights, two fans and a mobile charger. Consumers who opt for the scheme will have to spend around 1,000 Indian rupees (12 euros) for the device at home, and buy LED (light emitting diode) bulbs and fans
 that run on DC (direct current) power.<br />
<br />
Krishna Vasudevan, an electrical engineer and member of the UDC development team, says the system will guarantee a constant power supply to millions of homes even when the grid is overstretched.<br />
<br />
"Brushless fans and LED lights that work on direct current will be powered using this DC power," says Vasudevan. "It will go a long way to alleviate the starved situation in India."<br />
<br />
And there is room for expansion.<br />
<br />
Private users can increase their power consumption by connecting a solar panel to the UDC unit.<br />
<br />
But more than this, the engineers say their system is so strong that large complexes should consider enhancing basic DC with solar power to reduce dependence on expensive diesel generators.<br />
<br />
It could even run alongside smart meters.<br />
<br />
Testing, testing<br />
<br />
All eyes are on the results of a proof-of-concept demonstration in the four southern states of Tamil Nadu, Karnataka, Kerala and Andhra Pradesh.<br />
<br />
Ashok Jhunjhunwala says the UDC will be a "game changer" for India.<br />
<br />
"I think it's a very simple idea but real huge gains are possible. So I think if we do it right, India has a game changer technology," says Jhunjhunwala. "It has to take it all the way."<br />
<br />
When the pilot project ends in the next few months, work will begin on securing regulatory approval and developing safety standards.<br />
<br />
Then, it is hoped, the UDC will be rolled out across the country.<br />
<span style="font-weight:bold"><br />
This article can also be read at:</span><br />
<a href=" http://www.dw.de/new-technology-for-uninterrupted-power-supply-in-india-could-end-rolling-blackouts/a-17503462 " target="_blank">New technology for uninterrupted power supply in India could end rolling blackouts</a></p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>19/03/2014 16:27:41</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/23103/New+technology+for+uninterrupted+power+supply+in+India+could+end+rolling+blackouts</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">23103</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>23104</publicationdataID>
      <title>Hun Sen gifted with sacred Buddhist relics</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p><span style="font-style:italic">Cambodia Daily: Sovuthy Khy</span><br />
<br />
The Indian ambassador to Cambodia on Tuesday presented Prime Minister Hun Sen with a number of sacred Buddhist objects during a private meeting between the two men in Phnom Penh, according to Mr. Hun Sen’s assistant.<br />
<br />
Speaking to reporters after the meeting at Mr. Hun Sen’s office building, known as the Peace Palace, Eang Sophalleth said that Indian Ambassador Dinesh Patnaik had handed over holy objects from three of the "Eight Places” of Buddha, which are revered sites
 of pilgrimage in India and Nepal.<br />
<br />
"Bodh Gaya was the place where Buddha was enlightened, Sarnath was the place that Buddha performed dharma, and Kusinara was where Buddha died,” Mr. Sophalleth said.<br />
<br />
"Among the gifts were also leaves from the Bodhi tree,” under which Buddha is believed to have achieved enlightenment, he added.<br />
<br />
"Samdech Akeak Moha Sena Padei Decho Prime Minister Hun Sen also thanked His Excellency Dinesh for giving him the sacred gifts…so that his family can receive happiness and luck,” Mr. Sophalleth added, using the prime minister’s full ceremonial title.<br />
<br />
He declined to elaborate on what exactly Mr. Hun Sen had been given other than the holy leaves.<br />
<br />
Khim Sorn, chief of the secretariat of the Mohanikaya monastic order, which has strong ties to the ruling party, said the gifts would cement people’s belief in the power of Buddha.<br />
<br />
"Whatever happens, we will respect and pay sacrifice to these sacred things, and we will receive happiness and luck,” he said.<br />
<br />
Mr. Hun Sen also met Tuesday with British Ambassador Bill Longhurst, but it was not clear if any gifts were given.<br />
<br />
"His Excellency the British ambassador said he was glad to be ambassador and that he is interested in Cambodia’s economy, increasing investment, and British tourism to Cambodia,” Mr. Sophalleth said.<br />
<br />
<span style="font-weight:bold">This article can also be read at:</span><br />
<a href="http://www.cambodiadaily.com/news/hun-sen-gifted-with-sacred-buddhist-relics-54470/" target="_blank">Hun Sen gifted with sacred Buddhist relics</a></p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>19/03/2014 16:37:35</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/23104/Hun+Sen+gifted+with+sacred+Buddhist+relics</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">23104</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>23105</publicationdataID>
      <title>SCADA system to better monitor India city's water distribution network</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p><span style="font-style:italic">Water World</span><br />
<br />
The city of Bangalore, India, has planned to receive a new SCADA system for its Centralized SCADA Monitoring Center, which will monitor the city's water distribution network and wastewater facilities. The technology will be provided by Yokogawa India Ltd.,
 a subsidiary of Yokogawa Electric Corporation, and will serve as the company's first order from a water municipality in India.<br />
<br />
Yokogawa will deliver the FAST/TOOLS™ SCADA software and the STARDOM™ network-based control system, which will monitor all data from Bangalore Water Supply and Sewerage Board's (BWSSB) water supply facilities, such as pumping stations, water and wastewater
 treatment plants, reservoirs, and a water supply network that transports water from the Cauvery River to the city.<br />
<br />
Due to rapid industrial development and population growth in recent years, the city of Bangalore suffers from frequent water outages. Based upon the data that it will collect, the monitoring center will optimize the supply of water to the city and improve the
 operating efficiency of its facilities. Ultimately, the center will be integrated with the billing system. This project is receiving much attention in India given its progressive approach.<br />
<br />
Yokogawa India will have overall responsibility for implementing the project, including engineering, installation and commissioning of software and instruments. Further, the endeavor is being funded by the Japan International Cooperation Agency. The system
 will be introduced for the water supply utilities in May 2015, and its coverage will be expanded to include the wastewater treatment plants.<br />
<span style="font-weight:bold"><br />
About Yokogawa Corporation of America</span><br />
<br />
Yokogawa Corporation of America is a provider of Industrial Automation and Test and Measurement solutions. Combining superior technology with engineering, system integration, project management, and maintenance services, the company delivers field-proven operational
 efficiency, safety and reliability. It is headquartered in Sugar Land, Texas. For more information, visithttp://yokogawa.com/us.<br />
<br />
<span style="font-weight:bold">About Yokogawa</span><br />
<br />
Yokogawa's global network of 88 companies spans over a total of 55 countries. Founded in 1915, the $4-billion company is engaged in industrial automation and control (IA), test and measurement and other business segments. The IA segment plays a vital role in
 a wide range of industries including oil, chemicals, natural gas, power, iron and steel, pulp and paper, pharmaceuticals, and food. For more information, visit www.yokogawa.com.<br />
<span style="font-weight:bold"><br />
This article can also be read at:</span><br />
<a href="http://www.waterworld.com/articles/2014/03/yokogawa-wins-monitoring-system-order.html" target="_blank">SCADA system to better monitor India city's water distribution network</a></p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>19/03/2014 16:42:13</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/23105/SCADA+system+to+better+monitor+India+citys+water+distribution+network</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">23105</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>23106</publicationdataID>
      <title>A Culinary Pilgrimage to Punjab</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p><span style="font-style:italic">New York Times/by Shivani Vora</span><br />
<br />
Within five minutes of ordering three deluxe thalis at the large and bustling Bharawan da Dhaba in Amritsar, India, a waiter brought us round steel trays filled with our $3 lunch. There were a half-dozen bowls on each, which included spicy chickpeas with a
 hint of pomegranate powder, the black lentils known as daal and the Punjabi comfort food equivalents of macaroni and cheese — the creamy mustard greens called sarso ka saag and kadhi, a yellow chickpea flour and yogurt curry swimming with fried onion fritters.
 Lachedar parantha, whole wheat butter-layered bread, fresh from the tandoor clay oven, was our accompaniment.<br />
<br />
These were the same dishes that Bharawan, a casual restaurant known as a dhaba, first served when it opened in 1912 as a covered tent restaurant, and they are what keep the crowds coming back more than a hundred years later.<br />
<br />
Amritsar in the state of Punjab in northern India is a city for pilgrimages: There are those who come to visit the Golden Temple, the Sikh house of worship built in the 16th century, and then there are the presumably less pious who make the trip for the dhabas
 — divey looking joints famous for quick, inexpensive and remarkably tasty Punjabi cuisine.<br />
<br />
On our mid-December visit, my mother-in-law, Bharati, my sister, Aditi, and I came to pay homage to the latter, and over the course of three days, ate our way through the most notable ones in town.<br />
<br />
Many dhabas originated along the highways in Punjab in the mid-20th century to serve hungry truck drivers and eventually started opening in cities throughout the area. The ones in Amritsar, however, were always deemed to be far superior to the rest. As a Punjabi
 growing up in New Delhi, I heard constant stories from my family over the hearty and often heart-clogging meals characteristic of our sect about the dhaba feasts to be had in Amritsar, and I recently decided to take a trip to taste the supposedly supreme versions
 of the dishes that are an integral part of my roots.<br />
<br />
Although each dhaba has its own specialties, there are similarities: Most of them have been around for a half-century or more and are family-run — actually, make that male-run, often with two or three generations of fathers and sons working together. And they
 have cultish followings because the dishes are authentic, not inventive, using so much ghee (clarified butter) that even the most traditional French cook would blush.<br />
<br />
My primary concern about my ambitious tour was whether my stomach would hold up given the American standards of hygiene I have become accustomed to, having lived in the United States for more than 25 years. But Rashmi Uday Singh, the Mumbai-based food writer
 who is a judge on the Indian series "The Foodie Show” and who filmed an episode about Amritsar dhabas, eased my fears. "The thing about dhabas is that they usually have no fridges and buy only enough ingredients every morning that they will use in a day so
 everything is very fresh,” she said.<br />
<br />
It was nostalgia that led me to our first stop: the nearly half-century old Kundan for its legendary chole poori breakfast. Located near the railway station, the small and square strictly vegetarian spot had plastic chairs and tables and dim lighting, but we
 weren’t there for the ambience. This morning meal of round, deep-fried puffy bread with spicy chickpeas was a beloved weekend tradition at my grandmother’s New Delhi house when I was a child.<br />
<br />
Continue reading the main story<br />
<br />
A cook standing outside over a large black vat of bubbling oil flattened the dough for our pooris and fried them to a golden finish. Our stainless steel tray held four of them, a generous bowl of chickpeas, another one of cooling yogurt and a side of spicy
 mango pickle. Our intention was to try just a bit to save room for the abundance of eating ahead, but a few bites of the crispy and chewy bread cradling the tangy and spicy chickpeas wasn’t enough to get our fill. Before long, nearly everything on our 40 rupee
 platters (less than a $1) rested in our happy stomachs.<br />
<br />
With the craving for one classic meal satisfied, it was time to try the most popular Punjabi dish of daal makhani. Apart from chicken tikka masala, these spicy black lentils might be the item most associated with Indian food and a top order for both Indians
 and non-Indians around the world when they are dining at Indian restaurants.<br />
<br />
For this, we headed to Kesar da Dhaba, which we reached by walking through a series of narrow streets in the city center where rickshaws and bicycles were the only vehicles around.<br />
<br />
When we arrived, we found the owner, Ajay Kumar, 49, chopping cauliflower in the front open kitchen. Behind him were more than a dozen men furiously mincing large bunches of vegetables and cilantro in preparation for the day.<br />
<br />
Mr. Kumar’s great-grandfather, Lala Kesar Mul, started Kesar, also a vegetarian restaurant, in 1916. Back then, daal makhani was the prized dish, and nearly a hundred years later, it’s still the reason more than 700 people come here daily.<br />
<br />
"We go through 220 pounds of daal a day, and it’s sold out by the evening,” Mr. Kumar said.<br />
<br />
Making a batch in the massive steel caldron is a nine-hour endeavor that begins at 4 a.m., when one of Mr. Kumar’s cooks washes and boils lentils until they are soft. Adding salt and red chile powder is next, and a mixture that includes onion, ghee, turmeric
 and the pungent sweet spice asafetida goes in just before serving. The word makhani means "with butter” in Hindi, and the hot and thick brown daal isn’t complete until it’s scooped into shallow steel bowls and topped with at least a half-stick that gradually
 melts in and makes for the creamiest rendition we had ever tasted.<br />
<br />
By the evening, my sister and I were hankering for a meat fix (my mother-in-law is a vegetarian), which we wisely decided to fulfill with the goat leg curry — a dish we both tried for the first time — at the 50-year-old Pal. The five green tables with cracks
 running through them and rickety benches in a small room made for a suspect setting, but as we took in the aroma of the curry simmering in a round cast-iron pot in the tiny open kitchen, we forgot about our surroundings.<br />
<br />
Jasbir Singh, 40, who runs Pal with his father, Jashpal, says there is a secret to the curry’s deep flavor: roasting and grinding the spices such as garam masala, cumin, coriander and red pepper daily. The chewy and rich goat legs in the soupy gravy beg for
 naan to scoop it up, but instead of the standard plain variety, Mr. Singh, who does all the cooking at Pal himself, presented us with a version filled with minced mutton. "We are not a place for those who don’t eat meat,” he said.<br />
<br />
Because most dhabas are vegetarian, Pal stands out, but rarer still are the ones that sell fish. Fried catfish that is well known in India by different names, including singara, was a household staple for us in Delhi so I was happy to find that it’s the star
 at two of the most respected dhabas in town, which happen to have a connection. The story began with Makhan Fish &amp; Chicken Corner, which two brothers, Sucha and Sarder Surjit Singh, opened as a stand near the railway station with their father almost 50 years
 ago. At the time, fish was unheard-of in Amritsar, but they sold fried singara fillets crusted in chickpea flour, caraway seeds and red chile powder.<br />
<br />
The brothers eventually split, and Sucha kept the Makhan name and opened a two-story dhaba that his son Harjit, 29, now runs and where the original recipe is the reason to dine. The first floor is a place for men to bring in alcohol to enjoy with their heaping
 platters while families and women with children are relegated to the second floor, an alcohol-free zone. His cousin Amarjit Singh, 33, oversees Surjit Food Plaza, which, with its glass tables, clean white walls and wooden chairs was the most upscale of the
 dhabas that we visited. Although the same crisp fish is on the menu, Amarjit Singh has distinguished himself with new inventions like the incredibly tender spinach-coated fish kebabs baked in the tandoor, located in the outdoor kitchen in the narrow alley
 behind the restaurant. There’s also his homemade paneer, an Indian cheese, which my mother-in-law declared was the softest she had ever tried — even softer than hers.<br />
<br />
Part of the charm of dhabas is that they function much as they did when they first opened, although they can be savvy about modern marketing. A handful of dhabas, including Surjit, Kesar and Bharawan, have either a Facebook page or a website. Last year, Bharawan’s
 owner, Subash Vij, 49, even opened an outpost at the food court in the city’s Alpha One mall. "Even in such an old and successful business, change is the law of nature,” he said.<br />
<br />
He sat with us while we ate our thalis and saw that we needed more bread to help finish our mustard greens and yellow curry. An oversize leavened flatbread called a kulcha appeared, tempting us with its gentle steam and glistening ghee.<br />
<br />
Bharati, Aditi and I eyed one another. Who would have the first bite? Without any discussion, all three of us tore off a piece at once.<br />
<br />
<span style="font-style:italic">(The views expressed above are the personal views of the writer)</span><br />
<br />
<span style="font-weight:bold">This article can also be read at:</span><br />
<a href=" http://www.nytimes.com/2014/03/23/travel/a-culinary-pilgrimage-to-punjab.html?hpw&amp;rref=travel&amp;_r=0" target="_blank">A Culinary Pilgrimage to Punjab</a></p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>19/03/2014 16:47:58</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/23106/A+Culinary+Pilgrimage+to+Punjab</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">23106</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>23096</publicationdataID>
      <title>Malayalam gaining ground in UK</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[]]></description>
      <pubDate>18/03/2014 16:51:05</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/23096/Malayalam+gaining+ground+in+UK</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">23096</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>23097</publicationdataID>
      <title>Nokia may name Indian-born CEO: Who is Rajeev Suri?</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p><span style="font-style:italic">International Business Times/by Palash Ghosh</span><br />
<br />
Just a little over one month after Microsoft Corp. (NASDAQ: MSFT) selected Satya Nadella as its new chief executive officer, another global tech giant is preparing to name an Indian-born executive as its boss.<br />
<br />
According to a report on Friday in Helsingin Sanomat, a Finnish newspaper, Nokia (NYSE: NOK) will likely appoint Rajeev Suri, the current head of its telecoms network equipment division, as its next CEO, following the $7.5 billion sale of the company’s handset
 business to Microsoft. Afterwards, Nokia’s business lines will comprise telecom equipment, location-based services and advanced technology businesses.<br />
<br />
Nokia itself would not comment on media speculation about Suri, according to reports. "We will talk more about the Nokia strategy, structure and organization around the closing of the pending [handset] transaction," said spokeswoman Maija Taimi in a statement.<br />
<br />
If appointed, Suri would succeed Stephen Elop, who is expected to transfer to Microsoft in connection with the handset transaction, which is expected to close by the end of March.<br />
<br />
The report noted that Suri is a strong favorite for the top job after he made the network equipment division, Nokia Solutions and Networks (NSN), profitable by enacting a dramatic restructuring plan that unloaded unprofitable business units. Following the handset
 deal, NSN will account for about 90 percent of Nokia's total sales, Reuters reported.<br />
<br />
Suri’s restructuring program at NSN involved laying off more than 25,000 people, moves he called "regrettable but necessary" to improve the division’s profitability.<br />
<br />
According to his official profile on the NSN website, Suri, who is only 46 years old, joined Nokia in 1995, held positions with the company all over the world and is now based in Espoo, Finland. He holds a Bachelor of Engineering in Electronics and Telecommunications,
 Manipal Institute of Technology, Mangalore University (which is also the alma mater of Nadella).<br />
<br />
Suri is married to a woman named Nina and they have two children.<br />
<br />
The Times of India speculated that Suri’s lineage may serve as an advantage, given that India is viewed as one of the biggest and growing markets for new mobile network infrastructure, as the country is moving from 2G networks to 3G and the next-generation
 4G.<br />
<br />
But Nokia faces some daunting challenges. In late January, the company posted a fourth quarter loss, including restructuring charges and a loss related to its discontinued Devices &amp; Services business which is being sold to Microsoft. The NSN unit also reported
 a quarterly sales drop of 22 percent year-over-year.<br />
<br />
Nevertheless, once Suri takes over the reins at Nokia, he will join a glittering array of Indian-born executives who now run some of the world’s most well-known companies, including Indra Nooyi at PepsiCo (NYSE: PEP); Rakesh Kapoor at Reckitt Benckiser Group
 plc (LON: RB); Ajay Banga at MasterCard (NYSE: MA); and Anshu Jain at Deutsche Bank (NYSE: DB).<br />
<br />
The Hindu newspaper also reported that Manipal Institute of Technology wants to award honorary doctorates to both Suri and Nadella and are elated about the latest reports from Nokia.<br />
<br />
"We are very happy that Rajeev Suri is tipped to be the chief of Nokia,” said Chancellor of Manipal University, Ramdas Pai. "Coming soon after the elevation of Satya Nadella to the top post in Microsoft, this is great news. We have created the best infrastructures
 which the students must fully use and try to get inspiration from these two and become future MDs and CEOs of big corporations.”<br />
<br />
<span style="font-weight:bold">This article can also be read at:</span><br />
<a href="http://www.ibtimes.com/nokia-nyse-nok-may-name-indian-born-ceo-who-rajeev-suri-1561810" target="_blank">Nokia may name Indian-born CEO: Who is Rajeev Suri?</a></p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>18/03/2014 17:04:49</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/23097/Nokia+may+name+Indianborn+CEO+Who+is+Rajeev+Suri</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">23097</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>23098</publicationdataID>
      <title>India's Gerson da Cunha: Renaissance Man</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p><span style="font-style:italic">Huffington Post/by Pranay Gupte</span><br />
<br />
The name of Gerson da Cunha of Mumbai means a lot to men and women of a certain generation, including mine. Simply put, he is sui generis. He's India's Renaissance Man.<br />
<br />
He possesses a towering intellect, a warm and giving personality, a voice that has been projected across film and drama theaters in many countries, a mind that has graced the diverse worlds of advertising, strategic communications and social marketing, a brain
 that developed modern India's mix of telecommunications of sustainable economic development -- particularly in rural areas -- and a heart that has worked relentless in the cause of women's education and empowerment, for children's rights and for trying to
 restore urban sanity in teeming metropolises such as Mumbai.<br />
<br />
I thought of these things just the other evening at a dinner hosted by Gerson and his wife Uma, a noted film critic, publisher of a highly regarded film quarterly, and organizer of film festivals. The guests included the film composer and lyricist Vanraj Bhatia,
 the marketing guru Shashi Kathpalia and his wife, Nayna, the social activist, Madhulika Dash of Orissa, a noted food writer, and the acclaimed photographers Suzanne Lee of Malaysia and Sanjit Das of Kolkata.<br />
<br />
I was reminded of what President John F. Kennedy said at a White House dinner in April 1962 honoring Nobel laureates of the Western hemisphere: "I think this is the most extraordinary collection of talent, of human knowledge, that has ever been gathered together
 at the White House, with the possible exception of when Thomas Jefferson dined alone."<br />
<br />
I write about Gerson because he's 83 years old, and is still going strong. A mild stroke hasn't slowed him, nor has the fact that today's generation of public intellectuals seldom acknowledge -- at least not fulsomely -- his stellar contributions. Gerson's
 door remains open to all, and notwithstanding ingrates he continues to be generous with his counsel and contacts.<br />
<br />
Gerson da Cunha belongs to a generation of Indians who set about creating and strengthening institutions in advertising and other fields in post-Independence India. At a very young age, he became chief executive of Lintas, a fabled company whose business he
 grew. Unicef recruited him for South America, where he helped conceive and implement social marketing programs such inoculation for children in Brazil's slums, and healthy motherhood in Central America.<br />
<br />
After a long Unicef stint -- which included serving at the agency's headquarters in New York -- Gerson returned home and helped his friend, the entrepreneur Sam Pitroda, to implement then Prime Minister Rajiv Gandhi's ambition to streamline India's telecommunications.
 He wrote newspaper columns, and spoke widely about the importance of primary health care and women's education in India's ambitious development plans.<br />
<br />
Gerson then turned his attention to urban management. While a large majority of India's 1.3 billion people live in rural areas, the country's rapidly expanding cities suffered from poor management and planning. Gerson formed a nongovernmental organization in
 Mumbai called Agni -- fire -- that kept after political governors to devote more time and resources for the wellbeing of city dwellers.<br />
<br />
And all the while, Gerson continued acting in plays and movies, and he continued his column writing.<br />
<br />
I had the privilege of persuading Gerson to join me in starting a conference newspaper, The Earth Times, for the 1992 Earth Summit. The summit was more formally known as the United Nations Conference on Environment and Development. That parlay -- which was
 attended by 110 heads of state and government, and more than 65,000 civil-society participants -- took Gerson back to his old territory, Rio de Janeiro.<br />
<br />
His daily columns for The Earth Times appeared under the title, View from the South. They spanned the spectrum of environmental and developmental issues, and they fetched Gerson a new cohort of fans. Indeed, his perspectives helped shape the political dialogue
 at the summit.<br />
<br />
We continued publishing The Earth Times until 2003. That's when I shuttered the not-for-profit newspaper, which appeared daily at UN conferences in a dozen cities ranging from Bonn to Cairo to Beijing. It would be no hyperbole to say that Gerson's columns were
 the most sought-after feature of the newspaper.<br />
<br />
Now he's back home in Mumbai, still pressing the cause of livable cities and healthy environments for city dwellers. His home serves as a salon for everyone from the high and mighty to everyday citizens. Gerson clearly relishes good company. But I venture to
 suggest that his visitors get far more out of him and Uma than the couple do.<br />
<br />
That clearly doesn't bother Gerson da Cunha. After all, he says, his extraordinary and special life experiences are there for him to share and not to hoard. His art-and-artifact-filled living room is enhanced by the company he keeps, says Gerson. His mantra:
 everyone's welcome.<br />
<br />
<span style="font-style:italic">(The views expressed above are the personal views of the writer)</span><br />
<br />
<span style="font-weight:bold">This article can also be read at:</span><br />
<a href="http://www.huffingtonpost.com/pranay-gupte/gerson-da-cunha_b_4966221.html" target="_blank">India's Gerson da Cunha: Renaissance Man</a></p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>18/03/2014 17:29:23</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/23098/Indias+Gerson+da+Cunha+Renaissance+Man</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">23098</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>23092</publicationdataID>
      <title>Indian influence boosts local economy</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p><span style="font-style:italic">The Tampa Trubune/ Kaushal Chari</span><br />
<br />
In grade schools nationwide, young students learn about immigration and how diversity has helped shape America. Large communities of Cuban, Mexican, Caribbean, European and African people call the Tampa Bay region home.<br />
<br />
There is one community that people might not realize has a substantial presence in Tampa Bay — the Asian-Indian community. The Indian physicians, scientists, engineers and entrepreneurs who migrated to the United States in the later part of the 20th century
 have contributed to America in no small measure and, today, are helping shape our local economy and international reputation.<br />
<br />
According to the Census Bureau, the Indian population grew to 0.9 percent of the total United States population in 2010 and had the highest household income across all ethnic groups. Locally, Florida had the six largest groups of Indians among all states; in
 Hillsborough and four adjoining counties, the 2010 census reports 27,939 people of Indian descent.<br />
<br />
By all accounts, this figure should exceed 30,000 in 2014. Although the size of the group is impressive, the community’s economic impact is worthy of notice.<br />
<br />
And it has been noticed by the International Indian Film Academy. When the 15th annual IIFA Awards makes its American debut in Tampa in April, the "Bollywood” event is projected to bring more than 30,000 visitors, generate upwards of 20,000 room nights, and
 have an economic impact of $30 million.<br />
<br />
The growth this community has provided to the local economy goes beyond a weekend event.<br />
<br />
WellCare, one of few Fortune 500 companies headquartered in Tampa, has Indian roots. Founded by several Indian physicians, the small enterprise was transformed into a major health insurance company by a local Indian physician, who launched Freedom Health, a
 billion dollar company in the same sector, after selling his majority stake in WellCare.<br />
<br />
Ethnic Indian business leaders in the region founded HCI Group, the parent company of Homeowners Choice Property &amp; Casualty Insurance Company. This company, with more than 170,000 policy holders, has been growing at a very rapid rate, and its stock prices are
 soaring.<br />
<br />
Similarly, Indian immigrants co-founded Florida Medical Clinic, one of the largest multi-specialty medical practices in the Tampa Bay area; Acclaris, a leading solutions provider of benefits administration; Pilgrim Software, a leading provider of enterprise
 quality and compliance management software; Impact Properties, which holds a large portfolio of properties, including the Westin Tampa Bay; and Ultramatics, a business technology solutions firm that is one of the fastest-growing companies in the area.<br />
<br />
There is more to the story than entrepreneurship, however. Indian immigrants also are thriving as employees in the private sector, filling critical skill shortages, particularly in STEM areas. Second-generation Indian Americans are studying here — one of the
 largest student organizations at the University of South Florida is the Students of India Association, with hundreds of members who are Americans of Indian descent — and they are preparing for careers in education, engineering, the sciences, health, and, of
 course, business. And our community is enhanced as philanthropists from the Indian community help build schools, fund arts education, or support sustainable business programs.<br />
<br />
The IIFA awards and ancillary events in the Tampa Bay area affirm the growing importance of this community to the region (and of Tampa Bay to the people of India). Recognizing that, the University of South Florida College of Business is working with the Federation
 of Indian Chambers of Commerce and Industry to host a two-day FICCI-IIFA Global Business Forum at the Tampa Convention Center April 24 to 26. This event will bring thought leaders — primarily from industry and government — from India and America together to
 discuss business challenges and opportunities.<br />
<br />
Since India’s 1991 economic reforms began, the emerging nation’s economy has grown to be the 10th largest in the world as of 2012. Experts project that India will continue on this high-growth pathway, becoming one of the top five economic powers by 2050.<br />
<br />
Although the two-way Indo-U.S. trade crossed the $60 billion mark in 2012, there is potential for reaching the $100 billion mark in the not-too-distant future.<br />
<br />
That fact, the size of the local Indian community and the lure of the IIFA Weekend make Tampa the perfect place for discussion between Indian and American leaders about two-way trade, particularly in the IT, financial and banking services, manufacturing, healthcare,
 energy, technology, and sustainability industries.<br />
<br />
The Global Business Form will include plenary sessions where leaders will discuss challenges and opportunities related to Indo-U.S. commerce, too.<br />
<br />
This conference is a chance for the local Indian community — people who have already made a great impact on our local economy — to work together to enhance our international reputation, increase awareness of this community’s economic impact in the region and
 foster the entrepreneurial spirit that brings small businesses and multi-billion dollar corporations to the region.<br />
<br />
<span style="font-style:italic">(The views expressed above are the personal views of the author)</span><br />
<br />
<span style="font-weight:bold">This article can also be read at:</span><br />
<a href="http://tbo.com/list/news-opinion-commentary/indian-influence-boosts-local-economy-20140316" target="_blank">Indian influence boosts local economy</a></p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>18/03/2014 16:05:23</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/23092/Indian+influence+boosts+local+economy</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">23092</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>23080</publicationdataID>
      <title>India to become world’s 3rd largest aviation market by ’20</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p><span style="font-style:italic">Khaleej Times/by P.S.Jayaram</span><br />
<span style="font-style:italic"><br />
Decision to allow 49% FDI by foreign airlines boosts sector</span><br />
<br />
India is set to become world’s third largest aviation market by 2020, with enhanced airport system that can handle 336 million domestic and 41 million international passengers, Civil Aviation Minister Ajit Singh said on Wednesday.<br />
<span style="font-style:italic"><br />
India is currently ranked 9th in the aviation market globally.</span><br />
<br />
Speaking after inaugurating the five-day India Aviation 2014 at Begumpet Sirport here, Singh said: "Commercial fleet size is also expected to grow from 400 aircraft today to 1000. At the same time, the government has envisaged an investment of $12.1 billion
 in the airport sector during 12th plan period, of which $12.1 billion will come from private sector. This investment would help in modernisation of the existing airports and development of low cost airports.”<br />
<br />
The minister pointed out that the biggest game-changer in Indian aviation industry was the decision to allow 49 per cent Foreign Direct Investment (FDI) by foreign airlines.<br />
"Two new scheduled airlines Aair Asia and Tata SIA are in the process of starting operations soon,” he said, adding that the recently announced "regional and remote area Air Connectivity Policy” and the decision to build 50 low cost airports in the country
 would give further boost to the industry.<br />
<br />
Secretary of Civil Aviation Ministry Ashok Lavasa told the media that a committee constituted to appoint a project director and vice-chancellor for the National Aviation Academy, coming up at Fursat Gunj in Uttar Pradesh, will soon complete its task.<br />
<br />
Referring to civil aviation authority bill, the official said: "Though the Union Cabinet has cleared the revised bill, incorporating the changes recommended by the standing committee on transport, tourism and culture, the new government will have to take a
 call on it as it could not be considered due to paucity of time.”<br />
<br />
In this decade, the overall traffic is expected to grow at 10.1 per cent and domestic traffic is expected to grow at 11.4 per cent and international at 9.5 per cent. In addition, six airports would be developed under Public-Private Partnership (PPP) model,
 he said.<br />
<br />
Addressing another Press conference, the chairman and managing director of Air India Rohit Nandan ruled out grounding of Dreamliner.<br />
<br />
However, Air India has been reviewing the performance of Boeing 787 Dreamliner fleet to ascertain whether they are consuming fuel faster than expected. The CMD said India believed that the planes were heavier than originally promised.<br />
<br />
"As far as fuel efficiency is concerned, when Air India received these planes, even at that time, we knew that the planes were heavier than what they were originally promised to be,” he said.<br />
<br />
Air India, he said, had received compensation from Boeing for delivery delays. Asked about the operational glitches involving the Dreamliner, he said:<br />
<br />
"These incidents are not unusual in a new fleet, in a new aircraft. There are no safety issues but only small software and tech related issues that our engineers are competent enough to handle.”<br />
<br />
The functioning and performance of Dreamliners was being jointly monitored by an official committee and Boeing and the final report would be placed after 18 months of their use.<br />
<span style="font-style:italic"><br />
(The views expressed above are the personal views of the writer)</span><br />
<span style="font-weight:bold"><br />
This article can also be read at:</span><br />
<a href="http://www.khaleejtimes.com/biz/inside.asp?xfile=/data/internationbusiness/2014/March/internationbusiness_March60.xml&amp;section=internationbusiness" target="_blank">India to become world’s 3rd largest aviation market by ’20</a></p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>14/03/2014 18:34:05</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/23080/India+to+become+worlds+3rd+largest+aviation+market+by+20</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">23080</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>23081</publicationdataID>
      <title>One man's mission to improve to women's lives</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p><span style="font-style:italic">Border Mail/by Letitia Rowlands </span><br />
<br />
It is something women in developed countries like Australia take for granted - the ability to access affordable menstrual hygiene products. But women in developing nations around the world are not so fortunate, sometimes using dirty rags, sand or even ash to
 deal with menstrual bleeding each month.<br />
<br />
A man from a poor family in southern India has now become their unlikely hero after inventing a simple machine and method which local women can use to make affordable sanitary products.<br />
<br />
But the path to success wasn't easy for school drop-out Arunachalam Muruganantham who nearly lost everything, including his family, as he worked to come up with a solution to help his wife and other poverty sticken women.<br />
<br />
Muruganantham told the BBC he was inspired to do something after he saw his wife Shanthi trying to hide something from him shortly after they got married in 1998. He was shocked when he realised it was "nasty cloths" which she was using during menstruation.<br />
<br />
"I will be honest," Muruganantham told BBC. "I would not even use it to clean my scooter."<br />
<br />
According to a 2011 survey by AC Nielsen Muruganantham's wife was not alone when it came to unhygienic menstrual practices. The survey, commissioned by the Indian government, found only 12% of women across India used sanitary pads. Poor menstrual hygiene is
 the main cause of reproductive disease among the poor.<br />
<br />
After learning the cost of sanitary pads was prohibitive for his wife and other women in their village, Muruganantham set about designing a cheap sanitary pad himself.<br />
<br />
Unaware that women's periods only came once a month, Muruganantham gave his first cotton prototype to his wife but was disappointed when she told him he would have to wait several weeks until she would be able to give him any feedback.<br />
<br />
"I can't wait a month for each feedback, it'll take two decades!" he said.<br />
<br />
After failing to find any reliable female volunteers (his sisters refused) Muruganantham decided to test the pads himself by wearing a "uterus" made of a football bladder and filling it with goat's blood which he got from a friend who was a butcher.<br />
<br />
"I became the man who wore a sanitary pad," he says.<br />
<br />
Muruganantham wore the blood filled bladder under his clothing as he went about daily life, constantly testing out the sanitary pad's absorption rates. But, after seeing him wash his bloodied pads in a public well, the whole village assumed he had contracted
 a sexual disease.<br />
<br />
Eventually Muruganantham's dedication to creating an affordable sanitary pad became too much for his wife, and she left him.<br />
<br />
"I had become a pervert. So you see God's sense of humour," he says in the documentary Menstrual Man by Amit Virmani. "I'd started the research for my wife and after 18 months she left me!"<br />
<br />
When his mother also tired of his obsession, she too left.<br />
<br />
"It was a problem for me," he told BBC. "I had to cook my own food."<br />
<br />
Finally, Muruganantham was forced to leave his village after locals became convinced he was possessed by evil spirits and planned to chain him to tree in order for him to be "healed".<br />
<br />
"My wife gone, my mum gone, ostracised by my village" he says. "I was left all alone in life."<br />
<br />
But incredibly Muruganantham was determined to keep going.<br />
<br />
Finally, two years and three months after starting his plight, Muruganantham finally discovered what sanitary pads were made of - cellulose, from the bark of a tree.<br />
<br />
It was several more years before he finished creating the machinery and method to break down the cellulose, shape the material into a sanitary pad and disinfect it using ultra-violet treatment.<br />
<br />
Muruganantham made the machinery simple to operate in the hope women would be able to take jobs operating the machinery as a way of helping them out of poverty.<br />
<br />
After hearing of the machinery and method Muruganantham had created, staff at the Indian Institute of Technology nominated him for a national innovation award. Out of 943 entries, his was the winner and the school dropout was presented the award by then Indian
 President Pratibha Patil.<br />
<br />
"It was instant glory, media flashing in my face, everything" he says. "The irony is, after five-and-a-half years I get a call on my mobile - the voice huskily says: Remember me?" It was his wife.<br />
<br />
Despite his success, Muruganantham was not interested in making money from his work.<br />
<br />
"Anyone with an MBA would immediately accumulate the maximum money. But I did not want to. Why? Because from childhood I know no human being died because of poverty - everything happens because of ignorance," he told BBC<br />
<br />
Muruganantham spent the next 18 months building 250 machines, which went to the poorest states in Northern India. Eventually the machines spread to 1,300 villages in 23 states.<br />
<br />
Each machine is responsible for converting 3,000 women to pad usage, and provides employment for 10 women. They can produce up to 250 pads a day which sell for about 2.5 rupees (or 5 cents) each.<br />
<br />
"My aim was to create one million jobs for poor women - but why not 10 million jobs worldwide?" he says.<br />
<br />
Muruganantham has plans for his machine to be delivered to 106 countries including Kenya, Nigeria, Mauritius, the Philippines and Bangladesh.<br />
<br />
"Our success is entirely down to word-of-mouth publicity," he says."Because this is a problem all developing nations face."<br />
<br />
<span style="font-style:italic">(The views expressed above are the personal views of the writer)</span><br />
<br />
<span style="font-weight:bold">This article may also be read at:</span><br />
<a href="http://www.bordermail.com.au/story/2150345/one-mans-mission-to-improve-womens-lives/?cs=24" target="_blank">One man's mission to improve to women's lives</a></p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>14/03/2014 18:42:03</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/23081/One+mans+mission+to+improve+to+womens+lives</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">23081</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>23082</publicationdataID>
      <title>World's first solar-powered, waterless toilet to launch in India soon</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p><span style="font-style:italic">First Post </span><br />
<br />
A revolutionary toilet fueled by the sun that is being developed to help some of the 2.5 billion people around the world lacking safe and sustainable sanitation would be unveiled in India this month. "The self-contained, waterless toilet has the capability
 of heating human waste to a high enough temperature to sterilise human waste and create biochar, a highly porous charcoal,” informed project principal investigator Karl Linden, professor of environmental engineering at University of Colorado Boulder. The biochar
 can be used to both increase crop yields and sequester carbon dioxide, a greenhouse gas. The project is part of the Bill &amp; Melinda Gates Foundation's 'Reinvent the Toilet Challenge', an effort to develop a next-generation toilet that can be used to disinfect
 liquid and solid waste while generating useful end products.<br />
<br />
Linden’s team is one of the 16 teams around the world funded by the Gates 'Reinvent the Toilet Challenge' since 2011. All have shipped their inventions to Delhi where they will be on display March 20-22 for scientists, engineers and dignitaries. "The invention
 consists of eight parabolic mirrors that focus concentrated sunlight to a spot no larger than a postage stamp on a quartz-glass rod connected to eight bundles of fibre-optic cables, each consisting of thousands of intertwined, fused fibres,” Linden explained.
 The energy generated by the sun and transferred to the fibre-optic cable system can heat up the reaction chamber to over 600 degrees Fahrenheit to treat the waste material, disinfect pathogens in both feces and urine and produce char. Biochar is a valuable
 material. It has good water holding capacity and it can be used in agricultural areas to hold in nutrients and bring more stability to the soils. A soil mixture containing 10 percent biochar can hold up to 50 percent more water and increase the availability
 of plant nutrients. "Additionally, the biochar can be burned as charcoal and provides energy comparable to that of commercial charcoal,” Linden added. Tests have shown that each of the eight fibre-optic cables can produce between 80 and 90 watts of energy,
 meaning the whole system can deliver up to 700 watts of energy into the reaction chamber, said Linden. While the current toilet has been created to serve four to six people a day, a larger facility that could serve several households simultaneously is under
 design. Unsafe methods to capture and treat human waste result in serious health problems and death - food and water tainted with pathogens from fecal matter results in the deaths of roughly 700,000 children each year.<br />
<br />
<span style="font-weight:bold">This article can also be read at:</span><br />
<a href="http://www.firstpost.com/india/worlds-first-solar-powered-waterless-toilet-to-launch-in-india-soon-1434215.html " target="_blank">World's first solar-powered, waterless toilet to launch in India soon</a></p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>14/03/2014 18:44:16</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/23082/Worlds+first+solarpowered+waterless+toilet+to+launch+in+India+soon</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">23082</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>23083</publicationdataID>
      <title>Sweeping Africa, Indian firm now offers green mobile in Ghana</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p><span style="font-style:italic">Hindu</span><br />
<br />
Indian telecom equipment-maker Vihaan Networks Ltd (VNL) is powering a communications revolution in Africa, particularly in villages and remote locations, through its innovative, green mobile tower solutions.<br />
<br />
The latest to join its client list is Ghana, which has chosen VNL's solar-powered ‘WorldGSM’ mobile tower architecture — an environment-friendly and cost-effective mobile system — to deliver affordable services in villages. "The plan is to promote access to
 electronic services including broadcasting, the Internet, multimedia service and basic telephony in unserved areas of rural Ghana,” Rajiv Mehrotra, founder chairman and CEO of VNL, told The Hindu.<br />
<br />
VNL is already present in Nigeria, Uganda and Benin, while it is in talks with other African nations to deploy its cheap and green telecom solutions. In Latin America, VNL has deployed its network in Bolivia and Peru. In Bolivia, it has partnered with Entel
 S.A., state-run telecom operator, for deployment of GSM mobile tower sites in remote locations under the ‘Cobertura Movil Rural’ (rural mobile coverage) project.<br />
<br />
As for India, Mr. Mehrotra said the solution offered to the Ghana Investment Fund for Electronic Communication and Entel had been extensively tested in the country. In 2011 after a successful pilot project for demonstration of the capabilities of its mobile
 GSM solutions in rural areas of Alwar (Rajasthan), VNL was awarded a completion certificate by India's Universal Service Obligatory Fund. "We will be a major player in expansion of telecom services in rural areas,” he said.<br />
<br />
<span style="font-weight:bold">This article can also be read at:</span><br />
<a href="http://www.thehindu.com/business/Industry/sweeping-africa-indian-firm-now-offers-green-mobile-in-ghana/article5781875.ece " target="_blank">Sweeping Africa, Indian firm now offers green mobile in Ghana</a></p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>14/03/2014 18:46:38</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/23083/Sweeping+Africa+Indian+firm+now+offers+green+mobile+in+Ghana</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">23083</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>23084</publicationdataID>
      <title>Indian artist's artwork installed at Rockefeller</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p><span style="font-style:italic">Asian Age</span><br />
<br />
A work by India’s foremost contemporary artist Subodh Gupta has been installed in front of the Rockefeller Centre in New York to mark the Asian Art Week.<br />
<br />
The Spill, which consists of a stainless steel bucket spilling over in excess with lunch boxes, glasses and bowls, is estimated at $300,000-500,000 by Christie’s auction house.<br />
<br />
The installation, was set up for the preview of the South Asian Modern &#43; Contemporary Art sale by Christie’s on March 18. The sculpture, installed in the prestigious Manhattan complex since March 11 will be at the spot till the day of the sale. Gupta’s Spill
 was the first work of the Southeast Asian art sales to be installed outside Rockefeller Centre, according to Christie’s.<br />
<br />
"To have major works outside of Rock Centre is a huge responsibility and not done on a regular basis. In the past, we had works by Jeff Koons, Henry Moore and Eduardo Chillida in front of Rockefeller Centre but never before a work by an Indian artist,” the
 auction house said.<br />
<br />
Gupta’s mid-career retrospective is currently on view at the National Gallery of Modern Art in New Delhi. "How can you not love this work — it is so simple, playful and honest and yet poignant. It is an iconic emblem of Subodh Gupta’s artistic vocabulary,”
 says Deepanjana Klein, vice-president and senior specialist modern and contemporary Indian art, who describes the work as "an overt icon of Indian vision.”<br />
<br />
"Always finding tension and irony in the mundane, the artist regularly employs the stainless steel bucket and cooking implements in both paintings and sculptures. Here Gupta has magnified the pedestrian milk pail as it spills over in excess with lunch boxes,
 glasses and bowls,” she said.<br />
<br />
<span style="font-weight:bold">This article may also be read at:</span><br />
<a href="http://www.asianage.com/newsmakers/indian-artist-s-artwork-installed-rockefeller-232 " target="_blank">Indian artist's artwork installed at Rockefeller</a></p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>14/03/2014 18:50:29</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/23084/Indian+artists+artwork+installed+at+Rockefeller</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">23084</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>23075</publicationdataID>
      <title>How India Is Helping in Hunt for Missing MH370</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p><span style="font-style:italic">Wall Street Journal/ by Santanu Choudhury</span><br />
<br />
As the hunt for the missing Malaysian Airlines3786.KU -4.08% jet entered its sixth day Thursday, India’s Coast Guard said it would deploy a ship to help in the search, adding to an aircraft it lent to the effort on Wednesday.<br />
<br />
The Indian Air Force was also on standby to help as a multi-national team scours the waters over which the BoeingBA -0.99% 777-200 vanished early Saturday, just under an hour into its flight from Kuala Lumpur to Beijing.<br />
<br />
The plane was carrying 227 passengers – including five Indians - and 12 crew.<br />
<br />
India joins 10 other nations in the search for the missing MH370 jet including China, the U.S. and Vietnam.<br />
<br />
On Wednesday, Malaysia’s air force chief, Gen. Rodzali Daud said that military radar had tracked an unidentified object over the Strait of Malacca early Saturday morning, and investigators were trying to determine whether it was the missing jet.<br />
<br />
The Strait of Malacca is a narrow stretch of water that connects to the Andaman Sea and ships belonging to the Indian navy as well as coast guard routinely patrol the area along with other nations to prevent piracy.<br />
<br />
(Follow the latest developments in the search for Flight 370.)<br />
<br />
India’s coast guard deployed a Dornier aircraft to search up to 200 nautical miles, or about 370 kilometers, off the east of the Andaman Islands Wednesday, V. S. R. Murthy, inspector general of the coast guard on the Andaman and Nicobar Islands told The Wall
 Street Journal.<br />
<br />
"We were told by headquarters to start our search for the plane and so we deployed the Dornier aircraft,” Mr. Murthy said lateWednesday. "I have instructed to divert a fast patrol vessel from other duties and join the search from Thursday.”<br />
<br />
The coast guard will search the 200 nautical miles which form part of India’s so-called Exclusive Economic Zone as defined by the United Nations.<br />
<br />
Earlier this week, India’s President Pranab Mukherjee wrote to the Malaysia’s King Abdul Halim offering "all possible assistance” in the hunt for the airplane.<br />
<br />
A spokesman for the Indian Air Force said it has still to receive any orders to join the search for the plane, but is ready to deploy its aircraft as soon as it asked to do so. The air force currently has Russian-made MI-17 helicopters based on the Andaman
 and Nicobar Islands.<br />
<br />
India also a tri-services command at Andaman and Nicobar Islands – and can therefore utilize its naval and air force assets if needed.<br />
<br />
<span style="font-style:italic">(The views expressed above are the personal views of the writer)</span><br />
<span style="font-weight:bold"><br />
This article may also be read at:</span><br />
<a href="http://blogs.wsj.com/indiarealtime/2014/03/13/how-india-is-helping-in-hunt-for-missing-mh370/" target="_blank">How India Is Helping in Hunt for Missing MH370</a></p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>13/03/2014 18:35:11</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/23075/How+India+Is+Helping+in+Hunt+for+Missing+MH370</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">23075</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>23078</publicationdataID>
      <title>India Has Millions of Female Entrepreneurs and They Need Easier Access to Money</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p><span style="font-style:italic">Wall Street Journal/ by Shanoor Seervai</span><br />
<br />
While there may not be many women occupying the executive offices of India, the country is home to literally millions of female entrepreneurs, in charge of their own tiny businesses, according to estimates by the International Finance Corp.<br />
<br />
The number of women running their own businesses in India is expanding and banks need to find more ways to serve them, said a report this week from the IFC, which is the private-sector arm of the World Bank.<br />
<br />
Women in India fully or partially own around three million small enterprises across the country. Their businesses include everything from tea stalls and vegetable stands to laundries and cellphone shops. The women-backed businesses employ over eight million
 people in India, according to the IFC report.<br />
<br />
A large majority of these budding businesses depend on informal avenues to raise money. That means that they have to turn to family members, friends and loan sharks to get the capital they need to start and expand.<br />
<br />
The report estimates that the total financial requirement for women entrepreneurs was $158 billion in 2012 but they only had access to around $42 billion from formal lenders. Only 27% of their money needs were met through formal lending institutions such as
 banks, cooperatives, micro lenders and other non-banking finance companies.<br />
<br />
Male entrepreneurs get as much as 70% of their financing from formal lenders, depending on which industry and state they operate in.<br />
<br />
Financial institutions need to adapt to accommodate women, the IFC said. While close to 80% of women-owned enterprises are in the service sector, most bank lending is for manufacturing. Another obstacle for women entrepreneurs is that banks often require collateral
 for loans, which women often don’t have here because of social, legal and cultural restrictions on inheritance and land ownership.<br />
<br />
More than 90% of India’s 90 million plus microfinance clients are women, according to the report. But microfinance is not enough. While the tiny loans serve the needs of tiny enterprises, they are not sufficient to help women grow their businesses and generate
 more employment.<br />
<br />
In November last year, the Indian government launched the country’s first state-owned bank for women, aiming to open 25 branches across the country by the end of this month.<br />
<br />
Banks need to create new products and services for women, the IFC report said. They also need to build a more welcoming environment for women entrepreneurs and provide them non-financial services such as training.<br />
<br />
"There is a strong case that serving women entrepreneurs makes significant business sense,” the report says, citing studies that show women often have a better track record than men at repaying loans and running profitable businesses.<br />
<span style="font-style:italic"><br />
(The views expressed above the personal views of the writer)</span><br />
<br />
<span style="font-weight:bold">This article may also be read at:</span><br />
<a href="http://blogs.wsj.com/indiarealtime/2014/03/13/india-has-millions-of-female-entrepreneurs-and-they-need-easier-access-to-money/" target="_blank">India Has Millions of Female Entrepreneurs and They Need Easier Access to Money</a></p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>13/03/2014 18:48:21</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/23078/India+Has+Millions+of+Female+Entrepreneurs+and+They+Need+Easier+Access+to+Money</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">23078</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>23076</publicationdataID>
      <title>Exploring how Indian Americans helped shape US</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p><span style="font-style:italic">BBC/ by Diksha Basu</span><br />
<br />
A new exhibition at the National Museum of Natural History in Washington celebrates Indian-American culture, history and experiences, as Diksha Basu reports.<br />
<br />
When you enter Beyond Bollywood: Indian Americans Shape the Nation, you are greeted by loud Hindi film music and a vinyl record from Mughal-E-Azam, one of the most iconic Bollywood films.<br />
<br />
But, as the title suggests, this exhibition is not just about Indian cinema.<br />
<br />
<span style="font-weight:bold">'Diverse'</span><br />
<br />
The curators from the Smithsonian Asian Pacific American Center say it about the "history and contemporary experiences of Indian Americans as they have grown to be one of the more diverse and well-recognised communities in the United States".<br />
<br />
With a population of 2.8 million, Indian Americans are the third largest group among Asian Americans.<br />
<br />
They are also among the wealthiest communities in the US, with a median annual household income of $88,000 (£52,900) compared with the national median of $49,800 (£29,900), according to one study.<br />
<br />
And more than 70% of Indian American immigrants over 18 years of age speak English very well, compared with 53% of all Asian American immigrants.<br />
<br />
The vast exhibition covers everything from Indian American food to yoga, engineers to cab drivers, and the LGBT community to hip hop.<br />
<br />
With brightly coloured walls and background music, the exhibition is certainly pleasing to the senses.<br />
<br />
Colourful Indian thalis, or steel plates, stuck on the wall provide statistical data on the community and are an attempt to tie the collection together.<br />
<br />
The facts are interesting enough but they feel arbitrary and the entire exhibition, unfortunately, points more to what has been omitted than what has been included.<br />
<br />
For instance, in an effort to be interactive, there is a podium where you can stand and be a contestant in a mock spelling bee because, we are informed, 73% of National Spelling Bee winners since 1999 have been Indian Americans.<br />
<br />
Next to the podium is a life-size cut-out of Nina Davuluri, the Indian-American woman who was crowned Miss America 2014.<br />
<br />
Both may represent key cultural contributions, but it is unclear why they are given such prominence.<br />
<br />
There is also little room left for imperfections. Indian Americans are presented as a perfect, pleasing, model minority.<br />
<br />
<span style="font-weight:bold">Not clear</span><br />
<br />
The exhibition showcases aspects of Indian culture viewed through the lens of an earlier America.<br />
<br />
Colourful Indian footwear is accompanied by a note informing you that Indians generally remove their shoes before entering their homes or any sacred places.<br />
<br />
There is also a fully-set table with a vague description of Indian food and a box of spices, and a yoga room with a wall of mirrors in which you can strike yoga poses.<br />
<br />
The show talks about the contribution of well-known Indian Americans, but it is not clear how these people have been selected.<br />
<br />
A scattering of pictures and two mirrors on the wall encourage you to ask who Indian Americans are, but the answer remains unanswered in this exhibition. (One wall post does, however, clarify that, "Indian Americans are not American Indians.")<br />
<br />
All the written posts refer to Indian Americans, meaning, presumably Indians resident in the US or Indians who hold American passports.<br />
<br />
But there are no mentions or examples of the many Indian Americans who are becoming increasingly visible in US politics, journalism, academia, or business.<br />
<br />
There is some awareness of activism and art in the show.<br />
<br />
There are a few pictures of the Indian-American LGBT community, and a painting called DOTS by Anujun Ezhikode which was a response to the hate group, Dotbusters, that aimed to get Indians out of Jersey City in the 1980s.<br />
<br />
<span style="font-weight:bold">Haunting</span><br />
<br />
The most haunting part of the exhibition is the turban of Balbir Singh Sodhi, who was shot dead in Arizona by a man said to be seeking revenge on Muslims for 9/11.<br />
<br />
Few other sections stand out.<br />
<br />
Art director Chiraag Bhakta and photographer Mark Hewko have put together a section on Indian-American motel owners that is fascinating. Almost half the motels in the US are owned by Indians.<br />
<br />
The uninspiring quotes by an "Indian American Child Who Grew Up In A Motel" do not add much, but the photographs of the motels are depressing and beautiful, and the section's faux-motel front is interestingly designed.<br />
<br />
Photographer Dez Veeraswamy has contributed to some of the pictures on the walls, including a digital photo frame that has some wonderful pictures of Indians who settled in the Caribbean.<br />
<br />
A 1952 picture of a Bengali-Puerto Rican family demonstrates the unusual history of some Indians in America.<br />
<br />
Indian Americans are no longer a small, easily defined minority that can be captured and explained in a few brightly coloured rooms in a museum.<br />
<br />
This exhibition is certainly aesthetically pleasing, but it barely scratches the surface of the growing Indian-American experience and its role in the US.<br />
<br />
(The views expressed above are the personal views of the writer)<br />
<br />
<span style="font-weight:bold">This article may also be read at:</span><br />
<a href="http://www.bbc.com/news/world-asia-india-26429592 " target="_blank">Exploring how Indian Americans helped shape US</a></p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>13/03/2014 18:41:17</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/23076/Exploring+how+Indian+Americans+helped+shape+US</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">23076</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>23077</publicationdataID>
      <title>Indian Industrial Output Edges Higher and Inflation Eases</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p><span style="font-style:italic">Wall Street Journal/ by Mukesh Jagota and Prasanta Sahu</span><br />
<br />
Indicators Hint That Economy May Finally Be Showing Signs of Recovery<br />
<br />
India announced Wednesday that its industrial production edged upward for the first time in four months in January and consumer inflation cooled to a two-year low in February, in the latest set of economic indicators hinting that India's economy may be at last
 showing some early signs of recovery.<br />
<br />
The output of manufacturing, mining and utilities firms was up 0.1% from a year earlier in January, according to data releasedWednesday by Ministry of Statistics and Programme Implementation. Economists surveyed by The Wall Street Journal had expected a 0.4%
 fall in industrial production.<br />
<br />
The consumer inflation in February was down to 8.1% from 8.8% in January, the lowest level in two years, separate data issued by the ministry showed. The decline in consumer inflation came from contracting consumer and corporate spending and an improvement
 in food supplies on the back of good monsoon rains last year.<br />
<br />
The fall in inflation could stoke hopes that Reserve Bank of India may soon be ready to reverse some of the measures it had taken to cool prices. The RBI has said it wants consumer inflation to come down to 8% by next January.<br />
<br />
The manufacturing sector—which accounts for 75% of the total industrial output—continued to be a drag on overall numbers, contracting 0.7% on year, offsetting gains in the utilities and mining sectors. Utilities grew 6.5% while mining was up 0.7%. The government
 also revised its reading for December industrial production to a contraction of 0.2% from a 0.6% drop reported earlier.<br />
<br />
Industrial production has declined in five of the 10 months since India's current fiscal year began in April, pulled down by faltering domestic demand as economic growth has fallen to a 10-year low.<br />
<span style="font-style:italic"><br />
(The views expressed are above the personal views of the writer)</span><br />
<br />
<span style="font-weight:bold">This article can also be read at:</span><br />
<a href="http://online.wsj.com/news/articles/SB10001424052702303546204579434952330003782?mg=reno64-wsj&amp;url=http://online.wsj.com/article/SB10001424052702303546204579434952330003782.html" target="_blank">Indian Industrial Output Edges Higher and Inflation Eases</a></p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>13/03/2014 18:45:12</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/23077/Indian+Industrial+Output+Edges+Higher+and+Inflation+Eases</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">23077</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>23057</publicationdataID>
      <title>‘Cleanest Village’ Questions Its Blessings Amid Influx of Visitors</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p><span style="font-style:italic">New York Times/ by Max Bearak</span><br />
<br />
Anshuman Sen was barely a year out of college when, in 2005, he traveled to Meghalaya, a hilly northeastern state distant both in miles and cultural resemblance from what the locals call "mainland India.”<br />
<br />
Mr. Sen was shooting pictures of the state’s bountiful natural wonders for Discover India, a travel magazine, when an acquaintance suggested visiting Mawlynnong, a remote village in the jungle along the border with Bangladesh that had acquired minor local renown
 for its fastidious cleanliness and a nearby bridge made entirely of living tree roots.<br />
<br />
"I was only there for four or five hours,” said Mr. Sen, "but I couldn’t believe how beautiful it was, and neither could anyone at the magazine.” He had to write about it, even if he hadn’t spent a full day there.<br />
<br />
Before Mr. Sen went home, a contact at the Meghalaya Tourism Development Forum told him that Mawlynnong was the "cleanest village in Asia,” and the impromptu — and improbable — slogan became the catchphrase of Mr. Sen’s article, published in 2005. Soon after,
 the BBC program "Human Planet” did a segment on the village and referenced Mr. Sen’s slogan.<br />
<br />
Since Mr. Sen’s visit, Mawlynnong’s 90-odd families have witnessed irreversible changes as the village tries to maintain its appeal as an ecotourism destination without turning into a congested picnic spot. During the winter holiday season, hundreds of visitors
 arrive every day. Some are picnickers from nearby towns, while others travel from New Delhi, Kolkata and abroad.<br />
<br />
The state of Meghalaya is no stranger to superlative-based tourism. A few ridges and valleys to the west of Mawlynnong is Cherrapunjee, famous as the "wettest place on Earth,” despite other places being demonstrably rainier.<br />
<br />
The residents of Mawlynnong had two major advantages over Cherrapunjee. First, having developed later, Mawlynnong has paid attention to what went wrong at Cherrapunjee, where outside developers have set up huge resorts and tourism revenue goes to tour companies
 and a few favored restaurants and shops. Second, Mawlynnong’s claim to fame is within the residents’ control, not dependent on the weather.<br />
<br />
Keeping those advantages in mind, Deepak Laloo, vice president of the Meghalaya Tourism Development Forum, devised a plan that would both highlight and preserve the village’s seductive authenticity.<br />
<br />
Mr. Laloo said he had encouraged locals to use traditional materials like bamboo, not concrete, for new buildings and had suggested that the number of lodges be kept to a minimum. He and early local entrepreneurs like Rishot Khongthohrem pushed a homestay lodging
 model, where tourists stay with local families instead of in hotels, thereby contributing exclusively to the village economy.<br />
<br />
Mr. Khongthohrem, a schoolteacher and owner of one of Mawlynnong’s half-dozen homestay lodges, said the village council collects a fee from each bus and car that enters the village and uses that money to pay six women whose full-time job is pick up the litter.<br />
<br />
"What keeps this village clean is habit,” Mr. Khongthohrem said. "We also have to keep that habit for our visitors who don’t have it yet.”<br />
<br />
Many residents said that cleanliness was a deeply ingrained practice long before the "cleanest village” slogan was bestowed. Decades ago, all domestic animals were removed from the village; residents rely on farming that can be done without beasts of burden.<br />
<br />
The simple act of placing garbage in a garbage can is considered unusual in India, where people often toss their trash wherever it is convenient — out of a car, on the street. But in Mawlynnong, even those who chew betel nuts swallow the nuts’ pungent juice
 instead of spitting it onto the ground.<br />
<br />
The community council has also taken measures to preserve the village’s largely agrarian way of life so that no one is dependent on the ebbs and flows of tourism.<br />
<br />
For instance, villagers cannot engage in tourism-related business until they are 18, by which time they’ve been taught traditional farming methods in the surrounding forests. Most of those who have involved themselves with tourism in some way see it as supplementary
 income.<br />
<br />
But on a recent visit during the peak winter tourist season, all was not right in paradise. At 11 a.m. on a Sunday, a bus blaring dance music arrived with a troop of tipsy teenagers. Even though Mawlynnong’s community council banned the consumption of alcohol
 in the village, the pack of youngsters offloaded first their flailing bodies and then the makings of a raucous picnic: firewood, big metal cooking pots, live chickens, coolers filled with beer and big wireless speakers.<br />
<br />
An hour later, the music from their party on the local soccer field drowned out the wafts of gospel music emanating from choir practice at the Anglican Church adjacent to the field.<br />
<br />
Mawlynnong residents say the majority of visitors these days are from nearby villages, who care less about the village’s reputation than residents do.<br />
<br />
After attempting to throw an empty bag of chips into a trash can and missing, Ornel Khonglah, who was from a town an hour’s drive away, said, "We’ve heard that Mawlynnong is an extraordinary place, so we decided to come here and enjoy the weekend. It is amazing,
 isn’t it?”<br />
<br />
But how long can "amazing” last under relentless footfall? One local attraction, a massive boulder balancing on a much smaller rock, is covered in etchings of initial-filled hearts. The path to the living root bridge, which actually lies in the neighboring
 village of Riwai, has turned into a gridlocked highway of day visitors, their shouts audible from several hundred paces away.<br />
<br />
At the bridge itself, children climbed the roots, jumping and doing stunts. The ground nearby was covered with the detritus one sees at any Indian tourist site: candy wrappers, empty water bottles, cigarette butts and orange peels. A man pretended to meditate
 under the bridge while his wife took a picture. Once she had, his eyes sprang open and he rushed to see whether it had come out to his liking.<br />
<br />
Henry Kharymba, a longtime tour guide in Mawlynnong, sat collecting donations from incoming buses. "This used to be heaven, and now it’s hell,” he said, before chuckling. "But we need the money — if it just wasn’t for these fools. You know, they come here and
 drink and use slang in front of our sisters and our kids. We have to tell them that this isn’t a park. It’s a village.”<br />
<br />
Mr. Laloo, the tourism developer, is exasperated with the changes and has now shifted his sights to a new village, Sohliya. In a phone interview, he said, "In ’09, you would’ve said, ‘Wow, I’ve walked into God’s private garden’ when you went there. Now, that
 place has no standards. They use concrete, and they have all kinds of shops.”<br />
<br />
Meanwhile, Mawlynnong grapples with its double-edged influx of visitors with remarkable unity and a shared sense of caution.<br />
<br />
One night last month, all of Mawlynnong’s men met in the village hall to discuss strengthening the ban on alcohol consumption. At the heart of the discussion was the question: Are these tourists really worth it?<br />
<span style="font-weight:bold"><br />
This article can also be read at:</span><br />
<a href="http://india.blogs.nytimes.com/2014/03/10/cleanest-village-questions-its-blessings-amid-influx-of-visitors/?_php=true&amp;_type=blogs&amp;_r=0" target="_blank">‘Cleanest Village’ Questions Its Blessings Amid Influx of Visitors</a></p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>11/03/2014 20:47:11</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/23057/Cleanest+Village+Questions+Its+Blessings+Amid+Influx+of+Visitors</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">23057</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>23058</publicationdataID>
      <title>India to add 7,500 MW Solar power capacity in Jammu &amp;amp; Kashmir</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p><span style="font-style:italic">Clean Technica</span><br />
<br />
In what is one of the most ambitious plans to expand solar power capacity in India, the Ministry of New and Renewable Energy recently announced that it would set up 7,500 MW of solar power capacity in the northern state of Jammu and Kashmir.<br />
<br />
The ministry, currently headed by the state’s former chief minister Dr Farooq Abdullah, has signed an agreement with the state government to set up 5,000 MW capacity in Ladakh and 2,500 MW capacity in Kargil.<br />
<br />
Jammu and Kashmir receives some of the highest solar radiation in the country. The state, however, faces a number of issues that have inhibited large-scale expansion of power generation sources. Lack of government focus on infrastructure expansion, due to decades-long
 insurgency, remote population centres, and mountainous terrain.<br />
<br />
Ladakh, one of the most remote places in the country, is excessively dependent on fuel imports from other states. Solar power thus presents a tremendous opportunity for the region to attain energy independence and earn significant revenue by exporting electricity
 to large demand centres in North India.<br />
<br />
Currently, Jammu and Kashmir does not enjoy a respectable standing in terms of installed renewable energy capacity. According to a recent report, the state has only 308 kW of solar power capacity installed. This is in comparison to over 2,200 MW solar power
 capacity installed across the country till January 2014. The state has managed to utilise only 10% of the small hydro power potential available and has no wind energy projects installed.<br />
<br />
India plans to source 3% of it total electricity consumption from solar energy by 2022 and has been taking notable steps to increase solar power capacity. The Solar Energy Corporation of India (SECI) has announced plans to set up a number of multi-developer
 solar parks across the country. Additionally, several states have announced ambitious solar power policies to attract investment and boost self-sufficiency in power generation.<br />
<br />
<span style="font-weight:bold">This article may also be read at:</span><br />
<a href="http://cleantechnica.com/2014/03/10/india-add-7500-mw-solar-power-capacity-jammu-" target="_blank">India to add 7,500 MW Solar power capacity in Jammu &amp; Kashmir</a></p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>11/03/2014 20:49:48</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/23058/India+to+add+7500+MW+Solar+power+capacity+in+Jammu+amp+Kashmir</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">23058</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>23059</publicationdataID>
      <title>India elections: students show bright side of democracy</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p><span style="font-style:italic">Financial Times/ by Amy Kazmin</span><br />
<br />
It’s easy to criticise India’s democracy for its many shortcomings. But travelling in Madhya Pradesh to gauge the political mood, I was given a clear demonstration of at least one way in which Indian democracy is truly flourishing.<br />
<br />
We had arrived at the Swami Vivekananda University, one of the multitudes of private universities that have sprouted up across India, to cater to the many students unable to find a place in the government’s over-stretched higher education system.<br />
<br />
The administrators of the college in Sagar, a small town four hours from the Madhya Pradesh state capital, Bhopal, were not warned of our arrival, but when staff saw two outsiders talking to clutches of their students in the blazing afternoon sun, they quickly
 ushered us inside, offering to facilitate our interaction.<br />
<br />
I was wary that our interaction would effectively be curtailed. But within a few minutes, my colleague Jyotsna and I found ourselves taken to a large seminar room with around 120 engineering students sitting at attention. We were led to seats on a dias, and
 invited to pose whatever questions we wanted to the group.<br />
<br />
And so we began – throwing out questions about India’s current political scenario. We asked for shows of hands for those who preferred Narendra Modi and the Bharatiya Janata Party, Rahul Gandhi and the Congress party, and the upstart Aam Aadmi Party of Arvind
 Kejriwal.<br />
<br />
Students raised their hands eagerly in support of their preferred candidates, and then we started asking for people to explain their views.<br />
<br />
The students came from humble backgrounds. Many of them were on government scholarships for those from the lower rungs of the Hindu caste ladder, some were the children of farmers – the first members of their family to pursue higher education.<br />
<br />
Yet one after one, the young men and women stood up to share their political views, without any apparent hesitation about speaking about such matters in front of so many of their peers. Various viewpoints were articulated, and speakers who made strong points
 – or who simply sounded especially impassioned – were given rounds of appreciative applause from the audience.<br />
<br />
As the students talked, I began think about some of the other developing countries I’d covered, ostensibly democracies, where most young people would not dare to talk about politics so confidently in front of such a large group. And of course, the others that
 I’d covered that were not even democracies at all.<br />
<br />
But the fearlessness of young students of publicly articulating their views – whatever they happened to be – and even the willingness of the private administrators to let us grill the students on the campus – reflects a profound achievement of India’s democracy.<br />
<br />
And as long as youth are not afraid to speak their minds, India’s democracy is doing at least something right.<br />
<br />
<span style="font-style:italic">(The views expressed above are the personal views of the writer)</span><br />
<br />
<span style="font-weight:bold">This article may also be read at:</span><br />
<a href="http://blogs.ft.com/beyond-brics/2014/03/11/india-elections-students-show-bright-side-of-democracy/?Authorised=false" target="_blank">India elections: students show bright side of democracy
</a></p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>11/03/2014 21:15:50</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/23059/India+elections+students+show+bright+side+of+democracy</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">23059</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>23051</publicationdataID>
      <title>A Rare Government Success Story for Women’s Empowerment in Kerala</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p><span style="font-style:italic">The New York Times/by Vishnu Varma</span><br />
<br />
In a country that has been criticized as lacking commitment to women’s rights, one program in the southwest state of Kerala has been quietly serving as an example that a government can indeed successfully empower women, both economically and socially.<br />
<br />
The program, Kudumbashree, meaning "family prosperity” in Malayalam, the local language, was started in 1998 by the then-Communist government to fight poverty through female emancipation and the collaborative effort of local self-governments.<br />
<br />
It started with a few thousand women, but now Kudumbashree counts nearly 3.7 million women as members, who have collected a total of 16.9 billion rupees, or $276.7 million, in the form of a thrift.<br />
<br />
By providing grants and arranging low-cost loans, Kudumbashree encourages women to run their own businesses, which include taxi services, handicraft shops, schools for disabled children, homes for destitute families and small paper mills.<br />
<br />
Kudumbashree workers have been lauded both nationally and internationally for achieving community-based goals and efficiently harnessing the potential of women’s participation in the work force, which until then had been largely untapped. In 2002, the program
 was recognized in a study by the United Nations Development Program and the Indian government as one of the 20 best practices in India in governance.<br />
<br />
"The initiative has helped women in realizing that they have a right to talk and voice their opinions,” said Santhosh P. Augustine, assistant district mission coordinator of Kudumbashree. "Today, they have the courage to go to banks and set up accounts. It
 is a proud feeling when we see these women even going out to other states to teach classes on gender empowerment.”<br />
<br />
At the heart of the program are the local neighborhood groups, where women accumulate their savings in the form of a thrift. The state government provides financing in the form of grants and administrative support, but the savings generated within the neighborhood
 group act as the initial investment. State and private banks also provide loans to members at very low interest rates.<br />
<br />
The goal is to make these private businesses self-sustaining. Regular assessment meetings are held to see whether an enterprise is profitable. If a business does not look like it can make money, it is eventually closed.<br />
<br />
Over the years, the success of the program has been rewarded with more funds from the state government. In the 2013-14 fiscal year, which ends March 31, Kudumbashree received 1.2 billion rupees, an increase of 28 percent from the previous fiscal year.<br />
<br />
Kudumbashree distinguishes itself from other government agencies by enforcing accountability through a unique three-tier system of local governance that begins from the neighborhood groups at the grassroots level, then the Area Development Society at the ward
 level, and finally the Community Development Society at the village, town or municipality level.<br />
<br />
Officials at each level are accountable to the upper levels, and the Community Development Society units report to the district mission authorities of Kudumbashree.<br />
<br />
Jacob John, an economist with the Kerala Development Society, a socioeconomic research institute, said Kudumbashree is made more effective through close coordination with the panchayati raj, the rural local governments, which are especially strong in Kerala
 because they receive 33 percent of the state’s planning funds each year. Other states provide much less to their panchayati raj and at varying levels each year.<br />
<br />
"Kudumbashree enjoys a rare link with the panchayat, which in turn has helped in continuous and consistent fund flow,” Mr. John said.<br />
<br />
The program’s vast network and hassle-free coordination with local bodies has led the central government to appoint Kudumbashree as the administrator of several major antipoverty programs in Kerala.<br />
<br />
One of the crown jewels in Kudumbashree is its collective farming program, which has joined thousands of aspiring farmers to work together. In areas where government land is not available for cultivation, fallow lands belonging to private owners are leased
 out to women’s cooperatives.<br />
<br />
Kudumbashree officials said around 260,000 workers currently till and harvest more than 60,000 acres throughout the state. The initiative, many experts and social activists say, has resulted in the cultivation of once-fallow lands.<br />
<br />
"At one time, the paddy cultivation in the state was dwindling considerably due to high costs, and it was transforming into more commercial modes of agriculture like plantation farming,” said V.P. Raghavan, a senior fellow at the Ministry of Culture who wrote
 a research paper on Kudumbashree as part of his doctoral studies. "But today, Kudumbashree has brought back paddy cultivation through large-scale women community efforts.”<br />
<br />
In Kadakkanad, a rural hamlet on the far outskirts of Ernakulam, Geetha Ayyappan, 48, and her farming associates say they feel indebted to Kudumbashree for having given them economic independence, which in turn has helped them to take on a more prominent role
 in their households.<br />
<br />
"It has virtually lifted us out of poverty,” said Ms. Ayyappan, whose husband is a truck driver. "I feel like an independent and that I can contribute to my family and the education of my children.”<br />
<br />
While Ms. Ayyappan said that one-third of the produce has to be given to the landowner, cultivators like her can divide the rest among themselves, which they sell for a profit after splitting the costs.<br />
<br />
The empowered women of Kudumbashree are also playing a major role in shaking up Kerala’s political scene. In 2010, nearly 11,000 Kudumbashree workers contested local elections, and half of them won. In 2011, when the United Democratic Front, an alliance led
 by the Indian National Congress party, came to power in the state, P.K. Jayalakshmi, a party worker who entered politics through Kudumbashree, was sworn in as the minister for welfare of scheduled tribes and youth affairs in the state cabinet.<br />
<br />
However, like all government programs, Kudumbashree has had its share of criticism. In a study, the Planning Commission noted that Kudumbashree was marred by local-level political differences at the municipal and ward levels that often led to theft and pressure
 on workers to carry out work for political parties.<br />
<br />
But social activists and those who have studied the program say that Kudumbashree’s weaknesses are minor when compared with the improvements that it has achieved in the lives of millions of families in the state.<br />
<br />
While successful, Kudumbashree’s model cannot be replicated in other states, said Mr. John. "Kudumbashree has worked because of Kerala’s strong panchayati raj system, which no other Indian state can boast of,” he said.<br />
<br />
But he said other states could learn to take Kudumbashree’s hierarchical structure and its projects and incorporate it into their programs.<br />
<br />
Copying Kudumbashree would also be impossible because its scope keeps expanding as it comes up with more initiatives. In January, it announced an insurance program to cover its 3.7 million members.<br />
<br />
But the goal remains the same: to provide economic independence for women. And that has benefits far beyond the monetary gains, said the women in Kadakkanad.<br />
<br />
"We are like a family now, tilling, sowing and harvesting together in the fields,” said Elsie Kuriakose, one of Ms. Ayyappan’s farming associates. "Earlier, I had to ask my husband or my parents for money to buy a sari, but today, I have respect in my own family.”<br />
<br />
(The views expressed above are the personal views of the writer)<br />
<br />
<span style="font-weight:bold">This article can also be read at:</span><br />
<a href="http://india.blogs.nytimes.com/2014/03/07/a-rare-government-success-story-for-womens-empowerment-in-kerala/?_php=true&amp;_type=blogs&amp;_php=true&amp;_type=blogs&amp;_r=1" target="_blank">A Rare Government Success Story for Women’s Empowerment in Kerala</a></p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>10/03/2014 10:09:17</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/23051/A+Rare+Government+Success+Story+for+Womens+Empowerment+in+Kerala</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">23051</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>23039</publicationdataID>
      <title>In India, Turning The Illiterate Into Solar Engineers</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p><span style="font-style:italic">World Crunch/By Devi Boerema</span><br />
<br />
In India, 70% of the population lives in rural areas, mostly in poverty.<br />
<br />
But as a voluntary program has proven, impoverished people can become experts in solar power. Thanks to Barefoot College, an NGO based here in Ajmer, in the western part of India’s Rajasthan state, some 600 women have been fully educated about solar power,
 a small step towards eradicating poverty.<br />
<br />
Sunaina Das, 20, is reviewing all the components needed to make a solar lamp. Though she doesn’t know how to read or write, she’s learning to become a solar engineer.<br />
<br />
"I’ve come here for training,” she says. "I haven’t been here long, just 10 days. What I’m learning here is all new to me. Once I’ve learned everything I’ll go back to Jharkhand,” Das says.<br />
<br />
She’s one of 25 women from Jharkhand, in northeastern India, who will spend the next six months learning about solar power at Barefoot College, which was founded more than 40 years ago.<br />
<br />
On the popular TEDx talk show, its founder Bunker Roy says he wants to help women in rural communities by applying solar energy solutions. "Food here at the Barefoot colleges is solar-cooked,” he says. "The people who made that solar cooker are women — illiterate
 women. They actually built the most sophisticated solar cooker.”<br />
<br />
Each year, the college trains around 100 women in a six-month solar engineering training program. According to Ram Niwas, the college spokesperson, "In Barefoot College they can learn to assemble a solar system and they can set up fully a home light system,
 which is a panel on the rooftop connected with a battery charge controller. In the future, if they know which function is not working properly, they can repair it themselves.”<br />
<br />
They choose to teach women for a reason, says Ram Niwas. "If we train women, families can get benefits through them. It’s especially important in the poor rural areas, where men migrate from the village to the town for jobs. So men leave while women stay in
 the village with their kids.”<br />
<br />
They teach the complexities of solar power with a simple technique using colors and numbers. Dasrat, a teacher at the college, is also illiterate but explains that it’s not a problem to teach people who don’t know how to read.<br />
<br />
"How do illiterate people teach illiterate people? We created our own system. Black is zero and red is two and orange is three. Meaning that all the solar components have world standard colors, so that illiterate women can read the value of a resistance through
 color, for instance.”<br />
<br />
Sunaina now knows how to set up and maintain a solar light panel that she will put on the roof. This will allow her to install a light and battery charger in her house. She can’t wait to return home and apply her new knowledge.<br />
<br />
"In my village, we don’t have electricity," she says. "But when the lights are installed, it will be easier for us to read and for children to study. If they can’t study at home, they won’t do well at school. For the children in particular, this will make a
 big difference.”<br />
<br />
After the training, Sunaina and the other students will be given solar lighting units to bring electricity to 25 households. The program will also mean saving on the cost of wood and kerosene.<br />
<br />
<span style="font-style:italic">(The view expressed above are the personal views of the writer)</span><br />
<br />
<span style="font-weight:bold">This article can also be read at:</span><br />
<a href="http://www.worldcrunch.com/culture-society/in-india-turning-the-illiterate-into-solar-engineers/engineer-rajasthan-education-poverty-electricity-barefoot-college/c3s15144/" target="_blank">In India, Turning The Illiterate Into Solar Engineers</a></p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>06/03/2014 16:48:08</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/23039/In+India+Turning+The+Illiterate+Into+Solar+Engineers</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">23039</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>23024</publicationdataID>
      <title>Indo-Saudi ties on an even keel</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p><span style="font-style:italic">Saudi Gazette</span><br />
<br />
Going by the joint communique issued at the end of the three-day visit of Crown Prince Salman Bin Abdul Aziz, deputy premier and minister of defense, to India last week, Indo-Saudi relations are now on an even keel. The communique calls for encouraging businessmen
 to boost investments and take advantage of investment opportunities available in the two countries, especially in infrastructure and technology transfer. The two sides agreed on the need to increase cooperation in information technology, electronics and communications.<br />
<br />
They also expressed satisfaction over the progress in defense cooperation, especially in training and exchange of skills.<br />
<br />
In this context, the two sides welcomed the signing this week by Riyadh and New Delhi of a memorandum of understanding on military cooperation.<br />
<br />
More important, they reiterated their commitment to fight terrorism, extremism and violence in any form.<br />
<br />
An important characteristic of the Indo-Saudi relationship is the dominance of trade and business. Saudi Arabia ranks as India’s fourth largest trading partner with a bilateral trade amounting to $43 billion in 2012-13, from $23.1 billion in 2007-08, dominated
 by crude oil imports. Joint ventures and investments form an important component of commercial relations. The Indian labor force (2.88 million, according to one estimate) in the Kingdom and Saudi Arabia’s petroleum reserves are the mainstay of a growing bilateral
 relationship.<br />
<br />
More and more Saudi businessmen and investors are viewing India as an attractive investment destination. Saudi Arabia is also India’s largest crude oil supplier accounting for about one-fifth of the country’s total petroleum imports in 2012-13.<br />
<br />
Although India and Saudi Arabia have deep historical and cultural links, the relationship between them somehow lacked a strategic or political depth. Rightly or wrongly, the Indian establishment felt that Saudi Arabia was looking at New Delhi through the Pakistani
 prism.<br />
<br />
It was after the January 2006 visit to India by the Custodian of the Two Holy Mosques King Abdullah as part of a four-country tour that things and perceptions began to change. It was the first visit to India by a Saudi ruler in 50 years. The Delhi Declaration
 signed during King Abdullah’s visit invested the Indo-Saudi relations with a broad strategic vision. This was followed by Prime Minister Manmohan Singh’s visit to the Kingdom in 2010. The Delhi Declaration and the Riyadh Declaration signed during Singh’s visit
 to the Kingdom provided a clear road map for Indo-Saudi engagement in political, security, defense and economic spheres.<br />
<br />
Both documents served as a major building block for the bilateral relationship, which has since expanded to include important security-related issues. The Riyadh Declaration set the stage for actual counter-terrorism cooperation, as well as the signing of a
 separate extradition treaty. Earlier this year the two countries boosted defense ties and further strengthened counter-terrorism coordination when Indian Defense Minister A.K. Antony visited the Kingdom.<br />
<br />
Though oil remains the lifeline of this relationship, recent developments should be seen as part of a wider endeavor by both Riyadh and New Delhi to widen the scope of their cooperation to include issues once considered unthinkable. The very fact that on Wednesday,
 the first day of the Crown Prince’s visit, the two sides signed a defense cooperation pact shows how far the relationship has moved from traditional areas of trade and business.<br />
<br />
One point is worth mentioning in this context. India is just weeks away from general elections. A new party or combination of parties with an entirely new ideology may come to power after the elections. Still the Saudi Crown Prince chose to travel to India.
 This means that Indo-Saudi friendship has reached a stage where it can withstand the vicissitudes of political changes in New Delhi.<br />
<br />
India has vital interests, both economic and strategic, in the Gulf. The stability of the Gulf region, of which Saudi Arabia is the most important part, has direct bearing on India. It is also home to a 7 million-strong Indian expatriate community.<br />
<br />
Let us hope that the Crown Prince’s visit will carry forward the momentum witnessed in Indo-Saudi relations in recent years.<br />
<br />
<span style="font-weight:bold">This article can be read at:</span><br />
<a href="http://www.saudigazette.com.sa/index.cfm?method=home.regcon&amp;contentid=20140303197358" target="blank">Indo-Saudi ties on an even keel
</a></p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>03/03/2014 16:51:33</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/23024/IndoSaudi+ties+on+an+even+keel</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">23024</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>23025</publicationdataID>
      <title>Bank built for women blooms in India</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p><span style="font-style:italic">Wall Street Journal/by Shanoor Seervai</span><br />
<br />
While the Indian government launched the country’s first state-owned bank for women just a few months ago, in the western state of Maharashtra, women have had their own bank for more than a decade.<br />
<br />
Chetna Gala Sinha founded Mann Deshi Mahila Sahakari Bank–India’s first rural cooperative bank for women–back in 1997. It has since grown to become the largest cooperative bank for women in the state with seven branches and over 185,000 clients.<br />
<br />
As the government-run bank tries to reach its goal of opening 25 branches in state capitals across the country by March 31, it is looking to Mann Deshi for clues about what banking for women should look like.<br />
<br />
"If you have to be a women’s bank, it’s best to be like Mann Deshi,” said Usha Thorat, former Deputy Governor of the Reserve Bank of India, who is advising the government’s new bank for women.<br />
<br />
Because of its focus on poor women, Mann Deshi has been able to see the need for unique services such as loans for girls to buy bicycles to get to school and mobile sewing cla sses aboard a bus that goes to far flung villages.<br />
<br />
"We are reinventing banking to reach women where mainstream institutions and processes don’t work,” said founder Ms. Sinha. "Financial inclusion is not just a low-interest bank account or a loan… you need to design your product based on the cash flow and needs
 of the population you’re trying to serve.”<br />
<br />
Mann Deshi’s non-profit arm, the Mann Deshi Foundation, operates training centers at each branch, offering everything from one-day courses in financial literacy to a year-long course on running a business.<br />
<br />
"Without the foundation, it’s very difficult to empower women” in rural areas, said Ms. Thorat.<br />
<br />
In 2012, the bank established India’s first women’s chamber of commerce to offer support to female entrepreneurs.<br />
<br />
Ms. Sinha decided to start the chamber after the police detained one of her bank’s entrepreneurs.<br />
<br />
Bainabai Kantilal Sagar used a Mann Deshi loan to start a tea shop, where she made tea on a stove which used her domestic gas connection. Ms. Sagar didn’t know using gas subsidized for home use in a business was against the law until the police stormed into
 her shop and arrested her.<br />
<br />
With no one else to turn to, she contacted Ms. Sinha at Mann Deshi who helped have her released from police custody and get back to business.<br />
<br />
To help women in similar situations, Mann Deshi set up a toll-free hotline last year. The phone line is an extension of the chamber of commerce, helping women get business licenses and resolve legal issues.<br />
<br />
In another unique service for female entrepreneurs, Mann Deshi sends its representatives to local markets every day to take care of vegetable vendors who need loans to buy from wholesalers.<br />
<br />
"Our staff goes to the markets as human ATMs,” said Ms. Sinha. "We provide women with capital at the time and place they need it most–on the road.”<br />
<br />
Vegetable-stand owner Sunanda Phadtare said she has chosen to bank with Mann Deshi instead of state-owned banks for 15 years, taking multiple loans to expand and sustain her business.<br />
<br />
"This is a woman’s bank, and women understand other women,” she said. "At the government bank, they’re all men. They don’t listen to what we need.”<br />
<br />
(The views expressed above are the personal views of the writer)<br />
<br />
This article can be read at:<br />
<a href="http://blogs.wsj.com/indiarealtime/2014/03/03/bank-built-for-women-blooms-in-india/" target=" _blank">Bank built for women blooms in India</a></p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>03/03/2014 17:16:28</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/23025/Bank+built+for+women+blooms+in+India</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">23025</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>23026</publicationdataID>
      <title>India: Women’s Liberation at Barefoot College</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p><span style="font-style:italic">Toward Freedom</span><br />
<br />
A few months ago, the Afghan Peace Volunteers began planning to send a small delegation of young women to India as guests of Barefoot College, a renowned initiative that uses village wisdom, local knowledge and practical skills available in the rural areas
 to improve villagers’ lives. After several suspenseful weeks wondering if families and governments would give permission for travel, we were finally able to tell hosts at the Barefoot College that we would soon be on our way. Now we are beginning the last
 day of our brief but rewarding visit to Tilonia, the small village in India’s Rajasthan State, where two Barefoot College campuses are thriving.<br />
<br />
One of the villagers, Ram Niwas, has helped us learn about Barefoot College by telling us parts of his own life story and introducing us to people who have become barefoot dentists, accountants, solar engineers, radio broadcasters, teachers, water treatment
 specialists and puppeteers. Over the past 27 years, Ram Niwas has taken on many of these roles himself. As a ‘Dalit’, an ‘untouchable,’ he is not allowed to enter the local Hindu temple. But in his long association with Bunker Roy, a founder of Barefoot College,
 he has entered many places and gained experiences he never thought possible.<br />
<br />
"The caste system gave us 3,000 years of pain,” Ram Niwas told us. "But slowly, slowly, we are moving beyond it.” He then began to tell me about women who are still subjected to the manual labor of cleaning dry toilets. They load slop from the village latrines
 and toilets into jars which they then carry, on their heads, to a dumping ground outside the village. The job is as dangerous as it is demeaning. People who do this work suffer infections and other illnesses. From age 13 – 15, this was how Ram Niwas earned
 a living.<br />
<br />
Eventually, he heard about Barefoot College. Knowing that many Dalits worked there, he submitted an application. Bunker Roy asked if he could do accounting. Ram Niwas assured him he couldn’t but that he would be willing to work as a peon. "We have no peons
 here,” Bunker said. "Just be sure to keep yourself honest, and try to learn accounting.” Ram Niwas had never seen 10,000 Rupees. He had no idea how to do basic math. But after a six month training, he became a capable accountant and a volunteer, working for
 a living wage, at Barefoot College. At first his family was unhappy because they felt he could make more money elsewhere. Over time, however, they realized that he had gained many experiences that aren’t directly linked to gaining money. He has become an artist,
 specializing in Puppet Theater. He also developed the Barefoot College community radio station. He has traveled beyond India and has participated in "yatras” in India, the long walks that campaign for fulfillment of basic human rights.Now his work in communication
 includes many responsibilities, one of which is to help educate visitors like ourselves.<br />
<br />
We were grateful for his translation as he introduced us to various women. Jarina does much of the accounting for Barefoot College, using a computerized excel program. Battacharya is a "barefoot dentist” who can do many procedures as long as full anesthesia
 isn’t required. Bila decided to learn puppetry even though the caste system despises theater work as an activity relegated to members of the untouchable class. Bila is now an accomplished puppeteer, bringing delight to many audiences and also facilitating
 theater workshops. Raju organizes a solar energy shop, and Magankowar teaches women to assemble solar circuit boards.<br />
<br />
Yesterday, our delegation met with Bunker Roy. Zarghuna asked Bunker what motivated him to devote forty years of his life to creating the impressive campuses and projects that now constitute Barefoot College.Bunker Roy said that when he sees a grandmother who
 has lost all hope become, in six months, a gutsy and courageous woman who has learned how to be a solar engineer, he feels motivated to continue.<br />
<br />
When we had arrived, the first college members we met were a team of people mixing, shoveling and carrying cement for a new construction project. Most of the workers were grandmothers.<br />
<br />
Over the years, Barefoot College members have realized that young men who learn new skills often want a certificate which will enable them to take those skills elsewhere, giving them a chance to earn what Bunker calls a market wage. Grandmothers, on the other
 hand, have no intention of leaving their villages and families, yet they have enormous incentive to become skilled workers, improve their villages, and earn a living wage. Barefoot College welcomes them exuberantly. Now, village grandmothers are training women
 from other countries to follow similar paths.<br />
<br />
Ram Niwas took us to a large workshop where 37 women, all over 35 years of age, from 11 different countries were learning to become solar engineers. Magankowar has been using sign language to teach the women, all of whom are illiterate. Seated at a long table
 covered with tools, circuit board components and colorful illustrated instruction manuals, the women worked with care and precision.<br />
<br />
Many had covered their heads with wooly hats or elaborate scarves from their own countries; almost all wore glasses, and many were dressed in the bright clothing typically worn by Indian village women.<br />
<br />
I joined several women as they took a brief break from assembling circuit boards. One of the women had begun to tell me that her two sons are working in Arizona, but that they are hoping that the U.S. government won’t deport them. We were interrupted when Ram
 Niwas clapped his hands, called everyone to attention and asked them to sing a song together. Suddenly, I realized that each woman was singing, in her own language, verses to "We Shall Overcome.”<br />
<br />
The young members of our team flew to India on an airliner. Nearly every aspect of modern travel awed them. But the common sense messages taught at Barefoot College, delivered amid a campus dedicated to simplicity, service, sharing of resources and a firm declaration
 of equality among all people, transported our young friends into yet another realm.<br />
<br />
"With simple resources available to all, the sun and the rain, we can create a world in which we free our potential,” said Zarghuna. "Or, we can artificially limit ourselves by fixing in our minds one way of doing things. It’s like locking our minds in a prison.
 If we open our minds, we can think of many possibilities.<br />
<br />
<span style="font-weight:bold">This article can also be read at:</span><br />
<a href="http://www.towardfreedom.com/51-global-news-and-analysis/global-news-and-analysis/3462-india-women-s-liberation-at-barefoot-college" target="_blank">India: Women’s Liberation at Barefoot College</a></p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>03/03/2014 17:19:35</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/23026/India+Womens+Liberation+at+Barefoot+College</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">23026</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>23027</publicationdataID>
      <title>India Medical Team begins clinic</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p><span style="font-style:italic">Fiji News</span><br />
<br />
Seven highly specialized doctors from India will conduct clinics at the Suva Private Hospital from today, offering services that aren’t readily available in Fiji.<br />
<br />
The team includes a Neuro surgeon, a cardiac surgeon, a bariatric and gastrointestinal surgeon and urology and kidney transplant experts.<br />
<br />
Suva Private Hospital Consultant Dr Vereniki Raiwalui says the team will evaluate patients and conduct tests which have been unavailable in Fiji.<br />
<br />
"The expectations also that not only do they get special appraisals or assessments locally but also that we can also get intervention as well as therapy or surgical interventions either here or away.”<br />
<br />
Managing Director of Medican Service Company Deepak Singh says surgeries provided by this team of doctors are affordable.<br />
<br />
"Depending on the infrastructure, the price also changes for example, a baby would need an open heart surgery under 16 years old, we can facilitate that for $US4000 which is $7000 Fijian dollars at the Heart Command Centre. With the international accreditation,
 they use implants that is FTA approved and to the International standards and they have a track record to be able to last as long as they can.”<br />
<br />
After initial assessments are done, the doctors will work to see how many patients will have surgeries here and how many need to travel to India.<br />
<span style="font-weight:bold"><br />
This article can also be read at:</span><br />
<a href="http://www.fbc.com.fj/fiji/18046/india-medical-team-begins-clinic" target="_blank">India Medical Team begins clinic</a></p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>03/03/2014 17:22:30</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/23027/India+Medical+Team+begins+clinic</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">23027</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>23018</publicationdataID>
      <title>Indo-Saudi friendship put on the front burner</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p><span style="font-style:italic">Arab News/ by Rajeev Sharma</span><br />
<br />
Diplomacy is often practiced through symbolism where the focus is on the unstated, the unwritten and the unspoken. Such diplomatic symbolism was in full flowon Thursdaywhen Indian Prime Minister Manmohan Singh hosted a private lunch for Crown Prince Salman,
 deputy premier and minister of defense.<br />
<br />
But before we have a closer look at the Indian prime minister’s special gesture toward Crown Prince Salman and broad points that came up for discussion at the private lunch, it would be more appropriate to give a little historical perspective and discuss the
 mother of all diplomatic symbolisms in India-Saudi Arabia discourse.<br />
<br />
Bilateral relations between India and the Kingdom have of late been going from strength to strength and it was nothing short of crossing the Rubicon for the two sides when the Custodian of the Two Holy Mosques King Abdullah paid a landmark visit to India in
 January 2006. King Abdullah was also the chief guest at India’s Republic Day parade during that visit.<br />
<br />
Perhaps the most singular diplomatic symbolism unveiled during King Abdullah’s India visit eight years ago was that the king himself signed the Delhi Declaration, along with the Indian prime minister. The document was released on Jan. 27, 2006 hours before
 the king’s departure from India.<br />
<br />
The king never puts his signatures on any documents during his visits abroad. But the king set aside this tradition in a one-off special gesture with regard to India, indicating his keenness to forge closer all-round relations with India. This was a major diplomatic
 trophy for India and the India-Kingdom bilateral relations have blossomed since then.<br />
<br />
Now getting back to Manmohan Singh’s special gesture toward the Saudi crown prince, the Indian prime minister used this opportunity to hold discussions on ways to boosting trade, investment and security cooperation. Singh thanked Crown Prince Salman for taking
 good care of Indian Haj pilgrims and the 2.88 million Indians staying in Saudi Arabia.<br />
<br />
The Prime Minister’s Office said: "The Prime Minister and the Saudi Crown Prince discussed trade, investment, terrorism and security situation in West Asia and Afghanistan” and also noted that Singh conveyed to the crown prince that "India has a special and
 warm relationship with Saudi Arabia which we accord high importance.”<br />
<br />
On Wednesday, the first day of the crown prince’s three-day India visit; the two sides had signed a defense cooperation pact to take their strategic partnership further in areas of security. The agreement, signed following wide-ranging talks between the crown
 prince and Indian Vice President Hamid Ansari, will facilitate exchange of defense-related information, military training and education as well as cooperation in such areas as hydrography, security and logistics.<br />
<br />
Crown Prince Salman also had a meeting with Indian President Pranab Mukherjee. He had already held meetings with top Indian ministers like Defense Minister AK Antony and External Affairs Minister Salman Khurshid, thus meeting the entire top political leadership
 of India.<br />
<br />
It does not happen very frequently when entire top Indian political brass engages with a visiting foreign dignitary.<br />
<br />
Crown Prince Salman’s India visit is the next big thing after the Indian prime minister’s historic visit to Riyadh in February 2010 during which the two sides had come up with the Riyadh Declaration, which elevated the bilateral engagement to "Strategic Partnership”
 covering security, economic, defense and political areas. The two sides have never looked back since the king’s ground-breaking visit to India in January 2006 and have made significant progress in bilateral cooperation in such key areas as energy security,
 trade and infrastructure development projects. Saudi Arabia has become India’s fourth largest partner with bilateral trade in excess of $43 billion in 2012-13. Moreover, Saudi Arabia is also India’s largest crude oil supplier accounting for about one-fifth
 of our total imports in 2012-13. India obviously attached enormous importance to the crown prince’s visit, the highest political visit from the KSA to India since the January 2006 visit of King Abdullah. What made this visit even more special for India is
 the fact that the crown prince chose to visit India at a time when India is just weeks away from the general elections and current surveys and opinion polls show that the United Progressive Alliance (UPA) government headed by Manmohan Singh is likely to face
 a drubbing at hustings.<br />
<br />
Despite the political ground realities the crown prince decided to undertake an official visit to India and that too with a high-level delegation of Cabinet ministers, senior officials and captains of industry in tow. Perhaps, this was Crown Prince Salman’s
 way of thanking New Delhi and the UPA government for putting India-KSA bilateral ties on the highest-ever trajectory.<br />
<br />
<span style="font-style:italic">(The views expressed above are the personal views of the writer)</span><br />
<br />
<span style="font-weight:bold">This article can also be read at:</span><br />
<a target="_blank" href="http://www.arabnews.com/news/532886">Indo-Saudi friendship put on the front burner</a></p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>02/03/2014 11:01:09</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/23018/IndoSaudi+friendship+put+on+the+front+burner</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">23018</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>23019</publicationdataID>
      <title>Going big in the Middle East</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p><span style="font-style:italic">DNA</span><br />
<br />
The Saudi Arabian crown prince and Iranian foreign minister’s visits this week point to the challenges facing India’s new Look Middle East policy<br />
<br />
Saudi Arabian Crown Prince Salman bin Abdulaziz Al Saud’s meeting with the Indian top leadership this week has come at an important juncture in Delhi’s long overdue foreign policy recalibration. Despite India’s considerable economic and strategic stakes in
 the Middle East, the region has languished in comparative obscurity when it comes to Delhi’s engagement. The heads of mission conference in Bahrain last December, attended by Indian envoys based in the Gulf countries, North Africa and West Asia and chaired
 by external affairs minister Salman Khurshid, pointed to an attempt to change this with the formulation of a new ‘Look Middle East’ policy. The crown prince’s visit provides pointers as to how this might shake out. And it underlines the difficulties as well,
 coming as it does in the same week as Iranian foreign minister Javad Zarif’s visit. Saudi Arabia and Iran are rivals in a rapidly shifting calculus of power and influence in a Middle East in turmoil — and balancing them as well as the other players in the
 region won’t be easy.<br />
<br />
But it is crucial nevertheless. Delhi’s failure to engage adequately with the region has always been an oddity given its importance for India’s energy security and trade as well as the vast number of Indian expatriate workers in the Middle East. Out of the
 70 per cent or so of its petroleum that the country imports, the Persian Gulf supplies about three-fourths as well as large amounts of its natural gas. The region also hosts about 3.5 million Indian nationals — and of the $69 billion remitted to India in 2012,
 flows from the Gulf countries accounted for over $30 billion. The trade figures are just as significant; by 2015, trade with the six Gulf Cooperation Council nations is expected to hit $200 billion.<br />
<br />
The stakes and challenges now are high and growing higher. On the one hand, Delhi’s engagement with Riyadh, kickstarted in 2006 by King Abdullah bin Abdulaziz Al Saud’s visit — and furthered this time by a memorandum of understanding on defence cooperation
 for greater exchange of information and training as well as four agreements to jointly promote and facilitate investments and trade — has the potential to facilitate ties with other nations in the region as well given Saudi Arabia’s influence. On the other,
 Riyadh has shown a clear interest in courting Islamabad, which could complicate matters — and the sectarian strife expanding from the Syrian conflict could so even more. Riyadh and Tehran, jostling for influence in the region and backing proxies on opposing
 sides of that conflict, might be inimical to each other, but they are both equally important to Delhi. The external affairs ministry will have to be exceedingly nimble-footed to finesse its Look Middle East policy given these factors.<br />
<br />
For this, it must work on identifying long-term objectives — counter-terrorism is as important as energy security and trade here — and formulating a holistic approach for furthering them. It has worked in silos for too long, viewing West Asia and the Gulf region
 as separate entities and fearing to engage adequately with them given the messy nature of regional politics and fear of domestic political repercussions given India’s Muslim population. It is time to look past those old formulations and go big.<br />
<br />
<span style="font-weight:bold">This article can also be read at:</span><br />
<a href="http://www.dnaindia.com/analysis/editorial-dna-edit-going-big-in-the-middle-east-1965814" target="_blank">Going big in the Middle East</a></p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>02/03/2014 11:04:54</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/23019/Going+big+in+the+Middle+East</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">23019</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>22992</publicationdataID>
      <title>King lays foundations for a strategic partnership</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p><span style="font-style:italic">Gulf Daily News/by Latifa Mohamed Khalifa Al Khalifa</span><br />
<br />
As part of the regular exchanges between Bahrain and India, His Majesty King Hamad, headed - for the first time - a high level government and business delegation to India.<br />
<br />
The official state visit - which took place between February 18 and 20 - came in light of a special invitation received from Indian President Pranab Mukherjee. His Majesty's visit marked a defining moment in Bahrain-India relations, fostering closer economic,
 diplomatic, defence and political ties.<br />
<br />
Bahrain and India are good brothers, friends and partners sharing high mutual trust, substantial economic co-operation and close cultural and people-to-people exchanges.<br />
<br />
At a strategic level, Bahrain attaches high importance to relations with India. The Bahraini leadership recognises that India, a traditionally prominent leader of the South, is transcending that role to play a larger role which is endorsed by the international
 community. Bahrain extends its ongoing support to India in its constructive role in regional and global affairs. Bahrain further acknowledges India's emerging economic and political status in Asia, and is encouraged to further invest substantial capital to
 build a strong, long-term partnership with India.<br />
<br />
The growth of the Indian presence in the strategic region of the Arabian Gulf manifests itself in many ways, including security and political interests and economic security. Much of this involvement is strategically driven by India's increasing need for the
 Middle East's oil and gas.<br />
<br />
Bahrain recognises that India is a rising regional power whose impact is felt in virtually every region in the world. India is already a pivotal player on the international stage - economically, geopolitically and culturally - and its role continues to grow.<br />
<br />
As developing countries, Bahrain and India have carried on fruitful co-operation for a long time. The two sides have shared not only similar historical and colonial experiences, but also common stands in opposing power politics and promoting dialogue among
 civilisations.<br />
<br />
India's economy is moderately expanding as one of the two large emerging Asian economies in South East Asia. Today, India has an enormous population of increasingly wealthy and sophisticated consumers and is a key global importer of crude oil, coal and natural
 gas. India is also an active overseas investor with vast pools of capital and a huge, diverse constellation of markets that Bahrain cannot afford to overlook.<br />
<br />
While economic ties have stood at the forefront of the Bahrain-India relationship, there is a broader strategic aspect that underpins the need to expand ties and develop a more comprehensive approach to mutual relations. In fact, in recent years, Bahrain-India
 relationship witnessed a dramatic transformation - from a mere economic engagement to a strictly strategic engagement.<br />
<br />
What is clear is that expanding political, defence and economic ties with India fit into Bahrain's overall strategy to diversify their international relationships and to lessen their dependence on Western powers.<br />
<br />
For Bahrain, learning how to navigate shifting global currents to ensure its increasing prosperity calls for a broader and focused re-thinking of foreign policy, one that looks well into the future.<br />
<br />
In the interest of Bahrain's future prosperity, the time has come for political decision-makers and businesses to come together to pave a path forward.<br />
<br />
Indeed, the King's visit remains deeply economic, setting the tone - if not the agenda - for Bahrain's far-sighted policy.<br />
<br />
For Bahrain, India is indispensable as an economic partner. It is central to Bahrain's "Look East" foreign policy, which has in recent years evolved more of an "Act East" foreign policy, whereby the original strategy's economic logic has been amplified by the
 larger geopolitical objective of diversifying allies and partners.<br />
<br />
It is in this light that His Majesty's historic visit to India should be viewed.<br />
<br />
(The views expressed above are the personal views of the writer)<br />
<span style="font-weight:bold"><br />
This article can also be read at:</span><br />
<a href="http://www.gulf-daily-news.com/NewsDetails.aspx?storyid=371253" target="_blank">King lays foundations for a strategic partnership</a></p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>24/02/2014 15:41:59</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/22992/King+lays+foundations+for+a+strategic+partnership</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">22992</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>22993</publicationdataID>
      <title>India holds education fair for seventh time</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p><span style="font-style:italic">The Nation</span><br />
<br />
The Great India Education Fair 2014 will be held at Bangkok's Queen Sirikit National Convention Centre this weekend, which will give parents and children the opportunity to connect with Indian educational institutions on a face-to-face basis.<br />
<br />
The Indian education system has attracted a number of students from Thailand over the past few years.<br />
<br />
A recent study conducted by PriceWaterhouseCoopers (PWC), entitled "Emerging Opportunities for Private and Foreign Participants in Higher Education", revealed that the education sector in India is poised to become one of the best globally.<br />
<br />
Sanjeev Bolia, founder and managing director of the company organising the fair, said students studying in India will not just become fluent in English, but will also enjoy cost-benefit advantages.<br />
<br />
He described the fair as a good platform for parents and students to meet representatives of well-known schools such as Mussoorie International School, Genesis Global School (Noida), Vidya Sanskar International School (Faridabad), Unison World School (Dehradun),
 Jain International School (Bangalore), Greenwood High (Bangalore) and International School Aamby (Pune). These offer the Indian ICSE and CBSE board curricula, as well as international ones such as the International Baccalaureate and the IGCSE.<br />
<br />
This year's fair, held for the seventh time in Thailand, will once again showcase some of the top Indian universities, colleges and higher education institutions, offering a variety of academic, professional and vocational programmes. Counselling about stringent
 admission procedures, spot registrations and a range of traditional and new-age professional and vocational courses in India will also be provided to visitors.<br />
<br />
The Great India Education Fair caters to parents of six to 18 year olds as well as school and college-going students. It highlights the strengths of the Indian education system, such as the emphasis on the English language, multicultural learning environments
 and reasonable costs.<br />
<br />
(The views expressed above are the personal views of the writer)<br />
<span style="font-weight:bold"><br />
This article can also be read at:</span><br />
<a href="http://www.nationmultimedia.com/national/India-holds-education-fair-for-seventh-time-30227563.html" target="_blank">India holds education fair for seventh time</a></p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>24/02/2014 15:48:15</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/22993/India+holds+education+fair+for+seventh+time</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">22993</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>22994</publicationdataID>
      <title>A unique relationship</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p><span style="font-style:italic">Gulf Daily News/by Joshua Mathew</span><br />
<br />
All Indians in Bahrain would like to salute and thank His Majesty and his delegation for making that historic visit to India.<br />
<br />
We are sure it will further strengthen the existing excellent bilateral relationship between India and Bahrain. It is quite evident that the Bahrain government has been very serious about this visit - the 120-member delegation included three princes, the Deputy
 Prime Minister, all of the key Bahrain ministers, businessmen, industrialists, Shura Council members, journalists and many high ranking government officials.<br />
<br />
During these three days, many memoranda were signed which will mutually benefit both Bahrain and India in the economic, trade and investment sectors.<br />
<br />
Yes, India's relationship with Bahrain has been more than 70 years old and in fact prior to the introduction of the Bahraini dinar in 1965, the currency in Bahrain was the rupee.<br />
<br />
The Indian Club was started in 1915 and the Bahrain Keraleeya Samajam was started in 1947. We, expatriates, especially Indians have enjoyed our stay in Bahrain and we have earned it by diligently carrying out the work entrusted to us.<br />
<br />
Needless to say that a quarter of Bahrain's population is made up of Indians, but spare a thought for the quarter million labourers who toil hard in the open to support their families back in India and many of them find it very hard to make both ends meet.
 Many of them have not gone back to their home town for many years and end their lives here without even having a chance to meet their dear ones. I hope something will be done to improve their condition.<br />
<br />
During the last 17 years Bahrain has been my second home. It has given me all the freedom, a good job and opportunity to be active in society as I desired.<br />
<br />
I do not know whether it is a mere coincidence that my 51 years of existence in this beautiful Earth is equally divided into three 17 year segments. 17 years in Bahrain from 1997 to till date, 17 years in India, from the age of 5 to 22 and 17 years in Oman
 (12 years between 1985 &amp; 1997 plus the five years in Zanzibar where I was born). As you may be aware Zanzibar was once part of Oman and Zanzibar joined Tankanyika in 1964 to become Tanzania.<br />
<br />
All the best to the leaders and to the people of Bahrain and India and for the betterment of their unilateral relationships.<br />
<br />
(The views expressed above are the personal views of the writer)<br />
<br />
<span style="font-weight:bold">This article can also be read at:</span><br />
<a href="http://www.gulf-daily-news.com/NewsDetails.aspx?storyid=371254" target="_blank">A unique relationship</a></p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>24/02/2014 15:51:46</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/22994/A+unique+relationship</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">22994</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>22990</publicationdataID>
      <title>Transforming Rural India Through Agricultural Innovation</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p><span style="font-style:italic">Harvard Business News/by Vijay Govindarajan</span><br />
<br />
With a majority of its population living in villages, rural poverty is a major problem in India. The disparity between the urban and rural incomes is also on the rise. This leads to migration to urban areas resulting in urban blight as well. Therefore addressing
 the problem of rural poverty assumes urgency. On my last trip to India, I witnessed an innovation experiment, National Agro Foundation (NAF), that addresses this wicked problem.<br />
<br />
Since its inception in 2000, NAF has been involved in a range of interventions—infusion of technology, soil enrichment, efficient farm and water management, improved cattle development, functional literacy, rural sanitation and public health, human resource
 development, establishment of self-help groups particularly among women, self-employment opportunities and facilitating institutional credit—to address the problem of farm productivity in India. Founded by Mr. C Subramaniam on his 90th birthday as a parting
 gift to his country, the NAF focuses on the poor and marginal farmers, women, unemployed youth, and depressed communities. (Mr. Subramaniam is widely acclaimed as the Father of the Green Revolution in India, because in the mid-1960s, as the Minister for Food
 and Agriculture, he successfully handled a major food crisis).<br />
<br />
NAF works in about 250 villages in Tamilnadu and has reached 30,000 rural families. A large part of NAF’s effort with farmers is to help break their initial emotional barriers to new technologies. This has provided the platform to launch into other initiatives.
 The success of these measures has had a demonstrative impact on the farmers’ willingness to adopt and internalize new technologies. This may be considered an attitudinal breakthrough.<br />
<br />
Another initiative, the Center for rural development (CFRD), a training cum village knowledge center, has been established in Illedu Village of Kancheepuram district with classrooms, computer lab with internet facilities, input and product handling center,
 farm machinery workshop, model experimental farm, residential complex for trainees and an open air theatre to cater to the needs of various sections of rural community. NAF has also established a Research and Development Center in Chennai housing a comprehensive
 soil testing laboratory, food safety and standards laboratory and a plant tissue culture lab to provide agriculture support services.<br />
<br />
Here are some highlights of the outcomes as a result of these NAF interventions:<br />
<br />
Agriculture productivity improvements through resource conserving "Lean Farming”: Paddy (55%), Groundnut (113%), Vegetables (116%), Sugarcane (40%), and Corn (150%). Through successful lead farmers, technology transfer has been effected over an area of 10,000
 acres with a "Lead Farmer—Lead Village” concept. Addressing the agriculture value chain—soil testing, facilitation of inputs and credit, market linkage, and field advisory services—is part and parcel of agriculture development initiatives. Promotion of climate
 resilient agriculture, resource conserving technologies and promotion of use of Information Communication Technology (ICT) in agriculture are being attempted too.<br />
<br />
Watershed and natural resource management initiatives have resulted in increase in water table ranging from 3.5 meters to 5 meters in the project area of over 6,000 hectares. Cropping intensity has been doubled (two crop cultivation in a year instead of one
 crop) and about 20% additional area which had been left fallow has also been brought under cultivation. Soil erosion, nutrient loss, damage due to flooding during rainy seasons have reduced significantly.<br />
<br />
Over 6,500 high yielding cross bred cattle with a milk yield improvement to the extent of 300% has also been achieved through NAF’s animal husbandry initiatives.<br />
<br />
To sustain the benefits derived, the Social Development initiatives of NAF have helped village communities in establishing community-based institutions like Farmers Clubs (160), Self Help Groups and Joint Liability Groups (900), Farmers Producer Organizations
 (6), Watershed committees (25) etc for collective decision and action. Over 6,000 people have been made functionally literate through adult literacy program. Over 1,900 beneficiaries have established micro-enterprises for which microfinance has been facilitated.
 30 children are passing through every year through its play school for the past six years. The children are provided nutritious food in order to ensure nutritional security to the underprivileged. Over 1,400 toilets have been built with people participation
 under sanitation initiatives.<br />
<br />
Training is imparted on "technology-oriented” and "participation-oriented” modes to various stakeholders of agriculture and rural development like farmers, youth, women, socially excluded, functionaries of NGOs, water users, producer groups, input suppliers,
 bankers, students etc. Over 50,000 people have benefited in the past decade.<br />
<br />
Reducing income inequality is not just a matter of charity, it is a challenge for innovation. NAF is an interesting experiment. The problem is so large, will more corporations step forward to collaborate with organizations like NAF to tackle this challenge?<br />
<br />
(The views expressed above are the personal views of the writer)<br />
<br />
<span style="font-weight:bold">This article can also be read at:</span><br />
<a href="http://blogs.hbr.org/2014/02/transforming-rural-india-through-agricultural-innovation/" target="_blank">Transforming Rural India Through Agricultural Innovation</a></p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>24/02/2014 10:05:01</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/22990/Transforming+Rural+India+Through+Agricultural+Innovation</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">22990</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>22961</publicationdataID>
      <title>Respect the will of the people and help promote democracy</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p><span style="font-style:italic">La Presse de Tunisie/by Foued Allani</span><br />
<br />
<span style="font-style:italic">This is an English translation of French Article published in 'La Presse de Tunisie'</span><br />
<br />
<span style="font-weight:bold">India's foreign policy in the Arab World</span><br />
<br />
Mr. Salman Khurshid, Minister of External Affairs of India affirmed that "Our country has a long experience in the field of pluralism and we are ready to promote stability”<br />
<br />
Draped in fog, New Delhi has prepared to celebrate 66th Anniversary of the Indian Army and to receive tomorrow,18 February 2014 Mrs. Park Guen-hye, President of the Republic of South Korea. South Korea celebrates the 41st Anniversary of establishing Diplomatic
 relations with Gandhi’s Country. An official visit which was announced among many pages of welcoming advertisements in newspapers.<br />
<br />
In the governmental city, surrounded by greenery, calm is "Himalayan” the buildings of ministries still retain the British influence through colonial rule ended on 15 August 1947. The Ministry of External Affairs had invited many journalists who came from different
 countries: Algeria, Hashemite Kingdom of Jordan, Lebanon, Libya, Morocco, Palestine, Soudan, Syria, Yemen and Tunisia, despite that it was cold outside, we had been warmly welcomed.<br />
<br />
<span style="font-weight:bold">"In the hands of Syrian people”</span><br />
<br />
Mr. Salman Khurshid, Minister of External Affairs, declared that "The relation between India and your countries is old and very strong; our country appreciates the changes that your region has undergone while respecting the will of your people and their right
 to self-determination”.<br />
<br />
Looking comfortable in his traditional suit with snowy hair and an intellectual look, Mr. Salman Khurshid invited the delegation to ask questions which he answered with confidence. He announced that his next visit would be to Morocco, Tunisia and Sudan (his
 visit to Tunisia was held on 2nd and 3rd February 2014) and he pointed out that every year nearly 7 Millions Indians work in the Arab region and send back to their country nearly 70 Million Dollars. (sic)<br />
<br />
The Chief of Indian Diplomacy stated "The solution to the problem is in the hand of Syrian people themselves”. He added responding to a question that India has already reacted to the situation prevailing in the region on both diplomatic and humanitarian terms.
 He explained that India is not in favour of any kind of conflict in addition that it played a role within the United Nations in order to solve this problem; he further said that India donated two million dollars to Syrian refugees.<br />
<br />
The Minister of External Affairs, Mr. Salman Khurshid stated that” We have always refrained from acting in an individual manner towards this kind of problem and we had always preferred the institutional action” and he added that despite the violent events that
 submerged Egypt and other countries, New Delhi would not interfere in the internal affairs of any country and respected the will of their people and offers its help to maintain stability "Our country has a long experience in the field of pluralism and we are
 ready to help in order to maintain stability”.<br />
<br />
<span style="font-weight:bold">"For an Independent Palestinian state”</span><br />
<br />
Mr. Anil Wadhwa, Secretary of State to the Ministry of External Affairs in charge of the East declared to Arab journalists that "We are paying attention to the changes in your countries hoping that the stability would return quickly so that it would positively
 reflect in developing the cooperation between the two countries”.<br />
<br />
Mr. Zakir Hussain, President of the Republic of India from 1967 to 1969 is the grandfather of Mr. Salman Khurshid.<br />
<br />
After giving an idea about the changes that India is living and informed that his country is preparing to the elections during the coming weeks, the speaker states that Gandhi’s country became interested in what happens in other countries, to seek better economic
 relations. Mr. Wadhwa was very clear concerning the integration of India in the Security Council as a permanent member. "We are living today a new political order that involves a new reform in the System of the United Nations started in 1945. During years
 there were negotiations about an overhaul of the Security Council, adding that many countries support the enlargement of the Security Council by adding India, Japan, Brazil, and Germany as permanent members in addition to six other seats including two for
 Africa.<br />
<br />
Mr. Wadhwa has added that the four countries would not use the veto, he further states that permanent members should take a decision regarding this reform particularly in view of the fact that 130 states are supporting India.<br />
<br />
Concerning the Palestinian case, the Secretary of State pointed out that India supported the Palestinian- Israeli negotiations held under US mediation and on the basis of UNSC resolutions 242 and 338. India called to create an Independent Palestinian State
 having borders with Israel. Palestine has already an Embassy at New Delhi; Palestinian nationals are not obliged to go Tel Aviv to apply for a visa to India, but can obtain an Indian visa at Ramallah since over a year.<br />
<br />
Mr. Wadhwa pointed out that the internal political changes would not affect the external relations, in case the Nationalist Party can won the elections.<br />
<br />
<span style="font-weight:bold">A power of peace and progress in the World</span><br />
<br />
Peaceful but determined the cradle of non-violent struggle and co-founder in 1955 of the Non-Aligned Movement seems to have made significant progress to become a great power.<br />
<br />
The biggest democracy in the world with more than one billion two hundred million inhabitants, a model of pluralism, India became an essential economic power. India could after twelve years increase five-fold its GDP (near to 2.100 billion US dollars in 2013)
 and to be 10th largest economy in the world.<br />
<br />
It became also a space power since 1974. Having a low cost technology comparing to other countries, its space program helped it to become the first Asian country and be able to send a space probe to Mars (5 November 2013).<br />
<br />
Despite all these changes, India persists to keep its pacifism since its independence, chooses to respect the will of nations and not to interfere in their internal affairs.<br />
<br />
Both these position and status are strongly in favour of India as a future permanent member of the Security Council.<br />
<br />
With peaceful coexistence and help to fight against colonization, India, which supported the Tunisian national movement until it gets its independence; today it does not hesitate to support it, with international rule of law and within the United Nations system.<br />
<br />
<span style="font-style:italic">(The views expressed above are the personal views of the writer)</span><br />
<br />
<span style="font-weight:bold">The Original Article (in French) can be read at:</span><br />
<a href="http://www.lapresse.tn/17022014/79096/respecter-la-volonte-des-peuples-et-aider-a-promouvoir-la-democratie.html" target="_blank">Respect the will of the people and help promote democracy</a></p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>20/02/2014 11:37:05</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/22961/Respect+the+will+of+the+people+and+help+promote+democracy</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">22961</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>22929</publicationdataID>
      <title>India to develop people-centred technology with BRICS partners</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p><span style="font-style:italic">Two Circles/by Saroj Mohanty</span><br />
<br />
India will collaborate with the four other BRICS countries in science and technology to generate new knowledge and develop innovative products, services and processes, critical to its and the grouping's growing economies.<br />
<br />
Science and technology ministers of Brazil, Russia, India, China and South Africa (BRICS) met at Kleinmond, southeast of Cape Town, South Africa, last week and agreed to promote partnerships also with other strategic actors in the developing world.<br />
<br />
They zeroed in on five sectors of climate change and mitigation of natural disasters; water resources and pollution treatment; geospatial technology and its applications; alternative and renewable energy; and astronomy to share experiences and complementarities.<br />
<br />
India would thus drive geospatial technology and its application, while Brazil will lead climate change and natural disasters. Russia would head water resources and pollution treatment.<br />
<br />
New and renewable energy and energy efficiency would be led by China while South Africa would steer astronomy.<br />
<br />
Thirumalachari Ramasami, secretary, department of science and technology, represented India at the first ministerial on "A Strategic Partnership for Equitable Growth and Sustainable Development".<br />
<br />
The ministers reached a Memorandum of Understanding (MoU) -- a copy of which is available here -- to stimulate joint investment in the development of high technologies, create common technology platforms and set up centres of applied research and innovation
 laboratories.<br />
<br />
The MOU, officials said, will serve as the "strategic inter-governmental framework" that would be signed by the heads of state and government at the 6th BRICS Summit scheduled for July in Fortaleza, Brazil.<br />
<br />
The Feb 10-11 meeting, held as per the "eThekwini declaration and Action Plan" adopted at the Durban Summit last year, also ensured complementarities vis-à-vis cooperation with Africa, notably regarding increased access to technology as well as the launch of
 the BRICS Business Council and the BRICS Think Tanks Council.<br />
<br />
The ministers suggested the establishment of mechanisms to transfer technology and knowledge and the creation of a student exchange programme within the group to address their human capital challenges.<br />
<br />
"The meeting is a clear demonstration of our commitment to intensify cooperation in science, technology and innovation (STI) within the BRICS framework", said Derek Hanekom, South African minister of science and technology.<br />
<br />
Hanekom said the University of Cape Town has discovered a novel chemical compound which has "exciting potential" to both control and eradication of malaria.<br />
<br />
India and South Africa are hosting components of the International Centre for Genetic Engineering and Biotechnology, promoted by the United Nations.<br />
<br />
The participants declared their intention to face the common global and regional socio-economic challenges, and emphasised that the basis for cooperation in STI among the bloc's countries should be centred on people and the public assets in order to support
 equitable growth and sustainable development.<br />
<br />
"We agree that people centred and public good driven science, technology and innovation, supporting equitable growth and sustainable development, shall form the basis of our cooperation within the framework of BRICS," they said.<br />
<br />
The Kleinmond meeting took place in the context of the First BRICS Summit held in 2009 in Yekaterinburg, Russia, where the leaders at that time envisaged cooperation in the field of science, technology and innovation with the aim to engage in fundamental research
 and development of advanced technologies.<br />
<br />
There is already broad agreement amongst the BRICS partners on possible priority areas for cooperation. These include exchange of information on science, technology and innovation policies and programmes and promotion of innovation; food security and sustainable
 agriculture; nanotechnology; biotechnology and technology incubators.<br />
<br />
The 3rd BRICS Summit in Sanya, China, in 2011 resulted in member-countries setting up working mechanisms that include a BRICS Science, Technology and Innovation senior officials meeting and the STI Working Group.<br />
<br />
The BRICS ministers visited the Square Kilometer Array (SKA) site in Carnarvon, where the world's biggest and most sensitive radio telescope, will be jointly built by South Africa in collaboration with Australia and New Zealand.<br />
<br />
The telescope is a combination of thousands of dishes and antennas, whose total collecting area will be approximately one square km, giving 50 times the sensitivity and 10,000 times the survey speed of the best current-day telescopes.<br />
<br />
It will address unanswered fundamental questions about our universe, including how the first stars and galaxies formed after the big bang, how dark energy is accelerating the expansion of the universe, the role of magnetism in the cosmos, the nature of gravity,
 and the search for life beyond the earth.<br />
<br />
<span style="font-weight:bold">This article can also be read at:</span><br />
<a href="http://twocircles.net/2014feb16/india_develop_peoplecentred_technology_brics_partners.html" target="_blank">India to develop people-centred technology with BRICS partners</a></p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>17/02/2014 10:00:16</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/22929/India+to+develop+peoplecentred+technology+with+BRICS+partners</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">22929</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>22930</publicationdataID>
      <title>Kerala eyes five-fold growth in ayurveda</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p><span style="font-style:italic">Two Circles</span><br />
<br />
The two-day International Business Meet (IBM) on ayurveda being held in Kochi next week is expected to bring a five-fold increase in the state's share, a government official said here Saturday.<br />
<br />
"At present, the Indian ayurveda industry is worth Rs.10,000 crore of which Kerala's contribution is about Rs.1,000 crore. We are aiming for a five-fold rise in the state's share by 2020," said Aruna Sundarajan, managing director of the state-owned Kerala State
 Industrial Development Corporation.<br />
<br />
The event beginning here Friday will be the meeting point of key stake-holders from the industry to evolve a road map for harnessing the global opportunities in the ayurveda business.<br />
<br />
About 4,000 delegates from 22 countries, including ministers, top officials and CEOs will attend.<br />
<br />
The meet is being organised as part of the Global Ayurveda Festival 2014.<br />
<br />
"We see IBM as a platform to showcase this strength of ayurveda before the business and entrepreneurial community and take ayurveda to the global level," said Sundararajan.<br />
<br />
The technical sessions at the IBM will cover export promotion, products, services, wellness, research, education, quality standards, financial and other support systems and medicinal plants cultivation.<br />
<br />
Representatives from Singapore, Italy, Russia, the United Arab Emirates, Kazakhstan, Nigeria, the Philippines and Sri Lanka will make presentations on the opportunities in their respective countries.<br />
<br />
<span style="font-weight:bold">This article can also be read at:</span><br />
<a href="http://twocircles.net/2014feb15/kerala_eyes_fivefold_growth_ayurveda.html" target="_blank">Kerala eyes five-fold growth in ayurveda</a></p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>17/02/2014 10:03:02</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/22930/Kerala+eyes+fivefold+growth+in+ayurveda</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">22930</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>22853</publicationdataID>
      <title>India building US$ 52M GIS-based public safety response system</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p><span style="font-style:italic">Future Gov/ by Medha Basu</span><br />
<br />
Under steps to improve public emergency response in India, the central government is setting up an integrated location-based emergency response system for the communities.<br />
<br />
The Indian Cabinet Committee on Economic Affairs has approved a proposal by the Ministry of Home Affairs to establish an Integrated Computer-Aided Dispatch platform.<br />
<br />
The system looks to effectively and efficiently respond to emergency calls by the public, and integrate with other emergency services such as medical, fire and disaster management.<br />
<br />
With the recent rise in reports of violence against women in India, special attention has been given to improving public emergency response systems. This project taps into the ‘Nirbhaya Fund’ which was set up in 2013 to support initiatives towards ensuring
 the safety of women.<br />
<br />
<span style="font-weight:bold">Covering almost 400 million people</span><br />
<br />
The dispatch platform will include GIS-based call response and GPS-based police vehicle dispatch system. The system will track alarms generated by panic buttons, landlines, mobiles and mobile applications and the appropriate emergency response units will be
 dispatched to attend calls.<br />
<br />
With control rooms to be setup in 114 cities and districts nationwide, the project aims to cover 32.6 per cent of the total population or 391 million people. This will include highly crime prone areas and cities with population of over a million.<br />
<br />
The project involves a total cost of INR 3.21 billion (US$ 52 million) of which INR 153 million (US$ 2.5 million) has been set aside for central monitoring and evaluation of the project.<br />
<br />
<span style="font-weight:bold">Next Generation 911 network standards</span><br />
<br />
The response system will be integrated with the existing Police Dial 100 system for seamless operation and coordination between various agencies. It will also be integrated with the Crime and Criminal Tracking and Networking System, and State Service Delivery
 Gateways. The system will follow scalability and interoperability guidelines set by the Department of Information Technology.<br />
<br />
It aims to demonstrate capabilities of the Next Generation 9-1-1 network standards that have been established in United States and Canada, allowing dynamic identification of caller location. It also looks to allow data exchange between emergency call centres,
 dispatch centres, and police, fire, medical and disaster management command centres.<br />
<br />
The project will be implemented in stages over a period of nine months, followed by an operations and maintenance period of five years. It can be subsequently migrated to a single central emergency response number, said an official release by the Government.
<br />
<br />
<span style="font-style:italic">(The views expressed above are the personal views of the author)</span><br />
<br />
<span style="font-weight:bold">This article can also be read at:</span><br />
<a href="http://www.futuregov.asia/articles/2014/feb/10/india-building-us-52m-gis-emergency-system-women/" target="_blank">India building US$ 52M GIS-based public safety response system</a></p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>10/02/2014 17:05:20</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/22853/India+building+US+52M+GISbased+public+safety+response+system</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">22853</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>22854</publicationdataID>
      <title>India could be hardware material supplier:AG</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p><span style="font-style:italic">Fiji News</span><br />
<br />
India could become our next biggest supplier of hardware material.<br />
<br />
Minister for Trade Aiyaz Sayed-Khaiyum discussed the issue with companies while on a recent visit to India.<br />
<br />
"India also makes hardware and we can source it from India also. So it’s good for us as a country to have competition, between countries to have different sources from China, from India, because that will mean competitive pricing, if you have competitive pricing
 than Fijians can actually benefit from cheaper or more reasonably priced hardware items."<br />
<br />
Sayed-Khaiyum says this is being done to improve Fijians living standards.<br />
<br />
"As consumers, where we don’t produce a particular item, we need to be able to get the best item and at a very competitive pricing, because if we are able to get competitive priced hardware, then you as an ordinary citizen will be able to then make your house
 look better, the quality of your life will improve, and that’s what the Bainimarama government’s objective is, to improve the quality of everyday Fijians life."<br />
<br />
Sayed-Khaiyum says Fiji currently imports hardware material from China and having two suppliers will have great impact on the price.<br />
<br />
<span style="font-weight:bold">This article can also be read at:</span><br />
<a href="" target="_blank">India could be hardware material supplier:AG</a></p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>10/02/2014 17:06:43</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/22854/India+could+be+hardware+material+supplierAG</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">22854</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>22855</publicationdataID>
      <title>Heart surgery patients thank India</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p><span style="font-style:italic">Daily News (Tanzania)</span><br />
<br />
A total of 17 heart disorder patients who were flown to Fortis Escorts Heart Institute in India for subsidized heart surgeries returned at the weekend after successful surgery.<br />
<br />
The patients received treatment through support of the Lions Club of Dar es Salaam (Host) in collaboration with Regency Medical Centre and the Ministry of Health in Zanzibar. Upon arrival at Julius Nyerere International Airport, the patients were received by
 Lions Club members, relatives and friends.<br />
<br />
Dr Ali Amour of Mnazi Mmoja Hospital in Zanzibar, who escorted the patients said they are all in good condition after surgery. Most of the patients had openings in their hearts while others had problems with their valves.<br />
<br />
Among the patients was Ms Mbaima Zuberi from the Maasai community who had her malfunctioning valve replaced with an artificial one.<br />
<br />
"My mother was in critical condition before the surgery and she could hardly walk even for a short distance. This has, however, changed after the surgery" her son, Zuber Mhondelo who accompanied her, said.<br />
<br />
He added: "So many thanks to Dr Rajni Kanabar and Regency Medical Centre which discovered the problem of my mother. We were well received and treated in India and even India's State Minister for External Affairs, Ms Preneet Kaur visited us."<br />
<br />
Ms Adriana Gaitan, a mother of nine-month-old Shares, said his son had holes in his heart and due to that he could not breathe properly and vomited from time to time due to that complication but after successful surgery he is improving fast.<br />
<br />
"I commend doctors at Fortis Escorts. They did their best to make our dreams come true and as you look at him he is comfortable now, thanks to Ministry of Health in Zanzibar and the Lions Club members who made this trip possible and all well wishers who contributed,"
 she said.<br />
<br />
Lion Dr Rajni Kanabar, who is convener of the heart babies project in Lions Club of Dar es Salaam (host), said the Indian minister visited the group and she was deeply touched by the Tanzania Babies Heart Project.<br />
<br />
According to Dr Kanabar, the minister was pleased by the project which continues to provide "new lease of life” to patients with repairable heart defects who otherwise succumb to needless premature deaths.<br />
<br />
Dr Kanabar said the minister presented them with gifts and wished them a long life ahead and prayed that they become useful citizens of Tanzania. Dr Kanabar said Dhulkhulaifat Salum, a two-year-old baby from Tanzania had problems digesting foods and despite
 undergoing surgery in Tanzania still felt no respite.<br />
<br />
The Co-convener of the project, Lion Shiraz Rashid, also recorded special thanks for regular supporter – Dr Reginald Mengi for sponsoring five heart surgeries for children from Uganda.<br />
<br />
<span style="font-weight:bold">This article can also be read at:</span><br />
<a href="http://www.dailynews.co.tz/index.php/local-news/27952-heart-surgery-patients-thank-india" target="_blank">Heart surgery patients thank India</a></p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>10/02/2014 17:08:27</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/22855/Heart+surgery+patients+thank+India</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">22855</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>22856</publicationdataID>
      <title>India spreads a big welcome carpet</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p><span style="font-style:italic">Bangkok Post/ by Umesh Pandey</span><br />
<br />
Many issues were on my mind this past week but some can wait for discussion later, because I’d like to single out one country that has taken a bold step to help it capture the huge potential it possesses.<br />
<br />
To many people's surprise, India took one of the boldest steps in its recent history when the government decided to relax visa regulations in a country that has always been quite restrictive about the people it admits.<br />
<br />
The visa relaxation extends to 180 nations including all the countries in Asean plus the likes of United States, the United Kingdom and the rest of the developed and developing world with just a handful of exceptions.<br />
<br />
What was most surprising was that India, which considers China its key regional rival, extended to citizens of China the same privileges as their peers in 179 other countries. The gesture is yet another sign that relations between the two nations are on the
 mend, despite some lingering differences, such as the Chinese claim to parts of Arunachal Pradesh and tensions in the north Indian state of Jammu &amp; Kashmir.<br />
<br />
Prior to this, India had granted visa-on-arrival privileges to just 12 countries: Japan, Finland, Luxembourg, New Zealand and some Asean countries such as Myanmar, Laos, the Philippines, Vietnam, Cambodia and Singapore.<br />
<br />
Nationals of eight countries singled out for security reasons will still need to apply for visas at Indian embassies, a process that can take weeks. They include Pakistan, Sudan, Afghanistan, Iran, Iraq, Nigeria, Somalia and Sri Lanka.<br />
<br />
There is a small catch. The system will be in place by September and travellers from 180 countries will need to apply for electronic travel authorisation at least three days prior to their travel. Once in India they will have to undergo biometric identification
 to get a visa.<br />
<br />
But the good thing is that tourists will then be able to travel throughout the country for 30 days, which is not renewable. The service will be available at nine key airports: New Delhi, Mumbai, Kolkata, Chennai, Cochin, Hyderabad, Goa and Trivandrum. It will
 be expanded to cover 17 other airports soon after.<br />
<br />
It has been a long time coming, but give credit to India for the astonishing step it has taken, especially considering the many threats it faces, from insurgency in the north and northeast as well as other terrorist group activity.<br />
<br />
As a country of more than 1.2 billion people with a diverse cultural heritage that dates back thousands of years, India has some of the greatest tourism potential in the world. Its bountiful natural beauty extends from beautiful beaches on the east and west
 coasts to the desert and palaces of Rajasthan, the lush green rainforests in the northeast, the tea plantations of Darjeeling and the ski slopes of Kashmir and Himachal Pradesh.<br />
<br />
I have always told friends and colleagues that no country gives a tourist better bang for the buck than India, as long as one can deal with the day-to-day chaos.<br />
<br />
But that chaos over the years has been lessening, thanks to various steps the government has taken. It is clear that campaigns such as "Atithi Devo Bhava” (Tourists are like God) and Incredible India have started to yield results.<br />
<br />
Of course, negative publicity lingers and legitimate safety concerns remain to be addressed in light of the terrible rape cases that have made headlines worldwide. But tourist numbers in India rose by 4% to just over 7 million last year; that compares to 26.7
 million tourists who visited Thailand, a much smaller country.<br />
<br />
If one wants to compare Thailand with India, consider one other factor. A lot of the success of Thailand’s tourism sector, apart from good infrastructure, has stemmed from relaxation of visa rules and visa on arrival procedures. You might be surprised to know,
 though, that the Ministry of Foreign Affairs actually gives visas on arrival to just 28 countries and offers visa exemptions to a total of 48.<br />
<br />
So the fact that India has relaxed the rules for up to 180 countries is unexpected. For Asean residents, we now have greater and easier access to Buddhist pilgrimage sites, and some may begin to look at India in a very different light as a possible destination
 for short breaks.<br />
<br />
It is also commendable, in this day and age, for a country with so many pressing security concerns to display such openness in welcoming citizens from so many places. One has to give a standing ovation to the people who had the courage to undertake this move,
 for it will be beneficial for the country's population in the years ahead.<br />
<br />
<span style="font-style:italic">(The views expressed above are the personal views of the author)</span><br />
<br />
<span style="font-weight:bold">This article can also be read at:</span><br />
<a href="http://www.bangkokpost.com/business/news/394239/india-spreads-a-big-welcome-carpet" target="_blank">India spreads a big welcome carpet
</a></p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>10/02/2014 17:11:56</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/22856/India+spreads+a+big+welcome+carpet</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">22856</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>22851</publicationdataID>
      <title>India’s historic relations with Qatar</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p><span style="font-style:italic">The Peninsula/ Khalid Abdullah Al Ziyara</span><br />
<br />
Recently, I was honoured to be invited by the Indian ambassador to Qatar, Sanjiv Arora, to attend a ceremony to mark India’s 65th Republic Day.<br />
<br />
A host of renowned Qatari and Indian figures attended the ceremony, which featured exceptional Indian traditional art by artists from Indian Cultural Centre who represented the diverse Indian culture.<br />
<br />
In his speech, the Indian ambassador commended the strong relations between India and Qatar, which he described as "rooted” in the depth of history and tested by time. The ambassador was right, as relations between the two countries are really strong. He did
 not say but the truth when he spoke at length about the good relations and multifaceted bonds of cooperation between India and Qatar.<br />
<br />
These bonds are growing within an excellent framework provided by historic relations and regular interactions at the highest levels.<br />
<br />
Memories of the 1950s are still entrenched in the minds of Qataris who lived through that period, as India existed significantly in our society during that era in many ways, including Indian currency, the rupee and the anna, which people then used in their
 daily transactions.<br />
<br />
Use of the Indian rupee here started in the second half of the 19th century. According to sources, this happened because the influence of the East India Company spread out from India, so it issued silver coins that continued as the currency of India through
 the British Raj and beyond.<br />
<br />
The Indian rupee then started to impose itself on the communities of the Gulf countries due to the steady growth of trade between the Arab Gulf states and India over time.<br />
<br />
The Indian market was the main vendor of pearls that were being fished from the deep sea of the Gulf region; it was the lifeblood of Qatar and the rest of the region. The Indian market was the only place that displayed various Indian commodities and goods that
 still represent a part of our heritage, like our clothes, spices and other important goods.<br />
<br />
In my book, published by the Ministry of Culture, Arts and Heritage in the second half of the last decade, under the title Pearls of Gulf... The Memory of the 20th Century, I dwelt upon the aforementioned era that witnessed the flourishing of historical relations
 between Qatar and India, citing verbal and documentary accounts.<br />
<br />
However, according to sources, smuggling of rupees out of India to the Gulf region for exchange with Pound Sterling caused huge loss to the Indian economy.<br />
<br />
The sales of pearls in India were badly affected, so the Indian government agreed with the governments of the Gulf region to issue a special currency note to be used in the countries of the Gulf and the Arabian Peninsula.<br />
<br />
This currency was introduced in Qatar and countries of the region by the Indian government in 1959.<br />
<br />
(The views expressed above are the personal views of the author)<br />
<br />
<span style="font-weight:bold">This article can also be read at:</span><br />
<a href="http://thepeninsulaqatar.com/qatar-perspective/khalid-abdullah-al-ziyara/271396/india-s-historic-relations-with-qatar" target="_blank">India’s historic relations with Qatar</a></p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>07/02/2014 09:47:42</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/22851/Indias+historic+relations+with+Qatar</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">22851</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>22815</publicationdataID>
      <title>Indian programme hones skills of 50 Jordanians over three years</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p><span style="font-style:italic">Jordan Times/by Khetam Malkawi</span><br />
<br />
The Indian Technical and Economic Cooperation (ITEC) programme has helped more than 50 Jordanians develop their skills and careers over the past three years, according to beneficiaries.<br />
<br />
Under the programme, ITEC India shares development experience acquired over a period of seven decades by hosting nominees from several countries, including Jordan, and offering them training in their fields of work.<br />
<br />
"After taking part in this programme, I had the courage to look for a job better than the one I had before I went to India to receive advanced training,” said Suleiman Shouha, who works in the field of performance auditing.<br />
<br />
Shouha said taking part in a specialised programme in India through ITEC helped him develop his work skills.<br />
<br />
"I used to work at the Aqaba Special Economic Zone, and when I returned from India, my manager tasked me with evaluating our programmes based on what I learned,” he told The Jordan Times at a reception on Sunday evening, adding that this paved the way for him
 to change his job and move to a more senior position.<br />
<br />
Osama Azzam, who took part in an ITEC programme in July 2013 in the field of performance and management, also said he benefitted from the course.<br />
<br />
"I had firsthand experience in India… a unique one, as they have an automated and integrated system for evaluating the performance of management,” noted Azzam, who works at the USAID-funded Fiscal Reform project.<br />
<br />
Implementing such an automated programme enables enterprises to easily evaluate their performance, an experience that he would love to see implemented in Jordan.<br />
<br />
For Nader Salameh, another ITEC programme participant, the experience was different.<br />
<br />
"Yes I benefited a lot from the course I took in India, but it also was a chance for me to meet the woman I am married to now,” he noted.<br />
<br />
Salameh, an area manager at Image Technologies Company, added that there were participants from different countries in the course he took about entrepreneurship, and this offered a chance to exchange expertise.<br />
<br />
India’s Ambassador to Jordan Radha Ranjan Dash said the programme shares his country’s experience in the fields of economic development, human resources, IT, science, financial management, and labour and employment with candidates from the ITEC member countries.<br />
<br />
Speaking at Sunday's reception, held to celebrate ITEC day, Dash said the programme is about cooperation and partnership for mutual benefit and has contributed immensely to capacity building and human resources development.<br />
<br />
The ambassador added that the ITEC programme, fully funded by the government of India, offers unique training courses, both civilian and defence, in different centres of excellence in India.<br />
<br />
"Every year, nominees from friendly countries are invited for training modules encapsulating a wide and diverse range of skills and disciplines," he said, adding that the ITEC programme also provides an opportunity for candidates to study and learn about India’s
 culture, heritage and diversity.<br />
<br />
The government of India offered 25 slots to Jordan last year, and the same number this year, Dash said.<br />
<br />
"I’ll recommend increasing the number for Jordanians, because the Jordanians find it very useful.”<br />
<br />
<span style="font-weight:bold">This article can also be read at:</span><br />
<a href="http://jordantimes.com/article/indian-programme-hones-skills-of-50-jordanians-over-three-years" target="_blank">Indian programme hones skills of 50 Jordanians over three years</a></p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>05/02/2014 09:45:35</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/22815/Indian+programme+hones+skills+of+50+Jordanians+over+three+years</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">22815</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>22816</publicationdataID>
      <title>Caginitoba leads Nabouono solar way</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p><span style="font-style:italic">Fiji Sun</span><br />
<br />
The new solar electrification project at Nabouono Village, Udu Point in Macuata, has generated numerous benefits for the community, says the engineer in charge of the project.<br />
<br />
56-year-old Marica Caginitoba is confident that positive change will continue from the project in her community.<br />
<br />
In 2012, the Ministry of Women and Barefoot College identified 10 women aged between 45 and 60 to undergo six months of solar electrification training at the Barefoot College in Rajasthan, India. Following their return, these engineers had solar electrified
 their respective villages in Fiji.<br />
<br />
A recent visit by the officials from Ministry of Women to Nabouono Village showed that the solar electrification has positively impacted the lives of the villagers.<br />
<br />
‘For the past 50 years and more this village was depended on kerosene and candles for lights. But since the past six months the implementation of solar electrification has generated numerous benefits for the community, women are now able to do their household
 chores easily at night like cooking breakfast for the school children.<br />
<br />
"With the accessibility of lights at night, the women feel much safer in their homes and even children who attend the Udu District School are able study for longer hours with the availability of the solar lanterns. Solar lights are very cost effective, safe
 and also environment friendly,” Mrs Caginitoba said.<br />
<br />
Apart from solar electrifying 14 households in Nabouono village, Mrs Caginitoba has also solar electrified 34 houses in the next community to it, which is the Yasawa village. She has also trained three women and three youths in her village on solar electrification.<br />
<br />
Each of the households are paying $5 a month of which $2.50 goes to Caginitoba as her income while $2.50 goes to the bank account of solar committee which looks after the maintenance of solar projects.<br />
<br />
"Each of the household has 3 lamps and one lantern and a solar panel and the rest of surrounding villages come to me to request for the solar electrification. My next assignment is to solar electrify Nukudamu Village and the ministry is currently waiting for
 solar equipment to arrive from India. We have also submitted a canteen project proposal to the ministry for its assistance and once we manage to put it together it will further boost the income generating of our women’s groups,” Mrs Caginitoba explained.<br />
<br />
The rollout of solar electrification project has eventuated as a result of the partnership between the Ministry of Women and UN Women along with representatives from the Fiji Locally Managed Marine Areas Network (FLAMMA). – Ministry of Social Welfare, Women
 and Poverty Alleviation<br />
<br />
<span style="font-weight:bold">This article can also be read at:</span><br />
<a href="http://www.fijisun.com.fj/2014/02/05/caginitoba-leads-nabouono-solar-way/" target="_blank">Caginitoba leads Nabouono solar way</a></p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>05/02/2014 09:54:51</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/22816/Caginitoba+leads+Nabouono+solar+way</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">22816</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>22847</publicationdataID>
      <title>Solar power lights up villages</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p><span style="font-style:italic">Prensa Libre/by Oscar Figueroa</span><br />
<br />
<span style="font-style:italic">For 70 years, residents of three villages of San Juan Cotzal, Quiché, lived without electricity in their communities, but now this began to change and a hundred families receive the benefits of this service thanks to a solar
 energy program.</span><br />
<br />
The program includes providing solar energy to the school and the Catholic church Xeputul 2.<br />
<br />
Catarina Torres Mejia and Isabel were trained for six months in India on solar energy systems and are now involved in the project that gives birth to a hundred families in the villages Xeputul 1 and 2, and Tzibanay, San Juan Cotzal.<br />
<br />
This solar system has a cost of U.S. $ 180 billion-approximately 402 000 Q1 200 million - and has the support of Enel Green Power of Guatemala, the Republic of India, Barefoot College and the Association for the Development Rijatzul Q'ij (Sun Seed).<br />
<br />
The manager of Enel Green Power of Guatemala, Orlando Lopez, explained that the solar electrification of these three communities a hundred solar panels, which costs Q15 thousand each were used.<br />
<br />
<span style="font-weight:bold">Self-sustaining</span><br />
<br />
The association Rijatzul Q'ij instructed the residents of these communities on how to implement a management committee to take charge of the monthly payment to beneficiaries and thus make the service sustainable.<br />
<br />
Each user must pay for the service monthly Q30 solar energy, which is contrasted with the Q90 they spent monthly to buy candles.<br />
<br />
Felipe Raymundo, president of the Community Development Council Xeputul 2, explained that the Q30 monthly pay hundred beneficiaries, 50 percent will be used to pay Isabel Torres and Catherine Mejia for servicing and repairing the system of solar panels .<br />
<br />
The remaining 50 percent will be reinvested into the program to give you energy as possible.<br />
<br />
<span style="font-weight:bold">Cooperation</span><br />
<br />
Ambassador of the Republic of India, Subrata Bhattacharjee, said filled him with satisfaction attend the inauguration of the solar power system in these communities.<br />
<br />
He commented that this is the result of programs of technical and economic cooperation existing between India and Guatemala.<br />
<br />
Heber Cabrera, Quiché governor said that government resources are not sufficient to meet the needs of the entire population, and assessed the international cooperation and private initiative.<br />
<br />
(The views expressed above are the personal views of the author)<br />
<br />
<span style="font-weight:bold">This article can also be read at:</span><br />
<a href="http://www.prensalibre.com/quiche/Energia-solar-ilumina-aldeas_0_1079292102.html" target="_blank">Solar power lights up villages</a></p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>06/02/2014 13:02:21</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/22847/Solar+power+lights+up+villages</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">22847</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>22850</publicationdataID>
      <title>India Announces Plans For World's Largest Solar Plant; Will Triple Country's Capacity</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p><span style="font-style:italic">Huffington Post/by Sanjay Kumar</span><br />
<br />
India has pledged to build the world’s most powerful solar plant. With a nominal capacity of 4,000 megawatts, comparable to that of four full-size nuclear reactors, the ‘ultra mega' project will be more than ten times larger than any other solar project built
 so far, and it will spread over 77 square kilometres of land — greater than the island of Manhattan.<br />
<br />
Six state-owned companies have formed a joint venture to execute the project, which they say can be completed in seven years at a projected cost of US$4.4 billion. The proposed location is near Sambhar Salt Lake in the northern state of Rajasthan.<br />
<br />
The solar photovoltaic power plant will have an estimated life of 25 years and is expected to supply 6.4 billion kilowatt-hours per year, according to official figures. It could help to reduce India's carbon dioxide emissions by more than 4 million tonnes per
 year, estimates Parimita Mohanty, a fellow at the Energy and Resources Institute (TERI) in New Delhi.<br />
<br />
India currently has a grid-connected solar-power capacity of 2,208 MW — up from a mere 17.8 MW in 2010, when the central government launched the Jawaharlal Nehru National Solar Mission (JNNSM). The JNNSM aims for India to reach an installed capacity of 20,000
 MW (or 20 gigawatts) of solar power by 2022 (see 'India embarks on solar drive').<br />
<br />
"If things go according to plan, we might well surpass that figure,” says Tarun Kapoor, chief of the JNNSM and joint secretary in India’s Ministry of New and Renewable Energy.<br />
<br />
<span style="font-weight:bold">Green ambition</span><br />
<br />
The production cost of solar power in India has fallen by more than half in recent years, from 17 rupees ($0.27) per kilowatt-hour (kWh) three years ago to 7.50 rupees per kWh currently, according to Kapoor, and it could plummet further. But these costs are
 still high compared to coal (2.50 rupees per kWh), nuclear (3 rupees per kWh) or natural gas (5.5 rupees per kWh), says Mohanty.<br />
<br />
India is mapping its potential for solar-energy production across the entire country on the basis of satellite imagery, in collaboration with the United States. It has also set up 51 dedicated measurement stations to assess the availability of solar radiation,
 adding to data collected by 45 meteorological observatories.<br />
<br />
But the ostensibly green mega-project has been criticized by environmentalists. "We don’t think this should be the way to go ahead,” says Chandra Bhushan, deputy director-general of the think tank Center for Science and Environment in New Delhi. "Feeding 4,000
 MW into an already leaking grid where 20% of electricity gets wasted in transmission and distribution losses and [most] ends up feeding the urban centres makes little sense,” he says, adding that less than 50% of Indians living in villages have access to electricity.<br />
<br />
Bhushan says that a decentralized solar approach, with multiple smaller projects spread over rural areas, would have a far greater reach, a larger social benefit and bigger human-development impact than a gargantuan plant feeding the grid. India's population
 is comparable to China's but its electricity consumption is only about one-quarter of China's, according to the US Energy Information Administration.<br />
<br />
Rajendra Pachauri, director-general of TERI and chairman of the Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change, says that the JNNSM should keep pushing on both the large-scale and decentralized approaches. "India must see itself emerge as the worldwide leader in
 harnessing solar energy involving technologies for centralized power generation, as well as millions of small, decentralized applications.”<br />
<br />
This story originally appeared in Nature News.<br />
<br />
<span style="font-weight:bold">This article can be read at:</span><br />
<a href="http://www.huffingtonpost.com/2014/02/04/india-solar-plant_n_4724866.html?utm_hp_ref=green" target="_blank">India Announces Plans For World's Largest Solar Plant; Will Triple Country's Capacity</a></p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>06/02/2014 16:16:34</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/22850/India+Announces+Plans+For+Worlds+Largest+Solar+Plant+Will+Triple+Countrys+Capacity</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">22850</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>22812</publicationdataID>
      <title>A-G briefs Indian Electoral Commission on general election</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p><span style="font-style:italic">Fiji Sun/by Jyoti Pratibha</span><br />
<br />
The Attorney-General, Aiyaz Sayed-Khaiyum, has briefed the Indian Electoral Commissioners, Mr. V S Sampath (Chief Commissioner), Mr. Harishankar Brahma and Mr. Syed Nasim Ahmad Zaidi and their staff on the preparations for this year’s general election.<br />
<br />
In a meeting with the Indian Electoral Commission, in New Delhi, India, he said: "Holding elections that are free, fair and credible, based on a fair electoral system is the absolute priority of the Bainimarama Government, and the Indian Government including
 the Indian Electoral Commission has shown a deep level of understanding and support for this process.”<br />
<br />
"Accordingly, we look forward to close co-operation between the Indian Electoral Commission and the Fijian Elections Office and Fijian Electoral Commission,” he said.<br />
<br />
"In fact the Indian Electoral Commission has agreed to finalize a Memorandum of Understanding between the two Electoral Commissions, to enable flow of information, technical assistance and personnel between the two agencies.<br />
<br />
"We had very constructive exchange of information with the Indian Electoral commissioners and discussed a wide range of issues including the elections preparations, the role of the Fijian Electoral Commission and how for the first time Fiji will have one day
 polling."The Indian Electoral Commissioners commended the appointment of the independent Fijian Electoral Commission, saying that it signified the independence and credibility of the election process.”<br />
<br />
The Attorney-General said "To get such endorsement and pledge of assistance and cooperation by the Electoral Commission of the world’s largest democracy demonstrates confidence in the processes and work done so far in the preparations for the elections by the
 Bainimarama Government.”<br />
<br />
The minister and his delegation received a demonstration on the electronic voting system that has been widely and successfully used in the Indian elections.<br />
<br />
The Indian Electoral Commission was also interested in the Fijian Registration of Political Parties Decree and asked the Attorney-General for a copy of it.<br />
<br />
<span style="font-weight:bold">This article can also be read at:</span><br />
<a href="http://www.fijisun.com.fj/2014/02/03/a-g-briefs-indian-electoral-commission-on-general-election/" target="_blank">A-G briefs Indian Electoral Commission on general election</a></p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>04/02/2014 09:43:07</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/22812/AG+briefs+Indian+Electoral+Commission+on+general+election</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">22812</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>22800</publicationdataID>
      <title>Growing Indo-Saudi ties</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p><span style="font-style:italic">Saudi Gazette</span><br />
<br />
The "look east” policy of Riyadh born out of the nation’s growing vision to diversify is starting to bear fruit. Saudi Arabia is expanding its bilateral relations with developing countries with crude oil playing an important contributory role — as before.<br />
<br />
The recent announcement by Indian Finance Minister P. Chidambaram that Crown Prince Salman, first deputy prime minister and defense minister, will be visiting New Delhi this month is an indication of how much importance both countries place on growing Indo-Saudi
 relations.<br />
<br />
India and Saudi Arabia are to sign a defense cooperation pact during the visit. The proposed defense pact will allow shared use and exchange of defense-related information, military training and education as well as cooperation in areas varying from hydrography
 and security to logistics.<br />
<br />
Chidambaram, who was officially in the Kingdom for the 10th session of the Saudi-India Joint Commission Meeting (JCM), said that the Kingdom and India "have been able to make significant progress in relations over the past few years.”<br />
<br />
Chidambaram’s visit was also meant to further cement bilateral cooperation in an entire gamut of trade, commerce and other vital sectors. In this regard, the Indian minister’s visit should be termed a major success.<br />
<br />
Both, India and the Kingdom lauded the JCM’s linear progress with Chidambaram and the Saudi Minister of Commerce and Industry Tawfiq Al-Rabiah signing the minutes at the end of the JCM meeting. It highlighted the Commission’s satisfaction over the substantial
 progress in the volume of trade exchange between the two countries that reached $43 billion in 2013, and looked forward to further enhancing the trade exchange.<br />
<br />
The Commission called for expanding participation of businessmen in international fairs, which will be held in both countries, and the exchange of more visits of businessmen.<br />
<br />
But the key area where India’s outreach was evident was the fact that it agreed to facilitate the issuance of business visas for Saudi businessmen, which will allow them to seize opportunities in India, as the Asian nation is one of the favored destinations
 of foreign direct investments (FDIs).<br />
<br />
The JCM also highlighted expanding relations and the setting up of several new joint ventures like the SABIC center with an initial investment of $100 million in India and TATA Motor’s Jaguar project in the Kingdom. The Commission also emphasized that Saudi
 Arabia is keen to expand its cooperation with India in all commercial and investment sectors.<br />
<br />
As of 2012, there were 350 Indian projects in the Kingdom with a total value of $1.6 billion in various sectors, such as construction, contracting, administrative consulting and IT.
<br />
<br />
Riyadh and New Delhi have agreed to promote "cooperation in the fields of oil, gas and mineral resources” with Chidambaram promising to build on his country’s complementaries in the hydrocarbon sector to strengthen the strategic energy partnership.
<br />
<br />
The countries also agreed to set up the proposed $750 million India-Saudi Investment Fund. Saudi Arabia and India have agreed to work closely in "a broad range of areas”, and have agreed to enhance cooperation in energy, pharmaceuticals, textiles, education,
 tourism and vocational training.<br />
<br />
Chidambaram stressed that the holding of JCMs is an important dialogue mechanism between India and Saudi Arabia. While inviting investors to explore opportunities in India, he said: "FDI is the direct route for investment and we have a foreign investment promotion
 board to look into matters of assistance for investors.”<br />
<br />
Chidambaram with this visit must have achieved his primary goals — strengthening bilateral relations, improving mutual understanding and finding ways for both sides to benefit from their complementary economies. Both countries know that ties can only grow by
 continuous interaction and cooperation.<br />
<br />
(The views expressed above are the personal views of the author)<br />
<br />
<span style="font-weight:bold">This article can also be read at:</span><br />
<a href="http://www.saudigazette.com.sa/index.cfm?method=home.regcon&amp;contentid=20140201194318" target="_blank">Growing Indo-Saudi ties</a></p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>03/02/2014 09:51:26</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/22800/Growing+IndoSaudi+ties</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">22800</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>22801</publicationdataID>
      <title>Why Mahatma Gandhi is becoming popular in China</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p><span style="font-style:italic">BBC/by Ankur Jain</span><br />
<br />
For the first time, Indian independence hero Mahatma Gandhi's own story of his life is to be available in China.<br />
<br />
The Story of My Experiments With Truth, which has sold more than 200,000 copies in India alone and has been translated in to some 35 languages, will now be translated in Mandarin to cater to what Chinese scholars say is the "growing interest" in the leader
 in their country.<br />
<br />
Five volumes of Gandhi's selected works containing his writings on satyagraha [people's movement], religion, politics and speeches, will also be translated into Mandarin.<br />
<br />
"Gandhi's works have largely not been available in Russia and China so far. We are really excited with the growing interest about his writings in China," said Vivek Desai of the Ahmadabad-based Navajivan Trust, the 84-year-old publishing house founded by Gandhi
 which has published more than 300 volumes of the leader's works.<br />
<br />
<span style="font-weight:bold">Surge of interest</span><br />
<br />
Dr Huang Yinghong of Guangzhou-based Sun Yat-Sen University said he and a team of academics would translate and publish Gandhi's works in China. Over 80 of the leader's speeches will also be translated.<br />
<br />
"A lot of people, especially the young, in China are interested about Gandhi's work but unable to find anything in the local language," he said, adding that he planned to launch the five volumes of translated works by the end of the year.<br />
<br />
What is driving the surge of interest in the works of the independence hero in China?<br />
<br />
"Gandhi's non-co-operation movement [against British rule] in 1920 and his ability to mobilise people had caught the attention of Chinese rulers," says Prof Shang Quanyu, who teaches at the foreign studies department of South China Normal University in Guangzhou
 and has been researching Gandhi.<br />
<br />
"Until 1950, 27 books and hundreds of articles on Gandhi and his ideas where published here. He was described as the Rousseau and Tolstoy of India."<br />
<br />
However, he says, interest in Gandhi's works declined with the rise of communism.<br />
<br />
"Gandhi's advocacy of non-violence and class harmony was out of tune with the Maoist ideology and political climate inside China," says Prof Shang.<br />
<br />
Former Indian diplomat and Gandhi expert Pascal Alan Nazareth said that in pre-Mao period, "Chinese thinkers met Gandhi and followed him closely to find an end to their problems".<br />
<br />
Though Gandhi never visited China, the leader's non-violent movement touched a chord among many Chinese.<br />
<br />
Indian historian Ramachandra Guha has written about Gandhi's relations with the Chinese during his time in South Africa.<br />
<br />
Some 1,000 Chinese supporters joined Indians to take part in Gandhi's first peaceful protest in Transvaal province in 1906 to protest against a law that barred Asians from owning property and made it mandatory to carry identity cards, among other things.<br />
<br />
Chinese supporters courted arrest during a non-co-operation movement launched by the leader.<br />
<br />
After they were jailed, Gandhi "discussed the multiple paths to gods with his Chinese comrades in prison", Mr Guha writes.<br />
<br />
"Gandhi emerged as the main leader of the Asians in Transvaal. Chinese people participated in Gandhi's movement and even threw dinners for their Indian friends in South Africa," Mr Guha told the BBC.<br />
<br />
Many decades later, in an essay published in 2000, Nobel Peace Prize laureate Liu Xiaobo compared Gandhi to a "single martyr [who] can fundamentally turn the spirit of a nation and strengthen its moral fibre".<br />
<br />
Prof Shang says Gandhi's works became a subject of interest after the economic reforms in China: more than 50 books on Gandhi had been published in the country since 1980.<br />
<br />
Pascal Alan Nazareth said Gandhi was known in China as the founder of modern India and a master of the doctrine of non-violence.<br />
<br />
"But now people want to know more about his religious, social, economic and political ideas. China is more inquisitive about his work," he said.<br />
<br />
During interactions with Chinese students, Mr Nazareth found many "deeply impressed" with how Gandhi used religion to mobilise people.<br />
<br />
"China's Communist ideology rejects religion, but the role of religion in creating a harmonious society is now a matter of great interest at intellectual and policy making levels in China. For this they are looking at Gandhian and other doctrines," he says.<br />
<br />
Dr Huang believes Gandhi's teachings "may help people and the state [in China] to consider better ways to express their complaints".<br />
<br />
"And yes, Gandhi's suspicion towards capitalism and modernity also need to be considered in today's China," he said.<br />
<br />
(The views expressed above are the personal views of the author)<br />
<br />
<span style="font-weight:bold">This article can also be read at:</span><br />
<a href="http://www.bbc.co.uk/news/world-asia-india-25942584" target="_blank">Why Mahatma Gandhi is becoming popular in China</a></p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>03/02/2014 10:12:55</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/22801/Why+Mahatma+Gandhi+is+becoming+popular+in+China</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">22801</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>22805</publicationdataID>
      <title>India surgeons to perform heart surgery in Fiji</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p><span style="font-style:italic">Fiji Times/by Dawn Gibson</span><br />
<br />
Heart specialists from the Sahyadri Group of Hospitals in India will be in the country soon to carry out coronary artery bypass surgeries at the CWM Hospital in Suva.<br />
<br />
The Health Ministry is therefore ready to accommodate referrals from all general practitioners, hospitals, insurance companies and health centres around the country.<br />
<br />
The team will conduct the surgeries between February 10 and February 21 and all interested persons are advised to contact the ministry.<br />
<br />
<span style="font-weight:bold">This article can also be read at:</span><br />
<a href="http://www.fijitimes.com/story.aspx?id=258871" target="_blank">India surgeons to perform heart surgery in Fiji</a></p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>03/02/2014 10:43:25</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/22805/India+surgeons+to+perform+heart+surgery+in+Fiji</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">22805</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>22807</publicationdataID>
      <title>Yoga, imported from India, attracts 20 million Americans</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p><span style="font-style:italic">My Record Journal/by Ralph Lord Roy</span><br />
<br />
Twenty years ago I fulfilled a yearning going back decades. On Jan. 30, 1994. we landed at the airport in New Delhi. As a child I had been fascinated by India as portrayed in bound volumes of the "National Geographic Magazine” that filled several bookcase shelves
 at our Vermont home. Over the years I developed an intense curiosity about its various faiths, enormous admiration for Mahatma Gandhi, and a strong desire to visit the majestic Taj Mahal, viewed by many as the world’s most beautiful building.<br />
<br />
The tour, sponsored by Elderhostel, included a "Homestay” in the city of Puna. The gracious host family was Hindu, with an image of the elephant god, Ganesha, on the front door. They had been made aware in advance of my profession, and the father kindly drove
 me to Hindu, Jain, Muslim, and Sikh houses of worship. He also arranged for me to meet with the Catholic Bishop in Puna, and on Sunday morning accompanied me to a local Methodist church. An entire wall in the host’s home exhibited images of Hindu gods and
 goddesses, and I was invited to add a picture of Jesus. I declined but expressed appreciation for the inclusive spirit motivating the gesture. They had no problem including Christ with those they viewed as representations of the divine. Our discussions revealed
 that this Hindu family really was monotheistic - well, with a strong pantheist twist.<br />
<br />
More and more immigrants from India have come to the United States over the past half-century, and another major import from there has been Yoga. Roughly twenty million Americans are involved in this system of physical exercises, with an emphasis on meditation.
 There are dozens of different schools of Yoga, some more difficult than others, all aimed at fostering strong, healthy bodies and clear, bright minds.<br />
<br />
The origin of Yoga is blurred, but may go back before recorded history, even prior to the emergence of Hinduism. An early text is attributed to a scholar known as Patanjali, who gave step-by-step instructions. From his writings Ashtanga Yoga emerged, also referred
 to as Classical Yoga. Most adherents in this country practice some variation of Patanjali. Thousands of classes are held across the co untry at yoga studios, Ys, colleges, churches, and elsewhere. A major 300-acre Yoga center known as Kripalu is located in
 Stockbridge, Mass.<br />
<br />
Yoga has its critics in America, mainly because of its historic ties to Hinduism. Various evangelical clergy have spoken out sharply against it. Albert Mohler, Jr., president of Southern Baptist Theological Seminary, has said that Yoga is "at odds with the
 Christian understanding....Believers are called to meditate on the Word of God.” The televangelist Pat Robertson has charged that Yoga "gets real spooky.” (Actually, Robertson can get real spooky.)<br />
<br />
There are strong Catholic critics, too. Cardinal Joseph Ratzinger, before he became Pope Benedict XVI, warned that such practices could lead to the blending of different religious beliefs - syncretism - thereby endangering infallible church doctrine. Programs
 on Mother Angelica’s EWTN network, among them "Women of Grace”, have targeted Yoga as antithetical to Catholic teaching.<br />
<br />
The Rev. Nancy Roth, an Episcopalian, has promoted what she calls Holy Yoga, arguing that there is need for a Christian integration of "the newest research in psychology and physiology and the wisdom of other, even more ancient, spiritual traditions.” Here
 in central Connecticut the Rev. Alex da Silva Souto, Methodist pastor in South Meriden, teaches Yoga at both Yale and Quinnipiac.<br />
<br />
Most Yoga in this country today has little connection to Hinduism. When a suit was brought against a San Diego school district where Yoga classes are included, a California judge ruled last July that they could continue as Yoga there is taught in a totally
 secular way to promote physical flexibility and balance. Probably that case or a similar one will eventually reach the Supreme Court.<br />
<br />
Some church leaders have a concern apart from anxiety over possible Hindu influence. Among its most avid devotees, Yoga can become a substitute for religion, and going to Yoga classes takes precedence over attendance at traditional houses of worship.<br />
<br />
There is considerable literature on Yoga for those interested, The first major American exhibit on the general topic is traveling across America, starting in the Arthur M. Sackler Gallery at the Smithsonian Institution in Washington. Among the many displays
 are photographs taken by the British during their dominance in India, deliberately demeaning yogis as half-clothed, disheveled and ash-smeared freaks.<br />
<br />
How should we feel about Yoga? As for me, it depends upon how it is practiced. Who can object when its only goal is to promote healthy bodies and minds? Probably I should have explored it more fully by taking a class or two myself. My daughter, Joy, commented
 a few months ago that she needed a new yoga mat. Her birthday soon followed, and I gave her one.<br />
<br />
(The views expressed above are the personal views of the author)<br />
<br />
<span style="font-weight:bold">This article can also be read at:</span><br />
<a href="http://www.myrecordjournal.com/news/latestnews/3519113-129/yoga-imported-from-india-attracts-20-million-americans.html" target="_blank">Yoga, imported from India, attracts 20 million Americans</a></p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>03/02/2014 10:51:19</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/22807/Yoga+imported+from+India+attracts+20+million+Americans</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">22807</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>22802</publicationdataID>
      <title>Street Art Festival Brings Color to the Walls of Delhi’s Urban Villages</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p><span style="font-style:italic">New York Times/by Max Bearak</span><br />
<br />
While looking out from a balcony in one of Delhi’s many urban villages – former villages that were swallowed up by the ever-expanding capital — more often than not, one is confronted by a boring, gray wall – the bare side of another building.<br />
<br />
For street artists, these walls, and these urban villages, offer an ideal combination of expansive canvases for their work and vibrant communities with whom they can share the joy and wonder of their art.<br />
<br />
In January, under the auspices of the first organized street art festival in Delhi, known as St.Art, 60 artists from all over the world have convened here for exhibitions, workshops, film screenings, a "graffiti-jam” and, most important, the transformation
 of dozens of the city’s cement walls into works of art. In Shahpur Jat, an urban village in south Delhi, artists from the festival have painted or plan to paint at least eight walls.<br />
<br />
The festival, which began Jan. 18 and runs through Feb. 20, purposefully coincides with the India Art Fair in Delhi, which opened to the public Friday, and its organizers hope that the simultaneity can drive a rare conversation among the practitioners of street
 art, those of more traditional forms of art and the common people of the city.<br />
<br />
"What we’re doing here is unprecedented,” said Hanif Kureshi, the 30-year-old creative director of the festival. "Imagine one guy from Taiwan and another from Germany working on a wall in Shahpur Jat. We want to get people to believe in it, while also pushing
 the street art scene to do something that will put Delhi on the map.”<br />
<br />
Two years ago, Mr. Kureshi and Anpu Varkey, a prolific painter, succeeded in getting a bunch of their artist friends together in Khirki, one of the urban villages, for what in retrospect was Delhi’s first spontaneous street art festival. Since then, that group
 called upon friends, who called upon other friends, to create this year’s street art festival.<br />
<br />
Eventually, 60 artists were on board for St.Art, 40 from India, the rest from overseas. Some of the latter paid their own way to India, intrigued by the opportunity, and others were invited to Delhi by their embassies’ cultural agencies.<br />
<br />
About 30 of the artists are working on the wall project, like Amitabh Kumar, 29, who has painted walls all over India and now also teaches his craft at the Srishti School of Art, Design and Technology in Bangalore. "Seeing an empty wall just makes me want to
 put an image on it,” he said.<br />
<br />
In Shahpur Jat, images on its walls include a giant poster-style portrait of the Bollywood actress Nadira, a massive cat playing with a ball of yarn and Mr. Kumar’s shapeshifting, animalesque blue cloud.<br />
<br />
Each artist is responsible for gaining permission from the owners of the building, and Mr. Kumar and other artists said that has been an interesting process, unique to the practice of curated street art.<br />
<br />
"People have been reasonable, for the most part,” said Mr. Kumar. "If they don’t like what we do, we’ve offered to paint back over it. We’re also using weatherproof paint so that helps insulate their homes.”<br />
<br />
Mohammed Salim, 42, a handyman who has lived in the apartment facing Mr. Kumar’s painting for 27 years, was a bit puzzled by the project next door. "It looks like a cat to me,” he said. "I mean, it looks very good to me, but is he taking an art exam or what?
 Meaning, there must be some objective.”<br />
<br />
Many residents echoed Mr. Salim’s concern: Why would anyone do this work for free?<br />
<br />
Earlier this week, as Mr. Kumar painted the wall while perched on scaffolding, a child shouted up to him: "You’re making these for free, or what? Please make us one as well.” Mr. Kumar said many other children had been making the same request.<br />
<br />
Mr. Kureshi said it would take time for most people, in urban villages or otherwise, to believe in the concept of street artists working for personal motivations and gratifications beyond money.<br />
<br />
But time and again, they have been welcomed and supported by the community, Mr. Kureshi said.<br />
<br />
"These dudes from Shahpur Jat, they Whatsapp me images of blank walls now, and say that we should come here and do this one or that one,” he said, referring to the mobile chat application.<br />
<br />
Another older Shahpur Jat resident only allowed his wall to be painted under the condition that, at their own cost, the artists paint a scene from the Hindu epic Mahabharata below their own creation, to which the artists reluctantly agreed.<br />
<br />
Even Delhi’s police force, ever averse to the untried and unconventional, agreed to a 100-plus foot portrait of Mohandas K. Gandhi on the side of their headquarters building in central Delhi.<br />
<br />
"Of course, we had to paint something that everyone could agree on, like Gandhi,” said a paint-splattered Ms. Varkey, 33.<br />
<br />
She was collaborating on the Gandhi painting with a German artist, Hendrik "ECB” Beikirch, 39, who is known for his large-scale public wall portraits. His biggest is in Busan, South Korea.<br />
<br />
For five days, Ms. Varkey and Mr. Beikirch worked from dawn until dusk, moving up and down the wall with the help of the most extendable cherry picker on the market.<br />
<br />
On Wednesday, they finished the opus, adding Mr. Gandhi’s chest hairs with spray paint.<br />
<br />
Mr. Kureshi said the police higher-ups were familiarly incredulous that the work would be done for free. He said one told him, "No one works without personal benefit. Or do you want to win the Nobel Prize?”<br />
<br />
For her part, Ms. Varkey said it was enough that people might look at the painting and find it interesting, or thought-provoking. The painting is visible from the Delhi Metro, a major intersection, and the train tracks that take passengers to points north and
 east of Delhi.<br />
<br />
The eyes of Gandhi that meet those of commuters and travelers alike are calm and loving, as they watch over the cacophonous ebb and flow of Delhi’s people.<br />
<br />
(The views expressed above are the personal views of the author)<br />
<br />
<span style="font-weight:bold">This article can also be read at:</span><br />
<a href="http://india.blogs.nytimes.com/2014/01/31/street-art-festival-brings-color-to-the-walls-of-delhis-urban-villages/?_php=true&amp;_type=blogs&amp;_r=0" target="_blank">Street Art Festival Brings Color to the Walls of Delhi’s Urban Villages</a></p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>03/02/2014 10:23:15</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/22802/Street+Art+Festival+Brings+Color+to+the+Walls+of+Delhis+Urban+Villages</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">22802</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>22804</publicationdataID>
      <title>Simple innovation could keep lights on for Indians, render Inverter redundant</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p><span style="font-style:italic">ZD Net/by Rajiv Rao</span><br />
<br />
In power starved India, this novel solution from IIT Madras could transform people's lives and render the mighty inverter obsolete<br />
<br />
If you've ever lived in India for even a brief period, you're probably familiar with a device that is as much part of the lives of Indian families as the frothy Hindi television soap opera—namely the Inverter.<br />
<br />
In a perennially power-starved India, the Inverter and accompanying batteries prevent Indian houses from simmering in darkness during one of the innumerable power shortages the country tends to face, thanks to stalled new power projects and bankrupt state electricity
 boards. Your average inverter can run a certain number of fans and lights as well as your television depending on the number of batteries that have been tacked on. And now a bunch of professors from the temple of Indian engineering, the Indian Institute of
 Technology (IIT), inadvertently plan to render the inverter redundant thanks to a simple innovation.<br />
<br />
The brainchild of IIT-Madras director Prof Bhaskar Ramamurthi and electrical engineering professor Ashok Jhunjhunwala also from the Indian Institute of Technology in Chennai, this new technology will deliver 48 volts of direct current to select homes in Tamil
 Nadu, Andhra Pradesh, Karnataka and Kerala as part of a pilot project. Once proven successful, it will be rolled out to the rest of the country.<br />
<br />
A dedicated 48V low-power direct current (DC) line will snake its way from the sub-station to houses and the current will flow through a separate meter to power three lights, two fans and a mobile charger. Brushless fans and light emitting diode (LED) lights
 that can work on direct current will be powered using this DC power.<br />
<br />
This means that during regular blackouts, homes can get uninterrupted power from the grid. Instead of completely shutting down the grid, which is what happens when demand exceeds supply, the Discom will merely shift its supply to the 48V line which will deliver
 power at a small fraction of the original and at a different voltage.<br />
<br />
Considering the regularity of power outages in the country, the growing gap between demand and supply of power and the number of families who have to swelter in the dark because they can't afford a battery-powered inverter, this service could impact millions
 of people's lives. Other beneficiaries would be the vast education and healthcare landscape that are most affected when the lights go out.<br />
<br />
(The views expressed above are the personal views of the author)<br />
<br />
<span style="font-weight:bold">This article can also be read at:</span><br />
<a href="http://www.zdnet.com/simple-innovation-could-keep-lights-on-for-indians-render-inverter-redundant-7000025834/" target="_blank">Simple innovation could keep lights on for Indians, render Inverter redundant</a></p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>03/02/2014 10:38:30</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/22804/Simple+innovation+could+keep+lights+on+for+Indians+render+Inverter+redundant</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">22804</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>22793</publicationdataID>
      <title>India's inclusive, mind-boggling polls</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p><span style="font-style:italic">New Straits Times/ by SY Quraishi</span><br />
<br />
People Power: 2009 Indian election was the biggest humanly-managed event in the world<br />
<br />
Athriving and vibrant electoral democracy has been India's distinct and durable identity, long before it asserted itself as an economic, nuclear or information technology major.<br />
<br />
Over the past 63 years, the Election Commission of India (ECI) had delivered 15 elections to the Lok Sabha (the Lower House) and more than 350 elections to state legislative assemblies, facilitating peaceful, orderly and democratic transfer of power.<br />
<br />
The statistics of today's Indian elections may be mind boggling, even if you look at them purely as numbers.<br />
<br />
There are around 780 million electors on the Electoral Roll of India, as of Jan 1, which is more than the population of both the North and South American continents taken together or all the countries of Europe or of Africa combined.<br />
<br />
The last elections to the Indian Parliament, held in 2009, could be described as the biggest humanly- managed event in the world.<br />
<br />
It involved 714 million voters, 835 thousand polling stations, 1.18 million electronic voting machines (EVMs) and 11 million personnel.<br />
<br />
It is not just the magnitude of Indian democracy in terms of geographical area or size of the electorate that amazes, but the anxiety to reach every citizen.<br />
<br />
We even have a separate polling station for a lone voter in the Gir Forest in western India.<br />
<br />
India is perhaps the most diverse country of the world, be it geographical or in being multi-religious, multi-cultural, multi-lingual, and multi-ethnic.<br />
<br />
There's a need to meet the demands of this diversity.<br />
<br />
Equally difficult are the challenges of fighting terrorism, security threats, adjusting to globalisation and rising expectations of an information-savvy growing middle-class.<br />
<br />
The management of elections in India is continually evolving.<br />
<br />
From separate ballot boxes for each candidate to the marking system, to EVMs, has been a long journey. EVMs are simple, user-friendly, cost-effective and give faster and error-free voting and counting, and has been a game changer.<br />
<br />
A major challenge in our elections is how to ensure a level playing field. The party in power has all the resources of the state at its command.<br />
<br />
Hence, there is a need for a code of conduct to be followed by all stakeholders.<br />
<br />
Model Code of Conduct (MCC) is a unique compact evolved with the consensus of political parties in India and is a significant contribution by them to the cause of democracy.<br />
<br />
The ECI enforces it right from the day it announces any election schedule.<br />
<br />
MCC has no statutory backing and many of its provisions are not legally enforceable. Yet the compliance is immense. Public opinion is the moral sanction for its enforcement.<br />
<br />
Elections have to be free and fair but and socially just and more participative. During our 60 years of democratic history, voter turnout has remained at 55 to 60 per cent.<br />
<br />
It is a good figure compared with the declining voter interest in several societies, but it is definitely far less than what we aspire to achieve.<br />
<br />
To make democracy truly inclusive, we have come up with a systematic voters' education and electoral participation (SVEEP) wing that rolls out comprehensive community outreach and multi-media campaigns to bring all citizens, especially the youth, into electoral
 participation.<br />
<br />
In every election now, we carry out a scientific survey of knowledge, attitude, behaviour and practices of voters before launching voter awareness programmes in partnership with civil society and the media.<br />
<br />
This has led to higher registration and turnout in each of the recent state elections, including records in some states.<br />
<br />
Jan 25 was declared National Voters Day from 2011 with the avowed purpose to increase enrolment of voters, especially of newly eligible ones.<br />
<br />
More than 5.2 million newly eligible and registered youth were given voter cards at more than half a million polling stations on the first National Voters Day, besides adding about 17 million new voters to the roll.<br />
<br />
This was billed as the largest exercise of empowerment of the youth on a single day, anywhere in the world. It is now an annual feature in India. Many other countries have shown interest in adopting the model.<br />
<br />
With the type of constitutional mandate that the ECI has, it cannot afford to sit on its laurels.<br />
<br />
There are several reform proposals that aim at cleaning up the electoral process, so that the foundation can be laid for good governance and a corruption free polity.<br />
<br />
Some of these proposals deal with criminalisation of politics and regulation of campaign finance, internal democracy of political parties and etc.<br />
<br />
We have come to a stage in India when holding a free and fair election is no more news. In fact not holding one would be an exception. This is India's promise to its own people and to the world.<br />
<br />
There shall be no let off in the fight against money power in elections. The other goal is to have every eligible Indian on our electoral rolls and every Indian voter to vote in the elections.<br />
<br />
The ECI has a simple vision: Elections that are completely free of crime and abuse of money, based on a perfect electoral roll and with full participation of voters.<br />
<br />
Our progress on this road is sure and steady.<br />
<br />
<span style="font-weight:bold">This article may also be read at:</span><br />
<a href="http://www.nst.com.my/opinion/columnist/india-s-inclusive-mind-boggling-polls-1.473452" target="_blank">India's inclusive, mind-boggling polls</a></p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>30/01/2014 18:34:39</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/22793/Indias+inclusive+mindboggling+polls</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">22793</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>22813</publicationdataID>
      <title>Indian firms look to Fiji</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p><span style="font-style:italic">Fiji Sun</span><br />
<br />
Attorney-General and Minister for Industry and Trade Aiyaz Sayed-Khaiyum and the Fijian delegation met the President of the Confederation of Indian Industries (CII), S. Gopalakrishnan, to discuss strengthening trade and investment relations between Fiji and
 India.<br />
<br />
It came as Mr Sayed-Khaiyum and his delegation continued meetings in Bangalore as part of their mission to India.<br />
<br />
The Attorney-General said the initial discussions with the CII President generated concrete proposals that would create increased opportunities for Fijians.<br />
<br />
"Following our meeting, the CII has agreed not only to pursue business, investment and trade opportunities in Fiji but using Fiji as a hub, to pursue opportunities with the rest of the Pacific Island countries,” he said.<br />
<br />
"To generate interest and awareness, the CII has agreed to run a seminar on Fiji in New Delhi in collaboration with Ministry of Industry and Trade, facilitated through our High Commission here in India. Key agencies such as Investment Fiji, FRCA, FCEF and FCCI
 are to be part of this seminar,” the Attorney-General said.<br />
<br />
The Attorney-General said the CII agreed to undertake a trade and investment mission to Fiji, comprising high-level representatives from the private sector, after hosting a private sector delegation from Fiji to India.<br />
<br />
"These seminars and trade and investment missions will lay the foundation for increasing our international trade. It is about developing new markets for Fijian made products and services, in particular our niche products in a market such as India; identifying
 investment opportunities for Indian businesses in Fiji; and, giving Fijian businesses and consumers alternative sources of imported goods,” added the Minister.<br />
<br />
The Confederation of Indian Industries is the longest-running industry association in India, established in 1895, and has a membership of more than 7100 members, from both the private and public sectors, including SMEs. It has an indirect membership of more
 than 90,000 enterprises from around 257 national and regional bodies.<br />
<br />
<span style="font-weight:bold">This article can also be read at:</span><br />
<a href="http://www.fijisun.com.fj/2014/01/30/indian-firms-look-to-fiji/" target="_blank">Indian firms look to Fiji</a></p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>04/02/2014 09:46:32</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/22813/Indian+firms+look+to+Fiji</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">22813</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>22792</publicationdataID>
      <title>India: The perfect family holiday in 2014</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p><span style="font-style:italic">Huffington Post/ by Scott Goodson</span><br />
<br />
Earlier this month, my wife and two young sons -- 12 and 9 years old -- returned from a mind-blowing Indian travel experience. It was the best family vacation we have had. For your next midyear holiday, why don't you take your money and make a family investment.
 Imagine a real adventure. Then look at your children and imagine how that adventure would change their lives and bring your whole family together -- and off the iPads, iPhones, Androids and the internet.<br />
<br />
If all of this appeals to you then you are probably one of the few but growing people who are looking for more exciting vacation destinations that get you out of your comfort zone.<br />
<br />
India, for those of you who've never tried it, is an extremely inexpensive way of combining culturally rich experiences with an acute culinary delight, mind-blowing destinations and accommodations and a light dusting of fear you get in your stomach when you
 are outside of your comfort zone. Plus there's a better than even chance that at least one member of your family will come home changed.<br />
<br />
The first thing you must understand is the best experience will happen only if you have an incredible travel agent. I asked several of my Indian friends and did a lot of homework. In the end we put our trust in the hands of small and very creative domestic
 Indian travel agency called Broken Compass, a firm run by a wonderful and inspired authority named Manjari. She designed our trip to ensure that we got off the beaten track while staying snug and invigorated.<br />
<br />
These holidays are called winter "breaks" because at some point you will find yourself in the middle of winter transported then transformed. The transportation was care of Air India, which we flew from New York direct to Mumbai. It was a delightful experience
 and passed rather quickly. Upon arrival in Mumbai, we set out to follow the advice of Anand Giridharadas, in his New York Times article 36 Hours in Mumbai.<br />
<br />
My first couple of days had me in business meetings in Mumbai. I also had an interview on national Indian television about my best selling book "Uprising" with Anant Rangaswami, the host of a CNBC show. After a lovely evening, it was the start of our adventure.<br />
<br />
Early the next day we met the man who would drive us around the city of 18 million people. Satish is a recent arrival to the city having moved to Mumbai from Goa. But he knew the city well, and all the important back allies to escape the cities crushing traffic
 jams. Our first stop, the next day, was at the incredible Dhobi Ghat -- recommended by our friend Lisa Bodell. This is the massive public laundry where over 10,000 people work every day doing the city's laundry. Our driver Satish drove us through the crowds,
 through the goats, through everything to the inner center of this public works where people mill around a twirling spectrum of color drying in the wind and the Maharashtra sun. Upon arrival, we were all set and jumped out of our car cameras in hand, except
 for our younger son Ellis who was a little overwhelmed with the scene, even though Dad told him it was a lot of fun and worth seeing. It took, however, the calming voice and grey haired Satish with the smile and big billowing moustache and a warm hand to help
 him out into the melee. And of course once inside of it, he was hooked and gobsmacked.<br />
<br />
The next adventure was a visit to Bombay Electric, a small but super eclectic store behind the famous Taj Mahal Hotel on three terraced levels that embodies the new Indian cool. If you order Jodhpur riding pants (7,500 rupees), they will be stitched by the
 Maharajah of Jaipur's tailor, according to the store. My sons opted for multicolored rubber bracelets, which have become the talk of their classmates. And opposite this is the Causeway Market where you can buy every imaginable brass item from clocks to compasses
 to sextants. Of course you might think it is possible to avoid the heat and the throngs of people going very slowly along the sidewalk packed with sellers.<br />
<br />
When the sun becomes too overpowering you let go, and suddenly you are at the Leopold Café, named after the Belgium King. This is the place where we enjoyed a few midday Kingfishers and lunch. This is also the location that was the first place hit by the terrorists
 during the attacks on Mumbai in 2008. So it is both a memorial as well as a fully functioning restaurant in the middle of all the hustle and bustle. The restaurant boasts a lovely menu and about 100 bullet holes, which continues to attract patrons wishing
 to pay their respects and dine on its delicious food.<br />
<br />
After an afternoon tea at the Taj, our next stop was a dinner at the delicious Indigo Café in Colaba district with Sheetal Metha the head of Nanhi Kali, the organization that educates girl children in India. This was especially inspiring for my young sons who
 read the book "I Am Malala," and have developed a keen interest in this cause. They've been keen sponsors of the education of girl children ever since they came across the website
<a href="http://www.the-girl-store.org./">www.the-girl-store.org.</a> After a few days exploring Mumbai cuisine and curries, Indigo was the perfect culinary break for the kids to enjoy ribs and fries. And they were some memorable fries. Indigo is famous for
 their fries which I dare say are among the best French fries in the world.<br />
<br />
Fed and rested we were ready for something big. The next day came the game changer. We had scheduled something that we thought we all needed to see. Something that had us all a little intimidated but also intrigued. At sunrise, we toured the world's biggest
 slum, called Dharavi (Hindi and Marathi: धारावी; also spelled Daravi, Darravy, Dorrovy). It is situated in the middle of Mumbai. They say that 1 million people live and work there. Not knowing what to expect beforehand, the tour was, after the fact, mind blowing
 to say the least. We had all watched the motion picture Slum Dog Millionaire before we left. This was the place it was filmed. Once there, walking through the tiny narrow passageways that connect this massive city, felt more like walking through a European
 city during the middle ages, except the people were incredibly friendly and impressively busy. They say that 85 percent of the population are either working full time jobs in the slum or going to school. Or both. The industry focuses on recycling (yes they
 recycle plastic bottles from the USA so your kids can see first hand what happens after they out the little blue recycling boxes); they make cardboard (mostly out of elephant dung), they have a wonderful section of this city that makes pottery, and then they
 make leather goods. The overall impression of Dharavi changed all of us, and made us more humble and thankful for the opportunity to meet people who are happy in their lives and entrepreneurial, driving their own businesses and putting their children through
 school. A large number of the inhabitants are migrant workers but many are also second and third generation residents.<br />
<br />
The next day we visit Mahatma Gandhi's house called Mani Bhavan. My sons were deeply affected by the exhibit, as were my wife and I. The house itself feels as though the great one is still living there. It feels like a home, and you can see where Gandhi sat
 spinning cotton overlooking the balcony to the street. As Gandhi said: "Truth alone will endure, all the rest will swept always in the tide of Time." One memorable part of the exhibit was a hand written letter from Gandhi to Adolf Hitler in 1939 pleading with
 him to stop Nazi aggression and stop WWII from happening.<br />
<br />
That brought us to the end of our days in Mumbai. Before the trip back in New York, Anand had suggested to Karin and I that we focus the rest of our trip around Kerala. He said it offered the lush green tropics of south India, but also many of the attractions
 that you would find across the wider country. Keep in mind that India is like Europe. It's a huge country and getting from one destination -- like Mumbai to Agra (to see the Taj Mahal) requires an airplane ride and then a car for a few hours to reach it. When
 you're in India for winter break between December and January, the last thing we wanted to do was spend half our vacation in planes, trains and automobiles. So the suggestion of Kerala was intriguing. After seeing the Life of Pi, which was filed there, we
 were convinced.<br />
<br />
We started our Kerala adventure at Kovalam in the very south of India. We stayed at the delightfully Malayalam Leela hotel. There is nothing quite like sitting on the balcony overlooking the Arabian Sea. The Hotel Leela, (a few kilometers away from Trivandrum,
 the capital city of Kerala) has the Maldives directly in front of the hotel, and just around the corner is Sri Lanka. Of course you can't see them, but it's nice to know they're there. It's exciting to know that the hotel sits on a cliff. The first stop was
 a visit to Divya, an authentic Ayurveda Wellness Spa located within the hotel. Ayurvedic massage is unique to the area and a traditional Kerala massage. If you like oil you'll enjoy this experience. We had access to a beach that was frequented by virtually
 no foreigners, and where the local families engaged us for photo sessions continuously down the beach. If you've ever wanted to be a movie star, this is the closest you'll come. We can now brag that our images, mostly our kids, adorn the household frames of
 many Kovalam families. The Kovalam sun is hot and our oldest son was in and out of the pool so much that his sun block wore off and ended up with a heat rash. This kept him in bed for a couple of days.<br />
<br />
From here we drove to Alleppey, an enormous region in the center of Kerala filled with fresh water and rice fields, which feed a large portion of the Indian population. The area with enormous natural lakes and man made channels, fed by 38 rivers, and extending
 virtually half the length of Kerala state. These Backwaters (as they're called) are a network of interconnected canals, rivers, lakes and inlets, a labyrinthine system formed by more than 900 km of waterways. We hired our own air-conditioned houseboat that
 had the most outstanding and energetic chef I've ever met. He cooked up a creative storm from the very first moment we came aboard his vessel, and enjoyed his delicious seafood late into the evening. The sunset was life-giving and my little son marveled at
 the different hues of the great fireball as is slowly dipped into the water silhouetting geckos, frogs, mudskippers, kingfishers, darters and cormorants, and animals such as otters and turtles that live in and alongside the backwaters. We tied up along one
 canal for the evening and awoke to another thunderstorm of food and sunshine. Rumor had it that this part of the trip would bring us face to face with the dreaded Kerala mosquito. But fortunately for all of us we never met any and we slept like babies. There
 are many websites that recommend different advice about malaria and solutions for India. We went with the British National Health Service website which features a global map of hot malaria zones and based on this site which said that south India has virtually
 no malaria, especially in the December-January season, we decided to not take the very powerful anti malaria pills. BTW the last time we took malaria pills for a trip to Thailand my wife's hair came out in clumps, so we wanted to make sure we did our homework
 and made thoughtful decisions based on all the recent reading out there. This may not be right for everyone, and you should consult your own physician to determine what is right for you and your family.<br />
<br />
Next up was a magnificent little gem called Coconut Lagoon, which is only reachable, by boat. Coconut Lagoon is located in the Kerala district of Kuttanad, or the land of the short people. The local folklore has it that this name came about because the folks
 here are always knee deep in paddy fields. There are so many facets to the Coconut Lagoon experience. The heritage of the old feudal villages of Malabar. The vast frolic of the Vembanad Lake. The shimmering waters of the canals that crisscross the property.
 The flavor bursts of Kerala home-style cooking. But for me it was the old British hut we lived in which was dressed in a modern rendition of the British Raj, all teak and porcelain. The room made me feel like Rudyard Kipling, and in all my excitement was able
 to inspire my sons to read Kim. Imagine that! And this was after inspiring my son Jacoby to read, "I am Malala." But the real attraction to this eco resort is the yoga, which was relaxing to say the least. In fact that was the word that dominated my yoga experience.
 Instead of 'OM" the key word from the yoga leader every few minutes was 'relax' and that I did most comfortably.<br />
<br />
From here, we headed north to Periyar Tiger Reserve in Thekkady, where we went for a daylong trek among the mountains and saw monkeys, mongooses, elephants but unfortunately no traces of tigers. It turns out that sadly, south India has only 40 tigers left alive
 in this reserve. In January, it was estimated by the BBC that there are less than 1,700 tigers left in the wild in India. We stayed in a hilltop hotel called the Shalimar Spice Garden, which was the perfect place to be if you want to get closer to nature --
 and coincidentally French people. It turns out that the hotel was featured in a famous French magazine. So apart from the Indians who managed the accommodations and my family (who are Canadian-Swedish), everyone else was from France. Which made for an interesting
 yoga session where our yogi's rather strong local accent had to be translated into French by yours truly. Language didn't matter; as the pace of life was so easy and peaceful that even the birds and the butterflies do not seem to be in a hurry. The lush foliage
 of the coffee, cardamom and other spices plants surrounding the cottages made me hungry most of the time, and perhaps that's why my sons really dug into the buffet of curries and chutneys.<br />
<br />
From here we left for the largest tea producing area in south India in an incredibly green hilled region called Munnar. It was green like you've never imaged it. We ate lunch at the wonderful Club Mahindra Munnar, which is right in the middle of the tea plantations
 and was getting ready for a huge New Year's Eve party. We continued on our journey on nerve wrecking winding roads that make the drive between Nice and Monaco seem like a kiddies ride. Once in Munnar, we visited the Munnar Tea Museum and gulped liters of green
 tea, which, they say, is the healthiest tea to drink that was according to the local tour-guide. New Years was spent in the luscious and coolish Blackberry Hills hotel where people escaped the heat of the valley below. This mountain hotel, literally built
 into the rocks is dry. So we had a wonderful local cultural dance show for New Years but not a drop of wine or Champagne to be had anywhere. Thankfully we came across a hilarious Norwegian family who had kids about the same age as us. We spent the evening
 together. Luckily they had stopped to buy fireworks that day and we blew them off at midnight and then fell asleep in our deliciously comfy beds.<br />
<br />
Then we were in the home stretch, off to Cochin the largest city in Kerala. This is the city famous for its Chinese fishing nets which function along the city walls along the sea. There is monumental amounts of seafood in this city, and an abundance of fruit
 and vegetables, which make Cochin a lush and delicious place to visit. The surrounding mountains are also home to the world famous spice plantations of pepper, cinnamon, cardamom, vanilla, pineapple, and much more. So Cochin cuisine is unique and extraordinarily
 delicious. Our best meal was at the Malabar. In Cochin, there are hundreds of stores selling everything from antiques to modern sculptures -- and many different scenes featuring of our favorite Ganesh. In Cochin, we visited the oldest synagogue in the commonwealth.
 Sailors of merchant fleet of King Solomon laid the first foundation while some of the artifacts date back to 1344. In addition to the Jewish community, Cochin has a wonderful Hindu, Muslim and Christian community -- all living like together in the most beautiful
 harmony -- as they have been doing for centuries. If ever there was a place worthy of a visit for anyone living in our modern world it is Cochin. It is inspiration for us all.<br />
<br />
The return back to New York was relatively easy, except for an incredibly long process to get through the airport onto the aircraft, which was especially difficult at 1:30 am for our two young kids. But once on the plane, we all fell asleep in each other's
 arms, with full tummies and large smiles on our faces.<br />
<br />
The result? My youngest son held a presentation for his class about India, and made a special point to mention the face that there were more cats in his hometown then there were living tigers in the wild in Thekkady, India. The following week, he had to write
 a paper about someone he admired. He wrote about Gandhi. Amazingly he has absorbed all the information on display in the Gandhi. My older son has become an expert on the Hindu gods and goddesses, and on Kerala cultural dance. Not too shabby. Oh, and they both
 have developed a passion for the spice food.<br />
<br />
<span style="font-style:italic">(The views expressed above are personal views of the writer)</span><br />
<br />
<span style="font-weight:bold">This article may also be read at:</span><br />
<a href="http://www.huffingtonpost.com/scott-goodson/india-the-perfect-family-_b_4676032.html" target="_blank">India: The perfect family holiday in 2014</a></p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>30/01/2014 18:33:31</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/22792/India+The+perfect+family+holiday+in+2014</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">22792</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>22789</publicationdataID>
      <title>The India story: Leading the change</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p><span style="font-style:italic">Saudi Gazette/by Soma Banerjee</span><br />
<br />
India’s position on the global stage as a vibrant democracy and an economic powerhouse is now a well-established fact. The role of Asian economies over the past few years has only reinforced the strength and importance of India on the global centerstage. China
 and India pushed demand even as large economies continued to shrink (read European nations) or just about find its feet like the US economy. Indian markets held on even as the economy battled against the global pressures of recession and showdown. Exports
 fell sharply in the first half and the rupee remained volatile as it fought hard to find its new level. The tide has turned and India is on a bounce back thanks to its resilient business houses, industrious entrepreneurs and innovative workforce who have fought
 hard showing their capacity to treat every challenge as a new opportunity.<br />
<br />
Indian growth that had dipped to 5% is likely to be arrested to this level in this financial year even as green shoots are appearing to take the growth story on the recovery path in 2014. The government has shown conviction in its policies and has worked towards
 opening up the economy with greater liberalization in several areas that have now attracted investments from foreign investors across the globe. While opening up foreign direct investments in multibrand retail has already seen some action with majors like
 Tesco and Wal-Mart planning to set up stores in India. Further India’s decision to open up the aviation sector, a key infrastructure sector, has already seen three big investment proposals over a few months. While Tata and Singapore Airlines are tying up for
 new services, Etihad has joined hands with Jet Airways even as low cost Air Asia begins new services for the Indian skies.<br />
<br />
The total value of domestic deals in India during the third quarter of 2013 was $1.31 billion, up from $1.29 billion during the corresponding period of 2012. While majors like British Petroleum has brought in the largest FDI in the energy sector, pharmacy majors
 and investments by Etihad in the Jet-Etihad deal and the Japanese in the Industrial corridor are telling instances of inbound investments.<br />
<br />
The strength of a vibrant democracy coupled with a robust judiciary and regulatory framework has only added to the India story. A market that has grown consistently adding new consumers every day even as technology is helping spread the depth and width of the
 markets. Investors in India have to keep pace with the growing and varied demand, a market that challenges companies and investors almost on a daily basis.<br />
<br />
Overseas direct investment by Indian companies stood at $3.24 billion in July 2013, registering an increase of 89.5 percent from US$ 1.71 billion invested in June 2013, according to data released by the Reserve Bank of India (RBI).<br />
<br />
The investments were made across 461 transactions. Reliance Communications, Apollo Tires, Zee Entertainment Enterprises and Tata Communications, being the major investors. A recent report by the US India Business Council (USIBC) has stated that Indian investments
 in the country has reached $11 billion and has generated over 100,000 jobs there. Large investments in refineries, steel plants and transportation in African countries and other Asian economies have been the talking points in business circles.<br />
<br />
As India moved on in search of energy security, companies like government-owned ONGC and private majors like Reliance Industries and the Essar group to name a few invested in new oil fields and gas discoveries. Steel majors like Jindals and Essar too made their
 mark. Bharti Airtel, India telecommunication major made inroads into the African continent as its spread its services touching lives of Africans. Another case in point is TVS Motors that is planning to establish a two-wheeler assembly line in Uganda and launch
 two motorcycle models in the African nation. The Europe India Chamber of Commerce (EICC), a body that promotes bilateral trade between the European Union and India, has recorded Indian companies to have invested $56 billion across the continent during 2003-2012,
 of which EUR 29 billion ($ 38.47 billion) was invested through mergers and acquisition transactions. The report titled ‘Indian Companies in the European Union: Reigniting Economic Growth’ also mentioned that Indian business houses employ 1.34 lakh professionals
 in Europe, including 40,000 new jobs generated by 511 green-field investments. Tata Group is the largest employer in Europe, which counts about 80,000 employees across its 19 companies there. India accounts for a substantial 47 percent of the green-field investment
 and 63 percent of the employment creation in the UK, according to the report.<br />
<br />
Investments in Asian economies by ONGC Videsh Limited (OVL), Jubilant Oil and Gas, CenturyPly, Tata Motors, Essar Energy, RITES, Escorts, Sonalika Tractors, Zydus Pharmaceuticals Ltd, Sun Pharmaceuticals Ltd, Ranbaxy, Cadila Healthcare Ltd, Shree Balaji Enterprises,
 Shree Cements, Dr. Reddy’s Laboratories Ltd, Cipla, Gati Shipping Ltd, TCI Seaways and Apollo bear testimony to India’s expanding business footprint.<br />
<br />
Indian conglomerate Aditya Birla Group is intending to invest around $1 billion to set up a chemical/fertilizer plant in the US even as it rakes in more than half of its $40 billion-turnover from overseas markets according to a report by IBEF.<br />
<br />
These numbers and statistics that find places in global dialogues go much beyond just official data. These are stories of how Indian business houses and investors have partnered their counterparts across the globe to reach out to new investors and consumers.<br />
<br />
India’s journey on the global stage is a story of emerging economies that are set to change the rules of the game in this century. The changing dynamics of the economic order that has made the world flat today will give an opportunity to show India’s strength
 as an economic and knowledge power even as it basks in its rich historical heritage.<br />
<br />
(The views expressed above are the personal views of the author) <br />
<br />
<span style="font-weight:bold">This article can also be read at:</span><br />
<a href="http://www.saudigazette.com.sa/index.cfm?method=home.regcon&amp;contentid=20140126193771" target="_blank">The India story: Leading the change</a></p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>28/01/2014 10:31:58</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/22789/The+India+story+Leading+the+change</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">22789</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>22785</publicationdataID>
      <title>Bhojpuri Parivar determined to preserve Bhojpuri culture</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p><span style="font-style:italic">India West/by Varnica Singh</span><br />
<br />
Living miles away from the home state, it is difficult to sustain your original roots and pass on to the upcoming generation one’s own language and culture. Now, those individuals seeking to preserve their Bhojpuri culture need not to worry as Bhojpuri Parivar
 is one such association which is trying its best to promote and preserve the "Bhojpuri” language, culture and traditions in the U.S. and Canada.<br />
<br />
Bhojpuri Parivar is a nonprofit organization registered in California. Based on the social and cultural needs of Bhojpuri families, the association has been in existence for several years but it was given a formal shape only in 2013.<br />
<br />
Bhojpuri Parivar is now working towards linking all American Bhojpuriyas with each other seeking to provide a medium of interaction among them by hosting conventions, meetings and annual fairs. Its aim is to encourage people to learn, write and speak Bhojpuri,
 as well as striving to create awareness and increase the popularity of Bhojpuri music and arts in the U.S. and Canada. Bhojpuri Parivar is also working towards providing academic opportunities in U.S. schools and universities with Bhojpuri as a medium of instruction.<br />
<br />
"Bhojpuri Parivar has a set of short-term and long-term goals. One of the short-term goals of Bhojpuri Parivar is to provide a platform to all families who come from a rich and diverse back ground of Bhojpuri culture and feel isolated even among Indian communities
 in the metropolitan cities such as Los Angeles and San Francisco,” Rohit J. Singh, founder of the Bhojpuri Parivar, told India-West. "Bhojpuri Parivar connects families by organizing festivals, shows and seminars on Bhojpuri traditions and culture. An example
 of a long-term goal is to be a partner with other worldwide Bhojpuri associations and the governments in preserving and promoting the language and culture by organizing gala events, film festivals, and finding resources to preserve and archive the old literature.”
<br />
<br />
There are currently over 300 members of Bhojpuri Parivar. As of now the group has a solid foundation in California, predominantly in Los Angeles and Silicon Valley, but hope to expand to other states.<br />
<br />
There are approximately 150 million Bhojpuri speakers worldwide, according to Singh. But intellectuals of Bhojpuri community have been genuinely concerned about the threats that Bhojpuri as a language and culture is facing by more popular languages surrounding
 Bhojpuri regions in India and in several other countries such as Fiji, Mauritius, Surinam and West Indies. "If no additional efforts are made to preserve it then soon this language will get extinct, most of the words and phrases will be absorbed by other languages.
 It’s our humble request to all Bhojpurians to instill importance of preserving Bhojpuri language and traditions in youths and be proud of our culture and heritage,” said Singh.<br />
<br />
One of the most important initiatives of Bhojpuri Parivar is to develop a curriculum for teaching Bhojpuri to kids and adults in the U.S. and Canada who are interested in learning the language. "President Obama in 2009 recognized and recommended Bhojpuri (among
 other languages) for Americans to learn. Hence, Bhojpuri Parivar would like to tap on president’s recommendation and if schools agree then we will provide volunteers to teach basic Bhojpuri for free to kids from elementary through 12th grade,” Singh told India-West.
 The group is also supporting a petition for recognition of Bhojpuri as an official language of India.<br />
<br />
Among upcoming Bhojpuri Parivar events include "Holi Milan” on Mar. 22.<br />
<br />
(The views expressed above are the personal views of the author) <br />
<br />
<span style="font-weight:bold">This article can also be read at:</span><br />
<a href="http://www.indiawest.com/news/16494-bhojpuri-parivar-determined-to-preserve-bhojpuri-culture.html" target="_blank">Bhojpuri Parivar determined to preserve Bhojpuri culture</a></p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>28/01/2014 10:14:34</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/22785/Bhojpuri+Parivar+determined+to+preserve+Bhojpuri+culture</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">22785</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>22786</publicationdataID>
      <title>Indian American teen’s nonprofit helps seniors be tech savvy</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p><span style="font-style:italic">India West</span><br />
<br />
When her grandparents recently visited her home, Stuti Vishwabhan, a sophomore from Presentation High School here, became suddenly aware that there is a generation of people who are struggling to keep pace with all the latest strides being made in telecommunication
 technology. <br />
<br />
Her grandparents had found it difficult to keep in touch with the friends and family they left behind in India because they were not tech savvy with Facebook, Instagram, Flickr, Skype, Facetime, Twitter, Tumblr, or even text for that matter.<br />
<br />
Realizing this, Vishwabhan decided to teach her grandparents how to use a laptop. Every day, during the summer after her eighth grade, she started spending time with them, showing them cool features. Within a few weeks, they came up to speed, and they were
 able to enjoy the same TV shows they left behind in India, she told India-West in a press note.
<br />
<br />
Vishwabhan’s grandmother even opened a Facebook account, and became active connecting with family and friends via social networking.<br />
<br />
In order to give that same experience to other seniors, Vishwabhan founded an organization called Teach Seniors Technology, a non-profit organization that aims to give back to the senior community.
<br />
<br />
The organization’s mission is to bridge the generation gap by educating seniors about technology so that they can remain connected and play a meaningful role in the lives of their loved ones.
<br />
<br />
In order to fulfill her mission, Vishwabhan started volunteering at local community senior living centers. She wrote to the Belmont Senior Living Center and began teaching seniors about topics such as social networking, surfing the web, and operating the basics
 of computers. <br />
<br />
Radhika Singh, the activities director and coordinator of the Belmont Senior Living Center, wrote, "The course program you (Vishwabhan) taught was well-crafted, and your (Vishwabhan’s) delivery to our residents was very person centered. I sincerely thank you
 for taking the initiative on this class and appreciate your dedication to serve the community.”
<br />
<br />
Vishwabhan has also received support from the San Jose City Council.<br />
<br />
Recently, the teenager has been working with the Almaden Branch San Jose Public Library and will be starting her organization there shortly. She hopes that she will be able to work with other centers in the near future. Her goal is to make her organization
 statewide.<br />
<br />
Over the last year, Vishwabhan’s organization has grown and like-minded leaders have joined. Swathi Ramprasad, the vice president of the organization, is another avid and keen leader who volunteers her time and effort at Teach Seniors Technology.
<br />
<br />
Vishwabhan is currently looking for more volunteers to help her with her cause. Those who are interested in joining Teach Seniors Technology can sign up on her www.teachseniorstech.org Web site or contact her at teachsrtech@gmail.com.<br />
<br />
(The views expressed above are the personal views of the author) <br />
<br />
<span style="font-weight:bold">This article can also be read at:</span><br />
<a href="http://www.indiawest.com/news/16493-indian-american-teen-s-nonprofit-helps-seniors-be-tech-savvy.html" target="_blank">Indian American teen’s nonprofit helps seniors be tech savvy</a></p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>28/01/2014 10:19:24</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/22786/Indian+American+teens+nonprofit+helps+seniors+be+tech+savvy</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">22786</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>22787</publicationdataID>
      <title>India’s free ‘Eye Camp’ visited by more than five hundred within three days</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p><span style="font-style:italic">Minivan News/by Ahmed Rilwan</span><br />
<br />
As part of India- Maldives ‘Dosti-Ekuverikan’ friendship week (20 – 26 January) the High Commission of India has conducted a free ‘Eye Camp’ providing free consultation and services for more than 500 people in Male’ and Hulhumale’.<br />
<br />
The ‘Eye Camp’ was inaugurated by Indian High Commissioner Rajeev Shahare at Indhira Gandhi Memorial Hospital (IGMH) on 24 January.<br />
<br />
The three day camp, where a specialist ophthalmic team will examine and provide free spectacles for those who require it, was held at IGMH on 24, 25 January and will continue at Hulhumale’ Hospital on 25 and 26 January.<br />
<br />
According to the HCI at least 284 were served at the IGMH camp within two days. The camp in Hulhumale began today at 1430hrs and continued till 1600hrs serving 105 people from more than 250 registered for consultation. The specialist team will continue examining
 tomorrow from 0900am till 2100am at Hulhumale’ hospital.<br />
<br />
The Indian team of ophthalmic specialists from ASG Eye Hospitals, Rajasthan, India consists of three senior ophthalmologists Dr Arun Singhvi, M.D., Dr Shashank Gang, M.D. and Dr Kundan Kumar Singh and Mr Manoj Sharma,ophthalmology technician.<br />
<br />
Two ophthalmic surgeons from ASG Eye Hospitals; Dr Arun Singhvi, M.D., Dr Shashank Gang, M.D. and a senior ophthalmologist Dr Kundan Kumar Singh – all trained at the All India institute of Medical Sciences (AIIMS). Dr Singhvi and Dr Shashank are LASIK surgeons.<br />
<br />
While the team came prepared for free eye surgeries as well, surgeries will not be conducted due to lack of necessary equipment. HCI says the patients who require to get or renew spectacles will received those from India within two weeks. The High Commission
 plans to hold a similar eye camp after a month.<br />
<br />
The ‘Dosti-Ekuverikan’ week events also include a yoga workshop in Male’, and a blood donation camp where more than one hundred people donated blood to the National Centre for Thalassemia.<br />
<br />
In addition to this, cultural activities – including food, music and film festivals and a National Art Competition for school children- were also held as part of celebrations. The closing ceremony for the week will be held tomorrow, coinciding with the Republic
 Day of India.<br />
<br />
(The views expressed above are the personal views of the author) <br />
<br />
<span style="font-weight:bold">This article can also be read at:</span><br />
<a href="http://minivannews.com/news-in-brief/indias-free-eye-camp-visited-by-more-than-five-hundred-within-three-days-76000" target="_blank">India’s free ‘Eye Camp’ visited by more than five hundred within three days</a></p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>28/01/2014 10:22:52</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/22787/Indias+free+Eye+Camp+visited+by+more+than+five+hundred+within+three+days</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">22787</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>22788</publicationdataID>
      <title>Tourist interest in Ayurveda lends new life to old Indian mansions</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p><span style="font-style:italic">Arab News/by Ashraf Padanna</span><br />
<br />
At the peak of its cultural glory in the 20th century, Poomully Mana boasted of patronage to a whole lot of classical south Indian arts.<br />
<br />
Today, it has narrowed its engagement with heritage to just one subject: Ayurveda.<br />
<br />
The result: an imposing mansion-turned-wellness resort that has for the past 15 years been providing health care based on the ancient Indian medical system, which is attracting many tourists to the southern state of Kerala — India’s tourism superbrand.<br />
<br />
Down the state, Koothattukulam — another green and rugged pocket— has a similar enterprise called Sreedhareeyam; only that it specializes in eye-care.<br />
<br />
Till 1999, it was known as Nellikkattu Mana, which was basically another Namboodiri household known for its Ayurveda physicians.<br />
<br />
Up in Malabar, Poonkudil Mana in Malappuram district senses the prospect of boosting its age-old fame in Ayurvedic cure for mental ailments.<br />
<br />
The treatment facility near hilly Manjeri brings people to the vaidyas in the family and buy their home-made herbal concoctions.<br />
<br />
Overall, when feudal-era joint families have paved the way for nuclear households today, the owners of some of the rambling abodes are reinventing themselves by converting them into Ayurveda resorts.<br />
<br />
The state government views the trend as a harbinger of brighter times for Ayurveda.<br />
<br />
"Ayurveda is a time-tested healing system,” says Suman Billa, Secretary, Kerala Tourism.<br />
<br />
"In modern times, its benefits are fetching us more tourists. They come for rejuvenation and treatment.”<br />
<br />
Top functionaries of the heritage Ayurveda resorts, too, are happy over the change of fortune. Poomully Mana in Palakkad district, for instance, was losing some of its massive residential blocks and storage houses to non-maintenance and desertion of members
 (in search of greener pastures) a quarter century ago.<br />
<br />
That phase of decay prompted some disciples, followers, friends and relatives of late Ayurveda and Kalarippayattu (the martial art unique to the state) master Neelakantan Nampoothirippad of the mansion near Pattambi came together.<br />
<br />
A Poomully Aramthampuran Smaraka Trust they formed in his name in 1997 led to the conversion of the mansion into a new-age Ayurveda resort.<br />
<br />
Neelakandan Poomully, president of the Ayurveda mana, notes that the facilities in the heritage rooms do not confine to just treatment techniques such as dhara, kashaya vasti, shwedanam, pizhichil and vamanam.<br />
<br />
"We also have a private herb garden, yoga room and traditional bathing pond, a library of books on the subject, and a collection of related antiques in a museum,” he reveals.<br />
<br />
"We also provide training in the martial art.”<br />
<br />
Vasudevan Nampoothiri, another trustee and member of the family, notes that new blocks, built in classical architecture, are occupied almost throughout the year — more so by foreigners during the salubrious monsoon season.<br />
<br />
The trust runs another resort at Perumbayil Mana in Pavaratti, near Guruvayur, a famed temple town.<br />
<br />
The Sreedhareeyam Ayurvedic Eye Hospital and Research Center, in a quiet locality 35 km northeast of Kottayam town, has now become a popular haven for people desperate about problems of varying degrees related to eyesight or lack of it; in fact, even blindness
 of some types.<br />
<br />
"We never resort to surgery. It works with our constant practice based on the deeper study about the tenets of Ayurveda — through herbal medicines, ointments and eye exercise,” says Dr. NPP Namboothiri, chief physician of the 14-year-old institution, which
 also addresses issues of ear, nose and throat.<br />
<br />
The entrepreneurship may be recent, but Nellikkattu Mana’s tryst with Ayurveda dates back to at least four centuries during which its members provided eye treatment to local people more on a non-commercial basis.<br />
<br />
As if to highlight this fact, the central part of the 55-acre campus (which also grows medicinal herbs) has the wooded tile-roof nalukettu— the quaint old structure that housed members of Mana.<br />
<br />
"We have only respect for allopathy,” says Hari N Nambudiri, managing director of Sreedhareeyam Ayurvedic Medicines Pvt Ltd.<br />
<br />
"In fact, some of our own doctors have passed MBBS (in modern medicine); only that they subsequently mastered the eyesight science of Ayurveda.”<br />
<br />
On the Manjeri-Mankada road, Poonkudil Mana is not that crowded these days, as the mansion, which specializes in Ayurveda treatment for mental diseases has discontinued with the practice of admitting patients.<br />
<br />
"That stopped it in 2003 — for practical reasons. All the same, we continue with consultations; give them homemade medicines,” says Devan Namboodiri, the chief physician.<br />
<br />
The mode of treatment at Poonkudil Mana, which has a practicing history of more than five centuries, follows prescriptions from traditional Indian psychology based on tips from Ayurveda.<br />
<br />
"The disease is all a matter of Heenasatwa (a worsened condition of the mind),” notes Namboodiri. "The medicines are made of herbs; some are prescribed special oil bath.<br />
<br />
"We even make Brahmi ghee; it sharpens the brain of the patients and cools the body and mind.”<br />
<br />
Malappuram district, which houses Poonkudil, boasts of one of Kerala’s Ashta Vaidyas — the eight traditional Ayurveda families from the Brahmin community. That is south of Perinthalmanna, in Pulamanthol.<br />
<br />
Pulamanthol Sankaran Mooss, who heads the household now, runs a dispensary in the compound adjoining a tributary of the Nila river.<br />
<br />
"Ours has been one family where no generation has lost its Ayurveda link for centuries together,” says Mooss.<br />
<br />
In fact, not far from Poomully Mana, there is the Vaidyamadham — another family of the Ashta Vaidyas.<br />
<br />
Today, the Vaidyamadham Vaidyasala and Nursing Home prepares 700 varieties of medicines at its factory that was set up 100 years ago in a modest way.<br />
<br />
Its chief physician Cheriya Narayanan Namboodiri, who died recently, researched majorly in cancer to have come up with two types of medicines for the malignant disease. Treatment of arthritis was his specialty.<br />
<br />
Thrissur and its vicinity have two major Ayurvedic hospitals that are new-age versions of treatments by Ashta Vaidyas.<br />
<br />
The 1920-established SNA Ayurveda Nursing Home is an offshoot of the renowned Pazhannellippurath Thaikkatt Mooss who were royal physicians to King Zamorin of Malabar before they migrated to Thrissur to serve Kochi king Sakthan Thampuran (1751-1805).<br />
<br />
A dozen km south of Thrissur is Vaidyarathnam Oushadhasala, run by a branch of the Thaikkatt Mooss, which has its business flourishing. It has a hospital and Ayurveda college.<br />
<br />
"Soon, we are opening an Ayurveda museum,” adds ET Parameswaran Mooss of the establishment.<br />
<br />
It is not just mansions; but even royal palaces have metamorphosed into sprawling Ayurveda resorts in modern times. Kalari Kovilakom, for instance, used to be the abode of the Vengunad kings of Palakkad region.<br />
<br />
In the 21st century, the CGH (Casino Group of Hotels) runs it as a wellness center — at Kollengode, in the scenic foothills of Vadamala. The 1890-built palace was acquired by the hospitality group in 2000.<br />
<br />
"It took us four years to refurbish it to suit the changed needs,” recounts Jose Dominic, managing director of the CGH based in the port city of Kochi (Cochin).<br />
<br />
Every year, an estimated 6.7 million foreign tourists visit India. The sharp fall in the rupee, which is currently hovering around 62 rupees against the greenback, also makes India attractive for holidaymakers.<br />
<br />
Kerala attracts a major chunk of them, mainly high-end tourists rather than backpackers, through innovative marketing using social media platforms and a wide range of products.<br />
<br />
Last week, it won the UN World Tourism Organization (UNWTO) Ulysses Award for Innovation in Public Policy and Governance, said to be the highest honor given to government bodies for shaping global tourism policies through innovative initiatives.<br />
<br />
It received the recognition for its ‘responsible tourism’ project in Kumarakom village, a popular tourism destination located near Kottayam city.<br />
<br />
The project links the local community with the hospitality industry and government departments, creating a model for empowerment and development of the people in the area while sustaining eco-friendly tourism.<br />
<br />
"By building healthy private-public partnerships at the local level with the active involvement of the local community, we can create jobs locally, improve the lives of members of the local community and preserve its culture and ethos through sustainable tourism,”
 says AP Anilkumar, the state’s minister for tourism.<br />
<br />
(The views expressed above are the personal views of the author) <br />
<br />
<span style="font-weight:bold">This article can also be read at:</span><br />
<a href="http://www.arabnews.com/news/515321" target="_blank">Tourist interest in Ayurveda lends new life to old Indian mansions</a></p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>28/01/2014 10:28:10</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/22788/Tourist+interest+in+Ayurveda+lends+new+life+to+old+Indian+mansions</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">22788</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>22763</publicationdataID>
      <title>India launches first government-to-business platform</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p><span style="font-style:italic">Future Gov: Medha Basu</span><br />
<br />
India’s Department of Industrial Policy has launched an integrated government-to-business platform known as eBiz, aiming to transform the country’s business environment through delivery of efficient, convenient and transparent electronic services throughout
 the lifecycle of an industry or business entity.<br />
<br />
Minister of Commerce and Industry, Anand Sharma, noted, "Our approach includes leveraging technology to bring transparency, improve efficiency and promote convenience. The eBiz is the first of its kind in the country.”<br />
<br />
"It marks the highest level of maturity in e-governance applications as it strives to achieve horizontal integration across various verticals of Central government, State governments and Parastatal agencies.”<br />
<br />
The platform is expected to enable a transformational shift in the Indian Government’s approach to service delivery from being department-centric to customer-centric.<br />
<br />
The eBiz portal was launched in January 2013 with the second phase, including new services, launched earlier this week.<br />
<br />
The platform includes a first-of-its-kind integrated payment gateway with the Central Bank of India. It solves the problem of debiting from and crediting to multiple sources through automation based on a set of external messages, added the Minister.<br />
<br />
He emphasised that the gateway has potential for serving as the universal gateway for all e-government applications in the country.<br />
<br />
The eBiz platform was conceptualised with support from the National Institute of Smart Governance and developed by Infosys.<br />
<br />
It is expected that in the next ten years, more than 200 services will be rolled out across the country for investors and businesses. During the first three years 50 services will be piloted out across five states. More services and states will be included
 during the expansion phase in the remaining seven years.<br />
<br />
<span style="font-weight:bold">This article can also be read at:</span><br />
<a href="http://www.futuregov.asia/articles/2014/jan/22/india-launches-first-government-business-platform/" target="_blank">India launches first government-to-business platform</a></p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>22/01/2014 15:05:23</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/22763/India+launches+first+governmenttobusiness+platform</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">22763</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>22741</publicationdataID>
      <title>India declares vaccination program a success, looks to be 'polio-free' by March</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p>Radio Australia/ by Michael Edwards<br />
<br />
India's government has declared its success in eradicating new cases of polio is a "monumental milestone" which could see the country polio-free this year.<br />
<br />
India's government has declared its success in eradicating new cases of polio is a "monumental milestone".<br />
<br />
A massive vaccination program achieved what was once thought impossible - no new polio cases in three years - a result that puts India on the verge of being considered polio-free.<br />
<br />
India will likely receive its official World Health Organisation (WHO) endorsement as being polio-free in March.<br />
<br />
Vimla is from a small village in West Bengal but now works as a labourer on a building site in New Delhi.<br />
<br />
Her 18-month-old son Raju goes with her to work and Vimla lives in fear of him contracting dangerous diseases such as polio.<br />
<br />
"Yes, I have seen those kids who have not been vaccinated for polio. They have really bad limbs and they are scarred for life," she said.<br />
<br />
But children such as Raju now have a brighter future thanks to a massive vaccination project undertaken by the Indian government.<br />
<br />
Raju was one of millions of children who was given the vaccine that should keep him free from the disease that is usually spread via sewer water and can cause almost instant paralysis.<br />
<br />
His father, Kumar, is full of praise for the program.<br />
<br />
"The polio vaccinations are very important for the kids, for their wellbeing and their health," he said.<br />
<br />
"The government has done a very good job of making vaccines available to the people so they can get their kids easily vaccinated and so their kids are free from the disease and not disabled."<br />
<br />
As recently as 2009, India accounted for more than half the number of polio cases worldwide.<br />
<br />
To have made such progress over a relatively short period of time is considered to be a huge medical achievement.<br />
<br />
The WHO representative to India, Dr Nata Menabde, says it is a huge milestone.<br />
<br />
"We look, say, to 1995 when the eradication program actually started to move, we were having more than 200,000 cases annually in India so it's a huge number that we're talking about," Dr Menabde said.<br />
<br />
But India's success is in marked contrast to its neighbour Pakistan, where there has been a recent spike in infections.<br />
<br />
Angered over the use of an anti-polio campaign to find Osama Bin Laden, militants have carried out a campaign of killing health workers and preventing hundreds of thousands from getting vaccinated.<br />
<br />
It has led to a big spike in reported cases and continued vigilance from those involved in anti-polio efforts, such as Dr Menabde.<br />
<br />
"We are very vigilant about the risk from Pakistan. There are a number of vaccination posts which have been set on the border to Pakistan but not exclusively to Pakistan, also to Nepal, Bhutan, Bangladesh where all the children who are crossing the border,
 they are being vaccinated, children under five," he said.<br />
<br />
<span style="font-weight:bold"><br />
This article can also be read at:</span><br />
<a href="http://www.radioaustralia.net.au/international/2014-01-14/india-declares-vaccination-program-a-success-looks-to-be-poliofree-by-march/1247474" target="_blank">India declares vaccination program a success, looks to be 'polio-free' by March</a></p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>15/01/2014 10:01:13</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/22741/India+declares+vaccination+program+a+success+looks+to+be+poliofree+by+March</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">22741</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>22742</publicationdataID>
      <title>India on course to be polio-free</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p><span style="font-style:italic">Belfast Telegraph</span><br />
<br />
India has marked three years since its last reported polio case, putting the country on course to being formally declared free of the disease later this year.<br />
<br />
India has made great strides against polio in recent years through a rigorous vaccination campaign. But for many in the country where polio victims with withered, twisted limbs are a common sight on the streets, the advances have come too late.<br />
<br />
Polio is a vaccine-preventable disease that has been eradicated in most countries. But it still causes paralysis or death in some parts of the world, including Nigeria, Pakistan and Afghanistan.<br />
<br />
Polio usually infects children under five when they drink contaminated water. The virus attacks the central nervous system, causing paralysis, muscular atrophy, deformation and, in some cases, death.<br />
<br />
"India was once thought to be the most difficult country in which to achieve polio eradication," Global Polio Eradication Initiative said.<br />
<br />
The milestone was significant, but the World Health Organisation stills need to confirm there are no undetected cases before making the official declaration that India is polio-free in March.<br />
<br />
Widespread poverty, dense population, poor sanitation, high levels of migration and a weak public health system made the task of reaching out to every child under five that much more difficult.<br />
<br />
An army of nearly 2.5 million volunteers, doctors and medical workers carried out a campaign across the country to vaccinate children over three years to wipe out the scourge. The number of polio cases came down from 741 in 2009 to 42 in 2010.<br />
<br />
The last case of polio was reported in eastern India in 2011.<br />
<br />
In 2012, WHO removed India from a list of countries with active endemic wild polio transmission after it passed one year without registering any new cases.<br />
<br />
Health officials remained concerned about the possibility of the virus entering the country from neighbouring Pakistan. Indian health authorities have set up polio immunisation booths at the two border crossings with Pakistan and all children who enter by road
 and train are being given vaccines.<br />
<br />
<span style="font-weight:bold">This article can also be read at:</span><br />
<a href="http://www.belfasttelegraph.co.uk/news/world-news/india-on-course-to-be-poliofree-29912409.html" target="_blank">India on course to be polio-free</a></p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>15/01/2014 10:11:18</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/22742/India+on+course+to+be+poliofree</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">22742</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>22743</publicationdataID>
      <title>How India managed to defeat polio</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p><span style="font-style:italic">BBC/ byPatralekha Chatterjee</span><br />
<br />
It is three years since India last reported a case of polio. Patralekha Chatterjee reports on how the country appears to have finally managed to beat the disease.<br />
<br />
Despite a healthcare system beset by severe problems, India has ushered in the new year with an achievement to be proud of.<br />
<br />
In 2009, India reported 741 polio cases, more than any other country in the world, according to the Global Polio Eradication Initiative. The last case was reported from the eastern state of West Bengal in 2011, when an 18-month-old girl was found to have contracted
 the disease.<br />
<br />
The country faced unique challenges in eradicating polio.<br />
<br />
Among them was the high population density and birth rate, poor sanitation, widespread diarrhoea, inaccessible terrain and reluctance of a section of the population, notably members of the Muslim community in certain pockets, to accept the polio vaccine.<br />
<br />
Nicole Deutsch, head of polio operations in India for UN children's charity Unicef, said: "Despite these obstacles, India proved to the world how to conquer this disease: through the strong commitment of the government, seamless partnership comprising the government,
 Rotary clubs, WHO and Unicef, and above all the tireless hard work of millions of front-line workers - vaccinators, social mobilisers and community and health workers - who continue to implement innovative strategies to rid India of polio,"<br />
<br />
The introduction of bivalent oral polio vaccine in 2010 also helped India to battle the disease. Previously, India had been using a monovalent vaccine that protected only against type 1 poliovirus transmission, not type 3. which was causing repeated disease
 outbreaks.<br />
<br />
But it was organisation that was key in enabling India to cover the last mile in its battle against polio.<br />
<br />
In a vast country of more than a billion people who are culturally, economically, linguistically and socially diverse, "micro-plans" helped because they tossed up precious data about the specifics of a particular place - areas to be covered by each vaccination
 team on each day of the immunisation campaign, names and designations of the vaccinators, supervisors and community workers assigned to the area along with the vaccine, logistics distribution plan and so on.<br />
<br />
But data alone did not deliver results. Unicef set up the Social Mobilisation Network for polio in 2001 in northern Uttar Pradesh state.<br />
<br />
The initiative was a response to resistance against the polio vaccine. Families were refusing to immunise their children in some districts in Uttar Pradesh.<br />
<br />
There were many reasons why this happened - parents did not see polio as a risk; repeated immunisation rounds had created doubts in their minds; and some believed rumours that linked the polio vaccine to impotency.<br />
<br />
The Indian government and its polio partners realised that a new approach was needed.<br />
<br />
This led to strategies to make polio vaccination more acceptable among people who had been resisting it.<br />
<br />
'Holistic'<br />
<br />
Children who suffered from severe bouts of diarrhoea did not fully benefit from the oral polio vaccine.<br />
<br />
So, community mobilisers started talking about the need for hand-washing, hygiene and sanitation, exclusive breastfeeding up to the age of six months, diarrhoea management with zinc and oral rehydration therapy, and routine immunisation, necessary to sustain
 the success of polio eradication.<br />
<br />
This holistic approach has paid off.<br />
<br />
India's polio campaign gathered momentum when it focused on marginalised and mobile people, and began working in earnest with religious leaders in Muslim communities to urge parents to immunise their children.<br />
<br />
For example, in Bihar in eastern India - once a polio hotspot in the country - a key focus of the polio programme is migrants.<br />
<br />
In recent years, continuous vaccination has been conducted at 51 transit locations at the state's international border with Nepal and 11 important railway stations. Bihar also saw special drives during popular festivals and fairs.<br />
<br />
While India appears to have stopped indigenous transmission of wild poliovirus, the risk of importation is real and has increased since 2013 with outbreaks in the Horn of Africa region and the Middle East, in addition to the continuing poliovirus transmission
 in Afghanistan, Pakistan and Nigeria.<br />
<br />
"India needs to stay extremely vigilant and continue its efforts to ensure that the children remain protected against polio, until the disease is eradicated globally," said Nicole Deutsch of Unicef.<br />
<br />
"India plans six polio campaigns in 2014 and 2015. In each campaign, 2.3 million vaccinators will immunise nearly 172 million children."<br />
<br />
India has also set up polio immunisation posts along the international borders with Pakistan, Nepal, Bangladesh, Burma and Bhutan to vaccinate all children up to the age of five years crossing the international borders.<br />
<br />
India's dramatic turnaround paves the way for polio-free certification of the entire South East Asia Region of the World Health Organization. The South-East Asia Regional Certification Commission for Polio Eradication (RCCPE) is expected to meet in Delhi in
 the last week of March 2014.<br />
<br />
"If the commission is convinced that there is no wild poliovirus in the region and the surveillance quality is good enough to pick up any wild poliovirus and phase 1 laboratory containment work has been completed, it will certify the South East Asia Region
 of WHO as polio-free," a WHO spokesperson told the BBC.<br />
<br />
India's successful control of polio has had other benefits.<br />
<br />
A health ministry official connected with India's National Polio Surveillance Project (NPSP), a collaboration between the government and the WHO, said strategies that worked in the case of polio were now being used to push up routine immunisation.<br />
<br />
This is good news. Too many Indian children still die because they do not get the vital vaccines.<br />
<br />
(The views expressed above are the personal views of the author) <br />
<br />
<span style="font-weight:bold">This article can also be read at:</span><br />
<a href="http://www.bbc.co.uk/news/world-asia-india-25709362" target="_blank">How India managed to defeat polio</a></p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>15/01/2014 10:16:32</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/22743/How+India+managed+to+defeat+polio</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">22743</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>22735</publicationdataID>
      <title>Local musician to study with Indian innovator</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p><span style="font-style:italic">Journal Gazette and Times-Courier/by Kayleigh Zyskowski</span><br />
<br />
For musician "The Reverend” Robert Reynolds, performing is all about finding a rhythm worth dancing to.<br />
<br />
And his passion to learn different rhythmic styles will take him to India at the end of the month to study under a traditional Indian slide guitarist, Debashish Bhattacharya.<br />
<br />
Reynolds, who picked up the guitar at the age of 15, plays what is known as "prewar” blues, jazz or folk music.<br />
<br />
"Basically, ‘prewar’ is a term musicians use for the era before electric instruments,” he said.<br />
<br />
Since discovering his taste for early 20th century styles including ragtime, early jazz, Hawaiian, African and Caribb<br />
<br />
(The views expressed above are the personal views of the author) <br />
<br />
<span style="font-weight:bold">This article can also be read at:</span><br />
<a href="http://jg-tc.com/news/local-musician-to-study-with-indian-innovator/article_7d2a5976-7bf5-11e3-8fda-0019bb2963f4.html" target="_blank">Local musician to study with Indian innovator</a></p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>13/01/2014 18:16:19</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/22735/Local+musician+to+study+with+Indian+innovator</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">22735</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>22740</publicationdataID>
      <title>The future is already here in India – for some people</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p><span style="font-style:italic">Irish Times/ by Davin O'Dwyer</span><br />
<br />
It was the great science fiction writer William Gibson who famously said, "The future is already here – it’s just not very evenly distributed.” The line concisely articulates the unequal nature of technological progress and how new advances spread among users
 and across the globe – a broadly top-down pattern, with the affluent west enjoying the fruits of the "future” first.<br />
<br />
I’ve had cause to think of Gibson’s phrase frequently in recent weeks as I’ve been travelling around India, one of the burgeoning economic powerhouses of the 21st century, of course, and a country that occupies an interesting place in the globalised technological
 economy.<br />
<br />
Where China is the tech world’s undisputed manufacturing powerhouse, India’s role is largely seen as being on the software side of the equation, with Bangalore in the role of a subcontinental Silicon Valley.<br />
<br />
Certainly, it’s true that the tech hub is currently dominated by support centres, notoriously low on the value chain, but the level of indigenous activity there is truly impressive and growing fast.<br />
<br />
In the larger population, technological adoption in India is obviously related to its booming economy – even if growth slowed to a "mere” 5 per cent last year, the lowest in a decade.<br />
<br />
Smartphones are in common usage in the cities and large towns, and ads for the latest devices are ubiquitous. If you didn’t know much about the sport, you would swear that televised cricket was a filler between repeated ads for Samsung Galaxies and HTC.<br />
<br />
And that pair are only the most visible. The plethora of cheap handsets from China constitutes the really transformative opportunity.<br />
<br />
Growing market<br />
<br />
Chinese handset maker Gionee recently declared that it aims to take 10 per cent of the Indian smartphone market in the next three years, by which time it expects 80 per cent of phones sold in India to be smartphones. And there’s a lot of room to grow. The current
 number of smartphone users in the country is relatively low at nearly 100 million, but year-on-year growth is about 50 per cent.<br />
<br />
That room for growth is dependent on mobile broadband adoption, an area where India is lagging, but 3G licences were awarded only in late 2010.<br />
<br />
Mobile broadband growth will rely on the rising power of the mobile operators, such as Vodafone, Idea and Airtel, evident in their omnipresent logos, emblazoned on brick walls and shop fronts everywhere from the backwater canals of Kerala to the clamorous bazaars
 of Delhi.<br />
<br />
All the Vodafone and Samsung Galaxy ads are misleading in a key respect, however, the technology that is really in widespread use, and really caught my eye, is of a much older vintage.<br />
<br />
In every town and city, you will see dozens of handpainted signs on cracking plaster and aged wood, with the same nine letters in varying quaint typefaces: "STD ISD PCO”. They are acronyms from a different era, standing for "subscriber trunk dialling, international
 subscriber dialling, public call office”.<br />
<br />
(The views expressed above are the personal views of the author)<br />
<br />
<span style="font-weight:bold">This article can also be read at:</span><br />
<a href="http://www.irishtimes.com/business/the-future-is-already-here-in-india-for-some-people-1.1651099" target="_blank">The future is already here in India – for some people</a></p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>15/01/2014 09:54:37</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/22740/The+future+is+already+here+in+India++for+some+people</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">22740</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>22744</publicationdataID>
      <title>Harvey Mackay: India's innovation: How to accelerate in reverse</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p><span style="font-style:italic">Post Bulletin</span><br />
<br />
Recently, my fifth trip to India brought me face-to-face with nonstop contradictions. How could a land, primitive in large areas, elbow its way ahead to being the world's fourth largest economy?<br />
<br />
At the Camel Fair in Pushkar, 50,000 camels, along with their owners and traders, congregate for a colorful 17-day festival. That's down considerably from what I saw on my first Pushkar pilgrimage 30 years ago. Motorized options -- India now ranks second in
 two-wheelers and third in small cars -- are nudging the beasts aside. Still, the aroma that 50,000 camels can muster is unforgettable.<br />
<br />
Check this juxtaposition: My wife and I were in a cart being pulled by a camel and led by a native driver. He had a very long rope guiding the camel in one hand, while he was talking on his cellphone with the other. That's India today!<br />
<br />
The average camel stands 7-feet-1-inch at the hump. That's exactly as tall as Shaquille O'Neal. Sound pretty big? Depends on your vantage point. Indians shrewdly adjust expectations versus results. An old Hindu adage holds: "When a camel is at the foot of a
 mountain, then judge his height."<br />
<br />
The Indian economy has advanced at 9 to 10 percent in recent years. Now it has slowed to between 5 and 6 percent. Indians think they're in trouble, measuring that growth "camel" against the recent past. Hey, wouldn't we in the United States love to be in that
 sort of trouble?<br />
<br />
The Young Presidents' Organization/World Presidents' Organization -- 390 strong -- journeyed to New Delhi for a recent university event. Indian executives, professionals and academics dazzled my colleagues and me with mind-blowing insights. Take Amity University
 -- which I also visited. Its huge 20,000-student campus has another large campus snuggled close to it. The most stunning number is the 1 million avid learners Amity has enrolled in 240 programs on 40 campuses and six countries, including online.<br />
<br />
When I revisited the Gandhi Memorial Museum in Madurai, I was even more taken by this tribute to modern India's founding father than I was decades earlier. Emblazoned on the wall are Mahatma Gandhi's immortal words: "Live as if you were to die tomorrow. Learn
 as if you were to live forever."<br />
<br />
Priceless wisdom for a continuous-learning fanatic like me. India will need each one of those lessons as its population surpasses China's in the near future.<br />
<br />
Awesome challenges foster incredible creativity. One of the smartest lessons in the Indian playbook is known as trickle-up or reverse innovation, described by Dartmouth professors Vijay Govindarajan and Chris Trimble.<br />
<br />
Under CEO Jeff Immelt, GE has explored reverse innovation too. Here's how it works: Places like India develop inexpensive versions of high-cost technology and processes. These brainstorms are then remarketed back to "advanced" economies as low-cost options.<br />
<br />
Does evidence support the success of this ultimate switcheroo?<br />
<br />
According to a Harvard Business Review piece, a new wave of Indian hospitals emphasizes "world-class health care at ultralow cost," often through selective specialization done at high volumes.<br />
<br />
Throughout India, the electric grid is not efficient, hamstringing high-power electro-technology. Battery-powered medical instruments often do the job.<br />
<br />
In 2001, a massive earthquake struck India's state of Gujarat, killing more than 20,000 and leaving hundreds of thousands homeless. In response, CNN reported, "one young entrepreneur, Mansukhbhai Prajapati ... designed a low-cost clay refrigerator which required
 no electricity and continued to function in the event of major catastrophes."<br />
<br />
Would the challenges of poverty eject India from the continuing global space race? In November, India launched MOM -- the Mars Orbiter Mission. Forbes reports the venture will "make India the first Asian country, and the fourth in the world, to get to the planet."
 While richer nations book billions lost in space, India rigged up its Mars mission on a $75 million shoestring. Getting to "Mars on a budget" included carefully limited testing, low-cost rocket fuel technologies and acquiring older engine options.<br />
<br />
With 70 percent of its population rural, India has been at the forefront of solar cooking solutions. These practical technologies are now drawing international attention.<br />
<br />
Having once served as a Miss America pageant judge, I was fascinated to watch Nina Davuluri crowned as the first Miss America of Indian descent in September. Nina, who aspires to be a cardiologist, is a pragmatist. Winning an earlier pageant competition landed
 her a scholarship enabling her "debt-free" college graduation.<br />
<br />
Much is made of India being the world's largest democracy. While wonderful and true, another powerful bond binds America and India. It's one we Americans would all do well to relearn: India's passion for practical resourcefulness.<br />
<br />
<span style="font-weight:bold">This article can also be read at:</span><br />
<a href="http://www.postbulletin.com/business/harvey-mackay-india-s-innovation-how-to-accelerate-in-reverse/article_69f9453a-d0ef-5f00-b56e-0909bfd87dbc.html" target="_blank">Harvey Mackay: India's innovation: How to accelerate in reverse</a></p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>15/01/2014 10:20:59</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/22744/Harvey+Mackay+Indias+innovation+How+to+accelerate+in+reverse</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">22744</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>22745</publicationdataID>
      <title>1.2 billion reasons to celebrate: India set to be polio-free</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p><span style="font-style:italic">The Guardian </span></p>
As the Asian nation marks three years since the last reported polio case, what lessons can Pakistan, Afghanistan and Nigeria – the three remaining endemic countries – learn?<br />
<br />
Today marks a landmark achievement for global public health and the worldwide effort to eradicate polio. India, which once had the highest number of polio cases in the world, is now polio-free, an achievement reports say the World Health Organisation will certify
 in February.<br />
<br />
But it's been a long road to get here. With poor sanitation, densely populated areas and large numbers of people living in extreme poverty, northern states like Uttar Pradesh and Bihar were the 'perfect storm' when it came to the spread of polio. And without
 the vital collaboration between the Indian government and the global polio eradication initiative – a partnership among Rotary International, Unicef, WHO and the US Centre for Disease Control and Prevention – this may not have been possible.<br />
<br />
Long recognised as one of the most difficult places to eradicate polio, India stands as an example for how to mount a successful disease response effort under the most complex circumstances.<br />
<br />
When I visited India's National Polio Surveillance project in Delhi in 2012, I was joined by a delegation of local health officials from Afghanistan. They had come to learn how India had leveraged sophisticated global positioning technology to map the movements
 of the mobile and migrant population to successfully reach children consistently missed by previous vaccination campaigns. Simple, but effective.<br />
<br />
And there are more examples that can prove useful to reaching missed children in other polio-affected countries. For example, India involved religious and community leaders to help build support for vaccination among local families. In cities like Ghaziabad,
 announcements by local imams in mosques actively encourage congregations to immunise their children, persuading parents to accept the polio vaccine where they otherwise may have resisted.<br />
<br />
These lessons learned are now part of the global strategic plan to secure a polio-free world by 2018. At the Global Vaccine Summit in April last year, the global polio eradication initiative announced the new polio eradication and endgame strategic plan 2013-2018.
 Global donors pledged $4bn (£2.4bn) to support the strategic plan – the first long-term strategy that comprehensively lays out what is needed to cease transmission of wild poliovirus and eradicate polio once and for all.<br />
<br />
Now we need the donor community to back this plan. Current commitments of $4bn go a long way, but eradicating polio will require coming up with the remaining $1.5bn needed to fully fund the strategic plan. And while some donors like Canada – the first country
 to support the polio eradication initiative in 1988 – have shown steadfast support, others need to renew their commitment. In Australia, for instance, the newly elected Abbott government has so far stopped short of reaffirming the $80m contribution announced
 by the previous government in May 2013.<br />
<br />
Ultimately, by capitalising on India's achievement, we all have a stake in the fight to end polio around the world. This exciting anniversary in India is proof of what is possible when the global community bands together in support of polio eradication. Yet,
 polio outbreaks in previously polio-free countries – Somalia, Syria, Cameroon – and the presence of the polio virus in Egypt and Israel are constant reminders of the need to act quickly; as long polio remains anywhere, it is a threat everywhere.<br />
<br />
What's more, if we can supply the hardest-to-reach children with the polio vaccine, it will prove that we can also get food, clean water and other health services to them. The evidence is there: in the process of eradicating this debilitating disease, India
 has improved immunisation and health systems more broadly. It has developed a blueprint for reaching every last child with life-saving interventions, even in remote, socially excluded and marginalised communities. As Dr Bruce Aylward, the assistant director-general
 in charge of polio eradication at the WHO once said, India's polio programme has reached "the populations that always get left behind for everything … [they've] put a face on the kids that nobody ever sees, the population nobody knows."<br />
<br />
With only three polio-endemic countries left – Pakistan, Afghanistan, and Nigeria – we are the closest the world has been to achieving a polio-free world. With cases reduced by 99% since 1988, we now have the required response strategies, political commitment
 and engagement. But ending polio comes down to governments, local leaders and agencies continuing to support the work of the thousands of community mobilisers and vaccinators at the frontline of this extraordinary effort.<br />
<br />
<span style="font-weight:bold">This article can also be read at:</span><br />
<a href="http://www.theguardian.com/global-development-professionals-network/2014/jan/13/lessons-india-polio-free-landmark" target="_blank">1.2 billion reasons to celebrate: India set to be polio-free</a>]]></description>
      <pubDate>15/01/2014 10:25:19</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/22745/12+billion+reasons+to+celebrate+India+set+to+be+poliofree</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">22745</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>22746</publicationdataID>
      <title>How India Beat Polio</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p><span style="font-style:italic">National Geographic/ by Dan Morrison</span><br />
<br />
When he thinks about polio, Dr. B.N. Singh recalls the surgeries.<br />
<br />
"It was ghastly,” Singh said of his early days as a surgical orthopedic resident practicing in the Indian state of Bihar. "Every week I was doing five to six operations for polio deformities.”<br />
<br />
This was in the late 1960s, when polio was a miserable fact of life in countries around the world. India alone had hundreds of thousands of new cases of Poliomyelitis each year.<br />
<br />
These amounted to armies of children who faced lives of extreme hardship. The operations Singh performed didn’t so much cure their paralysis as reshape their withered limbs "from very bad to not-so-bad,” he said. The surgeon’s knife might transform a child
 from an invalid, with no chances of education, a job and, eventually, marriage, into someone who could move about their village with the aid of crutches or a hand-cranked wheelchair. It was something.<br />
<br />
Throughout the 1990s, as India’s economy and ambitions grew, and into the 21st Century, Singh and his colleagues would every year donate their time to "polio deformity camps,” in which poor parents would bring their stricken children hundreds of miles for a
 chance at a free operation. "We’d do 40 to 50 surgeries a day,” Singh, who personally has performed as many as 400 such operations, recalled. "It was a drop in the bucket.”<br />
<br />
But in 2005 the deformity camps suddenly stopped.<br />
<br />
"We couldn’t find any more cases,” Singh said. "From where we were then, to where we are now – it’s incredible.”<br />
<br />
At midnight on January 13, India reached a stunning milestone: three years without a single new case of polio. This nuclear-armed power, where fewer than half the population has access to toilets, has beaten one of the world’s most pernicious communicable diseases.<br />
<br />
To get a sense of just how momentous this is — how India eliminated a disease that thrives on the very unsanitary conditions that still prevail here – I accompanied a Unicef team to Khagaria, a poor district in rural Bihar that lies among a web of flood-prone
 rivers. Khagaria was once so remote that its original name, Farakiya, means "apart” or "impenetrable” in Urdu.<br />
<br />
Even today, at the height of the dry season, it can take several hours traveling by a four-wheel-drive, two separate boats, and a motorcycle to reach the village of Mohra Ghat, just 15 miles from the main town. This hamlet of 1,600 people is maybe the last
 place you would expect to find a functioning public health system. There’s no electricity, no sanitation, a low literacy rate — and one of the two local doctors is an untrained quack.<br />
<br />
But here’s Pradeep Kumar Jha, a 28-year-old part-time health worker, armed with a 10th-grade education and a ledger listing the vital statistics of every mother and child in the village.<br />
<br />
Jha’s title is community mobilization coordinator: It’s a job that requires the skills of both a cheerleader and a sergeant-major as he tracks local births and counsels parents to make their children available for routine immunizations — including repeated
 periodic doses of oral polio vaccine.<br />
<br />
He’s a jack of many trades: Jha farms wheat and mustard on four acres nearby and, as a member of the priestly caste, he performs Hindu rituals on special occasions, "but this is by far my favorite thing to do,” he said.<br />
<br />
Every village, hamlet, and city block in India — a country of 1.2 billion people, many of them in the deepest of poverty, speaking more than 1,600 languages — has someone like Jha, armed with the same ledger and the same zeal. (Jha is something of an outlier:
 most community mobilization coordinators are women.)<br />
<br />
India’s apparent victory against polio (the World Health Organization is expected to certify the achievement in March) has coincided with more than 20 years of public health improvements. Child mortality has fallen 46 percent since 1990.<br />
<br />
But the polio effort isn’t merely part of a general trend. It began in the 1990s when members of the Rotary International launched a massive lobbying effort to convince skeptical policymakers that polio could in fact be eradicated.<br />
<br />
With money raised by Rotary ($178 million to date), India began vaccinating hundreds of millions of children. Twice a year, 2.3 million vaccinators administer polio vaccine drops to every child younger than five. That’s 172 million kids in the fields, at school,
 in slums, on moving trains, and in the temporary shelters of migrant workers and traditional nomads. (The polio effort has been fully funded by the Indian government since 2007.)<br />
<br />
These national immunization days are followed up with additional polio rounds in the 107 poor districts in Bihar and Uttar Pradesh states where poor sanitation, low incomes, and high population density favor polio transmission. Comprehensive doesn’t begin to
 describe it.<br />
<br />
"Awareness has gone up,” Usha Kumari, a 26-year-old village birth attendant in Mohra Ghat, told me. "People are more comfortable with vaccinations now. That’s that best part – seeing how people’s behavior has changed.”<br />
<br />
There were setbacks, some of them big, but the work paid off.<br />
<br />
Ten years ago, Khagaria district had seven cases of polio, followed by none in 2005 and just one in 2006. Then came Bihar’s worst season of flooding in 30 years. Between August 2007 and December 2008, the swollen Kosi River and other waterways shifted course,
 by miles in some places, wiping out villages and towns. Aid workers described scenes of stranded women giving birth on muddy roadways amid the bodies of the drowned and the dying.<br />
<br />
In the wake of this disaster, the number of polio cases in Khagaria shot up again, to 16 in 2007, 22 in 2008, and 16 in 2009.<br />
<br />
But there hasn’t been a single polio diagnosis since. The volunteers, doctors, nurses, and midwives went back to work. The last child from this area to be afflicted with polio was an 18-month-old girl named Sahjadi Klim, who was diagnosed in September 2009,
 according to Unicef. The last known infection in all of India was that of a little girl living near Kolkata named Rukhsar Khatun, who was diagnosed on January 12, 2011.<br />
<br />
Rukshar’s parents are giving lots of interviews these days. After all, she’s the last one.<br />
<br />
<span style="font-weight:bold">This article may also be read at:</span><br />
<a href="http://newswatch.nationalgeographic.com/2014/01/13/how-india-beat-polio/" target="_blank">How India Beat Polio</a></p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>15/01/2014 10:32:30</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/22746/How+India+Beat+Polio</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">22746</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>22747</publicationdataID>
      <title>India Reaches Polio-Free Milestone</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p><span style="font-style:italic">Voice of America/ by Steve Baragona</span><br />
<br />
For three years, India has not recorded a new case of polio, a critical achievement that puts the entire region on target to be certified polio-free.<br />
<br />
Eradicating the crippling disease from India has been one of the greatest challenges in the global effort, costing $2 billion since 1995.<br />
<br />
Before then, the disease claimed 50,000 to 100,000 victims every year, according to the World Health Organization, mostly children under five years old.<br />
<br />
"There were many critics who felt it was impossible to eradicate polio from India,” said Steve Cochi, senior advisor in the global immunization division at the U.S. Centers for Disease Control and Prevention.<br />
<br />
High population density, frequent migration, poor sanitation and weak health systems made fighting the disease a challenge.<br />
<br />
Indian Health Minister Ghulam Nabi Azad credited the landmark achievement to "unwavering political will at the highest level, commitment of adequate financial resources, technological innovations as well as efforts of millions of workers.”<br />
<br />
India falls under the World Health Organization’s Southeast Asia region, and WHO will meet in March to discuss certifying the region as polio-free.<br />
<br />
Fighting rumors<br />
<br />
One of the biggest challenges was overcoming disruptive rumors among some minority populations that the vaccine would harm their children.<br />
<br />
The campaign recruited academic, religious and community leaders, in some cases traveling house-to-house along with vaccinators, to dispel myths.<br />
<br />
"It took some time, and some effort, but these things always do,” Cochi said. "I think that represents one of the most outstanding success stories, not only for India but for the world.”<br />
<br />
Convincing skeptical neighborhoods also required broadening the services the campaign provided.<br />
<br />
"Communities have more issues other than polio," said Carol Pandak, director of Rotary International's polio eradication program.<br />
<br />
She says Rotary clubs sponsored health camps to provide vaccines for polio as well as other diseases, along with other health services.<br />
<br />
They also enlisted thousands of community members living in polio hotspots to talk to their neighbors and make the case for vaccination.<br />
<br />
"They could talk to their fellow community members unlike an outsider could," she added.<br />
<br />
<span style="font-weight:bold">This article may also be read at:</span><br />
<a href="http://www.voanews.com/content/india-reaches-polio-free-milestone/1829357.html" target="_blank">India Reaches Polio-Free Milestone</a></p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>15/01/2014 11:19:14</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/22747/India+Reaches+PolioFree+Milestone</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">22747</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>22731</publicationdataID>
      <title>India succeeding with reverse innovation</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p><span style="font-style:italic">Tulsa World/by Harvey Mackay</span><br />
<br />
Recently, my fifth trip to India brought me face to face with nonstop contradictions. How could a land, primitive in large areas, elbow its way ahead to being the world's fourth-largest economy?<br />
<br />
The Indian economy has advanced at 9 percent to 10 percent in recent years. Now it's slowed to between 5 percent and 6 percent. Indians think they're in trouble, measuring that growth "camel" against the recent past. Hey, wouldn't we in the United States love
 to be in that sort of trouble?<br />
<br />
Awesome challenges foster incredible creativity. One of the smartest lessons in the Indian playbook is known as trickle-up or reverse innovation, described by Dartmouth professors Vijay Govindarajan and Chris Trimble. Under CEO Jeff Immelt, GE has explored
 reverse innovation, too. Here's how it works: Places like India develop inexpensive versions of high-cost technology and processes. These brainstorms are then marketed back to "advanced" economies as low-cost options.<br />
<br />
Does evidence support the success of this ultimate switcheroo?<br />
<br />
According to a Harvard Business Review piece, a new wave of Indian hospitals emphasizes "world-class health care at ultralow cost," often through selective specialization done at high volumes.<br />
<br />
Throughout India, the electric grid is not efficient, hamstringing high-power electro-technology. Battery-powered medical instruments often do the job.<br />
<br />
In 2001, a massive earthquake struck India's state of Gujarat, killing more than 20,000 and leaving hundreds of thousands homeless. In response, CNN reported, "one young entrepreneur, Mansukhbhai Prajapati ... designed a low-cost clay refrigerator which required
 no electricity and continued to function in the event of major catastrophes."<br />
Would the challenges of poverty eject India from the continuing global space race? In November, India launched MOM ? the Mars Orbiter Mission. Forbes reports the venture will "make India the first Asian country, and the fourth in the world, to get to the planet."<br />
<br />
Richer nations spend billions on space programs, yet India rigged up its Mars mission on a $75 million shoestring. Getting to "Mars on a budget" included carefully limited testing, low-cost rocket fuel technologies and acquiring older engine options.<br />
<br />
With 70 percent of its population rural, India has been at the forefront of solar cooking solutions. These practical technologies are now drawing international attention.<br />
<br />
<span style="font-style:italic">(The views expressed above are the personal views of the author)</span><br />
<br />
<span style="font-weight:bold">This article can also be read at:</span><br />
<a href="http://www.mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/22729/Undying&#43;spirit&#43;of&#43;an&#43;alphabet&#43;lover" target="_blank">India succeeding with reverse innovation</a></p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>13/01/2014 18:12:11</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/22731/India+succeeding+with+reverse+innovation</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">22731</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>22732</publicationdataID>
      <title>Roads, phones transform India</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p><span style="font-style:italic">Journal Gazette/by Kartik Goyal</span><br />
<br />
For three decades, Indian rice farmer Lahu Bhiwa loaded his grain onto an ox cart and sold it to families in his village, earning about 32 a month. His life changed in 2010, when bulldozers cleared a new road that has helped triple his income.<br />
<br />
The smooth asphalt linking Kainad with the western Indian coastal town of Dahanu turned a three-hour journey by foot into a 25-minute car ride. Access to more buyers allowed Bhiwa to sell goods to the highest bidder, giving him enough cash to buy a mobile phone
 and check benchmark prices. His son now attends school in Dahanu, an opportunity unavailable a decade ago.<br />
<br />
"Our life has completely changed for the better ever since this road was built,” Bhiwa, 45, said as he watered his land in the village. "Before, we were at the mercy of middlemen who would come here and take our produce. We had no way of knowing whether the
 prices they offered were good or bad.”<br />
<br />
The construction of 373,000 miles of country roads, the addition of 327 million rural phone connections and a rise in literacy to record levels since Prime Minister Manmohan Singh took office in 2004 has helped double the growth rate of India’s food output.<br />
<br />
"What we see is a fundamental break from the past,” said Ganesh Kumar, an agricultural researcher who teaches at the Mumbai-based Indira Gandhi Institute of Development Research, which is funded by the nation’s central bank.<br />
<br />
"Higher farm output has kept rural demand alive and kicking, and that definitely helped the economy from a much more severe deceleration.”<br />
<br />
Food output increased 24 percent between 2001 and 2011, double the growth rate of the previous decade, and reached a record 259 million tons in the crop year ending June 2012. India led the world in rice exports for the first time ever last year.<br />
<br />
The rural road network increased by more than double the annual average over the second half of last century, according to government estimates.<br />
<br />
Rural phone connections rose about 30-fold to 339 million by the end of last year from 12.3 million in 2004, according to the latest statistics from the Ministry of Communications and Information Technology.<br />
<br />
Literacy in agrarian areas improved twice as much as in urban centers in the decade to 2011, with the rate of those who can read and write rising to 69 percent in 2011 from 59 percent in 2001, census estimates show.<br />
<br />
"These once-in-a-lifetime changes are happening at the bottom of the pyramid due to a dramatic improvement in roads and phones,” said Neelkanth Mishra, head of Indian equity strategy at Credit Suisse Group, who co-wrote a March report on rural development.<br />
<br />
"Contrary to popular belief that growth in all things rural is driven by unrestrained government spending, we believe the changes are already showing signs of being self-sustaining.”<br />
<br />
Kainad sits between lush green rice fields and fruit orchards, about 110 miles north of Mumbai, India’s financial capital. Oxen mill throughout the sprawling tribal village of about 9,000 people, which is divided into clusters of thatch-roofed houses.<br />
<br />
Before the road was built, farmers mostly grew rice, as transporting goods carried prohibitive costs. Monsoon rain flooded low-lying areas, leaving Kainad isolated. When a villager fell ill, four men would need to carry the person on a hand-made wooden stretcher
 to the hospital in Dahanu about 7 miles away.<br />
<br />
Signs of modernity began to appear in 2008, when Vodafone Group, India’s second-biggest mobile-phone operator by subscribers, put up a tower in the area. Once the road came two years later, farmers could easily get to town to buy seeds and fertilizer.<br />
<br />
<span style="font-style:italic">(The views expressed above are the personal views of the author)</span><br />
<br />
<span style="font-weight:bold">This article can also be read at:</span><br />
<a href="https://mail.google.com/mail/u/0/?shva=1#inbox/1438b5f10d92fbe8" target="_blank">Roads, phones transform India</a></p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>13/01/2014 18:13:17</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/22732/Roads+phones+transform+India</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">22732</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>22733</publicationdataID>
      <title>Landmark moment as India to be declared 'polio-free'</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p><span style="font-style:italic">The Telegraph/by Dean Nelso</span><br />
<br />
<span style="font-style:italic">After three years during which no one has been infected with polio, the country will be officially declared rid of the disease</span><br />
<br />
Four year old Rukhsar Khatun is running with her shrieking brother and sisters among the chickens and ducks in the dirt yard of her parents' bamboo hut in Shahpara village, near Calcutta. She should be laughing like the others, but she's crying.<br />
<br />
She was diagnosed with polio on January 13th 2011 when she was 15 months old and months of illness left her with one leg slightly shorter than the other. Now her high-energy games hurt her leg and often leave her in tears.<br />
<br />
It might be a tragic story, but for campaigners striving to eradicate the disease Rukhsar is a symbol of hope: She is the last person in India to contract polio, the end of the line for a disease which has been in India for thousands of years and just three
 decades ago claimed 150,000 victims in a single year.<br />
<br />
Many of those victims are today the beggars with withered and twisted limbs who limp and crawl between cars pleading with motorists at city junctions, but Rukhsar Khatun has recently started school and is growing up under the watchful gaze of the global charity
 Rotary which has played a leading role in the campaign to eradicate polio. They see her as a living turning point, the end of a horrible history, and an inspiration for countries like Pakistan, Afghanistan and Nigeria where polio remains endemic: If India,
 once the single largest concentration of polio sufferers in the world, can eradicate the disease, any country can.<br />
<br />
Monday is the third anniversary of the day Rukhsar was diagnosed and the third consecutive year India has not seen a single new case. It means the country is now officially 'polio-free' and will receive its certification in March.<br />
<br />
Her parents are glad of the attention their daughter brings, but they have mixed feelings. They're wracked with guilt – she had been ill when she was due to have the vaccination and missed it. A year layer she become violently ill, vomiting and suffering from
 diarrhoea.<br />
<br />
One doctor treated her for a suspected liver complaint, another gave her 17 injections to cure a stomach infection, but there was no improvement.<br />
<br />
One noticed her right leg was swollen and that she winced in pain when he touched it. Further tests confirmed polio - a spinal infection which affects the nerve endings and can cause paralysis of limb muscles. She was finally admitted into Calcutta's B.C Roy
 Polio Clinic where doctors treated the disease, massaged her legs and gave her special shoes to help her walk.<br />
<br />
"She still has pain in her leg, every day when she plays with other children, she has pain. It's every day but it has improved," her mother Sabojann Begam Shah, 29, said, crouched on the mud floor over a cooking pot.<br />
<br />
"All of our other children were given polio drops. But Rukhsar did not have them. She was ill with diarrhoea and vomiting so she didn't have the drops," her mother said. "I feel bad," her father, Abdul Shah, a 33 year old Zari-wala who earns 4,500 rupees (£45)
 a month embroidering sequins on sari fabrics, added as he dressed for Friday prayers.<br />
<br />
Rukhsar's diagnosis was the last of a series of "disheartening" setbacks for an extraordinary campaign to eradicate the disease which has been hailed not only as an inspiration for other countries, but also a powerful demonstration of what India can achieve
 with commitment and co-ordination.<br />
<br />
Dr Hamid Jafari, head of the Global Polio Eradication Initiative at the World Health Organisation, said many had believed it impossible to stop the disease's transmission in India.<br />
<br />
He coordinated the work of local doctors, district magistrates and global charities like the Bill and Melinda Gates Foundation, to immunise more than 170 million children on two National Immunisation Days in 2011 and then continued the programme over the following
 three years in a race with the disease.<br />
<br />
Their greatest challenge was in two of India's most backward states, Bihar and Uttar Pradesh, where high birth rates, large migrant populations and poor sanitation make the ideal conditions for polio to spread.<br />
<br />
He said the Indian government's commitment was a key factor in killing off the disease. "When there were periodic outbreaks, which were disheartening, they stayed the course. Half a million children are born every month in Uttar Pradesh alone. You can change
 the speed of coverage needed to vaccinate children. We were in a race with the virus. District magistrates played an important part in [ensuring] the rigour of implementation, the high quality of mentoring and surveillance data to plug the operational gaps,
 this all came together in India," he told the Telegraph.<br />
<br />
Now the campaign will turn to Nigeria where the number of cases were halved last year, Afghanistan where infections fell from 30 in 2012 to eleven last year, and Pakistan, the final frontier.<br />
<br />
Polio cases there increased by from 58 cases in 2012 to 85 last year, with vaccination teams under siege from Taliban militants who suspect their work is a front for spying on them – since July 2012 more than 30 health workers and guards administering the vaccines
 have been killed.<br />
<br />
It's a formidable challenge, but India's success in eradicating the disease has shown there is now nowhere it cannot be wiped out, said Dr Jafari.<br />
<br />
"If it can be done in India, it can be eradicated in any conditions. For any country not to succeed it is a lack of commitment, gaps in implementation and poor quality work. Once India came off the list of countries with active transmission in 2012, there was
 no technical rationale for this not to be done [elsewhere]," he said.<br />
<br />
As Rukhsar clutches her toys in the family's front yard, her mother said she and her husband feel bad about their daughter's status as India's last polio case. But her limp is barely noticeable, she's going to school, and she will one day be married, she said.
 "She is normal now."<br />
<br />
<span style="font-style:italic">(The views expressed above are the personal views of the author)</span><br />
<br />
<span style="font-weight:bold">This article can also be read at:</span><br />
<a href="http://www.telegraph.co.uk/news/worldnews/asia/india/10566765/Landmark-moment-as-India-to-be-declared-polio-free.html" target="_blank">Landmark moment as India to be declared 'polio-free'</a></p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>13/01/2014 18:14:30</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/22733/Landmark+moment+as+India+to+be+declared+poliofree</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">22733</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>22734</publicationdataID>
      <title>In 2009, half the world’s polio cases were in India: Today, there are none</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p><span style="font-style:italic">Time/by Krista Mahr</span><br />
<br />
<span style="font-style:italic">As of today, India has been polio-free for three years — but the virus is on its borders and could return at anytime</span><br />
<br />
Good news does not always flow freely in India. Too many children still go hungry. Violence against women endures. Inflation is soaring, and gay sex was just criminalized, again.<br />
<br />
But today India got a boost: Jan. 13 marks the country’s third year of being free of polio, the highly infectious disease that attacks the nervous system of children in particular and can paralyze within hours. The last child to be crippled by polio in India
 was a 2-year-old girl in West Bengal, whose case was confirmed on Jan. 13, 2011. The fact that none have been found since is a stunning turnaround from 2009, when India hosted nearly half the world’s cases. That polio has been wiped from this vast, crowded
 country is arguably one of the greatest achievements in modern public health — and a stirring reminder that sheer determination can, in fact, change lives.<br />
<br />
People used to say that ridding India of polio simply couldn’t be done. The virus has used the subcontinent as an incubator for centuries, and some experts argued that the slow process of vaccinating every child could never outpace the rapid transmission of
 the disease. Happily, they were wrong. Teaming up with groups like Rotary International, the Bill &amp; Melinda Gates Foundation and the World Health Organization (WHO), the Indian government launched yearly national vaccination drives carried out by millions
 of volunteers and, eventually, backed up by sophisticated disease-surveillance and population-monitoring systems. In 2002, there were 1,600 polio cases in India. By 2009, there were 741. Today, there are none.<br />
<br />
That accomplishment has changed the whole tenor of the global fight against the disease. In May 2012, not long after India had been declared polio-free for a year, the World Health Assembly, the decisionmaking body of WHO, declared global polio eradication
 to be a public-health priority. "If it can be done in India, then there is nowhere in the world that can use the argument that it is impossible,” says Dr. Hamid Jafari, director of polio operations and research for WHO. In India, Jafari helped oversee the
 distribution of nearly 1 billion polio-vaccine doses every year between 2008 and 2011. "When a government puts its full commitment to do it, and a financial commitment to match, then it is doable,” he says.<br />
<br />
But infectious disease does not leave much time for resting on laurels. The virus is still in endemic in three countries — Nigeria, Afghanistan and Pakistan — and as long as it is, it can still go anywhere, including back to India. Case in point: last year,
 new polio cases were confirmed in several countries that were supposed to free of polio virus — including Cameroon, Syria, Kenya, Ethiopia and Somalia — as a result of a spread from endemic countries.<br />
<br />
"We cannot be complacent,” says Dr. Naveen Thacker, a member of the expert-advisory group to the Indian government for polio eradication. For years, India exported polio to the world. Today, Thacker says, "those channels are still open, but now we are on the
 receiving end.”<br />
<br />
That one of the endemic countries is right next door isn’t much comfort. In Pakistan, the Muslim militants’ ban on the polio vaccine since June 2012 in swaths of the restive northwest is currently allowing the virus to be freely transmitted among some 300,000
 unvaccinated children. Workers trying to distribute the vaccine have been attacked and killed in parts of the country.<br />
<br />
"If we got access to 100% of the children, we could stop the virus transmission,” says Dr. Shamsher Khan, UNICEF’s coordinator for polio for high-risk populations in Pakistan. He says most of the 85 cases recorded there last year were from these inaccessible
 zones, but seven of the new cases were found in Punjab, a province where the virus had previously been controlled. "You can see the spillover,” Khan says.<br />
<br />
That polio could slip over the border to India isn’t a huge risk, given that old tensions mean movement between the neighbors remains limited. But that doesn’t mean India won’t have to stay on high alert. From Feb. 14, proof of polio vaccination will be required
 for all travelers entering India from Pakistan and Afghanistan, among other countries. Authorities will also keep monitoring India’s own population and make sure vaccination remains routine. One day, says Thacker, those efforts also may be slowly scaled back,
 but for now, there is still work to be done. "At the end of a war, you can withdraw your army,” Thacker says. Until then, the battle continues.<br />
<br />
<span style="font-style:italic">(The views expressed above are the personal views of the author)
</span><br />
<br />
<span style="font-weight:bold">This article can also be read at:</span><br />
<a href="http://world.time.com/2014/01/12/india-polio-free-for-three-years" target="_blank">In 2009, half the world’s polio cases were in India: Today, there are none</a></p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>13/01/2014 18:15:32</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/22734/In+2009+half+the+worlds+polio+cases+were+in+India+Today+there+are+none</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">22734</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>22729</publicationdataID>
      <title>Undying spirit of an alphabet lover</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p><span style="font-style:italic">Two Circles</span><br />
<br />
A 60 year old lady takes initiative to spread education in society especially among women.<br />
<br />
The old adage goes that if there’s a will, there’s definitely a way out. This may not be quite true to this 60 year old lady Rangila Medhi in a remote village in Assam’s Darrang district at present.<br />
<br />
Her mission to educate people, especially rural women which was initiated much before the government schemes is facing tough time. Meet Rangila Medhi of Jhakuapara village at Hazarikapara in Darrang district, some 70 odd kilometres from state capital Guwahati,
 being a daily wage earner, she has successfully written two books after going to school much later period at her life at 40.<br />
<br />
"I don’t want anybody to feel the pain through which I had to undergo. That’s why I try my best to educate the people of my nearby areas. Especially women of my age or even younger did not get much opportunity to study or some of them were not allowed to go
 to school, I can feel their pain of not knowing the letters,” Medhi told TwoCircles.net at her residence as she interacts with a group of village women.<br />
<br />
Though for the last 20 years she has been constantly fighting her way to provide education to rural women, financial crunch has deterred her from reaching out to her goal. "It’s been tough to meet all the needs. Though I want to go in a big way to educate the
 women of our locality, on several occasions I have to stay back because I cannot do all the things which I want to do due to lack of financial crunch,” she added.<br />
<br />
The village women come to her house in the afternoon twice or thrice a week to get the lessons from Medhi who lives with her brothers. She also visits nearby schools in the locality besides travelling to some of the other parts of the state to promote girls
 education.<br />
<br />
"I desperately want to take this mission in a big way. If I can institutionalized this, I hope many more women and girls can be educated. Because, without education it’s dark everywhere,” said Medhi whose mission has already touched hundreds of women in the
 nearby areas.<br />
<br />
But alas, she faces problems at every step of her life. Besides working on her mission she has to work in the agriculture fields to make ends meet. "I don’t want to be a burden to somebody else and I’m proud of what I do for my living. As I earn little money,
 it becomes difficult to spend it for my mission,” said the lady who never decided to get married.<br />
<br />
However, by being a spinster, it has been a blessing for her. "I never repent at whatever I have done rather I’m proud of it. Had I been married, maybe I had a couple of children but now all are my own children and I can equally treat them for a better tomorrow,”
 said a confident Medhi.<br />
<br />
The journey had started way back in 1993 when she stepped in a school for the second time in her life at the age of 40 with a help of a member of a NGO Gyan Vigyan Samity. After that it is a never looking back journey.<br />
<br />
"It was curse for me not to read the letters and I was desperate to get rid of it. All thanks to Gyan Vigyan,” she said. Earlier, at an age of 10 she once tried to go to school but her father was against her going to school and he dragged her out of it.<br />
<br />
For the beneficiaries, it’s a privilege to have such kind of soul by their side. "We are proud of baideo (elder sister). Only because of her, now I can write my name and read text book. I hope very soon I will be able to read newspaper,” said Neera Deka, a
 house wife who visits Medhi’s house to learn lesson.<br />
<br />
Kishore Kalita, a local youth said that such kind of initiative has created a positive atmosphere in the entire area and these days no parents hesitate to send their daughters to pursue higher studies.<br />
<br />
(The views expressed above are the personal views of the author)<br />
<span style="font-weight:bold"><br />
This article can also be read at:</span><br />
<a href="http://twocircles.net/2014jan11/undying_spirit_alphabet_lover.html" target="_blank">Undying spirit of an alphabet lover</a></p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>13/01/2014 10:03:04</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/22729/Undying+spirit+of+an+alphabet+lover</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">22729</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>22728</publicationdataID>
      <title>India manages to free itself of polio</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p><span style="font-style:italic">Wall Street Journal/by Gautam Naik and Nikita Lalwani</span><br />
<br />
The World Health Organization plans to announce on Monday that India has officially eliminated polio, one of the biggest public-health achievements of recent times, and one that could set the stage for stamping out the ancient scourge globally.<br />
<br />
Public-health officials have been counting the days to the three-year anniversary of India's last recorded case, which allows the WHO to certify it as polio free.<br />
<br />
Many long doubted that India could pull it off, given the country's size, poor sanitation and the enormous challenge of vaccinating millions of children, often in far-flung places and in the face of societal and religious resistance.<br />
<br />
"India was by far the hardest place in the world to get rid of polio," said Bill Gates, chairman of Microsoft Corp. MSFT &#43;1.44% and co-chair of the Bill and Melinda Gates Foundation, a major financial donor in the global polio campaign. "It's quite phenomenal
 they did it."<br />
<br />
The success with polio has also emboldened India to announce that it will now try to eliminate measles as well. At the same time, India faces significant public-health challenges such as malaria, HIV/AIDS and the spread of drug-resistant tuberculosis. In epidemiology,
 elimination of a disease means wiping it out regionally, while eradication gets rid of it globally.<br />
<br />
Hamid Jafari, director of the WHO's polio-eradication campaign, says the agency's ambitious quest to stop all polio transmission by the end of 2014 is now within reach. If that is achieved, and no new cases crop up for three years, polio—like smallpox—will
 be officially banished from the planet.<br />
<br />
"India was one of the most important sources" from where the virus spread to other countries, said Dr. Jafari.<br />
<br />
It won't be easy. Polio remains endemic in three countries, Pakistan, Nigeria and Afghanistan. There also have been recent outbreaks in the Horn of Africa and Syria, although there are signs that those cases will soon be mopped up.<br />
<br />
So, for now, India's elimination of polio remains "a fragile achievement," Mr. Gates said in an interview. "Global eradication is a very different thing."<br />
<br />
Polio was one of the most feared childhood diseases of the 20th century. Infected people often show no symptoms but continue to excrete the virus in their feces, which allows it to jump to others, typically via contaminated food and water. In a small proportion
 of cases, the virus causes paralysis that is often permanent. It can be prevented only by vaccination.<br />
<br />
The polio virus has been around for thousands of years. Vaccines made much of the world polio free by the year 2000. But India—vast, dense and poor—continued to be its most hospitable niche. Just two decades ago, there were several hundred new cases every day.<br />
<br />
"I could name 300 challenges, but the main one was fighting apathy and ignorance among political bigwigs and among beneficiaries themselves," says Deepak Kapur, who heads the polio campaign in India for Rotary International, a major funder.<br />
<br />
Another big hurdle, according to Mr. Kapur, was fear. There were rumors that the polio vaccine was designed to make children infertile, or that it contained substances banned by Islamic scripture. Such fears made it especially hard to vaccinate Muslim children.<br />
<br />
The Indian government's campaign to eliminate polio began in 1995, and has cost it nearly $1.6 billion so far; private sources have contributed millions more. It was a mammoth operation, involving health workers, local officials, religious leaders and some
 two million vaccinators who often went door to door. Over the past three years alone, 480 million vaccinations were given each year to about 174 million children under the age of 5.<br />
<br />
Religious leaders were persuaded to join the effort. "The calls that went out to the Muslim faithful every Friday contained reminders to take children to the immunization booths," said Mr. Kapur of Rotary International. "These were the people initially most
 skeptical of the vaccines but, once convinced, they became our biggest agents of change."<br />
<br />
By 2009, there were only 741 polio cases in India, and the figure dropped to 42 the following year. The last case—a girl called Rukhsar Khatoon who was paralyzed by polio—was reported Jan. 13, 2011. There is still the danger that a new polio case may get imported
 from neighboring Pakistan or Afghanistan; India plans to keep vaccinating children to ensure no new cases crop up.<br />
<br />
Others have made progress, too, partly by adopting India's techniques. In 2012, the three remaining endemic countries reported just 223 cases, the lowest figure recorded historically until then. Last year, the figure was 148.<br />
<br />
According to the Gates Foundation, between 2012 and 2013, the number of cases fell 67% in Afghanistan and more than 50% in Nigeria.<br />
<br />
Pakistan and Nigeria pose special challenges. In Nigeria, most of the polio cases are in the Muslim north, and there have been violent—and sometimes fatal—attacks against people believed to be working on polio-immunization drives. In Pakistan, meanwhile, more
 than 70% of the remaining polio cases are in inaccessible places.<br />
<br />
As a result, the hope of stopping all transmission by year-end may slip a little. "There's a chance we won't get to zero cases in Nigeria and Pakistan—we'll probably miss in one of those countries," Mr. Gates said.<br />
<br />
Still, the dream of global eradication is tantalizingly close—and it is backed by money. The Gates Foundation has contributed $1.2 billion toward polio eradication since 2009, and has committed a further $1.8 billion through 2018. In all, some $4 billion has
 been pledged by various groups to eradicate the disease.<br />
<br />
The effort is led by the Global Polio Eradication Initiative, which includes various governments, the WHO, Rotary International, the U.S. Centers for Disease Control and Prevention and Unicef. The initiative estimates that polio eradication could deliver total
 net benefits of up to $50 billion by 2035 from reduced treatment costs and gains in productivity.<br />
<br />
But stamping out an ancient and debilitating disease promises much more. "The benefits of eradication accrue for eternity," said Dr. Jafari of WHO.<br />
<br />
(The views expressed above are the personal views of the author)<br />
<br />
This article can also be read at:<br />
<a href="http://online.wsj.com/news/articles/SB10001424052702303848104579312453860810752?mg=reno64-wsj&amp;url=http://online.wsj.com/article/SB10001424052702303848104579312453860810752.html" target="_blank">India manages to free itself of polio</a></p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>13/01/2014 09:56:20</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/22728/India+manages+to+free+itself+of+polio</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">22728</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>22730</publicationdataID>
      <title>India’s overseas millionaires: helping home?</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p><span style="font-style:italic">Financial Times/by Avantika Chilkoti</span><br />
<br />
India’s biggest resource – a young population, a democratic system, or the large pool of wealthy citizens it sends abroad?<br />
<br />
According to a new report from WealthInsight, the researchers, 180,000 Indian millionaires live abroad and they are together worth $634bn – a figure that is expected to grow to $1.1tn in three years.<br />
<br />
The report classifies a non-resident Indian (NRI) as a citizen who lives abroad for 180 days a year or more, or anyone of Indian origin with a foreign passport. And using its detailed database of high net worth individuals around the world it finds there is
 a clear divide between millionaire and non-millionaire NRIs.<br />
<br />
The wealthy flock to developed countries like the UK and the US, home to 10 per cent and one third of NRI millionaires respectively. Meanwhile others emigrate to Malaysia and Saudi Arabia where many find blue-collar work (click chart to enlarge).<br />
<br />
"When it comes to choosing a country of domicile, so much comes down to wealth,” says Oliver Williams, an analyst at WealthInsight. "With immigration rules tightening in many developed nations, the UK among them, visas inevitably favour the wealthier and skilled.”<br />
<br />
Leaving aside the usual ‘brain drain’ worries, what are the positive implications for India?<br />
<br />
For one, a lot of people still in India are living off money earned abroad with total remittances to the country reaching $70bn per year.<br />
<br />
Secondly, this rich diaspora now is looking to its homeland to expand its wealth. Nearly half NRI investors have brokerage accounts in India, according to WealthInsight. NRIs have holdings in 80 per cent of the 1,800 stocks listed on the National Stock Exchange
 of India. And NRI bank deposits have grown from $41.6bn in 2008 to $70.8bn in 2012.<br />
<br />
"There is a trend in younger, second generation NRIs to invest in the growing private equity and venture capital sectors in India,” Williams adds.<br />
<br />
Policy makers do, of course, recognise how valuable these rich overseas Indians are. When the country faced a currency crisis in the middle of last year, the central bank coaxed NRIs to deposit dollars in local banks – a strategy that raised $34bn in just three
 months.<br />
<br />
Taking India as a whole, however, Credit Suisse estimates that the country has 182,000 dollar millionaires. A report published in October said:<br />
<br />
India has seen rapid growth in wealth since the year 2000. Wealth per adult rose from USD 2,000 in 2000 to USD 4,700 in 2013, but the 35% rise in the adult population caused aggregate wealth to more than triple during the same period.<br />
<br />
What’s interesting is how Indians, like many others in the developing world, store wealth. The report suggests that some 86 per cent of household assets are held as property or real assets – partly explained by poor access to financial services in poor and
 rural communities. And personal debts are a low 6 per cent of total assets.<br />
<br />
But one word of caution. With the Indian rupee slumping some 14 per cent against the dollar in the past year, Indians’ wealth is diminishing in dollar terms. And as Asia’s third largest economy slows down and its currency slumps, the billionaires are feeling
 the pinch.<br />
<br />
According to Bloomberg Billionaires, Reliance Industries’ Mukesh Ambani has lost 4.7 per cent of his wealth in the past year bringing it to a still-mouthwatering $19.7bn, while steel baron Lakshmi Mittal has seen his fortune fall 3.6 per cent to $17.7bn.</p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>13/01/2014 10:08:13</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/22730/Indias+overseas+millionaires+helping+home</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">22730</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>22717</publicationdataID>
      <title>Global reach of India drug producers grows</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p><span style="font-style:italic">Financial Express/by Andrew Jack</span><br />
<br />
India is producing almost as many medicines for the UK as those manufactured within Britain itself, according to figures showing the growing influence of Asia in the global pharmaceuticals market.<br />
<br />
Data from the Medicines and Healthcare Products Regulatory Agency, the London-based medicines watchdog, show it has licensed Indian factories to produce the finished form of 3,685 drugs compared with 3,815 made within the UK.<br />
<br />
They place Indian companies far ahead of all other foreign producers for British patients – led by companies in Germany, Ireland and France – and reflect estimates that its fast-growing manufacturers are responsible for a quarter of all medicines consumed in
 the country.<br />
<br />
While India has long produced raw materials and the "active pharmaceutical ingredients” to supply others making finished medicines, the statistics show the country’s expansion as fully fledged producers.<br />
<br />
The British statistics mirror high and rising penetration rates by Indian producers in other industrialised countries around the world and have raised some concerns over quality as manufacturing shifts beyond national boundaries.<br />
<br />
Two large Indian generic drug producers – Ranbaxy, owned by Daiichi Sankyo of Japan, and Wockhardt – in recent months received US and UK regulatory bans respectively on the import of some of their products following quality concerns including fabrication of
 tests on their ingredients.<br />
<br />
However, Gerald Heddell, director of inspections, enforcement and standards at the MHRA, stressed that the number of problems identified by regulators in India was in proportion to the volume of medicines they produced.<br />
<br />
"When we look back over 110 inspections we conducted over the last two years in India, we had significant concerns with 9 or 10 companies,” he said. "That does not represent a statistically higher proportion than in other parts of the world. India stands out
 because it is just such a big supplier.”<br />
<br />
Arun Sawhney, Ranbaxy chief executive, stressed his co-operation with US regulators in meeting their requirements including the lifting of a ban on some products.<br />
<br />
"The global pharmaceutical landscape is changing and we have to change with it,” he said.<br />
<br />
"The expectations of regulatory agencies all over the world are increasing and clearly, we have to continue to raise the standards of our processes to be ahead of these changes.<br />
<br />
"We are certain that the efforts under way in this regard will enable us to emerge stronger in our standards of quality and compliance.”<br />
<br />
Although most Indian pharmaceutical companies make off-patent generic drugs, they also supply products to those making innovative medicines.<br />
<br />
A separate analysis conducted by Withers &amp; Rogers, a legal firm specialising in intellectual property, showed an increase from 160 to 450 annual patent filings by Indian companies over the past decade.<br />
<br />
However, most have been technologies such as manufacturing processes for existing drugs, new formulations and crystalline forms rather than the development of novel compounds.<br />
<br />
</p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>06/01/2014 18:48:32</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/22717/Global+reach+of+India+drug+producers+grows</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">22717</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>22711</publicationdataID>
      <title>Mumbai's dabbawallas: proof that tradition can be innovative</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p><span style="font-style:italic">The Guardian: John Vidal</span><br />
<br />
For over a century, bicycle couriers have been ferrying food boxes around Mumbai – an approach that works as well as ever<br />
<br />
Imagine trying to cook – and then deliver, on time – 200,000 hot lunches every day, in the centre of a city where traffic is regularly gridlocked. And then imagine having to pick up and return the food containers, collect the money, and pay the drivers – most
 of whom cannot read or write.<br />
<br />
The logistics and organisation needed would almost certainly defeat the best efforts of any European or US food chain, airline or supermarket group, perplex corporate distribution teams, and bamboozle efficiency-conscious business leaders. But the old ways
 are often the best ways; in a world of innovation, sometimes the most innovative thing you can do is to keep doing what you always did.<br />
<br />
Such is the case in Mumbai, where a small miracle has been taking place daily for more than 100 years. Nearly every working day, 5,000 or more white-capped "dabbawallas" get on their pedal bikes, each loaded with about 40 lunches packed in steel or plastic
 containers called "tiffins". Weaving their way through the throngs of India's business capital, they deliver to workers in shops and offices, factory hands, and businesses. Their products include everything from daal, vegetables, chapatis and rice to exotic
 Mexican and macrobiotic specialities. On average, just one meal in 16m gets delivered late.<br />
<br />
It is testimony to what ordinary people can achieve. But what excites corporate leaders such as Richard Branson, Harvard business school professors, and even governments is that the dabbawallas are turning western business models inside out.<br />
<br />
Dabbawallas are recognised as a textbook example of efficiency and organisation but, instead of using a complex, technology-driven administrative system, they have built a giant buiness on trust, experience and, above all, the knowledge and intelligence of
 families. The dabbawallas do not need layers of complicated management, computers or even mobile phones.<br />
<br />
Earlier this year, Arvind Talekar, who worked as a dabbawalla for two years and is now a spokesman for the Nutan Mumbai Tiffin Box Suppliers, came to Dubai for the Gulf Co-operation Council Third and Fourth Line Leaders' Development Conference.<br />
<br />
"We keep it simple," he says. "I have seen that many times technology doesn't work. So, it is best not to use it because if it fails, then we can't deliver the lunch boxes on time. We are illiterates and we prefer to keep a mental note. We don't depend on gadgets."<br />
<br />
In an increasingly globalised world, the west is now looking east and south, to emerging economies, for new business models. In the process, it is finding some unique ways of doing things; it's a case of "the children teaching their parents", says Alexander
 Settles, a professor of corporate governance at Moscow State University.<br />
<br />
Africa, once considered hopeless for business innovation, is now exporting pioneering ideas that are being picked up in Europe and the US. Its young population and its lack of infrasructure has encouraged entrepreneurs and corporations to leapfrog the west.<br />
<span style="font-weight:bold"><br />
This article can also be read at:</span><br />
<a href="http://www.theguardian.com/global-development/poverty-matters/2014/jan/04/mumbai-dabbawallas-tradition-innovation-india" target="_blank">Mumbai's dabbawallas: proof that tradition can be innovative</a></p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>05/01/2014 16:30:10</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/22711/Mumbais+dabbawallas+proof+that+tradition+can+be+innovative</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">22711</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>22713</publicationdataID>
      <title>Burma could learn from India: Channeling diversity into democracy instead of strife</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p><span style="font-style:italic">The Epoch Times/by Venus Upadhayaya</span><br />
<br />
Burma (also known as Myanmar) is at a challenging crossroads on its way to democracy, while simultaneously facing ethnic strife. Burmese intellectuals say their country could learn from successes and failures in India, a land of equal diversity and similar
 strife.<br />
<br />
U. Soe Myint, editor-in-chief of the Burmese newspaper Mizzima, said: "Many ethnic nationalities exist in our country like [in] India. In a broader picture, India cannot only help us to establish our democratic process, but [can] also help us to look at the
 question of various ethnic nationalities in a national set-up.”<br />
<br />
Myint participated in Burma’s pro-democracy uprising in 1988 and was detained by the Burmese army. In 1990, he gained worldwide attention for the plight of Burmese people by hijacking a Thai International Airways flight headed to India. He did not use violence
 in diverting the flight. He was arrested, but later acquitted.<br />
<br />
He stayed in India for more than two decades, and launched Mizzima in New Delhi in 1998. The publication grew into an independent source of news and analysis on Burma.<br />
<br />
"I lived in India for 23 years and the Indian people have given me space and time to learn and share experiences,” he said. "Indian democracy faces many challenges, but it’s moving on for so long.”<br />
<br />
Manoj Rai, director of the Society for Participatory Research in Asia, highlighted some of the institutions in India that have strengthened democracy, including the "election commission to conduct regular elections in a free and fair manner, finance commissions
 to share resources, [and] local governments.”<br />
<br />
He said India can also help Burma establish a vibrant civic society with "informed and skillful NGOs, community-based organizations, free and fair media, social accountability systems, and citizen-focused delivery.”<br />
<br />
One of India’s recent successes is the anti-corruption campaign that gave birth to the Aam Aadmi party (translated as the Common Man’s Party) in 2012. The movement rallied mass participation and the party has gained political traction with the backing of some
 high-profile figures in India.<br />
<br />
A radio show established by waste-pickers in Bangalore, India, is a sign and symptom of the political awareness and enthusiasm that permeates various parts of Indian society.<br />
<br />
In May, Epoch Times wrote about Kalamani, a 37-year-old untouchable-caste woman who ran for local office despite great obstacles.<br />
<br />
These two examples highlight both the strengths and weaknesses of Indian democracy. The waste-pickers were motivated in part to establish the radio show, because they feel unrepresented. Yet they also found the freedom to express themselves and develop community-support
 institutions. Kalamani, who only goes by her first name as surnames carry class connotations, had great difficulty raising campaign funds, faced ridicule, and did not win the election. Yet she took the first step and encouraged many.<br />
<br />
India, like Burma, is ethnically and religiously diverse, with ethnic majorities and minorities engaged in decades-long conflicts. India’s northeast has especially experienced such fighting.<br />
<br />
A paper published by the South Asia Intelligence Review, titled "Survey of Conflicts and Resolution in India’s Northeast,” explores some of the mistakes made in the region.<br />
<br />
The minority of tribal mountaineers were politically distinguished from the lowland majority during British rule and thereafter. "Such isolationist policies persisted … under the mistaken motives of ‘protecting’ the tribal population against exploitation by
 ‘outsiders.’ The cumulative impact of these policies was a deepening of fissures between tribal and non-tribal populations,” states the article.<br />
<br />
Namrata Goswami at the Institute for Defense Studies and Analyses wrote about possible ways forward in the 2010 paper "India’s Northeast 2020: Four Alternative Futures.”<br />
<br />
Goswami recognized the extreme complexity of the situation, but made some suggestions, including (but not limited to) the use of funds from immense tourist interest in the culturally rich region to support the communities that feel marginalized; and the assurance
 of political representation to such communities.<br />
<br />
"The rise of India and its subsequent economic development creates a strong paranoia about the peripheral status of the Northeast. The apprehension is that the more prosperous communities in India will migrate to the Northeast and take over its land, resources,
 and businesses. Various ethnic communities in the Northeast view ‘others’ in the classic Huntington ‘Clash 11 of Civilisations’ hypothesis with ‘us versus them’ at the core,” Goswami wrote.<br />
<br />
This leads to clashes, as groups who feel marginalized call for separate states or seek to exert power in other ways.<br />
<br />
Rai said that India and Burma could work together to figure out the future of these complex and diverse lands. He also noted that it is in India’s interest to support the stability of its Asian neighbor.<br />
<br />
"It seems [the] opening up of Burma for democratic experimentations has also exposed Burma for mis-experimentations,” he said. "Burmese citizens are eager to move forward to strengthen democracy. If India does not move fast to support this eagerness … people
 will accept whatever democratic models are imported by northern and Chinese donors, who actually may not have relevant experiences in establishing and sustaining democracy and democratic institutions.<br />
<br />
"And if that happens, India will have another disturbed neighbor to disturb its own peace and prosperity.”<br />
<br />
(The views expressed above are the personal views of the author)<br />
<br />
<span style="font-weight:bold">This article can also be read at:</span><br />
<a href="http://www.theepochtimes.com/n3/432318-burma-could-learn-from-india-channeling-diversity-into-democracy-instead-of-strife/" target="_blank">Burma could learn from India: Channeling diversity into democracy instead of strife</a></p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>06/01/2014 10:48:03</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/22713/Burma+could+learn+from+India+Channeling+diversity+into+democracy+instead+of+strife</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">22713</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>22692</publicationdataID>
      <title>How India can leapfrog to the future</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p><span style="font-style:italic">CNN/ by Barnik Maitra and Adil Zainulbhai</span><br />
<br />
Editor’s note: Barnik C. Maitra is a partner at McKinsey &amp; Company’s Mumbai office and co-editor of Reimagining India. Adil Zainulbhai is Chairman of McKinsey India and co-editor of Reimagining India. The views expressed are their own.<br />
<br />
In a village 100 miles from any cities in Andhra Pradesh, a young woman, three months pregnant, is getting her first and only medical check-up. This is happening on board a visiting medical van that now comes to the village every month. The paramedic gives
 her basic vitamins and enters various vital parameters into an online data base. Two weeks later, when she feels a little unwell, she calls a toll-free number from her family’s mobile phone, connects a $1 monitor to it, and talks to a doctor. He studies her
 vital signs through the monitor and reassures her that everything is fine this time. Five months and five such virtual check-ups later, it is time for her to go to the hospital. The online doctor sends her an ambulance, which drops her 90 miles away at the
 nearest hospital, for a safe delivery.<br />
<br />
Thousands of mothers in Andhra Pradesh and around India are benefiting from the frugal technologies of wireless connectivity, sensors, software, and having a safer childbirth.<br />
<br />
The combination of cheaper devices, easy connectivity and the high aspirations of the population could help India leapfrog development in several areas. Broadband internet can transform primary and secondary schooling by bringing the best teachers and techniques
 into every classroom. In Reimagining India: Unlocking the Potential of Asia's Next Superpower, edited by McKinsey &amp; Company, digital educators Salman Khan and Shantanu Sinha argue that "replicating for hundreds of millions of aspiring learners what a few thousand
 previously experienced in the lecture halls of Harvard, MIT or Stanford would require an absurdly large investment. But now, this information is available to anyone with a cheap laptop and a broadband connection.” Indeed, today, Indian students are the largest
 users of massive open online courses from MIT and Harvard.<br />
<br />
Healthcare offers similar possibilities. Cheap devices (GE’s X-ray costs $50), sensors and broadband connectivity will open up access to healthcare, and at lower costs than the standard brick and mortar solutions (often at a fiftieth of the comparable U.S.
 cost). Swasthya Slate (a tablet device for patients to perform self-diagnostic tests including electrocardiograms, blood sugar, blood pressure, and heart rate readings) and "m-steth” (mobile stethoscope to transmit heart data) are smart, affordable substitutes
 for over half of all doctor visits. This is life-changing in a country like India, where the doctor to patient ratio is a meager 1:1,700 (compared with 1:400 in the United States).<br />
<br />
A better future awaits India in areas like energy and infrastructure as well. In Reimagining India, venture capitalist Vinod Khosla argues that rather than building more highways to accommodate more cars (like the developed countries), India could think about
 the best transportation system for self-driving (or driverless) vehicles. Schneider Electric’s President and CEO, Jean-Pascal Tricoire hopes that India will seize the golden opportunity to create an intelligent electrical grid that relies on more end-use efficiency
 and renewables, effectively leapfrogging conventional energy systems and becoming self-sufficient without incurring all the costs and collateral damage of the traditional model.<br />
<br />
Ram, a villager from the state of Uttar Pradesh, had no national identity papers, and so could not access government benefits when he migrated to Delhi as a construction worker. Through the Unique Identity Card program (UID Aadhar) Ram can now receive government
 benefits directly in his bank account, which is linked to his UID number. New technologies for biometric information ($10 retinal scanners), new database technologies, and new software made it possible to roll out Aadhar to 400 million Indians in record time
 – at a tenth of the cost in developed countries, and in one-fifth the time. If successful, Aadhar can fundamentally change the delivery of government services for 1.2 billion people. For example, if food subsidies went directly to recipients (as cash or vouchers),
 instead of distribution through "fair-price” shops, half the current outlay could feed all of India’s poor.<br />
<br />
The same breakthrough is possible in access to all government services, retail services, banking and financial inclusion, agriculture, medical care, education at all levels and in many other fields that we haven’t even thought of yet, and may help India to
 drive faster inclusive development for its population. In true Indian tradition, the potential for technology to leapfrog is enormous – and so are the barriers. As experience shows, progress may be fitful, but when India can imagine, mobilize, and leapfrog,
 ten years can change almost anything.<br />
<br />
<span style="font-style:italic">(The views expressed above are the personal views of the author)</span><br />
<span style="font-weight:bold"><br />
This article can also be read at:</span><br />
<a href="http://globalpublicsquare.blogs.cnn.com/2013/12/29/how-india-can-leapfrog-to-the-future/" target="_blank">How India can leapfrog to the future</a></p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>30/12/2013 18:27:06</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/22692/How+India+can+leapfrog+to+the+future</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">22692</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>22693</publicationdataID>
      <title>Polio Worker from Bihar Honored With UN Award</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p><span style="font-style:italic">India West/ by Yoshita Singh</span><br />
<br />
A polio worker from Bihar has been honored with a prestigious UN Foundation award for her work in protecting children from the disease.
<br />
<br />
Martha Dodray, a front-line polio worker who is "performing heroic work in protecting children from this crippling disease" was honored at the Global Leadership Awards Dinner 2013 here Nov. 7 hosted by the UN Foundation and the United Nations Association of
 the USA. <br />
<br />
Besides Dodray, those honored for advancing UN causes were Pakistan girls' education activist Malala Yousafzai; U.S. Ambassador to the UN Samantha Power for her fierce commitment to human rights; front-line polio workers like Dodray; GE Africa, a leader in
 improving health care for women and children through the Secretary-General's Every Woman Every Child movement; and "10x10,” the filmmakers who created "Girl Rising” and are trailblazers in raising awareness of the importance of girls' education.
<br />
<br />
Dodray, who hails from Darbhanga, said she was delighted and felt honored to receive the award at such a global stage.
<br />
<br />
"We need to work together to eliminate polio from regions where the disease still exists. I will strive to work harder and do as much as I can in this field," Dodray told PTI here.<br />
<br />
Speaking in Hindi, Dodray said she was humbled by the honor and had never thought that she would come to the United States and meet global dignitaries who would appreciate her work.
<br />
<br />
Dodray was joined on stage by ambassadors to the UN from Afghanistan, Nigeria, Pakistan and senior BJP leader Shatrughan Sinha.
<br />
<br />
Leading Indian actress Priyanka Chopra also attended the event and presented the award to the documentary group and filmmakers "10x10” for creating "Girl Rising,” a feature film for girls' education.
<br />
<br />
"So proud to represent Girlup at the UN global leaders Gala. Met so many Inspiring people who being about so much change.. Thank u..(sic)," Chopra tweeted.
<br />
<br />
Counted as one of the most impactful annual events, the Global Leadership Dinner honors inspirational leaders working to advance peace, prosperity, and justice in the United States and throughout the world and brings together the highest levels of the diplomatic,
 business, government, philanthropic, media, celebrity, and social sectors.<br />
<span style="font-style:italic"><br />
(The views expressed above are the personal views of the author)</span><br />
<br />
<span style="font-weight:bold">This article can also be read at:</span><br />
<a href="http://www.indiawest.com/news/15914-polio-worker-from-bihar-honored-with-un-award.html" target="_blank">Polio Worker from Bihar Honored With UN Award</a></p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>30/12/2013 18:31:19</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/22693/Polio+Worker+from+Bihar+Honored+With+UN+Award</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">22693</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>22694</publicationdataID>
      <title>Virginia Tech Prof Receives Teaching, Learning Award</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p><span style="font-style:italic">India West</span><br />
<br />
Vinod K. Lohani, professor of engineering education in the College of Engineering, recently received Virginia Tech University's 2013 Scholarship of Teaching and Learning Award.<br />
<br />
The Center for Instructional Development and Educational Research presents the award each year to one or two faculty members who demonstrate dedication to the pursuit of scholarship addressing the realm of higher education teaching and learning.<br />
<br />
Lohani, who specializes in engineering education and hydrology and water resources, has taught at Virginia Tech for 17 years.<br />
<br />
The Indian American professor has focused his research and professional experiences on collaboration with education experts for engineering instruction; creation of technology-enabled interactive learning environments in the classroom; and authentic and contemporary
 engineering learning experiences to excite students about the engineering profession.<br />
<br />
One learning experience Lohani created is the LabVIEW Enabled Watershed Assessment System, a real-time water and weather-monitoring lab with an outdoor site at Stroubles Creek.<br />
<br />
"This is a unique 'research to practice' lab on our campus and is intended to motivate student learning about water sustainability through hands-on experiences," Lohani said in a press release.<br />
<br />
Around 4,000 engineering first-year students have used the lab since it opened in 2009. In addition, students in civil and environmental engineering and geosciences at Virginia Tech and Virginia Western Community College have used this lab for water sustainability
 instruction.<br />
<br />
Lohani received his bachelor's degree from Govind Ballabh Pant University of Agriculture and Technology in Pantnagar; his master's degree from Asian Institute of Technology in Bangkok, Thailand; and doctoral degree from Virginia Tech.<br />
<br />
(The views expressed above are the personal views of the author)<br />
<br />
<span style="font-weight:bold">This article can also be read at:</span><br />
<a href="http://www.indiawest.com/news/15913-virginia-tech-prof-receives-teaching-learning-award.html#8KHWLkwAM0x06JRm.99" target="_blank">Virginia Tech Prof Receives Teaching, Learning Award</a></p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>30/12/2013 18:32:31</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/22694/Virginia+Tech+Prof+Receives+Teaching+Learning+Award</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">22694</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>22695</publicationdataID>
      <title>WaterWheel to ease burden on women</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p><span style="font-style:italic">The Guardian/ by Mark Tran</span><br />
<br />
Round 50-litre container enables water collectors to roll liquid from wells rather than carry it on their heads<br />
<br />
Girls and women carrying plastic jerry cans of water on their heads is a common sight in rural areas of poor countries. The WaterWheel eases that burden by storing water in a round 50-litre container that doubles as a wheel.<br />
<br />
Designed after consultations with villagers in the dry northern Indian state of Rajasthan, the WaterWheel is made from high-quality plastic that can withstand rough terrain. It will sell for $25-$30, compared with $75-$100 for similar products.<br />
<br />
"Our goal is to distribute on a large scale, on small margins to 10,000-20,000 customers a year," says Cynthia Koenig, founder and chief executive of Wello, a US social venture working on ways to deliver clean water in poor countries. Wello won a $100,000 Grand
 Challenges Canada prize to develop the WaterWheel.<br />
<br />
The idea came from an exploratory trip to India in 2010 to ask what people thought of the idea of rolling water, instead of carrying it. "We were pleasantly surprised," Koenig says. "We returned a year later, worked in close collaboration with villages in Rajasthan,
 and kept coming back to the idea of rolling water. We were surprised the idea had so much traction – we never thought it would work in India."<br />
<br />
The designers played around with different sizes – 10-20 litres – before agreeing on 50 litres. While the WaterWheel was created with women in mind, as they tend to collect water, Koenig says Wello has been surprised by its popularity among men.<br />
<br />
"One of most exciting things is that men love using it, they see it as a tool," she adds. "Men take on the primary role so the women are freed up to do other things. Or the role is split so men use it four days a week and the women use it two days. It has reduced
 the burden on women. A nurse told me she is not late for work anymore because the husband collects the water."<br />
<br />
The device, to be constructed Ahmedabad city in Gujarat, also saves time, at least an hour in many cases. It is also being used for irrigation and to bring water to animals.<br />
<br />
Wello plans to sell the WaterWheel in the Madhya Pradesh, Rajasthan and Gujarat states, as well as explore opportunities for water purification.<br />
<span style="font-style:italic"><br />
(The views expressed above are the personal views of the author)</span><br />
<br />
<span style="font-weight:bold">This article can also be read at:</span><br />
<a href="http://www.theguardian.com/global-development/poverty-matters/2013/dec/29/waterwheel-burden-women-water-container" target="_blank">WaterWheel to ease burden on women</a></p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>30/12/2013 18:33:57</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/22695/WaterWheel+to+ease+burden+on+women</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">22695</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>22696</publicationdataID>
      <title>Insulin pill may soon be a reality</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p><span style="font-style:italic">Science Alert/ by Akshat Rathi</span><br />
<br />
Daily jabs of insulin are a painful reality for many with diabetes. That may change if researchers who have successfully tested oral insulin in rats are able to replicate those results in humans.<br />
<br />
Nearly 350m people worldwide suffer from diabetes and that number is predicted to grow to more than 500m by 2030. While the more common form, type-2 diabetes, does not always need insulin treatment, nearly quarter of all diabetes patients depend on insulin
 jabs. Oral insulin’s estimated annual sales could be somewhere between $8 billion and $17 billion.<br />
<br />
The benefits of an insulin pill are more than just ease of taking the drug. The pill will mean that patients can start taking insulin earlier in the development of the disease, which could reduce some of the secondary complications, which can include blindness
 and impaired healing that leads to amputations.<br />
<br />
The idea of oral insulin has been around since the 1930s, but the difficulties of making it seemed too big to overcome. First, insulin is a protein – when it comes in contact with stomach enzymes, it is quickly destroyed. Second, if insulin can pass through
 the stomach safely, it is too big a molecule (about 30 times the size of aspirin) to be absorbed into the bloodstream, where it needs to be in order to regulate blood-sugar levels.<br />
<br />
Sanyog Jain at India’s National Institute of Pharmaceutical Education and Research and his colleagues have been working on delivering insulin in the oral form for many years. Their first fully-successful attempt came in 2012, when they developed a formulation
 that successfully controlled blood-sugar level in rats. But the materials used were too expensive to consider commercialising the technology.<br />
<br />
Now, in a paper published in the journal Biomacromolecules, they have found a cheaper and more reliable way of delivering insulin. They overcome the two main hurdles by, first, packing insulin in tiny sacs made of lipids (fats), and, second, attaching to it
 folic acid (vitamin B9) to help improve its absorption into the bloodstream.<br />
<br />
The lipids they use are cheap and have been successfully employed to deliver other drugs before. These help to protect insulin from being digested by stomach enzymes, which gets it to the small intestine. When the lipid-covered sacs enter the small intestine,
 special cells on its lining called microfold cells are attracted to the folic acid in them. The folic acid helps activate a transport mechanism that can let big molecules pass through into the blood. The amount of folic acid used in the formulation also seems
 to be in the safe region.<br />
<br />
In rats, Jain’s formulation was as effective as injected insulin, although the relative amounts that entered the blood stream differed. However, it was better in one key aspect. Whereas the effects of an injection are quickly lost (in less than 6 to 8 hours),
 Jain’s formulation helped control blood-sugar level for more than 18 hours.<br />
<br />
The most important part of the research comes after successful testing in animals – the formulation needs to be given to human volunteers. But, Jain said, "at a government institute like ours, we don’t have the sort of money needed for clinical trials.”<br />
<br />
He may not have to wait for long, as big pharma companies have been searching for an insulin pill formulation for decades. Two of them, Danish pharma giant Novo Nordisk and Israeli upstart Oramed are in a race to come up with a solution. Google’s venture capital
 arm, Google Ventures, recently invested $10m in Rani Therapeutics with the hope it will help develop oral insulin. Indian firm Biocon also does oral insulin research, and it recently signed an agreement with pharma giant Bristol-Myers Squibb.<br />
<br />
Oramed is ahead, with their oral insulin product soon to enter phase-II clinical trials, which is the most advanced stage any oral insulin formulation has ever reached. Its chief scientist, Miriam Kidron, said of Jain’s research: "Most people have the same
 basic idea to develop an insulin pill, but its the little differences that will determine ultimate success.”<br />
<br />
While Kidron did not reveal Oramed’s formulation, she said, "we attempted liposomal delivery before, just like Jain’s work, but we weren’t successful.” She warned that translating success from rats to humans is very difficult. And she is right – most drugs
 have a high cull-rate at each stage of their development. Even so, research like Jain’s give hope that an insulin pill may not remain a dream for long.<br />
<br />
<span style="font-style:italic">(The views expressed above are the personal views of the author)</span><br />
<br />
<span style="font-weight:bold">This article can also be read at:</span><br />
<a href="http://sciencealert.com.au/features/20132912-25126.html" target="_blank">Insulin pill may soon be a reality</a></p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>30/12/2013 18:37:22</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/22696/Insulin+pill+may+soon+be+a+reality</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">22696</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>22699</publicationdataID>
      <title>American-Style Start-Ups Take Root in India</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p><span style="font-style:italic">New York Times: Sei Chong</span><br />
<br />
India has built a reputation as a notoriously tough place to do business, one that has stymied even giants like Walmart. And unlike Silicon Valley, where a decent idea can attract funding, investors in India are much more reluctant to risk their money on start-ups.<br />
<br />
Despite such challenges, some American technology entrepreneurs are seeking to pursue the country’s untapped opportunities, even without the clout of a multinational corporation backing them.<br />
<br />
Peter Frykman, 30, of Palos Verdes, Calif., found his network of support at Stanford University, where he was a doctoral student in mechanical engineering. With the help of an angel investor in the United States, he created a pilot study in the Indian state
 of Tamil Nadu in 2008 for his agricultural start-up, Driptech, which makes affordable, efficient irrigation systems for small-plot farmers.<br />
<br />
The idea for Driptech had its origins in Ethiopia, where Mr. Frykman traveled with a team in 2008 as part of the Extreme Affordability program at Stanford, in which students tackle real-world problems. But he found that for all its flaws as an investment destination,
 India had much less political risk than African nations and had better infrastructure. The nation also had more subsistence farmers than all of Africa.<br />
<br />
In 2011 Mr. Frykman moved to Pune, India, after Driptech closed a funding round led by Khosla Impact, founded by the venture capitalist Vinod Khosla. "It’s kind of unusual to start a company and then realize that the biggest opportunity is in India,” Mr. Frykman
 said. "We sort of did it backwards.”<br />
<br />
India may be home to many of the largest outsourcing consulting firms, and tech-oriented cities like Bangalore have attracted global technology giants like Microsoft. But attracting American-style entrepreneurism here has happened in fits and starts.<br />
<br />
American-based venture capital firms and the Indian units of American venture capital firms, like Sequoia Capital India, invested $172 million this year through mid-December, excluding joint ventures. That fell from $250 million in 2006, according to Venture
 Intelligence, a research service based in Chennai that is focused on private equity. In the latest World Bank rankings on the ease of doing business, India slipped three spots, to 134th out of 189 countries.<br />
<br />
Some 42 venture capital firms based in the United States, however, have either opened offices in India or opened Indian units since 2006, according to Venture Intelligence.<br />
<br />
Despite the challenges, the sheer potential in a country of 1.2 billion people with a stable middle class is enough to tempt entrepreneurs and multinationals alike to explore opportunities.<br />
<br />
"In the earlier years after I moved to India, around 2008-10, there was astounding growth in the mobile market, with 20 million new subscribers being added to the telecom network every month,” said Valerie R. Wagoner of Modesto, Calif., 30, chief executive
 of the mobile marketing firm ZipDial in Bangalore. That monthly growth was nearly equivalent to the population of Australia.<br />
<br />
Ms. Wagoner was working for eBay when she decided it was time to shift her focus to her passion: emerging markets and technology. She did extensive networking in India with executives at mobile payment providers and joined mChek in Bangalore in 2008 as head
 of strategic initiatives. In 2010, she founded ZipDial, whose investors include 500 Startups, a Silicon Valley seed fund; Jungle Ventures of Singapore; and the Indian firms Blume Ventures and Unilazer Ventures.<br />
<br />
The frustrations of doing business in India include bureaucratic hurdles in licensing and making other filings, and pressure for bribes, which Americans cannot legally give. Many start-ups avoid these hurdles by catering to private clients and by making products
 that do not need governmental approval.<br />
<br />
Entrepreneurs have also had to adjust business plans quickly to get around complications. Sam White and Sorin Grama, co-founders of Promethean Power, won second place and $10,000 in a business plan contest at M.I.T. in 2007 with the idea of using solar technology
 for rural electrification in India.<br />
<br />
"India was the last country on my list to even visit — never had any interest,” Mr. White said.<br />
<br />
Mr. Grama, 44, a Romanian-born American citizen, and Mr. White, of Boston, both eventually moved to Mumbai in 2012. They ran into problems from the start in trying to make a cost-effective solar milk chiller for villages where milk was collected for dairies.<br />
<br />
In 2010, they spent six months building a prototype, only to have the managing director of Hatsun, India’s largest private dairy, point out that the 2,000-liter thermal battery that was used to store cold thermal energy was too big for any shed found in the
 villages.<br />
<br />
Finally, they let go of the idea of being a solar company. Instead, they developed a thermal battery that is able to take advantage of the intermittent power on the grid. The battery releases a cold fluid that chills milk quickly.<br />
<br />
Now the company has Hatsun as a client and has attracted funding from clean technology investors like the Quercus Trust, angel investors and grants by the National Science Foundation and the United States-India Science and Technology Endowment Fund, which was
 founded by the two nations’ governments.<br />
<br />
"Eighty percent was our own mistakes — we would have faced them in any country,” Mr. White said. "But we always learned from those mistakes.”<br />
<br />
A common complaint among the entrepreneurs was the difficulty in finding and keeping good employees. Even by Silicon Valley standards, Indian tech employees are restless. "The job market is so hot it’s not uncommon for a young person to think they can build
 a career by quitting within three months to get a pay raise somewhere else,” said Ms. Wagoner of ZipDial.<br />
<br />
The tech companies have to offer salaries at the market rate or higher to attract job seekers, who prefer the stability of a conglomerate over opportunities for personal growth. In fact, Mr. Frykman said the "lack of coolness” associated with a start-up was
 one of the biggest surprises he encountered. For this reason, Indians are less eager for stock options than their counterparts in the United States.<br />
<br />
To increase Indian employees’ exposure to such incentives, Ms. Wagoner has made stock ownership plans part of ZipDial’s compensation package and will give additional grants to people without their asking if she thinks they deserve them. "I believe it is very
 important that people who are taking a risk in building a company see the benefits of that,” she said.<br />
<br />
Entrepreneurs, for their part, have embraced another Silicon Valley trait and learned to try again after failure. Rahoul Mehra, 42, founded Saf Labs, a biotechnology trading company in Mumbai, with his wife, Glennis Matthews Mehra, a 39-year-old neuroscientist.
 They originally wanted to run all operations out of New York, where they lived. "In doing business with India, we never intended for us to move to India,” he said.<br />
<br />
But in 2008, two years into the business, which they had financed on their own, Mr. Mehra realized that deals would not be properly managed unless he was in Mumbai. Dr. Mehra reluctantly followed with their daughter, then 2.<br />
<br />
The business managed to turn a profit and attract a private European investor so the company could expand into biotech services. But in 2012, after the Indian government delayed biotech funding for its new five-year plan, Saf Labs’ business was drying up. The
 Mehras realized they had to move away from the Indian market and focus more on international opportunities.<br />
<br />
Now they are negotiating a sale of the company and using their experiences to market advisory services for Indian companies that want to expand overseas or foreign companies looking to enter India.<br />
<br />
Other entrepreneurs, too, have begun exploring expansion to other emerging markets: ZipDial has already entered Southeast Asia. Driptech has sold its products in Africa, and Promethean Power is moving into Pakistan, Africa and Latin America.<br />
<br />
"I don’t know who said it, but there’s a saying that what you’re going to find in India are little islands of excellence: people — despite the country, despite India — who are succeeding,” Mr. Mehra said. "If you can connect those dots, you can make a real
 go of it here.”<br />
<span style="font-style:italic"><br />
(The views expressed above are the personal views of the writer)</span><br />
<br />
<span style="font-weight:bold">This article may also be read at:</span><br />
<a href="http://dealbook.nytimes.com/2013/12/30/american-style-start-ups-take-root-in-india/" target="_blank">American-Style Start-Ups Take Root in India</a></p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>31/12/2013 17:42:50</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/22699/AmericanStyle+StartUps+Take+Root+in+India</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">22699</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>22689</publicationdataID>
      <title>Unheralded, Indians in Africa make good money</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p><span style="font-style:italic">TwoCircles.net/by Kul Bhushan</span><br />
<br />
Indians are quietly making good money in Africa. Unlike the Indians in Britain and the US, they go quietly about it. As individuals or corporations, Indians rake in the moolah, contribute to the local economies and national progress. All these achievements
 hardly ever make news in India.<br />
<br />
The big investors from India are doing very well indeed, thank you. Competing against global MNCs, the Indian investors have established themselves in traditional industries, agriculture and new ones like IT.<br />
<br />
Once in a while, the Indian media carries news about Airtel or Tata on their expansion drives or forays into new avenues/countries. The profits they rake in are kept under wraps.<br />
<br />
One gets a peek at the Indian settlement and contribution in a new book, "Indians in Emerging Africa" by K. Sital (published by 'The Indian' magazine in Hong Kong) who covers Indian involvement in nine African countries: Nigeria, Ghana, Tanzania, Uganda, Kenya,
 Zimbabwe, South Africa, Rwanda and Burundi. A successful businessman in Hong Kong, Sital has published and edited an NRI magazine for over 40 years.<br />
<br />
Why only these African countries? Because Sital travelled to these countries where he has good contacts and met the leading Indian entrepreneurs and industrialists, and wrote their profiles with an overview of Indian contribution. This personal effort is commendable
 instead of researching in New Delhi or even worse, surfing the Internet.<br />
<br />
Indians are not settled in large numbers in all 52 African countries as some have a few hundred or even less. But in some countries like Zambia, they have a key presence. However, the inclusion of Rwanda and Burundi is laudable because very little is known
 about Indian activities in these two small countries west of Uganda.<br />
<br />
Rwanda has flourished with over seven percent economic growth since 2004 and hailed as the fastest reformer of business regulations globally by the World Bank. The opportunities for profit could not be ignored. In May 2013, a delegation of Indian investors
 visited Kigali to explore the potential. A top Indian real estate developer has bagged a $135m township development project. The small 2,500 Indian community in Kigali is active in many industries, construction, education and IT.<br />
<br />
Burundi is rich in high value minerals like nickel, cobalt, copper, gold and uranium. Burundi also needs assistance in farming. How can these opportunities be ignored? The local Indians, originally from Uganda, are doing what they can and prospering but major
 Indian investments could reap rich rewards. Both these countries have their embassies in New Delhi.<br />
<br />
With a population of 1.3 million Indians, South Africa is the most well-known African nation in India. Since South Africa makes constant news with cricket, flying there to watch the big matches followed by safaris comes naturally. Plus, South Africa's aggressive
 tourism promotion has made it a top safari destination for Indians, never mind that Kenya has far better and more extensive safari attractions. But Kenya does not have the huge funds for massive promotion in India to tap the outbound tourist market.<br />
<br />
Nigeria with 50,000 Indians, mostly Sindhis, shows how traders have become industrialists. Kenya, with a population of 100,000, largely Gujaratis, also shows the same trend. After its independence in 1963, Indians traders were given quit notices to make way
 for Africans; so they started factories to provide jobs for Africans and earn profits. Indian companies have invested in Kenyan horticulture, tea plantations and agriculture in addition to industries.<br />
<br />
The Indian story in Uganda is well known. When dictator Idi Amin kicked out the Indians, thousands fled to Britain and other countries. Uganda under President Moseweni started to woo them back in the 1990s. Forty years later, Indians have notched up great successes
 in Britain. Now with about 30,000 Indians, Uganda has substantial investments from India.<br />
<br />
In neighbouring Tanzania, about 40,000 Indians are quietly working as traders in urban areas while some have ventured in industries. India is a top trading partner for Tanzania.<br />
<br />
Under President Robert Mugabe's rule, Zimbabwe still has a community of about 10,000 Indians, mostly traders and small scale industrialists. Most interesting is the minute Indian presence in Zimbabwe's government and public life as given in this book that contains
 profiles and addresses of major Indian businesses in these countries.<br />
<br />
India has sponsored two major India-Africa Forum Summits in 2008 and 2011 to further boost its bilateral ties. The Indian entrepreneurs in Africa profiled in this book are probably doing more than the efforts at the government to government level.<br />
<br />
<span style="font-style:italic">(The views expressed above are the personal views of the author)</span><br />
<br />
<span style="font-weight:bold">This article can also be read at:</span><br />
<a href=" http://twocircles.net/2013dec26/unheralded_indians_africa_make_good_money.html" target="_blank">Unheralded, Indians in Africa make good money</a></p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>26/12/2013 17:28:51</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/22689/Unheralded+Indians+in+Africa+make+good+money</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">22689</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>22690</publicationdataID>
      <title>Indian aid for school building construction</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p><span style="font-style:italic">Kantipur</span><br />
<br />
The Indian Embassy is set to provide financial assistance of Rs 40 million for the construction of school building of Janata Secondary School at Amardaha-7, Gandhi Ashram in the district.
<br />
<br />
A two-storied building with 16 rooms will be constructed through the assistance provided by the embassy, said Binod Ojha, engineer at the Morang District Development Committee (DDC).
<br />
<br />
The school is operated under the management of Gandhi Ashram Sewa Guthi. The Ministry of Finance has approved the assistance and that an agreement will be signed with the embassy very soon to release the fund, said engineer Ojha.<br />
<br />
Presently, over 900 students are studying in the school. The Government of India and Indian Embassy have been providing assistance to the Ashram and its nearby localities, it is learnt.<br />
<span style="font-style:italic"><br />
(The views expressed above are the personal views of the author)</span><br />
<br />
<span style="font-weight:bold">This article can also be read at:</span><br />
<a href="http://www.ekantipur.com/2013/12/26/headlines/Indian-aid-for-school-building-construction/382947/" target="_blank">Indian aid for school building construction</a></p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>26/12/2013 17:32:10</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/22690/Indian+aid+for+school+building+construction</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">22690</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>22686</publicationdataID>
      <title>How life is improving in India's poorest regions</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p><span style="font-style:italic">BBC/by Jean Dreze</span><br />
<br />
A survey done earlier this year shows that public facilities in the poorest regions of India have steadily expanded, improving the lives of people there, writes development economist Jean Dreze.<br />
<br />
Once upon a time, not so long ago, public facilities in the poorest districts of India were few and far between.<br />
<br />
Most people were left to their own devices and they lived in the shadow of hunger, insecurity and exploitation, with no public support in their hour of need.<br />
<br />
Many villages had no school, no health centre, no ration shop, no approach road, no post office, no telephone, no electricity, and perhaps even no convenient source of drinking water. Where an anganwadi (government sponsored mother and child-care centre) existed
 at all, it was often closed. There were no public works around, and no pensions for widows or the elderly.<br />
<br />
It takes a pause to realise that all this really applied "not so long ago" - as recently, say, as the mid-1990s, when living conditions in the country's poorest districts were vividly evoked by journalist P Sainath in his book Everybody Loves a Good Drought.<br />
<br />
To claim that the situation has radically changed would be a serious delusion. Yet, the picture today is very different from what it used to be.<br />
<br />
Not only have public facilities steadily expanded, people are also forming new expectations of them and demanding more.<br />
<br />
Slowly - much too slowly - but surely, the principle of social responsibility for people's basic needs is taking root.<br />
<br />
<span style="font-weight:bold">'Quiet progress'</span><br />
<br />
During the last 10 years, student volunteers have been conducting regular field surveys in various parts of the country, sometimes looking at schools or health centres, sometimes at the rural employment guarantee scheme or the public distribution system.<br />
<br />
Over time, we have seen a great deal of change, often - not always - for the better.<br />
<br />
The ground realities, at any rate, are strikingly different from the picture of doom and gloom that emerges from the mainstream media.<br />
<br />
It is a good thing, of course, that the media swiftly blows the whistle when things go wrong. But what tends to be lost in this stream of "drain inspector's reports" is the quiet progress that many states are making in providing essential facilities to their
 citizens.<br />
<br />
The last in the series of field surveys, nicknamed Public Evaluation of Entitlement Programmes (Peep), took place in May-June 2013.<br />
<br />
This survey, initiated by the Indian Institute of Technology in Delhi, was conducted in 10 states: Bihar, Chhattisgarh, Himachal Pradesh, Jharkhand, Madhya Pradesh, Maharashtra, Orissa, Rajasthan, Tamil Nadu and Uttar Pradesh.<br />
<br />
In each state, the survey focused on two of the poorest districts and covered five entitlement programmes: the Integrated Child Development Services, mid-day meals, the public distribution system, the National Rural Employment Guarantee Act and social security
 pensions.<br />
<br />
One of the districts covered by the survey is Surguja in Chhattisgarh, an area I have visited at regular intervals during the last 12 years.<br />
<br />
When I first went there to assess development programmes, in 2001, I was barely able to identify a few "islands of relative success in a sea of inefficiency, corruption and exploitation".<br />
<br />
Most villages were deprived of basic facilities such as a decent approach road, a ration shop, or electricity.<br />
<br />
Today, these facilities are expected as a matter of course.<br />
<br />
Most villages in Surguja have a well-functioning ration shop where an average family gets 35kg of rice every month at a symbolic price.<br />
<br />
Most families also have a "Job Card", and are able to get some employment on local public works under the National Rural Employment Guarantee Act.<br />
<br />
Most children go to school, where they get a reasonably good meal on the house. Many widows and elderly people get a small but valuable pension.<br />
<br />
It is not Sweden or Canada, but still, these entitlements add up to something worthwhile, and looking ahead, one begins to see the possible foundations of a social security system.<br />
<br />
<span style="font-weight:bold">'Startling variety'</span><br />
<br />
Not every poor district, of course, has done as well as Surguja.<br />
<br />
Even within Chhattisgarh, there are areas - particularly in the south - where the state is better known in the fearful guise of a forest guard or police officer than that of a smiling anganwadi worker.<br />
<br />
Looking across the country, there is a startling variety.<br />
<br />
Some states, like Tamil Nadu, have a good record of efficient and equitable public services across the board. Others, like Uttar Pradesh, are incorrigible offenders.<br />
<br />
Most are somewhere in between - improving in some fields, stagnating or even regressing in others.<br />
<br />
Behind this variety, however, there is an important pattern: states reap as they sow, in the sense that serious efforts to make things work often produce results.<br />
<br />
Even states with an embarrassing reputation for corruption and misgovernance, like Orissa - or Chhattisgarh for that matter - have shown that change is possible. Recent experience also shows that it is mainly through democratic struggle that advances have been
 made.<br />
<br />
Needless to say, there is still an enormous way to go in meeting people's basic constitutional rights.<br />
<br />
For instance, while it is certainly a good thing that children - girls and boys - are now flocking to schools across the country, the quality of school education remains abysmal.<br />
<br />
Similarly, the coverage of vaccination programmes has greatly expanded in recent years, but India is still way behind Bangladesh in this respect.<br />
<br />
If the survey brings a ray of hope, it lies in further evidence that public services do improve - often at unexpected speed - with adequate resources, political support and application of mind.<br />
<br />
Conversely, the penalties of neglect can be severe, as the recent decline of the rural employment guarantee scheme illustrates.<br />
<br />
Further democratic struggle is the only way to ensure that positive trends have the upper hand.<br />
<br />
<span style="font-style:italic">(The views expressed above are the personal views of the author)</span><br />
<br />
<span style="font-weight:bold">This article can also be read at:</span><br />
<a href="http://www.bbc.co.uk/news/world-asia-india-25315528" target="_blank">How life is improving in India's poorest regions</a></p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>23/12/2013 19:08:18</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/22686/How+life+is+improving+in+Indias+poorest+regions</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">22686</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>22687</publicationdataID>
      <title>Compassion is fashion: Indian entrepreneurs show the way</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p><span style="font-style:italic">The Epoch Times/by Venus Upadhayaya</span><br />
<br />
A cruelty free fashion brand in the south Indian city of Bangalore has given people a compassionate option for style-dressing.<br />
<br />
Ethik, one of the very few brands of leather-free shoes in India, with its message of "Compassion is Fashion” has managed to motivate the customers to choose cruelty free products.<br />
<br />
The two friends and the brand’s co-creators, Piyush Lunia, 27, and Pankaj Khabiya, 26, came across the idea of starting a leather-free brand of shoes when they were looking for non-leather shoes and went around Bangalore searching.<br />
<br />
"It was difficult because whatever non-leather products we came across were not of good quality. A few people tried to trick us, trying to sell leather products as non-leather,” Khabiya said.<br />
<br />
Now a year old, Ethik is reaching people who believe in humanity. "I came here because I believe in a non-violent approach to life,” said Vivek S.K, a customer from Chennai city. Sundeep Jain, another customer, said that he purchased Ethik to save animals.<br />
<br />
"On every invoice, we thank our customer for saving a life, and we believe that selling more of our products and expanding our business means saving more lives,” Lunia said.<br />
<br />
Khabiya believes that leather products are also not spiritually a wise style option: "When an animal is killed and is in pain, it sweats and all the anxiety-enzymes along with sweat accumulate on the skin. When wearing leather, if you go to a temple, the leather
 doesn’t allow your body to sustain positive energy.”<br />
<br />
To bring out the hidden compassion of their customers, the store’s walls are decorated with moral quotes like: "Humans love our products, animals even more…” and "Humane: The art of being morally and intellectually advanced.”<br />
<br />
Lunia said that India is the largest producer of leather in the world, and while non-leather products are increasingly available, they are still not so easy to find.<br />
<br />
While youngsters around India are trying to find a harmonious integration between their personal lives and work, these two youngsters with no management education have made a point of being ethically wise from their perspective, in their humble-yet-lucrative
 style.<br />
<br />
<span style="font-style:italic">(The views expressed above are the personal views of the author)</span><br />
<span style="font-weight:bold"><br />
This article can also be read at:</span><br />
<a href="http://www.theepochtimes.com/n3/412009-compassion-is-fashion-indian-entrepreneurs-show-the-way/#ixzz2oHDKYyyx" target="_blank">Compassion is fashion: Indian entrepreneurs show the way</a></p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>23/12/2013 19:12:02</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/22687/Compassion+is+fashion+Indian+entrepreneurs+show+the+way</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">22687</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>22655</publicationdataID>
      <title>World Bank: India poised to be global leader in solar power</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[<span style="font-style:italic">Energy Live News/by Priyanka Shrestha</span><br />
<br />
India could well be on its way to becoming a global leader in the development of solar power, a new report suggests.<br />
<br />
That’s due to the nation’s green growth agenda – the Jawaharlal Nehru National Solar Mission (JNNSM) – which has seen its installed solar capacity rise from around 30MW to more than 2,000MW in three years.<br />
<br />
The World Bank suggests the scheme has been key in bringing down the cost of solar power to $0.15 per kWh, making India among the "lowest cost destinations for grid-connected PV in the world”.<br />
<br />
It believes solar power can trim the nation’s dependence on imports of diesel and coal for power, cut greenhouse gas emissions and contribute to energy security.<br />
<br />
The JNNSM aims to add 20GW of solar capacity by 2022.<br />
<br />
Onno Ruhl, World Bank Country Director in India said: "In a short span of three years, India has made impressive strides in developing its abundant solar power potential. With more than 300 million people without access to energy and industry citing energy
 shortage as key growth barrier in India, solar power has the potential to help the country address the shortage of power for economic growth.”<br />
<br />
However Mr Ruhl suggests the nation needs to address barriers to scaling up the solar programme.<br />
<br />
<span style="font-weight:bold">This article can also be read at:</span><br />
<a href="http://www.energylivenews.com/2013/12/16/world-bank-india-poised-to-be-global-leader-in-solar-power" target="_blank">World Bank: India poised to be global leader in solar power</a>]]></description>
      <pubDate>16/12/2013 19:00:23</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/22655/World+Bank+India+poised+to+be+global+leader+in+solar+power</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">22655</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>22654</publicationdataID>
      <title>Indian Electrical Company Will Light Up Electricity In Yemen</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[Natiolan Yemen/by Abdulazia al-Masaabi<br />
<br />
Bharat, an Indian Company for heavy electrical equipment has recently started working in Marib. According to Chairman and Managing Director Mr. B.P.Raohe in an exclusive interview, by the 14th of December Marib will have its electricity supplied by the Indian
 company’s project.<br />
<br />
The project, which will cost 380 million USD, includes multiple stages to be implemented over the next two years. "By March 2015, all of Yemen’s electricity needs will be met,” Mr. Rao said.<br />
<br />
The project also involves Yemeni labor, offering them training in India and onsite housing complexes in order to provide better services for workers and the people of Yemen. 24/7 site maintaining also offers easier control of the machinery involved. "One button
 can control the whole thing easily and simply, " Mr.Rao guaranteed.<br />
<br />
The company also wished to highlight its goal of building better relations with Yemen in light of the close ties enjoyed by the two countries in years past.<br />
<br />
When asked about the security situation in Yemen, Mr. Rao responded, "the company has worked in worse circumstances. During the Libya conflict, our company was the last to evacuate the country and the first to return. Even after we had returned, many companies
 did not wish to come back, so we volunteered to finish their work for the sake of promoting a better future for Libya.<br />
<br />
The chairman also mentioned the cooperation of the government in facilitating the company’s work, which made their activities much easier.<br />
<br />
At the end the interview, Mr.Rao reasserted the importance of power to help a country raise its living standards. He also made sure to mention that security, social and public relations, and sustainability are all crutches to help develop a country, and he
 sees all of these in the future of Yemen. This development is also the goal of both Bharat and India at large for Yemen.<br />
<br />
<span style="font-weight:bold">This article can also be read at:</span><br />
<a href="http://nationalyemen.com/2013/12/15/indian-electrical-company-will-light-up-electricity-in-yemen" target="_blank">Indian Electrical Company Will Light Up Electricity In Yemen</a>]]></description>
      <pubDate>16/12/2013 18:59:13</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/22654/Indian+Electrical+Company+Will+Light+Up+Electricity+In+Yemen</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">22654</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>22651</publicationdataID>
      <title>India readies big move into solar energy</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p><span style="font-style:italic">Wall Street Journal/by Biman Mukherji <br />
Proposed 4,000-megawatt plant in Rajasthan would power homes in the Northwest</span><br />
<br />
Here on the shores of a salt-water lake in the desert state of Rajasthan, India hopes to build a solar-power station that eventually will dwarf the world's largest such plants under construction today.<br />
<br />
When the proposed project is finished in seven years, government officials say, carpets of photovoltaic solar panels will turn the site into a potential supplier of 4,000 megawatts of electricity capable of delivering power to millions of homes across the northwest.
 The site currently is used by a state-owned salt producer.<br />
<br />
Three federal ministries have backed the plan. The cabinet of Prime Minister Manmohan Singh is expected to make a final decision on whether to go ahead with the project this month.<br />
<br />
"The government wants to make a statement with this project that solar can be a solution to the power needs of the country," said Tarun Kapoor, joint secretary of the Ministry of New and Renewable Energy.<br />
<br />
India's imports of oil, gas and coal have ballooned in recent years, contributing to a chronic trade deficit that has shaken international confidence in its future. To reduce that import dependence and become greener, in 2010 India launched the Jawaharlal Nehru
 National Solar Mission, a bid to raise solar-generating capacity to 20,000 megawatts by 2022. That would bring solar to about 5% of its power mix from less than 1% today, according to government projections. It also has proposed boosting its nuclear power
 capacity and domestic production of fossil fuels.<br />
<br />
Since the launch of the solar mission, the country's capacity has risen to roughly 2,000 megawatts from just 18, according to government figures.<br />
<br />
"Developing countries have been slow in embracing solar energy since the focus primarily has been on ensuring energy security" through conventional sources, said Amol Kotwal, Associate Director, Energy &amp; Power Systems Practice, at consulting firm Frost &amp; Sullivan
 in Bangalore. "India, though a late starter in solar, has shown a tremendous growth in the last three years."<br />
<br />
Solar power in India, as elsewhere in the world, has been getting cheaper as the price of photovoltaic cells has fallen and solar modules have become more efficient, industry experts say.<br />
<br />
In the last three years, solar-generation costs here have dropped to about 7-8 rupees (US 11.2-12.8 cents) a kilowatt hour from around 18 rupees (28.8 cents)/kwh three years ago, said Amit Kumar, director of the Energy and Resources Institute, a New Delhi research
 group.<br />
<br />
Mr. Kapoor of the renewable energy ministry said he believes the proposed Sambhar plant, operating on such a large scale, eventually would be able to produce power for around 5 rupees (8 cents)/kwh.<br />
<br />
Power from imported coal and domestically-produced natural gas currently costs around 4.5 rupees (7.2 cents)/kwh, Mr. Kumar said.<br />
<br />
The Sambhar project would cover some 20,000 acres in this arid region 60 miles west of Rajasthan's capital, Jaipur. Officials said about 5,000 workers will be needed to build and maintain the facility during the first phase of construction. As many as 20,000
 could be employed there eventually. Mr. Tandon said Plant owners hope to hire as many people as they can from the local community, said R.K. Tandon, managing director of Hindustan Salts, which owns the salt-producing operation and through its subsidiary, Sambhar
 Salts Ltd., is part of a consortium of Indian companies backing the project.<br />
<br />
"Our biggest advantage is that we have such a huge pool of land available that is blessed with sunshine almost throughout the year," said R.K. Tandon, managing director of Hindustan Salts, which owns the salt-producing operation and through its subsidiary,
 Sambhar Salts Ltd., is part of a consortium of Indian companies backing the project.<br />
<br />
Officials said about 5,000 workers will be needed to build and maintain it during the first phase of construction, and as many as 20,000 could be employed there eventually. Mr. Tandon said Plant owners hope to hire as many people as they can from the local
 community, said R.K. Tandon, managing director of Hindustan Salts, which owns the salt-producing operation and through its subsidiary, Sambhar Salts Ltd., is part of a consortium of Indian companies backing the project.<br />
<br />
That's a welcome prospect for some villagers whose families for generations have been loading trays of salty soil from Sambhar Lake's shores onto rickety railway cars for processing in a nearby factory.<br />
<br />
"I have been working at the salt fields here for the last ten years and my father worked here before me because there is hardly anything else to do," said Moolchand Malik, 33, as he took a break from gathering the ash-gray soil. "We hope this power project
 comes through so that we can have better jobs" in the plant, he said.<br />
<br />
A big undertaking by any measure, Sambhar in time would be able to produce far more power than the world's largest solar projects currently under construction. That includes, among others, the Topaz Solar Farm, which is being developed by First Solar Inc. FSLR
 -1.10% in California and is expected to have a capacity of 550 megawatts when it's completed in 2015.<br />
<br />
Sambhar is expected to be built in four phases over a seven-year span.Each of its four phases of construction, over a seven-year period, will cost about 70 billion rupees (about US$1.1 billion) and will add 1,000 megwatts of capacity, officials said.<br />
<br />
Consortium partners in phase one, which is scheduled to be completed in last three years, include state-owned giants Bharat Heavy Electricals Ltd. 500103.BY -3.32% and Power Grid Corp. of India, as well as Sambhar Salts Ltd., the Hindustan Salts subsidiary.
 Private local and international companies will be invited to invest after phase one is finished, officials said.<br />
<br />
Projects this big can bump up against India's bureaucratic bottlenecks, which have held back everything from road construction to the building of subways and the modernization of ports., and managing any undertaking of such scope is inherently complicated.<br />
<br />
But backers played down the likelihood of delays, noting the project it already has the support of the ministries of power, renewable energy and heavy industries.<br />
<br />
"It will take significant effort to coordinate between multiple stakeholders…, ensure appropriate technologies and begin to generate power at encouraging efficiencies and build confidence that such an ambitious project can come to fruition," said Rajeev Palakshappa,
 a research associate with the Council on Energy, Environment and Water, a New Delhi-based think tank.<br />
<br />
But backers played down the likelihood of delays, noting the project already has the support of the ministries of power, renewable energy and heavy industries.<br />
<br />
(The views expressed above are the personal views of the author)<br />
<br />
<span style="font-weight:bold">This article can also be read at:</span><br />
<a href="http://online.wsj.com/news/articles/SB10001424052702303653004579210081428536464" target=" _blank">India readies big move into solar energy</a></p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>16/12/2013 10:08:48</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/22651/India+readies+big+move+into+solar+energy</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">22651</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>22652</publicationdataID>
      <title>A year after rape case, a sense of change in India</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[<br />
<p><span style="font-style:italic">Wall Street Journal/by Shanoor Seervai and Geeta Anand</span><br />
<br />
The media called her the "Park Street victim"—a 37-year-old woman who said she was gang-raped in Kolkata. Ashamed and depressed, she hid her identity in public for many months.<br />
<br />
She has since come forward, encouraged by the overwhelming public revulsion against a fatal attack on another woman one year ago. That crime, on a bus in Delhi, and the publicity that followed have prompted a surge in the reporting of offenses that women in
 India once suffered in silence and broken the taboo on the discussion of violence against them.<br />
<br />
The Kolkata victim identified herself as Suzette Jordan on television on June 18, 2013, 16 months after she was attacked, and now says: "We women are not going to stand by and take this nonsense anymore." Ms. Jordan says the public support for the Delhi victim
 made her feel "bold enough to be heard as me."<br />
<br />
Statistics bear out the new spirit of candor on misogynist crime in India. In Delhi, for example, 1,493 rapes were reported to police in the first 11 months of this year, more than double the number reported in the same period of 2012. Complaints of sexual
 harassment and other crimes against women have also risen sharply.<br />
<br />
And women, especially younger, urban women, have shown a greater willingness to speak up and fight back against alleged abuse, even by men in positions of power.<br />
<br />
"The solidarity that we saw on the streets of Delhi last year after the rape has given courage to many people," said Indira Jaising, India's top female federal legal adviser.<br />
<br />
In August, a 22-year-old journalist reported she was gang raped by five men when on assignment taking photographs at an abandoned textile mill in Mumbai. She has pressed her case in court, and declared in an interview with local media two days after the alleged
 attack that "rape is not the end of life."<br />
<br />
The five men standing trial for the crime have pleaded not guilty.<br />
<br />
"In the past, people would say 'why is she speaking so explicitly on this?' Instead, all of Mumbai is standing with her," said Sonali Goculdas, a mother of two school-aged boys who lives in Mumbai.<br />
<br />
Soon after the journalist came forward, an 18-year-old receptionist went to the police to say the same group of men had previously gang-raped her at the same place, said Audrey D'Mello, program and administration director at Majlis Legal Center, a Mumbai-based
 nonprofit providing support to rape survivors. Charges have been filed in that instance and the five men deny they did it.<br />
<br />
The receptionist said she was motivated to report the case after reading about the attack on the journalist, said Ms. D'Mello, whose organization has been helping both women. "She feels very guilty, feeling if she had come forward before, this wouldn't have
 happened," Ms. D'Mello said.<br />
<br />
The receptionist couldn't be located to comment.<br />
<br />
Breaking a tradition of silence about sexual harassment at work, 22-year-old lawyer Stella James last month wrote on a legal blog complaining that a now-retired Indian Supreme Court judge sexually assaulted her when she worked for him as an intern the previous
 year.<br />
<br />
The lawyer said she didn't say anything at first because she didn't "think Indian law, or our legal system for that matter, is equipped to sensitively deal with crimes against women."<br />
<br />
The retired judge, A. K. Ganguly, has denied the allegations, but a Supreme Court panel convened to investigate her complaint found evidence of "unwelcome behavior" of a "sexual nature" by the judge. The panel decided not to pursue the matter further.<br />
<br />
Also last month, a young journalist accused the editor of an influential investigative-journalism magazine of sexually assaulting her at a conference in Goa, a beach-resort state in southern India.<br />
<br />
The journalist, also a woman in her 20s, reported her allegations against the magazine's editor in chief, Tarun Tejpal, in an email to the managing editor, the publication's most senior female journalist.<br />
<br />
Mr. Tejpal, one of India's most prominent journalists, has been arrested and is in judicial custody, but hasn't been formally charged with any offense and denies the allegations against him. His lawyers have said his accuser's complaint is politically motivated.<br />
<br />
"I am fighting to preserve nothing except my integrity and my right to assert that my body is my own and not the plaything of my employer," the journalist wrote in a statement emailed to The Wall Street Journal by a close friend of hers.<br />
<br />
The activism that followed the Dec. 16 gang rape in Delhi, in which the woman later died and her male companion was beaten, hasn't drastically altered the lives of the vast majority of Indian women, who live in villages worlds away from the charged protests
 in large cities.<br />
<br />
Most cases of rape occur in the home or community, perpetrated by people the victims know, said Ms. D'Mello. These cases continue to be a huge challenge for women to fight, because they are poor and disempowered, she said.<br />
<br />
But in urban areas, particularly among young, educated women, the change is palpable, she and others say.<br />
<br />
"Since the Delhi incident, we have received a larger number of cases of sexual assault," said Chitra Joshi, who runs a crisis-counseling center for women at a government hospital in Mumbai. "Women want to get medical treatment and want to take action, but there's
 still a long way to go," she said.<br />
<br />
There is also a perceptible shift in the way women conduct themselves in public.<br />
<br />
"I look at my 21-year-old daughter and how she used to walk to the Metro [the city's light-rail system] before with her shoulders hunched," said Rashmi Anand, who runs a legal-aid trust in Delhi helping women and children who are victims of violence. "There's
 a swagger to the walk of young women in the Metro now. Before it was only the boys who swaggered."<br />
<br />
(The views expressed above are the personal views of the author)<br />
<br />
This article can also be read at:<br />
<a href="http://online.wsj.com/news/articles/SB10001424052702304202204579255933255608204" target="_blank">A year after rape case, a sense of change in India</a></p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>16/12/2013 10:11:28</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/22652/A+year+after+rape+case+a+sense+of+change+in+India</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">22652</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>22644</publicationdataID>
      <title>Quantum Leap: Revving up science Kumbh-style</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p><span style="font-style:italic">Daily Mail/by Dinesh C Sharma</span><br />
<br />
"I feel like a rock star. So many of the young people here want to be photographed with me. It is embarrassing but its fine", commented Prof Ivar Giaever, Nobel Laureate in Physics.<br />
<br />
The prof was surrounded by starry-eyed school kids of small-town India – Jaunpur, Amethi, Rae Bareli, Varanasi and so on – in Allahabad.<br />
<br />
The city this week hosted the biggest ever congregation of science Nobel Laureates in India in recent times. Not just school kids, but anyone interested in science would be impressed with this gathering of Nobel prize winners and other top scientists at the
 Indian Institute of Information Technology Allahabad (IIIT-A).<br />
<br />
Nowhere else could young kids have got a chance to hear back-to-back lectures of several Nobel Laureates, interact with them in a classroom environment and get mentored by top scientists.<br />
<br />
The Science Conclave – now in its sixth edition – is a unique event indeed.<br />
<br />
The idea is to bring Nobel laureates and Indian scientists face to face with school and college students so that they are inspired to take up science, in a Gurukul-like environment, for a week.<br />
<br />
The Allahabad conclave is modelled after the Nobel Laureate Conclave organised every year at Lindau in Germany.<br />
<br />
Since 1951, Lindau has attracted hundreds of Nobel winners and they have inspired several thousand students from all over the world.<br />
<br />
"I had attended the Lindau conclave as a student in 1969. The idea remained struck in my mind since then", recalled Dr M D Tiwari, Director of IIIT-A who conceived the idea of a similar conclave in India.<br />
<br />
He convinced the ministries of human resource development and science and technology to support the idea. This year as many as eight Nobel winners are participating in the event. The format includes plenary lectures by them, followed by interaction with smaller
 groups and informal meetings.<br />
<br />
In addition, eminent scientists give motivational lectures and answer the queries of young students, who also visit labs of the institute.<br />
<br />
Allahabad – more famous for the Kumbh and the confluence of rivers Ganga and Yamuna – has had deep connections with development of science in India.<br />
<br />
The country's first scientific academy, the National Academy of Sciences, was founded here in 1930 to provide a forum for nationalist scientists to discuss and publish their research work.<br />
<br />
The city houses India's fourth oldest university, the University of Allahabad, which had nurtured great Indian scientists including Meghnad Saha.<br />
<br />
Allahabad is also home to the Harish Chandra Institute – a centre dedicated to research in mathematics and theoretical physics. It hit international headlines a couple of years ago when one of its leading scientists, Ashoke Sen, was chosen for a 3 million dollar
 international prize in fundamental physics for pioneering work on string theory.<br />
<br />
"I want to make Allahabad Lindau of the East", says Tiwari.<br />
<br />
He is enthused with participation from other countries in South Asia including Pakistan, as well as from Russia, Oman, Indonesia and several African countries.<br />
<br />
It is too early to make any assessment of the conclave's impact on students, but the initiative should be welcomed as an ambitious grand project to popularise science in the country.<br />
<br />
<span style="font-weight:bold">Inspiring children</span><br />
<br />
The sprawling campus of IIIT-A is full of young students these days. The conclave is being attended by 650 select students from schools in North India.<br />
<br />
They have been selected for mentoring under an innovative programme called INSPIRE (Innovations in Science Pursuits for Inspired Research) of the Department of Science and Technology.<br />
<br />
Bright children are selected and nurtured so that they take up science studies at graduation level and pursue further studies in science.<br />
<br />
Scholarships up to Rs 80,000 a year are given for undertaking Bachelor and Master level education in natural sciences.<br />
<br />
Science teachers are also provided help to pursue further studies including PhD.<br />
<br />
<span style="font-weight:bold">Formula to sweep a Nobel</span><br />
<br />
"There are just two things you can do to win a Nobel prize – have a good idea and pursue it effectively" – this could be the mantra for winning a Nobel.<br />
<br />
"You need to be curious, competitive, creative, stubborn, self-confident, skeptical, patient and be lucky to win a Nobel", Prof Giaever advised aspiring scientists.<br />
<br />
"Science has no borders. All science is inter-disciplinary", remarked Prof Walter Kohn, who worked as a physicist for 50 years but got the prize for chemistry in 1998.<br />
<br />
Prof Douglas Osheroff won the Nobel prize in physics in 1996 for the work he had done as a graduate student at Cornell University in 1971-72.<br />
<br />
Incidentally, the work on helium three which won him the Nobel was rejected by a research journal when Osheroff sent it for publication.<br />
<br />
As a child Osheroff was fond of fiddling with electric gadgets at home. He was presented an electric train on his birthday and he tore it apart to see how the engine worked.<br />
<br />
"Every time you are doing an experiment you are asking a question of nature. So, it is very important to ask questions", he advised children.<br />
<br />
Medicine Nobel laureate Richard Roberts, who gave a talk on bacteria, emphasised that exposure to dirt is important for children.<br />
<br />
"Too sheltered children don't develop lifelong immunity, dirt is a good thing", he said.<br />
<br />
<span style="font-weight:bold">Is it the end of science</span><br />
<br />
The plenary lectures of Nobel laureates at the conclave are thought-provoking, and at times controversial.<br />
<br />
For instance, Prof Ivar Giaever caused a stir by arguing that we may soon be witnessing the end of science as all fundamental laws of nature have been discovered.<br />
<br />
Now scientists are either making incremental additions to what is already known or coming up with inventions based on known scientific theories and knowledge.<br />
<br />
Giaever cited the book "The End of Science" written by John Horgan to support his hypothesis on the future of science.<br />
<br />
"Most of the laws of physics and chemistry are known. What is left is particle physics and now presumably they have found Higgs-Boson.<br />
<br />
"There are a finite number of laws which have all been discovered. Modern physics was written in 1920. The laws of electricity were written down in 1878.<br />
<br />
"After that, all we have seen are applications of different laws", Giaever said.<br />
<br />
However, other Nobel laureates disagreed with Giaever.<br />
<br />
"We still don't understand fully all the laws of nature", felt Prof Douglas Osheroff, 1996 physics Nobel prize winner.<br />
<br />
<span style="font-style:italic">(The views expressed above are the personal views of the author)</span><br />
<br />
<span style="font-weight:bold">This article can also be read at:</span><br />
<a href="http://www.dailymail.co.uk/indiahome/indianews/article-2522248/QUANTUM-LEAP-Revving-science-Kumbh-style.html" target="_blank">Quantum Leap: Revving up science Kumbh-style</a></p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>12/12/2013 18:42:17</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/22644/Quantum+Leap+Revving+up+science+Kumbhstyle</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">22644</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>22643</publicationdataID>
      <title>India defends 800 million of the world’s poor at WTO</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p><span style="font-style:italic">Oman Observer/by Haider Al Lawati</span><br />
<br />
The World Trade Organization (WTO) succeeded in concluding the first global agreement since its establishment in 1995. Members reached this agreement after a very long period of time as they expect it to enhance world trade exchange in the upcoming years.<br />
<br />
The agreement was certainly reached after lengthy negotiations held in Bali, Indonesia, a few days ago and lasted until the early hours of last Saturday between trade ministers from 159 State Members.<br />
<br />
Many Arab nations are members of WTO while others are waiting for their turn to gain membership in the organization. The Sultanate of Oman is known as a member of this global organization, which is one of the UN agencies. On November 9th, 2000, the Sultanate
 became member No139 in WTO.<br />
<br />
Since then, it has fulfilled all of its commitments in relation to agricultural and industrial products, goods and services and trade and business.<br />
<br />
It is no secret that the purpose of this membership is to simplify trade procedures between countries and lower barriers to exports from poor nations to facilitate selling their commodities.<br />
<br />
Moreover, the agreement gives developing countries more room to use this type of support in order to protect food supply. Consequently, the recent discussions between delegations in Bali were very heated, especially between the delegations of the United States
 and India on the issue of food security. However, an agreement was finalised and adopted between the members.<br />
<br />
India’s position during those discussions was very clear. Its hardline stance threatened to freeze the organisation’s work and its continuation if no agreement is reached in spite of some critics describing India’s manoeuvre that it stems from its political
 position before the next legislative elections in 2014.<br />
<br />
The Indian Trade Minister, Anand Sharma, explained that the absence of an agreement is better than a bad agreement. India refused any agreement, even minimal, warning less than 24 hours ago that India "will never back down”.<br />
<br />
The Indian Trade Minister refused to remove the subsidy cap on agricultural materials if it also directed towards implementation of nutritional programmes, stressing that the latest agreement will be flawed and an imbalance at the expense of poor countries.
 He pointed out that the "right to food security is non-negotiable, a right guaranteed by the United Nations”.<br />
<br />
India did not only defend itself in the issue of agricultural subsidies and towards articles relating to the limitations on subsidies to the agricultural sector, but it was also defending 46 developing countries that are members in WTO. These nations call for
 providing affordable basic food commodities within the reach of 800millionof the world’s poor.<br />
<br />
Meanwhile, the United States position was that a settlement can be reached by giving nations a period of four years to subsidise food security programs as a peace article not to impose sanctions on nations that exceed the subsidies cap for food security programs.<br />
<br />
This was threatening the future of WTO, and therefore it was necessary for the USA to find an exceptional compromise to conclude this agreement, and India succeeded in leading 46 developing countries in the 33 Group and enabling those nations to increase subsidies
 for their agricultural products in order to help farmers and secure food for the poorest at very affordable prices on the condition that this decision remains as an exception until a final solution can be reached through negotiations.<br />
<br />
This agreement reveals the flaws present in some of the world trade rules which must be corrected to ensure a sound and fair system, considering that agriculture is the livelihood of millions of small farmers, as indicated by the Indian Minister.<br />
<br />
The recent talks were an attempt to revive the negotiations launched in 2001 in Doha on lowering cross-boundary barriers on the border and stimulating the global economy, and this agreement confirms that a solution is not impossible if the intentions were pure
 and honest and if the goal of the discussions is to help the world’s poor.<br />
<br />
If these discussions had witnessed any failure it would be considered as a setback for WTO, which everyone hopes will continue in its positive efforts for the world. Today, it is safe to say that WTO has made a great achievement since it was launched in 1995
 through the adoption of the latest agreement.<br />
<br />
<span style="font-style:italic">(The views expressed above are the personal views of the author)</span><br />
<br />
<span style="font-weight:bold">This article can also be read at:</span><br />
<a href="http://main.omanobserver.om/?p=38134" target="_blank">India defends 800 million of the world’s poor at WTO</a></p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>12/12/2013 18:41:21</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/22643/India+defends+800+million+of+the+worlds+poor+at+WTO</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">22643</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>22642</publicationdataID>
      <title>Three ways to improve U.S. healthcare, as demonstrated in India</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p><span style="font-style:italic">A cardiologist's experience in practice and travel</span><br />
<br />
The Atlantic/byJohn Mandrola<br />
<br />
Listening to caregivers from other countries, it's easy to feel exasperated about U.S healthcare. American hospitals are filled with good people trying to do good work, but at every turn the system of misplaced incentives gets in the way of good patient care.<br />
<br />
Indeed, the most pressing problem with American healthcare is that it is too wasteful.<br />
<br />
Writing in the Harvard Business Review and the Washington Post, two U.S. business professors, Vijay Govindarajan from Dartmouth and Ravi Ramammurti from Northeastern University tell the story of how Indian hospitals deliver better care for much less.<br />
<br />
The two professors uncovered nine private hospitals in India that provide quality care at a fraction of U.S. prices. For example, cardiac surgery there costs $3,200, which is 5 to 10 percent of the cost in the United States. Outcomes are comparable and the
 hospitals make a profit. "Narayana Health, for instance, reports that the 30-day post-surgery mortality rate for coronary artery bypass procedures at its Bangalore hospital is below the average rate recorded by a sample of 143 hospitals in Texas," they write.<br />
<br />
More striking than the ends, though, were the means. Three major innovations lie at the heart of the Indian hospitals' success.<br />
<br />
<span style="font-weight:bold">Hub and spoke design</span><br />
<br />
Major hub hospitals reside in the cities, while spoke hospitals service the surrounding areas. "This strategy concentrates the best equipment and expertise within the hub, with telecommunication links that allow hub specialists to serve spoke patients remotely.
 Since these specialists perform a high number of specific procedures, they quickly develop skills that improve quality,” they write.<br />
<br />
The best results in medicine come when we allow practitioners (and their teams) to specialize in their craft. This is not what happens in the United States. Here, competing hospitals dilute the talent.<br />
<br />
I’m an electrophysiologist, so let’s use two heart rhythm procedures, catheter ablation of atrial fibrillation and pacemaker/defibrillator lead extraction, as examples. These are good examples because it takes hundreds of cases and years of experience to master
 these "feel”-dependent procedures. Experienced operators who are concentrated in a few major centers should be the only doctors doing these procedures. In most American cities, though, these two procedures are divvied up among many hospitals and many operators.
 However, the literature is replete with studies that correlate outcomes with operator training and experience.<br />
<br />
The notion that building big beautiful hospitals in the suburbs for convenience—and then thinking they are good places for care—is insulting. What’s wrong with saying: I’m sorry you are facing lead extraction, but for this, you need to go to Hospital X, and
 it’s downtown. Sorry. It’s inconvenient and the parking stinks. But it’s best for your health. At the moment, American health practitioners aren't courageous enough to say this.<br />
<br />
<span style="font-weight:bold">Task shifting</span><br />
<br />
The authors also point out that in India, lower-level staffers perform a much wider array of medical tasks: "The transfer of responsibility for routine tasks to lower-skilled workers leaves doctors free to focus on complicated medical procedures. Several hospitals
 have created a tier of paramedic workers with two years of training after high school to perform routine medical jobs. As a result, surgeons, for example, are able to perform two to three times as many surgeries as their U.S. counterparts. Compare that with
 the United States, where hospitals reduce costs by laying off support staff and shifting mundane tasks such as billing and transcription to doctors, who are overqualified for those duties.”<br />
<br />
Consider my experience: After performing nearly 10,000 catheter ablations and cardiac devices over 15 years, I've gotten really good at these procedures. In my city of one million people, Louisville, Kentucky, there are only a handful of other doctors who do
 these procedures well. In an Indian system, we would be protected. We would be asked to do high-level heart procedures and little else. Yet that’s not the case in the U.S. system. I can only do these skill-dependent procedures two and a half days a week. That’s
 because I have other duties, like managing routine blood tests, seeing routine follow-ups, and entering clerical data on each patient. In fact, due to the burden of tasks, I've had to reduce the number of patients I see by nearly 50 percent over the past decade.<br />
<br />
In the U.S., to even think about task shifting is seen as weak—or pompous. You are too good to do grunt work? Indian hospitals don’t have the luxury of worrying about such perceptions. Scarcity forces efficiency.<br />
<br />
Another impediment to task-shifting in the U.S. is the false belief that lesser-trained caregivers, like nurse practitioners or physicians assistants, are not adequate. This is ludicrous. In my field, there is ample evidence that nurse-directed care can even
 be better than doctor-directed care. Why wouldn't it be? If all you do each day is listen to and care for patients in just a couple of disease states, you become skilled, regardless of the letters that follow your name.<br />
<br />
<span style="font-weight:bold">Frugality</span><br />
<br />
The New York Times recently published a piece that challenged readers to choose which images depicted luxury hotels and which were hospitals. Readers couldn't tell. They looked the same.<br />
<br />
You don’t have to go to India to see frugality in hospitals. I visited a private hospital in Germany. The place was quiet, clean, and remarkably simple. They re-sterilized equipment that in the U.S. gets thrown away after one use, and they performed procedures
 with equipment that had been proven useful through evidence, not marketing. They taught me to work without the use of an expensive (but unproven) ultrasound catheter. I've done some 300 cases since then without that catheter, and, at $2,000 per case, that’s
 a lot of savings. The injustice, though, was that saving the system money (by doing the procedure more efficiently) cost my hospital and me income. Efficiency, in this case, was financially penalized.<br />
<br />
The wastefulness of U.S. healthcare is complicated. The fee-for-service model, in which hospitals and doctors make more when they do more, contributes to the problem. The unbundling of cost and price is also a huge factor. These are big policy problems, but
 ignoring them keeps us behind other countries in how we deliver care.<br />
<br />
<span style="font-style:italic">(The views expressed above are the personal views of the author)</span><br />
<br />
<span style="font-weight:bold">This article can also be read at:</span><br />
<a href="http://www.theatlantic.com/health/archive/2013/12/three-ways-to-improve-us-healthcare-as-demonstrated-in-india/282032" target="_blank">Three ways to improve U.S. healthcare, as demonstrated in India</a></p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>12/12/2013 18:40:20</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/22642/Three+ways+to+improve+US+healthcare+as+demonstrated+in+India</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">22642</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>22601</publicationdataID>
      <title>Soon, an Indian flavor to democracy in West Africa</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p><span style="font-style:italic">Two Circles/ by Biswajit Choudhury</span><br />
<br />
In a region with a chequered democratic past, there could soon be an Indian flavor to emerging democracies as India looks to increase its engagement with resource-rich West Africa.<br />
<br />
A 24-member delegation from eight African and Middle East countries, which witnessed the just concluded elections in five states, including Delhi, comprised the election commissioners from Gambia and Guinea Bissau and senior representatives from Nigeria and
 Senegal.<br />
<br />
"I will ask our government to have the VVPAT ( Verified Voters Paper Audit Trail) machines, that we saw here, instead of paper ballotting in the next Gambian elections. The use of paper creates lots of problems," Alieu NJai, Gambia's election commissioner,
 told IANS.<br />
<br />
The VVPAT, used on a trial basis in Delhi and Mizoram, is an electronic voting machine (EVM) where, after casting their ballots, voters can see the candidate's name and political party along with own name and electoral identification number.<br />
<br />
"A lot of our practices in Africa are based on European examples. It is much better to come to India and directly learn about things that we can put to use," Njai added, describing his experience of the visit.<br />
<br />
As those tasked with instrumentalising democracy in their countries liberated relatively recently from European colonial rule, the visitors stressed in no uncertain terms on the importance of democracy - and of learning from India about this.<br />
<br />
"Democracy is most important for a country's development and to ensure that the fruits of development are redistributed equally," Augusto Mendes, chief election commissioner of Guinea Bissau, told IANS. A former Portugese colony, Guinea Bissau became independent
 in 1974 and held its first free elections in 1994.<br />
<br />
"We have had various coups in Guinea Bissau and have lived with the problem of the military intervening in the polity," said Mendes, whose visit is part of an initiative of the West African electoral association ECONEC.<br />
<br />
ECONEC was established in 2008 to serve as a regional platform for exchange of best practices and enhance the capacities of the electoral commissions of member states.<br />
<br />
"India can help us implement new technologies in the electoral process, like electronic voting machines (EVMs) that reduce the risk of manipulating the election process," Mendes noted, adding: India can also organise some training courses for some African election
 commission members."<br />
<br />
The designation of the observer from Senegal, Colonel Moumar Gueye of the National Election Commission (CENA), as poet and writer, reflects its history as one of Africa's model democracies.<br />
<br />
Situated in the western-most part of Africa, Senegal has an established multiparty system and a long tradition of civilian rule in a region that has been dogged by coups.<br />
<br />
"Senegal is quite different in this respect of a democratic tradition. Even as a colony Senegal had representatives in the French parliament," Gueye told IANS.<br />
<br />
"Senegal is the only country in West Africa that has never experienced a coup. The army is very professional and educated. Where armies are composed and led by people of low education and calibre, it increases the propensity of military takeovers," he added.<br />
<br />
Gueye was quite struck by the peaceful, orderly conduct of the Delhi elections and the "educated" voters casting their votes here.<br />
<br />
He too is keen to promote EVMs in his home country. " We have a lot of paper used in our elections. The machines save time and nobody can manipulate the results," Gueye says.<br />
<br />
Gueye, who has only known India through its films that are quite popular in Senegal, said that on returning he would initiate a process of checking out the efficacy of the EVMs in the heat and dust conditions of Senegal.<br />
<br />
Nigeria is Africa's most populous nation as also the second largest economy, and the continent's biggest supplier of oil to India. It is similar to India in its mix of many ethnicities and religious groups.<br />
<br />
Abubakar Momoh from The Electoral Institute of Nigeria was most impressed by "the trust that people have in the elections" here and the orderly conduct of elections by India's election commission.<br />
<br />
He said the major challenges faced by the election body in Nigeria are voter apathy and ensuring violence-free, peaceful conduct of elections.<br />
<br />
"To have the elections in a peaceful, orderly manner, that includes the logistics of transporting equipment, officials and people to areas difficult to access are major challenges. People get restless if arrangements to vote are not made in time," Momoh told
 IANS.<br />
<br />
Describing the EVM as an "awesome" innovation that many countries could emulate, Momoh said Nigeria can specifically learn from the Indian election commission's "good educational strategy for voters" that includes voter assistance units for illiterate and handicaped
 voters.<br />
<br />
He was talking about the newly launched initiative called the Systematic Voters Education and Electoral Participation (SVEEP) under which awareness programmes through mass media are organised by poll officials and non-government organisations to woo voters.<br />
<br />
(The views expressed above are personal views of writer)<br />
<br />
<span style="font-weight:bold">This article may also be read at:</span><br />
<a href="http://twocircles.net/2013dec09/soon_indian_flavor_democracy_west_africa.html" target="_blank">Soon, an Indian flavor to democracy in West Africa</a></p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>10/12/2013 10:04:06</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/22601/Soon+an+Indian+flavor+to+democracy+in+West+Africa</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">22601</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>22602</publicationdataID>
      <title>Small steps to Mars are a big leap for Indian companies</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p><span style="font-style:italic">Khaleej Times</span><br />
<br />
Indian companies that built most of the parts for the country’s recently launched Mars mission are using their low-cost, high-tech expertise in frugal space engineering to compete for global aerospace, defence and nuclear contracts worth billions.<br />
<br />
India’s Mangalyaan spacecraft was launched last month and then catapulted from Earth orbit on Dec. 1, clearing an important hurdle on its 420 million mile journey to Mars and putting it on course to be the first Asian mission to reach the red planet.<br />
<br />
The venture has a price tag of just 4.5 billion rupees ($72 million), roughly one-tenth the cost of Maven, NASA’s latest Mars mission. Two-thirds of the parts for the Indian probe and rocket were made by domestic firms like Larsen &amp; Toubro , the country’s largest
 engineering firm, Godrej &amp; Boyce, and state plane-maker Hindustan Aeronautics Ltd.<br />
<br />
While such companies have a long way to go before they can attract big business in the commercial space sector, years of work on home-grown space projects are helping them carve out a niche as suppliers of precision parts for related sectors like defence, aeronautics
 and nuclear energy.<br />
<br />
<span style="font-weight:bold">This article may also be read at:</span><br />
<a href="http://www.khaleejtimes.com/kt-article-display-1.asp?section=technology&amp;xfile=/data/technology/2013/December/technology_December14.xml" target="_blank">Small steps to Mars are a big leap for Indian companies</a></p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>10/12/2013 10:07:23</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/22602/Small+steps+to+Mars+are+a+big+leap+for+Indian+companies</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">22602</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>22603</publicationdataID>
      <title>The new space race: It's not just the U.S. and Russia anymore</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p><span style="font-style:italic">Los Angeles Times/ by Louis Friedman</span><br />
<br />
There are now many space programs, both national and private. And that's good for science.<br />
<br />
Some 10 years ago, during testimony before Congress, I was asked by Sen. Sam Brownback (R-Kan.), "Do you think we are in a space race with China?" I quickly answered "no" and proceeded to explain that, in my view, the concept of a space race represented old
 thinking. The modern way forward in space would be through international cooperation and coordination.<br />
<br />
Today, I think my insistence that the space race was over was naive. There are now many space races. One is taking place between China and India, dramatized by India's launch of a Mars orbiter last month and China's launch this month of a lunar lander and rover.
 China also attempted a Mars orbiter last year, and India has already conducted a successful moon orbiter mission.<br />
<br />
Japan is moving forward with lunar and asteroid missions, including one that will attempt to bring a second asteroid sample back to Earth next year. Europe, meanwhile, is planning a mission to rendezvous with a comet next year and two Mars missions this decade.
 Russia is tripling its space budget and has lunar and Mars missions lined up for this decade; Russia also recently started development on a new rocket for deep space missions.<br />
<br />
And there are private entrants in the race as well, with ambitions to explore Mars or the moon, to observe asteroids, to commercially develop space resources and to promote space tourism.<br />
<br />
One contest inherent in the new space race is between humans and robots. The competition is not merely about which is better suited to explore space but also about which is better able to excite future generations about the prospects for interacting with space.
 Although there is, of course, a role for both humans and robots, I am a human chauvinist: I want humans to explore other worlds (at least get to Mars) before we become satisfied with the advances of virtual world exploration of the universe by robots.<br />
<br />
Politically, all these space races are important, with India, China and the United States all launching important missions in the second half of this year. The Indian Mars mission has generated controversy, with critics questioning why India should spend precious
 money on such an elitist venture.<br />
<br />
Bijal Thakore, a young Indian female engineer and business consultant, effectively answered that question in a recent blog, pointing out: "The Indian space program is resolute as always in its purpose to contribute both toward economical and social development
 of its people. An emerging country like India needs to diversify its unique proposition as an international player within technology, and the space program has been an important tool ever since the vision of a future India was forged by its leaders at independence."<br />
<br />
Several years ago in Beijing I happened to get into a conversation with a family while I was eating alone in a restaurant. After preliminary small talk, I asked the mother what she thought about the Chinese moon mission. She considered it a waste of money and
 human resources, she said, for a country with so much poverty. But her 12-year-old daughter disagreed: Space exploration was a great thing for China to be doing.<br />
<br />
I agree. It's important to remember that the money spent on space is spent here on Earth, employing people in numerous fields. We don't explore Mars for the Martians; we do it because it makes us better: technically, scientifically, educationally, economically
 and even culturally.<br />
<br />
Exploring space vastly broadens the horizons of children like that Chinese 12-year-old. It inspires us to solve problems and look beyond our Earthbound concerns to the vastness of what exists beyond our planet.<br />
<br />
There will be those who want to focus narrowly on winning a space race with China. But we'll do much better if we compete and cooperate to advance a single goal: moving the planet forward in space. Doing so will take humans of all nationalities as well as robots;
 it will take private development and government ventures; it will take cooperating with other countries, while still trying to be the best.<br />
<br />
Imagine inviting the Chinese to the International Space Station and using that as a springboard for sending humans into the solar system. Our space program then will be serving even a greater geopolitical purpose than it did with Apollo: creating a positive
 future for the world, with America leading by achievement.<br />
<br />
(The views expressed above are the personal views of writer)<br />
<br />
<span style="font-weight:bold">This article may also be read at:</span><br />
<a href="http://www.latimes.com/opinion/commentary/la-oe-friedman-new-space-race-20131209,0,2903110.story#ixzz2myIt7Cc9" target="_blank">The new space race: It's not just the U.S. and Russia anymore</a></p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>10/12/2013 10:11:40</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/22603/The+new+space+race+Its+not+just+the+US+and+Russia+anymore</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">22603</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>22595</publicationdataID>
      <title>Indian classical dance gets new life in Endeavour Hills</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p><span style="font-style:italic">Herald Sun</span><br />
<br />
An ancient Indian classical dance style has found new life in Endeavour Hills with women from all walks of life giving it a try.<br />
<br />
Kathak, which means 'to tell a story', originated in India in the 1300s as a dance form performed in temples.<br />
<br />
Throughout the ages, it was used as a storytelling medium, and became particularly famous in the Mughal Empire, when it was showcased at royal courts.<br />
<br />
Pooja Gupta, who established the Ragas Institute in Endeavour Hills in 2008, teaching classical dance and vocals, said Kathak was an incredibly feminine art form.<br />
<br />
"We have very varied age groups, starting from four-year-olds to a 55-year-old . . . and in terms of nationalities, there are Aussies, Fijian Indians and Sri Lankans," Ms Gupta said.<br />
<br />
Sejal Shah, originally from Singapore, is one of the many women who have decided to learn Kathak.<br />
<br />
"I've always been attracted to dance and I watched one or two performances when I was young and it really appealed," she said.<br />
<br />
"I thought that Kathak was a dance I could do well, and I just clicked with it."<br />
<br />
The Ragas Institute is holding its first annual recital from 6pm to 8pm next Saturday, December 7 at the Berwick Fields Primary School.<br />
<br />
<span style="font-style:italic">(The views expressed above are the personal views of the writer)</span><br />
<br />
<span style="font-weight:bold">This article may also be read at:</span><br />
<a href="http://www.heraldsun.com.au/leader/south-east/indian-classical-dance-gets-new-life-in-endeavour-hills/story-fngnvmhm-1226776870262" target="_blank">Indian classical dance gets new life in Endeavour Hills</a></p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>09/12/2013 12:47:38</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/22595/Indian+classical+dance+gets+new+life+in+Endeavour+Hills</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">22595</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>22596</publicationdataID>
      <title>Inside India’s Aadhar, The World’s Biggest Biometrics Database</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p><span style="font-style:italic">Tech Crunch/by Pankaj Mishra</span><br />
<br />
India’s Unique Identification project, also known as Aadhar, earlier this week finished capturing demographic and biometric data of over half a billion residents–the largest biometric project of its kind currently in the world.<br />
<br />
It’s been a multi-year effort not without its critics among privacy and security advocates and others. The latest development this week concerned the method that Aadhar is using to capture, store and manage the data, and the role a startup from the U.S. called
 MongoDB may be playing in it.<br />
<br />
MongoDB, a NoSQL database startup, last year raised funding from the CIA-backed In-Q-Tel, an independent non-profit venture backed by the CIA and other U.S. intelligence agencies.<br />
<br />
During past few days, several reports in the Indian media have quoted political parties and activists, raising questions about whether sensitive data is being compromised by Aadhar, headed by the Infosys co-founder Nandan Nilekani.<br />
<br />
Some of the reports have linked the controversy with MongoDB.<br />
<br />
Governments across the world are raising concerns over spying by the National Security Agency, and anything even remotely associated with U.S. government intelligence agencies is enough to cause uproar. Moreover, with general elections set to be held next hear,
 political rhetoric is at an all time high in India.<br />
<br />
Still, the timing of these allegations couldn’t have been worse, at least for the ambitious identification project, which is waiting for a parliament bill to be passed this year to be established as a fully constitutional authority.<br />
<br />
I took a tour of Aadhar’s offices in Bangalore, and the truth of the matter, according to officials I spoke to, is that while some have alleged large contracts that include sharing data with MongoDB, the reality is that Aadhar is using MongoDB open source code
 that doesn’t touch sensitive data. The meeting also offered an opportunity to understand how the biggest biometrics database on earth is functioning, and dealing with concerns of security and privacy.<br />
<br />
Moreover, the Unique Identification Authority of India (UIDAI), refuted allegations of sharing Indian residents’ data with any U.S. agencies.<br />
<br />
<span style="font-weight:bold">What Aadhar means for India</span><br />
<br />
To set the context right here about Aadhar, and what it means for a country like India, more than half a billion people have no official ID of any kind, which makes it impossible for them to receive government aids, open a bank account, get a loan, get a driving
 license, and so on. The database project, which is now enrolling over one million Indians residents a day, is scheduled to sign up about 1.2 billion people by the end of next year, making it the biggest biometrics database on earth.<br />
<br />
One of the biggest advantages of having a 12-digit Aadhar number is that the government can link bank accounts of the country’s poor with it, and directly transfer cash benefits and other subsidies. Already, nearly 40 million bank accounts in India have been
 linked with Aadhar.<br />
<br />
According to research firm CLSA, more than 40% of the Indian government’s $250 billion worth of subsidies and other other benefits meant for poor, will be lost to corruption over next few years. Aadhar will remove the middlemen and curb any corruption by enabling
 direct cash transfer to those who need government subsidies.<br />
<br />
But several think-tanks and activists including Bangalore-based Centre for Internet &amp; Society, have been raising concerns about privacy issues and even questioning the effectiveness of the entire project.<br />
<br />
<span style="font-weight:bold">Inside the biggest biometrics database on earth</span><br />
<br />
I have been trying to get meetings with the officials at Aadhar to understand security aspects, progress so far and their reaction to the MongoDB allegations.<br />
<br />
They finally agreed to meet on Friday in their headquarters across the road in one of Bangalore’s southern suburbs, where both Intel’s and Cisco’s India headquarters are located. From outside, Aadhar’s technology center, which stores all residents’ data (now
 totalling 5 Petabytes in size) does not look like a government building at all—it could pass for as one of the buildings housing Intel or Cisco nearby.<br />
<br />
Inside, as I walked into a room with about dozen television screens in the center of it, some twenty young engineers feverishly looked ahead, typing on their computer keyboards, checking the movement of data packets storing information, the setting looked like
 a very sophisticated command center. The television screens they were looking at showed the journey of these data packets (each sized at around 5MB) from the time they are logged at one of the 30,000 enrollment centers around the country, through at least
 three stages of validation. Validation includes running duplication checks for each of the profiles to ensure there are not more than one Aadhar number for the same person.<br />
<br />
So, for every new enrollment, a ‘de-duplication’ check is done against all existing profiles, which is over half a billion currently.<br />
<br />
Srikanth Nadhamuni, a former Intel engineer who helped set up Aadhar’s technology platform in September 2010, and is now running Khosla Labs in Bangalore, tells me that these data packets are stored behind 2048-bit encryption and capable of self-destruction
 if any unauthorized access is attempted.<br />
<br />
<span style="font-weight:bold">Dealing with MongoDB controversy</span><br />
<br />
So why did Aadhar engage with MongoDB in the first place and will it continue working with the startup?<br />
<br />
Sudhir Narayana, assistant director general at Aadhar’s technology center, told me that MongoDB was among several database products, apart from MySQL, Hadoop and HBase, originally procured for running the database search. Unlike MySQL, which could only store
 demographic data, MongoDB was able to store pictures.<br />
<br />
However, Aadhar has been slowly shifting most of its database related work to MySQL, after realizing that MongoDB was not being able to cope with massive chunks of data, millions of packets.<br />
<br />
They have already started using ‘database sharding’: a process where data packets are stored across different machines to ensure the system does not crash as volumes rise.<br />
<br />
This has helped Aadhar reduce its dependency on MongoDB and instead use MySQL for storing most of the data.<br />
<br />
Ashok Dalwai, deputy director general of the tech center, told me that MongoDB has no access to any biometric data.<br />
<br />
"We believe in using open source technologies to avoid any vendor lock-in, but that doesn’t mean we are in any way, compromising security,” Dalwai said.<br />
<br />
When contacted, a MongoDB spokesperson redirected to this announcement about the company’s funding involving In-Q-Tel.<br />
<br />
And more importantly, UIDAI started using MongoDB’s open source software much before the startup received any funding from In-Q-Tel. As this Crunchbase entry shows, MongoDB received venture round funding of $7.7 million from Red Hat, Intel Capital and In-Q-Tel,
 only in 2012.<br />
<br />
<span style="font-weight:bold">So what lies ahead for Aadhar?</span><br />
<br />
Despite all the controversies surrounding it, Aadhar is on track to enroll over 1.2 billion Indian residents by end of 2014, the officials added. This will create a database of about 15 petabytes in size.<br />
<br />
Currently, the project is enrolling around one million residents in the country a day. Narayana told me that he’s confident of achieving around two million enrollments a day from next year, and that will help bring the remaining 700 million people into the
 database.<br />
<br />
(The views expressed above are the personal views of the writer)<br />
<br />
<span style="font-weight:bold">This article may also be read at:</span><br />
<a href="http://techcrunch.com/2013/12/06/inside-indias-aadhar-the-worlds-biggest-biometrics-database/" target="_blank">Inside India’s Aadhar, The World’s Biggest Biometrics Database</a></p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>09/12/2013 12:50:53</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/22596/Inside+Indias+Aadhar+The+Worlds+Biggest+Biometrics+Database</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">22596</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>22597</publicationdataID>
      <title>Russian guru blazes trail for Bharatanatyam</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p><span style="font-style:italic">Russia &amp; India Report/by Elena Krovvidi</span><br />
<br />
Passion for the Indian classical dance form has driven Dmitry Zmeyev, who has managed to reach great heights both as a performer and a teacher.<br />
<br />
Dmitry Zmeyev is one of the Bharatanatyam pioneers in Russia and an inventor of an innovative approach of staging dance performances – a fascinating melange of Russian music and Indian choreography.<br />
<br />
Zmeyev’s first tryst with Indian dance was through Indian cinema. It all began when his mother talked him into watching Seeta and Geeta. Initially reluctant, he couldn’t keep his eyes off Hema Malini and her masterful dance movements. It was through Hindi films
 that he fell in love with Bharatanatyam, although at that time, he says it was difficult for him to tell one dance style from another. Besides, there existed a stereotype in Russia that Indian dances are only performed by women. But when the impressionable
 Russian saw Kamal Hassan perform, he was no longer hesitant. "After I watched him perform, a revolution happened in my mind,” Dmitry confesses. "And that’s when I realised that this is more than a hobby for me, it’s my vocation, my life.”<br />
<br />
Zmeyev then decided to take up Bharatanatyam with tremendous passion, enrolling at the Gandharva Mahavidyalaya in New Delhi in 1990. During his student years, Zmeyev was actively involved in various cultural programs of the Russian Embassy in India, and several
 documentary films made about him by Russian and Indian television channels.<br />
<br />
In April 1996, he also enrolled at the Triveni Kala Sangam Institute and Theatre while still continuing his studies getting at the Gandharva Mahavidyalaya where he had continued his studies under the guidance of Smt. Jaya Lakshmi Ishwar, a well-known Bharatanatyam
 performer and exponent of the Kalakshetra Style. Under her tutelage, Zmeyev also learned the art of playing Talam, a percussion instrument used in Bharatanatyam as an accompaniment (Nattuvangam). In October 1998, he had graduated with honours from the Gandharva
 Mahavidyalaya with a Bachelor of Arts Degree.<br />
<br />
Since his return to Moscow, the dancer has been performing and holding giving master-classes both in Russia and abroad. He is also often invited as jury member, special guest or presenter for various dance festivals. In 1999, he founded a school of Indian classical
 dance -- "Natya Rekha”, which became a member of the Nritya Sabha Foundation in 2003.<br />
<br />
<span style="font-weight:bold">Foray into theatre</span><br />
<br />
Zmeyev has successfully combined his passion for Bharatanatyam with acting and directing. He worked as an actor at Stanislavsky theatre for eight years. He says his dancing skills help him develop as an actor because of the complex dramaturgy of the dance itself.
 Russian theatrical director Igor Yatsko was delighted when he saw Zmeyev perform Bharatnatyam because of the ‘compactness’ of the dance – music, rhythm and acting all in one.<br />
<br />
As an experienced teacher, Zmeyev says it is not very easy for a Russian to study Bharatnatyam. "A body of a European isn’t naturally fit for the basic Bharatnatyam position. I, for one, had to study this particular element for a whole year. Our knees are bent
 inwards. And Indians can easily turn their knees outwards because it’s a natural movement for them. In India people often sit on the floor, kids sit on their mother’s lap. So they can bend their knees flexibly,” he says.<br />
<br />
Russian demeanour is another stumbling block when it comes to learning the Indian classical dance. "Our people are a little reserved, they feel uncomfortable showing their feelings to audience,” Zmeyev says. "But Bharatnatyam, as a classical dance style, is
 more than just physical movements, it’s also a theatrical performance. So bonding with audience, making viewers part of the action is absolutely essential.”<br />
<br />
The Russian teacher has invented a technique to help his students better understand the plot of the dance. He stages Indian dances to Russian music. For example, he used a song performed by a legendary Soviet bard Vladimir Vysotsky and a Russian pop queen Alla
 Pugacheva "I carried my grief” for his dance numbers, and it was success. Zmeyev believes that there are similar plots and characters in Indian epos and Russian folklore, and therefore intertwining Indian and Russian elements is organic.<br />
<br />
This new genre – Russian performance with Indian choreography – turned out to be very popular in Russia. For Russian audience it becomes more than a beautiful and exotic dance, such performances really touch a chord.<br />
<br />
<span style="font-weight:bold">Home away from home</span><br />
<br />
After so many years in India, the country has become a second home for Zmeyev. "Delhi is one of my favourite places in India,” he says nostalgically. "This is the place where I spent my young years, where my identity was shaped.”<br />
<br />
Another one of his favourite places is Nainital. "It’s such a picturesque location. There are lotuses everywhere, and never in my life have I seen so many stars, they lighten the sky like lanterns.”<br />
<br />
He fondly recalls his Indian friends and appreciates the friendliness and openness in the country. "In India, if something is wrong with your car, everyone is willing to push your car, to help. Also, I love that people stuck in a traffic jam are looking out
 of their car windows and chatting. Can you imagine such a situation in Moscow?” Such a laid back mentality has its shortcomings too, he admits, such as lack of punctuality. But it’s not such a big deal when there are a good many other things to admire about
 the country. <br />
<br />
<span style="font-style:italic">(The views expressed above are the personal views of the writer)</span><br />
<br />
<span style="font-weight:bold">This article may also be read at:</span><br />
<a href="http://indrus.in/arts/2013/12/06/russian_guru_blazes_trail_for_bharatanatyam_31429.html" target="_blank">Russian guru blazes trail for Bharatanatyam</a></p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>09/12/2013 13:19:21</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/22597/Russian+guru+blazes+trail+for+Bharatanatyam</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">22597</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>22587</publicationdataID>
      <title>India's Edifice Diplomacy in Afghanistan</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p><span style="font-style:italic">Bloomberg/by Chandrahas Choudhury</span><br />
<br />
It isn't every day that the most interesting foreign news in Indian newspapers is published on the "Tenders" pages. But there it was one day in October: a notice from the Central Public Works Department of Delhi, inviting applications from Indian companies
 for desks, tables and -- more strangely -- "chairs of different types including built-in cupboards," to supply an under-construction "House of the People."<br />
<br />
That house of the people is the new parliament building of Afghanistan, which the Indian government is constructing in Kabul as a gift to the Afghan people for a crucial moment in their history: the 2015 parliamentary elections. Work on the building, on an
 84-acre plot on the city outskirts, began in 2008, about the same time that Afghanistan began to take its own steps toward building a multi-tiered system of representative government. The edifice will be ready next year, in time to host the victorious candidates
 of the parliamentary elections that will follow the presidential and provincial elections scheduled for April 5, 2014. It will be an imposing physical manifestation, in the white marble of Herat and red granite from India, of Afghanistan's aspirations to move
 toward a peaceful democracy.<br />
<br />
The investment of $178 million in building a house for democracy in Afghanistan might be India's most creative foreign-policy move in the last decade. To be sure, India is acting in its own long-term interests in the region by doing so. With North Atlantic
 Treaty Organization troops scheduled to withdraw over the next year, leaving Afghanistan to its elected rulers, the country will be more free than it has been in the past to engage with its neighbors on its own terms. And India has much more to offer to economic
 reconstruction than Pakistan, which lies between the two countries.<br />
<br />
At a conference in Kabul last year, the Indian politician Salman Khurshid spoke of Afghanistan regaining its historical role "of a land-bridge between South Asia, Central Asia, the Middle East and Eurasia." India's trade and influence in South and Central Asia
 would be enhanced significantly by access to and through Afghanistan. In the short-term, fears that the departure of the international forces might lead to an upsurge in violence from the Taliban and Pakistan-backed groups -- and possibly attacks on the building
 site -- has made the parliament project ever more urgent.<br />
<br />
In June, Charu Sudan Kasturi of the Telegraph provided a vivid picture of the troubles of Indian workers and companies working on the building:<br />
<br />
At the site for the new parliament on central Kabul’s Darulaman Road, labourers stop work at 5pm, unwilling to test their fears in the dark. Local skilled labour is hard to find, and Indians aren’t easy to cajole into taking up the risk of working in a hostile
 environment. The Indian embassy in Kabul receives frequent intelligence inputs warning of possible attacks, and contractors and workers stop work temporarily. Some Indian officials complain that the Afghan government "keeps changing the specifications” for
 the parliament complex. And tensions with Islamabad mean that raw material that could be sourced from Pakistan needs to be brought all the way from India or Iran.<br />
<br />
Darulaman Road isn't the only site where Indians -- sometimes in search of the higher salaries available in conflict zones -- are braving perilous conditions to work on a host of projects aimed at "peace-building in Afghanistan." A host of Indian companies
 and nongovernmental organizations have set up operations over the last decade, working on infrastructure and small-business projects set up by the Indian government.<br />
<br />
In 2008, the Indian government finished work on a 218-kilometer (135-mile) road from Delaram in north-east Afghanistan to Zaranj on the Iran border, opening up the landlocked country to the sea via Iran's Chabahar port. It also invited the Indian NGO SEWA (Self-Employed
 Women's Association) to work on projects to train Afghan women to set up their own small businesses. Dozens of Afghan public servants now arrive in Delhi every year to take short-term courses in public administration, and they often stop by Delhi's "Little
 Kabul" neighborhood.<br />
<br />
There's no guarantee, of course, that a future Afghan government will be as open to cooperation with India as the current one. Nor is there any guarantee that in the aftermath of the withdrawal of U.S. forces next year, there will be a set of legislators elected
 in free and fair elections in 2015 to take their places in the new parliament building. And those skeptical of India's recent Afghanistan policy, such as the influential editor of the Indian Express, Shekhar Gupta, have argued that the risks for India in Afghanistan
 are too high given Pakistan's hostility, and that it might just make better sense to "leave Af to Pak." It is too early to know whether India's recent investments in Afghanistan's reconstruction will be seen as pragmatic or unrealistic. In light of the recent
 record of other countries in Afghanistan, though, India's program rates quite high when it comes to measuring reality against the rhetoric.<br />
<br />
<span style="font-style:italic">(The views expressed above are the personal views of the writer)</span><br />
<br />
<span style="font-weight:bold">This article may also be read at:</span><br />
<a href="http://www.bloomberg.com/news/2013-12-04/india-s-edifice-diplomacy-in-afghanistan.html" target="_blank">India's Edifice Diplomacy in Afghanistan</a></p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>05/12/2013 19:07:44</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/22587/Indias+Edifice+Diplomacy+in+Afghanistan</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">22587</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>22588</publicationdataID>
      <title>Indian teachers to be awarded</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p><span style="font-style:italic">Times of Oman</span><br />
<br />
Recognising the role of teachers and their contribution in improving the standards of education in various Indian schools in the Sultanate of Oman, the Best Teacher Awards for the year 2013-14 would be declared and presented tomorrow, at the Indian School Ghubra.<br />
<br />
J. S. Mukul, the Indian ambassador to the Sultanate of Oman, along with Kanaksi Khimji would grace the function. Prof. Thuwayba bint Ahmed Issa Barwani of the Sultan Qaboos University will deliver the keynote address.<br />
<br />
Presented under the aegis of the Board of Directors of Indian schools in the Sultanate of Oman, these awards recognise the teachers under five categories, namely, kindergarten, primary, secondary, senior secondary and co-curricular activities.<br />
<br />
<span style="font-weight:bold">Unique aspect</span><br />
<br />
The unique aspect of these awards is that the nominees are chosen by their own colleagues. They are then shortlisted after careful and long deliberations and a committee comprising academicians determines the winners from these shortlisted candidates from each
 of the schools. In each category, there will be two awardees — a winner and a runner up.<br />
<br />
The winners will be presented a cash award, a trophy, a certificate of excellence and a stole while the runner up would be presented with a certificate of excellence.<br />
<br />
Nineteen Indian schools in the Sultanate currently impart education to 40,000 students and have nearly 1,500 teachers.<br />
<br />
The awards have gained significance as they are unique in the Gulf region. The Best Teacher Award has already become an eagerly awaited event in the annual calendar of schools.<br />
<br />
<span style="font-weight:bold">This article may also be read at:</span><br />
<a href="http://www.timesofoman.com/News/Article-26563.aspx" target="_blank">Indian teachers to be awarded</a></p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>05/12/2013 19:10:03</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/22588/Indian+teachers+to+be+awarded</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">22588</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>22589</publicationdataID>
      <title>Mobile Payments Gain Traction Among India’s Poor</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p><span style="font-style:italic">New York Times/by Richard Shaffer</span><br />
<br />
In a narrow room filled with acrid fumes in one of the world’s largest slums, Chinak Ramtheol earns about $4 a day tending machines that melt and slice plastic trash into pellets for recycling.<br />
<br />
He manages to save enough that he regularly can send a few hundred rupees to his family in rural Siddharthnagar, a thousand miles across India near Nepal.<br />
<br />
"I have to go to a bank and fill out a form. That takes an hour,” Mr. Ramtheol said. "The bank is only open when I am supposed to be working, so I lose an hour’s pay.”<br />
<br />
He’s intrigued by a new service that will enable him to send the money by cellphone to his family. MoneyOnMobile, an Indian start-up, is latching on to an idea that began six years ago in Kenya of transferring money with a few taps of the keypad on an everyday
 cellphone. That country’s mobile payment service, M-Pesa, has become so popular that most Kenyans these days send money, buy groceries and pay restaurant and medical bills and school tuition via cellphone — wirelessly transferring the equivalent of $21 billion
 annually. M-Pesa has inspired almost 200 similar efforts in other countries.<br />
<br />
South Asia is a fertile market for the concept. The region consisting primarily of Bangladesh, India and Pakistan accounts for the largest number of offices actively providing mobile money services, 3.8 million compared with 805,000 in all of Africa and 1.8
 million in East Asia and the Pacific. After only four years in operation, Pakistan’s wireless network, Easypaisa, is moving some $3.5 billion annually. In Bangladesh, where the bKash wireless payment system has been operating for only two years, the transaction
 rate is $4 billion annually.<br />
<br />
India has been proceeding more slowly, but the pace is quickening. According to the latest tallies from the nation’s central bank, the Reserve Bank of India, the number of wireless money transfers has more than doubled since September 2012, moving the annualized
 equivalent of $3.2 billion. Lately, the two best-financed efforts, Airtel Money and Vodafone M-Pesa, have begun expanding across the country. And because of the nation’s huge population, broad adoption of cellphones and some of the lowest airtime rates in
 the world, even a modest conversion to mobile money in India could make South Asia the world’s largest wireless-transfer economy.<br />
<br />
"India is probably the most exciting market for mobile money in the world,” said Michael Joseph, the man credited with the success of M-Pesa in Kenya. Now in London, he heads mobile money programs globally for Vodafone. "When India takes off,” he said, "it
 will eclipse anything we’ve done in Kenya.”<br />
<br />
Indian regulators concur. "We have not set a target, but it is going to happen,” said the Reserve Bank’s deputy governor, Harun R. Khan, who oversees the nation’s payment systems. "I’m optimistic about its future.”<br />
<br />
By 2015, mobile money transfers in India could total $350 billion annually, some analysts estimate. The size of the opportunity has attracted the major banks and mobile network operators but also at least a dozen new companies, including Beam Money, CanvasM,
 Ezetap, PayMate, Y-Cash and Zaakpay.<br />
<br />
The most rapidly growing new venture is MoneyOnMobile, just across a causeway from the slum recycling shop where Mr. Ramtheol works. In operation less than three years, MoneyOnMobile already has attracted four times as many users as Kenya’s M-Pesa (75 million
 versus 18 million) and twice as many retail outlets (163,000 versus 79,000) although its transaction volume is tiny by comparison.<br />
<br />
The company — controlled by Calpian, a payments processor based in Dallas — was founded by Shashank Joshi, a 40-year-old engineer who has been starting companies since he was in college. "Payments is a globally neglected industry. Nobody pays attention to it,”
 he said. "But if you actually drill down and look at it, you cannot survive without making payments.”<br />
<br />
"Within three to five years,” Mr. Joshi said, "you will see more than 30 percent of this country’s payments moving on a mobile device.”<br />
<br />
Mobile payments could improve the lives of India’s 354 million poor — most of whom have cellphones but no bank accounts, credit cards or debit cards — by lowering the cost of the domestic remittances on which so many families depend. Across India, a hundred
 million migrants like Mr. Ramtheol have come to the cities from the countryside in search of work. Every year, these domestic migrants send an estimated $12 billion back to their villages.<br />
<br />
Most funds travel in cash via networks of relatives and friends or courier services. Such conduits can be slow, unreliable and expensive; courier commissions approach 5 percent of the amount being sent. Over wireless networks, money can move instantly, at any
 hour, and sending costs less than a penny. As a result, studies of Kenya have shown, the poor not only have a bit more to spend but also enjoy better health because wage earners can respond more quickly to financial emergencies, such as illness.<br />
<br />
MoneyOnMobile is preparing to offer money transfers. It recently received permission from the federal authorities and is negotiating the required alliance with a bank. Another young company, Eko India Financial Services of Gurgaon, has already made a name for
 itself in money transfers. But a number of mobile money services in India have proved unrewarding for others, including Beam Money of New Delhi; Boku of Palo Alto, Calif.; mCheck of Bangalore; and even Finland’s Nokia. One possible reason is their reliance
 on the latest mobile technology, the smartphone. Although there are almost 900 million cellphones in India, a mere 4 percent are smartphones, and only half of those connect to the Internet. As a consequence, MoneyOnMobile is proceeding cautiously, trying to
 achieve scale with the technology of yesterday that most of its potential customers already own — the ordinary cellphone.<br />
<br />
As in developing economies worldwide, almost all Indian subscribers pay in advance for cellphone service, adding a few rupees of airtime to the handset as needed at a retail store, a process known as topping up. Globally, top-ups account for three-fifths of
 mobile money transactions, and MoneyOnMobile initially focused on that service as well as utility bill payment.<br />
<br />
"Our strategy has been to start with small amounts and build consumer trust,” Rajesh Mishra, the company’s president, said. "Top-ups first. Then bill payment. Next, money transfer.”<br />
<br />
Although the company’s average transaction amounts to less than $1.50, it processes more than 400,000 transactions daily. The result is annual revenue of $200 million, and the company expects to break even early next year.<br />
<br />
Despite its location — in the Bandra area of Mumbai, a leafy seaside neighborhood known for its night life and the homes of Bollywood stars — the facilities at MoneyOnMobile are as utilitarian as a budget call center, with workers crowded together in small
 cubicles. Its marketing approach also keeps costs down. Rather than relying on advertising, the company has grown by identifying locales across the country with high densities of migrant workers, bustling foot traffic and streets lined with the mom-and-pop
 businesses that dominate India’s retailing. Its products are profitable sidelines for retailers of fast-moving consumer goods, such as soft drinks, shampoo, snacks and cigarettes.<br />
<br />
"The key is volume,” Mr. Mishra said. "We make almost nothing on each transaction, but millions of them — millions every day — can be a good business.”<br />
<br />
<span style="font-style:italic">(The views expressed above are the personal views of the writer)</span><br />
<br />
<span style="font-weight:bold">This article may also be read at:</span><br />
<a href="http://www.nytimes.com/2013/12/05/business/international/mobile-payments-gain-traction-among-indias-poor.html?_r=1&amp;" target="_blank">Mobile Payments Gain Traction Among India’s Poor</a></p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>05/12/2013 19:13:00</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/22589/Mobile+Payments+Gain+Traction+Among+Indias+Poor</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">22589</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>22553</publicationdataID>
      <title>Explore incredible India</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p><span style="font-style:italic">The Spectrum/ by Celece Seegmiller</span><br />
<br />
Last Christmas, my 20-year-old daughter informed me that she was going to travel to India in July with a small group from the University of Utah. She signed up for a gender equality study and decided to spend a month conducting research and sightseeing in a
 country I knew very little about.<br />
<br />
I'm embarrassed to admit it, but I had never even made travel reservations in India for my clients, and it hadn’t been a destination at the top of my bucket list. In fact, "Slumdog Millionaire” and "Life of Pi” were the first two aspects of India that came
 to my mind when I heard her announcement.<br />
<br />
Of course, I began reading everything I could about India before Ashlie left. In my research, I ran across the following information from my friends at the American Society of Travel AgentsNestled between Pakistan, China and Nepal, India is bordered in the
 north by the world's highest mountain chain and to the south, tropical rain forests mingle with windswept deserts. To complete the geographic smorgasbord, palm-fringed beaches trim the peninsula like ribbon on a huge Christmas gift. The only thing missing
 is a glacier, but no one seems to mind.<br />
<br />
Visitors and locals alike do not complain about India's cultural diversity either, for the nation boasts a variety of religions, cultures, races and tongues, which result from the country’s 5,000 years of history. India's historical significance and natural
 wealth have lured a long succession of foreign influences, traders and craftsmen, each having left their distinctive imprint on the country.<br />
<br />
Of the many tours available in India, the Golden Triangle is one of the most popular, as the three cities that form the triangle — Delhi, Agra and Jaipur —feature the images that epitomize India. Inside this triangle, tourists will see a panorama of majestic
 architectural creations that feed the area's rich traditions, like the symphony of marble that is the Taj Mahal, the imperial elegance of Delhi and the desert city of Jaipur.<br />
<br />
Jaipur is the capital of Rajasthan, one of the largest of India's 28 states and host to the exotic Desert Adventure tour. Rajasthan is known as the Land of Kings, where sumptuous palaces dot the desert landscape and battle-scarred fortresses stand tall atop
 hills. The tour begins at Jodhpur, an ancient stronghold on the edge of the Thar Desert then followa trade routes to the unforgettable golden fortress at Jaisalmer.<br />
<br />
Another Indian journey that will surely stick with you for a lifetime is a cruise through the Backwaters of Kerala. Kerala, on the southwestern tip of the peninsula, is called the land of coconuts, and palm trees shade nearly the entire state from the tropical
 sun.<br />
<br />
All along its coast, backwaters, canals, lagoons and inlets create an intricate maze stretching nearly 1,200 miles throughout the land. Traveling by boat along the emerald-tinted backwaters is a magical experience.<br />
<br />
Any trip you make to incredible India will be a magical experience. Travel professionals can combine any of the above tours or extend them to include nights in bustling cities like Calcutta, Delhi and Mumbai (Bombay). They can send you on other fabulous tours
 of India, to the Temple Trail of the south, across the Seven Sisters of the northeast or through the jungles that inspired Kipling in the Heart of Heritage.<br />
<br />
I am happy to report that Ashlie had the cultural experience of a lifetime during her stay in India. When she was home for Thanksgiving last week, she brewed Indian tea and showed us all of her colorful photos.<br />
<br />
"This summer, I had the incredible opportunity to travel in northern and central India for almost one month,” Ashlie said. "If you are looking for a vacation with strong cultural components, I highly doubt any place on Earth can beat the cultural experience
 India has to offer.<br />
<br />
"I was lucky enough to spend a few days in McLeod Ganj, home of the Dalai Lama and thousands of Tibetan monks located in the spectacular foothills of the Himalayas. Experiencing the tranquil atmosphere of a monastery and the mix of Tibetan, Indian and Nepalese
 cultures in the area is an experience I will never forget.<br />
<br />
"I also had the opportunity to visit the Taj Mahal, the incredible city of Delhi and a rock garden in Chandigarh. Each place I traveled to and each person I met opened my eyes to a new way of life and a new way of thinking. India is a country rich in tradition
 with a fascinating history and no text book can compare to the knowledge gained by seeing the country, meeting the people and tasting authentic Indian cuisine in person."<br />
<br />
I must admit now that I have conducted my research and listened to Ashlie's travel tales, I am ready to add India to my list too.<br />
<br />
On the day she flew home from India, Ashlie posted this on her Facebook page: "Best part of India? All of the amazing people I've had the chance to meet and form friendships with. This is what it's all about. The more I travel, the more I realize that fear
 makes strangers out of people who should be friends."<br />
<br />
Travel Tuesday specials: General Tours offers special packages to India featuring 16 or fewer passengers in each group. Save up to $800 per couple if booked and paid in full before Dec. 31. It is also a great month to book a cruise or vacation package. Many
 cruise lines and tour companies are offering end-of-year specials through Dec. 31.<br />
<br />
<span style="font-style:italic">(The views expressed above are the personal views of the writer)</span><br />
<br />
<span style="font-weight:bold">This article may also be read at:</span><br />
<a href="http://www.thespectrum.com/article/20131202/LIFESTYLE/312020005/Explore-incredible-India?nclick_check=1" target="_blank">Explore incredible India</a></p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>03/12/2013 18:32:55</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/22553/Explore+incredible+India</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">22553</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>22555</publicationdataID>
      <title>Jamia faculty wins IEEE MGA Larry K Wilson transnational award for 2013</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p><span style="font-style:italic">Two Circles</span><br />
<br />
Mini Shaji Thomas, Professor in the Department of Electrical Engineering, Jamia Millia Islamia has won the IEEE MGA Larry K Wilson Transnational Award for 2013. The selection was made by the MGA Awards and Recognition Committee and approved by the IEEE MGA
 Board during its 23 November 2013 meeting.<br />
<br />
She has been awarded for her "outstanding innovation and leadership in IEEE Member and student member development and engagement, global dissemination of the IEEE message, and collaboration across organizational units”.<br />
<br />
The award also consists of a cash prize of US $ 1000 and a plaque.<br />
<br />
Dr. Mini Shaji Thomas is very active in Professional societies and she is currently the Board Member of the IEEE EAB (Educational Activities Board), was a member of the IEEE PSPB (Publications Services and Products Board) and the Vice Chair of MGA Board of
 IEEE. Dr. Mini has earlier won the Outstanding PES chapter chair award in 2012, MGA innovation award in 2008, Outstanding PES chapter engineer award in 2008, Outstanding Volunteer award in 2005 and outstanding Branch counselor award in 2002, to name a few
 of the recognitions from IEEE.<br />
<br />
Mini Shaji Thomas graduated from University of Kerala, completed her M. Tech from IIT Madras (both with gold medals) &amp; PhD from IIT Delhi, India, all in Electrical Engineering. Presently Mini is the Central Public Information officer (CPIO) of Jamia Millia
 Islamia (JMI), and Professor in the Department of Electrical Engineering, Faculty of Engineering and Technology, JMI New Delhi. Mini was a faculty member at Delhi College of Engineering, Delhi (now DTU) and at the REC (now NIT, Calicut, Kerala) before joining
 Jamia.<br />
<br />
<span style="font-weight:bold">This article may also be read at:</span><br />
<a href="http://twocircles.net/2013dec03/jamia_faculty_wins_ieee_mga_larry_k_wilson_transnational_award_2013.html" target="_blank">Jamia faculty wins IEEE MGA Larry K Wilson transnational award for 2013</a></p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>03/12/2013 18:37:11</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/22555/Jamia+faculty+wins+IEEE+MGA+Larry+K+Wilson+transnational+award+for+2013</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">22555</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>22557</publicationdataID>
      <title>Data suggest a revival for India’s economy</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p><span style="font-style:italic">Wall Street Journal/by Anant Kala</span><br />
<br />
After a tough two years for India, a string of recent indicators suggest the economy may at last be regaining its footing.<br />
<br />
Data over the past week have shown a pick-up in gross domestic product and manufacturing activity – and a surprising reduction in India’s chronic current account deficit.<br />
<br />
"The September quarter finally represents the start of the recovery,” said Robert Prior-Wandesforde, a Singapore-based economist at Credit Suisse.<br />
<br />
The government announced last week that gross domestic product grew a faster-than-expected 4.8% in the three months to September. That’s far below the 9.3% growth recorded as recently as the 2011 financial year, but it’s better than the previous quarter’s 4.4%
 growth, the weakest in more than four years.<br />
<br />
Until recently India was among the world’s fastest-growing economies, but high inflation, deteriorating government finances and a slow pace of reform have shaken investor confidence.<br />
<br />
Economic growth touched a 10-year low of 5% last fiscal year and has been below 5% for the last four quarters. Optimists expect growth to climb back above 5% for the next two quarters, bringing full-year growth above 5% as well.<br />
<br />
The economy should get a boost from the weak rupee currency, which makes Indian products more competitive on international markets: Exports have grown at a double-digit pace for four straight months through October.<br />
<br />
Economists also are expecting higher farm output from generous monsoon rains, as well as a boost from government efforts to push through approvals for some of the country’s largest industrial projects.<br />
<br />
Encouragingly, this week’s HSBC/Markit survey of purchasing managers showed manufacturing activity expanding in November for the first time in four months. And the current account deficit — the imbalance that made India a prime target in the exodus from emerging-market
 assets this summer — narrowed sharply to a four-year low of $5.2 billion in the three months ended September, from $21 billion a year earlier.<br />
<br />
Morgan StanleyMS -1.46% was impressed enough that it raised its forecast for India’s gross domestic product growth this fiscal year to 4.7%, from 4.1% previously.<br />
<br />
"We believe 2014 will mark the year of adjustment, improving macro stability,” Morgan Stanley said. "This includes addressing high inflation, bringing a sustainable improvement in the current account deficit and rehabilitating the banking sector balance sheet.”<br />
<br />
But challenges remain. One is rising prices: Wholesale inflation hit an eight-month high of 7.0% in October, while consumer price inflation has climbed above 10%.<br />
<br />
Consumers seem less optimistic than some economists. Car sales at the country’s top two car producers, Maruti Suzuki India Ltd. and Hyundai Motor Co., fell in November from a year earlier.<br />
<br />
Meanwhile, efforts to modernize India’s overstretched infrastructure are moving slowly. Data Monday showed output of India’s eight infrastructure industries declined 0.6% in October.<br />
<br />
"We expect the revival to be extremely gradual,” said Anjali Verma, an economist at PhillipCapital.<br />
<br />
(The views expressed above are the personal views of the writer)<br />
<br />
<span style="font-weight:bold">This article may also be read at:</span><br />
<a href="http://blogs.wsj.com/indiarealtime/2013/12/03/encouraging-data-suggest-a-revival-for-indias-economy/" target="_blank">Data suggest a revival for India’s economy</a></p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>05/12/2013 10:06:38</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/22557/Data+suggest+a+revival+for+Indias+economy</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">22557</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>22552</publicationdataID>
      <title>Chrysanthemum diplomacy: Japanese emperor returns to India</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p><span style="font-style:italic">RT.com/ by Sreeram Chaulia</span><br />
<br />
Fifty-three years is a long interlude during which national psyches, power configurations and foreign policies can alter completely.<br />
<br />
The arrival of the emperor of Japan, Akihito, and his wife, Empress Michiko, in India fifty-three years after they first visited as crown prince and princess may be laced with nostalgia and trips down memory lane, but this six-day Japanese royal trip is taking
 place in a totally transformed world. <br />
<br />
The India of today is a far cry from the India of Prime Minister Jawaharlal Nehru, who was personally present at Delhi airport in 1960 when newly-wed Akihito and Michiko stepped down the ladder. This time too, Indian Prime Minister Manmohan Singh, came to the
 Air Force Station in Delhi to receive the monarch as a special gesture, breaking official protocol. But as Akihito and Michiko already know and will be repeatedly reminded on this tour, contemporary India is a bigger international player than it was in the
 Nehru era. <br />
<br />
<span style="font-weight:bold">Changed India, half a century later</span><br />
<br />
Notwithstanding the warmth and hospitality accorded to the youthful Japanese royal couple by Nehru and the highest representatives of the Indian government in 1960, the fact that Japan was an anti-communist treaty ally of the United States limited how far a
 non-aligned nation like India could cooperate with it. In the five decades since then, Japan still remains the major pillar in the network of American alliances in the Asia Pacific. With nearly 40,000 American troops on its soil and wide-ranging military and
 security cooperation with Washington, Tokyo is to this day the heartbeat of American interests in Asia.
<br />
<br />
But India has changed almost unrecognizably, especially since the turn of the millennium. Japan’s centrality to western geopolitical strategies in Asia is no longer a deterrent to building a true "strategic partnership” between New Delhi and Tokyo.
<br />
<br />
Currently, India acknowledges some twenty-odd nations as "strategic partners” (including Russia, China, Vietnam, Iran, South Korea, Australia and the US). Of these, some are potentially even strategic rivals, leading to all-round confusion about the loose application
 and usage of the term ‘strategic’. But Japan has been climbing to the very top of the list of these strategic partners at a rapid pace.
<br />
<br />
<span style="font-weight:bold">An advanced friendship</span><br />
<br />
Emperor Akihito and Empress Michiko’s arrival in India at this juncture in Asian geopolitics sends an unmistakable signal from the Japanese government that India is now vital to Tokyo’s grand strategy in Asia.
<br />
<br />
The royal couple decided to come to India on the express prodding of the cabinet of the self-professed ‘Indophile’ Prime Minister Shinzo Abe. With invitations from nearly fifty countries pending, the reason the emperor chose India was clearly to further Prime
 Minister Abe’s wish to deepen the strategic partnership with India to almost spiritual levels. By virtue of the emperor’s symbolic leadership of the Shinto religious faith in Japan and his status as a nominal head of state, he is said to represent the Japanese
 people more than the government. The Japanese embassy in Delhi emphasized to Indo Asian News Service that "the emperor represents the people, and the visit is to forge people-to-people ties between our two countries.”
<br />
<br />
Despite His Majesty hauling along a large delegation, including a former Japanese Prime Minister, both countries have stressed the formal and ceremonial nature of the monarchical visit. No diplomatic agreements or political communiqués would emanate from this
 trip. <br />
<br />
Yet, much can be inferred about the timing of the emperor’s longish sojourn in India. New Delhi had invited the monarch a decade ago, but it took a prime minister like Abe, who is bullish about strategic convergence between Japan and India, to finally make
 the visit a reality. <br />
<br />
Abe himself is expected to be the chief guest at India’s Republic Day celebrations in January 2014. The spiritual emperor is thus paving the way for the temporal ruler to follow in a couple of months and fulfill the promise of an advanced friendship between
 India and Japan.<br />
<br />
<span style="font-weight:bold">Economic duet</span><br />
<br />
Economic factors are crucial to the blossoming Japan-India ties. The level of Japanese aid and investment in India’s development and infrastructure sectors is second to none. Emperor Akihito and Empress Michiko have the southern Indian metropolis of Chennai
 on their itinerary, in order to support the large number of Japanese automobile, electronics and food processing corporations which have commercial bases there.
<br />
<br />
According to the Indian newspaper, The Economic Times, as many as 360 Japanese firms with over 700 Japanese expatriates are operating in the state of Tamil Nadu alone, of which Chennai is the capital. The exponential growth in Japan-India trade (currently valued
 at 18.5 billion dollars per annum) is occurring due to the vast market potential that India’s consumer base with rising incomes presents to Japan’s exporters and investors.<br />
<br />
Japan-India economic momentum is headed upwards particularly because of a shift in Japan’s foreign investment focus away from the trouble-ridden Chinese market, where political animus has periodically burnt the business prospects of Japanese companies. India
 remains a nightmare for foreign investors due to its regulatory and labor market conditions, but these are less problematic than the hatred that animates Chinese public opinion towards Japan and leads to targeted attacks and boycotts of Japanese assets during
 flare-ups in territorial disputes. <br />
<br />
Rising wage levels in China are also making it gradually less lucrative for Japanese conglomerates than ASEAN nations or India. India’s finance minister, Palaniappan Chidambaram, has made an explicit sales pitch for diverting China-exiting Japanese investments
 to his country, by stating that "Japanese companies and investors would like options other than China for a variety of reasons, and India is as attractive, if not better, than China.”
<br />
<br />
The economic revival that Japan is witnessing under the era of ‘Abenomics’ has aided India to manage its chronic current account deficit and also improved prospects of Japanese investible cash to finance India’s under-utilized manufacturing potential and under-funded
 industrial corridor projects. <br />
<br />
<span style="font-weight:bold">Components of the "strategic partnership”</span><br />
<br />
One of the interesting instances of Japan’s famed "checkbook diplomacy” is that it has lately sped into democratizing Myanmar like a knight in shining armor. As India’s next-door neighbor, which has long been a close ally of China, Myanmar is now warming up
 to a Japanese economic influx that is not unwelcome in New Delhi. Indian strategists get goose bumps at the specter of Chinese economic and military inroads into South and Southeast Asia in the context of a perceived contest for influence between Beijing and
 New Delhi in these coveted sub-regions. <br />
<br />
Japan under Prime Minister Abe is rated highly among Indian policymaking elites because he has a clear vision of being a regional leader who can rally the rest of Asia. While New Delhi is wary of joining any formal "alliance” of democratic nations as outlined
 by Abe, his strategic mission of forcing China to "take responsible action in the international community” is like music to Indian ears.
<br />
<br />
Both Japan and India have volatile territorial conflicts with China that have been simmering in light of a more assertive and confident Beijing. While global media attention has been riveted on China’s declaration of an ‘air defense identification zone” (ADIZ)
 in the East China Sea and its dangerous overlaps with similar zones maintained by Japan and South Korea, apprehensions have been raised in India as to whether Beijing could declare something similar like a no-fly zone along the contested land border with India,
 and ratchet up an already white knuckle atmosphere.<br />
<br />
Japan’s willingness to assist India’s maritime security through advanced amphibian aircraft supplies, and the regularization of naval exercises between Japan and India are signs of growing comfort levels between the two in the vast waters stretching from the
 Bay of Bengal all the way to the East China Sea. While there are intrinsic bilateral benefits of the expanding Japan-India strategic tango, the impact of all these joint activities is intended (more explicitly by Japan and mutedly by India) to send a warning
 to China that counterbalancing is underway. <br />
<br />
During World War II, Indian nationalists, under the charismatic Subhas Chandra Bose, did not hesitate to seek fascist Japan’s help with the aim of overthrowing the yoke of the British Empire. In an eerie echo of the past, India is again eager to partner with
 Japan to keep the Chinese in check. <br />
<br />
<span style="font-weight:bold">Looking beyond China and the US</span><br />
<br />
The time-tested realpolitik maxim— "my enemy’s enemy is my friend”— has some resonance in the way India and Japan eye each other vis-à-vis China. But India is more reticent about Prime Minister Abe’s desire to confront China openly by organizing a club of democracies
 that are ideologically distinct from and superior to Beijing’s model of authoritarian capitalism.
<br />
<br />
In the Indian worldview of alignment with all and alliance with none, Beijing has its own special place that cannot be jeopardized by cozying up to Japan with any hostile intent towards China. The volume of China-India trade is four times greater than that
 between Japan and India. China and India share common interests in promoting a multipolar world, while Japan would presumably be happy in a US-dominated international order. The Cold War-era phobia that India had about a Japan as an Asiatic extension of American
 and Western interests is long gone, but the basic search for a more equitable global order in which the Americans cannot dictate terms to Indians or others in the developing world remains entrenched in New Delhi.
<br />
<br />
India’s own great power ambitions require it to lean closer to BRICS and other emerging economies that want to reduce American shares and voices in global institutions. To be fair, Japan itself has tried on occasions to lead Asia out of the American-driven
 Bretton Woods economic architecture. It was ironically America’s staunch ally, Japan, which visualized an Asian alternative to the International Monetary Fund (IMF) after the latter bungled the Asian Financial Crisis in 1997.
<br />
<br />
Shorn of its pre-World War II militaristic path of dominating Asia, Japan still has a foreign policy tradition of trying to be a convener of a regional Asian order that builds dense currency swaps and other macroeconomic integration moves, which would protect
 Asia’s growing economic potential from Western market turmoil. <br />
<br />
India shares such visions of a more integrated Asia and is comfortable with the geostrategic term, ‘Indo-Pacific Asia’, a phrase popularized by Australian strategists like Rory Medcalf. The more Prime Minister Abe anchors Japan as an Asian leader in its own
 right, and not just as a junior partner of the US, the stronger the inclination in India would be towards twinning its fortunes and conjoining its lenses with those of Japan.<br />
<br />
<span style="font-weight:bold">Bridging the understanding deficit </span><br />
<br />
The second visit of Emperor Akihito and Empress Michiko to India will help rectify one area in which bilateral relations have been lagging, viz. sociocultural understanding and exchanges. Because of Japan’s hitherto insular and mono-ethnic national identity
 construction and its non-English academic and intellectual environment, Indian citizens and thinkers have not taken to Japan the way they have flocked to the US. The Indian diaspora in Japan is proportionally very minuscule and has not become a formidable
 presence there. <br />
<br />
In the long run, the demographic decline in Japan and India’s ever-eager class of numerous skilled professionals wanting to emigrate to richer countries, should overcome the deficits in people-to-people interaction. The move among Japanese universities to shift
 to English-based learning and research is also going to motivate more students and strategic elites from India to travel to Japan and vice versa.
<br />
<br />
Diplomacy by Japan’s Chrysanthemum throne in India can be a showpiece voyage to pique interest among ordinary Indians about Japan’s society, unique value systems and popular culture. Indians nurse deep admiration for Japan as a technological achiever, which
 set the modernization trend for the rest of Asia to emulate. But the supreme symbolism of the Japanese emperor and empress mingling with Indian people can transcend this mechanical impression and attach a human face to the bilateral relationship. As far more
 open-minded societies than in 1960, India and Japan can rediscover each other with a royal touch.
<br />
<br />
<span style="font-style:italic">(The views expressed above are the personal views of writer)</span><br />
<br />
<span style="font-weight:bold">This article may also be read at:</span><br />
<a href="http://rt.com/op-edge/japanese-emperor-india-politics-impression-597" target="_blank">Chrysanthemum diplomacy: Japanese emperor returns to India</a></p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>03/12/2013 18:00:26</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/22552/Chrysanthemum+diplomacy+Japanese+emperor+returns+to+India</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">22552</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>22554</publicationdataID>
      <title>Indian American MIT Student Wins 2013s Ingenuity Award</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p><span style="font-style:italic">India West</span><br />
<br />
Smithsonian magazine, the flagship publication of Smithsonian Media, last month announced that MIT freshman Saumil Bandyopadhyay is among the 10 ground-breaking individuals who were named recipients of the second annual American Ingenuity Awards. The awards
 honor people across categories including technology, performing and visual arts, natural and physical sciences, education, historical scholarship, social progress and youth achievement.<br />
<br />
Bandyopadhyay received the Youth award for a unique, sensitive infrared radiation detector that promises to be inexpensive and has scientific, civilian and military applications. The device has already has attracted the interest of the U.S. Army, according
 to a press release.<br />
<br />
At the age of 18, the young Indian American had five peer-reviewed scientific papers to his name. He spent much of high school in an electrical engineering lab at Virginia Commonwealth University, where his father was a professor, working on the infrared detector,
 which may one day reduce car crash rates by allowing vehicles to sense each other in fog or darkness.<br />
<br />
"It’s a breakthrough—a different way of measuring infrared,” said Gary Tepper, a VCU professor who tutored Bandyopadhyay on one aspect of the project. "We have high-school students in the lab all the time, but we don’t usually see doctoral-level research.”<br />
<br />
When John Mather, the Nobel laureate astrophysicist, noticed the infrared device at an Intel Science Fair, he invited Bandyopadhyay to NASA’s Goddard Space Flight Center to discuss it. "I thought it was an ingenious idea,” Mather says. "He’s a brilliant kid.”<br />
<br />
Since the seventh grade, Bandyopadhyay has racked up numerous science prizes. He most recently was featured on the Smithsonian Channel’s one-hour documentary titled, "Genius in America.”<br />
<br />
<span style="font-style:italic">(The views expressed above are the personal views of writer)</span><br />
<br />
<span style="font-weight:bold">This article may also be read at:</span><br />
<a href="http://www.indiawest.com/news/15411-indian-american-mit-student-wins-2013s-ingenuity-award.html" target="_blank">Indian American MIT Student Wins 2013s Ingenuity Award</a></p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>03/12/2013 18:35:00</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/22554/Indian+American+MIT+Student+Wins+2013s+Ingenuity+Award</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">22554</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>22539</publicationdataID>
      <title>India's Mars Orbiter Has Left Earth And Is Headed Towards Mars</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p><span style="font-style:italic">Forbes/by Alex Knapp</span><br />
<br />
On November 5, India had a successful launch of its Mars Orbiter. Since that time, the Orbiter has been a tad misnamed – it’s actually been orbiting the Earth, using a series of timed rocket bursts and the assistance of Earth’s gravity to build up the speed
 it needs to get to Mars. Today, India’s space program has confirmed that the Mars Orbiter has left Earth’s orbit and is now on a trajectory that will take it to the Red Planet after a 10 month journey.<br />
<br />
At about 12:49am local India time on December 1 (2:19pm EST November 30), scientists at the India Space Research Organization (ISRO) sent commands to the Mars Orbiter to fire its rockets for 22 minutes. That caused the spacecraft to significantly increase its
 speed and begin its long trip.<br />
<br />
"Following the completion of this manoeuvre, the Earth orbiting phase of the spacecraft ended,” the organization said in a statement. "The spacecraft is now on a course to encounter Mars after a journey of about 10 months around the Sun.”<br />
<br />
NASA’s Deep Space Network is providing ISRO with communications support for the probe, which has several different instruments to assist it in its mission to study Martian features, including a methane detector, a mass spectrometer, and different types of cameras.<br />
<br />
One notable feature of the mission is its cost, which is incredibly low for this type of mission – when it’s all said and done, the total cost of the project is estimated to be about $69 million. The ability to complete such an ambitious mission at a low cost
 is something that commercial space proponents are keeping an eye on.<br />
<br />
"India’s incredible strides in space exploration are a model for all of us who believe we can and should find the means to lower the cost of space exploration,” Jeffrey Manber, founder and Managing Director of space science company Nanoracks told me. "Not just
 in low earth orbit but even missions to other planets. Investments in space are essential for India to assure they have a voice in the future of both exploration and utilization of the space environment for domestic needs. It is a small price for the value
 realized.”<br />
<br />
Despite the attention, the Mars Orbiter project is actually just a small part of India’s overall space program – but it may be an important one in keeping it going, according to Jeff Foust, a space industry analyst for Futron.<br />
<br />
"It’s worth noting that the Indian space program (now about 50 years old) has long been focused on practical applications: communications, Earth imaging, weather forecasting, and so on,” he said. "Missions like this help show how far India’s space program have
 come and provide a point of pride for their program; also, it helps the overall space program win support and keep engineers interested in working on it as existing applications, like communications and remote sensing, become more routine.”<br />
<br />
For Hoyt Davidson, a managing partner at commercial space investing company Near Earth, LLC, the economic benefits of projects like India’s Mars Orbiter will be valuable as a means of inspiration as well.<br />
<br />
"In my humble opinion, what projects like India’s Mars Orbiter mean to a country’s economy has nothing to do with the actual dollars and cents, or in this case the rupees and paise, but the inspirational impact it has on students to study science, technology,
 engineering and math and the morale boost and general optimism such an audacious project can give to an emerging nation,” he said. ”Such confidence to innovate and achieve can spread positively through an economy. Becoming a major space faring nation means
 something and more countries seek such a status every year. Of course, a nation can also use those funds for more shovel ready projects, but then all you get are more citizens that know how to use shovels. What will be the key to success in this 21st century?
 More shoveling, hammering and paving? Or complex engineering, computer skills and scientific discovery?”<br />
<br />
If India’s Mars Orbiter is successful, India will be only the fourth space agency to successfully send a probe to Mars, after the United States, Russia, and the European Space Agency. It also won’t be lonely – NASA’s Mars Orbiter, Maven, also launched earlier
 this month and is expected to arrive in Martian orbit about three days before India’s Mars Orbiter.<br />
<br />
(Views expressed are personal views of the writer)<br />
<br />
<span style="font-weight:bold">This article may also be read at:</span><br />
<a href="http://www.forbes.com/sites/alexknapp/2013/12/01/indias-mars-orbiter-has-left-earth-and-is-headed-towards-mars/" target="_blank">India's Mars Orbiter Has Left Earth And Is Headed Towards Mars</a></p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>02/12/2013 09:55:41</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/22539/Indias+Mars+Orbiter+Has+Left+Earth+And+Is+Headed+Towards+Mars</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">22539</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>22545</publicationdataID>
      <title>India's mission to Mars gets under way</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p><span style="font-style:italic">The Telegraph</span><br />
<br />
<span style="font-style:italic">India's orbiter spacecraft breaks out of the Earth's orbit and begins 300 day journey towards the red planet</span><br />
<br />
India's Mars orbiter mission ventured out of Earth's sphere of influence early Sunday in an attempt to reach the red planet's orbit after a critical manoeuvre.<br />
<br />
The Bangalore-based Indian Space Research Organization said the spacecraft fired its main engine for more than 20 minutes, giving it the correct velocity to leave the earth's orbit.<br />
<br />
"The Earth orbiting phase of the spacecraft ended. The spacecraft is now on a course to encounter Mars after a journey of about 10 months around the sun," the statement said.<br />
<br />
It said that all systems on-board the spacecraft are performing normally.<br />
<br />
India launched its first spacecraft bound for Mars on Nov. 5, a complex mission that it hopes will demonstrate and advance technologies for space travel.<br />
<br />
The 3,000-pound orbiter Mangalyaan, which means "Mars craft" in Hindi, must travel 485 million miles over 300 days to reach an orbit around Mars next September.<br />
<br />
If the mission is successful, India will become only the fourth space program to visit the red planet after the Soviet Union, the United States and Europe.<br />
<br />
Some have questioned the $72 million price tag for a country of 1.2 billion people still dealing with widespread hunger and poverty. But the government defended the Mars mission, and its $1 billion space program in general, by noting its importance in providing
 hi-tech jobs for scientists and engineers and practical applications in solving problems on Earth.<br />
<br />
Decades of space research have allowed India to develop satellite, communications and remote sensing technologies that are helping to solve everyday problems at home, from forecasting where fish can be caught by fishermen to predicting storms and floods.<br />
<br />
The orbiter will gather images and data that will help in determining how Martian weather systems work and what happened to the large quantities of water that are believed to have once existed on Mars.<br />
<br />
It also will search Mars for methane, a key chemical in life processes that could also come from geological processes. Experts say the data will improve understanding about how planets form, what conditions might make life possible and where else in the universe
 it might exist.<br />
<br />
The orbiter is expected to have at least six months to investigate the planet's landscape and atmosphere. At its closest point, it will be 227 miles from the planet's surface, and its furthest point will be 49,700 miles away.<br />
<br />
(Views expressed are personal views of the writer)<br />
<br />
<span style="font-weight:bold">This article may also be read at:</span><br />
<a href="http://www.telegraph.co.uk/news/worldnews/asia/india/10486572/Indias-mission-to-Mars-gets-under-way.html" target="_blank">India's mission to Mars gets under way</a></p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>02/12/2013 11:14:14</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/22545/Indias+mission+to+Mars+gets+under+way</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">22545</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>22530</publicationdataID>
      <title>Afghanistan seek India’s support to develop Afghan film industry</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p>Khama Press/by Ghanizada<br />
<br />
The Afghan filmmakers called on their Indian counterparts to assist Afghanistan develop its film sector.<br />
<br />
While speaking during the 44th International Film Festival of India (IFFI), the Afghan filmmakers said that the people of Afghanistan love India and Bollywood films.<br />
<br />
Sediq Abedi, Director of Afghan Film ‘A Man’s Desire for a Fifth Wife’ said the film industry in Afghanistan collapsed due to decades of civil war.<br />
<br />
Mr. Abedi during an interaction with the Indian media persons said that the Afghan film industry lacks key facilities including inftrastructure to show the commercial films.<br />
<br />
He appreciated India’s role in the reconstruction of Afghanistan and called on the government of India and the Indian film industry to take similar steps and help the Afghanistan film industry to grow.<br />
<br />
‘A Man’s Desire for A Fifth Wife’ is the first Afghan film which debuted at the International Film Festival of India (IFFI). It is the first India-Afghanistan film in Dari language which was made under a unique joint venture between Indian and Afghan filmmakers,
 directors and technicians.<br />
<br />
According to Abedi, ‘A Man’s Desire for A Fifth Wife’ is the first feature film which was filmed in Afghanistan in the last 66 years to show the reality of country.<br />
<br />
The film was jointly produced by Indo-Afghan filmmakers with a total cost of $1.5-2 million.<br />
<br />
(Views expressed are personal views of the writer)<br />
<br />
This article may also be read at :<br />
<a href="http://www.khaama.com/afghanistan-seek-indias-support-to-develop-afghan-film-industry2575" target="_blank">Afghanistan seek India’s support to develop Afghan film industry</a></p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>28/11/2013 19:17:49</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/22530/Afghanistan+seek+Indias+support+to+develop+Afghan+film+industry</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">22530</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>22531</publicationdataID>
      <title>FEMAIL: How India's top businesswomen are mentoring the next generation of female entrepreneurs</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p><span style="font-style:italic">Daily Mail/by Lipla Negi</span><br />
<br />
Call them boundary pushers, path breakers or game changers: An increasing number of successful women are coming forward to help aspiring female professionals and budding entrepreneurs shed their inhibitions and move up in the work force.
<br />
<br />
Recognising the significance of 'paying it forward', they are structuring and directing several mentoring programmes that help groom mid-level executives for leadership positions.
<br />
<br />
These agents of change are poised to turn a new page in the history of women's empowerment.<br />
<br />
"Today, we have so many successful women like Kiran Mazumdar-Shaw, Indra Nooyi, Chanda Kochhar and Arundhati Bhattacharya, etc, to look up to. When they share their stories of struggle, they automatically motivate many minds," says VLCC Group Founder and Mentor,
 Vanadana Luthra. <br />
<br />
Sarika Bhattacharyya, Co-Founder of Biz Divas Foundation, agrees. <br />
<br />
"When Debjani Ghosh, MD – Intel South Asia, spoke about her journey to the top at the recent Global Mentoring Walk 2013 held in Gurgaon, she inspired every woman who was present there. 'If she can do it so can I' was the common thought. Now that is how mentoring
 helps to inspire change."<br />
<span style="font-weight:bold"><br />
POWER OF MENTORING</span><br />
<br />
Be it a walk, meet or seminar, various channels are now being created to help women across the world connect, share experiences, and support each other to have a voice at the table.
<br />
<br />
"These meets open up avenues of bonding and networking for working women, which were traditionally never there. They open up your mind, you get new ideas and learn how to deal with professional obstacles. It's a two way path where you teach and learn at the
 same time," declares Stuti Jalan, Founder &amp; Managing Editor, Crosshairs Communications.<br />
<br />
Women who have seen success earlier on are ideal to advise on how to address challenges and navigate through similar obstacles in the career path.<br />
<br />
"Mentoring is a critical path to leadership because power expands the moment it is shared. It enables emerging women leaders to gain confidence and skills to thrive as leaders and thus transform many lives around them," explains Alyse Nelson, President and
 CEO of Vital Voices Global Partnership, an NGO working towards training and empowering emerging women leaders and social entrepreneurs around the globe.<br />
<span style="font-weight:bold"><br />
WOMEN FOR WOMEN</span><br />
<br />
Any woman who broke the stereotypes and overcame biases can inspire others to follow in her footsteps.
<br />
<br />
Shahnaz Husain, the Founder &amp; Managing Director of The Shahnaz Husain Group of Companies recounts how the country's first woman Prime Minister Smt. Indira Gandhi motivated and encouraged her to take Ayurveda to an international platform.
<br />
<br />
"Once she asked me if I was selling these products outside India and I said, "No. Outside India, nobody is aware of Ayurveda."
<br />
<br />
To that, she said, "It's nothing like that."<br />
<br />
"She suggested me to take part in the 'See India' festival, which was going to be held in London. To my surprise, not only the products were a big hit, I was able to expand my business exponentially," she remembers.
<br />
<br />
One of the biggest deterrents in a woman's career is self-doubt; the fear of not being able to do the balancing act. Seeing other women carry both their personal and professional responsibilities with elan helps burst this bubble of self-doubt.
<br />
<br />
Actor and entrepreneur Shilpa Shetty Kundra agrees. "When I need some mentoring on the balancing act I turn to my mother. From assisting my dad with his business to helping us with our homework while also doing the chores, she has set a great example for us,"
 she declares.<br />
<br />
<span style="font-weight:bold">CHANGING TIMES</span><br />
<br />
As the number of women holding C-positions in the male-dominated corporate world is rising, the companies are also not shying away from introducing women-friendly policies.<br />
<br />
"Tata Group's 'Second Life' programme is for women who wish to come back to work after a sabbatical. Clearly, the career break in the bio-data doesn't draw question marks anymore," says Amrita Chowdhary, Country Head &amp; Publishing Director of Harlequin India.<br />
<br />
She further adds that a lot of credit for the change in mindset also goes to the second generation women entrepreneurs, who are striving for gender diversity in the boardroom.
<br />
<br />
In addition, mentoring is also being extended to emerging entrepreneurs. British Council India has introduced a 'Young Women Social Entrepreneurship Development' programme in partnership with Diageo Foundation, which aims to identify young women trainers and
 improve their capacity to train women entrepreneurs. <br />
<br />
"There is a need to create more platforms where women across all sections of society can connect and encourage each other to take the leap," says Baroness Usha Parashar, Deputy Chair, Board of Trustees, British Council.<br />
<span style="font-style:italic"><br />
(Views expressed are personal views of the writer)</span><br />
<br />
This article may also be read at :<br />
<a href="http://www.dailymail.co.uk/indiahome/indianews/article-2514569/FEMAIL-How-Indias-businesswomen-mentoring-generation-female-entrepreneurs.html" target="_blank">FEMAIL: How India's top businesswomen are mentoring the next generation of female entrepreneurs</a></p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>28/11/2013 19:34:25</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/22531/FEMAIL+How+Indias+top+businesswomen+are+mentoring+the+next+generation+of+female+entrepreneurs</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">22531</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>22523</publicationdataID>
      <title>A Week in India with 99 friends</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p><span style="font-style:italic">Daily Star/ by Mehereen Aziz</span><br />
<br />
From a young age, we are exposed to Indian culture through TV, food, music, books and even fashion. But how much do we really know about our neighbour? I used to think I knew quite a lot, but catching a glimpse of India for just a week made me realise I had
 absolutely no idea.<br />
<br />
Last month, a hundred Bangladeshi youths consisting of university students, entrepreneurs, journalists and professionals had the good fortune of being chosen by the High Commission of India, Dhaka to visit India as part of a Youth Delegation invited by the
 Ministry of Youth Affairs and Sports, India. The delegation was taken to New Delhi and Bangalore, with the obligatory stop at Agra, of course. The Government of India made sure we ticked off as much as we could on the to-see list. We visited Qutub Minar, Jama
 Masjid, Rajghat, Red Fort, University of Delhi, Taj Mahal, Agra Fort, India Gate, Prasar Bharati, Parliament Museum and National Museum in Delhi. In Bangalore, we were taken to Vidhan Soudha which is seat of the state legislature in Karnataka state, Lal Bagh,
 Indian Institute of Management Bangalore, Infosys, Dr Devi Shetty’s Hospital and Tipu Sultan’s Summer Palace.<br />
<br />
However, it is safe to say that the unanimous highlight of our journey to India was the visit to Rashtrapati Bhavan in New Delhi where we met the honourable President of India, Pranab Mukherjee. The awe-struck feeling that came over us when the high security
 gates of the head of state’s residence opened to us — a few average Bangladeshi youths — cannot possibly be described in words. We did not have a chance to recover from the exuberance of the 340-room, 130-hectare residence and Darbaar Hall before President
 Mukherjee entered and gave us a heartfelt welcome speech. Elected in 2012, the first Bengali President of India has even been called "Bangladesh’s son-in-law” in newspapers as his wife is from Bhadrabila, Narail. The President reminded us that India and Bangladesh
 share a common history and we should celebrate our similarities and find more ways to work together. As the President concluded his speech and posed for photographs, we were left with the humbling realisation that visiting Rashtrapati Bhavan as the guests
 of the President of the largest democracy in the world was definitely something that happens only once in a lifetime.<br />
<br />
Going to India with ninety-nine people I have never met before was quite a leap of faith on my part. But visiting unknown territory as a group of Bangladeshis meant that everyone was extremely friendly and many a night was spent sipping on some tea and taking
 part in good old adda. Nothing better than stress-free travel, after all. The overall treatment we received from the Government of India was beyond anything we had imagined. From police escorts, to VIP entrances, to the warm welcome from the State Government
 of Karnataka showed us true Indian hospitality. We also got a taste of how big India really is compared to Bangladesh when we landed in Bangalore after spending a few days in Delhi. The people, the language, the food; everything was different, and all it took
 was a two-hour flight.<br />
<br />
The visit to India was truly a learning experience for us all, as we got to explore and learn about a lot of India’s dimensions that wouldn’t have happened if we went by ourselves. As a guest of the Indian Ministry of Youth Affairs and Sports, I have to commend
 India on the thought and emphasis it puts on its youth. By 2020, India’s youth is predicted to make up 64 percent of the total population, making it the youngest country in the world. We must remember that Bangladesh also comprises of a very youthful population,
 and perhaps our policies should focus more on investing into youth to guarantee more economic growth in the future.We often overlook India as a travel destination and only think of it as a place for shopping, choosing countries further away with the misconception
 that India is similar to Bangladesh. I myself have thought along the same lines on occasion. But this trip made me realise that although there are similarities, there are also huge differences. India has many an attractive destination to keep any curious traveller
 happy.<br />
<br />
(The views expressed above are the personal views of the author)<br />
<br />
<span style="font-weight:bold">This article can also be read at:</span><br />
<a href="http://www.thedailystar.net/beta2/news/a-week-in-india-with-99-friends/" target="_blank">A Week in India with 99 friends</a></p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>25/11/2013 09:59:21</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/22523/A+Week+in+India+with+99+friends</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">22523</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>22521</publicationdataID>
      <title>A defining moment in India-Japan relations</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p><span style="font-style:italic">Gulf Times/By Brahma Chellaney</span><br />
<br />
Japanese Emperor Akihito and Empress Michiko, in a rare overseas trip, are scheduled to begin a tour of the Indian cities of New Delhi and Chennai on November 30.<br />
<br />
The imperial couple’s weeklong visit is likely to mark a defining moment in Indo-Japanese relations, fostering closer economic and security ties between Asia’s two leading democracies as they seek a pluralistic, stable Asian order.<br />
<br />
Traditionally, a visit from the Japanese emperor – except for a coronation or royal anniversary celebration – signified a turning point in a bilateral relationship. While the emperor is merely the "symbol of the state” under Japan’s US-imposed postwar constitution,
 he retains significant influence, owing to Japanese veneration of the imperial dynasty – the world’s oldest continuous hereditary monarchy, the origins of which can be traced to 660 BC.<br />
<br />
Indeed, the emperor’s overseas visits remain deeply political, setting the tone – if not the agenda – for Japan’s foreign policy.<br />
<br />
Consider Akihito’s 1992 visit to China – the first such visit by any Japanese emperor. Chinese leader Deng Xiaoping’s government – grateful for Japan’s reluctance to maintain punitive sanctions over the 1989 Tiananmen Square massacre and eager for international
 recognition, not to mention Japanese capital and commercial technologies – had extended seven invitations over two years.<br />
<br />
Akihito’s trip, which came at the height of Japan’s pro-China foreign policy, was followed by increased Japanese aid, investment and technology transfer, thereby cementing Japan’s role in China’s economic rise. The improved diplomatic relationship lasted until
 the recent flare-up of territorial and other bilateral disputes.<br />
<br />
Although no Japanese emperor has visited India before, the bilateral relationship runs deep. In traditional Japanese culture, India is Tenjiku (the country of heaven). Today, Japan is India’s largest source of aid and has secured a key role in supporting infrastructure
 development, financing projects like the Western Dedicated Freight Corridor, the Delhi-Mumbai Industrial Corridor, and the Bangalore Metro Rail Project.<br />
<br />
With these natural allies seeking to add strategic bulk to their rapidly multiplying ties, Akihito’s tour is the most significant visit to India by any foreign leader in recent years. Indeed, it is expected to be one of the last foreign trips for the 79-year-old
 emperor, who has undergone several major surgeries in the past decade.<br />
<br />
Akihito’s travel schedule contrasts sharply with that of Indian Prime Minister Manmohan Singh. Despite having had open-heart surgery during his first term, India’s 81-year-old leader has sought to offset his low domestic political stock by flying more than
 1mn kilometres on overseas trips – including visits to Japan, China, Indonesia, Russia, Thailand and the US in the last six months alone.<br />
<br />
The paradox of Akihito’s tour – for which Singh has appointed a special envoy with ministerial rank to oversee preparations – is that Japan is investing substantial political capital to build a strong, long-term partnership with India’s government at a time
 when India is gripped by policy paralysis.<br />
<br />
Japan’s leaders are perhaps counting on the continuity of India’s strategic policies, which would require the Indian government that emerges from next year’s general election to sustain the momentum of co-operation.<br />
<br />
But, more important, Japan is adjusting to meet the challenges of a rapidly changing regional environment, characterised by rising geopolitical competition with China. In a historical reversal, Japan has found itself on the defensive against the increasingly
 muscular foreign policy of its former colony and old rival.<br />
<br />
This situation is forcing the Japanese government to reconsider its postwar pacifism, revise its defence strategy, and increase its military spending. In this context, Japan knows that a deeper strategic collaboration with India – which is also seeking to blunt
 increasing military pressure from China – is its best move.<br />
<br />
In modern history, Japan has had the distinction of consistently staying ahead of the rest of Asia. During the Meiji era, in the second half of the nineteenth century, it became the first Asian country to modernise. It was also the first Asian country to emerge
 as a world power, defeating Manchu-ruled China and Czarist Russia in separate wars.<br />
<br />
And after its defeat in World War II, Japan rose from the ashes to become Asia’s first global economic powerhouse.<br />
<br />
With per capita GDP of more than $37,000, Japan still ranks among the world’s richest countries, specialising in the highest-value links of global supply chains. And income inequality in Japan ranks among the lowest in Asia.<br />
<br />
Nonetheless, almost two decades of economic stagnation have eroded Japan’s regional clout. This raises the question of whether Japan’s current problems –sluggish growth, high public debt and rapid population ageing – presage a similar trend across East Asia.<br />
<br />
Similar problems are already appearing in South Korea, while China has been driven to loosen its one-child policy and unveil plans for economic reforms aimed at reviving growth.<br />
<br />
For India, Japan is indispensable as both an economic and a security partner. It is central to India’s "Look East” policy, which has evolved into more of an "Act East” policy, whereby the original strategy’s economic logic has been amplified by the larger geopolitical
 objective of ensuring Asian stability and a regional balance of power. It is in this light that Akihito’s historic visit should be viewed. – Project Syndicate<br />
<br />
<span style="font-style:italic">Brahma Chellaney, professor of strategic studies at the New Delhi-based Centre for Policy Research, is the author of Asian Juggernaut, Water: Asia’s New Battleground, and Water, Peace, and War: Confronting the Global Water Crisis.<br />
<br />
(Views expressed are personal views of the writer)<br />
<br />
</span><span style="font-weight:bold">This article may also be read at :</span><br />
<a href="http://www.gulf-times.com/opinion/189/details/372588/a-defining-moment-in-india-japan-relations" target="_blank">A defining moment in India-Japan relations</a></p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>24/11/2013 17:15:18</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/22521/A+defining+moment+in+IndiaJapan+relations</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">22521</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>22519</publicationdataID>
      <title>India's tribal regions using Facebook, WhatsApp to fight corruption</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p><span style="font-style:italic">ZD Net/by Nitin Puri</span><br />
<br />
Ahead of federal elections next year, politicians have been embracing social media to their advantage. Now, that same space could be used against them when tribal groups attempt to expose some of their unethical practices.<br />
<br />
While Indian politicians have been embracing social media to spread their message ahead of elections, they'll now have to watch out for Indian youth from tribal regions using technology to catch corruption.<br />
<br />
Youths are now armed with both Facebook and WhatsApp, are ready to expose how some candidates turn to vote buying, usually 48 hours before elections are held, with unethical practices such as wooing voters with money, mutton, and liquor, reports The Times of
 India. <br />
<br />
The tribal youth, operating under the name Tribal Yuva Sakhti, are also involved in a campaign of their own to persuade voters away from enticement and vote in an honest manner instead.<br />
<br />
Their strategy is quite simple: if someone sees a candidate behaving in an unethical manner, simple take a picture or make a movie from your mobile device, and upload either the images or videos to social media websites such as Facebook, or circulate it on
 WhatsApp.<br />
<br />
A group of around 1,000 people is going around from village to village in a door to door campaign to also inform and educate votes of the same, and again, the discourage enticement and instead, capture the moment using mobile devices instead. In previous elections,
 candidates have in fact attempted to lure tribals by voting for them using these unethical methods. At present, almost every house in tribal belts has at least one person who uses the Internet and also has an account on a social media website. Furthermore,
 most youngsters from tribal areas, who attend college, also have access to both mobile devices, along with online access, and again, social media access too.<br />
<br />
Clearly, it's time for a change in the way candidates and politicians attempt to lure tribal votes, especially now that they are also empowered with technology too. However, I wonder how much of a difference a captured, unethical practice would make in terms
 of votes? If tribal voters are accustomed to being lured for votes, then it's something they are used to. Ultimately, it's for the voters to decide at the end who will earn their vote, but if along the way they have been gifted in one way or another, then
 their vote is already skewed.<br />
<br />
Furthermore, while going viral is a great way to expose those, I feel an even better way would be for people to directly send pictures or videos to an election board or committee within the Indian government directly. At least this way, there would be some
 form of reprimand from higher authorities, because let's be frank, uploaded images and videos won't do much unless addressed by those who have the power to make a difference.<br />
<br />
<span style="font-style:italic">(Views expressed are personal views of the writer)</span><br />
<span style="font-weight:bold"><br />
This article may also be read at :</span><br />
<a href="http://www.zdnet.com/in/indias-tribal-regions-using-facebook-whatsapp-to-fight-corruption-7000023474/" target="_blank">India's tribal regions using Facebook, WhatsApp to fight corruption</a></p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>22/11/2013 18:45:25</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/22519/Indias+tribal+regions+using+Facebook+WhatsApp+to+fight+corruption</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">22519</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>22517</publicationdataID>
      <title>WFP receives a contribution from India in support of Yemen's poorest households</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p><span style="font-style:italic">Thomson Reuters Foundation</span><br />
<br />
The United Nations World Food Programme (WFP) welcomed today a US$1.8 million contribution from the Government of India that will support 121,300 of the most vulnerable people in Yemen for the next six months.<br />
<br />
"Thanks to India's contribution, WFP will be able to provide life-saving assistance to some of Yemen's most food insecure people in the coming six months," said WFP Representative and Country Director Bishow Parajuli. "This critical support will help alleviate
 the suffering caused by food insecurity across the country".<br />
<br />
WFP used the Indian grant to purchase around 2,600 metric tons of wheat that was officially handed over to the Government of Yemen in a ceremony today at WFP Asser warehouse in Sana'a.<br />
<br />
"India's relations with Yemen are historic, close and friendly marked by excellent people to people contacts. For Yemen and its people, India is a friend of all weathers and our latest contribution exemplifies our abiding commitment to support the friendly
 people of Yemen in these challenging times," said Indian Joint Secretary from the Ministry of External Affairs H.E. Mridul Kumar who handed over the wheat shipment.<br />
<br />
Minister for Planning and International Cooperation Mr Mohammed Saeed Al-Sa'adi represented the Government of Yemen and said: "We are grateful to the government and people of India for providing this timely donation and we highly appreciate the cooperation
 between WFP and India in delivering assistance to those in need."<br />
<br />
WFP will distribute the Indian wheat under its primary operation that aims to reach five million people, providing emergency food assistance for 3.5 million food insecure people and cash transfers for another 400,000; food assistance to 600,000 internally displaced
 people; and nutritional support for 405,000 children under five and 157,000 pregnant women and nursing mothers.<br />
<br />
<span style="font-style:italic">WFP is the world's largest humanitarian agency fighting hunger worldwide. Last year, WFP reached more than 97 million people in 80 countries with food assistance.</span><br />
<br />
<span style="font-weight:bold">This article may also be read at :</span><br />
<a href="http://www.trust.org/item/20131121180853-8gkl6/" target="_blank">WFP receives a contribution from India in support of Yemen's poorest households</a></p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>22/11/2013 18:11:07</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/22517/WFP+receives+a+contribution+from+India+in+support+of+Yemens+poorest+households</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">22517</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>22518</publicationdataID>
      <title>India fights gender discrimination with All-Women Bank</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p><span style="font-style:italic">Diplomat/by Angela Erika Kubo</span><br />
<br />
Coinciding with the 96th anniversary of the birth of late Prime Minister Indira Gandhi, India has opened seven branches of its first state-owned bank for women. The bank will provide loans and financial services mostly for women and women’s self-help groups.<br />
<br />
"The setting up of the Bharatiya Mahila Bank is a small step towards economic empowerment of our women,” said current Prime Minister Manmohan Singh<br />
<br />
Only 26 percent of Indian women have an account with a formal financial institution, compared to 46 percent of men. In the countryside, where banks are scarce and women face more problems opening an account, the number is likely to be much lower. Per capita
 credit to women is 80 percent lower than that for men. Typically, Indian women give their earnings to their husbands, although many women in the country start and run their own small businesses.<br />
<br />
"Our main objective will be to empower and educate women financially,” Usha Ananthasubramanian, chairperson of the bank and former executive director of Punjab National Bank, told BBC.<br />
<br />
The bank will achieve that goal by creating job opportunities for women and paying special attention to certain segments of the female population, particularly those living in the more rural areas in India, who face difficulties in society. The bank plans to
 open 771 branches over the next year and hopes to enter rural areas before March 2014.<br />
<br />
Lending will predominantly be to women and to companies that focus on women, but there will be no restricts on deposits made by men. Bharatiya Mahila Bank is also looking to go beyond the banking business by providing assistance in setting up daycare centers,
 which could ultimately allow women to work and become more financially self-sufficient. The bank also hopes to partner with NGOs and help train women in various vocations.<br />
<br />
The women’s bank comes almost a year after the December 16, 2012 gang rape of a female student in Delhi, which sparked nationwide protests and debate on the rape culture in India. The incident placed pressure on the government to introduce measures that would
 help empower women and close the gender gap. In February, Finance Minister P. Chidambaram announced the creation of the bank in his budget speech.<br />
<br />
Although many have praised the announcement, others felt that it was a populist move designed to attract female voters in the federal elections next year. Branches of the bank have been banned in Delhi and Madhya Pradesh.<br />
<br />
<span style="font-style:italic">(Views expressed are personal views of the writer)</span><br />
<br />
<span style="font-weight:bold">This article may also be read at :</span><br />
<a href="http://thediplomat.com/2013/11/india-fights-gender-discrimination-with-all-women-bank/" target="_blank">India fights gender discrimination with All-Women Bank</a></p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>22/11/2013 18:22:04</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/22518/India+fights+gender+discrimination+with+AllWomen+Bank</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">22518</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>22520</publicationdataID>
      <title>India Prepares Evacuations of 100,000 Before Cyclone Helen Hits</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p><span style="font-style:italic">New York Times/by Sriram Karri</span><br />
<br />
The National Disaster Management Authority was preparing on Thursday to evacuate nearly 100,000 people in four districts of coastal Andhra Pradesh as Cyclone Helen is expected to make landfall late Friday.<br />
<br />
"The scenario has changed as per meteorological reports in the last 24 hours,” said Marri Shashidhar Reddy, vice chairman of National Disaster Management Authority. "Cyclone Helen has changed direction slightly and become slower on sea. Initial reports had
 the cyclone making landfall on Thursday night, but with the cyclone taking a changed track now, it will hit only late evening tomorrow.”<br />
<br />
Mr. Reddy said the point of landfall has also shifted from Kavali in the district of Nellore to a point about 70 kilometers (40 miles) farther north. The districts of Nellore, Prakasam, Guntur and Krishna in southern coastal Andhra Pradesh will most likely
 face maximum impact, he said.<br />
<br />
The total number of evacuees would be below 100,000, he said, including an estimated 13,000 to 15,000 in Nellore, around 18,000 each in Prakasam and Guntur and 34,000 in Krishna.<br />
<br />
Andhra Pradesh was one of the three states to be hit by Cyclone Phailin last month, but thanks to adequate evacuations, casualties were minimal.<br />
<br />
"The intensity of Helen is far lower than Phailin,” Mr. Reddy said. The delay of 18 to 24 hours to landfall has made it easier to ensure zero casualties, he said.<br />
<br />
The cyclone, which is expected to have speeds of 100 to 110 kilometers per hour, has been categorized as a "super cyclone” but is likely to weaken in 12 hours to become a deep depression, Mr. Reddy said.<br />
<br />
Teams of the National Disaster Response Force have been deployed across the region for the coming cyclone and are coordinating with local administrations.<br />
<br />
"We have put the state government and local administrations in all four districts on high alert,” said Mr. Reddy. "We did not evacuate people yesterday but were on a standby. With the change in direction, the areas of vulnerability are also shifting; we will
 act accordingly. The slowing of the cyclone gives us more time till tomorrow. We are aiming for a zero casualty mark.”<br />
<br />
The Indian Meteorological Department said Cyclone Helen, whose center was over the western-central parts of the Bay of Bengal, will cause heavy to very heavy rainfall in most parts of southern Andhra Pradesh and eastern Tamil Nadu.<br />
<br />
The cyclone is likely to lead to a surge in sea levels of one to 1.5 meters (three to five feet) in the four districts where impact is expected to be greatest, the meteorological agency said. With the conditions of the sea being extremely volatile, state and
 local government officials have warned fishermen not to venture out.<br />
<br />
<span style="font-style:italic">(Views expressed are personal views of the writer)</span><br />
<br />
<span style="font-weight:bold">This article may also be read at :</span><br />
<a href="http://india.blogs.nytimes.com/2013/11/21/india-prepares-evacuations-of-100000-before-cyclone-helen-hits/?_r=1" target="_blank">India Prepares Evacuations of 100,000 Before Cyclone Helen Hits</a></p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>22/11/2013 18:49:23</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/22520/India+Prepares+Evacuations+of+100000+Before+Cyclone+Helen+Hits</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">22520</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>22512</publicationdataID>
      <title>India launches first bank exclusively for women</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p><span style="font-style:italic">Reuters/ by Nita Bhalla</span><br />
<br />
India launched its first public sector bank catering for women on Tuesday, an initiative aimed at economically empowering millions of women across the country who do not have access to basic financial services such as bank accounts or loans.<br />
<br />
Inaugurating the first branch of the Bharatiya Mahila Bank in the financial city of Mumbai, Prime Minister Manmohan Singh told dignitaries that despite great successes made by some women in India, many continued to face financial exclusion.<br />
<br />
"Over centuries India has produced several accomplished women leaders in a diverse range of areas - science, medicine, business, sports, politics and so on. A recent global survey of top 50 women business leaders in the world included four Indian women," Singh
 said.<br />
<br />
"However, all this does not reflect the average reality of women in our country. The sad reality is that women in India face discrimination and hardship at home, at school, at their place of work and in public places. Their social, economic and political empowerment
 remains a distant goal."<br />
<br />
Access to a bank account is essential for women's economic empowerment as it provides a safe place to save money and opens up a channel to credit which can be used for investing in education, property or in a business, gender experts say.<br />
<br />
Yet more than 1.3 billion women worldwide remain largely outside the formal financial system, according to the World Bank's Global Financial Inclusion (Global Findex) database.<br />
<br />
In regions such as South Asia, the Middle East and North Africa, it says, women are about 40 percent less likely than men to have a formal account.<br />
<br />
"Only 26 percent of women in India admit to having a bank account," said Finance Minister P. Chidambaram at the bank's launch.<br />
<br />
"Since fewer women than men have bank accounts, fewer women are able to get loans. Per capita credit in the case of women is 80 percent lower than in the case of men. Hence the need for a bank that predominantly serves women - from the self-help groups to the
 small business women and from the working woman to the high net worth individual."<br />
<br />
Chidambaram had pledged in his budget speech in February that the government would provide an initial investment of 10 billion rupees to help the bank take off.<br />
<br />
Head-quartered in New Delhi, the Bharatiya Mahila Bank will initially have branches in seven cities including Mumbai, Kolkata, Chennai, Ahmedabad and Guwahati.<br />
<br />
This will increase to 25 in urban and rural areas by March 2014 and will further expand to 500 over the next four years.<br />
<br />
The bank will offer usual commercial services, and will accept deposits and give loans to women or to businesses which are either managed by or make products for women. There will be emphasis on providing credit for skills development for women and slight concessions
 on loan rates.<br />
<br />
It will largely be run by women, but will employ some men. Savings accounts, but not loans, will be available to men.<br />
<br />
Experts say women lack access to finance - partly because of illiteracy, remote locations and lack of documentation, but also because of deep-rooted patriarchal attitudes which mean men still control family budgets.<br />
<br />
Women who wish to start small businesses often do not have the technical and financial expertise or face discrimination at local banks when they try to get loans and other services.<br />
<br />
"The setting up of the Bharatiya Mahila Bank is a small step towards the economic empowerment of our women," said Singh, adding the bank's launch coincided with the birthday of the India's first woman Prime Minister Indira Gandhi.<br />
<br />
"I am also sure that it will particularly benefit women from the less privileged sections of our society. The fact that it will be run largely by women will serve as an example that given the opportunity, women are capable of taking on challenging tasks."<br />
<br />
<span style="font-weight:bold">This article may also be read at:</span><br />
<a href="http://in.reuters.com/article/2013/11/19/india-women-bank-bmb-idINDEE9AI0C020131119" target="_blank">India launches first bank exclusively for women</a></p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>20/11/2013 17:41:28</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/22512/India+launches+first+bank+exclusively+for+women</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">22512</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>22504</publicationdataID>
      <title>India aims to make space for growth</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p><span style="font-style:italic">Hispanic Business</span><br />
<br />
With the launch of its first Mars mission, the subcontinent has thrown down the gauntlet to the rest of Asia, especially China, as it bids to boost its economy through technological development. Rebecca Bundhun, Foreign Correspondent, writes from Mumbai<br />
<br />
India's successful launch of a spacecraft to Mars this month has brought the country's space ambitions and its advanced technologies in the field into focus.<br />
<br />
The Indian Space Research Organisation's (ISRO) mission has prompted divided opinions. Some critics question whether the country – which has extremely high levels of poverty and malnutrition across its population – should have spent US$72 million on the project,
 even though that amount is considered relatively low for such a enterprise.<br />
<br />
The annual budget of the ISRO is just $700m, or 0.038 per cent of India's GDP. By contrast, this year Nasa's will be $16.5 billion, about 0.1 per cent of the United States' GDP<br />
<br />
Others, meanwhile, argue that the mission could provide a huge boost to the development of India's space technology industry, which would in turn bring enormous and much-needed benefits to its economy as India puts itself in a position to grab a larger share
 of the $300bn worldwide space market.<br />
<br />
"The recent Mars mission has put the global spotlight on India's space programme," says Susmita Mohanty, the chief executive and co-founder of Earth2Orbit, India's first private sector space company, which is striving to commercialise the country's space capabilities.<br />
<br />
"It will likely attract other nations, even private entrepreneurs, to collaborate and launch joint missions."<br />
<br />
The spacecraft, which was launched from the Satish Dhawan Space Centre on India's east coast on November 5, is set to travel 780 million kilometres for 300 days before reaching the red planet's orbit next year. India's would become the fourth space agency to
 reach Mars if the mission is successful. The US, Russia and Europe Union are the three that have already achieved that feat. India's space programme began in 1962 and was institutionalised under the ISRO in 1969.<br />
<br />
Some commentators have described the mission as upping the ante in the Asian space race, as it could give India a victory over China and other nations in space exploration. A similar mission by China was unsuccessful in 2011, when its spacecraft failed to leave
 Earth's orbit. More than half of all missions to Mars have not succeeded. There were concerns that the Indian operation could be jeopardised when on Monday a problem with the spacecraft's liquid fuel thruster meant it fell short of its intended velocity target
 but the ISOR said later the glitch had been resolved.<br />
<br />
<span style="font-style:italic">(Views expressed are personal views of the writer)</span><br />
<br />
<span style="font-weight:bold">This article may also be read at :</span><br />
<a href="http://www.hispanicbusiness.com/2013/11/17/india_aims_to_make_space_for.htm" target="_blank">India aims to make space for growth</a></p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>18/11/2013 19:18:42</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/22504/India+aims+to+make+space+for+growth</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">22504</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>22495</publicationdataID>
      <title>What India can teach America about democracy</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p><span style="font-style:italic">US News/ by Michael Crowley</span><br />
<br />
The United States is often taken for granted as the world's exemplar of democracy. American policymakers are comfortable in that position. They tend to spend more time assuming that all eyes are on us than seeking lessons from beyond our borders.<br />
<br />
But if America reversed its inward perspective, what would it see? Older cultures that are younger democracies may have more to teach us than we would like to admit. First on the list is India. The U.S. can benefit from looking at the ways that country faces
 its constitutional, demographic and strategic challenges.<br />
<br />
<span style="font-weight:bold">Constitutionalism: Have Faith.</span><br />
<br />
In his 1997 book "The Idea of India," Sunil Khilnani describes India's leaders establishing constitutional democracy "in a fit of absent-mindedness." Following partition and the end of British colonial rule, India's constitution was finalized in 1950. To date,
 India's constitutional lifespan is less than one-third that of the U.S. That amount includes a nearly two-year period (the "emergency" of June 1975 to March 1977) when Prime Minister Indira Ghandi suspended elections and civil liberties. In 1950, however,
 India adopted universal voting rights in a society where inequality had been codified culturally for centuries. Khilnani writes that no one knew how this "fundamental contradiction," inscribed in India's constitution, might be resolved. B.K. Ambedkar, then
 leader of India's "untouchables," said during a Constitutional Assembly in 1949: "In politics we will have equality and in social and economic life we will have inequality … How long shall we continue to live this life of contradictions? How long shall we
 continue to deny equality in our social and economic life? If we continue to deny it for long, we do so only by putting our political democracy in peril."<br />
<br />
The link Ambedkar cites between inequality and democratic health has appeared on many U.S. op-ed pages. There is a striking difference in U.S. and Indian perspective towards their respective constitutions. Khilnani describes the Indian constitutional process
 as a leap of faith. While historians like Gordon S. Wood have emphasized the "radicalism" of the American Revolution, one is more likely to find the U.S. constitution treated as holy writ rather than a human effort at better government.<br />
<br />
The U.S. constitution has no better credential than the political stability it has produced. Rigid attitudes toward the constitution, however, have become barriers to change on issues with mainstream support (see health care reform, gun control and same-sex
 marriage) in America. One wonders whether a constitution like India's, which was more progressive than the culture that produced it, can serve its nation better by being more responsive to mainstream calls for reform. The U.S. took the 15th and 19th amendments
 and the Civil Rights Act to ensure universal voting rights. India accomplished it in the first draft.<br />
<br />
<span style="font-weight:bold">Demography: Size and Diversity</span><br />
<br />
At 1.2 billion people, India' population is equivalent in size to four Americas. Like America, it is a comparatively young nation. Half of the Indian population is below the age of 20. In India, the median age is 35 and dropping; in the U.S., it is nearly 37.<br />
<br />
Demographers often point to young populations as sources of economic dynamism. A large working-age population supporting a smaller retirement age population is certainly preferable to the reverse. Population, however, can be a burden and a boon. India faces
 a similar challenge to China in developing its economy quickly enough to provide jobs for its growing young population. Its political stability depends upon it. &gt;<br />
<br />
In his 2009 book "The Post-American World," Fareed Zakaria (in a chapter titled "The Ally") discusses the anticipation and confusion over what type of democratic power India will become. In part because of the economic strains of providing for its large population,
 Zakaria argues, India may not develop a level of military strength that could counter China's rise.<br />
<br />
The structure of India's economy, on the other hand, may empower it. Zakaria details the rough composition of India's GDP: 50 percent services, 25 percent manufacturing and 25 percent agriculture. This is on par with nations such as Portugal and Greece that
 have higher average incomes and which lead India in manufacturing and agriculture, but trail it in services. This is a combination, Zakaria writes, "that no one could have planned." In other words, India's industrial base may need to catch up, but in 21st
 century technologies it is better suited to compete. Given the country's demographics, this is probably a better situation than the reverse.<br />
<br />
<span style="font-weight:bold">Strategy: Your Enemies Are Closer</span><br />
<br />
The U.S. is bordered by two democracies. While deeply concerned with enemies abroad, it recently has not had to contend with adversarial neighbors. By contrast, India shares borders with China and Pakistan — both rivals and nuclear powers with whom it has clashed
 militarily. As noted above, India's economic demands may prevent it from acquiring military might to rival China. If money were no option, it is unclear if it would choose to do so. India founded the "non-aligned" movement and has prized its independence from
 what George Washington termed "entangling alliances." Its foreign policy has been driven by self-interest, and will likely remain focused on stability in Southeast Asia. America's relationship with India will go a long way toward securing its influence in
 the region.<br />
<br />
America has a unique standing among world democracies. Its foreign policy has the broadest reach. It benefits the U.S., however, to examine the challenges facing the nascent democracies it looks to as allies. An outward-looking foreign policy that seeks better
 understanding of the challenges these regional allies face may help the U.S. improve its relations with them. In the process, the U.S. may also learn a few lessons abroad it can use at home.<br />
<br />
(The views expressed above are the personal views of the writer)<br />
<br />
<span style="font-weight:bold">This article may also be read at: </span><br />
<a href=" http://www.usnews.com/opinion/blogs/world-report/2013/11/15/what-india-can-teach-america-about-democracy" target="_blank">What India can teach America about democracy</a></p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>18/11/2013 09:51:44</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/22495/What+India+can+teach+America+about+democracy</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">22495</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>22496</publicationdataID>
      <title>Dedicated to the art of India, half a world away</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p><span style="font-style:italic">Madison/ by Gayle Worland</span><br />
<br />
Poonam Rao doesn’t call herself this — but she’s something of an ambassador for Indian art, in all its rich traditions.<br />
<br />
From oil paintings on glass to 2D works using a traditional foil technique, "Each art that I learn is research,” she said. "I have to learn about the origin. I have to study all the patterns and then try to recreate it.”<br />
<br />
"With each of these traditions, there is always a story. What inspired those people to do it?”<br />
<br />
Rao currently has her work displayed around the area in restaurants and local galleries. Her home is filled with traditional Indian art she created herself. And she is working on a series of recorded TV programs called "Celebrating Indian Art” and "Celebrating
 Indian Culture” for viewers in Sun Prairie and the region.<br />
<br />
But she might best be known as the henna artist who volunteers her talents at community events around Madison. On a single Saturday in October, Rao shuttled between the Madison Children’s Museum, Overture Center and the Chazen Museum to offer free henna tattoos
 at special events.<br />
<br />
In summer she is busy creating henna tattoos for brides and wedding parties. The intricately detailed designs, drawn with a natural, temporary henna paste in something like a pastry bag for icing a cake, are placed on the hands as a festive adornment for a
 bride, family members and even wedding guests. For both Indian and Caucasian brides today, she said, "It’s also a fashion statement.”<br />
<br />
"What I think I bring is the authenticity and the intricacy in the henna patterns,” said Rao, who has also used henna to create paintings on wood and canvas. "I like creating that memory for the bride that will last a lifetime.”<br />
<br />
Rao’s family just concluded a celebration of the light-filled holiday Diwali. In mid-October they also celebrated Dussehra, a Hindu festival that celebrates good over evil. Participants put the tools they use most — from hammer to pen to cooking knife — at
 a small temple in the home to receive a blessing. Rao set out her paintbrush.<br />
<br />
The mother of an 8-year-old son and 2-year-old daughter, Rao works full-time as an IT program manager and has an MBA in finance, a master’s degree in computer management and a diploma in software engineering. But while studying those fields in India, she also
 pursued an advanced degree in cold ceramics, working in the tradition of elaborately ornamental Indian pottery.<br />
<br />
"During my college years I was so passionate about art that I was working full-time and studying, but I still took these extra classes (in art), and late at night I created all the pottery,” she said.<br />
<br />
She loves the rustic and the ancient, especially the tradition of Indian Warli tribal art that reaches back millennia. Over her living room couch hang paintings that Rao made in the Warli tribal style, using acrylic paints on fabric rather than the age-old
 media of "paint” made from a paste of crushed white rice powder atop a brown background made of earthen materials.<br />
<br />
The forms are simple — circles, triangles, lines — but the images tell an elaborate story of village traditions and a time gone by.<br />
<br />
"I absolutely love this. I could do this entire wall” in the Warli art style, Rao said with a laugh.<br />
<br />
Rao grew up in the city of Pune, outside Bombay, in a traditional home filled with her mother’s and grandmothers’ antiques, her aunt’s artwork and pieces from local craftspeople.<br />
<br />
"The things in the home were the kind that were handmade, rather than those that come sealed in plastic,” she said.<br />
<br />
She came to the U.S. when the IT company she worked for in India sent her to Bloomington, Ill., as a consultant. In Bloomington she met her future husband, Sameer, and the two returned to India for their wedding.<br />
<br />
Though they moved to Sun Prairie 10 years ago, the couple remains very close to the group of friends they first met in central Illinois. Many of those friends have dispersed throughout the Midwest, but still reunite four or five times a year — now with spouses
 and children — for long holiday weekends filled with Indian food and tradition.<br />
<br />
That connection has kept Rao from getting homesick, and her friends support her longtime passion for making art, she said. So does her husband, who often takes the lead on caring for their children while she teaches an art class, puts together an exhibit or
 volunteers at a community event.<br />
<br />
It was after having a successful sale of her paintings at Overture Center’s International Festival in January that Rao decided to found Celebrations Art Studio and create a presence on Facebook. It was at that point that she acknowledged "I have spent years
 studying art,” she said. "I want to give back to the community in a much bigger way.”<br />
<br />
She found in the Madison area that people responded to her henna tattoos and the face-painting she does for children. She began teaching classes for the Sun Prairie Recreation Department in creating Indian art. In December, her work will be exhibited along
 with other local pieces in the Art Studio Gallery in the Madison Children’s Museum.<br />
<br />
Rao gave abstract painting a try, but keeps returning to the rich, traditional art forms of her homeland.<br />
<br />
"I think it’s a good education for my kids, too,” she said. "Because they cannot learn this from any museum. I have taught my son this, and I feel proud that at such a young age he knows about Warli art. Growing up, they may not decorate their homes in the
 Indian style, but at least I feel that we have done our part to give them the best of two cultures.”<br />
<br />
(The views expressed above are the personal views of the writer)<br />
<br />
<span style="font-weight:bold">This article may also be read at: </span><br />
<a href=" http://host.madison.com/entertainment/arts_and_theatre/dedicated-to-the-art-of-india-half-a-world-away/article_8ce8d46b-4c86-5efd-b3b7-551649ed3e6d.html#ixzz2knVKxJeW" target="_blank">Dedicated to the art of India, half a world away</a></p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>18/11/2013 10:02:38</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/22496/Dedicated+to+the+art+of+India+half+a+world+away</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">22496</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>22497</publicationdataID>
      <title>India to become second-largest Internet market in 2014</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p><span style="font-style:italic">Telecompaper</span><br />
<br />
The number of Internet users in India has reached 205 million in October this year, registering a year-over-year growth of 40 percent according to a report by the Internet and Mobile Association of India (IAMAI) and IMRB International. By December, the number
 is expected to reach 213 million.<br />
<br />
The report also estimates that by June 2014, India will have 243 million internet users, at which point of time, it is expected to overtake the US as the second largest Internet base in the world. China currently leads with more than 300 million internet users
 while the US has an estimated 207 million internet users.<br />
<br />
According to the report, the number of internet users in urban India was 137 million in October and is estimated to touch 141 million by December. Rural India has witnessed year-over-year growth of 58 percent in active internet users since June 2012. In rural
 India, there were 68 million internet users in October and this is estimated to reach 72 million by December.<br />
<br />
According to the report, the number of mobile internet users has also witnessed a steady rise, with 110 million mobile internet users in October. This is estimated to reach 130 million by the end of December. In June, there were 91 million users accessing the
 internet on mobile devices, with 70.2 million users in urban India. This number rose to 85 million in October and is estimated grow by 47 percent and reach 103 million by December. Rural India is not that far behind in this regard with a base of 21 million
 mobile internet users in June. It reached 25 million in October and will touch 27 million by December. Mobile usage and hence, mobile internet usage has seen a huge jump from the 2012 penetration levels. Compared to the 0.4 percent mobile internet users in
 2012, the penetration has grown to 2.4 percent.<br />
<br />
The report further finds that more than 50 percent of the urban internet users access internet daily. However, this high frequency usage is not restricted to only the youth and working men; this habit of accessing the internet daily is seen among other demographic
 segments as well, including older men and non-working women. In rural India, 70 percent of the active internet users also access internet using mobile phones, while 32 percent use internet only through mobile. The Community Service Centers and Cyber Cafes
 are the main point of access for 40 percent of them.<br />
<br />
(The views expressed above are the personal views of the writer)<br />
<br />
<span style="font-weight:bold">This article may also be read at:</span><br />
<a href="http://www.telecompaper.com/news/india-to-become-second-largest-internet-market-in-2014--979974" target="_blank">India to become second-largest Internet market in 2014</a></p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>18/11/2013 10:06:27</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/22497/India+to+become+secondlargest+Internet+market+in+2014</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">22497</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>22498</publicationdataID>
      <title>&amp;quot;Egyptians are very receptive to Indian culture&amp;quot;: director of the Maulana Azad Centre</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p><span style="font-style:italic">Ahram Online/by Ati Metwaly</span><br />
<br />
Azar A.H. Khan, the newly appointed cultural counsellor at the Indian embassy and the director of the Maulana Azad Centre for Indian Culture arrived in Egypt in early October with the task of continuing to foster cultural dialogue between the two countries.<br />
<br />
His appointment as the centre's director came after the role had been vacant for a year, following the departure of the previous director Suchitra Durai, a diplomat and wife of the former Indian ambassador to Egypt.<br />
<br />
Khan, who speaks Arabic fluently, holds a master's degree in Arabic literature.<br />
<br />
"Following my graduation, I served as a diplomat in Saudi Arabia and Libya," Khan told Ahram Online. "Wherever I find myself in the Arab world, I meet many Egyptians: doctors, engineers and so on. I have interacted with many Egyptians," he said.<br />
<br />
Since its inauguration in 1982, the Maulana Azad Centre for Indian Culture in the heart of downtown Cairo has offered a wide range of cultural activities: film screenings, Hindi, Urdu and yoga classes, lectures, festivals and exhibitions.<br />
<br />
One of the most recent exhibitions, which closed on Thursday, was titled "Faces and Features," and included caricatures and cartoons representing Indian and Egyptian personalities created by artists from the Egyptian Caricature Society.<br />
<br />
The centre is also home to a large library with books on Indian arts, culture, history, economics, and politics in English, Arabic and Hindi.<br />
<br />
"Cultural exchange is not new to Indian diplomacy in Egypt. Culture is a part of our ongoing bilateral interaction, an important component of cooperation between the two countries," says Khan. "We are always interested in using cultural programs as a tool to
 bring people together," he adds.<br />
<br />
Khan notes that recent months have seen a particular increase in activity at the centre, which he credits to the current ambassador, Navdeep Suri, who "offers his full support and guidance."<br />
<br />
One example is the first annual India by the Nile, a festival of performing and visual arts that took place in April and May 2013.<br />
<br />
"We have already started working on next year's India by the Nile festival. It will take place in April 2014, and we expect to will be even bigger than this year's programme," Khan revealed to Ahram Online.<br />
<br />
Though it is still too early for the event organizers – the Indian Embassy in Cairo, the Indian Council for Cultural Relations (ICCR), and Team Work Productions India – to confirm the full programme for the upcoming festival, Khan shared some captivating highlights:
 a Bollywood dance workshop, a kathak dance troupe, a performance by Indian folk musician Rajasthan Josh; a panel featuring renowned Indian film personalities, and sari fashion show.<br />
<br />
"'The sari, a traditional Indian women's garment, consists of a single six-yard piece of cloth," Khan explained. "We hope to create a captivating display of the sari, possibly worn by well-known Egyptian female figures."<br />
<br />
Khan added that, as it did in 2013, the 2014 India by the Nile festival will be hosted by several venues throughout Egypt.<br />
<br />
In parallel to these festival preparations, the Indian cultural sector in Egypt has also recently intensified its efforts to foster cultural exchange between Indians and Egyptians from all walks of life.<br />
<br />
An exhibition titled "The Spirit of Gandhi in Egypt," was held between 2 and 10 October at the Maulana Azad Centre, displaying posters and caricatures of renowned Indian pacifist Gandhi.<br />
<br />
Also in October, Egyptian students were invited to take part in "Glimpses of India," a drawing competition held in Cairo's Al-Azhar park.<br />
<br />
On 27 and 28 October, Khan directed "India Days" at the Sadat University in Monofeya. The event aimed to honour the history of bilateral relations between India and Egypt through a display of old photographs of Nasser and Nehru, Indira Gandhi, and other leaders
 of the two countries. Crafts from India and Egypt were also on display.<br />
<br />
"People all across Egypt are very receptive to Indian culture," Khan noted. While the Maulana Azad Centre operates in Cairo and the capital already enjoys a wide range of activities that testify to the vibrant cultural cooperation between the two countries,
 Khan also hopes to expand Indian cultural programmes to other Egyptian cities such as Alexandria, Luxor, Aswan, and Hurghada.<br />
<br />
"Interest in Indian culture is also generated by some Egyptian students who train themselves in Bollywood dance. A number of girls connected to the centre study Indian dance styles," Khan said.<br />
<br />
He also notes that, following a 25-year absence from Egyptian screens, Bollywood movies began to be screened in Egyptian cinemas again this year. 2 October saw the Egyptian premiere of Bollywood film Chennai Express, starring Deepika Padukone and Shah Rukh
 Khan. Krrish 3, from the Bollywood science fiction series Krrish, starring Hrithik Roshan, will be in Egyptian theatres soon.<br />
<br />
"Though the centre screens Indian movies on a weekly basis, watching them in cinemas is a different experience. This initiative allows a larger segment of the Egyptian population to enjoy Indian movies," Khan explained.<br />
<br />
Concluding, Khan also stressed the importance of educational cooperation between India and Egypt. "India offers several scholarships for Egyptian students interested in pursuing their education in English, in India, at a university of their choice. This scholarship
 programme is offered with the support of the Ministry of Culture."<br />
<br />
Every year, the Indian Council for Cultural Relations awards 3 scholarships to Egyptian undergraduate students and 10 to Egyptian doctorate candidates. In addition, the Indian government offers 14 scholarships to Egyptians as part of its "Africa scholarship
 scheme." Scholarships are also offered to Egyptian students interested in studying Hindi or Urdu.<br />
<br />
Founded in 1982, the Maulana Azad Centre for Indian Culture took its name from Abul Kalam Ghulam Muhiyuddin (1888-1958), a scholar and leader of the Indian struggle for independence. Muhiyuddin was born in Mecca, Saudi Arabia to a daughter of Sheikh Mohammad
 Zaher Watri, a well-known Arab scholar from Medina, and Maulana Khairuddin, a Bengali Muslim of Afghan origin.<br />
<br />
"My father was well-known throughout the Islamic world after his ten volume work was published in Egypt. He came to Bombay several times and once came to Calcutta... He also toured extensively in Iraq, Syria and Turkey," Maulana Azad wrote in his semi-autobiographical
 essay, India Wins Freedom.Maulana Azad himself was profoundly interested in Muslim and Arab cultures. His extensive travels took him to Afghanistan, Iraq, Egypt, Syria, and Turkey. In Cairo, he met Egyptian revolutionary and statesman Saad Zaghloul and a number
 of other revolutionary figures.<br />
<br />
(The views expressed above are the personal views of the writer)<br />
<br />
<span style="font-weight:bold">This article may also be read at:</span><br />
<a href="http://english.ahram.org.eg/NewsContent/5/35/86478/Arts--Culture/Stage--Street/Egyptians-are-very-receptive-to-Indian-culture-dir.aspx" target="_blank">"Egyptians are very receptive to Indian culture": director of the Maulana Azad Centre</a></p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>18/11/2013 10:10:44</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/22498/quotEgyptians+are+very+receptive+to+Indian+culturequot+director+of+the+Maulana+Azad+Centre</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">22498</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>22485</publicationdataID>
      <title>History of shared sacrifice unites India, Australia</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p><span style="font-style:italic">The Australian/by Rory Medcalf</span><br />
<br />
This Remembrance Day, spare a thought for a forgotten Australian soldier and what his story tells us about our future.<br />
<br />
He was killed in action in Belgium in 1917. The Australian War Memorial describes the silence of his records as "testament to a strong man", not least because he was not young - in fact, 43 - when he joined to fight in the trenches.<br />
<br />
But there was something even more remarkable about him that speaks to a changing Australia's future in Asia, as well as to our past. For Private Nain Singh Sailani was Indian, a pioneer of the extraordinary migrant community that is making a huge contribution
 to this country.<br />
<br />
Today in Sydney, hundreds of that community's high achievers will gather for Australia's first Pravasi Bharatiya Divas conference, a celebration of the Indian diaspora and the way it is connecting the two nations. It's a far cry from anything Nain Singh Sailani
 would have recognised when he travelled from Simla to Geraldton to work as a labourer in the 1890s, or when he signed up as an Australian soldier in 1916 at the height of the White Australia policy.
<br />
<br />
More than 300,000 people in today's Australia were born in India and that's not counting second and successive generations. They add greatly to Australia's prosperity and resilience in a competitive world. They are more likely to be young, educated and employed
 than the wider population. <br />
<br />
A distinct Indian-Australian identity is taking shape. Indians are our fastest growing migrant community, Punjabi our fastest growing language and Hinduism our fastest-growing religion. Travel both ways is increasing fast, as new direct air routes attest.
<br />
<br />
India has become this country's fourth-largest export market, with a focus on energy and education, as well as a major source of investment. It is also a strategic partner in our shared Indo-Pacific Asian region.
<br />
<br />
Australians and Indians forget that their militaries have a long history of shared sacrifice, from Gallipoli to Tobruk. In Afghanistan, our enemies have been India's enemies too. And looking ahead both countries have an interest in an Asian security order where
 no country is destabilisingly dominant. <br />
<br />
No wonder India is one of the Asian countries that the Abbott government recognises as critical to Australia's future - as Gillard, Rudd and Howard each realised in turn. But in all this, people will matter more than politics and strategy.
<br />
<br />
When the US shed its strategic estrangement from India a decade ago, it was pushed along by Indian Americans - an enormously successful community, established over generations, bolstered by brains, influence and industry, in every sense.
<br />
<br />
Opinion polling in India by the Lowy Institute and the Australia India Institute shows that even now, despite America's troubles, Indians admire the US more than they do any other country. The influence of the diaspora, communicating positive attitudes back
 to their families in India, explains this much more than American statecraft.<br />
<br />
Likewise, in the ups and downs that lie ahead for Australia-India relations - and there will always be rough moments when two democracies engage - the emerging voice of Indian Australians will make all the difference.
<br />
<br />
Australia has done much to rebuild its good name against the monsoon of negative coverage we received in the Indian media after the crimes against some Indian students here in 2009 and 2010.<br />
<br />
The student crisis had a silver lining of compelling governments in both countries to engage more closely with each other - and this helped illuminate how much each country is changing, and how much we have to offer one another.
<br />
<br />
Thankfully, most Indians have more sophisticated views of modern, multicultural Australia than their media lets on. Polling shows they generally have high regard for Australia, from its institutions to its values and its achievements in science, not just sport.
 Most have feelings of warmth towards this country, and continue to see it as a good place to be educated, second only to the US.
<br />
<br />
But polling also shows that negative perceptions linger about racism and safety. The Indian-Australian community will keep championing this country and its interests. They in turn need to be confident that Australia is living up to its promise of opportunity,
 fairness and respect. <br />
<br />
The Abbott government also needs to show constancy and patience in engaging India. This will be challenging as India goes through a difficult phase internally, with slowing economic growth, widespread concerns about governance and elections looming in 2014.
<br />
<br />
For all its problems, India remains a rising power, with enormous human capital to unleash - 600 million people under the age of 25 - and growing areas of excellence amid the disappointment. It is still likely to become one of the world's big three economies.<br />
<br />
We can't expect New Delhi to do much for us between now and the elections, and we need to be ready to engage with whatever new leadership the world's largest democratic process delivers.<br />
<br />
In turn, we should press India to place fresh priority on relations with Australia, including a prime ministerial visit to coincide with next November's G20 summit in Brisbane.
<br />
<br />
Meantime, Canberra should keep expanding defence co-operation with New Delhi while concluding a uranium export safeguards agreement that discriminates neither against India nor for it. Yet more important than grand diplomacy is simply letting India and Australia
 play to their greatest strength: people.<br />
<br />
So let's celebrate the investors and IT entrepreneurs, the scientists and students, the cricketers and Bollywood stars, even the politicians. But let's not forget Nain Singh Sailani.
<br />
<br />
<span style="font-style:italic">(The views expressed above are the personal views of the writer)</span><br />
<br />
<span style="font-weight:bold">This article may also be read at:</span><br />
<a href="http://www.theaustralian.com.au/national-affairs/opinion/history-of-shared-sacrifice-unites-india-australia/story-e6frgd0x-1226756899027#" target="blank">History of shared sacrifice unites India, Australia</a></p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>13/11/2013 20:25:20</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/22485/History+of+shared+sacrifice+unites+India+Australia</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">22485</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>22486</publicationdataID>
      <title>Bill Gates: What I learned in India</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p><span style="font-style:italic">Wall Street Journal/by Bill Gates</span><br />
<br />
Our foundation began working in India a decade ago, at a time when many feared that the country would become a flashpoint for HIV/AIDS. Since then, we have expanded into other areas, including vaccines, family planning and agricultural development. In all of
 this work, Melinda and I have seen many examples of India's poor making dramatic contributions. But nowhere has this power been demonstrated more clearly than in the fight to end polio. Indeed, India's accomplishment in eradicating polio is the most impressive
 global health success I've ever seen.<br />
<br />
I first began traveling to India in the 1980s, drawn by a fascination with this ancient country that cherishes its history and harbors great ambitions for the future. My interest was professional as well as personal. Microsoft MSFT &#43;0.75% was expanding, our
 need for talent was growing, and I was attracted to the vitality and ingenuity of the Indian people.<br />
<br />
A few years later, several colleagues and I were flying into Bangalore. As we made our final approach, I looked out the window and saw an area of densely packed, tiny, dilapidated homes stretching out for miles. At that moment, one of my Indian companions declared
 proudly, "We have no slums in Bangalore." Whether out of denial or innocence, my colleague didn't see the "other" India. I don't mean to single him out. It can be easy to turn our eyes away from the poor. But if we do, we miss seeing a society's full potential.<br />
<br />
When Melinda and I started our foundation's work in India, we began to meet people from the areas we'd been flying over. They had little education and poor health, and lived in slums or poor rural areas—the kind of people many experts had told us were holding
 India back. But our experience suggests the opposite: What some call a weakness can be a source of great strength.<br />
<br />
In 1988, when there were approximately 350,000 new polio cases a year and the disease was crippling children in 125 countries, the World Health Assembly set the goal of eliminating polio world-wide. Progress came quickly. By 1994, the Americas were polio-free.
 Soon we saw the last case in China, the last case in the Pacific, the last case in Europe. By the year 2000, the number of polio cases had dropped by 99%. But the task of ending polio was not 99% done.<br />
<br />
The remaining cases were concentrated in fewer countries, and India was one of the last nations left. This was no surprise. India's urban centers are among the world's most densely populated. Its rural communities are dispersed across a vast and often inaccessible
 terrain. The country suffers from poor sanitation. Its 1.2 billion citizens are highly mobile and give birth to 27 million new Indians every year. Experts predicted that polio would be eliminated in every other country before it was eliminated in India.<br />
<br />
But India surprised them all: The country has now been polio-free for more than two years. India's success offers a script for winning some of the world's most difficult battles in every area of human welfare. The key has been the participation of the humblest,
 most vulnerable members of the Indian population.<br />
<br />
To be successful, any campaign this big has to include a clear goal, a comprehensive plan and precise measurements of progress. But the antipolio campaign in India took a crucial extra step: It enlisted the support of the full sweep of Indian society, including
 health workers, ordinary citizens and some of the poorest people in the most impoverished regions of the country.<br />
<br />
The heart of the plan was a simple and inspiring mission: to find the children. To defeat polio, it is essential to achieve up to 95% vaccination coverage in afflicted areas. There is no way to measure whether you're meeting that mark unless you know how many
 children there are, where they are and whether they've been vaccinated.<br />
<br />
India responded to this challenge with an army of more than 2 million vaccinators, who canvassed every village, hamlet and slum. Vaccinators took the best maps they had and made them better. They walked miles every day and worked late into the night. They found
 children in the poorest areas of Uttar Pradesh and in the remote Kosi River area of Bihar—an area with no electricity that is often flooded and unreachable by roads. They found the sons and daughters of migrant workers in bus stations and train stations, accompanying
 their families on their way to find work.<br />
<br />
When Melinda and I visited India in March 2011, two months after the last case of polio was identified, we traveled to a brick kiln whose workers labored long hours at low wages and lived in mud huts. We met a young mother and asked if her children had been
 vaccinated. She ducked into her hut, retrieved a bag that held all her possessions, and rummaged around the bottom of it until she proudly produced an immunization card listing the names of all her children and showing that each had received the polio vaccine—not
 just once, but several times. We were amazed.<br />
<br />
Wherever India's vaccinators have gone, they've had help from local residents. In one Kolkata slum, a group of schoolchildren who call themselves the Daredevils have been relentless in this effort. Their community had never had house numbers, so the children
 assigned numbers. Using donated cellphones connected to global positioning satellites, they created a digital map, marking each house where children hadn't been vaccinated.<br />
<br />
The fight to end polio is not over, not even in India, and new polio cases in the Horn of Africa and Syria underscore the importance of eradicating polio everywhere. Still, if the world maintains its funding and commitment, we can eradicate the disease globally
 within six years.<br />
<br />
The accomplishments of India's vaccinators and children and politicians will not end when polio ends in their country. Now that they have found India's children, they can bring them and their families other vaccines, clean water, education, advice on maternal
 and child health, and support for agriculture—all the things that people need to live healthy and productive lives.<br />
<br />
Years ago, on that day we were landing in Bangalore, I didn't know nearly as much about India as I do now. I saw India's obvious talent and energy, but, like my colleague, I missed its hidden strength—the rich, the powerful and the poor working together toward
 a common goal.<br />
<br />
(The views expressed above are the personal views of the writer)<br />
<br />
<span style="font-weight:bold">This article may also be read at:</span><br />
<a href="http://online.wsj.com/news/articles/SB10001424052702303309504579181753580988412?mod=WSJINDIA_hpp_LEFTTopStories" target="_blank">Bill Gates: What I learned in India</a></p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>13/11/2013 20:29:05</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/22486/Bill+Gates+What+I+learned+in+India</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">22486</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>22487</publicationdataID>
      <title>Mangalyaan mission plays vital role in New Delhi’s development plans</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p><span style="font-style:italic">Global Times/by Rajeswari Pillai Rajagopalan</span><br />
<br />
India successfully launched a Mars mission, the Mangalyaan, on November 5. The mission is a major demonstration of India's technological capabilities, and a reflection of the growing competition in the Asian space race.<br />
<br />
At $73 million, this is one of the most cost-effective Mars missions. But the political and security considerations are also important. Being the first Asian country to conduct such a mission must also have been an important factor in India's calculations.<br />
<br />
Despite being one of the most cost-effective missions yet, questions have been raised as to why India spends money on such efforts when it is faced with dire poverty and developmental issues at home.
<br />
<br />
There has been criticism, both in India and outside, about the waste of resources on spectacle while developmental needs remain unmet.
<br />
<br />
It is undoubtedly true that India has significant developmental challenges on which it needs to spend money and effort. Nevertheless, there are at least three important reasons for conducting such missions.<br />
<br />
First, while India has poverty and developmental issues, it also has to develop its scientific and technological base. It would be foolish to suggest that India should ignore scientific and technological advances until all developmental issues are resolved.
<br />
<br />
High technology projects such as the moon mission in 2008 and now its Mars mission are important both for technology development as well as to motivate the scientific community and the general populace.<br />
<br />
Space technology and assets are needed for everything from communications to weather forecasting. No nation, especially a developing one, can ignore such technologies. But such technologies and capacities cannot be developed without also developing India's
 space capabilities in general, which is why the Mangalyaan is important.<br />
<br />
Space is a vital aspect of India's security. India does not live in a benign neighborhood and it has had to balance between its development and security needs. No major power can afford to ignore the importance of space technology for its military needs.
<br />
<br />
India has launched its first dedicated military satellite for the Indian navy, in recognition of the increasing geopolitical and military rivalry in the Indian Ocean. Staying in the space race is thus an important consideration for India because it affects
 other aspects of India's security. <br />
<br />
There are increasing worries that space itself might become a direct security threat. The threat of the militarization of space is gaining greater momentum. And the idea of establishing an Indian aerospace command has been gaining greater traction.<br />
<br />
Given its experience in the nuclear arms control area, India has to come to understand the importance of crossing a certain technological threshold if it wants to sit at the high table.
<br />
<br />
In the nuclear arena, India did not conduct an atomic test in the 1960s even though it had the capacity to do so and therefore found itself left out of the Nuclear Non-Proliferation Treaty (NPT) and various other aspects of the NPT regime.<br />
<br />
Today, world powers are debating a regime to regulate outer space activities. India cannot let itself be left out of any space regime as happened over nuclear weapons.
<br />
<br />
But in order to be heard in the discussions of any new rule-making effort, India needs to demonstrate its capabilities in space research and technology, something that the Mangalyaan amply did.
<br />
<br />
India's space program was not originally driven by big ambitions. As noted by Vikram Sarabhai, one of India's space pioneers, India did "not have the fantasy of competing with the economically advanced nations in the exploration of the moon or the planets or
 manned space-flight." <br />
<br />
But this has changed. India is no longer as poor and backward as it was in the 1960s when Sarabhai spoke. The increasing intensity of international competition means that India needs to show off its abilities once in a while.
<br />
<br />
<span style="font-style:italic">(The views expressed above are the personal views of the writer)</span><br />
<br />
<span style="font-weight:bold">This article may also be read at: </span><br />
<a href=" http://www.globaltimes.cn/content/823850.shtml#.UoOSb_vvdqN" target="_blank">Mangalyaan mission plays vital role in New Delhi’s development plans</a></p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>13/11/2013 20:32:58</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/22487/Mangalyaan+mission+plays+vital+role+in+New+Delhis+development+plans</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">22487</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>22465</publicationdataID>
      <title>India's frugal mission to Mars</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p><span style="font-style:italic">New Yorker/ Samanth Subramanian</span><br />
<br />
On Tuesday, the Indian Space Research Organisation, the national space agency, lobbed a three-thousand-pound spacecraft called Mangalyaan toward Mars. The orbiter’s mission is to map some of the planet’s surface and test for methane, a possible marker of life.
 If Mangalyaan reaches the Red Planet and swings into orbit on schedule next September, that alone would be a remarkable victory: more than half of the forty Mars missions launched around the world have failed. But the I.S.R.O.’s real achievement might lie
 in its sheer frugality.<br />
<br />
Mangalyaan’s mission to Mars cost India seventy-three million dollars. For comparison, Boeing prices its least expensive commercial airplane at seventy-six million dollars. And by India’s profligate standards of public expenditure, the Mars Orbiter Mission
 has come cheap: an eight-lane bridge in Mumbai that opened in 2010 spans three miles and cost three hundred and forty million dollars; a proposed statue of a long-dead Indian politician—designed to stand twice as tall as the Statue of Liberty—will cost three
 hundred million dollars.<br />
<br />
The I.S.R.O. has a reputation for austerity, exemplified in a famous photograph from 1981 of India’s APPLE satellite being transported on a bullock cart. The agency’s scientists are paid between twelve hundred and two thousand dollars a month, and, unusual
 for space programs, its equipment is endlessly tweaked and recycled: the rocket that carried the Mars orbiter into space was adapted from a launch vehicle that first flew in 1993. Only one physical model of Mangalyaan was ever produced. (The I.S.R.O. relied
 extensively on software for testing.)<br />
<br />
Despite the fanfare surrounding the country’s first interplanetary mission, the Mangalyaan launch has revived a well-worn debate that has long surrounded India’s space program: Should a country that struggles to adequately feed so many of its people be spending
 money on missions to Mars? "We can go to Mars but cannot provide clean water to our people on Earth,” tweeted Tavleen Singh, a columnist for the Indian Express. On the evening of the launch, the social activist Harsh Mander noted with sadness that the distance
 between his son sleeping in his bed and the child sleeping on a sidewalk a kilometre away had suddenly become greater than the distance from India to Mars. Jean Drèze, a development economist working in New Delhi, said the Mars mission was "part of the Indian
 elite’s delusional quest for superpower status.”<br />
<br />
Space programs are easy targets during difficult times; their long-term benefits appear frivolous next to putting food on tables or jobs on the market. NASA, for instance, lost seven hundred million dollars in funding between 2011 and 2012, in the teeth of
 the recession. But it has been difficult for Mangalyaan to provoke any credible outrage, primarily because the I.S.R.O. has cost the taxpayer so little. Mangalyaan’s seventy-three-million-dollar budget is a pittance compared to the twenty billion dollars that
 India will spend this year to provide subsidized food to two out of every three of its citizens, or the $5.3 billion that will be spent this year on a rural employment plan.<br />
<br />
The financing of Mangalyaan has thus barely chipped at the edifice of the Indian welfare state. In fact, at 0.0039 per cent of its G.D.P., India’s expenditure on Mangalyaan has been neither lavish nor extraordinary; the United States spent a similar percentage
 of its G.D.P., 0.003 per cent, in 1962, on the doomed Mariner 1 probe to Venus, which cost eighteen and a half million dollars. The annual budget of the I.S.R.O. is just seven hundred million dollars, or 0.038 per cent of India’s G.D.P. This year, NASA will
 spend sixteen and a half billion dollars, around 0.1 per cent of the American G.D.P.<br />
<br />
But the payoffs of space programs can justify their expense. While the exact economic impact of R&amp;D spending is difficult to quantify, numerous studies over the years have found significant returns, as much as seven or nine times the investment. The benefits
 are not just monetary: in a press conference on Tuesday, the I.S.R.O. chairman argued that India’s expertise with weather satellites, patiently developed over the years, had enabled predictions precise enough to save thousands of lives during a coastal cyclone
 the month before. What is impossible to quantify, however, is the ignition of imaginations that attends such successes—the spurt of optimism and confidence that can urge people, even for a brief moment, to lift their eyes upward and aim a little higher<br />
<br />
(The views expressed above are the personal views of the writer)<br />
<br />
<span style="font-weight:bold">This article may also be read at: </span><br />
<a href="http://www.newyorker.com/online/blogs/elements/2013/11/a-mission-to-mars-on-the-cheap.html" target="_blank">India's frugal mission to Mars<img span="" alt="External website" src="images/ext-link-icon.gif" border="0"/></a></p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>09/11/2013 16:47:53</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/22465/Indias+frugal+mission+to+Mars</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">22465</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>22458</publicationdataID>
      <title>Why India’s Mars mission is about more than power and prestige</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p><span style="font-style:italic">RT.com: Sreeram Chaulia</span><br />
<br />
Space travel has historically been closely tied to competition for political prestige and influence in international relations, but the Nov. 5 launch of a Mars orbiter spacecraft by India has proved there is much more to it than that.<br />
<br />
The fact that India’s first inter-planetary satellite was built by its own homegrown scientists in barely 15 months, at a record-low cost of $73 million, has become a matter of intense pride, and part of Indians’ collective psyche.<br />
<br />
It was a can-do, Sputnik-like feeling that defied the usual lament that defines average Indians who feel let down by daily governance failures and infrastructure bottlenecks of a dysfunctional governance system. That same system delivered a psychological ticket
 into the wider solar system for Indian people who crave grand achievements and global recognition for their scientific human capital.<br />
<br />
The widespread joy in India at the launch of the country’s Mars orbiter, Mangalyaan, should not be mistaken for vanity or escapism, however. Patriotic Indians are acutely aware of the rising profile of their country in global economics and geopolitics, alongside
 other emerging powers belonging to BRICS and similar groups. Every milestone in advanced rocket science, literally a rarefied and sophisticated field that few nations can master, is a shot in the arm for national self-confidence, showing that India is headed
 for global leadership. When the chips are down, or if there is a national calamity, memories of the Mars orbiter blazing a trail in the sky will sustain the faith that the future belongs to India.<br />
<br />
<span style="font-weight:bold">Perception of competition with China</span><br />
<br />
Many analysts argue that India is engaged in a space race specifically with China, and that the former’s Mars orbiter was spurred on by the failure of China’s Yinghuo-1 mission to Mars in November 2011.<br />
<br />
The Indian Space Research Organization’s chief scientist, K. Radhakrishnan, rejects such comparisons, however, saying: "We are in competition with ourselves, in the areas we have charted for ourselves.” For the scientific community, which is directly involved
 in high stakes projects such as the Mars orbiter, it is obvious that they set goals internally and are determined to achieve them. However, the belief that India is trying to steal a march over China is widespread.<br />
<br />
China’s state-owned media have also echoed this perception, by reacting with jealousy or wariness to India’s Mars mission. The Global Times, published in Beijing, tried to reassure nationalistic Chinese readers that in space technology, their country "has already
 been in advance of India” and that China "has no choice” but to invest more in its own space exploratory abilities "in front of an India that is striving to catch up with China.”<br />
<br />
Yet, unlike in the Cold War era, when the USSR and the US engaged in a spectacular tit-for-tat space race while remaining economically and politically estranged from each other, China and India today have a booming trade relationship and are not engaged in
 any outright ideological confrontation. If there is a "new Cold War” rivalry now, it is more between a whole group of powers led by Russia and the US.<br />
<br />
There are elements of a Cold War mindset when China and India square off in strategic competition, but it remains embedded within the liberal framework of economic globalization and cooperation. The Chinese Foreign Ministry’s call for "joint efforts” in space
 exploration after India’s Mars orbiter launch underlines the complexity of this key bilateral relationship in Asia.<br />
<br />
India is mindful that the strides it’s making in space science can also be a medium for enhancing international cooperation. For instance, its Moon mission in 2008 won the International Cooperation Award from the International Lunar Exploration Working Group
 for carrying a payload of as many as 20 countries.<br />
<br />
As India’s satellite launch capacity expands, it can also offer friendly countries a platform for joint space exploration and help to mitigate predictions of galactic war. Through technology, India can assume international leadership in cutting-edge dimensions
 and issues.<br />
<br />
<span style="font-weight:bold">Race to be first in Asia</span>Missions to Mars are treacherous, however. Scientists at the Indian Space Research Organization point out that 30 out of a total of 51 Mars missions, from various countries, have ended in failure.<br />
<br />
Bets are currently being placed on whether India’s Mangalyaan (Mars Craft) will succeed in reaching Mars’ orbit and detecting possible signs of life there in the form of methane gas.<br />
<br />
The satellite is projected to reach its destination, 400 million kilometers away, by September 2014. Asia’s two largest economic powers, Japan and China, launched their own Mars missions in 2003 and 2011, respectively, but neither of them reached Mars’ orbit
 due to technical problems. Regardless of the current euphoria in the Indian media surrounding the launch, the scientific verdict on Mangalyaan will only come later. A sobering reminder comes from India’s first lunar mission, Chandrayaan, which was designed
 to explore the moon for two years, but was declared lost after 312 days due to technical snags.<br />
<br />
India is only the sixth power to embark on a mission to Mars. If it succeeds, India would be the first in Asia to do so, and only the fourth in the world after the Soviet Union, the US and the European Union.<br />
<br />
<span style="font-weight:bold">Military angle</span><br />
<br />
There are obviously military applications to India’s space program, and India’s longstanding National Satellite System, now in its third decade, has long been closely linked to its Integrated Missile Development Program,<br />
<br />
which built India’s intermediate-range ballistic missiles. Today, India can boast of an intercontinental ballistic missile (ICBM) named Agni V with a strike range of 5,000 kilometers. This is due in part to the cooperation between the civilian scientific community
 and the defense industry.<br />
<br />
Since the weaponization of space is now in full throttle, with the Chinese competing hard against Russia and the US, one benefit for India of projects such as the Mars orbiter mission is that it demonstrates the country’s long-range military potential. It is
 tacitly acknowledged that the civilian space program brings strategic benefits to the country, as military thinkers say space will be the arbiter of future wars. The potential dual use of space technology is why the Chinese media has reacted to India’s Mars
 orbiter by reminding the Chinese people of the need to "construct our comprehensive strategic power.”<br />
<br />
<span style="font-weight:bold">Brainpower versus naysayers</span><br />
<br />
As can be expected in a developing country with a free media, in the run-up to the Mars orbiter launch Indian opinion makers also considered the opportunity costs of space missions. Even though the costs of Mangalyaan are revolutionarily low by global standards
 and a feather in the cap for India’s famed ‘frugal innovation’ industry, some in India complained about "wasteful expenditure” on nationalistic ego trips, when money could have been better spent on economic development schemes and alleviating poverty.<br />
<br />
But the "guns versus butter” argument, which assumes that there has to be a tradeoff between state spending on military and the basic needs of citizens, is negated by the concrete benefits that India’s satellite system has brought to the lives of ordinary people.
 From meteorological predictions that have saved thousands of lives from natural disasters, to broadcasting and telecommunications, India’s National Satellite System has greatly helped human development in the country. If India remains poor and plagued by economic
 imbalances and inequalities, blaming greedy space scientists is way off the mark.<br />
<br />
Returning to the national psyche, why has the Mars orbiter launch struck such a chord among all sectors and classes in Indian society? It’s because India has always viewed its intellectual and mental faculties as extraordinary, and rocket science is revered
 as a key frontier of the human mind. Children in India learn in school textbooks about the ancient astronomer Aryabhata (AD 476–550) and his prescient works about the solar system and models in which the earth turns on its own axis. Especially in southern
 India, which produces the vast majority of the astrophysicists who lead the country’s space research, the tradition of excelling in mathematics and physics is deeply ingrained in the culture.<br />
<br />
To most Indians, their support for the Mangalyaan mission is not only about winning the space race for international prestige and influence, but also about reaffirming the core love in Indian society for pure and applied science, which is considered the summit
 of intellectual achievement and the testing ground for individual brilliance. The Mars orbiter speaks to the innate curiosity and rational scientific temper that Indians aspire to. In short, it’s India’s alter ego in space.<br />
<br />
<span style="font-style:italic">(The views expressed above are the personal views of the writer)</span><br />
<br />
<span style="font-weight:bold">Article may also be read at:</span><br />
<a href="http://rt.com/op-edge/india-mission-mars-military-390/" target="_blank">Why India’s Mars mission is about more than power and prestige</a></p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>08/11/2013 18:16:08</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/22458/Why+Indias+Mars+mission+is+about+more+than+power+and+prestige</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">22458</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>22459</publicationdataID>
      <title>What India Has to Teach About Running Hospitals</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p><span style="font-style:italic">Care2.com/by S Smith</span><br />
<br />
Ask a Westerner for her perception of hospitals in India and she’ll probably think of the nation’s status as a "developing country” and assume that hospitals provide a mediocre standard of care without access to state of the art medical technologies.<br />
<br />
In fact, nothing could be further from the truth: India’s medical system is incredibly varied, and includes several very high-quality facilities. The way some private hospitals in particular are run provides a number of fascinating lessons in health policy
 that the United States might want to consider signing up for.<br />
<br />
As the United States struggles to reform its broken health care system, one of the biggest issues involved is controlling costs. Indian hospitals manage to provide a superb quality of care at a fraction of the cost spent in the United States, explain Professors
 Vijay Govindarajan and Ravi Ramamurti in the Washington Post, so how do they do it? And how can we look to India for a model to reduce hospital costs while still maintaining high patient care standards?<br />
<br />
The two men identified three different areas in which Indian hospitals had found a way to slash costs while keeping up patient care.<br />
<br />
<span style="font-weight:bold">The hub and spoke model</span><br />
<br />
In the United States, hospital care tends to be very scattered. Numerous hospital facilities dot the landscape, while patients may bounce between facilities for various needs. In India, the hospitals the men looked at utilized a hub and spoke model: one centralized
 large facility for complex care needs, and numerous "spoke” hospitals to handle day to day clinical issues. This system allows for easy provision of preventative care and minor medical issues, allowing doctors at the hub hospital to focus on more demanding
 clinical cases.<br />
<br />
Furthermore, the hub specialists can use telemedicine to offer remote treatment at rural spoke hospitals. Thus, all patients get the benefit of the practice, skill and experience provided in hub locations, even those in areas that couldn’t sustain a high-quality
 hospital facility on their own.<br />
<br />
<span style="font-weight:bold">Task shifting</span><br />
<br />
More and more, the United States is starting to look to this model, but India has taken it further. By providing a number of layers of medical training and skill sets, hospitals move simple tasks away from skilled medical personnel so they can focus on treating
 patients. For example, paramedic workers can handle routine medical care in India, thus freeing up physicians and cutting costs for medical procedures.<br />
<br />
A similar level of task shifting can be seen in the widespread uses of physician assistants and nurses in the United States; more and more, they’re being tasked with more complex medical care, giving doctors more time to treat the challenging patients who need
 a doctor’s attention. It’s common for women to see a PA or RN for annual exams, for example, freeing up a gynecologist and cutting costs (the doctor’s time costs much more, and thus results in higher fees for patients).<br />
<br />
<span style="font-weight:bold">Economy mode</span><br />
<br />
Indian hospitals also run their operations very frugally, with a focus on no-frills care. The resort-like environs of private hospitals in the United States aren’t present, while doctors receive fixed salaries instead of pay-per-procedure compensation. Equipment
 is sourced through inexpensive means, when possible, and hospitals focus on generic sources for medications rather than brand names. While hospitals do not cut corners or endanger patients, their primary goal is as medical facilities, and they manage their
 budgets as such.<br />
<br />
That means that hospitals can sometimes be a bit bleak, and lack the amenities American patients may expect, but that lean operating mentality results in much, much lower costs: an acceptable tradeoff, some might argue, for good quality care at a price that
 patients, private insurers and government-supported health services can afford.<br />
<br />
<span style="font-style:italic">(The views expressed above are the personal views of the writer)</span><br />
<br />
<span style="font-weight:bold">Article may also be read at:</span><br />
<a href="http://www.care2.com/causes/what-india-has-to-teach-about-running-hospitals.html#ixzz2k2t8mrhZ" target="_blank">What India Has to Teach About Running Hospitals</a></p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>08/11/2013 18:19:54</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/22459/What+India+Has+to+Teach+About+Running+Hospitals</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">22459</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>22444</publicationdataID>
      <title>'South Africa owes India its freedom': Tutu thanks India for movement against apartheid</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p><span style="font-style:italic">Daily Mail</span><br />
<br />
Expressing his gratitude towards India for the role the country had played in the liberation of South Africa, Archbishop Emeritus Desmond M. Tutu on Tuesday said Nelson Mandela was a believer of Mahatma Gandhi's teaching of non-violence.<br />
<br />
"We owe our freedom in no small measures to India which is always against apartheid. Your country started the movement for rights and played a role in our liberation.<br />
<br />
"We are thankful to the people of India. Nelson Mandela could come out of jail because of what your country had started," said Tutu, who was awarded the Nobel Peace Prize in 1984.<br />
<br />
The Nobel laureate was speaking at the inaugural Janaagraha LC Jain Memorial Lecture - The Persistent Gentle Moral Giant Who Cares For The Little People: Nelson Mandela - organised in the honour of Ramon Magsaysay award winner Lakshmi Chand Jain at the Nehru
 Memorial Museum and Library.<br />
<br />
Chand was given the award in 1989 for his informed and selfless commitment to fight India's poverty at the grassroots level.<br />
<br />
Recalling his last visit to India, Tutu said that India has developed in manifold ways and that the country should be proud of its achievements.<br />
<br />
"India is a fast developing country and it shows in your airport. The last time I came here, it was sort of an apology but this time I saw it and I must say you can be proud of it. You are doing fantastically well," he said.<br />
<br />
While calling for a better approach to tackle poverty, Tutu said that this must be done in a participatory way and not as charity.<br />
<br />
<span style="font-style:italic">(The views expressed above are the personal views of the writer)</span><br />
<br />
<span style="font-weight:bold">Article may also be read at:</span><br />
<a href=" http://www.dailymail.co.uk/indiahome/indianews/article-2487997/South-Africa-owes-India-freedom-Tutu-thanks-India-movement-apartheid.html#ixzz2jpxfe3hv" target="_blank">'South Africa owes India its freedom': Tutu thanks India for movement against apartheid</a></p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>06/11/2013 17:46:48</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/22444/South+Africa+owes+India+its+freedom+Tutu+thanks+India+for+movement+against+apartheid</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">22444</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>22445</publicationdataID>
      <title>Indian entrepreneur wants solar energy to power your devices</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p><span style="font-style:italic">ZD Net: Abhishek Baxi</span><br />
<br />
The Evaki Solar Power Pad if used daily can save around 2kWh to 10kWh of energy in a year. Its vision is to design and develop electronic devices that are energy efficient, which in turn can lead to a sustainable planet.<br />
<br />
Evaki founder Jignesh Nishar believes in a responsible lifestyle, and has a keen interest in solar technology (Evaki means "sun" in mythology). The company was founded in August 2012 to develop eco-friendly devices, and it launched its first product — Solar
 Power Pad SPP-01 — recently. The device uses solar energy to charge mobile phones, tablets, digital cameras, and other consumer gadgets.<br />
<br />
While the Evaki Solar Pad gives the advantage of portable chargers that are very popular these days, it eliminates the need for power supply to charge the device. The company believes that this device will be consumers' first step towards solar technology.
 The only drawback of the device is its size, roughly the size of an iPad — although there were fair considerations that led to the design choice. One, the device should be charged in few hours, so a wider solar panel was required. Also, since the device positions
 itself as the primary source, the internal battery was made to be capable enough so that the device can be used more than once in a day.<br />
<br />
Priced at INR4,995 ($81), the 10.8-inch solar panel has an internal battery of 3000mAh. The review device that I tried took three to four hours to charge completely under direct sunlight. Ideally, direct sunlight is recommended. If the light is blocked due
 to shadows from walls or gets reflected by glass, the time taken to charge the Power Pad would be longer.<br />
<br />
Jignesh explained why the Power Pad can't be charged by a bulb or tube light. A typical incandescent light bulb has a luminous efficiency of only about 2 percent, so these light sources don't give required lumens to generate electricity. The Power Pad has two
 USB output ports — 1A and 2A. 1A is for normal charging time, and 2A is for quick charging time. Any device supporting USB port charging can be charged using the Power Pad.<br />
<br />
The build quality of the device is pretty good, and the polycarbonate casing reduces weight while protecting the device from heat, fire, moisture, and breakage. The unit also comes with reusable rubber suction caps that can be used to keep the Evaki Solar Power
 Pad stable while placing it on a car dashboard or glass window of your car, home, or office. Setting it up like this on my room's window, with a USB cable hanging on the ledge, gave me a power outlet-like setting, but using solar energy.<br />
<br />
Jignesh wants the product to be used as a primary source and not as a backup device. He claims that a unit of Evaki Solar Power Pad, if used daily, can save around 2kWh to 10kWh of energy in a year. Evaki's vision is to design and develop electronic devices
 that are energy efficient, which in turn can lead to a sustainable planet.<br />
<br />
<span style="font-style:italic">(The views expressed above are the personal views of the writer)</span><br />
<br />
<span style="font-weight:bold">Article may also be read at:</span><br />
<a href="http://www.zdnet.com/in/indian-entrepreneur-wants-solar-energy-to-power-your-devices-7000022655/" target="_blank">Indian entrepreneur wants solar energy to power your devices</a></p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>06/11/2013 17:51:10</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/22445/Indian+entrepreneur+wants+solar+energy+to+power+your+devices</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">22445</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>22434</publicationdataID>
      <title>With launch, India vies to become only Asian nation to reach Mars</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p><span style="font-style:italic">Japan Times</span><br />
<br />
India was to launch its first mission to Mars on Tuesday, aiming to become the only Asian nation to reach the red planet with a program designed to showcase its low-cost space technology.<br />
<br />
A rocket carrying a 1.35-ton unmanned probe was scheduled to blast off at 2:38 p.m. from the Sriharikota spaceport off the southeast coast, beginning a 300-day journey to study the Martian atmosphere.<br />
<br />
With the launch planned for Mangalyaan, which means "Mars craft” in Hindi, India will attempt to become only the fourth country or group of countries to reach the red planet, after the Soviet Union, United States and Europe.<br />
<br />
"We have a lot to understand about the universe, the solar system where we live in, and it has been humankind’s quest from the beginning,” said K. Radhakrishnan, chairman of the Indian Space and Research Organization.<br />
<br />
India sees its Mars mission primarily as a "technology demonstration,” Radhakrishnan said. "We want to use the first opportunity to put a spacecraft and orbit it around Mars and, once it is there safely, then conduct a few meaningful experiments and energize
 the scientific community.”<br />
<br />
Radhakrishnan admits the aim is high. This is India’s first Mars mission, and no country has been fully successful on its first try. More than half the world’s attempts to reach Earth’s planetary neighbor — 23 out of 40 missions — have failed, including missions
 by Japan in 1999 and China in 2011.<br />
<br />
If India can pull it off, it will demonstrate a highly capable space program that belongs within an elite club of governments exploring outer space.<br />
<br />
Mangalyaan is scheduled to blast off Tuesday from the Indian space center on the southeastern island of Shriharikota, the start of a 300-day, 780 million-km journey to orbit Mars and survey its geology and atmosphere.<br />
<br />
Five solar-powered instruments aboard Mangalyaan will gather data to help determine how Martian weather systems work and what happened to the water that is believed to have once existed on Mars in large quantities. It also will search Mars for methane, a key
 chemical in life processes on Earth that could also come from geological processes. None of the instruments will send back enough data to answer these questions definitively, but experts say the data are key to better understanding how planets form, what conditions
 might make life possible and where else in the universe it might exist.<br />
<br />
Some of the data will complement research expected to be conducted with a spacecraft NASA will launch later this month, the Mars Atmosphere and Volatile Evolution mission, nicknamed MAVEN.<br />
<br />
"We’re pulling for India,” said Bruce Jakosky, project leader for the U.S. spacecraft. "The more players we have in space exploration, the better.”<br />
<br />
If successful, the two new orbiters would join three already circling Mars — NASA’s Mars Reconnaissance Orbiter and Mars Odyssey, and the European Space Agency’s Mars Express. On the Martian surface, NASA’s Curiosity and Opportunity rovers are rolling across
 rocky terrain.<br />
<br />
Radhakrishnan said that although sending a spacecraft to Mars would bring India immense prestige, "we are doing this for ourselves. The main thrust of space science in India has always been people-centric, to benefit the common man and society.”<br />
<br />
India, as well known for its endemic poverty and hunger as for its technological prowess, has used research in space and elsewhere to help solve problems at home, from gauging water levels in underground aquifers to predicting cataclysmic storms and floods.<br />
<br />
India’s $1 billion-a-year space program has helped develop satellite, communication and remote sensing technologies that are being used to measure coastal soil erosion, assess the extent of remote flooding and manage forest cover for wildlife sanctuaries. They
 are giving fishermen real-time data on where to find fish and helping to predict natural disasters such as a cyclone that barreled into India’s eastern coast last month. Early warning information allowed Indian officials to evacuate nearly a million people
 from the massive storm’s path.<br />
<br />
Indian scientists also have led at least 30 research missions to Antarctica, despite being nearly 12,000 km from the icy continent. They are working to expand mineral mining in the deep sea, designating that as a priority area for scientific research. And in
 2008, the Indian Space and Research Organization successfully launched a lunar orbiter, Chandrayaan-1, which discovered evidence of water on the moon.<br />
<br />
Its advances have helped raise the international profile of the world’s largest democracy, of 1.2 billion people. India is lobbying for a permanent seat on the U.N. Security Council, a move it says would better reflect new realities in a fast-changing world
 needing more technological solutions.<br />
<br />
Mangalyaan was developed from technology tested during the recent lunar orbiter mission. An evolved version of India’s domestically developed Polar Satellite Launch Vehicle, with extended rockets, will take Mangalyaan into an elliptical arc around the Earth.<br />
<br />
The satellite’s thrusters will then begin a series of six small fuel burns, moving it into higher orbit before it slingshots toward the red planet.<br />
<br />
The 1,350-kg orbiter is expected to reach its designated orbit Sept. 24, 2014, and will be joined above Mars by MAVEN.<br />
<br />
"I know I’m an absolute wreck with ours coming up in two weeks,” Jakosky said. ” . . . There are 10,000 things that need to go right in order for it to succeed, and it can take only one thing going wrong for it to fail.”<br />
<br />
Mangalyaan is expected to have at least six months to investigate the planet’s landscape and atmosphere. At its closest point it will be 365 km from the planet’s surface, and at its farthest — 80,000 km.<br />
<br />
India’s space enthusiasts say the $73 million Mars mission will be a step toward understanding the natural world, inspiring children to go into research science and advancing science and technology in ways that help common people cope with a changing environment.
 Learning more about alien weather systems, for example, might reveal more about our own.<br />
<br />
"To visit another planet is a fantastic thing, the biggest thing,” said space scientist Yash Pal, a former chairman of the country’s University Grants Commission who was not involved in developing the Mars mission. "If you can afford airplanes and war machines,
 you can certainly spend something to fulfill the dreams of young people.”<br />
<br />
<span style="font-weight:bold">This article can also be read at:</span><br />
<a href="http://www.japantimes.co.jp/news/2013/11/05/asia-pacific/with-launch-india-vies-to-become-only-asian-nation-to-reach-mars/#.Unh0SXCLDsQ" target="_blank">With launch, India vies to become only Asian nation to reach Mars</a></p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>05/11/2013 17:10:39</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/22434/With+launch+India+vies+to+become+only+Asian+nation+to+reach+Mars</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">22434</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>22435</publicationdataID>
      <title>India’s race to Mars goes way beyond science</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p><span style="font-style:italic">Wall Street Journal/by Rajeswari Pillai Rajagopalan</span><br />
<br />
India’s space program did not begin with big ambitions. Vikram Sarabhai, one of the original leaders of the Indian space program in the early 1960s, said that India did "not have the fantasy of competing with the economically advanced nations in the exploration
 of the moon or the planets or manned space-flight.”<br />
<br />
Even if we take Mr. Sarabhai at his word, India’s maiden mission to Mars, set for lift off today, shows that things have changed.<br />
<br />
Firstly, it provides an indication of a growing space race between India and China. Fielding its Mars mission before China has reached the Red Planet is clearly a big factor in Delhi’s calculations. China attempted a Mars orbiter mission in 2011, piggybacking
 it on a Russian Mars spacecraft, but that failed to leave Earth’s orbit.<br />
<br />
Setting off to Mars is a demonstration of India’s technological capabilities and an attempt to join the US, Russia and the European Union in successful interplanetary exploration before China.<br />
<br />
The mission is not without its critics, including some former officials of Indian Space Research Organisation, India’s space agency, who argue that it is a waste of money, especially in a country where so many live in poverty. It is unlikely that critics will
 get much of a hearing.<br />
<br />
India claims that its missions are much cheaper than similar ones elsewhere, with this attempt costing $73 million, about a tenth as much as the National Aeronautics and Space Administration spends on comparable programs.<br />
<br />
The bread or gun argument is real for India, but the country doesn’t live in a benign neighborhood and the security imperative also requires it to focus on those capabilities which can prepare it for the challenge presented by its location.<br />
<br />
India’s security compulsions are becoming a more compelling driver for its space program. Countries around the world have so far used space for so-called passive military applications such as communications and reconnaissance but there is a growing trend towards
 ‘weaponizing’ outer space.<br />
<br />
The U.S’s Prompt Global Strike program, which includes using long-range missiles and hypersonic vehicles that will transit through space, has created the impression that it plans to weaponize space. This could provoke reactions from Russia and China and set
 off a broader arms race in space.<br />
<br />
China’s anti-satellite test in January 2007 served as a wake-up call to India of the challenges that exist in its neighborhood. The test sparked a new debate, both within the Indian security establishment and the larger Indian strategic community about the
 country’s traditional policy against the militarization of space and put pressure to develop its own anti-satellite system. While India is yet to demonstrate such capability, the scientific establishment has made it amply clear that they have the technological
 blocks ready should there be a political decision to do so.<br />
<br />
One indicator of Indian concerns about the nature of the space race, is the likely establishment of an Indian aerospace command. Many of the key global powers such as the U.S. and Russia have such commands, India does not. While the Indian government has been
 debating the issue for close to a decade, there are indications that it is moving forward with the proposal. In 2008, India established an Integrated Space Cell under the aegis of the Integrated Defence Staff. The cell has functioned well in coordinating between
 the military, the Department of Space and ISRO.<br />
<br />
India also launched the first dedicated military satellite this August for its navy, reflecting a gradual shift in the country’s approach to security. The maritime communications satellite is a necessary tool for the marine force as the competition for the
 Indian Ocean, particularly with China, gradually gathers pace.<br />
<br />
From the outset of its space program, demonstrating technological pride and capability has always been an important consideration for India. No less so today. But the Mars mission is as much about demonstrating India’s capabilities as a force in space, as it
 is about scientific skill.<br />
<br />
<span style="font-style:italic">(The views expressed above are the personal views of the writer)</span><br />
<br />
<span style="font-weight:bold">This article can also be read at:</span><br />
<a href=" http://blogs.wsj.com/indiarealtime/2013/11/05/indias-race-to-mars-goes-way-beyond-science/" target="_blank">India’s race to Mars goes way beyond science</a></p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>05/11/2013 17:15:37</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/22435/Indias+race+to+Mars+goes+way+beyond+science</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">22435</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>22436</publicationdataID>
      <title>India vies for elite place in space exploration with ambitious spacecraft voyage to Mars</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p><span style="font-style:italic">Washington Post</span><br />
<br />
India is aiming to join the world’s deep-space pioneers with a journey to Mars that it hopes will showcase its technological ability to explore the solar system while seeking solutions for everyday problems on Earth.<br />
<br />
With a Tuesday launch planned for Mangalyaan, which means "Mars craft” in Hindi, India will attempt to become only the fourth country or group of countries to reach the red planet, after the Soviet Union, United States and Europe.<br />
<br />
"We have a lot to understand about the universe, the solar system where we live in, and it has been humankind’s quest from the beginning,” said K. Radhakrishnan, chairman of the Indian Space and Research Organization.<br />
<br />
India sees its Mars mission primarily as a "technology demonstration,” Radhakrishnan said. "We want to use the first opportunity to put a spacecraft and orbit it around Mars and, once it is there safely, then conduct a few meaningful experiments and energize
 the scientific community.”<br />
<br />
Radhakrishnan admits the aim is high. This is India’s first Mars mission, and no country has been fully successful on its first try. More than half the world’s attempts to reach Earth’s planetary neighbor — 23 out of 40 missions — have failed, including missions
 by Japan in 1999 and China in 2011.<br />
<br />
If India can pull it off, it will demonstrate a highly capable space program that belongs within an elite club of governments exploring outer space.<br />
<br />
Mangalyaan is scheduled to blast off Tuesday from the Indian space center on the southeastern island of Shriharikota, the start of a 300-day, 780 million-kilometer (485 million-mile) journey to orbit Mars and survey its geology and atmosphere.<br />
<br />
Five solar-powered instruments aboard Mangalyaan will gather data to help determine how Martian weather systems work and what happened to the water that is believed to have once existed on Mars in large quantities. It also will search Mars for methane, a key
 chemical in life processes on Earth that could also come from geological processes. None of the instruments will send back enough data to answer these questions definitively, but experts say the data are key to better understanding how planets form, what conditions
 might make life possible and where else in the universe it might exist.<br />
<br />
Some of the data will complement research expected to be conducted with a spacecraft NASA will launch later this month, the Mars Atmosphere and Volatile Evolution mission, nicknamed MAVEN.<br />
<br />
"We’re pulling for India,” said Bruce Jakosky, project leader for the U.S. spacecraft. "The more players we have in space exploration the better.”<br />
<br />
If successful, the two new orbiters would join three already circling Mars — NASA’s Mars Reconnaissance Orbiter and Mars Odyssey, and the European Space Agency’s Mars Express. On the Martian surface, NASA’s Curiosity and Opportunity rovers are rolling across
 rocky terrain.<br />
<br />
Radhakrishnan said that although sending a spacecraft to Mars would bring India immense prestige, "we are doing this for ourselves. The main thrust of space science in India has always been people-centric, to benefit the common man and society.”<br />
<br />
India, as well known for its endemic poverty and hunger as for its technological prowess, has used research in space and elsewhere to help solve problems at home, from gauging water levels in underground aquifers to predicting cataclysmic storms and floods.<br />
<br />
India’s $1 billion-a-year space program has helped develop satellite, communication and remote sensing technologies that are being used to measure coastal soil erosion, assess the extent of remote flooding and manage forest cover for wildlife sanctuaries. They
 are giving fishermen real-time data on where to find fish and helping to predict natural disasters such as a cyclone that barreled into India’s eastern coast last month. Early warning information allowed Indian officials to evacuate nearly a million people
 from the massive storm’s path.<br />
<br />
Indian scientists also have led at least 30 research missions to Antarctica, despite being nearly 12,000 kilometers (7,500 miles) from the icy continent. They are working to expand mineral mining in the deep sea, designating that as a priority area for scientific
 research. And in 2008, the Indian Space and Research Organization successfully launched a lunar orbiter, Chandrayaan-1, which discovered evidence of water on the Moon.<br />
<br />
Its advances have helped raise the international profile of the world’s largest democracy of 1.2 billion people. India is lobbying for a permanent seat on the U.N. Security Council, a move it says would better reflect new realities in a fast-changing world
 needing more technological solutions.<br />
<br />
Mangalyaan was developed from technology tested during the recent lunar orbiter mission. An evolved version of India’s domestically developed Polar Satellite Launch Vehicle, with extended rockets, will take Mangalyaan into an elliptical arc around the Earth.<br />
<br />
The satellite’s thrusters will then begin a series of six small fuel burns, moving it into higher orbit before it slingshots toward the red planet.<br />
<br />
The 1,350-kilogram orbiter is expected to reach its designated orbit Sept. 24, 2014, and will be joined above Mars by MAVEN.<br />
<br />
"I know I’m an absolute wreck with ours coming up in two weeks,” Jakosky said. "... There are 10,000 things that need to go right in order for it to succeed, and it can take only one thing going wrong for it to fail.”<br />
<br />
Mangalyaan is expected to have at least six months to investigate the planet’s landscape and atmosphere. At its closest point it will be 365 kilometers (227 miles) from the planet’s surface, and at its furthest — 80,000 kilometers (49,700 miles).<br />
<br />
India’s space enthusiasts say the $73 million Mars mission will be a step toward understanding the natural world, inspiring children to go into research science and advancing science and technology in ways that help common people cope with a changing environment.
 Learning more about alien weather systems, for example, might reveal more about our own.<br />
<br />
"To visit another planet is a fantastic thing, the biggest thing,” said space scientist Yash Pal, a former chairman of the country’s University Grants Commission who was not involved in developing the Mars mission. "If you can afford airplanes and war machines
 you can certainly spend something to fulfill the dreams of young people.”<br />
<br />
<span style="font-weight:bold">This article can also be read at:</span><br />
<a href=" http://www.washingtonpost.com/world/asia_pacific/india-vies-for-elite-place-in-space-exploration-with-ambitious-satellite-voyage-to-mars/2013/11/04/5b0953fe-451f-11e3-95a9-3f15b5618ba8_story.html" target="_blank">India vies for elite place in space
 exploration with ambitious spacecraft voyage to Mars</a></p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>05/11/2013 17:20:36</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/22436/India+vies+for+elite+place+in+space+exploration+with+ambitious+spacecraft+voyage+to+Mars</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">22436</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>22438</publicationdataID>
      <title>How the Mars mission helps India</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p><span style="font-style:italic">BBC/by Pallava Bagla</span><br />
<br />
India's launch of a small unmanned satellite to Mars is being described as a giant leap for its space programme. Science writer Pallava Bagla writes on what the mission means for India and the world.<br />
<br />
If all goes well and the satellite orbits the Red Planet, India's space agency will become the fourth in the world after those of the United States, Russia and Europe to undertake a successful Mars mission.<br />
<br />
India's 1,350kg (2,976lb) robotic satellite which is undertaking the 10-month-long, over 200-million-kilometre journey to Mars is equipped with five instruments.<br />
<br />
They include a sensor to track methane or marsh gas - a possible sign of life - on Mars, a colour camera for taking pictures, and a thermal imaging spectrometer to map the surface and mineral wealth of the planet. The mission will also analyse the thin Martian
 atmosphere.<br />
<br />
<span style="font-weight:bold">'Natural progression'</span><br />
<br />
After India's successful unmanned Chandrayaan mission to the Moon in 2008 that brought back the first clinching evidence of the presence of water there, the Mars mission, according to K Radhakrishnan, chairman of the Indian Space Research Organisation (Isro),
 is a "natural progression".<br />
<br />
More than 500 scientists from the Bangalore-based Isro worked round the clock on this $100m (£62.4m) mission, which was announced by PM Manmohan Singh in August last year.<br />
<br />
Project chief Subbiah Arunan says he has not taken a vacation in the last 15 months, sleeping at Isro's satellite centre in Bangalore and going home for "about one or two hours every day".<br />
<br />
So does India's Mars mission mark the beginning of a new Asian space race?<br />
<br />
India sees the Mars mission as an opportunity to beat its regional rival China in reaching the planet, especially after a Russian mission carrying the first Chinese satellite to Mars failed in November 2011. Japan also failed in a similar effort in 1998.<br />
<br />
China has beaten India in space in almost every aspect so far: it has rockets that can lift four times more weight than India's, and in 2003, successfully launched its first human space flight which India has not yet embarked on. China launched its maiden mission
 to Moon in 2007, ahead of India.<br />
<br />
So if India's mission succeeds, it will have something to feel proud about.<br />
<br />
"National pride is important. If the Mars mission succeeds, it will be a big morale booster for India. We are not in a space race," says SK Shivakumar, director of Isro's Bangalore-based satellite centre.<br />
<br />
<span style="font-weight:bold">High risks</span><br />
<br />
The risks can be high in a space race.<br />
<br />
Since 1960 about 45 missions to Mars have been launched. Of these about a third have failed. And no nation - apart from Mars Express, Europe's maiden venture to Mars representing 20 countries - has succeeded in its maiden venture.<br />
<br />
Though India says its Mars mission is the cheapest inter-planetary mission ever to have been undertaken in half a century of space exploration, some are questioning its scientific purpose.<br />
<br />
"This is a highly suboptimal mission with limited scientific objectives," says D Raghunandan of Delhi Science Forum, a think tank.<br />
<br />
Others like economist-activist Jean Dreze have said the mission "seems to be part of the Indian elite's delusional quest for superpower status".<br />
<br />
Refuting such talk, a top government official says: "We have heard these arguments since the 1960s, about India being a poor country not needing or affording a space programme.<br />
<br />
"If we can't dare to dream big it would leave us as hewers of wood and drawers of water! India is today too big to be just living on the fringes of high technology."<br />
<br />
<span style="font-style:italic">(The views expressed above are the personal views of the writer)</span><br />
<br />
<span style="font-weight:bold">This article can also be read at:</span><br />
<a href="http://www.bbc.co.uk/news/world-asia-india-24547892" target="_blank">How the Mars mission helps India</a></p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>05/11/2013 17:27:28</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/22438/How+the+Mars+mission+helps+India</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">22438</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>22446</publicationdataID>
      <title>India launches Mars mission in giant leap for super cheap space exploration</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p><span style="font-style:italic">Telegraph: Dean Nelson</span><br />
<br />
Scientists from the Indian Space Research Organisation successfully launched their Mars Orbiter Mission on Tuesday, amid celebrations at mission control.<br />
<br />
As the launch vehicle soared spaceward scientists from the Indian Space Research Organisation (ISRO) could be heard shouting "Buriah!" – brilliant.<br />
<br />
Indian scientists hailed the launch as a success and said they hoped it would herald a new era of low-cost space exploration.<br />
<br />
"I’ve no doubt the mission has been worthwhile and the credit for it goes to the scientists at the space department,” said Dr P.M Bhargava.<br />
<br />
The ‘Mangalyaan’ or Mars Orbiter was launched on an Indian Polar Satellite Launch Vehicle from the Satish Dhawan Space Centre, at Sriharikota, on the Andhra Pradesh coast, at 14.38 Indian time.<br />
<br />
The mission is a bid to reach the Red Planet in September 2014 and test the martian atmosphere for hydrogen and methane gases.<br />
<br />
The mission will cost $73 million (£45 million), compared with the United States’ ‘Curiosity’ mission to Mars, which launched in 2011 at a cost of $2.5 billion (£1.56 billion).<br />
<br />
For India, the mission is about proving the value of its indigenous rocket and instrument technology to inspire its own scientists and open a new frontier on infinitely cheaper space missions.<br />
<br />
Its officials believe a successful mission will establish its superiority over regional rival China and Japan, whose recent Mars missions failed to achieve their goals.<br />
<br />
Though the mission is cheap by developed countries' standards, it has faced criticism in India where commentators have questioned why the money has not been spent instead on improving poor sanitation.<br />
<br />
Tavleen Singh, a columnist for the Indian Express, said on Twitter: "Incredible India: we can go to Mars but cannot provide clean water to our people on Earth."<br />
<br />
Some Indian space scientists have criticised the mission as a waste of resources for a developing country and argued that ISRO should focus on developing its next generation of satellite launchers to compete in the lucrative commercial sector.<br />
<br />
But officials at the Mangalyaan launch site said the mission will inspire a new generation of Indian space scientists and establish the country as a real power in space research.<br />
<br />
"The primary goal is the techmical demonstration. This will help us in future space exploration missions by advancing our existing technology in communications and Earth observation satellites. We hope it will also inspire younger minds,” ISRO spokesman Deviprasad
 Karnik told The Telegraph.<br />
<br />
<span style="font-style:italic">(The views expressed above are the personal views of the writer)</span><br />
<br />
<span style="font-weight:bold">Article may also be read at:</span><br />
<a href="http://www.telegraph.co.uk/news/worldnews/asia/india/10426801/India-launches-Mars-mission-in-giant-leap-for-super-cheap-space-exploration.html" target="_blank">India launches Mars mission in giant leap for super cheap space exploration</a></p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>06/11/2013 17:58:11</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/22446/India+launches+Mars+mission+in+giant+leap+for+super+cheap+space+exploration</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">22446</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>22426</publicationdataID>
      <title>Member States see stability, prosperity</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p><span style="font-style:italic">West Australian/ by Salman Khurshid-Julie Bishop-Marty Natalegawa</span></p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>04/11/2013 10:18:23</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/22426/Member+States+see+stability+prosperity</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">22426</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>22437</publicationdataID>
      <title>India aims high with Mars mission</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p><span style="font-style:italic">Aljazeera/by V. Prem Shanker</span><br />
<br />
Soon after the lift-off at 14:38 on November 5, the blip representing the spacecraft's trajectory will go off the screen for a little over 10 minutes.<br />
<br />
Indian Space Research Organisation (ISRO) scientists at the master control room, located at the Satish Dhawan Space Centre in Sriharikota, will be driving blind for that small duration. That is when the launch vehicle PSLV-C25 will go out of range from all
 the ground stations tracking it.<br />
<br />
When the blip comes back on screen, the tracking signals will be coming from one of the two ships fitted with special antennae positioned somewhere in the South Pacific Ocean.<br />
<br />
Those two ships, deployed to track the satellite's orbit, represent just one of the many innovations of the country's first Mars orbiter mission. Innovations and improvisations have helped ISRO put together a spacecraft fitted with five instruments to orbit
 Mars at a cost of $70m.<br />
<br />
"This is less than one-tenth of what the US has spent on their Mars mission Maven," says S. Arunan, the mission's project director, while interacting with reporters at a pre-launch press conference last week. The cost-effectiveness of the mission is indeed
 turning out to be the highlight of the project, almost eclipsing the other aspects.<br />
<br />
The orbiter will have to undergo some 300 days of complex manoeuvring before it reaches the Martian orbit. After accomplishing that, the satellite is expected to be in orbit for scientific exploration "for a few months, if all goes according to plan", according
 to ISRO Chairman K Radhakrishnan.<br />
<br />
The satellite will carry out atmospheric, particle environment and surface imaging studies of Mars, according to ISRO. One of the satellite's projects will be to look for the presence of methane. "This should give a clue regarding biological or geological phenomenon
 on Mars," says Radhakrishnan.<br />
<br />
<span style="font-weight:bold">Joining elite club</span><br />
<br />
If all goes according to plan, the interplanetary expedition will place India in an elite club of countries. The Soviet Union first attempted a mission to the Red Planet in 1960. The United States started its Mars exploration programme with a launch in 1964,
 while Japan launched its first spacecraft to Mars in 1998. The European Space Agency's Mars Express was launched in 2003, and China was the most recent country to attempt a Mars mission, in 2011.<br />
<br />
Radhakrishnan says there are huge challenges in communicating with satellites that are travelling at least 400 million kilometres away from Earth. Even so, he says, the mission will be "a great learning for the country. And once we have learnt, we can look
 at larger missions in 2016, 2018 and 2020," referring to the subsequent years when Mars will be orbiting closest to earth.<br />
<br />
"We are not in a race with anybody," the ISRO chairman added. In recent years, Japan and China have taken the space race to a different level, with China launching an "anti-satellite test" in 2007, making it the third country to have done so. In comparison,
 neighbouring India's missions seem modest.<br />
<br />
"Not just in counter-space technology, India is much behind China in the number of space missions undertaken and more importantly in development of indigenous space technology," says Dr V Ponraj, the scientific adviser to India's former President Dr Abdul Kalam.<br />
<br />
While India has launched just over 100 missions in the last 37 years, China has launched more than 80 missions since 2006, says Ponraj.<br />
<br />
The relevance of India's space mission among the top contenders in space like US, Europe, Russia, Japan and China, is in its economic viability. And in that respect the Mars Orbiter Mission fits the bill perfectly.<br />
<br />
The underlying message to the international space community is that the country can put technology in space at an extremely competitive price.<br />
<br />
So far, ISRO has been focusing primarily on applications-related technology that are useful to common people.<br />
<br />
The organisation's commercial wing, Antrix Corporation, has been taking care of its business interests. Of the ISRO's total budget, only seven to eight percent goes to scientific space exploration projects.<br />
<br />
Chandrayan1 was India's first unmanned lunar mission, launched in October 2008. The evidence sent back by Chandrayan 1 proved the presence of lunar water for the first time. Chandrayan1 signalled India's interest in space exploration, and the Mars orbiter mission
 is the second project in line with that thinking.<br />
<br />
However, these are still baby steps compared to projects like sending a manned mission to Mars.<br />
<br />
Such a project would require that the vehicle should have a less than one percent chance of failure. But India's Geosynchrnous Satellite Launch Vehicle (GSLV), which is most suited for such a mission, is nowhere near that reliability level. And ISRO says that
 India is a "good few years" from putting a human in space.<br />
<br />
In those good few years, India hopes to get lucky with its planetary missions, and achieve what other international missions have not yet done.<br />
<br />
The countdown has begun.<br />
<br />
<span style="font-style:italic">(The views expressed above are the personal views of the writer)</span><br />
<br />
<span style="font-weight:bold">This article can also be read at:</span><br />
<a href="http://www.aljazeera.com/indepth/2013/11/india-aims-high-with-mars-mission-201311410181179984.html" target="_blank">India aims high with Mars mission</a></p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>05/11/2013 17:24:25</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/22437/India+aims+high+with+Mars+mission</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">22437</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>22424</publicationdataID>
      <title>Medical mobile services will open up access by masses in India</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p><span style="font-style:italic">ZD Net/ by Nitin Puri</span><br />
<br />
In a country where universal healthcare is a daily challenge to meet because of difficult geographic constraints, one leading hospital group in India has turned to mobile to increase its accessibility and coverage.<br />
<br />
Indian healthcare providers are looking towards mobile technology to reach out to patients and potentially save lives, reports The Times of India. One of India's leading hospital groups, Apollo Hospitals, which already runs a telemedicine project, is planning
 to ramp up plans of providing medical services via Bluetooth enabled glucometers or stethoscopes to send results to its doctors.<br />
<br />
In recent weeks, a consortium of 46 hospitals, health insurers, and medical service providers under the Health Federation of India, plan to provide standardized healthcare at reasonable costs.<br />
<br />
While challenges such as low bandwidth and Internet penetration in rural India remain, the general consensus is that is that there is a huge market of mobile medical services to be provided for India's 900 million mobile users. This is supported by a recent
 study indicating that 28 percent of people in rural India, and 46 percent of people in urban India, already own smartphones. However, what was alarming in this study was that one third of the people interviewed from a group of approximately 1,900 has not gone
 for health check up in five years, with 55 percent saying they were open to accessing medical services via mobile phones.<br />
<br />
Medical mobile solutions will go hand in hand with India's booming medical tourism industry. Already, people from around the world, and especially neighboring countries such as Pakistan and especially Afghanistan, come to India specifically for medical treatment.
 In addition to paying for medical services, they all also pump foreign currency into India during their stay in India. Now, the goal is to reach out to those in India who have both the funds and technology to access mobile medical solutions.<br />
<br />
Having a simple diagnosis conducted over a mobile phone can mean life or death for many people in India. The reason why I say this is based on what I've seen over the years in New Delhi, and something which I've quite not understand: emergency medical services.
 With the general congestion of traffic, along with general disregard for rules of the road, I've always wondered how ambulances with their blaring horns and flashing lights are able to either rescue a patient or make it back to the hospital in time. Compared
 to the West where drivers have to give right of way and yield to emergency vehicles, this typically doesn't exist in India.<br />
<br />
Now assume the scenario where someone needs medical attention but isn't bothered to seek medical attention, knowing of both the hospital costs to be incurred, along with having to travel from one end of the city to another. Hence, many Indians do in fact put
 off medical checkups until absolutely required, which clearly isn't the healthiest choice. With medical mobile solutions, I personally feel people in both rural and urban India will benefit from the services soon to come. Now if only something similar to Obamacare
 could be launched in India before the 2014 elections. Wishful thinking, and not happening anytime soon.<br />
<br />
(The views expressed above are the personal views of the writer)<br />
<br />
<span style="font-weight:bold">Article may also be read at:</span><br />
<a href="http://www.zdnet.com/in/medical-mobile-services-will-open-up-access-by-masses-in-india-7000022646/" target="_blank">Medical mobile services will open up access by masses in India<img src="images/ext-link-icon.gif" alt="External website" span="" border="0"/></a></p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>01/11/2013 17:30:18</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/22424/Medical+mobile+services+will+open+up+access+by+masses+in+India</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">22424</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>22418</publicationdataID>
      <title>How technology is changing Indian weddings</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p><span style="font-style:italic">BBC/by Shilpa Kannan</span><br />
<br />
Would you go on national television to look for a potential spouse? Well, a lot of people in India are doing just that.<br />
<br />
A newly launched Hindi-language channel called Shagun TV is wholly dedicated to match-making and the weddings business.<br />
<br />
In its studios outside Delhi, a young presenter is reading from a teleprompter. "The next prince charming is 5 feet 7 inches in height, 75 kg in weight, earning 5 lakhs ($7,500, £4,700) annually and he is looking for a shy and beautiful bride. Could it be you?"
 the presenter asks.<br />
<br />
With bright colours and peppy background score, it looks like a pop music show.<br />
<br />
The channel head, Anuranjan Jha, says the shows have found quite a few takers and attract around 10 million viewers a week.<br />
<br />
Anuranjan Jha says finding participants for the show was never a problem.<br />
<br />
"In India, a marriage involves the entire family. So there's no question of being discrete or shy. When people can advertise in newspapers or websites, why can't they get on air to look for the best matrimonial partner?"<br />
<br />
The channel expects to start making money within the first year. It won't be surprising as weddings in India involve a lot of money.<br />
<br />
<span style="font-weight:bold">No slowdown</span><br />
<br />
Families usually start saving early and spend a lot of money buying gifts, clothes and gold jewellery for the entire family during weddings.<br />
<br />
And if there is one thing that's entirely recession proof - it's the Indian wedding industry. There are over 10 million weddings in India every year.<br />
<br />
Estimated to be worth over $25bn and growing at 30% annually, it's one industry that hasn't seen a slowdown. Half of the nearly 900 tons of gold consumed in India is bought during the wedding season.<br />
<br />
Whether it's getting on air or getting online, technology is rapidly influencing everything around weddings.<br />
<br />
Getting ready for her big day, Gunita Bindra has travelled all the way from Jacksonville in Florida to Delhi to get married.<br />
<br />
But in the months ahead of the wedding, she found her make-up artist, photographer and dress designer sitting in Florida.<br />
<br />
As families get smaller and more distant, wedding planning too has changed.<br />
<br />
Without access to the vast array of aunts, cousins and other relatives who traditionally help with shopping and planning an event of this scale, more and more young Indians are having to rely on the internet, she says.<br />
<br />
"I spent a lot of time on Google looking for dresses, the latest trends, new styles. The bulk of my wedding planning I did online."<br />
<br />
Using social media and recommendations of her friends, she found photographers Bhumi Alhuwalia and Simran Kapur online too.<br />
<br />
<span style="font-weight:bold">Online photographers</span><br />
<br />
The two women specialise in wedding photography that captures candid moments, behind the scenes activity and is very different from what traditional photographers in India film.<br />
<br />
The internet has created opportunities for them, says Simran.<br />
<br />
"It's been a great avenue for us. People are very keen for our kind of work. That interest only grows once they see more of our work online."<br />
<br />
They mainly get commissioned by expat Indians. As they live abroad and get married here in India, it's much easier to talk to over email and look at portfolios online.<br />
<br />
Wedding photography as a business is growing at phenomenal pace, says Canvera, a Bangalore-based photography company.<br />
<br />
Started by two techies, Dhiraj Kacker and Peeyush Rai, the company helps photographers publish top-quality wedding albums. Their business plan is to help traditional wedding photographers with online tools that include creative templates and software that can
 be used to customise wedding photographs into a coffee table book-style product.<br />
<br />
The company now has over 15,000 photographers as clients. But it estimates that there are at least 250,000 active wedding photographers in the country.<br />
<br />
"There are millions of weddings taking place in India and even if a small percentage of those couples want a wedding album printed, it's a huge business," Dhiraj Kacker says.<br />
<br />
<span style="font-weight:bold">Wedding planners</span><br />
<br />
It's not just photographers - other traditional family-run businesses too are rushing online.<br />
<br />
One such is bridal-wear retailer Chhabra 555, which is now seeing a substantial amount of its sales come from online customers.<br />
<br />
Heena Malhotra is the designer at the company. Her grandfather started the business and it now has over 60 outlets across the country.<br />
<br />
She says brides now come armed with a lot of research and know exactly what colours dominate a particular wedding season.<br />
<br />
"Brides don't mind buying their wedding ensemble online. Traditionally, people wanted to look and feel the fabric and texture before buying an expensive saree or lehenga (long skirt). But now they are more open to online shopping."<br />
<br />
Getting retailers like them online is a tech start-up, MyShaadi.in, who are marrying the old with the new.<br />
<br />
The company is an online wedding planner, creating websites and managing guest lists along with suggesting where to shop and what to buy for the big day.<br />
<br />
Indians have always had big fat weddings so what's changed now?<br />
<br />
Abhishek Jain, founder of MyShaadi.in, says: "One thing that's different now is that the couple is involved in the decision-making, which was not happening earlier."<br />
<br />
"They have to decide who is the right jeweller, the right invitation card designer and even things like where to go for the honeymoon. This information they look for online- that's where we get in and advise them on everything."<br />
<br />
No one does weddings like Indians. Even the simplest of weddings can have several days of feasting and host hundreds of guests.<br />
<br />
So while the celebrations haven't changed, marrying technology and weddings seems to be bringing in some method into the chaotic Indian wedding industry.<br />
<br />
For both couples and businesses catering to them, this can really deliver a happy ending.<br />
<br />
<span style="font-weight:bold; font-style:italic">(The views expressed above are the personal views of the writer)</span><br />
<br />
<span style="font-weight:bold">This article can also be read at:</span><br />
<a href="http://www.bbc.co.uk/news/world-asia-24727035" target="_blank">How technology is changing Indian weddings</a></p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>31/10/2013 17:45:24</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/22418/How+technology+is+changing+Indian+weddings</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">22418</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>22419</publicationdataID>
      <title>Tourists invited to live like Gandhi in his ashram</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p><span style="font-style:italic">Bangkok Post</span><br />
<br />
Tourists searching for peace and simplicity can for the first time check in to Mahatma Gandhi's most famous ashram in India. But don't expect modern comforts. And chastity is required.<br />
<br />
For 1,000 rupees ($16) a night, tourists can sample the lifestyle of India's famously ascetic independence leader by staying at the first ashram he established, set up in 1915 in the western state of Gujarat.<br />
<br />
Guests at the ashram, which opened to holidaymakers earlier this month, can try their hand at spinning, visit local communities, pray and meditate, all while wearing khadi -- hand-woven cloth -- during their stay.<br />
<br />
But they must adhere to Gandhi's 11 vows that he promoted including non-violence, no possessions, use of local goods, working for daily food, self restraint, including chastity, and control of diet.<br />
<br />
And they are also encouraged to follow Gandhi's austere daily routine, such as waking at 5am and undertaking domestic chores.<br />
<br />
"The objective of this programme is to allow people to experience a sustainable lifestyle, to enjoy the simplicity of Gandhi, experience the virtue of Mahatma," said Nischalavalamb Barot, a travel agent who helped develop the programme called "Live Gandhi for
 a While".<br />
<br />
"This might change perceptions of tourists towards life, society and our natural resources. This might also help tourists find peace and satisfaction within," Barot told AFP.<br />
<br />
Gandhi went to stay at the bungalow, now called Kochrab Ashram and then owned by a lawyer friend, after he returned to India from South Africa in 1915.<br />
<br />
From this base, in a village on the outskirts of the city of Ahmedabad, he rejected material wealth and developed some of the ideas for which he became famous.<br />
<br />
In one incident, he upset neighbours by inviting a low-caste man, a so-called "untouchable", to come and live at the ashram as part of his campaign against India's rigid and deeply ingrained caste system.<br />
<br />
The ashram is managed by a nearby university called Gujarat Vidyapith, which Gandhi himself founded in 1920 to "liberate the Indian youths from the shackles of British colonial rule".<br />
<br />
The "Live with Gandhi" programme was launched on October 2 to coincide with the 144th anniversary of the birth of Gandhi. Tourists have not yet made bookings, but Barot stressed there were lots of inquiries.<br />
<br />
India has plenty of museums and monuments to honour the country's independence icon, whose personal philosophy and ideas are considered outdated by many in rapidly modernising India.<br />
<br />
Known as Mahatma or Great Soul, Gandhi spearheaded a non-violent campaign against the British Raj that finally saw India gain its freedom from colonial rule in 1947. He was shot dead by a Hindu hardliner in New Delhi just months later in 1948.<br />
<br />
Despite the many commemorations for Gandhi, Barot, who developed the programme with the university, said he hoped the ashram offered something different.<br />
<br />
"This is the first time that we are attempting to understand the value and principles of a sustainable life, which Gandhi believed in and practised," said Barot, who operates a sustainable tourism agency.<br />
<br />
However he stressed a stay at the ashram would not be an easy one.<br />
<br />
"They will have to follow the vows that Gandhi himself followed in the ashram.... They will also wear the khadi throughout the programme."<br />
<br />
Gandhi spun his own cloth and encouraged others to follow suit. He considered this an important part of his anti-colonial philosophy of self-reliance, known as "swadeshi".<br />
<br />
Khadi also became a symbol of how then India should base its economy -- on village-based craft instead of industrially-produced cotton often imported from mills in Britain.<br />
<br />
The idea is a far cry from modern-day India, which dismantled government control over its economy in the 1990s, and opened up India, a member of the G20, to foreign investment.<br />
<br />
Sudarshan Iyengar, vice-chancellor of the Gujarat Vidyapith university that manages the ashram, said he was confident that opening it to tourists would help promote Gandhi's ideals.<br />
<br />
"This is a unique programme, which will actually bring change in society gradually at an individual level and hopefully we will witness a sustainable future."<br />
<br />
<span style="font-weight:bold">This article can also be read at :</span><br />
<a href="http://www.bangkokpost.com/news/asia/377357/tourists-invited-to-live-like-gandhi-in-his-ashram" target="_blank">Tourists invited to live like Gandhi in his ashram</a></p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>31/10/2013 17:46:40</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/22419/Tourists+invited+to+live+like+Gandhi+in+his+ashram</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">22419</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>22423</publicationdataID>
      <title>A Landmark Turn in India’s Medical Negligence Law</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p><span style="font-style:italic">New York Times/ by Gayathri Vaidyanathan</span><br />
<br />
Anuradha Saha died painfully in May 1998 at the age of 36, her skin sloughed off all over her body, except for her skull. She was encased in bandages meant to prevent infections that had already lodged in her system. Her immunity had been compromised after
 receiving a high dosage of steroids from some of the top doctors in Kolkata.<br />
<br />
For the past 15 years, her husband, Dr. Kunal Saha, has pushed Indian courts to hold at least five doctors and the hospital responsible. Though the lower courts rejected his cases, Dr. Saha persisted, appealing all the way to the Supreme Court, which found
 the doctors and AMRI Hospital (Advanced Medicare &amp; Research Institute Ltd.) in Kolkata guilty of negligence in 2009.<br />
<br />
It took another four years for the Supreme Court to award Dr. Saha an unprecedented amount in a medical negligence case in India — 60.8 million rupees ($1 million), plus 6 percent annual interest for each of the 15 years that Dr. Saha has been fighting his
 legal battle.<br />
<br />
The landmark ruling is supposed to remind doctors, hospitals, and nursing homes that they will be dealt with strictly if they do not maintain their standard of care, the Supreme Court said in its judgment on Oct. 24.<br />
<br />
"The patients, irrespective of their social, cultural and economic background, are entitled to be treated with dignity, which not only forms their fundamental right but also their human right,” wrote Justices Chandramauli K.R. Prasad and V. Gopala Gowda.<br />
<br />
For Dr. Saha, the verdict is but a waypoint in his fight against medical negligence in India, which began in 1998. At the time, the couple was living in the United States, and Dr. Saha, a medical doctor, was working as an HIV/AIDS researcher at Ohio State University.
 Mrs. Saha had finished a graduate degree in child psychology at Columbia University in New York. They had bought their version of the American dream, a five-bedroom house in the suburbs.<br />
<br />
In the spring of 1998, the couple traveled to Kolkata, where Mrs. Saha’s parents lived, to attend a wedding. Near the end of April, Mrs. Saha noticed rashes on her body, an indication she may be having an allergic reaction.<br />
<br />
The couple asked friends who the most prominent doctor in the city was. Dr. Sukumar Mukherjee, they were told. Patients would throng his clinic, the Nightingale Diagnostic &amp; Eye Care Research Centre Private Limited, before the doctor arrived.<br />
<br />
The couple visited his clinic on May 7, 1998, when Mrs. Saha’s rash worsened. Dr. Mukherjee prescribed Depo-Medrol to be injected into Mrs. Saha’s muscles so that the long-acting glucocorticoid could suppress her immune system’s inflammatory response, which
 was presumably causing her rash.<br />
<br />
Depo-Medrol’s chemical structure ensures it stays in the blood for a long time. It takes the body six days to get rid of just half the drug. As such, it is usually given to patients who suffer from chronic conditions like rheumatoid arthritis, and even those
 patients receive just one injection a week.<br />
<br />
The maximum dosage recommended by the drug’s Indian manufacturer, Pharmacia India Ltd., is 40 to 120 milligrams once a week. Dr. Mukherjee prescribed two injections of Depo-Medrol at 80 milligrams every day.<br />
<br />
That moment haunts Dr. Saha. He realized that prescription did not sound right and asked Dr. Mukherjee to explain his reasoning."He said, ‘Kunal, I know what you are saying, and yes, it is a long acting,’ ” recalled Dr. Saha in an interview. "But believe me,
 I’ve treated at least 100 patients exactly like your wife, and this drug works like magic,” he recalled Dr. Mukherjee telling him.<br />
<br />
"He used the word ‘magic,’ ” Dr. Saha added.<br />
<br />
Dr. Saha chose to believe him. Although he and Mrs. Saha were living in the United States, they had grown up in India, where doctors are treated with excessive deference. Dr. Saha’s friends had assured him that Dr. Mukherjee was the best. He had an aura about
 him, Dr. Saha said.<br />
<br />
Dr. Mukherjee injected the first dose himself. Four days later, Mrs. Saha’s rashes and fever worsened, and she was admitted to the AMRI Hospital in Kolkata. Dr. Mukherjee examined her there and prescribed Depo-Medrol again before leaving on a trip to the United
 States.<br />
<br />
A dermatologist later diagnosed her with toxic epidermal necrolysis, which is as painful as it sounds. Toxic epidermal necrolysis, known earlier as Lyell’s disease, is an extremely rare drug reaction and it is unclear what triggered the disease in Mrs. Saha.
 It is fully treatable if doctors carefully monitor the patient, maintain her fluids, ward off infections with antibiotics and ensure proper nutrition.<br />
<br />
Some doctors will give the patient glucocorticoids at the initial stages of toxic epidermal necrolysis. But as the disease progresses, steroids make the patient more vulnerable to secondary infections, according to experts consulted during the Supreme Court
 ruling.<br />
<br />
By May 12, 1998, large sheets of Mrs. Saha’s skin had separated from her back and limbs. The Supreme Court noted in its 2009 judgment that she had lesions on her tongue and mouth, which made it difficult to eat or drink. Yet the nursing staff at AMRI hospital
 did not set up a feeding tube, nor did they give her any painkillers.<br />
<br />
The next day, Dr. Mukherjee left for the United States, and Dr. Balram Prasad and Dr. Baidyanath Halder continued her treatment. The core medical team did not pause to question why Mrs. Saha was getting worse despite all the steroids, the Supreme Court noted
 in 2009. No one wondered if the drug itself could be making her worse.<br />
<br />
On May 17, 1998, Dr. Saha evacuated his wife by a private plane to one of Mumbai’s top hospitals. On arrival, doctors noticed a dark green patch on her back, an unpropitious sign of an infection that claimed her life on May 28.<br />
<br />
Dr. Saha began fighting that September to hold the Kolkata doctors and hospitals accountable for his wife’s death, filing criminal and civil lawsuits in India’s notoriously slow legal system. He educated himself on toxic epidermal necrolysis and assembled an
 international panel of experts.<br />
<br />
Proving medical negligence in India is difficult, and the burden rests solely with the claimant, said Nagarathna Annappa, an assistant professor at the National Law School of India University in Bangalore.<br />
<br />
"It is still difficult in India for a common man, to take up a case to that extent without understanding medical science,” she said. "In this case, because he was a doctor, he could convince the court.”<br />
<br />
Dr. Saha shuttled between the United States and India for 15 years, appearing at various trials and racking up attorney fees, which the Supreme Court calculated as 150,000 rupees. His prolonged absences cost him his job at Ohio State University in 2005. He
 filed for bankruptcy in 2011, and his home was foreclosed.<br />
<br />
Dr. Saha said he did consider giving up, but the thought of Mrs. Saha kept him going. He does not believe in life after death, he said, but he cannot help feeling that he will be reunited with her in the future.<br />
<br />
As Dr. Saha repeatedly lost criminal and civil cases in the lower courts, the doctors who treated his wife prospered. Dr. Mukherjee became chief adviser to the Health Ministry of West Bengal state in 2012, and the other doctors practiced at the city’s top hospitals.<br />
<br />
The Supreme Court’s ruling in 2009 found Dr. Mukherjee, Dr. Prasad, Dr. Halder and AMRI Hospital negligent in the civil case but dismissed the criminal complaint, a point that Dr. Mukherjee emphasized during an interview. The doctors are allowed to keep practicing
 since the West Bengal Medical Council has not canceled their licenses.<br />
<br />
Dr. Mukherjee stressed that the Supreme Court had found him liable only in the civil case, and he was not criminally negligent.<br />
<br />
"This is medical negligence, which is much lower in degree than criminal negligence,” he said. "It is the collective responsibility of many other doctors.”<br />
<br />
Dr. Prasad said in an interview that he would honor the court’s judgment and that he was glad the long saga was over. "The main thing is that we will all go one day to eternity and have to accept the mistake one has done,” he said. "I accept the verdict.”<br />
<br />
AMRI Hospital declined to comment through a spokeswoman. Dr. Halder could not be reached by telephone despite repeated attempts.<br />
<br />
The Supreme Court’s 60.8 million rupee award took into consideration the complex socioeconomic conditions of Dr. Saha, the pain his wife endured, the doctor’s loss of income and his copious legal expenses.<br />
<br />
Dr. Saha said he planned to keep fighting against medical negligence in India through the courts and through his non-profit, People for Better Treatment, to help others in similar situations. Yet he would never move back to India permanently.<br />
<br />
"As a country, it took away the only precious thing I ever had. And that is a lot,” he said.<br />
<br />
Article may also be read at:<br />
<a href="http://india.blogs.nytimes.com/2013/10/31/a-landmark-turn-in-indias-medical-negligence-law/" target="_blank">A Landmark Turn in India’s Medical Negligence Law
<img src="images/ext-link-icon.gif" alt="External website" span="" border="0"/></a></p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>01/11/2013 17:24:37</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/22423/A+Landmark+Turn+in+Indias+Medical+Negligence+Law</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">22423</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>22417</publicationdataID>
      <title>Diwali does not end when the lights go out</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p><span style="font-style:italic">Huffington Post/by Anantanand Rambachan</span><br />
<br />
The word "Diwali" means an arrangement or a row of lights. Traditionally, Diwali is celebrated on the darkest night of the year when the necessity and the beauty of lights can be truly appreciated. Light is a symbol in the world's religions for God, truth and
 wisdom.<br />
<br />
Given the antiquity of India, the diversity of its religious traditions and the interaction among these, it should not surprise us to know that many religious communities celebrate Diwali. Each one offers a distinctive reason for the celebration that enriches
 its meaning. For every community, however, Diwali celebrates and affirms hope, and the triumph of goodness and justice over evil and injustice. These values define the meaning of Diwali.<br />
<br />
For the Jains, Diwali is celebrated as the joyous day on which Mahavir, the great Jain teacher, attained the eternal joy of liberation or nirvana. It is an occasion for rejoicing and gratitude for a life spent in rigorous religious search, realization and teaching
 centered on non-violence.<br />
<br />
For the Sikhs, Diwali is a "day of freedom," when the Mughal Emperor, Jehangir, freed the sixth Sikh Guru (teacher), Hargobind, from prison. Guru Hargobind refused to accept his freedom unless the emperor released detained Hindu leaders. Guru Hargobind is celebrated
 as seeing his own religious freedom as inseparable from the freedom of others.<br />
<br />
Even for the Hindu community, there is a confluence of many traditions connected with Diwali. Some celebrate Diwali as ushering the New Year and others as the triumph of Krishna over the evil, Narakasura. The most widely shared tradition, especially in North
 India, associates Diwali with the celebration and rejoicing over the return of Rama to his home in Ayodhya after an exile of 14 years and his defeat of the tyrannical, Ravana. Rama was forced into exile by the greed of his stepmother who wanted her own son
 to occupy the throne of Ayodhya. Citizens of Ayodhya joyfully welcomed Rama home by lighting thousands of earthen lamps, even as almost one billion Hindus do so today on the continents of Asia, Africa, Australia, the Americas and Europe. Hindus worship Rama
 as an embodiment of God on earth.<br />
<br />
The meaning of Diwali, however, is not limited to the celebration of Rama's return from exile, and we must look also beyond this event. In his version of the Ramayana, the account of the life of Rama written in the 15th century, the poet Tulasidasa tells us
 that the return of Rama ushered in a new human community in which all enjoyed peace and prosperity. Tulasidasa describes the characteristics of this new community in beautiful details that have profound contemporary relevance. I want to highlight four of its
 most important features. First, poverty was overcome, and none suffered for lack of life's necessities. Second, illiteracy was overcome and opportunities for learning available to everyone. Third, diseases were overcome, no one died prematurely, and all lived
 healthy lives. Fourth, violence and hate were overcome and relationships characterized by love and the service.<br />
<br />
It is easy and even tempting to think that the Rama, the embodiment of God on earth, effected this transformation in the nature of the community miraculously. If so, we could celebrate Diwali and our responsibilities are over until it comes again next year.
 Such a view, however, does not accurately represent Rama's nature or mode of action in the world. Throughout the Ramayana, Tulasidasa describes Rama as seeking the help of human beings and fulfilling his purposes only through them. He asks Valmiki's help when
 he wants to find a suitable place to build a home. He turns to forest dwellers for guidance. He befriends Sugriva and looks to him and his supporters to find his beloved Sita. He sends Hanuman across the ocean to locate and comfort Sita. He builds a bridge
 to the island of Sri Lanka only with the assistance of many, including even the animals of earth. The theological conclusions are important and challenging. First, a human community that aspires to be free from poverty, illiteracy, disease and violence is
 one that has aligned itself with God's purpose. This is the community that Rama wills and which he governed after his return. One cannot love Rama and be indifferent to human suffering and to the nature of the community in which one lives. Second, God's purposes
 are accomplished through and in cooperation with human beings. We have a vital role and responsibility in making this community a reality and it will not be realized without our commitment and cooperation.<br />
<br />
We cannot celebrate Diwali as the return of Rama without being concerned about the reality of poverty, illiteracy, disease and violence in our world. If God's purpose in the world is accomplished through us and in cooperation with us, it is also true that this
 work requires our cooperation with each other. Our hope is not in solitary effort but in working with others in the manner of Rama. We may not all agree on the precise paths for the goal of overcoming poverty, illiteracy, disease and violence. But even consensus
 about these as shared goals of our common life and as essential to the meaning of being Hindu is a grand step.<br />
<br />
If working with others for the achievement of these ends defines what it means to be political, contemporary Hindus have a deep religious responsibility to be politically engaged. At the heart of this engagement must be a concern for the well-being of all.
 We ought to ensure that Hindus are known, in whatever part of the world we reside, Asia, Europe, Africa, North America and the Caribbean, for our commitment to overcoming suffering rooted in poverty, illiteracy, disease and violence. This commitment must become
 synonymous with what it means to be Hindu in our self-understanding and in the eyes of others. Politics, according to Mahatma Gandhi, is concerned with the well-being of human communities and anything concerned with human well-being must concern the person
 of religious commitment. Gandhi was deeply inspired by the life of Rama and especially by the nature of the community established after Rama's return from exile. He understood his life's purpose as working with others to make this community a reality.<br />
<br />
Unfortunately, our religious traditions are known more for what we stand against than what we stand for. Religious identity has become negative rather than positive. We need to ensure that the positive dimension of our commitment is more prominent than the
 negative.<br />
<br />
Let us celebrate Diwali, the festival of lights, with joy. Let each celebration, however be a reminder and renewal of our profound obligations to help bring the lights of prosperity, knowledge, health and peace to our communities, nations and our world.<br />
<br />
<span style="font-weight:bold; font-style:italic">(The views expressed above are the personal views of the author)</span><br />
<br />
<span style="font-weight:bold">This article can also be read at:</span><br />
<a href="http://www.huffingtonpost.com/anantanand-rambachan/diwali-does-not-end-when-_b_4174535.html" target="_blank">Diwali does not end when the lights go out</a></p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>31/10/2013 17:44:17</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/22417/Diwali+does+not+end+when+the+lights+go+out</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">22417</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>22400</publicationdataID>
      <title>Timeless uniqueness of Indian cinema</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p><span style="font-style:italic">Gulf Today/ by Imran Mojib<br />
</span><br />
The importance of Indian cinema can hardly be overstated. It is the largest film industry in the world, and probably second only to Hollywood in global influence. Indian cinema has been familiar to viewers from Russia and the Middle East to parts of Asia and
 Africa for many decades. Indian films, helped by a population of a billion in India and 20 million overseas, are probably the most-seen movies in the world.<br />
<br />
The charm of Indian cinema gripped festival-goers at the Abu Dhabi Film Festival on Sunday where a panel of veteran as well as young filmmakers recalled the journey which started during the days of the silent era.<br />
<br />
<span style="font-weight:bold">The Journey</span><br />
<br />
Recalling the history of Indian cinema, veteran filmmaker MS Sathyu said that it started in the era of silent films and moved over to more modern technologies in the late 30s. Today, films are made in more than 20 languages and dialects. India is a very unique
 film industry also because of the existence of many cultural differences. Each region presents the problems of their own living standards, culture, and values, as they vary from one region to the other.<br />
<br />
"Another uniqueness is that Indian cinema has its own format that is quite different from other film industries. Be it Italian cinema, Russian, French or Japanese film, they all have their own identity. While Hollywood makes films for entertainment, Indian
 cinema puts together everything in one film – be it romance, or sadness or melodrama. It is very theatrical. Often you find that the whole style is different. But I feel we should not shun this style,” he said.<br />
<br />
He said that a new wave of films has produced during the 1970s and ’80s called "Parallel cinema,” which was a result of inspiration from the new wave of Italian films. But it died down, because they realised that song and dance sequences were not necessary.
 They deliberately avoided it. But the trend couldn’t last because that was not of part of the Indian cinema.<br />
<br />
<span style="font-weight:bold">Realistic cinema</span><br />
<br />
He appreciated the current generation of Indian filmmakers, adding that today India’s young filmmakers are bringing new waves. They are using stars in their films because marketing is more important today.<br />
<br />
Glamour was shunned by some of us then, but today, they are using it. Like Prakash Jha using a superstar like Amitabh Bachman, although Jha is a man known for making parallel cinema. Also, in a film like Lunchbox, the main actor is a very well-known actor.
 The only liberty they have taken is a mistake by the famous dabbawalas of Mumbai, who are known for never making such mistakes. He also mentioned Rakeysh Omprakash Mehra’s Bhaag Milkha Bhaag, and Shah Rukh Khan-starrer Chak De India, which had all new actors
 except Khan, all of whom spent more time learning to play hockey.<br />
<br />
"Nowadays, things are happening like the early days of Indian cinema, when actor Balraj Sahni went to Calcutta to experience the livelihood of a rickshawpuller before shooting the film,” he added.<br />
<br />
<span style="font-weight:bold">Violence</span><br />
<br />
However, he raised the concern over increasing use of violence in Indian films. "But there are also films like Shanghai, Gangs of Wasseypur and Dashavatar, presenting violence in a very big way. These elements are new and very disturbing. I see it as very negative,
 don’t know how long it will survive, but ultimately it will,” he added.<br />
<br />
<span style="font-weight:bold">Mainstream v/s Regional</span><br />
<br />
Jahnu Barua, another stalwart of Indian cinema, said Indian cinema has a very strong sense of storytelling, unlike any other film industry, which is a big asset.<br />
<br />
However, he lamented the trend of adding the tag of regional cinema to a film not produced in Hindi and stressed that it has had a damaging effect on the film industry in other parts of India.<br />
<br />
"If it is not Hindi cinema, it is sidelined,” he said.<br />
<br />
"Films should be categorised as good or bad, not mainstream and regional,” he stressed.<br />
<br />
Speaking about the film industry in the north-eastern Indian state of Assam, his native place, Barua said that content-wise, Assamese films are at par with the so-called mainstream films, yet they do not get attention due to this tag of regional cinema.<br />
<br />
"I agree that new Indian cinema has a lot of good writers who are coming up with innovative ideas. I learn from them. But quality is suffering. But I am confident, better days are ahead,” he said.<br />
<br />
<span style="font-weight:bold">Subcontinent Cinema</span><br />
<br />
Young Indian filmmaker Meenu Gaur, who shot to fame after co-directing the Pakistani film Zinda Bhaag (Run for Life), which has become the first Pakistani film nominated for Oscars, said any talk about Indian cinema will remain incomplete without mentioning
 filmmaking in Pakistan.<br />
<br />
"When talking about Indian cinema, we forget that we are speaking about conjoined Indian cinema, as sharing of the expertise between Lahore and Mumbai film industries continued even during the post partition era. Unfortunately very less has been talked or written
 about it,” said Gaur.<br />
<br />
"I realised this while meeting people like the late Noor Jehan and Farida Khanam, or while reading Manto. I am glad today we are talking about Lahore cinema, which used to contribute significantly to Indian cinema. Unfortunately when partition happened, a number
 of film studios and theatres were burnt down. When we read or write history of Indian cinema, there is an entire chapter on what happened to the industry, which is now a part of Pakistan. Before partition, it used to produce films for entire India,” she added.<br />
<br />
She said that the collaboration continued even after India’s partition, as mentioned by famous writer Manto, who was perhaps the only person to write about the lost era when his friends went to Bombay from Lahore to work in Indian films.<br />
<br />
"It all changed in 1955 when there was a ban on Indian cinema in Pakistan due to the war. The Pakistani film industry suffered again in 1972, which was later followed by the restrictions placed on the industry by the military regime. By 1990, the industry collapsed.
 Since then only a few movies were made,” she said.<br />
<br />
However, she expressed happiness that collaboration between India and Pakistan has started yet again.<br />
<br />
"There is barely any good movie made in India today that is completed without Pakistani singers, like Rahat Fateh Ali Khan, Atif Aslam, Shafquat Amanat Ali Khan. I don’t think that people like Rahat Fateh Ali Khan and Naseeruddin Shah can be divided as Indian
 or Pakistani.<br />
<br />
"Possibly, we will soon have something to be called Subcontinent Cinema,” said Gaur.<br />
<br />
<span style="font-weight:bold">This article can also be read at:</span><br />
<a href="http://gulftoday.ae/portal/3902b690-334b-45f3-aa64-7d674d059eee.aspx" target="_blank">Timeless uniqueness of Indian cinema</a></p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>28/10/2013 17:40:05</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/22400/Timeless+uniqueness+of+Indian+cinema</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">22400</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>22402</publicationdataID>
      <title>Culture and Fashion Star at Indian Charity Bazaar</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p><span style="font-style:italic">Jakarta Globe/ by Olga Amato</span><br />
<br />
Immersion in a piece of Indian culture is really only few steps away from home, right here in Jakarta.<br />
<br />
Every year, the Indian Women’s Association organizes a charity bazaar, giving a chance for people in Jakarta to immerse themselves in a uniquely Indian atmosphere and be a part of the country’s rich and colorful traditions.<br />
<br />
This year’s bazaar, recently held at JW Marriott in Mega Kuningan, South Jakarta, attracted over 1, 000 visitors. Inside, 167 neatly arranged tables provided products from India and elsewhere, featuring a big variety of jewelry, fabrics and traditional clothes.<br />
<br />
"Every year our bazaar provides a very unique atmosphere enriched by a vast range of items — choices that are not easy to find outside,” said Gopi Panjabi, president of the association. "For example, among the items sold this year, there are special lights
 in honor of the upcoming Indian New Year, Diwali [on Sunday].”<br />
<br />
Panjabi explained that in addition to typically Indian products, the bazaar over the years had come to include items from around the world, such as Singapore and Pakistan, all under one roof.<br />
<br />
Malaysian Zal Steinmeyer, owner of Zal’s Accessories, is a regular vendor at the Indian Women’s Association bazaar.<br />
<br />
"It feels good to participate in charity bazaars,” Zal said. "It’s a right time to contribute in doing good for people in need. Today I am selling products from as far abroad as Afghanistan and Korea.”<br />
<br />
The Indian Ambassador to Indonesia Gurjit Singh and his wife were also present. The bazaar, with an entrance fee of Rp. 50,000 ($4.55) and raffle tickets for Rp. 10,000 began in 2004 as an effort to raise funds for local charity organizations.<br />
<br />
The proceeds are distributed to a broad range of organizations, including SLB Surya Wiyata, a school for special needs children and Pusaka 61, a center for supporting senior citizens.<br />
<br />
The IWA also supports promising students on a monthly basis until their graduation from various universities across Jakarta, such as Gunadarma University and Mercu Buana University. Up to now, 100 students have graduated thanks to the association’s help, while
 thirty more students are currently on the payroll.<br />
<br />
Charity bazaar lover Tess Pantoja always finds it interesting to buy items while supporting a good cause.<br />
<br />
"Occasions like this are perfect to buy interesting and creative items and at the same time to do good,” said Pantoja, who is originally from the Philippines. "I’ve been living in Indonesia for 23 years and I am glad to find occasions where I can give back
 to the local people.”<br />
<br />
Since its formation in 1975, the IWA has grown to include about 200 active members, 17 of whom were present on the day of the event, assisting visitors. The committee members were easily recognizable by their shawls, patterned with the Indian flag.<br />
<br />
Count Me In, the volunteering arm of BeritaSatu Media Holdings, was also invited to join the bazaar, drumming up support for its "Drive Books, Not Cars” initiative by selling second hand English novels.<br />
<br />
All proceeds go to benefit Sahabat Anak, which provides informal education for street kids, and Taman Bacaan Pelangi, committed to build libraries for children in remote parts of eastern Indonesia.<br />
<br />
<span style="font-style:italic">(The views expressed above are the personal views of writer)</span><br />
<br />
<span style="font-weight:bold">This article can also be read at:</span><br />
<a href="http://www.thejakartaglobe.com/features/culture-and-fashion-star-at-indian-charity-bazaar" target="_blank">Culture and Fashion Star at Indian Charity Bazaar</a></p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>28/10/2013 18:27:24</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/22402/Culture+and+Fashion+Star+at+Indian+Charity+Bazaar</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">22402</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>22408</publicationdataID>
      <title>India designs low-cost computer to prep poor</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p><span style="font-style:italic">Japan Times/ byVivek Wadhwa</span><br />
<br />
When people think of Silicon Valley, they imagine a place where people are well-educated, well-to-do technologists. Palo Alto has some of the most expensive real estate in the world — and innovation thrives there.<br />
<br />
But if you go on the other side of town to East Palo Alto you see poverty and despair. High school dropout rates are 65 percent and only 10 percent of its children go to college. Most don’t have access to basic computer technology.<br />
<br />
It is no different in nearby towns such as Oakland and San Jose — and other parts of the United States.<br />
<br />
This is particularly unconscionable given the tech industry is so desperate for talent that it has to scour the world. Bridging America’s digital divide would not only uplift disadvantaged communities, it could help solve Silicon Valley’s skills shortage.<br />
<br />
Why don’t all children have laptops and tablets — which are as necessary today as are textbooks?<br />
<br />
Because these are too expensive. Laptops typically cost more than $500. The low-end iPhone 5C costs well over $500 without a carrier subsidy. The cheapest iPad, the mini, costs $300. Every product upgrade by Apple, Samsung, and Dell just includes a faster processor
 and new features, but the prices don’t go down to the point that they are affordable by everyone.<br />
<br />
The Indian government realized a few years ago that the technology industry had no motivation to cater to the needs of the poor. With low-cost devices, the volume of shipments would surely increase, but margins would erode to the point that it wasn’t worthwhile
 for the big players.<br />
<br />
So, India decided to design its own low-cost computer. In July 2010, the government unveiled the prototype of a $35 handheld touch-screen tablet and offered to buy 100,000 units from any vendor that would manufacture them at this price. It promised to have
 these to market within a year and then purchase millions more for students.<br />
<br />
Three years later the Indian government delivered a 7-inch Android-powered tablet called "Aakash.” This had a processor as powerful as the first iPad, twice as much RAM memory, a LCD touchscreen which displays full-screen video, browses the web, displays eBooks,
 and plays video games. The manufacturer was a Canadian company, Datawind. The tablet is expected to be sold in the United States in early 2014.<br />
<br />
I asked one of Palo Alto high school teacher Esther Wojcicki, to evaluate these tablets — to see if they were fit for American children. Esther gave six $40 Aakash tablets to her students at Palo Alto High — where the children of Silicon Valley’s elite study.
 The results were surprisingly positive. Although the children found the tablets to be slower than their iPads, they were usable — and fun.<br />
<br />
I asked another friend, philanthropist Chris Evans, to try these with the children that he was helping. Evans donated 100 Aakash tablets to Communities in Schools of Wake County of Raleigh, North Carolina, for its "Smart Summer” program — a summer camp for
 disadvantaged African-American children. This helps 4 to 14-year-olds prepare for their next year’s studies. They loaded the tablets with science and math apps donated by Mango Learning and textbooks by Bookboard.<br />
<br />
Evans tells the story of when he visited one of the sites where the tablets were being used by 30 children. "They were all running different learning programs — some teaching math, others reading. After a few minutes, one 5-year-old proudly announced he had
 achieved "level four” in a game involving addition (I was told he’d started the day at level one).<br />
<br />
The administrators told me that the kids in the room were already becoming proficient in the skills they would be learning in school the coming fall. They were excited that kids who often find themselves at a disadvantage in class will start school actually
 better prepared than many who they’ll go to school with.”<br />
<br />
The next step is teaching children to write computer code. Two pilots are planned, in Virginia and Silicon Valley.<br />
<br />
The Virginia project is organized by former U.S. chief technology officer Aneesh Chopra and led by education nonprofit, Virginia Advanced Study Strategies (VASS). There, six school districts including Prince William County — have enrolled 85 students in either
 of two free online coding courses — Team Treehouse, and Codecademy, with the offer of an Aakash tablet as an incentive for kids completing the course and developing an app.<br />
<br />
According to Chopra, VASS sees this as a step on its path for improving rural STEM employment, and will build on the project through its Department of Education i3 (invest in innovation) grant focused on building a shared responsibility among students, parents
 and school districts in better preparing workers for today’s jobs.<br />
<br />
In Silicon Valley, Level Playing Field Institute, which was founded by Lotus Development Corporation founder Mitch Kapor along with his wife and business partner Freada Kapor Klein, is coming together with Silicon Valley Bank and AT&amp;T to hold two hackathons
 to teach 250 low income kids of color to write code.<br />
<br />
The students, grades 6-12, will be given a new version of the Aakash tablet which has a cellphone built in as well as 3G access. They will be taught to write code, and asked to compete to develop the best tablet applications.<br />
<br />
Says Klein, "Let’s help them imagine themselves as creators of tech, not just consumers. We know from 10 years of running programs that there are tens of thousands of high school girls and boys from low-income communities of color that have the talent to compete
 in STEM fields at the highest levels — all we need to do is to unleash the waves of hidden talent.” The project is also being supported by the Kapor Center for Social Impact of Oakland.<br />
<br />
"This is a policy problem,” said Silicon Valley Bank CEO Greg Becker of the digital divide. "This is an education problem. Most importantly in Silicon Valley and in tech hubs around the country, this is everyone’s problem.<br />
<br />
"We need to create a tech-savvy, highly skilled workforce to put people to work, stay competitive globally and to keep developing the technologies, medicines, devices and innovations that are solving human problems.”<br />
<br />
The least we can do is give all children access to technology — the tablets, connectivity, mentors and support. We will not only lift millions out of poverty, but also expand our economy. As the experiments with the Indian tablets show, we already have the
 ability to do this.<br />
<br />
<span style="font-style:italic">(The views expressed above are the personal views of the author)</span><br />
<br />
<span style="font-weight:bold">Article may also be read at:</span><br />
<a href=" http://www.japantimes.co.jp/opinion/2013/10/28/commentary/india-designs-low-cost-computer-to-prep-poor/" target="_blank">India designs low-cost computer to prep poor</a></p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>29/10/2013 16:48:11</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/22408/India+designs+lowcost+computer+to+prep+poor</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">22408</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>22409</publicationdataID>
      <title>How to serve 1.5 million school lunches across India every day</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p><span style="font-style:italic">Forbes/ by Skoll World Forum</span><br />
<br />
In the lead up to the 2013 Igniting Innovation Summit on Social Entrepreneurship, the Skoll World Forum is featuring the ideas and innovations of several speakers and delegates, all of whom are writing on entrepreneurial approaches and solutions to some of
 the world’s most pressing social issues. Organized by the Harvard College Social Innovation Collaborative, the Summit takes place on November 9that Harvard University. View the full series here.<br />
<br />
Nish Acharya is the former Director of Innovation and Entrepreneurship for Obama Administration. He is currently a Senior Fellow with Northeastern University and the Center for American Progress.<br />
<br />
Throughout the twenty years in which I have been working with social entrepreneurs, non-profits and activists, nothing has inspired me like the Akshaya Patra Foundation, based in Bangalore, India.<br />
<br />
In less than 12 years, Akshaya Patra has grown to become one of the world’s largest and most effective NGO’s. Started in 2001 in Bangalore, Akshaya Patra provides school lunch, or a midday meal, to 1.5 million children daily across India – nearly 330 million
 meals cooked, delivered and eaten every year. Its meteoric rise – and the collaboration of government, donors and communities in that rise, is a story that I hope many NGO’s and social entrepreneurs can tell in the next decades.<br />
<br />
As a former Board member, I am most interested in the ability of this organization to scale, because this has the greatest ramifications for social entrepreneurs everywhere. We tend to celebrate the social entrepreneur with the new idea but do not expect them
 to achieve the same level of impact as we do of the private companies we invest in. But if we are truly to call these individuals and their organizations "entrepreneurs” then we must hold out the same expectations for them – of reaching a scale and achieving
 an impact that reverberates through society.<br />
<br />
India has nearly 130 million children of school age. And of that, about 100 million are enrolled in school. And as one would expect, the schools are of varying quality. However India’s public and private sectors agree that the availability of a nutritious midday
 meal is critical to driving attendance of boys and girls, improving cognitive abilities and providing children with the energy to learn in the classroom. Thus India has a fairly sophisticated set of policies, enforced by India’s Supreme Court, that require
 schools to provide a school lunch to their students, and that NGO’s could be the provider along with government agencies. And while multiple agencies have received contracts to provide a midday meal, almost none of them focused solely on the midday meal. Any
 good entrepreneur knows the importance of focus. In addition, many of these agencies were education providers, but relatively inexperienced in the areas of food, supply chain and nutrition. In many ways, Akshaya Patra has succeeded because of its ability to
 stay focused on the midday meal, but to attack the complexities of the problem head on.<br />
<br />
The roots of its success lie in its beginnings. Akshaya Patra was started by two distinct groups of professionals who were able to integrate their multidisciplinary perspectives. The first group was the leadership of ISKCON, a faith-based group in India. These
 leaders were trained as engineers and worked in the private sector before their religious service. They brought a tradition of service to people, and experience cooking for thousands of people at a time at their temples. The second group consisted of senior
 executives at Infosys and other Indian technology companies. They have spent the last thirty years solving complex global problems for many of the world’s largest companies. When the two groups came together, they decided to focus on addressing a specific
 challenge in India that has cascading effects. And they decided to focus on scalability from the start.<br />
<br />
They brought the best thinking in manufacturing, supply chain, innovation and logistics management to create a central kitchen model whereby food is centrally cooked and delivered by truck to local schools. The kitchen’s, many of which are ISO-9000 certified,
 are really food factories, capable of cooking food daily for up to 200,000 people each. Food preparation begins at3:00amand the food makes its way through a modern conveyer process until it’s loaded onto specially-built trucks around7:00amthat can deliver
 food to government (public) schools using a hub-and-spoke routing system.<br />
<br />
The cost – is just $0.08 per meal per child – or about $28 per year.<br />
<br />
The ability to constantly maintain a quality product, to provide it at scale, and at a low price are traits we would expect of the most successful companies in the world. How does Akshaya Patra do it? In addition to the process outlined above, it also constantly
 innovates – including using data analytics, cooking using clean energies and constantly improving ingredients to have healthier food – while keeping the cost the same. It hires the best talent available – experts from India’s best schools and companies, and
 pays them a comfortable wage. And it maintains strong corporate governance with boards, auditors and others joining in.<br />
<br />
And it has spent a lot of time thinking about the model for scale. It turned out that the changes in India’s demographics and geography meant that the central kitchen model could work in most of India – regardless of the romanticism of India being a nation
 of villages. It also turned out that many large companies and wealthy families would pay for the construction of kitchens in their communities. And it turns out that India’s growing middle class is more than willing to donate Rs. 1200 a year ($28) to feed
 a child. And most importantly, India’s central and state governments have shown an unwavering commitment to funding the midday meal program – providing cash, land, rice and lentils to Akshaya Patra and other NGO’s providing school lunch. The government support
 accounts for about 40% of the funds, with the rest coming from private sources.<br />
<br />
For the near future, the biggest challenge facing Akshaya Patra and India around the midday meal program will be scale. While Akshaya Patra reaches 1.5 million children daily, that still only reaches 1% of the children of school age in India. The organization
 is striving to reach 5 million by 2020. This would be astounding for an NGO, but would only be 3% of Indian school children. Indian policy makers, philanthropists and NGO’s have not yet decided how to scale the concept around Akshaya Patra – of a centralized
 kitchen using best-in-class production systems, processes and supply chain. This will entail significant training across India. It will also require a significant funding commitment by government and private donors. And it will require a third-party organization
 that can continue to monitor quality so the health of the children remains a priority.<br />
<br />
As we celebrate the breakthrough innovations of social entrepreneurs everywhere, let us also keep one eye on their progress, knowing that there are NGO’s that can scale quickly when the right talent, policy and model can come together.<br />
<br />
<span style="font-style:italic">(The views expressed above are the personal views of the author)</span><br />
<br />
<span style="font-style:italic">Article may also be read at:</span><br />
<a href=" http://www.forbes.com/sites/skollworldforum/2013/10/28/how-to-serve-1-5-million-school-lunches-across-india-every-day/" target="_blank">How to serve 1.5 million school lunches across India every day</a></p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>29/10/2013 16:53:50</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/22409/How+to+serve+15+million+school+lunches+across+India+every+day</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">22409</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>22410</publicationdataID>
      <title>Indian developers hope to launch the world's first Braille smartphone by 2014</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p><span style="font-weight:bold">Deutsche Welle/ by Murali Krishnan</span><br />
<br />
Touchscreens have turned phones into computers. But the tech revolution has ignored the needs of the visually impaired. Now, Indian developers are working on the world's first Braille smartphone.<br />
<br />
Sumit Dagar, an interaction design graduate from the National Institute of Design first came up with the idea of developing a Braille smartphone three years ago. In 2012, he won a $50,000 Rolex Award for Enterprise and it gave him and his team that extra impetus
 to speed up their work.<br />
<br />
"I started this project during my masters. It was not part of the curriculum but because of motivation as a designer, and with my technology background, I could clearly see this increasing digital divide between what is available for majority user groups as
 compared to more marginalized ones," says Dagar.<br />
<br />
The screen of the phone, which has yet to be officially named, consists of a grid of pins. The pins move up and down to form Braille shapes and characters whenever a text message or email arrives.<br />
<br />
The Braille smartphone will be able to form icons, shapes, figures, and diagrams in an elevated position, so users can feel them.<br />
<br />
<span style="font-weight:bold">Huge potential market</span><br />
<br />
The World Health Organization estimates that nearly 300 million people worldwide are blind or visually impaired.<br />
<br />
A quarter of the world's visually impaired people live in India so the potential market is huge.<br />
<br />
Explaining the technology behind the Braille phone, the 29-year-old innovator says there is a huge gap between what is usable for people with vision and for those without. He says design is the only thing that fills the gap between technology and the user.<br />
<br />
"There are a couple of technologies we are experimenting with for a production level version," says Dagar. "One of them is piezoelectric technology, which has been available for these sorts of uses for about 30 years. The most recent technology [we're looking
 at] is shape memory alloy based actuation."<br />
<br />
Though the phone is still at the prototype stage, work is progressing at a frenetic pace.<br />
<br />
<span style="font-weight:bold">Not just for those left behind</span><br />
<br />
Nishita Gill, who is also part of the design team, believes the product will be a strong competitor to other smartphones.<br />
<br />
"Imagine an interface where you don't have to look at the screen and you can still make a call or you can still message someone," says Gill. "It'll definitely be a challenge on the smartphone market."<br />
<br />
And it's hotly anticipated.<br />
<br />
George Abraham, the founding chairman of the World Blind Cricket Council and the Association for Cricket for the Blind in India, sees a bright future for the product.<br />
<br />
"There are a number of people who know Braille and for them it will be great. The world is large - there is room for these products and customers will benefit," says Abraham.<br />
<br />
However, Dagar acknowledges his team has big hurdles to overcome before it can launch the Braille smartphone - the main one being how to build the physical surface of the interactive screen. But he is spurred on by his conviction that visually impaired people
 have been left behind.<br />
<br />
"The product revolution that has happened recently is the 'product innovation revolution' where design came in and took over technology. That's where iPhones and other off-age products came in," says Dagar. "They were essentially using [old] technologies, but
 they used design in such a way that the user became wowed about the technologies. So this is the revolution that came but it left out marginalized user groups."<br />
<br />
The developers of the Braille smartphone say it will offer rich information sets like graphics, diagrams and spatial orientation, which can be represented using touch interaction.<br />
<br />
Dagar has self-funded the project so far. Winning last year's Rolex Award allowed him to cover startup costs for his company, Kriyate Designs, and operating costs for the first year.<br />
<br />
His team hopes to have a basic version of the Braille phone market-ready by early next year and a full, Braille smartphone ready within the next five years.<br />
<br />
(The views expressed above are the personal views of the author)<br />
<br />
<span style="font-weight:bold">Article may also be read at:</span><br />
<a href="http://www.dw.de/indian-developers-hope-to-launch-the-worlds-first-braille-smartphone-by-2014/a-17188002" target="_blank">Indian developers hope to launch the world's first Braille smartphone by 2014</a></p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>29/10/2013 16:54:03</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/22410/Indian+developers+hope+to+launch+the+worlds+first+Braille+smartphone+by+2014</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">22410</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>22411</publicationdataID>
      <title>India, U.S. preparing satellites to probe Martian atmosphere</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p><span style="font-style:italic">WATQ News/ by Irene Klotz</span><br />
<br />
Two new science satellites are being prepared to join a fleet of robotic Mars probes to help determine why the planet most like Earth in the solar system ended up so different.<br />
<br />
India's Mars Orbiter Mission, the country's first interplanetary foray, is due to blast off on November 5 from the Satish Dhawan Space Centre in Sriharikota, India.<br />
<br />
Billed as a pathfinder to test technologies to fly to orbit and communicate from Mars, the satellite follows India's successful 2008-2009 Chandrayaan-1 moon probe, which discovered water molecules in the lunar soil.<br />
<br />
The Mars Orbiter Mission has ambitious science goals as well, including a search for methane in the Martian atmosphere. On Earth, the chemical is strongly tied to life.<br />
<br />
Methane, which also can be produced by non-biological processes, was first detected in the Martian atmosphere a decade ago.<br />
<br />
But recent measurements made by NASA's Mars rover, Curiosity, show only trace amounts of methane, a puzzling finding since the gas should last about 200 years on Mars.<br />
<br />
India's Mars Orbiter Mission also will study Martian surface features and mineral composition.<br />
<br />
Also launching in November is NASA's Mars Atmosphere and Volatile Evolution, or MAVEN, spacecraft.<br />
<br />
MAVEN will focus on Mars' thin atmosphere, but rather than hunting methane, it is designed to help scientists figure out how the planet managed to lose an atmosphere that at one time was believed to be thicker than Earth's.<br />
<br />
"MAVEN is going to focus on trying to understand what the history of the atmosphere has been, how the climate has changed through time and how that has influenced the evolution of the surface and the potential habitability - at least by microbes - of Mars,"
 lead mission scientist Bruce Jakosky, with the University of Colorado at Boulder, told reporters on a conference call on Monday.<br />
<br />
MAVEN is due to launch on November 18 from Cape Canaveral Air Force Station in Florida and reach Mars on September 22, 2014 - the day after India's spacecraft arrives.<br />
<br />
They will join two NASA rovers, two NASA orbiters and a European Space Agency satellite already studying Mars.<br />
<br />
(The views expressed above are the personal views of the author)<br />
<br />
<span style="font-weight:bold">Article may also be read at:</span><br />
<a href="http://wtaq.com/news/articles/2013/oct/28/india-us-preparing-satellites-to-probe-martian-atmosphere/" target="_blank">India, U.S. preparing satellites to probe Martian atmosphere</a></p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>29/10/2013 17:01:54</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/22411/India+US+preparing+satellites+to+probe+Martian+atmosphere</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">22411</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>22401</publicationdataID>
      <title>Vietnam-India festival celebrates long-term relationship</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p><span style="font-weight:bold">Vietmaz</span><br />
<br />
India People’s Friendship festival celebrating the cultural exchange as well as long-term relationship between two countries was held at Ho Chi Minh City’s Union of Friendship Organizations on October 25.<br />
<br />
Speaking at the event, Mr. Phan Long, Vice President of the municipal Union of Friendship Organizations, emphasized that the celebration helped confirm the long-term relationship between Vietnam and India.<br />
<br />
A number of Vietnamese and Indian traditional songs were performed by both Indian and Vietnamese people at the celebration.<br />
<br />
"We were happy to see people in Hanoi and Da Nang appreciated our performance. We believe that the relationship between Vietnam and India will strongly develop,” Devi Prasad Tripathi asserted.<br />
<br />
In 2012, Vietnam – India successfully celebrated their friendship year which marked the 40th anniversary of bilateral diplomatic ties between two nations.<br />
<br />
<span style="font-weight:bold">This article can also be read at:</span><br />
<a href="http://vietmaz.com/2013/10/vietnam-india-festival-celebrates-long-term-relationship/#.Um3iR3AbBfs" target="_blank">Vietnam-India festival celebrates long-term relationship</a></p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>28/10/2013 17:41:44</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/22401/VietnamIndia+festival+celebrates+longterm+relationship</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">22401</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>22390</publicationdataID>
      <title>On World Polio Day, India’s Progress</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p><span style="font-style:italic">Wall Street Journal/ byNaveen Thacker</span><br />
<br />
India is just four months away from being declared polio free by the World Health Organization.<br />
<br />
This was once described by experts as impossible and would mark one of the greatest global public health achievements of all time. It also provides a national roadmap for reaching children with other interventions.<br />
<br />
The world is so close to total eradication, and India’s experience is playing a major role in how experts are approaching the last mile. Yet, with the threat of polio from endemic countries – Pakistan, Afghanistan and Nigeria – and outbreaks in the Horn of
 Africa, South Sudan and possibly Syria, we cannot afford to be complacent.<br />
<br />
Successful polio eradication in India hasn’t been easy. In 2009, the country had more cases of polio than anywhere else in the world. But political commitment at the central, state and local levels, along with a national polio oversight body, helped identify
 and address challenges quickly and effectively.<br />
<br />
A partnership between the Indian government, the WHO, Unicef, Rotary International and the Bill &amp; Melinda Gates Foundation raised more than $2 billion and an army of two million vaccinators was deployed to reach more than 170 million children in polio immunization
 campaigns each year.<br />
<br />
New technological innovations like genetic sequencing helped us quickly identify where an outbreak of the virus originated, enabling us to rapidly stop it from spreading. A system to track newborn babies helped health workers reach them with the vaccine and
 other lifesaving interventions.<br />
<br />
Celebrities like the actor Amitabh Bachchan pushed the message of polio eradication to the masses, and partnerships with religious groups helped break down scare stories and myths about the disease, too.<br />
<br />
Since the last case of polio in India in 2011, national experts have traveled to Pakistan, Afghanistan and Nigeria to share best practices. India’s monitoring system and genetic sequencing, for example, provides a model for how polio outbreaks can be identified
 and stopped.<br />
<br />
The remaining three countries where polio transmission has never been stopped continue to make tremendous progress in getting us to a polio-free world. The next six months – the traditional "low season” when fewer cases of polio are recorded – are critical
 to our efforts to end polio and change history.<br />
<br />
Polio eradication has had a big impact on how health services are delivered to the poorest and most marginalized communities. Health workers actually went door-to-door in polio affected districts to ensure that no child was missed. The knowledge gained through
 the polio effort is being used to make inroads against other preventable diseases.<br />
<br />
There’s a lot of work to do.<br />
<br />
Unicef says 1.4 million children under the age of five died in India in 2012 from preventable diseases such as pneumonia, diarrhea and malnutrition. This is an incredible amount of suffering. As with polio, child deaths could be dramatically reduced if the
 government, business community and civil society work together to reach the poorest areas with quality and affordable health services.<br />
<br />
India is a world leader in research and development. The country recently launched a new Japanese encephalitis vaccine that will target high prevalence districts. An indigenous vaccine against rotavirus, the main cause of diarrhea in India, has also been developed
 and, once launched, will play a big role in preventing deaths and hospitalization from diarrhea.<br />
<br />
India has also made steady progress by introducing the pentavalent vaccine in nine states. Based on the success of the rollout, the National Technical Advisory Group on Immunisation has recommended that the government rolls out the five-in-one vaccine nationwide.<br />
<br />
But big gaps remain. There is a shortfall of trained health workers in India, the health system is underfunded and we are too cautious about technological advancements because of an anti-vaccine lobby, which puts children’s lives at risk.<br />
<br />
Pakistan became the first country in South Asia to immunize children against pneumococcal disease, a major cause of pneumonia and the biggest killer of children under five in India. Why are we not using this lifesaving vaccine to stop these preventable child
 deaths?<br />
<br />
India has shown great leadership on polio eradication and proved the critics wrong by getting to zero polio cases. The challenge now is to ensure that these lessons translate into polio eradication globally and to improved health interventions nationally.<br />
<br />
<span style="font-style:italic">(The views expressed above are the personal views of the author)</span><br />
<br />
<span style="font-weight:bold">Article may also be read at:</span><br />
<a href="http://blogs.wsj.com/indiarealtime/2013/10/24/on-world-polio-day-indias-progress" target="_blank">On World Polio Day, India’s Progress</a></p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>24/10/2013 18:26:30</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/22390/On+World+Polio+Day+Indias+Progress</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">22390</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>22391</publicationdataID>
      <title>Bihar nurse to share stage with Malala at UN function</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p><span style="font-style:italic">Vancouver Desi</span><br />
<br />
A Bihar woman health official is set to share stage with Malala Yousufzai, who was shot in the head and neck by the Taliban for advocating girls’ education in her country Pakistan, in New York next month, officials Thursday said.<br />
<br />
Martha Dodray, in her mid-40s, is an auxiliary nursing midwife posted at Kusheshwarsthan primary health centre in the state’s Darbhanga district. She was selected by the United Nations Foundation (UNF) for her extraordinary work to eradicate polio.<br />
<br />
"I am happy that UNF would honoured me for my work in polio immunization campaign at a function to be held at New York Nov 6, where Malala would be also be felicitated,” Martha, a tribal native of Palamu district of neighbouring Jharkhand, said.<br />
<br />
She said she walked several kilometres each day to reach remote and inaccessible villages to administer polio vaccine to hundreds of children, mostly belonging to poorest of the poor.<br />
<br />
Darbhanga district magistrate Kumar Ravi said Martha has contributed in the polio vaccination drive in remote pockets of the flood-prone rural areas.<br />
<br />
"Marha was recently selected as one of the best polio workers in India for her devotion and hard work in polio vaccination drive. Her name was recommended for the award ceremony in New York,” Darbhanga civil surgeon U.K. Choudhary said.<br />
<br />
Bihar has not reported a single case of polio in the last three years and has virtually remained polio free since August 2010.<br />
<br />
State Health Secretary Sanjay Kumar, who is also executive director of Bihar State Health Society, said the state has become a near polio-free region as it has not recorded a single case of the disease. But Bihar will have to wait till Jan 14, 2014, to be officially
 declared a polio free state, when India too will be declared a polio-free country.<br />
<br />
<span style="font-weight:bold">Article may also be read at:</span><br />
<a href="http://www.vancouverdesi.com/lifestyle/bihar-nurse-to-share-stage-with-malala-at-un-function/652146" target="_blank">Bihar nurse to share stage with Malala at UN function</a></p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>24/10/2013 18:30:18</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/22391/Bihar+nurse+to+share+stage+with+Malala+at+UN+function</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">22391</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>22399</publicationdataID>
      <title>UAE-India ties are historical</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p><span style="font-style:italic">Gulf News/ by Sanjay Verma</span><br />
<br />
The relationship built on the foundations of trade and human resources has evolved into a healthy cultural exchange over the yearsFor an Indian diplomat, the assignment as consul-general in Dubai is challenging and overwhelming. On arrival, I remember being
 told that the finest sound that an Indian consul-general hears is that of the jet engine taking off after completion of his tenure.<br />
<br />
I have spent 44 wondrous months in this truly global city, Dubai. Time has moved like a speeding car on Shaikh Zayed Road. But when I look back at events, high-level visits, particular incidents or the breadth of the relationship that I have experienced then
 it does seem like three and a half years. How does one capture a diplomatic assignment with the backdrop of civilisational linkages in a brief article?<br />
<br />
India is a fast developing civilisational state with 1.2 billion people and a continental diversity. UAE, on the other hand, is like a green field state where the visionary rulers have from scratch put up infrastructure and a man management model that has delivered
 extraordinary results and prosperity.<br />
<br />
Our two countries have widely differing realities and challenges, yet there is a core philosophy common to the vision of the UAE rulers and that enshrined in the Indian Constitution. Both our countries have embraced pluralism to prove that diversities need
 not divide, but can co-exist and prosper together.<br />
<br />
The India-UAE partnership is historical and legendary. But importantly, it is also a relationship which is dynamic with new contours and linkages. Not long ago, this was a relationship built largely on the strength of human resources from India.<br />
<br />
Today, the India-UAE relationship sings different tunes and more than anything else, is defined by our economic and commercial linkages. We are each other’s biggest trade partners with annual trade exceeding $75 billion (Dh275.25 billion).<br />
<br />
Last year, an estimated million Indians visited Dubai. Sum up the shopping done by Indian tourists here and you could easily add another $5 billion to our bilateral trade. We are also joined at the hip by about 700 weekly flights. Every 20 minutes, an aircraft
 takes off between India and the UAE.<br />
<br />
UAE with about $8 billion worth of investments is amongst India’s top-10 investors. Indian investments in the UAE are beginning to tell a new story. Not long ago, an Indian entrepreneur here gradually accumulated capital and built a business. The new Indian
 entrepreneur brings in capital from back home or elsewhere.<br />
<br />
A conservative assessment of the total investments by Indian companies here is about $80 billion. If you add the value of Indian investments in the property sector that number may touch $100 billion. We are also amongst the biggest consumers. The recent decision
 by the Government of India to put flat screen TVs under a new import tariff reportedly caused TV sales in Dubai to dip by a third.<br />
<br />
The transactional aspect of this dynamic relationship is true for India’s ties with the region too. At $181 billion our trade with the GCC is the most with any other regional bloc. We are also amongst the biggest buyers of GCC’s oil. In fact, the payment for
 oil imports from the Gulf by India (at above $75 billion) is more than double the remittances Indian expatriates send home from the Gulf. The market is underwriting India’s links with the region.<br />
<br />
I thought I knew India. But the assignment here was like a ‘Re-discover India programme’. No area in India, barring Mumbai, represents Indian diversity like the Indian community in Dubai. Where else would you find half a dozen Indian restaurants devoted to
 different style of coastal cooking? Your wildest Indian food fantasy can be ordered as a take away in Dubai! India has 640 administrative districts. You can bet there is at least one resident in Dubai from each of these districts.<br />
<br />
The Indian community here is probably the most positive anywhere and is part of the nation building process of two states, India and the UAE. When you think of the Indian migrant here, you now need to think beyond the humble skilled or unskilled worker.<br />
<br />
Please also consider the top Indian bankers, the CEOs, the CFOs, the doctors, the chartered accountants and the lawyers. Indians run world-class business models in retail trade, education and the health sector.<br />
<br />
The Indian community is proudly cohesive and committed. It recreates our ethos here in many telling ways. The most serious efforts at promoting and celebrating the classical and folk dances outside Kerala happens here.<br />
<br />
High quality theatre productions in regional languages like Gujarati, Marathi and Bengali outside India are staged here. The biggest kavi sammelans and mushairas (poetry recitation in public) outside the Hindi heartland are held here, attended by thousands
 till dawn the next day.<br />
<br />
Apart from the stock challenges of meeting consular expectations of the community and promoting our commercial interests, the last three and a half years was punctuated by a number of high-profile cases, including the 17 Indians case in Sharjah, the fallout
 of th/e Anna Hazare protests in India, Somali piracy which cut personal and deep, the Air India Express tragedy in Mangalore and evacuation of Indians from Libya through Dubai amongst many others.<br />
<br />
Offering relief from all this was the softer side of Dubai, the Bollywood capital of the Gulf. Meeting idols like Amitabh Bachchan, Gulzarsaab, Asha Bhonsle and Shabana Azmi or wearing the moderator’s hat at the Sharjah Book Fair and the Emirates Festival of
 Literature in Dubai to interview legends like Ruskin Bond and Arundhati Roy or chat up Shobha De, Anupam Kher, Prasoon Joshi and film director Sujoy Ghosh for a live audience were memorable and enjoyable experiences.<br />
<br />
On the way, I also discovered some home truths about the Indian society in Dubai. For instance, you can never be late to an Indian party in Dubai. If you are invited for dinner, please have dinner at home before arriving because the table will be laid only
 post-midnight.<br />
<br />
Dubai is also a place where I learnt that people actually take a vacation to recover from the hectic partying schedule. Dubai is also a place where some feel that if you get less than three invites on Diwali then you need to fire your image consultant. Was
 it a coincidence that Dubai also has the finest amateur belters of Bollywood songs? Strangely, the best of these singers, and they are really talented, are also huge business success stories. Provoking me to suggest, you have wasted your life making money;
 you should have made music.<br />
<br />
When the Air India Dreamliner leaves Dubai with us on board, the noise of the jet engine will be drowned out by the friendship and support of our Emirati friends, the camaraderie of the diplomatic corps and love and affection of the Indian community. It was
 a privilege to represent India and the community in Dubai.<br />
<br />
<span style="font-style:italic">(The views expressed above are the personal views of the author)</span><br />
<br />
<span style="font-weight:bold">This article can also be read at:</span><br />
<a href="http://gulfnews.com/opinions/columnists/uae-india-ties-are-historical-1.1246905" target="_blank">UAE-India ties are historical</a></p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>26/10/2013 19:30:59</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/22399/UAEIndia+ties+are+historical</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">22399</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>22384</publicationdataID>
      <title>Smithsonian's 1st exhibition on the art of yoga explores 2,000-plus years of visual history</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p><span style="font-weight:bold">Washington Post</span><br />
<br />
Yoga is moving from the studio mat to the museum gallery.<br />
<br />
The Smithsonian Institution has organized what curators believe is the first exhibition about the visual history and art of yoga, its origins and evolution over time.<br />
<br />
The Smithsonian’s Sackler Gallery will showcase the exhibit, "Yoga: The Art of Transformation,” through January. Later, it will travel to the Asian Art Museum of San Francisco and to the Cleveland Museum of Art.<br />
<br />
Curators brought together Indian sculptures, manuscripts and paintings, as well as posters, illustrations, photographs and films to showcase yoga’s history over 2,000 years.<br />
<br />
Museum Director Julian Raby said years of research behind the exhibit shed new light on yoga’s meanings and histories.<br />
<br />
"It examines for the first time a spectacular, but until now largely ignored, archive,” he said. "That archive is India’s visual culture of extraordinary yoga-related artworks created, as you will see, over some two millennia.”<br />
<br />
Guest teachers will lead yoga classes in the museum’s galleries on Wednesdays and Sundays. The museum also will host a symposium for scholars and enthusiasts on yoga’s visual culture.<br />
<br />
Curator Debra Diamond said the Smithsonian borrowed some of the greatest masterpieces in Indian art as well as pieces that have never been shown before.<br />
<br />
First the exhibit examines the concepts and practices of yoga traditions, including meditation and postures found in Indian art dating back hundreds of years. The first piece is an 11th century sculpture representing a yoga teacher, seated in the lotus posture
 with legs crossed to signify enlightenment.<br />
<br />
Such sculptures were displayed in Hindu temples so people could see the teacher and "understand yoga’s transformative potential,” Diamond said.<br />
<br />
Three life-size sculptures of yogini goddesses from Hindu temples illustrate the belief that female powers could be used to allow practitioners to achieve divine powers and enlightenment.<br />
<br />
Later galleries examine how the idea of yoga was circulated worldwide, Diamond said. Early American posters depict yogis as magicians or "fakirs” performing acts, along with a 1902 film by Thomas Edison.<br />
<br />
Perceptions of yoga helped determine how the tradition developed, and knowing that background is important for how Americans think about yoga today, Diamond said.<br />
<br />
"There are so many debates and contestations about what yoga is in America,” she said. "Is it a profound individual embodied system of transformation? Or is it the thing that spawned a $5 billion industry in which yoga is used to sell cars?”<br />
<br />
The exhibit is funded in part by the Smithsonian’s first major crowd-funding campaign, which raised $174,000 in six weeks. The Alec Baldwin Foundation also is a notable sponsor. Last year, Baldwin married a yoga instructor.<br />
<br />
John Schumacher, a 40-year yoga practitioner and teacher in Washington who advised on the exhibit, said visitors will see there is much more to yoga than postures and breathing.<br />
<br />
"It teaches where yoga comes from,” he said. "You see there is a deep, philosophical underpinning to all of these practices and a variety of different philosophies.”<br />
<br />
<span style="font-weight:bold">Article may also be read at:</span><br />
<br />
<a href="http://www.washingtonpost.com/entertainment/museums/1st-exhibit-on-art-of-yoga-explores-2000-plus-years-of-visual-history-at-smithsonian/2013/10/22/7135dbc4-3b3e-11e3-b0e7-716179a2c2c7_story.html" target="_blank">Smithsonian's 1st exhibition on the
 art of yoga explores 2,000-plus years of visual history</a></p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>24/10/2013 10:44:42</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/22384/Smithsonians+1st+exhibition+on+the+art+of+yoga+explores+2000plus+years+of+visual+history</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">22384</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>22386</publicationdataID>
      <title>Canadian CEOs should look at India, other foreign markets for growth: PwC</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p><span style="font-weight:bold">Vancouver Desi/ by Linda Nguyan</span><br />
<br />
Canadian companies are at risk of losing out on growth opportunities if they don’t look abroad to the U.S. and other foreign markets in 2014, accounting firm PricewaterhouseCoopers warns in a report issuedTuesday.<br />
<br />
"This is about revenue and Canadian companies are placing limited bets on emerging foreign markets. It’s small thinking,” said Tahir Ayub, Canadian Private Company Services Leader at PwC.<br />
<br />
The annual report, titled Building a Sustainable Future: Strategies for Growth, urged businesses to review why they have not expanded into markets like Brazil, Russia, India and China, which in the next decade will be home to an estimated billion new middle-income
 consumers.<br />
<br />
"Those new consumers will demand products and services and other countries will meet that demand,” said Ayub.<br />
<br />
"Bottom line: Canadian businesses should continue to evaluate the pros and cons of doing business in emerging markets. It’s a risk not to start assessing these markets as places to grow.”<br />
<br />
There are also many opportunities to be had just beyond our border in the U.S., he said.<br />
<br />
"For Canadian businesses specifically, our geographic proximity, cultural similarities and shared language make the U.S. an ideal trading partner,” said Ayub.<br />
<br />
"We’ve got a ready market of sophisticated consumers with significant buying power at our doorstep. The US market is 10 times that of Canada… This is the time to at least explore doing business in the U.S.”<br />
<br />
Earlier this week, a research note by CIBC Economics forecasted that spending by Corporate Canada is expected to ramp up in 2014 as global economies, particularly the U.S., continue to show signs of improvement.<br />
<br />
CIBC economist Benjamin Tal said Canadian companies are holding onto a near-record amount of cash, an estimated $5.7 trillion, yet have been reluctant to invest in capital projects due to economic uncertainty. But as some of the world’s largest economies show
 clear signs of strength, these firms will be more willing to spend that money in 2014.<br />
<br />
The bank estimates the U.S. economy will expand by 3.2 per cent next year, more than double the projected pace in 2013. While China is forecast to grow by four per cent, compared with three per cent this year.<br />
<br />
A PwC survey of 352 Canadian chief executives from the private sector were hesitant about growing outside of Canada, although 76 per cent say they expect their businesses to expand in 2014.<br />
<br />
The majority (60 per cent) said Canada had the largest growth potential in the coming year, while 24 per cent noted the U.S. and 10 per cent cited foreign markets.<br />
<br />
Those surveyed cited that they expect their businesses will expand by an average of 7.6 per cent — more than three times more than the two per cent growth rate forecasted for the Canadian economy as a whole.<br />
<br />
"Canada’s market is relatively small and developed. The real opportunity to expand, grow sales and boost market share is by entering new markets,” says Ayub.<br />
<br />
The most common reasons companies expect growth are increased sales (55 per cent), marketshare gains (44 per cent) and an improved economy (37 per cent). Last year, only 19 per cent of those surveyed admitted to having a rosy outlook on the Canadian economy.<br />
<br />
The CEOs say they are taking a number of steps to improve their balance sheets, including reducing the cost of operations (42 per cent), improving staff skills (40 per cent), improving processes (39 per cent), better targetting customers (38 per cent) and retaining
 staff (33 per cent).<br />
<br />
Going into 2014, the respondents say the biggest obstacles they see for their businesses are the economy (38 per cent), labour shortages or inability to recruit skilled staff (28 per cent) and decreased demand for their products and services (25 per cent).<br />
<br />
The PwC survey of Canadian CEOs was conducted in the summer. The participants were from a variety of sectors, each generating revenues between $10 to more than $51 million each year.<br />
<br />
(The views expressed above are the personal views of the author)<br />
<br />
<span style="font-weight:bold">Article may also be read at:</span><br />
<br />
<a href="http://www.vancouverdesi.com/news/canadian-ceos-should-look-at-foreign-markets-for-growth-says-pwc-survey-2/651037/" target="_blank">Canadian CEOs should look at India, other foreign markets for growth: PwC</a></p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>24/10/2013 10:54:11</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/22386/Canadian+CEOs+should+look+at+India+other+foreign+markets+for+growth+PwC</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">22386</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>22387</publicationdataID>
      <title>India 'most open' among BRICS</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p><span style="font-weight:bold">Warc</span><br />
<br />
Indian companies performed the best of the BRICS economies in a new survey of corporate reporting practices in emerging markets, while Chinese companies were judged to be lagging way behind.<br />
<br />
The findings were detailed in a report from Berlin-based Transparency International, the anti-corruption watchdog, which examined 100 multinationals from Brazil, Russia, India, China and South Africa (the BRICS) plus 12 other countries.<br />
<br />
Indian companies were found to have performed well thanks to laws that require them to publish key financial information about their subsidiaries, the Indian Express reported.<br />
<br />
Tata Communications topped the list with a rating of 71% followed in second place by Tata Global Beverages, while Indian companies averaged 54% overall.<br />
<br />
By contrast, eight of the ten worst performers were Chinese companies, including state-owned Chery Automobiles, and of the 11 companies given a zero for organisational transparency, nine were from China.<br />
<br />
"Results show that companies from China lag behind in every dimension with an overall score of 20%," Transparency International said. "Considering their growing influence in markets around the world, this poor performance is of concern."<br />
<br />
Companies were assessed according to three categories – how they reported anti-corruption programmes, their organisational transparency, and disclosure of revenue, expenses and tax payments.<br />
<br />
After finding that 60% of companies in emerging markets surveyed do not disclose information about political contributions, Transparency urged them to explain to the public about their relationships with governments and what they're doing to prevent corruption.<br />
<br />
The report also found that disclosure requirements regulating publicly-listed companies enabled them to outperform state-owned or private companies.<br />
<br />
Huguette Labelle, chair of Transparency International, concluded: "As emerging market companies expand their influence, they should seize the opportunity to play a bigger role stopping corruption internationally."<br />
<br />
(The views expressed above are the personal views of the author)<br />
<br />
<span style="font-weight:bold">Article may also be read at:</span><br />
<br />
<a href="http://www.warc.com/LatestNews/News/India_most_open_among_BRICS_.news?ID=32093 " target="_blank">India 'most open' among BRICS</a></p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>24/10/2013 10:59:32</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/22387/India+most+open+among+BRICS</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">22387</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>22323</publicationdataID>
      <title>India to electronically manage USD 323M research scheme</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p><span style="font-style:italic">Future Gov /by Medha Basu</span><br />
<br />
The Ministry of Science and Technology of India has launched electronic management of its INR 19.79 billion (US$ 323 million) science and research funding scheme for youth, ‘Innovation in Science Pursuit for Inspired Research’ (INSPIRE).<br />
<br />
The Department of Science and Technology (DST) has to process hundreds of thousands of nominations for selecting winners of the INSPIRE Award. It launched the new e-management system yesterday (October 10), applying "state-of-the-art, latest information technology”
 to make grant management more efficient and transparent.<br />
<br />
The E-Management of INSPIRE Award Scheme or E-MIAS system will connect the central DST to all 35 States and Union Territories, and further connect it to all 700 district education authorities and the three central education organisations.<br />
<br />
Union Science and Technology Minister, S. Jaipal Reddy said at the launch of E-MAIS, "For users, the e-management of INSPIRE may be a matter of convenience. But for me it is not just an operational modality, but a statement of value and commitment in favour
 of transparent administration.”<br />
<br />
It will digitise the grant application and management process, enabling 500,000 middle and high schools across the country to electronically file nominations for the grant which will be received by the district and state authorities for further processing.
 The data of the selected students will be directly transmitted to the banks, allowing authorities to credit the awarded amount into the bank accounts of the awardees.<br />
<br />
E-MAIS will also enable the banks to prepare and dispatch Award Warrants to the selected winners, management of data related to the scheme and support management information systems. Additionally, the system will support a public domain homepage with details
 of the award scheme. There will also be a call centre open six days a week to address stakeholders’ needs.<br />
<br />
DST selected IL&amp;FS Technologies, an end-to-end technology solutions provider, for preparing the application, and maintaining and operating it for the next five years. The software was piloted in Tamil Nadu and Punjab States, and Delhi Union Territory over August
 and September this year. Based on feedback from the pilot tests, the application has now been finalised and is ready to be put into work in all concerned agencies.<br />
<br />
<span style="font-style:italic">(The views expressed above are the personal views of the author)</span><br />
<br />
<span style="font-weight:bold">Article may also be read at</span><br />
<a href="http://www.futuregov.asia/articles/2013/oct/11/india-electronically-manage-us-323m-research-schem" target="_blank">India to electronically manage USD 323M research scheme</a></p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>11/10/2013 16:50:27</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/22323/India+to+electronically+manage+USD+323M+research+scheme</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">22323</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>22324</publicationdataID>
      <title>India, China show great progress in ending poverty: World Bank</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p><span style="font-style:italic">NY Daily News</span><br />
<br />
The number of extremely poor people has sharply declined around the world, but with the exception of India and China, the poor in 2010 were as bad off as they were in 1981, according to a new World Bank report.<br />
<br />
While the reduction in poverty has moved significantly over the last three decades in middle-income countries such as China and India, low-income countries showed much slower progress, said the analysis released Thursday, underscoring the difficulty of reaching
 the goal to end poverty by 2030.<br />
<br />
The "average" poor person in a low-income country lived on 78 cents a day in 2010, compared to 74 cents a day in 1981. But in India, the average income of the poor rose to 96 cents in 2010, compared to 84 cents in 1981, while in China, the average poor income
 rose to 95 cents, compared to 67 cents.<br />
<br />
The report found that 721 million fewer people lived in extreme poverty in 2010 - defined as under $1.25 a day - compared to 1981, but it still included roughly 400 million children.<br />
<br />
Children accounted for one in three of those living in extreme poverty around the world in 2010, compared with only one in five of those living above the poverty line.<br />
<br />
In low-income countries, the percentages were even worse, with half of all children living in extreme poverty.<br />
<br />
While extreme poverty rates have declined in all regions, the world's 35 low-income countries - 26 of which are in Africa - registered 100 million more extremely poor people today than three decades ago.<br />
<br />
In 2010, 33 percent of the extreme poor lived in low-income countries, compared to 13 percent in 1981.<br />
<br />
"The finding that over 400 million children live in extreme poverty and children are more likely to be poor than adults is disturbing, since this can exacerbate child labour and create inter-generational poverty traps," said World Bank Chief Economist and Senior
 Vice President Kaushik Basu.<br />
<br />
"Hence, if we want to make a sustainable dent on global poverty, this is where we need to focus our attention."<br />
<br />
<span style="font-weight:bold">Article may also be read at</span><br />
<a href="http://india.nydailynews.com/business/29cf74aa757cb66df9d92f76509384c2/india-china-show-great-progress-in-ending-poverty-world-bank#ixzz2hO3ZaC2u" target="_blank">India, China show great progress in ending poverty: World Bank</a></p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>11/10/2013 16:54:36</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/22324/India+China+show+great+progress+in+ending+poverty+World+Bank</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">22324</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>22333</publicationdataID>
      <title>Indian girl, 13, studies for master’s degree</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p>Washington Post<br />
<br />
In a country where many girls are discouraged from going to school, Sushma Verma is having anything but a typical childhood.<br />
<br />
The 13-year-old girl from a poor family in north India has enrolled in a master’s degree program in microbiology, after her father sold his land to pay for some of his daughter’s tuition in the hope of helping her be a part of India’s growing middle class.<br />
<br />
Sushma finished high school at age 7 and earned a college degree at 13 — milestones she said were possible only with the sacrifices and encouragement of her uneducated and impoverished parents.<br />
<br />
"They allowed me to do what I wanted to do,” Sushma said in an interview, speaking her native language of Hindi. "I hope that other parents don’t impose their choices on their children.”<br />
<br />
Sushma lives a very modest life with her three younger siblings and her parents — eating, sleeping and studying alongside them in a cramped single-room apartment in the city of Lucknow.<br />
<br />
Their only income is her father’s daily wage of less than $3.50 for working on construction sites. Their most precious possessions include a study table and a secondhand computer.<br />
<br />
It is not a great atmosphere for studying, she admitted. "There are a lot of dreams. . . . All of them cannot be fulfilled.”<br />
<br />
But having no television and little else at home has advantages, she said. "There is nothing to do but study.”<br />
<br />
Sushma began her studies last month at Lucknow’s B.R. Ambedkar Central University.<br />
<br />
Her first choice was to become a doctor, but she cannot take the test to qualify for medical school until she is 18.<br />
<br />
"So I opted for the [master’s of science], and then I will do a doctorate,” she said.<br />
<br />
Sushma — a skinny, poised girl with shoulder-length hair — is not the first high achiever in her family. Her older brother graduated from high school at 9 and in 2007 became one of India’s youngest computer science graduates at 14.<br />
<br />
In another family, Sushma might not have been able to follow him into higher education. Millions of Indian children are still not enrolled in grade school, and many of them are girls whose parents choose to hold them back in favor of advancing their sons. Some
 from conservative village cultures are expected only to get married, for which their families will go into debt to give cash and gifts to their daughter’s new family.<br />
<br />
For Sushma, her father sold his only pieces of land for about $400 to cover some of her school fees.<br />
<br />
"There was opposition from my family and friends, but I did not have any option,” said her father, Tej Bahadur Verma.<br />
<br />
The rest of Sushma’s school fees will come from a charity that gave her a grant of about $12,600. Bindeshwar Pathak of Sulabh International decided to help after seeing a local television program on Sushma.<br />
<br />
"The girl is an inspiration for students from elite backgrounds” who are born with everything, he said.</p>
<span style="font-weight:bold">This article can also be read at:</span><br />
<a title="title" href="http://www.washingtonpost.com/lifestyle/kidspost/indian-girl-13-studies-for-masters-degree/2013/10/07/514512d0-1ee2-11e3-94a2-6c66b668ea55_story.html" target="_blank">Indian girl, 13, studies for master’s degree</a><br />
<br />
]]></description>
      <pubDate>15/10/2013 14:05:47</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/22333/Indian+girl+13+studies+for+masters+degree</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">22333</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>22334</publicationdataID>
      <title>Online tool to monitor rural development in Indian state</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p><span style="font-weight:bold">Future Gov:</span> Medha Basu<br />
<br />
The Department of Rural Development and Panchayat Raj (RDPR) in Karnataka State, India, is now using new online software to monitor rural development projects implemented by various state departments. It is looking to bring transparency to the State Government
 projects and make project data publicly available.<br />
<br />
The Panchayat Raj Engineering Department, Karnataka Rural Road Development Agency, Karnataka Rural Infrastructure Development Limited and rural local bodies undertake around 200,000 development projects worth INR 50 billion (US$ 809 million) annually.<br />
<br />
The software, known as Gandhi Sakshi Kayaka, will incorporate the use of Google Maps to track progress of these projects. "It is mandatory to upload photos of different stages of works and related documents, failing which bills would not be generated,” informed
 RDPR Minister, H. K. Patil.<br />
<br />
Details of projects implemented by these departments, including implementation status, costs, tenders and contractors, and estimated timeline, will be available on the system. Citizens can access this information by visiting gsk.kar.nic.in.<br />
<br />
The Minister added that payment of all bills related to the projects will be done through the new system, no longer paying through cheques.<br />
<br />
The system has been developed by National Informatics Centre. The RDPR is to set up a central monitoring unit in the state capital city, Bangalore.<br />
<br />
The Minister has described the project as an "attempt to overhaul the functioning of the Panchayat Raj system” which refers to the Indian local government system at the district and sub-district levels. The software will cover around 5,600 district and sub-districts
 in Karnataka.</p>
<p><span style="font-weight:bold">This article can also be read at:</span><br />
<a title="title" href="http://www.futuregov.asia/articles/2013/oct/08/online-tool-monitor-rural-development-indian-state/" target="_blank">Online tool to monitor rural development in Indian state</a><br />
<br />
</p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>15/10/2013 14:13:07</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/22334/Online+tool+to+monitor+rural+development+in+Indian+state</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">22334</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>22332</publicationdataID>
      <title>Indian firms joining battle to provide low-cost health care</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p><span style="font-weight:bold">Deseret News:</span> John Hoffmire<br />
<br />
Across the modern world today there are few topics more divisive and debated than health care. Governments are constantly in a struggle to ensure proper care is available to those who need it, while also combating risings costs and greater demands on existing
 systems. Often, the groups that are hardest hit in this process are low-income families struggling to make ends meet. These problems only compound in developing nations where average incomes are lower, and poor standards of living negatively affect health
 on a daily basis.<br />
<br />
In recent years, charities, non-profits, and for-profit businesses in the developed world have begun to take an increased role in fighting these challenges. Whereas groups historically would focus on simply providing services and care at whatever costs, for-profit
 companies and NGOs are now moving towards a more active role in combating costs.<br />
<br />
One prominent example in the US is a company called Medtronic. Based in Minneapolis, Minnesota, Medtronic is a global leader in providing mini-medical devices domestically and internationally. A current campaign, called Healthy Heart for All (HHFA), is focused
 on providing not only affordable, but high-quality cardiac diagnosis and treatment. HHFA is now available in 20 cities across India.<br />
<br />
However, this movement towards low-cost health care in developing countries, especially India, is neither the sole property of US companies, nor of the developed world. Several Indian firms have recently begun work to provide low-cost solutions, supplementing
 great strides that have already been taken for decades.<br />
<br />
One such company is known as Skanray. A start-up out of Mysore, India, Skanray was founded in 2007 by Vishwaprasad Alva, an engineer who formerly worked at GE. With his experience in designing X-ray machines, Alva saw an opportunity to create a competitive
 company providing low-cost medical devices, while also accomplishing a social good. Over three-quarters of medical gear in India is imported and too costly for smaller areas and rural clinics to afford. In a country of 1.2 billion where 70% of the population
 lives in rural areas, this leaves a staggering number of people without proper access to medical technology.<br />
<br />
After initial struggles to grow, Skanray finally gained traction in 2009 by finishing construction on a new production facility. With this factory, the company gained the capability to produce low-cost machinery domestically, significantly decreasing costs
 to clinics and hospitals. For example, Skanray’s X-ray machine is sold for 154400 Indian rupee ($2500), about half the cost of the lowest competitor. Skanray’s product line now includes x-ray generators, x-ray imaging systems, as well as plans for other critical
 care devices in the near future.<br />
<br />
Another organization with a strong track record in low-cost medical help is Bhagwan Mahaveer Viklang Sahayata Samiti (BMVSS). Headquartered in Jaipur, India, BMVSS is the world’s largest organization serving the disabled, and has been providing assistance since
 1975. Known by the nickname Jaipur Foot, BMVSS supplies prosthetics and mobility aids to disabled people all across India, and much of Asia, as well. The limbs, joints, and appliances associated with them are all given absolutely free, with sizing and fitting
 done in just one to three days.<br />
<br />
Incredibly, each of the prosthetic limbs provided costs Jaipur Foot just under 3000 Indian rupee, or $45. A comparable limb in the US would sell for well over $12,000. With costs this low, and relatively light overhead (4% as compared to an NGO average of 20%),
 Jaipur foot is able to serve over 65,000 patients each year, all at absolutely no cost to those treated. Since its humble beginnings in 1975, BMVSS has provided limbs for over 1.2 million people.<br />
<br />
These two firms are merely the tip of the iceberg of those helping to alleviate suffering and pain throughout India. Similar projects are underway throughout the developing world as industry and technological leaders combine to help those in need.<br />
<br />
As the desire for health care and low-cost solutions grows across the world, many organizations will be able to provide not only cheaper solutions, but more effective treatment. In fact, some innovations will and already do cross borders from developing countries
 to developed ones, but more on that in a future piece.</p>
<span style="font-weight:bold">This article can also be read at:</span><br />
<a title="title" href="http://www.deseretnews.com/article/865587680/Indian-firms-joining-battle-to-provide-low-cost-healthcare.html" target="_blank">Indian firms joining battle to provide low-cost health care</a><br />
<br />
]]></description>
      <pubDate>15/10/2013 14:00:51</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/22332/Indian+firms+joining+battle+to+provide+lowcost+health+care</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">22332</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>22243</publicationdataID>
      <title>India to build world’s largest solar power plant in Rajasthan</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p><span style="font-style:italic">International Business Times/by Sreeja VN</span><br />
<br />
The Indian government will set up the world’s largest solar power plant in its northwestern state of Rajasthan, an official statement said on Friday, and the venture is expected to significantly reduce solar power taxes in the country.<br />
<br />
The project, known as the "Ultra-Mega Green Solar Power Project," will have a total power generation capacity of 4,000 megawatts, which is more than double the total solar power generation capacity in India.<br />
<br />
"This will be the largest solar-based power project in the world. Being the first project of this scale … this project is expected to set a trend for large-scale solar power development in the world," a government statement said.<br />
<br />
The project will be spread across 23,000 acres of land belonging to the state-run Sambhar Salts Ltd, near the Sambhar Lake, which is about 47 miles away from Jaipur, Rajasthan’s capital city. The first phase of the project, which will be for 1,000 megawatt
 capacity, is expected to be completed in three years and will be run by a joint venture of five state-run utilities, including BHEL, Power Grid Corporation of India and Solar Energy Corporation of India.<br />
<br />
"Based on the experience gained during implementation of the first phase of the project, the remaining capacity would be implemented through a variety of models," the statement said.<br />
<br />
The plant, when fully operational, will generate 6,000 million units of electricity a year, and it is expected to bring down the solar power tariffs in the country.<br />
<br />
India, which is facing a severe power shortage, has been promoting solar and wind energy to meet its increasing energy needs. Solar power currently contributes less than 1 percent to India’s energy mix, which is heavily dependent on coal and hydro power plants.
 However, the government aims to increase the current capacity of 1,700 megawatts of solar power to 20,000 megawatts of solar energy by 2020, through its ambitious project, the national solar mission.<br />
<br />
The government is hoping to sell solar power from the proposed plant at 5.50 rupees (about 9 cents) a unit, which would be the lowest tariff for solar power in the country.<br />
<br />
"Solar power at the rate of Rs 5.50 per unit would surely bring in buyers. Prior discussion with the government, distribution companies and the ministry of finance have yielded that solar power at this rate is most viable for finance and purchase," Amit Kumar,
 Associate Director (energy &amp; utilities) at PwC told the Economic Times.<br />
<br />
<span style="font-style:italic">(The views expressed above are the personal views of the writer)</span><br />
<br />
<span style="font-weight:bold">This article can also be read at:</span><br />
<a href="http://www.ibtimes.com/india-build-worlds-largest-solar-power-plant-rajasthan-1409230" target="_blank">India to build world’s largest solar power plant in Rajasthan</a></p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>23/09/2013 09:56:39</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/22243/India+to+build+worlds+largest+solar+power+plant+in+Rajasthan</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">22243</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>22232</publicationdataID>
      <title>Village genius rockets to NASA</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p><span style="font-style:italic">Daily Mail/by Ajay Kumar</span><br />
<br />
<span style="font-style:italic">Family's joy as teenager from Narnaul is selected for astronaut training</span><br />
<br />
First there was Kalpana Chawla, the Indian-American astronaut whose roots were in Karnal, Haryana.<br />
<br />
Now there's 19-year-old Ashish Yadav from the state's backwater town of Narnaul, who's on his way to the National Aeronautic Space Administration (NASA) of the United States.<br />
<br />
Yadav is among the three students selected from India for a three-year astronaut training programme in America, the entire cost of which will be taken care of by NASA. Yadav leaves for the US next month.<br />
<br />
"My dream was to go into space since childhood and that's why I took physics, chemistry and biology with mathematics as subjects in high school," says the astronaut-in-the-making.<br />
<br />
"Initially, I had set a target for myself to become a doctor, inspired by my cousin brother who is a doctor. I appeared for Pre Medical Examination (PMT) this year after completing Class 12th with 84 per cent marks from Saraswati Vidya Mandir Higher Secondary
 School in Nangal Chaudhry village of Mahendragarh district. I was ranked 37th in India," says Yadav.<br />
<br />
<span style="font-weight:bold">Just the beginning</span><br />
<br />
That was just the beginning for this bright young man. "Since mathematics is also my optional subject, I appeared for the IIT entrance exam this year. I got an All-India rank of 112. I was interested more in medical science and had zeroed in on the All India
 Institute of Medical sciences (AIIMS)," he says.<br />
<br />
Yadav also cleared the Indian Institute of Space Aeronautics and Technology (IISAT) competition organised by the Indian Space Research Organisation (ISRO). "When I get selected for ISRO, I decided to choose this as a career and become an astronaut," Yadav explains.<br />
<br />
NASA selects aspiring astronauts on the basis of tests conducted by space institutions of various countries. This year, NASA has selected 10 students from across the world, including three from India. The other two are from Andhra Pradesh and Kerala, with Yadav
 in the first position.<br />
<br />
"I appeared for a written examination to get selected in NASA followed by six interviews held at ISRO office in Delhi. I was quite nervous when facing NASA scientists for the first time but became comfortable later.<br />
<br />
"The NASA scientists had suggested after the sixth interview on September 3 that I would be selected for their astronaut training programme and they sent me an email a day later confirming my selection," says Yadav.<br />
<br />
Yadav has been a model student since childhood. "My son has very good knowledge of all subjects. While he was studying in Class 2 in his native village Dhaulera, he used solve the questions of higher classes. I then decided to provide him good education in
 the city school despite our limited resources. My husband, serving at a lower rank in the Army, was the only earning member in my family," says Yadav's mother Suman.<br />
<br />
<span style="font-weight:bold">Hard worker</span><br />
<br />
"As Narnaul is the nearest city and our district headquarter is at Mahendragarh, we had to move to the city and rent out a room so Ashish could get a quality education. He used to study six hours every day on an average apart from his school hours," Suman adds.<br />
<br />
Her husband, Radhe Shyam Yadav, got a job with the bomb disposal squad of the Delhi Police after he retired from the Army.<br />
<br />
"I never thought he would achieve so such. This is a dream come true for any father. I am quite satisfied with my son's achievement and I hope that he will serve the nation after completing his NASA training programme," Radhe Shyam says.<br />
<br />
"Some of the noted previous astronauts of Indian origin such as Kalpana Chawla or Sunita Williams were born in the US, but Ashish has got on the same page as them while living and studying in a backward city of Haryana," he adds with obvious pride.<br />
<br />
Ashish Yadav has been honoured with the Pratibha Samman by Haryana government, with Chief Minister Bhupendra Singh Hooda personally presenting him with a cheque for Rs 1.5 lakh.<br />
<br />
Yadav gives credit to his family members, but says his role model is former President Dr APJ Abdul Kalam.<br />
<br />
"Kalam sir had worked for the country as scientist and become President of India. I want to be like him," says Yadav.<br />
<br />
<span style="font-weight:bold; font-style:italic">(The views expressed above are the personal views of the writer)</span><br />
<br />
<span style="font-weight:bold">This article can also be read at:</span><br />
<a href="http://www.dailymail.co.uk/indiahome/indianews/article-2425776/Village-genius-rockets-NASA-Familys-joy-teenager-Narnaul-selected-astronaut-training.html#ixzz2fQMnTVQR" target="_blank">Village genius rockets to NASA</a></p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>20/09/2013 17:48:37</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/22232/Village+genius+rockets+to+NASA</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">22232</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>22234</publicationdataID>
      <title>Indian scientists make dengue vaccine breakthrough as early trials show it creates 'robust immunity'</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p><span style="font-style:italic">Daily Mail/by Neetu Chandra</span><br />
<br />
Indian scientists have achieved an important breakthrough in their efforts to develop a vaccine to prevent the deadly dengue.<br />
<br />
Supported by the Department of Biotechnology under the Ministry of Science &amp; Technology, scientists at International Centre for Genetic Engineering and Biotechnology (ICGEB) in New Delhi have developed a non-infectious dengue vaccine from yeast.<br />
<br />
Preliminary animal trials of the vaccine have yielded good results.<br />
<br />
"Search for a dengue vaccine has been going on across the world for past several decades. We, at our centre, started experiments seven years ago. The new technology we have used, i.e. recombinant DNA technology, to develop the dengue vaccine is a breakthrough,"
 said Dr Navin Khanna, group leader of Recombinant Gene Products Group, ICGEB.<br />
<br />
The initial trials done on mice gave encouraging signs. The research team explored virus-like particles which can provide "robust immunity" against the vector-borne disease that is endemic to more than a hundred countries.<br />
<br />
"There are four closely related dengue viruses (DENVs) that cause this disease. A vaccine that can protect against all four DENVs is an un-met public health need," said Dr Khanna.<br />
<br />
Explaining the need to explore a new technology to develop the vaccine, he said: "Efforts to develop a live attenuated vaccine (a vaccine created by reducing the virulence of a pathogen but still keeping it viable) have encountered unexpected interactions between
 the vaccine viruses, raising safety concerns. This underscored the need to experiment with non-replicating vaccine options."<br />
<br />
Among the disadvantages of the vaccine developed by live attenuated technology is that it can cause severe complications in patients with low immunity. The ICGEB scientists used the yeast 'Pichia pastoris' to develop dengue virus-like particles.<br />
<br />
"Using recombinant DNA technology, we have created non-infectious dengue virus-like particles made of only the major DENV 'envelope protein' important for eliciting virus-specific immunity. These virus-like particles elicit high levels of virus-neutralising
 antibodies which protected the mice significantly against lethal DENV challenge," said Dr Khanna.<br />
<br />
"The encouraging data obtained for virus-like particles specific to one of the four DENVs warrant the development of virus-like particles specific to the remaining three DENV strains," he added.<br />
<br />
The University of North Carolina School of Medicine, USA, and Ranbaxy research laboratories are also part of this project. The research has been published in an international journal, PLOS One.<br />
<br />
<span style="font-weight:bold; font-style:italic">(The views expressed above are the personal views of the writer)</span><br />
<br />
<span style="font-weight:bold">This article can also be read at:</span><br />
<a href="http://www.dailymail.co.uk/indiahome/indianews/article-2425853/Indian-scientists-make-dengue-vaccine-breakthrough-early-trials-creates-robust-immunity.html#ixzz2fQO0HEQe" target="_blank">Indian scientists make dengue vaccine breakthrough as early trials
 show it creates 'robust immunity'</a></p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>20/09/2013 17:53:52</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/22234/Indian+scientists+make+dengue+vaccine+breakthrough+as+early+trials+show+it+creates+robust+immunity</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">22234</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>22227</publicationdataID>
      <title>Indian scientist awarded top UN prize for climate change research</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p><span style="font-style:italic">Eco-Business/ by Elga Reyes</span><br />
<br />
The United Nationson Wednesdaypresented Indian scientist Dr Veerabhadran Ramanathan the UN Champion of the Earth award at a ceremony at the American Museum of Natural History in New York.<br />
<br />
A distinguished professor of Climate and Atmospheric Sciences at the Scripps Institution of Oceanography at the University of California, San Diego, Ramanathan was recognised in the Science and Innovation category of the awards for his pioneering research on
 black carbon – a type of short-lived climate pollutant (SLCP) that can be reduced to slow the rate of global warming.<br />
<br />
Ramanathan is one of seven laureates for this year’s Champion of the Earth awards, the highest United Nations honour on the environment.<br />
<br />
Started in 2005, the prize is organised by the United Nations Environment Programme (UNEP) and given to leaders and organisations that have had a significant impact on the environment, particularly in policy leadership, entrepreneurial vision, inspiration and
 action, and science and innovation.<br />
<br />
The ‘black carbon’ or soot research of Ramanathan, who is also a UNESCO professor of climate and policy at TERI University in New Delhi, began long before global warming was understood.<br />
<br />
According to a 2005 article on the Proceedings of the National Academy of Sciences of the United States of America (PNAS), his study during the late 1970s on the greenhouse effect of chlorofluorocarbons (CFCs) "opened a Pandora’s Box of greenhouses gases”.<br />
<br />
"It made the whole greenhouse effect and global warming problem much larger and more urgent,” Ramanathan told PNAS.<br />
<br />
In addition, the UN cited a research study Ramanathan co-led in 1997 that resulted in the discovery of climate impact in Asia due to widespread air pollution, or what is referred to as atmospheric brown cloud (ABC).<br />
<br />
This ‘brown cloud’ is a combination of black carbon, ozone, sulfates and other pollutants caused by agriculture, industries and cities. It not only affects the atmosphere by absorbing sunlight, but also disrupts monsoon patterns and tropical rainfall, which
 lessens crop yields that more than a billion people in India depend upon.<br />
<br />
The research also raised concern on the increased melting of Himalayan glaciers.<br />
<br />
Ramanathan’s study discovered that black carbon, methane, hydrofluorocarbons and the like are short-lived climate pollutants, lasting only for ten years or less, making emissions reduction more encouraging.<br />
<br />
By eliminating these substances, along with carbon dioxide emissions, the rate of warming can be cut down in half in the succeeding decades, explained the UN.<br />
<br />
The climate science professor added: "Policymakers across the world are realising that through cost-effective actions such as reducing methane emissions from natural gas and oil production, and capturing from waste dumps, or phasing out products HFCs, major
 reductions in short-lived climate pollutants can be achieved, with significant add-on benefits for health and food security.”<br />
<br />
For example, a UNEP study in 2011, in which Ramanathan was involved in as senior contributor and vice-chair, outlined 16 actions to reduce black carbon and methane emissions, that if applied, could reduce respiratory illnesses and save up to 2.5 million lives
 per year. It could also save agricultural losses amounting to 32 million tonnes annually, as well as bring about near-term climate protection of about 0.5 °C by 2050.<br />
<br />
"As the science shows, fast action on black carbon, methane and HFCs – coupled with major cuts in carbon emissions – can make a critical contribution to achieving low carbon, resource-efficient, and inclusive development for all,” said Ramanathan.<br />
<br />
To complement his research, he implemented Project Surya in India, a programme to remove inefficient cookstoves in partnership with the Energy Resources Institute and mobile technologies firm Nexleaf Analytics.<br />
<br />
According to the UN, about 500 million families in developing nations use such cookstoves, which produce around 25 per cent of all black carbon emissions. Aside from being harmful ecologically, the primitive cookstoves cause about 3.1 million fatalities, especially
 among women and girls, who are exposed to inhaling the black carbon-laced smoke.<br />
<br />
Project Surya is now replacing these biofuel-using, polluting cookstoves with clean-cooking technologies. This will eliminate climate change culprits such as firewood and dung and convert rural communities to use renewable energy instead.<br />
<br />
Surya, which is ‘sun’ in Sanskrit, has currently provided 2,000 households in three provincial areas with energy efficient or solar cookstoves. To scale up the efforts, the group has also started to bring in carbon markets into the programme by revising how
 carbon credits are calculated. Instead of simply counting carbon dioxide emissions in a reduction or climate mitigation project, Project Surya is looking into having SLCPs calculated as well, through the use of cell phone-based monitoring, which will raise
 up the credits that could then be traded to directly finance the women’s or benificiaries’ purchase of better stoves. Project Surya intends to increase the adoption of cleaner cooking technologies with this carbon credit strategy.<br />
<br />
Along with Dr Ramanathan, the following are the rest of the 2013 Champion of the Earth awardees:<br />
<br />
Carlo Petrini, founder of the Slow Food Movement, Italy (Inspiration and Action)<br />
<br />
Martha Isabel Ruiz Corzo, director of the Sierra Gorda Ecological Group, Mexico (Inspiration and Action)<br />
<br />
HE Izabella Teixeira, Minister of Environment, Brazil (Policy Leadership)<br />
<br />
HE Janez Potoènik, European Commissioner for the Environment, Slovenia (Policy Leadership)<br />
<br />
Brian McClendon, Google Earth, USA (Entrepreneurial Vision)<br />
<br />
Jack Dangermond, founder of the Environmental Systems Research Institute, USA (Entrepreneurial Vision)<br />
<br />
UNEP executive director Achim Steiner commended all the environmental champions for their leadership and vision. This will help the world "transition to an inclusive green economy”, he said.<br />
<br />
"Professor Ramanathan and his fellow 2013 Champions of the Earth winners are among those who are providing the science, actions, and policies to scale up and accelerate such transformations. As such, they are lightning rods towards a sustainable 21st century,”
 Steiner added.<br />
<br />
<span style="font-weight:bold">This article can also be read at:</span><br />
<a href=" http://www.eco-business.com/news/indian-scientist-awarded-top-un-prize-climate-change-research/" target="_blank">Indian scientist awarded top UN prize for climate change research<br />
</a></p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>19/09/2013 15:32:08</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/22227/Indian+scientist+awarded+top+UN+prize+for+climate+change+research</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">22227</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>22235</publicationdataID>
      <title>UK Music Festival to pay tribute to Ravi Shankar</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p>India-West<br />
<br />
One of Britain’s leading Hindustani and Carnatic music festivals will honor the memory of legendary sitar maestro Ravi Shankar this year.<br />
<br />
The Darbar Festival at the Southbank Center, on the banks of the River Thames in London, kicks off Sept. 19 for a weekend of Indian classical music.<br />
<br />
This year also marks a special focus on female musicians from India, some of whom would be performing in London for the first time.<br />
<br />
"Here in the United Kingdom, we can program the festival free from the discrimination that most musicians face because of politics, caste, sex and religion back in India. We continue to expose brilliant new musicians to UK audiences,” said Sandeep Virdee, artistic
 director of the Darbar Festival.<br />
<br />
Some of the highlights from this year’s festival include one of India’s greatest tabla maestros Yogesh Samsi, sitar artist Pandit Budhaditya Mukherjee, and eminent singer in the South Indian devotional Carnatic tradition Sudha Ragunathan.<br />
<br />
"This year, the festival focuses on Indian women musicians, many of whom have been overshadowed by their male counterparts and seldom get the acclaim they deserve. These pioneering ladies are breaking the mold and challenging the status quo as they seek to
 pursue careers as independent female musicians.<br />
<br />
"The festival is leading the way to provide a platform for women in Indian classical music,” the festival program explains.<br />
<br />
The female talent taking to the Darbar stage will include Anupama Bhagwat, one of India’s leading sitar maestros; Manjusha Kulkarni-Patil, a sought-after virtuoso of the Agra and Gwalior Gharanas; and Jayanthi Kumaresh, prized Saraswati veena player.<br />
<br />
The music will be punctuated by talks that focus on the role of women in the Indian classical music tradition as part of the festival, which runs until Sept. 22.<br />
<br />
<span style="font-weight:bold; font-style:italic">(The views expressed above are the personal views of the writer)</span><br />
<br />
<span style="font-weight:bold">This article can also be read at:</span><br />
<a href="http://www.indiawest.com/news/13665-uk-music-festival-to-pay-tribute-to-ravi-shankar.html#L5zBIImxIml2ocCL.99" target="_blank">UK Music Festival to pay tribute to Ravi Shankar</a></p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>20/09/2013 18:00:48</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/22235/UK+Music+Festival+to+pay+tribute+to+Ravi+Shankar</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">22235</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>22220</publicationdataID>
      <title>Surgeons in India use Google glasses to live stream surgery</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p><span style="font-style:italic">US Index Live/by Kathy Clarke</span><br />
<br />
Surgeons in India will be live streaming point of view video of the operation process enabling users all around the world to view the process. Dr JS Raj kumar of the Lifeline Hospitals in Chennai said "This is going to be a game-changer in medicine and I’m
 proud to be the first Indian surgeon to use this,”<br />
<br />
"I also couldn’t move or wipe sweat off my face because then the people watching would have had a huge screen-shock! But it’s a start.”<br />
<br />
Dr JS Raj kumar of the Lifeline Hospitals will be performing Bariatric surgery on a woman. Bariatric surgery is mainly done for obese people and aims to achieve weight loss by removing part of stomach.<br />
<br />
Dr JS Raj Kumar further added "We at Lifeline have always been ahead technologically and this was just another such attempt, As a surgeon I could access whatever information was available on the surgery right inside the operation theatre, and it is also a boon
 for medical students who can watch the surgery live on their computer screens anywhere in the world. Expert surgeons can guide surgeons during difficult surgeries from any part of the world.”<br />
<br />
Application use cases for Google Glasses and similar technology is truly limitless and can be rightfully labeled as the next most important and revolutionary technology that going to impact our life since internet. Google Glass where first used in medical field
 by surgeons from Wexner Medical Center, Ohio State University. Doctors from Wexner Medical Center used Google Glass to consult an expert doctor by live streaming the operation using point of view video stream. Dr. Christopher Kaeding also narrated every step
 of the surgical process as he performed on the patient helping the medical students who were also watching the live stream.<br />
<br />
Thought DR Raj and team did experience some technical difficulties during the live stream of the second operation as one of the doctors went offline, the first was successfully and completely streamed the live operation process from point of view. Dr.Sai Satish
 of Apollo Hospitals noted that the wearable devices such as Google Glasses would improve the medical and consultation process and efficiency.<br />
<br />
Apart from the usage in the surgery room and consolations, Google Glass like wearable computing devices will revolutionize teaching and training of medical students. Point of view videos of operation process will be a very resourceful for medical students and
 the complete operation process can be taken into the class room itself.<br />
<br />
<span style="font-weight:bold; font-style:italic">(The views expressed above are the personal views of the writer)</span><br />
<br />
<span style="font-weight:bold">This article can also be read at:</span><br />
<a href="http://usindexlive.com/surgeons-in-india-use-google-glasses-to-live-stream-surgery-634.html" target="_blank">Surgeons in India use Google glasses to live stream surgery</a></p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>18/09/2013 18:42:11</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/22220/Surgeons+in+India+use+Google+glasses+to+live+stream+surgery</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">22220</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>22222</publicationdataID>
      <title>India developing mobile safety device for women</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p><span style="font-style:italic">FutureGov/by Medha Basu</span><br />
<br />
The Government of India is developing a mobile-like personal safety device for women and the elderly, in collaboration with premier electronics research institutes in India.<br />
<br />
Rajiv Gauba, Additional Secretary for e-Governance Group, Department of Electronics &amp; Information Technology (DeitY), shared, "This can be used by women and elderly citizens to trigger alarms and also send signal to pre-identified phone numbers.”<br />
<br />
"We have roped in Indian Institute of Technology-Delhi (IIT-Delhi) and Centre for Development of Advanced Computing (C-DAC), Thiruvananthapuram for this project,” he noted.<br />
<br />
Debashish Dutta, Group Coordinator for Research and Development in Electronics at DeitY, informed, "IIT-Delhi is creating the device. They are expected to present a prototype by January 2014.” Funding of INR 5 million (US$ 79,000) has been approved for IIT-Delhi.<br />
<br />
Additionally, C-DAC, Thiruvananthapuram, has been sanctioned INR 20 million (US$ 316,000) for developing the back-end ecosystem, Dutta said.<br />
<br />
However, Gauba added that the challenge lay in making the device affordable for everyone and then mass producing the device.<br />
<br />
<span style="font-weight:bold; font-style:italic">(The views expressed above are the personal views of the writer)</span><br />
<br />
<span style="font-weight:bold">This article can also be read at:</span><br />
<a href="http://www.futuregov.asia/articles/2013/sep/18/india-developing-mobile-safety-device-women" target="_blank">India developing mobile safety device for women</a></p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>18/09/2013 18:46:18</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/22222/India+developing+mobile+safety+device+for+women</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">22222</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>22228</publicationdataID>
      <title>Digital Indians: Nandan Nilekani</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p><span style="font-style:italic">BBC/ by Soutik Biswas</span><br />
<br />
When Nandan Nilekani began working on providing a unique identification number to half of India's billion-plus people four years ago, he ran into a wall of problems.<br />
<br />
The main criticism was that 120bn rupees(£1.72bn; $1.89bn) project was also the world's biggest biometric exercise.<br />
<br />
Not surprisingly Mr Nilekani, info-tech whizz turned head of the country's Unique Identification Authority of India, faced tough questions over access and misuse of personal information, surveillance, profiling, securing of confidential information by the government
 and threats of budget cuts. A parliamentary panel even trashed the idea, saying it would be "misused".<br />
<br />
Four years on, Mr Nilekani - the famous co-founder of Infosys, the $7bn Indian info-tech behemoth - believes he has been able to allay such fears.<br />
<br />
<span style="font-weight:bold">Enormous roll-out</span><br />
<br />
Since the project began in 2009, some 500 million Indians have enrolled at 25,000 centres across the country to get a 12-digit unique identification number - called Aadhaar or foundation. Some 400 million people have been already issued an ID. The goal is to
 enrol 100 million more people by 2014.<br />
<br />
Mr Nilekani says 10 of India's 28 states are already using the ID to transfer government pensions, scholarships, wages for a landmark jobs for work scheme, and subsides for cooking fuel to targeted recipients. Some states are using the number to distribute
 cheap food to the poor, plugging distribution leakages and checking for corruption.<br />
<br />
This, Mr Nilekani believes, is transformative in a country where only 58% of children are registered at birth and 40% of people in villages do not have bank accounts.<br />
<br />
"A lot of attention has been made to design the ID so that it doesn't become a massive data collector. It's a simple ID system that protects the residents," Mr Nilekani says.<br />
<br />
It's been a long, strange trip for him.<br />
<br />
When he became a part of a team to fix governance systems in the city of Bangalore a decade ago, he pointedly avoided talking about info-tech as a means to solve complex public problems.<br />
<br />
It was Mr Nilekani's first foray into the "public sphere" and as the famous co-founder of Infosys, he was sheepish about flaunting his credentials.<br />
<br />
"I was wary of being labelled a 'computer boy' who saw every problem as something that could be solved by writing a piece of code.<br />
<br />
"After all, what do computers and software have to do with clearing garbage or provide soft drinking water?" Mr Nilekani wrote in Imagining India, his well-received 2008 book on how to "drive change" and shape a renewed idea of India.<br />
<span style="font-weight:bold"><br />
</span>How times change.<br />
<br />
Sitting in his office, Mr Nilekani speaks about the need for an ID to change India with a brisk, evangelical flair.<br />
<br />
"In the West, IDs are taken for granted. In India, things are different. You have millions of people who have no ID and no acknowledgement of their existence. They can't open a bank account, they can't have a mobile phone connection. It's an identity divide,"
 says Mr Nilekani.<br />
<br />
So how does the 58-year-old Bangalore-born info-tech billionaire - worth $1.3bn according to the Forbes rich list, making him one of the wealthiest Indians - work in the government, where the pace of change is usually glacial, and change itself can easily get
 embroiled in partisan politics?<br />
<br />
For one, with its sleepy-looking offices peopled by taciturn bureaucrats and their armies of attendants, the government of India is a world far removed from the gleaming and energetic Infosys campus, Mr Nilekani's former workplace.No spitting<br />
<br />
Mr Nilekani's office is a cosy, functional place with a cramped bookshelf, a big screen TV, a laptop, and papers and magazines strewn around. A blazing blue-flame 'fly trapper' on the floor helps to keep the pests away.<br />
<br />
A computer-generated paper warning in the men's restroom on the same floor is a sobering reminder of curious challenges. "Do not spit tobacco in wash basins/urine pots", it says.<br />
<br />
But, more seriously, says Mr Nilekani, his four years in government has taught him patience and the art of consensus building.<br />
<br />
"In the private sector, business takes a decision, you discuss it with your management team, get the approval of the board, go to shareholders, convince your analysts and so on. That's about it," he says,<br />
<br />
"In the public sector, it an entirely different ball game - you deal with the government, parliament, bureaucracy, judiciary, activists, journalists. Then there's the federal structure - central government, state governments, local bodies. You negotiate all
 this and still get something done."<br />
<br />
Working with the government and facing flak from opponents made Mr Nilekani also realise the "metric" of success in government is vastly different from that in business.<br />
<br />
"In business, you are measured by revenue, cost control, profitability, new products, earnings per share, growth. The language of performance is identical no matter what the product is," he says.<br />
<br />
"In the government, what is success?<br />
<br />
"Somebody who believes in the ID programme will say I am successful if I can get it done. But somebody who does not believe in it will say no matter what I do I am not successful. The success in government is linked to the ideology of how you see the world."<br />
<br />
<span style="font-weight:bold">Starting young<br />
</span><br />
In many ways, that has been the story of Mr Nilekani's life.<br />
<br />
When he was 12, his father, a textile mill manager in Bangalore, sent him away to stay with his uncle in the small town of Dharwad. He says he grew up fast, living independently from his parents at an early age. At home, he listened to his father and uncle,
 both intensely political creatures, sparring on public issues. It was, he says, a lesson in public engagement.<br />
<br />
He went to India's top and fiercely competitive engineering school, got on to its quiz team, led the students' group and became, he says, "a well-rounded person, developed lots of social skills, became street smart and learnt to negotiate".<br />
<br />
All this, Mr Nilekani believes, helped in his three decades with Infosys. He met global customers from a variety of industries, and constantly studied customers to see how he could "make a difference using technology". At Infosys, he led a group that designed
 banking software which is used all over the world now.<br />
<br />
When he left the company in 2009 it had grown 50% and made him infinitely richer, "a genial billionaire", as the New Yorker magazine called him once.<br />
<br />
"You know," he says, "I flourished not so much in technology for technology's sake, but in its application and use in solving large, complex problems for public good." That's what, he says, he wants to keep doing after his work with the ID project ends next
 year.<br />
<br />
At work, he jokes that he would not be entirely displeased to be compared with Michael Bloomberg, New York mayor and business magnate. At home, he says, he is reminded of his limitations.<br />
<br />
"My wife says I am a very poor electrical engineer," he says with a wry smile. "I can't even change a light bulb."<br />
<br />
<span style="font-weight:bold">This article can also be read at:</span><br />
<a href="http://www.bbc.co.uk/news/technology-23867191" target="_blank">Digital Indians: Nandan Nilekani</a></p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>19/09/2013 15:42:19</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/22228/Digital+Indians+Nandan+Nilekani</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">22228</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>22221</publicationdataID>
      <title>India sees largest rise in super-rich club</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p><span style="font-style:italic">Fresh Plaza</span><br />
<br />
India has recorded the largest increase in its Ultra-High Networth Individual (HNIW) club among the BRICS nations in the last one year, with a total of 7,850 super rich people in the country, a report says.<br />
<br />
The study focuses solely on persons with a net worth of USD 30 million and above (after accounting for shares in public and private companies, residential and investment properties, art collections, planes, cash and other assets). Moreover, India has also the
 highest number of female millionaires in the world as the country boasts of over 1,250 UHNW women with a combined fortune of USD 95 billion.<br />
<br />
According to the world ultra wealth report 2013 by Wealth-X, a global wealth intelligence and prospecting company, India is home to as many as 7,850 high net worth individuals whose collective net worth is USD 935 billion. However, there was a decline in the
 number of billionaires (103 this year) over (109 last year).<br />
<br />
In India, the lowest tier of the UHNW group represented by those worth USD 30 million to USD 49 million is the largest group, of the total UHNW population in the country with a combined fortune of USD 130 billion.<br />
<br />
Mumbai and Delhi, however, dominate with more than 50 per cent of the country's UHNW population based in one of these two cities, the report said.<br />
<br />
<span style="font-weight:bold; font-style:italic">(The views expressed above are the personal views of the writer)</span><br />
<br />
<span style="font-weight:bold">This article can also be read at:</span><br />
<a href="http://www.freshplaza.com/news_detail.asp?id=113139" target="_blank">India sees largest rise in super-rich club</a></p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>18/09/2013 18:44:21</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/22221/India+sees+largest+rise+in+superrich+club</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">22221</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>22223</publicationdataID>
      <title>India’s e-shopping discount site CouponDunia expands globally, including to Indonesia</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p><span style="font-style:italic">Tech In Asia/by Steven Millward</span><br />
<br />
We've seen e-shopping discount sites do well in Europe and India, but one of those companies is now looking to push this concept into Indonesia. India-based CouponDunia has just launched a site for Indonesia filled with discount vouchers that can be used on
 local e-commerce sites like Zalora, Lazada, Tiket, and Rakuten Belanja Online.<br />
<br />
CouponDunia founder Sameer Parwani tells us that the new Indonesian site has 140 offers available for free, a number that will grow in due course. Sameer says the team is "in the process of educating Indonesian merchants about the benefits of coupons.” It has
 been tried before with a couple of sites in the country, such as Uluyu, which we investigated last summer. But the concept has yet to take off in Indonesia despite a strongly growing e-shopping industry.<br />
<br />
Sameer says he sees the Indonesian site growing like the Indian one did, despite not having an office in Jakarta:<br />
<br />
At first the number of merchants giving coupons [on the India site] was tiny. But they started to see that sites like mine were able to drive sales if they worked with us, so it grew. It was also pretty similar in that I went from zero visits per month to 500,000&#43;
 visits per month without even being physically present in India – I am born and raised in the US. I of course then set up an Indian office and moved permanently to India. But the point is it’s definitely possible to start a successful coupon site remotely.<br />
<br />
<span style="font-weight:bold">More SEA plans</span><br />
<br />
CouponDunia has also rolled out into Brazil, Turkey, and Poland [1] this week. Other nations in Southeast Asia are in Sameer’s mind, but he says the startup will focus on these four new markets first.<br />
<br />
In CouponDunia’s native India, the site is up against rivals like CashKaro and Rocket Internet’s CupoNation. But Sameer insists CouponDunia is ahead of the coupon-clipping pack in terms of brand recognition among Indian netizens, backed up by a higher Alexa
 ranking for the site – a leading 347th within India.<br />
<br />
<span style="font-weight:bold; font-style:italic">(The views expressed above are the personal views of the writer)</span><br />
<br />
<span style="font-weight:bold">This article can also be read at:</span><br />
<a href="http://www.techinasia.com/india-discount-site-coupondunia-launches-in-indonesia" target="_blank">India’s e-shopping discount site CouponDunia expands globally, including to Indonesia</a></p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>18/09/2013 18:48:28</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/22223/Indias+eshopping+discount+site+CouponDunia+expands+globally+including+to+Indonesia</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">22223</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>22213</publicationdataID>
      <title>The case for India</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p><span style="font-style:italic">The Jordan Times/by Raghuram Rajan</span><br />
<br />
Indian cricket fans are manic-depressive in their treatment of their favourite teams. They elevate players to god-like status when their team performs well, ignoring obvious weaknesses; but when it loses, as any team must, the fall is equally steep and every
 weakness is dissected.<br />
<br />
In fact, the team is never as good as fans make it out to be when it wins, nor as bad as it is made out to be when it loses. Its weaknesses existed in victory, too, but were overlooked.<br />
<br />
Such bipolar behaviour seems to apply to assessments of India’s economy as well, with foreign analysts joining Indians in swings between over-exuberance and self-flagellation.<br />
<br />
A few years ago, India could do no wrong. Commentators talked of "Chindia”, elevating India’s performance to that of its northern neighbour. Today, India can do no right.<br />
<br />
India does have serious problems. Annual GDP growth slowed significantly in the last quarter, to 4.4 per cent, consumer price inflation is high, and the current-account and budget deficits last year were too large.<br />
<br />
Every commentator today highlights India’s poor infrastructure, excessive regulation, small manufacturing sector, and a workforce that lacks adequate education and skills.<br />
<br />
These are indeed deficiencies, and they must be addressed if India is to grow strongly and stably. But the same deficiencies existed when India was growing rapidly.<br />
<br />
To appreciate what needs to be done in the short run, we must understand what dampened the Indian success story.<br />
<br />
In part, India’s slowdown paradoxically reflects the substantial fiscal and monetary stimulus that its policy makers, like those in all major emerging markets, injected into its economy in the aftermath of the 2008 financial crisis.<br />
<br />
The resulting growth spurt led to inflation, especially because the world did not slide into a second Great Depression, as was originally feared. So monetary policy has since remained tight, with high interest rates contributing to slowing investment and consumption.<br />
<br />
Moreover, India’s institutions for allocating natural resources, granting clearances, and acquiring land were overwhelmed during the period of strong growth. India’s investigative agencies, judiciary, and press began examining allegations of large-scale corruption.<br />
<br />
As bureaucratic decision making became more risk-averse, many large projects ground to a halt.<br />
<br />
Only now, as the government creates new institutions to accelerate decision making and implement transparent processes, are these projects being cleared to proceed. Once restarted, it will take time for these projects to be completed, at which point output
 will increase significantly.<br />
<br />
Finally, export growth slowed, not primarily because Indian goods suddenly became uncompetitive, but because growth in the country’s traditional export markets decelerated.<br />
<br />
The consequences have been high internal and external deficits.<br />
<br />
The post-crisis fiscal-stimulus packages sent the government budget deficit soaring from what had been a very responsible level in 2007-2008. Similarly, as large mining projects stalled, India had to resort to higher imports of coal and scrap iron, while its
 exports of iron ore dwindled.<br />
<br />
An increase in gold imports placed further pressure on the current-account balance.<br />
<br />
Newly rich consumers in rural areas increasingly put their savings into gold, a familiar store of value, while wealthy urban consumers, worried about inflation, also turned to buying gold.<br />
<br />
Ironically, had they bought Apple shares, rather than a commodity (no matter how fungible, liquid and investible it is), their purchases would have been treated as a foreign investment rather than as imports that add to the external deficit.<br />
<br />
For the most part, India’s current growth slowdown and its fiscal and current account deficits are not structural problems. They can all be fixed by means of modest reforms.<br />
<br />
This is not to say that ambitious reform is not good, or is not warranted to sustain growth for the next decade.<br />
<br />
But India does not need to become a manufacturing giant overnight to fix its current problems.<br />
<br />
The immediate tasks are more mundane, but they are also more feasible: clearing projects, reducing poorly targeted subsidies, and finding more ways to narrow the current account deficit and ease its financing.<br />
<br />
Over the last year, the government has been pursuing this agenda, which is already showing some early results. For example, the external deficit is narrowing sharply on the back of higher exports and lower imports.<br />
<br />
Every small step helps, and the combination of small steps adds up to large strides.<br />
<br />
But, while the government certainly should have acted faster and earlier, the public mood is turning to depression amid a cacophony of criticism and self-doubt that has obscured the forward movement.<br />
<br />
Indeed, despite its shortcomings, India’s GDP will probably grow by 5-5.5 per cent this year — not great, but certainly not bad for what is likely to be a low point in economic performance.<br />
<br />
The monsoon has been good and will spur consumption, especially in rural areas, which are already growing strongly, owing to improvements in road transport and communications connectivity.<br />
<br />
The banking sector has undoubtedly experienced an increase in bad loans; but this has often resulted from delays in investment projects that are otherwise viable.<br />
<br />
As these projects come onstream, they will generate the revenue needed to repay loans. In the meantime, India’s banks have enough capital to absorb losses.<br />
<br />
Likewise, India’s public finances are stronger than they are in most emerging-market countries, let alone emerging-market countries in crisis.<br />
<br />
India’s overall public debt/GDP ratio has been on a declining trend, from 73.2 per cent in 2006-07 to 66 per cent in 2012-13 (and the central government’s debt/GDP ratio is only 46 per cent).<br />
<br />
Moreover, the debt is denominated in rupees and has an average maturity of more than nine years.<br />
<br />
India’s external debt burden is even more favourable, at only 21.2 per cent of GDP (much of it owed by the private sector), while short-term external debt is only 5.2 per cent of GDP.<br />
<br />
India’s foreign-exchange reserves stand at $278 billion (about 15 per cent of GDP), enough to finance the entire current account deficit for several years.<br />
<br />
That said, India can do better — much better. The path to a more open, competitive, efficient, and humane economy will surely be bumpy in the years to come.<br />
<br />
But, in the short term, there is much low-hanging fruit to be plucked. Stripping out both the euphoria and the despair from what is said about India — and from what we Indians say about ourselves — will probably bring us closer to the truth.<br />
<br />
The writer became governor of the Reserve Bank of India on September 4. This commentary was written before he took office. ©Project Syndicate, 2013. www.project-syndicate.org<br />
<br />
<span style="font-weight:bold; font-style:italic">(The views expressed above are the personal views of the writer)</span><br />
<br />
<span style="font-weight:bold">This article can also be read at:</span><br />
<a href="http://jordantimes.com/the-case-for-india" target="_blank">The case for India</a></p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>17/09/2013 18:57:30</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/22213/The+case+for+India</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">22213</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>22184</publicationdataID>
      <title>How Indian farmers are preserving the good earth</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p><span style="font-style:italic">The Star Online/by Tan Cheng Li</span><br />
<br />
Malaysian farmers take a peek into the books of organic farmers in India.<br />
<br />
YONG Weng Thing was amazed when he saw the field of spinach. Being a farmer himself, he knows good quality stuff when he sees it and quickly helped himself to the greens. A bunch of spinach in hand, he gestured a thumbs up to R. Venkatrasa, owner of the organic
 farm in a village in the Indian state of Tamil Nadu.<br />
<br />
"Very good, very healthy,” quipped Yong. Showing me the leaves, he added: "See this layer of oil under the leaf? It helps repel insects. You don’t get this in vegetables grown using conventional methods.”<br />
<br />
The farm was one of several stops for a group of 15 Malaysians on a trip to observe natural farming practices in Tamil Nadu. The visit was put together by the Consumer Association of Penang and on the trip were farmers who grow vegetables, sweet potato, mango,
 papaya and strawberry, as well as wholesalers and one agriculture researcher.<br />
<br />
They hope to learn from the past mistakes of Indian farmers, who had relied on hybrid seed varieties, synthetic fertilizers and chemical pesticides which eventually robbed the soil of its nutrients and biological life, resulting in poor yield.<br />
<br />
In Tamil Nadu, a growing number of farmers are undoing the mistake of the past by returning to the old way of chemical-free cultivation. Over the course of four days, the Malaysians observed how these farmers use home-made fertilizers formulated from farm waste,
 natural pesticides concocted from plants, and various techniques to grow produce with minimal water and without relying on costly, harmful chemicals.<br />
<br />
This sustainable approach to farming is best explained by organic farming scientist G. Nammalvar, who stressed the importance of self-reliability: "To get optimal results in farming, farmers should rely minimally on external inputs. All inputs should come from
 within the farm. So-called wastes should be recycled and used as input.”<br />
<br />
He said farming with expensive inputs like hybrid seeds as well as chemical fertilizers and pesticides were futile as farmers were poor. Modern-day agriculture, he added, has become export-oriented, resulting in the neglect of land and people. Food security,
 he said, should mean the availability of sufficient fresh, nutritious, and locally-produced food to the people.<br />
<br />
<span style="font-weight:bold">Integrated farming</span><br />
<br />
The concept of a self-sufficient farm is evident in the 12ha owned by R. Venkatrasa in Velayuthampalayam village in Karur district, where he grows sugarcane, coconut, legumes and spinach.<br />
<br />
"I don’t have external inputs. I have my own seeds and make my own fertilizer. Goats and cows are the basis of my farming,” says the 34-year-old who has been farming organically for 14 years. "When you use chemical fertilizers, it is easy to get a boost in
 yield initially. But eventually, you will need larger amounts to get the same yield. When plants are extra green (because of the chemical fertilizer), pests get attracted. Then you have to bring in pesticide, which will also kill beneficial insects on the
 farm. Only now, people realize what they have done.”<br />
<br />
The manure needs of his farm are met with animal and garden waste. At his farm, he shared the recipes for four different types of growth promoters with the Malaysians. These are made from the dung and urine of goats and cows, a buttermilk and coconut milk concoction,
 a mix of meats, and fish waste.<br />
<br />
He also extols the benefits of mulching (spreading a layer of green waste on the field). It is the norm to irrigate sugarcane fields every four days but Venkatrasa’s has not been watered for 35 days due to the dry weather. Yet, they remain healthy, thanks to
 the mulch (from sugarcane leaves). "With mulching, less irrigation is needed as the vegetation cover prevents evaporation and retain moisture in the soil. It also keeps temperature down, which is suitable for the growth of soil microbes and worms.”<br />
<br />
To minimize water usage on his coconut farm, he relies on trench irrigation, whereby water flows through where the tree roots are. With this system, trees are more tolerant of dry conditions and water is not wasted. In the 2003 drought, he did not irrigate
 the plantation for three months. In the conventional method where water floods the entire field, losses are high, he said.<br />
<br />
<span style="font-weight:bold">Farming worms</span><br />
<br />
At the farm of N. Gopalakrishnan in the village of Panickampatti in Karur district, the Malaysians avidly took notes on the technique of vermiculture, the use of earthworms to decompose waste into fertile compost. At the farm, two sheds shield rows of waste
 that is being eaten by earthworms and transformed into vermicompost.<br />
<br />
Gopalakrishnan started doing vermiculture in 1995 with 20 worms of the African night crawler variety which he had obtained from Annamalai University. "Now, whatever the amount of worms you want, I can supply you,” quipped the 50-year-old farmer. "Vermicompost
 trumps compost as a soil nutrient as it has more enzymes and biological life. Forty kilogrammes of compost is equal to 1kg of vermicompost. The more it is used, the soil gets better.”<br />
<br />
He explained that when he inherited the farm from his father, he opted for modern cultivation methods as he felt that making his own compost was too much work. He soon found his farm yield declining, as the soil had lost its fertility. And he was spending more
 on agrochemicals as prices kept rising.<br />
<br />
It was then, in 1998, that he returned to traditional, organic farming methods. Today, Gopalakrishnan grows sugarcane, banana, paddy, turmeric, yam and onion on his seven farms spread over 14ha using natural and self-made pest repellents, fertilizer and growth-promoters.
 To keep the soil healthy, he practices crop rotation and uses "green manure”.<br />
<br />
Gopalakrishnan also produces panchagavya, a growth promoter blended from a mix of cow dung, milk, curd, ghee and urine, with other ingredients such as sugarcane juice, coconut water, bananas and toddy.<br />
<br />
<span style="font-weight:bold">Reuse and recycle</span><br />
<br />
At A. Mathiyalagan’s poultry farm in Nadaiyanur village, the Malaysian visitors were able to enjoy an afternoon tea of sweet lemonade, biscuits and fruits – because the farm is like no other; it does not reek of chicken droppings. The secret is that panchagavya
 is added to the feed and sprayed on chicken droppings.<br />
<br />
Panchagavya, being rich in nutrients, vitamins, amino acids, micro-organisms and enzymes, is an excellent growth-promoter. Mathiyalagan said its immunity-boosting properties also meant that no antibiotics were used for the 50,000 chickens, reared for their
 eggs.<br />
<br />
He, too, adheres to the principle of integrated farming in which wastes become inputs: chicken droppings are thrown into ponds to nourish algae which is eaten by fish; wastewater from the fish pond nurtures fodder grasses for the cows; cow dung is used to make
 pancagayva; and panchagayva is added to the chicken feed and waste.<br />
<br />
Various organizations are assisting Indian farmers who are keen to adopt eco-friendly practices. Inba Seva Sangam, an organization that aids the downtrodden, are training 150 poor farmers on organic farming methods and helping them to market their produce.<br />
<br />
So far, a third of the 180ha of agriculture land in Kadavur valley is being cultivated using natural farming methods. "People were initially sceptical about organic farming but now, they are more acceptable to it as they see better benefits such as higher yields,”
 says trainer Balasubramaniam.<br />
<br />
Meanwhile, the organization Peace Trust is helping to transform dry lands to productive lands. "Tamil Nadu has some of the driest lands in India and years of mismanagement of water such as wastage, over-drawing of groundwater, misuse of land, erosion and land
 degradation have led to serious problems,” says chairman J. Paul Baskaran. "With no water, there are poor yields, no jobs, unrest and ultimately, poverty.”<br />
<br />
With funding from the European Union, Peace Trust has conducted integrated watershed development programmes in six drought-prone villages in Dindigul district to improve farming practices, and consequently, the people’s livelihoods. Farmers are taught ways
 to conserve water, such as by building check dams and percolation ponds on farms.<br />
<br />
While not all the methods employed by the Indian farmers can be replicated in Malaysia (farmers who do not rear cattle will face difficulties in obtaining large quantities of cow dung and urine, for instance), most of the Malaysians found the trip insightful.<br />
<br />
Yong’s previous attempt at vermiculture failed, so he is keen to try Gopalakrishnan’s method. He was also impressed with the poultry farm, which hardly smelt. He already adheres to good agricultural practices; he makes his own growth enzymes and compost to
 reduce usage of agrochemicals, and uses minimal amounts of pesticides in his farms in Gopeng and Kampar in Perak, and Cameron Highlands in Pahang. The leafy greens which he grows are supplied to Tesco through middlemen, so he says he has to comply with standards
 on permissible levels of pesticide residues.<br />
<br />
Tang Chee Sing and his wife, Lee Ching Mun, found the India experience very useful. "We’ve heard about these methods but we’ve learnt so much more during this trip and we see them in practice,” says Tang, who runs an organic farm in Kota Kinabalu, Sabah, and
 a tilapia fish farm in Puchong, Selangor, He also runs the House of Joy homes for orphans, old folk and the underprivileged. He is especially interested in doing vermiculture and intercropping (practice of growing two or more crops in proximity).<br />
<br />
Also keen to shrug off their dependence on agrochemicals are farmers from Hulu Yam Lama in Selangor. Six years ago, 10 farmers there had set up a company, Hulu Yam Fresh, to promote safer farming practices and to market their produce.<br />
<br />
"After 10 to 20 years of farming using chemicals, farmers are experiencing low yields, some even zero yield,” said company chairman Chan Lay Onn. "The soil is no longer fertile. Farmers all over the country, including those in Hulu Yam, suffer from this. That’s
 why they’re here, to learn new solutions.”<br />
<br />
At Hulu Yam Lama, he says one farmer is making liquid fertilizer from fruits and fish waste but he cannot make enough to meet demand. Chan said some of the organic farming methods seen in India are not new, but are not practiced as some farmers opt for the
 easy way.<br />
<br />
The Indian farmers have shown that it is possibly to wean themselves from a dependence on chemical-based farming, and it appears that some Malaysian farmers are keen to do so too.<br />
<br />
<span style="font-style:italic">(The views expressed above are the personal views of the writer)</span><br />
<br />
<span style="font-weight:bold">This article can also be read at:</span><br />
<a href="http://www.thestar.com.my/News/Environment/2013/09/10/How-Indian-farmers-are-preserving-the-good-earth.aspx" target="_blank">How Indian farmers are preserving the good earth</a></p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>10/09/2013 18:48:17</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/22184/How+Indian+farmers+are+preserving+the+good+earth</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">22184</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>22120</publicationdataID>
      <title>Online penetration soars in India</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p><span style="font-style:italic">Warc</span><br />
<br />
India's online population is growing six times as fast as the global average and now ranks as the third largest in the world after China and the US, a new study has indicated.<br />
<br />
The 2013 India Digital Future In Focus report from comScore, the digital measurement company, pulled together data from its different surveys to identify prevailing trends in web usage, online video, social networking and online retail.<br />
<br />
It revealed that that India has seen a 31% year-on-year increase its online population to reach 73.9m, 35% of whom are under the age of 35.<br />
<br />
Across all age and gender groups, women between the ages of 35 and 44 emerged as the heaviest internet users. Overall, however, women formed just 39% of the internet population in India and spent less time online than men.<br />
<br />
Online video was a fast-growing category, up 27% in the past year, with 54m people watching content. YouTube remained the top video property, garnering a share in excess of 55%.<br />
<br />
While T-series, Sony and UMG were the top three YouTube partners in terms of unique visitors, StarIndia kept users' attention for twice as long.<br />
<br />
Blogging was also becoming increasingly popular, with a 48% rise in the blogging audience to 36m visitors. Just over a quarter of this traffic came via mobile devices.<br />
<br />
The majority of time spent online, however, was spent on social networks, with 86% of Indian web users visiting these platforms. Facebook led the way, reporting a 28% increase in traffic over the past 12 months, and with users spending an average 217 minutes
 there.<br />
<br />
LinkedIn was the second most popular site, while Pinterest and Tumblr were the fastest growing networks, albeit from a low base. Zedge and Orkut saw sharp falls in the numbers using them,<br />
<br />
The report also stated that there was "huge growth potential" in online retail. Some 60% of web users in India already visit online retail sites, but spend just 28 minutes there compared to a global average of 84 minutes.<br />
<br />
The space is currently dominated by local retailers, led by Myntra, Flipkart and Jabong. Sites owned by Amazon, the global market leader, are in fourth place.<br />
<br />
comScore also noted that more than 111bn display ad impressions had been delivered across India's websites in the most recent quarter and that number was set to increase by around 20% in the coming year.<br />
<br />
This, the report argued, indicated "an increasing level of comfort with a medium capable of delivering strong marketing ROI".<br />
<br />
(The views expressed above are the personal views of the writer)<br />
<br />
<span style="font-weight:bold">This article can also be read at:</span><br />
<a href="http://www.warc.com/LatestNews/News/Online_penetration_soars_in_India.news?ID=31837" target="_blank">Online penetration soars in India</a></p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>26/08/2013 16:15:41</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/22120/Online+penetration+soars+in+India</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">22120</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>22121</publicationdataID>
      <title>Indian smartphone makers post higher domestic growth than global giants</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p><span style="font-style:italic">Daily Mail/by Sanjay Singh</span><br />
<br />
Local smartphone makers like Micromax, Karbonn and Lava are posting a higher rate of growth than giants like Samsung, Apple and Nokia in the domestic market by providing the same features at a much lower price.<br />
<br />
According to a report by Canalys, India is becoming the third-largest smartphone market with 9 million shipments during the April-June quarter, while 238.1 million smartphone units were shipped worldwide during the same period hitting a growth rate of 129 per
 cent.<br />
<br />
Samsung took a third of the Indian market during the first quarter, followed by Micromax at 22 per cent and Karbonn at 15 per cent.<br />
<br />
The research firm attributes the success of local vendors to their ability to respond to local market demands.<br />
<br />
Karbonn's Titanium S5, with similar technical specifications to the Micromax Canvas HD, an eight megapixel camera and a five-inch touchscreen, costs Rs 11,990. Samsung, the market leader in Indian smartphones, offers the same features on its Galaxy Grand for
 Rs 21,500.<br />
<br />
The iPhone 5 starts at Rs 45,500 in a market where operators do not subsidise handsets.<br />
<br />
Micromax captured the number three position among top 10 mobile handset brands in 2012-13 and earned revenues of Rs 3,138 crore.<br />
<br />
Karbonn Mobiles clocked revenue of Rs 2,297 crore. Apple posted revenues of Rs 1,293 crore in FY13 in the country.<br />
<br />
<span style="font-style:italic">(The views expressed above are the personal views of the writer)</span><br />
<br />
<span style="font-weight:bold">This article can also be read at:</span><br />
<a href="http://www.dailymail.co.uk/indiahome/indianews/article-2402315/MY-BIZ-Indian-smartphone-makers-post-higher-domestic-growth-global-giants.html" target="_blank">Indian smartphone makers post higher domestic growth than global giants</a></p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>27/08/2013 17:55:49</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/22121/Indian+smartphone+makers+post+higher+domestic+growth+than+global+giants</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">22121</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>22119</publicationdataID>
      <title>Nigeria: Indian hospital separates conjoined twins after 10-hour surgery</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p><span style="font-style:italic">All Africa/by Ibrahim Musa Giginyu</span><br />
<br />
At last, all hopes are not lost for Malama Badariyya Badaru, mother of one-year-two-month-old twins with joined vertebrate and one anus. The conjoined twins were successfully separated in an Indian hospital.<br />
<br />
The babies, Hassana and Hussaina, as they were named, were born at Murtala Muhammed Specialist Hospital, Kano last year. When their peculiar situation became clear to the hospital's officials, the twins were referred, few hours later to the Aminu Kano Teaching
 Hospital's (AKTH) Intensive Care Unit. At AKTH, the parents were told that a total of N600, 00.00 was needed for the surgery.<br />
<br />
That marked the beginning of their parents' predicament. Malama Badariyya's husband and father of the conjoined twins is a classroom teacher who could not afford the said amount of money needed for the surgery.<br />
<br />
They appealed to the public for assistance. After some investigations at the AKTH, doctors found out that instead of having a separate vertebral column the twins were joined at the tail end of their vertebrate, forming a 'U' shape. They also share one anus;
 even as their kidneys had some form of malfunctioning threats.<br />
<br />
Narrating her ordeal via a telephone conversation with Sunday Trust, Malama Badariyya said she and her husband had lost hope and were just waiting to see what fate had in stock for them when a Kano-based philanthropist came to their rescue. According to the
 mother of the conjoined twins, "The doctors told us that, with the operation, we stood to lose one of the babies. I was traumatised. I was confused as to which of my babies would die because I had become fond of them. They seemed to be in a very good condition,
 though. But later on I gave in to fate, hoping that the operation would be done successfully, and let the one that Allah wishes stay.<br />
<br />
"But even at that, the money to conduct the operation was not realised. My husband and I began to lose hope on the survival of our children, until when help came our way through a God-sent philanthropist. Here we are today! My children are separated and they
 are all doing well. The doctors told us that the girls would soon be discharged after the conclusion of the next surgery on their anus," Malama Badariyya stated.<br />
<br />
According to the excited mother, the surgery lasted for 10 hours and their fear of losing one of them was erased, as both girls were pronounced safe and healthy. "I came here with the feeling that we were going to lose one of the babies, but here we are! God
 in his infinite mercy, both girls are living," said Badariyya.<br />
<br />
The surgery was successfully conducted at Dr B L Kapur Memorial Hospital, New Delhi in India under the stewardship of Dr Prashant Jain, Consultant Pediatric Surgery and Pediatric Urology.<br />
<br />
(The views expressed above are the personal views of the writer)<br />
<br />
<span style="font-weight:bold">This article can also be read at:</span><br />
<a href=" http://allafrica.com/stories/201308250261.html" target="_blank">Nigeria: Indian hospital separates conjoined twins after 10-hour surgery</a></p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>26/08/2013 16:09:42</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/22119/Nigeria+Indian++separates+conjoined+twins+after+10hour+surgery</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">22119</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>22083</publicationdataID>
      <title>India furthers e-governance infrastructure development</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p><span style="font-style:italic">FutureGov/ by Medha Basu</span><br />
<br />
The Indian state of Chhattisgarh has inaugurated its State Data Centre (SDC) as the country continues developing infrastructure to support a common delivery platform for e-government initiatives under the National e-Governance Plan.<br />
<br />
The SDC was implemented by the state’s IT growth agency, Chhattisgarh Infotech and Biotech Promotion Society (CHiPS) as a Shared Service Centre, allowing other state departments to focus on service delivery rather than infrastructure management.<br />
<br />
Secretary of the state’s Department of Information Technology and Biotechnology, Aman Singh, said, "The data centre building has been constructed under then national e-governance scheme for collection and integration of Chhattisgarh’s data”.<br />
<br />
The SDC is one of the core infrastructure elements under India’s National e-Governance Plan, to be set-up and operationalised in all the states. The Union Government’s Department of Information Technology has made available technical, financial and implementation
 assistance to the states through a set of guidelines. The Indian Government approved an expenditure of INR 16 billion (US $257 million) for the data centres over a period of five years.<br />
<br />
The Chhattisgarh State government contributed INR 70 million (US $1 million) to the construction of the state’s data centre.<br />
<br />
The Chhatisgarh SDC will serve to consolidate information from across various state agencies, functioning as a central data repository and secure data storage. The SDC will be connected to the State Wide Area Network (SWAN) through which it will consolidate
 databases from remote block servers.<br />
<br />
The data centre will support a common platform to provide services to individuals and businesses, hosting and managing all e-governance applications of the state. The data centre will host applications including those related to urban administration, procurement,
 commercial tax, GIS, rural development, land record system, education and financial management.<br />
<br />
Additionally, it will also support the state intranet portal, disaster recovery system, remote management and service integration.<br />
<br />
<span style="font-weight:bold">This article can also be read at:</span><br />
<a href="http://www.futuregov.asia/articles/2013/aug/20/india-furthers-e-governance-infrastructure-develop" target="_blank">India furthers e-governance infrastructure development</a></p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>20/08/2013 16:20:44</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/22083/India+furthers+egovernance+infrastructure+development</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">22083</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>22084</publicationdataID>
      <title>Over 40 Crore Indians Get Unique Identification Number</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p><span style="font-style:italic">INDOlink</span><br />
<br />
More than 40 crore people in India have been given Aadhaar unique identification numbers. By the end of 2014, the number of is expected to reach 60 crore, the government said.<br />
<br />
"More than 40 crore and 29 lakh Aadhaar numbers have been issued till date and the process is continuing at a healthy pace. Only in the month of July, 2013, about two crore Aadhaar numbers have been generated," the Planning Commission said in a statement.<br />
<br />
These numbers are being issued by the Unique Identification Authority of India (UIDAI) that works under the Planning Commission.<br />
<br />
According to the statement, the authority would set up permanent centres in various states to facilitate enrollment of those who have been either left out in earlier drives or who wish to update their Aadhaar data.<br />
<br />
"Recently, UIDAI also unveiled three new Aadhaar-enabled services - the authentication services using iris, authentication service using one-time pin and eKYC (electronic-know your customer) service, all of which have been developed to empower residents to
 authenticate anytime, anywhere using a digital platform," the statement said.<br />
<br />
<span style="font-weight:bold">This article can also be read at:</span><br />
<a href="http://www.indolink.com/displayArticleS.php?id=081913092647" target="_blank">Over 40 Crore Indians Get Unique Identification Number</a></p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>20/08/2013 16:24:41</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/22084/Over+40+Crore+Indians+Get+Unique+Identification+Number</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">22084</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>22085</publicationdataID>
      <title>Women at Work: Delhi’s All-Female Taxis</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p><span style="font-style:italic">Wall Street Journal/by Atish Patel</span><br />
<br />
Meenu Vadera is the founder of New Delhi’s only all-female taxi company. The service, which launched in 2008, has 11 women drivers who ferry female customers around the Indian capital. Another 49 women work as full-time personal drivers.<br />
<br />
Sakha Consulting Wings, the for-profit social enterprise set up by Ms. Vadera, runs the service.<br />
<br />
For this week’s "Women at Work” series, The Wall Street Journal’s India Real Time spoke with Ms. Vadera, 48, who is also the founder and executive director of Azad Foundation, a non-profit organization working to improve women’s rights.<br />
<br />
Edited excerpts:<br />
<br />
<span style="font-weight:bold">The Wall Street Journal: Why did you decide to launch an all-female cab service in New Delhi?</span><br />
<br />
Meenu Vadera: In 2001, the census showed the sex ratio in India and the gap was shocking to me. Delhi, Punjab and Haryana were the red states. I began wondering why there’s no cab service for women in Delhi, having seen it operational in some other parts of
 the world. I read at the time that some five star hotels had floors allocated for women travellers, so all of these different ideas came together in my mind.<br />
<br />
Also, of course, violence against women has been and continues to be so widespread across all classes in our country. So we were meeting two objectives with one intervention. On the one hand, we were able to ensure livelihoods with dignity for resource-poor
 women who become drivers, and on the other hand, to offer safe mobility for female passengers.<br />
<br />
Another reason we set up the cab service is because the entire public transport system, including the taxi system, is so male-dominated and chauvinistic in its ways. You cannot have women working 15 hours a day, not because they don’t want to, but because that’s
 what men tell women as they are meant to have other responsibilities within the family. So we had to create a working environment to let them do this.<br />
<br />
<span style="font-weight:bold">WSJ: What have been some of the barriers you faced?</span><br />
<br />
Ms. Vadera: Of course the world is full of jokes about women drivers. There’s such a bias against women drivers. When I first told people about my idea, the response was, first teach them how to park a car. People were sarcastic.<br />
<br />
It’s been very difficult to get all types of licenses for our drivers. The transport department says it follows the same policies with men and women but it doesn’t work like that in practice. For many of our drivers, it’s been very difficult to get address
 proof. There have been cases even when they have the relevant documents but they are sent away or forced to make several visits to get things done. We’ve helped around 250 women get different licenses and I can say 95% couldn’t have got them on their own.
 Is this not an example of a clear gender bias?<br />
<br />
<span style="font-weight:bold">WSJ: What are your growth plans?</span><br />
<br />
Ms. Vadera: We aren’t hung up about having a large fleet of cars. For us, what is more important is to establish the role of women in public transport. So definitely we would like to see women as bus drivers, for example. We would like to have a large enough
 presence that breaks the perception forever, opens these doors for women so that tomorrow there could be a girl growing up in any slum or area who would not need us to get a license. We have to grow to an extent where this can be achieved. In that sense, we’re
 not a typical enterprise that wants 500 cars. That’s not what gives us a kick.<br />
<br />
We will, of course, increase our fleet size and the number of drivers. We definitely want to break-even first and then make profits. We would like the women drivers to at one stage become shareholders in the company. We’re also expanding to different cities.
 We now have a presence in Gurgaon, we’ve started in Jaipur and are probably going to start in Kolkata, so four cities in total over the next three years.<br />
<br />
<span style="font-weight:bold">WSJ: As a social entrepreneur you’re also a businesswoman? Do you enjoy this aspect of your job?</span><br />
<br />
Ms. Vadera: Yes, part of me is a businesswoman. I’m still learning to be a businesswoman and getting familiar with business plans, talking about things like sweat equity. My background is development, but I like both sides to my current role. Being a businesswoman
 gives me the thrill and challenge of learning something new, and breaking new ground within myself. A lot of times, our auditors and lawyers confront me and ask which hat I’m wearing. It’s good to be held accountable and pushed to think about the profit side
 as well. But of course a large part of me is development and as a feminist, women’s rights are very, very core to me, so that is definitely my identity.<br />
<br />
<span style="font-weight:bold">WSJ: How do you measure success?</span><br />
<br />
Ms. Vadera: For us, success is really the kind of transformation the women we work with are able to achieve. We’re talking about empowerment. The women who are today working with us as drivers, I can say that none will accept violence from men in their lives
 anymore. That’s very important for us. We’re talking about building change agents. That’s the most important measure of success. Other things like breaking even and bringing down costs are definitely important but secondary.<br />
<br />
<span style="font-weight:bold">WSJ: Do you think women make better social entrepreneurs?</span><br />
<br />
Ms. Vadera: I don’t know. I don’t think there is anything to prove that. There’s nothing to suggest that. But definitely women are better drivers.<br />
<br />
<span style="font-weight:bold">This article can also be read at:</span><br />
<a href="http://blogs.wsj.com/indiarealtime/2013/08/20/women-at-work-delhis-all-female-taxi-company" target="_blank">Women at Work: Delhi’s All-Female Taxis</a></p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>20/08/2013 16:38:56</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/22085/Women+at+Work+Delhis+AllFemale+Taxis</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">22085</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>22075</publicationdataID>
      <title>Indian villages lit up by off-grid power</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p><span style="font-style:italic">BBC News/by Sanjoy Majumder</span><br />
<br />
Inside her mud and brick hut in the village of Purva in the northern Indian state of Uttar Pradesh, Sukhrani is making a pot of lentils for dinner - in complete darkness.<br />
<br />
The glow of a candle and the flame from a wood fire are the only sources of light for the woman who is in her 60s.<br />
<br />
Her village has no electricity - it has never had any.<br />
<br />
"I have never seen an electric bulb," she says, as she squats on the floor, wiping sweat off her face.<br />
<br />
"The village I was born in had no electricity. I moved here after my marriage - and there was none here either."<br />
<br />
Purva is just one of hundreds of thousands of Indian villages which are either not connected to the country's power grid, or lack uninterrupted power supply.<br />
<br />
Sixty-five years after India's independence, it is estimated that more than half of the country's more than 1.2 billion people do not have access to electricity.<br />
<br />
For many like Sukhrani, it is a reality they have come to accept.<br />
<br />
"I've heard that some people have electricity but I've never experienced it, so I don't even know what it's used for," she says.<br />
<br />
<span style="font-weight:bold">'Nice and bright'</span><br />
<br />
But just five km (three miles) away, in the neighbouring village of Jangaon, it is a completely different picture.<br />
<br />
Ashraf Ali, a bangle maker, lives inside a hut almost identical to Sukhrani but it is bathed in the white glow of a solar lamp.<br />
<br />
An electrical fan is on next to him, also powered by solar energy.<br />
<br />
All this costs him only a few dollars a month.<br />
<br />
His wife and he work into the night, making brightly coloured lacquer bangles to sell in the local market, while his children play or read in the next room, which is equally brightly lit.<br />
<br />
"Ever since we got solar power in our village, my life has become so much easier," Mr Ali says.<br />
<br />
"This light is so nice and bright, it's easier to see. And business has improved because we can work longer hours."<br />
<br />
A short distance away is the source of Mr Ali's electricity. A low-rise building with about 25 rectangular-shaped solar panels on its roof.<br />
<br />
This one supports 30 villages, including Jangaon, powering up homes as well as schools, telecom towers and local businesses.<br />
<br />
<span style="font-weight:bold">'Immense opportunities'</span><br />
<br />
Rohit Chandra is the co-founder of the Omnigrid Micropower Company which owns this plant.<br />
<br />
It is one of several hundred private companies that have set up solar power stations in some of India's poorest states bringing off-grid power to villages which otherwise remain cut-off.<br />
<br />
"This area - the states of Assam, Bihar, north-east, West Bengal, Jharkhand and Uttar Pradesh - has about 400 million people, that's about 40% of the population.<br />
<br />
"So the opportunities are immense," Mr Chandra says.<br />
<br />
One reason why companies are now turning to solar energy is because the technology has become more accessible and economical. And, of course, India is blessed with plenty of sunshine through the year.<br />
<br />
"The panels, mostly made in China, are much cheaper and compact," he adds.<br />
<br />
"We have 10 plants at the moment - we are expanding to 100 by the end of the year and plan to increase to 5,000 in the next few years."<br />
<br />
But is off-grid power the answer to India's energy needs?<br />
<br />
"I think as a country, the sheer volume of energy deficit is such that the problem is never going to be solved in the next three decades by off-grid substituting bigger projects," says Vinayak Chatterjee, who advises the government on infrastructure, particularly
 in the field of energy.<br />
<br />
But setting up these large projects is expensive and power distribution companies are often forced to keep their tariffs low by governments so as to make it cheaper for consumers.<br />
<br />
"That's why off-grid power is certainly a solution and intervention that is warmly received in large parts of rural India which has never seen any action from the grid," says Mr Chatterjee.<br />
<br />
Back in Jangaon, as the sun goes down the lights come on in the village's main street - from the grocery store to the doctor's clinic at the end of the lane to the street-food vendor at the corner, everyone it appears has a white solar lamp.<br />
<br />
It is a small ray of hope which, if properly harnessed, could just change the face of rural India.<br />
<br />
<span style="font-weight:bold">This article may also be read at :</span><br />
<a href="http://www.bbc.co.uk/news/world-asia-india-23613878" target="_blank">Indian villages lit up by off-grid power</a></p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>16/08/2013 16:42:40</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/22075/Indian+villages+lit+up+by+offgrid+power</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">22075</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>22074</publicationdataID>
      <title>India honors – not dishonors – patent laws</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p><span style="font-style:italic">THE HILL/By Ambassador Nirupama Rao</span><br />
<br />
India has experienced transformational economic growth over the past two decades. Thanks in large measure to reforms that opened India’s markets to global commerce, its Gross Domestic Product has zoomed from $189 billion in 1980 to $1.84 trillion in 2012. Innovation
 and entrepreneurship have been fostered by vigorous enforcement of trade agreements and patent laws.<br />
<br />
Intellectual property laws passed over forty years have extensively protected patents, designs and trademarks. The Patents Act of 1970, amended in 1999, 2002 and 2005, is considered a model in the developing world. Critics who say otherwise are simply wrong.<br />
<br />
Indeed, the most prominently cited example of alleged patent "infringement” is actually a case study in patent protection. The Indian Supreme Court, in a landmark judgment in April, turned down a request by the pharmaceutical company Novartis to retain the
 patent on a cancer drug because it judged the drug to be an extension of existing medications, not a groundbreaking advancement. In other words, the court reinforced the premium that should rightly be placed on truly valid patents, strengthening, not weakening,
 their sanctity.<br />
<br />
India makes a priority of complying with international treaties such as the Trade Related Intellectual Property Rights (TRIPS) agreement of the World Trade Organization. In March, an Indian patent appeals court ruled that the so-called compulsory license law
 that helps make medicines affordable for the 300 million Indians who live below the poverty line, was strictly TRIPS-compliant.<br />
<br />
India’s rigorous patent laws and adherence to international trade treaties are helping its 1.2 billion people deal with many challenges. We understand that economic growth and job creation are irrevocably linked to the rule of law. India is proud to be a prodigious
 incubator of innovation and to have gained the confidence of foreign investors. <br />
<br />
Direct equity investments from the U.S. to India have continued to flow, ranging between $1 billion and $2 billion a year over the last five years. These investments have been across multiple sectors, including pharmaceutical research. The Indian Patent Office
 treats the nationals of other countries the same way it treats Indian companies. From 2005 to 2011, more than 4,000 patents for pharmaceutical inventions were issued by the Patent Office. Of those granted, substantial numbers - 20-30 percent - were awarded
 to U.S.-based companies each year, and more than 85 percent were owned by foreign companies in India.<br />
<br />
At the same time, India like many developing nations struggles with poverty, inequality and shortcomings in health care. We have worked hard to combat challenges to inclusive growth and development. International treaties permit countries to make affordable,
 life-saving drugs available to people most in need at affordable prices. India has done so in a way that is both legal and sensitive to the principle of patent protection.<br />
<br />
We have also worked hard to balance the rights of patent holders with our civic imperative to protect public health. Compulsory licensing has been an integral part of the patent regime of many countries for years. Fifteen countries, both developed and developing
 countries alike, have issued more than 35 compulsory licenses. <br />
<br />
In more than six decades, India has issued only one compulsory license on a compound pharmaceutical. This is hardly evidence of a climate hostile to either innovation or U.S.-based companies. The provisions for compulsory licensing are not meant to hamper the
 process of innovation, but to ensure a fair balance between the interests of innovators and the urgent need for improved health care.<br />
<br />
India is proud to be the world’s largest producer of generic drugs with a 25 percent global market share, which has earned the country the name of "the pharmacy of the world”. India’s production of high-quality antiretroviral therapies is estimated to have
 cut the cost of treatments for HIV/AIDS by 99 percent, from $10,000-$15,000 per patient per year to less than $100 – a cost saving that has improved the lives of millions of people and provided them hope for their future.<br />
<br />
In their Strategic Partnership, the U.S. and India cooperate on many fronts, with health care, disease control and prevention near the top of the list. India is dedicated to enhancing that partnership through its careful backing of patent law.<br />
<br />
<span style="font-weight:bold">This article may also be read at :</span><br />
<a href="http://thehill.com/blogs/congress-blog/campaign/316883-india-honors--not-dishonors--patent-laws" target="_blank">India honors – not dishonors – patent laws</a></p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>16/08/2013 09:45:13</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/22074/India+honors++not+dishonors++patent+laws</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">22074</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>22057</publicationdataID>
      <title>Indian-built aircraft carrier INS Vikrant launched</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p><span style="font-style:italic">BBC</span><br />
<br />
India has unveiled its first home-built aircraft carrier from a shipyard in southern Kerala state.<br />
<br />
The 37,500 tonne INS Vikrant is expected to go for extensive trials in 2016 before being inducted into the navy by 2018, reports say.<br />
<br />
With this, India joins a select group of countries capable of building such a vessel.<br />
<br />
Other countries capable of building a similar ship are the US, the UK, Russia and France.<br />
<br />
Monday's launch of INS Vikrant marks the end of the first phase of its construction.<br />
<br />
The ship will be then re-docked for outfitting and further construction.<br />
<br />
The ship, which will have a length of 260m (850ft) and a breadth of 60m, has been built at the shipyard in Cochin.<br />
<br />
It was designed and manufactured locally, using high grade steel made by a state-owned steel company.<br />
<br />
Vice-Admiral RK Dhowan of India's navy has described the launch as the "crowning glory" of the navy's programme to produce vessels on home soil.<br />
<br />
<span style="font-weight:bold">This article can also be read at:</span><br />
<a href="http://www.bbc.co.uk/news/world-asia-india-23662726" target="_blank">Indian-built aircraft carrier INS Vikrant launched</a></p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>12/08/2013 19:45:24</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/22057/Indianbuilt+aircraft+carrier+INS+Vikrant+launched</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">22057</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>22030</publicationdataID>
      <title>India is making great strides in space</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p><span style="font-style:italic">Pravada/by Vladimir Gubarev</span><br />
<br />
India is actively developing its space industry. Indian weather satellite INSAT-3D and telecommunications satellite Alfasat were recently launched. India was named a possible competitor for the Russian Federation in this area. However, it was Russia that marked
 the beginning of space development in India some time ago. Vladimir Gubarev, a journalist and writer, told his space story:<br />
<br />
"A long time ago, in 1972, I was the first journalist who traveled through the Indian space industry that at the time was at its infancy. I watched the birth of the first Indian satellite Aryabhata. At the time the cooperation with Russia was at its initial
 stage. What struck me was the new research centers, especially in the beautiful city of Bangalore. They set up a satellites center headed by a young scientist and researcher Dr. Rao who later led India's space program.<br />
<br />
At the time I was very interested in India and was reading a very interesting book by Jawaharlal Nehru, "Discovery of India". He called India's steel mills and factories built with the help of the Soviet Union the temples of new India. I called Aryabhata satellite
 the first space temple of India. Within a year, I traveled to all the Scientific and Research Institutes of India. My book was published four days after the launch of the satellite Aryabhata. The satellite, incidentally, was launched with a Russian missile
 from the Kapustin Yar cosmodrome.<br />
<br />
Sometime later, I received a letter from the Indian Prime Minister Indira Gandhi. In the letter, she asked for permission to translate my book to all the Indian languages. I answered that I agreed and that this was my gift to India. The book was published by
 several publishers. This was India's first step to space.<br />
<br />
Then over the years I have always participated in the launching of "Bhaskar," the second Indian satellite. It was very interesting to see how these events evolved. When the first Indian cosmonaut flew into space (launched by USSR), a trip to India of a small
 group was organized. I was part of this group, and we set off to India. It was a great trip, Indira Gandhi gave us her plane. Georgy Grechko, a Russian cosmonaut, traveled with us. I was the only one in the group with a great experience in India, so I told
 Grechko, "Georgy, at any time before any meal you have to a take a sip of whiskey. This is the only way to avoid catching some nasty thing." There was a lot of nasty stuff in India. We drove across the country, and, as it later turned out, we were the only
 two who did not catch some infection.<br />
<br />
Indira Gandhi arranged a great reception in honor of our delegation. Three or four months later Indira Gandhi was killed. After a while I went back to India and met Rajiv Gandhi, who later also died ... tragic story.<br />
<br />
But back to space. One thing struck me the most. India's first satellite was created in Bangalore. It is a city in the south of the country, and Svetoslav Roerich lived nearby. We came to visit him, I was then the deputy chief editor of Komsomolskaya Pravda,
 and we agreed to arrange an exhibition of Roerich's paintings in Moscow for the first time. Satellite parts were delivered there, in Bangalore, created in the Russian center of Dnepropetrovsk satellites headed by Vyacheslav Kovtunenko. The parts and test stations
 were delivered on a large plane. Russia provided significant help to India in the first phase of space exploration. From India, the same plane delivered an exhibition of many paintings of Svetoslav Roerich to Moscow. This is how the first exhibition of Roerich
 was organized in Moscow, and I was happy to take part in it.<br />
<br />
This was the beginning of the space development in India. There was another magical spectacle. I was the first journalist of the USSR who went to Sriharikota launch site. The small island was connected with a road across the shallow bay. On both sides of it
 there were millions of flamingos. This was a spectacular view, fantastic birds, incredible beauty. When we arrived to the ocean shore, we wanted to go swimming so bad, but our group attendant said, "You cannot do this, take a look". We looked at the water
 and saw shark fins. On the shore there were cobras crawling. Very exotic. This is where the launch site was located. This was the site of the first launch of Indian missiles. This is one of the most beautiful memories.<br />
<br />
Frankly, I am glad that India is striding to space by leaps and bounds and becoming one of the leading space powers. This is natural, because it is very beautiful, amazing, magnificent country with wonderful people. This is a great thing - the Indian industry
 built with the help of the Soviet Union that greatly helped India. Now a great cosmic temple of India is being built."<br />
<br />
<span style="font-style:italic">(The views expressed above are the personal views of the writer)</span><br />
<br />
<span style="font-weight:bold">This article can also be read at:</span><br />
<a href="http://english.pravda.ru/science/tech/06-08-2013/125320-india_space-0" target="_blank">India is making great strides in space</a></p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>07/08/2013 18:09:10</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/22030/India+is+making+great+strides+in+space</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">22030</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>22001</publicationdataID>
      <title>Living in Indonesia but Indian at Heart</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p><span style="font-style:italic">The Jakarta Globe</span><br />
<br />
"You can take Indians out of India, but not India out of Indians.”<br />
<br />
I didn’t give much credit to this often repeated statement until I moved out of India. However, even after many years of stay in wonderful Indonesia, rightly a "second home” for me, I continue to long for anything remotely connected with my homeland.<br />
<br />
Whether it’s music, cricket, cinema, food, the rich cultural heritage or even politics, I’m attracted to all things India.<br />
<br />
I observe that many of my Indian expatriate friends here also remain rooted in our Indian traditions and culture. Apparently, the Indian identity endures over a lifetime and beyond.<br />
<br />
In this context, Indonesia Tamil Sangam, a non-profit, social and cultural organization dedicated to the welfare of the Tamil-speaking community here in Indonesia, recently organized a cultural program called Tamil Sangamam 2013 at PRJ Kemayoran, Jakarta.<br />
<br />
Tamil is one of the oldest regional languages spoken by the natives of the southern state of Tamil Nadu in India. The government of India has granted a classical language status to Tamil as it is one of India’s oldest languages.<br />
<br />
Tamil Sangamam 2013, a carnival of food, culture and arts, was held in April with great fervor and joy, as the day, Saturday the 13th, also marked the ushering in of the Tamil New Year.<br />
<br />
This was a rare occasion for not only Tamil expats but also for Tamils of Indian origin from countries like Singapore, Malaysia and Sri Lanka presently residing in Indonesia, and all Tamil-speaking Indonesian citizens, to have a get-together in a festival-like
 atmosphere.<br />
<br />
Sangamam 2013 featured traditional folk music and dance programs as part of the festivities to highlight the rich traditions and heritage of Tamils.<br />
<br />
In addition, there were other lively games for the members such as Uri-adithal , Kolam and top-spinning competitions.<br />
<br />
"In Uri-adithal, a pot-breaking competition,” explained Vivekanandan, ITS’s secretary, "the challenge is to break the pot which is tied at the top of a tree. The contestant, who is blindfolded, should hit and break the pot with the help of a long bamboo stick.
 Whoever breaks the pot is considered a hero. Particularly for the young children, watching this game is a great joy.”<br />
<br />
Karagattam (water pot dance), Thappattam and Villupattu , which are part of Tamil traditional folklore music, were performed by children and adults.<br />
<br />
"Karagattam is a Tamil folk dance involving the balancing of clay or metal pots and other objects on the dancer’s head,” said Chandroo, vice president of ITS.<br />
<br />
"This dance is usually associated with the worship of the goddess Amman, and it is performed to the beat of drums while balancing a water pot on one’s head.”<br />
<br />
This dance was heartily applauded by most of the visitors in attendance at the festivities.<br />
<br />
"In Villupattu, the main singer, accompanied by a chorus of musical instruments, uses a villu or bow which is fixed with bells. The villu is struck rhythmically to make the bells jingle in tune,” said Visagan, the president of ITS. "The main singer relates
 a folk tale interspersed with lively songs and the accompanying artists repeat the verses in a chorus.”<br />
<br />
Apart from the games and cultural programs, ITS set up several elaborate food stalls that were managed by its own members offering delicious traditional Indian food.<br />
<br />
There were even stalls which showcased mehendi (henna) and ladies’ accessories as well.<br />
<br />
"Sangamam was the most successful and grand event Tamil Sangam has arranged so far,” said Ramesh, the treasurer of ITS.<br />
<br />
"The turnout was amazing. We expected about 700 to 800 members but the actual number of visitors crossed well over 1,000. It was indeed a great team effort and kudos to the ladies who have put in a lot of efforts to ensure that the visitors got authentic Indian
 food during the carnival.”<br />
<br />
"It was a fantastic effort by Tamil Sangam and we wish the Sangam many more such successes in the future,” said Ganeshan, another member of ITS.<br />
<br />
"Sangamam 2013,” concluded Visagan, "was a program that we wanted to show our community about the various traditions and culture that we, Tamils, follow back in India, even in this modern era. Our families and children living in Indonesia have been missing
 the wonderful experience of witnessing these cultural activities and Sangamam 2013 filled in the need .<br />
<br />
"With the great interest evinced by the members of our association, we are now encouraged to conduct more programs in the future.”<br />
<br />
Young musicians entertain the attendees at the Tamil Sangamam 2013, a carnival of food, culture and arts that was hosted in April at PRJ Kemayoran, Jakarta.<br />
<br />
<span style="font-weight:bold">This article can also be read at:</span><br />
<a href="http://www.thejakartaglobe.com/features/living-in-indonesia-but-indian-at-heart" target="_blank">Living in Indonesia but Indian at Heart
</a></p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>06/08/2013 18:44:59</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/22001/Living+in+Indonesia+but+Indian+at+Heart</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">22001</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>21993</publicationdataID>
      <title>India's Walmart of heart surgery cuts the cost by 98%</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p><span style="font-style:italic">Business Week/ by Ketaki Gokhale </span><br />
<br />
Devi Shetty keeps photographs of Mother Teresa and Mahatma Gandhi on his desk, and he’s obsessed with making cardiac surgery affordable for millions of Indians. But these two facts are not connected. Shetty’s a heart surgeon-turned-businessman who founded a
 chain of 21 medical centers around India. Every bit the capitalist, he has trimmed costs by buying cheaper scrubs and spurning air-conditioning and other efficiencies. That’s helped cut the price of artery-clearing coronary bypass surgery to 95,000 rupees
 ($1,555)—half of what it was 20 years ago. He wants to get it down to $800 within a decade. The same procedure costs $106,385 at Ohio’s Cleveland Clinic, according to data from the Centers for Medicare &amp; Medicaid Services.<br />
<br />
"It shows that costs can be substantially contained,” says Srinath Reddy, president of the Geneva-based World Heart Federation. "It’s possible to deliver very high-quality cardiac care at a relatively low cost.”<br />
<br />
Medical experts like Reddy are watching closely to see if Shetty’s severe cost-cutting can serve as a model for making life-saving heart operations more profitable and more accessible to patients in India and other emerging nations. "The current price of everything
 that you see in health care is predominantly opportunistic pricing and the outcome of inefficiency,” says Shetty, who opened his flagship hospital, Narayana Hrudayalaya Health City, in Bangalore in 2001.<br />
<br />
Controlling costs is key in India, where more than two-thirds of the populace lives on less than $2 a day and 86 percent of health care is paid by individuals. Per capita health spending is less than $60 a year. A recent study by the Public Health Foundation
 of India and the London School of Hygiene &amp; Tropical Medicine found that in India noncommunicable ailments such as heart disease are now more common among the poor than the rich. One in four people there die of a heart attack, yet the country performs only
 100,000 to 120,000 heart surgeries a year, well short of the 2 million Shetty estimates are needed. "There has been fast urbanization in India that’s brought with it a change in dietary patterns and lifestyle,” says Usha Shrivastava, head of public health
 at the National Diabetes, Obesity, and Cholesterol Foundation. "It’s leading to this huge jump in cardiovascular disease.”<br />
<br />
Shetty plans to add 30,000 beds over the next decade to the 6,000 his hospitals have now, and he has identified 100 towns with populations of 500,000 to 1 million that have no heart hospital.<br />
<br />
All of that expansion is dependent on keeping costs low. A 300-bed, prefabricated, single-story hospital in the city of Mysore cost Shetty’s company $6 million and took just six months to build, he says. To reduce energy costs, only the hospital’s operating
 theaters and intensive-care units are air-conditioned. Shetty also saves by cutting out unnecessary pre-op testing. Urine samples that were once routine before surgery were eliminated when only a handful of cases tested positive for harmful bacteria. And the
 chain uses Web-based computer software to run logistics, rather than licensing or building expensive new systems for each hospital.<br />
<br />
When Shetty couldn’t persuade a European manufacturer to lower the price of its disposable surgical gowns and drapes to an affordable level, he persuaded a group of entrepreneurs in Bangalore to make them—for 60 percent less.<br />
<br />
<span style="font-style:italic">(The views expressed above are the personal views of the writer)</span><br />
<br />
<span style="font-weight:bold">This article can also be read at:<span style="font-weight:bold"><br />
<a href="http://www.businessweek.com/articles/2013-08-01/indias-walmart-of-heart-surgery-cuts-the-cost-by-98-percent taget=">India's Walmart of heart surgery cuts the cost by 98%</a></span></span></p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>02/08/2013 16:35:33</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/21993/Indias+Walmart+of+heart+surgery+cuts+the+cost+by+98</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">21993</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>21996</publicationdataID>
      <title>India, a linguistically rich nation with 780 languages in its Kitty</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p><span style="font-style:italic">Indo Link</span><br />
<br />
India may not be the richest country in terms of wealth, but when it comes to culture and tradition, it definitely is. Though it is a land of diverse cultures; the Indian spirit remains the same across the country.<br />
<br />
As per the survey of Indian languages carried out by the People’s Linguistic Survey of India (PLSI), India is one of the most linguistically diverse nation and the languages belong to several language families like the Indo-Aryan languages and the Dravidian
 languages spoken by 74 percent and 23 percent of Indians respectively.<br />
<br />
Although the country comprises of twenty nine states and seven Union Territories, there are more than 780 languages and 66 different scripts. This indicates that one state is not confined with just one language but there are as much as 50 different languages
 in many Indian states, reports Shiv Sahay Singh for The Hindu.<br />
<br />
Arunachal Pradesh with 90 languages is the richest among all the states followed by Assam, Gujarat, Maharashtra and West Bengal with 55, 48, 39, and 38 languages respectively.Dr. Devy, PLSI President said "As per the 2011 Census, there are about 122 languages
 spoken by more than 10,000 people. Of them 22 are the scheduled languages. Other than the 122 languages, the survey has come up with languages that are spoken by less than 10,000 people many from tribal areas, nomadic communities and from the interiors of
 north-eastern part of the country,” reported The Hindu.<br />
<br />
Coming to tribal languages, Jharkhand is one such state which has only a couple of scripts, but 16 different tribal languages.<br />
<br />
Based on the survey, the north-eastern regions of the country have one of the highest per capita language densities in the entire world and are believed that the complicated topography of the region and the history of the tribal communities could be the main
 reason behind such a situation.<br />
<br />
On the contrary, West Bengal has the highest number of scripts (9) as people in West Bengal believe that writing something makes it more authentic and can be referred to by the generations to come.<br />
<br />
This survey on Indian languages conducted by PLSI aims to study how languages in the country are evolving.<br />
<br />
<span style="font-weight:bold">This article can also be read at:</span><br />
<a href="http://www.indolink.com/displayArticleS.php?id=080113080307" target="_blank">India, a linguistically rich nation with 780 languages in its Kitty</a></p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>02/08/2013 17:04:25</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/21996/India+a+linguistically+rich+nation+with+780+languages+in+its+Kitty</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">21996</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>21994</publicationdataID>
      <title>India's Walmart of heart surgery cuts the cost by 98%</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p><span style="font-style:italic">Business Week/ by Ketaki Gokhale </span><br />
<br />
Devi Shetty keeps photographs of Mother Teresa and Mahatma Gandhi on his desk, and he’s obsessed with making cardiac surgery affordable for millions of Indians. But these two facts are not connected. Shetty’s a heart surgeon-turned-businessman who founded a
 chain of 21 medical centers around India. Every bit the capitalist, he has trimmed costs by buying cheaper scrubs and spurning air-conditioning and other efficiencies. That’s helped cut the price of artery-clearing coronary bypass surgery to 95,000 rupees
 ($1,555)—half of what it was 20 years ago. He wants to get it down to $800 within a decade. The same procedure costs $106,385 at Ohio’s Cleveland Clinic, according to data from the Centers for Medicare &amp; Medicaid Services.<br />
<br />
"It shows that costs can be substantially contained,” says Srinath Reddy, president of the Geneva-based World Heart Federation. "It’s possible to deliver very high-quality cardiac care at a relatively low cost.”<br />
<br />
Medical experts like Reddy are watching closely to see if Shetty’s severe cost-cutting can serve as a model for making life-saving heart operations more profitable and more accessible to patients in India and other emerging nations. "The current price of everything
 that you see in health care is predominantly opportunistic pricing and the outcome of inefficiency,” says Shetty, who opened his flagship hospital, Narayana Hrudayalaya Health City, in Bangalore in 2001.<br />
<br />
Controlling costs is key in India, where more than two-thirds of the populace lives on less than $2 a day and 86 percent of health care is paid by individuals. Per capita health spending is less than $60 a year. A recent study by the Public Health Foundation
 of India and the London School of Hygiene &amp; Tropical Medicine found that in India noncommunicable ailments such as heart disease are now more common among the poor than the rich. One in four people there die of a heart attack, yet the country performs only
 100,000 to 120,000 heart surgeries a year, well short of the 2 million Shetty estimates are needed. "There has been fast urbanization in India that’s brought with it a change in dietary patterns and lifestyle,” says Usha Shrivastava, head of public health
 at the National Diabetes, Obesity, and Cholesterol Foundation. "It’s leading to this huge jump in cardiovascular disease.”<br />
<br />
Shetty plans to add 30,000 beds over the next decade to the 6,000 his hospitals have now, and he has identified 100 towns with populations of 500,000 to 1 million that have no heart hospital.<br />
<br />
All of that expansion is dependent on keeping costs low. A 300-bed, prefabricated, single-story hospital in the city of Mysore cost Shetty’s company $6 million and took just six months to build, he says. To reduce energy costs, only the hospital’s operating
 theaters and intensive-care units are air-conditioned. Shetty also saves by cutting out unnecessary pre-op testing. Urine samples that were once routine before surgery were eliminated when only a handful of cases tested positive for harmful bacteria. And the
 chain uses Web-based computer software to run logistics, rather than licensing or building expensive new systems for each hospital.<br />
<br />
When Shetty couldn’t persuade a European manufacturer to lower the price of its disposable surgical gowns and drapes to an affordable level, he persuaded a group of entrepreneurs in Bangalore to make them—for 60 percent less.<br />
<br />
<span style="font-style:italic">(The views expressed above are the personal views of the writer)</span><br />
<br />
<span style="font-weight:bold">This article can also be read at:<span style="font-weight:bold"><br />
<a href="http://www.businessweek.com/articles/2013-08-01/indias-walmart-of-heart-surgery-cuts-the-cost-by-98-percent" target="_blank">India's Walmart of heart surgery cuts the cost by 98%</a></span></span></p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>02/08/2013 16:36:02</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/21994/Indias+Walmart+of+heart+surgery+cuts+the+cost+by+98</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">21994</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>21995</publicationdataID>
      <title>Indian Tractor maker Mahindra takes on Deere</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p><span style="font-style:italic">Business Week/ by Bruce Einhorn</span><br />
<br />
Mahindra &amp; Mahindra (MM:IN) is one of India’s largest conglomerates, but it’s not exactly a household name in the U.S. That used to be a problem for Richard Johnson as he tried to sell Mahindra tractors in Navasota, Tex. (pop. 7,204), about 70 miles northwest
 of Houston. "People would say, ‘I’ve never heard of this,’ so the first thing you had to do was go through the spiel of where they’re made and all that,” he says.<br />
<br />
Today, almost all of Johnson’s prospective tractor customers have heard of the small machines. The company has invested to make itself appear less foreign: Mahindra sponsors Championship Bull Riding and has signed on angler and TV host Bill Dance, a member
 of the Professional Bass Fishing Hall of Fame, as a spokesman. Mahindra commercials appear on Fox News (FOX), the Outdoor Channel, and other heartland-friendly cable networks. "Mahindra has done a good job of really getting out there,” says Johnson, who last
 month opened his third outlet selling the Indian company’s tractors.<br />
<br />
Dealers like Johnson are central to Mahindra’s plan to build a presence in the U.S. The company sold $1.68 billion worth of tractors globally last year and boasts it makes the largest number of them in the world, ahead of Deere (DE), because of its dominance
 in the Indian market. Mahindra Group also includes finance, hotels, and auto companies. Its software services company, Tech Mahindra (TECHM:IN), is the fifth-largest in India and in June completed the acquisition of Satyam Computer Services, doubling its revenue
 to $2.4 billion.<br />
<br />
While it may be bigger than Deere globally, Mahindra has just begun competing on Deere’s U.S. home turf. The effort has required more than red-white-and-blue messaging; the company has had to modify its products, too. In India, where four out of 10 tractors
 are Mahindras, farmers who can’t afford big investments prefer the company’s no-nonsense equipment. American buyers expect more luxury in their tractors, so Mahindra has added automatic transmission, air-conditioning, cruise control, and sunroofs to its U.S.
 models.<br />
<br />
Mahindra’s tractors in the U.S. range from the 22-horsepower Max 22, which sells for $12,690, to the new 100hp mForce, which starts at $51,875. Mahindra executives, who say they don’t want to compete on price, find other ways to lure customers away from market
 leaders Deere and Osaka-based Kubota (6326:JP). Following the example of Hyundai Motor (005380:KS), which used especially long product warranties to gain acceptance in the American auto market, Mahindra offers a five-year warranty on its tractors in the U.S.,
 compared with the standard two years offered by Deere. And in 2011, Mahindra launched a finance company for its American buyers that offers zero percent financing with no money down for 84 months. Deere offers zero percent interest on 60-month loans.<br />
<br />
The Indian company has also rolled out a military appreciation program providing U.S. and Canadian veterans and their families with $250 rebates. As Mahindra says on its website: "We appreciate your service and commitment to our country and would like to show
 our support.”<br />
<br />
Until now, Indian corporations haven’t enjoyed much success in the U.S., except for information technology outsourcing firms that have opened service centers for American customers. Tata Motors (TTM), India’s top automaker, has a U.S. presence because of its
 2008 acquisition of the Jaguar and Land Rover brands from Ford Motor (F). The Mumbai-based company hasn’t tried to sell its low-cost Nano or other Tata-branded cars to Americans.<br />
<br />
Other Indian giants are coming to America. To offset slumping car sales at home, the country’s No. 1 tire maker, Apollo Tyres (APTY:IN), in June announced its $2.5 billion purchase of Findlay (Ohio)-based Cooper Tire &amp; Rubber (CTB). The acquisition gives Apollo
 "immediate access” to the U.S. and Chinese markets, "which otherwise would have been tough to penetrate,” Ambrish Mishra and Himanshu Sharma, analysts at Mumbai broker JM Financial (JM:IN), wrote in a report in June. Reliance Industries (RIL:IN), which operates
 the world’s biggest oil refining complex, in western India, has spent $5.7 billion over the past three years on shale oil and gas projects in the U.S.<br />
<br />
As more Indian executives consider investing in the U.S., they’ll be following the lead of Mahindra Chairman Anand Mahindra, a graduate of both Harvard University and Harvard Business School who in 2010 gave $10 million to promote humanities at the university.
 Anand, the grandson of one of the company’s founders and the third family member to lead it, is a frequent visitor to America—and sees the country as a major part of his strategy to build Mahindra into a global brand. "He has a passion for the U.S. market,”
 says Mani Iyer, president of Mahindra USA.<br />
<br />
In the U.S., Mahindra sticks to small tractors with up to 100hp—not powerful enough for big farms, but fine for what Cleo Franklin, the marketing and strategic planning vice president, calls the company’s target demographic: "gentleman farmers,” or baby boomers
 buying small farms and ranches. "A lot of customers are going back to their roots,” says Franklin, who spent more than two decades with Deere and CNH Global’s (CNH) New Holland agricultural equipment unit before joining Mahindra in 2011. "That segment is truly
 driving a lot of our growth.”<br />
<br />
Mahindra had 8 percent of the U.S. market for small tractors by the end of 2012, according to the company, enough to rank third behind Japan’s Kubota and Deere. Franklin says that share reached the "high single- to low double-digits” in this year’s first quarter.
 Mahindra has more than 400 dealers, up from 250 in 2010, and plans to have as many as 650 by 2015. Japan’s Kubota has more than 1,100 dealers in the U.S.; Deere has 1,542 outlets across North America.<br />
<br />
U.S. expansion can be messy, as Mahindra discovered in 2010 when its plan to sell pickups and SUVs in the country fizzled before products were introduced amid a dispute with its distribution partner. That left 350 would-be dealers, many of whom say they had
 started outfitting showrooms, in the lurch, leading to litigation, some of which is still dragging on. Mahindra won’t comment on the suits, but Iyer says they haven’t hurt its tractor business.<br />
<br />
Not everyone’s sold on Mahindra’s strategy. Targeting small tractors won’t yield significant profits, says BMO Capital Markets (BMO) analyst Joel Tiss, who calculates the market for tractors with 100hp or less is worth roughly $5 billion annually, or about
 10 percent of the total. The U.S. will be "a long, long slog,” he says. "Coming to developed markets with a developing-market product doesn’t make a lot of sense.” In a few years, Tiss says, the gentleman farmer "will be doing something else.”<br />
<br />
Richard Johnson isn’t buying that argument, as Navasota and other rural towns outside Houston become more popular places to live. "In the next 10 years, this area is going to grow a whole bunch,” he says. "All those people are going to be wanting small places
 with small tractors.”<br />
<br />
<span style="font-style:italic">(The views expressed above are the personal views of the writer)</span><br />
<br />
<span style="font-weight:bold">This article can also be read at:</span><br />
<a href="http://www.businessweek.com/articles/2013-08-01/indian-tractor-maker-mahindra-takes-on-deere" target="_blank">Indian Tractor maker Mahindra takes on Deere</a></p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>02/08/2013 16:47:37</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/21995/Indian+Tractor+maker+Mahindra+takes+on+Deere</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">21995</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>21987</publicationdataID>
      <title>Chronic disease sufferers now able to consult overseas doctors</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p><span style="font-style:italic">Fiji Village/by Dhanjay Deo</span><br />
<br />
People with chronic diseases in Fiji will soon not have to travel overseas to see a top medical consultant.<br />
<br />
Patients will be able to liaise with the doctors from the Apollo Cancer Institute in India through Medical teleconference center and get advice as to how they can treat their disease.<br />
<br />
This new teleconference center was opened at the Fiji National University’s Samabula campus yesterday and it is now open for the staff of FNU.<br />
<br />
FNU Vice Chancellor Dr Ganesh Chand said they hope to expand this service to the general public next year with the help of the Ministry of Health.<br />
<br />
Meanwhile, Senior Consultant at the Apollo Cancer Institute in India, Dr Kaushik Bhattacharya said this service is for any disease that requires treatment for a long time including cancer.<br />
<br />
<span style="font-style:italic">(The views expressed above are the personal views of the writer)</span><br />
<br />
<span style="font-weight:bold">This article can also be read at:</span><br />
<a href=" http://www.fijivillage.com/?mod=story&amp;id=3107136dd08e66160ce8e7300b141e" target="_blank">Chronic disease sufferers now able to consult overseas doctors</a></p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>01/08/2013 12:58:52</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/21987/Chronic+disease+sufferers+now+able+to+consult+overseas+doctors</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">21987</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>21989</publicationdataID>
      <title>Ayurveda draws visitors to Kerala state</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p><span style="font-style:italic">Gulf Today/ by Ashraf Padanna</span><br />
<br />
PJ Chackochan, a grower of medicinal plants, would not flaunt himself as an expert in Ayurveda, which is a multimillion dollar business in this southwestern state of Kerala.<br />
<br />
Yet as the leader of a non-governmental organisation, the middle-aged entrepreneur is particular that a product like Chyavanprash, which emerges from his factory in the hilly Wayanad district should contain all the 47 ingredients mentioned in the texts of the
 ancient Indian healing system.<br />
<br />
What’s more, Chackochan is uncompromising on another tenet: the entire mixture of herbs, spices and other additives for all such products must be extracted from the organic farms that keep fertilisers and chemicals away.<br />
<br />
"If you apply chemical fertilisers to the plants, then the yield which is converted into medicine cannot be considered pure,” says the president of Vanamoolika, a community of people dedicated to organic farming.<br />
<br />
"As for Chyavanprash, it is so massively manufactured these days in factories that a chunk of it could just be jaggery.<br />
<br />
"We can’t make such compromises.<br />
<br />
"In fact, we don’t even use preservatives.”<br />
<br />
The Pulpapply-based NGO launched in 1991 has come a long way, weathering several hurdles along its activities in its farmland and beyond thanks to the state’s bustling tourism industry.<br />
<br />
"The challenges continue. Of late, they are two-pronged,” notes Chackochan, who is also executive secretary of the Organic Farmers’ Fair Trade Network.<br />
<br />
"We can’t afford to fix the prices low — on par with those of the mainstream Ayurvedic firm. Two, our marketing sing has yet to bloom to its fullest.”<br />
<br />
Piquantly, the enterprising spirit called Vanamoolika, which is linked to a string of women’s self-help groups that grow medicinal plants, faces hiccups at a time when the Kerala government is focusing on Ayurveda to woo tourists this year.<br />
<br />
"Chackochan and his people are doing a unique job. The entire team deserves applause,” says CN Anithakumari, a deputy director of Kerala Tourism, the state’s tourism board.<br />
<br />
Ayurveda helps the southern state that sends most of Indian workers to the Gulf region to attract more visitors and retain its unique position in India’s tourism map.<br />
<br />
<span style="font-style:italic">(The views expressed above are the personal views of the writer)</span><br />
<br />
<span style="font-weight:bold">This article can also be read at:</span><br />
<a href="http://gulftoday.ae/portal/accf9b21-fab7-4aaf-a2b7-c62527994b25.aspx" target="_blank">Ayurveda draws visitors to Kerala state</a></p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>01/08/2013 13:23:52</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/21989/Ayurveda+draws+visitors+to+Kerala+state</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">21989</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>21984</publicationdataID>
      <title>Mobiles beep health messages to women in India's villages</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p><span style="font-style:italic">INDOlink</span><br />
<br />
"Aapke bacche ka tikakaran ka samay hai (It is time to get your child vaccinated)," beeps the voice message.<br />
<br />
From pregnant women to community health workers in remote districts of Bihar, Haryana and Rajasthan, to the tea growing adivasis of Nilgiri hills in south India or in remote forested villages of Chhattisgarh, the click of the mobile, which has now an almost
 universal reach across this vast country of 1.2 billion people, is proving a useful solution.<br />
<br />
Harnessing technology to access areas hitherto untouched by the national healthcare system, mobiles are being used increasingly to beep important health messages, like reminders to get the child inoculated and for pregnant women to get their check-ups done
 in time across India, particularly in states where social indicators are low. These innovative mobile applications run on basic phones and keep beeping the message - either as an animation or an interactive voice response - so long as the phone owner does
 not switch it off.<br />
<br />
The Women Mobile Lifeline Channel application, designed by ZMQ Development, is being used by NGOs in villages to empower women.<br />
<br />
In the Mewat region of Haryana and Doodha in Rajasthan, the mobile applications provide women with information on maternal health, child immunisation, girl child healthcare and adolescent girl healthcare.<br />
<br />
"There is not enough content available for women at the grassroots level. Men just need one calculator, while women need many calculators like menstrual cycle calculator, immunisation calculator and pregnancy calculator. So this application is an integrated
 solution," Hilmi Qurashi of ZMQ Development, told IANS.<br />
<br />
"The channel also has a pregnancy and immunisation tracker with external voice applications giving reminder of the dates to the women and urging them to take action," added Qurashi.<br />
<br />
Women can choose either of the three options - voice, pictorial or written messages. The application is free of cost and made available in both English and Hindi.<br />
<br />
The applications also have some simple games for entertainment as well as a section for inspirational stories to guide women to take decisions in life and make them more independent, said Qurashi."In just 15 months' time we have got 35,000 subscriptions, including
 11,000 for pregnancy-related alerts and 8,000 for immunisation alerts. So, you can see how well it is being accepted by the people," said Qurashi.<br />
<br />
An NGO, BBC Media Action, has introduced similar applications in eight districts of Bihar. Their Mobile Kunji and Mobile Academy are being widely used by community health workers in Bihar for women and child healthcare.<br />
<br />
"Since 70 percent of the population has access to mobile phones we thought of utilising the phones to deliver timely and appropriate information," Siddarth Swarup of BBC Media Action told IANS.<br />
<br />
Under Mobile Kunji, the specific healthcare needs of the woman and girl child is looked after through an interactive voice message.<br />
<br />
"The interactive audio helps in providing credibility to what the health workers are saying. We have tied up with six operators, hence it's toll free. We have given 38,512 Mobile Kunjis to health workers," added Swarup.<br />
<br />
Mobile Academy is a training course application for the health workers, ASHAs and aganwadi workers on safe delivery measures, health and sanitation.<br />
<br />
Health workers have to pay 50 paise per minute for using Mobile Academy. On completion of the course the health worker is given a certificate from the government, Priyanka Dutt, project director of BBC Media Action, told IANS.<br />
<br />
There is another application called Project Leapfrog to address the needs of tea growers of the Nilgiri hills in south India.<br />
<br />
The Adivasi Tea Leaf Marketing (ATLM), a self-help group, buys tea leaves from the adivasi growers and sells it in the market.<br />
<br />
"Project Leapfrog helps make the process of buying and selling tea leaves more transparent. The real time data on the transactions can be easily accessed by the growers on their mobile phone," said Ramshreyas Rao of ACOR who developed the application. ACOR
 works in tandem with ATLM to provide the data on mobile phones to adivasi growers.<br />
<br />
These innovative applications were awarded 1 million each at the Vodafone Foundation Mobile for Good Awards.<br />
<br />
<span style="font-weight:bold">This article can also be read at:</span><br />
<a href=" http://www.indolink.com/displayArticleS.php?id=072913091038" target="_blank">Mobiles beep health messages to women in India's villages</a></p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>30/07/2013 19:08:17</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/21984/Mobiles+beep+health+messages+to+women+in+Indias+villages</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">21984</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>21985</publicationdataID>
      <title>Rajasthan hotels lead the way to improve hygiene standards in India</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p><span style="font-style:italic">TravelDailyNews/by Theodore Koumelis</span><br />
<br />
As part of the HRH Group, the Shiv Niwas Palace, the Fateh Prakash Palace and the Jagmandir Palace, are introducing Check Safety First’s established risk management system E-Cristal and its food module to ensure the highest standards of food hygiene. This comes
 after a successful contract with the Heritage establishment Shahpura House Hotel in Jaipur, where the food module has already been implemented. The system is based on the recognised hygiene management method, HACCP, helping each hotel monitor and manage critical
 areas of a kitchen to ensure that risks are reduced and quality standards are exceeded.<br />
<br />
Food hygiene standards and contamination remain a challenge for Indian hotels and restaurants. Demanding temperatures can lead to food contamination and can threaten the health of guests. The Food and Safety Standards Act, which will be implemented from 2014,
 is a call to action for the Indian hotel industry to ensure they act compliantly. By continuing its work with hotels in India, Check Safety First is aiming to play a key role in improving standards throughout the flourishing tourist region.<br />
<br />
Mr. Lakshyaraj Singh Mewar - Executive Director of the HRH Group of Hotels in Rajasthan, said: ‘We wanted to work with Check Safety First as the company is recognised for helping hotels globally reach consistent hygiene standards. We will work hard to improve
 our awareness and monitoring of risk areas across the group.”<br />
<br />
Mark Harrington, CEO at Check Safety First, said, "We are pleased to be working with some of Rajasthan’s flagship hotels as the region is a key base for India’s tourism. We have been working in India for a year, transferring our global experience to these hotels.
 The country has challenges to overcome and it’s good that these hotels are taking the necessary steps to ensure that their guests are safe. We will work carefully with staff at these hotels to help them achieve the high expectations and standards that only
 hotels which are part of Check Safety First can offer.”<br />
<br />
<span style="font-weight:bold">This article can also be read at:</span><br />
<a href="http://www.traveldailynews.asia/news/article/52997/rajasthan-hotels-lead-the-way" target="_blank">Rajasthan hotels lead the way to improve hygiene standards in India</a></p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>30/07/2013 19:10:26</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/21985/Rajasthan+hotels+lead+the+way+to+improve+hygiene+standards+in+India</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">21985</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>21986</publicationdataID>
      <title>Free cardiac surgery for 25 Afghan nationals</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p><span style="font-style:italic">Gulf News</span><br />
<br />
Twenty-five Afghans nwill be able to avail of free cardiac surgeries through the Healing Touch initiative by Dr Moopen’s Foundation, the not-for-profit arm of DM Healthcare.<br />
<br />
The initiative, which includes a free adult and paediatric cardiac surgery programme, has been extended to Afghanistan. So far, the initiative has been implemented in India and the Philippines.<br />
<br />
The announcement was made on Tuesday during an iftar gathering hosted by DM Foundation in the presence of officials of Afghan and Indian missions in the UAE and officials from the Ministry of Health and Dubai Health Authority (DHA).<br />
<br />
The surgery programme will provide surgeries over a period of a year.<br />
<br />
In media statements, Atiqullah Atifmal said, "Needy patients will be recommended based on the seriousness of their condition and financial capacity. We will have a single window system routed through the Consulate General of Afghanistan in Dubai for the process
 of identifying suitable and needy applicants for the free heart surgeries.”<br />
<br />
He added, "We are extremely happy and grateful to the DM Foundation for this big-hearted initiative that helps Afghan heart patients.”<br />
<br />
On the initiative, Dr Azad Moopen, chairman and managing director of DM Healthcare, said, "Our goal is to extend the reach of this ‘Healing Touch’ initiative to more countries in the Asian and African continents, where there is an acute requirement for intervention
 in the delivery of health care to the poor and needy.<br />
<br />
"The selected patients for the cardiac surgery will be provided Indian visas for their travel and treatment at the Malabar Institute of Medical Sciences (MIMS) in Kozhikode, Kerala. The Heart Centre at MIMS is a state-of-the-art tertiary care centre with advanced
 facilities,” he added.<br />
<br />
Apart from free medical camps and health and safety awareness programmes through the Group’s operating arms ,ACCESS, ASTER, MEDCARE and MIMS, Dr Moopen’s Foundation also provides free and subsidised care for the benefit of needy people around.<br />
<br />
Some of the ongoing and planned not-for-profit activities of the DM Foundation and Charities are the establishment of community dialysis centres, cancer radiation centres, early cancer detection centres, free paediatric and adult cardiac surgeries, establishment
 of special needs schools for the physically and mentally challenged across Kerala.<br />
<br />
<span style="font-weight:bold">This Article can also be read at:</span><br />
<a href="http://gulfnews.com/news/gulf/uae/health/free-cardiac-surgery-for-25-afghan-nationals-1.1214999?utm_content=1.1214999&amp;utm_medium=RSS&amp;utm_source=Feeds&amp;utm_campaign=Free_cardiac_surgery_for_25_Afghan_nationals&amp;localLinksEnabled=false&amp;utm_term=UAE_news_RSS_feed" target="_blank">Free
 cardiac surgery for 25 Afghan nationals</a></p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>01/08/2013 12:44:01</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/21986/Free+cardiac+surgery+for+25+Afghan+nationals</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">21986</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>21983</publicationdataID>
      <title>Jaipur foot for Savar victims</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p><span style="font-style:italic">bdnews24.com</span><br />
<br />
<span style="font-weight:bold">India’s Jaipur Foot, globally famed for quality artificial limbs, will help 100 Bangladeshis including Savar victims ‘without any charge’.</span><br />
<br />
The Ministry of Health says an expert team from the world famous artificial limbs maker is visiting Dhaka and expressed their interest to help the victims during a meeting the junior minister Mojibur Rahman Fakir.<br />
<br />
They will set up a temporary camp in the first week of October with all facilities .<br />
<br />
Jaipur Foot says more than 1.3 million have been benefitted from their foot or limb, calipers, and aids and appliances, mostly in India and also in 26 countries of Asia, Africa and Latin America.<br />
<br />
It hit the headlines when actress Sudha Chandran danced in a film ‘Nache Mayuri’ with the Jaipur Foot .<br />
<br />
She remains the brand ambassador of the organisation.<br />
<br />
The ministry in a media release says all the formalities including selection of patients would be completed by September.<br />
<br />
Jaipur Foot first offered to help those maimed at Savar , but the health minister AFM Ruhal Haque earlier in a press conference said only 25 lost their limbs being trapped inside the debris of the nine storied building collapsed in April, killing more than
 1,100 people.<br />
<br />
Of them many have manged artificial limbs from Bangladesh.<br />
<br />
But to ensure their promised support, Jaipur Foot would assist 100 people who need artificial limbs.<br />
<br />
Another team from Thailand’s Prosthesis Foundation of H.R.H The Princess Mother will also come in September with their mobile limb making factory to assist 100 people including Savar victims.<br />
<br />
After the worst ever factory building collapse in Bangladesh, many countries have come forward to help.<br />
<br />
The government also vowed to continue their support as long as they need before rehabilitation.<br />
<br />
The incident that rekindled Bangladesh’s factories safety concerns injured nearly 3000.<br />
<br />
After the incident, the US government on June 28 suspended Bangladesh’s GSP facility in a symbolic move to press the country into improving working conditions and safety in the garment industry, although garments did not enjoy the facility.<br />
<br />
Major buyer European Union also rolled out a roadmap and set timeframe for the country to respond to ensure factory safety and workers rights. US also joined them.<br />
<br />
The government also signed a tripartite agreement with the employees and workers to ensure factory building safety and workers rights.<br />
<br />
<span style="font-weight:bold">This article can also be read at:</span><br />
<a href="http://bdnews24.com/health/2013/07/29/jaipur-foot-for-savar-victims" target="_blank">Jaipur foot for Savar victims</a></p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>30/07/2013 19:03:16</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/21983/Jaipur+foot+for+Savar+victims</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">21983</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>21977</publicationdataID>
      <title>Group of friends set up library for poor children</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p><span style="font-style:italic">Gulf News/by Nilima Patahk</span><br />
<br />
<span style="font-style:italic">Cater to those from different communities, villages, red light areas and slums</span><br />
<br />
Five young students from Delhi and Jaipur are making a difference to the lives of children on the streets. They recently launched a campaign "Donate a Book, Make a Friend!” to help poverty-stricken children, who cannot afford to buy books.<br />
<br />
From novels and general knowledge books to Class 5 onwards school books and CAT (Common Admission Test) preparation books, the range of books being received by them is vast. Some children have even contributed magazines, plus crayons, school bags and toys.<br />
<br />
In 2011, the team had started an online drive "Share A Smile” that received a huge response. The aim was to share learning opportunities with the youth from different cities and explore and reflect on their experiences.<br />
<br />
This led them to believe that they could do something more constructive for the less fortunate children.<br />
<br />
Thus, Ashutosh Nandwana, Nandan Singh Lalwal, Sundeep Choudhary, Vivek Kakkar and Dolly Munjal – all friends, decided to create a library for such children. The team came across many children from different communities, villages, red light areas and slums,
 who wanted to study.<br />
<br />
Ashutosh says: "Most street children work and the common job is rag-picking. We realised that whenever children found any paper that contained colourful pictures, they would leave work and begin to see the contents.<br />
<br />
"They would sift through garbage to find some more such pages and show them to each other.”<br />
<br />
The group decided to give them an opportunity to fulfil their longing for books with colourful images.<br />
<br />
Sundeep says: "For a start, the collection of books has been kept at a centre in Jaipur and are made available to any child – whether he/she wants to flip the pages and see photographs or prefers to read. The next step would be to open a centre in New Delhi.”<br />
<br />
The team hopes the involvement of people to donate books will rise gradually, as they have been getting enquiries from many people in both Jaipur and Delhi asking about their collection centres.<br />
<br />
"We are considering the process of collection arrangements because it is difficult for a lot of people to bring the books to our centre.<br />
<br />
"And at the same time we intend to rope in NGOs working with street kids to spread awareness among them about our centre and the possibility of the children getting all kind of educational support from us,” Ashutosh reflects.<br />
<br />
"As of now there are no plans of a mobile library, but the new development is that we are now creating a learning centre wherein we will hold free regular classes in English, computers and life skills for adolescents,” Sundeep said.<br />
<br />
"The books we are collecting will be for their use as well. We are considering approaching children from government schools to visit our centre to avail of the facilities,” he added.<br />
<br />
Dolly is thinking farther. "Soon, we plan to identify certain communities and will send our interns to educate children in their own surroundings. For this we are trying to collaborate with some organisations that will work according to our specifications,”
 she said.<br />
<br />
Coming from well-off families, all five students are well educated and realise the value of education. However, unlike politicians, who only harp about education for all and formulate policies, these students are setting an example for those who have the will
 to work for social causes.<br />
<br />
Ashutosh says: "A lot of children run away from homes and become child labourers. Some have gone to schools in villages and know to read and write."Through this initiative of a library, we intend to inculcate in them the sense of pride of being literate. And
 shall encourage them to resume studies that will enable them to escape the poverty trap.”<br />
<br />
Sundeep adds: "The library would be open to all children, irrespective of caste and class, as the spirit of learning is important for all.”<br />
<br />
Child psychologist Smriti Raina: "Unlike earlier times, most teachers do not encourage children to go to the library, as they feel it comes in way of lessons. And parents are to be blamed equally. I have noticed this strange aversion in many parents to paying
 a high price for a book. But they do not mind spending an exorbitant amount to gift the child a mobile phone or toys.<br />
<br />
"Also, the pressures of modern life tend to force parents to look for the easy way out as far as their children are concerned.<br />
<br />
"They tell the children to either watch a movie or television, which takes less effort than sitting with them and reading a story from a book. And to hide their guilt they blame it on the high prices of good books.”</p>
<ul class="bulletText">
<li>Compared to the pre-television generation, children today read less and the number of reading children have reduced drastically.
</li><li>The Internet and social networking has added to the drop and children would rather sit with their mobile phones and IPads than read a book in spare time.
</li></ul>
<span style="font-weight:bold">This article can also be read at:</span><br />
<a href="http://gulfnews.com/news/world/india/group-of-friends-set-up-library-for-poor-children-1.1214181" target="_blank">Group of friends set up library for poor children</a>]]></description>
      <pubDate>29/07/2013 20:35:08</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/21977/Group+of+friends+set+up+library+for+poor+children</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">21977</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>21979</publicationdataID>
      <title>Heart surgery in India for USD 1,583 costs USD106,385 in US</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p><span style="font-style:italic">Bloomberg Businessweek/by Ketaki Gokhale</span><br />
<br />
Devi Shetty is obsessed with making heart surgery affordable for millions of Indians. On his office desk are photographs of two of his heroes: Mother Teresa and Mahatma Gandhi.<br />
<br />
Shetty is not a public health official motivated by charity. He’s a heart surgeon turned businessman who has started a chain of 21 medical centers around India. By trimming costs with such measures as buying cheaper scrubs and spurning air-conditioning, he
 has cut the price of artery-clearing coronary bypass surgery to 95,000 rupees ($1,583), half of what it was 20 years ago, and wants to get the price down to $800 within a decade. The same procedure costs $106,385 at Ohio’s Cleveland Clinic, according to data
 from the U.S. Centers for Medicare &amp; Medicaid Services.<br />
<br />
"It shows that costs can be substantially contained,” said Srinath Reddy, president of the Geneva-based World Heart Federation, of Shetty’s approach. "It’s possible to deliver very high quality cardiac care at a relatively low cost.”<br />
<br />
Medical experts like Reddy are watching closely, eager to see if Shetty’s driven cost-cutting can point the way for hospitals to boost revenue on a wider scale by making life-saving heart operations more accessible to potentially millions of people in India
 and other developing countries.<br />
<br />
"The current price of everything that you see in health care is predominantly opportunistic pricing and the outcome of inefficiency,” Shetty, 60, said in an interview in his office in Bangalore, where he started his chain of hospitals, with the opening of his
 flagship center, Narayana Hrudayalaya Health City, in 2001.<br />
<br />
<span style="font-weight:bold">Out-of-Pocket</span><br />
<br />
Cutting costs is especially vital in India, where more than two-thirds of the population lives on less than $2 a day and 86 percent of health care is paid out of pocket by individuals. A recent study by the Public Health Foundation of India and the London School
 of Hygiene &amp; Tropical Medicine found that in India non-communicable ailments such as heart disease are now more common among the poor than the rich.<br />
<br />
One in four people there die of a heart attack and per-capita health spending is less than $60 a year. Yet the country performs only 100,000 to 120,000 heart surgeries each year, well short of the 2 million Shetty estimates are needed. The mortality rate from
 coronary artery disease among South Asians is two to three times higher than that of Caucasians, according to a study published in 2008 in the journal Vascular Health and Risk Management.<br />
<br />
<span style="font-weight:bold">Dietary Patterns</span><br />
<br />
"There has been fast urbanization in India that’s brought with it a change in dietary patterns and lifestyle,” said Usha Shrivastava, head of public health at the National Diabetes, Obesity and Cholesterol Foundation. "It’s leading to this huge jump in cardiovascular
 disease.”<br />
<br />
The average age for a first heart attack in India, Pakistan and other South Asian nations was 53 years, compared with 58.8 years in countries outside the region, according to a study published in 2007 in the Journal of the American Medical Association.<br />
<br />
The biggest impediment for heart surgery in India is accessibility. Shetty aims to bridge that by building hospitals outside India’s main cities. He said he plans to add 30,000 beds over the next decade to the 6,000 the hospital chain has currently, and has
 identified 100 towns with populations of 500,000 to 1 million that have no heart hospital.<br />
<br />
A 300-bed, pre-fabricated, single-story hospital in the city of Mysore cost $6 million and took six months for construction company Larsen &amp; Toubro Ltd. to build, Shetty said. Only the hospital’s operating theaters and intensive-care units are air-conditioned,
 to reduce energy costs.<br />
<br />
<span style="font-weight:bold">Changing Procedures</span><br />
<br />
One of the ways in which Shetty is able to keep his prices low is by cutting out unnecessary pre-op testing, he said.<br />
<br />
Urine samples that were once routine before surgery were eliminated when it was found that only a handful of cases tested positive for harmful bacteria. The chain uses web-based computer software to run logistics, rather than licensing or building expensive
 new systems for each hospital.<br />
<br />
When Shetty couldn’t convince a European manufacturer to bring down the price of its disposable surgical gowns and drapes to a level affordable for his hospitals, he convinced a group of young entrepreneurs in Bangalore to make them so he could buy them 60
 percent cheaper.<br />
<br />
In the future, Shetty sees costs coming down further as more Asian electronics companies enter the market for CT scanners, MRIs and catheterization labs -- bringing down prices. As India trains more diploma holders in specialties such as anesthesiology, gynecology,
 ophthalmology and radiology, Narayana will be able to hire from a larger, less expensive talent pool.<br />
<br />
One positive unforeseen outcome may be that many of the cost-saving approaches could be duplicated in developed economies, especially in the U.S. under health reform.<br />
<br />
"Global health-care costs are rising rapidly and as countries move toward universal health coverage, they will have to face the challenge of providing health care at a fairly affordable cost,” said the World Heart Federation’s Reddy, a New Delhi-based cardiologist
 who is also president of the Public Health Foundation of India.<br />
<br />
<span style="font-weight:bold">This article can also be read at:</span><br />
<a href="http://www.businessweek.com/news/2013-07-28/heart-surgery-in-india-for-1-583-costs-106-385-in-u-dot-s-dot-health" target="_blank">Heart surgery in India for USD 1,583 costs USD106,385 in US</a></p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>29/07/2013 20:36:18</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/21979/Heart+surgery+in+India+for+USD+1583+costs+USD106385+in+US</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">21979</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>21974</publicationdataID>
      <title>Spine, hip, knee specialists from India expected in Dar es Salaam</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p><span style="font-style:italic">DAILYNEWS</span><br />
<br />
Spine, hip and knee specialists from Multi super Specialty Shalby hospital, Ahmadabad, Gujarat in India are expected in the country next week where they are expected to screen people suffering from such complications.<br />
<br />
"Regency Medical Centre in association with Lions Club of Dar es Salaam (Host) and Lions Club of Arusha announce Specialists Screening Clinics by Dr. Viral Shah (Spine Surgeon) and Dr. Deodhar (hip and knee replacement surgeon) from Shalby Hospital, Gujarat
 one of the largest joint replacement Centres in Asia” a statement released by Regency Chairman, Dr Rajni Kanabar said.<br />
<br />
The statement said both the Super Specialists will conduct clinic in different places in the country. Dr Virah Shah will screen people with spine problems at Regency Satelite clinic Zanaki Street starting from July 29 to July 31 , August 1, at Mnazi Mmoja Hospital
 Zanzibar, August 2, Hindu Mandal Hospital Arusha and August 3-4 at Hindu Mandal hospital Mwanza.<br />
<br />
The statement said Dr Deodhar who is hip and knee replacement surgeon will screen patients on August 2 in Zanzibar, at Regency Satellite Clinic on August 3-5, Zanaki Street in Dar es Salaam and 6th and 7th he will be in Arusha and 8th August Tanga.<br />
<br />
"This is a good opportunity for fellow Tanzanians to be attended by Super specialist doctors for joint and spine problems said Dr Kanabar.<br />
<br />
He said those who want to consult the Specialists must come with their previous X- Rays/ Medical Reports. "Only first 200 registered patients will get opportunity to see the specialists. We encourage those with such problems to take this opportunity” Dr Kanabar
 said. <br />
<br />
<span style="font-weight:bold">This article can also be read at:</span><br />
<a href="http://dailynews.co.tz/index.php/local-news/20396-spine-hip-knee-specialists-from-india-expected-in-dar" target="_blank">pine, hip, knee specialists from India expected in Dar es Salaam</a></p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>29/07/2013 11:03:31</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/21974/Spine+hip+knee+specialists+from+India+expected+in+Dar+es+Salaam</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">21974</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>21972</publicationdataID>
      <title>Four Indian Americans win Simons Foundation Grants</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p><span style="font-style:italic">India West/by Richard Springer</span><br />
<br />
Four Indian American professors at Stanford University, Harvard, MIT and the University of Pennsylvania are among the 13 mathematicians, theoretical physicists and theoretical computer scientists who have won 2013 Simons Investigators awards.<br />
<br />
They will each receive $100,000 a year for five years for their long-term research with the possibility of renewal for five additional years.<br />
<br />
Among four mathematicians who won Simons grants is Stanford professor of mathematics Kannan Soundararajan, "one of the world’s leaders in analytic number theory and related areas,” the Simons Foundation said.<br />
<br />
"His work is focused on understanding the zeros and value distribution of L-functions, and on analyzing the behavior of multiplicative functions. In particular, his work (together with co-authors) has led to weak subconvexity bounds for general L-functions
 and to the proof of the holomorphic quantum unique ergodicity conjecture of Rudnick and Sarnak.”<br />
<br />
"I was very pleasantly surprised to hear this news,” Soundararajan told India-West. "It’s a great source of encouragement.”<br />
<br />
The India-born professor represented India at the International Mathematical Olympiad in 1991, where he won a silver medal. A Sloan Foundation Fellow, he has an undergraduate degree from the University of Michigan and a Ph.D. from Princeton.<br />
<br />
Two of three awards in computer science went to Indian Americans. They are Rajeev Alur, Zisman Family Professor in the department of information and computer science at the University of Pennsylvania; and Salil P. Vadhan, Vicky Joseph Professor of Computer
 Science and Applied Mathematics at Harvard University.<br />
<br />
Alur is a top researcher in formal modeling and algorithmic analysis of computer systems, the Simons Foundation said, adding that "a number of automata and logics introduced by him have now become standard models with great impact on both the theory and practice
 of verification.”<br />
<br />
His "key contributions include timed automata for modeling of real-time systems, hybrid automata for modeling discrete control software interacting with the continuously evolving physical environment, and visibly pushdown automata for processing of data with
 both linear and hierarchical structure such as XML documents.”<br />
<br />
"The goal of my research is to develop tools that will help programmers to develop software more easily and that is more reliable," Alur told India-West.<br />
<br />
"For this purpose, we have developed new ways to model software systems and analysis techniques that can automatically check whether these models meet high-level requirements.’<br />
<br />
"Much of this work is of theoretical nature, and is rooted in mathematical logic and formal reasoning. The selection as a Simons Investigator will allow me to focus on these theoretical foundations over a long period.”<br />
<br />
Alur has B.S. and Ph.D. degrees in computer science from IIT-Kanpur and Stanford University, respectively.<br />
<br />
Vadhan, the Simons Foundation said, has "produced a series of original and influential papers on computational complexity and cryptography. He uses complexity-theoretic methods and perspectives to delineate the border between the possible and impossible in
 cryptography and data privacy.”<br />
<br />
"His work also illuminates the relation between computational and information-theoretic notions of randomness, thereby enriching the theory of pseudorandomness and its applications. All of these themes are present in Vadhan’s recent papers on differential privacy
 and on computational analogues of entropy, which are elegant, impressive, and far-reaching.”<br />
<br />
Vadhan has a Ph.D. in applied mathematics from MIT, a certificate of advanced study in mathematics from Churchill College at Cambridge University and A.B in mathematics and computer science from Harvard University. He was traveling and not available by press
 deadline.<br />
<br />
Finally, Senthil Todadri, a professor of physics at MIT and Distinguished Research Chair at the Perimeter Institute of Physics, was one of six Simons grant winners in that discipline.<br />
<br />
"Senthil Todadri’s work with Fisher on Z2 topological order in models of spin liquid states provided key insights and initiated the systematic investigation of gauge structures in many-body systems, now a vital subfield of condensed matter physics,” the foundation
 said.<br />
<br />
"(Todadri) and co-workers also pioneered the theory of deconfined quantum criticality as a new paradigm for some phase transitions. (He) also introduced the concept of fractionalized Fermi liquids and developed a theory of continuous electronic Mott transitions.
 His most recent work in the theory of symmetry-protected topological phases and on combining ideas of quantum entanglement and many-body physics continues to move the boundaries of the field quantum many-body physics.”<br />
<br />
"I am delighted and honored to get this award," Todadri told India-West. "It is wonderful to have stable funding in this otherwise uncertain funding climate.”<br />
<br />
"My research studies novel phenomena that arise in solids due to the quantum mechanics of many electrons that interact strongly with each other. The funding from the Simons Foundation will help me explore long term, uncertain projects.”<br />
<br />
Todadri has his Ph.D. from Yale and an undergraduate degree from IIT-Kanpur.<br />
<br />
The nonprofit New York-based Simons Foundation, incorporated in 1994 by Jim and <br />
<br />
<span style="font-weight:bold">This article can also be read at:</span><br />
<a href="http://www.indiawest.com/news/12397-four-indian-americans-win-simons-foundation-grants.html#ZzF7IJkdMhqXd9Dt.99" target="_blank">Four Indian Americans win Simons Foundation Grants</a></p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>29/07/2013 10:50:43</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/21972/Four+Indian+Americans+win+Simons+Foundation+Grants</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">21972</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>21964</publicationdataID>
      <title>Indian culture takes root in Poland</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p><span style="font-style:italic">Krakow Post/ by Jamie Stokes</span><br />
<br />
India is not the first country that springs to mind in close associate with Poland, but links between the two nations are long established and growing stronger.<br />
<br />
Krakow’s Jagiellonian University, for example, has been teaching Sanskrit, Hindi and Indian cultural studies since 1894. Rapid economic development in Poland and India, and the mutual recognition that there is business to be done, has also meant the slow but
 steady development of an Indian community in Krakow.<br />
<br />
Mr Umesh Chandra Nautiyal was one of the pioneers of this community. Originally from northern India, Mr. Nautiyal has been teaching Hindi at the Jagiellonian University for 17 years now, and has become something of a pillar of the South Asian contingent in
 the city, though his natural modesty would insist that he deny it. What is undeniable is that Nautiyal was the founder of the Indo-Polish Cultural Committee (IPCC) in 2000 and has been its undisputed president ever since.<br />
<br />
I sat down with Umesh over a meal at Hot Chilli (still the best curry house in Krakow) to talk about the IPCC, India and Poland. "I was a kind of unofficial ambassador for India in Krakow for years. Whenever delegations or performers from India were coming
 here, they would give me a call first. Not that I was complaining – I got to keep in touch with India and meet some very interesting people,” said Umesh.<br />
<br />
After organising a celebration of the Hindu festival of Diwali in Krakow in 2000, Umesh decided to put matters on a more formal footing by creating the IPCC. The organisation became a legally recognised NPO in 2003 and has been organising festivals and cultural
 events ever since. These have included visits from top-flight Indian performers such as Uma Sharma, a master of the classical Indian dance form known as kathak, and legendary classical flautist, Hariprasad Chaurasia. "Most exciting for me was the visit by
 kathak guru Birju Maharaj. At 75 years of age, he had more energy and enthusiasm than I’ve ever had!” smiled Umesh.<br />
<br />
The IPCC is a genuinely cross-cultural organisation, with both South Asian and Polish members, and now has branches in cities across Poland. One of its new vice presidents is local politician Katarzyna Bielan´ska, who has been very active in promoting cultural
 and business links between Malopolska and India.<br />
<br />
IPCC events regularly attract hundreds of locals as well as the Indian community. "There are probably about 200 Indians living in Krakow, most of them working in Indian companies or in the large multinationals that operate in the city,” said Umesh. "There is
 a lot of interest in Indian culture among Poles. Hindi courses at the university are always oversubscribed.”<br />
<br />
Commerce between India and Poland is not yet huge (less than two percent of Poland’s imports come from India, contrasting with over eight percent from China), but that looks set to change. The steel giant ArcelorMittal has been established in Nowa Huta since
 2005 and is now an established part of the community. A very large Indian embassy is currently under construction in Warsaw, which will include an Indian Cultural Centre, and it is one of the IPCC’s goals to secure the funds to build a similar centre in Krakow.
 Umesh has many kind words for the Indian ambassador to Poland, Monika Kapil Mohta, who has been a great support to the IPCC and Indian businesses in Krakow.<br />
<br />
With a man of Umesh’s circumspection, it was never going to be easy to get to a frank discussion of the challenges facing an Indian living in Krakow. He did note that Poles and Indians tend to have very different approaches to family and social life, with Indians
 used to living an ‘open house’ lifestyle in which friends, cousins and business associates are free to drop in unannounced at any time – something Poles take some getting used to.<br />
<br />
He also pointed out that, while both Indians and Poles are known for their capacity to work hard, the Indian way of doing business is rather different. "Indians never stop doing business,” he said, "business is our hobby, we do business in our space time. When
 we meet friends, we talk about business! Poles like to keep some separation between their working and home lives.”<br />
<br />
Umesh insists that he has experienced only warmth and openness from Poles in the years he has lived here. "I think Poles and Indians get along very well. I have lived in a small village outside Krakow for years now, and my neighbours have always been helpful.”
 Charming and conciliatory to a fault, with Mr Nautiyal at its head, the IPCC will undoubtedly continue to cement Indo-Polish relations at the personal level.<br />
<br />
(The views expressed are the personal view of the writer)<br />
<br />
<span style="font-weight:bold">This article can also be read at:</span><br />
<a href=" http://www.krakowpost.com/article/6859" target="_blank">Indian culture takes root in Poland</a></p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>23/07/2013 15:36:54</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/21964/Indian+culture+takes+root+in+Poland</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">21964</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>21965</publicationdataID>
      <title>Indian pharmaceutical groups shed copycat image</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p><span style="font-style:italic">Financial Times/ by Amy Kazmin</span><br />
<br />
For decades, India’s large, homegrown pharmaceutical industry has been both admired and reviled for producing low-cost knock-offs of patented western medicines. The skill has made the south Asian country one of the world’s biggest suppliers of generic drugs.<br />
<br />
But a recent breakthrough by Zydus Cadilla, a family-owned drugmaker with annual revenues of $1bn, reflects a new focus for leading Indian pharmaceutical groups: original drug research.<br />
<br />
Zydus announced last month that Indian regulators had cleared it to start selling an innovative new diabetes drug – the first new chemical entity to reach the market having been discovered and developed entirely in India.<br />
<br />
Lipaglyn, which controls high blood sugar and cholesterol with a single pill, will be launched in India in coming months, and Zydus is seeking regulatory clearance to sell it globally.<br />
<br />
Indian drug industry executives say Lipaglyn, already patented in key markets, heralds a new era of original drug research among Indian companies that should result in more innovative new medicines from the country in coming years.<br />
<br />
Pankaj Patel, Zydus’s chairman and managing director, says Lipaglyn is a potential "blockbuster” that could bring in more than $1bn in global revenues. But it will take three to five years – and more than $150m in additional clinical trial costs – to get the
 green light to introduce the medicine in the US and other tightly regulated western markets, he says.<br />
<br />
"India has benefited for years from the research and development efforts in other countries,” Mr Patel, a trained pharmaceutical scientist who personally oversees Zydus’s research and development programme, told the Financial Times. "Now it’s time for India
 to give back.”<br />
<br />
Zydus’s breakthrough comes at a difficult time for India’s generic drugs industry.<br />
<br />
In May, Ranbaxy, India’s largest drugmaker by sales, agreed to pay $500m in civil and criminal penalties in the US after a company whistleblower revealed extensive data manipulation and violations of "good manufacturing practice” standards.<br />
<br />
Though the violations occurred before Ranbaxy was bought out by Japan’s Daiichi Sankyo in 2008 for $4.7bn, the New Delhi-based company’s admission to making material false statements has made life tougher for all Indian drugmakers.<br />
<br />
Britain’s drug regulator recently ordered Wockhardt, an Indian generics producer, to recall some of its medicines due to concerns about manufacturing practices at one of its factories. US regulators had in May halted imports from the same facility.<br />
<br />
"Our credibility is at stake now,” says D.G. Shah, secretary-general of the Indian Pharmaceutical Alliance, the local industry body. "All drug regulators – from the US, EU or Australia – will be looking with a microscope when they come to inspect Indian companies.
 The next year or two will be critical, until they are reassured Ranbaxy was an isolated case and not happening generally.”<br />
<br />
Mr Shah says he is optimistic the development of Lipaglyn, and the expected emergence over the next few years of new medicines from other Indian groups such as Glenmark Pharmaceuticals, Sun Pharma and Biocon, would help bolster the industry’s image.<br />
<br />
"People have been branding us as a copycat industry, and this is a departure from that,” he said. "We are not just copycats, but we are transforming into creating original research products also.”<br />
<br />
Zydus began its search for original drugs in 2001 with the construction of a huge laboratory centre. Since then, it has spent some $450m on the quest for new medicines and has several in development, says Mr Patel.<br />
<br />
Zydus is not the only company pouring money into R&amp;D. Other leading Indian generic drugmakers have been investing heavily as they seek to move up the industry value chain.<br />
<br />
After discovering promising molecules in their own laboratories, some are partnering with major western pharmaceutical companies which can help with costs and global clinical trials.<br />
<br />
Mumbai-based Glenmark, which spent 8.2 per cent of its nearly $1bn in revenues last year on R&amp;D, has licensing deals with Sanofi, the French pharmaceutical group, and Forest Laboratories of the US to develop three promising molecules, on which the Indian company
 holds the patents. Glenmark also has a research pipeline of four other drug candidates to treat pain and conditions such as asthma.<br />
<br />
Sun Pharma, which is also based in Mumbai and generated about $2bn in revenues in the last financial year, set up an R&amp;D subsidiary in 2007 and now has a variety of new chemical entities and innovative drug delivery systems in development.<br />
<br />
Biocon, based in Bangalore, has created a promising oral insulin candidate. Last year, it signed a deal with the US pharmaceutical company Bristol-Myers Squibb for further trials and development of the potential drug, which is considered the "holy grail” of
 diabetes treatment for its potential to replace insulin injections.<br />
<br />
Many western drug companies – some of which have had patents rejected, overturned or overridden in India in the past year – complain that India does not offer sufficient protection of intellectual property to provide incentive for drug research in the country.<br />
<br />
But Mr Patel argues that India’s patent law is fundamentally sound – and compliant with the World Trade Organisation requirements – though he admits infringement cases should be dealt with faster. "We need to strengthen?.?.?.?enforcement so if tomorrow, someone
 is trying to infringe my IP, I can go to court and get a remedy quickly.”<br />
<br />
<span style="font-weight:bold">Local rules inhibit drug trials</span><br />
<br />
Indian drug companies undertaking original research face a major hurdle from local rules regulating clinical trials in the country, writes Amy Kazmin.<br />
<br />
Human testing of new drugs has been a contentious issue in recent years, with critics claiming Indian citizens were being used as guinea pigs for the global pharmaceutical industry.<br />
<br />
In February, the government unveiled strict new rules that have brought fresh clinical trials to an almost complete standstill. The regulations stipulate that pharmaceutical companies must compensate drug trial subjects for any injury or death that occurs during
 the study period – whether related to the study or not.<br />
<br />
Drug companies say this is unfair, particularly as many of the people involved in the trials are suffering from terminal illnesses. They say such conditions make it prohibitively expensive to carry out clinical trials in India and force them to conduct studies
 abroad, where compensation for injury or death is usually mandated only if it is directly caused by the medicine on trial.<br />
<br />
In response to the outcry, authorities are reconsidering the rules and may propose revisions in the next few months.<br />
<br />
(The views expressed are the personal view of the writer)<br />
<br />
<span style="font-weight:bold">This article can also be read at:</span><br />
<a href="http://www.ft.com/intl/cms/s/0/3006bf4e-e79a-11e2-babb-00144feabdc0.html#axzz2ZrTuuzC9" target="_blank">Indian pharmaceutical groups shed copycat image</a></p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>23/07/2013 15:46:38</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/21965/Indian+pharmaceutical+groups+shed+copycat+image</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">21965</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>21960</publicationdataID>
      <title>Top US award for Indian resort</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p><span style="font-style:italic">Vancouver Desi</span><br />
<br />
The Oberoi Udaivilas, Udaipur has been voted the Best Resort in Asia for the third consecutive year by Travel &#43; Leisure, World’s Best Awards, 2013. The ranking is the result of a readers’ poll conducted by the magazine.<br />
<br />
"It is indeed a moment of pride for us that The Oberoi Udaivilas, Udaipur has been voted the Best Resort in Asia for the third consecutive year. This is a significant landmark for Indian tourism that will make India a preferred destination amongst international
 travellers,” said P.R.S. Oberoi, executive chairman of The Oberoi Group.<br />
<br />
In addition, The Oberoi Rajvilas, Jaipur and The Oberoi Amarvilas, Agra have also been ranked amongst the Top Ten Resorts by Travel &#43; Leisure, World’s Best Awards, 2013.<br />
<br />
The Oberoi, Gurgaon and The Oberoi, Mumbai are amongst the Top City Hotels in Asia.<br />
<br />
Travel &#43; Leisure’s World’s Best Awards are amongst the most prestigious in the international travel industry as it is the readers who define excellence in hospitality and travel. The readers rate their experiences and evaluate hotels across the world on the
 following characteristics — rooms and facilities, location, service, restaurants, food and value.<br />
<br />
<span style="font-weight:bold">This article can also be read at:</span><br />
<a href="http://www.vancouverdesi.com/business/top-us-award-for-indian-resort/591083/" target="_blank">Top US award for Indian resort</a></p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>18/07/2013 18:15:12</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/21960/Top+US+award+for+Indian+resort</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">21960</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>21959</publicationdataID>
      <title>24-year-old Bombay businessman bags 2 trophies at Indo-American Corporate Excellence Awards</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p><span style="font-style:italic">Ein News</span><br />
<br />
Chief Minister Prithviraj Chavan presented Ammeet K Agarwal, President &amp; CEO of Supreme Aviation Inc, best Indian company in USA as a ‘Service provider’ &amp; ‘Small &amp; Medium enterprise'<br />
<br />
Amidst tough competition and nominations of thousands of Indian owned corporations serving in America, Supreme Aviation was awarded the best Indian Company in USA in two categories – Best Small and Medium Enterprise and Best Service Provider.<br />
<br />
Supreme Aviation located in Dallas, Texas state of USA provides Aviation services including air tours over the city, pilot training to international candidates and others. "Supreme’s activities are not only rare and outstanding, but also excellent and enjoyed
 by thousands of citizens of America,” remarked Mr. Nadir Godrej, one of the Jury members of the award.
<br />
<br />
Headed by young and dashing entrepreneur from Mumbai, Ammeet K Agarwal set up Supreme Aviation in 2006. Mr. Peter Haas, Consul General of America who was present at the event exclaimed, "After some bitter taste at flying clubs locally and across India, Ammeet
 went for his Pilot Training to Texas in 2006, when he was just 17. He returned back asking for a business visa as he had started his own company and training institute!”<br />
<br />
In last 7 years Supreme Aviation has truly embossed brand India in thousands of hearts of American and other globe trotters. "With flags of India and "Jai Shree Ram” stickers on all airplanes operated by Supreme Aviation in America, both awards stand true recognition
 towards Ammeet K Agarwal’s entrepreneurship in America and India,” said Nimesh Kampani, managing director of JM financial ltd, another Jury member of the award.<br />
<br />
<span style="font-weight:bold">This article can also be read at:</span><br />
<a href="http://world.einnews.com/pr_news/159128269/24-year-old-bombay-businessman-bags-2-trophies-at-indo-american-corporate-excellence-awards " target="_blank">24-year-old Bombay businessman bags 2 trophies at Indo-American Corporate Excellence Awards
</a></p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>18/07/2013 18:10:07</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/21959/24yearold+Bombay+businessman+bags+2+trophies+at+IndoAmerican+Corporate+Excellence+Awards</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">21959</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>21961</publicationdataID>
      <title>The Many Faces of India Far From Home</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p><span style="font-style:italic">Jakarta Globe</span><br />
<br />
What do S.R. Nathan, the former president of Singapore, Bobby Jindal, the governor of Louisiana and Deepak Chopra, the holistic spiritual guru have in common with H.S. Dillon, an Indonesian political figure, S.P. Lohia, the billionaire businessman and Raam
 Punjabi, the king of soap operas? They all share a common link through their Indian ethnicity.<br />
<br />
One key to a successful diaspora is a love for the homeland, where cultural and heritage ties are reinforced by evolving social norms and practices.<br />
<br />
This memory of the homeland keeps alive the ethnic identity and rekindles a sense of patriotism, defining the diaspora.<br />
<br />
Leading global diasporas include those of China, India and Russia. India’s 27 million diaspora members are second only to China’s 50 million in number.<br />
<br />
The Indian diaspora represents India, its people, regions, values and diverse cultures. Indians have been living and working overseas for centuries, contributing to societies and economies they live in.<br />
<br />
The Indian diaspora dates back to ancient times, meaning Indians have long had cultural exchanges with people from elsewhere.<br />
<br />
Starting with saints and monks who spread knowledge, peace and love, other Indians spread across the world in search of economic opportunity and trade. Laborers and workers followed and much later so did scholars, academics, managers and professionals.<br />
<br />
At present, India’s intellectual abilities abroad have been further highlighted by the success of Indians overseas, which have in turn helped create the brand of India. Many companies hire Indian professionals and conduct business with Indian companies.<br />
<br />
The success of the Indian diaspora today is said to have been accelerated through hard work, distinctive cuisine, the Bollywood phenomenon and the connectivity of the Internet.<br />
<br />
There are currently significant Indian populations in more than 60 countries, with Nepal, the United States and Myanmar each having more than 3 million Indians, followed by Malaysia, Saudi Arabia and the United Arab Emirates with more than 2 million and Britain,
 South Africa and Canada with more that 1 million.<br />
<br />
In the Asia-Pacific region, Singapore has 670,000, Australia has 450,000 and China has 150,000 persons of Indian origin.<br />
<br />
<span style="font-weight:bold">Standing strong in Indonesia</span><br />
<br />
In Indonesia, there are an estimated 100,000 people of Indian origin, with just over 9,000 of them being expatriates.<br />
<br />
Indians were first brought to Indonesia as laborers to work in the plantations of Medan, North Sumatra, with Tamils and Sikhs dominating the diaspora there.<br />
<br />
They have been completely assimilated into Indonesian society.<br />
<br />
Sindhis were the second wave of Indians to move into Indonesia during the first half of the 20th century, mostly engaging in textile trading and commerce.<br />
<br />
The third wave moved late in the 1970s, comprising mainly of investors, managers and professionals such as engineers, consultants, chartered accountants, bankers and IT professionals.<br />
<br />
Jakarta is now home to about half of the Indian community in Indonesia.<br />
<br />
The Indian community in Indonesia is generally prosperous and includes entrepreneurs and individuals holding senior positions in local and multinational companies.<br />
<br />
The diaspora in Indonesia is connected by several organizations such as Gandhi Seva Loka, a charitable institution in the education and social fields and the India Club that gathers professionals.<br />
<br />
IndoIndians.com, a web portal founded by Poonam Sagar, serves the community by providing information on shops, services, events and activities that are of interest to the Indian diaspora.<br />
<br />
Indian restaurants Kinara, Ganesha and Queens have served Indian food to an international palate.<br />
<br />
The Shiva Temple in Pluit is the center of Indian religious activities. And the list is endless.<br />
<br />
To connect the diaspora together, the Indian embassy in Jakarta set up an Indian Cultural Forum in mid-2012 comprising 31 Indian cultural organizations. The India Business Forum was also established that year to provide a platform for business interests.<br />
<br />
The systematic approach in developing the Indian diaspora has been catalyzed by the way China engaged its diaspora several decades ago, and it is the phenomenal growth of the Chinese economy that made the government of India to realize the importance of the
 diaspora.<br />
<br />
The Indian government then began to engage the diaspora as partners in what is seen today as "emerging India’s” growth story.<br />
<br />
<span style="font-weight:bold">Many business figures</span><br />
<br />
Business tycoons of Indian origins in Indonesia include S.P. Lohia, who established the Indorama Group, Srinivasan Marimutu (Texmaco Group), M.L. Mittal (Ispat Group), Harris Lasmana (Cinema 21), Jaka Singgih (Bumi Laut Group), Suresh Vaswani (Gandhi Seva Loka),
 and Raam Punjabi, who established a film production empire.<br />
<br />
The list of chief executives and country heads of non-indian companies is growing, with Ranjana Singh as chairwoman of WPP, Indonesia’s largest communications group, V.P. Sharma of Mitra Adi Perkasa, Indonesia’s largest retail company, Thomas Malayil of Lippo
 Malls, Indonesia’s largest mall operator, Dr. Gershu Paul of Siloam Hospitals, Indonesia’s largest health care chain and Vismay Sharma of L’Oreal.<br />
<br />
The list also includes Milind Gadre of Vision Ease, Manjot Mann of Hutchison CP, Arvind Mohindra of Haier Telecom, Aditya Srinath of JP Morgan Securities, Joseph Abraham of ANZ Bank, Suresh Narang of Deutsche Bank and Veena Lakkundi of 3M.<br />
<br />
Sunil Des Alwi of Energizer, Vikas Shrivastava of Johnson &amp; Johnson, Amit Bose of PepsiCo, Prakash Subramanian of Standard Chartered, Vikram Reddy of Four Seasons Hotel, Nagesh Chawla of Ritz Carlton and Sachin Gopalan of BeritaSatu Media, which publishes the
 Jakarta Globe, are joined by advertising professionals such as Shalini Menon, Himanshu Shekar, Cedric Miranda, Ram Subramanian, Srinivasan Raghavan, Shubho Sarkar and Rajesh Menon.<br />
<br />
Rajan Natarajan and Rajat Sagar are IT entrepreneurs and leading management consultants Naresh Makhijani and Amol Titus, join the list of Indian origin business personalities.<br />
<br />
Anil Kumar Nayar is the Singaporean Ambassador to Indonesia, Bharat Advani is Honorary Consul for Estonia in Bali, and Shoeb K. Zainuddin is group chief editor at the Jakarta Globe.<br />
<br />
Overseas, prominent Indian businesspeople include Sabeer Bhatia of Hotmail, Vinod Khosla of Sun Microsystems and Vinod Dham, father of the Pentium computer chip contributed to the information age, and closer to home, Tony Fernandes and Lakshmi Mittal.<br />
<br />
<span style="font-weight:bold">And artists too</span><br />
<br />
There are also prominent Indians in the artistic arena. Ben Kingsley, M. Night Shyamalan and Mira Nair became famous Indian names in the movie world. Zubin Mehta, Freddy Mercury, Jay Sean, Norah Jones, Susheela Raman and MIA are world famous musicians of Indian
 origin.<br />
<br />
Amar Bose set up the famous BOSE speakers that created a sound revolution. Rajiv Shah is the present administrator of USAID.<br />
<br />
Authors V.S. Naipaul, Salman Rushdie and Vikram Seth are prominent literary figures. Russell Peters is world famous as a stand-up comedian, and Kalpana Chawla and Sunita Williams are astronauts.<br />
<br />
Amir Iqbal Khan the boxer, Vijay Singh the golfer and Nasser Hussain the cricketer are sportsmen of world repute. Former Malaysia Prime Minister Mahatir Mohammad has roots set in Kerala, India.<br />
<br />
<span style="font-style:italic">(The views expressed above are the personal views of the writer)</span><br />
<br />
<span style="font-weight:bold">Article may also be read at :</span><br />
<a href="http://www.thejakartaglobe.com/opinion/the-many-faces-of-india-far-from-home" target="_blank">The Many Faces of India Far From Home</a></p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>19/07/2013 13:05:31</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/21961/The+Many+Faces+of+India+Far+From+Home</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">21961</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>21949</publicationdataID>
      <title>Indian investment in Africa soars</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p><span style="font-style:italic">Deutsche Welle/ by Murali Krishnan</span><br />
<br />
<span style="font-weight:bold">In a bid to expand its economic, political and strategic footprint in Africa, India is investing heavily in the resource-rich continent. But India's path could threaten growing Chinese interests in the region.</span><br />
<br />
A few weeks ago, Indian tycoon Mukesh Ambani deepened his outlay in Nairobi's real estate sector with the acquisition of 10 prime plots valued at 2.9 billion shilling ($35 million) which are set be used for commercial and residential development."It feeds the
 growing demand as more multinationals set foot in the continent," Prateek Berry, a realtor in Delhi told DW. Two years before, Ambani, who is also India's richest man, had also invested heavily in Tanzania's air transport and hospitality industries.<br />
<br />
For many analysts, the move doesn't come as a surprise. According to the latest joint report by the Confederation of Indian Industry (CII) and the World Trade organization (WTO), India's current investments in Africa amount to more than $50 billion.<br />
<br />
Africa's vast resources have long stirred up commercial interest. Besides oil and gas, the world's second largest continent has huge deposits of gold, silver, copper, iron, uranium and diamonds. Africa is becoming the new El Dorado with India's private conglomerates
 jostling for space in the hope of reaping big profits.<br />
<br />
According to the CII-WTO report, overall trade between India and Africa grew at 32.4 percent between 2005 and 2011. Even more importantly, Indian private investment in Africa has surged, with major investments having taken place in the telecommunications, IT,
 energy and automobiles sectors.<br />
<br />
<span style="font-weight:bold">'We want to lead the race'</span><br />
<br />
The Tata Group, for instance, an India-based multinational conglomerate, unveiled earlier this year a $1.7 billion greenfield investment aimed at boosting automobile and hospitality businesses in the continent. Furthermore, Vedanta Resources, India's largest
 mining and non-ferrous metals company recently reported that it had invested $4 billion US dollars over the past nine years in Africa's mining sector.<br />
<br />
In 2010, India's largest cellular service provider, Bharti Airtel, made a foray into the African telecommunications market by acquiring Zain Telecom's operations in 15 countries. The company recently unveiled plans to take over Warid Telecom Uganda, thus strengthening
 its footprint in the continent.<br />
<br />
"We aim to lead Indian companies in raising bilateral trade to $100 billion by 2015. China is itself lobbying for its companies in that continent, so from Indian side, we want to lead the race," said R V Kanoria, a former president of the Federation of Indian
 Chambers of Commerce and Industry.<br />
<br />
<span style="font-weight:bold">An India-China rivalry?</span><br />
<br />
Analysts see Africa increasingly as a battleground between India and China for trade supremacy. In an effort to tackle the aggressive Chinese expansion in Africa, India pledged in March $5.7 billion in credits and grants for developmental projects and over
 a 100 capacity building institutions in Africa in March.<br />
<br />
"There are huge opportunities in Africa. India is coming to the continent with more to offer at a time of heightening tensions between the two countries in recent months. But it is the African countries that stand to gain," Kiran Lal, researcher at New Delhi-based
 the African Studies Association of India told DW.<br />
<br />
However, China and India have been at the centre of growing criticism for going on reckless shopping sprees in Africa in order to feed their growing economies back home. Both countries are accused of not shirking away from doing business with countries that
 have been shunned internationally such as Sudan and Zimbabwe.<br />
<br />
<span style="font-weight:bold">A huge gap</span><br />
<br />
But can India's economic expansion affect Chinese interests in the region? India is currently the fourth-largest trading partner of Africa, following the European Union, China and the United States. Vaidhyanatha Gundlupet-Venkataramu, Professor of International
 Relations at the University of Texas in San Antonio, believes India is more popular than China in Africa.<br />
<br />
However, when talking solely about investments in Africa, the Chinese are a step ahead of the Indians, says the expert. According to the WTO, African imports from India grew at an annualised rate of 23.1 percent between 2005 and 2011, comparable to 25.6 percent
 from China.<br />
<br />
Despite the fact that India-Africa overall trade grew at 32.4 percent during the same period, which is higher than China-Africa trade growth at 27 percent, the total value of India-Africa trade (at $63 billion in 2011) is only 38 percent of the value of China-Africa
 trade (at $166 billion).<br />
<br />
Moreover, there are differences in terms of how the two countries go about raising their profiles in Africa. Unlike China, India does not tire of proclaiming its historical ties to Africa. India's national hero and father of independence, Mahatma Gandhi, even
 lived for a few years in South Africa at the end of the 19th century.<br />
<br />
Like many African countries - especially in Eastern Africa - India suffered under British colonialism. India makes up one of the largest contingents of the UN peace missions in Africa and is also hoping for Africa's support in its efforts to gain a permanent
 seat on the Security Council.<br />
<br />
As the world focuses on Africa's fast growing economies, the continent is poised for massive development in all sectors as numerous investors lobby for a share in the continent's prospects. But China and India will not be alone in this race. They will joined
 by other countries such as Japan, Brazil and Turkey.<br />
<br />
<span style="font-style:italic">(The views expressed are the personal view of the writer)</span><br />
<br />
<span style="font-weight:bold">This article can also be read at:</span><br />
<a href=" http://www.dw.de/indian-investment-in-africa-soars/a-16951164" target="_blank">Indian investment in Africa soars</a></p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>16/07/2013 17:15:14</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/21949/Indian+investment+in+Africa+soars</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">21949</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>21954</publicationdataID>
      <title>India pledges to protect Buddhist shrines after temple blasts</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p><span style="font-style:italic">The Telegraph/By Dean Nelson</span><br />
<br />
<span style="font-weight:bold">India has reassured Burma and other Buddhist countries it will prevent further attacks on sacred shrines after the temple site where Buddha attained enlightenment was bombed last week.</span><br />
<br />
Burma believes Islamic militants may have carried out the attack on the Bodh Gaya site in revenge for violence against its Rohingya Muslims in Rakhine state by majority Buddhist groups.<br />
<br />
Tensions between the two religious groups have flared throughout eastern India, Burma and Bangladesh since Burmese Buddhists attacked Rohingya homes in June last year killing 78.<br />
<br />
According to Burmese Rohingya campaigners an estimated 80,000 have been displaced from their villages since then, 650 have died and 1200 are missing. The violence spread to neighbouring India’s north-eastern states in August last year and provoked an exodus
 of several hundred thousand Assamese migrant workers in Bangalore and Mumbai who feared Muslim revenge attacks.<br />
<br />
The attack on Bodh Gaya on July 7th has not yet been claimed by any terrorist group and investigators and analysts alike are baffled by its purpose. Buddhism's holiest site, Bodh Gaya is home to the Bodhi tree, said to be a descendant of the original tree under
 which Buddha meditated in his search for enlightenment.<br />
<br />
The bombs exploded in the early hours of Sunday morning and appeared to have been timed to avoid major casualties. Intelligence analysts said the attack may have been a warning for India to put pressure on the Burmese government to protect the Rohingya or dry
 run for more ambitious and deadly attacks.<br />
<br />
"There is a feeling in Myanmar [Burma] because of the events in that country that there was a likelihood of some terrorist response,” said one senior Indian official. Burmese security officials had been warned radical groups Islamic militants might strike,
 but had not been expected to attack targets outside the country.<br />
<br />
Last week Bhiku Wirathu, the Burmese monk who has been dubbed the ‘Buddhist bin Laden’ accused Islamic militants of carrying out the attack to fuel further violence.<br />
<br />
"I am sure they did it. They are trying to take over Myanmar by violence, like they tried in Southern Thailand. Unrest in Myanmar is almost over, but extremist forces are trying to use the clashes in Myanmar to justify violent activities elsewhere,” he told
 the Indian magazine Outlook.<br />
<br />
The attack was launched after India’s foreign secretary Ranjan Mathai arrived to boost economic, political and military ties between the two countries which were once both part of British India.<br />
<br />
Indian officials said once its National Investigation Agency had completed its inquiry, it would share its findings with the Burmese government.<br />
<br />
"Large numbers of their pilgrims come to Bodh Gaya. Everywhere where Buddhists come to India, they can be assured we’ve drawn important conclusions from what happened and we will ensure security,” said one senior Indian official.<br />
<br />
Security has now been increased at temples and Buddhist shrines and monuments throughout India.<br />
<br />
Although India's Buddhist population is relatively small, the religion has played an important role in its history. Its celebrated emperor Ashoka was a Buddhist, several of India's national symbols are Buddhist, and its Buddhist heritage plays an important
 role in developing its ties with Buddhist majority neighbours beyond its eastern border.<br />
<br />
<span style="font-style:italic">(The views expressed are the personal view of the writer)</span><br />
<br />
<span style="font-weight:bold">This article can also be read at:</span><br />
<br />
<a href=" http://www.telegraph.co.uk/news/worldnews/asia/india/10182852/India-pledges-to-protect-Buddhist-shrines-after-temple-blasts.html" target="_blank">India pledges to protect Buddhist shrines after temple blasts</a></p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>17/07/2013 15:36:01</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/21954/India+pledges+to+protect+Buddhist+shrines+after+temple+blasts</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">21954</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>21956</publicationdataID>
      <title>India 'will become world's biggest economy in less than 40 years'</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p><span style="font-style:italic">The Telegraph/by Emma Rowley</span><br />
<br />
<span style="font-style:italic">India will overtake China to become the world’s biggest economy in less than 40 years, according to leading economist Douglas McWilliams, chief executive of the Centre for Economics and Business Research think-tank.</span><br />
<br />
China is widely acknowledged to be on track to oust the US from that position within the next decade, although expectations vary on when exactly the handover will take place.<br />
<br />
But after China becomes the world’s largest economy around 2023, it will itself be overtaken by India around 2048, predicts Mr McWilliams.<br />
<br />
"We are only part way through a major process that is set to continue for the next 50 years at least,” he said.<br />
<br />
The consequences of this Asian industrialisation present a major challenge to Western economies, even threatening the UK with the risk of becoming a next Greece, Mr McWilliams said on Thursday evening in his inaugural lecture as the Mercers’ School Memorial
 Gresham Professor of Commerce.<br />
<br />
The danger arises because the pace of change in the rapidly growing East has been so fast that its citizens have not yet become used to prosperity, he argued.<br />
<br />
"They behave with the hunger of societies that are poor even though they are becoming [and in some cases like Hong Kong and Singapore have already become] rich,” he said. "They don’t take prosperity for granted.”<br />
<br />
According to his figures, the average Singaporean works 2,307 hours a year and the average Hong Konger works 2,287 hours. In contrast, the British average is 1,625 hours, while our tax rates are also higher.<br />
<br />
Yet in Singapore, gross domestic product (GDP) per capita is already 30pc higher than in the UK. In Hong Kong it is 50pc, said Mr McWilliams.<br />
<br />
If Western economies do not adjust their policies to match those of the competitive economies in the East, he said "there is a risk that the rest of Europe, including even countries outside the single currency like the UK, could slide in the same way that Greece
 now has into first stagnation and then economic collapse”.<br />
<br />
<span style="font-style:italic">(The views expressed are the personal view of the writer)</span><br />
<br />
<span style="font-weight:bold">This article can also be read at:</span><br />
<a href="http://www.telegraph.co.uk/finance/economics/10182819/India-will-become-worlds-biggest-economy-in-less-than-40-years.html" target="_blank">India 'will become world's biggest economy in less than 40 years'</a></p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>18/07/2013 10:36:53</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/21956/India+will+become+worlds+biggest+economy+in+less+than+40+years</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">21956</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>21951</publicationdataID>
      <title>India undergoing silent rights revolution as laws guarantee social services</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p><span style="font-style:italic">Washington Post/ by Rama Lakshmi</span><br />
<br />
Three years ago, a group of parents in a remote tribal hamlet handed local officials a petition demanding a new school. Their children had to walk nearly two miles through farmland, forest and creeks to reach the closest government school although, they argued,
 India’s new Right to Education law entitled them to something closer.<br />
<br />
But while the new law may have stirred the people of Dalki Sahi in the eastern state of Odisha (formerly known as Orissa) into action, they still do not have a new school. Across India, amid questions about whether the government can really deliver, many are
 asking whether the law was merely a well-intentioned promise dressed up as a legally enforceable fundamental right.<br />
<br />
In the past eight years, Prime Minister Manmohan Singh’s government has enacted a set of laws that give Indians the right to peer through official files and to get schools, rural jobs, forest land and, most recently, food at rock-bottom prices. Some call it
 India’s silent rights-based revolution.<br />
<br />
The laws signal a radical shift in the way the government delivers social services — telling people they have a right to them and urging Indians to stop waiting passively and instead force the usually apathetic bureaucracy to perform. Advocates of the approach
 say the laws are slowly altering the inherently feudal, top-down relationship between the government and its citizens.<br />
<br />
The government boasted about the new rights in an advertising campaign this year, and members of Singh’s Congress party say they plan to use the laws in catchy slogans in the national election scheduled for next year.<br />
<br />
Singh’s government, battling inflation and a string of corruption allegations, passed the latest rights-conferring law this month, guaranteeing more than 800 million Indians cheap food grains and adding more than $6 billion to the annual food subsidy bill.
 The new law has roiled economists because it comes at a time when India’s economic growth has been the slowest in a decade, the rupee is at a historic low compared with the U.S. dollar and foreign investors are no longer lining up.<br />
<br />
Critics say that many of the new rights are simply a euphemism for expensive handouts meant to please voters. Others say that if bureaucratic attitudes and efficiency are not improved, the rights are mere window dressing on a broken social-services system.<br />
<br />
"In other countries, they actually provide food, jobs and pension. In India, we talk about mere rights to all of them. Who are we fooling?” said Surjit Bhalla, chairman of Oxus Investments, an emerging-market advisory firm in New Delhi. "All these so-called
 rights amount to throwing away money and breeding corruption. These rights are nothing but populism and welfare.”<br />
<br />
But activists say the new laws are changing Indians’ relationship with the government and making them more assertive, even if there are no instant results.<br />
<br />
"People are no longer going with folded hands and groveling in front of officials,” said Ranjan Kumar Mohanty of People’s Culture Center, or Pecuc, a nonprofit group working on rural community development in Odisha. "They are demanding their rights, not asking
 the government for charity.”<br />
<br />
<span style="font-style:italic">(The views expressed above are the personal views of the writer)</span><br />
<br />
<span style="font-weight:bold">This article can also be read at:</span><br />
<a href="http://www.washingtonpost.com/world/asia_pacific/india-undergoing-silent-rights-revolution-as-laws-guarantee-social-services/2013/07/15/45aa6510-ea4e-11e2-818e-aa29e855f3ab_story.html" target="_blank">India undergoing silent rights revolution as laws
 guarantee social services</a></p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>17/07/2013 11:33:55</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/21951/India+undergoing+silent+rights+revolution+as+laws+guarantee+social+services</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">21951</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>21909</publicationdataID>
      <title>Jordan seeks better ties with India, Kosovo and Laos — PM</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p><span style="font-style:italic">The Jordan Times</span><br />
<br />
Prime Minister Abdullah Ensour on Wednesday held talks with officials from India, Kosovo and Laos on ties and the latest regional developments.<br />
<br />
During a meeting with India’s Minister of State for External Affairs, E.Ahamed, Ensour commended Jordanian-Indian relations, voicing keenness on enhancing them in all fields, especially in trade.<br />
<br />
He also reiterated Jordan’s stance on the Palestinian-Israeli conflict, which rests on the two-state solution and stressed that the Kingdom advocates a political solution to the Syrian crisis to end the bloodshed.<br />
<br />
For his part, Ahamed expressed his country’s keenness on enhancing its relations with Jordan, highlighting the importance of the Kingdom as a catalyst of peace in a turbulent region.<br />
<br />
In a separate meeting on Wednesday, Foreign Minister Nasser Judeh discussed the situation in Syria and the peace process in the Middle East with Ahamed.<br />
<br />
On the consequences of the Syrian unrest on Jordan, Judeh said the resource-limited Kingdom is carrying extra burdens as a result of hosting around 550,000 Syrian refugees, expressing appreciation of international organisations’ for their help.<br />
<br />
Also on Wednesday, Ensour received Jakup Krasniqi, chairman of the assembly of the Republic of Kosovo, and an accompanying delegation.<br />
<br />
During the meeting, the premier said Jordan seeks to enhance its relations with Kosovo, briefing the visiting delegation on the Kingdom’s reform process.<br />
<br />
For his part, Krasniqi thanked the Kingdom for supporting his country, saying that Jordan was among the first nations to recognise Kosovo’s independence in 2009.<br />
<br />
He also voiced appreciation for Jordan’s participation in the UN peacekeeping mission in Kosovo.<br />
<br />
Senate President Taher Masri met separately with Krasniqi and discussed enhancing parliamentary cooperation. The Kosovo official invited Masri to visit his country along with a Senate delegation.<br />
<br />
Also on Wednesday, Ensour met with Laos Deputy Prime Minister Somsavat Lengsavad and an accompanying delegation.<br />
<br />
Talks focused on enhancing bilateral relations and touched on the latest regional developments.<br />
<br />
Ensour briefed the delegates on Jordan’s achievements, explaining that stability, security and human resources are the Kingdom’s real assets in its development drive.<br />
<br />
Lengsavad expressed his country’s keenness on enhancing cooperation with Jordan and utilising its expertise in potash exports, discussing also the possibility of exporting rice to the Kingdom.<br />
<br />
<span style="font-weight:bold">This article can also be read at:</span><br />
<a href="http://jordantimes.com/jordan-seeks-better-ties-with-india-kosovo-and-laos----pm" target="_blank">Jordan seeks better ties with India, Kosovo and Laos — PM</a></p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>04/07/2013 14:59:06</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/21909/Jordan+seeks+better+ties+with+India+Kosovo+and+Laos++PM</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">21909</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>21897</publicationdataID>
      <title>Nursery founder wins UAE business award</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p><span style="font-style:italic">TradeArabia News Service</span><br />
<br />
The founder and CEO of British Orchard Nursery, the Middle East’s only ISO certified nursery chain, recently received the Emirates Woman Award for business excellence.<br />
<br />
With this, Vandana Gandhi has become the first ever Indian woman entrepreneur to receive such an honour for excelling and providing innovation in preschool education.<br />
<br />
The Emirates Women’s Award 2013 (EWA) honoured local and expatriate business achievers from diverse fields, however amongst several hundred entries she was chosen to be the "Overall Winner in Business Category”.<br />
<br />
Organised by the Dubai Quality Group, the award ceremony selected the winners based on their leadership skills, strategy and financial planning, achievement levels, community contribution and innovation.<br />
<br />
"It is a very special honour and I feel proud to be part of this great initiative by the Dubai Government, it certainly motivates and encourages women from different walks of life to excel in their respective fields,” said Gandhi.<br />
<br />
"I am thankful to all my staff at British Orchard Nursery who have helped me accomplish this today. I have always felt very welcomed and part of the country, even though I am an expatriate; I truly feel the UAE Government provides excellent opportunities for
 business growth and innovation.”<br />
<br />
"British Orchard Nursery is a trusted name in the region and over the last decade we have established our credentials as the region’s leading Nursery chain providing quality education and nurturing care to the young ones,” she continued.<br />
<br />
"We are the first nursery chain to be ISO 9001:2008 Quality certified, and have won many awards from the UAE government for quality childcare and partnerships. Having 10 facilities across UAE including Government franchises, we now plan to expand into GCC and
 India,” she added.<br />
<br />
British Orchard Nursery provide a holistic approach to learning, working on cognitive, physical, creative, personal, social and emotional development.<br />
<br />
The highly trained staff look after the children, and the facilities include in-house specialised children’s Gym- ‘GYMJUNIORZ’ , a library, a role play area to develop social and imaginative skills, a construction area where children recreate real life situations,
 a painting area to nurture creativity, as well as other educational and recreational offerings.<br />
<br />
For children who stay beyond the usual nursery hours, educational programs are pre-planned and structured to provide learning experiences, relaxation and socialization.<br />
<br />
<span style="font-weight:bold">This article can also be read at:</span><br />
<a href="http://www.tradearabia.com/news/EDU_238915.html" target="_blank">Nursery founder wins UAE business award</a></p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>03/07/2013 17:10:19</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/21897/Nursery+founder+wins+UAE+business+award</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">21897</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>21898</publicationdataID>
      <title>Yoga helps mentally Ill improve their lives</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p><span style="font-style:italic">Voice of America/ by Deborah Block</span><br />
<br />
Millions of Americans take classes to learn the poses and breathing of the ancient Indian practice of yoga. In recent years, yoga organizations have been reaching out to people who may not normally have the opportunity to take yoga classes, such as the homeless,
 trauma survivors, and people with drug and alcohol addictions.Green Door is a small mental health center in Washington where yoga is helping change people’s lives for the better.<br />
<br />
Ericpaul Clark has been taking yoga classes for several months. He’s been in jail and a psychiatric facility after abusing drugs. Today, he says he’s clean and looking forward to a better life. Yoga helps keep him calm.<br />
<br />
"I have rather a bad temper, and I’m afraid that if I really get angry I might do something dumb that will cause me to go back to jail. When I do the stretches and poses it relaxes my muscles and just makes me feel more comfortable," said Clark.<br />
<br />
The free, weekly yoga classes are offered as a part of Green Door’s program to help people who are mentally ill cope with their problems and become more independent. Most are poor and many are homeless or in temporary housing. Social worker Miranda White says
 a lot of them don’t exercise, but yoga is a good way to get them moving, even if it’s from a chair.<br />
<br />
"Their patience for doing any type of exercise is minimal at first, but once they’ve gotten involved in yoga, I’ve seen this love for it," said White.<br />
<br />
This is Clarence Marble’s first yoga class and he’s finding it challenging.<br />
<br />
"I had to pull both my legs up with both my hands," said Marble.<br />
<br />
He hopes yoga will help him lose weight and alleviate his depression.<br />
<br />
"If it relieves me of some stress, I’ll really enjoy that, and if I can go do some yoga to get out of my depression that would be even better," he said.<br />
<br />
Studies have shown the positive effect of yoga on a range of mental illnesses. They indicate the practice helps reduce stress, ease chronic depression and lessen the symptoms of schizophrenia - a brain disorder characterized by hallucinations and delusions.<br />
<br />
Earnestine Jackson, who takes medication to control schizophrenia, says yoga benefits her in several ways.<br />
<br />
"It helps you get your self-esteem together, and most of all, it helps me with peace of mind," said Jackson.<br />
<br />
Miranda White says that’s something these people really need.<br />
<br />
"It’s a moment for their bodies to just relax because if you’re homeless, or if you’re struggling with symptoms of hearing voices or depression, it’s hard to find a calm place within yourself and your environment, and with a lot of them you can see it in their
 faces," she said.<br />
<br />
Instructor Megan Davis, a specialist in yoga therapy, says learning the proper way to breathe while doing yoga helps her students feel more in control.<br />
<br />
"Especially the breathing techniques, [they] really invite people not to be reactive, so it comes up when you’re having a craving for drugs, for a drink," said Davis.<br />
<br />
That’s beneficial for Charles Bradley, who had a mental breakdown due to drug abuse, and has been clean for a year.<br />
<br />
"You don’t always have to go running back to substances to make you feel good. You can make yourself feel good just by doing something as simple as breathing," said Bradley.<br />
<br />
Bradley started taking yoga because he was curious - but now considers it a vital part of turning his life around.<br />
<br />
(The views expressed above are the personal views of the writer)<br />
<br />
<span style="font-weight:bold">This article can also be read at:</span><br />
<a href="http://www.voanews.com/content/yoga-helps-mentally-ill-improve-their-lives/1694010.html" target="_blank">Yoga Helps Mentally Ill Improve Their Lives</a></p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>03/07/2013 17:12:34</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/21898/Yoga+helps+mentally+Ill+improve+their+lives</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">21898</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>21899</publicationdataID>
      <title>Indian broadcaster to train Maldives broadcasters</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p><span style="font-style:italic">Haveeru/ by Fazeena Ahmed</span><br />
<br />
Indian public service broadcaster Doordarshan has agreed to train Maldivian broadcasters, the Maldives Broadcasting Commission said Tuesday.<br />
<br />
In a statement, the commission said broadcasters endorsed by the commission would be able to intern at the Doordarshan’s offices in India.<br />
<br />
Commissioners, who are in New Delhi on the invitation of Indian broadcasting regulators, met with officials of Doordarshan Monday, the statement added.<br />
<br />
The commissioners are also expected to meet officials of the Indian information ministry, public service broadcasters and regulatory bodies.<br />
<br />
(The views expressed above are the personal views of the writer)<br />
<br />
<span style="font-weight:bold">This article can also be read at:</span><br />
<a href="http://www.haveeru.com.mv/news/49843" target="_blank">Indian broadcaster to train Maldives broadcasters</a></p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>03/07/2013 17:15:41</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/21899/Indian+broadcaster+to+train+Maldives+broadcasters</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">21899</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>21887</publicationdataID>
      <title>Beginning of a new chapter in Indo-Iraq relations</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p><span style="font-style:italic">Arab News/ by Seema Sengupta*</span><br />
<br />
<span style="font-weight:bold">Is India inching toward making a post-war factious Iraq one of her key strategic partner in the Middle East?</span><br />
<br />
Foreign Minister Salman Khurshid’s fairly successful trip to Baghdad last month raises the possibility of New Delhi reopening its high-level diplomatic contacts with Prime Minister Nuri Al-Maliki’s administration. After all, both the nations have a long history
 of thriving partnership that goes far beyond the tumultuous days of the Gulf War.
<br />
<br />
Iraq, holding the world’s second largest proven oil reserves was a major energy source for New Delhi and more importantly remained the biggest market for project exports as well as export of chemicals, commercial goods and foodstuff from India till the United
 Nations imposed sanctions in the early 1990s. <br />
<br />
Those were the golden days of bilateral bonhomie that not only prompted New Delhi to consistently oppose the American invasion of Iraq but also emboldened the then foreign minister, the late Inder Gujral, to undertake a whirlwind tour of Iraqi occupied Kuwait
 and thereafter Baghdad at a time when Saddam Hussein has already become a pariah of the international community.
<br />
<br />
The Foreign Office archive in New Delhi must be holding on to that famous framed image of Gujral embracing Saddam during that hyped rescue mission carried out to evacuate the stranded Indian expatriate population. But times have changed and changed for the
 worse. <br />
<br />
As rightly pointed out by Foreign Minister Khurshid, the work on the ground can begin in right earnest only when safety and security of the Indian lives and properties can be guaranteed. But then, viable peace in Iraq remains elusive with sectarian violence
 continuing to be a real threat to the country’s internal security scenario, its stability and sovereignty as restoring some semblance of normalcy in the erstwhile land of Mesopotamia has become a tall order.
<br />
<br />
Unfortunately, throughout the last decade, Iraq was used by multifarious terror organizations as a laboratory for honing their skills in mass killing. From the extensive use of improvised explosive devices to achieving perfection in brazen suicide attacks and
 acquiring sophistication in the placement of car as well as roadside bombs, a lawless and battered Iraq has provided hands-on experience to the foot soldiers of terrorism since the outbreak of first Gulf War. Even though Washington withdrew its combat troops
 from Iraq last December after squandering $ 3 trillion, leaving the oil rich nation at the hands of a ragtag all Iraqi security forces, there has been no sign of any let up in fratricidal tension.
<br />
<br />
On the contrary militias opposed to Prime Minister Al-Maliki’s government have revived their fierce campaign against the country’s elected leadership and conducts guerrilla style attacks on civilian targets intermittently. Remnants of the dreaded Al-Qaeda continues
 to regroup in the western Iraqi provinces bordering Syria while the exacerbation of ethnic rivalry has given birth to fighting forces indulging in heinous crimes like smuggling, trafficking of contraband weapons and drugs trading.
<br />
<br />
Given the complexity of the ground realities in Iraq, the Indian government is indeed caught in a catch-22 situation on the issue of evolving a judicious policy for dealing with the present administration. While it is clear that the Iraqi security apparatus
 is pathetically ill-equipped to curb extremism with an iron hand, New Delhi is in no position to let go of the opportunity to re-establish its spheres of influence prevalent in the Saddam era or beyond.
<br />
<br />
The Indian policymakers will surely look forward to enhancing the country’s politico-economic clout in this crucial energy corridor. Since the Iraqi armed forces are grappling with organizational and infrastructural deficiencies, the foreign office mandarins
 in New Delhi might be tempted to offer training support for Iraqi soldiers on a large scale. In fact, Indian military instructors have a good understanding of the Iraqi psyche, having worked with the Iraqi armed forces previously during Saddam Hussein’s tenure.
 Perhaps, to keep extremism in multi-confessional Iraq at bay, New Delhi remains the best bet for the international community to help analyze the thinking of the Iraqi people, so essential to explore the root of their unique sense of patriotism as well as self-esteem,
 which arises out of a rich history of secular and enlightened credentials. <br />
<br />
This gigantic failure to discern the Iraqi mindset has had a huge impact on West Asian geopolitics, accentuating regional instability in the process and eventually transforming Iraq into a front for militant extremism that has spread into other parts of the
 region. <br />
<br />
Furthermore, New Delhi will be required to perform a fine balancing act to keep the leadership in Tehran in good humor as well because of two principal reasons. Firstly, the Iraqis voted for a Shiite led government on the first given opportunity and the post-war
 polarization in Iraqi society has virtually ensured that the Shiite population drifts more toward theocratic Iran psychologically.
<br />
<br />
Secondly, Iraqi Foreign Minister Hoshyar Zebari has invited Indian companies to invest in Shia dominated southern Iraq in order to avoid the risk of being targeted by terror groups. Tehran has already developed major stakes in this overwhelmingly Shiite southern
 region by deploying its intelligence operatives in mufti — within the Iraqi Army as well as Shiite militias operating in the south — and encouraging private Iranian investment. It would therefore be naïve for India to ignore Ayatollah’s Iran in its quest for
 making Iraq the country’s primary strategic energy partner even though Iraq has recently replaced Iran as India’s second largest crude oil supplier.
<br />
<br />
Thus, diplomatic investment on Hassan Rouhani’s new regime can give a guaranteed return of safety for Indian companies seeking to exploit the huge potential that Iraq offers in sectors like oil and gas exploration, petro-chemicals, information technology, engineering
 and infrastructure. <br />
<br />
*Seema Sengupta is a Calcutta based journalist and columnist. <br />
<br />
(The views expressed above are the personal views of the writer) <br />
<br />
<span style="font-weight:bold">This article can also be read at:</span><br />
<a href="http://www.arabnews.com/news/456695" target="_blank">Beginning of a new chapter in Indo-Iraq relations</a></p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>01/07/2013 12:03:12</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/21887/Beginning+of+a+new+chapter+in+IndoIraq+relations</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">21887</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>21868</publicationdataID>
      <title>India-U.S. Relations: The Search for a Transformative Moment</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p><span style="font-style:italic">The New York Times/ by Salman Khurshid</span><br />
<br />
India and the world have changed dramatically in the past two decades. The relationship between India and the United States has strengthened spectacularly and brought substantive gain to both countries. It has also given birth to great expectations. The management
 and fulfilment of those expectations is crucial for the dialogue and partnership between the two countries.
<br />
<br />
The India-U.S. Strategic Dialogue 2013 comes at a critical moment. India is increasingly focused on the forthcoming national elections. President Barack Obama, in his second term, is looking at the legacy he would bequeath to his country and the world.
<br />
<br />
The relationship between India and the United States has been driven by both the bilateral governmental interface and the natural affinity and attraction between their citizens. The liberal philosophical moorings of some of the first leaders of independent
 India, shared values of democracy and freedom, and admiration for the American Constitution, brought us together. A growing number of Indian students and professionals sought educational and work opportunities in the United States alongside India’s engagement
 with the Non-Aligned Movement and the Soviet Union. <br />
<br />
The intrinsic bond between two liberal democracies was captured in the iconic photograph of President John F. Kennedy and Prime Minister Jawaharlal Nehru by the Potomac in Washington. And the subsequent distances in our relationship were evoked well by a photo
 characterized by the stiff body language of President Richard M. Nixon and Prime Minister Indira Gandhi years later.
<br />
<br />
From "estranged democracies” to "engaged democracies,” it has been a long and fascinating journey for India and the United States. India is exploring and absorbing in myriad ways its transition from being a country subjected to select American sanctions to
 becoming a strategic partner of the United States. <br />
<br />
In the Indian discovery of America and the American discovery of India, increased expectations, timely delivery on commitments, agreed-upon mutual course corrections and consolidation of gains would be crucial.
<br />
<br />
India-U.S. Strategic Dialogue provides opportunities to measure the distance traveled and to map the future. The elements of contemporary international relations are complex. Strands of real or perceived ideology and self-interest intertwine to shape and shade
 the global fabric. The United States has fought valiantly in Afghanistan and India will willingly make its contribution to the peace and rehabilitation effort in its own characteristic and calibrated manner. Peace is indivisible and must come as a whole, not
 in pieces, both in our neighborhood and beyond. There is much scope for joint reflection on these matters.
<br />
<br />
Attempts to create a better world are as challenging as resolving conflicts. Sustainable development and climate change, an equitable and efficient world trade system, food and energy security, cyber security and counter-terrorism strategies are all matters
 on which there are differing and divided opinions across the globe. The G8 and G20 nations have yet to bridge the gaps in perception and strategies of the developing and the developed countries even as the emerging economies attempt to straddle the two sides.
<br />
<br />
It makes it imperative for the India-U.S. Strategic Dialogue to succeed in the interest of our two countries and the world. In the lives of nations, as in the lives of people, the right moment can achieve what years of effort strove for. India and the United
 States found that transformative moment in the signing of the Civil Nuclear Agreement. We need to build upon that success and work towards the next defining moment.
<br />
<br />
Every nation seeks partners and friends. India and the United States are no exception, but we are currently tasked to nurture the strategic partnership that we already have in place and to which we are mutually committed to preserve and protect. The pressures
 and difficulties posed by our domestic politics and economics, the unresolved issues of the world, must not deter us.
<br />
<br />
The challenge before us is to reconcile competing self-interests and combine them into enlightened mutual interest. That is not a simple matter of persuasive arguments and attractive power point presentations. We both have constraints of democracy, which are
 exacerbated by the different levels of development and corresponding demands of our respective economies, societies and people.
<br />
<br />
For instance, India at the moment is relatively low on carbon emissions. But those will increase as we address the developmental needs of our people, unless adequately provided to adapt to low-emission technology that is obviously costly.
<br />
<br />
Developing countries like India expect that the United States and other developed countries will agree to binding targets to cut emissions, having had the advantage of several centuries of development. This competing logic applies to many sectors. The solutions
 lie in our mutual convergence at a middle ground. The very purpose of dialogue is to find common ground and to creatively conceive a point of agreement where there is none. It is important that ours is a dialogue that flows from our partnership and not one
 to create a relationship. <br />
<br />
India is not impervious to the pressures the United States faces as it walks the fiscal cliff, tries to revive its economy, addresses persisting unemployment, and the inevitable demands from its businessmen and people that the US government pursue policies
 for preferential domestic production and services to protect jobs. <br />
<br />
Many of our own aspirations are linked with increased demand for goods and services in the United States. India expects her friends in the West to understand how tough a current account deficit can be on a developing economy, how important it is that information
 technology and pharmaceuticals—the sectors of our economy that have provided the cutting edge to India’s growth and boosted our middle class — be supported and encouraged. In India today, social activists and the courts are vigorously scrutinizing public servants,
 which impacts response time. There is a steep learning curve as we take the reform road. Our fiercely autonomous Parliament and judiciary, reflecting the separation of powers, have to be taken on board to ensure a satisfactory response to our collective aspirations.
 This will be speeded up with important conceptual strides that we hope to take soon.
<br />
<br />
Secretary of State John Kerry will be received in India as a familiar name and face, having been a key figure in U.S. foreign policy as chairman of the Senate Foreign Relations Committee during a period of great significance to India. It will be an opportunity
 for him to reconnect with several old friends and discover new ones. It will indeed be an honor for me to sit across the table from him at Hyderabad House and draw plans for taking our relationship forward, both between the two of us as indeed for our countries.
<br />
<br />
As we look from Raisina Hill to Capitol Hill, we can see President Obama and Prime Minister Manmohan Singh wrapping up a decade of eventful cooperation later this year. That provides us with an impetus to further the spirit of working together that was underscored
 by the historic Indian-U.S. Civil Nuclear Agreement and the contemporaneous paradigm shift in perceptions.
<br />
<br />
The road ahead is the very road that was signposted by milestones such as the meeting of my predecessor, Foreign Minister S. M. Krishna with Secretary Hillary Rodham Clinton. The signposts of strategic partnership will hopefully have sectors such as clean energy,
 innovation in science and technology, peaceful use of nuclear energy, space, education and skills development, securing global supply chains, interdict illicit finance flows and counterfeit currency, intelligence sharing, enhanced cyber security, and the expansion
 of trade and investment. <br />
<br />
Finally in the realm of defense, we hope our relationship is not merely a buyer-seller relationship, but a true strategic partnership involving joint research, manufacture of equipment, training of personnel and military exercises.
<br />
<br />
The building blocks of such a partnership are in place, but they need to be cemented by sustained and enhanced political will. We are able to talk and listen even where convergent and common positions take time to formulate.
<br />
<br />
Long journeys require pauses. We might pause and rest, but we aren’t reluctant travelers. Traffic rules in our respective countries might mandate us to drive on different sides of the road, the spirit of the July 2005 joint statement and November 2010 joint
 statement of Prime Minister Singh and President Obama has brought us on a shared path and agreed destination. We need to watch the speed, not lose time, and yet not be reckless.
<br />
<br />
Secretary Kerry and I won’t only judge how the engines are running, but also reaffirm how the spirit of adventure remains undiminished. As we drive past the fields of opportunity, I paraphrase the lines of the great American poet Robert Frost that Prime Minister
 Nehru loved to quote: "The woods are lovely, dark and deep, but I have promises to keep; And miles to go before I sleep; And miles to go before I sleep.” The dialogue between India and the United States will be an objective look at the miles ahead but also
 a reaffirmation of our strategic partnership. <br />
<br />
<span style="font-style:italic">Salman Khurshid is India’s Minister for External Affairs.
</span><br />
<br />
<span style="font-weight:bold">This article can also be read at:</span><br />
<a href="http://india.blogs.nytimes.com/2013/06/24/india-u-s-relations-the-search-for-a-transformative-moment/?_r=0" target="_blank">India-U.S. Relations: The Search for a Transformative Moment</a></p>
<br />
<br />
]]></description>
      <pubDate>24/06/2013 15:14:00</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/21868/IndiaUS+Relations+The+Search+for+a+Transformative+Moment</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">21868</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>21858</publicationdataID>
      <title>They received training in India - Two women will bring light to community</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p><span style="font-weight:bold">Pensa Libre, Guatemala: by Oscar Figueroa (original article in Spanish)</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:bold"><br />
</span></p>
<p><span style="font-style:italic">They are waiting for the arrival of the equipment that will illuminate Xetupul 2</span></p>
<p><span style="font-style:italic">Community in San Juan Cotzal.</span></p>
<p><span style="font-style:italic"><br />
</span></p>
<p><span style="font-style:italic"></span>Quiche: Xetupul 2, San Juan Cotzal, is one of the many communities in Quiché that lack electric energy. However, this situation is about to change since two women, Catarina Mejia Toma and Isabel Torres Medina, are waiting
 for equipment and accessories coming from India for the installation of solar panels.</p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<p>Mejia and Torres, who only speak Ixil language, came back from India recently where they got training as technicians in solar energy. They studied for six months at Barefoot College, located at Tilonia Village in Rajasthan, India, and they learned how solar
 panels work as well as how to install and give maintenance to them. The two women were part of the Technical and Economic Cooperation (ITEC) Programme which is supported by the Government of India.</p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<p>Guatemala, informed that the training was given to 10 women from different countries from September 16, 2012 to March 14, 2013 and the name of the course is Training Illiterate/Semi-Literate Rural Women on Solar Electrification and Rooftop Rainwater Harvesting.</p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<p>Martinez explained that the programme is aimed to give training to women, preferably middle-aged mother or grandmother, living in a remote village at least 10 kms away from the nearest electricity grid.</p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<p><span style="font-weight:bold">English Language </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:bold"></span></p>
<p>Torres Medina, who is 40 years old and has five children, said through her neighbor and translator Lucas Sanchez that the first inconvenience they found in India was language since English is widely spoken in India and they speak only Ixil. ¨I understand
 Spanish but I speak very little; however, I decided to learn so that I can help my country people to have light in their houses. I did it.¨ she said.</p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<p>The course was received by women of different nationalities and was delivered through sign language, a universal language.</p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<p><span style="font-weight:bold">Between July and August</span></p>
<p>She said that Barefoot College and the Government of India will provide the equipment for the installation of solar panels in her community. ¨I do not know how many they will be sending, but I understand it will be enough for the 175 families of Xetupul
 2, she added.</p>
<p>Torres Medina, who has been a widow for 13 years and works as day laborer in the South Coast, said she expects the equipment arrives between July and August because they were told that they will receive the equipment five months after the conclusion of the
 training.</p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<p>Martinez Estrada added that two women have a Guatemalan Government official who is their liaison person to support in case any issue arises until the installation and working of the solar panels.</p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>23/06/2013 21:00:46</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/21858/They+received+training+in+India++Two+women+will+bring+light+to+community</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">21858</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>21832</publicationdataID>
      <title>Forget the gym: Yoga is better at boosting memory and concentration than vigorous exercise</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p><span style="font-style:italic">Mail Online/ by Rachel Reilly</span><br />
<br />
Just 20 minutes of yoga a day sharpens the mind, researchers say. <br />
<br />
The ancient practice was found to be more effective at boosting brain power than conventional aerobic exercise.<br />
<br />
Researchers in America discovered that a single session of Hatha yoga significantly improved a person's speed and accuracy when tested on their working memory and concentration.<br />
<br />
Lead author of the study, Neha Gothe, professor of kinesiology (human movement), health and sport studies at Wayne State University in Detroit, explained: 'Yoga is an ancient Indian science and way of life that includes not only physical movements and postures
 but also regulated breathing and meditation. <br />
<br />
'The practice involves an active attentional or mindfulness component but its potential benefits have not been thoroughly explored.'<br />
<br />
During the experimental yoga sessions participants were asked to assume postures stood up, sat down and laid down, while keeping their breathing steady.<br />
<br />
The exercises included isometric contractions of different muscles in the body, where the muscles are tensed and relaxed without moving any limbs.<br />
<br />
The exercises were followed by a mediation session, when participants focussed on posture and deep breathing.<br />
<br />
Researchers also put the guinea pigs through their paces on a treadmill for the same 20-minute period, keeping their heart rate up between 60 and 70 per cent of the maximum.<br />
<br />
They found that people who had been for a 20-minute jog were less able to focus mentally on tasks than they were following a yoga session.<br />
<br />
Gothe said: 'It appears that following yoga practice, the participants were better able to focus their mental resources, process information quickly, more accurately and also learn, hold and update pieces of information more effectively than after performing
 an aerobic exercise bout. <br />
<br />
'The breathing and meditative exercises aim at calming the mind and body and keeping distracting thoughts away while you focus on your body, posture or breath.'<br />
<br />
'Maybe these processes translate beyond yoga practice when you try to perform mental tasks or day-to-day activities.'<br />
<br />
Gothe conceded that the team could not pinpoint any specific process that takes place during yoga that boosted the mental state of the participants, suggesting the relaxation from meditation could hold the answer.<br />
<br />
She said: 'Many factors could explain the results. <br />
<br />
'Enhanced self-awareness that comes with meditational exercises is just one of the possible mechanisms.'<br />
<br />
'Besides, meditation and breathing exercises are known to reduce anxiety and stress, which in turn can improve scores on some cognitive tests.'<br />
<br />
The study, published in the Journal of Physical Activity and Health, involved 30 female students at Illinois University's Exercise Psychology Laboratory.<br />
<br />
Kinesiology and community health Professor Edward McAuley, who directs the where the study was conducted, said:<br />
<br />
'Yoga is becoming an increasingly popular form of exercise in the U.S. and it is imperative to systematically examine its health benefits, especially the mental health benefits that this unique mind-body form of activity may offer.'<br />
<br />
But Professor McAuley stressed it is early days for study of yoga and its effects on the body and mind.<br />
<br />
He said: 'We only examined the effects of a 20-minute bout of yoga and aerobic exercise in this study among female undergraduates.<br />
<br />
'However, this study is extremely timely and the results will enable yoga researchers to power and design their interventions in the future.<br />
<br />
'We see similar promising findings among older adults as well. <br />
<br />
'Yoga research is in its nascent stages and with its increasing popularity across the globe, researchers need to adopt rigorous systematic approaches to examine not only its cognitive but also physical health benefits across the lifespan.'<br />
<br />
(The views expressed are the personal views of the writer) <br />
<br />
<span style="font-weight:bold">This article can also be read at:</span><br />
<a href="http://www.dailymail.co.uk/health/article-2337401/Forget-gym-Yoga-better-boosting-memory-concentration-vigorous-exercise.html" target="_blank">Forget the gym: Yoga is better at boosting memory and concentration than vigorous exercise</a></p>
<br />
<br />
]]></description>
      <pubDate>18/06/2013 12:31:04</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/21832/Forget+the+gym+Yoga+is+better+at+boosting+memory+and+concentration+than+vigorous+exercise</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">21832</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>21830</publicationdataID>
      <title>In praise of...... Arunima Sinha</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p><span style="font-weight:bold">The Guardian</span><br />
<br />
Climbing Mount Everest is one of the hardest things any human can do. But climbing it with an artificial leg? That's what Arunima Sinha did last month, becoming the first woman amputee to scale the mountain, in a climb of 52 days. Two years ago, the 26-year-old
 lost half her left leg when robbers pushed her out of a train near Lucknow, in northern India, after she refused to hand over a gold chain (local police dispute her crime report). The former national-level volleyball player describes it as her "darkest hour";
 yet she began a year-long mountaineering course, trying to "outpace normal people". Everest done, she's now setting up a sports academy for poor disabled children. India is not a disabled-friendly country; even the big cities have hardly any wheelchair ramps,
 let alone easy-access train stations. "I turned my artificial leg into my strength," says Ms Sinha. In the process, she's provided an object lesson in what strength is.<br />
<br />
<span style="font-weight:bold">This article can also be read at:</span><br />
<a href="http://www.guardian.co.uk/commentisfree/2013/jun/16/in-praise-of-arunima-sinha" target="_blank">In praise of … Arunima Sinha</a></p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>17/06/2013 15:30:55</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/21830/In+praise+of+Arunima+Sinha</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">21830</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>21827</publicationdataID>
      <title>India praised for its efforts to tackle HIV/AIDS by UN coordinator</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p><span style="font-style:italic">Malaysian Sun</span><br />
<br />
The United Nations resident coordinator, who was present during a two-day seminar, which was recently organized here to raise awareness and sensitise people about HIV/AIDS, has praised India for its efforts to fight the disease.<br />
<br />
UN coordinator Lisa Grande lauded the efforts of the Indian government to reach out to those suffering from the disease and reduce the stigma.<br />
<br />
"I think India is one of the countries in the world that has done best in dealing with HIV AIDS. The reason for that is that the prevalence rate has gone down. People who are living with HIV are receiving free medicines and very good services. And there has
 been a major campaign stretching across the country to reduce stigma," said Lisa.<br />
<br />
The event "North East Regional Consultation on HIV/AIDS" was organised by the Forum of Parliamentarians at ITA complex in Guwahati recently. The event was attended by chief ministers of Assam, Meghalaya and Arunachal Pradesh.<br />
<br />
An HIV positive woman from Mizoram, recounted the ordeals she had to face, and appreciated the steps taken by the government and various organizations for HIV affected people.<br />
<br />
"I received lot of support from my community. Today, I see there is no discrimination in the Northeast.<br />
<br />
Today, I see there is no discrimination in the Northeast. It has reduced now. I am very happy that we have a safe space in the Northeast," she said.<br />
<br />
An estimated 2.4 million people in India are suffering from HIV AIDS, with states like Manipur and Andhra Pradesh being the worst affected.<br />
<br />
In 1992, the National AIDS control organization was set up under the Ministry of Health and Family Welfare to prevent the occurrence of the disease and to ensure that the affected have access to quality health services.<br />
<br />
Steps are constantly being taken to tackle the threat posed by the disease.<br />
<br />
<span style="font-weight:bold">This article can also be read at:</span><br />
<a href=" http://www.malaysiasun.com/index.php/sid/215189279/scat/b8de8e630faf3631/ht/India-praised-for-its-efforts-to-tackle-HIVAIDS-by-UN-coordinator#sthash.GjosW9Xk.dpuf" target="_blank">India praised for its efforts to tackle HIV/AIDS by UN coordinator</a></p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>17/06/2013 10:54:50</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/21827/India+praised+for+its+efforts+to+tackle+HIVAIDS+by+UN+coordinator</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">21827</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>21828</publicationdataID>
      <title>India becoming preferred destination for diagnostic services</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p><span style="font-style:italic">Channel News Asia/ By Avneet Arora</span><br />
<br />
India is fast becoming the preferred destination for high-end pathology and diagnostic services.<br />
<br />
Many foreign medical services companies are outsourcing their specialised laboratory tests to India.<br />
<br />
It is proving to be a very profitable win-win situation, with India reaping the benefits of the new business and the foreign medical companies saving huge sums of money on lab fees.<br />
<br />
Pathology is becoming the next big outsourcing vehicle in India.<br />
<br />
An increasing number of hospitals from the UK, US, Middle East and neighbouring countries are tying up with Indian diagnostic centres to conduct laboratory tests.<br />
<br />
For the foreign hospitals and medical companies, it can amount to savings of up to 40 per cent, while for India, it means more revenue.<br />
<br />
Dr Vishu P Bhasin, director of the Dr P Bhasin Path Labs, said: "More and more tests are coming from overseas to India for testing from developing as well as developed countries.<br />
<br />
"Developing countries are outsourcing to us due to non-availability, whereas developed countries are sending samples to us because of a cost-saving factor.<br />
<br />
"We are able to do the same test with the same quality at a lesser cost because of the availability of the same technology in India, lower manpower cost and low insurance cost."<br />
<br />
Packaged samples are flown to India for testing and after being analysed, online reports are drawn up and sent back to the client hospital.<br />
<br />
At the moment, only specialised tests in the areas of genetics, cancer and infectious diseases are being outsourced, but pathologists feel the business is set to grow.<br />
<br />
Dr Ravi Gaur, vice-president of Oncquest Laboratories, said: "We have good platforms, we have very good skilled people... cost wise, probably something which has happened at the call centres, a similar revolution can be brought into India, but yes, we need
 to keep a check on the quality, not everyone can be allowed to do that because a sample means a patient's life and you can't play with life.<br />
<br />
"So cautious steps, but yes, if we showcase it properly, if we promote it properly, there is a tremendous potential."<br />
<br />
While there are thousands of pathology labs in India, only a few have the international accreditation needed to import blood samples from hospitals abroad.<br />
<br />
But apart from the requisite licences, the only other challenge is that of legal liability for the Indian labs in the event of faulty analysis.<br />
<br />
Those involved in the business feel the Indian government needs to settle such issues before the diagnostic market expands further.<br />
<br />
Dr Bhasin said: "The liability factor is not very clearly defined. So the liability is limited to Indian courts and Indian courts do not have a high penalty system as compared to West.<br />
<br />
"So even if there is a wrong test, the Indian consumer courts levy penalties in lakhs as compared to overseas, where it is levied in millions of dollars, so that is again a major cost-saving factor."<br />
<br />
The pathology industry could become the Indian pharmaceutical industry's most successful growth story. But the question is whether the Indian government gets to grips with the outstanding issue of liability before Indians miss this window of opportunity and
 another outsourcing destination country is established by a very competitive industry desperate to save costs.<br />
<br />
<span style="font-weight:bold">This article can also be read at:</span><br />
<a href=" http://www.channelnewsasia.com/news/asiapacific/india-becoming-preferred/710678.html" target="_blank">India becoming preferred destination for diagnostic services</a></p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>17/06/2013 11:00:22</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/21828/India+becoming+preferred+destination+for+diagnostic+services</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">21828</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>21821</publicationdataID>
      <title>Solairedirect Says India Solar Is Cheaper Than Expected</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p><span style="font-style:italic">Bloomberg/by Natalie Obiko Pearson</span><br />
<br />
Solairedirect SA, a French developer that won an Indian solar project with a record-low bid, said India offers greater cost savings than expected for investors in sun-based power.
<br />
<br />
The Paris-based company, which completed its first 5-megawatt plant in India in February, found that local suppliers of structural and engineering services were more competitive than expected, prompting it to consider ways to drive down costs in Europe as well,
 said Gaurav Sood, managing director of Solairedirect’s India unit. <br />
<br />
"It made us re-look at our projects in Europe,” Sood said today in a phone interview from New Delhi. "We’re even considering looking at exporting from India.”
<br />
<br />
India is using competitive auctions to push down solar power rates to try to avoid the surging renewable subsidies burdening governments in Europe. Solairedirect won its project in a December 2011 auction after pledging to sell electricity from the facility
 at 7,490 rupees ($129) a megawatt-hour, about 30 percent cheaper than the world average at the time.
<br />
<br />
Sood said assembling equipment in India from Chinese components, "favorable payment terms” from suppliers, as well as a novel approach to financing helped contain costs.<br />
<br />
Websol Energy System Ltd. (WESL), based in Ramnagar, supplied the cells and modules using imported wafers from China’s Renesola Ltd. (SOL) The finished product is insured by California’s PowerGuard Specialty Insurance Services, Sood said.<br />
<br />
<span style="font-weight:bold">Paying Upfront</span><br />
<br />
Solairedirect was able to raise affordable loans from the State Bank of India by paying upfront for the plant and applying for post-construction funding to refinance the project. "We got financing the day the plant was commissioned,” he said.<br />
<br />
Solairedirect plans to bid for further projects in India at even lower rates, Sood said. It’s participating in an auction in northern Punjab state for 20 megawatts of capacity and may bid for as much as 50 megawatts in a tender later this year by the national
 government. <br />
<br />
The company targets building a portfolio of as much as 400 megawatts in four years followed by the possibility of selling shares in an initial public offering, Sood said.
<br />
<br />
(The views expressed above are the personal views of the writer) <br />
<br />
<span style="font-weight:bold">This article can be read at:</span><br />
<a href="http://www.bloomberg.com/news/2013-06-12/solairedirect-says-india-solar-is-cheaper-than-expected.html" target="_blank">Solairedirect Says India Solar Is Cheaper Than Expected</a></p>
<br />
<br />
]]></description>
      <pubDate>14/06/2013 12:11:18</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/21821/Solairedirect+Says+India+Solar+Is+Cheaper+Than+Expected</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">21821</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>21806</publicationdataID>
      <title>Karaikudi Palace in Scottsdale: A Taste of South India</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p><span style="font-style:italic">Phoenix New Times: Laura Hahnefeld</span><br />
<br />
Many world cuisine restaurants in the Valley can lay claim to having a chef well-versed in the food of his or her homeland. But Karaikudi Palace in Scottsdale boasts three of them.<br />
<br />
The trio, in one form or another, is responsible for the restaurant's vibrant South Indian dishes: bold curries nearly falling over themselves with flavor; thin and crispy stuffed dosas; and a parade of richly layered selections from the sea.<br />
<br />
"We don't want to change the spice levels for Americans," says manager James Baiva. "It would bring the dishes down."<br />
<br />
Baiva, along with friends, fellow chefs, and owners Thirupatht Nagulu and Bala Subramanian, grew up just outside Karaikudi, a city in the southernmost part of the Indian Peninsula. The three attended culinary school in India together and came to California
 around 2005 to work in several Indian restaurants around Los Angeles. Last year, when an opportunity came about to help open an Indian restaurant called Karaikudi Palace in Scottsdale, the three moved to the Valley. Eventually, Nagulu and Subramanian took
 over the lease and took charge of the kitchen. The front-of-the-house responsibilities fell to Baiva.<br />
<br />
Now, just months into operating their first restaurant, the three are starting to make changes. Most notably (and thankfully), they're working on paring down the original tabbed menu of over 132 selections to focus primarily on the foods of South India — and
 these are the dishes you've come here for. Assertive, expertly prepared, and packed with handfuls of ingredients like dried red chiles, tamarind, ginger, cumin, and cardamom, they just might be some of the best examples of South Indian cooking the Valley has
 to offer.<br />
<br />
If you are in the mood for a South Indian breakfast for dinner, you could start with medu vada, chunky, roughly shaped fried lentil doughnuts that can be dipped in chutneys or dunked in a bowl of spicy, vegetable-laced lentil soup. Those wanting to go the more
 conventional South Indian starter route could opt for a small, tasty bowl of hot and sour rassam (more hot than sour) heavy with tomato, tamarind, and chiles; or, better yet, an exquisite scratch-made dosa, the crispy-hot Indian-style crepe. The best dosa
 might be the mysore masala, its somewhat spongy interior smeared with a chile chutney, filled with spicy potatoes, and served alongside dip-ready red and coconut chutneys and a warm cup of sambar.<br />
<br />
If you desire a side of naan to go along with your meal, know that it could stand a bit more smoky char. Still, it's not bad — puffy and slightly chewy — serving as a bready scoop for the restaurant's outstanding curries.<br />
<br />
The meat entrées, presented in shiny metal bowls alongside basmati rice, range from the satisfactory to the sublime, and two of the best of them can be found as curries in the seafood category. The eral varuval features plump prawns in a spicy curry redolent
 with garlic and ginger and studded with onions and tomatoes. And the Kerala fish curry, named for the state on India's southwest Malabar coast, is a luxuriously flavor-layered creation of fish chunks cooked in coconut sauce with chunks of red onions, green
 chiles, and enough spices to deplete a cabinet or two.<br />
<br />
For those who prefer land-based proteins, there is a solid and not-very spicy creamy chicken curry, but a trip to Karaikudi's clay oven for pieces of tender tandoori chicken may prove a more flavorful option. Like fried chicken by way of a Punjabi kitchen,
 the vividly red pieces are tinged with char and marinated in spices. They go from good to great thanks to squirts of lemon, chunks of onions, and dips in a dish of cilantro mint chutney. There's also a spicy and garlicky lamb pepper fry that's pretty much
 perfect — and if you'd prefer, the kitchen can make it with goat instead.<br />
<br />
The vegetables entrées are equally as delicious as the meats, perhaps even more so.<br />
<br />
If you're a fan of okra, there is a bowl brimming with it, along with chunks of onions, bell pepper, tomato, and fresh ginger slices, in the tangy and spicy dish called kadai bindi masala. From the state of Andhra Pradesh, on India's southeastern coast, comes
 a luscious smoky and spicy curry of baby eggplants stuffed with onions and spices (guthi vengaya) that's just about as exquisite as an eggplant dish can get. And the Karaikudi Vegetables, a rich and mildly spicy curry featuring chunks of carrots, potatoes,
 and green peppers, is more or less Indian-style comfort food.<br />
<br />
For dessert, perhaps an Indian sweet treat of galub jamun, the small, spongy doughnuts soaked in syrup, or better yet, a lip-smacking sugary and warm jalebi, a kind of thin funnel cake with a fun, pretzel-like twist.<br />
<br />
The first thing you notice upon entering Karaikudi Palace, located in the Pima Crossing Shopping Center on the northwest corner of Shea Boulevard and the 101, is its nose-tingling aromas. After being greeted by a host and led past the foyer's large, non-working
 fountain, the room opens up to a pleasant, neatly arranged space of numbered tables and Indian artwork on the walls. There is a buffet the restaurant uses for lunch from Tuesday through Sunday and a bar area of empty shelves waiting to be filled (Baiva has
 recently applied for a liquor license).<br />
<br />
Here, your dining companions will consist of mostly multi-generational Indian families, who, Baiva tells me, sometimes come in three or four times a week. And although there can be a bit of a language barrier, the service is always friendly and efficient, and
 the wait staff isn't shy about pointing to the best dishes on the menu.<br />
<br />
Chances are you'll want to try a little of everything.<br />
<br />
(The views expressed above are the personal views of the writer)<br />
<br />
<span style="font-weight:bold">This article can also be read at:</span><br />
<a href="http://www.phoenixnewtimes.com/2013-06-06/restaurants/karaikudi-palace-in-scottsdale-a-taste-of-south-india/2/" target="_blank">Karaikudi Palace in Scottsdale: A Taste of South India</a></p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>06/06/2013 16:35:58</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/21806/Karaikudi+Palace+in+Scottsdale+A+Taste+of+South+India</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">21806</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>21804</publicationdataID>
      <title>Nigerians study India's success story</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p><span style="font-style:italic">NY Daily News</span><br />
<br />
A Nigerian delegation is on a tour of India to understand how the world's largest democracy has maintained the unity of a very diverse society.<br />
<br />
The study tour began Tuesday with a stimulating exchange between scholars and officials of the two countries with similar structures to govern mixed populations.<br />
<br />
"We want to see how your economy grew, while Indian democracy has made its fruits available to the people," said Olu Obafemi, professor and fellow of the Nigerian Academy of Letters and head of the delegation.<br />
<br />
He was speaking at a roundtable on "Revitalizing India-Nigeria Relations" organised by the Indian Council of World Affairs.<br />
<br />
"We are here to study how you maintain peace in the country, and the kind of legal framework utilized to strengthen institutions in the country," he added.<br />
<br />
The Nigerian delegation, with a fair sprinkling of officials from security services, are on a study tour as part of a training programme by that country's National Institute of Policy Studies.<br />
<br />
Pointing out that India recognized Nigeria as a major power in Africa, Ritu Beri of the Institute for Defence Studies and Analysis here said: "India and Nigeria are both regional powers with similar worldview with regard to global security issues. We can learn
 from each other."<br />
<br />
Nigeria, which has a federal constitution and a population composed almost equally of Muslims and Christians, has a history of both democratically elected governments as well as military rule.<br />
<br />
It is now battling an Islamic inspired armed insurrection called Boko Harum with links to Al Qaeda in Maghreb (Aqim) operating in north Africa.<br />
<br />
Other than terrorism, energy deficit is another non-traditional security concern India and Nigeria can address together, given the African country's abundant oil resources, Beri said.<br />
<br />
Said Rear Admiral Amin Kioda of Nigeria: "We are keen to see how India has been able to accomplish so much without having oil, how you have managed to diversify the economy and how you have won partners for development."<br />
<br />
Lamenting on the lack contact between the two people, V.B. Soni, former ambassador to various African countries, said India was approaching Africa as a partner.<br />
<br />
Proof of this was the $5 billion line of credit recently approved by Prime Minister Manmohan Singh.<br />
<br />
Nigeria is India's largest trading partner in Africa. India is also the second largest trading partner for Nigeria, with bilateral trade touching $17 billion in 2011-12.<br />
<br />
(The views expressed above are the personal views of the author)<br />
<br />
<span style="font-weight:bold">This article can also be read at:</span><br />
<a href="http://india.nydailynews.com/politicsarticle/286130202fce4487d31ab1c71937fd85/nigerians-study-indias-success-story " target="_blank">Nigerians study India's success story</a></p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>06/06/2013 16:09:24</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/21804/Nigerians+study+Indias+success+story</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">21804</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>21805</publicationdataID>
      <title>Mithas king of Indian fine dining</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p><span style="font-style:italic">The Edinburgh Reporter/by Phyllis Stephen</span><br />
<br />
The Spice Is Right As Mithas Scoops Top Honour – Again<br />
<br />
Mithas has underlined its reputation as Scotland’s premier Indian fine dining restaurant by scooping another top award.<br />
<br />
The Edinburgh venue, Scotland’s first Indian restaurant to receive two AA Rosettes, won the Indian Restaurant of the Year title in the Scottish Restaurant Awards – for the second year in a row.<br />
<br />
Group general manager Jaimon George said the honour was further recognition of the growing success of Mithas, which is owned by Khushi’s, the revered Edinburgh Indian restaurant family.<br />
<br />
He said:- "We want to be one of the most talked about restaurants in Scotland.<br />
<br />
"Retaining the title of Indian Restaurant of the Year not only endorses this, but it clearly positions us the best place in Scotland to experience fine Indian cuisine.<br />
<br />
"’Going for a curry’ is the last thing we offer. Instead we have taken Scotland’s love of Indian food and mixed that with great local produce and exotic spices to produce stunning dishes that have never been seen before in Scotland.<br />
<br />
"Our cooking techniques and inspiration may come from the much-loved Khushi family, but our approach to food is very much modern and innovative.”<br />
<br />
Mithas, which was also Newcomer of the Year in the 2012 The List Eating and Drink Guide Edinburgh Awards, has recently undergone a minor refurbishment ahead of a proposed opening of a new adjacent Mithas Cocktail Bar.<br />
<br />
Mithas, located in Dock Place in Leith, is now setting its sight on achieving the ultimate accolade of becoming the first Indian restaurant in Scotland to receive a prized Michelin Star – the restaurant is the only listed Indian restaurant in Scotland.<br />
<br />
The Scottish Restaurant Awards – in their 6th year – saw more than 4,000 nomination for 500&#43; restaurants and takeaways across the country.<br />
<br />
The 12 categories include recognition for Italian, Indian, oriental, seafood, rural and family friendly restaurants, takeaway, bar food, best use of social media, sustainability and the prestigious chef and restaurant of the year titles.<br />
<br />
(The views expressed above are the personal views of the writer) <br />
<br />
<span style="font-weight:bold">This article can also be read at:</span><br />
<a href="http://www.theedinburghreporter.co.uk/2013/06/mithas-king-of-indian-fine-dining/" target="_blank">Mithas king of Indian fine dining</a></p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>06/06/2013 16:31:47</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/21805/Mithas+king+of+Indian+fine+dining</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">21805</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>21798</publicationdataID>
      <title>Meet the convicted murderer who became a lawyer for the poor</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p><span style="font-style:italic">Daily Mail: Soudhriti Bhabani</span><br />
<br />
He was a budding musician with his entire life ahead of him, but ended up spending 14 years of it in jail after being convicted of murder - a charge he wholly denies.<br />
<br />
Nevertheless, Gobinda Mohan Ghosh knew better than to let the past define his whole life.<br />
<br />
On April 25, 1983, Ghosh was charged with the murder of two CPM members at Chandannagar in Kolkata's neighbouring Hooghly district. Though Ghosh claims he is innocent, he was sentenced to life imprisonment by the district session judge court, Hooghly, in June
 1988 - the sentence upheld by the Calcutta High Court and the Supreme Court.<br />
<br />
Fast forward 25 years, and Ghosh is a practising lawyer at the Calcutta High Court who uses his craft to help the poor navigate the long and expensive corridors of judiciary.<br />
<br />
<span style="font-weight:bold">Inspiration</span><br />
<br />
It was the helplessness he felt trying to defend himself before the judiciary, Ghosh explains, that inspired him to become a lawyer. In August 1983, Ghosh, then out on bail, took admission in Kolkata's Surendranath College (evening) to pursue law. When he graduated
 and gained his LLB degree, in 1986, Ghosh was keen to take up his own case in court, but refrained on the advice of senior lawyers.<br />
<br />
"I always wanted to be a musician, a guitarist. I used to play at a famous Kolkata pub Blue Fox at that time. But after the incident I took admission in law just to defend myself. But I could not," said the 55-year-old advocate.<br />
<br />
From his Temple building chamber opposite the Calcutta High Court, Ghosh explains how he began helping fellow convicts with legal assistance while in jail.<br />
<br />
"I was given division-1 status, and had a separate cell inside Alipore jail (Kolkata), where I used to run my 'legal assistance cell'," Ghosh said.<br />
<br />
"I used to help file writ petitions and PILs (public interest litigation), taking up relevant issues pertaining to the prison and beyond, on behalf of the other convicts. Naturally, many prisoners got in touch with me and sought my help."<br />
<br />
On October 2, 2002, after spending 14 years and nine months in prison as a model inmate, Ghosh was a free man.<br />
<br />
<span style="font-weight:bold">Expertise</span><br />
<br />
Within the next month, he had enrolled himself with the Calcutta High Court Bar Association to practice law - although not to earn his livelihood, only to use his legal expertise to keep people from losing money in legal expenses.<br />
<br />
"My main source of income is our family's factory at Bally, Howrah district, that manufactures industrial equipment. So, I never had to solely depend on law to earn my sustenance," he said, adding: "I do it out of passion, for the lesson I learnt the hard way."<br />
<br />
But Ghosh is adamant that his services not be termed "social work".<br />
<br />
"It is my duty to give back something to the society," he said.<br />
<br />
(The views expressed above are the personal views of the writer) <br />
<br />
<span style="font-weight:bold">This article can also be read at:</span><br />
<a href="http://www.dailymail.co.uk/indiahome/indianews/article-2335968/Meet-convicted-murderer-lawyer-poor.html#ixzz2VKUztNmM" target="_blank">Meet the convicted murderer who became a lawyer for the poor</a></p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>05/06/2013 16:39:47</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/21798/Meet+the+convicted+murderer+who+became+a+lawyer+for+the+poor</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">21798</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>21799</publicationdataID>
      <title>Yoga may boost cognitive function in Schizophrenia</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p><span style="font-style:italic">Med Scape News/By Fran Lowry</span><br />
<br />
Yoga may help improve cognitive function in patients with chronic schizophrenia, and the practice may also produce positive biochemical changes in the brain, new research shows.<br />
<br />
"This was an open study, and we found both very strong effects on improving cognitive function in schizophrenic patients, and the other interesting finding was that yoga seems to have an effect on biochemical parameters related to epigenetic mechanisms, which
 is something we didn't really expect," lead author Robert C. Smith, MD, PhD, research professor of psychiatry at New York University in New York City and the Nathan Kline Institute for Psychiatric Research in Orangeburg, New York, told Medscape Medical News.<br />
<br />
The findings were presented here at the New Clinical Drug Evaluation Unit (NCDEU) 53rd Annual Meeting.<br />
<br />
A few studies conducted in India in patients with schizophrenia or psychosis have suggested that yoga can improve Positive and Negative Syndrome Scale (PANSS) scores, cognition, and subjective response to a quality of life questionnaire, Dr. Smith said.<br />
<br />
In the current study, the investigators examined 36 outpatients with schizophrenia or schizoaffective disorder. The patients performed hatha yoga in 1-hour sessions 3 times a week for 12 weeks. Later, a second and third group performed a modified yoga, concentrating
 more on qigong movements and procedures.<br />
<br />
All 3 groups practiced gentle breathing at 5 breaths per minute with equal inhalation and exhalation.<br />
<br />
The researchers measured cognition on the Repeatable Battery for the Assessment of Neuropsychological Status (RYBANS), psychiatric symptoms on the PANSS, and various metabolic and inflammatory markers, including glucocorticoid receptor (GR), DNA methyltransferase
 (DNMT), and tet methylcytosine dioxygenase 1 (TET1) mRNA in lymphocytes.<br />
<br />
The patients were also checked every month for levels of cortisol, adrenocorticotropic hormone (ACTH), and thyroid-stimulating hormone (TSH), as well as weight and glucose-lipid responses.<br />
<br />
<span style="font-weight:bold">Boost in Cognitive Scores</span><br />
<br />
The researchers found that 12 weeks of yoga produced significant increases in cognitive scores on the RBANS from baseline (P &lt; .001) in all 3 groups. The patients also showed increases in most RBANS subscores of attention delayed memory, visual-spatial, and
 language indices (P &lt; .05 – P &lt;.001).<br />
<br />
There were no significant changes in PANSS scores, although there was a trend for decrease on the Depression Factor (P = .08) and PANSS General Factor (P = .06), and a slight trend toward decrease on the other scores, Dr. Smith reported.<br />
<br />
There was a trend for an increase in serum ACTH (P = .2) and a slight increase in cortisol. Both were highly correlated at baseline (correlation coefficient r [r] = .69, P = .001) but not correlated by 8 weeks (r = 0.07, P &lt; .05) or 12 weeks (r = 0.13, P &lt;
 .01) of yoga.<br />
<br />
Yoga also decreased lymphocyte glucocorticoid receptor mRNA by 30%, lymphocyte DNMT mRNA by 23%, and lymphocyte TET1 mRNA by 22% from what they were at baseline, and these decreases were significant, with P-values ranging from &lt;.05 to &lt;.01.<br />
<br />
The results also showed a positive correlation of TET1 mRNA levels with the RBANS delayed memory index (r = .50, PO = .057) and the RBANS sum of index scores (r = .43, P = .10).<br />
<br />
Baseline morning cortisol levels and RBANS scores were also positively correlated (r = .47, P = .035).<br />
<br />
Finally, there were no significant changes in weight or glucose-lipid measures, although waist circumference was slightly decreased.<br />
<br />
"In schizophrenics, there are problems with overmethylation of the GABA [gamma-aminobutyric acid] gene, which leads to production of lower GABA, and in this study we see decreases in the enzymes DNMT and TET, which might methylate the GABA gene to increase
 GABA. It looks as if yoga might partially compensate for that biochemical deposit," Dr. Smith said.<br />
<br />
<span style="font-weight:bold">More Study Needed</span><br />
<br />
He cautioned that a "more careful" study is needed, "because exercise can also improve cognitive function in schizophrenic patients, and there is some exercise involved in yoga practice. So in the next study, we are going to compare yoga with other exercise
 which is similar to yoga to see what the true yoga effects are."<br />
<br />
Dr. Smith added that the patients who took part in this study were from a state psychiatric facility that has a lot of outpatients who are living in community residences.<br />
<br />
"They are partially stabilized, but not well. They still have considerable deficits and symptoms. But they all seemed to like the yoga. If we can show these results in the next study, with the same cognitive improvement, yoga might become one of the ways to
 try to improve cognitive symptoms."<br />
<br />
Commenting on the findings for Medscape Medical News, Julia Warnock, MD, PhD, from the University of Oklahoma College of Medicine in Tulsa, said: "The improvement in cognition that was seen in this study was very interesting. Folks with schizophrenia over time
 tend to have a decline in their cognitive function for reasons we still don't know."<br />
<br />
"Perhaps something about the breathing in the yoga might decrease the inflammatory response. Hopefully, Dr. Smith will continue with this research and replicate the findings with a control group," Dr. Warnock, who was not involved in the study, said.<br />
<br />
(The views expressed above are the personal views of the writer) </p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>05/06/2013 16:49:43</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/21799/Yoga+may+boost+cognitive+function+in+Schizophrenia</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">21799</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>21810</publicationdataID>
      <title>Southeastern shift: The new leaders of global economic growth</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p><span style="font-style:italic">Financial Times: By Chris Giles and Kate Allen</span><br />
<br />
China and India now make up almost half of world expansion <br />
<br />
This year is pivotal for the <a href="http://www.ft.com/globaleconomy" target="_blank">
global economy</a>. In 2013, for the first time since mechanisation led Britain down the path of industrialisation in the 19th century, emerging economies will produce the majority of the world’s goods and services. The inhabitants of rich, advanced economies
 have long represented only a small but powerful proportion of the world’s population. Now, they are less economically important than the mass of people living in the world’s poor and middle-income countries.<br />
<br />
The shift in the balance of global economic power is profound. It is also one that economists expect to continue. By 2018, the International Monetary Fund reckons emerging markets’ share of world output will have risen to 55 per cent, making the term "emerging”
 increasingly irrelevant. <br />
<br />
Although living standards remain more than five times higher in advanced economies, the gap has been narrowing rapidly since 1990. Where income and growth once went hand in hand, catch-up is now the theme. In addition to the emerging economies’ half share of
 global output, three-quarters of the world’s economic growth is set to depend on their dynamism during the next five years.<br />
<br />
<a href="http://www.ft.com/cms/s/0/08890a80-97ae-11e2-b7ef-00144feabdc0.html" target="_blank">Jim O’Neill</a>, the recently retired chief economist at<a href="http://markets.ft.com/tearsheets/performance.asp?s=us:GS" target="_blank">Goldman Sachs</a>, likes
 to use a stark comparison for the shift. Annual growth of 8 per cent in<a href="http://www.ft.com/world/asia-pacific/china" target="_blank">China</a>, he says, is now as important as 4 per cent growth in the US. It is quite a contrast from 1980 when China
 was growing even faster but was a relative minnow. In 1980, 10 per cent growth in China was less important than 1 per cent of any US expansion.<br />
<br />
The long march to prominence of economies outside the Group of Seven – the US, Japan, Germany, the UK, France, Italy and Canada – should come as little surprise. Growth has been stronger in emerging economies for more than 30 years. Per capita living standards
 have been catching up for the past 20. <br />
<br />
This outperformance becomes more striking when mapped out over a long timeframe. Indeed, McKinsey Global Institute has pinpointed the shifting centre of gravity of the world economy. In 1950, it lay north of Iceland in the middle of the north Atlantic. Then,
 as Japan began to take off, it pulled further away from the US and headed east. It is now moving rapidly southeast, shifting more in the past decade than in any other. By 2025, it will sit close to Novosibirsk in southwestern Siberia.<br />
<br />
Richard Dobbs, a director of <a href="http://www.mckinsey.com/insights/mgi" target="_blank">
McKinsey Global Institute</a>, says: "China’s economic urbanisation and transformation is happening at 100 times the scale of the UK, the first country to urbanise and industrialise and around 10 times the speed ... and so China’s industrial revolution has
 1,000 times the momentum of the UK’s industrial revolution”. <br />
<br />
The shift in global economic dynamism has gone through distinct phases during the past 30 years. In the mid-1980s, large advanced economies still dominated global growth. The US accounted for almost a third, the EU for almost 20 per cent and six of the G7 were
 in the top 10 countries with the largest contribution to world growth (only France missed out). If the US sneezed, as the cliché went, the rest of the world economy would catch a cold.<br />
<br />
The figures were calculated using IMF data and were based on the dollar purchasing power of local currencies, so an equivalent rise in the quantity of goods and services produced in different economies had the same weight.<br />
<br />
By the mid-1990s, the former global titans were already dropping out of the big league. Germany and Italy no longer made the grade to be among the top 10 locations for growth, and<a href="http://www.ft.com/cms/s/0/24bb561a-5b25-11e2-8ccc-00144feab49a.html" target="_blank">
 Japan’s importance more than halved</a>. <a href="http://www.ft.com/topics/places/Mexico" target="_blank">
Mexico </a>and <a href="http://www.ft.com/topics/places/Indonesia" target="_blank">
Indonesia made the list</a>, a sign that being a growing country with a large population was a sure-fire way to rise in the league.<br />
<br />
In the years before the 2008-09 crisis, China emerged as by far the largest source of growth and stormed up the charts to fourth on the back of soaring commodities output and prices.<br />
<br />
Britain had been hanging on in the top 10 having enjoyed 30 years of catch-up growth itself after recovering from being the sick man of Europe, but it appears set to drop out of the premier league between 2012 and 2017. The world’s top 10 countries by share
 of global growth will have shifted entirely out of Europe and the whole EU is expected to account for only 5.7 per cent of world growth. Together, India and China will represent almost half of global economic expansion.<br />
<br />
Such is the shift of economic power than any company still concentrating its efforts in established economies really is living in the past.<br />
<br />
<span class="imgWrapper"><img class="imgBdr imgCenter" title="" alt="" src="images/img1.jpg" align="center"/></span><br />
For Larger view: <a href="images/image_article.jpg" target="_blank">Click Here</a><br />
<br />
(The views expressed above are the personal views of the writer) <br />
<br />
</p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>07/06/2013 09:49:42</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/21810/Southeastern+shift+The+new+leaders+of+global+economic+growth</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">21810</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>21761</publicationdataID>
      <title>India PM sees Thailand as Asean gateway</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p><span style="font-style:italic">Bangkok Post: by Umesh Pandey</span><br />
<br />
India Prime Minister Manmohan Singh is expected to discuss infrastructure projects, defence, science and technology as well as education with Prime Minister Yingluck Shinawatra during his visit. Here, he discusses what is on the agenda for the visit. What importance
 does India place on Thailand and Southeast Asia as a whole? What role does India envisage for itself given the growing presence of major powers in this region?
<br />
<br />
India and Thailand are neighbours, with millennia-old ties of culture, religion and commerce. These links, our proximity and Thailand's position as a gateway to Southeast Asia and East Asia make Thailand a very important partner for India. In recent years,
 we have seen significant and broad-based progress in all areas of our relations with Thailand, including political, defence and security ties. Growing connectivity has increased commerce, tourism, educational and cultural ties. This, in turn, has contributed
 to the deepening of engagement between India and Asean as a whole. <br />
<br />
Southeast Asia, which has been at the centre of our Look East Policy over the past 20 years, is a key economic and strategic priority for India.
<br />
<br />
This region is home to some of the most dynamic economies in the world today. It is one of India's main trading partners, a leading investment destination and a collaborator in mutually beneficial new areas such as environment, science and technology, space
 and education. We also see cooperation and partnership with Southeast Asia as an important aspect of our efforts to work regionally for peace, stability and prosperity in the region.
<br />
<br />
At the commemorative summit in Delhi in December 2012 to mark the 10th anniversary of India-Asean annual summits, we upgraded our relationship to a strategic partnership and concluded a free trade agreement covering goods, services and investment. We are also
 pursuing greater connectivity with the region. We see Thailand as a key partner in the India-Southeast Asia engagement process. Ms Yingluck's visit to India last year before your own visit helped build goodwill here. What are the next steps? What is it that
 India has offered to the region for development and connectivity? <br />
<br />
Prime Minister Yingluck Shinawatra's landmark visit as the chief guest for our Republic Day in 2012 broke new ground. A number of important initiatives were agreed during her visit in economic, defence and security areas, which have since taken off successfully.
 Institutional engagement between various government bodies has deepened. We also have more and more stakeholders in our relationship, from universities, scholars and businessmen to parliamentarians and cultural personalities. During my own visit, I will try
 to build on our achievements over the past one year and explore new possibilities.
<br />
<br />
We see Thailand as a bridge between South Asia and Southeast Asia. Connectivity projects such as the Trilateral Highway through Myanmar are vital to our common development. Our companies would like to explore joint participation in the Dawei deep-sea port and
 Special Economic Zone project, which will connect India to the Asean hinterland and bring synergy to our economies.
<br />
<br />
We are also in a position to complement each other's strengths for development of the lower Mekong region through our Mekong-Ganga Cooperation initiative.
<br />
<br />
India has a long record of contributing to human resource development, capacity building and building vocational skills for people in the region, and we are committed to doing so in the future.
<br />
<br />
There is potential for large numbers of Thai tourists to visit Buddhist pilgrimage sites in India if the infrastructure there could be improved. What are the steps being taken in this direction? Will your government extend visa-on arrival facilities to Thai
 tourists such as have been offered to some other Asean countries? <br />
<br />
Thanks to sustained efforts by the central and state governments, the infrastructure and amenities at several Buddhist pilgrimage sites in India have improved considerably in the recent past. A new airport has gone up in Varanasi and our Mahaparinirvana Express
 train has been popular with the pilgrims. There is certainly more that needs to be done.
<br />
<br />
We invite Thai companies to participate in infrastructure development and establishing hotels and other amenities at these sites to cater to the needs of Thai tourists and pilgrims, and to contribute to the local economy.
<br />
<br />
We provide gratis visas to Buddhist monks on pilgrimage in recognition of our shared spiritual and cultural ties. We are considering the proposal for visa-on-arrival facilities that requires certain physical and IT infrastructure to be set up as a prerequisite.
<br />
<br />
On the economic front, can we expect to see the signing of the long-awaited free trade agreement between Thailand and India? What is holding it up? When can it be signed?
<br />
<br />
We see the bilateral FTA as an important means to boost our trade and investment ties. Both our governments are determined to conclude it at the earliest. While a lot of ground has been covered, we need to resolve a few remaining issues to ensure the outcome
 is balanced and equitable for both the countries. <br />
<br />
We have directed our negotiators to show due flexibility and try to reach a conclusion at the earliest.
<br />
<br />
In working together to transform our economies into knowledge and innovation-based ones, we believe some of our experience in areas like ICT, biotech and pharma industries could be of mutual benefit. Both of us have strengths in the auto sector. We want Thai
 investments in infrastructure like ports, highways and power generation, and electronics and food processing.
<br />
<br />
A comprehensive bilateral FTA must take this potential into account. <br />
<br />
Meanwhile, we must take full advantage of the India-Asean free trade agreement. <br />
<br />
Indian companies have been gradually expanding their reach in this part of the world. Can we expect any of the public sector companies to reach out in areas such as oil &amp; gas or railways to improve connectivity?
<br />
<br />
In India, both private sector and public sector units are increasing their presence abroad, including in Southeast Asia. Enhancing connectivity remains a top priority and a number of our public sector companies are engaged in this area. For example, our public
 sector enterprise RITES has done considerable work for the Trilateral Highway. The Inland Waterway Authority of India is working on the Kaladan Multi-Modal Transport Project in Myanmar.
<br />
<br />
These projects will link India's northeastern states with the region of Southeast Asia. The Gas Authority of India is involved in offshore explorations in the Gulf of Myanmar. We are also engaged in discussions for the promotion of land and maritime connectivity
 to Asean and in particular, the Greater Mekong sub-region. As you mentioned, our private sector companies are already in Thailand and their operations are expanding. We see opportunity for our companies in infrastructure projects here.
<br />
<br />
With Myanmar opening up, what are the opportunities for Indian companies there? India is also seen as interested in developing the Dawei project? What areas would your country be keen on?
<br />
<br />
Myanmar is our valued neighbour, which is undergoing an historic transition. Myanmar is also an important gateway for India to Southeast Asia, and contributes to growth in regional economic cooperation, which will also bring benefits to northeastern India.
 The Trilateral Highway project is a strong example of cooperation between India, Thailand and Myanmar.
<br />
<br />
We are committed to assisting with Myanmar's economic development. Our partnership with Myanmar covers a broad range of initiatives, including border area development, connectivity projects, capacity building, institutional development and infrastructure. We
 are also making efforts to enhance trade and investment ties with Myanmar. Our private companies are taking a keen interest in the opportunities emerging in various sectors of the Myanmar economy.
<br />
<br />
The Dawei port and economic zone has the potential to emerge as a major regional logistics hub and open up shorter, quicker sea routes to major Indian ports such as Chennai, Vishakhapatnam and Kolkata. Our infrastructure companies have the capacity and experience
 to participate in such projects and will be interested in the project. <br />
<br />
(The views expressed above are the personal views of the writer) <br />
<br />
<span style="font-weight:bold">This article can also be read at:</span><br />
<a href="http://www.bangkokpost.com/opinion/opinion/352483/india-pm-sees-thailand-as-asean-gateway ">India PM sees Thailand as Asean gateway
</a></p>
<br />
<br />
]]></description>
      <pubDate>30/05/2013 09:33:44</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/21761/India+PM+sees+Thailand+as+Asean+gateway</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">21761</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>21775</publicationdataID>
      <title>Bollywood turns 100 – a long journey for Indian cinema</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p><span style="font-style:italic">The Upcoming/ By Aastha Gill</span><br />
<br />
On 3rd May 2013, Bollywood turned 100. Marking the grand celebrations, India’s four top contemporary filmmakers – Karan Johar, Anurag Kashyap, Zoya Akhtar and Dibakar Banerjee – collaborated on a project called Bombay Talkies, an anthology of four short films.
 Starring Bollywood’s mega stars, Amitabh Bachchan and Aamir Khan, the four films focus on issues like dilemmas faced by a married couple, a failed actor’s struggle to make a living and a young boy’s dream about a movie star.<br />
<br />
A hundred years ago, on 3rd May 1913, an avid, small-town photographer from Maharashtra, Dhundiraj Govind Phalke (aka Dadasaheb Phalke), who is now known as the father of Indian cinema, became inspired by a movie he had seen about the life of Jesus and produced
 the first full-length Indian feature film, Raja Harish Chandra.<br />
<br />
The movie was based on the legend of King Harishchandra of the Solar Dynasty in Ayodhya, Northern India, who sacrificed his kingdom, wife and son in order to fulfil a promise he once made to a sage named Vishwamitra. The story revolves around Harishchandra’s
 endeavours and hardships and magnifies two of his most virtuous qualities as a king – he always lives up to his word and never lies, which pleases the Hindu Gods who restore his former glory and bestow him with divine blessings.<br />
<br />
To make the movie more realistic, Dadasaheb managed to convince an actor to shave his moustache to act as a woman. Later, he sold off his belongings to fund the project and poured much of his life’s saving into a trip to London, to purchase a special camera
 for the shoot. His wife, Saraswati, backed him thoroughly and single-handedly cooked for the entire crew of 40, as well as helping to hold up white sheets that functioned as a screen on the sets.<br />
<br />
Released at the Coronation Cinema, Girgaon, in Mumbai, Dadasaheb was unaware that his 50-minute long, silent, black and white film that took seven months and 21 days to complete would dazzle audiences across the country and was just a beginning of a long journey
 that would set the tone for future Bollywood classics in India.<br />
<br />
A century later, his dream continues to live on and grow. The Dadasaheb Phalke Award is given annually by the government of India to a personality for his/her lifetime contribution to Indian cinema.<br />
<br />
Today, the global footprint of Indian cinema is massive. Churning out more than 1,000 films annually – double the number Hollywood produces in a typical year – figures show the industry sold a record high of three billion cinema tickets last year.<br />
<br />
According to reports from professional services company KPMG, it is estimated that the Indian film industry would soon surpass Britain as the world’s fifth largest film market based on sales. Already, in 2010, India was ranked first in its annual film output,
 followed by Hollywood and China.<br />
<br />
Famous for its upbeat numbers, colourful costumes and flamboyant dances, Indian cinema is not limited to Hindi Bollywood movies but also has a vibrant regional language film industry, especially in southern states of the county where film stars are often worshipped
 as deities.<br />
<br />
In the last 100 years, Indian cinema has found a market in over 90 countries, including a big target audience in the UK, US, Australia and Canada, where films from all over India are screened, appreciated and equally criticised.<br />
<br />
The booming film market has led several international film makers to invest in India, as the lower number of restrictions in the country makes it much easier for anyone and everyone to create films as they choose. The only other potentially large market is
 China, which is full of restrictions on how many films foreign groups can make and distribute.<br />
<br />
Walt Disney Pictures have recently signed a deal worth $454 million with UTV, one of the largest media groups in India. Viacom, Warner Bros and Rupert Murdoch’s Fox Star studios are also attempting to set up joint ventures to win a large share of the market.<br />
<br />
All media eyes were set on the 66th Cannes Film Festival this month where Bombay Talkies was chosen to be screened. Indian cinema over the last 100 years has been the medium depicting the story of India itself, a story of its glorious past, its struggles and
 a brighter but challenging future. Cinema in the end is nothing but the reflection of the society it represents and Indian cinema has done a splendid job in representing the diversity, colourfulness and energy of its people.<br />
<br />
(The views expressed above are the personal views of the writer)<br />
<br />
<span style="font-weight:bold">This article can also be read at:</span><br />
<a href="http://www.theupcoming.co.uk/2013/05/29/bollywood-turns-100-a-long-journey-for-indian-cinema/" target="_blank">Bollywood turns 100 – a long journey for Indian cinema</a></p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>31/05/2013 12:39:57</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/21775/Bollywood+turns+100++a+long+journey+for+Indian+cinema</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">21775</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>21774</publicationdataID>
      <title>India beyond materialism: A visit to the empire of hugs</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p><span style="font-style:italic">Daily Mail/ By Peter Raj Singh</span><br />
<br />
Lunch last week at a packed Italian restaurant on New York's upper eastside ended with an Om. It was a wonderful moment, intoned by a well-known singer with a beatific voice who told us she's practiced Kriya yoga for decades.<br />
<br />
We were five in all, including a record executive and a designer. Our chatter flitted about - from sweaty New York gyms to Washington's dysfunctional politics, with a lot said on music, theatre and film.<br />
<br />
<span style="font-weight:bold">Spirituality</span><br />
<br />
The conversation finally settled upon Indian spirituality, a subject everyone could speak to without pretension or affect. I was impressed by my companions' mastery of Indian saints and gurus, more meaningful than, say, the Beatles' flirty photo ops as flower
 children of the Maharishi.<br />
<br />
The singer has been a longtime disciple of Swami Yogananda. The record exec and his wife, a talented musician and screenwriter, warmly described being hugged by Amma, a 59-year-old guru from Kerala. Conveying unconditional love, Amma, whose full name is Mata
 Amritanandamayi, tirelessly hugs hundreds of thousands of devotees for hours on end around the world.<br />
<br />
These friends, who submit themselves regularly to Amma's gripping clutches, said you leave the fray, after lining up for ages, aglow with feelings of well-being. The three of us who'd never had an Amma hug made a note to self to do so.<br />
<br />
In this dog-eat-dog world, hugs are hard to come by, unless you happen to run into the genial President of New York University in Greenwich Village. He's a compulsive bear hugger, albeit not quite at Amma's level of awakening.<br />
<br />
Given all the Amma talk, it was a curious synchronicity to see her on the front page of The New York Times Business Section this Memorial Day Weekend. Justifying the article's business slant, was the headline: "Amma's Multifaceted Empire, Built on Hugs". Amma,
 it turns out, is presently on a two-month hugging spree across eleven US cities.<br />
<br />
The New York Times article was extensive. Among other things, it recounts the author's Kipling-like journey to meet Amma that took him deep into the backwaters of Kerala, through bare-chested men fishing in canoes. Smitten by rusticity he seemed to miss mentioning
 their cell phones.<br />
<br />
It's a picture strikingly similar to bodyscapes of flesh and flab starkly in evidence every summer across the exotic orientalism of the Hamptons or Jersey Shore. Just substitute fiberglass kayaks for those dugout log canoes.<br />
<br />
He continues describing the unnerving, dystopic moment of coming upon Amma's utopian "mega-ashram" metropolis in the forest with buildings taller than palm trees. It's a far cry, one supposes, from rundown Spartan outhouses of how ashrams are supposed to be.
 In the great hall of the people, feeling at home like in "a New York subway car at rush hour", the author's pilgrimage concludes as he propels himself into an honoured niche, by Amma's saintly feet.<br />
<br />
<span style="font-weight:bold">Reductionism</span><br />
<br />
Somewhat sympathetic in how he highlights Amma's effective charity work, the author nevertheless cannot help himself from hinting at the sinister. There are bits of cultish innuendo, a few sensationalist biographical details that should have been excised in
 the interests of good taste, and then comes the major premise - that finances lack transparency providing the "possibility for abuse".<br />
<br />
It's as if Amma's cuddles are really a ruse to part Americans from their wallets, pizza and cappuccino thrown in with a subtext that if you could really follow the money there's something illicit going on. We see how even in situ hugs at Amma's Amritapuri jungle
 lair, into which the author was "lured" by tales of miracles, could not purge the writer of snide and cynical traits and the need to slash and burn.<br />
<br />
Regrettably, this sort of tactical demolishing is now rather commonplace. There are various names for it, such "swift-boating" which refers to gratuitous smearing for political gain. The only antidote is clout and power, such as the collective heft of the Hasidic
 religious community in Brooklyn who would picket the Times in droves if there were attempts to besmirch them. Stretching the metaphor, one recalls literature and art that's full of images of kisses and betrayals. What better place to stab Amma in the back
 than through the proximate positioning of a hug.<br />
<br />
As the New York Times article aptly demonstrates, reducing every activity to brute materialism is part of the vulgarity of our time. To be clear, everyone who's ever been to an Amma gathering, including my friends at lunch, are adamant that soliciting money
 from people could not be further from the spirit of the enterprise. Elective donation boxes apparently are few and far between.<br />
<br />
<span style="font-weight:bold">Transcendence</span><br />
<br />
A business journalist friend recently sent me a link to the TED talk of a former investment banker turned Hindu monk called Rasanath Das. He's an IIT and Cornell grad and begins his talk with a slide of a statement presented to him at an interview: "Investment
 Banking is a business where thieves and pimps run freely…and the few good men die the death of a dog… There is also a negative side."<br />
<br />
Das does not engage in diatribes against investment bankers. He simply illustrates why he chose to walk away. In high demand as a speaker on the New York business circuit, Das's vedic message - of trying to achieve some authenticity of Self by seeing through
 the empty trappings of materialism - seems to have widespread resonance.<br />
<br />
Last summer I came across a fascinating book - Fous de l'Inde: Délires d'Occidentaux et Sentiment Océanique by Régis Airault. It depicts Westerners throwing themselves into India to experience an enlightenment but literally becoming psychotic from an overdose
 of spiritual practices, coupled with the sensory overload of all the madcap elements of India that drive one crazy.<br />
<br />
I'm not sure which is worse: Westerners losing their minds in India, or departing the subcontinent with minds intact, yet severely cloudy and confused. The latter represents the inability to perceive a noble truth - that amidst the grasping chaos and bare-chested
 bedlam, there actually does exist an India where money is not worshipped at all.<br />
<br />
(The views expressed above are the personal views of the writer)<br />
<br />
<span style="font-weight:bold">This article can also be read at:</span><br />
<a href="http://www.dailymail.co.uk/indiahome/indianews/article-2332853/India-materialism-A-visit-empire-hugs.html?ito=feeds-newsxml" target="_blank">India beyond materialism: A visit to the empire of hugs</a></p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>31/05/2013 12:35:24</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/21774/India+beyond+materialism+A+visit+to+the+empire+of+hugs</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">21774</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>21776</publicationdataID>
      <title>Indian IT firm introduces farm management solution in Oman</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p><span style="font-style:italic">Zawya</span><br />
<br />
Shivrai Technologies Pvt Ltd, an Indian IT company founded in 1996, has designed and developed a comprehensive management software solution, FarmERP, which the agricultural farms in Oman could find useful.<br />
<br />
The software will not only help farmers by alleviating the challenges of food security, productivity, input costs and water conservation, but will also assist in lowering inventory costs, systematising farm operations, table control of multi-locational farms,
 traceability of produce and increasing overall returns, a press release said.<br />
<br />
Engineered and developed in Pune, India, FarmERP is a solution for managing arable, horticultural, plantation, floriculture, hydroponics and contract farming operations. It provides advanced levels of farm analytics to support business decisions.<br />
<br />
"The versatile product has high acceptance in the international market. It will also facilitate custom-built applications as per the requirements of clients," said Vijay Gosavi, director of the consulting group of Shivrai Technologies.<br />
<br />
The software caters to the needs of managing the entire farm-to-fork operations. It is a multi-user software solution and can be developed over the cloud or on-premise. A customisable solution, it has no limitation on the farm size or crops and can be integrated
 with other databases, systems and devices.<br />
<br />
The software, being crop independent, can be directly implemented for horticulture, floriculture, greenhouses etc. In Oman, it will prove beneficial for date cultivation, greenhouse cultivation and other crops.<br />
<br />
"FarmERP has been successfully implemented across large farms in Thailand, Congo, Jordan, Turkey and India, to name a few," added Gosavi.<br />
<br />
<span style="font-weight:bold">This article can also be read at:</span><br />
<a href="http://www.zawya.com/story/Indian_IT_firm_introduces_farm_management_solution_in_Oman-ZAWYA20130530073132/" target="_blank">Indian IT firm introduces farm management solution in Oman
</a></p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>31/05/2013 12:44:44</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/21776/Indian+IT+firm+introduces+farm+management+solution+in+Oman</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">21776</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>21779</publicationdataID>
      <title>Second festival &amp;quot;Namaste Bulgaria&amp;quot;</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p><span style="font-style:italic">Duma</span><br />
<br />
The second edition of the "Namaste Bulgaria” festival marks 100 years of Indian film industry with 9 films from the past 5 years. This year Dom na Kinoto cinema hall is hosting the event. Guests will have the chance to watch India’s most famous contemporary
 stars like Shah Rukh Khan, Hrithik Roshan, Katrina Kaif, Kareena Kapoor, Priyanka Chopra and Abhishek Bacchan.<br />
<br />
The film programme includes romantic comedies, Agatha Christie style thriller, a school musical, the best Indian film for the year 2012 as well as some impressive productions, who have received international recognition.<br />
<br />
"There is very positive attitude towards Indian cinema in Bulgaria which dates back to the years 70s and 80s. Films like " Hathi mere sathi” and " Noorie”, the world famous Raj Kapoor have left a permanent mark in the conscience of the Bulgarian public” explains
 Christina Vlahova, manager of " Namaste Bulgaria” foundation, organizer of the festival. In the past years work has been done in the direction of returning Indian culture and cinematography to Bulgaria. India is the world largest film producer – 1250 films
 were produced in 2011 only, three times more than Hollywood. This year the aim of the festival is to mark Bollywood’s 100th anniversary and give opportunity to all who like Indian cinema to watch some of the best, romantic, colorful, positive and fun movies
 from the past five years.<br />
<br />
"Namaste Bulgaria” is supported by the Embassy of India in Bulgaria. For the inauguration the Ambassador of India in Bulgaria Divyabh Manchanda will talk about the presence of Indian cinema here and the possibilities for developing cultural and cinematographic
 relations between our countries.<br />
<br />
The 100th anniversary of the creation of Indian cinema was also marked at the Cannes film festival with a rich film programme and the presence of Bollywood stars. The forum is opening on 30 May at 2000hrs. Tickets can be booked online at the site of the cinema
 hall <a href="http://services1.ibs.bg/DK/online/" target="_blank">http://services1.ibs.bg/DK/online/.</a><br />
<br />
<span style="font-weight:bold">Original article in Bulgarian can be read at:</span><br />
<a href="http://www.duma.bg/node/55196" target="_blank">Second festival "Namaste Bulgaria"</a></p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>31/05/2013 17:03:07</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/21779/Second+festival+quotNamaste+Bulgariaquot</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">21779</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>21780</publicationdataID>
      <title>The Indian dream</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p><span style="font-style:italic">Al Ahram/By Dr. Mostafa Al Fiki</span><br />
<br />
The Arab thinker and philosopher Alberonius was so fascinated by India and wrote about it and its contradictions.<br />
<br />
I personally lived in India for four years (1979-1983). I realized that this great nation should not be taken for granted. It is a nation that owns a rich culture. I am examining the Indian experience while following up the political scene in my country. I
 feel sorry because we have not got used to be less than India since the sixties of the past century. During the sixties, there was cooperation between Egypt and India. Both countries founded NAM movement. The friendly relations between Nehru and Nasser led
 to a quantitative leap represented in launching a project for the joint production of a plane. The Egyptians used to manufacture the engine while Indians used to manufacture the fuselage of the plane. Let’s have a look, nowadays, at what the Indians achieved
 and where we have reached. Lots of Egyptians, especially Islamists, encourage the fact that Egypt should copy the Turkish experience. If we have a look at the link between politics and religion in Egypt compared to the same case in the Ataturk republic, we
 will find out that the Turkish model does not suit the Egyptian environment. The Malaysian experience might be more suitable for us. The Indian model is more successful in the world today. India has similar problems like ours such as poverty, illiteracy, sectarianism
 and strange customs and traditions. Now let’s discuss why I always dream of becoming like India:<br />
<br />
<span style="font-weight:bold">First:</span> India has become a nuclear country, a space country and an advanced industrial country and managed to achieve self-sufficiency in the field of foodgrains although its population has reached 1.2 billion. It is ranked
 as having the fourth largest economy in the world. This large country did not invent the wheel but it applied clear-cut policies, well-studied plans and specific programs. It went on its way to achieve progress. It did not resort to importing all consumer
 products and it did not set up protective measures for its new industries. It preserved the spirit of India while cultivating its food, and manufacturing products. Its culture did not melt in the cultures of other countries. Indians voluntarily accepted to
 live under living conditions that are not luxurious. <br />
<br />
<span style="font-weight:bold">Second:</span> India is the largest democracy in the contemporary world. Millions of voters go to the ballot boxes during the parliamentary elections that continue for three months within the framework of a deep-rooted democracy
 in spite of poverty, illiteracy and backward traditions. They vote for the candidate they believe to be the best. The Indian people managed to topple Indira Gandhi, then re-elected her two years later after she corrected her mistakes. India has a democracy
 that has enabled the people to elect three Presidents from among the Muslim minority that represent 10% of the population: Zakir Hussain, Fakhruddin Ali Ahmed, and A.P.J Abdul Kalam. This democracy also resulted in electing a Prime Minister from a minority
 that does not exceed 2% of the population. He is a genius in the field of economy who belongs to the Sikh sect to be the Prime Minister and push the Indian economy forward under very tough circumstances. They did not have a problem with the religion because
 all Indians are equal before the law as far as religion, race, wealth or ethnicity is concerned.<br />
<br />
<span style="font-weight:bold">Third: </span>India is the land of contradictions. You can find very rich people and very poor people. You can see peaceful co-existence among followers of different religions and you can find sectarian strife. The Hindu majority
 is sensitive towards the historical change that took place with the rule of the Mugal rulers which led to the fact that the majority of the monuments in India became Islamic monuments. This feeling is not present in Egypt. There are no historical reasons in
 Egypt that might lead to sectarian strife but we have fundamentalists which cannot accept others’ points of views.<br />
<br />
<span style="font-weight:bold">Fourth:</span> we do not have maharajas or outcasts in Egypt although we have a silent conflict among different social classes, and differences among old and young generations. Violence has become apparent in the Egyptian community
 after January 25th revolution. India is seeking to establish cooperation with other countries. Its institutions open their doors to all without discrimination. It is worth mentioning that the Jamia Millia Islamia accepts Muslims and also followers of other
 religions. <br />
<br />
<span style="font-weight:bold">Fifth:</span> I believe that the Indian model could be applied in Egypt on condition that we establish a strong partisan system and a real democracy. Jawaharlal Nehru established the Planning Commission to draft a comprehensive
 vision for establishing a major country that I want my country to copy its experience. Am I dreaming?<br />
<br />
(The views expressed above are the personal views of the writer) </p>
<br />
<br />
]]></description>
      <pubDate>03/06/2013 10:01:09</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/21780/The+Indian+dream</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">21780</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>21749</publicationdataID>
      <title>'India's growth strategy has lessons for developing nations’</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p><span style="font-style:italic">NY Daily News</span><br />
<br />
India's strategy of eradicating poverty by "growing the pie rather than slicing it", and fuelling the country's growth with market-based policies holds lessons for other developing countries, suggest two leading Indian-American economists.<br />
<br />
In a new book, Jagdish Bhagwati senior fellow at Council on Foreign Relations (CFR) and Arvind Panagariya, Columbia University professor, demonstrate how growth was the strategy successfully deployed to reduce poverty in India.<br />
<br />
However, further reforms in labour and land markets are essential to translate growth into more employment, they argue in the new CFR book, "Why Growth Matters: How Economic Growth in India Reduced Poverty and the Lessons for Other Developing Countries".<br />
<br />
Official poverty estimates provided by India's Planning Commission show the proportion of the population below the poverty line in India decreased 17 percent in two decades, from 44.5 percent in 1983 to 27.5 percent in 2004-2005, they note.<br />
<br />
"We cannot emphasize enough that our analysis, while it is addressed to India's development experience and underlines the centrality of growth in reducing poverty, has clear lessons for aid and development agencies, as well as NGOs that continually work to
 affect poverty all over the world," Bhagwati and Panagariya concluded. <br />
<br />
And while growth generates revenues to provide health and education, "Doors need to be opened wider to the private sector in higher education as well, to permit better access for the massive population of the young," they said.<br />
<br />
However, India's strong 8.2 percent growth in the last decade can in part be attributed to the country's poverty-reduction reforms, the authors said.<br />
<br />
Thus only one strategy will help the poor to any significant effect: economic growth, led by markets overseen and encouraged by liberal state policies, Bhagwati and Panagariya argued.<br />
<br />
(The views expressed above are the personal views of the writer) <br />
<br />
<span style="font-weight:bold">This article can also be read at:</span><br />
<a href="http://india.nydailynews.com/business/11ddf71223f1b7ccd3b74f899d22957c/indias-growth-strategy-has-lessons-for-developing-nations#ixzz2UHkKDiBi" target="_blank">'India's growth strategy has lessons for developing nations'</a></p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>25/05/2013 19:48:41</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/21749/Indias+growth+strategy+has+lessons+for+developing+nations</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">21749</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>21731</publicationdataID>
      <title>African researchers look to Indian universites for fellowships</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p><span style="font-style:italic">Tech 2</span><br />
<br />
Increasing numbers of African students are keen to study in Indian universities, with a steep rise in African researchers seeking science and technology fellowships in this country, officials said on Tuesday.<br />
<br />
Speaking at the launch of the C.V. Raman International Fellowship for African Researchers 2013, Arabinda Mitra, Head-International Cooperation (Bilateral), Department of Science &amp; Technology, said since its beginning in 2010, the programme has benefitted more
 than 300 African scientists and researchers. <br />
<br />
"The first year of the programme (2010-11) attracted 135 applications from 28 African countries, out of which 86 were selected, while in the 2011-12, 78 of the 122 applications were selected," said Mitra. "The third year of the programme saw a steady increase
 in the number of applicants as we received 400, of which 149 have been selected," he said.<br />
<br />
The programme is intended to strengthen scientific cooperation between India and Africa by providing fellowships to African researchers for undertaking advanced scientific work in leading Indian institutions, laboratories and research centers.Ravi Bangar, joint
 secretary (East &amp; South Africa) in the external affairs ministry, called upon African Union nations that have not availed the fellowship to encourage their researchers to apply for it.<br />
<br />
"I will request Angola, Democratic Republic of Congo, Republic of Congo, Namibia, Lesotho and the Seychelles to encourage students to avail the fellowship," said Bangar. All fields of natural sciences, including mathematics and statistics, engineering sciences
 and medical sciences, are covered under the programme with the exception of humanities and behavioral sciences. "The programme aims to provide an opportunity for enhanced capacity building of African researchers and creating avenues for partnerships and future
 collaboration among research and academic institutions of both the regions," said Nirankar Saxena, senior director, science and technology/innovation, FICCI. Micky Lova, a recipient of the fellowship from Madagascar, said it has been a great experience and
 excellent opportunity to study in India. "Collaboration between India and Africa is of mutual interest and it has been a great experience to work with Indian scholars and professors," said the PhD scholar studying in the geology department of Delhi University.
 The programme is offered at three levels - post-doctoral fellowship (six months), visiting fellowship (three months) and senior fellowship (one month).The function was attended by several African ambassadors to India, officials of the department of science
 and technology and professors of various universities. <br />
<br />
<span style="font-weight:bold">This article can also be read at:</span><br />
<a href="http://tech2.in.com/news/general/african-researchers-look-to-indian-universites-for-fellowships/873940" target="_blank">African researchers look to Indian universites for fellowships</a></p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>22/05/2013 15:57:19</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/21731/African+researchers+look+to+Indian+universites+for+fellowships</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">21731</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>21732</publicationdataID>
      <title>Goa's land record software wins international award</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p><span style="font-style:italic">New York Daily News</span><br />
<br />
A land record portal developed by the Goa government has won an international award for making e-governance concepts people-friendly and accessible, Chief Minister Manohar Parrikar said Tuesday.<br />
<br />
Dharnaksh, an e-government project conceived and implemented by the department of settlement and land records, won the Geospatial World Application Excellence award at Holland's Rotterdam last week, beating over 270 nominations from across the globe, he said.<br />
<br />
The citation issued by the organisers of the conference, the Geospatial World Forum, describes the Dharnaksh, as a "robust, reliable and people-friendly land records management system". The conference which was held in Rotterdam also had union Communication
 and Information Technology Minister Kapil Sibal as one of the key speakers.<br />
<br />
"The portal as a following all over the world," Parrikar said, adding that users, many of them non resident Goans had accessed the website from Britain, Canada, UAE, Kuwait, etc.<br />
<br />
Dharnaksh enables anyone with a computer and an internet connection to search through all the land records as well as survey numbers as well as see the property in question via satellite imagery by just logging in the corresponding property details.<br />
<br />
The details available online also enables land owners to ensure that the land and the title deed and survey records has not been surreptitiously transferred by land sharks.<br />
<br />
"We now propose to take forward Dharnaksh to the next level which is digitally signed copies of land records," said R. Mihir Vardhan, director of the state government's settlement and land records department.<br />
<br />
<span style="font-weight:bold">This article can also be read at:</span><br />
<a href="http://india.nydailynews.com/business/c4d66c12f2a4a26dc24e5b684d4cc894/goas-land-record-software-wins-international-award" target="-blank">Goa's land record software wins international award</a></p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>22/05/2013 15:59:07</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/21732/Goas+land+record+software+wins+international+award</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">21732</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>21730</publicationdataID>
      <title>India Arrives at the Arctic</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p><span style="font-style:italic">The New York Times/ By Kabir Taneja</span><br />
<br />
NEW DELHI— India was recently inducted as a permanent observer in the Arctic Council, whose permanent members include the United States, Canada, Sweden, Norway, Russia, Denmark, Finland and Iceland. The other new observers include China, Singapore, South Korea,
 Japan and Italy, marking the first time that the Arctic Council has inducted observers from Asia.<br />
<br />
The Arctic is becoming the latest playground for global powers to flex their muscle over, and India’s efforts to be included in the Arctic Council reflects the country’s desire to exert greater influence on the global stage, as well as on a region that could
 be key to meeting its domestic energy needs.<br />
<br />
The Arctic Council was created in 1996 to address the issues faced by the countries that have territories in the Arctic and by the indigenous people of the region. However, the council’s sphere of influence and objectives have grown over time as non-Arctic
 states eye the region, which is becoming more accessible because of the rapidly warming climate, for its oil, gas and mineral riches. According to some estimates, nearly 20 percent of all oil and gas reserves on the planet may be trapped under the seabed in
 the Arctic Circle.<br />
<br />
Diplomatic scuffles have already broken out between the council members. For example, a Russian submarine planted the country’s flag at the bottom of the North Pole in 2007, as a symbolic move over its claims in the region. Countries like the United States
 and Canada condemned Moscow’s actions, with Ottawa reminding the Kremlin that "this is not the 15th century.”<br />
<br />
India has maintained that its interests in the region arescientific, unlike China and South Korea, which have been eager to dive into commercial activity in the environmentally sensitive region.<br />
<br />
However, India, which imports 80 percent of its energy requirements, will be looking to get a foothold in the race for natural resources in the Arctic, in consultation with old friends like Russia. For example, India already has plans to build pipelines connecting
 central Asia with the subcontinent. With help from Russia, India could easily connect these pipelines to the Arctic to tap into the regions oil and gas riches.<br />
<br />
New Delhi has had good long-term relations with many of the Arctic Council members. Russia, Canada, Sweden and Norway have especially maintained close ties with India since independence (Russia and Sweden spearheaded India’s candidacy to the council). In fact,
 Sweden’s ambassador to India in the 1950s, Alva Myrdal, was one of the first Western diplomats persuaded by then-Prime Minister Jawaharlal Nehru to build industries via foreign direct investment in India, near the city of Pune.<br />
<br />
"India will engage with all Arctic Council members at a diplomatic level as well,” the Ministry of External Affairs in New Delhi stated during the application process a few months ago.<br />
<br />
Climate change is one of the top concerns of the Arctic Council, but both India and China have previously been at loggerheads with the European Union environmental regulations that ask developing countries to cut levels of greenhouse gases.<br />
<br />
Meanwhile, the environmental challenges colliding with trade interests of countries like India and China have continued at the European Commission in Brussels. Airlines from India and China have beenthreatened with finesand exclusion from European Union airports
 if they do not comply with rules relating to curbing greenhouse emissions.<br />
<br />
Airlines from both countries may face heavy financial penalties if they refused to participate in the European Union’s permit system, under which an airline’s greenhouse gas emissions in Europe are monitored. Both India and China have previously vowed to boycott
 such emission programs, labeling them as unfair.<br />
<br />
India’s refusal to participate in many global programs to cut greenhouse emissions over the past few years has brought both criticism and support. While the developed world has criticized India for not doing enough in the battle against global warming, developing
 countries like China and Brazil have found themselves on India’s side of the debate, asking the developed nations to commit to more cuts instead. India has maintained that such demands are against its economic interests and will hurt its growth prospects,
 which are vital for a country where millions of people live below the poverty line.<br />
<br />
India’s stand on emissions may take the entire argument between the developing and the developed to the Arctic Council as well. Even though both India and China are only observers, the melting of the Arctic ice cap is one of biggest areas of contention in the
 discussions about global warming, and India at times may find itself up in an uncomfortable position while fulfilling its new role on the Arctic Council.<br />
<br />
Regardless of its energy goals, India intends to be more active in the Arctic Circle. Plans are being drawn to send many more people to "Himadri,” India’s research station in the Arctic, which was inaugurated in 2008. The station is located in the Norwegian
 archipelago of Svalbard at the International Arctic Research Base in Ny-Alesund. India has already spent $3 million on developing Himadri and plans to spend up to $15 million more on future development.<br />
<br />
"India has already been working closely with the Arctic Council members,” said Navtej Sarna, additional secretary, Ministry of External Affairs. "We will be putting a lot of stress on our scientific work in the region. We have been asked to send more people
 to the Arctic, and we plan to do so.” He added that India also plans to "fruitfully engage with the indigenous people of the region and work with them on environmental issues.”<br />
<br />
(The views expressed above are the personal views of the writer)<br />
<br />
<span style="font-weight:bold">This article can also be read at:</span><br />
<a href="http://india.blogs.nytimes.com/2013/05/20/india-arrives-at-the-arctic/?pagewanted=print" target="_blank">India Arrives at the Arctic</a></p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>22/05/2013 13:58:56</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/21730/India+Arrives+at+the+Arctic</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">21730</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>21710</publicationdataID>
      <title>The Rise of India 2.0</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p><span style="font-style:italic">The Telegraph/ by Mick Brown</span><br />
<br />
<span style="font-weight:bold">Inside India's temple of technology</span><br />
<br />
India has first-world ambitions, but can it ever overcome its third-world problems? Can an IT industry that has driven the country's economy to third in the global rankings not only keep growing, but provide an infrastructure to help millions of people escape
 poverty? Where does India go from here? Part one of a major three-part series. <br />
<br />
<span style="font-weight:bold">Welcome to Electronics City</span><br />
<br />
While I was sitting in the gatehouse at the headquarters of Infosys, the Indian information technology company, in Bangalore, waiting for a security pass to be issued, two men in body armour and carrying sub-machine guns burst through the door. It seemed they
 were conducting a routine search of the washrooms. India’s Central Industrial Security Force (CISF) is a special armed police unit, set up to provide security at sites of strategic national importance such as atomic power plants, oil refineries and major ports.
 In 2009 Infosys became the first private company in India to be given CISF protection.<br />
<br />
‘After the attack in Mumbai in 2008, which was carried out with automatic weapons, we were advised that if a terrorist came in they would be using automatic weapons,’ Senapathy Gopalkrishnan, Infosys’s co-founder and executive co-chairman, told me. ‘In India,
 private security guards are not allowed to have automatic weapons; so we requested the government to deploy their industrial security force. Companies doing business with the West are potential targets.’<br />
<br />
Bangalore is India’s ‘garden city’, a place of tree-lined streets and public parks, with a temperate climate that has traditionally made it attractive to retirees. In the past 30 years it has grown exponentially as the centre of the country’s IT industry –
 India’s Silicon Valley. It is now the nation’s fifth most populous city, with more than 8.5 million people, of whom about 10 per cent work in the IT industry.<br />
<br />
India’s IT industry has been one of the great drivers of the rapid growth that last year saw India overtake Japan to become the third largest economy in the world. Negligible to the point of invisibility 20 years ago, the industry now accounts for 7.5 per cent
 of the nation’s GDP and 20 per cent of its exports. According to the trade organisation Nasscom (National Association of Software and Services Companies), last year the industry’s aggregate revenue exceeded $100 billion.<br />
<br />
Infosys is not the largest IT company in India – it is second by revenue to Tata Consultancy Services, which was set up in 1968 – but it is the company that more than any other has become the symbol of India’s rise to pre-eminence in information technology,
 and the way in which that pre-eminence has transformed the country. Infosys has built its fortune on what may seem like the most prosaic of foundations: developing, installing and maintaining software systems for Western companies, to manage such humdrum tasks
 as payroll and inventory. <br />
<br />
Founded in 1981 by a 25-year-old computer engineer named NR Narayana Murthy (its CEO until 2002), and six equally youthful partners, with a capital injection of only 10,000 rupees – about $250 – provided by the sale of Murthy’s wife’s jewellery, the company
 now has a stock market valuation of about $24 billion. Infosys employs 155,000 people in 67 offices around the world, including Britain, the US, China and Japan; 21,000 work at the company’s main campus – one of 11 in India – which sprawls across 80 acres
 of a business park on the outskirts of Bangalore, called Electronics City. <br />
<br />
Electronics City is home to some 190 technology companies, including such well-known names as Bosch, Hewlett-Packard and Intel, and others less well known in the West but of considerable importance to Indian IT: Wipro, Genpact, HCL Technologies. None displays
 quite the evidence of ‘visible progress’ as Infosys. <br />
<br />
Once past the CISF guards on the road outside the main entrance, and the security checks at the gate, the campus is a world utterly divorced from the habitual colourful chaos of Indian life. With its testosterone-modern architecture – sleek glass cubes, modernist
 blocks, a pyramid – its pristine paths, water features and abundance of green space, this could be California, Singapore or Shanghai.<br />
<br />
Smartly dressed young men and women (most in saris), the vast majority in their 20s and 30s, hurried between the buildings. At each entrance there were communal bicycles, boxes filled with umbrellas – and more security checks. When I tried to check something
 on my smartphone, I was unable to get a signal. More security. <br />
<br />
<span style="font-weight:bold">The rise of I.T.(Indian Technology) </span><br />
<br />
When we started, we had no idea it would be so big, so successful, so influential.’ Senapathy Gopalakrishnan paused, leant back in his chair and looked out of the window of his office on the executive floor of the main campus building towards a mini putting
 green and a grove of trees beyond. Gopalakrishnan, or ‘Kris’, as he is known throughout Infosys, is a mild-mannered, thoughtful man of 57, and was dressed in grey trousers and a white shirt with infosys stitched on the breast pocket. Sofas and chairs were
 arranged around a coffee table. Bookshelves were lined with volumes on software engineering, algorithms and business management techniques. ‘Our background was computer science,’ he went on, ‘and this was a field where India was not behind at that point, we
 were on par. Our thought was to start something that leveraged this talent in India. In those days, everyone wanted to leave India. We wanted to stay in India and do something in India that served clients around the world.’<br />
<br />
India’s ascendancy in information technology could be traced back to 1947, when the nation’s first prime minister, Jawaharlal Nehru, established a programme of Indian Institutes of Technology (IITs), higher technical institutions modelled on MIT in America
 and the University of Manchester Institute of Science and Technology that would ultimately enable the country to build a large skilled workforce – furthermore, a workforce conversant not only in the lingua franca of technology but also the international language
 of business: English. <br />
<br />
In the early 1980s, under the protectionist economic policies of India’s socialist government, there were few incentives for private-sector growth, and all depended on government licences, which in turn depended on connections. Most Indians with ambition looked
 outside the country; many who left to work and study in America in the 1970s and 80s were graduates of the IITs, and would make a significant contribution to the development of California’s Silicon Valley as the world centre of technological innovation. It
 is estimated that Indians are responsible for one in six of all Silicon Valley start-ups.<br />
<br />
So moribund was India’s infrastructure that it took Infosys a year to secure a telephone line. (As late as 1998 there were fewer than 10 million telephone lines of all kinds in India. Today more than 10 million mobile phone connections are added each month.)
 ‘IT was an industry that nobody in India, or government, knew about,’ one Infosys executive told me. ‘It was a small item on the bottom of the fifth page, completely under the radar. That’s why it was able to grow without government interference.’<br />
<br />
For the first two years, Infosys worked out of an office in Murthy’s home. In 1983 they relocated to Bangalore, which was already developing as a ‘science city’ with government and private-sector enterprises specialising in electronics, bio-engineering and
 space research. It was also the base of Infosys’s first Indian client, with whom they shared their first mainframe computer. ‘They would use it in the daytime; we used it at night,’ Gopalakrishnan said.<br />
<br />
From the outset Infosys was a very different kind of Indian business enterprise, Nandan Nilekani, another of the founders, told me. ‘The aspiration was to create a globally respected company from India which set the highest standards of governance.’ In other
 words, a company that refused to pay bribes. <br />
<br />
Most enterprises at the time were either state-owned, multinationals or long-established dynastic businesses. ‘From day one, we had a principle that none of the founders’s family members would join the company, so that over time it would be run by whoever was
 the most competent professional, not just because they were a founder’s child,’ Nilekani said. ‘That concept of a professional company was very new for India. We were setting the bar for first-generation, middle-class people starting companies and making them
 successful.’ <br />
<br />
In his 2008 book Imagining India: The Idea of a Renewed Nation Nilekani describes how in the early days, during the reign of ‘the licence raj’, when the company wanted to import a 150MB hard disk drive it took so long to get permission from the government that
 by the time it had come through the manufacturer had improved the capacity to 300MB. ‘This meant changing the import licence – and that took another six to eight months, luckily coming through before the drive was upgraded again.’<br />
<br />
It was not until the 1990s that the financial reforms introduced by the then finance minister, and now prime minister, Manmohan Singh, would transform India’s economy, opening up foreign trade and paving the way for the growth of the new industries in IT and
 business outsourcing. Now, it was much easier for Infosys engineers to travel abroad. At the same time, the development of the internet made it possible to connect directly with clients in America and Europe. Before that Infosys would develop software and
 then ship it to customers abroad on tapes. Now it could provide support online from India.<br />
<br />
Murthy devised what he called the Global Delivery Model, in which teams of IT engineers would be dispatched to clients in America and Europe to install and run software systems. Taking advantage of the time difference – the so-called ‘follow the sun’ factor
 – Infosys engineers on site and back in India could offer a 24-hour service to companies, sparing them the additional cost of employing their own workers on a shift basis. It meant a project that might ordinarily take six months could be completed in three
 months. <br />
<br />
Infosys began to build up a client list that included Boeing, Bank of America, Kraft Foods, Microsoft and Ford. In 1991 the company had a turnover of $5 million. By 2001 it had risen to $700 million. In 2008, with turnover of $4.2 billion, Infosys broke the
 $1 billion profit barrier, giving shareholders the largest dividend payout in Indian history.<br />
<br />
The rise of Infosys was paralleled across the IT and outsourcing industries in India. The advent of digital and personal computers meant that all office work became computerised, and that many office functions could be done remotely from anywhere in the world.
 In 1997 General Electric became the first American firm to open a facility in India, in the city of Gurgaon, to outsource ‘back office’ functions such as accounting, human resources and handling customer inquiries (‘when will my fridge be delivered?’). It
 was the birth of the Indian call centre, and what is now known as BPO (business process outsourcing). The facility became Genpact, which is now the largest BPO company in India.<br />
<br />
We are all familiar with the most obvious impact of outsourcing on our lives: the telephone call centre. You have a query on your goods delivery, or your computer is on the blink – the ‘Adam’ or ‘Jennifer’ who answers your call is probably Krishna or Kalpesh
 in an India call centre. The public backlash against overseas call centres in recent years may have caused many companies in America and Britain to bring the ‘voice side’, as it is known, back home. But that is a very small part of the story.<br />
<br />
If you work for a large corporation it is likely that many if not all of its ‘back office’ and IT services are carried out in India. When you use an ATM, or buy an item of clothing, it is likely that the software system that delivers your cash, or replenishes
 the shop’s shelves, was developed and is managed from India. Applications for mortgages, loans, medical services, financing, compliance… there is not a facet of business – of modern life – that has not been touched or transformed by IT and outsourcing. Notwithstanding
 the criticism that outsourcing has been responsible for eliminating white-collar jobs in wealthier nations, India is now the IT and outsourcing hub for more than 120 of the Fortune 500, America’s top companies, and it is estimated that by 2015 nearly half
 of those companies will have their centres in India. <br />
<br />
‘The IT industry has made many significant contributions to India,’ Nandan Nilekani told me. ‘One, it was the country’s first global industry. Secondly, it created millions of jobs, which was very important after the economic reforms. Thirdly, it earned dollars,
 and dollars earned from software helped to finance imports. But most importantly it established that Indian companies could become world-beating global players, and gave a huge boost of confidence and self-esteem to Indian entrepreneurs.’<br />
<br />
Some measure of Infosys’s global success, and the rising fortunes of India at large, can be discerned from the personal wealth of the company’s founders. In the mid-1990s there were only two billionaires in India, with a combined wealth of $2.01 billion. By
 2012, according to a survey by Forbes magazine, there were 55, with a net worth of $111 billion. (This still falls some way behind China which, according to the Hutrun Rich List, has 189 billionaires; Britain is home to 88.) Of these 55, six are the founders
 of Infosys. (The seventh, Ashok Arora, left the company before it went public in 1993.) ‘But we are all middle-class people and we have retained that lifestyle,’ Gopalakrishnan told me. He has only one home, in Bangalore. ‘I go abroad perhaps once a year,
 and every other year we go to Disneyworld in Florida.’ He paused. ‘I have a daughter who is 13.’<br />
<br />
<span style="font-weight:bold">‘At Infosys, we’ll know everything about you’</span><br />
<br />
In recent years, India’s dominance of IT and outsourcing has been challenged by other, emerging economies, able to offer their own newly skilled – and cheaper – workforces, leading some analysts to believe that the industry in India may have peaked. In 2010
 the Philippines overtook India as the call centre of the world, while the revenue of China’s software and IT industry is predicted to grow by 25 per cent over the next two years.<br />
<br />
‘But Chinese IT companies are mostly servicing Chinese clients, because that economy is growing so dramatically,’ Gopalakrishnan said. ‘I strongly believe, and it’s backed up by data, that there is a shortage of computer professionals everywhere in the world
 including India. The application of computers is growing dramatically and will continue to grow dramatically over the next 20 to 30 years. We have to train and create the workforce necessary to grow this industry.’<br />
<br />
Infosys itself has adopted the strategy of transforming itself into a consulting firm – where profit margins are higher – rather than solely a technology company. In the new world, Gopalakrishnan said, ‘It is not enough to just write software code for a client;
 you must understand their business, and understand how technology is going to enhance that industry, and we can evolve new and better ways for them to do business. That’s where we can add value.’<br />
<br />
I was ferried across the campus to the Infosys Labs, the company’s research department, where engineers sat at computers in an open-plan office, divided into cubbyholes, working on innovations. The head of research, Subu Goparaju, talked about new developments
 in what he called ‘the internet of things’: smart sensors that can monitor everything from customer purchases in a supermarket to the condition of somebody’s health to water and energy use in buildings. Using systems developed in its own labs, the company
 had reduced the use of electricity on the campus by 25 per cent. <br />
<br />
‘More and more companies are looking at "how can I bring my customers inside?”,’ Goparaju said. ‘If somebody says something negative about your brand, that information goes viral, and your brand will suffer, even if that information is false. But the positive
 thing is that these people – your consumers – can be brought inside your organisation to help create your products. You can ask them, what would you like to do, what would you like to see?’<br />
<br />
Goparaju ran a demonstration film of a new Infosys product, Customer Analytic Solution. Using ‘semantic analytics’, a process that registers not only keywords but the syntax, grammar, meaning and nuance of a sentence, this can harvest sentiments and opinions
 on a product from blogs, social media, research reports, emails and Twitter, presenting those opinions in the form of analytical reports and ‘heat-maps’. Using this technology, it would be possible not only to see what 25 separate people thought of one thing,
 but also to provide a comprehensive profile of one person from what they thought of 25 things. It all sounded rather sinister.<br />
<br />
‘You’re absolutely right!’ Goparaju nodded. ‘Every technology brings with it different ways of exploitation. Sometimes you do things knowingly and sometimes unknowingly. Who now reads the small print? We are so used to clicking on the terms and conditions and
 moving on. Have you ever read in the last 15 years what you’re agreeing to? <br />
<br />
‘But it depends on what companies want this information for, and what governments might want to use this information for,’ he went on. ‘If you speak to large concerns and governments, the key concern is around security, especially cybersecurity. Is privacy
 going to be compromised a little bit?’ He shrugged. ‘Probably yes.’ <br />
<br />
I had had the same discussion earlier with Senapathy Gopalakrishnan. ‘This is how the world has changed from the 20th to the 21st century,’ he told me. ‘We are living in a world which is boundary-less when it comes to information, and where there is nowhere
 to hide. If you have a cellphone, somebody can find out exactly where you are. Through social networks you’re sharing everything about yourself. You are leaving trails every single moment of your life. Theoretically, in the future you’ll only have to walk
 through the door at Infosys and we’ll know who you are and everything about you.<br />
<br />
‘So the concept of privacy is also changing. You’re trusting many, many companies, and probably many, many governments, with your data. But at the same time, technology means that the ability for a single individual to get their message across, or for ordinary
 individuals to come together and fight, is unprecedented in the history of the world. Governments have to respond. There is unprecedented pressure on businesses, and so transparency is increasing. It goes both ways. All this will require changes in how organisations
 will use computers. Somebody has to develop those systems.’ He smiled. ‘That is what we do.’<br />
<br />
<span style="font-weight:bold">Bringing millions out of poverty with I.T.</span><br />
<br />
The Infosys Global Education Centre – the company’s ‘university’ – is located in Mysore, a three-hour drive from Bangalore. As we set off, the outskirts of the city slipped behind us – the new office blocks and roadside hoardings advertising aspirational ‘Zen-themed’
 housing developments – and another India came into view: a tranquil landscape of verdant countryside, dotted with palm groves and fields of sugar cane swaying in the wind, hills rising misty-blue in the distance. Small hamlets hugged the roadside: rudimentary
 brick and mud houses; a child chasing a goat along a dusty path; gaudily painted temples, like devotional pit-stops. Billboards announced the candidates for the forthcoming state elections, their faces smiling or scowling at the passing traffic, like wanted
 posters. <br />
<br />
My driver offered a potted guide to local politics. ‘With the BJP [Bharatiya Janata Party, one of India’s two main political parties, currently in Opposition] for every 100 rupees, 70 will be going in corruption. With [the Indian National] Congress, only 40
 rupees going in corruption. That is why I vote Congress.’ <br />
<br />
The road passed through a succession of small towns – colourful tumults of honking traffic, ox-drawn carts, food stalls and repair shops with their habitual complement of idlers watching the world go by. Each was announced by a billboard grandiloquently boasting
 its particular trade: Ramanagar, silk city; Mandya, sugar city; and, sweetly, Channapatna, land of toys. A bus thundered past, groaning with passengers, bearing the slogan life is a drama – man is a actere (sic), and a portrait of its beaming owner. ‘Very
 good!’ said my driver. <br />
<br />
His own education, he said, had been poor. He had learnt English by driving Western visitors. Now all his money went towards his daughter’s education. A very good school, he said – 80 per cent of the parents worked in IT. This was what he wanted for his daughter.
 ‘She speaks good English. Better than me!’ He laughed. ‘She will be able to go far in the world.’<br />
<br />
India produces the third largest pool of engineers and scientists in the world (and the second largest pool of doctors). A career in IT remains, for many, the path to a better life, and an engineering degree the favoured option for India’s brightest students.<br />
<br />
Of the 3.5 million Indians who graduate each year, 500,000 are engineering graduates. The IT industry employs 2.5 million people directly – a further 6.5 million indirectly. It is an industry that has lifted great swathes of India’s youthful population into
 the parallel world of what the sociologist Saskia Sassen calls ‘global cities’ – glossy business parks and corporate headquarters, where any sense of local identity is thoroughly effaced, and the esperanto of business-school jargon is understood by all who
 speak it but impenetrable to those who don’t. As we drove along the road from Bangalore to Mysore, this parallel world seemed as distant as the moon.<br />
<br />
‘So many people’s lives have been changed by IT in India,’ Gopalakrishnan told me. ‘People from the middle class and lower-middle class have become global employees and have the opportunity to work with some of the best companies in the world. But the challenge
 for India is that this industry can only create so many jobs. IT is not going to solve the unemployment problem in India.’<br />
<br />
Thirty-three per cent of the population fall below the international poverty line of $1.25 per day, and 69 per cent live on less than $2 per day. While India ranks third in the world in terms of GDP, it ranks 144th in terms of GDP per capita – that is the value
 of goods and services produced in a given year, divided by the average population – below Palestine, Uzbekistan and Papua New Guinea. Only one in 10 of India’s workforce has a job in the formal sector – that is, with regular wages and regular hours. Less than
 three per cent – 33 million out of a population of 1.21 billion – pay personal income tax.<br />
<br />
Despite growing investment in education, one third of India’s population is illiterate: only 15 per cent of Indian students reach high school, and only seven per cent graduate. The spectre conjured by the Nobel laureate economist Amartya Sen of India being
 ‘half California and half Sub-Saharan Africa’ remains a real one. Hundreds of millions of Indians do not have even the most basic formal means of identification, which makes it impossible for them to step on to even the lowest rung of the ladder out of poverty.
 They are unable to open a bank account, or to acquire a mobile phone, and they are excluded from public services to which they are entitled.<br />
<br />
In Imagining India Nandan Nilekani floated the idea of a nationwide scheme that would utilise India’s technological knowhow to give a digital identity to every Indian. Such a scheme, he argued, would boost the national economy by allowing hundreds of millions
 of Indians to open a bank account, improve government revenues by cutting corruption, and oblige the state to improve services.<br />
<br />
In 2009 Nilekani was invited by the Prime Minister Manmohan Singh to initiate the scheme, and he left Infosys to set up the Unique Identity Authority of India. Known as Aadhar (‘foundation’ in Hindi), the scheme, which involves the creation and management of
 the world’s largest biometric database, has been described as ‘the biggest social project on the planet’, potentially lifting millions out of poverty. Nilekani described it to me as ‘a way of bringing the most modern and most sophisticated technology to create
 a level playing field for everyone’. <br />
<br />
The system works like this: a person comes to one of the mobile enrolment centres, where their name, address, date of birth and gender are fed into a database, along with their fingerprints and iris scans. The information is sent for processing, to ensure there
 is no duplication in the system, and the person is then given a unique 12-digit identification number.<br />
<br />
It is a system that particularly addresses the problems of an increasingly mobile and rootless society. According to some estimates, 100-120 million Indians are migrant workers, moving back and forth across the country in search of employment. ‘If you lived
 and died in the same village, everyone knew your name,’ Nilekani said. ‘In a mobile society where you are travelling to jobs and trying to advance your life, you need to have your ID with you and that is an important thing we are trying to solve.’<br />
<br />
The ID number can be used for online verification anywhere in India; a migrant worker, say, could withdraw money from a bank using a mobile phone and a simple fingerprint confirmation device.<br />
<br />
So far 340 million people have been registered with the scheme. Critics have raised the obvious questions about intrusions into privacy. But the scheme is entirely voluntary.<br />
<br />
‘For those who don’t have an ID, just getting one is a huge empowerment in itself,’ Nilekani said. ‘We have people who are now getting bank accounts and who have started direct cash transfer into those accounts; people are using them to get a mobile connection.
 So it’s starting to make an impact.’ <br />
<br />
It costs between $2 and $3 to enrol each person. The completed project will cost about $3.6 billion, Nilekani said. He hesitated to say when the task will be completed, although he expects 600 million people to be enrolled by the end of 2014. ‘We can enrol
 at the rate of about 200 million a year. But towards the end it becomes more of a needle-in-a-haystack situation, so it will take a few more years to enrol the final few hundred million.’<br />
<br />
Technology alone will not be enough to bridge the huge divide in Indian society, he went on, ‘but you can move the needle along on so many issues. Millions of people now have access to cheap mobile phones. With our hardware we are able to give an online ID
 to everyone. Shortly, using other hardware, we will also be able to give an online bank account to everyone. All these things are all tools of aspiration, access and empowerment.’<br />
<br />
<span style="font-weight:bold">Educating the next generation</span><br />
<br />
t Mysore, we turned off the main road, passing for a mile or two through tranquil countryside, until suddenly arriving at the campus. Another heavily guarded gate. Another laminated pass.<br />
<br />
Each year Infosys recruits between 15,000 and 18,000 new employees from engineering courses at universities around India. They are selected not on the basis of their technological skills – a given – but on their analytical ability, language skills, and what
 the company’s head of training, Srikantan Moorthy, calls ‘their learnability’. <br />
<br />
Opened in 2005 at a cost of $450 million, at 350 acres the Infosys Global Education Centre is the largest corporate campus in the world. All employees who join the firm from engineering colleges (70 per cent of all new recruits) are sent here for 23 weeks’
 training. The centre can accommodate up to 13,500 students at a time. <br />
<br />
The campus is a bravura statement of corporate ambition. There is a classroom building, Global Education Centre 1, that bears a striking resemblance to the Capitol building in Washington, DC – except that it is much larger – another with an atrium like a Greek
 temple, and residential areas that look like luxury housing estates, and which from an aerial perspective can be seen to have been laid out to spell ‘Infosys’.<br />
<br />
Here, new employees are trained in data-processing systems, software applications, project management and business analysis. A key part of the training is what is known as ‘soft skills’ – ‘helping them make the transition from college to the corporate world,’
 as Moorthy put it – which includes everything from how to interact with clients to matters of ‘cross-cultural sensitivity’; for example, learning to eat with a knife and fork (Indians traditionally eat with their fingers). In short, to be less Indian.<br />
<br />
Infosys invests $150-200 million in training each year – about $7,000 per employee, or ‘Infosysian’, as they are known. Senior management have their own courses, led by the Infosys Leadership Institute, on which they are taught such skills as ‘individualised
 consideration’; the ‘Six Principles of Persuasion’, devised by Robert Cial­dini, whose website describes him as ‘the most cited social psychologist in the world today’; and ‘charismatic leadership tactics’, following a course devised by another American psychologist,
 John Antonakis. <br />
<br />
On the internet I had found a blog by a young Infosysian calling himself ‘Prag­matic Ajay’, extolling his time at the Mysore campus as ‘an "Angel-Life”, which blatantly is possible in a heaven only.’ It described a mixture of undreamt-of luxury: ‘The first
 night on that awesomely creepy bed is still one of the best nights of my life. I had never seen such erotic and beautiful dreams in my whole life’; a punishing work schedule that could extend from 6.30am until 10pm; and exacting rules about everything from
 swiping in to classrooms to bicycle speed limits. ‘Sometimes I feel like every politician in India before entering into politics should have a four-month training there so that they should learn to honestly follow the rules.’<br />
<br />
A golf buggy ferried me to a teaching centre. In a lecture theatre, about 100 inductees sat in tiered banks at their computers for a class on programming language, listening intently as a brisk young woman tutor instructed them that you can never modify a constant
 variable. <br />
<br />
One of the more visible legacies of India’s IT industry is gender opportunity: 30 per cent of employees in the industry are women, compared with 13.8 per cent overall in urban occupations (26.1 per cent of rural workers are women). About 35 per cent of Infosys
 employees are female. <br />
<br />
Ambiga and Suruthi, both 21, both middle-class engineering graduates, were away from home for the first time in their lives. Shining models of keenness, they talked enthusiastically about their new lives in IT, ‘because it’s what happening around us’, Ambiga
 said, and taking their place in the corporate world. ‘That’s what we’re waiting for.’<br />
<br />
Job security was very important. ‘It is like a dream,’ Ambiga said. ‘Once you get into an IT company your future is taken care of. I feel I am climbing the ladder every day.’<br />
<br />
Suruthi nodded in agreement. ‘We are ready to deal with every nook and cranny of the business process.’<br />
<br />
We talked about India’s place in the world. A generation ago, it is likely that if Ambiga’s and Suruthi’s parents had wanted to pursue their education, or a career in IT, they would have migrated to Britain or America to do so. ‘Now India can provide us with
 those opportunities,’ Suruthi said. ‘IT has changed how people in the world see India. Everywhere, we are respected.’<br />
<br />
And what countries did they see as India’s rivals in business? <br />
<br />
‘China,’ Ambiga said. ‘We see that as a threat.’ <br />
<br />
And Britain? (I was being mischievous, of course.) ‘I don’t think it’s a threat to India.’ Ambiga smiled. ‘We don’t care about Britain.’<br />
<br />
I took lunch in an elegant open-sided pavilion, encircled by water where carp and black baby sharks bathed in the sunshine – one of eight food courts on the campus, serving regional Indian and continental food, that can cater to up to 11,000 at a time. A golf
 buggy carried me through the campus to a large recreation complex, where a handful of people who had finished their classes lounged by an infinity pool. There was a geodesic dome housing an auditorium and multiplex theatres, where Western and Hindi films are
 shown each weekend; an eight-lane bowling alley; an aerobics centre; squash and badminton courts (the campus also has a cricket ground, an athletics track, basketball, volleyball and tennis courts); a supermarket; a pharmacist; a hairdressing salon; a launderette.
 There would be no reason to leave the campus at all. <br />
<br />
I strolled through some nearby gardens to a pergola where a group of young men were relaxing. They were coming to the end of their six-month course, and about to be assigned to their new positions within the company. Ravi from Mumbai, in his early 20s, had
 joined Infosys, he told me, because his parents had wanted him to; it was a source of family pride. ‘Every parent wants their child to join Infosys. It is a high-status job.’<br />
<br />
We talked about his training. It had been interesting, he said, but there were aspects he had found – he searched for the right word – difficult. On his second day, as part of the soft-skills training, he had been instructed to turn to the young woman next
 to him and shake her hand. He had always been taught that it was inappropriate to touch women outside the family. ‘You make namaste.’ He brought his hands together to demonstrate the traditional non-contact greeting. ‘And in India we believe in chakras, the
 energy centres of the body. You do not shake hands in case you take on the negative energy from a person.’<br />
<br />
India was becoming ‘too Western’, he said. There was stress, competitiveness. ‘I have friends who have become impotent because they use laptops.’ He shot me an earnest look. ‘It affects the testes, you know.’<br />
<br />
Status, success – these things were not important, he said. ‘I want a joyful life.’ It was becoming apparent that Ravi might be in the wrong job. He thought so too.<br />
<br />
He would stay for three years, he said, learn everything he could, and then go into the family business – watches. This he would do for a few years, until watches became obsolete. Already, he noted, the mobile phone was usurping the wristwatch. Then he would
 fulfil his true dream. ‘I will open a restaurant.’ <br />
<br />
Indian, or continental, I joked. He laughed. ‘Definitely Indian.’ <br />
<br />
(The views expressed above are the personal views of the author) <br />
<br />
<span style="font-weight:bold">This article can also be read at:</span><br />
<a href="http://s.telegraph.co.uk/graphics/india2.0/part-one" target="_blank">Welcome to Electronics City</a></p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>17/05/2013 10:42:50</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/21710/The+Rise+of+India+20</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">21710</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>21714</publicationdataID>
      <title>Indian unit in Congo gets UN peacekeeping medal</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p><span style="font-style:italic">Two Circles/ by IANS</span><br />
<br />
An Indian police unit in the Democratic Republic of Congo has received the United Nations Peacekeeping Medal.<br />
<br />
The 135 Indian Formed Police Unit-2 (FPU) was honoured with the medal as an appreciation for their service in Goma/North Kivu.<br />
<br />
The medal parade, held at the FPU camp in Goma May 15 was attended by senior officials, including Jacques Desilets, United Nations Organization Stabilization Mission in the Democratic Republic of the Congo (MONUSCO) deputy police commissioner, said a statement.<br />
<br />
The Indian unit has served in Democratic Republic of Congo since November 2005.<br />
<br />
Addressing the recipients, Desilets said: "This medal was given to you as a symbol of appreciation and recognition of your toward peace and security in the city of Goma. This medal recognizes your professionalism, goodwill gestures, diligence and high level
 of commitment towards fight against all acts of criminality and other forms of violence in Goma Town with little regards for your personal safety.”<br />
<br />
Desilets emphasized the tremendous work they did during Goma crisis in November 2012, when the city fell into an armed group’s hands, contributing to a sense of security among local population and United Nations staff, during and after the transition phase
 in favour of the return of the National Congolese Police (PNC) in December 2012.<br />
<br />
India Formed Police Unit Commander Sukumar Sarangi expressed special thanks to MONUSCO and said: "UN Peace Medal earned today, will always inspire us to perform our duties with more dedication and devotion and enthusiasm and zeal."<br />
<br />
(The views expressed above are the personal views of the writer)<br />
<br />
<span style="font-weight:bold">This article can also be read at:</span><br />
<a href="http://twocircles.net/2013may17/indian_unit_congo_gets_un_peacekeeping_medal.html" target="_blank">Indian unit in Congo gets UN peacekeeping medal</a></p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>17/05/2013 17:48:05</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/21714/Indian+unit+in+Congo+gets+UN+peacekeeping+medal</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">21714</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>21715</publicationdataID>
      <title>Indian music a universal language</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p><span style="font-style:italic">People Daily/ by Mu Qian</span><br />
<br />
The name Bombay Jayashri might not be too well known in China, but if you say "singer of the theme song of the film Life of Pi", many realize who she is.<br />
<br />
Jayashri recently completed a six-show tour of China, and was warmly welcomed everywhere she went, in Shanghai, Hangzhou, Shenzhen and Beijing.<br />
<br />
Her workshop at Peking University drew Chinese musicians such as singer Zhu Zheqin, and guzheng player (a kind of Chinese zither) Chang Jing to participate. "She naturally possesses what we try so hard to look for in music," Chang says.<br />
<br />
Jayashri says that for Indians, music is a way of communicating with the Gods, and whatever you want to say to God, you can express it through music.<br />
<br />
The philosophical nature of Indian classical music is perhaps what Chang means when she says she seeks what Jayashri "naturally possesses". The popularity of Life of Pi and the positive feedback from Jayashri's concerts in China indicate a hunger for spiritual
 art among Chinese people.<br />
<br />
Jayashri represents the Carnatic tradition, the classical music of southern India that few Chinese music lovers had heard before. Many people's impression of Indian music is influenced by Bollywood.<br />
<br />
Chinese audiences who do have some experience of Indian classical works are more familiar with music of the Hindustani tradition from the Northern parts of the country, such as the work of the late master sitar player Ravi Shankar and percussionist Zakir Hussain.<br />
<br />
Unlike Hindustani music that had Persian and Islamic influences, Carnatic music is more indigenous.<br />
<br />
The main emphasis in Carnatic music is on vocal music, and Jayashri is the center of her ensemble. But the instruments are very important: Tempuras provide a sustaining, meditative sound; mridangam and ghatam form the rhythm section; violin follows the vocal
 like a shadow.<br />
<br />
Especially of interest is the violin. Though originally a European instrument, it has been Indianized. Indian musicians play the instrument with a different tuning and position, and perform it with the characteristic ornaments of Indian melodies.<br />
<br />
China has not localized Western instruments but there are Westernized Chinese instruments. Chinese fiddles such as the erhu or matouqin, are no longer played as they were 50 years ago when they had distinct characters, but have become increasingly influenced
 by the viola or cello in timbre and technique.<br />
<br />
Big Chinese orchestras formed on the structure of Western orchestras have not achieved the harmony of symphonic music, but lost the immanent beauty of Chinese music.<br />
<br />
The continued connection of Indian musicians to their musical heritage sets Indian music apart in a globalized world. Although India has far fewer symphony orchestras than China, their traditional music is heard internationally more than Chinese music is.<br />
<br />
Another lesson China's musicians might learn from Jayashri is the power of film. The world has become increasingly visual, and a successful film can be more efficient in promoting music than any other means. Thanks to Ang Lee, the popularity of Life of Pi has
 helped to bring Jayashri to China. Otherwise it would have taken several years for a Carnatic musician to tour China.<br />
<br />
Perhaps a successful Chinese film could promote Chinese music internationally? The Chinese film industry is doing much better than the Chinese music industry. If Chinese filmmakers put some efforts to commission high-quality music, the music will return more
 rewards. After all, music is a universal language.<br />
<br />
(The views expressed above are the personal views of the writer)<br />
<br />
<span style="font-weight:bold">This article can also be read at:</span><br />
<a href="http://english.peopledaily.com.cn/90782/8247846.html" target="_blank">Indian music a universal language</a></p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>17/05/2013 17:51:42</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/21715/Indian+music+a+universal+language</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">21715</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>21704</publicationdataID>
      <title>Companies turn to India to boost their business</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p><span style="font-style:italic">Financial Times/ by James Crabtree</span><br />
<br />
Oil company Shell’s technology centre in the Indian high-tech hub of Bangalore is actually a facility in two halves, with a couple of campuses in different locations around the city.<br />
<br />
Originally unable to find one suitable site for its growing efforts, the Anglo-Dutch company decided to split the difference, setting up dual facilities, working on everything from next-generation chemicals to underwater modelling.<br />
<br />
But now the company plans to bring everything back together, having announced plans late last year to build a giant new research and development campus on a patch of land close to Bangalore’s airport, with room for 1,500 staff, and even plans for a cricket
 pitch on the grounds.<br />
<br />
Shell’s move is part of a pattern in which many of world’s largest companies are turning to India in their search for new ideas that will boost its business, and follows similar moves to open up innovation facilities around Bangalore by the likes of GE, Cisco
 and Siemens.<br />
<br />
Shell has two other global research centres, in Houston and Amsterdam. While its Indian arm is the smallest and easily the newest, it is set to grow quickly.<br />
<br />
"The idea is it will become as large as any others, and our ambition is that it may become even larger,” says Hugo Vits, the facility’s manager. "Depending on how fast we expand, the cricket pitch may have to go.”<br />
<br />
Many analysts thought India would enjoy an R&amp;D boom in the aftermath of the global financial crisis, as recession-hit western companies cut costs and sent expensive research processes abroad, potentially expanding the more than 700 multinational groups with
 a research presence in India.<br />
<br />
It did not quite work out this way, however, as global flows of R&amp;D between countries fell back after the crash, cutting total investment into India, in common with many other emerging economies.<br />
<br />
Nonetheless, recent research from consultancy firm McKinsey shows that four Indian regions gained a place among the world’s 15 largest and fastest-growing R&amp;D "hotspots” between 2010 and 2012 – those with the cities of Bangalore, Hyderabad, Delhi and Mumbai
 at their heart.<br />
<br />
Much of the investment that flows into these hubs ends up in industries where India is already a world leader: IT services, for instance, or the development of generic pharmaceuticals.<br />
<br />
Other companies, however, have started to use their Indian facilities more creatively, for instance GE, whose large facility in Bangalore has pioneered a series of new ultra-cheap products, suitable for developing markets.<br />
<br />
Engineers at the facility developed an electrocardiography machine at roughly a sixth of the cost of a similar ECG in the developed world, in part by using a variant of a bus ticket machine to print out the scan.<br />
<br />
The company now hopes to export this and other innovations, including potentially adapting them for sale back in the industrialised world.<br />
<br />
The development of such ideas or products is sometimes called "jugaad” innovation, which roughly translates as a solution which is cobbled together or just good enough – a concept which especially interests global companies seeking new ideas at in cost-conscious
 emerging economies.<br />
<br />
But India’s R&amp;D base also benefits from rising investment among domestic companies too, while its innovation facilities are not limited to more established, research-intensive outfits either – as when Groupon, the US online discounts site, opened up an innovation
 centre in the southern city of Chennai last year.<br />
<br />
This gradual movement of R&amp;D to countries like India is part of a wider picture predicted by American economist Alan Blinder, in which a range of high-end jobs in western economies will increasingly gravitate to Asia, lured by cheaper labour and the prospect
 of growing markets.<br />
<br />
But the country also has particular advantages, as Shell’s Mr Vits explains, in particular the steady supply of high-quality engineers which emerge from its universities.<br />
<br />
The fact that most speak good English provides a further boost over countries like China, he says, and while India’s intellectual property regime is far from perfect, it too is preferable to those in most other Asian developing markets.<br />
<br />
India has challenges, of course, not least the same problems of unpredictable regulation, weak infrastructure and political corruption which hamper the country’s growth more generally.<br />
<br />
"Bangalore is a brand for India, but its government has failed to invest, and the city now risks losing its lead,” says Kiran Mazumdar-Shaw, who grew up in the city before founding Bangalore-based biotechnology group Biocon.<br />
<br />
Yet even with these problems more companies keep arriving, hoping to harvest the bountiful crop of ideas that it produces. "India is one of the demographic engines of the world, and companies like Shell need to be able to associate with these engines,” Mr Vits
 says, "I’d say the sky is the limit.”<br />
<br />
(The views expressed above are the personal views of the author)<br />
<br />
<span style="font-weight:bold">This article can also be read at:</span><br />
<a href=" http://www.ft.com/intl/cms/s/0/ca58b216-bcaa-11e2-9519-00144feab7de.html#axzz2TLOtaQ6T" target="_blank">Companies turn to India to boost their business</a></p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>15/05/2013 16:10:48</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/21704/Companies+turn+to+India+to+boost+their+business</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">21704</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>21705</publicationdataID>
      <title>India announces development of cheap vaccine against major cause of diarrhea deaths in kids</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p><span style="font-style:italic">Washington Post/ by Ravi Nessman</span><br />
<br />
The Indian government announced Tuesday the development of a new low-cost vaccine proven effective against a diarrhea-causing virus that is one of the leading causes of childhood deaths across the developing world.<br />
<br />
The Indian manufacturer of the new rotavirus vaccine pledged to sell it for $1 a dose, a significant discount from the cost of the current vaccines on the market. That reduced price would make it far easier for poor countries to vaccinate their children against
 the deadly virus, health experts said.<br />
<br />
Rotavirus, spread through contaminated hands and surfaces, kills about half a million children across the world each year, 100,000 of them in India.<br />
<br />
At a conference Tuesday, the government announced that Phase III trials of Rotavac proved that it was safe as well as effective. The clinical trial of 6,799 infants at three sites in India showed the vaccine reduced severe cases of diarrhea caused by rotavirus
 by 56 percent during the first year of life.<br />
<br />
"The clinical results indicate that the vaccine, if licensed, could save the lives of thousands of children each year in India,” said Dr. K. Vijay Raghavan, the secretary of the Department of Biotechnology.<br />
<br />
The vaccine still needs to be licensed before it can be distributed in India and would require further approval by the World Health Organization before it could be distributed globally.<br />
<br />
Two other vaccines have proven effective against rotavirus, but they are significantly more expensive.<br />
<br />
The GAVI Alliance, which works to deliver vaccines to the world’s poor, negotiated a significant discount last year with GlaxoSmithKline and Merck, obtaining the rotavirus vaccines from those pharmaceutical companies for $2.50 a dose. The alliance has programs
 for delivering those vaccines in 14 countries and plans to expand them to 30 countries.<br />
<br />
Dr. Seth Berkley, the GAVI Alliance’s CEO, said the announcement Tuesday was "a big deal.”<br />
<br />
"The cheaper the price the more children you can immunize,” he said, adding that it will still take some time before the vaccine is approved for use.<br />
<br />
In addition, having a third manufacturer for the vaccines would ease supply shortages and could drive down the costs charged by the other manufacturers, he said.<br />
<br />
"That would make a big difference in terms of changing the marketplace,” he said.<br />
<br />
Diarrhea is the second leading cause of death among young children in the world after pneumonia. A study of 22,568 children at sites in seven African and south Asian countries that was published Monday in the medical journal The Lancet showed that rotavirus
 was the leading cause of moderate to severe diarrhea in children under the age of two.<br />
<br />
The new vaccine was developed from a weakened strain of the virus taken from a child hospitalized in New Delhi more than a quarter century ago. It was the result of a broad global partnership that included the government, the Indian company Bharat Biotech,
 the Bill and Melinda Gates Foundation and the U.S. Centers for Disease Control and Prevention, among many others.<br />
<br />
Those involved said the broad cooperation reduced research costs for the manufacturer and helped keep the vaccine inexpensive.<br />
<br />
"This public-private partnership is an exemplary model of how to develop affordable technologies to save lives,” Bill Gates, co-chair of the Gates Foundation, said in a statement.<br />
<br />
(The views expressed above are the personal views of the writer)<br />
<br />
<span style="font-weight:bold">This article can also be read at:</span><br />
<a href="http://www.washingtonpost.com/world/asia_pacific/india-announces-development-of-cheap-vaccine-against-major-cause-of-diarrhea-deaths-in-kids/2013/05/14/e1dda6c2-bc8b-11e2-b537-ab47f0325f7c_story.html" target="_blank">India announces development of
 cheap vaccine against major cause of diarrhea deaths in kids</a></p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>15/05/2013 16:14:53</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/21705/India+announces+development+of+cheap+vaccine+against+major+cause+of+diarrhea+deaths+in+kids</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">21705</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>21698</publicationdataID>
      <title>Rotavirus vaccine developed in India demonstrates strong efficacy</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p><span style="font-style:italic">Psys.org</span><br />
<br />
The Government of India's Department of Biotechnology (DBT) and Bharat Biotech announced positive results from a Phase III clinical trial of a rotavirus vaccine developed and manufactured in India. Data from the trial, presented today at the International Symposium
 on Rotavirus Vaccines for India—The Evidence and the Promise, showed ROTAVAC to have an excellent safety and efficacy profile.<br />
<br />
The clinical study demonstrates for the first time that the India-developed rotavirus vaccine ROTAVAC is efficacious in preventing severe rotavirus diarrhoea in low-resource settings in India. ROTAVAC significantly reduced severe rotavirus diarrhoea by more
 than half—56 percent during the first year of life, with protection continuing into the second year of life. Moreover, the vaccine also showed impact against severe diarrhoea of any cause.<br />
<br />
"This is an important scientific breakthrough against rotavirus infections, the most severe and lethal cause of childhood diarrhoea, responsible for approximately 100,000 deaths of small children in India each year," said DBT Secretary Dr K. VijayRaghavan.
 "The clinical results indicate that the vaccine, if licensed, could save the lives of thousands of children each year in India."<br />
<br />
The vaccine was developed through a unique social innovation partnership that brought together the experience and expertise of Indian and international researchers as well as the public and private sectors. The vaccine originated from an attenuated (weakened)
 strain of rotavirus that was isolated from an Indian child at the All India Institute of Medical Sciences in New Delhi in 1985-86. Since then, partners have included DBT, Bharat Biotech, the US National Institutes of Health (NIH), the US Centers for Disease
 Control and Prevention (CDC), Stanford University School of Medicine, and the nongovernmental organization, PATH. Dr M.K. Bhan, who recently completed his service as DBT Secretary, was tireless in fostering the social innovation partnership and ensuring the
 highest standards for the vaccine.<br />
<br />
The randomized, double-blind, placebo-controlled Phase III clinical trial enrolled 6,799 infants in India (aged six to seven weeks at the time of enrolment) at three sites—the Centre for Health Research and Development, Society for Applied Studies (SAS) in
 New Delhi; Shirdi Sai Baba Rural Hospital, KEM Hospital Research Centre in Vadu, Pune; and Christian Medical College (CMC) in Vellore. The Clinical Operations Management Unit headed by Dr Nita Bhandari at SAS oversaw the day-to-day coordination and logistical
 complexities of this multi-site study and played a pivotal role in the conduct of this trial. The Principal Investigators were Dr Temsunaro Rongsen-Chandola at SAS, Dr Ashish Bavdekar at KEM, and Dr Gagandeep Kang at CMC.<br />
<br />
The Data Safety Monitoring Board (DSMB), an independent group of experts established to protect the participating infants' rights and needs during the Phase III trial, determined that the trial met the highest standards for ethics and patient care and complied
 with international standards for good clinical practices.<br />
<br />
Bharat Biotech previously announced a price of US$ 1.00/dose (or approximately INR 54/dose) for ROTAVAC® and will soon file for registration of the vaccine in India. If licensed by the Drugs Controller General of India (DCGI), the vaccine will be a more affordable
 alternative to the rotavirus vaccines already on the market.<br />
<br />
"With its low price and strong efficacy, ROTAVAC® has the potential to significantly reduce the incidence of severe diarrhoea due to rotavirus among children in India," said Dr M.K. Bhan, Advisor to the Indian Academy of Pediatrics and former DBT Secretary.<br />
<br />
The vaccine efficacy compares favourably with the efficacy of the currently licensed rotavirus vaccines in low-resource countries. The study results showed clear evidence of protection across different rotavirus strains and continued efficacy in the second
 year of life.<br />
<br />
Infants enrolled in the study received ROTAVAC® and the Universal Immunization Programme (UIP) vaccines, including oral polio vaccine (OPV). When the immune responses to OPV were tested, the result showed that infants receiving OPV at the same time as ROTAVAC
 generated comparable immune responses to all three polio serotypes as the infants receiving OPV without ROTAVAC®; this result supports the concurrent administration of OPV and ROTAVAC.<br />
<br />
"Vaccines work to save and protect children from diseases like rotavirus for a lifetime," said Bill Gates, Co-Chair of the Bill &amp; Melinda Gates Foundation. "This public-private partnership is an exemplary model of how to develop affordable technologies that
 save lives."<br />
<br />
The vaccine development partnership was supported by DBT, the Bill &amp; Melinda Gates Foundation, the Research Council of Norway, and the UK Department for International Development. Bharat Biotech invested important technical, manufacturing, and financial resources
 towards vaccine development. ROTAVAC® is an oral vaccine and is administered to infants in a three-dose course at the ages of 6, 10, and 14 weeks. It is given alongside routine immunizations in the UIP vaccines recommended at these ages.<br />
<br />
"ROTAVAC represents the successful research and development of a novel vaccine from the developing world with global standards," said Dr Krishna M. Ella, Chairman and Managing Director of Bharat Biotech. "ROTAVAC is a testament of our strong vision and commitment
 to develop affordable health care solutions for infectious diseases—we are proud, yet humbled by our contribution to this social innovation project and global public health priority. We are thankful to all the partners in the Rotavirus Vaccine Development
 Project—DBT, the Indian Council of Medical Research, PATH, the Bill &amp; Melinda Gates Foundation, NIH , CDC, and Stanford University—for their valuable support in this unique international public-private partnership."<br />
<br />
Prior to conducting the study, the investigators received approvals from the DCGI, the Institutional Review Board for DBT, and the ethics review committees of each study site. The study partners also consulted with the State Governments of Delhi, Maharashtra,
 and Tamil Nadu, as well as the Ministry of Health and Family Welfare. In addition, the study was approved by the Western Institutional Review Board in the United States and met the highest international clinical trial standards. The DSMB strictly monitored
 the trial throughout for adherence to these standards and protocols. The trial design included a strong safety net to identify and treat illnesses, especially gastroenteritis, among study infants as early as possible. All of the infants enrolled in the trial
 received high-quality medical and emergency care during the trial period.<br />
<br />
The support laboratory was the Translational Health Science and Technology Institute with Dr Sudhanshu Vrati as the lead. Quintiles was responsible for several aspects of the trial including medical monitoring, data management, site monitoring, pharmacovigilance,
 and biostatistics. Good Clinical Practice compliance of the clinical trials was audited by ANTHA Clinical Quality Assurance.<br />
<br />
<span style="font-weight:bold">This article can also be read at:</span><br />
<a href="http://phys.org/wire-news/129961339/rotavirus-vaccine-developed-in-india-demonstrates-strong-efficac.html" target="_blank">Rotavirus vaccine developed in India demonstrates strong efficacy
</a></p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>14/05/2013 15:52:15</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/21698/Rotavirus+vaccine+developed+in+India+demonstrates+strong+efficacy</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">21698</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>21699</publicationdataID>
      <title>Ritankar Das becomes youngest UC-Berkeley University medalist in a century</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p><span style="font-style:italic">India West</span><br />
<br />
How does an undergraduate top off a whirlwind tenure at the University of California, Berkeley, highlighted by experiments with nanowires and biofuels, brainstorming sessions with corporate executives, poetry readings, and educational outreach to students?<br />
<br />
For Ritankar Das, the answer, of course, is to be named University Medalist, the prize given to the year's top graduating senior.<br />
<br />
Not only is Das completing his studies at UC Berkeley with a double major in bioengineering and chemical biology and a minor in creative writing, he is doing so in only three years.<br />
<br />
And at the age of 18, Das is the youngest University Medalist in at least a century, reports UC Berkeley in a press release.<br />
<br />
The young Indian American is also the first student from the College of Chemistry in 58 years—and the first ever from the Department of Bioengineering—to earn the honor, which includes a $2,500 scholarship.<br />
<br />
Established in 1871, the University Medal is awarded each year to an exemplary graduating student with a minimum GPA of 3.96. Das is graduating with more than 200 credits and a GPA of 3.99, which includes eight A&#43; marks, and received the medal May 18.<br />
<br />
Born in Kolkata, Das moved to Waukesha, Wisc., at the age of 7 with his parents, Sankar and Kakali Das, and grew up with limited financial resources, often walking several miles with his mother to elementary school in the freezing cold.<br />
<br />
Despite these challenges, Das excelled in school, leapfrogging ahead of his peers by doing advanced projects outside of class. At age 12, Das would use a blender and other kitchen supplies to investigate artificial photosynthesis. From his makeshift lab, Das
 went on to work with researchers at the University of Wisconsin, Milwaukee while still in high school.<br />
<br />
Das and his parents moved to Fremont, Calif., a year before he started college. When it came time to choose his school, Das picked UC Berkeley because the campus offered an appealing "culture of mutual appreciation where people were genuinely curious across
 fields," he said in the press release.<br />
<br />
Das soon made his mark at UC Berkeley, forming a campus chapter of the American Chemical Society, creating and teaching a DeCal course on chemistry internships, and founding the Berkeley Chemical Review research journal.<br />
<br />
His contributions earned him the Departmental Citation in Chemistry, the department's top honor for graduating students.<br />
<br />
Das' early interest in energy continued through the research projects he pursued at the Energy Biosciences Institute and the U.S. Department of Energy, during which he discovered new ways to grow nanowires for use in high-efficiency solar cells.<br />
<br />
Das' academic and community service achievements have earned him more than 40 awards totaling more than $300,000. These include the prestigious Goldwater, Udall and Pearson scholarships, as well as a graduate research fellowship from the National Science Foundation.<br />
<br />
Off campus, Das serves on the State Farm Youth Advisory Board, which awards $5 million annually to service-learning projects. He also analyzed entries for the Presidential Green Chemistry Award at the Environmental Protection Agency in Washington, D.C.<br />
<br />
He also founded See Your Future, a student-run non-profit that presents scientific content to middle and high school students through in-class demonstrations, videos, interactive activities and games. His goal is to encourage disadvantaged students in schools
 with limited resources to pursue careers in science, technology, engineering and math.<br />
<br />
Das expects to expand See Your Future nationwide and to find new ways of reaching out to underrepresented communities. He learned through the Poetry for the People Program in the Department of African American Studies that the arts can be an effective vehicle
 for such outreach.<br />
<br />
Through this program, Das helped teach multiple poetry courses on campus, organized poetry slams, published his poetic works and even judged Bay Area Youth Poet Laureate competitions. He considers these activities a means of creating a bridge between campus
 and community.<br />
<br />
After graduation, Das, who is fluent in Bengali and Hindi, and conversational in Spanish, will head to Oxford University to pursue a master's degree in biomedical engineering with a fully funded Whitaker Fellowship. He will then continue his studies at the
 Massachusetts Institute of Technology, where he has been admitted to the chemistry Ph.D. program.<br />
<br />
<span style="font-weight:bold">This article can also be read at:</span><br />
<a href="http://www.indiawest.com/news/10922-ritankar-das-becomes-youngest-uc-berkeley-university-medalist-in-a-century.html#ELWg14HEpjLmlTTu.99" target="_blank">Ritankar Das becomes youngest UC-Berkeley University medalist in a century</a></p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>14/05/2013 15:59:29</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/21699/Ritankar+Das+becomes+youngest+UCBerkeley+University+medalist+in+a+century</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">21699</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>21700</publicationdataID>
      <title>UCLA students’ FoodConnect vies for $1M Hult Prize</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p><span style="font-style:italic">India West</span><br />
<br />
A group of Indian American UCLA freshmen is working to help fight hunger in India with a concept they call FoodConnect.<br />
<br />
Their plan involves purchasing grains in bulk from India's marketplaces, packaging them into family-size portions along with other staples, and selling the bundles to those in need without any markup in price.<br />
<br />
First-year students Aditya Aggarwal, Anushka Bhatia, Varadh Jain, Sajal Khanter and Sagar Patel, all born and raised in India, are in contention for the Hult Prize, which provides $1 million in seed funding for a student project aimed at solving the global
 food crisis.<br />
<br />
The UCLA undergrads formed one of more than 2,000 teams from all over the world that entered the competition. Just 250 teams were selected to participate in the five regional finals, held in March in San Francisco, where the UCLA team competed, as well as Dubai,
 London, Boston, and Shanghai, and the each regional winner advanced to the final round.<br />
<br />
Although the Bruins didn't win their region, they have further developed their proposal with support from Bhagwan Chowdhry, a professor of finance in the UCLA Anderson School of Management, and other advisors, and are still in the running for the grand prize.<br />
<br />
Regardless of the contest’s outcome, the team is planning to meet in India this summer to try to put its idea in motion.<br />
<br />
"We know we can make a change, so we’re definitely going to try," Jain said. "To make a change, you need to understand the local behavior. You can’t just be a foreign entity just trying to make a change. You need to know the reality."<br />
<br />
A typical FoodConnect package might include 600 grams of rice, 1 kilogram of whole wheat flour, 600 grams of lentils, 60 grams of ionized salt and 60 grams of oil, all bundled in a woven sack, and sells for less than $1, Jain said. Items will be selected based
 in part on the ingredients' shelf life and their potential to be used for multiple recipes, and packages will be customized based on regional tastes.<br />
<br />
FoodConnect would keep prices low, and potentially generate profits, by selling advertising on the packaging. Eventually, the team would like to franchise its model throughout the world and reach as many people as possible.<br />
<br />
<span style="font-weight:bold">This article can also be read at:</span><br />
<a href="http://www.indiawest.com/news/10891-ucla-students-foodconnect-vies-for-1m-hult-prize.html#p4104M74VrpuoKid.99" target="_blank">UCLA students’ FoodConnect vies for $1M Hult Prize</a></p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>14/05/2013 16:12:41</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/21700/UCLA+students+FoodConnect+vies+for+1M+Hult+Prize</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">21700</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>21697</publicationdataID>
      <title>On her own two feet: Providing girls in India with hope - and job skills - for a better future</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p><span style="font-style:italic">Huffington Post/ by Jennifer Abrahamson</span><br />
<br />
Like typical teenagers growing up in a big city, Priya and Talat are on a regular basis exposed to tantalizing possibility and grinding poverty, opportunity and danger. And in Delhi, to be an adolescent girl navigating and negotiating her future path can be
 especially challenging.<br />
<br />
"Whenever I watch Indian Idol and India's Got Talent, I feel like 'Oh I wish I could be there.' I'm very fond of singing," Talat explained, her timid voice picking up pace and gaining a note of conviction "But if I tell my father now he's not going to encourage
 it because he'll say it's a useless thing to do."<br />
<br />
Priya said she also enjoyed singing, and at my request, both girls performed short solos, right there in the middle of the Self-Employed Women's Association (SEWA) in Delhi. Dulcet melodies in the fashion of Bollywood stars singing about broken hearts and pining
 for love rang out through adjacent rooms filled with teenaged girls learning how to design and stitch clothes or master Excel, PowerPoint and computer design software.<br />
<br />
In reality, both Talat and Priya are taking a more pragmatic approach to life. Which is why I met them at the SEWA Delhi center, where they were taking advantage of a subsidized program providing adolescent girls from low-income families with vocational and
 life skills.<br />
<br />
Talat's plans include finding a good job so she can 'make a lot of money' to pay for singing lessons. And Priya made it very clear that her first and most important goal in life was to become a policewoman, an ambition inspired by prevalent sexual violence
 in Delhi, and in particular, by the horrific gang rape and murder of a young medical student there in December. Perhaps not surprisingly, this was the second Indian girl I had met in a week who expressed a passion for protecting women as a career.<br />
<br />
Strengthening girls' economic potential is not only critical for their own advancement; it is also vital for a country's economic development. In fact, India loses $56 billion a year in potential earnings because of adolescent pregnancy, secondary school dropout
 rates, and joblessness among young women.<br />
<br />
The International Center for Research on Women (ICRW) last year launched its Turning Point Campaign which is focusing resources on research and programs that examine and address adolescent girls' unique challenges to leading healthy, productive, and gender-equitable
 lives as adult women. A recent ICRW scoping study found that sexual and reproductive health and rights interventions in India - while critical - far out-numbered those focusing on livelihoods. Researchers concluded that more comprehensive programs that integrate
 the two are needed in order to give more girls a better chance to change the course of their lives.<br />
<br />
Priya and Talat's own parents are migrants from Bihar, India's poorest state, and their mothers both dropped out of school and married in their mid-teens. The program at SEWA Delhi (not covered in the study) will almost certainly provide the girls with a future
 their own mothers never had a chance to even consider. Not only have they learned business skills like accounting, banking, graphic design and English. They've also received lessons in 'sexuality', essential to their safety as they enter a male-dominated workforce.
 And once the course is over, SEWA assists girls with job placement, even making market linkages for those girls who aim to start their own small business.<br />
<br />
Priya sees the SEWA course as a stepping stone to achieving her long-term dream to become a policewoman; she hopes it will enable her to find a white collar job (her own mother works in a garment factory) in a bank or office that will fund her college studies
 and training in law enforcement. Talat wants to become a graphic artist, designing business cards or magazine covers, because it will allow her to be creative and use her mind.<br />
<br />
Both girls were also quick to talk about their futures beyond careers - their roles as wives and mothers. Priya is a romantic at heart who hopes for a 'love marriage' with a modest, humble man one day - but not until she's at least 25. Talat has a more practical
 outlook, preferring a wealthy husband and an arranged marriage (love marriages only lead to fighting, she warned). But age isn't so important to her.<br />
<br />
"It's not about age, I can get married at any age," she said. "But only once I'm independent, once I'm able to stand on my own two feet."<br />
<br />
The specifics of the girls' long-term interests clearly diverge. But what they share runs far deeper than Indian Idol or a love marriage. That is, a chance to lift themselves and their future families out of poverty, a chance to pursue their dreams, and perhaps
 most important of all, a chance for a life that they choose for themselves.<br />
<br />
(The views expressed above are the personal views of the writer.)<br />
<br />
<span style="font-weight:bold">This article can also be read at:</span><br />
<a href="http://www.huffingtonpost.com/international-center-for-research-on-women/on-her-own-two-feet-provi_b_3268598.html" target="_blank">On her own two feet: Providing girls in India with hope - and job skills - for a better future</a></p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>14/05/2013 15:46:36</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/21697/On+her+own+two+feet+Providing+girls+in+India+with+hope++and+job+skills++for+a+better+future</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">21697</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>21693</publicationdataID>
      <title>Russia’s all-time favourite Bollywood films</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p>Indian cinema celebrates its centenary this year. To mark the occasion, RIR has put together a Top 10 of the most popular Bollywood films among Russian cinemagoers.<br />
<br />
<span style="font-style:italic">Russia and India Report: Natalya Fedotova</span><br />
<br />
Khwaja Ahmad Abbas’s film Dharti Ke Lal has the honour of being the first Indian film to be dubbed into Russian. It was released way back in 1949, when Stalin was still around. However, it wasn’t until the mid-1950s and the epoch of Raj Kapoor films that Indian
 movies became a staple of Soviet cinemagoers, says Vladimir Shevardenidze, lead editor at the Russian television channel India TV. By the time of the collapse of the USSR, no fewer than 226 Indian films were screened in the cinemas of the country.<br />
<br />
The most popular Indian film throughout the entire Soviet period was Awaara, in which Raj Kapoor was both director and lead actor. "Back then, Raj Kapoor was what we’d call a sex symbol,” says cosmetologist and huge Bollywood fan Alyona Kuznetsova. The film
 was shot in India in 1950, but the black-and-white masterpiece didn’t hit Russian screens until four years later, where it promptly racked up 63.7 million ticket sales. Only two films in the history of Soviet-period film managed to attract more viewers – The
 Magnificent Seven (with 67 million tickets sold) and the Mexican film Yesenia (91 million). But Awaara was the undisputed champion among Indian films.<br />
<br />
Coming a close second on our list behind Awaara is Bobby, which was released in the Soviet Union in 1975. A total of 62.6 Soviet moviegoers queued up to watch the modern-day Cinderella story about Bobby, a beautiful girl born into poverty, and the rich ‘prince’
 who falls in love with her. Little wonder it was so popular among Soviet audiences.<br />
<br />
"But this tearjerker chick flick had nothing on the most popular Indian film ‘for the lads,’” recalls long-time Bollywood aficionado Ilya. He is, of course, talking about Disco Dancer. The legendary film might only have managed to make it to number 8 in the
 list of the most popular foreign films in Soviet cinema history, but it has remained a favourite among the generation of men that was growing up in the Soviet Union at the time thanks its numerous fight scenes, an enthralling plot and excellent music. "All
 the lads would be singing ‘Jimmy Jimmy, Aaja Aaja’ from the soundtrack. We also learned how to snap our fingers really loudly – just like the guy in the film does,” Ilya added. The film was watched by 60.9 million people.<br />
<br />
Fourth place goes to Pramod Chakravorty’s action thriller Barood. The film tells the story of Anup, who as a boy witnessed the murder of his father. Committing the faces of those responsible to memory, he vows to avenge his father’s death. Fourteen years later,
 Anup has started to carry out his plan, but in a twist that tugged on the heartstrings of Soviet moviegoers, he unexpectedly falls in love with the daughter of one of the murderers. Barood brought in 60 million viewers, only slightly fewer than Disco Dancer.<br />
<br />
Speaking of heartstrings, the film Seeta aur Geeta had the whole country in tears. The plot revolves around identical twin sisters Seeta and Geeta, who were separated at birth and have very different fates; Geeta is abducted by gypsies and becomes a wandering
 street performer, while her sister is raised by their rich uncle, whose fortune she stands to inherit. Somehow, after a series of hilarious adventures and misunderstandings, the sisters meet. The film was so popular – 55.2 million Soviet citizens paid to see
 it – that a pair of Siamese twins born in Kyrgyzstan (or the Kyrgyz Republic as it is now known) was given the names Seeta and Geeta by their parents.<br />
<br />
The dramatic story of a woman called Deviyani (from the film Mamta) who first married a man she didn’t love and then abandoned her own daughter, reached Soviet screens in 1969 and drew a cinema audience totalling 52.1 million people. The audience for Phool
 aur Patthar was just a little less, at 45.4 million. "For me this film is a symbol of Indian cinema. The tragedy of one person and, of course, a great love,” says Anna Kolchina. The plot tells the story of a city struck by a terrible illness which takes the
 lives of hundreds of people. Many of its residents leave, including the family of the young woman, who is left on her own in poor health in a large house. A thief gets into the house, but when he sees the dying girl he looks after her, and the girl recovers.
 She does not want to forgive her family, who left her to die.<br />
<br />
The list of the ten most popular Indian films in the USSR ends with Duniya and Hamraaz. "I watched that film five or six times. The girls and I even skipped our lectures at the institute for that film,” recalls Maria Kochetkova about Duniya. This film about
 a despotic mother who prevents her rich son from marrying a poor girl won the hearts of 45.4 million citizens of the Soviet Union. Hamraaz was seen by 42.4 million people.<br />
<br />
"Russians like Indian cinema for its cheeky optimism. No matter how difficult the trials, no matter what surprises life brings, everything will still be fine in the end,” says Maria Sergeyeva, a modern fan of Indian cinematography. It’s true that after the
 collapse of the USSR, Indian films disappeared from the screens of Russian cinemas and moved onto cable channels and into film libraries for fans. Now, Bollywood productions are finding it hard to compete with Hollywood blockbusters in Russia. But Indian film
 festivals are very successful throughout Russia, and this shows that interest in Indian films in Russia is far from waning.<br />
<br />
Incidentally, not long ago a key Russian official, former deputy prime minister Vladislav Surkov, admitted his love for Indian cinema, although he said he now has to keep his feelings secret – it’s not the done thing for a politician to watch colourful Bollywood
 movies with friends, says the official. But in the past his friends used to accept and share his love of Indian cinema. "We got tickets for Ram and Shyam,” Surkov recalled in his column in Russky Pioneer. According to him, what always attracted him in Bollywood
 films was their clear distinction between good and evil, their triumphant moral simplicity and the straightforwardness of their ethical choices. In addition, Indian cinema allowed him to "hope for a miracle,” thanks to its incredible stories about children
 who would get mixed up and lost but in the end would manage to find each other.<br />
<br />
(The views expressed above are the personal views of the writer)<br />
<br />
<span style="font-weight:bold">This article can also be read at:</span><br />
<a href="http://indrus.in/arts/2013/05/10/russias_all-time_favourite_bollywood_films_24749.html" target="_blank">Russia’s all-time favourite Bollywood films</a></p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>10/05/2013 18:06:07</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/21693/Russias+alltime+favourite+Bollywood+films</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">21693</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>21691</publicationdataID>
      <title>Kumbh pots to parade through Britain</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p><span style="font-style:italic">Vancouver Desi</span><br />
<br />
Hundreds of Hindus carrying ornate pots known as ‘kumbhs’ will parade through London, Manchester, Leicester and Dudley over the next three weeks.<br />
<br />
This will be part of a unique and colourful pilgrimage symbolizing their commitment to protecting the environment.<br />
<br />
The ‘Green Kumbh Yatra’ is an international initiative featuring one especially sacred metal kumbh carried across many countries to promote the importance of environmental and biodiversity conservation.<br />
<br />
The ‘Green Kumbh Yatra’ was launched last year at the UN Convention on Biological Diversity in Hyderabad. It will end at the next convention in South Korea in 2014.<br />
<br />
The sacred kumbh has already been greeted in many cities and sacred sites across India as well as in Nepal and Jerusalem. It is now in Britain ahead of a move to the US.<br />
<br />
"Spirituality and religion’s role in conservation is as old as time itself. This pilgrimage emphasises the profound connection between the collective wisdom and resources of our faith traditions and their role in conserving biodiversity,” said Kusum Vyas of
 Green Kumbh Yatra.<br />
<br />
"Our aim is to highlight the connection spiritual places such as sacred groves, rivers and mountains, temples, churches, synagogues and mosques have to their environment, and how worshippers are custodians of those environments.”<br />
<br />
<span style="font-weight:bold">This article can also be read at:</span><br />
<a href="http://www.vancouverdesi.com/lifestyle/kumbh-pots-to-parade-through-britain/552269" target="blank">Kumbh pots to parade through Britain</a></p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>10/05/2013 17:55:45</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/21691/Kumbh+pots+to+parade+through+Britain</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">21691</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>21692</publicationdataID>
      <title>Bollywood: The journey from 1913 to 2013</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p><span style="font-style:italic">Deutsche Welle</span><br />
<br />
Film critics in both India and in the West have been inclined to dismiss Bollywood cinema as kitsch and without any artistic value. But the fact remains - the Indian film industry is the largest in the world.<br />
<br />
Bollywood is a cinema of emotions. "Kabhi Khushi Kabhi Gham" (Sometimes Happy, Sometimes Sad, 2001) is a typical family drama, a love story between beautiful, bubbly Anjali and the charming Rahul, played by Sharukh Khan.<br />
<br />
Rahul rebels against the wishes of his strict and arrogant father Yash by deciding to marry Anjali who is from a lower social standing. Many tears are shed in the three-hour long film until Rahul and Yash are finally reconciled.<br />
<br />
Like many Bollywood films, it sweeps its audience into a fantasy world where the gap between rich and the poor disappears, where the disparities between social status and background are won over by the power of love.<br />
<br />
It’s a world in which traditional values such as honesty, respect for elders and hard work still count. This is a film which also reflects the generational conflict in modern India.<br />
<br />
Shubra Gupta, a film critic in Delhi, explains that a love of Bollywood unites Indians. "I think that Indian film is the most democratic medium that we Indians have. Everybody can watch a Bollywood film. Whether he does this for a few rupees in a small village
 cinema or in a huge, luxurious multiplex in one of the big cities, it’s the most important form of entertainment for the masses."<br />
<br />
The films also play a role of informing and educating, as well as entertaining. Today, a third of the Indian population still cannot read or write.<br />
<br />
From 1913 to 2013<br />
<br />
On April 21, 1913, Dhundiraj Govind Phalke released the first Indian film, the mythical "Raja Harishchandra." Female roles were played by men in women's costumes - acting was considered an immodest profession for women.<br />
<br />
Nobody would have imagined at the time that the Indian film industry would one day become the largest in the world.<br />
<br />
Early Bollywood films revolved mainly around the Indian epics, the Ramayana and the Mahabharata, and good doses of musical and dance elements. Moreover, Javed Akhtar, one of the most popular Indian poets and scriptwriters, explains that many traditions from
 folk theater then found their way into the cinema. "Music and dance have been an integral part of our culture for 4,000 years: regardless of whether actors are called Ramlila, Krishnalila or Nautanki. There was theater in Urdu or the theater tradition of the
 religious community of Parsis, which saw huge success in their time. Every Indian story in history has music and dance elements. Those who don't like it don't have to bother watching our films."<br />
<br />
The "golden age" of Hindi film was in the 1950s. Directors such as Bimal Roy, Raj Kapoor and Guru Dutt examined serious issues such as the rural exodus and the new Republic of India’s uncertain political future. Their social criticism made Indian films popular
 not only at home but also in other parts of the world, including China and Russia.<br />
<br />
In the 1970s, Bollywood gained popularity across the world thanks to the superstar Amitabh Bachchan. In action-packed films, he played the character of the "angry young man" who fought against social injustices and clashed with the mafia. His films were popular
 in Turkey and in parts of Africa and he still has a fan base today in Morocco, Uganda, Tunisia and Kenya.<br />
<br />
In the 1980s, the anger against society was continued in love films with the fresh faces of Aamir Khan and Salman Khan. Instead of succumbing to their fate, a couple whose families disapproved of their love decided to fight for its happiness. Till death if
 need be.<br />
<br />
And in the 1990s, plots became a bit more realistic. Mani Ratnam's "Bombay" in 1995 examined the tensions between Hindus and Muslims in India’s financial hub. The same director’s "Dil Se" focused on separatism and terrorism.<br />
<br />
In the early years of the 21st century films such as "Lagaan: Once Upon a Time in India" and "Dirty Picture" won worldwide critical acclaim.<br />
<br />
14 million cinema visits a day<br />
<br />
According to the European Audiovisual Observatory in Brussels, 1274 films were produced in India alone in 2011, more than in Hollywood. An estimated 14 million people go to the cinema every day in India.<br />
<br />
Although strictly Bollywood films, which are produced in the city of Mumbai, make up only a small percentage of Indian films, they are what the world understands as Indian cinema. However, the Indian film industry as a whole, with many centers and regional
 languages, has a large economic weight.<br />
<br />
Shubhra Gupta says that Bollywood has changed in the past 10 years. "There's not just one Bollywood. There are still classical family sagas with intrigues and tears. But then there’s a Bollywood which doesn’t want to give up on traditional ways of telling a
 story but integrates new elements. And then there’s a third radical strand."<br />
<br />
Anurag Kashyap belongs to this radical generation. "I think Hindi cinema could do a lot if it just tried. We’re still producing a majority of love and family dramas, sometimes action films with themes of revenge. If we do make realistic films, they are so arty
 that they’re boring. I don’t want to be boring or to create a fantasy world that nobody can identify with."<br />
<br />
(The views expressed above are the personal views of the writer) <br />
<br />
<span style="font-weight:bold">This article can also be read at:</span><br />
<a href="http://www.dw.de/bollywood-the-journey-from-1913-to-2013/a-16764502" target="_blank">Bollywood: The journey from 1913 to 2013</a></p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>10/05/2013 18:01:34</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/21692/Bollywood+The+journey+from+1913+to+2013</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">21692</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>21675</publicationdataID>
      <title>In India, they learned how to assemble solar lanterns</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p><span style="font-style:italic">El Periodico/ by By Claudia Mendez Villasenor</span><br />
<br />
Isabella Torres Medina (39) and Catarina Mejia (41), members of the Xeputul Community located at 25 kilometers from San Juan Cotzal, Quiche, find it hard to believe that only 23 days back they were in Tilona, a city in western India, along with other ten women
 from different developing countries. None of the two women knows how to read and write; neither do they speak Spanish nor English. However, they both accepted challenge of attending a training programme dedicated to people like them; illiterate middle-aged
 women who live in remote areas located at ten kilometers from the nearest power plant.<br />
<br />
"We heard about the project, we feared about the same time. The community leaders and Auxiliary Mayor went to Izabal to learn about the experience of two women who had traveled to India and had come back very satisfied”, they told through a translator.<br />
<br />
The community chose them to receive the training course which started on Septmeber 16, 2012 and ended on March 14, 2013.<br />
<br />
According to the Embassy of India in Guatemala, the course is delivered through the use of signs, sounds, hands and sight. "It is not about teaching the scientific concepts of Solar Energy. On the contrary, the instructor places the components of a solar lantern
 on top of a table and teaches them how to assemble these”.<br />
<br />
After their return to Quiche, the two women have volunteered to share their knowledge with members of other villages. During the next weeks, they will be receiving the set of solar lanterns that they will have to install and administer in Xetupul II.<br />
<br />
(The views expressed above are the personal views of the writer)<br />
<br />
<span style="font-weight:bold">This article can also be read at:</span><br />
<a href="http://www.elperiodico.com.gt/es/20130408/pais/226719/ " target="_blank">In India, they learned how to assemble solar lanterns</a></p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>08/05/2013 14:27:56</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/21675/In+India+they+learned+how+to+assemble+solar+lanterns</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">21675</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>21686</publicationdataID>
      <title>Many Canadian Businesses Missing Out on India’s ‘Hottest’ Sectors</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p><span style="font-weight:bold">Conference Board of Canada urges increased trade</span><br />
<br />
<span style="font-style:italic">Epoch Times/ By Justina Reichel</span><br />
<br />
More Canadian businesses need to take advantage of trade opportunities with India, especially in the country’s "hottest” economic sectors, a new report suggests.<br />
<br />
The report, titled "Hottest Prospects for Canadian Companies in India,” was released Tuesday by the Conference Board of Canada’s Global Commerce Centre and outlined several key advantages to increasing trade with India.<br />
<br />
"Few Canadian companies have taken full advantage of the rapidly growing Indian economy,” said Danielle Goldfarb, the Conference Board’s Associate Director, Global Commerce Centre.<br />
<br />
"But Canadian firms are world leaders in some of India’s ‘hottest’ economic sectors. Canada’s demonstrated strengths in other markets could be adapted and applied to India’s needs.”<br />
<br />
India, the world’s second most populous country, represents 7 percent of the global economy and is projected to comprise 11 percent by 2030. The country’s young population and growing middle class offer "tremendous opportunities” for Canadian businesses, says
 the report.<br />
<br />
In 2012, India announced that it would allow greater foreign investment in relatively closed sectors, such as retail, airlines, insurance, and broadcasting. Though these efforts at reform still face challenges, Canada’s particular economic strengths make it
 well positioned to align with India’s available sectors.<br />
<br />
Some sectors, however, present more opportunity than others due to their growth potential and relative openness to Canadian commercial activities.<br />
<br />
The sectors that present the most opportunity for Canadian businesses include autos, machinery, transport, education, energy, communications, retail, food products, and financial services.<br />
<br />
Trade with India also presents an attractive alternative to Canada’s traditional trading relationships such as with the U.S., which has stagnated amidst the recent recession, says the report.<br />
<br />
Though India’s economy is currently the 10th largest in the world, it is expected to move up to fourth largest by 2020, according to World Bank estimates. India’s economy has also shown rapid growth over the last decade, averaging 9 percent real annual growth
 in the period 2003-07, 7 percent over 2008-11, and 5 percent in 2012.<br />
<br />
Less than one percent of Canada’s goods exports currently go to India, but this is expected to increase sharply after a trade deal between the two countries is slated for completion later this year.<br />
<br />
Two-way Canada-India trade currently totals less than $5 billion. However, both countries have already committed to increasing bilateral trade to $15 billion by 2015.<br />
<br />
In February in New Delhi, the federal government completed the seventh round of negotiations toward a Canada-India comprehensive economic partnership agreement.<br />
<br />
"Our government is committed to building on our already-strong ties with India to create a partnership that will lead to jobs, growth, and long-term prosperity for workers in both our countries,” Ed Fast, Minister of International Trade and Minister for the
 Asia-Pacific Gateway, said in a statement.<br />
<br />
"More than a million Canadians of Indian origin is clear proof of how both business and people-to-people ties are helping us deepen the Canada-India relationship.”<br />
<br />
Ottawa has identified core economic opportunities in India in the energy, agriculture, infrastructure, and education sectors. A Canada-India joint study concluded that a trade agreement between the two countries could boost Canada’s economy by at least $6 billion.<br />
<br />
(The views expressed above are the personal views of the writer)<br />
<br />
<span style="font-weight:bold">This article can also be read at:</span><br />
<a href="http://www.theepochtimes.com/n3/45222-many-canadian-businesses-missing-out-on-indias-hottest-sectors/" target="_blank">Many Canadian Businesses Missing Out on India’s ‘Hottest’ Sectors</a><br />
<br />
</p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>09/05/2013 09:37:04</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/21686/Many+Canadian+Businesses+Missing+Out+on+Indias+Hottest+Sectors</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">21686</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>21658</publicationdataID>
      <title>Canadian exporters need to find India’s sweet spots</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p><span style="font-style:italic">The Globe and Mail/ By Danielle Goldfarb</span><br />
<br />
Wayne Gretzky famously described how he was taught to "skate to where the puck is going, not where it has been.” Gretzky – to many, Canada’s greatest export – was talking about hockey, but the same principle applies to Canada’s trade. Many Canadian companies
 are still skating to where the puck has been, and missing many of the places where it is going.<br />
<br />
India, for example, accounts for less than 1 per cent of Canada’s trade and investment, according to official estimates. Yet, India accounts for 7 per cent of the world economy today. It is expected to rise to 11 per cent by 2030 and to 18 per cent – almost
 one-fifth – of the world economy by 2060, according to OECD estimates.<br />
<br />
So how do more Canadian companies actually start taking advantage of opportunities in fast-growth markets such as India? A good starting point is to identify sectors of the Indian economy that land in the "sweet spot” – they are sizable, dynamic, fast-growing,
 and present relatively few barriers to Canadian businesses.<br />
<br />
A new Conference Board study, <a href="http://www.conferenceboard.ca/e-library/abstract.aspx?did=5438" target="_blank">
"The Hottest Markets for Canadian Companies in India,”</a> finds many fast-growing, sizable, profitable, dynamic sectors. But despite two decades of economic reform, much of India’s economy remains relatively closed to foreign activity. So the study’s final
 list of hottest markets includes only those fast-growth sectors that are relatively open to Canadian business.<br />
<br />
The final list includes eight Indian service sectors, 10 manufacturing sectors, and eight resources or agricultural sectors. In many of these hot markets, Canada has demonstrated international commercial strengths.<br />
<br />
These industries include:<br />
</p>
<ul class="bulletText">
<li><span style="font-weight:bold">Infrastructure and related activities.</span> India has massive infrastructure needs and plans. This sector is relatively open to foreign activities. Canadian companies that, for example, provide engineering and design services,
 or machinery or equipment, can take advantage. </li><li><span style="font-weight:bold">The auto sector and supply chain.</span> Canada has expertise in all aspects of the auto sector. India’s auto sector is massive, growing at a dramatic pace, and is relatively open to investment and trade (though there are
 still tariffs and other barriers). Expertise and products developed for the U.S. market can be adapted to India’s needs.
</li><li><span style="font-weight:bold">Services.</span> Canada has demonstrated international commercial strengths in services. In fact, key services have been Canada’s fastest-growing exports over the past decade. India’s services sector is massive. Hot sectors
 include telecommunications and banking, both areas of Canadian strength. The services sectors are more closed to foreign investment than manufacturing, though the government has recently announced "big bang” reforms in a range of services such as retail, airlines,
 insurance and broadcasting. </li></ul>
Doing business in India can be extremely difficult. India ranks toward the bottom of the World Bank’s ease-of-doing-business measure – number 132 out of 185. And India is geographically distant, compared with the large economy next door in the U.S.<br />
<br />
The challenges in India are tremendous, but so are the long-term opportunities. India’s growth prospects are far above the meagre rates seen in Canada’s traditional trade partners. With a free-trade deal in the works, and an investor protection agreement negotiated
 (though on hold on India’s side), Canada has started toward removing barriers for its companies in India.<br />
<br />
The gap between Canada’s current trade profile and where it needs to go is wide. But Canadian companies have demonstrated strengths that they could adapt and apply to fast-growth markets such as India. In other words, Canadian businesses know how to skate.
 More of them need to skate to where the puck is going.<br />
<br />
(The views expressed above are the personal views of the writer)<br />
<br />
<span style="font-weight:bold">This article can also be read at:</span><br />
<a href="http://www.theglobeandmail.com/report-on-business/economy/economy-lab/canadian-exporters-need-to-find-indias-sweet-spots/article11739973/?cmpid=rss1" target="_blank">Canadian exporters need to find India’s sweet spots</a>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>08/05/2013 10:12:46</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/21658/Canadian+exporters+need+to+find+Indias+sweet+spots</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">21658</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>21656</publicationdataID>
      <title>Plastic waste can be recycle via construction materials</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p><span style="font-style:italic">Waste Management World</span><br />
<br />
Mr. Prashant Lingam and his wife Ms. Aruna Kappagantula, founders of Bamboo House of India are replacing bricks with trash plastic bottles to build sustainable homes. On record, a mud-filled plastic bottle is no less strong than a brick. They have chosen a
 material which is very cheap and available in abundance. Mr. Lingam says, "Housing shortfall in India stands today at 148 lakhs dwelling units and we hope our innovative technique will help bring it down," reported The Indian Express. A plastic bottle house
 costs quarter of the money required to build a conventional house. This house built on 225 sq.ft looks like an ordinary home, but it differs in many ways - both Mr. Lingam and Ms. Kappagantula claims the sand filled bottles are stronger than ordinary cinder
 blocks.<br />
<br />
They further add, "The structure has the added advantage of being fire proof, bullet proof and earthquake resistant. In terms of strength, performance is equal to bricks and may be better too. We will be shortly sending the bottle wall panels for testing to
 IIT, Delhi. We hope the results will help us to refine the process".Apart from price difference, this house also scores on the heat factor. Excess use of cement generates a lot of heat. The house was built with less than eight bags of cement and it is expected
 to last a lifetime, and definitely not less than 30 years.By partnering with IIT-Delhi, National Institute of Design and the National Mission on Bamboo Application helped in zeroing in on certain technical aspects for both Mr. Lingam and Ms. Kappagantula.
 They did face challenges in getting enough empty bottles and also getting the structure right but this partnership has helped them a lot. They plan to promote the bottle technology for mass rural housing as raw material would be locally available and labour
 is cheap. A small house of 200-400 sq.ft in a rural area can be constructed at less than Rs.50,000. From environment view point, this house definitely has an edge in scoring better compared to conventional housing.<br />
<br />
<span style="font-weight:bold">This article can also be read at:</span><br />
<a href="http://www.waste-management-world.com/news/2013/05/05/plastic-waste-can-be-recycled-via-construction-materials.html" target="_blank">Plastic waste can be recycle via construction materials</a><img title="External website that opens in a new window" alt="External website" src="images/ext-link-icon.gif" border="0"/></p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>06/05/2013 16:33:09</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/21656/Plastic+waste+can+be+recycle+via+construction+materials</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">21656</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>21657</publicationdataID>
      <title>Raja Harischandra: Celebrating the Centenary of India's First Feature Film</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p><span style="font-style:italic">The Huffington Post/ by Vamsee Juluri</span><br />
<br />
If "Bollywood" could be given a birthday, it might well be May 3, 1913. It was on this day, one hundred years ago, that D.G. "Dadasaheb" Phalke presented before an audience at the Coronation Theater in Bombay his movie Raja Harischandra.<br />
<br />
For a film culture that has come to be described as "escapist" and with scant regard for reality and truth, India's first feature film could not have had a more surprising subject. Raja Harischandra recounted the ancient story of a king who always stood for
 truth. After losing his kingdom, his wife, and his son and suffering innumerable sorrows, all to keep up the promise he made to a sage, the noble king is finally redeemed when the gods (and the sage) reveal that it was all just a test. Not surprisingly, the
 story of King Harischandra was a favorite of another great believer in truth from the early twentieth century, Mahatma Gandhi.<br />
<br />
For nearly two decades after the release of Raja Harischandra, Phalke and other pioneers of Indian cinema brought the timeless stories of India's religious traditions to life. Audiences delighted in watching the familiar antics of the child Krishna, or the
 mighty Hanuman, on screen. It wasn't just entertainment either. In the fascinating way in which the secular and the sacred entwine themselves in India, the films also reflected in many ways the fervent nationalist -- and reformist -- trends of the time. Phalke
 himself was a sincere nationalist, driven by a desire to create a truly Indian cinema that reflected its traditions and aspirations -- and yet, for this he was inspired by a screening of a movie about Jesus Christ. Indian cinema's eclectic religiosity, in
 my view, like India, to a large extent, wasn't exclusionary in the least. By the 1930s, as the talkies began, film-makers around the country began to make feature films in a variety of languages, marking the foundations of the other major regional film centers
 as well (which today are called "Tollywood," "Kollywood" and so on). They made stories about the gods too, and the saints, and often saw in them a very similar message of love, justice, and most of all, equality, that the Mahatma was advocating at that time.<br />
<br />
Today, Indian cinema has become one of the largest film industries in the world. While the films of today seem less overtly influenced by the ideals of great men like Gandhi, the fact remains that India's film culture and political culture remain deeply reflective
 of each other in many ways. For one thing, more film stars have been elected to political office in India than in any other democracy than I know of, and it is not just a matter of charisma. Indian cinema's stories, themes, casting, and sensibilities have
 often reflected changes in the country's politics as well. Now, as India's film industry enters its second century, it would be worth thinking about what sort of a cultural vision its creators can offer the nation, and the world, in the years ahead. It may
 not quite be the sort of vision that can get Hollywood renamed as "Hombay" as Salman Rushdie recently said on the Bill Maher show, but it could be a vision that tells us that art, religion, and democracy can all coexist, and inform each other, and our lives
 a little more than commerce alone. That would perhaps be the greatest tribute to Dadasaheb Phalke, the "Father of Indian Cinema," and to the many great artists who have followed him in creating this wonderful world of mean.<br />
<br />
(The views expressed above are the personal views of the writer)<br />
<br />
<span style="font-weight:bold">This article can also be read at:</span><br />
<a href="http://www.huffingtonpost.com/vamsee-juluri/raja-harischandra-celebra_b_3203640.html" target="_blank">Raja Harischandra: Celebrating the Centenary of India's First Feature Film</a><img title="External website that opens in a new window" alt="External website" src="images/ext-link-icon.gif" border="0"/></p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>06/05/2013 16:35:39</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/21657/Raja+Harischandra+Celebrating+the+Centenary+of+Indias+First+Feature+Film</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">21657</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>21696</publicationdataID>
      <title>India's Patently Wise Decision</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p><span style="font-style:italic">The Jordan Times/by Joseph E. Stiglitz and Arjun Jayadev</span><br />
<br />
The Indian Supreme Court’s refusal to uphold the patent on Gleevec, the blockbuster cancer drug developed by the Swiss pharmaceutical giant Novartis, is good news for many of those in India suffering from cancer. If other developing countries follow India’s
 example, it will be good news elsewhere, too: more money could be devoted to other needs, whether fighting AIDS, providing education, or making investments that enable growth and poverty reduction.<br />
<br />
But the Indian decision also means less money for the big multinational pharmaceutical companies. Not surprisingly, this has led to an overwrought response from them and their lobbyists: the ruling, they allege, destroys the incentive to innovate, and thus
 will deal a serious blow to public health globally.<br />
<br />
These claims are wildly overstated. In both economic and social-policy terms, the Indian court’s decision makes good sense. Moreover, it is only a localized effort at rebalancing a global intellectual-property (IP) regime that is tilted heavily toward pharmaceutical
 interests at the expense of social welfare. Indeed, there is a growing consensus among economists that the current IP regime actually stifles innovation.<br />
<br />
The impact of strong IP protection on social welfare has long been considered ambiguous. The promise of monopoly rights can spur innovation (though the most important discoveries, like that of DNA, typically occur within universities and government-sponsored
 research labs, and depend on other incentives). But there often are serious costs as well: higher prices for consumers, the dampening effect on further innovation of reducing access to knowledge, and, in the case of life-saving drugs, death for all who are
 unable to afford the innovation that could have saved them.<br />
<br />
The weight given to each of these factors depends on circumstances and priorities, and should vary by country and time. Advanced industrialized countries in earlier stages of their development benefited from faster economic growth and greater social welfare
 by explicitly adopting weaker IP protection than is demanded of developing countries today. Even in the United States, there is growing concern that so-called hold-up patents and me-too patents – and the sheer thicket of patents, in which any innovation is
 likely to become entangled in someone else’s IP claims – are diverting scarce research resources away from their most productive uses.<br />
<br />
India represents only about 1-2% of the global pharmaceutical market. But it has long been a flashpoint in battles over expansion of pharmaceutical companies’ global IP rights, owing to its dynamic generics industry and its willingness to challenge patent provisions
 both domestically and in foreign jurisdictions.<br />
<br />
The revocation of patent protection for medicines in 1972 greatly expanded access to essential medicines, and led to the growth of a globally competitive domestic industry that is often called the "pharmacy of the developing world.” For example, production
 of anti-retroviral drugs by Indian generic manufacturers such as Cipla has reduced the cost of life-saving AIDS treatment in Sub-Saharan Africa to just 1% of the cost a decade ago.<br />
<br />
Much of this globally valuable capacity was built under a regime of weak – in fact, non-existent – protection for pharmaceutical patents. But India is now bound by the World Trade Organization’s TRIPS agreement, and has revised its patent laws accordingly,
 causing widespread anxiety in the developing world about the implications for global provision of affordable medicines.<br />
<br />
Indeed, the Gleevec decision is still only a small reversal for Western pharmaceuticals. Over the last two decades, lobbyists have worked to harmonize and strengthen a far stricter and globally enforceable IP regime. As a result, there are now numerous overlapping
 protections for pharmaceutical companies that are very difficult for most developing countries to contest, and that often pit their global obligations against their domestic obligations to protect their citizens’ lives and health.<br />
<br />
According to the Indian Supreme Court, the country’s amended patent law still places greater weight on social objectives than in the US and elsewhere: the standards of non-obviousness and novelty required to obtain a patent are stricter (especially as they
 pertain to medicines), and no "evergreening” of existing patents – or patent protection for incremental follow-up innovations – is allowed. The court thus reaffirmed India’s primary commitment to protecting its citizens’ lives and health.<br />
<br />
The decision also highlighted an important fact: Despite its severe limitations, the TRIPS agreement does have some (rarely used) safeguards that give developing countries a certain degree of flexibility to limit patent protection. That is why the pharmaceutical
 industry, the US, and others have pushed since its inception for a wider and stronger set of standards through add-on agreements.<br />
<br />
Such agreements would, for example, limit opposition to patent applications; prohibit national regulatory authorities from approving generic medicines until patents have expired; maintain data exclusivity, thereby delaying the approval of biogeneric drugs;
 and require new forms of protection, such as anti-counterfeiting measures.<br />
<br />
There is a curious incoherence in the argument that the Indian decision undermines property rights. A critical institutional foundation for well-functioning property rights is an independent judiciary to enforce them. India’s Supreme Court has shown that it
 is independent, interprets the law faithfully, and does not easily succumb to global corporate interests. It is now up to the Indian government to use the TRIPS agreement’s safeguards to ensure that the country’s intellectual-property regime advances both
 innovation and public health.<br />
<br />
Globally, there is growing recognition of the need for a more balanced IP regime. But the pharmaceutical industry, trying to consolidate its gains, has been pushing instead for an ever stronger and more imbalanced IP regime. Countries considering agreements
 like the Trans-Pacific Partnership or bilateral "partnership” agreements with the US and Europe need to be aware that this is one of the hidden objectives. What are being sold as "free-trade agreements” include IP provisions that could stifle access to affordable
 medicines, with a potentially significant impact on economic growth and development.<br />
<br />
(The views expressed above are the personal views of the writer)<br />
<br />
<span style="font-weight:bold">This article can also be read at:</span><br />
<a href=" http://www.project-syndicate.org/commentary/the-impact-of-the-indian-supreme-court-s-patent-decision-by-joseph-e--stiglitz-and-arjun-jayadev" target="_blank">India's Patently Wise Decision</a></p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>14/05/2013 12:01:02</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/21696/Indias+Patently+Wise+Decision</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">21696</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>21626</publicationdataID>
      <title>India's literacy rate rises to 73 per cent as population growth dips</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p><span style="font-style:italic">Daily Mail</span><br />
<br />
This is one slump in growth rate that the nation can rejoice over. According to the Census of 2001- 2011, India's population has grown at 17.7 per cent as against 21.5 per cent in the decade.<br />
<br />
The country's population at present is 1.21 billion, an increase of 181.96 million since 2001. What is even more comforting for the country's planners is the fact that female growth rate has been better than male growth rate.<br />
<br />
The male population has gone up by 90.97 million, against a rise of 90.99 in the population of females over the last 10 years.<br />
<br />
The rate of growth of the female population is 18.3 per cent, while the male growth rate stands at 17.1 per cent, according to the final census released by Union Home Minister Sushilkumar Shinde on Tuesday.<br />
<br />
While there has been a 3.8 per cent drop in the overall growth rate, there is still scope for improvement as 14 states and Union Territories have registered over 20 per cent growth in population figures.<br />
<br />
Among the major states, Bihar has recorded the highest decadal growth in population (25.4 per cent), surpassing West Bengal, which occupied the first position in 1991-2001. More than two-third of the country's population lives in rural areas.<br />
<br />
As per census 2011, 833.5 million people live in rural areas, while 377.1 million people live in urban centres.<br />
<br />
Delhi has the highest proportion of urban population at 97.5 per cent.<br />
<br />
Top five states in terms of urban population are Goa (62.2 per cent), Mizoram (52.1 per cent), Tamil Nadu (48.4 per cent), Kerala (47.7 per cent) and Maharashtra (45.2 per cent).<br />
<br />
The literacy rate in India has risen to 73 per cent in comparison to 64.8 per cent in 2001.<br />
<br />
While male literacy rate stands at 80.9 per cent, which is 5.6 per cent higher than the previous census, the female literacy rate has been recorded at 64.6 per cent, an increase of 10.9 per cent since 2001.<br />
<br />
The gap in literacy rate between urban and rural areas and between males and females has also declined.<br />
<br />
In Census 2011, the gap stands at 16.3 points. India's sex ratio in 2011 stands at 943 (females against 1000 males), which is 10 per cent more than the last census, when it was 933.<br />
<br />
Haryana has the worst sex ratio at 879, while Kerala is the best at 1,084.<br />
<br />
(The views expressed above are the personal views of the writer)<br />
<br />
<span style="font-weight:bold">This article can also be read at:</span><br />
<a href="http://www.dailymail.co.uk/indiahome/indianews/article-2317341/Indias-literacy-rate-rises-73-cent-population-growth-dips.html#ixzz2S1MkuQVl" target="_blank">India's literacy rate rises to 73 per cent as population growth dips</a><br />
</p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>01/05/2013 15:31:52</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/21626/Indias+literacy+rate+rises+to+73+per+cent+as+population+growth+dips</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">21626</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>21646</publicationdataID>
      <title>ATN Launches Channels in Partnership with India's Largest Broadcaster</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p><span style="font-style:italic">broadcastermagzine.com</span><br />
</p>
<p>Asian Television Network International Limited, Canada's largest South Asian Broadcaster, is pleased to announce the launch of 5 Canadian channels in collaboration with India's largest Terrestrial Broadcaster Doordarshan, popularly known as DD.</p>
<p>Doordarshan is India's most Powerful Broadcaster, a division of Prasar Bharati and is one of the largest broadcasting organizations in the World in terms of the infrastructure of studios and transmitters and is a multi-billion dollar organization.</p>
<p>ATN has signed Licensing Agreements with DD under which it has been granted exclusive rights to the five television services, namely DD India, DD News, DD Bharati, DD Urdu and DD Sports.</p>
<p>ATN-DD India: DD India is an Indian satellite television channel which is marketed towards Indian audiences living abroad, and offers an update on the social, cultural, and political aspects of India. The channel features original programming, such as dramas,
 comedy-series, talk shows, documentaries, and re-runs of popular TV shows from other Indian television channels. The programming on this channel continues to be done in a manner to enable it to meet its primary objective of providing a window to the world
 especially for the Indian diaspora to witness the Indian social, cultural, political and economic scene.</p>
<p>ATN-DD News: The DD-News channel is India's only 24 hours terrestrial news channel which telecasts over 16 hours of live news bulletins daily in Hindi and English. News Headlines, News updates, breaking news on the scroller are regular features on this channel.
 DD News also carries Stock and Commodities indices throughout the day in an automated delivery mode, accessing information from NSE &amp; BSE and leading commodity exchanges like NCDEX, MCX, etc.</p>
<p>ATN-DD Bharati: acts as a Cultural Heritage of India. Besides programmes on adventure, quiz contests, fine arts/paintings, crafts and designs, cartoons, talent hunts, etc., it also telecasts MERI BAAT an hour-long phone-in 'live' show with young people.
 Programmes emphasizing on a healthy life style and focusing on prevention rather than cure, both in our traditional and modern forms of medicine are the highlight of the channel.</p>
<p>ATN-DD Urdu: is a general interest Urdu channel encapsulating heritage, culture, literature, information, education &amp; societal issues specific to the Urdu speaking audience.</p>
<p>ATN-DD Sports: DD Sports is India's only free-to-air sports channel and provides coverage to various international and domestic sports including Cricket, Football, Hockey, Tennis, Archery, Athletics, Kabaddi, Swimming, Badminton, Wrestling, Kho-kho and other
 indigenous games. The channel also covers events organized by different Sports Federations and Association in India.</p>
<p>"India is the World's largest democracy and has a population of over a Billion People. We are delighted to be associated with the launch of India's Official National Broadcaster Doordarshan which is similar to the BBC in the UK and CBC in Canada" said Dr.
 Shan Chandrasekar President and CEO of ATN, "We have aggressive plans to add substantial value to our Diaspora and enhance our strong Customer base on Cable, Satellite and Credible distributors across Canada" he added.</p>
<p>"I am delighted that Asian Television Network (ATN), Canada is going to launch five channels of Doordarshan, the national television service of India, in Canada. This is yet another significant step taken by ATN to connect the vibrant Indian diaspora in
 Canada with news, culture and sports from their motherland, India. It fulfills a long felt need and demand among Indo-Canadians to view Doordarshan's programmes" said Honorable Mrs. Preeti Saran, Consul-General of India in Toronto. "This important development
 would not have been possible without the pioneer leadership of its President &amp; CEO Dr. Shan Chandrasekar, a truly global Indo-Canadian, who has been an important bridge builder between India and Canada" she added.</p>
<p>Doordarshan enjoys the widest reach with 48 million TV Households and also enjoys 62% penetration in A, B &amp; C category Cable &amp; Satellite homes in India.</p>
"In Canada, Indians form one of the most respected and professionally accomplished communities who have kept their cultural roots intact while adapting to Canada and we have been striving to connect with the international audience rapidly. It gives me immense
 pleasure to announce our relationship with ATN for meeting this objective by distributing five of our main channels in Canada" said Shri Tripurari Sharan, Director General, Doordarshan. "Both ATN and DD have walked the extra mile in making this happen and
 I hope that this effort will help strengthen the feeling of togetherness through Doordarshan channels which are rich in cultural values, art, music, dance, entertainment and depict the crucible of culture, India has been for millennia" he added.
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<span style="font-weight:bold">This article can also be read at:</span><br />
<a href="http://www.broadcastermagazine.com/news/atn-launches-channels-in-partnership-with-indias-largest-broadcaster/1002270898/" target="_blank">ATN Launches Channels in Partnership with India's Largest Broadcaster</a><br />
<br />
]]></description>
      <pubDate>02/05/2013 22:50:51</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/21646/ATN+Launches+Channels+in+Partnership+with+Indias+Largest+Broadcaster</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">21646</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>21627</publicationdataID>
      <title>Former Indian envoy's wife contributes to Ethiopia’s eyecare</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p><span style="font-style:italic">Two Circles / By Hadra Ahmed</span><br />
<br />
Ethiopia, with one of the highest blindness prevalence rates in the world, will soon get a major boost in medical treatment facilities with the opening of a state-of-the-art ophthalmology centre initiated by the wife of a former Indian ambassador to this East
 African nation.<br />
<br />
The OIA India Eye Care Centre has been initiated by Neeru Singh, wife of former envoy Gurjit Singh. The centre will start operating in two weeks. The project is funded by the Overseas Infrastructure Alliance (OIA) Infrastructure Developers PLC as part of its
 corporate social responsibility programme, and is part of the OIA Africa Health and Welfare Endowment.<br />
<br />
The construction of the Indian centre took almost over a year and cost a little over $3 million. It rests on a 2,000 square metre plot of land in the premises of the Zewditu Memorial Hospital in Taitu Street of Addis Ababa. The construction was undertaken by
 a local contractor while Hosmac India Plc, an India-based company, established in 1996 with an experience in hospital planning and design, was the consultant.<br />
<br />
In an agreement signed in April 2011 between the OIA and the Addis Ababa City Health Bureau, it was said that the centre will be equipped with modern diagnostic and clinical medical equipment. The equipment will be imported from India, said Bhabani Shankar,
 manager and country representative of OIA eye care centre.<br />
<br />
"Treatment for cataract, glaucoma, reflective error, medial retina, as well as training and education at a low cost will be available," Shankar told IANS.<br />
<br />
Ethiopia, with a population of around 85 million people, also has an estimated five million people suffering from visual impairment.<br />
<br />
Although over 80 percent of blindness and visual impairment cases in the region are preventable, thousands of people continue to lose their sight because currently there are only two hospitals in the country that offer eyecare services.<br />
<br />
The Indian centre will be able to conduct over 5,000 eye surgeries annually, Shankar said.<br />
<br />
Currently, the health services in Addis Ababa serves only 45 percent of the city's population of 2.9 million, according to the health ministry.<br />
<br />
Before the construction of the Indian eye care centre, the OIA had donated $50,000 to the archbishop of the Ethiopia Orthodox church in 2008 for the construction of a school dormitory and an orphanage.<br />
<br />
Established in 2008 in Ethiopia, the OIA has been participating in various works. It has offices in India, Mozambique, Sudan and Benin.<br />
<br />
The OIA has also helped in the construction of a sugar factory with $350 million, and has been awarded the design and survey of the Mekelle-Djibouti railway line for $78 million.<br />
<br />
Economic and commercial relations between India and Ethiopia are centuries old and can be traced back to the past 2,000 years of recorded history. In recent years, business ties between the two countries have grown significantly, especially in infrastructure
 projects.<br />
<br />
(The views expressed above are the personal views of the writer)<br />
<br />
<span style="font-weight:bold">This article can also be read at:</span><br />
<a href="http://twocircles.net/2013apr30/former_indian_envoys_wife_contributes_ethiopias_eyecare.html" target="_blank">Former Indian envoy's wife contributes to Ethiopia’s eyecare</a></p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>01/05/2013 15:40:23</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/21627/Former+Indian+envoys+wife+contributes+to+Ethiopias+eyecare</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">21627</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>21649</publicationdataID>
      <title>Bollywood celebrates 100th Birthday</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p><span style="font-style:italic">Business Recorder/ By Shoaib-ur-Rehman Siddiqui</span><br />
<br />
One hundred years after the screening of a black-and-white silent film, India's brash, song-and-dance-laden Bollywood film industry celebrates its centenary later this week. The milestone will be marked with the release of "Bombay Talkies", made up of short
 commemorative films by four leading directors, while India will be honoured as "guest country" at next month's Cannes festival.<br />
<br />
Exhibitions in the capital New Delhi are showcasing a century of cinema, including onscreen kissing scenes that originally fell foul of the censors. It is also a time for reflection on how the industry has evolved, from its early screen adaptations of Hindu
 mythology to the garish romantic escapism of modern blockbusters.<br />
<br />
Commercially, cinema is thriving: India produced almost 1,500 movies last year and the industry is expected to grow from $2 billion to $3.6 billion in the next five years, according to consultancy KPMG. Leading the way is Hindi-language Bollywood, which took
 the "B" from its home in Bombay and won the hearts of movie-mad Indians. But old-timers complain that it has become superficial, neglecting to deal with pressing social concerns of the age.<br />
<br />
"There's a dumbing down that has taken place in the content. I think we are suffering from what is called the narrative crisis," said veteran director and producer Mahesh Bhatt. He contrasts modern filmmakers with Dhundiraj Govind Phalke, known as the "father
 of Indian cinema", who brought the first all-Indian feature film to the silver screen in Bombay (now Mumbai) on May 3, 1913.<br />
<br />
A tale from the Hindu epic Mahabharata, "Raja Harishchandra" quickly became a hit despite its female characters being played by men - women acting was still widely frowned upon. Phalke made more than 100 films until his silent style fell victim to "talkies"
 in the 1930s, but the advent of sound technology allowed India cinema to flourish.<br />
<br />
Bollywood plotlines today can involve stars breaking into song, often in picturesque far-flung locations, apropos of nothing - a style that may bemuse a Western audience, but one that helps to set Indian cinema apart. "If it was exactly the same thing as Hollywood,
 Hollywood would have run us over. We don't have that money," said film critic Anupama Chopra.<br />
<br />
For her and many others the "golden age" of cinema was the 1950s, when movie greats emerged such as Satyajit Ray, India's most renowned filmmaker, who hailed from the alternative film hub of West Bengal. It was the era of newly independent India, searching
 for an identity and producing films such as Mehboob Khan's 1957 hit "Mother India", which combined social concerns with popular appeal.<br />
<br />
The 1970s and 80s saw a growing commercialism with the rise of the "masala" movie - a family entertainer that typically mixed up romance and action, songs and melodrama, a comedy touch and a happy ending. Parallel Cinema continued to focus on realism, with
 films such as Mahesh Bhatt's "Arth" (Meaning) in 1982, a gritty tale of an extramarital affair that presented strong female characters.<br />
<br />
It was a path-breaker in a decade described as the "dark ages" of Hindi cinema, which struggled with the advent of colour television, rampant piracy and dependence on the Mumbai underworld for funding. Things improved after India's economy opened up in the
 early 1990s, and again a decade later when filmmaking won formal "industry" status. Both steps encouraged foreign firms, such as Fox and Disney, to invest in Bollywood.<br />
<br />
But subsequent leaps in technology have not been matched by advances in storytelling, say critics, who lament the formulaic plots, passive roles for women and the copying of Hollywood. Bollywood's escapist fantasies have long held mass appeal because "there's
 enough realism in the common man's life", said Bhatt.<br />
<br />
But with ever more TV shows, the Internet and easily available global films, such movies may no longer meet the demands of the educated middle-class. This expanding group "wants to see something better than trash which caters to the common man who drives auto-rickshaws.
 They want to see a different kind of cinema," said veteran actor Rishi Kapoor. A new crop of experimental filmmakers has started to appear, such as "Hindi indie" darling Anurag Kashyap who is a fixture on the global film festival circuit.<br />
<br />
Trade analysts say the growth in multiplex cinemas has also encouraged mainstream films to diversify: a surprise hit last year was "Vicky Donor", a romcom about sperm donation. Raj Nidimoru is co-director of upcoming "Go Goa Gone", one of India's first zombie
 films, and he believes the move away from staple Bollywood is only just beginning. "This is just a ripple right now, it's going to become a wave."
<br />
<br />
(The views expressed above are the personal views of the writer)<br />
<br />
<span style="font-weight:bold">This article can also be read at:</span><br />
<a href="http://www.brecorder.com/blogs/general/117167-bollywood-celebrates-100th-birthday.html" target="_blank">Bollywood celebrates 100th birthday
</a><img title="External website that opens in a new window" alt="External website" src="images/ext-link-icon.gif" border="0"/></p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>03/05/2013 18:24:13</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/21649/Bollywood+celebrates+100th+Birthday</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">21649</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>21608</publicationdataID>
      <title>Historic sites renovated with Indian aid</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p><span style="font-style:italic">The Himalayan Times</span></p>
<p>India’s Ambassador to Nepal, Jayant Prasad, today inaugurated a project involving renovation and restoration of historical and cultural sites located in Lalitpur district at a public function in Napichandra Mahabihar.<br />
<br />
The project includes renovation and restoration of Napi Chandra Mahabihar, Daubahal Gate, Farmer’s Society House, Pavilion at Indrayani Park, Garden at Machhindra Bahal and a crematorium at Shankhamul, the Embassy of India said in a press release.
<br />
<br />
Representatives from the local administration, community leaders as well as members of Society for Development of Lalitpur (SDL) and a large number of local people attended the function. The Department of Urban Development and Building Construction (DUDBC)
 executed the projected in consultation and coordination with local users’ committee and SDL at a cost of Rs 32.6 million.
<br />
<br />
The renovated site, Lok Kirti Mahabihar, has already been inaugurated. "The project underlines the importance that India accords to the preservation and promotion of the rich cultural and historical heritage of Nepal, which is in the spirit of strong and close
 bond between the two countries,” it stated. In addition to this project, four other restoration projects with Indian assistance of Rs 92.2 million are underway in Lalitpur. India has also provided 10 ambulances and six school buses in the district.
<br />
<br />
The India-Nepal Economic Programme has an outlay of over Rs 65 billion with more than 425 small and large development projects completed or currently being implemented in almost all districts of Nepal. "These development projects, mainly in the sectors of education,
 health and infrastructure development, have been undertaken in response to local needs, in partnership with the Government of Nepal,” the embassy said.</p>
This article can also be read at:<br />
<a href=" http://www.thehimalayantimes.com/fullNews.php?headline=Historic&#43;sites&#43;renovated&#43;with&#43;Indian&#43;aid&#43;&amp;NewsID=374353" target="_blank">Historic sites renovated with Indian aid
</a><br />
<br />
]]></description>
      <pubDate>29/04/2013 11:09:31</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/21608/Historic+sites+renovated+with+Indian+aid</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">21608</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>21609</publicationdataID>
      <title>National free access to The Cochrane Library in India: Freedom may end at midnight…</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p><span style="font-weight:bold">Weekly Blitz/ by <span style="font-style:italic">
Professor (Dr) Prathap Tharyan</span></span><span style="font-weight:bold"></span></p>
<p>The Indian Council of Medical Research (ICMR) created history in February 2007 when India became the first and only low-income country in the world with a national subscription to The Cochrane Library.
</p>
<p>This initiative of the ICMR to purchase a national license was widely hailed as an exemplar of responsible leadership in health-research governance, as it gave all people in India with an internet connection free access to the online collection of reliable
 evidence-based resources to aid health decisions. Easy access to trust-worthy summaries that synthesize all relevant evidence, and that is not influenced by the marketing manipulations of drug companies, is the key step in evidence-informed health care; as
 it facilitates the working together of public and private health providers and their patients to better understand treatment options.</p>
<p>The increased use of the resources in The Cochrane Library over the three years of the national provision led to the ICMR renewing the subscription for India-wide free access for a further three years to January 2013. This renewal created history again,
 since India became the first middle-income country in the world with a national provision; having moved in the interim from being a low-to a middle-income country. The current national provision expired on 31 January 2013, and is up for renewal.</p>
<p><span style="font-weight:bold">Unless the national license is renewed, before the two-month extension granted by the publishers also expires, people in India will have free access to The Cochrane Library only till midnight on March 31, 2013.</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:bold">Why should India renew the national license to free, one-click access to The Cochrane Library?</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:bold">Access to trusted evidence to inform decisions for better health</span></p>
<p>The Cochrane Library is a collection of six databases that is the world’s single best source of reliable and timely evidence for the effects of interventions used in healthcare, and of the accuracy of tests used to diagnose health problems.</p>
<p>One of these is the Cochrane Database of Systematic Reviews (CDSR) that is produced, updated, and disseminated by The Cochrane Collaboration. This global organisation, founded in 1993 and registered as a charity, is a partnership of more than 30,000 active
 contributors, nearly 25,000 of who are authors of Cochrane Reviews. Many are world leaders in their disciplines and work in reputed academic institutions and organizations in over 100 countries. These researchers work with editorial teams (Collaborative Review
 Groups) to produce high-quality summaries of the evidence in the form of systematic reviews. Systematic reviews are scientific studies that follow transparent and pre-stated methods to identify all relevant research studies on a specific topic; assess them
 for limitations in their methods that could result in misleading results; and, if appropriate, combine the results of similar studies using statistical techniques called meta-analyses that provides averaged estimates of the effects of the interventions compared
 in all the relevant studies. The results for important outcomes are also summarised in tables that link the numerical results with the confidence that these estimates are likely to be true; generalizable; and not altered significantly by further research.</p>
<p>Cochrane Reviews compare the effects of pharmacological, non-pharmacological, and public health interventions, as well as the manner in which health services are organized and delivered. Some assess the accuracy of tests used for screening and diagnoses
 of health conditions. Cochrane Reviews are powered by rigorous, constantly evolving methods that have pioneered and driven the field of research synthesis. Cochrane Reviews are also independent of funding from the pharmaceutical industry, and are judged to
 be more reliable than non-Cochrane systematic reviews.</p>
<p>The Database of Abstracts of Reviews of Effects (DARE) contains abstracts of systematic reviews published in other journals; many provide a quality-appraised, structured summary prepared by the Center for Reviews and Dissemination at York in the UK.</p>
<p>The Cochrane Library is thus a one-stop portal to the full records or abstracts of most of the systematic reviews published in the world.</p>
<p><span style="font-weight:bold">The world’s largest database of controlled clinical trials</span></p>
<p>The Cochrane Library also contains The Cochrane Central Register of Controlled Trials (CENTRAL), the world’s largest database of published and un-published randomized controlled trials. This register is compiled through contributions from Collaborative Review
 Groups; the Cochrane Centers and their branches worldwide; and others within the international Collaboration.</p>
<p>Other databases provide records of economic evaluations, health technology assessments, and of studies evaluating research methods.</p>
<p>No other single resource can match The Cochrane Library for the scope and quality of data provided to guide health decisions.</p>
<p><span style="font-weight:bold">The Cochrane brand: Trusted evidence for better health</span></p>
<p>The Cochrane Collaboration represents the health-research and health-services equivalent of The Human Genome Project, according to an article in The Lancet. The Cochrane Collaboration is a Non-Governmental Organization in Official Relations with the World
 Health Organization (WHO) and has a seat on the World Health Assembly. This provides the Collaboration an opportunity to influence the way research evidence is generated and used by the WHO in developing policies and guidelines for use worldwide.</p>
<p>The Cochrane Collaboration enters the 21st year of its existence as the world’s leading provider of independent, trusted, high-quality systematic reviews, and derivative products, to inform health decisions.</p>
<p>It’s steady growth and global influence is a vibrant testament to the view that, "with collaborative partnerships, rigorous scientific methods and a principled approach, evidence of, by, and for the people, can indeed be a reality.”</p>
<p><span style="font-weight:bold">Evidence of the people, by the people, and for the people</span></p>
<p>The evidence in The Cochrane Library is about the health conditions that affect all people; and embodies the efforts of many millions of people with diverse health conditions who consent to participate in research that may, or may not, directly benefit them.
 It also reflects the efforts and skills of researchers who conduct the primary studies and of those who synthesize the results. To ensure that this collaboratively-generated body of evidence is actually made available to everyone is a priority for The Cochrane
 Collaboration. The abstracts of all Cochrane Reviews are free to everyone in the world to read, but access to the full text of these high-quality reviews and to the other content in The Cochrane Library requires a subscription. The Collaboration and its publishing
 partner, Wiley-Blackwell, have promoted various funded initiatives since 2007 to ensure that people in 109 countries in some of the most impoverished parts of the world have free one-click access to reliable evidence regarding their healthcare needs.</p>
<p>Ensuring that reliable evidence is accessible to all people, particularly to those living in low-income countries with a disproportionate burden of disease and who are most in need of this evidence, yet who have competing priorities for their limited resources,
 is a major challenge. This is because some countries, who fall in the category of upper, low-income countries, in the World Bank listings, like India did in 2007, do not qualify for free access. This challenge of ensuring wider global access has been complemented
 by the increasing numbers of provisions funded by governments or other agencies in middle- and high-income countries that now ensure that more than half the world’s population have free access to Cochrane evidence. For example, in 2012, new national provisions
 were funded by governments in Oman and Egypt; and the National Health and Medical Research Council of Australia funded the renewed licence for Australia-wide access to The Cochrane Library for the next five years.</p>
<p>These examples signify the importance placed by governments, of ever increasing numbers of countries, in Cochrane evidence; and for wide-spread access to this evidence.</p>
<p>True leadership facilitates the realisation of the vision of others that are aligned to achieve mutual objectives. The SASIANCC salutes the ICMR and the Department of Health Research for exemplary leadership in research governance that facilitated considerable
 progress towards achieving the vision of The Cochrane Collaboration: that all health decisions (in India, the region, and the world) will be informed by
<span style="font-weight:bold">reliable evidence</span>. So much more remains to be done and world continues to need visionary leadership to achieve better health outcomes for all people.</p>
<p>For value of money, I believe that the ICMR and the Department of Health Research can do very little to better the impact on health that renewal of the national license can achieve in India</p>
<p><span style="font-style:italic">(The views expressed above are the personal views of the writer)</span></p>
This article can also be read at:<br />
<a href=" http://weeklyblitz.net/2013/04/national-free-access-to-the-cochrane-library-in-india-freedom-may-end-at-midnight/" target="_blank">National free access to The Cochrane Library in India: Freedom may end at midnight…
</a><br />
<br />
]]></description>
      <pubDate>29/04/2013 11:13:09</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/21609/National+free+access+to+The+Cochrane+Library+in+India+Freedom+may+end+at+midnight</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">21609</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>21610</publicationdataID>
      <title>India's biometric IDs put its poorest on the map</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p><span style="font-weight:bold">Orgeonlive.com/ By Clive Crook</span></p>
<p>People who grew up in Britain in the 1960s will remember a television program that built a cult following: "The Prisoner." It was about an oddly luxurious detention camp -- a kind of Guantanamo Bay by Four Seasons, spa services and brainwashing included.
 Even if you wanted to, trying to escape was pointless. A big balloon would chase you and bring you back. The residents didn't have names, just numbers. The show's tagline was: "I am not a number. I am a free man."
</p>
<p>The phrase came to mind while I listened last week to Nandan Nilekani, co-founder of Infosys Ltd. and one of the world's most successful information-technology entrepreneurs. Speaking at the Center for Global Development in Washington, he was describing
 India's remarkable Unique Identification (UID) project, also called Aadhaar, which he is leading.
</p>
<p>Nilekani explained that since the program began in 2010, more than 300 million Indians have acquired a unique ID number associated with 12 biometric markers -- 10 fingerprints and two iris scans. (Collecting that much data for each enrollee minimizes errors.)
 At today's stunning rate of progress, reaching the goal of covering India's population of 1.2 billion will take less than five years. The audience listened admiringly, and asked not a single hostile question.
</p>
<p>That's because it was an audience of development specialists, and the benefits of universal ID in poor countries are potentially huge. In advanced economies, proposals to gather biometric data and associate them with universal ID numbers immediately raise
 civil-liberties concerns. Not long ago Britain abandoned plans for a national ID card, partly on grounds of cost and partly because the idea was unpopular. This contrast in attitudes is worth pondering.
</p>
<p>In recent years many developing countries have embarked on biometric ID programs. The Center for Global Development's Alan Gelb and Julia Clark have surveyed 160 such projects and written an indispensable guide: "Identification for Development: The Biometrics
 Revolution." As they and Nilekani point out, India's project is unusual for its scale and scope, and because its aim was to create a system of identification independent of the uses to which it might be put -- a platform that can support many uses, rather
 than one specific application (such as checking eligibility for poverty relief).
</p>
<p>India's UID project isn't just popular with the experts. Take-up has been astonishingly quick not because participation is compulsory (it isn't -- yet) or because pressure (such as denial of services) is brought to bear, but because so many Indians appear
 to want an officially recognized identity. ID cards are sometimes framed and hung on the wall.
</p>
<p>People in rich countries take their possession of an official identity so much for granted that they're often unaware they have one. Many of the world's poorest people have no documents to say who they are. In their dealings with employers and the state,
 you could say, they don't fully exist. For them, a universal ID is an affirmation of personhood, a condition for civil liberty rather than a threat to it.
</p>
<p>In practical terms, the potential benefits are exciting. Fighting corruption heads the list. Leakage of payments and services intended for the poor is notoriously high in many developing countries. Biometric IDs help to eliminate "duplicates, ghosts and
 the deceased," as Gelb and Clark put it. In Nigeria, biometric audits reduced the number of pensioners by almost 40 percent. India's UID program already seems to be saving far more than its cost of $3 or less an enrollee. A recent study for India's National
 Institute of Public Finance and Policy found an internal rate of return of more than 50 percent.
</p>
<p>One less-obvious benefit emphasized by Nilekani is the empowerment of people through increased competition -- not least within the public sector. Without IDs, many Indians must deal with specific local offices where they are known or with particular officials
 who've dealt with them before. This puts them at the officials' mercy. With IDs and fast online authentication, a central aspect of the project, people can go elsewhere and push back against inefficiency or demands for bribes.
</p>
<p>Things can certainly go wrong, as Gelb and Clark make clear. A lot of programs have been bungled in the implementation. Some, like one in Malawi, have been too small for savings to cover the setup costs. Others are too fragmented, as in Nigeria, where multiple
 systems have operated alongside one another. India's application-independent, standards-first approach avoids duplicating ID infrastructure and lets competition among suppliers of hardware and software push down costs.
</p>
<p>To those concerned above all about civil liberties, of course, greater efficiency isn't a good thing; it only makes the technology more sinister. Having an easily verifiable official identity is an enormous asset -- try living without one -- but a tyrannical
 government would no doubt find a project like Aadhaar much to its liking. This is a powerful technology like many others: It can't be uninvented, and it can be deployed for good or evil.
</p>
<p>The crucial questions are what else gets bundled in the file that carries your ID number and biometrics, and who has access to it. Developing countries moving toward national ID databases often lack laws to secure data and protect privacy. In India, laws
 for Aadhaar -- whether they're needed and what they should say -- are still being debated, and despite its popularity, the program has critics. At last week's lecture, Nilekani was asked to share the secrets of his success with other ID-system pioneers. He
 said, work quickly and quietly, before opposition can crystallize. "Quickly and quietly" might get you the system, and for a country like India the benefits look irresistible. But it won't get you the laws you need to operate the system safely.
</p>
<p>For many reasons, therefore, India's universal ID project deserves to be followed closely. In the U.S. and other rich countries, concerns (or, if you prefer, paranoia) about government misuse of ID information will hold things back. In all likelihood, therefore,
 Nilekani's Aadhaar will lead the world. Exactly where it will lead, we'll find out.
</p>
<p><span style="font-style:italic">(The views expressed above are the personal views of the writer)</span></p>
This article can also be read at:<br />
<a href=" http://www.oregonlive.com/opinion/index.ssf/2013/04/indias_biometric_ids_put_its_p.html">India's biometric IDs put its poorest on the map</a><br />
<br />
]]></description>
      <pubDate>29/04/2013 11:14:31</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/21610/Indias+biometric+IDs+put+its+poorest+on+the+map</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">21610</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>21611</publicationdataID>
      <title>A greater role for India in Asean?</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p><span style="font-style:italic">New Strait Times/ by Farish A. Noor</span></p>
<p>LOOKING EAST: It is Asean's closest and oldest civilisational neighbour, yet it's mostly known for its films and pop culture</p>
<p>AS Malaysia, the Philippines and Indonesia head to the polls this year and the next, it is interesting to note that discussion on foreign policy is almost absent in the local campaigns we are witnessing.</p>
<p>This is symptomatic of the elections in Southeast Asia as a whole, and has been the case for decades, in fact. It may also signal the recognition that as relatively young states, the countries of the Asean region recognise that as single entities their foreign
 policies may not have an impact wider than the region they inhabit.</p>
<p>However, I would insist nonetheless that foreign policy does matter, particularly now when we are witnessing an obvious shift in what was a sedimented balance of power that Asean had known from the 1960s.</p>
<p>Asean was created at the peak of the Cold War when the fear that dominated the minds of state elites and technocrats was a communist invasion of the region. Nobody then could have imagined an Asean region where China would become its No.1 trading partner
 and foreign investor, as we see today.</p>
<p>It is in this context of a rapidly changing world and with Asean integration due by 2015 that we need to look closer at our respective national foreign policies and to develop an intra-Asean debate as to where Asean is going to go in the future.</p>
<p>The concern is that with the growing presence of American forces in Southeast Asia, and China's increasingly bold moves into the South China Sea we may find ourselves in the uncomfortable situation of having to take sides.</p>
<p>Against this wider backdrop that will invariably impact upon all of us, we seem to have forgotten India. Mahesh Shankar's article on the relationship between India and Southeast Asia last week reminds us of the fact that we have close to us Southeast Asia's
 closest and oldest civilisational neighbour: India. But as Shankar notes: "the changing strategic context in Southeast Asia has rapidly elevated India to a highly sought after partner in the region. But New Delhi must take care that its domestic dynamics do
 not squander its rising stock."</p>
<p>That India looks to Southeast Asia as a region where it can enhance its international standing and status is well known by now. Since the 1990s, India has adopted a "Look East" policy, where India sees its future as being aligned and linked to the fortunes
 of Southeast Asia.</p>
<p>India also has one enormous advantage that is not enjoyed by any other country in the world, including China and the United States, namely its long history of civilisational contact with the region. Until today, all across Southeast Asia from Pagan to Ayudhaya
 to Prambanan to Borobudur, we see the lingering traces of two thousand years of intercultural contact between India and Southeast Asia.</p>
<p>Almost all the languages of Southeast Asia -- Thai, Khmer, Burmese, Malay, Indonesian -- have traces of Sanskrit in them, too.</p>
<p>And yet India has not figured as much as it should in the history books of Southeast Asia, and our understanding of the country is limited to Bollywood films and pop culture.</p>
<p>It was China that played the more visible role as investor in the region, and it was China that invested heavily in the communicative infrastructure of mainland Southeast Asia -- which has now given it an overland route from China all the way to the Indian
 Ocean via Cambodia, Laos, Thailand and Myanmar.</p>
<p>Indian investment in Southeast Asia has been piecemeal at best. Southeast Asian markets are also swimming in made-in-China products, from cloth to furniture to utensils to hi-tech paraphernalia.</p>
<p>Again, India's presence in the markets of Southeast Asia pales in comparison.</p>
<p>Yet as Shankar argues, this situation cannot continue like this indefinitely. He cites a number of factors that may prompt both India and Southeast Asia to come closer together, including the increasingly aggressive manner in which China is making certain
 maritime territorial demands, the growing presence of American forces as a counter-balance to China, and the absence of a third party that may equalise this dialectical power play we are witnessing today.</p>
<p>But as Shankar also notes, whatever role India may play in the region depends on two factors, too: India's willingness and ability to go beyond "soft diplomacy" and token gestures like cultural conferences, etc; and whether it can play a real, tangible role
 as an economic player with clout in Southeast Asia.</p>
<p>Talk of long historical legacies and cultural contact may appeal to academics such as myself, but they are the stuff of history books and conferences.</p>
<p>China's weight in the region is based on hard, concrete investment into things like roads, railway lines, ports, industrial zones and the like. This is what gives China a tangible presence in the Southeast Asia region.</p>
<p>Asean, on the other hand, may also offer a helping hand and an invitation to India to play a more visible role, too, for Asean has always opted for the path of pragmatic neutrality and non-confrontation.</p>
<p>Shankar may be on to something when he notes that in the long run, the Asean region may be in need of more external players to balance out "the assymetric interdependence" that characterises Asean's relationship with the US and China at the moment.</p>
<p>With this in mind, one hopes that as Asean gears up for the elections of this year and next year in Malaysia, Philippines and Indonesia, our public representatives and policy-makers will also take into account the need to discuss our respective foreign policies.
 Southeast Asia has never been an "exotic, isolated" part of the world, and our foreign policies ought to reflect not only the centrality of Southeast Asia, but its global importance to the rest of the world, too.</p>
<p><span style="font-style:italic">(The views expressed above are the personal views of the writer)</span></p>
This article can also be read at:<br />
<a href="http://www.nst.com.my/opinion/columnist/a-greater-role-for-india-in-asean-1.266791 " target="_blank">A greater role for India in Asean?</a><br />
<br />
]]></description>
      <pubDate>29/04/2013 14:31:23</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/21611/A+greater+role+for+India+in+Asean</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">21611</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>21613</publicationdataID>
      <title>Indians promote pharmaceutical sector, seek new markets to increase exports</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p><span style="font-style:italic">The Jordan Times/ by Ms. Abeer Numan</span></p>
<p>India’s trade officials were busy last week working to draw further world attention to India’s pharmaceutical sector, its innovations and strengths and to embark into additional and non-conventional markets at the country’s first International Exhibition
 for Pharma and Healthcare (IPHEX- 2013).</p>
<p>In his inauguration address of the event that commenced in Mumbai on Wednesday, Maharashtra Chief Minister Prithviraj Chavan emphasised the sector’s high-quality and innovative products, sold at affordable prices.</p>
<p>"India is rich in active pharmaceutical ingredients (APIs) and has new biotechnologies. This is a main strength that is propelling the sector’s growth,” a Jordanian pharmacist, who preferred anonymity, told The Jordan Times, adding that this sector should
 be well-marketed.</p>
<p>IPHEX-2013 facilitated meetings between manufacturers and importers from more than one hundred countries, seeking ways to boost their business and close deals through direct business negotiations.</p>
<p>The exhibition also showcased different Indian pharmaceutical manufacturing equipment, dedicating a large separate pavilion for this purpose.</p>
<p>In an interview with The Jordan Times, Raghuveer Kini, executive director of Pharmaceuticals Export Promotion Council of India (Pharmexcil), said: "We invited people from all over the world to have an opportunity to learn about India’s developing pharma
 sector and to benefit from it.”</p>
<p>"In 2012, the sector’s exports generated around $14.5 billion and 50 per cent of these exports were channelled to US and European markets,” he indicated. India hopes to redouble the figure in 2013, according to Indian officials.</p>
<p>"Besides companies’ representatives, regulators from around 20 countries were invited to the event to further develop interaction and help them understand each other better”, Kini added, stressing the need to overcome challenges to support what he described
 as "the sunrise sector”.</p>
<p>Pharmexcil’s executive director acknowledged the importance of adhering to regulations to ensure that high quality is embedded in India’s pharma products and to provide better products to the society, stressing the importance of achieving balance.</p>
<p>Milind Joshi, Global Regulatory Management president, said: ”We have become developed and we are now talking about meeting challenges,” noting that regulations are changing to meet advancements in this area.</p>
<p>There are new systems emerging every day, he added, highlighting ways to comply with regulatory requirements at the event, which was organised by Pharmexcil, a government body that promotes the exports of India’ pharma sector.</p>
<p>According to a representative from an Indian company, business was good, but obtaining required international accreditations was an expensive affair. This makes it difficult for newcomers to start their own business, he noted.</p>
<p>A pharma sector consultant from the UK said: ”There is certainly an appetite for deals.”</p>
<p>But Fatiha Kermadj, a sales manager from an Algerian company, said: ”We need to study prices in order to sign purchase contracts with Indian firms.”</p>
<p>"We used to buy from European countries but here [India], the cost gap is huge for us, so this is important,” she added, as she strove till the last minutes to meet with businessmen and government officials to ensure on-going business cooperation.</p>
<p>Company representative Yessine Leghrib, also from Algeria, described the exhibition as an eye-opener. At IPHEX-2013, he said he realised that most of the cosmetics and herbal medicines that his company was buying from France were originally manufactured
 in India and that could be bought from the source country, at much affordable costs.</p>
<p>At the event, which concluded on Friday evening and where business discussions continued till the last minutes, officials announced that there will be a second IPHEX in April next year.</p>
<p>In terms of its contribution to the Indian economy, the pharma sector ranks second, behind the country’s IT and engineering sector, as it accounts for 15-20 per cent of the gross domestic product (GDP), or around one fifth of the total GDP.</p>
<p>In terms of main importers from the Middle East, Iran and Iraq top the list and there are attempts to tap opportunities in other Middle East countries, including Jordan, Parkash Kadakia, a company’s representative, told The Jordan Times.</p>
<p><span style="font-style:italic">(The views expressed above are the personal views of the writer)</span></p>
This article can also be read at:<br />
<a href=" http://jordantimes.com/indians-promote-pharmaceutical-sector-seek-new-markets-to-increase-exports" target="_blank">Indians promote pharmaceutical sector, seek new markets to increase exports
</a><br />
<br />
]]></description>
      <pubDate>29/04/2013 14:55:04</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/21613/Indians+promote+pharmaceutical+sector+seek+new+markets+to+increase+exports</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">21613</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>21614</publicationdataID>
      <title>7 Indian school students get science contest awards</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p><span style="font-style:italic">Oman Tribune</span><br />
<br />
MUSCAT Seven students from Indian schools received Sastra Prathibha awards at the two-day Science India Fiesta 2013 organised by the Science India Forum (SIF) Muscat on Friday.
<br />
<br />
These seven students are Kirtan Sudhakar of Indian School Salalah, Anishkumar of Indian School Ghubra, Aliva Das of Indian School Muscat, Aerathedath Mathew Jomhy of Indian School Jalan, Anubhava Dasgupta of Indian School Al Wadi Al Kabir, Helena Jabeen of
 Indian School Muladha and Archana CM of Indian School Sohar. <br />
<br />
CNP Nampoothiri, convener of SIF, said, ‘Sastra Pratibha Contest’ was an annual science competition organised by SIF. The talent search examinations are held for students of all 19 Indian Schools in Oman for the past eight years. The top-ranking students are
 declared as ‘Sasthra Pratibhas’. This year, over 4,000 students have registered for this award.
<br />
<br />
SIF is working under the patronage of the Indian Embassy in Oman and in close association with Vigyan Bharati India for the promotion and popularisation of Science among the students of Indian Schools in Oman, he said.<br />
<br />
MS Swaminathan, India’s noted geneticitist, known as ‘father of India’s green revolution, got this year’s annual Jayakar Award. Professor PC Kesavan, emeritus professor, Indira Gandhi Open University, who was the chief guest at the event, received the award
 in behalf of Swaminathan. Kesavan gave a lecture on ‘Green Revolution to the Evergreen Revolution’.
<br />
<br />
Among those present were Vijay Bhatkar, India’s computer scientist and HE JS Mukul, Ambassador of India to the Sultanate.<br />
<br />
The first day of the fiesta was hosted by the Indian School Muscat, where inter school science competitions were held.<br />
<br />
The activities include digital symposium, debate for junior and senior sections, and on-the-spot project presentations. Students from Indian schools in Muscat Salalah, Jalan, Ibri, Sohar and Sur participated in various competitions.<br />
<br />
(The views expressed above are the personal views of the writer)<br />
<br />
<span style="font-weight:bold">This article can also be read at:</span><br />
<a href="http://www.omantribune.com/index.php?page=news&amp;id=143070&amp;heading=Oman" target="_blank">7 Indian school students get science contest awards</a><br />
<br />
</p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>29/04/2013 15:36:08</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/21614/7+Indian+school+students+get+science+contest+awards</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">21614</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>21615</publicationdataID>
      <title>Indian innovators get USD 1million to fund high-tech health solutions</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p><span style="font-style:italic">Daily Mail/ By Dinesh C Sharma</span><br />
<br />
A mobile phone turned into a glucose monitor for diabetes patients, a needle-free handheld device for testing anaemia among women in village, an ultrasound probe that can be attached to a smartphone via USB and a rapid blood test to detect a heart attack.<br />
<br />
These are some of the bold ideas from Indian innovators which have won seed grants totalling $1 million (Rs 5.4 crore) in an international competition, Grand Challenges Canada, funded by the Canadian government.<br />
<br />
<span style="font-weight:bold">Prize money</span><br />
<br />
Each innovation will get $100,000 (Rs 54 lakh). The idea is to help solve age-old and emerging health problems across the developing world using new technologies.<br />
<br />
Vikrant Institute of Technology and Management, Gwalior is developing a tuberculosis diagnostic kit based on lipid antigen detection in patient's body fluids for early detection. Studies have proved that the test is extremely sensitive and specific for early
 diagnosis, and is also cost effective.<br />
<br />
Sidhant Jena of Janacare Solutions, a Bangalore-based start-up, has won the grant for working on a mobile phone-based glucose monitor, which he says can cut down costs by 80 per cent for monitoring diabetes.<br />
<br />
"We plan to reach one million patients in India in five years", he says.<br />
<br />
Yet another mobile phone innovation has been created by Sanjoe Jose of Emprenure Labs, Bangalore. Called M-Ultra, it is a low-cost ultrasound scan system which connects the phone to a probe using USB and the phone screen can show ultrasound images, which can
 be transmitted to an expert using a cloud server.<br />
<br />
In order to tackle the problem of anaemia in rural India, Biosense Technologies has developed and tested a simple-to-use, needle-free, hand-held, screening device called ToucHb. The idea is to improve maternal and child health outcomes.<br />
<br />
"We need solutions that can be used by village health workers like ASHA, who delivers all healthcare at grassroots level", Myshkin Ingawale of Biosense said.<br />
<br />
<span style="font-weight:bold">Early detection</span><br />
<br />
Nitin Kale of NanoSniff Technologies, a start-up incubated at IT Mumbai, is developing an instrument for rapid detection of myocardial infarction among rural populace.<br />
<br />
A heart attack is usually difficult to detect early, particularly in a rural setting.<br />
<br />
"We propose to employ a microcantilever- based bio-sensing system to detect early cardiac markers like myoglobin that are released in the blood after myocardial infarction. The device can be used even by a qualified nurse at a rural primary healthcare centre,"
 a member of the research team said.<br />
<br />
"The programme seeks breakthrough and affordable innovations that could transform the way disease is treated in the developing world - innovations that may benefit health of developed world citizens as well," an official of the Grand Challenges Canada said.<br />
<br />
Other Indian grantees include Vivek Vajaratkar of Goa-based health action group Sangath, Niraj Sanghai of Sinhgad Technical Education Society, Lonavala and Kumari Smita of Battelle Science &amp; Technology India.<br />
<br />
(The views expressed above are the personal views of the writer)<br />
<br />
<span style="font-weight:bold">This article can also be read at:</span><br />
<a href=" http://www.dailymail.co.uk/indiahome/indianews/article-2316203/Indian-innovators-1million-fund-high-tech-health-solutions--Including-glucose-monitor-mobile-phone.html#ixzz2RqHdxu2O" target="_blank">Indian innovators get $1million to fund high-tech
 health solutions</a><br />
</p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>29/04/2013 15:47:53</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/21615/Indian+innovators+get+USD+1million+to+fund+hightech+health+solutions</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">21615</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>21616</publicationdataID>
      <title>British exam papers 'being sent to India to be marked'</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p><span style="font-style:italic">The Telegraph/ By Graeme Paton</span><br />
<br />
Tens of thousands of test papers sat through City &amp; Guilds are being scanned in and sent to an educational company based in Bangalore.<br />
<br />
The agreement involves "functional skills” exams in reading, maths and ICT sat by children and adults, which are designed to assess the practical application of core skills in the workplace and life in general.<br />
<br />
Other exam boards have previously outsourced data entry to firms based overseas but experts suggested this was the first deal of its kind involving marking.<br />
<br />
City &amp; Guilds insisted that the move involved a "significant” upfront investment by the organisation, although it is hoped it will eventually "result in cost savings” that will be passed on to customers.<br />
<br />
The deal was struck because functional skills exams are taken at any time of the year and the board needed to access a large team of established markers who could quickly turn papers around en masse, the organisation said.<br />
<br />
It also insisted that rigorous training and quality checks have been put in place to maintain standards, with senior examiners double-checking a set proportion of papers.<br />
<br />
But the move has been criticised by education experts as a risky venture that could lead to mistakes being made.<br />
<br />
Prof Alan Smithers, director of the Centre for Education and Employment Research at Buckingham University, said: "It is very concerning because exams are not an exact form of measurement and rely to some extent or another on understanding and judgment.<br />
<br />
"The idea of putting call centres in India was that you had a very highly-educated workforce who can get the job done more efficiently and cheaper than in this country. But you try ringing BT and it is incredibly hard to get any kind of technical advice out
 of them.<br />
<br />
"I have no doubt about the qualifications of the Indian people involved, but what experience do they have of the courses that are being delivered in this country?”<br />
<br />
Functional skills exams are taken in schools, colleges and work-based training centres. They can be worth the same as a GCSE and were developed in response to employers’ concerns over the practical application of basic skills.<br />
<br />
City &amp; Guilds said it started outsourcing marking to the education company MeritTrac as part of a pilot programme launched 18 months ago. It involves all papers sat in reading, maths and ICT – mainly multiple-choice exams but some questions that involve a "low
 level of subjectivity”.<br />
<br />
The company refused to disclose how many papers it involved although a report published by the exams regulator last year showed that 177,400 functional skills tests were sat through City &amp; Guilds in 2010/11 – more than any other exam board.<br />
<br />
Tests are either sat "on screen” by students or paper-based exams are scanned in and sent to the company electronically.<br />
<br />
In a statement, City &amp; Guilds said: "We have been undertaking a comprehensive pilot to meet market demand for a 20-day turnaround for marking on-demand exams.<br />
<br />
"We have made a substantial investment in a more flexible way of marking, which we are piloting for tests with clearly defined marking schemes for right and wrong answers. This pilot accounts for 2.8 per cent of exams marked in the past year.”<br />
<br />
It added: "Highly-experienced, subject-matter experts continuously monitor and uphold our standards.<br />
<br />
"All of our markers, no matter where they are based, undergo the same rigorous, extensive selection and training processes – in fact they are trained face-to-face by our chief examiners, alongside our senior exam team.”<br />
<br />
In 2005, it emerged that the Assessment and Qualifications Alliance – Britain’s biggest exam board – was using an Indian company as part of the exams process. But a spokeswoman confirmed last week that it only involved data entry, insisting all marking was
 carried out in the UK.<br />
<br />
(The views expressed above are the personal views of the writer)<br />
<br />
<span style="font-weight:bold">This article can also be read at:</span><br />
<a href="http://www.telegraph.co.uk/education/educationnews/10023698/British-exam-papers-being-sent-to-India-to-be-marked.html" target="_blank">British exam papers 'being sent to India to be marked'</a></p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>29/04/2013 15:53:22</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/21616/British+exam+papers+being+sent+to+India+to+be+marked</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">21616</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>21599</publicationdataID>
      <title>Regional danger no obstacle for round-the-world cyclist</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<h3><span style="font-style:italic">The Jordan Times/ by Rhiannon Williams</span></h3>
<p>A passion for "global community" and a desire to spread awareness about HIV/AIDS motivated Somen Debnath to cycle around the world.</p>
<p>Debnath, who was born in West Bengal, India, set out in 2004 at the age of 20 on a journey that he has named "Around the World on Bicycle Tour: Cycling for HIV/AIDS Awareness Programme &amp; Presentation of Indian Culture".</p>
<p>He initially cycled the length of India spreading his message, then continued across Europe and the Middle East.</p>
<p>Debnath told The Jordan Times in a recent interview that he plans to finish his trip in 2020, after 16 years of cycling and visiting all 191 countries in the world.</p>
<p>Jordan is his 74th country, and the second one in the region. He began the Middle East leg of his trip in Egypt and will be continuing from the Kingdom to Palestine and Israel on Thursday, then to Syria before cycling through the Gulf states.</p>
<p>The current conflict in Syria has not deterred Debnath from planning his journey through the violence-stricken country.</p>
<p>"I don’t get nervous when travelling in dangerous places — I always have a smile on my face and I know that my mission is meaningful — so what is there to be nervous about?"</p>
<p>As shown by his past experiences, however, Debnath's journey has not always been free of trouble and danger.</p>
<p>When cycling through Herat in Afghanistan, he was captured by the Taliban, who believed him to be a spy. Debnath spent three weeks as a hostage in total isolation and unable to understand the commands of his captors.</p>
<p>"I told them as best I could that I respected Islam and their way of life. I tried to show them that I was peaceful by offering to clean their house and cook them traditional Indian food," he said.</p>
<p>Since being in Jordan, Debnath has been taken to see the sights of the country, including the Dead Sea. "It was so beautiful — I've never seen anything like it. The Jordanian people are so friendly and welcoming."</p>
<p>During his stopover in the Kingdom, the activist said he visited universities in Amman and Irbid, schools in Sahab and Jerash, raising awareness about HIV/AIDS, as well as talking to students about Indian culture and his journey so far.</p>
<p>He also gave a seminar at the Ministry of Planning and International Cooperation.</p>
<p>The subject of raising awareness on HIV/AIDS inspired Debnath as a child at school, when his teachers were unable to adequately answer his queries on the disease.</p>
<p>He undertook two years of training at a local AIDS centre.</p>
<p>"The AIDS-related stigma and lack of knowledge about this deadly yet preventable disease motivated me the most to undertake this project. My mission spread first to people in my village, then my country and now it is a global campaign," Debnath says on his
 website.</p>
<p>The cyclist said that one thing above all he has learnt from his travels is that he does not want to judge people.</p>
<p>"I don't want to change anyone, I just want to share my stories, learn theirs and inform them about HIV/AIDS," he noted.</p>
<p>"The easiest way to live in this life is to be happy, to welcome people into your life and to learn from others."</p>
<p>Calling himself a "representative of the world", Debnath hopes to have met some 20 million people by the end of his journey in 2020.</p>
<p>Keeping all these friends updated is hard; he currently sends regular newsletters to the 70,000 people he has met so far.</p>
<p>His trip is funded through donations from the governments of the countries he travels to, media institutions and most importantly, according to Debnath, the people he meets.</p>
<p>He hopes to use the proceeds of his trip to finance a project he calls a "Global Village" to be created in his birthplace, the Sunderbans, which will revert to a simpler way of life.</p>
<p>The cyclist said he plans to build 25 houses on 20 acres of land in a remote part of his native area, which adopts "simple living but high thinking" in its way of life.</p>
This article can also be read at:<br />
<a href=" http://jordantimes.com/regional-danger-no-obstacle-for-round-the-world-cyclist" target="_blank">Regional danger no obstacle for round-the-world cyclist</a>]]></description>
      <pubDate>25/04/2013 17:12:37</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/21599/Regional+danger+no+obstacle+for+roundtheworld+cyclist</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">21599</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>21602</publicationdataID>
      <title>Indian bank loans to Kenyan firms hit Sh50bn mark</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p><span style="font-style:italic">Business Daily (Published from Nairobi): By CHARLES MWANIKI</span><br />
<br />
Kenyan businesses received most funding from Indian banks among low income African countries in the past five years, research by London-based Overseas Development Institute (ODI) has showed.
<br />
<br />
A report by ODI on international private capital flows shows Indian banks increased lending to Kenyan businesses six-fold between 2005 and 2012, a period when the emerging Asian economic giant has become the leading source of Kenyan imports.<br />
<br />
The ODI report shows that Kenya attracted the lion’s share of cross-border bank lending going to low income African countries from Indian banks.<br />
<br />
"Looking at low income countries (LICs), Indian banks have targeted mainly Kenya which attracted $100 million (Sh8.5 billion) in the first nine months of 2005 and more than $600 million (Sh50 billion) in the same period in 2012,” reads the report.
<br />
<br />
None of the other 19 African countries classified as LICs got more than $100 million in lending from Indian banks in either of the two comparative periods.<br />
<br />
However, African middle income countries particularly South Africa and Mauritius were the biggest beneficiaries of Indian cross-border bank lending to the continent according to the report.<br />
<br />
Loans to Mauritius rose from nearly $500 million (Sh42 billion) in March–September 2005 to almost $3 billion (Sh255 billion) in 2012, while for South Africa the increase over the same period was from just under $300 million to $1.3 billion. In Nigeria, however,
 flows contracted from $500 million in 2005 to just over $100 million in 2012.<br />
<br />
The increase in lending by Indian banks comes at a time when the country’s companies have become more active in Kenya, especially in infrastructure and manufacturing sectors. Indian lenders have also sought to increase their footprint on the Kenyan market by
 opening representative offices. <br />
<br />
Central Bank of India got approval to open a representative office in Nairobi from the Central Bank of Kenya in February. The bank has said it has plans to buy out or merge with a Kenyan lender within the next two years to facilitate its transformation into
 a fully-fledged lender. <br />
<br />
(<span style="font-weight:bold">Read: </span><a href="http://www.businessdailyafrica.com/Central-Bank-of-India-opens-office-in-Nairobi/-/539552/1697282/-/pf05wb/-/index.html" target="_blank">Central Bank of India to open office in Nairobi</a><img title="External website that opens in a new window" alt="External website" src="images/ext-link-icon.gif" border="0"/>)<br />
<br />
A representative office is limited to marketing and negotiating lending and trade finance deals to customers, but cannot collect deposits from the public.<br />
<br />
It is the second Indian bank to get the representative office licence after HDFC Bank Limited (India).<br />
<br />
Indian firms have made significant investments in ports and roads, mining, healthcare and energy sectors in Kenya in recent years. Tata Chemicals manufactures soda ash in Magadi, while Essar Energy has a 50 per cent interest in Kenya Petroleum Refineries Ltd.
 Reliance Industries, Tata Motors, and Bharti Airtel are other Indian multinational corporations with operations in Kenya.
<br />
<br />
India also overtook the United Arab Emirates (UAE) to become Kenya’s top source of imported goods, growing its exports to Kenya by 27.1 per cent to Sh174.6 billion in the first 11 months of 2012 or 15 per cent of Kenya’s total imports.<br />
<br />
Bank of India (BOI), which marked 60 years in Kenya this month, is also eyeing more participation in the increased India-Kenya trade. The bank plans to double the number of branches in Kenya from four to eight by setting up four new outlets in key industrial
 hubs of Kisumu, Nakuru, Eldoret and Thika in the next four months.<br />
<br />
The chief executive of the BOI Kenyan branches, Mr R.K Verma, said that with the increase in Indian exports to Kenya the bank was looking to complement lending to Indian exporters by focusing on importers of their goods.<br />
<br />
"We will be tapping these importers for additional business. As the volumes increase so will be our participation,” said Mr Verma.<br />
<br />
During a visit to Kenya earlier this month, BOI executive director M.S Rhagayan said that the bank retained a strong focus on Africa.
<br />
<br />
He noted that the increased flow of capital from India to Kenya was indicative of the strong ties between Indian lenders and the Kenyan market, informing the bank’s decision to seek a bigger footprint in the country.</p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>25/04/2013 19:31:56</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/21602/Indian+bank+loans+to+Kenyan+firms+hit+Sh50bn+mark</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">21602</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>21604</publicationdataID>
      <title>Brickfields' transformation – recognition for Indians</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p><span style="font-style:italic">New Straits Times</span></p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<p>Brickfields' transformation into 'Little India' is among the government's efforts to ensure that Indians are not sidelined from mainstream development.</p>
<p>Brickfields came to be known as 'Little India' on Oct 27, 2010, and it was born out of Prime Minister Datuk Seri Najib Tun Razak's vision to develop and safeguard the community's interests.</p>
<p>The declaration is a major recognition to the Indian community in the country and stands testament to Najib's earnestness and commitment in improving the community's socio-economic standing.</p>
<p>Dubbed as the pride of the nation, Brickfields' Little India is the driving force for Indian traders around Bangsar, Lembah Pantai and Seputeh today and helps to generate more income for the traders there.</p>
<p>At the Seetha Ram Restaurant in Little India, P. Rani, 30, said the move to transform Brickfields has helped to uplift the status of Indians there.</p>
<p>"In retrospect, Brickfields was 'dull', but after transforming into 'Little India', the area has turned lively and energetic, added with the never ending rows of arches that highlight the Indian cultural heritage," she said to Bernama.</p>
<p>Apart from that, the arch, welcoming people to the business district at the fringes of the city, draws attention of locals and foreigners, she said.</p>
<p>"Many visitors, especially from New Zealand and the United States, who have stopped at the Seetha Ram Restaurant, gave their thumbs up to Malaysia," noted Rani, who is also the cashier at the restaurant.</p>
<p>Apart from being a business district, the locations of the stalls in Brickfields' Little India have been rearranged and appear in alluring designs, serving as an attraction for locals and foreigners.</p>
<p>According to the Minister for Federal Territories and Urban Wellbeing, Datuk M. Saravanan, Brickfields has transcended a new era, beyond a neighbourhood and a business centre for Indians.</p>
<p>It is now a place that attracts tourists from all over the world - a plus point for the country.</p>
<p>He pointed out that the transformation provides a new perspective for Brickfields' development, which is not only enjoyed by Indians, but also everyone else, in line with the concept of 1Malaysia.</p>
<p>"The government has given a facelift to Brickfields for the benefit of the society and in line with the city's development," he explained.</p>
<p>Saravanan added that Brickfields' new image is in line with the modern image of the capital city, which highlights Indian cultural elements, and complements the 'Malaysia is Truly Asia' slogan.</p>
<p>Brickfields' Little India was officiated by Najib, along with Indian Prime Minister Dr Manmohan Singh, when the latter was here on an official visit.</p>
<p>The 'Little India' project encompasses the area from Jalan Travers to Jalan Tun Sambanthan, involving redevelopment and beautification works by the Malaysian Resources Corporation Berhad (MRCB).</p>
<p>The project, worth RM35 million, involves the setting up of new business premises, a parking complex and road widening works. The area will also boast the tallest water fountain in the country, reaching 7.62 meters.</p>
<p>Apart from that, Brickfields' Little India received greater recognition when the Indian government made known of its intent to present a replica of the 'India Gate' monument to be placed in Brickfields.</p>
<p>While speaking at the Pravasi Bharatiya Divas (Indian Diaspora) convention in New Delhi, India, in 2011, Dr Manmohan expressed that 'Little India' in Kuala Lumpur had brought back wonderful memories.</p>
<p>Dr Manmohan also appreciated the privilege accorded to him in launching the Little India and added that it was the obvious testament that the role of the Malaysian Indians in nation building is highly appreciated.</p>
<p>While showering her appreciation for Najib, a fruit vendor, S Nirmala, 41, hoped that 'Little India' in Brickfields would be upgraded further, under the 'uptown' concept, by increasing the number of kiosks.</p>
<p>"This way, locals and tourists can seek better bargains here," she said.</p>
<p>Nirmala, who appreciates 'Little India', noted that now, the stalls were arranged in a better manner and appear more systematic, unlike before.</p>
<p>"Through this systematic arrangement, my business has prospered, and I'm earning more now. The prime minister has fulfilled his promise to Indian traders here," she said.</p>
<p>A florist, Satish Chandran, 23, thanked Najib for his earnest efforts to develop Brickfields and said it was the right move.</p>
<p>The transformation of Brickfields into a real 'Little India' speaks volumes of Najib's commitment and earnestness in ensuring Indians are not left behind from mainstream development.</p>
<p>And based on the principle of 'nambikei' (trust), Indians have placed their trust in Najib, for looking into their woes and guiding the community towards a better socio-economic standing.</p>
<p>Less than 24 hours after being in office as the prime minister, Najib became the first leader to go to Brickfields and understand the woes of the people there.</p>
<p>Brickfields' transformation has opened up more opportunities for the traders to enhance their competitiveness and face the onslaught of globalisation.</p>
<p>In fact, the proprietor of the Kordumalai Pillayar Restaurant, S.Paramasivam, has allocated a section in his shop as "Najib's Corner", the place where Najib stopped to have tea and savour some Indian delicacies.</p>
<p>At Najib's Corner, officiated in 2009 by Saravanan, there is a large portrait hanging on the wall, depicting the prime minister enjoying 'teh tarik' and 'thosai' with the former Minister of the Federal Territories, Datuk Seri Zulhasnan Rafique, the owner
 of the restaurant, Saravanan, and several government officials.</p>
<p>According to Paramasivam, he was keen on immortalising Najib's visit by setting up Najib's Corner at the restaurant.</p>
<p>Apart from Brickfields, known as the "Little India”, Lebuh Ampang here and Jalan Tengku Kelana, in Klang, also record a sizeable number of Indian traders.</p>
This article can also be read at:<br />
<a href=" http://www.nst.com.my/latest/brickfields-transformation-recognition-for-indians-1.264004" target="_blank">Brickfields' transformation – recognition for Indians</a><br />
<br />
]]></description>
      <pubDate>26/04/2013 16:23:25</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/21604/Brickfields+transformation++recognition+for+Indians</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">21604</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>21605</publicationdataID>
      <title>Brickfields' transformation – recognition for Indians</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p><span style="font-style:italic">New Straits Times</span></p>
<p>Brickfields' transformation into 'Little India' is among the government's efforts to ensure that Indians are not sidelined from mainstream development.</p>
<p>Brickfields came to be known as 'Little India' on Oct 27, 2010, and it was born out of Prime Minister Datuk Seri Najib Tun Razak's vision to develop and safeguard the community's interests.</p>
<p>The declaration is a major recognition to the Indian community in the country and stands testament to Najib's earnestness and commitment in improving the community's socio-economic standing.</p>
<p>Dubbed as the pride of the nation, Brickfields' Little India is the driving force for Indian traders around Bangsar, Lembah Pantai and Seputeh today and helps to generate more income for the traders there.</p>
<p>At the Seetha Ram Restaurant in Little India, P. Rani, 30, said the move to transform Brickfields has helped to uplift the status of Indians there.</p>
<p>"In retrospect, Brickfields was 'dull', but after transforming into 'Little India', the area has turned lively and energetic, added with the never ending rows of arches that highlight the Indian cultural heritage," she said to Bernama.</p>
<p>Apart from that, the arch, welcoming people to the business district at the fringes of the city, draws attention of locals and foreigners, she said.</p>
<p>"Many visitors, especially from New Zealand and the United States, who have stopped at the Seetha Ram Restaurant, gave their thumbs up to Malaysia," noted Rani, who is also the cashier at the restaurant.</p>
<p>Apart from being a business district, the locations of the stalls in Brickfields' Little India have been rearranged and appear in alluring designs, serving as an attraction for locals and foreigners.</p>
<p>According to the Minister for Federal Territories and Urban Wellbeing, Datuk M. Saravanan, Brickfields has transcended a new era, beyond a neighbourhood and a business centre for Indians.</p>
<p>It is now a place that attracts tourists from all over the world - a plus point for the country.</p>
<p>He pointed out that the transformation provides a new perspective for Brickfields' development, which is not only enjoyed by Indians, but also everyone else, in line with the concept of 1Malaysia.</p>
<p>"The government has given a facelift to Brickfields for the benefit of the society and in line with the city's development," he explained.</p>
<p>Saravanan added that Brickfields' new image is in line with the modern image of the capital city, which highlights Indian cultural elements, and complements the 'Malaysia is Truly Asia' slogan.</p>
<p>Brickfields' Little India was officiated by Najib, along with Indian Prime Minister Dr Manmohan Singh, when the latter was here on an official visit.</p>
<p>The 'Little India' project encompasses the area from Jalan Travers to Jalan Tun Sambanthan, involving redevelopment and beautification works by the Malaysian Resources Corporation Berhad (MRCB).</p>
<p>The project, worth RM35 million, involves the setting up of new business premises, a parking complex and road widening works. The area will also boast the tallest water fountain in the country, reaching 7.62 meters.</p>
<p>Apart from that, Brickfields' Little India received greater recognition when the Indian government made known of its intent to present a replica of the 'India Gate' monument to be placed in Brickfields.</p>
<p>While speaking at the Pravasi Bharatiya Divas (Indian Diaspora) convention in New Delhi, India, in 2011, Dr Manmohan expressed that 'Little India' in Kuala Lumpur had brought back wonderful memories.</p>
<p>Dr Manmohan also appreciated the privilege accorded to him in launching the Little India and added that it was the obvious testament that the role of the Malaysian Indians in nation building is highly appreciated.</p>
<p>While showering her appreciation for Najib, a fruit vendor, S Nirmala, 41, hoped that 'Little India' in Brickfields would be upgraded further, under the 'uptown' concept, by increasing the number of kiosks.</p>
<p>"This way, locals and tourists can seek better bargains here," she said.</p>
<p>Nirmala, who appreciates 'Little India', noted that now, the stalls were arranged in a better manner and appear more systematic, unlike before.</p>
<p>"Through this systematic arrangement, my business has prospered, and I'm earning more now. The prime minister has fulfilled his promise to Indian traders here," she said.</p>
<p>A florist, Satish Chandran, 23, thanked Najib for his earnest efforts to develop Brickfields and said it was the right move.</p>
<p>The transformation of Brickfields into a real 'Little India' speaks volumes of Najib's commitment and earnestness in ensuring Indians are not left behind from mainstream development.</p>
<p>And based on the principle of 'nambikei' (trust), Indians have placed their trust in Najib, for looking into their woes and guiding the community towards a better socio-economic standing.</p>
<p>Less than 24 hours after being in office as the prime minister, Najib became the first leader to go to Brickfields and understand the woes of the people there.</p>
<p>Brickfields' transformation has opened up more opportunities for the traders to enhance their competitiveness and face the onslaught of globalisation.</p>
<p>In fact, the proprietor of the Kordumalai Pillayar Restaurant, S.Paramasivam, has allocated a section in his shop as "Najib's Corner", the place where Najib stopped to have tea and savour some Indian delicacies.</p>
<p>At Najib's Corner, officiated in 2009 by Saravanan, there is a large portrait hanging on the wall, depicting the prime minister enjoying 'teh tarik' and 'thosai' with the former Minister of the Federal Territories, Datuk Seri Zulhasnan Rafique, the owner
 of the restaurant, Saravanan, and several government officials.</p>
<p>According to Paramasivam, he was keen on immortalising Najib's visit by setting up Najib's Corner at the restaurant.</p>
<p>Apart from Brickfields, known as the "Little India”, Lebuh Ampang here and Jalan Tengku Kelana, in Klang, also record a sizeable number of Indian traders.</p>
This article can also be read at:<br />
<a href=" http://www.nst.com.my/latest/brickfields-transformation-recognition-for-indians-1.264004" target="_blank">Brickfields' transformation – recognition for Indians</a><br />
<br />
]]></description>
      <pubDate>26/04/2013 16:24:02</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/21605/Brickfields+transformation++recognition+for+Indians</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">21605</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>21595</publicationdataID>
      <title>A pop-up city becomes an 80 million person laboratory</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p><span style="font-style:italic">Boston.com/ by Kevin Hartnett</span></p>
<p>Every twelve years tens of millions of Hindus travel across India for a holy celebration. The event is known as the Kumbh Mela, and it is considered the largest migration of humanity on earth. It is also a unique laboratory—a kind of real-time experiment
 in metropolis building—that offers researchers the possibility to study just about any questions they can imagine.</p>
<p>"The challenge for researchers is to take this big phenomenon and reduce it to bite-size pieces, to find something to actually study and analyze,” says Tarun Khanna.</p>
<p>Khanna is a professor at Harvard Business School and director of Harvard’s South Asia Institute. He was among a group of about 50 Harvard faculty, staff, and students who traveled to the city of Allahabad in northern India for this year’s Kumbh Mela, which
 took place from January 14 to March 10. They came armed with data collection tools like geospatial mapping equipment, iPads, and even kites, and a huge range of research questions touching on everything from public health to urban design to how the price of
 a tomato gets set among the festival’s thousands of vendors.</p>
<p>As an object for social science research, the mela is irresistible. It takes place every twelve years at the confluence of the Ganges and Yamuna Rivers, where pilgrims come from all over India to participate in ritual bathing (there are also smaller melas,
 which take place annually in other parts of India). The scale of the event is staggering. The mela has a steady population of a few million people spread over seven-and-a-half square miles of precisely organized encampment, but on a handful of main bathing
 days officials estimate the population surges towards 30 million—with as many as 80 million people attending over the 53 days of the festival.</p>
<p>One of the most important qualities of the mela, for researchers, is the speed at which it comes together. The festival site is covered for most of the summer with water from the Ganges, which is swollen by the monsoon rains. The water begins to recede in
 October, leaving government officials and NGO workers with only a couple of months to build the mela’s infrastructure—the roads, electrical grid, water, sanitation, and hygiene systems that will support those millions of people. During its peak days the mela
 is the largest city in the world, and it’s built nearly overnight.</p>
<p>"The research from our perspective is focusing on the question of how a temporary city is erected,” says Rahul Mehrotra, professor of urban planning and design at Harvard’s Graduate School of Design and, along with Khanna and Diana Eck, professor of religion,
 one of the co-organizers of the mela research. "How does the infrastructure get embedded, what is the metabolism of the temporary city, what are the flows, how do people move.”</p>
<p>Beginning last July, Mehrotra and his research team mapped the evolution of the temporary city. They lofted digital cameras on kites in order to get an aerial perspective of the mela’s development, and they mounted a camera atop a car and mapped several
 blocks of the festival’s road grid. This effort produced a tremendous database of images, and now Mehrotra is figuring out what to do with it all.</p>
<p>"The challenge now is really how one organizes it to make some sense so that it can be used effectively as a planning tool for the future,” Mehrotra says. Mehrotra is doing some of that work through a research seminar he’s teaching this semester on temporary
 settlements, that includes case studies of the Kumbh Mela, Burning Man, and refugee and concentration camps.</p>
<p>Data collection was at the heart of Satchit Balsari’s time at the mela, too. Balsari is a fellow at Harvard’s FXB Center for Health and Human Rights and a physician at New York-Presbyterian Hospital. At the mela, he and his researchers wanted to develop
 a system that would allow for up-to-date disease surveillance at such a large, chaotic event—in order to improve the deployment of healthcare resources and head off epidemics before they started.</p>
<p>"The issue with most of these massive gatherings,” Balsari says, "is their inability to pick up epidemics because the volumes of people are so large and the denominator fluctuates so significantly everyday. Especially at the mela, you can be off by millions
 of people in a matter of days.”</p>
<p>If epidemiologists don’t know the size of the population they’re studying, it’s impossible to tell whether an increase in diseases like diarrhea or malaria are due to an actual epidemic, or simply to an influx of people. To parse between those possibilities,
 Balsari’s researchers monitored four of the mela’s 15 hospitals. Using iPads, they logged every new patient and created daily reports of disease incidence. Balsari knew that if cases of all diseases rose and fell together, the changes were likely explained
 by changes in the overall population of the festival. But, if one particular disease spiked while the others remained constant, it would be a good sign that an epidemic was afoot.</p>
<p>Overall, this year’s mela was relatively healthy, and Balsari credits the festival’s organizers for thoughtful hygiene planning that limited cases of diarrhea and e. coli infection.</p>
<p>"They had 35,000 temporary toilets and latrines,” he says. "But they knew that some villagers would not be comfortable using them, some of them would want to use open-defecation pits, so they factored in these 1,000 night soil sweepers whose only job was,
 every hour, all day long, to walk around these defecation sites, pick up the soil, and cover it with lime.”</p>
<p>Now back in Cambridge, the researchers’ attention has turned to data management. Tarun Khanna is working with India’s mobile phone providers to get access to cellphone records from the mela. He says it would be the largest database of its kind, and might
 allow organizers, for the first time, to get an accurate picture of the mela’s population: how many people come, where they come from, how long they stay. But he acknowledges that the principle challenges will be simply figuring out how to manage so much data
 and extract useful information from it.</p>
<p>Over the next few months the researchers will be tagging and sorting images, analyzing patient flows at hospitals, breaking down cellphone data, and generally trying to wrestle their mela research into something useful—both for improving the next mela, in
 2025, and for understanding how temporary settlements operate anywhere in the world. They plan to release preliminary findings at a seminar hosted by the South Asia Institute in August.</p>
<p>*There’s no easy way to get a sense of an event as massive as the mela, but this clip of the ambient noise at the festival helps. Satchit Balsari describes the sound this way:</p>
<p>There is a kind of sound of the mela, where you wake up in the morning to a buzz of a million voices talking. In terms of white noise, it’s a sound you have not heard before, a din of a very concentrated dense population having regular conversation. What
 gives cadence to this white noise is this continuous rhythmic chanting from morning to night of names of people who have been lost.</p>
This article can also be read at:<br />
<a href="http://www.boston.com/bostonglobe/ideas/brainiac/2013/04/a_pop-up_city_b.html " target="_blank">A pop-up city becomes an 80 million person laboratory</a><br />
<br />
]]></description>
      <pubDate>25/04/2013 16:44:14</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/21595/A+popup+city+becomes+an+80+million+person+laboratory</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">21595</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>21598</publicationdataID>
      <title>Could a program tracking identities of 1.3 billion Indians be the secret to ending poverty?</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p><span style="font-style:italic">Washington Post/ by Howard Schneider</span></p>
<p>Could a semi-Orwellian program to collect biometric data for 1.3 billion Indians become a key tool to pulling people out of extreme poverty and integrating them into the global economy? The world’s largest democracy is betting it will, and that it could
 offer important benefits in poorer countries around the world.</p>
<p>In this case, Big Brother has a name. It is Nandan Nilekani, Indian technology entrepreneur, founder of outsourcing company Infosys, and now chairman of the Unique Identification Authority of India – an agency that is collecting fingerprints and iris scans
 of all Indian residents and assigning them a unique ID number in a massive database on the cloud.</p>
<p>This is not, Nilekani insists, a scary example of government intrusion. Rather, he and others described the effort in near revolutionary terms during a lecture Monday at the Center for Global Development in Washington.</p>
<p>Suddenly, said Nilekani, tens of millions of people born without a birth certificate or any formal registration "exist” in the eyes of the government – and can demand services and benefits, get a mobile phone or open a bank account. Putting all the data
 on the cloud, he said, breaks the monopoly of civil servants over the distribution of such things as food and fuel subsidies.</p>
<p>Once you’re in the database, your identity can be verified at any government office, distributed from a bank, or transferred automatically to a bank account. It’s efficient. It cuts down on opportunities for corruption, such as bribes or what economists
 call "rent-seeking,” the skim off the top an official might demand for delivering a service. It vests people in the system – so much so that the roughly 30,000 registration sites Nilekani’s agency has established around India are registering a startling 1
 million people a day. More than 300 million have been registered since the effort began, and the aim is to have half the population in the database in another year or so.</p>
<p>In developed nations, "identity happens when a child is born; it is a basic document,” Nilekani said. In India, half of births aren’t registered. "It’s a serious handicap…Unique identification is a means to empowerment.”</p>
<p>At the Center for Global Development, experts on the issue such as Alan Gelb are studying how Nilekani’s system – and indeed technology and biometrics generally – might speed development. Having a basic way to verify identity doesn’t just change the dynamics
 between citizen and government; it could encourage companies to set up, for example, health insurance systems in a given area because they are able to authenticate a policyholder’s identity.</p>
<p>It’s also a real example of how steady advances in computing power are changing the nature of how governments do business. The exercise involves collecting and manipulating massive amounts of data. To ensure that a person’s biometric information isn’t duplicated,
 Nilekani said, the Indian government chose to take prints from all 10 fingers and scans of both eyes – enough data from each individual to guarantee "uniqueness across a billion people.”</p>
<p>But consider this: Each time a person registers, his or her data has to be compared to everything in the system to be sure the person did not register elsewhere. And every time a resident shows up at a government office to collect a benefit, that individual’s
 retinal image or thumbprint has to be matched against government records to make sure the person hasn’t already received the benefit.</p>
<p>The technology did not even exist five years ago.</p>
<p>Nilekani downplays any privacy issues. There is only basic information in the database: the biometrics, a name, gender, date of birth. Agencies or businesses that build applications using the database are responsible for their own data security — a bank
 for keeping its transactions private, a health company for securing its records.</p>
<p>It was not clear how law enforcement figures into the mix — whether a finger print pulled from a crime scene, for example, could be run against the database.</p>
<p>But Nilekani appears less like an architect of "The Matrix” and more like an immigration agent, ushering people into the modern world.</p>
<p>"People are coming from the nonexistent to the organized world,” he said. "It’s a modern day Ellis Island.”</p>
<p><span style="font-style:italic">(The views expressed above are the personal views of the writer)</span><br />
</p>
This article can also be read at:<br />
<a href=" http://www.washingtonpost.com/blogs/wonkblog/wp/2013/04/24/could-a-program-tracking-identities-of-1-3-billion-indians-be-the-secret-to-ending-poverty/" target="_blank">Could a program tracking identities of 1.3 billion Indians be the secret to ending
 poverty?</a><br />
<br />
]]></description>
      <pubDate>25/04/2013 16:56:33</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/21598/Could+a+program+tracking+identities+of+13+billion+Indians+be+the+secret+to+ending+poverty</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">21598</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>21620</publicationdataID>
      <title>Wooing investments and exchanging expertise, medical exhibition opens in Mumbai</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p><span style="font-style:italic">The Jordan Times/ by Abeer Numan</span><br />
<br />
As pharmaceutical manufacturers and medical suppliers are converging from across the world to Mumbai, India’s financial hub, this week to attend an exhibition with hopes for more innovations in the sector, a mother and her two-year-old child were on a similar
 quest, to the same city, in search of medical treatment. <br />
<br />
Flying to Mumbai from Bahrain, the mother, who preferred to be anonymous, said her daughter, who looked frail and fragile, suffers from a serious illness, which she described as "growing problems”.<br />
<br />
She chose Mumbai because she knew medical services are good in the city. <br />
<br />
The exhibition was inaugurated by Maharashtra Chief Minister Prithviraj Chavan on Wednesday; it is Pharamexcil’s first (IPHEX 2013), grouping pharmaceutical and medical representatives, and sector regulators from 14 countries, including Jordan.<br />
<br />
Addressing the audience, the chief minister said India’s pharmaceutical sector seeks to provide better healthcare services and products for India and other countries.<br />
<br />
Maharashtra, a state in west India, is witnessing great developments in the pharmaceutical industry, he said, urging manufacturers to support and invest in the sector.<br />
<br />
"There is a lot of market to be explored,” he said, noting that Brand India Pharma Campaign is based on three main elements: affordability, accessibility and availability.<br />
<br />
He said that pharmaceutical and medical products should be accessible to all brackets of the Indian community.<br />
<br />
Exports of Indian pharmaceuticals totalled around $13 billion in 2012, according to the chief minister.<br />
<br />
"There are good medical facilities in India and they offer high-quality medical and healthcare services, at around one-tenth of the price charged elsewhere for similar services,” Health Capsules India Ltd. Marketing General Manager A.S. Bakshi, who was showcasing
 his company’s products at IPHEX 2013, told The Jordan Times. <br />
<br />
"In India, it is the quality of pharmaceutical and medical products that is making a difference, in addition to low costs,” Stuart Marryatt, managing director of Dynamic Harmony Health PTY, Ltd., said.<br />
<br />
Marryatt, who came from South Africa to attend IPHEX 2013, said "the exhibition is definitely a good idea”, and stressed the importance of exchanging expertise and meeting with manufacturing partners in India.<br />
<br />
"One must see what is new in order to not be left behind,” he said. <br />
<br />
A representative of an Indian pharmaceutical company highlighted that India has proper grounds to draw investments to the sector to empower it and, in turn, share the benefits.<br />
<br />
According to him, India has land for investment at a lower price than its equivalent in European countries. Also, India provides skilled workforce and manpower that is capable of innovation, especially graduates from the Indian Institute of Information Technology
 and Indian Institute of Management Technology. <br />
<br />
"There is an efficient workforce that also does not cost much, besides the availability of low-cost raw materials secured at local level,” he said.<br />
<br />
The three-day conference is organised by Pharmaceuticals Export Promotion Council of India, with the support of the ministry of industry and commerce.<br />
<br />
Besides major pharmaceutical companies that are showcasing their products at the exhibition, hundreds of small- and medium-sized enterprises are taking part in the event.<br />
<br />
Mumbai, which has a population of some 12 million, besides the visitors from across the world, is moving ahead with several infrastructure projects meant to develop the country and boost its economy, which achieved around 4 per cent in growth in 2012.<br />
<br />
<span style="font-style:italic">(The views expressed above are the personal views of the writer)</span><br />
<br />
<span style="font-weight:bold">This article can also be read at:</span><br />
<a href="https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/21620/Wooing&#43;investments&#43;and&#43;exchanging&#43;expertise&#43;medical&#43;exhibition&#43;opens&#43;in&#43;Mumbai" target="_blank">Wooing investments and exchanging expertise, medical exhibition opens in Mumbai</a></p>
<br />
<br />
]]></description>
      <pubDate>30/04/2013 09:54:45</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/21620/Wooing+investments+and+exchanging+expertise+medical+exhibition+opens+in+Mumbai</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">21620</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>21573</publicationdataID>
      <title>World's first smartphone for the blind developed in India</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p><span style="font-style:italic">VR Zone/ by Jack Taylor</span></p>
An Indian-based startup has created the world's first smartphone for the blind by inventing a screen that transforms into Braille characters as messages are received.<br />
<br />
Sumit Dagar recently made the announcement about the Braille phone and how he and his team created this true smartphone for the blind. Help in its design came from the Center for Innovation Incubation and Entrepreneurship and the Indian Institute of Management
 at Ahmedabad campus.<br />
<br />
"We have created the world's first Braille smartphone," Dagar said. "This product is based on an innovative 'touch screen' which is capable of elevating and depressing the contents it receives to transform them into 'touchable' patterns.”<br />
<br />
Dagar also said that, while this phone is revolutionary just by itself, the response during its testing phase was immense. Through studying how it worked with the blind, Dagar noted, "It comes out as a companion more than a phone to the user. We plan to do
 more advanced versions of the phone in the future.”<br />
<br />
The phone's design process started approximately three years ago when Dagar was studying design at India’s prestigious National Institute of Design. He reached out to a few companies, quit his day job and began to focus on creating a phone for the blind. He,
 along with a team of six engineers and designers, worked tirelessly and created a new venture called, "Kriyate Design Solutions”. Interestingly, it was because of Rolex and their Young Laureates Program that gave Kriyate the funding he needed to complete the
 project.<br />
<br />
The phone uses Shape Memory Alloy technology, which (like its namesake) are metals that remember their original shapes. Not needing a visual screen, they were able to design a phone that used floating pins in the shape of brailed characters that rise or fall
 as they are being messaged.<br />
<br />
This article can also be read at:<br />
<a href="http://vr-zone.com/articles/world-s-first-smartphone-for-the-blind-developed-in-india/19746.html#ixzz2RB5P14g2 " target="_blank">World's first smartphone for the blind developed in India</a><br />
<br />
]]></description>
      <pubDate>22/04/2013 15:35:06</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/21573/Worlds+first+smartphone+for+the+blind+developed+in+India</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">21573</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>21574</publicationdataID>
      <title>Indian Foreign Minister (Minister of State) completes Libya visit</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p><span style="font-weight:bold">The Libya Report</span><br />
<br />
India's Minister of State for External Affairs has made the country's highest-level visit since 2007, holding high-level meetings and expressing interest in a long-term oil supply deal.<br />
<br />
The 14-16 April visit by E. Ahamed included meetings with prime minister Ali Zeidan, national assembly president Mohamed Magarief, and numerous other senior figures from the interim Libyan government.<br />
<br />
According to the Indian government, this was the country's highest-level visit to Libya since 2007.<br />
<br />
Ahamed also held meetings with oil and gas minister Abdelbari al-Arusi to discuss activities of Indian firms in the energy sector.<br />
<br />
In a statement carried by the National Oil Corporation (NOC), al-Arusi said that he hoped for cooperation between the two countries but claimed that one Indian company, Punj Lloyd, had given a "bad impression" of Indian firms because of its activities related
 to a pipelines contract for the Sirte Oil Company. The statement did not specify exactly what had occurred.<br />
<br />
The statement also reported that Ahamed expressed a wish for India to agree a long-term crude oil supply deal with Libya, which al-Arusi said would be possible if the terms were agreed by the NOC.<br />
<br />
Last year the NOC exported some 11 million barrels of oil to India, accounting for around 3% of the NOC's total crude exports.<br />
<br />
The Indian minister also announced that India would establish a prosthetic limbs centre to provide aid to Libyan nationals injured in the 2011 conflict, and also a vocational training centre in Tripoli. He also suggested an initiative to incorporate Indian
 educational facilities and scholarships to Libyan students. <br />
<br />
Prior to the 2011 revolution, Indian companies had large contracts across various sectors, particularly in construction and healthcare, and had several thousand nationals working in the country. Major Indian firms such as Punj Lloyd, Oil India, Simplex and
 Apollo Healthcare were all engaged on major contracts, some of which have still not resumed.
<br />
<br />
Libya projects were estimated to account for some 17% of Punj Lloyd's total order book at the time of the uprising.<br />
<br />
Ahamed held meetings in Tripoli with the Libyan Minister of Housing and Utilities, Ali Sharif, to discuss the resumption of construction projects. According to a statement on the ministry's website, Sharif said that Indian companies that were partway through
 contracts would be paid 50% of outstanding dues upon agreeing to resume work, and the remaining 50% in instalments thereafter.<br />
<br />
Similar terms are understood to have been offered to contractors from other countries.<br />
<br />
Other recent developments for Indian firms in Libya include a contract award for Bangalore-based Subex, which in March won a deal to provide revenue and fraud management services to Al Madar, one of the two state-owned telecoms operators, while a consortium
 of energy firms including Oil India and the Indian Oil Corporation announced a new oil find in the Ghadames basin in February.<br />
<br />
In January, the Indian ambassador in Tripoli Anil Trigunayat told The Libya Report that he expected a "substantial increase" in the Indian workforce in Libya if security continued to improve.</p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>22/04/2013 20:08:29</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/21574/Indian+Foreign+Minister+Minister+of+State+completes+Libya+visit</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">21574</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>21600</publicationdataID>
      <title>In India, ‘no frills’ hospitals offer $ 800 heart surgery</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p>Agence France Presse/ by Adam Plowright</p>
<p>What if hospitals were run like a mix of Wal-Mart and a low-cost airline? The result might be something like the chain of "no-frills” Narayana Hrudayalaya clinics in southern India.<br />
Using pre-fabricated buildings, stripping out air-conditioning and even training visitors to help with post-operative care, the group believes it can cut the cost of heart surgery to an astonishing 800 dollars. "Today health care has got phenomenal services
 to offer. Almost every disease can be cured and if you can’t cure patients, you can give them meaningful life,” says company founder Devi Shetty, one of the world’s most famous heart surgeons.<br />
"But what percentage of the people of this planet can afford it? A hundred years after the first heart surgery, less than 10 percent of the world’s population can,” he told AFP from his office in hi-tech hub Bangalore.<br />
Already famous for his "heart factory” in Bangalore, which does the highest number of cardiac operations in the world, the latest Narayana Hrudayalaya ("Temple of the Heart”) projects are ultra low-cost facilities.<br />
The first is a single-story hospital in Mysore, two hours drive from Bangalore, which was built for about 400 million rupees (7.4 million dollars) in only 10 months and recently opened its doors.<br />
Set amid palm trees and with five operating theaters for cardiac, brain and kidney procedures, Shetty boasts how it was built at a fraction of the cost of equivalents in the rich world.<br />
"Near Stanford (in the US), they are building a 200-300 bed hospital. They are likely to spend over 600 million dollars,” he said.<br />
"There is a hospital coming up in London. They are likely to spend over a billion pounds,” added the father of four, who has a large print of mother Teresa on his wall — one of his most famous patients.<br />
"Our target is to build and equip a hospital for six million dollars and build it in six months.”<br />
The Mysore facility represents his vision for the future of health care in India — and a model likely to burnish India’s reputation as a center for low-cost innovation in the developing world. Air-conditioning is restricted to operating theaters and intensive
 care units. Ventilation comes from large windows on the wards.<br />
Relatives or friends visiting in-patients undergo a four-hour nursing course and are expected to change bandages and do other simple tasks.<br />
In its architecture, Shetty rejected the generic multi-story model, which requires costly foundations and steel reinforcements as well as lifts and complex fire safety equipment.<br />
Much of the building was pre-fabricated off site and then quickly assembled. The Mysore facility will be followed by others in the cities of Bhubaneswar and Siliguri.<br />
Each will owe its existence to Shetty’s original success story, his pioneering cardiac hospital in Bangalore which opened in 2001.<br />
About 30 heart surgeries are performed there daily, the highest in the world, at a break-even cost of 1,800 dollars. Most patients are charged more than this, but some of the poorest are treated for free.<br />
Its success has made Shetty a wealthy man and earned him international renown. Al-Jazeera recently broadcast a six-part series on the hospital whose wards are packed with low-income farmers and laborers. In the crammed waiting room, families from across South
 Asia wait for appointments with the boss who juggles them between stints in theater.<br />
"We saw him on TV recently and we could see his commitment to poor people and middle class people like us,” said Ranjan Bhattacharya, a civil servant, who had brought his ill wife 2,000 kms by train from northeast India. In its dealings with suppliers, the
 hospital group works like a large supermarket, buying expensive items such as heart valves in bulk.<br />
By running the operating theaters from early morning to late at night, six days a week, it is inspired by low-cost airlines which keep their planes in the air as much as possible.<br />
The British-trained surgeon sniffs at the output of Western counterparts who might do a handful of operations a week. Each of his surgeons does up to four a day on a fraction of the wages of those in the West.<br />
"Essentially we realized that as you do more numbers, your results get better and your cost goes down,” he said.<br />
Public spending on health in India amounts to just four percent of GDP, less than Afghanistan, according to the World Health Organization.<br />
A lack of private insurance and a public system that has "collapsed” according to the country’s rural development minister means an estimated 70 percent of health care spending is borne by Indians out of their own pockets.<br />
So is Shetty a sharp-witted businessman who has spotted a gap in the market or a philanthropist?<br />
"We believe that charity is not scalable. If you give anything free of cost, it is a matter of time before you run out of money, and people are not asking for anything free,” he said. His first foreign venture is a hospital on the Cayman Islands, targeting
 locals who would normally travel to the US for expensive treatment, and he says he would love to expand into Africa.<br />
From 6,000 beds now in 17 clinics, he aims to expand privately-run Narayana Hrudayalaya Hospitals to a group with 30,000 beds in the next five years.<br />
"The current regulatory structures, the current policies and business strategies (for health care) that we have are wrong. If they were right, we should have reached 90 percent of the world’s population,” he said.</p>
This article can also be read at:<br />
<a href=" http://arabnews.com/news/448950" target="_blank">In India, ‘no frills’ hospitals offer $ 800 heart surgery
</a><br />
<br />
]]></description>
      <pubDate>25/04/2013 17:14:16</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/21600/In+India+no+frills+hospitals+offer++800+heart+surgery</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">21600</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>21601</publicationdataID>
      <title>In India, prefabricated ‘no-frills’ hospitals offer $800 heart surgery</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p><span style="font-weight:bold; font-style:italic">The Daily Star (published from Beirut) : By Adam Plowright</span><br />
<br />
BANGALORE, India: What if hospitals were run like a mix of Wal-Mart and a low-cost airline? The result might be something like the chain of "no-frills” Narayana Hrudayalaya clinics in southern India. Using prefabricated buildings, stripping out air-conditioning
 and even training visitors to help with post-operative care, the group believes it can cut the cost of heart surgery to an astonishing 800 dollars.<br />
<br />
"Today health care has got phenomenal services to offer. Almost every disease can be cured and if you can’t cure patients, you can give them meaningful life,” says company founder Devi Shetty, one of the world’s most famous heart surgeons.<br />
<br />
"But what percentage of the people of this planet can afford it? A hundred years after the first heart surgery, less than 10 percent of the world’s population can,” he told AFP from his office in high-tech hub Bangalore.<br />
<br />
Already famous for his "heart factory” in Bangalore, which does the highest number of cardiac operations in the world, the latest Narayana Hrudayalaya ("Temple of the Heart”) projects are ultra low-cost facilities.<br />
<br />
The first is a single-story hospital in Mysore, two hour’s drive from Bangalore, which was built for about 400 million rupees ($7.4 million) in only 10 months and recently opened its doors.<br />
<br />
Set amid palm trees and with five operating theaters for cardiac, brain and kidney procedures, Shetty boasts how it was built at a fraction of the cost of equivalents in the rich world.<br />
<br />
"Near Stanford (in the U.S.), they are building a 200-300 bed hospital. They are likely to spend over 600 million dollars,” he said.<br />
<br />
"There is a hospital coming up in London. They are likely to spend over a billion pounds,” added the father of four, who has a large print of mother Teresa on his wall – one of his most famous patients.<br />
<br />
"Our target is to build and equip a hospital for six million dollars and build it in six months.”<br />
<br />
The Mysore facility represents his vision for the future of health care in India – and a model likely to burnish India’s reputation as a center for low-cost innovation in the developing world.<br />
<br />
Air-conditioning is restricted to operating theaters and intensive care units. Ventilation comes from large windows on the wards.<br />
<br />
Relatives or friends visiting in-patients undergo a four-hour nursing course and are expected to change bandages and do other simple tasks.<br />
<br />
In its architecture, Shetty rejected the generic multi-story model, which requires costly foundations and steel reinforcements as well as lifts and complex fire safety equipment.<br />
<br />
Much of the building was built off site and then quickly assembled.<br />
<br />
The Mysore facility will be followed by others in the cities of Bhubaneswar and Siliguri.<br />
<br />
Each will owe its existence to Shetty’s original success story, his pioneering cardiac hospital in Bangalore, which opened in 2001.<br />
<br />
About 30 heart surgeries are performed there daily, the highest in the world, at a break-even cost of $1,800. Most patients are charged more than this, but some of the poorest are treated for free.<br />
<br />
Its success has made Shetty a wealthy man and earned him international renown. Al-Jazeera recently broadcast a six-part series on the hospital, whose wards are packed with low-income farmers and laborers.<br />
<br />
In the crammed waiting room, families from across South Asia wait for appointments with the boss who juggles them between stints in theater.<br />
<br />
"We saw him on TV recently and we could see his commitment to poor people and middle-class people like us,” said Ranjan Bhattacharya, a civil servant, who had brought his ill wife 2,000 kilometers by train from northeast India.<br />
<br />
In its dealings with suppliers, the hospital group works like a large supermarket, buying expensive items such as heart valves in bulk.<br />
<br />
By running the operating theaters from early morning to late at night, six days a week, it is inspired by low-cost airlines which keep their planes in the air as much as possible.<br />
<br />
The British-trained surgeon sniffs at the output of Western counterparts who might do a handful of operations a week. Each of his surgeons does up to four a day on a fraction of the wages of those in the West.<br />
<br />
"Essentially we realized that as you do more numbers, your results get better and your cost goes down,” he said.<br />
<br />
Public spending on health in India amounts to just 4 percent of gross domestic product, less than Afghanistan, according to the World Health Organization.<br />
<br />
A lack of private insurance and a public system that has "collapsed” according to the country’s rural development minister means an estimated 70 percent of health care spending is borne by Indians out of their own pockets.<br />
<br />
So is Shetty a sharp-witted businessman who has spotted a gap in the market or a philanthropist?<br />
<br />
"We believe that charity is not scalable. If you give anything free of cost, it is a matter of time before you run out of money, and people are not asking for anything free,” he said.<br />
<br />
His first foreign venture is a hospital on the Cayman Islands, targeting locals who would normally travel to the U.S. for expensive treatment, and he says he would love to expand into Africa.<br />
<br />
From 6,000 beds now in 17 clinics, he aims to expand privately run Narayana Hrudayalaya Hospitals into a group with 30,000 beds in the next five years.<br />
<br />
"The current regulatory structures, the current policies and business strategies [for health care] that we have are wrong. If they were right, we should have reached 90 percent of the world’s population,” he said.</p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>25/04/2013 19:19:50</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/21601/In+India+prefabricated+nofrills+hospitals+offer+800+heart+surgery</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">21601</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>21559</publicationdataID>
      <title>Berlin accord</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[<span style="font-style:italic">The Indian Express/ by T P Sreenivasan</span><br />
<br />
The free trade agreement isn't yet done, but India-EU ties are robust<br />
After the tensions between India and Italy over the shooting of two Kerala fishermen, there were concerns that the diplomatic episode might jeopardise India's relations with the EU and that the six-year-old negotiations on the India-EU Broadbased Trade and
 Investment Agreement (BTIA) might flounder. But the mutuality of interests prevailed, tension was defused and the visit of Prime Minister Manmohan Singh to Germany was unscathed. It became clear that Indo-German ties would not relapse into indifference, as
 they had before India's economic reforms, after the initial warmth between Nehru and Adenauer.<br />
<br />
Democratic concerns and values shared by India and Germany had not been sufficient for a strategic relationship. The Cold War and the perceived Indian partiality towards East Germany had left their scars on ties. Strategic engagement came after the liberalisation
 of the Indian economy and the discovery by both sides of economic realities and necessities. For an export-oriented Germany, India, as a major emerging economic power, became a land of opportunities. Old cultural and educational linkages helped the process
 and today, India and Germany have a flourishing bilateral trade (biggest trading partner in the EU and fifth in the world), investments in both directions, cooperation in security and disarmament, counter terrorism and educational exchanges. The solidarity
 of the G-4, of which both Germany and India are members, as the champion of UN Security Council reform, has remained intact, even if its efforts have not succeeded.<br />
<br />
No wonder, then, that Chancellor Angela Merkel defined the relationship as "very deep" and pointed out how India, with more than a billion people, with its need for infrastructure and investment, had provided great opportunities for Germany. Early in her career,
 as environment minister, she had relied instinctively on the Indian delegation to formulate the Berlin Mandate on climate change in 1995. Prime Minister Manmohan Singh, in turn, stressed that economic relations have been a defining feature of India-Germany
 ties. They then proceeded to witness their cabinet colleagues sign a plethora of agreements to enhance cooperation in higher education, promote German as a foreign language in India, strengthen civil security research, agriculture and consumer protection,
 create quality infrastructure for cooperation in standardisation and establish green energy corridors.<br />
<br />
A tinge of regret, however, was evident in the statements made by the two leaders on the India-EU BTIA. Singh acknowledged that though much progress had been made, there were issues that held back the conclusion of the agreement. As a member of a viable union
 of independent states, Germany has the advantage of pursuing its interests bilaterally to gain ground and to remain adamant within the union to extract concessions in other areas. Members of the EU have hidden behind their collective positions on political
 issues and human rights and, at the same time, remained cordial with India on the bilateral front.<br />
<br />
It was expected that the remaining issues on the BTIA would be ironed out at the ministerial meeting in Brussels. But Commerce Minister Anand Sharma was constrained by a letter from the chairman of the parliamentary standing committee on commerce, which said
 that India should not sign the BTIA till the committee deliberated on the issues raised before it. Differences persist in several areas of vital concern for India, even after sixteen rounds of negotiations. Essentially, these relate to the market access that
 the EU is seeking in various sectors, against Indian resistance. India would prefer to regulate such access to provide some protection to Indian industry and services. Germany, for instance, has entered the Indian automobile market with prestigious brands
 such as BMW and Mercedes Benz, but would gradually like to reduce tariffs to zero. The EU would like to participate in all tenders. Although the introduction of FDI in retail has been accomplished, partnership in the insurance sector is still a major issue.
 The EU would like to see it raised to 49 per cent, against the current 26 per cent. Agricultural issues have been resolved to a great extent, but there are still fears in India about this sector. The EU is yet to give India the data secure status necessary
 for cooperation in sensitive sectors. These are the very issues on which the parliamentary committee is agitated.<br />
<br />
Germany and the EU, as a whole, tend to go slow with countries that show signs of an economic downturn. India's dwindling economic growth and the infirm Central government, which is compelled to yield to various kinds of pressures and has to deal with the exposure
 of corruption and scams, would be a source of anxiety for the EU. Indian foreign policy, too, appears to be hedging. With elections in the offing in India, the EU is likely to wait and watch rather than rush into agreements, unless the concessions offered
 by India are too attractive to be missed. Against this backdrop, the evident success of the prime ministerial visit to Germany is a feather in his turban.
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<p><span style="font-style:italic">The writer, former ambassador of India and governor for India of the IAEA, is executive vice-chairman, Kerala State Higher Education Council</span><br />
<br />
This article can also be read at<br />
<a href="http://www.indianexpress.com/news/berlin-accord/1103616/" target="_blank">Berlin Accord</a><br />
<br />
<span style="font-weight:bold">(The views expressed above are the personal views of the writer)</span><br />
</p>
<br />
]]></description>
      <pubDate>17/04/2013 10:44:05</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/21559/Berlin+accord</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">21559</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>21560</publicationdataID>
      <title>Berlin accord</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[<span style="font-style:italic">The Indian Express/ by <a href="http://www.indianexpress.com/columnist/tpsreenivasan/" target="_blank">
T P Sreenivasan</a><br />
<br />
The free trade agreement isn't yet done, but India-EU ties are robust</span><br />
After the tensions between India and Italy over the shooting of two Kerala fishermen, there were concerns that the diplomatic episode might jeopardise India's relations with the EU and that the six-year-old negotiations on the India-EU Broadbased Trade and
 Investment Agreement (BTIA) might flounder. But the mutuality of interests prevailed, tension was defused and the visit of Prime Minister Manmohan Singh to Germany was unscathed. It became clear that Indo-German ties would not relapse into indifference, as
 they had before India's economic reforms, after the initial warmth between Nehru and Adenauer.<br />
<br />
Democratic concerns and values shared by India and Germany had not been sufficient for a strategic relationship. The Cold War and the perceived Indian partiality towards East Germany had left their scars on ties. Strategic engagement came after the liberalisation
 of the Indian economy and the discovery by both sides of economic realities and necessities. For an export-oriented Germany, India, as a major emerging economic power, became a land of opportunities. Old cultural and educational linkages helped the process
 and today, India and Germany have a flourishing bilateral trade (biggest trading partner in the EU and fifth in the world), investments in both directions, cooperation in security and disarmament, counter terrorism and educational exchanges. The solidarity
 of the G-4, of which both Germany and India are members, as the champion of UN Security Council reform, has remained intact, even if its efforts have not succeeded.<br />
<br />
No wonder, then, that Chancellor Angela Merkel defined the relationship as "very deep" and pointed out how India, with more than a billion people, with its need for infrastructure and investment, had provided great opportunities for Germany. Early in her career,
 as environment minister, she had relied instinctively on the Indian delegation to formulate the Berlin Mandate on climate change in 1995. Prime Minister Manmohan Singh, in turn, stressed that economic relations have been a defining feature of India-Germany
 ties. They then proceeded to witness their cabinet colleagues sign a plethora of agreements to enhance cooperation in higher education, promote German as a foreign language in India, strengthen civil security research, agriculture and consumer protection,
 create quality infrastructure for cooperation in standardisation and establish green energy corridors.<br />
<br />
A tinge of regret, however, was evident in the statements made by the two leaders on the India-EU BTIA. Singh acknowledged that though much progress had been made, there were issues that held back the conclusion of the agreement. As a member of a viable union
 of independent states, Germany has the advantage of pursuing its interests bilaterally to gain ground and to remain adamant within the union to extract concessions in other areas. Members of the EU have hidden behind their collective positions on political
 issues and human rights and, at the same time, remained cordial with India on the bilateral front.<br />
<br />
It was expected that the remaining issues on the BTIA would be ironed out at the ministerial meeting in Brussels. But Commerce Minister Anand Sharma was constrained by a letter from the chairman of the parliamentary standing committee on commerce, which said
 that India should not sign the BTIA till the committee deliberated on the issues raised before it. Differences persist in several areas of vital concern for India, even after sixteen rounds of negotiations. Essentially, these relate to the market access that
 the EU is seeking in various sectors, against Indian resistance. India would prefer to regulate such access to provide some protection to Indian industry and services. Germany, for instance, has entered the Indian automobile market with prestigious brands
 such as BMW and Mercedes Benz, but would gradually like to reduce tariffs to zero. The EU would like to participate in all tenders. Although the introduction of FDI in retail has been accomplished, partnership in the insurance sector is still a major issue.
 The EU would like to see it raised to 49 per cent, against the current 26 per cent. Agricultural issues have been resolved to a great extent, but there are still fears in India about this sector. The EU is yet to give India the data secure status necessary
 for cooperation in sensitive sectors. These are the very issues on which the parliamentary committee is agitated.<br />
<br />
Germany and the EU, as a whole, tend to go slow with countries that show signs of an economic downturn. India's dwindling economic growth and the infirm Central government, which is compelled to yield to various kinds of pressures and has to deal with the exposure
 of corruption and scams, would be a source of anxiety for the EU. Indian foreign policy, too, appears to be hedging. With elections in the offing in India, the EU is likely to wait and watch rather than rush into agreements, unless the concessions offered
 by India are too attractive to be missed. Against this backdrop, the evident success of the prime ministerial visit to Germany is a feather in his turban.
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<p><span style="font-style:italic">The writer, former ambassador of India and governor for India of the IAEA, is executive vice-chairman, Kerala State Higher Education Council</span><br />
<br />
<span style="font-weight:bold">(The views expressed above are the personal views of the writer)</span><br />
</p>
<br />
]]></description>
      <pubDate>17/04/2013 10:44:48</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/21560/Berlin+accord</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">21560</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>21562</publicationdataID>
      <title>River Ganges inspires MRSA treatment</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[<span style="font-style:italic">Wall Street Journal/ by Joanna Sugden</span><br />
<br />
In the winter of 1895, a British scientist made a discovery in the River Ganges that is now informing cutting edge research in Bangalore on how to combat antibiotic resistant disease.<br />
<br />
M.E. Hankin found that the waters of India’s most sacred river, as well as those flowing in the Yamuna, contained antiseptic properties that killed the cholera germ. This was identified 22 years later, in 1917, as the work of a bacteriophage.<br />
<br />
Phage therapy was used to treat a range of bacterial diseases but fell out of favor after the 1928 discovery and development of penicillin and other antibiotics. Only hospitals in some parts of Eastern Europe including Georgia continued to use the phage treatment.<br />
<br />
But with the seemingly unstoppable march of antibiotic resistant bacteria, the bacteriophage is, according to scientists working on its development, undergoing a renaissance. It is now informing the design of a new treatment for the infection-causing bacterium
 MRSA (Methicillin-Resistant Staphylococcus Aureus.)<br />
<br />
The technology could provide hope in the treatment of gram-negative bacteria carrying the enzyme NDM-1 (New Delhi Metallo-beta-lactamase-1), which confers resistance against carbopenems, the antibiotics of last resort.<br />
<br />
In a laboratory in Bangalore, scientists from biotechnology company GangaGen Inc. are developing the treatment based on the enzyme that phages use to destroy bacterial cell walls.<br />
<br />
Bharathi Sriram, vice-president of research and development at GangaGen, said the enzyme breaks down the cell wall in minutes so there is very little time for the bacterium to build up resistance. Antibiotics however can take days to have an effect, allowing
 the bacteria to develop defenses.<br />
<br />
"Phages are like moon-landers,” Ms. Sriram told The Wall Street Journal’s India Real Time. "They can work on a cell wall; find the right receptors and latch on to them by lowering their base plate.”<br />
<br />
Highly specific enzymes on the phage’s base plate then break down the bacterial cell wall before injecting their DNA and replicating to cause bactericide, Ms. Sriram said.<br />
<br />
GangaGen scientists have identified and isolated the enzyme able to break down the cell wall of Stapylococcus Aureus, commonly known as MRSA, the bacterium that causes difficult-to-treat-infections often contracted by patients in hospital for surgery.<br />
<br />
The major route of entry of the MRSA bacterium is from the patients’ own bodies because they can harbor it innocuously in their nostrils or on their skin, said Janakiraman Ramachandran, GangaGen’s founder and chairman.<br />
<br />
"But when it gets in the bloodstream it secretes toxic materials,” said Mr. Ramachandran, who was head of Research and Development at AstraZeneca AZN.LN -0.91% in Bangalore in the 1980s.<br />
<br />
"We are targeting the clearance of the bacterium from the nasal carriage [of patients who are going to undergo surgery],” he said, adding that this makes it easier to prevent the entry of MRSA into the bloodstream.<br />
<br />
GangaGen has completed preclinical toxicological studies using the enzyme and is carrying out phase one and two clinical trials for safety and efficiency on patients in Singapore.<br />
<br />
"We tried initially to do the trials in India but the delays were horrendous; we could not predict when we would be able to get permission,” said Mr. Ramachandran, who runs GangaGen from a California-based holding company.<br />
<br />
He says he chose to base his laboratory in Bangalore because of the "abundant talent” there and lower operating costs. Initially he funded GangaGen’s research himself, but now has help from angel investors in the U.S.<br />
<br />
The company has patented the technology and phase one trials should be completed in the fall. The next stage is to partner with a big pharmaceutical company to conduct the more expensive phase three clinical trials.<br />
<br />
A drawback of phage therapy compared to antibiotic treatment is that the enzymes are highly specific and only act on particular bacteria. "The difficulty is we have to properly diagnose the infection and use the appropriate phage,” Mr. Ramachandran said.<br />
<br />
Abdul Ghafur, a Chennai-based consultant in infectious diseases who is among those leading the efforts in India to raise awareness of antibiotic resistance, says phage therapy, though not yet in use in India, has potential.<br />
<br />
"Phage therapy is still in experimental stage but it’s worth exploring,” he said.<br />
<br />
This article can also be read at:<br />
<a href="http://blogs.wsj.com/indiarealtime/2013/04/16/river-ganges-inspires-mrsa-treatment/ ">River Ganges inspires MRSA treatment</a><br />
<br />
(The views expressed above are the personal views of the writer)]]></description>
      <pubDate>17/04/2013 18:08:19</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/21562/River+Ganges+inspires+MRSA+treatment</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">21562</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>21575</publicationdataID>
      <title>Indian foreign minister completes Libya visit</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p><span style="font-style:italic">The Libya Report</span><br />
</p>
<p>India's Minister of State for External Affairs has made the country's highest-level visit since 2007, holding high-level meetings and expressing interest in a long-term oil supply deal.</p>
<p>The 14-16 April visit by E. Ahamed included meetings with prime minister Ali Zeidan, national assembly president Mohamed Magarief, and numerous other senior figures from the interim Libyan government.</p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<p>According to the Indian government, this was the country's highest-level visit to Libya since 2007.</p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<p>Ahamed also held meetings with oil and gas minister Abdelbari al-Arusi to discuss activities of Indian firms in the energy sector.</p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<p>In a statement carried by the National Oil Corporation (NOC), al-Arusi said that he hoped for cooperation between the two countries but claimed that one Indian company, Punj Lloyd, had given a "bad impression" of Indian firms because of its activities related
 to a pipelines contract for the Sirte Oil Company. The statement did not specify exactly what had occurred.</p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<p>The statement also reported that Ahamed expressed a wish for India to agree a long-term crude oil supply deal with Libya, which al-Arusi said would be possible if the terms were agreed by the NOC.</p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<p>Last year the NOC exported some 11 million barrels of oil to India, accounting for around 3% of the NOC's total crude exports.</p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<p>The Indian minister also announced that India would establish a prosthetic limbs centre to provide aid to Libyan nationals injured in the 2011 conflict, and also a vocational training centre in Tripoli. He also suggested an initiative to incorporate Indian
 educational facilities and scholarships to Libyan students.</p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<p>Prior to the 2011 revolution, Indian companies had large contracts across various sectors, particularly in construction and healthcare, and had several thousand nationals working in the country. Major Indian firms such as Punj Lloyd, Oil India, Simplex and
 Apollo Healthcare were all engaged on major contracts, some of which have still not resumed.</p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<p>Libya projects were estimated to account for some 17% of Punj Lloyd's total order book at the time of the uprising.</p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<p>Ahamed held meetings in Tripoli with the Libyan Minister of Housing and Utilities, Ali Sharif, to discuss the resumption of construction projects. According to a statement on the ministry's website, Sharif said that Indian companies that were partway through
 contracts would be paid 50% of outstanding dues upon agreeing to resume work, and the remaining 50% in instalments thereafter.</p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<p>Similar terms are understood to have been offered to contractors from other countries.</p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<p>Other recent developments for Indian firms in Libya include a contract award for Bangalore-based Subex, which in March won a deal to provide revenue and fraud management services to Al Madar, one of the two state-owned telecoms operators, while a consortium
 of energy firms including Oil India and the Indian Oil Corporation announced a new oil find in the Ghadames basin in February.</p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
In January, the Indian ambassador in Tripoli AnilTrigunayattold <span style="font-style:italic">
The Libya Report</span>that he expected a "substantial increase" in the Indian workforce in Libya if security continued to improve.]]></description>
      <pubDate>23/04/2013 09:44:44</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/21575/Indian+foreign+minister+completes+Libya+visit</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">21575</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>21555</publicationdataID>
      <title>Lessons From India’s Pop-Up Megacity: The Kumbh Mela</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p><span style="font-style:italic">The Diplomat/By Daniel Rubin and Cody Poplin</span><br />
<br />
On February 10, 36 people were killed in a stampede at the Allahabad railway station. Allahabad, located in the north Indian state of Uttar Pradesh, is the second-oldest city in India and plays a central role in the Hindu scriptures. Most of those caught in
 the stampede were devotees traveling to attend the sacred Maha Kumbh Mela, a massive Hindu religious festival held every 12th year in Allahabad.<br />
<br />
While planning to travel to the festival ourselves, news of the stampede was concerning. Taking in the reports from our offices in Delhi, we became increasingly skeptical that the authorities could pull off an event of the Kumbh’s magnitude. We were surprised
 by what we found.<br />
<br />
After arriving in Allahabad, instead of the expected chaos, we found a highly coordinated city; one offering lessons for both a rapidly urbanizing India and other areas affected by mass migration, such as conflict zones and refugee camps.<br />
<br />
The Maha Kumbh Mela is reportedly the world’s largest gathering of people. Estimates peg the number of devotees swarming Allahabad’s banks between 70 and 100 million. During the six-week festival, pilgrims press to take a holy dip in the Sangam, the confluence
 of the Ganges, Yamuna, and mythical Sarasvati rivers. The water is believed to wash away sins and offer relief from the cycle of rebirth.<br />
<br />
The local government’s ability to successfully manage this human tidal wave is even more impressive when placed in context. According to the World Bank, roughly one-third of India’s population lacks access to electricity. However, in a city constructed and
 later deconstructed in a matter of weeks, electricity, safe drinking water, and police protection are all provided. It’s an instructive achievement.<br />
<br />
When we first made our way to the "pop-up megacity,” some sights were expected. A friendly old Sadhu (a Hindu ascetic) immediately greeted us and promptly demanded baksheesh ("tips”) for our enthusiastic picture taking. Additionally, the Sangam water – used
 for drinking, bathing, and brushing teeth – appeared dark brown, even against the muddy banks of the Kumbhnagari (literally, "Kumbh City”). While many worshippers had already decamped, including the revered naked Naga Sadhus, the display of overwhelming piety
 was exceptionally moving.<br />
<br />
What we did not anticipate in this "ephemeral city” made to accommodate a population the size of Texas, was a successful model of good governance. One night, while strolling back from the Sangam, we could fully take in the almost empty Kumbh site. Street lamps
 stretched out in grids for what looked like miles, and even during a short walk, we came across multiple police stations and hospitals.<br />
<br />
The Kumbh is also a first-rate example of an effective public-private partnership. According to Harvard researchers and the Indian government’s Mela Administration, the state lays out the Kumbh Mela city grid and its various sectors, including roads, 41 police
 check posts, 36 fire stations, and 30 hospitals. However, nearly 5,000 private (many religious) organizations plan the inner tent cities, which hold as many as 700,000 tents. NGOs run the missing persons units in coordination with the state police. Making
 this task more difficult is the city’s elasticity, as its parameters are partially determined by the annual river recession, which comes into full view only in October. The entire city "pops up” in the subsequent two months.<br />
<br />
The Harvard team noted that the Kumbh used only a few times the space of "Burning Man,” a yearly art festival in the United States, yet had nearly 1,000 times the participants. While many come and go within a few days, the largest bathing day is estimated to
 have anywhere from 30-40 million people. Because the Kumbh is held over 55 days (where other gatherings might be a weekend or, at most, a week), housing, road, latrine, and other public health considerations must all be taken into account. Local administration
 even coordinates with upstream dams to release more water on major bathing days in order to remove dangerous particulate build up.<br />
<br />
As Luce Scholars living and working in India this year, we have observed a seeming disconnect between India’s global economic ambitions and often times troubling social conditions. The challenges will grow as India rapidly urbanizes. According to the McKinsey
 Global Institute, India’s urban population is expected to balloon from 340 million in 2008 to 590 million by 2030. The Kumbh’s public-private partnership model highlights potential avenues for India to meet these daunting obstacles. By providing stable access
 to electricity and over 35,000 public toilets, laying 156 km of roads, constructing 18 pontoon bridges, deputizing 30,000 policemen for security, and expanding public transport, organizers successfully accommodated the dramatic groundswell.<br />
<br />
The railway stampede, initially a significant cause for alarm and skepticism regarding the festival’s organization, actually occurred outside the Kumbh’s jurisdiction – underscoring just how dangerous large gatherings like this can be without proficient organization
 and management. Meanwhile, the Kumbh site saw police use an integrated computer system to register displaced or missing persons, frequent announcements on loudspeakers, well-placed identification posters, pictures on nine giant LED screens, and smartphone
 applications to guide loved ones back to one another.<br />
<br />
The Kumbh, while far from problem-free, is a notable example of the state’s ability to accomplish significant feats in short order, not usually considered its forte. With an urban population set to double over the next 20 years, India should harness the exceptional
 planning skill displayed at the Kumbh. This would be one small step in capitalizing on a demonstrated potential to transform the lives of many living in India’s most impoverished conditions.<br />
<br />
<span style="font-weight:bold">This article can also be read at:</span><br />
<a href="http://thediplomat.com/2013/04/16/lessons-from-indias-pop-up-megacity-the-kumbh-mela" target="_blank">Lessons From India’s Pop-Up Megacity: The Kumbh Mela</a><br />
<br />
(The views expressed in this article are the personal views of the writer)</p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>16/04/2013 16:24:51</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/21555/Lessons+From+Indias+PopUp+Megacity+The+Kumbh+Mela</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">21555</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>21556</publicationdataID>
      <title>Mahatma Gandhi Among Leaders Most Admired By CEOs Globally</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p><span style="font-style:italic">Bernama : National News Agency of Malasiya</span><br />
<br />
Mahatma Gandhi figures among the top three most admired leaders of the world, said a global survey of CEOs conducted by accountancy firm PwC, reports Press Trust of India (PTI).<br />
<br />
While Winston Churchill tops the list of 10 most admired leaders, Gandhi figures in the third position after Steve Jobs (co-founder of Apple), said the 16th Annual Global CEO Survey.<br />
<br />
As part of its annual survey, PwC said it recently asked 1,400 CEOs from around the world "which leaders they most admired, and what they most admired about their actions".<br />
<br />
"Some clear types emerged: warriors, (Napoleon; Alexander the Great) reformers (Jack Welch), leaders through adversity (Winston Churchill; Abraham Lincoln), leaders who caught the imagination of the masses (Mahatma Gandhi; Nelson Mandela) and consensus builders
 like Bill Clinton" PwC said in a statement.<br />
<br />
Winston Churchill was the most popular choice of all CEOs with Steve Jobs admired in the most number of countries (37).<br />
<br />
Churchill has wide appeal and popularity across Western Europe, coming top in France ahead of Charles de Gaulle and beating Niccolo Machiavelli to the top spot in Italy, PwC said. Twice-serving as British prime minister (1940-45; 1951-55) Churchill even manages
 a tie with Gandhi in Turkey, behind Mustafa Kemal Ataturk, it added.<br />
<br />
As per the PwC, Nelson Mandela, Jack Welch and Abraham Lincoln, were at the 4th, 5th and 6th positions, respectively.<br />
<br />
PwC said 15 women were named, of whom Margaret Thatcher was the only one to make the top ten (7th position). The former British Prime Minister, know as the iron lady, died last week.<br />
<br />
<span style="font-weight:bold">This article can also be read at:<br />
</span><a href="http://www.bernama.com.my/bernama/v7/wn/newsworld.php?id=942265" target="_blank">Mahatma Gandhi Among Leaders Most Admired By CEOs Globally</a><br />
<br />
(The views expressed in this article are the personal views of the writer)</p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>16/04/2013 16:41:48</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/21556/Mahatma+Gandhi+Among+Leaders+Most+Admired+By+CEOs+Globally</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">21556</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>21542</publicationdataID>
      <title>America needs more high-skilled worker visas</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p><span style="font-style:italic">USA TODAY/ by Nirupama Ra</span>o<br />
<br />
President Obama has described the U.S.-Indian relationship as the <a href="http://www.nytimes.com/2010/11/09/world/asia/09india.html?_r=0" target="_blank">
defining partnership of the 21st century</a>. Given the rich, multidimensional engagement between our two countries and the strategic convergence of our values and interests, he is absolutely right in doing so. The impressive growth in our trade and economic
 relations provide a robust foundation for this vision. <br />
<br />
Less than a decade ago, trade between our two countries was $35 billion-a-year. Today, that number has nearly tripled to $100 billion and is poised to climb even higher. Major U.S. companies look to India as an essential outlet for growth -- and vice versa.
 As the U.S. Congress considers immigration reform, this trajectory -- and the mutual benefit it brings -- should shape the conversation.<br />
<br />
Critics of current immigration laws suggest restricting access for Indian companies to certain types of high-skilled worker visas (H-1B and L-1) that guide the mobility of professionals who help our businesses grow. Some prefer even capping the number of work
 visas available to highly skilled Indians or imposing extra fees on specific types of Indian firms. Information technology services would be disadvantaged by such changes.<br />
<br />
Many IT companies, such as Tata Consultancy Services, WIPRO, Infosys and HCL, that are based in India bring employees to the U.S. -- and for good reason. They provide the continuity and institutional knowledge required to serve commercial and governmental clients
 well -- in the same way that Americans often staff the foreign offices of their own corporations. The expertise of these workers is crucial because they helped develop many of the devices and software that maintain and protect networks. Without their know-how,
 IT would simply not work the way it should. <br />
<br />
The teams doing this work are highly trained and are often drawn from around the world. They are deployed from among the best available and qualified talent. Indian IT services companies use local hires whenever possible, of course. But depending on availability
 of skill sets, these companies require to use visa-holders in addition to local talent. Without these visa-holders, U.S. businesses and consumers would not benefit from the services they have come to rely on. Jobs would not be created and, in fact, could go
 elsewhere, including overseas. Local, state and federal tax revenues would, sadly and inevitably, decline.<br />
<br />
Indian IT companies and the visa-holders they sponsor play a vital and vibrant role in America's economy and the communities in which they work. Highly skilled foreign-born individuals have been praised repeatedly for their invaluable innovations and contributions
 in the U.S. The IT companies that sponsor them are also regularly recognized for their work and their contributions to the American way of life. These Indian companies are the most vocal cheerleaders of the closer engagement between India and the United States
 and have played no small role in bringing our two nations closer together. <br />
<br />
Today, Indian-based IT service providers employ well over 50,000 U.S. citizens and recruit and hire more each year. The industry supports more than 280,000other local U.S. hires and aids many U.S.-based companies in developing new products and improving operations
 and efficiencies. This, in turn, helps them both preserve and create jobs here in the U.S.<br />
<br />
As U.S. policymakers move forward with the much needed efforts to reform the immigration system, we respectfully urge that they consider the impact of their decisions on the ability of both U.S. and foreign-based companies to expand now and in the future. The
 inspirational history of economic synergy between our two nations should serve as our guide to the future. A generous visa policy for highly skilled workers would help everyone; both nations would come out winners.<br />
<br />
<span style="font-weight:bold">This article can also be read at :</span><br />
<a href="http://m.usatoday.com/article/news/2075159" target="_blank">America needs more high-skilled worker visas: Column</a><br />
<br />
<span style="font-style:italic">(The views expressed in this article are the personal views of the writer)</span></p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>15/04/2013 09:46:48</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/21542/America+needs+more+highskilled+worker+visas</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">21542</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>21531</publicationdataID>
      <title>Bill Clinton praises Indian companies for selling cheap HIV drugs to Africa</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p><span style="font-style:italic">Daily Mail/M. G. Arun</span><br />
<br />
The remaining part of the 21st century will be one of struggle, and nations will have to determine whether co-operation is a better model or conflict is, former United States President Bill Clinton said at an event here.<br />
<br />
India, which already has a good track record of protecting individual rights and, to an extent, minority rights should also look to empower women, he said, alluding to the recent ghastly incident of rape in the national Capital.<br />
<br />
"It's pure economics," he said. <br />
<br />
"Countries that have been doing well, have also been able to empower their women," he added, delivering the first Kotak Presidium lecture.<br />
<br />
"We will have to make some tough choices," he said. <br />
<br />
"Prepare for the worst, and work for the best." <br />
<br />
Stating that it is a great feeling to be back in Mumbai, Clinton, who had two terms as President, lauded the efforts of Indian generic pharma companies like Cipla and Ranbaxy to supply cheap drugs to HIV AIDS patients in Africa.<br />
<br />
"Ten years ago, the international AIDS drug market was so disorganised. Drugs were marketed at prices that were seven times higher, since two agents were charging high management fees," he said.<br />
<br />
The Clinton Foundation established partnerships with the generic companies to supply drugs priced as low as $200 (Rs 1,000) per person per year, compared to $500 (Rs 27,500) earlier.<br />
<br />
"I want to use the opportunity to also thank Indians for the remarkable work they have done in this respect," he told the packed audience, which comprised industrialists like Sajjan Jindal of JSW Steel, Nikhil Meswani of Reliance Industries, Hemendra Kothari
 of DSP BlackRock, Marico's Harsh Mariwala, Nimesh Kampani of JM Financial and Ashwin Dani of Asian Paints, among others.<br />
<br />
Clinton said it felt great to be back in Mumbai. <br />
<br />
Stating that the 21st century has also enabled many to build on their dreams, Clinton called on the rich and privileged to share their wealth for the deprived and the disaster-stricken.<br />
<br />
"We have to move towards a shared prosperity model," he said, highlighting that countries like India had high income disparities.<br />
<br />
He recounted his experience in raising $1 billion for the tsunami victims in Asia in 2004, which, according to him, was the first internet fundraising programme in history, where the median contribution was $59 (Rs 3,250).<br />
<br />
<span style="font-weight:bold">This article can also be read at:</span><br />
<a href="http://www.dailymail.co.uk/indiahome/indianews/article-2307062/Bill-Clinton-praises-Indian-pharmaceutical-companies-selling-cheap-HIV-AIDS-drugs-patients-Africa.html" target="_blank">Bill Clinton praises Indian companies for selling cheap HIV drugs
 to Africa</a><br />
<br />
<span style="font-style:italic">(The views expressed in this article are the personal views of the writer)</span></p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>12/04/2013 12:01:40</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/21531/Bill+Clinton+praises+Indian+companies+for+selling+cheap+HIV+drugs+to+Africa</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">21531</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>21532</publicationdataID>
      <title>How India Dented Big Pharma’s IP Monopoly: Arjun Jayadev &amp;amp; Joseph Stiglitz</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p><span style="font-style:italic">Economy Watch/by Arjun Jayadev and Joseph E. Stiglitz</span><br />
<br />
The pharmaceutical industry has for years consolidated profits by advocating a stronger and ever inequitable global intellectual-property regime. The Indian Supreme Court’s refusal to uphold the patent on a blockbuster cancer drug, though only a small reversal
 for the Big Pharmas, sets a good precedent for other developing countries and frees up money and resources that can contribute to growth and poverty reduction efforts.<br />
<br />
The Indian Supreme Court’s refusal to uphold the patent on Gleevec, the blockbuster cancer drug developed by the Swiss pharmaceutical giant Novartis, is good news for many of those in India suffering from cancer. If other developing countries follow India’s
 example, it will be good news elsewhere, too: more money could be devoted to other needs, whether fighting AIDS, providing education, or making investments that enable growth and poverty reduction.<br />
<br />
But the Indian decision also means less money for the big multinational pharmaceutical companies. Not surprisingly, this has led to an overwrought response from them and their lobbyists: the ruling, they allege, destroys the incentive to innovate, and thus
 will deal a serious blow to public health globally. <br />
<br />
These claims are wildly overstated. In both economic and social-policy terms, the Indian court’s decision makes good sense. Moreover, it is only a localized effort at rebalancing a global intellectual-property (IP) regime that is tilted heavily toward pharmaceutical
 interests at the expense of social welfare. Indeed, there is a growing consensus among economists that the current IP regime actually stifles innovation.<br />
<br />
The impact of strong IP protection on social welfare has long been considered ambiguous. The promise of monopoly rights can spur innovation (though the most important discoveries, like that of DNA, typically occur within universities and government-sponsored
 research labs, and depend on other incentives). But there often are serious costs as well: higher prices for consumers, the dampening effect on further innovation of reducing access to knowledge, and, in the case of life-saving drugs, death for all who are
 unable to afford the innovation that could have saved them. <br />
<br />
The weight given to each of these factors depends on circumstances and priorities, and should vary by country and time. Advanced industrialized countries in earlier stages of their development benefited from faster economic growth and greater social welfare
 by explicitly adopting weaker IP protection than is demanded of developing countries today. Even in the United States, there is growing concern that so-called hold-up patents and me-too patents – and the sheer thicket of patents, in which any innovation is
 likely to become entangled in someone else’s IP claims – are diverting scarce research resources away from their most productive uses.<br />
<br />
The revocation of patent protection for medicines in 1972 greatly expanded access to essential medicines, and led to the growth of a globally competitive domestic industry that is often called the "pharmacy of the developing world.” For example, production
 of anti-retroviral drugs by Indian generic manufacturers such as Cipla has reduced the cost of life-saving AIDS treatment in Sub-Saharan Africa to just 1 percent of the cost a decade ago.<br />
<br />
Much of this globally valuable capacity was built under a regime of weak – in fact, non-existent – protection for pharmaceutical patents. But India is now bound by the World Trade Organization’s TRIPS agreement, and has revised its patent laws accordingly,
 causing widespread anxiety in the developing world about the implications for global provision of affordable medicines.<br />
<br />
Indeed, the Gleevec decision is still only a small reversal for Western pharmaceuticals. Over the last two decades, lobbyists have worked to harmonize and strengthen a far stricter and globally enforceable IP regime. As a result, there are now numerous overlapping
 protections for pharmaceutical companies that are very difficult for most developing countries to contest, and that often pit their global obligations against their domestic obligations to protect their citizens’ lives and health.<br />
<br />
According to the Indian Supreme Court, the country’s amended patent law still places greater weight on social objectives than in the US and elsewhere: the standards of non-obviousness and novelty required to obtain a patent are stricter (especially as they
 pertain to medicines), and no "evergreening” of existing patents – or patent protection for incremental follow-up innovations – is allowed. The court thus reaffirmed India’s primary commitment to protecting its citizens’ lives and health.<br />
<br />
The decision also highlighted an important fact: Despite its severe limitations, the TRIPS agreement does have some (rarely used) safeguards that give developing countries a certain degree of flexibility to limit patent protection. That is why the pharmaceutical
 industry, the US, and others have pushed since its inception for a wider and stronger set of standards through add-on agreements.<br />
<br />
Such agreements would, for example, limit opposition to patent applications; prohibit national regulatory authorities from approving generic medicines until patents have expired; maintain data exclusivity, thereby delaying the approval of biogeneric drugs;
 and require new forms of protection, such as anti-counterfeiting measures. <br />
<br />
There is a curious incoherence in the argument that the Indian decision undermines property rights. A critical institutional foundation for well-functioning property rights is an independent judiciary to enforce them. India’s Supreme Court has shown that it
 is independent, interprets the law faithfully, and does not easily succumb to global corporate interests. It is now up to the Indian government to use the TRIPS agreement’s safeguards to ensure that the country’s intellectual-property regime advances both
 innovation and public health. <br />
<br />
Globally, there is growing recognition of the need for a more balanced IP regime. But the pharmaceutical industry, trying to consolidate its gains, has been pushing instead for an ever stronger and more imbalanced IP regime. Countries considering agreements
 like the Trans-Pacific Partnership or bilateral "partnership” agreements with the US and Europe need to be aware that this is one of the hidden objectives. What are being sold as "free-trade agreements” include IP provisions that could stifle access to affordable
 medicines, with a potentially significant impact on economic growth and development.<br />
<br />
<span style="font-weight:bold">This article can also be read at:</span><br />
<a href="http://www.economywatch.com/economy-business-and-finance-news/how-india-dented-big-pharmas-IP-monopoly.10-04.html" target="_blank">How India Dented Big Pharma’s IP Monopoly: Arjun Jayadev &amp; Joseph Stiglitz</a><br />
<br />
<span style="font-style:italic">(The views expressed in this article are the personal views of the writer)</span></p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>12/04/2013 12:08:22</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/21532/How+India+Dented+Big+Pharmas+IP+Monopoly+Arjun+Jayadev+amp+Joseph+Stiglitz</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">21532</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>21533</publicationdataID>
      <title>Why Chemotherapy That Costs $70,000 in the U.S. Costs $2,500 in India</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p><span style="font-style:italic">The Atlantic/by Thomas Bollyky</span><br />
<br />
By rejecting patent applications, developing countries have kept down the costs of much-needed medications. Can they continue to do so without harming efforts to develop new drugs?<br />
<br />
Why does Gleevec, a leukemia drug that costs $70,000 per year in the United States, cost just $2,500 in India?<br />
<br />
It's seemingly simple. Gleevec is under patent in the U.S., but not in India. Accordingly, Novartis, its Swiss-based manufacturer, may prevent competitors from making and selling lower-cost versions of the drug in the U.S., but not in India.<br />
<br />
Last week, India's highest court rejected an application to patent Gleevec. While the legal issue in the case is important -- the patentability of modifications to existing drugs under Indian law -- the impact of the decision will likely be broader than just
 that issue, escalating a long-simmering fight over patented cancer medications in emerging markets.<br />
<br />
Rejecting the Gleevec patent application is not the only step that the Indian government has taken to circumvent patents on cancer drugs. Last year, India issued a compulsory license on Nexavar, a late-stage kidney and liver cancer treatment, enabling a local
 drug firm to produce a generic version of this medicine without the permission of Bayer, the patent holder. India has recently announced plans to grant compulsory licenses on another leukemia drug and two breast cancer therapies.<br />
<br />
India is not alone. Indonesia recently issued a compulsory license for a treatment for liver cancer-causing hepatitis B. China and the Philippines amended their pharmaceutical patent laws, making it easier for those governments to take similar measures as India.<br />
<br />
Three trends are driving these moves, suggesting more fights over patients, patents, and drug prices are forthcoming.<br />
<br />
First, cancer rates are increasing fast in many developing countries. With rising incomes and better access to childhood vaccinations, people are living longer in most developed countries. The major health risks worldwide are now behavioral -- such as tobacco
 use and household air pollution. The increases in longevity and exposure to behavioral risks are outpacing the improvement in health and regulatory systems in developing countries. As a result, people in these countries are developing cancers younger, in greater
 numbers, and suffering more chronic disability for cancer and other noncommunicable diseases (NCDs) than ever seen in developed countries.<br />
<br />
Second, access to effective cancer treatment, patented or otherwise, is limited in developing countries. Most patients pay out-of-pocket for most of their medicines, and high prices put drugs beyond their reach. Cancers that are preventable or treatable in
 wealthy countries are death sentences in the developing world. Cervical cancer is largely preventable in developed countries with the human papillomavirus vaccine; in sub-Saharan Africa and South Asia, it is the leading cause of cancer death among women. Ninety
 percent of children with leukemia in high-income countries will be cured, but 90 percent of those with that disease in low-income countries will die from it.<br />
<br />
Third, middle-income countries like India have both health and industrial policy reasons for encouraging domestic production of cancer drugs. Cancer rates are growing fastest in these populations, and governments are under pressure to better address the health
 needs of their ailing citizens. India, China, and other emerging nations are expanding coverage of medicines in their public sectors, but expenditures are rising astonishingly fast. IMS Health projects that annual drug spending in middle-income countries will
 double between 2012 and 2016, to more than $300 billion. Requiring local production of cancer drugs lowers their cost and also helps domestic manufacturers break into the oncology market, a lucrative therapeutic area in which multinational drug firms are heavily
 invested. <br />
<br />
The measures that India and other countries have taken -- compulsory licensing and adopting strict standards on patentability -- are consistent with its international trade commitments, but will be corrosive to the way that pharmaceutical research and development
 (R&amp;D) is funded internationally. More countries are likely to follow India's lead. Cancer is not the only NCD on the rise in developing countries, with rates of diabetes, cardiovascular, and chronic respiratory illnesses likewise increasing. U.S. patients
 will not indefinitely pay a 20-fold increase on the price of medicines that Indian consumers pay.<br />
<br />
The fight over cancer drugs in India exposes a fundamental tension in the way we fund pharmaceutical R&amp;D. Patents allow pharmaceutical firms to charge high prices for drugs for a limited period of time to recoup their investment in R&amp;D. This results in more
 of the drugs that we need, but makes them less accessible to those who need them. The tension becomes greater in the global context because the income disparities between developed and developing country patients are so vast.<br />
<br />
This tension in the patent system has been exposed before. A decade ago, courtroom battles and protests over access to patented HIV/AIDS medications in South Africa dominated international headlines. Those fights subsided when multinational companies donated
 their drugs, charged rock-bottom prices for them in poor countries, or allowed local companies to make generic versions. Yet the emerging fight over cancer medicines threatens to be bigger, as it involves the emerging markets and disease groups on which the
 multinational drug industry has banked its future. <br />
<br />
The international community shows no appetite to agree on new ways to fund pharmaceutical R&amp;D. Talks on alternatives like prize funds and R&amp;D treaties at the World Health Organization have gone nowhere. The United States, Europe, and other developed countries
 have too much invested in the intellectual property (IP) system. According to the U.S. Patent &amp; Trademark Office, IP in the U.S. is worth more than $5 trillion and is responsible for the employment of as many 18 million U.S. workers. On the other hand, countries
 like India are not about to agree to tightening standards on the flexibilities that the current IP system gives them on patentability and compulsory licensing.<br />
<br />
The solutions to fights pitting cancer patients against patents in India are more likely to reside in making the current system of funding pharmaceutical R&amp;D work better.<br />
<br />
First, multinational drugs firms can, and should, reduce the cost of R&amp;D, which would enable these firms to better function in the increasingly price-sensitive global marketplace for drugs. Last month, Andrew Witty, the CEO of GlaxoSmithKline, called the often-cited
 $1 billion price tag for developing a new drug an "industry myth," based on unacceptably high research failure rates. Government programs can help. The U.S. Food and Drug Administration's Critical Path Initiative is working with the drug industry to improve
 R&amp;D productivity and could do more with greater funding. <br />
<br />
Second, multinational firms must realize that there are low-income segments of the global marketplace that these firms cannot serve, but whose health needs must be met for international support of the pharmaceutical, trade, and IP system to persist. These companies
 must again be willing to license their patents to emerging country generic manufacturers better able to meet the low-cost, high-volume treatment needs of their poor. Novartis has protested that it was providing free Gleevec to nearly 16,000 patients in India,
 but more than 300,000 patients had been receiving the drug through local generic producers.<br />
<br />
The international patent system has spurred tremendous pharmaceutical innovation. The inventors of Gleevec were awarded both the Lasker Award and the Japan Prize for their contributions to medicine and science. But the patent system must meet the legitimate
 needs of its constituents to function. If not, accommodations must be made, or last week's fight in the Indian Supreme Court will be simply one of many to come.<br />
<br />
<span style="font-weight:bold">This article can also be read at:</span><br />
<a href="http://www.theatlantic.com/health/archive/2013/04/why-chemotherapy-that-costs-70-000-in-the-us-costs-2-500-in-india/274847/" target="_blank">Why Chemotherapy That Costs $70,000 in the U.S. Costs $2,500 in India</a><br />
<br />
<span style="font-style:italic">(The views expressed in this article are the personal views of the writer)</span></p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>12/04/2013 12:16:23</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/21533/Why+Chemotherapy+That+Costs+70000+in+the+US+Costs+2500+in+India</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">21533</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>21517</publicationdataID>
      <title>India Is Ready for U.S. Natural Gas</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p><span style="font-style:italic">The Wall Street Journal/by Nirupama Rao</span><br />
<br />
The relationship between India and the United States is vibrant and growing. Near its heart is the subject of energy—how to use and secure it in the cleanest, most efficient way possible.<br />
<br />
The India-U.S. Energy Dialogue, established in 2005, has allowed our two countries to engage on many issues. Yet as India's energy needs continue to rise and the U.S. looks to expand the marketplace for its vast cache of energy resources, our partnership stands
 to be strengthened even further.<br />
<br />
Despite the global economic slowdown, India's economy has grown at a relatively brisk pace over the past five years and India is now the world's fifth-largest energy consumer. It imports 75% of its energy (especially oil and petroleum products) today and expects
 to import 90% over the next decade. As a result, India is working hard to diversify its energy supplies. Still, the demand for energy keeps growing at a rate of 5%-6% annually. My country needs to secure more supplies to foster the socio-economic development
 of millions of our people who are still living in poverty.<br />
<br />
Happily, the U.S. has experienced a boom in the production of natural gas. The ability to tap large formations by advanced technologies has yielded a large amount of this energy resource that achieves significant savings compared with diesel, especially when
 used in high-mileage heavy-duty vehicles.<br />
<br />
Liquefied natural gas is transported more easily than other forms of energy. Significant investments, including some from India, have been made in technologies designed to harness LNG safely and efficiently and to build new facilities and ports to distribute
 it globally.<br />
<br />
There is a significant potential for U.S. exports of LNG to grow exponentially. So far, however, while all terminals in the U.S. with capacity to export LNG are authorized to ship it to countries with which the U.S. has a free-trade agreement, only one—the
 terminal at Sabine Pass in Louisiana—has received authorization to export to non-FTA countries.<br />
<br />
Authorization for other terminals to export LNG to those countries is currently awaiting a review by Department of Energy. As part of its own due diligence, the department commissioned a report on the domestic economic impact of increased LNG exports. The study
 analyzed more than 60 different macroeconomic scenarios, and under every one of them the U.S. economy would experience a net benefit if LNG exports were increased.<br />
<br />
A boost in LNG exports would have many positive effects on both the U.S. and Indian economies. For the U.S. it would help create thousands of jobs and an expanded revenue stream for the federal government. For India, it would provide a steady, reliable supply
 of clean energy that will help reduce our crude oil imports from the Middle East and provide reliable energy to a greater share of our population. For both countries, which are committed to environmental sustainability, increasing the use and transport of
 LNG globally will help put into greater use one of the cleanest energy sources in the world.<br />
<br />
The prospect of increased Indian investment in the U.S. natural-gas market will usher in a new era for a strong and mutually rewarding India-U.S. energy partnership. Through it, we will further consolidate our strategic ties and deepen cooperation for the benefit
 of millions of people in both countries.<br />
<br />
Ms. Rao is the Indian ambassador to the United States.<br />
<br />
<span style="font-weight:bold">This article can also be read at:</span><br />
<a href="http://online.wsj.com/article/SB10001424127887324020504578398960531744362.html" target="_blank">India Is Ready for U.S. Natural Gas</a><br />
<br />
(The views expressed in this article are the personal views of the author)</p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>09/04/2013 09:49:41</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/21517/India+Is+Ready+for+US+Natural+Gas</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">21517</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>21518</publicationdataID>
      <title>Isa ideas: Should you invest in India?</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p>The Telegraph/ By <a href="http://www.telegraph.co.uk/journalists/emma-wall/" title="Emma Wall">
Emma Wall</a></p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<p>India has some huge advantages – a large, young population, a strong export sector and some world-beating companies. And a new way of paying benefits to the poor should give a lift to Indian banks and the wider economy. So is it a perfect time to invest?
<br />
</p>
<p><br />
</p>
<p>Bold investors who took a punt on India 20 years ago would be sitting pretty today, having turned £1,000 into £6,700. China may be rivalling the United States as the world’s foremost superpower, but it trails the Indian stock market – a two-decade long investment
 in the Chinese index would have left you out of pocket, according to figures from Lipper.
<br />
</p>
<p><br />
</p>
<p>This week, India’s prime minister vowed to get the economy back to the days of 8pc growth – up from 5pc forecast for this year. Manmohan Singh believes that sentiment is suppressed and is predicting big things for India’s economy – and its companies.
<br />
</p>
<p><br />
</p>
<p>"Business mood, which was unduly optimistic in 2007, is unduly pessimistic today,” Mr Singh said.
</p>
<p>He may have a point. Indian stocks are cheap as chips compared with historic prices, so much so that punchy investors are calling it a buying opportunity and waiting for the bounce. We lay out the case below.
<br />
</p>
<p><br />
</p>
<h3><span style="font-weight:bold">Why is India important?</span></h3>
<p><br />
</p>
<p>Not only is India a huge country, but it is more densely populated than China – and has younger demographics too. China is soon to be crippled by the one-child policy – not only are fewer people contributing to the public purse through taxes, but an ageing
 population has fewer children to support it and those retired spend far less than those of working age, curbing economic growth.
<br />
</p>
<p><br />
</p>
<p>But India has a growing working-age population, although Sherene Ban of the J P Morgan Far East equities team said demographics should not be the sole reason to invest. "A lot of young people are only an asset to an economy if you have growth and jobs,”
 she said. "Otherwise it simply means rising unemployment.” <br />
</p>
<p><br />
</p>
<p>India has a very strong exports industry, providing the world with support services, technology, automobiles, commodities, pharmaceutical companies, textiles and chemicals.
<br />
</p>
<p><br />
</p>
<p>India’s family-run conglomerates challenge the West in these markets – one of the most successful, Tata, bought luxury UK-based car brands Jaguar and Land Rover from Ford in 2008 for £1.15bn. Reliance Industries is a world leader in oil and gas, biotechnology
 and pharmaceuticals. <br />
</p>
<p><br />
</p>
<p>As China becomes an increasingly expensive country in which to do business, thanks to rising wages, multinationals will favour countries with cheap labour such as India.
<br />
</p>
<p><br />
</p>
<h3><span style="font-weight:bold">What’s changing?</span></h3>
<p>India is home to more than a billion people and the economy has a socialist bent, providing subsidies for many essentials such as food and petrol. The system is currently unregulated, meaning huge amounts of waste – and corruption.
<br />
</p>
<p><br />
</p>
<p>But the introduction of identity cards and a direct cash transfer scheme will change all that. Subsidies will be paid directly into a recipient’s bank account that is linked to the biometric unique identification number given by the authorities.
<br />
</p>
<p><br />
</p>
<p>Avinash Vazirani, manager of the Jupiter India fund, said January’s cut in Indian interest rates, coupled with the launch of the new subsidy scheme for India’s poor, will be good for the stock market.</p>
<p><br />
</p>
<p>"Indian companies focused on the consumer are likely to be some of the key beneficiaries from the rollout of direct cash transfers. We think analysts underestimate the positive impact on consumer-facing companies of millions of poor people about to find
 themselves with a lot more money than they ever had before in their pockets,” he said.
<br />
</p>
<p><br />
</p>
<p>"Banks should benefit from having a significant number of new account holders, and consequently a large float, and an increase in cashless transactions.”
<br />
</p>
<p><br />
</p>
<h3><span style="font-weight:bold">How has the stock market performed? </span></h3>
<p>Before the credit crisis India was the emerging markets success story benefiting from an almost unbroken stock market rally. But people were too optimistic with their valuations of companies, and in 2008 there was a big correction.
<br />
</p>
<p><br />
</p>
<p>Indian shares still look expensive compared with China’s stock market, according to price-to-earnings ratios. This is where you divide the share price or a stock market value by profits. The lower the P/E ratio, the cheaper the share or market. According
 to analysts at the Aberdeen New India Investment Trust, the forecast P/E ratio for the MSCI China index this year is 9.8, while the MSCI India P/E is 13.9. In the boom years, the P/E ratios for India was 23.
<br />
</p>
<p><br />
</p>
<p>Even with historically more expensive shares, over the past 20 years, India has significantly outperformed China. And last year the country’s benchmark equity index, the BSE India Sensex 30, made impressive gains rallying more than 25pc.
<br />
</p>
<p><br />
</p>
<p>"India does best when it is staring adversity in the face,” said Ms Ban. "Last year, ratings agencies threatened to downgrade India and since then there has been a new finance minister who has pushed through some major reforms which are a lot more company
 friendly. The retail sector is now open to foreign investment for example.” </p>
<p><span style="font-weight:bold"><br />
</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:bold">What are the big investment risks?</span></p>
<p>Jim O’Neill, the man who coined the investment phrase Bric (an acronym of what he thought were the four most compelling emerging markets: Brazil, Russia, India and China), has reshuffled the list.
<br />
</p>
<p><br />
</p>
<p>"In terms of investing now, my list would be China, Russia, Brazil and India in that order,” Mr O’Neill said recently. "China’s doing better than we assumed and it is in the strongest position. India is the most troubling because its growth rate has slowed
 significantly.” <br />
</p>
<p><br />
</p>
<p>Lack of investment opportunities can be a problem too. Kathryn Langridge, a global emerging markets fund manager at Jupiter, said there was a real shortage of quality companies in India that are open to investors compared with China or even Latin America.
<br />
</p>
<p><br />
</p>
<p>"Making cross-border comparisons, although India is cheap, I look for companies that are best in class around the world and I see better opportunities elsewhere.”
<br />
</p>
<p><br />
</p>
<p>As a democracy, India should have the political edge over its autocratic peers such as China, but Indian politics are far from simple.
<br />
</p>
<p><br />
</p>
<p>Elections are due next year with another fragmented coalition the expected outcome. Sweeping reforms to help the economy will therefore be unlikely.
</p>
<p><br />
</p>
<p><br />
</p>
<p><br />
</p>
<p>India’s debt levels are much higher than other emerging markets. China, in comparison, large foreign exchange reserves.
<br />
</p>
<p><br />
</p>
<h3><span style="font-weight:bold">How can you invest in India?</span></h3>
<p><br />
</p>
<p>In the long term, Juliet Schooling Latter of Chelsea Financial Services thinks India has a lot of opportunities for investors, with a vibrant stock market and vast number of listed companies, and a culture of entrepreneurship and investment.
<br />
</p>
<p><br />
</p>
<p>She tipped Fidelity India Focus and Jupiter India funds. For a more diversified play, JO Hambro Capital Management Asia managers are pretty bullish on India and both their Asia ex Japan and Asia ex Japan Smaller Companies funds have placed significant chunks
 of investors’ money in the Indian market – 26pc and 20pc respectively. <br />
</p>
<p><br />
</p>
<p>Another way to invest in the positive demographics of India without the stock market – or currency – volatility, is to hold a multinational which makes a large proportion of its money in India. Several global funds hold the British-listed household goods
 company Reckitt Benckiser, for example, which last year earned 46pc of its sales from emerging markets.
<br />
</p>
<p><br />
</p>
<p>For low cost options, wealth manager Philippa Gee recommends iShares MSCI India ETF, with an annual charge of 0.67pc but investors should bear in mind that this is dollar denominated which may add another risk factor into the equation, depending on their
 currency view. Advisers say that tracker investments are generally better suited to developed markets, such as Europe and the US, where information on stocks is more readily available, making it harder to beat the market. In emerging markets, funds run by
 managers may find it easier to find shares with unnoticed potential. <br />
</p>
<p><br />
</p>
<p><span style="font-weight:bold; font-style:italic">(The views expressed above are the personal views of the writer)</span><br />
</p>
<br />
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>09/04/2013 10:07:44</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/21518/Isa+ideas+Should+you+invest+in+India</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">21518</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>21519</publicationdataID>
      <title>Should you invest in India?</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p><span style="font-style:italic">The Telegraph/ By Emma Wall</span></p>
<p>India has some huge advantages – a large, young population, a strong export sector and some world-beating companies. And a new way of paying benefits to the poor should give a lift to Indian banks and the wider economy. So is it a perfect time to invest?</p>
<p>Bold investors who took a punt on India 20 years ago would be sitting pretty today, having turned £1,000 into £6,700. China may be rivalling the United States as the world’s foremost superpower, but it trails the Indian stock market – a two-decade long investment
 in the Chinese index would have left you out of pocket, according to figures from Lipper.</p>
<p>This week, India’s prime minister vowed to get the economy back to the days of 8pc growth – up from 5pc forecast for this year. Manmohan Singh believes that sentiment is suppressed and is predicting big things for India’s economy – and its companies.</p>
<p>"Business mood, which was unduly optimistic in 2007, is unduly pessimistic today,” Mr Singh said.</p>
<p>He may have a point. Indian stocks are cheap as chips compared with historic prices, so much so that punchy investors are calling it a buying opportunity and waiting for the bounce. We lay out the case below.</p>
<h3><span style="font-weight:bold">Why is India important?</span></h3>
<p>Not only is India a huge country, but it is more densely populated than China – and has younger demographics too. China is soon to be crippled by the one-child policy – not only are fewer people contributing to the public purse through taxes, but an ageing
 population has fewer children to support it and those retired spend far less than those of working age, curbing economic growth.</p>
<p>But India has a growing working-age population, although Sherene Ban of the J P Morgan Far East equities team said demographics should not be the sole reason to invest. "A lot of young people are only an asset to an economy if you have growth and jobs,”
 she said. "Otherwise it simply means rising unemployment.” </p>
<p>India has a very strong exports industry, providing the world with support services, technology, automobiles, commodities, pharmaceutical companies, textiles and chemicals.</p>
<p>India’s family-run conglomerates challenge the West in these markets – one of the most successful, Tata, bought luxury UK-based car brands Jaguar and Land Rover from Ford in 2008 for £1.15bn. Reliance Industries is a world leader in oil and gas, biotechnology
 and pharmaceuticals. </p>
<p>As China becomes an increasingly expensive country in which to do business, thanks to rising wages, multinationals will favour countries with cheap labour such as India.</p>
<h3><span style="font-weight:bold">What’s changing?</span></h3>
<p>India is home to more than a billion people and the economy has a socialist bent, providing subsidies for many essentials such as food and petrol. The system is currently unregulated, meaning huge amounts of waste – and corruption.</p>
<p>But the introduction of identity cards and a direct cash transfer scheme will change all that. Subsidies will be paid directly into a recipient’s bank account that is linked to the biometric unique identification number given by the authorities.</p>
<p>Avinash Vazirani, manager of the Jupiter India fund, said January’s cut in Indian interest rates, coupled with the launch of the new subsidy scheme for India’s poor, will be good for the stock market.</p>
<p>"Indian companies focused on the consumer are likely to be some of the key beneficiaries from the rollout of direct cash transfers. We think analysts underestimate the positive impact on consumer-facing companies of millions of poor people about to find
 themselves with a lot more money than they ever had before in their pockets,” he said.</p>
<p>"Banks should benefit from having a significant number of new account holders, and consequently a large float, and an increase in cashless transactions.”</p>
<h3><span style="font-weight:bold">How has the stock market performed? </span></h3>
<p>Before the credit crisis India was the emerging markets success story benefiting from an almost unbroken stock market rally. But people were too optimistic with their valuations of companies, and in 2008 there was a big correction.</p>
<p>Indian shares still look expensive compared with China’s stock market, according to price-to-earnings ratios. This is where you divide the share price or a stock market value by profits. The lower the P/E ratio, the cheaper the share or market. According
 to analysts at the Aberdeen New India Investment Trust, the forecast P/E ratio for the MSCI China index this year is 9.8, while the MSCI India P/E is 13.9. In the boom years, the P/E ratios for India was 23.</p>
<p>Even with historically more expensive shares, over the past 20 years, India has significantly outperformed China. And last year the country’s benchmark equity index, the BSE India Sensex 30, made impressive gains rallying more than 25pc.</p>
<p>"India does best when it is staring adversity in the face,” said Ms Ban. "Last year, ratings agencies threatened to downgrade India and since then there has been a new finance minister who has pushed through some major reforms which are a lot more company
 friendly. The retail sector is now open to foreign investment for example.” </p>
<p><span style="font-weight:bold">What are the big investment risks?</span></p>
<p>Jim O’Neill, the man who coined the investment phrase Bric (an acronym of what he thought were the four most compelling emerging markets: Brazil, Russia, India and China), has reshuffled the list.</p>
<p>"In terms of investing now, my list would be China, Russia, Brazil and India in that order,” Mr O’Neill said recently. "China’s doing better than we assumed and it is in the strongest position. India is the most troubling because its growth rate has slowed
 significantly.” </p>
<p>Lack of investment opportunities can be a problem too. Kathryn Langridge, a global emerging markets fund manager at Jupiter, said there was a real shortage of quality companies in India that are open to investors compared with China or even Latin America.</p>
<p>"Making cross-border comparisons, although India is cheap, I look for companies that are best in class around the world and I see better opportunities elsewhere.”</p>
<p>As a democracy, India should have the political edge over its autocratic peers such as China, but Indian politics are far from simple.</p>
<p>Elections are due next year with another fragmented coalition the expected outcome. Sweeping reforms to help the economy will therefore be unlikely.</p>
<p>India’s debt levels are much higher than other emerging markets. China, in comparison, large foreign exchange reserves.</p>
<h3><span style="font-weight:bold">How can you invest in India?</span></h3>
<p>In the long term, Juliet Schooling Latter of Chelsea Financial Services thinks India has a lot of opportunities for investors, with a vibrant stock market and vast number of listed companies, and a culture of entrepreneurship and investment.</p>
<p>She tipped Fidelity India Focus and Jupiter India funds. For a more diversified play, JO Hambro Capital Management Asia managers are pretty bullish on India and both their Asia ex Japan and Asia ex Japan Smaller Companies funds have placed significant chunks
 of investors’ money in the Indian market – 26pc and 20pc respectively. </p>
<p>Another way to invest in the positive demographics of India without the stock market – or currency – volatility, is to hold a multinational which makes a large proportion of its money in India. Several global funds hold the British-listed household goods
 company Reckitt Benckiser, for example, which last year earned 46pc of its sales from emerging markets.</p>
<p>For low cost options, wealth manager Philippa Gee recommends iShares MSCI India ETF, with an annual charge of 0.67pc but investors should bear in mind that this is dollar denominated which may add another risk factor into the equation, depending on their
 currency view. Advisers say that tracker investments are generally better suited to developed markets, such as Europe and the US, where information on stocks is more readily available, making it harder to beat the market. In emerging markets, funds run by
 managers may find it easier to find shares with unnoticed potential. <br />
<br />
<span style="font-weight:bold">This article can also be read at:</span><br />
<a href="http://www.telegraph.co.uk/finance/personalfinance/investing/9974424/Isa-ideas-Should-you-invest-in-India.html" target="_blank">Should you invest in India?</a><br />
<br />
<span style="font-style:italic">(The views expressed in this article are the personal views of the writer)</span></p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>09/04/2013 10:10:47</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/21519/Should+you+invest+in+India</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">21519</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>21534</publicationdataID>
      <title>India’s sustainable tourism: Maroon Migrates</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p><span style="font-style:italic">Washington Times/By Rita Cook</span><br />
<br />
If you are looking toward a trip to India and have an eye for all things sustainable, a company called Maroon Migrates is a great choice. The company is a modern version of the zest to innovate the methods of development in that country while also identifying
 sustainable ways of survival so as not to alter the present scenario of the natural resources.<br />
<br />
The company is located in the Indian state of Gujarat, most closely associated with Ghandi. Maroon Migrates chief explorer, Nischalavalamb Barot is also from the region and after finishing his Masters in Environmental Sciences returned to the area in order
 to work for the forests-rivers-people-nature-environment of the Narmada region of the state.<br />
<br />
Barot now works in conjunction with Maroon Migrates doing work to stop what he calls the "degradation of the natural resources of the region; the area was totally discriminated and was under tremendous pressure to cope up with the modernization.”<br />
<br />
Along with visitors who travel with him, Barot visits villages of the region meeting with community members to discuss the livelihood of the local forest, which lately the local people have been exploiting in order to survive.<br />
<br />
Barot says there is a better way for the local community to survive than depleting the forest. To this end, Maroon Migrates has been bringing tourists to the area since 2005. They launched a website the following year in conjunction with the Honorable Chief
 Minister of Gujarat Shri Narendra Modi in February 2006. <br />
<br />
The company offers visitors rural/tribal adventure activities such as tribal boat safaris; where a local tribal person rides in the fishing boat with the guest deep into the submerged forest of Shoolpaneshwar Wildlife Sanctuary. Another option is farming with
 the tribe, in which visitors are allowed to work on the farm with the locals.There is also the local culinary option, cooking alongside a tribal woman in her kitchen.<br />
<br />
"Our work came into notice of the Urban World and we got good response for our activities,” says Barot. "We believe tourism is one of the strongest tools for environmental conservation and sustainable development. We believe, to achieve sustainable development,
 we will have to find unconventional ways of development as our current ways of development are not capable to achieve the desired goals. So we are just trying to identify and implement the possible innovative ideas using tourism as a tool to witness sustainable
 development.” <br />
<br />
Barot says Maroon Migrates is also hoping to expand its horizons taking its successful model to help identify new ways for new areas. "It is not a rocket science, by the way,” he concludes. "What we have done in the past is at least satisfactory and encouraging
 enough for us to work more on the same path with the same zest. In simple words, we are ‘Exploring better places for people to live in and for people to visit.’”<br />
<br />
<span style="font-weight:bold">This article may also be read at:</span><br />
<a href="http://communities.washingtontimes.com/neighborhood/globally-green/2013/apr/9/indias-sustainable-tourism-works-well-cases-maroon/" target="_blank">India’s sustainable tourism: Maroon Migrates</a><br />
<br />
<span style="font-style:italic">(The views expressed in this article are the personal views of the writer)</span></p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>12/04/2013 12:22:10</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/21534/Indias+sustainable+tourism+Maroon+Migrates</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">21534</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>21535</publicationdataID>
      <title>For Farmers in Bihar, A Simple Solution for More Crops</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p><span style="font-style:italic">New York Times/ By Raksha Kumar</span><br />
<br />
On a recent spring afternoon, Susheela Devi, 50, was excitedly preparing to sow maize and okra on her one-and-a-half-acre plot.<br />
<br />
While farmers in many parts of India have seen crop yields fall in recent years, due to decreased rainfall and as an aftereffect of a fertilizer-heavy "green revolution” in the country that started in the 1970s, Ms. Devi and thousands of small farmers in Bihar
 are seeing the opposite.<br />
<br />
For the last four harvest seasons, her yield has increased nearly 70 percent every season. She has doubled her annual income to 100,000 Indian rupees a year. This year, "I will earn a lot more from vegetable sales,” she said while raking manure, a huge smile
 on her face.<br />
<br />
Ms. Devi is one of the 103,028 small farmers across 9 districts of Bihar who have adopted a new system of seed treatment and planting that uses no chemical fertilizers or herbicide. The system has been so successful that it will be rolled out across all of
 Bihar’s 28 districts in the next year.<br />
<br />
Since she started the program, developed by a partnership between the Bihar state government and the World Bank, Ms. Devi has cleared her debts with the local money lender, gotten two of her daughters married and enrolled her son into college. Previously, "we
 couldn’t dream of this kind of a financial independence since we owned only a small plot of land and the yields were perpetually low,” she said.<br />
<br />
The program, called the System of Crop Intensification, or S.C.I., is simple. Farmers carefully nurture a small number of seeds, and then transplant them into fields one by one, while controlling the water input. The method takes less water and produces much
 stronger plants than the traditional method of planting the three or four seedlings together in waterlogged fields.<br />
<br />
A recent study co-authored by the World Bank estimates that the small and marginal farmers that have adopted S.C.I. in Bihar have witnessed a productivity increase of 86 percent in rice production and 72 percent in wheat. The profitability of cultivation has
 increased 2.5 times for rice and more than 80 percent for wheat. Similar trends have been observed for oilseeds, pulses and vegetable productivity by participant farmers.<br />
<br />
"Basically, it is counterintuitive,” said Norman Uphoff, a professor of international agriculture at Cornell University. "We have always believed that more is better.”<br />
<br />
"We crowd seeds and end up with less productivity,” he added, "but that is wrong.”<br />
<br />
Farmers using the S.C.I. method plant their seeds with a few inches of space between them in a grid pattern, keep the soil relatively dry and carefully, manually weed around the plants to allow air to their roots.<br />
<br />
Professor Uphoff estimates there are now five or six million farmers using S.C.I. worldwide, with governments in China, India, Indonesia, Cambodia, Sri Lanka and Vietnam promoting it.<br />
<br />
S.C.I. seems to be everything that the Green Revolution in India of the 1970s was not. It doesn’t rely on new seed varieties, expensive pesticides or chemical fertilizers. Crops are sustained by manure from farm animals. While the Green Revolution was based
 on high inputs and high returns, the S.C.I is based on more returns with less inputs and focuses on sustainability, says Mr Anil Verma of the non-profit Pradhan.<br />
<br />
Since S.C.I. is labor intensive, it is easy for small and marginal farmers to adopt it, but large farmers have struggled because of the labor costs.<br />
<br />
Ms. Devi tills her land in her village of Niknama herself. She cannot afford help as labor costs are very high, just like the 108 other farming households in her village, she said. The handful of large landowners in her village haven’t taken up this system
 as their labor input costs would not allow them any profits at all if they did, she said.<br />
<br />
S.C.I. is just one of a host of potential solutions to the world’s food problems that draw on traditional agricultural methods. Farmers should be offered options from which they can choose and adapt what works best for their own conditions, said Bas Bouman,
 the director of a research program at the International Rice Research Institute in the Philippines.<br />
<br />
"There are more approaches out there with similar results,” he said. "The Australian Rice Check system, the Integrated Crop Management in Indonesia, and the ’3-Controls’ in Guangdong, China to name a few.”<br />
<br />
For Indian conditions, though, the S.C.I. model seems to be working really well.<br />
<br />
A study published in February by the Economic and Political Weekly, a research journal, looked at 13 major rice-growing states in India, and found that fields using S.C.I. had significantly higher average yields than fields that were not.<br />
<br />
"Can the System of Rice Intensification be the answer to meet the country’s future rice demand?” the study asked. The rice yield of the country can significantly increase under S.C.I, the study states, and lists some constraints that have to be tackled before
 this can be achieved.<br />
<br />
Bihar’s economy centers around agriculture, with about 75 percent of the labor force in the state employed in the sector. The vast majority of these farmers, nearly 93 percent, are considered "small and marginal” farmers, owning two acres of land or less.<br />
<br />
When the S.C.I. system spreads to all of Bihar, about two million small farmers will be affected, said Arvind Kumar Chaudhary, chief executive of the Bihar Rural Livelihood Promotion Society, the partnership between the Bihar government and the World Bank.<br />
<br />
Most of these will be women. Women in Bihar often work in the fields, while their husbands travel for work outside their villages. Ms. Devi said she now enjoys her work in the fields, and has the added benefit of her husband’s company.<br />
<br />
"Earlier, we knew we’d have to work several hours for a little produce. It didn’t inspire us to work,” she said. "Today, my husband and I happily work on our fields together, he doesn’t need to go out of the village for work anymore,” she said.<br />
<br />
This article can also be read at :<br />
<a href="http://india.blogs.nytimes.com/2013/04/09/for-farmers-in-bihar-a-simple-solution-for-more-crops/" target="_blank">For Farmers in Bihar, A Simple Solution for More Crops</a><br />
<br />
<span style="font-weight:bold">(The views expressed above are the personal views of the writer)</span></p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>12/04/2013 12:35:11</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/21535/For+Farmers+in+Bihar+A+Simple+Solution+for+More+Crops</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">21535</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>21507</publicationdataID>
      <title>Three Indians get US award for combating violence against women</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p><span style="font-style:italic">NY Daily News</span><br />
<br />
Three brothers from India have received the prestigious Vital Voices Global Leadership Award from Vice President Joe Biden for their humanitarian working to end violence against women.<br />
<br />
The three, Ravi, Rishi and Nishi Kant, who started the nongovernmental organization Shakti Vahini to fight injustice against women in 2001, received a "Solidarity Award" for their work at the annual Kennedy Centre event Tuesday.<br />
<br />
"Getting women's groups to accept that men are leading our organization was a challenge," Ravi Kant, 45, a Supreme Court advocate in India and president of Shakti Vahini, told the Washington Post. "But we continued our work, and the support from women's activists
 came."<br />
<br />
Vital Voices, which was started by former first lady and Secretary of State Hillary Clinton in 1997, upholds Shakti Vahini as a glowing example of how a group of men can and should work on women's issues.<br />
<br />
Leading a staff of 45, Kants believe they are witnessing a sea change, not only for victims of violent rapes, but also for victims of human trafficking since the gang-rape of a 23-year-old woman from Delhi on a bus last December galvanised India and led to
 the passage of a tough law on sexual harassment.<br />
<br />
"When we saw the mass uprising, we said 'This is the moment we've been waiting for,'" Ravi was quoted as saying. "It's been a turning point, not only for us, but for women's groups around the country."<br />
<br />
"People thought: This could be my sister. This could be my daughter," Nishi told the Post.<br />
<br />
Vital Voices is hoping that the brothers' presence at the awards will encourage female advocates to embrace their male allies - and encourage American men to take the initiative, the Post said.<br />
<br />
"Men should take up this issue. It's half of our population, and women are the priority," Ravi was quoted as saying. "Women build families. They build children and generations."<br />
<br />
Vital Voices is also holding Shakti Vahini up as a model NGO, one that addresses legal, advocacy and rescue missions simultaneously.<br />
<br />
Over the past decade, Shakti Vahini has rescued more than 2,000 people, 70 percent of whom were children. It has responded to more than 600 victims of honour killings, the Post said.<br />
<br />
<span style="font-weight:bold">This article can also be read at:</span><br />
<a href="http://india.nydailynews.com/newsarticle/912301ce984c082c87fa292a4f603829/three-indians-get-us-award-for-combating-violence-against-women#ixzz2PO2dgyY4" target="_blank">Three Indians get US award for combating violence against women</a></p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>03/04/2013 17:32:26</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/21507/Three+Indians+get+US+award+for+combating+violence+against+women</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">21507</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>21501</publicationdataID>
      <title>Indian Railways joins 1 billion tonne club in freight loading</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p>The Indian Railways entered the one billion tonne select club in freight movement joining Chinese, Russian and United States railways.<br />
<br />
In 2012-13, Indian Railways have been able to achieve an originating freight loading of around 1.01 billion tonnes, an increase by 40 million tonnes (4.1 per cent growth) over the last financial year.<br />
<br />
<br />
The freight loading achieved for the year is also higher than the revised target of 1.007 billion tonnes fixed for the year 2012-13, Railway Minister, Pawan Kumar Bansal said.<br />
<br />
Freight loading target for fiscal year 2013-14 is 1.047 billion tonnes.<br />
<br />
"It is really creditable to achieve this significant freight loading despite present economic scenario the world over," he said, adding that Indian Railways would play the role of engine of growth for country's economy.<br />
<br />
<br />
India's Gross Domestic Product (GDP) growth is expected to be in the range of five per cent for the year ending March 2013.<br />
<br />
Indian Railways is one of the world's largest railway networks comprising 115,000 km of track over a route of 65,000 km and 7,500 stations.<br />
<br />
<span style="font-weight:bold">This article can also be read at:</span><br />
<a href="http://www.bernama.com/bernama/v7/wn/newsworld.php?id=938739" target="_blank">Indian Railways joins 1 billion tonne club in freight loading</a></p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>02/04/2013 17:40:20</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/21501/Indian+Railways+joins+1+billion+tonne+club+in+freight+loading</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">21501</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>21504</publicationdataID>
      <title>Delhi's metro success a lesson for Australia</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p><span style="font-style:italic">The Age/by Tim Colebatch</span><br />
<br />
Let's talk about something inspiring. So many good ideas in infrastructure never get built. This is about one that did: one of the great infrastructure achievements of our time, almost a miracle.<br />
<br />
Delhi is the world's second-biggest city, behind Tokyo. The United Nations estimates that in mid-2010 it had 22 million people - the population of Australia - spread across four neighbouring states. Traffic congestion is immense. Its buses are slow, hot and
 crowded. Until recently, its only railways were the long-distance lines to the rest of India.<br />
<br />
And then Delhi built a metro: a metro that, in the context of India, has become one of the wonders of the modern world.<br />
<br />
Planning began in 1995. Construction started in 1998. The first trains ran in 2002. It now has six lines, 143 stations, and carries 2 million passengers a day. By 2021, when stage four is complete, it will be bigger than the London Underground, and is forecast
 to carry 6 million passengers a day.<br />
<br />
As a rule, nothing in India's public sector works as intended. But the Delhi metro works: 99.97 per cent of trains arrive within one minute of schedule. They are clean, cool and safe. At peak hour, they come every 2½ minutes. It runs at a profit. Every stage
 has been completed on time, within budget. In India, in the modern world, that is a miracle.<br />
<br />
How did Delhi do it? And what can Australia learn from this model of world's best practice?<br />
<br />
I dislike the ''great men'' approach to history, but in this case, it's indisputable. Infrastructure projects in India are usually characterised by political interference, corruption, delays, cost overruns and inefficiency. The Delhi metro broke the mould because
 they appointed a quietly brilliant, incorruptible, inspiring team leader as director, and gave him freedom to run it as he chose.<br />
<br />
Elattuvalapil Sreedharan was already 63 and a folk hero to the urban middle class when he was asked to build the Delhi metro. He had just built the Konkan railway connecting Mumbai to Goa with similar efficiency, a formidable assignment with 150 bridges and
 93 tunnels through landslide-prone hills. Originally from Kerala, India's best-educated and least corrupt state, he had spent decades in the Indian railways, winning fame by restoring a cyclone-damaged bridge to Rameswaram, between India and Sri Lanka, in
 just 46 days when six months was allowed for the job.<br />
<br />
Sreedharan agreed to take on the Delhi metro on one condition: no political interference. He hired a small, motivated staff, solely on merit, paid them well, and sent them overseas to study how the world's best metros worked. He insisted on developing expertise
 within the organisation, rather than relying on consultants.<br />
<br />
Deadlines and budgets had to be realistic and achievable; but once set, they were not to be altered, save in compelling circumstances. Once a decision was made, it was final. If anything went wrong, there was no hunt for scapegoats, only for solutions. A colleague
 told Forbes magazine that in 30 years of working together, he never heard Sreedharan shout at anyone.<br />
<br />
There was no mercy, however, if the issue was corruption, so rife in India. Anyone caught was out immediately. Sreedharan ignored the rule book on competitive tenders to award tenders to firms he trusted - but if they failed to deliver on time, quality and
 budget, they, too, were out. Politicians used to pulling strings to get jobs or contracts for their allies found their strings were cut.<br />
<br />
His emphasis was on speed and efficiency: on getting it right first time, then delivering on time, on budget, and with the required quality. Tenders were broken into smaller contracts rather than big ones, so the organisation never lost control. Contractors
 were paid most of their claim within 24 hours, and the rest a week later, the cash flow giving them an incentive to deliver. As Forbes noted: ''It is based on trust, and the penalty for breaching it is high.''<br />
<br />
So far the metro has cost just $2.5 billion; Indian construction workers are cheap. Most of the finance came as low-interest loans from Japan's aid agency. The national government and Delhi's state government each paid 15 per cent of the bill, and 10 per cent
 came from redeveloping areas around the new stations.<br />
<br />
One might note that the one failure was the privately run line: the Airport Rail Link, run by billionaire Anil Ambani's Reliance Infrastructure. Last year, it had to shut for six months after safety concerns. Reliance also proved unreliable in Mumbai, where
 it is three years behind schedule building the first line of the Mumbai metro. Private ownership is no guarantee of competence.<br />
<br />
Sreedharan retired at 79, and is back in Kerala where he effectively directs the construction of a smaller metro in Kochi, with Japanese and French aid money. Every Indian city now wants a metro. But Delhi's achievement is unique.<br />
<br />
On current plans, in one generation, it will have built a metro system comparable to those of Paris, London and New York. We, who need yet cannot build, should learn from Asia's success stories.<br />
<br />
This article can also be read at:<br />
<a href="http://www.theage.com.au/comment/delhis-metro-success-a-lesson-for-australia-20130401-2h2w8.html" target="_blank">Delhi's metro success a lesson for Australia</a><br />
<br />
(The views expressed in this article are the personal views of the author)</p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>03/04/2013 12:37:09</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/21504/Delhis+metro+success+a+lesson+for+Australia</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">21504</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>21498</publicationdataID>
      <title>Low-cost drugs in poor nations get a lift in Indian Court</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p><span style="font-style:italic">New York Times: Gardiner Harris and Katie Thomas</span><br />
<br />
People in developing countries worldwide will continue to have access to low-cost copycat versions of drugs for diseases like H.I.V. and cancer, at least for a while.<br />
<br />
Production of the generic drugs in India, the world’s biggest provider of cheap medicines, was ensured on Monday in a ruling by the Indian Supreme Court.<br />
<br />
The debate over global drug pricing is one of the most contentious issues between developed countries and the developing world. While poorer nations maintain they have a moral obligation to make cheaper, generic drugs available to their populations — by limiting
 patents in some cases — the brand name pharmaceutical companies contend the profits they reap are essential to their ability to develop and manufacture innovative medicines.<br />
<br />
Specifically, the decision allows Indian makers of generic drugs to continue making copycat versions of the drug Gleevec, which is made by Novartis. It is spelled Glivec in Europe and elsewhere. The drug provides such effective treatment for some forms of leukemia
 that the Food and Drug Administration approved the medicine in the United States in 2001 in record time. The ruling will also help India maintain its role as the world’s most important provider of inexpensive medicines, which is critical in the global fight
 against deadly diseases. Gleevec, for example, can cost as much as $70,000 a year, while Indian generic versions cost about $2,500 a year.<br />
<br />
The ruling comes at a challenging time for the pharmaceutical industry, which is increasingly looking to emerging markets to compensate for lackluster drug sales in the United States and Europe. At the same time, it is facing other challenges to its patent
 protections in countries like Argentina, the Philippines, Thailand and Brazil.<br />
<br />
"I think other countries will now be looking at India and saying, ‘Well, hold on a minute — India stuck to its guns,’ ” said Tahir Amin, a director of the Initiative for Medicines, Access and Knowledge, a group based in New York that works on patent cases to
 foster access to drugs.<br />
<br />
In trade agreements — including one being negotiated between the United States and countries in the Pacific Rim — the drug industry has lobbied for stricter patent restrictions that would more closely resemble protections in the United States.<br />
<br />
Gleevec is widely recognized as one of the most important medical discoveries in decades. In a televised interview, Ranjit Shahani, vice chairman of the Indian subsidiary of Novartis, said that companies like Novartis would invest less money in research in
 India as a result of the ruling. "We hope that the ecosystem for intellectual property in the country improves,” he said.<br />
<br />
India exports about $10 billion worth of generic medicine every year. India and China together produce more than 80 percent of the active ingredients of all drugs used in the United States.<br />
<br />
In Monday’s decision, India’s Supreme Court ruled that the patent that Novartis sought for Gleevec did not represent a true invention. The ruling is something of an anomaly. Passed under international pressure, India’s 2005 patent law for the first time allowed
 for patents on medicines, but only for drugs discovered after 1995. In 1993, Novartis patented a version of Gleevec that it later abandoned in development, but the Indian judges ruled that the early and later versions were not different enough for the later
 one to merit a separate patent.<br />
<br />
Leena Menghaney, a patient advocate at Doctors Without Borders, said that the ruling was a reprieve from more expensive medicines, but only for a while.<br />
<br />
"The great thing about this ruling is that we don’t have to worry about the drugs we’re currently using,” Ms. Menghaney said. "But the million-dollar question is what is going to happen for new drugs that have not yet come out.”<br />
<br />
Others decried the ruling, saying it was further evidence that India does not respect the intellectual property rights of pharmaceutical companies. Last year, India granted what is known as a compulsory license to a generic drug manufacturer to begin making
 copies of Bayer’s cancer drug Nexavar, and revoked Pfizer’s patent for another cancer drug, Sutent. Both companies have appealed the decisions.<br />
<br />
"It really is in our view another example of what I would characterize as a deteriorating innovation environment in India,” said Chip Davis, the executive vice president of advocacy at the Pharmaceutical Research and Manufacturers of America, the industry trade
 group. "The Indian government and the Indian courts have come down on the side that doesn’t recognize the value of innovation and the value of strong intellectual property, which we believe is essential.”<br />
<br />
Anand Grover, a lawyer who argued the case on behalf of Cancer Patients Aid Association in India, said the ruling confirmed that India had a very high bar for approving patents on medicines.<br />
<br />
"What is happening in the United States is that a lot of money is being wasted on new forms of old drugs,” Mr. Grover said. Because of Monday’s ruling, "that will not happen in India.”<br />
<br />
In the United States, companies can get a new patent for a drug by altering its formula or changing its dosage. The companies contend that even minor improvements in medicines — changing a pill dosage to once a day instead of twice a day — can have a significant
 impact on patient wellness. But critics say a majority of drug patents given in the United States are for tiny changes that often provide patients few meaningful benefits but allow drug companies to continue charging high prices for years beyond the original
 patent life.<br />
<br />
They point to AstraZeneca, for example, which extended for years its franchise around the huge-selling heartburn pill Prilosec by slightly altering the chemical structure and renaming the medicine Nexium. Amgen has won so many patents on its expensive erythropoietin-stimulating
 drugs that the company has maintained exclusive sales rights for 24 years, double the usual period. A result of this practice is that the United States pays the highest drug prices in the world, prices that only a tiny fraction could afford in India, where
 more than two-thirds of the population lives on less than $2 a day.<br />
<br />
While advocates for the pharmaceutical industry argue that fairly liberal rules on patents spur innovation, a growing number of countries are questioning why they should pay high prices for new drugs. Argentina and the Philippines have passed laws similar to
 the one enacted in India, placing strict limits on patents. And Brazil and Thailand have been issuing compulsory licenses for AIDS drugs for years under multilateral agreements that allow such actions on public health grounds.<br />
<br />
As the economies of emerging markets grow, the countries’ refusal to pay higher premiums for newer drugs could significantly reduce the money needed for innovation. The drug industry makes more than a third of its sales in the United States, a dependence that
 many in the industry fear is unsustainable, especially since sales of prescription drugs actually dropped in the United States in 2012, according to the research firm IMS Health. Sales in emerging markets like Brazil and China are expected to account for 30
 percent of global pharmaceutical spending by 2016, up from 20 percent in 2011, according to IMS Health.<br />
<br />
The United States government has become increasingly insistent in recent years that other countries adopt far more stringent patent protection rules, with the result that poorer patients often lose access to cheap generic copies of medicines when their governments
 undertake trade agreements with the United States. Washington is currently negotiating the terms of a new Pacific Rim trade agreement, called the Trans-Pacific Partnership, which might be completed later this year. The pharmaceutical industry has lobbied the
 United States to require other countries to enforce tougher patent restrictions, although the details are still being worked out.<br />
<br />
<span style="font-weight:bold">This article can also be read at:</span><br />
<a href="http://www.nytimes.com/2013/04/02/business/global/top-court-in-india-rejects-novartis-drug-patent.html?_r=1&amp;" target="_blank">Low-Cost Drugs in Poor Nations Get a Lift in Indian Court</a><br />
<br />
(The views expressed above are the personal views of the author)</p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>02/04/2013 17:28:19</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/21498/Lowcost+drugs+in+poor+nations+get+a+lift+in+Indian+Court</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">21498</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>21499</publicationdataID>
      <title>Cheap generic drugs from India turned the tide against HIV and this court case means this can continue</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p><span style="font-style:italic">The Independent/ by Unni Karunakara</span><br />
<br />
When I started working in sub-Saharan Africa in the mid-1990s, HIV/Aids was cutting a seemingly unstoppable swath through families, communities, workplaces. At the time, HIV medicines cost more than $10,000 per person per year. The world seemed to accept the
 unacceptable fact that life-saving drugs were priced out of reach for millions of people in poor countries. The doctors I worked with were not prepared to accept this inequality, and together with brave patients and activists around the globe, we sought to
 change it.<br />
<br />
The availability of affordable, quality generic medicines made in India was a critical factor in helping turn the tide in the fight against HIV/Aids. Fierce competition among producers in India, where there were no patents on medicines until 2005, caused the
 price of HIV medicines to plummet by 99 per cent to roughly $100 today for a year’s treatment.<br />
<br />
For my organisation Médecins Sans Frontières, more than 80 per cent of the HIV medicines we use across the globe are manufactured in India. And we are not alone – big international aid donors also get a similar proportion of HIV drugs in India. It is known
 as the "pharmacy of the developing world”.<br />
<br />
This is why yesterday’s decision in India’s Supreme Court is so critical. The stakes could not have been higher. While the case centred around a cancer drug, the implications reached far beyond cancer and far beyond India. The judges’ landmark decision will
 help secure the supply of affordable medicines for millions of the world’s poorest people in the future.<br />
<br />
If Novartis had won the case, patents would have been granted in India as broadly as they are in wealthy countries and on new formulations of medicines already in use. People living with HIV would have soon felt the pinch. Even though first-generation HIV drugs
 are affordable today, people with HIV need to be switched to newer and improved medicines over time. With Novartis’s loss in the courts, India can keep the door open more widely for the production of affordable medicines.<br />
<br />
Thanks to yesterday’s decision we have won the latest battle. But until a better model for drug development is agreed – a model that ensures innovation is rewarded but that prices are affordable for the people who need the medicines – the struggle will continue.<br />
<br />
<span style="font-weight:bold">This article can also be read at:</span><br />
<a href="http://www.independent.co.uk/voices/comment/cheap-generic-drugs-from-india-turned-the-tide-against-hiv-and-this-court-case-means-this-can-continue-8556108.html" target="_blank">Cheap generic drugs from India turned the tide against HIV and this court
 case means this can continue</a><br />
<br />
(The views expressed above are the personal views of the author)</p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>02/04/2013 17:36:05</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/21499/Cheap+generic+drugs+from+India+turned+the+tide+against+HIV+and+this+court+case+means+this+can+continue</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">21499</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>21500</publicationdataID>
      <title>Indian Railways joins 1 billion tonne club in freight loading</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p>The Indian Railways entered the one billion tonne select club in freight movement joining Chinese, Russian and United States railways.<br />
<br />
In 2012-13, Indian Railways have been able to achieve an originating freight loading of around 1.01 billion tonnes, an increase by 40 million tonnes (4.1 per cent growth) over the last financial year.<br />
<br />
<br />
The freight loading achieved for the year is also higher than the revised target of 1.007 billion tonnes fixed for the year 2012-13, Railway Minister, Pawan Kumar Bansal said.<br />
<br />
Freight loading target for fiscal year 2013-14 is 1.047 billion tonnes.<br />
<br />
"It is really creditable to achieve this significant freight loading despite present economic scenario the world over," he said, adding that Indian Railways would play the role of engine of growth for country's economy.<br />
<br />
<br />
India's Gross Domestic Product (GDP) growth is expected to be in the range of five per cent for the year ending March 2013.<br />
<br />
Indian Railways is one of the world's largest railway networks comprising 115,000 km of track over a route of 65,000 km and 7,500 stations.<br />
<br />
<span style="font-weight:bold">This article can also be read at:</span><br />
<a href="http://www.bernama.com/bernama/v7/wn/newsworld.php?id=938739" target="_blank">Indian Railways joins 1 billion tonne club in freight loading</a></p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>02/04/2013 17:39:13</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/21500/Indian+Railways+joins+1+billion+tonne+club+in+freight+loading</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">21500</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>21489</publicationdataID>
      <title>Natural partners for prosperity</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p><span style="font-style:italic">New Sunday Times/ by Mr. Kamarulzaman Salleh </span>
<br />
<br />
<a title="Natural partners in prosperity" href="Images/pdf/Natural_partners_in_prosperity.pdf" target="_blank">Natural partners in prosperity</a><img class="pdfIcon" title="PDF file that opens in new window. To know how to open PDF file refer Help section located at bottom of the site." alt="Natural_partners_in_prosperity.pdf" src="Images/PDF-icon.gif"/>
 [186 KB]<br />
<br />
<a title="Natural_partners_in_prosperity" href="Images/pdf/Natural_partners_in_prosperity1.pdf" target="_blank">Natural partners in prosperity1</a><img class="pdfIcon" title="PDF file that opens in new window. To know how to open PDF file refer Help section located at bottom of the site." alt="Natural_partners_in_prosperity.pdf" src="Images/PDF-icon.gif"/>
 [160 KB]<br />
<br />
(The views expressed above are the personal views of the author)</p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>01/04/2013 10:09:42</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/21489/Natural+partners+for+prosperity</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">21489</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>21490</publicationdataID>
      <title>Natural partners for prosperity</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p><span style="font-style:italic">New Sunday Times/ by Mr. Kamarulzaman Salleh </span>
<br />
<br />
<a title="Natural partners in prosperity" href="Images/pdf/Natural_partners_in_prosperity2.pdf" target="_blank">Natural partners in prosperity</a><img class="pdfIcon" title="PDF file that opens in new window. To know how to open PDF file refer Help section located at bottom of the site." alt="Natural_partners_in_prosperity.pdf" src="Images/PDF-icon.gif"/>
 [189 KB]<br />
<br />
<a title="Natural_partners_in_prosperity" href="Images/pdf/Natural_partners_in_prosperity3.pdf" target="_blank">Natural partners in prosperity1</a><img class="pdfIcon" title="PDF file that opens in new window. To know how to open PDF file refer Help section located at bottom of the site." alt="Natural_partners_in_prosperity.pdf" src="Images/PDF-icon.gif"/>
 [164 KB]<br />
<br />
(The views expressed in this article are the personal views of the author)</p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>01/04/2013 10:11:28</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/21490/Natural+partners+for+prosperity</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">21490</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>21406</publicationdataID>
      <title>The benefits of the visit of the President to India</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p><span style="font-style:italic">Al Gomhuria: by Dr. Nadder Mostafa</span><br />
<br />
The visit of the Egyptian President to the Indian capital, the day after tomorrow, indicates that Egypt has become open to the countries of the East after the January revolution. Those counties can provide Egypt with different models of development. India in
 particular, managed to achieve political and economic developments which are considered the main demand of the Egyptian citizens who chanted the slogan of "Bread…freedom…and social justice” during the revolution. This was reflected on the visits of the Egyptian
 President’s foreign visits as he decided to visit India after China and Iran. <br />
<br />
The Egyptian-Indian relations were not so active during Mubarak’s time. In spite of the intimate relationship between Nasser and Nehru, India waited for Mubarak for twenty years to visit it to receive one of the highest Indian prizes, which reflected badly
 on the relations between the two countries. <br />
<br />
Today, President Morsi is giving priority to India, which contradicts with the attitude of the past regime. This indicates the increase of the awareness of Egypt of the situation in south Asia and the sensitive relations between India and Pakistan.<br />
<br />
India has several successful experiences and we can copy anyone of them that suits the nature of our problems. One of those experiences is that India achieved self sufficiency in the field of grain production. India is now an exporting country and has an advanced
 software industry as well. Gandhi implanted in the Indian citizens the pride in their national products. India is not facing shortage of bread although its population reached 1.2 billion persons. One Indian state managed to lead the Green Revolution of India.
 On the other side, the state supported scientific research in the field of agriculture.<br />
<br />
The second experience is related to the appointment of employees in the Indian civil service. The Indian government chooses the best graduates to be appointed through a series of tests that are conducted transparently. They choose young men whose ages do not
 exceed 27 years to lead the government bodies. If you go to any government building in any city, you will find qualified young men who are capable of solving problems. There is also the Indian experience in the field of railways. Indian trains serve millions
 of passengers in the Indian subcontinent at a minimal fare. The trains are maintained regularly. You can book a seat on a train through the internet and timings of trips of trains are very precise. The West considers India the largest democracy in the world.
 India has successful experiences in the field of combating corruption. The Indian electoral system with it electronic voting system is worthy to be considered. There are wonderful experiences that we can transfer to Egypt to benefit from them.<br />
<br />
(The views expressed above are the personal views of the author)</p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>20/03/2013 11:03:35</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/21406/The+benefits+of+the+visit+of+the+President+to+India</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">21406</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>21320</publicationdataID>
      <title>India's villagers reap visible benefits from solar electricity scheme</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p><span style="font-weight:bold; font-style:italic">The Guardian/by John Vidal</span><br />
<br />
India's rush for industrialisation may be stymied by a lack of power for its factories, but, barely noticed, solar electricity is being taken to thousands of villages in one of the most ambitious grassroots projects ever attempted.<br />
<br />
Five years ago an estimated 400 million people lived with rudimentary, low-quality kerosene lamps, providing poor, polluting and often dangerous light. A further 100m homes were nominally connected to the grid but had intermittent power, often at times when
 no one wanted it.<br />
<br />
But in five years, thanks largely to a single NGO that has not sold one lamp, 500,000 more homes have been provided with cheap, decentralised electricity via powerful solar LED lanterns using the latest batteries and panels.<br />
<br />
Teri, India's leading energy research institute, launched its <a href="http://labl.teriin.org/" target="_blank">
Lighting One Billion Lives initiative</a> in 2007. After a slow start – only four villages signed up in the first year – it has taken off. More than 2,000 villages now have "charging stations", each offering 50 or so long-lasting, high-quality solar lanterns
 that double up as mobile phone chargers.<br />
<br />
Teri does not make, distribute or sell the lamps. Instead, it acts as a combined social, developmental and technical enterprise. Its scientists and designers work closely with more than 20 manufacturers to improve the quality and reliability of the lamps, and
 bring down their cost, while other teams work with villages, NGOs and banks to identify people to run the charging stations. Teri helps to set up repair shops, trains people and provides technical support.<br />
<br />
"We are trying to improve the quality of the lamps and build up the chain of local entrepreneurs. We helped seed and catalyse the market," says Ibrahim Rehman, director of Teri's social transformation division.<br />
<br />
"People were paying about $1 a month for kerosene lamps, so we had to have an economic model which allowed people to pay about the same as they did before. At the start, the lanterns used to cost about $100 each but now they are down to $15-$30. The batteries
 used to last one year; now they last three."<br />
<br />
People can buy them on microcredit, but in the villages most rent them for a few pence a day. Teri itself, NGOs, businesses, Bollywood film stars and individuals partly or completely sponsor a village to have lanterns, after which a local villager runs the
 operation as a business, renting them out for no more than they used to pay for kerosene. Villagers drop the lamps to the charging station in the morning and the lights are charged when they return in the evening.<br />
<br />
"People were suspicious to start with but now they are queueing to put their names down for them," says Rehman, who estimates that 500,000 homes have now been provided with light, with numbers increasing exponentially. At this rate, in 10 more years, most Indian
 villages will have light.<br />
<br />
"The benefits are visible," says Dhairya Dholakia, area convenor for the project. "People have bright, clean, non-polluting light. There's a clear health benefit. Education is also improved – because children can continue their studies later – and so are livelihoods.
 All these villages now have 'entrepreneurs' running the solar charging stations. They are earning money."<br />
<br />
The lanterns are welcomed, he says. Craftsmen can work later, shops can stay open longer, births are easier to monitor and people have more possibilities to earn money.<br />
<br />
"Energy is the missing MDG [millennium development goal]. It is the underlying development goal that fuels so much other development. It has so many co-benefits," says Jarnail Singh, a Teri researcher who visits many of the villages and has seen how clean light
 raises people's development ambitions. "When people have lighting they realise they can have refrigeration, can keep their food and products long term," he says.<br />
<br />
Increasingly, Teri is setting up "micro grids", where 10 or more houses or shops may be linked to a single solar array. Each house will then have two power points, making the result similar to being connected to the grid. Here, the entrepreneur pays for the
 equipment, but householders pay for the connection.<br />
<br />
India is pursuing electrification remorselessly, but business and the cities are given preference and it is expected to be many years before the grid reaches the remotest places – if it does so at all.<br />
<br />
Teri is now expanding the scheme to Afghanistan, Burma, Pakistan and African countries, including Kenya, Ethiopia and Sierra Leone.<br />
<br />
"Merely transplanting technological solutions from the developed world … can lead to a mismatch," says Rajendra Pachauri, director general of Teri, who is also the chair of the Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change (IPCC). "However, there are huge benefits
 from south-south co-operation [like this] because the cultural context and complexity of the challenge across different developing countries have a great deal in common."<br />
<br />
<span style="font-weight:bold">(The views expressed above are the personal views of the author)</span><br />
<br />
<span style="font-weight:bold">This article can also be read at: <a href="http://www.guardian.co.uk/global-development/poverty-matters/2013/mar/06/india-solar-electricity" target="_blank">
www.guardian.co.uk</a><img src="images/ext-link-icon.gif" alt="" title="" border="0"/></span></p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>07/03/2013 18:49:07</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/21320/Indias+villagers+reap+visible+benefits+from+solar+electricity+scheme</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">21320</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>21213</publicationdataID>
      <title>India: Still at the Center of the Indian Ocean</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p><span style="font-style:italic">YaleGlobal: by Nilanthi Samaranayake</span><br />
<br />
<a href=" http://yaleglobal.yale.edu/content/india-still-center-indian-ocean" target="_blank">India: Still at the Center of the Indian Ocean</a><br />
<br />
Despite speculation to the contrary, India is far from losing strategic influence in the Indian Ocean region. Its security cooperation and relations with states like Sri Lanka, Maldives and Seychelles remain strong, maintains Nilanthi Samaranayake, an analyst
 in the Strategic Studies division at CNA, a research institute in Alexandria, Virginia. The recent cancellation of an Indian airport contract in Maldives is not of great significance in the context of longstanding ethnic and historical regional ties, India’s
 rising naval power, and its steady role in maritime surveillance and assistance. India cannot fund all infrastructure projects throughout the region, much of which is underdeveloped, and fully expects small nations with limited resources to accept Chinese
 investment funds. "Still, New Delhi should not take for granted its dominant position in the Indian Ocean,” Samaranayake advises. The best partnerships among countries are consistent, seeking the best long-term interests for the region as a whole. – YaleGlobal<br />
<br />
ALEXANDRIA, VA: Is India’s influence declining in the ocean named after the country? That seems to be the conclusion of some analysts after Maldives’ cancellation of an airport development contract with an Indian company in November. These concerns are elevated
 by China’s increased engagement with smaller states in the Indian Ocean, including Maldives. Given the legacy of the 1962 war between China and India and ongoing competition for influence, New Delhi is right to have suspicions about Beijing’s intentions in
 its neighborhood and whether smaller Indian Ocean countries are playing the two sides off each other. But the fact is that India’s position in the region remains strong due to longstanding and growing security cooperation with smaller neighbors as well as
 the Indian Navy’s expanding capabilities. Just in the past week, New Delhi’s influence has been underscored by former Maldives President Mohamed Nasheed’s decision to seek refuge in the Indian High Commission in Male after a Maldivian court ordered his arrest.<br />
<br />
India is a rising naval power and has the natural advantage of geography in the surrounding ocean. Moreover, India is connected to smaller countries in the region through entrenched ethnic and historical ties. President Mohamed Waheed has discussed Maldives’
 "preferential relationship” with India, and a former Maldivian foreign minister has stated that "nothing will change the fact that we are only 200 miles from Trivandrum,” referring to Maldives’ proximity to the Indian city. India feels security obligations
 to regional states and has displayed its operational reach through campaigns in Sri Lanka and Maldives. In 1987, it intervened in the Sri Lankan civil war through the Indian Peace Keeping Force. Likewise, Indian armed forces intervened in Maldives in 1988
 following a coup, and after the 2004 tsunami the Indian Navy was first to provide critical disaster relief to Sri Lanka, Maldives and Indonesia.<br />
<br />
Aside from such extraordinary circumstances, India has enduring and growing military relationships with island nations in the Indian Ocean. India deputes a navy officer to manage the National Coast Guard of Mauritius, where two-thirds of the public is of Indian
 origin. In 2007, New Delhi built a monitoring station in Madagascar that relays intelligence back to Mumbai and Kochi. India is also installing a network of coastal radars in all 26 Maldivian atolls that feed back to India. The Indian Navy and Coast Guard
 frequently assist Seychelles, Maldives and Mauritius in maintaining security by providing maritime surveillance, hydrographic surveys, training, and maritime military equipment and repair, in addition to engaging these countries in exercises. In contrast,
 China has not provided such maritime assistance, except for two patrol craft and training to Seychelles. India concluded the DOSTI exercise with Maldives in April, even adding Sri Lanka to this two-decade bilateral engagement. The three countries will soon
 sign an agreement to advance maritime domain awareness in the region. India’s military ties with postwar Sri Lanka are now deeper with the resumption of the SLINEX naval exercise in 2011, and the two countries began an annual dialogue between their defense
 secretaries in 2012. Beyond bilateral relationships, New Delhi is gradually assuming a greater leadership role in Indian Ocean institutions, such as the economic and diplomatic forum Indian Ocean Rim-Association for Regional Cooperation (IOR-ARC) and the Indian
 Ocean Naval Symposium (IONS). Far from India’s influence waning, all these measures reinforce the country’s strong security relationships with Indian Ocean countries.<br />
<br />
As seen in India’s security activities with states in its neighborhood, defense cooperation is a normal occurrence and not a cause for concern in its current form in the Indian Ocean. While some observers were unnerved by the Maldivian defense minister’s visit
 to China after the airport deal collapsed, a similar trip occurred in 2009 during the presidency of Nasheed, who was seen as a pro-India leader. The 2012 visit resulted in minimal security cooperation: China agreed to provide a $3.2 million marine ambulance
 for the archipelagic nation. <br />
<br />
China’s defense cooperation with Sri Lanka was once more robust, with Beijing giving Colombo critical weapons systems to fight the Tamil Tiger insurgency, but has eased since the conclusion of the civil war. Nonetheless, Chinese Minister of National Defense
 Liang Guanglie recently promised Sri Lanka $100 million to develop military infrastructure in the country’s north and east, he was careful not to antagonize New Delhi. Following his visit to Sri Lanka, Liang traveled to India for confidence-building discussions
 on border tensions. <br />
<br />
Despite India’s entrenched ties with smaller island states in the Indian Ocean, these countries are constrained by limited resources and accept infrastructure assistance from any country that can offer it – from Japan, South Korea and Iran as well as from China.
 Smaller countries seek to develop their economies without having to choose between India and China. In fact, New Delhi has not always been receptive to their requests for development assistance and should not be surprised when China steps in to fill this role.
 Sri Lanka, for example, consulted India first to build a port in Hambantota, but New Delhi declined. Colombo subsequently accepted Chinese funding rather than pass up an opportunity to develop a possible transshipment hub in South Asia.<br />
<br />
Furthermore, Beijing’s economic engagement with smaller South Asian states offers benefits for India. Until New Delhi is prepared to increase its investment in regional infrastructure development, China’s road, rail, seaport and airport projects will improve
 trade and connectivity for the betterment of the entire South Asian region, which the World Bank and Asian Development Bank consider to be among the least integrated regions in the world.<br />
<br />
Still, New Delhi should not take for granted its dominant position in the Indian Ocean. The rejection in Maldives, though its significance should not be overstated, serves as a wakeup call for India to invest more in developing its backyard. Scholar Rani Mullen
 finds that India’s provision of aid lacks a cohesive strategy. India’s intelligence organization Research and Analysis Wing recently called on the government to provide more economic investment and technological expertise in Maldives and Nepal, following analysis
 of China’s IT and telecom industries’ interest in these countries. Also, a Jane’s Defence Weekly article reported last July that National Security Advisor Shivshankar Menon called on Indian envoys posted in neighborhood countries to discuss ways to facilitate
 often delayed infrastructure assistance through the new Development Partnership Agency. Officials conceded that New Delhi’s assistance projects carried on "interminably” and that ties to regional states were "limited and haphazard.”<br />
<br />
Despite the failed airport deal with Maldives, New Delhi is not in danger of losing its privileged place in the Indian Ocean. This transactional thinking ignores India’s longstanding security ties with regional states, which have been expanding and will continue
 to do so. At the time of writing, Nasheed waits in the Indian High Commission while Maldives’ High Court and police force seek India’s assistance with bringing him into custody. Although the High Commissioner has not yet made a decision, the episode displays
 India’s persisting influence in the region. <br />
<br />
That being said, China will increasingly pursue economic opportunities in the Indian Ocean, and the smaller states will accept Chinese assistance as they seek to develop their economies. But this is not a zero-sum game and does not translate to India losing
 its strategic advantage in a region whose very geography is a metaphor for the country’s centrality and growing influence.<br />
<br />
Nilanthi Samaranayake is an analyst in the Strategic Studies division at CNA in Alexandria, VA. She may be reached at nilanthi@cna.org. The views expressed are solely those of the author and not of any organization with which she is affiliated.<br />
<br />
(The views expressed above are the personal views of the author) </p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>23/02/2013 17:35:56</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/21213/India+Still+at+the+Center+of+the+Indian+Ocean</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">21213</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>21215</publicationdataID>
      <title>Mughal India: Art,Culture and Empire</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p><span style="font-style:italic">Kensington and Chelsea Today</span><br />
<br />
<a href="http://www.kensingtonandchelseatoday.co.uk/arts-and-culture/exhibitions/q4rtbd3jb5.html" target="_blank">Mughal India: Art,Culture and Empire</a><br />
<br />
The Mughal Empire has intrigued Europeans for centuries and the huge attendance at the British Library's splendid Exhibition shows how it still holds our interest.<br />
<br />
The Mughal Emperors attained great power in India from 1526 to 1757. They lived surrounded by incredible opulence, created magnificent Architecture and developed Arts and Culture. They controlled all of what is now India, Pakistan, Bangladesh and Afghanistan.
 The Empire survived in a diluted form, for another hundred years, until 1858 when there was a British presence and the Mughal Empire was absorbed into the Raj.<br />
<br />
The Exhibition made me see them as the embodiment of a true oxymoron, being warrior aesthetes, warlord artists, equally skilled with pen and sword. These Emperors were ruthless, yet, there was one among them who was capable of the passion for a lost love that
 inspired the creation of the Taj Mahal, a Mausoleum eternal in its ethereal beauty.<br />
<br />
The name, 'Mughal' is derived from the original homelands of the Timurids of the Central Asian Steppes, an area once conquered by Genghis Khan which was named 'Moghulistan' or 'Land of Mongols'. These people became Persianised and transferred Persian Culture
 to India. They also spread Islam. It must be remembered that in 1500 the Persian Empire was widespread and powerful. There was a flowering of Art, poetry and literature in their Courts. The Mughal Emperors encouraged Persian artists to visit and reside at
 their own courts. <br />
<br />
Although the Mughals and their rulers hailed from murderous, invading ancestors such as Genhis Khan and Amir Timur ( known in the West as Timberlaine ) they made a love of Arts and aesthetic principles very important in their rule. It was a central part of
 their identity. Their glorious citadels were a symbol of prestige and power. Their patronage of Scholarship has left us with many priceless treasures. Milo Beach, the Historian, observed that it was probably the first time that wealth was used to commission
 the Arts. In India there was no shortage of wealth as there was an abundance of jewels, emeralds, sapphires, rubies and diamonds. He also commented on much international activity at the Court. The 'Grand Mughal' myth meant literally that, they were grand.<br />
<br />
The British Library has not been phased by Mughal wealth and opulence as it is the owner of much priceless art from this Empire. Only twenty exhibits are on loan, the other two hundred and fifteen on view are from their own collection, many being shown for
 the first time. The vaults contain plenty more treasures, as many as there were jewels in the vaults of theMughal Emperors. Much was acquired from the Persian Library of the Red Fort at Agra after the uprising of 1857. There is also material from private collections
 , for example, that of the 18th century East India Company, merchant, Richard Johnson, who collected Mughal miniatures. Malina Roy, Curator,spent months selecting exhibits and they are displayed with artistry and imagination. We learn from the exhibits the
 formative stage of Mughal Art, how it evolved from Persian miniatures and the influences of Hindu, Buddhist and European art upon it. On view are miniatures, paintings, illustrated books and manuscripts, ink pots and armour.<br />
<br />
Visitors to the Exhibition pass through a delicately pierced screen gateway, lit from the back, that casts geometric shapes on the walls and the scene is set with Indian music. The first room has on view, possibly the oldest surviving document from the Mughal
 Empire, a land grant issued by the first Emperor, Babur. The central area has portraits of the Emperors together with bgood biographical detail. The rest of the Exhibition is themed and the various subjects included are 'Life inMughal India', 'The Art of Painting'
 ,'Religion,Literature,'Science', 'Medicine' and 'Decline of the Empire'. The last room has two superb scroll paintings of the procession of Akbar 11 through Delhi. There is also a sad photograph of Bahadur Shah 11, the last and then deposed Emperor. It was
 taken by Captain Robert Tytler. The Captain purchased the Emperor's gilt crown which is on display.<br />
<br />
The first Mughal Emperor,Babur, came from Ferghana ( now Uzbekistan ). He marched into Northern India, defeated Shah Lodi in the fierce Battle of Panipat in 1526. The illustration of this decisive battle is rich in colour and action. His daughter wrote about
 his life and a copy of the manuscript survives from the 17th century. His diaries show realistic animals and plants. The Mughal Emperors wrote their memoirs, often illustrated with scenes of court life, hunting and battles.<br />
<br />
Babur was succeeded by his son, Humayun, who started his reign in 1530. He was exiled for a time due to problems with the Afghan Suri dynasty. During his exile he was exposed to the Art of miniatures which he liked. On his return to India he bought two Persian
 artists with him, namely Sayyid Ali and Abdus Samad. Humayun commissioned a Khamsa of Nizami with thirty six illuminated pages. It is on view open at the wonderful painting by Dharm Das, 'The man Carried Away By The Simurgh' Behold the glorious colouring.
 This Emperor welcomed Persian artists to this Court and is on record as having said,<br />
<br />
"Artists are the delight of the World". <br />
<br />
Akbar The Great succeeded his father Humayun at the age of thirteen in 1556 and ruled until 1605. The Mughal Empire was at its most opulent and powerful during his reign. There was cultural and economic progress together with religious harmony. He commissioned
 the translations of the great Indian classics from Sanskrit into Persian. He was a free thinker who set up libraries and cultural institutions. He absorbed Hindu practices, sought peace among his peoples, presided over a multi ethnic state and filled his Court
 with intellectuals and artists, providing an atelier for the latter. <br />
<br />
Akbar invited a group of Portuguese Jesuits from Goa to his Court and following the visit, displayed paintings of Christian subjects in his Court and on tombs. He had a nativity scene in his private chamber. The Jesuits failed to convert him to Christianity
 but tried. <br />
<br />
There is a small printed book by Johannes de Laet published in Leiden in 1631 recording Akbar's wealth on his death in the Exhibition. His manuscripts were worth more than his weaponry. Unlike most Muslims he had no problem with the depiction of the human form
 saying, <br />
<br />
"..........for a painter sketching anything that has life.......must come to feel he cannot bestow individuality on his work and is thus forced to think of God, the Giver of Life.".<br />
<br />
Akbar The Great suffered the fate that his son, Jahangir, took power from him and ruled from 1605 to 1627 and he is famous for opening up relations with the British East India Company. He was very keen on art and brought about a golden age for his Empire. Look
 at that jade terrapin,a native of the Ganges, in the Exhibition. Janghir encouraged single point perspective instead of flattened multi layers as seen in miniatures. He encouraged paintings of his own life and of flowers,birds and animals. This Emperor patronised
 Abu 'l Hasan and made him a great artist. It is possible that this artist painted 'Squirrels in a Plane Tree'. By the way, there were no squirrels in India , but they could have been seen in Jahangir's zoo.<br />
<br />
There is a work, ' The Jahangirnama' which is a biography of the |Emperor with illustrations of saints and tigers in sexual situations.Well?! There are also illustrations of spider fights. Now, that is unususal !<br />
<br />
Jahanghir was succeeded by his fifth son,Prince Khurram, who ruled 1627 to 1658. He commissioned the Red Fort at Agra and the Shalimar Gardens, the Jama Masjid of Delhi, the Lahore Fort. His name, 'Shah Jehan', means ' King of the World' A great honour never
 held before by an uncrowned Mughal Emperor. He commissioned the Taj Mahal, a mausoleum for his wife, Mumtaz. This was the immortalisation of the splendour of an era and of love. The name Mumtaz means ' The Chosen one of the palace ' The art of this period
 was a little rigid. There were love scenes and ascetics around fires. <br />
<br />
Jahanghir was succeeded by his son, Auranzeb, who imprisoned his father at the Red Fort in Agra whence he could see the Taj Mahal. However, he concentrated on expanding the Empire Southwards. From his reign there are letters from the English King William 111
 and the Emperor's reply.There was a decline of art in his reign. Schools of Indian painting developed.<br />
<br />
Empires do not survive forever and the Mughal, nor the British nor the Roman,nor the Persian were any acception.<br />
<br />
I wish to end with two quotations from Rabinadranath Tagore,firstly on the Taj Mahal and secondly on Pleasure.<br />
<br />
"Let the splenduor of the diamond, <br />
<br />
pearl and ruby vanish like the <br />
<br />
magic shimmer of the rainbow. <br />
<br />
Only let this one tear drop, the <br />
<br />
Taj Mahal,glisten spotlessly on <br />
<br />
the cheek of time. <br />
<br />
"But in this world, there is an <br />
<br />
ancient tradition; sweet pleasure <br />
<br />
is not without bitterness......." <br />
<br />
MARIAN MAITLAND <br />
<br />
(The views expressed above are the personal views of the author) </p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>23/02/2013 17:52:40</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/21215/Mughal+India+ArtCulture+and+Empire</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">21215</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>21209</publicationdataID>
      <title>India rises quietly and steadily</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p><span style="font-style:italic">The Nation/ by Thanong Khanthong</span><br />
<br />
As China rises, it has stolen the spotlight, but the perception is that it is more of a threat than an opportunity for the region. This is the impression we get from reading the mainstream media day in, day out. Yet few have taken notice of the rise of India,
 which has been lying low. Through shrewd "camouflaging", India has been able to avoid attention all these years. Let China bask in the glory and take a beating at centre stage over its conscious attempt to overthrow the order designed by the Anglo-Saxon world,
 which has dominated this planet for the past 200 years or so.<br />
<br />
But when you look at the numbers and the magnitude of change that is happening in India, you'll realise that it is the subcontinent we must focus on, as it rises alongside China. Let's consider these important figures prepared by the Confederation of Indian
 Industries:<br />
<br />
At US$4.8 trillion, India's gross domestic product, in terms of purchasing power parity, has already surpassed Japan's $4.5 trillion to rank third in the world. The US comes first at $15.6 trillion, followed by China at $12.3 trillion.<br />
<br />
India's economy is one of the world's fastest growing. In 1992-1993, the size of India's economy was $250 billion. Today, it is around $1.8 trillion.<br />
<br />
India's population is the world's second largest after China, at 1.17 billion.<br />
<br />
While most countries are struggling with ageing societies, India is blessed with a relatively young workforce of 429 million.<br />
<br />
India is overcoming more than 200 years of poverty. Its middle class is now emerging. There were 4.6 million middle-class households in 1995, with annual income of 200,000 to 1 million rupees ($1 = 53 rupees). In 2015, the number of middle-class households
 is projected to reach 60 million, and 128 million by 2025. There were 160 million "poor" households with annual income under 200,000 rupees in 1995. By 2015, this number will fall to 143 million households.<br />
<br />
While most of the developed economies are facing sluggish growth, India and other emerging countries have been able to post respectable growth rates. Last year, the US economy grew 2.3 per cent compared to 2 per cent for Japan and -0.4 per cent for the EU.
 India posted a growth rate of 4.5 per cent, compared with 7.8 per cent for China.<br />
<br />
India's economy by sector is 59 per cent for services, 27 per cent for manufacturing and 14 per cent for agriculture.<br />
<br />
These official statistics do not tell the whole story. India is a leader in information technology. Its software engineers are working in every corner of the world. Its overseas workers, both professional and in labour intensive jobs, are remitting $50-$60
 billion a year back home. Indian nationals hold key positions in finance and banking, capital and financial markets, and international institutions such as the United Nations, International Monetary Fund and World Bank.<br />
<br />
Significantly, India is a regional nuclear power. While North Korea's recent nuclear test has attracted negative criticism and Iran's nuclear programme has brought Western sanctions against the country, India's test launch of a long-range rocket last year went
 almost unnoticed. Rival Pakistan also holds nuclear weapons, so does China to much a greater extent.<br />
<br />
India has avoided much attention all these years while at the same time rising fast because it has walked a delicate line between superpower rivals. It does not upset anyone, except maybe its near neighbours, for historical reasons. Its non-alignment policy
 is conspicuous. It has good ties with almost all countries. Its defence cooperation extends to all camps. It emerged from British rule after the Second World War II with an understanding of the West. And now it is looking east, particularly to Southeast Asia.
 In this respect, India appears to be a better player than China in the regional and global arenas.<br />
<br />
Last year, trade between India and Asean reached almost $70 billion for both exports and imports. All the ingredients are there for India to become a regional power. And when India truly rises, in tandem with China, the balance will truly tilt toward Asia.
 The world will never be the same again.<br />
<br />
<span style="font-weight:bold">The article can also be read at:</span><br />
<a href=" http://www.nationmultimedia.com/opinion/India-rises-quietly-and-steadily-30200484.html" target="_blank">India rises quietly and steadily</a><br />
<br />
(The views expressed above are the personal views of the author)</p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>22/02/2013 16:01:31</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/21209/India+rises+quietly+and+steadily</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">21209</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>21196</publicationdataID>
      <title>Seizing opportunities for benefits of cooperation through Indian Ocean Rim Association</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p><span style="font-style:italic">The Financial Express/by Rahman Jahangir </span>
<br />
<br />
The potential for further trade and investment creation among the member-countries of the Indian Ocean Rim Association for Regional Cooperation (IOR-ARC) is enormous. As a big and one of the fastest growing markets with its middle-class consumers numbering
 over 350 million. India has a comparatively well-developed agricultural and industrial production base in the Rim. It has assessed that there is much Delhi can contribute to the Rim and in turn it can benefit much from it.<br />
<br />
This writer had the opportunity to cover that event and to meet a good number of foreign ministers and foreign secretaries of the Association's member-countries which participated in that meeting, in Gurgaon of India in November. The attendees in their capacity
 as the head of their respective countries had extensive interactions among them to find out how best they could avail the window of opportunities offered by this wider regional bloc.<br />
<br />
Bangladesh Foreign Secretary Mirajul Quayes represented the county in the meeting. Foreign Minister Dr Dipu Moni could not attend it. On its part, Bangladesh has always moved forward in joining different economic blocks. But unfortunately it has not been pro-active
 enough about follow-up actions. As far as IOR-ARC is concerned, it was set up in March 1995. The Association was first launched on March 6-7 two years later. It comprises 20 member-states including Bangladesh.<br />
<br />
Since 1997, Bangladesh should have been more actively involved in initiatives for concerted actions by the member-states of the IOR-ARC to find out opportunities and to make more cooperative efforts for fruitful gains through increased collaboration. This is
 because the Rim is otherwise rich in all kinds of resources - natural, human, technological, agricultural, industrial and financial capital. Through trade, cross-border investment, transfer of technology and development cooperation, such resources can be utilised
 for the benefits of the member-countries of the Rim, including through sub-regional cooperation, taking a leaf out of the East Asian experience.<br />
<br />
Analysts in Bangladesh nurture high expectations from this Association from dynamic trade and growth performance of the Indian Ocean Rim in recent times. Most Rim countries have recently recorded a healthy growth, and even those countries which had earlier
 experienced difficulties are witnessing a turnaround. The Rim substantially increased its global trade. This surge in trade and investment activity was fed by the expansion of intra-Rim trade.<br />
<br />
Maritime transportation, to cite here an example, is an extremely vital factor for promoting connectivity among the IOR-ARC member-states. Because of this, the IOR-ARC is fast steadily developing the shipping services among the member-states. Bangladesh needs
 to work towards establishment of a free and non-discriminatory regime through which the national flag carriers and qualified sailors of one member state can have easy access to the markets of the others.<br />
<br />
Furthermore, the fisheries sector is an integral part of the economies of the IOR-ARC member-states. The livelihood of as many as 30 million people of Bangladesh is linked with fishing. Marine fishery is an increasingly important element in this sector. Bangladesh
 has an added advantage as it has finalized the domestic process for ratification of the UN Agreement for the Implementation of the Provisions of the UN Convention on the Law of the Sea of December 10, 1982 relating to the Conservation and Management of Straddling
 Fish Stocks and Highly Migratory Fish Stocks (1995). About 50 to 60 thousand fishing units from Bangladesh are on the sea. Bangladesh is also taking measures for ensuring safety and security of these fishermen against robbery or abduction. The country needs
 to work with its neighbouring ones to ease the process of repatriation of fishermen who become stranded due to natural disasters or any other force majeur.<br />
<br />
It is important for Bangladesh to attach particular importance to cooperation in the tourism sector through the IOR-ARC forum for promoting people-to-people contact. It needs to chalk out a strategy to implement the recommendations of the first phase of the
 Tourism Feasibility Study of the Rim. Looking forward actively to the second phase of study can help address all the remaining areas and issues for fostering a balanced development of this sector throughout the Rim region.<br />
<br />
The last few years have also seen an exercise of review for the Association to deliver on its promises in full. Notably, the member-states have written a new Charter, staff and financial regulations and increased frequency of meetings, adopted a clustering
 approach in project formulation, established a special fund for complementing project funding and identified six priority areas of cooperation. By now, the Association has made some notable efforts for consolidating its institutional base.<br />
<br />
The member-countries of the IOR-ARC are now recovering from the recession of 2008. However, the global economy still remains fragile. The second round effects of the financial melt-down have been felt in terms of decline in export earning investment, remittance,
 ODA etc., particularly by the developing member-states of the Association including Bangladesh.<br />
<br />
Furthermore, it is noteworthy that natural disasters are a recurrent phenomenon for the Rim region, whose severity is being intensified by the impact of climate change. Since disasters strike different countries at different times in an unpredictable manner,
 it is not possible for any individual country to dedicate a major chunk of its resources solely to manage disasters at the cost of vital sectors of development.<br />
<br />
Bangladesh has to assess and address the challenges that climate change poses to many sensitive sectors of the Rim countries, including water resources, agriculture and, therefore, food security health energy, urban planning, tourism etc.<br />
<br />
The key focus of the IOR-ARC is cooperation to help generate productive employment transfer knowledge and technology, develop services sector including information technology (IT), upgrade human capital and contribute to the individual and collective well-being
 of its member countries. <br />
<br />
India has an on-going technical and economic cooperation programme -- the ITEC programme -- with the Rim partners in the IOR-ARC. Delhi has already strengthened ITEC in this respect for the benefit of its partners in this regional forum. It has also expressed
 its desire to respond to specific requirements to be indicated by them. Bangladesh needs to take an appropriate action strategy to reap the benefits out of such facilities.<br />
<br />
<span style="font-weight:bold">The article can also be read at:</span><br />
<a href="http://www.thefinancialexpress-bd.com/index.php?ref=MjBfMDJfMTlfMTNfMV85Ml8xNjA2ODU=" target="_blank" style="text-decoration:none">Seizing opportunities for benefits of cooperation through Indian Ocean Rim Association</a><br />
<br />
(The views expressed above are the personal views of the author)</p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>19/02/2013 15:42:19</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/21196/Seizing+opportunities+for+benefits+of+cooperation+through+Indian+Ocean+Rim+Association</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">21196</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>21199</publicationdataID>
      <title>When E.T. and I.T. Meet ID</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p><span style="font-style:italic">The New York Times/by Thomas L. Friedman</span><br />
<br />
Every time I visit India, I visit Nasscom, the high-tech association, to meet with the newest crop of Indian innovators. They account for only a tiny fraction of India’s 1.2 billion people, most of whom remain painfully poor, but I focus on these Indian innovators
 because so many of them today are focused on making India unpoor. India is now spawning large numbers of innovators concentrating on solving poor-world problems, and cloud-based technology tools and open-source platforms are enabling Indian innovators to do
 this with little capital. As a result, they are much more willing to try, fail and try again (the secret sauce of Silicon Valley). And, as a result, we’re starting to see a merger here between E.T., I.T. and ID. It doesn’t get any better than that.<br />
<br />
There is nothing that India needs more than an energy technology (E.T.) revolution that would deliver cheap, reliable power to millions suffering from energy poverty. If every village had some reliable power, plus access to high-speed Internet (I.T.), hundreds
 of millions of Indians would be able to live locally but act globally — that is, they would be able to remain in their villages, yet have access to the education and markets that could enable them to escape poverty and not have to join the hordes in the megaslums
 of the megacities like Mumbai or Kolkata.<br />
<br />
The most exciting E.T. innovation I saw here was Gram Power. Some 400 million people in India do not have access to grid-based power and, therefore, rely on kerosene, which releases tons of carbon dioxide into the atmosphere and claims about 1.5 million Indian
 lives a year. Gram Power has developed an answer, says its co-founder Yashraj Khaitan: "Our Smart Microgrid system comprises renewable-based generation infrastructure installed locally in the village [usually solar panels on a cellphone tower], and a proprietary
 smart electricity distribution system that tackles the three main challenges of reliable energy access in India: theft and pilferage that forms the root cause for 58 percent of energy losses on the utility grid, high capital costs to extend the utility grid
 to remote low population areas, and intermittent and unpredictable power supply.”<br />
<br />
The Gram Power system comes at a capital cost, Khaitan added of "less than that of a solar home system, with a prepaid pricing model suited to our consumers’ disposable income — for just 20 cents per day of recharge, consumers can operate lights, fans, radios,
 and televisions.” The smart meters "prevent people from overdrawing power and intelligently prioritize different loads based on local conditions.” Having succeeded with their pilot, Gram Power is on pace to reach 20,000 homes and have 100 telecom towers covered
 with solar panels for generation in the next year.<br />
<br />
The most interesting I.T. project I came across was Mettl, which has developed an online assessment platform to help hiring managers "to measure and track skills of prehires and employees” to determine if they can really do a particular job. Mettl can "measure
 the hard skills which are directly applicable to a job rather than just the knowledge which you have acquired by rote,” said its co-founder Ketan Kapoor. "Up to now,” he added "you could not measure what you can do with what you know. But unless you can apply
 your knowledge to a level that is useful, it doesn’t mean anything. Knowledge is a commodity available to anyone. It is not a differentiator anymore in the professional market. The differentiator is what you can do with that knowledge.”<br />
<br />
Mettl is also developing a proctoring program for Internet-based distance learning so a young person in a remote Indian village could be reliably tested on a body of knowledge and the teacher given immediate feedback. "We are positive that we shall be able
 to solve the remote proctoring problem and disrupt the online learning and assessment space.”<br />
<br />
Now marry these breakthroughs in E.T. and I.T. with one in ID. Nandan Nilekani, a co-founder of Infosys, has been leading India’s Unique Identification project, which aims to give every Indian who wants one a unique 12-digit ID number, backed by photographs,
 fingerprints and iris scans that can be easily verified online. The system is creating a platform that enables the government to give aid, salaries, health care and pensions much more directly to citizens without worrying it will be siphoned off by corrupt
 officials or fake IDs. Some 270 million Indians have acquired an ID, with about one million signing up per day, or as, Nilekani says, "one Finland a week.” Once every Indian has a "robust real identity” based in the cloud, Nilekani told me, you have "a platform”
 upon which you can build all kinds of services — from cash transfers to health records to open online courses.<br />
<br />
In sum, when E.T. meets I.T. meets ID, you have a virtuous cycle that potentially can compete with the cycle of energy poverty, broken schools and corruption. While success at scale for these start-ups is by no means assured, they are a taste of what is possible
 when so many more people on the planet can become inventors, makers and problem-solvers. Anyone who thinks the age of innovation is over isn’t paying attention.<br />
<br />
(The views expressed above are the personal views of the author) </p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>19/02/2013 18:18:00</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/21199/When+ET+and+IT+Meet+ID</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">21199</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>21124</publicationdataID>
      <title>The Indian economy is poised for take-off</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p><span style="font-weight:bold">Daily Star<br />
Business/by T.K. Arun</span><br />
<br />
Many people have tended to write down India's growth potential, following the slowdown in economic momentum in the last couple of years (some predicting that in 2012-13, Indonesia is likely to grow faster than India, among the world's large emerging markets).
 But this would be myopic. The Indian growth story remains robust, and the economic growth rate is likely to accelerate from 2012-13 onwards.<br />
<br />
Before the global financial crisis of 2008, the Indian economy had been growing at well over 9 percent. The growth rate slipped to 6.7 percent in 2007-08 but recovered swiftly to 8.4 percent in 2008-09 and stayed at that level the next year as well. Since then,
 growth has declined, to 6.5 percent in 2011-12 and likely 6 percent in the current fiscal year that will conclude in March 2013.<br />
<br />
You cannot blame an external observer for concluding that Indians have hobbled themselves in their rope trick gone wrong and it is better to wait and watch, if not keep off. But those who let appearance overwhelm their appreciation of the reality are likely
 to miss the strongest growth story of the next two decades.<br />
<br />
The Indian government's announcement in September last year of a slew of reform measures, allowing foreign investment in multi-brand retail (single-brand retail had already been opened up, although with conditions that are gradually being diluted), allowing
 foreign airlines to invest up to 49 percent in Indian airlines, raising the foreign investment cap in insurance to 49 percent, opening up some forms of distributing telecast signals to foreign capital, etc.<br />
<br />
Hopefully, this could well be the turning point for the economy. Not so much because these decisions in themselves break dramatic new ground, but because it signalled political decisiveness, key for India to break her shackles of policymaking inertia.<br />
<br />
India has had minority or coalition governments continuously since 1989, except for a brief two and a half years early in the nineties. Therefore, making policy has been a function of not just reformist intent but of political management of coalitions as well.
 In this area, the present government had been seen as having a deficit bigger than the fiscal deficit.<br />
<br />
But the September reforms signalled boldness: a key ally with the second largest contingent of legislators in parliament broke off in protest at opening up retail and left the ruling coalition but the political leadership was prepared for that exit and roped
 in external support.<br />
<br />
The Indian government has been taking a number of measures that require considerable political courage. It has auctioned telecom spectrum, passed reforms to banking regulations that will allow the central bank, which also functions as the banking regulator,
 to issue new licences, initiated a system of direct cash transfer of subsidies and increased the prices of petroleum fuels, in order to reduce the subsidy burden on the fisc. The expectation is that more reforms would be announced when the annual budget is
 presented on the last day of February.<br />
<br />
While this much is evident to anyone who follows the news on India, there are a few changes in the political economy that receive little attention but have enormous significance for accelerating growth.<br />
<br />
The most important change is that in elections to the states (India has 28 provinces with their own elected governments), the people have made it clear that they are no longer content with empty promises or mere offer of voice and identity, as they had been
 in the past. Leaders are expected to deliver governance and development. Those who rise to this expectation are rewarded with another term in office, and those who do not are voted out.<br />
<br />
Politics in India has traditionally been a matter of patronage. Leaders patronised their own communities and struck alliances with one another to drum up majorities. The new political economy is forcing the same leaders to think of building expressways, new
 towns, forging policies for releasing land for industry and make schools teach and staff hospitals. Every major state now holds annual investor meets to draw in foreign investment.<br />
<br />
The mass upheaval over corruption is forcing the system to adopt unprecedented transparency in the allocation of natural resources. A new mining bill in the works will adopt transparent auctions for mines.<br />
<br />
Pressures are mounting to dilute, if not scrap, public monopoly in coal mining, which has been a major factor in the shortage of fuel that has been keeping 50,000 megawatt of power generation capacity idle in the country. A new ruling by a central appellate
 tribunal now ensures that every state level electricity regulator would revise power tariffs at least once every year. Refusal by these regulators to pass on the higher cost of imported coal has been one reason behind the fuel shortage in the power sector.<br />
<br />
The good news is that India today has 50,000 megawatt of idle capacity. In the absence of enough power to supply rural areas in the daytime (power is despatched for a few hours at night so that farmers can run their pumps for irrigation) has meant that very
 little rural industry has been possible till now.<br />
<br />
Once the fuel shortage has been sorted out, rural India would be ripe for structural diversification, new agro processing industry absorbing underemployed manpower and farmers gaining from new climate-controlled warehouses and better prices through local procurement
 by local industry for local processing. State-owned Bharat Broadband Corporation is busy rolling out fibre-optic cable to 250,000 large villages (India has a little over 600,000 villages in total).<br />
<br />
In a couple of years' time, most Indians would have access to high-speed data, thanks to the spread of telecom and the ongoing morphing of mobile phones into sophisticated data and computing devices, whose prices are falling at an amazing rate.<br />
<br />
The government's scheme to issue citizens with unique identity numbers, whose database contains matching biometric data and software to guarantee de-duplication, open bank accounts linked to these numbers for those who have never had a bank account and transfer
 subsidy to these accounts can revolutionise both banking and the administration of subsidy.<br />
<br />
For example, kerosene is sold at a subsidised price through 'fair price shops' franchised by the government. It is estimated that 40 percent of the subsidised kerosene is diverted to adulterate higher priced diesel. If subsidy for kerosene can be transferred
 to intended beneficiaries as cash, using the new unique identity numbers and bank accounts, the government can end dual pricing of kerosene. The direct transfer of benefit scheme, once it stabilises after initial glitches, will both make subsidy more effective
 and reduce the subsidy burden. Public expenditure will become more effective, and contribute to growth.<br />
<br />
Inflation has been running high in India, thanks essentially to food inflation. And the food groups that see sustained inflation are protein -- milk, eggs, fish, meat and lentils - and vegetables and fruits. The output of these products has been growing but
 prices still rise thanks to growing rural prosperity, which has been driving the demand for superior foods. Poverty has been falling at close to 2 percent a year for the past five years.<br />
<br />
But inflation has taken a toll on the external value of the rupee. And in weakness, there is always opportunity. The rupee has depreciated against the Chinese renminbi by 50 percent over the last five years. Not surprisingly, India's manufacturing exports have
 been growing faster than China's manufacturing exports over this period. India's demographic dividend is slated to move swiftly from potential to reality. This is a growth story that offers plenty of elbowroom for foreign capital, without being dependent on
 it.</p>
(The views expressed above are the personal views of the author)<br />
<br />
]]></description>
      <pubDate>24/01/2013 11:18:27</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/21124/The+Indian+economy+is+poised+for+takeoff</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">21124</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>21129</publicationdataID>
      <title>The Indian economy is poised for take-off</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p><span style="font-weight:bold">Daily Star (from Bangladesh)</span>: by T K Arun<br />
<br />
<span class="imgWrapper"><img src="images/artical.jpg" class="imgBdr imgRight" alt="A vendor inflates balloons at Allahabad in India yesterday. The economic growth of the country is likely to accelerate from 2012-13 onwards. Photo: AFP" title="A vendor inflates balloons at Allahabad in India yesterday. The economic growth of the country is likely to accelerate from 2012-13 onwards. Photo: AFP" align="right"/><span style="font-style:italic">A
 vendor inflates balloons at Allahabad in India yesterday. The economic growth of the country is likely to accelerate from 2012-13 onwards. Photo: AFP</span></span><br />
<br />
Many people have tended to write down India's growth potential, following the slowdown in economic momentum in the last couple of years (some predicting that in 2012-13, Indonesia is likely to grow faster than India, among the world's large emerging markets).
 But this would be myopic. The Indian growth story remains robust, and the economic growth rate is likely to accelerate from 2012-13 onwards.<br />
<br />
Before the global financial crisis of 2008, the Indian economy had been growing at well over 9 percent. The growth rate slipped to 6.7 percent in 2007-08 but recovered swiftly to 8.4 percent in 2008-09 and stayed at that level the next year as well. Since then,
 growth has declined, to 6.5 percent in 2011-12 and likely 6 percent in the current fiscal year that will conclude in March 2013.<br />
<br />
You cannot blame an external observer for concluding that Indians have hobbled themselves in their rope trick gone wrong and it is better to wait and watch, if not keep off. But those who let appearance overwhelm their appreciation of the reality are likely
 to miss the strongest growth story of the next two decades.<br />
<br />
The Indian government's announcement in September last year of a slew of reform measures, allowing foreign investment in multi-brand retail (single-brand retail had already been opened up, although with conditions that are gradually being diluted), allowing
 foreign airlines to invest up to 49 percent in Indian airlines, raising the foreign investment cap in insurance to 49 percent, opening up some forms of distributing telecast signals to foreign capital, etc.<br />
<br />
Hopefully, this could well be the turning point for the economy. Not so much because these decisions in themselves break dramatic new ground, but because it signalled political decisiveness, key for India to break her shackles of policymaking inertia.<br />
<br />
India has had minority or coalition governments continuously since 1989, except for a brief two and a half years early in the nineties. Therefore, making policy has been a function of not just reformist intent but of political management of coalitions as well.
 In this area, the present government had been seen as having a deficit bigger than the fiscal deficit.<br />
<br />
But the September reforms signalled boldness: a key ally with the second largest contingent of legislators in parliament broke off in protest at opening up retail and left the ruling coalition but the political leadership was prepared for that exit and roped
 in external support.The Indian government has been taking a number of measures that require considerable political courage. It has auctioned telecom spectrum, passed reforms to banking regulations that will allow the central bank, which also functions as the
 banking regulator, to issue new licences, initiated a system of direct cash transfer of subsidies and increased the prices of petroleum fuels, in order to reduce the subsidy burden on the fisc. The expectation is that more reforms would be announced when the
 annual budget is presented on the last day of February.<br />
<br />
While this much is evident to anyone who follows the news on India, there are a few changes in the political economy that receive little attention but have enormous significance for accelerating growth.<br />
<br />
The most important change is that in elections to the states (India has 28 provinces with their own elected governments), the people have made it clear that they are no longer content with empty promises or mere offer of voice and identity, as they had been
 in the past. Leaders are expected to deliver governance and development. Those who rise to this expectation are rewarded with another term in office, and those who do not are voted out.<br />
<br />
Politics in India has traditionally been a matter of patronage. Leaders patronised their own communities and struck alliances with one another to drum up majorities. The new political economy is forcing the same leaders to think of building expressways, new
 towns, forging policies for releasing land for industry and make schools teach and staff hospitals. Every major state now holds annual investor meets to draw in foreign investment.<br />
<br />
The mass upheaval over corruption is forcing the system to adopt unprecedented transparency in the allocation of natural resources. A new mining bill in the works will adopt transparent auctions for mines.<br />
<br />
Pressures are mounting to dilute, if not scrap, public monopoly in coal mining, which has been a major factor in the shortage of fuel that has been keeping 50,000 megawatt of power generation capacity idle in the country. A new ruling by a central appellate
 tribunal now ensures that every state level electricity regulator would revise power tariffs at least once every year. Refusal by these regulators to pass on the higher cost of imported coal has been one reason behind the fuel shortage in the power sector.<br />
<br />
The good news is that India today has 50,000 megawatt of idle capacity. In the absence of enough power to supply rural areas in the daytime (power is despatched for a few hours at night so that farmers can run their pumps for irrigation) has meant that very
 little rural industry has been possible till now.<br />
<br />
Once the fuel shortage has been sorted out, rural India would be ripe for structural diversification, new agro processing industry absorbing underemployed manpower and farmers gaining from new climate-controlled warehouses and better prices through local procurement
 by local industry for local processing. State-owned Bharat Broadband Corporation is busy rolling out fibre-optic cable to 250,000 large villages (India has a little over 600,000 villages in total).<br />
<br />
In a couple of years' time, most Indians would have access to high-speed data, thanks to the spread of telecom and the ongoing morphing of mobile phones into sophisticated data and computing devices, whose prices are falling at an amazing rate.<br />
<br />
The government's scheme to issue citizens with unique identity numbers, whose database contains matching biometric data and software to guarantee de-duplication, open bank accounts linked to these numbers for those who have never had a bank account and transfer
 subsidy to these accounts can revolutionise both banking and the administration of subsidy.<br />
<br />
For example, kerosene is sold at a subsidised price through 'fair price shops' franchised by the government. It is estimated that 40 percent of the subsidised kerosene is diverted to adulterate higher priced diesel. If subsidy for kerosene can be transferred
 to intended beneficiaries as cash, using the new unique identity numbers and bank accounts, the government can end dual pricing of kerosene. The direct transfer of benefit scheme, once it stabilises after initial glitches, will both make subsidy more effective
 and reduce the subsidy burden. Public expenditure will become more effective, and contribute to growth.<br />
<br />
Inflation has been running high in India, thanks essentially to food inflation. And the food groups that see sustained inflation are protein -- milk, eggs, fish, meat and lentils - and vegetables and fruits. The output of these products has been growing but
 prices still rise thanks to growing rural prosperity, which has been driving the demand for superior foods. Poverty has been falling at close to 2 percent a year for the past five years.<br />
<br />
But inflation has taken a toll on the external value of the rupee. And in weakness, there is always opportunity. The rupee has depreciated against the Chinese renminbi by 50 percent over the last five years. Not surprisingly, India's manufacturing exports have
 been growing faster than China's manufacturing exports over this period. India's demographic dividend is slated to move swiftly from potential to reality. This is a growth story that offers plenty of elbowroom for foreign capital, without being dependent on
 it.<br />
<br />
TK Arun is the editor, Opinion at The Economic Times,<br />
New Delhi.<br />
<br />
(The views expressed above are the personal views of the author)</p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>24/01/2013 19:00:22</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/21129/The+Indian+economy+is+poised+for+takeoff</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">21129</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>21014</publicationdataID>
      <title>Strengthening Asean-India Ties: The Delhi Summit’s Takeaways</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p><span style="font-weight:bold">Date:December 28, 2012</span><br />
<span style="font-weight:bold">Jakarta Globe/Rupakjyoti Borah</span><br />
<br />
The recently held Asean-India Commemorative Summit in the Indian capital city of New Delhi last week has served to strengthen the existing bonds between India and the Association of Southeast Asian Nations. This year marks the 20th anniversary of India becoming
 a sectoral dialogue partner of Asean and the 10th anniversary of the Asean-India Summits. One of the highlights of this summit was the elevation of Asean-India relations to the level of a strategic partnership. It also saw the successful winding up of negotiations
 on the Asean-India FTA in Services and Investments. <br />
<br />
Indeed, ever since 1992 (when India became a sectoral dialogue partner of Asean), India-Asean relations on both the political and economic fronts have seen tremendous growth.<br />
<br />
One of the important reasons why Asean nations are looking toward India is that some of them are clearly anxious about China’s growing aggressiveness in the region and would like to see India play some sort of a balancer role in this region. In the past, although
 the United States has announced a "pivot” toward Asia, the Asean member countries would also like India to play a more active role in the region, given its increasing political and economic weight and the fact that it is situated in the region and has extensive
 historical and civilizational ties with it, unlike the US. In many of these countries, China has huge economic investments and there is an economic over-dependence on China, which many of these countries and their citizens resent, as in the case of Myanmar.<br />
<br />
Since some of the Asean countries are locked in territorial disputes with China in the South China Sea region, it is important to take note that the vision statement released at the end of this meeting clearly mentions that India and the Asean "are committed
 to strengthening cooperation to ensure maritime security and freedom of navigation, and safety of sea lanes of communication for unfettered movement of trade in accordance with international law, including [the United Nations Convention on the Law of the Sea].”<br />
<br />
Although India is not directly involved in the South China Sea region, it has investments in oil-fields off the coast of Vietnam and has been asked by China to stay away from what it calls are its "territorial waters.” Hence this statement will send a message
 to China that India will not compromise on its national interests. Although India’s maritime profile is also growing, the important difference vis-a-vis China is that no Asean country sees India as a threat.<br />
<br />
The vision statement also noted that India and Asean are committed to launching the Asean-India Free Trade Area, which will create a market of around 1.8 billion people with a "combined GDP of $3.8 trillion.”<br />
<br />
Asean and India have also set a new target of $100 billion for their total trade by 2015, having already surpassed the target of $70 billion set for this year.<br />
<br />
Some major infrastructural projects are also in the offing. Both India and the Asean nations laid stress on completion of the India-Myanmar-Thailand Trilateral Highway and its subsequent extension to Laos and Cambodia. Besides, a new highway project that will
 connect India, Myanmar, Laos, Vietnam and Cambodia is in the offing as well as a Mekong-India Economic Corridor, which will join with India’s economically backward northeastern part.<br />
<br />
All this is in step with India’s "Look-East Policy,” which was launched in the early 1990s, in the aftermath of the end of the Cold War. Since then, India has aggressively courted the region. Interestingly, the then-finance minister, Manmohan Singh, is India’s
 present prime minister. However, there are quite a few challenges that remain in this respect.<br />
<br />
As compared with China, Indian public sector companies have been slow in executing projects in the Asean region and the Indian private sector companies have shown a reticence to move into this region. In addition, there are very few academics, diplomats and
 policy-makers in India who read and write the languages of the countries of this region. The people-to-people ties are still underdeveloped and India should be able to draw in more tourists from the Asean member countries, being the birthplace of Buddhism.<br />
<br />
India till now has been careful not to annoy China, when it comes to disputes in the South China Sea region. However, at some stage in the near future, India would have to stand up on behalf of some of the Asean countries like Vietnam or Philippines in their
 disputes with China. <br />
<br />
This does not mean that India has to get involved in a military conflict with China, but it should be able to send a tougher message to China, with which India itself also has a disputed border. It is worth mentioning here that China has consistently refused
 to settle this border row with India and has kept using delaying tactics. <br />
<br />
On the positive side, Myanmar’s about-face toward democracy has come as manna from heaven for India, especially because Myanmar is India’s gateway to the Asean region. Backing from the Asean countries is also crucial as India aspires to be a permanent member
 of the United Nations Security Council. Hence it is a given that in the light of their convergent interests, the relations between India and the Asean countries is destined to grow even closer in the years to come.<br />
<br />
<span style="font-weight:bold">Link:</span><a href="">www.thejakartaglobe.com</a></p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>28/12/2012 13:08:04</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/21014/Strengthening+AseanIndia+Ties+The+Delhi+Summits+Takeaways</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">21014</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>21015</publicationdataID>
      <title>Strengthening Asean-India Ties: The Delhi Summit’s Takeaways</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p><span style="font-weight:bold">Jakarta Globe</span><br />
<span style="font-weight:bold">By: Rupakjyoti Borah</span><br />
<br />
The recently held Asean-Strengthening Asean-India Ties: The Delhi Summit’s TakeawaysIndia Commemorative Summit in the Indian capital city of New Delhi last week has served to strengthen the existing bonds between India and the Association of Southeast Asian
 Nations. This year marks the 20th anniversary of India becoming a sectoral dialogue partner of Asean and the 10th anniversary of the Asean-India Summits. One of the highlights of this summit was the elevation of Asean-India relations to the level of a strategic
 partnership. It also saw the successful winding up of negotiations on the Asean-India FTA in Services and Investments.<br />
<br />
Indeed, ever since 1992 (when India became a sectoral dialogue partner of Asean), India-Asean relations on both the political and economic fronts have seen tremendous growth.<br />
<br />
One of the important reasons why Asean nations are looking toward India is that some of them are clearly anxious about China’s growing aggressiveness in the region and would like to see India play some sort of a balancer role in this region. In the past, although
 the United States has announced a "pivot” toward Asia, the Asean member countries would also like India to play a more active role in the region, given its increasing political and economic weight and the fact that it is situated in the region and has extensive
 historical and civilizational ties with it, unlike the US. In many of these countries, China has huge economic investments and there is an economic over-dependence on China, which many of these countries and their citizens resent, as in the case of Myanmar.<br />
<br />
Since some of the Asean countries are locked in territorial disputes with China in the South China Sea region, it is important to take note that the vision statement released at the end of this meeting clearly mentions that India and the Asean "are committed
 to strengthening cooperation to ensure maritime security and freedom of navigation, and safety of sea lanes of communication for unfettered movement of trade in accordance with international law, including [the United Nations Convention on the Law of the Sea].”<br />
<br />
Although India is not directly involved in the South China Sea region, it has investments in oil-fields off the coast of Vietnam and has been asked by China to stay away from what it calls are its "territorial waters.” Hence this statement will send a message
 to China that India will not compromise on its national interests. Although India’s maritime profile is also growing, the important difference vis-a-vis China is that no Asean country sees India as a threat.<br />
<br />
The vision statement also noted that India and Asean are committed to launching the Asean-India Free Trade Area, which will create a market of around 1.8 billion people with a "combined GDP of $3.8 trillion.”<br />
<br />
Asean and India have also set a new target of $100 billion for their total trade by 2015, having already surpassed the target of $70 billion set for this year.<br />
<br />
Some major infrastructural projects are also in the offing. Both India and the Asean nations laid stress on completion of the India-Myanmar-Thailand Trilateral Highway and its subsequent extension to Laos and Cambodia. Besides, a new highway project that will
 connect India, Myanmar, Laos, Vietnam and Cambodia is in the offing as well as a Mekong-India Economic Corridor, which will join with India’s economically backward northeastern part.<br />
<br />
All this is in step with India’s "Look-East Policy,” which was launched in the early 1990s, in the aftermath of the end of the Cold War. Since then, India has aggressively courted the region. Interestingly, the then-finance minister, Manmohan Singh, is India’s
 present prime minister. However, there are quite a few challenges that remain in this respect.<br />
<br />
As compared with China, Indian public sector companies have been slow in executing projects in the Asean region and the Indian private sector companies have shown a reticence to move into this region. In addition, there are very few academics, diplomats and
 policy-makers in India who read and write the languages of the countries of this region. The people-to-people ties are still underdeveloped and India should be able to draw in more tourists from the Asean member countries, being the birthplace of Buddhism.<br />
<br />
India till now has been careful not to annoy China, when it comes to disputes in the South China Sea region. However, at some stage in the near future, India would have to stand up on behalf of some of the Asean countries like Vietnam or Philippines in their
 disputes with China. <br />
<br />
This does not mean that India has to get involved in a military conflict with China, but it should be able to send a tougher message to China, with which India itself also has a disputed border. It is worth mentioning here that China has consistently refused
 to settle this border row with India and has kept using delaying tactics. <br />
<br />
On the positive side, Myanmar’s about-face toward democracy has come as manna from heaven for India, especially because Myanmar is India’s gateway to the Asean region. Backing from the Asean countries is also crucial as India aspires to be a permanent member
 of the United Nations Security Council. Hence it is a given that in the light of their convergent interests, the relations between India and the Asean countries is destined to grow even closer in the years to come.<br />
<br />
<span style="font-weight:bold">Link:</span><a href="">Strengthening Asean-India Ties: The Delhi Summit’s Takeaways</a><br />
<br />
(The views expressed above are the personal views of the author) </p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>28/12/2012 13:08:50</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/21015/Strengthening+AseanIndia+Ties+The+Delhi+Summits+Takeaways</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">21015</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>20998</publicationdataID>
      <title>Sing a song at ASEAN</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[ccd]]></description>
      <pubDate>25/12/2012 18:31:29</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/20998/Sing+a++at+ASEAN</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">20998</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>21033</publicationdataID>
      <title>A golden opportunity for India to lead</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p><span style="font-weight:bold">Bangkok Post: </span>by Umesh Pandey <br />
<br />
The gathering of Asean leaders in New Delhi late last week was unprecedented in the history of India and the 10-member Southeast Asian grouping, and marks a new beginning to a relationship that could be crucial for the development of the two regions. The heads
 of government were in the Indian capital to commemorate the 20th anniversary of engagement by once-introverted India with Asean. The timing and location were significant given the backdrop of rising tensions between various Asean members and China and between
 India and China. <br />
<br />
The disputes in the South China Sea have been amply documented. Vietnam, the Philippines, Malaysia, Brunei and Indonesia all have claims that overlap those of China, and sometimes those of each other as well.<br />
<br />
India and China have had border issues for decades, and lately Delhi has grown extremely wary of the growing might of the world’s second largest economy. The last straw came with the issuance this year of new Chinese passports with maps showing parts of northeastern
 India as Chinese territory. <br />
<br />
In this respect New Delhi was not alone, as the ambitious Chinese mapmakers also managed to anger the Philippines, Vietnam, Taiwan and possibly others.<br />
<br />
Therefore, the meeting last week took on added significance. Many heads of government held bilateral talks with the Indian leaders, and expectations are that the two sides discussed ways to increase bilateral and multilateral cooperation, apart from raising
 the issue of the rising power of China. <br />
<br />
In fairness, China has seldom been the aggressor and even in the 1962 war with India, which by the way India lost, China withdrew its forces from Indian territory. But that was then — China at the time was still not rich enough to support an all-out campaign
 of aggression against a large neighbour, while today things are very different. <br />
<br />
China has the world’s largest foreign-exchange reserves, estimated at $3.3 trillion. It is the darling of all investors (except perhaps the Japanese lately), and has been spending heavily on upgrading its military power over the past decade. To top this off,
 nationalist propaganda has been on the rise, something that was very much evident from the protests and boycotts of Japanese products over the disputed Senkaku islands, which China refers to as the Diaoyu chain.<br />
<br />
All this does not bode well for either India or Asean, and therefore the Delhi meeting is something that might serve to bring the two regions closer should they feel the need to take on the larger rival in the north.<br />
<br />
With a combined population of 1.6 billion people and a gross domestic product of more than $4.5 trillion, the combined India-Asean region could well be wise to work together to assert itself and not let China set the agenda.<br />
<br />
And as always, trade, investments and freer movement of people will help create more cordial relations between the two regions. Asean and India already have a free trade agreement in goods, and last week they agreed to expand the pact to cover services and
 investment. <br />
<br />
India’s trade with Asean has been on the upswing, reaching $80 billion in 2011 compared with $47 billion in 2008. The target has now been hiked to $200 billion by 2020, a level that appears quite achievable now that the FTA is gathering momentum. The expanded
 FTA was long overdue, while other bilateral pacts also need to be expedited, and the red tape impeding their conclusion cut as soon as possible.<br />
<br />
More activity between Asean and India would provide a counterbalance to the high amount of trade — $363 billion last year — between Asean and China, which also have an FTA.<br />
<br />
Tapping into Asean is also crucial for India which wants to keep China’s growing influence in check. China, loaded with money, has been buying its way into the region like never before.<br />
<br />
Greater connectivity in all aspects, be it trade, movement of people or services and investment, any perceived greater aggression from the Chinese.<br />
<br />
The fact that China is now in dispute with nearly half of Asean, not to mention Japan and others, is an open invitation to India to become a more active participant in promoting a balance in the regional power play.<br />
<br />
But the sad fact about India has always been that it generates a lot of hype at the beginning and fails to follow up in the months or years ahead. There is fear once again that the Delhi government could squander a golden opportunity to claim a leadership role.<br />
<br />
Such opportunities do not knock very often, and if they are not grabbed there is a risk that India could slip back to being what it has always been famous for — more talk, less action.<br />
<br />
<a href="http://www.bangkokpost.com/business/economics/327707/a-golden-opportunity-for-india-to-lead">Link of above article</a><br />
<br />
(The views expressed above are the personal views of the author) </p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>08/01/2013 11:55:52</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/21033/A+golden+opportunity+for+India+to+lead</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">21033</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>20966</publicationdataID>
      <title>A sitar master of 'genius and humanity'</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p>Published by : Brisbane Times,<br />
<br />
Ravi Shankar, the sitar player, did more than any person to popularise Indian music in the West and in the process became one of the most celebrated Indians of his time. Yehudi Menuhin said Shankar had a ''genius and humanity'' to rival Mozart.<br />
<br />
Shankar made his London and New York debuts in 1956 but it was in the 1960s that superstardom arrived, when the Beatles professed their admiration. George Harrison used a sitar on Norwegian Wood, befriended Shankar and took lessons from him. Despite his affection
 for Harrison, it proved a difficult period for Shankar, who disliked the rock music scene.<br />
<br />
During the 1970s he distanced himself from hippie associations and began to refocus on classical Indian music. But his friendship with Harrison endured.<br />
<br />
The scope of Shankar's influence was immense, taking in everything from minimalist classical works to post-be-bop jazz. Ultimately, however, his global impact was a function of his great musicianship.<br />
<br />
Ravi Shankar was born Robindro Shaunkor Chowdhury in Varanasi, West Bengal, on April 7, 1920. He was brought up by his mother because his father, Pandit Dr Shyam Shankar Chowdhury, a wealthy landowner, left his family in poverty and went to Kolkata and then
 London to practise law.<br />
<br />
Ravi's brother Uday, a dancer, founded his own company in 1931 and persuaded 10-year-old Ravi to join him in Paris. It was through the troupe that Ravi met the Indian instrumentalist Ustad Allauddin Khan, who later became his teacher and mentor. In 1938 Shankar
 gave up dancing for music, and for the next seven years learned all he could from Khan.<br />
<br />
After completing his training, Shankar moved to Bombay, where he worked for HMV and began composing for stage productions and films. He then moved to Delhi to become the music director for All India Radio.<br />
<br />
He held this post from 1949 to 1956, during which time he founded a national chamber orchestra called Vadya Vrinda. He also began working with the Kolkata-based film director Satyajit Ray, eventually writing the scores for Ray's acclaimed Apu trilogy.<br />
<br />
Shankar's first engagements for Western audiences came through his friends in various embassies. Invitations to play in Europe followed. Shankar appeared with Harrison at the Woodstock Festival in 1969, and in 1971 at two concerts to raise funds for Bangladesh.<br />
<br />
The resulting album, The Concert For Bangladesh, was a huge seller, making Shankar a hero in that country, from which his family had originated.<br />
<br />
In 1982 he provided choreography for the Asian Games in Delhi and wrote and performed the music for the film Gandhi, for which he received an Academy Award nomination.<br />
<br />
Shankar's first wife was Annapurna Devi, Allauddin Khan's daughter. Shankar later fell in love with Sukanya Rajan and they had a daughter, Anoushka. They married in 1989.<br />
<br />
In 1979, his daughter Norah Jones was born from his affair with the American concert producer Sue Jones.<br />
<br />
Ravi Sjankar is survived by Sukanya and his daughters. A son, Shubho, died in 1992.<br />
<br />
(The views expressed above are the personal views of the author) <br />
<br />
<a href="http://www.brisbanetimes.com.au/action/printArticle?id=3888345" target="_blank">Read more</a></p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>14/12/2012 19:13:27</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/20966/A+sitar+master+of+genius+and+humanity</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">20966</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>20967</publicationdataID>
      <title>Tanzania, India in alliance to reassure heart patients</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p>Written by : Lawi Joel<br />
Daily News<br />
<br />
CARDIAC or heart complications may not be the number one killer in the country. It may not be one of the top killers in the community either.<br />
<br />
But there can be no doubt that heart problems drain the nation of millions annually and that makes it a serious problem that grows bigger and bigger by the year. India as Tanzania's friend, has stepped in with charity financial aid through a charity organization
 of Sathya Sai Socity with a branch in the country and given much assistance in a cash and material to Uhuru Mchanganyiko School for Disabled in Dar es Salaam.<br />
<br />
The School is under the care and guardianship of Sathy Sai Society of Tanzania which has provided free meals to the students for over two decades today. By sending heart patients to India for free of cost treatment, the Indian medical trip has saved Tanzania
 from spending whooping sums of money to treat it sheart patients overseas in the West.<br />
<br />
Notwithstanding the financial assistance from charity organsations like the Lions Club or Dar es Salaam and the Sri Sathya Sai Society (SST), the staggering medical cost the country has otherwise suffered by sending heart patients to other countries like South
 Africa or to Europe has raised concern, prompting the government's determination to build a heart hospital in the country.<br />
<br />
It is an impressive plan and endeavour to comfort ailing hearts in the country. This is the man who built several hospitals including the Sri Sathya Sai Institute of Higher Medical Sciences, Prasanthigram in India through charity for charity to the needy not
 only in India alone, but worldwide.<br />
<br />
The Indian guru, philanthropist and educator, died on April 24 last year. In the meantime, however, the plight of victims of cardiac complications remain bold and continue to be so in an environment of dire poverty. the SSST, a big stakeholder in the endeavour
 to give relief to those with heart problems even as it provides food and other basic needs to the poor, remains at the fore front to supplement the government's effort to improve life for the poor in the rural and the environs of urban centres.<br />
<br />
Bhagawan Sri Sathya Sai Baba, the founder of the benevolent organization of Sathya Sai Society says: "Patients should be treated not with a feeling of doing a favour. Giving them medical care should be seen as an opportunity to serve." So far it has provided
 free heart treatment to hundreds of unfortunate Tanzanians and plans to send many more to India have drawn attention of the many observers and stakeholders with burning interest.<br />
<br />
The Sri Sathya Sai Heart Hospital, Rajport, as the medical institution is called has treated hundreds on Tanzanians with a cardiac problem, most of them from poor homes. On the surface Sri Sathya Sai Heart Hospital, Rajpot may appear the same to any other hospital
 elsewhere in the world. But it is unique. That disctinctive quality lies in nothing other than its provision of the best medical care for cardica patients with utmost dedication and commitment including diagnostic medical, preeoperative, surgical and postoperative
 services at no cost to the patient.<br />
<br />
The management of Sri Sathya Sai Heart Hospital, Rajkot acknowledges the weight of the problem of treating heart patients by saying: "Modern medicines sure are making dreams come true. But there is a great risk that tha benefits of these technological advances
 are far beyond the reach of the underprivileged sections of the society."<br />
<br />
Then they ask: "Do we have the model institution that can show us the path we might take?" So the 'Daily News'went ahead and explored the hospital for a couple of some basic facts. The hospital was incepted in 2000 and conducted regular diagnostic cardiac camps
 in different districts of Gujarat. The hospital has 60 beds including 12 intensive care beds and 4 standby ICU beds.<br />
<br />
One report says of the Department of Cardio Thoracic and Vascular Surgery: "Over the past 20 years, have routinely performed and entire gamut of cardiac surgeries, except heart transplant." The report adds that in the last 10 years, the hospital has done 4,
 500 surgeries, and "more than one lac patients have benefited from this hospital". Many hospitals are built with the basic aim of being a commercial institution.<br />
<br />
Not Sri Sathya Sai Heart Hospital, Rajkot. "...it is a reflection of the teachings of Bhagawan, who repeatedly reminds us that 'Service to man is service to God."The chairman of SSST, Sajnani Nathumal, says his organization will continue to send more children
 with heart problems to the Rajkot Hospital. But the SSST needs Assistance from other organizations and individuals, we shall continue to provide service to the needy in the country,"says Brother Natu as he is known for short.<br />
<br />
The SSST, the Lions Club of Dar Salaam and Regency Medical Centre, recently sent over 20 childre with heart problems to Rajkot Hospital, India. Head of Regency Medical Centre Rajni Kanabar calls on people with heart problems to report early to hospital. "But
 they always come when the problem is too complicated for cure," Dr. Kanabar says.<br />
<br />
(The views expressed above are the personal views of the author)<br />
<br />
<a href="http://dailynews.co.tz/index.php/features/popular-features/12669-tanzania-india-in-all..." target="_blank">Read more</a></p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>14/12/2012 19:52:13</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/20967/Tanzania+India+in+alliance+to+reassure+heart+patients</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">20967</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>20965</publicationdataID>
      <title>Cars, Culture, Cinema, Cuisine, Commerce Connect India, Thailand and Asean</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p>Published by: Natalie Scarr &amp; Swarup Roy<br />
AseanAffairs<br />
<br />
The opening of the Indian Food Festival was presided over by famous author, Mr. Ghosh, whose most prominent literary works include ‘Sea of Poppies’, ‘The Glass Palace’ and ‘River of Smoke.’ As the guest of Honor Mr. Ghosh’s speech was filled with his personal
 ties to Thailand and Myanmar. He explained that in ‘The Glass Palace’ he wrote about the final days of Burma’s last king, Thibaw, who was exiled to India's Ratnagiri, in the southwestern part of Maharashtra State.<br />
<br />
The world-renowned writer came to be invited to Thailand by Mr. Wadhwa through interesting circumstances – they were classmates during college at St Edmund Hall in Oxford.<br />
<br />
"The ambassador always came first in his classes," Mr. Ghosh shared with the invited guests.<br />
<br />
Occurring concurrently with the festival is the passage of Indian naval ship INS Sudarshini that is tracing an ancient sea route of trade between India and the ASEAN countries, calling into nine ASEAN countries along the way. Leaving Kochi, the southern sea
 port in India back in September, it will conclude the sojourn in late March 2013.<br />
<br />
"It has a symbolic meaning and emphasizes the sea connectivity between us all. The major focus for us is how to increase trade and that can primarily be either by sea or by land,” Mr. Wadhwa says.<br />
<br />
<span style="font-weight:bold">H.E. Mr. Anil Wadhwa,</span></p>
<p><span class="imgWrapper"><img src="images/anilamb.jpg" alt=" Mr. Anil Wadhwa in his office at the Indian Embassy." title=" Mr. Anil Wadhwa in his office at the Indian Embassy." class="imgBdr imgRight"/><span style="font-style:italic"> Mr. Anil Wadhwa
 in his office at the Indian Embassy.</span></span> India’s Ambassador to Thailand in a free - wheeling interview speaks about the recent level of unprecedented activities which has brought India and Thailand &amp; Asean closer, culminating in the leaders of ASEAN
 getting together in New Delhi to chart the future direction of ASEAN-India relations at the ASEAN-India Commemorative Summit on December 20-21, 2012.<br />
<br />
Several recent unique events in Thailand by the Indian Embassy have enhanced further the strong ties between the two countries. It began with the centenary celebrations of Indian Cinema in October, followed by special showing of two blockbuster movies of filmmaker
 Prakash Jha at the Bangkok Film Festival, the India-Asean Car Rally racing across nine ASEAN countries, the Indian Food Festival in Bangkok in November, a literary event at Chulalongkorn University celebrating three acclaimed Indian writers culminating in
 a business marker event on 3 December pairing businessmen from Thailand with those from the North-East region of India. A super charged string of activities which brought the people, business community and the governments of the two countries even closer.<br />
<br />
India’s Ambassador to Thailand, Mr. Anil Wadhwa, has spearheaded much of these efforts. His first year in office has shown a very determined and forward thinking diplomat. He began by organizing the visit of Thailand’s Prime Minster, Yingluck Shinawatra, to
 India’s annual Republic Day celebrations in New Delhi in January and is close to giving the finishing touches to the free trade agreement between the two countries.<br />
<br />
"I opted for this post and I was very much looking forward to it,” Mr. Wadhwa, 55, says. "I had been to Thailand twice, for tourism and on work for the Organisation for the Prohibition of Chemical Weapons (OPCW) seminar for the Thai armed forces so I was very
 happy to be posted here.” <br />
<br />
With a history in the Foreign Service since 1979, and postings as varied as Poland, Beijing and Oman, his expertise meant he was able to achieve positive results very quickly in Thailand.<br />
<br />
"We organized for the Thai Prime Minister to be the chief guest for the Republic Day in India - that’s an honor that India gives to very few people. I went for that trip with her. Six MOUS were signed during the visit so it was a very good start.”<br />
<br />
<span style="font-weight:bold">Free-trade Agreement Close to Settlement</span></p>
<p><span class="imgWrapper"><img src="images/thaiprim.jpg" alt=" Thai Prime Minister Yingluck Shinawatra meeting with Indian Prime Minister Manmohan Singh during her early 2012 visit." title=" Thai Prime Minister Yingluck Shinawatra meeting with Indian Prime Minister Manmohan Singh during her early 2012 visit." class="imgBdr imgRight"/><span style="font-style:italic">
 Thai Prime Minister Yingluck Shinawatra meeting with Indian Prime Minister Manmohan Singh during her early 2012 visit.</span></span> His main focus in Thailand has also been negotiating a free trade agreement between Thailand and India, which is currently
 very close to finalization. Mr. Wadhwa says it should be finished before the Commemorative Summit between India and ASEAN in New Delhi happening on the 20th and 21st of December this year.<br />
<br />
"It means a lot for each country. At the moment we have a limited free trade agreement in force for 84 items, which are goods. Now maybe another 180-odd items will be added to that list. That will boost bi-lateral trade, which is currently nine billion dollars.
 Also it will give us a chance to have more professionals to move and work in each other’s economies. And the second part is the investment promotion. So you have a free field for people to invest in any sector that they want provided they follow the guidelines
 in that country. Employment visas would also become simpler.” <br />
<br />
Many recent interactions between India and Thailand as well as the ASEAN countries are to increase connectivity and trade. Currently one of the main initiatives is the Trilateral Highway project that will connect the Manipur State of North East India with Thailand’s
 border through Myanmar. <br />
<br />
"This is a very important initiative of connectivity between India, Thailand and Myanmar. The Indian government has allocated 500 million dollars to the Myanmar government for grants and aid. They will use 100 million dollars to build a section of the trilateral
 highway. The Northern part of this highway is being built by Indian companies right now,” Mr. Wadhwa explains. "And we will also build 71 bridges for freight traffic. After which, 83 kilometers of the lower section will be completed by the Thai government.
 This highway will also open a very important gateway to Thailand to the Dawei deep sea port in Myanmar which Thailand is constructing.”<br />
<br />
He says that these plans will then expand to include more of the ASEAN countries after 2016. "Eventually the tri-lateral highway will connect up with a number of economic corridors from the West to the East and also to rail corridors from North to South. We
 then want to expand the trilateral to Vietnam, Laos and Cambodia for which MOUs have been signed. Connectivity is extremely important for the whole region to develop and to make sure it uses its potential. Right now many areas are land locked and they can’t
 export easily so this is what we want to provide so that it will lift the people out of the relatively less prosperity they now have.”<br />
<br />
<span style="font-weight:bold">Events to Elevate Connectivity</span><br />
<br />
This focus on connectivity has inspired the current unprecedented level of activity by the Indian Embassy in Thailand. The series of events was started with an Indian Food festival held at Ginger Restaurant from November 28 at Centara Grand, Bangkok.<br />
<br />
"We had a week-long festival. There were two chefs from India who prepared specialized dishes from various parts of India. We opened this event with a book reading by famous Indian author Amitav Ghosh. We wanted to generate interest in Indian cuisine. Fortunately
 we don’t have to do much for that as Indian restaurants are present all over Thailand,” he smiles.<br />
<br />
Mr. Wadhwa and Deputy Prime Minister and Minister of Foreign Affairs Dr. Surapong Tovichukchaikul (center) at Flag Off Ceremony with flag bearing representatives from other Asean Countries.<br />
<br />
The Rally then moved onto Myanmar on the 10th of December. To send the cars off, the Ambassador attended another reception in Sukhothai in Thailand to ride with and see the drivers off. Something he says was, "hugely exciting.”<br />
<br />
Along with the recent Indian Writing in English conference and a popular centenary of Indian cinema where Ten of Indian's landmark films were shown, the Indian community has had a wealth of recent events and support in Thailand.</p>
<p><span class="imgWrapper"><img src="images/indfoodfes.jpg" alt=" Indian Food Festival Opening: Varin Sachdev, Chatchada Kongtoranin, Mr. Matias Antonio Senra de Vilhena, Minister – Counsellor Deputy Head of Mission of Embassy of Brazil; Chef Gaurav Malhotra, guest chef from India; Ambassador Mr. Anil Wadhwa, Kristina Sethaputra, Siam Sethaputra." title=" Indian Food Festival Opening: Varin Sachdev, Chatchada Kongtoranin, Mr. Matias Antonio Senra de Vilhena, Minister – Counsellor Deputy Head of Mission of Embassy of Brazil; Chef Gaurav Malhotra, guest chef from India; Ambassador Mr. Anil Wadhwa, Kristina Sethaputra, Siam Sethaputra." class="imgBdr imgRight"/><span style="font-style:italic">Indian
 Food Festival Opening: Varin Sachdev, Chatchada Kongtoranin, Mr. Matias Antonio Senra de Vilhena, Minister – Counsellor Deputy Head of Mission of Embassy of Brazil; Chef Gaurav Malhotra, guest chef from India; Ambassador Mr. Anil Wadhwa, Kristina Sethaputra,
 Siam Sethaputra.</span></span> Famous chefs Guarav Malhotra and Nand Kishore of The Ashok, New Delhi oversaw the event that featured regional specialties in a buffet style. A traditional tandoor oven was also delivered from India especially for the banquet.
 Attendees at the opening night included M.R. Malinee Chakrabandhu, Mr. Deepak Mittal and Mr. Kuku Oberoi, founder of the Music and Arts Festival.</p>
<p><span class="imgWrapper"><img src="images/boat.jpg" alt="INS Sudashini" title="INS Sudashini" class="imgBdr imgRight"/><span style="font-style:italic">INS Sudashini</span></span> To aid this they have also organized business marker events in many of
 the countries that the ship docks. The most recent of these was held in Bangkok on December 3 at Centara Grand, under the title of, ‘Promoting Business Linkages between ASEAN and India's Northeast.’ This was a joint initiative organized by the Embassy of India<br />
<br />
and CII (Confederation of Indian Industries) with active support from FTI (Federation of Thai Industries).<br />
<br />
Due to the sad passing of former Indian Prime Minister Dr. I.K. Gujral on November 30, Industry ministers from the Northeast States of India and India’s Commerce Minister scheduled to attend the business marker event were unable to join. However, there was
 a delegation of 22 people from India present at the seminar and who met with the 150 Thai businesspeople to discuss joint ventures and investments.<br />
<br />
The two main topics of discussion were the Roadmap for Asean-India Connectivity and Business Opportunities in India’s Northeastern States. Notable speakers included Mr. Wadhwa himself, The Thai Minister of Commerce Boonsong Teriyapirom and Senior representatives
 of Federation of Thai Industries (FTI) and Confederation of Indian Industries (CII).</p>
<p><span class="imgWrapper"><img src="images/amb-popl.jpg" alt="Mr. Wadhwa at the Bangkok Business Marker Event - ‘Promoting Business Linkages between ASEAN and India's Northeast.’" title="Mr. Wadhwa at the Bangkok Business Marker Event - ‘Promoting Business Linkages between ASEAN and India's Northeast.’" class="imgBdr imgRight"/><span style="font-style:italic">Mr.
 Wadhwa at the Bangkok Business Marker Event - ‘Promoting Business Linkages between ASEAN and India's Northeast.’</span></span> In his speech Mr. Wadhwa again emphasized the huge potential closer commerce and connectivity ties between Thailand and India would
 have to promote both trade and investment. He said this was highlighted further by Thailand’s Look West and India’s Look East policies.<br />
<br />
"This active involvement of so many agencies and the presence of such large number of Thai and Indian businesspersons here today is an indication of the strong interest among governments and businesses of both countries to explore and exploit the potential
 that exists for mutually beneficial partnerships,” Mr. Wadhwa said during the conference. "The Asean Economic Community, which by 2015 will bring greater integration in the region, will also have higher attractiveness for Indian enterprises wishing to trade
 and invest more in the region. Trade between the two nations is projected to reach US$14 billion by 2014, from the current $9 billion (Bt275 billion).”<br />
<br />
Commerce Minister Boonsong Teriyapirom was of the opinion that the ties made with the geographically closer area of Northeast India had the potential to be the bridge to connect Thailand and India – Asia’s third largest economy after China and Japan.<br />
<br />
"The Northeastern region of India will be a key strategic location that will provide Asean member countries with numerous trade and investment opportunities," Khun Boonsong said.<br />
<br />
With 26 percent of the planet’s population, the potential is huge for India and Asean. The value of Asean-India trade was registered at $76 billion last year, but is pitched to reach $90 billion by 2015.<br />
<br />
Satish Sehgal, president of the Indian-Thai Chamber of Commerce, told the audience that the Tri-lateral highway being built would certainly provide impetus to increase the export amount from Thailand into India and Myanmar currently. He pointed out that India
 had high demand for everything, whether goods or services. Not only is its growing middle class fuelling this demand, India has a large upper-income market.<br />
<br />
He said products that have potential for higher trade in India are fruits and other foods, products of small and medium-sized enterprises such as fresh flowers, gems and ornaments. Services such as restaurants, hotels, and tourism could also see greater opportunities
 as Indian travellers favor Thailand. <br />
<br />
<span style="font-weight:bold">India-ASEAN Car Rally</span><br />
<br />
The other exciting and large initiative that was undertaken was the impressive India-ASEAN Car Rally. A total of 31 SUVs donated by an Indian Automobile major Mahindra &amp; Mahindra and 124 rally participants entered Thailand twice as part of the race through
 nine ASEAN countries between November 26 and December 20. <br />
<br />
"This was a huge event. In Phuket on November 30 I hosted a reception for all the rally participants and citizens there as well as the Indian community and the guest of honor was the Governor of Phuket. Then in Bangkok on the 2nd of December the Deputy Prime
 Minister and Minister of Foreign Affairs Dr. Surapong Tovichukchaikul flagged off the rally in the afternoon,” says Mr. Wadhwa with satisfaction.<br />
<br />
At the seaside resort of Phuket, the reception was held at the Hilton Hotel in Karon. With the Guest of Honor Khun Maitri Inthusut happily meeting guests with Mr. Wadwa, a great night enfolded. Attendees were entertained with a cultural performance that included
 a Kathak performance and tunes from a tabla maestro. <br />
<br />
The location of the hotel next to the beach made for a interesting venue for the rally attendants.</p>
<p><span class="imgWrapper"><img src="images/car-rally.jpg" alt="One of the Mahindra &amp; Mahindra SUVs during the Flag Off Ceremony in Saranrom Palace, Bangkok on December 2nd. " title="One of the Mahindra &amp; Mahindra SUVs during the Flag Off Ceremony in Saranrom Palace, Bangkok on December 2nd. " class="imgBdr imgRight"/><span style="font-style:italic">One
 of the Mahindra &amp; Mahindra SUVs during the Flag Off Ceremony in Saranrom Palace, Bangkok on December 2nd.</span></span> Unfortunately Mr. Wadhwa’s proposed similar Bangkok reception by for the India-ASEAN Rally, which was to also host Ministers of commerce
 and industry from both India and Thailand, was cancelled also due to the passing of Dr. I.K. Gujral. However the ‘Flag Off’ event held at Sanam Chai Road on December 2nd, in front of Saranrom Palace, welcomed much media and public attention. The Rally’s Bangkok
 checkpoint drew in a crowd of approximately 1000 as well as Ambassadors and representatives of ASEAN countries, senior officials from the Government of Thailand, representatives of India multinational companies, Kirloskar Brothers and Apollo India.<br />
<br />
In his address Dr. Surapong Tovichakchaikul highlighted the heightened interaction between India and ASEAN in 2012 through both governmental as well as civil links.<br />
<br />
He applauded the closer relationships being enjoyed by these events. In his address, Ambassador Wadhwa said that the connectivity with ASEAN in all its dimensions – physical, institutional and people-to-people – is a strategic priority for India. He also expressed
 his appreciation to the Government of Thailand for extending generous hospitality to the Car Rally and making the excellent arrangements for the passage of the Rally.<br />
<br />
Mr. Arthayudh Srismoot, Director General of the Department of ASEAN Affairs in the Ministry of Foreign Affairs of Thailand gave a brief report on the Car Rally and arrangements made by his Ministry so that the convoy of cars could have an easy and well-managed
 journey through Thailand. </p>
<p><span class="imgWrapper"><img src="images/carrall.jpg" alt="Mr. Wadhwa and Deputy Prime Minister and Minister of Foreign Affairs Dr. Surapong Tovichukchaikul (center)at Flag Off Ceremony with flag bearing representatives from other Asean Countries." title="Mr. Wadhwa and Deputy Prime Minister and Minister of Foreign Affairs Dr. Surapong Tovichukchaikul (center)at Flag Off Ceremony with flag bearing representatives from other Asean Countries." class="imgBdr imgRight"/><span style="font-style:italic">Mr.
 Wadhwa and Deputy Prime Minister and Minister of Foreign Affairs Dr. Surapong Tovichukchaikul (center)at Flag Off Ceremony with flag bearing representatives from other Asean Countries.</span></span> The Rally then moved onto Myanmar on the 10th of December.
 To send the cars off, the Ambassador attended another reception in Sukhothai in Thailand to ride with and see the drivers off. Something he says was, "hugely exciting.”<br />
<br />
Along with the recent Indian Writing in English conference and a popular centenary of Indian cinema where Ten of Indian's landmark films were shown, the Indian community has had a wealth of recent events and support in Thailand.</p>
<p><span class="imgWrapper"><img src="images/pick-withamb.jpg" alt="Suvannee Chinchiewchan, VP of the SF Cinema group, Thai- Indian actor Savika Chaiyadej and Indian Ambassador H. E. Anil Wadhwa with other Thai stars at the Opening of the Indian Centenary Film Festival in Bangkok." title="Suvannee Chinchiewchan, VP of the SF Cinema group, Thai- Indian actor Savika Chaiyadej and Indian Ambassador H. E. Anil Wadhwa with other Thai stars at the Opening of the Indian Centenary Film Festival in Bangkok." class="imgBdr imgRight"/><span style="font-style:italic">Suvannee
 Chinchiewchan, VP of the SF Cinema group, Thai- Indian actor Savika Chaiyadej and Indian Ambassador H. E. Anil Wadhwa with other Thai stars at the Opening of the Indian Centenary Film Festival in Bangkok.</span></span> Organized by the Indian Embassy in cooperation
 with the Directorate of Film Festivals and SF World Cinema, the ten films were shown ranging from the very first Indian film, ‘Raja Harishchandra’ made in 1913, through to Bollywood blockbuster ‘Maqbool.’<br />
<br />
Following this, at the 10th World Film Festival of Bangkok between November 21 and 25, famous film Director Mr. Prakash Jha showed two of his films, Aarakshan and Chakravyuh. The respected director was accompanied by film star Ms. Anjali Patil for the Bangkok
 screenings.<br />
<br />
The Ambassador is uniquely proud of the variation and scope of all of these events – something he says he plans to continue."All these events have helped put together building blocks for the future and we hope to have more. It’s a good feeling to be involved
 with everything from commerce right through to cultural exploits.”<br />
<br />
With another two years to go of his tenure in the Kingdom, the resolute Ambassador is determined to keep the momentum going when it comes to Indian and Thai relations.<br />
<br />
"I think it’s very important for us to increase India’s investments into Thailand and vice versa. We have complimentary economies so we can benefit a lot from each other. We have this large chunk of population from India which is in Thailand and more Thais
 are going to India and plus we have a long history behind us.This interaction is only going to improve and we have a very solid basis for it. Therefore I think my focus is going to be trade and investment mainly and whatever one can do to promote that should
 be done.”</p>
<p><span class="imgWrapper"><img src="images/roywithamb.jpg" alt="(Centre): India’s Ambassador to Thailand, H.E. Mr. Anil Wadhwa" title="(Centre): India’s Ambassador to Thailand, H.E. Mr. Anil Wadhwa" class="imgBdr imgRight"/><span style="font-style:italic">(Centre):
 India’s Ambassador to Thailand, H.E. Mr. Anil Wadhwa</span></span>In the build up to these events, the Ambassador also spoke to a gathering of Editors, senior journalists and businessmen at the ‘India Lunch Meet’ back on October 29. Hosted by Mr. Swarup Roy,
 Founder and Chairman of AseanAffairs media, guests at the Rangmahal restaurant, Rembrandt Hotel in Bangkok heard about the planned occasions to come. Mr. Wadwa’s main topics were the connectivity between Thailand, Asean and India.<br />
<br />
"Enhancing connectivity is the key to bring our relations with ASEAN to a new level altogether,” said the Ambassador. "We look forward to many years of sustained, beneficial interaction between India and ASEAN to mutual benefit”, he added. Thailand has been
 an active participant in all these initiatives and Embassy of India has worked closely with the concerned Thai authorities on all programs.<br />
<br />
(The views expressed above are the personal views of the author) <br />
<br />
<a href="http://www.aseanaffairs.com/asean_analysis_12_december_2012/cars_culture_cinema_cuisine_commerce_connect" target="_blank">Read more</a></p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>13/12/2012 13:32:11</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/20965/Cars+Culture+Cinema+Cuisine+Commerce+Connect+India+Thailand+and+Asean</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">20965</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>20942</publicationdataID>
      <title>From barrier to bridge</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p>Published by : Bangkok Post(11/12/2012)<br />
Newspaper section: Asia focus<br />
<br />
India’s Look East Policy has been a notable success since it was announced in 1991, increasing trade with Asean more than tenfold to more than $70 billion. The rapid rise in trade has led to a new focus on the country’s once-neglected Northeast, which is being
 transformed into a gateway to East and Southeast Asia.<br />
<br />
"It is a transformation from a barrier to a bridge. Northeast India now offers numerous opportunities for foreign investors, particularly those neighbouring countries, whether in infrastructure development, agriculture, food processing or tourism and hospitality
 sectors,” said Abhijit Barooah, co-chairman of the North East Council of the Confederation of Indian Industries (CII).<br />
<br />
Northeastern India had long been considered underdeveloped and politically unstable, and was overlooked in government development plans for many years, Mr Barooah told Asia Focus during a recent seminar in Bangkok.<br />
<br />
All that has changed in the past decade. According to data from the CII, over the past five years the northeastern region has been growing at about 8% per year, more than the national average. The central government has even made it a policy that every department
 has to devote at least 10% of its budgetary allocation each year to the Northeast region.<br />
<br />
However, Mr Barooah stressed that the most important success factors will be better infrastructure, logistics services and power generation — areas the Delhi government sees as a priority.<br />
<br />
A cornerstone of the new development is the 3,200-kilometre Trilateral Highway, linking Thailand and Myanmar with India, which is scheduled to be completed sometime in 2016, including more than 1,600km of newly built or improved roads.<br />
<br />
The upgraded road link, along with upgrading of 71 bridges by India, will allow freight and container trucks to travel from India to Myanmar and down to northern Thailand.<br />
<br />
"India is very keen on enhancing its engagement with Asean. Connectivity, either by land or sea, will play a crucial role in boosting trade and investment flows in the region,” India’s Ambassador to Thailand, Anil Wadhwa, explained during the same seminar.<br />
<br />
"We are planning to conclude more free trade agreements which will not only cover goods but will expand to include investments and services to reduce trade barriers between India and Asean.”<br />
<br />
Mr Wadhwa said Thailand was seen as a "springboard” for Indian investors to jump into Southeast Asia. Currently, there are about 70 Indian companies with total investments worth US$2.5 billion doing business in the Kingdom.<br />
<br />
However, the number of Thai companies investing in India is still very limited. Therefore, he encouraged more Thai investors to start looking for business opportunities in India, particularly the Northeast region, where Thai companies have high capacity to
 excel.<br />
<br />
"With its proximity to Southeast Asian markets, and being home to diverse kind of fruits, the Northeastern region has high potential to emerge as major centre for the food processing industry,” Mr Barooah noted.<br />
<br />
"Moreover, better food storage systems will enable the region to deal with a relatively high food waste problem in the area. I believe this will provide a lot of opportunities for foreign companies.”<br />
<br />
He said proper storage facilities were essential to extend shelf life and reduce waste, not only for fruits and vegetables but also for many other resources. As well, quality control is poor and branding knowledge limited among local people. This is an essential
 field in which Thai companies have high potential given their experience in food processing, packaging and adding value to products, said Mr Barooah.<br />
<br />
Northeast India is also home to about two-thirds of the country’s bamboo resources spread over 3 million hectares. According to data from the United Nations Industrial Development Organization, India has 30% of the world’s bamboo resources but only a 4% share
 of the global bamboo market. This is mainly because of low productivity.<br />
<br />
Bamboo in the Northeast is usually put only to traditional uses, such as handicrafts and paper-making. The government has announced a mission to promote the Northeast for bamboo-based industry, which will provide huge opportunities for investors.<br />
<br />
With many essential infrastructure developments under way within the region of about 44 million people, and the building of further connectivity between the Northeast and the rest of India and with Asean, the economic potential of this area offers numerous
 opportunities.<br />
<br />
Being potentially one of the richest geographical areas of the country with rich natural resources of both food and energy, the Northeast is a strategic location for international trade. With the right approach to marketing and rebranding, Northeast India is
 going through a transition to become a business and tourism hub of South Asia as well as a corridor and transit route to Southeast Asia.<br />
<br />
(The views expressed above are the personal views of the author)<br />
<br />
<a href="http://www.bangkokpost.com/business/economics/325591/from-barrier-to-bridge" target="_blank">Read more</a></p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>11/12/2012 13:24:37</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/20942/From+barrier+to+bridge</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">20942</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>20947</publicationdataID>
      <title>Asean-India Car rally rolls into Laos</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p><span style="font-weight:bold">Source: Vientiane Times <br />
By Phetsamone Chandala</span> <br />
<br />
A convoy of 31 vehicles driven by a crew of 120 drivers from Asean nations and India arrived in Vientiane on Sunday, before re-entering Thailand and continuing on to Myanmar on Monday.<br />
<br />
All of the participants, including politicians, diplomats, movie stars, journalists and rally enthusiasts, were warmly welcomed by Minister of Information, Culture and Tourism Professor Dr Bosengkham Vongdara and other high-ranking officials at a gala dinner
 on Sunday. <br />
<br />
During the dinner, the guests were treated to various cultural performances by Lao and Indian dance troupes and a fashion show featuring Lao ethnic costumes.<br />
<br />
Speaking at the event, Prof. Dr Bosengkham said the first Asean-India Car Rally took place in 2004 when Laos hosted the 10th Asean Summit, which tested out and verified that road connectivity between Asean and India was strong.<br />
<br />
The rally demonstrated the potential of the route and, given conditions conducive for development and cooperation between India and Asean, further growth will mean more efficiency in the future.<br />
<br />
Prof. Dr Bosengkham Vongdara said the second Asean-India Car Rally has once again helped to strengthen the friendly relations and cooperation between Asean and India, particularly by promoting the development of road transport through the improvement of necessary
 infrastructure to make the region more connected. "This will create opportunities and potentials favourable for trading, investment and tourism between Asean and India, and fuel further growth. Although it is a landlocked country, Laos has continued to enrich
 the friendly relations and cooperation between Asean and India, helping to ensure that Asean and India become strong cooperation partners,” he said.<br />
<br />
The Asean-India Car Rally entered Laos on Friday at the Nong Nok Khien international border crossing in southern Champassak province. The rally teams were taken to the UNESCO World Heritage Site of Vat Phou, before travelling on to Savannakhet province where
 they witnessed a cultural performance at another gala dinner. <br />
<br />
Along the road from Champassak to Vientiane, people stood in line and waved the flags of Asean countries and India at convoy points to greet the rally crews. The Asean-India Car Rally was jointly organised by the Indian Ministry of External Affairs, the Confederation
 of Indian Industry, and all the Asean nations. The rally commemorates 20 years of the Asean-India relationship in the run up to the India-Asean commemorative summit to be held in New Delhi on December 20-21.<br />
<br />
The rally is passing through Indonesia, Singapore, Malaysia, Thailand, Cambodia and Laos and Myanmar, before ending in Guhawati, India, on December 17. On December 21, a ceremonial flag down will be held in New Delhi, led by the Indian Prime Minister and heads
 of state from all the Asean countries Six people from Laos are taking part in the rally. They come from the ministries of Information, Culture and Tourism; Public Works and Transport; Education and Sports; and Public Security, along with two reporters from
 the Vientiane Times and Lao National Television. </p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>12/12/2012 12:43:46</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/20947/AseanIndia+Car+rally+rolls+into+Laos</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">20947</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>20945</publicationdataID>
      <title>ASEAN-India Car Rally Arrives Laos</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p><b>Published by KPL NEWS</b> <br />
<br />
On the occasion of the 20th commemorative year of India-ASEAN relations, the 2nd edition of the ASEAN-India Car Rally is taking place from 26 November – 21 December 2012. The ASEAN-India Car Rally is jointly organized by the Ministry of External Affairs, Government
 of India, the Confederation of Indian Industry (CII) and all ASEAN nations. The Cultural performance, as marker events during the Rally, is sponsored by the Indian Council for Cultural Relations, New Delhi. The car rally will traverse a total of 8000 kms in
 28 Mahindra XUVs across nine countries over 22 days with 124 participants from 11 countries before culminating its journey in Guwahati, India, on 17th December 2012. Later, on 21st December 2012, a ceremonial flag down will be held in New Delhi by the Indian
 Prime Minister and other Head of States of all ASEAN countries.<br />
<br />
The historic ASEAN-India Car Rally was flagged off on 26th November 2012 in a grand ceremony held in Yogyakarta, Indonesia. After the f lag-off from Yogjakarta, the Rally proceeded to Borobudur Temple, Megalang, Central Java and from there to Ngarsopuro, Surakarta.
 Later, the participants left for Singapore from Sumarno Airport, Surakarta. However, since there is no road that connects Indonesia to Singapore, the rally began with a flag-off from Singapore on November 28, 2012. Hundreds of people, including children waved
 flags and cheered the Rally on its way. <br />
<br />
The Rally is proposed to pass through Ipoh, Hat Yai, Phuket, Chumphone, Bangkok, Siem Reap, Phnom Penh, Ho Chi Minh, Pakse, Savanakhet, Vientiene, Sukhothai, Hpa An, Nay Pyi Taw, Mandalay, Ka Lay, Kohima and Guwahati. Having covered a distance of 7448 kms over
 19 days, the Rally is expected to be flagged down at Guwahati on December 17,2012.
<br />
<br />
The Car Rally will enter Lao PDR from Nong Nok Khiane border from Cambodia on December 7th. The Rallyists will visit Wat Phou en route to Savanakhet on December 8th. A gala dinner and a cultural performance await the Rally participants at Savanakhet. The Rally
 will reach Vientiane passing through Takek and Pakxan on 9th December. A Welcome Ceremony at That Luang followed by a gala evening, with a cultural performance (Indian Kathak dance and Lao traditional dance) and dinner has been organized in honour of the Rally
 participants. The Car Rally will be ceremonially flagged-off in the morning of December 10th, at Don Chan Palace hotel. The Rally will then cross over to Thailand from Lao-Thai Friendship Bridge.
<br />
<br />
The purpose of the Car Rally is essentially to demonstrate, in a very visible manner, India’s proximity to the ASEAN. India is one of two countries that share a land border with the ASEAN. The rally and the marker events will enhance public awareness of the
 current canvas of the ASEAN-India partnership and further strengthen trade, investment, tourism and people-to-people linkages.<br />
<br />
The 1st edition of the India-ASEAN Car Rally took place in 2004 with a ceremonial f lag-off at Vientiane, LAO PDR on 30 November 2004 by Dr. Manmohan Singh, Prime Minister of India and the Heads of State of all ASEAN nations during the 3rd ASEAN-India Summit.
</p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>12/12/2012 12:16:37</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/20945/ASEANIndia+Car+Rally+Arrives+Laos</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">20945</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>20880</publicationdataID>
      <title>Indian Ocean Cooperation: Cementing regional bonds</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p><span style="font-weight:bold">Times of Oman: Envoy Speak by J.S. Mukul, Ambassador of India to the Sultanate of Oman</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight:bold">Muscat:</span> Last month, the hinterland town of Gurgaon adjoining Delhi was host to a ministerial gathering to discuss Indian Ocean cooperation. The Foreign Ministers, in the framework of Indian Ocean Rim Association for
 Regional Cooperation (IOR-ARC) with the theme 'IOR-ARC at Fifteen: the Next Decade', took stock of the past while charting course for the future.</p>
<p><br />
Established in 1997, IOR-ARC has over the last decade and a half acquired substance and salience to evolve into the 'apex pan-Indian Ocean multilateral forum'. Starting from seven countries, IOR-ARC today boasts twenty members with the Union of Comoros joining
 the grouping. Similarly, it has six Dialogue Partners, with USA accepted at Gurgaon.</p>
<p>Under India's chairmanship of IOR-ARC, the ministerial at Bengaluru last year had sought to re-focus the diverse areas and activities by subsuming them under six priority areas of cooperation: maritime security and piracy, disaster risk reduction, trade
 and investments facilitation, fisheries management, academic and S&amp;T cooperation, as well as tourism &amp; cultural exchanges.</p>
<p>Numerous cooperation initiatives have spawned under these verticals. Building on this, the Gurgaon conclave has sought to put these in a ten-year perspective for the next decade. IOR-ARC from its inception presupposes an absence of binding conditionalities
 on its members providing them a platform for inclusive and cooperative engagement by sharing their capacities and facilities.</p>
<p>This practical approach, combined with the flexibility of 'variable geometry' whereby a critical mass of member countries can join together for any cooperative activity, has contributed to comfort with IOR-ARC. IOR-ARC has special significance for India
 and Oman both founding members and active participants. </p>
<p>India has been proactive in maritime security and piracy as well as disaster management; Oman has taken the lead regarding fisheries and tourism cooperation. In fact, the traditional, historical, centuries-old trading links between India and Oman joined
 by the waters of the Indian Ocean have found additional contemporary resonance through IOR-ARC. Both countries have naturally worked in close consultation and cooperation for nurturing and taking IOR-ARC forward.</p>
<p>The Indian Ocean occupies increasing geo-strategic importance in this Asian century, especially for countries on the rim. For India and Oman, IOR-ARC constitutes a classic example of their exceptionally close bilateral relations and strategic partnership
 being further strengthened by the regional cooperation grouping. </p>
<p>Finally, on a personal note, as the points-person for drafting of the IOR-ARC Charter in the mid-1990s, one feels a sense of satisfaction and pride at the resilience shown and progress registered by IOR-ARC. But one must confess that not everything visualised
 for IOR-ARC has been realised. For example, the acronym 'IOR-ARC' was adopted with the fond hope that over time, the grouping would come to be known as the 'Indian Ocean Arc' or simply 'the Arc' considering the arc-shaped geography of the Indian Ocean rim
 from Cape Town through the rim countries to Perth. </p>
<p>This has apparently not happened, given the proposal to change the name of IOR-ARC! But as the cliché goes 'What's in a name', as long as the IOR-ARC initiative after fifteen years is considered a success and embarked on a course with its agenda set for
 the next decade.</p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>03/12/2012 09:51:12</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/20880/Indian+Ocean+Cooperation+Cementing+regional+bonds</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">20880</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>20847</publicationdataID>
      <title>I’ve seen the future in India, and Britain can share the spoils</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p>Daily Telegraph: by Boris Johnson <br />
<br />
Indian dynamism puts the eurozone to shame. This is where we need to be doing business, says Boris Johnson.Pssht, I said to Barry from the High Commission. Look, there, I pointed. There it was, slap bang in the middle of the road. It was a giant cat – as black
 as Bagheera from The Jungle Book, and if anything a bit bigger. We’d only been in India for about half an hour, and we’d already seen kites circling in the blood-red sun of dawn. We’d seen dewlapped cows grazing on patches of grass by the expressways, and
 elephants waiting for their mahouts to finish their ablutions in the fields. But this was something else.<br />
<br />
We drew nearer. Still it didn’t move. "Are you sure it is?” I asked Barry. He leaned over and put the question to the driver. "Is that a Jaguar?” "Yes, sir, it is a Jaguar.”<br />
<br />
My friends, it was indeed. Within a few miles of Indira Gandhi Airport, we had found a genuine British Jaguar, waiting at the traffic lights. It was designed at Whitley near Coventry and at Gaydon near Warwick, and assembled into the mighty black beast before
 us by the workforce of Castle Bromwich near Birmingham. Here, in one of the biggest and fastest-growing markets in the world, I am proud to say that we had found evidence of market penetration by one of this country’s proudest motoring marques.<br />
<br />
We drew level at the lights, and I could see a chauffeur in a slightly wonky peaked cap, his face glowing from the posh dials of the XJ saloon. His passenger appeared to be a young and beautiful woman; a film star, perhaps, or a bestselling novelist –someone,
 at any rate, who had reason to be ferried around Delhi before breakfast in a top British car – and I felt a surging sense of hope.<br />
<br />
As soon as you arrive in India, you are overwhelmed by the sheer reproductive energy of the place. You stand in New Delhi by Lutyens’s pink India Gate and look at the vast crowds of young people – walking, courting, playing cricket until they dissolve in the
 haze. If you go to the courtyards of the Akshardham temple– the largest Hindu temple in the world – you will observe swarms of couples preparing for the joys of matrimony, and everywhere there are the marigold awnings and wedding processions that are the prelude
 to fecundity.<br />
<br />
This is a country of 1.2 billion, set to overtake China as the most populous place on earth – and unlike China, they are all so young. Half the population is under 25. In fact, one in 11 of the entire global population is an Indian under 25. Think of the size
 of that market, the things they can buy now, the things they will want in the future.<br />
<br />
India may have slowed in its frantic growth rate of three years ago – down to a mere 5 per cent from 8 per cent per year. But that is still about five times faster than us or any other EU country. The Indians are young, aspirational, dynamic, democratic, with
 a gloriously uninhibited press. With the eurozone seemingly heading for a permafrost of gloom, India is the place we should be doing business.<br />
<br />
We need to act fast, because we have ground to make up, and we cannot take anything for granted. Young Indians these days are like any other global population that finds itself in the throes of embourgeoisement: they are gripped and excited by America and American
 brands – Google, Coke, Nike, Starbucks, you name it. The biggest foreign food supplier in India is Domino’s Pizza, an American firm.<br />
<br />
Forty years ago –perhaps even 30 years ago – bright young Indians might have thought first of finding a first-rate university education in London; and they still do. But we are facing stiff competition from the US. It is time – humbly but sincerely – to remind
 young Indian brainboxes and investors of the advantages of the UK.<br />
<br />
In the postcolonial epoch, I am afraid trade between our countries had sunk – by 2010 we were doing more business with Sweden! But it is growing again, fast, and the opportunities are immense. Of course we can’t trade on sentiment, or the concept of a"shared
 history” (a history that will mean little to many Indians under 25); and yet it is still true that there is a natural fit between Britain and India, a cultural and commercial fusion that is growing the whole time.<br />
<br />
You can see it in cuisine, where restaurants serving Indian food employ more people in the UK than coal, steelmaking and shipbuilding combined. You can see it in literature, where British publishers introduced such talents as Vikram Seth and Arundhati Roy to
 the world. There is a fusion in film, where it is not entirely clear whether films like Slumdog Millionaire or Bend It Like Beckham are British or Indian or Brindian. We have more Bollywood films made in London than anywhere else outside India. We have seen
 the fusion in music, where the bhangra sound was taken from India to Southall, given a bit more of a beat and re-exported to India.<br />
<br />
Above all, we can see the fusion in business. Look at the alliance between BP and Mukesh Ambani’s Reliance, or at Vodafone’s takeover of Hutchinson. Or look at that very Jaguar, product of an Indian-owned firm that is made by Brits and exported to China; or
 look at the JCB 3DX backhoe loader, a British machine made by Indians and exported to Africa.<br />
<br />
As India expands, we need to build these partnerships. In the next 20 years, there are perhaps 30 Indian cities that will be putting in metro systems – think of the opportunities for the dozens of British engineering firms currently engaged on Crossrail, the
 largest such operation in Europe. We have services from law to health care to planning that could be of use to India in its amazing programme of urbanisation.<br />
<br />
India should be one of this country’s key partners for all sorts of geostrategic reasons, and David Cameron was dead right to make this his first port of call in 2010. But it is the economic partnerships that offer the most extraordinary prospects. Imagine
 selling a Jag to one in every 100,000 Indians. That’s a lot of Jags, and a lot of jobs.<br />
<br />
(The views expressed above are the personal views of the author)<br />
<br />
<a href="http://www.telegraph.co.uk/comment/columnists/borisjohnson/9702398/Ive-seen-the-future-in-India-and-Britain-can-share-the-spoils.html" target="_blank">Read more...</a></p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>26/11/2012 16:26:46</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/20847/Ive+seen+the+future+in+India+and+Britain+can+share+the+spoils</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">20847</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>20709</publicationdataID>
      <title>Gillard's Visit a chance to get relations with India on track</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p>The West Australian: Editorial Opinion <br />
<br />
Australia seems to be on a constant learning curve as far as relations with Asia, never seem to get it quite right. While we want to be part of the region and take advantage of the opportunities it offers, we just don't seem to quite know how to fit in.
<br />
<br />
Even the Mandarin-speaking Kevin Rudd, once a diplomat in China, had difficulties, and relations with our giant neighbour seemed to go backwards rather than forward during his prime ministership.<br />
<br />
While we are still understandably obsessed with the Chinese, on whom much of our economic fortunes hang, we now realise the need to get things right with the rising power of India as well. Relations with India have been rocky over the years, particularly around
 2009, when attacks on Indian students were seen as evidence of racism.<br />
<br />
That was the background for Julia Gillard's last visit to India, as Deputy Prime Minister, when the Indians were also unhappy at the Rudd Government's decision to reverse its Liberal predecessor's decision to sell uranium to India. With her present trip, both
 situations have now changed for the better, and there should be an improved climate in which to work on the relationship.<br />
<br />
While much of the resentment over the attacks on Indian students seems to have eased, Ms. Gillard has a chance to further put the issue to rest with her participation in a youth dialogue involving a question and answer session with Indian students.
<br />
<br />
The Prime Minister also plans to use the trip to discuss the sale of uranium to India, after being instrumental in getting rid of Labor's opposition to it. The Prime Minister persuaded the ALP's national conference that it was not in Australia's economic interests
 to be the only country resisting nuclear trade with the world's biggest democracy. It was understandably galling to India that a rising democratic state was refused our uranium, while we happily sold it to communist China.<br />
<br />
The visit comes as the White paper on Australia in the Asian Century looms on the horizon. The paper was commissioned to consider the likely economic and strategic changes in the region and what more can be done to position Australia to take advantage of its
 growing importance.<br />
<br />
India, our fourth-biggest export market and our biggest source of skilled migrants, is a vital part of any involvement with Asia. Two-was trade is at present worth more than $20 billion and its expected to increase to more than $40 billion by the end of 2016.<br />
<br />
It is imperative that we get to grips with the opportunities presented by India, but this is not an easy task. India's interests cannot be expected to coincide with ours, and in many ways it presents a more complex challenge to work out what those interests
 are than that posed by China. <br />
<br />
It is to be hoped that Ms. Gillard, who started her visit with some cricket diplomacy, announcing Indian cricket star Sachin Tendulkar would receive an Order of Australia, makes the most of the chance to deepen ties and that both countries will take advantage
 of what we can offer each other.<br />
<br />
</p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>17/10/2012 13:39:08</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/20709/Gillards+Visit+a+chance+to+get+relations+with+India+on+track</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">20709</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>20706</publicationdataID>
      <title>India – it’s more than cricket</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p>The West Australian: by Thom Woodroofe<br />
<br />
In early 2009, Hillary Clinton infamously presented a red reset button to her Russian counterpart as a gift to symbolize a new stage in relations between Washington and Moscow. While Australia’s relations with India in recent years have not been marked by hostile
 confrontation, they have certainly been "overcharged”, as Mrs Clinton’s button was mistakenly translated to read.<br />
<br />
So with Prime Minister Julia Gillard’s trip this week designed to mark the resetting of relations between Canberra and New Delhi, perhaps she should consider a similar gift.<br />
<br />
In 2007 Australia wrongfully deported Indian doctor Mohamed Haneef, in 2008 there was an outburst of racial tension on the cricket field, in 2009 there were the so-called "curry bashings” of Indian students, in 2010 new visa requirements were blindly introduced
 threatening a 70 per cent drop in Indian student entries and in 2011 Indian Prime Minister Manmohan Singh snubbed a visit to Perth for the Commonwealth Heads of Government Meeting.<br />
<br />
But despite all this, the true source of India’s animosity towards Australia has stemmed from a disagreement over uranium exports.<br />
<br />
Australia is home to 40 per cent of the world’s uranium reserves with approximately $ 9 billion of that in WA. In 2007 then Prime Minister John Howard agreed in-principle to sell India uranium despite a previously held policy of only doing so to signatories
 of the nuclear Non-Proliferation Treaty. This decision was later reversed at the behest of the left wing faction of the Labour Party once it assumed government. But while the new stance was overturned late last year at the ALP national conference, sales have
 been held up by the signing of a nuclear safeguard arrangement and the risk of a potential appeal from Pacific countries.<br />
<br />
But for India the supply of our uranium was always only ever about energy, not security. Access to plentiful uranium supplies has always been critical for India’s plan to increase domestic power supplies and to drag millions out of poverty. The only credible
 argument against selling uranium to the subcontinent – which strangely was rarely raised by opponents to the deal – is that our supply would free up the little domestic sources India has for use in weapons.<br />
<br />
But while Australia’s relations with India are often mocked as focused on "cricket, curry and the Commonwealth” the reality is they run much deeper.<br />
<br />
In 2000, Australia’s two-way trade with the world’s biggest democracy was worth less than $4 billion. Today it is worth more than $ 20 billion, representing Australia’s fourth biggest export market and is expected to rise to more than $ 40 billion by the end
 of 2016. There are more than 340,000 Indians now estimated to be living in Australia and they represent our fastest growing immigrant community.<br />
<br />
There are also almost 40,000 Indian students in Australia mostly from northern Punjab and Gujarat, positioning the country as the second biggest source for overseas students behind China.<br />
<br />
In recent years, Canberra has also become increasingly aware of the strategic importance of the subcontinent. Perth’s own Stephen Smith has led the charge on this, the Defence Minister consistently preferring the term "Indo-Pacific” over the more popular "Asia
 Pacific”.<br />
<br />
Ultimately, the Indian Ocean region is home to 48 countries, including five members of the powerful G20 forum, a population of 2.6 billion people or 40 percent of the world’s population, and contributes 10 per cent of global GDP with more than 40 per cent of
 all trade passing through it.<br />
<br />
For the past two years, Australia has also served as vice-chair to New Delhi of the Indian Ocean Rim Association for Regional Cooperation which it will take charge of in 2013. Canberra also pushed hard for the expansion in importance of the East Asian Summit
 that includes India over the Asia Pacific Economic Cooperation which does not.<br />
<br />
All this helps explain why Ms Gillard’s visit is all the more important. Ms Gillard will see President Pranab Mukherjee, the leader of the opposition Sushma Swaraj and Congress Party president Sonia Gandhi. She is also opening an Australian-funded cricket centre
 in a New Delhi slum with Perth’s D’Arcy Short, and will launch a festival that will see more than 100 events take place across 18 Indian cities in the next few months.<br />
<br />
Following the example of British Prime Minister David Cameron and US President Barack Obama, Ms Gillard is travelling with a business delegation in tow including Linfox chairman Lindsay Fox, Rio Tinto Iron Ore chief executive Sam Walsh, and ANZ chief Mike Smith.<br />
<br />
But while her trip will be the sixth Prime Ministerial visit since Bob Hawke, no Indian leader has visited Australia since Rajiv Gandhi more than 26 years ago. While New Delhi did send its Vice President Hamid Ansari to Perth last year, at least one Indian
 commentator relegated this to "sending a local district cricket team to play a Test match against Australia in Sydney”.<br />
<br />
And rumours earlier this year of a trip by India’s 80 year-old Prime Minister quickly evaporated as his focus turned to ensuring domestic stability following several political crises.<br />
<br />
On the eve of the release of the White Paper on the Asian Century, Australia must not forget the important place India will play in this global transformation and India must once again become open to strong and positive relations beyond uranium.<br />
<br />
And we should remember that the biggest shipping and rapidly developing naval port in the Bay of Bengal, Chennai, is closer to Perth than Shanghai is to Sydney.<br />
<br />
A resetting of relations this week is a good place to start.<br />
<br />
<span style="font-weight:bold">(Thom Woodroofe is an associate fellow of The Asia Society)</span></p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>16/10/2012 19:44:24</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/20706/India++its+more+than+cricket</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">20706</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>20673</publicationdataID>
      <title>Indian beats, global steps: From Iran to Argentina, Indian Classical Dance is winning fans</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p>By Nikita Puri (Originally Published by :<a href=" http://www.dailymail.co.uk/indiahome/indianews/article-2216359/Indian-beats-global-steps-From-Iran-Argentina-Indian-classical-dance-forms-mesmerized-new-global-brand-ambassadors.html" target="_blank"> http://www.dailymail.co.uk</a>)<br />
<br />
You'd hardly expect pairs of ghunguroos, multi-coloured gajras and bottles of redstained alta weighing down a bag carried by a young woman from Buenos Aires or Moscow, but if you'd stopped by at Kamani Auditorium for the ICCR's 3rd International Dance Festival,
 you'd have got more than your fair share of evident of India's abiding soft power.<br />
<br />
Tall and elegant, Poland's Joanna Ponikiewska came to India in 2002 after finishing her studies in Indology from Warsaw University.<br />
<br />
Joanna, who used to be nicknamed Asia, is now better known as Asha, as she continues her training in Bharatanatyam from Triveni Kala Sangam.<br />
<br />
'I felt that if I was studying Indology, I must visit the country,' says Asha as she darkens the alta on her feet in preparation of her solo performance on the festival's last day.<br />
<br />
Asha, who has also studied ballet, may have learnt a little Hindi in university, but she has honed it while travelling in DTC buses.<br />
<br />
Anandini Dasi from Argentina says Indian dance is a way of life for her Half a continent away from Poland, Silvia Rissi runs a school back home in Buenos Aires, where she teaches Bharatanatyam and Kuchipudi, having left behind a career in graphic designing.<br />
<br />
'In our part of the world everyone looks similar, but everything is so colourful in India; here you don't even see the same sari on anyone,' Rissi says, and then extends an invitation: 'You must come to Argentina during Holi or Diwali, it's awesome!'<br />
<br />
Unsurprisingly, she has picked up 'enough gulaal' on this trip for Holi next year.<br />
<br />
Joanna and Silvia are the two new international faces of classical dance. And they are not alone in their love for India and their readiness to dance literally to our tune.<br />
<br />
<span style="font-weight:bold">Shima Mahdavi, Iran</span><br />
<br />
She has a B.A. in Theatre from Tehran University, but Shima Mahdavi's first love is Kathakali, a dance form dominated by men.<br />
<br />
No wonder she was the only woman in the men's green room at Kamani, where she was helped with her Kathakali costume and make-up by a male disciple of her guru, Evoor Rajendra Pillai.<br />
<br />
'Even if you see a Kathakali performance without the costumes, I promise you'll fall in love with it,' says the yoga enthusiast.<br />
<br />
Since 2009, Mahdavi has also been learning Bharatnatyam from Geeta Chandran in Delhi.<br />
<br />
'Every year I tell myself that this will be the year I shall go back home, but I just keep staying back,' says the waif-like Iranian beauty.<br />
<br />
<span style="font-weight:bold">Anandini Dasi, Argentina</span><br />
<br />
Eight years ago, a friend of Buenos Aires resident Anandini Dasi showed her a Bharatnatyam video.<br />
<br />
'After watching two minutes clip, I knew what I wanted to do in life,' says Dasi, a law graduate.<br />
<br />
'Please don't come in with shoes on,' she gently admonishes a visitor. 'My lord is here,' she says, pointing towards a portrait of Lord Jagannath. 'Indian dance is not something I just perform, it's a way of life for me,' says the passionate dancer who now
 refuses to wear anything apart from a sari.<br />
<br />
Tatiana Nazarova &amp; eleonora Margorina, Russia <br />
<br />
Moscow'sTatiana Nazarova couldn't have imagined that Kathak would become her calling, or else why would she have got a doctorate in Geography and then launched a teaching career.<br />
<br />
Her stage partner, Eleonora Margorina, also from Moscow, got a Master's in World Culture and joined the Jawaharlal Nehru Cultural Centre in Moscow.<br />
<br />
The Kathak duo, who speak Hindi well enough, also give Kathak classes and perform around the world.<br />
<br />
(The views expressed above are the personal views of the author)</p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>12/10/2012 13:40:43</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/20673/Indian+beats+global+steps+From+Iran+to+Argentina+Indian+Classical+Dance+is+winning+fans</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">20673</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>20683</publicationdataID>
      <title>Indian beats, global steps: From Iran to Argentina, Indian classical dance is winning fans worldwide</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p><span lang="EN-IN" style="font-weight:bold">Mailonline: </span><span lang="EN-IN">By Nikita Puri</span></p>
<p><span lang="EN-IN">You'd hardly expect pairs of ghunguroos, multi-coloured gajras and bottles of redstained alta weighing down a bag carried by a young woman from Buenos Aires or Moscow, but if you'd stopped by at Kamani Auditorium for the ICCR's 3rd International
 Dance Festival, you'd have got more than your fair share of evident of India's abiding soft power.</span></p>
<p><span lang="EN-IN">Tall and elegant, Poland's Joanna Ponikiewska came to India in 2002 after finishing her studies in Indology from Warsaw University.</span></p>
<p><span lang="EN-IN">Joanna, who used to be nicknamed Asia, is now better known as Asha, as she continues her training in Bharatanatyam from Triveni Kala Sangam.</span></p>
<p><span lang="EN-IN">'I felt that if I was studying Indology, I must visit the country,' says Asha as she darkens the alta on her feet in preparation of her solo performance on the festival's last day.</span></p>
<p><span lang="EN-IN">Asha, who has also studied ballet, may have learnt a little Hindi in university, but she has honed it while travelling in DTC buses.</span></p>
<p><span lang="EN-IN">Half a continent away from Poland, Silvia Rissi runs a school back home in Buenos Aires, where she teaches Bharatanatyam and Kuchipudi, having left behind a career in graphic designing.</span></p>
<p><span lang="EN-IN">'In our part of the world everyone looks similar, but everything is so colourful in India; here you don't even see the same sari on anyone,' Rissi says, and then extends an invitation: 'You must come to Argentina during Holi or Diwali,
 it's awesome!'</span></p>
<p><span lang="EN-IN">Unsurprisingly, she has picked up 'enough gulaal' on this trip for Holi next year.</span></p>
<p><span lang="EN-IN">Joanna and Silvia are the two new international faces of classical dance. And they are not alone in their love for India and their readiness to dance literally to our tune.</span></p>
<p><span lang="EN-IN" style="font-weight:bold">Shima Mahdavi, Iran</span></p>
<p><span lang="EN-IN">She has a B.A. in Theatre from Tehran University, but Shima Mahdavi's first love is Kathakali, a dance form dominated by men.</span></p>
<p><span lang="EN-IN">No wonder she was the only woman in the men's green room at Kamani, where she was helped with her Kathakali costume and make-up by a male disciple of her guru, Evoor Rajendra Pillai.</span></p>
<p><span lang="EN-IN">'Even if you see a Kathakali performance without the costumes, I promise you'll fall in love with it,' says the yoga enthusiast.</span></p>
<p><span lang="EN-IN">Since 2009, Mahdavi has also been learning Bharatnatyam from Geeta Chandran in Delhi.</span></p>
<p><span lang="EN-IN">'Every year I tell myself that this will be the year I shall go back home, but I just keep staying back,' says the waif-like Iranian beauty.</span></p>
<p><span lang="EN-IN" style="font-weight:bold">Anandini Dasi, Argentina</span></p>
<p><span lang="EN-IN">Eight years ago, a friend of Buenos Aires resident Anandini Dasi showed her a Bharatnatyam video.</span></p>
<p><span lang="EN-IN">'After watching two minutes clip, I knew what I wanted to do in life,' says Dasi, a law graduate.</span></p>
<p><span lang="EN-IN">'Please don't come in with shoes on,' she gently admonishes a visitor.</span></p>
<p><span lang="EN-IN">'My lord is here,' she says, pointing towards a portrait of Lord Jagannath.</span></p>
<p><span lang="EN-IN">'Indian dance is not something I just perform, it's a way of life for me,' says the passionate dancer who now refuses to wear anything apart from a sari.</span></p>
<p><span lang="EN-IN" style="font-weight:bold">Tatiana Nazarova &amp; Eleonora Margorina, Russia</span></p>
<p><span lang="EN-IN">Moscow'sTatiana Nazarova couldn't have imagined that Kathak would become her calling, or else why would she have got a doctorate in Geography and then launched a teaching career.</span></p>
<p><span lang="EN-IN">Her stage partner, Eleonora Margorina, also from Moscow, got a Master's in World Culture and joined the Jawaharlal Nehru Cultural Centre in Moscow.</span></p>
<p><span lang="EN-IN">The Kathak duo, who speak Hindi well enough, also give Kathak classes and perform around the world.</span></p>
<p><span lang="EN-IN"></span></p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>12/10/2012 20:30:01</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/20683/Indian+beats+global+steps+From+Iran+to+Argentina+Indian+classical+dance+is+winning+fans+worldwide</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">20683</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>20674</publicationdataID>
      <title>Indian UNIFIL contingent provides veterinary care in south Lebanon</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p>KFAR SHUBA, Lebanon: On the outskirts of the southern village of Kfar Shuba, Ismail Nasser herds his goats – healthy beneficiaries of veterinary care provided by UNIFIL’s Indian contingent in south Lebanon.<br />
<br />
The contingent’s work in the southern district of Hasbaya stretches beyond the implementation of U.N. Resolution 1701 to operating mobile veterinary clinics that reach 10 villages. Dozens of shepherds guiding their herds through the mountainous territory benefit
 from the unit’s veterinary services.<br />
<br />
Nasser, who inherited his trade from his great grandfather, addresses his herd of around 500 goats using a language only the shepherd understands. The herd queen – the dominant female of the group – leads the other goats to pasture, with a bell ringing around
 her neck, until they reach a grazing ground near Kfar Shuba.<br />
<br />
Like many shepherds, Nasser cannot pay the costs for local veterinarians when one of his goats falls ill.<br />
<br />
"We cannot afford going to a local veterinarian, so we seek the help of the veterinarians working with the Indian contingent,” Nasser explains.<br />
<br />
"The goats sometimes have problems giving birth, so the Indian veterinarians help them through natural delivery or even Caesarean section,” he adds.<br />
<br />
The veterinary services target shepherds like Nasser with daily visits to the herd’s grazing grounds. From the mobile clinics, the vets examine the animals and treat them with medications.<br />
<br />
Samer Thiab, also a shepherd from Kfar Shuba with a herd of goats and a cattle farm, says that the Indian vets do weekly checkups on his animals.<br />
<br />
"We tell them which goats are sick after they show certain symptoms like inability to walk or a fever,” he explains.<br />
<br />
"Also in emergency cases [the veterinarian] comes here and provides free services as we cannot carry the sick goat or cow to a private veterinarian because it’s far away – around 20 kilometers – and the cost is high. Treatment costs a minimum of LL100,000.”<br />
<br />
Thiab says that the Indian veterinarians indulge his herds with such effective treatment, including injections and seasonal vaccinations every six months to prevent them from falling ill.<br />
<br />
The veterinary unit operates with the help of Lebanese translators to communicate with the shepherds.<br />
<br />
"We listen carefully to the shepherds and translate to the veterinarian. In order to diagnose the sickness you have to be very careful to translate correctly,” translator Mohammad Barakat says.<br />
<br />
Col. Rakesh Sharma, one of the veterinarians from the Indian contingent, is busy preparing medication for a very sick goat. He administers an anti-inflammatory injection to quieten the goat’s pained bleating.<br />
<br />
Sharma, who has been a veterinarian for 14 years, is happy to apply his skills abroad.<br />
<br />
"I decided to become a veterinarian because I lived in India where there are lots of animals. This profession is highly respected in our country because 70 percent of Indian people come from villages where they rely on animals to make a living,” Sharma says.<br />
<br />
"This is the first time I’ve worked outside India. And in general, animal diseases are similar across the world. We can treat sickness here very easily,” he adds.<br />
<br />
The veterinarians tour villages and grazing pastures five days per week, examining the animals and providing the appropriate treatment.<br />
<br />
On Saturdays, the veterinarians perform surgeries at a veterinary clinic set up in the contingent’s headquarters in Naqar Kawkaba.<br />
<br />
"There are lots of poor shepherds who live outside our field of operations but come to us carrying the sick animal and we’ll perform the needed surgery for them,” Sharma says.<br />
<br />
The veterinary team works more than eight hours a day and treats 600 cases a month, he says, apart from emergency surgeries.<br />
<br />
Currently, Sharma is completing an instruction manual for local shepherds on medications and treatment. He says that many ask for medications, such as anti-inflammatory injections, not realizing the dangers of overuse.<br />
<br />
In addition to administering to the herds, Sharma has vaccinated more than 500 dogs and cats in the area so they cannot pass on diseases to people.<br />
<br />
"Our ties with locals are excellent. We address the humanitarian needs of people across 10 villages. We provide veterinary medicine as well as human medicine and dentistry,” says Maj. Sathish Prabhu, the contingent’s civil-military affairs officer.<br />
<br />
Prabhu says that the veterinary services are especially appreciated by impoverish shepherds.<br />
<br />
"It is not easy for locals to get a veterinarian because you have to pay three times: first for his transportation by car, then for the consultation and finally for the medication to treat the animal. Many shepherds say they prefer to let the animal die than
 pay the high cost,” he explains.<br />
<br />
Aside from the area the contingent is assigned to patrol, UNIFIL command often requests them to provide veterinary services to residents further afield.<br />
<br />
"Mayors and mukhtars in villages have the phone numbers of Lebanese translators to call when something urgent happens, who then contact the vets,” Prabhu says.<br />
<br />
In return, the shepherds provide UNIFIL with unique assistance.<br />
<br />
"The shepherds tend their cattle in valleys and hills and they immediately inform us about any cluster bombs they find. We coordinate with the Lebanese Army to get rid of them, saving lives of humans and cattle alike.”;<br />
<br />
A version of this article appeared in the print edition of The Daily Star on October 09, 2012, on page 4.<br />
<br />
<a href="http://www.dailystar.com.lb/News/Local-News/2012/Oct-09/190666-indian-unifil-contingent-provides-veterinary-care-in-south-lebanon.ashx#ixzz294U0B6l8" target="_blank">Read more:</a><br />
(The Daily Star :: Lebanon News :: <a href=" http://www.dailystar.com.lb" target="_blank">
http://www.dailystar.com.lb</a>) <br />
<br />
</p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>12/10/2012 13:43:13</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/20674/Indian+UNIFIL+contingent+provides+veterinary+care+in+south+Lebanon</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">20674</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>20675</publicationdataID>
      <title>Indian UNIFIL contingent provides veterinary care in south Lebanon</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p>KFAR SHUBA, Lebanon: On the outskirts of the southern village of Kfar Shuba, Ismail Nasser herds his goats – healthy beneficiaries of veterinary care provided by UNIFIL’s Indian contingent in south Lebanon.</p>
<p>The contingent’s work in the southern district of Hasbaya stretches beyond the implementation of U.N. Resolution 1701 to operating mobile veterinary clinics that reach 10 villages. Dozens of shepherds guiding their herds through the mountainous territory
 benefit from the unit’s veterinary services.</p>
<p>Nasser, who inherited his trade from his great grandfather, addresses his herd of around 500 goats using a language only the shepherd understands. The herd queen – the dominant female of the group – leads the other goats to pasture, with a bell ringing around
 her neck, until they reach a grazing ground near Kfar Shuba.</p>
<p>Like many shepherds, Nasser cannot pay the costs for local veterinarians when one of his goats falls ill.</p>
<p>"We cannot afford going to a local veterinarian, so we seek the help of the veterinarians working with the Indian contingent,” Nasser explains.</p>
<p>"The goats sometimes have problems giving birth, so the Indian veterinarians help them through natural delivery or even Caesarean section,” he adds.</p>
<p>The veterinary services target shepherds like Nasser with daily visits to the herd’s grazing grounds. From the mobile clinics, the vets examine the animals and treat them with medications.</p>
<p>Samer Thiab, also a shepherd from Kfar Shuba with a herd of goats and a cattle farm, says that the Indian vets do weekly checkups on his animals.</p>
<p>"We tell them which goats are sick after they show certain symptoms like inability to walk or a fever,” he explains.</p>
<p>"Also in emergency cases [the veterinarian] comes here and provides free services as we cannot carry the sick goat or cow to a private veterinarian because it’s far away – around 20 kilometers – and the cost is high. Treatment costs a minimum of LL100,000.”</p>
<p>Thiab says that the Indian veterinarians indulge his herds with such effective treatment, including injections and seasonal vaccinations every six months to prevent them from falling ill.</p>
<p>The veterinary unit operates with the help of Lebanese translators to communicate with the shepherds.</p>
<p>"We listen carefully to the shepherds and translate to the veterinarian. In order to diagnose the sickness you have to be very careful to translate correctly,” translator Mohammad Barakat says.</p>
<p>Col. Rakesh Sharma, one of the veterinarians from the Indian contingent, is busy preparing medication for a very sick goat. He administers an anti-inflammatory injection to quieten the goat’s pained bleating.</p>
<p>Sharma, who has been a veterinarian for 14 years, is happy to apply his skills abroad.</p>
<p>"I decided to become a veterinarian because I lived in India where there are lots of animals. This profession is highly respected in our country because 70 percent of Indian people come from villages where they rely on animals to make a living,” Sharma says.</p>
<p>"This is the first time I’ve worked outside India. And in general, animal diseases are similar across the world. We can treat sickness here very easily,” he adds.</p>
<p>The veterinarians tour villages and grazing pastures five days per week, examining the animals and providing the appropriate treatment.</p>
<p>On Saturdays, the veterinarians perform surgeries at a veterinary clinic set up in the contingent’s headquarters in Naqar Kawkaba.</p>
<p>"There are lots of poor shepherds who live outside our field of operations but come to us carrying the sick animal and we’ll perform the needed surgery for them,” Sharma says.</p>
<p>The veterinary team works more than eight hours a day and treats 600 cases a month, he says, apart from emergency surgeries.</p>
<p>Currently, Sharma is completing an instruction manual for local shepherds on medications and treatment. He says that many ask for medications, such as anti-inflammatory injections, not realizing the dangers of overuse.</p>
<p>In addition to administering to the herds, Sharma has vaccinated more than 500 dogs and cats in the area so they cannot pass on diseases to people.</p>
<p>"Our ties with locals are excellent. We address the humanitarian needs of people across 10 villages. We provide veterinary medicine as well as human medicine and dentistry,” says Maj. Sathish Prabhu, the contingent’s civil-military affairs officer.</p>
<p>Prabhu says that the veterinary services are especially appreciated by impoverish shepherds.</p>
<p>"It is not easy for locals to get a veterinarian because you have to pay three times: first for his transportation by car, then for the consultation and finally for the medication to treat the animal. Many shepherds say they prefer to let the animal die
 than pay the high cost,” he explains.</p>
<p>Aside from the area the contingent is assigned to patrol, UNIFIL command often requests them to provide veterinary services to residents further afield.</p>
<p>"Mayors and mukhtars in villages have the phone numbers of Lebanese translators to call when something urgent happens, who then contact the vets,” Prabhu says.</p>
<p>In return, the shepherds provide UNIFIL with unique assistance.</p>
<p>"The shepherds tend their cattle in valleys and hills and they immediately inform us about any cluster bombs they find. We coordinate with the Lebanese Army to get rid of them, saving lives of humans and cattle alike.”</p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<div align="center">
<table border="0" cellpadding="0" cellspacing="0" width="100%">
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><br />
</td>
<td width="400"><br />
</td>
<td><br />
</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
</div>
<br />
<p>A version of this article appeared in the print edition of The Daily Star on October 09, 2012, on page 4.</p>
<p><br />
Read more: <a href="http://www.dailystar.com.lb/News/Local-News/2012/Oct-09/190666-indian-unifil-contingent-provides-veterinary-care-in-south-lebanon.ashx#ixzz294U0B6l8">
http://www.dailystar.com.lb/News/Local-News/2012/Oct-09/190666-indian-unifil-contingent-provides-veterinary-care-in-south-lebanon.ashx#ixzz294U0B6l8</a><br />
(The Daily Star :: Lebanon News :: http://www.dailystar.com.lb) </p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<br />
]]></description>
      <pubDate>12/10/2012 13:44:51</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/20675/Indian+UNIFIL+contingent+provides+veterinary+care+in+south+Lebanon</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">20675</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>20676</publicationdataID>
      <title>Indian UNIFIL contingent provides veterinary care in south Lebanon</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p>KFAR SHUBA, Lebanon: On the outskirts of the southern village of Kfar Shuba, Ismail Nasser herds his goats – healthy beneficiaries of veterinary care provided by UNIFIL’s Indian contingent in south Lebanon.</p>
<p>The contingent’s work in the southern district of Hasbaya stretches beyond the implementation of U.N. Resolution 1701 to operating mobile veterinary clinics that reach 10 villages. Dozens of shepherds guiding their herds through the mountainous territory
 benefit from the unit’s veterinary services.</p>
<p>Nasser, who inherited his trade from his great grandfather, addresses his herd of around 500 goats using a language only the shepherd understands. The herd queen – the dominant female of the group – leads the other goats to pasture, with a bell ringing around
 her neck, until they reach a grazing ground near Kfar Shuba.</p>
<p>Like many shepherds, Nasser cannot pay the costs for local veterinarians when one of his goats falls ill.</p>
<p>"We cannot afford going to a local veterinarian, so we seek the help of the veterinarians working with the Indian contingent,” Nasser explains.</p>
<p>"The goats sometimes have problems giving birth, so the Indian veterinarians help them through natural delivery or even Caesarean section,” he adds.</p>
<p>The veterinary services target shepherds like Nasser with daily visits to the herd’s grazing grounds. From the mobile clinics, the vets examine the animals and treat them with medications.</p>
<p>Samer Thiab, also a shepherd from Kfar Shuba with a herd of goats and a cattle farm, says that the Indian vets do weekly checkups on his animals.</p>
<p>"We tell them which goats are sick after they show certain symptoms like inability to walk or a fever,” he explains.</p>
<p>"Also in emergency cases [the veterinarian] comes here and provides free services as we cannot carry the sick goat or cow to a private veterinarian because it’s far away – around 20 kilometers – and the cost is high. Treatment costs a minimum of LL100,000.”</p>
<p>Thiab says that the Indian veterinarians indulge his herds with such effective treatment, including injections and seasonal vaccinations every six months to prevent them from falling ill.</p>
<p>The veterinary unit operates with the help of Lebanese translators to communicate with the shepherds.</p>
<p>"We listen carefully to the shepherds and translate to the veterinarian. In order to diagnose the sickness you have to be very careful to translate correctly,” translator Mohammad Barakat says.</p>
<p>Col. Rakesh Sharma, one of the veterinarians from the Indian contingent, is busy preparing medication for a very sick goat. He administers an anti-inflammatory injection to quieten the goat’s pained bleating.</p>
<p>Sharma, who has been a veterinarian for 14 years, is happy to apply his skills abroad.</p>
<p>"I decided to become a veterinarian because I lived in India where there are lots of animals. This profession is highly respected in our country because 70 percent of Indian people come from villages where they rely on animals to make a living,” Sharma says.</p>
<p>"This is the first time I’ve worked outside India. And in general, animal diseases are similar across the world. We can treat sickness here very easily,” he adds.</p>
<p>The veterinarians tour villages and grazing pastures five days per week, examining the animals and providing the appropriate treatment.</p>
<p>On Saturdays, the veterinarians perform surgeries at a veterinary clinic set up in the contingent’s headquarters in Naqar Kawkaba.</p>
<p>"There are lots of poor shepherds who live outside our field of operations but come to us carrying the sick animal and we’ll perform the needed surgery for them,” Sharma says.</p>
<p>The veterinary team works more than eight hours a day and treats 600 cases a month, he says, apart from emergency surgeries.</p>
<p>Currently, Sharma is completing an instruction manual for local shepherds on medications and treatment. He says that many ask for medications, such as anti-inflammatory injections, not realizing the dangers of overuse.</p>
<p>In addition to administering to the herds, Sharma has vaccinated more than 500 dogs and cats in the area so they cannot pass on diseases to people.</p>
<p>"Our ties with locals are excellent. We address the humanitarian needs of people across 10 villages. We provide veterinary medicine as well as human medicine and dentistry,” says Maj. Sathish Prabhu, the contingent’s civil-military affairs officer.</p>
<p>Prabhu says that the veterinary services are especially appreciated by impoverish shepherds.</p>
<p>"It is not easy for locals to get a veterinarian because you have to pay three times: first for his transportation by car, then for the consultation and finally for the medication to treat the animal. Many shepherds say they prefer to let the animal die
 than pay the high cost,” he explains.</p>
<p>Aside from the area the contingent is assigned to patrol, UNIFIL command often requests them to provide veterinary services to residents further afield.</p>
<p>"Mayors and mukhtars in villages have the phone numbers of Lebanese translators to call when something urgent happens, who then contact the vets,” Prabhu says.</p>
<p>In return, the shepherds provide UNIFIL with unique assistance.</p>
<p>"The shepherds tend their cattle in valleys and hills and they immediately inform us about any cluster bombs they find. We coordinate with the Lebanese Army to get rid of them, saving lives of humans and cattle alike.”</p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<div align="center">A version of this article appeared in the print edition of The Daily Star on October 09, 2012, on page 4.
<p><br />
Read more: <a href="http://www.dailystar.com.lb/News/Local-News/2012/Oct-09/190666-indian-unifil-contingent-provides-veterinary-care-in-south-lebanon.ashx#ixzz294U0B6l8">
http://www.dailystar.com.lb/News/Local-News/2012/Oct-09/190666-indian-unifil-contingent-provides-veterinary-care-in-south-lebanon.ashx#ixzz294U0B6l8</a><br />
(The Daily Star :: Lebanon News :: http://www.dailystar.com.lb) </p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<br />
</div>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>12/10/2012 13:45:59</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/20676/Indian+UNIFIL+contingent+provides+veterinary+care+in+south+Lebanon</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">20676</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>20618</publicationdataID>
      <title>Bollywood finally arrives in Saigon</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p><span style="font-weight:bold">The Saigon Times</span><br />
<br />
In a first for Vietnam, Bollywood movies will be screened at Megastar cinemas in HCMC and Hanoi.<br />
<br />
"The event is fully supported by the Indian Consulate General of HCMC and aims to bring local audiences closer to Bollywood movies” Abhay Thakur, Indian Consul General told the Daily on the phone.<br />
<br />
Ek Tha Tiger (romance/thriller), Cocktail (rom-com) and Zindagi Na Milegi Dobara (Comedy/Drama) are featured in the first batch.<br />
<br />
The title Bollywood originated in the 1970s, when India overtook America as the world’s largest film producer but it is still growing. Audiences love Bollywood movies because they are colorful and are packed with singing, dancing and fabulous costumes.<br />
<br />
Furthermore, Bollywood films cover all genres such as historical epics, love stories, comedy and action which are highlighted by stunning cinematography, sensual dance choreography and music.<br />
<br />
Ek Tha Tiger was screened at Parkson Paragon in HCMC’s District 7 and Vincom Center Ba Trieu in Hanoi last Friday, while Cocktail debutus at Parkson Paragon and Vincom Center Ba Trieu on September 28. Zindagi Na Milegi Dobara will be available at Parkson Paragon
 and Vincom Center Ba Trieu on October 19.<br />
<br />
All these movies will have both English and Vietnamese subtitles for audience to enjoy.<br />
<br />
(The views expressed above are the personal views of the author)</p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>18/09/2012 15:55:45</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/20618/Bollywood+finally+arrives+in+Saigon</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">20618</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>20623</publicationdataID>
      <title>India and Tajikistan: Building a Long-Term Strategic Partnership – Analysis</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p><span style="font-weight:bold">Eurasia Review :</span> By Meena Singh Roy (Originally published by Institute for Defence Studies and Analyses (www.idsa.in))<br />
<br />
India-Tajikistan relations received a fresh impetus during the state visit of President Emomali Rahmon to India from 1-4 September 2012. This was President Rahmon’s fifth visit to India, during which he held detailed discussions with Prime Minister Manmohan
 Singh, President Pranab Mukherjee, and Vice President Hamid Ansari. The leader of the opposition, Sushma Swaraj, called on the President of Tajikistan.<br />
<br />
President Rahmon’s visit has not only strengthened existing ties but has also resulted in building a long-term strategic partnership. According to the joint statement issued during his visit, India and Tajikistan have "decided to elevate their bilateral relations
 to the level of a long-term strategic partnership.” This strategic partnership is expected to increase cooperation in a wide spectrum of areas – political, economic, health, human resources development, defence, counter-terrorism, science and technology, culture
 and tourism. President Rahmon’s visit can be analysed in the context of the recent trajectory of the India-Tajikistan relationship and the concrete outcomes which are expected to result from the new strategic partnership agreement inked between the two countries.<br />
<br />
<span style="font-weight:bold">India–Tajikistan Relations</span><br />
<br />
The significance of President Rahmon’s visit lies in India’s effort to accord Tajikistan a more prominent position in India’s foreign policy towards Central Asia. Tajikistan continues to remains a significant partner for India in the region. Political and strategic
 relations between the two countries can be termed as excellent. However, economic and trade ties remain the unsatisfactory part of an otherwise fruitful relationship. Although India’s total trade with Tajikistan has gone up from US $10.7 million in 2004-05
 to $41.33 in 2010-11, these figures are much below the potential that exists. This was recognised during President Rahmon’s visit, when both sides agreed that there is need to enhance trade and investment relations. In this context, President Rahmon addressed
 a business meeting organised jointly by ASSOCHAM, CII and FICCI. He also invited India to invest in Tajikistan’s free economic zones.<br />
<br />
Tajikistan’s importance for India lies in its geo-strategic location; it shares borders with China, Afghanistan, Uzbekistan, and Kyrgyzstan and is located in proximity to Pakistan occupied Kashmir (PoK). In India’s regional security calculus, Tajikistan assumes
 a significant place, especially in the context of Afghanistan and Pakistan. The infiltration of extremist forces into Tajikistan can have serious security implications for India because of its proximity to PoK and the likely impact of this on the situation
 in Kashmir.<br />
<br />
In addition to its strategic location, Tajikistan is rich in hydroelectric power. It has the largest natural water resources in the region. In fact, 90 per cent of the water resources of Central Asia lie in Tajikistan and Kyrgyzstan. Tajikistan has more than
 65 per cent of the glaciers in the region. It is second largest producer of hydroelectricity in the Commonwealth of Independent States, after Russia. The country’s hydroelectric potential, according to official figures, is about 40,000 MW, which is around
 four per cent of the world’s hydroelectric potential. According to the official report Tajikistan’s National Strategy for Energy Sector Development 2006-2015, the country is likely to reach a production of 35 billion Kwh in 2015. Tajikistan also has deposits
 of more than 40 semi-precious stones, gold and silver. There are large reserves of mercury, brown coal, lead, zinc, antimony and tungsten, and uranium deposits. These resources make Tajikistan a significant country in the region that offers many opportunities
 to India.<br />
<br />
India and Tajikistan share close defence and security relations. India has upgraded the Ayni airport near Dushanbe, which is fully operational now. There is ongoing cooperation in the defence sector where India is providing training to Tajik forces with large
 numbers of Tajik military cadets and young officers undergoing training at various defence training institutes in India. This military training is offered free of charge to Tajik military personnel.<br />
<br />
President Rahmon’s visit is also indicative of the mutual desire on the part of the two countries to raise the relationship to a new level marked by greater goodwill, trust and confidence. Six important documents inked in the area of Culture, Education, Sports,
 Textile, Labour and Family Welfare are indicative of the continued effort on the part of the two countries to further cement their relationship. These six agreements are:</p>
<ul class="decimalBullets">
<li>Programme of cooperation (POC) signed between their Ministries of Culture for the year 2012-2015, to facilitate exchange of material in culture and art, specialists, promotion of cultural heritage, performing art groups, art exhibitions and holding of days
 of culture in each other’s country. </li><li>Programme of Cooperation between the two governments in the field of education, to facilitate close contact between the educational institutions of the two countries including enhanced exchange of scholars, teachers and conducting joint research as well.
 More importantly, a Joint Working Group (JWG) has been set up to facilitate the speedy implementation of the agreement.
</li><li>Memorandum of Understanding (MoU) in the field of Sports, to provide a framework of cooperation in the field of sports and youth development and participation in youth festivals, etc.
</li><li>MoU between Tajikistan’s Ministry of Energy and Industry and India’s Ministry of Textiles, which envisages enhancing trade and economic relations in the field of textiles, clothing and fashion including research and development, investment cooperation and
 the promotion of export of textiles in each other’s market. Here again, a JWG has been established to ensure smooth implementation of the MoU.
</li><li>Cooperation between the two countries in the field of Social and labour relations is yet another step towards cementing bilateral ties.
</li><li>Agreement between India’s Ministry of Health and Family Welfare and Tajikistan’s Ministry of Health, to provide for exchange of information and experts in health, training, attending international meetings and also setting up of diagnostic Centre, training
 of medical professionals and promotion of medical tourism to India. Again, to monitor the implementation of the agreement, a JWG has been set up.
</li></ul>
<p>With the aim of strengthening the all round relationship under its ‘Connect Central Asia’ policy, India has offered to undertake a series of new development projects in Tajikistan. These include: an IT centre, medical centres, language labs, supply of agricultural
 machinery and the implementation of a package of small development projects and setting up of fruit and vegetable processing plant. In addition, both sides have agreed to enhance cooperation in hydel power, solar and other forms of renewable energy and to
 start discussions on a regional energy infrastructure network. According to the Joint Statement on Strategic Partnership, the two countries have "agreed to discuss and finalize in the near future more bilateral documents in spheres such as air services; double
 taxation; consular issues; justice; mining; social security; finance and banking; industry and energy; and transportation and communication”. Another major development project to which India has agreed is the setting up of the India-Tajik Friendship Hospital
 in Tajikistan. Further, the numbers of ITEC slots have been increased from 100 to 150.<br />
<br />
India and Tajikistan face common threats and challenges in the region. The commonality of interest provides greater opportunity to cooperate more closely in addressing the regional security issues of extremism and terrorism. The increasing violence in Pakistan,
 re-emergence of Taliban in Afghanistan and the proposed withdrawal of US forces in 2014, all are likely to have serious security implications for both countries. In this context, President Rahmon’s visit could be considered as a continuation of the commitment
 by both the countries for enhancing cooperation to deal with these new security challenges in the region and working jointly towards "eliminating the menace of terrorism including exchange of information, data, financing of terrorism and related matters”.
 India and Tajikistan also emphasized the need for enhanced dialogue between their security agencies and regular consultations between their Ministries of Foreign Affairs including coordinated efforts to work within the framework of the JWG on Combating International
 Terrorism. The importance of strengthening cooperation in the framework of the Shanghai Cooperation Organisation (SCO) was also highlighted by the two countries. The Tajik side reiterated its support for India’s full membership in the SCO.<br />
<br />
The lack of surface transportation network with Tajikistan remains a major impediment to enhance mutual trade, tourism and people to people contacts. This aspect was emphasized and both sides agreed to work towards establishing transport corridors in cooperation
 with other countries of the region. In this context, the project to establish the Central Asia-Persian Gulf corridor and implementation of projects such as the Trans-Afghan corridor and International North South Corridor (INSTC) was discussed during President
 Rahmon’s visit. India also welcomed the resumption of direct flights between Delhi and Dushanbe.<br />
<br />
The wide and varied discourse on India-Central Asia relations reveals two sets of arguments. The first centres on the fact that India’s presence in the region is much below its potential and that while India may not be a major player in Central Asia, it nevertheless
 remains an important player in the region. The second highlights the point that the future international relations in the region will to some degree be impacted by India’s steadily rising overall economic and military capabilities and its consequent desire
 to play the role of a great power. But no analysis of Central Asia can ignore India’s increasing capabilities and intention to work jointly for mutually beneficial partnerships in the Central Asian region. A careful analysis of India’s relations with the Central
 Asian Republics in the last five years clearly indicates its growing strategic and diplomatic engagement with the region. This could be seen as New Delhi’s desire to increase its strategic and economic outreach to this region through its new ‘Connect Central
 Asia’ Policy. In this context, President Rahmon’s visit reconfirms the commitment from both India and Tajikistan to impart greater dynamism to their existing relationship through a long-term strategic partnership for cooperation in the political, security,
 economic, energy and cultural areas. However, the success of this strategic partnership will depend to a great extend on how effectively various agreements and MoUs inked during President Rahmon’s visit are implemented by the two countries.<br />
<br />
(The views expressed above are the personal views of the author)</p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>20/09/2012 14:24:49</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/20623/India+and+Tajikistan+Building+a+LongTerm+Strategic+Partnership++Analysis</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">20623</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>20577</publicationdataID>
      <title>Language that unites and bridges borders</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p><span style="font-weight:bold">Khaleej Times :</span> Kajari Biswas <br />
<br />
WHEN YOU deplane at Dubai one is dazzled by the glittering precision of one of the world’s finest airports.
<br />
<br />
Also greeting you is the harmonious cacophony of languages in a city that symbolises cosmopolitanism. Apart from the many foreign languages spoken here, Indian languages like Malayalam, Tamil, Telugu, Sindhi, Guajarati, Marathi and Bengali will float in from
 many corners. Indians are arguably the world’s top polyglots. Most Indians speak at least two languages, many are comfortable in three. But Hindi has emerged as a means of communication in the 1.8 million strong Indian community in the UAE.<br />
<br />
A million Indian tourists visited Dubai alone in 2011 to see the Burj Khalifa or to simply indulge in retail therapy. In most Arab countries a smattering of Arabic from the Lonely Planet would be a de rigueur to get about. At the more touristy destinations
 (like Egypt) a visitor could make do with English. In the UAE Hindi does the trick more often than not. There are close to 200 nationalities residing in the UAE, but there is little persuasion or need to pick up Arabic. Such arrangement works in the UAE because
 the visionary rulers long ago understood the logic of the free market and free communication which facilitates optimisation of human resources and national wealth. It does not matter what language the cat speaks, as long as it catches the mice.<br />
<br />
The people of India and the UAE have been in dialogue for centuries. Today, more than 50,000 Emiratis visit India every year for business or pleasure and most of them understand basic Hindustani, even if speaking it is some challenge. Quite a few of the older
 generation of Emiratis can, on the other hand, give you a lesson in Hindi grammar or explain the nuances that separate accents. Then there are Emiratis with wives from the Indian subcontinent, who have a deep understanding of Indian culture. This growing acknowledgement
 of Indian culture in recent years has also coincided with the success of the Indian economy and the rising profile of the country in global affairs.<br />
<br />
There is widespread acceptance of Hindi or Hindustani as the lingua franca by the Indian expatriates here — despite the fact that majority of them are not Hindi speakers. Hindustani, which at its liberal best includes Urdu, is a common thread that also makes
 sense to other nationals from the subcontinent. This Hindustani may not exactly delight the requirements of the Central Hindi Directorate, it works! Most of the taxi drivers in Dubai from the north-western provinces of Waziristan and Khyber Pakhtunkhwa speak
 Hindustani with an acute lilt. Shops attendants from southern India bear nuanced Hindi accents that only people from the Indian peninsula India can distinguish. Even amongst Emiratis the occasional Bollywood fan has a minimum Hindustani word count tutored
 by their favourite movies.<br />
<br />
There was a time when the Indian state enthusiastically promoted Hindi with very mixed results. Once that approach was given up, the serendipitous role of Hindi cinema emerged. Your average Hindi film has become the engine that spreads familiarity with Hindustani
 in the otherwise many Hindi-sceptic regions of the country. The same phenomenon is repeated in the Gulf and in many other areas of the 1` world. The magic of Indian stories with their love for romance and drama finds a resonance not only in Bollywood, but
 also increasingly in Indian tele-serials such as Rani Padmini on MBC Drama or the recently launched Zee Awlan, which is dedicated to Indian and Arabic soaps. Not to forget the ubiquitous Hindi film songs which outlive many otherwise mediocre films.<br />
<br />
This Hindi swell does not care for quality or purity of the language. A new Hindi has emerged from the streets. Rudimentary communication trumps grammar or convention. It is a classic case of the common speaker, the vulgar demos, usurping the role of the grammarian
 and molding new idioms of expression from cultures alien to anything the Hindi language has ever know. Challenged, the language like a living being has adapted expressions native to Malayalam, Marathi, Sindhi and so on and embraced words like karega and apun
 with great alacrity.<br />
<br />
While purists shudder and hotly deny such illegitimacy, the reality is ever-evident on the streets of Dubai, Abu Dhabi, Sharjah, Ras Al Khaimah, Umm al Quwwain, Ajman and Fujairah. As the song Life in the Emirates by the Irish band The Establishment so aptly
 puts it :<br />
<br />
It’s tough in the Gulf when the AC’s not working<br />
And the desert is burning in the hot noonday sun<br />
But I’ve learnt how to cope, take the smooth with the rough<br />
Coz like every expat I’m a long way from home.<br />
<br />
I think that the language of Hindi would agree heartily.<br />
<br />
<span style="font-weight:bold">Kajari Biswas is an Arabic knowing, native Bengali and Hindustani speaking Consul (Press and Culture) at the Indian Consulate in Dubai. This article was written to celebrate Hindi Day which falls on September 14</span></p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>14/09/2012 17:52:13</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/20577/Language+that+unites+and+bridges+borders</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">20577</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>20331</publicationdataID>
      <title>Back in the Game, India Strengthens Political and Economic Ties with Myanmar</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p><span style="font-weight:bold">M-Zine Plus Magazine: By John Graham</span><br />
<br />
Flip-flop might be the best way to describe India's relations with Myanmar over the last couple of decades. Back in 1988, New Delhi initially embraced the pro-democracy movement following Myanmar student protests, then turned to the military junta in 1993 when
 they saw this was not the best way to engage in business, then appeared uncertain of which basket to put its eggs.<br />
<br />
Fast-forward to May this year. If the visit of Indian Prime Minister Manmohan Singh to Naypyitaw recently is anything to go by, India is back in the game and wishes to ramp up its involvement with the Myanmar government.<br />
<br />
Business and trade were high on the agenda of Indian PM Manmohan Singh's state visit to Myanmar, the first by an Indian premier in a quarter of a century. The visit followed Myanmar President Thein Sein's October 2011 visit to New Delhi and a pilgrimage to
 Bodh Gaya, said to the be site where Buddha became enlightened.<br />
<br />
Business may have dominated the Indian prime minister's discussions, yet the subtext of the visit was to further strengthen neighbourly ties in the face of Chinese might.<br />
<br />
Both Naypyitaw and New Delhi appear nervous of China's growing clout in the region. In the modem-day version of the "Great Game," Beijing is quietly spreading its tentacles on a political, business and physical level into neighbouring countries and far beyond
 to the four comers of the world, including mining and agricultural projects in Africa and South America. That game is being further complicated by Washington's new-found interest in Myanmar, largely as a way to counter Chinese influence in the region. NewDelhi
 sees an opportunity in the US policy of "principled" or "pragmatic engagement" with Myanmar under the Barack Obama administration. This could bring New Delhi and Washington closer together, and weaken China's long-tan ding predominance in Myanmar.<br />
<br />
The recent Indian visit reportedly caused a stir in China and a team from Beijing was sent to Nyapyitaw to show China was still very much in the game. According to the Times of India, Chinese foreign ministry spokesman Liu Weimin said: "China is happy to see
 the development of relations between them [India and Myanmar]." This, according to observer, was Beijing's way of putting face on development that have put them on edge. The Indian visit clearly made a mark.<br />
<br />
<span style="font-weight:bold">Cozying up to a neighbour</span><br />
<br />
PM Manmohan Singh's visit was a move by an energy-thirsty and resource-hungry neighbour of 1.2 billion people to strengthen relation with a country with which it shares strong historic and cultural ties and an 830-mile border.<br />
<br />
It is not just the shared history that has the last Myanmar king, Thibaw Min, buried in India and the last Mughal emperor, Bahadur Shah Zafar, buried in Yangon, or the personal links that saw Jawaharlal Nehru hand Myanmar independence hero Aung San a greatcoat
 for his first visit to London in 1947in the immediate wake of World War II, as recently fondly recounted by his daughter Aung San Suu Kyi. The Indian government realizes the need to engage with President Thein Sein's government as it comes in from the cold
 and opens up to the world, encouraging the government in its steps to bring in democracy. India, after all, trumpets itself as the "world's largest democracy."<br />
<br />
The visit was upbeat and forward-looking.<br />
<br />
"I am coming here after 25 years when the last prime minister of India visited here," said Indian PM Manmohan Singh in Naypyitaw. "We have centuries-old ties of religion, culture and civilisation with the people of Myanmar."<br />
<br />
He made clear he wanted stronger trade and investment links, development of border areas, and improved "connectivity" between the two countries and the desire to help build capacity and human resources in Myanmar.<br />
<br />
The Indian prime minister later met with opposition leader Aung San Suu Kyi in Yangon, though the meeting was short and stilted, according to at least one Indian reporter, writing for India Today.<br />
<br />
According to Chietigj Bajpaee, an associate fellow at the Vivekananda International Foundation, a New Delhi based public policy think-tank, New Delhi has the potential to play a significant role in supporting the ongoing but as yet incomplete reform process
 in Myanmar.<br />
<br />
Bajpaee, writing in Asia Times, said India has traditionally played "second-fiddle" to other players such as China and Thailand in Myanmar while struggling to pus h for a "middle path" approach toward reform by exploiting its geographic advantage and unique
 historical position as an ally of Myanmar's three poles of influence, namely the military government, popular democratic forces and ethnic groups.<br />
<br />
As he says, New Delhi appears to have moved from one extreme of voicing its opposition to the military junta's crackdown on pro-democracy activists in 1988 to the other of engagement with the State Peace and Development Council (SPDC) government since 1993.
 It has pursued this increasingly pragmatic approach in order to obtain the support of military junta regime in countering insurgent groups in India's northeast, as well as gaining access to Myanmar's energy resources and Southeast Asia 's markets.<br />
<br />
This has allowed New Delhi to maintain a relationship with Naypyitaw, though this has meant only limited gains on the economic, security and strategic fronts.<br />
<br />
<span style="font-weight:bold">Energy needs</span><br />
<br />
India is keen on gaining access to Myanmar's rich gas fields, many of them still unexploited, though it will have to stave off competition from China, and from other countries in Asia and the West which are also pouring in money. India has already signed a
 number of deals for the exploitation of Myanmar's vast reserves of natural gas. Indian companies are building ports and other infrastructure projects in Myanmar.<br />
<br />
Despite the attempts by Naypyitawto distance themselves from Beijing, China still dominates oil and gas exploration in Myanmar and is involved in the construction of roads , pipelines and port facilities, in addition to the major hydro-power dam projects -not
 withstanding the set back when Naypyitaw halted the Myitsone Dam project in September 2011 purportedly over environmental and social concerns.<br />
<br />
The two leaders emphasized the need for closer cooperation to further energy security. They said they will encouraged investment by Indian companies in Myanmar's oil and gas sector, including in available blocks that are being offered for investment. They also
 agreed to encourage investment by Indian companies in downstream projects in the petroleum industry. There was also discussion of the possibility of Indian participation in the development of key infrastructure projects, such as the Dawei seaport and special
 economic zone.<br />
<br />
President Thein Sein extended his thanks to India for undertaking the preparation of a detailed project report on both of the Tamanthi and Shwezaye hydropower projects.<br />
<br />
<span style="font-weight:bold">Balancing China</span><br />
<br />
The big question is whether India can help serve as an economic balancer to China. The track record so far is patchy. New Delhi has struggled to fulfil large promised infrastructure projects in Myanmar.<br />
<br />
According to the media, the 15 man Indian business team that accompanied the Indian prime minister included telecoms owner Sunil Bharti Mittal, who has investments in neighbouring Bangladesh and further afield in Africa, Ravi Ruia of the Essar Group, B. Muthuraman
 of the Tatas, and Naveen Jindal of Jindal Steel. The Ruia have won the contract for the US$ 214 million Kaladan Multimodal Transit Transport Project. The Tatas have their eyes set on Southeast Asia and are hoping the road through to Thailand will be open soon.
 The company has been assembling trucks in Myanmar for two years and has entered into a distribution agreement with Apex Greatest Industrial Co to sell its commercial vehicles and passenger cars in the country. Officials of the United Bank of India (UBI) and
 Exim Bank were also part of the delegation, along to look at developments in Myanmar's financial sector.<br />
<br />
<span style="font-weight:bold">Engagement potential</span><br />
<br />
In real terms, India's engagement with Myanmar is more a matter of potential, compared with China.<br />
<br />
When it comes to investment and projects in the country, Chinese companies have the march on India. India-Myanmar bilateral trade for the year 2010-2011 was only US$1.35billion compared with China at close to US$6.5 billion. India is Myanmar's fourth-largest
 source of foreign investment, far behind China, which had a cumulative investment of an estimated $13 billion in 2011. Myanmar is India's gateway to East and Southeast Asia. Yet in physical terms, there is a long way to go in terms of investment in trade,
 communications and transport infrastructure in India's northeast. Progress at opening the gateway has been slow.<br />
<br />
India is a crucially important neighbour to Myanmar but lags behind China and Thailand, and the United States, in terms of profile and influence today. That leaves a lot of catching up to do.<br />
<br />
<span style="font-weight:bold">Signing deals</span><br />
<br />
State visits can be full of pomp but this one was full of productivity. Myanmar and India tightened trade and connectivity ties in wide-ranging commitments signed on May 28 in Naypyitaw. Indian PM Manmohan Singh and President Thein Sein emphasized the importance
 of trade agreements, cultural exchanges and enhancing connections between the two countries. Both sides confirmed that they wish to double bilateral trade by 2015, recognizing there is untapped potential for growth and suggested the business communities in
 both countries capitalize on this.<br />
<br />
As part of this, investments by Indian companies in areas such as ports, highways, oil and gas, plantations, manufacturing, and the hospitality industry would be focused on. As part of efforts to remove impediments to bilateral trade, they welcomed the establishment
 of a representative office of the United Bank of India in Yangon. This is the first move in providing for business-friendly banking transactions between the two countries. Both countries suffer from bureaucratic and inefficient financial transaction systems.<br />
<br />
In a joint statement released during the visit, they noted that Indian development projects in Myanmar under grants and concession loans come to about US$ 1.2 billion. They agreed to look for more projects to benefit people in Myanmar in the future. In addition,
 the leaders signed a Memorandum of Understanding on a US $500 million line of credit offered by India. The aim is to use that for infrastructure development projects that will include agriculture and irrigation, rail transportation and electrical power.<br />
<br />
<span style="font-weight:bold">Grand highway plans</span><br />
<br />
A crucial part of the discussions also revolved around road links, part of a bigger vision for an Asian Highway that will link up the countries of the region. Singh announced that India would repair and upgrade 71 bridges on the Tamu-Kalewa Friendship Road,
 linking Manipur in India with Myanmar. It was stressed that the project will help in establishing "trilateral connectivity" - from Moreh in India, through Myanmar, to Mae Sot in Thailand. With regard to this, the two countries showed enthusiasm for the revival
 of the joint Task Force on the Trilateral Highway between India, Myanmar and Thailand, with a target of having all three countries connected by 2016. More immediately doable was the agreement to launch a cross-border bus service from Imphal in India to Mandalay
 in Myanmar. In addition, they spoke of a new air service agreement that would expand direct air flights that they hoped would boost business and tourism.<br />
<br />
Attention was also focused on the India Myanmar border region. New Delhi agreed to upgrade roads and construction of schools, health centres, bridges, agriculture and to boost related training activities in the area.<br />
<br />
<span style="font-weight:bold">Transfer of skills and technology</span><br />
<br />
India is a rising regional star when it comes to skills and technology and the visit helped reiterate the desire to help in a number of industrial and development sectors where Myanmar is considered to be weak. Some of this help is cutting edge. A joint working
 group hopes to help in the fields of agricultural biotechnology, post-harvest technology, medical biotechnology, medical research and even renewable energy.<br />
<br />
As part of this transfer, India will offer funds and technical assistance to a Myanmar institute focused on information technology. PM Manmohan Singh announced a further five year of support for the Yangon-based India-Myanmar Centre for Enhancement of IT Skills.
 As part of this drive, fellowships will be awarded for candidates pursuing chemical sciences, atmospheric and earth sciences, engineering sciences, life sciences, medical sciences, mathematical and computational sciences and physical sciences. As part of this
 skills and knowledge empowerment process, places for trainees under the Indian Economic and Technical Cooperation (ITEC) Programme will be raised from 250 to 500.<br />
<br />
<span style="font-weight:bold">Agricultural technology transfer</span><br />
<br />
Myanmar lags behind India in terms of modern farming practices. In this regard, the two sides stressed their commitment to enhance cooperation in the area of agriculture. And under a MoU the two leaders pledged to establish the Advanced Centre for Agricultural
 Research and Education as a centre for excellence. The aim is to use cutting edge technology along with traditional knowledge and ecological conservation with financial and technical assistance from India. In addition they also said they would set up a Rice
 Bio Park with in the Department of Agricultural Research.<br />
<br />
<span style="font-weight:bold">Improving the financial sector</span><br />
<br />
One of the hurdles that Myanmar has been facing is changing an antiquated financial and banking sector into a modern one. In this regard, it was agreed that Indian experts would help provide training. Both sides agreed that the Reserve Bank of India would sign
 a MoU with the Central Bank of Myanmar on currency arrangements between India and Myanmar in the near future to help improve trade between the two countries.<br />
<br />
On a lighter note, the Myanmar government expressed satisfaction at the ongoing pace of work on the project for conservation and restoration of the Ananda Temple in Bagan by the Archaeological Survey of India. This project is expected to be finished in the
 next two years.<br />
<br />
<span style="font-weight:bold">Grabbing the opportunity</span><br />
<br />
Myanmar's changing relationship with China and its growing ties with the United States offer India an opportunity to engage more constructively with its neighbour. India's approach is likely to be more level-headed than the over-enthusiasm of the West to reengage
 with Myanmar. New Delhi could build on the long-standing historical, cultural and geographic linkages. It has strong credentials as a democracy and regional power. And it can help not only on the economic front with capacity building but also help shore up
 Myanmar's democratic institutions and help prevent any backsliding.<br />
<br />
Engaging with Myanmar presents India with a win-win situation as it will help open the door to East and Southeast Asia, as promoted in its "Look East Policy," improve the border situation, boost trade and business ties, gain from available energy resources,
 and gain ground as a regional power.<br />
<br />
Plain and simple, for the government of India, doing business with Myanmar at this time makes sense.<br />
<br />
(The views expressed above are the personal views of the author)</p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>16/08/2012 17:30:21</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/20331/Back+in+the++India+Strengthens+Political+and+Economic+Ties+with+Myanmar</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">20331</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>20204</publicationdataID>
      <title>Bangladesh war graves: India 'to help locate fighters' remains'</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p><span style="font-weight:bold">BBC News : by Suvojit Bagchi, BBC Bengali, Delhi</span></p>
<p><img src="images/bangladesh_war.jpg" alt="bangladesh_war" title="Bangladesh war graves" class="imgBdr imgRight" align="right"/><span style="font-weight:bold"> India has said it is "committed" to finding the graves and handing over the remains of fighters
 who perished in Bangladesh's 1971 independence struggle against Pakistan.</span><br />
<br />
Officials confirmed to the BBC that it had appointed staff to begin work. <br />
<br />
More than 2,000 fighters are believed to be buried in remote areas on India's side of the border with Bangladesh.<br />
<br />
India's intervention during the nine-month war of secession helped the creation of an independent Bangladesh.<br />
<br />
Civil war erupted in East Pakistan (as Bangladesh was known then) in March 1971 as people demanded autonomy and independence.<br />
<br />
The true number of people killed during that war is still unknown, but Bangladesh puts the figure at three million. Other researchers say that between 300,000 and 500,000 died.<br />
<br />
Dhaka has given a list of 2,416 people, most of them Bangladeshi fighters, who it believes are buried in "India and in no-man's land" on the border.<br />
<br />
A team led by a senior officer of Bangladesh's Ministry of Liberation War Affairs visited India last June. The team met Indian officers from various high profile ministries to frame a mechanism to identify the graves.<br />
<br />
The team visited eastern Indian states of Assam, Meghalaya, Tripura and West Bengal where the sites are believed to be located.<br />
<br />
"We are committed to it," said Syed Akbaruddin, India's foreign office spokesman.<br />
<br />
He cited an example of how such graves could be identified. <br />
<br />
"People who participated in the last rites of the war hero Hamidur Rahman 40 years ago helped us to locate his grave recently. Locals may help now."<br />
<br />
He added that DNA testing could also be an option to establish their identities. <br />
<br />
(The views expressed above are the personal views of the author)</p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>20/07/2012 03:55:05</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/20204/Bangladesh+war+graves+India+to+help+locate+fighters+remains</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">20204</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>20266</publicationdataID>
      <title>India may be key to stable Afghanistan</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p><span style="font-weight:bold">The Australian : </span>Ramesh Thakur<br />
<br />
THE site of the terrorist attacks on New York became known as Ground Zero. But 2001 was not Year Zero for Afghanistan. Much of post-2001 Western policy towards Afghanistan seemingly airbrushed its history and detached it from geography. Yet historically, Afghanistan's
 destiny has often been determined by its geography. Foreigners come and go, but neighbours are forever.
<br />
<br />
Afghanistan connects south Asia to central Asia and the Middle East. A descent into anarchy in Afghanistan would risk spilling over into the other regions. But this also means that for reasons of history, geography and culture, the major regional players -
 Iran, Pakistan and India - as well as China and Russia as global players with a permanent geographical footprint in southwest Asia, should be engaged in shaping the future of Afghanistan.
<br />
<br />
The battle space in Afghanistan straddles the border with Pakistan and those with a deep appreciation of local realities would have known the battle for Afghanistan would be won or lost ultimately in Pakistan.
<br />
<br />
As Western powers lost interest in Afghanistan after the Soviet withdrawal, the anti-Taliban Northern Alliance was kept alive by Russia, Iran and India.
<br />
<br />
After 9/11, when Western powers returned to Afghanistan with a vengeance, India, like Iran, was frozen out. Pakistan has more proximate and critical historical, ethnic and geopolitical interests in Afghanistan than India. No peace in Afghanistan will be stable
 and durable unless Pakistan has a seat at the negotiating table. <br />
<br />
Owing to propinquity, Pakistan's interests in Afghanistan have been readily grasped by Western policymakers and analysts. But India, too, is linked to Afghanistan by geography, history, culture, and commercial and strategic interests that give depth and texture
 to bilateral relations. <br />
<br />
Compared with fleeting Western interest, India has enduring and permanent historical, cultural, commercial and geopolitical interests too: defeating the Taliban, eradicating Islamist extremism, strengthening state institutions, capacity and stability, developing
 Afghanistan as a trade and transit corridor to Central Asia and Iran, especially for energy, and precluding the re-emergence there of a base for launching terrorist attacks on India. Mostly these dovetail with Western interests more readily and enduringly
 than they do with Pakistani interests. President Hamid Karzai signed a number of high-profile agreements with Indian Prime Minister Manmohan Singh in New Delhi in October under which India will bolster its soft power contributions with hard power activity.
<br />
<br />
Along with educational, energy and development assistance, India will help to train Afghanistan's security services. Karzai has been careful to stress that India is "a great friend", but Pakistan is "a twin brother".<br />
<br />
There is a natural marriage of convenience between US hard power and Indian soft power in Afghanistan. The markets of Kabul are generously stocked with Indian music and movies. Karzai studied in India and speaks Hindi. Injured senior Afghan military officers
 are often flown to India for treatment. Just about every public opinion poll shows India to be immensely popular among Afghans and Pakistan to be deeply unpopular. In the words of a BBC analyst, in the streets of Kabul, "while you never hear a good word about
 Pakistan, you rarely hear a bad one about India." India has provided more than $US2 billion ($1.9bn) in aid, built Afghanistan's new parliament, and operates the biggest children's hospital in Kabul. It was emphatic in welcoming the overthrow of the Taliban
 in 2001 and has been just as emphatic in warning against a hasty withdrawal of Western forces.
<br />
<br />
Can Washington take the risk of backing the Kabul-New Delhi axis? Pakistan has proved problematic and unreliable and the US-Pakistan relationship has been transactional. US interests converge on just a few issues with those of China and Russia.
<br />
<br />
By contrast, since 2001 India-US relations have been based on a fundamental convergence of interests in Afghanistan, which has featured regularly in security and political dialogues between them, covering sharing of sensitive intelligence, homeland security
 and combined defence exercises. <br />
<br />
The combination of US military and aid influence and Indian cultural and political influence should be useful for shaping Afghanistan's future for the better without, however, guaranteeing any such outcome.
<br />
<br />
On June 28, the Confederation of Indian Industry, in collaboration with the governments of Afghanistan and India, hosted the Delhi Investment Summit on Afghanistan to showcase the country's potential and attract foreign investment.
<br />
<br />
But India cannot play a more robust role in Afghanistan without Iranian support. To circumvent Pakistan, India needs access to Iranian ports and supply routes into Afghanistan. Washington and other Western capitals need to understand India's geopolitical imperatives
 and work with New Delhi to secure Afghanistan's future after 2014. <br />
<br />
<span style="font-weight:bold">Ramesh Thakur is a professor in the Crawford School of Public Policy, ANU, and adjunct professor, Institute of Ethics, Governance and Law, Griffith University.</span><br />
<br />
(The views expressed above are the personal views of the author)</p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>26/07/2012 00:07:26</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/20266/India+may+be+key+to+stable+Afghanistan</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">20266</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>20139</publicationdataID>
      <title>Hobson-Jobson: The words English owes to India</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p><img src="images/habson1.jpg" alt="habson1" class="imgBdr imgRight" align="right"/><span style="font-weight:bold">BBC Magazine :</span> by Mukti Jain Campi, Writer and radio producer<br />
<br />
In 1872 two men began work on a lexicon of words of Asian origin used by the British in India. Since its publication the 1,000-page dictionary has never been out of print and a new edition is due out next year. What accounts for its enduring appeal?<br />
<br />
Hobson-Jobson is the dictionary's short and mysterious title.<br />
<br />
The subtitle reveals more: "A glossary of colloquial Anglo-Indian words and phrases, and of kindred terms etymological, historical, geographical and discursive. By Colonel Henry Yule and AC Burnell."<br />
<br />
But even the word "discursive" doesn't quite prepare the reader for what is to come.<br />
<br />
"It's a madly unruly and idiosyncratic work," says poet Daljit Nagra.<br />
<br />
"Not so much an orderly dictionary as a passionate memoir of colonial India. Rather like an eccentric Englishman in glossary form."<br />
<br />
<span style="font-weight:bold">30 words from India</span></p>
<ul class="commonBullets">
<li>B - bandana, bangle, bazaar, bungalow </li><li>C - catamaran, char, cheroot, chintz, chit, chokey, chutney, cummerbund, curry
</li><li>D - dinghy, dungarees </li><li>G - guru, gymkhana </li><li>H - hullabaloo </li><li>J - jodhpur, juggernaut, jute </li><li>K - khaki, kedgeree </li><li>L - loot </li><li>P - pariah, pundit, purdah, pyjamas </li><li>S - shampoo </li><li>V - veranda </li></ul>
<p><img src="images/habson.jpg" alt="habson1" class="imgBdr imgRight" align="right"/>Take the entry for the Indian word dam. The dictionary defines it as: "Originally an actual copper coin. Damri is a common enough expression for the infinitesimal in coin,
 and one has often heard a Briton in India say: 'No, I won't give a dumree!' with but a vague notion what a damri meant."<br />
<br />
That is the etymology of dam. But Yule and Burnell have more to say.<br />
<br />
"And this leads to the suggestion that a like expression, often heard from coarse talkers in England as well as in India, originated in the latter country, and that whatever profanity there may be in the animus, there is none in the etymology, when such an
 one blurts out 'I don't care a dam!' in other words, 'I don't care a brass farthing!'"<br />
<br />
There is a huge delight in language that's evident throughout the dictionary, says Dr Kate Teltscher, reader in English Literature at Roehampton University, who is preparing the new Oxford World Classics edition.<br />
<br />
"It's a hugely ambitious attempt to trace linguistic influence… it's all about the distance that words travel," she says. "It's also about looking at words in their context, and seeing how they describe a lost way of life."<br />
<br />
When the book was published, it was already a source of nostalgia for the passing of the East India Company era as India came under British rule.</p>
<p><img src="images/habson2.jpg" alt="habson1" class="imgBdr imgRight" align="right"/><span style="font-weight:bold">Hobson-Jobson-isms</span><br />
<br />
<span style="font-weight:bold">Kedgeree :</span> A dish of seasoned rice. Hobson-Jobson defines it as "a mess of rice, cooked with butter and dal and flavoured with a little spice and shred onion."<br />
<br />
<span style="font-weight:bold">Shampoo :</span> To "knead and press the muscles with the view of relieving fatigue".<br />
<br />
<span style="font-weight:bold">Pyjamas :</span> A "pair of loose drawers or trousers, tied round the waist".<br />
<br />
<span style="font-weight:bold">Gymkhana :</span> "It is applied to a place of public resort at a station, where the needful facilities for athletics and games of sorts are provided."Veranda: "An open pillared gallery round a house."<br />
<br />
"There was a market for it in India, amongst the British serving in India. One review recommended it as an ideal 'after-dinner reading in camp'," says Teltscher.<br />
<br />
"It does include a lot of administrative terms - things that the British needed to know. But it was also clearly meant for diversion and entertainment, both for the British serving in India and the British when they had returned home."<br />
<br />
Anglo-Indian food features prominently. For example, it defines <span style="font-weight:bold">
kedgeree</span> (or <span style="font-weight:bold">kitchery</span>) thus:<br />
<br />
"A mess of rice, cooked with butter and dal and flavoured with a little spice, shred onion, and the like. It's a common dish all over India, and often served at Anglo-Indian breakfast tables. In England we find the word is often applied to a mess of re-cooked
 fish, served for breakfast, but this is inaccurate. Fish is frequently eaten with kedgeree, but is no part of it."<br />
<br />
<span style="font-weight:bold">Chilly</span>, we learn, is "the popular Anglo-Indian name of the pod of red pepper".<br />
<br />
"There is little doubt that the name was taken from Chile in South America," the compilers Yule and Burnell say, "whence the plant was carried to the Indian archipelago and thence to India."<br />
<br />
"Who doesn't know what chilli means now?" asks Daljit Nagra.<br />
<br />
"But here it's been recorded probably for first time in a Western dictionary and I love the idea of witnessing the birth of that word."<br />
<br />
For writers such as Nagra, Hobson-Jobson has often been a source of inspiration.<br />
<br />
Here is how Hobson-Jobson defines <span style="font-weight:bold">naukar-chaukar</span>. It means "the servants" but the authors continue:<br />
<br />
"One of those jingling double-barrelled phrases in which Orientals delight even more than Englishmen... As regards Englishmen, compare
<span style="font-weight:bold">hugger-mugger, hurdy-gurdy, tip-top, higgledy-piggledy, hocus-pocus, tit-for-tat, topsy-turvy... harum-scarum, roly-poly, rump and stump, slip-slop…</span>"<br />
<br />
"I love these rhyming words in Hobson-Jobson," says Nagra.<br />
<br />
"They're such a familiar feature of my mother tongue and I can see how it's inspired so many writers, most famously Salman Rushdie whose novel Midnight's Children is richly sprinkled with phrases such as
<span style="font-weight:bold">writing-shiting, pudding-shudding</span>."<br />
<br />
The word <span style="font-weight:bold">Hobson-Jobson</span> itself is one of these.<br />
<br />
"My friend Major John Trotter tells me that he has repeatedly heard this phrase used by British soldiers in the Punjab. It is in fact an Anglo-Saxon version of the wailings of the Mahommedans as they beat their breasts in the procession of the Moharram - 'Ya
 Hasan! Ya Hosain!'"<br />
<br />
Another author who has drawn inspiration from the dictionary is Tom Stoppard. In his play Indian Ink, two characters compete to use as many Hobson-Jobson words as possible :<br />
<br />
<span style="font-weight:bold">Flora :</span> "While having <span style="font-weight:bold">
tiffin</span> on the <span style="font-weight:bold">veranda</span> of my <span style="font-weight:bold">
bungalow</span> I spilled <span style="font-weight:bold">kedgeree</span> on my <span style="font-weight:bold">
dungarees</span> and had to go to the <span style="font-weight:bold">gymkhana</span> in my
<span style="font-weight:bold">pyjamas</span> looking like a <span style="font-weight:bold">
coolie</span>."<br />
<br />
<span style="font-weight:bold">Nirad :</span> "I was buying <span style="font-weight:bold">
chutney</span> in the <span style="font-weight:bold">bazaar</span> when a <span style="font-weight:bold">
thug</span> who had escaped from the <span style="font-weight:bold">chokey</span> ran amok and killed a
<span style="font-weight:bold">box-wallah</span> for his <span style="font-weight:bold">
loot</span>, creating a <span style="font-weight:bold">hullabaloo</span> and landing himself in the
<span style="font-weight:bold">mulligatawny</span>."<br />
<br />
Stoppard says he deliberately chose words that the English-speaking audience would be familiar with. One of the surprises is that there are so many of these.<br />
<br />
"By exploring the words that are in Hobson-Jobson we start to realise how many words that we use every day, we don't even think of as particularly being of Indian origin actually are," says Teltscher.<br />
<br />
"So words like <span style="font-weight:bold">shampoo</span>, words like <span style="font-weight:bold">
pyjamas</span>, words like <span style="font-weight:bold">bangle</span>. We tend to think of Empire in terms of domination and control, in terms of the way power was used and abused. But we can also think of it in more intimate ways and I think Hobson-Jobson
 allows us to do that."<br />
<br />
Nagra says this is exactly what he loves about Hobson-Jobson.<br />
<br />
"That it now feels like a benign project of Victorian multiculturalism, where words from Hindi, Malay, Arabic and even Chinese can cohabit and intermingle with English words - words that have themselves been remade by rubbing alongside their new neighbours."<br />
<br />
In his introduction to the book, Yule writes that words of Indian origin have been "insinuating themselves into English ever since the end of the reign of Elizabeth and the beginning of that of King James".<br />
<br />
Terms such as <span style="font-weight:bold">calico, chintz</span> and <span style="font-weight:bold">
gingham</span> had already by then "effected a lodgement in English warehouses and shops, and were lying in wait for entrance into English literature".<br />
<br />
Eccentric, entertaining, full of curious detail, the dictionary is nonetheless very much of its time. Teltscher notes "an almost innate sense of British cultural superiority" running through the book.<br />
<br />
Novelist Amitav Ghosh, meanwhile, is quite sure he would not wish to meet Yule and Burnell.<br />
<br />
"No. I don't think I would at all," he says. "I enjoy the book but it's absolutely ridden with ideas of racial separation. I would never be a guest at their dinner party."<br />
<br />
Arthur Burnell, a scholar of South Indian languages, died before the project was completed.<br />
<br />
Colonel Henry Yule, a retired Bengal engineer, who became president of the Royal Asiatic Society, eventually drew his 14-year labour to a close in 1886, not because it was finished, but as he put it, "ars longa, vita brevis". Art is long, life is short.<br />
<br />
(The views expressed above are the personal views of the author)</p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>16/07/2012 05:43:33</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/20139/HobsonJobson+The+words+English+owes+to+India</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">20139</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>20138</publicationdataID>
      <title>Spicy India, The Asian giant wants to increase its trade relations with Latin America</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p><span style="font-weight:bold">El Periodico (Guatemala) : Vernick Gudiel</span><br />
<br />
It is not only the Indian food that is spicy, so are its culture, music and business. The sleeping giant has become an emerging power in the last three decades and begins to set its sights on Latin America, where it seeks business opportunities in the region.
 As part of a delegation of Latin American journalists I had the opportunity to visit India in late April at the invitation of its government, and to approach to emblematic companies such as TVS, Tata Consultancy Services, Hindustan Aeronautics, and learn about
 the development of this nation and its interest in Latin America.<br />
<br />
<span style="font-weight:bold">Approach to Latin America</span><br />
<br />
Rajeev Vijh, Latin America director of the Federation of Chambers of Commerce and Industry of India (FICCI), representing over 2.5 million companies, says the trade relationship between India and Latin America is still incipient, but there is great interest
 among Indian companies to invest in the region. Indian exports to Guatemala totaled U.S. $ 162 million in 2011, mainly vehicles, motorcycles, machinery, textiles and medicines, while Guatemala sold products worth U.S. $ 12.6 million, primarily cardamom, some
 wood, cardboard and scrap metal, according statistics of the Bank of Guatemala.<br />
<br />
This level of trade is a negligible amount for this market of 1,258 million potential consumers, the second most populous country in the world behind China with 17.8 percent of the global population.<br />
<br />
<span style="font-weight:bold">Not a country, a subcontinent</span><br />
<br />
A study by Knight Frank and Citi Private Bank said that India will be the world's largest economy by 2050 and the world's most populous country in 2030, above China. However, Guatemalan exporters have great difficulty to leverage its expansion due to lack of
 knowledge of the Indian market, its 22 national languages and the distance, more than 15,000 kilometers, a journey of 26 hours by plane.<br />
<br />
For Enrique Lacs, an expert on international trade, the main hurdle for selling to India is the lack of knowledge about the Indian market in Guatemala and the asymmetry between the sizes of the two markets. India is a major producer of agricultural and manufactured
 goods at a cost as low as China’s. Also, it does not have direct transport routes to Guatemala.<br />
<br />
"The market is unknown to us, but I do not mean that there are no opportunities," says Lacs, who points an export strategy is being pursued along with the conducting of studies of market intelligence to see what we can sell and have an embassy and commercial
 office to investigate and make business prospecting.<br />
<br />
India opened its embassy in Guatemala City short while back and Guatemala is about to open its own in Delhi in the coming months, when it has a place in the Indian capital.<br />
<br />
Guatemala has limited production capacity to meet any huge demand, for example, if India wants 2 million tons of beans. According to Lacs, the right strategy would be to go for a niche market by city or by region. For example, Indian megacities like Bombay
 has 21.3 million inhabitants, Capital Delhi 18.3 million and Kolkata 15.4 million.<br />
<br />
<span style="font-weight:bold">Attracting Indian capital</span><br />
<br />
Lacs said that it is important to attract Indian investments into the country. They are beginning to export capital, they also have a great high-tech sector, software development, call centers, machinery, vehicles and medicines.<br />
<br />
An Indian-owned company operating in Guatemala is the call center 24/7 Customer, which was installed in 2007 and employs over 3 000 people.<br />
<br />
Vijh says that Indian companies seeking opportunities in sectors such as agribusiness, mining, renewable energy, health, tourism and hospitality.<br />
<br />
Swami Kumar Rao, vice president of Tata Consultancy Services (TSC), technology and services division of TATA Group which employs more than 226 000 engineers representing 105 nationalities, said that they are always assessing the possibility of opening operations
 in the countries of Latin America.<br />
<br />
TCS is one of the 10 largest technology firms in the world competing with giants like IBM, SAP, among others; it has development centers in Uruguay, Argentina, Brazil, Colombia, Chile and Mexico, which employ thousands of Latin American engineers. Kumar says
 it is not necessary to be great country to make investment, but one should have sufficient talent. In case of TCS investment in Uruguay, they arrived at the invitation of the Uruguayan Government.<br />
<br />
(The views expressed above are the personal views of the author)</p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>16/07/2012 04:57:33</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/20138/Spicy+India+The+Asian+giant+wants+to+increase+its+trade+relations+with+Latin+America</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">20138</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>20137</publicationdataID>
      <title>Helping India fight terrorism</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p><span style="font-weight:bold">National Post :</span> Op-Ed<br />
<br />
The 10 Islamist terrorists who committed the 2008 Mumbai terrorist attacks killed 164 innocent people with guns, grenades and bombs. Nine of the killers died during their rampage. The 10th, Ajmal Kasab, was taken alive - and has provided details about how the
 attacks were planned and executed by Lashkar-e-Taiba ("Army of the Good"), a terrorist group with deep links to the Pakistani military.<br />
<br />
Throughout the slaughter, cellphone intercepts show, the Mumbai terrorists received a flow of real-time instructions from a pair of mysterious Karachi-based controllers. Those two men are believed to be the real architects of the attacks - the equivalent, in
 9/11 terms, of Khalid Sheikh Mohammed.<br />
<br />
Last month, according to Indian authorities, half of the mystery ended with the arrest of Syed Zabiuddin Ansari, a.k.a. Abu Jindal, at Delhi airport, after he had allegedly been discovered recruiting terrorists in Saudi Arabia for a new plot. (No genius, Ansari
 reportedly opened up a Facebook page under his real name.)<br />
<br />
Indian officials claim that the alleged Lashkar-e-Taiba terrorist already has been spilling some details about the 2008 operation, such as the identities of those who were in the Karachi control room during the attacks. These figures reportedly include not
 only Lashkar-e-Taiba commanders, but also agents of Pakistan's military spy agency - the InterServices Intelligence (ISI).<br />
<br />
The arrest of Mr. Ansari is a significant victory in the war on terrorism, despite the relatively modest media coverage it got here in the West. As former CIA officer Bruce Riedel writes, "with al-Qaeda on the ropes," Lashkar-e-Taiba "is now probably the most
 dangerous terror group in the world."<br />
<br />
Mr. Ansari might provide information useful in rolling up Lashkar-e-Taiba cells in India and elsewhere. And if reported disclosures about ISI-Lashkar-e-Taiba co-operation in the 2008 Mumbai attacks hold up, it might even shame Pakistan into taking action against
 the terrorist group: To this day, Lashkar-e-Taiba and its leader, Hafeez Saeed, operate freely in Pakistan. Mr. Saeed even appears on Pakistani television, as if he were a respected commentator, even though he is believed to have been personally present in
 the Karachi control room while his Lashkar-e-Taiba minions roamed Mumbai on their killing spree.<br />
<br />
The circumstances of Mr. Ansari's arrest also provide some basis for optimism. According to The Associated Press (AP), "both India and Pakistan [lobbied] for his release into their custody, but India clinched the arrest by providing DNA samples from Ansari's
 Indian family members, who live in the western state of Maharashtra, where Mumbai is located."<br />
<br />
"Saudi Arabia's decision to hand Ansari over to India, rather than Pakistan, appeared to surprise Indian officials," the AP report continues. "Saudi Arabia and Pakistan have long held close ties. Foreign Ministry spokesman Syed Akbaruddin described the arrest
 as something 'rather new' in Saudi-Indian relations. 'Our relationship with Saudi Arabia is expanding in a variety of ways.' "<br />
<br />
The fact that the Saudis cooperated with India on Mr. Ansari indicates that they see Lashkar-e-Taiba as a global terrorist threat - not just an Indian problem. As for India itself, it has become a front-line state in the war on terror, a sort of South Asian
 Israel (with Lashkar-e-Taiba and the Taliban, in their Pakistani sanctuaries, playing the equivalent roles of Hamas and Hezbollah).<br />
<br />
The United States recognizes this. Last month, the Hindustan Times reported that the FBI promised Indian home secretary Raj Kumar Singh and Intelligence Bureau director Nehchal Sandhu that the United States would extradite criminals - even American nationals
 - to India if they were involved in terrorism.<br />
<br />
Canada should take this opportunity to revisit its own extradition policies with India. We have extradited only one person to India in the last two decades (a murderer named Malkiat Singh). Currently, a court in B.C. is weighing the possible extradition to
 India of Malkit Kaur Sidhu, 63, and Surjit Singh Badesha, 67, to face charges that they ordered the honour killing of Ms. Sidhu's daughter, Jaswinder Kaur Sidhu, who'd married a poor rickshaw driver she'd met on a trip to India, over her parents' objections.
 The evidence in the case is strong (phone calls between the accused couple and the convicted killers in India) - but in the past, Canadian courts have cited concerns about possible torture and corruption by Indian officials to justify their refusal to extradite.<br />
<br />
One particularly troubling example involved the case of Air India Flight 182 bombing suspect Talwinder Singh Parmar. In 1982, he was the subject of a formal extradition request from the Indian government, which identified the man as a terrorist who'd been implicated
 in six murders. That request was denied by Canada. Three years later, Air India Flight 182 was blown out of the sky.<br />
<br />
Thirty years later, India's role at the front line of the war on terrorism is even more pronounced. The next time an Indian terrorist - or even an ordinary murder suspect - is apprehended on Canadian soil, let us make sure that past errors are not repeated.<br />
<br />
(The views expressed above are the personal views of the author)</p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>16/07/2012 04:51:30</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/20137/Helping+India+fight+terrorism</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">20137</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>19969</publicationdataID>
      <title>Foreign investors still upbeat on India</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p><span style="font-weight:bold">Financial Times : Rahul Jacob</span><br />
<br />
It could have been 2010 all over again. Muhtar Kent, chief executive of Coca Cola , reeled off a list of reasons why investing in India made sense: he spoke about the country’s fast growing market, its young population and rapid urbanisation and predicted the
 country would soon be among Coke’s five largest global markets by volume. <br />
<br />
The world’s largest drinks company by revenues and its bottlers would invest $5bn in India by 2020, Mr Kent said.
<br />
<br />
The upbeat language was reminiscent of the bullishness exhibited by India’s own business leaders two years ago when the country was growing at close to 9 per cent and people could only see a bright future. But they are words rarely spoken in Indian business
 circles today with growth now closer to 5 per cent, which makes the Coca Cola chief’s comments in New Delhi on Tuesday all the more interesting.
<br />
<br />
Coca Cola’s vote of confidence in the Indian economy followed an announcement last Friday by Ikea, the world’s largest furniture retailer, that it would invest as much as €1.5bn in India over the next few years.
<br />
<br />
Together the two moves will not restore double digit growth in India but they do tell a different story about the country’s economic slowdown and suggest that domestic businesses have been too quick to talk the country down.
<br />
<br />
Prime Minister Manmohan Singh, who this week added the finance portfolio to his responsibilities, on Wednesday called on business to "reverse the climate of pessimism”.
<br />
<br />
But that pessimism is already showing up in retail sales, says Arvind Singhal, chairman of retail consultants Technopak Advisors. Sales of air conditioners were up 15 to 20 per cent over the past couple of years but may contract by about 2 per cent this year,
 he says. Television sales are still growing by 10 to 12 per cent while those of autos are flat. Mr Singhal says even 5 per cent gross domestic product growth hides a "trend-line that is disturbing because [the deceleration] hasn’t stabilised”.
<br />
<br />
Optimists argue that India’s growth compares well with the rest of the world. India’s 5.3 per cent GDP growth rate for the quarter ended March 31 looked robust compared with, say, Brazil’s most recent quarterly rate of 0.8 per cent even if it looked anaemic
 next to the 9.1 per cent growth recorded 12 months earlier. <br />
<br />
According to data collected by Morgan Stanley, revenues for listed companies for the quarter ended in March rose by 15 to 20 per cent. The prevailing pessimism of India Inc is possibly because profit growth, say observers, has dropped well below revenue growth
 because of higher labour costs. <br />
<br />
"The apocalyptic conclusions are overdone,” says Prasenjit Basu, head of research at brokerage May Bank Kim Eng. He points to fixed investment as a percentage of GDP, which has dropped from 31.4 per cent in the quarter ended March 2011 to a respectable 30.9
 per cent in the same quarter this year. Mr Basu predicts a first-quarter current account surplus, which will show a big jump in net exports of goods and services, to be announced this weekend.
<br />
<br />
That may be partly due to the slide of the rupee , which has dropped more than 20 per cent in the past year making those exports that bit cheaper. But Indian business has laid the blame for the weakening currency on the Singh government and the Reserve Bank
 of India for not intervening more strongly. <br />
<br />
Duvvuri Subbarao, the Reserve Bank governor, last week took the unusual step of telling his audience at a chamber of commerce lunch in Mumbai: "I don’t think this blame game can go on.”
<br />
<br />
While it is clear that government spending in India, which has been growing at close to 20 per cent annually for the past five years, is crowding out private investment, it is hard to find evidence that interest rates of 8 per cent are affecting investment
 decisions. Real interest rates were much higher between 2003 and 2008 when Indian businesses were expanding aggressively.
<br />
<br />
Keki Mistry, the managing director of HDFC, the country’s largest mortgage provider, said business outside of Delhi and Mumbai was much as it had been in 2011, when HDFC’s loans grew by 27 per cent. "People are still buying houses. There’s no real calamity,”
 said Mr Mistry. "There is a complete dissonance between (what you hear) when you are talking to industrial houses and what you see in terms of consumer behaviour.”
<br />
<br />
In the southern Indian garment factory towns around the city of Coimbatore, small factories have closed because of a drop in orders from the US and Europe. Still, Milton John, who heads Cotonworld, a $40m children and ladies garments company that supplies Mothercare,
 says he is confident the company will grow at more than 20 per cent this year. The major cloud on Cotonworld’s horizon is not Europe, however, but inflation, which he says is driving wages up by 30 per cent annually.
<br />
<br />
Mr Singh used Twitter on Wednesday to try to persuade business to be more optimistic. He also made a direct call to business to "revive the animal spirits in the country’s economy”.
<br />
<br />
If India is to get back to the growth levels it once enjoyed, Mr Singh’s government will have to translate Tweets into action.
<br />
<br />
(The views expressed above are the personal views of the author)</p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>02/07/2012 16:32:44</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/19969/Foreign++still+upbeat+on+India</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">19969</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>19971</publicationdataID>
      <title>India's growing stake in Afghanistan</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p><span style="font-weight:bold">BBC : Andrew North</span><br />
<br />
India is flexing its soft power muscles this week by hosting an international investment conference on Afghanistan, barely a week before another global gathering in Tokyo to pledge aid. The BBC's South Asia correspondent Andrew North examines the deepening
 ties between India and Afghanistan. <br />
<br />
On a recent flight from Kabul to Delhi none of the Afghan passengers were surprised when take-off was delayed.
<br />
<br />
Business class was still empty. Some VIPs must be running late, they concluded. <br />
<br />
They were right, except the late arrivals turned out to be very important policemen - among them a colonel - severely injured in another insurgent assault on Kabul.
<br />
<br />
It is quicker to fly to next-door Pakistan. But when officials like this need help, Afghanistan would rather trust its old friend India to look after them.
<br />
<br />
<span style="font-weight:bold">Battle for influence</span><br />
<br />
Encouraged by the US and its Nato allies as they prepare to retreat in 2014, India and Afghanistan are deepening their ties, to the frustration of their neighbour sandwiched in-between.
<br />
<br />
The two states signed a strategic partnership last year, which among other things promises more Indian help in building up Afghan security forces.
<br />
<br />
More than 100 Afghan officers are already attending Indian military colleges, with the number set to rise.
<br />
<br />
In effect, the next round of the age-old battle for influence in Afghanistan has begun.
<br />
<br />
India is watching closely the actions there of its huge northern rival China, which has secured rights to vast copper deposits.
<br />
<br />
The Indian government is keen to emphasise the soft power side of its strategy, such as Thursday's gathering at a plush Delhi hotel aimed at attracting more foreign investment into Afghanistan.
<br />
<br />
"Let the grey suits of businessmen take the place of the olive green fatigues of soldiers and generals in Afghanistan," Indian Foreign Minister SM Krishna told a conference hall filled with would-be investors.
<br />
<br />
In financial terms, India is already one of the biggest players in Afghanistan.<br />
<br />
It has pledged or spent some $2bn (£1.3bn) worth of aid over the last decade to build roads, power stations and even the Afghan parliament.<br />
<br />
<span style="font-weight:bold">'New silk road'</span><br />
<br />
India has been rewarded with rights to mine Afghanistan prime iron ore reserves.<br />
<br />
It is state companies who are leading the way so far though.<br />
<br />
Private investors at the conference seemed to be doing more window-shopping rather than being ready to invest - with many nervous about events after the Nato pull-out.<br />
<br />
But for Indian companies there is an open door, from the Afghan street to the presidential palace.<br />
<br />
Afghan President Hamid Karzai did his university studies in India and speaks Hindi.
<br />
<br />
Walk through central Kabul and you soon lose count of the number of places selling Indian music and movies.<br />
<br />
While you never hear a good word about Pakistan, you rarely hear a bad one about India.<br />
<br />
Afghan officials at the Delhi meeting were talking of a "new silk road" between the two countries, even though Commerce Minister Anwar ul-Haq Ahadi admits Afghanistan is still "one of the riskiest places in the world to do business".<br />
<br />
But go to a private Delhi hospital and you see a new kind of silk road already emerging, with a boom in Afghan medical tourism.
<br />
<br />
It is not just security personnel coming for specialist care, but thousands of other Afghans<br />
<br />
(The views expressed above are the personal views of the author)</p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>02/07/2012 16:37:23</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/19971/Indias+growing+stake+in+Afghanistan</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">19971</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>19972</publicationdataID>
      <title>Afghanistan Woos Foreign Investors in New Delhi</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p><span style="font-weight:bold">India Ink : Heather Timmons</span><br />
<br />
It was a standing-room-only crowd Thursday at the Taj Palace Hotel’s Shahjehan Hall, as Afghan government officials and business executives wooed foreign investors at an all-day conference in New Delhi.
<br />
<br />
Hundreds of businesspeople and diplomats were in the audience, including representatives from China, Iran, Kazakhstan and Turkey, as well as from multinational conglomerates, including General Electric, Exxon Mobil and JPMorgan Chase.
<br />
<br />
Investment-led domestic economic growth will "ensure the economic stability of the country in the current period of transition” and in the coming years, Zalmai Rassoul, Afghanistan’s minister of foreign affairs, told the crowd.
<br />
<br />
Fahim Hashimi, the president of the Hashimi Group and director of international affairs for the Afghanistan Chamber of Commerce and Industries, expressed optimism about the country’s development, saying, "From a decade of turmoil, conflict and mismanagement,
 to an emerging market, Afghanistan has come a long way.” <br />
<br />
As the United States and Europe wind down their military presence in the country, the Afghan government is hoping to replace foreign aid with taxes and profits from domestic industry. So dependent is Afghanistan on external aid that in 2010, international assistance
 amounted to roughly 97 percent of the country’s gross domestic product, according to a commonly cited World Bank estimate.<br />
<br />
Thursday’s conference, sponsored by the Confederation of Indian Industry, is part of India’s recent increase in engagement with Afghanistan.
<br />
<br />
Afghanistan’s Ministry of Commerce distributed a booklet full of investment opportunities at the conference, led by a more than $10 billion pipeline project to deliver natural gas from Turkmenistan to both Pakistan and India. Other options included a $23 million
 cement plant in Jabal-e Seraj (the handout added that "any investment in the cement sector of Afghanistan would be welcomed”), a $6.6 million investment in saffron processing and a $5 million "poultry economic development package.”
<br />
<br />
Afghanistan is passing a number of laws designed to make the country friendly for foreign investment, said Prasoon Sadozai, the director of legal and regulatory affairs for Afghanistan’s Ministry of Commerce and Industry, like allowing 100 percent ownership
 of shares in a company by foreign investors, eliminating export taxes on any goods made or assembled in Afghanistan and allowing foreign companies to roll over loses from one year to the next to offset taxes.<br />
<br />
Bloomberg, Samsung and Sony have already registered their companies with Afghanistan’s business registration board, he added.
<br />
<br />
The country has no restrictions on foreign investment in any sector, can provide land in industrial parks at reduced rents and is building tax-free zones, Wafiullah Iftekhar, the director of the Afghanistan Investment Support Agency, told the crowd.
<br />
<br />
Foreign attendees mentioned security and corruption as their biggest concerns about doing business in Afghanistan. But several seemed keenly interested in trying to secure a partner there.
<br />
<br />
Kakizaki Shinsuke, the chief representative in India for Mitsui-Soko International, a Japanese logistics company, said he’d been trying to do business in India for a year and a half and found the competition tough. One way to jump start business is to "go first,”
 he said, and Afghanistan presents that opportunity. He had already spoken to several Afghan logistics companies, and said he hoped to partner with one of them so they could use Mitsui-Soko’s international network.
<br />
<br />
Plenty of attendees from Afghanistan were seeking the same. <br />
<br />
Saba Sahar, in a glittery silver top, black headscarf and rhinestone-studded glasses, said she came from Afghanistan in search of investors for her film production company. "Afghanistan and India should work together to make films to show their common culture,”
 she said through an interpreter. She said she was looking for someone to invest in films about social issues, including women’s rights and violence against women.
<br />
<br />
Ahmad Zubir Arian, internal audit manager of Afghanistan’s Safi Group, said he came searching for mining companies to partner with his company. "The mining sector is a new thing in Afghanistan, and we want professional companies,” he said.
<br />
<br />
What about the American government’s efforts to help Afghanistan grow its domestic economy?
<br />
<br />
"They are, you know, trying,” Mr. Arian said, "but I feel customs and traditions are very important.” He’d prefer to find an Indian partner, he said. Indian companies and Indian people have a long relationship with Afghanistan, he said, and "we can easily understand
 each other.” <br />
<br />
Questions from the floor after presentations ranged from the practical to the idealistic. "Yours is such a beautiful country,” one man said, noting that was his impression only from flying over it. But, he said, the tourism sector has not yet been discussed.
 Would there be programs for developing that as well? <br />
<br />
"Ah, well…,” Hazrat Omar Zakhilwal, Afghanistan’s minister of finance, said with a heavy sigh. "Let me say there are four flights a day and I would like that to double,” he said, adding that he hoped the planes would be full of tourists from India coming in,
 rather than Afghans going out for medical treatment. <br />
<br />
Security was widely discussed, both during presentations and privately. <br />
<br />
"Security is an issue,” said M. Ayuob Omarzada, first secretary (economic) at the Afghanistan embassy in New Delhi, in an interview. "But Afghanistan is a good source, especially of minerals and mines. A lot of opportunity is there.”
<br />
<br />
In Afghanistan, Mr. Hashimi promised in his presentation, "you will not see a company closed because of security.” But uncertainty is a "prominent challenge for investors,” he said, adding "just like anywhere else in the world.”
<br />
<br />
Afghanistan has recently signed a number of partnership agreements with foreign governments including the United States, India and Britain, Mr. Iftekhar of the investment agency noted. "This will, inshallah, remove any uncertainties,” he said.
<br />
<br />
(The views expressed above are the personal views of the author)</p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>02/07/2012 17:01:10</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/19972/Afghanistan+Woos+Foreign++in+New+Delhi</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">19972</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>19967</publicationdataID>
      <title>India seeks larger role in stabilizing Afghanistan after NATO drawdown</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p><span style="font-weight:bold">Washington Post : Rama Lakshmi</span><br />
<br />
NEW DELHI - As the U.S.-led coalition in Afghanistan prepares for the pullout of combat troops by 2014, India cautiously positioned itself Thursday to expand its role in the country’s postwar stabilization by helping direct global business investment there.<br />
<br />
Indian officials signaled the move — which came after months of prodding by the United States — by hosting an international conference here to discuss the possibility of investment in Afghanistan’s mines, infrastructure and agriculture. The country’s mineral
 and hydrocarbon wealth alone is estimated to be between $1 trillion and $3 trillion.<br />
<br />
The conference comes just two weeks after the Taliban issued an unusual statement praising India for resisting the U.S. calls for it to play a larger role in Afghanistan, and New Delhi appeared to use the forum to define a unique niche for itself: By taking
 a lead in promoting investment in Afghanistan, it acknowledged Washington’s vision of achieving long-term stability in the war-torn country. But by restricting itself to the language of commerce, it avoided appearing intrusive — and also nodded to the aversion
 voiced by Pakistan and the Taliban to the idea of an Indian military presence there.
<br />
<br />
"We need to offer a narrative of opportunity to counter the anxiety of withdrawal, uncertainty, instability and foreign interference,” India’s foreign minister, S.M. Krishna, told the representatives of firms from 40 countries who attended the conference. "The
 military drawdown should not result in a political or security vacuum that will be filled by extremists once again. There should be something productive in its place.”<br />
<br />
Krishna added: "We need something more enduring, something based on self-interest rather than generosity, that can move the country towards greater self-reliance and inter-dependence.”
<br />
<br />
India has committed $2 billion to reconstruction and development projects in Afghanistan, including building roads and schools and installing power lines. It also helps train the country’s bureaucrats and police. But so far, its decision to steer clear of a
 military role has earned it goodwill among Afghans, and it appeared to confirm that stance Thursday.<br />
<br />
"With today’s conference, India is saying it is best at giving nonmilitary assistance and that it will help mobilize other countries and coordinate investment so that Afghanistan does not feel left in the lurch after the troops pull out in 2014,” said Lalit
 Mansingh, a former Indian ambassador to the United States. <br />
<br />
The New Delhi conference also comes ahead of a meeting in Tokyo next month when the international community is expected to pledge further financial aid to Afghanistan.<br />
<br />
Afghanistan’s foreign minister, Zalmay Rassoul, said at the conference Thursday that he will present in Tokyo his government’s new goal of encouraging private investment that will eventually "reduce our reliance on international assistance.”
<br />
<br />
Conference organizers here said that the discussions in New Delhi will feed into the Tokyo gathering.
<br />
<br />
"India is offering those who will attend the meeting in Tokyo a new, alternate model of engagement in Afghanistan, one that is not solely about security or financial aid,” said Chandrajit Banerjee, director general of the Confederation of Indian Industry, which
 co-hosted the conference. <br />
<br />
But two countries that are probably watching New Delhi’s new diplomatic assertiveness warily are Pakistan and China, analysts said. India and Pakistan have long competed for influence in Afghanistan, and China has expanded its investments in Central Asia in
 recent years. <br />
<br />
Only a couple of Pakistani companies and 14 Chinese companies came to the conference.
<br />
<br />
"Judging from their representation here, the response appears to be cool,” an Indian Foreign Ministry official said during a background briefing to reporters. "But we don’t expect that every overture of ours will be met with an immediate embrace.”<br />
<br />
(The views expressed above are the personal views of the author)</p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>02/07/2012 16:22:44</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/19967/India+seeks+larger+role+in+stabilizing+Afghanistan+after+NATO+drawdown</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">19967</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>19968</publicationdataID>
      <title>India's growing stake in Afghanistan</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p><span style="font-weight:bold">BBC</span><br />
<br />
On a recent flight from Kabul to Delhi none of the Afghan passengers were surprised when take-off was delayed.<br />
<br />
Business class was still empty. Some VIPs must be running late, they concluded. <br />
<br />
They were right, except the late arrivals turned out to be very important policemen - among them a colonel - severely injured in another insurgent assault on Kabul.<br />
<br />
It is quicker to fly to next-door Pakistan. But when officials like this need help, Afghanistan would rather trust its old friend India to look after them.<br />
<br />
<span style="font-weight:bold">Battle for influence </span><br />
<br />
Encouraged by the US and its Nato allies as they prepare to retreat in 2014, India and Afghanistan are deepening their ties, to the frustration of their neighbour sandwiched in-between.<br />
<br />
The two states signed a strategic partnership last year, which among other things promises more Indian help in building up Afghan security forces.<br />
<br />
More than 100 Afghan officers are already attending Indian military colleges, with the number set to rise.<br />
<br />
In effect, the next round of the age-old battle for influence in Afghanistan has begun.<br />
<br />
India is watching closely the actions there of its huge northern rival China, which has secured rights to vast copper deposits.<br />
<br />
The Indian government is keen to emphasise the soft power side of its strategy, such as Thursday's gathering at a plush Delhi hotel aimed at attracting more foreign investment into Afghanistan.<br />
<br />
"Let the grey suits of businessmen take the place of the olive green fatigues of soldiers and generals in Afghanistan," Indian Foreign Minister SM Krishna told a conference hall filled with would-be investors.<br />
<br />
In financial terms, India is already one of the biggest players in Afghanistan. <br />
<br />
It has pledged or spent some $2bn (£1.3bn) worth of aid over the last decade to build roads, power stations and even the Afghan parliament.<br />
<br />
<span style="font-weight:bold">'New silk road' </span><br />
<br />
India has been rewarded with rights to mine Afghanistan prime iron ore reserves. <br />
<br />
It is state companies who are leading the way so far though. <br />
<br />
Private investors at the conference seemed to be doing more window-shopping rather than being ready to invest - with many nervous about events after the Nato pull-out.<br />
<br />
But for Indian companies there is an open door, from the Afghan street to the presidential palace.<br />
<br />
Afghan President Hamid Karzai did his university studies in India and speaks Hindi.<br />
<br />
Walk through central Kabul and you soon lose count of the number of places selling Indian music and movies.<br />
<br />
While you never hear a good word about Pakistan, you rarely hear a bad one about India.<br />
<br />
Afghan officials at the Delhi meeting were talking of a "new silk road" between the two countries, even though Commerce Minister Anwar ul-Haq Ahadi admits Afghanistan is still "one of the riskiest places in the world to do business".<br />
<br />
But go to a private Delhi hospital and you see a new kind of silk road already emerging, with a boom in Afghan medical tourism.<br />
<br />
It is not just security personnel coming for specialist care, but thousands of other Afghans for routine operations.<br />
<br />
Some hospitals now have separate reception desks with staff speaking the two main Afghan languages to handle the numbers.<br />
<br />
As most Afghan patients pay with wads of crisp dollars, the hospitals want them to keep coming.<br />
<br />
Locals in Delhi's Lajpat Nagar district, where many Afghan medical tourists stay, joke it should be renamed "Little Kabul".<br />
<br />
The connections between the two nations are set to get physical, if a recently signed deal to pipe gas 1,700km (1,056 miles) from Turkmenistan across Afghanistan and Pakistan to India goes ahead.<br />
<br />
India's state gas company is one of the leaders of a consortium trying to persuade global investors to stump up $7.6bn (£5bn) for the so-called TAPI pipeline later this year.<br />
<br />
It is a rebirth for an old idea which US companies tried to get the Taliban to sign up to before 9/11 - and with the route by-passing Iran, the Americans are encouraging it again.<br />
<br />
With the obvious security challenge of trying to lay and protect a pipeline not just across Afghanistan - but also the troubled Pakistani province of Balochistan - the project has been derided by some in India as, well, a pipe dream which leaves Delhi beholden
 to its old enemy Pakistan. <br />
<br />
There are fears it will only increase the risks India faces in Afghanistan. <br />
<br />
It has already lost diplomats in bomb attacks on its in Kabul embassy - attacks India says were carried out by Pakistani-backed groups.<br />
<br />
Getting in deeper only inflames India-Pakistan tensions, some argue. <br />
<br />
<span style="font-weight:bold">Strategic self-interest </span><br />
<br />
Why does not India just get out and leave "Af to Pak" asked a column by Shekhar Gupta, the influential editor of the Indian Express.<br />
<br />
Foreign ministry spokesman Syed Akrabuddin says India's presence is about its own strategic self-interest.<br />
<br />
"Afghanistan is in our neighbourhood and there is a history of Afghan soil being used for terror attacks on India. We can't have that again," he said.<br />
<br />
The truth is that few Indians pay much attention to their government's policy in Afghanistan.<br />
<br />
If they consider the country at all, they think of it as a place of suicide attacks.<br />
<br />
But there is a kinder image too, from the Kabuliwalla story taught in many Indian schools - about a poor Afghan who comes to Calcutta to work to pay off his debts and befriends a young girl.<br />
<br />
The many Afghans coming to India for medical treatment or business are showing another side to their country too, one Indians realise they can benefit from.<br />
<br />
Delhi's "Little Kabul" looks set to keep growing. <br />
<br />
(The views expressed above are the personal views of the author)</p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>02/07/2012 16:28:20</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/19968/Indias+growing+stake+in+Afghanistan</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">19968</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>19964</publicationdataID>
      <title>Afghan women entrepreneurs look to India for opportunities</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p><span style="font-weight:bold">The Washington Post: Rama Lakshmi</span><br />
<br />
They run fleets of trucks, supply construction material, design software programs and make furniture. Women entrepreneurs in war-torn Afghanistan have been breaking many cultural ceilings in the past decade.<br />
<br />
But now, many of them are anxious to find new clients as they prepare for the 2014 drawdown when they may lose their biggest client – the U.S. military bases. And India’s vast and lucrative market is their next Frontier.</p>
<p><img src="images/27frnmd.jpg" alt="Afghan women" class="imgBdr imgRight" align="right"/> Afghan entrepreneur Sara Rahmani holds a dress in her Kabul clothing shop March 12, 2005. Afghanistan’s female entrepreneurs are looking to India for business opportunities
 as the U.S. begins its drawdown. (David Guttenfelder/AP) <br />
<br />
"It will be a big challenge once the Americans and the others leave. The local market in Afghanistan has not progressed much,” said Masuma Rezaie, 24-year-old founder of the evocatively named company First Afghan Lady Logistics and Services. "But there is big
 money in the Indian market.” <br />
<br />
To this end, Rezaie and other businesswomen came to New Delhi on Wednesday to seek deals, training and technology from Indian companies. The three-day business-to-business meetings, facilitated by USAID and the Consortium of Women Entrepreneurs of India, comes
 at a time when the impending withdrawal of the international forces from Afghanistan is also raising concerns about the future of women’s rights to study and work.<br />
<br />
Rezaie’s company supplies security equipment, furniture, potable water, generators, construction machinery and laborers to the international military camps and humanitarian groups across Afghanistan.<br />
<br />
The war and rebuilding of the nation has birthed many Rosie-the-Riveters in Kabul, who are going beyond handicrafts and textiles. One company is called "Courageous Afghan Women Construction Company &amp; Logistical Services.”<br />
<br />
"The Taliban attacked my trucks twice,” Rezaie said. "But not because I am a woman, but because I am doing business with Americans.” She runs an all-women office in Kabul. "We keep the women in the offices to do the brain work, and send the men into the field.”<br />
<br />
The organizers hoped business deals will be struck over the next three days. <br />
<br />
Another entrepreneur, Malika Qanih, wants to learn the process of manufacturing herbal medicines from Indians.<br />
<br />
"Afghanistan is rich in undiscovered, untapped herbs. Big business potential,” said Malika Qanih, 60, chief executive of Sun Pharma. On Friday, she will visit a factory owned by Shahnaz Husain, czarina of Indian herbal cosmetics.<br />
<br />
Qanih hopes that Afghan women will not have to go back to the past after 2014. "Many countries have signed strategic partnerships with Afghanistan. I hope they will not forget to protect us even after 2014,” she said.<br />
<br />
(The views expressed above are the personal views of the author)</p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>02/07/2012 16:07:04</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/19964/Afghan+women+entrepreneurs+look+to+India+for+opportunities</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">19964</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>19904</publicationdataID>
      <title>India flexes its muscle on the world stage</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p>The Toronto Star:Haroon Siddiqui<br />
<br />
You are the external affairs minister of the world’s largest democracy, which is emerging as an economic, military and geopolitical power. It’s being wooed by the United States, Russia, Europe, Canada and just about everybody else. Issues and people tug at
 you every waking minute. What should your priorities be?<br />
<br />
First, stay calm. S.M. Krishna always is. <br />
<br />
The 80-year-old lawyer — he studied in the U.S. as a Fulbright scholar — is a veteran politician. He was first elected in 1962 to the provincial assembly of Karnataka (home of high-tech in Bangalore). He has since been chief minister (premier) of that state,
 and also an MP and a federal minister, twice, before being named to his present post in 2009.
<br />
<br />
He belongs to the Gandhian breed of Indian politicians who never seem to get ruffled. Prime Minister Manmohan Singh, 80, is also like that. Krishna proved it last year, albeit in embarrassing circumstances.
<br />
<br />
At the UN General Assembly, he was well into his speech when his horrified staff realized that he was reading the text left behind by the previous speaker, the foreign minister of Portugal.
<br />
<br />
Indian media had much fun, as did the opposition. But he sloughed it off, saying it can happen to anybody (as it did in 2009 at the White House to Irish prime minister Brian Cowen, who started reading Barack Obama’s speech).
<br />
<br />
Krishna has been in his job long enough for us to discern a pattern, keeping in mind the caveat that it’s the prime minister who dictates foreign policy and the minister merely carries it out, well or badly.
<br />
<br />
Singh’s two signature initiatives have been to forge close ties with the U.S. (highlighted by the landmark 2008 nuclear deal) and keep a peace dialogue going with neighbouring Pakistan, despite the 2008 attack on Mumbai by Pakistani terrorists.
<br />
<br />
Krishna was in Washington last week for his third annual "strategic dialogue” with Hillary Clinton and other senior Obama administration officials. He then came to Toronto where Foreign Minister John Baird hosted a dinner. To score brownie points, Baird brought
 along the Conservative Indo-Canadian cabinet contingent, such as it is — junior ministers Bal Gosal and Tim Uppal, plus parliamentary secretary Deepak Obhrai.
<br />
<br />
Canada is low among Indian priorities, bilateral trade being just $5 billion a year, as opposed to India’s $60 billion with the U.S., $74 billion with China and $100 billion with Dubai.
<br />
<br />
Canada hopes to sell more oil, gas, minerals and uranium for India’s 20 reactors and several new ones being planned. And it wants a piece of India’s $1 trillion infrastructure program over the next five years.
<br />
<br />
India’s booming economy has slowed down, from near double-digit growth for years to below 6 per cent this year. But that’s still impressive, considering what’s happening in Europe, the U.S., Japan and elsewhere.
<br />
<br />
Beyond economics, Baird engaged Krishna on Afghanistan, Iran and Sri Lanka — for good reason.
<br />
<br />
While India long ago abandoned its pro-Soviet Cold War era policy, it’s not taking orders from Washington. It’s pursuing an independent foreign policy. Last year, it bought European fighter jets, not American ones. It has held American nuclear companies at
 bay with its insistence on holding them liable for accidents. <br />
<br />
It twice voted with the U.S. on Iran at the International Atomic Energy Agency but strongly opposes an American/Israeli attack on Iran, which the Stephen Harper government sounds gung-ho about. War on Iran would disrupt the security and economy of the entire
 Gulf region, where 6 million Indians work and repatriate $40 billion a year in remittances.
<br />
<br />
India has reduced oil imports from Iran but also won an exemption from American sanctions for continuing to do business with Tehran.
<br />
<br />
The U.S. needs India as a counterweight to China. And it needs India’s help in Afghanistan, especially given Washington’s deteriorating relationship with Pakistan.
<br />
<br />
India has been quietly effective in Afghanistan, doing $2 billion in development work ("The Afghan people have been our security,” goes the Indian mantra). It has a deal with Turkmenistan to pipe gas through Afghanistan and Pakistan to India. A consortium of
 Indian companies is set to extract Afghan iron ore. <br />
<br />
India’s dialogue with Pakistan is focused on improving trade and the movement of people with easier visas. A recent Pakistani fashion show in India drew rave reviews.<br />
<br />
While trading heavily with China, India is competing with it in Africa. There it has provided $5 billion in aid, connected 47 countries on the continent with a fibre-optic network, and given 34 of the poorest countries duty-free access to India.
<br />
<br />
In its immediate area neighbourhood, India is pursuing a "string of pearls” diplomacy — a $1 billion soft loan to Bangladesh; $300 million in aid to Sri Lanka, for which India is the biggest trading partner and also the biggest source of tourists; training
 civil servants in Nepal and Bhutan; and joining the Indonesian navy in patrolling the Straits of Malacca, the main shipping channel between the Indian and Pacific oceans.
<br />
<br />
With its broad agenda, India wants to be, in Krishna’s words, "the voice of consensus and a force of stability” in the region and beyond.
</p>
<p style="text-align:center">(The views expressed above are the personal views of the author)</p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>26/06/2012 13:26:09</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/19904/India+flexes+its+muscle+on+the+world+stage</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">19904</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>19902</publicationdataID>
      <title>Can India ‘Fix’ Afghanistan?</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p>New York Times Blogs (India Ink): HEATHER TIMMONS<br />
<br />
As the United States winds down its military engagement in Afghanistan, optimism is growing about the role India can play to stabilize and develop the country.<br />
<br />
This week, visiting United States Secretary of Defense Leon Panetta encouraged to take a more active role in Afghanistan, involvement once considered by the United States as merely an opportunistic way for India to antagonize Pakistan.
<br />
<br />
The United States' encouragement is hardly needed. India plans to "intensify” its already "high level political engagement and broad-based development assistance in a wide range of sectors,” India's minister for external affairs, S.M. Krishna, told Afghanistan's
 visiting foreign minister, Zalmai Rassoul, in a speech in New Delhi last month. With assistance from Europe and the United States expected to drop substantially, India may be left as one of Afghanistan's most prominent aid partners.
<br />
<br />
Here on India Ink, we have been asking: Does this make any sense? On first glance, at least, India seems an unlikely provider of development assistance because of the serious issues troubling it at home. Many of the same things that Afghanistan needs, from
 infrastructure to education, India is having troubles providing for many citizens, even without the regular threat of attacks from the Taliban.
<br />
<br />
India's state-run power industry struggles to get enough fuel thanks to mismanagement and bureaucracy, even its brightest youth can't land a spot at a good university and about third of its citizens live in destitute poverty, with hundreds of millions malnourished.
 The current central government is grappling with a growing deficit, shrinking economic growth and an increasingly dissatisfied voter base.
<br />
<br />
It's no surprise that India's Afghanistan plans have been greeted with some skepticism.
<br />
<br />
"In the land of the blind, the one-eyed man is king,” said Rajeev Malik, an economist at CLSA, a research and brokerage house, who has been a sharp critic of India's fiscal policy and government. "India has not managed to fix these issues itself,” he said,
 but added that the country "probably has more experience than Afghanistan.” <br />
<br />
India's on-the-ground aid record, though limited, has been decent. <br />
<br />
India has committed some $2 billion in aid to Afghanistan, of which $1 billion has been spent, according to the Ministry of External Affairs. Indian public and private companies have built a highway to Iran, put up transmission to bring power to Kabul, are
 constructing a new Parliament building and working on a hydro-electric project in western Afghanistan.
<br />
<br />
India sent one million tons of high-protein biscuits to Afghanistan, and plans to follow that with an additional 250,000 tons this year. There are 1,000 Afghan students on scholarships in Indian universities right now.
<br />
<br />
More ambitious plans are in place. In October of last year, when Afghanistan's president, Hamid Karzai, visited India, the two countries signed a strategic agreement that said India would train and equip Afghan security forces. This month, India is holding
 meetings for regional investors interested in Afghanistan in New Delhi. <br />
<br />
Invitees include Turkey, China and Pakistan. Over a dinner in May in New Delhi, Mr. Rassoul told Indian government advisers Afghanistan would like India to concentrate on building up governance, law courts and health care.
<br />
<br />
"We don't want a fundamentalist Afghanistan, just like everyone else,” explained Syed Akbaruddin, spokesman for India's Ministry of External Affairs, in a recent interview. "We don't want an Afghanistan that slides backward.”
<br />
<br />
The two countries share ties cemented long ago, he said, citing the well-known Rabindranath Tagore story "Kabuliwala,” about an Afghan fruit seller who befriends an Indian girl. India has a limited physical presence on the ground in Afghanistan, he said, which
 should quell concerns that India is focused on containing or antagonizing Pakistan. "What do we have in Afghanistan that is a threat to Pakistan?,” he asked rhetorically.
<br />
<br />
India's aid to Afghanistan comes without any conditions, unlike aid to India from foreign countries in the past, he said. India is not pressuring the Afghanistan government to improve, say, education for girls, or rights for women, but is focusing on infrastructure
 and other concrete projects, he said. <br />
<br />
India's projects in Afghanistan are "replicas of what India has been able to successfully implement in some part of India or the other,” said Mr. Akbaruddin. "They have been incubated in some part of India.”
<br />
<br />
Staunch supporters of India's involvement say sheer practicality of the alliance makes it work.
<br />
<br />
"Today the average Afghan knows that for many of the things that would lead to an improved quality of life, India offers the most viable option,” said C. Uday Bhaskar, a security analyst based in New Delhi.
<br />
<br />
To explain, he offered an example: The quality of higher education in Britain or the United States or Australia might be better than in India, he said, but most Afghans can't afford Western universities, and if even they could, they probably wouldn't get a
 visa to go anyway. <br />
<br />
Much of what is on Afghanistan's "wish list” can be "enabled in a considerable degree by India,” Mr. Bhaskar said. President Karzai himself attended an Indian university, doing his postgraduate studies at Himachal Pradesh University, in Shimla.
<br />
<br />
Others note that the "aid” relationship is not new. "People forget this has been going on quietly for a long time,” said K. Shankar Bajpai, a former ambassador to China, Pakistan and the United States, who is now an analyst with Delhi Policy Group. For six
 decades, India was "very much engaged” in Afghanistan, working on everything from building tunnels through the mountains of the Hindu Kush to education and health programs.
<br />
<br />
Recently, the two countries have built up a "friendly relationship without some of the imperial hang-ups that spoiled Delhi and Kabul's relationship in the past,” he said. In a sign of this friendliness, in March, Prime Minister Manmohan Singh called Mr. Karzai
 to congratulate him on the birth of his daughter. <br />
<br />
Another factor to consider is that while India's development problems weigh heavily on the country's poor and middle class, facilities for the wealthy in India are often world class. Many of Afghanistan's wealthy are already beneficiaries, and these upper-class
 industries and ties are only expected to grow. <br />
<br />
Take health care: India's private hospitals, and especially those in New Delhi, serve as de facto doctors' offices for wealthy Afghans, who are just a two-hour flight away. Hospitals like Max Healthcare's giant facility in Saket have special facilitators for
 Afghan patients who come for everything from in vitro fertilization treatments to heart trouble, doctors say. Often, their Afghan patients pay in crisp United States dollar bills.
<br />
<br />
On the other end of the economic spectrum, at least one Indian charity has also been successful in Afghanistan.
<br />
<br />
The Self Employed Women's Association (SEWA), which starts women's self-help groups, has been running vocational training programs in Afghanistan since 2008, teaching women to make jam and sew clothing, among other skills. The group said it has trained 3,000
 Afghan women so far, despite two fatal terrorist attacks on the team in Kabul. The women, who are often orphans or widows, use the training to earn an income outside their home.
<br />
<br />
Whether the ambitious plans in industries like mining and manufacturing will work out remains to be seen. In November, a consortium of public and private Indian companies, led by the state-owned Steel Authority of India, won a bid to mine in three states in
 Afghanistan, which includes the construction of a six million-ton steel plant, an 800-megawatt power plant and 200 kilometers each of road, rail and transmission lines – as well as a pledge to set aside one percent of profits for establishing educational and
 medical facilities. <br />
<br />
"We are very bullish about this,” the chairman of SAIL said when the deal was announced. Total investment by the Indian companies is pegged at $10.8 billion.
<br />
<br />
The big numbers, heavy-duty infrastructure plans and optimistic outlook are a stark contrast to SAIL's India performance. In February, SAIL said quarterly profits fell by more than 40 percent from the same period the year before, thanks in part to higher raw
 material costs and SAIL's inability to get coal from another state-owned company.
</p>
<p style="text-align:center">(The views expressed above are the personal views of the author)</p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>26/06/2012 13:23:17</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/19902/Can+India+Fix+Afghanistan</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">19902</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>19901</publicationdataID>
      <title>Perspectives: The New Light of Myanmar</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p>Thanks to our advancing democratization process, global interest in our country is rising making us busy with endlessly hosting foreign guests coming to us on business trips, diplomatic missions or other purposes that serve mutual interest. We are also welcoming
 leaders and dignitaries of foreign countries visiting Myanmar with packages of initiatives for fostering business, trade, cultural, people-to-people, and government-to-government relations.
<br />
<br />
Some countries see us as a resource rich country, while others want to do business with us for its ongoing reforms, abundant labor, nice people and, geographical positions that is strategic in the view of many global nations.
<br />
<br />
Recently, Indian Prime Minister Dr. Manmohan Singh leading large delegation visited Myanmar on a goodwill mission for further deepening the thousand-year-old cordial relations and enhancing areas of cooperation. During a meeting, President U Thein Sein thanked
 Dr. Singh for the Indian infrastructural assistance in, border areas development as peace and stability of these remote regions running between the two countries is important for both.
<br />
<br />
As for Myanmar, India is a giant neighbour whose long experience in democracy will be so valuable for its, democratization process that needs international cooperation for achieving further acceleration. Besides, India is one of the global emerging markets
 with its consumption power in multiple sectors growing bigger and bigger every year. Especially, it is an energy hungry giant.
<br />
<br />
Moreover, this giant can help us create more job opportunities, acquire technology and set up light and medium industries through investments in multiple sectors.
<br />
<br />
In fact, India needs Myanmar and Myanmar, also needs India, and that is the common ground.
<br />
<br />
We believe the visit of Indian Prime Minister is a herald of greater cooperation between the two friendly neighbours that-may even contribute to regional peace, stability and, progress. So we say "Namaste!" to our neighbours.</p>
<p style="text-align:center">(The views expressed above are the personal views of the author)</p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>26/06/2012 13:20:27</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/19901/Perspectives+The+New+Light+of+Myanmar</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">19901</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>19899</publicationdataID>
      <title>India to open super highway to Burma and Thailand</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p>Daily Telegraph: Dean Nelson<br />
<br />
India is to open a new four lane motorway to allow traders and tourists to drive from its eastern tea state of Assam into Burma, Thailand and eventually Cambodia and Vietnam.
<br />
<br />
The new "trilateral highway" is aimed at creating a new economic zone ranging from Calcutta on the Bay of Bengal to Ho Chi Minh City on the South China Sea. The first phase of the project was agreed during Indian Prime Minister Dr Manmohan Singh's visit to
 Burma this week when he and President Thein Sein set a 2016 deadline to complete a super highway linking Guwahati in Assam to Burma's border with Thailand via Mandalay and the former capital Rangoon.
<br />
<br />
According to analysts, the road is a key part of a plan to open the "Mekong-India Corridor" to link the world's second fastest growing market – India – with the new Asian Tiger economies of Indo-China.
<br />
<br />
Until now plans to open this new economic zone, which bypasses China, the world's fastest growing economy and superpower, have been hampered by international sanctions against the former military regime in Burma. But with the gradual easing of sanctions following
 the series of democratic reforms unveiled by Burma's president Thein Sein since last August, the obstacles have now cleared.
<br />
<br />
For India, the new highway will open up new oil and gas opportunities off the coast of Burma, and also Vietnam, as well as easier access to Japanese products made in Thailand. It would also bring new wealth to its poor and marginalised North-Eastern states
 like Manipur and Nagaland, which have been blighted by local insurgencies and heavy security.
<br />
<br />
The highway will also recall the historic ties between India and Burma which unravelled following their independence from Britain after the Second World War. During most of the colonial period Burma was governed as a province of British India from Calcutta
 and later New Delhi. Aung San Suu Kyi, like other children of Burma's elite, was a pupil and university student in India.
<br />
<br />
Mohan Guruswamy of the New Delh-based Centre for Policy Alternatives, said a two lane highway connecting the Indian border to Mandalay, 375 miles away, had already been built, and the next phases will be to broaden it to a four-lane road and extend it a further
 375 miles to Rangoon. "The idea is that you can get in a car or bus and drive to Bangkok from Guwahati. Burma was the hurdle, but now it has opened up, thanks to the Americans. It marks a great opening of a new economic zone," he said.
</p>
<p style="text-align:center">(The views expressed above are the personal views of the author)</p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>26/06/2012 13:17:31</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/19899/India+to+open+super+highway+to+Burma+and+Thailand</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">19899</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>19476</publicationdataID>
      <title>As Book Sales Grow, Publishers Flock to India</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p><span style="font-weight:bold">New York Times : Neha Thirani</span><br />
<br />
David Davidar recalls the advice once given to him by the writer R.K. Narayan about publishing books in India. "Don’t worry, you’ll be gone in a few years,” Mr. Narayan warned. "There aren’t enough writers here.”<br />
<br />
Imagine that: An India lacking in writers. <br />
<br />
Mr. Narayan made his prediction more than 25 years ago, when Mr. Davidar was part of the team that launched Penguin India, now an industry leader. Mr. Davidar did leave for several years but has since returned to India to start a new publishing company, Aleph.
 With the printed word considered an endangered species in much of a rapidly digitizing world, India now represents one of the best English-language book markets in the world.<br />
<br />
"There has definitely been a huge jump in the size of the industry in terms of book sales and the number of books being published,” said Mita Kapur, the founder of Siyahi, a literary agency, who says the number of books published in English is growing by 30
 percent a year. <br />
<br />
This growth explains the recent arrival of several international publishing houses. Earlier this year, Bloomsbury announced plans to set up a new publishing business in India , while last May Simon &amp; Schuster announced its plans to open a new division in New
 Delhi . Hachette Book Publishing India , the Indian branch of Britain’s largest trade publishing company, began operations in 2008, while established houses such as Penguin, HarperCollins, Macmillan and Random House have all been in the country for many years.<br />
<br />
Vikrant Mathur, associate director of Nielsen Book, India, said the volume of book sales grew by 45 percent during the first half of 2011. For the entire year, Nielsen, a global information provider, documented English-language book sales of 3.28 billion rupees
 – about $62 million – from more than 12 million books sold. And that is probably only a fraction of true total sales, since Nielsen only measures about 35 percent of the total market.<br />
<br />
"In the next five years, we see India growing as a mature market,” Mr. Mathur said. The growth comes as the book publishing industry in developed countries is in turmoil, with bookstores closing thanks to e-reading , and publishing giants look for new sources
 of capital . <br />
<br />
As the India publishing industry matures, a rising number of literary agencies are emerging that are cultivating a new generation of writers in a wide range of genres.<br />
<br />
"It’s a very dynamic, fast-growing market and a good space to be in,” says Kanishka Gupta, the founder and managing director of Writer’s Side, a literary agency. "Book sales are on the rise, leading to more and more publishing houses coming up and more people
 turning to writing.” Unlike R.K. Narayan, who broke through when a friend at Oxford showed his manuscript to Graham Greene, Indian writers no longer have to go abroad to gain recognition .<br />
<br />
Beneath this publishing boom are demographic changes, rising literacy and the increase of Indians speaking English, the lingua franca of economic growth.<br />
<br />
"Where physical books are concerned India right now is a very, very big market,” said Priyanka Malhotra, director of Full Circle Publications. "There is a whole younger generation coming up from BPOs who are starting to read in English, which is where a lot
 of new demand is coming from.” Referring to business process outsourcing companies, which usually manage the outsourced back office and other work for foreign firms. Online retail outfits such as Flipkart and InfiBeam have also spurred growth in the industry.<br />
<br />
Sales have been boosted by the growing popularity of commercial fiction. These paperbacks are cheaper, usually between $1.90 and $2.50, and are often written by young authors, led by the best-selling Chetan Bhagat.<br />
<br />
"The publication of Chetan Bhagat’s novel was a watershed moment for the Indian publishing industry,” Mr. Gupta said. "He spawned a new breed of writers who wanted to write books that connected to the average Indian reader and didn’t care about literary merit
 and acclaim. Publishing houses committed to publishing such books sprang up all over the country and big multinationals had to shed their elitism and enter this space.”<br />
<br />
As someone who has worked in publishing both in India and overseas, Mr. Davidar feels that India is currently the place to be. He returned to India after his controversial resignation as chief executive of Penguin International in August 2010, when the company
 announced that Penguin’s former rights and contracts director Lisa Rundle had charged Davidar with sexual harassment . Mr. Davidar said the relationship was consensual, and the case settled out of court.<br />
<br />
He moved back to India from Toronto and co-founded The Aleph Book Company, in partnership with R.K. Mehra and Kapish Mehra of Rupa Publications, an established publishing house with a considerable presence in the country. He soon recruited Ravi Singh, former
 publisher of Penguin India, as co-publisher, and the two men plan to publish 25 titles annually across a gamut of genres, featuring debut writers and established authors.<br />
<br />
"I don’t think I could have started this anywhere else,” Mr. Davidar said. "India is the only country currently where the English-language market is growing in double digits. Everywhere else is it either flat or registering a negative growth. Unlike North America,
 eBooks have not penetrated to a large extent. Here they make up less than 1 percent of sales, compared to nearly 25 percent in the United States.”<br />
<br />
If anything, the industry’s biggest problem may be producing mediocre books in the race to feed such a fast-growing market. "There are some publishers who are happy with the growth in the market, but some are concerned about what this will mean for literary
 writing,” said Ms. Malhotra of Full Circle Publications. "Is it all really about the sales and figures?”<br />
<br />
(The views expressed above are the personal views of the author)</p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>26/04/2012 10:54:06</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/19476/As+Book+Sales+Grow+Publishers+Flock+to+India</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">19476</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>19477</publicationdataID>
      <title>In Rural India, Manufacturing Is Booming</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p><span style="font-weight:bold">Wall Street Journal : Megha Bahree</span><br />
<br />
When you think rural India, think factories and cell phones, rather than fields and bullock carts.<br />
<br />
Rural India, says a Credit Suisse report, is no longer an agrarian economy whose fortunes are dependent upon an erratic monsoon. Rather, they are now increasingly tied to the national economic cycle, something they had been largely immune from so far, as it
 gradually shifts away from agriculture.<br />
<br />
A decade ago, agriculture was about half of rural gross domestic product. Now that figure has dropped to about one-fourth.<br />
<br />
"The transition from agriculture to industry and services has been very rapid in rural India over the past decade,” the report says. Instead of plowing fields, men (and women) in rural India are increasingly moving toward manufacturing jobs, which are now coming
 up more and more in rural India.<br />
<br />
In 1978, 81% of rural males considered agriculture as their primary employment. In the financial year that began in April 2005 this number dropped to 67%, and, five years later, to 55%. The change seen in this five-year period is comparable to the that seen
 in the previous 27 years, the report showed. The trend is similar for female rural employment as well.<br />
<br />
Much of the incremental job creation in manufacturing seems to be in construction and in services including trade (retail/wholesale) and community services.<br />
<br />
Consider this: From 1999 to 2009, 75% of all new factories came up in rural India, and 70% of all manufacturing jobs were created there. As a result, 55% of India’s GDP from manufacturing comes from rural India, the report says.<br />
<br />
In other words, urbanization in India is treading a different path from conventional migration, which usually means moving from villages to large cities. Villages are growing larger, merging together, moving away from agriculture, and thus being classified
 as towns.<br />
<br />
Similarly, since the financial year that began in April 2000, per capita GDP in rural India has grown at a faster rate than in urban India.<br />
<br />
This shift will ultimately play out in the consumption patterns in the country, which will be skewed toward goods that are priced cheaper and will driven by "rural urbanization” themes, including two-wheelers, building materials/paints, media, tobacco, footwear,
 healthcare, cheap personal products (such as toothpaste)<br />
<br />
(The views expressed above are the personal views of the author)</p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>26/04/2012 11:00:08</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/19477/In+Rural+India+Manufacturing+Is+Booming</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">19477</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>19475</publicationdataID>
      <title>Economics Journal: Who’s Returning to India and Why?</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p><span style="font-weight:bold">Wall Street Journal : Rupa Subramanya</span><br />
<br />
Finally, here’s a good news story about India in the international media.<br />
<br />
We’ve had months of gloomy talk about slowing growth, corruption, and a business climate not especially favorable to foreign investors, with the recent budget even managing to smuggle in a measure to tax foreign investors retroactively. But it seems that for
 at least one group of people, India is still the Promised Land.<br />
<br />
A recent front page article in the New York Times documented the migration of second generation Americans back to their ancestral countries, including India, China, Brazil and Russia. India’s faltering growth may be disappointing, but it’s still much more rapid
 than the continued stagnation of the U.S. economy. In certain fields, at least there are still opportunities to be seized in India by those with a taste for adventure.<br />
<br />
Labor economists call this kind of migration the "reverse brain drain.” Ironically, the migrants are often the kids or sometimes grandkids of the original "brain drain,” skilled workers and professionals who left India and other developing countries in the
 1960s, ’70s and ’80s to seek opportunities in the booming U.S. economy. In fact, a more accurate term for the highly mobile skilled workers of today, favored by labor economists, is "brain circulation.” These people are agile and will seek out opportunities
 wherever they exist. So if things don’t work out in India, they might return to the U.S. or try their luck somewhere else.<br />
<br />
This development is surely good, and a far cry from the days of the brain drain. In those days, it was common to bemoan the loss of talent from India and other developing countries, which further retarded their effort to catch up with the West. Some scholars
 even called for governments in the developing world to levy a tax on emigrants. And these weren’t just left wing scholars, but respected and mainstream economists such as Jagdish Bhagwati of Columbia University, who today is better known for his advocacy of
 globalization than for his earlier support for a tax on the brain drain.<br />
<br />
But looking too closely at those privileged enough to be part of the brain circulation obscures the more fundamental fact that the vast majority of migrants are trying to leave poorer countries such as India to seek better lives in the U.S. and other rich countries.
 From India alone, the U.S. has received close to three million immigrants, almost 1% of the total population. Even more telling, India is also a major source of illegal immigration into the U.S. According to a recent report from the U.S. Department of Homeland
 Security, there are almost a quarter of a million Indians living illegally in the U.S., a number which has doubled between 2000 and 2011. This is a sobering reality check for anyone tempted to romanticize the trend toward reverse migration.<br />
<br />
Both economic and sociological factors determine the direction people want to move. From what I’ve observed, it’s the circumstances of you or your family’s departure that are likely to determine the likelihood of your return, whether you are a first or second
 generation immigrant. For the overwhelming majority of immigrants in the U.S., from India or elsewhere, leaving their home country meant an escape from poverty and deprivation. Often, the memories of hard times linger and are transmitted to the next generation.
 People who have left under such circumstances are reluctant to return, for obvious reasons.<br />
<br />
I know a very successful surgeon of Indian origin in the U.S. who can barely stand to visit India for more than a week. Before moving to the U.S. in his teens, life for him played out in a village hut without running water or electricity. You can’t blame him
 for not being enthusiastic about pursuing opportunities in India even if they existed. Likewise, there are second generation Indo-Americans who hear tales from their parents of how awful life in India was. This is bound to condition the way they see their
 ancestral home. These people aren’t likely to move to India anytime soon.<br />
<br />
So who are the folks moving back and how are they making it work here? We know there are opportunities, but how exactly do the successful migrants capitalize on them?<br />
<br />
At least some of these first and second generation returnees, armed with Ivy League credentials and blue chip work experience, are moving under the auspices of multinational enterprises, such as investment banks, management consultancies, media groups, or nongovernment
 organizations. They have a built-in infrastructure (the bankers and consultants at least, with a company apartment, car, domestic help, and so on) and a ready-made social circle, which considerably smoothes the transition. Others have used wealth or networks
 developed when they were back in the U.S. to line up interesting or lucrative opportunities in India, whether in established companies or in starting new enterprises.<br />
<br />
A third category comes from wealthy and privileged backgrounds here in India, which makes it easier to pursue opportunities, as well as lessen the psychological adjustment of moving from the U.S. to India. These privileged migrants are able to tap into old-time
 family connections in India, may live in inherited family properties, and belong to the "right” clubs, again thanks to a family legacy. As a bonus, some can even pronounce their Indian names correctly.<br />
<br />
There are indeed opportunities in India, but it’s hardly a cake-walk: you need the right package of connections to make them succeed. Those who make a successful transition to life in India tend to belong to one or more of these categories, sometimes all three.
 And, like the rest of us, they need reserves of patience and a good dose of luck. Genuine "prospectors,” with a few bucks and a dream, but without an established network of one kind or another, are less likely to hack it in India. It doesn’t make for a feel-good
 first page story, but that’s the hard reality of making it here.<br />
<br />
(The views expressed above are the personal views of the author)</p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>26/04/2012 10:48:32</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/19475/Economics+Journal+Whos+Returning+to+India+and+Why</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">19475</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>19044</publicationdataID>
      <title>Fiji women to learn electrification engineering in India</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p><strong>Australia Network News<br />
</strong><br />
10 Fiji women are about to travel to India to learn how to be electrification project engineers.<br />
<br />
The women will be in India for six months in Rajashthan and will compete for jobs in the male dominated engineering sector on their return.<br />
<br />
<span style="font-weight:bold">Presenter :</span> Geraldine Coutts <br />
<br />
<span style="font-weight:bold">Speaker :</span> Govind Sami, Fiji's Permanent Secretary for the Ministry of Social Welfare, Women &amp; Poverty Alleviation<br />
<br />
<span style="font-weight:bold">SAMI : </span>There was some talk with the Barefoot College in India and the Barefoot College is situated in Rajasthan takes technology to the rural communities. And one thing that they have been doing is training solar engineers.
 And so they came in at the end of last year. We had some talks with them but they came at the end of last year and in an agreement with the UN women and the Indian High Commission, they have agreed to take the ten women for solar engineering, what they will
 be called is barefoot solar engineers. <br />
<br />
<span style="font-weight:bold">COUTTS :</span> What is the Barefoot Institute in Rajasthan? What is it exactly?<br />
<br />
<span style="font-weight:bold">SAMI : </span>It is a training area for rural women, rural communities, and they do mainly solar engineering, as well they do solar desalination plants.<br />
<br />
<span style="font-weight:bold">COUTTS :</span> Now six months doesn't seem an awful lot of time to go and be trained and then come out at the other end to be electrification project engineers. Do the women that have been selected, have they had prior training
 at all? <br />
<br />
<span style="font-weight:bold">SAMI : </span>No these are basically illiterate women who will be going there and they will come back trained as solar engineers. They have already done this in Latin America, they have done this with women from Africa, and there
 will be women from other parts of the third world who will be over there. And Mr Bunker Roy, the pioneer of this college has already done this thing with rural villages in India. So it is a tested program and we have been assured that when they come back these
 women will be able to setup, solar electrify their own villages within three months of arrival from India.<br />
<br />
<span style="font-weight:bold">COUTTS :</span> That's amazing, sounds like a wonderful project. So will they get kits, will they be provided with kits?<br />
<br />
<span style="font-weight:bold">SAMI : </span>When they come back the United Nations women will be funding the kits for them to setup, to solar electrify their villages. They will also be given three desalination plants, solar desalination plants, and one woman
 from the north, one from the west and one from the Eastern Division will be expected to go and setup the desalination plant also.<br />
<br />
<span style="font-weight:bold">COUTTS :</span> Now the ten women are they from all parts of Fiji?<br />
<br />
<span style="font-weight:bold">SAMI : </span>They are, the selection criteria was based on, the basic requirement that villages are far away from the national grid or that they are not likely to get electric power in the next five, ten years. So these villages
 are really from the remote and isolated communities. And they also require that there shouldn't be any … generators in the village. So they really target the selection with the support from the commissioners, so these ten women were identified. We have been
 assured by the Indian High Commission that over the years we will also be sending groups of people from other areas of Fiji, because it's a six month course, so the next round starts in September. So we will be able to send some other women from September.<br />
<br />
<span style="font-weight:bold">COUTTS :</span> How do the men feel about this, that the women will be competing with them for these engineering jobs?<br />
<br />
<span style="font-weight:bold">SAMI : </span>Well I don't think it is a competition, it is complementing each other's work and I suppose it is going to empower these women to come back and it is a significant step for the ministry in terms of getting rural
 women in power against the women's plan of action. <br />
<br />
<span style="font-weight:bold">COUTTS :</span> Now you describe Mr Sami these women as illiterate. So I'm guessing that this is not only the first trip outside their village for many of them, but outside the country and perhaps an international flight. How
 have they been prepared for this big move? <br />
<br />
<span style="font-weight:bold">SAMI : </span>They have been briefed thoroughly in Suva, and while they were in their villages also. But we have made arrangements with Air Pacific for them to be received at the Hong Kong international airport, and when they
 transfer to Cathay Pacific to Delhi, they will again be assisted and the officials from Barefoot College as well as the Fijian High Commission officials from Delhi will greet these ladies. So we are pretty sure that these ladies are well prepared, we have
 put them in groups, and we believe that they are ready. They should be on the aircraft now.<br />
<br />
<span style="font-weight:bold">COUTTS :</span> Who will look after them for the six months at the other end in Rajasthan?<br />
<br />
<span style="font-weight:bold">SAMI : </span>The Barefoot College, the Barefoot College it's a residential college and it has women from different parts of the world over there, so the Barefoot College will foot all the bills for their stay over there, and
 for all the training. <br />
<br />
(The views expressed above are the personal views of the author)</p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>22/03/2012 01:14:17</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/19044/Fiji+women+to+learn+electrification+engineering+in+India</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">19044</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>18350</publicationdataID>
      <title>India records world-beating green energy growth</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p><strong>Guardian</strong><br />
<br />
India's transformation into a cleantech powerhouse moved up a gear in 2011 when it racked up investments of $10.3bn in the sector, a growth rate of 52 per cent year on year that dwarfed the rest of the world's significant economies.
<br />
<br />
Solar investments led the growth with a seven-fold increase in funding, from $0.6bn in 2010 to $4.2bn in 2011, just below the $4.6bn invested in wind during the year, according to figures released yesterday by analysts Bloomberg New Energy Finance (BNEF).
<br />
<br />
A record 2,827MW of wind energy capacity was added in 2011, which kept India third behind China and the US in terms of new installations. BNEF said a further 2,500MW to 3,200MW could be added in 2012.
<br />
<br />
Grid-connected solar also saw a substantial increase, up from 18MW in 2010 to an estimated 277MW by the end of 2011, while another 500MW to 750MW of solar projects could be added in the coming year.
<br />
<br />
Asset financing for utility-scale projects remains the main type of clean energy investment in India, with $9.5bn in 2011, BNEF said. Venture capital and private equity investment made a strong comeback with $425m invested in 2011, more than four times the
 2010 figure, but equity raising via the public markets was only $201m compared with a record $735m in 2010, when the Indian stock market was at its all-time high.
<br />
<br />
"There was concern at the beginning of last year that increasing lending rates might hit investment," said Ashish Sethia, head of India research at BNEF, in a statement. "The surge in installation of renewable energy shows it is becoming cost competitive and
 scalable." <br />
<br />
BNEF expects India to exceed the target of adding 12.4GW of grid-connected renewable energy during its 11th five-year plan, running from April 2007 to March 2012, and is likely to bring 14.2GW of capacity online.
<br />
<br />
However, Sethia said that if the targets are to be met, the country needs to improve the grid to handle increasing amounts of renewable energy, as well as ensuring renewable purchase obligations are enforced and project developers are paid on time for the power
 they produce. <br />
<br />
But India still has significant scope for growth as it only accounts for four per cent of global investment in clean energy.
<br />
<br />
"India's record performance in 2011, and the momentum it is carrying into 2012, is one of the bright spots in the clean energy firmament," concluded BNEF chief executive Michael Liebreich.
<br />
<br />
"With support mechanisms falling away in the US, the ongoing financial crisis in Europe and China already going flat out, it is gratifying to see some of the world's other major potential markets coming alive."
<br />
</p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>16/02/2012 16:19:56</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/18350/India+records+worldbeating+green+energy+growth</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">18350</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>18010</publicationdataID>
      <title>Indian computer tablet could herald an internet revolution</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p><strong>Guardian : </strong>Jason Burke<br />
<br />
In a laboratory on a leafy campus in the Indian desert city of Jodhpur, Professor Prem Kalra believes he is overseeing a revolution. It takes the form of a computer "tablet" – a basic form of device similar to the Apple iPad – which can be made and sold for
 under £35.<br />
<br />
Already 100,000 of the devices, called Aakash, which means "sky" or "ether" in the local Hindi language, are to be manufactured for testing.<br />
<br />
Within weeks a new version, which will allow hundreds of millions of Indians in remote rural areas to connect to the internet via local mobile phone networks, will be launched.<br />
<br />
"We expect that within five or 10 years everyone will have one – and every year there will be greater capacity. There will be children learning, farmers checking on irrigation or crop prices, pregnant women getting medical assistance, all through the Aakash.
 It is empowerment on a global scale," Kalra, who heads a team at the Rajasthan Indian Institute of Technology, said.<br />
<br />
But the new tablet, originally developed by a small tech company called Datawind, is only a small, if crucial, part of a radical change which may, some believe, see Indians become the biggest single internet user population in the world within less than a decade.<br />
<br />
According to the most recent estimate, 112 million Indians currently have internet access, a distant third behind China with 485 million and the US with 245 million.<br />
<br />
The level reflects India's low relative levels of education, parlous infrastructure and persistent poverty.<br />
<br />
But the number is set to reach 230 million within three or four years, according to industry estimates. The government claims there will be 600 million Indians using the internet by 2016.<br />
<br />
"Now we've crossed the 100 million milestone, the 600 million is possible. Perhaps not as fast as the government say but we can get there if the investment is there too," Subho Ray, of the Internet and Mobile Association of India, said. "Whatever happens, the
 internet will be a major force to reckon with."<br />
<br />
A key factor in India, where many of those lucky enough to have a job earn no more than £2 per day, is cost. Kalra and his team said the specific goal was building a functioning computer that a daily wage labourer could buy if he saved one day's earnings a
 month. This gave a £35 ($50) target.<br />
<br />
Students receive a significant government subsidy. Enough to mean, Kalra points out, that a family with two children could effectively buy one of the tablets and get a second almost free. The government hopes to use the Aakash tablets to overcome chronic shortages
 in educational resources through distance learning packages. India has a shortage of a million teachers and many schools lack books or basic facilities.<br />
<br />
Experts say infrastructure – though far behind that in regional rival China – is improving. But the main driver is likely not to be public investment but the private sector, said Prashant Agarwal, a Mumbai-based analyst.<br />
<br />
"The major portion of the expansion is big commercial players like Facebook, Google," said Agarwal.<br />
<br />
Internet shopping is another major factor in the explosive growth.<br />
<br />
Though it faces a lack of consumer confidence, slow download speeds and the same infrastructure problems that any company trying to run distribution networks in India has to cope with – bad roads, insufficient freight capacity on railways, corruption and red
 tape – the sector is growing rapidly.<br />
<br />
The online travel market is now thought to be worth £6.6bn.<br />
<br />
FlipKart, an Indian home delivery site launched four years ago offering books alone, has gone from $10m to $100m (£66m) in a year. It now sells everything from kettles to computer games, allowing nervous customers to pay cash on delivery.<br />
<br />
"There are some specific difficulties here but we don't see the economic downturn affecting us too much. We aim to hit a turnover of a billion dollars by 2015 and may get there a bit earlier," Ravi Vohra, Flipkart's vice president, said.<br />
<br />
However, many believe the government predictions of growth in internet use are too optimistic.<br />
<br />
"It will grow but at a much slower pace," Agarwal the analyst said.<br />
<br />
One challenge is literacy. Around a quarter of Indians are unable to read or write and at least another quarter are very limited. Another is maintenance. Previous attempts to distribute cheap laptops to villagers ran into problems as access to servicing was
 very difficult.<br />
<br />
A third problem is skills. One state government in south India is handing out tens of thousands of computers to schoolchildren. But there are not enough trained teachers to demonstrate how to use the free equipment.<br />
<br />
A final issue is power. Many villagers don't have electricity with which to charge any device.<br />
<br />
There are solutions for all these issues, Kalra believes.<br />
<br />
His team say they can develop a system of icons to overcome the problem of users being unable to use a keyboard with letters.<br />
<br />
They are also developing a solar charger for the Aakash tablets because, he says, "one thing we are not short of in India is sun".<br />
<br />
(The views expressed above are the personal views of the author)</p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>25/01/2012 12:12:45</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/18010/Indian+computer+tablet+could+herald+an+internet+revolution</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">18010</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>18011</publicationdataID>
      <title>India-Israel relations: A mutually beneficial relationship</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p><strong>Jerusalem Post : </strong>Arvind Gupta <br />
<br />
As Israel and India celebrate 20 years of diplomatic relations, the relationship between the two countries continues to develop and grow.<br />
<br />
Since 1992, Israel has emerged as an important partner for India on many fronts. Science and technology cooperation is a major growth area, and the India-Israel Initiative for Industrial R&amp;D focuses on nanotechnology, biotechnology, space, water management
 and non-conventional energy sources.<br />
<br />
India's Space Research Organization (ISRO) has launched Israeli satellites, and there are important opportunities for Israeli companies in India's growing water management sector.<br />
<br />
The Agriculture Work Plan program, launched in 2006, is also expanding. It helps bring Israeli agricultural technologies to Indian farmers. Subsequently, an Action Plan 2012-2015 was adopted to implement concrete projects including setting up of centers of
 excellence in several Indian states. The fourth meeting of India-Israel Forum, an annual event organized by Tel Aviv and Confederation of Indian Industry, was held in Tel Aviv in August 2011.<br />
<br />
Overall, India is currently Israel's sixth-largest trading partner, and nearly 40,000 Israeli tourists visited India in 2010.Although the bilateral relationship is dominated by defense cooperation, new sectors of cooperation are also emerging.<br />
<br />
Indo-Israel trade was approximately $4.8 billion in 2010, and Israeli companies and entrepreneurs benefit from India's huge market of 1.2 billion people, as well as the growing middle class of 300 million. The two countries are now negotiating a bilateral Free
 Trade Agreement.<br />
<br />
On the defense front, Israel's timely help with defense equipment during the Kargil war with Pakistan is appreciated in India, and Israel has emerged as India's second largest supplier of defense equipment. In recent years India has bought sophisticated defense
 equipment from Israel including the Phalcon AWACS, Barak missiles and anti-missile air defense systems fighter &amp; helicopter upgrades etc. India and Israel also have cooperated in fighting terrorism.<br />
<br />
With the world's second largest Muslim population, India has understandably been a traditional supporter of the Palestinian cause. That is still India's position, and Israel is well aware of India's principled stand on the Palestinian issue.<br />
<br />
But India is a diverse country, and while some sectors of Indian society feel our relations with Israel come at the expense of traditional support for the Palestinians, the government has adopted a balanced and pragmatic approach by continuing and deepening
 engagement with Israel.<br />
<br />
Nor has that stance harmed our relations with the Gulf counties. India-GCC trade in 2010-11 stood at $119 billion, and nearly 6 million Indian nationals work in the Gulf and send home remittances worth $30 billion annually. Nearly two-thirds of India's energy
 imports are from the Gulf countries, including Iran. India cannot afford to neglect these ties.<br />
<br />
Importantly, our disagreement over this issue has not prevented the multifaceted growth of bilateral ties with Israel, and the strategic significance of good relations with India has not been lost on Israel.<br />
<br />
The same can be said for our relations with Iran, our next-door neighborhood and an important trade partner. India sources nearly 11 percent of its global energy imports from Iran, and we are of the opinion that isolating Tehran will not help matters.<br />
<br />
India favors a negotiated and peaceful resolution of the nuclear issue through dialogue, and our government has urged Iran to abide by its commitments under the Nuclear Non-proliferation Treaty. It voted against Iran at the IAEA on several occasions in the
 past, and the Indian navy plays a constructive role in combating piracy in the Gulf of Aden.<br />
<br />
Defense diplomacy has emerged as an important component of Indian diplomacy.<br />
<br />
We are hopeful that by maintaining good relations with Tehran, we will be able to play a constructive role in the resolution of outstanding issues in the region.<br />
<br />
Over the past 20 years, India has emerged as one of the world's leading economies. Our economy opened up in 1991. Since then India's foreign policy has diversified. We became a nuclear power in 1998 and upgraded relations with the United States with the 2005
 Indo-US defense cooperation agreement and the 2006 Indo-US civil nuclear cooperation deal. Other strategic partnerships have been signed with Japan, South Korea, Russia and the European Union. India is now regarded as a strong candidate for the permanent membership
 of the reformed UN Security Council.<br />
<br />
To mark the landmark occasion of 20 years of India-Israel diplomatic relations, Foreign Minister SM Krishna's visit to Israel today and tomorrow will highlight the future direction of the relationship against the backdrop of a changing global and regional scenario.
 The visit will impart the requisite political content to a relationship which has been otherwise flourishing in the past few years, and should serve to assure the Israelis of the confirmed high importance given by India to its relations with Israel .<br />
<br />
(The views expressed above are the personal views of the author)</p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>25/01/2012 12:14:54</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/18011/IndiaIsrael+relations+A+mutually+beneficial+relationship</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">18011</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>18012</publicationdataID>
      <title>Class on the web is big hit</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p><strong>Khaleej Times:</strong> Nithin<br />
<br />
Thousands of students in Mumbai rush home after school-hours, have a quick bite and then head for their coaching classes, which could be located quite some distance. For many students in the IX to XII standards, it is a hectic schedule, catching buses and trains
 to reach their special classes on time. Stiff competition for the entrance tests — especially for joint entrance exams for the Indian Institutes of Technology, or for the engineering and medical colleges — where even the loss of a single mark can rule out
 admission to a prestigious institution, means that young boys and girls have to slog it out every day for a few years.<br />
<br />
But technology is quietly bringing about much-needed change. E-learning is emerging as a major tool worldwide in imparting virtual education to students, including those sitting for highly-competitive entrance tests.<br />
<br />
Internationally, Salman Khan — not the Bollywood actor, but an ex-Boston banker — has transformed the e-learning experience through his hugely popular Khan Academy (Khanacademy.org) website. The US-based Khan, whose not-for-profit venture has won backing and
 even funding from Bill Gates and Google, is acknowledged to be the guru of e-learning. Every month, more than 3.5 million students around the globe watch his educational videos and access his tutorials on virtually every subject that a school teaches. The
 Bangladeshi-American, who has degrees from MIT and Harvard, chucked his hedge fund job to concentrate full-time on his venture.<br />
<br />
The growing popularity of tablets in India is expected to give a boost to e-learning. The Indian government recently launched a low-priced tablet, the Akaash, that is being sold at less than Rs3,000. Students can acquire the gadget for a little more than Rs1,000
 thanks to a central government subsidy scheme. Of course, for students who can afford to pay modest amounts, there are several other opportunities to access e-learning portals. Chennai-headquartered Everonn, in which Dubai-based Varkey group last month acquired
 a 12 per cent stake, is now offering its Classontheweb portal to students in the Gulf.<br />
<br />
According to a company spokesperson, Mithun, a UAE-based student, scored 96.6 per cent in the CBSE class XII exams. "He didn't have any tuition except an online subscription from Everonn's Classontheweb.com. The study materials and quick reply to his questions
 and doubts from teachers helped him immensely to achieve this feat,” he adds.<br />
<br />
The company has launched a ‘live' class model, removing barriers on the road to the delivery of quality education. It is a teaching methodology where an instructor delivers the lecture from a hi-end studio of Everonn, and the student is able to view, listen
 and interact with the faculty and fellow students through a computer. <br />
<br />
The virtual class blends the benefits of instructor-led teaching and that of visually appealing and interactive content available in self-learning.
<br />
<br />
Classontheweb.com provides an array of programmes through its ‘live' class teaching methodology. It caters to students in the UAE for the IIT JEE preparatory classes and also Maths and Physics for Class XII CBSE board.
<br />
<br />
The views expressed above are the personal views of the author)</p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>25/01/2012 12:16:52</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/18012/Class+on+the+web+is+big+hit</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">18012</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>18014</publicationdataID>
      <title>Saudi-India relations</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p><span style="font-weight:bold">Arab News</span><br />
<br />
The Saudi Arabian business mission to India led by the new Commerce and Industry Minister Tawfiq Al-Rabiah has proved a great success with both sides speaking of the enormous potential, in terms of boosted business between the two countries. This turnaround
 is a direct consequence of New Delhi's decision, in the days leading up to the mission's arrival, to lift a controversial punitive duty on part of our petrochemical exports.<br />
<br />
Trade spats are rarely productive. In November 2010, India imposed a 6.5-percent duty on polypropylene supplies from Saudi Arabia on the grounds that the Kingdom was dumping the product at uncommercial prices. The result was a cooling in bilateral trade relations
 that did neither country any good.<br />
<br />
Thankfully, this issue is now in the past and both sides can get on with the serious business of doing business. Each has much to offer the other. The Kingdom is in a position to bring India both investment capital and oil and petrochemical products. As it
 is, India already imports fully 23 percent of its crude oil from Saudi Arabia.<br />
<br />
India for its part has the potential to become a key supplier of technology and know-how. As its companies expand internationally, there is a hunger for new commercial opportunities. These the Kingdom can supply in abundance.<br />
<br />
From a balance of trade point of view, it never made sense for New Delhi to inhibit commercial relations. Two-way trade between our countries totaled $25.62 billion in 2010/11, of which the lion's share, $20.38 billion, accrued to the Kingdom. India's exports
 to us were a mere $5.22 billion. That is not, however, the whole story. There are two million Indians living and working in Saudi Arabia. Their remittances back home make a considerable contribution to India's foreign currency flows. Indeed, one of the issues
 addressed during the Saudi trade mission has been a relaxation and streamlining of visa procedures, to encourage easier movement between the two countries. The Indians are, for instance, keen to attract more Saudi tourists as well as businessmen.<br />
<br />
There are currently some 50 Saudi companies that have made investments in India; they total some $230 million. Yet oddly perhaps, given the Kingdom's available investment capital, so far it is Indian companies that have made a greater investment in our economy.
 Thus there are 230 Indian companies active here which have invested a total of some $1.2 billion.<br />
<br />
The hard truth is that India needs foreign investment and the Kingdom provides an attractive, politically neutral source, as well as a highly alluring market. It may have been no coincidence that as the Saudi mission began its work in India, New Delhi announced
 the end of a ban on direct foreign investment in the country's stock market. India's economic miracle is real enough, but it is in danger of stalling as the government of Prime Minister Manmohan Singh struggles to implement long-overdue economic reforms. Without
 the necessary restructuring, India will not attract the long-term direct and indirect investments that can lift its economy to the next powerful level.<br />
<br />
As the collapse last month of legislation permitting foreign retailers to enter the Indian market demonstrated, there will be little chance of crucial international investment flows in a country that is still protectionist. Worse, many leading Indian companies
 are turning their backs on their domestic market in favor of easier and more profitable investments overseas.<br />
<br />
India still has a lot of work to do to capitalize on the commercial genius that has been released in the country in the last 25 years. Saudi Arabia is now in a position to play a potentially significant role by boosting bilateral trade.<br />
<br />
Six years ago this month Custodian of the Two Holy Mosques King Abdullah opened the doors to a new and potentially exciting political, economic and energy relationship with India during his state visit as guest-of-honor for the country's Republic Day celebrations.
 The "Delhi Declaration” signed during the visit indeed saw significant growth in bilateral trade over the next four years. Relations were further boosted when, at the end of February 2010, Manmohan Singh made the first visit to the Kingdom by an Indian prime
 minister in 28 years. Unfortunately, the goodwill generated by that visit was impeded by the polypropylene row later that year.<br />
<br />
Now hopefully our relations are back on an even keel and a mutually profitable course.<br />
<br />
(The views expressed above are the personal views of the author)</p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>25/01/2012 12:19:19</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/18014/SaudiIndia+relations</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">18014</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>18015</publicationdataID>
      <title>An anti-corruption revolution that is uniquely Indian</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p><a title="External website that opens in a new window" href="http://www.thenational.ae/thenationalconversation/comment/an-anti-corruption-revolution-that-is-uniquely-indian?pageCount=0" target="_blank">Article Source
</a><img title="External website that opens in a new window" border="0" alt="External website that opens in a new window" src="images/ext-link-icon.gif"/><br />
<br />
The National: Subhash Agrawal<br />
<br />
Future historians may well point to 2011 as an epochal year in Indian politics. It was the year when multiple corruption scams implicating senior officials and cabinet ministers unfolded simultaneously, involving unbelievable sums of public money - by some
 accounts, equivalent to almost one quarter of India's GDP - and putting in doubt the process of public policy formation in areas such as telecommunications and infrastructure, key components of future growth.<br />
<br />
More importantly, the country's expanding middle class finally emerged from its comfort zone to express outrage at this public looting. This frustration was epitomised by Anna Hazare, a respected social reformer, who led a national campaign to establish a new
 and powerful anti-corruption body, the Lokpal. Hundreds of thousands of people supported this demand by taking to the street, while millions more show support online.<br />
<br />
Over many twists and turns, and through much drama on the streets and inside Parliament, the proposed Lokpal bill eventually failed to become law in the winter session of parliament that concluded last week. But the fight over India's corruption problem is
 far from over.<br />
<br />
All through the year, there have been fierce exchanges between the ruling Indian National Congress party and the main opposition, the BJP. There also remain very strong schisms within the country's influential civil society on whether or not any proposed new
 ombudsman is a sensible way to tackle corruption. For every Medha Patkar supporting Mr Hazare there is an Arundhati Roy opposing him vociferously.<br />
<br />
To add to the confusion, there are at least two versions of the Lokpal bill: the one introduced in Parliament by the government is universally considered weak, while the bill proposed by Mr Hazare and his team raises serious practical issues, including the
 wisdom in creating yet another powerful and ultimately autocratic body which may be accountable to no one.<br />
<br />
In recent weeks, Mr Hazare and his advisors appear to have undermined their own movement by speaking too much, on every issue under the sun, and with some rather intemperate and unbending rhetoric. Unless there is course correction, Mr Hazare risks being depicted
 by the government as a crackpot rather than a serious reformer.<br />
<br />
All this rhetorical jousting and legislative gamesmanship has made the issue more befuddled and complicated to follow, perhaps allowing the political class a way to escape from the dragnet. If this is India's Arab Spring moment, then it is also uniquely Indian,
 in that there are circles within circles, hundreds of self-styled leaders who claim to be speaking on behalf "of the people" and a million mutinies instead of a single Tahrir Square.<br />
<br />
Despite these complications, the significance of Mr Hazare's campaign cannot be overemphasised. He has brought the issue of corruption into mainstream Indian political debate for the first time in more than a generation and has succeeded in engaging and mobilising
 the urban middle class - and India is a rapidly urbanising country.<br />
<br />
Unlike past major protest movements in India, be it over caste-based job reservations or economic reforms, the issue of corruption unites a broad swath of Indian society. At a very fundamental level, the roots of urban middle class anger are the same as the
 despair of Indian villagers that has led to the Maoist insurgency: terrible governance, stifling corruption, huge economic disparity and total absence of any official urgency.<br />
<br />
All this is what inflames the Hazare movement and makes it such a potent threat to the political establishment. In fact, the issue of corruption and governance is likely to become the most animated political pivot in the near-term, especially with five states
 of the country scheduled for elections in the next two months.<br />
<br />
By taking the Gandhi family head-on and by name, and by associating corruption primarily with the Congress party, Mr Hazare has raised the stakes rather spectacularly for Congress, especially in Uttar Pradesh (UP), the country's most populous and politically
 important state.<br />
<br />
For some time, there has been over-anticipation in the media and within the Congress party of Rahul Gandhi's eventual accession to power, and a good result in the UP elections, where he has been campaigning intensely, was seen as the appropriate starting point.<br />
<br />
Should the Congress party do poorly in UP due to the Hazare factor, the situation could lead to greater instability. Congress is intrinsically populist, and despite having some top economic brains and reformers, the Singh government has actually given out massive
 subsidies and loan waivers to party faithful in recent years. India's overall fiscal deficit has increased to almost 12 per cent, up from 8 per cent in 2004 when the Congress took over. Further subsidies enshrined in a proposed food security bill now threaten
 to raise this much higher.<br />
<br />
Looking beyond the issue of corruption, the strange twists and turns of the this anti-corruption campaign have allowed a closer inspection of India's fabled democracy - and it is not the pretty picture Indians usually see. Yes, India votes often, votes in large
 numbers and its poor usually vote the most. But India's democracy remains mired in personality-centric or caste-based dynamics, susceptible to cheap demagoguery.<br />
<br />
An American analyst once said that Indian democracy appears to represent the people without adequately serving them. An independent anti-corruption watchdog, proposed by Mr Hazare or something else entirely, may yet change that.
</p>
<p style="text-align:center">(The views expressed above are the personal views of the author)</p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>25/01/2012 12:22:25</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/18015/An+anticorruption+revolution+that+is+uniquely+Indian</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">18015</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>18016</publicationdataID>
      <title>India Charity Offers Amputees Escape From Poverty Trap</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p><a title="External website that opens in a new window" href="http://www.voanews.com/english/news/asia/India-Charity-Offers-Amputees-Escape-From-Poverty-Trap-136603183.html" target="_blank">Article Source
</a><img title="External website that opens in a new window" border="0" alt="External website that opens in a new window" src="images/ext-link-icon.gif"/><br />
<br />
Voice of America: Kurt Achin<br />
<br />
Losing a limb is traumatic in any circumstances, but it can become a poverty trap for those without access to advanced medical care. The Indian state of Rajasthan is home to one of the world's largest charities devoted to empowering amputees by giving them
 new prosthetic limbs, and a new life.<br />
<br />
Two-year-old Vaishnavi's mother loves her very much. She takes good care of her daughter and handles her surprisingly well - considering she has no arms.<br />
<br />
Sangeeta explains that she lost her arms as a result of electrocution. She says she was working near electrical lines and water spilled onto a metal rod she was carrying.<br />
<br />
She and her family have come to this Jaipur facility to receive a set of replacement arms.<br />
<br />
It is known locally as Bhagwan Mahaveer Viklang Sahitya Samiti, but more commonly referred to by its most famous product: "Jaipur Foot."<br />
<br />
More than one and a quarter million patients have received prosthetic legs, knees, arms, and hands produced by the facility since it was founded in 1975.<br />
<br />
"Nobody has to write to us," said Mehta. "They just walk in. Immediately they arrive, they are admitted. They are given food. They are given all facilities, given limbs in two or three days and they go back."<br />
<br />
D.R. Mehta, a former civil servant, started Jaipur Foot after an accident decades ago nearly cost him his own foot. The months he spent recovering in the hospital put him in contact with fellow Indians who were not so fortunate - most of them from among the
 country's poorest people.<br />
<br />
"Losing a limb also meant losing economic status," he said. "They [the victims] cease to be useful. They lose respect even in the house."<br />
<br />
Sangeeta understands very well the economic burden a lost limb can put on an entire family.<br />
<br />
She says cooking food is a big problem. Her husband does the cooking, she says, so he often is late to work or cannot work at all. She says they sometimes have to ask the neighbors for help. It's a big hassle, she says.<br />
<br />
"It's so satisfying for me, personally," said Mehta. "A person comes in crawling. He gets a limb in a day or two, for no charge at all, and walks out - like you and me, making a truncated being whole again. Seeing them going back and working in the field, working
 in the factory, it's not merely giving a limb - it's restoring their economic power."<br />
<br />
Even patients who could afford other treatment options come to Jaipur Foot because of its reputation for quality.<br />
<br />
"I'm from Penang, Malaysia. When I was nine, I had an accident. A truck ran over me and they couldn't save the foot," said a female patient. "So I've been wearing a prosthesis since I was nine, and I'm 40 now. I came to get a new prosthesis. It's always been
 a dream to come to Jaipur to get a Jaipur prosthesis. So it's like a dream come true. I can't wait to get moving!"<br />
<br />
Jaipur Foot receives about a third of its funding directly from the Indian government. The rest comes from corporate and private donors.<br />
<br />
It operates limb replacement camps in Pakistan, Sri Lanka, Afghanistan and many other countries where war and landmines have robbed people of limbs.<br />
<br />
As for Sangeeta - it will take some time and practice for her to master using her new limbs to grasp objects. She says she looks forward to resuming work in the kitchen - and to brushing her own hair.
<br />
<br />
(The views expressed above are the personal views of the author)</p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>25/01/2012 12:24:42</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/18016/India+Charity+Offers+Amputees+Escape+From+Poverty+Trap</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">18016</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>18018</publicationdataID>
      <title>Is 2012 the year for India's internet?</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p><span style="font-weight:bold">BBC: </span>Rajini Vaidyanathan<br />
<br />
It's estimated as many as 121 million Indians are logged onto the internet.<br />
<br />
It is a sizeable number, but still a relatively small proportion of the country's 1.2 billion population.<br />
<br />
Predictions suggest the ways Indians use the internet for business and pleasure will change even further in the next year.<br />
<br />
"Soon, there'll be more mobile phones than people in India," jokes Ankur Agarwal, the editor of the Indian gadget blog<a href="http://www.onlygizmo.com/" target="_blank" title="External website that opens in a new window"> onlygizmo.com.
</a><img src="images/ext-link-icon.gif" alt="External website that opens in a new window" title="External website that opens in a new window" border="0"/><br />
<br />
In his cramped office in a Mumbai suburb, he is surrounded by boxes filled with the latest technology ready to be reviewed and tested.<br />
<br />
Many of the boxes contain the latest smartphones, waiting to be launched onto the Indian consumer.<br />
<br />
Mr Agarwal's assertions about the Indian phone population might seem outlandish when you think there are 1.2bn people living in the country, but with mobile phone use rocketing, it's a prediction that could come true in the not too distant future.<br />
<br />
The Telecom Regulatory Authority of India estimates that there will be an additional 200 million new mobile subscribers in the coming year.<br />
<br />
According to research aggregated by <a href="http://www.wearesocial.net/" target="_blank" title="External website that opens in a new window">
wearesocial.net </a><img src="images/ext-link-icon.gif" alt="External website that opens in a new window" title="External website that opens in a new window" border="0"/> , there are more than 898 million mobile subscribers in India, 292 million of these living
 in rural areas.<br />
<br />
The same data showed that 346 million Indian mobile users had subscribed to data packages, with more than half of all internet users in the country accessing the web via their mobile phone.<br />
<br />
"The mobile phone will drive internet use in India in 2012," says Mr Agarwal. "Computing begins with the mobile and its growth is fast in India."<br />
<br />
He believes that the increase in smartphone and internet capable phones, selling below Rs5,000 (£61; $94)and built by Indian manufacturers, is making it easier and more affordable to own such devices.<br />
<br />
The increase in uptake of 3G and 2G services in India will also help get more people online. However, there are still issues getting this kind of connectivity into remote areas.<br />
<br />
Even when it is available, the cost is prohibitive to many.<br />
<br />
<span style="font-weight:bold">$50 tablet</span><br />
<br />
Other portable devices could also make an impact when it comes to Indians accessing the internet.<br />
<br />
The government plans to roll out its low-cost tablet device, known as Aakash, into schools nationwide in 2012. Costing around $50, it has been hailed as a huge innovation for India and the way the web can be accessed in schools.<br />
<br />
Mr Agarwal says it will allow more children to watch videos, carry course information without the need to have a teacher around, and will put pupils at the forefront of new technology.<br />
<br />
But the devices are still very basic, compared with other tablets on the market, and rely on good wi-fi connections and electricity supply, prerequisites which are not always available in more remote parts of India.<br />
<br />
In fact, one of the biggest challenges in the year ahead is increasing internet penetration in these areas.<br />
<br />
Only 2% of rural India has access to the web, according to the Internet and Mobile Association of India (IAMAI). That's a small percentage when you think that more than 70% of the population lives outside an urban conurbation.<br />
<br />
"Even if you give them the technology, what you also need to do is generate awareness about how to use it and create a sense of access for the people of the community," says P Niranjana from the Tata Institute of Social Sciences in Mumbai.<br />
<br />
Being able to use new technology requires certain skills like literacy and computer literacy, she says, and more work needs to be done in this area so villagers understand how computers are enriching their lives.<br />
<br />
The other issue, says Ms Niranjana, is ensuring the computers in the villages are placed in an area where all members of the community - including lower-caste Dalits - have the chance to use them. Currently, around 18% of India's rural internet users have to
 walk more than 10km (six miles) to access the web.<br />
<span style="font-weight:bold"><br />
Social networking</span><br />
<br />
Aside from access and reach, the other big change when it comes to India and the internet is how people are using the web. With better connections, mobile phones and computers, Indians are increasingly using the internet for more than just checking their email.<br />
<br />
In both rural and urban areas, social networking is a key driver of use. The most popular site in India is now Facebook, which in the past six months saw its user base grow by more than a third.<br />
<br />
The professional networking site Linkedin is also seeing greater uptake in India. The country has the second largest number of users for the site, according to figures from<a href="http://www.socialbakers.com/" target="_blank" title="External website that opens in a new window">
 socialbakers.com </a><img src="images/ext-link-icon.gif" alt="External website that opens in a new window" title="External website that opens in a new window" border="0"/><br />
<br />
Online videos and music are another area which will see huge growth in the coming year says Tarun Abhichandani, group business director for IMRB, an Indian market research organisation.<br />
<br />
Mr Abhichandani says this is driven by the fact the lion's share of India's internet users are young males.<br />
<br />
More than half of the country's population is under the age of 25, a huge potential market for internet businesses.<br />
<br />
This net-savvy generation is also helping to build e-commerce in India. The number of transactions made online has been growing: in the past year, the value of online business in India was estimated to be worth about $10bn.<br />
<br />
<span style="font-weight:bold">Revenue generation</span><br />
<br />
Mr Abhichandai says we can expect to see mobile commerce, also known as m-commerce, take off in the next year.<br />
<br />
Some 13 billion adverts are already sent to mobile devices in India every month, a source of frustration to many users but a valuable source of revenue for marketers. In fact, two-thirds of all Indian e-commerce comes from mobile devices.<br />
<br />
The biggest change, when it comes to content, will be the provision of more non-English websites in a country where hundreds of languages are spoken.<br />
<br />
"We only have so many English speakers in the country, so we would want more local language translations of all the websites that are available to Indian users," Mr Abhichandani says.<br />
<br />
"People are mostly comfortable speaking in their own language especially in specific regions, so Indian users are waiting for that kind of content to come up."<br />
<br />
Websites such as Wikipedia are already trying to push regional language content. Internet use in India overall is predicted to grow, but challenges of reach and technology will determine just who logs on and how.<br />
<br />
(The views expressed above are the personal views of the author)</p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>25/01/2012 12:28:17</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/18018/Is+2012+the+year+for+Indias+internet</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">18018</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>16324</publicationdataID>
      <title>Bucking Solar Predictions, India Surprises Itself</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p>New York Times: Vikas Bajaj<br />
<br />
When the Indian government embarked on an ambitious solar power project two years ago, I wrote that its goals seemed farfetched. Since then, things have changed significantly, and as I note in Thursday’s paper, analysts say the project’s goal of having 20,000
 megawatts of solar capacity by 2020 seems well within reach.<br />
<br />
The main reason for the change is the striking drop in the global price for solar panels and modules. Another interesting factor in the fall in prices is an auction process that India adopted to force solar power producers to compete with one another. In one
 recently concluded auction, for instance, the prices at which developers agreed to sell power to the government were nearly 30 percent lower than a year earlier. More than 100 companies bid in the auction, including many that have never built a solar power
 park before.<br />
<br />
It almost didn’t happen that way.<br />
<br />
Initially, Indian policy makers intended to buy solar power for the grid at a fixed and subsidized price of 15.4 rupees (29 cents) for a kilowatt hour. "The sense was that we will not get up to 1,000 megawatts and there will not be too many offers,” said Shyam
 Saran, a former Indian diplomat and energy policy maker.<br />
<br />
But what the government found was that there was far more interest in providing solar power to India than it was willing to buy; 6,000 megawatts were offered when it was interested in buying just 1,000 megawatts. So it decided to set up a reverse auction in
 which developers would bid to sell power to a state-owned electric utility. </p>
<p>Two auctions have been held so far, and they have been far more successful at driving down costs than anybody had anticipated. The lowest winning bid in the most recent auction was 7.50 rupees and the average bid was 8.77 rupees, about half the fixed price
 at which the government was initially willing to buy power.<br />
<br />
"The government is doing the right thing by following a trial and experiment approach,” said Tobias Engelmeier, the managing director of Bridge to India, a research and consulting firm based in New Delhi.<br />
<br />
India’s approach to solar power is in stark contrast to the murky policies it set in some other industrial sectors. In 2008, for example, it gave away telecommunications spectrum on a first come, first served basis at fixed prices that had been set in 2001.
 A government auditor later estimated that India may have lost as much as $40 billion by not conducting an auction. Several former public officials and corporate executives involved in the telecom affair are now on trial on corruption charges.<br />
<br />
India’s auctions also buck the approach commonly used elsewhere in the world. Germany, Spain and other European nations have heavily subsidized solar power by setting fixed prices for it. Some of those countries were forced to cut those prices after policy
 makers realized that the government had to buy lots of expensive electricity for many years to come.
</p>
<p>As a result, India "is emerging as one of the major solar markets in the world,” said Alan Rosling, the managing director of Kiran Energy, an Indian solar power developer.<br />
<br />
"Until two years ago, very few international companies were taking India seriously,” he noted.<br />
<br />
Still, there is no guarantee that the future will remain bright for solar power in the country. Some Indian companies are complaining that the nation’s policies do not protect local manufacturers, which cannot compete with low-cost Chinese manufacturers and
 innovative American start-ups. Indian producers say that without subsidies, they cannot offer the kind of generous credit and low prices that some foreign competitors can. And they want the government to impose duties on imports of solar equipment.<br />
<br />
A longer-term concern is figuring out a way to assure continued growth in the spread of solar panels to the rooftops of homes and businesses. That will become a more important issue after developers have blanketed the arid northwestern states of Gujarat and
 Rajasthan with panels. "Space can become a constraint very quickly once you have taken care of the Rajasthan desert or the Gujarat desert,” Mr. Saran said.<br />
<br />
But for now, the industry and policy makers are looking forward to flipping the switch on the next group of new solar plants, which are expected to begin sending electricity to the grid in January.
</p>
<p style="text-align:center">(The views expressed above are the personal views of the author)
</p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>31/12/2011 18:18:08</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/16324/Bucking+Solar+Predictions+India+Surprises+Itself</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">16324</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>16325</publicationdataID>
      <title>Puss marks a milestone for Indian animators</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p>The Age: Richard Verrier<br />
<br />
DreamWorks's Bangalore studio is expanding as Hollywood taps into India's labour pool, writes Richard Verrier.<br />
<br />
When the cat bandit Puss in Boots strides onto the big screen, Vanitha Rangaraju and her colleagues in Bangalore, India, will take special pride in the feline's starring role on the global stage.<br />
<br />
The spin-off from the hit Shrek movies represents a milestone for DreamWorks Animation and for the fledgling animation industry in India. The film, starring Antonio Banderas and Salma Hayek, marks the first time the studio has relied on a crew of Indian animators
 to help produce a full-length feature film.<br />
<br />
Until now, DreamWorks Animation had used the studio it operates in Bangalore to produce mainly TV specials and DVD bonus material. But after investing more than $US10 million over the past three years, DreamWorks has turned the Bangalore studio into an increasingly
 important piece of its production pipeline.<br />
<br />
The investment underscores how Hollywood is increasingly farming out animation and visual effects work to India, to capitalise on the country's low labour costs and to tap into a large pool of English-speaking workers with sought-after computer skills. The
 pace of production also is accelerated because of the 24-hour cycle that can be maintained by pairing the Bangalore workers with their counterparts in Hollywood.<br />
<br />
''We're very excited because we've been working towards this for three years,'' Rangaraju, the head of lighting for the India animation unit, says.<br />
<br />
''This is the first time this has happened in India and it's going to encourage a lot of people to move into the industry.''
</p>
<p>DreamWorks is among several studios tapping into the labour pool in India. Sony Pictures Entertainment and Rhythm &amp; Hues, a Los Angeles animation and visual effects house, each have facilities in India that have done work on such feature films as Yogi Bear
 and Alvin and the Chipmunks. Walt Disney Studios went into partnership with Prana Studios in Mumbai to produce its 2008 computer-animated movie Tinker Bell. Several large Indian companies, such as Reliance Group, Tata Elxsi and Prime Focus, have established
 beachheads in Hollywood to do visual effects and 3D conversion work on films such as Spider-Man 3 and Clash of the Titans.<br />
<br />
Traditionally, much of the film and TV work Hollywood has outsourced to India has involved low-skill, labour-intensive tasks such as wire removal - the tedious process of digitally erasing wires used to suspend stunt people and stars in action movies. The animation
 work has been confined mostly to TV series or made-for-DVD movies.<br />
<br />
But that is beginning to change, as shown by Puss in Boots. About 100 India animators spent six months animating three big scenes in the feature film - including one complex sequence in which Puss, Humpty Dumpty (Zach Galifianakis) and Kitty Softpaws (Hayek)
 enter a giant's castle surrounded by a lush jungle in the clouds. ''Except for the storyboarding, we did everything from start to finish,'' Philippe Gluckman, creative director for the DreamWorks India unit, says. ''I would hope nobody would be able to tell
 which sequences came from India.' </p>
<p>DreamWorks launched the Indian studio in early 2008 as part of a partnership with Technicolour, which acquired the Indian animation company Paprika Animation Studios. Technicolour owns the facility but tapped DreamWorks to hire and train 220 illustrators
 who work there. DreamWorks sent staff members to India to train the crews and hold classes on topics such as how to shape mouths.<br />
<br />
The group's next film projects include Madagascar 3, due out next year, and it is expected to have a role in the upcoming Bollywood-style musical Monkeys of Mumbai.<br />
<br />
''It has been a very steep learning curve for all of them,'' Gluckman says. </p>
<p style="text-align:center">(The views expressed above are the personal views of the author)
</p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>31/12/2011 18:20:58</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/16325/Puss+marks+a+milestone+for+Indian+animators</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">16325</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>16326</publicationdataID>
      <title>In Solar Power, India Begins Living Up to Its Own Ambitions</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p>New York Times: Vikas Bajaj<br />
<br />
Solar power is a clean energy source. But in this arid part of northwest India it can also be a dusty one.<br />
<br />
Every five days or so, in a marriage of low and high tech, field hands with long-handled dust mops wipe down each of the 36,000 solar panels at a 63-acre installation operated by Azure Power. The site is one of the biggest examples of India’s ambitious plan
 to use solar energy to help modernize its notoriously underpowered national electricity grid, and reduce its dependence on coal-fired power plants.<br />
<br />
Azure Power has a contract to provide solar-generated electricity to a state-government electric utility. Inderpreet Wadhwa, Azure’s chief executive, predicted that within a few years solar power would be competitive in price with India’s conventionally generated
 electricity.<br />
<br />
"The efficiency of solar technology will continue to increase, and with the increasing demand in solar energy, cost will continue to decrease,” Mr. Wadhwa said.<br />
<br />
Two years ago, Indian policy makers said that by the year 2020 they would drastically increase the nation’s use of solar power from virtually nothing to 20,000 megawatts — enough electricity to power the equivalent of up to 15 million modern American homes
 during daylight hours when the panels are at their most productive. Many analysts said it could not be done. But, now the doubters are taking back their words.
</p>
<p>Dozens of developers like Azure, because of aggressive government subsidies and a large drop in the global price of solar panels, are covering India’s northwestern plains — including this village of 2,000 people — with gleaming solar panels. So far, India
 uses only about 140 megawatts, including 10 megawatts used by the Azure installation, which can provide enough power to serve a town of 50,000 people, according to the company. But analysts say that the national 20,000 megawatt goal is achievable and that
 India could reach those numbers even a few years before 2020.<br />
<br />
"Prices came down and suddenly things were possible that didn’t seem possible,” said Tobias Engelmeier, managing director of Bridge to India, a research and consulting firm based in New Delhi. Chinese manufacturers like Suntech Power and Yingli Green Energy
 helped drive the drop in solar panel costs. The firms increased production of the panels and cut costs this year by about 30 percent to 40 percent, to less than $1 a watt.<br />
<br />
Developers of solar farms in India, however, have shown a preference for the more advanced, so-called thin-film solar cells offered by suppliers in the United States, Taiwan and Europe. The leading American provider to India is First Solar, based in Tempe,
 Ariz.<br />
<br />
India does not have a large solar manufacturing industry, but is trying to develop one and China is showing a new interest in India’s growing demand. China’s Suntech Power sold the panels used at the Azure installation, which opened in June.<br />
<br />
Industry executives credit government policies with India’s solar boom, unusual praise because businesses usually deride Indian regulations as Kafkaesque.
</p>
<p>Over the last decade, India has opened the state-dominated power-generating industry to private players, while leaving distribution and rate-setting largely in government hands. European countries heavily subsidize solar power by agreeing to buy it for decades
 at a time, but the subsidies in India are lower and solar operators are forced into to greater competition, helping push down costs.<br />
<br />
This month, the government held its second auction to determine the price at which its state-owned power trading company — NTPC Vidyut Vyapar Nigam — would buy solar-generated electricity for the national grid. The average winning bid was 8.77 rupees (16.5
 cents) per kilowatt hour.<br />
<br />
That is about twice the price of coal-generated power, but it was about 27 percent lower than the winning bids at the auction held a year ago. Germany, the world’s biggest solar-power user, pays about 17.94 euro cents (23 American cents) per kilowatt hour.<br />
<br />
India still significantly lags behind European countries in the use of solar. Germany, for example, had 17,000 megawatts of solar power capacity at the end of 2010. But India, which gets more than 300 days of sunlight a year, is a more suitable place to generate
 solar power. And being behind is now benefiting India, as panel prices plummet, enabling it to spend far less to set up solar farms than countries that pioneered the technology.
</p>
<p>In its solar power auctions, moreover, NTPC is not creating open-ended contracts. The last auction, for example, was for a total of only 350 megawatts, which will cap the government’s costs. The assumption is that the price of solar power will continue to
 decline, eventually approaching the cost of electricity generated through conventional methods.<br />
<br />
Most Indian power plants are fueled by coal and generate electricity at about 4 rupees (7.5 cents) per kilowatt hour — less than half of solar’s cost now. In this month’s auction, the recent winning bids were comparable to what India’s industrial and commercial
 users pay for electricity — from 8 to 10 rupees. And solar’s costs are competitive with power plants and back-up generators that burn petroleum-based fuels, whose electricity costs about 10 rupees per kilowatt hour.<br />
<br />
"At least during daytime, photovoltaic panels will compete with oil-generated electricity more than anything else” in India, said Cédric Philibert, a senior analyst at the International Energy Agency in Paris. "This comparison is becoming better and better
 every month.”<br />
<br />
In addition to the federal government, several of India’s states like Gujarat, where Khadoda is located, are also buying power at subsidized rates from solar companies like Azure Power.
</p>
<p>Analysts do not expect India’s solar rollout to be problem free. They say some developers have probably bid too aggressively in the federal auctions and may not be able to build their plants fast or cheap enough to survive.<br />
<br />
Consequently, or because their bids were speculative, some developers are trying to sell their government power agreements to third parties, analysts say, even though such flipping is against the auction rules.<br />
<br />
Mr. Wadhwa, of Azure Power, said a solar industry shakeout in India was almost inevitable. "Initially, a lot of new players enter the sector,” he said, "and then the market settles with a few players who have a long-term” commitment to the industry.<br />
<br />
Neha Thirani contributed research. </p>
<p style="text-align:center">(The views expressed above are the personal views of the author)
</p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>31/12/2011 18:25:02</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/16326/In+Solar+Power+India+Begins+Living+Up+to+Its+Own+Ambitions</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">16326</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>16328</publicationdataID>
      <title>Bankers confident of India's growth</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p>Gulf News: Shweta Jain<br />
<br />
The Indian economy will continue to grow despite the rupee's current free fall, was the optimistic note on which renowned Indian bankers forming the Indian Business and Professional Council yesterday based a debate on the recent volatility of the Indian rupee
 and its aftermath.<br />
<br />
"The worst is over," said K. Venkata Rama Moorthy, CEO, Bank of Baroda, adding that India is heading to better days. "The rupee will be reaching a reasonable level soon," he said.<br />
<br />
Ajay Kumar of Corporation Bank said: "India has a great growth story and it will continue its growth. These [rupee depreciations] are minor obstacles."<br />
<br />
Advocating a calm approach, Kumar said that while the 20 per cent fall in the Indian currency is a big one, the worst is over.<br />
<br />
G. Raj Kumar Nair, CEO of Punjab National Bank, said: "The depreciation of the rupee has taken place many times before. Don't be jittery about the present situation. India will grow."
</p>
<p>Money flow<br />
<br />
Gulf News asked the IBPC panellists what steps India's central bank and the government could take to prevent a rupee free fall.<br />
<br />
According to IBPC President Dr Bharat Bhutaney, RBI is devising ways to improve the flow of dollars into the country instead of making concrete fiscal or monetary changes. "We need strong structural changes in the monetary and fiscal policies which the Government
 of India and the RBI have to sit together and sort out," he said.<br />
<br />
K.V. Shamsudeen of Barjeel Geojit Securities said: "The RBI has to take some action to control the rupee's fall, and it has to act quickly."<br />
<br />
He added that in the last six months of the current financial year, India received $59 billion [Dh216.33 billion] in remittances from the Indian diaspora from across the world "and if things continue this way, this financial year ending on March 31, 2012, India
 may get $100 billion," he told Gulf News.<br />
<br />
SBI's Debajyoti Ray Chaudhuri, however, is of the opinion that the RBI has done enough. "It should not do more than this. The other option for them is to use forex reserves," he said.
</p>
<p style="text-align:center">(The views expressed above are the personal views of the author)
</p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>31/12/2011 18:28:26</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/16328/Bankers+confident+of+Indias+growth</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">16328</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>16330</publicationdataID>
      <title>Restoring Delhi’s Crowning Jewel</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p>Wall Street Journal: Megha Bahree<br />
<br />
When New Delhi was made the capital of India a 100 years ago, the site was already dotted with impressive Mughal buildings and the city’s ancient heritage was one of the factors that attracted the British to Delhi.<br />
<br />
Of all the ruins in Delhi, Humanyun’s Tomb is the most impressive and arguably is more striking than Lutyens’ Delhi. After the British crushed the revolt of Indian soldiers who rebeled against their rule in 1857, an event also known as India’s first war of
 Independence, it was in Humayun’s tomb that Bahadur Shah Zafar, the last Mughal emperor, was hiding out when he was found and arrested by the British.
</p>
<p>In modern day Delhi, the city’s rubble from the Commonwealth Games has proven to be a boon for the restoration of this world heritage site.<br />
<br />
In preparation for the Commonwealth Games, curb stones across the city—slabs of quartzite stone that are used to make pavements and weigh about a ton each—were being replaced by the more expensive, and less durable, sandstone, says Ratish Nanda, an architect
 and the director of this restoration project for the Aga Khan Trust for Culture.<br />
<br />
"It’s one of the hardest stones,” says Mr. Nanda, adding that quartzite can no longer be mined because of a government-imposed ban. When Mr. Nanda got wind of the city’s plans, he quickly bought 70 truckloads of the stones.<br />
<br />
While carrying out the restoration work, he had noticed that some of the quartzite stones had been cannibalized from a part of the plinth—the platform on which the tomb stands—and that gaps had been filled with cement instead. His team removed 12,000 square
 meters of cement concrete and put in place the huge quartzite blocks. </p>
<p>"Some of them weighed 3,000 kilograms and needed 15 men to lift,” he says.<br />
<br />
For the uninitiated, the famous Humanyun’s Tomb, built in 1565 AD, is located in the heart of New Delhi in a neighborhood called Nizamuddin. The area is named after a revered saint—Hazrat Nizamuddin Auliya—who lived there in the early 14th century. And since
 it’s considered auspicious to be buried near a saint’s grave, the area has witnessed centuries of tomb building, a tradition that continues. The restoration team is repairing several of the tombs.<br />
<br />
The restoration of the Nizamuddin heritage precinct—a public -private partnership between the Archaeological Survey of India (the premier organization responsible for archaeological researches and protection of the cultural heritage under the federal government),
 a couple of city agencies, the Aga Khan Foundation and the Aga Khan Trust—has been underway since mid-2008. Apart from the Mughal emperor’s mausoleum, it includes a nursery (Sundar Nursery) and a village (Hazrat Nizamuddin Basti). The three together cover
 some 200 acres of land and include at least 75 medieval monuments, making it the densest ensemble of medieval Islamic monuments in India, say Mr. Nanda. The conservation work, which employs local artisans and is using traditional methods, is currently being
 carried out on the main tomb, the gateways, and 50 of the 75 monuments. </p>
<p>This restoration project is unlike any other in the country, says Mr. Nanda. For a start it’s using experts from across disciplines—engineers, landscape architects, graphic designers, as well as several architects and archaeologists. And unlike other projects
 in the country, it’s bringing back the craftsman’s approach. There are over 600 craftsmen working on the project and are using the same tools and techniques that their fathers and forefathers used to.<br />
<br />
"All conservation should be based on a living tradition,” says Mr. Nanda. "We hope the Archaeological Survey of India will use this system at every site henceforth.”<br />
<br />
Another distinguishing feature of this project is that it’s using an urban landscape approach to conservation and will restore the entire setting of the tomb, including restoring 50 monuments in the area and building a 100 acre park that will stretch between
 the mausoleum and the old fort, the Purana Qila. <br />
<br />
This project also links conservation with development and involves training local youths to become heritage guide and hold regular health and education camps in the villages in the area.
</p>
<p style="text-align:center">(The views expressed above are the personal views of the author)
</p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>31/12/2011 18:31:11</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/16330/Restoring+Delhis+Crowning+Jewel</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">16330</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>16333</publicationdataID>
      <title>Rahul Dravid's speech on Sir Donald Bradman Oration 2011 (Excerpts)*</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p><strong>Canberra 14.12.2011 </strong><br />
<br />
I realise a very distinguished list of gentlemen have preceded me in the ten years that the Bradman Oration has been held. I know that this Oration is held every year to appreciate the life and career of Sir Don Bradman, a great Australian and a great cricketer.
<br />
<br />
Yet, but first before all else, I must say that I find myself humbled by the venue we find ourselves in. Even though there is neither a pitch in sight, nor stumps or bat and balls, as a cricketer, I feel I stand on very sacred ground tonight. When I was told
 that I would be speaking at the National War Memorial, I thought of how often and how meaninglessly, the words 'war', 'battle', 'fight' are used to describe cricket matches.
</p>
<p>Yes, we cricketers devote the better part of our adult lives to being prepared to perform for our countries, to persist and compete as intensely as we can - and more. This building, however, recognises the men and women who lived out the words - war, battle,
 fight - for real and then gave it all up for their country, their lives left incomplete, futures extinguished.
<br />
<br />
The people of both our countries are often told that cricket is the one thing that brings Indians and Australians together. That cricket is our single common denominator.
<br />
<br />
India's first Test series as a free country was played against Australia in November 1947, three months after our independence. Yet the histories of our countries are linked together far more deeply than we think and further back in time than 1947.
</p>
<p>We share something else other than cricket. Before they played the first Test match against each other, Indians and Australians fought wars together, on the same side. In Gallipoli, where, along with the thousands of Australians, over 1300 Indians also lost
 their lives. In World War II, there were Indian and Australian soldiers in El Alamein, North Africa, in the Syria-Lebanon campaign, in Burma, in the battle for Singapore.
<br />
<br />
Before we were competitors, Indians and Australians were comrades. So it is only appropriate that we are here this evening at the Australian War Memorial, where along with celebrating cricket and cricketers, we remember the unknown soldiers of both nations.
<br />
<br />
It is however, incongruous, that I, an Indian, happen to be the first cricketer from outside Australia, invited to deliver the the Bradman Oration. I don't say that only because Sir Don once scored a hundred before lunch at Lord's and my 100 at Lord's this
 year took almost an entire day. <br />
<br />
But more seriously, Sir Don played just five Tests against India; that was in the first India-Australia series in 1947-48, which was to be his last season at home. He didn't even play in India, and remains the most venerated cricketer in India not to have played
 there. </p>
<p>We know that he set foot in India though, in May 1953, when on his way to England to report on the Ashes for an English newspaper, his plane stopped in Calcutta airport. There were said to be close to a 1000 people waiting to greet him; as you know, he was
 a very private person and so got into an army jeep and rushed into a barricaded building, annoyed with the airline for having 'breached confidentiality.' That was all Indians of the time saw of Bradman who remains a mythical figure.
<br />
<br />
For one generation of fans in my country, those who grew up in the 1930s, when India was still under British rule, Bradman represented a cricketing excellence that belonged to somewhere outside England. To a country taking its first steps in Test cricket, that
 meant something. His success against England at that time was thought of as our personal success. He was striking one for all of us ruled by the common enemy. Or as your country has so poetically called them, the Poms.
<br />
<br />
There are two stories that I thought I should bring to your notice. On June 28, 1930, the day Bradman scored 254 at Lord's against England, was also the day Jawaharlal Nehru was arrested by the police. Nehru was, at the time, one of the most prominent leaders
 of the Indian independence movement and later, independent India's first Prime Minister. The coincidence of the two events, was noted by a young boy KN Prabhu, who was both nationalist, cricket fan and later became independent India's foremost cricket writer.
 In the 30s, as Nehru went in and out of jail, Bradman went after the England bowling and, for KN Prabhu, became a kind of avenging angel.
</p>
<p>There's another story I've heard about the day in 1933, when the news reached India that Bradman's record for the highest Test score of 334 had been broken by Wally Hammond. As much as we love our records, they say some Indian fans at the time were not exactly
 happy. Now, there's a tale that a few even wanted to wear black bands to mourn the fact that this precious record that belonged to Australia - and by extension, us - had gone back. To an Englishman. We will never know if this is true, if black bands were ever
 worn, but as journalists sometimes tell me, why let facts get in the way of a good story.
<br />
<br />
My own link with Bradman was much like that of most other Indians - through history books, some old video footage and his wise words. About leaving the game better than you found it. About playing it positively, as Bradman, then a selector, told Richie Benaud
 before the 1960-61 West Indies tour of Australia. Of sending a right message out from cricket to its public. Of players being temporary trustees of a great game.
<br />
<br />
While there may be very little similarity in our records or our strike-rates or our fielding - and I can say this only today in front of all of you - I am actually pleased that I share something very important with Sir Don.
<br />
<br />
He was, primarily, like me, a No.3 batsman. It is a tough, tough job. <br />
<br />
We're the ones who make life easier for the kings of batting, the middle order that follows us. Bradman did that with a bit more success and style than I did. He dominated bowling attacks and put bums on seats, if i bat for any length of time I am more likely
 to bore people to sleep. Still, it is nice to have batted for a long time in a position, whose benchmark is, in fact, the benchmark for batsmanship itself.
</p>
<p>Before he retired from public life in his 80s, I do know that Bradman watched Sunil Gavaskar's generation play a series in Australia. I remember the excitement that went through Indian cricket when we heard the news that Bradman had seen Sachin Tendulkar
 bat on TV and thought he batted like him. It was more than mere approval, it was as if the great Don had finally, passed on his torch. Not to an Aussie or an Englishman or a West Indian. But to one of our own.
<br />
<br />
One of the things, Bradman said has stayed in my mind. That the finest of athletes had, along with skill, a few more essential qualities: to conduct their life with dignity, with integrity, with courage and modesty. All this he believed, were totally compatible
 with pride, ambition, determination and competitiveness. Maybe those words should be put up in cricket dressing rooms all over the world.
<br />
<br />
As all of you know, Don Bradman passed away on February 25, 2001, two days before the India v Australia series was to begin in Mumbai.
<br />
<br />
<strong>* Courtesy Cricket Australia</strong> <br />
<br />
Complete text of the oration can be accessed at <a href="http://www.cricket.com.au/news-list/2011/12/14/sir-donald-bradman-oration-2011">
http://www.cricket.com.au/news-list/2011/12/14/sir-donald-bradman-oration-2011</a><br />
<br />
<strong>New Delhi<br />
22 December 2011</strong> </p>
<p style="text-align:center">(The views expressed above are the personal views of the author)
</p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>31/12/2011 18:36:00</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/16333/Rahul+Dravids+speech+on+Sir+Donald+Bradman+Oration+2011+Excerpts</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">16333</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>16335</publicationdataID>
      <title>India riding animated film boom</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p>The Australian : Robin Pagnamenta<br />
<br />
INDIA is cashing in on a global boom in animated films, special effects and gaming as Hollywood outsources more film-related IT work to the home of Bollywood.<br />
<br />
Puss in Boots, the DreamWorks blockbuster starring Antonio Banderas and Salma Hayek, was made largely in Bangalore, where a team of more than 150 animators, lighting artists and special effects experts worked on the film for nearly two years.<br />
<br />
The work was remotely supervised by the film's director Chris Miller from his base in the United States.<br />
<br />
"The quality of work coming out of India is very high ... and the cost base is lower," said Mark Benson, the chief executive of MPC, a London-based post-production house that has also opened a branch in Bangalore specialising in visual special effects.<br />
<br />
This has worked on films including those in the Harry Potter and Pirates of the Caribbean series. "Over the next 24 months, I see rapid growth for this type of work."
</p>
<p>About 25 billion rupees ($455 million) worth of animation and visual effects work was carried out in India last year, but this is expected to more than double by 2015, according to KPMG, with the fastest growth in animated films.<br />
<br />
While some of this growth is being generated by brisk, homegrown demand from India's own movie business, the country's rare combination of IT talent, film-making prowess and low labour costs is making it a global hub for this specialist work.<br />
<br />
The cost of labour for the work on Puss in Boots, for example, is believed to have been 40 per cent lower than it would have been in the United States.
<br />
<br />
"Animation is a big market and India has a lot of talent," Kishore Lulla, chairman of Eros International, the biggest Bollywood film studio, said. Eros operates its own visual special effects and animation business Eye Cube Studios, based in Mumbai. "I think
 there is a lot of potential. <br />
<br />
''Today we are doing mostly the low-end job work for Hollywood, but increasingly there is an opportunity to do the high-end work, too."
</p>
<p>He claimed that an animated film costing $A80 million to produce in America or Europe could cost as little as $10 million to make in India.
<br />
<br />
For Puss in Boots, which has already collected $A140 million at the box office in the US, the storyboard and a rough pre-visualisation sketch was drawn up by a DreamWorks studio in Los Angeles. The team in India then developed a layout that allowed each character
 to be plotted into the film frame by frame.<br />
<br />
Biren Ghose, country chief for Technicolor, the company that undertook the work for DreamWorks, said that the team in Bangalore had collaborated closely with other teams in Los Angeles, Vancouver, London and New York to make the finished product.
</p>
<p style="text-align:center">(The views expressed above are the personal views of the author)
</p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>31/12/2011 18:41:09</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/16335/India+riding+animated+film+boom</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">16335</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>16350</publicationdataID>
      <title>Fabric diagnostic ‘chips’ could detect deadly diseases</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p>Dawn<br />
<br />
Fabric ‘chips’ made of woven silk could provide a cheap alternative to plastic for rapidly diagnosing a wide range of diseases, including hepatitis, HIV and tuberculosis, as well as conducting some metabolic tests, scientists have found.<br />
<br />
After being treated with antibodies or other chemicals, the silk fibres change colour — in a similar way to home pregnancy kits when they come into contact with a specific disease.<br />
<br />
Eventually, scientists hope to develop a single fabric strip that will allow doctors to diagnose a wide range of illnesses at the patient’s bedside in around five minutes.
</p>
<p>It is the adaptability of the material that makes silk so ideal for this use, Dhananjaya Dendukuri, a scientist at Achira Labs, Bangalore, told SciDev.Net, as, by changing factors such as the pattern and weave, multiple chemicals can be placed on a tiny
 strip.<br />
<br />
The technique also takes advantage of India’s extensive silk-weaving industry — providing a cheap and abundant source of the fabric to allow the project to be scaled up, a process which Dendukuri hopes would begin in 2013. The added demand for silk that the
 product could create would also benefit the weaving industry, he claimed. </p>
<p>The project is one of 22 recipients of a US$32 million fund provided by Grand Challenges Canada — an initiative of the Canadian government — and the Bill &amp; Melinda Gates Foundation, which aims to bring rapid diagnostic tools that can perform multiple analyses
 to rural communities in the developing world.<br />
<br />
Dendukuri told SciDev.Net that the US$1 million that his project received from the fund will help the technology through clinical trials and get it ready to be launched into the market.
</p>
<p>According to Dendukuri, the greatest hurdle will be "showing the tests work robustly each time out in the field — the same way they do in the lab. Access to raw materials that are robust and getting the same thing each time is a challenge we are working
 on.”<br />
<br />
Although Mark Perkins, chief executive officer of the Foundation for Innovative New Diagnostics (FIND), welcomed the development he was also aware that developing the product may not be easy. "There are significant technical challenges … that have not been
 overcome despite substantial private sector investment,” he said. </p>
<p>"Beyond this, technology solutions must be linked to social movements or health system reform efforts that enable patients to directly benefit from the results of diagnostic testing, including treatment, referral, disease containment, or vaccination efforts,”
 he added.<br />
<br />
</p>
(The views expressed above are the personal views of the author)]]></description>
      <pubDate>02/01/2012 18:05:25</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/16350/Fabric+diagnostic+chips+could+detect+deadly+diseases</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">16350</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>16351</publicationdataID>
      <title>Plymouth graduate wins $35,000 for syringe design</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p>BBC<br />
<br />
A Devon graduate who designed a syringe that cannot be re-used has won $35,000 (£22,500) in a global competition.<br />
<br />
Oliver Blanchard, 20, who studied at Plymouth University, entered the India Future of Change contest, competing against more than 750 entrants.<br />
<br />
His Sachet Syringe was designed so that a cap locks in place over the needle once the drug has been injected.<br />
<br />
Mr Blanchard, health care category winner, will travel to India in March for an award ceremony.<br />
<br />
He will then go back to the country in the summer to develop his product.<br />
<br />
More than 760 designers from 50 countries entered the competition, which the product design student from Bournemouth, went on to win.<br />
<br />
"I was short-listed down to the final 50 and then the final 10 and they flew us out to New Delhi and I was lucky enough to win," said Mr Blanchard.<br />
<br />
His winning idea was a simplified version of a regular syringe.<br />
<br />
"I began investigating how syringes were used around the world, and I discovered that every year 1.3 million people die from the re-use of dirty syringes in healthcare environments in developing nations," Mr Blanchard continued.<br />
<br />
"The idea is there's a pre-filled medical sachet which attaches to a needle and then once the drug is administered a shroud covers the needle and locks into place so it can't be re-used.<br />
<br />
"This eradicates the risk of diseases being spread, and I believe it could help millions of people worldwide."<br />
<br />
He said that while similar syringes were already on the market his had been designed to use about 50% less plastic, dropping manufacturing costs from 3.25 pence to 1.74 pence.<br />
<br />
He said he plans to use his winnings to develop the product and is hoping to work with a consultancy company in India next year.
</p>
<p style="text-align:center">(The views expressed above are the personal views of the author)
</p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>02/01/2012 18:10:48</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/16351/Plymouth+graduate+wins+35000+for+syringe+design</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">16351</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>16353</publicationdataID>
      <title>Pod Cars Are Poised to Transform an Indian City’s Streetscape and Skyline</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p>New York Times: Jim Witkin<br />
<br />
ULTra Fairwood, an engineering company in India, announced this week that it reached an agreement with the Punjab government to build a personal rapid transit system in Amritsar, an Indian city of 1.5 million about 40 miles from the Pakistani metropolis of
 Lahore. The system would be based on the pod-car technology of ULTra Global PRT, which recently completed a proof-of-concept at Heathrow Airport in London.<br />
<br />
Fraser Brown, managing director of ULTra Global PRT, said in a telephone interview that the system would consist of 200 automated electric pods, roughly 10 times the number operating at Heathrow, and would shuttle an average of 100,000 passengers per day over
 3.3 kilometers, or roughly two miles, of track. Among the route’s seven station stops would be the city’s principal bus station, the railroad terminal and the Golden Temple, a major Sikh shrine.<br />
<br />
Mr. Brown would not disclose the price of a fare, saying only that passengers would pay a comparable price to that of other modes of public transportation.
</p>
<p>Construction on the system would begin in 2012, Mr. Brown said, with an eye toward starting service in late 2014. Aside from the larger scope and complexity of the system, the difference in climate between London and Amritsar would require alterations to
 the pod cars and their dedicated guideways.<br />
<br />
"We are looking at the pods operating in temperatures of 50 Celsius [122 Fahrenheit] and in monsoon rain conditions,” said Mr. Brown. "This has required design changes to the track to cope with water runoff and a revamp in the pod air-conditioning system.”
 The car will also be redesigned to carry six passengers, rather than four with luggage, as it is configured at Heathrow.
<br />
<br />
He said that any changes to accommodate local conditions would not impact the fundamentals of the system.<br />
<br />
"Besides the Heathrow proof-of-concept, we have done a lot of behind-the-scenes simulation and testing in this area,” Mr. Brown said. "We are absolutely confident the control and safety systems are scalable and robust.” He also reiterated that the safety system
 had received regulatory signoff in Britain.<br />
<br />
Amritsar is the host of as many as 500,000 Sikh pilgrims on major holidays who visit the Golden Temple. Prompted by concerns about exhaust fumes damaging the building’s facade, which was built in the early 17th century, the government has banned nonessential
 motor vehicle traffic within a one- to two-kilometer radius of the shrine. Pilgrims consequently must walk or hire pedal-powered rickshaws to reach the temple. Mr. Brown expects the electric-power pod-car system to accommodate up to 35 percent of these visitors.
</p>
<p>With private investment, ULTra Fairwood will design and build the system for the Punjab government and operate it as a concession under a 30-year agreement. Fairwood would license the pod-car technology from ULTra Global PRT in a franchise-style agreement,
 according to Mr. Brown. His company, which is based in Britain, would receive payment for consulting services, which he estimated at £2 million, or roughly $3.1 million, over the next two years. ULTra Global would also receive an estimated £5.4 million over
 the 30-year concession agreement, representing a share of the fares collected. He declined to disclose the projected costs to build and operate the system, but he estimated that the system would recoup its costs to investors after five years of operation.
</p>
<p style="text-align:center">(The views expressed above are the personal views of the author)
</p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>02/01/2012 18:13:17</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/16353/Pod+Cars+Are+Poised+to+Transform+an+Indian+Citys+Streetscape+and+Skyline</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">16353</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>16354</publicationdataID>
      <title>Taj Mahal Diamond Sets Auction Record for Indian Jewel</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p>New York Times: Shivani Vora<br />
<br />
The Taj Mahal diamond ended up being the dark horse at Christie’s auction of Elizabeth Taylor’s legendary jewels in New York City on Dec. 13.<br />
<br />
The heart-shaped, table-cut diamond was expected to fetch between $300,000 and $500,000, but an anonymous phone bidder bought it for $8.8 million.<br />
<br />
The sale price is an auction world record for an Indian jewel — an imperial Mughal spinel necklace sold at Christie’s in Geneva in May for $5.2 million previously held that honor.<br />
<br />
The piece fetched the third-highest price in the sale of 80 jewels, behind the La Peregrina Pearl, which sold for $11.8 million and just shy of the Elizabeth Taylor diamond, a 33-carat stone, which sold for $8.81 dollars.<br />
<br />
While the first two pieces were expected to fetch top prices even before the auction — the pearl because it was part of the crown jewels of Spain and is equivalent to 50 carats and the Elizabeth Taylor diamond because of its size, color and because it almost
 internally flawless — the Taj Mahal piece’s price rose after a frenzied round of bidding.The Taj Mahal stone, which is set as a pendant, dates back to 1627 and was originally a gift from Emperor Shah Jahangir to his son Shah Jahan, who commissioned the Taj
 Mahal monument in Agra, India. It ended up in Taylor’s collection of jewels when her husband Richard Burton bought it in 1972 from Cartier for 350,000 pounds as a gift for her 40th birthday.<br />
<br />
The Dec. 13 auction set a world record for the most expensive private collection of jewelry and for the highest value jewelry sale in auction history. The 80 jewels that night fetched a total of $116 million.
</p>
<p style="text-align:center">(The views expressed above are the personal views of the author)
</p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>02/01/2012 18:15:25</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/16354/Taj+Mahal+Diamond+Sets+Auction+Record+for+Indian+Jewel</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">16354</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>16355</publicationdataID>
      <title>India eyes Africa's potential</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p>CNN<br />
<br />
Asian trade and investment in Africa is growing, but where investment in Africa has traditionally concentrated on natural resources, India is looking to diversify its interests in the African continent.<br />
<br />
In recent years, India has made new inroads into African markets. Tata, which is owned by one of India's richest men, recently built a new truck-manufacturing plant outside Pretoria, South Africa, producing heavy vehicles that are sold in Africa.<br />
<br />
"You cannot constantly keep importing finished vehicles,” Raman Dhawan, who runs Tata's African operations, told CNN's Robyn Curnow.<br />
<br />
"We've started actually with just assembling the commercial vehicles, which is the trucks and bus chassis, and so as we move forward, yes, we will explore others,” he added. "So the basic thing is that you must put investment, add value locally and that's what
 we've really followed.”<br />
<br />
Tata says the value of its South African projects – from cars to telecoms to metals and hotels – totals around $1.6 billion.<br />
<br />
India's rapidly modernizing industries and growing middle class are fuelling some of this growth in African markets.<br />
<br />
Safiya Patel is a mergers and acquisitions lawyer who specialises in helping Indian clients. "We've witnessed an acceleration of Indian investors in South Africa over the last five years,” she said. "It's been phenomenal, absolutely phenomenal.”<br />
<br />
"Right now we are assisting investors in a whole array of sectors.<br />
<br />
Pharmaceuticals is big, but I would say mining is top of the list right now, and that's because India itself has a huge power challenge and coal is a commodity that's highly sought after in India,” she added.
</p>
<p>Abdullah Verachia advises businesses on the emergence of the BRICS economies – Brazil, Russia, India, China and South Africa.<br />
<br />
"As we stand today, 57% of the world's population is either Chinese, Indian or African and that has strategic implications,” he said. "Implications politically, implications in terms of south-south co-operation, and implications for the business sector in Africa,
 in India and in China.”<br />
<br />
China's investment far exceeds India's. China is expected to invest more than $100 billion in Africa this year, more than double the $46 billion invested by India, according to the India Africa Business Network.<br />
<br />
But one difference between China and India is that Indian business is driven by the private sector – mostly successful family businesses like the Tata conglomerate – which are tempted into Africa by high growth and new markets.<br />
<br />
But this influx of investment is relatively one sided so far. The rate of African countries setting up shop in Asia is low and some worry that Chinese and Indian businesses are harming local manufacturing sectors, such as textiles, with their cheaper products
 driving African companies out of business.<br />
<br />
Analysts say tariffs on African exports must be lowered in India and red tape must be cut if Africa is to really participate and benefit from these new flows of investment from the East.
</p>
<p style="text-align:center">(The views expressed above are the personal views of the author)
</p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>02/01/2012 18:18:12</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/16355/India+eyes+Africas+potential</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">16355</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>16356</publicationdataID>
      <title>UK business taps Indian potential</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p>Financial Times: Michael Stothard<br />
<br />
Spending by UK companies on Indian acquisitions has jumped this year as growth-hungry groups look beyond sluggish western economies and the government makes a renewed push to encourage ties with India.<br />
<br />
The £9bn of investment announced by UK companies, which includes big deals such as BP’s £4.9bn stake in Reliance Industries and Vodafone’s £3.4bn purchase of Vodafone Essar, is 18 times greater than last year and is the highest since at least 2007 when disclosed
 investment reached £7.8bn.<br />
<br />
"More than ever UK companies are worried that the struggles in the eurozone and tough austerity measures will cause years of stagnant growth at home,” said Anuj Chande, head of the South Asia Group at Grant Thornton. "This fear is really helping to push people
 towards India,” he said.<br />
<br />
The news comes in the wake of the largest ever British government delegation visit to India last year led by David Cameron, UK prime minister, in a bid to tie a sluggish domestic economy to a relatively buoyant India. The meeting was followed this year by a
 visit by Pranab Mukherjee, the Indian finance minister, to the UK.<br />
<br />
At the UK meeting in July, where £1bn of new trade and investment deals were signed with Indian companies, George Osborne, the chancellor said: "Britain is now making the largest foreign investment in India. It shows that British companies are competing with
 the best in the world.” </p>
<p>UK companies’ announced investment in India this year has outstripped dramatically that of the rest of Europe, which has only disclosed £800m of acquisitions in Indian companies, according to data compiled by GT India’s dealtracker service.<br />
<br />
"Companies in the UK have really started to wake up to the cultural and linguistic advantages they have in dealing with India,” said Mr Chande, adding that "sentiment has not been hurt by a weakening of the rupee against the pound”. The pound has appreciated
 13.3 per cent against the rupee this year to date, making investments more attractive.<br />
<br />
The data also show that Indian companies have invested more money in the UK than in the rest of Europe put together this year. The investment in the UK from India was £800m ($1.3bn) compared with only £475m in the rest of Europe.<br />
<br />
The UK to India investment figure was boosted significantly by the BP-Reliance Industries deal, which was one of the largest examples of foreign direct investment since India began opening up its economy two decades ago. There were also three deals in the period
 where payments were not disclosed, and so were not included in the final results.
</p>
<p style="text-align:center">(The views expressed above are the personal views of the author)
</p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>02/01/2012 18:21:26</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/16356/UK+business+taps+Indian+potential</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">16356</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>16357</publicationdataID>
      <title>Indian firms look to Africa for business opportunities</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p>BBC: Shilpa Kannan<br />
<br />
"My ambition is to develop these 300,000 hectares and go past to a million hectares," says Sai Ramakrishna Karuturi pointing to a map of Africa in his office in Bangalore in southern India.<br />
<br />
Ambitious as its sounds, Karuturi Global is now one of the biggest private land owners in the world.<br />
<br />
They have invested over a quarter of a billion dollars in Ethiopia and Kenya alone.<br />
<br />
Over 300,000 hectares in Gambela, Ethiopia, have already been leased and they want to start large scale commercial agriculture there.<br />
<br />
Apart from Ethiopia, the company is looking at developing large farm tracts as agro-economic zones in Sierra Leone, Senegal, Tanzania and Mozambique.<br />
<br />
Its race to get ahead in Africa began in a small rose farm in Doddaballapur, near Bangalore in southern India.<br />
<br />
Under the protective cover of green houses, are rows of sweet smelling roses in pale yellows, bright oranges and pinks.<br />
<br />
Cutting the long stems with precision are workers who gather the flowers in buckets and send it to be processed.<br />
<br />
These roses command a premium in markets as far as Holland.<br />
<br />
This is just one of the many farms of Karuturi Global which produces more than 550 million stems of cut roses annually.<br />
<br />
Indian companies are unable to expand into large scale commercial farming due to the strict laws and restrictions on the size of land holdings at home.<br />
<br />
So Africa offers an untapped market with vast tracts of land that is cheap and more importantly easily available.
</p>
<p>Sai Ramakrishna Karuturi says that they are modelling their farms on the Latin American model of commercial farming which has been successfully implanted in Brazil and Argentina.<br />
<br />
"We are using knowledge and resources from Latin America and North America, capital from this part of the world (India) and land from Africa to make hopefully a heady cocktail," he adds.<br />
<br />
Rich mineral wealth<br />
<br />
With 60% of the world's uncultivated land, agriculture in the Africa is lucrative.<br />
<br />
But the top draw for countries has been the rich resources in Africa.<br />
<br />
"India is predicted to grow at over 8% and to fuel that kind of fast growth, you need resources," says Anushuya Gounden, head of Africa at Deloitte.<br />
<br />
Africa is home currently to 10% of the world's oil reserves, 40% of gold, 80 to 90% of chrome and platinum metal groups.<br />
<br />
"The interesting thing is that those are the known resources," he adds.<br />
<br />
"But the unknown and the untapped are significantly higher than those."<br />
<br />
The sharp rise in commodity prices over the past decade has out the focus firmly on Africa.<br />
<br />
While Europe still dominates trade, emerging markets are increasingly trying to get a foothold there.<br />
<br />
India is keen to build its presence but the main competitor is China.<br />
<br />
Many state-owned enterprises from China have been leading their capital intensive forays in mining while India's trade with Africa has been driven largely by the private sector.<br />
<br />
Not just resources<br />
<br />
But there is more to Africa than just commodities.<br />
<br />
In 2008, McKinsey reported that Africa's collective GDP was $1.6tn (£1.01tn; 1.19tn euro) which is roughly equal to that of Brazil or Russia.<br />
<br />
Increasingly, as the middle classes are getting wealthier and spending more money, it is also being looked at as a consumer market.
</p>
<p>Since 2005, Indian companies have acquired or invested in at least 79 companies in Africa.<br />
<br />
One of them is Bharti Airtel which paid $9bn for the African telecom operations of Kuwait-headquartered Zain in 2010.<br />
<br />
Like India, Africa too is a fast-growing mobile telecom market in the world. Seven out of 10 phones in Africa are mobile.<br />
<br />
Indian firms face competition from state-owned Chinese companies as they try to expand in Africa "Indian industry is ready to put in large investments," says Akhil Gupta, deputy group chief executive officer at Bharti Enterprises.<br />
<br />
"We can certainly match China dollar for dollar and certainly skill for skill."<br />
<br />
Other firms such as Tata Motors, Dabur, Marico, Essar Group and Godrej are also all investing in Africa.<br />
<br />
India's bilateral trade with Africa crossed the $50bn mark last year and it is the second largest foreign investor in Ethiopia.<br />
<br />
It is also one of the top 10 trading partners of South Africa which has been traditionally the top destination for investment.<br />
<br />
But increasingly companies are looking at other countries like Sudan - where there are more than 30 domestic companies working in steel, tiles, and perfumes and plastics.<br />
<br />
Many businessmen in India believe that Africa is on the threshold of a big boom and see similarities there with what India was 30 years ago.<br />
<br />
Historic links<br />
<br />
Trade between India and the African continent is not new.<br />
<br />
There was a booming trade between India and Africa historically through the Arab traders.<br />
<br />
During the colonial times, the British government sent a lot of Indians to work in the mines, fields, railway projects in Africa.<br />
<br />
That is how the Indian diasporas spread in the African continent.<br />
<br />
Some experts feel that the trade history that India shares with Africa may be one of its challenges.
</p>
<p>The other challenge would be to tap into its very large diaspora particularly in East and Southern Africa to enable business.<br />
<br />
Trade today, however, has been reinforced by two things and are both economic.<br />
<br />
"One is the growth story of India and second is that Africa has become very resurgent in the last 10 years," says HHS Viswanathan who represented India in the African Development Bank.<br />
<br />
"If you talk of sub-Saharan African it is a success story - both politically and economically."<br />
<br />
"Famine, poverty and under-development still exist in many parts. But of you see the continent as a whole, it is a success story," he adds.<br />
<br />
Back at the Karuturi farms, gherkins are being packed off as pickles to Russia, Europe, Middle East and North America.<br />
<br />
If its East Africa operations take off the way it hopes, it plans to open factories like these in Ethiopia.<br />
<br />
From growing vegetables to processing it and exporting it, the company wants to complete the cycle.<br />
<br />
With growing consumer spending, Africa has an attractive consumer base.<br />
<br />
For companies here, it's an opportunity to replicate the profitable but low-cost model that they have perfected in India.
</p>
<p style="text-align:center">(The views expressed above are the personal views of the author)
</p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>02/01/2012 18:23:44</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/16357/Indian+firms+look+to+Africa+for+business+opportunities</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">16357</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>16370</publicationdataID>
      <title>Avatarwill help open blocked arteries</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p>Agroup of technocrats have announced the launch of bio-absorbabledrug-coated stents used in the treatment of blocked coronary arteriesin stating that this was first such product to be developed in India.<br />
<br />
Christenedas ‘Avatar’, the endovascular stent not only restores the bloodflow by opening a blocked vessel but, most importantly, releases apro-healing drug during its entire life span of about 18 months. Thestent then dissolves away after fulfilling its life-saving
 vesselsupport role. Once the stent is dissolved, the vessel can then resumeits natural functioning, said N G Badari Narayan, the managingdirector of S3V Vascular Technologies which has developed theproduct.<br />
<br />
Atpresent, metal stents are widely used to treat narrow or blockedarteries but they have certain limitations. Unlike metal stents,‘Avatar’ poses no danger of late stent thrombosis (clotting).Made up of polymeric bio-absorbable materials, ‘Avatar’ stentscan
 achieve very good results at an affordable cost. Once installed,this unique product releases anti-proliferative drugs for the first90 days and pro-healing drugs during its dissolving phase.
</p>
<p>Interestingly,the idea was conceived by a group of four students of the 2010 batchof PGPMAX (Post Graduate Programme in Management for seniorexecutives) at Indian School of Business (ISB). Badari Narayan, DrChava Satyanarayan, Aju Jacob and Ravi Prayagay
 got together andfloated the company.<br />
<br />
Out ofthe total outlay of Rs1.4 billion, the promoters brought in Rs20million, while Rs30 million would be raised from strategic investorsand the rest through bank loans. A pilot plant will be ready by April2012, capable of manufacturing the current generation
 bare stents anddrug eluting stents, Narayan said.<br />
<br />
Theintegrated facility would be ready over the next 18 months.<br />
<br />
"Itis a matter of pride for us at ISB that our students have produced abusiness plan to build a highly-efficient world-class plant whichwill enable the manufacturing of globally competitive medical devicesat affordable costs,” said Ajit Rangnekar, the ISB Dean.
</p>
<p style="text-align:center">" (The views expressed above are the personal views of the author)
</p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>03/01/2012 10:29:12</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/16370/Avatarwill+help+open+blocked+arteries</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">16370</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>16372</publicationdataID>
      <title>The Next Solar Frontier</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p>Forbes : Ucilia Wang<br />
<br />
Europe has been the largest solar energy market for years, but it has ceded some of the spotlight this year to India as India becomes a new frontier for American manufacturers.<br />
<br />
India’s solar electric production should reach 141 megawatts by the end of this year, according to a new report by GTM Research. The number may not seem high considering that countries such as Germany and Italy install gigawatts of solar power each year. But
 India didn’t really have a solar market to speak of just two years ago. Then came the state of Gujarat, which launched a solar incentive program in 2009. The national government followed by starting its own solar program in 2010.<br />
<br />
The national government is thinking big. It has set an ambitious goal of adding 20 gigawatts of electric grid-connected solar projects by 2022, as well as 2 gigawatts of off-grid solar.<br />
<br />
"We see a significant growth, and (India) will develop into a very substantial market,” said Tobias Engelmeier, managing director of consulting firm, Bridge To India, which worked with GTM to produce the report. Engelmeier, which discussed the report during
 a webinar on Thursday, said India should start to add more than 3 gigawatts of solar annually by 2016.
</p>
<p>Promoting solar energy makes sense for a country that is hungry for power and needs to reduce its greenhouse gas emissions. About 25 percent of India’s residents have no access to electricity, according to the International Energy Agency’s "World Energy
 Outlook 2011.” That means 288.8 million residents don’t get to turn on the lights at night.<br />
<br />
The country also is among the world’s top three producers of greenhouse gas emissions. About 80 percent of India’s electricity comes from power plants that burn fossil fuels such as coal and natural gas, according to the U.S. Energy Information Administration.<br />
<br />
India promises to become a booming solar market at a time when growth in Europe has slowed. The weak financial market has made it more difficult for project developers in Europe to line up money for installations. Changes in solar incentives in the top two
 markets, Italy and Germany, caused uncertainties earlier this year and prompted developers to hold off on completing installations. Overall, the global solar market will add 23.8 gigawatts of solar in 2011, up 34 percent from 17.7 gigawatts in 2010, said IHS
 iSuppli. In comparison, solar installation doubled from 2009 to 2010. </p>
<p>India’s national solar policy requires biddings among project developers to determine the prices that utilities will pay for solar electricity. State policies vary; the one in Gujarat involves the government setting firm solar electricity pricing that is
 higher than the price paid for conventional power and should deliver a good return for developers.
<br />
<br />
Polices aren’t alone in boosting solar energy generation, however. The U. S. government has been a playing a key role as a financier of solar power projects in India. The Export-Import Bank of the United States, for example, provides loans or loan guarantees
 to companies that buy American-made solar panels and other equipment and ship them abroad. The bank has announced seven loans or loan guarantees totaling $180.1 million so far this year for India-bound projects, and manufacturers who have benefited included
 First Solar, Abound Solar and MiaSole. </p>
<p>First Solar began disclosing sales agreements for India-based projects in December 2010. Back in the summer, it upped its 2011 shipment forecast to India from 100 megawatts to around 200 megawatts. The company is enjoying a big advantage that eludes many
 of its rivals: it’s not subject to a rule in the national solar policy that requires the use of Indian made solar cells. The rule only applies to silicon solar cells, which are the most common type on the market today. First Solar’s panels contain cells that
 are made with cadmium-telluride.<br />
<br />
Abound Solar and MiaSole, both venture-backed startups, also don’t use silicon solar cells. Abound Solar makes cadmium-telluride solar panels while MiaSole uses copper, indium, gallium and selenium to make its solar cells.<br />
<br />
The government is using the domestic cells mandate in order to build up a solar manufacturing industry in India. The country already has silicon solar cell and panel makers, such as Tata BP Solar and Moser Bear, but it doesn’t have nearly as many as, say, China.
 The world’s top 10 solar cell and panel makers are based in China, the United States, Taiwan, Japan and Germany. Tata BP Solar, by the way, is a joint venture of Tata Power and BP Solar, and it is both a manufacturer and project developer.<br />
<br />
Whether India will develop a booming solar manufacturing industry is a big question. The country once fancied becoming a chip manufacturing hub, but it couldn’t pull it off.<br />
<br />
"The chance of India becoming a significant market for solar energy is higher than the chance of it becoming a strong manufacturing” base, Engelmeier said.
</p>
<p style="text-align:center">(The views expressed above are the personal views of the author)
</p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>03/01/2012 10:33:32</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/16372/The+Next+Solar+Frontier</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">16372</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>16374</publicationdataID>
      <title>Amul - the better butter</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p><em>It has utterly, butterly stood the test of time and is the first Indian brand to make it into Campaign Asia magazine's list of the top Asian 1,000 brands. -tabla!</em><br />
<br />
Business @ AsiaOne: Paddy Rangappa<br />
<br />
We all love rags-to-riches tales.<br />
<br />
When we read the success story of an Indian brand built from scratch by an unknown, struggling entrepreneur, we feel a sense of awe and pride.<br />
<br />
Surely then, those feelings should be magnified a hundredfold for a brand that has provided 13 million such success stories.<br />
<br />
That brand is Amul.<br />
<br />
In 1946, as India was preparing for the end of decades of colonial exploitation, a group of farmers in Anand, a district in Gujarat, were looking to stop another form of exploitation - that of the middleman, who purchased their milk at abysmally low prices
 and made a windfall profit.<br />
<br />
In one bold stroke, they got rid of him by establishing a cooperative to manage the procurement, processing and marketing of milk.<br />
<br />
The Kaira District Co-operative Milk Producers Union started that year with just two village dairy cooperative societies and 247 litres of milk.<br />
<br />
Today, the Gujarat Cooperative Milk Marketing Federation - better known as the Amul dairy - is India's largest food marketing organisation, procuring about 12 million litres of milk on a peak day from over 15,000 cooperative societies.
</p>
<p>But more important, the Amul model has spurred India to become the world's largest milk producer, with 22 state-level federations overseeing over 125,000 dairy cooperatives.<br />
<br />
Amul has inspired these cooperatives, which have brought prosperity to 13 million milk producers.<br />
<br />
And the Amul products have also brought prosperity - at least in terms of the waist-line - to several million Indians who consume them every day.<br />
<br />
The Amul movement began with milk, which its member unions procure in truckloads, totalling more than 8 million kg a year.<br />
<br />
Consequently Amul sells a lot of milk: In pouches and in UHT versions; in liquid and solid infant milk food forms; simply plain and in flavours.<br />
<br />
But in India, milk - in many ways the lifeblood of a largely vegetarian population - finds its way into all kinds of food and, over the years, Amul has begun selling butter, ghee, cheese, yoghurt, buttermilk, ice cream, cream, shrikhand, paneer, gulab jamuns,
 basundi and other milk-based products.<br />
<br />
But the product that has made the Amul brand famous is its butter.<br />
<br />
In 1967, 20 years after its own introduction, Amul introduced the lovable moppet - a large-eyed, chubby-cheeked girl in a polka-dot dress - to an enthralled India.<br />
<br />
The moment she first appeared on a hoarding that summer to launch the famous "utterly butterly delicious" campaign, she became the talk of the town.
</p>
<p>"It was the first Amul hoarding that was put up in Mumbai," recalls Ms Sheela Mane, who actually went down from her flat to see why a crowd had gathered on the roadside.<br />
<br />
"People loved it. I remember it was our favourite topic of discussion for the next week! Everywhere we went somehow or the other the campaign always seemed to crop up in our conversation."<br />
<br />
Soon after that, the moppet appeared on a hoarding riding on a horse with the simple caption: Thoroughbread, Utterly Butterly Delicious Amul.<br />
<br />
Since then she has appeared as a cinema actress (Madhuri Dixit and Urmila Matondkar for example), politician, cricketer, villager, artist, wrestler and, of course, just herself, always taking a tongue-in-cheek look at a subject of topical interest.<br />
<br />
I remember growing up in India waiting - along with hundreds of others - for the Amul hoarding to change so I could see what the sassy girl would poke fun at in the new ad.<br />
<br />
To see some of the gems from this ad campaign, visit <a href="http://www.amul.com/m/-%20amul-hits" target="_blank">
http://www.amul.com/m/- amul-hits.</a> <br />
<br />
Consultants will tell you - if you pay them a lot of money - that, while people have always loved brands with engaging, entertaining advertising, today's savvy, highly-connected consumers are also looking for brands that stand for something worthwhile.<br />
<br />
If that's true, Amul, which has been doing both naturally for years, is the ideal brand.<br />
<br />
It was therefore particularly gratifying to read that Amul was recently ranked - for the third year in a row - as the first Indian brand in the list of the top Asian 1,000 brands by Campaign Asia magazine.
</p>
<p>At No. 89, it was far ahead of the other Indian brands that made the list, like Kingfisher (at No. 116), Big Bazaar (184), ICICI Bank (215), State Bank of India (216) and Airtel (221).<br />
<br />
And as a dairy brand, it came out ahead of Asian stalwarts Dutch Lady, Dumex and Magnolia.<br />
<br />
Clearly, Amul is the better butter.<br />
<br />
Paddy Rangappa is a freelance writer based in Singapore. </p>
<p style="text-align:center">(The views expressed above are the personal views of the author)
</p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>03/01/2012 10:37:36</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/16374/Amul++the+better+butter</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">16374</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>16376</publicationdataID>
      <title>India offers English stepping stone to East Asian students</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p>Conditions may be basic, but competitive prices and good standards of education are attracting many learners from East Asia who want to consolidate language before heading on<br />
<br />
The Guardian: Maseeh Rahman<br />
<br />
Jinju, often described as South Korea's most beautiful city, is an education hub, with many high schools, community colleges and universities. It seems strange, therefore, for a teenager from the city to leave his parents and study in a boarding school in an
 alien land thousands of kilometres away from home.<br />
<br />
Yet this is just what Sang Hyeon Cho, an 18-year-old 11th-grade student at the Woodstock School in Mussoorie, northern India, is doing.<br />
<br />
He is not alone. There are hundreds of east Asian, especially South Korean, children enrolled in schools across India, pining for home food while persevering with their studies.
</p>
<p>And the reason for their extraordinary conduct can be summed up in what to them is almost a magical word: English.<br />
<br />
"A large part of Asia now sees English as an important vehicle for economic advancement," said Abhrajit Bhattacharjee, development director at Woodstock. "Our ESL [English as Second Language] programme is a very big factor in wooing students to the school."<br />
<br />
Woodstock, nestling in the Himalayan foothills, has 63 students from Korea. It also has 14 Thai, nine Vietnamese, seven Japanese and two Taiwanese boarders, all enticed by the same dream: learning English.<br />
<br />
South Korea's embassy in Delhi records 1,100 boys and girls studying in 43 schools across India. The number was even higher three years ago.<br />
<br />
"Korean parents top the world in their desire to give their children a good education," said Taeyeong Jun, a Korean dorm master who joined Woodstock three years ago with his piano-teacher wife Mijung Park after getting a degree in divinity from Belfast.
</p>
<p>"It's very common in Korea – you may be heavily indebted, yet you're willing to pay high educational fees for your children."<br />
<br />
Whenever necessary Jun and Park, whose two children also study at Woodstock, provide a sense of home in a foreign land to boarders like Cho. "For young people, the most difficult thing is the food," said Park.<br />
<br />
In some cases, entire families have relocated to India so that the children don't miss the home environment while they get educated in English.<br />
<br />
"We shifted to India because we like the country and thought we will get quality education at reasonable price," Seung Chang Ha, 39, a Korean who earlier worked for a German trading firm, told the PTI news agency in Chandigarh city. Ha's two children are enrolled
 in the local British School, in nursery and grade one, while his wife Kun Young Seo is also learning English.
</p>
<p>"The British School here already has 34 foreign students including 20 from Korea, 10 from Thailand and four from Iran," he said.<br />
<br />
Prime Speech Power (PSP) is a Korean-owned English language institute in Gurgaon, near Delhi, that conducts three-month intensive courses for older students in their early 20s. It enrols up to 100 students from Korea at any time.<br />
<br />
South Korea today has many such institutes and, unlike in India, these have native English speakers as teachers. But they are twice as expensive as in India, have a very high student-teacher ratio and there's no opportunity to use the language outside the classroom.
 "Sometimes, even private tuition at home can be a waste of money," said Jun.<br />
<br />
So they happily come to India even though, as PSP manager Lee Nae-Sook put it, it can be "hot, dusty, dirty, like Korea in the 1970s, with terrible roads and auto-rickshaw drivers who try to fleece you". A 12-week course at PSP with five hours of daily tuition,
 including one-on-one, costs just $4,500. This also pays for shared accommodation, all meals and a yoga class.<br />
<br />
"India has very kind teachers, like mothers, which is important in a foreign place," said Nae-Sook. The pronounced Indian accent of some can be a problem, though, so PSP likes to employ women teachers educated at American mission schools in north-eastern India.
</p>
<p>But why do Korean and other east Asian parents send their children to India and not to countries where English is the majority language such as the UK, the US, Canada or Australia?<br />
<br />
Teachers, students and administrators list three main reasons: Indian schools are cheaper than, say, in UK or Australia; many schools in English-speaking countries don't offer ESL; and even though India can be a difficult place to live in, it is seen as an
 emerging economic powerhouse. Yet almost all students also see India as just a stepping stone for higher education and jobs in English-speaking countries, especially in the US.<br />
<br />
Cho's odyssey is instructive. Twice rejected by Woodstock, he was sent to a school on Australia's Gold Coast. English language teaching there wasn't intensive enough, he felt, and he was also unhappy with his accommodation with a local family. He finally got
 into Woodstock a year ago, and feels more positive about the future now – after military service, he wants to study business management in Europe and work abroad for a time before returning to Korea. "The important thing is to know English," he said. "The
 accent doesn't matter." </p>
<p>His Vietnamese classmates, Minh Le and Hung Nguyen, both 17, nod in agreement. Though Minh Le studied French for seven years in Hanoi, he opted for English and Woodstock as "my older sister, who studied in Indiana, advised me that English is a more universal
 language". He plans to study business management in the US or Canada.<br />
<br />
But the number of students coming from South Korea has been on the decline during the last three years as word has got around that not all Indian schools provide quality education.<br />
<br />
"Many new international schools have magnificent infrastructure, but the quality of teaching is poor," said embassy consular assistant HH Kim. "If schools don't employ better-trained teachers then Koreans may no longer be interested in sending their children
 to India. Only a few good schools like Woodstock will continue to attract students."
</p>
<p style="text-align:center">(The views expressed above are the personal views of the author)
</p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>03/01/2012 10:43:52</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/16376/India+offers+English+stepping+stone+to+East+Asian+students</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">16376</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>16380</publicationdataID>
      <title>Can Asia out-innovate America?</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p>Washington Post: Rebecca Fannin<br />
<br />
Go East, young entrepreneur! The chance to become rich and famous with a startup is no longer just an American dream. It’s happening in Asia too, as talent, energy and resources flow from the U.S. to the east.<br />
<br />
Venture capital investment in Asia has nearly tripled in the past five years to $15.6 billion. China has leaped ahead to become the world’s second-largest venture market at $7.6 billion investments, while India has climbed to third place at $5.8 billion.<br />
<br />
Together, these dragon and tiger markets account for 13 percent of the $37.8 billion put into startups globally. That’s up from 5 percent in 2005.<br />
<br />
Since 2005, more than 6,000 startups in Asia – about half of them in India and China alone – have been venture funded.<br />
<br />
These two markets are also tops when it comes to mobile service adoption. China ranks highest in the world, with 840 million mobile service subscribers, while India places second with 673 million subscribers. Vietnam has 78 million mobile service subscribers
 in a country of 89 million people! </p>
<p>China is also gaining ground when it comes to technology patents. The country scores fourth worldwide for new patent applications, up from tenth place in 2005. Two giant Chinese companies – ZTE Corp. and Huawei Technologies – are among the top four corporate
 patent filers in the world.<br />
<br />
For sure, the U.S. still leads the global venture capital market, weighing in with 70 percent of investments in startups and 64 percent of deals worldwide. But VC spending in America has flattened and hasn’t recovered momentum since the last peak more than
 10 years ago. The U.S. remains the world’s superpower innovator, too, with 28 percent of all patent applications in 2010. But the U.S. share of patent filings has slipped from 34 percent in 2005, while China’s portion stands at 7.6 percent, up by 56 percent
 in 2010.<br />
<br />
In other telling signs of the eastward shift, the U.S. slipped to fifth from third place in a recent World Economic Forum ranking of 138 countries by technology development and competitiveness. Singapore ranked second, while Taiwan and Korea moved up among
 the top 10, China leapfrogged to 36th place, and Vietnam scored with the fastest climb.
</p>
<p>Asia’s innovation hotspots are fast emerging as first choice destinations for bright young entrepreneurs. By 2014, an estimated 200,000 skilled tech workers leave the U.S. to return to their Chinese and Indian homelands to find new opportunities and to create
 tomorrow’s leading startups. Consider some of the great companies created by Chinese and Indian immigrants to the Valley: Sun Microsystems, Hotmail, Yahoo and YouTube.<br />
<br />
This year, Silicon Valley serial entrepreneur Elliott Ng took a job at Google in China and moved his young family there. Raj Gilda left a VP post at Citigroup in New York and moved to Pune in India to ramp up a vocational training and micro-lending operation
 called Lend-A-Hand. Mentor and tech entrepreneur Bryan Pelz left Los Angeles for Ho Chi Minh City to work with mobile gaming and search startup VNG, which borrows from Shanda, Tencent, Google and Baidu. Yale undergrad Alice Wang left the ivy-covered walls
 for a job at a Groupon venture in China.<br />
</p>
<p style="text-align:center">(The views expressed above are the personal views of the author)
</p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>03/01/2012 10:46:35</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/16380/Can+Asia+outinnovate+America</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">16380</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>16384</publicationdataID>
      <title>Institute develops cheap insulin pump</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p>Gulf Times: Ashraf Padanna<br />
<br />
Here is good news for diabetics. A Kerala institute has developed a cheap automated insulin pump designed for the precise, personalised and continuous delivery of insulin in a subcutaneous manner with all the advanced functionalities.<br />
<br />
"We received the US patent last month for the innovation which we want to make available in the market at one-tenth the price of the existing ones which cost between $6,000 and $8,000,” Dr Bipin Nair, head of the Amrita Institute of Biotechnology (AIB), who
 led the research, said.<br />
<br />
Insulin pumps and most of the devices used for managing blood sugar are currently imported in India but they are not popular with ordinary people because of the high prices. Dr Nair said the scene would change once the low-cost device, which matches its current
 counterparts in every aspect, hits the market.<br />
<br />
The AIB under the Kerala-based Amrita Vishwapeetham developed the device with the support of India’s Technology Information Forecasting and Assessment Council (TIFAC), global bio-pharma major Biocon Limited and Media Lab Asia.<br />
<br />
"We are in talks with some companies in the field for its commercial production and marketing. We need to ensure that it should be in reach of ordinary people in India which has become the world’s diabetes capital,” said Dr Nair who has numerous publications
 to his credits in international scientific journals. </p>
<p>The pager-like devise, which is smaller than an average cell phone, is expected to hit the market in the next two years. The AIB has also developed blood glucose metre strips that cost only Rs5 a piece to measure insulin level.
<br />
<br />
India has some 45mn diabetes patients and the number is expected to grow to 79.4mn by 2030, according to the International Diabetes Foundation. If a fraction of the patients start using the pump, it would be a billion dollar business.<br />
<br />
Diabetes management has become prohibitively expensive making it unaffordable for the ordinary people. The complications include kidney disease, impaired vision, nerve damage and cardiac problems.<br />
<br />
The university is engaged in several research projects that would make a difference for people suffering from various ailments.<br />
<br />
The focus of the Centre for Nano-sciences and Molecular Medicine at the Amrita Institute of Medical Sciences and Research Centre in Kochi is on developing advanced nano-medicines and implants based on the regeneration of the body’s own natural tissues using
 stem cells.<br />
<br />
Some of the nano-medicines under development are for application in cancer cases and have been proof tested in-vitro and are currently undergoing animal trials. "These medicines combat drug resistance and prevent toxic side effects associated with chemotherapy
 regimens,” said Dr Shantikumar V Nair who leads the research.<br />
<br />
Nair, who also heads the Centre was selected by the Department of Science and Technology in 2011 as the Best Scientist of the Year for his research in the area.
</p>
<p style="text-align:center">(The views expressed above are the personal views of the author)
</p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>03/01/2012 10:53:56</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/16384/Institute+develops+cheap+insulin+pump</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">16384</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>16386</publicationdataID>
      <title>Chennai’s Magical, Musical ‘Season’</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p>New York Times: Charukesi Ramadurai<br />
<br />
Come December and Chennai begins to hum with the start of the kutcheri (classical music concert) season, referred to in the city simply as the "Season.” It’s one of the largest music festivals in the world, with more than 1,500 concerts over six weeks at various
 locations.<br />
<br />
The Season attracts not just aficionados of South India’s traditional Carnatic music (the genre of classical music mainly from Tamilnadu and Andhra Pradesh) from Chennai, but music lovers from all over the country, and overseas as well. It is one of the reasons
 why so many South Indians based in the United States, especially Tamil Brahmins, often referred to "TamBrams,” visit Chennai in December.<br />
<br />
Prabha Bala and her husband, residents of Houston, Texas, since 1971, have been coming to Chennai for the Season for nearly 15 years.<br />
<br />
"After my son grew up and I was not bound by vacation restrictions, I started timing my trips back home with the concert season,” said Ms. Bala, who is also a founding member of a Houston classical music society.<br />
<br />
During the Season, it is not just the music that is discussed and debated incessantly. Everything from the silk saris worn by the women artists to the quality of evening "tiffin” at the concert hall makes news. And towards the end of the season, the Thyagaraja
 Aradhana, a musical homage to the 19th century saint-composer Thyagaraja, takes place in his hometown of Tiruvaiyyaru near Thanjavur municipality. (This year it is on Jan. 14).
</p>
<p>The tradition of the Season began in 1927, to mark the inauguration of the oldest and grandest of all concert halls in Chennai, the Music Academy. Over the years, it has expanded to include non-musical performances, including drama and dance, workshops and
 lecture demonstrations, known here as the "lecdems.” The lecdems are part of the attraction for Ms. Bala. "It allows not just the artists to keep learning but is also an opportunity for audiences to interact and educate themselves about the classical arts,”
 she said.<br />
<br />
The sheer volume of concerts allows audiences to listen to established artists, while also offering newcomers an opportunity to be seen and heard. And to those who lament the steady demise of traditional Indian performing arts, the Season brings solid reassurance
 that in Chennai, at least, there is still a big audience for the classics.<br />
<br />
This year, the Season begins in early December, from the 2nd in some halls. A few not-to-miss veterans, singers all, this season are: Nithyasree Mahadevan, on Dec. 17 at the Mylapore Fine Arts Society; Aruna Sairam, who performs on Dec. 28 at the the Music
 Academy, and T.M. Krishna, on Dec. 19 at Bharat Kalachar. Emerging talents this year include Ramakrishnan Murthy, T.N.S. Krishna, Nisha Rajagopal and Gayathri Gireesh<br />
<br />
Among the lecdems, some interesting highlights include: "Bhakti Poets and Indian Music’’ by Gowri Ramnarayan on Dec. 11 at the Arkay Convention Center, "Rhythmic Aspects of Carnatic Music Made Easy,’’ by Chitraveena N. Narasimhan and disciples on Dec. 20 at
 Sri Parthasarathy Swami Sabha, and "The Art of Singing Niraval’’ by S. Sowmya on Dec. 31at Sri Parthasarathy Swami Sabha.
</p>
<p>New York Times: Charukesi Ramadurai<br />
<br />
Come December and Chennai begins to hum with the start of the kutcheri (classical music concert) season, referred to in the city simply as the "Season.” It’s one of the largest music festivals in the world, with more than 1,500 concerts over six weeks at various
 locations.<br />
<br />
The Season attracts not just aficionados of South India’s traditional Carnatic music (the genre of classical music mainly from Tamilnadu and Andhra Pradesh) from Chennai, but music lovers from all over the country, and overseas as well. It is one of the reasons
 why so many South Indians based in the United States, especially Tamil Brahmins, often referred to "TamBrams,” visit Chennai in December.<br />
<br />
Prabha Bala and her husband, residents of Houston, Texas, since 1971, have been coming to Chennai for the Season for nearly 15 years.<br />
<br />
"After my son grew up and I was not bound by vacation restrictions, I started timing my trips back home with the concert season,” said Ms. Bala, who is also a founding member of a Houston classical music society.<br />
<br />
During the Season, it is not just the music that is discussed and debated incessantly. Everything from the silk saris worn by the women artists to the quality of evening "tiffin” at the concert hall makes news. And towards the end of the season, the Thyagaraja
 Aradhana, a musical homage to the 19th century saint-composer Thyagaraja, takes place in his hometown of Tiruvaiyyaru near Thanjavur municipality. (This year it is on Jan. 14).
</p>
<p>The tradition of the Season began in 1927, to mark the inauguration of the oldest and grandest of all concert halls in Chennai, the Music Academy. Over the years, it has expanded to include non-musical performances, including drama and dance, workshops and
 lecture demonstrations, known here as the "lecdems.” The lecdems are part of the attraction for Ms. Bala. "It allows not just the artists to keep learning but is also an opportunity for audiences to interact and educate themselves about the classical arts,”
 she said.<br />
<br />
The sheer volume of concerts allows audiences to listen to established artists, while also offering newcomers an opportunity to be seen and heard. And to those who lament the steady demise of traditional Indian performing arts, the Season brings solid reassurance
 that in Chennai, at least, there is still a big audience for the classics.<br />
<br />
This year, the Season begins in early December, from the 2nd in some halls. A few not-to-miss veterans, singers all, this season are: Nithyasree Mahadevan, on Dec. 17 at the Mylapore Fine Arts Society; Aruna Sairam, who performs on Dec. 28 at the the Music
 Academy, and T.M. Krishna, on Dec. 19 at Bharat Kalachar. Emerging talents this year include Ramakrishnan Murthy, T.N.S. Krishna, Nisha Rajagopal and Gayathri Gireesh<br />
<br />
Among the lecdems, some interesting highlights include: "Bhakti Poets and Indian Music’’ by Gowri Ramnarayan on Dec. 11 at the Arkay Convention Center, "Rhythmic Aspects of Carnatic Music Made Easy,’’ by Chitraveena N. Narasimhan and disciples on Dec. 20 at
 Sri Parthasarathy Swami Sabha, and "The Art of Singing Niraval’’ by S. Sowmya on Dec. 31at Sri Parthasarathy Swami Sabha.
</p>
<p style="text-align:center">(The views expressed above are the personal views of the author)
</p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>03/01/2012 10:59:24</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/16386/Chennais+Magical+Musical+Season</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">16386</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>16388</publicationdataID>
      <title>India is developing a reputation for wine</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p>The Independent: Enjoli Liston<br />
<br />
Of all the great food and drink pairings, one of the UK's favourite in recent years has got to be curry and lager. However, despite being billed as the perfect complement to chilli and spice, Indian lager may now have found competition in its fruitier cousin,
 Indian wine.<br />
<br />
India produced more than 13.5 million litres of wine last year (five times more than the UK) and although it has been making it for decades, this is the first year it has made a real splash among British oenophiles.<br />
<br />
The white Ritu viognier 2010 and red Zampa syrah 2008 flew off the shelves when Waitrose became the first UK supermarket to stock Indian wines during a special promotion in August and the Ritu had such success that the supermarket's online arm now stocks it
 permanently. Indian producers had a strong visible presence at the London wine fair for the first time this year and Sula Vineyards' Sauvignon Blanc 2010, which is produced in Nashik in Maharashtra, was awarded a silver medal at the prestigious 2011 Decanter
 World Wine Awards.<br />
<br />
Critics may have been quick to express a lack of enthusiasm for the newcomer and many say novelty plays a significant part in this recent success. But Indian wine also has its champions, not least in Zoltan Kore, sommelier in charge of the 150 bottle-wine list
 at London's Moti Mahal Indian restaurant. The list features two Indian wines – a 2009 Sauvignon Blanc from the Grover Vineyards of Nandi Hills near Bangalore, and a 2010 Shiraz from the Sula estate near the Maharashtran city of Nashik – which may not seem
 like many, but it's two more that the majority of UK restaurants. </p>
<p>"I would say 90 per cent of our guests have never tried wines from India and they are surprised that India even makes wine," says Kore. He believes that offering Indian wine adds a sense of authenticity to the restaurant and something "out of the ordinary"
 for guests, but insists that the main reason for carrying these two wines is that he regards them as "outstanding". "The feedback I get from our guests shows that these are impressive wines. They are entry-level in terms of price, but in terms of quality,
 they are untouchable," he says.<br />
<br />
Kore recommends the refreshing, floral, crisply acidic white with fish dishes, and says the rich, cherry tones of the red perfectly complement the smoky taste of marinated meats, especially roasted lamb chops, cooked in the charcoal-fuelled tandoor oven.<br />
<br />
He insists that neither is overpowered by spices in the food and both are easily matched with a host of different flavours, which allows them to "offer a challenge to any of the French or Italian wines".<br />
<br />
Most vineyards in India are in Maharastra in the west, where high, hilly terrain provides a fairly stable microclimate, shelter against adverse weather conditions and exposure to cool air. This is where Sula, one of India's most established wine producers,
 is based. The other, Grover, is based in the Nandi Hills of the southern state of Karnataka, which are only moderately affected by monsoon rains and benefit from temperatures which usually only range between 10 and 29 degrees. Indian vineyards mostly grow
 French, Italian and Turkish grape varieties, which Kore says allows the soil and climate to create a taste offering "a new twist on old styles".
</p>
<p>However, Kore concedes that not all Indian wine is as good as those he favours for his menu: "I'm not so keen on other [Indian wines]. They are really at the beginning of their journey, but there are some very promising signs." Bordeaux consultant Michel
 Rolland, a consultant at Grover for more than 16 years, recently said that India could produce "good but not great wine". But Alok Chandra, of Sommelier India magazine in Bangalore, says that is only because Indian wine industry is currently hampered by "low
 investment, federal rules and tax [up to 300 per cent in some states], and high costs". He believes the sheer volume of potential demand from India's burgeoning middle classes will ensure that that promise Kore mentions will be fulfilled. The figures back-up
 Chandra's argument.<br />
<br />
Wine production in India has increased 300 per cent since 2003 and there are now 30 more wine companies than 10 years ago, offering a greater sense of competition.<br />
<br />
"Quality is improving all the time," argues Chandra. "Indians are quick learners. Watch this space in five, 10 and 20 years from now".<br />
<br />
Chandra is a fan of the Ritu voignier that proved so popular among British supermarket shoppers. He also recommends Luca Exotic Lychee wine, which he says is "reminiscent of a Gewurztraminer", the sweetness of which works well with spices.<br />
<br />
Matt Smith, wine buyer at Waitrose, says that, following the success that Indian wines have seen in the UK this year, the supermarket is "keeping an eye on Indian wine producers as the industry develops". It appears he is not the only one. Indian lager can
 keep its title as the ultimate accompaniment for curry – for now. </p>
<p style="text-align:center">(The views expressed above are the personal views of the author)
</p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>03/01/2012 11:02:34</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/16388/India+is+developing+a+reputation+for+wine</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">16388</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>16390</publicationdataID>
      <title>Indian drugmaker OK'd to launch generic Lipitor</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p>AP: Linda A. Johnson<br />
<br />
India's largest maker of generic drugs won approval late Wednesday to sell a generic version of cholesterol blockbuster Lipitor. The world's top-selling drug ever lost U.S. patent protection earlier in the day.<br />
<br />
The U.S. Food and Drug Administration said it granted Ranbaxy Laboratories Ltd. approval to sell a generic verson of Pfizer Inc.'s Lipitor, called atorvastatin calcium. The last-minute decision ended widespread speculation over the outcome of a delay caused
 by long-standing manufacturing issues at some Ranbaxy factories.<br />
<br />
Ranbaxy confirmed the approval in a statement issued late Wednesday night, noting Lipitor generated $7.9 billion in U.S. sales in the 12 months through September. Ranbaxy spokesman Chuck Caprariello said shipments would begin immediately.<br />
<br />
Analysts, pharmacists and others had been watching closely to see whether Ranbaxy would be able to get its generic on the market by the time the patent expired for Lipitor.<br />
<br />
That's because quality problems at some Ranbaxy factories, dating to 2006, had led the FDA to block shipments of many of its generic drugs to this country and to hold up approval of any new Ranbaxy drugs.<br />
<br />
According to FDA spokeswoman Sandy Walsh, Ranbaxy will be manufacturing the pills under a partnership with Ohm Laboratories in Ohm's New Brunswick, N.J., facility.<br />
<br />
Meanwhile, statements issued by both Ranbaxy and by Teva Pharmaceuticals USA Inc. said that under an agreement between the two companies, a portion of the profits from Ranbaxy's sales of atorvastatin during the next six months will be paid to Teva. Ranbaxy
 said terms of the agreement would not be disclosed. </p>
<p>Denise Bradley, a spokeswoman for Teva, the world's largest maker of generic drugs, said she was not able to disclose either the reason for the deal or the amount of money involved.<br />
<br />
With billions of dollars in annual U.S. sales of Lipitor at stake, the largest-ever switch from a brand name to generic drug has been arguably the biggest event this year in the pharmaceutical industry.<br />
<br />
Lipitor had peak sales of $13 billion and still brings in nearly $11 billion for New York-based Pfizer. The U.S. revenue will start declining right away, and will plummet with the advent of more generic versions next June.<br />
<br />
Two generic versions, priced about 30 percent to 50 percent less than Lipitor, originally had been expected to hit pharmacies starting Wednesday, offering some savings to the 3 million Americans taking the cholesterol-lowering pill.<br />
<br />
Watson Pharmaceuticals Inc. began distributing one, an authorized generic, Wednesday under Watson's brand. Under Watson's deal with Pfizer, Pfizer will receive an estimated 70 percent of those sales.<br />
<br />
Under complex U.S. patent law, because Ranbaxy was the first company to successfully challenge Pfizer's Lipitor patent, it has the sole right to compete with brand-name Lipitor and Watson's authorized generic for the first 180 days after the patent ends.
</p>
<p>But Teva and at least two additional companies are expected to sell their own generic Lipitor starting on June 1. Then the price for all the generics should plummet to about 20 percent of Lipitor's current price, about $115 to $160 per month, depending on
 dosage.<br />
<br />
But Ranbaxy's manufacturing issues and an unprecedented scheme by Lipitor's maker, Pfizer Inc., upended what normally happens when a blockbuster drug's patent expires.<br />
<br />
Amid repeated inquiries from journalists and others about the pending approval, Ranbaxy refused to comment. The FDA, per its standard procedure, stayed mum until the approval was official.<br />
<br />
Ranbaxy now has permission to sell atorvastatin tablets in 10, 20, 40 and 80 milligram strengths, the same as for brand-name Lipitor.<br />
<br />
Rumors had been floating over the past week that Ranbaxy was close to a financial settlement with the FDA that would include approval to sell generic Lipitor. The FDA has been under the gun because patients, insurers and consumer advocates wanted widespread
 generic competition on time.<br />
<br />
"This medication is widely used by people who must manage their high cholesterol over time, so it is important to have affordable treatment options," Dr. Janet Woodcock, director of the FDA's Center for Drug Evaluation and Research, said in a statement. "We
 are working very hard to get generic drugs to people as soon as the law will allow."
</p>
<p>In September 2008, the FDA blocked imports of more than 30 Ranbaxy generic drugs, including two older generic cholesterol drugs, because of poor quality in two Ranbaxy factories. The FDA said that it had found problems that could result in contamination
 and allergic reactions, and that the company had not corrected them.<br />
<br />
Meanwhile, Pfizer, which gets about one-sixth of its revenue from Lipitor, has started a strategy to retain as much revenue from Lipitor as possible, at least until next June. It is subsidizing both patients and insurers to keep their costs at or below generic
 prices — if patients stay on brand-name Lipitor for the next six months.<br />
<br />
Atorvastatin is a statin, a type of drug that lowers bad cholesterol and blood fats called triglycerides by blocking an enzyme in the liver. Along with a low-fat diet, the drug lowers the risk for heart attack, stroke, chest pain and some types of heart surgery.
 It can also raise levels of good cholesterol.<br />
<br />
In Pfizer's clinical tests of Lipitor, the most common side effects were nasal inflammation, joint pain, diarrhea and urinary-tract infections.
</p>
<p style="text-align:center">(The views expressed above are the personal views of the author)
</p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>03/01/2012 11:14:58</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/16390/Indian+drugmaker+OKd+to+launch+generic+Lipitor</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">16390</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>16392</publicationdataID>
      <title>The Pakistani tail is wagging the American dog</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p>The Globe and Mail (Canada) <br />
<br />
It’s time – way past time – to stop the tail from wagging the dog. <br />
<br />
The latest confrontation between the United States and Pakistan underscores the futility of working with an "ally” that is hell-bent not on saving Afghanistan as an independent country but on taking it over with China’s backing as U.S., Canadian and other foreign
 soldiers leave by 2014. <br />
<br />
In the geopolitical sweep of Asia, Pakistan is not a friend of the West but a nuclear-armed enemy that can cause huge damage to stability and democracy in the Indian subcontinent. Yet, U.S. President Barack Obama and his Secretary of State, Hillary Clinton,
 have offered little but abject apologies when Pakistan has taken unintended casualties at the hands of NATO forces in the war to keep Afghanistan free of terrorist intruders.
<br />
<br />
This is the case in the wake of a weekend engagement in one of the most rugged parts of Afghanistan, near the border with Pakistan, in which 24 Pakistani soldiers were killed. NATO says its troops took fire first, a fact acknowledged by a senior Pakistani defence
 official to The Washington Post. Both sides say they believed they were attacking insurgents along the border. Predictably, however, Ms. Clinton offered condolences as if the U.S. were to blame – and the Pakistani government made sure this was the message
 received by the poverty-stricken people of Pakistan, whose hatred of the U.S. grew accordingly.
</p>
<p>But the collection of political hacks and vengeful generals in Islamabad and Rawalpindi went further, as they had in a similar but smaller incident a few months ago. They closed indefinitely the Khyber Pass between Pakistan and Afghanistan and a southern
 route starting in Karachi, cutting off the vital flow of military and other supplies to more than 100,000 international troops in Afghanistan. For good measure, they banned use of a base for the unmanned Predator drones that have been effective in finding
 and killing Taliban leaders. And they say they’re boycotting a key international conference, set to take place in Bonn on Dec. 5, on Afghanistan’s future.
<br />
<br />
This is an ally? No, this is the regime that created and armed the Taliban, the Islamist extremists who took over most of Afghanistan in 1996 following the withdrawal of Soviet troops, and that continued to command them after 9/11 despite promises to the contrary.
 Lest we forget, the Taliban and their Pakistani overseers were responsible for the deaths of Canadian troops in Kandahar province, the tribal Pashtun Taliban’s home base.
<br />
<br />
The excuse for maintaining full relations with Pakistan, including billions of dollars in misused U.S. military and economic assistance (although Canada has quietly pressed for cutting aid), is that choosing any other option is riskier. This was the argument
 of George W. Bush, who at least applied pressure by publicly exposing the nature of the Pakistani regime. The Obama-Clinton duo relaxed the pressure while, nonetheless, making clear they understood what they were up against.
</p>
<p>But the time has come for a surgical change in U.S. policy in South and Central Asia. Otherwise, the war in Afghanistan will drag on beyond 2014 with no decisive end in sight. The change – which could well lead to Pakistan’s severing relations altogether
 – would entail stopping all U.S. aid, except possibly humanitarian assistance. It would also mean that Pakistani co-operation in military operations, as conditional and duplicitous as it is, would end.
<br />
<br />
With patience, however, a new alliance to maintain Afghanistan’s integrity as the historic pivot of Asia can come into being. It will have to go beyond the current U.S.-NATO alliance. In particular, it will have to include India – Pakistan’s bugbear. This has
 started to happen, given the recent signing of an unprecedented strategic pact by Kabul and New Delhi. The U.S. and India have already established a strategic, if non-specific, alliance.
<br />
<br />
Indeed, putting an end to the Pakistani tail’s wagging the U.S. dog could well become a landmark event in what is beginning to emerge as a series of steps to establish credible collective security against China’s ambitions to dominate Asia and the Pacific.
 Another step is the recent agreement by South and Central Asian countries not to interfere in Afghanistan’s affairs. This may not restrain Pakistan but should deter China for the time being.
<br />
<br />
But what’s most important is the long range. America’s distancing itself from Pakistan now would be a major development in this direction – a prospect that some of the Republican candidates for the U.S. presidency clearly recognize and welcome.
<br />
<br />
<em>David Van Praagh, a professor of journalism at Carleton University, is the author of
</em>The Greater Game: India’s Race with Destiny and China. </p>
<p style="text-align:center">(The views expressed above are the personal views of the author)
</p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>03/01/2012 11:27:25</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/16392/The+Pakistani+tail+is+wagging+the+American+dog</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">16392</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>16393</publicationdataID>
      <title>JD vows to make Pakistan a Taliban state</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p>The Express Tribune Pakistan<br />
<br />
<strong>Jamaatud Dawa (JD) has vowed to convert Pakistan into a Taliban state and to train young people to wage jihad against America and India, in the latest rally by the outlawed group here in the city.</strong><br />
<br />
JD activists as well as school children as young as 10 from various districts were brought to the Lahore Press Club in buses and vans for the ‘Talaba Jamaatud Dawa’ (Jamaatud Dawa Students) protest against the Nato attack that killed 24 Pakistani soldiers.
<br />
<br />
Students aged 10 to 15 from Jhumra Sandal Islamic School, Faisalabad, and Tameer-i-Seerat Model School Sharaqpur, Sheikhupura, said that they had thought they were going to a science exhibition and that’s what they had told their parents.
<br />
<br />
One student from Sandal Islamic School gave this correspondent a form titled ‘Field Trip Permission’ that was signed by his mother. "Dear Parent or Guardian,” it reads. "Your child is going on a field trip. Please read the information at the top of this form,
 then sign and return the permission slip at the bottom of this form.” It goes on to say that the students would be taken to a science exhibition at Al-Mizan School, Faisalabad, and they would be back by 3pm. The protest did not end till 4:20 pm, when the participants
 got back in the vans and buses and drove to Nasser Bagh. <br />
<br />
<strong>Speeches</strong><br />
<br />
Addressing the rally at the Press Club, JD leader Maulana Ameer Hamza said the army chief should know that he had the full support of the JD, which would turn its followers into skilled fighters. "JD will make all of its fighters into Taliban. There will be
 Taliban in Punjab University, in Government College, in Agriculture University Faisalabad,” he said.<br />
<br />
Hamza demanded that the government must kick the Americans out of not just Shamsi airbase, but Shahbaz airbase as well, otherwise the JD would do so itself.
</p>
<p>JD leader Hafiz Abdul Rehman Makki said Allah wanted them to get revenge from Christians and Americans. "We will kill Americans,” he said, adding that JD had trained hundreds of thousands of people for jihad. He said the attack on the Pakistani check posts
 was intentional and an act of war against Pakistan. He said it was the 32nd attack by US forces on Pakistan. "If the government does not get revenge from the US, we will,” he said.
<br />
<br />
He said that the United Arab Emirates should not have asked Pakistan to reconsider its decision to kick the Americans out of Shamsi. Makki said it is 32nd attack of US forces on Pakistan and Pakistan should come out of war against terrorism. He accused the
 media of spreading propaganda against Islam and jihad and in favour of the United States.
<br />
<br />
JD leader Hafiz Saifullah Mansoor said they would kill 100 Americans for every Muslim killed. "Thousands of fighters are ready and waiting for a call from our leader Hafiz Saeed,” he said.
<br />
<br />
Abdullah Gul, son of former ISI chief Gen (retired) Hameed Gul, said it was time to "complete the revolution”. He said the people of Pakistan aspired to wage jihad and it was time to take up the sword,” he said. Jamaat-i-Islami Lahore Ameer Ameerul Azeem said
 Nato forces had reminded them all of the many wounds the country has suffered at the hands of America. He said Nato leaders were lying when they said the attacks were unintentional.
<br />
<br />
<em>Published in The Express Tribune, November 30th, 2011. </em></p>
<p style="text-align:center">(The views expressed above are the personal views of the author)
</p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>03/01/2012 11:32:09</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/16393/JD+vows+to+make+Pakistan+a+Taliban+state</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">16393</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>16394</publicationdataID>
      <title>India opens doors to supermarket giants</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p>Financial Times: James Fontanella-Khan<br />
<br />
India is to throw open its $450bn retail sector to foreign supermarkets, granting access for the first time to giants such as Walmart, Carrefour and Tesco that have long sought to enter an underserved market of 1.2bn people.<br />
<br />
The government of Manmohan Singh, prime minister, decided late on Thursday to allow foreign groups to invest up to 51 per cent in "multi-brand retailers", as supermarkets are known in India, in the most radical pro-liberalisation reform passed by an Indian
 cabinet in years.<br />
<br />
It also increased to 100 per cent from a cap of 51 per cent the level of foreign direct investment allowed in single-brand retailers.<br />
<br />
"I think it will have a very deep and long-lasting impact on the Indian landscape," Raj Jain, chief executive of Bharti Walmart, a wholesale cash-and-carry and supply chain management joint venture between the US retailer and India's Bharti Enterprises, told
 CNBC TV18. "I think it will redefine the way consumers shop in India, but more importantly the way supply chains in India run."<br />
<br />
India, Asia's third-largest economy and home to one in every six people on earth, has proved highly lucrative for foreign groups that have managed to negotiate its sometimes unpredictable business climate. Telecoms groups in particular have invested billions.<br />
<br />
Walmart, the world's biggest retailer by sales, its French rival Carrefour and others have lobbied for years to relax the 51 per cent cap on foreign supermarket investments.<br />
<br />
Only about 8 per cent of urban Indian retail spending takes place in the "organised" sector, according to New Delhi-based Technopak Advisors. But spending in modern retail stores has grown 20 per cent annually over the past four years, a pace expected to accelerate.
</p>
<p>The move by the Congress-led coalition government, which has been rocked by corruption scandals, comes ahead of crucial state elections next year.<br />
<br />
It is expected to help tame stubbornly high inflation but is likely to be vehemently opposed by millions of small retailers, who see large foreign chains as a threat.<br />
<br />
The need to control food price inflation -- averaging double-digit rises over the past 12 months -- prompted the government to open the sector, analysts said.<br />
<br />
Hitherto India's food supplies have been controlled by tens of millions of middlemen, a powerful political constituency that stands between farmers and consumers.<br />
<br />
Traders add huge mark-ups to farm gate prices, while offering little by way of technical support to help farmers boost their productivity, pushing up retail prices significantly.<br />
<br />
Analysts said allowing in big foreign retailers would provide an impetus for them to set up modern supply chains, with refrigerated vans, cold storage and more rational logistics.<br />
<br />
"I think foreign chains can also bring in humongous logistical benefits and capital," Chandrajit Banerjee, director-general, Confederation of Indian Industry, told Reuters.<br />
<br />
"The biggest beneficiary ... would be the small farmers who will be able to improve their productivity ... by selling directly to large organised players," Mr Banerjee said.
</p>
<p style="text-align:center">(The views expressed above are the personal views of the author)
</p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>03/01/2012 11:41:36</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/16394/India+opens+doors+to+supermarket+giants</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">16394</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>16402</publicationdataID>
      <title>Social entrepreneurs transform villages</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p>IANS via Oman Tribune<br />
<br />
Some merely debate on the great urban-rural divide. But there are others who have resolved to do something about it and meeting with success in areas where even large government-funded programmes have failed to make an impact.<br />
<br />
Professionals, many of whom led comfortable lives abroad, are increasingly giving up their well-paid jobs to become social entrepreneurs, bringing in the process modern-age management and perspective to solve basic problems like reaching power, water, education
 and healthcare to the millions.<br />
<br />
Take the case of Gyanesh Pandey. A native of Baithania village in Bihar’s West Champaran district, he was making mega bucks in Los Angeles in the semiconductor industry. But a chance conversation with a childhood friend persuaded him to return to his home state.<br />
<br />
Pandey came back and with the help of friends to start Husk Power Systems, a company that provides electricity at dirt-cheap rates to villagers, using rice husk: A clean, simple solution, as the raw material is available in ample quantity.
</p>
<p>"I had been trying for many years to do some work in rural electrification. But nothing worked out,” Pandey, an electrical engineer from Benaras Hindu University, said.<br />
<br />
But in 2007, the idea of producing inexpensive green power using husk struck Pandey who set up the first plant in Tamkuha, a remote village in West Champaran. Soon he was able to light up Tamkuha, which literally means fog of darkness in the local lingo.<br />
<br />
Today, Husk Power runs 84 plants, lighting up the lives of over 350 villages and hamlets in Bihar, Uttar Pradesh, West Bengal and Andhra Pradesh. They charge around Rs100 for 50 watt of power per month to a village household.<br />
<br />
People like Pandey feel social entrepreneurs should not to be misunderstood with those doing philanthropy. They understand that a one-off dole or an odd project is not going to help the less privileged in a meaningful way.<br />
<br />
"It is not about philanthropy,” says Neelam Chhiber, co-founder of Industree, a social enterprise out of Bangalore that not only facilitates artisans to sell their wares in urban markets and earn more but also help them upgrade their skills.<br />
<br />
"We look for market-led solutions, not for the corporate social responsibility type of solutions, because that is not going to be sustainable,” said Chhiber, who also runs Mother Earth, a sustainable brand for food and fashion that is part producer-owned.
</p>
<p>"We regularly conduct social audits. We found we can triple the incomes of artisans once they start working with us. We also use design as a tool to push producers up the value chain,” said Chhiber, who even has funding from Kishore Biyani’s Future Group.
<br />
<br />
Sudesh Menon, co-founder of Waterlife, has a similar story to share. Before coming back to India, he was the country head of General Electric in Malaysia. But Anji Reddy of Dr Reddy’s Lab persuaded him to join his mission on drinking water in rural India.
</p>
<p style="text-align:center">(The views expressed above are the personal views of the author)
</p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>03/01/2012 12:35:14</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/16402/Social+entrepreneurs+transform+villages</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">16402</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>16403</publicationdataID>
      <title>Solar power emerging in sunshine</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p>Khaleej Times<br />
<br />
The sun is shining on the solar energy sector in India. More and more indigenous and foreign companies are pitching to set up solar power ventures in the country, lured by opportunities in the fast-evolving solar PV industry in India. The government has realised
 that climate change and surge in oil prices have lent urgency to reducing India’s dependence on imported fossil fuels and is promoting solar power as a priority.<br />
<br />
The National Solar Mission launched last year targets solar capacity addition of 20,000MW by 2022 in a phased manner. Technological progress and economies of scale hold out the hope that solar power may become economically viable. The global economic crisis
 has reduced demand and brought down the cost of deployment. <br />
<br />
Sensing the opportunity, foreign capital, as also some foreign companies, has started flowing into the sector. International Finance Corporation and Asian Development Bank have started lending for solar power projects in India. Meanwhile, over 150 companies
 have evinced interest in developing large solar photovoltaic power projects of up to 20MW. Companies such as Tata Power, Reliance Power and Lanco Infratech have already started developing solar power projects in a significant way.Some other power producers
 with ambitious plans include Orient Green Power, Astonfield, JSW Energy and Azure Power. Even solar panel manufacturers such as Moser Baer and Solar Semiconductor have integrated forward into power generation. Infrastructure companies like Consolidated Construction
 Consortium and Punj Lloyd, PSUs like NTPC, Indian Oil Corporation and Karnataka Power Corporation have also jumped onto the solar bandwagon.
</p>
<p>A major challenge facing solar power producers is the non-availability of reliable data on solar radiation. In the absence of such data, it becomes very difficult to evaluate accurately the returns from a project, which in turn affects technology selection
 and financing. <br />
<br />
The National Solar System seeks to encourage manufacture of solar PV in India by mandating the use of indigenous components (especially for PV cells and modules) for the solar power projects. This local content requirement has been a boon for companies such
 as Tata BP Solar, Indosolar, Solar Semiconductor, Websol and Moser Baer among others. But international competition, especially from China, is a major challenge for the manufacturers. Many infrastructure companies have also entered the sector as EPC players.
 Larsen &amp; Toubro is a giant in this area and today its solar PV project pipeline is close to 200 MW. Other infrastructure companies such as Lanco and PV manufacturers such as XL Energy, Moser Baer and state-owned BHEL and EIL have also become EPC service providers.
</p>
<p>EPC players will have to be wary of the tendency on the part of project developers to transfer most of the risk to them, i.e. EPC service providers. They also face relentless pressure from their clients to reduce costs. To ensure success in the long run,
 EPCs will have to strike a fine balance between cost and the quality of service offered by them.
<br />
<br />
To sum up, the solar power sector in India is on the cusp of a rapid growth, as the governments at the Centre and in the states are becoming serious about the National Solar Mission. Companies which are engaged in solar power production and in providing PEC
 services for solar power plants offer good investment opportunities as they have relatively lower risk and good potential for growth. Investors, however, should be careful about manufacturers of solar power equipment. The revenue and profit growth of these
 companies will depend highly on government policies and global trends, both of which are unpredictable variables.
</p>
<p style="text-align:center">(The views expressed above are the personal views of the author)
</p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>03/01/2012 12:38:57</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/16403/Solar+power+emerging+in+sunshine</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">16403</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>16405</publicationdataID>
      <title>Books by Indian authors to get largest display in the Middle East</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p>Gulf News: Shveta Pathak<br />
<br />
India will be the focus at the 30th edition of the Sharjah International Book Fair that starts today.<br />
<br />
The book fair will have the largest ever display of books from Indian authors for the first time in the Middle East with more than 100,000 titles being showcased.<br />
<br />
"This year will be the ‘India Focus' year at the book fair. Prominent Indian authors will be visiting the fair and there will be book signing and book reading sessions and special interactions with the author along with several other attractions," said Ravi
 D.C. chief executive officer of D.C. Books, which is coordinating with the India focus theme.<br />
<br />
Among the authors from India who will visit the fair and interact with the readers include Shashi Tharoor, M.T. Vasudevan Nair, Ruskin Bond, Shobha De, Chetan Bhagat, Jaisree Misra, Dr Lakshmi Nair, Umbayee and M. Mukundan. India's Minister for Civil Aviation
 and Overseas Indian Affairs, Vayalar Ravi, will also be present.<br />
<br />
"It will be a great opportunity for the Indian community as well as readers who are keen on Indian writing to know these authors and learn more about the culture and writing from India," said Ravi.<br />
<br />
He said there has been an overwhelming response from school and college students to participate in the interactive sessions with the authors.<br />
<br />
Special discount<br />
<br />
"We are expecting more than 10,000 students to participate throughout the fair." </p>
<p>Students will get special discount on books and the books will also be priced 40-50 per cent lesser than the regular price here.<br />
<br />
"There is a growing interest in Indian writing worldwide. Student interactions with the authors will also be an inspiration for the youngsters that will encourage the habit of reading among them. Besides, readers from other countries can get exposure to Indian
 writers," said Ashok Babu, Consul, Consulate General of India.<br />
<br />
Being organised by the Department of Culture and Information, Government of Sharjah, the 10-day book fair, will witness participation from more than 750 publishers from 42 countries and 30 international authors.<br />
<br />
More than 400,000 people are expected to visit the fair. </p>
(The views expressed above are the personal views of the author)]]></description>
      <pubDate>03/01/2012 12:42:10</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/16405/Books+by+Indian+authors+to+get+largest+display+in+the+Middle+East</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">16405</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>16407</publicationdataID>
      <title>In New Delhi, a woman's place is in the mosque</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p>Christain Science Monitor: Nafeesa Syeed<br />
<br />
Most mosques in Delhi won’t let women inside. But some spaces are opening up, in unexpected places.<br />
<br />
In Dawat Nagar, deep in south Delhi, about two dozen women gathered for a Friday prayer service. They listened to the sermon while cordoned off from the men by sheets in the mosque at the Jamaat-e-Islami Hind headquarters. At another mosque in south Delhi run
 by the Ahle Hadees movement, women also have a place to pray.<br />
<br />
Both groups profess moderate orientations, though they can be conservative in their interpretations of women’s affairs.<br />
<br />
Sheeba Aslam Fehmi, a research scholar at Jawaharlal Nehru University who describes herself as an Islamic feminist, says significant work remains in making women’s entry into mosques socially acceptable in South Asia. Ms. Aslam Fehmi says women don’t need just
 a space for prayer; she envisions the mosque becoming a community center, where women can organize around their social and political concerns.<br />
<br />
Muslim women in other parts of India have fought for worship space, including joining Friday services unannounced and taking religious leaders to court. However, some Muslim women don’t agree with such tactics, preferring to work with amenable clerics to slowly
 change minds. </p>
<p style="text-align:center">(The views expressed above are the personal views of the author)
</p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>03/01/2012 12:49:24</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/16407/In+New+Delhi+a+womans+place+is+in+the+mosque</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">16407</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>16410</publicationdataID>
      <title>Australia moves to lift India uranium ban</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p>AFP via Yahoo: Martin Parry<br />
<br />
Prime Minister Julia Gillard moved Tuesday to lift Australia's controversial ban on uranium sales to nuclear power India in a bid to strengthen relations with the fast-growing economic powerhouse.<br />
<br />
While Canberra exports uranium to China, Japan, Taiwan and the United States, India has been excluded because New Delhi has not signed the Nuclear Non-Proliferation Treaty, a prerequisite her Labor Party puts on sales.<br />
<br />
But Gillard said it was time to change, with the subject likely to dominate the annual Labor Party conference in Sydney next month where any policy switch needs to be ratified.<br />
<br />
"I believe the time has come for Labor to change its position. Selling uranium to India will be good for the Australian economy and for Australian jobs," she told a press conference.<br />
<br />
Although Australia uses no nuclear power, it is the world's third-ranking uranium producer behind Kazakhstan and Canada, exporting 9,600 tonnes of oxide concentrate annually worth over Aus$1.1 billion (US$1.1 billion).<br />
<br />
It also holds the world's largest reserves of uranium, with 23 percent of the total, according to the World Nuclear Association.
</p>
<p>Gillard said Canberra had pursued international diplomatic efforts to have India sign the nuclear treaty but the US-India Civil Nuclear Agreement, penned in 2005, changed that strategy.<br />
<br />
Under that declaration, India agreed to separate its civil and military nuclear facilities and abide by International Atomic Energy Agency (IAEA) safeguards.<br />
<br />
In exchange, the United States agreed to work toward full civil nuclear cooperation with the South Asian giant.<br />
<br />
"It effectively lifted the de facto international ban on co-operation with India in this area," said Gillard.<br />
<br />
"Consequently, for us to refuse to budge is all pain with no gain."<br />
<br />
India was expected to increase its use of nuclear power from the current three percent of electricity generation to 40 percent by 2050 and Gillard said it made economic sense in "the Asian century" to boost ties.<br />
<br />
"We are a very big supplier of uranium so having access to this new and growing market is good for Australian jobs," she said.<br />
<br />
But the prime minister stressed that any exports would have to be accompanied by guarantees that uranium would only be used for power facilities and not military purposes.<br />
<br />
"We must, of course, expect of India the same standards we do of all countries for uranium export," she said.<br />
<br />
This included strict adherence to IAEA arrangements and "strong bilateral undertakings and transparency measures that will provide assurances our uranium will be used only for peaceful purposes".<br />
<br />
The conservative opposition in Australia has for years been calling on Labor to change its policy so the country can tap into the lucrative and expanding Indian market. New Delhi has also been pressuring the government.<br />
<br />
But not everyone wants a policy change with Labor senator Doug Cameron among those opposed.
</p>
<p>"We'll simply be exporting uranium to India and that will free up uranium within India for the military programme," he said, while Australian Greens leader Bob Brown slammed the move.<br />
<br />
He said it was putting the commercial interests of multinational mining companies ahead of global safety, warning that selling uranium to India would add to the "nuclear arms race".<br />
<br />
"This is a country that has intermediate-range missiles," Brown told ABC radio. "It's developing a plethora of nuclear submarines with nuclear weapons."
</p>
<p style="text-align:center">(The views expressed above are the personal views of the author)
</p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>03/01/2012 12:54:40</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/16410/Australia+moves+to+lift+India+uranium+ban</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">16410</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>16412</publicationdataID>
      <title>The Last Person</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p>New York Times: Thomas L. Friedman<br />
<br />
There is a concept in telecommunications called "the last mile,” that part of any phone system that is the most difficult to connect — the part that goes from the main lines into people’s homes. Prem Kalra, the director of the new Indian Institute of Technology
 in Rajasthan, one of the elite M.I.T.’s of India, has dedicated his school to overcoming a different challenge: connecting "the last person.”
<br />
<br />
"How will we reach the last person?” Kalra asked me during a visit to his campus here in Jodhpur in the Thar Desert of western India. The "last person” in his view is the poorest person in India. And the question consuming Kalra is can "the financially worst-off
 person” in India "be empowered” — be given the basic tools to acquire enough skills to overcome dire poverty.
</p>
<p>In a country where 75 percent of the people live on less than $2 a day, that’s a big question. It is why, one year ago, India’s Human Resources Development Ministry put out a very specific proposal that Kalra and his technology institute decided to take
 up, when no one else would: Could someone design and make a stripped-down iPad-like, Internet-enabled, wirelessly connected tablet that the poorest Indian family, saving about $2.50 a month for a year, could afford if the government subsidized the rest? Specifically,
 could they make a simple tablet usable for distance learning, teaching English and math or just tracking commodity prices for under $50, including the manufacturer’s profit?<br />
<br />
The answer was yes. Last month, Kalra’s team — led by two I.I.T. Rajasthan electrical engineering professors, one of whom comes from a village that still has no electricity — unveiled the Aakash tablet. Aakash is Hindi for sky. It’s based on the Android 2.2
 operating system, with a 7-inch touch screen, three hours of battery life and the ability to download YouTube videos, PDFs and educational software like Virtual Labs. The government will subsidize the wireless connections for students.
</p>
<p>If Indians could only purchase tablets made in the West, the price points would be so high they’d never spread here, said Kalra, so "we had to break the price point” in a big way. They did it by taking full advantage of today’s hyperconnected world: pulling
 commodity parts mainly from China and South Korea, using open-source software and collaboration tools and employing the design/manufacturing/assembly abilities of two companies in the West — DataWind and Conexant Systems — and Quad in India.<br />
<br />
The Aakash is a ray of hope that India can leverage technology to get more of its 220 million students enough tools to escape poverty and poor teaching, but it’s also a challenge to the West.<br />
<br />
In terms of hope, I was struck by a story that Kalra’s wife, Urmila, told about a chat she had had with their maid after the Aakash was unveiled on Oct. 5. As Urmila recalled, her maid, who has two young children, said that she had heard "from the night watchman
 that Mr. Kalra has made a computer that is very cheap, and is so cheap that even she can afford to buy it. The watchman had given her a picture from the paper, and she asked me if it was true.”
</p>
<p>Urmila told her it was true and that the machine was meant for people who could not afford a big computer. Added Urmila: "She asked, ‘How much will it cost?’ I said, ‘It will cost you around 1,500 rupees.’ [$30.] She said: ‘15,000 or 1,500?’ I said, ‘1,500.’
 She was sure that if the government was doing something so good for the poor, it had to have a catch. ‘What can you do on it?’ she asked me. I said, ‘If your daughter goes to school, she can use it to download videos of class lessons,’ just like she had seen
 my son download physics lectures every week from M.I.T.’s [OpenCourseWare]. I said, ‘You have seen our son sitting at the computer listening to a teacher who is speaking. That teacher is actually in America.’ She just kept getting wider- and wider-eyed. Then
 she asked me will her kids be able to learn English on it. I said, ‘Yes, they will definitely be able to learn English,’ which is the passport for upward mobility here. I said, ‘It will be so cheap you will be able to buy one for your son and one or your daughter!’
 ”<br />
<br />
That conversation is the sound of history changing. <br />
<br />
And not just for India. We’re at the start of a nonlinear move in innovation thanks to the hyperconnecting of the world — through social media, mobile/wireless devices and cloud computing — which is putting cheap innovation devices into the hands of so many
 more people, enabling them to collaborate on invention is so many new ways. This Great Inflection will be an opportunity and a challenge for every worker and company because we’re going to see more and more product "price points” broken in big ways.
</p>
<p>And that explains why Kalra tells recruiters for major companies to stay away from his campus. He wants his Indian students to think about inventing their first jobs, not applying for them. "I want them to start companies and become C.E.O.’s of their own.
 It is the only way we can catch China,” he says. India can’t wait for the world to solve India’s problems at India’s price points. It has to invent them. It now has tools to do so. This is about to get interesting.
</p>
<p style="text-align:center">(The views expressed above are the personal views of the author)
</p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>03/01/2012 12:58:52</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/16412/The+Last+Person</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">16412</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>16414</publicationdataID>
      <title>India doubles solar-power installation target as industry booms</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p>Bloomberg: Natalie Obiko Pearson<br />
<br />
India expects to have 10 gigawatts of solar power capacity by 2017, more than double what it initially targeted, as the industry ramps up quicker than predicted.<br />
<br />
The Ministry of New and Renewable Energy plans to award permits for as much as 10,000 megawatts of grid-connected solar plants by 2017, up from its initial target of 4,000 megawatts, Bharat Bhargava, a director at the ministry, said at conference in the southern
 city of Hyderabad. It’s also doubling its target for off-grid solar plants to 2,000 megawatts, he said.<br />
<br />
"Based on present trends, 10,000 megawatts is achievable,” Bhargava said. India’s total solar installations reached 125 megawatts as of the end of October, he said. That’s more than double the 50 megawatts that the country had in June.<br />
<br />
Asia’s third-largest energy consumer provides a bright spot for solar panel makers facing plunging margins and slowing growth. Developers of projects that generate electricity from the sun in Europe, the world’s largest solar market, are unable to get bank
 financing to start new plants, leading demand for panels to fall 10 percent short of expectations this year, Ole Enger, chief executive officer of Norway’s Renewable Energy Corp., said in an interview last week.<br />
<br />
Interest from solar power developers exceeded the amount of available capacity on offer by more than seven times for India’s next auction of permits, Bhargava said. The ministry has received 218 applications seeking to build 2,500 megawatts of solar plants.<br />
<br />
The ministry is only awarding 350 megawatts in the second auction due to be completed this month. Winners of that round will sign power purchase agreements by Dec. 31 and complete the plants by January 2013, he said.
</p>
<p style="text-align:center">(The views expressed above are the personal views of the author)
</p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>03/01/2012 13:15:48</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/16414/India+doubles+solarpower+installation+target+as+industry+booms</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">16414</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>16415</publicationdataID>
      <title>TCS Unit Gets $2.2 Billion Order From U.K.'s Friends Life</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p>Wall Street Journal : Kenan Machado and Dhanya Ann Thoppil<br />
<br />
India's Tata Consultancy Services Ltd. said Wednesday it received a $2.2 billion (GBP1.37 billion) outsourcing contract, its second-largest order ever, from U.K.-based financial services company Friends Life.<br />
<br />
The 15-year order comes at a time when Indian technology outsourcing companies are indicating a squeeze in business growth in Western markets due to fears of an economic slowdown. The multi-billion dollar deal also allays industry fears of shrinking deal sizes
 in the outsourcing market and contrasts the stance at some of TCS's rivals who have been complaining of delays in spending decisions by clients.<br />
<br />
The latest deal is the largest since TCS, India's largest technology company by revenue, won a $2.5 billion contract in 2008 from Citigroup Inc. as part of the software company's acquisition of the U.S. major's India-based back-office arm.<br />
<br />
TCS said that it along with its U.K. insurance and pension services outsourcing arm, Diligenta, will deliver technology infrastructure and services to the clients of Friends Life, a provider of pension, investment and insurance services.<br />
<br />
The news of the deal, which will come into effect in March 2012, buoyed investors, who have been sceptical of the Indian software exporter's ability to maintain its strong growth momentum. TCS shares gained 1.8% to 1,123.00 rupees in a Mumbai market that ended
 down 1.2%.<br />
<br />
TCS Chief Executive N. Chandrasekaran said he expects the deal to take the company one step closer to its aim of increasing the share of revenue from work that isn't directly linked to headcount, from less than 10% currently.<br />
<br />
TCS will charge clients based on each transaction on its software platform. </p>
<p>The company will also assume administration responsibility for 3.2 million policies for Friends Life, and about 1,900 Friends Life staff across the U.K.<br />
<br />
will be transferred to Diligenta under their existing terms of employment. TCS entered the life insurance and pension segment in 2005, with a GBP486 million outsourcing contract from Pearl Group to take over the life and pensions operations of the U.K. firm.
 Since then, TCS has received several contracts, taking the number of policies it administers to eight million.
</p>
<p style="text-align:center">(The views expressed above are the personal views of the author)
</p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>03/01/2012 13:20:32</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/16415/TCS+Unit+Gets+22+Billion+Order+From+UKs+Friends+Life</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">16415</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>16416</publicationdataID>
      <title>Wal-Mart to open software development center in Bangalore</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p>Reuters via Chicago Tribune <br />
<br />
Retail giant Wal-Mart's new social media arm, WalmartLabs, will open a software development center in the southern Indian city of Bangalore by the end of this year, a company executive said on Wednesday.<br />
<br />
Wal-Mart entered into a retail joint venture with Indian firm Bharti Enterprises in August 2007 and currently operates 8 stores in the country, as it awaits a potential change in regulations to allow foreign firms to own supermarkets.<br />
<br />
"We think there is a fundamental change happening in the way people shop, driven by smart phones and social media," Anand Rajaraman, senior vice president of global e-commerce operations, told Reuters on the sidelines of a conference.<br />
<br />
"This new way of shopping will blur the lines between e-commerce and offline retail shopping."<br />
<br />
India allows 51 percent foreign direct investment in single-brand retail but global retailers such as Wal-Mart and Tesco have long sought greater access to a fast-growing retail sector dominated by mom-and-pop operators.<br />
<br />
WalmartLabs, which is looking to hire about 100 people for the new office, is a product of the Arkansas-based company's acquisition of Kosmix, a California-based data mining firm, which was co-founded by Rajaraman.<br />
<br />
The new venture will develop applications to provide customers with the exact location of a certain item in the company's sprawling stores and detailed product comparisons -- a feature typically found only on online shopping web sites.<br />
<br />
WalmartLabs currently has one software development center in San Bruno, California, which employs about 100 people, Rajaraman said.
</p>
<p>Wal-Mart has recently forayed into social media in its attempt to exploit the window into consumer tastes and preferences provided by social media outlets such as Facebook.<br />
<br />
The company joined hands with Facebook in October and launched My Local Walmart, a page that lets the retailer's roughly nine million Facebook fans follow what is happening at stores in their neighborhoods.
</p>
<p style="text-align:center">(The views expressed above are the personal views of the author)
</p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>03/01/2012 13:24:25</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/16416/WalMart+to+open+software+development+center+in+Bangalore</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">16416</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>16417</publicationdataID>
      <title>Electronic nose to sniff out TB in India</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p>AFP via The Australian<br />
<br />
Indian researchers have said they were close to developing an "electronic nose" to sniff out tuberculosis on the breath - offering rapid diagnosis that could save hundreds of thousands of lives.<br />
<br />
The "E-Nose" is a battery-operated, hand-held unit, similar to a police breathalyser used to catch drunk drivers.<br />
<br />
A patient blows into the device and sensors pick up TB biomarkers in the breath droplets, resulting in an almost instantaneous and highly accurate diagnosis.<br />
<br />
The "E-Nose" is a collaboration between the International Centre for Genetic Engineering and Biotechnology in New Delhi and Next Dimension Technologies in California.<br />
<br />
"We hope to have a prototype ready for clinical testing by October 2013," said lead researcher Ranjan Nanda.<br />
<br />
TB kills close to 1.7 million people globally every year, and researchers estimate the "E-Nose" could save 400,000 lives a year in developing countries through early diagnosis, treatment and reduced transmission.<br />
<br />
TB is currently detected through sputum tests that are costly and take several days.<br />
<br />
The project was awarded a $950,000 grant by the Bill and Melinda gates Foundation and Grand Challenges Canada, a non-profit organisation working on health issues in the developing world. "Our research shows it might also be possible to use this technology for
 the early detection of other diseases like lung cancer and pneumonia," Nanda told AFP.
</p>
<p>Each "E-Nose" would cost roughly $20-30 and its size and battery operation would make it accessible to rural communities in countries such as India with poor or non-existent power supplies.<br />
<br />
According to the World Health organisation, India leads the world in TB infections which kill close to 1000 people every day.<br />
<br />
"Our goal is to make the Electronic Nose widely available in poor, remote areas where tuberculosis often breeds and spreads, devastating so many lives," Nanda said.<br />
<br />
Tuberculosis is a contagious bacterial infection that spreads through the air. If left untreated, each person with active TB will on average infect between 10 and 15 people every year, according to the WHO.
</p>
<p style="text-align:center">(The views expressed above are the personal views of the author)
</p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>03/01/2012 14:00:51</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/16417/Electronic+nose+to+sniff+out+TB+in+India</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">16417</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>16418</publicationdataID>
      <title>Kala Azar: Four-year test seeks better ways to treat a persistent disease spread by sand flies</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p>New York Times : Donald G. McNeil Jr.<br />
<br />
A four-year test of drugs to treat a widespread parasitic disease called kala azar was announced on Monday by the governments of India and Bangladesh, Doctors Without Borders, the Drugs for Neglected Diseases Initiative and other groups.<br />
<br />
Kala azar, also known as visceral leishmaniasis, is transmitted by the bite of sand flies smaller than mosquitoes. On the skin, it causes cratered sores; dozens of the first American troops in Iraq in 2003 suffered from it and ruefully nicknamed it the "Baghdad
 boil.”<br />
<br />
If the parasites overwhelm the immune system — a problem more common among the malnourished rural poor, especially in the Middle East and South Asia — they cause persistent fever, weight loss, an enlarged spleen and, if untreated, death.<br />
<br />
Kala azar is a classic "neglected disease”; about 500,000 suffer from it at any time, scientists estimate.Treatment once meant a month of intravenous medicines based on the metal antimony, which could itself cause fatal liver damage and was hard to administer
 in remote hospitals. In the last decade, with funds from the Bill and Melinda Gates Foundation and other sources, scientists have experimented with other drug combinations, including amphotericin B, a fungicide derived from bacteria, and miltefosine, which
 was developed in the 1980s to treat breast cancer.<br />
<br />
The new study will compare different regimens in 10,000 patients to find the most effective and practical treatment, said Dr. Be-Nazir Ahmed, the director of disease control for the health ministry of Bangladesh.
</p>
<p style="text-align:center">(The views expressed above are the personal views of the author)
</p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>03/01/2012 14:04:42</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/16418/Kala+Azar+Fouryear+test+seeks+better+ways+to+treat+a+persistent+disease+spread+by+sand+flies</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">16418</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>16419</publicationdataID>
      <title>Indian teacher mines for talent among destitute</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p>Gulf Times<br />
<br />
An unassuming teacher from the Indian province of Bihar was in Doha for the World Innovation Summit for Education (Wise 2011).<br />
<br />
Overcoming adverse conditions with grit and determination, the 38-year-old Anand Kumar, a teacher of Mathematics has produced amazing results in coaching Indian youth to succeed in entrance exams to the country’s universally acclaimed Indian Institutes of Technology.<br />
<br />
More than 200 students have qualified from the poorest sections. All coached from his ramshackle rooms in the city of Patna.
</p>
<p>At Wise 2011 which concluded yesterday at the Qatar National Convention Center (QNCC), Kumar stood out like a sore thumb in his casual clothes and leather slippers - in sharp contrast to an immaculately-dressed gathering of 1,200 from 120 countries.<br />
<br />
The presentation that Kumar made at a session on "new methods to improve engagement and learning” on the final day of the summit was an inspiring experience for participants, some of who came forward personally to appreciate his work among the downtrodden as
 soon as the audio-visual demonstration of his project Super30 was over.<br />
<br />
In nine years since he started his Super 30 project, 236 of his students, almost all from low income families have made it to the IITs. "Parents of my trainees cannot afford to pay me any fee and I am meeting their expenses through the support that I am getting
 from a few philanthropists and some of my ex-students who are well-placed. I also impart tuitions to some affluent children in my evening sessions to meet my institute’s requirements,” said Kumar, who could not go to Cambridge in 1994 owing to his poor financial
 condition even after securing admission there. </p>
<p>During 2003-09, 182 out of 210 students made it to the IITs and last year all 30 students were successful. Kumar said in the early years he had to sell snacks to finance the class.<br />
<br />
The resounding successes of his students landed him with lucrative offers from leading institutes in India and abroad but Kumar’s sole mission in life is to provide educational access to the underprivileged. "The achievements of my children earned me the wrath
 of some greedy private coaching centres and a gang, fired bullets at my classroom and seriously injured a staffer and a student. After the incident, Bihar Chief Minister Nitish Kumar provided me with round the clock security.”<br />
<br />
The teacher’s achievements have made headlines on the Discovery channel, the New York Times, Time Magazine, The Newsweek and most recently Al Jazeera International Channel. While Time Magazine placed Kumar’s school in the list of "Best Schools in Asia” last
 year, he was selected by Europe’s Focus magazine as one of the global personalities who have the ability to produce exceptionally talented people.<br />
<br />
For success in Mathematics, Kumar said: "Think systematically, analytically, scientifically and more importantly practically.” Honestly speaking, there’s no short cut.</p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>03/01/2012 14:10:01</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/16419/Indian+teacher+mines+for+talent+among+destitute</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">16419</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>16420</publicationdataID>
      <title>Google bets on mobile Internet growth in India</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p>Reuters: Shilpa Jamkhandikar<br />
<br />
Internet giant Google expects India's Internet growth to be driven by mobile users, predicting that they will form the majority of new Internet users in the country as low-priced smartphones become available.<br />
<br />
India now has 100 million Internet users, less than a tenth of the country's population of 1.2 billion, but still the third largest user base behind China and the United States. The number is expected to grow to 300 million in the next three years.<br />
<br />
"The next 200 million new users will largely be mobile-first users and out of those, 100 million will be mobile-only users," Rajan Anandan, who heads Google's operations in India, told Reuters in an interview.<br />
<br />
That mobile Internet boom will be driven by increased usage of smartphones. Now, only 10 million of India's 870 million mobile customers use a smartphone, a figure Google, maker of the Android mobile operating system, hopes grows significantly.
</p>
<p>"We'd like to see India become a 100-150 million smartphone market, and to do that, we've got to have $100 smartphones," Anandan said.<br />
<br />
Smartphones accounted for a little over 5 percent of Indian mobile handset sales for the three months ended June, according to latest data available from International Data Corporation, but the segment grew 68 percent from a year earlier.<br />
<br />
Android smartphone prices have fallen sharply in the past one year with local Indian handset makers launching cheaper phones. The cheapest Android phone costs 4,280 rupees ($87) at online retailer Flipkart, while LG Electronics and Samsung have Android models
 that cost less than 7,000 rupees ($142).<br />
<br />
Apple's iPhone 3GS costs 20,900 rupees ($424) at top mobile phone carrier Bharti Airtel.
</p>
<p>High-speed third-generation mobile services, meanwhile, have been slow to take off in India since there were rolled out earlier this year, with an estimated 10 to 15 million users.<br />
<br />
Anandan, who worked with Microsoft and Dell before taking over Google's India operations, said pricing for 3G bandwidth should be lower in order for it to take off.<br />
<br />
Earlier on Wednesday, Google launched an initiative to offer free websites to small and medium-sized businesses in India, something it has done in 18 other countries. Its aim is to bring half a million such businesses online in the next three years.<br />
<br />
The country is home to an estimated 8 million small and medium businesses, of which about 400,000 have a website and 100,000 have active online presence, Google said in a presentation.
</p>
<p style="text-align:center">(The views expressed above are the personal views of the author)
</p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>03/01/2012 14:13:48</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/16420/Google+bets+on+mobile+Internet+growth+in+India</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">16420</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>16421</publicationdataID>
      <title>F1 organizers aim to popularize racing in India</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p>Washington Examiner: C. Rajshekhar Rao<br />
<br />
Organizers of India's first Formula One Grand Prix plan to capitalize on the success of the race by holding local championships to popularize motor racing in the country.<br />
<br />
The track at Buddh International Circuit was praised by officials and drivers after Red Bull's Sebastian Vettel won Sunday's race in front of a huge crowd of more than 90,000.<br />
<br />
"We will start organizing races by February next year in an effort to keep the momentum. We will finalize a calendar by the end of November," Jaypee Group chief executive Sameer Gaur told The Associated Press on Monday. "The FIA has been pleasantly surprised,
 they are very happy. If you see the garage, the pit lanes, the technical aspects, this circuit is really good.
</p>
<p>"After we sort out some technical issues, we will work further on landscaping. We are in touch with FIA officials and are already getting feedback on what can be done to improve the facility."<br />
<br />
The Jaypee Group, which has primary business interests in real estate, spent more than $200 million in building the track complex and almost as much in other expenses after being granted the rights to the event for 10 years.<br />
<br />
The group is also building a sports city around the Formula One track that will include an international-standard cricket stadium.<br />
<br />
"Yes, the cricket stadium is next. But right now we plan to work further on the racing track," Gaur said.
</p>
<p>Formula One Chief Executive Bernie Ecclestone has also praised the track, which is located about 25 miles from New Delhi in the satellite town of Greater Noida. "India should be very proud that a private enterprise has achieved this," Ecclestone was quoted
 as saying in Monday's The Times of India. <br />
<br />
"Everything is super, it just needs a bit of polish. It needs to be tidied up, which does not take time."<br />
<br />
Ecclestone said the race had been a success.<br />
<br />
"I'd said before the weekend that we needed three things to make this race a success: good crowd, media support and a track that the drivers will enjoy. I think India has delivered on all counts," he said.<br />
<br />
Indian cricket star Sachin Tendulkar, an avid racing fan who waved the checkered flag in the race, also praised the organizers.<br />
<br />
"Wonderfully organized F1 event by Jaypee. A world class track with excellent facilities for spectators. Truly, a memorable day for all of us," he tweeted.
</p>
<p style="text-align:center">(The views expressed above are the personal views of the author)
</p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>03/01/2012 14:17:18</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/16421/F1+organizers+aim+to+popularize+racing+in+India</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">16421</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>16422</publicationdataID>
      <title>India plans 'safer' nuclear plant powered by thorium</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p>Guardian: Maseeh Rahman<br />
<br />
India has announced plans for a prototype nuclear power plant that uses an innovative "safer" fuel.<br />
<br />
Officials are currently selecting a site for the reactor, which would be the first of its kind, using thorium for the bulk of its fuel instead of uranium – the fuel for conventional reactors. They plan to have the plant up and running by the end of the decade.<br />
<br />
The development of workable and large-scale thorium reactors has for decades been a dream for nuclear engineers, while for environmentalists it has become a major hope as an alternative to fossil fuels. Proponents say the fuel has considerable advantages over
 uranium. Thorium is more abundant and exploiting it does not involve release of large quantities of carbon dioxide, making it less dangerous for the climate than fossil fuels like coal and oil.
</p>
<p>In a rare interview, Ratan Kumar Sinha, the director of the Bhabha Atomic Research Centre (BARC) in Mumbai, told the Guardian that his team is finalising the site for construction of the new large-scale experimental reactor, while at the same time conducting
 "confirmatory tests" on the design.<br />
<br />
"The basic physics and engineering of the thorium-fuelled Advanced Heavy Water Reactor (AHWR) are in place, and the design is ready," said Sinha.<br />
<br />
Once the six-month search for a site is completed – probably next to an existing nuclear power plant – it will take another 18 months to obtain regulatory and environmental impact clearances before building work on the site can begin.
</p>
<p>"Construction of the AHWR will begin after that, and it would take another six years for the reactor to become operational," Sinha added, meaning that if all goes to plan, the reactor could be operational by the end of the decade. The reactor is designed
 to generate 300MW of electricity – about a quarter of the output of a typical new nuclear plant in the west.<br />
<br />
Sinha added that India was in talks with other countries over the export of conventional nuclear plants. He said India was looking for buyers for its 220MW and 540MW Pressurised Heavy Water Reactors (PHWRs). Kazakhastan and the Gulf states are known to have
 expressed an interest, while one source said that negotiations are most advanced with Vietnam, although Sinha refused to confirm this.
</p>
<p>"Many countries with small power grids of up to 5,000 MW are looking for 300MW reactors," he said. "Our reactors are smaller, cheaper, and very price competitive."<br />
<br />
Producing a workable thorium reactor would be a massive breakthrough in energy generation. Using thorium – a naturally occurring moderately radioactive element named after the Norse god of thunder – as a source of atomic power is not new technology. Promising
 early research was carried out in the US in the 1950s and 60s and then abandoned in favour of using uranium.<br />
<br />
The pro-thorium lobby maintains this was at least partly because national nuclear power programmes in the US and elsewhere were developed with a military purpose in mind: namely access to a source of plutonium for nuclear weapons. Unlike uranium, thorium-fuelled
 reactors do not result in a proliferation of weapons-grade plutonium. Also, under certain circumstances, the waste from thorium reactors is less dangerous and remains radioactive for hundreds rather than thousands of years.
</p>
<p>That is a considerable plus for governments now worried about how to deal with nuclear waste and concerned about the possibility of rogue governments or terrorists getting their hands on plutonium. Also, with the world's supply of uranium rapidly depleting,
 attention has refocused on thorium, which is three to four times more abundant and 200 times more energy dense..<br />
<br />
"Given India's abundant supply of thorium it makes sense for her to develop thorium reactors," said Labour peer Baroness Worthington who is patron of the Weinberg Foundation, which promotes thorium-fuelled nuclear power.<br />
<br />
She added: "However, many of the advantages of thorium fuel are best realised with totally new reactor designs such as the molten salt reactor developed Alvin Weinberg in the 60s. I hope India will also commit to exploring this option."
</p>
<p>India has the world's largest thorium deposits and with a world hungry for low-carbon energy, it has its eyes on a potentially lucrative export market for the technology. For more than three decades, India's nuclear research programme had been subject to
 international sanctions since its controversial 1974 nuclear tests. But after losing its pariah status three years ago as a result of the Indo-US nuclear deal, India is keen to export indigenous nuclear technology developed in research centres such as the
 BARC.<br />
<br />
There are still restrictions though. One problem is the "trigger fuel" the reactor needs to initiate operation. In the original design, this is a small quantity of plutonium. Instead the new reactor's trigger will be low-enriched uranium (LEU) – which India
 is permitted to import under the 2008 Indo-US deal.<br />
<br />
"The AHWR will eventually have design flexibility, using as fuel either plutonium-thorium or LEU-thorium combinations," said Sinha.
<br />
<br />
"The LEU-thorium version will make the AHWR very much marketable abroad, as it would generate very little plutonium ... making it suitable for countries with high proliferation resistance."<br />
<br />
The LEU-thorium design is currently at pilot stage. For the first time last year, the BARC tested the thorium-plutonium combination at its critical facility in Mumbai, but is still some way from doing the same for the thorium-LEU combination.
</p>
<p style="text-align:center">(The views expressed above are the personal views of the author)
</p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>03/01/2012 14:21:42</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/16422/India+plans+safer+nuclear+plant+powered+by+thorium</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">16422</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>16423</publicationdataID>
      <title>'Puss in Boots' showcases work by India animators for DreamWorks</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p>'Puss in Boots' marks the first time DreamWorks has relied on Indian animators to help produce a full-length feature film. The Bangalore, India, animation studio has become an increasingly important piece of DreamWorks' production pipeline.<br />
<br />
Los Angeles Times : Richard Verrier<br />
<br />
When the cat bandit "Puss in Boots" strides onto the big screen this weekend, Vanitha Rangaraju and her colleagues in Bangalore, India, will take special pride in the feline's starring role on the global stage.
</p>
<p>A spinoff of the hit "Shrek" movies, "Puss in Boots" represents a milestone for DreamWorks Animation and for the fledgling animation industry in the world's second most populous nation.<br />
<br />
The film, starring Antonio Banderas and Salma Hayek, marks the first time that the Glendale studio has relied on a crew of Indian animators to help produce a full-length feature film. Until now, DreamWorks Animation had used the studio it operates in Bangalore
 to produce mainly TV specials and DVD bonus material. But after investing more than $10 million over the last three years, DreamWorks has turned the Bangalore studio into an increasingly important piece of its production pipeline.
</p>
<p>The investment underscores how Hollywood is increasingly farming out animation and visual effects work to India, both to capitalize on the country's low labor costs and to tap into a large pool of English-speaking workers with sought-after computer skills.
 The pace of production also is accelerated because of the 24-hour cycle that can be maintained by pairing the Bangalore workers with their counterparts in Hollywood.<br />
<br />
"We're very excited because we've been working toward this for three years,'' said Rangaraju, head of lighting for the India animation unit. "This is the first time this has happened in India, and it's going to encourage a lot of people to move into the industry."
</p>
<p>DreamWorks is among several studios tapping into the labor pool in India. Sony Pictures Entertainment and Rhythm &amp; Hues, the Los Angeles animation and visual effects house, each have facilities in India that have done work on such feature films as "Yogi
 Bear" and "Alvin and the Chipmunks." Walt Disney Studios partnered with Mumbai-based Prana Studios to produce its 2008 computer-animated movie "Tinker Bell." Additionally, several large Indian companies, such as Reliance Group, Tata Elxsi and Prime Focus,
 have established beachheads in Hollywood to do visual effects and 3-D conversion work on films such as "Spider-Man 3" and "Clash of the Titans."<br />
<br />
Traditionally, much of the film and TV work Hollywood has outsourced to India has involved low-skill, labor-intensive tasks such as wire removal — the tedious process of digitally erasing wires used to suspend stunt people and stars in action movies. The animation
 work has been confined mostly to TV series or made-for-DVD movies. But that's beginning to change, as evidenced by "Puss in Boots."
</p>
<p>A team of about 100 animators in Bangalore spent six months animating three major scenes in the feature film — including one complex sequence in which Puss, Humpty Dumpty (Zach Galifianakis) and Kitty Softpaws (Hayek) enter a giant's castle surrounded by
 a lush jungle in the clouds. "Except for the story boarding, we did everything from start to finish," said Philippe Gluckman, creative director for the DreamWorks India unit, housed on the eleventh floor of a building in a high-tech park in a suburb of Bangalore.
 "I would hope nobody would be able to tell which sequences came from India."<br />
<br />
DreamWorks launched the India studio in early 2008 as part of a partnership with Technicolor, which acquired the Indian animation company Paprika Animation Studios. Technicolor owns the facility but has tapped DreamWorks to hire and train 220 illustrators who
 work there. DreamWorks sent staff members to India to train the crews and hold master classes on topics such as how to properly shape mouths.
</p>
<p>Before embarking on a full-length feature film, the DreamWorks India unit started with smaller projects, such as holiday TV specials including "Merry Madagascar" and "Scared Shrekless" (a separate unit with the Technicolor studio animated the successful
 Nickelodeon TV series "The Penguins of Madagascar"). Currently, the group is working on its next film projects, including "Madagascar 3," due out next summer, and is expected to have a role in the upcoming Bollywood-style musical "Monkeys of Mumbai."<br />
<br />
"It has been a very steep learning curve for all of them," Gluckman said.<br />
<br />
"Puss in Boots" Director Chris Miller said he was impressed with the quality of the work from India. "The work that came out of it was terrific and stands up to anything that was done here," said Miller, who also directed "Shrek the Third."<br />
<br />
The ability to farm out even a small portion of the work to India has obvious financial advantages to DreamWorks, given the substantially lower labor costs — about 40% less than in the U.S. — and the increasingly competitive market in the U.S. The typical DreamWorks
 film costs about $130 million to produce. </p>
<p>But Joe Aguilar, head of the Indian operation for DreamWorks and producer on "Puss in Boots," said the primary rationale for expanding into India was about tapping a scarce resource: people. The studio didn't have enough people to meet its production needs
 at its two principal centers: in Glendale and at the PDI/DreamWorks facility in Redwood City. That became apparent when the studio began producing as many as three films in a year, he said.<br />
<br />
"For us to continue to expand our capacity, we needed to have this facility," Aguilar said. "There is a tremendous amount of talent there."<br />
<br />
Aguilar acknowledged some initial concerns within DreamWorks when the studio, which employs 1,561 people in Glendale and 557 in Redwood City, opened its facility in India.<br />
<br />
"There has been fear in our studio," he said. "But, if anything, we've just built more space in Glendale to increase our capacity there, and we're moving into a bigger office in Redwood City. We're not reducing jobs in the U.S."
</p>
<p style="text-align:center">(The views expressed above are the personal views of the author)
</p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>03/01/2012 14:25:51</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/16423/Puss+in+Boots+showcases+work+by+India+animators+for+DreamWorks</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">16423</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>16424</publicationdataID>
      <title>Diwali in the Big Apple</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p>New York Times: Shivani Vora<br />
<br />
If there was any doubt that Diwali had become a well-entrenched event on New York City’s multicultural calendar, it was erased some time ago.<br />
<br />
For the sixth year in a row, city officials marked the day by suspending alternate side parking, perhaps the ultimate acknowledgement that your ethnic holiday has arrived. Around town recently, there were daylong street fairs, special menus at Indian restaurants
 and events for children. </p>
<p>By far this season’s largest was the Association of Indians in America 24th annual Diwali celebration at South Street Seaport on October 2. More than 200,000 people attended the event, which started at noon and had confetti of entertainment: two stages showcased
 performances, including Indian cultural and folk dances, and Bollywood dancing. Water Street was lined with 20 food vendors selling small plates of delicious Indian favorites like samosas and chole bature (curried chickpeas with fried puffy bread). The evening
 culminated with a 20-minute fireworks show. Local politicians stopped by to pay homage to the city’s Desi denizens.
</p>
<p>The Asia Society had a Diwali Family Day on October 22. The three-hour event, in its ninth year, had more than 200 participants. Children made diyas (oil lamps lit on the holiday) and rangoli (folk art) and watched kathak dance performances.<br />
<br />
Junoon, the recently Michelin-starred upscale Indian eatery in the Flatiron neighborhood, is offering a four-course menu through this coming Sunday. Special dishes include butter garlic langoustine, paneer in a garlic-breadcrumb crust with chili jam, lamb shanks
 in a dried red chili sauce and coconut rice pudding with red wine roasted figs. Owner Rajesh Bhardwaj and his team decorated the restaurant with more than 200 diyas and candles, some four feet high.<br />
<br />
I normally celebrate Diwali by going to my parents’ house in Ridgewood, New Jersey, and doing a puja, which includes my husband, 3-year old daughter and younger sister. Then, my dad’s parents, whom I call dadaje (grandfather) and dadema (grandmother), as well
 as aunts, uncles and cousins, come over for a home-cooked Indian vegetarian dinner which ends with everyone eating far too much of my dadema’s almond burfi, a rich sweet confection she makes only for this occasion.<br />
<br />
This year, however,we’re breaking from tradition by celebrating at my apartment in New York City.<br />
<br />
Making Indian food isn’t my strong suit so I’m having a Punjabi cook from Queens prepare a meal of sarso ka saag (mustard greens), daal (lentils), paneer stir-fry, mixed vegetable curry and raita (yogurt). For dessert, even though we’ll have assorted cookies
 from Payard, a popular French bakery, there is no letting go of my dadema’s burfi.<br />
<br />
And, to teach my daughter’s classmates about this festival of lights, another Indian mom and I will spend an hour with the preschoolers Wednesday. We will have the children paint diyas, give them shakarpara (deep fried flour pieces coated in sugar) to eat and
 read "Lighting a Lamp,” which tells the story of the holiday. </p>
<p style="text-align:center">(The views expressed above are the personal views of the author)
</p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>03/01/2012 14:31:08</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/16424/Diwali+in+the+Big+Apple</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">16424</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>16425</publicationdataID>
      <title>Real-life 'Slumdog Millionaire' a sensation in India</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p>CNN<br />
<br />
India is cheering its own real-life 'Slumdog Millionaire': a low-wage worker from an extremely poor neighborhood who took the $1 million prize on India's version of "Who Wants to Be A Millionaire?"<br />
<br />
Like the protagonist in the 2008 Oscar-winning film, Sushil Kumar was reportedly dazzled and shocked after winning the top prize. "I never thought in my wildest dreams I could do this," he said, according to India Today. Kumar said he plans to buy a house with
 the money.<br />
<br />
Shot in Mumbai, the episode's suspense builds as Kumar answers most of the questions and then saves his lifelines at the end. When he answers the final question correctly, the audience bursts into celebration.<br />
<br />
"The pulsating excitement on the set and among the crew was unimaginable. It was as if they had won the biggest prize ever in the history of Indian television," host Amitabh Bachchan said, according to The Express Tribune.<br />
<br />
The show was taped Tuesday and will air next week, The Washington Post reports.<br />
<br />
Kumar's wife, Seema, was in the audience, reports said. The couple, who were recently married, started crying when Bachchan handed Kumar the big check.<br />
<br />
"What a sensational day in the studios of 'KBC'! A young man from the interiors of Bihar, earning a meagre salary of just INR6,500 ($ 130) per month, coming from the most humblest of backgrounds, reaches the hot seat and cracks the ultimate prize — INR50 million!
 An incredible feat," Bachchan later posted on his blog bigb.bigadda.com.<br />
<br />
Bachchan, known as Big B, hailed the win as a victory for "the common man," showing that he has "the strength, the ability and the acumen to prove to the world that he is the best."
</p>
<p style="text-align:center">(The views expressed above are the personal views of the author)
</p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>03/01/2012 14:35:35</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/16425/Reallife+Slumdog+Millionaire+a+sensation+in+India</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">16425</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>16426</publicationdataID>
      <title>Luxury ATM Dispenses Diamond Jewelry, Gold, Silver and Religious Jewelry</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p>Forbes : Anthony DeMarco<br />
<br />
What’s next, diamond jewelry coming out of ATM machines? Well, yes.<br />
<br />
In a testament to the economic growth of India, its insatiable appetite for consuming products and the creativity, even audacity, of companies willing to find ways to feed that appetite; an Indian company has built the world’s first machine that dispenses out
 gold, silver, diamond jewelry and religious jewelry.<br />
<br />
The Gitanjali Group, the machine’s creator, is calling it an ATM, but I think a vending machine would also be an apt description. These types of machines have been vending gold at certain places around the world for the past few years. But this is the first
 such machine that also dispenses other precious metals and jewelry.<br />
<br />
The first ATM was recently placed at a Mumbai shopping center. As is typical with the company, it was introduced with a ceremony featuring a Bollywood star, in this case, Raima Sen.<br />
<br />
The machine dispenses gold and silver bars, coins, pendants with religious motifs and a range of diamond studded jewelry. The convenience of this machine will especially come in handy for those last-minute gifts, the company said.<br />
<br />
"It has a particular significance in India, where usually such items are purchased as tokens to observe traditions on auspicious days,” Sanjeev Agarwal, CEO, Gitanjali Export Corp. Ltd., said in a statement. "But it also offers choices for occasions like Valentine’s
 Day, or to a husband who forgot an anniversary or his wife’s birthday” The ATM uses a touch screen interface and provides consumers a mix of up to 36 options in different sizes, price points and designs across the precious metals and jewelry categories. This
 may include coins in various grams, pendants with religious motifs, and heart shaped pendants and diamond studded pendants for other gifting. Prices will range from about $20 to $610. Credit and debit cards are accepted.
</p>
<p>The ATM is a part of a larger "Go for Gold” umbrella brand initiative created by Gitanjali to promote the purchase of gold—whether in the form of jewelry or coins/bars—and focus attention on the company’s gold products.<br />
<br />
It is appropriate that it is the Gitanjali Group that is introducing this ATM concept. The Mumbai-based company is the world’s largest integrated branded diamond jewelry manufacturer. It is one of India’s largest manufacturer of diamonds and diamond and gold
 jewelry. It has close to 40 brands in several categories, including lifestyle, watches and 19 jewelry brands. Most of its brands use a Bollywood star for its advertising and marketing. Many of its brands are retailed through company-owned branded stores. The
 company recently acquired several Italian jewelry and watch manufacturers that it has incorporated into its branded marketing concept. It also owns retail chains in the U.S.<br />
<br />
The ATM seems to be just one more creative way for the company to sell its many products.
</p>
<p style="text-align:center">(The views expressed above are the personal views of the author)
</p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>03/01/2012 14:40:00</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/16426/Luxury+ATM+Dispenses+Diamond+Jewelry+Gold+Silver+and+Religious+Jewelry</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">16426</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>16429</publicationdataID>
      <title>In Diwali celebrations, Hindus assimilate in America</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p>Washington Post : Aseem Shukla<br />
<br />
Christmas, Yom Kippur and, increasingly, the Eid celebrations after Ramadan are ingrained in the national consciousness as days of significance. An understanding exists that these days are infused with a significance that transcends orthodoxy and somehow corrals
 even the casual observers. Churches, synagogues and mosques see their flock at their fullest and penance is followed by celebration, piety with parties.<br />
<br />
The Dharma traditions as diverse as they are, find common ground in a celebration that will make stars a bit harder to see as South East Asia whites out the night sky. For tonight, over a billion Hindus, Jains and Sikhs from India to Singapore and Nepal to
 Sri Lanka (and America!) are literally turning on the lights. Cities are bedecked with lights and rows of small earthen lamps are arrayed across homes to celebrate the festival of Diwali. A contraction from the Sanskrit word Deepavali, that literally means
 rows of earthen lamps, the day has varied religious significance for Hindus, Jains and Sikhs. But the metaphysical import is the same across all traditions: let the lighting of the Diwali lamp illuminate and vanquish the dark forces--the vices--that abound
 in the recesses of the intellect. The light symbolizes the victory of knowledge over ignorance, and goodness over evil and awakens an an awareness of God in every life.Diwali is celebrated over two weeks, and is a period of extended holidays in Southeast Asia.
 The merriment is as ubiquitous and palpable as the last two weeks of December here, but too easily becomes a blip in the lives of Hindu Americans. Absent a concerted effort to mark the days by celebrants, Diwali easily slips by in the routine humdrum of daily
 life. </p>
<p>This week, the U.S. Senate, that otherwise seems inordinately occupied by the drama of inaction, came together to pass a resolution recognizing the spiritual and historic significance of Diwali to Dharma adherents by unanimous consent. A similar resolution
 passed both congressional houses in 2007, and the latest version introduced by Sen. Robert Menendez (R-NJ) and co-sponsored by Sen. John Cornyn (R-Tx.) and Sen.Mark Warner (D-Va.).<br />
<br />
As Sen. Cornyn told the Hindu American Foundation (HAF) that worked with the Senate offices to pass the resolution, "The message of tolerance, compassion, and victory of goodness over evil taught by Diwali presents reason for us all to celebrate, regardless
 of our religious or ethnic background, and as Hindus, Sikhs, Jains, and others come together to celebrate the festival of lights, we are reminded that as Americans, we cherish our right to freedom of religion.”<br />
<br />
The White House will host a ceremony marking Diwali this week--Hindus will hold their breath that the President will make an appearance as he did in 2009--and again Diwali will take another step closer to the American lexicon. It is the latter goal that drives
 advocacy groups such as HAF (Disclaimer: I sit on the Board of Directors) to work to pass resolutions and create toolkits for parents to use at their children's school. For when Diwali matures beyond an interesting, exotic blip on the calendar, and into a
 day of palpable import in the lives of more than two million Americans, in the mainstreaming of a festival will lie the narrative of assimilation of Hindus, Jains and Sikhs.
<br />
<br />
This quest for Diwali resonates with the very American ethos of pluralism, and Hindus today will invite all Americans to join in a celebration that epitomizes the ancient Sankrit paean to peace.
</p>
<p style="text-align:center">(The views expressed above are the personal views of the author)
</p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>03/01/2012 14:47:26</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/16429/In+Diwali+celebrations+Hindus+assimilate+in+America</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">16429</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>16430</publicationdataID>
      <title>Afghanistan: Pakistan accused of backing Taliban</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p>BBC: Sam Collyns<br />
<br />
Pakistan has been accused of playing a double game, acting as America's ally in public while secretly training and arming its enemy in Afghanistan according to US intelligence.<br />
<br />
In a prison cell on the outskirts of Kabul, the Afghan Intelligence Service is holding a young man who alleges he was recruited earlier this year by Pakistan's powerful military intelligence agency, the ISI.<br />
<br />
He says he was trained to be a suicide bomber in the Taliban's intensifying military campaign against the Western coalition forces - and preparations for his mission were overseen by an ISI officer in a camp in Pakistan.<br />
<br />
After 15 days training, he was sent into Afghanistan.<br />
<br />
"There were three of us. We were put into a black vehicle with black windows. The police did not stop the car because it was obviously ISI. No-one dares stop their cars. They told me... you will receive your explosive waistcoat, and then go and explode it."<br />
<br />
Taliban bases in Pakistan<br />
<br />
The man recruited to be a suicide bomber changed his mind at the last minute and was later captured by the Afghan intelligence service.<br />
<br />
But his story is consistent with a mass of intelligence which has convinced the Americans that, as they suspected, for the last decade Pakistan has been secretly arming and supporting the Taliban in its attempt to regain control of Afghanistan.<br />
<br />
These suspicions started as early as 2002, when the Taliban began launching attacks across the border from their bases in Pakistan, but they became more widely held after 2006 when the Taliban's assault increased in its ferocity, not least against the ill-prepared
 British forces in Helmand province.</p>
<p>The final turning point in American eyes was the attack on Mumbai when 10 gunmen rampaged through the Indian city, killing 170 people - two weeks after Barack Obama's US presidential election victory in November 2008.<br />
<br />
Despite Pakistan claiming it played no part in the attack, the CIA later received intelligence that it said showed the ISI were directly involved in training the Mumbai gunmen.<br />
<br />
President Obama ordered a review of all intelligence on the region by a veteran CIA officer, Bruce Riedel.<br />
<br />
"Our own intelligence was unequivocal," says Riedel. "In Afghanistan we saw an insurgency that was not only getting passive support from the Pakistani army and the Pakistani intelligence service, the ISI, but getting active support."<br />
<br />
Training and supplies<br />
<br />
Pakistan has repeatedly denied the claims. But the BBC documentary series Secret Pakistan has spoken to a number of middle-ranking - and still active - Taliban commanders who provide detailed evidence of how the Pakistan ISI has rebuilt, trained and supported
 the Taleban throughout its war on the US in Afghanistan.<br />
<br />
"For a fighter there are two important things - supplies and a place to hide," said one Taliban commander, who fights under the name Mullah Qaseem. "Pakistan plays a significant role. First they support us by providing a place to hide which is really important.
 Secondly, they provide us with weapons."<br />
<br />
Another commander, Najib, says: "Because Obama put more troops into Afghanistan and increased operations here, so Pakistan's support for us increased as well."<br />
<br />
He says his militia received a supply truck with "500 landmines with remote controls, 20 rocket-propelled grenade launchers with 2000 to 3000 grenades... AK-47s, machine-guns and rockets".<br />
<br />
Pakistani military<br />
<br />
Evidence of Pakistan's support for the Taliban is also plain to see at the border where insurgents are allowed to cross at will, or even helped to evade US patrols.</p>
<p>And the recent drone attacks in Pakistan have become increasingly effective as intelligence has been withheld from the Pakistanis, claims Mr Riedel.<br />
<br />
"At the beginning of the drone operations, we gave Pakistan an advance tip-off of where we were going, and every single time the target wasn't there anymore.
<br />
<br />
You didn't have to be Sherlock Holmes to put the dots together."<br />
<br />
Osama Bin Laden's capture and killing followed this same model - the Americans acting on their own, to the humiliation of Pakistan. Trust between the two supposed allies has never been lower.<br />
<br />
Bin Laden was the reason America had attacked Afghanistan and overthrown the Taliban who had always refused to hand him over. His death has removed a major obstacle to peace.<br />
<br />
Peace talks<br />
<br />
But those who claim that Pakistan's hidden hand has shaped the conflict fear the same is now true of the negotiations for peace. Last year, in the Pakistani city of Karachi, Mullah Baradar, the Taliban's second-in-command, was captured by the ISI. Secretly,
 Baradar had made contact with the Afghan government to discuss a deal that would end the war. He had done so without the ISI's permission and he was detained "to bring him back under control" according to one British diplomat.<br />
<br />
More recently, Hawa Nooristani, a member of Afghanistan's High Peace Council, says she was called to a secret meeting.<br />
<br />
Waiting for her was a commander from the most lethal faction of the Taliban, the Haqqani network, which first brought suicide bombing to Afghanistan. To her astonishment he said he wanted peace talks.</p>
<p>"He said it was vital Pakistan intelligence knew nothing of the meeting. He said not to disclose it because Pakistan does not want peace with Afghanistan and even now they are training new Taleban units.<br />
<br />
"He was also scared that the Pakistanis will arrest him because he lives in Pakistan and he said it would be easy for them to arrest him."<br />
<br />
The Afghan government began peace talks with the Taliban but these were abandoned after its chief negotiator, former President Rabbani, was killed by a suicide bomber purporting to be a Taliban envoy.<br />
<br />
Any future peace will have to be concluded with Pakistan President Karzai has since declared<br />
<br />
To American policy advisers like Bruce Riedel, the message is clear:<br />
<br />
"The ISI may not be able to deliver the Taliban to the negotiating table, but they can certainly spoil any negotiations process. So far, there's very little sign, that I've seen, that Pakistan is interested in a political deal."<br />
<br />
While denying links to the Taliban, Pakistan insists that it is doing no more than what any country would do in similar circumstances.<br />
<br />
"We cannot disregard our long term interest because this is our own area," said General Athar Abbas, chief spokesman for Pakistan's military.<br />
<br />
US Secretary of State Hillary Clinton said during a recent visit to Pakistan: "The Pakistanis have a role to play, they can either be helpful, indifferent or harmful."</p>
<p>But there are those like Mr Riedel who fear that the forces unleashed in 10 years of war may yet come to haunt the whole world:<br />
<br />
"There is probably no worse nightmare, for America, for Europe, for the world, in the 21st Century than if Pakistan gets out of control under the influence of extremist Islamic forces, armed with nuclear weapons...The stakes here are huge."<br />
<br />
What happens in Pakistan may yet be the most enduring legacy of 9/11 and the hunt for Bin Laden.</p>
<p style="text-align:center">(The views expressed above are the personal views of the author)
</p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>03/01/2012 14:53:06</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/16430/Afghanistan+Pakistan+accused+of+backing+Taliban</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">16430</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>16432</publicationdataID>
      <title>India: The next 'Fast Food Nation'?</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p>CNN: Jason Overdorf<br />
<br />
At the DLF Place mall in the upscale South Delhi neighborhood of Saket, shoppers and employees sit more or less side-by-side in a new "desi” food court, digging into traditional Indian dishes ranging from biryani to dosas to seekh kebabs.<br />
<br />
There's something for everybody — at many tables three generations are sitting down together. But that's not the reason these traditional upstarts have succeeded in storming what was once the bastion of western brands like McDonald's and Pizza Hut.<br />
<br />
Some of the city's most famous restaurants are represented here — some of them a century old — transformed by smart uniforms, cheery signage and shining show kitchens to look every bit as clean, efficient and modern as their multinational competitors. Welcome
 to the future of Indian fast food.<br />
<br />
"[Quick Service Restaurants or] QSRs are quite successful in India,” said Arun Chanda, founder of New Delhi-based Mint Hospitality Consultancy. "Over the last five years, a lot of Indian companies have started getting into the franchising model and expanding
 into different cities.”<br />
<br />
Credit marketers at DLF for inducing popular brands like Karim's, Nizam's, Moti Mahal, Nathu's Sweets, Rajdhani and Sagar Ratna — which had already launched multiple sit-down restaurants around New Delhi — to experiment with nascent fast-food franchises.<br />
<br />
But the revolution is already underway across the country, as global chains seek to woo a broader cross-section of customers by incorporating traditional spices and ingredients into their menus. And local upstarts have begun to attract deep-pocketed financiers
 in the bid to build nationwide fast-food chains of their own. </p>
<p>"Even people who are into the five-star hotel business are thinking of getting into the QSR concept,” said Chanda.<br />
<br />
According to Euromonitor and market-research firm RNCOS, India's $13 billion fast-food market is already growing 25-30 percent a year, and global players like Domino's, McDonald's and Yum Brands (KFC and Pizza Hut) are pushing into second- and third-tier cities.<br />
<br />
Hardcastle Restaurants, development licensee for McDonald's in India, is planning a massive expansion, doubling its India stores over the next three years with an investment of $100 million. Meanwhile, Yum Brands plans to open 1,000 outlets — half of them KFC
 restaurants — on its way to $1 billion in revenue from India over the next four years.<br />
<br />
Other multinationals like Burger King, Cinnabon, Dunkin Donuts, and Starbucks are not far behind — with stores already on the ground or aggressive launch plans underway.<br />
<br />
With 60 percent of the Indian population currently under 30, it's no mystery why.<br />
<br />
Call it irrational exuberance if you want, but this summer Indian investors judged Jubilant Foodworks — which owns the franchise rights to Domino's and Dunkin Donuts in India and sold about $150 million worth of pizzas last year — to be nearly as valuable as
 the U.S.-based parent company.<br />
<br />
"We've now been in India for over 15 years, and we've actually seen the change right before our eyes,” said Amit Jatia, vice chairman of McDonald’s India. "The market is changing very significantly. People are eating out far more often than before, and I think
 the availability of international QSR brands has brought about that change.” </p>
<p>But as the success of DLF's "desi food court” suggest, the future of fast food in India isn't about pizza and burgers.<br />
<br />
In deference to Indian religious sentiments, McDonald's doesn't even offer its signature Big Mac here, or any other beef or pork products. Instead, it offers the Chicken Maharaja Mac and items like the McAloo Tikki burger (a mashup of potatoes and peas, deep-fried
 and served in a bun), the McVeggie and the Paneer Salsa Wrap — along with the Filet-O-Fish, McChicken sandwich and Chicken McNuggets.<br />
<br />
Similarly, Domino's and Pizza Hut don't offer any beef toppings, and offer a wide range of pizzas that incorporate traditional Indian ingredients and spices, such as the Domino's Keema Do Pyazza pizza, with onions, spicy minced goat meat and jalapenos, or Pizza
 Hut's Kadai Paneer pizza, with onions, green pepper, paprika, coriander and tofu-like unaged farmer's cheese. Food industry experts say these flavors are here to sta y.<br />
<br />
"We believe that we must respect the local culture. Therefore, around the globe we do products that are relevant for the local consumer,” said Jatia. "But we want uniquely McDonald's products. For example, we don't anticipate making a McDosa, but we have a
 Spicy Paneer burger. That has resonated very well with the Indian consumer. I feel that for global brands, a blend of local and international is the way forward.”<br />
<br />
At the same time, Indian entrepreneurs are cracking the fast-food franchise model.
</p>
<p>"We wanted to get the fundamentals right before we started expanding,” said Kiran Nadkari the CEO of Kaati Zone, a Bangalore-based chain. "Once you've got the back-end in place, you can expand rapidly. But during those early stages there's not much investment
 capital. So, for example, I bootstrapped for three years, from 2004 to 2007.”<br />
<br />
Now, though, homegrown fast-food companies are expanding rapidly, and some are beginning to attract funding from venture-capital and private-equity firms.<br />
<br />
For instance, Kaati Zone — which sells Kolkata-style kathi rolls (spiced goat, chicken or vegetarian fillings wrapped in fried flatbread) — plans to add 80-plus new outlets to its 17 existing stores by 2013, with venture capital financing from Accel India,
 Draper Investment Company and Erasmic Ventures.<br />
<br />
Mumbai-based Jumbo King — a 43-store franchise business that offers Maharashtra's famous vada pav (spicy, deepfried mashed potato on a bun) — plans to open 250 outlets this year. And Sagar Ratna — a 25-year-old South Indian food chain which bridges sit-down
 restaurants and fast-food outlets — recently sold a controlling stake in the company to New York-based India Equity Partners for $36 million. It plans to add 200 outlets to its 70 existing restaurants over the next three or four years.<br />
<br />
"Even Jubilant took 15 years between when they started and their IPO,” said Nadkari. "Now, the valuation of Jubilant [which this summer nearly matched that of NYSE-listed Domino's Pizza Inc.] is showing investors that anything that's touching Indian consumers
 is hot, and they can get extraordinary returns from this.” </p>
<p>That makes India a burgeoning fast-food paradise — where you can get a six-course Rajasthani "thali,” or set meal, in 5 minutes flat, and then dash up the stairs or across the street to top it off with a McFlurry.<br />
<br />
But it also means that someday soon, if all goes well, you just might be seeing some of these brands — or at least these flavors — at a shopping mall or street corner near you.
<br />
<br />
"We already export some of our products to the Middle East,” said Jatia. "We've done a lot of innovation work in vegetarian products, and there's a lot of interest across the McDonald's countries.”
</p>
<p style="text-align:center">(The views expressed above are the personal views of the author)
</p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>03/01/2012 14:57:01</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/16432/India+The+next+Fast+Food+Nation</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">16432</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>16433</publicationdataID>
      <title>Now Indian Actors to Boost Australia’s Tourism Efforts</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p>The Wall Street Journal : David Winning<br />
<br />
Indian TV actors Saakshi Tanwar and Ram Kapoor may not be as well-known as Oprah Winfrey, but the pair are set to follow in the footsteps of the U.S. chat show queen in upping the profile of Australia as a tourist destination.<br />
<br />
The stars of ‘Bade Acche Lagte Hain,’ produced by Balaji Telefilms for Sony TV, will jet to Australia for filming of the latest series of the top-rated drama, which is watched by 42 million viewers on the subcontinent. The plot involves the couple taking their
 honeymoon in Sydney, a decision that Australian officials hope will trigger a wave of other love-struck Indians travelling Down Under.<br />
<br />
"This provides us with an opportunity to showcase the best of Sydney and surrounds as a honeymoon destination,” says George Souris, New South Wales state’s minister for tourism and major events.<br />
<br />
Sydney’s attractions include the iconic Harbour Bridge, Opera House, Bondi Beach and nearby wilderness spots like the Blue Mountains National Park.
</p>
<p>In the year ending June 30, India ranked as New South Wales’s 11th biggest market in terms of visitor numbers and was worth 826 million Australian dollars ($885 million) in total expenditure to Australia.<br />
<br />
But this has the potential to take off rapidly through better marketing, officials say. Tourism Australia estimates that Indian visitors have the potential to spend up to $2.25 billion Australian dollars by 2020.<br />
<br />
The state’s profile will also rise when the Indian cricket team tours Australia from mid-December to early March, while New South Wales tourist officials have signed an initial agreement with Singapore Airlines to work together on marketing campaigns in the
 Indian market.<br />
<br />
This may also help improve Australia’s image in India after a spate of attacks on Indian students in 2009, an incident of "curry bashing” earlier this year in which the Australian authorities charged a 15-year-old boy with murder and the controversy over a
 swimsuit designed by an Australian designer which featured a Hindu goddess.<br />
<br />
Australian tourism officials have been stepping up promotional activities to counter the negative impact of the rapid appreciation of the Australian dollar, which has made the country more expensive for many overseas visitors, including those from the U.S.
 and U.K.<br />
<br />
Earlier this year, Oprah Winfrey hosted a series of Australia-themed shows in the shadow of the Sydney Opera House, and visited tourist hotspots like Hamilton Island in the picturesque Whitsundays region of Queensland state with the backing of Tourism Australia.</p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>03/01/2012 15:02:58</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/16433/Now+Indian+Actors+to+Boost+Australias+Tourism+Efforts</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">16433</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>16434</publicationdataID>
      <title>Officials say India closest ever to wiping out polio with only 1 case reported this year</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p>Washington Post<br />
<br />
India has not had a case of polio in nine months, raising hopes the country is on the verge of defeating the disease, health officials said Monday.<br />
<br />
Ridding itself of polio would be a major symbolic milestone for a nation desperate to move past its image as a Third World country and take its place as a major global player.<br />
India remains one of only four countries in the world where polio is still endemic, and the nine months that it has been without a case is the longest since eradication efforts were launched nearly two decades ago.<br />
<br />
"We are close to our goal, but are not taking any chances,” said Health Minister Ghulam Nabi Azad.<br />
<br />
Polio usually infects children under age 5 through contaminated drinking water. The virus attacks the central nervous system, causing paralysis, muscular atrophy, deformation and, in some cases, death.<br />
<br />
While polio has been eradicated in Europe, the Americas, much of Asia and Australia, it remains endemic in India, Pakistan, Afghanistan and Nigeria. The last new case in India was reported in January in West Bengal state and none has been reported in the traditional
 polio areas of Bihar and Uttar Pradesh states in more than a year, Azad said. </p>
<p>A country is declared polio free when no cases of the disease are reported for three years, according to the World Health Organization.<br />
<br />
"This year is extremely crucial for India to capitalize on the remarkable progress made so far and stop polio virus transmission forever,” said Nata Menabde, WHO representative in India.<br />
<br />
"The present situation is indeed very promising but also extremely challenging,” Menabde said in remarks Monday marking World Polio Day.<br />
<br />
India’s success has followed "persistent efforts over the last few years in the highest-risk areas and in reaching the most vulnerable populations, such as newborns, migrants and mobile populations,” Azad said.<br />
<br />
The government is aware, however, that a slip could lead to a resurgence of the disease.<br />
<br />
Azad said an immunization campaign continues in all high-risk areas and any new case would be declared a public health emergency.<br />
<br />
Health officials also remain concerned about the possibility of the virus entering the country from neighboring Pakistan, where a spate of cases have been reported.<br />
<br />
Indian health authorities have set up polio immunization booths at the two border crossings with Pakistan and all children who enter by road and train are being given vaccines.<br />
<br />
Both Afghanistan and Pakistan continue to have polio outbreaks, said Rod Curtis of UNICEF’s India office.<br />
<br />
Authorities have also stepped up preventive measures along India’s border with Nepal, with vaccines distributed at 81 points along the 1,120-mile (1,800-kilometer) frontier.<br />
<br />
A large chunk of the border is shared with the northern Indian states of Uttar Pradesh and Bihar.
</p>
<p>Uttar Pradesh has not reported a case since April 2010, while Bihar has not reported any since September 2010.<br />
<br />
"There is no room for complacency — India must continue to immunize its children against polio, until polio follows smallpox as only the second disease to be wiped off the face of the planet,” Curtis said.
</p>
<p style="text-align:center">(The views expressed above are the personal views of the author)
</p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>03/01/2012 15:24:01</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/16434/Officials+say+India+closest+ever+to+wiping+out+polio+with+only+1+case+reported+this+year</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">16434</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>16435</publicationdataID>
      <title>The secret of the world's oldest marathon runner</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p>Fauja Singh, 100, who completed the Toronto race, says it's all down to avoiding stress<br />
<br />
The Guardian : Nosheen Iqbal<br />
<br />
'Anything worth doing is going to be difficult," says Fauja Singh, the 100-year-old runner who this week became the world's oldest person to complete a full-length marathon, crossing the line at the Scotiabank Toronto Waterfront event in eight hours, 25 minutes
 and 16 seconds. (And he didn't finish last: five came in after him.) At five foot eight and weighing a little more than eight stone, Singh is a spindly figure under his heavy turban and wispy beard. "Girl, you tell me: has anything you wanted ever been easy?"
 he says. "I was so worried we [he ran with his trainer] might not make it that we didn't tell our relatives we were doing it. I just wanted to break that bloody record."<br />
<br />
He is referring to the record set in 1976 by a 98-year-old Greek athlete. "I lost my speed in this race," says Singh, "but it was the thought of that old man that pushed me through the last four miles. That and God."<br />
<br />
Speaking in Punjabi, Singh says running has given him purpose and a sense of peace. "Why worry about these small, small things? I don't stress. You never hear of anyone dying of happiness." And Singh is, by his own admission, pretty happy. Having moved from
 India to England in 1995, after the deaths of his wife and son, he lives with family in east London, and leads what he says is "a very simple life". He took up serious running when he was 89 and says it was his good kismet (destiny) that led him to meeting
 ex-professional runner Harmander Singh, his trainer and friend. The pair were introduced through a neighbour after Fauja began asking how he might enter the London marathon.<br />
<br />
"I train him for free," says Harmander. "It's an honour for me." Together, they have clocked up more than a dozen full and half-marathons.
</p>
<p>Harmander says health tests taken last year showed that Singh "has the bones of a 35-year-old". And yet, Singh claims never to drink milk. "I'm scared of building up phlegm," he explains.<br />
<br />
Asked about the rest of his diet, he chuckles. "I could go on and on, but it's not a new or magic thing, is it? Punjabi people know eating and drinking is important, but I just eat the minimum of what I need: some daal and roti, gobi and chai – I'd probably
 be dead if I was full all the time."<br />
<br />
Singh runs between 10 and 15km every day – "you have to keep your engine going" – and at 94, became a poster boy for Adidas, alongside David Beckham and Jonny Wilkinson.<br />
<br />
"I'm not really interested in all the rupees, I give it to charity," he says of his sponsorship deal. "Money can be saved and spent and lost and made. At my age it's nice just to do this. Come on, who wants to talk to this old man? Everyone now! And it's because
 of the running that all these people keep showing me so much love. Look how blessed I am. What's not to be happy about?"
</p>
<p style="text-align:center">(The views expressed above are the personal views of the author)
</p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>03/01/2012 16:12:02</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/16435/The+secret+of+the+worlds+oldest+marathon+runner</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">16435</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>16436</publicationdataID>
      <title>IT Firms Expand Into E-Gov</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p>Wall Street Journal : Rahul Mullick<br />
<br />
At a time when India's information technology sector faces shrinking business, the one bright spot is the increasing demand for these services from local government.<br />
<br />
Today, most of the Indian government departments have navigated through complex changes and have firmed up their e-governance implementation plans. They now are ready to select vendors (IT solutions, services and system integrators) for implementing the projects
 in their plan.<br />
<br />
Government spending on information technology in fiscal 2011 is expected to reach $5.5 billion, and offer business opportunity totaling $9 billion, according to trade group Nasscom. This harks back to 2006, a major milestone year for India's information technology
 industry as the central government approved 27 mission mode projects valued at approximately $5.5 billion.<br />
<br />
Since then, more initiatives under the National e-Governance Plan have gone live and resulted in improved service delivery to citizens and business entities alike including e-seva passport issuance, streamlining legal compliance requirements for business entities
 and availability of income-tax forms and filings. </p>
<p>India's information technology companies also have started consolidating and strengthening their domestic business to gain a foothold in government contracts. Some top players like TCS and Wipro already have a sizeable market share.<br />
<br />
TCS, for instance, has successfully rolled out the MCA21 project for the Ministry of Corporate Affairs and is the contractor on the passport project. Wipro has undertaken the crime and criminal tracking network and systems project for the Ministry of Home Affairs
 and the Central Board of Excise and Custom's automation project.<br />
<br />
Infosys too has begun to strengthen its focus on this corner of the market, and over the past two to three years has bagged key contracts such as the Income-Tax Department's centralized processing center project and the e-Biz portal project with the Ministry
 of Commerce and Industry.<br />
<br />
Not far behind, a next-tier company like MindTree has outbid big players to bag the Unique Identity Initiative project – a services contract for application, development and maintenance of unique identifiers for Indian citizens. This marks the rise of new and
 relatively smaller players locally. Industry insiders estimate that over the next five to 10 years, the unique identity initiative itself has the potential to generate contracts worth far more than those seen in the recent past.<br />
<br />
Companies are keeping a close watch on their contract performance to mitigate typical risks pertaining to timelines and project delays associated with government contracts. Nevertheless, it is an exciting time for the industry as it waits patiently for domestic
 government business.<br />
<br />
- Rahul Mullick is Executive Director at PwC India. </p>
<p style="text-align:center">(The views expressed above are the personal views of the author)
</p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>03/01/2012 16:15:26</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/16436/IT+Firms+Expand+Into+EGov</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">16436</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>16437</publicationdataID>
      <title>Drumming up emotions</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p>The Sun Daily: S. Indra Sathiabalan<br />
<br />
He is a renowned Indian musician and composer who dabbles in acting and singing. But Zakir Hussain’s first love remains the humble tabla which, in his hands, makes mesmerising music.<br />
<br />
Watch Zakir make magic with his tabla together with the Masters of Percussion at the Dewan Filharmonik Petronas in Kuala Lumpur on Oct 17 and 18.<br />
<br />
Mumbai-born Zakir, the son of legendary tabla player Ustad Allarakha, has been giving live performances all over the world for decades and still delivers brilliant performances.<br />
<br />
"Going on the stage and performing for a large audience is the greatest thrill for a musician. It doesn’t change even if you have done it a thousand times. I still feel the nervousness and the excitement of expectation every time I approach the stage to play,”
 said Zakir in an email interview.<br />
<br />
The tabla virtuoso has won numerous awards over the years, the most notable one being a Grammy in the Best Contemporary World Music Album category in 2009 for his Global Drum Project album in collaboration with Mickey Hart, Sikiru Adepoju and Giovanni Hidalgo.
</p>
<p>He also composed the score for the Merchant Ivory film, Heat and Dust (1983) in which he also starred. He also composed, performed and acted as Indian music adviser for the Malayalam film, Vanaprastham, a 1999 Cannes Film Festival entry.<br />
<br />
Other movie soundtracks in his name include In Custody and The Mystic Masseur by Ismail Merchant.<br />
<br />
Zakir also played the tabla on the soundtracks of Francis Coppola’s Apocalypse Now and Bernardo Bertolucci’s Little Buddha, and other films. He even sang on the soundtrack for the movie, Mr and Mrs Iyer.<br />
<br />
Zakir said although the history of Indian classical music dates back to 2,000 years, the tabla came into this tradition only about 300 years ago.<br />
<br />
"But it was only about 150 years ago that it was accepted as a premier classical instrument of India. So it’s still a relatively new instrument.
</p>
<p>"In the last 100 years, there has been a lot of progress made in the technique, repertoire and the making of tabla which has kept the sound of this instrument very fresh and exciting. I feel that just as listeners don’t get tired of listening to the sitar
 or violin, they will not get bored with the sound of the tabla.”<br />
<br />
Asked what drew him to this musical instrument, Zakir confessed that the tabla was his constant companion and friend throughout his childhood as he watched his father teaching his students to play the tabla.<br />
<br />
"I was always near it or playing it so I don’t know when this friendship became a life-long commitment. I found playing the tabla the most fascinating experience in the world.<br />
<br />
"I forgot about playing outside with kids my age ... instead I liked sitting and watching my father with the tabla.<br />
<br />
"Tabla, to me, is both a rhythm and a melody instrument and in my opinion, it’s the only drum that has the ability to express emotions – that attracts me to it. I feel that I can talk to anyone through my tabla.”<br />
<br />
To all budding musicians out there, Zakir advises them to establish a loving relationship with their music.<br />
<br />
"Don’t ever consider it as work. Become friends with your instrument and then someday the instrument will accept you and from then on, it’ll be one joyful experience after another.<br />
<br />
"Also be proud of your musical traditions and approach it with deep reverence.” </p>
<p style="text-align:center">(The views expressed above are the personal views of the author)
</p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>03/01/2012 16:19:33</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/16437/Drumming+up+emotions</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">16437</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>16439</publicationdataID>
      <title>3M Bets On India-style Innovation</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p>The tech company’s new Bangalore R&amp;D centre will help it enter new markets<br />
<br />
Forbes : Seema Singh<br />
<br />
At first glance, it looks like a modern science museum. Take a closer look, and it is a chic demonstration-cum-research and development centre, with the large screen at the entrance displaying portfolio technologies, quite like the periodic table of chemical
 elements.<br />
<br />
The Rs. 100-crore R&amp;D centre in Bangalore reflects the fact that for 3M — a $26.6 billion diversified technology manufacturing company — R&amp;D is about constant innovation, no matter how small the product: Scrubby Scotchbrite, non-sticky bandages, dental fillings
 or high-end electronics.<br />
<br />
The Bangalore centre also marks a milestone in its 20-year India journey. Till now, 3M has been importing, converting, and localising technologies that were used in 7,000 products that it sells in India. Now, it wants to develop new technologies in India, for
 India. And, in the process, serve other markets as well.<br />
<br />
"India offers unique value creation. Other cultures are driven more by brand and packaging, India is about basic value,” says Jay Ihlenfeld, vice president, Asia Pacific, 3M.
</p>
<p>Ajay Nanavati, managing director of 3M India, admits that for a Rs. 1,175 crore company, investing Rs. 100 crore in an R&amp;D centre is a huge bet, but one that will help the company enter Tier II cities. While 30 percent of 3M India’s revenue comes from products
 introduced in the past five years — within the company, it is referred to as new product vitality index — Nanavati aims to increase that to 40 percent in the next five years, during which the company plans to grow to $1 billion.<br />
<br />
Even with more than 100 years behind it, 3M has continued to be a nimble innovator. Its 15 percent rule — allowing technical people to use 15 percent of their time however they wish to — came into effect decades before Google made it glamorous. "We don’t measure
 that 15 percent time,” says Fred J. Palensky, 3M’s chief technology officer.<br />
<br />
3M follows a distributed and networked model of innovation. One may think, it’s a given, but actually it is not. Most global companies get into silos, of either geographies or business units. But at 3M, says Ashish Khandpur, senior executive director (technical),
 all it takes is two phone calls to "connect with the right person within the global technical pool of 10,000 people”. That makes innovation a two-way street, giving smaller teams quick access to the skills and know-how of bigger teams in different places.
</p>
<p>The vandalism-and-theft resistant reflective sheets, the zig-zag yellow paint coatings for traffic safety or the median markers developed for Indian roads may not be attractive to other markets, but the novel sound-and-light management products, particularly
 developed for compact Indian cars are expected to find global takers. After all, reducing the noise in the car or the number of LEDs in brake lights from 30 to four is not a low-tech feat.<br />
<br />
India-style innovation — good quality at a low cost — is what the world is discovering, says Ihlenfeld.
</p>
<p style="text-align:center">(The views expressed above are the personal views of the author)
</p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>03/01/2012 16:22:28</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/16439/3M+Bets+On+Indiastyle+Innovation</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">16439</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>16440</publicationdataID>
      <title>India's first robotic liver transplant performed</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p>The surgery was conducted at Medanta Medicity Hospital in Gurgaon, the capital's suburb in Haryana<br />
<br />
Gulf News<br />
<br />
In a first of its kind surgery in India, doctors have performed a robotic liver transplant surgery to save the life of a four-year-old child.<br />
<br />
The surgery was conducted at Medanta Medicity Hospital in Gurgaon, the capital's suburb in Haryana, last month, doctors said on Thursday. The Da-Vinci robot was used by the doctors on Rahmatullah, 36, who donated 20 per cent of his liver to his nephew Ziad.
 According to doctors, it is only the third robotic live donor surgery in the world.<br />
<br />
"Robotic surgery is usually performed for other operations like kidney, heart and gynaecological operations. But it's use in this liver transplant not only increased the precision, but encouraged the donor by reducing surgery related troubles," said A.S. Soin,
 chairman of Medanta Liver Institute, who led the team of surgeons.<br />
<br />
Ziad was suffering from a rare genetic disorder leading to cancer in his liver.<br />
<br />
Symptoms<br />
<br />
The child, who was living with his parents in Muscat, capital of Oman, suffered from tyrosinemia, a disease where the liver is unable to digest proteins.<br />
<br />
"Even when Ziad developed rickets, which is one of the symptoms for this disease, the doctors were not able to diagnose his condition," said Neelam Mohan, director of pediatric gastroenterology.<br />
<br />
Ziad's liver condition was detected much later. His parents, originally from Karnataka, were not able to afford surgery in Muscat. Ziad's father Mohammad Zakir Hussain, a pharmacist, and his mother Mehe Zabinthen, decided to come to India. Money was raised
 in the community for the life-saving surgery. </p>
<p style="text-align:center">(The views expressed above are the personal views of the author)
</p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>03/01/2012 16:26:13</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/16440/Indias+first+robotic+liver+transplant+performed</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">16440</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>16444</publicationdataID>
      <title>Runway On The Sea</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p>Mehair, an aircraft venture, plans to expand by having planes that can take-off from both land and water<br />
<br />
Forbes : Cuckoo Paul<br />
<br />
At this time last year, Siddharth Verma was scouring the world for an airplane that could land on water — except in pictures he’d never even seen one. He had just launched Mehair, an aircraft venture that had big plans with small planes. Most of the aircraft
 were to be amphibians that reach places without runways, but with lakes, rivers or dams.
<br />
<br />
Finding an amphibious seaplane — machines that can take off from both land and water — on lease was proving tough. Verma had won a tender from Pawan Hans, the national helicopter company, to operate in the Andaman &amp; Nicobar (A&amp;N) Islands, but no one was willing
 to lease to an Indian aviation startup. Whether Mehair, named for his wife Meher (and a somewhat forced acronym for Maritime Energy Heli Air Services), would ever take off depended pretty much on this.
</p>
<p>Verma’s career was shaped working for two helicopter charter companies, Global Vectra and HeliGo, that cater to the offshore oil industry. Both companies were startups when he joined them and he had helped build them. He and his partners — C.L. Lakshmanan,
 a former colleague, and Sukhdarshan S. Mann, who is from the oil and gas business — hoped the Andaman operations would be a precursor to more business in the mainland. When leasing a plane proved impossible, they decided to buy one. They convinced State Bank
 of India to lend them Rs. 5 crore, and then pooled in the rest. <br />
<br />
A year on, the picture has changed. Mehair is making waves and has state governments lining up with plans to use seaplanes, primarily for tourism.
<br />
<br />
The nine-seater Cessna Caravan 208 that they bought connects Port Blair to Havelock Island, Hut Bay and Diglipur. "For us, the first seaplane was an experiment to improve connectivity among the islands in northern Andamans,’’ says N. Ravichandran, officer in
 charge of air-operations in the A&amp;N administration. About 43 of the territory’s 200-odd islands are inhabited. It’s been a success and the plan now is to bring in a larger, twin-engined plane to fly to the southern-most tip at Indira Point, he says. The administration
 also hopes better connections will attract more tourists to the islands. </p>
<p>In the past six months, Verma has been pitching the seaplane idea to states that have a long coastline. He’s been able to convince two — Andhra Pradesh and Maharashtra — to sign MoUs (memorandum of understanding) with Mehair, and has plans to start operations
 in the capitals of both states by year end. In Hyderabad, Mehair will connect Shamsabad airport to Hussain Sagar Lake in the centre of the city. There are also plans for flights from the lake to the Nagarjuna Sagar dam and Srisailam, both popular tourist destinations.
 Verma is now trying to get approvals from the municipal authorities in charge of the water bodies there.
<br />
<br />
In Maharashtra, the plan is to take off from AAI’s (Airports Authority of India) Juhu airport and land at Chowpatty. The state tourism department, MTDC, wants flights for tourists from Mumbai to Ganpatipule and Tarkali beach in the Konkan. Travel by road takes
 six to eight hours and the seaplane could cut the time to less than half an hour.
<br />
<br />
Mehair’s biggest challenge is to find planes and pilots capable of operating them. Also, hiring expat pilots and getting them security cleared is a long process. In the past, Verma had problems when pilots walked out.
<br />
<br />
To build a pipeline, he’s now hiring young Indian pilots and training them. He hopes to sign MoUs with Gujarat and Goa soon. While the MoUs do not guarantee any seats for Mehair, they do give him exclusive rights to operate seaplanes for three years. He hopes
 that this will be time enough to consolidate his business and give him a headstart over competition. "The grand plan is to grow to about 25 floatplanes in the next five years,” he says.
</p>
<p style="text-align:center">(The views expressed above are the personal views of the author)
</p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>03/01/2012 17:02:34</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/16444/Runway+On+The+Sea</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">16444</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>16445</publicationdataID>
      <title>Jodhpur – From Tourist Backdrop to Center Stage</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p>Wall Street Journal: Margherita Stancati<br />
<br />
Rajasthan’s folk music, for many who have traveled through the state’s tourist corridor, may evoke memories of a particularly nice meal, perhaps set in the courtyard of one of many Maharaja palaces-turned-heritage hotels. There, it’s common for Rajasthani folk
 bands to be employed to entertain hotel and restaurant guests, who are often as taken by the performers’ proud moustaches and colorful turbans as much as by the sounds of their drums or their sarangi, a string instrument.<br />
<br />
But some felt many of these musicians deserved a space where they could perform in center stage, rather than in the tourist backdrop. This has been one of the goals of Rajasthan’s International Folk Festival, better known as Jodhpur RIFF, which is now approaching
 its fifth year.<br />
<br />
"The traditional environment in which [folk music] is perceived is for tourists, partly as embellishment,” Divya Bhatia, the festival’s director, told India Real Time. "It’s seen as exotic and tourist-oriented.”<br />
<br />
One of the aims of RIFF, which starts Wednesday, is to project local folk music in a more contemporary and global setting. "Part of the task of the festival is to make the respect and the energy around traditional music more widespread,” said Mr. Bhatia, who
 has a background in a variety of arts, including theater. "For us it’s important that there is a value in contemporary society of what traditional music can offer.”
</p>
<p>Part of the idea behind the five-day festival is to encourage musical collaborations across countries and genres. Many will be looking forward to seeing Manchester-based beatboxer Jason Singh take the stage with Dharohar, a Rajasthani folk band on Friday
 night.<br />
<br />
This edition of the festival will also include Kavita Seth, a Sufi singer of Bollywood fame, as well as "Rupa and April Fishes,” a San Francisco-based band that blends contemporary gipsy sounds with Latino beats and melodies inspired by Indian classical music.
 They will be performing on Friday and Saturday, respectively.<br />
<br />
Other international acts include Dutch saxophone player Yuri Honing, who will be performing with Rajasthani folk singer Sumitra on a jazz-themed evening on Thursday, and Maga Bo, a Brazilian DJ and composer who will be playing on Friday night. Creole musician
 Davy Sicard, who hails from Reunion Island, and the Band of Brothers, Australians of Kazakh and Egyptian origin, definitely add to the festival’s global profile.<br />
<br />
Kudos to festival organizers for scouting small town sensations like Nemi Baba, a former wrestler who renounced all worldly possession in his mid-fifties to go wander in the forest. He is now 108 and is the oldest Rajasthani folk musician around. His upcoming
 performance at RIFF, if confirmed, will likely be his last, he says.<br />
<br />
Other folk musicians scheduled to perform at RIFF later this week include poet and virtuoso singer Jumma "Jogi” Mewati, Shakar Khan, a master of the kamaycha, a traditional bow and string instrument, and the Jaipur Brass Band, known for their rhythmical performances
 and dazzling attires. </p>
<p>Early birds and late night owls can attend devotional performances at dawn ranging from Sufi music and Buddhist mantra chanting. Some will be curious to see what firewalking is all about – you’ll get a chance to do that on Friday. Those with kids should
 check out the children’s program, which includes puppetry and magic shows. <br />
<br />
<br />
Jodhpur’s RIFF still misses big international draws – the musical equivalent of Salman Rushdie, whose presence at Jaipur was a turning point for the festival, firmly setting it on the radar of literati globally.<br />
<br />
A-listers still haven’t made an appearance at RIFF. Someone like Mick Jagger, perhaps with A.R. Rahman and the rest of SuperHeavy, could do the trick. Sir Mick is actually a nominal patron of Jodhpur RIFF – but that’s where it ends.<br />
<br />
Mr. Bhatia said that perhaps, one day, when the festival becomes a "stronger space,” they could invite Mr. Jagger to perform. Another possibility? Björk, who Mr. Bhatia is also fan of.
</p>
<p style="text-align:center">(The views expressed above are the personal views of the author)
</p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>03/01/2012 17:05:45</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/16445/Jodhpur++From+Tourist+Backdrop+to+Center+Stage</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">16445</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>16446</publicationdataID>
      <title>A taste for India in world cinema</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p>BBC<br />
<br />
India seems to be the flavour of the season in the global film industry. Film critic Saibal Chatterjee reports on a taste for the exotic from the recently-concluded Toronto Film Festival.<br />
<br />
The world is clearly in search of another Slumdog Millionaire - Danny Boyle's ode to the "never say die" spirit of Mumbai (Bombay).<br />
<br />
Four of the films at the 36th Toronto International Film Festival (Tiff) were either set in the subcontinent or touched upon India-related themes.<br />
<br />
Toronto is where Slumdug Millionaire began its all-conquering journey when it won the Cadillac People's Choice Award, before going on to sweep the Oscars, Golden Globes and Baftas.<br />
<br />
The most heralded of the India-themed films at the festival this year was Trishna by prolific English film-maker Michael Winterbottom.<br />
<br />
Earlier this year, Winterbottom told an Indian news agency that it was easier to get funding for a film if it had an India connection.<br />
<br />
Trishna transports Thomas Hardy's late Victorian novel, Tess of the d'Urbervilles, from 1890s England to contemporary Rajasthan with mixed results in terms of artistic achievement as well as emotional impact.<br />
<br />
'Spirit of India'<br />
<br />
However, purely as a narrative experiment, Trishna is as daring as anything that the adventurous Winterbottom has ever done.<br />
<br />
The film, due for release later this year, has attracted largely positive reviews from Western critics.
</p>
<p>"Trishna is infused with the spirit of India. Winterbottom is able to convey the tensions in a complex nation that respects traditional values and yet rushes to embrace all the liberties and luxuries of a booming modern economy," a Screen International review
 said.<br />
<br />
The film features Freida Pinto as an arresting Indian version of the low-born country girl Tess Durbeyfield and British actor Riz Ahmed in a role that condenses the two principal characters in the Hardy novel - the duplicitous Alec d'Urberville and the pure
 Angel Clare - into one.<br />
<br />
Winterbottom has said that he found several aspects of Rajasthan that were "similar to the world that Hardy describes".<br />
<br />
"It's about rural communities that have been very conservative, very fixed, very traditional, and then it's the impact of new technology, education, communication... That's what Hardy is writing about in Tess and that's very much what's happening in India now,"
 he told Screen Daily.<br />
<br />
Winterbottom's tragic heroine belongs to an impoverished family in rural Rajasthan, where her father drives an auto-rickshaw for a living. A road accident destroys the vehicle and her father sustains grave injuries.
</p>
<p>As a crisis looms, the England-educated son of a wealthy hotelier is smitten by Trishna and gets her a job in his father's hotel in Jaipur.<br />
<br />
His relationship with the girl seems pretty altruistic at first but it gradually degenerates into a bond characterised by resentment and exploitation.<br />
<br />
But Trishna is no Slumdog. Nor is Trivedi's specially commissioned musical score a patch on AR Rahman's.<br />
<br />
Tribute to Bengal<br />
<br />
Another film in the festival was a Canadian production, Robert Lieberman's Breakaway, a sports film with the soul of a Bollywood musical.<br />
<br />
Breakaway is about a cocky Indian youngster caught between his single-minded passion for ice hockey, his adoptive nation's favourite sport, and his traditional immigrant family's more sedate expectations of him.<br />
<br />
"Breakaway tells a universal story. It is about anybody who comes to a new country and seeks to assimilate himself," says director Lieberman.<br />
<br />
Two markedly smaller in scope but infinitely more nuanced films unveiled in Toronto this year also had India at their heart: Indian-British forensic psychiatrist and film-maker Avie Luthra's Lucky set in Durban in South Africa and Sri Lankan director Vimukthi
 Jayasundara's Bengali-language Chatrak (Mushrooms).<br />
<br />
Lucky is a simple but profoundly moving portrait of humanity in fractious post-apartheid South Africa.<br />
<br />
The tale is woven around a 10-year-old African village boy called Lucky who loses his mother to Aids. He travels from his remote Zulu hamlet to Durban, nurturing hopes of going to school. But the uncle he turns to for help stonewalls him.
</p>
<p>Lucky strays into the home of an elderly Indian woman, Padma - played by veteran Bangalore stage and screen actress and Indian MP Jayashree Basavaraj. The two do not understand each other's language and Padma makes no bones about her innate distrust of Africans.
 And yet an unlikely and unique bond develops between them. Despite all the odds, love triumphs over decades of racial segregation.<br />
<br />
Surreal universe<br />
<br />
Jayasundara's characteristically quirky Chatrak is an Indo-French co-production set in the city of Calcutta and an unspecified forest location in West Bengal.<br />
<br />
A successful architect just back from Dubai sets out in search of his missing brother who is believed to have gone mad and sleeps on a tree in the middle of a dense jungle.<br />
<br />
In his own inimitable way, Jayasundara creates a surreal universe in which appearances are deceptive. The brothers have not met in years but, as it transpires, their affinity runs deeper than is immediately obvious.<br />
<br />
The 34-year-old Paris-based director, who won the 2005 Camera d'Or in Cannes for his first film The Forsaken Land, etches out Calcutta in a manner reminiscent of Bengali cinema legends Satyajit Ray and Ritwik Ghatak, two film-makers he admires.
</p>
<p>"It is my conscious tribute to the Bengali movies that were my first introduction to this culture," he says.<br />
<br />
In addition to these four films, Academy award-winning filmmaker Ang Lee's 3D adaptation of Canadian writer Yann Martel's Life of Pi will hit screens around the world next year.<br />
<br />
So will the Oscar-nominated and Palme d'Or winner Roland Joffe's Singularity, an epic period drama about the 18th-century Anglo-Maratha war starring Josh Hartnett, Bipasha Basu, Neve Campbell and Abhay Deol.<br />
<br />
With the steady proliferation of India-bound international productions, Winterbottom's assertion that an India link helps attract cash is probably correct.
</p>
<p style="text-align:center">(The views expressed above are the personal views of the author)
</p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>03/01/2012 17:09:10</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/16446/A+taste+for+India+in+world+cinema</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">16446</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>16448</publicationdataID>
      <title>HIV project in India averted 100,000 infections: study</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p>Straits Times<br />
<br />
A scheme in six Indian states that concentrated safe-sex campaigns on a few niche groups prevented 100,000 HIV infections over five years, according to estimates published in The Lancet today.<br />
<br />
The Avahan project was launched in 2003 in Andhra Pradesh, Karnataka, Maharashtra and Tamil Nadu, along with the northeastern states of Manipur and Nagaland, using a massive grant from the Bill and Melinda Gates Foundation.<br />
<br />
These states, with a total population of 300 million, had the highest prevalences of the human immunodeficiency virus (HIV) in India at the time.<br />
<br />
Avahan’s goal was to boost prevention among prostitutes and their customers, gays, injecting drug users and truck drivers to stop HIV from leaping from high-risk groups to the wider population.<br />
<br />
Tactics included one-on-one safe-sex counselling, free condoms, exchanging used needles for sterilised ones, clinics to treat sexually-transmitted disease and advocacy work within the community.<br />
<br />
"Overall, we estimated that 100,178 HIV infections were averted at the population level from 2003 up to 2008 as a result of Avahan,” says the study.<br />
<br />
Its estimate derives from HIV prevalence in key districts in the six states.<br />
<br />
The campaign was most effective in districts that received the most resources but also worked better in the heavily-populated southern states rather than in the remote northeastern ones, say the authors.
</p>
<p>Overall, a targeted strategy as opposed to a generalised effort spread across the population was a big success and a useful lesson for other countries, they say.<br />
<br />
Prevention has been in the doldrums in recent years, given the success of antiretroviral drugs that treat HIV but do not cure it.<br />
<br />
But experts caution that drugs alone are not enough to roll back the global pandemic. As the infection tally rises higher, so does the drugs bill, as the medication has to be taken daily for the rest of one’s life.<br />
<br />
Avahan was launched at a time when India was gripped by fears that as many as 25 million of its people could be infected by HIV by 2010.
</p>
<p style="text-align:center">(The views expressed above are the personal views of the author)
</p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>03/01/2012 17:13:21</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/16448/HIV+project+in+India+averted+100000+infections+study</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">16448</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>16450</publicationdataID>
      <title>India's Tata Consultancy to triple investment in China</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p>China Daily: Hu Yuanyuan<br />
<br />
Tata Consultancy Services Ltd (TCS), one of the largest software and IT service providers in the Asia-Pacific region, plans to triple its investment in China during the coming three years, the company's top management has said. In an exclusive interview with
 China Daily, Girija Pande, chairman of TCS' Asia-Pacific operations, said the company will triple employee numbers in China from the current 2,000 within three years.<br />
<br />
As the company's largest expenditure is on human resources, that plan indicates that the company will also triple its investment in China during that period, said Dong Qiqi, TCS's China CEO.<br />
<br />
TCS, which entered China in 2002, plans to hire 70,000 people globally this year, with the number of workers in China reaching 5,000 in two and half years, according to Pande.<br />
<br />
During almost a decade in China, TCS has achieved an annual growth rate of 25 to 30 percent, said Pande. "Besides serving its multinational customers, the company is entering the domestic market with an eye on large State-owned enterprises, financial institutions
 and city governments."<br />
<br />
There are seven banks in China using the TCS proprietary core banking system, including Bank of China Ltd, Huaxia Bank Co Ltd, and the Guangdong Rural Credit Cooperative. Shanghai's Foreign Exchange Center uses a newly developed trading system built by TCS.
</p>
<p>Building IT architecture and applications platforms for newly developed "intelligent" cities amid the country's fast-growing urbanization process is a new growth engine for TCS in China. The company will be investing $6 million to establish a lab in Singapore
 to fuel research and development in intelligent city applications, where cloud-based technologies will be introduced to improve the city's operational efficiency and save money.<br />
<br />
"It is the first lab of its kind for TCS globally, and we will introduce similar techniques in other Asian countries once it succeeds in China," said Pande.<br />
<br />
TCS has started an intelligent city project in Ningbo in Zhejiang province, said Pande. The project is focused on e-education and smart health projects.<br />
<br />
Meanwhile, TCS is also looking at expanding to other centers in second- or third-tier cities, such as Dalian, Chengdu and Chongqing, because of the better availability of talent and lower labor costs. The company already has delivery centers in Beijing, Shanghai,
 Hangzhou, Tianjin and Shenzhen.<br />
<br />
Pande said talent management, including hiring and retaining talent, is the biggest challenge for TCS in China.<br />
<br />
"Compared with other countries, TCS has a higher attrition (rate) in China, because there are many more opportunities in the world's second-largest economy," said Pande.<br />
<br />
Rising labor costs, combined with an appreciating currency, is another concern for a company that exports business services from China.<br />
<br />
"At the entry level, basic costs may be the same (in India and China)," he said, adding that the cost of social security for workers is about 20 to 30 percent higher in China than in India.
</p>
<p style="text-align:center">(The views expressed above are the personal views of the author)
</p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>03/01/2012 17:17:47</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/16450/Indias+Tata+Consultancy+to+triple+investment+in+China</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">16450</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>16452</publicationdataID>
      <title>Sky’s the limit for India’s $35 tablet</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p>Financial Times : James Fontanella-Khan<br />
<br />
India unveiled the world’s cheapest tablet computer this week, on sale for as little as $35, highlighting the emerging economy’s keenness to become to a hub of innovation for low-priced consumer goods.<br />
<br />
The launch of Aakash – which means "sky” in Hindi – was greeted with great fanfare in the country, with the affordable "Made in India” tablet seen as a milestone in its high-tech development.<br />
<br />
"Aakash brings a technology out of its purchasing power cage,” the English language newspaper Hindustan Times said in an editorial. "Quantity has a quality of its own. This inexpensive device should be a game changer in a country like ours.”<br />
<br />
The development of Aakash, which will be targeted at students, is seen as one of the most significant efforts made by New Delhi, which backed the project, to bridge the digital divide that has kept India lagging behind its emerging market peers in web connectivity.<br />
<br />
The cut-price tablet, which has been conceptually developed by DataWind, a small UK-based group owned by a Canadian entrepreneur of Indian descent, forms part of a broader plan to improve e-learning at more than 18,000 colleges and 400 universities.<br />
<br />
The government plans to sell 100,000 units of the finished product to students in secondary schools at a subsidised price of $35. Meanwhile, consumers will be able to buy a retail version for about $60.
</p>
<p>Aakash has the same-sized screen as the 7-inch Amazon Kindle Fire, which launched last week for $199, but it has less sophisticated features.<br />
<br />
The Aakash runs on Google’s Android platform, comes with a 2GB memory card in a slot that supports up to 32GB, two USB ports and a WiFi port to connect to the internet.
</p>
<p style="text-align:center">(The views expressed above are the personal views of the author)
</p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>03/01/2012 17:24:13</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/16452/Skys+the+limit+for+Indias+35+tablet</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">16452</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>16457</publicationdataID>
      <title>Hermès sees sari as way in to India</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p>Financial Times: Amy Kazmin<br />
<br />
For a western luxury company to sell saris in India may resemble selling ice to the Inuit. But Hermès, the luxury brand, started doing just that on Friday, launching a French-made limited edition of the elegant Indian female attire.<br />
<br />
Based on popular Hermès scarves – many of which were themselves inspired by Indian design – the brightly-coloured saris mark the first time a western company has created the wraparound garment for India’s nascent luxury market.<br />
<br />
Patrick Thomas, chief executive of Hermès International, called the saris – which will sell for $6,100 to $8,200 – a "wink” to Indian consumers.<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
"There have been a lot of connections between Hermès and India,” Mr Thomas told the FT. "Designing these saris for Indian customers is a way to pay light homage to India, and say, ‘Hermès admires India and has a lot to learn from India.’”<br />
<br />
It’s perhaps not surprising that the first offer of a sari from a western company comes from Hermès, which last year launched a bespoke Chinese brand, aimed at winning more Chinese customers while resuscitating China’s craft tradition.<br />
<br />
Yet, with western fashion businesses still struggling to sell women’s apparel in India, many experts believe the offer of saris by a major global design house is long overdue.<br />
<br />
"You have to create products that Indian consumers like,” said Neelesh Hundekari, a luxury expert at AT Kearney, a consultancy. "Why would you not do saris in India? Companies should have done it much earlier.”
</p>
<p>India’s luxury market has recently captured the attention of European and American fashion houses, as the increasingly affluent elite shrug off years of socialist-inspired austerity, when Gandhi-style cotton garments were embraced by all.<br />
<br />
Today, India’s domestic sales of high-end jewellery, handbags, shoes, watches and apparel are estimated at $2.2bn, just a fraction of sales in China. Nonetheless, India’s annual sales growth of 20 per cent – and the number of Indians flocking to their boutiques
 abroad – has drawn many top western luxury brands to set up shop in the country.<br />
<br />
Companies such as LVMH, Giorgio Armani, Ermenegildo Zegna, Gucci and Jimmy Choo, have all established themselves there, though their stores remain mostly confined to just New Delhi and Mumbai.<br />
<br />
The Indian market presents a number of challenges. High import tariffs make foreign luxury goods 30 to 40 per cent more expensive than elsewhere, often prompting Indians to buy abroad rather than at home.<br />
<br />
India’s 51 per cent cap on foreign direct investment on "single brand” retail also forces western brands to tie up with Indian partners, though Delhi recently indicated that it may soon relax this rule and allow 100 per cent foreign ownership.<br />
<br />
The tight real estate market also makes it tough for luxury retailers to find visible, high-street locations, pushing most brands into either five-star hotels or upmarket shopping malls, catering only to a very narrow clientele.
</p>
<p>Hermès is one of the first to break out from these confines, having refurbished an elegant, British-colonial era building for the opening of its new Mumbai store earlier this year.<br />
<br />
"We want to communicate and be in touch with Indian society, not in a ghetto where you have all the luxury brands together,” said Mr Thomas. "We want to talk to the category of Indian customers who do not travel all the time.”<br />
<br />
Products also remain a challenge. So far, jewellery, watches, accessories such as shoes and bags, and men’s formal wear are the most successful. But western brands have had a tough time selling their slinky and revealing women’s apparel, as saris remain de-rigour
 for formal occasions, especially at the weddings that drive much of India’s luxury demand.<br />
<br />
The market for highly-embellished saris and bridal wear is dominated by domestic luxury couturiers, such as Tarun Tahiliani, JJ Vallaya, and Rohit Bal.<br />
<br />
"It’s really smart of Hermès to be doing a sari – I’m astonished that this hasn’t been addressed before,” said Caroline Young, chief executive of the fashion consultancy Creative Link India.
</p>
<p>Men's wear labels such as Canali, Ermenegildo Zegna, and Italy’s Etro have found success in offering Indian-influenced men’s jackets, with the type of closed neck, rounded collars made famous by India’s first prime minister, Jawaharlal Nehru.<br />
<br />
"Indians are very traditional and for weddings and festivals they like to dress in Indian garments," said Sanjay Kapoor, managing director of Genesis Luxury, the joint venture partner for both Canali and Etro.<br />
<br />
Mr Hundekari predicts that saris – along with other traditional Indian women's garments – can likewise be a hit. "Many of the brands think that India is a market that will evolve to western norms but it will not,” he said. "It will evolve in its own way.”
<br />
<br />
Still, Hermes is coy about whether the line of saris marks the start of a permanent Hermès product category for India. "We don’t know whether we are going to keep them for the long run,” says Mr Thomas. "It depends on how people receive them.”
</p>
<p style="text-align:center">(The views expressed above are the personal views of the author)
</p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>03/01/2012 18:13:24</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/16457/Herms+sees+sari+as+way+in+to+India</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">16457</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>16459</publicationdataID>
      <title>Toyota to export made-in-India vehicles from 2012</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p>BBC<br />
<br />
Toyota's Indian joint venture says it plans to export cars to South Africa by March 2012.<br />
<br />
The announcement marks the first time Toyota Kirloskar will ship Indian-made cars overseas. It is increasing production to cope with extra demand.<br />
<br />
Two petrol-engine Etios models are involved, a compact hatchback and a larger sedan.<br />
<br />
Both cars are being redesigned for South Africa's climate, road conditions and local tastes.<br />
<br />
Managing director Hiroshi Nakagawa said the news was a "defining moment" for the partnership.<br />
<br />
Toyota Kirloska makes 160,000 vehicles a year. It expects that to rise to 310,000 in 2013.<br />
<br />
The Bangalore-based business is 89% owned by Japan's Toyota Motor and 11% by India's Kirloskar Group.<br />
<br />
The firm's most recent figures reported a 105% rise in sales in September compared with the same month the previous year. A total of 12,807 vehicles were sold over the period.<br />
<br />
Shipments </p>
<p>India is becoming increasingly important to Japanese carmakers.<br />
<br />
Nissan's Indian division will export its Sunny sedan to West Asia and Africa from early 2012.<br />
<br />
Honda's Indian joint venture also plans to ship its compact Brio model to Nepal and Bhutan next year. It already exports engine parts to Thailand, Malaysia and India.<br />
<br />
However, analysts say the moves must be seen in context.<br />
<br />
"The exports are still limited in numbers," said Darius Lam, an independent auto analyst based in Mumbai.<br />
<br />
"At the moment, this is mainly symbolic. It should be seen as a first tentative step abroad, so that customers can be certain of their quality."
</p>
<p style="text-align:center">(The views expressed above are the personal views of the author)
</p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>03/01/2012 18:17:32</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/16459/Toyota+to+export+madeinIndia+vehicles+from+2012</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">16459</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>16473</publicationdataID>
      <title>Cheap tablet computer leads India's drive to tackle rural poverty</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p>£30 device made by British company Datawind launched to help get more of India's 220 million children online<br />
<br />
The Guardian : Charles Arthur<br />
<br />
India's government has begun introducing a cheap British-built tablet computer to its schools and universities, saying its aim is to deliver modern technology to the countryside to help lift villagers out of poverty.<br />
<br />
The computer, called Aakash, or "sky" in Hindi, is the latest in a series of "world's cheapest" innovations in India that include a 750 rupee (£10) water purifier and 100,000 rupee (£1,300) compact Nano cars and open-heart surgery operations.<br />
<br />
The London-based company Datawind, which won a four-way tender to build the tablets, is selling them to the Indian government for about £30 (2,290 rupees) each; subsidies from the government will reduce that to about 1,700 rupees for students and teachers.<br />
<br />
In comparison, the cheapest Apple iPad tablet costs £399 in the UK and $499 in the US, while Amazon's recently announced Kindle Fire will sell for $199 in the US.
</p>
<p>Datawind says it can make about 100,000 units a month at the moment, though that is not nearly enough to meet India's hope of getting its 220 million children online.<br />
<br />
The tablet has an 18cm (7in) screen, and uses a version of Google's Android operating system (though not using Google's services such as Maps).<br />
<br />
The first tranche in the pilot programme will, if successful, be expanded to 1m units, and Alia Khan, the vice-president of UK operations, said the company hopes in future to sell versions to government in India and through shops in India and the UK.<br />
<br />
India's human resources development minister, Kapil Sibal, called the announcement a message to all children of the world.<br />
<br />
"This is not just for us. This is for all of you who are disempowered," he said. "This is for all those who live on the fringes of society."<br />
<br />
Despite India's burgeoning technology industry and decades of robust economic growth, hundreds of thousands of citizens still have no electricity, let alone access to computers and information via the internet that could help farmers improve yields, business
 startups reach clients, or students qualify for university.<br />
<br />
The launch, attended by hundreds of students, some selected to help train others across the country in the tablet's use, followed five years of efforts to design a $10 computer that could bridge the country's vast digital divide. "People laughed, people called
 us lunatics," ministry official NK Sinha said. "They said we are taking the nation for a ride."
</p>
<p>Although the $10 goal was not achieved, the Aakash has a colour screen and provides word processing, web browsing and video conferencing.<br />
<br />
The Android 2.2-based device has two USB ports and 256 megabytes of RAM, and a touch-sensitive resistive screen. More expensive versions using "capacitative" screens, as found on more expensive tablets such as the iPad and Kindle, may become available later.<br />
<br />
Despite hopes for a solar-powered version – important for India's energy-starved hinterlands – no such option is currently available.<br />
<br />
Both Sibal and Datawind's chief executive, Suneet Singh Tuli, called for competition to improve the product and drive prices down further.<br />
<br />
"The intent is to start a price war. Let it start," Tuli said, inviting others to do the job better and break technological ground while still making a commercially viable product.<br />
<br />
As for the $10 goal, "let's dream and go in that direction. Let's start with that target and see what happens," he said.<br />
<br />
Students at the launch were well briefed on the goal of providing tablets for the poor, although most in attendance already had access to computers at home or in their schools.
</p>
<p>"A person learns quite fast when they have a computer at home," said Shashank Kumar, 21, a computer engineering student from Jodhpur, Bihar, who was one of five people selected in his northern state to travel to villages and demonstrate the device. "In just
 a few years people can even become hackers."<br />
<br />
India, after raising literacy to about 78% from 12% when British rule ended, is now focusing on higher education with a 2020 goal of 30% enrolment. Today, only 7% of Indians graduate from high school.<br />
<br />
"To every child in India, I carry this message. Aim for the sky and beyond. There is nothing holding you back," Sibal said, before distributing about 650 of the tablets to the students.
</p>
<p style="text-align:center">(The views expressed above are the personal views of the author)
</p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>04/01/2012 10:45:57</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/16473/Cheap+tablet+computer+leads+Indias+drive+to+tackle+rural+poverty</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">16473</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>16642</publicationdataID>
      <title>India launches "world's cheapest" tablet Aakash</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p>(Reuters) - India launched what it dubbed the world's cheapest tablet computer on Wednesday, to be sold to students at the subsidised price of $35 and later in shops for about $60.<br />
<br />
Most of India's 1.2 billion people are poor and products such as Apple Inc's iPad are beyond the reach even of many in the fast-growing middle class.
<br />
<br />
"The rich have access to the digital world, the poor and ordinary have been excluded. Aakash will end that digital divide," Telecoms and Education Minister Kapil Sibal said.
<br />
<br />
The government is buying the first units of the lightweight touch-screen device, called Aakash, or "sky" in Hindi, for $50 each from a British company which is assembling the web-enabled devices in India.
</p>
<p>A pilot run of 100,000 units will be given to students for free, with the first 500 handed out at the launch to a mixed response. It supports video conferencing, has two USB ports and a three-hour battery life but some users said it was slow.
<br />
<br />
India has a reputation for creating affordable products that are easy to use and sturdy enough to handle its rugged environment -- from Tata Motors' $2,000 Nano car to generic versions of pharmaceuticals.
<br />
<br />
Two years in development, the paperback book-sized Aakash may help the government's goal of incorporating information technology in education, although critics were doubtful of its mass appeal.
<br />
<br />
Despite being a leader in software and IT services, India trails fellow BRIC nations Brazil, Russia and China in the drive to get the masses connected to the Internet and mobile phones, a report by risk analysis firm Maplecroft said this year.
</p>
<p>The number of Internet users grew 15-fold between 2000 and 2010 in India, according to another recent report. Still, just 8 percent of Indians have access. That compares with nearly 40 percent in China.
<br />
<br />
The Aakash is aimed at university students for digital learning via a government platform that distributes electronic books and courses.
<br />
<br />
Testing included running video for two hours in temperatures of 48 degrees Celsius (118 degrees Fahrenheit) to mimic a northern Indian summer, said DataWind, the small London-based company that developed the tablet with the Indian Institute of Technology.
<br />
<br />
Rajat Agrawal, executive editor of gadget reviewers BGR India, said the 660 mhz processor from U.S. company Conexant Systems was "decent" for the price, but warned the machine seemed slow and the touch screen not very agile.
<br />
<br />
"Because of the price there is a lot of excitement," he said. "People might use it initially but if it is not user friendly they will give up within a week."
<br />
<br />
After first giving them out for free, the government aims to sell them to students for $35 next year. A retail version will be sold in Indian shops for about $60.
</p>
<p>The device uses resistive LCD displays rather than a full touch screen and connects via wireless broadband. DataWind CEO Suneet Singh said future versions would include a mobile phone connection, making it more useful in rural areas.
<br />
<br />
The launch last week of Amazon's Kindle Fire shook up the global tablet market, with its $199 price tag and slick browser a serious threat to Apple's iPad.
<br />
<br />
Like the Kindle Fire, the Aakash uses the Google Android operating system. <br />
<br />
Some of the mainly middle-class technology department students at the event said it needed refinement but was a good option for the poor.
<br />
<br />
"It could be better," said Nikant Vohra, an electrical engineering student. "If you see it from the price only, it's okay, but we have laptops and have used iPads, so we know the difference."
<br />
<br />
Some 19 million people subscribe to mobile phones every month, making India the world's fastest growing market, but most are from the wealthier segment of the population in towns.
<br />
<br />
(Additional reporting by Annie Banerji and Devidutta Tripathy; Editing by Paul de Bendern and Nick Macfie)</p>
<p style="text-align:center">(The views expressed above are the personal views of the author)</p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>07/01/2012 17:20:11</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/16642/India+launches+worlds+cheapest+tablet+Aakash</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">16642</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>16645</publicationdataID>
      <title>India's Airport Boom Embraces Green Building</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p>Forbes : Erica Gies<br />
<br />
Six years ago, I was waiting at New Delhi’s Indira Gandhi’s International Airport, hoping to get out to Hyderabad on the final flight of the night. Due to Delhi’s infamous winter "fog,” which is partially due to people burning trash for heat, many flights had
 been canceled. The terminal was tiny and dirty, with no place for the many delayed passengers to sit. Tempers flared. One Indian got so irate that he stormed behind the ticketing desk and shoved a computer to the floor.<br />
<br />
Imagine my surprise when I landed up in Delhi last week from Kochi and found a vast, clean, totally modern airport. In fact, the New Delhi redo is part of a massive effort over the past five years to upgrade most of India’s airports, said Satyaki Raghunath,
 managing director – Asia for LeighFisher, a management consulting firm that has worked closely on India’s airport overhauls.</p>
<p>Green building techniques are increasingly becoming the norm worldwide, especially on large, government-affiliated projects, and India’s new airports show evidence of this trend. Of course, air travel is the most carbon-intensive form of transportation,
 so an airport boom can’t be considered good for the environment. But if new airports are to be built, and India clearly needs them, they might as well be as green as possible.<br />
<br />
Terminal 3 at New Delhi’s airport opened in July 2010 and was the world’s first — and largest — terminal building to win green building’s LEED (Leadership in Energy and Environmental Design) gold certification. It earned the label by meeting standards developed
 by the Indian Green Building Council, the local chapter of U.S. Green Building Council, which created LEED standards. (Here I must give a shout-out to my hometown San Francisco International Airport, whose Terminal 2 also won gold certification, soon after
 Delhi did.) Rajiv Gandhi International Airport in Hyderabad also won a LEED-Silver rating.</p>
<p>Raghunath explained to me why India is undergoing an airport building boom. Indian air traffic was run exclusively by government carriers for decades and only opened up to private companies in the early ’90s. "There was competition for the first time,” he
 said. "Prices started coming down. And most important, the Indian low-cost carrier arrived in 2003 with the advent of Air Deccan.”<br />
<br />
Around the same time, the Indian economy started taking off, and "a whole lot more people started flying.”<br />
<br />
In the year 1999-2000, total domestic and international air traffic across India was about 38 million passengers, according to the Airports Authority of India. The year 2010-11 saw more than 143 million.</p>
<p>With passengers more than tripling in a single decade, existing airlines started buying new planes and new airlines began operations, but the infrastructure lagged far behind. "The authorities realized that airlines had ordered about 400 planes, and there
 was no place to park them,” said Raghunath.<br />
<br />
"In the U.S., if traffic grows at 3 to 4 percent a year, airports struggle because it’s difficult to deliver infrastructure to meet those growth levels. In India, traffic was growing at 15 to 25 percent annually, depending on the airport. When that happened
 for 3 to 4 years in a row, the government realized it had to do something.”<br />
<br />
"Something” was to get the private sector involved, focusing primarily on the airports with the most traffic: Mumbai (Bombay), New Delhi, Bengaluru (Bangalore), Hyderabad, and Kochi (Cochin) airports are now operated on a 30(&#43;30) year concession through public-private
 partnerships and have seen the most dramatic change. GMR, based in Bengaluru, operates New Delhi and Hyderabad. GVK, based in Hyderabad, operates Mumbai and Bengaluru.</p>
Most other airports in India are owned by the government and operated by the Airports Authority of India (AAI), including two other high-traffic airports, Chennai (Madras) and Kolkata (Calcutta). "The AAI has also been reasonably active and doing modernization
 work at various other airports,” said Raghunath.<br />
<br />
The results in Delhi didn’t just wow me. The LEED-Gold rating is a significant achievement in a country where many things are GINO (green in name only).<br />
<br />
New Delhi’s Terminal 3 green provisions include:<br />
<br />
<ul class="commonBullets">
<li>Day lighting. </li><li>A/C set a bit warm; no sweaters required! </li><li>Use of construction materials with recycled content and recycling of construction waste.
</li><li>Use of alternative vehicles such as battery operated and CNG, supported by electric charging stations and a CNG refueling station.
</li><li>A metro line to provide public transit to the airport. </li><li>Water management through rainwater harvesting and storm water absorption; on-site, reverse-osmosis treatment for drinking water; and on-site wastewater treatment and reuse for toilet flushing, A/C units, horticulture, and construction
</li><li>Waste recycling "if it makes ecological and economical sense.” </li><li>Noise abatement via acoustically treated buildings and other measures. </li></ul>
Air-quality management with measures to reduce emissions from aircraft, vehicles, auxiliary power units (APUs) and ground power units (GPU).
<br />
<p>But beneath the sheen at Terminal 3, the local and international luxury stores, the restaurants, the grandeur of scale, I noticed some shoddy, already failing construction. The dual-flush toilet I used had a cheap, plastic flushing mechanism that was already
 broken. On my walk down the corridor to board my plane home, I saw loose and chipped wall tiles. Obviously, needing to replace materials before their expected lifetimes is not particularly green.<br />
<br />
But Raghunath pointed out that the first phase at New Delhi, including Terminal 3, was built at a breakneck pace, driven by penalties if it wasn’t completed ahead of the Delhi-hosted 2010 Commonwealth Games. At 5.4 million square feet, Delhi’s Terminal 3 is
 among the largest buildings in the world. "They built a new runway and two terminals, including Terminal 3, in three years: 37 months, start to finish,” said Raghunath. "It was an insane pace rarely seen before in the world.”
<br />
</p>
(The views expressed above are the personal views of the author)]]></description>
      <pubDate>07/01/2012 17:25:37</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/16645/Indias+Airport+Boom+Embraces+Green+Building</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">16645</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>16647</publicationdataID>
      <title>Traveling Tellers, With Electronic Gear, Take Banking to Rural India</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p>By VIKAS BAJAJ – New York Times<br />
<br />
KOLAD, India — Time was, banks employed armies of human tellers. Later, they replaced many of them with automated teller machines. Now, India is using a hybrid of the two — the human A.T.M. — to expand banking to its vast rural population.<br />
<br />
Swati Yashwant, a 29-year-old mother of one, is part of a growing legion of roving tellers intent on providing bank accounts to the nearly 50 percent of India’s 300 million households that do not have them. Using a laptop computer, wireless modem and fingerprint
 scanner, Ms. Yashwant opens accounts, takes deposits and processes money transfers for farmers and migrant workers in this small town 70 miles south of Mumbai, India’s financial capital.
<br />
<br />
To reduce the risk of robbery or theft, no transaction by law may exceed 10,000 rupees (about $212). And in practice, many amount to no more than a dollar or two. But with the bulk of India’s population living in villages that have never had a bank branch,
 Ms. Yashwant, with her electronic devices, is a missionary of financial modernity.
<br />
<br />
Many Indians "don’t know anything about banking,” she said in her small office here, which is decorated with a garlanded picture of Ganesh, the Hindu god believed to remove obstacles. "I want to open their accounts and help them understand banking.”
<br />
<br />
Economists and policy makers say mobile agents like Ms. Yashwant — who also are employed in countries like Brazil, Mexico and Kenya — represent one of the most promising ways to help the rural poor save and protect their money. Many people in India who do not
 have bank accounts, for instance, buy gold necklaces or simply keep cash in their unlocked homes.
</p>
<p>"This is something that could be powerful,” said Abhijit V. Banerjee, an economist at the Massachusetts Institute of Technology who wrote "Poor Economics: A Radical Rethinking of the Way to Fight Global Poverty” with Esther Duflo.
<br />
<br />
The banking agents enable the poor to easily save money they otherwise might be tempted to spend, Mr. Banerjee said. And when times are lean, people could withdraw money they had saved, instead of borrowing cash at high rates of interest. The accounts earn
 currently earn 4 percent annual interest, which is standard for savings accounts in India. There are no maintenance fees or charges for deposits or withdrawals.
<br />
<br />
"It’s true that this will not make them rich,” Mr. Banerjee said, "but it will make them less likely to face starvation someday.”
<br />
<br />
Ms. Yashwant is one of an estimated 60,000 of what Indian bankers call "business correspondents,” who are not bank employees but earn commissions that the banks pay them for each transaction.
<br />
<br />
The Reserve Bank of India, the country’s central bank, began the push for banking correspondents about five years ago. After slow initial growth, the central bank predicts the ranks of correspondents will more than double, to 126,000, by March. The Reserve
 Bank has ordered commercial banks to set up correspondents in every village with more than 2,000 people and has assigned each of those villages to one bank or another.
</p>
<p>For India’s banks, it is a relatively inexpensive way to recruit customers. While about 70 percent of India’s population is dispersed among more than 600,000 villages, the entire country has only 33,500 bank branches. Correspondents like Ms. Yashwant have
 set up 74 million bank accounts in India. <br />
<br />
"If you used the traditional high-cost banking system, you will never reach these people,” said Jayant Sinha, who is managing director of the India office of Omidyar Network, a philanthropic investment firm set up by Pierre M. Omidyar, the founder of eBay.
<br />
<br />
Ms. Yashwant has been a correspondent in Kolad for four months, for State Bank, India’s biggest bank. The $200 or so she earns in an average month is a good wage in rural India, where the average monthly income is only about $65<br />
<br />
Traveling by bus or rickshaw to villages around her town to recruit customers, Ms. Yashwant meets a variety of challenges. In some remote villages her wireless Internet connection fades in and out. Frequent blackouts disrupt the work. And the fingerprint scanner
 can struggle to read the calloused fingers of farm laborers. <br />
<br />
On a recent rain-soaked afternoon, in her Kolad office, she patiently persevered to take a print from Rajashri Nakati, a 35-year-old farmhand. "I want to save my money,” said Ms. Nakati, a mother of five. "If I leave it at home, it will get spent.”
<br />
<br />
Ms. Yashwant dragged Ms. Nakati’s rough fingers over her scanner several times, sighing as her laptop beeped when the scan did not render an acceptable imprint. She repeated the exercise with six fingers, three on each hand, as a gaggle of women, friends and
 relatives of Ms. Nakati, dressed in brightly colored saris watched through a window.</p>
<p>Finally, Ms. Yashwant captured a print. That scan, with a simple one-page application and a passport-size photo of Ms. Nakati, would next go to the bank’s back office. It would take two days before the account was ready for Ms. Nakati’s first deposit of
 100 rupees (about $2). <br />
<br />
Such banking represents the kind of "frugal innovation” that India has become known for in recent years — finding inexpensive solutions to its development challenges. State Bank is also buying hundreds of solar-powered A.T.M.’s that have fingerprint scanners
 and do not need air-conditioning at temperatures as high as 50 degrees Celsius (122 degrees Fahrenheit) from an Indian company called Vortex Engineering. The machines are being placed in small towns, and, for now, are meant for customers who open regular bank
 accounts, not the no-frills accounts set up by the roving correspondents, which do not come with A.T.M. cards.
<br />
<br />
Because of the small sums involved, State Bank says it loses money on most of the accounts opened by correspondents. The balances in those accounts total 1.1 billion rupees ($21.8 million), not even a rounding error relative to State Bank’s total deposits of
 about $200 billion. <br />
<br />
Still, officials said that while the average account balance was only 160 rupees ($3.30) at the end of August, it has increased steadily. As recently as March, the average balance was just 100 rupees.
<br />
<br />
Over time, State Bank officials say, they expect the accounts to be large enough to be worth the bank’s investment.
<br />
<br />
"Right now, it’s more of a social obligation,” Krishna Kumar, a managing director at State Bank, said in his wood-paneled 18th-floor office in Mumbai. "But in a few years, it will be significant.”
</p>
<p style="text-align:center">(The views expressed above are the personal views of the authors)</p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>07/01/2012 17:29:17</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/16647/Traveling+Tellers+With+Electronic+Gear+Take+Banking+to+Rural+India</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">16647</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>16649</publicationdataID>
      <title>India’s Birla plans $17bn global expansion</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p>Financial Times : James Fontanella-Khan and James Lamont<br />
<br />
Two of India’s largest family-run groups plan to invest billion of dollars around the globe as they seek to boost revenues by expanding in fast-growing emerging markets and by acquiring distressed assets of companies based in developed markets.<br />
<br />
Aditya Birla Group, India’s aluminium-to-retail and mobile telephony conglomerate, plans investments of $17bn across its 33 companies aimed at almost doubling the group’s revenues to $65bn by 2015. Godrej, one of India’s oldest conglomerates, said it would
 invest several billion dollars in developing markets in an effort to boost the company’s sales by at least 10 times to $30bn by 2020.<br />
<br />
Kumar Mangalam Birla, chairman of the family owned group, and Adi Godrej, the 68-year-old chairman of eponymous Indian consumer goods-to-palm oil group Godrej, told the Financial Times that the bulk of the investments would be rolled out over the next two to
 five years.<br />
<br />
The substantial capital inputs are in stark contrast to India’s investment environment, which has been damped by record high inflation, rising commodity prices and ballooning lending rates. The aggressive moves come as the groups seek to meet the demands of
 India’s fast-growing economy amid a global scramble to tie up mineral resources.</p>
<p>Both conglomerates have a record of big-ticket global expansions, reflecting the changing face of corporate India. Companies have for decades been content to stay at home but now are cash rich and increasingly looking for opportunities overseas, where inflation
 and interest rates are lower and valuations are attractive following the 2008 financial crisis.<br />
<br />
When Mr Birla took the reins in 1995 from his late father Aditya Vikram Birla, the group was India-centric and generated $2bn in revenues. Today, following 22 acquisitions, the group is a multinational worth $35bn, operating in 33 countries and generating more
 than 60 per cent of its revenues overseas.<br />
<br />
The 44-year-old Mr Birla said the majority of the investment – about $10bn – would go to developing greenfield projects at its aluminium and cements companies, and to securing resources such as copper and coal needed to meet the nation’s rising demand for construction
 materials for nascent infrastructure projects. The remaining $7bn will be invested in Birla’s mobile phone carrier, its pulp business, and its viscose staple fibres unit.<br />
<br />
"Buying resource assets is something that we are very keen on,” Mr Birla said. "We bought copper mines, we’ve been buying fibre and pulp assets, coal assets for our power … Control over key resources and raw materials is a big theme for us going forward in
 terms of our investment focus.”<br />
<br />
Mr Godrej said the group plans to expand heavily in Africa, Asia and Latin America through a series of acquisitions.<br />
<br />
"We have a capital-light model so in the past we used to throw a lot of cash to our shareholders,” Mr Godrej said. "Now we think that we can give better returns to our stakeholders if we use the money for inorganic growth.”</p>
<p style="text-align:center">(The views expressed above are the personal views of the authors)</p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>07/01/2012 17:31:25</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/16649/Indias+Birla+plans+17bn+global+expansion</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">16649</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>16651</publicationdataID>
      <title>Delhi metro first railway to earn UN carbon credits</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p>BBC<br />
<br />
Delhi Metro has become the world's first railway network to earn carbon credits from the United Nations for helping cut greenhouse gas emissions.<br />
<br />
The transport system has helped reduce pollution levels in the city by 630,000 tonnes a year, a UN release said.<br />
<br />
If not for the Metro, the 1.8 million people who use it daily would have travelled by cars, buses or motorbikes, adding to pollution, it added.<br />
<br />
It will now get $9.5m (£6.1m) in carbon credits annually for seven years.<br />
<br />
And as the number of passengers increase, so will this figure.<br />
<br />
Carbon credits are generated by a UN-run scheme called the Clean Development Mechanism (CDM).<br />
<br />
The mechanism gives firms in developing countries financial incentives to cut greenhouse gas emissions.<br />
<br />
"The United Nations body administering the clean development mechanism under the Kyoto Protocol has certified that Delhi Metro has reduced emissions," the UN statement said.<br />
<br />
"No other Metro in the world could get the carbon credit for the above because of the very stringent requirement to provide conclusive documentary proof of reduction in emissions," it added.<br />
<br />
Every passenger who uses the Metro instead of cars or buses helps reduce greenhouse emissions by approximately 100gm of carbon-dioxide for every trip of 10km (6 miles) and that helps in reducing global warming, the UN said.<br />
<br />
Delhi's hi-tech metro system was launched in 2002. Parts of the network is underground while some sections use elevated tracks.<br />
<br />
The system, which covers some of the city's most congested streets, is seen as the answer to Delhi's traffic chaos and has helped in lowering air pollution levels</p>
<p style="text-align:center">(The views expressed above are the personal views of the author)</p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>07/01/2012 17:33:41</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/16651/Delhi+metro+first+railway+to+earn+UN+carbon+credits</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">16651</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>16654</publicationdataID>
      <title>Linguistically speaking – English becomes India’s 'Numero-Uno' language</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p>Washington Times: Sonal Jaitly<br />
<br />
India has a rich linguistic history with more than 22 different national languages spoken throughout the length and breadth of the country. The 1991 census recognized 1576 mother tongues and grouped them into 114 different languages. Imagine the plight of a
 linguist trying to study all the languages of the country. So how does English survive in this linguistic caldroun?<br />
<br />
India’s tryst with its "own foreign language” (English) dates back to the 17th Century, when Emperor Jahangir welcomed the East India Company into the country. Considered a language of the elite in the pre-independence era, English managed to gradually percolate
 down the complex, multilingual and multireligious Indian society after independence and reached its peak in the post liberalization period.<br />
<br />
Languages almost have a biological existence, they are born, live, breathe, reach their youth and die too. English seems to be enjoying its youth in India, with the ubiquitous middle class of the country embracing the language as their own. It now serves as
 an integrating force and a link language which unites the country and provides a beacon of hope to youth.</p>
<p>India has more than 100 million English speakers, not taking into account others who can converse in English but are unable to read or write in English. It is a common site to find tourist guides in Agra fluently explaining the history of Taj Mahal in English
 to tourists from different parts of the world. If you are an international traveler on your maiden trip to India, you would be fascinated to see English, not Hindi (which is India’s official language), used along with the states regional language at the Railway
 Stations, Airports, on advertising billboards and all across the city.<br />
<br />
Even the names of brands that sell in rural India are inscribed in English. Classes to teach English are mushrooming in cities and towns all over the country. Aspiring students in the semi rural areas are making their best effort to learn the language by typing
 pages in English and translating them in their native language. Mr. Chandra Bhan Prasad, a dalit activist has gone so far as to build a temple dedicated to Goddess English, as he thinks the goddess is powerful enough to bless them and help them successfully
 navigate the otherwise rocky path towards social progress and economic liberation.<br />
<br />
Wonder what motivates the so called ordinary people to learn English? The answer lies in the simple fact that English has become the goddess of empowerment. It contributes to the social mobility of Indians; it is a language of Science and Technology, economic
 progress and globalization. The young ordinary Indian no longer wants to travel through the by lanes of the regional languages, preferring instead to take the English expressway and reach the destination comparatively faster.</p>
<p>The service sector, which accounts for more than 40% of India’s GDP, employs two million people and is expected to employ six million more in next ten years, has adopted English as its de facto business language. Given the slow growth of multilingual computing
 and the rapidly increasing access to internet, English has become a common strand that connects the youth to technology and gives them access to the job market which would otherwise elude them. Learning English is increasingly seen as a professional skill
 like learning Windows; employers demand recruits with good communication skills in English.<br />
<br />
History does not necessarily provide evidence of empowerment of a community linked to its linguistic skills in a specific language. China and Japan embarked on the growth trajectory without a major chunk of English speaking population. Sounds strange to outsiders
 that in India your English prowess can not only secure employment but also place you well in the corridors of power!<br />
<br />
However, it does not come as a surprise when the language continues to lure industry, whether in real estate or Bollywood you will find an influx of English names everywhere, the film industry does a commendable job of mixing English with its Indian cousins
 in songs and movie dialogues. No regional language strikes the chord with the Indian market like English does, so how do you blame the middle class for placing it on top of the Linguistic pile?</p>
<p>The attitude towards the language has changed in India. English is no longer an adopted child, but a biological one that commands equal respect and affection from its parents as their mother tongue. Exposure to English translates into global exposure, as
 English is one language used across the globe.<br />
<br />
India’s language of empowerment does face some challenges, however. There is an army of archaic politicians and vernacular chauvinists who fear losing their identity and culture with the increasing influx of English in their daily lives. English Language teaching
 in India has still a long way to go, as there is a severe paucity of English teachers, especially in the government schools in rural and semi rural areas.<br />
<br />
The Annual Status of Education Report (ASER) for 2009, released by Pratham—the largest non-governmental organization in the education sector— shows only 43.8% of students in class I could read the English alphabet, and that ability was limited to the upper
 case letters. Despite the government’s resolve to promote the teaching of English in schools and colleges as a key to vocational education, the state of English teaching remains abysmal in most of the Indian states. David Graddol in his book English Next India
 argues that India has to keep pace with global development of English or it may loose its edge over other developing countries. China pays handsome salaries to English teachers, Japanese, tired of facing scarcity of English speakers have introduced English
 as a compulsory language in primary schools, and Russia is already using English as a working language.</p>
<p>In the world where boundaries are increasingly porous, learning a global language should not be viewed as threat to one’s own culture and identity, but a way to integrate oneself with the world. In fact, empirical evidence shows that Multilingualism would
 be viewed as a professional skill in the future. People who can speak more than one language have better analytical skills and greater intercultural competence.<br />
<br />
In the case of India, when a language affects the fortunes of its speaker community, it is obvious that the community would linguistically migrate towards the language of prosperity and embrace it as its own, while the vernacular chauvinists’ keep thinking
 (often in English) how to counter the English influence.</p>
<p style="text-align:center">(The views expressed above are the personal views of the author)</p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>07/01/2012 17:36:35</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/16654/Linguistically+speaking++English+becomes+Indias+NumeroUno+language</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">16654</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>16656</publicationdataID>
      <title>Globalization Meets Beethoven in Mumbai</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p>The New York Times : Naresh Fernandes<br />
<br />
National Centre for the Performing ArtsSymphony Orchestra of India.<br />
<br />
Recently, this story about how dairy farms in northern Italy had come to rely heavily on the labor of Punjabi immigrants generated a lot of interest. But the traffic hasn’t flowed only one way. As India’s economy has expanded, guest workers from around the
 world have flocked to the subcontinent. Dancers from Eastern Europe frequently appear in Bollywood films; pilots from the United Kingdom are in the cockpits of Indian planes; and the offices of some of Bangalore’s computer companies could be mistaken for the
 sets of a Benetton advertisement.<br />
<br />
Among the most unusual groups to have found a niche for its specialized skills here are the Kazakh musicians who are the mainstay of Mumbai’s Symphony Orchestra of India. This weekend, as the SOI wraps up its 11th season, more than a dozen Kazakh musicians
 will be in its ranks to acknowledge the cheers.<br />
<br />
"They are wonderful, energetic musicians,” said K.N. Suntook, the chairman of the National Center for the Performing Arts complex, which is home to the SOI. "The former Soviet Union cloned its rigorous musical education system in all the republics and the school
 in [the former Kazakhstan capital of] Almaty is no exception.” </p>
<p>As it turns out, the Mumbai-Almaty connection was forged in London. In 2004, Mr. Suntook, who grew up in a Mumbai household obsessed by Western classical music, wandered into a concert at St. James Church in Piccadilly. The performance by the West Kazakhstan
 Philharmonic Orchestra left him mesmerized and, afterward, he went backstage to invite the conductor to bring the ensemble to India. That’s how Suntook came to meet the majestically maned Marat Bisengaliev, a violinist who in 1995 had been hailed by The New
 York Times for his "opulent, appealingly varied sound.”<br />
<br />
Bisengaliev accepted Suntook’s offer and, over the next few years, the West Kazakhstan Philharmonic Orchestra made three trips to India, impressing Mumbai audiences with their musical skills and charming them when they appeared at one concert in Indian costumes.
 As Mr. Suntook and Mr. Bisengaliev became friends, the Indian made a suggestion that had long been on his mind: will you, he asked the Kazakh, start a symphony orchestra in India?<br />
<br />
Though India has a long history of listening to Western music, beginning with the arrival of the Portuguese more than 400 years ago, it had never been able to support a permanent orchestra. Mr. Suntook emphasized that the aim would be to improve the standard
 of the performances by Indian musicians. Until then, foreign musicians would have to fill out the ranks. To him, this was a cost-efficient solution, similar to the strategies he had employed at the Tata Group, where he had been a senior executive.
</p>
<p>"As we said at Tata, if we don’t have the expertise in-house, it’s globalization, let’s get the best people from outside,” Suntook said. "It’s the cheapest way to do well. You don’t make expensive mistakes and quality doesn’t suffer.”<br />
<br />
During the SOI’s first season in 2006, approximately 80 percent of the ensemble was Kazakh, estimated Mr. Bisengaliev, who came aboard as music director. The Kazakhs, Mr. Suntook noted, were cheaper to hire than West European musicians and had an excellent
 work ethic. There were only a handful of Indians in the ranks that first year, "perhaps five or six”, Mr. Suntook said.<br />
<br />
Since then, the number of Indian musicians has risen to 18, thanks to the efforts of the nine music teachers who work with them through the year. Many other nationalities have joined the orchestra too, including a strong contingent of British woodwind players
 and several Polish musicians. But it still has 13 Kazakhs, and Mr. Bisengaliev – who in 2010 was named Man of the Decade in his country – continues to be the driving force behind the ensemble.<br />
<br />
Bisengaliev said that though Almaty and Mumbai may seem to be worlds apart, the Kazakh capital is only a three-and-a-half hour flight away from the Indian one. Kazakhs are a very adaptable people, he said, and didn’t have a problem dealing with Mumbai’s slightly
 crazed pace of life. Besides, India isn’t as unfamiliar to Kazakhs as some people may imagine. "We have a channel dedicated to Bollywood films that is very popular,” he said. "My sister loves crying all the time. She knows the name of every actor. When I say
 that I met a Bollywood star, she gets very excited.” </p>
<p>Bollywood, it turns out, isn’t so far removed from Mr. Bisengaliev’s life. Ever so often, he is approached by Bollywood music composers who have been attempting to score classical works, asking whether the SOI would be interested in performing them. So far,
 he hasn’t found anything interesting. "There’s no point in playing music that isn’t world class,” he said. "But I’m sure, little by little, there will be some composers who produce interesting work.” To begin with, he will record the works of Ash Madni, a
 composer of Indian origin who lives in the UK.<br />
<br />
Among the Kazakh musicians who have been with the SOI since its inception is 41-year-old Murat Bisengaliev, a near-namesake of the ensemble’s music director, even though they aren’t related. He is a principal trombonist. He says he’s been loyal to the SOI because
 he’s excited by its diversity. "It’s a great opportunity to collaborate with musicians from around the world trained in different schools and with different approaches,” he said. "It’s a very unique orchestra.” In addition to the enjoyable musical challenges,
 his younger colleague, Nurbol Syn, who is also a trombonist, said that he had developed a real taste for Indian food, especially such Sino-Indian creations as chicken Manchurian.
</p>
<p style="text-align:center">(The views expressed above are the personal views of the author)</p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>07/01/2012 17:40:59</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/16656/Globalization+Meets+Beethoven+in+Mumbai</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">16656</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>16657</publicationdataID>
      <title>Good neighbours?: India duty-free deal ‘game-changer’ for Bangladesh</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p>Express Tribune (Pakistan)<br />
<br />
DHAKA: As Abdus Salam Murshedey strolls through his vast garment factory in Dhaka, hundreds of seamstresses stitch shirts for export shipments he says will be boosted by a relaxing of Indian import rules.<br />
<br />
Murshedey has built his company, Envoy Group, into a multi-million dollar firm with 18,000 employees on the back of orders from major Western high street brands including Zara, Next and French retail giant Carrefour.<br />
<br />
But the shirts the women are working on are for top Indian retailer Pantaloon, and since India recently granted immediate duty-free access to 46 Bangladeshi garment types, Murshedey says orders like this are set to rise.<br />
<br />
"I’m going to have to recruit thousands of new workers to meet new Indian orders. Already we’ve received lots of queries from Indian retailers,” he said. For decades, New Delhi imposed quota restrictions on Bangladeshi garments, limiting duty-free exports to
 10 million pieces a year. Murshedey, for example, could only accept Indian orders for up to 300,000 items annually.<br />
<br />
"Pantaloon is happy with our quality and price. But we could not raise orders because of the quota bar,” he told AFP.</p>
<p>Bangladesh is the world’s third-largest garment producer, exporting $19 billion of apparel in the year to June 2011. Indian orders accounted for a tiny percentage of this.<br />
<br />
The garment industry, which accounts for 80 per cent of the impoverished country’s total exports, relies on orders from European and North American retailers such as Sweden’s H&amp;M, America’s Gap and British supermarket Tesco. The dependence on the EU and North
 America worries exporters like Murshedey, who say orders are slowing due to fears of a double dip recession. This is why, he says, he’s relieved by India’s recent announcement.<br />
<br />
"The duty-free decision by India means we can now combat any slump in EU and US orders. Our export potential to India is now unlimited,” he said.<br />
<br />
Prime Minister Manmohan Singh announced the garment deal during a historic trip to Dhaka earlier this month, in an effort to address long-standing grievances over a multi-billion-dollar trade imbalance in India’s favour.<br />
<br />
Dhaka’s exports are worth just one-ninth of the $4.5 billion of goods India shipped to Bangladesh in the 2010-11 financial year.<br />
<br />
The garment deal is the best thing to have happened to the sector since the 1990s, when similar duty-free access to the EU transformed Bangladesh’s apparel trade into a multi-billion dollar industry, say insiders.<br />
<br />
"It will be game-changer in our trade ties,” said Salim Osman, head of the Bangladesh Knitwear Manufacturers and Exporters Association (BKMEA).</p>
<p>Osman said the duty-free access "represents a realistic chance” for Bangladesh to wipe out the trade deficit for the first time in four decades.<br />
<br />
"We can raise our exports to as much as $5 billion by 2015,” he said, adding it will create hundreds of thousands of new jobs and make India the country’s third-largest market after the United States and the EU.<br />
<br />
According to the BKMEA, the new duty-free deal will allow Bangladeshi-made shirts, trousers, ladies’ wear, children’s wear, t-shirts and jeans access to Indian markets.<br />
<br />
These items are what have made fortunes for Bangladeshi factory owners as the country’s cheap labour means they enjoy a competitive advantage on basic, low-cost goods over their global rivals.<br />
<br />
"The beauty of the latest offer is it does not have any strings or quotas attached,” said Shafiul Islam Mohiuddin, head of the 4,500-factory strong Bangladesh Garment Manufacturers and Exporters Association.<br />
<br />
Indian factories should not be alarmed by the new deal, he said, because many Bangladeshi factories use Indian cotton and yarn to produce the apparel. But already there have been protests in India, with textile groups pleading with the government to stop the
 new trade access. Experts say the Indian government must stick to its guns.<br />
<br />
"The duty-free access is a reflection that India genuinely believes in much stronger ties with Bangladesh,” said Ifty Islam, a Dhaka-based partner at Asian Tiger Capital.<br />
<br />
"India opening its markets means a lot to Bangladeshi industry. It will allow Bangladesh to diversify its export market away from Europe and America to Asia,” he added.</p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>07/01/2012 17:43:01</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/16657/Good+neighbours+India+dutyfree+deal+gamechanger+for+Bangladesh</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">16657</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>16659</publicationdataID>
      <title>India's foreign trade institute to set up shop in Uganda</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p>Deccan Herald<br />
<br />
The government-run Indian Institute of Foreign Trade (IIFT) is setting up its first overseas campus in Uganda to assist students of African nations understand the nuances of globalisation and capacity-building in the continent.<br />
<br />
"We are setting up a full-fledged institution like the IIFT in Kampala. It will be our first full-fledged overseas campus. The Ugandan government will provide physical infrastructure," said IIFT director K.T. Chacko.<br />
<br />
"We have already signed the agreement. Things are moving fast. We will start with some executive programmes by the end of this calendar year, hopefully from November," Chacko told IANS.<br />
<br />
The new institute, named India-Africa Institute of Foreign Trade (IAIFT), is being set up as a part of the Indian government's initiative to help develop a higher education system in African countries in specialised fields.<br />
<br />
"Initially, for five-six years the institute will be run by IIFT. After that we will hand over the institute to Uganda's own management structure," IIFT director said.</p>
<p>He said the Indian government, through IIFT, would bear the cost of all soft infrastructure like faculty, library set-up and expenses on information and communication technologies required for running the institute.<br />
<br />
"It will be a pan-Africa institute-part of India's commitment for capacity-building in Africa."Established in 1963 by the government of India, IIFT runs some specialised programmes in collaboration with foreign institutions, but it has no full-fledged overseas
 campus in any country.<br />
<br />
The institute offers a two-year master's degree in international business and a one-and-a-half year executive master's degree in the same stream in collaboration with Dar-es-Salaam, Tanzania-based Institute of Financial Management.<br />
<br />
Headquartered in New Delhi, it also has a campus in Kolkata. Apart from the full-time masters in business management courses, the institute also offers part-time management courses and short-term diploma programmes for executives.<br />
<br />
Asked what courses will be offered from Kampala campus, IIFT director said: "We have not worked it out yet. But there will be a number of courses, mostly on the same lines as we are offering here."<br />
<br />
During the India-Africa Forum Summit in 2008, Prime Minister Manmohan Singh had announced that India would help establish 19 educational institutions in Africa. IIFT is one of them and the African Union wanted it to be set up in Kampala.
</p>
<p style="text-align:center">(The views expressed above are the personal views of the author)</p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>07/01/2012 17:46:09</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/16659/Indias+foreign+trade+institute+to+set+up+shop+in+Uganda</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">16659</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>16662</publicationdataID>
      <title>China and India Making Inroads in Biotech Drugs</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p>The New York Times : Gardiner Harris<br />
<br />
Chinese and Indian drug makers have taken over much of the global trade in medicines and now manufacture more than 80 percent of the active ingredients in drugs sold worldwide. But they had never been able to copy the complex and expensive biotech medicines
 increasingly used to treat cancer, diabetes and other diseases in rich nations like the United States — until now.<br />
<br />
These generic drug companies say they are on the verge of selling cheaper copies of such huge sellers as Herceptin for breast cancer, Avastin for colon cancer, Rituxan for non-Hodgkin’s lymphoma and Enbrel for rheumatoid arthritis. Their entry into the market
 in the next year — made possible by hundreds of millions of dollars invested in biotechnology plants — could not only transform the care of patients in much of the world but also ignite a counterattack by major pharmaceutical companies and diplomats from richer
 countries.<br />
<br />
Already, the Obama administration has been trying to stop an effort by poorer nations to strike a new international bargain that would allow them to get around patent rights and import cheaper Indian and Chinese knock-off drugs for cancer and other diseases,
 as they did to fight AIDS. The debate turns on whether diseases like cancer can be characterized as emergencies, or "epidemics.”</p>
<p>Rich nations and the pharmaceutical industry agreed 10 years ago to give up patent rights and the profits that come with them in the face of an AIDS pandemic that threatened to depopulate much of Africa, but they see deaths from cancer, diabetes and other
 noncommunicable diseases as less of an emergency and, in some cases, the inevitable consequence of better and longer living.<br />
<br />
The debate has intensified in recent weeks, before world leaders gather at the United Nations on Monday and Tuesday to confront surging deaths from noncommunicable diseases, which cause two-thirds of all deaths. It is only the second global health issue that
 the United Nations General Assembly has deemed urgent enough to call a meeting to discuss.<br />
<br />
Participants in the negotiations, which include nongovernmental organizations, described the Obama administration’s position on the issue and provided e-mails from European diplomats that laid out the American stance, which has been adopted in the agreement’s
 working draft.<br />
<br />
Although the draft agreement for this week’s meeting at the United Nations offers no support for poor nations seeking freer patent rules to fight cancer and other noncommunicable diseases, their advocates have vowed to continue fighting to loosen those restrictions
 not only this week in New York but in continuing international trade negotiations around the world as well.</p>
<p>United States officials repeatedly declined to explain the American position, though Mark Toner, a State Department spokesman, said Friday, "Regardless of what you call it, this is clearly such a pressing challenge globally that world leaders are gathering
 in New York next week to discuss ways to confront this threat.”<br />
<br />
The United States government has a long history of pushing for strong patent protections in international trade and other agreements to protect important domestic industries like pharmaceuticals and ensure continued incentives for further inventions.<br />
<br />
The new biotech copycats are likely to stir sharp debate among advocates for the poor. Already, some contend that the billions spent to treat AIDS have crowded out cheap and simple solutions to other afflictions of poverty, like childhood diarrhea.<br />
<br />
The copycats will be less expensive than the originals, but they will never be cheap. It is unlikely that many African nations will be able to afford such a costly medicine for breast cancer, when far cheaper ones for colon and testicular cancer are going wanting.</p>
<p>Dr. Yusuf K. Hamied, chairman of the Indian drug giant Cipla Ltd., electrified the global health community a decade ago when he said he could produce cocktails of AIDS medicines for $1 per day — a fraction of the price charged by branded pharmaceutical companies.
 That price has since fallen to 20 cents per day, and more than six million people in the developing world now receive treatment, up from little more than 2,000 in 2001.<br />
<br />
Dr. Hamied said in a telephone interview last week that he and a Chinese partner, BioMab, had together invested $165 million to build plants in India and China to produce at least a dozen biotech medicines. Other Indian companies have also built such plants.
 Since these medicines are made with genetically engineered bacteria, they must be tested extensively in patients before sale.<br />
<br />
Once those tests are complete, Dr. Hamied promised to sell the drugs at a third of their usual prices, which typically cost tens of thousands of dollars for a course of treatment.<br />
<br />
"And once we recover our costs, our prices will fall further,” he said. "A lot further.”<br />
<br />
Dr. Peter Piot, a former director of U.N.AIDS, the United Nations AIDS agency, said the parallels between the current dilemma over cancer drugs and the one 10 years ago over AIDS medicines were striking. "Without a major reduction in the prices of the essential
 oncology drugs, there’s no way we can really improve survival from cancer,” said Dr. Piot, currently the director of the London School of Hygiene and Tropical Medicine.</p>
<p>But he also said he was more cautious about the promise of generics this time, because biotech medicines were not easy to copy. "I believe these medicines will make a huge difference, but I would like to see the evidence that the quality is good before giving
 it to my patients or taking it myself,” he said.<br />
<br />
Having suffered global opprobrium 10 years ago when they were seen as blocking efforts to save the lives of millions of poor AIDS patients, executives for branded drug makers are far more cautious this time about insisting that high prices are necessary. Sara
 Radcliffe, a spokeswoman for the Biotechnology Industry Organization, said companies supported copycat versions of biotech medicines as long as "countries do not abuse the flexibilities in international law with respect to compulsory licensing in true public
 health emergencies.”<br />
<br />
Patents generally provide inventors rights to 20 years of exclusive sales, but international law allows countries to force companies to share those rights with competitors under a variety of circumstances, including to protect public health. Even then, countries
 are generally not allowed to export the products that result from forced patent sharing except under dire circumstances. But the only way poor countries can get drugs that result from shared patent rights is if another country exports those medicines to them
 under emergency exceptions.</p>
<p>In retrospect, the battle 10 years ago over AIDS medicines was a small skirmish compared with the one likely to erupt over cancer, diabetes and heart medicines. The AIDS drug market was never a major moneymaker for global drug giants, while cancer and diabetes
 drugs are central to the companies’ very survival. Roche Holding Ltd. earns $19 billion annually, or half its annual drug sales, selling Rituxan, Avastin and Herceptin. And sales of Herceptin have been rising faster in the developing world than in richer nations
 — making the developing world a crucial market. For middle-income countries straining to provide the best medicine possible, the new copycat biotechs will almost certainly be warmly received.<br />
<br />
Mexico alone spends about $120 million buying Herceptin to treat women with breast cancer, which is nearly one-half of 1 percent of all government spending on health care, said Dr. Alejandro Mohar, general director of the Mexican National Cancer Institute.
 In 2007, Mexico guaranteed access to Herceptin for all women with breast cancer through a public insurance program. "We would love to have better access to better drugs,” Dr. Mohar said. "This debate is going to heat up.”<br />
<br />
Hermillia Villegas, a 47-year-old mother of two in Jalisco, Mexico, recently learned that she had a virulent form of breast cancer that responded well to treatment with Herceptin. Her husband is a janitor, and her doctor initially told her that each of 17 treatments
 with Herceptin would cost her more than $3,000.<br />
<br />
"I don’t have that kind of money,” she said in a telephone interview. The new health insurance program, which pays for the whole cost of the drug, has saved her life, she said.
</p>
<p style="text-align:center">(The views expressed above are the personal views of the author)</p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>07/01/2012 17:48:39</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/16662/China+and+India+Making+Inroads+in+Biotech+Drugs</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">16662</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>16663</publicationdataID>
      <title>Three children off to India today for heart surgery</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p>The News International (Pakistan) : Khalid Khattak<br />
<br />
"I could not even imagine that my five-year-child, who has a hole in the heart, will have free heart surgery. But ‘Aman Ki Asha’ has made it possible and I am really thankful for the gesture of friendship between Pakistan and India.”
<br />
<br />
These views were expressed by Ghulam Hussain, a resident of Bhangwar, district Nawabshah, Sindh, on his arrival in the provincial metropolis on Tuesday. He is one of three people from Sindh who will leave for India on Wednesday (today) for treatment of their
 children. <br />
<br />
The free treatment will be a result of concerted effort of "Aman Ki Asha”, a peace initiative of Jang Group of Newspapers Pakistan and Times of India Group, India, Rotary India Humanity Foundation (RIHF) and Rotary Pakistan.
<br />
<br />
Besides Aakash, son of Ghulam Hussain, five-year-old Atif, son of Abdullah, and three-year-old Dharti, daughter of Prakash, will also undergo heart surgery at the Mission Hospital, Durgapur, West Bengal, under the "Heart to Heart” initiative of "Aman Ki Asha.”
<br />
<br />
In February this year, "Aman Ki Asha” had signed an agreement with the Rotary India Humanity Foundation and Rotary Pakistan to provide free heart treatment, including surgery, to 200 under-privileged Pakistani children under the "Heart to Heart” initiative
 and so far 25 children have undergone heart surgeries. Ghulam Hussain is a rickshaw driver of Bhangwar of Sindh and comes from a poor background. He appreciated the "Heart to Heart” initiative, saying the programme was a ray of hope for people who could not
 afford expensive treatment for their children suffering from heart problems. </p>
<p>Abdullah, who is a farmer of Dorre, district Nawabshah, said he could not afford heart surgery of his son and was very upset but "Aman ki Asha” emerged as a ray of hope. I am thankful to Jang/Geo Group, Rotary Pakistan and friends in India for the favour.
<br />
<br />
Dharti’s father Prakash, who belongs to Umerkot, Sindh, and works at a small medical store, was also all praise for the "Heart to Heart” programme and said the peace initiative should be advanced to promote friendly relations between both countries and their
 peoples. <br />
<br />
All the three also shared grief over devastation caused by floods in Sindh and said they had caused huge losses in terms of damage to crops bedside displacing thousands of people including their own family members.
<br />
<br />
Major (r) Mujib Aftab of Rotary Pakistan, who has been coordinating the stay of these people in Lahore and their subsequent departure to India, also lauded the peace initiative. "We are neighbours and peaceful co-existence is better,” he said while commenting
 over India-Pakistan relations. Mujib, who is also chairman of "Gift of Life”, said there was also a need to promote student exchange between both countries by organising declamation contests.
</p>
<p style="text-align:center">(The views expressed above are the personal views of the author)</p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>07/01/2012 17:52:33</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/16663/Three+children+off+to+India+today+for+heart+surgery</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">16663</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>16664</publicationdataID>
      <title>India, first to offer help - envoy</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p>India, first to offer help - envoy<br />
<br />
Daily News (Sri Lanka) : Ridma Dissanayake<br />
<br />
India is the first country which offered technical and material assistance for the success of the English as a Life Skill programme, said Indian High Commissioner in Sri Lanka, Ashok K Kantha. He was speaking at a ceremony where a Memorandum of Understanding
 between Sri Lanka and India was signed, under the 'English as a Life Skill' programme at the BMICH yesterday.
<br />
<br />
This programme has been implemented on a concept of President Mahinda Rajapaksa and organized by the Presidential Task Force dealing with the subject, in collaboration with the Education Ministry.
<br />
<br />
"President Mahinda Rajapaksa has taken measures to reduce the gap between the rich and the poor. This is one of the most important steps taken by the President to reduce the gap between the has and have nots. Developing English as a life skill is a timely need,"
 K. Kantha said. <br />
<br />
Education Minister Bandula Gunawardana said the MoU signed between Sri Lanka and India also provides for a very broad area of technical assistance from India for the programmes.
<br />
<br />
According to the minister, during the two and a half years of the Presidential initiative on English as a Life Skill, the English and Foreign Languages University (EFLU) in India has trained 80 English language master trainers from the Education Ministry on
 scholarships awarded by the Indian government. "This will enable the testing of speaking and listening skills in English to be introduced into the Sri Lankan education culture for the very first time," he said.
</p>
<p>"These master trainers in turn have trained all 23,000 English teachers in the country and they have also trained our teachers to train our children to speak English in our own way," Gunawardana said.
<br />
<br />
"English should be taught to our children as an important life skill,because it is a tool for employment,occupation and a means by which knowledge is accessed from the outside world," Presidential Advisor and Convener of the Presidential Task Force on English
 and IT Suniamal Fernando said. <br />
<br />
Education Ministry Secretary H.M. Gunasekara, Examinations Commissioner General Anura Edirisinghe, National Institute of Education Director General W.M. Abeyratne Bandara, BMICH Director General Bandula Ekanayake, and officials of the Indian High Commission,
 Presidential Secretariat, External Affairs Ministry, Education Ministry and Provincial Authorities of Education also participated.</p>
<p style="text-align:center">(The views expressed above are the personal views of the author)</p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>07/01/2012 17:55:18</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/16664/India+first+to+offer+help++envoy</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">16664</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>16666</publicationdataID>
      <title>Wine from India has arrived on our shelves</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p>The prospect of vino from the Indian subcontinent may raise eyebrows, but the 'wine atlas’ is fast expanding<br />
<br />
The Telegraph : Victoria Moore<br />
<br />
The news that two Indian wines have arrived on the shelves at Waitrose has been causing quite a stir. But this is not actually the first time the supermarket has sold fermented grape juice from the subcontinent.<br />
<br />
"About 15 years ago we stocked Omar Khayyam,” says buyer Matt Smith. No, he’s not talking about copies of the Rubaiyat but a sparkling wine made near Mumbai. It seems more of a statement of intent that today’s pair of Indian wines don’t have such obviously
 novelty names (though one shares an importer with Fat Bastard, from France).<br />
<br />
It’s certainly the case that the quality of Indian wine has much improved in the past few years. As Smith says, "I’ve been sent samples from India in the past and the quality’s never been quite there, and the price has been high too. But these show true varietal
 character.” (Meaning: the grapes are recognisable as viognier and shiraz, not often the case with wines from all over the place.)
</p>
<p>In truth, it’s not just India that’s getting in on the act; the mainstream wine atlas is expanding.<br />
<br />
In the past year I’ve travelled to Lebanon to do a tour of wineries, been invited to a symposium in Georgia, attended a tasting of more than 150 Croatian wines in London and tasted wine from Brazil, Turkey, Thailand, Japan and China.<br />
<br />
I haven’t, yet, had the chance to travel to an Indian vineyard but the country did have a clear presence at the London Wine Trade Fair in May. It now produces 13.5 million litres of wine a year, according to a report by the United States department of agriculture.
 To put that into context, it’s five times as much as we produce in this country.<br />
<br />
But it’s the growth that’s important for India; those figures represent an increase of 300 per cent since 2003 and as you’d expect, the number of wineries is also on the up. Encouraged by financial incentives, according to the same report, in 2010, 30 new companies
 registered to become wine producers, compared to six in 2000.<br />
<br />
Much of this wine is made in Maharashtra, India’s third largest state, a vast tract of land that stretches from the west coast far inland and counts Mumbai as its capital. Waitrose’s Zampa Syrah 2008 (£8.49 down from £10.99 until October 11) comes from the
 cooler high altitudes of the Nashik district in Maharashtra, where it is made by a South African who has previously worked at Mulderbosch in Stellenbosch as well as completing winemaking stints in New Zealand, Margaret River and St Emilion. It has an impressively
 smooth fruitiness, but slightly rasping, sandpapery oak. </p>
<p>Waitrose’s other Indian wine, the white, is a viognier called Ritu (it apparently means season in Sanskrit) and is made in Baramati at a winery owned by the giant United Breweries Group (you have probably drunk their Kingfisher beer). It’s a golden, honeyed-style
 of viognier rounded off with a crisp finish. I’d describe both as being "good for an Indian wine” but, well, let’s say I won’t be rushing out to buy them.<br />
<br />
As for the matter of what to drink with your curry? "Apart from my two Indian wines,” says Waitrose’s Matt Smith (well he would, wouldn’t he. "Don’t laugh, but, even though it’s incredibly unfashionable, I really like Mateus Rosé from Portugal.”<br />
<br />
He is very wise. The chilli in curry is best offset with a little bit of sweetness, which Mateus Rosé has. It is also slightly pétillant, and as anyone who likes to drink lager or a G &amp; T with an Indian takeaway knows, the refreshing quality of bubbles is good
 with all that spice. </p>
<p style="text-align:center">(The views expressed above are the personal views of the author)</p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>07/01/2012 17:58:06</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/16666/Wine+from+India+has+arrived+on+our+shelves</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">16666</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>16668</publicationdataID>
      <title>Mumbai: The business in India’s bold, bright traditions</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p>The Financial Times : Claire Adler<br />
<br />
Mumbai’s big jewellery show, IIJS, is best known for huge crowds, sweltering heat, and its high concentration of gold jewellery, diamonds and coloured gemstones.
<br />
<br />
Last month, manufacturers, retailers, wholesalers and gem dealers signed between $880m and $1bn of orders at the event, according to Synovate Research.
<br />
<br />
While the show lacks the sophistication of BaselWorld, India’s Gem and Jewellery Export Promotion Council believes the deals struck by multi-million dollar companies, coupled with a celebrity-studded catwalk, confirm that India means business – both at home
 in an increasingly competitive luxury goods market, and internationally. <br />
<br />
"Today, 11 out of every 12 diamonds in the world is cut and polished in India,” says Rupak Sen, a veteran analyst and Asia marketing director for ethical emerald miners Gemfields. "India is the largest supplier of jewellery to Middle Eastern retailers, particularly
 Dubai,” he says. <br />
<br />
More than 27,000 visitors included buyers from India’s main jewellery retailers, such as TBZ and Reliance Jewels, and more than 1,500 from outside the country.
<br />
<br />
About 840 exhibitors ranged from Rosy Blue, to the World Gold Council, Platinum Guild International, Dalumi, Rapaport Group, IDEX, Taché and Mahendra Brothers.
</p>
<p>The Israel Diamond Institute, which will soon open an India office, organised a pavilion of eight companies, including De Beers sightholders Julius Klein, while declining "a long waiting list” of others. Staff from Manhattan’s International Gem Tower, set
 for completion next year, flew out for sales meetings. <br />
<br />
"It was bedlam – if BaselWorld was half as packed as the IIJS, they’d be laughing,” says Joanna Hardy, the jewellery expert.
<br />
<br />
"The gem section was absolutely buzzing with much talk about rubies from Mozambique and non-heated stones. Although I’d thought the best emeralds had to be Colombian, at IIJS I learned a good Zambian emerald looked just as good. But most of the jewellery I
 saw there wouldn’t sell in western markets.” <br />
<br />
While BaselWorld 2011 saw more than 103,000 visitors, the IIJS has the advantage of taking place before the peak selling seasons of both Diwali and Christmas.
<br />
<br />
But this year the show fell under the shadow of volatile financial markets, fears of another global recession and a backdrop of soaring gold and polished diamond prices.
<br />
<br />
According to diamond news source IDEX, the Indian jewellery industry, which recorded a staggering 42 per cent growth last year, is heading for a more modest 15 to 16 per cent growth. Loose diamond dealers reported that, while the show was average in terms of
 sales, they witnessed extremely strong resistance to diamond prices. Manufacturers of diamond and gem-set jewellery saw strong sales, but gold jewellery manufacturers say gold prices and recent stock market falls detracted from better sales.
</p>
<p>A runway show, which kicked off the event and featured 40 celebrities including Bollywood actresses, highlighted the UN-supported Beti campaign against female foeticide.
<br />
<br />
Featuring jewellery by the likes of Hollywood favourite Amrapali, and leading brand TanishQ, it also suggested India is focused not just on offshore production, but also on design.
<br />
<br />
"At the catwalk show, the cameras and the local press went ballistic,” says Ms Hardy. "There was real excitement.”
<br />
<br />
Understanding India’s jewellery traditions could now shed light on opportunities for those outside the country.
<br />
<br />
Buying and wearing jewellery is at the heart of the culture. Whereas British people can tell a person’s background from their accent, in India their jewellery does the job, attesting to regional trends.
<br />
<br />
"Indians are immensely proud of adorning themselves. Whether you like their jewellery or not, it’s visible, colourful and bright. It doesn’t say I’m worth a fortune, it says I love jewellery. Others in the industry, including trade show organisers, might do
 well to take on board India’s passion for bold jewellery,” says Ms Hardy. <br />
<br />
Mawi, the British fashion jeweller, selected as a 2010 Walpole Brand of Tomorrow, is making inroads into the local market, capitalising on a growing demand for more fashionable goods from the west incorporating gold.
<br />
<br />
"I was born in Manipur, in north-east India. Indian fashion-conscious clients totally get and love our jewellery,” says Mawi, whose retail outlets include Le Mill in Mumbai – a concept store housed in a former rice mill, founded by four women with backgrounds
 at L’Oreal, Hermès and Vogue India. </p>
<p style="text-align:center">(The views expressed above are the personal views of the author)</p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>07/01/2012 18:00:21</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/16668/Mumbai+The+business+in+Indias+bold+bright+traditions</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">16668</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>16670</publicationdataID>
      <title>Ragas and riches</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p><span style="font-style:italic">Sarod master Amjad Ali Khan is the first non-western musician to be awarded a residency at Wigmore Hall</span><br />
<br />
The Financial Times : Michael Church<br />
<br />
If western chamber music has a mecca, it’s London’s Wigmore Hall. For a non-western musician to be awarded a residency there – as will happen next month – is both unprecedented and significant. Wigmore director John Gilhooly is one of the most prescient operators
 in the business, and if he thinks it’s time to open his sacred space to the classical music of another culture, the rest of the classical world should take notice.
<br />
<br />
By welcoming the Indian sarod master Amjad Ali Khan into the Wigmore, Gilhooly is joining a global fan club. This charismatic musician’s admirers include Prince Charles, United Nations secretary-general Ban-ki-Moon and the Dalai Lama; US cities have been queueing
 to award him honorary citizenship. Khan is a festival favourite on every continent, and a frequent collaborator with western musicians. As a sarod soloist, he is without peer.
<br />
<br />
Khan’s father was the celebrated Indian musician Haafiz Ali Khan. His Hindu wife Subhalakshmi – Khan is a Muslim – is a former Bharatanatyam dancer; their sons Amaan and Ayaan are now sarod masters in their own right. Wife and sons are present to welcome me
 for my audience with Khan at his London hotel.</p>
<p>With a gently courteous manner, and a face that at 66 still suggests youthful grace, Khan has instant charm. He’s just back from the Edinburgh Festival, where his job was to play a series of "morning” ragas to complement some "evening” ones by Ravi Shankar.
 This pairing was appropriate, since Khan has done for the sarod what Shankar did for the sitar: both have been their instrument’s prime ambassador.
<br />
<br />
Both instruments are lutes but the sitar and sarod are very different in sound and aspect. The long-necked sitar has frets and a gourd resonator, while the short-necked, unfretted sarod has a goatskin sound-box; the sitar spreads a penetrating musical perfume
 but the sarod’s voice has an inward quality. "God has sent me into this world to make the sarod sing,” says Khan, and that is indeed what he achieves with his microtonal expressiveness on its smooth steel fingerboard. This is done with the edge of the nails:
 after each performance he has to file the resulting grooves flat, so he can’t perform every day.
<br />
<br />
Tutored by his father, Khan was first put on stage with a miniature sarod at six, and at 12 he was out on the road, earning money to help pay the housekeeping bills. He wasn’t born Amjad: "A holy man came to the house and I played for him,” he explains. "He
 asked my name – and when I told him, he said, ‘No, from today you are Amjad.’ The name means ‘most glorious’.”
<br />
<br />
This sacramental seriousness pervades all his stories of family life, and most particularly that of his sons’ induction. "When a child is born, we sing certain notes into his ear, hoping that that he will love music,” he tells me. "Amaan was drawn to it, and
 tried to copy me, so we gave him a small sarod. Two years. </p>
<p style="text-align:center">(The views expressed above are the personal views of the author)</p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>07/01/2012 18:02:39</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/16670/Ragas+and+riches</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">16670</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>16672</publicationdataID>
      <title>Indian wine hits UK shelves</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p>Waitrose has become the first British supermarket to stock wine from India on its shelves<br />
<br />
The Telegraph : James Hall<br />
<br />
September 01, 2011 The supermarket has started selling two brands of Indian wine in its shops as it looks to increase the diversity of its range.
<br />
<br />
Although more renowned for its monsoons than its merlots, India is slowly gaining a reputation as a wine-producing nation.
<br />
<br />
Due to their spicy and floral aromas, the wines will be marketed as the perfect accompaniment to curry, said Matt Smith, Waitrose’s wine buyer.
<br />
<br />
He described the white Ritu Viognier as a "crisp, aromatic wine with floral and peach aromas”, while the red Zampa Syrah is a "rich dark-fruited wine with a hint of pepper and a spicy finish”.
<br />
<br />
Both wines are made from traditional grape varieties grown in the Maharashtra region of Western India. ‘Ritu’ means ‘season’ in Sanskrit. The white wine is produced by United Breweries, the vast Indian brewer that also makes Kingfisher lager.
<br />
<br />
Mr Smith said that Indian wine has improved markedly over the last five years. <br />
<br />
"There has been a significant amount of investment in recent years and a lot of expertise has been brought in from around the world. India is starting to make wine that is interesting,” said Mr Smith.
<br />
<br />
India’s location close to the equator and its annual monsoons and heatwaves do not appear to make it ideal for growing grapes. However Mr Smith said that the soil conditions and high ground in certain areas in fact produce high-quality grape harvests.</p>
<p>"Ideally you don’t want the weather to be tropical. But there are areas where the soil is good; it is clay and limestone, which encourages the vines to dig down and work hard. Vines need relatively poor soil. They like stones,” he said.
<br />
<br />
At a recent wine fair in London, Indian producers had a strong presence. <br />
<br />
"India is arriving as a wine nation. I wouldn’t say that it had arrived yet. There is still not the consistency. But it is definitely a country to watch over the next five years,” said Mr Smith.
<br />
<br />
Over the last two years Waitrose has introduced wines from Croatia, Montenegro, Lebanon, Kosovo, Slovenia, Georgia, Morocco and now India. It has grown its 'Rest of the World' wine section by 50 per cent over the last two years.
</p>
<p style="text-align:center">(The views expressed above are the personal views of the author)</p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>07/01/2012 18:05:04</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/16672/Indian+wine+hits+UK+shelves</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">16672</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>16674</publicationdataID>
      <title>Indian Exports Rise 82%</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p>The Wall Street Journal : Anant Vijay Kala<br />
<br />
India's merchandise exports rose to $29.3 billion in July, up 82% from a year earlier, but economists said the pace is unlikely to be sustained because of global economic problems and aggressive monetary tightening by the country's central bank.
<br />
<br />
Data issued Thursday by the Ministry of Commerce showed also that exports during April-July, the first four months of the current fiscal year, rose 54% to $108.4 billion. Imports jumped 52% to $40.4 billion in July, driven by a 58% rise in non-oil imports to
 $28.9 billion. Oil imports increased 37% to $11.4 billion. <br />
<br />
India's July trade deficit widened to $11.1 billion from $10.5 billion a year earlier.
<br />
<br />
Exports from Asia's third-largest economy have been climbing steadily, driven by increased government support to exporters to tap into new markets in Latin America and Africa, which are helping offset slowing demand from traditional regions such as the U.S.,
 Europe and Japan. <br />
<br />
The government is targeting merchandise exports of $300 billion in the current fiscal year through March 2012, compared with last year's all-time high of $245.9 billion.
<br />
<br />
Aditi Nayar, an economist with ICRA, said July's sharp growth may not sustain in the coming months due to uncertain global economic conditions that could hurt demand from both traditional as well as new markets.
<br />
<br />
"The growth prospects for the advanced economies remain clouded, which is likely to impact fresh orders from India's traditional trading partners, while any weakening of global sentiment may damp demand from newer markets as well," she said.
</p>
<p>An aggressive tightening in monetary policy by the Reserve Bank of India is forcing companies to hold back their expansion plans, which may also hurt exports.
<br />
<br />
However, some traditional items such as gems and jewelry have shown unfettered demand even at the time of the 2008 global economic crisis and may help keep demand for Indian exports aloft.
<br />
<br />
Also, the basket of commodities has now grown substantially with engineering goods and chemicals as well as pharmaceutical products steadily gaining prominence in Indian exports. They may help offset any drop in demand in traditional export commodities, analysts
 said. </p>
<p style="text-align:center">(The views expressed above are the personal views of the author)</p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>07/01/2012 18:08:01</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/16674/Indian+Exports+Rise+82</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">16674</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>16676</publicationdataID>
      <title>Time to make most of Indian trade romance</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p>The Age: Matt Wade<br />
<br />
A little over a decade ago, distrust between Canberra and Delhi was so high that Australian air force surveillance planes were spying on Indian navy ships.<br />
<br />
Retired Indian vice-admiral Arun Kumar Singh had first-hand experience of Australia's snooping. ''We had a period, up to around the year 2000, I suspect, where Australian Orions from Butterworth air base were dropping sonar buoys on our ships," he told me during
 a recent visit to Australia.<br />
<br />
"I personally had their sonar buoys dropped on me in the South China Sea. It irritated us no end."<br />
<br />
It is a reminder of how rapidly and comprehensively relations between Australia and India have been transformed. During the 1970s and 1980s India was treated with suspicion by Australian governments because of its leadership of the non-aligned movement and
 close links to the Soviet Union. In those days economic ties were as stunted as political ones.<br />
<br />
Even the historic reforms to open up the Indian economy in July 1991 did little to improve trade between India and Australia. Relations went into deep freeze after India's nuclear weapon test in 1998.<br />
<br />
Finally, sometime in the middle of the last decade, things started to change. Trade between Australia and India grew an average of 22 per cent a year between 2005-06 and 2009-10 and India is now entrenched as one of Australia's biggest export markets. The value
 of merchandise exports to India outstripped those to the entire European Union in 2009-10.</p>
<p>Despite the damaging publicity of attacks on Indian students in Melbourne in 2009 and 2010 and lingering displeasure in Delhi over Labor's ban on uranium sales to India, the economic relationship has continued to flourish.<br />
<br />
Last year Australian exports to India reached $20 billion, including $6.8 billion worth of coal (second only to Japan and more than to China), $5.3 billion worth of gold and $2.7 billion worth of education. Gas exports to India are tipped for a hasty expansion
 and, even though India has large reserves of iron ore, that could be augmented by significant Australian imports as its steel industry expands.<br />
<br />
India is emerging as a significant source of foreign investment in Australia, especially in mining. It is also one of our fastest-growing tourist markets. Economic ties got a boost in May with the launch of negotiations for an Indo-Australia free trade agreement.
 The Trade Minister, Craig Emerson, called it a "milestone" that would hasten economic integration between the two countries. In fact, it is likely to be a drawn-out process, but Delhi's willingness to consider a bilateral trade deal is a sign of the importance
 the Indian leadership places on the economic relationship with Australia.</p>
<p>In a further sign of the growing importance of the Indian economy to Australia, the federal Treasury this year stationed an officer permanently in Delhi.<br />
<br />
The economic re-emergence of India, and its giant neighbour China, is a key driver of the structural changes in the Australian economy. Some industries, especially manufacturing, are under pressure because Asia's demand for Australia's raw materials is pushing
 up the exchange rate.<br />
<br />
The federal Treasury assures us that there is a silver lining: the fast-growing middle classes in India and other Asian countries presents huge opportunities for non-mining businesses including knowledge-based exports like education, high-end manufacturing,
 tourism, food and other rural commodities.<br />
<br />
That's true, but those export opportunities will not fall into our lap. If Australia is to sell to India's middle classes, business is going to have to get to know them much better. At the moment, communities in both Australia and India have outdated and often
 inaccurate perceptions of one another. Would-be Australian exporters to India will need to develop a deep sense of the country and where it is heading.<br />
<br />
The diplomatic tensions that followed the spate of violent attacks on Indian students in 2009 and 2010 exposed widespread ignorance of Indian culture and society in Australia. That needs to change if Australia is to make the most of India's economic re-emergence.</p>
<p style="text-align:center">(The views expressed above are the personal views of the author)</p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>07/01/2012 18:10:46</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/16676/Time+to+make+most+of+Indian+trade+romance</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">16676</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>16678</publicationdataID>
      <title>India: ID numbers to boost banking</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p>Financial Times : Venkatesh Upadhyay <br />
<br />
While European banks are struggling to come to terms with risky sovereign debts, Indian banks are planning a major expansion.
<br />
<br />
The Indian banking sector is poised to become the world’s third-largest by assets within the next 14 years, according to a report by the US-based Boston Consultancy Group released this week. Its total assets are forecast to reach $28,500bn by 2025.
<br />
<br />
Growth will in part come from a sharp rise in the number of bank accounts across a country of 1.2bn people.
<br />
<br />
Currently, there are about 600m bank accounts in India spread among up to 250m people. This works out as about 20 per cent of the population having bank accounts.
<br />
<br />
The slender access to banking services is most acute in rural areas. The Reserve Bank of India estimates that despite a network of 82,000 bank branches of commercial banks across the country, India’s banks cater to only about 5 per cent of the nation’s villages.
<br />
<br />
Recent technological initiatives most notably the Unique Identification Authority of India (UIDAI) could change that.
<br />
<br />
The ambitious plan to index the identities of India’s entire population and provide each person with a unique number aims to enrol close to 600m people within three years. The authority would then transfer this information to participating banks, who will automatically
 open bank accounts on behalf of users. <br />
<br />
The UIDAI forecasts that it can help create 100m new bank accounts. <br />
<br />
Many Indians still prefer the bricks and mortar notion of a bank. But many new depositors will be served by Business Correspondents. These would be local intermediaries such as self-help groups and local retail stores that can double up to provide banking services.
<br />
<br />
The UIDAI has already made partnerships with more than 64 banks, including the State Bank of India and Bank of Baroda, two of the largest public sector banks.
</p>
<p>Nandan Nilekani, former chief executive of Infosys and now the head of UIDAI, says: "The UIDAI will help to open a lot of bank accounts. And, with the number of accounts going up, we expect the number of Business Correspondents to run into thousands as well.”
<br />
<br />
UIDAI has started pilot programmes in eight states, and is gaining momentum. It plans to generate 1m unique numbers a day from October. That’s a lot of new customers for the country’s banking system.
</p>
<p style="text-align:center">(The views expressed above are the personal views of the author)</p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>07/01/2012 18:13:47</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/16678/India+ID+numbers+to+boost+banking</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">16678</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>16680</publicationdataID>
      <title>Green Respite for a Bustling Delhi Suburb</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p>New York Times : Pamposh Raina<br />
<br />
Amid the high-rise office buildings, towering apartment complexes and sprawling construction sites, green pockets are hard to find in Gurgaon, a New Delhi suburb that is home to the back-office operations of some of the world’s biggest companies. So the local
 government, private companies and citizens have banded together to plant a million trees.<br />
<br />
Gurgaon has expanded more than 70 percent over the last decade alone as a result of the breakneck pace of construction; the million-tree plan would require setting aside almost 3,500 acres of land. The government of Haryana State is providing the swaths of
 property.<br />
<br />
Seventeen spots across the city have been chosen as sites for green cover. In the first phase of the project, which started on Aug 4, trees are being planted at seven locations. By Sept. 10, planners predict, 60,000 will have been planted.<br />
<br />
The varieties include arjun (Terminalia arjuna), a staple in ayurvedic medicine (an alternative medicine native to India); palash (Butea monosperma), also known as flame of the forest; dhau (Anogeissus pen<br />
<br />
dula); and seyali (Grewia flavescens), known as the sandpaper raisin. Companies and private citizens are stepping in to finance the trees and plantings. The total cost will amount to about $10 million, organizers estimate, and $200,000 has been pledged so far.
 Among those promising to contribute over the next three years are 15 multinational corporations with offices in Gurgaon, including Genpact, an offshoot of General Electric; KPMG, a consulting firm; and SAIF Partners, a private equity firm.</p>
<p>The saplings will have to be carefully nurtured in that period until they mature into self-sustaining trees, said Latika Thukral, a founding member of iamgurgaon, a nonprofit group that is leading this program and soliciting support from corporate partners.<br />
<br />
"We want to plant trees that can last 70 to 100 years,” restoring some of the green cover that Gurgaon has lost, she said.<br />
<br />
Finding a water source for the trees will be a challenge because of a groundwater shortage in the city, another consequence of Gurgaon’s runaway growth. The first phase coincides with the monsoon season in India, however, so a mix of rainwater and water from
 private suppliers is being used.<br />
<br />
But in subsequent phases treated sewage will be the primary source of water for the trees, said Sudhir Rajpal, the commissioner of the Municipal Corporation of Gurgaon, the administrative agency for the district.<br />
<br />
If organizers manage to arrange a regular supply of treated sewage water from the treatment plants of multinationals and private apartment complexes, they will only have to rely on groundwater for about 30 percent of the trees’ needs, Ms. Thukral said.</p>
<p>Denizens of Gurgaon can contribute to the project by either planting trees themselves or by "adopting” a tree for a $10 charge; that will cover the upkeep of the plant for three years.<br />
<br />
Any volunteer can plant trees at designated sites at no cost. Private builders in Gurgaon like DLF and Unitech are also contributing to the project by planting and maintaining trees on their own land that are added to the running tally.<br />
<br />
Because "it’s people’s money that is being spent”, the project needs to be transparent, Mr. Rajpal said. KPMG will audit the finances.<br />
<br />
There is no set deadline for the project’s completion; the organizers said that would depend on the availability of resources. If a million trees are indeed planted, though, organizers promise that 9,645 tons of carbon dioxide will be sequestered annually by
 the verdant cover.</p>
<p style="text-align:center">(The views expressed above are the personal views of the author)</p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>07/01/2012 18:16:19</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/16680/Green+Respite+for+a+Bustling+Delhi+Suburb</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">16680</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>16681</publicationdataID>
      <title>Stopping Traffic Downtown With a Subcontinent’s Movements</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p>New York Times: Alastair Macaulay<br />
<br />
Each August now brings one of the highlights of the New York dance calendar in, of all places, the Financial District at lunchtime: namely, the Erasing Borders Festival of Indian Dance open-air performance. It’s held as part of the Battery Dance Company’s annual
 Downtown Dance Festival and presented by the Indo-American Arts Council. <br />
<br />
What makes it marvelous isn’t necessarily the quality of the dance (the event is an anthology of Indian styles) or the authenticity of its delivery (most of the music is taped and considerably amplified) but its sheer incongruity. You see people of various
 races stopping in their tracks to watch, or gazing down from their office windows, while dancers in traditional Indian costume perform dances from the other side of the world, against a backdrop of New York skyscrapers and a soundscape of urban noise. During
 Wednesday’s performance at 1 New York Plaza a bus happened to pass by bearing an ad that said, "Incredible India.”</p>
<p>The event’s other great virtue is its diversity of styles, new and old, and deriving from different geographical regions. And since few of us in the West see a great deal of any Indian dance form, it all adds to our collective knowledge.
<br />
<br />
It’s fascinating to see not just how the old forms differ from one another but also to identify the many sensuous features they have in common. A program will include — several times over — dances that range from pure form to communicative gesticulation; footwork
 that employs the ball of the foot and heel as well as an excitingly slap of the sole; a wonderfully pliancy of the spine as well as a sharply geometrical sense of addressing contrasting bodily directions (right versus left, one diagonal versus another). Not
 to mention a precise choreography of the eyes; an articulation of the hands and fingers that is thrillingly elaborate by any Western standard; a powerful coordination of gesture, eye and torso; and a complex metrical sense far from any Western norm.
</p>
<p>Larger than all those details is the way that Indian dance connects the dancer to things beyond herself (or, more rarely, himself). The human addresses the divine, nature, abstract forces and the cosmos. Often a subtle but profound acting sense is involved,
 so that you see a dancer become multiple characters, and sometimes a single dancer conducting both sides of a dialogue. The sense of connection and empathy — indeed the sense of self — is complex, affecting, but, to a Western eye, disconcerting. Most Indian
 dancers take the stage in a vividly entertaining way, often with bright smiles and a keen sense of the audience; but what becomes more striking is their humility, of immersion in something that extends far beyond themselves.
<br />
<br />
Wednesday’s performance brought a strikingly lovely woman, Rukmini Vijayakumar, dancing both the Bharatanatyam idiom and a modern number. It also included examples of two unfamiliar but traditional genres, Mohiniattam (from Kerala in southwestern India) and
 — especially rare in New York — Manipuri (from the hills of northeastern India). The slender, supple Ms. Vijayakumar has a stirringly beautiful face, with burning eyes that repeatedly catch the observer’s breath; and she makes those eyes part of the fabric
 of the dance.<br />
<br />
She uses the whole body, sometimes acrobatically. She is the first Bharatanatyam dancer I can remember to do the splits, and in her modern solo she takes one sculptural balance and then adjusts it to hold her foot, behind her, up by her head. But the glories
 of her dancing are primarily in her upper body: her lower-body rhythm is clear but soft in enunciation. In terms of gesture, switches of angle and communicating swift changes of emotion (alarm, then surprise, then joy), she is not just engaging but also authoritative.</p>
<p>Nothing in the program, however, was more picturesque than the single-file entrance of the seven Manipuri dancers from the Natya Academy: six women followed a bare-chested and white-turbaned male drummer. His solo — the "Pung Cholam” — was quite an event.
 He danced while still drumming and sometimes held balances, hopped while holding a position and then even turned in that hopping position. His movements were all calmly and quietly achieved with more emphasis on length of phrase than percussive excitement.
 Meanwhile the six women each held a pair of tasseled cymbals: first the color of the tassels makes one effect, until the rhythm of the cymbals makes another.
<br />
<br />
Earlier on, two female Manipuri dancers danced the "Yugal Nartan.” The tall headdress of the first (playing Krishna), with its circular plumed decoration, and the rigid, bright farthingale worn by the second (as Radha) stay in the memory. Both combined pattering
 footwork beneath upper-body tilting. The Erasing Borders festival has not presented Manipuri in New York before; it would be good to see a whole program of it one day.</p>
<p>Mandakini Trivedi opened Wednesday’s performance with a solo in the Mohiniattam style of invocation to the elephant-headed god Ganapati. That evening I went to see her perform an entire program at the Anamika-Navatman Project in Midtown. She is a sharp-faced
 and intelligent dancer who charmingly shows you her idiom’s swinging, swaying, undulating appeal. Her own dancing itself has no special beauties, but she makes you want to see more of Mohiniattam. Where she comes into her own is as an actress: at the beginning
 of each dance, her face alone has changed, and her body language has a number of lively mutations as she plays different characters.
<br />
<br />
To hear in advance what "You and Me,” a contemporary number danced by Lakshmi Sriraman and Aniruddhan Vasudevan, was about gave hopes of a profound study of lovers’ exchanging identities. The choreography, however, proved a trite and dull affair, depending
 largely on the dancers intertwining each others’ scarves. The same two dancers — with their dissimilar builds, they made an unlikely couple — were livelier in a Bharatanatyam duet, showing plenty of detail of gesture, footwork and positions. The program included
 no stylist of transcendent grace or virtuosity, but its spectrum of Indian possibilities did good service to the subcontinent it represented.
</p>
<p style="text-align:center">(The views expressed above are the personal views of the author)</p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>07/01/2012 18:21:11</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/16681/Stopping+Traffic+Downtown+With+a+Subcontinents+Movements</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">16681</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>16682</publicationdataID>
      <title>Frugal robotics: Sweeping change</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p>The Economist: A.A.K. <br />
<br />
On September 18th, 2005, a week after the fourth anniversary of the deadly September 11th attacks on the World Trade Centre in New York, Fahad Azad, a 23-year-old from India, was detained at Dubai airport. His metal briefcase had set off a security alarm during
 a routine baggage inspection. Mr Azad, an automobile-engineering student, must have seen this coming. The briefcase, a potpourri of electronic items included a gadget which had an uncanny resemblance to PackBot, a military robot used by American ground troops
 in Iraq and Afghanistan. In reality, it was a harmless device designed to sneak into hard-to-reach air-conditioning ducts and clean them. An amused security team at the airport let him off but not before a thorough (verbal) demonstration of how the device
 works. <br />
<br />
"They couldn’t believe that the robot was an Indian creation,” recalls Mr Azad who later christened the contraption DuctBot. After countless revisions, the 2.5kg unit now resembles a miniature Buick Bug from 1910. Mr Azad chose to mount the DuctBot on wheels
 rather than mechanical limbs because they offer more energy-efficient locomotion and are easier to steer. This is done using a wireless Sony PlayStation 2 (PS2) joystick over the 2.45GHz radio-frequency band used in remote-controlled toys. The PS2 joystick
 is much easier to use than industrial devices, which are also five times more expensive. (The robot also responds to Nintendo Wii’s motion-control interface, but the Wii has not yet found any takers. "People here find it funny to move their arms and legs to
 drive the robot,” explains Mr Azad.) </p>
<p>The robot is designed to snake through dark, narrow air conditioning ducts and spot obstacles along the way. A pair of light-emitting diodes (LEDs) fitted in the front and at the back light up the grubby scenery so it can be captured by a camera lens. The
 images are transmitted to a monitor or a digital video recorder. On noticing an obtrusion the controller sets in motion a soft-bristled brush, or blows compressed air through tentacles attached to it. The robot can flush out many sacks of dirt, as well as
 dead pigeons, rodents and insects. </p>
<p>Maintaining healthy indoor air quality and monitoring carbon-dioxide levels in buildings with central air conditioning is a challenge. It is critical in places where clean air can mean a difference between life and death, such as hospitals. Stale air can,
 for instance, cause post-operative complications like infection. To limit such risks modern air conditioners come with humidity and CO2 sensors which regulate room temperature based on the number of people occupying it. Inbuilt air filters help trap pollutants
 like dust, pollen, animal hair and mold. But if ducts are neglected the sheer quantity of unpleasant stuff in them can overwhelm even the fanciest systems.<br />
<br />
EPSCO, a Dubai-based company which specialises in improving indoor air quality, read about Mr Azad’s invention in a national newspaper after he had won an international robotics competition. EPSCO had the cleaning equipment but it needed someone to get into
 those ducts to do the dirty, dangerous work. Across India, for example, the unenviable task still falls to children small enough to squeeze through them. In a procedure eerily reminiscent of the dismal lot of Victorian London's child chimney sweeps, they strap
 on a mining torch and carry a broom. In 2005 Mr Azad, then still at university, decided to do something about it. Six years later his start-up, Robosoft Systems, has the Indian Navy and Blue Star, a leading air-con maker, as clients.</p>
<p>Mr Azad is keen to branch out from the duct-cleaning business. His ten employees are currently exploring robot designs to tackle inspecting oil tanks for cracks or detecting leaks in sewage pipes. Their biggest challenge is to make the robots both robust
 and user-friendly enough that they could eventually be operated not by engineers but by labourers, often with almost no formal education and precious little experience of technology. Using a games console's intuitive control system is surely a step in the
 right direction.</p>
<p style="text-align:center">(The views expressed above are the personal views of the author)</p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>07/01/2012 18:26:09</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/16682/Frugal+robotics+Sweeping+change</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">16682</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>16684</publicationdataID>
      <title>The women bringing solar power to Sierra Leone</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p>An Indian college has trained 12 Sierra Leonean women to become solar engineers as part of a drive to bring electricity to rural communities<br />
<br />
The Guardian<br />
<br />
A group of 12 women from villages in Sierra Leone is in the frontline of a battle to bring solar-powered electricity to rural communities. No small feat, given that rural Sierra Leone is not connected to power.<br />
<br />
The women were all trained at Barefoot College in Tilonia, Rajasthan, in western India. They are now back in Sierra Leone assembling 1,500 household solar units at a new Barefoot College in Konta Line village, Port Loko district, which is to be formally opened
 next month. They sit at long wooden tables fitting tiny coloured resisters to circuit boards – heads tilted, deep in concentration, as smoke puffs up from their soldering irons.<br />
<br />
The women are all either illiterate or semi-literate – they used to be subsistence farmers, living day-to-day like millions in Sierra Leone. But now they are proud graduates, having travelled 6,000 miles to India to learn – in the women's words –"how to make
 light from the sun".<br />
<br />
"The idea of solar was so surprising that I had to be a part of it,"says Mary Dawo from Romakeneh village.<br />
<br />
"Snakes, rodents, reptiles and biting insects crept and crawled into our homes with the dark at 7pm. Children couldn't study, and we couldn't relax, socialise or plan our lives after a long day's work,"says Fatmata Koroma from Mambioma village.</p>
<p>The Barefoot College in Sierra Leone is the first in Africa. It will enrol up to 50 students on four-month residential courses in solar engineering. The Sierra Leone government has invested about $820,000 in the project. Though the college is funded by the
 government, the women hope they can run it independently, in what they describe as the"Barefoot way". The solar equipment the college runs on, and the equipment for 10 villages, was provided by the Barefoot College in India, and the initial training was sponsored
 by the Indian government as part of its south-south co-operation programme.<br />
<br />
"In India, the first problem was vegetarian food,"says Koroma."The desert was too hot and everything was different. But, within months we could assemble circuits and construct systems. Anything was possible after that."<br />
<br />
The graduates now live in the college hostel, where they will stay until they have trained their replacements"for the service to our villages and our country", says Nancy Kanu. She was in the first female batch of students to train in India, in 2007, the same
 year that Konta Line village, where she's from, was declared the first solar village. She is now chief solar engineer."I teach full-time, but I'm on call – even at night – to fix a fuse, change a bulb or charge a phone,"she says.<br />
<br />
People interact differently now in Konta Line, says Aminata Kargbo."People socialise more – they're nicer,"she says. The advent of solar energy has saved the village about $1,000 in candles and kerosene so far; money that is being kept for the upkeep of solar
 equipment.</p>
<p>However, the solar units are expensive [$500-$800] and far beyond the reach of most rural households."There's a 45% import tax … You need electricity to manufacture solar equipment here,"says Idriss Kamara of the Safer Future Youth Development Project. The
 local NGO tackles the country's 60% youth unemployment, training people in vocational skills, including solar. But, Kamara says, few solar trainees find work because hardly any households use it. The government says it is looking to reduce the tax so benefits
 are passed on to customers and access to solar power increases.<br />
<br />
However, while Sierra Leone's government supports the Barefoot College project, people have wider energy needs, says Yvette Stevens of the ministry of energy and water."We are developing a broader rural energy programme focusing on community, productive and
 social needs,"she says. Renewables such as solar, biofuels and hydro form the basis of this programme, supported by an upcoming World Bank project."There's a lot of donor money for renewables now, given their impact on climate change,"says Stevens. The government
 envisages local solar systems will provide power for clinics and schools, and for"water pumps, communal television, and computer centres", she explains. Energy is not set out as a separate MDG, but it's vital in meeting them, she says.</p>
<p>Sierra Leone is still catching up after the lost years of the decade-long civil war that wiped out the country's fragile infrastructure. More than 60% of people (about 3.6 million) live rurally. Few can afford generators. Even in urban areas, more than 90%
 of people go without power.<br />
<br />
A recent World Bank report states that electricity is Sierra Leone's most daunting infrastructure challenge. This, despite the new Bumbuna hydropower plant, which has improved the situation in the capital, Freetown, a little during the rainy season, providing
 nearly half the city's demand. <br />
<br />
Nevertheless, rural areas lag far behind. Sierra Leone records 46 days of power outages a year, which is four times higher than in other low-income African states.<br />
<br />
They may be a small part of a bigger strategy, but Sierra Leone's Barefoot women are thinking about the future."Once these units are installed, I think we'll need an investor to manufacture solar units here to make them affordable for everyone,"Barefoot College
 graduate Kanu says."There's nothing we can't learn now to make our lives better. We have the power to change our villages."</p>
<p style="text-align:center">(The views expressed above are the personal views of the author)</p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>09/01/2012 10:00:00</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/16684/The+women+bringing+solar+power+to+Sierra+Leone</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">16684</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>16685</publicationdataID>
      <title>New sources of aid - Charity begins abroad</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p>Big developing countries are shaking up the world of aid<br />
<br />
The Economist<br />
<br />
BETWEEN 1951 and 1992 India received about $55 billion in foreign aid, making it the largest recipient in history. Now it seems on the verge of setting up its own aid-giving body. A spokesman for the foreign ministry says the government is in "active discussions”
 to create an India Agency for Partnership in Development (IAPD), an equivalent of America’s Agency for International Development (USAID) or Britain’s Department for International Development (DFID). Bureaucrats in other ministries are dragging their feet but
 Gurpreet Singh of RIS, a Delhi think-tank, says the government will announce the body within months, and give it $11.3 billion to spend over the next five to seven years.<br />
<br />
India’s switch from the world’s biggest recipient to donor is part of a wider change shaking up foreign aid. Ten years ago the vast majority of official development assistance came from about 15 rich industrialised countries that are members of the Development
 Assistance Committee (DAC), a 50-year-old club of the aid establishment. Even today, America remains the largest single donor, dishing out $31 billion in 2010.
</p>
<p>But second on the list, if reports monitored by New York University’s Wagner School are to be believed, would be China, which gave away $25 billion in 2007. (Statistics on aid from new donors are dodgy and the line between aid and trade is blurred; by another
 count China’s officially reported aid was only $1.9 billion in 2009.) Brazil, which is also thinking about setting up its own aid agency, gives up to $4 billion a year of assistance, broadly defined. That would put it on a par with Sweden, Italy—or Saudi Arabia,
 another big donor outside the establishment club. If India gives around $2 billion a year, it would rank with Australia or Belgium.
<br />
<br />
According to a new report by a non-governmental organisation called Global Humanitarian Assistance, aid (conservatively defined) from non-DAC countries rose by 143% in 2005-08, to $11.2 billion, before falling during the financial crisis. Aid from the BRICs
 (Brazil, Russia, India and China) more than doubled. The establishment donors’ aid monopoly is finished.
<br />
<br />
Aid from upstart donors is not exactly new. India has trained poor countries’ civil servants for decades, in a programme called Indian Technical and Economic Co-operation (ITEC). The Soviet Union and Maoist China spent billions helping poor client states during
 the cold war. What is new is that these programmes are expanding rapidly (in the case of China and Russia, after a steep fall). ITEC will train 5,500 people from 120 countries this year, says Vishnu Prakash of the foreign ministry (up from 3,400 in 2005).
 Before 2007, Russia spent about $100m in aid. This rose to an average of $422m a year between 2007 and 2010, according to the finance ministry.
</p>
<p>Over the past decade China has evolved from a net recipient to net donor. A milestone was reached in 2005, when the World Food Programme dispatched its last shipment of grain after donating to China for some 25 years. This year Britain’s DFID wound up its
 bilateral aid programme in China. At the same time, China has become a far bigger donor. Wen Jiabao, the prime minister, has promised that in 2010-13 China will provide $10 billion in low-interest loans to African countries, bolster the China-Africa Development
 Fund by $1 billion (bringing it to $5 billion) and cancel debt owed by highly indebted countries with which China has diplomatic relations. In April this year the Chinese government issued its first white paper on its foreign-aid programme. The amount budgeted
 for aid had "increased rapidly” since 2000, it said, with growth of nearly 30% a year between 2004 and 2009.
<br />
<br />
The new donors stress that their aid is different from that provided by the West. They reject the traditional idea of beneficent donor helping indigent client and claim to be engaged in "South-South co-operation”. China says the "first principle” of its development
 assistance is "equality and mutual benefit in providing aid”. In practice, though, the real differences with the West lie elsewhere.
</p>
<p>Most new donors give priority to their neighbours. Saudi Arabia gives much of its aid to other Arab states. During the 2009 financial crisis Russia helped out the struggling countries in its "near abroad”, including Tajikistan and Armenia. Russia keeps afloat
 the thuggish and autocratic regime in Belarus through low energy prices and gives roughly $1.5 billion to Abkhazia and South Ossetia, areas which have broken away from Georgia and are recognised by Russia as sovereign states.
<br />
<br />
The Indian government sees aid as a way of improving miserable ties with neighbours. A symbolic offer of $25m to Pakistan a year ago, via the United Nations, to assist in flood relief, was unlikely to have melted many hearts. But huge investments in hydropower
 in Bhutan (in return for the guaranteed supply of fixed-price electricity into India’s grid) helped both countries. India would now like to do something similar with Nepal. India extends large, soft loans to curry favour with a friendly regime in Bangladesh
 and is paying for post-war reconstruction in Sri Lanka. With Western support, it is also building roads, a power grid and a new parliament building for its ally, Hamid Karzai, in Afghanistan, where India is the fifth-largest donor.
</p>
<p>A lot of new aid is also given partly in support of commercial interests. The Saudi government says one of its aims is to promote non-oil exports. But the biggest pursuer of such interests is China. Many of its aid projects help build infrastructure that
 benefits Chinese investment. It has helped rebuild the Tanzam railway, for example, linking Zambia’s copper belt, where China has large projects, and Dar-es-Salaam, where it has modernised the port. The white paper seeks to counter Western views that much
 of its aid goes to feed its appetite for oil and minerals. It says only 8.9% of concessional loans have been used to support the extraction of such resources. But it gives no details. Much of the 61% of loans for transport, communications and power may also
 help mining efforts. <br />
<br />
The big unresolved question for the new donors, argues Duncan Green, head of research at Oxfam, an NGO, is how far they adopt the policies and institutions of Western donors or how far they go their own way, blurring boundaries between aid and investment. There
 have been one or two nods towards Western ideas recently. The BRICs are giving more through multilateral channels, moving away from their usual government-to-government help. China’s white paper uses Western-style language about "increasing recipient countries’
 capacity”. But by and large the new donors think their model of giving aid is better. As their contributions soar and Western ones stagnate or shrivel, the aid world is seeing genuine competition.
</p>
<p style="text-align:center">(The views expressed above are the personal views of the author)</p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>09/01/2012 10:03:30</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/16685/New+sources+of+aid++Charity+begins+abroad</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">16685</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>16686</publicationdataID>
      <title>India dished out Rs597 billion between 2004-2010 to nine countries</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p>The News International (Pakistan) Sabir Shah <br />
<br />
LAHORE: It is a widely-acknowledged fact that while successive Pakistani governments have been running disgracefully with a deep begging bowl in hand since the country’s inception, India’s total donation budget between 2004 and 2010 alone stands at around Rs
 597 billion (over 312 billion Indian rupees).<br />
<br />
In a bid to expand its activities as a donor and to reposition itself as an emerging power, New Delhi currently provides loans and grants to nine countries. According to AidData, a distinguished online portal established by the US-based Brigham Young University,
 the College of William and Mary and the Development Gateway (sponsored by World Bank and 21 world governments), India provides aid to Ghana, Mali, Myanmar, Nepal, Ethiopia, Sri Lanka, Afghanistan, Sudan and Bhutan.
<br />
<br />
A research conducted by The News International shows that as compared to Pakistan, which has been extremely good at holding aid-seeking conferences both at home and abroad to apprise the international philanthropists of the damage caused by the October 8, 2005
 quake and the devastating 2010 floods, India had declined international assistance after both the 2004 Tsunami and the 2005 earthquake in Kashmir.
</p>
<p>Though it is a day younger than Pakistan, India has been donating since 1958, making its presence felt. It was 53 years ago that India had dished out Rs 200 million as multi-year grants to Myanmar and Rs 100 million under the same head to Nepal, one of the
 key reasons why New Delhi’s influence in these two countries is unmatched. <br />
<br />
This was the time when the then Pakistani President Iskander Mirza was preparing to abrogate the Constitution and declare the first Martial Law in the country. There is little evidence Pakistan has done anything to analyze what India has achieved over the years
 by financially supporting both Nepal and Myanmar. <br />
<br />
The table in this story, taken from an Indian economic expert Dweep Chanana’s July 2010 article "India’s transition to global donor: limitations and prospects,” shows India’s foreign aid budget allocations between 2004 and 2010.
<br />
<br />
This article was published by the Spain-based Elcano Royal Institute of International and Strategic Studies. Dweep Chanana wrote in his article that he had sought these statistics from Indian budget documents, a fact confirmed by The News International during
 a random cross-checking exercise. </p>
<p>Dweep Chanana, who is an advisor to private and institutional philanthropists with a Swiss private bank, had viewed in his article:” India has expanded its aid programme over the past decade, emerging as a serious donor in certain countries.
<br />
<br />
Like most emerging donors,India’s aid-related activities do not follow the traditional definition of the Development Assistance Committee. Rather, an alternative definition can be considered: spending that furthers India’s standing as a donor.”
<br />
<br />
Economist Chanana further writes:” There are three parts to that spending, namely grants and preferential bilateral loans to governments, contributions to international organisations and financial institutions, and subsidies for preferential bilateral loans
 provided through the Export Import Bank of India. Today the Indian foreign aid is less than 0.3 per cent of GDP. Seven years ago India announced that it would only accept bilateral development assistance from five countries (Germany, Japan, Russia, the UK,
 and the United States) in addition to the EU. Now it appears that the list is dwindling. India also declined international assistance after both the 2004 tsunami and the 2005 earthquake in Kashmir.”
<br />
<br />
Having the world’s second largest labour force of 478 million, the economy of India is today the 10th largest on the planet in terms of nominal GDP and the fourth largest by Purchasing Power Parity (PPP).
</p>
<p>Numbers collected from sources like the IMF and World Bank show that India’s per capita GDP (PPP) is $3,339 billion, its exports rest at $ 201 billion, imports stand at $ 327 billion, Gross external debt is $ 237.1 billion, total Foreign Direct Investment
 is $ 35.6 billion, revenues total $ 170.7 billion, expenses are $ 257.4 billion and the country’s FOREX reserves are calculated at $ 310 billion.
<br />
<br />
On the contrary, Pakistani economy’s far more dismal numbers might make many Pakistanis bow their head in utter disdain, if not shame. Pakistan’s economy is the 47th largest in terms of nominal GDP and the 25th biggest vis a vis the Purchasing Power Parity
 numbers. <br />
<br />
Its per capita GDP (PPP) is $ 464 billion, its exports stand at $ 24 billion, imports rest at around $ 29 billion, labour force is 56 million, net external debt is nearly $ 60 billion, revenues are touching the $ 23.21 billion mark, expenses are hovering over
 $ 30 billion and the FOREX reserves are calculated at approximately $ 17 billion.
<br />
<br />
In Afghanistan, where many Pakistani government functionaries and members of the establishment have long been claiming to hold sway, Indian Prime Minister Manmohan Singh had announced an additional $500 million aid package very recently in May 2011.
<br />
<br />
During Indian Premier’s last visit to the war-torn mountainous country, various global media outlets had reported that India has spent $1.5 billion (Pak Rs 130 billion) here to help build highways, hospitals and electricity networks.
</p>
<p>India is now the fifth largest donor to Afghanistan (with commitments of over $1 billion since 2001) and is increasingly seeking out new recipients. On the other hand, United States has constantly been reminding Pakistan that it has not done enough despite
 taking $ 20 billion in aid from it since 2011. <br />
<br />
Pakistan does donate too, but its gesture is as rare as a blue moon. For example, in February 2011, Islamabad provided Rs 11 million donations to Sri Lanka when floods had lashed the island. The aid stock included dry rations and clothing only.
<br />
<br />
India, as a donor, is giving aid to Africa also. Its assistance for the African continent has grown at a rate of 22 per cent annually over the past 10 years.
<br />
<br />
And see what it is getting in return! Bilateral trade between India and Africa has experienced a 15-fold increase from 2001. While the bilateral Indo-Africa trade soared to $ 46billion in 2010, it is expected to reach $ 70billion by 2015.
<br />
<br />
India is now Africa’s second major trading partner after China, with investments in oil, pharmaceuticals, gold, diamonds and information technology.
<br />
<br />
Indian Telecom giant Bharti Airtel, according to a BBC report of May 24, 2011, "had spent $ 10 billion in 2010 to take over mobile phone operations across Africa from the Kuwaiti firm.”
<br />
<br />
To cite another example, India has recently signed a deal with 19 education institutions in Africa and plans to build a diamond processing facility in Botswana.
<br />
<br />
According to the afore-mentioned BBC report, the Indian Prime Minister Manmohan Singh was at the May 23, 2011 Africa-India Forum Summit in Addis Ababa (Ethiopia), where he had pledged a $ 5 billion credit to the African nations to help them meet development
 goals. <br />
<br />
BBC wrote: "India’s commerce with Africa is worth $ 40 billion (£ 25 billion) a year.”
</p>
<p>Shashi Tharoor, a former Indian minister of state for external affairs and United Nations under-secretary general, has recently written an article "India’s emergence as a global donor” in "The Gulf News” of June 15, 2011.
<br />
<br />
Shashi, who is currently a member of the Indian parliament, wrote,” The recent India-Africa summit in Addis Ababa, Ethiopia, at which the Indian government pledged $5 billion (Dh18.35 billion) in aid to African countries, drew attention to a largely overlooked
 phenomenon - India’s emergence as a source, rather than a recipient, of foreign aid. For decades after independence - when Britain left the subcontinent one of the poorest and most ravaged regions on earth, with an effective growth rate of 0 per cent over
 the preceding two centuries - India was seen as an impoverished land of destitute people, desperately in need of international handouts.”
<br />
<br />
He stated,” Many developed countries showcased their aid to India. Norway, for example, established its first-ever aid programme there in 1959. But, with the liberalisation of the Indian economy in 1991, the country embarked upon a period of dizzying growth,
 averaging nearly 8 per cent per year since then. During this time, India weaned itself from dependence on aid, preferring to borrow from multilateral lenders and, increasingly, from commercial banks.”
<br />
<br />
Shashi Tharoor continues observing with a lot of pride:” Today, the proverbial shoe is on the other foot. India has begun putting its money where its mouth used to be. It has now emerged as a significant donor to developing countries in Africa and Asia, second
 only toChina in the range and quantity of development assistance given by countries of the global South.
</p>
<p>In addition, India has built factories, hospitals, and parliaments in various countries, and sent doctors, teachers, and IT professionals to treat and train the nationals of recipient countries.
<br />
<br />
Concessional loans at trifling interest rates are also extended as lines of credit, tied mainly to the purchase of Indian goods and services, and countries in Africa have been clamouring for them.”
<br />
<br />
The eminent writer still has a lot to ink:” In Asia, India remains by far the single-largest donor to its neighbour Bhutan, as well as a generous aid donor to Nepal, the Maldives, Bangladesh, and Sri Lanka as it recovers from civil war. Given Afghanistan’s
 vital importance for the security of the subcontinent, India’s assistance programme there already amounts to more than $1.2 billion (Pak Rs 112.8 billion) - modest from the standpoint of Afghan needs, but large for a non-traditional donor - and is set to rise
 further. India’s efforts in Afghanistan have focused on humanitarian infrastructure, social projects, and development of skills and capacity.”
</p>
<p style="text-align:center">(The views expressed above are the personal views of the author)</p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>09/01/2012 10:08:49</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/16686/India+dished+out+Rs597+billion+between+20042010+to+nine+countries</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">16686</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>37</publicationdataID>
      <title>India’s new guard of start-ups</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>Financial Times : James Fontanella-Khan<br />
	<br />
	When Sachin Bansal and his room mate Binny Bansal decided to quit Amazon India in 2007 to start their own "humble online bookstore”, many thought they had lost their wits.<br />
	<br />
	"A lot of people tried to talk us out of what we were doing,” says Binny. "They used to say: why give up a proper job?” <br />
	<br />
	Sachin also recollects friends warning him about the risks of setting up his own business. "We had a job, a good one, but we also had a dream and many people couldn't get this feeling, this ambition,” he says.<br />
	<br />
	Few believed that the two university friends – who happen to share the same surname – could turn a $10,000 investment into a business generating multimillion-dollar revenues in less than five years. Today, some analysts value their company, Flipkart.com, at about $400m.<br />
	<br />
	The story of Sachin and Binny might be a fairly common one in Silicon Valley, where dropping out of university to set up a company has become the norm. But in India things are different. One reason people were so sceptical was that the two were first-generation entrepreneurs who did not come from a business family background – Sachin's father was a farmer and Binny's was a government employee. <br />
	<br />
	</p>

<p>"Junior analysts at investment funds found our business interesting but when they pitched our company to their senior partners they would turn us down as they thought that two guys like us couldn't scale up the business,” says Binny. Historically, leading entrepreneurs and business executives are children from "business families”. Meanwhile, somebody born in a family of professionals or government employees would end up following their parents' footsteps as a salaried worker – a throwback to the days when a person's occupation was tied to caste.<br />
	<br />
	Apart from a few rare rags-to-riches stories – such as that of the late Dhirubhai Ambani who built Reliance Industries, India's largest listed company, despite being the son of a low-paid teacher in rural India – not many individuals have broken the mould.<br />
	<br />
	Now, a new group of first-generation entrepreneurs such as the Bansals are overcoming social obstacles and taking advantage of the opportunities in the "new India”.<br />
	<br />
	"Initially, we were running the company with just two computers from our room,” says Sachin. "The first order came 10 days after we launched the site. A guy in Andhra Pradesh bought Leaving Microsoft to Change the World by John Wood, who quit his job to set up the charity Room to Read. To us, it all seemed quite ironic as we had quit Amazon to change our lives,” he says, as the two burst into laughter. <br />
	<br />
	"It took us two days to find it,” recalls Binny. "We sold it at a loss to make up for the delay in delivery.” <br />
	<br />
	</p>

<p>Setting up the operation from scratch was the hardest task. "At the beginning, it took some time to get [book] distributors and vendors to believe that what we were doing was serious and had potential,” says Sachin. <br />
	<br />
	Flipkart broke even after only six months, allowing the two emerging entrepreneurs to start reinvesting profits into a new office space and employees. "We didn't take a salary for 18 months and lived off our savings and a little pocket money from our parents, who were very supportive,” says Sachin. During the first year, the company grew at a phenomenal pace. Sales doubled on a quarterly basis as Flipkart's innovative cash-on-delivery payment system and growing titles catalogue became the favourite destination for the country's literati in search of their preferred book. <br />
	<br />
	However, in spite of the stellar early performance, few serious investors approached the Bansals to back their project. "We knew it would have been hard to attract [venture capitalists],” says Binny. "We were just two years out of college with a short working experience. We had to build a customer base to prove that we had something real to offer to potential investors.”<br />
	<br />
	By mid-2009, investors started coming after them and they soon received their first $1m from a VC fund. This was shortly followed by another $10m investment from another US fund. <br />
	<br />
	"From then onwards, the operation skyrocketed,” says Sachin. "We opened multiple offices, hired new engineers and boosted our catalogue.”<br />
	<br />
	</p>

<p>This new class of entrepreneurs has emerged over the past decade on the back of India's unbridled economic ascent, as old barriers and constraining traditions have been overcome by a more risk-prone and self-confident generation. They have a distinct profile: they have a middle-class background; their parents were wage earners; they went to India's top universities; some also have an MBA or PhD from the US; and they worked for a big company for a few years, before going on to set up their own venture.<br />
	<br />
	Like the Bansals, Samir Patil, a former partner at McKinsey, and Susmita Mohanty, who worked at Nasa and Boeing, are two entrepreneurs who fit this profile. Inspired by Walt Disney and Sesame Workshop, the non-profit organisation behind Sesame Street, Mr Patil launched India's first child-focused media group in 2007 after he returned from New York, where he lived for several years. Meanwhile, Ms Mohanty returned to India in 2008 to launch Earth2Orbit, the country's first private sector space company, which consults the government's space agency and private sector groups to develop space-related business opportunities.<br />
	<br />
	</p>

<p>The rise of these new entrepreneurs became possible only after 1991, when on the brink of default India was forced to open its economy, says Ajit Rangnekar, dean of the Indian School of Business. "If you look back pre-1990s ... there were so many hurdles, you needed loads of licences, you had to be close to the government, capital was not easily available ... There were very few non family-run businesses,” says Mr Rangnekar. <br />
	<br />
	The success of India's IT outsourcing sector also played a big role in instilling a new entrepreneurial culture, says Padmaja Ruparel, president of Indian Angel Network, a community of early-stage seed investors. "Companies such as Infosys [India's second-largest company], which was set up in the late 1980s by a group of middle-class IT whiz-kids, proved that it was possible for anyone to turn a dream into reality.” <br />
	<br />
	Parminder Gill, a 42-year-old entrepreneur and co-founder of EduSports, which provides physical education programmes to nearly 200 private schools in India, says that the entrepreneurial ecosystem has hugely improved since he set up his first business more than 15 years ago. "The government isn't in your way all the time, there are more sectors we can invest in, people have money to buy our services thanks to the economic growth we have experienced ... it is a whole different story.”<br />
	<br />
	However, seed funding continues to remain a pressing problem, according to Vinarma Shastri, a partner at the consultancy Grant Thornton. He says that most funds prefer investing in companies with at least a year or two in the business, which means that many start-ups depend on personal or family savings to get things going.<br />
	<br />
	The rise of India's new generation of entrepreneurs is still under way but what most observers seem to agree on is that the country's next generation of billionaires will be the likes of Sachin and Binny.<br />
	<br />
	</p>

<div>(The views expressed above are the personal views of the author) </div>]]></description>
      <pubDate>04/08/2011 16:28:36</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/37/Indias+new+guard+of+startups</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">37</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>38</publicationdataID>
      <title>Golf slices through India's class system</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>BBC: Rajini Vaidyanathan<br />
	<br />
	There's a mix of people training and teeing off here at India's national golf academy. <br />
	<br />
	Middle-aged executives mingle with mothers, teenagers with tournament professionals - all perfecting their swing before taking a shot. <br />
	<br />
	They're here united by their passion for golf, a game growing in popularity in India. <br />
	<br />
	"Golf has moved from being a social status to a sport," says Jessie Grewal, India's top golfing coach. <br />
	<br />
	Top Indian golf coach Jessie Grewal offers training to all age groups <br />
	<br />
	"We have a whole different section of society coming into golf, people from non-golfing backgrounds." <br />
	<br />
	The sport is opening up to those on lower incomes, says Mr Grewal, thanks to the availability of subsidised green rates and public golf courses. <br />
	<br />
	He says further investment, including the leasing of government land for courses, could revolutionise the game in this country. <br />
	<br />
	Coaching drive<br />
	<br />
	Golf has traditionally been a game played by the super-wealthy, mainly because of the expenses associated with joining private clubs - up to $90,000 (&pound;56,000) for life membership. <br />
	<br />
	</p>

<p>The National Golf Academy, where Mr Grewal coaches, is one example of the changing face of the game. <br />
	<br />
	Some 90% of the people who attend the academy are from non-golfing backgrounds, he says. <br />
	<br />
	Since its inception six years ago, some 400 coaches have been trained in India. In 2008 the academy moved into its permanent home, next to Chandigarh golf club. <br />
	<br />
	As well as training golf teachers, the academy offers coaching to all age groups. <br />
	<br />
	Mr Grewal can be seen striding across the course, telling young golfers to keep their backs straight, or to focus more on their shot. v This hub of golf is even frequented by India's most celebrated golfer, Jeev Milka Singh. <br />
	<br />
	Singh's larger-than-life poster hangs at the entrance to the academy, a reminder to the many youngsters here of the potential the game now has. <br />
	<br />
	Lure of professionalism<br />
	<br />
	</p>

<p>Tournaments such as the Indian Open and the Avanta Masters offer prize money of millions of dollars, and professional golfers can earn just as much in sponsorship deals. <br />
	<br />
	It is estimated there are about 50,000 active golfers in India, and this figure is expected to rise. <br />
	<br />
	Professional Jeev Milka Singh is an inspiration for many Indian want-to-be golfers <br />
	<br />
	The lure of golf as a profession might be why so many young golfers are lining up to train at the academy. <br />
	<br />
	The junior sport is thriving in India - with as many as 450 children actively competing on the amateur circuit. <br />
	<br />
	"I'd like to play for India," says Vasundhara Thiara, as she expertly hits a hole in one. <br />
	<br />
	"I'd like to play like Tiger Woods does and become a great golfer." <br />
	<br />
	Vasundhara has a manner well beyond her eight years and as she carefully lines up her shot, she explains her passion for golf started when she was four years old. <br />
	<br />
	Then, her brother wouldn't allow her to play cricket, so she took to hitting balls with a tennis racquet. <br />
	<br />
	</p>

<p>When she kept striking the ball into the neighbour's house she soon realised her golf potential. v Vasundhara is one of 160 juniors taking part in a tournament at the Chandigarh golf club. <br />
	<br />
	Eight-year-old Vasundhara Thiara would like to be a golf professional <br />
	<br />
	'Investment'<br />
	<br />
	"The more youngsters who get into golf, the more potential great golfers India will have," says Mr Grewal. <br />
	<br />
	"Once they turn professional you'll see an investment coming into the game," says Mr Grewal. <br />
	<br />
	This investment is already apparent, with big name sponsors lining up to fund junior golf tournaments. <br />
	<br />
	They are also attracting huge investment from Indian parents like Wing Cdr DS Kahlon who loyally follows his son around the country as he competes. <br />
	<br />
	"The game is beginning to open up," he says, in between cheering on his son at a crucial hole of the tournament. <br />
	<br />
	"In India we're mad after cricket, but that is changing, and a number of golf courses and ranges are coming up. <br />
	<br />
	"Mainly it is a rich man's game, but you see a lot of middle-class people also joining." <br />
	<br />
	</p>

<p>'Slum golf'<br />
	<br />
	Hundreds of miles away in Mumbai's (Bombay's) slums and there's evidence the game has an even wider reach. <br />
	<br />
	India has about 200 official golf courses, but this one is certainly one of the most imaginative. <br />
	<br />
	Players tee off from a range of vantage points, including a vegetable cart, a rubbish mound and a truck. <br />
	<br />
	To get round the expense of buying new clubs, the players use handmade irons made from bent pieces of metal. <br />
	<br />
	Instead of a putting green, they hit the ball into holes marked out of the dry earth using stones. <br />
	<br />
	Bappu Shahane is one of the players who organises these games of "slum golf", as well as tournaments with modest prize money - the winner here can take home 100 rupees (&pound;1.40; $2.24). <br />
	<br />
	Sponsorship needed<br />
	<br />
	As a caddy at a local golf club, Mr Shahane works alongside Mumbai's rich and famous, but has aspirations of his own. <br />
	<br />
	"I want to take my game to the next level as a professional," he says. <br />
	<br />
	"But to do that we need some kind of help and sponsorship from outside." <br />
	<br />
	Mr Shahane earns 4,000 rupees (&pound;56; $90) a month for his caddying duties, but entry alone for amateur tournaments can cost 5,000 rupees, and that's not including transport costs. <br />
	<br />
	For these players, investment in their game would help realise their dreams. <br />
	<br />
	"I want to become a professional," says Suresh, who shares Bappu's golfing talent and aspirations, "like Sachin Tendulkar is in cricket, I want to be in golf." <br />
	<br />
	With more money being injected into the game, and more land being given over for public golf courses, that dream could slowly become a reality too. <br />
	<br />
	</p>

<div>(The views expressed above are the personal views of the author)</div>]]></description>
      <pubDate>04/08/2011 16:29:24</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/38/Golf+slices+through+Indias+class+system</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">38</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>39</publicationdataID>
      <title>Consumers in China and India Love Shopping Way More Than Americans</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>Time: Brad Tuttle<br />
	<br />
	June 30, 2011<br />
	<br />
	Americans are portrayed as the world's ultimate consumers, with the oversized homes, walk-in closets, overflowing storage units—and monstrous credit card bills—to prove it. We must really love shopping, right? Then why is it that in a new survey, consumers in India and China were more than twice as likely as Americans to say they enjoy clothes shopping? <br />
	<br />
	In a recent Harris Interactive poll, residents of various countries were asked whether they liked or disliked shopping for clothes. In the U.S., 39% said that they either liked or loved hitting the shops to hunt for clothes, while 30% felt neutral and another 30% said they disliked it. But in India, 58% said they love shopping for clothes, and another 34% answered they liked it, for a total of 92% falling on the shopping=fun side of the spectrum, and only 1% said they disliked clothes shopping. The Chinese also get their kicks from clothes shopping, with 79% saying they like or love it. <br />
	<br />
	</p>

<p>The only country surveyed that liked clothes shopping less than in the U.S. was, bizarrely, a nation known to be among the world's most fashionable, France (38% enjoy it). <br />
	<br />
	So what gives? <br />
	<br />
	Putting France aside for a moment—perhaps they're too snooty to admit to enjoying the crass bourgeois activity of shopping for clothes—one might theorize that, human nature being what it is, whenever something is new, it's more exciting and enjoyable. What with the economies in China and India booming in recent years, for the first time ever huge populations have found themselves with that rarest of treasures: disposable income. And, as anyone who can recall his first paycheck can attest, it's a lot more fun spending money the first time you're able, rather than the tenth or 3,000th time. Disposable income is never more fun than when you've previously never had the option to dispose of it however you please. <br />
	<br />
	</p>

<p>Residents in China and India also feel strongly about brands. When asked how they felt about brand names for clothes and accessories, 72% and 74% in China and India, respectively, said they were important. In the U.S. and throughout Europe, meanwhile, less than 30% felt the same way, with roughly 75% answering that brand names were not important. <br />
	<br />
	A survey from earlier this year highlighted in a WSJ blog post shows that the Chinese are shopping and consuming at a much quicker pace than Americans, and that 36% of Chinese consumers will pay a premium for a product with a major brand name, compared to 24% in the U.S. <br />
	<br />
	</p>

<p>So it appears that shoppers in China and India not only enjoy shopping more than in the U.S., but that they're consuming in particularly conspicuous, showy fashion. <br />
	<br />
	Here in the U.S., meanwhile, we've been conspicuous consumers for so long that perhaps it's gotten boring. The average mall shopper already has a closet full of clothes, so it's hard to get too jazzed about another sweater or pair of shoes to add to the collection. It's as if American consumers are just going through the motions, shopping out of habit and faux necessity, rather than actually enjoying the activity. <br />
	<br />
	</p>

<div>(The views expressed above are the personal views of the author)</div>]]></description>
      <pubDate>04/08/2011 16:30:10</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/39/Consumers+in+China+and+India++Shopping+Way+More+Than+Americans</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">39</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>16687</publicationdataID>
      <title>Immigration and the death of the recovery</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p>Washington Post: Vivek Wadhwa<br />
<br />
June 29, 2011<br />
<br />
Last July, I spoke at the ImmigrationWorks USA Summit, in Seattle, about the importance of immigration reform. It was a difficult decision for me, and not because I didn’t support the cause. Instead, it was a question of safety.<br />
<br />
Speakers at this event received letters, eventually collected by the FBI, telling them that if they attended "the biggest gathering of traitors of the century,” they would do so "at their own peril.” Attached to the letters were M1 bullets -- a carbine used
 in semi-automatic weapons by government and paramilitary forces. I never found out what the FBI did with those letters, and I don’t want to know.<br />
<br />
Sadly, this is what the immigration debate has been reduced to: You are either a patriot or a traitor. There is no in-between and little logic. Now, as the U.S. economy sputters and stalls, is precisely the time to welcome the smartest, most ambitious people
 on Earth. The only thing our political leaders are able to agree on, unanimously, is to further close the U.S. border, and pay for this by sanctioning companies that train and import highly skilled talent into the U.S.</p>
<p>The timing of the immigration battles couldn’t be worse. Just as China has become the second-largest economy in the world and India follows on its heels to become number three, their best and the brightest are losing interest in coming to the U.S. Immigrant
 entrepreneurs and foreign engineering students—who receive 60 percent of America’s engineering Ph.D.s and 40 percent of its master’s—are headed home.<br />
<br />
If you visit New Delhi or Shanghai and meet tech entrepreneurs there, you get a sense of how much has changed. In April, my research team at Duke and the University of California-Berkeley completed a survey of 153 workers who had studied or worked in the U.S.
 and returned to India to start companies, and 111 who went back to China. We learned that the majority are doing better at home than they believe they would do in the U.S.<br />
<br />
The vast majorities went home because of family ties and burgeoning economies in their home countries. Surprisingly, 72 percent of Indian and 81 percent of Chinese returnees said the opportunities to start their own businesses were better in their home countries
 than in the U.S. Most, 56 percent of Indians and 59 percent of Chinese, said they were enjoying a better quality of life.</p>
<p>Given America’s history, these findings are devastating. Over the past four decades, graduates of the top Indian and Chinese engineering colleges flocked to the U.S. to launch their careers, and many stayed and started tech companies. My research team documented
 that, from 1995 to 2005, foreign-born workers founded 52 percent of Silicon Valley’s startups. In 2006, foreign nationals residing in the U.S contributed to 26 percent of America’s global patents. One in four doctors in the U.S. are foreign-born, as are nearly
 half of all scientists and engineers who have a doctorate.<br />
<br />
Several immigration bills have been introduced in Congress this year. The Startup Visa Act, which was introduced by Senators John Kerry (D-Mass.) and Richard Lugar (R-Ind.), has small but achievable goals. Then there is the Immigration Driving Entrepreneurship
 in America (IDEA) Act introduced by Silicon Valley Rep. Zoe Lofgren (D-Calif.), which attempts to fix the overall problems with skilled visas. Finally there’s the all-encompassing Comprehensive Immigration Reform Act of 2011 introduced by an all-Democrat group
 of Senators this month. </p>
<p>Given the intensity of of the immigration debate, it is not likely that we will be able to agree on any of these initiatives. Our leaders are too focused on pandering to uninformed segments of their electorates—who tend to be very vocal.
<br />
<br />
That the immigration debate attracts extremists in the midst of the worst economic times since the Great Depression is not a surprise. But the economic future of the U.S. depends on the way in which we deal with immigration and, by extension, the way in which
 this country competes effectively for the best and brightest in the world. <br />
<br />
We may not be able to agree on what to do with the 10 million undocumented workers in the U.S. until after the 2012 election. But we can focus on the areas of agreement—accelerating the issuance of green cards to the legal, skilled workers who are already in
 the U.S., passing the DREAM Act, the implementation of a startup visa, and green cards for the graduates of top colleges. Otherwise, we’ll shoot a bullet into the heart of an economy already on life support.</p>
<p style="text-align:center">(The views expressed above are the personal views of the author)</p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>09/01/2012 10:12:57</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/16687/Immigration+and+the+death+of+the+recovery</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">16687</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>16688</publicationdataID>
      <title>Helping the Lame Walk, Without a Miracle</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p>New York Times: Tina Rosenberg<br />
<br />
June 23, 2011<br />
<br />
They come in on crutches, on homemade wheeled dollies, crude peg legs, even carried on the backs of mothers or brothers. Even with all their limbs they would have been impoverished, and losing a leg robbed them of the ability to carry out the subsistence labor
 the poor do all day to stay alive. They are reduced to begging or burdening their families.
<br />
<br />
A few hours or days later they leave on two legs, walking back to self-sufficiency. They can now carry water, farm two acres, drive a bicycle taxi. They can run and climb mountains and trees.
<br />
<br />
What changes their lives in a few hours is a Jaipur Limb. <br />
<br />
In a wealthy country, prosthetics allow amputees to live a completely normal life. But prosthetics in the United States start at $7000 for the simplest below-the-knee artificial leg, and can range up to $50,000 for a computer-implanted above-the-knee model.</p>
<p>Expensive prostheses are not an option for the vast majority of people in the world who need a limb. Diabetes is the only major cause of limb loss that doesn’t discriminate by wealth. Otherwise, to find the legless, look in the poorest places. Land mines
 lurk in the ground waiting to kill or maim almost exclusively in poor countries. Birth defects are far more common in places where prenatal care is lacking. Earthquakes cause the most damage in countries where building codes do not exist or are not enforced.
 Migrant workers who can’t afford a train ticket will sometimes hitch a ride on the outside — a practice that sometimes ends in a fall under a wheel.
<br />
<br />
Those who were not poor before losing a limb will surely be poor afterwards. The problem is larger than losing the ability to do most kinds of work. People missing a limb are sometimes viewed as if they had lost their intellectual abilities as well. Kim Kargbo,
 who does missionary work with disabled women in Sierra Leone, said that amputees are often shunned, treated as cursed by the gods.
</p>
<p>The Fixes column often looks at programs that re-imagine a high-tech, expensive solution to make it available on a widespread basis. The Jaipur Limb is a classic example. It was invented in the 1960s by two men working at Sawai Man Singh Hospital in Jaipur,
 India: Pramad Karan Sethi, an orthopedic surgeon, and Ram Chandra, an artisan and sculptor with only a fourth-grade education who was teaching lepers at the hospital to do crafts. The hospital did not offer any limbs that poor people could afford or use in
 their daily lives, so the two men experimented with various materials and designs to create one. The idea was to make a limb that could be fabricated and fitted by an artisan with a few weeks’ training, using local materials.
</p>
<p>They did not patent their design — anyone can use it. Today, the materials for each Jaipur Limb cost between $35 and $45. The whole process of making one, including overhead and labor, costs between $100 and $200.
<br />
<br />
A Jaipur leg is designed for the specific needs of its most frequent users. The rural poor often go barefoot. They walk over rocky and uneven terrain. They may need to stand or walk through mud or standing water. They may not own a chair, so they spend a lot
 of time sitting cross-legged on the floor. And they likely use a squat toilet. None of these activities are possible with the standard prostheses in use in wealthy countries. The Jaipur Limb, by contrast, is designed to be waterproof and usable without shoes.
 It is durable, usually in use for three years — longer if shoes are worn. The ankle is built to rotate on multiple axes, allowing for more stability on uneven ground and the flexibility to squat or sit cross-legged.
<br />
<br />
The foot is designed to resemble a real foot. It is made of wooden blocks covered with different kinds of rubber, vulcanized for strength and colored to match the local skin tone. The leg is formed of high-density polyethylene pipe.
</p>
<p>Designing an appropriate limb is one challenge. The bigger problem, however, is how to get it to people who need it around the world — a task taken on by a Jaipur organization that goes by the acronym BMVSS, which also provides calipers for polio patients,
 crutches and wheelchairs. It gets its main support from the Rotary clubs of Britain and Ireland, which have been supporting BMVSS since 1985. The clubs raise about 100,000 pounds a year, and the Rotary Foundation matches the donation. "It rapidly grew in popularity
 among clubs because it’s such good value for money,” said Don Short, projects manager for Africa of Rotary’s Jaipur Limb program.
<br />
<br />
The Jaipur Limb reaches patients in several ways. Inside India, BMVSS has 16 permanent branch clinics and nine satellite centers where a traveling workshop arrives on fixed dates every month. It also runs limb camps in India, Afghanistan and Pakistan. The local
 Rotary Club advertises the camp in advance. BMVSS sends a few prosthetists and the necessary machines and materials. They stay for two or three weeks.
</p>
<p>A person in need of the leg will arrive at a limb camp, usually with an able-bodied family member. They sleep on mats in a big room and eat meals at communal tables. Patients are usually fitted in the morning and by afternoon are walking on their new limb.
 At the camp, the patients also find instant support groups and sometimes professional counseling. If they have no other source of income, they can also come away with a sewing machine, tea service to set up a roadside tea stand or other tools for self-employment.
<br />
<br />
Each camp sees 1000 to 2000 patients, both new fittings and follow-ups. (Children need to be refitted every year, and adults also require check-ups.) All the services are free.<br />
<br />
In India, other South Asian countries and Africa, Rotary has also established more than two dozen permanent Jaipur Limb workshops, and is setting up four more in Africa. Rotary is also building a major prosthetics center in Haiti. The workshops are usually
 housed in hospitals that have some trained prosthetists, often mission hospitals in rural areas. Rotary establishes each workshop with the specialized equipment needed and materials for 500 limbs. The feet are bought from BMVSS and attached to a leg custom
 fitted for each patient. Rotary also sends a trainer from either BMVSS or an established workshop elsewhere, who stays for two months and teaches local prosthetists and technicians how to carry on the work on their own.
</p>
<p>Short’s first visit to an active workshop came 15 years ago, in Uganda. One patient he saw in the morning was a girl of 12 who had been born with no feet. Sitting on a bench watching the fitting was her mother, who had carried the girl around on her back
 for 12 years. <br />
<br />
Short went to a meeting and came back to the workshop in mid-afternoon. The girl was now taking her first steps on her two new legs, supported by the clinic’s parallel bars. "There was one technician behind her nudging her forward with his knee,” said Short.
 "The look on her face totally overwhelmed me — determination and delight. The mother, too — she could see that she wasn’t going to have to carry that kid anywhere again.”<br />
<br />
Some people need time with crutches before they can walk unaided. But most of the time, the transformation is instant. Short recalled one man in Nairobi who, minutes after taking his first step, ran out of the clinic and into the street, grabbed a bicycle from
 a passing cyclist and rode down the street and back, laughing the whole time. The stunned bicycle-owner watched in bewilderment.
</p>
<p>The range of amputees who can be helped by a Jaipur Limb is astonishing. Short told me about two girls fitted with legs at a workshop in Kumi, Uganda. Both had been abandoned by their parents and were living in a local home for the disabled that was part
 of the Cheshire network of such homes, a charity established in England in 1948. One girl was missing a leg. The other girl had the short stumps for arms and legs typical of babies born to mothers who took thalidomide. A year later, Short visited the Cheshire
 Home and rang the bell. Through the fence he could see the two girls running to open the gate.
<br />
<br />
The Jaipur Limb has restored independence to millions of people all over the world. But not every limb is a success story. The quicker the training for the technician, the greater the chance the limb will be misaligned or that a poorly fitted socket will create
 sores and blisters on the stump. A badly-made leg can send the wearer back to his crutches or cart. The Jaipur Limb shows that when trying to make sophisticated technology available to the poor on a mass basis, it needs to be made well, and it needs to be
 made locally, quickly and cheaply. But sometimes it’s hard to do both. On Wednesday, I’ll write about how people working on the Jaipur Limb have tried to solve this problem.
</p>
<p style="text-align:center">(The views expressed above are the personal views of the author)</p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>09/01/2012 10:15:39</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/16688/Helping+the+Lame+Walk+Without+a+Miracle</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">16688</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>16774</publicationdataID>
      <title>Clarifications to Tender No. MEA/CPV/11 dated 03/06/2011 regarding empanelment of agencies for creation of image retrievable data base</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p style="text-align:center">Government of India<br />
Ministry of External Affairs<br />
New Delhi<br />
Clarifications/modifications to the Tender Notice No.<br />
MEA/CPV/11 dated 03/06/2011 Regarding empanelment<br />
of agencies for creation of Image retrievable data base</p>
<p>All the prospective bidders may like to note the following important clarifications/modifications in the above tender document. These may be treated as becoming part of the original tender document.</p>
<ol class="decimalBullets">
<li>Capacity in Point (f) under delivery schedule and Point (c) in General terms &amp; conditions may be read as "10000 files (cases) per day" in place of "10000 pages per day". However the bidder would be given at least one month to complete the job in any Mission.
</li><li>EMD under the tender shall be Rs 5 Lacs per region. If a bidder is quoting for 4 regions, the EMD shall be Rs 20 Lakhs.
</li><li>Delivery schedule, Item VI(a): The empanelled Service Provider (s) shall start the work within (60) sixty days of the issue of the work order by MEA. MEA shall not be responsible for any delay in transportation of any material/ equipment/manpower for the
 execution of the project. </li><li>The selected service provider(company) need to arrange the retrieval software also. The retrieval software should have the provision to retrieve the image file on the basis of any Indexing field.
</li><li>Refer IV.4 of Tender document, Technical Evaluation, the bidder should attach a CD containing the samples of PDFA as per specifications given in Annexure-A4. The CD should be attached along with Technical bids.
</li><li>Refer III.2 of Tender document, Financial Bid, The bidder should submit two financial bids, in two separate envelopes, as follows:-
</li></ol>
<p>(a) Financial bid as per Annexure-A2.<br />
(b) Consolidated Financial Bid as per Annexure-A2.1(attached).<br />
Consolidated Financial bid Annexure- A2.1 (Envelope III) should be sealed and superscribed "Consolidated Financial Bid for MEA tender for Empanelling of Companies for CREATION OF IMAGE RETRIEVABLE DATABASE” and submitted before the due date and time specified.
 Finally, all the three envelopes, (containing (i) Technical Bid and (ii)Financial Bid, (iii) Consolidated Financial bid), should be put in an Envelope addressed to Joint Secretary (PSP) &amp; CPO, CPV Division, MEA, Patiala House Annexe, Tilak Marg, New Delhi-110001
 superscripted "MEA tender for Empanelling of Companies for CREATION OF IMAGE RETRIEVABLE DATABASE” and submitted before due date and time specified.
</p>
<p style="text-align:center">CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL BID Extract of Annexure A2 </p>
<table class="tableData" width="100%" border="0" cellpadding="0" cellspacing="0">
<tbody>
<tr>
<th>Sl.No.</th>
<th>Job Spec/Continent</th>
<th>Total (in Rs/USD)X=(a&#43;b&#43;c&#43;d&#43;e&#43;f)/6</th>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>1</td>
<td>Asia (excluding middle east) including Gulf</td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>2</td>
<td>Europe</td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>3</td>
<td>Africa and middle east</td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>4</td>
<td>North and South America</td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>5</td>
<td>Australia</td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>6</td>
<td>Rest of the world Carribean etc and other countries which do not fall in above list</td>
<td></td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
Date: Signature with Stamp<br />
Place: Name]]></description>
      <pubDate>11/01/2012 12:57:35</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/16774/Clarifications+to+Tender+No+MEACPV11+dated+03062011+regarding+empanelment+of+agencies+for+creation+of+image+retrievable+data+base</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">16774</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>16689</publicationdataID>
      <title>India’s handicraft workers turn to the internet to boost sales</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p>The National<br />
<br />
NEW DELHI: India’s handicraft workers have begun to move beyond traditional markets and government-backed shops to sell their wares, hoping that the rise of e-commerce can boost sales.<br />
<br />
A number of artisans have started selling via the website nethaat.com, which was launched this year with the aim of providing a new outlet for makers of items such as textiles, metal and wooden goods and jewellery.<br />
<br />
Rakesh Sonava, who co-founded the portal – its name translates as "net marketplace”– said he was inspired by his family’s experience and their struggle to sell goods.<br />
<br />
"My uncle used to go from place to place selling hand-printed cushion covers and bed linen. He could sell what he carried with him but nothing more,” said Mr Sonova, 42."I wanted to set up a permanent platform for people like him to sell his goods.”<br />
<br />
The handicraft industry is one of India’s biggest employers and a mainstay for the rural economy. The All India Artisans and Craftworkers Welfare Association estimates that 13 million people work in the sector.</p>
<p>Sales of Indian handicrafts amounted to 87.2 billion rupees (Dh7bn) in 2009-10, according to the government-backed Export Promotion Council for Handicrafts.<br />
<br />
Since January, Mr Sonava and his partner, Roshan Agarwal, 31, plus a network of representatives, have been helping artisans to create and manage their own online stores, ad providing help in areas such as packaging and customer service.<br />
<br />
Some, such as Fajuddin Saifi, a 35-year-old papermaker from the northern city of Agra, even bought their first computer after hearing about the venture. Artisans can stock up to 25 items on the website for free, with 3.5 per cent of revenues going to Nethaat.
 If they want to stock more products, they pay the company 400 rupees a month.<br />
<br />
Mr Sonava and Mr Agarwal have so far spent 900,000 rupees on the venture, with some 1,800 products for sale, ranging from textiles costing 70 rupees to marble tabletops costing 15,000 rupees.<br />
<br />
They also offer a bargaining option on some products, where the buyer can negotiate with the seller before they agree on a price, much like the haggling that is common in India’s bustling street markets.<br />
<br />
Brij Ballabh Udaiwal, 46, has been in the handmade textile business for 30 years and is the fifth generation in his family to enter this line of work.<br />
<br />
"We are good at what we do,” said Mr Udaiwal, from Jaipur, displaying a richly embroidered silk wall hanging. "But without a platform like this to sell our products directly to consumers, we wind up ceding all profits to middlemen. This way, we can at least
 hope to get a fair price and get some credit for our skill.”</p>
<p>Mr Sonava refused to divulge any sales figures or the number of artisans involved, saying only that it was "early days” and the site should achieve an annual turnover of 1.8 million rupees by next May.
<br />
<br />
India’s use of computers and the internet is low despite the country being a major player in information technology and outsourcing. But the government plans to extend broadband internet access across the country, including to the rural heartland, and industry
 observers expect e-commerce to grow by nearly 50 per cent this year.<br />
<br />
The Internet and Mobile Association of India says online retailing, which currently accounts for eight per cent of India’s e-commerce market, is developing rapidly.
<br />
<br />
"Online retailing is starting to take off and is set to become more and more popular in India,” said the association’s president, Subho Ray. "E-commerce sites are able to offer better prices, attractive deals and more efficiency to consumers.”
<br />
<br />
Mr Udaiwal and Mr Saifi admitted that their initial online sales were disappointing. They hope for better returns within a year or two. "I am happy to be part of a business which supports artisans,” Mr Udaiwal said. "Although we haven’t made much money through
 it so far, my hope is that in two years, 50 per cent of our sales will take place online.”
</p>
<p style="text-align:center">(The views expressed above are the personal views of the author)</p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>09/01/2012 10:18:37</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/16689/Indias+handicraft+workers+turn+to+the+internet+to+boost+sales</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">16689</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>16690</publicationdataID>
      <title>Investors Keen to Be Part of India's Green Growth</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p>The Wall Street Journal : Prabha Natarajan<br />
<br />
NEW DELHI -- India has made it into the A-list of global investors in renewable energy, a recognition of the country's proactive government energy program, natural resources and mushrooming swathe of entrepreneurs.<br />
<br />
India ranked as the third favored destination with 35% of the respondents saying they would invest in India, behind the U.S., which was targeted by 53% of the respondents, and China (38%), according to a report, called Green Power 2011: The KPMG Reneweable
 Energy M&amp;A Report," released Wednesday by KPMG that is based on a survey of 500 executives active in the renewable energy arena globally.<br />
<br />
For instance, India's wind-energy companies, which are in the midst of a hectic pace of development, have attracted more than $586 million of project financing this quarter. This already is 63% of the $934 million raised in all of 2010.<br />
<br />
"The Indian market has become increasingly dynamic in recent years as a result of strong natural resources, greater accommodation to international investment compared with China and a variety of government incentives," the report said.</p>
<p>While Indian banks continue to be the main source of funding, international lenders are taking note. HSBC and Sumitomo Mitsui Banking Corp. provided $110 million debt project financing in March for a wind farm in the western state of Gujarat.<br />
<br />
The pace of growth and investments in India is part of a worldwide trend. Deal activity among renewable energy companies globally surged 70% in 2010, and continues to maintain this hectic clip in the first quarter, according to the report.<br />
<br />
In the first quarter, 141 transactions worth $11.2 billion were signed, while last year, an average of 96 deals worth $5.5 billion were announced in each quarter.<br />
<br />
"All in all, 2011 looks set to be another buoyant year," the report said, but added a caveat that the first quarter data doesn't reflect the impact of the tsunami in Japan in March.<br />
<br />
The survey data also revealed that investors preferred to invest locally rather than across borders. But nearly 60% of Asia-Pacific acquirers said they are targeting India or China. India also features as one of the top three destinations for solar energy companies
 along with the U.S. and Italy.<br />
<br />
"With India it is a combination of factors," said Siobhan Smyth, head of renewables at HSBC, who was interviewed as part of the survey.<br />
<br />
"There is a portfolio standard on a state-by-state basis. Developers have the ability to get [public-private agreementss due to utility obligations. Then there are the generation-based incentive and tax-depreciation incentives. You are looking at 15% to 20%
 returns depending on the state you look at and the type of assets you are buying."</p>
<p style="text-align:center">(The views expressed above are the personal views of the author)</p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>09/01/2012 10:21:28</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/16690/Keen+to+Be+Part+of+Indias+Green+Growth</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">16690</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>16691</publicationdataID>
      <title>Calcutta in ambitious plan to remodel itself on London</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p>The Telegraph : Barney Henderson<br />
<br />
It already boasts its own St Paul's Cathedral and Victoria Monument, but now Calcutta is to embark a huge renovation programme to remodel the former capital of British India on London.
<br />
<br />
A newly elected city government has adopted a £60 million blueprint to beautify the Hooghly riverfront along the lines of the South Bank, build a "Calcutta Eye" Ferris wheel, redevelop its zoo along the lines of Regent's Park and offer University of London
 degrees at a new Calcutta School of Economics. <br />
<br />
Calcutta was founded by Josh Charnock, a British East India Company administrator, who encamped on the banks of the river Hooghly in 1690.
<br />
<br />
It was the premier city of Britain's overseas empire for nearly 250 years - serving as the capital of British India until 1911 - but has fallen into disrepair since independence in 1947.
<br />
<br />
Mamata Banerjee, the new chief minister, last month ended the rule of the world's oldest democratically elected communist government in West Bengal.
<br />
<br />
She wasted no time in announcing that modern-day Calcutta would take its inspiration from the former imperial capital. "All the agencies have come together to convert Calcutta into another London," she said.
<br />
<br />
The one-year project will begin in 2012 to "renovate and decorate" a six-mile stretch of the river, with the aim of making the Hooghly the city's focal point, just as "London was created around the river Thames".
<br />
<br />
A giant Ferris wheel on a five-acre plot in central Calcutta, in the image of the London Eye, will adorn the Hooghly's banks, looking down on the sprawling metropolis of 16 million people below.
</p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<p>An official for Project Calcutta Eye said the price of a ticket will be "easier on the pocket" than the London Eye, in a country where over 80 per cent of the population earn less than £1.20 a day.
<br />
<br />
The Alipore zoo, whose roots date back to a private collection of exotic animals established in 1800 by Arthur Wellesley, later the 1st Duke of Wellington, in his summer home at nearby Barrackpore, would also receive a London makeover.
<br />
<br />
"When we are thinking of turning Calcutta into London, it is only logical that we should think about making the London zoo the benchmark for Calcutta," said Hiten Burman, forest minister.
<br />
<br />
Calcutta's Cambridge School is launching an undergraduate institution called the Calcutta School of Economics (CSE) this summer.
<br />
<br />
"Students will get the same degrees that students of the London School of Economics get," claimed Sarojesh Mukherjee, the school's director.<br />
<br />
An LSE spokesperson said it would provide academic direction for some courses, but the degrees would be awarded by the University of London.
<br />
<br />
"The only difference between students here and on the London campus will be that they will not be physically at the university," Mr Mukherjee said.
<br />
<br />
There are plans to extend the "London project" if the river beautification is a success, including transforming the city's Curzon Park, currently famous for the size of its rats, into a public space of "Hyde Park-standards".
<br />
<br />
The park is named after Lord Curzon, the viceroy who once said of Calcutta: "A glance at the buildings in the town, at the river and the roar and the smoke, is sufficient to show that Calcutta is a European city set down upon Asiatic soil."
<br />
<br />
Miss Banerjee will hope her project will cast off Calcutta’s association with the slums in which Mother Teresa worked and once again put this "City of Palaces” on the world map.
</p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<p style="text-align:center">(The views expressed above are the personal views of the author)</p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>09/01/2012 10:24:45</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/16691/Calcutta+in+ambitious+plan+to+remodel+itself+on+London</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">16691</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>16692</publicationdataID>
      <title>India’s dilemma in the face of the jihadist threats coming from Pakistan</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p>Le Monde;<br />
<br />
By Frederic Bobin (Translation)<br />
<br />
New Delhi wishes to boost the "peace process” in spite of the shady game played by the Pakistani army.<br />
<br />
The path is a narrow one. Between the denunciation of the "terrorist sanctuaries” in Pakistan and the necessary dialogue with Islamabad, India strives to find the right middle-path in its tormented relations with its western neighbour. A good chunk of the New
 Delhi diplomatic apparatus has been mobilized to avoid Pakistan’s domestic instability finding an escape route in yet another frontal conflict with India – the two rival states have already been to war four times (1947, 1965, 1971-1972, 1999). Two years and
 a half after the bloody assault led by Pakistani jehadists on Mumbai (166 dead), the story of their bilateral relations is as bumpy as ever, permanently oscillating between rhetorical fever and desire for peace.<br />
<br />
The recent sequence of events perfectly illustrates the Indian dilemma. On 27th May, the Minister of the Interior Palaniapan Chidambaram, made a big impact during the New Delhi visit of American Secretary of Homeland Security. During this unprecedented meeting
 which illustrated the increased cooperation between India and the United States in the area of domestic security, Mr Chidambaram condemned in the harshest of terms, the threat coming from Pakistan which he called "the world’s epicentre of terrorism”. "The
 vast infrastructure of terrorism in Pakistan has been prospering for a long time as an instrument of State policy”, he added.</p>
<p>The Indian Minister was referring to the diverse jihadist groups such as the Lashkar-e-Taiba (LeT) or the Haqqani network, historically supported by the Inter-Services Intelligence (ISI) – the army’s intelligence service – so as to strike at Indian interests
 in Kashmir or in Afghanistan.<br />
<br />
And yet, the officials of the two rival states still talk. Mr Chidambaram’s stinging remark came a few days before a bilateral meeting scheduled in New Delhi on 30th and 31st May between the Secretaries of the Ministry of Defence. Resuming contact after a three-year’s
 standby – that followed the Mumbai assault of November 2008 - , the two high-ranking officials discussed the perspectives of settlement over the Siachen Himalayan glacier, a Kashmiri zone which the two countries have been fighting over. This meeting came within
 the framework of increased and renewed contacts aimed at preparing a meeting in July between the Ministers of Foreign Affairs. Either side displays its will to reopen the "peace process” interrupted by the Mumbai attacks. The Indian Prime Minister Manmohan
 Singh is personally very involved in the resuming of the talks.</p>
<p>But this is a treacherous path. The fits and starts created by current affairs always come to complicate the diplomats’ task. For New Delhi, the main challenge resides in the revelations on the degree of connivance between the ISI and the Pakistani jihadist
 networks. Effectively, the "Bin Laden affair” has generated a number of questions on the level of connivance at the core of the Pakistani system, and which the former Al-Qaeda leader might have benefited from before his death during the American raid at Abbottabad.
 At the same time in the United States, David Headley’s trial (Daud Gilani by his real name) – a Pakistani-American jihadist who had accomplished reconnaissance missions in Mumbai before the 2008 assault – brutally spotlights its ties with ISI officer. Mr Headley
 assures that a certain "Major Iqbal” would have been his ‘backer’.<br />
<br />
Can this kind of revelation destabilize the peace process? "The Headley trial will not have a negative impact on the dialogue with Pakistan, as we already knew what Mr Headley is today openly disclosing”, anticipates Ali Ahmed, an analyst at the Institute for
 Defence Studies and Analysis (IDSA). <br />
<br />
The Indian Prime Minister has already declared that the dialogue will go on so as "to convince Pakistan that the use of terrorism as a State policy is not acceptable”. Both the "Bin Laden case” and the Headley trial could even serve the Indian cause by sending
 a wake-up call to the international community as to the shady game played by the Pakistani army. Today, India stands much less isolated than before in its denunciation of terrorist connivance in Pakistan. "What is important is to act in accord with the international
 community”, says Ali Ahmed.</p>
<p>The effect of these revelations is always ambiguous. It could facilitate India’s task on a domestic level, but also complicate it outside. "The Headley trial had an intensive coverage in the Indian media. The government is now under pressure from public
 opinion to draw the consequences. It explains why the Prime Minister will not be able to go too far and very fast in the dialogue”, explains Wilson John, researcher at the Observer Research Foundation.</p>
<p style="text-align:center">(The views expressed above are the personal views of the author)</p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>09/01/2012 10:27:28</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/16692/Indias+dilemma+in+the+face+of+the+jihadist+threats+coming+from+Pakistan</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">16692</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>16693</publicationdataID>
      <title>Organic Farming Finds a Growing Fan Base in India</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p>The New York Times: Amy Yee<br />
<br />
DEHRA DUN, INDIA — On Thakur Das’s farm in northern India, rice fields stretch into the distance, creating a chartreuse sea of waist-high stalks. Mr. Das, 59, gazed out at the crops on his small farm, about 16 kilometers from the city of Dehra Dun, where he
 grows rice, wheat and corn in rotation, as well as turmeric and beans. It looked to be another plentiful harvest. "Too much growth,” he joked.
<br />
<br />
The bounty was all the more fruitful because Mr. Das’s farm, 10 miles from the city, is organic. He has not used chemical pesticides or fertilizers since 2002, when he joined Navdanya, a nonprofit biodiversity center and organic farm, a few kilometers away,
 to learn how to farm organically. Since he went organic, Mr. Das said, his crop yields, and his profit, have doubled. Before Mr. Das switched to organic, one acre, or about 0.4 hectare, of land yielded 600 kilograms, or 1,300 pounds, of rice; now it yields
 1,200 kilograms. He practices crop rotation and intercropping, or growing different crops together in the same field, and uses natural pesticides and fertilizer, like compost produced by worms.
</p>
<p>"Organic is best benefit. Taste is different. Size of grain is bigger,” said Mr. Das. "Most farmers use chemicals. Soil is totally dead.”
<br />
<br />
In India, certified organic farming accounts for only about 1 percent of overall agriculture production, according to the Indian Agricultural Products Export Development Agency. Organic farming is still small worldwide, as well; it accounts for less than 2
 percent of global retail production, according to the U.N. Food and Agriculture Organization.
<br />
<br />
But as food prices rise around the world, agriculture has moved to the top of the global agenda after decades of neglect from policy makers and investors. India’s Green Revolution of the 1960s and 1970s used high-yield seeds, chemical fertilizers and irrigation
 to significantly increase agricultural production. <br />
<br />
Yet over the years, chemical "inputs” — namely, fertilizer and pesticides — have depleted soil, and inefficient irrigation has caused water tables to plunge in many parts of India. For many farmers, crop yields have fallen even as India’s food demand has increased.
 Now farmers and experts are looking for improved farming methods. In some cases, this means a back-to-basics approach.
</p>
<p>A paper submitted to the U.N. General Assembly last December highlighted the benefits of "agroecology” — otherwise known as organic farming. "Agroecology delivers advantages that are complementary to better known conventional approaches such as breeding
 high-yielding varieties. And it strongly contributes to the broader economic development,” the U.N.’s Special Rapporteur on the Right to Food wrote.
<br />
<br />
In India, agriculture has always been an important topic, even if methods remain largely outdated and manual. More than half of the country’s population of 1.2 billion relies on agriculture for a living.
<br />
<br />
Hunger and food security are also pressing, perennial issues for hundreds of millions of poor Indians. Malnutrition rates of children under age 5 is higher in India than in sub-Saharan Africa. Suicides of struggling, indebted farmers claim newspaper headlines
 each year. In India, rising food prices are particularly politically sensitive; the affordability of onions, a staple food here, is an unofficial but critical barometer of public sentiment in election years.
<br />
<br />
The vast majority of farms in India are small — three acres — and farmers can be burdened by the cost of fertilizer and pesticides, even though the government heavily subsidizes them. For some small farmers like Mr. Das, organic farming makes sense if farmers
 are given training, support and linked to markets with affluent customers. </p>
<p>Navdanya, which is leading the charge for organic farming and biodiversity in India, has trained 500,000 farmers in sustainable agriculture in 16 states across India since it was founded in 1987. It also set up the largest direct-marketing, fair-trade organic
 network in the country and has established seed banks to preserve indigenous seeds. Navdanya sells its products in stores in Delhi, Dehra Dun and Mumbai.
<br />
<br />
The organization says that "ecological agriculture is highly productive and the only lasting solution to hunger and poverty.”
<br />
<br />
A new report from Navdanya, called "Health Per Acre,” was released in New Delhi in March by Syeda Hameed, a member of the Indian Planning Commission, whose chairman is Prime Minister Manmohan Singh.
<br />
<br />
According to the report, "a shift to biodiverse organic farming and ecological intensification increases output of nutrition while reducing input costs.” Agricultural output should be measured in terms of "‘Health per Acre’ and ‘Nutrition per Acre’ instead
 of ‘Yield per Acre,”’ the report says. The paper said that "this should be the strategy for protecting the livelihoods of farmers as well the right to food and right to health of all our people.”
</p>
<p>Vandana Shiva, the Indian environmentalist and advocate who founded Navdanya, claims that organic farming produces more food and nutrition than conventional methods. Through intercropping, one organic farm could produce 900 kilograms of food per acre, including
 400 kilograms of corn and 500 kilograms of beans and other crops, according to Navdanya’s studies of the farms of its members. A comparable conventional farm growing one crop would yield 500 kilograms of corn but would lose the other products.
<br />
<br />
Organic farming produces "twice the amount of nutritional needs by intensifying biodiversity rather than monoculture and chemicals,” Ms. Shiva said.
<br />
<br />
The report from the U.N. Special Rapporteur on the Right to Food pointed out that the Green Revolution had focused primarily on increasing cereal crops that contain relatively little protein and other essential nutrients. "Nutritionists now increasingly insist
 on the need for more diverse agro-ecosystems in order to ensure a more diversified nutrient output,” it said.
</p>
<p>But some agriculture experts say that while organic farming has benefits, it cannot make a significant dent in total agricultural demand. Organic farming is an important niche market with big potential near major cities. But it is "not a general solution
 to malnutrition at all,” said Mark W. Rosegrant of the International Food Policy Research Institute in Washington. "You have to put inputs in to get yields. To move fully to organic, you are going to lose productivity.”
<br />
<br />
A chapter in the 2006 book "Global Development of Organic Agriculture,” co-written by Mr. Rosegrant, said that compared with "high-yielding crops cultivated with the use of fertilizer and pesticides, most organic crops yield less per hectare due to a combination
 of lower nutrient supply and yield reductions from weeds, fungi, and insects.” The paper cited a study from 28 countries that found "that on average organic yields are 80 percent of those under conventional agriculture.”
</p>
<p>There are other barriers to the growth of organic farming in India. Organic certification from international agencies is expensive and bureaucratic. A shift to organic farming requires extensive training and support for farmers who are largely uneducated.
 Farmers must be connected to markets and shops that sell their goods, usually in cities with wealthy consumers — no small feat in India where roads and infrastructure are poor.
<br />
<br />
Organic food is at least 30 percent more expensive than foods produced by conventional methods. In India, there is no financial support from the government for organic farming, while the majority of fertilizer and pesticide companies are subsidized.
<br />
<br />
But if organic farming reached a greater scale, prices would fall, said Vinod Bhatt, a director of Navdanya. As he led a tour of Navdanya’s tranquil 45-acre farm near Dehra Dun, Mr. Bhatt walked past lush rice fields and explained how ginger and turmeric were
 grown between rows of corn to retain soil fertility and maximize yield per acre.
<br />
<br />
A botanist by training, Mr. Bhatt said rice should not be grown in successive seasons but should be alternated with peas, wheat, corn and mustard over two years to keep the soil fertile. Marigolds planted on the edge of the field help keep pests away, as do
 lantana plants and neem trees, and mixtures made of cow urine and worm secretions, he said.
<br />
<br />
Mr. Bhatt joined Navdanya in 1997, and he recalled that interest in organic farming was limited back then. Now, "farmers are coming to us because they can see the results,” he said. He pointed out some okra growing on tall stalks.
<br />
<br />
Mr. Bhatt bent a stem so a visitor could peer at the large green "lady fingers,” as okra is called in India. "I don’t know why people don’t believe organic is more productive,” he said.
</p>
<p style="text-align:center">(The views expressed above are the personal views of the author)</p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>09/01/2012 10:30:26</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/16693/Organic+Farming+Finds+a+Growing+Fan+Base+in+India</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">16693</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>16694</publicationdataID>
      <title>A gift of life and a heart-to-heart experience</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p>he News International:<br />
<br />
Umar Mushtaq, the son of Mushtaq Muhammad, a plant operator from Swabi, Khyber Pakhtoon Khwa (KPK), was diagnosed with congenital heart disorder when he was four months old. From then on, there were multiple visits to doctors, who initially contained the problem
 through medication. <br />
<br />
However, at age six, Umar had to be operated upon, by a cardiologist in Peshawar, says his mother, Shaista Mushtaq. The social security of the factory that Mushtaq worked at took care of the expenses. Unfortunately the operation could not set the disorder right
 completely. The parents brought Umar to Children Hospital in Lahore where doctors told them that the operation Umar now required was too complicated and advised them to take him to India. There was no way they could bear the expenses involved.</p>
<p>Fortunately, Mushtaq heard about Rotary Authority in Pakistan’s Gift of Life (GOL) programme that had enabled many children to enjoy a new lease of life after receiving gratis heart surgeries at home and abroad. In December, 2010 Mushtaq approached Jamil
 Qamar, President of Rotary Club of Peshawar Khyber who forwarded the case to District Governor (DG) Shehzad Ahmed heading the Rotary District (RD) 3272 (Pakistan and Afghanistan).<br />
<br />
DG Shehzad contacted his counterparts in India. His friend DG Ashok Agarwal (RD-3240 West Bengal) responded, offering free-of-cost heart surgery under his District’s Heart to Heart (H2H) Programme. The co-ordinators of the H2H and GOL programmes, Co-chairman
 Gaurang Desai and myself respectively, got working to organise the hospital admission, passport and visa logistics.<br />
<br />
We sent medical reports to coordinator H2H programme who forwarded them to Dr. Satyajit Bose, Chairman and Senior Consultant Cardio Thoracic Surgeon of The Mission Hospital, Durgapur, West Bengal. Dr. Bose agreed to undertake the challenge of operating upon
 Umar, whose case was complicated and risky. His invitation letter reached us in the last week of December, 2010, after which the family had to first obtain their passports and then apply for the visa.</p>
<p>The passport formalities were completed by first week of March, 2011 and the family applied for Indian visas which they received the same day. The Council General, Visa Section, Indian High Commission, Islamabad is to be lauded for his courtesy in always
 completing the formalities of the interviews and issuing visas to Pakistani heart patients and their families in one day.<br />
<br />
I got the family’s seats booked on the luxury bus that plies between Lahore and New Delhi. The H2H representative in New Delhi K. G. Biju got the train seats booked in advance for their onward journey to Durgapur.<br />
<br />
DG Shehzad and I saw Umar and his parents off for New Delhi on the morning of March 14. They reached there that evening. K. G. Biju received them at the bus terminal and settled them in a nearby guest-house at his own expense and organised the police reporting
 formality.<br />
<br />
The next day in the night the family boarded Kolkata-bound Sealdah Rajdhani Express, India’s best and fastest train. They got off en-route at Durgapur where the hospital staff received them and drove them to the hospital.<br />
<br />
On March 22, DG Agarwal informed us that Umar had been successfully operated upon after a very complicated procedure, and asked all involved to pray for post-operation recovery.</p>
<p>Umar could not be taken off the ventilators for longer than usual due to his critical condition. The day-and-night efforts of the doctors finally enabled them to remove the ventilators on April 7. Unfortunately, a few days later, Umar’s lungs filled with
 water and he had to undergo another minor operation. But his ordeal was not yet over.<br />
<br />
When he was ready to be discharged fully healthy, he developed mumps. His hospital stay was finally over when he was discharged in May, 2011. Incidentally Umar was the first child to be operated upon in West Bengal under the umbrella of RD-3240 Rotary H2H programme
 and was also the first child of RD-3272 GOL programme.<br />
<br />
Umar and his parents have since returned to Pakistan with beaming faces, and a treasure of memories: the support and affectionate care of the hospital staff and Indian Rotarians. These handful of Rotarians from the Muslim, Hindu and Christian communities did
 not know each other prior to Umar’s operation, but came close together as they worked together to keep a soul alive, and provide support to his parents.</p>
<p>Rotarians believe that human beings are one and the same and to do service, there are no boundaries and barriers. Long live Indo-Pak Rotary.
<br />
<br />
We look forward to seeing many more such ventures, that may contribute towards developing understanding, goodwill and peace and mitigating the frosty relations created by hard-liners on both sides.<br />
<br />
We are all profusely gratified to DG Ashok Agarwal’s arranging for Umar’s gratis heart surgery; to the Counsel General of the Indian High Commission, Islamabad for facilitating visas quickly; to past Rotary President Gaurang Desai’s administrative skills and
 incisive monitoring, timely information and logistic support; to Dr. Satyajit Bose for undertaking a risky and complicated open heart surgery and providing the destitute family with air travel from Kolkata to New Delhi, enabling them to bypass the rigours
 of another train journey; to Sayanti Das, the face of ‘The Mission Hospital’ for her extra-ordinary attention to the family in the hospital; to Rotarian Subir Roy of Rotary Club of Durgapur who maintained a close liaison with the Mission Hospital and arranged
 for the blood required for the surgery; to the Rotarians who visited the family regularly in hospital -- President Ramesh Janandania of Rotary Club Durgapur, Rotarian Satyanarayan Agarwal of Rotary Club of Tagore Land and many others.<br />
<br />
The writer is Chairman District Gift of Life Programme, Rotary District 3272 (Pakistan &amp; Afghanistan)</p>
<p style="text-align:center"><span style="font-style:italic">(The views expressed above are the personal views of the author)
</span></p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>09/01/2012 10:36:43</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/16694/A+gift+of+life+and+a+hearttoheart+experience</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">16694</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>16695</publicationdataID>
      <title>Sulks and self-delusion</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p>Irfan Husain - DAWN (Pakistan)<br />
<br />
14 May 2011<br />
<br />
<span style="font-weight:bold">LOST in the strident blame game between Islamabad and Washington in the aftermath of the raid that killed Osama bin Laden in Abbottabad is any clarity about the basis of their relationship.</span><br />
<br />
While conspiracy theories and accusations are being hurled back and forth, nobody's asking: what next? This confusion is more pronounced in Pakistan where a humiliated high command is issuing angry statements to little purpose. One example of its fury emerged
 when Maj-Gen John Campbell, US commander of forces in eastern Afghanistan, said that for two days, he could get no response at all from his Pakistani counterpart.<br />
<br />
This sulky behaviour exposes a military leadership unaccustomed to public scrutiny and criticism. Lashing out at their American critics, Prime Minister Gilani has said that "full force” could be used against any further violations of our sovereignty.<br />
<br />
But these words ring as hollow as the ones contained in a declaration issued by the Pakistan Ex-Servicemen's Association (Pesa):<br />
<br />
"Whereas Pesa agrees that Pakistan is becoming isolated in the region and the world because of our weak nationhood, no common direction, and consequent impoverishment; thus becoming vulnerable to forces hostile to us; it is now essential that a minimum national
 consensus be created across party lines on the national identity, purpose and vital national interests, for a secure people and a secure Pakistan.”</p>
<p>This ringing declaration with its laudable aims would have had more credibility had any of its authors resigned during our many bouts of military law that did the exact opposite of what Pesa now demands. Sadly, too many of our retired generals become democrats
 and express their concern for democracy only after they hang up their uniforms. As long as they are on the military gravy train, they are perfectly happy with the power they wield, and the perks that come with it.<br />
<br />
Another voice from Pakistan's large population of retired but vocal military officers comes from Brig Farooq Hameed Khan, blogging on a public Internet forum:<br />
<br />
"Where is the proof or evidence that it was the real OBL and not his decoy, look-alike or dummy who was killed in the Abbottabad raid by US Special Forces? … The Americans are masters in the art of strategic deception. Was this operation staged to tell the
 world that OBL was killed in the operation while hiding in a city not far from Islamabad? Was this operation engineered to be Pakistan's 9/11 to embarrass the Pakistan Army/ISI? ….”<br />
<br />
Of course one doesn't have to be a retired brigadier to spout such conspiracy theories: the Internet is humming with them from all manner of people. However, the fact that the blogger refuses to accept the word of Bin Laden's wives and daughter suggests a degree
 of unreality that, coming from a once senior army officer, should be a matter of concern to Pakistanis who paid for his training.</p>
<p>But for me, this confusion emanating from the highest levels of the country's security establishment reflects a lack of clarity about the basis of our relationship with America. This is something the army high command shares with a large number of civilian
 hawks to be found in TV studios and editorial offices of newspapers across Pakistan. To remind us about the beginning of the US-Pakistan relationship, here is Lawrence Wright writing in a recent issue of The New Yorker :<br />
<br />
"It's the end of the Second World War, and the United States is deciding what to do about two immense, poor, densely populated countries in Asia. American chooses one of the countries, becoming its benefactor. Over the decades, it pours billions of dollars
 into that country's economy, training and equipping its military and its intelligence services. The stated goal is to create a reliable ally with strong institutions and a modern, vigorous economy…"<br />
<br />
The benefits that Pakistan accrued from this relationship were quickly apparent: in the 1960s, its economy was an exemplar. India, by contrast, was a byword for a basket case. Fifty years then went by. What was the result of this social experiment?<br />
<br />
"India has become the state we tried to create in Pakistan. It is a rising economic star, militarily powerful and democratic, and it shares American interests. Pakistan, however, is one of the most anti-American countries in the world, and a covert sponsor
 of terrorism. Politically and economically, it verges on being a failed state…”</p>
<p>This makes painful reading for any Pakistani, but we really need to understand why much of the world sees us in this depressing light. We have been in denial for far too long, and of late, our ruling elites have sunk into self-delusion and outright paranoia.
 Rather than admit their many failings, they have convinced themselves that there is some dark conspiracy to `get Pakistan`. In this, they have the support of an increasingly hysterical and irrational media that has thrown objectivity and reason out of the
 window in a race for advertising and viewers.<br />
<br />
As our generals and their acolytes in the media ratchet up their shrill condemnation of the United States, they should remember that Pakistan is not exactly the flavour of the month in America these days. There are voices being raised in Washington to cut off
 aid to Pakistan in the wake of suspicions that our military was deliberately harbouring Bin Laden.<br />
<br />
A school of thought in Pakistan is confident that America needs Pakistan too much to walk away. Indeed, much of our military`s approach in dealing with the US appears to be based on this calculation. But we need to remember that President Obama has announced
 his intention to reduce US troops in Afghanistan from this year. After Bin Laden`s death, the pressure to pull out will only grow.</p>
<p>Once the US departs, there will be little incentive to continue to pump military and economic aid into a country that hates it so much. Many of our TV chat show anchors and guests insist that we can do without US aid. But when the tap is turned off, and
 the price of the dollar goes through the roof, raising the price of borrowing and imports overnight, I wonder if they`ll sing the same tune.<br />
<br />
They might find that the price of ` ghairat `, or national honour, can be very high indeed.</p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>09/01/2012 10:39:49</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/16695/Sulks+and+selfdelusion</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">16695</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>16696</publicationdataID>
      <title>Osama’s or Obama’s Pakistan?</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p>MURTAZA RAZVI - DAWN (PAKISTAN)<br />
<br />
11 MAY 2011<br />
<br />
In the aftermath of the American military action that killed Osama bin Laden, the debate in Pakistan has decisively shifted to the violation of Pakistan’s sovereignty by the US, as was perhaps expected. The big question as to why the world’s most wanted terrorist
 was found here in the first place has all but disappeared from the national radar. Once again the nation is found dozing off at a time when hectic and earnest efforts are needed to inquire into the matter that can bring Pakistan to the centre stage of the
 US-led ‘war on terror’.<br />
<br />
Let’s face it: it is less about our sovereignty and more about accountability to the people of Pakistan and to the international community. If we have terrorists with global linkages living in and working out of Pakistan unbeknown to our otherwise menacing
 security agencies and we don’t get on their trail, the US (and others) will. The outrage here should have been over the fact that bin Laden was living here for the past many years undetected, and not over who took him out with the least collateral damage caused
 to Pakistan in the process. </p>
<p>It is still not past the time when the war against terrorism should be owned and called our own battle. Terrorism has killed and maimed more Pakistanis than any other nation anywhere in the world since 9/11, but there isn’t much we done about it. For instance,
 how many terrorists are apprehended by our law enforcement agencies and brought to justice? Our security forces can find and kill an octogenarian Baloch leader hiding in a cave because he and a handful of his close associates had defied a general but they
 cannot be commissioned to nab the terrorists who have attacked the armed forces, the police and innocent citizens alike. They have not even spared our dead ones and attacked the shrines regularly. This is simply beyond comprehension.
<br />
<br />
Even in those rare cases when terrorists are apprehended, the police have failed to build a strong prosecution case against them and the courts have had to let them walk free for lack of evidence. Not only that, known and dreaded militants and hijackers wanted
 by India and others, the entire Islamabad Lal Masjid brigade and the likes, are free citizens who do not operate out of their mountain hideouts but are allowed to disseminate their hate-filled agenda in the cities and towns across the land.
</p>
<p>Banning outfits like Lashkar-e-Taiba, Jamaatud Dawa, Jandullah, Jaish-i-Mohammed, Lashkar-i-Jhangvi and so many others, which openly brook sympathy for al Qaeda and its global terrorist agenda, has not made their leadership run for cover. Far from it. They
 are free to preach, train and plan attacks across Pakistan, and perhaps elsewhere. Does any other country provide hate-mongers such an open platform from which to operate?
<br />
<br />
Then, there are tiers of extremist elements that are well tolerated by the state. A majority of these comprise homegrown militants and not runaway fugitives from their home countries. It starts right there in our parliament where MPs belonging to rightwing
 parties derail all and any debate on curbing extremism. The PML-Q leaders protected the Lal Masjid militants after Musharraf’s action against them, and even announced lifetime scholarships for their upkeep; Mullah Fazlullah of Swat and his Taliban commanders
 are at large. The PML-N leaders have known allies among extremist elements in southern Punjab, the hotbed of Punjabi Taliban and the like. Both the parties deny the existence of Punjabi Taliban, thereby protecting such elements and their identities from public
 scrutiny. Imran Khan’s PTI disowns the ‘war on terror’ altogether, calling the tribal jihadists patriotic Pakistanis who have made many sacrifices in the past.
</p>
<p>The presence of the religious parties and their stance in parliament is blatant. There are no subtleties involved in deciphering their views on the raging extremism. The JUI and the Jamaat-i-Islami vehemently demand that Pakistan opt out of the partnership
 with America in its fight against terrorism. The JUI MPs condemned the killing of bin Laden in most unequivocal terms and led protest rallies. Others offered funeral prayers for him in the streets of this country.
<br />
<br />
Rightist elements also man the airwaves of Pakistan’s independent media. Obscurantist talk show hosts and lecturers holding forth on geo-political affairs is the norm on TV. Over the years so much ground has been ceded to extremists that their spin doctoring
 of issues has now become the mainstream discourse in the media. It is an environment where global thought patterns in interpreting current affairs are rejected and logical debates and discourses snubbed. Xenophobia in regard to the rest of the world envelopes
 most national discourse. Issues are twisted beyond recognition, and imagination is allowed to run wild, which brings into spotlight nothing but Pakistan’s enemies surrounding it from all sides.
<br />
<br />
This victim mindset that we continue to nurture by evading the real problem of extremism and not doing anything about it, places us at the mercy of the Osamas and the Obamas of the world. It is a free country for either to beat down upon, as a meek government
 and a powerful military establishment look the other way. </p>
<p>Fortified and ensconced in the safety net of the security apparatus that both the civil and military leadership is, it is hard to understand why the leadership should not own and fight the war of Pakistan’s survival against extremism with full force of the
 state. Complacence is a respectable word for it implies that a conscious choice has been made; ‘free for all’ is more likely what is at work here.
</p>
<p style="text-align:center"><span style="font-style:italic">The writer is a Dawn staffer
</span></p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>09/01/2012 10:43:20</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/16696/Osamas+or+Obamas+Pakistan</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">16696</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>16697</publicationdataID>
      <title>We owe it to ourselves</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p>Express Tribune: Editorial <br />
<br />
May 11, 2011<br />
<br />
Let us be honest, in the post-Abbottabad situation, the American administration is careful in its posture towards Pakistan, compared to the American press. President Obama says Pakistan must have had a support network for Osama bin Laden for him to live for
 over five years, so near Islamabad, in a garrison city, adding that there was no evidence whether such a support system was linked to the state or not.
<br />
<br />
As Pakistan embarks upon an inquiry into the Abbottabad operation, the intent should be to determine the nature of this support system about which the ISI had informed the CIA in 2009.<br />
<br />
US National Security Adviser Tom Donilon went further in Washington’s efforts not to rubbish Pakistan the way it is being done in America’s large opinion market: ‘More terrorists and extremists have been captured or killed [through Pakistani cooperation] in
 Pakistan than anyplace else’. There is no doubt that sane voices under the Obama administration have not ignored the importance of Pakistan as a pivotal partner in the world’s war against terrorism.</p>
<p>In Pakistan, there is a larger factory of emotional splurge asking the government and the army to take revenge against America for the operation in Abbottabad. Television channels are busy churning up the most reckless aspects of Pakistani nationalism whose
 requirements cannot be met without going to war. It is difficult to say whether the channels reflect what the people of Pakistan think or are simply moulding the public opinion in a grand but unthinking act of brainwashing which will cause more regret after
 the fact.<br />
<br />
The staple of this brainwashing, assisted by retired army officers, including a retired ISI chief, is that Osama could have been killed in effigy to cause rifts inside Pakistan to destroy its security.<br />
<br />
Domestic political bias is undermining what is put forward as national interest. The networks are talking of revisiting the NRO to see if the PPP had signed away more of Pakistan’s sovereignty to the US than is apparent. The call for the resignation of President
 Asif Zardari and the PPP government is echoing in all living rooms; but, more ominously, there is also the unfortunate demand for the resignation of the army chief and the chief of the ISI.</p>
<p>The extremist outbursts on television channels should not, however, incline us not to think of reforming a system that has been lurching through the 1990s and is now dysfunctional in 2011. On one channel, when a journalist began to describe how Pakistan’s
 failures have emanated from the army’s control of external and internal policies, he was prevented from completing his statement. But the English-language press on May 8, 2011, did carry at least five articles either suggesting that the army’s extended remit
 should be curtailed or recommending that it change its current posture of unrealistic defiance in foreign policy. That the Urdu-language press was less outspoken confirms that whereas the English media scrutinises the functioning of the state, the Urdu side
 scrutinises the state of Pakistani nationalism.</p>
<p>In most states, the army is a part of the paraphernalia of the state’s nationalism, but it is never given control of the state so that under democracy moderate rather than extreme policy decisions are taken in crises.<br />
<br />
Pakistan has suffered because of the paramountcy of the army in the power structure of the country. In the past, wrong decisions by army commanders, followed loyally by political parties midwifed by the army, have brought damage in their wake, the last one
 being the infamous Kargil Operation. Let the army leadership beware the hubris of aggression and step back from its hurriedly put together enunciations of ‘ghairat’ versus ‘welfare’ and take the position allowed it by the constitution. We owe it to ourselves
 to investigate honestly what happened in Abbottabad five years ago. We know that Osama is a cult figure in Pakistan; we know that his creed is largely embraced by the people living under the influence of the clergy; and we know that a policeman can kill a
 governor because he believes in the religious aggression propagated by al Qaeda more than in law. But we must know the truth to be able to carry out the self-correction we direly need.
</p>
<p style="text-align:center"><span style="font-style:italic">(The views expressed above are the personal views of the author)
</span></p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>09/01/2012 10:46:45</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/16697/We+owe+it+to+ourselves</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">16697</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>16700</publicationdataID>
      <title>Mother of all embarrassments</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p>The News International: Ayaz Amir<br />
<br />
For a country with more than its share of misfortunes and sheer bad luck, we could have done without this warrior of the faith, Osama bin Laden, spreading his beneficence amongst us. He was a headache for us while he lived, but nothing short of a catastrophe
 in his death. For his killing, and the manner of it, have exposed Pakistan and its security establishment like nothing else.
<br />
<br />
To say that our security czars and assorted knights have been caught with their pants down would be the understatement of the century. This is the mother of all embarrassments, showing us either to be incompetent – it can’t get any worse than this, Osama living
 in a sprawling compound a short walk from that nursery school of the army, the Pakistan Military Academy and, if we are to believe this, our ever-vigilant eyes and ears knowing nothing about it – or, heaven forbid, complicit.
</p>
<p>I would settle for incompetence anytime because the implications of complicity are too dreadful to contemplate.
<br />
And the Americans came, swooping over the mountains, right into the heart of the compound, and after carrying out their operation flew away into the moonless night without our formidable guardians of national security knowing anything about it. This is to pour
 salt over our wounds. The obvious question which even a child would raise is that if a cantonment crawling with the army such as Abbottabad is not safe from stealthy assault what does it say about the safety of our famous nuke capability, the mainstay of national
 pride and defence? <br />
<br />
Barely 24 hours before the Osama assault General Kayani, at a ceremony in General Headquarters in remembrance of our soldiers killed in our Taliban wars, was describing the army as the defender of the country’s ideological and geographical frontiers. For the
 time being, I think, we should concentrate on ideology and leave geography well alone, the Abbottabad assault having made a mockery of our geographical frontiers.
<br />
<br />
Every other country in the world is happy if its armed forces can defend geography. We are the only country in the world which waxes lyrical about ideological frontiers. To us alone belongs the distinction of calling ourselves a fortress of Islam.
</p>
<p>In the wake of the Raymond Davis affair a certain sternness had crept into our tone with the Americans, as we told them that they would have to curtail their footprint in Pakistan. I wonder what we tell them now. It is not difficult to imagine the smile
 on American lips when we now speak of the absolute necessity of minimising CIA activities.
<br />
<br />
With whom the gods would jest, they first make ridiculous. The hardest thing to bear in this saga is not wounded pride or breached sovereignty but our exposure to ridicule. Osama made us suffer in life and has made us look ridiculous after his death. Around
 the tallest mountains there is the echo of too much laughter at our expense. <br />
<br />
Consider also the Foreign Office statement of May 3, "As far as the target compound is concerned, ISI had been sharing information with CIA...since 2009....It is important to highlight that taking advantage of much superior technological assets, CIA exploited
 intelligence leads given by us to identify and reach Osama bin Laden.” This is hilarious. If we were aware of the compound and had suspicions about its occupants what ‘superior technological assets’ were required to go in and find out?
</p>
<p>But what takes the cake is the stern warning attached: "This event of unauthorised unilateral action cannot be taken as a rule. The government of Pakistan further affirms that such an event shall not serve as a future precedent for any state, including the
 US.” We can imagine the CIA trembling in its shoes. My son burst out laughing when he read this. If the Americans get a clue to the whereabouts of Ayman al-Zawahiri or Mullah Omar will they ask our permission before sending their SEAL teams in?
<br />
<br />
The CIA chief, Leon Panetta, has rubbed the point in: "It was decided that any effort to work with the Pakistanis could jeopardise the mission. They might alert the targets.” That’s about the level of trust we seem to inspire.
<br />
<br />
Anyway, trust Prime Minister Gilani to put it best, that the failure to find Osama for so long was not just Pakistan’s failure but that of intelligence agencies around the world. This is really cool, absolving ourselves of all responsibility even when Osama
 is discovered within walking distance of PMA Kakul. </p>
<p>We have some funny notions of sovereignty and national honour. The CIA spreading itself wide in Pakistan is a breach of national sovereignty, and rightly so. And American boots on the ground, as in Abbottabad, are totally unacceptable. But when it comes
 to Al Qaeda using Pakistan as a base, Sirajuddin Haqqani and the rest of the Taliban holed up in North Waziristan and Taliban elements in Quetta, we somehow can’t work up the same outrage.
<br />
<br />
We already had a tough job on our hands convincing the world of our bona fides. After the Osama operation it gets that much tougher.
<br />
<br />
In an ideal world this should be a wakeup call for Pakistan, an opportunity for some honest introspection and a hard look at some of the bizarre notions underpinning our theories of national security. Must we spend so much on defence? Is the world engaged in
 a conspiracy to undermine our foundations? Aren’t our nuclear weapons enough to give us a sense of security? Hasn’t the time come to curb some of our zest for nurturing and sustaining jihadi militias? And isn’t it time we stopped fretting so much about Afghanistan
 and made internal order and prosperity the principal focus of our endeavours? </p>
<p>But we do not live in an ideal world and our capacity for self-deception should not be under-estimated. Shaken as we may be by the Osama operation, we can safely assume that we won’t take this as a wakeup call. As the Foreign Office statement vividly shows,
 we’ll hunt for lame excuses and hide behind false explanations, convinced of our ability to fool the world when the only thing fooled will be ourselves.
<br />
<br />
So we will keep talking about strategic assets and good and bad Taliban, and about protecting our interests in Afghanistan, and we’ll keep subscribing to theories of Indian hostility and encirclement, because these are the foundations on which stands the peculiar
 national security state we have constructed, forever threatened and insecure. <br />
<br />
If the separation of East Pakistan was not a wakeup call, if Musharraf’s adventure in Kargil wasn’t that either, it is too much to expect that Pakistan’s comprehensive exposure in this saga, the Islamic Republic without its clothes, will lead to any radical
 departures in national outlook. <br />
<br />
Our ruling establishment is too set in its ways and, sadly, the roots of national stupidity run too deep.
<br />
<br />
And perish the thought of anyone taking responsibility and throwing in his papers. That’s just not the Pakistani way.
<br />
<br />
But there should be no escaping the fact that from now on we will have to be more careful. All the signs suggest that this may prove to be a milestone of sorts, a dangerous turning point, in that our friends, let alone our enemies, become more sceptical of
 our pronouncements and increasingly less willing to put up with our hidden and double games.
<br />
<br />
We will be asked some tough questions and the time for bluster or a show of righteous indignation may have passed.
</p>
<p style="text-align:center"><span style="font-style:italic">(The views expressed above are the personal views of the author)</span></p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>09/01/2012 11:03:44</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/16700/Mother+of+all+embarrassments</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">16700</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>16702</publicationdataID>
      <title>Special report: Why the U.S. mistrusts Pakistan's spy agency</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p><span style="font-weight:bold">Reuters: Chris Allbritton and Mark Hosenball</span><br />
<br />
In 2003 or 2004, Pakistani intelligence agents trailed a suspected militant courier to a house in the picturesque hill town of Abbottabad in northern Pakistan.<br />
<br />
There, the agents determined that the courier would make contact with one of the world's most wanted men, Abu Faraj al-Libbi, who had succeeded September 11 mastermind Khalid Sheik Muhammad as al Qaeda operations chief a few months earlier.<br />
<br />
Agents from Pakistan's powerful and mysterious Inter-Services Intelligence agency, known as the ISI, raided a house but failed to find al-Libbi, a senior Pakistani intelligence official told Reuters this week.<br />
<br />
Former Pakistan President Pervez Musharraf later wrote in his memoirs that an interrogation of the courier revealed that al-Libbi used three houses in Abbottabad, which sits some 50 km (30 miles) northeast of Islamabad. The intelligence official said that one
 of those houses may have been in the same compound where on May 1 U.S. special forces killed al Qaeda leader Osama bin Laden.<br />
<br />
It's a good story. But is it true? Pakistan's foreign ministry this week used the earlier operation as evidence of Pakistan's commitment to the fight against terrorism. You see, Islamabad seemed to be pointing out, we were nabbing bad guys seven years ago in
 the very neighborhood where you got bin Laden.</p>
<p>But U.S. Department of Defense satellite photos show that in 2004 the site where bin Laden was found this week was nothing but an empty field. A U.S. official briefed on the bin Laden operation told Reuters he had heard nothing to indicate there had been
 an earlier Pakistani raid.<br />
<br />
There are other reasons to puzzle. Pakistan's foreign ministry says that Abbottabad, home to several military installations, has been under surveillance since 2003. If that's true, then why didn't the ISI uncover bin Laden, who U.S. officials say has been living
 with his family and entourage in a well-guarded compound for years?<br />
<br />
The answer to that question goes to the heart of the troubled relationship between Pakistan and the United States. Washington has long believed that Islamabad, and especially the ISI, play a double game on terrorism, saying one thing but doing another.<br />
<br />
MARRIAGE OF CONVENIENCE<br />
<br />
Since 9/11 the United States has relied on Pakistan's military to fight al Qaeda and Taliban forces in the mountainous badlands along Pakistan's border with Afghanistan. President George W. Bush forged a close personal relationship with military leader Musharraf.<br />
<br />
But U.S. officials have also grown frustrated with Pakistan. While Islamabad has been instrumental in catching second-tier and lower ranked al Qaeda and Taliban leaders, and several operatives identified as al Qaeda "number threes" have either been captured
 or killed, the topmost leaders - bin Laden and his Egyptian deputy Ayman al Zawahiri -- have consistently eluded capture.</p>
<p>The ISI, which backed the Taliban when the group came to power in Afghanistan in the mid-1990s, seemed to turn a blind eye -- or perhaps even helped -- as Taliban and al-Qaeda members fled into Pakistan during the U.S. invasion of Afghanistan after 9/11,
 according to U.S. officials.<br />
<br />
Washington also believes the agency protected Abdul Qadeer Khan, lionized as the "father" of Pakistan's bomb, who was arrested in 2004 for selling nuclear secrets to Iran, Libya and North Korea.<br />
<br />
And when Kashmiri militants attacked the Indian city of Mumbai in 2008, killing 166 people, New Delhi accused the ISI of controlling and coordinating the strikes. A key militant suspect captured by the Americans later told investigators that ISI officers had
 helped plan and finance the attack. Pakistan denies any active ISI connection to the Mumbai attacks and often points to the hundreds of troops killed in action against militants as proof of its commitment to fighting terrorism.<br />
<br />
But over the past few years Washington has grown increasingly suspicious-and ready to criticize Pakistan. The U.S. military used association with the spy agency as one of the issues they would question Guantanamo Bay prisoners about to see if they had links
 to militants, according to WikiLeaks documents made available last month to the New York Times.<br />
<br />
U.S. Secretary of State Hillary Clinton said last July that she believed that Pakistani officials knew where bin Laden was holed up. On a visit to Pakistan just days before the Abbottabad raid, Admiral Mike Mullen, chairman of the U.S. Military's Joint Chiefs
 of Staff, accused the ISI of maintaining links with the Taliban.</p>
<p>As the CIA gathered enough evidence to make the case that bin Laden was in Abbottabad, U.S. intel chiefs decided that Pakistan should be kept in the dark. When U.S. Navy Seals roped down from helicopters into the compound where bin Laden was hiding, U.S.
 officials insist, Pakistan's military and intel bosses were blissfully unaware of what was happening in the middle of their country.<br />
<br />
Some suspect Pakistan knew more than it's letting on. But the Pakistani intelligence official, who asked to remain anonymous so that he could speak candidly, told Reuters that the Americans had acted alone and without any Pakistani assistance or permission.<br />
<br />
The reality is Washington long ago learned to play its own double game. It works with Islamabad when it can and uses Pakistani assets when it's useful but is ever more careful about revealing what it's up to.<br />
<br />
"On the one hand, you can't not deal with the ISI... There definitely is the cooperation between the two agencies in terms of personnel working on joint projects and the day-to-day intelligence sharing," says Kamran Bokhari, Middle East and South Asia director
 for global intelligence firm STRATFOR. But "there is this perception on the part of the American officials working with their counterparts in the ISI, there is the likelihood that some of these people might be working with the other side. Or somehow the information
 we're sharing could leak out... It's the issue of perception and suspicion."</p>
<p>The killing of bin Laden exposes just how dysfunctional the relationship has become. The fact that bin Laden seems to have lived for years in a town an hour's drive from Islamabad has U.S. congressmen demanding to know why Washington is paying $1 billion
 a year in aid to Pakistan. Many of the hardest questions are directed at the ISI. Did it know bin Laden was there? Was it helping him? Is it rotten to the core or is it just a few sympathizers? What's clear is that the spy agency America must work within one
 of the world's most volatile and dangerous regions remains an enigma to outsiders.<br />
<br />
GENERAL PASHA<br />
<br />
ISI chief Lieutenant General Ahmed Shuja Pasha visited Washington on April 11, just weeks before bin Laden was killed. Pasha, 59, became ISI chief in September 2008, two months before the Mumbai attacks. Before his promotion, he was in charge of military operations
 against Islamic militants in the tribal areas bordering Afghanistan. He is considered close to Pakistan military chief General Ashfaq Parvez Kayani, himself a long-time ISI chief.<br />
<br />
A slight man who wastes neither words nor movements, Pasha speaks softly and is able to project bland anonymity even as he sizes up his companions and surroundings. In an off-the-record interview with Reuters last year, he spoke deliberately and quietly but
 seemed to enjoy verbal sparring. There was none of the bombast many Pakistani officials put on.</p>
<p>Pasha, seen by U.S. officials as something of a right-wing nationalist, and CIA Director Leon Panetta, who was in the final stages of planning the raid on Osama's compound, had plenty to talk about in Washington. Joint intelligence operations have been plagued
 by disputes, most notably the case of Raymond Davis, a CIA contractor who shot dead two Pakistanis in Lahore in January.<br />
<br />
Davis was released from jail earlier this year after the victims' families were paid "blood money" by the United States, a custom sanctioned under Islam and common in Pakistan.<br />
<br />
Then there are the Mumbai attacks. Pasha and other alleged ISI officers were named as defendants in a U.S. lawsuit filed late last year by families of Americans killed in the attacks. The lawsuit contends that the ISI men were involved with Lashkar-e-Taiba,
 an anti-India militant group, in planning and orchestrating the attacks.<br />
<br />
An Indian government report seen by Reuters states that David Headley, a Pakistani-American militant who was allied with Lashkar-e-Taiba and who was arrested in the United States last year, told Indian interrogators while under FBI supervision that ISI officers
 had been involved in plotting the attack and paid him $25,000 to help fund it.<br />
<br />
Pakistan's government said it will "strongly contest" the case and shortly after the lawsuit was filed Pakistani media named the undercover head of the CIA's Islamabad station, forcing him to leave the country.<br />
<br />
TECHNIQUE OF WAR</p>
<p>The ISI's ties to Islamist militancy are very much by design. The Pakistan Army's humiliating surrender to India in Dhaka in 1971 led to the carving up of the country into two parts, one West Pakistan and the other Bangladesh. The defeat had two major effects:
 it convinced the Pakistan military that it could not beat its larger neighbor through conventional means alone, a realization that gave birth to its use of Islamist militant groups as proxies to try to bleed India; and it forced successive Pakistani governments
 to turn to Islam as a means of uniting the territory it had left.<br />
<br />
These shifts, well underway when the Soviet Union invaded Afghanistan in 1979, suited the United States at first. Working with its Saudi Arabian ally, Washington plowed money and weapons into the jihad against the Soviets and turned a blind eye to the excesses
 of Pakistan's military ruler, General Zia ul-Haq, who had seized power in 1977 and hanged former Prime Minister Zulfikar Ali Bhutto in 1979.<br />
<br />
Many Pakistanis blame the current problems in Pakistan in part on Washington's penchant for supporting military rulers. It did the same in 2001 when it threw it its lot with Musharraf following the attacks on New York and Washington. By then, the rebellion
 in Indian Kashmir had been going since 1989, and U.S. officials back in 2001 made little secret that they knew the army was training, arming and funding militants to fight there.</p>
<p>That attitude changed after India and Pakistan nearly went to war following the December 2001 attack on India's parliament, which New Delhi blamed on Pakistan-based militant groups -- a charge Islamabad denied. Musharraf began to rein in the Kashmiri militant
 groups, restricting their activity across the Line of Control which divides the Indian and Pakistani parts of Kashmir. But he was juggling the two challenges which continue to defy his successor as head of the army, General Ashfaq Kayani -- reining in the
 militant groups enough to prevent an international backlash on Pakistan, while giving them enough space to operate to avoid domestic fall-out at home.<br />
<br />
The ISI has never really tried to hide the fact that it sees terrorism as part of its arsenal. When Guantanamo interrogation documents appearing to label the Pakistani security agency as an entity supporting terrorism were published recently, a former ISI head,
 Lt. General Asad Durrani, wrote that terrorism "is a technique of war, and therefore an instrument of policy." Critics believe that elements of the ISI -- perhaps an old guard that learned the Islamization lessons of General Zia ul-Haq a little too well --
 maintain an influence within the organization. "It is no secret that Pakistan's army and foreign intelligence service, the Inter-Services Intelligence (ISI) directorate, actively cultivated a vast array of Islamist militants - both local and foreign, from
 the early 1980s until at least the events of September 11, 2001 - as instruments of foreign policy," STRATFOR wrote in an analysis posted on its website this week.<br />
<br />
LIST OF GRIEVANCES</p>
<p>That legacy is at the heart of Washington's growing mistrust of the ISI. Take the agency's ties to the powerful Afghan militant group headed by Jalaluddin Haqqani, which has inflicted heavy casualties on U.S. forces in the region.<br />
<br />
"We sometimes say: You are controlling -- you, Pasha -- you're controlling Haqqani," one U.S. official said, speaking to Reuters on condition of anonymity.<br />
<br />
"Well, Pasha will come back and say ... 'No, we are in contact with them.' Well, what does that really mean?"<br />
<br />
"I don't know but I'd like our experts to sit down and work out: Is this something where he is trying (to), as he would put it, know more about what a terrorist group in his country is doing. Or as we would put it, to manipulate these people as the forward
 soldiers of Pakistani influence in Afghanistan." When U.S. Joint Chiefs head Admiral Mike Mullen visited Islamabad last month he was just as blunt.</p>
<p>"Haqqani is supporting, funding, training fighters that are killing Americans and killing coalition partners. And I have a sacred obligation to do all I can to make sure that doesn't happen," Mullen told a Pakistani newspaper.<br />
<br />
"So that's at the core -- it's not the only thing -- but that's at the core that I think is the most difficult part of the relationship."<br />
<br />
Just across the border in Afghanistan, Major General John Campbell reaches into a bag and pulls out a thick stack of cards with the names and photos of coalition forces killed in the nearly year-long period since he's been on the job. Many of the men in the
 photos were killed by Haqqani fighters.<br />
<br />
"I carry these around so I never forget their sacrifice," Campbell said, speaking to a small group of reporters at U.S. Forward Operating Base Salerno in Khost province.<br />
<br />
"There are guys in Pakistan that have sanctuary that are coming across the border and killing Americans... we gotta engage the Pakistanis to do something about that," he said.<br />
<br />
Campbell calls the Haqqani network the most lethal threat to Afghanistan, where U.S. forces are entrenched in a near decade-old war.<br />
<br />
"The Haqqani piece, it's sort of like a Mafia-syndicate. And I don't know at what level they're tied into the ISI -- I don't. But there's places ... that you just see that there's collusion up and down the border," he said.<br />
<br />
DRONE WARS</p>
<p>Another contentious subject discussed on Pasha's trip to Washington was the use of missile-firing drones to attack suspected militant camps on Pakistani territory.<br />
<br />
Once Obama moved into the White House, the drone program begun by the Bush Administration not only continued, but according to several officials, increased. Sometimes drone strikes in the tribal areas of Pakistan took place several times in a single week.<br />
<br />
U.S. officials, as well as counter-terrorism officials from European countries with a history of Islamic militant activity, said that they had no doubt that the drone campaign was seriously damaging the ability of al Qaeda's central operation, as well as affiliated
 groups like the Pakistani and Afghan Taliban, to continue to use Pakistan as a safe haven.<br />
<br />
But the increasingly obvious use of drones made it far more difficult for either the CIA or its erstwhile Pakistani partners, ISI, to pretend that the operation was secret and that Pakistani officials were unaware of it. Since last October, the tacit cooperation
 between the CIA and ISI which had helped protect and even nurture the CIA's drone program, began to fray, and came close to breaking point.</p>
<p>Before Pasha visited CIA headquarters in Langley, Virginia, last month, Pakistani intelligence sources leaked ferocious complaints about the CIA in general and the drone program in particular, suggesting that the agency, its operatives and its operations
 inside Pakistan were out of control and that if necessary, Pakistan would take forcible steps to curb them -- including stopping drone attacks and limiting the presence of CIA operatives in Pakistan.<br />
<br />
When Pasha arrived at CIA HQ, U.S. officials said, the demands leaked by the Pakistanis to the media were much scaled down, with Pasha asking Panetta that the US give Pakistan more notice about drone operations, supply Pakistan with its own fleet of drones
 (a proposal which the United States had agreed to but which had subsequently stalled) and that the agency would curb the numbers of its personnel in Pakistan.<br />
<br />
U.S. officials said that the Obama administ ration agreed to at least some measure of greater notification to the Pakistani authorities about CIA activities, though insisted any concessions were quite limited.<br />
<br />
Just weeks later, Obama failed to notify Pakistan in advance about the biggest U.S. counter-terrorist operation in living memory, conducted on Pakistani soil.<br />
<br />
LEARNING FROM HISTORY<br />
<br />
It was different the first time U.S. forces went after bin Laden.<br />
<br />
Washington's first attempt to kill the al Qaeda leader came in August 1998. President Bill Clinton launched 66 cruise missiles from the Arabian Sea at camps in Khost in eastern Afghanistan to kill the group's top brass in retaliation for the suicide bombings
 on U.S. embassies in Kenya and Tanzania.</p>
<p>The CIA had received word that al Qaeda's leadership was due to meet. But Bin Laden canceled the meeting and several U.S. officials said at the time they believed the ISI had tipped him off. The U.S. military informed their Pakistani counterparts about 90
 minutes before the missiles entered Pakistan's airspace, just in case they mistook them for an Indian attack.<br />
<br />
Then U.S. Secretary of State William Cohen came to suspect bin Laden escaped because he was tipped off. Four days before the operation, the State Department issued a public warning about a "very serious threat" and ordered hundreds of nonessential U.S. personnel
 and dependents out of Pakistan. Some U.S. officials said the Taliban could have passed the word to bin Laden on an ISI tip.<br />
<br />
Other former officials have disputed the notion of a security breach, saying bin Laden had plenty of notice that the United States intended to retaliate following the bombings in Africa.<br />
<br />
WHAT'S NEXT?<br />
<br />
Now that the U.S. has finally killed bin Laden, what will change?<br />
<br />
The Pakistani intelligence official acknowledged that bin Laden's presence in Pakistan will cause more problems with the United States. "It looks bad," he said. "It's pretty embarrassing." But he denied that Pakistan had been hiding bin Laden, and noted that
 the CIA had struggled to find bin Laden for years as well.</p>
<p>Perhaps. But the last few days are unlikely to convince the CIA and other U.S. agencies to trust their Pakistani counterparts with any kind of secrets or partnership.<br />
<br />
Recent personnel changes at the top of the Obama Administration also do not bode well for salvaging the relationship.<br />
<br />
Panetta, a former Congressman and senior White House official, is a political operator who officials say at least got on cordially, if not well, with ISI chief Pasha. But Panetta is being reassigned to take over from Robert Gates as Secretary of Defense. His
 replacement at the CIA will be General David Petraeus, the commander of U.S. military operations in neighboring Afghanistan.<br />
<br />
The biggest issue on Petraeus's agenda will be dealing with Pakistan's ISI. <br />
<br />
The U.S. general's relationship with Pakistani Army chief of Staff Kayani, Pasha's immediate superior, is publicly perceived to be so unfriendly that it has become a topic of discussion on Pakistani TV talk shows.<br />
<br />
"I think it is going to be a very strained and difficult relationship," said Bruce Riedel, a former adviser to Obama on Afghanistan and Pakistan. He characterized the attitude on both sides as "mutual distrust."<br />
<br />
After a decade of American involvement in Afghanistan, experts say that Petraeus and Pakistani intelligence officials know each other well enough not to like each other.<br />
<br />
(Additional reporting by Rebecca Conway in Islamabad, Mark Hosenball and Phil Stewart in Washington, and Sanjeev Miglani in Singapore)</p>
<p style="text-align:center"><span style="font-style:italic">(The views expressed above are the personal views of the author)
</span></p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>09/01/2012 11:06:40</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/16702/Special+report+Why+the+US+mistrusts+Pakistans+spy+agency</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">16702</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>16703</publicationdataID>
      <title>Pakistan’s Credibility Gap on bin Laden</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<div>
<div>
<p>The Wall Street Journal<br />
<br />
One of the reasons that U.S. officials decided not to release photographs of a dead Osama bin Laden was because they believed that the most ardent disbelievers wouldn’t be swayed even by compelling evidence.
<br />
<br />
"Conspiracy theorists around the world will just claim the photos are doctored,” Congressman Mike Rogers, Republican chairman of the U.S. House of Representatives intelligence committee, told the WSJ.
<br />
<br />
In a different but related context, Pakistan faces a similar problem in the aftermath of Monday’s killing of America’s Most Wanted Man.
<br />
<br />
Simply put, whatever it says, there will be plenty of people who don’t buy it. </p>
<p>Pakistani officials insist that the Inter-Services Intelligence spy agency didn’t know bin Laden was hiding in plain sight in Abbottabad near a military academy, but there will be many around the world–including U.S. and Indian officials and large numbers
 among the global public–who don’t believe and maybe will never believe that he didn’t have a support network of at least a quasi-official nature. Indeed, some say the signs are increasing that he received some help.
<br />
<br />
Pakistan Foreign Secretary Salman Bashir gave a televised press conference in Islamabad Thursday in which he said repeatedly that media attention on this issue is misplaced. He noted the ISI’s record in apprehending senior al Qaeda leaders and noted that the
 U.S. has had intelligence gaps too (bin Laden and others were known terrorists but still managed to perpetrate the 9/11 attacks, for instance.)
</p>
<p>"I want you to know that much of the media critique of the ISI is not only unwarranted but cannot be validated,” he said.
<br />
<br />
In that, he has a point. Despite years of monitoring al Qaeda, no-one has publicly produced evidence that we are aware of to show that bin Laden himself was receiving direct support from either the ISI or even rogue or retired elements of the ISI.
<br />
<br />
Lashkar-e-Taiba? Yes, clearly, and there is an argument to be made, as India does, that protecting one terror outfit in Pakistan means protecting them all. But not specifically about bin Laden, which is the big issue here. Even those who say they are convinced
 that he must have had support admit they don’t have the convincing evidence yet to prove it.
</p>
<p>Maybe the doubters will find that evidence one day, maybe they won’t. Maybe Pakistan really didn’t know where bin Laden was, really was surprised to find him there, and really did offer meaningful information to the U.S. that helped lead Navy Seals to his
 door. Maybe it did just play one game and not a double game, as many allege. <br />
<br />
The problem for Pakistan is that its support to other networks–including L-e-T and the Haqqani network–along with the consistent use of its tribal regions as a safe haven for a mishmash of very unsavory characters, means that its credibility in insisting that
 it didn’t know bin Laden was ensconced in Abbottabad is rather low. <br />
<br />
All Pakistan can do now to restore that credibility is to show in its future actions that the debate over whether it once harbored the world’s most wanted fugitive is beside the point. That it has changed its ways. That it is rounding up terrorists that threaten
 India and the rest of the world and bringing them to justice. That it has purged the ISI or its surrounding circle of former agents of extremist sympathizers. That it is making a meaningful difference in protecting U.S. troops by clearing the safe havens.
<br />
<br />
Many will not even believe it has the willingness or capacity to change its ways, and Mr. Bashir’s comments certainly displayed more defensiveness than introspection. But until Pakistan shows it is convincingly making those efforts, it should be prepared for
 the doubts, the serious doubts, to continue. </p>
<p style="text-align:center"><span style="font-style:italic">(The views expressed above are the personal views of the author)</span></p>
</div>
</div>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>09/01/2012 11:10:08</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/16703/Pakistans+Credibility+Gap+on+bin+Laden</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">16703</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>16705</publicationdataID>
      <title>Pakistani Army, Shaken by Raid, Faces New Scrutiny</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p>New York Times: Jane Perlez<br />
<br />
ISLAMABAD, Pakistan — The reputation of the army, the most powerful and privileged force in Pakistan, has been severely undermined by the American raid that killed Osama bin Laden, raising profound questions about its credibility from people at home and from
 benefactors abroad, including the United States.<br />
<br />
That American helicopters could fly into Pakistan, carrying a team to kill the world’s most wanted terrorist and then fly out undetected has produced a stunned silence from the military and its intelligence service that some interpret as embarrassment, even
 humiliation. <br />
<br />
There is no doubt that the raid has provoked a crisis of confidence for what was long seen as the one institution that held together a nation dangerously beset by militancy and chronically weak civilian governments.
<br />
<br />
The aftermath has left Pakistanis to challenge their leadership, and the United States to further question an already frequently distrusted partner.<br />
<br />
By Wednesday, members of Parliament, newspaper editorials and Pakistan’s raucous political talk shows were calling for an explanation and challenging the military and intelligence establishment, institutions previously immune to public reproach.
</p>
<p>Some were calling for an independent inquiry, focused less on the fact that the world’s most wanted terrorist was discovered in their midst than on whether the military could defend Pakistan’s borders and its nuclear arsenal from being snatched or attacked
 by the United States or India.<br />
<br />
"If these people are found to be incompetent, heads should roll<br />
<br />
,” said Zafar Hilaly, a prominent newspaper columnist. <br />
<br />
Different questions were coming from Pakistan’s neighbors and Western allies, including the United States. In Congress, powerful lawmakers in charge of foreign military assistance delivered scathing assessments of the Pakistani Army as either incompetent or
 duplicitous, saying that renewed financial support was hardly guaranteed. <br />
<br />
In Britain, Prime Minister David Cameron told Parliament it was unbelievable that the Pakistani authorities did not know that Bin Laden was hiding not far from the capital.
<br />
<br />
But the most urgent question of all is what to do about it, and whether the United States should continue to invest in a Pakistani military whose assurances that it does not work with terrorists carry less weight than ever. Pakistani officials, who feel betrayed
 by the United States for not informing them in advance about the raid, are responding more defensively by the day.
</p>
<p>The biggest question for Pakistan is whether the event prompts a reconsideration of its security strategy, which has long depended on militant proxies, including groups entwined with Al Qaeda.
<br />
<br />
American officials are certain to use the fact that Bin Laden had taken shelter in Pakistan to press the country for a clearer break from its past.
<br />
<br />
Both sides have an interest in preserving some form of the status quo.<br />
<br />
Pakistan would like to keep the billions of dollars in aid that flow from the United States. The United States would like to prevent this nuclear-armed Muslim nation from turning more hostile, hosting terrorist networks and complicating efforts to end the war
 in Afghanistan. But the challenges ahead were revealed in how the outrage over the Bin Laden raid has cut differently in Pakistan and the United States.
<br />
<br />
For the United States, it has raised the issue of whether any assurance provided by the Pakistani military can be trusted, including the security of its nuclear arsenal. The army has insisted it is adequately protected from extremists, but has resisted security
 assistance from the United States that it considers too invasive. "We can press Pakistan until the cows come home on its nuclear program,” said Michael Krepon, a co-founder of the Stimson Center in Washington, which works on programs to reduce nuclear weapons.
 "But they are not going to do the things that we would like them to do that they don’t want to do.”
<br />
<br />
In Pakistan, commentators who consider the nuclear weapons the country’s most valued asset have raised another concern: In light of the American operation, are the weapons safe from a raid by the United States, or even India? Meanwhile, the chief of the army,
 Gen. Ashfaq Parvez Kayani, and the head of the Inter-Services Intelligence agency, Lt. Gen. Ahmed Shuja Pasha, have remained silent about what they knew or did not know about Bin Laden’s presence.
</p>
<p>They have both met with President Asif Ali Zardari since the American raid, but no mention has been made in public of those discussions. Civilian politicians have been virtually absent.
<br />
<br />
Prime Minister Yousaf Raza Gilani left for France on Tuesday, but said Wednesday that he would cut short his trip and return home. Senior ministers in the cabinet failed to turn up in Parliament to offer any explanations on Tuesday or Wednesday.
<br />
<br />
Instead, the Foreign Office and the information minister, apparently on orders from the military, issued statements intended to explain the shortcomings.
<br />
<br />
In Parliament on Wednesday, Information Minister Firdous Ashiq Awan said the American helicopters had evaded detection by radar "due to hilly terrain” and use of "nap of the earth” flying techniques, an account that failed to comfort almost anyone.
<br />
<br />
The Foreign Office defended the fact that Bin Laden was not detected because the high security walls at his house in Abbottabad were in line with a culture of privacy. These scant explanations fueled more speculation.<br />
<br />
One of the military’s biggest advocates, Kamran Khan, a journalist whose nightly television show garners big audiences, led the chorus: "We had the belief that our defense was impenetrable, but look what has happened. Such a massive intrusion and it went undetected.”
</p>
<p>Mr. Khan posed the question on many Pakistani minds: "What is the guarantee that our strategic assets and security installations are safe?”
<br />
<br />
In some Pakistani quarters, the failure of the army and intelligence agencies to detect Bin Laden, or to do anything about him if indeed his presence was known, prompted calls for an overhaul of the nation’s strategic policies.
<br />
<br />
"Instead of making more India-specific nuclear-capable missiles, the funds and the energy should be directed to eliminating the terrorists,” said an editorial in the newspaper Pakistan Today.
<br />
<br />
The editor, Arif Nizami, said the American raid made a mockery of the Pakistani military’s bravura that its fighter jets could shoot down American drones. "You talk of taking out drones, and you can’t even take out helicopters,” Mr. Nizami said.
<br />
<br />
Some Pakistanis said they were more concerned about the fact that known terrorists were living in their midst than the violation of sovereignty by the Americans.
<br />
<br />
"The terrorists’ being on our soil is the biggest violation of Pakistan’s sovereignty,” said Athar Minallah, a prominent lawyer. "If Osama bin Laden lives in Abbottabad, there could be a terrorist in my neighborhood.”</p>
<p style="text-align:center"><span style="font-style:italic">(The views expressed above are the personal views of the author)</span></p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>09/01/2012 11:13:08</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/16705/Pakistani+Army+Shaken+by+Raid+Faces+New+Scrutiny</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">16705</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>16707</publicationdataID>
      <title>What Pakistan knew about Bin Laden</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p>The New Yorker, May 2, 2011<br />
Posted by Dexter Filkins<br />
<br />
Now that Osama is dead, the most intriguing question is this: Did any Pakistani officials help hide him?
<br />
<br />
We’re entitled to ask. Ever since 9/11—indeed, even before—Pakistan’s military and intelligence services have played a high-stakes double game. They’ve supported American efforts to kill and capture Al Qaeda fighters, and they have been lavished with billions
 of American dollars in return. At the same time, elements of those same military and intelligence services, particularly those inside Inter-Service Intelligence, or the I.S.I., have provided support for America’s enemies, namely the Taliban and its lethal
 off-shoot, the Haqqani network. American officials are fully aware of the double-game, and to say it frustrates them would be an understatement. For a decade, Pakistan’s role has been one of the great unmovable paradoxes of America’s war.
</p>
<p>Could Pakistani officials have helped hide Osama? The most obvious fact of Osama’s hideaway is that it was in a densely populated area, many miles from the Afghan border region that for years had been the focus of the hunt. This, by itself, is not remarkable:
 Since 2001, most of the senior leaders of Al Qaeda captured in Pakistan have been nabbed in cities: Khalid Sheikh Mohammed in Rawalpindi, Ramsi bin Al-Shib in Karachi, Abu Zubaida in Faisalabad.
<br />
<br />
There is no evidence that any of the above men were sheltered by Pakistani officials. Indeed, since 2001, the double-game has usually worked like this: While Pakistani officials may covertly support the Taliban, they have bought cover for themselves by cooperating
 with the United States against Al Qaeda. <br />
<br />
But the fact that Osama was hiding in an urban area raises many obvious questions, like who was taking care of him, and how. Abbottabad is only thirty miles from the Pakistani capital, and it is home to a Pakistani military base, a military academy, and many
 retired Pakistani officers. Conspiracy theories abound in Pakistan; since 9/11, the most common has been that Bin Laden was being sheltered by the I.S.I.
</p>
<p>You can be sure of one thing: American officials no longer regard Pakistan’s leaders with a great deal of trust, if they ever did. In the case of Osama’s death, initial indications are that Pakistani military and intelligence officials may have provided
 some routine cooperation with the Americans but were not given the identity of the target. This makes sense: In recent months, American officials have stopped informing Pakistani officials ahead of time about the C.I.A.’s drone strikes against militants in
 the tribal areas, out of fear that they might be tipped off. <br />
<br />
At least on the surface, relations between the United States and Pakistan are the worst they have been in years, largely because American officials are running out of patience with the double game. Last week, I travelled to Pakistan with Admiral Mike Mullen,
 the chairman of the joint chiefs of staff, and he seemed a very impatient man. During interviews with Pakistani journalists, Mullen took the unusual step of publicly accusing the Pakistani military of supporting the Haqqani network, the virulent wing of the
 Taliban that is responsible for the deaths of hundreds of American soldiers in eastern Afghanistan. The Haqqani network, based in North Waziristan on the Afghan border, maintains the closest ties to Al Qaeda among Afghan guerrilla groups, and, until recently,
 was the principal place where American intelligence was looking for Osama. </p>
<p>"It’s fairly well known that the I.S.I. has a longstanding relationship with the Haqqani network,” Mullen told a reporter with Dawn, the Pakistani newspaper. "Haqqani is supporting, funding, training fighters that are killing Americans and killing coalition
 partners…. So that’s at the core—it’s not the only thing—but that’s at the core that I think is the most difficult part of the relationship.”
<br />
<br />
For their part, Pakistan’s leaders have been expressing outrage at the United States, mostly over the incident involving Raymond Davis, a C.I.A. contractor assigned to the American Embassy, who shot and killed two Pakistani civilians in Lahore. As a result
 of that incident, Pakistani officials are now demanding that the C.I.A. drastically draw down its presence inside the country, a move that the United States has been resisting.
<br />
<br />
The dispute over Davis, and of the C.I.A.’s presence more generally, is part of a larger revolt against the C.I.A.’s drone program, which many Pakistanis say violates their sovereignty and does more harm than good, particularly because the drones sometimes
 kill civilians. (The Pakistani military has long cooperated with the C.I.A.’s drone program, and the exact civilian death tolls are often difficult, if not impossible, to determine with specificity.) Despite that past cooperation, Pakistani officials themselves
 have helped fan the outcry against the drones. <br />
<br />
Still, for all the rancor, American officials made it clear to me that much of the Pakistani furor was for public consumption only. Pakistan’s leaders, they said, were working hard to maintain at least some parts of their relationship with the United States.
 "We are getting more cooperation from the Pakistanis than we ever have,” an American official told me in Pakistan.
<br />
<br />
In the coming days, we may find out just how cooperative the Pakistanis have really been.
</p>
<p style="text-align:center"><span style="font-style:italic">(The views expressed above are the personal views of the author)</span></p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>09/01/2012 11:22:01</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/16707/What+Pakistan+knew+about+Bin+Laden</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">16707</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>16708</publicationdataID>
      <title>Fear in Pakistani village dominated by Christians</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p>Dawn<br />
<br />
April 23, 2011 <br />
<br />
KHUSHPUR: A church bell, not a mosque loudspeaker, calls people to prayer along the dung-lined streets and inside the crumbling houses of this village. The body of Pakistan’s most recent Christian martyr is buried in its graveyard. Khushpur is almost entirely
 Catholic, and for decades it has been an oasis for Christians in a nation where 95 per cent of people are Muslim and extremism is spreading. The village has produced so many priests and nuns that some call it the ‘‘Rome of Pakistan.’’<br />
<br />
But militants’ recent murder of federal minister Shahbaz Bhatti, a Christian son of the village targeted for opposing Pakistan’s harsh blasphemy laws, has rattled the peace. As they prepare to observe Easter, many of the 5,300 villagers say Pakistan’s Christians
 face more pressure than ever. ‘‘You live with fear,’’ said Rose Dominic, 45, a math teacher. ‘‘You can’t express yourself.’’<br />
<br />
Khushpur traces its roots to 1902 when the area was part of British India, decades before Pakistan was created in 1947 as a homeland for the subcontinent’s Muslims.<br />
<br />
The lead founder was Father Felix, a Capuchin friar from Belgium. Felix means ‘‘happy’’ in Latin, and the friar named Khushpur, which means ‘‘happy place,’’ after himself, according to research by the late scholar Linda S. Walbridge.</p>
<p>Today, Khushpur is in most respects a typical Pakistani village: Many residents are poor farm workers, the roads are decrepit, the electricity is out half the day, animals roam freely and clean water is a luxury. There are few local stores or other forms
 of commerce, and while the schools are considered good, many of the most educated Khushpuris leave to find work in the cities.<br />
<br />
But the Christians here say they feel a deep affection for the land and the well-kept, red-brick Catholic Church that looms over it. On Palm Sunday, dozens of worshippers sang and marched to church through a muddy street holding palm leaves. Women and men crowded
 the church minutes later, sitting on separate sides, and wearing their Sunday best as light filtered through the stained-glass windows.<br />
<br />
Khushpur has risen to prominence among Pakistan’s Christian villages partly because of its reputation for producing ‘‘martyrs.’’<br />
<br />
One of them was Bishop John Joseph, a human rights activist who shot himself in 1998 to protest the same blasphemy laws Bhatti wanted to change. The laws impose the death penalty for insulting Islam, and rights groups say they are frequently used to persecute
 religious minorities or settle personal disputes. Joseph’s body is buried in the nearby city of Faisalabad, but his bloody clothes were interred in the graveyard in Khushpur under a large marble slab. Just a few meters away is Bhatti’s grave, topped with a
 cross bearing his picture, and still topped with fresh flowers daily.</p>
<p>Bhatti led the ministry for minorities, and what little political power Pakistan’s Christians had was almost entirely vested in him. Fliers left at the scene of his March 2 murder in Islamabad were signed by Taliban and al Qaeda militants who said they targeted
 Bhatti because of the blasphemy issue. The mention of Bhatti’s name still brings tears in Khushpur, where one woman said people loved him more than their own sons.<br />
<br />
‘‘People feel and people think their hope died,’’ said Father Anjum Nazir, the parish priest. ‘‘If he is killed, what will be security for other people?’’ The ruling Pakistan People’s Party, of which Bhatti was a member, has said repeatedly that it will protect
 minorities in the country. However, it has refused to change the blasphemy law in the face of extremist furor over the matter.<br />
<br />
Attention to the law rose last year after a Christian became the first woman to be sentenced to death for allegedly insulting Islam. Bhatti and Punjab Province Gov. Salman Taseer tried to secure a pardon for her and called for reforming the law. Taseer was
 murdered in January, and Bhatti in March. According to a Freedom House review of data from non-profits and the US State Department, 695 people were accused of blasphemy in Pakistan between 1986 and April 2006, of which about 12 per cent were Christian. The
 Pakistani daily newspaper Dawn has reported that 964 people were charged with blasphemy from 1984 to 2004, with a similar percentage of Christians.<br />
<br />
The blasphemy law hangs like a sword over Pakistani Christians’ heads, even in Khushpur where they dominate.</p>
<p>Earlier this month, two Muslim police officers stopped by the catechist training center in the village and asked if Christians worshipped images of Jesus Christ. The Christians declined to respond, worried that saying the wrong thing could get them accused
 of blasphemy, said Babar Peter, 27, a Bible teacher.<br />
<br />
While Pakistan has never carried out a death sentence for blasphemy, people can lose months or years of their lives in prison. Dozens have been killed by extremists during the trial process or after they are released.</p>
<p style="text-align:center">(The views expressed above are the personal views of the author)</p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>09/01/2012 11:25:29</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/16708/Fear+in+Pakistani+village+dominated+by+Christians</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">16708</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>16709</publicationdataID>
      <title>Why Pakistan will betray us</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p>Washington Times: Jeff M. Smith<br />
The question isn’t if - it’s why<br />
<br />
It should come as little surprise, but U.S. headlines are again dominated by dour news out of Pakistan. The U.S.-Pakistan relationship is today under severe strain, rattled by heated disputes over CIA drone strikes in Pakistan’s tribal areas; clandestine U.S.
 intelligence operations inside Pakistan; and Islamabad’s persistent refusal to crack down on the Taliban and their radical allies. Intelligence cooperation is at an all-time low.<br />
<br />
This latest series of rifts may indeed prove more damaging and permanent than previous disruptions, but they fit all too neatly in the general narrative of U.S.-Pakistan relations. One day Islamabad is touted as an indispensable ally; the next it is a back-stabbing
 fountain of Islamist militancy. For the longest time, these competing tensions were encapsulated in the Washington debate over whether or not Pakistan was playing a "double game.”<br />
<br />
But we were debating the wrong question. Of course Pakistan is playing a double game. Of course its intelligence agency, the Inter-Services Intelligence (ISI), supports Islamist militants. The relevant question is not if Pakistan is playing a double game, but
 why? The simplest answer is that Pakistan believes it needs a pliant, anti-Indian regime in Afghanistan and - as it has for decades - Pakistan is using Islamist militants as an extension of its foreign policy.</p>
<p>In short, Islamabad sees a Taliban-led government in Kabul as the best guarantor of its interests in neighboring Afghanistan. But this, too, begs the question: What are its interests? Why risk international condemnation and the ire of your superpower benefactor
 for influence in a desolate, landlocked country with few natural resources or infrastructure, and of questionable strategic value?<br />
<br />
Two motivations are often cited: First, Islamabad is said to covet Afghanistan for "strategic depth.” Pakistan is geographically narrow and its major cities, positioned as they are near its eastern border with India, are vulnerable to attack in the event of
 a war with its rival. Thus, Pakistan’s military planners - for whom an Indian invasion is always imminent - yearn for the rugged Afghan terrain to the west, where a retreating army could regroup and coordinate a guerrilla war, if necessary.<br />
<br />
Second, Pakistan is fearful of Indian influence in Afghanistan. Around every corner in Kabul, Pakistanis see Indian agents and behind every Afghan initiative, a nefarious Hindu plot. That India’s presence in Afghanistan has been benign, civilian and economic
 in nature has not stopped the ISI from backing brazen jihadi attacks on the Indian Embassy in Kabul.<br />
<br />
This suggests that Pakistan’s perceived interests in Afghanistan are India-centric. However, the fear of ethnic (specifically Pashtun and Baluch) nationalism may play an even greater role in Pakistan’s strategy, penetrating to the heart of what constitutes
 Pakistani identity and the integrity of the Pakistani state.</p>
<p>There are roughly 40 million Pashtuns straddling the Afghan-Pakistan border, the notoriously autonomous "martial race,” with legendary fighting prowess (virtually all Taliban are Pashtun, but not all Pashtun are Taliban). The Af-Pak border that cuts this
 stateless nation in half was drawn by India’s colonial British overlords in 1893. Incorporating a sliver of the Afghan frontier into northwestern India, the Durand Line, as the border is called, was designed to create a buffer zone between India and the lawless
 hinterland beyond. But after partition in 1947, the new (West) Pakistani state inherited these Pashtun tribal areas.</p>
<p>Like their countrymen in the east, the Pashtuns - and the even more disaffected Baluch minority in the south - are Muslim, but they share little else in common in terms of culture, language, allegiance or history. So it comes as no surprise that they have
 periodically agitated for greater autonomy, independence or even incorporation into Afghanistan. As the saying goes, the Afghans have a terribly weak state but a cohesive national identity. In Pakistan, the strong, military-run state is in part compensation
 for its fragile national identity.<br />
<br />
Consequently, Islamabad is hypersensitive to ethnic nationalism and separatism. Pakistan already lost nearly half its territory - East Pakistan - to another disgruntled ethnic minority in the 1971 war that created Bangladesh. To complicate matters further,
 successive Afghan governments, including the Pakistani-backed Taliban regime of the 1990s, have refused to recognize the Durand Line. Pakistan fears that a strong and independent Afghanistan - let alone one allied to India - could challenge their artificial
 border and agitate Pashtun or Baluch nationalists, undermining Pakistan from within. A friendly, Taliban-led regime in Kabul is thus seen by Islamabad as the best defense against this possibility and against Indian "encirclement.”</p>
<p style="text-align:center">(The views expressed above are the personal views of the author)</p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>09/01/2012 11:30:02</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/16709/Why+Pakistan+will+betray+us</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">16709</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>16710</publicationdataID>
      <title>Generating unlikeliest of heroes</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p>International Herald Tribune, April 18, 2011<br />
<br />
By Nazanin Lankarani <br />
<br />
DOHA, QATAR — Persuading the Indian immigration authorities to grant entry visas to illiterate African grandmothers who claim to be trainee solar engineers is no easy task.
<br />
<br />
Yet, Sanjit Bunker Roy, an Indian educator, has, since 2005, succeeded in bringing 140 such women to the Barefoot College, a school he founded in 1972 in Tilonia, a village in Rajasthan State, about 95 kilometers, or 60 miles, from the state capital, Jaipur.
<br />
<br />
"Never in the history of Africa have so many women traveled so far away, for so long, to be trained as solar engineers, without knowing how to read, write or speak the language,” said Mr. Roy at the World Innovation Summit for Education in Doha in November.
<br />
<br />
In India, they receive a six-month training course, taught in sign language and color codes, in which they learn to install, maintain and operate household, solar-powered lighting systems.
</p>
<p>The women are taught to install integrated circuit boards for solar home lights and off-grid solar units generating up to 500 kilowatts per day. They are also taught to assemble simple solar lanterns and compact fluorescent lamps, parabolic solar cookers
 and solar water heaters. <br />
<br />
Then they return home to electrify their villages. <br />
<br />
According to Barefoot College, in the five years since Mr. Roy extended his program to Africa, the 140 women have provided solar power to 9,118 remote homes in 21 African countries. "When people tell me there are no local solutions, I don’t believe them,” Mr.
 Roy said. "There is an indigenous solution everywhere.” <br />
<br />
When he started the college, Mr. Roy had no idea his reach would extend beyond India. His aim was to address the poverty and energy crisis that continues to plague rural India — where still, today, more than 70 percent of the country’s nearly 1.2 billion people
 live. <br />
<br />
According to Mr. Roy, about 40 percent of rural Indian households do not have access to electricity. More than 85 percent of them rely on kerosene for lighting and firewood for cooking.
</p>
<p>Lack of access to electricity, he said, exposes rural people to serious health risks, impedes local economic development and contributes to rural migration. To combat those problems, Mr. Roy decided early on that his best weapons were illiterate grandmothers.
<br />
<br />
"Young people are untrainable,” he said. "They are obsessed with training certificates, which we do not provide, and once they get the training, they leave the village looking for money and opportunity in the city.” In contrast, he said, older rural women are
 less likely to desert their villages for greener pastures. <br />
<br />
If that is a long-term advantage, it is also a large short-term challenge. <br />
<br />
"The women are totally bewildered when they first arrive in a strange land,” Mr. Roy said. "On top of it, they are expected to become solar engineers. It is frightening prospect.”
<br />
<br />
Using what he calls a "demystified and decentralized” approach, Mr. Roy employs a staff of 400 to teach about 50 women per session at the college. The teachers themselves are illiterate grandmothers, all alumnae of the school.
</p>
<p>"With every month in India, the women grow in stature and self-confidence,” he said. "They come as grandmothers and return as heroes to their village.”
<br />
<br />
In India and surrounding countries alone, the college has trained hundreds of women to electrify more than 600 villages from Kashmir to Bhutan, in remote parts of the Himalayas.
<br />
<br />
"The solar engineer grandmothers have proven that the impossible is possible,” Mr. Roy said.
<br />
<br />
A partnership with India’s Foreign Ministry has provided support for the college’s program.
<br />
<br />
"The training program is fully funded by the government of India,” J.S. Mukul, joint secretary of the ministry’s technical economic cooperation division, said in an e-mail message.
<br />
<br />
"This includes return airfare, the course fee, a book allowance, accommodation, living allowance, study tour and emergency medical coverage during the trainees’ stay in India” Mr. Mukul said.
<br />
<br />
The government funding is provided under the Colombo Plan for Cooperative Economic and Social Development in Asia and the Pacific, a regional intergovernmental development program begun at the Commonwealth Conference on Foreign Affairs in Colombo, Sri Lanka
 in 1951. <br />
<br />
"This is part of India’s effort to reach out to people at the grass-roots level,” Mr. Mukul said.
</p>
<p>"We introduced an idea that was at first revolutionary,” Mr. Roy said. "Now it has been adopted as government policy.”
<br />
<br />
Grants from the United Nations Development Program and active partnerships with nongovernmental sustainable development organizations including the Skoll Foundation in the United States, the Fondation Ensemble in France and the Het Groene Woudt in the Netherlands
 have also increased the program’s reach. <br />
<br />
The Skoll Foundation, which is focused on social entrepreneurship, has provided more than $2 million to the college since 2005 to help it to expand its program across Africa.
<br />
<br />
The local effects of the solar electrification program have exceeded even its founder’s expectations.
<br />
<br />
"When you start training grandmothers as solar engineers, you don’t think what the impact might be at the other end,” Mr. Roy said.
<br />
<br />
"Since 2006, a survey we conducted in Ethiopia found that over 500 babies were safely delivered in our solar-lit homes instead of using candle or kerosene lighting,” he said. "In Malawi, rats, scorpions and snakes are no longer entering solar-lit homes, reducing
 the risk of bites.” <br />
<br />
"In Sierra Leone, refrigeration for immunization products is mostly done by solar electrified equipment,” he said. "Bringing solar light to villages has made a world of difference.”
</p>
<p>Nongovernmental organizations are playing a central role in spreading word of the program and implementing it outside India.
<br />
<br />
In 2006, Christèle Adedjoumon, a Benin-born energy project manager with the Beninese Association for Mobilization and Development, a nonprofit organization founded in 1992, visited the Barefoot College.
<br />
<br />
"The program seduced me because it sought to autonomize populations,” Ms. Adedjoumon said in an interview from Paris. "It is about developing know-how, not giving handouts. Rather than give the people a fish, it teaches them how to fish,”
<br />
<br />
The following year, two women from Hon, a remote village south of Cotonou, Benin’s main city, were selected by Ms. Adedjoumon and Mr. Roy to train at the college.
<br />
<br />
"Rural women have little power and self confidence,” Ms. Adedjoumon said. "Trainee selection is often difficult because their husbands are reluctant to let their women leave.”
<br />
<br />
Still, the training the Beninese women received turned out to be a life-changing experience for them and for their community.
<br />
<br />
In 2009, with the help of its two new solar engineers, 308 solar systems were installed in Hon to light up about 3,000 households.
<br />
<br />
According to Ms. Adedjoumon, each subscribing household pays about $3.30, a month.
</p>
<p>The money is used to maintain the equipment, purchase distilled water for the batteries and pay the engineers.
<br />
<br />
"The grandmothers are always paid a salary as solar engineers,” Mr. Roy said. "The community recognizes the value of the service they provide.”
<br />
<br />
"The schools now have good, clean lighting, the streets are lit, the entire face of the village has changed,” Ms. Adedjoumon said.
<br />
<br />
According to Ms. Adedjoumon, efforts by the Beninese government to install and operate solar panels in other parts of the country have largely failed, because city-based engineers will not venture out to remote villages to repair equipment.
<br />
<br />
In February, two more grandmothers were selected from Zalime, a village near Hon, to train this summer at the college.
<br />
<br />
"We will set the example that solar energy can be a success in Benin,” Ms. Adedjoumon said.
<br />
<br />
In the meantime, Mr. Roy continues to train women across Africa. <br />
<br />
Last year, he was summoned by Ernest Bai Koroma, the president of Sierra Leone, to start a training program there.
<br />
<br />
Today, construction of the first Barefoot College training center in Sierra Leone is under way. Mr. Roy is selecting the first 150 grandmothers who will train there to become solar engineers.
<br />
<br />
In his closing remarks at the Doha conference, Mr. Roy quoted Mahatma Gandhi: "First they ignore you, then they laugh at you, then they fight you and then you win.”
</p>
<p style="text-align:center">(The views expressed above are the personal views of the author)</p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>09/01/2012 11:33:25</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/16710/Generating+unlikeliest+of+heroes</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">16710</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>16712</publicationdataID>
      <title>'Skype school' brings knowledge to Indian village</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p>The Age: Ammu Kannampilly <br />
<br />
April 5, 2011<br />
<br />
The electricity keeps cutting out, the Internet connection is crackly and the speakers don't always work, but Santosh Kumar knows that 20 pupils far away in eastern India are relying on him.<br />
<br />
Once a week, Kumar uses the Skype computer programme to teach maths to children in Chamanpura, a poor village in the struggling state of Bihar, 600 miles (970 kilometres) from his two-storey house in the suburbs of New Delhi.<br />
<br />
The free Internet service allows the class to see, via a projector, Kumar's tutorial which includes an animated tale about a greedy priest and a wily countryman to teach the students about numbers and the concept of infinity.<br />
<br />
"The first time I did this, they were really excited by the technology, now they don't care," Kumar said. "It's normal to them."<br />
<br />
Kumar, a successful 34-year-old engineer, grew up in Chamanpura village before battling his way to a place at the prestigious Indian Institute of Technology (IIT) and on to a well-paid job in the Indian capital.<br />
<br />
"It's an uphill task to bring education to villages," he said, recalling his teenage years when he would cycle eight miles to college in a nearby town.<br />
<br />
Kumar's cousin Chandrakant Singh, also now a well-paid engineer, decided during a trip back to the village to set up a school for children aged between 6 and 12.</p>
<p>"I wanted to provide a world-class education to students in the remotest place on Earth," said Singh, who remembers studying at night under the dim light of a kerosene lamp.<br />
<br />
Unfazed by the fact that Chamanpura has no mains electricity, or by the refusal of experienced teachers to travel to Bihar, Singh approached his friends for donations to fund the Chaitanya Gurukul boarding school.<br />
<br />
He installed two power generators and organised training for 16 local teachers before hitting on the idea of using Skype to connect students with professionals across India.<br />
<br />
"The world's greatest teachers don't want to go there, so I thought maybe we could use technology to help our students learn faster," he said.</p>
<p>The school opened its doors in April 2010, offering admission to 500 students, 50 of whom pay nothing, with the rest charged according to their parents' ability to afford fees.<br />
<br />
The Skype lessons take place in the evenings after the day's regular classes and at weekends.<br />
<br />
Kumar was on board from the beginning, adamant that he could help the students and give them more "clarity" on what they learnt in class.<br />
<br />
"Some of them were curious, others got intimidated, I had to work with them to rid them of their fear," he said, pointing out many of them had never seen a computer before.<br />
<br />
"Now it's like television for them, it entertains them and hopefully they learn something," he said during another power outage. "The technical problems happen often. It's extremely frustrating but we carry on."<br />
<br />
During his maths lesson, some students appeared engrossed by the video, while others chattered inaudibly in the back rows.<br />
<br />
But they snapped to attention during the question session, with everyone answering correctly.<br />
<br />
"It's a very different way of teaching, it helps me remember what I learn better than if I just read it," Anmol Kumar Jaiswal, 11, told AFP via the two-way Skype link.<br />
<br />
Pragya Parashar, a 12-year-old girl sitting behind Jaiswal nodded in agreement.<br />
<br />
"I like these lessons, it helps me understand things better," she said shyly. "I also want to become an engineer like my teacher."</p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>09/01/2012 11:37:11</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/16712/Skype+school+brings+knowledge+to+Indian+village</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">16712</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>16714</publicationdataID>
      <title>Disabled youth get chance at new life</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p>Call centre offers jobs to 45 young people<br />
<br />
Gulf News: Pamela Raghunath<br />
<br />
April 1, 2011<br />
<br />
Mumbai: At the inauguration of India's first state-of-the-art call centre manned and operated entirely by physically disabled people, over 45 youngsters stood beaming from ear to ear at the prospect of working in a normal office.
<br />
<br />
The EuroAble call centre set up by Eureka Forbes, a consumer durable brand, in association with NASEOH (National Society for Equal Opportunities for the Handicapped), India, is changing the lives of the physically challenged and making their dreams a reality.
 The company has set up a 5,000 square feet modern facility at the sprawling NASEOH centre in suburban Chembur where the building is designed for people with physical disabilities.
<br />
<br />
A two-month period of rigorous training that involved sharpening their communication skills, special coaching in English, voice modulation and a thorough familiarisation with all the company's products resulted in a new breed of personnel. "We cannot just express
 how this training and experience has brought unexpected changes in our life," Seema Dive, a student of NASEOH, said at the inaugural function.
</p>
<p>Long-cherished dream<br />
<br />
She added: "Such a big company which takes talented people chose to fulfil our long-cherished dream of joining the mainstream of society."
<br />
<br />
Another student of NASEOH, Ashok Gupta, articulated in a poem the frustration and anguish of disabled youth who constantly faced a "no vacancy" response from prospective employers.
<br />
<br />
One student expressed gratitude to the company for "recognising our strength and not our weakness. We are equal in society and must get equal opportunities in all fields".<br />
<br />
Highlighting the vision for EuroAble, Shapoor Mistry, Chairman, Eureka Forbes, said, "A different feeling comes to me today when I see smiles on the faces of our young friends. Our conviction to set up this call centre is a humble attempt to spread happiness
 to our consumers leveraging the commitment and passion of the team working here."
<br />
<br />
From 70 people and 58 seats in the first phase, the company will have a total of 140 employees with 87 seats in less than a year.
</p>
<p style="text-align:center">(The views expressed above are the personal views of the author)</p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>09/01/2012 11:40:08</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/16714/Disabled+youth+get+chance+at+new+life</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">16714</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>16715</publicationdataID>
      <title>A sporting chance</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p>The Economist: A.R.<br />
<br />
March 30, 2011<br />
<br />
JUDGE the importance of the game by the cast of celebrities who attended it. When India played Pakistan in a highly-charged semi-final of the cricket world cup on March 30th, the roaring, seething, smiling crowd in Mohali included a number of stars. Sonia Gandhi,
 who heads the ruling Congress party in India, sat in the stands with her son, Rahul Gandhi, who is widely tipped to be India’s next prime minister. Elsewhere, the current prime minister, Manmohan Singh, sat with his counterpart, Yusuf Raza Gilani, from Pakistan,
 amid speculation that "cricket diplomacy” might ease longstanding tensions between the neighbours.<br />
<br />
Messrs Singh and Gilani earned noisy cheers as they strolled together on the grass shortly before the first ball was bowled. A host of tycoons, Bollywood stars and other notables showed up too. Match tickets had traded on the street in Mohali at 20 times their
 face value, or more. The local airport was jam-packed with billionaires' private jets. Anti-aircraft missiles (among other security measures) were said to be deployed on the day, to deter any flying terrorists tempted by such a juicy target.</p>
<p>The day passed peacefully in the end—aside from the deafening roar of Bollywood songs and screaming cheers as wickets fell—and many of the tens of thousands of whooping fans dared to believe they were part of something bigger. But the match's significance
 depends mostly on any improved understanding between the two prime ministers. In the long run, a game of cricket alone is unlikely to profoundly alter the prospects of India and Pakistan getting past their decades of bloody difficulties and establishing friendly
 ties. Still, the generally good mood of the cricket fans is a firm reminder that more "people-to-people” contacts, which are woefully rare, would surely be helpful.<br />
<br />
In one part of the stadium, two young Indian fans, howling in delight and bedecked in face-paint, held up a home-made placard declaring, "Our aim is to bring peace, so please co-operate”. Nearby another Indian fan swore that the better the ties off the field,
 the fiercer the conflict might be on the pitch. A few seats away, a family of nine Pakistani fans, a contingent from Karachi, gushed over the warm Indian welcome they had received since crossing the border. "Let us hope, this should be the start of something”
 enthused one, referring to expectations that international relations might now warm.<br />
<br />
The cricket has been a success too. Both teams have shown sparkling form in the cup. The subcontinent is always bewitched by the game, but the rare prospect of the sides meeting on Indian soil near the climax of cricket's main tournament left millions frazzled
 with excitement. Much of India and Pakistan was enthralled; hundreds of millions of people had gathered around TV screens in homes, cafes, offices and bars to watch the semi-final, which will probably prove to be a bigger event than the final.</p>
<p>In the event, India dominated. Sachin Tendulkar, who is arguably the best batsman in history, opened for India. His strength, and good fortune, helped his side to post a score that Pakistan never looked close to reaching. But the Pakistani players go home
 proud of a decent achievement. After miserable years in which the team has played poorly and in which players were caught rigging matches, this performance is a big improvement. It may restore a measure of pride in a country badly battered by terrorism, natural
 calamities and political instability in recent years. For the victorious Indians, now facing a final against Sri Lanka on April 2nd, the sense of triumph is immense. The streets of Mohali were jammed for hours as locals celebrated.<br />
<br />
The greater good fortune may be in the timing of this cordial encounter. In the same week the two countries' highest-ranking home-affairs officials agreed, at last, to a measure of co-operation in investigating the November 2008 Mumbai attacks, in which some
 170 people were killed at the city's train station, cafes and Taj hotel. The attackers came from Pakistan, and may have had some help from Pakistani military intelligence. Ill-feeling naturally persisted in the years after the attacks—a diplomatic process
 known as "the composite dialogue" was scrapped. But the mood now seems to be improving sharply.</p>
<p>The foreign ministers of the two countries are due to meet within the next three months, amid broad efforts to improve ties. Mr Singh, who craves better relations with Pakistan (home to his own birthplace) would love to make progress before leaving office,
 probably in 2014. Substantial progress will take a great deal more work yet, and relies, among other things, on the willingness of Pakistan’s army to reach out for talks across the border—something which it has usually resisted in the past. But the game in
 Mohali at least gives a slim excuse to hope.</p>
<p style="text-align:center">(The views expressed above are the personal views of the author)</p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>09/01/2012 11:42:53</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/16715/A+sporting+chance</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">16715</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>16716</publicationdataID>
      <title>Balochistan cannot suffer anymore</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p>Daily Times<br />
<br />
March 25, 2011<br />
<br />
Trouble has hit a new high in Balochistan. On Wednesday, the capital city of Quetta received three rockets in different parts of the city from a nearby mountain range resulting in the death of some four people and injuries to another 18. The first target was
 a traffic-heavy area where a roundabout, Saryab Pathakh, is located. Two other rockets were fired and hit two houses but, thankfully, no injuries were reported. In addition to these attacks, the bodies of two missing Baloch men were found in the Lasbela district.
 These men had gone missing some five months ago from Gwadar and Vindar respectively; they have now been found in much the same way many missing Baloch are recovered: mutilated and decomposed bodies. On the same day, the Quetta Express was bombed. Balochistan
 Governor Nawab Zulfiqar Ali Magsi said that he did not see any progress in talks with the "angry Baloch” who were engaged in a struggle to attain their human, social, economic and political rights. He also said that some headway could only be made after the
 next general elections with a new leadership making the effort necessary to resolve the abysmal situation.</p>
<p>Meanwhile, as Balochistan keeps discovering and burying its sons and daughters, Prime Minister Gilani does not deviate from his usual rhetoric. Addressing a delegation led by Balochistan Chief Minister Nawab Aslam Raisani on Tuesday, he once again assured
 that all efforts would be taken to improve the security situation in the province with closer coordination between the federal and provincial governments — words we have heard all too many times before. Citing the Balochistan Package, he ‘reassured’ that all
 possible directives for the start of different development projects would be issued. This gives rise to the question: it has been over a year since the package was introduced as a solution to all Baloch woes; why on earth is it still on the planning room floor?</p>
<p>Balochistan is not a playground for "foreign elements”, as much as the PM would like to have us believe. Governance in the province has been hijacked by a reportedly brutal Frontier Corps that has claimed the area as its exclusive preserve. Innocent Baloch
 who may be able to contribute to the betterment of their society, political workers, educationists, doctors, engineers, etc, are being picked up and whisked away, reportedly by paramilitary forces and the government seems unable — and unwilling — to stop them.
 Resources located in Balochistan are hungrily swooped up by the centre without allocating a sufficient share for the Baloch people. They have no faith in the government and the army and hence separatist sentiment runs deep. Economic, industrial and resource
 development has not taken place, resulting in an increasingly poor population without access to rights and fair play. Is it the fault of the people or those who rule them for the mass frustration that is now taking a violent turn?<br />
<br />
Every dead body that ‘mysteriously’ turns up in Balochistan after ‘mysteriously’ going missing — the last count was 13,000 dead — is another nail in the coffin of any peace and stability in the province. It will not be long before we will be burying the soul
 of the largest province in this country. Short-sighted hated policies, cruel treatment, what comes close to an illegal occupying force in uniform and the consequent hate-fuelled sentiments of the Baloch people have turned one more part of Pakistan against
 the centre. Enough with the rhetoric and the cosmetic promises; Balochistan needs a determined political solution, otherwise we can, literally, kiss it goodbye.
</p>
(The views expressed above are the personal views of the author)]]></description>
      <pubDate>09/01/2012 11:45:12</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/16716/Balochistan+cannot+suffer+anymore</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">16716</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>16717</publicationdataID>
      <title>Women in India: The long road from purdah to power</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p>STEPHANIE NOLEN<br />
<br />
<span style="font-weight:bold">Globe and Mail (Canada) 22 March 2011</span><br />
<br />
Mogara Kala, Rajasthan (India) <br />
<br />
The first time Mumal Barupal went to a meeting of her village council, she sat on the floor, off to the side of the benches occupied by the other members, in purdah – her face completely veiled by the end of her sari.
<br />
<br />
Then she ran the meeting: She was the newly elected mayor. <br />
<br />
Back in 2005, Ms. Barupal won a tense local election; others in her low-caste group believed she might champion their causes, and used caste and family alliances to propel her to victory. But a few hundred votes did not change the social codes of rural Rajasthan,
 where no low-caste interloper seats herself up high, and no woman speaks when her face is covered or dares look at men without a veil.
<br />
<br />
Over the following months, though, she found a way to shift a bit at each meeting until she was sitting at the same level as everyone else. At first, she spoke from beneath the veil, but gradually drew her sari back inch by inch until her face was uncovered.
<br />
<br />
"Nobody wanted me there, but they couldn’t stop me,” she says, recalling the first days of her dominion in the dingy, cinderblock room. "You have to go and get your rights.”
</p>
<p>The story of this mayor – or sarpanch – is one of extraordinary personal achievement. But the gradual pulling back of her veil also represents a wider change that has occurred across India over the past 15 years, a change that is profound and yet so gradual
 as to have come almost unremarked. Affirmative-action quotas – known here as reservations – were introduced in local government in the mid-1990s. The new laws reserved a third of council, or panchayat, seats for women. In addition, statewide lotteries were
 used to assign a third of all sarpanch positions to women, a portion of whom must belong to low castes.
<br />
<br />
At first, the immediate impact was less than revolutionary: Although a million women instantly entered electoral politics through the reservations, most of those elected were proxies for their husbands or fathers. They either sat mute beside the male family
 member who made the decisions at meetings, or did not even attend. <br />
<br />
But today in villages such as this one, there is a perceptible opening in the political space for women: not the earthquake anticipated by activists, but a thousand tiny changes, each of which was inconceivable in the era before the quotas.
</p>
<p>"Many women get into their seats the first time from the reservations, but then come back and fight in general constituencies and win,” says Devaki Jain, a feminist economist who has written on power and politics in India since the 1960s. "Real women are
 entering politics through this system – and politics is power.” <br />
<br />
Mogara Kala is a sleepy community of 5,000 surrounded by fields of mustard and onions on the edge of the Thar Desert in the heart of India. Villagers report that the first female sarpanch here rarely showed up at meetings; her husband stamped her initials on
 the paperwork. When her term ended, and the seat was again open to men, the men did not expect a woman to stand in their way.
</p>
<p>But Ms. Barupal, the wife of a respected local teacher whose job bars him from politics, saw an opportunity. She ran – and won. And she was no proxy. "My husband didn’t come to meetings,” she says, laughing at the idea. "The things I had to say were mine
 and I said them. I’m uneducated and I don’t know how to write. So the secretary wrote. But talking, I did that myself.”
<br />
<br />
In her five years in office, Ms. Barupal worked to improve water-collection points, since much of a woman’s day here is spent fetching water. But she says her greatest accomplishment was a road connecting a remote part of her ward with the village centre –
 making a safe way for 40 girls to come to school, and allowing her to persuade their parents to enroll them.
<br />
<br />
"It’s not unusual for a sarpanch to build a road; that’s the kind of thing they do,” says Arvind Agarwal, a program officer with Unnati, an organization that works on citizenship and governance issues in Rajasthan. "But to build a road that would bring girls
 to school – that was totally her idea.” <br />
<br />
In the last election, the sarpanch position was assigned to a Dalit, or "untouchable” woman from the bottom of the caste system. Unable to seek re-election, Ms. Barupal backed the successful campaign of Jamana Patel, also illiterate and ambitious, as her successor.
</p>
<p>Some women in the village grumble about Ms. Patel, saying she doesn’t pay them for public works schemes and doesn’t listen to them any more than the old, male sarpanchs did. But everyone agrees that even a few years ago, it would have been impossible to
 conceive of a sarpanch like this one – chunky silver coils around her ankles, buffalo nudging the door of her small mud-brick house. Across the state, across the country, this story is repeated. "When I was little, I used to see Indira Gandhi and I thought,
 somewhere in my heart, ‘What if I could go for a big position in politics?’ But I never thought it would be possible,” says Rajendra Kawar.
<br />
<br />
Ms. Kawar lives near Jodhpur, a sleepy city in the east of Rajasthan. She grew up in strict purdah as the member of a high caste that confines its women to the home; she left school before she was 13.
</p>
<p>But when she was grown with a family of her own, a women’s seat came up on her district council. At first she had no idea how to speak in public, or to strangers; the idea petrified her. But she ran for the seat and won. After five years on the council,
 she served from 2005-09 as her village’s sarpanch. Last year, she addressed a crowd of 20,000 at an event attended by India’s vice-president.
<br />
<br />
"Many people in society were opposing her going forward for this: Men were coming to me and saying, ‘Why are you letting your wife do these things?’ ” recalls her husband, an avuncular businessman named Shyam Singh. Sniggering men questioned her morals, she
 adds, and said terrible things. But her husband delighted in her new independence. "I supported her,” he says, adding, "She was very bold.” Ms. Kawar looks down modestly, but grins.
<br />
<br />
A study of the reservations’ impact in India – funded by Canada’s International Development Research Centre – found that candidates almost universally faced "gossip and sexual slander,” and all said they would not have been able to participate in politics had
 their husbands and families been opposed. </p>
<p>Alice Morris, a governance specialist with Unnati who authored the Rajasthan portion of the study, says that, if nothing else, the fact that women are required to attend meetings and training sessions outside the home upends the domestic balance, sometimes
 causing a rethink of roles. <br />
<br />
"The men used to help me with the housework, so I could go to all these meetings,” Ms. Barupal says, clearly delighted with that turn of events. In another modest home, Ms. Kawar grins at her teenage sons and says her time in politics meant "everyone had to
 learn to do new things in our house.” <br />
<br />
Today in Rajasthan, half of panchayat seats and sarpanch positions are reserved for women. A law now under consideration would do the same for half the seats in the state legislature, but the upper house of the national parliament has been sitting for nearly
 a year on a bill to allot a third of its seats to women. <br />
<br />
Why the delay? "Because men are afraid women will come to power and take away all their red-light cars,” says Ms. Kawar, mocking the ubiquitous ministerial cars that push through traffic across India, a much-hated symbol of power.
<br />
<br />
The reservations have not brought political change to every village: Ms. Morris found that members of upper-caste land-owning families have been the greatest beneficiaries and their new lock on power keeps low-caste women marginalized. But even they can advance
 an agenda that brings change for women. <br />
<br />
Damayanti Paliwal, for example, comes from a high-caste family, and has a father and uncles who have served as sarpanch. She was elected to her district council in 2001 and then spent five years as sarpanch in Hopardi, a village of 7,000 in central Rajasthan.
 Though she describes herself as an incorruptible and visionary leader, she needed that seat set aside for women. "Without reservations, a woman with my personality could have been sarpanch,” she says. "But it would have taken another 50 years.”
</p>
<p>Ms. Paliwal tours Hopardi’s sand streets with her head bare and her silk sari rustling; she proudly points out the girls’ latrines she built at the primary school. When that failed to have much of an impact on enrolment, she persuaded the government to construct
 a separate school for girls. That, she says, boosted attendance of girls from 40 per cent to nearly 90 per cent.
<br />
<br />
In 2008, she held a women-only village assembly, the first time many of the women had ever spoken in a public forum, and the first time there had ever been a list of requests and plans to which women had contributed.
<br />
<br />
But when Ms. Paliwal embarked on that agenda, men in the village organized to oust her. She was only narrowly rescued by the intervention of higher officials. That, Ms. Morris says, is not unusual: "As soon as women try to wield real power, men try to move
 them out through no-confidence motions – or worse.” Her research found repeated reports of women who faced violence in their homes – or outside them – when they refused to carry out a proxy agenda.
<br />
<br />
And today Hopardi has a male sarpanch, Ms. Paliwal reports with a sigh. The women on the panchayat are all proxies who don’t attend the meetings.
<br />
<br />
Nevertheless, the reservations have created irrevocable change: Everyone has seen a woman run things, now, and there can be no debate about whether that is possible.
</p>
<p>Jamana Patel, the Dalit sarpanch in Mogara Kala, says that when she was young, she never dreamed that she could be an authority in her village. But for her daughter-in-law, Nirmala, it’s not even a question.
<br />
<br />
"Women have power now and the way people treat them changes – they get a say in society now,” the younger Ms. Patel insists. She keeps her sari over her face – there are men outside. But her voice is strong and certain. "When it’s a woman, they say it’s ‘just’
 a woman – but when it’s a woman sarpanch, that’s different – she has an identity. I think girls today think, I can go beyond even what my mother-in-law has achieved.”
<br />
<br />
Women her age – at 22, she is half as old as her mother-in-law – must focus on home and family, she says, but her time will come.
<br />
<br />
"When I’m sarpanch, you come and see whether I do a good job. </p>
<p style="text-align:center">(The views expressed above are the personal views of the author)</p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>09/01/2012 11:47:45</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/16717/Women+in+India+The+long+road+from+purdah+to+power</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">16717</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>16719</publicationdataID>
      <title>Holi: How Hindus welcome spring, and love</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p><span style="font-weight:bold">Holi: How Hindus welcome spring, and love</span><br />
<br />
Washington Post : Mathew Schmalz<br />
<br />
March 18, 2011<br />
<br />
After winter eases and spring comes, excitement builds in North India. The excitement becomes especially palpable after Shivratri, the celebration to honor Lord Shiva during the month of Phalgun (Februrary-March). I noticed the change in mood when I first lived
 in India as an undergraduate student. People were happy, expectant, and more than a little mischievous. One day after Shivratri I was ambushed while riding my bike to Banaras Hindu University. Kids jumped out from an alleyway and riddled me with liquid fire
 from squirt guns--the guns weren’t filled with water, they were loaded with paint. Soon my long white kurta was streaked red, blue, and green. When I arrived home to my Hindu family, my elder brother Ajay laughed and said I’d have to wear the kurta for the
 next couple weeks. As time went on, the neighborhood kids escalated their operational tempo by making stamps out of potatoes and marking my kurta with strange symbols: "420” and the word "chor” written in Devanagri. I soon found out that "420” was a section
 in the Indian penal code for fraud—that also explained the word "chor,” meaning "thief” in Hindi. As my younger brother Sanjay commented, I had become a "walking cartoon.” But I was getting ready—it was almost time to play "Holi.”</p>
<p>The Hindu festival Holi begins this year on March 19. It celebrates many things: the coming of spring, the play (lila) of Lord Krishna with the gopis and his beloved Radha , and the triumph of Prahlada over the evil Holika. But at its essence, Holi is the
 "feast of love.”<br />
<br />
On the eve of Holi a bonfire was constructed in our neighborhood. Pita-ji, the father of my Hindu family, sat me down and explained what was about to transpire. "Tomorrow, normal rules do not apply,” Pita-ji explained, "you can even swear at me-- do whatever
 you want.” It was difficult for me to take this permission seriously, even though I had already experienced some rambunctious Holi play. But after the bonfire was lit, I ran round it, shouting the choicest forms of insult in Hindi and Bhojpuri. I was told
 that we were getting out all the frustrations of the preceding year—about that there can be no doubt, but propriety now prevents me from recording some of the phrases that were repeated that night.</p>
<p>In the morning, I was awoken by the sound of drums from the main road. My brothers and I began our preparations with appropriate foresight. We spread coconut oil on ourselves and I put on several layers of clothes. Immediately when we went out of the house,
 I was smeared in oil-based silver paint—those neighborhood kids again. But the coconut oil would mean that the paint wouldn’t stick to my skin. At the intersection, groups of men were dancing to Bollywood film music broadcast by a loudspeaker safely set away
 from the fray. When some of them saw me, I was tackled and lost several layers of clothes in the ensuing skirmish. But that was all part of the fun—and I gave as good as I got. My brothers and I wandered through the streets—embracing everyone we met in colorful
 hugs to the shout "it’s Holi.”<br />
<br />
As much as Pita-ji had encouraged me to treat him in a playfully disrespectful way, I found I couldn’t go that far. But Sanjay and I did try to dump a bucket of paint on him from the roof—we missed. The Holi play ended at noon. After my brothers and I found
 our way home, we got our soap and towels and went down the Ganges to bathe. That evening, we visited our acquaintances throughout Banaras. We ate sweets, embraced our friends, and touched our foreheads to our elders’ feet as a sign of esteem. The ribald revelry
 of the morning had given way to the affectionate respect of the evening.</p>
<p>What happens during Holi stays there. It would be poor form, and bad luck, to hold onto resentments—after all, Holi is about letting go of anger and beginning the year anew. During the morning of Holi, social boundaries had been broken down. During the evening,
 those same boundaries were reformed through acts of reciprocal love. The play of Holi varies throughout North India—in some places it is quite wild, in others it is more restrained. But its message about the transcendent power of love remains. As I found the
 year I first played Holi, the bright colors obliterate visible differences of race, ethnicity, and status. And it is by looking beyond those superficial distinctions that we can see the deeper reality revealed in the human heart.</p>
<p style="text-align:center">(The views expressed above are the personal views of the author)</p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>09/01/2012 11:50:52</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/16719/Holi+How+Hindus+welcome+spring+and</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">16719</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>16720</publicationdataID>
      <title>Pakistan's Army Is the Real Obstacle to Peace</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p><span style="font-weight:bold">Pakistan's Army Is the Real Obstacle to Peace</span><br />
<br />
It shelters jihadists and cows liberal civilian politicians<br />
<br />
The Wall Street Journal: Mira Sethi<br />
<br />
March 14, 2011<br />
<br />
Two months after Salman Taseer, the governor of Pakistan's Punjab province, was assassinated by his own bodyguard for criticizing the country's blasphemy law, the only Christian member of the Pakistani cabinet, Minorities Minister Shahbaz Bhatti, was killed
 for doing his job—advocating protection of the country's two million Christians.<br />
<br />
Taseer's assassination prompted a debate: Was the blasphemy law, introduced by Gen. Zia ul-Haq in the 1980s in his bid to "Islamize" Pakistan, being exploited for mundane interests? Was it leading to witch hunts? Bhatti's death should prompt Pakistanis to ask
 themselves an equally disquieting question: Does Pakistan have a future as a successful nation state, at peace with itself and the world?</p>
<p>The civilian government's reaction to Bhatti's death has outraged many Muslim and Christian Pakistanis. As after Taseer's murder, it retreated into vague bromides. At Bhatti's funeral in Islamabad, Prime Minister Yousaf Raza Gillani vowed to "do the utmost
 to bring the culprits to justice." There was no mention of who these culprits were (the Tehreek-e-Taliban of Punjab has claimed responsibility), no mention of the ideologies, religious parties and jihadi organizations fueling their actions, and no mention
 of the blasphemy laws that Bhatti had campaigned against.<br />
<br />
But the deaths of Taseer and Bhatti are the outcome not just of the Pakistan People's Party abandonment of the principles that once made it an appealing, popular force. They are the result of a decades-long imbalance in governance and power, which now has the
 PPP and other liberal and centrist civilians cowering in fear.<br />
<br />
The failure of the political classes to initiate democratic, constitutional reform after Pakistan's separation from India in 1947 enabled the military to quickly define "national interest" as an anti-India ideology. This ideology, a type of Islamic nationalism,
 is one from which the Pakistan military has reaped rich dividends. It has kept civilian politicians on the defensive and the people numbed.</p>
<p>With the onset of the Cold War the U.S. armed Pakistan for its own strategic purposes. When the Pakistani army undertook adventures creating instability in the region—wars with India and attempts, eventually successful, to build nuclear weapons—the U.S.
 suspended military and economic aid.<br />
<br />
But the Soviet invasion of Afghanistan in 1979 put the Pentagon and the Pakistani army on good terms again. This time, Gen. Zia extracted huge sums from Washington: Pakistan's army was paid billions of dollars in direct correlation to its usefulness in organizing
 an anti-Soviet Islamic jihad. The '90s saw a nasty separation—aid was suspended again—and a reunion followed after 9/11, when the U.S. needed Pakistan's help in Afghanistan.<br />
<br />
Now Zia's "children" have come of age. Extremists of all stripes—the Taliban and the mujahedeen—roam the streets of Lahore and Karachi unchecked by the security agencies who once thought it would be a good idea to arm them. Anger and frustration fueled by inequality
 are making young Pakistanis turn to religion for answers.<br />
<br />
As in Egypt, over 60% of the population of Pakistan is under 25. Unlike Egypt, they want an Islamic revolution, not a democratic one. Salman Taseer's police bodyguard—all of 26 years old—killed him for "insulting" the Prophet Muhammad. (The governor had criticized
 a manmade blasphemy law, not the Prophet, but his assassin didn't know the difference).</p>
<p>Slowly, the U.S. is beginning to understand that Pakistan's existential confusion is the result of the grand strategic designs of the Pakistani military, an army that has carried out three coups to thwart the development of a democratic political system.
 In the process, Pakistan's civilian leadership has been eliminated—Zulfiqar Ali Bhutto hanged, Benazir Bhutto, Taseer and Bhatti assassinated—the country dismembered, ethnic subnationalism, regional tension and inequalities aggravated.<br />
<br />
The U.S. must support civilian supremacy and recognize the Pakistani army's game for what it is. Alarmed by the idea that if America leaves Afghanistan its U.S. funds will dwindle, the military is loath to crush the Islamist warriors who can be "calibrated"
 to deliver strategic value to it. Until the U.S. recognizes this, Pakistan's military will continue to hold the world to ransom.<br />
<br />
Ms. Sethi, a native of Lahore, Pakistan, is assistant books editor at the Journal.</p>
<p style="text-align:center">(The views expressed above are the personal views of the author)</p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>09/01/2012 11:54:19</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/16720/Pakistans+Army+Is+the+Real+Obstacle+to+Peace</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">16720</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>16722</publicationdataID>
      <title>Indian Electricity Initiative Shines New Light on Farm Garbage</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p>Voice Of America: Kurt Achin <br />
<br />
Some of India's most remote farming villages are beginning to see sundown in a new light, now that they are able to convert an abundant crop into electricity.
<br />
<br />
Remote regions are prime examples of what people describe as old India - parts of the country off the grid, literally, from new India and its high-tech urban centers.
<br />
<br />
Tamkuha, in the Indian state of Bihar, does not receive electricity from the country's main distribution network. It gets by on traditional farming - and for decades, as the sun went down, villagers turned to the dim light of candles or kerosene lamps.
<br />
<br />
But these days, thanks to an ambitious renewable energy project, life in Tamkuha no longer grinds to a halt around 6:00 p.m. By the glow of florescent bulbs, residents have been able to extend their hours of productivity late into the night.
<br />
<br />
A woman says she used to work as a tailor only during the day. Sewing was nearly impossible with a kerosene lamp. Now, she says she can work in her shop until very late at night.
<br />
<br />
Husk power</p>
<p>The source of the new electricity is something Tamkuha has in abundance: rice.
<br />
<br />
The startup company Husk Power Systems has designed a system fueled by the husk of rice plants - usually discarded after the rice grains are harvested. When heated, rice husks release flammable gas that can be used to power electric generators. A small plant
 can light up several hundred households for more than six hours at a time. <br />
<br />
HPS Chief Operating Officer Ratnesh Yadav says the company's technology is a new spin on renewable energy. He says he started by looking at solar power and other options, but those seemed expensive. People out here were dumping rice husks as waste - so, he
 looked into making use of it. That was three and a half years ago, he says, and since then his company has set up about 60 husk power plants in India.
</p>
<p>Husk power makes villages like Tamkuha less isolated by helping residents charge mobile phones. The electricity is also giving the village new access to commerce and services during the night hours.
<br />
<br />
Shopkeepers can sell food and other needed items. The village doctor, Farooq Ansari, can continue to see patients.
<br />
<br />
He says when he began his medical practice 27 years ago, he had trouble running the clinic at night. With kerosene lamps, he had to close down everything by 7 or 7.30 in the evening. Now, with electric lights, he says he can serve his people at the clinic until
 11 at night. <br />
<br />
Young students like Priyanka Yadav say electricity has given them a new lease on learning. She says she used to study by kerosene lamp. It was stressful and she could not study for long. Now she says she can study until midnight if she wants.
<br />
<br />
The husk power project is supported in part by the Indian government - which has set a target of deriving 15 percent of the country's energy from renewable sources by 2020. But HPS Regional Manager Sanjay Chauhan says residents of Tamkuha are seeing a big change
 in their lives right now. <br />
<br />
"Dream comes true"<br />
<br />
He says villagers tell him it's like a dream come true. They never dreamed that electricity would come to this area. He says they are coming to understand how electricity can change their lives.
<br />
<br />
Yadav says previously young people here could never think of doing anything beyond village level farming. But now they are dreaming of becoming doctors, engineers and scientists. The arrival of electricity, he says, is raising their ambition.
<br />
<br />
That is exactly the kind of ambition and talent new India will need as it ascends to superpower status on the world stage - nurtured by one of the most abundant by-products of old India's agriculture.
</p>
(The views expressed above are the personal views of the author)]]></description>
      <pubDate>09/01/2012 11:57:17</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/16722/Indian+Electricity+Initiative+Shines+New+Light+on+Farm+Garbage</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">16722</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>16724</publicationdataID>
      <title>Foreign press crackdown a blot on China's image</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p>Straits Times, March 10, 2011 <br />
<br />
By Peh Shing Huei, China Bureau Chief <br />
<br />
My doorbell rang unexpectedly on Sunday afternoon. <br />
<br />
I wasn't expecting guests, but I guess the two uninvited ones at my door belong to an organisation that is not in the habit of ringing ahead to announce its arrival.
<br />
<br />
The two uniformed Chinese policemen at my door, accompanied by a staff member of the estate management, did not introduce themselves or show any identification. Perhaps they figured their blue fatigues were more than sufficient.
<br />
<br />
They asked to see my passport, my temporary residence permit in Beijing and the press card issued to me by the Chinese government.
<br />
<br />
'Just a reminder,' said one of them. 'Please obey Chinese laws when you are working here.'
<br />
<br />
I nodded, and they went away. It was a brief encounter, lasting no more than three minutes. But it was unnerving nonetheless. Nor was I the only foreign journalist to get a surprise home visit from the police.
<br />
<br />
Although the police have been taciturn about the reasons for the visits, their timing was obviously planned to send a strong warning to foreign journalists: Stop reporting on attempts to stir up a 'Chinese Jasmine Revolution'.
<br />
<br />
The home visits were among the milder warnings. On Feb 26, the Public Security Bureau summoned reporters at night for one-on-one briefings. The message to those called up was the same: Obey China's laws. But there has been little elaboration on which exact
 laws they are referring to. <br />
<br />
When foreign journalists gathered at designated protest sites in Beijing and Shanghai to do their jobs, some were blocked, or beaten, kicked, shoved and detained.
</p>
<p>This, despite the fact there were actually no protests to speak of. But security forces seemed to object even if foreign journalists filmed them being out in force.
<br />
<br />
An American journalist who was beaten up on Feb 27 reported that there were plainclothes officers stationed outside his home here last Saturday night, according to The New York Times.
<br />
<br />
This crackdown on foreign media operating in China is an unfortunate blot on China's attempts to show a softer face to the world, using means such as the recent airing of glowing video tributes to the country's people and achievements screened in New York's
 Times Square. <br />
<br />
China's deep-seated terror of luan, or chaos, explains its reaction to calls for 'jasmine rallies' - an almost instinctive grab for the bag that contains heavy- handed tactics. The government's concern that seemingly innocent 'strolling protests' can snowball
 into centres of anarchy and violence is not without merit. <br />
<br />
The calls for protests come at a time of rising income inequality and inflation. Persistent social unhappiness about rampant corruption and runaway housing prices have also raised concerns among the authorities, fearful of a broad-based challenge to the government's
 control. <br />
<br />
But China is not standing pat. It has worked to address these concerns, taking action against corrupt officials, moving to address persistent inflation, and using various initiatives to improve the lot of ordinary people.
<br />
<br />
Still, satisfying over a billion people is a tough ask, and unhappiness lingers. </p>
<p>China's desire to avoid unrest is understandable, but its treatment of foreign journalists going about their work is uncalled for.
<br />
<br />
Since the anonymous online calls for pro-democracy Sunday rallies - inspired by events in the Middle East - began, foreign journalists here, both Western and Asian, have borne the brunt of the government's worries about the so-called 'strolling protests'.
<br />
<br />
The Chinese government has taken pains to stress that it has followed the rule of law in its treatment of foreign journalists. Foreign Minister Yang Jiechi said on Tuesday: 'China is a country under the rule of law, and we abide by the law. We have always followed
 relevant laws and regulations in managing the affairs related to foreign journalists in China.'
<br />
<br />
This is a welcome assurance as far as it goes. But the authorities have not explained just what laws journalists have violated by operating in places like Beijing's Wangfujing shopping street and Shanghai's People's Square.
<br />
<br />
A recent Foreign Ministry briefing is a case in point: Asked about the identities of plainclothes policemen who allegedly beat up a foreign journalist, a spokesman retorted, 'you should ask them who they are'.
<br />
<br />
The current crackdown on foreign media is a departure from the more liberal climate during and after the 2008 Olympics, when regulations governing foreign reporters were first relaxed, allowing us to report on practically anything without official permission.
 Foreign reporters were free to operate in China, and needed only the consent of interviewees before doing their work.
<br />
<br />
Since then, some exceptions have been made. Tibet, for example, has banned foreign journalists regularly. The restive western region is off-limits again this month, said Tibet's party secretary Zhang Qingli on Tuesday. He blamed the 'cold winter'.
</p>
<p>The fact that Monday, March 14, is the third anniversary of the 2008 protests against Chinese rule does not help, either.
<br />
<br />
Beijing's 'commercial districts' now appear to have joined this arbitrary category of temporary no-reporting zones, according to a municipal official in a press conference on Sunday.
<br />
<br />
The Foreign Ministry insists that international media continue to be free to report in China, but the government's actions say otherwise.
<br />
<br />
By intimidating foreign journalists, China has done itself a disservice: It is acting harshly against the very people whose professional work in reporting truthfully the country's numerous advances and achievements has helped it gain a more positive image worldwide.
<br />
<br />
Worse, it has cast a light on the realities of the Chinese regime - one capable of leading the country towards impressive development, but which is not above bullying its guests and suspending civil liberties whenever it sees fit.
</p>
<p style="text-align:center">(The views expressed above are the personal views of the author)</p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>09/01/2012 12:02:26</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/16724/Foreign+press+crackdown+a+blot+on+Chinas+image</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">16724</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>16726</publicationdataID>
      <title>Turning a blind eye to the blood-thirsty clerics</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p><span style="font-weight:bold">Turning a blind eye to the blood-thirsty clerics</span><br />
<br />
Pakistan is being swamped by a rising tide of religious hatred, while its political leaders remain silent, writes Praveen Swami.<br />
<br />
The Telegraph : Praveen Swami<br />
<br />
March 05, 2011<br />
<br />
Fewer than a thousand people made their way to Islamabad’s Khatun-i-Fatima church yesterday to mourn the passing of Shahbaz Bhatti: diplomats and journalists far outnumbered the politicians who claimed to have been proud to have called Pakistan’s assassinated
 religious minorities minister a friend.<br />
<br />
Yusuf Raza Geelani, prime minister of Pakistan, fondly recalled spending time with Mr Bhatti in the church at Christmas, and promised to bring his assassins to justice, but had not one word to say about the cause his colleague died for. Pakistan’s president,
 Asif Ali Zardari, was unable to attend.</p>
<p>Mr Bhatti is the second politician to have been killed in recent weeks for demanding amendments to Pakistan’s blasphemy laws. His colleague Salman Taseer, the governor of the province of Punjab, was shot dead by one of his own guards in January. Incredibly,
 Mr Taseer’s assassin was showered with rose petals by lawyers when he was first brought to face trial, while clerical groups organised giant protests to applaud his actions.<br />
<br />
Pakistan’s political establishment, though, has been silent in the face of a rising tide of religious hatred. The battle over the blasphemy laws is just one part of a larger war over religion and identity that is threatening the foundations of the nuclear-armed
 state – but its leaders seem to have neither the will nor the ability to drag it away from disaster.<br />
<br />
Last year, Mr Bhatti and Mr Taseer led a campaign to free an impoverished mother of five who had been sentenced to death on blasphemy charges. Asiya Noreen, a member of the only Christian family in the Punjab village of Ittan Wala, was asked to fetch water
 for a group of women working in the fields. Some of the women refused to accept the water, because of her low caste, and an argument broke out.</p>
<p>Local clerics said Mrs Noreen had blasphemed but Mr Taseer, who met her in prison, concluded that the charge had been brought to hide the fact that she had been beaten and gang-raped for having argued with people of a higher caste. Mr Bhatti conducted a
 separate investigation, and concluded that the allegations were "baseless”. Both men called for a review of the case – and the laws themselves.<br />
<br />
Mr Zardari at first appeared to support the reformers, but soon backed down because of resistance from Pakistan’s powerful clerics and key members of the ruling Pakistan People’s Party.<br />
<br />
The laws are a key issue for Pakistan’s religious right wing, which sees them as central to its project of transforming the country into a Shari’a-governed theocratic state. Between 1980 and 2009, more than 960 people were charged with blasphemy. The overwhelming
 majority, 809, were Muslims. Higher courts have often set aside the death penalty for blasphemy – but 32 people facing charges, and two judges who handed down acquittals, have been murdered by religious extremists.</p>
<p>"In most cases,” says Farzana Shaikh, a south-Asia expert at Chatham House in London, "the accused have no prospect of defending themselves, because to introduce their blasphemous statements would itself be blasphemy. If witnesses say you blasphemed, you’re
 guilty.”<br />
<br />
More than a few recent cases have about them a surreal quality. A 17-year-old schoolboy potentially faces the death penalty because he doodled supposedly blasphemous remarks on a corner of an examination paper. So does a doctor who threw into the dustbin the
 card of a pharmaceutical salesman whose first name was the same as that of the Prophet.<br />
<br />
Just days after Mr Taseer’s murder, a special anti-terrorism court gave life sentences to a Muslim prayer leader and his son. Their crime, prosecutors said, had been to tear down a poster advertising a religious service that had been pasted on their shop front.<br />
<br />
In some cases, the accused never made it to court: in 2009, a mob murdered a factory owner because he used an outdated calendar with verses from the Koran written on it to paper over his workplace desk.<br />
<br />
Pakistan’s blasphemy laws date from 1860 when colonial administrators wrote a single section dealing with religious offences into their new criminal law code. Section 295 provided for the punishment of anyone who "destroys, damages or defiles any place of worship,
 or any object held sacred by any class of persons”. In 1927, after Hindu-Muslim riots rocked British India, the law was expanded to proscribe "deliberate and malicious acts intended to outrage religious feelings”.</p>
<p>Muhammad Zia-ul-Haq, who ruled Pakistan from 1977 until his death in 1988, introduced several amendments to the penal code, mandating ever-harsher punishments for an ever-wider range of religious offences. For example, Section 298C mandates that whoever
 "by words, either spoken or written or by visible representation, or by any imputation, innuendo, or insinuation, directly or indirectly, defiles the sacred name of the Holy Prophet Muhammad shall be punished with death, or imprisonment for life”.<br />
<br />
Members of the heterodox Ahmadiya sect may face up to three years in prison for simply describing their houses of worship as mosques. The laws led to the word "Muslim” being gouged out from an epitaph on the gravestone of the Nobel-prize winning physicist Abdus
 Salam – which now reads, bizarrely, "the First Nobel Laureate”.<br />
<br />
Pakistan’s clerics use a verse from the Koran to justify Section 295A. Verse 5:33-34 says: "Those who wage war against God and His Messenger and strive to spread corruption in the land should be punished by death.” Ziauddin Sardar, a London-based author who
 has written extensively on Islam, says this argument is flawed. "The Koran in fact has no notion of blasphemy. It was only introduced into Islamic law in 8 CE [8 AD], by rulers who used it to punish crimes against the state.”</p>
<p>Pakistan’s rulers, though, have power on their minds – not theology. Their principal political adversaries, the Pakistan Muslim League faction led by former Prime Minister Nawaz Sharif, has a close relationship with religious groups, particularly in the
 Punjab. Mr Zardari is also under intense pressure from the military, and fears it may remove him – as it has so often done to rulers in the past.<br />
<br />
"Successive regimes,” notes Dr Shaikh, "have sought to use religion to bolster their political legitimacy. The Pakistan People’s Party is acting true to form. Paradoxically, though, they end up making their clerical enemies ever-stronger.”<br />
<br />
Matters have not been helped by a mass media that often endorses the religious right’s conspiratorial world-view. The Urdu-language newspaper Jang carried a special supplement on Friday, blaming foreign powers for killing Mr Bhatti, as part of a conspiracy
 to defame the country. The English-language News, in turn, speculated about the role of Xe, the US security contractor, Indian spies and "a white foreigner who is acting as a 'security consultant’ in Islamabad”.<br />
<br />
Pakistan’s blasphemy laws demonstrate to its people that real power lies with the clerics, and their military backers – not the politicians they elect. In 2008, when he was elected to office, Mr Zardari had a real opportunity to lay the foundations for a durable,
 functional democracy. His failure to act has led Pakistan one step closer to the precipice.
</p>
<p style="text-align:center">(The views expressed above are the personal views of the author)</p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>09/01/2012 12:16:53</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/16726/Turning+a+blind+eye+to+the+bloodthirsty+clerics</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">16726</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>16728</publicationdataID>
      <title>The dragon’s teeth sown long ago</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p>The News International (Pakistan) : Ayaz Amir<br />
<br />
We have played with fire and folly. We have nurtured myths and fantasies, far removed from any notion of reality. We have planted the seeds of intolerance and fanned the winds of bigotry, convinced that we were doing so for the greater glory of the faith. And
 now we are reaping the consequences.<br />
<br />
Shahbaz Bhatti is not the first victim of hatred and bigotry, nor will he be the last. The furies we have created, the demons let loose, will claim more victims even as the rest of us perform the rituals of superficial sorrow.<br />
<br />
If nuke capability was a formula for national confidence, which it isn’t – let’s be clear on this score – Kahuta and the bomb should have given us confidence. We should have been able to shed our fears and concentrate on schools and hospitals, the pursuit of
 knowledge, not tanks and guns.<br />
<br />
Pakistan had everything in it to become the crossroads of east and west, gateway to India on one side and Central Asia on the other. It could have become the starting point of a heady journey through history and fantasy, fact and fiction. But only if we had
 chosen to live like a normal nation, devoted to the normal tasks of nation-building, instead of living in the clouds and from the 1980s onwards raising holy armies in the name of ‘jihad’.<br />
<br />
We should have been more careful of the law of unintended consequences, how our desire to liberate Kashmir had led us on a journey ending in the division of Jinnah’s Pakistan. Forgetting this history lesson, with CIA and Saudi help we set out to liberate Afghanistan
 from Soviet occupation and ended up fanning the flames of hyper-religiosity and extremism in Pakistan.</p>
<p>We should have checked our horses then but puffed up by a misplaced sense of achievement we embarked on another journey dedicated anew to ‘jihad’ in Kashmir. We ended up with burned fingers again, Kargil one of the trophies of this misplaced sense of adventurism.<br />
<br />
Still we refuse to learn, bent upon having our say in Afghanistan once again even as the lights go out one by one in Pakistan and the country slips further into disorder and mindless violence.<br />
<br />
All our various lashkars, lashkar-e-this and lashkar-e-that, including the mother of all lashkars, the Tehrik-e-Taliban Pakistan, are products of the same fertile soil assiduously ploughed and cultivated in the name of ‘jihad’ by our strategic masters.<br />
<br />
The political class may be in power nominally but limited capacity and a serious lack of ideas have hampered its ability to challenge the military’s hold on ideology. Nor, as we have seen time and again, has it been able to stand up to the clerical armies on
 emotionally-charged issues such as the anti-blasphemy law.<br />
<br />
When Salmaan Taseer was gunned down the government and the political class as a whole should have taken a clear stand instead of ducking behind equivocations, and the prime minister and sundry ministers declaring over and over again that the law was not being
 amended. This conduct stemming from fear only emboldened the holy armies.</p>
<p>Now the misguided passions ignited by the inane controversy over the anti-blasphemy law has claimed another victim: the only Christian minister in the federal cabinet, the very decent Shahbaz Bhatti. May the Lord of the Worlds rest his soul in peace.<br />
<br />
His crime was to seek justice for the Christian woman, Aasia Bibi, condemned to death by a sessions court on the charge of blasphemy. He had received death threats and had asked for enhanced security, including a bullet-proof car. If anyone deserved such a
 car it was Bhatti, especially after Taseer’s assassination at the hands of one of his own guards, hailed as a hero by the armies of the bearded, which is a measure of the depths to which Pakistani society has sunk. Why wasn’t the security he deserved provided
 to Bhatti? We can be pretty sure for some pretty smooth explanations from Interior Minister Rehman Malik, ever-eloquent and ever-unconvincing.<br />
<br />
But the larger questions remain. When will we finally change course and recognise that the roots of violence and extremism lie in the kind of confused state we have managed to create? And how much further sacrificial bloodletting will make us confront the fact
 that the idea of Pakistan, propounded none too clearly by our founding fathers, has been hijacked by elements the founding fathers would have been hard put to recognise?</p>
<p>The idea of a separate Muslim state was open to misinterpretation in that it provided a handle to religious elements, most of them dead opposed to the Pakistan movement, to go a step further and insist, as they have done ever since, that Pakistan was created
 in the name of Islam. Which is not quite the same thing as Muslim separatism.<br />
<br />
Islam was in no danger in undivided India. But the Muslim elites of Northern India felt insecure at the prospect of being dominated politically by a Hindu majority. The demand for Pakistan was thus a political and not a religious demand or theological battle
 cry. It is the bankruptcy of our English-speaking governing classes which allowed the far right to subvert and distort this history.<br />
<br />
Today’s Pakistan is not Jinnah’s Pakistan. If it has a godfather it is the ghost of Gen Zia under whose command the army and intelligence agencies, instead of being agents of modernism, became instruments of ideological regression.</p>
<p>The fight against extremism will not end when American forces start leaving Afghanistan. It will enter a new phase and if the Taliban triumph this will mean more complications for us as religious forces, already on the march, get more emboldened.<br />
<br />
So the task really is to get rid of the ideological baggage – more like ideological nonsense – which we have amassed over the years. Are we up to this task? This is the challenge facing Pakistan and in meeting it Kahuta and the bomb, our arsenal of Ghauri and
 Hatf missiles, will be of little use. This is a battle of ideas and this must be won if the forces of darkness which have Pakistan in their grip are to be defeated.<br />
<br />
The army’s responsibility is clear. It must undergo some kind of a cultural revolution if we are to put the past behind us and look for salvation within Pakistan’s borders rather than without. If the army remains an engine of reaction, if it doesn’t break out
 of the Ziaul Haq mould, if it doesn’t give up its dreams of Afghan glory, we are doomed.<br />
<br />
The political class also has to expand its horizons if it is to give a lead to the army, as it should. The idea of reinventing the idea of Pakistan has to be a political endeavour if politics is to acquire the supremacy in national affairs that so far it has
 not achieved.<br />
<br />
We face a different problem from the Arab world. The Arab masses, long shackled in dictatorship, are seeking the light of democracy. We have democracy but without substance and meaning.<br />
<br />
In the Arab world the masses are the motors of change. In Pakistan the masses cannot undertake the task of reinventing the Islamic Republic because this is a task whose urgency they have yet to recognise. Where then are the knights who will undertake this task
 and around which round table? We have to find an answer to this question if we are to emerge from the dark.</p>
<p style="text-align:center">(The views expressed above are the personal views of the author)</p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>09/01/2012 12:21:13</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/16728/The+dragons+teeth+sown+long+ago</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">16728</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>16729</publicationdataID>
      <title>Pakistan: Playing with fire</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p><span style="font-weight:bold">Pakistan: Playing with fire</span><br />
<br />
The Guardian : Editorial<br />
<br />
March 03, 2011<br />
<br />
One by one, those who stick their head above the parapet to demand changes in Pakistan's infamous blasphemy law are being gunned down. First Salmaan Taseer, the governor of Punjab, and now Shahbaz Bhatti, Islamabad's minister for minorities, himself a Christian.
 To say these men were liberals is to posit a false dichotomy. The people gunning them down are not conservatives. They are people who impose their authority by suicide bombings and murder. Their form of argument is terror, and the battle which should be fought
 against them by anyone who upholds freedom of belief should be as clear on the streets of Islamabad as it is in the foothills of Waziristan.</p>
<p>But everyone recoils. The government backs off through a misguided sense of self-preservation. Weak and fragile, it believes it is being goaded into a conflict it cannot win. So it retreats, backing up against a precipice over which it will eventually fall.
 Instead of mobilising mass demonstrations against the killings, the Pakistan Peoples party appeases the very forces responsible for the murder of its former leader Benazir Bhutto. The next woman on the death list is Sherry Rehman. Rather than support her bid
 to reform the blasphemy law and hold the debate where it truly resides, with elected representatives in a parliament (what else was the struggle to end military rule all about?), the PPP prime minister, Yousaf Raza Gilani, hung his former information minister
 out to dry. Under pressure from religious clerics, he claimed that she had voluntarily withdrawn a bill proposing changes to the law. She had done no such thing. After ruling out reforms, Mr Gilani invited religious leaders to tell him how to prevent misuse
 of a law. The bulk of the law's victims are Muslim rather than Christian, the latest being a 17-year-old student being held in a juvenile prison after having written allegedly blasphemous remarks on an exam paper. If Mr Gilani becomes the last liberal left
 standing, he will not be standing for long.</p>
<p>The state, too, recoils. The army cultivated and supported the militants as proxy weapons for their own strategic purposes in Kashmir and Afghanistan. Soldiers are the Taliban's principal targets, but links with the militants are still maintained by some
 of their officers. The judiciary is also party to these suicidal games. Estranged from her party, Ms Rehman is exposed to prosecution in Lahore and Multan on petitions to get her disqualified as an MP and have her tried for blasphemy. This is not justice.
 It is legal persecution and any court should have thrown these petitions out. The government, the army, the courts are all playing with fire. Appeasement never works and, in the end, that flame will consume them all.</p>
<p style="text-align:center">(The views expressed above are the personal views of the author)</p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>09/01/2012 12:24:59</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/16729/Pakistan+Playing+with+fire</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">16729</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>16730</publicationdataID>
      <title>India is an emerging geek superpower</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p>A scientific revolution sweeping India will soon place it firmly within the major world economies<br />
<br />
The Guardian : Angela Saini<br />
<br />
In the humid, palm-fringed surrounds of the annual Indian Science Congress in Kerala, the country's top researchers and politicians had come together to discuss what they could do to make their nation more powerful in science and technology. The congress was
 on a scale unimaginable anywhere else in the world – thousands crowded into huge white tents to hear lectures by physicists and rocket scientists, while wide-eyed schoolchildren posed for photographs with Nobel prize winners. Enthusiasm wasn't even weakened
 by the midday heat, which caused some visitors to faint while queueing for a nuclear power and space exhibition.</p>
<p>It was there last year that the prime minister, Manmohan Singh, made clear India's big plan for its technological future: There's no doubt about it: the country is furiously pursuing development through science and technology. Tthe aim is to more than double
 investment in research and development, which could put it in the same league as Japan and the US.<br />
<br />
Most industrialised countries spend around 2% of GDP on research and development. Right now, India spends 0.8%, placing it alongside South Africa and Brazil. By next year it hopes to ramp this up to 1.2%, and in the longer term is determined to reach 2% – well
 ahead of China, on 1.5%. The UK, which spends around 1.8%, is freezing its science budget in cash terms for the next four years (which means a fall in real terms). So India's trajectory could eventually see it outpace Britain – once the world's science powerhouse.
 And it's a trajectory reflected in the rise of the world's 11th largest economy, with a GDP growth rate of around 9% – putting India hot on the heels of Russia and Canada, and already wealthier than Australia and Spain.</p>
<p>This might sound surprising to some: India has about as many illiterate adults as the entire US population, and even I needed convincing that it really does have the ingredients to become a science superpower. But although it's true that many laboratories
 are rough and ready, and IT companies tend to focus more on back-office outsourcing for western firms than in-house innovation, India's scientific revolution has already begun.<br />
<br />
Among the 600,000 engineering graduates produced every year is a growing cohort of innovative geeks. In the months following last year's congress, I travelled the length of India, from the rural cotton belt to slick IT parks. I saw how expertise in western
 software really is starting to transform into a culture of originality. In Delhi and Bengaluru young entrepreneurs are developing a voice-based internet, which promises to both localise the web to the smallest communities and make it accessible to anyone with
 a simple mobile phone. Bangaluru has regular meet-ups for design and tech folk, the buzzing environment reminding them of Silicon Valley. This is one of the reasons that India's software industry is set to be worth $12bn by 2015.</p>
<p>Though most Indian laboratories struggle for high-quality equipment, hundreds of biomedical scientists are pooling research to develop what may be the first effective cure for tuberculosis (which kills two Indians every three minutes) in 40 years. The Open
 Source Drug Discovery project, funded by the government on a fraction of what Big Pharma would require, is creating the world's biggest online repository of information about the TB bacterium and how to combat it.<br />
<br />
The engineering sector saw a growth in job creation of 63% last year, according to India's Associated Chambers of Commerce and Industry. And in the coming year, India is expected to create between 10 and 15 million jobs, particularly in biotechnology and IT.<br />
<br />
As in Japan decades earlier, scientists are creatively overcoming shortfalls in resources to ensure quality of research; and engineers are inventing cheap technologies for the benefit of everyday people. India has become a nation of passionate, hard-working
 geeks.<br />
<br />
The focus of last year's congress was India's ambition to send an astronaut into space by 2015. A manned mission may may seem like an extravagance for an emerging economy, but it's just another sign of a nation that can already see the time when states will
 need a presence in space to assert claims to extraplanetary resources. The west may think India is still in the gutter, but it is looking at the stars.</p>
<p style="text-align:center">(The views expressed above are the personal views of the author)</p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>09/01/2012 12:27:41</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/16730/India+is+an+emerging+geek+superpower</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">16730</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>16731</publicationdataID>
      <title>No nuclear limit: China</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p>The Age (Australia), February 28, 2011 <br />
<br />
Philip Dorling <br />
<br />
High-ranking Chinese officials have declared that there can be no limit to the expansion of Beijing's nuclear arsenal, amid growing regional fears that it will eventually equal that of the United States, with profound consequences for the strategic balance
 in Asia. <br />
<br />
Records of secret defence consultations between the US and China reveal that US diplomats have repeatedly failed to persuade the rising superpower to be more transparent about its nuclear forces and that Chinese officials privately admit that a desire for military
 advantage underpins continuing secrecy. </p>
<p>According to US diplomatic cables obtained by WikiLeaks and provided exclusively to The Age, the deputy chief of China's People's Liberation Army General Staff, Ma Xiaotian, told US Defence and State Department officials in June 2008 that the growth of China's
 nuclear forces was an ''imperative reality'' and there could be "no limit on technical progress''.
<br />
<br />
Rejecting American calls for China to reveal the size of its nuclear capabilities, Lieutenant-General Ma bluntly declared: ''It is impossible for [China] to change its decades-old way of doing business to become transparent using the US model.''<br />
<br />
While claiming in a further July 2009 discussion that Beijing's nuclear posture has "always been defensive'' and that China would "never enter into a nuclear arms race", General Ma acknowledged that, "frankly speaking, there are areas of China's nuclear program
 that are not very transparent''. <br />
<br />
China's assistant foreign minister He Yafei similarly told US officials in June 2008 that there will be an ''inevitable and natural extension'' of Chinese military power and that China ''cannot accept others setting limits on our capabilities''.
<br />
<br />
Other leaked US cables reveal Japan fears China's nuclear arsenal will grow to equal that of the US, and Tokyo has urged Washington to retain strong nuclear capabilities to deter an "increasingly bold" China from ''doing something stupid".</p>
<p>In top-level nuclear policy consultations in June 2009, senior Japanese Defence Ministry officials told US representatives that Tokyo's assessment was that "China is rapidly upgrading its nuclear capability beyond its relatively insignificant levels from
 the 1980s and the 1990s, and is trying to reach parity with Russia and the US''.
<br />
<br />
"China is displaying newfound confidence in its military capabilities and is visibly showing its strength in the region, particularly with respect to the [Japanese] Senkakus [island group],'' Japan-US Defence Co-operation director Kiyoshi Serizawa told US diplomats.
<br />
<br />
A senior Japanese Foreign Ministry official also warned that China's "troubling" nuclear build-up had to be viewed in the context of its other activities, including its 2007 anti-satellite test, cyber-attacks and growing naval capabilities.
<br />
<br />
"If China perceives the United States having difficulty accessing the region, it is more likely to do something stupid,'' said Japan-US Security Treaty Division senior co-ordinator Yusuke Arai.
<br />
<br />
In a separate discussion with US envoys, Japanese Defence Ministry officials expressed concern the Obama administration's plan to negotiate a cut in nuclear forces with Russia would encourage China's nuclear build-up. A senior Japanese official said that while
 China had declared a ''no first-use'' nuclear weapons posture, "no nuclear expert believes this is true''.
</p>
<p>US and Japanese officials agreed that the opaque nature of China's nuclear build-up was troubling, and the Japanese stressed that close co-ordination was "critical" before any US decisions on "deep cuts" in nuclear weapons talks with Russia.
<br />
<br />
But after the release of the Obama administration's Nuclear Posture Review in early 2010, the US and Russia signed a new Strategic Arms Limitation Treaty on April 8 to halve their nuclear arsenals to 1550 strategic weapons over the next seven years.
<br />
<br />
The International Institute for Strategic Studies estimates China has up to 90 intercontinental ballistic missiles (66 land-based and 24 submarine-launched) and more than 400 intermediate range missiles targeting Taiwan and Japan. The US intelligence community
 predicts that by the mid-2020s, China could double the number of warheads on missiles capable of threatening the US.
</p>
<p style="text-align:center">(The views expressed above are the personal views of the author)</p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>09/01/2012 12:30:28</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/16731/No+nuclear+limit+China</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">16731</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>16732</publicationdataID>
      <title>When hunger for learning is stoked by a free lunch</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p><span style="font-weight:bold">When hunger for learning is stoked by a free lunch</span><br />
<br />
120m students benefit from public scheme daily<br />
<br />
Gulf News/ Christian Science Monitor: Ben Arnoldy<br />
<br />
February 25, 2011<br />
<br />
New Delhi: Shamvir Singh says he downs a glass of milk before walking to school, but when asked what else he eats at home, the 12-year-old droops his head in silence.<br />
<br />
He is embarrassed, but none of the other students who are crowded around him in the dusty junior high school courtyard tease him. Half of them, estimates the principal, only get one meal a day: the free hot lunch offered at schools around the country.<br />
<br />
"Children from very poor farming families now come regularly; they look forward to the meal," said Shiv Singh, the headmaster of the Shri Krishak school in Beri, a village three hours south of New Delhi. "They used to go off to help their parents farm."<br />
<br />
Innovative programme</p>
<p>The Indian government provides free hot lunches to 120 million students a day, the largest school lunch programme in the world. For comparison, the United States provided low-cost or free lunches to some 31 million children each school day in 2009. The massive
 undertaking started as a flawed welfare programme that has been improved with the help of a group teaming up with some of India's top engineers.<br />
<br />
Reforms by the group, the Akshaya Patra Foundation, are expanding school attendance, cutting down on hunger, and, anecdotally, blurring caste divisions. Some of their innovations in food processing also hint at the potential for adding value to India's bountiful
 crops in ways that serve the poor who grow them.<br />
<br />
Initially, under the national mid-day meal programme, free grain was distributed to parents and schoolchildren were sent home for lunch. The problem: Many families sold the grain and the children went hungry. That was the case in Berii. Headmaster Singh points
 to one of the eldest girls. "She returned late to school every day and when asked why, she said, ‘There was no food'."</p>
<p>In 2000, a group of people in Bangalore noticed the problem. They began to take the rations and deliver a daily cooked meal to a few local schools, building on a Hindu tradition of serving meals for the poor. Soon the group received letters from other schools
 wanting to be included. Within months the requests totalled 100,000.<br />
<br />
Mechanised kitchens<br />
<br />
"We were shocked," said Suvyakta Das, a president of Akshaya Patra, a secular foundation that promotes charity work.<br />
<br />
"We didn't realise the scale of this issue in Bangalore."<br />
<br />
They would soon learn the scale of the issue nationwide, but for the moment the question was how to cook 100,000 lunches a day? "Everybody said, ‘This scale? Sorry'," says Das. However Das — who graduated from a top engineering university in India — along with
 other engineer in the group designed "centralised kitchens" capable of churning out more than 100,000 lunches every morning.</p>
<p>The kitchen managed by Das in Vrindivan, a town near Beri, opens at 2am, and by 9am the food is on trucks headed to 1,500 nearby schools. Mostly this is done by machine, requiring just 65 workers. One machine can churn out 40,000 rotis — a circular flat
 bread — an hour.<br />
<br />
With the help of the kitchens, Akshaya Patra now feeds 1.2 million children a day. An impact assessment by ACNielsen found the programme has succeeded in raising school enrollments in various regions, some by as much as 15.3 per cent. Attendance also jumped
 in some places by more than 10 per cent.<br />
<br />
In 2001, noting Akshaya Patra's success, India's Supreme Court ordered the government to provide hot lunches nationwide — a mandate only widely implemented in recent years.</p>
<p style="text-align:center">(The views expressed above are the personal views of the author)</p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>09/01/2012 12:33:32</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/16732/When+hunger+for+learning+is+stoked+by+a+free+lunch</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">16732</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>16733</publicationdataID>
      <title>Kennedy Center's India Festival puts on a Maximum display</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p><span style="font-weight:bold">Kennedy Center's India Festival puts on a Maximum display</span><br />
<br />
Washington Post : Lavanya Ramanathan<br />
<br />
February 24, 2011<br />
<br />
The Kennedy Center might have dubbed next month's massive, three-week India celebration Incredible India or Wondrous India.<br />
<br />
But would either begin to describe the blur of action, color, tastes and sounds of a nation with 1.17 billion people, 15 official languages and myriad beliefs, forms of dress and cuisine?<br />
<br />
No, India might be incredible, but it is so much more, explains Alicia Adams, curator of the festival, which begins Tuesday. It's maximum. A place, she says, with "the maximum number of people, the maximum number of possibilities, the maximum heat you could
 ever tolerate."<br />
<br />
"It is one country," adds Gilda Almeida, director of international programming, "but it is like 50 countries."<br />
<br />
Adams, vice president of international programming, and Almeida would know. It took them eight pilgrimages to the nation's teeming cities and rural hilltop villages - each time crossing 7,800 miles to visit dancers' homes, festivals, artists' studios, restaurants
 - to uncover the India they would bring stateside.</p>
<p>You need only trek to the Kennedy Center to experience Maximum India, a festival that's a trip to the East at maximum speed. You'll be transported to a street market in bustling Mumbai, a silk shop in Chennai, an airy palace in Rajasthan - all with the Potomac
 River still in view.<br />
<br />
Step inside and see an extended clan of superlative musicians whose performances are one-part performance art, one-part ancient tradition and, somehow, one-part "Hollywood Squares." And a gem exhibition that glitters with millions of dollars worth of diamonds,
 rubies and gold; a Parisian-reared dancer setting the dance world on fire with her knack for both the contemporary and old world; and marquee authors, hip DJs and famous actresses.<br />
<br />
Or simply go to taste, as a high-profile Mumbai chef brings India's lesser-known cuisines to every restaurant in the Kennedy Center - a first for the arts center's annual cultural festivals.<br />
<br />
With hundreds of events packed into a scant 21 days, you would need a tour guide to do it all. We've got the scoop on what to see, where to eat and what the festival's participants want you to know about their homeland - Maximum India.<br />
<br />
Cuisine</p>
<p>"There's a life beyond tandoori chicken and lamb biryani," says Hemant Oberoi, the reserved executive chef of Mumbai's sumptuous Taj Mahal Palace and Tower, explaining his gastronomic mantra for the festival.<br />
<br />
Oberoi, a career chef plucked last year to prepare a seven-course feast for the Obamas in Mumbai (he fondly recalls the conclusion - a sugarcane sorbet), will lead the festival's major culinary component, transforming the Kennedy Center's two eateries into
 full-fledged Indian restaurants.<br />
<br />
Oberoi's first executive decision was to enlist 12 chefs from India's Taj Hotel restaurants - selected for their expertise in Parsi, Maharashtrian, Bengali, South Indian, Gujarati and other regional cuisines - to turn out an uncommonly eclectic Indian menu
 that includes such lesser-known delicacies as crispy, crepe-like dosas and fish wrapped in banana leaves, as well as such nouvelle offerings as chili-olive naan, saffron-laced lamb shanks and sugary gulab jamun creme brulee. ("The best chefs in India," Adams
 says, "are in the hotels, if not the homes.")</p>
<p>The Roof Terrace Restaurant will maintain its formal air as it serves high-end continental cuisine, while the casual KC Cafe will become an American version of a roadside "dhaba," serving crispy, calorie-laden street food and snacks. Each week, the chef
 will unveil a menu of 10 to 12 new dishes in the main restaurant.<br />
<br />
In the days leading up to the festival, Oberoi has been anxious about re-creating his flavors more than 7,000 miles from home. Dry spices will arrive from India, and masala mixtures will be ground fresh here. Luckily, help in the form of two tandoori ovens,
 just the right flour for naan, and fresh ingredients will come from chef Vikram Sunderam, an old colleague of Oberoi's from the Taj, whom foodies might know as the chef of Penn Quarter hot spot Rasika. Oberoi, who was worried that local ingredients might affect
 the flavors of his cooking, is grateful for the assist. "These guys," he says, "are great help."</p>
<p>Music<br />
<br />
Roysten Abel, the Indian-born director of "The Manganiyar Seduction," bristles a bit when someone refers to his masterwork as a "concert."<br />
<br />
Though it features 43 musicians and a conductor, "Manganiyar" is very much the eye-popping spectacle: Every musician - the dhol drummers, the singers, the men playing the accordion-like harmonium - performs in a lighted, red-walled cubical, part of a structure
 that is 36 feet wide and 21 feet high. When a note rings out, the lights on that musician's box come to life, creating an effect that at once recalls "Hollywood Squares" and the street-peddling of Amsterdam's red-light district (hence the name, "Seduction").<br />
<br />
"This is the most theatrical performance I've ever directed," says Abel, a Shakespearean actor who created the show in 2006 and has since taken it around the world, including to New York's Lincoln Center last year. "People can't place it: It's a contemporary
 performance with traditional musicians."<br />
<br />
Special effects aside, the music is reason enough to check out the performances at the Kennedy Center. Manganiars, a Sufi clan of performers whose talents reach back generations, are among the most revered folk musicians. "They are the most soulful singers,"
 Abel says. "The whole community sings like that. It's not about showing off how good they are - it's about being the music."</p>
<p>Also featured at Maximum India is another artist who blurs the boundaries of traditional Indian music: British-born rapper Panjabi MC, who rose to fame after teaming up with Jay-Z for a remix of "Beware of the Boys," an old bhangra folk song. By pairing
 hip-hop beats with bhangra, Panjabi MC has attracted an international following. His show in the Kennedy Center's "Monsoon Club" (a transformed KC Jazz Club) is sold out, but a free performance on the Millennium Stage should make your must-see list.<br />
<br />
Speaking of the Monsoon Club, it's definitely worth a visit. The Kennedy Center commissioned a major art installation to give the club just the right vibe for acts who fuse West and East, including Indian blues band Soulmate.</p>
<p>Exhibits<br />
<br />
Move over, Hope Diamond. Forty incredible examples of India's insatiable lust for gems - cuffs covered in countless polished rubies, a bird-shaped flask blanketed in diamonds, a diamond wedding necklace that hangs from head to knees - are headed to Washington.<br />
<br />
"Jewelry played an important part in Indian lifestyle," says Munnu Kasliwal, whose family for three generations has run Jaipur's Gem Palace, which will curate the "Treasures of the Gem Palace" exhibit and a pop-up shop for Maximum India. "People liked to buy
 it and keep it as a security. Jewelry is something that is passed on from one generation to the next. It lives beyond us."<br />
<br />
Today, a lux set of dangly ruby earrings is hardly the Indian equivalent of a savings bond. They are meant to be worn (the more pieces at one time, it seems, the better), and it's well understood that the perfect bauble is like a spotlight, ensuring that the
 beauty of its wearer is on display.<br />
<br />
Although the pieces in the exhibit are not vintage, Kasliwal favors age-old rose-cut diamonds and old-world traditions, so if you're not blinded by all the glitter, take a moment to check out the craftsmanship.</p>
<p>To represent India's visual arts and crafts traditions, the Kennedy Center enlisted artists to create works solely for the festival: Artist Jitish Kallat will fill the Hall of Nations with a sculpture spelling out one of Mahatma Gandhi's most famous speeches
 - each letter crafted from delicate, bone-shaped porcelain. In the North Atrium Foyer, Reena Saini Kallat will create the illusion of India's many historic ruins in the form of a vast fallen column made out of 23,000 rubber stamps. Giant moving peacock figures
 will delight kids and adults alike, while young ones can visit the "Hi! I Am India" playroom to collect stickers, read comic books and learn what it's like to grow up in India.</p>
<p>For "Kaleidoscope: Mapping India's Crafts," the center commissioned a caravan of street bikes - 28 in all - representing every state in the nation, plus a couple of extras. The bikes will be stacked high with crafts from Delhi's Crafts Museum. The Hall of
 States will be filled with 25 six-yard saris, and in Bharthi Kher's colorful exhibit "I've Got Eyes at the Back of My Head," discs reminiscent of Indian women's ornamental bindis will be hung in the Grand Foyer.<br />
<br />
Dance and theater<br />
<br />
During the next month, dozens of dancers are preparing to descend on the Kennedy Center, tradition bearers who, Adams says, "represent the top echelon" of the Indian dance world.</p>
<p>Some have spent most of their lives immersed in southern India's ancient bharatanatyam or kuchipudi dance forms, others in northern India's kathak. Even masters of Bollywood's sexed-up shimmying - with eight counts as likely to come from the latest Usher
 videos as from rural folk dances - will make their way to a Kennedy Center stage.<br />
<br />
For the uninitiated, it will be enough to witness gorgeous young things dripping with bling and wrapped in a rainbow of gold-flecked fabrics, their feet slapping the floor with rhythmic precision. Watch closely, however, and you'll find there's a literalism
 - and athleticism - in their movements that makes Indian dance surprisingly easy to grasp and easier still to adore.</p>
<p>"It can be very athletic; it can be very vibrant. It has leaps; there's a half-seated position like a demi-plie," says Ranee Ramaswamy, co-artistic director of Minneapolis-based bharatanatyam troupe Ragamala Dance, one of the few festival acts based in the
 United States. But, she says, the real artistry is the dancers' command of their bodies, their grace. "There's an amazing amount of control. It's controlled energy," Ramaswamy says. People are impressed by "very, very high jumps," she adds, but with "a very
 refined dancer, you can see the music when they dance."<br />
<br />
So whom should you see? Madhavi Mudgal and Alarmel Valli will blend both bharatanatyam and long-lost temple dance form Odissi; Shantala Shivalingappa, a much-watched young Parisian dancer and choreographer, will tackle kuchipudi, a dance form once practiced
 exclusively by men (ever one to defy conventions, Shivalingappa is often seen these days in contemporary dance productions, such as those of German choreographer Pina Bausch). And representing the new wave of companies borne in the West and fusing classical
 technique with an experimental spirit is Ragamala, which will share a bill with local troupe Dakshina/Daniel Phoenix Singh.</p>
<p>Want to experience India's hip side? You don't actually need a ticket for "Ticket to Bollywood," a touring spectacle spotlighting the Indian movie industry's inexplicable affection for dazzling song-and-dance numbers. Find the family-friendly show free on
 the Millennium Stage.<br />
<br />
Despite a longtime interest in dance, Adams says her first selection for Maximum India was in fact a theater performance: Chorus Repertory Theatre's modernist rendition of Henrik Ibsen's "When We Dead Awaken," which Adams now refers to as her "ah ha moment."
 The show, which Adams saw at a festival in Delhi, comes from rural Manipur, a state in a northeastern India nestled next to Burma, and yet it is as avant-garde as anything you'd see out of Europe or Asia. It's performed in Manipuri with English surtitles.<br />
<br />
"The moment I saw this piece I said, 'I want this to be in the festival,'" Adams says. "It's extraordinary. It's Indian, yet it's also very Western."</p>
<p>For families, Delhi's Ishara Puppet Theatre is bringing "Simple Dreams," a family-friendly nod to children's vast imaginations; the shows feature performers who use umbrellas, sticks and puppets in extraordinary ways.<br />
<br />
It's all enough to make your head spin. To coordinate Maximum India - from filling every stage, to tracking the production of every art piece in India, to booking hundreds of flights and procuring nearly as many visas - was a monumental feat.<br />
<br />
"To make this happen," says programming director Almeida, "it is madness. You have to be really good with the details. We are transforming all the spaces at the same time.<br />
<br />
"That," she says, "is the magic." </p>
<p style="text-align:center">(The views expressed above are the personal views of the author)</p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>09/01/2012 12:36:13</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/16733/Kennedy+Centers+India+Festival+puts+on+a+Maximum+display</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">16733</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>16736</publicationdataID>
      <title>India's huge census</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p><span style="font-weight:bold">India's huge census</span><br />
<br />
The Economist<br />
<br />
24 February, 2011 <br />
<br />
THE director of the census office in Dehradun, the capital of Uttarakhand state in northern India, faces a problem. Late in 2010 her staff safely counted the herders and other residents of the highest villages in the country, before heavy snow made Himalayan
 travel almost impossible. Now, though, the national census is in full swing, and she has yet to assess the soldiers who guard the borders with China to the north and Nepal to the east. Given wintry conditions, they can only be reached by foot. And the information,
 once gathered, will be militarily sensitive.<br />
<br />
Luckily, a hero is to hand. An artillery officer, three stars on his epaulettes, has come down from the mountain in order to train as an enumerator. He will join an army of nearly 2.7m workers, a number larger than the entire population of many small countries,
 to conduct the national head count, which must be finished by February 28th. It is a mammoth project. Nearly 1.2 billion heads, at the best guess, will be totted up. Each respondent is supposed to answer a stream of questions, posed in any of 16 languages.</p>
<p>The census takers, following habits established by the imperial British in the first national count in 1872, will cover 650,000 settlements. They are supposed to question everyone, including forest-dwelling tribal people, hostile occupants of remote islands
 in the Andaman Sea and the homeless crouched in the railway stations of India’s cities. They may avoid only those areas infested with insurgents, such as parts of Chhattisgarh in eastern India that are prowled by Maoist guerrillas known as Naxalites.<br />
<br />
It is already clear what some of the results will show. Demographic projections suggest a net gain of 180m people in India over the past decade, or 34 extra heads for each passing minute. By 2025 Indians will outnumber the Chinese. The most rapid growth continues
 in poorer states, notably in the north and east. Remarkably, thanks to scanners that can each read 50,000 handwritten forms a day, initial population figures are supposed to be published within a month of census day.</p>
<p>More important for policymakers (and in turn for firms and others that rely on census data) are the details of social and economic trends. The last census, for example, revealed the dreadful scale of imbalances in the sex ratio in Punjab, Haryana and a few
 other states. Laws to prevent the abortion of girl fetuses followed. The new count should show if they have had any effect (with the cheap availability of ultrasound, do not bet on it). Similarly, the census should measure the success of a national campaign
 to improve India’s dismal rates of literacy.<br />
<br />
The survey will also give details of how a decade of rapid economic growth has changed the daily life of ordinary Indians, especially among the fast-growing middle class. Questions will produce hard data to show rapid migration of rural dwellers to the towns.
 Consumption habits are also changing. The previous head count revealed that at the start of the century fewer than half of India’s households owned a bicycle, television or toilet. Under a tenth of households had a phone, and a mere 2.5% owned a car.<br />
<br />
Now firms add millions of new phone subscribers to their books each month, and sales of cars, scooters and other consumer goods are surging. In Dehradun, for example, a blue haze hangs over streets where vehicles jostle to move even at walking pace. For the
 artillery officer tramping back to his regiment, navigating the cramped city roads may be more of a pain than trekking through the snow.</p>
<p style="text-align:center">(The views expressed above are the personal views of the author)</p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>09/01/2012 13:02:55</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/16736/Indias+huge+census</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">16736</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>16738</publicationdataID>
      <title>Made in India, faked in China</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p><span style="font-weight:bold">Made in India, faked in China</span><br />
<br />
The Wall Street Journal: Roger Bate <br />
<br />
February 13, 2011<br />
<br />
While India is blamed for counterfeiting crucial drugs, a vast Chinese network behind the fakes is getting away<br />
<br />
Illegal Chinese manufacturers are faking drugs, endangering patients’ lives, and undermining legitimate brands, especially those from India. Bian Zhenjia, deputy commissioner of the Chinese State Food and Drug Administration (SFDA), told a news conference last
 year that reports claiming the country was a major exporter of fake drugs were unfair. "I don’t agree with what the foreign media has been saying. The Chinese government has always paid great attention to cracking down on fake drugs.”
<br />
<br />
But new data from the drug samplings that my research team has undertaken show that China is largely responsible for the fakes attributed to India. The sample sizes are small but indicative of a larger problem, a signal that New Delhi has every right to pressure
 Beijing to act on rogue manufacturers within its borders. </p>
<p>Indian companies provide vast amounts of generic drugs to mid-income and developing nations. By some estimates, 80% of HIV drugs for the developing world come from India, and probably half the antimalarials and antibiotics too.
<br />
<br />
Counterfeiters copy popular brands even when they’re not the most expensive, since the market accepts a familiar product more easily and without suspicion. This means many fakes may be sold before they are detected. And since Indian generics dominate many therapeutic
 categories of these markets, it is not surprising that they are the ones faked. <br />
<br />
My research team collected drugs from 22 cities in 20 countries over the past four years. Of these, 911 antimalarial and antibiotic products were, according to their packaging, made in India. They were procured from 14 countries, mainly in Africa, but also
 in Thailand and India. Of those products, 79 (or 8.7%), failed basic quality control tests and hence were unfit for their intended use. Of these 79 products, we were able to establish that 37 were counterfeits. More products may have been counterfeit, but
 without responses from the manufacturers or regulatory agencies, it was not always possible to be sure. Of the 37 counterfeits identified, 22 were definitely faked in China and delivered straight to African nations from China. Hence, from our small sample,
 over half (59%) of the fake Indian drugs were actually made in China. </p>
<p>Dr Paul Orhii, head of Nigeria’s anti-counterfeit drug agency NAFDAC, helped us track where some of the alleged "Indian” fakes had come from. He told us of the astonishing Chinese criminal counterfeiting drug networks his investigators had unearthed. The
 networks are run from China and employ Nigerians and people of other nationalities. They have successfully infiltrated the entire supply and distribution chains—from producer to patient—across continents. Orhii said they either bribed employees of customs
 departments, or, in numerous instances, had their own personnel apply and get jobs in places ranging from Nigerian and Chinese customs to two Middle East airlines, which then unwittingly transported the fakes from China to Nigeria.
<br />
<br />
Each compliant official had responsibility at key parts of the distribution system, starting with manufacturing in the Chinese Shenzhen free-trade zone until they arrived in Lagos, Nigeria’s largest city. Remarkably, legitimate or unbribed officials had very
 little chance to spot the fakes being transported. In one instance, the drug traded by a gang was a fake of an Indian antimalarial drug called Lonart DS. The proper drug is made by Bliss Gvs Pharma Ltd, of Mumbai. The fake didn’t contain any of the correct
 active ingredients and had it been distributed, might have left untreated thousands of malaria-stricken children. Fortunately, this shipment was caught through routine surveillance work.
</p>
<p>But this was not the only example in 2010 where a Chinese-made fake was passed off as an Indian generic in Nigeria, said Orhii. His department has clamped down on those selling fakes from China and now it inspects factories exporting drugs to Nigeria. As
 a result, Beijing has sentenced six Chinese nationals to death over their part in selling fake antimalarials. The sentence is yet to be carried out.
<br />
<br />
In 2009, our Nigerian colleague Thompson Ayodele came across another fake of an Indian drug, this time an antibiotic. Later, we found out that it, too, had been made in China.
<br />
<br />
But Chinese gangs do not discriminate whose drugs to fake. Indeed, every major drug company and every country has probably had drugs faked by the Chinese. They’ll fake anything popular. Take Artesunat, the brand of a Vietnamese antimalarial, made by the Ho
 Chi Minh-based Mekophar Chemical Pharmaceutical. Ongoing research shows that fake Artesunat was found in Nigeria, Ghana, Kenya, Uganda and Tanzania, and also in Thailand—all the handiwork of Chinese counterfeiters.
</p>
<p>India has a problem with counterfeit and substandard drugs. Many are made by Indians for India’s market. But it may be less India’s fault than we thought. In addition to the examples discussed above, in our ongoing research, we have even come across Chinese
 fakes in India that sported "Made in India” labels. <br />
<br />
Obviously, Beijing needs to improve oversight of drug production within its borders, but India must also act. Through the World Health Organization, it must push for strengthening of public health laws against trading fake drugs. It is in India’s interest,
 and of patients globally, to do so. <br />
<br />
Roger Bate is the Legatum fellow at the American Enterprise Institute. </p>
<p style="text-align:center">(The views expressed above are the personal views of the author)</p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>09/01/2012 13:06:28</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/16738/Made+in+India+faked+in+China</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">16738</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>16739</publicationdataID>
      <title>India Steps Forward as Africa Seeks Academic Aid</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p>New York Times : Vir Singh<br />
<br />
NEW DELHI — India’s pledge to help set up a string of higher education and vocational training institutions in Africa — a main part of an initiative to bolster the country’s role there — is finally taking shape, with the first site expected to open its doors
 in less than a year.<br />
<br />
The African Union, which is carrying out the program with India, has chosen Burundi as the host university to train professionals to plan and manage the growth of higher education. "We are planning to complete setting up this year and to start the first batch
 in the first quarter of 2012,” said R. Govinda, vice chancellor of India’s state-run National University of Education Planning and Administration.<br />
<br />
Mr. Govinda visited Burundi last month, almost at the same time that a delegation from the Indian Institute of Foreign Trade was in Uganda to meet potential partners for a business school in the capital, Kampala.
<br />
<br />
"I was surprised to see the interest on the other side,” said LD. Mago, the institute’s registrar. The India-Africa Institute of Foreign Trade, which Mr. Mago says will be set up over the next five years, will offer full-time and part-time master’s of business
 administration programs.</p>
<p>Also in the planning stages is an organization that will offer courses in computer software. Housed in Ghana, the India Africa Institute of Information Technology will be developed with the help of Educational Consultants India, a state-run consulting firm.<br />
<br />
The move to provide business, technical and scientific training, along with measures like a high-speed communication network for distance learning and telemedicine programs, is the result of the first India-Africa Forum Summit in April 2008, which was held
 by the Indian prime minister, Manmohan Singh. <br />
<br />
"We are trying to share the Indian experience for the betterment of Africa,” said Gurjit Singh, joint secretary for eastern and southern Africa at the Ministry of External Affairs. He said India was working with the African Union to set up vocational and educational
 institutions and to run them for the first three years.</p>
<p>If Africa is looking outward to develop its higher education system, "India is perhaps in the best position to help,” said Pankaj Jalote, director of the Indian Institute of Information Technology in Delhi. Mr. Jalote said institutions in the United States,
 Australia and Britain were "extremely expensive and work with extremely elaborate infrastructure,” whereas their Indian counterparts "can do a fairly decent job with far fewer resources.” Also, what is taught at Indian institutions "may be more transportable
 to Africa” than what students learn in industrialized countries, he added.<br />
<br />
As part of the education initiative, India has nearly doubled the number of scholarships for African students to more than 500.<br />
<br />
Students participating in the education initiative will not only gain knowledge, but they also will develop good will for India, Mr. Mago said. "Those students who will be taught by Indian professors, they will look for and identify opportunities for companies
 in India,” he said, adding that "once they are taught by Indian professors, naturally they depend on that country.”
</p>
<p>More than just educating people, Indian institutions in Africa will be "doing research that is appropriate — developing a knowledge base that is appropriate to them,” instead of just replicating existing programs, said Mr. Govinda.<br />
<br />
The National University of Education Planning and Administration will help to bolster formal degree-granting institutions. But India’s educational initiative in Africa also emphasizes other skills. Among at least 10 vocational training centers that are being
 planned over the next two years is the India-Africa Diamond Institute, which is expected to be set up in Botswana and will train people to polish diamonds.<br />
<br />
While degrees are important, students ultimately want to be employable, said Prateek Chatterjee, head of corporate communications at NIIT, an Indian company that has trained information technology professionals worldwide. "The students are actually looking
 at employability training. This is the strength we bring. The employment skill set complements the formal degree,” Mr. Chatterjee said.<br />
<br />
India’s higher education institutions appear to command much respect in Africa. But can the country afford to export a scarce commodity? Government officials freely admit that India’s higher education system is inadequate. According to the education minister,
 Kapil Sibal, India needs to more than double the number of its colleges and universities by 2020 in order to maintain rapid economic growth.
</p>
<p>"The Indian higher education system needs to be ramped up by a factor of 10,” Mr. Jalote said. "Already the academic institutions are stretched so thin.” But while sending professionals overseas may look like something India can ill afford, the government
 may be "balancing priorities,” he added. <br />
<br />
"The issue here seems to be of a geopolitical nature,” Mr. Jalote said. "China is moving in, so I can imagine the government of India wanting to do something not to vacate that space.”</p>
<p style="text-align:center">(The views expressed above are the personal views of the author)</p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>09/01/2012 13:12:02</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/16739/India+Steps+Forward+as+Africa+Seeks+Academic+Aid</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">16739</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>16740</publicationdataID>
      <title>House of angels</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p>The News International (Pakistan) : Babar Sattar<br />
<br />
February 12, 2011 <br />
<br />
We are mostly prisoners of our individual experiences, and this makes our presumptions of truth largely relative. The tale that follows is a personal one and my version of the truth. My father used to remind me often that human nature comprises both angelical
 and daemonic characteristics. It is one’s acquired and nurtured values, socio-economic circumstances and conscience that determine which of these characteristics emerge more prominently to define one’s life and character.<br />
<br />
We have been in India since Jan 5, to seek treatment and transplant surgery for my mother who had been suffering from end-stage liver disease. She has been under the treatment of Dr Subash Gupta and his 15-member liver-transplant team at the Apollo Hospital
 in New Delhi and we have been extremely blessed to encounter only angelic professionals and hosts in this country that we in Pakistan love to hate.</p>
<p>My mother has suffered from Hepatitis C for over a decade. Doctors suspect that she might have acquired it from the Armed Forces Institute of Cardiology in Rawalpindi when she went in for an angiography in 1998. Bad as we are in documenting statistics, we
 don’t know the exact number of Pakistanis who have acquired hepatitis. What we do know is that millions in Pakistan suffer from this ailment, and most are not even lucky enough to be able to afford the expensive Interferon treatment that has a 60-70-per-cent
 success rate in curing Hepatitis C. If left untreated, or if there is a relapse after treatment, Hepatitis C can lead to liver cirrhosis (a condition where the liver begins to fail) in around 10-15 years. It is hard to predict a cirrhotic patient’s life expectancy,
 but the quality of life is fairly grim. The only medical treatment that can cure cirrhosis is a liver transplant. According to one estimate, liver failure claims over 10,000 lives in Pakistan every year.<br />
<br />
With the rapid proliferation of hepatitis in Pakistan the lives we lose to cirrhosis will grow exponentially in the years to come. And yet there isn’t one credible liver transplant facility that can offer the gift of life to citizens with liver disease in this
 nuclear-weapon state with the seventh-largest standing army in the world. Also extremely disappointing is the quality of medical advice afforded to patients in Pakistan, which seems to be caused not by doctors’ lack of medical expertise but poor professional
 ethos and a complete absence of accountability. For example, my mother was given Interferon treatment for a third time when cirrhosis had already set in, without the doctor advising us that this was extremely aggressive strategy that could even accelerate
 liver failure (de-compensation of liver in medical-speak), instead of slowing down cirrhosis. That is exactly what happened.</p>
<p>On the advice of another friend and consultant at Shifa, we also consulted Dr Najam-ul-Hasan (who is leading the effort to establish a transplant centre at Shifa, together with Dr Faisal Dar, another very professional and helpful surgeon who has given up
 his job at Kings Transplant Centre in London to return to Pakistan). He was the only doctor who sat us down and explained in detail cirrhotic patients’ need and eligibility for liver transplant, various transplant options, and the fact that we should actively
 consider transplant. He advised that the UK, China and India had transplant centres that patients from Pakistan generally opted for. At the time India didn’t jump out as the preferred destination. Having nurtured the bias of the West’s superiority in most
 things, including healthcare, the US and the UK were the destinations of choice.<br />
<br />
We ended up with Apollo Hospital in Delhi through a process of exclusion. And it turned out that the universe was conspiring to get us to the best medical treatment and care that we could aspire for.</p>
<p style="text-align:center">(The views expressed above are the personal views of the author)</p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>10/01/2012 13:47:13</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/16740/House+of+angels</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">16740</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>16742</publicationdataID>
      <title>Bangalore air show: Look, don’t touch</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p><span style="font-weight:bold">Bangalore air show: Look, don’t touch</span><br />
<br />
Financial Times: James Lamont<br />
<br />
February 11, 2011<br />
<br />
The Bangalore air show has quickly become one of the premier events of its kind in Asia. Aviation experts say it has climbed to the status of Singapore, and could rise further to become the regional equivalent of Farnborough in the UK and Paris.<br />
<br />
The reasons are clear. India’s skies are now serious business.<br />
<br />
Asia’s third largest economy is one of the world’s biggest buyers of arms. It has the world’s ninth largest civil aviation market, and fast-expanding domestic carriers are hungry for Boeing and Airbus aircraft. India also has a strong interest in developing
 its own aerospace industry. It is among only six nations capable of satellite launches and its space programme is a thing of great national pride.<br />
<br />
In recent days IndiGo, a domestic airline, ordered 180 A-320s for $15.6bn and the Indian Air Force inducted the C-130J Super Hercules.<br />
<br />
The bi-annual air show is now in its eighth edition. Close to 700 exhibitors from 45 countries this year flocked to the Yelahanka air base between Bangalore’s congested city centre and its gleaming new international airport.</p>
<p>The air show, along with the market, still has some way to mature. In India, aeroplanes are to be admired from afar rather than experienced close up, which is a drag if you are trying to sell them.<br />
<br />
Over the past few days, international exhibitors, whose costly aircraft from Swedish Gripen jet fighters to Embraer corporate jets line the apron, were frustrated by stubborn security personnel who barred their clients and visitors from stepping within thirty
 yards of their products.<br />
<br />
The wrong badge could cost a multi-million dollar sale. Corporate jet suppliers, like Bombardier, Gulfstream and Embraer, say that wealthy Indians are characterised by the individual, impulse buy. They differ from their Chinese counterparts, who typically take
 longer to buy a jet. Across the Himalayas, business people tend towards a more collective, corporate decision.<br />
<br />
Another frustration was the unexpectedly early arrival of the public. While the first, inaugural day was a cosy affair of top brass and sales people, the second of the five day event brought the spectators in numbers. Aerobatics drew crowds and stands were
 quickly flooded with souvenir hunters rather than potential buyers.<br />
<br />
The air show’s lack of commercial edge was not shared by the rest of Bangalore. The city’s hotels wait for months for the arrival en masse of the world’s aviation executives. A night at the ITC Gardenia, one of the city’s luxury hotels, was Rs35,000 and many
 guests were locked in for a minimum four night stay. A modest dinner for two at the Taj West End was Rs11,000.</p>
<p style="text-align:center">(The views expressed above are the personal views of the author)</p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>11/01/2012 11:13:15</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/16742/Bangalore+air+show+Look+dont+touch</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">16742</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>16743</publicationdataID>
      <title>Outsourcer reaps rural India’s talent</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p>Financial Times : Amy Kazmin<br />
<br />
February 7, 2011<br />
<br />
A farmer’s son from a fertile, betel-nut cultivating region, Rajeev Devendrappa, once aimed to join the flow of young people moving to Bangalore, India’s IT hub, to work after his studies. That idea was abandoned when his father died suddenly, leaving him responsible
 for his mother and younger brother. "I could not shift the entire family to Bangalore,” he said.<br />
<br />
Yet Mr Devendrappa, 29, who has a master’s degree in commerce, has found a place in India’s expanding back-office to the world. He now works for Xchanging, a London-listed business process outsourcer (BPO), managing foreign insurance claims at a facility in
 Shimoga, just 22km from his native village. "The same exposure I expected to get in Bangalore, I am getting here,” he said.<br />
<br />
Young, well-educated people with constraints on their mobility were just what Nimish Soni, Xchanging’s managing director for India, was seeking when he set up shop in Shimoga, 275km from Bangalore, several years ago, as an experimental solution to the manpower
 crunch in India’s big, urban outsourcing hubs.</p>
<p>"We were trying to solve two challenges that India has – salary inflation and attrition. The goal was to go where labour is available in plenty at an affordable price,” Mr Soni says.<br />
<br />
Small cities and towns are already plugged into India’s outsourcing boom, providing a steady flow of ambitious youth who come to big cities to write software code, staff call-centres and handle data entry and processing for global clients.<br />
<br />
But as business process outsourcers confront rising costs – and with monthly staff attrition rates as high as 10 to 15 per cent – in big cities, some are pushing deeper into the hinterland to tap small-town talent. It is a once-unthinkable strategy, facilitated
 by vast improvements in India’s telecommunications in recent years.<br />
<br />
"Why do we have to bring people to the jobs; why not bring jobs to the people,” says Vullaganti Murali, chief executive officer of RuralShores. It operates seven small-town outsourcing centres, with about 200 employees each, and aims to start seven more in
 the next few months.<br />
<br />
Many urban call centre and BPO workers are reluctant migrants, who would stay closer to home if jobs were available. "Opportunity is what drives them to come,” Mr Murali says. "But whatever salary they get in cities is not good enough to bring their families,
 or live comfortably.”<br />
<br />
RuralShores – which has Indian companies such as Airtel and HDFC and small foreign businesses among its clients – is also tapping a largely overlooked talent pool: educated young women, whose parents, or obligations to husbands and children, tie them geographically.</p>
<p>"There is no dearth of talent. We don’t have to struggle to find resources like in Bangalore,” says Aiyappa K, manager of RuralShores’ Thirthahalli centre, 60km from Shimoga. There, about 60 per cent of workers are women – half of them married with children.<br />
<br />
Typical is 35-year-old Jyoti Kishore Sheth, who has a degree in commerce and a 10-year-old son. "I was getting bored at home. I wanted to use my education. The income is not so much. But it’s a time pass. I can mingle with other people,” she says. Much of the
 work directed to remote outsourcing centres is "non-voice” data entry and processing, requiring neither a strong command of spoken English, nor elaborate accent modification training.<br />
<br />
Telecom infrastructure costs are also lower, which means centres can be viable with just a few hundred workers. But RuralShores centres also handle customer calls in several Indian languages, serving the growing domestic market.<br />
<br />
For Xchanging – which operates five centres, with a total of 3,000 workers, in major Indian cities – the Shimoga experiment has been deemed successful.<br />
<br />
David Andrews, Xchanging’s chairman, says operating from Shimoga will put Xchanging at "a cost advantage for a number of years”, but he expects rivals to follow soon.
</p>
<p style="text-align:center">(The views expressed above are the personal views of the author)</p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>11/01/2012 11:15:33</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/16743/Outsourcer+reaps+rural+Indias+talent</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">16743</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>16745</publicationdataID>
      <title>North Carolina Courts India Business</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p>Wall Street Journal: Margherita Stancati<br />
<br />
What the U.S. state of North Carolina finds most tempting about India, of course, is its status as the world’s second-fastest growing major economy.<br />
<br />
North Carolina Commerce Secretary Keith Crisco is on a five-day trip to India through Thursday, and the focus of the visit – apart from the standard outing to Agra’s Taj Mahal (something U.S. President Barack Obama missed out on during his recent trip here)
 - is to scout for export markets and encourage Indian companies to invest in his home state.<br />
<br />
India’s economy, which is projected to grow 8.6% this financial year ending March 31 makes the country an attractive business destination.<br />
<br />
Boosting trade with India has been high on the agenda during recent state visits, including that of U.S. President Barack Obama in December. Increasing business ties further is also the goal of U.S. Commerce Secretary Gary Locke, who starts a six-day visit
 to India Monday. </p>
<p>Mr. Crisco’s visit shows that U.S. states also want to get a slice of that pie. "There is no secret here: all states know about it,” said Mr. Crisco, referring to India’s fast-growing economy and expanding consumer base. Speaking to India Real Time in New
 Delhi, Mr. Crisco said there is competition between states for access to the Indian market, mentioning recent trade missions from other U.S. states, including Virginia. He said that building business ties with India was mainly "about not being left behind.”
<br />
<br />
With an improving but still high unemployment rate of 9.8% in his state, Mr. Crisco – like Mr. Obama before him - said creating jobs at home is a top priority of his India trip.<br />
<br />
Over the past three years, Indian firms investing in North Carolina created over 700 jobs there, according to data supplied by the state’s department of commerce.<br />
<br />
Mr. Crisco hopes boosting exports from North Carolina to India will help create even more jobs. In 2009, North Carolina accounted for just $189 million of the $16.5-billion worth of total U.S. exports to India that year. "It needs to be more,” said Mr. Crisco.</p>
<p>After New Delhi, the North Carolina trade mission will head to Mumbai, where meetings will focus on strengthening partnerships in the financial sector, and to Bangalore, where the business delegation plans to visit an aerospace trade show to scout for manufacturing
 opportunities. Other targeted sectors include agriculture, biotechnology and renewable energy.<br />
<br />
A major focus of the trip will be strengthening ties in the information technology industry.<br />
<br />
But Mr. Crisco said they won’t be looking for opportunities to outsource services to India in sectors such as IT services. "We are hoping it will be the other way around,” said Mr. Crisco. He explained that one of the aims of the trip is to encourage HCL America,
 a U.S. unit of India’s HCL Technologies Ltd., one of India’s largest IT service companies, to expand its existing presence in North Carolina.<br />
<br />
With the American economy still struggling with high unemployment, outsourcing jobs to India remains a sensitive topic. In the past year, growing protectionist sentiment has encouraged politicians to push for measures aimed at keeping jobs in the U.S., a trend
 that has alarmed India Inc. Last October the "Creating American Jobs and Ending Offshoring Act” only narrowly missed the 60 votes it needed to pass in the Senate.<br />
<br />
A few months earlier, in August, the state of Ohio banned the use of public funds for services that are provided from offshore locations.
<br />
<br />
But Mr. Crisco, who said lawmakers in North Carolina have no plans to adopt a bill similar to that enacted in Ohio, sees doing business with India as an opportunity to create new U.S. jobs–rather than the other way around.</p>
<p style="text-align:center">(The views expressed above are the personal views of the author)</p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>11/01/2012 11:22:54</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/16745/North+Carolina+Courts+India+Business</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">16745</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>16746</publicationdataID>
      <title>U.S. and the Rise of India</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p>"India of course plays a critical role in Asia’s ascent."<br />
<br />
Voice of America: Editorial<br />
<br />
"(The world has) moved from a transatlantic century to a transpacific century, in which the rise of Asia has already started to define the 21st century," said Robert Blake, Assistant Secretary for South and Central Asian Affairs in a speech in late January.
 "India of course plays a critical role in Asia’s ascent."<br />
<br />
From the brink of bankruptcy 20 years ago, India enacted bold economic reforms that shifted the economy away from protectionism and the ‘license raj’ (elaborate licenses, regulations and accompanying red tape that were required to set up and run businesses
 in India between 1947 and 1990) and toward a highly dynamic one fueled by innovation and free trade that leverages the extraordinary talents of the Indian people.<br />
<br />
And so, India began an extraordinary rise while embracing the humanity of Mahatma Gandhi and the many attributes of a diverse, pluralistic democracy. Its gross domestic product has increased ten-fold in those 20 years since the bailout. Today, its economy is
 growing at an annual rate of eight to nine percent, thanks largely to a technologically-advanced services sector driven by innovation, education and free markets.<br />
<br />
"(The Obama Administration) came into office determined to take US-India relations to the next level," said Assistant Secretary Blake. "They have done so through the establishment of the first Strategic Dialogue between our two countries, and through President
 (Barack) Obama’s landmark visit to India last November."</p>
<p>That Presidential trip was a "watershed, when the U.S. and India embarked for the first time on concrete initiatives to develop our global strategic partnership," said Assistant Secretary Blake. The two leaders agreed to cooperate on a wide spectrum of endeavors,
 including education, space exploration, clean energy development, and human security, including food security. In addition, President Obama endorsed India for permanent membership on the United Nations Security Council. This endorsement reflects the President’s
 confidence in India’s rise and the positive role it is increasingly playing as a partner in advancing global security and prosperity.<br />
<br />
"As two of the world’s leading democracies and market economies," said Assistant Secretary of State Robert Blake, "as countries who are committed to promoting pluralism, diversity, tolerance, enterprise, innovation and opportunity, and as countries who are
 willing to take responsibility for mobilizing responses to the world’s challenges, the U.S. and India together can profoundly influence the future of our peoples as well as the course of this new century before us."</p>
<p style="text-align:center">(The views expressed above are the personal views of the author)</p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>11/01/2012 11:25:35</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/16746/US+and+the+Rise+of+India</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">16746</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>16747</publicationdataID>
      <title>A citizen database</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p>Financial Times : Nandan Nilekani <br />
<br />
January 28, 2011<br />
<br />
As the world looks towards uncertain times, the sun is rising in Asia. The continent’s role in the global economy will be greatly impacted by India’s rise in the coming year, for the country is all promise and potential: on the cusp of double-digit growth,
 witnessing a demographic dividend now coming to fruition, and experiencing rapid urbanisation that is transforming its cities.
<br />
<br />
For India, the next 10 years will arguably pose its toughest policy challenges. Inaction will mean that substantial opportunities will pass the country by. The government has already taken several strides towards inclusive development and bolder welfare solutions.
 Its persistence here would result in the emergence of India alongside China, as a powerful economic force for the long term, and make Asia a centre for growth in the global economy for decades to come.
</p>
<p>India’s great economic strength lies in its demographics. Over the next 20 years, its population will see falling dependency ratios, and hundreds of millions of young people will enter the workforce. As astonishing as the numbers is the fact of where these
 people will come from: they will not be from India’s established growth centres – the south and the west, which are ageing; rather, the bulk of these young workers will emerge from the poorer states, in central India.
<br />
<br />
This massive increase in labour is the reason why the next few years will be so critical for the country. India’s rise has been impressive but it has not been spread evenly. It is only recently, for example, that central India has begun to experience development
 and investment. New Delhi’s test in the coming years will be to expand growth to communities that have remained at the margins. This will require large-scale education and health investments and widespread job creation. Such inclusion will create a cycle of
 growth: the push from poor people increasing their incomes and joining the workforce will contribute to productivity and, in turn, further growth.
<br />
<br />
India has not overlooked the substantial investments in education and health that it requires. The government has launched many innovative programmes: it has deregulated funding for schools, and introduced the Midday Meal programme, which provides free packed
 lunches to schoolchildren, helping to reduce dropout rates among the poor. Initiatives such as the Janani Suraksha Yojana for expectant mothers mirror the conditional cash transfer approach that has been a success in Brazil, Chile and Mexico.</p>
<p>Challenges persist, however, particularly in last-mile service delivery, and in ensuring that benefits are allocated properly. To address this, India will have to intensify its push towards accountable, innovative solutions on a large-scale.
<br />
<br />
The Aadhaar project ("Aadhaar” means a foundation) is an important part of this effort, and The Unique Identification Authority of India, of which I am chairman, is implementing the scheme. The Aadhaar identification number, which will be issued to every resident,
 will link to the demographic and biometric information of an individual in a central database. To verify their identity, individuals can provide their Aadhaar number, which would be authenticated by the central database in a few seconds. This is a world first:
 a unique identification number that enables a person to verify themselves in real-time, and anywhere within a nation’s boundaries.
<br />
<br />
For India, there is another first: never before has it attempted to acknowledge each individual in the country. This recognition paves the way for people in the most backward or remote communities to access benefits and services.
</p>
<p>The Aadhaar infrastructure is a timely initiative, suited to the concerns of a fast-growing country. For the thousands of young workers who migrate to the cities every day in search of jobs, the system could also help people who lack documents to easily
 fulfil Know Your Customer (KYC) norms, giving them access to services such as banking and telecoms, and welfare entitlements. Real-time identity verification would also open up new possibilities in delivering services such as banking remotely, and at a lower
 cost. Such remote services are tailored to the needs of India’s difficult-to-reach countryside as well as its urban slums.
<br />
<br />
The incredible pace of India’s growth and the size of its demographic dividend are, thus, mixed blessings. The speed of the transformation India is witnessing demands an equivalent policy response. The real-time infrastructure of the Aadhaar number gives us
 a glimpse of the possible solutions: it would form the basis for an innovation system, enabling forms of governance that are two-way and responsive, and allow agencies to rapidly extend critical services cheaply to every part of the country, and within the
 next few years. The development model that it helps shape can eventually serve as a template across the developing world.</p>
<p>These days, when I travel across India, I come across an increasingly ubiquitous sight. Across cities, cranes tower over highways that are under construction, and skeletons of new buildings are visible across the urban skyline. In rural India, roads are
 being laid to connect people to urban centres and markets. The surge of infrastructure investment has made the noise of construction a familiar sound across the country. As music to usher in the new year, it feels appropriate. In the next decade, India is
 going to be building many institutions from the ground up. The result could be a powerful new blueprint for growth.
<br />
<br />
Nandan Nilekani is the former chief executive of Infosys, and author of "Imagining India: The Idea of a Renewed Nation”.
</p>
<p style="text-align:center">(The views expressed above are the personal views of the author)</p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>11/01/2012 11:28:58</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/16747/A+citizen+database</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">16747</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>16748</publicationdataID>
      <title>The American immersion into Hinduism</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p>Hindu spirituality and gurus have attracted the well-educated, the urban, the spiritually inclined and the affluent<br />
<br />
Guardian : January 27, 2011<br />
<br />
Ramesh Rao<br />
<br />
My friend of nearly three decades, a disciple of Swami Rama, and a guru in his own right, told me about going to the American embassy in New Delhi for a visa to travel to the United States. Having heard about the idiosyncrasies of visa officers, and not knowing
 how another man claiming to be a teacher of yoga and meditation would be handed his "visa karma", my friend stood in line waiting for fate to play its game.
<br />
<br />
Called by an officer and asked why he wanted to travel to the US, my friend told me that he must have spoken for about 15 minutes, and that it seemed his guru, Swami Rama, was the one who was doing the talking through him. With tears in his eyes, the officer
 told my good friend that the US needed the help of teachers like him and, surprising my friend, who expected nothing more than a six-week, one time visa, the officer later handed him a 10-year, multiple-entry visa.
</p>
<p>My friend and I taught in a Krishnamurti school in India about 30 years ago, and over the past three years he has graced my home with his presence as he travels through the US and Canada talking to and walking his students and small groups of Americans and
 Canadians through the simple as well as the esoteric aspects of Hindu meditation techniques, about the nature of the cosmos, the need to relate well to friends and family, and about reducing the daily stress and burdens of modern living. In his still rather
 quaint Indian English, and with his soft, engaging smile, he manages to soothe those who come seeking answers that are as old as life and as new as now: Why are we here? Where do we go from here? What is life all about?
<br />
<br />
My friend was very much on my mind as I recently read Philip Goldberg's new book, American Veda, in which, with a grand sweep, Goldberg traces the two-century long American fascination with Hindu spirituality, yoga, philosophy, music and meditation. From the
 bard of Concord, Ralph Waldo Emerson, who was smitten by the Bhagavad Gita and wrote in his journal in 1831, "It was the first of books; it was as if an empire spake to us, nothing small or unworthy, but large, serene, consistent, the voice of an old intelligence
 which in another age and climate had pondered and thus disposed of the same questions which exercise us", to the LSD-experimenting Harvard iconoclast, Richard Alpert (aka Ram Dass), who was led by an American friend to Neem Karoli Baba in the hills of north
 India and rid of his doubt and his LSD, Americans have discovered spirituality, karma, reincarnation and cremation through Hinduism – so much so that Lisa Miller wrote an essay in Newsweek with the title: "We are all Hindus now".</p>
<p>Living just 40 miles away from Lynchburg, Virginia, the headquarters of Jerry Falwell's Baptist ministry, and the home of Liberty University, where all things non-Christian are the work of the devil, and Glenn Beck is invited to speak to graduating seniors,
 I know that for the die-hard Christians India is simply the place for soul-harvesting. Hinduism, as another Virginia resident, Pat Robertson, claimed, is nothing but devil-worship to many Bible-thumpers. And while this virulent form of Christianity has spread
 its wings post-9/11, more Americans are now practising yoga, putting their hands together in namaste, and meditating on "Om".<br />
<br />
Despite the aggressive Christian attacks against visiting Hindu gurus, teachers and godmen – from events where things were thrown at Swami Vivekananda, the handsome monk who addressed the first World's Parliament of Religions in 1893 in Chicago, to the picketing
 of the Los Angeles studios where the Maharishi Mahesh Yogi was being filmed by Merv Griffin – Goldberg says that millions of Americans found the insights that Hinduism provided to be what Walt Whitman called "far-darting beams of the spirit", "unloos'd dreams",
 and "deep diving Bibles and legends".</p>
<p>And just as Emerson recognised that religion, of the Hindu variety, was compatible with science, many Americans, both lay and experts (including religion scholars, psychologists, medical doctors and physicists) continue to discover the efficacy of mantra,
 tantra, yoga and meditation. Neuroscientists studying consciousness and physicists studying the birth of the cosmos have sung in praise of the Hindu sages. Thus, unlike Christian proselytism that preys on the poor and the ignorant around the world, Hindu spirituality
 and Hindu gurus have attracted the well-educated, the urban, the spiritually inclined and the affluent in the west.
<br />
<br />
More important, Hindus and Hindu gurus have rarely, if ever, sought to convert others to their religion. When a student of mine, a few years ago told me that his father had spent three decades in India, and had written a book about his spiritual experiences
 there, I discovered the book Ocean in a Teacup. Ray Hauserman Jr, who went to India as a nurse assistant during the second world war, writes about his guru Sri Thakur Anukulchandra, and how one day two Muslim men came to the Thakur and asked for initiation.
 They told the Thakur: "We have watched what you are doing and we believe that your prophet is greater than Mohammed." But Hauserman's guru shook his head and told the Muslim men: "Don't come to me if you wish to change your faith. Your prophet is dear to me
 as every other." It is this Hindu world view that has captured the spirit and faith of Americans, and Goldberg's impressive research, including more than 300 interviews, lays out in captivating detail the American immersion into Hindu spirituality, music,
 art and philosophy. </p>
<p>There continues to be opposition, no doubt, not just from Christian fundamentalists but from some academics wearing secular, Marxist, or Freudian garb, as well as from Indian critics too well-trained in continental philosophies and too deracinated by lifestyle
 choices. It also comes from critics in India who want their gurus and swamis to stay at home and live the life of ascetics. They read about the peccadilloes and the palaces of some of the jet-setting gurus and are scandalised about these men (mostly) who they
 believe are selling Hinduism-lite, ridding it completely of any Hindu affiliations.
<br />
<br />
Goldberg has written all about this in a manner that is truly reflective of the mind and heart of the wise guru who looks at life and its vicissitudes with an understanding smile. But why "American Veda", and not "American Hinduism"? Given the fact that Hinduism
 is used as a religious label, and that Hinduism comes with its own rituals, beliefs and theologies, even Swami Vivekananda realised that it would be more practical and intelligent to focus on vedanta and yoga than distract Americans about Hindu theology and
 the historical growth of Hindu beliefs and practices over millennia. Not much has changed in this regard since 1893, making American Veda a book worth reading not just for Americans and Indians, but for those around the world in quest of the spiritual.
</p>
<p style="text-align:center">(The views expressed above are the personal views of the author)</p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>11/01/2012 11:32:48</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/16748/The+American+immersion+into+Hinduism</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">16748</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>16751</publicationdataID>
      <title>India: climbing the ranks of clean energy</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p>Financial Times: Akanksha Awal <br />
<br />
While China declares itself as a world leader in wind energy, India is also trying to make its claim in the global renewable energy sector, and it is one step closer with the announcement that it plans to build Asia’s first commercial tidal power plant.
<br />
<br />
The state government of Gujarat has signed preliminary agreement with Britain’s Atlantis Resources corporation to build a 250 MW tidal power plant in the Gulf of Kutch along the country’s western coast.
<br />
<br />
The title of Asia’s first tidal power plant should be bestowed upon South Korea for a plant being constructed near the Sihwa Lake on the west coast of the country, but construction on the project has been delayed.
<br />
<br />
India’s recent investment in the renewable energy sector has grown significantly. Two years ago India’s current government made renewable energy its top priority, appointing Jairam Ramesh – a high-profile politician – to the post of environment minister.
</p>
<p>The country currently produces approx 15,000 MW of power from all renewable sources, according to the Ministry of New and Renewable Energy. Manmohan Singh, India’s prime minister, has put priority on solar energy exploration to meet the country’s rising
 energy needs. <br />
<br />
Private players too have been active in the sector: in 2009, Tata announced plans for geothermal energy exploration in Gujarat, and the Reliance group has set itself a target of producing 1000MW of electricity from renewable sources by 2013.
<br />
<br />
The Gujarat power plant could power up to 100,000 houses, but at 250 MW it will be an minuscule contributor to the state’s 7000 MW renewable energy target and and even small contributor to its 11,000 MW power needs.
<br />
<br />
Although the actual project costs of the plant have not been disclosed, they are estimated to be something to the tune of "hundreds of millions of dollars”, according to Tim Cornelius, the chief executive of Atlantis Resources. He told beyondbrics that the
 company was in talks with third-party investors to secure funding for the next stage of the project and an announcement could be made in the next six months.
<br />
<br />
The high costs of the power plant have not deterred other state governments from investing in the technology. The landmark deal is said to have generated interest from Andhra Pradesh and West Bengal – the two states with long coastlines – which have contacted
 Atlantis to conduct preliminary investigation to establish feasibility of tidal power plants in these regions.
</p>
<p>The interest generated by various state governments indicates their overwhelming desire to meet the ever increasing power demand bought on by rapid industrialisation.
<br />
<br />
"The power plant will allow sustainable development, technology transfer and stimulate the local economy,” Cornelius said.
<br />
<br />
The construction of the Gujarat tidal power plant will begin by the end of the year – initially with a capacity of 50 MW – while full installation and commissioning will only complete by the end of 2013.
<br />
<br />
And with that, the country hopes to make its mark on the renewable energy sector globally – deemed important to an emerging superpower as it seems that present-day global supremacy wars are being fought on the alternative energy pitch.
</p>
<p style="text-align:center">(The views expressed above are the personal views of the author)</p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>11/01/2012 11:39:24</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/16751/India+climbing+the+ranks+of+clean+energy</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">16751</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>16752</publicationdataID>
      <title>India's Jaipur Literature Festival is one for the books</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p>Los Angeles Times: Mark Magnier<br />
<br />
The Jaipur Literature Festival, which wrapped up Tuesday, is Asia's largest, an eclectic mix of big-name authors, Bollywood luminaries and lots of debate. This year's attendees included Nobel laureate Orhan Pamuk and Candace Bushnell, author of 'Sex and the
 City.'<br />
<br />
It's been called the greatest literary show on Earth, a thinking person's carnival. The Jaipur Literature Festival, which wrapped up Tuesday, is India at its best, and occasionally not-so-best, proving that the proud emerging nation can easily trounce China
 in at least this category: the soft-power world of ideas, debate, criticism and a willingness to question authority.
<br />
<br />
The festival is a five-day see-and-be-seen brain scrum featuring India's (and increasingly the world's) literati. In its sixth year, it's already Asia's largest book festival, rivaling the global ranks of Edinburgh, Melbourne, Frankfurt and Berlin.
</p>
<p>With one difference: Jaipur charges no admission and welcomes all comers, leaving ambassadors to fight it out with students for seats.
<br />
<br />
"I've never seen such an alive, vibrant festival," said Niki Marangou, a novelist who traveled from Cyprus to attend. "I really love the fact that it's open to everyone."
<br />
<br />
Also in contrast to other book festivals, most of which are "for the trade" and focused on contract signings, the priority here is good humor, fun and ideas.
<br />
<br />
Several author sessions are held at once in tents bedecked with colorful bunting on the grounds of the elegant 150-year-old Diggi Palace, now a hotel owned by descendants of a 16th century Mughal emperor's political advisor whom the venue's website calls the
 founder of a "virile," "fiery and impetuous" line.</p>
<p>"We had 14 people at the first reading I did in 2005," said William Dalrymple, festival director and author of several historical books. "In six years, it's grown to 50,000 people."
<br />
<br />
The open-gate policy also means massive logjams between sessions, mirroring India's roads outside the palace, and a certain amount of the disorganization India is famous for. But the price is right, as is the atmosphere.
<br />
<br />
The eclectic crowd of authors, wannabe writers, businesspeople and hoi polloi includes hundreds of students in blazers and ties, some busy approaching anyone who looks vaguely important, including random Westerners, for autographs. The growing buzz has also
 attracted New Delhi's bejeweled socialites, who may not read much beyond their credit card slips but relish the chance to drop names and tales of sightings back home.
</p>
<p>And there's plenty of opportunity for that given Bollywood luminaries and about 220 authors from 23 countries were in attendance. This year saw a slew of Man Booker Prize winners along with Nobel laureates Orhan Pamuk, author of "Snow," and J.M. Coetzee,
 who after wrapping up his reading from "The Old Woman and the Cats" was congratulated by historian Patrick French for the "remarkable task of having kept an Indian audience silent for 45 minutes."
<br />
<br />
Among the big-name Western writers were Richard Ford, Martin Amis and a stiletto-heeled Candace Bushnell, author of "Sex and the City," who, despite her reputation, espoused the benefits of fidelity and commitment.
<br />
<br />
Several from India's growing stable of literary show horses were also in attendance, including Vikram Seth, who wrote "A Suitable Boy," and Gurcharan Das, author of "India Unbound."
<br />
<br />
But it's the ideas that drew the crowds, including sessions on the novel, the art of writing and a rather heated panel on globalization and whether non-Western writers of color were afforded fewer opportunities.
</p>
<p>"One thing I like about the literary world, there are enough hurt feelings to go around," said Vietnamese Australian writer Nam Le, author of "The Boat." "Even white guys in Brooklyn feel they're marginalized."
<br />
<br />
The artists-about-art focus was interspersed with weightier sessions on current affairs, including Kashmir, caste, Afghanistan-Pakistan strategy and the occupation of the Palestinian territories.
<br />
<br />
The festival, previously criticized as having an overly Western focus, this year included sessions on works in the Hindi, Sanskrit, Urdu, Tamil, Gujarati, Nepali and Kashmiri languages, among others.
<br />
<br />
"We've touched on a rich scene," Dalrymple said, explaining the festival's success. "There's fantastic literature going on in 70 languages in this country. Americans and Europeans get to read a very small percentage of this."
<br />
<br />
But some said the festival's success is taking a toll. <br />
<br />
"It used to be so democratic, but we're starting to see an end to that flat structure, with only big-name authors getting the best venues," said one publishing executive who asked not to be identified, citing the industry's catty nature. "At the same time,
 you do start thinking about security as the crowds increase and anyone can walk in."
<br />
<br />
India is the world's third-largest English book market after the United States and Britain, and is growing at 15% annually, compared with about 2% in the U.S. In a world where books and the luxury of a slow read often seem endangered amid obsessive mouse-clicking,
 India's love affair with literature remains on ample display in Jaipur. <br />
<br />
"It's a great experience and very inspiring," said Soumya Sankar, 18, a college math student. "Who knows, maybe someday I'll write a book about math."
</p>
<p style="text-align:center">(The views expressed above are the personal views of the author)</p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>11/01/2012 11:42:38</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/16752/Indias+Jaipur+Literature+Festival+is+one+for+the+books</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">16752</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>16753</publicationdataID>
      <title>India’s growth push gets regional boost</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p>Financial Times:Anjli Raval <br />
<br />
Asian countries are among the biggest investors in India as the region increasingly backs its own rapid growth amid a fall-off in longer-term capital from the west.
<br />
<br />
India, the world’s fastest-growing large economy after China, has witnessed a surge in foreign direct investment from countries such as China, Japan and Malaysia. Investments from the US, France and the UK have declined over the past year.
<br />
<br />
Higher levels of FDI are crucial for India to achieve its ambition of double-digit growth. Duvvuri Subbarao, India’s central bank governor, has warned that India needs a quantum step” in investment if it is to propel its growth rate higher than the current
 8.5 per cent. <br />
<br />
An Ernst &amp; Young study, released on Monday, showed that in spite of an often strained relationship across the Himalayas, FDI from China almost doubled over the past year. China was India’s ninth largest investor by number of projects in 2010, up from 16th the
 year before. </p>
<p>"In terms of potential new long-term trends, perhaps the most significant is the rapid growth of China as an investor in India,” the report said.
<br />
<br />
Japan has invested more in India than in China over the past two years and has overtaken the UK and Germany as investors, as capital has flowed into India’s manufacturing sector.
<br />
<br />
Although the US is still India’s largest investor, its share of investment has fallen from 45 per cent of total inflows into India in 2003 to 30 per cent. The number of investments last year was half the tally of four years ago.
<br />
<br />
Investments in India’s $60bn information technology sector have become increasingly controversial, triggering public anger and strong protectionist rhetoric at a time of high unemployment in the US.
<br />
<br />
Asian investors show a clear preference for the automotive, electronics and infrastructure sectors. But some are wary of India’s longer-term constraints.
<br />
<br />
"India is not a large energy-producing country and in view of its anticipated growth I expect the demand for energy to outstrip supply in times to come,” said Daisuke Ochiai, chief financial officer of Mitsui &amp; Co. "I feel this could be a risk factor in India’s
 growth story.” <br />
<br />
China remains the big FDI destination of the region, attracting about two-thirds more than India in spite of projections that India’s growth rate may overtake that of China’s in the coming five years.
</p>
<p style="text-align:center">(The views expressed above are the personal views of the author)</p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>11/01/2012 11:45:15</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/16753/Indias+growth+push+gets+regional+boost</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">16753</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>16756</publicationdataID>
      <title>The India-Indonesia Alignment: The long partnership between the two large democracies is deepening against the backdrop of a more menacing China.</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p>The Wall Street Journal: Harsh V Pant<br />
<br />
Indonesian President Susilo Bambang Yudhoyono will attend India's Republic Day celebrations tomorrow. A similar visit by Sukarno for India's first Republic Day in 1950 was intended to cement ties among what was then the Non-Aligned Movement of developing countries
 unwilling to join either side in the Cold War. This time, the visit will not just mark another step in India's "Look East" policy of encouraging greater engagement and integration between India and Southeast Asia. It will also signal two large democracies
 growing closer as authoritarian China grows more menacing. <br />
<br />
The visit is part of a broader pattern: Indian Prime Minister Manmohan Singh has in the past year traveled to Japan and Malaysia for bilateral visits and to Vietnam for the eighth Association of Southeast Asian Nations-India Summit. He has made it clear that
 his government's foreign-policy priority will be East and Southeast Asia, which are poised for sustained growth in the 21st century.
</p>
<p>The basis of the India-Indonesia partnership dates back to the founding fathers of these two nations—Jawaharlal Nehru and Sukarno—who offered a distinct foreign policy worldview that drew on their shared colonial experiences. In the last decade, both New
 Delhi and Jakarta's worldview may have changed a bit, but the potential for partnership hasn't. India with its Look East policy substantially enhanced its presence in the region while Indonesia took the lead in bringing one of the world's fastest growing economies
 closer to Asean. Both India and Indonesia want to seize the opportunities offered by landmark economic growth in Asia.
<br />
<br />
Economic engagement between the two is growing rapidly, and gained further momentum with the signing of the India-Asean free-trade agreement last year. The deal commits New Delhi to cut import tariffs on 80% of the commodities it trades with Asean, with the
 goal of reversing India's growing marginalization in the world's most economically dynamic region. Last year's deal focused on trade in goods; India and Asean are now in talks to widen the agreement to include services and investment. India hopes to increase
 its $44 billion trade with Asean to $50 billion by next year. </p>
<p>Indonesia will figure prominently in India's economic engagement with Southeast Asia. Beyond the regional FTA, India and Indonesia have started negotiations on a comprehensive economic cooperation agreement that would further liberalize trade. Indonesia
 is an important source of energy and raw materials for India. Bilateral trade exceeded the $10 billion target set by the two states in 2010. Major Indian companies, including the Birla group, the Tatas, Essar, Jindal Steel and Bajaj Motors, are now operating
 in Indonesia. Indian investment is spread across banking, mining, oil and gas, iron and steel, aluminum, IT, textiles and telecommunications, among other industries.
</p>
<p>India and Indonesia also have been steadily adding enhanced security and political ties as well. The two signed a strategic partnership agreement in 2005 that started an annual strategic dialogue. The next year they ratified a defense cooperation agreement,
 initially signed in 2001, which focused on areas of defense supplies and technology, as well as on joint projects. This week the two will sign an extradition treaty and also a "mutual legal assistance treaty" for gathering and exchanging information to enforce
 their laws. They will also seek to renew an earlier statement of understanding on civil nuclear cooperation.
<br />
<br />
Joint naval exercises and patrols, and regular port calls by their respective navies, have become a regular feature of the India-Indonesia relationship in recent years. India has also become a major source of military hardware for Jakarta.
<br />
<br />
Such cooperation is a natural result of geography. Indonesia's location, combined with its naval forces, allow it to work effectively with India to ensure security in the sea lanes of communication between Europe, the Middle East and Southeast Asia. Together
 they control the entry point from the Bay of Bengal in the Indian Ocean to the Straits of Malacca. Similarities in democratic governing systems and broad foreign-policy outlooks have helped dramatically: Viewing India's maritime presence as benign, Indonesia
 has openly invited India to help littoral states in the region maintain the Straits' security.
</p>
<p>All of this is significant because it stands in stark contrast to China's approach to its waters, which has more often than not deteriorated to outright aggression. Unlike China's rise, which is increasingly viewed in the region as a reason for suspicion
 and alarm, India's poses no such threats. While it is large, its democratic governance leads to greater transparency in its foreign-policy motives, which in turn makes it easier for partners to feel comfortable working with New Delhi. Cooperation with Indonesia
 offers a clear example of what a greater role for India in Southeast Asia would look like, and as such gives other countries in the region little cause for concern.
<br />
<br />
New Delhi's ambitious policy in East and Southeast Asia is aimed at significantly increasing its regional profile. Smaller states in the region are now looking to India to act as a balancer in view of China's growing influence, while larger states also see
 it as an attractive engine for regional growth. It remains to be seen if India can indeed live up to its full potential, as well as to the region's expectations. But with the wooing of Indonesia, India is signaling that it is indeed serious about its presence
 in Southeast Asia. </p>
<p style="text-align:center">(The views expressed above are the personal views of the author)</p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>11/01/2012 11:47:52</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/16756/The+IndiaIndonesia+Alignment+The+long+partnership+between+the+two+large+democracies+is+deepening+against+the+backdrop+of+a+more+menacing+China</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">16756</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>16757</publicationdataID>
      <title>Wealthy Indians revive ancient fire ritual</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p>Washington Post: Rama Lakshmi<br />
<br />
For dozens of centuries, Hindu priests have performed an elaborate 12-day fire ritual, chanting hymns, making offerings to the sun god and praying for a world free of negative energy.
<br />
<br />
The tradition faded in modern times, and pious Hindus fear it could die out as young Indians embrace a Western lifestyle and a culture of lavish spending.
<br />
<br />
But in this rapidly modernizing country, new money is also reviving old traditions. A group of mostly urban professionals has teamed up to help conduct the fire ritual this spring in a village that last witnessed it 35 years ago.
<br />
<br />
"We want to do our bit to ensure that Indian culture survives," said Neelakantan Pillai, a banker and member of the newly formed Varthathe Trust, which is organizing the event. "In the new, emerging India, people are ready to open their wallets, write checks
 for such efforts." <br />
<br />
Across India, wealthy professionals are expressing a newfound pride in the past, and using their money to preserve it.
</p>
<p>Minor Hindu festivals are now being celebrated in big cities, thanks to corporate sponsorships. The chief of India's largest information-technology company, Infosys, donated more than $5 million to Harvard University for a project on Indian classical literature.
 Urban Indians are downloading Sanskrit religious verses as cellphone ring tones.
<br />
<br />
Some of the endeavors, analysts say, are building a critical bridge between globalization and God.
<br />
<br />
Only two old men in the lush-green southern state of Kerala still know how to perform athiratram, perhaps the world's oldest and longest religious fire ritual.
<br />
<br />
Every morning, Shankaranarayanan Akkithiripadu, a frail 77-year-old, smears sandalwood paste and ash on his forehead and arms and ties his thin, gray hair into a tiny tuft above his left ear. He then begins teaching chants to young men, rushing to pass the
 tradition on before April, when the event will be held in the village of Paanjal.
<br />
<br />
"This is the most supreme and the most difficult of all Vedic rituals," he said. "It cannot be learned from watching videos or hearing CDs."
</p>
<p>Vedas, which literally means "knowledge" in Sanskrit, are Hinduism's oldest sacred scriptures. They comprise tens of thousands of hymns that describe the worship of nature, performance of rituals and the mysteries of existence.
<br />
<br />
Athiratram and other rituals have been transmitted orally over centuries to a chosen few - from teacher to pupil, or father to son in the elite Brahmin community, the highest group among India's rigid, vertical social hierarchy. Today, only 10 Brahmin families
 in Kerala are eligible to conduct this ritual, Akkithiripadu said. <br />
<br />
The village last witnessed the ritual in 1975 when an American professor raised money around the world to revive it. Frits Staal, a professor of south and southeast Asian studies at the University of California at Berkeley, filmed the event and wrote a book
 about it. <br />
<br />
Before Staal's arrival, athiratram was conducted in private by a clutch of Brahmin families.
<br />
<br />
"For the first time, it was opened to outsiders, not just foreigners but also Indians of all castes," said Sivakaran Namboodiri, a doctor who will be one of the chanters in April.
</p>
<p>Back then, the event was funded by the Smithsonian Institution, the National Endowment for the Humanities and Western universities. But this year, the funds - more than $200,000 - will be raised in India.
<br />
<br />
Staal and a team of students from Harvard are expected to attend. <br />
<br />
A large altar will be prepared in the shape of a bird, dedicated to the ageless god of fire, Namboodiri said. Animals will be sacrificed, but only symbolically. Milk, butter, fragrant leaves, medicinal twigs and rice will be poured into the fire.
<br />
<br />
The entire stage will be set ablaze as an offering as the ritual ends. The elders say that each time athiratram is performed, an unseasonal rain occurs and an eagle glides over the site.
</p>
<p>Priests say that athiratram is difficult to perform. The chief conductor must survive on milk, fruit and wheat during the 12 days. He cannot scratch himself, or shave or speak to anybody. He must keep his fists closed tightly for the entire period; they
 are pried open with hot water and clarified butter after the ritual. The fire must be lit by rubbing two pieces of wood from a special tree against each other. Sometimes it takes hours to stoke a flame.
<br />
<br />
On the 11th day, priests believe that all the gods and goddesses come down from heaven to listen to the chanting of a special hymn.
<br />
<br />
"If it goes wrong, the main priest at the ritual will die the following year," Akkithiripadu said. "It is the ultimate ritual for chanters like us."
<br />
<br />
In 2003, UNESCO declared the tradition of Vedic chanting a masterpiece of the oral and intangible heritage of humanity. That distinction has helped raise funds and sharpened the focus on preservation efforts.
<br />
<br />
"How did our ancestors preserve this large corpus of Vedic material without written text?" said Sudha Gopalakrishnan, who helped conducted the government's research for the UNESCO proposal. "The chanters acted as human recorders and transmitters. But now, so
 much has been lost in the last 100 years." <br />
<br />
When Gopalakrishnan was 12, she attended the 1975 ritual in Panjaal with her grandfather. "It rained immediately after. It was a revitalization of a long-forgotten tradition," she said.
</p>
<p>But many say that India's unbroken oral traditions stand little chance of surviving in the 21st century.
<br />
<br />
"Technology is the only way now. It will soon cease to flow from one generation to the next orally," said Vinod Bhattathiripad, 45, a cyber-crime investigator who created a Web site that documents the practices and scholarship of the Brahmins of Kerala.
<br />
<br />
Bhattathiripad said that his father "looks at my Web site and says, 'I wanted my son to become an engineer to move ahead, not to go back in time.' "</p>
<p style="text-align:center">(The views expressed above are the personal views of the author)</p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>11/01/2012 11:51:14</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/16757/Wealthy+Indians+revive+ancient+fire+ritual</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">16757</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>16759</publicationdataID>
      <title>The law on blasphemy, the fatal weapon of Pakistani fundamentalists</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p><span style="font-weight:bold">Le Figaro </span>(Unofficial translation), 20 January 2011<br />
<br />
<span style="font-weight:bold">By Marie-France Calle</span><br />
<br />
For having attacked it, the Governor of Punjab has been killed. His murderer is celebrated.<br />
<br />
<span style="font-weight:bold">RELIGION.</span> Under the pale January sun, Lahore tries to heal its wounds. Latif Khosa, the new Governor of Punjab has been enthroned almost on tip toe and one can feel that central power tries to remove quickly the memory
 of his predecessor Salman Taseer, murdered by his bodyguard on 4th January. In front of the Governor’s White palace, just a small poster recalls the tragic death of the man who fell because he dared to attack the law on blasphemy and denouncing a running Islamization
 wasting Pakistan. "He had become embarrassing even for his own party, the Bhutto clan. He was a personal friend of the president Zardari but this one finally dropped him", says with irony Azhar Siddiqui, advocate to the Supreme Court and a fierce defender
 of the law on blasphemy. He adds: "Islamabad has miserably failed. The government said too late that there will not be any amendment on the law against blasphemy. As a result, people keep protesting against any change to this law to which they are deeply attached.
 Some of them are making Taseer's murderer a hero". <br />
<br />
<span style="font-weight:bold">Islamabad's silence.</span></p>
<p>For completely opposite reasons, Peter Jacob, general secretary of the National Commission for Justice and Peace (NCJP), a Catholic NGO, also denounces Islamabad's inertia. He is asking for "at least some amendments aiming to soften violence generated by
 this law often applied in an unfair way" and he is convinced that "if the government had intervened on time and firmly to make things move", Salman Taseer would still be alive. "Law on blasphemy will keep haunting the government", he concludes. While Islamabad
 authorities are conspicuous by their absence in the harsh debate which began two weeks ago, Islamic parties and movements are taking advantage to occupy the ground. Divided some time ago, they are today gathering under the same flag, the Tehreek-e-Hurmat-e-Rasul
 (Movement for the honour of the Prophet). They are demanding the upholding of the law on blasphemy as it is and Mumtaz Hussain Quadri’s (Salman Taseer’s murderer) acquittal. Deobandis (some of them are close to the Taliban) and the moderate Barelvis, who have
 been the target of many attacks from the Islamic fundamentalists, are now walking hand in hand and bringing onto the streets thousands of citizens from various parties. "The big disappointment comes from the advocates. Until two years ago, they were representing
 the Pakistani aspirations for democracy. They were forgetting that among them, a whole generation was trained by Zia-ul-Haq’s dictatorship", Peter Jacob sighs. Zia-ul-Haq or the man who spread the seeds of Islamization in the country in the 1980's… "It is
 the whole story of Pakistan which is blowing upon our faces", Peter Jacob asserts.</p>
<p>In Lahore, the Jamia Masjid Al-Qadsia, one of the most beautiful and the biggest mosques of the city, has become a real eyesore in the heart of the Pakistan cultural and political capital. From this bastion of Jamaat-ud-Dawa (JuD), an avatar of Lashkar-e-Taiba
 (LeT), sermons full of hatred are spread. On Friday, the day of prayers, police establishes a security perimeter around al-Qadsia to avoid any untoward incidents. But at the beginning of the year, this had not prevented JuD – was it not forbidden? – from leading
 two huge demonstrations to Lahore. Coming from Punjab, protestors have shouted slogans against the government and the religious minorities. They also attacked the Pope.
<br />
<br />
"Salman Taseer is dead because he took the defence of Asia Bibi" asserts the archbishop of Lahore, His Lord Lawrence J. Saldanha. Accused of insulting the Prophet during a quarrel with women from her village, this young Catholic is languishing in prison for
 more than a year. Condemned to death by a Punjab court she is waiting for the verdict from High Court of Lahore. In a spectacular gesture, Salman Taseer had visited her in jail with his wife and one of his daughters. "Asia Bibi has become a symbol of the law
 against blasphemy and when the Governor came to meet her, it was also a strong symbol", comments Ayra Inderyas, a young Catholic in charge of improving the condition of women in the diocese of Lahore.
</p>
<p>As for the archbishop, publicity regarding the "Asia Bibi case" may only harm the young woman and beyond her, all Pakistani Christians. Even the Pope stands asking for Asia's liberation and the abolishment of the law on blasphemy let him sceptical. "They
 complicate things for us. They raise mollahs and population against Christian people" he confides.</p>
<p style="text-align:center"><span style="font-weight:bold">Meeting the Ahmadis, a prosecuted Muslim community</span></p>
The man received us in his plush apartment in Gulberg, the wealthy and "hip” district of Lahore. The paneling with patina of the living room gives to the place an intimate and warm aspect that is rather rare in Pakistani interiors. On the wall, contemporary
 paintings are hung. Tea is served; the pastries are passed, conversations start. "The law on blasphemy? It has been voted against us, exactly tailored for us”, our host said. "We”, they are the Ahmadis and "he”, he is one of the main leader of this prosecuted
 community since the birth of Pakistan in 1947. "I have never given anonymous interview because I never thought it was necessary, he said, making apologies at the same time, but a week ago some members of the community asked me to keep each and every name secret,
 including mine.” In Pakistan, the assassination of Salman Taseer, governor of Punjab, on January 4th, had an electroshock impact. "Society is less and less indulgent, nobody can debate anymore on any subject without taking the risk to be killed”, said our
 host, shaking his head. <br />
<br />
<p>Ahmadis have never been in "good books” in Pakistan. Born at the end of the 19th century in Qadian, a small locality in the Indian Punjab, this branch of Islam based itself on the belief that Mohammad is not the last prophet. This belief is considered sacrilegious
 by the Sunnis, who are a majority in Pakistan. The Sunnis have decided to excommunicate them. Ahmadis still consider themselves as good Muslims. "We are following to the "T” the words of God. For us, Islam is neither violence, nor fundamentalism, we do not
 only recite the Qu’ran by heart, we also make the exegesis of it”, our host underlines. Since 1949, a witch hunt was launched against Ahmadis, including Muhammad Zafrullah Khan, who was the Foreign Minister of Pakistan. He is accused of being an informer of
 the ‘Indian enemy.’ He succeeded to stay in his position till 1954. In the year 1953 the first serious genocide of this small community began, forcing many of its members to migrate. Ahmadis represent today about 5% of the Pakistani population.<br />
<br />
Everything changed in 1974, when the then Prime Minister, Zulfikar Ali Bhutto decided to make an amendment to the Constitution, stating that Ahmadis are not Muslims. Since then, if they say that they are Muslims, they are guilty of blasphemy. "The State of
 violence started in 1974 with Bhutto. The scheme found its marks with Zia-ul-Hal in the 1980s. And now the movement is speeding up”, the Ahmadis’ leader summarizes. Discrimination against Ahmadis is serious. They are not allowed to perform the "Haj”, a pilgrimage
 to Mecca, every good Muslim has to perform at least once in his life; Pakistani passports on which religion is mentioned- clearly indicate that Ahmadis are not Muslims and that their founder is an "impostor”.</p>
<p>In May 2010, they again paid with their lives. A double attack against two of their mosques in Lahore killed 90 people. "Adversity has been salutary for us”, the religious leader ironically declares about the situation. Since Ahmadis have been forbidden
 in the public sector, they have gone to the private sector, where they are doing even better. "We care a lot about education, 100% of the men and 85% of the women in our community know how to read and write”. The solution of this war between Ahmadis, Sunnis,
 Shias in Pakistan? "A secular State”, he said without hesitation.<br />
<br />
<span style="font-weight:bold">3 questions to Rana Sana Ullah Khan, minister of Justice of Punjab by Marie-France Calle<br />
<br />
Certain affirm that the position adopted by Salman Taseer verged (were were verging) on provocation. Do you agree? (Is it your opinion?)</span><br />
<br />
People are very attached to the blasphemy law and many Pakistani think it was justified to kill Salman Taseer. (This murder is unhappy) This murder is sad because it enables the religious fundamentalists to exploit people’s emotion against liberals like him.
 In reality, the position adopted by Taseer had political stake. He wanted to draw towards him the religious minorities.<br />
<br />
<span style="font-weight:bold">But he was not a religious man…</span></p>
<p>That is true, but he thought that by openly supporting Asia Bibi, he would collect the voices of minorities during the next elections. When his political manoeuvres failed, his own party (the PPP of the Bhutto clan in power) left him. Consequently, he was
 alone in facing the Islamic fundamentalists. The government is not courageous enough to attack the fundamentalists; in fact it is afraid of them and fears to be criticized for being allied with the United States against Muslim people.
<br />
<br />
<span style="font-weight:bold">Will the fundamentalist parties score better in the next election? (Do fundamentalist parties have a chance to realize a better score during the next elections?)</span><br />
<br />
No. But they will try to use the blasphemy law.<br />
<br />
(The views expressed above are the personal views of the author)</p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>11/01/2012 11:54:20</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/16759/The+law+on+blasphemy+the+fatal+weapon+of+Pakistani+fundamentalists</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">16759</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>16762</publicationdataID>
      <title>Indian companies find growth in Africa(International Herald Tribune, 14 January 2011)</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p><span style="font-weight:bold">Indian companies find growth in Africa</span><br />
<br />
International Herald Tribune: 14 January 2011<br />
<br />
Tom Maliti and Bashir Adigun<br />
<br />
Millions of mobile phone subscribers in Africa saw the icon on their phone screens change from the Bahraini company Zain to the Indian company Bharti Airtel last autumn.<br />
<br />
The change means little to the average customer, but for the continent, it is another sign that India is moving in.
<br />
<br />
The expansion by Bharti Airtel into 16 African countries underscores the rise of India in Africa at a time when much of the focus on foreign investment here has been on China.
<br />
<br />
The Indian government is raising its diplomatic profile in Africa, with Prime Minister Manmohan Singh and his cabinet having led several business delegations in recent years. And Indian companies are striving to keep up with China’s business profile in Africa,
 taking advantage of historical ties with the continent. </p>
<p>"I think one of the things that India doesn’t want to allow to happen is that it doesn’t want to get behind in this kind of engagement,” said Sanusha Naidu, research director at the Fahamu organization, an advocacy group based in Oxford, England, that tracks
 African issues. <br />
<br />
Naidu said India’s renewed interest in Africa had not received as much attention as China’s because India was not seen as a threat. "It is seen as a democratic state,” said Naidu, a South African. "It doesn’t have a communist regime. All that plays in favour
 of India.” <br />
<br />
India and China are vying for Africa because Africa represents new growth. "This is the last growth continent in the world,” said Sunil Mittal, founder and chairman of Bharti Airtel. "Europe is a done industry. The US is a done industry. Southeast Asia is old.
 Our model is not suitable for a matured market. We need growth, and Africa is the right place to grow.”
<br />
<br />
The International Monetary Fund said in October that the sub-Saharan region would register the second-highest growth rates in the world in 2011, behind only those of Asia. The IMF said the sub-Saharan Wonomic growth rate would be 5 percent in 2010, up from
 2.5 percent in 2009. This year, the IMF projects Africa’s rate at 5.5 percent. The relations between India and Africa are centuries old. In the 1960s and 70s, India helped newly independent African states by training their citizens and leaders at Indian universities
 and other institutions. Indian conglomerates like Tata Group have had a presence in Africa for decades.
</p>
<p>But India is changing its relationship with Africa from the political — like advocating an end to colonialism — to the economic. In recent years, some Indian companies have expanded their business in Africa, turning what were once small operations into major
 players. New companies have also moved in. Among the moves: <br />
<br />
*In October 2008, the Indian conglomerate Essar Group began a mobile telephone company in Kenya in its first investment in Africa. Since then, it has acquired mobile telephone companies in Uganda and the Congo Republic.
<br />
<br />
Essar Oil, one of the largest private oil firms in India, entered an agreement in 2009 to acquire 50 percent of Kenya Petroleum Refineries, which serves three countries in east and central Africa. Last year, Essar won the bid to acquire a 60 per cent share
 in the state-owned Zimbabwe Iron and Steel. <br />
<br />
*In 2005, Karuturi Global, an Indian agriculture company, bought 15 hectares, or 37 acres, in Ethiopia to grow roses for export, an investment of about $1.9 million. Karuturi has since expanded to 75 hectares of roses. In 2007, it bought one of the largest
 flower farms in Kenya in a deal valued at about $65.5 million. In the past two years, Karuturi has acquired another 311,700 hectares in Ethiopia for an undisclosed amount.
</p>
<p>*The Indian drug companies Cipla and Ranbaxy have been a lifeline for years for millions of Africans who are HIV-positive because they produce far cheaper generic anti-retroviral drugs than the branded drugs from European and US companies.
<br />
<br />
Ranbaxy, which moved into South Africa in 1996, now has 10 full-fledged subsidiaries or offices across Africa. This year, it is opening its second manufacturing facility in South Africa. Cipla also opened a manufacturing facility in South Africa in September.
<br />
<br />
Along with business, India is playing a philanthropic role in Africa, while at the same time raising its profile. During a summit meeting with African leaders in April 2008, India pledged more than $500 million in grants for development projects. It also pledged
 to increase by more than $2 billion its lines of credit to African countries and regional economic groups.
<br />
<br />
The meeting was India’s first with African leaders. However, China has held three such sessions since 2003 and has pledged loans and infrastructure projects much bigger than what India has promised. In its most recent session, in November 2009, China pledged
 $10 billion in loans over a three-year period. In October, Indian Commerce &amp; Industry Minister Anand Sharma, led a trade mission to East Africa. He said India was exploring whether African farmers could be encouraged to grow legumes and export them to India,
 the largest marketeer legumes. </p>
<p>"I think at this time India is taking off in terms of industrialization, so definitely they are looking for a market,’’ said Jacob Mignouna, the technical director at the African Agricultural Technology Foundation, a research organisation based in Nairobi.
 "Of course there may be some philanthropic aspect of it, but the bottom line is, they are looking for trade, for opportunities also for the Indian industries.”
<br />
<br />
The close relationships are reflected in trade. In the period from April through July 2010, India exported $4.8 billion worth of goods to Africa — a 51 per cent increase from the same period in 2009. India imported about $7.8 billion worth of goods from Africa
 between April and July 2010, a 40.7 per cent increase from the previous year. <br />
<br />
The Bharti Airtel investment in Africa is so far one of the biggest from corporate India. Last year, Bharti Airtel, the largest mobile phone company in India, tried and failed to acquire MTN of South Africa, one of the continent’s largest communication companies.
 This year Bharti Airtel bought the Africa operations of the Kuwaiti operator Zain for $10.7 billion, and immediately began cutting prices.
<br />
<br />
Call prices dropped 50 per cent or more in 11 countries to attract more customers.
</p>
<p>Sunil Mittal said he wanted to more than double the company’s Africa business in the next two and a half years to 100 million subscribers. At the end of September, Bharti Airtel said it had about 40 million subscribers in Africa.
<br />
<br />
Africa, for its part, needs to look more critically at its developing relationship with India, said Naidu of Fahamu. "Is it gaining technical experience? Is it gaining development experience? We need to interrogate the relationship much more clearly,” she said.
 "I think we need to ask those questions where if Africa is not gaining out of this relationship, then what needs to be done?”
</p>
<p style="text-align:center">(The views expressed above are the personal views of the authors)</p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>11/01/2012 12:01:07</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/16762/Indian+companies+find+growth+in+AfricaInternational+Herald+Tribune+14+January+2011</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">16762</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>16763</publicationdataID>
      <title>Can Pakistan rid itself of religious fanaticism? (The Washington Post, 10 January 2011)</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p>The Washington Post: 10 January 2011<br />
<br />
Fareed Zakaria<br />
<br />
This week, Joe Biden will make his most important foreign trip since he became vice president. He will visit Pakistan, a country that is in crisis at every level - military, political, economic and societal.
<br />
<br />
Pakistan has long been troubled, but last week's assassination of Salman Taseer, the country's most courageous liberal politician, has shone a new and harsh light on those troubles. I had always believed that ultimately, Pakistan's governing elite was in charge,
 its military would not allow the country to crumble, and its nuclear arsenal was safe. After last week, I am not so sure.
<br />
<br />
The most frightening aspect of Taseer's assassination was that it was carried out by one of his bodyguards, who belonged to an elite unit of the Punjab police trained specifically to fight terrorists. Mumtaz Qadri told his colleagues that he was going to gun
 down the governor. Not one of them stopped him or informed anyone. The other guards watched as Qadri riddled Taseer's body with more than 20 bullets and then calmly put down his gun. Reports have emerged that Qadri's extremist views were known by his superiors
 and had been reported to higher authorities, but he remained in his job. </p>
<p>It was not the first attack to support the conclusion that jihadists are infiltrating Pakistan's military, whose long-standing support for militant Islam has created a Frankenstein's monster. When Pervez Musharraf was president, he survived two assassination
 attempts by army and air force officers. One of them, Ilyas Kashmiri, a former army commando who has become an al-Qaeda operative, is thought by U.S. intelligence to be as deadly a terrorist leader as Osama bin Laden. In 2007, a Pakistani army officer carried
 out a suicide bombing against the Pakistani army's elite Special Services Group.
<br />
<br />
Just as troubling is that in the wake of the assassination, Pakistan's liberals and moderates have been silent and scared. Taseer's only ally in parliament, Sherry Rehman, has gone underground. While mullahs, politicians and even some journalists openly declare
 that Taseer's murder was justified because of his liberal views, few speak out in support of him. That is the dilemma of Pakistan's society: Islamic extremist parties have never gotten more than a few percent of the public's votes, yet elites bow to the bigots.
 Taseer was a charismatic and popular politician. His enemies were unelected thugs. He had the votes, but they had the guns. Ever since the 1970s, when then-dictator Muhammad Zia ul-Haq decided that the military gained credibility by allying with Islamic radicals,
 the country's political institutions have been deeply compromised by extremism. </p>
<p>And there is the challenge for Biden. He must tell Pakistan's rulers that this is their moment of truth. They have to go on the offensive and rid their country of the cancer of religious fanaticism. Biden should make clear that the United States supports
 the democratically elected government, those who urge moderation and peace and those who are willing to fight terrorism. American influence in Islamabad is considerable and played a constructive role in shoring up support for the civilian government last week.
<br />
<br />
Pakistan's generals protest that they are fighting terrorists and that the best proof is that they are taking casualties. True. At the highest levels, the military understands that it has to fight Islamic militants. But it continues to try to make distinctions
 among the terrorists, wavers in its determination and remains obsessed with gaining strategic depth abroad - while its country is going up in flames.
</p>
<p>Consider the Afghan Taliban, whose leadership is entirely in the North Waziristan region bordering Afghanistan. The Pakistani army has refused to attack any groups associated with it, claiming to be stretched thin. In fact, Pakistan's generals still believe
 that the only way to have influence in Afghanistan is through the Taliban, with which they have had a 20-year partnership.
<br />
<br />
If Pakistan cannot reverse its downward spiral, the U.S. effort in Afghanistan is doomed. As long as the Taliban and al-Qaeda remain secure and supported in their sanctuaries in Pakistan, progress in Afghanistan will always be temporary. The Taliban could easily
 withdraw into its Pakistani bases, allow U.S. troops to draw down later this year and then return, rested and rearmed, to renew the battle against the Kabul government. At that point, the United States will face the choice of being forced into another "surge"
 or continuing the drawdown in the face of a rising Taliban. </p>
<p style="text-align:center">(The views expressed above are the personal views of the author)</p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>11/01/2012 12:03:51</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/16763/Can+Pakistan+rid+itself+of+religious+fanaticism+The+Washington+Post+10+January+2011</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">16763</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>16765</publicationdataID>
      <title>India Heads to the Venice Biennale (Wall Street Journal, 10 January 2011)</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p>Wall Street Journal: <br />
<br />
Margot Cohen<br />
<br />
For the first time, India will have a pavilion at the Venice Biennale this year. Which artists will represent the country?
<br />
<br />
Ranjit Hoskote — the curator charged with organizing India’s pavilion — has not yet formally announced his choices, but he shared his roster with Scene.
<br />
<br />
And as it turns out, it’s not a coterie of contemporary art stars like Subodh Gupta, Atul Dodiya and Jitish Kallat, to name a few. Instead, Mr. Hoskote looked beyond the auction catalogs and the buzzing art — market hubs of New Delhi and Mumbai, and tapped
 lesser — known artists to represent India at the fair, which is more than a century old and considered by many to be the most influential art show in the world.
</p>
<p>Mr. Hoskote, who served as co-curator of the 2008 Gwangju Biennale in South Korea, said he wants to "stretch the idea of India,” and build a Venice pavilion designed around the themes of history, migration and displacement, with a transcultural approach.
<br />
<br />
The goal of the India pavilion, said Mr. Hoskote, is to "critique the idea of the nation-state as something unitary or territorial.” The 42-year-old independent curator, critic and poet recently has divided his time between India, Germany and the Netherlands.
<br />
<br />
His lineup will include Zarina Hashmi, a veteran printmaker, long based in New York, whose minimalist works tend to explore spatial boundaries. Kerala-born artist Gigi Scaria, now based in Delhi, poses questions about displacement and class prejudice in his
 installations, videos and photography. Then there’s Praneet Soi, who divides his time between Calcutta and Amsterdam and produces politically charged paintings and sculptures on war and other global issues.
</p>
<p>Mr. Hoskote has also picked talent from Assam in India’s often-neglected northeast region to represent the country in Venice. The Desire Machine Collective runs an alternative art space on a ferry and experiments with such works as a "sound map” inspired
 by a sacred forest. The importance of multiplicity is also reflected in the artists’ eclectic practices. Mr. Hoskote said that he was intrigued by the overall theme of the Biennale — "Illuminations” — which seeks to break down barriers between audiences for
 classical, traditional art and for contemporary art. <br />
<br />
His own choices reflect a bent for dissolving geographical boundaries, as well. India’s pavilion in Venice will occupy 250 square meters inside the city’s venerable Arsenale, a gigantic centuries-old structure where the old republic once built its fleet. It
 may be the perfect place for Mr. Hoskote and his team of artists to explore themes of displacement and migration: It is where ropes were made for lashing the sails of the Venetian navy, according to Mr. Hoskote, who has checked out the space several times
 over the last few months.</p>
<p>This is the first time that the Indian government has accepted an invitation from Biennale organizers to erect a pavilion. (An invitation was extended in 2007, it was widely reported, but due to some bureacratic snafus India missed its chance.) "Some very
 key people in the bureaucracy are committed to this, so it’s working well,” Mr. Hoskote said. The official budget: 10 million Indian rupees (US$217,000). But the curator anticipated that some additional fund raising would be needed to ensure a smooth launch.
 Installation of the works will begin in May. <br />
<br />
The Venice Biennale begins June 4 and ends Nov. 11.</p>
<p style="text-align:center">(The views expressed above are the personal views of the author)</p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>11/01/2012 12:07:02</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/16765/India+Heads+to+the+Venice+Biennale+Wall+Street+Journal+10+January+2011</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">16765</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>16767</publicationdataID>
      <title>New biz expansion: Hello Africa, India's calling (The Boston Globe, 10 January 2011)</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p>The Boston Globe <br />
<br />
Tom Maliti and Bashir Adigun<br />
<br />
NAIROBI, Kenya—Millions of mobile phone subscribers in Africa saw the icon on their phone screens change from Kuwaiti company Zain to Indian company Airtel last fall. The change means little to the average customer, but for the continent, it's another sign
 that India is moving in. <br />
<br />
The expansion by Bharti Airtel into 16 African countries underscores the rise of India in Africa, at a time when much of the focus on foreign investment here has been on China.
<br />
<br />
The Indian government is raising its diplomatic profile in Africa, with Prime Minister Manmohan Singh and his Cabinet leading several business delegations in recent years. And Indian companies are striving to keep up with China's business profile in Africa,
 taking advantage of historical ties with the continent. <br />
<br />
"I think one of the things that India doesn't want to allow to happen is that it doesn't want to get behind in this kind of engagement," said Sanusha Naidu, research director at the Britain-based Fahamu organization, an advocacy group tracking African issues.
</p>
<p>Naidu said India's renewed interest in Africa has not received as much attention as China's because India is not seen as a threat.
<br />
<br />
"It is seen as a democratic state," Naidu, a South African, said. "It doesn't have a communist regime. All that plays in favor of India."
<br />
<br />
India and China are vying for Africa because of the bottom line: Africa represents new growth.
<br />
<br />
"This is the last growth continent in the world. Europe is a done industry. The U.S. is a done industry. Southeast Asia is old," said Sunil Mittal, founder and chairman of Bharti Airtel. "Our model is not suitable for a matured market. We need growth and Africa
 is the right place to grow." <br />
<br />
The International Monetary Fund said in October that sub-Saharan Africa will register the second-highest growth rates in the world in 2011, behind only Asia. The IMF said sub-Saharan Africa's economic growth rate will be 5 percent in 2010, compared with 2.5
 percent in 2009. This year, the IMF projects Africa's rate will be 5.5 percent. <br />
<br />
The relations between India and Africa are centuries old. In the 1960s and 1970s, India helped newly independent African states by training them at Indian universities and other institutions. Indian conglomerates such as the Tata Group have had a presence in
 Africa for decades. </p>
<p>But India is now changing its relationship with Africa from the political, such as advocating an end to colonialism, to the economic. In recent years, some Indian companies have expanded their business in Africa, propelling what were once small operations
 into major players. New companies have also moved in. Among them are: <br />
<br />
-- In October 2008, Indian conglomerate Essar Group launched a mobile telephone company in Kenya, in its first investment in Africa. Since then, it has acquired mobile telephone companies in Uganda and the Republic of Congo.
<br />
<br />
-- Essar Oil, India's second-biggest private oil firm, entered an agreement in 2009 to acquire 50 percent of Kenya Petroleum Refineries, which serves three countries in east and central Africa. Last year Essar won the bid to acquire a 60 percent share in the
 state-owned Zimbabwe Iron and Steel Co. <br />
<br />
-- In 2005, Karuturi Global, an Indian agriculture company, bought 15 hectares in Ethiopia to grow roses for export, an investment of about $1.9 million. Karuturi has since grown that investment to have 75 hectares of roses. In 2007, it bought one of the largest
 flower farms in Kenya, in a deal valued at about $65.5 million. In the past two years, Karuturi has acquired another 311,700 hectares in Ethiopia for an undisclosed amount of money.
<br />
<br />
-- Indian drug companies Cipla and Ranbaxy have been a lifeline for years for millions of Africans who are HIV-positive, because they produce far cheaper generic anti-retroviral drugs than the branded drugs from European and American companies.</p>
<p>Ranbaxy, which moved into South Africa in 1996, now has 10 full-fledged subsidiaries or offices across Africa. This year, it is opening its second manufacturing facility in South Africa. Cipla also opened a new manufacturing facility in South Africa in September.
<br />
<br />
Along with business, India is playing a philanthropic role in Africa, while at the same time raising its profile. During a summit with African leaders in April 2008, India pledged more than $500 million in grants for development projects. It also pledged to
 increase by more than $2 billion its lines of credit to African countries and regional economic groups.
<br />
<br />
The summit was India's first with African leaders. However, China has held three such summits since 2003, where it has pledged loans and infrastructure projects much bigger than what India has promised. In its most recent summit in November 2009, China pledged
 $10 billion in loans over a three-year period. </p>
<p>In October, India's Commerce and Industry Minister Anand Sharma led a trade mission to East Africa. He said India is exploring whether African farmers can be encouraged to grow legumes and export them to India, the world's largest market for legumes.
<br />
<br />
"I think at this time India is taking off in terms of industrialization, so definitely they are looking for a market," said Jacob Mignouna, the technical director at the Nairobi-based research organization the African Agricultural Technology Foundation. "Of
 course there may be some philanthropic aspect of it, but the bottom line is, they are looking for trade, for opportunities also for the Indian industries."
<br />
<br />
The close relationship between India and Africa is reflected in trade. Between April and July 2010, India exported $4.8 billion worth of goods to Africa -- a 51 percent increase from the same period in 2009. India imported about $7.8 billion worth of goods
 from Africa between April and July 2010, a 40.7 percent increase from the previous year.
</p>
<p>The Bharti Airtel investment in Africa is so far one of the biggest from corporate India. Last year, Bharti Airtel, India's largest mobile phone company, tried and failed to acquire South Africa's MTN, one of the continent's largest communication companies.
<br />
<br />
This year Bharti Airtel bought the Africa operations of Kuwait operator Zain for $10.7 billion, and immediately began slashing prices. Call prices dropped 50 percent or more in 11 countries to attract more customers.
<br />
<br />
Founder Mittal said he wants to more than double the company's Africa business in the next 2 1/2 years to 100 million subscribers. At the end of September, Bharti Airtel said it had about 40 million subscribers in Africa.
<br />
<br />
Africa for its part needs to look more critically at its developing relationship with India, Naidu warned.
<br />
<br />
"Is it (Africa) gaining technical experience? Is it gaining development experience? We need to interrogate the relationship much more clearly," said Naidu. "I think we need to ask those questions where if Africa is not gaining out of this relationship, then
 what needs to be done?" </p>
<p style="text-align:center">(The views expressed above are the personal views of the authors)</p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>11/01/2012 12:10:19</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/16767/New+biz+expansion+Hello+Africa+Indias+calling+The+Boston+Globe+10+January+2011</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">16767</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>16770</publicationdataID>
      <title>A Light in India (New York Times, 10 January 2011)</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p>New York Times - David Bornstein<br />
<br />
When we hear the word innovation, we often think of new technologies or silver bullet solutions — like hydrogen fuel cells or a cure for cancer. To be sure, breakthroughs are vital: antibiotics and vaccines, for example, transformed global health. But as we’ve
 argued in Fixes, some of the greatest advances come from taking old ideas or technologies and making them accessible to millions of people who are underserved.
<br />
<br />
One area where this is desperately needed is access to electricity. In the age of the iPad, it’s easy to forget that roughly a quarter of the world’s population — about a billion and a half people still lack electricity. This isn’t just an inconvenience; it
 takes a severe toll on economic life, education and health. It’s estimated that two million people die prematurely each year as a result of pulmonary diseases caused by the indoor burning of fuels for cooking and light. Close to half are children who die of
 pneumonia. </p>
<p>In vast stretches of the developing world, after the sun sets, everything goes dark. In sub-Saharan Africa, about 70 percent of the population lack electricity. However, no country has more citizens living without power than India, where more than 400 million
 people, the vast majority of them villagers, have no electricity. The place that remains most in darkness is Bihar, India’s poorest state, which has more than 80 million people, 85 percent of whom live in households with no grid connection. Because Bihar has
 nowhere near the capacity to meet its current power demands, even those few with connections receive electricity sporadically and often at odd hours, like between 3:00 a.m and 6:00 a.m., when it is of little use.
<br />
<br />
This is why I’m writing today about a small but fast-growing off-grid electricity company based in Bihar called Husk Power Systems. It has created a system to turn rice husks into electricity that is reliable, eco-friendly and affordable for families that can
 spend only $2 a month for power. The company has 65 power units that serve a total of 30,000 households and is currently installing new systems at the rate of two to three per week.
</p>
<p>What’s most interesting about Husk Power is how it has combined many incremental improvements that add up to something qualitatively new — with the potential for dramatic scale. The company expects to have 200 systems by the end of 2011, each serving a village
 or a small village cluster. Its plan is to ramp that up significantly, with the goal of having 2,014 units serving millions of clients by the end of 2014.
<br />
<br />
Husk Power was founded by four friends: Gyanesh Pandey, Manoj Sinha, Ratnesh Yadav and Charles W. Ransler, who met attending different schools in India and the United States. Pandey, the company’s chief executive, grew up in a village in Bihar without electricity.
 "I felt low because of that,” he told me when we met recently in New Delhi. He decided to study electrical engineering. At college in India, he experienced the Indian prejudice against Biharis — some students refused to sit at the same table with him — which
 contributed to his desire to emigrate to the U.S.. He found his way to the Rensselaer Polytechnic Institute, in Troy, N.Y., where he completed a master’s degree before landing a position with the semiconductor manufacturer International Rectifier in Los Angeles.
 His job was to figure out how to get the best performance from integrated circuits at the lowest possible cost. This helped him develop a problem-solving aptitude that would prove useful for Husk Power.
</p>
<p>He was soon earning a six-figure income. He bought his family a diesel-powered electric generator. As a single man living in Los Angeles, he enjoyed traveling, dining out and going to clubs. "I was basically cruising through life,” he recalled. "But along
 with that pleasure and smoothness was a dark zone in my head.” He began meditating — and he realized that he felt compelled to return home and use his knowledge to bring light to Bihar.
<br />
<br />
Back in India, he and his friend Yadav, an entrepreneur, spent the next few years experimenting. They explored the possibility of producing organic solar cells. They tried growing a plant called jatropha, whose seeds can be used for biodiesel. Both proved impractical
 as businesses. They tested out solar lamps, but found their application limited. "In the back of my mind, I always thought there would be some high tech solution that would solve the problem,” said Pandey.
<br />
<br />
One day he ran into a salesman who sold gasifiers — machines that burn organic materials in an oxygen restricted environment to produce biogas which can be used to power an engine. There was nothing new about gasifiers; they had been around for decades. People
 sometimes burned rice husks in them to supplement diesel fuel, which was expensive. "But nobody had thought to use rice husks to run a whole power system,” explained Pandey.
</p>
<p>In Bihar, poverty is extreme. Pretty much everything that can be used will be used — recycled or burned or fed to animals. Rice husks are the big exception. When rice is milled, the outside kernel, or husk, is discarded. Because the husk contains a lot of
 silica, it doesn’t burn well for cooking. A recent Greenpeace study reports that Bihar alone produces 1.8 billion kilograms of rice husk per year. Most of it ends up rotting in landfills and emitting methane, a greenhouse gas.
<br />
<br />
Courtesy of Husk Power SystemsThe mini-power plant during the day. <br />
<br />
Pandey and Yadav began bringing pieces together for an electric distribution system powered by the husks. They got a gasifier, a generator set, filtering, cleaning and cooling systems, piping and insulated wiring. They went through countless iterations to get
 the system working: adjusting valves and pressures, the gas-to-air ratios, the combustion temperature, the starting mechanism. In they end, they came up with a system that could burn 50 kilograms of rice husk per hour and produce 32 kilowatts of power, sufficient
 for about 500 village households. </p>
<p>They reached out to people in a village called Tamkuha, in Bihar, offering them a deal: for 80 rupees a month — roughly $1.75 — a household could get daily power for one 30-watt or two 15-watt compact fluorescent light (CFL) bulbs and unlimited cell phone
 charging between 5:00 p.m and 11:00 p.m. For many families, the price was less than half their monthly kerosene costs, and the light would be much brighter. It would also be less smoky, less of a fire hazard, and better for the environment. Customers could
 pay for more power if they needed it — for radios, TVs, ceiling fans or water pumps. But many had no appliances and lived in huts so small, one bulb was enough. The system went live on August 15, 2007, the anniversary of India’s independence.
<br />
<br />
It worked. Back in the United States, their colleagues Sinha and Ransler, who were pursuing M.B.A.s at the University of Virginia’s Darden School of Business, put together a business plan and set out to raise money. They came first in two student competitions,
 garnering prizes of $10,000 and $50,000. The company received a grant from the Shell Foundation and set up three more systems in 2008. It has since raised $1.75 million in investment financing. In 2009, they had 19 systems in operation; in 2010, they more
 than tripled that number. </p>
<p>Technically, most of the problems were solved by 2008. But to make the business viable has required an ongoing process of what has been called "frugal innovation” — radically simplifying things to serve the needs of poor customers who would otherwise be
 excluded from basic market services due to their limited ability to pay. <br />
<br />
In order to bring down costs, for example, the company stripped down the gasifiers and engines, removing everything non-essential that added to manufacturing or maintenance expenses, like turbocharging. They replaced an automated water-aided process for the
 removal of rice husk char (burned husks) from gasifiers with one that uses 80 percent less water and can be operated with a hand crank. They kept labor costs down by recruiting locals, often from very poor families with modest education levels (who would be
 considered unemployable by many companies) and training them to operate and load machines, and work as fee collectors and auditors, going door-to-door ensuring that villagers aren’t using more electricity than they pay for. (Electricity theft is a national
 problem in India, resulting in losses to power companies? estimated at 30 percent. Husk Power says it has managed to keep such losses down to five percent.)
</p>
<p>When the company noticed that customers were purchasing poor-quality CFL bulbs, which waste energy, they partnered with Havells India, a large manufacturer, to purchase thousands of high quality bulbs at discount rates, which their collectors now sell to
 clients. They also saw that collectors could become discount suppliers of other products — like soap, biscuits and oil — so they added a product fulfillment business into the mix.
<br />
<br />
And they found ways to extract value from the rice husk char — the waste product of a waste product — by setting up another side business turning the char into incense sticks. This business now operates in five locations and provides supplemental income to
 500 women. The company also receives government subsidies for renewable energy and is seeking Clean Development Mechanism benefits.
<br />
<br />
With growth, human audits have proven inadequate to control electricity theft or inadvertent overuse. So the company developed a stripped-down pre-payment smart-card reader for home installation. The going rate for smart-card readers is between $50 and $90.
 Husk Power is near completion of one that Pandey says will cost under $7. </p>
<p>Alone, none of these steps would have been significant. Taken together, however, they make it possible for power units to deliver tiny volumes of electricity while enjoying a 30 percent profit margin. The side businesses add another 20 percent to the bottom
 line. Pandey says new power units become profitable within 2 to 3 months of installation. He expects the company to be financially self-sustaining by June 2011.
<br />
<br />
From a social standpoint, there are many benefits to this business model. In addition to the fact that electricity allows shop keepers to stay open later and farmers to irrigate more land, and lighting increases children’s studying time and reduces burglaries
 and snakebites, the company also channels most of its wages and payments for services directly back into the villages it serves.
</p>
<p>For decades, countries have operated on the assumption that power from large electricity plants will eventually trickle down to villagers. In many parts of the world, this has proven to be elusive. Husk Power has identified at least 25,000 villages across
 Bihar and neighboring states in India’s rice belt as appropriate for its model. Ramapati Kumar, an advisor on Climate and Energy for Greenpeace India, who has studied Husk Power, explained that the company’s model could "go a long way in bringing light to
 125,000 unelectrified villages in India,” while reducing "the country’s dependence on fossil fuels.”
<br />
<br />
It’s too soon to say whether Husk Power will prove to be successful in the long run. As with any young company, there are many unknowns. To achieve its goals, it will need to recruit and train thousands of employees over the next four years, raise additional
 financing, and institute sound management practices. Many companies destroy themselves in the process of trying to expand aggressively.
</p>
<p>But the lessons here go beyond the fortunes of Husk Power. What the company illustrates is a different way to think about innovation — one that is suitable for global problems that stem from poor people’s lack of access to energy, water, housing and education.
 In many cases, success in these challenges hinges less on big new ideas than on collections of small old ideas well integrated and executed. "What’s replicable isn’t the distribution of electricity,” says Pandey. "It’s the whole process of how to take an old
 technology and apply it to local constraints. How to create a system out of the materials and labor that are readily available.”
<br />
<br />
Let me know if you’ve come across other examples of innovations that follow this pattern.</p>
<p style="text-align:center">(The views expressed above are the personal views of the author)</p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>11/01/2012 12:21:40</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/16770/A+Light+in+India+New+York+Times+10+January+2011</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">16770</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>16771</publicationdataID>
      <title>The Success of ordinary Indians (New York Times, 6 January 2011)</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p><span style="font-weight:bold">New York Times – 6 January 2011 <br />
<br />
Akash kapur<br />
<br />
Pondicherry, India —</span> I spent the start of this decade in the same place that I spent the start of the last: outside the town of Pondicherry, in the countryside, amid the sound of firecrackers and the glow of oil lamps from surrounding villages.
<br />
<br />
Apart from my location, though, little else remains the same. Over the last 10 years, the countryside has been transformed. Villages have become towns. Mud huts have given way to concrete structures. Fields have been replaced by shopping complexes.
</p>
<p>This has been a momentous decade for India. Economically, in particular, the nation has made huge strides. Although its revitalization began in the 1980s and ’90s, the last decade has been marked by a noticeable acceleration of growth rates.
<br />
<br />
In the 1960s and ’70s, India’s economy grew about 3.7 percent annually — the so-called (and much derided) "Hindu rate of growth.” By the end of the 1990s, the economy was growing about 6.5 percent. More recently, that figure has hovered between 7 percent and
 9 percent. <br />
<br />
High growth rates have not automatically translated into universal prosperity. India is still haunted by tremendous, often mind-boggling, poverty and inequality. Nonetheless, the widening of horizons and prospects is unmissable, and undeniable. As the new decade
 begins, I want to focus on the lives that have been lifted up since the start of the millennium. I have room to tell only four life stories. There are millions more like these. But these four men and women capture some of the hope that marks India today, and
 that casts little pools of light amid the shadows of deprivation that have for so long defined this country.
</p>
<p>I want to tell you, first, about a 38-year-old woman named S. Rajalaxmi, from the South Indian village of Kuilapalayam. She was widowed at the age of 25, when her husband was hit by a bus. She had two children, a son aged 3 and a daughter aged 8. She was
 illiterate. She lived in a single-room thatched hut without running water. No one would have bet on Ms. Rajalaxmi’s future, or on her children’s. A few years ago, though, a women’s college was built near Kuilapalayam, and today Ms. Rajalaxmi’s daughter is
 studying there for a degree in computer science. Her prospects are infinitely brighter than her mother’s. Ms. Rajalaxmi believes — she knows — that her daughter will get a good job and take care of the family.
<br />
<br />
In the village of Molasur, an agricultural hamlet that has recently been transformed by a new highway, I met a 52-year-old farmer named D. Ramnathan. Farming is a tough, unpredictable business. Mr. Ramnathan, who dropped out of high school, has worked hard
 and saved all his life.</p>
<p>His children have reaped the benefits. His two daughters have technical degrees, and his son is finishing a course in commerce. His eldest daughter worked for a technology company in Chicago for three years. She is back in India now. She plans to start her
 own software business. <br />
<br />
"My children have many more possibilities than I had,” Mr. Ramnathan told me. "This is all I ever wanted.”
<br />
<br />
I met another man from Molasur, a 36-year-old autorickshaw driver named D. Sedhuraman. Ten years ago, he said, he had few customers. He had a hard time making ends meet.
<br />
<br />
But the area around Molasur has grown richer, and more people can afford to take autorickshaws today. Things have become better for Mr. Sedhuraman. He has bought a refrigerator and a computer. His daughter attends private school. Her ambition is to become a
 doctor or an engineer.</p>
<p>Not all the progress has come in villages, of course. The most obvious signs of prosperity are evident in urban India. And although a lot of the attention goes to the big cities — metropolises like Chennai, Bangalore and Mumbai — much of the new wealth and
 opportunity have actually been generated in less flashy places, small towns where middle-class dreams are being played out.
<br />
<br />
In Pondicherry, a once-sleepy town that has in recent years reinvented itself as a chic tourist destination, I met a 55-year-old woman named Archana Somani. At the turn of the decade, she and her husband ran a small souvenir shop and a travel business. They
 did fine back then, but now they do much better. <br />
<br />
With the advent of capitalism in India, businesswomen like Ms. Somani have expanded by opening franchise stores for established brands. Over the last decade, she and her husband have opened stores for Nike, Lacoste, Kodak and Titan (an Indian watch company).
 Their travel business has grown, too. Ms. Somani said that while in the past almost all of her customers were foreign tourists, she now increasingly caters to Indians who can afford to travel internationally.
<br />
<br />
I met Ms. Somani in her first-floor office, above a street jammed with holiday shoppers. "When we bought this place, it was a dead place,” Ms. Somani said. "Everyone told us we were making a mistake.”
<br />
<br />
Now, she said, the area was so busy that there was not enough commercial space to keep up with demand. The future was bright; Pondicherry would continue to grow, and with it, she knew, would her business.
</p>
<p>Ms. Somani’s optimism is not at all unusual. It is very much the norm in India today. The stories I have included here are likewise common, though they may not be the ones you typically find in the news media.
<br />
<br />
These are not stories about the nation’s rising population of billionaires, nor are they are about India’s wildly successful technology entrepreneurs. These are stories about ordinary lives.
<br />
<br />
It is this very ordinariness, the commonness today of a journey that leads from deprivation to hope, from poverty to something that is at least within striking distance of prosperity, that is the real indication of India’s progress over the last decade.</p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>11/01/2012 12:24:49</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/16771/The+Success+of+ordinary+Indians+New+York+Times+6+January+2011</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">16771</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>14893</publicationdataID>
      <title>Pakistan on the Brink( The New York Review of Books)</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p><strong>(VOLUME 56, NUMBER 10 • JUNE 11, 2009)</strong><br />
<br />
To get to President Asif Ali Zardari's presidential palace in the heart of Islamabad for dinner is like running an obstacle course. Pakistan's once sleepy capital, full of restaurant-going bureaucrats and diplomats, is now littered with concrete barriers, blast
 walls, checkpoints, armed police, and soldiers; as a result of recent suicide bombings the city now resembles Baghdad or Kabul. At the first checkpoint, two miles from the palace, they have my name and my car's license number. There are seven more checkpoints
 to negotiate along the way. <br />
<br />
Apart from traveling to the airport by helicopter to take trips abroad, the President stays inside the palace; he fears threats to his life by the Pakistani Taliban and al-Qaeda, who in December 2007 killed his wife, the charismatic Benazir Bhutto, then perhaps
 the country's only genuine national leader. Zardari's isolation has only added to his growing unpopularity, his indecisiveness, and the public feeling that he is out of touch. Even as most Pakistanis have concluded that the Taliban now pose the greatest threat
 to the Pakistani state since its cre- ation, the president, the prime minister, and the army chief have, until recently, been in a state of denial of reality.
</p>
<p>"We are not a failed state yet but we may become one in ten years if we don't receive international support to combat the Taliban threat," Zardari indignantly says, pointing out that in contrast to the more than $11 billion former president Pervez Musharraf
 received from the US in the years after the September 11 attacks, his own administration has received only between "$10 and $15 million," despite all the new American promises of aid. He objects to the charge that his government has no plan to counter the
 Taliban-led insurgency that since the middle of April has spread to within sixty miles of the capital. "We have many plans including dealing with the 18,000 madrasas"—i.e., the Muslim religious schools—"that are brainwashing our youth, but we have no money
 to arm the police or fund development, give jobs or revive the economy. What are we supposed to do?" Zardari's complaints are true, but he does acknowledge that additional foreign money would have to be linked to a plan of action, which does not exist.
<br />
<br />
The sense of unrealism is widespread. As the Taliban stormed south from their mountain bases near the Afghan border in northern Pakistan in late April, Prime Minister Yousaf Raza Gilani told the parliament that they posed no threat and there was nothing to
 worry about. Interior Minister Rehman Malik talked about how the Afghan government of Hamid Karzai was supporting the Taliban and how India and Russia were sowing more unrest in Pakistan. Meanwhile, the inscrutable, chain-smoking army chief, General Ashfaq
 Pervez Kiyani, remained silent. By the time Kiyani made his first statement on the advance of the Taliban, on April 24, the army was being widely and loudly criticized for failing to deploy troops in time.
</p>
<p>Pakistan is close to the brink, perhaps not to a meltdown of the government, but to a permanent state of anarchy, as the Islamist revolutionaries led by the Taliban and their many allies take more territory, and state power shrinks. There will be no mass
 revolutionary uprising like in Iran in 1979 or storming of the citadels of power as in Vietnam and Cambodia; rather we can expect a slow, insidious, long-burning fuse of fear, terror, and paralysis that the Taliban have lit and that the state is unable, and
 partly unwilling, to douse. <br />
<br />
In northern Pakistan, where the Taliban and their allies are largely in control, the situation is critical. State institutions are paralyzed, and over one million people have fled their homes. The provincial government of North-West Frontier Province (NWFP)
 has gone into hiding, and law and order have collapsed, with 180 kidnappings for ransom in the NWFP capital of Peshawar in the first months of this year alone. The overall economy is crashing, with drastic power cuts across the country as industry shuts down.
 Joblessness and lack of access to schools among the young are widespread, creating a new source of recruits to the Taliban. Zar-dari and Gilani have spent the past year battling their political rivals instead of facing up to the Taliban threat and the economic
 crisis. </p>
<p>According to the Islamabad columnist Farrukh Saleem, 11 percent of Pakistan's territory is either directly controlled or contested by the Taliban. Ten percent of Balochistan province, in the southwest of the country, is a no-go area because of another raging
 insurgency led by Baloch separatists. Karachi, the port city of 17 million people, is an ethnic and sectarian tinderbox waiting to explode. In the last days of April thirty-six people were killed there in ethnic violence. The Taliban are now penetrating into
 Punjab, Pakistan's political and economic heartland where the major cities of Islamabad and Lahore are located and where 60 percent of the country's 170 million people live. Fear is gripping the population there.
<br />
<br />
The Taliban have taken advantage of the vacuum of governance by carrying out spectacular suicide bombings in major cities across the country. They are generating fear, rumor, and also support from countless unemployed youth, some of whom are willing to kill
 themselves to advance the Taliban cause. The mean age for a suicide bomber is now just sixteen.
<br />
<br />
American officials are in a concealed state of panic, as I observed during a recent visit to Washington at the time when 17,000 additional troops were being dispatched to Afghanistan. The Obama administration unveiled its new Afghan strategy on March 27, only
 to discover that Pakistan is the much larger security challenge, while US options there are far more limited. The real US fear was bluntly addressed by Secretary of State Hillary Clinton in Baghdad on April 25:
</p>
<p>One of our concerns...is that if the worst, the unthinkable were to happen, and this advancing Taliban...were to essentially topple the government for failure to beat them back, then they would have the keys to the nuclear arsenal of Pakistan.... We can't
 even contemplate that. <br />
<br />
Pakistan has between sixty and one hundred nuclear weapons, and they are mostly housed in western Punjab where the Taliban have made some inroads; but they are under the control of the army, which remains united and disciplined if ineffective against terrorism.
 In his press conference on April 29, President Obama made statements intended to be reassuring after the specter of Pakistani weakness evoked by Clinton, saying, "I feel confident that that nuclear arsenal will remain out of militant hands."
<br />
<br />
A week earlier Clinton had accused the Pakistani government of "basically abdicating to the Taliban and to the extremists." Leading US military figures such as General David Petraeus and Admiral Michael G. Mullen, the chairman of the Joint Chiefs of Staff,
 have chimed in with even more dire predictions. Clinton's statements have provoked increasing anti-Americanism in the Pakistani army and public, and thus will complicate the effectiveness of any future aid the US may give. On April 24 General Kiyani said that
 the army was fully capable of defending the country and went on to strongly condemn "the pronouncements" by outside powers that criticized the army and raised doubts about the future of Pakistan.
</p>
<p>The Obama administration has promised Pakistan $1.5 billion a year for the next five years, but the bill is stuck in Congress with a long list of conditions that the Pakistanis are unwilling to accept. In early April other countries pledged a miserly $5.3
 billion in aid, even as Richard Holbrooke, the US special envoy to the region, told me that Pakistan needs $50 billion. None of this money is likely to come immediately.
<br />
<br />
The Current Crisis <br />
<br />
The present scare was set off in mid-February when the North-West Frontier provincial government signed a deal with a neo-Taliban movement in the scenic Swat valley, a major tourist resort area about a hundred miles from Islamabad, allowing the Taliban to impose
 strict sharia law in Swat's courts. (The creation of a new Islamic appeals court was announced by the Pakistani government on May 2.) In return for the Pakistani army withdrawing, the Taliban agreed to disarm, then promptly refused to do so. The accord followed
 the defeat in Swat last year of 12,000 government troops at the hands of some three thousand Taliban after bloody fighting, the blowing up of over one hundred girls' schools, heavy civilian casualties, and the mass exodus of one third of Swat's 1.5 million
 people. The Taliban swiftly imposed their brutal interpretation of sharia, which allowed for executions, floggings, and destruction of people's homes and girls' schools, as well as preventing women from leaving their homes and wiping out the families that
 had earlier resisted them. </p>
<p>Despite dire warnings by experts and Pakistan's increasingly vocal commentators in the press and elsewhere that the accord was a major capitulation to the militants and a terrible precedent that contradicted the rule of law as stipulated by the constitution,
 Zardari and the national parliament approved the deal on April 14 without even a debate. Within days the Taliban in Swat moved further, taking control of the local administration, police, and schools. On April 19 Sufi Mohammed, a radical leader who the government
 had released from prison in November 2008 and termed "a moderate" and whose son-in-law, Maulana Fazlullah, is now the leader of the Swat Taliban, said that democracy, the legal system of the country, and civil society should be disbanded since they were all
 "systems of infidels." Having won Swat, the Taliban made clear their intentions to overthrow the national government.
<br />
<br />
The Taliban in Swat quickly grew to more than eight thousand fighters, including hundreds of foreign and al-Qaeda militants, seasoned Pashtun fighters from the Federally Administered Tribal Areas (FATA), and extremist groups from Punjab and Karachi. They invited
 Osama bin Laden to come live in Swat. In fact al-Qaeda and the Taliban had targeted Swat three years earlier in their search for a safe, secure sanctuary that would be at a good distance from the Afghan border, with better facilities for an insurgency than
 FATA, as well as far away from the US drone missiles that have been falling on the tribal areas, killing Taliban leaders. Several top Taliban commanders from FATA have already moved to Swat. The valley also has income from lucrative emerald mines and timber
 businesses that the Taliban seized from their owners. </p>
<p>It was also obvious that having taken possession of Swat, the Taliban would expand beyond it; yet the army failed to deploy any troops in neighboring areas to deter them. On April 21 the Taliban moved into the adjoining districts of Buner, Shangla, and Dir,
 from which they threatened several key sites—Mardan, the second-largest city in the North-West Frontier Province; Nowshera, the army's major training center; several large dams; and the Islamabad–Peshawar highway. In Buner they were now just sixty miles from
 Islamabad. <br />
<br />
Finally, on April 24, after much criticism from the Pakistani public, politicians, and Washington, the army began to attack Taliban positions in the three districts. Another 100,000 people fled the army advance. The original deal with the Taliban is now virtually
 dead since Swat has become the Taliban's main base and will also soon be attacked by the army.
<br />
<br />
What has shocked the world is not just the spread of the Taliban forces southward, but the lack of the government's will and commitment to oppose them and the army's lack of a counterinsurgency strategy. This disarray makes them all the more vulnerable in view
 of the apparent cohesiveness of the Taliban's tactics and strategy. Although the group has no single acknowledged leader, it has formed alliances with around forty different extremist groups, some of them with no previous direct connection to the Taliban.
 Moreover, the Afghan Taliban have become a model for the entire region. The Afghan Taliban of the 1990s have morphed into the Pakistani Taliban and the Central Asian Taliban and it may be only a question of time before we see the Indian Taliban.
</p>
<p>Who are the Pakistani Taliban? <br />
<br />
The US failure to destroy the al-Qaeda and Afghan Taliban leadership in the 2001 war that liberated Afghanistan allowed both groups to take up safe residence in the tribal badlands of the Federal Administered Tribal Areas that form a buffer zone between Afghanistan
 and Pakistan, where some 4.5 million Pashtun tribesmen live. Other Afghan Taliban leaders sought sanctuary in Quetta, the capital of Balochistan province. Their escape from Afghanistan and their move into FATA were aided by local Pakistani Pashtun tribesmen
 who had fought for the Afghan Taliban in the 1990s but had now become richer, more radicalized, and more heavily armed in the process of playing host to their guests.
<br />
<br />
The Pakistani military under former President Pervez Musharraf tried to hunt down al-Qaeda, but never touched the Afghan Taliban, whose regime the Pakistanis had supported in the 1990s and whose presence was now considered a good insurance policy for Pakistan
 in case the Americans were to leave Afghanistan. Both the Afghan and Pakistani Taliban and their Punjabi extremist allies were seen as potentially useful counters against India —both in any future struggle for the contested region of Kashmir and also to tame
 the growing Indian influence in Kabul. George W. Bush seems, at least, to have gone along with this Pakistani strategy, urging action against al-Qaeda but never pushing Pakistan to deal with the Taliban threat.
</p>
<p>In Pakistan, the radicalized Pakistani Pashtun tribal leaders in FATA began to organize their own militias in 2003 and to draw up their own political agenda to "liberate" Pakistan. Meanwhile, the Afghan Taliban had reconstituted their insurgency in Afghanistan,
 aided by their Pakistani Pashtun allies and the Pakistani military's Inter-Services Intelligence (ISI), which looked the other way as arms and men flowed into Afghanistan from FATA and Balochistan. Only after Taliban attacks on US forces in Afghanistan increased
 in the summer of 2004 did Washington force Musharraf to send troops into FATA and clear them out.
<br />
<br />
The Pakistani army, however, was promptly defeated and a vicious cycle ensued. After every setback, the army signed peace agreements with the Pakistani Taliban that allowed them to consolidate their grip on FATA. In 2007 the separate tribal militias, led by
 a variety of commanders, coalesced into the Tehrik-e-Taliban Pakistan, or Movement of the Pakistani Taliban, led by the charismatic thirty-four-year-old Baitullah Mehsud from the tribal area of South Waziristan. A close ally of both al-Qaeda and the Afghan
 Taliban, he was later linked to the assassination of Benazir Bhutto and to hundreds of suicide attacks in Pakistan.
</p>
<p>At the same time, other separate but coordinated jihadi movements—some supported in part by radical madrasas funded by Saudi Arabia and other Gulf countries—sprang up. In the spring of 2007 radical mullahs took over the Red Mosque in Islamabad and announced
 their intention to impose sharia in the capital. The Musharraf government declined to intervene when the movement numbered hardly a dozen activists. Six months later, thousands of heavily armed militants including Pashtun Taliban, Kashmiris, and al-Qaeda fighters
 fought a three-day battle with the army in which a hundred people were killed. The extremist survivors vowed revenge and became the core of a new group sponsoring suicide bombings as they fled to FATA to join up with Baitullah Mehsud.
<br />
<br />
Three years earlier, in 2004, Maulana Fazlullah, the son-in-law of Sufi Muhamed, who was at the time an unknown former ski-lift operator and itinerant mullah, had set up an FM radio station in the Swat valley with a handful of supporters and begun broadcasting
 inflammatory threats both to local people and to the state of Pakistan. The Musharraf government never shut his station down. Fazlullah soon attracted the attention of al-Qaeda and the Taliban, who poured in men and weapons to support him. By the time the
 Pakistani army finally went into Swat in November 2007, Fazlullah himself had an army and several radio stations.
</p>
<p>In Punjab, extremist Punjabi groups who had been mobilized to fight in Indian Kashmir in the 1990s by the ISI found themselves at loose ends when Musharraf initiated talks with New Delhi and agreed to stop militant infiltration into Indian Kashmir. With
 no resettlement or rehabilitation programs in place, these Punjabi jihadi groups, who until then had only focused on Kashmir and India, split apart. Some went home, others rejoined madrasas, but thousands of them linked up with the Pakistani Taliban and were
 able to mount suicide attacks in Pakistani cities where the Taliban themselves had little access.
<br />
<br />
None of these groups could have survived if the military had carried out a serious counterterror strategy; but the Pakistani army never shut down any of them. Even though they were all openly opposing the Pakistani state, the army still considered them part
 of the front line against India and continued to stay in touch with them. <br />
<br />
The Army and Politics <br />
<br />
The army has always defined Pakistan's national security goals. Currently it has two strategic interests: first, it seeks to ensure that a balance of terror and power is maintained with respect to India, and the jihadis are seen as part of this strategy. Second,
 the army supports the Afghan Taliban as a hedge against US withdrawal from Afghanistan and also against Indian influence in Kabul, which has grown considerably. Containing the domestic jihadi threat has been a tactical rather than a strategic matter for the
 army, so there have been bouts of fighting with the militants and also peace deals with them; and these have been interspersed with policies of jailing them and freeing them—all part of a complex and duplicitous game.
</p>
<p>The Bush administration pandered to the illusion that the Pakistani army had a strategic interest in defeating home-grown extremism, including both the Afghan Taliban and al-Qaeda. Under Bush, the US poured $11.9 billion into Pakistan, 80 percent of which
 went to the army. Instead of revamping Pakistan's capacity for counterinsurgency, the army bought $8 billion worth of weapons for use against India—funds that are still unaccounted for, either by the US Congress or the Pakistani government. Not a single major
 public development project was initiated in Pakistan by Washington during the Bush era.
<br />
<br />
Despite US military aid, anti- Americanism has flourished in the army, public opinion, and the press and television, fueled by the idea that Pakistan was being made to fight America's war, while the Americans were unwilling to help Pakistan regain influence
 in Afghanistan. The US is accused both of helping India gain a strong foothold in Kabul and of declining to put pressure on New Delhi to resolve the Kashmir dispute. Bush's signing of the nuclear deal with India last year was the last straw for the Pakistani
 army. In military and public thinking, Pakistan was seen as sacrificing some two thousand soldiers in the war on terror on behalf of the Americans, while in return the Americans were recognizing the legitimacy of India's nuclear weapons program. Pakistan's
 nuclear weapons got no such acceptance. </p>
<p>Many in Pakistan had enormous hopes that the general elections in February 2008 would bring in a civilian government that would be a counterweight to the army and redefine Pakistan's national security as requiring support for the economy and education and
 improvement in relations with Pakistan's neighbors. Pakistanis, fed up with Musharraf's eight years of military rule and stung by Bhutto's assassination, voted for two moderate, pro-democracy, semi-secular parties—Bhutto's Pakistan People's Party (PPP), now
 led by her husband Zardari, on the national level, and the Awami National Party (ANP) as the provincial government in the North-West Frontier Province. It was a resounding defeat for the Islamic parties that Musharraf had placed in office in the NWFP and Balochistan
 in the heavily rigged 2002 elections. <br />
<br />
Here was the last opportunity for the politicians to concentrate on two vital needs: reviving the moribund economy and working with the army on a decisive strategy to combat Talibanization. The world looked for leadership from the PPP, and foreign donors promised
 financial aid if it could deliver. According to many polls, the Pakistani public wanted the politicians to unite and work together. Instead Zardari and the main opposition leader, Nawaz Sharif, who heads the Pakistan Muslim League that holds sway in Punjab
 province, have spent the last year battling each other, as the economy sank further, Talibanization spread more widely, and the army and Western donors became more and more fed up with the politicians. General Kiyani has said that he is willing to take orders
 from the civilian government but clear orders were never forthcoming. </p>
<p>In the NWFP, the Awami National Party failed to stand up to the Taliban after they began an assassination campaign against ANP ministers and members of parliament, forcing the ANP leaders to disappear into bunkers while capitulating to the Taliban. The Swat
 deal was initiated by the ANP, which naively believed that the Taliban could be contained within Swat. The party is now divided, weakened and unpopular among the Pashtuns who voted for it in overwhelming numbers just a year ago. Its failure has wider consequences,
 for the ANP is the only Pashtun party that could counter the Taliban claim that the Pashtuns are pro-jihad and extremist. The ANP version of Pashtunwali—the tribal code of behavior—is nation-alistic but moderate and in favor of democracy. Right now the extremist
 Taliban ideology is winning out as Pashtun cultural leaders, aid workers, teachers, doctors, and lawyers are cowed by the Taliban adherents.
<br />
<br />
Now that the army has moved into the districts around Swat and is battling the Taliban, it is seen by the public as a two-edged sword. Although people want the army to drive back the Taliban, the army lacks both a counterinsurgency strategy and the kind of
 weapons that would be needed to carry it out. In early May, extensive fighting was reported in Swat after the Taliban reiterated their refusal to surrender their weapons, fortified their positions, and ambushed a military convoy, killing one soldier. In response,
 the army imposed a curfew in the valley's main city of Mingora and ordered the civilian population to move out. On the night of May 7, following an announcement by Pakistani Prime Minister Yousaf Raza Gilani that the government was going to "eliminate" the
 Taliban militants, the army launched a major air and ground offensive in Swat, dropping bombs and firing artillery around Mingora, where an estimated four thousand Taliban fighters had dug in and planted landmines.
</p>
<p>In FATA and Swat, villages have been flattened by the army's artillery and aerial bombing; many civilians have been killed, and local tribal leaders who have tried to resist the Taliban have not been supported by the army. Meanwhile, on May 12, the United
 Nations Refugee Agency reported that it had registered more than 500,000 displaced people from the conflict in Buner, Dir, and Swat since May 2 alone, joining another 500,000 that have been uprooted in the NWFP since last summer, and others who have not yet
 registered with the agency. According to a spokesman for the Pakistani military, the total number of refugees has risen to 1.3 million. But by mid-May, the Pakistani government had no adequate plans to look after this influx—only a fraction of which had been
 given temporary shelter in camps—or to provide aid. <br />
<br />
Since 2004, practically everything that could go wrong in this war has gone wrong. Most important of all, the army and the government never protected the Pashtun tribal chiefs and leaders who were pro-government—some three hundred have had their throats slit
 by the Taliban in FATA, and the rest have fled. Even though there was significant local resistance to the Taliban in Swat and Buner, tribal councils begged the army to cease its operations because they have been so destructive for civilians.
</p>
<p>The insurgency in Pakistan is perhaps even more deadly than the one in Afghanistan. In Afghanistan there is only one ethnic group strongly opposing the government—the Pashtuns who make up the Taliban—and so fighting is largely limited to the south and east
 of the country, while the other major ethnic groups in the west and the north are vehemently anti-Taliban. Moreover, more than a few Pashtuns and their tribal leaders support the Karzai government. In Pakistan, the Pashtun Taliban are now being aided and abetted
 by extremists from all the major ethnic groups in Pakistan. They may not be popular but they generate fear and terror from Karachi on the south coast to Peshawar on the Afghan border.
<br />
<br />
In Afghanistan the state is weak and unpopular but it is heavily backed by the US and NATO military presence. In addition, the Afghans have several things going for them. They are tired of nearly thirty years of war; they have already suffered under a Taliban
 regime and don't want a return of Taliban rule; they crave development and education; and they are fiercely patriotic, which has kept the country together despite the bloodshed. The Afghans have always refused to see their country divided.
</p>
<p>In Pakistan there is no such broad national identity or unity. Many young Balochs today are fiercely determined to create an independent Balochistan. The ethnic identities of people in the other provinces have become a driving force for disunity. The gap
 between the rich and poor has never been greater, and members of the Pakistani elite have rarely acted responsibly toward the less fortunate masses. The Taliban have gained some adherents by imposing rough forms of land redistribution in some of the areas
 it controls, expropriating the property of rich landlords. Education and job creation have been the least-funded policies of Pakistan's governments, whether military or civilian, and literacy levels are abysmal; there are now some 20 million youth under age
 seventeen who are not in school. The justice system has virtually collapsed in many areas, which is why the Taliban demand for speedy justice has some popular appeal. Moreover, the Pakistani public has to deal with the differing versions of Pakistani policy
 put out by the army, the political parties, the Islamic fundamentalists, and the press and other components of civil society. There is confusion about what actually constitutes a threat to the state and what is needed for nation-building.
</p>
<p>The last two years have bought some hope in the growth of the middle class, an articulate and increasingly influential civil society made up partly of urban professionals and publicly involved women. Most Pakistanis are not Islamic extremists and believe
 in moderate and spiritual forms of Islam, including Sufism. However, Pakistan is now reaching a tipping point. There is a chronic failure of leadership, whether by civilian politicians or the army. President Zardari's decision to invade Swat in early May came
 only after pressure was applied by the Obama administration and the army and the government had been left with no other palatable options. But with the Taliban opening new fronts, it will soon become impossible for the army to respond to the multiple threats
 it faces on so many geographically distant battlefields. The Taliban's campaigns to assassinate politicians and administrators have demoralized the government.
<br />
<br />
The Obama administration can provide money and weapons but it cannot recreate the state's will to resist the Taliban and pursue more effective policies. Pakistan desperately needs international aid, but its leaders must first define a strategy that demonstrates
 to its own people and other nations that it is willing to stand up to the Taliban and show the country a way forward.
<br />
<br />
<strong>By Ahmed Rashid</strong></p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>27/12/2011 12:28:21</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/14893/Pakistan+on+the+Brink+The+New+York+Review+of+Books</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">14893</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>14899</publicationdataID>
      <title>Pakistan's religious minorities report violence (Dawn)</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p>Fauzia Abrar had finally gotten her crying baby to sleep when screaming men pounded on the steel doors of her home in the mostly Christian slum in the port city of Karachi.<br />
<br />
Suddenly she heard shots, and the screaming grew louder: ‘Long live Taliban! Death to infidels!’
<br />
<br />
The men forced their way into her house, hurled loose tiles and a glass at her and fired a shot. She fainted.
<br />
<br />
As the Taliban gains a stronger foothold in Pakistan, increasingly violent assaults against religious minorities are further evidence of its growing power and influence. While the Taliban does not carry out all of the attacks, extremist elements inspired by
 the group will sometimes act in its name. <br />
<br />
These attacks add to the instability of an already highly unstable country and also show how Pakistan, supposed to be a US ally in the fight against Islamic extremism, is now itself increasingly threatened by extremists.
<br />
<br />
In dozens of interviews from Karachi to Peshawar, Christians, Sikhs and Hindus told of attacks and threats and expressed an overwhelming sense of fear. Minority Rights Group International, a watchdog organization, ranked Pakistan last year as the world’s top
 country for major increases in threats to minorities from 2007 — along with Sri Lanka, which is embroiled in civil war. The group lists Pakistan as seventh on the list of 10 most dangerous countries for minorities, after Somalia, Sudan, Afghanistan, Iraq,
 Myanmar and Congo. </p>
<p>‘In Pakistan today there is a lot of feeling of fear by all the minorities,’ said the Rev. Richard D’Souza of St. Jude Church in Karachi. ‘We feel we have no protection.’
<br />
<br />
The trouble in D’Souza’s parish started with bold blue graffiti on the church walls praising the Taliban and Islamic law, and condemning Christians as infidels. Young Christians in the neighborhood protested.
<br />
<br />
Within days, about 25 burly men with shaggy beards rampaged through the neighborhood, beating Christians, pelting women with stones and setting fire to the doors of houses and to meager possessions. An 11-year-old boy was killed, and several people were wounded.
<br />
<br />
‘The police never helped. None of us had weapons. The police just stood there,’ said 26-year-old Imran Masih, who spent 10 days in the hospital after a bullet pierced his neck.
<br />
<br />
Dozens of Christian families fled. One man who stayed, Sohail Masih, showed what is left of the family’s two Bibles and a Sunday school book — a seared and crumbled mass of paper. He had wrapped it in plastic bags and hidden it, in case evidence was ever needed.
<br />
<br />
D’Souza said the parish is thinking of forming its own armed youth brigades to patrol Christian areas. When he asked the government for armored personnel carriers, he said, two bored-looking policemen showed up for the Easter Sunday service and were gone the
 next morning. </p>
<p>Shahbaz Bhatti, Pakistan’s minister for minorities affairs, said the government is trying to stop the Taliban through military operations.
<br />
<br />
‘I don’t say minorities are not worried. They have a genuine concern. They have been attacked,’ said Bhatti, a Christian. ‘The Taliban say non-Muslims are infidels, and the people who are misguided zealots can interpret this in any way. Minorities can be easy
 and soft targets of these extremists, but these Taliban are committing such violent acts that everyone feels fear in their presence — the minority and the majority in Pakistan.’
<br />
<br />
<br />
Religious minorities represent about five per cent of Pakistan’s 160 million people, according to the CIA World Factbook. But Michael Javed, director of a peace council and a minister in southern Sindh, charged that census takers intentionally keep minority
 figures low to deny them greater representation. Christians alone represent five to six per cent of the population, he said.
<br />
<br />
Javed said he has been told by militants to take the cross off his schools in Karachi, and has refused. Frightened Christians are trying to arm themselves, he said, pulling out a bulging file with more than 60 applications to buy weapons.
</p>
<p>‘It has never happened in the past like this. Today we feel we have no future. They want us to hide, but we won’t,’ he said.
<br />
<br />
Even Shia Muslims have come under attack as the Sunni Taliban tears through the tribal areas. In the past two years, the Taliban has embraced a violently anti-Shiite group, Lashkar-e-Janghvi, unleashing a fresh wave of bitter bloodletting. More than 500 Shia
 Muslims in the Kurram tribal agency have been killed in daily attacks. <br />
<br />
Editorials in local newspapers have warned of the threat to minorities and predicted that the brutality will eventually reach the larger population. In an April letter to the prime minister and president, Lahore Archbishop Lawrence Saldanha said allowing Islamic
 law in the violent Swat Valley would give license to ‘trigger-happy Taliban (and further) erode constitutional protections for minorities and women.’
<br />
<br />
The Taliban issued an ultimatum in March to the elders of more than 25 Sikh families in the Orakzai tribal agency near the Afghan border: Convert to Islam, join the jihad or pay five billion rupees — roughly $62 million — for protection.
</p>
<p>‘We couldn’t pay that amount. We were farmers,’ said a young Sikh who asked to be identified only as Singh, because he was too terrified to give his full name or location. He fidgeted nervously, and his voice became little more than a whisper as he recalled
 the Taliban’s threat to take a Sikh leader to South Waziristan to decide his fate if the extortion money wasn’t paid.
<br />
<br />
The villagers persuaded the Taliban to reduce the amount to 12 million rupees or $150,000 — still a princely sum for the Sikh community. But Singh said they raised enough money to get their elder released, with a promise to pay the rest by March 29.
<br />
<br />
On March 28, he said, the Sikhs paid the full amount, and the Taliban promised to protect them anywhere in Pakistan. But by 10 p.m. that day, the Taliban had told Sikh elders they were preparing to attack.
<br />
<br />
By two a.m., the elders had packed everyone into cars and trucks, and more than 150 Sikhs fled to Peshawar, the provincial capital of the northwest.
<br />
<br />
‘What are we to do? We have nothing,’ Singh said. ‘We have asked the government of Pakistan, either relocate us to somewhere safe or send us to India.’
</p>
<p>The lives of Hindus are also in danger, according to the Human Rights Commission of Pakistan. Last month, extremists attacked a Hindu Holi religious festival not far from the border with India, setting fire to a Hindu temple and destroying several shops.
<br />
<br />
And last year, a young Hindu worker was beaten to death at a factory in Karachi by fellow workers who accused him of insulting Islam.
<br />
<br />
Although no figures are available, anecdotal evidence and human rights groups say attacks against Hindus have risen in the last two years, with temples and worshippers targeted especially in Sindh province, where Karachi is located.
<br />
<br />
‘We are under more and more of a threat because of these extremists, but we ourselves feel if we take the wrong step, even to tell of the wrong things, then it will be death for us,’ said Amarnath Motumal, a lawyer and head of the Karachi Hindu Panchayat, representing
 Hindus. ‘We worry about the future of our families and our children here in Pakistan — all of us (minorities) do today because of these extremists.’— AP</p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>27/12/2011 12:34:51</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/14899/Pakistans+religious+minorities+report+violence+Dawn</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">14899</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>14903</publicationdataID>
      <title>Will Pakistan stabilize? (AL WATAN)</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p>(Arabic daily, Kuwait, 11.5.2009) <br />
<br />
<strong>By Dr. Shamlan Yousuf Al-Essa</strong><br />
<br />
Once again Pakistan is in world media headlines due to worsening security conditions and due to the Pakistani military's strong action against Pakistani Taliban insurgents. The Pakistani military offensive came after the US President met with the Pakistani
 President in Washington last week, when the US administration stressed the importance of fighting the Taliban and Al-Qaeda inside Pak territory. Washington says that Taliban threatens the US interests in the region, especially after it started waging attacks
 on the areas near the Pakistani capital of Islamabad. <br />
<br />
Conditions had become grave after the Government of Pakistan surrendered Swat Valley to Taliban last February. The Pakistani government took this step after the Pushtun Mujahideen intensified their attacks on the north-west frontiers, leaving very few options
 for Islamabad especially after the Pakistani Taliban extended their influence outside Swat Valley towards Islamabad, forcing the army to launch a military offensive against the extremists. The Pakistani Prime Minister declared a military offensive, stating
 that he will not allow his country to become a hideout for the terrorists. </p>
<p>The Government of Pakistan supported this policy. President Zardari announced that he supports the US objectives in Pakistan, stressing that his government will comply with the conditions laid down by Washington. Pakistan took this new stand after the US
 Administration and the US Congress announced additional aid of US$ 7 billion to assist growth and the Pak economy. But Pakistan's pro Washington stand will keep this state in an embarrassing position internally especially because it is the security machineries
 that have set up and equipped the Jihadis to use them in Pak conflicts against India and Afghanistan. The second problem is - how to deal with the Pushtun tribes who are scattered in the tribal areas in the north-west border with Afghanistan.
<br />
<br />
The new US Administration, in coordination with the NATO countries that have large forces in Afghanistan, is trying to bring about stability in both Pakistan and Afghanistan. But the Obama administration is attaching special importance to Pakistan in view of
 its location and its importance as the largest Muslim country after Indonesia. More so, because this state possesses nuclear weapons and Washington is keen to ensure that this weapon does not fall into the hands of the terrorists. Also, the fighting in Pushtun
 areas in the north and Balouch areas in the south threatens military supply routes and increases the problems for the US and NATO forces in bringing a law and order situation in Afghanistan.
</p>
<p>As far as the role of the GCC countries is concerned in the Pak conflict with Taliban and Al-Qaeda, the GCC countries have played an indirect role in politicizing the situation in Pakistan because these countries have directly assisted the establishment
 of religious schools and seminaries, which later on became a springboard for Pak and Afghan Taliban movement. Also the Islamic charity organizations in the Gulf have extended financial and moral support to the Mujahideen in Kashmir in their long war against
 India. The Arabs, including the Gulf Mujahideen, took part in the long war in Afghanistan against the Soviet forces, with American help at that time. After the break-up of the USSR, Al-Qaeda started operations against the American forces especially after the
 collapse of the Taliban state in the aftermath of terrorist attacks on New York and Washington in 2001. Today, a big responsibility lies on the Gulf countries to support the Pakistani government and the US policy in Pakistan and Afghanistan since putting up
 a challenge to the terrorists in these two countries is the only guarantee against the return of terrorism to our region. The issue of fighting terrorism is an international issue and we must have a role in it before terrorism attacks us in our countries.
<br />
<br />
(Translation from Arabic)</p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>27/12/2011 12:37:08</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/14903/Will+Pakistan+stabilize+AL+WATAN</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">14903</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>14906</publicationdataID>
      <title>Pakistan's army needs to choose sides (guardian.co.uk)</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p><strong>As the military dithers over whether to support the majority Pakistani democrats – the Taliban gains precious ground</strong><br />
<br />
Political debate in Pakistan has long been muddled. But a dividing line is becoming clear. On one side are the Taliban and their supporters. Their claim is: "We have the right to tell you the law." They dress up this claim in the trappings of religion, but
 define their religion to exclude Islam as actually practised by most of their fellow citizens. On the other side of the debate are a more numerous group of Pakistanis: people who vote, who supported the restoration of the country's chief justice, who accept
 that Muslims and non-Muslims, Shias and Sunnis, Deobandis and Barelvis all have to coexist in a spiritually diverse Pakistan. This group's claim is: "We have the right to a say in our laws."
<br />
<br />
Besides far outnumbering the Pakistani Taliban, the Pakistani democrats also control the Pakistani state. They are represented by a freely elected government, established as a result of last year's polls in which only 3% of the nation's population voted for
 the parties of the religious right. With control of the Pakistani state comes, in theory, control over the nation's sanctioned instruments of violence: the police and the military. Education, healthcare and the provision of clean drinking water may have been
 allowed to atrophy in Pakistan; the military has not. </p>
<p>The Pakistan army has more than a million soldiers and reservists, supported by a third as many paramilitary troops. These numbers are roughly equal to the entire population of the Swat valley. Indeed, Pakistan can field one soldier for almost every male
 inhabitant of the Federally Administered Tribal Areas that straddle the Pakistan-Afghanistan border. These soldiers are backed by aircraft, helicopters, tanks and missiles.
<br />
<br />
Meanwhile, in places like Swat, only a small minority of the local population supports the Taliban, and an even smaller minority of that small minority is willing to take up arms to further its cause. In fact, the opposite has often occurred: again and again,
 local lashkars (traditional militia) have successfully beaten back the Taliban throughout north-western Pakistan.
<br />
<br />
The military has shown that it is capable both of taking on insurgents and of killing fellow Muslims: it has done so in the province of Baluchistan with great ruthlessness for decades. Indeed, in 2006, it tracked down the Baluch leader Nawab Bugti, cornered
 him in a cave and killed him with a precision bombardment – exactly the sort of operation, one assumes, it would be called upon to conduct against the Taliban.
<br />
<br />
So democrats overwhelmingly outnumber the Taliban in Pakistan, democrats control the state, and the state has a capacity for violence that so far outstrips that of the Taliban as to make any notion of a military balance meaningless. Yet when I visited Lahore
 last month, the predominant mood I encountered was one of utter despondency. For the first time, I heard people saying the Taliban might win.
</p>
<p>The only plausible explanation I can find for this is that in the conflict between Pakistani democrats and the Taliban, the army has yet to take sides. This ambivalence is perhaps understandable. Many of the militants the army is now being called on to fight
 are its own creations, and the Taliban claim that "we have the right to tell you the law" echoes the claims of generals who have ruled Pakistan four times in our history.
<br />
<br />
But the army must realise that far from safeguarding Pakistan's independence, its actions are in fact achieving the opposite: increasing Pakistan's dependence on untrustworthy allies, in particular on a United States that pursues policies from Palestine to
 Afghanistan not supported by most Pakistanis, and on a Saudi Arabia that seeks to export a regressive culture in the guise of religion. The economic and military gap with India is widening, the problems faced by residents of the disputed territory of Kashmir
 are not being resolved, and – most important of all – the basic needs and expectations of ordinary Pakistanis are going unmet.
<br />
<br />
Pakistan already has the capacity to take on the Taliban. This need not be a lumbering frontal assault that kills thousands and displaces millions. Instead, what is required is for the army to withdraw its support from all Taliban and jihadist groups operating
 in the country, to protect the local politicians and lashkars that already stand against them, to use its overwhelming force selectively against Taliban leaders, and to redeploy large numbers of its soldiers to guard territory in which the state can provide
 security and development. </p>
<p>The army should leave to elected politicians the task of negotiating a lasting resolution to the Kashmir dispute with India, and thereby securing Pakistan's border to the east. Protected by treaty and by its own nuclear arsenal, Pakistan would then be free
 to stop serving "allies" that exploit its sense of vulnerability. It could say no to more F-16s likely to be grounded by future sanctions anyway. It could raise taxes on its rich instead of going to donors of foreign aid.
<br />
<br />
Pakistan is not a failed state. Its future could be – and hopefully will be – bright indeed. But 61 years after independence, the Pakistan army must finally recognise that true patriotism lies in serving the Pakistani people while bidding other dreams goodbye.
<br />
<br />
By Mohsin Hamid<br />
<br />
Mohsin Hamid is the author of The Reluctant Fundamentalist</p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>27/12/2011 12:39:05</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/14906/Pakistans+army+needs+to+choose+sides+guardiancouk</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">14906</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>14909</publicationdataID>
      <title>Pakistan’s Self-Defeating Army (News Week)</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p>Pakistan’s Self-Defeating Army (News Week)<br />
Rajesh M. Basrur and Sumit Ganguly<br />
<br />
Rather than serve as a bulwark against chaos, the Army has helped destabilize Pakistan. For far too long, the myth that Pakistan's army is the only thing holding the country together—and keeping the terrorists at bay—has held sway in Washington. Now two bills
 making their way through Congress suggest the United States is finally starting to reconsider these assumptions. Both bills would set benchmarks that Pakistan has to meet in order to keep qualifying for U.S. economic and military assistance. But the two measures
 don't go far enough. Pakistan will never be saved from the threat of religious extremists until it fundamentally restructures its deeply dysfunctional government. And that will require addressing the overwhelming influence of the military on Pakistani politics.
</p>
<p>In four critical ways, the Army has undermined constitutional governance in Pakistan ever since Mohammed Ali Jinnah led it to independence some 60 years ago. First, repeated coups have ensured that civilian governments never developed firm roots. Second,
 successive military rulers, in attempts to boost their legitimacy, have promoted religious radicalism, either directly (as in the case of Zia ul Haq, who did this over the span of a decade) or by marginalizing mainstream political parties and allowing the
 religious right to fill the vacuum (Pervez Musharraf's strategy before his ouster last year). Third, the Army became and remains a parasite feeding on the body politic by extracting "rent" in the form of land, bureaucratic appointments and other spoils of
 office in exchange for supposedly keeping Pakistan safe. <br />
<br />
Finally, in a misbegotten quest for "strategic depth" against India, the Army has promoted the radicalization of Afghanistan, which has now spilled back onto its own territory and spun out of control. All of these missteps point to the same conclusion: rather
 than serve as a bulwark against chaos, the Army has helped to destabilize Pakistan. There's only one way to turn things around today: demilitarize Pakistani politics.
</p>
<p>Doing so won't be easy. While there is significant popular support for democracy in Pakistan, the country's mainstream civilian parties have hardly distinguished themselves in their brief periods at the helm, and the current government of Asif Ali Zardari
 is no exception. Still, the military bears most of the blame for blocking the evolution of a true democratic process. And such a process—for all its inevitable flaws and inefficiencies—is the only way Pakistan will ever get a government truly responsive to
 the needs of its ordinary citizens, and one likely to crack down on the Taliban, which most Pakistanis disdain.
<br />
<br />
So how can Pakistan's government be "civilianized"? Useful lessons can be drawn from the democratization of other Praetorian states. The first thing to recognize is that depoliticizing the Army won't mean weakening it. Pakistan's senior officers must know that
 they have never been less popular than they are today; returning to their barracks for good would be the best way to revive their prestige.
</p>
<p>This process has in fact already begun. It was started by the Army itself in early 2008, when the new chief of staff General Ashfaq Kayani forbade officers from holding civilian posts in government. But much more needs to be done. Parliament and the prime
 minister must steadily assert themselves to limit the Army's involvement in internal affairs. The military will resist. But the recent victory of the lawyers' movement—which forced the government to restore the Supreme Court's former chief justice, who'd been
 deposed by Musharraf—shows that civilians can take on the generals and win. Over time, the civilian government must shift national-intelligence functions from the military to a civilian organization, curb the reach of the infamous Inter-Services Intelligence
 agency (ISI) and strip the military of its responsibilities for maintaining security inside Pakistan, giving that duty to a paramilitary force governed by the ministry of Interior (as in neighboring India). Such a step was critical to the transitions from
 military to civilian government in Chile in 1990 and Indonesia in 1998. <br />
<br />
Pakistan's nuclear infrastructure, meanwhile, should be split into military and civilian components, both under civilian authority. And most important, civilians must begin making critical national-security policy decisions. Implementation should still fall
 to the military, which should also retain a voice in defense policy—but not the final one.
</p>
<p>While some of the generals are likely to object to any reduction in their powers, it's in their own interests to accept a fundamental change. Letting the Army maintain a degree of autonomy regarding its internal functions should also help bring it around.
 And Washington can contribute by demanding reforms of the sort outlined above. Contrary to popular belief, the U.S. has a great deal of leverage over Pakistan thanks to the enormous amounts of aid Washington disburses (likely to total $7.5 billion over the
 next five years). Making these changes may still seem like a tall order. It is. But Pakistan's problems at this point are massive in scope—and so must be the solution.
<br />
<br />
Basrur is associate professor at the S. Rajaratnam School of International Studies at Nanyang Technological University in Singapore. Ganguly is a professor of political science and is director of research at the Center on American and Global Security at Indiana
 University.</p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>27/12/2011 12:41:26</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/14909/Pakistans+SelfDefeating+Army+News+Week</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">14909</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>14912</publicationdataID>
      <title>Pakistan's army: as inept as it is corrupt ( guardian.co.uk )</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p>No institution dominates Pakistan like its army. The armed forces account for 20% of Pakistan's national budget, totalling $5bn last year according to official statistics. But the actual figure, already staggering for a country with high levels of illiteracy
 and malnutrition, is likely to be much higher. The army has been practically unaccountable since the very foundation of the country – last year's figures were the first it has publicly released since 1965.
<br />
<br />
Those aren't the only imposing figures. It has some 650,000 active soldiers and another half million in reserve, and internal discipline – strict loyalty to the high command among the rank and file – is very high.
<br />
<br />
Every one of Pakistan's democratically-elected civilian leaders has been forced to abdicate by the army. A general has directly ruled the country for 34 of its 62 years of existence.
<br />
<br />
With this vice-like grip on power, many are wondering how a rural insurgency armed with basic weapons has managed to overrun so much of the country. The answers have much to do with the Pakistan army itself.
<br />
<br />
Part of the problem is that the army is equipped for a conventional war against its historical adversary to the east, India, and not the type of insurgency being waged by the Taliban on the frontier to the west. Its operations in the tribal areas have been
 imprecise, leading to the destruction of many thousands of civilian lives and livelihood. Up to a million are believed to have been displaced by the conflict.
</p>
<p>"Collateral damage always strengthens the Taliban, it helps them get more public support," says Abdul Hakim (not his real name), a journalist from Dir, a tribal agency, next to the Swat valley, in which the Taliban are slowly moving.
<br />
<br />
But there have been only limited, poorly-coordinated attempts to re-engage with communities devastated by armed operations against the Taliban. As a result the Army and government authorities have sheepishly ended up signing peace deals with the Taliban over
 the past four years. They have all consistently broken down, the Taliban using the lull in hostilities to regroup and rearm.
<br />
<br />
The most recent peace deal, over the Swat valley, is on the verge of collapse owing to continued Taliban operations in neighbouring areas.
<br />
<br />
There are lingering doubts about the Army's resolve to combat the Taliban too, as has been suggested when it initially sent up a lightly armed squad of paramilitaries to fight the Taliban in the Buner valley, just below Swat, even though the region is close
 to the nation's capital. <br />
<br />
Another factor is the fact that many of the army's soldiers involved in operations are Pashtun like the Taliban. This has left the high command nervous about tackling the insurgents head-on for fear of causing rifts within the ranks. Although far from a mutiny,
 many soldiers have refused to fight their fellow tribesman or have surrendered and deserted.
</p>
<p>But that has not prevented the army from engaging in operations that have been highly destabilising for tribal Pashtun communities in the affected areas. People fleeing the conflict in Swat and Bajaur, a tribal agency to the west on the border with Afghanistna,
 told me they felt that the army was, in fact, targeting them and not the Taliban. Some argued this was because the army feared Taliban reprisals. Others insisted they were being targeted because of their support for the Pashtun nationalist Awami National party,
 which runs the North West Frontier province government. <br />
<br />
The truth of rumours such as these, common in Pakistan, are difficult to quantify. But one need not look to rumours to understand why the Pakistan army has failed to defeat the Taliban.
<br />
<br />
The army has a long history of strategic incompetence stretching back to the very first war the country fought with India in 1948. On that occasion, tribal militants from the regions now in open insurrection against Pakistan flooded into Indian-controlled Kashmir.
 After overwhelming Indian soldiers there, they promptly went on a binge of rape and looting while the army looked on.
<br />
<br />
Again at war with India, in 1965, the better-equipped Pakistan army lost more ground, and tanks, than its adversary. But perhaps the army's darkest moment was the 1971 war that lead to the creation of Bangladesh. That conflict saw Pakistan troops involved in
 widespread acts of extermination against the indigenous Bengali population of what was, at the time, known as East Pakistan.
</p>
<p>The Hamoodur Rahman Commission held in Pakistan following that war found large swathes of the high command to be deeply negligent – the commander of Pakistani forces in East Pakistan, the report revealed, was involved in sexual misconduct even as his troops
 were killing, and being killed, on the battlefield. <br />
<br />
In 1999, an ambitious Pakistani general by the name of Pervez Musharraf devised the tactically brilliant, but strategically near-suicidal, plan to invade Kargil, an Indian mountain post in Kashmir. That gamble nearly led to nuclear war, and almost certainly
 led to a military coup later that year. <br />
<br />
How does one explain these failures? There can be no one explanation. But if there is an overriding message from these debacles, it is that the army is ill-equipped to defend the state because it has captured much of the bedrock of the state to which it is
 totally unaccountable. <br />
<br />
<br />
According to Ayesha Siddiqua, in her seminal study, "Military Inc", the army's private business assets are worth around £10bn and it owns a handsome share of the country's business and land. The generals, as a result, appear to be more interested in leveraging
 control over businesses, properties and politics. <br />
<br />
Yet, the army's power is such that although Pakistan's private media have a commendable record of criticising the country's civilian politicians, criticism of the men in uniform is rare – save during periods of crisis under direct military rule, like the dismissal
 of the chief justice in 2007. </p>
<p>It would be unfair, however, to criticise the army without acknowledging the pivotal role played by its greatest patrons – the United States, and, to a lesser extent, China. Since the 1950s, both countries have lavished military and political support on
 the Pakistan army. <br />
<br />
"Nobody has occupied the White House who is friendlier to Pakistan than me," is what US President Richard Nixon told Pakistan's then military dictator, Yahya Khan, at a 1970 dinner in Washington, on the eve of the murderous war in East Pakistan. More recently,
 former President George Bush's praise for Pervez Musharraf has become the stuff of folklore.
<br />
<br />
The army has been rewarded by its foreign patrons despite its incompetence and unaccountability. In the process, civilian political life has been grotesquely stunted, leading the democratic process to be replaced by a crude kleptocracy where non-military leaders
 represent personal dynasties and not the people. <br />
<br />
Is it any wonder, then, that the army struggles to find a concerted strategy for defeating the Taliban?
<br />
<br />
<strong>by Mustafa Qadri</strong></p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>27/12/2011 12:43:47</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/14912/Pakistans+army+as+inept+as+it+is+corrupt++guardiancouk</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">14912</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>14913</publicationdataID>
      <title>How Pakistan can help to stop terrorist camps training Britons (The Times)</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p><strong>How Pakistan can help to stop terrorist camps training Britons</strong><br />
<br />
by Jeremy Page, The Times; March 25, 2009<br />
<br />
Since the September 11 attacks the British security services have agonised over how to monitor British Pakistanis who regularly travel back to Pakistan to study, get married or visit relatives.
<br />
<br />
The problem is that, although most do just that, a significant number disappear into radical Islamic seminaries or militant training camps and return with the potential to carry out an attack. British security officials estimate that about 4,000 people have
 been trained in this way in Pakistan or Afghanistan and now account for three quarters of serious terrorist plots in Britain — which explains why Pakistan features so prominently in the new counter-terrorism strategy.
<br />
<br />
The new approach does not resolve the two issues at the core of the problem: the sympathies of Pakistan's Inter-Services Intelligence (ISI) agency, and the lack of any state control in the tribal areas on the Afghan border.
<br />
<br />
The British have invested millions both in monitoring the 400,000 British Pakistanis who visit the country every year and in trying to discourage young British Pakistanis from becoming radicalised. In Pakistan they have trained local forces and funded TV adverts
 featuring prominent British Pakistanis explaining why Britain is not anti-Islam.
</p>
<p>At some point, however, the British have to rely on their Pakistani counterparts to identify, monitor and detain suspects. And even with that cooperation, they can do precious little in the Federally Administered Tribal Areas (FATA). That is where the system
 tends to fail, given the historical links between the ISI and Islamic militant groups, and given the deteriorating security in the FATAs. Pakistan's police force is too poorly funded and trained to handle counter-terrorism. Its civilian intelligence agencies
 are weak and rely on the ISI for information and resources. So British counter-terror strategy depends largely on the ISI, which helped to create the Taleban and has long used militants groups as a proxy to fight Indian rule in Kashmir and offset Indian influence
 in Afghanistan. British and American officials say that the ISI has been co-operative in tracking down al-Qaeda members in Pakistan. It has been less helpful, however, with Pakistanis involved in home-grown militant groups. A low point came in December 2007
 when Rashid Rauf, a British Pakistani suspected of planning to blow up transatlantic passenger flights in 2006, escaped from police custody.
<br />
<br />
Until recently this lack of co-operation was tolerated because the US, which has given Pakistan more than $11 billion in military aid since 2001, was more focused on al-Qaeda. The issue has grown more urgent now that home-grown Pakistani militants have become
 a threat as serious as al-Qaeda, after the attacks on Mumbai and Lahore. </p>
<p>British officials are particularly concerned about Lashkar-e-Taiba (LeT), the group blamed for the Mumbai attack, and Lashkar-e-Janghvi, the one suspected in the Lahore attack.Also of concern are Jaish-e-Mohammed and Harkat-ul-Mujahidin, which in recent
 years have expanded their influence in Punjab province - a major source of Pakistani migrants to Britain.
<br />
<br />
British security services are understood to have arrested three to four dozen terror suspects based on tip-offs from the ISI in the past three to four years, but many more are thought to have slipped through the net.
<br />
<br />
Since the British Government cannot stop British Pakistanis travelling to Pakistan, most analysts agree that the only way to prevent them from undertaking militant training is for Pakistan to shut the camps.</p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>27/12/2011 12:46:13</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/14913/How+Pakistan+can+help+to+stop+terrorist+camps+training+Britons+The+Times</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">14913</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>14919</publicationdataID>
      <title>Afghan Strikes by Taliban Get Pakistan Help, U.S. Aides Say (New York Times)</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p>WASHINGTON — The Taliban’s widening campaign in southern Afghanistan is made possible in part by direct support from operatives in Pakistan’s military intelligence agency, despite Pakistani government promises to sever ties to militant groups fighting in
 Afghanistan, according to American government officials. <br />
<br />
The support consists of money, military supplies and strategic planning guidance to Taliban commanders who are gearing up to confront the international force in Afghanistan that will soon include some 17,000 American reinforcements.
<br />
<br />
Support for the Taliban, as well as other militant groups, is coordinated by operatives inside the shadowy S Wing of Pakistan’s spy service, the Directorate for Inter-Services Intelligence, the officials said. There is even evidence that ISI operatives meet
 regularly with Taliban commanders to discuss whether to intensify or scale back violence before the Afghan elections.
<br />
<br />
Details of the ISI’s continuing ties to militant groups were described by a half-dozen American, Pakistani and other security officials during recent interviews in Washington and the Pakistani capital, Islamabad. All requested anonymity because they were discussing
 classified and sensitive intelligence information. </p>
<p>The American officials said proof of the ties between the Taliban and Pakistani spies came from electronic surveillance and trusted informants. The Pakistani officials interviewed said that they had firsthand knowledge of the connections, though they denied
 that the ties were strengthening the insurgency. <br />
<br />
American officials have complained for more than a year about the ISI’s support to groups like the Taliban. But the new details reveal that the spy agency is aiding a broader array of militant networks with more diverse types of support than was previously
 known — even months after Pakistani officials said that the days of the ISI’s playing a "double game” had ended.
<br />
<br />
Pakistan’s military and civilian leaders publicly deny any government ties to militant groups, and American officials say it is unlikely that top officials in Islamabad are directly coordinating the clandestine efforts. American officials have also said that
 midlevel ISI operatives occasionally cultivate relationships that are not approved by their bosses.
<br />
<br />
In a sign of just how resigned Western officials are to the ties, the British government has sent several dispatches to Islamabad in recent months asking that the ISI use its strategy meetings with the Taliban to persuade its commanders to scale back violence
 in Afghanistan before the August presidential election there, according to one official.
</p>
<p>But the inability, or unwillingness, of the embattled civilian government, led by President Asif Ali Zardari, to break the ties that bind the ISI to the militants illustrates the complexities of a region of shifting alliances. Obama administration officials
 admit that they are struggling to understand these allegiances as they try to forge a strategy to quell violence in Afghanistan, which has intensified because of a resurgent Taliban. Fighting this insurgency is difficult enough, officials said, without having
 to worry about an allied spy service’s supporting the enemy. <br />
<br />
But the Pakistanis offered a more nuanced portrait. They said the contacts were less threatening than the American officials depicted and were part of a strategy to maintain influence in Afghanistan for the day when American forces would withdraw and leave
 what they fear could be a power vacuum to be filled by India, Pakistan’s archenemy. A senior Pakistani military officer said, "In intelligence, you have to be in contact with your enemy or you are running blind.”
<br />
<br />
<br />
The ISI helped create and nurture the Taliban movement in the 1990s to bring stability to a nation that had been devastated by years of civil war between rival warlords, and one Pakistani official explained that Islamabad needed to use groups like the Taliban
 as "proxy forces to preserve our interests.” <br />
<br />
A spokesman at the Pakistani Embassy in Washington declined to comment for this article.
</p>
<p>Over the past year, a parade of senior American diplomats, military officers and intelligence officials has flown to Islamabad to urge Pakistan’s civilian and military leaders to cut off support for militant groups, and Washington has threatened to put conditions
 on more than $1 billion in annual military aid to Pakistan. On Saturday, the director of the C.I.A., Leon E. Panetta, met with top Pakistani officials in Islamabad.
<br />
<br />
Little is publicly known about the ISI’s S Wing, which officials say directs intelligence operations outside of Pakistan. American officials said that the S Wing provided direct support to three major groups carrying out attacks in Afghanistan: the Taliban
 based in Quetta, Pakistan, commanded by Mullah Muhammad Omar; the militant network run by Gulbuddin Hekmatyar; and a different group run by the guerrilla leader Jalaluddin Haqqani.
<br />
<br />
Dennis C. Blair, the director of national intelligence, recently told senators that the Pakistanis "draw distinctions” among different militant groups.
<br />
<br />
"There are some they believe have to be hit and that we should cooperate on hitting, and there are others they think don’t constitute as much of a threat to them and that they think are best left alone,” Mr. Blair said.
</p>
<p>The Haqqani network, which focuses its attacks on Afghanistan, is considered a strategic asset to Pakistan, according to American and Pakistani officials, in contrast to the militant network run by Baitullah Mehsud, which has the goal of overthrowing Pakistan’s
 government. <br />
<br />
Top American officials speak bluntly about how the situation has changed little since last summer, when evidence showed that ISI operatives helped plan the bombing of the Indian Embassy in Kabul, an attack that killed 54 people.
<br />
<br />
"They have been very attached to many of these extremist organizations, and it’s my belief that in the long run, they have got to completely cut ties with those in order to really move in the right direction,” Adm. Mike Mullen, chairman of the Joint Chiefs
 of Staff, said recently on "The Charlie Rose Show” on PBS. <br />
<br />
The Taliban has been able to finance a military campaign inside Afghanistan largely through proceeds from the illegal drug trade and wealthy individuals from the Persian Gulf. But American officials said that when fighters needed fuel or ammunition to sustain
 their attacks against American troops, they would often turn to the ISI. </p>
<p>When the groups needed to replenish their ranks, it would be operatives from the S Wing who often slipped into radical madrasas across Pakistan to drum up recruits, the officials said.
<br />
<br />
The ISI support for militants extends beyond those operating in the tribal areas of northwest Pakistan. American officials said the spy agency had also shared intelligence with Lashkar-e-Taiba, the Pakistan-based militant group suspected in the deadly attacks
 in Mumbai, India, and provided protection for it. <br />
<br />
Mr. Zardari took steps last summer to purge the ISI’s top ranks after the United States confronted Pakistan with evidence about the Indian Embassy bombing. Mr. Zardari pledged that the ISI would be "handled,” and that anyone working with militants would be
 dismissed. <br />
<br />
Yet with the future of Mr. Zardari’s government uncertain in the current political turmoil and with Obama officials seeing few immediate alternatives, American officials and outside experts said that Pakistan’s military establishment appears to see little advantage
 in responding to the demands of civilian officials in Islamabad or Washington. <br />
<br />
As a result, when the Haqqani fighters need to stay a step ahead of American forces stalking them on the ground and in the air, they rely on moles within the spy agency to tip them off to allied missions planned against them, American military officials said.
<br />
<br />
<strong><em>By Mark Mazzetti and Eric Schmitt </em></strong></p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>27/12/2011 12:48:59</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/14919/Afghan+Strikes+by+Taliban+Get+Pakistan+Help+US+Aides+Say+New+York+Times</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">14919</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>14921</publicationdataID>
      <title>Pakistan militants strengthen in heartland (Washington Times)</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p>BAHAWALPUR, PAKISTAN (AP) - The compound bore no sign. Residents referred to it simply as the school for "jihadi fighters," speaking in awe of the expensive horses stabled within its high walls _ and the extremists who rode them bareback in the dusty fields
 around it. In classrooms nearby, teachers drilled boys as young as 8 in an uncompromising brand of Islam that called for holy war against enemies of the faith. Sitting cross-legged on the floor of the Dar-ul-uloom Madina school, they rocked back and forth
 as they recited sections of the Quran, Islam's holy book. <br />
<br />
<br />
Both facilities are run by an al-Qaida-linked terror network, Jaish-e-Mohammed, in the heart of Pakistan, hundreds of miles from the Afghan border that is the global focus of the fight against terrorism. Their existence raises questions about the government's
 pledge to crack down on terror groups accused of high-profile attacks in Pakistan and India, and ties to global terror plots.
</p>
<p>Authorities say militant groups in Punjab are increasingly sending out fighters to Afghanistan and the border region, adding teeth to an insurgency spreading across Pakistan that has stirred fears about the country's stability and the safety of its nuclear
 weapons. <br />
<br />
The horse-riding facility, discovered by The Associated Press during a visit to this impoverished region where miles of dusty, wind-swept desert spread out in all directions, had never before been seen by journalists.
<br />
<br />
There, would-be jihadi fighters practice martial arts, archery and horse-riding skills and get religious instruction, according to a former member of Jaish-e-Mohammed, who spoke on condition of anonymity because he did not want to be identified by ex-comrades
 or authorities. <br />
<br />
Horse-riding is considered by many extremists to be especially merit-worthy because the pursuit is referenced in Islamic teachings on jihad.
<br />
<br />
Pakistan has seen a string of attacks, including the ambush this month of Sri Lankan cricket players in the Punjab capital, Lahore, and a truce with extremists in Swat less than 100 miles from the capital, Islamabad, that have heightened alarm in Washington
 and other Western capitals that the country is slipping into chaos. </p>
<p>Amid the near daily onslaught of violence, the country's president and opposition leader have been locked in a bitter political dispute that has exposed the weakness of the civilian government less than a year after it took over following years of military
 rule by Gen. Pervez Musharraf. <br />
<br />
Pakistan outlawed Jaish in 2001, but has done little to enforce the ban, partly out of fear of a backlash but also because it and other groups in Punjab were created by the powerful intelligence agencies as a proxy force in Afghanistan and Kashmir, a territory
 disputed with rival India. <br />
<br />
<br />
"You can say Jaish is running its business as usual," said Mohammed Amir Rana, from Pakistan's Institute for Peace Studies, which tracks militant groups. "The military wants to keep alive its strategic options in Kashmir. The trouble is you cannot restrict
 the militants to one area. You cannot keep control of them." <br />
<br />
Apart from the martial arts and horse riding center, Jaish militants openly operate two imposing boarding schools in Bahawalpur, a dusty town of 500,000 people. Food, lodging and tuition are free for their 500 students, paid for by donations from sympathizers
 across the country. </p>
<p>A top police officer said the schools and other hard-line establishments in the area were used to recruit teens and young men for jihadi activities in Pakistan's northwest or in Afghanistan. He spoke on condition of anonymity because of the sensitivity of
 the issue. <br />
<br />
A guard wielding an automatic weapon stood at the gate of the Usman-o-Ali school and turned a visiting AP team away. But the head teacher at nearby Dar-ul-uloom Madina school allowed the group a tour and an interview.
<br />
<br />
Ataur Rehman said none of the students were allowed to be recruited for jihad while studying there, but added that he could not stop them joining up after they graduated.
<br />
<br />
<br />
"We have made it clear: our focus is teaching, teaching and teaching," he said in his damp threadbare office as a student served sweet, milky tea and biscuits. "But if someone does something independently, we cannot be held responsible."
<br />
<br />
In classrooms, students ranging in age from 8 to their mid-20s sat shoulder-to-shoulder along wooden planks as they chanted Quranic verses; one of the youngest boys broke off briefly from his studies and grinned at a visiting reporter.
<br />
<br />
In the kitchen, men stirred huge pots of chicken curry, washed potatoes and made fresh bread. Outside, workers mixed cement for a new cafeteria and dormitory.
</p>
<p>The walled complex with the horse stables was on the outskirts of town, and from the road, laborers could be seen working on a building toward the rear of the compound.
<br />
<br />
Home to more than half of Pakistan's 160 million people, Punjab's large cities are centers of wealth and political power, but in towns like Bahawalpur, poverty is widespread.
<br />
<br />
Last year, the governor of Pakistan's border region warned that insurgent commanders and suicide bombers were increasingly coming from Punjab. Afghan police officers also say Punjabi fighters are becoming common there.
<br />
<br />
"Pakistani citizens, and especially Punjabis, are the Taliban trainers in the area for bomb-making," said Asadullah Sherzad, police chief in Afghanistan's insurgency-wracked Helmand province, adding there are around 100 Punjabis at any one time in that area
 of Afghanistan.<br />
<br />
A police officer in Bahawalpur said Jaish members were not believed to be training with weapons in the town's schools and other facilities, adding that law enforcement agencies had infiltrated the group. He spoke on condition of anonymity because sections of
 the government and security agencies disagreed on the need to crack down on the group.
</p>
<p>Jaish is believed to have been formed in 2000 by hard-line cleric Masood Azhar after he was freed from an Indian prison in exchange for passengers on a hijacked Indian Airlines flight that landed in Taliban-controlled southern Afghanistan the same year.
<br />
<br />
Azhar was born in Bahawalpur, though the government says his current whereabouts are not known. A small stall outside the Usman-o-Ali school sells his speeches and writings.
<br />
<br />
"When my brother's blood is shed in Afghanistan, when he is a victim of bombs, then does America expect us to offer it flowers?" he proclaims in a recording of an undated speech. "America you should listen... We will not let you live in peace so long as we
 are alive." <br />
<br />
In 2007, British militant suspect Rashid Rauf was seized at the Usman-o-Ali school on suspicion of links to a failed plot to blow up jetliners over the Atlantic in 2007. Rauf, who escaped Pakistani custody and was reported to have been killed last year in a
 U.S. missile strike close to the border, is related by marriage to Azhar. <br />
<br />
<br />
Jaish members and leaders are also suspected in the killing of Wall Street Journal reporter Daniel Pearl in Karachi in 2002, and in a bombing the same year in the city that killed 11 French engineers.
<br />
<br />
Jaish and other groups still recruit in villages in southern Punjab, according to the ex-Jaish member and another former militant who fought in Afghanistan.
<br />
<br />
The Usman-o-Ali school "requires each student to attend some sort of jihad training or practice each year," the ex-Jaish operative said, adding that the hot months of June and July were the prime recruiting period.
<br />
<br />
<strong>By Chris Brummitt (Associated Press)</strong></p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>27/12/2011 12:51:48</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/14921/Pakistan+militants+strengthen+in+heartland+Washington+Times</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">14921</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>15549</publicationdataID>
      <title>Pakistan’s Continued Failure to Adopt a Counterinsurgency Strategy (CTC Sentinel)</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA['Pakistan', 'Counterinsurgency'<br />
]]></description>
      <pubDate>29/12/2011 10:53:19</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/15549/Pakistans+Continued+Failure+to+Adopt+a+Counterinsurgency+Strategy+CTC+Sentinel</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">15549</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>14928</publicationdataID>
      <title>Pakistan at Crossroads (guardian.co.uk)</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p><em>The attack on Sri Lanka's cricket team shocked Pakistanis; now they're having to think about the political role of their first religion</em><br />
<br />
<br />
Basim Usmani; guardian.co.uk <br />
<br />
10 March 2009<br />
<br />
There is a cardboard memorial surrounded by flowers on the huge grassy roundabout where Lahore policemen were killed defending the Sri Lankan cricket team last week. There's only been a spattering of police to pay respects; all of them have to keep an eye on
 the roads out of and into Lahore, as well as an ongoing investigation into the Afghan refugee majority colonies where they'll be finding people with no documents, no paper trail, and no trace. Many in and outside of the city are flabbergasted at what they
 see as a security failure, but this extends much further than the police. And attacks in Lahore could get much worse.
<br />
<br />
Pakistan's supreme court, widely seen as acting on President Zardari's directions, disqualified Punjab majority leader Nawaz Sharif and Chief Minister Shabaz Sharif, and declared governor's rule in the province, rendering Zardari's party colleague Governor
 Salmaan Taseer a miniature dictator. After governor's rule was declared, Taseer directed a massive shuffling of the police force and a change of the inspector general.
</p>
<p>The police were asked to play hard politics on behalf of Zardari and Taseer, and arrest PML-N workers. For the days between 27 February and the attack on 3 April, police barriers were set up all round Lahore, and the city began resembling what it was like
 when Musharraf declared an emergency last year. Which is to be expected, former President Musharraf was the one who appointed Taseer as governor in the first place. When Musharraf declared the state of emergency, on the first two occasions in November 2007,
 the country spiralled out of control; police officers were blown up outside Lahore's high court, and Benazir Bhutto was killed in Islamabad the following month. With the lawyer's "long march" protest, which is seeing activists nationwide gathering in the capital
 to protest, emergency couldn't have been declared when there were more citizens on the street. Many in Pakistan's major cities are bracing themselves for a return to that 2007 craziness.
</p>
<p>At this intersection of political infighting and terrorism, the people of Pakistan are presented at a crossroads. Pakistanis could choose to demonstrate against scrooge of religious militancy which has broadened into a culture war that includes girl's schools,
 cricketers, musicians, and teenage couples as its targets. Or the people could choose to demonstrate against the political infighting, which distracted the Lahore police from the attacks in the first place.
<br />
<br />
Since the lifting of martial law, the outcome of People's party and Muslim League's governance has conformed to my low expectations. PML-N chair Nawaz Sharif has remained unable to restore the judiciary, an issue both he and Zardari took up when they were proslytising
 sacked Pakistan's chief justice Chaudhry Iftikhar in 2006 during protests to overthrow Musharraf. At present Zardari won't risk making any deals with the judiciary because he's wary about the deal he made with Musharraf to come to power coming under scrutiny.
 That, of course, is what Pakistanis want: it was never their intention for the least popular personality to become the president of the country. Many critics, however, think it will take more than simply disqualifying Zardari.
</p>
<p>"The people of Pakistan still haven't drawn the lines of war yet," said Dr Shuja, head of the department of philosophy at Government College Lahore. "Those who sympathise with the gunmen who attacked the Sri Lankans could live in any mosque, any madrasa
 in the city, but most Pakistanis are in denial about the role of religion in such attacks. They'll have to acknowledge it." Shuja continued, "It's going to be a painful process, one that will take some time."
<br />
<br />
But how long? <br />
<br />
The attack on cricket elucidates the Islamist's position on what is called Pakistan's second major religion, but that does not make people more trusting of the government. The knee-jerk reaction that blames the "agencies", or intelligence agencies of Pakistan,
 the US and India, is as strong as ever. But it's far-fetched: agencies don't send men who fumble grenades, or are incapable of hitting a bus with a rocket on a narrow road.
<br />
<br />
Especially damning is the fact that all 12 gunmen escaped unwounded to Ferdoz market, nestled by Lahore's biggest market for electronics, Hafiz Center, at 10 in the morning. If such men were able to discharge so much ammunition at the cricketers and flee, imagine
 what trained mujahideen could do. Those who were recently fighting in Swat, Bajaur, or any area of the Federally Administered Tribal Areas could make short work of Lahore's colleges, government buildings or busy markets. There could be armed militia's forcing
 girls out of Lahore's schools, just like Swat's, in six months' time. With the "long march" coming up, there will be no shortage of targets for such gunmen in the nation's capital. Herein, it's up to Pakistanis to race against the clock.</p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>27/12/2011 12:59:52</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/14928/Pakistan+at+Crossroads+guardiancouk</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">14928</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>14930</publicationdataID>
      <title>Cricket massacre lays bare the flaws of a failing state (The Sunday Times)</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p>Christina Lamb and Nicola Smith in Lahore<br />
<br />
The Sunday Times<br />
March 8, 2009<br />
<br />
<em>The Pakistan terrorist attack and its aftermath have underlined the violence and corruption at the heart of a nuclear nation</em><br />
<br />
THE grainy CCTV footage showing the escape of the Lahore killers has none of the drama of an action movie getaway, yet all the atmosphere of a Hitchcock film. Less than four minutes after blasting a tour by the Sri Lanka cricket team into carnage, the perpetrators
 are seen strolling calmly through the narrow back streets of Liberty market. <br />
<br />
It is their nonchalance that is most chilling. One sequence shows a man arriving on a motorbike in a deserted street. Two others with guns slung over their shoulders mount the bike, which drives off. They look like men confident of not being caught.
<br />
<br />
Minutes earlier, at 8.40am on Tuesday, they had shocked the nation and the world by ambushing the Sri Lankan team bus, dealing a lethal blow to Pakistan’s national sport. Coming soon after a deal with militants that handed control of the one-time tourist haven
 of the Swat valley to the Taliban, the attack set off alarm bells from London to Washington about the potential collapse of the nuclear-armed country.
<br />
<br />
The bus had picked up the team at the Pearl Continental hotel and was following the same route for the third consecutive day with a police van in front and behind and four motorcycle outriders. As it made its way round the Liberty roundabout, half a mile from
 the Gaddafi stadium, two cars appeared and a rocket-propelled grenade was fired.
</p>
<p>"It missed and flew into a wall,” said Khalil Ahmed, the bus driver. "Almost immediately afterwards a person ran in front of the bus and threw a hand grenade in our direction. But it rolled underneath the coach and did not seem to cause that much damage.”
 Masked gunmen descended on the roundabout from three directions and opened fire. "The gunmen targeted the wheels first, then the bus,” said Mahela Jayawardene, one of the terrified Sri Lankan cricketers on board. "We all dived to the floor to take cover.”
<br />
<br />
The quick thinking of the driver, who made off at top speed, probably saved the players’ lives. Even so, six policemen and a driver were killed while six players and two assistant coaches were wounded. Even in a country increasingly inured to violence - three
 bombings killed 15 in the northwest yesterday - there was outrage at both the audacity of the onslaught and its targeting of a cherished sport.
<br />
<br />
There was also bewilderment. Why would anyone target players from a country with which Pakistan is on friendly terms? And how did the gunmen get away so easily?
</p>
<p>A police station stands within half a mile of the Liberty roundabout yet no policemen emerged to help colleagues. Nobody was more horrified by the lack of reinforcements than Mohammad Afzal, one of the police outriders. "Bullets were bouncing on the road
 next to us,” he said in hospital after being shot in the eye and leg. "It was raining fire.”
<br />
<br />
Afzal had been issued with no weapon or flak jacket. "The attackers had such heavy weapons, we were overwhelmed,” he added. "My colleague Tanwir was lying on the ground. I saw one of the gunmen calmly shoot him dead and then the terrorists all just walked away.”
 Asif Mahmood, an interior decorator, witnessed one of many missed opportunities to give chase. He had just dropped his children at school when he almost collided head-on with a red Hyundai Santro.
<br />
<br />
Mahmood wound down his window to confront the offending driver but the words froze in his mouth. "The car contained four young men, not older than 25, all holding guns,” he said. "When one of them pointed a gun at me I quickly reversed out of their way.” As
 the car sped off, Mahmood ran to tell two policemen standing next to a police jeep. They did not pursue the vehicle but called their superiors.
</p>
<p>The slow reaction of the police, combined with the coolness of the assassins, led many to suspect an inside job. In previous terrorist attacks in Pakistan, the perpetrators appeared to have considerable intelligence about their targets. Car bombers have
 struck at army and police headquarters without hindrance. <br />
<br />
President Asif Ali Zardari vowed the attackers would be punished "with iron hands”. Sketches of the gunmen were issued and the state government of Punjab offered a 10m rupee (£88,000) reward for information leading to their capture. Shah Mehmood Qureshi, the
 foreign minister, said the government had "constituted a special team of investigators”. Their report, promised for Friday, has yet to emerge.
<br />
<br />
Pakistan’s police are underequipped, earn £70 a month and have been the main victims of violence that has claimed 1,600 lives in two years. No explanation ever emerged for the mysterious plane crash in which President Muhammad Zia-ul-Haq died in 1988, nor for
 the murder in 1996 of Murtaza, brother of Benazir Bhutto, the former prime minister, nor for her assassination in 2007. Any evidence was quickly removed by hosing down the street.
<br />
<br />
Dr Ayesha Siddiqa, a military analyst, doubts it will be any different this time: "These people have local linkages, meaning they can disappear quickly. They might have linkages with law enforcement agencies. The politics is that people don’t want to admit
 this.” </p>
<p>Khusro Pervez, the Lahore police commissioner, confessed there had been "major security lapses”. The Sri Lankan team had agreed to tour Pakistan after receiving assurances of presidential-style security. Yet no attempt was made to block traffic. "When they
 were escorted,” Pervez admitted, "the [police] vehicles used were not the appropriate vehicles.” Perhaps crucially, nearly all the senior posts in the Lahore and Punjab police had just been changed. Ten days ago Nawaz Sharif, the opposition leader, was banned
 from elected office by Pakistan’s Supreme Court, along with his brother Shahbaz, who was forced to step down as chief minister of Punjab. Zardari put his own party in charge and replaced key police and security officers.
<br />
<br />
"Mr Zardari invited this problem,” Sharif said. "He was so busy in toppling Shahbaz and horse-trading, trying to buy over our MPs to turn their minority into a majority, that they left a security vacuum which enabled the attack. They kicked out our competent
 people and posted nincompoops.” <br />
<br />
As usual, the kneejerk reaction in Pakistan was to blame Indian intelligence for the attacks. But the authorities now privately admit that the attack was home-grown. Similarities with the commando-style Mumbai attacks last November led many to point the finger
 at Lashkar-e-Taiba (LeT), a militant group originally set up by Pakistan’s ISI intelligence service in the 1980s to fight as proxies in Kashmir. Despite being banned, it has continued to operate from its headquarters at Muridke, just outside Lahore.
<br />
<br />
One theory is that the gunmen, whose rucksacks contained dried fruit and nuts, power bars and energy drinks, had been planning to hold the cricketers hostage to secure the release of activists arrested after the Mumbai shootings, in which 173 people died.
</p>
<p>LeT has denied responsibility and security officials said they were focusing on two other militant groups, Lashkar-e-Jhangvi (L-e-J) and Jaish-e-Mohammed. It was L-e-J that bombed a Karachi hotel where the New Zealand cricket team were staying in 2002. Like
 LeT, both these groups were promoted by ISI to fight in Kashmir in the 1990s and trigger sectarian violence against Shi’ites, providing an excuse to impose military rule.
<br />
<br />
"Lots of groups have come up in the last 10 years and we don’t know who’s controlling who or what group is under whose control,” said Sharif. "This is the tragedy. We just don’t know.”
<br />
<br />
Under pressure to produce results, police have arrested about 90 people and claim to have identified a little-known mastermind called Muhammad Aqil without specifying the group with which he is associated. Although the gunmen remained at large, at least five
 of those detained were believed to be local "facilitators”. Another was Muhammad Faisal, Aqil’s roommate. Mobile phones discarded at the scene have been crucial in tracking suspects. Faisal and Khurram Nawaz, two brothers working at a transport hire company,
 were linked by a Sim card used by the terrorists. </p>
<p>Unlike Pakistan’s military rulers, Zardari has no sympathy for the militant groups, pointing out that he lost his own wife, Benazir Bhutto, to terrorism. But he heads a weak minority government in alliance with an Islamic party linked to some of them. While
 Pakistan remains a largely moderate country, support for militants has increased with public anger at US drone attacks in Pakistan’s tribal areas. These have killed senior Taliban or Al-Qaeda commanders but also many civilians.
<br />
<br />
"Zardari may wish to be rid of the Taliban, Al-Qaeda, the LeT and other affiliated terrorist groups, but he cannot afford to be seen to cave in to western and Indian pressure”, said MJ Gohel, director of the Asia Pacific Foundation. "The terrorist infrastructure
 is being allowed to continue functioning with only cosmetic restrictions, whose main function is to impress the US. Yet until firm action is taken and training camps are closed down, the slow collapse of the Pakistani state will continue.”
<br />
<br />
In less than a year Zardari has lost control of much of the North West Frontier Province to the Pakistani Taliban. Militant groups have been openly fundraising, advertising in newspapers and collecting funds at government mosques. A failing Pakistan is a worry
 for Britain, with its large Pakistani population. According to David Miliband, the foreign secretary, 70% of the terrorist plots being investigated in Britain can be traced back to Pakistan. Miliband urged Zardari and Sharif to unite.
</p>
<p>Sharif agreed: "Pakistan faces huge problems which no single party can deal with singlehandedly. How can we fight the extremists if we don’t stop fighting each other?” There was no sign of reconciliation in Lahore last week as an angry crowd of up to 20,000
 pro-Sharif demonstrators gathered to support the brothers’ fiery rhetoric against Zardari. This week Sharif plans to join a "long march” from Lahore to Islamabad by lawyers campaigning for the restoration of a chief justice and Supreme Court judges ousted
 by General Pervez Musharraf, who resigned as president last August. <br />
<br />
As if the political and security problems were not enough, Pakistan is also in the midst of its worst economic crisis for decades. Inflation is running at 25% and blackouts have closed down much of its textile industry. Last year Pakistan had to go to the International
 Monetary Fund for an emergency bailout of $7.6 billion. Zardari has repeatedly begged the West for more aid, pointing out that poverty and unemployment are fuelling extremism.
<br />
<br />
All of this is being watched with dismay by the administration of President Barack Obama, which is starting to see Pakistan as even more dangerous than Afghanistan. Three days after his inauguration in January, Obama held a national security council meeting
 on the region. According to Time magazine, his political aides were stunned by the deteriorating situation: "The general feeling was expressed by one person at the end who said, ‘Holy shit’.”
</p>
<p>A joint White House and State Department review of the region by Bruce Riedel, a former CIA officer, is expected to be completed in time for a Nato summit next month. "Everybody in Washington recognises that Pakistan is a huge problem but there are no coherent
 tactics,” said Simon Henderson of the Washington Institute for Near East Policy. It is widely acknowledged that a reform of the ISI to sift out Taliban sympathisers is crucial but nobody knows how to do that without destabilising the Zardari government.
<br />
<br />
Counter-terrorism training has been offered and economic aid will be quadrupled, with much of the money to be spent on education in the hope that there will be less preaching of hatred towards the West. If nothing works, America could be confronted with the
 nightmare of a nuclear-armed and fragmented Pakistan in the hands of Islamic radicals.
<br />
<br />
For years the United States has been studying how to remove or disable Pakistan’s nuclear weapons in the event of an emergency, but it is highly delicate. "The more the United States talks about taking them out, the more incentive there is to disperse them
 in out of the way places where they are harder to find and easier to steal,” said Stephen Cohen of the Brookings Institution in Washington.
<br />
<br />
Meanwhile, the search continues for those behind last week’s attack in Lahore. Most Pakistanis are resigned to the view that, as usual, the real culprits will never be found.
<br />
<br />
Additional reporting: Aoun Sahi, Lahore; Daoud Khan, Peshawar; Sarah Baxter, Washington</p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>27/12/2011 13:02:41</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/14930/Cricket+massacre+lays+bare+the+flaws+of+a+failing+state+The+Sunday+Times</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">14930</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>14932</publicationdataID>
      <title>Pakistan has run out of chances (Editorial: The New Zealand Herald)</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p>When he was coaching the Pakistan cricket team, Geoff Lawson said repeatedly that players touring there were in no danger.
<br />
<br />
<br />
This week, contrition accompanied shock as the former Australian pace bowler pondered the terrorist assault on the Sri Lankan team in Lahore.
<br />
<br />
<br />
He was not alone. Others had said cricketers who refused to play in Pakistan were timidly surrendering to terrorism or making too much of the risk to their wellbeing.
<br />
<br />
Terrorists would not dare target it for fear of the popular backlash. More broadly, had not there been a tacit agreement of immunity for sportsmen and women since the Black September onslaught at the 1972 Munich Olympics?
<br />
<br />
That understanding endured, against the odds, for 37 years. Some sporting teams, most notably the 2002 Black Caps, had brushes with terrorism but were not the target.
<br />
<br />
Now, however, there can be no equivocation. Javed Miandad, one of Pakistan's greatest batsmen, said that refusing to tour his country would be akin to handing victory to the terrorists.
<br />
<br />
But, plainly, no cricket team will go there in the foreseeable future, and sportsmen and women will see themselves as potential targets for terrorism anywhere.
</p>
<p>There is no surprise that Pakistan is at the centre of this development. The Australians have long considered it too dangerous to tour, and last year's Champions Trophy was called off. Sri Lanka was there only as a goodwill gesture after India refused to
 tour. <br />
<br />
Only by good fortune were none of its players killed, but the wounding of the likes of Kumar Sangakkara and Mahela Jayawardene, regular visitors to this country, supplied a jolt missing from previous atrocities.
<br />
<br />
According to Geoff Lawson, the prospects for Pakistan cricket are now "absolutely horrendous". The same might be said for the country. The consensus is that home-grown Islamic fundamentalists intent on destabilising Pakistan were responsible for the ambushing
 of the Sri Lankan team bus. <br />
<br />
The assault was carried out by a group that may have had access to details of the security being afforded the Sri Lankans. That, not for the first time, suggests collusion between Pakistani security forces and terrorism.
<br />
<br />
Pakistan, a brooding, nuclear-armed nation, already appears, to all intents, to be so unstable as to be almost ungovernable.
</p>
<p>The civilian Government of President Asif Ali Zardari, which took over last year from the regime of General Pervez Musharraf, has quickly squandered the goodwill associated with its election. It is weak and intent on settling old political scores.
<br />
<br />
Tackling terrorism and righting a distressed economy seem lesser priorities. Its mindset was signalled last month when, in return for a ceasefire with Islamic extremists, it allowed Sharia law to be introduced in the Swat Valley, a once-popular tourist destination.
<br />
<br />
<br />
Such capitulation has taken place even though fundamentalist parties performed poorly in the latest elections. Most Pakistanis are moderate Muslims, but many seem too willing to shift the blame for their country's ailments to the United States or India.
<br />
<br />
The Minister of State for Shipping even accused India of responsibility for the Lahore attack, apparently in retribution for last year's assault on Mumbai.
<br />
<br />
Too many gullible Pakistanis, not all of them from the illiterate and poverty-stricken throng, were prepared to believe him.
<br />
<br />
Those same people will be the losers from the terrorism. No longer will they see their cricketers and hockey and squash players competing on home soil.
<br />
<br />
Their country's only real hope lies in the moderate forces in its society exerting a greater influence and demanding more from their Government. If this were to occur, it could yet stump those responsible for the assault on Sri Lanka's cricketers.</p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>27/12/2011 13:05:03</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/14932/Pakistan+has+run+out+of+chances+Editorial+The+New+Zealand+Herald</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">14932</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>14933</publicationdataID>
      <title>Well trained, motivated....who are these militants? (The Independent)</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p><strong>Well-trained, motivated and on the rise. But who are these militants?</strong><br />
<br />
Andrew Buncombe, The Independent<br />
<br />
5 March 2009<br />
<br />
The images are nothing short of terrifying. A dozen well-trained, well-armed men fanning out and taking up their positions with consummate ease and expertise. Nothing could be more different than the grainy CCTV footage of a single truck lurching up to the
 gate of a five-star hotel and its driver arguing with the security guards and, five minutes later, a massive bomb exploding.
<br />
<br />
Last night, as Pakistani police continued what increasingly seemed a hapless hunt for the perpetrators of the Lahore attack, a consensus was gathering that the ambush represented the emergence of a new and distressing terror threat for South Asia.
<br />
<br />
It is not that militant attacks are anything new for Pakistan. Since the summer of 2007, the country has been beset by about 120 suicide bomb attacks on police and civilian targets. But almost without exception, they have been largely crude, hit-or-miss strikes
 that depended on one or two attackers delivering a truck or car bomb. Tuesday's highly-mobile, commando-style militants armed with grenade launchers and automatic weapons and who slipped away when they realised their objective was not obtainable, appeared
 anything but crude. </p>
<p>"These were definitely different tactics. They were like commandos and they were very clearly not on a suicide mission," said Ayesha Siddiqa, an Islamabad-based analyst and author. "They had a particular intention – to either kidnap or attack the Sri Lankan
 team – but when they were not able to do that they fled and have not been seen."
<br />
<br />
Many have likened the Lahore attacks to those in Mumbai last November when a similar number of well-trained, well-armed militants held off Indian counter-terrorism commandos for more than 60 hours. Those attacks were blamed by India and others on the Pakistan-based
 group Lashkar-e-Toiba (LeT). It is too early to say whether the LeT was responsible for the Lahore attack and experts point out that, in its 20-year existence, the LeT has never attacked a target inside Pakistan. But clearly something very serious is happening
 in Pakistan; someone, somewhere is training groups of well-equipped, highly motivated militants who have the wherewithal and skills to challenge even the best of the region's counter-terrorism forces. It raises all manner of questions; where are they being
 trained, who is supplying them with arms, who is supplying them with intelligence, why are the intelligence agencies such as Pakistan's notorious ISI not aware of this group? More sinisterly, many will ask, are elements in the ISI linked to these militants.
</p>
<p>Diving into the alphabet soup of potential suspects for Tuesday's attack may be a futile task. Bahukutumbi Raman, an Indian security analyst and former intelligence official, said he believed a number of Pakistan-based militant groups had the potential to
 carry out that style of attack. They include the Harkat-ul-Mujahideen (HUM), the Jaish-e-Mohammad (JEM), an offshoot of the HUM, the Lashkar-e-Jhangvi (LEJ), an anti-Shia organisation, and the Harkat-ul-Jihad-al-Islami (HUJI).
<br />
<br />
Writing on his website, he adds: "Al-Qa'ida and the [Pakistan Taliban] have carried out a number of suicide bombings through individual suicide bombers and vehicle-borne bombers in many towns including Lahore but they have not so far carried out a frontal urban
 ambush ... Since its formation in 1989, [the LeT] has never carried out any act of terrorism in Pakistani territory, against Pakistani or foreign nationals. All its acts of terrorism have been either in Indian or Afghan territory."
<br />
<br />
Mr Raman says the HUM once had operational ties with the Liberation Tigers of Tamil Eelam (LTTE) the Sri Lankan rebel group.
<br />
<br />
The incident has also forced a rethink of what constitutes a target. Until this point, sportsmen and woman were believed to be largely insulated from the region's extremism. But if cricketers are now considered fair game, it means, in effect, that no one is
 safe. <br />
<br />
Asked how Pakistan can defend itself against this new threat, Talat Masood, a former Pakistani general, said: "You have to have a lot of good intelligence, the support of your people and a better police. You also have to have good governance, rather than growing
 opposition to everything that is happening."</p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>27/12/2011 13:07:37</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/14933/Well+trained+motivatedwho+are+these+militants+The+Independent</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">14933</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>14935</publicationdataID>
      <title>Pakistan's top order collapses (The Dominion Post)</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p>New Zealand cricket boss Justin Vaughan is treading lightly in the wake of the terrorist attack on the Sri Lankan cricket team in Pakistan.
<br />
<br />
"Given the tragic events" in Lahore, it is "very unlikely" the Black Caps' tour of Pakistan, scheduled for November and December, will go ahead, he says.
<br />
<br />
Forget "unlikely", a term presumably adopted so as not to upset the International Cricket Council, which takes a dim view of countries that alter their playing schedules unilaterally. The New Zealand cricket team will not be going to Pakistan this year or any
 time soon. Nor will any other international sporting side. <br />
<br />
The attack by 12 gunmen, which killed six policemen and a bus driver, and wounded six of the Sri Lankan players, has sent shockwaves rippling through the sports world. No sports team will entrust its safety to the Pakistani security forces, which, according
 to English match official Chris Broad, promised before the tour to provide "presidential-style security".<br />
<br />
But an end to sports tours is the least of Pakistan's worries. While President Asif Ali Zardari's People's Party and rival Nawaz Sharif's Muslim League squabble and jockey for political advantage, the country is sliding into lawlessness. The government is unable
 to protect its own citizens, unable to protect visitors and gradually ceding control of large parts of its territory to fundamentalist organisations with links to al Qaeda and the Taleban.
</p>
<p>One of those organisations, Lashkar-e-Taiba, has been blamed for last year's terrorist attack on Mumbai and is also suspected of responsibility for the latest attack.
<br />
<br />
For the rest of the world the disintegration of Pakistan represents a nightmare scenario. Pakistan is a nuclear state. Its principal intelligence agency, the Directorate for Inter-Services Intelligence, played a pivotal role in the creation of Lashkar-e-Taiba
 and is accused of still having links to the Taleban. <br />
<br />
Pakistan's remote tribal areas have become a giant petri dish for Islamic terrorism and serve as a resting place for Taleban fighters between sorties into Afghanistan.
<br />
<br />
<br />
For any Pakistani administration the challenges are immense. No government has ever controlled the remote tribal areas. The best that has been achieved is an uneasy truce.
<br />
<br />
But Mr Zardari's government is losing ground at an alarming rate. In the Swat Valley, once a tourist destination, the government has just bought a temporary peace with local militants by agreeing to the imposition of Sharia law on the region's inhabitants.
 Elsewhere, girls' schools have been burned down, video stores and other shops selling Western goods closed and politicians and journalists cowed into silence.
<br />
<br />
<br />
The best hope for Pakistan, and it is a slim one, is that the terrorists have this time gone too far.
<br />
<br />
As a people, Pakistanis take almost as much pride in their reputation for hospitality as they do in the feats of their cricketers. Perhaps the attack on foreign guests and the game Pakistanis love will spur the silent majority into doing what the government
 clearly cannot do stand up to the misogynists, thieves and tyrants who are taking their country back to the Dark Ages.</p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>27/12/2011 13:09:34</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/14935/Pakistans+top+order+collapses+The+Dominion+Post</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">14935</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>14936</publicationdataID>
      <title>The enemy within (The Times)</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p><em>Pakistan's rulers have long failed to confront extremism; yesterday's hail of machine-gun fire in Lahore is the result</em><br />
<br />
The attack on Sri Lanka's cricket team yesterday could not have sent a more chilling message that militant Islam is as ruthless, dangerous and adroit as ever. It also demonstrated how Pakistan each day is inching nearer to becoming a failed state. Its politicians
 run scared from extremists, its security services are compromised by terrorist organisations and its streets are now unsafe for visitors who want to do nothing more than come and play a game of cricket.
<br />
<br />
The twelve gunmen who ambushed the team's bus in Lahore and opened fire, killing six policemen and a driver, were formidably armed, co-ordinated in tactics and apparently had little fear of death or capture. In hitting a visiting cricket team, they could not
 have chosen a target more likely to outrage a cricket-mad nation, humiliate its hapless Government and send a defiant message not only to India, Sri Lanka and other neighbours but to the entire cricket world.
<br />
<br />
Few doubt that al-Qaeda or its affiliates in Pakistan's tribal areas were the instigators. Suggestions that the Tamil Tigers were avenging their defeat in Sri Lanka are improbable: the tactics recall the attack on Mumbai three months ago. The timing was intended
 as a response to the recent deadly strikes by US drones on al-Qaeda leaders in villages on the Afghan border. And the political aim is transparent: to make it clear to the Pakistani Army and the political establishment that they are losing the war against
 religious extremism. </p>
<p>A measure of that failure is the absurd initial claim by a Pakistani minister that the attackers were sent across the border by India in a â€œconspiracyâ€&#157; to defame Pakistan. President Zardari's principal enemy is within and, until he and his ministers
 understand this, there is little chance that they will find the will and means to deal with the terrorist threat. India's assertion that Pakistan has done next to nothing to pursue the masterminds of the Mumbai attacks has proven all too true. No real effort
 has been made to disband Lashka-e-Taiba, the extremist organisation implicated in Islamist terrorism. Pakistan's initial denials of knowledge or responsibility have been grudgingly followed by a few token arrests - and, on past form, those held will be quietly
 released in a few months. <br />
<br />
The truth is that the army, the compromised Inter-Services Intelligence (ISI) agency and the political establishment have shown no serious interest in confronting the Islamists. They have too many sympathisers in their own ranks to risk a crackdown and too
 many fifth columnists ready to tip off the terrorists. Many Pakistanis still believe that India is the main enemy and that Islamist terrorists might always be useful to rekindle the conflict in Kashmir or strike at Indian targets abroad - as they did in Kabul.
<br />
<br />
The politicians always have one fearful eye on the angry mood of Pakistan's impoverished masses, whose plight is exacerbated by the global downturn. With the political class, largely the beneficiaries of a feudal system, seen as a corrupt and self-serving group
 unable to set aside personal rivalries, those preaching an austere religious fundamentalism will always find support.
</p>
<p>Pakistan is now in grave danger. The latest atrocity increases tensions with India, weakens any hopes that America and the West will shore up the floundering democracy and makes it humiliatingly clear to ordinary people that their country is becoming ungovernable.
 Mr Zardari should use this attack to apply pressure to both the army and the ISI. Pakistan risks a global cricket boycott, a threat that means a great deal to the Pakistani people. To the millions for whom cricket is a religion, it should be a call to confront
 extremism before it destroys them and the ideals on which their state was founded.</p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>27/12/2011 13:12:27</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/14936/The+enemy+within+The+Times</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">14936</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>14946</publicationdataID>
      <title>Nowhere to hide from the killing (The Daily Telegraph)</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p>The Daily Telegraph - Dean Nelson <br />
<br />
04 Mar 2009<br />
<br />
The commando-style terrorist attack on Sri Lanka's cricket team in Lahore yesterday confirms Pakistan as one of the most dangerous places on earth.
<br />
It is all the more dangerous for appearing so civilised, especially in cities such as Lahore, where fine Gothic Victorian architecture, white colonial bungalows, and the people's passion for cricket, polo and tea conspire to make visitors feel safe.
<br />
<br />
Yesterday's attack on the city that was once home to Rudyard Kipling means all of Pakistan's largest metropolitan centres have suffered devastating terrorist "spectaculars" and none can now be considered safe.
<br />
<br />
In the past two years, terrorists have struck the Rawalpindi headquarters of the country's ISI intelligence service, Benazir Bhutto's return-from-exile procession in Karachi, and Rawalpindi again in December 2007 when she was assassinated. In September last
 year, a truck-bomb drove into the security gate of the Marriott Hotel in Islamabad, where ministers and diplomats meet, killing more than 50. The Swat Valley, once an idyllic mountain retreat in the North West Frontier Province, has effectively been handed
 over to a Taliban leader whose followers have bombed girls' schools, while Peshawar lives in fear of Taliban gunmen.
<br />
<br />
Since last November's attack on Mumbai, which Pakistan ministers now admit originated in Karachi, the patience of international allies such as Britain and the United States has worn thin. Gordon Brown revealed that 75 per cent of advanced terrorist plots against
 Britain were hatched in Pakistan. President Obama has turned his focus on fighting terrorism in Pakistan, especially in its lawless tribal areas such as Waziristan.
</p>
<p>That this state of affairs has come to pass is due to the country's parochial world view and foreign policy, the past indulgence and short-sightedness of the United States and its western allies, and the passivity of ordinary Pakistanis, who have been in
 denial over the internal threat to their country for too long. Its officials and generals look east in envy at India's rise as a global power, and west in anger at their dwindling influence in Afghanistan, but hardly ever further. And only too late have they
 looked within at what their country has become. In short, Pakistan is a mess. <br />
<br />
The country's tribal areas have always been a hotbed of Islamic rebellion, which viceroy Lord Curzon noted at the turn of the 19th century. "No patchwork scheme â€" and all our present recent schemesâ€¦ are mere patchwork â€" will settle the Waziristan problem.
 Not until the military steam-roller has passed over the country from end to end, will there be peace.
<br />
But I do not want to be the person to start that machine," he thundered. <br />
<br />
But the modern-day promotion of radical Islam began under General Zia ul Haq in the 1970s. As president, he enjoyed American patronage to recruit volunteers for a holy war to oust Soviet forces from Afghanistan. In Kashmir, groups such as Lashkar e-Taiba and
 others were trained and funded as a proxy force to attack India. </p>
<p>The Mujahideen victory over the Soviet invaders in Afghanistan soon gave way to chaos and civil war, and America and Pakistan, under Benazir Bhutto's leadership, backed the Taliban to restore order and open up lucrative oil pipelines and trade routes. The
 Taliban's brutality made the West wince, and its hosting of Osama bin Laden's al-Qaeda leadership would eventually have seismic consequences: the stage was set for the war on terror.
<br />
<br />
<br />
But ordinary Pakistanis have never seen it as their war. Their antipathy to the United States is such that many liberal and highly intelligent Pakistanis genuinely believe the September 11 attacks of 2001 were a CIA and Israeli plot to demonise the Islamic
 world. Pakistan's reluctance to force the Taliban to hand over their "guest" Osama bin Laden was such that the country's then-president, General Pervez Musharraf, was reportedly told Pakistan would be bombed "back to the Stone Age" if it did not support the
 American invasion of Afghanistan. <br />
<br />
Musharraf complied, but elements in his ISI intelligence service, which had fostered the Taliban, had misgivings, and were accused of duplicity. When, following the invasion, Musharraf was shown evidence that al-Qaeda was rebuilding its global headquarters
 and training camps in Pakistan's tribal areas close to the Afghan border, he denied it and dragged his heels on taking action. Taliban leaders had long been regarded as "strategic assets" in the regional rivalry with India.
<br />
<br />
Benazir Bhutto, in exile, spelt out to the Americans the perils of Musharraf's "hot and cold" approach and persuaded them she could pacify the lawless tribal areas with political reforms, while leading a national campaign to persuade ordinary Pakistanis that
 the war on terror was also a battle for the country's survival. </p>
<p>She was killed before she could launch her campaign, and General Musharraf limped on until he was eventually forced to stand down by an alliance between Ms Bhutto's widower and successor as Pakistan People's Party leader, Asif Ali Zardari, and former prime
 minister Nawaz Sharif of the Pakistan Muslim League. <br />
<br />
Each step forward in Pakistan has been followed by two steps back. Domestic power plays have defined the country's politics to such an extent that real opportunities to address the root causes of terrorism have always been missed. For example, Indian and Pakistani
 officials recently confirmed the two countries were within a hair's breadth of a deal over Kashmir when Musharraf stalled to shore up his own position at home.
<br />
<br />
<br />
There was yet another missed opportunity early in 2008, when the new, democratically elected government, led by the late Benazir Bhutto's PPP, took power. Instead of addressing the grievances in the tribal areas and striking at al-Qaeda bases, it wrangled with
 its coalition partners over the restoration of judges sacked by Musharraf. </p>
<p>It is this kind of power politics that has bred "cynicism and apathy" in which the Taliban has survived and prospered, said one senior PPP leader, who asked not to be named. "Successive governments, from General Zia to Musharraf and beyond, have made big
 promises but have been low on delivery. There is just so much fear which dictates people's actions," he said. "Now there is despair in the cities."
<br />
<br />
It is a tragedy for Pakistan â€" which only last year overwhelmingly rejected the country's Islamic parties in the general election and even returned a secular party to run the North West Frontier Province. But while the voters reject extremism at the ballot
 box, they have yet to actively fight against it, as Benazir Bhutto pointed out shortly before her assassination.
<br />
<br />
The current government has, like Musharraf before it, blown hot and cold, offering peace deals to "good Taliban" with local "demands" and taking firmer action against those fighting a global jihad against the West. It has followed Curzon's advice in Bajaur,
 where helicopter gun-ships have bombarded villagers to bring the Taliban there to the point of surrender. The current thinking appears to be a "horses for courses" approach, exploiting differences between those Taliban who can be "tamed" and the holy warriors
 who must be wiped out. <br />
<br />
Yesterday's attack on Lahore, however, confirmed that the Taliban's war is raging not just in barren wastelands along the Afghan border, but in the heart of Pakistan's cities too. Could it be that by their attack on Sri Lanka's cricket team, which will inevitably
 bring about the end of international cricket in Pakistan, the militants have finally pushed the patience of the people too far?
<br />
<br />
"Make no mistake, cricket in this country has suffered a big blow," said one PPP leader. "I shed tears when I heard the news. Hopefully now people will wake up."</p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>27/12/2011 13:26:22</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/14946/Nowhere+to+hide+from+the+killing+The+Daily+Telegraph</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">14946</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>14948</publicationdataID>
      <title>Terrorising cricket (The Financial Times)</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p>The Financial Times (Editorial) <br />
<br />
Tuesday’s terrorist ambush of the Sri Lankan cricket team in Lahore is a double body blow to Pakistan, a country that is already reeling. The attack targets the sport that is the secular religion that unites the otherwise fissiparous Indian subcontinent. It
 also enlarges the deadly reach of the violence tearing Pakistan apart – to the Punjabi capital of Lahore, so far largely spared.
<br />
<br />
It is hard to overstate the position of cricket in regional life. Almost anywhere you look in south Asia – beside a gorge in Kashmir, down a slum alley in Mumbai or on the beach at Galle near Colombo – a game is going on, even if it is with a piece of wood
 and a rag ball. In times of relative detente, it enables the arch-rivals of the subcontinent, India and Pakistan, to continue warring by other means. After this, Pakistan is most unlikely to be one of the hosts of the 2011 world cup.
<br />
<br />
The brazen assault, which killed several policemen and wounded players, replicated the commando-style tactics used in the devastating killing spree in Mumbai last November. That was almost certainly carried out by Lashkar-e-Taiba, a jihadi organisation that
 has in the past operated under the patronage of elements in Pakistan’s army and ISI military intelligence. It looks to have struck again.
</p>
<p>It should by now be clear to Pakistan’s political and military elites that their indulgence of jihadi groups – to acquire "strategic depth” in Afghanistan and keep the Indian army off-balance in the Kashmir dispute – has boomeranged to the point that jihadism
 threatens the very survival of the state. <br />
<br />
An indigenous Taliban, al-Qaeda and a variety of proxies Pakistan has used in Kashmir have moved in from the frontiers and have now attacked all the main cities. This has further weakened a federation buckled by a decade of rule by General Pervez Musharraf.
 The weak civilian government of Asif Ali Zardari is doing little better. He has kept powers he inherited from the general and used them for factional advantage, by not, for example, reinstating Iftikhar Chaudhary, the chief justice fired by Mr Musharraf.
<br />
<br />
The US and its allies tend at these junctures to look wistfully to the army which, despite a record of failure, is the only body they have permanent institutional links with. But a return to army rule is no solution. Defeating jihadism requires the following:
 the army and government to recognise it as the main threat to the state; Pakistan’s allies to get behind the lengthy process of democratic institution-building; and the dogged pursuit of detente with India the jihadis are trying to sabotage.</p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>27/12/2011 13:28:11</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/14948/Terrorising+cricket+The+Financial+Times</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">14948</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>14951</publicationdataID>
      <title>Pakistan must confront its enemy within (The Daily Telegraph)</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p>The Daily Telegraph (Editorial)<br />
<br />
Cricket is a national passion in Pakistan with a following of millions â€" like football in Europe or Latin America. The blow to the country's reputation dealt by the attack on the visiting Sri Lankan team could hardly be greater. The series has been aborted
 in the middle of a Test match and Pakistan has become a no-go area for international cricket. The cancellation of the Australia and India tours because of security concerns were warning shots, but yesterday's assault on sportsmen, reminiscent of the massacre
 of Israeli athletes in Munich in 1972, has catapulted the country into a completely new category of risk. Pakistan has disgraced itself.
<br />
<br />
It can only be hoped that the right lesson will be drawn from this cause for national shame. For decades Pakistan has stoked the fire of Muslim radicalism, whether in Kashmir or Afghanistan. The reasoning of the security services has been that that is the only
 way to prevent encirclement by India. But that policy has now come home to roost. Islamabad has lost control of much of its northern border to the Pakistani Taliban, al-Qaeda and assorted jihadi movements. The siege of the Red Mosque in 2007 and the bombing
 of the Marriott Hotel last year were dagger thrusts at the heart of the state by people who would sweep away its secular attributes in favour of theocratic rule.
</p>
<p>And yet, what has been the reaction of those who run Pakistan? They blame America for dragging them into a war they do not want. They blame India for providing a launching-pad for terrorism. The state founded by Mohammed Ali Jinnah may be in extreme danger,
 but the security forces still harbour sympathy for its enemies, and the politicians continue to squabble, as if they had learned nothing from the failures of the previous period of democratic rule in the 1990s. It is no use blaming outsiders: the canker is
 within. Pakistan needs to wake up. <br />
<br />
One of the saddest aspects of the Sri Lankan cricketers' departure is that so many Pakistanis will be deprived of watching their team live. Those in power have a duty to them to make sure that the country is fit to co-host the World Cup in 2011. The generals
 must strip out misplaced support for jihadis. The political elite, currently at odds over the disqualification of the brothers Sharif for electoral office, must learn to work together. Pakistan is rightly regarded by the West as essential to curbing the resurgence
 of the Taliban and the effectiveness of al-Qaeda. As the Americans prepare for a much greater military commitment to the region, it is exasperating to see the leaders of a key ally fiddling while their country burns.</p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>27/12/2011 13:29:47</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/14951/Pakistan+must+confront+its+enemy+within+The+Daily+Telegraph</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">14951</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>14953</publicationdataID>
      <title>Pakistan's Peril (The Washington Post)</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p>A deal with the Taliban provides a measure of the challenge facing the Obama administration.
<br />
<br />
Even as the Obama administration races to develop a strategy for Afghanistan and Pakistan, bad news has been pouring in from the region. U.S. casualties in Afghanistan are up sharply so far this year compared with 2008. Pakistan's political system is being
 pulled apart by conflicts between the civilian government of President Asif Ali Zardari and rival political movements, even as the economy swoons. But from Washington's point of view, the most alarming development is the Taliban takeover of large stretches
 of territory in the Swat Valley, less than 100 miles from Islamabad. It's not just that Islamic extremists have succeeded in defeating the Pakistani army's attempts to retake control of the region; it's that government and military leaders are arguing that
 their best option lies in acquiescence to a cease-fire that ratifies the imposition of sharia law.
</p>
<p>In meetings in Washington last week, Pakistan's foreign minister and army commander have been contending that the deal is not as bad as it sounds. The Swat region is distinctive, they say; a mild version of sharia will be applied; extremists who have been
 beheading local officials and demolishing girls schools will be reined in. More convincingly, they point out that the army has been losing both battles on the ground and hearts and minds across the western part of the country. A truce might be welcomed by
 the terrorized population of Swat while giving the government time to regroup. <br />
<br />
The problem with these arguments is that they are premised on a theory that has been repeatedly disproved by Pakistani truces in other regions. The deals have not succeeded either in preventing the imposition of extreme Taliban-style rule or in separating Pakistani
 Islamists from the Afghan Taliban or al-Qaeda. By agreeing to the Taliban demand for sharia justice, Mr. Zardari's government will be allowing a rupture with the rule of law that could quickly spread to other areas. It could also allow the creation of a haven
 for al-Qaeda and Taliban operatives seeking safety from the U.S. airstrikes that have killed a number of senior operatives in areas closer to Afghanistan.
<br />
<br />
The Obama administration, which has been publicly skeptical of the Swat accord, faces the daunting challenge of persuading Pakistan's military commanders and civilian leaders to squarely face the Islamic threat. Rhetorically, those leaders say that they know
 the danger of the Taliban's growing strength; in practice the bulk of Pakistan's army continues to be deployed against India, and little has been done to train or equip it for counterinsurgency.
</p>
<p>Yet the United States does have leverage: Pakistani officials have asked for major new infusions of American military and economic aid. The aid should be provided but carefully conditioned on the adoption of a concerted military-political strategy for reasserting
 government control over the western part of the country and defeating extremist forces. In the meantime, the administration should continue U.S. air attacks on militant leaders. Unfortunately, those strikes are, for now, the only solid blows being dealt to
 al-Qaeda and the Taliban in Pakistan.</p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>27/12/2011 13:31:50</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/14953/Pakistans+Peril+The+Washington+Post</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">14953</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>14960</publicationdataID>
      <title>Unhappy marriage with Pakistan (The Australian)</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p>One of John Howard's greatest strengths as a national security prime minister was that he was the ultimate hardhead. He had no illusions. Instead he had an almost Lee Kuan Yew-like distrust of flamboyance of any kind. But there was one partial exception.
 Howard fell for the oleaginous Pakistani dictator Pervez Musharraf. They had a kind of Sam Browne belt connection. Musharraf played on all the right heartstrings for Howard: the commonwealth, cricket, Howard's under-remarked love of the subcontinent and tough
 talk on the war on terror. <br />
<br />
But Musharraf was a double dealer. To mix the metaphors, he walked both sides of the street. He pretended to be an ally of the US, and Australia, in the war on terror, and to some extent he was. But elements of his military kept facilitating terrorist attacks
 on India and, covertly, kept offering a degree of support to the Taliban in Afghanistan. I was several times staggered that Howard could sit through a litany of Musharraf's lies and come out the other end praising him for his courage in the fight against terror.
</p>
<p>Ultimately, reality imposed itself. Australian soldiers died in Afghanistan because of the sanctuary the Taliban got in Musharraf's Pakistan. So Howard wrote to Musharraf asking for better co-operation on the border. Our senior uniformed people made those
 same requests to their Pakistani counterparts. <br />
<br />
I shouldn't be too hard on Howard, however, because really there was not much alternative.
<br />
<br />
Pakistan presents almost the classical ideal of the divided state, where part of the state is against the terrorists and part of it is in league with the terrorists. The West's bind is that it can't let go of the part of the state that co-operates, for fear
 of the even worse guys taking full power. <br />
<br />
The Rudd Government is now reprising the failed policies of the Howard government towards Pakistan. In saying that, I am not particularly criticising the Rudd Government because I don't think it has any real alternative. Pakistan is like marriage: there is
 no solution. </p>
<p>Foreign Minister Stephen Smith is just back from Pakistan and this week made an important ministerial statement about Australian policy towards Islamabad. We are increasing virtually all forms of civil and even military aid. We are bringing more Pakistani
 officers to train, not least in counterinsurgency, in Australia. <br />
<br />
In his statement, Smith calls on Pakistan to make sure it doesn't sponsor terrorism against India, to shut down Lashkar-e-Toiba terrorist networks that operate in the country, to make a better effort against the Taliban and to improve its security across the
 Pakistani-Afghan border. <br />
<br />
These are absolutely the right things for Smith to say and the right policies for Australia to pursue.
<br />
<br />
When discussing the very vexed issue of nuclear proliferation, Smith makes this key judgment: "As on other difficult issues, close engagement with Pakistan on counter-proliferation is, in Australia's view, the best way of making progress."
<br />
<br />
There Smith is expressing the Howard conundrum: if we don't work with the Government of Pakistan, then who do we work with?
<br />
<br />
Another judgment of Smith's is less clear. He stated: "(Pakistani) President (Asif) Zardari made it clear that the threat of militancy in the border region (with Afghanistan) is not just a danger to Afghanistan but a threat to Pakistan itself, which threatens
 the existence of the Pakistani state." </p>
<p>I've no doubt Zardari said that to Smith and no doubt that in some perverse way Zardari means it. And I don't want to misrepresent Smith, who certainly didn't gush about his Pakistani interlocutors in the way Howard sometimes gushed about Musharraf.
<br />
<br />
But those of us not required to observe the diplomatic niceties of government enjoy the great liberty of being able to look at the facts.
<br />
<br />
What are the facts about Pakistan at the same time as we are increasing our aid to it and hoping, once more, that this time it is really, really serious about countering the extremism, incompetence and corruption that is eating its own society? First, the Pakistan
 Government has made a deal, in part with the Taliban, to allow the imposition of full sharia law in the Swat Valley, which is very near to the capital, Islamabad. That should at least reduce Pakistan's education bill, as one of the Taliban's chief grievances
 with the world is girls going to school. In the Swat Valley, the Pakistani army will no longer contest control with extremists and in turn the extremists will not kill members of the Pakistani army.
<br />
<br />
As Smith noted in his ministerial statement, these deals have not worked in the past. They have always unravelled but only after allowing the extremists a good chance to consolidate, to enjoy rest and recreation, to rearm and reorganise themselves. Meanwhile,
 the hapless Pakistani army, dreaming of tank battles against India, does not know whether it is fighting the Taliban or embracing it.
</p>
<p>At the same time, Zardari's Government has released from the ludicrously unrestrictive house arrest he formerly enjoyed one A.Q. Khan. Khan is the former boss of Pakistan's nuclear efforts. He is without question the single greatest proliferator of nuclear
 weapons technology to rogue states in the history of the human race. He sold nuclear weapons technology to allcomers.
<br />
<br />
Part of the implausible story Musharraf used to tell was that Khan did this without the knowledge of the Pakistani military. Now Zardari has formalised Khan's status not as the most shameful and globally destructive criminal Pakistan has produced but as the
 hero of thenation. At the same time Zardari's Government, champion of democracy, has convinced the Supreme Court to rule its most forceful democratic opponent, Nawaz Sharif, ineligible to stand for election because of previous criminal convictions, a rule
 that could apply just as well to Zardari himself. <br />
<br />
Similarly, Pakistan has done no more than round up the usual suspects after India provided it with incontrovertible proof of Pakistani complicity in November's Mumbai terrorist massacres.
<br />
<br />
The real relationship between the Pakistani military and the civilian Government was demonstrated when Islamabad offered to send the head of its Inter-Services Intelligence to India for consultations on fighting terrorism, only to have that trip overruled by
 the military, which decided it would be beneath its dignity to engage in such consultations.
</p>
<p>One of the real tragedies of the Musharraf interlude was not just that he was a dictator but that he was an incompetent dictator. He didn't deliver anything to Pakistan in exchange for subverting its democracy. He took $12 billion in US aid to fight the
 terrorists and god alone knows what happened to that money. <br />
<br />
Now Pakistan's democrats are demonstrating all over again just why the military intervened in the first place.
<br />
<br />
Australian government policy towards Pakistan is probably the only policy Canberra could pursue: engagement, assistance and blind hope. Almost certainly, however, it won't work.<br />
<br />
<strong>(By Greg Sheridan)</strong></p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>27/12/2011 13:38:33</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/14960/Unhappy+marriage+with+Pakistan+The+Australian</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">14960</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>14961</publicationdataID>
      <title>Sharia sham (Houston Chronicle)</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p>Pakistan’s decision to allow brutal law code in violent region is capitulation<br />
<br />
It's hard to fathom the thinking that has led the government of Pakistan to permit the Taliban to establish a version of Sharia law in a large and troubled region of that country. Sharia is Islamic law governing personal and public behavior. It has been construed
 to allow gruesome penalties such as removal of a hand for offenses like theft, and used to sharply limit opportunities for women.
<br />
<br />
This ill-thought choice is not helpful — either to those who will be forced to endure the garden-variety brutality of such a system, or to regional and global efforts to contain the Taliban. Indeed, it is a step backward into the 13th century.
<br />
<br />
Words like capitulation and appeasement come to mind. They are not too strong, given the Taliban’s despicable behavior.
</p>
<p>The government of Prime Minister Yousuf Raza Gilani said Monday that a peace agreement with the Taliban in a northwest region of the country that includes the Swat District, a Taliban stronghold, fits his government’s policy of "dialogue, development and
 deterrence.” <br />
<br />
A government spokesman in the affected region denied that the deal had been made under pressure from extremists, according to a Voice of America report from Islamabad. Provincial Chief Minister Amir Haider Hoti said the modified version of Sharia law agreed
 to by the government and the Taliban contained no provisions that violated Pakistan’s constitution.
<br />
<br />
We find that all difficult to believe. The truth is utterly horrific. Over the past several years, Taliban terrorists have destroyed more than 200 girls’ schools in the region and sent thousands fleeing the mayhem they have inflicted on the Swat region, a scenic
 area once described as a tourist paradise. </p>
<p>Such barbaric behavior is to be rewarded? That is dangerous folly. It is only inviting the Taliban terrorists to take their cruel customs to other regions of Pakistan.
<br />
<br />
Where would this end? <br />
<br />
Critics say it only emboldens the Taliban to seek gains by force in other areas of Pakistan. More alarmingly, they say, it indicates that the Islamabad government has virtually given up controlling the tribal areas affected by the agreement.
<br />
<br />
The decision to permit the rule of Sharia law came as the Obama administration was encouraging the Pakistanis to do the opposite — to redouble their military efforts against the Taliban terrorists in these mountainous regions.
<br />
<br />
The Pakistanis’ decision also comes as Obama is committing 17,000 additional U.S. troops to the war theater in neighboring Afghanistan. Clearly, the Pakistanis’ decision to allow Sharia law relatively nearby does little to support the renewed U.S. commitment
 to "AfPak,” as the area is called in military shorthand. <br />
<br />
Winning hearts and minds in that geographically challenging part of the world was already hard enough. It will be that much harder now.</p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>27/12/2011 13:40:53</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/14961/Sharia+sham+Houston+Chronicle</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">14961</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>14962</publicationdataID>
      <title>No Way, No How, Not Here (NYT)</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p>Published: February 17, 2009 <br />
NEW DELHI<br />
<br />
There are nine bodies — all of them young men — that have been lying in a Mumbai hospital morgue since Nov. 29. They may be stranded there for a while because no local Muslim charity is willing to bury them in its cemetery. This is good news.
<br />
<br />
<br />
The nine are the Pakistani Muslim terrorists who went on an utterly senseless killing rampage in Mumbai on 26/11 — India's 9/11 — gunning down more than 170 people, including 33 Muslims, scores of Hindus, as well as Christians and Jews. It was killing for killing's
 sake. They didn't even bother to leave a note. <br />
<br />
All nine are still in the morgue because the leadership of India's Muslim community has called them by their real name — "murderers" not "martyrs" — and is refusing to allow them to be buried in the main Muslim cemetery of Mumbai, the 7.5-acre Bada Kabrastan
 graveyard, run by the Muslim Jama Masjid Trust. <br />
<br />
"People who committed this heinous crime cannot be called Muslim," Hanif Nalkhande, a spokesman for the trust, told The Times of London. Eventually, one assumes, they will have to be buried, but the Mumbai Muslims remain defiant.
</p>
<p>"Indian Muslims are proud of being both Indian and Muslim, and the Mumbai terrorism was a war against both India and Islam," explained M.J. Akbar, the Indian-Muslim editor of Covert, an Indian investigative journal. "Terrorism has no place in Islamic doctrine.
 The Koranic term for the killing of innocents is 'fasad.' Terrorists are fasadis, not jihadis. In a beautiful verse, the Koran says that the killing of an innocent is akin to slaying the whole community. Since the ... terrorists were neither Indian nor true
 Muslims, they had no right to an Islamic burial in an Indian Muslim cemetery." <br />
<br />
To be sure, Mumbai's Muslims are a vulnerable minority in a predominantly Hindu country. Nevertheless, their in-your-face defiance of the Islamist terrorists stands out. It stands out against a dismal landscape of predominantly Sunni Muslim suicide murderers
 who have attacked civilians in mosques and markets — from Iraq to Pakistan to Afghanistan — but who have been treated by mainstream Arab media, like Al Jazeera, or by extremist Islamist spiritual leaders and Web sites, as "martyrs" whose actions deserve praise.
<br />
<br />
Extolling or excusing suicide militants as "martyrs" has only led to this awful phenomenon — where young Muslim men and women are recruited to kill themselves and others — spreading wider and wider. What began in a targeted way in Lebanon and Israel has now
 proliferated to become an almost weekly occurrence in Iraq, Afghanistan and Pakistan.
</p>
<p>It is a threat to any open society because when people turn themselves into bombs, they can't be deterred, and the measures needed to interdict them require suspecting and searching everyone at any public event. And they are a particular threat to Muslim
 communities. You can't build a healthy society on the back of suicide-bombers, whose sole objective is to wreak havoc by exclusively and indiscriminately killing as many civilians as possible.
<br />
<br />
If suicide-murder is deemed legitimate by a community when attacking its "enemies" abroad, it will eventually be used as a tactic against "enemies" at home, and that is exactly what has happened in Iraq, Afghanistan and Pakistan.<br />
<br />
The only effective way to stop this trend is for "the village" — the Muslim community itself — to say "no more." When a culture and a faith community delegitimizes this kind of behavior, openly, loudly and consistently, it is more important than metal detectors
 or extra police. Religion and culture are the most important sources of restraint in a society.
<br />
<br />
That's why India's Muslims, who are the second-largest Muslim community in the world after Indonesia's, and the one with the deepest democratic tradition, do a great service to Islam by delegitimizing suicide-murderers by refusing to bury their bodies. It won't
 stop this trend overnight, but it can help over time. </p>
<p>"The Muslims of Bombay deserve to be congratulated in taking this important decision," Raashid Alvi, a Muslim member of India's Parliament from the Congress Party, said to me. "Islam says that if you commit suicide, then even after death you will be punished."
<br />
<br />
The fact that Indian Muslims have stood up in this way is surely due, in part, to the fact that they live in, are the product of and feel empowered by a democratic and pluralistic society. They are not intimidated by extremist religious leaders and are not
 afraid to speak out against religious extremism in their midst. <br />
<br />
It is why so few, if any, Indian Muslims are known to have joined Al Qaeda. And it is why, as outrageously expensive and as uncertain the outcome, trying to build decent, pluralistic societies in places like Iraq is not as crazy as it seems. It takes a village,
 and without Arab-Muslim societies where the villagers feel ownership over their lives and empowered to take on their own extremists — militarily and ideologically — this trend will not go away.
<br />
<br />
<strong><br />
By Thomas L. Friedman</strong></p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>27/12/2011 13:43:13</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/14962/No+Way+No+How+Not+Here+NYT</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">14962</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>14963</publicationdataID>
      <title>Pakistan makes a Taliban truce (NYT)</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p>Published: February 16, 2009 <br />
<br />
ISLAMABAD, <span style="text-decoration:underline">Pakistan</span> — The government announced Monday that it would accept a system of Islamic law in the Swat valley and agreed to a truce, effectively conceding the area as a
<span style="text-decoration:underline">Taliban</span> sanctuary and suspending a faltering effort by the army to crush the insurgents.
<br />
<br />
The concessions to the militants, who now control about 70 percent of the region just 100 miles from the capital, were criticized by Pakistani analysts as a capitulation by a government desperate to stop Taliban abuses and a military embarrassed at losing ground
 after more than a year of intermittent fighting. About 3,000 Taliban militants have kept 12,000 government troops at bay and
<span style="text-decoration:underline">terrorized the local population</span> with floggings and the burning of schools.
<br />
<br />
The accord came less than a week before the first official visit to Washington of the Pakistani army chief, Gen.
<span style="text-decoration:underline">Ashfaq Parvez Kayani,</span> to meet Obama administration officials and discuss how Pakistan could improve its tactics against what the American military is now calling an industrial-strength insurgency there of
<span style="text-decoration:underline">Al Qaeda</span> and the Taliban. </p>
<p>The militants have also made deep gains in neighboring Afghanistan, where the United States is sending more troops.
<br />
<br />
Pakistani government officials insisted the truce with the Taliban and the switch to the Shariah, the Islamic legal code, were consistent with the Constitution and presented no threat to the integrity of the nation.
<br />
<br />
But the truce offered by the Taliban, and accepted by the authorities, rebuffed American demands for the Pakistani civilian and military authorities to stick with the fight against the militants, not make deals with them.
<br />
<br />
Under the terms of the accord, the chief minister of the province, Amir Haider Khan Hoti, said that Pakistani troops would now go on "reactive mode” and fight only in retaliation for an attack.
<br />
<br />
Announced by the government of the North-West Frontier Province after consultation with President
<span style="text-decoration:underline">Asif Ali Zardari,</span> the pact echoed previous government accords with the militants across Pakistan’s semiautonomous tribal areas in North and South Waziristan.
<br />
<br />
<br />
Those regions have since become a mini-state for Qaeda and Taliban militants, who are now the focus of missile strikes by remotely piloted American aircraft. On Monday, what was thought to be a drone strike in Kurram, a separate area close to the Afghan border,
 killed 31 people, Pakistani intelligence officials said. </p>
<p>Analysts are now suggesting that the drone strikes may be pushing the Taliban, and even some Qaeda elements, out of the tribal belt and into Swat, making the valley more important to the Taliban.
<br />
<br />
Speaking in India on the last leg of his trip to Pakistan, Afghanistan and India, the Obama administration’s special envoy to the region,<span style="text-decoration:underline">Richard C. Holbrooke,</span> did not address the truce directly but said the turmoil
 in Swat served as a reminder that the United States, Pakistan and India faced an "enemy which poses direct threats to our leadership, our capitals, and our people.”
<br />
<br />
Pakistani legal experts and other analysts warned that the decision by the authorities would embolden militants in other parts of the country.
<br />
<br />
"This means you have surrendered to a handful of extremists,” said Athar Minallah, a leader of a lawyers’ movement that has campaigned for an independent judiciary. "The state is under attack; instead of dealing with them as aggressors, the government has abdicated.”
<br />
<br />
Shuja Nawaz, the author of<span style="text-decoration:underline">"Crossed Swords,”</span> a book on the Pakistani military, said that with the accord, "the government is ceding a great deal of space” to the militants.
</p>
<p>But some Pakistani officials have recently argued that a truce was necessary in Swat because the army was unable to fight a guerrilla insurgency and civilians were suffering in the conflict.
<br />
<br />
A former interior minister, Aftab Ahmad Sherpao, told the parliamentary committee on national security this month that Shariah ordinances should be introduced to "calm the situation.”
<br />
<br />
Sherry Rehman, the government information minister, said the deal should not be seen as a concession. "It is in no way a sign of the state’s weakness,” she said. "The public will of the population of the Swat region is at the center of all efforts, and it should
 be taken into account while debating the merits of this agreement.” <br />
<br />
In legislative elections a year ago, the people of Swat, a region that is about the size of Delaware and has 1.3 million residents, voted overwhelmingly for the secular Awami National Party. Since then, the Taliban have singled out elected politicians with
 suicide bomb attacks and chased virtually all of them from the valley. Several hundred thousand residents have also fled the fighting.
<br />
<br />
<br />
Many of the poor who have stayed in Swat, which until the late 1960s was ruled by a prince, were calling for the Shariah courts as a way of achieving quick justice and dispensing with the long delays and corruption of the civil courts. The authorities in the
 North-West Frontier Province, which includes Swat, argued that the Shariah courts were not the same as strict Islamic law. The new laws, for instance, would not ban education of females or impose other strict tenets espoused by the Taliban in Pakistan and
 Afghanistan. </p>
<p>The new accord, they said, would simply activate laws already agreed to by <span style="text-decoration:underline">
Benazir Bhutto</span> in the early 1990s when she was prime minister. Similarly, the principle of Shariah courts in Swat was also agreed to by Prime Minister
<span style="text-decoration:underline">Nawaz Sharif</span> in 1999. In both cases, the courts, though approved, were never put in place.
<br />
<br />
A Pakistani official, who spoke on condition of anonymity because the official did not have permission to speak publicly, said that the government’s acceptance of the courts was an attempt to blunt efforts of the Taliban to woo Swat residents frustrated by
 the ineffective judiciary. <br />
<br />
"The Taliban was trying to take advantage of the local movement and desire for a judicial system,” the official said. The official insisted that the Obama administration, informed of the accord, "showed understanding of our strategy.”
<br />
<br />
On Monday, a White House spokesman, Tommy Vietor, said only, "We have seen the press reports and are in touch with the government of Pakistan about the ongoing situation in Swat.”
<br />
<br />
Provincial officials said the accord in Swat was struck with Maulana Sufi Muhammad. He is the father-in-law of Maulana Fazlullah, a deputy to Baitullah Mehsud, who is the head of the umbrella group for the Taliban in Pakistan.
</p>
<p>Mr. Muhammad is often described as more benign than his son-in-law, but the ranks of their followers and their lines of authority are fluid and overlapping.
<br />
<br />
<br />
In 2001, he took thousands of young men across the border into Afghanistan to fight jihad against the Americans. After his return he was imprisoned by Pakistani authorities.
<br />
<br />
<br />
He was released last April after agreeing to denounce violence and work to bring peace to the area.
<br />
<br />
<br />
Despite the insistence that the new legal system in Swat was consistent with existing civil law, some feared that the accord was an ominous sign of the power of the militants to spread into the heartland of Pakistan, including the most populous and wealthiest
 province, the Punjab. <br />
<br />
<br />
"The hardest task for the government will be to protect the Punjab against inroads by militants,” wrote I. A. Rehman, a member of the Human Rights Commission, in Dawn, a daily newspaper.
<br />
<br />
<br />
"Already, religious extremists have strong bases across the province and sympathizers in all arenas: political parties, services, the judiciary, the middle class and even the media,” he wrote. "For its part, the government is handicapped because of its failure
 to offer good governance, guarantee livelihoods and restore people’s faith in the frayed judicial system.”
<br />
<br />
<br />
Reporting was contributed by Ismail Khan from Peshawar, Pakistan; Pir Zubair Shah and Salman Masood from Islamabad; and Helene Cooper from Washington.<br />
<br />
<strong>(By ISMAIL KHAN and JANE PERLEZ)</strong></p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>27/12/2011 13:46:05</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/14963/Pakistan+makes+a+Taliban+truce+NYT</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">14963</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>14964</publicationdataID>
      <title>Losing the Game: Pakistan on the Brink (Counterpunch)</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p><strong>Weekend Edition<br />
February 13 - 15, 2009<br />
<br />
</strong>Pakistan might collapse. It faces regional insurgencies, political failures, rising Islamism (in the public and army alike), and reprisals from India over the Mumbai attacks of last November. The trouble in the US’s principal though duplicitous partner
 in the war on terror is all the more worrisome because it has nuclear weapons. A great deal of Pakistan’s trouble is the fault of its military, which has thwarted political development, encouraged Islamism, and supported terrorism.
<br />
<br />
From its inception in 1947, Pakistan was predisposed to military rule. The British colonial army of the subcontinent was drawn predominantly from the Punjab, a region that became part of Pakistan upon independence. From that point on, the Pakistani army was
 more unified and capable of concerted action than were the political parties. Seeing itself as embodying the nation far more than they did, the army would push aside civilian governments and take the reins of power when it saw fit. There’s no edifying morality
 play here. Pakistan’s political parties are corrupt, oligarchic patronage networks that bear considerable blame as well for the situation today.
</p>
<p>The Pakistani army, more so than the political parties, benefited from Cold War dynamics. India, though more powerful than Pakistan and hostile to China, chose a path of nonalignment and so Pakistan (along with Iran) became the US’s partner in the region.
 Arms and money and advisors flowed in, adding to the army’s hypertrophy. The military used its muscle in politics often and the results were not good. Military governments thwarted the development of stable political partnerships and coalitions, failed to
 integrate the various provinces of the country (Balochistan and the North-West Frontier Province) into a national whole, and also failed to find a political arrangement to limit sectarian clashes.
<br />
<br />
The Soviet Union’s invasion of Afghanistan in 1979 greatly strengthened the army (especially a section of it), which at the time was ruling the country after overthrowing and eventually executing Ali Bhutto. The US and Saudi Arabia poured money into Pakistan
 to aid the various mujahadin groups fighting just to the north, most of whom could readily be considered Islamist. The supply effort was entrusted to a section of the military – the Inter-Services Intelligence Directorate (ISI). In order to inspire new recruits
 for the war in Afghanistan (and for the struggle over Kashmir and revanchism over the loss of East Pakistan) madrasas were funded. Along the way, the ISI became a state within a state, an army within an army, a praetorian guard within a praetorian guard.
</p>
<p>The Soviet-Afghan War of the 1980s was a boon for the Pakistani army and the ISI. They emerged from the war with large amounts of US money and equipment and with institutional prestige infused with victory, which reinforced the conviction that they alone
 knew best how to lead the country. This sense of national mission had theretofore not been weak but it had been based in part on an uncertain foundation: an hysterical reaction to, and the need to deny, the incompetence it had exhibited in wars with India,
 one of which, in 1971, had led to the loss of East Pakistan and resulted in a national trauma that shapes national thought to this day.
<br />
<br />
The chaotic aftermath of the Soviet Union’s withdrawal from Afghanistan in 1989 presented the Pakistani military and ISI with new security concerns. Though victorious, the guardians saw Afghanistan as a dangerous front in the conflict with India, which had
 attained influence with Tajik, Uzbek, and Hazara peoples of central and northern Afghanistan. These northern groups (essentially the future Northern Alliance) were posed against the Pashtun tribes in the south and in the region across the porous frontier in
 Pakistan’s North-West Frontier Province and its Federally Administered Tribal Agencies.
</p>
<p>The ISI looked to counter the Indian-backed tribes and also for stability to allow commerce to flow with the independent states of Central Asia that emerged with the collapse of the Soviet Union in 1991. The mujahadin had never solidified into a unitary
 movement, remaining instead an assortment of groups with a common interest in expelling the Soviet Union and its collaborators in Kabul. Following the Soviet Union’s exit in 1989, the groups vied for power cruelly but inconclusively. Warlordism flourished;
 Pakistan’s security to the north remained in doubt. The ISI found its answer to security and commercial matters in the Taliban, which arose, probably without ISI assistance, in 1994 as a fundamentalist sect that suppressed brigandage preying upon commerce
 in southern Afghanistan and which, with ISI assistance, spread among the Pashtun tribes, especially those whose structure had been badly damaged by decades of war. The Taliban offered new or restored traditional forms of social integration, authority, and
 patronage. Most of all, they ended crime and anarchy. By 1996, it had swept across most of Afghanistan, cornering the Northern Alliance. Soon thereafter the Clinton administration negotiated with the Taliban to build oil and gas pipelines to bring the resources
 of Central Asia to Pakistan, then on to foreign markets. The Pakistani guardians were elated.
</p>
<p>The ISI had secured its northern front for the time being and established itself as the hub of a wide-ranging network of militant and terrorist organizations to fight India over Kashmir and to one day restore lost honor over East Pakistan. The Taliban handled
 the north; various groups such as Markaz Dawa-Wal-Irshad, Lashkar-e-Taiba, and others staged guerrilla attacks in and near Kashmir. (Lashkar-e-Taiba likely executed the Mumbai attacks in November 2008.) Both fronts benefited from mujahadin veterans, some of
 whom became al Qaeda. The soldiers of the Punjab had once been mainstays of British imperial might and ambition; the generals of the Punjab were now players in the newest round of the Great Game.
<br />
<br />
The 2001 attacks on New York and Washington by a group at least on the fringe of the ISI’s network, and ensuing events, revealed how poorly the Pakistani military and intelligence played the region’s famous geopolitical game. In late 2001 the Northern Alliance,
 aided by US air power, rolled up Taliban and al Qaeda positions and seized Mazar-e-Sharif, Kabul, and Kandahar. The ISI’s clients were trapped in distant redoubts and on the verge of annihilation. The ISI claimed to support the US but rescued the Taliban and
 al Qaeda forces, and airlifted them into Pakistan – Operation Evil Airlift, as an aghast but helpless US special forces witness called it.
</p>
<p>Pakistan’s duplicity continued for years but has now become apparent to all. The US has cooled toward Pakistan and the ISI’s Islamist clients are turning on it. Overt support for the US has caused Islamist clients to turn on the government (military or civilian)
 and develop into serious insurgent groups. The Taliban reconstituted in Pakistani sanctuaries, allied with a kindred Pakistani movement (Tehrik-e-Taliban), and is now seizing control of swaths of the North-West Frontier Province. To the west, the Taliban,
 in concert with Baloch insurgents, are asserting control over the northern part of Balochistan Province. Losing control of these areas means losing US/NATO supply routes but attempts to fight the insurgents makes the military seem even more obeisant to the
 US, which of course strengthens the insurgencies. US leaders are turning to supply routes across Central Asia; and Russia, concerned about an Islamist empire forming to its south, has recently announced greater logistical support for US/NATO forces, which
 it otherwise vehemently opposes in Eastern Europe. </p>
<p>Pakistan is of diminishing usefulness to US/NATO efforts in Afghanistan, but of increasing alarm to the region and to much of the world. Its army and ISI are no longer able to govern the country or even hold it together – and neither can the newly installed
 civilian government, whose capabilities the military has stunted and some of whose leaders it has murdered. A reasonable interpretation of recent events is that the military helped assassinate Benazir Bhutto in December 2007 in order to prevent the accession
 of a popular civilian government, and that it increased guerrilla operations in Kashmir last summer and aided in the Mumbai attacks of November 2008 in order to rally Islamist militants to the nationalist, anti-Indian cause. Disintegration continues.
</p>
<p>The Pakistani army is a highly centralized bureaucracy that is organized for conventional war, praetorian meddling, and authoritarian rule. It lacks the flexibility and willingness to delegate authority necessary for counterinsurgency operations and indeed
 it has allocated guerrilla expertise to the groups it is now fighting. Other politically engaged armies have come to see political involvement as destructive, withdrawn from politics, and focused on building professional, nonpolitical forces. The French army,
 after agonizing colonial wars and absurd coup attempts, is a case in point. Late in the Franco regime the Spanish army came into contact with the apolitical officers of NATO and saw their professionalism and mastery of technique as more desirable than political
 involvement. And numerous South American armies have realized that they are unable to govern and opted to go back to the barracks.
<br />
<br />
<br />
But this might not be possible for the Pakistani army and the ISI. Their encouragement of Islamism brought the militant faithful into the officer corps, as they were thought more dedicated to confronting India than those with more moderate religiosity. Islamist
 militants are all but dominant in the officer corps now, even in the ranks of those who will control the general staff in a few years. The generals have brought Pakistan to the edge of the abyss. The protégées they took in, nurtured, and promoted may be the
 ones to push the country in, making the Pakistani generals the most recent losers in the Great Game, which has never had a long-term winner.
<br />
<br />
<br />
<strong>(Brian M. Downing </strong>is a veteran of the Vietnam War and author of several works of political and military history, including The Military Revolution and Political Change and The Paths of Glory: War and Social Change in America from the Great
 War to Vietnam. He can be reached at: brianmdowning[at]gmail[dot]com) </p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>27/12/2011 13:48:45</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/14964/Losing+the++Pakistan+on+the+Brink+Counterpunch</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">14964</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>14965</publicationdataID>
      <title>Zardari: We Underestimated Taliban Threat (CBS News)</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p><strong>(CBS) </strong>Of all the challenges facing President Obama, none will be more difficult to solve than the basket case that is Pakistan. The Muslim nation - whose support is critical to the U.S. mission in Afghanistan - is not only broke and embroiled
 in another crisis with its arch enemy India, it is now at war with Muslim extremists trying to destroy the government of President Asif Ali Zardari.
<br />
<br />
As <strong>correspondent Steve Kroft</strong> reports, the growing insurgency run by the Taliban and al Qaeda is threatening the stability of a key U.S. ally that is believed to have as many as a hundred nuclear weapons.
<br />
<br />
For all of its 62 years, the government of Pakistan and its military have been obsessed with one thing: India, the enemy next door to the east with whom it has fought three wars. And every day for 50 of those years its soldiers at one of the border crossings
 have stared down their Indian counterparts, as their flags are raised and lowered.
<br />
<br />
<br />
But the biggest threat facing Pakistan today comes from within, from its lawless tribal territories on the western frontier, where the Taliban and al Qaeda were allowed to regroup and carry out attacks against U.S. troops across the border in Afghanistan, and
 now against the Pakistani government. </p>
<p>During the past year, Islamic extremists have launched more than 600 terrorist attacks inside the country, killing more than 2,000 people. One suicide bombing last September, at the Marriott Hotel in the capital of Islamabad, killed 60 people just minutes
 away from the presidential offices, now occupied by a very unlikely leader, Asif Ali Zardari.
<br />
<br />
Asked how important it is to stop extremism, President Zardari told Kroft, "It’s important enough. I lost my wife to it. My children's mother, the most populist leader of Pakistan. It's important to stop them and make sure that it doesn't happen again and they
 don't take over our way of life. That's what they want to do." <br />
<br />
Zardari's late wife was Benazir Bhutto, who was supposed to be leading the country. But the former prime minister was assassinated, most likely by the Pakistani Taliban, after returning from exile 14 months ago. Until then, Zardari had spent more time in prison
 on corruption charges than he had in government service. <br />
<br />
But parliament elected him president last fall, and he has spent much of his time dealing with the Taliban insurgency that has spread across the countryside. "They do have a presence in huge amounts of land in our side. Yes, that is the fact," Zardari acknowledged.
<br />
<br />
<br />
North of the capital, in an area known as Swat, the Taliban have seized control, terrorizing villages and imposing Islamic law. Beheadings are common, signs in the market place read "no women allowed," and a few weeks ago the Taliban blew up five girls schools.
</p>
<p>"Right now, you have a situation in the Swat area. It’s only three hours from Islamabad where the Taliban is very strong there," Kroft remarked. "How did that happen?"
<br />
<br />
"It's been happening over time. And it's happened out of denial. Everybody was in denial that they're weak and they won't be able to take over. That, they won't be able to give us a challenge. And our forces weren't increased. And therefore we have weaknesses.
 And they are taking advantage of that weakness," Zardari explained. <br />
<br />
For years, the Taliban were permitted to operate openly in the border regions of Pakistan. Their leaders even held news conferences. The government was unwilling to take them on politically or militarily. Now Pakistan is facing a monster it helped create, and
 has been forced to act. It's deployed 120,000 troops to clear the Taliban from their sanctuaries.
<br />
<br />
<strong>60 Minutes</strong> went with them to one of the most dangerous places in the world, the border area adjacent to Afghanistan's Kunar province, the Princeton of international terrorism, where many believe al Qaeda's top leadership is being hosted by
 the Taliban. <br />
<br />
<br />
We landed in a place called Bajaur, a district in the tribal territories that sits astride a major Taliban infiltration route and the scene of the Pakistani military’s biggest offensive ever against the Taliban and al Qaeda. Gen. Tariq Khan is the commander
 of Pakistan's forces in the tribal territories. <br />
<br />
<br />
"We considered Bajaur to be the center of gravity, from where the militants had access to Afghanistan," Khan told Kroft.
<br />
<br />
Asked what the fighting was like there, the general said, "We had to fight compound to compound. And every inch, we had to take a hit."
</p>
<p>Khan told Kroft he was surprised by the enemy's numbers and their intensity. "The kind of tenacity. The need to hold onto ground. There were no surrenders. As much as people willing to die."
<br />
<br />
It has taken the Pakistani military five months of heavy fighting to gain a fragile foothold over an area about half the size of Rhode Island. When 60 Minutes was there last month, there was still sporadic sniper fire as the frontier corps cleared out the last
 pockets of resistance. <br />
<br />
They took us to a former Taliban command post less than ten miles from the Afghanistan border to show us what they had been up against. Inside the mud walls and beneath the compound was an intricate set of tunnels.
<br />
<br />
"These tunnels are linked for more than one mile," one soldier told Kroft. <br />
<br />
The tunnels in the area not only were connected to underground rooms, but to other compounds, and were deep enough to withstand artillery fire. The tunnels took years to build, an indication of how long the Taliban were allowed to flourish in Bajaur.
<br />
<br />
"Do you think it was a mistake not going up against the Taliban earlier?" Kroft asked Gen. Khan.
<br />
<br />
"I think we should have nipped the evil in the bud. Much earlier. We dilly dallied, we hoped that it would go away," Khan acknowledged. "It didn't work."
<br />
<br />
And he acknowledged that the Taliban is their enemy now. "They have to be dismantled. They have to be destroyed."
</p>
<p>Along with much of Bajour: after the battle, the Pakistani military brought in bulldozers to level the buildings that were still standing, to make sure the Taliban won't return. The people who lived there have been relocated, along with 200,000 others to
 refugee camps outside Peshawar. And the remnants of the Taliban have also moved.
<br />
<br />
Some of them moved to Mohmand, the next tribal district to the south. A Pakistani frontier outpost there regularly fires artillery salvos at suspected Taliban enclaves. The Pakistani commanders walked
<strong><em>60 Minutes</em></strong> up a steep hill to point out one of their outposts that was attacked by 600 Taliban soldiers just three nights earlier.
<br />
<br />
A commander told Kroft it was the biggest they attack that they had ever faced there.
<br />
<br />
The Pakistanis claim 110 Taliban soldiers were killed that night, with only six losses to their side. "This was most probably a kind of last ditch effort by them," the commander said.
<br />
<br />
But not everyone is so optimistic. Bruce Riedel, a senior fellow at the Brookings Institute, spent 30 years as a CIA analyst, and has advised President Obama on the situation in Pakistan.
<br />
<br />
"This is unprecedented to have this many Pakistani troops there. Unfortunately, almost all of them are not trained in counter-insurgency warfare. They’re trying to use the tactics that they would use against the Indian Army, armored warfare, against an enemy
 that is an unconventional force," Riedel said. </p>
<p>Asked how successful he thinks Pakistan's tactics have been, Riedel told Kroft, "Most of the success has been along the main road. Once you get off the main road, you get into rural villages, there’s very little lasting effectiveness."
<br />
<br />
And it’s not just rural villages: the Taliban are now operating on the outskirts of Peshawar, one of Pakistan's largest cities, 40 miles from the Afghanistan border.
<br />
<br />
They have attacked police stations, military outposts, and destroyed hundreds of NATO vehicles. They have also mounted regular attacks on the convoys that snake their way through the Khyber Pass on the way to Afghanistan to re-supply American troops, which
 get most of their weapons, ammunition and food, through this critical route. <br />
<br />
In December the Pakistani army was forced to close it temporarily, in order to root out the Taliban. But 12 days ago the insurgents blew up a key bridge through the pass on the Pakistan side of the border. There are some in Washington who still question the
 commitment of the Pakistani military and its intelligence service, the ISI (Inter-Services Intelligence), to wage a war against fellow Muslims and they question how much power President Zardari really has.
</p>
<p>"Do you have the support for this campaign against the Taliban? Do you have the full support of the military and the ISI?" Kroft asked the president.
<br />
<br />
"If that wasn't the case, then Islamabad would have fallen because obviously if the army doesn't do its job, these men are not restricted. They've blown up the Marriott Hotel before. They've attacked us inland before. They would be all around us, wouldn't they?"
 Zardari replied. <br />
<br />
Speaking to Bruce Riedel, Kroft asked, "President Zardari said this is our war now, meaning Pakistan’s war. Do you think he means it?"
<br />
<br />
"He understands it’s his war now," Riedel replied. "He has yet to convince most Pakistanis that it's their war. The overwhelming majority of Pakistanis see this as America’s war, They haven’t bought into the notion that this is a threat to them yet."
<br />
<br />
There is a huge wave of anti-Americanism sweeping across Pakistan right now. Many of its 180 million citizens see the U.S. as an imperial power, like the former Soviet Union, meddling in a part of the world where they believe it has no business. The feelings
 have been exacerbated by U.S. attacks against high level al Qaeda targets on Pakistan's soil using unmanned predator drones. Some of the attacks have been successful, but dozens if not hundreds of Pakistani bystanders have also been killed.
</p>
<p>"If we do that in America, will you accept it? So if you feel it is wrong, we are also human being. We also feel that whatever you are doing, it is inhuman," said Khalid Khawaja, a former Pakistani intelligence officer, and an influential Islamic firebrand
 who spent seven months in prison last year for speaking out against the government.
<br />
<br />
He is also a friend of Osama bin Laden. <br />
<br />
Asked when he last spoke to bin Laden, Khawaja, after a long pause, said, "It’s a long time back."
<br />
<br />
"Where do you think he is?" Kroft asked. <br />
<br />
"See, even if I know, I will never tell you so this is a question that shouldn’t, you shouldn’t ask me this question," Khawaja replied.
<br />
<br />
"Do you think Zardari will aggressively go after Osama Bin Laden?" Kroft asked. <br />
<br />
"I don’t think that Zardari has any power," Khawaja said. "Zardari is only a puppet of United States here. He's here only because of United States wanted him to be planted here."
<br />
<br />
But Zardari told Kroft, "We're not doing anybody a favor. Pakistan, the government of today, we are aware of the fact it’s a Taliban try, trying to take over the state of Pakistan. So, we're fighting for the survival of Pakistan. We’re not fighting for the
 survival of anybody else." <br />
<br />
The notion that the second largest Muslim country in the world, armed with a hundred nuclear weapons, could fall under the influence of Islamic radicals is a nightmare the United States has been having for a while now, but today it has never been more plausible.
<br />
<br />
"The possibility of Pakistan being taken over by Islamic jihadists is a real one," Riedel warned. "I think a decade ago most experts would have said it'll never happen. I think today most experts would say it's a possibility. It's become a serious possibility.
<br />
<br />
<a href="http://mea.gov.in/%E2%80%9D"><br />
http://www.cbsnews.com/stories/2009/02/13/60minutes/printable4800926.html</a></p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>27/12/2011 13:51:39</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/14965/Zardari+We+Underestimated+Taliban+Threat+CBS+News</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">14965</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>14966</publicationdataID>
      <title>Pakistan Backtracks on Link to Mumbai Attacks (NYT)</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p>Published: February 12, 2009 <br />
<br />
ISLAMABAD, Pakistan — Pakistan acknowledged for the first time on Thursday that parts of the Mumbai terrorist attacks were planned on its soil and said that six suspects were being held and awaiting prosecution.
<br />
<br />
The admission amounted to a significant about-face for the Pakistani government, which has long denied that any terrorist attacks against India, its longtime enemy, have originated in Pakistan.
<br />
<br />
Officials said as recently as Monday that they did not have enough evidence to link the Mumbai assault to Pakistan, and there have been signs of internal tensions in Pakistan over cracking down on Lashkar-e-Taiba, the Pakistan-based militant group that India
 and the United States have deemed responsible for the Nov. 26 attack on India’s financial capital.
<br />
<br />
<br />
Pakistani officials did not explicitly name Lashkar as the organizer of the attacks on Thursday, but they did single out as suspects two people who are known to be connected to the group.
<br />
<br />
The formal acknowledgment of a Pakistani role came on the final day of a visit to the country by Richard C. Holbrooke, President Obama’s special envoy to the region, who raised the issue with top Pakistani government officials, according to an official familiar
 with the conversations. </p>
<p>Though Pakistani officials denied the announcement was linked to Mr. Holbrooke’s visit, the Obama administration has made clear that lowering hostilities between India and Pakistan is a crucial part of a regional solution to the war in Afghanistan.
<br />
<br />
India called Pakistan’s admission a "positive development,” but said that Pakistan must still take steps to dismantle the "infrastructure of terrorism.” In Washington, the State Department spokesman, Robert A. Wood, said, "I think it shows that Pakistan is
 serious about doing what it can to deal with the people that may have perpetrated these attacks.”
<br />
<br />
Both India and the United States have put strong pressure on Pakistan for some concession regarding the Mumbai attacks, which American officials feared were distracting Pakistan from the task of battling militants from the Taliban and Al Qaeda who have bases
 inside Pakistani territory. <br />
<br />
Despite seemingly overwhelming evidence presented by India, with the help of American and British investigators, top Pakistani officials had repeatedly raised doubts about the identity of the attackers and the links to Pakistan-based militant leaders.
<br />
<br />
Finally, on Thursday, as Mr. Holbrooke left Pakistan for Afghanistan, Rehman Malik, the senior security official in the Interior Ministry, gave the fullest public account so far of Pakistan’s investigation.
</p>
<p>"Some part of the conspiracy has taken place in Pakistan,” he said in a televised news briefing. He emphasized Pakistan’s commitment to prosecuting the attackers and, unusually for a government official here, expressed solidarity with India.
<br />
<br />
But he was also careful to diffuse blame for the attacks, noting that the tools used by the attackers to organize their plot — cellphone SIM cards, Internet servers — provided links to other countries, however ancillary.
<br />
<br />
"We have gone the extra mile in conducting an investigation on the basis of information provided by India, and we have proved that we are with the Indian people,” Mr. Malik said.
<br />
<br />
<br />
"According to the initial inquiry report a part of the conspiracy of Mumbai attacks was hatched in Pakistan; however links have been found in other states, including the U.S.A., Austria, Spain, Italy and Russia,” he added.
<br />
<br />
A State Department official, who spoke on condition of anonymity because of diplomatic sensitivities, called the Pakistani announcement a "political decision” to ease tensions with India.
<br />
<br />
While saying they did not have enough proof that the perpetrators were Pakistanis, President Asif Ali Zardari and other civilian leaders have expressed a determination to get to the bottom of the Mumbai attacks.
</p>
<p>Mr. Zardari even offered to send the nation’s top intelligence official to India after the attacks occurred. But his outreach to India met strong resistance from Pakistan’s powerful intelligence agency and the military.
<br />
<br />
A Defense Department official, who did not want to be named for similar reasons, said the Pakistani decision may have been an effort by the civilian government to "poke a stick” at the Pakistani military and intelligence service, which helped set up Lashkar
 in the 1980s as a proxy force to challenge India’s control of Kashmir, the disputed border region.
<br />
<br />
Indian officials have previously blamed Lashkar for an attack in 2000 on the Red Fort in New Delhi, as well as involvement in an attack on the Indian Parliament in 2001. Pakistan never acknowledged any Lashkar role in those attacks. The group is officially
 banned, though it has continued to operate openly. <br />
<br />
Mr. Malik’s statements appeared to vindicate many of India’s accusations of Pakistani involvement. But he gave no confirmation of Indian claims that elements of the Pakistani security apparatus may also have been involved along with Lashkar.
<br />
<br />
He said that Zaki ur-Rehman Lakhvi, the operational commander of Lashkar, was "under investigation” as the possible mastermind of the Mumbai assault. And he acknowledged allegations that e-mail messages that claimed responsibility for the attacks were created
 by Zarar Shah, the Lashkar communications coordinator. </p>
<p>While confirming much of the account of the attack already pieced together by American, British and Indian investigators, he also described an apparently broader circle of terrorist operators than previously disclosed.
<br />
<br />
<br />
He named some of those arrested as a result of the inquiry, including men he identified as Muhammad Ishfaq and Javed Iqbal, who he said was captured after being lured to Pakistan from Spain. Cellphone SIM cards used in the attacks were bought in Austria, while
 calls over the Internet, using a server in Texas, were paid for in Barcelona, Spain, he said.
<br />
<br />
Mr. Malik identified another co-conspirator as Hammad Amin Sadiq, who, he said, had been traced through telephone records and bank transfers. "He was basically the main operator,” Mr. Malik said. He also said that one of the people involved was in Houston,
 and that he planned to send a team to United States. <br />
<br />
<br />
Only one of the attackers, Ajmal Kasab, survived the Mumbai assault. The Pakistani authorities have already acknowledged that he was of Pakistani origin. But they have yet to ascertain the identities of the other nine attackers because information provided
 by India was too vague, Mr. Malik said. </p>
<p>Pakistan had given Indian officials a list of 30 questions to which investigators were seeking answers, including some relating to the records of conversations between the attackers and their handlers. "We have asked the Indian authorities to share more
 information so that the culprits could be given strong prosecution,” Mr. Malik said.
<br />
<br />
He said he had originally planned to hold the briefing four to five days earlier, but because of some legal matters, he had to postpone it until Thursday. "The timing has nothing to do with Mr. Holbrooke’s visit,” he said.
<br />
<br />
But Sajjan M. Gohel, director for international security of the Asia Pacific Foundation in London, who has closely followed the Mumbai investigations, said there was no denying that Pakistan had been under pressure from the United States.
<br />
<br />
<br />
"This is unprecedented,” he said. "It is the first time Pakistan has acknowledged an attack on India has originated on its soil.”
<br />
<br />
<strong>(By Salman Masood)</strong></p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>27/12/2011 13:54:28</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/14966/Pakistan+Backtracks+on+Link+to+Mumbai+Attacks+NYT</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">14966</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>14967</publicationdataID>
      <title>Which is the real Pakistan? (Financial Times)</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p><strong>By David Pilling, Financial Times<br />
Published: February 11 2009 20:26</strong><br />
<br />
Rakesh Maria, the tall and lean joint-commissioner of police in charge of investigating the Mumbai bomb attacks, allows himself few doubts about Pakistani involvement in the November assault that killed more than 180 people and traumatised a subcontinent. Speaking
 in his tightly guarded office last night, he left little room for ambiguity when he declared: "This thing has been planned in Pakistan; these people have been trained in Pakistan, have been equipped in Pakistan, and this thing has been launched from Pakistan.”
<br />
<br />
As to whether such malicious activities could have been undertaken without the direct knowledge of Pakistani authorities, he snorted: "I am saying these groups were operating in Pakistan. How can you say they don’t know? Either I am deaf, dumb or blind, or
 [they are] conniving absolutely.” <br />
<br />
Yet, 10 weeks after the bloody and audacious assault on India’s throbbing commercial centre, India has not responded, either diplomatically or militarily. Ask Indian officials and academics about Pakistan and the slightly disarming response that comes back
 is: "What is that?” One senior official in New Delhi, describing what he said was Islamabad’s incoherent and contradictory response to the Mumbai attacks, said Pakistan was not so much a failed as an "unfinished” state. More frightening almost than the idea
 that some elements of the Pakistani state or military may have succoured terrorism is the suspicion that Pakistan may not exist at all in any meaningful sense.
</p>
<p>Certainly, Islamabad has not offered a coherent response. It initially denied that Amir Kasab, the sole survivor (now in Mr Maria’s custody) alleged to have been involved in the attacks, was of Pakistani origin, but later seemed to cede the point. Delhi
 says it has proof. According to Indian authorities, nor has Islamabad ever responded to a dossier detailing the police investigation, despite the fact that it was handed over weeks ago.
<br />
<br />
Worse, last week Pakistani courts released from detention Abdul Qadeer Khan, the father of Pakistan’s nuclear programme suspected of spreading nuclear secrets to Libya, Iran and North Korea. That can either be interpreted as underlining the weakness of Asif
 Ali Zardari, Pakistan’s president, appeasing hardliners at home; or as a provocation to the US days before the arrival of Richard Holbrooke, special representative. Probably it was both.
<br />
<br />
Venting frustration at the multiple personalities of the Pakistani state, the senior Indian official says: "There has to be someone on the other side of the table to deal with.” Pakistan, with its shaky civilian government and a Jihadist-infiltrated military,
 does not provide that stable interlocutor. When it comes to Pakistan, the question for India – and by extension the rest of the world – is: what precisely are we dealing with? Mr Holbrooke, the bombastic and brilliant representative released on the streets
 of Islamabad only days after Mr Khan, must ponder the same question. He needs to assess the new US administration’s strategy of tripling aid to Islamabad.
</p>
<p>The question he faces is: which Pakistan will receive the money? The seemingly moderate one represented by Mr Zardari, who has rhetorically reached out to India? Or the one that denies Pakistan had anything to do with the Mumbai attacks and that regards
 Mr Khan not as an international threat, but as a hero of the anti-western cause? It matters. If the Pakistan that India suspects has sponsored terrorist attacks in India and Afghanistan is to receive the loot, then rather than killing the beast, the US will
 be feeding it. <br />
<br />
Viewed from India, Pakistan is such a scrambled egg of a nation, with moderate and extremist elements fused, that it is impossible to say where one ends and where the other begins. Increasingly, the US is drawing a similar conclusion. Even geographical boundaries
 are uncertain. Washington think-tanks refer to "Afpak”, implying that it no longer makes sense to regard Pakistan and Afghanistan as separate entities, so lawless and porous is the wild frontier between them.
<br />
<br />
Over and above the terrible ambiguity is the suspicion that Mr Zardari, widower of the assassinated Benazir Bhutto, is not actually in charge. Brahma Chellaney, professor of strategic studies at the Delhi-based Centre for Policy Research, referring to the fact
 that large swaths of the country are outside government control, says: "Zardari and [Hamid] Karzai [president of Afghanistan] are more like mayors of their capital city. They are powerless and helpless.” Mr Chellaney is one of many in India who argue that
 Delhi has acted weakly in the face of terrible provocation. </p>
<p>Yet the only positive thing to have come out of the past 10 weeks has been India’s relatively calm response, echoed by an electorate that has not been easily whipped up into frenzied anti-Pakistani sentiment. In recent state elections, voters did not punish
 incumbents – as the opposition Bharatiya Janata party invited them to do – for their supposed lack of action against Pakistan.
<br />
<br />
In part, Delhi’s restraint has been pragmatic. It does not want to rise to the terrorist bait by engaging in limited or, God forbid, all-out confrontation with its nuclear-armed neighbour. But in part it has held back because it does not know what it is dealing
 with. As George W. Bush discovered in his "war on terror”, fighting an abstract concept – even one with a flag and seat at the United Nations – is like chasing shadows.
<br />
<br />
david[dot]pilling[at]ft[dot]com </p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>27/12/2011 13:56:25</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/14967/Which+is+the+real+Pakistan+Financial+Times</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">14967</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>14969</publicationdataID>
      <title>Febrile frontier (Financial Times)</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p><strong>By James Lamont and Farhan Bokhari in Islamabad <br />
Published: Financial Times, February 11, 2009 02:00 | Last updated: February 11 2009 02:00</strong><br />
<br />
Mohammad Ali Jinnah's narrow face stares out from the walls of his immaculately preserved office in Karachi. The folded writing pad and blotter of Pakistan's first governorgeneral are placed on the wide desk almost as they were left at his death in 1948, little
 over a year after the partition of British India established the state that has since venerated him as father of the nation.
<br />
<br />
In the surrounding rooms of what is now the governor of Sindh's residence are models of battleships, submarines and building projects - the trappings of modern statehood. Here, time has stood still. But beyond the latticed colonnades and well-tended lawns is
 a country in turmoil. <br />
<br />
As Richard Holbrooke, US President Barack Obama's special representative for Pakistan and Afghanistan, touched down in Islamabad this week, he was weighing strategies about how to return Pakistan to the secular ideals of Mr Jinnah's time. The tone of his visit
 was set by Mr Obama, who on Monday night called on Islamabad directly to do more to crack down on al-Qaeda safe havens in its territory. "It's not acceptable for Pakistan or for us to have folks who, with impunity, will kill innocent men, women and children,"
 he said. <br />
<br />
Mr Holbrooke had been sent to the region "to deliver a message to Pakistan that they are endangered as much as we are by the continuation of those operations."
<br />
<br />
South Asia is a top foreign policy priority for the Obama administration, and at the heart of the strategy is saving Pakistan, a country with functioning institutions and a largely moderate population, from going the way of Afghanistan.
</p>
<p>The growing strength of the Taliban on both sides of the border has grave strategic implications for western powers, including US forces, whose numbers in Afghanistan are likely to swell by 30,000 later this year in their effort to defeat the Islamist insurgents
 in the region where the 2001 terror attacks on the US were planned. <br />
<br />
Today, Pakistan is fighting for its survival against religious extremists. The founding values of the original Muslim homeland were overtaken swiftly in the 1970s by an Islamic Republic that promoted militant groups dedicated to the "jihad", or holy war, and
 later developed nuclear weapons. Insurgencies in neighbouring countries engendered a deadly culture of religious violence that has much of the region now in a stranglehold.
<br />
<br />
The war in Afghanistan has spilled over the border, with the "Talibanisation" of large swaths of Pakistan largely bereft of economic development. Arguing that al-Qaeda bases in Pakistan's border country represent the biggest threat to its own security, the
 US is also carrying out an increasing number of strikes by Predator drones against targets in Pakistan, even as Pakistani officials argue that the attacks only further inflame militancy and anti-Americanism.
<br />
<br />
Mr Holbrooke will try to redefine the US's flagging relationship with Pakistan to reverse the decline. Praised and reviled as a "diplomatic bulldozer", he is expected to take a tougher approach than the Bush administration, which for much of its time in office
 framed the relationship around former President George W. Bush's close alliance with Pervez Musharraf, Pakistan's former president.
</p>
<p>The previous US administration was unable to overcome a pervasive anti-Americanism that resented the impression that, while India was a real partner, Pakistan was merely a hired gun to go after al-Qaeda on the border - or more currently, that the US throws
 money at the Pakistani military and knocks the civilian leaders around the head from time to time.
<br />
<br />
Mr Holbrooke, who made his name with Balkan peace deals in the 1990s, is sizing up a defiant, unpredictable country. Only three days before his arrival, the Pakistani courts threw down a gauntlet of defiance to the west when, in an unexpected move, they ordered
 the release from house arrest of Abdul Qader Khan, the architect of Pakistan's nuclear weapons programme who also sold nuclear technology to countries such as Iran and North Korea.
<br />
<br />
The US immediately highlighted its concern that Pakistan had never given its interrogators access to A.Q. Khan. "A.Q. Khan remains a serious proliferation risk," the state department said last week.
<br />
<br />
The freeing of Mr Khan followed the temporary severing of an essential supply line for Nato forces in Afghanistan when a bridge close to the Khyber Pass was blown up. The incident was preceded some months earlier by the torching of a compound full of Nato-destined
 trucks in Peshawar. <br />
<br />
These incidents serve to remind the US of the leverage a weakened Pakistan still has over Washington. They are part of a practised balancing act that keeps the country in the eye of the west, at odds with its neighbours and divided in itself.
<br />
<br />
"It paws at the precipice but always brings itself back," assures one diplomat. "It's a balancing act. It's not best practice but it can't be disastrous."
</p>
<p>Pakistan wants Mr Holbrooke to address how to win back large swaths lost by the government, and not just the border war with al-Qaeda militants. Baluchistan, the Federally Administered Tribal Areas, North West Frontier Province, and the Swat Valley are now
 overrun by a seemingly faceless enemy, the Taliban. In the country's newspapers are grisly tales of a reign of terror - of bombings, beheadings and the forced closure of girls' schools.
<br />
<br />
In government and diplomatic circles, officials debate whether large tracts of Pakistan's western border region are "lost" or still "contestable".<br />
<br />
Pakistan's largely moderate population is slowly waking up to its encirclement. At the end of last month, activists took to the streets of Lahore to protest the loss of the Swat Valley and called for the government to take its territory back from militants.
<br />
<br />
Less than three hours' drive from Islamabad, the valley is fondly remembered by many Pakistanis as a tourist paradise in one of the most beautiful parts of the country. No more. Civilians are leaving in droves. Last week, militants kidnapped 30 soldiers and
 policemen after they ran out of ammunition in an exchange of fire. A rogue radio station announces death lists. Peshawar, the strategic frontier town before the Khyber Pass, is perilously close to going the same way.
</p>
<p>Terror is increasingly not confined to Pakistan's remote border areas. It has also taken root in the cities. The extremists have shown they can mount attacks almost at will in Islamabad, Rawalpindi, Lahore and Karachi, and assassinate political leaders,
 such as Benazir Bhutto. This month, an American United Nations official was abducted. At the weekend, a Polish hostage was beheaded. The construction of an imposing blast wall in front of the Marriott Hotel in Islamabad - a raging inferno in September - bears
 testament to the ubiquity of the threat. <br />
<br />
At the other end of the country, the mood is much the same. Ishrat-ul Ebad Khan, the governor of Sindh province, of which Karachi is the capital, says his city is being infiltrated by Taliban, who use it to raise money from criminal activities.
<br />
<br />
Mr Khan says Pakistan is ill-equipped to fight a war against extremists, while its people are oblivious to the magnitude of the threat. "We cannot afford turbulence. We cannot afford to have this war. Unless stable, how can we continue to fight a war? We are
 paying a price." <br />
<br />
"Paying a price" is a phrase frequently uttered in assessment of Pakistan's prospects. The civilian government complains bitterly that the international community, and particularly the US, is not giving Islamabad sufficient financial support to repel the Taliban
 advance. It wants a policy where military pursuit of militants is coupled with greater development assistance.
</p>
<p>Yousuf Raza Gilani, Pakistan's prime minister, says that an army not trained to fight a guerrilla war wins back territory only to lose it again when it moves on, leaving a vacuum behind. "I would urge the world, especially the US President Mr Barack Obama,
 to go for the real issues, that is the economy. The [Americans] are hit themselves badly [with the credit crunch], but at the same time . . . when you fight terrorism, you have to pay a price for that," says Mr Gilani.
<br />
<br />
But US officials point to the $11bn (£7.5bn, €8.5bn) in military aid the Bush administration gave Pakistan, only to see much of it used to bolster capacity against India rather than exclusively focusing on the battle against the militants. Indeed, a new bill
 set to come before the US Congress with the backing of the administration would triple US civilian assistance to Pakistan to $1.5bn a year - but also make military assistance and arms sales conditional on effective steps against al-Qaeda and the Taliban.
<br />
<br />
Financial assistance has already come in the form of an International Monetary Fund rescue package. The $7.6bn package, agreed at the end of last year, rescued Pakistan from a balance of payments crisis that threatened to exhaust foreign reserves and precipitate
 a debt default. <br />
<br />
<br />
But Pakistan expects more. Japan is likely to host a Friends of Pakistan donor conference in April. President Asif Ali Zardari has voiced hopes of attracting $50bn but against a backdrop of a global financial crisis and fiscal stimulus packages his country
 will be lucky to receive a sum between $4bn and $10bn. <br />
<br />
Some critics, however, argue that it is not money but political will that will bring a victory over militants. They detect an institutional unwillingness in the civilian government, the army, which formerly sponsored militant groups in insurgencies in Afghanistan
 and Pakistan, and civil society to confront the enemy. </p>
<p>"The Pakistani civil society has not yet made up its mind to fight, without any reservation, the jihadi cult. As long as the Pakistani civil society does not take a stand on this issue, it cannot be helped," K. Subrahmanyam, the Delhi-based strategic affairs
 analyst, writes in The Times of India. <br />
<br />
<br />
Mr Holbrooke will be encouraged to focus on the immediate menace in the Swat Valley as much as hunting down al-Qaeda militants in the border region.
<br />
<br />
"Swat is the test case. If the Pakistani ruling establishment is able to stop the Islamic militants then and there, maybe they can then turn the corner and begin defeating these groups," says Hasan Askari Rizvi, a Pakistani political commentator. "So far, there
 are few signs which suggest that the corner is being turned." <br />
<br />
Others warn that Mr Holbrooke has little time to lose to neutralise a threat far greater than the one he encountered in the Balkans. The Swat Valley's capture shows Pakistan's precarious balance is tipping towards theocracy.
<br />
<br />
Additional reporting by Daniel Dombey</p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>27/12/2011 13:58:52</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/14969/Febrile+frontier+Financial+Times</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">14969</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>14971</publicationdataID>
      <title>Banned Pakistan militants gather in Pakistan (BBC)</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[<strong>Militant groups, some of them banned by Pakistan, have met publicly in Pakistan-administered Kashmir for the first time since Mumbai.
</strong><br />
<br />
An alliance of 12 groups attended the meeting in Muzaffarabad, capital of Pakistani-administered Kashmir. They called on the Pakistani government to release imprisoned activists. India has accused the Lashkar-e-Taiba group of being behind the Mumbai attack
 and has demanded that some of its leaders be extradited to Delhi. More than 170 people died when 10 gunmen attacked India's financial capital in November. India has also accused some "state elements" in Pakistan of involvement. Islamabad and Lashkar-e-Taiba
 deny the allegations. <br />
<br />
<strong>Armed struggle </strong><br />
<br />
The BBC's Zulfiqar Ali in Muzaffarabad says that the authorities made no effort to stop the meeting, despite the ban on some of the groups taking part. Among those attending were representatives of leading Pakistani militant groups including Jaish-e-Mohammad,
 Harkat-ul-Mujahideen and Jamat-ud-dawa, a charity linked to Lashkar-e-Taiba. The conference called on the ban on Jamat-ud-dawa to be lifted. Our correspondent says that the only security at the conference was a line of policemen who surrounded the venue.
<br />
<br />
The 12 groups who attended the conference called on the Pakistani government to release about 150 Lashkar-e-Taiba and Jamaat-ud-Dawa activists who were arrested by Pakistan after the Mumbai attacks. Some of them also agreed on a motion which said that armed
 struggle was the only way to bring about a successful conclusion to the Kashmir conflict.
<br />
<br />
They also accused the Pakistani government of continuing "the failed and cowardly policies of former President (Pervez) Musharraf" in relation to the Kashmir dispute. The meeting was organised by the United Jihad Council - an alliance of Kashmiri groups fighting
 Indian forces in Kashmir. Pakistan and India have fought two of their three wars over the divided region.]]></description>
      <pubDate>27/12/2011 14:00:28</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/14971/Banned+Pakistan+militants+gather+in+Pakistan+BBC</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">14971</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>14973</publicationdataID>
      <title>Behind the scene of the terrorist attack on Mumbai: Schools that train terrorists (Etemad)</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p><strong>Etemad (Iran), 3 February 2009<br />
Armin Montazeri</strong><br />
<br />
One day after Christmas, international news agencies reported that Pakistan had moved 20,000 of its forces from the country’s western borders with Afghanistan to its eastern borders with India. Pakistan’s Foreign Minister Shah Qureshi announced that this deployment
 of forces was in response to special developments taking place along the Indian borders. One of these developments could have been that India was preparing for a military attack against militants on Pakistani soil. Security officials of Pakistan stress that
 this movement of the Pakistani troops was only a defensive reaction of minimal proportions. However, the movement of troops to the eastern borders with India is itself indicative of tensions in Indo-Pakistan relations since the attack against the hotels in
 Mumbai on November 26 that led to the killing of 170 people. </p>
<p>New Delhi has announced clearly and with confidence that the 10 armed men who attacked the hotels in Mumbai were Pakistanis. Washington and London also say that these 10 armed men have been trained in Pakistan by Lashkar-e Taiba (LeT) and then sent to India.
<em>LeT</em> is a militant group which is active in India's Kashmir and whose activities have been banned by the Pakistani government. However, LeT rejects this claim. The Pakistani government says that any kind of information shared by Britain and America
 should also be provided to Islamabad. However, within the framework of joint cooperation between India and Pakistan for investigating the attacks on the Mumbai hotels, Pakistan should act first and answer the questions raised by New Delhi. It appears that
 the attack of militants against one of the Indian cities would not have been possible without the cooperation of some officers in the Pakistan army and intelligence services. India, in order to test Pakistan’s mettle and find out whether Pakistan’s intelligence
 service known as the ISI had a hand in the attack, called on the government of Pakistan to disarm and dismantle all the bases of LeT in Pakistan and regions in Kashmir controlled by Pakistan. India also called on Pakistan to act against the launching of missiles
 from Pakistani soil into India and to either arrest or extradite 40 Pakistanis that the government of India wants for their involvement in terrorist attacks. As long as at least some of its demands are not fulfilled, India is not at all willing to share its
 information with Pakistan. How can one present evidence and documents to some one he thinks had attacked him? This is one question that Indian officials ask time and again.
</p>
<p>Pakistan, however, answered India’s demands to some extent. On December 7, the Pakistani Army attacked the camp of
<em>Lashkar-e-Taiba (LeT)</em> in Kashmir and declared the activities of <em>Jamaat-ud-Dawa (JuD)</em> that is the non-military arm of LeT, as banned. It is also possible to fulfil India’s other demands. One Pakistani official has said that Pakistan has told
 the Americans that it could prosecute the Pakistanis suspected of involvement in the Mumbai attacks, but could not extradite them to India. It appears that Washington also agrees with the idea. Washington, in fact, has called for the prosecution of Pakistanis
 said to be involved in the attacks. In addition, the US wants Amir Hafiz Saeed, leader of
<em>JuD,</em> who has recently been subjected to house arrest, to be tried. However, the measures taken by Pakistan have not convinced anyone so far. During the attack on December 7, Pakistan has apparently arrested Zaki al-Rahman Lakhvi and Zarar Shah, two
 LeT commanders who India believes were among the planners of the Mumbai attacks. Since then, these two men have disappeared. Hafiz Saeed also says that when he appeals to the higher courts, he would be released. He believes that higher courts would give the
 verdict that JuD is an Islamic charitable group that had no links with LeT. </p>
<p>The President of Pakistan, Asif Ali Zardari says that it is precisely for this reason that Indians should share their information with Pakistan. Zardari has said privately that he can not take any action against
<em>LeT</em> or <em>JuD</em> without the support of the army and the nationalist opposition in the Pakistani Parliament. It is also possible that the Pakistan army is reluctant to take action against LeT.
<br />
<br />
<strong>Lashkar-e-Taiba</strong><br />
<br />
<br />
LeT was founded in the late 80s. This organization was first introduced as the military branch of
<em>al-Dawa</em> and <em>al-Irshad Center</em>. This name is the original name of Hafiz Saeed’s Islamic organization. A short while after the founding of LeT, this group joined the internal wars of Pakistan. It began from Afghanistan and later carried on up
 to Kashmir and the Himalayan Mountains. In the last 20 years, LeT has gained name and fame as the most destructive paramilitary force in Kashmir so much so that its commanders have announced that LeT’s army has 50,000 armed men. In December 2001, New Delhi
 accused LeT of being the main factor responsible for the attack on the Indian parliament. This was the last time when the two nuclear-armed countries were on the brink of war. The attack on the Indian parliament and Indian accusations convinced Pakistan and
 the US to ban LeT’s activities. Several months later, the <em>al-Dawa</em> and <em>
al-Irshad</em> Center continued with its work under the name of <em>Jamaat ul-Dawa (JuD)</em>, which is a charity organization that Hafiz Saeed strongly insists has no connection with LeT.
</p>
<p>LeT was recruiting its forces from the school of <em>Ahl-Hadith</em>. This school, like other schools in Saudi Arabia was busy imparting education in Islamic sciences. This school was run by Abdullah Azam, one of the founders of
<em>al-Dawa and al-Irshad Center and JuD.</em> Abdullah Azam is one of the teachers of Osama bin Laden and one who is known as the main theoretician of the Islamic paramilitary groups in Pakistan. In the thick of the fight against the forces of Soviet Union,
 Azam gradually indoctrinated Hafiz Saeed and other founders of LeT so that Islamic sciences and the art of Jihad could be revived. Therefore, Hafiz Saeed concentrated all his energies for achieving this goal in South Asia. He spread his activities not only
 in Afghanistan, Pakistan, and Kashmir, but also in some Muslim majority regions of Central Asia like Mongolia. In 1999, addressing LeT cadres in Lahore, Pakistan, he said: "We’ll not stop until the whole of India becomes a part of Pakistan”.
<br />
<br />
Hafiz Saeed’s animosity towards Indians is not merely an ideological one. He was born to a conservative Muslim family. He had lost 36 members of his family in a massacre. He says, "Indians have shown us the way”. Such hostility found a resonance with the regional
 policies of <em>ISI</em>, whose spies were also very much engaged in causing harm to India.
</p>
<p>Off course, there are also other reasons to explain as to why the LeT became one of ISI’s favourite proxies. In contrast to the Taliban that considers modernization tantamount to apostasy or being
<em>kafar, LeT</em> believes that in order to completely accomplish the <em>Jihadi</em> duties, it is necessary that along with being courageous and pugnacious, one should also be exposed to modern sciences and knowledge. A visit to Muridke, the training complex
 of <em>JuD</em> in Lahore, Pakistan, indicates the difference between this group and other proxies in Pakistan.
<br />
<br />
There are classes in which girls and boys are preoccupied with memorizing the holy
<em>Quran.</em> However, at the same time there are students who learn physics and chemistry. Moreover, workshops for learning computer have also been included in their curriculum. They are not poor people thronging to the technical schools of Taliban for some
 food and shelter; instead, they are the children of urban, medium and educated classes of Pakistan.
</p>
<p>In Muridke, there is no sign of jihad at least in the places which have been visited by journalists. In the south of Pakistan, there is also no sign of jihad in the state of Punjab which is considered as India’s border belt. However, in Kashmir and the surrounding
 villages, the situation is different. JuD and LeT are active in this region with the slogan of ‘free Kashmir’. In the summer of 2008, at a burial ceremony in Bahawalpur, one of
<em>JuD’s</em> preachers praised 60 dead persons, most of whom had been killed in Kashmir, as martyrs. In the 90s, such an outlook came to be in vogue in Kashmir. LeT opened offices in each and every city of Pakistan that off course, were under the supervision
 of ISI. In 1999, LeT fought alongside the soldiers of the Pakistani army in the heights of Kargil in the Indian administered Kashmir. This was the last time that India and Pakistan attempted to solve the Kashmir crisis through military means. In the same year,
 Hafiz Saeed welcomed the coup of General Musharraf against the elected government of Nawaz Sharif. Saeed believed that dictatorship had greater proximity to an Islamic government as compared to corruption which was spreading in the country though democracy.
</p>
<p>Relations between Musharraf and LeT and JuD became cold after the attack on the Indian parliament. Musharraf banned the activities of some
<em>Jihadi</em> groups in Pakistan and the LeT was one of them. Financial resources of LeT were affected and around 12000 soldiers of this
<em>Jihadi</em> group were driven out of Kashmir controlled by Pakistan. Six branches of LeT numbering 8,000 to 10,000 soldiers were transferred to Pakistan’s eastern borders with India and western borders with Afghanistan where Pakistan was engaged in a war
 with rebels led by Taliban. In 2004, when relations between Pakistan and India improved from war and bloodshed to peace and tranquility, what appeared to be a tactic by the government of Pakistan at the outset gradually turned to strategy. During Musharraf’s
 tenure, LeT gave up its hostile stand towards India and took up the position adopted by Nawaz Sharif and Benazir Bhutto that called for peace and calm with India.
<br />
<br />
However, the war waged by the proxies was not stopped in Pakistan. This is especially true about LeT that was under the support of the Pakistani government. LeT’s camps were transferred from the front line of war to the internal regions of Pakistan. Its cadres
 also changed its identity and came to be associated with JuD. They preferred to be recognized as JuD personnel rather than as
<em>Mujaheddins of LeT. </em></p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>27/12/2011 14:03:46</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/14973/Behind+the+scene+of+the+terrorist+attack+on+Mumbai+Schools+that+train+terrorists+Etemad</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">14973</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>14974</publicationdataID>
      <title>Pakistan’s Crackdown on Militants Leaves Imams Preaching Jihad (Bloomberg)</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p>A dozen Pakistani policemen stood watch last week outside a Lahore mosque known to be a stronghold of the
<strong>Lashkar-e-Taiba</strong> guerrilla group -- while the imam inside preached jihad to thousands of worshippers.
<br />
<br />
The squad’s presence was part of Pakistan’s vow to curb Lashkar, which India blames for the Nov. 26-29 Mumbai terrorist attack that killed 164 people, and it showed how limited that effort has been. As the officers heard Saifullah Khalid’s sermon blaring over
 loudspeakers, he demanded more attacks on India. <br />
<br />
"Muslims under the leadership of Lashkar-e-Taiba and Jamaat ud-Dawa will conquer all South Asia!” Khalid roared. "Nobody can stop us from fighting India!”
<br />
<br />
Pakistan’s offensive -- in response to international pressure to suppress Lashkar and its civilian ally, Jamaat -- is halting and partial at best, says Ahmed Rashid, a Lahore-based analyst and author of several books on Pakistan and Islamic militancy. Fewer
 Jamaat leaders have been arrested, and fewer of its schools closed, than the national government claims, according to provincial-level figures.
<br />
<br />
Because the country’s politically dominant army has cultivated Lashkar and Jamaat to help confront India over the disputed territory of<strong> Kashmir,</strong> "there is not going to be any sudden U-turn in policy,” Rashid said. "I don’t expect a proper crackdown.”
</p>
<p>India and the U.S. say Lashkar plotted the attack on Mumbai that killed 164 people, and President<strong> Barack Obama
</strong>has vowed to step up pressure on Pakistan. At the same time, he needs the country’s help as the U.S. increases military forces in neighboring Afghanistan. Last week Secretary of State<strong> Hillary Clinton
</strong>named senior diplomat <strong>Richard Holbrooke</strong> as special representative for the two countries.
<br />
<br />
<strong>Jamaat Ban</strong><br />
<br />
<br />
Pakistan has responded with some actions against Lashkar and Jamaat. One day after a United Nations
<strong>counterterrorism committee</strong> declared Jamaat a front for the Lashkar guerrillas,<strong> Rehman Malik,</strong> top security adviser to Prime Minister
<strong>Syed Yousuf Raza Gilani,</strong> announced a ban on the organization. <br />
<br />
The order included the closure of the group’s bank accounts and offices, the takeover of its schools and the arrest of its leaders. On Jan. 15, Malik said 71 Jamaat activists were in custody. Lashkar was officially banned in 2001.
<br />
<br />
On the ground, things look a little different. In Punjab province, Lashkar and Jamaat’s main base, only six Jamaat leaders have been detained, according to documents provided by provincial government spokesman<strong> Pervez Rashid. Interior Ministry</strong>
 spokesman Shahidullah Baig declined to comment on the discrepancy in numbers, saying he wasn’t authorized to discuss issues related to the Mumbai attack.
<br />
<br />
<br />
Preaching From House Arrest <br />
<br />
<strong>Hafiz Muhammad Saeed,</strong> the founder of Lashkar and Jamaat, was put under house arrest on Dec. 11, yet later that month was able to attend prayers at a nearby mosque, said<strong> Amir Mir,</strong> a journalist and author of books on Pakistani
 militant groups. Mir lives near Saeed’s home in Lahore’s Johar Town neighborhood and cited sources in Jamaat who detailed Saeed’s movements.
</p>
<p>While Jamaat says it runs 202 schools nationwide, authorities have taken over only 10 in Punjab, its stronghold, provincial spokesman Rashid’s documents showed. "All of the schools we know, we have taken over,” Rashid said.
<br />
<br />
<br />
On Jan. 22, a reporter found access to Jamaat’s 75-acre headquarters campus at Muridke, north of Lahore, unmonitored by government officials. Three days later, police arrived to establish a checkpoint and install a government administrator, according to local
 press reports. <br />
<br />
Talking to Fighters <br />
<br />
Indian government surveillance shows that Pakistan hasn’t prevented Lashkar’s communications with its guerrilla fighters in Indian-administered Kashmir, said<strong> Ajit Doval,
</strong>a former chief of India’s domestic Intelligence Bureau. He is a security consultant and analyst and keeps in touch with former colleagues.
<br />
<br />
Pakistan’s actions so far aren’t meant to truly investigate or prosecute Pakistanis involved in the Mumbai attack, "but rather are designed to save the state from embarrassment,” Doval said in a telephone interview from New Delhi.
</p>
<p>Almost two months after India published names and hometowns of men it said were the nine Mumbai attackers killed during the assault, Pakistan hasn’t responded.
<br />
<br />
The 10-month-old civilian government of Pakistani President<strong> Asif Zardari </strong>
is caught between economic and political vulnerabilities. Pakistan’s dependence on a bailout from the International Monetary Fund makes it sensitive to external pressures, while Jamaat ud-Dawa’s social work -- running schools and clinics that the government
 has failed to provide -- has won public support. <br />
<br />
Constrained By Military? <br />
<br />
Zardari’s government "is either unwilling to comprehensively shut down” Lashkar and Jamaat "or, more likely, is seriously constrained from doing so by the military and intelligence agencies,” the Washington-based<strong> RAND Corp.</strong> said in a Jan. 19<strong>report.</strong><br />
<br />
"If we had the proof, we would try them in our courts” and "we would sentence them,” Zardari said in an interview with CNN on Dec. 3.
<br />
<br />
Lashkar-e-Taiba, which in Pakistan’s Urdu language means "Army of the Pure,” arose from the Muslim guerrilla forces backed by Pakistan and the U.S. against Soviet occupation in Afghanistan in the 1980s.
<br />
<br />
In the following decade, Saeed shifted the group’s focus to <strong>Kashmir, </strong>
whose territory Pakistan has disputed with India since the countries’ independence from British rule in 1947. Pakistan’s main spy agency, Inter-Services Intelligence, gave it protection, according to a 2005 report by
<strong>Husain Haqqani,</strong> a scholar who is now the country’s ambassador in Washington.
</p>
<p>In December 2001, the U.S. declared Lashkar a terrorist organization. That month, Pakistan formally banned the group and put Saeed under house arrest. A court freed him months later, citing a lack of evidence against him.
<br />
<br />
The administration of former President <strong>George W. Bush</strong> hesitated to pressure Pakistan’s army to shut down Lashkar because it feared the military might stop offering supply lines and other aid in the war in Afghanistan, the RAND report said.
 Lashkar’s growing reach, shown by the Mumbai assault, includes attacks on U.S. troops in northeastern Afghanistan, it said.
<br />
<br />
<strong>By James Rupert</strong></p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>27/12/2011 14:06:29</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/14974/Pakistans+Crackdown+on+Militants+Leaves+Imams+Preaching+Jihad+Bloomberg</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">14974</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>14976</publicationdataID>
      <title>Pakistan: Do school texts fuel bias? (The Christian Science Monitor)</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p>Lahore, Pakistan - As Pakistani Air Force jets circled the eastern border city of Lahore last week in a show of strength, journalist Rab Nawaz was despondent. But what occupied him was less the threat of war with India than the things his son had begun saying
 recently. <br />
<br />
"My 7-year-old came home from school one day insisting that Indians are our natural-born enemies, that Muslims are good, and Hindus are evil," the widely traveled journalist recalls. "He asked about the relative strength of our air forces and insisted we would
 win if it came to war. <br />
<br />
"It was only when I asked him whether my Indian friends ... were also bad," he adds, "that he began to realize that things weren't quite so simple." Public schools, though long neglected, are still responsible for educating the vast majority of schoolchildren.
 Some 57 percent of boys and 44 percent of girls enroll in primary school, and about 46 percent of boys and 32 percent of girls reach high school.
<br />
<br />
All public schools must follow the government curriculum – one that critics say is inadequate at best, harmful at worst. According to Pervez Hoodbhoy, a physics professor at Quaid-e-Azam University in Islamabad, the "Islamizing" of Pakistan's schools began
 in 1976 under the rule of the former dictator, the general Zia ul-Haq. </p>
<p>An act of parliament that year required all government and private schools (except those teaching the British O-levels from Grade 9) to follow a curriculum that includes learning outcomes for the federally approved Grade 5 social studies class such as: "Acknowledge
 and identify forces that may be working against Pakistan," "Make speeches on Jihad," "Collect pictures of policemen, soldiers, and national guards," and "India's evil designs against Pakistan."
<br />
<br />
"It sounds like the blueprint for a religious fascist state," says Professor Hoodbhoy. "You have a country where generations have grown up believing they are surrounded on all sides by enemies, they are the only righteous ones, and the world is out to get them."
 It is this siege mentality that led to some of the head-in-the-sand reactions by the Pakistani media and public in the aftermath of Mumbai, he suggests.
<br />
<br />
"There was a flat denial that it could be Pakistanis," he says. "Anyone suggesting the contrary was labeled an enemy of the state or unpatriotic. When I said on television there are groups in this country dedicated to harming India – the furor ... was quite
 astonishing." Amanullah Kariapper, a young software engineer and cofounder of Young Professionals of Lahore, an informal alliance dedicated to human rights causes, agrees.
<br />
<br />
Mr. Kariapper says he began revising his world views when he went to college, first at the Lahore University of Management Sciences (LUMS) and later in Grenoble, France. The process came full circle when he was briefly arrested in November 2007 for protesting
 former President Pervez Musharraf's declaration of emergency and suspension of civil rights.
</p>
<p>General Zia's curriculum was inherited by the successive governments of Benazir Bhutto, Nawaz Sharif, General Musharraf, and now, Asif Ali Zardari. An Islamist alphabet chart published in this month's Newsline shows Urdu letters accompanied by guns, daggers,
 and a depiction of planes crashing into the World Trade Center on Sept. 11, 2001. The chart is not approved by the government. But it is, the article claims, in use by "by some regular schools as well as madrassahs associated with the Jamiat Ulema-e-Islam,
 an Islamic political party that had allied itself with General Musharraf." The Ministry of Education says there are 1.5 million students in 13,000 madrassahs acquiring a parallel religious education.
<br />
<br />
Critics also complain about insensitivity toward minorities. A section on Christian festivities in the Federal Ethics textbooks had been removed, according to a Daily Times report from 2006 titled "O Jesus, where art thou?" Hindu and Sikh festivals were mentioned
 only fleetingly. <br />
<br />
In the latest edition of Pakistan Studies for Grades 9-10, approved by the Punjab textbook board, all mention of non-Muslim festivals of Pakistan had been removed. Hindus and Christians make up about 5 percent of the population of more than 170 million.
<br />
<br />
In 2007, two Pakistani students at Middlebury College, Hamza Usmani and Shujaat Ali Khan, embarked on a review of all state-sanctioned texts in a project called "Enlightened Pakistan."
</p>
<p>They enlisted contacts ranging from seniors in high school to teachers. The bulk of their report
<a href="http://">(www.enlightenedpakistan.org),</a> targets poor teaching in sciences, languages, and math. But in social sciences and history, they found "disturbing" themes like "Pakistan is for Muslims alone," "The world is collectively scheming against
 Pakistan and Islam," and "Muslims are urged to fight Jihad against the infidels."<br />
<br />
The report notes that the textbooks routinely engage in historical revisionism and place questions designed to portray Hinduism as an inherently iniquitous religion: "There is no place for equality in Hinduism”.<br />
<br />
<strong>(By Issam Ahmed)</strong></p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>27/12/2011 14:08:32</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/14976/Pakistan+Do+school+texts+fuel+bias+The+Christian+Science+Monitor</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">14976</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>14978</publicationdataID>
      <title>India’s Deft Diplomacy (Newsweek)</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p>On Dec. 13, 2001, a group of terrorists later found to be members of the Jaish-e-Mohammed and the Lashkar-e-Taiba, both Pakistan terrorist organizations, attacked the Indian parliament. In the ensuing battle all of them were killed along with a small handful
 of security personnel. In the aftermath of this attack, the right–of-center Bharatiya Janata Party-led government embarked upon a massive military mobilization along the Indo-Pakistani border designed to coerce Pakistan to comply to a set of Indian demands
 including the handover of at least 20 people accused of carrying out acts of terror on Indian soil. This military mobilization lasted several months and mostly yielded pious promises of compliance from Pakistan. Not a single person was handed over to the Indian
 authorities and the relevant terrorist groups were allowed to flourish within Pakistan with impunity, albeit under new names. The Lashkar-e-Taiba, for instance, became the Jammat-ud-Dawa.
<br />
<br />
The abject failure of India's strategy of coercive diplomacy during the 2001-2002 crisis has not been lost on the current regime in New Delhi. In the aftermath of the vicious and deadly terrorist attack in Mumbai (previously Bombay) on Nov. 26 of last year,
 which left 176 people dead and many more injured, the government of India has eschewed all military options to force a change in Pakistan's behavior. Instead it has adopted strategies of bilateral and multilateral diplomacy, and an unprecedented openness in
 handling its intelligence. Most importantly, one of the terrorists, Mohammed Ajmal Amir Iman, who was captured alive in Mumbai, has not only admitted to his Pakistani origins but has provided substantial details about the planning, organization and execution
 of this attack from Pakistan. More to the point, Indian intelligence authorities have made public a series of telephone conversations between the terrorists and their Pakistani handlers.
</p>
<p>Thanks to deft Indian diplomacy, the terrorists behind the Mumbai attacks have failed in their chief goal, which was to provoke another Indo-Pakistani military confrontation and thereby undermine a nascent peace process. They have also failed to sow Hindu-Muslim
 discord and undermine the confidence of foreign investors in India, but these were secondary goals. The terrorists were hoping to see India launch sharp, swift attacks across the Line of Control in Kashmir (the de facto international border).
<br />
<br />
This diplomatic restraint is all the more impressive considering how tempting it was for India leaders to lash out militarily at Pakistan, given the state of public opinion and the pressures from hawkish members of India's attentive public. Instead, India's
 policymakers have adopted a diplomatic track designed to place Pakistan in the dock. To that end, its leaders have carefully briefed key countries including the United States, the United Kingdom, France, the People's Republic of China and Saudi Arabia about
 the evidence that they have gathered about Pakistani complicity in the terrorist attack. They have also subsequently released a 69-page document that includes telephonic intercepts, details pertaining to the sea voyage from the Pakistani port city of Karachi
 to Mumbai and the weaponry and other logistical equipment used in the attacks. Simultaneously, they have firmly and relentlessly pressed Pakistan to not only hand over those individuals who orchestrated the attack but also a group of others involved in prior
 terror attacks. In all these efforts, India has steadfastly invoked the United Nations resolution 1373 that enjoins all countries to prevent the use of their territory for the prosecution of terrorist acts.
</p>
<p>The initial Pakistani reactions to these Indian multilateral and bilateral diplomatic efforts were unpromising. Pakistani authorities, quite disingenuously called for a joint investigation while denying any links with the terrorists. Faced with persistent
 Indian diplomatic efforts, they have grudgingly conceded that the sole captured assailant, Mohammed Ajmal Amir Iman, is indeed a Pakistani. More recently, Pakistani authorities have arrested more than 70 leaders and operatives of Jamaat-ud-Dawa, including
 its mastermind, Hafiz Mohammed Saeed. They have also apparently shut down five training camps belonging to the Lashkar-e-Taiba. These developments, while promising, do not guarantee a dismantling of what Indian authorities refer to as the "infrastructure of
 terror". In the wake of the terrorist attack of Dec. 13, 2001, under Indian military and American diplomatic pressures, Pakistan had undertaken similar measures only to revert to past practices within months. This time, however, the Indian authorities do not
 appear to be taking any chances. India's Foreign Minister, Pranab Mukherjee, who has orchestrated India's current diplomatic strategy, has made clear that his government will not relent until Pakistan provides a full accounting of those involved in the Mumbai
 attacks. <br />
<br />
Only time will tell if India's adroit diplomatic strategy yields the appropriate dividends. Should a similar attack occur again, it is sobering to consider that Indian public opinion may force the government to take military action. For the moment, however,
 it has avoided a military confrontation culminating in yet another Pyrrhic victory.
<br />
<br />
(By Sumit Ganguly, Ganguly Is The Director Of Research At The Center On American And Global Security At Indiana University, Bloomington And An Adjunct Senior Fellow At The Pacific Council On International Policy In Los Angeles.)</p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>27/12/2011 14:12:11</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/14978/Indias+Deft+Diplomacy+Newsweek</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">14978</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>14980</publicationdataID>
      <title>Mumbai : the report that accuses Pakistan (Le Monde)</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p><strong>Le Monde, 14th January 2009 </strong><br />
<br />
If in the last few days, India has raised its voice against Pakistan, accusing it to protect those were behind the attacks of Mumbai, it is because it estimates now that it holds the "irrefutable proofs” of the Pakistani origin of the terrorists and of the
 role played by the military nests of that country in this issue. <br />
<br />
New Delhi transmitted these elements on 5th January in Islamabad in a synthesis report which describes the detailed development minute by minute of the operation which has made almost 170 dead. The people behind the attacks belong, according to India, to Lashkar(e-Taiba
 (LeT), a Pakistani fundamentalist organization leading guerilla operations in the Indian Kashmir linked to Pakistani military information service (ISI).
<br />
<br />
Everything started on 22nd November, 2008.thanks to the analysis of four GPS used by the terrorists, the investigators have reconstituted their circuit. The ten members of the commando leave the Pakistani harbour of Karachi at 8 a.m. in a small boat in which
 they reached, forty minutes later, a first boat, the al-Husseini, the owner of which would be Zaki-ur-Rehman Lakhvi, one of the military leaders of LeT. On 23rd November, they brought an Indian fishing boat alongside, the MV-Kuber, which includes 5 men. Only
 the captain who will guide them close to Mumbai that they reached on 26th November at 4 p.m. will be saved.
</p>
<p>Then they waited for night to come. After being equipped with light machineguns, grenades and having received the last orders by phone, they covered the distance of four nautical miles and debark at 8.30 p.m. in the locality of Badwar Park, in the South
 of Mumbai, after having killed the captain of the Kuber. The ten fundamentalists formed five groups of two men. The only surviving one, Ajmal Amir Kasab, remains with the leader, Ismaïl Khan. It was 9.20 p.m. when they reached the main railway station of Mumbai
 where they shot in all directions and killed 58 persons and wounded 104 others before going to the hospital they never reached.
<br />
<br />
Hafiz Arshar and Nasir were asked to go to the Leopold café, an old café frequented by Indians and foreigners. It was 21.40 p.m. when they threw a grenade in the café and shot in bursts. They left behind them 10 persons dead and a great number of wounded ones
 before running in direction of the Taj Mahal luxury hotel, located 400 meters from there. They met Shoaid and Javed who already started their slaughter at 21.38 p.m. in the lobby of the hotel where first-aid will discover 20 corpses. The four terrorists stopped
 on the sixth floor and set fire to the hotel as registered by internal cameras. <br />
<br />
At the same time, at 10 p.m. at the Oberoi hotel, the assailants At the same time, at 10 p.m. at the Oberoi hotel, two assailants, Abdul Rehman Chotta and Fahadullah, crossed the restaurant of this famous tourist place in shooting at random and in throwing
 explosives before going to the sixteenth and seventeenth floors. They remained there till 28th November afternoon, killed by Indian commandos which will register 33 victims.
</p>
<p>At last, the two last ones, Babar Imran and Nazir, went to Nariman House, the headquarter of the Jewish community of the Lubavitch. Commandos were transported by helicopter on the roofs of the building and tries to penetrate inside where the rabbi Gavriel
 Hotlzbert and his wife, Rivka, are detained in hostage. Their cleaner succeeded in getting out with their two year child. Five hostages will die as well as the terrorists.
<br />
<br />
During the attack against the Taj Mahal, the report affirms, "the terrorists were in contact with their controllers in Pakistan by phone.” "They were receiving instructions of persons who had access to the Indian medias as they strongly wished that they took
 "wazirs” as hostage (three ministers and a State Secretary) who were staying in the hotel.” One of the terrorists then answered: "That would be the icing on the cake, to find three-four persons and then obtain from India what we want.” As they did not find
 them, they set fire to the building hoping to reach them. <br />
<br />
In the Oberoi hotel, identical exchanges are intercepted by the Indian information service. "Brother Abdul, says an interlocutor in Pakistan, the media compare your action to 11th September 2001, a high ranked policeman has been killed (the leader of the anti-terrorist
 service of Mumbai), let your mobile open so that we can listen to shots.” "We have five hostages”, indicates one assailant which is told "kill of all the hostages except the two Muslims. At Nariman House, the two commando members are told by their interlocutor
 that they have to be careful about the incursion attempts by helicopter. </p>
<p>The analysis of the mobile phones has shown that some of them had been taken to the victims but that most of them belonged to the assailant, notably the satellite ones, Thuraya. Experts have discovered that a sophisticated communication network had been
 imagined by an expert of LeT, Zarar Shah. The purchase of so said "virtual” telephone numbers, American and Austrian, had enabled them for a while to divert the attention of Pakistan. Payment and been done via cash money transfer companies and the official
 beneficiaries had declared addressed in Italy and India. The telephone system through Internet offers today a wide range of technology which guarantee the anonymity.
<br />
<br />
The criminal police of Mumbai estimates, in the report handed over to Pakistani, that among the six telephone interlocutors of the terrorist appear Zarar Shah and Youssouf Mouzammil, two important leaders of LeT. One number composed by one of the Thuraya enables
 to go back to one of the military chiefs of LeT, Zaki-ur-Rehman Lakhvi. Indians have, besides, strong doubts on the identity of the one called by the terrorists "major general”. They think that this man could have a military past in Pakistan within the ISI.
<br />
<br />
The origin of the claim of the attacks has also been cleared up. The Internet message is signed by an unknown group, the Moudjahidin of Deccan. The investigators have discovered, behind a server in Russia, an initial message written on 26th November night,
 by Zarar Shah, the expert in communication of the LeT. The report finally gives the list of the entire equipment of the commando which linked them to Pakistan: a matchbox, dresses and petrol cans of Pakistani brands, grenades of a company located near Islamabad
 or a 9 mm pistol manufactured in Peshawar, chief town of the Pakistani tribal zones.
</p>
<p>Islamabad did not officially react to the report. However, according to an American source, Zarar Shah, who has since then been placed under house arrest by Pakistan, would have recognized "to have communicated with assailants during the attack and being
 one of the planners of the operation”. That was denied by the Pakistani power. Kasab would have also confirmed in the hearing annexed to the report that he had been trained in the LeT camps in the Pakistani Kashmir and that he had been in touch with "officers
 linked to the ISI”.</p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>27/12/2011 14:14:21</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/14980/Mumbai++the+report+that+accuses+Pakistan+Le+Monde</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">14980</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>14981</publicationdataID>
      <title>The embarrassing survivor of the Mumbai commando (Le Monde)</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p><strong>Le Monde, 13 January 2009</strong><br />
<br />
Pakistan has perhaps attained the limits of stretching to the breaking point. On one hand, its seems desirous of protecting its citizens accused of terrorism for not antagonising public opinion very sensitive to external criticism. Moreover, it has to reassure
 the international community which is putting pressure on Pakistan for fighting against the jihadists in its own country. Torn between these two obligations, the country has to affront the weaknesses in the very heart of power.
<br />
<br />
The Pakistani Prime Minster Yusuf Reza Gilani, who thus dismissed on January 7 his special security counsellor Mahmud Ali Durrani for having "expressed non authorised opinion”. After having refused for weeks onwards to admit it, Mr. Durrani had in fact admitted
 that Ajmal Amir Kasab, sole survivor of the attacks against the city of Mumbai on November 26, 2008 was indeed a Pakistani citizen.
<br />
<br />
Mr. Durrani, former Ambassador of Pakistan to USA and a retired Army General had taken up his functions in 2008 with the arrival of the PPP headed by Asif Ali Zardari, widower of Benazir Bhutto. His dismissal reinforces the mistrust that India bears towards
 Pakistan and highlights the ambiguity of Islamabad in the enquires on the murderous Mumbai assaults.
</p>
<p>Four wars: <br />
Pakistan had at that time rejected these elements "as these allegations had been obtained under such pressure on the part of the Indian enquiry commission that these could not have been retained within the framework of a judicial procedure offering guarantees
 all those who could be brought to trial”. <br />
<br />
The Pakistani President Asif Ali Zardari added, mid-December, to the BBC: "Have you come across any real proof attesting that he was really Pakistani ? I have not”. The Mr. Durrani, the National Security Counsellor, who had not yet changed his mind has again
 stated end-December " I would really like to be able to say the contrary, but we have no proof of his nationality”. These declarations followed the visit of Islamabad of Condoleezza Rice, States Secretary of USA, when she invited Pakistan to put an end to
 all ties between the terrorists like the Lashkar-e-Taiba and the Pakistani secret services ISI. As to the American Chief of Defence, the Admiral Michael Mullen, exhorted Pakistan to deeply investigate the involvement of Pakistan-based armed groups in the Mumbai
 attacks. <br />
<br />
Anxious to avoid all increase of tensions between India and Pakistan who have confronted each other in four wars,USA is trying, since the attacks of November 26 to incite Islamabad to reinforce its fight against terrorism, without however, destabilization of
 its ally. </p>
<p>This diplomatic stand has nevertheless come across evidence, in the last few weeks, that put into doubt the real wish of Pakistan to fight against fundamentalism on its own territory.
<br />
<br />
In fact, on December 13, the Pakistani television interviewed that family of Ajmal Amir Kasab in his native village of Faridkot in the Okra District of Pakistani Punjab. His own father affirms
<em>"It is the truth, I have seen his photo in the papers, it is my son”,</em> statement confirmed by some of his neighbours.
<br />
<br />
As a response to these statements, the security forces went to Faridkot and, according to local media, forced the family of the only surviving member of the Mumbai commando to leave their village. The neighbours interrogated had been invited, as to them, to
 take back their statements. <br />
<br />
The recent affirmations of Mr. Durrani has lead the Pakistani authorities to modify their statement "We confirm that Kasab is native of Pakistan, but the investigations continue” states Mrs Sherry Rehman, Minister of Information of the Pakistani Government.
<br />
<br />
A concession that has not softened the point of view in India. Prime Minister Manmohan Singh reiterated on January 6 his accusations against the military authorities in Pakistan, considering that the commando of Mumbai had benefited from "support of certain
 official agencies in Paksitan”.</p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>27/12/2011 14:16:48</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/14981/The+embarrassing+survivor+of+the+Mumbai+commando+Le+Monde</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">14981</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>14983</publicationdataID>
      <title>Thinking outside the box (Dawn)</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p>IF there is anything that the Mumbai terror attacks have made clear, it is that it's time to think outside the box.
<br />
<br />
The manner in which we in Pakistan have thought, spoken and acted so far has led us here. If we want to move away from this spot, the same conventional thought process and attitude is no longer going to work. A dramatic shift is now required in the way we perceive
 our region and conceive our identity. <br />
<br />
First: we need to be less defensive. There are many reasons for this, not least of which is the fact that it simply makes us look stupid. It is one thing to insist that you need more evidence in order to initiate action. It is quite another to question each
 piece of mounting evidence, especially in the face of a general popular acceptance of the fact that there are organisations here in Pakistan that openly purport the ideology that they are being accused of, about which we choose to do little.
<br />
<br />
Imagine this: a Pakistani organisation is so implicated in such activities that the United Nations actually sees fit to declare it a terrorist organisation, but we sit around and let it operate freely and openly until we get news of this declaration, at which
 point we spring into action.&nbsp; What were we thinking until now? The banners hanging from most<br />
lamp-posts in Lahore for the last few weeks, asking people to contribute their "qurbani hides" to the organisation should demonstrate well the unfettered operations that this group enjoyed.
<br />
<br />
<br />
Being defensive, however, may be a hard behavioural trait to alter because it is firmly embedded even in our everyday social interactions. Mohammad Hanif , the brilliant author of A Case of Exploding Mangoes made a fantastic reference in a BBC article to "that
 uncle that you get stranded with at a family gathering when everybody else has gone to sleep but there is still some whisky left in the bottle" in describing Musharraf's behaviour when he announced his coup against himself last year.
<br />
<br />
Taking this analogy further, this quintessentially Pakistani uncle has two other very familiar traits. One, he is extremely defensive about every one of his own identities — nationality, religion, sect, class, career — and has a deep distrust of all those who
 inhabit the realm of the "other". And two, he resolutely believes that the only verification any fact needs is for it to be emitting from his mouth. Musharraf suffered heavily from this delusion, but so do so many of our other uncles, those in our homes, those
 at our parties, and those currently issuing statements on TV.&nbsp; Second, we need to stop acting in a merely reactionary manner. The "if they were in our place they would have behaved in the same way" attitude isn't going to get us very far. Many of us tried
 to point that out to the Pakistani government all the way back in May 1998 when India first tested its nuclear bomb.
<br />
<br />
Our government thought for about two weeks and then chose to act in exactly the same way, rather than to secure its position on the moral high horse by backing away from such childish tit-for-tat arguments and games.
<br />
<br />
Our 'outside-the-box' collective thinking now needs to demonstrate that though it may be true that if some other country had been in our position they may have acted with misguided nationalist bravado, we are capable of acting differently, not because it is
 demanded or expected of us, but because this is the right thing to do and because<br />
we take such terrorist attacks very seriously, both at home and abroad. The moral high horse may be the only thing that Pakistan can have going for it right now, and yet, even that is being squandered away by the defensiveness of those who claim to speak on
 its behalf. </p>
<p>Third, Pakistan needs to accept a very harsh reality — it is not the equal of India, and the belief that we can be compared has stunted our development no end. We cannot win a war against it, we cannot compare the instability of our political system to the
 stability of theirs, we cannot hope to compete economically with what is a booming economy<br />
well on its way to becoming a global economic power, and we certainly&nbsp;cannot compare the conservativeness of our society to the open pluralism of their everyday life.
<br />
<br />
Accepting these realities may allow Pakistan to give up its&nbsp;nationalistic bravado and posturing, and may actually allow it to accept its more realistic role in this region — one that requires that it live in peace with India, that it not unnecessarily provoke
 its wrath and that it understands that its most beneficial economic strategy would be to get in on the boom next door.
<br />
<br />
For that we need to think outside the box — outside the box of the two-nation theory, outside the box of the violence of 1947, and outside the box of the ill-conceived wars of the last six decades.
<br />
<br />
<strong>By Shandana Khan Mohmand <br />
<br />
</strong><em>(The writer is a doctoral candidate at the Institute of Development Studies, University of Sussex)</em></p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>27/12/2011 14:19:26</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/14983/Thinking+outside+the+box+Dawn</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">14983</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>14985</publicationdataID>
      <title>Official fired for Mumbai remark - said gunman is Pakistani(The Washington Times)</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p>ISLAMABAD, Pakistan | Prime Minister Yousaf Raza Gilani on Wednesday fired the country's national security adviser after several officials confirmed that the lone survivor among the Mumbai attackers is a Pakistani.
<br />
<br />
"It has been confirmed that Mohammed Ajmal Kasab is a Pakistani national," foreign ministry spokesman Muhammad Sadiq said in a statement. This was also confirmed by Information Minister Sherry Rehman.
<br />
<br />
Earlier, National Security Adviser Mahmud Ali Durrani told an Indian television channel that Kasab could be a Pakistani national.
<br />
<br />
In the days after the Nov. 26-29 attack in India's financial capital, Pakistani officials repeatedly denied there was any evidence linking the surviving attacker to Pakistan. Wednesday's reversal comes two days after India presented Pakistan with a dossier
 of evidence to prove the 10 attackers came from Pakistan. <br />
<br />
The dossier included transcripts of phone conversations between the attackers and their handlers guiding them and giving them pep talks during the raids.
<br />
<br />
While Kasab was captured alive after his deadly attack on Mumbai's main train station, the other nine men were killed in the attacks at two luxury hotels, a cafe and a Jewish center. More than 160 people were killed.
<br />
<br />
Pakistani media reports Wednesday and particularly the statement of the national security adviser pushed the government into an embarrassing situation, with foreign, interior and information ministry officials giving conflicting reports about Kasab.
</p>
<p>The interior and foreign ministries had earlier rejected media reports. The foreign ministry at first said it had not been established that Kasab is Pakistani. However, within a few minutes it issued another statement confirming Kasab's identity as a Pakistani
 national. <br />
<br />
Hours later, Mr. Durrani became the first victim of the confusion when Mr. Gilani's office announced that he had been fired "for his irresponsible behavior for not taking the prime minister and other stakeholders into confidence and lack of coordination on
 matters of national security." <br />
<br />
A senior government official said Mr. Durrani spoke about Kasab without consulting the prime minister first.
<br />
<br />
Security analyst Talat Masood, a retired Pakistani army general, said official confirmation of Kasab's nationality is a positive step that will be welcomed by the international community.
<br />
<br />
"Official confirmation about Kasab's identity will convince others that Pakistan is prepared and serious in cooperating in Mumbai attacks investigation," Mr. Masood said. "Pakistan shall not shy awayfrom confirming the identity of other Mumbai attackers if
 they were also Pakistanis." <br />
<br />
Indian officials have shown increasing frustration about what they see as Pakistan's unwillingness to fully investigate the attacks.
<br />
<br />
In New Delhi Wednesday, India said it would keep all options open to dismantle "terror outfits," Reuters news agency reported.
<br />
<br />
"I say we are keeping all options open," Indian Foreign Minister Pranab Mukherjee told Times Now television. Hours earlier Defense Minister A.K. Antony had made similar comments.
<br />
<br />
<strong>(By Nasir Khan)</strong></p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>27/12/2011 14:23:32</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/14985/Official+fired+for+Mumbai+remark++said+gunman+is+PakistaniThe+Washington+Times</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">14985</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>14987</publicationdataID>
      <title>Pakistan acknowledges surviving Mumbai gunman is a Pakistani (LA Times, Baltimore Sun)</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p>Reporting from Islamabad - Breaking weeks of silence on a highly sensitive subject, Pakistani authorities acknowledged for the first time today that the lone surviving gunman in the Mumbai attacks is a Pakistani national.
<br />
<br />
Authorities here have been extremely reluctant to formally acknowledge Pakistani links to the shooting rampage in India's commercial and entertainment hub, even though Indian officials had almost immediately identified the captured gunman, Ajmal Amir Kasab,
 as a Pakistani. <br />
<br />
Pakistan has been under heavy U.S. pressure to move against militants based on its soil who are suspected of having planned and aided the Mumbai attacks, which took place six weeks ago and left more than 160 people dead.
<br />
<br />
However, India's swift finger-pointing in the wake of the onslaught angered and offended many Pakistanis. Many people here do not accept the Indian contention, backed up by U.S. intelligence, that the banned Pakistan-based group Lashkar-e-Taiba carried out
 the shootings. </p>
<p>Mindful of pervasive nationalistic sentiment at home, Pakistan's weak civilian government has tried to strike a balance between meeting international expectations that it will carry out a thorough investigation of its own while avoiding the appearance it
 is knuckling under to the demands of its archrival, India. <br />
<br />
So strong is the taboo surrounding any acknowledgment of Pakistani ties to the case that Kasab's nationality was at first confirmed here only by Pakistani officials speaking on condition of anonymity. Hours later, Information Minister Sherry Rehman said in
 a terse text message: "We are confirming Kasab is Pakistani, but investigations are ongoing."
<br />
<br />
Pakistani media generally shied away from attempting to confirm the gunman's identity, but a month ago, a British newspaper, the Observer, reported that it had ascertained his origins using national identity cards and voter registration rolls in Faridkot, the
 village in Punjab province that Indian authorities identified as Kasab's hometown.
<br />
<br />
The other nine known gunmen were killed in the attacks. <br />
<br />
India this week presented Pakistan with a 100-page dossier of evidence, including what it said were transcripts of intercepted calls between the gunmen and their handlers in Pakistan during the assault on targets including luxury hotels, a train station and
 a Jewish center. <br />
<br />
The transcripts painted a chilling portrait of the methodical nature of the attacks. Excerpts translated and printed today by the Indian newspaper The Hindu indicated the gunmen repeatedly called their handlers for instructions as they rounded up hostages.
<br />
<br />
"We have three foreigners, including women," a gunman reportedly said in one such call. "Kill them," came the reply.
</p>
<p>At another point during the three-day siege, handlers urged the gunmen to continue with the killings despite their fatigue. The transcripts also recorded the gunmen confessing to a key blunder -- having left behind a satellite phone on a hijacked vessel
 used to sail to Mumbai from the Pakistani port of Karachi. <br />
<br />
Although India and Pakistan have both engaged in a degree of saber-rattling in the weeks since the attack, Pakistan made new efforts to cool some of the harsh rhetoric of recent days.
<br />
<br />
"Pakistan does not want war," Foreign Minister Shah Mehmood Qureshi said today during a visit to Kabul, Afghanistan. "Pakistan wants peace. Pakistan wants regional stability."
<br />
<br />
(By Laura King;<span style="text-decoration:underline">laura[dot]king[at]latimes[dot]com,</span><strong> Special correspondent M. Karim Faiez in Kabul, Afghanistan contributed to this report.)</strong></p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>27/12/2011 14:26:07</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/14987/Pakistan+acknowledges+surviving+Mumbai+gunman+is+a+Pakistani+LA+Times+Baltimore+Sun</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">14987</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>14988</publicationdataID>
      <title>Pakistani Militants Admit Role in Siege, Official Says (NYT)</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p>ISLAMABAD, Pakistan — Pakistani authorities have obtained confessions from members of the Pakistani militant group Lashkar-e-Taiba that they were involved in the terrorist attacks in Mumbai in November that killed more than 160 people, a Pakistani official
 said. <br />
<br />
The confessions are sure to put pressure on Pakistan’s leaders; senior Pakistani officials have repeatedly complained in recent weeks that India had not provided them evidence of Pakistani complicity.
<br />
<br />
American and British officials — and Indian investigators — have said for weeks that their intelligence clearly points to the involvement of Lashkar in the Mumbai attacks. That evidence has been deeply uncomfortable for Pakistan, whose premier spy agency, the
 Directorate for Inter-Services Intelligence, helped create, finance and train Lashkar in the 1980s to fight a proxy war against Indian forces in the Indian-controlled portion of Kashmir.
<br />
<br />
But now, after weeks of stonewalling, it also seems clear that Pakistan may use its investigation to make the case that the Mumbai attackers were not part of a conspiracy carried out with the spy agency, known as the ISI, but that the militants were operating
 on their own and outside the control of government agents. <br />
<br />
The most talkative of the senior Lashkar leaders being interrogated is said to be Zarrar Shah, the Pakistani official said. American intelligence officials say they believe that Mr. Shah, the group’s communications chief, has served as a conduit between Lashkar
 and the ISI. His close ties to the agency and his admission of involvement in the attacks are sure to be unsettling for the government and its spy agency.
</p>
<p>An operational leader of Lashkar, Zaki ur-Rehman Lakhvi, is also said to be cooperating with investigators. News of Mr. Shah’s confession was reported by The Wall Street Journal.
<br />
<br />
"These guys showed no remorse,” said the Pakistani official. "They were bragging. They didn’t need to be pushed, tortured or waterboarded” into making their statements.
<br />
<br />
The confessions made no mention of any involvement by the Pakistani government, said the official, who added, "They talk about people acting on their own.”
<br />
<br />
Though Pakistani authorities announced that the men had been detained in the first week of December, the official declined to say how long it took for them to confess their role in the Mumbai siege. The official also declined to specify how many confessions
 had been obtained, and said, "It’s not just one confession.” <br />
<br />
The details of which security officials were carrying out the interrogations, where the suspects were being detained and whether they faced any charges all remained murky, and other Pakistani officials declined to discuss the matter or to confirm the Pakistani
 official’s account. <br />
<br />
A government spokesman deflected direct questions about Pakistani complicity in the attacks and about the confessions by Lashkar members. "The idea that a person has spilled the beans while India has not even shared evidence with us seems far-fetched,” said
 Farhatullah Babar, a spokesman for President Asif Ali Zardari of Pakistan. <br />
<br />
But Indian officials and other skeptics are sure to question how seriously interrogations by Pakistani security officials could be expected to examine any possible role by the ISI in the attacks.
</p>
<p>American intelligence officials say they believe that links remain between Lashkar and the ISI, and that the spy agency has helped support the militant group for the past several years by sharing intelligence and providing protection.
<br />
<br />
But American officials say they also believe that the spy agency has become more careful to mask its ties with militants since this summer, when American officials accused the spy agency of involvement in the bombing of the Indian Embassy in Afghanistan.<br />
<br />
One Lashkar fighter who left the group several years ago said in an interview that the agency was directly involved in planning operations in the disputed Kashmir region. The agency’s officers were "at the table” as missions were being sketched out, the former
 Lashkar fighter said. <br />
<br />
However, an active member of Lashkar said in an interview that relations with Pakistani security forces had grown cold. "We always had to hide from the Indian military, but now we have to hide from the Pakistani military as well,” he said.
<br />
<br />
The ISI has always been a powerful and semiautonomous agency, and its top officers have maintained strong links to Islamist militants. There is some hope that the appointment three months ago of a new spy chief, Lt. Gen. Ahmed Shuja Pasha, who previously oversaw
 military operations against militants in Pakistan’s lawless western districts, signaled a move away from sympathies with the Islamist fighters who control much of the region bordering Afghanistan.
</p>
<p>Mr. Zardari told President Bush during a telephone call on Wednesday that his government would "not allow its territory to be used by nonstate actors for launching attacks on other countries” and that "anybody found involved in such attacks from the soil
 of Pakistan will be dealt with sternly,” according to Pakistan’s state news agency.
<br />
<br />
Despite the official assurances, some Pakistani officials appeared open to the idea that Pakistani militants carried out the operation. Mahmud Ali Durrani, the national security adviser, said in an interview broadcast on Tuesday that it "could be” that some
 or all of the Mumbai attackers were Pakistanis. <br />
<br />
One reason that Indian government officials have refused to provide substantive evidence so far, the Pakistani official said, is because they "are scared their intelligence methods will be discovered” by their Pakistani rivals.
<br />
<br />
Indian officials have shared evidence with the United States and certain other governments, but they have not permitted that information to be shared with Pakistan, said one Western official.
<br />
<br />
(By RICHARD A. OPPEL JR. and SALMAN MASOOD) <br />
<br />
Mark Mazzetti contributed reporting from Washington.</p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>27/12/2011 14:30:24</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/14988/Pakistani+Militants+Admit+Role+in+Siege+Official+Says+NYT</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">14988</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>16792</publicationdataID>
      <title>Pakistan's Probe Finds Local Links To Attacks On Mumbai (WSJ)</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p>ISLAMABAD -- Pakistan's own investigation of terror attacks in Mumbai has begun to show substantive links between the 10 gunmen and an Islamic militant group that its powerful spy agency spent years supporting, say people with knowledge of the probe.
<br />
<br />
At least one top leader of militant group Lashkar-e-Taiba, or "Army of the Pure," captured in a raid earlier this month in Pakistani-controlled Kashmir, has confessed the group's involvement in the attack as India and the U.S. have alleged, according to a senior
 Pakistani security official. <br />
<br />
The disclosure could add new international pressure on Pakistan to accept that the attacks, which left 171 dead in India, originated within its borders and to prosecute or extradite the suspects. That raises difficult and potentially destabilizing issues for
 the country's new civilian government, its military and the spy agency, Inter-Services Intelligence -- which is conducting interrogations of militants it once cultivated as partners.
<br />
<br />
Pakistani security officials say a top Lashkar commander, Zarar Shah, has admitted a role in the Mumbai attack during interrogation, according to the security official, who declined to be identified discussing the investigation. "He is singing," the security
 official said of Mr. Shah. The admission, the official said, is backed up by U.S. intercepts of a phone call between Mr. Shah and one of the attackers at the Taj Mahal Palace &amp; Tower, the site of a 60-hour confrontation with Indian security forces.
<br />
<br />
A second person familiar with the investigation said Mr. Shah told Pakistani interrogators that he was one of the key planners of the operation, and that he spoke with the attackers during the rampage to give them advice and keep them focused.
</p>
<p>The person said Mr. Shah had implicated other Lashkar members, and had broadly confirmed the story told by the sole captured gunman to Indian investigators -- that the 10 assailants trained in Pakistan's part of Kashmir and then went by boat from Karachi
 to Mumbai. Mr. Shah said the attackers also spent at least a few weeks in Karachi, a crowded Arabian Sea port, training in urban combat to hone skills they would use in their assault.
<br />
<br />
Mr. Shah was picked up along with fellow Lashkar commander Zakiur Rehman Lakhvi during the military camp raids in Kashmir.
<br />
<br />
The Mumbai attacks have stoked tensions in India and Pakistan, producing allegations and counterallegations that have both countries headed toward conflict. Pakistan recently redeployed some troops from the fight against Islamic militants toward the Indian
 border, and India warned its citizens not to travel to Pakistan. India and Pakistan, both nuclear-armed, have fought three wars since their independence in 1947.
<br />
<br />
The probe also is stress-testing an uncomfortable shift under way at Pakistan's spy agency -- and the government -- since the election of civilian leadership replacing the military-led regime earlier this year. Military and intelligence officials acknowledge
 they have long seen India as their primary enemy and Islamist extremists such as Lashkar as allies. But now the ISI is in the midst of being revamped, and its ranks purged of those seen as too soft on Islamic militants.
</p>
<p>That revamp and the Mumbai attacks are in turn putting pressure on the civilian leadership, which risks a backlash among the population -- and among elements of ISI and the military -- if it is too accommodating to India. "The ISI can make or break any regime
 in Pakistan," said retired Gen. Mirza Aslam Beg, a former army chief. "Don't fight the ISI."
<br />
<br />
The delicate politics of the Mumbai investigation have given the spy agency renewed sway just when the government was trying to limit its influence. A Western diplomat said the question now is what Pakistan will do with the evidence it is developing.
<br />
<br />
The big fear in the West and India is a repeat of what happened after a 2001 attack on India's parliament, which led to the ban on Lashkar. Top militant leaders were arrested only to be released months later. Lashkar and other groups continued to operate openly,
 even though formal ISI connections were scaled back or closed, the diplomat said.
<br />
<br />
"They've got the guys. They have the confessions. What do they do now?" the diplomat said. "We need to see that this is more than a show. We want to see the entire infrastructure of terror dismantled. There needs to be real prosecutions this time."
<br />
<br />
A spokesman for new president Asif Ali Zardari, Farhatullah Babar, said Tuesday that he wasn't aware of the Pakistani investigation yet producing any links between Lashkar militants and the Mumbai attacks. "The Interior Ministry has already stated that the
 government of Pakistan has not been furnished with any evidence," he said. </p>
<p>The Pakistani security official cautioned that the investigation is still in early stages and a more full picture could emerge once India decides to share more information. Pakistani authorities didn't have evidence that Lashkar was involved in the attacks
 before the militants' arrest in Kashmir, the security official said; they were captured based only on initial guidance from U.S and British authorities.
<br />
<br />
Vishnu Prakash, a spokesman for India's Foreign Ministry, said in a telephone interview that all India's evidence will be shared with Pakistan soon, when the investigation is complete. But Mr. Prakash expressed doubt Pakistan would act, based on what he said
 was its investigative track record: "Whenever actionable intelligence is given, our friends make sure it is neutralized, and then it cannot be acted upon," he said.
<br />
<br />
In the nearly four months since Mr. Zardari was elected, civilian and military leaders have been working to remake the role the ISI plays in the country's affairs, and take aim at an intelligence apparatus that diplomats and analysts suspect still hasn't fully
 severed links to extremist groups such as Lashkar. <br />
<br />
New agency chief Lt. General Ahmed Shuja Pasha and army chief Gen. Ashfaq Kayani have flushed out top and mid-level hard-liners associated with the agency's murky past dealings with terrorist organizations. Two deputies under Gen. Pasha's predecessor were removed
 and dozens of other lower-level officials sacked. The agency's political cell, which monitored the country's own politicians and parties and helped make it a political kingmaker, has been closed, its operatives dispersed through the agency.
</p>
<p>In a televised remarks Tuesday, Pakistan's foreign minister, Shah Mahmood Qureshi, said Pakistan offered to send a high-level delegation to New Delhi to help investigate the Mumbai attacks.
<br />
<br />
"Traditionally there has been a sort of disconnect between the political leadership and the leadership of the security establishment," said Mr. Babar, the spokesman for Mr. Zardari. Under the new regime, he said, "There is harmony."
<br />
<br />
There also have been increasing tensions. Mr. Zardari -- who replaced his wife, former Prime Minister Benazir Bhutto, as their party's candidate to lead the country after her assassination last year -- has faced frequent reminders that the military's step back
 from political control has its limits, and could be reversed. <br />
<br />
Mr. Zardari initially offered to send Gen. Pasha himself to aid India's investigation into the Mumbai attacks, then had to rescind it when the military objected. He surprised the military this month by announcing Pakistan would never hit India with a first-strike
 nuclear attack. <br />
<br />
Two months before his election, Mr. Zardari as party chief mounted an attempt to wrest the control of the ISI from the military and place it under a close political adviser. Word spread through a wedding attended by Pakistan's top army brass. "I was certainly
 not consulted," a grim-faced Gen. Kayani told another guest. Top army officials started working the phones. The next day, July 27, the government announced that its original notice had been "misinterpreted." It later withdrew the notice entirely.
</p>
<p>ISI's headquarters, surrounded by manicured lawns and fountains, sits behind unmarked walls and armed checkpoints in the heart of Islamabad. Founded in 1948, the ISI moved into politics during Pakistan's military governments of the 1960s. It formally established
 its political cell under a civilian prime minister -- Zulfikar Ali Bhutto, father of Mr. Zardari's murdered wife. But over the years the spy chiefs -- the agency leadership is all active military officers -- often proved more loyal to the military than the
 government. <br />
<br />
During the Soviet Union's occupation of neighboring Afghanistan in the 1980s, Pakistan's spies became partners with the U.S. Central Intelligence Agency, which cultivated the same insurgent groups at the time. In the 1990s, the ISI helped fashion Lashkar into
 one of the most potent Islamic militant forces battling Indian troops in Kashmir.
<br />
<br />
The Indian government blamed the ISI for helping plot the 1993 Mumbai bombings, which killed hundreds of people. The agency and Pakistan government still deny ISI involvement. The ISI purged scores of extremist officers from its ranks. But Pakistan continued
 to support anti-India militants in Kashmir and the ISI maintained extensive links to the Taliban, according to Western and Indian security officials. Current and former ISI officials acknowledge the ISI maintained extensive links to the Taliban.
</p>
<p>After the Sept. 11, 2001, terrorist attacks in the U.S., Pakistan's military-led government signed on as an ally in the global battle against Islamic terrorism, and the ISI helped coalition forces rout the Taliban. According to a former ISI officer, hundreds
 of ISI operatives involved with the Afghan cell were removed from ISI. <br />
<br />
In recent years, Lashkar and other groups have turned to waging global violence against largely civilian targets, putting Pakistan under rising pressure from its allies and complicating peace negotiations with India. The groups also are striking targets within
 Pakistan. They have become, said the ISI official, "a monster we've created that we can't put back in the box."
<br />
<br />
Pakistan banned Lashkar under pressure from the U.S. and India in 2002 but did little to curtail its activities until earlier this month, when it enforced a new United Nations resolution banning its charitable front, Jamaat-ud-Dawa, and arrested senior leaders
 of both organizations. <br />
<br />
The current revamp of the ISI began in September when President Zardari and Gen. Kayani replaced the agency's chief, Lt. General Nadeem Taj, who was seen as not aggressive enough toward militants. The new chief, Gen. Pasha, has overseen major offensives against
 al Qaeda-supported militants in Pakistan's tribal regions. <br />
<br />
By <a href="http://online.wsj.com/search/search_center.htm">ZAHID HUSSAIN, MATTHEW ROSENBERG</a> and<a href="http://online.wsj.com/search/search_center.htm"> PETER WONACOTT</a></p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>12/01/2012 12:18:39</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/16792/Pakistans+Probe+Finds+Local+Links+To+Attacks+On+Mumbai+WSJ</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">16792</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>16794</publicationdataID>
      <title>A lethal impasse (Al Ahram Weekly)</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p>Pakistani President Asif Ali Zardari is damned if he does move against Pakistani militants and damned if he doesn't, writes
<span style="font-weight:bold">Graham Usher</span> in Lahore <br />
<br />
Three weeks after the Mumbai attacks the Pakistani government is on the ropes. On the one side it is facing a barrage of coercive diplomacy, choreographed by the United States but very much to an Indian tune. On the other it is being accused of "appeasement"
 by an increasingly nationalist opposition, almost certainly echoing the sentiments of Pakistan's military establishment, still the country's main power centre.
<br />
<br />
As President Asif Ali Zardari flounders, the result is incoherence. So, having denied any "tangible evidence" linking Pakistan to Mumbai, on 7 December security forces in Pakistan Kashmir moved against a camp linked to Lashkar-e-Taiba (LT), a Pakistan-based
 group India says carried out the slaughter. <br />
<br />
This was followed by raids on Jamaat-ud-Dawa (JD), charged by India to be LT's civilian wing yet defined under Pakistani law as an Islamic charity. More than 100 JD offices have been closed and 50 leaders arrested, including LT "founder" and JD "emir" Hafiz
 Said. <br />
<br />
The first action came after pretty tangible evidence had been unearthed showing Ajmal Kasab, the sole arrested Mumbai gunman, to be a Pakistani national: good investigative reporting by Pakistani and British journalists located his native village in the Southern
 Punjab. The second followed a United Nations decision on 10 December to put JD on the "terrorist blacklist" for alleged ties to the Taliban and Al-Qaeda.
</p>
<p>Both Pakistani moves were taken under duress. The ban on JD had been enforced because "all states must comply with international obligations arising out of Security Council resolutions," said Pakistan Foreign Minister Shah Mahmoud Qureshi. But "India has
 not so far provided any evidence about Pakistanis' involvement in the Mumbai attacks", he added.
<br />
<br />
Defence Minister Ahmed Mukhtar was blunter. "Had we not banned JD in line with the UN Security Council resolution we would have been declared a terrorist state," he said.
<br />
<br />
The US denied the threat, as it has been denying just about everything else the Pakistan government says. While Condoleezza Rice has been at pains to insist the "Pakistani state" was not involved in Mumbai, she has "irrefutable evidence" that the attackers
 were launched from Pakistani soil. British Prime Minister Gordon Brown has gone further.
<br />
<br />
At a rapid press conference in Islamabad on 14 December he told a red-faced Zardari that "the group responsible [for Mumbai] is LT and they have a great deal to answer for". Also "three- quarters of the most serious terror plots being investigated by UK authorities
 have links to Pakistan". Finally he offered Pakistan $9 million in anti-car bomb equipment and material "to educate people not to be extremists".</p>
<p>With friends like these the Pakistan president may not need enemies. But the enemy is becoming clear to most Pakistanis. The Indian government says not only were Pakistan nationals involved in the Mumbai carnage but so too were its intelligence services.
 It has rejected Zardari's offer of a Joint Commission to investigate the attacks. Instead it wants LT and JD to be "dismantled", their cadre to be imprisoned and leaders like Said extradited: these are impossible demands.
<br />
<br />
It is easy to understand India's pain. One hundred and seventy-two of its people and others were killed in Mumbai for being in the wrong city, in the wrong country, on the wrong day. Public anger is directed almost as much at the ineptitude of the government's
 internal security policies as at Pakistan. And the government knows Pakistani promises to investigate are worth little.
<br />
<br />
In 2002 -- after an attack on the Indian parliament blamed variously on LT and another Pakistani group Jaish Mohamed -- Pakistan banned both and arrested 2,000 of their members. Most were released within a year, often with new titles like "emir" and JD.
<br />
<br />
There was a similar air of make believe about this "crackdown". Prior to his arrest Said vowed to take his case to the Pakistani High Court, proving "that the JD is an educational charity, not a terrorist organisation". But he called for neither protests nor
 agitation against the ban. "We don't want confrontation. We understand Pakistan needs good relations with India at times like these," said a JD member.
</p>
<p>Like 2002, he feels the storm will pass. Zardari knows it probably won't. But he also knows he and his government are powerless to "dismantle" groups like LT. These fall under the army's protection. And the more the army detects an Indian "conspiracy" behind
 the current pressure on Pakistan the more cosmetic will any action be against those it views as "assets", like LT.
<br />
<br />
Future Pakistan-India relations may mean a lethal impasse. The only way out of this is for India, America and Britain to cut Zardari some slack. So far they are cutting only enough rope to hang himself.</p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>12/01/2012 12:21:30</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/16794/A+lethal+impasse+Al+Ahram+Weekly</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">16794</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>16795</publicationdataID>
      <title>Challenging Pakistan's agenda in India (UPI Asia)</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p>Kolkata, India — Henry Kissinger, in a column early this year, described Pakistan as a wild card in U.S. diplomacy. He was writing as the struggle to oust loyal U.S. ally President Pervez Musharraf was heating up. The U.S. challenge was to encourage democracy
 without risking the alienation of other dictators who could be potential U.S. allies in future. As a proponent of realism, Kissinger knew better.<br />
<br />
Turning a blind eye to the 1971 massacre in East Pakistan, which is now Bangladesh, former U.S. President Richard Nixon and Kissinger used Pakistan President Yahya Khan as a conduit to thaw Sino-U.S. relations, which had been frozen for 20 years. It seems Republicans
 were never uncomfortable with dictators if they served U.S. interests, while Democrats winced at the idea.</p>
<p>Pakistan got the Americans to ignore human rights violations in 1971 by offering the China bait. The Cold War with the Soviet Union demanded that the United States play ping-pong to break the communism jinx at a time when the Chinese and the Soviets had
 different concepts of ideological purity. The real test for U.S. President-elect Barack Obama will be a sustainable foreign policy on Pakistan, soon after he takes the oath of office.
</p>
<p>Pakistan now is a sham of a democracy with a president by default and a puppet prime minister running the beleaguered nation, with a foreign policy set by the military and Pakistan’s spy agency, the Inter-Services Intelligence. To believe that the Mumbai
 terror attacks were planned by the Lashkar-e-Taiba militants and coordinated by the ISI unbeknownst to the civilian administration risks naivety.
<br />
<br />
Indiaʼs Foreign Minister Pranab Mukherjee was correct when he termed the attacks cold and calculated to create terror and an attempt to create divisions between the Hindus and Muslims in India.<br />
<br />
The terrorists who called up an Indian TV channel during their operation said they belonged to the Deccan Mujahideen and were out to avenge atrocities on Indian Muslims. However, their accents could not hide their Pakistani, Punjabi and Urdu background and
 origin. </p>
<p>Deccan refers to a plateau that stretches across four south Indian states. One of them, Andhra Pradesh, whose capital is Hyderabad, has a sizable Muslim population. Some innocent Muslims there were wrongly rounded up during routine search operations related
 to an earlier bomb blast in the city. Compensation was later paid to them, but it seems that this – and the fact that nearly 40 people out of the 200 killed in the Mumbai terror attacks were innocent Muslims – never crossed the terrorists’ minds.
<br />
<br />
It is Indian secularism, set in stone, that has thwarted Pakistani designs to drive wedges between India’s Hindus and Muslims.
</p>
<p>Pakistan tried to support the Deccan identity of the terrorists when confronted with the initial suspicions of a Pakistani link. Its high commissioner in London said in an interview with the BBC that the terrorists looked like dark-skinned South Indians
 and were not fair like Pakistanis.<br />
<br />
It seems none of the sponsors of the terrorists had bargained on one of them being captured and giving away their background.
<br />
<br />
Pakistani media revealed the captured terrorist Amin Kasabʼs Pakistani background and links. Even former Pakistani Prime Minister Nawaz Sharif was quoted by the media as asking why Kasab’s house was barricaded by the ISI and his parents whisked from the village
 soon after. </p>
<p>While rogue elements exist in Pakistan’s armed forces and the ISI, it is possible that they exist in the civilian administration too. While flip-flopping about the terrorists and coming up with brazen facts about their sponsors, Pakistan is once again proving
 that it can dupe the United States and hold it to ransom. <br />
<br />
Soon after the Mumbai terror attacks, more than 100 vehicles carrying supplies for NATO forces in Afghanistan were burned by militants in Pakistan. Earlier, Pakistan’s army chief, General Ashfaq Pervez Kiyani, had visited China and purchased defense equipment
 apparently aimed not at fighting terrorism on its western border but more at fighting India on its eastern front, using "non-state actors.”</p>
<p>For Obama, the safety of U.S. troops in Afghanistan – where a surge is expected in the year ahead – will be a top priority. Like in 1971, Pakistan once again has its ally China and the United States in a bind.
<br />
<br />
China is a powerful Asian tiger that can humble the United States and veto Pakistan’s branding as a terrorist state. Although the Indo-U.S. relationship has been bolstered as a counter weight to China, U.S. forces in Afghanistan are dependent on Pakistan and
 its military for support and survival. China abhors the new Indo-U.S. relationship and frequently pokes India on the northeastern border, which it considers illegitimate.
</p>
<p>Pakistan is a wild card and could do further mischief as Indian elections approach in April. Doing nothing to retaliate against Pakistanʼs sponsoring of terrorism – despite its blatant denials – would be contrary to the agenda of every Indian political party
 that must soon face the electorate. <br />
<br />
--UPI Asia (Susenjit Guha is a freelance writer living in Kolkata, India. He can be contacted at sguha60[at]yahoo[dot]com. ©Copyright Susenjit Guha.)
</p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>12/01/2012 12:23:39</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/16795/Challenging+Pakistans+agenda+in+India+UPI+Asia</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">16795</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>16796</publicationdataID>
      <title>A monster out of control: Pakistan secret agents tell of militant links (The Times)</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p>The Islamic fundamentalists who run the Markaz-e-Taiba complex near Lahore like to boast that it was inspired by Aitchison College, Pakistan's poshest private school. It is, as they describe it, the Eton of Wahhabi Islam, complete with polo ponies and a
 swimming pool. <br />
<br />
Yet when it comes to their links to Pakistan's intelligence service and Lashkar-e-Taiba (LeT), the militant group blamed for last month's attacks in Mumbai, they seem to suffer from collective amnesia. "We've never had any connection to either,” Mohammed Abbas,
 the administrator of the complex, told The Times. <br />
<br />
But it was here, in April 2001, that Hafiz Mohammed Saeed, LeT's leader at the time, called a meeting of his supporters in the 75-acre complex of red-brick buildings and neat lawns. Most of the visitors wore the obligatory long beards, but among them was an
 elderly man with no beard, only a thin, military-style moustache. <br />
<br />
He was Hamid Gul, the former head of Pakistan's Inter-Services Intelligence (ISI) agency. "Yes, I visited there,” General Gul told The Times. "Retired army officers used to go, too. They used to hold annual fixtures to raise funds and motivate people.”
</p>
<p>General Gul, 72, was the ISI chief from 1987-89 and had long since retired by 2001. Since the attacks in Mumbai, however, such meetings have added weight to India's assertion that Pakistani intelligence has close ties to LeT and other militant groups involved
 in attacks on Indian soil. <br />
<br />
Pakistan's Government is under unprecedented international pressure to sever any such links and "rein in” an intelligence agency that is widely regarded as a law unto itself. Indian officials say that the ISI was complicit in Mumbai, and that the one captured
 militant has confessed to receiving training from a former ISI officer. <br />
<br />
Washington wants four former ISI officers, including General Gul, to be added to the UN terrorist list. Senator John Kerry, the new head of the Senate Foreign Relations Committee, also made a direct appeal to President Zardari on a visit to the region last
 week. "It is imperative that the intelligence service of Pakistan [is not able] to make its own choices or operate outside of the standards that we have a right to expect,” Mr Kerry said.
<br />
<br />
The question is whether Mr Zardari is strong enough to comply: the ISI vetoed his efforts to place it under the Interior Ministry and to send its chief to India after the Mumbai attacks. Many Pakistanis also feel that the Government cannot comply without undermining
 their strategic interests in Kashmir and Afghanistan. </p>
<p>The ISI makes no secret of its former support for LeT and other militants as proxies to fight Indian rule in Kashmir and to offset India's influence in Afghanistan. "These jihadis were there and we supported them. I think any intelligence agency worth its
 name would have done the same,” one senior ISI officer told The Times. <br />
<br />
His next remark summed up much of today's relationship between the ISI and the likes of LeT: "It's a monster we created and now we can't get it back in the bottle.”
<br />
<br />
The ISI had forged ties with jihadist groups throughout the 1980s when the CIA used it to support the Mujahidin against the Soviet Army in Afghanistan. When an uprising began in Indian-ruled Kashmir in 1989, the ISI saw an opportunity to weaken its neighbour.
 General Asad Durrani, ISI chief from 1990-92, denied supporting LeT in his tenure, but admitted that Pakistan had an interest in supporting such groups. "Given Kashmir's history, we can't be expected to remain uninterested,” he said.
<br />
<br />
The ISI officially severed links with LeT in 2002 after the group attacked India's Parliament, but Indian and US intelligence believe that it maintained covert support, probably through ex-ISI officers. Generals Gul and Durrani and the serving officer all admitted
 that some retired ISI agents may have shared the ideology of the militants. </p>
<p>All three said that it would be impossible to channel serious support to militants from inside or outside the ISI without the knowledge of the agency's leadership. As for the Mumbai attacks, they said that it was not in the ISI's interests to antagonise
 Washington and provoke another conflict with India during an economic crisis. <br />
<br />
Many Indian and Western analysts agree, saying that the ISI probably trained LeT militants but was not directly involved in Mumbai. "There almost certainly are still ISI links to LeT, but the question is how much operational control does the ISI have?” Lisa
 Curtis, a former CIA analyst and South Asia expert at the Heritage Foundation, said.
<br />
<br />
She and other experts are urging Mr Zardari to appoint a civilian head of the ISI and dismantle all the militant groups it has supported. The ISI is unlikely to accept either solution until the international community also addresses Pakistan's concerns in Kashmir
 and Afghanistan. "Cleansing the ISI is America's dream, but this is Pakistan's first line of defence,” said General Gul. "It keeps the country united.”
<br />
<br />
<span style="font-weight:bold">Controversial ISI leaders</span><br />
<br />
<span style="font-weight:bold">Hamid Gul</span> 1987-89: admits ties to LeT leadership; banned from travel to Britain
</p>
<p><span style="font-weight:bold">Asad Durrani</span> 1990-92: admits support for militant groups; fierce critic of US
<br />
<br />
<span style="font-weight:bold">Javed Nasir</span> 1992-93: now belongs to an Islamic missionary movement
<br />
<br />
<span style="font-weight:bold">Nasim Rana</span> 1995-98: began arming and training the Taleban in Afghanistan
<br />
<br />
<span style="font-weight:bold">Ziauddin Butt</span> 1998-99: maintained close relationship with the Taleban government
<br />
<br />
<span style="font-weight:bold">Mahmood Ahmed</span> 1999-2001: dismissed under pressure from the US after the September 11 attacks because of his Taleban links
<br />
<br />
<span style="font-weight:bold">Ashfaq Parvez Kayani</span> 2004-07: favoured by the US, went on to become current Army chief
<br />
<br />
<span style="font-weight:bold">Ahmad Shuja Pasha</span> 2008: formerly oversaw operations against militants in northern Pakistan</p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>12/01/2012 12:26:01</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/16796/A+monster+out+of+control+Pakistan+secret+agents+tell+of+militant+links+The+Times</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">16796</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>16797</publicationdataID>
      <title>United against the wrong enemy (The Economist)</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p>Pakistan has made a modest start against the likely culprits of the Mumbai killings. But fulminating against India is more fun<br />
<br />
IF PAKISTAN’S leaders had ever united against Islamist militancy as they have against India over the past three weeks, their country would not be the violent mess that it is. Ever since India alleged, with subsequent corroboration from America and Britain,
 that Pakistani terrorists carried out last month’s mass murder in Mumbai, the country’s politicians, generals and fire-breathing journalists have been declaring themselves ready for war—if that’s what India chooses.
<br />
<br />
India’s government, despite huge pressure from its own bellicose media, has been more restrained. It has said it does not intend to attack its neighbour. But it has demanded that Pakistan dismantle an anti-Indian militant group, Lashkar-e-Taiba (LET), that
 has carried out numerous atrocities in India, apparently including the outrage on Mumbai. It has so far relied on diplomacy, particularly through America and Britain, to make this point.
<br />
<br />
But India is frustrated. Pakistan has taken some steps against Jamaat-ud-Dawa (JUD), an Islamist charity that is a front for LET, which was formally banned by Pakistan, under American pressure, in 2002. But it is not clear at this stage how far they go. On
 December 11th, a day after the UN Security Council banned JUD, Pakistan said it had also banned it. It has since arrested the group’s leaders, including Hafiz Saeed, a professor of engineering, who founded LET and JUD in the 1980s. It has also arrested many
 JUD activists, sealed scores of the charity’s offices and stopped publication of at least six JUD newspapers.
</p>
<p>Initially, it also said it would take over the group’s many hospitals and schools—allegedly including over 170 schools in Punjab province alone. But it has since seemed to backtrack on this. According to one minister, the government will set up a new charity
 to run these services. According to a senior official in Punjab, some of JUD’s facilities may be left in the same Islamist hands.
<br />
<br />
They may include a vast jihadist citadel that JUD operates in Muridke, a town close to the Indian border. It contains two schools, for 1,000 children, an Islamic college and a hospital that sees 100 outpatients a day. The campus’s manager, a courteous Islamist
 called Abu Ehsan, said 66 local villages depend on the services it provides, and he trusted that the government would not disrupt them. Shortly after JUD was banned, local police turned up on the campus. But they soon left and Mr Ehsan said he had heard no
 more from them. <br />
<br />
So, for now at least, the schools at Muridke remain free to teach what Mr Saeed has preached for two decades:
<span style="font-style:italic">jihad</span> against Hindu India, especially to drive it from the contested region of Kashmir. It was for this purpose that LET was founded, with support from the army’s Inter-Services Intelligence agency (ISI). For two decades,
 as the army’s proxy, it has waged an insurgency in Indian-held Kashmir that has cost over 40,000 lives. Though the ISI appears to have cut back its ties to LET since it was banned, its armouries and military training camps in Pakistan-held Kashmir have remained
 in place. </p>
<p>The bearded and purposeful men who patrol the campus in Muridke with pyjama trousers hitched halfway up their shins might be graduates of these camps. They have an imposing bearing not usually acquired during teacher training. On the campus, a 12-year-old
 boarding student, Hamza Nazir, says he likes his school, "because we get Islamic education and we learn how to deal with our enemies.” Asked to elucidate, he offers an Urdu proverb: "A hint’s enough for a wise man.”
<br />
<br />
Foolishly, then, many Pakistanis, including some of the country’s most senior officials, are claiming that JUD is being victimised. "No JUD office is recruiting people for
<span style="font-style:italic">jihad,”</span> says one of those responsible for closing the group down. Many also say they fear a violent backlash. Others fret that it will be difficult to make a case against JUD’s detained leaders, even if India supplies
 Pakistan with the evidence of their responsibility for the Mumbai attacks that it claims to have. These are legitimate worries. Yet, especially to Indian ears, they are starting to sound like familiar excuses.
<br />
<br />
In the current spirit of nationalism, it is hard to avoid an impression that many Pakistanis are relieved to be unified against the one enemy they can all agree on, India. By contrast, many remain deeply sceptical about their need to tackle terrorism and a
 Taliban insurgency at home, despite over 50 suicide bomb blasts in Pakistan last year. To explain these conflicts—though it is a stretch—it has become increasingly fashionable in Pakistan to blame them on India. The army seems convinced that India is supporting
 the Taliban. This makes Pakistanis especially loth to crack down on LET, historically at least their trustiest weapon against India.
</p>
<p>This is worrying. So far, Pakistan should consider itself fortunate to have received such gentle handling after Mumbai. In the event of another catastrophic attack, India might be less cautious. Even as it is, great damage has been done. Pakistan really
 cannot afford anything less than peace with its neighbour. Facing a long war on its north-western border, it cannot keep up its decades-old readiness on the eastern one. Moreover for its moribund economy to grow, it needs urgently to improve trade and investment
 relations with India. <br />
<br />
Asif Ali Zardari, Pakistan’s commercially minded president, seemed to recognise this. He had been trying to coax life back into the once successful but now stagnant diplomatic effort to normalise relations between the two countries. But on December 14th India’s
 prime minister, Manmohan Singh, suggested that so long as Pakistan’s vicious sometime proxies remain unchecked, this will be impossible.</p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>12/01/2012 12:29:15</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/16797/United+against+the+wrong+enemy+The+Economist</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">16797</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>16799</publicationdataID>
      <title>WALKING THE TERRORIST TIGHTROPE - Pakistan's President Zardari Attempts the Impossible (Der Spiegel, Germany)</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p>Muridke is an industrial city 30 kilometers (19 miles) north of the Pakistani city of Lahore. In its maze of small streets lined with countless shops and workshops, there is not even a small sign to identify the local offices of the charity organization
 Jamaat-ud-Dawa.<br />
<br />
The entrance to the quarters of the charity's god-fearing, devoutly Islamic employees is secured with floodlights and barbed wire. The guards wear long beards and speak hurriedly into their radios. After a long wait, they open the iron gate.
<br />
<br />
The extensive grounds behind the gate look as though a sect had created its own world there, complete with greenhouses, a large mosque, a madrassa, other school buildings and housing for college students, and a hospital. Jamaat-ud-Dawa, which means "Society
 for Mission," has constructed its own city within a city. <br />
<br />
"You are welcome to look at whatever you like; we have nothing to hide," says a man, who introduces himself as Abdullah Muntazir and whose beard is even longer than those of his security guards. His forbidding face stands in contrast to the polite invitation.
 A visit from strangers is clearly anything but a welcome sight for Muntazir. </p>
<p>Until now, the Islamists of Jamaat-ud-Dawa have strictly forbidden outsiders access to their center in Muridke. But now the organization and its leader, Islamic scholar Hafiz Mohammed Saeed, are under considerable international pressure, as is the rest of
 Pakistan. Islamabad reacted last Friday by placing Saeed under house arrest. <br />
<br />
The armed forces of India and Pakistan are still being kept on a heightened state of alert. F-16 fighter aircraft take off into the skies over the capital Islamabad every day, fueling a now-constant state of paranoia over a possible attack. "There will certainly
 be an attack, perhaps even war," a high-ranking officer with the ISI, Pakistan's intelligence service, told SPIEGEL. "We are expecting it." The agents and their counterparts in the armed forces expect the Indians to launch a missile attack on the training
 camps of militant groups in Kashmir, and perhaps even a strike against the alleged charity in Muridke.
<br />
<br />
<span style="font-weight:bold">A Front for Lashkar-e-Taiba </span><br />
<br />
Both New Delhi and the United Nations Security Council accuse Jamaat-ud-Dawa of being a front organization for Lashkar-e-Taiba, the Kashmir-based terrorist group that planned and executed the recent massacre in Mumbai. The only surviving attacker, Mohammed
 Ajmal Amir Qasab, a young Pakistani from the village of Faridkot near Lahore, confessed after his arrest that commanders of Lashkar-e-Taiba had planned the attacks and trained the attackers.
</p>
<p>In the meantime, the UN has declared Saeed a suspected terrorist. An Islamist from Lahore who dyes his beard with henna to resemble the Prophet Mohammed, Saeed co-founded Lashkar-e-Taiba about 20 years ago, in close cooperation with ISI agents and terrorist
 leader Osama bin Laden. He officially resigned as the group's leader shortly before it was banned almost seven years ago.
<br />
<br />
<br />
The indications suggesting that the Mumbai murderers acted on the instructions of the still active Lashkar-e-Taiba are damning, but Muntazir, almost imploringly, attempts to convince his visitors that his religious charity is motivated solely by the holy commandment
 to exercise compassion. At Jamaat-ud-Dawa, says Muntazir, he has found the true Islam, which encompasses everything, "the political, the private, the religious."
<br />
<br />
Despite being a hard-liner, the man knows how to flatter foreigners. Muntazir invites his guests into an assembly room with blue mats and cushions on the floor. The bookshelves along the walls are empty, as if they had just been emptied hastily. His mobile
 phone rings almost constantly. "We are having a few difficulties," says the slight 33-year-old man. He claims that his organization is the "victim of a political campaign" and that it is "all Indian propaganda." But he also candidly admits to sympathizing
 with the militant fighters in Kashmir. </p>
<p><span style="font-weight:bold">Conspiracy Theories </span><br />
<br />
The West, says Muntazir, is ignoring Hindu extremism and, as so often in the past, is pointing its finger at the Muslim freedom fighters. "Didn't the attack happen at just the right time, shortly before elections in India? Who benefits the most from the attack?"
 The theory that extremist Hindus were behind the massacre, as a way to secure political majorities in New Delhi and weaken the Pakistani security organizations and their militant auxiliary forces, is widely believed in the country -- and not just among extremists.
<br />
<br />
But, according to a different theory making the rounds among diplomats in Islamabad, the Pakistani army and the ISI are trying to destroy the easing of tensions with India, the result of laborious efforts, so that they can finally withdraw their troops from
 the embattle tribal regions along the border with Afghanistan and shift them to the eastern border. This would provide the Taliban and its Afghan and Pakistani allies with breathing room. Many Pakistanis already see the fighters as friends rather than foes.
</p>
<p>Muntazir avoids answering the truly uncomfortable questions. Has Qasab, the captured terrorist, ever been here? He, at any rate, has never met him, Muntazir replies vaguely. What does the group plan to do if its bases are in fact attacked? "Should we reach
 for our weapons? But we don't have any," he replies with feigned innocence. <br />
<br />
But with this audacity Muntazir has stumbled into a trap of his own making. He claims that his "Amir," Jamaat-ud-Dawa leader Saeed, has never headed a militant group. In truth, the now 63-year-old was once the proud leader of the "military wing" of the former
 parent organization, Markaz-ud-Dawa-Wal-Irshad. This wing, now Lashkar-e-Taiba, was the precursor to the Islamists in Kashmir, the core group that supports violent separation of the region from India.
<br />
<br />
"Jihad is the only true policy for us," Saeed, a former government employee, told the respected daily newspaper The News in March 2000. He said that he had given his holy warriors "a platform that finally brings together religious and military training."
<br />
<br />
Saeed has had photos depicting the Koran against the backdrop of a Kalashnikov and a rising sun placed on collection boxes for donations to the terrorist group. One of Lashkar-e-Taiba's Web sites provides a detailed list identifying precisely which mujaheddin
 committed which attack in the Indian section of Kashmir. </p>
<p>After the Mumbai attacks, politicians from around the word traveled to the crisis region to help keep Indian and Pakistani politicians from losing their cool. Senator John McCain, the failed US Republican presidential candidate, also paid a visit to Pakistan,
 where he warned against a possible reprisal attack, while at the same time questioning the United States' ability to prevent the Indians from doing so.
<br />
<br />
US Secretary of State Condoleezza Rice had already arrived in New Delhi by then. She asked the Indians for one thing, above all else: not to mobilize their troops. This would set off a race between the two nuclear powers, which, as Rice noted, could be unstoppable.
 Then she traveled to Islamabad, where she asked Pakistan for a "robust" and "effective" response.
<br />
<br />
Her wish was apparently the Pakistanis' command. A short time later, Pakistani soldiers in Kashmir raided a Jamaat-ud-Dawa camp. The fenced-in complex near the Kashmiri administrative capital of Muzaffarabad, with its one- and two-story houses, is hardly recognizable
 as a training camp. There was an exchange of fire. At least eight members of Lashkar-e-Taiba were arrested, including a senior commander, Zaki-ur-Rehman Lakhvi.
</p>
<p>Lakhvi has spent more of his life in war than in peace. His eyes are as black as the beard covering his coarse cheekbones, and he wears the military vest of the mujaheddin like a second skin over his shalwar kamee, the robe worn by Pakistani Muslims. Lahkvi's
 name tops the list of presumed backers of terrorism the Indian government has asked Pakistan to extradite to India.
<br />
<br />
<span style="font-weight:bold">Avoiding War with India </span><br />
<br />
The Neelum Hotel in Muzaffarabad is a favorite with amorous couples and families. The deep green Neelum River flows past the verandah, and on the other side the Karakorum Mountains rise spectacularly in the distance. Lakhvi gave a speech there more than half
 a year ago. He urged the Kashmiris to revive the war over the Kashmir valley, and he condemned the government's negotiations with New Delhi. "The road to victory," he said, "will take much longer than expected."
<br />
<br />
Neither the police nor the ISI intervened at the time, which, despite the fact that Lashkar-e-Taiba has been banned for years, can be interpreted as evidence of the still-close relations between Pakistani intelligence and the so-called freedom fighters.
<br />
<br />
Islamabad, a three-hour drive from Kashmir, was like a fortress last week. Armed security forces have sealed off the government district surrounding the white presidential palace and the constitutional court building. Even the road to Jinnah Market, a shopping
 center, resembles an obstacle course through roadblocks. </p>
<p>President Asif Ali Zardari, the widower of former Prime Minister Benazir Bhutto, looks pale when he appears for prayers on the day of Eid al-Adha, or Feast of Sacrifice. For security reasons, the ceremony is not held in the mosque, as is customary, but in
 the prime minister's house. <br />
<br />
Zardari has done everything he can to avoid war with India. But in doing so he has made enemies at home. He is the first Pakistani head of state to have dared to call the militant Kashmiri fighters "terrorists." Even bolder was his claim that India, with which
 Pakistan has already waged three wars, was never a real threat. Such willingness to reconcile with India can be deadly in a country of which it has always been said that the army maintains a state, and not the other way around.
<br />
<br />
At the end of last week, Zardari even mentioned the possibility of banning Jamaat-ud-Dawa. He had its roughly 100 sites, which cater to hundreds of thousands of supporters, sealed, its offices closed and its leaders arrested. There were riots in Lahore, Karachi
 and Muzaffarabad in response. <br />
<br />
Zardari hopes to turn the country's crisis into a historic opportunity to wipe out militant Islamism within Pakistan and to make peace with archenemy Indian as well as Afghanistan. But even Zardari calls these plans "a bit much at a time."
</p>
<p>Nevertheless, he smiles bravely during a speech in the presidential palace, ceremoniously flanked by guards wearing pink silk uniforms, saying that the best revenge against the traitors of democracy is reconciliation with India.
<br />
<br />
He is probably right. But first the country will have to become reconciled with itself. Islamist extremism, no longer a marginal phenomenon in Pakistan, has actually become chic. With its wealthy financiers in the Gulf states and its local, extremely well-organized
 religious charities, the movement offers every devout Muslim attractive prospects: a place in society, respect and a career.
<br />
<br />
In Muridke, at any rate, the Islamists are still convinced that they are in the right. Jamaat-ud-Dawa official Muntazir can no longer conceal his anger. He says that although he does not know how his organization will survive after being shut down, the community
 will continue to exist. Once again, he says, Muslims are the victims and, once again, they are the ones who must pay for dirty slander. As his visitors leave he calls out after them, not nearly as flattering as before: "All lies, lies, lies."
<br />
<br />
Then the heavy gate is slammed shut. <br />
<br />
<span style="font-weight:bold">By Susanne Koelbl in Muridke<br />
</span><span style="font-style:italic">Translated from the German by Christopher Sultan</span></p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>12/01/2012 12:31:32</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/16799/WALKING+THE+TERRORIST+TIGHTROPE++Pakistans+President+Zardari+Attempts+the+Impossible+Der+Spiegel+Germany</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">16799</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>16800</publicationdataID>
      <title>Lashkar-e-Taiba in America A convicted terror recruiter plays victim of the NSA (The Weekly Standard)</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p>by Stephen Schwartz <br />
<br />
The coincidence can best be described as macabre: The terrorist assault on Mumbai occurred just as a House Select Intelligence Oversight Panel, headed by Democratic Rep. Rush Holt of New Jersey, initiated an inquiry into the conviction of a radical Muslim hatemonger,
 Ali Al-Timimi, for recruiting to Lashkar-e-Taiba (LET) or Army of the Righteous, the group considered responsible for the latest atrocities in India. Purportedly, Al-Timimi, when he was tried, may have been a "victim" of anti-terror measures introduced by
 the Bush administration. <br />
<br />
The review of the Al-Timimi case would be the Holt panel's first formal action against the Bush administration's record in this field. The panel was established last year by House Speaker Nancy Pelosi. But let us take our own look at the movements, incidents,
 and characters involved. Congressional and media attitudes toward Islamist extremism are in fact more deserving of criticism here than are Bush policies.
<br />
<br />
LET is a powerful fundamentalist militia financed by the Pakistani government in its fight with India over Kashmir. The group has a close relationship with al Qaeda; prominent Guantánamo captive Abu Zubayda, a top al Qaeda operative, was arrested in a LET safehouse
 in Pakistan in 2002. The group is committed to terror in the West as well as in India, Pakistan, and Afghanistan. Indeed LET is present wherever Pakistani radicals are found, and was involved in the 2006 plot at Heathrow airport that changed airline policies
 on passengers carrying liquids. </p>
<p>Two years before the Heathrow affair, LET veteran Dhiren Barot, a Hindu convert to Islam who graduated to al Qaeda, was arrested in Britain and charged with planning a variety of chemical and radioactive attacks on financial offices in the United States,
 which he had surveilled extensively. Barot, heading a network of Kashmiri radical recruits, was sentenced to life imprisonment in the UK. LET's other exploits outside the Indian subcontinent included the training of "shoe bomber" Richard Reid, currently serving
 a life sentence in the U.S. <br />
<br />
But one of the most notable setbacks suffered by LET involved the so-called "Virginia paintball jihad" case. Notwithstanding the light-hearted nickname bestowed on the conspiracy by media, the "paintball jihad" was much more than a weekend diversion involving
 a paramilitary sport. The Virginia group of Islamists, including American Muslim convert Randall "Ismail" Royer, was convicted of training for and participating in LET's military campaign against India. From his base in the United States, Royer sent recruits
 to an LET camp in Pakistan for instruction in the use of small arms, rocket-propelled grenades, and other military resources. Royer admitted he had formed his group within a week of the horrors of September 11, 2001, to swell the ranks of mujahideen fighting
 against the U.S.-led coalition in Afghanistan. In practice, however, the paintball convicts fired their weapons against Indian forces in Kashmir. Royer was sent to prison for 20 years, and eight of his cohort received similar sentences.
</p>
<p>And thus to the present contretemps. Al-Timimi, a Washington, D.C.-born biologist when he was not engaged in inciting violence, was convicted in the Virginia case of soliciting participation in LET's armed jihad. Indeed, he was the Royer group's "spiritual
 mentor." Al-Timimi was a prominent figure in Washington jihadist circles; he delivered Friday sermons at the Saudi-run Washington Islamic Center, the "big mosque" dedicated to the cult of Wahhabism.
<br />
<br />
In the Virginia circle, Al-Timimi directed his exhortations against India, and there is an undeniable link between his da'wa, or Islamic outreach, and the carnage in Mumbai. Al-Timimi had spoken by telephone with Suliman Al-Buthe, a Saudi subject born in Egypt
 and designated a terror financier by the U.S. Treasury. Al-Buthe was a high official of the Saudi-based Al-Haramain Foundation, a major support network for al Qaeda. Al-Timimi gloated to Al-Buthe about the crash of the space shuttle Columbia, among other tasteful
 comments. Al-Timimi received a sentence of life plus 70 years without parole. <br />
<br />
Critics of the Bush administration have homed in on the Al-Timimi case as an alleged example of U.S. legal misconduct in pursuit of terrorist suspects. Al-Timimi challenged his conviction because use of National Security Agency electronic surveillance against
 him had not been fully disclosed in his trial. "Domestic spying," at least at this point, apparently trumps "international plotting of mass murder" as a matter for congressional scrutiny.
</p>
<p>The New York Times in mid-November identified the Al-Timimi case as an "early test" for President-elect Barack Obama, regarding whether he will continue surveillance of well-known extremists (since Al-Timimi hardly concealed his views) or discontinue it.
 Between the consequences at Mumbai and the posturing of his fellow-politicians, Obama indeed faces a test. But the campaign against NSA and related law-enforcement activities in cases like that of Al-Timimi has nothing to do with maintaining American justice
 as a pristine example for the world, nor with saving lives. Rather, it is a purely political matter aimed at President Bush and seeking to discredit the framework of anti-terror measures adopted during his tenure.
<br />
<br />
Smart money says Obama will recognize the greater threat and keep NSA and related practices in place, if not extend them. But the Times has continued its posturing on the Al-Timimi case, euphemistically describing him as "a Muslim scholar" and offering a distinction
 between training for and firing weapons in war against India, and "terrorist actions." According to the Times's definition of terrorism, the Virginia group was innocent. According to Al-Timimi, his attorneys, and the Times, his trial should be treated as free
 speech case. <br />
<br />
The moral is clear: Rep. Holt and his panel should take a good, long look at LET and its global activities, especially their consequences in Mumbai, before rushing to the aid of Ali Al-Timimi, jihadist extraordinaire.
<br />
<br />
<span style="font-style:italic">Stephen Schwartz is a frequent contributor to THE WEEKLY STANDARD</span></p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>12/01/2012 12:34:35</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/16800/LashkareTaiba+in+America+A+convicted+terror+recruiter+plays+victim+of+the+NSA+The+Weekly+Standard</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">16800</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>16803</publicationdataID>
      <title>Zardari’s distress call (Le Figaro)</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[At a time when war in Afghanistan is threatening to destabilize the entire region, Pakistani President, Asif Ali Zardari has launched a distress call which has to be heard.
<br />
<br />
The "cancer of terrorism” about which President Zardari talks of, is actually "devouring” his country. The "cancer” is spreading at an alarming rate in the entire region where its bases are being enlarged to better hit targets in the West (and elsewhere):
<br />
<br />
<ul class="commonBullets">
<li>In Afghanistan in the first place, where the Taliban are advancing constantly despite the presence of around 70,000 Western soldiers.
</li><li>In Pakistan in the second place which is the theatre of an unprecedented waves of attacks which have caused nearly 1500 deaths in 16 months.
</li><li>In Pakistan again where supply lines for Western troops in Afghanistan are no longer secure. The Taliban set fire to 300 trucks packed with material during 5 attacks against convoys during this past week.
</li><li>In India finally where the attacks of Bombay of 26th November targeted Pakistan on the rebound by precipitating a crisis between the two nuclear powers of the subcontinent.
</li></ul>
<p>Till now, India has shown the greatest of restraint even if the responsibility of Bombay’s carnage of the LeT based in Pakistan, is beyond a shred of doubt. New Delhi has been demanding of Islamabad to conduct raids against training camps of the Islamist
 groups. One has to hope that Islamabad will be able to act against the LeT whose terrorist actions have been taking as a pretext to the conflict in Kashmir and which have been tolerated for too long.
<br />
<br />
<br />
India’s pressure on Pakistan to fight terrorism is not new. The others too have similar concerns. Faced with the military impasse in which the NATO troops in Afghanistan find themselves, the USA has redoubled its own pressures so that Islamabad opens a second
 front against the Al Qaeda and the Taliban who have taken refuge in the border areas.
<br />
<br />
The main question is to know whether the Pakistani government, the army and the intelligence services, who often themselves infiltrated by extremist elements have the means to act in accordance with their stated will to fight against terrorism.
<br />
<br />
<br />
Barack Obama has said that he will make the war in Afghanistan his priority. His intention is to transfer today from Iraq and bring them to the Afghan front. For him, Pakistan cannot serve as a sanctury for those who fought NATO solders in Afghanistan. It is
 precisely here that there are indications of a real change. Till now, with George W. Bust, the main concern of Washington was to maintain the stability of Pakistan, to depend on the good faith of the army and to avoid a collapse of State structures in a country,
 which has the nuclear weapon. It is possible that the priority is being changed and that the eradication of militant Islam is becoming the main concern. If this is the case, it is in the interest of the Pakistani authorities to react.
<br />
<br />
<span style="font-style:italic">(Free translation of Editorial in "Le Figaro” of 15th December, 2008 by Pierre Rousselin)</span></p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>12/01/2012 12:38:12</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/16803/Zardaris+distress+call+Le+Figaro</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">16803</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>16804</publicationdataID>
      <title>Pakistan battles its Islamist offspring (The Financial Times)</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p>By Farhan Bokhari, Daniel Dombey and James Lamont<br />
<br />
The motto of the Pakistani army explains much. It reads: "Imaan, Taqwa, Jihad fi Sabilillah" or "Faith, Piety, Holy War in the path of Allah."
<br />
<br />
Where in many parts of the world a regimental motto might sit gathering dust on the silverware of an officers' mess, these few words for Pakistan's army reflect a highly contemporary dedication to the cause of Islam.
<br />
<br />
In that cause, Pakistan's generals have built close links with Islamic groups, both political and militant. Those links helped create a network of Islamist militants in Afghanistan and Indian- administered Kashmir to fight a proxy war in Pakistan's interest.
<br />
<br />
Islamist militants and their "jihad" have been accorded the status of vital strategic assets by Pakistan's rulers.
<br />
<br />
But terrorist attacks well beyond Pakistan's border regions have drawn strong condemnation for these links. Pressure was applied after the September 11 2001 terrorist attacks on the US. Now once again, the ties are under scrutiny after last month's devastating
 strike on Mumbai, for which India holds the Pakistan-based Lashkar-e-Taiba militant group to blame.
<br />
<br />
"The use of terrorism as an instrument of state policy is no longer acceptable. There are no good or bad terrorists," Manmohan Singh, India's prime minister, told the Indian parliament earlier this week. His words were plainly directed at Pakistan.
</p>
<p>The US has weighed in behind India. Pakistan "had to act since their territory had been used for these non-state actors to make those attacks", said Condoleezza Rice, the US secretary of state.
<br />
<br />
Pakistan's military now faces the dilemma of fighting the same Islamist groups that it helped to create. Western analysts believe some elements in the army - most particularly the Inter-Services Intelligence agency - retain loyalties with militants. But General
 Ashfaq Parvez Kiyani, the army's chief, is determined to give a new direction to the military, away from Islamist hardliners.
<br />
<br />
This transformation is crucial to Pakistan's statehood. The army is the country's strongest institution, created when the country won independence in 1947. It numbers 619,000 personnel and has about 528,000 men in reserve. Moreover, it has considerable political
 clout, having ruled the country directly for more than half of its 61- year existence.
<br />
<br />
The Pakistan army was designed as a territorial force with a defensive position against India. That changed when Pakistan's support for the "war on terror" pushed the army into a new combat role against Islamist militants belonging to al-Qaeda and the Taliban
 along the Afghan border. <br />
<br />
This week's arrest of three militant leaders and the banning of the Jamaat-ud-Dawa, a charity linked to Lashkar-e-Taiba, could mark a break with jihad. Pakistan took into custody Zaki-ur-Rehman Lakhvi, a commander of the Lashkar-e-Taiba; Hafiz Muhammad Saeed,
 its leader; and Masood Azhar, an Islamic cleric blamed for the 2001 attack on India's parliament.</p>
<p>The Bush administration has described this week's detentions as positive moves, but has warned Pakistan to take more than just "one-off" measures.
<br />
<br />
Some analysts believe the Mumbai attacks and Pakistan's threat to global security has armed Asif Ali Zardari, its president, with a reason to order a clampdown on jihadi groups.
<br />
<br />
"Inaction is not an option for Pakistan any longer. As you can see, there is so much trouble all around that the government has to order strong action," says Abida Hussain, a leader of the ruling Pakistan People's party (PPP).
<br />
<br />
Others are deeply sceptical. They worry that Pakistan's commitment is weak and Mr Zardari "a non-entity".<br />
<br />
They fear the army will only make "revolving-door arrests" where militants are freed almost as soon as they are captured. "Sustaining this effort is all about wiping out these groups. You have to close down all of their offices, take into custody all of their
 main members and stop the funding, including funding from outside the country," says Iqbal Haider, a leading human rights lawyer and former minister.
<br />
<br />
One diplomat described India as in the worst possible position as it tried to bring the Mumbai attackers to justice. He explained that the Pakistani army was the only institutional power in the land, and that to undermine it brought the nuclear armed country
 only a step closer to being a failed state. <br />
<br />
Leverage lay solely with the US, which was hobbled in its response because it needed the co-operation of the Pakistani army to stabilise Afghanistan, he said.</p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>12/01/2012 12:40:33</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/16804/Pakistan+battles+its+Islamist+offspring+The+Financial+Times</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">16804</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>16806</publicationdataID>
      <title>Pakistan walks delicate line with a radical (IHT)</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p>By Richard A. Oppel Jr. and Salman Masood<br />
<br />
LAHORE, Pakistan: On a normal Friday afternoon the line of cars and red Honda motorbikes outside the Qadssiya Mosque stretches to a gasoline station a kilometer away. Eight thousand worshipers typically come to hear Hafiz Muhammad Saeed preach at the headquarters
 of the organization he leads, Jamaat-ud-Dawa, the charity that fronts for the militant group Lashkar-e-Taiba. The two-tiered mosque can accommodate only a portion of the crowd, so the remainder spill out onto a broad concrete courtyard.
<br />
<br />
But this Friday the road outside was clear, and the few thousand who showed up were all able to fit inside. The day before, the Pakistani authorities had put Saeed under house arrest and closed dozens of the group's offices across the country. Many followers
 were unnerved. <br />
<br />
"The government has created a panic," said Mohammed Nawaz, 35, one of the mosque administrators, who estimated that only one in four people came to this week's services. "Our leader has been arrested, so what happens if they come to prayers? Not a lot of people
 have come today. People are not certain what will happen next." <br />
<br />
A few kilometers away, in Saeed's leafy neighborhood, it was a decidedly more relaxed scene. Several dozen police officers ringed the area around his home, standing casually with rifles and enforcing a house arrest that seemed more of a forced vacation.
<br />
<br />
Two heavily bearded workers from Jamaat-ud-Dawa arrived with food, and the police raised the barricades and allowed them through, choosing not to inspect their Suzuki truck. Saeed's relatives have been allowed to come and go freely from the home, the police
 said. A young boy and a girl standing on the second-floor balcony of Saeed's home looked down at the officers and smiled.
</p>
<p>One local police commander, seeing journalists arrive, rushed over and proclaimed that Saeed was confined inside his home, banned from going outside now or at any other time.
<br />
<br />
Almost on cue, Saeed emerged moments later from the mosque across the street, clad in a green jacket and a cream-colored shalwar kameez, the long tunic and baggy pants that Pakistani men commonly wear, and ambled back to his house. "No, no, it's not Hafiz Saeed,"
 the embarrassed commander said, though it clearly was."I'm just following instructions," he added.
<br />
<br />
The two scenes underscored the Pakistani government's deeply mixed reaction to Saeed and his organization following the terrorist attacks in Mumbai that the Indian and U.S. governments have accused Lashkar of carrying out.
<br />
<br />
Under intense pressure to show some resolve against homegrown terrorism, the Pakistani government claims to have arrested the Lashkar official suspected of running the Mumbai attacks, and then on Thursday and Friday it shut down dozens of Jamaat-ud-Dawa offices
 and said it had detained many of the group's members. <br />
<br />
But the government has also taken clear steps to soften the blow, like allowing Saeed to hold a defiant news conference before his house arrest began. Saeed maintains that neither he nor Jamaat-ud-Dawa has had connections to Lashkar for more than six years.
</p>
<p>As was apparent at his home on Friday, the government is clearly reluctant to cut off Saeed and his group too abruptly, partly out of expediency but partly out of fear, too.Pakistan has used Lashkar and other militant groups as surrogate security forces
 in Kashmir, the disputed Himalayan region claimed by both Pakistan and India, and many in the country's army are sympathetic to Lashkar and other Islamist militant groups. The country's premier spy agency, Inter-Services Intelligence, helped establish Lashkar
 in the 1980s to undermine the Indian authorities in Kashmir. <br />
<br />
Lashkar and Jamaat-ud-Dawa remain popular in Punjab, the most populous Pakistani province, where the cities and villages that spread out from Lahore, the provincial capital, have been the principal recruiting ground for Lashkar and Jamaat-ud-Dawa and for the
 men accused of carrying out the Mumbai attacks. In these rural areas the two organizations are synonymous.
<br />
<br />
Moreover, Jamaat-ud-Dawa is seen by many Punjabis as a more effective relief agency than the government, bringing shelter, food, blankets and medicine to people devastated by earthquakes in Kashmir in 2005 and in Baluchistan Province in October.
<br />
<br />
"All the relief work will be badly affected" by the crackdown, said Mohammed Faizan Kashif, a 28-year-old Lahore banker who attended Friday's service and, like many here, sharply criticized what he described as the government's fecklessness and kowtowing to
 U.S. and Indian pressure. "If I try to organize a fashion show, the government will facilitate it," he said. "But if I try to highlight the Kashmir issue, the government would stop it."
</p>
<p>Inside the mosque, Saeed's 38-year-old son, Mohammed Talha Saeed, took his father's place at the podium and inveighed against the government's crackdown as the result of "dictation from the United States" and pressure from "Jews and the Hindu lobby."
<br />
<br />
"If the government continues this type of activity, then one day the army of God will come," he lectured, urging the worshipers to remain patient.
<br />
<br />
<span style="font-style:italic">Waqar Gillani contributed reporting.</span></p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>12/01/2012 12:42:48</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/16806/Pakistan+walks+delicate+line+with+a+radical+IHT</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">16806</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>16808</publicationdataID>
      <title>The 'charity' that plotted the Mumbai attacks (The Times)</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p><span style="font-weight:bold">The Times, 8 December 2008</span><br />
<br />
Pakistan has a hard job rooting out militancy. But it cannot let Jamaat-ud-Dawa carry on fooling people about its aims<br />
<br />
Wriggling under the illumination of media scrutiny after accusations of its involvement in the slaughter in Mumbai, Jamaat-ud- Dawa's response last week was a workmanlike PR counter-move. Journalists were taken on a guided tour of the organisation's headquarters,
 30 miles from Lahore, where a civilised lunch of spiced chicken and rice accompanied declarations of innocence, condemnation of the terrorist attack and claims to be nothing more than a charity group involved in relief work.
<br />
<br />
Terrorists? Not us, guv. But in the northwestern Pakistani city of Peshawar, just three weeks before the Mumbai attacks, the advice of PR gurus was noticeably absent when I met a leading official from the group. "We don't like democracy,” Atiq ur-Rahman told
 me, eyes ablaze. "Our struggle is to establish an Islamic caliphate throughout the world. Whichever force tries to resist it shall be shattered.”
<br />
<br />
He bubbled with the internal rage so characteristic of militants, and having given a perfunctory resumé of JuD's relief work among Pakistani civilians displaced by fighting and natural disaster, launched himself into a diatribe against India and the West. The
 rant concluded with an amazing on-the-spot attempt to recruit my interpreter, citing the abuse of Muslims by infidel forces in Somalia, Chechnya and Kashmir. In the embarrassed silence that followed his departure we were left to flick through a copy of Why
 We Are Performing Jihad, the jihadist manual that he had handed us to further his case.
</p>
<p>Though designated as a terrorist organisation by America in 2006, Jamaat-ud-Dawa remains a legitimate organisation in Pakistan where it has hundreds of offices and numerous "relief camps” throughout the country.
<br />
<br />
Over and above similar militant organisations in Pakistan that have, more or less, been ostracised by Pakistani authorities in recent years, JuD is of specific importance now in highlighting the limits of Pakistan's commitment to combating regional and international
 terrorism, with special significance to the UK. <br />
<br />
For despite assurances from President Asif Zardari of co-operation with India in tracking down the Mumbai perpetrators, so far Pakistan has been dismissive of claims by Indian and Western security officials that the cell involved was trained, armed and funded
 by Lashkar-e-Taiba (LeT), the militant organisation inside Pakistan that is the parent of JuD, and with which the terrorists allegedly communicated during the course of the operation.
<br />
<br />
LeT was formed in Kunar province, Afghanistan, in 1989 by the Islamist Hafiz Mohammed Saeed. After the withdrawal of the Russians from Afghanistan the LeT, funded by the Pakistani intelligence service, the ISI, turned its attention to fighting Indian forces
 in Kashmir. The LeT's December 2001 attack on the Indian Parliament drew the neighbouring countries to the edge of war, after which the organisation was banned. The JuD, formed by Hafiz Saeed in 2002 as a charity organisation, emerged directly from the LeT
 being forced underground. </p>
<p>Based in Lahore, the JuD has been accused ever since of being little more than the public front for the LeT's Kashmiri militants, in much the same way as Sinn Féin was for the IRA. Thanks to its high-profile relief work, notably in the wake of the 2005 earthquake
 in Kashmir, and a continued desire to preserve strategic assets to counter India's regional jockeying, Pakistani authorities have to date been unwilling to close down JuD offices, despite growing evidence of its involvement in terrorism.
<br />
<br />
Shehzad Tanweer, one of the 7/7 London Tube bombers, allegedly met al-Qaeda commanders at the JuD madrassa in Lahore in 2004 and Hafiz Saeed was himself briefly detained there in 2006 - where he was questioned by British anti-terrorist squad detectives - and
 investigated for connections to the British-based terror cell plotting to blow up airliners over the Atlantic. (Rashid Rauf, the former baker boy from Birmingham on the run from authorities for his involvement in this plot, was killed by a US drone in Pakistan
 just a week before the Mumbai attacks.) <br />
<br />
America's headache with Jamaat-ud-Dawa is straightforward enough. Washington accuses it of recruiting and funding for the LeT, who in turn are attempting to reverse the US strategy of improving relations between Pakistan and India so as to focus Pakistan's
 efforts on the militant sanctuaries along its border with Afghanistan. </p>
<p>Britain's worries are more acute and related directly to the disproportionate number of Kashmiris among the UK's 480,000-strong Pakistani population. Since 2001 British intelligence officers and diplomats have noted with alarm al-Qaeda's success in merging
 Kashmiri militants with the global jihadi network. British passportholders are particularly attractive recruits and the JuD, its offices and camps so far untouched in Pakistan, is now regarded as a key portal for young British Muslims seeking to join al-Qaeda.
 "These training camps... pose a real threat to the UK,” a diplomat in Islamabad told me in October. "Which is why Britain is asking for them to be closed down. The chief worry is that young British radicals travel to Pakistan, connect into Pakistani Kashmir
 and may gain some training there. They are then passed on to facilitation camps in Waziristan or Bajaur. Some then reappear in the UK. Others stay on in the tribal areas planning attack operation on the UK.”
<br />
<br />
Pakistan's efforts to face up to the threat of its militancy should not be sneered at. Since 2001 it has lost more than 1,000 soldiers fighting militants along its frontier with Afghanistan and its troops remain heavily engaged in action in Bajaur tribal agency.
 Recently it has made serious efforts to clean up the ISI and purge it of renegade elements funding militant groups.
</p>
<p>But the Mumbai outrage has raised the bar, again, on the requirements for proof of Pakistan's commitment. For it to meet this challenge and concur with Western and Indian demands to act against the JuD, it will require a careful combination of pressure and
 inducement, as well as an intensification of regional efforts to resolve the Kashmir dispute.
<br />
<br />
<br />
The militants who killed Hindus, Christians and Jews in Mumbai evidently saw their cause as part of a struggle connecting India with Kashmir, America, Afghanistan and Britain. If they are to be successfully countered, the moves against them will have have to
 be as many-headed, as widespread, and much more sophisticated.</p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>12/01/2012 12:46:13</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/16808/The+charity+that+plotted+the+Mumbai+attacks+The+Times</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">16808</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>16809</publicationdataID>
      <title>Terrorists Attacking Mumbai Have Global Agenda (Yale Global)</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p><span style="font-weight:bold">Pakistan's LeT, not as well known as Al Qaeda, threatens India, the West and even Pakistan</span><br />
<br />
Ashley J. Tellis<br />
<br />
WASHINGTON: Whenever New Delhi points a finger at Pakistan in the aftermath of a terrorist attack in India, a weary world seems to say, "Here we go again!” The old enmity between the two countries can tire spectators who often quickly dismiss Indian accusations
 of Pakistani malfeasance as little other than political recriminations. Yet, the latest terrorist assault in Bombay – involving 10 coordinated strikes that killed close to 200 and the capture of a Pakistani terrorist, Azam Amir Kasab, from Faridkot – leaves
 no doubt about the authenticity of the Indian charge. Whether or not the carnage in Bombay is India’s 9/11, the information now available abundantly confirms that it was not the act of domestic malcontents – another "Oklahoma City.”
<br />
<br />
The West would do well to take notice that this bloodbath was not the work of homegrown militants aggrieved by India’s failure to integrate its Muslim minority but of the most dangerous Pakistani terrorist group, Lashkar-e-Taiba (LeT), whose wider goals threaten
 not only secular India but also the West and even Pakistan itself.</p>
<p>The early conclusion that the attack in Bombay was the work of disaffected domestic protesters was arguably consoling because, if true, the threat to the international community would indeed be minimal. Moreover, the contention that New Delhi’s terrorism
 problem is largely domestic marginalizes the extent of foreign – primarily Pakistani – involvement in India’s "million mutinies” and accentuates the centrality of the unsettled dispute over Kashmir.
<br />
<br />
These inferences are false. As is now clear, the atrocity in Bombay was not masterminded by internal subversives – even if there were individual Indian participants. The meticulous planning, the enormous resources committed to a complex mission across great
 distances and long periods of time, and the burdens of a difficult sea-land operation, rule out virtually every indigenous terrorist group in India, Muslim or otherwise. The attacks involved months of training in Pakistan and extensive reconnaissance of targets
 in Bombay; after these were complete, the terrorists appear to have left Karachi by as yet unknown means, hijacked a fishing trawler on the high seas and, upon reaching India’s territorial waters, transferred to inflatable speedboats which landed at two different
 locations on the city shores from whence the assaults began. No domestic terrorist group has previously demonstrated the capacity to undertake anything as complicated and it would indeed be shocking if any did acquire such capacity unbeknownst to Indian or
 Western intelligence. </p>
<p>All evidence points to LeT as the perpetrators of the killings in Bombay conducted under the nom de guerre "Deccan Mujahideen” and reflecting its classic modus operandi: suicidal attacks, but not suicide, involving small squads of highly-armed individuals,
 intent on inflicting the largest numbers of casualties at symbolic sites. Such violence is emphatically not directed at remedying the grievances of India’s Muslims or resolving the dispute over Kashmir. Although LeT has long operated in the disputed state
 of Kashmir, it’s not a Kashmiri organization. Rather, it consists primarily of Pakistani Punjabis financed, trained, armed and abetted by the Pakistani intelligence service, the Inter-Services Intelligence (ISI) – a product of the latter’s war against the
 Indian state dating back to the late 1980s. <br />
<br />
LeT’s objectives from the beginning have had less to do with Kashmir and more to do with India and beyond. To begin with, India’s achievement in becoming a peaceful, prosperous, multi-ethnic and secular democracy remains an affront to LeT’s vision of a universal
 Islamist Caliphate begotten through tableegh, or preaching, and jihad. Further, India’s collaboration with the United States and the West in general against terrorism has marked it as a part of what LeT calls the detestable "American-Zionist-Hindu” axis that
 must be confronted by force. Finally, New Delhi’s emergence as a rising global power represents an impediment to LeT’s objective of, in the words of its leader, Hafiz Saeed, recovering "lost Muslim lands” that once spanned much of Asia and Europe.
</p>
<p>Given this ideology, the LeT attack is an attempt to cripple India’s economic growth, destroy national confidence in its political system, attack its open society and provoke destabilizing communal rivalries, all while sending a message that India will remain
 an adversary because its successes make it a hindrance to LeT’s larger cause. In this context, the struggle over Kashmir is merely instrumental. To quote Saeed, Kashmir is merely a "gateway to capture India” en route to LeT’s other targets.
<br />
<br />
Such statements are not simply grandstanding. Outside of Al Qaeda, LeT today represents the most important South Asian terrorist group of "global reach.” With recruitment, fundraising and operations extending to Afghanistan, Iraq, Central Asia, Europe, Africa
 and Australia, LeT has rapidly become a formidable threat.<br />
<br />
Washington’s concern with Al Qaeda, however justified, should not obscure the reality of other terrorist groups in South Asia that seek to promote obscurantist versions of Islam by attacking democratic societies. The US also ought not to be diverted by spurious
 analyses that link the carnage in Bombay to the complaints of India’s Muslims – however genuine those may be. Whatever their grievances, the Indian Muslim resentment against the Bombay attacks was most clearly exemplified by the refusal of every Muslim cemetery
 to accept the bodies of the slain terrorists for burial. </p>
<p>The incoming Obama administration should also not be distracted by calls to interject itself in resolving the Kashmir problem, because as Saeed had publicly declared in an interview in 2001, "Our struggle will continue even if Kashmir is liberated. We still
 have to take revenge for East Pakistan.” Obviously, this vendetta seems never ending. Saeed had given notice in 1999 that "jihad is not about Kashmir only. About fifteen years ago, people might have found it ridiculous if someone told them about the disintegration
 of the USSR. Today, I announce the break-up of India, Insha-Allah. We will not rest until the whole (of) India is dissolved into Pakistan.”
<br />
<br />
The barbarity in Bombay thus represents the ugly face of Islamist terrorism that threatens India, the US and its allies, and the larger international system, but fundamentally also Pakistan. Saeed has unequivocally declared that the Lashkar intends to "plant
 the flag of Islam in Washington, Tel Aviv and New Delhi.” However absurd it might sound, his words could launch thousands of zealots to commit horrible crimes worldwide. Consequently, the US cannot avoid the burden of confronting Islamabad to rid itself of
 this group and other menacing outfits that utilize its territory for loathsome ends. Arresting one or two of the alleged "masterminds,” as Pakistan has now done in the face of US pressure, simply will not do: rather, the entire organization must be targeted
 and put out of business permanently. </p>
<p>A good way to begin this process would be for the outgoing Bush administration to publicly declare what it already knows to be the case: that LeT planned and executed the deadly attacks in Bombay. In any event, it’s in Pakistan’s own interest– to confront
 LeT’s destructive ideology and subterranean links with the ISI. Such an affray ought not to be precipitated because the US or India demand it, but because it is essential to the success of the civilian government’s own objective of transforming Pakistan.
<br />
<br />
No matter what Pakistan does, the US has to be clear-sighted about the global nature of the LeT threat and together with India and other allies take resolute measures to defeat this newest challenge.
<br />
<br />
<span style="font-style:italic">Ashley J. Tellis is a senior associate at the Carnegie Endowment for International Peace.</span></p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>12/01/2012 12:48:37</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/16809/Terrorists+Attacking+Mumbai+Have+Global+Agenda+Yale+Global</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">16809</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>16810</publicationdataID>
      <title>They Hate Us — and India Is Us (New York Times)</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p><span style="font-weight:bold">OP-ED CONTRIBUTOR<br />
By PATRICK FRENCH<br />
<br />
</span>London<br />
<br />
AS an open, diverse and at times chaotic democracy, India has long been a target for terrorism. From the assassination of Mohandas Gandhi in 1948 to the recent attacks in Mumbai, it has faced attempts to change its national character by force. None has yet
 succeeded. Despite its manifest social failings, India remains the developing world’s most successful experiment in free, plural, large-scale political collaboration.
<br />
<br />
The Mumbai attacks were transformative, because in them, unlike previous outrages in India, the rich were caught: not only Western visitors in the nation’s magnificent financial capital but also Indian bankers, business owners and socialites. This had symbolic
 power, as the terrorists knew it would. <br />
<br />
However, I recently saw a televised forum in which members of the public vented their fury against India’s politicians for their failure to act, and it soon became apparent the victims were poor as well as rich. One survivor, Shameem Khan — instantly identifiable
 by his name and his embroidered cap as a Muslim — told how six members of his extended family had been shot dead. Still in shock, he said: "A calamity has fallen on my house. What shall I do?” His neighbors had helped pay for the funeral. Like most of India’s
 150 million Muslims, Mr. Khan is staunchly patriotic. The city’s Muslim Council refused to let the terrorists be buried in its graveyards.
</p>
<p>When these well-planned attacks unfolded, it was clear to anyone with experience of India that they were not homegrown, and almost certainly originated from Pakistan. Yet the reaction of the world’s news media was to rely on the outmoded idea of Pakistan-India
 hyphenation — as if a thriving and prosperous democracy of over a billion people must be compared only to an imploded state that is having to be bailed out by the I.M.F. Was Pakistan to blame, asked many pundits, or was India at fault because of its treatment
 of minority groups? <br />
<br />
The terrorists themselves offered little explanation, and made no clear demands. Yet even as the siege continued, commentators were making chilling deductions on their behalf: their actions were because of American foreign policy, or Afghanistan, or the harassment
 of Indian Muslims. Personal moral responsibility was removed from the players in the atrocity. When officials said that the killers came from the Pakistani terrorist group Lashkar-e-Taiba, it was taken as proof that India’s misdeeds in the Kashmir Valley were
 the cause. <br />
<br />
These misdeeds are real, as are India’s other social and political failings (I recently met a Kashmiri man whose father and sister had died at the hands of the Indian security forces). But there is no sane reason to think Lashkar-e-Taiba would shut down if
 the situation in Kashmir improved. Its literature is much concerned with establishing a caliphate in Central Asia, and murdering those who insult the Prophet. Its leader, Hafiz Saeed, who lives on a large estate outside Lahore bought with Saudi Money, goes
 about his business with minimal interference from the Pakistani government. </p>
<p>Lashkar-e-Taiba is part of the International Islamic Front for Jihad Against Jews and Crusaders (the Qaeda franchise). Mr. Saeed’s hatreds are catholic — his bugbears include Hindus, Shiites and women who wear bikinis. He regards democracy as "a Jewish and
 Christian import from Europe,” and considers suicide attacks to be in accordance with Islam. He has a wider strategy: "At this time our contest is Kashmir. Let’s see when the time comes. Our struggle with the Jews is always there.” As he told his followers
 in Karachi at a rally in 2000: "There can’t be any peace while India remains intact. Cut them, cut them — cut them so much that they kneel before you and ask for mercy.” In short, he has an explicit political desire to create a state of war between the religious
 communities in India and beyond, and bring on the endgame. <br />
<br />
Like other exponents of Islamist extremism, he has a view of the world that does not tolerate doubt or ambiguity: his opponents are guilty, and must be killed. I have met other radicals like Mr. Saeed, men who live in a dimension of absolute certainty and have
 contempt for the moral relativism of those who seek to excuse them. To achieve their ends, it is necessary to indoctrinate boys in the hatred of Hindus, Americans and Jews, and dispatch them on suicide missions. It is unlikely that any of the militants who
 were sent from Karachi to Mumbai — young men from poor rural backgrounds whose families were paid for their sacrifice — had ever met a Jew before they tortured and killed Rabbi Gavriel Holtzberg and his wife, Rivka, who was several months pregnant, at the
 Mumbai Jewish center. </p>
<p>America’s so-called war on terror has been, in many respects, a catastrophe. In Pakistan, it has been chronically mishandled, leading to the radicalization of areas in the north that were previously peaceful. Yet links between the military, the intelligence
 services and the jihadis have remained intact: Lashkar-e-Taiba is merely one of a number of extremist organizations that continues to function.
<br />
<br />
The prime solution to the present crisis is to force the closing of terrorist training outfits in Pakistan, and apply the law to those who organize and finance operations like the Mumbai massacres. Hafiz Saeed and other suspects should be sent to India to stand
 trial. The remark by Pakistan’s president, Asif Ali Zardari (a man whose history of shady business dealing makes him demonstrably unfit for high, or even low, office), that he did not think the terrorists came from Pakistan would be funny if it were not tragic.
<br />
<br />
The United States gives around $1 billion a year in military aid to Islamabad; that is leverage. It does the people of Pakistan no favors for Washington to allow their leaders to continue with the strategy of perpetual diversion, asking India to be patient
 while denying the true nature of the immediate terrorist threat. I received this e-mail message recently from a friend in Karachi: "Nowhere can get more depressing than Pakistan these days — barring some African failed states and Afghanistan.”
<br />
<br />
<span style="font-style:italic">Patrick French is the author, most recently, of "The World Is What It Is: The Authorized Biography of V. S. Naipaul.”</span></p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>12/01/2012 12:50:58</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/16810/They+Hate+Us++and+India+Is+Us+New+York+Times</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">16810</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>16812</publicationdataID>
      <title>The Sovereignty Dodge: What Pakistan won't do, the world should (Washington Post)</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p><span style="font-weight:bold">Robert Kagan</span><br />
<br />
"We don't think the world's great nations and countries can be held hostage by non-state actors," Pakistani President Asif Ali Zardari said yesterday. Fair enough. But what is the world to do when those non-state actors operate from the territory of a state
 and are the creation of that state's intelligence services?<br />
<br />
One can feel sympathy for Zardari's plight. He and his new civilian government did not train or assist the Pakistani terrorist organizations that probably carried out last week's attacks in Mumbai. Nor is it his fault that al-Qaeda, the Taliban and other dangerous
 groups operate in Waziristan and the Federally Administered Tribal Areas of western Pakistan, from which they launch attacks on U.S. and European forces trying to bring peace to Afghanistan. For that we can thank elements of the Pakistani military, Pakistani
 intelligence and the late military dictatorship of Pervez Musharraf. Reversing decades-old policies of support for these groups may be impossible for any Pakistani leader, especially when the only forces capable of rooting them out are the same forces that
 created them and sustain them. </p>
<p>So if the world is indeed not to be held hostage by non-state actors operating from Pakistan, what can be done? The Bush administration is right to press Pakistan to cooperate fully with India's investigation of the Mumbai attacks. But that may not have
 much effect. Pakistani intelligence services have already balked at sending their top official to India to help. Nor is mere cooperation by Pakistan likely to satisfy the outraged Indian people. They, like Americans after Sept. 11, 2001, want to see some action
 taken against the groups that carried out the attacks. So all the warnings in the world may not be enough to forestall an Indian attack, especially given the Indian government's political vulnerability, even if it risks another Indo-Pakistani war.
<br />
<br />
Rather than simply begging the Indians to show restraint, a better option could be to internationalize the response. Have the international community declare that parts of Pakistan have become ungovernable and a menace to international security. Establish an
 international force to work with the Pakistanis to root out terrorist camps in Kashmir as well as in the tribal areas. This would have the advantage of preventing a direct military confrontation between India and Pakistan. It might also save face for the Pakistani
 government, since the international community would be helping the central government reestablish its authority in areas where it has lost it. But whether or not Islamabad is happy, don't the international community and the United States, at the end of the
 day, have some obligation to demonstrate to the Indian people that we take attacks on them as seriously as we take attacks on ourselves?
</p>
<p>Would such an action violate Pakistan's sovereignty? Yes, but nations should not be able to claim sovereign rights when they cannot control territory from which terrorist attacks are launched. If there is such a thing as a "responsibility to protect," which
 justifies international intervention to prevent humanitarian catastrophe either caused or allowed by a nation's government, there must also be a responsibility to protect one's neighbors from attacks from one's own territory, even when the attacks are carried
 out by "non-state actors." <br />
<br />
In Pakistan's case, the continuing complicity of the military and intelligence services with terrorist groups pretty much shreds any claim to sovereign protection. The Bush administration has tried for years to work with both the military and the civilian government,
 providing billions of dollars in aid and advanced weaponry. But as my Carnegie Endowment colleague Ashley Tellis has noted, the strategy hasn't shown much success. After Mumbai, it has to be judged a failure. Until now, the military and intelligence services
 have remained more interested in wielding influence in Afghanistan through the Taliban and fighting India in Kashmir through terrorist groups than in cracking down. Perhaps they need a further incentive -- such as the prospect of seeing parts of their country
 placed in an international receivership. </p>
<p>Would the U.N. Security Council authorize such action? China has been Pakistan's ally and protector, and Russia might have its own reasons for opposing a resolution. Neither likes the idea of breaking down the walls of national sovereignty -- except, in
 Russia's case, in Georgia -- which is why they block foreign pressure on Sudan concerning Darfur, and on Iran and other rogue states. This would be yet another test of whether China and Russia, supposed allies in the war against terrorism, are really interested
 in fighting terrorism outside their own borders. <br />
<br />
But if such an action were under consideration at the United Nations, that might be enough to gain Pakistan's voluntary cooperation. Either way, it would be useful for the United States, Europe and other nations to begin establishing the principle that Pakistan
 and other states that harbor terrorists should not take their sovereignty for granted. In the 21st century, sovereign rights need to be earned.
<br />
<br />
This article originally appeared in the<a href="http://www.washingtonpost.com/wp-dyn/content/article/2008/12/01/AR2008120102438_pf.html"> Washington Post.</a></p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>12/01/2012 12:53:07</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/16812/The+Sovereignty+Dodge+What+Pakistan+wont+do+the+world+should+Washington+Post</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">16812</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>16818</publicationdataID>
      <title>Lashkar-e-Taiba (The New Yorker)</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p>Indian and American officials are now reporting that the Mumbai attackers seem to have connections to Lashkar-e-Taiba, the Pakistan-based Islamist organization. Among other analytical clues, over the weekend, one anonymous American official quoted in the
 Washington Post noted that Lashkar has a known "maritime” capability. I’m not sure how much seaworthiness a group needs to demonstrate in order to be labeled "maritime” terrorists, but I can testify to the existence of Lashkar’s pontoon boat fleet, as I was
 not too long ago a passenger on that line. <br />
<br />
<br />
Late in 2005, I travelled for The New Yorker to Pakistan-occupied Kashmir to report on the earthquake that devastated the region. To facilitate international aid, the Pakistani government opened the region to journalists, creating a very rare opportunity to
 travel without escort and to poke around on the border. I was particularly interested in looking up Lashkar, which I had been following for many years. I made several visits to facilities run by its charity, called "Jamat-ud-Dawa,” which is today tolerated
 openly by the government of Pakistan but banned as a terrorist organization by the United States on the grounds that it is merely an alias for Lashkar.
</p>
<p>In Muzuffarabad, the capital of Pakistani Kashmir, Jamat had brought in a mobile surgical unit staffed by long-bearded doctors from Karachi and Lahore—very impressive young men, fluent in English, who offered a reminder that unlike, say, the Taliban, Lashkar
 draws some very talented people from urban professions. (With its hospitals, universities, and social-service wings, Lashkar is akin to Hezbollah or Hamas; it is a three-dimensional political and social movement with an armed wing, not merely a terrorist or
 paramilitary outfit.) As part of its earthquake relief work, Lashkar ferried supplies to remote villages isolated on the far side of the churning Neelum River, one of the two snow-fed canyon rivers that traverse the area. I asked to take a ride with its volunteers,
 and their media officer (yes, they have media officers) agreed. <br />
<br />
We rode in a van to the river’s edge, scrambled down a rocky hillside and boarded one of Lashkar’s rubber pontoon boats, about fifteen feet long, with a large outboard motor—useful for carrying relief supplies, but not coincidentally, also useful for infiltrating
 militants into Indian-held Kashmir. It has long been an open secret, and a source of some hilarity among foreign correspondents, that under the guise of "humanitarian relief operations,” Lashkar practiced amphibious operations on a lake at its vast headquarters
 campus, outside Lahore. The events in Mumbai have taken the humor of these "humanitarian” rehearsals away. That day on the Neelum, I chatted with our thick-bearded captain in my very poor Arabic. He spoke Arabic as well—from his religious studies, he said,
 although he conceded, too, that he had travelled to Saudi Arabia, where it is well understood that Lashkar has raised money. I was also told that around the time of the earthquake they set up fund-raising operations in Britain, to tap the Pakistani diaspora
 there. </p>
<p>Earlier this year, I met with a Lashkar official in Lahore. We talked about how Jamat was getting along under international pressure. I took no notes and the conversation was intended for my informal guidance, but I came away with a number of impressions.
 On the one hand, the group’s bank accounts remain unmolested by the Pakistani government, which gives Lashkar quite a lot of running room; on the other, the group resents the accommodations reached between Pakistan’s government and the United States. Clearly,
 Lashkar knows what it must do to protect the Pakistan government from being exposed in the violent operations that Lashkar runs in Kashmir and elsewhere. For example, some of its younger volunteers wanted to join the fight with the Taliban in Western Pakistan
 and Afghanistan, my interlocutor said, and so Jamat had evolved an internal H.R. policy by which these young men would turn in their Jamat identity cards and go West "on their own time,” much as think tanks allow policy scholars to take leaves of absence to
 advise political campaigns. </p>
<p>One question that will certainly arise as the Mumbai investigations proceed is what the United States should insist the government of Pakistan do about Jamat and Lashkar. Even for a relative hawk on the subject of Pakistan’s support for Islamist militias,
 it’s a difficult question—comparable to the difficult question of managing Hezbollah’s place in the fragile Lebanese political system. To some extent, Pakistan’s policy of banning Lashkar and tolerating Jamat has helpfully reinforced Lashkar’s tendency toward
 nonviolent social work and proseltyzing. In the long run, this work is a threat to the secular character of Pakistan, but it is certainly preferable to revolutionary violence and upheaval right now. On the other hand, there is little doubt that the Army and
 I.S.I. continue to use Jamat’s legitimate front as a vehicle for prosecution of a long-running "double game” with the United States, in which Pakistan pledges fealty to American counterterrorism goals while at the same time facilitating guerrilla violence
 against India, particularly over the strategic territory of Kashmir, which Pakistan regards as vital to its national interests.
</p>
<p>Lashkar is a big organization with multiple arms and priorities and its leadership is undoubtedly divided over how much risk to take in pursuit of violent operations in India, particularly given the comfort and even wealth the group’s leaders enjoy from
 their unmolested activities inside Pakistan. If the boys in Mumbai had support from Lashkar, did the group’s leader, Hafez Saeed, who runs Jamat, know of the plan? If so, that would be a radical act that would likely mean the end of his charity’s tenuous legitimacy.
</p>
<p>If it can be credibly established that Saeed did not know—that this was a rogue operation of some sort, or a strategy cooked up by elements of Lashkar and groups such as the Pakistani Taliban or even Al Qaeda (perhaps conducted, too, with support from rogue
 elements of the Paksitan security forces)—that would be an even more complicated equation. I was at a conference this morning where another panelist well-versed in these issues said he would not be surprised if it turned out that Lashkar conceived the Mumbai
 attacks as a way to pull Pakistani Army units and attention away from the Afghan border and into defense positions in the east, to protect the country from the possibility of military retaliation by India. In any event, if the evidence does show that uncontrolled
 Lashkar elements carried out the attacks, it would force India’s government to judge how to calibrate policy toward a civilian-led Pakistan government and Army command that may have little control over the very same Islamist groups that it purposefully built
 up and supported just a few years ago. If the evidence shows that these were purposeful attacks endorsed by Saeed and aided by elements of the Army, then the Pakistan government will have no choice but to at least make a show of closing down Jamat and arresting
 Saeed. Unfortunately, it has taken such action in the past, but that action has turned out to be partially symbolic and constructed for international consumption, rather than marking a true and complete change in policy.
</p>
<p>The U.S. can do a few useful things here. At a minimum, it can provide transparent information about the investigation and where the facts lead, so that the Indian and Pakistani political systems are on the same footing; it can indict individuals and groups
 that can be established as culpable for the Mumbai murders, no matter who those individuals and groups are—even if they include officers in the Pakistan Army; and it can emphasize in public that the United States seeks the end of all Pakistani support for
 terrorist groups, no matter whether they are operating in Afghanistan, Kashmir, or Mumbai.
<br />
<br />
<br />
Posted by <span style="font-weight:bold">Steve Coll</span></p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>12/01/2012 13:06:37</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/16818/LashkareTaiba+The+New+Yorker</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">16818</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>16819</publicationdataID>
      <title>On Masood Azhar (The News)</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p><span style="font-weight:bold">Ahmed Bilal, The News (Pakistan)<br />
<br />
Monday<br />
23 June 2008</span><br />
<br />
In April I had to make an emergency trip to Pakistan due to the declining health of my father. It was after more than two years that I was visiting Pakistan, most of the four weeks to be spent in my hometown Bahawalpur. When I had visited in 2005, it had been
 a visit after four years, so new roads and cell phones in every hand were a fresh sight. This time, little seemed to have changed since my last trip. On my way home from the airport, it looked like the same old desert town with its date palms, the dust and
 the desert wind.<br />
<br />
However, as the car stopped at the main gate of my parents’ house, a poster pasted on the gate caught my attention. The title of the poster was "Azmat-e-Quran Conference,” and the key speaker was going to be someone named Masood Azhar. Why did the name sound
 familiar? I thought about it for a moment, but then as the car moved in, the happy feeling of meeting my parents again overwhelmed me and I quite forgot about it all. The next few days were spent making courtesy calls and getting over the jet lag.
<br />
<br />
Then came the day when I was fresh again to go out and meet relatives and family friends in the city. As I went out, I saw the same poster pasted all over the city with a lot of white flags hoisted on all major intersections. I wondered what was going on, and
 the name Masood Azhar brought some old memories of watching this man on the news. Yes, this is the same Masood Azhar who founded the Jaish-e-Muhammad organisation and served time in Indian jails before getting freed by hijacking an Indian Airlines jet.
</p>
<p>Bahawalpur was always a laidback small town where everyone knew everyone else. Masood Azhar was a neighbour of my cousins and used to have a small house which wasn’t even visible from the road. I remember when he was released. The BBC wanted to film his
 return, from the terrace of my cousins’ house, but they refused due to privacy concerns. Since then we heard little about him, in the news or in local gossip. In general, people didn’t give him much credibility.
<br />
<br />
My attention was drawn to the graffiti around me. Gone were the usual slogans of old times, directing people to visit miraculous witchdoctors for the solution of all their problems. The walls were filled with anti-West hate slogans, with "Al-Jihad al-Qital”
 (holy war, bloody battle) written everywhere around the central mosque. This was not the Bahawalpur I knew.
<br />
<br />
As we got closer to the mosque, I saw the adjacent ground filled with bearded men in white robes, with more of them reaching there in buses, chanting the slogans written all over the city. A number of men were uniformed, and they had closed the road to facilitate
 the movement of the buses into the place. The purpose of the conference was to distribute a new book of Masood Azhar, which had supposedly substantiated that the jihad these men thought they were preparing for was actually sanctioned by the verses of the Holy
 Quran, based on their strict politically-motivated interpretation. </p>
<p>We reached the house of our family friends with mixed thoughts. Disturbed by these developments, I asked them what was going on in the city. They said it had been silently going on for a long time. Over the years, Masood Azhar had converted his small house
 into a multi-storied concrete compound housing 700 armed men, who freely did target practice there. All this was located in a central part of the city, ironically called Model Town. The police dared not touch these men, and instead of putting pressure on them
 to stop their activities, local politicians actually hired these men as bodyguards during the elections.
<br />
<br />
After leaving their house, as we got closer to my cousins’ house, a strange tall building with the same white flags on top was visible from a distance. This was Masood Azhar’s compound. A few blocks away from my cousins’ house our car got stuck in a crowd of
 the same bearded men in white robes who flocked outside the compound and watched us suspiciously as we drove through them. For a moment, I felt like a stranger in my own hometown. Everyone at my cousins’ house thought of all this as something normal and didn’t
 seem to be bothered. </p>
<p>Talking to people about this, I had some interesting conversations with some of the people who were involved in local politics and the internal politics of Islamabad. Their understanding was that Masood Azhar was like Abdur Rashid Ghazi of Lal Masjid. The
 way they explained it, the CIA gets money channelled into Pakistan through the ISI. Some of it goes to fund extremists, some of it goes to eliminate them, and most of it goes into shady bank accounts. The agencies get their money, the US benefits from the
 instability in the region to maintain a military presence here, Musharraf gets to stay in power by showing his performance in the war on terror, and the bearded men in white robes think they are doing some great service to religion by dedicating their lives
 to militancy. So this was clearly a win-win situation for all parties, at the expense of the fabric of Pakistani society.
<br />
<br />
Although I took their explanation with a grain of salt, I thought a lot of it did make sense. On my way back home, a huge billboard at the heart of the city grabbed my attention. It showed a passenger plane on fire with a slogan on it: "Another victory for
 Muslims.” I had a flight back to the US coming up, and the plane on the billboard resembled the 777 I took to fly to Pakistan. I wondered if the ones behind this billboard actually realised what they were portraying. Beneath the billboard, the cityscape was
 filled with common Pakistanis going about their everyday struggle for survival. <br />
<br />
The writer works in the IT industry in the US. Email: ahmad.bilal[at] hotmail[dot]com
</p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>12/01/2012 13:09:53</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/16819/On+Masood+Azhar+The+News</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">16819</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>16025</publicationdataID>
      <title>US-India near end of 30-year nuclear freeze</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p>By Jo Johnson in New Delhi <br />
<br />
Published: December 9 2006 02:00<br />
<br />
The US and India were last night approaching an important milestone in their journey towards a new strategic partnership, with the US Congress poised to pass legislation to allow Washington to resume the sale of nuclear technology to New Delhi after a gap of
 30 years. <br />
<br />
The proposed changes to the US Atomic Energy Act will end a technology-denial regime imposed on India in the wake of its 1974 nuclear test; mark an abrupt shift in US counter-proliferation policy; and open the door to a wide range of commercial opportunities.
<br />
<br />
In New Delhi, Nicholas Burns, US under-secretary of state, said: "The civil nuclear agreement is in our eyes the symbolic centre of the new strategic partnership between India and the United States.
<br />
<br />
"We've broken with conventional wisdom of the last 30 years that India should be isolated and walled off from the international non-proliferation regime. We've made an effort to change our own law and international regulation so India can be welcomed into the
 non-proliferation regime for the first time in decades." <br />
<br />
After investing political capital to secure the vexatious agreement, bitterly criticised by non-proliferation campaigners as a reward to a nuclear pariah state outside the Non-Proliferation Treaty, the Bush administration is expected to drive to secure some
 commercial objectives in India. </p>
<p>"We're doing this to build a long-term strategic partnership - but India opening up sectors such as financial services and retail would be extremely important to US companies," said an official.
<br />
<br />
The US has been strongly recommending that foreign direct investment ceilings in the Indian insurance sector should be increased from the 24 per cent permitted at present.
<br />
<br />
The US has not disguised its desire to ramp up military and defence collaboration between the two countries. It has pushed hard to secure a share of a $6bn order for 126 fighter jets for India.
<br />
<br />
The painful history of US sanctions, which saw supplies of spares abruptly terminated, has left a legacy of mistrust in the Indian defence establishment that is only slowly dissolving.
<br />
<br />
India is keen to diversify its sources of defence hardware. These have to date been dominated by Russian equipment. India has recently bought its first important naval platform from the US - the former USS Trenton, an amphibious transport ship.
<br />
<br />
US officials in Delhi yesterday disclosed India had in November agreed to buy six UH-3H Sikorsky Sea King helicopters for $38m, that will accompany the Trenton, bought in July for $48m, when it sails to India next month.
<br />
<br />
"People are looking at the relationship and saying: How do we take it beyond civil nuclear?" said a US official. He added that Washington hoped India would play a greater regional role in Afghanistan and west Asia.
<br />
<br />
Several more vital approvals - including those of the International Atomic Energy Agency and the 45-nation Nuclear Suppliers Group - are needed before the agreement can take effect. Several countries, notably China, have yet to show their cards. But the odds
 of a successful conclusion have increased. </p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>30/12/2011 14:11:45</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/16025/USIndia+near+end+of+30year+nuclear+freeze</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">16025</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>16026</publicationdataID>
      <title>Indian economic growth accelerated unexpectedly last quarter:</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p>Bloomberg News<br />
<br />
Indian economic growth accelerated unexpectedly last quarter on consumer and government spending, data showed Thursday, adding to pressure on the central bank to raise borrowing costs for the fourth time this year.
<br />
The world's second-fastest growing major economy, after China, India expanded 9.2 percent in the three months to Sept. 30 from a year earlier, the Central Statistical Organization said. The median forecast of 17 economists surveyed by Bloomberg was 8.9 percent,
 matching the previous quarter's gain. <br />
Rising incomes and near-record bank loans are helping consumers buy more cars, cellphones and homes in India. That is stretching the production capacity of companies and fanning inflation - and could prompt the Indian central bank to increase interest rates
 in its next policy statement, on Jan. 30. <br />
"It's definitely a strong number," said Rajeev Malik, an economist at J.P. Morgan Chase in Singapore. "The biggest risk the economy faces is the pace of bank lending. There is demand pressure, no doubt, and monetary policy will continue to be tightened."
<br />
India's benchmark wholesale price inflation rate held at 5.29 percent in the second week of November, above the government's "tolerance" level of 4 percent. Manufacturing inflation rose to 4.59 percent, the highest in a year and a half, as companies like Hindustan
 Lever, the biggest Indian household products maker, raised the prices of soap and toothpaste.
</p>
<p>The $775 billion Indian economy has grown by more than 8 percent in six of the past seven quarters. The $2.2 trillion Chinese economy expanded by 10.4 percent in the quarter that ended Sept. 30, almost four times the 2.6 percent gain in the 12 European nations
 using the euro. <br />
Manufacturing in India increased 11.9 percent in the quarter that ended Sept. 30 from a year earlier, according to the report Thursday, compared with 11.3 percent in the previous quarter.
<br />
Yaga Venugopal Reddy, governor of the Reserve Bank of India, said that demand pressures existed and that production capacity had to match expansion to prevent inflation from flaring up.
<br />
The Indian trade deficit in the first 10 months of 2006 reached $41 billion, 20 percent more than in the year-earlier period. That shows "the strength of domestic demand, which is clearly outpacing the increase in supply, leading to soaring imports and other
 signs of overheating," said Robert Prior- Wandesforde, an economist at HSBC Holdings in Singapore.
<br />
Reddy is expected to raise interest rates again early in 2007, the Organization for Economic Cooperation and Development said in a report this week.
<br />
General Motors, Royal Dutch Shell and other companies have invested in about 3,000 new factories and expansion projects worth about $21 billion in India since May 2004 to cater to growing demand, according to Finance Minister Palaniappan Chidambaram.
</p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>30/12/2011 14:14:23</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/16026/Indian+economic+growth+accelerated+unexpectedly+last+quarter</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">16026</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>16031</publicationdataID>
      <title>Indian economic growth beats forecasts:</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p>By Cherian Thomas <br />
Bloomberg News<br />
<br />
India's economy expanded 8.9 percent last quarter, beating economists' forecasts and adding pressure on the central bank to raise its benchmark interest rate for a fourth time this year to control inflation.<br />
<br />
Growth in Asia's fourth-largest economy followed a 9.3 percent gain in the previous quarter, the Central Statistical Organisation said in New Delhi on Friday. Economists had expected an 8.4 percent gain.<br />
<br />
"There's scope for an interest rate increase considering growth and money supply," said K. Ramanathan, a fund manager at ING Investment Management in Mumbai. "There are no signs the domestic economy will slow down with the kind of numbers we are seeing."<br />
<br />
India, the second-fastest growing major economy after China, has expanded more than 8 percent five times in the past six quarters. China's $2.2 trillion economy grew 11.3 percent in the quarter ended June 30. The Reserve Bank of India has increased its benchmark
 interest rate by 150 basis points since October 2004 to 6 percent, a four- year high, to keep record fuel costs and bank lending from stoking inflation.<br />
<br />
Chidambaram said commercial bank loans to companies and individuals are growing at 31 percent on year, among the fastest since the central bank started collating data in 1971.<br />
<br />
"The government's intention is to continue to take monetary and fiscal steps to moderate inflation," Chidambaram said after the release of the April-June quarter economic data. "The economy will continue to grow close to 8 percent every quarter."</p>
<p>Growth in India's $775 billion economy is being driven by rising consumer spending and increased government outlays on ports, roads, power and other infrastructure aimed at attracting more investment in manufacturing. Wal- Mart Stores and Carrefour, the
 world's two largest retailers, are vying to set up in India, where retail sales are expected to more than double in the next decade as incomes rise.<br />
<br />
Growth in India's economy is benefiting from Prime Minister Manmohan Singh's decision to increase infrastructure spending by a quarter to 992 billion rupees, or $21 billion, in the year that started April 1 in a bid to attract more investment and lift manufacturing
 to a quarter of the economy from the current 17 percent, half China's level. Infrastructure spending is spurring demand for steel, cement and electricity in India, which spends a seventh of China's $150 billion investment in public works each year according
 to Morgan Stanley. <br />
</p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>30/12/2011 15:02:38</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/16031/Indian+economic+growth+beats+forecasts</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">16031</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>16034</publicationdataID>
      <title>India develops its industrial strength</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p>PUNE, India India's economic advancement no longer rests on telephone call centers and computer programmers.<br />
<br />
Among villages with thatch-roofed huts and dirt roads on the outskirts of this city in west-central India, John Deere and LG have recently built factories turning out tractors and color television sets for sale in India and for export to the United States.
<br />
<br />
In Hazira, in northwestern India, where some residents still rely on camels as beasts of burden, Essar Group is making steel to be used for ventilation shafts in Philadelphia, high-rise structural beams in Chicago and car engine mountings in Detroit.
<br />
<br />
For decades, India had followed a very different route to economic development than Japan, South Korea or China. While its Asian rivals placed bets on manufacturing and exports, India focused on its domestic economy and grew more slowly with an emphasis on
 services. <br />
<br />
But all that is starting to change. <br />
<br />
India's annual growth in manufacturing output, at 9 percent and accelerating, is close to catching growth in services, at 10 percent. Exports of manufactured goods to the United States are now rising faster in percentage terms than China's, although from a
 much smaller base. More than two-thirds of foreign investment in the past year has gone into manufacturing in India, not services.
<br />
<br />
"Saying we are a back office and China is a factory is a backhanded compliment," said India's minister of commerce and industry, Kamal Nath. "It's not really correct."
<br />
<br />
In interviews at 18 Indian factories and other businesses in 10 cities and villages scattered across the nation, the picture that emerges is of a country that is being driven by advances in manufacturing to a much brisker pace of economic growth.
<br />
<br />
</p>
<p>A prime reason India is developing into the world's next big industrial power is that a number of global manufacturers are already looking ahead to a serious demographic crunch in China. Because of China's "one child" policy, family sizes have been shrinking
 since the 1980s, so fewer young people will be available soon for factory labor.
<br />
<br />
India is not expected to pass China in population until 2030. But India will have more workers ages 20 to 24 by 2013; the International Labor Organization predicts that by 2020, India will have 116 million workers in this age bracket, compared with 94 million
 in China. <br />
<br />
India's young population will also make it a growing market for years to come, while the engineering and English skills of its elite will make it competitive across a wide range of industries.
<br />
<br />
So even though India remains a difficult place to do business - its roads are poor and power is often scarce - several multinationals have been placing big bets on India this year in hopes of taking advantage of this shifting global dynamic.
</p>
<p>General Motors and Motorola are preparing to build plants in western and southern India. Posco, the South Korean steel maker, and Mittal Steel, the Dutch-based conglomerate, have each announced plans to erect giant mills in eastern India, where the Indian
 company Reliance will soon construct one of the world's largest coal-fired power plants.
<br />
<br />
And they are finding India's labor force well suited to their goals. When LG wanted to fill 458 assembly line jobs at its factory here last year to make appliances at a starting wage of $90 a month, it required that each applicant have at least 15 years of
 education, which is usually high school plus a technical college. <br />
<br />
Seeking a young work force, the company decided that no more than 1 percent of the workers could have had any prior work experience. Despite the limitation, 55,000 young people met its criteria.
<br />
<br />
"In the villages there is little income," Siddu Matheapattu, 24, said in between applying sealant to refrigerator frames. "Here I can earn more."
<br />
<br />
By contrast, cities in the southeastern Chinese province of Guangdong raised monthly minimum wages this summer by 18 percent to between $70 and $100 a month after factories reported having one million more jobs than workers to fill them. Factories elsewhere
 in China face fewer labor shortages, but they also are being pressured to raise wages.
</p>
<p>As India has opened up its economy, output has gradually accelerated to a growth rate of 8 percent a year, feeding a national euphoria and a few hopes of someday even beating China's annual growth of more than 10 percent.
<br />
<br />
Plenty of obstacles remain, however, notably India's weak infrastructure. China invests seven dollars on roads, ports, electricity and other backbones of a modern economy for every dollar spent by India - and it shows. Ports here are struggling to handle exports,
 blackouts are frequent and dirt roads are common even in Bangalore, the center of the country's computer programming industry.
<br />
<br />
Pervasive corruption has slowed many efforts to fix these problems. India's labor laws, little changed since independence in 1947, also continue to discourage companies from hiring workers because it is difficult to lay off employees even in a downturn.
<br />
<br />
Still, a new optimism prevails in India, bordering at times on euphoria. <br />
<br />
"The Chinese are very good at copying things, but Indians believe in quality work - we believe in meeting pollution norms," said S.S. Pathania, the assistant general manager of the Hero Honda motorcycle factory in Gurgaon. "I think India will pass China very
 soon." <br />
<br />
Next to a gray tidal estuary, the scale of Essar Group's steel-making and power generation complex in Hazira is already impressive. Essar has its own port to bring in iron ore, its own large, gas-fired power plant for electricity and a steel mill. But the complex
 is just starting to grow. Essar is quintupling steel production and pushing forward a sevenfold increase in power generation, most of it for sale to a national grid desperately short of electricity.
</p>
<p>Growth on that scale, especially in industries like steel and power but also in areas like car parts and household appliances, is what India has long lacked. Industrial production accounts for only a fifth of India's economic output, compared with two-fifths
 of China's. <br />
<br />
Until recently, legislation effectively barred companies with over 100 people from competing in many of industries. The laws were intended to protect tiny businesses in villages, often employing women and minorities; high tariffs were placed on imports as well.
<br />
<br />
One result was hundreds of thousands of businesses too small to be competitive; India lags behind even Bangladesh in clothing exports. The Indian government has responded by narrowing the list of protected industries to 326 categories from 20,000 and has lowered
 tariffs. <br />
<br />
Comparing factories in India to their competitors in China, many of the Indian factories are smaller but some appear more efficient.
<br />
<br />
India's stronger financial system demands higher interest rates than China's state-owned banks, making it costlier to finance the small mountains of components awaiting assembly that are often seen in Chinese factories. The Confederation of Indian Industry,
 a trade group, has also successfully pushed companies to adopt the latest Japanese lean manufacturing techniques.
</p>
<p>The drawback is that the nation's manufacturing boom, built on higher- quality goods made under more modern conditions than in China, is not likely to create as many factory jobs as India needs. The Essar steel mill, for example, has been replacing old,
 labor-intensive equipment with more modern gear. <br />
<br />
"We were having it all done manually, but because the customers demand very high quality, we have to do it automatically," Rajesh Pandita, an Essar manager, yelled over the roar of a machine that was stretching a coil of steel the size of a minivan through
 rollers until it was little thicker than plastic kitchen wrap. <br />
<br />
The Whirlpool factory in Pune uses machines, not people, to fold the steel exteriors of refrigerators together. It has some of the highest productivity per worker of any Whirlpool factory, with just 208 line workers producing up to 33,000 refrigerators a month.
<br />
<br />
Still, labor laws discourage flexibility. They bar companies from allowing manufacturing workers to put in more than 54 hours of overtime in a three- month period even if the workers want to earn extra money. The legislation requires double wages and an equal
 number of hours of paid vacation later to make up for overtime. <br />
<br />
"Companies think twice, 10 times before they hire new people," said Sunil Kant Munjal, chairman of Hero Group, one of the world's largest manufacturers of inexpensive motorcycles.
</p>
<p>Hero in Gurgaon, on the southern outskirts of New Delhi, and its archrival, Lifan Group in Chongqing, China, produce comparable motorcycles but the similarity ends there. Hero markets heavily to the Indian market, protected from foreign competition by high
 tariffs, while China's Lifan emphasizes exports. <br />
<br />
With scant ventilation, Lifan's factories are filled with diesel exhaust as workers test engines and ride finished bikes at breakneck speed out the doors, zigzagging past co-workers. Hero's factory in Gurgaon, where Honda holds a minority stake, has far better
 safety standards and excellent ventilation. <br />
<br />
The Lifan factory pays less than $100 per month. The Hero factory, which is heavily unionized, pays $150 a month plus bonuses of up to $370 per month; nearly half the workers earn the top bonus, said Pathania, the assistant general manager .
<br />
<br />
While Lifan's labor force is quiescent, would-be organizers of independent labor unions face long prison terms or worse in China. Hero's workers staged a successful nonviolent protest last year to call for more contract workers to be eligible for the bonuses
 as well. <br />
<br />
Despite such obstacles, India's manufacturing sector appears poised for further growth. In a country where the national symbol has shifted from government bureaucrats at aging desks to call center operators in cubicles, the next icon looks like it will be the
 laptop- toting engineer on a factory floor. </p>
<p>"The old philosophy was 'I should work in an office, come in at 10 and leave at 4,'" said Nitin Kulkarni, 35, an engineer at the Hazira steel mill. But in recent years, he added, "there has been a revolution."</p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>30/12/2011 15:05:18</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/16034/India+develops+its+industrial+strength</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">16034</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>16036</publicationdataID>
      <title>Midnight's children swept the world, today's take India</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p>When Rajat Gupta couldn't find a decent job in India after earning a mechanical engineering degree from the Indian Institute of Technology in Delhi in 1971, he followed a path beaten by many of his compatriots: he moved to the United States. There, he attended
 Harvard Business School in Cambridge, Massachusetts, before landing a job at the New York office of the consulting firm McKinsey in 1973. In 1994, Gupta became the first foreign-born chief executive officer of McKinsey, which then had $1.3 billion in revenue.
<br />
<br />
As Gupta's rise illustrates, PepsiCo, which named Indra Nooyi as its next chief last week, is not the first global corporation to recognize the caliber of Indian executive talent. The annual reports of many large companies show Indians are landing big jobs.
 Like Gupta and Nooyi, most are products of an investment in higher education that India made more than 40 years ago.
<br />
<br />
"There is a huge demand for Indian executives," said Rana Talwar, former head of Standard Chartered, who now runs the buyout firm Sabre Capital. "The quality of the education is very good. And Indians can adapt to any environment. When we grew up, we got used
 to adverse conditions such as power outages." </p>
<p>Those coming of age in the executive suite were often educated at one of two institutions founded in the 1950s and 1960s, the Indian Institute of Technology, or IIT, and the Indian Institutes of Management, or IIM. Created after India achieved independence
 from Britain in 1947, the schools were designed to train leaders for post-war industrial development.
<br />
<br />
They did. And not only for India. Arun Sarin, chief executive officer of Vodafone Group in Newbury, England, graduated from IIT-Kharagpur as did Ajit Jain, a potential successor to Warren Buffett at Berkshire Hathaway in Omaha, Nebraska. Nooyi earned her degree
 at IIM in Calcutta. <br />
<br />
Many middle-aged graduates from both schools are now rising to the tops of their fields, said Vivek Wadhwa, a professor at Duke University who came to the United States in 1980 to complete a master's degree at New York University. India converted a former detention
 camp in Kharagpur into the Indian Institute of Technology in 1950, and increased total education spending by 41 percent to $4.5 billion this year from $3.2 billion last year.
</p>
<p>"The people who are making it to the top are very resilient," Wadhwa said. "They've studied hard. They've worked hard their entire lives. And now they are being rewarded and recognized."
<br />
<br />
At least eight of the 500 biggest companies in the world are headed by Indians. Lakshmi Mittal, chairman of Mittal Steel, runs the world's largest steel maker, based in Rotterdam, Netherlands; Mukesh Ambani is chief of Reliance Industries, the largest nonstate
 company in India; and Ramani Ayer is head of Hartford Financial Services Group, based in Hartford, Connecticut.
<br />
<br />
Four of the eight Indian chief executive officers listed in the Fortune Global 500 run companies outside India. Indians head six of the 1,000 biggest U.S. companies, according to Fortune.
<br />
<br />
Part of what makes Indian graduates desirable is their willingness to move for a job, said Ajay Banga, head of Citigroup's $18.3 billion Global Consumer Group International in New York, who has relocated 10 times in 25 years.
<br />
<br />
Banga's first job was with Nestlé in Delhi in 1981, which eventually moved him to Calcutta and Mumbai. He relocated back to Delhi to work for PepsiCo 1995, then went to Chennai when he was hired by Citigroup in 1996.
<br />
<br />
Three months later, the bank offered him a senior marketing position in London. "My boss said, 'Ajay, you've got aspirations beyond what you're doing. Come to London and be the marketing head,'" Banga said. "If I had stayed in India, I would have been lucky
 to just become the marketing director of some company there." </p>
<p>Nooyi's older sister, Chandrika, paved the way for her to leave India by moving to Beirut with Citibank shortly after graduating from the Indian Institutes of Management in Ahmedabad. Nooyi left next, followed by her younger brother, Narayanan, who studied
 at Yale in 1981 when he was 17, said Nooyi's mother, Shantha Krishnamoorthy. <br />
<br />
"There was a lot of opposition at home from the elders to letting Chandrika go to Beirut then," Krishnamoorthy said in an interview from Chennai. "But once she went, there was no looking back. That was what the children wanted to do.
<br />
<br />
"I would console my mother by saying that 'The candle has to melt to let the light shine,'" Krishnamoorthy said. "Think of me as the candle. Someone has to make a sacrifice if the children are to do well." All three now work in the United States.
</p>
<p>Such family attitudes complement the rigorous education, much of it American-inspired, at the Indian institutes. One in 50 applicants to IIT is accepted, and at the IIM management college in Ahmedabad, the rate is one in 532, according to the Economist Intelligence
 Unit rankings. At Stanford Graduate School of Business, one in 13 is accepted. <br />
<br />
"The entrance exams were ridiculously hard. You spent an entire summer preparing for the exam, and you worried about it constantly," said Vijay Trehan, who attended IIT in the 1970s at Kharagpur and was a classmate of Jain, now at Berkshire.
<br />
<br />
Trehan said that all of his college textbooks were written by American authors. Many of his professors had been educated in the United States and talked highly about schools like Syracuse University. Trehan moved to the states in 1972 to attend Syracuse, and
 he never looked back. "You pretty much had to leave. There were no jobs," in India, said Trehan, a senior technical consultant with Hewlett- Packard in Nashua, New Hampshire.
<br />
<br />
Staying in India would have meant working for the government or a private company and making the equivalent of $60 or $70 a month, said Vinod Gupta, who went on to the University of Nebraska after graduating from IIT-Kharagpur in 1967.
</p>
<p>Gupta, no relation to Rajat Gupta at McKinsey, founded InfoUSA in 1971 after his job was eliminated at a mobile- home manufacturer. InfoUSA, based in Omaha, Nebraska, owns a database of consumers and businesses used by Internet sites.
<br />
<br />
When Gupta visited his hometown of Rampur, just 160 kilometers, or 100 miles, north of Delhi a few years ago, he ran into an old IIT classmate - the man was selling vegetables from a small stand on the sidewalk.
<br />
<br />
"If I had not come to America, I might be stuck in that same village selling vegetables," Gupta said. Instead, he has given $2 million for a new science lab in Rampur for the village's 600 high school students. "I had no qualms about leaving. I knew it would
 be a better life." <br />
<br />
With the Indian economy growing at a rate of 9 to 10 percent, many graduates are remaining in the country, or returning home.
<br />
<br />
"Ten years ago, an overseas posting for a colleague would be viewed with envy, but today it is not big deal," said Roopa Kudva, director and chief rating officer with Standard &amp; Poor's Crisil in Mumbai. "There are more people who want to work here, because
 India itself is turning out to be a bigger story." </p>
<p>Puneet Srivastava, 28, is an engineering graduate who went to IIM- Ahmedabad after working for Infosys Technologies, one of the biggest Indian software exporters. He now works for Marketics, based in Bangalore,which sells marketing advice to consumer goods
 companies. Srivastava said he would not move overseas. <br />
<br />
"Pay was one of the reasons people took up overseas jobs earlier, but the differential is narrowing by leaps and bounds," he said.
<br />
<br />
Gupta, at McKinsey, founded the $130 million India School of Business in Hyderabad five years ago in an effort to give more students a shot at education. The school is allied with Northwestern University's Kellogg School of Management, and the Wharton School
 at the University of Pennsylvania. <br />
<br />
"It helps for the younger generation to see more of us with a track record of success," Gupta said. "It gives them a level of aspiration."
</p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>30/12/2011 15:09:48</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/16036/Midnights+children+swept+the+world+todays+take+India</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">16036</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>16037</publicationdataID>
      <title>Once again the trail leads back to Pakistan</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p>It would be nice to be able to stop having to thank the Pakistan government for its help in uncovering terrorist plots. Certainly, Islamabad deserves everyone's heart-felt gratitude for starting the arrests that foiled last week's plot to blow up transatlantic
 airliners. While it is true that that plot was based in the UK, and the two people Pakistan initially arrested were Britons of Pakistani descent, the government singled out Islamabad for its "help and co-operation".
<br />
<br />
Nonetheless, Pakistan appears again and again as at least a transmission belt, if not an engine, of Islamic fundamentalist terrorism. Three years ago the man held to be the al-Qaeda logistics planner for the 2001 attacks in the US, and for an attempted 1995
 plan to blow up aircraft over the Pacific, was arrested in Pakistan. Two years ago, a Pakistan computer engineer was arrested for relaying e-mails related to a putative attack on Heathrow. Last year, two of the British Muslims involved in the London Underground
 and bus bombings were found to have visited Pakistan a few months earlier. </p>
<p>Since September 11 2001 Pakistan says it has arrested hundreds of al-Qaeda operatives but that is because it has so many to choose from, as the result of a series of factors. Some relate to its history and geography. As a country carved out of undivided
 India on the basis of Islam, it was always going to be susceptible to any Muslim fundamentalism, as to a lesser degree is Bangladesh on the other side of the subcontinent. Pakistan's rugged north-west frontier was outlaw country long before jihad there was
 fomented by the US and Pakistan against the Soviet occupiers of Afghanistan and mutated into the Taliban. The latter, and to some extent al-Qaeda, were seen by many Pakistanis as more of a problem for the west than for themselves.
<br />
<br />
As well as this blowback from the anti-Soviet jihad in Afghanistan of the 1980s, Pakistan, and particularly its army, is still reaping the consequences of its long-time support of extremists in the state of Kashmir it disputes with India. Like his predecessor,
 General Zia ul-Haq, Pakistan's ruler, General Pervez Musharraf put himself in hock to Islamist politicians. He has used the latter to push the mainstream civilian politicians, former prime ministers Nawaz Sharif and Benazir Bhutto, to the political periphery.
</p>
<p>After last year's London bombings, Gen Musharraf promised to crack down on the more dubious madrassas that were getting suspect British visitors. But he is in a weak position to do this because these religious schools are part of the Islamic politicians'
 constituency. The general, who has survived three assassination attempts, plays up his weakness, portraying himself as afragile last bastion against the jihadis. Yet if he does not push back more against fundamentalism, he may one day not even be in a position
 to pass on terrorist tip-offs.</p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>30/12/2011 15:15:16</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/16037/Once+again+the+trail+leads+back+to+Pakistan</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">16037</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>16039</publicationdataID>
      <title>Pakistan once again terrorism central</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p>Once again, the road to terror runs through Pakistan. Despite Islamabad's claims to have played a crucial role helping Britain uncover a plan to blow up airliners flying to the United States, Pakistan remains a breeding ground for terror and is the most
 likely hiding place for Osama bin Laden. <br />
<br />
Terror groups operating out of Pakistan may already have taken over al-Qaeda's functions in a global terror network. Operating virtually unmolested under dozens of different identities, they are recruiting, radicalizing and training young militants for future
 attacks on Western targets. <br />
<br />
As details of a plot to blow up as many as 10 U.S.-bound airliners surface, it not only highlights Pakistan's role as an active partner in the war on terror, it underlines the fact that Pakistan remains a global centre for terrorism linked to al-Qaeda.
<br />
<br />
Yesterday, senior government officials in Pakistan proudly announced it was their own counterterrorism work that triggered a global terror alert and Britain's moves to arrest 24 alleged plotters who intended to stage the largest terrorist attack since 9/11.
<br />
<br />
Pakistani officials say they arrested two British nationals of Pakistani origin last week who provided information on the latest plot. The men were detained in Lahore and Karachi.
</p>
<p>Yesterday Pakistani officials identified a "key suspect" in the case as Rashid Rauf, a British citizen whom they described as "an al-Qaeda operative with linkages in Afghanistan." It's believed Mr. Rauf may be the brother of Tayib Rauf, arrested in Birmingham
 on Thursday as part of the airline bomb plot. <br />
<br />
"We arrested him from the border area and on his disclosure we shared the information with U.K. authorities, which led to further arrests in Britain," Pakistan's Interior Minister Aftab Khan Sherpao said.Pakistan is believed to have arrested 10 others in the
 airline bomb plot whom it has identified as local "facilitators" who met with or assisted the foreign terror suspects.
<br />
<br />
Yesterday, ABC News in the United States reported U.S. counter-terrorism officials think the ringleader of the airliner plot may be Matiur Rehman, a 29-year-old al-Qaeda commander who once tried to assassinate Pakistan's President Pervez Musharraf.
<br />
<br />
The Guardian newspaper in Britain also reported investigators there rushed to arrest airliner bomb suspects after being tipped off by Pakistan that it had intercepted and decoded a message sent to the British plotters telling them to "Do your attacks now."
<br />
<br />
The go-ahead message was issued immediately after the arrest of the two British suspects in Pakistan.
<br />
<br />
Other British news reports say Pakistani officials tipped their Western counterparts to the fact substantial sums of money were wired from Pakistan to two alleged bomb plot ringleaders in Britain to help them buy airline tickets.
</p>
<p>fragile and chaotic state that increasingly has become a magnet for religious fanatics and terrorists.
<br />
<br />
Following last year's July 7 subway bombings in London, which killed 52 innocent people and injured 700, it was learned three of the four suicide attackers were British Muslims of Pakistani origin.
<br />
<br />
One of the bombers, Mohammed Sidique Khan, had travelled to a pro-Taliban madrassa or seminary run by the hardline Jamaat al-Dawat group in Lahore just before the attacks.
<br />
<br />
Jamaat al-Dawat claims to be a religious-based charity but the United States has branded it a terrorist front group with close links to Lashkar-e-Taiba (the Army of the Pure), which has recruited volunteers to fight alongside the Taliban in Afghanistan and
 sponsored terrorism in Kashmir. Most recently, Lashkar-e-Taiba was implicated in the bombing of crowded commuter trains in Mumbai, India, on July 11.
<br />
<br />
Lashkar-e-Taiba has also been linked to an alleged terrorist plot in Canada in which police have arrested 18 men on charges of plotting to attack government targets in Toronto and Ottawa.
<br />
<br />
International terrorism officials claim Lashkar-e-Taiba has direct links to al-Qaeda and now serves as a stand-in for the group, attracting young Islamic militants to Pakistan, where they receive terrorist training and indoctrination before returning to their
 homelands bent on launching attacks of their own. </p>
<p>As details of the plot trickle out, it reinforces the image of Pakistan as a politically
<br />
<br />
Pakistan's military and intelligence services are also riddled with Islamic extremists who played major roles in establishing the Taliban in neighbouring Afghanistan. Lately they have been criticized for not doing enough to stop pro-Taliban and al-Qaeda forces
 from trekking over Pakistan's western border to attack NATO forces in Afghanistan.
<br />
<br />
Yesterday, the U.S. embassy in India highlighted the threat posed by Pakistani-based terrorists when it issued a travel advisory warning U.S. citizens of possible al-Qaeda-sponsored bomb attacks in New Delhi and Mumbai ahead of India's 60th Independence Day
 celebrations on Aug. 15. <br />
<br />
The same day the British airline bomb plot was revealed, Pakistan slapped a month-long period of house arrest on Hafiz Mohammad Saeed, the founder of Lashkar-e-Taiba, who now operates Jamaat al-Dawat. It also ordered the expulsion of all foreign students attending
 some 13,000 madrassas, which frequently preach the glories of jihad and martyrdom in the name of Islam.
<br />
<br />
Still, even as Pakistan co-operates in the war on terror, there is a growing chorus of complaints it isn't doing enough to suppress militant Islamist groups, which merely change their names to avoid periodic government crackdowns.
</p>
<p>Pakistan's tortured politics has created a political vacuum in which radical Islamist parties thrive. As a result, while the vast majority of Pakistanis are overwhelmingly secular, Pakistan is still fast becoming a stronghold for militant Islamic fundamentalists.</p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>30/12/2011 15:27:35</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/16039/Pakistan+once+again+terrorism+central</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">16039</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>16040</publicationdataID>
      <title>Big U.S. Business Troupe Is Being Readied for India</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p>NEW DELHI, Aug. 7 — The Bush administration is organizing a business delegation to India this fall, potentially the largest such mission ever to a single country, an administration official said Monday, and one that underscores the economic potential of
 a nation of 1.1 billion, with an annual growth rate of 8 percent.<br />
<br />
"That’s a reflection of interest in India,” the official, Assistant Secretary of State Richard A. Boucher, said, referring to what could be a delegation of up to 400 American business leaders planned in November.
<br />
<br />
Trade between the countries has grown by a projected 21 percent this year, to nearly $26 billion, according to the United States Trade Commission and American Embassy officials here.
<br />
<br />
Exports to India are expected to grow still further if Indian officials carry through with economic changes sought by Washington, including the end of restrictions on foreign investment in industries like retailing and banking. The United States is India’s
 largest trading partner. <br />
<br />
A pending Indian-American nuclear deal, the most potent symbol of a partnership between the countries, bears important consequences for American companies that produce nuclear technology.
<br />
<br />
The deal, brokered by the leaders of the countries during President Bush’s visit to India in March, would offer India access to nuclear technology to expand its civilian program. India has not signed the Nuclear Nonproliferation Treaty. American legislation,
 if passed, would offer India, which is seeking energy sources, access to the global nuclear market for the first time and, as Secretary of State Condoleezza Rice reminded Congress in testimony earlier this year, also "create a new market for American nuclear
 firms.” </p>
<p>The House overwhelmingly approved the measure last month. Mr. Boucher said the Senate was expected to take it up in September. "It’s on track, it’s moving swiftly,” he told a meeting of politicians and business leaders organized by the Federation of Indian
 Chambers of Commerce and Industry on Monday. "This bill will reflect the agreement made by the president and the prime minister.”
<br />
<br />
But differences over Iran have dogged the partnership. Last week, the Bush administration announced that it had imposed sanctions on two Indian companies for doing business with Iran. On Monday, the Indian Foreign Ministry criticized the move, saying that the
 Indian companies, Balaji Amines and Prachi Poly Products, did not breach Indian law "or our international obligations.” The companies are accused of selling chemicals to Tehran, a violation of a United States law.
<br />
<br />
The Foreign Ministry spokesman, Navtej Sarna, said: "India is working with the international community, including with the U.S., as a partner against proliferation. In this context, the imposition of sanctions by the U.S. on our firms, which in our view have
 not acted in violation of our laws or regulations, is not justified.” <br />
<br />
Washington also remains critical of a proposal to build a pipeline that would carry natural gas from Iran, through Pakistan, to India. Mr. Boucher suggested this week that India look to energy-producing Central Asian republics like Kazakhstan and Tajikistan
 instead. <br />
</p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>30/12/2011 15:34:40</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/16040/Big+US+Business+Troupe+Is+Being+Readied+for+India</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">16040</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>16042</publicationdataID>
      <title>Travel Portals Gain Allure in India</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p>MUMBAI -- Drawn by a tourism boom in India, private-equity funds are investing in online travel companies to cash in on a market that is expected to expand 30% to 35% each year.
<br />
<br />
Like Expedia and Orbitz in the U.S., portals such as Travelguru.com and MakeMyTrip.com offer flights, hotels, cars and packages in a range that experts say the typical family-owned travel operator will find hard to match.
<br />
<br />
Although the limited number of credit cards in India is a hurdle, travel engines are adding payment options to tap consumers in smaller cities and towns and are reporting double-digit growth in bookings.
<br />
<br />
Ram Badrinathan, Asian-Pacific analyst with PhoCusWright Inc., a travel-research firm based in the U.S., expects the value of online bookings in India to hit $2 billion by 2008, from a negligible amount now.
<br />
<br />
The Travel Agents Association of India, a lobby group representing about 1,800 travel operators, says the challenge from the start-up businesses will force some smaller companies to close. But the association's vice president, C.V. Prasad, says that despite
 initial pressures, many of the traditional travel operators are likely to develop new products and survive.
</p>
<p>According to fund managers, five funds have invested in four online travel portals so far and three more investments are in the pipeline.
<br />
<br />
"We see immense potential in India's consumer-led Internet-based business. It is on the cusp of growth as China was a few years ago," says Promod Haque, managing partner at U.S. venture-capital firm Norwest Venture Partners.
<br />
<br />
In January, Norwest teamed up with Reliance Capital Ltd. and broadcaster Television 18 India Ltd. to fund start-up Yatra Online with an estimated $5 million. Yatra.in was launched in June.
<br />
<br />
In February, U.S. venture-capital fund Kleiner Perkins Caufield &amp; Byers announced its first Indian investment, an infusion of between $2.7 million and $3 million in Cleartrip.com.
<br />
<br />
Travelguru started operations in February, after the local unit of U.S. venture-capital fund Sequoia Capital invested an undisclosed amount.
<br />
<br />
The scope for growth in online bookings is immense, according to competitors. <br />
<br />
Nearly 60% of tickets are bought online in the U.S., but such sales account for only one out of 10 tickets in Asia, says Ashwin Damera, chief executive of Travelguru.
<br />
<br />
MakeMyTrip, which was launched in May 2005 after Hong Kong-based Softbank Asia Infrastructure Fund Partners invested $10 million, does 1,000 transactions a day, accounting for close to 2,000 airline tickets and 100 room bookings.
<br />
<br />
The company declined to disclose its revenue, but said it has a "profitable operation."
</p>
<p>Travelguru now sells more than 500 tickets a day and plans to hit 1,000 by year end. It is aiming for $75 million in ticket sales during its first year, Mr. Damera says.
<br />
<br />
"Online companies have an edge [over travel operators] as they can tie up with several hotels and airlines without incurring much cost and offer an expanded choice," says Mr. Damera, whose Travelguru has tied up with nearly 450 hotels across the country.
<br />
<br />
Although India's Internet and credit-card-penetration rates are low by global standards -- just 30 million of the billion-strong population have credit and debit cards -- there are new ways to pay online such as itz-cash, a prepaid cash card.
<br />
<br />
Travelguru now accepts checks that can be handed over to the courier who delivers the tickets. It will soon accept itz-cash, it says.
<br />
<br />
An estimated 51 million domestic passengers traveled by air in India during the year to March, a 28% increase from 39 million domestic passengers the previous year, according to the Center for Monitoring Indian Economy, a Mumbai-based think tank.
<br />
<br />
The domestic air-travel market is forecast to grow 20% annually over the next five years, fueled by low-cost carriers, while the total tourism industry, including foreign tourists, is estimated to grow 30% to 35% each year for the next few years, according
 to the travel agents' association. <br />
<br />
Norwest expects India's travel industry, including foreign and local tourists, hotel bookings and customized tours, to be worth nearly $40 billion this year and $50 billion by 2009, with revenues from foreign travelers in India quadrupling to $24 billion by
 2015. <br />
</p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>30/12/2011 15:58:26</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/16042/Travel+Portals+Gain+Allure+in+India</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">16042</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>16044</publicationdataID>
      <title>Germany's SAP Allots $1 Billion For India Growth</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p>NEW DELHI -- German business-software giant SAP AG will invest $1 billion in India during the next five years to expand its operations there, Chairman and Chief Executive Officer Henning Kagermann said.
<br />
<br />
"It is too early to say in which area the investment will be," Mr. Kagermann said. "Most of it will be on people."
<br />
<br />
The company, which has 2,750 employees in India, plans to increase the total to 3,500 by December, he said. Of the new recruits, 250 will be hired for the company's new support and services center in the northern city of Gurgaon.
<br />
<br />
SAP, which makes software that lets corporations manage payroll, client orders and other business processes, plans to double its work force in India in the next five years.
<br />
<br />
SAP has been in India since 1996 and has invested $500 million in the country since then, Mr. Kagermann said. The company has a research and development center in the technology hub of Bangalore.
</p>
SAP joins scores of global technology companies that have announced major investments in India in recent months to boost their presence, taking advantage of its abundant supply of low-cost, highly skilled manpower. In June, IBM Corp. announced that it would
 triple its investment in India to $6 billion over the next three years. Last December, Microsoft Corp. said it would double its work force in India with an investment of $1.7 billion in four years. Around the same time, Intel Corp. announced a $1 billion India
 investment plan. Hans-Peter Klaey, SAP's president and chief executive for Asian-Pacific operations, said India is the company's fastest growing market in the region. "We are elevating India to be a strategic hub in the Asia Pacific region, which means we
 are going to focus on the Indian market and bring more products here," he said. <br />
<br />
SAP added 200 new customers in India this year through June, taking its total customer base to 1,050, he said.
<p>&nbsp;</p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>30/12/2011 16:01:07</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/16044/Germanys+SAP+Allots+1+Billion+For+India+Growth</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">16044</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>16046</publicationdataID>
      <title>Fitch report hails India's 'growth story'</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p>Fitch Ratings yesterday unexpectedly raised India's sovereign foreign and domestic currency ratings to investment grade, citing progress in the fiscal consolidation process, a "strong external balance sheet and an impressive growth story" as factors prompting
 the upgrade. "Fiscal consolidation is at last taking hold in India, reinforced by the impressive growth story and India's strong external balance sheet," said Paul Rawkins, senior director at Fitch. "Public finances are still weak, but they are no longer an
 insuperable constraint on this rating." With Moody's already rating India as investment grade and with Standard &amp; Poor's ranking it just one notch away from prime status, with a positive outlook, the news will be a fillip to reformers in New Delhi arguing
 for faster progress towards full capital account convertibility. The Reserve Bank of India, the central bank, said this week it would soon make public a government-sponsored but non-binding report outlining a "roadmap" to capital account convertibility. India
 currently allows its currency to be convertible only on the trade or current account. Some restrictions have been relaxed in recent years, but controls remain a barrier to India's full integration with the world economy. The change would allow Indian individuals
 and businesses to invest more freely overseas.</p>
<p>India has long been seen as a conundrum for rating agencies, which have had to weigh up its weak public finance ratios against its rapid build up of foreign exchange reserves, relatively low levels of external debt and easy access to a captive domestic debt
 market to fund its borrowing requirements. The World Bank last week described India's fiscal position as "serious", noting that its ratio of public debt to GDP, at over 80 per cent, is more than three times higher than that of China. India's combined state
 and central government deficits have declined to 7.5 per cent in 2005/06 from 10.1 per cent of GDP in fiscal year 2001/02, but economists say the fiscal consolidation has been largely cyclical, driven by buoyant government revenues in a booming economy rather
 than a structural reduction in spending.</p>
<p>Uncertainty is growing over the government's achieving its full-year deficit target of 3.8 per cent of GDP for 2006-07. "Spending appears to have been front-loaded but the sharply higher fiscal deficit despite impressive revenue collection is a cause for
 concern that has not been addressed by Fitch," said JP Morgan's Rajeev Malik. Lavish government spending commitments on programmes such as the National Rural Employment Guarantee Scheme have raised fears of renewed fiscal slippage. India's fiscal deficit in
 the first three months of the year starting April 1 2006 has jumped to Rs777.4bn (£8.93bn), or 52.3 per cent of the government's full-year target.</p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>30/12/2011 16:05:31</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/16046/Fitch+report+hails+Indias+growth+story</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">16046</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>16048</publicationdataID>
      <title>Natural Healing; Will India succeed in bringing its ancient Ayurvedic plant medicines into the modern world?</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p align="justify">It started with turmeric. An essential ingredient of most Indian curries, the spice was paid tribute by Marco Polo; he compared it favorably to saffron, and noted its importance in traditional medicines. Indeed, Indian doctors have long reached
 for the knobby yellow root to treat a variety of ailments from skin disease to stomachache and infection. So when two U.S.-based researchers were awarded a patent in 1995 on turmeric's special wound-healing properties, a collective howl of outrage arose from
 the subcontinent. "Housewives have been using turmeric for centuries," says V.K. Gupta, director of India's National Institute of Science Communication and Information Resources in New Delhi. "It's outrageous that someone would try and patent it." The patent
 was eventually revoked, after a decade-long battle in which the Indian government and private sector spent millions of dollars in legal and research fees to prove that turmeric's qualities were well documented in ancient medical textbooks. Gupta scrolls through
 a list of some 5,000 applications currently pending approval by U.S. and European patent offices, jabbing a finger at the most egregious examples of what he considers to be outright theft. He estimates that at least half of those scientific "discoveries" are
 established remedies in India's ancient plant-based medical system, called Ayurveda. To Gupta, each application is a jewel plundered from India's vast trove of medicinal knowledge. "If this isn't piracy, I don't know what is," he says.
</p>
<p>India's traditional medicine is under attack. Not just from medical marauders taking a shortcut to the next blockbuster drug by using ancient remedies, but from modernity itself. A new generation of Indians has turned from Ayurveda to Western drugs that
 are cheaper and work faster. Many of the foraged plants, like bitter snake gourd?good for treating digestive disorders?are disappearing along with forest habitats. Meanwhile, Western countries have embraced Ayurveda as an alternative to conventional medicines,
 placing additional strains on already dwindling supplies of rare plants. Treating what ails the 3,000-year-old medical system requires a radical prescription: a massive dose of modern technology. "Ayurveda is the accumulation of thousands of generations' worth
 of knowledge," says Gupta. "But we have to modernize in order to mine it."</p>
<p>Traditional remedies have long been a rich resource for pharmaceutical companies. Quinine, a treatment for malaria, comes from the bark of the cinchona tree and was an ancient Peruvian cure. But Ayurveda is different: most of its medicines are based on multiple
 herbs that work in concert. Ayurvedic doctors didn't just prescribe herbal cures; they documented the individual properties of each ingredient as well as how it worked in conjunction with others. Upstairs from Gupta's office, around 30 Ayurvedic doctors are
 poring over a collection of these medical texts written in Sanskrit, some of them more than 1,000 years old. The texts are divided into verses, each of which refers to a disease and its treatment. The doctors categorize the verses by diagnosis, treatment and
 plant source. The information, along with a photographic scan of the relative verse, is then uploaded to an online database and translated into English, French, German, Spanish, Japanese and Hindi. So far, some 140,000 treatments have been entered into the
 Traditional Knowledge Digital Library (TKDL), a $2 million project launched five years ago to provide a direct link to what is regarded in the patent world as prior knowledge. The first of its kind, the TKDL is serving as a model for countries such as Brazil
 and China, which also want to safeguard traditional healing systems. Once recorded, patents on existing remedies cannot be awarded.</p>
<p>It isn't just pharmaceutical companies who are interested in Ayurveda. At upscale resorts, Western tourists spend hundreds of dollars on Ayurvedic rheumatism or detoxification treatments. Partly because of its cachet in the West, partly because of better
 packaging?capsules instead of bitter syrups, pills instead of difficult-to-swallow pastes and powders?Ayurveda is gaining popularity among younger Indians, too. It's a development that Indira Balachandran, author of a multivolume compendium of India's Ayurvedic
 plants, welcomes, but also fears. Unlike conventional medicines, which are based on manufactured ingredients, Ayurveda uses whole plants?usually dozens of them?for each remedy. "The demand for medicinal plants is at an all-time high," says Balachandran, "but
 it is accompanied by unprecedented deforestation and unsustainable harvesting. Our medical-resource base is shrinking before our eyes."</p>
<p>To rescue India's Ayurvedic plants from their own popularity, Balachandran, with the backing of Arya Vaidya Sala Kottakkal (AVSK), one of India's foremost Ayurveda facilities, has established the Centre for Medicinal Plants Research in the lushly forested
 hills of Kerala in southern India. Part garden and part institute, the center buzzes with the activity of dozens of scientists, chemists and botanists, all intent on preserving India's herbal heritage before it is harvested out of existence. In one building,
 A. Sarala, a technician dressed in white coat, surgical mask and cap, bends over a beaker of tiny green sprouts rooted in agar agar. Using long tweezers, she carefully places one of the sprouts into a test tube marked with the Latin and Sanskrit words for
 bitter snake gourd. The herb, used in over 75 Ayurvedic preparations, is notoriously difficult to cultivate. One of the goals of the center is to figure out how to grow such plants in a garden setting. By experimenting with nutritional sources, lighting and
 soil pH, scientists at the center hope to standardize cultivation methods to ensure the survival of such rare herbs. "We are doing this for posterity," says Balachandran.
<br />
<br />
T.S. Muraleedharan, AVSK's chief of research and development, has more immediate plans. "No doctors outside of the tradition will prescribe our medicines," he says. "My goal is to make them globally recognized." In India, it is enough that a remedy be described
 in one of the 54 ancient Ayurvedic texts for it to be allowed on the market, under the theory that hundreds of years of use support its efficacy and non-toxicity. But that kind of record is not enough for conventional medical practitioners, who require exhaustive
 clinical trials before a new medicine will be accepted by government regulators. "We know Ayurveda works," says Muraleedharan. "Now we just have to figure out how it works."
</p>
<p>Muraleedharan's R&amp;D facility, on the top floor of AVSK's 100-year-old factory, resembles a high-school science lab. Scales, beakers and Bunsen burners litter the marble-topped counters. A young man in a white coat stares intently into the bowl of an industrial
 kitchen mixer as it churns through a new formula for treating skin discoloration. But in an air-conditioned corner of the lab, isolated by a glass partition, hums a massive machine that would never be found on a high-school campus. It's an Atomic Absorption
 Spectrophotometer, used to detect the presence of heavy metals. Next to it sits a High Performance Thin Layer Chromatograph, a computer that reads chemical fingerprints. Muraleedharan uses these machines to identify the active ingredients of traditional remedies.
 Once a medicine's formulation is broken down into essential components, Muraleedharan can build something new using the traditional building blocks. In this way, he hopes to revolutionize India's ancient traditions?and maybe create a blockbuster drug in the
 process. He is already excited about one promising new discovery, a treatment for peptic ulcers, and says it's ready for clinical trials. "We are on the cusp of something big," he says. "Maybe in five years we will look back and see this as the beginning of
 the new Ayurveda." And the start of a whole new range of modern medicines.</p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>30/12/2011 16:09:01</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/16048/Natural+Healing+Will+India+succeed+in+bringing+its+ancient+Ayurvedic+plant+medicines+into+the+modern+world</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">16048</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>16050</publicationdataID>
      <title>Spotlight: India slowly opens to the world</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p>LONDON It is interesting to sit across from a bespectacled, 64-year-old bureaucrat who inspires lust in foreign bankers - or, to be more accurate, who supervises banks in India that inspire foreigners with an ownership urge.<br />
<br />
Foreign banks in India already are achieving a return on assets of 3 percent, as against a 1 percent return for the world's biggest banks. So their eagerness to expand their businesses in India, by acquisition as well as organically, is understandable.
<br />
<br />
Add into the equation that among Brazil, Russia, India and China - the BRIC economies - India is seen as the one having the greatest potential: an average annual growth rate of 8 percent over the last three years, bank credit growth of 30 percent a year and
 an expanding middle class of 250 million to 300 million people in need of financial services. The combination is clearly exciting.
<br />
<br />
Y.V. Reddy, governor of the Reserve Bank of India, the country's central bank, is the gatekeeper to that growth potential. As such, he has drawn criticism from foreign bankers for not moving fast enough to open up the domestic banking sector. Indian law restricts
 foreign ownership of local banks to 5 percent, or a larger stake if shared between different foreign banks, which many would rather not do. There are exceptions, such as Citigroup's 12.3 percent stake in HDFC, one of the largest retail lenders in India, although
 it is technically not a bank. <br />
<br />
In 2009 the guidelines will be reviewed. If Reddy has anything to do with it - and it is widely assumed he will be reappointed for a second term in September 2008 - it will be a cautious opening up.
</p>
<p>Reddy, a former academic who became a top civil servant in the Ministry of Finance and then deputy governor of the central bank in 1996 until he took up his current job in 2002, said he was "not necessarily looking for a dramatic shift" in the "dynamic mix"
 that currently makes up the banking sector in India. <br />
<br />
"China has financial sector problems; India does not," Reddy said. "The policy has paid off."
<br />
<br />
One can imagine Reddy saying precisely this to foreign bankers in his own manner, a mix of the methodical and the jovial, rather like the devoted grandfather he is.
<br />
<br />
Reddy also points out the myriad advantages and great positioning that foreign banks currently enjoy: Foreign bank branches in India have virtually no restrictions on the type of activity they conduct. They account for 7 percent of banking assets in India,
 a level comparable with foreign bank assets in Germany and the United States, Reddy pointed out. These foreign bank branches account for 60 percent of off- balance sheet exposures like derivatives, 40 percent of the foreign exchange market and 25 percent of
 the government securities market - all high-margin businesses. </p>
<p>Even with all that, there is no substitute for having a network of branches in a vast country like India. That sort of expansion can only come from the acquisition of a local bank.
<br />
<br />
Financial sector regulations in India, Reddy noted, have been carefully designed and implemented by the civil servants at the central bank and government. They did not arise haphazardly out of a financial crisis, as in some Asian or Latin American countries.
<br />
<br />
Speaking in a nondescript hotel meeting room during a recent visit to London, wearing his Reserve Bank of India tie, Reddy avoided superlatives. Not so his supporters. Listen to K.V. Kamath, the chief executive of ICICI, India's largest non-state bank: "He
 has brilliantly managed to balance growth imperatives with stability. This he has done using his enormous technical expertise in the area of monetary policy and applying it judiciously to a growth environment as seen in India."
</p>
<p>Narayana Murthy, chairman of Infosys Technologies, who is on the board of the central bank, said, "Dr. Reddy is called 'The Guru' by all of us on the board of the RBI because of his extraordinary ability to explain complex macroeconomic concepts in simple
 words." <br />
<br />
Reddy is of a generation that believed public service was the highest calling. The central bank can still attract talent, Reddy said, partly because the compartmentalization of the public and private sectors in India had faded and partly because of special
 employment contracts. <br />
<br />
On the macroeconomic front, the tight inflation control for which Reddy is praised is under threat from higher fuel costs that are now being passed on to consumers in India. The central bank's de facto self-imposed inflation target - it has no formal one -
 is within 5 percent over the medium term. In 2006 it looks to be around 5.5 percent, and the main interest rate has been raised to 6.75 percent to deal with it.
<br />
<br />
In the past few years, Reddy has emphasized concerns about the combination of high credit growth, loose money supply and asset price inflation. Credit growth at 30 percent is far higher than trend growth, the rate at which an economy tends to grow over an economic
 cycle, he noted. A gradual reduction to 20 percent would be a more comfortable situation. An increase in interest rates will certainly have an effect.
<br />
<br />
"In the next two years," he said, "we will need a more careful balancing act." <br />
<br />
<em>(Karina Robinson is senior editor of The Banker. This article is adapted from her monthly column.)</em></p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>30/12/2011 16:14:15</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/16050/Spotlight+India+slowly+opens+to+the+world</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">16050</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>16053</publicationdataID>
      <title>India, the Turtle that Beats the Hare</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p>In the `50s and `60s India was considered as the poor country par excellence, with the risk of famines; it was overpopulated and desperately heterogeneous. Then, for a while, we forgot about India. The African countries that became the limiting case of the
 world economic development replaced it. After that, all of a sudden, we realized that India has taken huge steps forward and is becoming an economic giant, following the footprints of China.
<br />
<br />
"The Asian giants” scare: they have massive labour resources, they receive investments from all over the world, they can access the most modern productive know-how and they have become our strongest competitors. Their growth too is very rapid. But while in
 the first place we realized about the potentialities of China because of the growing visibility of its exports, now we are realizing about the importance of India because private Indian groups are buying European companies or because the American multinationals
 are settling in India to produce exportable services. The growth rate is 8% and the country is technically advanced. It produces atomic energy. India has a middle class of 250 million people, a per capita income that has increased by 4% each year since the
 `90s and a decreasing poverty, although with significant regional differences. <br />
<br />
Of course, India is not yet like China. Its economy is only one third of the Chinese one, while exports and monetary reserves are only one sixth. It is still a country where agriculture and services rule, while China has become an industrial economy. The average
 Indian education levels are inferior compared to the Chinese ones, although India excels in higher education, especially in sciences.
</p>
<p>India saves much less than China; therefore it invests less, especially in the infrastructures that are not sufficient. On the other hand, it has a well-developed and dynamic private sector, a solid and productive agriculture, the advantage of speaking English
 and, most important, it is a democracy that solves its problems through political dialogue.
<br />
<br />
As we know, India is the world biggest democracy, not perfect, but functioning and with a solid structure and this is essential for the present and for the future.
<br />
<br />
The Indian economic success of the last 25 years is linked to an important change of the economic policies: at the beginning they were much more oriented towards domestic issues, then they opened little by little to trade and foreign investments, reduction
 of protectionism, to the less direct participation of the State in the production but at the same time its increasing participation in the private sector, to the cautious but continuous liberalization of productive activities, and especially to the macroeconomic
 stability , constantly pursued and partially realized. <br />
<br />
India ran into problems of international payments in 1991 for the last time. Ever since it has never had a galloping inflation, huge foreign debts or big financial crisis. The main instability comes from the climate effects (every year the monsoons determine
 the agricultural productions). </p>
<p>This is because New Delhi has chosen, from Gandhi on, to rule at the best its destinies and not to run too high risks for the management of economy and finance. This Indian "good sense” has always been present even during the change of political leaders
 and ruling parties. Indian authorities are oriented to gradualism. They are driven by good sense and are pragmatic in their decisions, although differences emerge every day, due to India being a multiethnic, multilingual and multireligious society with deep-rooted
 class differences. <br />
<br />
Slowness and caution in changes represent at the same time the strength and the weakness of the Indian policy-maker. These proclivities can be interpreted in many ways. Often they generate impatience, frustrations and uncertainties, sometimes very strong, in
 India and in international partners, but they represent the Indian way of political and economic acting. Avoid mistakes, take time, think carefully: factors that win over decisiveness. And now that foreign investors are coming to the country to know it directly,
 they have to be aware of this. <br />
<br />
All the big States, especially the ones with strong traditions, have their own customs, habits and behaviour, well established. But all empires change and adapt to new rules. And the most rooted Indian tradition is the gradual adjustment. Moreover, Indian traditions
 have been giving and will give positive results. A confirmation of the history of the turtle that at the end beats the hare.
<br />
<br />
<em>(The above is an informal translation of the article that appeared in Italian language)</em></p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>30/12/2011 16:25:55</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/16053/India+the+Turtle+that+Beats+the+Hare</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">16053</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>16054</publicationdataID>
      <title>Op/Ed: From Bombay to Boston</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p>The Indian flag now flies outside the iconic Pierre Hotel on Fifth Avenue after the Taj Group took over management of the hotel in 2005. In Britain, the morning cuppa is likely to be of an Indian-owned tea brand since Tata Tea acquired Tetley in 2000, and
 Apeejay Surrenda bought out Premier Foods last year. <br />
<br />
Indian businesses are suddenly visible in international markets, and not just selling software services or other exports. They're also investing and acquiring businesses. In 2005, Indian companies made 103 cross-border acquisitions, totaling $2.9 billion. These
 numbers are small by international standards, and the average deal size at $28 million is low. But the fact that Indian companies are making overseas investments at all has caught the attention of the business world. The numbers of deals has tripled over the
 past three years, and most observers expect it to continue to increase rapidly. <br />
<br />
Cross border M&amp;A is only part of the growth strategies of these businesses. Exports from India and greenfield investment have so far been much more significant growth drivers. India's exports have grown at double-digit rates in recent years despite the constraints
 of poor infrastructure, with particular success in software, pharmaceuticals, engineered goods, and gems and jewelry.
</p>
<p>Indian businesses are now gaining the size and confidence to be announcing plans for major greenfield investments in overseas markets. Most eye catching is the Tata Group's proposal to invest $3 billion in four projects in Bangladesh, far more than the total
 foreign direct investment in the country to date. The projects, for which I am the chief negotiator on the Tata side, would add 1.9% to Bangladesh's gross national product and move its current-account balance of payments into surplus, according to an independent
 assessment by the Economist Intelligence Unit. <br />
<br />
Through exports and outward investment, we are witnessing the creation of a group of new multinational companies owned and operated from India. In the next few years, more of these businesses will join the two Indian companies that have already made it into
 the Fortune 500 rankings, and some will begin to emerge as global leaders. These emerging Indian multinationals are mostly clustered in the IT, pharmaceuticals, automotive and metals sectors. They include companies such as TCS, Infosys, Wipro, Tata Motors
 and Tata Steel. <br />
<br />
These firms have one common theme: the application of high-quality but low-cost human resources -- especially in technical and managerial talent. This typically costs only 25 to 50% as much as hiring similar talent in the West. The availability of skilled but
 cost-effective people underpins the 25% compound growth of the Indian IT industry. Similarly, low drug development costs drive the competitiveness of the generic drug industry based in India.
</p>
<p>Until 1991, India was largely a closed economy with high tariffs and strict controls on foreign investment. Indian businesses were plagued by a "license raj," with a government permit needed before a company could engage in any kind of industrial activities.
 This changed with the economic reforms initiated in 1991 which boosted domestic competition by slashing tariff barriers and opening the Indian economy to foreign investment.
<br />
<br />
During the 1990s, Indian industry went through major restructuring to reduce costs, improve quality and face new foreign competition. The domestic market grew, enabling Indian industry to scale accordingly. At the same time, technology and policy changes, especially
 in liberalizing the telecom market, enabled the growth of new knowledge-based businesses which played to India's strength -- human capital.
<br />
<br />
India is often compared unfavorably to China on the pace and bite of its reform program. While Chinese reforms started with the agricultural sector, in India the 72% of its population that remains in the countryside has only partially benefited from reforms
 so far. Chinese authorities also focused on developing superb infrastructure, attracting FDI in manufacturing and encouraging exports. In India, by contrast, progress on this front has been much more tentative. Infrastructure remains inadequate, adding costs
 to industry and limiting exports. And attitudes toward foreign investment are often still ambivalent, due to strong domestic vested interests and hangovers from the socialist policies pursued in the past.
</p>
<p>Yet India enjoys some real advantages over China in the soft infrastructure that underpins a successful market economy. While many aspects of India's policies from the 1950s to 1980s can be criticized the government did have the foresight to create the world-class
 Indian Institutes of Technology and Management, and institutes of higher-education. Today, these institutes provide the technical and managerial talent that fuels the country's economic growth. Even in the dark moments of the Nehruvian ice age of state planning,
 India retained a vibrant private sector economy with good, professional management. And the institutions that support private sector success were in place: creditworthy banks, functioning capital markets, professional firms offering auditing, legal advice,
 market research or advertising. All this is still under construction in China. <br />
<br />
As a consequence, India's private sector has reacted to the challenges and opportunities of liberalization with staggering speed and success. Excellent, competitive Indian firms with low-cost positions are now in a strong position to seize the opportunities
 presented by an increasingly interconnected world. <br />
<br />
Looking forward this trend can only speed up. Indian companies will grow bigger overseas and will gain the confidence to make bolder investments and bigger acquisitions. Indian knowledge-based businesses will capture a higher share of services business overseas,
 and deliver to customers both from India and internationally. Indian industrial businesses will invest in more ambitious greenfield projects in large emerging markets, and will buy larger companies in the developed world and apply India's lower cost advantages
 to improve competitiveness. </p>
<p>Today, the largest steel company in the world is run by an Indian citizen who chose to relocate to the West. And in the future, it's realistic to expect that just as many leading world businesses will be headquartered in Bombay and Bangalore, as in Beijing,
 Boston or Birmingham. <br />
<br />
<em>Mr. Rosling is an executive director of Tata Sons Ltd., the holding company of the Tata Group. He is responsible for the Tata Group's drive to internationalize.</em></p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>30/12/2011 16:34:19</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/16054/OpEd+From+Bombay+to+Boston</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">16054</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>16055</publicationdataID>
      <title>India’s PM welcomes visit by Amir of Kuwait</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p>The Prime Minister of India, Manmohan Singh, welcomed (June 14) the visit of Amir of Kuwait, Sheikh Sabah Al-Ahmad Al-Sabah, to India. He said that Sheikh Sabah "is a wise and respected leader with vast experience in international affairs”. He said that
 India and Kuwait shared historic relations and that the two countries shared mutual interest in the preservation of peace, stability and security in the region. India had always considered Kuwait as one of its closest friends in the region. He expressed confidence
 that the visit of the Amir of Kuwait to India would provide a strong impetus to further growth and expansion of the two countries’ shared ties. He added that the two sides had plans to sign an agreement for avoidance of double taxation and that other agreements
 were under consideration. Asked about his view on the current level of relations and interactions between India and the GCC states, he said that the Gulf region had great importance for India and that 70 per cent of India’s oil and gas requirements came from
 the Gulf. The Gulf had emerged as a major trading partner for India with bilateral trade exceeding US$ 16 billion in 2004-05. The Indo-GCC political dialogue that took place at the level of Foreign Ministers was greatly valued by India. The two sides were
 currently discussing the possibility of concluding Indo-GCC FTA. He also said that the two sides had held the first Indo-GCC Industrial Conference in Muscat on March 24-25, 2003, the results of which were "very encouraging”. The next conference would be held
 in South India in March 2007 along with an investment summit. He further added, "The time has come to broaden the scope of our relationship”.</p>
<p>On enhancement of Indo-Kuwait trade cooperation, Manmohan Singh said that the leaders of Indian industry and business had been visiting Kuwait frequently and that the transformation of the Indian economy over the last 15 years had opened tremendous opportunity
 for Kuwaiti investment in the petroleum and infrastructure sectors. He also said "Indian firms, in frontier areas, such as biotechnology, pharmaceuticals and information technology are keen to establish presence in Kuwait”. He said that he was grateful to
 the Amir of Kuwait for the warm welcome that had been extended to Indian nationals in Kuwait. He also said that "I am happy to learn that their dedication, hard work and skill has been widely recognized. Professionals like Engineers, Doctors, Chartered Accountants,
 IT Engineers are contributing to all walks of life in Kuwait”. Turning to current Indian stand on nuclear issue of Iran, he said that India had maintained close relations with Iran at the highest levels of Iranian leadership and that Iran had the right to
 use nuclear energy for peaceful purposes in accordance with its international obligations. He also said that the current situation must be resolved through dialogue and consultations and that diplomacy must be given a full chance and all sides must avoid confrontation.
<br />
<br />
He added that the Indo-US relations had undergone a remarkable transformation over the last decade adding that the two sides had broadened the scope of cooperation in many areas from agriculture to space. He added that "the agreement with the United States
 for civilian nuclear cooperation is to increase the two sides’ access to nuclear energy and it was not related to military nuclear programme or India’s nuclear doctrine as is well known”.
</p>
<p>On terrorism, Manmohan Singh said that India had been facing challenge of terrorism, particularly cross border terrorism for two decades, and that terrorism’s linkage with illicit trafficking of small arms and narcotics had only enhanced its destructive
 potential and reach. He said that there was also growing concern at terrorism’s linkage with religious extremism. He expressed belief that the fight against terrorism had to be long, sustained and comprehensive. He said that the strong international consensus
 today was that there was no justification for terrorism on any grounds. <br />
<br />
Turning back to the FTA agreement with Kuwait and the GCC, Manmohan Singh said that negotiations towards the conclusion of a Free Trade Agreement had commenced and that it would help expand opportunities for cooperation between India and the GCC in the areas
 of trade, investment, services, labour and manpower development and address all impediments. There were already separate institutional frameworks for cooperation with each individual GCC country which India planned to keep on strengthening. The FTA between
 India and the GCC would provide additional means to strengthen cooperation between India and the individual countries of the GCC.
</p>
<p>On Indo-West Asia contribution to the Asian resurgence in the 21st century, Manmohan Singh said that India’s links with the Gulf and the West Asian region were civilized and that trade and the movement of people had been taking place for several centuries.
 He said that India and the countries of the West Asia were the founding members of the Non-Aligned Movement which stood for the principle of equality, freedom from colonialism and for independence in decision making of developing countries. He concluded that
 "Thus, we are linked through our economy, our geography and our politics. It is inevitable that the closer our cooperation, the greater the impact we will have on Asia and the rest of the world”.
<br />
<br />
<em>(Kuwait News Agency)</em></p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>30/12/2011 16:37:46</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/16055/Indias+PM+welcomes+visit+by+Amir+of+Kuwait</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">16055</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>16059</publicationdataID>
      <title>Rethinking Nuclear Safeguards</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p>In regard to nuclear proliferation and arms control, the fundamental problem is clear: Either we begin finding creative, outside-the-box solutions or the international nuclear safeguards regime will become obsolete.<br />
<br />
For this reason, I have been calling for new approaches in a number of areas. First, a recommitment to disarmament -- a move away from national security strategies that rely on nuclear weapons, which serve as a constant stimulus for other nations to acquire
 them. Second, tightened controls on the proliferation-sensitive parts of the nuclear fuel cycle. By bringing multinational control to any operation that enriches uranium or separates plutonium, we can lower the risk of these materials being diverted to weapons.
 A parallel step would be to create a mechanism to ensure a reliable supply of reactor fuel to bona fide users, including a fuel bank under control of the International Atomic Energy Agency.
<br />
<br />
The third area has been more problematic: how to deal creatively with the three countries that remain outside the nuclear Non-Proliferation Treaty (NPT): Pakistan and India, both holders of nuclear arsenals, and Israel, which maintains an official policy of
 ambiguity but is believed to be nuclear-weapons-capable. However fervently we might wish it, none of these three is likely to give up its nuclear weapons or the nuclear weapons option outside of a global or regional arms control framework. Our traditional
 strategy -- of treating such states as outsiders -- is no longer a realistic method of bringing these last few countries into the fold.
</p>
<p>Which brings us to a current controversy -- the recent agreement between President Bush and Prime Minister Manmohan Singh regarding the exchange of nuclear technology between the United States and India.
<br />
<br />
Some insist that the deal will primarily enable India to divert more uranium to produce more weapons -- that it rewards India for having developed nuclear weapons and legitimizes its status as a nuclear weapons state. By contrast, some in India argue that it
 will bring the downfall of India's nuclear weapons program, because of new restrictions on moving equipment and expertise between civilian and military facilities.
</p>
<p>Clearly, this is a complex issue on which intelligent people can disagree. Ultimately, perhaps, it comes down to a balance of judgment. But to this array of opinions, I would offer the following:
<br />
<br />
First, under the NPT, there is no such thing as a "legitimate" or "illegitimate" nuclear weapons state. The fact that five states are recognized in the treaty as holders of nuclear weapons was regarded as a matter of transition; the treaty does not in any sense
 confer permanent status on those states as weapons holders. Moreover, the U.S.-India deal is neutral on this point -- it does not add to or detract from India's nuclear weapons program, nor does it confer any "status," legal or otherwise, on India as a possessor
 of nuclear weapons. India has never joined the NPT; it has therefore not violated any legal commitment, and it has never encouraged nuclear weapons proliferation.
<br />
<br />
Also, it is important to consider the implications of denying this exchange of peaceful nuclear technology. As a country with one-sixth of the world's population, India has an enormous appetite for energy -- and the fastest-growing civilian nuclear energy program
 in the world. With this anticipated growth, it is important that India have access to the safest and most advanced technology.
<br />
<br />
India clearly enjoys close cooperation with the United States and many other countries in a number of areas of technology and security. It is treated as a valued partner, a trusted contributor to international peace and security. It is difficult to understand
 the logic that would continue to carve out civil nuclear energy as the single area for noncooperation.
</p>
<p>Under the agreement, India commits to following the guidelines of the Nuclear Suppliers Group, an organization of states that regulates access to nuclear material and technology. India would bring its civilian nuclear facilities under international safeguards.
 India has voiced its support for the conclusion of a Fissile Material Cut-Off Treaty. The strong support of both India and the United States -- as well as all other nuclear weapons states -- is sorely needed to make this treaty a reality.
<br />
<br />
The U.S.-India agreement is a creative break with the past that, handled properly, will be a first step forward for both India and the international community. India will get safe and modern technology to help lift more than 500 million people from poverty,
 and it will be part of the international effort to combat nuclear terrorism and rid our world of nuclear weapons.
<br />
<br />
As we face the future, other strategies must be found to enlist Pakistan and Israel as partners in nuclear arms control and nonproliferation. Whatever form those solutions take, they will need to address not only nuclear weapons but also the much broader range
 of security concerns facing each country. No one ever said controlling nuclear weapons was going to be easy. It will take courage and tenacity in large doses, a great deal more outside-of-the-box thinking, and a sense of realism. And it will be worth the effort.
<br />
<br />
<em>The writer is director general of the International Atomic Energy Agency. He and the agency won the 2005 Nobel Peace Prize.</em></p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>30/12/2011 16:59:17</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/16059/Rethinking+Nuclear+Safeguards</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">16059</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>16060</publicationdataID>
      <title>The Drive to Compete</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p><span style="font-weight:bold; font-style:italic">India's once woeful manufacturing sector is starting to pick up steam</span><br />
<br />
Hyundai Motor's car factory in India, set amid palm-studded marshes on the outskirts of Madras, is a gleaming example of what could be the future of India's economy. Built for $1 billion, its high-tech robots and monstrous steel-pressing machines will churn
 out 300,000 Accent sedans and other vehicles this year, at world-class quality levels. Hyundai has been shifting production of its smallest cars to India to take advantage of low costs, thereby keeping the business profitable. One-third of its cars produced
 in India are exported to Germany, Peru, South Africa and elsewhere. Opened in 1998, the plant was operating long before Hyundai opened factories in China or the U.S. and the South Korean carmaker is already building a second, $1 billion facility next door.
 Why "We are going to use India as an export hub, and the domestic market is also growing very fast," says Lheem Heung Soo, managing director of Hyundai in India. "Right now the only difficulty is how to produce more cars."<br />
<br />
Until recently, Hyundai has been an exception in India. The general consensus among multinational manufacturers had been that India with its miserable highways and airports, hostile bureaucracy and militant labor unions was no place for a factory. While companies
 happily tapped India for its well-trained and low-cost IT-engineering talent, they've placed their bets on China as a manufacturing center. Although exports of manufactured goods from India grew 20% to approximately $70 billion in its last fiscal year, that's
 just one-tenth of the $700 billion China exported in 2005. Manufacturing accounts for only about 16% of India's GDP. In China, its share is more than twice as large.</p>
<p>Now more companies are coming around to Lheem's thinking. Near Hyundai's plant, Nokia opened the first phase of a $150 million mobile-phone factory in March. In the state of Orissa on India's east coast, South Korean steel giant Posco plans to construct
 a $12 billion mill. SemIndia, a company formed by chip-industry executives, will break ground in June on a $3 billion semiconductor factory in the southern state of Andhra Pradesh. Others are coming around, too. Dell Computer recently announced its intention
 to build a factory in India, joining those it already has in China and Malaysia. In fact, the Indian manufacturing sector expanded 9% last year, a key reason why the country posted economic growth of 8.4%. A 2004 report by consulting firm McKinsey &amp; Co. and
 the Confederation of Indian Industry says that manufactured exports from India can potentially increase to $300 billion by 2015. "'Made in India' could become the next big manufacturing exports story," the report said.<br />
<br />
Too optimistic Maybe so, given India's stop-and-start efforts to open up its once-socialist economy, where for decades domestic manufacturers were so sheltered from competition by tariffs and a restrictive licensing regime that one of the best-selling cars
 was the Ambassador, a rattletrap sedan first manufactured by Hindustan Motors in 1957 and still sold today. Due to years of under-investment, much of India's manufacturing base is just as outmoded as the Ambassador, and many of the problems that have kept
 investors at bayred tape, corruption, outmoded transport links and unreliable electrical power remain.</p>
<p>But with the pace of reform accelerating, India is beginning to change in ways similar to those that helped China attract foreign investment in manufacturing. India's rising middle class means companies now see the country as an important source of consumer
 demand. India has joined China as one of Nokia's five largest markets. According to tech-consulting firm Gartner, mobile-phone sales in India grew 42% in 2005 to nearly 30 million units, and sales are expected to quadruple by 2009. With so much potential,
 Nokia decided India was the best option for a new factory. "We became eager to get closer and closer to India," says Jukka Lehtela, director of Nokia's operations there.<br />
<br />
Then there's the China factor or rather, the anywhere-but-China factor. Korean giant LG Electronics exports to the Middle East from appliance and consumer-electronics factories near Pune and New Delhi because it's faster to ship to those markets from India
 than from China. The company recently opened another Pune plant to make optical-disk drives for Europe. "We didn't want to depend on the Chinese for everything," says Kim Kwang Ro, managing director of LG Electronics in India. "Our company decided to diversify."</p>
<p>India's manufacturing sector isn't being driven exclusively by multinational cash and expertise. The country has a base of homegrown companies, like the Tata group, that are developing quickly, some of them with burgeoning international operations of their
 own. (See Tata story.) "Many Indian companies are dreaming of being world class," says Sanjiv Bajaj, executive director of Pune-based scootermaker Bajaj Auto. They're eliminating redundant staff, streamlining management and investing in modern production lines.
 A decade ago, Bajaj made one million two- and three-wheeled vehicles with 24,000 employees; today, it churns out 2.2 million with 10,000. "It is possible to deliver Japanese quality at Indian prices," says Pradeep Shrivastava, a vice president for engineering.<br />
<br />
Not all Indian companies have improved, and decrepit infrastructure adds about 2% to 5% onto the costs of doing business in India compared to China, estimates Deloitte Touche Tohmatsu. Much of India's clothing and textile industry, for example, remains a patchwork
 of smaller producers that can't match the scale of Chinese companies. A McKinsey study found that Indian apparel makers are half as productive as Chinese firms due to poor management and a lack of training and technology. McKinsey figures that a man's shirt
 costs about 23% more to produce in India than it does in China. At the same time, companies in India suffer a power outage almost every other day, according to a 2004 study conducted by the World Bank. Susheil Joshi, an India-based manager for clothing retailer
 The Children's Place, says that bad roads and crowded ports force factories to send their products a week to 10 days ahead of when a cargo ship is set to sail. In China, half that time is needed.</p>
<p>The Indian government estimates that the nation needs $200 billion of new ports, roads and other infrastructure. In December, the shipping ministry announced a $22 billion program to double the capacity of the country's ports by 2012; India has also embarked
 on a $50 billion program to add or modernize 40,000 km of highways over the next several years. The government is facing stiff opposition to another major reform of the country's onerous labor laws from labor unions and leftist politicians, but it is trying,
 at least, to get the process started. It is championing special economic zones with 10-year tax holidays, duty-free imports and the possibility of less restrictive labor laws.<br />
<br />
Initiatives like that are encouraging. "Add infrastructure and a flexible labor policy and boom! We'll have so much foreign exchange coming in we won't know what to do with it," says Rahul Bajaj, chairman of Bajaj Auto. But the country has made false starts
 on the road to modernization before. Is this time different "I don't think this party can be spoiled," says Shirish Sankhe, a partner at McKinsey in Bombay. "No one wants to stay out of India." We'll see.</p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>30/12/2011 17:04:00</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/16060/The+Drive+to+Compete</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">16060</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>16061</publicationdataID>
      <title>India, Let’s Be Quick</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p><em>(From Corrier Economia, the weekly supplement of Corriere dell Sera) </em>
<br />
<br />
Talleyrand had spoken about it at the end of the XVIII century: a country with great economic possibilities. But we need to hurry up.
<br />
<br />
In 1794, Talleyrand, the great French Minister of the revolution, wrote: "There’s a country with a large number of capitalists, including very important ones, who have not invested capital and are in search of investment, who don’t have very definite policies
 but don’t want to invest in Europe, who want absolute discretionary power on their movements and are ready to pay for the secrecy they ask for, for whom any proposal of investment in America has the flavour of novelty and suitability as well. This country
 is India.” <br />
<br />
India has been actually very rich and advanced in many fields. But, the missed appointments with history, first of all with the industrialization, a static cultural and social structure that is not suited to the modern world’s dynamism; the very strong colonialist
 exploitation imposed by the UK with a heavy hand; and other factors, have marginalized the country, even though it could still bank on vast riches that however have been concentrated in the grasp of a few ones. The regret of Engineer Luigi Danieli (founder
 of the Danieli company), one of the businessmen I have most respected and admired, a man who is used to plan and build iron and steel mini-plants all over the world: he did not love working in India. He had been upset by the enormous gap, which he had seen
 in his journeys to the country, between the ostentatious luxury of the rich and the begging poor who wander about the street in search of food.
</p>
<p>I wonder how Mr. Danieli would react today on witnessing the new and young India on the move, so well described in the reportage by Edoardo Segantini that was published last Monday.
<br />
<br />
India has been set out along a virtuous and fertile course, which - though it has not eliminated all at once the poverty, discriminations and sufferings that struck Danieli, it has nonetheless launched the great country towards a positive and promising civil,
 democratic and economic development. Today’s India is the largest democracy in the world; it’s the fourth economy in the world in terms of purchasing power parity, it boasts of 380 Universities, 11,200 university institutes, 1,500 research institutes, produces
 three million graduates per year, out of whom 360,000 are engineers, makes 30-40 million people enter the middle class every year, has a GDP with a not-less-than-6% average growth, can count on a 22-billion-dollar annual remittances of emigrants as well as
 on 10-billion-dollar FDIs per year (that are ever-increasing), it has a young and educated population, a sound British-style legal system, can speak an international language (English), is an authentic federal State.
</p>
<p>Italy is India’s fourth commercial partner in the European Union. But this is only the beginning. The possibilities to increase trade and Italian investments in India as well as Indian investments in Italy are huge. I am thinking of garments and, in general,
 of the made in Italy, after the recent opening of the retail sector to foreign investors as well. I am thinking of the food products: a sector which the Government has indicated as a priority and that is bound to double in the next 4 years. I’m thinking of
 the agriculture mechanization, where the market demand and size are remarkable. I am referring to the plans of the government, which has decided to invest in the next five years about 143 billion dollars in the electricity generating field, 116 billion in
 electricity transmission and distribution, 100 billion dollars in oil and gas and about 100 billion dollars in roads, ports, railways and airports.
<br />
<br />
We need to take an important step from both sides to achieve a mutual understanding. Indian Ambassador to Italy, Mr. Rajiv Dogra, was very right when he said in a speech delivered in Milan in the month of January: "What do our two countries share? We are two
 wonderful democracies. We have both ancient cultures to be proud of and that favour mutual understanding. Finally, we share ways of thinking, values, such as that of family, and often individual attitudes. We are sensitive and lively people. I think that all
 these factors produce a natural empathy and are evidences of how Italy and India can work together. My message is an invitation to reflect, dream, debate and work together to promote the Indo-Italian relations, so that our two Countries can have an essential
 role in tomorrow’s world”. </p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>30/12/2011 17:07:10</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/16061/India+Lets+Be+Quick</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">16061</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>16062</publicationdataID>
      <title>Indian summer</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p><em>A vast nation with an even larger potential</em><br />
<br />
The pace of change is astonishing. For almost 50 years after independence, India shut itself off from the world, prickly, autarkic, moralistic, practising a deadly combination of Fabian economics and socialist non-alignment. Now, as David Aaronovitch reports
 today in our foreign pages, 15 years after the reforms that first opened the ossified economy to the outside world, India is the talk of almost every Western boardroom. Exporters are looking covetously at a vast and growing market. Call centres, backroom operations
 and research laboratories are moving to India in their hundreds. Indian manufacturers are buying up Western companies and posing a growing challenge. The new India is becoming a global powerhouse. But is this sustainable or is it a bubble?
<br />
<br />
Just as the industrialised world — especially Japan — paid too little attention to India for too long, so there is a danger now of exaggerating the boom. India has seen many false dawns. The 1991 reforms, pushed through by Manmohan Singh, then the courageous
 Finance Minister and now the Prime Minister, were only a start. There are still huge bureaucratic obstacles: a "licence raj” not yet fully dismantled; a creaking infrastructure with potholed roads, aged airports and an overloaded electricity grid; a number
 of states with appalling local government and Naxalite uprisings; and a sprawling administration that may be demo- cratic but is held back by corruption, political rivalries and vested interests.
</p>
<p>Despite all this, India’s growth is impressive. Over the past three years GDP growth has averaged 8.1 per cent annually. Over the next five years 71 million young people, a quarter of the world’s extra workers, will join the labour force. India boasts about
 two thirds of the global market in offshore services and about half the business processing operations. Its industrial corporations, pharmaceutical companies and manufacturers are moving swiftly into the global league. The middle class — roughly defined as
 anyone with a workable grasp of English — now numbers some 300 million people and is increasingly affluent. India’s share of scientific brainpower is impressive.
<br />
<br />
India still cannot match China’s relentless material advance. But for investors and for the country itself there are three big advantages: democracy, English and a free market. The first means that India is able to absorb almost any political shock without
 the system itself being threatened; the use of English, growing apace, gives the country global access and ensures the swift exploitation of the internet; and the readiness to contest ideas is creating sophisticated workers, managers and thinkers on a scale
 far beyond the means of a still restrictive China. </p>
<p>This month it will be 250 years since the fall of Calcutta to the Nawab of Bengal and the notorious Black Hole. Britain’s long and often fraught involvement in India has survived historic burdens and this country is now poised for a unique intellectual,
 economic and cultural partnership. <br />
<br />
India has far to go to exploit its new strength: Dr Singh’s Government is slowed by its most recalcitrant communist allies. Villages, accounting for two thirds of the population, are still poor and backward. Early rain suggests a good monsoon and another year
 of relative prosperity. But India will need more than the rain to achieve the potential that the world now expects of it and wants for it.
<br />
</p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>30/12/2011 17:10:48</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/16062/Indian+summer</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">16062</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>16063</publicationdataID>
      <title>India Becoming a Crucial Cog in the Machine at I.B.M.</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p>BANGALORE, India, June 4 — The world's biggest computer services company could not have chosen a more appropriate setting to lay out its strategy for staying on top.<br />
<br />
On Tuesday, on the expansive grounds of the Bangalore Palace, a colonial-era mansion once inhabited by a maharajah, the chairman and chief executive of I.B.M., Samuel J. Palmisano, will address 10,000 Indian employees. He will share the stage with A. P. J.
 Abdul Kalam, India's president, and Sunil Mittal, chairman of the country's largest cellular services provider, Bharti Tele-Ventures. An additional 6,500 employees will look in on the town hall-style meeting by satellite from other Indian cities.
<br />
<br />
On the same day, Mr. Palmisano and other top executives will meet here with investment analysts and local customers to showcase I.B.M.'s global integration capabilities in a briefing customarily held in New York. During the week, the company will lead the 50
 analysts on a tour of its Indian operations. <br />
<br />
The meetings are more than an exercise in public and investor relations. They are an acknowledgment of India's critical role in I.B.M.'s strategy, providing it with its fastest-growing market and a crucial base for delivering services to much of the world.
<br />
<br />
"A significant part of any large project that we do worldwide is today being delivered out of here," said Shanker Annaswamy, I.B.M.'s managing director for India, who presides over what is now the company's second-largest worldwide operation. In the last few
 years, even as the company has laid off thousands of workers in the United States and Europe, the growth in I.B.M.'s work force in India has been remarkable. From 9,000 employees in early 2004, the number has grown to 43,000 (out of 329,000 worldwide), making
 I.B.M. the country's largest multinational employer. </p>
<p>Some of the growth has been through acquisition. In a deal valued at about $160 million in 2004, I.B.M. bought Daksh eServices of New Delhi, India's third-largest back-office outsourcing firm with 6,000 workers. Since then, that operation alone has grown
 to 20,000 employees. <br />
<br />
"Now that companies such as Infosys Technologies and Cognizant have clearly demonstrated that the services marketplace is not impregnable, the new battle is for talent," said N. Lakshmi Narayanan, president and chief executive of Cognizant Technology Solutions
 of Teaneck, N.J. Cognizant is one of I.B.M.'s competitors; it is incorporated in the United States but has the bulk of its 28,000 employees in India.
<br />
<br />
I.B.M. is growing not only in size by adding new hires, but also in revenue. The company's business in India grew 61 percent in the first quarter of this year, 55 percent in 2005 and 45 percent the year before.
<br />
<br />
That growth has not come just from taking advantage of the country's pool of low-cost talent. In recent months, the technology hub of Bangalore has become the center of I.B.M.'s efforts to combine high-value, cutting-edge services with its low-cost model.
<br />
<br />
For instance, the I.B.M. India Research Lab, with units in Bangalore and New Delhi and a hundred employees with Ph.D.'s, has created crucial products like a container tracking system for global shipping companies and a warranty management system for automakers
 in the United States. Out of the second project, I.B.M. researchers have fashioned a predictable modeling system that helps track the failure of components inside a vehicle, a potentially important tool.
</p>
<p>In March, the company started a Global Business Solutions Center here, announcing that it would represent the "future of consulting services." I.B.M. said that it expected to invest more than $200 million a year in the new center. The company hopes to provide
 clients with access to the expertise of its 60,000 consultants worldwide in complex areas like supply chain management and compliance with banking rules.
<br />
<br />
But competitors are trying to gain on I.B.M. The rival consulting firm, Accenture, based in Hamilton, Bermuda, is ramping up equally rapidly in India, while another outsourcing competitor, Electronic Data Systems, based in Plano, Tex., recently made an offer
 for a controlling stake in Mphasis, a midsize outsourcing firm in Bangalore. <br />
<br />
The race for India's skilled, inexpensive talent may not stop at I.B.M. "Many companies in the technology development and support niche covet and value these workers highly," said Kevin M. Moss, a New York-based special counsel in Kramer Levin Naftalis &amp; Frankel's
 outsourcing and technology transactions group. <br />
<br />
On the pricing front, rivals like Tata Consultancy Services of Mumbai and Infosys Technologies of Bangalore have pioneered and perfected the low-cost model. Infosys Technologies, with 52,700 employees, has $2.15 billion in annual revenues, a figure that is
 growing 30 percent annually. <br />
<br />
But the depth, breadth and geographic spread of I.B.M.'s global operations — which generated $91 billion in sales last year, $47 billion from services — keep it ahead of its competitors for now. For example, I.B.M. manages a system it developed for a large
 American oil company, which it would not identify, that keeps track of consumption and oversees financial and administrative processes as well as the technical help desk, data network and servers. I.B.M. is also researching tools to track company assets and
 reduce costs. </p>
<p>"All this is done for one customer seamlessly from three of our centers in Bangalore, Chicago and outside of London," said Amitabh Ray, director of global delivery, I.B.M. Global Services. "These kinds of capabilities and global scale are unmatched."
<br />
<br />
But smaller rivals are playing catch-up here, too, by talking to customers about their needs and then developing custom-built software. Infosys Technologies, for instance, has a consulting unit with headquarters in Fremont, Calif., near Silicon Valley, where
 it now has 200 consultants, and an additional 1,800 consultants in India. <br />
<br />
Meanwhile, Mr. Annaswamy, I.B.M.'s chief executive in India, acknowledged that growth was difficult because thousands of recruits had to be quickly integrated into the company. Salaries are rising, and employee costs are also moving up, he said.
<br />
<br />
Even so, the Indian operation is becoming more and more strategic for the company. "Both in terms of size and scale, India has become the focal point," Mr. Ray, of I.B.M. Global Services, said.
</p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>30/12/2011 17:14:01</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/16063/India+Becoming+a+Crucial+Cog+in+the+Machine+at+IBM</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">16063</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>16065</publicationdataID>
      <title>India expects China trade to hit $20 billion</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p>SINGAPORE India expects trade with China to reach $20 billion in "the next couple of years" as ties with its biggest neighbor strengthen, Defense Minister Pranab Mukherjee said at a conference in Singapore.<br />
<br />
"There's enough space for developing together, growing together, not at the expense of the other, but independent of each other," Mukherjee told delegates Saturday at the conference. Trade between the two countries totaled $18 billion last year, he said.
<br />
<br />
India, Asia's fourth-biggest economy, expanded 9.3 percent in the three months ended March from a year earlier, making it the fastest-growing economy after China among the world's 20 biggest economies.
<br />
<br />
Mukherjee said that the relationship between the two nations has reached "a certain degree of maturity," and that both have worked together in defusing border tensions.
<br />
<br />
India, which is seeking permanent membership in the United Nations Security Council, also wants to participate in a cooperative effort to secure the Malacca Strait, the conduit for half of India's maritime trade, Mukherjee said.
<br />
<br />
"We have welcomed the initiative taken by Malaysia, Indonesia and Singapore," in the Malacca Strait, Mukherjee said. "We are welcoming their suggestions" on how India can best participate to ensure security in the region.</p>
<p>Malaysia, Indonesia and Singapore, the three countries with coastlines bordering the strait, have increased patrols in the strait after a series of attacks by pirates there.
<br />
<br />
Mukherjee said that India expected support for its nuclear program, which he said is needed to ensure future economic growth for the country. "Our track record in respect of nonproliferation, exports of nuclear material and energy, is impeccable," he said.
<br />
<br />
Nuclear Power Corp. of India plans to spend $1.2 billion on a stake in a uranium mine to support an expanded atomic power program, entering international bidding for the reactor fuel by nations including China and Japan.
</p>
<p>The uranium is needed to run about 28 reactors that India plans to build after the United States and other countries end an international embargo on the sale of atomic technology to India.
<br />
<br />
India has doubled its nuclear power generation target to 40,000 megawatts by 2020.
<br />
<br />
Mukherjee and the U.S. defense secretary, Donald Rumsfeld, met in Singapore over the weekend during an Asian security summit. Rumsfeld told Mukherjee that India and the United States have grown closer over the past six years.
<br />
<br />
"The relationship between the U.S. and India, from a military-to-military standpoint, has been on a steady improvement, and it is a relationship that we value a great deal," Rumsfeld said. "It's multifaceted at this stage, it involves exercises, it involves
 working together on problems of common interest." </p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>30/12/2011 17:26:44</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/16065/India+expects+China+trade+to+hit+20+billion</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">16065</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>16066</publicationdataID>
      <title>India's Economic Growth Ratchets Up to 9.3%; Pace Rivals China's Gains; GDP Is Fueled by Farming And Consumer Spending</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p>NEW DELHI -- India's economy grew 9.3% in the quarter ended March 31 from a year earlier, marking a broad display of momentum on par with China's red-hot growth.
<br />
<br />
Growth in India's fiscal fourth-quarter -- fueled by surprisingly strong farm production and vibrant consumer spending -- beat the forecasts of most analysts as well as the official estimate.
<br />
<br />
Based on the buoyant quarterly result, the government's Central Statistical Organization lifted its figure of gross-domestic-product growth in the fiscal year that ended in March to 8.4%, up from an 8.1% estimate.
<br />
<br />
India's solid recent economic performance has raised the prospect of two Asian giants expanding at double-digit rates, spinning off new jobs and buying more of what the world grows and produces.
<br />
<br />
But while both China and India are emerging as growth engines for the global economy, commodity markets are showing the strain of their newly developed bulk. Both countries have been importing large amounts of crude oil while China is buying base metals, pushing
 up prices for these products. The nations' fast growth is likely to mean that high commodity prices won't ease soon.
<br />
<br />
"Supply and demand conditions are already tight," says Shuchita Mehta, an economist at Standard Chartered Bank in Mumbai.
<br />
<br />
Both India and China are trying to spur galloping growth to help lift hundreds of millions of residents -- mostly in rural areas -- out of poverty. China's economy grew 9.9% last year, and is expected to expand almost as rapidly in 2006. For his nation, Indian
 Prime Minister Manmohan Singh has set a goal of double-digit growth within three years.
</p>
<p>But in trying to achieve accelerated growth, India's economy in particular faces a number of obstacles. Several industries remain relatively closed, shielding them from foreign competition -- but also fresh capital. India's dilapidated roads, seaports and
 airports have constricted the transport of goods, depriving needy areas of business activity and new investment.
<br />
<br />
Yesterday, Finance Minister P. Chidambaram said the Indian government would need to speed up market overhauls and the construction of infrastructure to keep up the current economic pace.
<br />
<br />
"While 8.4% is satisfactory growth, more reforms are necessary to sustain this growth," Mr. Chidambaram said after the latest economic figures were released. He added that he would be talking with the prime minister about ways to spur lagging sectors, such
 as mining, which grew only 0.9% in the fiscal year, down sharply from 5.8% the previous year.
<br />
<br />
India's strong economy is also prompting some worries about the country's current-account deficit. It has widened as more crude oil is imported at rising prices, wracking the country's currency, the rupee. On Wednesday, the rupee hit a two-year low against
 the dollar. <br />
<br />
Mr. Chidambaram said India continues to hold huge foreign-exchange reserves and that its current account deficit was within manageable limits. Previously, he has said high oil prices will underpin inflation but won't hurt growth. The annual inflation rate is
 currently at about 4.3%, but India's central bank doesn't expect it to rise past 5.5% for the fiscal year that began April 1.
<br />
<br />
That relatively tame picture has prompted some government officials to play down signs the economy might be growing too fast. "I don't think there is any evidence of overheating," said Planning Commission Deputy Chairman Montek Singh Ahluwalia. "Macroeconomic
 indicators are in OK shape." </p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>30/12/2011 17:33:40</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/16066/Indias+Economic+Growth+Ratchets+Up+to+93+Pace+Rivals+Chinas+Gains+GDP+Is+Fueled+by+Farming+And+Consumer+Spending</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">16066</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>16069</publicationdataID>
      <title>India gains on China</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p>NEW DELHI India is closing in on the economic growth rates of more than 10 percent that China has enjoyed, according to government data released Wednesday, showing a 9.3 percent expansion in the first quarter.<br />
<br />
The Indian economy grew unexpectedly at its fastest pace in more than two years, according to the year-on- year data for the first three months, as the pace of agricultural expansion nearly doubled to 5.5 percent from 2.9 percent a year earlier.
<br />
<br />
The growth rate of farm output jumped almost sixfold in the year that ended March 31, to 3.9 percent from 0.7 percent the year before.
<br />
<br />
Even as call centers and software campuses proliferate in India, the two- thirds of Indians who live off farming have lagged behind, burdened by low yields, antiquated methods and an unwieldy bureaucracy.
<br />
<br />
In an interview Wednesday, Finance Minister Palaniappan Chidambaram said that according to provisional data, the farm growth came from diversification into exports of fruits and vegetables, as state governments and companies seek to persuade farmers to abandon
 wheat and rice for mangoes and okra. <br />
<br />
"Agriculture, I think, has done well last year because the non-cereal production has been very good, especially horticulture," Chidambaram said in his office here.
<br />
<br />
But Subir Gokarn, chief economist of Crisil, a leading Indian credit-ratings agency, said the high growth rate reflected a particularly strong winter harvest more than it did a fundamental change in farmers' prospects.
<br />
<br />
The 5.5 percent expansion in agriculture "is probably a one-time spike," Gokarn said. But the growing importance of horticulture, "and the trend of its contributing to agricultural growth, is a valid point."
</p>
<p>Despite the strong growth figures, the Sensex, the Indian stock benchmark, slumped Wednesday, in line with declines in markets around the region.
<br />
<br />
The 5.5 percent growth figure in agriculture also marked the first time in two years that the sector's advance has exceeded what the government regards as the critical barrier of 4 percent - the pace at which India's 600,000 farm-dependent villages must grow
 to catch up with Chinese expansion rates. <br />
<br />
"Double-digit growth is simply a function of three numbers," Chidambaram said. "Agriculture must grow at 4, services at 12, manufacturing at 12, in order to achieve 10 percent growth."
<br />
<br />
In recent months, manufacturing, too, has shown a turnaround after years of sluggishness. Industrial growth hovered around 6 percent annually from 1991 to 2004.
<br />
<br />
But signs of a turnaround have been apparent in recent data, and the figures released Wednesday showed manufacturing increasing 8.9 percent in the first three months of this year.
<br />
<br />
Another important source of growth for the economy is increasing spending by a rising consumer class of call-center workers, software writers, offshore researchers and other new-economy workers.
<br />
<br />
Their spending on hotels, mobile- phone subscriptions and other services grew 12.9 percent, the fastest pace in more than two years and up from 10.2 percent growth last year.
</p>
<p>"Optimism stems from very strong domestic demand, high export growth and the entrepreneurial skills of our manufacturers and service providers," Chidambaram said.
<br />
<br />
Together, the unexpected successes in manufacturing and now in agriculture suggest that more than a decade of economic liberalization is beginning to spread beyond the cloistered domains of malls and corporate parks.
<br />
<br />
That spread is important to a coalition government, led by the Congress Party, that came to power on a wave of rural restiveness over being left behind and that is often seen as walking a tightrope between the imperative of brisk growth and of inclusive growth.
<br />
<br />
"It is plain as daylight to me that we can pursue our goals for social justice and equality only if we have high growth," Chidambaram said.
</p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>30/12/2011 17:38:53</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/16069/India+gains+on+China</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">16069</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>16071</publicationdataID>
      <title>A 'hole in the wall' helps educate India</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p>NEW DELHI - Free computers placed where children play could help bring basic education to India's 200 million boys and girls under age 15. That's the hope of the man behind an Internet learning experiment called Hole-in-the-Wall.<br />
<br />
Sugata Mitra, physicist and chief scientist with India's international software giant NIIT Ltd., launched the experiment in 1999 by embedding a kiosk housing a high-speed touch-screen computer into the wall that separates the company's headquarters from New
 Delhi's biggest slum. Dr. Mitra was surprised to see how quickly the children had mastered navigating the Internet - within hours.
<br />
<br />
Since then, Mitra has installed more than 150 computers - with keyboards, touch pads, and Web cameras - in some 50 locations from New Delhi slums to points in rural India. In each location, with no supervision or instruction, the children "download and play
 audio and video, send and receive e-mail, chat, and so on," he says. They quickly move on to learn some English from English-language websites, read Indian newspapers, and even "look for jobs for their fathers," Mitra says.
<br />
<br />
Widespread implementation of his experiment could help bridge the gap between India's 600,000 primary schools and the 1 million it needs, observers say.
<br />
<br />
"In India, this has not been achieved and is not expected to be achieved in the near future," Mitra says. "There are not enough schools and not enough teachers."
</p>
<p>Hole-in-the-Wall has already helped thousands of previously nonliterate boys and girls teach themselves not only about computers but also "several pieces of primary education," Mitra says. Within nine months, the boys and girls achieve, "the proficiency
 level equivalent to the skills of most modern office workers." <br />
<br />
During a recent visit to the slum's cyber wall, a group of boys took turns, two and three at a time, at each of the wall's four computer kiosks. A group of girls nearby quickly volunteered their reasons for coming here. Rubina, a tall teenager with a heavy
 braid and no head scarf, explains that, from the day the first computer was installed, she wanted to know what it did. Once she reached the age when Muslim girls are supposed to stay cloistered and well covered, she says, her mother bought her a computer to
 use at home. "But I still come here with the other girls," she admits. <br />
<br />
Mitra is unfazed by western skeptics who suggest that his computers will expose young children to pornography. In five years, across all locations, he says, Hole-in-the-Wall computers have experienced "less than 0.5 percent pornographic access," adding that
 the computers "are clearly visible to passing adults." The fact that both boys and girls have access "completely eliminates pornographic or other undesirable access," he says.
</p>
<p>To western parents he advises: "Don't lock up your child with a computer in a study. Keep the computer in a public place, like where the TV is, and most of the evils associated with isolation, addiction, and pornography will disappear."
<br />
<br />
As for the possibility of vandalism, Hole-in-the-Wall's design is such that one "would need a sledge hammer to get at the computers or the keyboards," Mitra says. He cites just one case of vandalism at its 23 rural sites.
<br />
<br />
Despite this unconventional, unstructured setting, Mitra claims that, in the past five years, participants have been tested in controlled studies "many times," and passed the government board examination with no other assistance, with the results documented
 in scholarly journals like the Australasian Journal of Educational Technology. <br />
<br />
Another positive note: These children seem to take sharing for granted, which cuts down on competition for the keyboard as it becomes, in Mitra's words, "very apparent to them that the ones who are the quickest to learn are the ones that should get time and
 be teachers to others." Thus, "teachers and leaders eventually emerge." <br />
<br />
Hole-in-the-Wall has awakened new aspirations in some participants, who have gone on to take courses in preparation for high-tech careers, Mitra says. Many have changed their goals from say, rickshaw driver to engineer, and most now want to go to college.
</p>
<p>Another fan of the experiment is Robert Hetzel, a Milwaukee, Wisc., native who directs the American Embassy School here. Like Mitra's company, the school shares a wall with New Delhi's biggest slum.
<br />
<br />
"What is being learned with Hole-in-the-Wall is how much kids can just figure out without adult assistance. The question remains as to whether the rate of learning could be accelerated with the aid of a teacher," Mr. Hetzel says. "At the same time, I am in
 awe of how much these poor kids have taught themselves about computers." <br />
<br />
But for quality education, some experts insist the focus should be in having trained teachers for every class, not high-tech tools. "All the gadgetry in the world cannot equal the impact that a skilled and dedicated teacher has on a child, even in the most
 rural or slum of settings," contends Abraham George, a native of India and founder of The George Foundation, a not-for-profit organization in Bangalore that seeks to eradicate poverty in India. "Is this computer on the concrete wall near a slum area going
 to do something for the kids that the teachers have failed to do in conventional schools in India?"
<br />
<br />
Such remarks, whether in praise or condemnation of Mitra, are all just business as usual, suggests Ritu Dangwal, a young psychologist who serves as Hole-in-the-Wall's head of research. "People either think he's crazy, or become fanatic fans," she says.
<br />
<br />
Mitra holds numerous awards for such Internet innovations as NIITNetVarsity, the first virtual university, which went online in 1996.
</p>
<p>The World Bank gave $1.6 million for Mitra's initial experiments in 23 rural locations around India, with various Indian government agencies, an Indian Bank, and one international agency offering additional assistance. Mitra estimates that Hole-in-the-Wall
 could go nationwide in less than five years at a cost of $1.2 billion for computers, miscellaneous expenses of $120 million, and recurring annual costs of another $120 million - or, as he puts it, less than 2 cents per child per day.
<br />
<br />
While the World Bank showed "some interest" in helping meet those costs, Mitra says he doesn't believe that the money, "if it ever comes, will be from the United States," as "primary education is not a priority in the US at the moment."
<br />
<br />
Equally scathing about the Indian government, Mitra speculates that, "in its slow and ponderous way, it may one day think about it."
<br />
<br />
Meantime, as a result of his success here, the innovator has been asked to bring Hole-in-the-Wall to Cambodia and South Africa, which means that, altogether, it has "been verified by 40,000 of the world's poorest children."
</p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>30/12/2011 17:44:22</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/16071/A+hole+in+the+wall+helps+educate+India</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">16071</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>16073</publicationdataID>
      <title>IBM Wakes Up to India's Skills</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p><span style="font-style:italic">The computer company is ramping up operations with cutting-edge projects while using more low-cost, high-value local labor</span><br />
<br />
The sheer speed of IBM's (IBM ) expansion in India suggests a mad dash to hire as many low-salary employees as possible in the shortest amount of time. The company's Indian worforce has gone from 9,000 to 43,000 in just two and a half years. But while low-cost
 labor is one of the main factors behind IBM's speedy ramp-up, that doesn't mean its Indian employees perform low value work. "We're putting the highest level of skills in India,"says Larry Longseth, vice-president of server systems operations at the company's
 strategic outsourcing unit. <br />
<br />
In fact, Bangalore -- India's Silicon Valley--has become the epicenter for some of IBM's most important projects. A global delivery center completed there last year is IBM's most advanced outsourcing facility in the world -- employing 2,000 people, equipped
 with the latest data center management systems, and using the most advanced business processes. Bangalore is also the site of a 14-scientist lab set up by IBM Research to pioneer technologies for automating tech services.
<br />
<br />
The staff is expected to double by the end of the year. And, most recently, the company established a software development center that creates industry-specific software modules to be used by IBM consultants to build sophisticated information systems for their
 clients. "The focus on Bangalore is tremendous at all levels. It's the center of the world right now for IBM," says Guruduth Banavar, head of the company's Bangalore research lab.
</p>
<p>WATCH YOUR BACK. In addition to those cutting-edge projects, IBM India also has nearly 20,000 business process outsourcing employees at its Daksh subsidiary, 17,000 people developing software applications for specific clients, 2,000 programmers who work
 for its software group, and a basic research lab in Delhi. Plus, it has a sales force and consultants focusing on the domestic Indian market for technology hardware and services, where IBM sales grew by 59% last year to about $1.4 billion -- making it the
 company's fastest growing market. <br />
<br />
Having a large footprint in India also helps IBM keep close tabs on the local tech industry. Indian outfits including TCS, Infosys (INFY ), and Wipro (WIT ) pose a serious challenge to Western tech-services companies due to their low costs and high quality
 work. "We don't consider the Big Six outsourcers to be our threat," says Longseth
</p>
<p>"Our competition is Wipro and Infosys. We see that if we don't move quickly, the Indians will be doing to strategic outsourcing what they have done to applications development."
<br />
<br />
GOOD SCIENCE. While Indians have had a huge impact on software programming services, they are just starting to make a mark on the strategic outsourcing business -- which includes managing data centers. IBM hopes that by rapidly automating data center tasks
 and establishing superior service processes, it will be able to establish an insurmountable lead in this area. "We're trying to lead the charge down that path. We think we're the dog to chase," says Michael Daniels, senior vice-president for IBM Global Technology
 Services, a $31 billion business in 2005. <br />
<br />
IBM is relying on its research scientists to give it an edge. The company established its Global Delivery Research and Development group late last year to apply math and science to services. So far, the group -- made up of 65 researchers and 150 service delivery
 people -- has come up with 15 projects and has begun piloting them in India. <br />
<br />
"Bangalore is our living lab where we take new technologies and processes and deploy them. Once we test them there we'll deploy them around the globe," says Mahmoud Naghshineh, director of service delivery for IBM Research.
</p>
<p>PROACTIVE SOFTWARE. Another target for the researchers: Customer service call centers. IBM bought Indian call center pioneer Daksh in 2004 for about $150 million, and has left the original management team in charge. Pavan Vaish, IBM Daksh's chief operating
 officer, says he has been forging partnerships with the research organization to bring new technologies to bear on call center operations.
<br />
<br />
"We're like kids in a candy shop," he says. One technology that is already in use is a software application that combs through the information collected from customers by call center operators, spots emerging problems, and alerts clients in a matter of days
 so they can quickly address them. <br />
<br />
IBM may never be able to match its Indian rivals on price, but analysts believe its vast resources of technology and expertise -- including people in India -- will help bridge the gap. "These other things can give them a competitive edge," says Mark Toon, chief
 executive of outsourcing advisory firm EquaTerra. </p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>30/12/2011 17:49:15</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/16073/IBM+Wakes+Up+to+Indias+Skills</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">16073</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>16075</publicationdataID>
      <title>India's Art Appreciation</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p><span style="font-style:italic">Modern works are zooming in value -- leading some to fear a shakeout</span><br />
<br />
By What has been the best investment in India in recent years? No, it's not an outsourcer such as Wipro (WIT ), Tata, or Infosys (INFY ). To get supercharged returns, you'd have done far better with a painting by Ram Kumar. A 6-foot-by-4-foot oil that sold
 for $32,000 in 2003 might fetch $500,000 today -- a 1,462% runup. <br />
<br />
There has long been a global market for Indian miniature paintings, sculptures, and other antiquities, but interest in the country's modern art has lagged. Now, a robust economy, a new moneyed class, and the energetic participation of young expat Indians are
 boosting sales of contemporary Indian art to new highs. In April a new gallery opened in Bombay every week, and sellout shows are the norm in big cities across India. Jerry Rao, chairman of software outsourcer MphasiS BFL Ltd., shows his collection in the
 company's offices worldwide. In the past two years, investors have started at least four "art funds" in which a curator buys and sells artworks instead of stocks. And since March, Bombay's Economic Times has even published an "art index" aggregating prices
 for works by 51 top artists.</p>
<p>The excitement the new market is generating was palpable at the Saffronart Gallery in Bombay's old textile district on May 4. On display were India's contemporary masters: Krishna Howalji Ara and his nudes, Jogen Chowdhury's figures, the prolific and flamboyant
 Maqbool Fida Husain, Sayed Haider Raza's colorful geometrics, Francis Newton Souza's intense landscapes, Tyeb Mehta's mobile figures. The reserve prices for their works started anywhere from $100,000 to $700,000. On hand to sip wine and check out pieces that
 would later be auctioned over the Internet were artists, dealers, and veteran collectors -- plus more than a few art world newcomers. "You can't avoid the art market these days if you're a sensible investor," said Mehul Patel, a 27-year-old Indian tech entrepreneur
 based in Singapore, as he swirled a glass of chardonnay.</p>
<p>DISTANT OUTPOSTS <br />
Today, Indians both at home and abroad believe investing in art can be as prestigious as a good address and as profitable as the stock market -- or more so. And why not? Prices for art have tripled across the board. At a Christie's auction in London last September,
 the hammer came down on Tyeb Mehta's Mahisasura -- an acrylic on canvas depicting an Indian goddess defeating a buffalo demon -- for $1.6 million. Since then, at least a half-dozen works by contemporary Indian masters have sold for $1 million-plus. "Today,
 people aren't buying art out of conviction or pleasure, but because they see money in it," says Dadiba Pundole, a gallery owner whose father launched Husain and other top-tier artists in the 1960s and '70s.
<br />
<br />
Although most buyers are Indians -- usually successful expatriate entrepreneurs or professionals -- there's growing interest among non-Indians. The two largest collections are both outside India: Japanese food processing tycoon Masanori Fukuoka's 1,000-plus
 works are housed in a three-story museum near Kobe, while 1,200 works collected by the late Texas oilman Chester Herwitz reside in the Peabody Essex Museum in Salem, Mass. Christie's will hold five auctions of Indian contemporary art in 2006, up from three
 annually in recent years. New Delhi's Bodhi Art has a branch in Singapore and will open in New York in September -- adding to the city's six galleries already specializing in contemporary Indian work. And Indian expat buyers are becoming gallery owners: On
 Apr. 27, collector and tech entrepreneur Kent Charugundla opened TamarindArt in Manhattan with a sellout solo exhibit by abstract expressionist Bal Chhabda.
</p>
<p>With prices soaring, art lovers are predicting a shakeout. After the sell-off Bombay's stock market has seen in the past week, some fear prices for art will follow. "It has to plateau, but when?" says Bombay gallery owner Ritu Prakash Desai. "Like the stock
 market, it's a guessing game." Already, some collectors are balking. "I'm still a buyer," says Fukuoka, "but at these prices, not like before." Even artists are astonished. Jehangir Sabavala, an elegant, cravat-wearing 84-year-old and one of India's premier
 abstract painters, recalls his long years of struggle and marvels that prices are "beyond recognition."
<br />
<br />
Another fear is that artists may be sacrificing quality for quantity. Given the growing demand, some artists have become painting factories, says Ranjit Hoskote, a Bombay art critic and author. "It's a trap, especially for young artists who are just churning
 out pictures," he says. And auctioneers are finding themselves embarrassed by fakes. In March, Sotheby's (BID ), Christie's, and Bombay-based Osian all withdrew several works of questionable origin from their offerings.
<br />
<br />
Despite such concerns, interest remains high. For the first time, Christie's this year plans to include Indians in auctions in Dubai and Hong Kong. "It's about time we showcase Indian artists to a wider audience," says Yamini Mehta, who heads modern and contemporary
 Indian art at Christie's. "There's great quality in these works." </p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>30/12/2011 17:52:21</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/16075/Indias+Art+Appreciation</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">16075</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>16100</publicationdataID>
      <title>India's new cinema has a global script</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p>CANNES - For a long time, the typical story line of an Indian film has gone something like this: Guy meets girl. They sing and dance. Guy and girl meet each other's families. More singing and dancing. Guy loses girl. Tears. Guy gets girl back. Singing and
 dancing all around.<br />
<br />
It is a relatively simple formula, and it has been remarkably successful. Bollywood, as the Indian film business is often known, churns out more than 1,000 movies a year, and theaters sell more than three billion tickets annually.
<br />
<br />
Bollywood also has been unusually effective in keeping Hollywood at bay. While American exports dominate the big screen almost everywhere else, they account for less than 10 percent of the Indian market.
<br />
<br />
There is only one problem with this rosy picture. While films from China, South Korea and other Asian countries, all with far smaller domestic industries, have broken through in the West, only a handful of Indian films have done so.
<br />
<br />
Often, the only international audiences for these movies are members of the Indian diaspora, an estimated 25 million people of Indian origin who live in Britain, the United States, Southeast Asia and elsewhere.
<br />
<br />
But that may be about to change, as Bollywood starts to mirror broader shifts in the Indian economy by opening itself to globalization and adapting its products and business practices to international tastes.
<br />
<br />
Encouraged by the surprise success of several recent films by expatriate Indians, Bollywood studios are tinkering with time-honored traditions, dropping the campy song-and-dance routines and melodramatic plots in favor of more realistic fare.
</p>
<p>The early results are giving Indian filmmakers, who are gathered here in unusually large numbers for the Cannes International Film Festival, reason to cheer. "Rang de Basanti," a film about a young British woman who inspires a group of Indian friends to
 shed their apathy and take pride in their country's heritage, has raked in $24 million at the box office since it was released in the winter.
<br />
<br />
That may not seem like much by the standards of Hollywood, where a blockbuster's takings are measured in the hundreds of millions, but it is a huge amount in a market where film budgets are typically less than $10 million.
<br />
<br />
Perhaps more surprisingly, $9 million of the total has come from outside India, and Ronnie Screwala, chief executive of UTV Motion Pictures, which produced "Rang de Basanti," attributed the export success to the new approach.
<br />
<br />
"For 100 years of Indian filmmaking, scripts were an afterthought," he said. <br />
<br />
Marketing strategies are also changing. In the past, Screwala said, Indian filmmakers spent only about 5 percent of a movie's budget on marketing, leaving the work to distributors, who were good at getting films into theaters but often out of touch with consumer
 tastes. <br />
<br />
On "Rang de Basanti," marketing spending was raised to 40 percent of the budget, comparable to Hollywood levels, and the change has helped make the film more palatable to Western audiences, he said.
</p>
<p>It may be no coincidence that Indian filmmakers' new openness to Western approaches comes as Hollywood prepares a new move onto their turf. While U.S. imports continue to be hampered by Indian audiences' preference for domestic films as well as strict rules
 limiting the amount of sex and violence that can be shown on Indian screens, several Hollywood studios recently announced plans to start making their first films in India.
<br />
<br />
Sony Pictures Entertainment has one film in the works, while Walt Disney's Buena Vista division also recently set up shop in India.
<br />
<br />
Hollywood executives say these ventures are aimed primarily at the domestic Indian market. Meanwhile, a growing number of Bollywood studios are looking in the other direction, aiming to make movies in a more international style.
<br />
<br />
Planman Motion Pictures, a Mumbai-based studio, is working on a film called "London Summer," to be set in Britain around the time of the wedding of Prince Charles and Camilla. The story, about a fictional Indian nobleman and his mistress, features an Indian
 cast and a Bollywood director, Rituparno Ghosh. <br />
<br />
"If a mainstream audience wants to go see a film by Wong Kar-wai or Pedro Almodóvar, then why not Ghosh?" said Shubho Shekhar Bhattacharjee, chief executive of Planman, referring to the Chinese and Spanish directors.
</p>
<p>One attraction of filming outside India is the public financing, including tax breaks, that Britain and other European countries offer that do not exist in India.
<br />
<br />
Britain and India recently signed a film co-production pact that is aimed at making it easier for films with mixed Indian and British financing to realize these benefits, while opening the doors to British filmmakers to do more work in India, where costs are
 lower. <br />
<br />
Meanwhile, a nascent international interest in films with Indian themes has been fueled by foreign productions with U.S. and British financing and actors and directors with Indian roots.
<br />
<br />
"Bend It Like Beckham," by the London-based director Gurinder Chadha, about an ethnically Indian girl in Britain whose interest in soccer causes tension with her family, was a surprise hit in 2002, earning more than $100 million globally on a budget of only
 $4 million. <br />
<br />
Mira Nair, a New York-based director, also has achieved some international success with films like "Monsoon Wedding," about an Indian family wedding in New Delhi.
<br />
<br />
Whether Bollywood can capitalize on the recent interest in Indian movies remains to be seen, executives say.
</p>
<p>One problem is a lack of size among individual studios, said Kishore Lulla, chief executive of Eros International, which distributes Bollywood films internationally.
<br />
<br />
There are more than 200 film producers in India, none with more than 5 percent of the market, in contrast to Hollywood, where a handful of big studios dominate. This fragmentation keeps budgets low, making it difficult to develop films with international appeal,
 Lulla said. <br />
<br />
Lulla is betting that consolidation will occur over the next 10 years, and wants to take part in it.
<br />
<br />
The company recently announced plans for an initial public offering on the Alternative Investment Market in London, a stock exchange for small companies. Eros wants to raise about $100 million and use the money for acquisitions in India, among other things.
<br />
<br />
In justifying an optimistic outlook for Indian cinema, many Bollywood executives and expatriate directors cite the crossover success of Aishwarya Rai, a former Miss World who became known as the "queen of Bollywood."
<br />
<br />
Rai currently stars in a romantic tale, "The Mistress of Spices," set in San Francisco, but she has also taken on some subjects far removed from traditional Bollywood fare.
<br />
<br />
Last week she appeared in Cannes to promote a coming film, "Provoked," based on a true story in Britain, in which a woman of Sikh descent killed her husband after suffering years of violent abuse.
</p>
<p>The woman was convicted of murder and became the subject of a campaign by a women's rights group, which succeeded in winning a new trial for her; the charge was reduced to manslaughter and she was later freed.
<br />
<br />
Rai, whose photographic image was also displayed on L'Oréal poster advertisements along the beachfront promenade in Cannes, admitted to a bit of bemusement over the recent attention being paid to films with Indian themes.
<br />
<br />
"I'm not questioning it, I'm just supporting it full throttle, because believe you me, it's time," she said.
</p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>31/12/2011 10:20:28</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/16100/Indias+new+cinema+has+a+global+script</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">16100</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>16101</publicationdataID>
      <title>Outsourcing Your Heart; Elective surgery in India?</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p><em>Medical tourism is booming, and U.S. companies trying to contain health-care costs are starting to take notice</em><br />
<br />
Whiplash was just the first agony that Kevin Miller, 45, suffered in a car accident last July. The second was sticker shock. The self-employed and uninsured chiropractor from Eunice, La., learned that it would cost $90,000 to get the herniated disk in his neck
 repaired. So, over the objections of his doctors, he turned to the Internet and made an appointment with Bumrungrad Hospital in Bangkok, the marble-floored mecca of the medical trade that--with its liveried bellhops, fountains and restaurants--resembles a
 grand hotel more than a clinic. There a U.S.-trained surgeon fixed Miller's injured disk for less than $10,000. "I wouldn't hesitate to come back for another procedure," says Miller, who was recovering last week at the Westin Grande in Bangkok.
<br />
<br />
With this surgical sojourn, his first trip outside the U.S., Miller joined the swelling ranks of medical tourists. As word has spread about the high-quality care and cut-rate surgery available in such countries as India, Thailand, Singapore and Malaysia, a
 growing stream of uninsured and underinsured Americans are boarding planes not for the typical face-lift or tummy tuck but for discount hip replacements and sophisticated heart surgeries. Bumrungrad alone, according to CEO Curtis Schroeder, saw its stream
 of American patients climb to 55,000 last year, a 30% rise. Three-quarters of them flew in from the U.S.; 83% came for noncosmetic treatments. Meanwhile, India's trade in international patients is increasing at the same rate.
</p>
<p>That's still a trickle compared with the millions of surgeries performed each year in the $2 trillion U.S. health-care system. But a significant shift is under way. It's one that could put greater competitive pressure on U.S. hospitals as some of their most
 lucrative patients are siphoned off. Elective surgeries are key moneymakers for hospitals, and even a small drop-off can cut deep into their profits.
</p>
<p>What may accelerate the trend is that some pioneering U.S. corporations, swamped by rising health-care costs, are taking a serious look at medical outsourcing. Blue Ridge Paper Products of Canton, N.C., a manufacturing company, may soon offer employees outsourcing
 as a health-care option. The carrot? The patient would get to pocket some of the firm's substantial savings.
<br />
<br />
The calculus behind this interest isn't complicated. Many major employers in the U.S. are self-insured, which means they pick up the tab for much of their employees' medical care. That's why three major corporations that collectively cover 240,000 lives asked
 Dr. Arnold Milstein, national healthcare "thought leader" at the consultancy Mercer Health &amp; Benefits, to assess the best places to outsource elective surgeries. Procedures in Thailand and Malaysia, he found, cost only 20% to 25% as much as comparable ones
 in the U.S.; top-notch Indian hospitals sell such services at an even steeper discount.
<br />
<br />
The bottom line: If more private payers sent patients abroad for uncomplicated elective surgeries, the savings could be enormous. "This has the potential of doing to the U.S. health-care system what the Japanese auto industry did to American carmakers," says
 Princeton University healthcare economist Uwe Reinhardt. <br />
<br />
U.S. hospitals could certainly do with a little global competition. For years, their share of the national heath-care bill has grown at a rate far faster than inflation, and today they gobble up a third of all medical expenditures. At current rates, the U.S.
 will be spending $1 of every $5 of its GDP on health care by 2015, yet more than 1 in 4 workers will be uninsured. The ingrained inefficiency of most hospitals doesn't help. "A lot of them still don't know how to schedule their operating rooms efficiently,"
 says Reinhardt. "They've never had to. They always get paid, no matter how sloppy they are."
</p>
<p>That sloppiness, among other things, widens the price gap with foreign hospitals that entrepreneurs are exploiting. United Group Programs (UGP) of Boca Raton, Fla., a third-party administrator that sells a low-premium, bare-bones form of coverage called
 a mini--medical plan, this month began promoting Bumrungrad Hospital as a preferred provider to its customers. Employees of self-insured businesses who use the more conventional plans designed by UGP will also have access to the Thai hospital. This means that
 UGP offers the option of partly or fully covered medical tourism to some 100,000 people, including those who could use it most.
<br />
<br />
Mini-med plans are increasingly popular with contract and hourly workers, who are more likely than most other workers to be uninsured. But these plans are controversial because the buyers often think they cover more than they actually do. UGP's plans at best
 cap reimbursement for surgery at $3,000 and hospital stays at $1,000 a day. That would barely cover an afternoon in a U.S. hospital. But in Thailand, says Jonathan Edelheit, UGP's vice president of sales and marketing, a heart bypass that would cost its U.S.
 customers $56,000 could be had for $8,000. <br />
<br />
Companies with traditional plans are also taking the initiative. Blue Ridge Paper, which makes the DairyPak brand of packaging, was carved out of the forest-products firm Champion International when its employees bought a few factories that were scheduled to
 close. But health-care costs are hurting the company. So a Blue Ridge team plans to visit hospitals in India to assess their quality of care. If it gives the green light, Blue Ridge will begin promoting the option to its 2,000 workers.
</p>
<p>Employees who opt for India would get to take along a family member, says Darrell Douglas, vice president of human resources, and the whole experience, including a recuperative stay at a hotel, would be covered. IndUShealth, a medical tourism start-up in
 Raleigh, N.C., will make all arrangements and coordinate care between U.S. and Indian providers. The sweetener: the company will share with these intrepid employees up to 25% of savings garnered from the outsourcing.
<br />
<br />
Get a new hip--and a rebate. Sounds like a bargain, but would people actually travel 10,000 miles for medical care just to make a few bucks? You bet. Polls commissioned by Milstein suggest that few consumers would opt for surgery abroad for incentives below
 $1,000. But raise the ante above $1,000, and the equation changes. Among people who have sick family members, about 45% of the underinsured or uninsured declare they would get on the plane; even 19% of those who have insurance say they're game. Above $5,000,
 the percentage of takers climbs to 61% and 40%, respectively. <br />
<br />
State governments, which tend to offer generous health-care benefits, may find those numbers appealing. A bill in the West Virginia legislature sponsored by delegate Ray Canterbury outlines incentives for the public employee health-insurance program that are
 similar to Blue Ridge's. Hospital administrators attending the legislative session when the bill came up for a hearing in February nearly gagged, says Canterbury: "They were not happy. But I didn't expect them to be. The point is to make them face competition."
</p>
<p>Is the quality of care in foreign hospitals high enough? To cater to an international clientele, many private hospitals abroad are applying for accreditation (many of them successfully) from the Joint Commission International, the global arm of the institution
 that accredits most U.S. hospitals. Many of the tourist hospitals teem with surgeons who have trained in the U.S. or Britain, which is a great comfort to American patients (the irony is that 25% of physicians in the U.S. got their M.D.s abroad). Escorts Heart
 Institute and Research Center in Delhi, for instance, was founded by an authority on robotic cardiac surgery, Dr. Naresh Trehan, formerly of New York University.
<br />
<br />
Wayne Steinard, 59, a general contractor from Winter Haven, Fla., is one of those U.S. patients "who fall through the cracks" of the health-care system, as he says. Steinard landed in New Delhi last week with his daughter Beth Keigans to get a clogged artery
 cleared and a stent installed. Steinard, too rich for Medicaid and too poor for insurance, certainly didn't have the $60,000 he would have had to pay back home. So he contacted PlanetHospital, a Malibu, Calif., medical-tourism agency, and learned he could
 get it done for about a tenth as much at Max Healthcare's Devki Devi Heart &amp; Vascular Institute.
<br />
<br />
Things have not gone as Steinard expected. When surgeon Pradeep Chandra scanned Steinard's angiogram last week, he found the artery 90% blocked. "A stent is out of the question," he told Keigans. "Your father is going to need a double bypass, and he needs it
 immediately." The blood drained from Keigans' face. While she loved their plush hospital suite and the staff had been superb, this was all happening too far from home. Steinard, though, was blunt about his choices. It's either this, he said, or a fatal heart
 attack back home. The surgery last week was successful; the hospital's bill: $6,650.
</p>
<p>"I'm not sure I'd ever want to come back to Delhi," says Keigans, "but I'll be telling everyone I know to come here if they need surgery. It's not just the price. They've made everything so easy for us."
<br />
<br />
Yet India is a developing country, and this can shake the confidence of even the most cavalier patient. First-class hotels are in short supply. Beyond that, the country's crumbling infrastructure and shocking income disparities--children pick through the garbage
 outside Steinard's hospital--make medical tourism seem a tad too adventurous for many. And for the litigious minded, good luck. The country's malpractice laws limit damage awards, one of many reasons that health care in India is cheaper.
<br />
<br />
But people don't have to be in Steinard's--or Miller's--straits before they cross borders for care. Retirees, especially the snowbirds who winter in South Texas and Arizona, have turned Mexican towns like Nuevo Progreso (pop. 9,125; dentists, 70), in the Lower
 Rio Grande Valley, and Los Algodones (pop. 15,000; doctors and dentists, 250), near Yuma, Ariz., into dusty dental centers. Los Algodones might rake in as much as $150 million during the winter season. People from Minnesota and California arrive in chartered
 planes to get their teeth fixed in these dental oases. Two California insurers, Health Net and Blue Shield, for the past few years have marketed popular health-insurance plans, aimed at Latinos, that charge lower premiums and cover treatment on both sides
 of the border. <br />
<br />
Mexico's medical industry is just beginning to bubble; India's, like its other outsourcing segments, is booming. Apollo Hospitals, one of the largest private chains in the world with 46 hospitals in three countries, and Wockhardt Hospitals Group, which has
 eight hospitals in India, are working through agencies like IndUShealth, PlanetHospital and the Medical Tourist Co. in Britain to build business across the West.
</p>
<p>Trehan plans to launch next year, in partnership with GE, the first installment of a vast, $250 million specialty Escorts hospital complex near New Delhi that will feature luxury suites, a hotel and swank restaurants for patients and their families. "We
 will be the Mayo Clinic of the East," he says. Max Healthcare is also planning a specialty complex in New Delhi (fields: neurologic, orthopedic, ob-gyn and pediatric).
<br />
<br />
A corresponding boom is taking place among Western agencies that funnel patients to Asia. Eight have popped up in Canada, where national health care can mean a yearlong wait for elective surgery. In the U.S. several firms are aiming at the roughly 61 million
 people who are uninsured or underinsured. PlanetHospital's founder, "Rudy" Rupak Acharya, says his agency, which in the past seven months has sent some 200 patients abroad, got 11,000 inquiries in March alone. He has just retained Mercer to help him develop
 an insurance plan for the uninsured that will combine primary and emergency care in the U.S. with surgery abroad.
<br />
<br />
Patrick Marsek, managing director of the agency MedRetreat, says his company sent 200 people abroad last year and is already processing 320 this year. He is demanding a deposit of $195 from customers because people posing as patients have been looking for information
 to start up their own agencies. <br />
<br />
Will U.S. insurers join the party? Mohit Ghose of the trade group America's Health Insurance Plans says many have taken note of medical outsourcing but are scared off by the regulatory and legal uncertainties. Aaditya Mattoo, a World Bank economist who has
 published a study on the potential of medical outsourcing, suspects that pure institutional inertia has something to do with the lack of interest.
</p>
<p>Yet as the medical-cost crisis deepens, the corporations who pay insurers are likely to find the lure of outsourcing as irresistible in health care as it is in software. WAYNE STEINARD'S HEART WAS BROKEN ...
<br />
<br />
With no health insurance and lacking $60,000 for a badly needed operation, Steinard, a 59-year-old Floridian, hopped onto the Internet and then onto a plane to India ...
<br />
<br />
... 8,300 MILES LATER, IT'S FIXED<br />
<br />
... and found out that he was closer to a heart attack than he had imagined. Steinard had a double bypass last week in New Delhi, where he is recovering CUTTING-EDGE VACATIONS In the U.S. insurers negotiate discounts, but the uninsured pay retail rates for
 medical procedures. Here's how the prices of one surgical tourism agency compare. Its packages include airfare and hospital and hotel rooms, but costs can climb if there are complications.
<br />
</p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>31/12/2011 10:23:37</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/16101/Outsourcing+Your+Heart+Elective+surgery+in+India</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">16101</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>16102</publicationdataID>
      <title>India, Known for Outsourcing, Expands in Industry</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p>MADRAS, India — "Made in China," make way for "Made in India." <br />
<br />
As global manufacturers seek new places to plant their flags, India is seeing early stirrings of an industrial renaissance.
<br />
<br />
India has cultivated an image as a center for outsourcing, creating a new economy of call centers and software campuses that has lifted the relatively privileged. And even though workers here have for years stitched clothing and apparel, a widespread manufacturing
 base has been elusive, and factories have long been conspicuous for their relative absence here.
<br />
<br />
So the new murmurings of manufacturing could have a profound effect for a vast number of India's poor people, as well as for the international sourcing of goods from cars to bras.
<br />
<br />
For decades, manufacturing in India has been hobbled by antiquated labor laws, creaking infrastructure and paperwork. But for many of the three-quarters of Indians with less than a middle-school education, few factories has meant few jobs.
<br />
<br />
Across India, total exports — mostly manufactured goods — are rising at an annual clip of 26 percent, according to the Commerce Ministry. The manufacturing sector is growing at 9.4 percent annually, compared with 6 percent a year from 1991 to 2004, according
 to the Finance Ministry. <br />
<br />
Special economic zones, the model that helped jump-start China's export-led industrialization, are now spreading here, providing tax holidays, less regulation and more control over infrastructure like water and power. At least 75 new zones are in the works,
 with more than a dozen already operating. </p>
<p>Here in Tamil Nadu State, where the changes are the fastest, global corporations are already taking advantage of this shift toward manufacturing. Victoria's Secret buys 6.5 million bras a year in this city, roughly one-tenth of its global total, from a factory
 run by Limited Brands, the parent company. Nokia recently erected a high-volume factory here that it says will produce more than 30 million phones a year and account for at least one-tenth of its global output.
<br />
<br />
Hyundai Motor, which produces cars in Tamil Nadu, has made India its global hub for the Santro hatchback; it plans to ship 100,000 India-made cars to 60 nations this year, and 300,000 within two years.
<br />
<br />
"Geographically, it's close to the market, and the second thing is the very highly educated people in India," said Heung Soo Lheem, chief of India operations for Hyundai, explaining why his company had invested in the country. Third, he said, the suppliers
 are there. <br />
<br />
The industrial gold rush is being fueled by multinational companies like Bayerische Motoren Werke, General Motors and Intel, which are snapping up real estate in Tamil Nadu. Scores of little-known companies are also coming from places like South Korea and Italy.
<br />
<br />
"After China, the next great manufacturing story is India — and companies are buying it, because otherwise they wouldn't be buying property," said B. G. Menon, who has sold property to BMW and others as chief operating officer of Mahindra World City, a special
 economic zone outside Madras. </p>
<p>It is hard to say how many jobs the boom has spawned. But recent government statistics show that auto plants and associated industries alone employ more than 10 million people — exceeding the entire worker population of Indian factories in the 1990's.
<br />
<br />
India's emergence as a manufacturing hub comes as multinationals look for alternatives to China. A talent shortage is lifting wages there, and that could make Chinese goods costlier and help India compete against China's smooth and comprehensive infrastructure,
 an advantage that reduces its cost of production. <br />
<br />
"Increasingly, what we're seeing is that multinational manufacturers have a lot more interest in India," said Ng Buck Seng, head of Asia research at Manufacturing Insights, a consultancy that advises foreign manufacturers.
<br />
<br />
Still, India is not the only country gunning for new factories. Southeast Asian nations, including Thailand, Vietnam and Cambodia, are also expected to see spurts in manufacturing. India lags those countries in infrastructure, but has one big advantage: a home
 market of more than a billion people. <br />
<br />
Indian wages are also relatively low, beginning at about $2 a day for factory jobs. That compares with a minimum of $3.50 to $4.50 a day in Thailand, and $4 to $8 a day for some Chinese workers, who are beginning to command that wage level as labor shortages
 spread. <br />
<br />
China is not in any immediate danger of falling behind. Its exports exceed India's by several multiples, and the gap keeps widening. In 2005, India's exports were worth about $8 billion a month, against China's $63 billion. Manufactured goods were the bulk
 of both countries' exports. </p>
<p>Experts say the two countries will occupy different positions in the vast market for offshore manufacturing. The usual first wave of low-cost manufacturing — the making of toys, electric kettles and television sets, among other wares — will remain out of
 India's reach because it is hard to run Indian factories on the large scale that China does. Official paperwork and regulation are still onerous here, and power still costs about twice as much.
<br />
<br />
But a vast middle segment of factory goods relies on a mixture of technical skill and low-cost labor, and here India can supplement China, experts say. Not toys, but cellphones. Not hangers, but bras. Not patio furniture, but car parts. Not synthetic shoes,
 but leather ones. <br />
<br />
Consider the formula of Muhammad Yavar Dhala, chief of Forward Shoes in Madras. The factory made a million pairs of leather shoes last year for European brands like Clarks. In other words, for shoes under $60, leave it to China. Above $240, leave it to European
 cobblers. In the middle, give it to India. <br />
<br />
Tamil Nadu leaders are credited with nudging the state to build infrastructure a few years before officials in the Indian mainstream caught on. The Madras seaport was recently privatized, trimming turnaround times, and electricity is now reliable. The government
 has focused on microchanges that can more easily avoid political problems while still lubricating trade, so they will approve special zones or allow companies to calculate their own customs.
</p>
<p>One principal weak point of Indian factories is the workers, and their tendency to strike. Many multinationals still say they cannot produce here until there are major changes in the labor laws, which are highly restrictive.
<br />
<br />
Companies have now found ways to work around those laws, hiring and nurturing workers unlikely to join a union. Companies seek out villagers with scant opportunity or experience, often women. They build temples in their villages and invite their families for
 company prayers. And they coddle them to an extent perhaps unnecessary in less worker-friendly countries.
<br />
<br />
At the Victoria's Secret factory, 2,600 workers, mostly women, are picked up near their homes by 78 company buses so they do not have to live in dormitories or commute by foot and bus. There are other perks: a day care center, a morning energy drink, an air-conditioned
 factory floor and meals tasty enough that the factory boss eats them, too. Workers are sold bras at a discount.
<br />
<br />
Within the special zones, foreign managers say that whatever used to hold back producers is gone. "I don't know why people say it was impossible earlier," said Jukka Lehtela, the Finnish operations manager at Nokia, which operates its own special zone. "I can
 prove that they are wrong." </p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>31/12/2011 10:26:07</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/16102/India+Known+for+Outsourcing+Expands+in+Industry</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">16102</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>16103</publicationdataID>
      <title>Buying India's Media Boom</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p><em><strong>Analysts Back Flock of IPOs As Newspapers, TV Channels Multiply</strong></em>
<br />
<br />
MUMBAI, India -- One of the most striking aspects of India's resurgence is the dizzying array of cable-television channels and newspapers that have sprouted with the expanding economy. Now they are making an impact on the stock market, too, through a spate
 of initial public offerings that analysts say could be long-term buys. <br />
<br />
So far, many of the new shares have been slow to take off, reflecting investor disquiet about tight regulation in the cable industry and an increasingly crowded newspaper market. Analysts contend that these worries are likely to fade faster in the electronic-media
 segment, which despite having high valuations seems a better long-term play than print.
<br />
<br />
The boom in electronic and print media is driven by a new generation of young consumers whose spending has driven advertising revenue growth of 12% to 14% annually for print media and cable TV.
<br />
<br />
In India, 61 million of the 108 million households that own TV sets have cable. Ten years ago, a couple of cable news channels had almost no competition. There are now 22 news channels across the country, according to PricewaterhouseCoopers.
</p>
<p>In a March report, the consultant predicted electronic-media revenues would climb to 427 billion rupees, or nearly $9.5 billion, in 2010 from 148 billion rupees in 2005. Print revenue is expected to jump to 195 billion rupees from 109 billion rupees.
<br />
<br />
Cable-TV stocks should benefit from this growth, analysts say, especially when an end is called to a freeze on cable subscription charges imposed by the government-appointed industry regulator nearly three years ago.
<br />
<br />
Moreover, the cable industry awaits the introduction of a conditional-access system, expected in several months. The system would allow viewers to pay for only the channels they want to watch.
<br />
<br />
News channel New Delhi Television, a leading cable-TV network, is expensive compared with peers, as it trades at a multiple of 30 times forecast earnings for the year ending March 31, according to K.R. Choksey Securities of Mumbai.
<br />
<br />
Jigar Shah, a director at the brokerage firm, says he believes the premium is justified given NDTV's growth prospects. NDTV listed in 2004, and so far in 2006 its shares have climbed 28% to close at 258.20 rupees yesterday. Mr. Shah expects NDTV's share price
 to reach 320 rupees the end of the 2007 fiscal year. </p>
<p>TV Today Network, which broadcasts one English and two Hindi news channels, also is poised for growth, Mr. Shah says. Though its stock has been comparatively weak in 2006, rising 6%, he expects a revenue lift from new channels abroad and from direct-to-home
 satellite TV. <br />
<br />
Though still in its infancy in India, direct-to-home service could transform the industry by doing away with local cable operators that control the so-called last mile of cable into viewers' homes.
<br />
<br />
Mr. Shah's brokerage firm predicts TV Today will hit 125 rupees by March 31. Yesterday the shares rose 3.1% to 98.80 rupees.
<br />
<br />
However, shares of Jagran Prakashan, which publishes India's biggest Hindi newspaper, have fallen 7.5% since its February IPO, and closed Wednesday at 296 rupees. HT Media, which publishes the Hindustan Times, has rallied this year after listing in September,
 but has just managed to surpass its issue price of 530 rupees. <br />
<br />
Sanjeev Prasad, who covers the sector for Kotak Securities in Mumbai, favors HT Media, which he expects to outperform the Sensex over the next 10 months, rising to about 550 rupees. HT Media's stock rose 2.4% to 530.65 rupees yesterday and is up 21% this year.
</p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>31/12/2011 10:34:01</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/16103/Buying+Indias+Media+Boom</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">16103</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>16104</publicationdataID>
      <title>Indo Vino Nouveau</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p>Nashik, India.The tasting room looks out over rows of vines stretching out toward the mountains. Cool breezes waft across the balcony as the winemaker pours a glass of his reserve Shiraz. A sip reveals a mellow wine with lots of red fruit and just enough
 tannin to allow it to continue developing for several years. After buying a case of the wine and stashing it in the car trunk, it's off to the next winery down the road.<br />
<br />
It could be a tour of California's Napa Valley -- except that the pourer and other customers are speaking Marathi, the language of India's Maharashtra state. This idyllic scene is set in the town of Nashik, about four hours' drive northeast of Mumbai, India.
 In the space of a few years it has become a thriving wine region that is starting to attract tourists and develop well-known labels. And for Indians, who have long preferred whiskey as their main tipple, wine is suddenly the trendy drink.
<br />
<br />
Talk to wine experts and many still express skepticism that drinkable wine can be made in India, let alone vintages worthy of being served in fine restaurants. Rajeev Samant, a software engineer with Oracle in Silicon Valley, is proving them wrong. A decade
 ago, he decided to return to his native India to set up Sula Vineyards. This year his winery is bringing in its eighth harvest, and is expected to produce 1.2 million bottles of wine.
</p>
<p>Around the world, the best wines usually come from higher latitudes, at least 35 degrees from the equator. Nashik sits at just 20 degrees north. So how is it possible to produce sophisticated wines in such a hot climate?
<br />
<br />
The secret is simple: Grow the grapes in the winter. Nashik has long been famous for its table grapes, and the local farmers know how to prune the vines a second time ahead of the summer monsoon so that they are dormant through the hottest period of the year.
 Then from October to March, the warm afternoons and cool nights approximate the climate of, say, the Rhone Valley in summer. The strong sun brings up the sugar levels, but a chill down to about 7 degrees Celsius (43 degrees Fahrenheit) in the evening brings
 out the subtler flavors of a wine made in a temperate region. </p>
<p>True, some adjustments have to be made. The vines are grown high and spread out, to help dissipate heat, and with more leaf canopy. At Sula, the grapes are pruned so there are no more than two bunches on each fruiting cane. And the soil needs to be sloping
 so that there is excellent drainage during the monsoon, lest the roots get waterlogged.
<br />
<br />
However, the unusual schedule has brought a major advantage to the nascent industry: As the new wineries are doing the critical work of harvesting and fermentation in an unusual season, winemakers from elsewhere have the time to come and supervise. Some highly
 respected consultants are jetting in during the down time at their own vineyards to lend a hand in Nashik's rise.
<br />
<br />
That's not to say that making great wine in Nashik is going to be easy. The vineyards are still experimenting with different varieties and methods to see what works best. But that is also part of the attraction for Ajoy Shaw, Sula's chief winemaker. Trained
 as a microbiologist at nearby Pune University, he joined Sula soon after its founding, and has been gaining experience in Napa and Bordeaux, as well as at home.
<br />
<br />
Some uptight connoisseurs will pick faults with Nashik wines, since the whites tend to be quite sweet and the reds lack tannin and are meant to be drunk right away. That's intentional -- Indians are accustomed to a sweet aperitif before dinner. If they try
 switching to wine and find it too dry or puckery, it might scare them off wine-drinking for good. "We wanted our wines to be mellow, supple and easy to drink, not something full or very heavy or overly tannic," Mr. Shaw says.
</p>
<p>However, there could soon be room in the market for more sophisticated wines as tastes and vineyards mature. Already, Indians are graduating from Chenin Blancs to Sauvignon Blancs, and from red Zinfandel to Cabernet Sauvignon. Renaissance Winery, which is
 on its second harvest, has planted some Pinot Noir, Merlot and Chardonnay that should start producing next year. Vintage Wines is already producing a Chardonnay. And Sula is planting Rhone Valley varietals like Roussanne, Grenache and Viognier.
<br />
<br />
In some ways, the Nashik vineyards have more control over the sugar and acid levels in their grapes at harvest than elsewhere. The threat of rain sometimes forces winemakers in Europe to bring in the grapes early. Here the wineries can time the picking according
 to lab results that test the amount of sugar and acid in the grapes. <br />
<br />
But first they have to judge when to kick off the start of the growing season in September with a first pruning. Mr. Shaw says it took Sula three or four years to get this right. This year, the summer monsoon ran long, shortening the growing season. Then rains
 plus heat led to shriveling of the grapes before they were harvested. While this should still be a successful year, all the vineyards are still mastering the local conditions.
<br />
<br />
Given that domestic demand is growing at about 30% per year, the temptation might be to take the low road and churn out cheap wines. However, a surprising number of vineyards are making intelligent choices about controlling the amount of sugar in the grapes,
 and therefore alcohol in the wines. For instance, Sula is shooting for 13% to 14% alcohol in its red wines, and 12% to 13% for the whites.
</p>
<p>Sula wines are already available in many other countries, often in Indian restaurants. But since a tariff of 264% on imports gives India's own wines such a substantial price advantage at home, there is little need to export. Indeed, the foreigners are coming
 to Nashik -- global liquor giant Seagram started producing wine here this year. <br />
<br />
So does Nashik have a shot at becoming another Napa? Certainly it is an emerging destination for wine buffs. At Sula, about 200 people visit every weekend, and it sells 200 cases of wine per month in its tasting room. At Renaissance Winery, the director of
 business development, Prashant Thanawala, is planning a restaurant and an area for those who don't want to stay in a hotel to camp out close to nature. Affluent Indians are bored with five-star hotel getaways, he says. They are discovering that wine is not
 only healthy and hip, it can also be fun. <br />
<br />
<em>Mr. Restall is the editor of the Far Eastern Economic Review.</em></p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>31/12/2011 10:36:59</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/16104/Indo+Vino+Nouveau</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">16104</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>16105</publicationdataID>
      <title>NASA and India Join Forces on Mission to the Moon</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p><strong><em>Space Agency Says International Cooperation Makes Perfect Sense</em></strong><br />
<br />
Last week's announcement that NASA would be contributing resources to an Indian spaceflight to orbit the moon may have surprised many who remember the space race as a matter of national pride. To the chief scientist at NASA's Goddard Space Flight Center, however,
 the cooperation makes perfect sense. <br />
<br />
"I think this is the evolution of well-informed partnerships," Jim Garvin said. "We can't all do everything, and the moon is an important gateway to deep space."
<br />
<br />
The plan is to put two NASA scientific devices onto an unmanned Indian mission to the moon. According to Garvin, it complements perfectly NASA's own plans to revisit Earth's closest neighbor.
<br />
<br />
"The Indian mission will help us understand our data. Our mission will help them understand their data," he said.
<br />
<br />
The announcement formalized a plan that had been openly considered since Indian Prime Minister Manmohan Singh visited Washington last summer. It comes at a time of increased international cooperation in space exploration, which in decades past was a matter
 of closely guarded secrets. <br />
<br />
Garvin chalks up that change to the realization among formerly competitive space programs that there is enough for everyone to study.
</p>
<p>"There are oodles of great questions left that are still conundrums," he said.
<br />
<br />
The Science Involved<br />
<br />
Garvin describes India's first trip to the moon as a "great science mission." <br />
<br />
The two American devices will travel the nearly 240,000 miles to the moon aboard Chandrayaan-1, India's first lunar mission. The data they will bring back fulfill practical NASA goals, and will be a boon to raw science -- the gathering of information for information's
 sake. <br />
<br />
One device, the Moon Mineralogy Mapper -- which NASA internally calls "M Cubed" -- will provide insight into what minerals make up the rocks on the moon, and how those rocks were formed.
<br />
<br />
"From this we will be able to tell a lot about the geology of the moon, and the Earth as well, because the moon was once part of the Earth," said Tom Glavich, the project manager for the Mapper, who works at NASA's Jet Propulsion Lab in Pasadena, Calif.
<br />
<br />
"Right now the mineralogy of the moon is only slightly known," he said. <br />
<br />
That information will help NASA formulate plans to return men to the moon -- a goal laid out by President Bush in 2004 -- by informing what minerals might be utilized by human explorers on the surface.
</p>
<p>The second device is a new type of radar -- Garvin describes it as a smaller and more nimble radar -- that will map the polar regions of the moon, which have been in the dark for billions of years. The information gathered will help scientists determine
 whether there is water on the moon. The testing of the new radar equipment will contribute to better safety systems, such as air traffic control radar, here at home.
<br />
<br />
Science and Foreign Policy<br />
<br />
To talk to NASA officials about the internationalization of space exploration, it sounds like the announcement of a corporate merger.
<br />
<br />
Other countries "see a synergy and the potential opportunity to collaborate with NASA, and you're seeing a lot of interest there," said Dean Acosta, a NASA spokesman. "Since there's a potential synergy there, there's an opportunity for their very smart minds
 that are working on their projects and our very smart minds to share ideas." </p>
<p>During the Cold War, the space race exemplified the tensions between the Soviet Union and the United States as much as any other measure. Now Russia and the European Union nations all work together with the United States on space exploration. There will
 be several European devices on Chandrayaan-1. <br />
<br />
"You are seeing other countries that also have similar ideas that they want to accomplish coming to the table," said Acosta. "Science is now overlapping foreign policy."
<br />
<br />
Garvin says the moon is the perfect place for such international cooperation because it's right in Earth's backyard and is a launching pad for deeper space exploration. He expects cooperation to continue, and many nations to venture to our lunar neighbor.
<br />
<br />
"The armada is about to hit the moon," he said. </p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>31/12/2011 10:39:37</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/16105/NASA+and+India+Join+Forces+on+Mission+to+the+Moon</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">16105</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>16106</publicationdataID>
      <title>Mango Mania in India</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p>A crescendo of mangoes takes place March through May every year in India. They roll into the markets in small numbers at the start of the season, expensive and aloof; by the time the harvest peaks this month they are all over the place, playfully cheap and
 ready to be squeezed and inspected by all. <br />
<br />
Right now, mango frenzy is in full swing, not least in Mumbai, a city where people know better than anyone how to reincarnate a mango: street vendors across the city start squeezing mango juice for around 20 rupees (about 45 cents, at about 44 rupees to $1);
 fashionable bars mix mango martinis for around 20 times as much; and restaurants at five-star hotels launch mango minifestivals featuring expensive avant-garde mango curiosities.
<br />
<br />
Indians have become very fond indeed of a fruit that is absent for so much of the year. (Outside the season many must console themselves with their mothers' homemade mango pickles.) The first mangoes of the year make newspaper headlines and herald the coming
 of summer. India has its own heavily processed answer to Coca-Cola in Frooty, a ubiquitous sugary mango-flavored drink (the Coca-Cola Company has retaliated with its own version called Maaza).
</p>
<p>The Indian wing of DHL even offers a courier service specifically for mangoes, although the United States has long been absent from its list of destinations because of its ban on Indian mangoes. But the ban should soon be lifted as part of a deal struck
 by President Bush on his March visit to the country, which will also give India easier access to nuclear technology. Quid pro quo, as far as many Indians are concerned. "The U.S. is looking forward to eating Indian mangoes," he said at a press conference,
 cheering up a local press that he had earlier disappointed by not seeming too well-versed about cricket and Bollywood, two other Indian passions.
<br />
<br />
But to enjoy mangoes at their non-jet-lagged best, head for Mumbai (still more often called Bombay by its inhabitants). The city is the first stop of the beloved Alphonso mango — widely considered the king of the mangoes — which grows in the surrounding Maharashtra
 and Gujarat countryside. The best specimens are said to come from Ratnagiri to the south of the city.
<br />
<br />
Inside knowledge always helps, so this reporter called upon Deepanjana Pal, a wine critic in Mumbai who is just as enthusiastic about mangoes. The most important lesson: How to eat a mango, presented in a three-part mime. She first holds out a cupped hand,
 in which sits the imaginary glistening orange oval of a whole peeled mango; she then deftly flicks her hand at the wrist to propel the phantom mango against her mouth, which gets busy sucking the flesh down to the seed; finally, outrageously, she deploys the
 full length of her tongue to lick her arm, elbow to wrist, to recapture an inevitable trickle of invisible mango juice.
</p>
<p>"That," she says after a long moment's rapture with a fruit that's not even there, "is the best bit." She goes on to speculate that there is something alchemical in the mingling of sweetest mango juice with a salty sheen of sweat.
<br />
<br />
(Later, a local driver reacted with horror to the mime. "So you don't eat them like that?" I ask. "Well yes, at home, of course," he says. "But not in the streets! People will think that's where you live.")
<br />
<br />
Feeling ready to try out my mango technique on the real thing, I head to the 19th-century Crawford Market, haunt of housewives and head chefs. With its blackened Gothic clocktower, it looks like the wicked stepsister of the Jefferson Market Library in Greenwich
 Village. But mango season is one of the least intimidating times to visit the place, with the sweet-smelling mango stalls offering necessary respite from the market's many less inviting parts, like the blood-puddled corridors past the butchers' stands and
 the notoriously dispiriting pet section with its grim array of birds and small animals slumped in tiny bare cages.
</p>
<p>Unlike the caged puppies, newly arrived mangoes at the market get to bed down in hay for a whole week, ensuring that they ripen evenly from cool green to hot yellow. Then, once the mangoes are ready, shoppers nuzzle them affectionately against their faces
 as if the mangoes were sad and needed comforting, another treat withheld from the arguably more deserving puppies. The shoppers are in fact hoping to inhale the distinct whisper of mango perfume, which only barely leaks out the skin of the perfectly ripened
 fruit. <br />
<br />
I learn this and many other mango-hunting tips at the stall of Vilas Dhoble, who, like most Indian fruit-sellers, stacks his mangoes with almost mathematical neatness — mangoes lend themselves to a satisfying pattern of tessellating diagonal rows.
<br />
<br />
Mr. Dhoble says that the business, founded by his grandfather, has been in Crawford Market for over a century, and was called upon to ship a dozen mangoes to England for the coronation of Queen Elizabeth II, though not before the British sent a bureaucrat with
 a microscope to weed out any with "germs inside." </p>
<p>He holds up the kind of perfect Alphonso mango he would happily to present to Her Majesty. Its skin is translucent, mostly yellow with some lingering green; a close look reveals a network of reddish capillaries. I eat it. One tongue doesn't seem enough for
 the mess it makes. Mr. Dhoble's wife Nirmala occasionally looks up from her paperwork to tear me a few merciful sheets of tissue from a stash in her desk.
<br />
<br />
The flesh is knockout sweet, sorbet-smooth and very wet. Surprisingly deep pools of quivering mango juice collect in the teeth marks.
<br />
<br />
"They are the food of the gods," says Mr. Dhoble, sounding genuinely nonpartisan despite his line of business. "Look at me. How old am I?" I underestimate his 60 years. "That's the mangoes!"
<br />
<br />
I leave with Mr. Dhoble's finest 50-rupee ($1.14) mango — priced more than three times higher than the Alphonsos I bought the night before in the suburbs.
<br />
<br />
During mango season in Mumbai, you are never more than six feet away from mango-based food or drink. Go to the vendors around Chowpatty, the carnivalesque main beach in downtown Mumbai, for fresh mango lassi, the Indian equivalent of a milkshake made from yogurty
 curd. </p>
<p>It's a little hard to find, but stiff and tangy made-on-the-premises mango ice cream is served for 40 rupees near the beach in humble surroundings at the Bharat Juice Center, behind Wilson College, a local landmark, and opposite the Bharatiya Vidya Bhavan,
 an arts center. Then seek out a Gujarati restaurant for aam ras — the name literally means mango juice, but the reality is a bowl of thick overpowering mango purée. Leave your spoon alone and instead scoop up the stuff with puris, dense little roundlets of
 fried wheat dough. It is available for 65 rupees at Samrat on J. Tata Road, a 10-minute walk south from Churchgate Station.
<br />
<br />
End your journey at one of the city's increasing number of upmarket bars and restaurants, where mangoes are appearing on the menus in ever more elaborate manifestations. The Hilton Towers in downtown Nariman Point is embracing mangoes with particular gusto,
 and has two dozen mango-based dishes on a special menu running in its restaurants throughout May — including a mango and black mushroom broth (250 rupees) and steamed tofu and mangoes (525 rupees).
</p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>31/12/2011 10:41:45</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/16106/Mango+Mania+in+India</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">16106</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>16107</publicationdataID>
      <title>Pakistan raises curtain a bit on Bollywood</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p>LAHORE, Pakistan The hoopla at the premiere of the Indian movie "Taj Mahal" was a little more frenzied than is usual here, but there was a reason: The event not only celebrated the opening of a new film, but also heralded what may be a gradual thaw in a
 four-decade cinematic cold war between India and Pakistan. <br />
<br />
In late April, for the first time since 1965, movies made in India were shown in Pakistani theaters. Two films were approved by the government here: "Taj Mahal," featuring some of the newest Indian stars; and "Mughal-e-Azam," or The Great Mughal, released in
 India 46 years ago and regarded there as a classic that critics refer to as the Indian "Gone With the Wind."
<br />
<br />
Both are set in the Mughal era, a period of Muslim rule on the subcontinent that stretched from 1526 to 1707, and are love stories set in the courts of the Mughal rulers.
<br />
<br />
Although an official ban on showing Indian movies has not been lifted, a nod from the Pakistani president, General Pervez Musharraf, opened the way for the screenings, Pakistani officials said. The officials did not comment on why "Taj Mahal" and "Mughal-e-
 Azam" were selected. But some people here have suggested that the films were approved for screening because they focus on Muslim history and do not touch on current events.
<br />
<br />
The decision to show the films "comes as a special gesture by President Musharraf," Syed Jalil Abbas, the culture secretary, said in April.
</p>
<p>Fans like Ali Khan, 21, and his friend Sara Khan, 18, giddily welcomed that gesture. On April 26, they stood near the red carpet outside the Plaza Cinema here, where they had come in the hopes of seeing their favorite stars arrive for the premiere of "Taj
 Mahal." "It is wonderful," they said, nearly in unison. Sara Khan, smiling broadly, held up her cellphone to show off photographs she had taken of Sonia Jehan, the film's leading lady, and Fardeen Khan, a heartthrob of the Indian cinema who had accompanied
 his uncle, Akbar Khan, the director and producer of "Taj Mahal." <br />
<br />
Pirated DVDs and CDs of Indian movies and music are easily available here, and their stars are household names. The movies, with their catchy songs and glittering dance numbers, are beloved in Pakistan, as they are across much of Southeast Asia and parts of
 Africa. Posters of Indian actresses are plastered across stores here that sell the pirated DVDs, and over the back windows of commuter vans. The movies are in Hindi, easily understood in Pakistan.
<br />
<br />
Pakistan and India, nuclear-armed neighbors and rivals, have shared a history of mistrust and antagonism since they were carved out of the British Empire in 1947. The ban on showing Indian movies was put into place when the countries were in the midst of one
 of three major wars, two of them fought over the still-disputed northern region of Kashmir.
<br />
<br />
But in recent years, signs of warmer relations have emerged. Train and bus links between the countries have resumed, and both Pakistanis and Indians enthusiastically followed a recent cricket series.
</p>
<p>"I think cricket and films are two aspects that have kept the two countries together," Fardeen Khan, the Indian movie star, said at the premiere as fans pressed near, hoping to shake his hand or to get an autograph. Khan said he was "completely overwhelmed"
 by the hospitality Pakistanis had shown to him. <br />
<br />
Wearing a shimmering sari, Richa Shanoy, the assistant art director of the movie, joined dignitaries and celebrities at the premiere. She said she was from Mumbai, the heart of the Indian film industry, but did not feel like a stranger on this side of the border.
 "Lahore is a beautiful city," she said. "I feel we have the same culture, the same people, the same language."
<br />
<br />
Lahore, in eastern Punjab Province, is regarded as the cultural capital of Pakistan. It is a city long famous for its poets, gardens and Mughal-era monuments. It is also the center of the struggling Pakistani movie industry, known as Lollywood, long in the
 shadows of India's Bollywood. <br />
<br />
Pakistani movies were popular here until the 1960s. But in the past 40 years, while Indian cinema has thrived, sending Bollywood productions to cinemas around much of the globe, filmmaking in Pakistan has withered because of a lack of money as well as few skilled
 directors, actors and technicians. </p>
<p>The ailing movie business here has forced many theater owners to raze the buildings and use the lots for gas stations or shopping malls. Cinema owners have long lobbied the government to lift the ban against showing Indian movies. Jamshed Zafar, the president
 of the Pakistan Film Producers Association, said that allowing Indian movies to be shown here would help the Pakistani industry by drawing viewers into the cinemas. "We want to revive the cinema here," he said at the premiere. "It is only possible if Indian
 movies are given permission. Right now, the cinema window is empty." <br />
<br />
Pakistani officials say there is a gradual move toward allowing Indian films to be routinely shown here again, but they have not specified when the ban might be lifted. Zara Haider, a homemaker from Lahore who stood with the crowd outside the theater for the
 premiere of "Taj Mahal," joined the cinema owners and filmmakers in welcoming Indian films to Pakistan. Perhaps Indians, she suggested, would now become interested in Pakistani films, too. But she acknowledged, somewhat sheepishly, that Pakistani movies fell
 far short of the lavish production standards set by Bollywood. <br />
<br />
Indian movies, typically three hours long, usually feature boy-meets-girl plots, helped along with elaborately glittering sets and frequent song-and- dance numbers.
</p>
<p>For the time being, the presence of at least two Indian movies in Pakistani theaters seems like a way to wield a bit of cultural diplomacy as the countries move toward discussing larger issues, like trade, security and the fate of Kashmir - the major thorn
 in the side of both countries. The producer of "Taj Mahal" and the distributor of "Mughal-e-Azam" said proceeds from ticket sales would be used to aid victims of the devastating earthquake last October.
<br />
<br />
Cultural contacts between the countries may encourage improved relations in other areas, said Sughra Imam, a former member of the cabinet of Punjab Province. "Cultural exchange is important because it creates an atmosphere of ease and friendliness."
</p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>31/12/2011 10:43:55</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/16107/Pakistan+raises+curtain+a+bit+on+Bollywood</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">16107</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>16108</publicationdataID>
      <title>India's Secret Weapon (Op/Ed)</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p>India is rapidly evolving into Asia's innovation center, leaving China in the dust. Its secret weapon? Intellectual property-rights protection. In recent years, New Delhi has taken big steps to protect these rights, and the results have been dramatic. It
 may appear as if India's recent economic rise is solely due to its low-cost outsourcing opportunities for foreign businesses. But this is only part of the story.<br />
<br />
Thanks to international treaties such as the Agreement on Trade-Related Aspects of Intellectual Property (TRIPS) of the World Trade Organization, Indian IP laws were significantly revamped starting in the mid-1990s. In 1994, the Indian Copyright Act was amended
 to clearly explain the rights of a copyright holder and the penalties for infringement of copyrighted software. The law has been called one of the "toughest in the world."
<br />
<br />
These changes, which significantly ramped up enforcement provisions, will undoubtedly prove the most important for copyright protection on the subcontinent -- far ahead of other countries in Asia. The Indian courts have risen to the challenge. They have taken
 a broad approach to the applying new laws -- especially to protect intellectual property in emerging fields such as information technology.
<br />
<br />
This trend continued last year when India put in place a new patent law that brought it further into line with international norms. For example, this law included new provisions that extended patent protection to computer software and pharmaceutical products.
 The changes provided new and powerful incentives for investment, both foreign and domestic, in the creation of new products in those fields. New Delhi has also improved the operation of its Patent Office, which handles patent applications. Today, a patent
 can be granted in less than three years, as opposed to only a few years ago, where it took up to an average of five to seven years.
</p>
<p>As a result, copyright-based industries such as the Indian IT sector have enjoyed rapid growth. The annual average rate of growth of Indian software exports from 1994 to 2002 was 48%, marking a drastic surge from the preceding five years, when the average
 annual growth was about 35%. If New Delhi keeps up its commitment to rights protection, the numbers will continue to grow. Within the next few years, annual revenues from Indian software exports are expected to reach $50 billion.
<br />
<br />
Furthermore, Indian entrepreneurs, business and government labs are filing for patents at rapidly increasing rates. The number of Indian patent applications filed has increased 400% over the past 15 years. Nearly 800 Indian companies submitted international
 patent applications to the World Intellectual Property Organization in 2004. This number may be fairly small by international standards, but is still more than double the number of Indian patents applied for in 2000. Now, even the local pharmaceutical companies,
 traditionally manufacturers of generic versions of brand-name drugs, are embracing innovation-based business models and seeking patent protection for their inventions.
<br />
<br />
New Delhi's actions are a stark contrast to those of others nations like China and Brazil. When it comes to reigning in the rampant piracy of music, movies and software, these governments are lagging behind India. But to truly reach their potential for creativity
 and innovation, other emerging economic powers could take a few pointers from New Delhi. As recent history has shown, IPR protection is the secret to success.
<br />
<br />
<em>Mr. Wilder, IP Counsel to the Association for Competitive Technology, is a partner at Sidley, Austin, Brown &amp; Wood. Mr. Anand is Managing Partner of Anand and Anand in New Delhi, India.</em></p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>31/12/2011 10:47:49</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/16108/Indias+Secret+Weapon+OpEd</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">16108</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>16110</publicationdataID>
      <title>Nurturing Success in India</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p><em>On the campus of the IIT in Bombay sits the Society for Innovation &amp; Entrepreneurship, incubator for the country's global business aspirations</em><br />
<br />
Almost anyone can tell you how to get to the Indian Institute of Technology in Bombay. You have to voyage through old India to arrive in the new India. Drive past picturesque Lake Powai, navigate the partially built bridge, jostle for space with scooter taxis,
 pedestrians, and perspiring policemen until you reach the gateway to the institute. As you enter, the noise of the street recedes, and the serene, tree-lined, airy campus comes into full view.
<br />
<br />
Once inside, try to locate a building called SINE, or the Society for Innovation &amp; Entrepreneurship. That's where, it's said, the real new India lies -- if you can only find it. Deep inside the institute's grounds there's a derelict, four-story structure that
 looks as if it was bombed decades ago. There are no signs of life on the pock-marked cement of the ground level; nothing stirs in the silence.
<br />
<br />
But climb the wide staircase to the third floor, and suddenly, the new India appears. The marble-tiled floors are clean. The air conditioning works. Young men and women in T-shirts and khakis are busy conferring. And each of the dozen or so rooms is crammed
 with people peering into computer screens. </p>
<p>BEST ENGINEERS. SINE is a business incubator where ideas from IIT Bombay students, professors, and alumni can be developed and commercialized. Today there are 15 companies at SINE, all of them hoping to become new India's next big phenomenon.
<br />
<br />
Perhaps the most exciting is called Webaroo. The company offers a service that lets you search for and download Web pages -- with, say, tourist information about London, or the latest news from several different sites -- to your PC, cell phone, or handheld.
 Then you can quickly access the content without being online. <br />
<br />
"We need the best software engineers," says Rakesh Mathur, Webaroo's founder and an IIT-Bombay alumnus and veteran Silicon Valley entrepreneur. "Here, we have them." In spades. About 75 of Webaroo's 100 engineers are from the IITs, and all of them work in cramped
 quarters at SINE. <br />
<br />
SINE is also a one-stop shop for venture capitalists looking for smart ideas coming out of India. And contrary to expectation, not all of SINE's companies are software outfits. A professor in earth sciences is building India's first geothermal power plant.
 A company called FEAST Software is writing programs that allow auto-parts makers to test the endurance of their components. And Eisodus Networks makes a low-cost broadband switch.
<br />
<br />
HOME AND ABROAD. Eisodus, founded by an IIT-Bombay aeronautics professor, says its product will replace gear made by Cisco. It has signed up Indian phone companies such as MTNL and has Tata, Bharti, and Reliance as clients. "Initially India will be our market,"
 says Eisodus CEO Sunil Mehta, "and then we'll start marketing globally." <br />
<br />
Vispi Daver, a principal at VC firm Sierra Ventures in Menlo Park, Calif., likes that attitude. When he visited in April, Daver says he was impressed by the number of companies at SINE that aim to sell in India first, but that are all "international plays."
</p>
<p>Daver figures the opportunity in India alone is enormous, with companies buying lots of technology and consumers buying ever more goods. Although relatively little venture capital has so far been put into products to be sold in India, "there's an emerging
 entrepreneurial ecosystem for products here," Daver says. <br />
<br />
SINE itself is an investor in the startups it nurtures. In exchange for offering office space and use of its facilities at about 75% of the market rate, the incubator takes an equity stake in the companies. That works especially well for IIT professors such
 as Girish Saraph, who teaches electrical engineering and is working on software that eliminates the delays and static in telecom networks -- a requirement for sensitive banking operations, he says.
<br />
<br />
OUT OF THE NEST. His company, Vegayan Systems, already has $75,000 in funding from U.S. venture capital firm Draper, Fisher, Jurvetson. "It's a big thing for us," says Saraph. "We can participate in the boom without the risk of having to quit our jobs."
</p>
<p>However, the babying at SINE doesn't last forever. After three years the benefits stop, and companies must decamp. Eisodus, for example, is moving to its own space in Bombay in May. Other fledglings will take its place. Poyni Bhatt, SINE's chief administration
 officer, gets scores of applications a month but seriously considers only about a dozen a year.
<br />
<br />
The center is already running out of space. Webaroo, about a year old, has hogged five rooms and wants more. In one, some 35 engineers sit crammed into just 350 square feet of space. Others might gripe, but here, says Webaroo CTO Beerud Sheth, the team likes
 the close quarters: The density enhances the collaborative teamwork. <br />
<br />
GOING GLOBAL. Now, Webaroo is ready for the big time. The $10 million venture launched its service in San Francisco and London on Apr. 10. But founder Mathur says a key market is India, where it appeared on Apr. 20. "You can't address the global market unless
 you address India," says Mathur, pointing out that India is the world's fastest-growing cellular market.<br />
<br />
Webaroo will be a big test for SINE. "It's our first global, public debut," says SINE administrator Bhatt. There's a lot at stake for Mathur as well, as he tries to make Webaroo a global consumer brand. "We hope to lead the wave of companies that move India
 from being a back office outsourcer to a front office developer of branded products," Mathur says. Looking for the new India? That kind of success would surely fit right in.
</p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>31/12/2011 10:50:00</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/16110/Nurturing+Success+in+India</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">16110</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>16111</publicationdataID>
      <title>India and Germany</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p><strong><em>Frankfurter Allgemeine Zeitung</em></strong><br />
<br />
India and Germany have a lot in common. We will be hearing this sentence very often this year. The economic interests stand in the limelight at this year’s Hannover Trade Fair, which the Prime Minister Manmohan Singh inaugurated on Sunday. India being the focus
 country, the spiritual links of the two cultural nations will be invoked at the Frankfurt Book Fair in autumn this year. We will be constantly hearing the platitude that the two countries believe in democracy. But no one will spell out the truth: that the
 German interest in India is growing, but that of India in Germany is sinking. <br />
<br />
The "world champion of exports” has neglected the Subcontinent for a long time. In Indian trade statistics Germany ranks behind Belgium and in foreign investments, behind The Netherlands. Delhi was at best a stopover for the German delegations on their way
 to Beijing or Shanghai. The German economy discovered late that India is one of the big growth markets and will dominate part of the world economy in a few decades. Now India has reached a position in which it can choose its partners. Germany as a still rich
 country remains attractive; but the big plans are being forged with others – with the United States, with South East Asia, but most of all with China.
<br />
<br />
But the chances India offers stand against increasing risks. The shifting of western jobs to the Subcontinent has just begun. The famous "call centres” in which customers of European and American companies are looked after by the Indians are soon a horror of
 the past. Today, outsourcing specialists like Infosys or Wipro offer to take over qualified jobs from all over the world: ranging from accounting to product development.
</p>
<p>Simultaneously Indian Industry is reaching out to the West. Lakshmi Mittal, the steel magnate with headquarters in London might be facing hurdles in his attempt to take over the European firm Arcelor, but others like the pharmaceutical company Dr. Reddy’s,
 which has since long taken over the German Betapharm, can report successes. One has to wait and see what consequences this meeting with the Indian entrepreneurial culture will have for German jobs and social standards.
<br />
<br />
Culturally the two countries had never had much of an exchange. Indian mythology and thought had spurred the German poets and philosophers, but there wasn’t a breath of wind the other way round. People in India know only one great German thinker: the Indologist
 Max Müller, who was the first one to translate Sanskrit texts into English one and a half century ago in Oxford. The Indians feel – in areas where they look beyond the Subcontinent – as part of the Anglo-Saxon world. They read English language literature,
 view films from Hollywood; eat chicken-burger at McDonald’s. The German youth might revel in Bollywood kitsch and Indian music – young Indians perceive Germany as an alien land from which no more impulses keep coming.
<br />
<br />
The politicians live in absolutely different worlds. Not that there is a lack of common values and interests. Both countries promote democracy and are committed to multilateralism. Both take part in measures against international terrorism and cooperate in
 other areas ranging from environment protection to space travel. But when it comes to political implementation of the Sunday sermons, the common strands often begin to unravel.
</p>
<p>Projects that are important to Germany are disregarded in India. Delhi shows no interest to support the International Criminal Court. Delhi gives lesser importance to Kyoto Protocol for reduction of the emissions than to an alternative initiative, which
 it has started together with America and the Pacific Rim countries. The Indian signature is missing below the Nuclear Non-Proliferation Treaty, held in high esteem by the Germans; instead Delhi gets itself bilaterally upgraded as an accepted nuclear power
 by Washington. <br />
<br />
The modern India – here it differs fundamentally from Germany – assesses the world from strategic standpoints and follows a policy in which the national interests stands above the multilateral ones. India feels better understood not only by America, but also
 by China and Russia than by a Germany which rejects power politics and has made self-moderation as national policy.
<br />
<br />
The realisation that India is no longer to be treated as a developing country is ripening in Berlin. But, what stands in the way of the agreed "strategic partnership” is Delhi’s perception that Berlin has little to offer it on its way to the rank of the global
 big powers. The alliance, which India entered with Germany, Japan and Brazil in order to acquire permanent seats in UNSC ended in failure. The wish of India, which borders two nuclear weapon powers, for a military arsenal meets with worry-lines in Germany.
 India does not feel understood even in its main concern – that of energy supply (including nuclear).
<br />
<br />
Delhi’s hope – and perhaps the most important aim of Singh’s visit – is the German support for the controversial Indo-American Nuclear Agreement in the "Nuclear Suppliers Group”. Granting this could mean the entry into a genuine "strategic partnership”. If
 Berlin fails, for whatever well-meant motives, the alienation of the two countries threatens to take its own course.
</p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>31/12/2011 10:52:10</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/16111/India+and+Germany</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">16111</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>16112</publicationdataID>
      <title>India bridging `digital divide'</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p><em>Microsoft is teaching rural Indian women and other villagers the ins and outs of computers to help them join the technology revolution</em><br />
<br />
GANESHPURA, India -- Sharda Parmar has no telephone, and neither do her neighbors. Local news often comes from a knock at the door. She first heard of a computer a year ago but did not know what it was--maybe a fancy TV.
<br />
<br />
Now, Parmar can use a spreadsheet. She rattles off computer lingo, acronyms like RAM and CPU. And she can take apart a computer hard drive and put it back together again. Parmar, 35, a homemaker and mother of two, even figures she might be able to help fix
 the pile of 43 broken computers sitting in the corner of this computer training center in Ganeshpura, a village of 1,500 people.
<br />
<br />
"Before this, I had never touched a screwdriver in my life," Parmar said. "Now I can use one. I can take apart a computer. I know which slots are for display cards, which are for memory cards. I even learned to take out the power cord, which is a dangerous
 thing." <br />
<br />
India is at the forefront of information technology, one of the fastest-growing sectors in the country. Young, educated Indians are quickly turning into one of the country's major exports. Multinational corporations send data processing to Indian branches;
 call centers here sort out problems with credit cards, half a world away. <br />
<br />
But only the urban elite typically have had access to computer training. About 70 percent of Indians--more than 700 million people--still live in villages, many of which only recently got telephones and electricity, if at all. Computers are a luxury. Even projects
 to bring computers to local government offices have faltered--the computers often sit in corners, expensive paperweights gathering dust.
</p>
<p>Urban-rural division<br />
<br />
India is one of many countries struggling to bridge the "digital divide," which separates the computer fluent from the illiterate. Only here, the divide is much wider than in many other countries; it is a gap between gleaming suburban glass buildings with wireless
 Internet and powerless villages. Programs such as the one that trained Parmar aim to make computers relevant to villagers.
<br />
<br />
Take Leela Solanki, 43, a Ganeshpura farmer who attended school only until the 4th grade. Since studying computers, she has learned how to fill Internet orders for mango pickles. She uses a spreadsheet to figure out her farming budget. Solanki said she caught
 the local milk cooperative trying to cheat her on fat content when she sold milk from her buffalo. Now, she understands how the milk workers can manipulate numbers with a keystroke.
<br />
<br />
"They do some sort of tricks," Solanki said. <br />
<br />
The digital divide is nothing new here; in many ways, India is the ideal lab in which to test new solutions. There's plenty of knowledge, and there are plenty of villages to run experiments. Entrepreneurs are opening computer kiosks with inexpensive technology
 that eliminates the need for phone lines. Mobile Internet kiosks have been mounted on bicycles.
</p>
<p>Online government data<br />
<br />
Several state governments now put information such as birth and property records online.
<br />
<br />
Many aid groups, universities and even American companies are trying to bring computers here--because of goodwill or good business sense.
<br />
<br />
Solanki and Parmar have been trained with the help of Microsoft, which launched a computer-training program in the nation in August 2004. It aims to teach more than 22,000 villagers how to use computers, from children in New Delhi slums to fishermen on the
 southeast coast of India. The emphasis is on the practical--the fishermen now use computers to check schools of fish, wave height and weather reports.
<br />
<br />
In the western state of Gujarat, where Solanki and Parmar live, Microsoft is training women through the Self Employed Women's Association, a kind of trade union for rural Indian women. In two years, 4,000 women are supposed to learn to use computers at 50 centers
 in Gujarat. <br />
<br />
But visiting just a couple of these centers shows just what the country is up against. One center in Kharaghoda features the only satellite dish in town. The first telephone line arrived only 2 1/2 years ago.
<br />
<br />
"And every day, that line was dead," joked Tejal Patel, who is in charge of Microsoft's training in Kharaghoda.
</p>
<p>There is progress. Now, there are at least five phone lines. A computer in the corner of the training center eventually will be used for telemedicine.
<br />
<br />
In a training room, women learn to type and save documents by copying the warranty for an Internet cable. This is the closest the women have come to the Internet.
<br />
<br />
Just keeping the computers, all donated, up and running is a challenge. Rushi Laheri, one of two engineers who takes care of the Gujarat computers for the women's association, has spent eight hours driving to fix a computer, only to find out that someone forgot
 to plug in a keyboard. One woman called him complaining that the computer asked her to press "any key" to continue. She could not find the "any key."
</p>
<p>Women become local experts<br />
<br />
This is one reason that women such as Parmar have been trained in recent months to fix computers. They will become their village hardware experts.
<br />
<br />
The 43 computers in the corner of the training center in Ganeshpura are in various states of disrepair. In the next few weeks, a workshop will be held to repair them. The women who repair the most computers will take the most home to their village centers.
<br />
<br />
For Parmar, who until recently thought a mouse was only a small animal, the workshop won't come soon enough.
<br />
<br />
"We don't have any screwdrivers here now," she said. "If we had one, I'd open up a hard drive right now."
</p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>31/12/2011 10:55:01</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/16112/India+bridging+digital+divide</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">16112</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>16115</publicationdataID>
      <title>Adiós, China. India will win the duel in Asia</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p><strong><em>Frankfurter Allgemeine Sonntagszeitung</em></strong><br />
<br />
<em>Here are eight reasons why the future lies in India</em><br />
<br />
</p>
<ol class="decimalBullets">
<li><strong>Entrepreneurship: </strong>The Indian government takes care of its private entrepreneurs and protects them. The largest private enterprises in the country are for that reason ten times bigger than their counterparts in China. There private entrepreneurs
 have difficulties to get loans from the mostly nationalised banks. The political class is afraid of a self-confident middle class of entrepreneurs. This leads in China to a more favorable treatment of foreign investors. "In the past 20 years the Chinese economy
 took off, but only a few local companies followed. In China’s private sector there is not a single world class enterprise that can compete with the multinational corporations”, write the Harvard scholars Yasheng Huang and Tarun Khanna. In India, however, foreign
 enterprises are kept apart due to protectionism. But this attitude is changing bit by bit, since several Indian enterprises like Infosys prove that they cannot only compete on the world market, but profit from it.
</li><li><strong>The finances: </strong>Most of the Indian banks are in private hands. Their handing out of loans and their risk management is based on economic figures and the prospects of the beneficiary. About 15 per cent of the credits issued in India are non-performing
 as experts estimate. In China the share of foul credits is officially calculated at 25 per cent, but experts maintain 30 to 40 per cent is a more realistic figure. The banking system in China would be broke if the state would not support it.
</li><li><strong>The demography: </strong>India is a young country. More than 40 per cent of the population is under the age of 30. This is about 450 million people in comparison to 400 million in China. And India does not age as fast as the Middle Empire. By 2050
 almost one third of the population in China will be 60 years old or more. In India the share of the old will then be only one fifth. In China the one-child marriage, which was propagated for a long time, will have a negative effect. Especially the care and
 providing for poor old people in the countryside contains a lot of socially explosive power in China. In India the families can absorb the poverty of the aged a little better.
</li><li>Legal security: For technology companies the protection of intellectual property is the most important part. India recognizes much better the know-how of foreign enterprises than China, which according to the Far Eastern Review is seen as the centerpiece
 of international product piracy. The consequence is that in the meantime Western corporations like General Electric have shifted parts of research and development sections to India without having to fear that innovations are rapidly copied. The Indian legal
 system is based on the British system and is easier to understand for European and American investors than the political legislation of China.
</li><li><strong>Education: </strong>Both countries make tremendous efforts to give good training to their young citizens. While China relied early enough on the alphabetization of the population, India strengthened academic education. According to McKinsey, India
 has 14 million young university graduates. These are 1.5 times more than China (and nearly double the amount in the United States). 80,000 Indians are currently enrolled at American universities. This compares to only 62,000 Chinese. This concentrated know-how
 is attractive for the economy. At the same time, other than in from China, many Indians are not yet able to read.
</li><li><strong>Technology: </strong>Microsoft founder Bill Gates wants to invest $ 1.7 billion into the computer sector in India. 4,000 Indians already work for the software enterprise. Chip producer Intel and network supplier Cisco invest one billion dollars
 each and confirm the image of India as a good destination for information technology. Indian technology enterprises like Infosys and Wipro have since long been known in the West. Indians who have grown up in the Californian Silicon Valley are now returning
 to their home country. China cannot yet present a comparable technological success story, even while the country invests billions into the high-tech development.
</li><li><strong>The language: </strong>The entire Indian elite in the cities speaks the (still) most important trade language of the world: English. This gives the country a natural competitive edge towards China, which mostly has to rely on its citizens trained
 in America and England to make it understood internationally. </li><li><strong>Politics: </strong>India’s Prime Minister Manmohan Singh is seen as a market economist. His reforms in the 1990s first opened India’s stock exchange for foreigners. Sector after sector is being opened for foreign investors and competition. The reform
 policy is based on a great political consensus across party boundaries. India still has to put tremendous sums into the transportation infrastructure in order to at least narrow the gap with China. In fighting poverty, social security and medical supply China
 is also largely ahead of India. The Middle Empire began radical reforms much earlier and opened itself for the world market.
</li></ol>
<p>Observers do have slight doubts whether the reform policy in China is sustainable. The number of voices is increasing, which value China’s "socialist market economy” as an attempt of the political nomenclature to come to terms with the economic and social
 problems without endangering their own positions. If this does not work, something else will be tried.
</p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>31/12/2011 11:00:42</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/16115/Adis+China+India+will+win+the+duel+in+Asia</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">16115</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>16116</publicationdataID>
      <title>India – In a Global Role (Unofficial translation)</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p>With the oncoming visit of the Indian PM, a new economic power is coming into the limelight. And this is a test for Germany's will to recognise changes in geopolitical paradigms and to co-shape it. Manmohan Singh is a Head of Government, who as finance minister
 enforced comprehensive liberalisation in the Indian economy since 1991. It became a grand success story. German companies did not recognise it for a long time.
<br />
<br />
But the guest from India is not only an economic reformer. His greatest achievement since assumption of office two years ago lies in the foreign policy: In March the USA conferred on India the title of "world power", accepted the country into the "empire of
 the good”. And this, despite the fact that India's nuclear arsenal was a thorn in the flesh of Washington, a reason why it imposed sanctions. "Together we can change the world", celebrated the US President Bush recently the new alliance between the most powerful
 and the largest democracies in the world. <br />
<br />
For India's basic values tally with those of the West and thus there is a convergence of many interests. The USA has realised that the international economics and with it the international political centre of gravity in the 21st century is shifting to Asia.
 And a peaceful power, the USA is determined to co-shape this development. That is why a bilateral nuclear agreement was signed, although India still refuses to sign the nuclear non-proliferation treaty.
</p>
<p>The deal is susceptible to criticism at the most for its timing in view of the nuclear dispute with Iran. However, unlike Pakistan, no one could ever accuse India of having promoted proliferation of nuclear weapons. This creates confidence.
<br />
<br />
This gives the country with the second largest population in the world a key role in the shaping of a global security architecture: as a hinge between an economically prospering, but politically divided South and East Asian region and a volatile Muslim world.
 India is aware of its potential as exporter of democratic values and stabilily in a troubled region. And it wants also to be treated by its partners accordingly.
<br />
<br />
But the German politics has till now looked at the subcontinent mainly through the economic perspective alone. The agenda of Singh’s visit reflects this: the visit focuses on the so-called "soft" issues like the deepening of cooperation in the areas of renewab1e
 energies and clean coal power plants. <br />
<br />
Indians have, of course, a vital interest in intensifying the economic and research co- operation. The same is applicab1e also to the areas of security, arms and nuclear technology. And in these fields they expect more than what Germany is offering till now.
 One is working on a bilateral security agreement, but the German side is less ambitious here than the Indian side.
</p>
<p>So long as Germany finds it difficult to define its national interests in dealing with India free from historical and ideological ballast, the much-lauded strategic character of the relationship will remain lifeless in important points. This will lead to
 a setback for Germany compared to Delhi’s other partners. France, Great Britain, Canada and Russia support actively an amendment of the rules of the "Nuclear Supplier’s Group”, which would give India access to civil nuclear technology. Berlin will only stand
 in the way of a consensus. <br />
<br />
Increasing number of countries from USA to Japan are pressing ahead with security policy cooperation with India. This is true even of China. Peking, wants to prevent that the Indian neighbour becomes a cornerstone in an American strategy of "containment" of
 the Peoples Republic. And China knows that this does not in any way contradict India's interests.
<br />
<br />
The relations with India is a litmus test to see whether Germany realizes the far reaching implications of the epochal changes in Asia and correspondingly reacts both politically and economically. American and Japanese companies have since long recognised the
 strategic and economic significance of India. They increase their investments in the most important future market along with China. So long as Germany sends weaker political signals in the direction of India, the risk that German companies will discover the
 country only when the competitors have achieved a decisive advantage there, will increase. Volkswagen has already experienced it on account of its one-sided China-euphoria.
</p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>31/12/2011 11:02:54</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/16116/India++In+a+Global+Role+Unofficial+translation</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">16116</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>16119</publicationdataID>
      <title>Op/Ed: Bush's Indian Ally</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p>NEW DELHI -- At a time when even friendly governments are quick to distance themselves from the United States and its pugnacious, embattled president, India is a strategic maverick. The former firebrand of the Non-Aligned Movement has chosen this moment
 to forge a close partnership with Washington and to speak up positively about American power in world affairs.<br />
<br />
"This lack of nuclear cooperation is the last remaining cobweb from our old relationship, and we can now sweep it aside," Prime Minister Manmohan Singh said with an expressive wave of his hand. "There are no other barriers to a more productive, more durable
 relationship with the United States. The potential is enormous for our two nations."
<br />
<br />
India is the new China in the eyes of the Bush administration, which has promised to help this once-slumbering Asian giant develop into one of the world's five or six major economic and political powers. That undertaking has instilled a new sense of security
 in the Indian capital and erased long-standing tensions. <br />
<br />
Singh praised "the new thinking" in Washington during our conversation and easily skipped over renewed U.S. arms sales to Pakistan, American pressure for action on Iran and other topics that would have sunk most of his predecessors into bitter grumbling about
 neo-imperialism. <br />
<br />
The Indian leader's impressively modest and precise manner sets a moderate tone for his remarks. A visitor quickly understands why he is trusted and respected by his peers in the rough-and-tumble world of Indian politics. That does not prevent him from being
 candid in his assessments: </p>
<p>"We recognize that the United States is the preeminent superpower in the world and that it is in India's interest to have good relations with the United States . . . as a very important partner in realizing our development ambitions," he acknowledged.
<br />
<br />
One way of helping with development and environmental protection, Singh quickly suggested, was for the U.S. Congress to approve legislative changes that clear the way for the United States to provide civilian nuclear technology and supplies to India after a
 32-year ban triggered by India's development and testing of nuclear weapons. <br />
<br />
Bush and Singh reached agreement last July on reciprocal steps for the resumption of nuclear energy cooperation outside the international Non-Proliferation Treaty. Singh has persuaded his left-wing allies in the coalition government he heads not "to wreck the
 boat" by opposing "an agreement that is in India's interest" because of their suspicion of Washington.
<br />
<br />
The administration hopes to move the legislative changes through Congress in May, giving Bush a badly needed foreign policy success as well as the first direct American influence over India's nuclear weapons program, which would be partially covered by new
 safeguards and inspections. <br />
<br />
Singh would not speculate on the consequences of a refusal by Congress to accept the agreement. But in response to questions, he did identify two things that he does not expect to happen.
</p>
<p>Asked if India would ever put all of its reactors under full-scope safeguards -- as some U.S. critics say Bush should have demanded -- he replied: "No. We would like the world to move toward universal nuclear disarmament. But given the circumstances, we
 need a strategic nuclear weapons program. In our neighborhood, China is a nuclear power and on our western frontier there is Pakistan, which developed its weapons through clandestine proliferation."
<br />
<br />
And he said he could not imagine circumstances that would require India to resume nuclear testing, an option that his Indian critics assert is a sovereign right. "Our scientists tell me they need no further tests. As for the distant future, I cannot predict
 forever, but our commitment is to continue our unilateral moratorium." <br />
<br />
The conversation underscored for me that flaws in the nuclear draft agreement are heavily outweighed by the advantages it brings in cutting global pollution, easing pressure on oil markets and bringing a substantial part of India's nuclear program under international
 supervision. <br />
<br />
Noting that Chinese President Hu Jintao was visiting the United States this week, Singh insisted that "we are not developing our relationship with the U.S. at the cost of our relationship with China, which is our neighbor and with which our trade is growing
 at a handsome rate. . . . President Bush told me this is a sensible way to proceed, and that America will remain engaged with China, too."
</p>
<p>On Iran, he urged Washington to allow "the maximum scope for dialogue and discussions. The Iranian regime may need some time to settle down." But, he added, "we are very clear that we do not want another nuclear weapons power in the region."
<br />
<br />
India is moving from a past of shaking an angry finger in the American face to providing a helping hand for U.S. power in the future. The Senate and House should move expeditiously to set this transformation in motion.
<br />
</p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>31/12/2011 11:05:22</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/16119/OpEd+Bushs+Indian+Ally</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">16119</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>16121</publicationdataID>
      <title>India foresees faster economic growth</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p><strong>By Jo Johnson in New Delhi</strong><br />
<br />
India's central bank marked an unexpected pause in monetary tightening at its annual policy review yesterday, saying the country could be on the brink of a shift towards a higher rate of low-inflationary growth.<br />
<br />
Leaving the key interest rates unchanged, the Reserve Bank of India said: "The economy is possibly poised on the threshold of a structural step-up in the growth trajectory. The containment of inflation . . . has boosted growth prospects in an environment of
 stability and confidence." <br />
<br />
Maintaining that monetary conditions were consistent with price stability, the bank forecast gross domestic product growth of 7.5 per cent to 8 per cent in the year ending March 2007, the fourth in a row that the economy will have sustained this unprecedented
 pace. <br />
<br />
Manmohan Singh, India's prime minister, suggested yesterday that the pace of growth could rise still further. In a speech to business leaders, Mr Singh said: "I feel that we can not only sustain the current rate of economic growth of around 8 per cent but can
 realistically hope to target a rate of 10 per cent." <br />
<br />
The RBI raised its reverse repo rate three times in the year ended on March 31, and 10 out of 15 economists polled by Reuters had last week forecast that the rate would rise by another 25 basis points to 5.75 per cent.
</p>
<p>But lower than predicted inflation and more disciplined fiscal management by the central government may have contributed to the RBI's pause. Wholesale inflation dipped to 3.5 per cent on April 1, down from a peak of 6 per cent in April 2005.
<br />
<br />
The RBI warned, however, that the Indian economy needed to prepare for a more complete pass-through of higher global crude oil prices. Consumers pay heavily subsidised prices at petrol stations and for cooking fuels such as kerosene.
<br />
<br />
JPMorgan, which expects the RBI to raise interest rates at its next quarterly monetary policy review on July 25, said the government was likely to raise local fuel prices in June. Few expect any move on fuel prices before elections in five states end in May.
<br />
<br />
In an effort to check the torrid pace of bank lending, the RBI favoured limited sector-specific measures rather than higher interest rates, lifting the provisioning requirement on personal bank loans and real estate lending to 1 per cent from 0.4 per cent.
<br />
<br />
The annual policy statement came against a backdrop of record business confidence, an 89 per cent rise in the Sensex index over the last year and a rapid expansion in credit growth, with loans to commercial real estate rising by 84 per cent in 2005-06.
</p>
<p>Speaking to the Confederation of Indian Industry's annual conference, Mr Singh claimed that improvements to India's weak infrastructure, the main drag on the emergence of a competitive manufacturing sector, were well under way.
<br />
<br />
"By 2009, Indian infrastructure will have a new look and a new sense of dynamism," he said, adding that he had not "lost hope" of overcoming political opposition to reform of the country's rigid labour laws.
<br />
<br />
Economists had expected the bank to justify a further rise in the reverse repo rates in the context of a need to cool the economy, the slowing down of capital flows and the possibility of further global monetary tightening.
<br />
<br />
The central bank cited rising property, equity and gold prices as areas of concern when it lifted the repo and reverse rates by a quarter point to 6.5 per cent and 5.5 per cent respectively in January. The bank rate remains unchanged at 6 per cent. Indian government
 bond prices closed sharply higher as a sign of relief over the news. </p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>31/12/2011 11:07:29</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/16121/India+foresees+faster+economic+growth</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">16121</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>16125</publicationdataID>
      <title>Women Hope to Get Ahead in the Clouds Over India</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p><em>An economic revolution sets would-be flight attendants and others on new career paths.</em><br />
<br />
NEW DELHI — Like most of her classmates in flight attendant school, Sandhya Chatribin has never been on an airplane. At least not one that can fly.
<br />
<br />
The 19-year-old came here from the western coastal state of Goa the way most Indians travel long distances, in a rattling train that shimmied and squeaked its way hundreds of miles across the subcontinent.
<br />
<br />
It was a two-night trip in general class, where passengers sat on wooden slats or stretched out on homemade hammocks or, when floor space ran out, slouched in reeking toilets.
<br />
<br />
By looking skyward for work, Chatribin and her classmates have embarked on a journey from the old India to the new.
<br />
<br />
Millions of young Indians like her have a confidence born of a quiet revolution that is sweeping the country as its economy takes on the challenges of global competition, and easier travel opens the way to once unimagined opportunities.
<br />
<br />
"Look in the eyes of younger people and you see a new India," said Kapil Kaul, regional head of the Center for Asia Pacific Aviation, a Sydney, Australia-based air transport consulting and research agency.
<br />
<br />
"They don't think of India the way their parents did. They feel that India can be compared to any other country. They're seeing a new, emerging India, a powerful India which wasn't seen before."
<br />
<br />
But some change comes slowly. Many Indian women Chatribin's age are still under pressure to marry a man chosen by their parents, to quickly bear children and stay at home to care for family and in-laws.
<br />
<br />
Chatribin is the youngest in a middle-class family of 10. Her parents took a rather radical view of her future: They left it up to her.
<br />
<br />
"They realize this job is something which will keep me away from them," she said. "But then, it was my choice, and my happiness lies in it.
</p>
<p>"Society is changing quickly," Chatribin said. "My mom is not very educated, but the younger generation is different, and she is changing with it."
<br />
<br />
Many in Chatribin's class of about 130 trainees come from farms in rural India, where 70% of the country's 1 billion people still live. A flight attendant's salary is just too attractive to let old social hang-ups get in the way, said Bhavna Tinari, Chatribin's
 instructor at the Frankfinn Institute of Air Hostess Training. <br />
<br />
"Everybody wants economic stability," said Tinari, who was a flight attendant for six years in the 1980s. "They want to raise their standard of living."
<br />
<br />
In Tinari's day, the starting salary for a flight attendant, including perks, was a little more than $300 a month. Any of her students who find jobs will earn up to $560 a month, or more than double that if they get hired by airlines in the Middle East.
<br />
<br />
That may not seem a lot by Western standards, but it's better than other jobs open to young women with a basic education, such as at the call centers that U.S. firms use to handle customer service and telemarketing. Call center jobs normally pay $159 to $204
 a month, according to a study released last year. </p>
<p>Kaul has seen 5,000 people line up to interview for just one advertised opening for a flight attendant position.
<br />
<br />
A quarter of a century ago, when many of the old social rules were still firmly entrenched, thinking of an airline job would have been a flight of fantasy for most young Indians living outside the more cosmopolitan cities.
<br />
<br />
In 1982, when Tinari was looking into becoming an Air India flight attendant, custom dictated that her entire extended family would decide what, if any, career she could pursue.
<br />
<br />
Her uncle, a state deputy director of education, was scandalized that she was about to go flying around unchaperoned, serving food and drinks to strangers.
<br />
<br />
"He thought that this was a very 'loose' sort of a profession," she said. "My younger brother supported me through thick and thin, and he said something to my parents which also clicked with my uncle.
<br />
<br />
"He said, 'We have never been able to get in an airplane. If she's able to sit in one, why don't you just let her go?' "<br />
<br />
Today, India's flight attendants have earned wide respect in their country as members of a well-paid elite "roaming around the world getting to know different cultures," Tinari said.
<br />
<br />
The old India is on the rails, where an accident-prone passenger train system dating back to 1854 is struggling to break the chains of a corrupt bureaucratic system that has dominated India for generations.
</p>
<p>The state-owned Indian Railways is the world's largest. It carries 13 million passengers each day on about 7,000 trains that crisscross the subcontinent. Outdated technology and infrastructure contribute to the estimated 300 serious railway accidents reported
 each year. But for the last century and a half, most Indians with a long way to go have been forced to take their chances on a train.
<br />
<br />
Cars and planes catered mostly to the middle and upper classes. The poor majority had more basic choices: walk, hitch up a cart or buy a train ticket.
<br />
<br />
Until 1991, when India opened its economy to more domestic and foreign competition, the only way to fly was on two state-owned carriers, Air India and Indian Airlines.
<br />
<br />
Today there are at least nine Indian airlines vying for passengers. Competition has driven prices so low that Indian Railways is offering incentives to keep train passengers from switching to planes.
</p>
<p>An air ticket from Delhi to the high-tech hub of Bangalore that cost about $500 last year has dropped by 70% to just $147 today, Kaul said. Similar discounts are offered on other routes as well-established carriers compete with newer, no-frills airlines.
 Some offer advance seats for as low as $11. <br />
<br />
India's airlines are expanding fast and have ordered more than 420 aircraft, worth up to $30 billion, from U.S. aircraft maker Boeing and Europe's Airbus.
<br />
<br />
Yet they can't find enough Indian pilots to fly the new planes. They are currently short about 250 pilots, and the deficit will soar to about 5,000 over the next decade, Kaul said.
<br />
<br />
For the first time, India has been forced to open its doors to foreign pilots, another seismic shift in a country where Mohandas K. Gandhi's principle of economic self-reliance was once a national mantra.
<br />
<br />
At the Frankfinn Institute, students pay more than $2,000 for a one-year part-time course in the hope they will have an edge when interviewing with airlines, which have their own training programs for successful applicants.
</p>
<p>Frankfinn has 40 training centers across India where students spend weeks learning personal grooming, cabin service and arcane information, such as the fact that aircraft tires are filled with nitrogen because it is noncombustible. More than 7,000 trainees
 have graduated in the last two years, but Tinari said she didn't know how many were hired by airlines.
<br />
<br />
She teaches students how to serve passengers, maintain safety and handle emergencies in an old Airbus 300B airliner that sits on a small lot behind New Delhi's decrepit airport.
<br />
<br />
The craft was part of Indian Airlines' fleet, but it was damaged in a runway incident.
<br />
<br />
On a recent day, Chatribin and her classmates took turns learning how to slide down an emergency chute inflated by a noisy generator.
<br />
<br />
Chatribin, who is working on a bachelor of arts degree while training part time to be a flight attendant, is drawn to the airline industry by its seeming glamour, and the chance to travel and work at the same time.
<br />
<br />
Although they support her dream, the rest of her family still sees her as a bit of an oddball, Chatribin said. It's a pioneer's fate.
<br />
<br />
"My sisters are all married and having daughters like me," she said, giggling. "I'm the only one still not married in my family, and studying. So I'm the luckiest one."
</p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>31/12/2011 11:09:59</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/16125/Women+Hope+to+Get+Ahead+in+the+Clouds+Over+India</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">16125</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>16128</publicationdataID>
      <title>In India, 'next great' industrial story</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p><em>MADRAS, India "Made in China" may be getting a new rival. </em><br />
<br />
As global manufacturers seek new places to plant their flags, India - where factories have long been conspicuous for their relative absence - is seeing early stirrings of an industrial renaissance. The effects could be profound for India's vast number of poor
 people, and for the international sourcing of goods from cars to bras. <br />
<br />
For decades, manufacturing in India has been hobbled by antiquated labor laws, creaking infrastructure and paperwork. The new economy of call centers and software campuses arrived to buoy the relatively privileged, but for many of the three-quarters of Indians
 with less than middle-school education, few factories meant few jobs. <br />
<br />
Across India, total exports - mostly manufactured goods - are rising at a 26 percent annual clip, the Commerce Ministry reported recently. The manufacturing sector is growing at 9.4 percent annually, compared with 6 percent a year from 1991 to 2004, according
 to the Finance Ministry. <br />
<br />
Special economic zones - the same enclaves of relative economic freedom that spearheaded China's export-led industrialization - are now spreading here, providing tax holidays, more control over infrastructure like water and power and less regulation. At least
 75 zones are in the works, with more than a dozen already operating. </p>
<p>This kind of pilot-project recalls how China once tested new policies and created an appetite for them nationwide, said Li Kui-wai, an economist at Hong Kong University.
<br />
<br />
Here in Tamil Nadu state, where the changes are briskest, global corporations are already taking advantage of a shift the world has scarcely noticed.
<br />
<br />
Victoria's Secret already buys 6.5 million bras a year in this city, roughly one-tenth of its global total, from a factory its parent company, Limited Brands, invested in. Nokia just erected a high-volume factory here that it says will produce more than 30
 million phones a year and account for at least one-tenth of its global output. </p>
<p>Hyundai Motor, which produces a new car in Tamil Nadu every minute, has made India its global hub for the Santro hatchback; it plans to ship 100,000 India-made cars to 60 nations this year, and 300,000 within two years.
<br />
<br />
"Geographically, it's close to the market, and the second thing is the very highly educated people in India," said Heung Soo Lheem, chief of India operations for Hyundai, explaining why his company had invested in the country. Thirdly, he said, "the suppliers
 are here - I do not say better than China, but maybe the same. And the labor costs are less than China."
<br />
<br />
In a gold rush that evokes the start of China's factory boom, multinationals like Bayerische Motoren Werke, General Motors and Intel are locking down real estate in Tamil Nadu, as are scores of little-known companies from South Korea to Italy. Outside Madras,
 also known as Chennai, barren grazing land that cost $1,000 an acre, or $2,500 a hectare, 20 years ago sells for up to 65 times as much today.
<br />
<br />
"After China, the next great manufacturing story is India - and companies are buying it, because otherwise they wouldn't be buying property," said B.G. Menon, who has sold property to BMW and others as chief operating officer of Mahindra World City, a special
 economic zone outside Madras. <br />
<br />
No one knows how many jobs the boom has spawned. But recent government statistics show that auto plants and associated industries alone employ more than 10 million people - exceeding the entire worker population of Indian factories in the 1990s.
</p>
<p>India's emergence as manufacturing hub comes as multinationals look for alternatives to China. A talent shortage is lifting wages there, which could make Chinese goods costlier and cancel out one major advantage over India: world- class infrastructure that
 reduces the cost of production. <br />
<br />
Meanwhile, Western governments are threatening to choke China's exports by imposing anti-dumping duties, and some multinationals are worried, said Ng Buck Seng, head of Asia research at Manufacturing Insights, a consultancy that advises foreign manufacturers.
<br />
<br />
"Increasingly, what we're seeing is that multinational manufacturers have a lot more interest in India," Ng said, "and that's because of the risk they encounter when they have only China as a low-cost base."
<br />
<br />
Still, India is not the only country gunning for new factories. Southeast Asian nations, including Thailand, Vietnam and Cambodia, are also expected to see a spurt in manufacturing. India lags those countries in infrastructure, but has one big advantage: a
 home market of more than one billion people. <br />
<br />
Indian wages are also relatively low, beginning at about $2 a day for factory jobs. That compares with a minimum of $3.50 to $4.50 a day in Thailand, depending on the area, and the $4 to $8 that some Chinese workers are beginning to command as labor shortages
 spread. <br />
<br />
China is not in any immediate danger of falling behind, however. Its exports exceed India's by several multiples, and the gap keeps widening. In 2005, India's exports were worth about $8 billion a month, and China's, $63 billion, with manufactured goods the
 bulk of both countries' exports. </p>
<p>Experts say the two countries will occupy different positions in the vast market for offshore manufacturing. The first wave of low-cost manufacturing to be sent overseas - the making of toys, electric kettles and television sets, among other wares - will
 remain out of India's reach because of the difficulty of running Indian factories as large as Chinese ones. Official paperwork and regulation is still sticky here, and power still costs about twice as much.
<br />
<br />
But a vast middle segment of factory- made goods relies on a mixture of technical skill and low-cost labor, and here Indian manufacturing can be a supplement to China, experts contend. Not toys, but cellphones. Not hangers, but bras. Not patio furniture, but
 car parts. Not synthetic shoes, but leather ones. <br />
<br />
Consider the formula of Muhammad Yavar Dhala, chief of Forward Shoes in Madras, which made one million pairs of leather shoes last year for European brands like Clarks. Below $60: leave it to China. Above $240: leave it to European cobblers.
<br />
<br />
Orchestrating China's industrial boom was the hand of government. In India's boom, the government is more of a cheerleader than a driving force.
<br />
<br />
Tamil Nadu leaders are credited with nudging the state a few years ahead of the Indian mainstream on infrastructure. The Madras seaport was recently privatized, trimming turnaround times, and electricity is reliable. The government has focused on microchanges
 that avert political backlash while still lubricating trade - approving the special zones, for example, and allowing companies to calculate their own customs.
<br />
<br />
The other principal weakness of Indian factories is the frequency of strikes. Many multinationals still say they cannot produce here until the most restrictive labor laws are repealed.
</p>
<p>Yet a new wave of companies works around those laws, hiring those unlikely to join a union and nurturing them. Companies seek out villagers with scant opportunity or experience, often women. They build temples in their villages and invite their families
 for company prayers. And they coddle them to an extent perhaps unnecessary in less worker-friendly countries.
<br />
<br />
At the Victoria's Secret factory, 2,600 workers, mostly women, are picked up near their homes by 78 company buses instead of having to live in dormitories or commute by foot and bus. There are other expensive perks: a daycare center, a morning energy drink,
 an air-conditioned factory floor and meals tasty enough that the factory boss eats them. The workers are sold bras at a discount.
<br />
<br />
Chittabrata Majumdar, a top-ranking official at the Center of Indian Trade Unions accused India's "new factories" of union-busting.
<br />
<br />
"When the workers want to form their unions," he said, "they are being sacked from their jobs," adding that some are required to sign pledges not to join a union upon hiring hired.
<br />
<br />
But Majumdar admitted that lack of worker interest was an equally important factor behind the difficulties union organizers now face in India, as many workers are pleased to have modest wages and benefits after years of unemployment.
</p>
<p>Within the special zones, foreign managers say, whatever fettered earlier producers is gone. "I don't know why people say it was impossible earlier," said Jukka Lehtela, the Finnish operations manager at Nokia, which operates its own special zone. "I can
 prove that they are wrong." <br />
<br />
As workers nearby planted microscopic components onto circuit boards, zapped them with ion guns and snapped together $60 phones, Lehtela added: "I don't really see anything that can stop volume production here."
</p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>31/12/2011 11:14:18</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/16128/In+India+next+great+industrial+story</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">16128</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>16131</publicationdataID>
      <title>Expanding Energy Sources Vital for India's Economy</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p><strong><em>Letter to Editor</em></strong><br />
<br />
Former Defense Secretary William Cohen is right to point out that there are more nonproliferation advantages than potential disadvantages in the proposed U.S.-India civilian nuclear agreement ("A Pretty Good Deal For America1," editorial page, April 5).
<br />
<br />
It has long been a goal of the U.S. to bring India closer as a partner in the global non-proliferation regime. That is why Mohamed El Baradei -- the head of the International Atomic Energy Agency -- strongly supports the agreement, saying, "It would be a milestone,
 timely for ongoing efforts to consolidate the non-proliferation regime, combat nuclear terrorism and strengthen nuclear safety." The governments of the U.K., France, Russia and Australia are also in support.
<br />
<br />
But this agreement is first and foremost about India's energy needs. India is now one of the world's biggest economies and by 2020 it could be the fastest growing. It is the world's sixth-largest consumer of energy and by 2025 India's energy needs are expected
 to double. To reach its economic potential -- including annual growth rates in the 8%-10% range -- India must diversify its energy sources. Expanding its civilian nuclear power capacity, assisted by the nuclear technology and fuel this agreement will provide,
 is one way to accomplish that. <br />
<br />
A growing and prosperous economy is critical for India's continuing positive development, including poverty reduction. It will also prove be a very good thing for U.S. trade and investment opportunities.<br />
<br />
<strong>Karl F. Inderfurth<br />
Washington</strong></p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>31/12/2011 11:16:27</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/16131/Expanding+Energy+Sources+Vital+for+Indias+Economy</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">16131</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>16133</publicationdataID>
      <title>Open Season On Outsourcers; More Western giants are snapping up Indian companies that specialize in back-office operations</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p>Two years ago, many had written off tech services company Electronic Data Systems Corp. (EDS ) The Plano (Tex.) company had lost top clients because it lacked low-cost offshore capabilities, it faced deep financial trouble, and employee turnover was growing.
 Some even speculated that EDS might be taken out by an upstart outsourcer from India. But the company restructured, sacked its chief executive, and sold off noncore businesses. Now, instead of the hunted, it has become a hunter. On Apr. 3, EDS offered $380
 million for 52% of MphasiS, a Bangalore software and back-office services company. If the deal goes through, EDS's staff in India will grow from 3,000 to 11,000. "MphasiS helps us play offensively in the markets we serve," says Stephen Heidt, an EDS vice-president.
 "It offers us capabilities that otherwise we'd have to develop ourselves."<br />
<br />
Plenty of Western software and services companies are coming to a similar conclusion. On Mar. 20, Chicago printing giant R.R. Donnelley &amp; Sons (RRD ), which has its own 2,000-employee back-office processing unit in India and Sri Lanka, acquired OfficeTiger
 LLC, a hot Indian analytics and accounting outsourcer, for $250 million. And last year, software house Oracle Corp. (ORCL ) paid $900 million for 61% of iflex solutions, a banking software company based in Bombay. "With outsourcing going mainstream worldwide,
 Western companies that want a global presence will be looking to acquire an India operation," says Sujay Chohan, researcher director for Gartner India. (IT )
</p>
<p>INDIAN SUITORS <br />
<br />
The industry expects all sorts of deals in coming months. IBM (IBM ), Capgemini, and electronics manufacturing and design giant Flextronics (FLEX ) have been scoping out potential targets, insiders say. And many Indian companies are looking for a marketing
 presence in the West in order to grow, while some of the country's early outsourcing entrepreneurs are ready to cash out, which will likely create new buying opportunities. Dozens of small and midsize outfits in India might prove attractive to the industry's
 giants. Second-tier Indian companies such as Polaris Software Lab, Hexaware Technologies, Zensar Technologies, and Patni Computer Systems, and niche players like telecom software maker Sasken Communications Technologies and back-office providers EXL Service
 and Datamatics could be prime targets. Even some bigger outfits could be in play. Bombay's WNS Global Services, a $200 million-plus company that specializes in clerical work for travel and insurance companies, is planning an initial public offering this year,
 but could also end up being taken over. "Either you are a billion-dollar business, or a really smart company, or you're up for grabs," says Sunil Mehta, vice-president of software association Nasscom.
</p>
<p>The dealmaking is part of a broader consolidation of the info tech services industry. On Apr. 4, for instance, El Segundo (Calif.)-based Computer Sciences Corp. (CSC) (CSC ) announced it was putting itself up for sale after struggling to rein in expenses.
 Providers need huge scale and low costs to compete for the multiyear, $1 billion-plus outsourcing contracts multi-nationals are offering in areas such as accounting, human resources, and research. In recent years, industry leaders such as IBM, Accenture, and
 Hewlett-Packard (HPQ ) have add-ed thousands of workers in India, but other players failed to see the opportunity. IBM, for instance, three years ago bought New Delhi call center operator Daksh for $150 million, and now has 38,500 employees in India. "We started
 late in terms of leveraging capabilities in India, but others were even slower," says Amitabh Ray, IBM's business consulting chief. "EDS, CSC, and others are just getting started."
<br />
<br />
Foreigners won't be the only ones buying. Genpact, the world's largest offshore back-office player, which is 40%-owned by General Electric Co. (GE ) but headquartered in New Delhi, could benefit from acquiring a company such as WNS to diversify its client base
 since it currently gets 85% of its work from GE. Homegrown champions such as Infosys (INFY ), TCS, and Wipro (WIT ) will likely want to bulk up further and are making acquisitions in the West to better compete against multinationals. They're "feeling the heat
 from the aggressive expansion of global rivals like IBM into India," says Sudin Apte, country head of Forrester Research Inc. (FORR ) in India.
</p>
<p>PREMIUM PRICES? <br />
<br />
One concern will be price. The Indian stock market has jumped from one record high to another this year as investors seek to cash in on the country's potential growth. Infosys, for instance, is trading at more than 35 times its expected 2006 earnings, and MphasiS'
 stock has shot up 15% in the past month alone. Some dismiss such valuations as unjustifiable, but the pressure to get an offshore presence in India is so great that Western companies might seize the opportunity now and pay such high multiples for fear of finding
 themselves out of the running. <br />
<br />
It seems there will be no shortage of potential work. About $70 billion worth of outsourcing contracts will be up for renewal over the next two years, and billions more in new contracts will be signed, according to Forrester. And the range of activities that
 companies are willing to ship offshore is growing. "The back-office processing space is wide open," says Sid Khanna, Accenture's global partner for outsourcing. "Many areas like legal outsourcing and architecture back-office work are in their infancy and will
 make good, solid businesses." </p>
<p>The EDS deal will give MphasiS a global partner that can market its services worldwide. The company, an early entrant in the business, has been struggling lately due to lack of a strong overseas presence, high attrition, and tensions between large investors,
 leaving MphasiS far behind larger rivals such as TCS and Wipro. EDS, meanwhile, will benefit from the Indian company's lower cost structure and its expertise in finance and accounting. And Heidt, the EDS vice-president, says MphasiS may be just the beginning.
 The Texas company has only 3,000 workers in India without counting MphasiS. But Heidt says EDS had planned to double that number this year, and ultimately may end up with 20% of its global workforce of 120,000 outside of the U.S., a goal that could be met
 either by organic growth or acquisition. "We continue to look for stuff that fits our needs," Heidt says.
<br />
<br />
Others surely will do the same. And increasingly, the stars of the global outsourcing industry are likely to find that fit with companies in India.
</p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>31/12/2011 11:18:38</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/16133/Open+Season+On+Outsourcers+More+Western+giants+are+snapping+up+Indian+companies+that+specialize+in+backoffice+operations</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">16133</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>16137</publicationdataID>
      <title>It makes sense to end India's nuclear isolation</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p>LONDON President George W. Bush has taken a momentous step in shelving a U.S. policy that for three decades cast India as a nuclear pariah- state and isolated the world's largest democracy from nuclear commerce, even for the peaceful purpose of generating
 electricity.<br />
<br />
In Washington a fierce debate has erupted over the impact on the Nuclear Nonproliferation Treaty.
<br />
<br />
The U.S.-India deal conforms to the treaty by ensuring that nuclear commerce remains in the civil realm. But critics say it jeopardizes the treaty by legitimizing India's nuclear deterrent. Supporters counter that India's weapon is a long-standing fact, that
 India has used nuclear technology responsibly and that it is time to close ranks with a democracy.
<br />
<br />
Before the Bush initiative, two truths coexisted uneasily. First, the nonproliferation regime is one of history's great diplomatic achievements. Since its inception in 1970, the treaty has kept the number of nuclear-armed nations under 10.
<br />
<br />
Episodes of non-compliance have shown the treaty's value. After the first Gulf War revealed Iraq's covert nuclear efforts, the treaty regime gained strength as the International Atomic Energy Agency acquired new detection capabilities and broader authority
 for its inspectors. Treaty inspections "caught" both North Korea and Iran, and have spurred collective diplomacy against these violations.
</p>
<p>A second, less convenient truth is that the treaty was, from the outset, unfair to India as a great nation. The treaty drew a line in time, recognizing only the UN Security Council's five permanent members as "nuclear-weapon states." Thus, when India became
 the world's sixth nuclear power in 1974, it faced Hobson's choice: Disarm or remain outside the treaty.
<br />
<br />
For reasons of principle and strategic interest India remained outside, declaring that it would eliminate its small deterrent as soon as the five favored "weapon states" fulfilled a treaty pledge to dismantle their own much larger nuclear arsenals.
<br />
<br />
Indians went on, for three decades, to become proud developers and careful custodians of their own sophisticated nuclear technologies. To supply power for economic growth, India now plans to build hundreds of reactors by mid-century, even without the new agreement.
<br />
<br />
The Bush initiative would accept India's reality. Critics complain that the accord leaves India's military program "unconstrained." Advocates counter that India's civil power reactors will fall under inspection safeguards.
<br />
<br />
This debate is sterile. Inspections on India's civil facilities cannot affect its military program. But neither will civil nuclear trade with India spur an Asian arms race. India's leaders have no motive to abandon India's long-standing policy of maintaining
 minimal nuclear deterrence vis-à-vis Pakistan's smaller nuclear force and China's larger one.
</p>
<p>Although legal under the nonproliferation treaty, the deal will require change in a U.S. law enacted in 1978 that made treaty membership a condition of nuclear trade. In 1992, the Nuclear Suppliers Group of nations embraced the same coercive approach. Now
 these countries are set to follow the U.S. lead, with only China expressing resistance.
<br />
<br />
The new policy would revert - in the unique case of India - to the basic treaty requirement of confining nuclear trade to the civil realm. It would also welcome India as a partner in world nuclear trade controls and collaborative projects to develop nuclear
 technology. <br />
<br />
Some say that ending India's nuclear isolation sends a dangerous message to potential proliferators. This charge does not withstand analysis. How will the ambitions of Iran, North Korea, and Pakistan be inflamed by the principle now being affirmed?
<br />
<br />
The principle is this: In sensitive nuclear technology, we will trade legally - and with nations that have earned the world's trust. As a practical matter, no nation appears likely to "proliferate" because India is allowed civil nuclear commerce.
<br />
<br />
Thus has the new policy been endorsed by Hans Blix and Mohamed Elbaradei, the IAEA leaders entrusted over the last quarter century to oversee the nonproliferation regime.
</p>
<p>Nuclear cooperation with India offers some economic opportunity - and potentially enormous environmental value. India has recognized the urgency of a worldwide clean-energy revolution if humankind is to avoid unleashing devastating climate change.
<br />
<br />
The U.S.-India deal promises a partnership between the two largest democracies to deliver this environmental benefit - within India and to a wider world - on a scale that can make a difference.
<br />
<br />
With a strong legal, strategic and environmental rationale, this is a Bush initiative that has gained a broad coalition of support abroad.
<br />
<br />
<em>(John B. Ritch, U.S. ambassador to the International Atomic Energy Agency in the Clinton administration, is the director general of the World Nuclear Association and president of the World Nuclear University.)</em></p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>31/12/2011 11:20:48</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/16137/It+makes+sense+to+end+Indias+nuclear+isolation</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">16137</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>16139</publicationdataID>
      <title>India Will Merge Two Airlines Amid a Boom in Aviation Sector</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p>MUMBAI, India – India's government said it will merge its two state-controlled airlines this year, as a wave of consolidation sweeps the subcontinent's booming aviation industry.<br />
<br />
International carrier Air India, which has a fleet of 44 aircraft, will be teamed with Indian Airlines, which operates chiefly on domestic routes with a fleet of 70, Aviation Minister Praful Patel said, in a move that officials had mentioned as a possibility
 in late February. <br />
<br />
Mr. Patel said details such as how the merger will affect initial public offerings planned by both airlines are still being worked out and will be decided in the next few months.
<br />
<br />
He made the remarks at a ceremony where a shareholders' agreement was signed to privatize the New Delhi and Mumbai airports, another step in modernizing India's overwhelmed aviation sector.
<br />
<br />
The planned merger of Air India and Indian Airlines comes as both state-controlled airlines struggle. Recent moves to boost the number of international flights to India and allow private local carriers to fly abroad have thrown open India's skies and increased
 passenger volumes by about 20% a year. But the two state-run airlines haven't been able to match newcomers that are offering more-efficient service, sometimes at a cheaper price, to India's rapidly growing middle class.
</p>
<p>Conceived during India's post-independence socialist past, the state-run airlines are known for long delays and poor attention to customers.
<br />
<br />
Under the merger, the two airlines would be able to mesh their marketing and ticket distribution, coordinate routes and save money in sharing purchases of aircraft, according to Kapil Kaul, who heads the New Delhi office of the Center for Asia Pacific Aviation,
 a consultancy based in Sydney. "If the national carriers are to have any future, it lies in being together rather than apart," he said. "Consolidation among full-service carriers is necessary."
<br />
<br />
The influx of foreign and private carriers has forced the government to take steps to lift performance at the airlines it controls.
<br />
<br />
Both state carriers are in the throes of extensive fleet-acquisition programs, with Air India having ordered 68 new aircraft for delivery before early 2012. In contrast, private airlines have enjoyed more success, with domestic passenger-traffic rising to 40
 million for the year ended March 31, 2005, from 32 million the year earlier, according to government figures.
<br />
<br />
Jet Airways, a full-service carrier that is India's biggest nongovernment-run airline, has nearly 40% of the domestic market. That has slipped a few percentage points during the past year in the face of stiff competition from budget carriers such as Air Deccan,
 a closely held India-based airline that has 11% of the domestic market. <br />
<br />
To bolster its market position, Jet Airways bought its nearest competitor, Air Sahara, for $500 million in January. The deal would give Jet Airways about half the domestic market, but it hasn't been completed as it is awaiting government approval.
</p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>31/12/2011 11:22:43</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/16139/India+Will+Merge+Two+Airlines+Amid+a+Boom+in+Aviation+Sector</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">16139</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>16142</publicationdataID>
      <title>Indian animators eye co-production for big profits</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p>MUMBAI (Reuters) - Last year, a young superhero criss-crossed film screens in India with a golden mace as he fought fire-spitting demons and serpents to save good guys.
<br />
<br />
In a country that never tires of its high-decibel formulaic musicals, the animated exploits of chubby "Hanuman" -- the monkey-god revered by Hindus -- was a surprise hit.
<br />
<br />
Walt Disney bought the rights, putting a stamp of approval on India's home-made animation films and encouraging animation outsourcing firms to turn to production.
<br />
<br />
Once just outsourcing sweatshops that sketched, painted and digitized ordered content, Indian animation firms are now signing co-production deals with international studios to boost their earnings, industry officials say.
<br />
<br />
With annual revenues of $310 million, the industry has grown so far on the back of an explosion in outsourcing of animated computer images for television, cinema and the Internet at a quarter of the cost of that in the United States and Britain.
<br />
<br />
Now big players are now moving away from outsourcing to claim ownership of their products and share copyrights and profits.
<br />
<br />
"Creative co-production gives greater control and ownership and it takes the companies up the value chain," said Sunil Mehta, vice-president of National Association of Software and Service Companies (Nasscom), the main industry lobby.
<br />
<br />
The trend is expected to help India's animation and gaming market quadruple to $1.3 million by 2009 and employ about 30,000 animators, says Nasscom.
<br />
<br />
Animation companies say growth in the outsourcing model has begun to plateau, but co-production was yielding multiple sources of revenue from merchandising to licensing.
</p>
<p>Companies are reluctant to give price details but say profit margins are higher in co-production because the life-cycle of a product is longer, unlike in a service deal where it ends with the completion of the animation.
<br />
<br />
Co-production will contribute 70 percent of profits in about four years, double the levels now, industry estimates showed.
<br />
<br />
Indian companies such as UTV Software Communications, Toonz Animation, Pentamedia Graphics, Crest Communications, DQ Entertainment and JadooWorks have signed deals with firms such as Walt Disney, NBC Universal and Mattel to share copyrights and profits.
<br />
<br />
"Obviously, just the work-for-hire module doesn't add any valuation. Co-owning the intellectual property makes sense," A.K. Madhavan, CEO of Crest Communication, told Reuters.
<br />
<br />
Fund managers say animation companies were moving up the value chain and stock investors were beginning to take notice.
<br />
<br />
"But the full potential of the (co-production) model will be known once the product is seen and how it performs. Until then the market will wait," said Suhas Naik, director of equities of ING Vyasa bank.
<br />
<br />
ANIMATION FILMS<br />
<br />
The Indian animation industry has grown over the years, but it wasn't until last year that a full-length animated feature film was made in India in "Hanuman."
<br />
<br />
The film's surprise success at the box office has prompted even Bollywood producers to eye the animation pie.
<br />
<br />
Top Bollywood filmmaker Ravi Chopra is making an animated film about the Hindu god Krishna to be released next year. UTV's animation division also planned to make cartoon feature films.
<br />
<br />
Toonz Animation's "The Adventures of Tenali Raman" was sold to TV stations in Asia, Europe, North America and Singapore, and JadooWorks is reportedly producing two animated films - "Lord Krishna" and "Bombay Dogs."
</p>
<p>"We entered the animation business through the services arena, but currently several projects are in discussion for direct to video and theatrical releases," said Siddharth Roy Kapur of UTV, a big name in Bollywood films.
<br />
<br />
The cartoon film boom isn't restricted to Hindi or English languages and filmmakers in southern Indian languages are also stepping in.
<br />
<br />
"Though animated films take time and need more manpower, we have invested in this medium because it's the global trend right now," said Bhargav, who is producing the Telegu-language "Kittu," an animated story of a clever monkey.
<br />
<br />
"Animation films may never equal live-action movies, but animation stories are getting into the genre of family entertainment in India," said Madhavan.
</p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>31/12/2011 11:24:49</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/16142/Indian+animators+eye+coproduction+for+big+profits</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">16142</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>16145</publicationdataID>
      <title>Chips and Biryani: How one U.S. tech company builds business by arming the offshorers of India</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p>Michael Fister has come to India not to save money but to make money. He has seen opportunity budding at Beceem Communications, a young chip design company tucked into a few floors of a building in a bustling residential area of Bangalore. He has watched
 it surge at Wipro, one of India's outsourcing giants. And Fister has spotted a burst of opportunity at MindTree, an R&amp;D and consulting firm that is building a 15-acre campus west of downtown Bangalore, a few kilometers away from streets choked with shanties.
<br />
<br />
Fister runs Cadence Design Systems, a $1.3 billion (sales) vendor of software and systems for chip design and testing. Consumers shopping for a cell phone or a handheld video player won't encounter Cadence, but without Cadence the gadget they want might not
 exist. Now Cadence, in San Jose, Calif., aims to fuel the next wave of offshoring, one that takes not just the help desk but the engineering department abroad. Cadence sells its tools throughout the world. But while China is fast becoming the world's manufacturing
 center, India is using its expertise in software to leap into the next innovative zone: designing chips.
<br />
<br />
"We want to be part of the world as it grows and to tap the passion, intelligence and pride of people building these new markets," Fister says. Cadence got an early start in India, opening a development office in 1987, the same year it was founded. Now it employs
 900 there. Revenues are still modest. Asia (excluding Japan) accounted for only 9% of Cadence's sales last year, but India's share is growing: The firm has 160 chip design clients there, up from 15 in 1998.
</p>
<p>So far Bangalore, India's high-tech city, has been home to most of the country's chip-design companies. But another flavor of biryani, the famed rice dish of southern India, is on the rise: In February a government-industry consortium picked Hyderabad as
 the spot for India's first chip-assembly-and-testing facility. <br />
<br />
Offshoring chip design promises to turbocharge business, letting companies produce more products quicker than ever before, and at low prices. Imagine it and India's tech wizards will design it, then Chinese factories will churn out the chips for it: It's just-in-time
 invention. <br />
<br />
U.S. companies can leverage this system rather than fear it. Every new chip is the basis for a score of devices; every device sparks ideas for a host of software applications. "You build a foundation around semiconductors," notes Fister. "Then you can build
 industries around it." </p>
<p>Fister, 51, has seen this multiplier effect before. A lean man with a taste for racing bikes and geeky technology, he spent 17 years at Intel. He helped Intel segment the Pentium into the troika of Xeon (high end), Celeron (low end) and Pentium classic,
 a move that drove up profits and held competitors at bay. He was an early advocate of starting a research lab for Intel in India. Intel committed itself to chip design in Bangalore in 2002; it has 2,500 workers there now, and they have made significant contributions,
 most notably to Intel's portfolio of mobile technologies. <br />
<br />
To build business in India, Cadence has spent years working with government and industry. The company has become a big supporter of the fledgling India Semiconductor Association, which hosted its first conference in February. Last year Cadence trained more
 than 2,000 students and engineers in India to use its tools. The company offers payment schemes that let small outfits pay for its technology as their work brings in revenues. Fister has also pushed the idea of packaging Cadence's tools into "kits" with such
 themes as wireless networking or consumer electronics, to better fit the projects its customers are tackling. Fister delivers the goods himself, visiting even tiny companies to listen to their plans and offer ideas of how Cadence can help them grow.
</p>
<p>On a recent February morning in Bangalore Fister arrives in a hired Mercedes at the door of two-and-a-half-year-old Beceem Communications, located in a busy residential area that's fast turning into a business zone. Beceem works on chips that provide high-speed,
 wireless Internet access for mobile devices. <br />
<br />
"We're always interested in the most cutting-edge work," Fister tells Beceem's managing director Rajat Gupta, while admiring the upstart's first coup: a modem that can deliver Internet data to a laptop at 15 million bits per second even in a car moving up to
 60mph. Beceem and its partners lashed together the device in under a year. </p>
<p>"We have about 40 people here doing chip design and another 40 doing software development," Gupta tells Fister, leading him briskly through a large room with yellow walls and green trim, filled with cubicles. Beceem, which means "wireless" in Persian, is
 an international hybrid. Although most of its engineers work in India, senior management and 40 engineers who specialize in radio-frequency technology are in Santa Clara. Most of its more than $30 million in venture funding has come from the U.S. (Intel and
 Samsung are big investors, too.) Its first customers are in Asia. <br />
<br />
India has built up expertise in the design of analog circuits, those that massage smoothly varying signals (like the music from a speaker). Analog happens to be a Cadence strong suit. Five years ago only a few multinational tech companies could rely on engineers
 in a faraway land to handle chip design, but better telecommunications and automated design tools have changed that picture.
<br />
<br />
At 10:30 a.m. in Bangalore a handful of engineers are hunkered down in their cubicles, staring at circuit diagrams on their computer screens. U.S. companies prize high-walled cubicles for privacy. Here the walls are lower, encouraging engineers to lean over
 the partitions and brainstorm. <br />
<br />
Gupta reaches a series of workbenches covered with electronic test equipment and picks up a printed circuit board the size of a short stack of index cards. "Here's our first modem," he says, one for mobile WiMax. WiMax is hot: At least 350 companies have signed
 on to the broad technology standard. Korea and India plan to roll out the technology this year. "There's not enough copper in all the world to connect everyone in India to the Internet," Gupta says. "That's why we think this technology is so promising."
</p>
<p>Beceem develops mobile WiMax reference designs and analog-radio chip sets for customers that piece together those components and processors to build handsets, modem cards and such. Beceem engineers were working on their designs last spring when they got
 a call from a Korean electronics maker that wanted to show WiMax at an Asian economic conference in Korea in November. Would Beceem's chip design be ready?
<br />
<br />
Beceem said yes, and Cadence engineers flew from Noida down to Bangalore to help Beceem work through the nuances of using the design tools (and fiddle with the tools to make them solve a knotty WiMax challenge). After a string of 18-hour days Beceem finished
 its design in early July. A Taiwanese chip foundry made the chips. Tessolve, another U.S.-India hybrid, which set up a testing company last year, ensured that the chips worked. The demo at the conference in Korea wowed the crowd.
<br />
<br />
Now Gupta wants even smoother ways for Beceem engineers in the U.S. and India to synch up their contributions. "It would be impossible to have our whole team in one place," he declares. His reason is echoed by others across India: Development strictly in the
 U.S. is expensive; development strictly in India is hard to manage and to keep on schedule.
<br />
<br />
"When I was at Intel," Fister tells his Indian host, "I used to think that tool companies just sold you a package and then said, 'You're on your own.' We've cut out those yo-yos." He pledges to keep Cadence engineers working with Beceem to make the tools bridge
 the geographic distances. </p>
<p>On another day in Bangalore security guards halt Fister's car just outside gates that separate the Wipro campus, with its manicured lawns and quiet pond, from the dusty outside world of construction zones. The company started in 1945 as Western India Vegetable
 Products Ltd. A few decades later it had leaped into technology and outsourcing. A third of Wipro's $2.2 billion in annual revenue comes from R&amp;D services it provides to makers of high-tech gear. Of its 52,000 employees, 1,200 work on circuit designs for more
 than 180 customers in 25 countries. Wipro doesn't manufacture final products (one notable exception: PCs for the Indian market). But it does everything else.
<br />
<br />
"It's like we're a hundred product companies in one," A.L. Rao, Wipro's chief operating officer, tells Fister, as lieutenants from Wipro and Cadence settle into chairs at a long polished table. Waiters glide into the room with silver trays of sodas, biscuits
 and hot, sweet coffee. <br />
<br />
Vasudevan Aghoramoorthy, a Wipro vice president, displays a schematic of a product development, from concept to chip design to support for the final product. "Seventy to eighty percent of our work gets done in the middle, in the development phase," Aghoramoorthy
 points out. Wipro's fastest-growing area: testing everything from circuits in development to final products.
<br />
<br />
Testing is a subtle art, one that is going virtual. Engineers can create a model of how, say, a cell phone or advanced graphics processor should work and test it by simulating the systems (say, "pushing" virtual buttons) hundreds of times. But such is the complexity
 of these systems that even the fastest general purpose computers cannot test all the billions of possible combinations of hardware and software interactions that a cell phone or graphics chip may encounter. Put it this way: These days chips cannot keep up
 with their own brainpower. </p>
<p>Cadence's twist has been to add the elegance of inductive reasoning. Along with its specialty hardware engine, Palladium, Cadence adds mathematical techniques that prove the validity of chip designs. "I'll tell you what," Fister says, leaning on the table.
 "I'll let you try out the latest Palladium for a month. After you get to know how to use it, I bet you're going to realize how fantastic it is."
<br />
<br />
One drawback: The math-intensive nature of Cadence's latest tools forces engineers to relearn how to do testing. But Fister knows Indian engineers are often game to try new approaches, provided they pay off. Wipro's Rao likes Fister's overture, and a deal is
 set into motion. <br />
<br />
Fister's last stop, at the end of a weeklong road trip that began in Europe, is at MindTree Consulting, a seven-year-old firm with 3,500 employees. Road fatigue is taking a toll; at lunch Fister skips an elaborate buffet of Indian delicacies in favor of a ham
 sandwich. The 50-minute drive to MindTree from downtown Bangalore shows India's many facets, from a smooth modern highway flyover to side streets jammed with blacksmiths, sweetshops, street vendors hawking bright flower garlands, people waiting for dusty buses
 and cattle. <br />
<br />
MindTree was founded by ten people who had already had successful careers elsewhere. (Half are former Wipro executives.) MindTree wants to be an "aspirational company," Subroto Bagchi, the chief operating officer, tells Fister.
</p>
<p>Every employee holds equity in the privately held company, which raised $24 million in funding, mostly from U.S. venture capitalists. MindTree's logo was designed by a child afflicted with cerebral palsy. ("It shows we believe there is much we can learn
 from everyone," Bagchi says.) The company hosts lectures by people from diverse backgrounds--dancers, astronauts and authors--aiming to "break the engineering mindset," he says.
<br />
<br />
"Ten years ago clients would just ask: 'How many C&#43;&#43; programmers do you have?'" Bagchi says. "Today we're getting asked to help design a concept. We're not just saving money for customers--we're creating value."
<br />
<br />
Fister gets recharged by hearing this. Like MindTree, Cadence wants to help its customers not just build products but deepen their expertise in new areas, he asserts. MindTree executives nod. In 2004 a Korean customer asked MindTree to develop a lithium-ion
 battery charger for cell phones, a device that required expertise in mixed-signal and analog design that MindTree lacked. Cadence helped out, Bagchi says, both by helping MindTree engineers learn to use the right design tools and by making the wares available
 in a pay-as-you-go program. Eight months later MindTree delivered the battery charger--and had built a new set of skills in a booming area. "We couldn't have made it without Cadence," Bagchi says.
<br />
<br />
Now, as Fister tours the MindTree labs, he suggests that Cadence's tool kits can help MindTree sharpen its skills and add to its intellectual property in radio frequency design. MindTree's executives are intrigued. The kits could speed up their development
 time. A month later, they decide to try out one of the Cadence kits. <br />
<br />
As Fister sees it, the deal is another brick in the emerging Indian semiconductor economy. "It's about building a foundation," Fister says. "You don't have to reinvent everything."
</p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>31/12/2011 11:28:02</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/16145/Chips+and+Biryani+How+one+US+tech+company+builds+business+by+arming+the+offshorers+of+India</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">16145</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>16147</publicationdataID>
      <title>TI Seeds It</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p>Texas Instruments was the first international chip company to open an office in India when it set up there in 1985. Some 2,500 people applied for jobs; TI hired 16 and put them to work in Bangalore. Oxen helped haul equipment to the new office.
<br />
<br />
Twenty-one years later TI India has blossomed into a formidable 1,200-person research-and-development team and local celebrity. A leading Indian television quiz show recently asked: "What was the first digital signal processor designed in India?” Contestants
 vied for a chance to shout the answer: "Ankoor!” <br />
<br />
In two decades TI India has trained dozens of engineers to be managers. Now some of them are launching their own firms, and the welter of castoffs is great news to the company they quit: They build the software and circuits that help other companies make use
 of TI chips. <br />
<br />
In December TI rolled out DaVinci, a powerful new platform of digital signal processors. Developing it took a multiyear effort by TI-ers around the world. India contributed much of the software and systems technology for these chips, which, at a cost of up
 to $35 apiece, can be the brains of videophones, video security systems and other devices.
<br />
<br />
Five weeks after DaVinci appeared, a company called Ittiam Systems was showing off a working Internet phone based on DaVinci at the Consumer Electronics Show in Las Vegas. Ittiam’s inside track? It’s a five-year-old Bangalore software firm, founded by five
 TI India alumni, including Srini Rajam, who in 1995 became the first Indian managing director of TI India.
</p>
<p>Rajam was among TI India’s original team of 16. By 2001 the itch to run his own show was too great. The name "Ittiam” is an amalgam of the first letters from the René Descartes statement: "I think, therefore I am.” "It tells our message,” Rajam says. "Our
 thoughts will lead to our destiny.” <br />
<br />
Ittiam builds working prototypes based on digital signal processors such as those from TI. Ittiam doesn’t worry about design niceties such as color or styling. It simply shows off every muscle of a new chip—how well it supports three- or four-way videoconferencing
 and how it can capture and play back speech. Customers such as Sony and Microsoft can cherry-pick the features they want in their products. What goes into their shopping carts: TI’s chips and Ittiam’s software for gluing system elements together.
<br />
<br />
By late March Ittiam was already in discussions with an equipment maker keen to license the technology. But it offers a payoff for TI, as well. "No one wants to see employees leave,” says R. Gregory Delagi, a TI vice president, "but we’re doing more than R&amp;D.
 We’re building a big ecosystem in India.” </p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>31/12/2011 11:29:54</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/16147/TI+Seeds+It</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">16147</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>16151</publicationdataID>
      <title>Young Americans seek opportunity in booming Bangalore</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p>BANGALORE, India - After graduating from Northwestern University last year, Nate Linkon contemplated job offers in Chicago and New York. But he chose a less conventional path and started his career here, in India's booming tech capital.<br />
<br />
The 22-year-old Milwaukee native works in marketing at Infosys Technologies Ltd., India's second-largest software exporter. He's part of a small but growing number of young Americans moving to Bangalore and other Indian cities to beef up their resumes, launch
 businesses or study globalization in one of the world's fastest-growing economies.
<br />
<br />
Despite the traffic-choked streets, unsteady electrical supply, occasional digestive troubles and other daily frustrations of life in India, Linkon has no regrets.
<br />
<br />
"Moving to Bangalore has been the best decision of my life," Linkon said. "Asia will only become more significant to the global economy, and having this background is invaluable."
<br />
<br />
Nearly 800 Americans are working or interning at information technology companies in India, and the number is expected to grow, according to India's National Association of Software and Services Companies, or Nasscom.
<br />
<br />
India's economy has averaged 8 percent growth over the past three years, driven by the rapid expansion of its software, IT and business-process outsourcing industries. President Bush's recent visit to India underscores the strengthening economic and political
 ties between the two countries. </p>
<p>India's economy still trails China's in size and growth rate. But unlike China, English is widely spoken in India, making its culture and career opportunities more accessible to foreign workers.
<br />
<br />
Like the young Americans who flocked to Eastern European cities like Prague and Budapest after the fall of communism, some college and business school grads are now heading to the world's second most populous nation to be part of its historic economic expansion.
<br />
<br />
"I didn't want a typical job right after college," said Peter Norlander, 22, of East Greenbush, N.Y., who took a job in Infosys' human resources department after graduating from Cornell University last year. "Big things are happening here. I've got a front
 seat." <br />
<br />
Bangalore is at the heart of India's bid to become a 21st century economic powerhouse. A sprawling southern metropolis of more than 6 million, it is known as India's Silicon Valley and is seeing breakneck growth, with an explosion of new office towers, technology
 parks, condo complexes and shopping malls. <br />
<br />
With its numerous call centers and software firms serving foreign clients, Bangalore is also at the center of the global outsourcing debate, generating complaints from American workers worried about their jobs being shipped overseas.
<br />
<br />
Companies like IBM Corp., Dell Inc., Microsoft Corp. and Oracle Corp. have large offices here and are expanding their Bangalore work forces to tap into India's huge pool of well-trained, relatively inexpensive engineers and other professionals.
<br />
<br />
Older American expatriates have been coming to India for years to manage subsidiaries or train Indian employees. But now younger Americans are coming to take jobs at India's leading private firms or multinationals expanding their India operations.
</p>
<p>"Indian corporates also gain from such professionals working with them, gaining knowledge of the cross-cultural nuances of managing a global work force," said Nasscom's Deepakshi Jha.
<br />
<br />
With its manicured lawns, food courts, gyms and cutting-edge architecture, the Infosys campus in Bangalore is an oasis of modernity in a city where the streets are jammed with buses, motorbikes, rickshaws, horse-drawn carts and herds of cows and goats.
<br />
<br />
Once they step off their corporate campuses, however, Americans must contend with the hassles of daily life in India, from haggling with rickshaw drivers to confronting scenes of grinding poverty.
<br />
<br />
"It's emotionally exhausting," said John S. Anderson, 29, a Stanford business school student who returned from India last summer after a year in Bombay helping eBay Inc. integrate employees at a newly acquired Indian firm.
<br />
<br />
"The poverty that you see at such an in-your-face level, and so much of it, gets really tiring," Anderson said. "You get up and drive to work in the morning, and every day four little girls come up to you and beg for money."
<br />
<br />
Another complaint is the seemingly endless workday here. Because of the time difference, employees often must work late at night or early in the morning to talk with colleagues or customers in the United States and Europe.
</p>
<p>Still, Anderson and others say the chance to live, work and travel in such a dynamic society outweighed the troubles.
<br />
<br />
"All I knew about outsourcing in India was call centers," Anderson said. "What you find out when you go there is that there are just a ton of brilliant people with a strong entrepreneurial spirit."
<br />
<br />
Americans generally accept lower salaries to work in India, but their money goes a lot further, allowing them to dine at high-end restaurants, dance at the trendiest clubs and travel extensively within the country.
<br />
<br />
American software engineer Anna Libkhen, 31, took a big pay cut - she now earns about one-fourth her salary in New York City - when she transferred to Bangalore for Thomas Financial in October 2004.
<br />
<br />
But the chance to immerse herself in Indian culture is priceless. <br />
<br />
"India as a country has a lot to offer: yoga, ayurveda (herbal medicine), meditation, food, dance, music," Libkhen said. "These are all the cultural aspects of life I was looking for."
<br />
<br />
Infosys, which has about 50,000 employees worldwide, aggressively recruits foreign employees and interns, hoping its international work force will help it better compete in the global marketplace. Each year, more than 10,000 applicants apply for its 100-plus
 internship spots. </p>
<p>N.R. Narayana Murthy, Infosys' chairman and co-founder, said the company started its internship program six years ago to show foreign students there's more to India than "cows, poverty and pollution."
<br />
<br />
"They get exposed to another side of India," Murthy said in an interview on the Infosys campus in Bangalore. "These people will become leaders in all walks of life. If we can create a positive impression on their minds at an early stage, it's good for India
 and for Infosys." <br />
<br />
Eric Stuckey, 32, an MBA student at the University of Michigan, jumped at a chance to intern at Infosys as part of a research project on global outsourcing. A former software developer, he wanted to witness the growth of India's burgeoning IT industry and get
 experience working with Indian companies. <br />
<br />
"India and China are coming into their own," said Stuckey, who plans to pursue a career in management consulting. "As a business person, I know that I will be working with India and China in the future, and this is a great chance to get a first exposure."
<br />
<br />
Linkon said that while his friends back home complain about menial tasks at their entry-level jobs, he's given responsibilities at Infosys that "stretch my comfort zones and force me to work in areas in which I have little experience."
<br />
<br />
"I had originally thought I'd pay my dues as soon as possible and move back to the U.S.," Linkon said. Now he plans to stay in Bangalore for at least another year. "I'm realizing now that there is too much to learn and experience before I leave Asia."
</p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>31/12/2011 11:32:29</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/16151/Young+Americans+seek+opportunity+in+booming+Bangalore</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">16151</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>16152</publicationdataID>
      <title>Indo Vino Nouveau</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p>NASHIK, INDIA -- The tasting room looks out over rows of vines stretching out toward the mountains. Cool breezes waft across the balcony as the winemaker pours a glass of his reserve Shiraz. A sip reveals a mellow wine with lots of red fruit and just enough
 tannin to allow it to continue developing for several years. After buying a case of the wine and stashing it in the car boot, it's off to the next winery down the road.<br />
<br />
It could be a tour of California's Napa Valley -- except that the pourer and other customers are speaking Marathi, the language of India's Maharashtra state. This idyllic scene is set in the town of Nashik, about four hours' drive northeast of Mumbai, India.
 In the space of a few years it has become a thriving wine region that is starting to attract tourists and develop well-known labels. And for Indians, who have long preferred whisky as their main tipple, wine is suddenly the trendy drink.
<br />
<br />
Talk to wine experts and many still express skepticism that drinkable wine can be made in India, let alone vintages worthy of being served in fine restaurants. Rajeev Samant, a software engineer with Oracle in Silicon Valley, is proving them wrong. A decade
 ago, he decided to return to his native India to set up Sula Vineyards. This year his winery is bringing in its eighth harvest, and is expected to produce 1.2 million bottles of wine.
</p>
<p>Around the world, the best wines usually come from higher latitudes, at least 35 degrees from the equator. Nashik sits at just 20 degrees north. So how is it possible to produce sophisticated wines in such a hot climate?
<br />
<br />
The secret is simple: Grow the grapes in the winter. Nashik has long been famous for its table grapes, and the local farmers know how to prune the vines a second time ahead of the summer monsoon so that they are dormant through the hottest period of the year.
 Then from October to March, the warm afternoons and cool nights approximate the climate of, say, the Rhone in summer. The strong sun brings up the sugar levels, but a chill down to about 7 degrees Celsius in the evening brings out the subtler flavors of a
 wine made in a temperate region. <br />
<br />
True, some adjustments have to be made. The vines are grown high and spread out, to help dissipate heat, and with more leaf canopy. At Sula, the grapes are pruned so there are no more than two bunches on each fruiting cane. And the soil needs to be sloping
 so that there is excellent drainage during the monsoon, lest the roots get waterlogged.
<br />
<br />
However, the unusual schedule has brought a major advantage to the nascent industry: As the new wineries are doing the critical work of harvesting and fermentation in an unusual season, winemakers from elsewhere have the time to come and supervise. Some highly
 respected consultants are jetting in during the down time at their own vineyards to lend a hand in Nashik's rise.
</p>
<p>That's not to say that making great wine in Nashik is going to be easy. The vineyards are still experimenting with different varieties and methods to see what works best. But that is also part of the attraction for Ajoy Shaw, Sula's chief winemaker. Trained
 as a microbiologist at nearby Pune University, he joined Sula soon after its founding, and has been gaining experience in Napa and Bordeaux, as well as at home.
<br />
<br />
Some uptight connoisseurs will pick faults with Nashik wines, since the whites tend to be quite sweet and the reds lack tannin and are meant to be drunk right away. That's intentional -- Indians are accustomed to a sweet aperitif before dinner. If they try
 switching to wine and find it too dry or puckery, it might scare them off wine drinking for good. "We wanted our wines to be mellow, supple and easy to drink, not something full or very heavy or overly tannic," Mr. Shaw says.
<br />
<br />
However, there could soon be room in the market for more sophisticated wines as tastes and vineyards mature. Already, Indians are graduating from Chenin Blancs to Sauvignon Blancs, and from red Zinfandel to Cabernet Sauvignon. Rennaissance Wines, which is on
 its second harvest, has planted some Pinot Noir, Merlot and Chardonnay which should start producing next year. Vintage Wines is already producing a Chardonnay. And Sula is planting Rhone varietals like Roussanne, Grenache and Viognier.</p>
<p>In some ways, the Nashik vineyards have more control over the sugar and acid levels in their grapes at harvest than elsewhere. The threat of rain sometimes forces winemakers in Europe to bring in the grapes early. Here the wineries can time the picking according
 to the lab results. <br />
<br />
But first they have to judge when to kick off the start of the growing season in September with a first pruning. Mr. Shaw says it took Sula three or four years to get this right. This year, the summer monsoon ran long, shortening the growing season. Then rains
 plus heat led to shrivelling of the grapes before they were harvested. While this should still be a successful year, all the vineyards are still mastering the local conditions.
<br />
<br />
Given domestic demand is growing at about 30% per year, the temptation might be to take the low road and churn out cheap wines. However, a surprising number of vineyards are making intelligent choices about controlling the amount of sugar in the grapes, and
 therefore alcohol in the wines. For instance, Sula is shooting for 13% to 14% alcohol in their red wines, and 12% to 13% for the whites.
<br />
<br />
Sula wines are already available in many other countries, often in Indian restaurants. But since a tariff of 264% on imports gives India's own wines such a substantial price advantage at home, there is little need to export. Indeed, the foreigners are coming
 to Nashik -- global liquor giant Seagram started producing wine here this year. </p>
<p>So does Nashik have a shot at becoming another Napa? Certainly it is an emerging destination for wine buffs. At Sula, about 200 people visit every weekend, and they sell 200 cases of wine per month in their tasting room. At Renaissance Winery, Director of
 Business Development Prashant Thanawala is planning a restaurant and an area for those who don't want to stay in a hotel to camp out close to nature. Affluent Indians are bored with five-star hotel getaways, he says. They are discoverying that wine is not
 only healthy and hip, it can also be fun. <br />
<br />
<em>Mr. Restall is the editor of the Far Eastern Economic Review.</em></p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>31/12/2011 11:34:32</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/16152/Indo+Vino+Nouveau</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">16152</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>16158</publicationdataID>
      <title>Supermarkets set out to invade India</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p>The New Delhi Government is slowly opening the large scale retail trade to foreigners: TESCO is already negotiating with Indian Bharti for a joint venture in the Subcontinent on FOODWORLD’s footsteps. In 1996 FOODWORLD, a 51% Indian and 49% Hong Kong owned
 company had opened its first supermarket in Chennai, a time when India used to be more famous for the poverty of the little narrow lanes of Kolkata than for its 300 million consumers with a purchasing power equal to the West. In those years it seemed impossible
 to distract even one client from those usually doing shopping in the 12 million family-run shops through which 97% of Indian retail sales is made. But slowly, in a few years, FOODWORLD quietly turned itself into the largest market chain in the Country with
 a $4.5 billion turnover and more than 90 outlets. This kind of business is logically attracting giants like TESCO. Even though it may sound as a paradox, it is also the kind of business that Indian farmers like. Because when FOODWORLD started to get supplies
 from farmers in the countryside around Chennai it was faced with a disorganized, redundant, anti-economic system of agents and dealers working as intermediaries between the small scale producer and the supermarket shelf, a system that was penalizing both the
 client and the farmer. Then FOODWORLD started to establish new rules, more efficient supply chains and now farmers are very thankful to it since they managed to repay all their debts having increased their profits by 30% and working for a well established
 brand.</p>
<p>A survey made jointly by CII and Pricewaterhouse Coopers highlights all the advantages of investing in this sector but at one condition: the Delhi Government should proceed further with its policy of making the large scale retail trade open to foreigners.
 In fact, with the new provisions adopted in January, foreign businessmen are entitled to hold 51% of big chains provided it is a single-brand shop, thus not including supermarkets. This is why brands like Gap, Banana Republic, Lee Cooper, Marks &amp; Spencer,
 Tommy Hilfiger, Jean Claude Biguine beauty centres, British Costa Coffee have all immediately taken the opportunity to enter the Subcontinent. While giants like TESCO and Wall Mart are left chafing at the bit with impatience, in the meantime studying minority
 joint ventures with Indian partners in order to be the first to enter such a promising market: a turnover of $210 billion, 10% of Country’s GDP currently fragmented into 12 million of small shops. 5% is the expected growth rate for the sector thanks to the
 300 million of new rich scattered all over the Country and to a population consisting mostly of young people who are traditionally more fascinated by brands like it happens in all parts of the world.</p>
<p>India is one of the main producers of milk, fruit and vegetables: what is produced in India is sufficient to feed the entire Europe. The problem is that many of these products get lost along the way of a labyrinthine productive chain and the low quality
 packaging makes 25-40% of products go waste when they reach shelves of supermarkets. (The inefficiency of the distribution network in India is costing $10 billion per year).
<br />
<br />
Once the above problems are overcome, a foreign supermarket chain may easily repeat what Carrefour did in China: low cost goods found in the local market redistributed through outlets all over the world for an equivalent value of $ 3.2 billion. But if the foreign
 invasion takes place, what will happen to those 21 million Indians who are presently working in the small shops? Absolutely nothing, CII states, because supermarkets will create 8 million new jobs: in a Country growing at the rate of 8%: there is plenty of
 room for everybody. <br />
<br />
<strong>Pioneers in India</strong><br />
<br />
METRO has been running two outlets in India since 2003. The system adopted is quite interesting: 95% of the goods sold are produced locally. It has also promoted, among the local sheep-breeders, a vaccination programme for the livestock. The care shown in the
 improvement of local production has impressed people so much that now all the 5 star hotels in Bangalore buy pig meat from METRO while before they were compelled to import it from Australia if they wanted good quality meat.
<br />
<br />
Choupal is a 100% Indian owned company following a different path compared to the traditional small Indian shop: it has invested in high technology reaching producers in the countryside through their portal e-Choupal, spreading the use of internet through the
 construction of 5000 kiosks thus reaching 3 million farmers. <br />
<br />
<em>(Unofficial Translation)</em></p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>31/12/2011 11:41:20</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/16158/Supermarkets+set+out+to+invade+India</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">16158</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>16159</publicationdataID>
      <title>China, U.S., India Will Lead Global Growth by 2020, Report Says</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p>March 30 (Bloomberg) -- China, the U.S. and India will account for more than half the increase in worldwide economic growth during the next 14 years, a report paid for by Cisco Systems Inc. showed.<br />
<br />
China and India are forecast to contribute a combined 39 percent to global gross domestic product by 2020, followed by the U.S. with 16 percent, said the report released today by the Economist Intelligence Unit. By then, Asia's share of GDP will be more than
 twice as large as that of the U.S., the report said. <br />
<br />
``China and India are going to contribute a much greater portion of world GDP growth for two reasons,'' Robert Lloyd, Cisco's senior vice president of U.S. and Canada field operations, said in an interview. The first is they're adding more than 200 million
 net new workers in the next 14 years, and the other is ``China will become the world's largest consumer country, surpassing the U.S.,'' he said.
<br />
<br />
India and China, which represent a third of the global population, are the two fastest-growing major economies. Trade between the two countries has averaged more than $1 billion a month during the past two years. China's $1.7 trillion economy grew 9.9 percent
 in the quarter ended Dec. 31, while India's $665 billion economy expanded 7.6 percent.
<br />
<br />
The Economist Intelligence Unit, based in London, is part of the same company that publishes the Economist magazine. Its report was based on economic forecasts and an online survey of 1,656 executives worldwide from November to December 2005.
</p>
<p>The worldwide economy is forecast to expand at an average annual rate of 3.5 percent through 2020, similar to the past 25 years, the report said. The U.S. will grow by almost 3 percent a year, ahead of the European Union and Japan, according to the report.
<br />
<br />
<strong>Pace of Globalization</strong><br />
<br />
The most important determinant of world economic growth will be the pace and extent of globalization, the forecasters said. Globalization has served as a "tailwind” for the U.S. Federal Reserve and other central banks' efforts to hold down inflation, Dallas
 Fed President Richard Fisher said in a Jan. 6 speech. <br />
<br />
"We should be realizing that smart people exist all over the world,” Lloyd said. "A business model that allows U.S. companies to collaborate with those workers, to shift decision making and change the customer experience is very hard.”
<br />
<br />
"The study points to the fact that 90 percent of those surveyed believe personalization of products and services is going to dramatically increase,” he said.
<br />
<br />
San Jose, California-based Cisco, the world's largest maker of computer networking equipment by sales, declined to say how much it spent on the report. Its shares rose 24 cents to $21.57 yesterday in Nasdaq stock market trading.
</p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>31/12/2011 11:43:18</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/16159/China+US+India+Will+Lead+Global+Growth+by+2020+Report+Says</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">16159</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>16161</publicationdataID>
      <title>Ranbaxy Buys Generics Maker From Romania</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p>Ranbaxy Laboratories Ltd. acquired generic-drug maker Terapia SA of Romania for $324 million, marking the Indian drug maker's second European deal within a week, amid a wave of consolidation in the pharmaceuticals industry.<br />
<br />
Ranbaxy Chief Executive Malvinder Mohan Singh said the acquisition of Terapia, the largest independent generic-drug maker in Romania, "unleashes multiple synergies" for product development and low-cost manufacturing, as well as provides India's largest drug
 maker by revenue access to high-growth European markets. "Expenditure on pharmaceuticals and health care [in Romania] is lower than the neighboring countries, so there is four to five times growth potential," Mr. Singh said.
<br />
<br />
In a conference call after announcing the acquisition yesterday, Mr. Singh said Ranbaxy will provide Terapia, which posted sales last year of around $80 million, with products to launch in Romania, the fastest-growing economy in Eastern Europe. In 2005, Ranbaxy's
 net profit fell 63% to 2.6 billion rupees ($58.4 million), primarily because of intense pricing pressure in the key U.S. market amid growing competition. Terapia's two plants will become a hub for Ranbaxy's European operations, the company said.
<br />
<br />
Terapia has 30% of its product portfolio registered in more than 15 countries, including Russia, Ukraine and Poland. It also has a facility to undertake bio-equivalence studies, which will help it to increase products filings in the European Union, as well
 as give Ranbaxy access to low-cost clinical trials. <br />
<br />
"The acquisition would be a positive in the long-term as it would give [Ranbaxy] a strong foothold in Romania and speed up its entry in other European markets. But it would take a year or two for Ranbaxy to get approvals for its products that it wants to sell
 in Europe," said Shahina Mukadam, an analyst with Mumbai-based brokerage firm IDBI Capital Market.
</p>
<p>The acquisition of Terapia from private-equity firm Advent International Corp. of the U.S. follows Ranbaxy's takeover Monday of GlaxoSmithKline PLC's Italian generic-drugs division Allen SpA on Monday for an undisclosed sum.
<br />
<br />
Although analysts believe valuations for generic-drug makers are becoming stretched, Mr. Singh said the purchase of a 96.7% stake, which valued Terapia at 11.6 times the Romanian firm's earnings before interest, tax, depreciation and amortization for the past
 12 months, was "compelling and furthers us on our path to becoming a top-five global generic company."
<br />
<br />
Ranbaxy's Indian rival Dr. Reddy's Laboratories Ltd. acquired Betapharm Arzneimittel GmbH of Germany in February for Ⓤ480 million ($576 million). Betapharm, for which Ranbaxy also bid, reported gross revenue of Ⓤ164 million for 2005.
<br />
<br />
Ranbaxy said it will fund Terapia's acquisition from the proceeds of a $440 million overseas convertible-bond issue that it recently completed. News of the acquisition raised Ranbaxy's stock price 3.4% to 411.15 rupees on the Bombay Stock Exchange yesterday.
</p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>31/12/2011 11:46:11</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/16161/Ranbaxy+Buys+Generics+Maker+From+Romania</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">16161</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>16165</publicationdataID>
      <title>Singh's Currency Plan Wins Favor</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p><em>India Is Set to Ease Rules on Money Flow In Bid for Investment</em><br />
<br />
MUMBAI – Indian Prime Minister Manmohan Singh's weekend call for fewer restrictions on foreign-exchange conversion in India was welcomed by business analysts and executives, who said freeing up the international flows of capital could increase foreign investment
 in the subcontinent. <br />
<br />
The prime minister said Saturday that India is ready to loosen restrictions on capital-account convertibility – the flow of money in and out of the country for investments. He didn't specify what regulations might be changed, however. Under current rules, India's
 rupee is only partially convertible to foreign currencies. <br />
<br />
The central bank, the Reserve Bank of India, allows a free flow of foreign exchange for trade in goods and services, but it regulates who may exchange rupees for other currencies for investment purposes and the circumstances under which they may do so. The
 current rules regulate currency conversion for foreign entities that want to invest in India and Indians who want to invest overseas.
<br />
<br />
"Our own position, internally and externally, has become far more comfortable," than 20 years ago, Mr. Singh said at a business conference in Mumbai. "I have requested the finance minister and the Reserve Bank of India to revisit the subject and come out with
 a road map on capital-account convertibility based on current realities." <br />
<br />
Analysts said that the last time India seriously considered making the rupee fully convertible was in the mid-1990s. However, the 1997 Asian economic crisis, which saw billions of dollars in foreign investments yanked out of emerging Asian economies' equity
 markets, persuaded India to wait. </p>
<p>"The concern after the Asian crisis was that if foreigners could just pull their money out of India at any time," the economy would suffer, said Andrew Holland, executive vice president of research at DSP Merrill Lynch in Mumbai. "That is why they have been
 going slow," and easing restrictions "has been off the radar," he said. <br />
<br />
With more than $140 billion in foreign-exchange reserves, gross domestic product expanding at about 8% a year, and a need for international investment to help power growth, India is stable enough economically to absorb sudden outflows of money, as could happen
 if it eased foreign-exchange restrictions, analysts reckon.</p>
<p>Allowing the free flow of foreign exchange for investment purposes could lead to more volatility in the rupee, said Jamal Mecklai, chief executive officer of Mecklai Financial, a risk and currency consulting company. It might also make Indian companies more
 efficient by giving them more ways to manage and raise money at home and abroad. It could take as long as six months for the Reserve Bank of India to come up with a road map to more convertibility, Mr. Mecklai estimated.
<br />
<br />
Easing restrictions on foreign exchange would give Indian companies and individuals more freedom to invest abroad. It would also give international investors, foreign companies and expatriate Indians more confidence that they will be able to get proceeds from
 Indian investments when they want. "When a country is partly closed there is always fear about getting [money] out," said Mr. Holland.
<br />
<br />
Prime Minister Singh said India needs around $70 billion in foreign direct investment over the next five years to lift its economic expansion rate to a target of more than 9% a year.
<br />
<br />
The Indian rupee slipped against the dollar Friday, helped by dollar purchases by state-run banks, possibly on behalf of the central bank, traders said. The dollar ended at 44.45 rupees, up from 44.43 Thursday.
</p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>31/12/2011 11:51:17</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/16165/Singhs+Currency+Plan+Wins+Favor</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">16165</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>16168</publicationdataID>
      <title>India Spas: Feel the Heat</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p>Like a chicken being readied for the rotisserie, I am naked on a hard wooden table, my skin marinated in warm oil that has been laced with 46 herbs and medications. At regular intervals, two short but muscular Tamil men smite my back and shoulder with small
 bags of rice that have been immersed in boiled milk.<br />
<br />
It's not exactly a day at the beach, but for a growing number of adventurous tourists, this is vacation. Indeed, my stay at the Arya Vaidya Chikitsalayam in the southern Indian state of Tamil Nadu puts me at the heart of a hot new trend in exotic getaways:
 the ayurvedic massage tour. <br />
<br />
A growing number of hotels, spas and hospitals are luring travelers to some not-often-visited corners of India for a soothing -- and sometimes life-changing -- regimen of massage, meditation, herbal medication and yoga. It's all based on the teachings of the
 ancient sages who invented ayurvedic medicine three millenniums in the past. <br />
<br />
To some degree, you can take part in the ayurveda boom without traveling this far. Yoga salons and self-styled "ayurvedic" clinics are springing up all over the United States. The best-selling guru Deepak Chopra has opened a spa promising ayurvedic techniques
 in midtown Manhattan, with medicated oils for the massages flown in directly from the subcontinent.
<br />
<br />
But going to New York to experience ayurveda is like going to Paris to take in a rodeo. The authentic way to benefit from this ancient medical methodology is to travel to the land where ayurveda was born, to work with licensed Indian healers and yoga trainers
 amid the color, the clamor, the crowds, the temples, the flavors and the fragrances that make the subcontinent a tourist destination unique in the world.
</p>
<p>You can find ayurvedic spas today all over India, from northern hill stations in the Himalayas to the southern vertex of the country where the Arabian Sea, Bay of Bengal and Indian Ocean meet.
<br />
<br />
India's southernmost states, Kerala and Tamil Nadu, have particularly embraced the spa industry's hottest new phenomenon. In these areas -- where ayurveda is the main form of medical treatment -- hotels, resorts and hospitals offer packages ranging from a weekend
 to a month designed to introduce Americans, Europeans and East Asians to ancient Indian massage, medication and yoga. In the fascinating seafront city of Kochi (formerly Cochin), Kerala, the options include such giant establishments as the five-star Taj Malabar
 hotel and the 26-room boutique resort Brunton Boatyard, built on the site of a 19th-century shipyard.
<br />
<br />
But if you're serious about ayurveda, or if you have a medical condition that might benefit from a supervised course of alternative treatment, you can bypass the resorts and head instead to a full-scale ayurvedic hospital, or chikitsalayam , to use the Sanskrit
 term. There you will find doctors and nurses trained at leading universities -- many Indian medical schools offer degree programs in both allopathic (Western) and ayurvedic medicine -- who employ the full panoply of massage, medication and yogic and spiritual
 techniques. <br />
<br />
I tried both approaches, the hospital and the spa, when I joined a team making a documentary film about ayurveda (coming to your local PBS station next year).
</p>
<p>We first went to the Mayo Clinic of ayurvedic medicine, the Arya Vaidya Chikitsalayam and Research Institute (AVC) in Coimbatore, a gritty industrial city in Tamil Nadu. Then we headed to the lavish resort Ananda, a spectacular palace in mountains north
 of New Delhi. <br />
<br />
The AVC clinic in Coimbatore is so highly regarded that the National Center for Complementary and Alternative Medicine at the National Institutes of Health has chosen it as the locus of its first controlled, double-blind study to determine whether ayurvedic
 medicine really works. The study is designed to determine whether the ancient Indian approach can match or exceed Western results in the treatment of rheumatoid arthritis; results are expected in a year or so.
<br />
<br />
The vaidyas, or physicians, at AVC were eager to take part in the NIH study because they are certain that their approach is effective. "We know that ayurveda works, or it wouldn't have lasted 3,000 years," explained Sumit Kumar Ghosh, a young vaidya on the
 staff. "Even when the British raj tried to suppress ayurveda and replace it with allopathic treatments, the Indian people kept our tradition alive because they recognized its healing power."
<br />
<br />
Today, thousands of Indians annually come to the Arya Vaidya main campus and several sister institutions to be healed. Recent years, though, have seen an influx of Western visitors who travel to Coimbatore for treatment sessions lasting from 10 days to five
 weeks. During my stay at AVC, we met several tourists, including a physician from Los Angeles suffering from uterine fibroids, a retiree from New Jersey with chronic emphysema and a carpenter from Australia whose arthritis made him unable to work. None had
 found a complete cure, but nearly all reported significant improvement and reduced pain from their stay at AVC.
</p>
<p>The basic plot of our documentary involves my search for relief from traumatic arthritis in my shoulder, the result of a military injury some 35 years ago. When I asked Ghosh whether he could provide a cure, he gave me the answer that vaidyas have given
 their patients through the ages: "We don't cure any specific ailment. Your body is going to cure itself. The goal of ayurveda is to open the channels in the body, to restore the natural balance of forces. This evokes your body's own healing response."
<br />
<br />
To help my body heal its painful right shoulder, the vaidyas prescribed a daily regimen of foul-tasting herbal medications, regular prayers at the Hindu temple on the grounds of the chikitsalayam and a consultation with a staff astrologer, to determine whether
 the timing was auspicious for a cure (it was). <br />
<br />
The heart of my treatment, though, was massage. Two experienced massage therapists, Vinod and Balu, came to my cottage on the hospital grounds three times each day. (For female patients, the massage team is all women.) I would lie back on a long, hard table
 of neem wood with gutters along both sides to catch the excess oil. After Vinod chanted a prayer to the Hindu god of healing, Dhanwanthari, the work would begin.
<br />
<br />
Each morning began with an utterly delightful procedure called abhyangam , a 70-minute full-body massage in which I was thoroughly basted with heated, medicated sesame oil. The massage itself was structured, methodical and comprehensive. Vinod worked every
 oily limb and every muscle in my body. He massaged every finger and every toe; he cracked every knuckle; he massaged my earlobes and my eyelids. He used long, powerful, relaxing strokes that flowed from my right shoulder to my left heel and vice versa. I could
 almost feel the blocked channels in my body opening up to release the flow of prana , a vital force that the ancient sages said was essential to balance and health.
</p>
<p>The abhyangam left me feeling wonderful, but it also left me drenched in oil from hair to toes. The solution to that problem was almost as good as the massage itself. Vinod would wash me all over with a soupy soap made of ground lentil beans. This daily
 ritual removed all the oil and left me smelling like a green legume fresh from the garden.
<br />
<br />
This full-body workover was followed each morning by a localized massage called pizhichil . That one involved an even warmer oil application and even stronger massage, focused on my arthritic right shoulder. While Balu dripped the hot oil over my shoulder,
 Vinod's forceful fingers would go to work on that troubled joint. This one, too, felt marvelous.
<br />
<br />
Each afternoon, the pair would return to my massage table for the strangest treatment of all, the navarakizhi . One man would immerse fist-sized burlap sacks filled with rice into a vat of boiling milk; then the other would use those heated rice bags to swat
 and knead my back and ailing shoulder. Ghosh explained to me that this was an ancient method for reviving debilitated muscle tissue. To me, both the procedure and this explanation seemed bizarre. But I didn't complain; the navarakizhi felt great, after all,
 and presumably could do no harm. <br />
<br />
Along with the herbal medicines and massage, the doctors imposed restrictions during my treatment. No alcohol was permitted and no meat. The rather bland vegetarian meals served up by the AVC kitchen were to be eaten without utensils, the common way to dine
 in southern India. To enhance my body's healing power, I was also ordered to remain sedentary, calm and quiet in my comfortable but plain four-room cottage on the hospital grounds.
</p>
<p>The AVC campus is a quadrangle, with three sides providing patient accommodations: single rooms, suites or cottages. The fourth side is the Hindu Temple, thronged with priests and worshipers most of the day and night. The central square is a lush tropical
 garden, where patients and doctors sit in the sun to chat or read or meditate. My "cottage," a four-room unit with a Western-style bathroom, included a golden statue of the god Dhanwanthari and my own personal massage chamber. I welcomed the priest in saffron
 robes who visited each day to anoint my forehead with cream and flower petals; I was less enthralled with the "smoke-wallah," a man who stormed in daily with a fiery vat that filled my cottage with foul, noxious smoke (to suppress mosquitoes).</p>
<p>Still, I found it hard to obey the rule restricting me to the campus, because I couldn't resist the colorful, teeming streets just outside the hospital grounds. The neighborhood, Ramanathapuram, is a microcosm of Indian city life: a noisy, muddy, friendly
 place where women in pastel saris gather each morning to do the washing at communal water taps, and households dump their garbage in heaps at the corner, to be eaten by the cows, goats, oxen, donkeys, monkeys and mangy dogs that throng the gravel streets.
 At a wooden lunch stand, a freshly cooked chapati served with a variety of succulent curries and chutneys made a classic Indian meal. The price: 6 cents.
<br />
<br />
Despite these forbidden excursions, and despite the fact that my stay at the chikitsalayam was only half the recommended treatment period, the ancient methods produced a clear improvement in my medical condition. After two weeks of medication, meditation and
 massage, I had considerably more movement and considerably less pain in my arthritic shoulder. With regular exercise, I've maintained that improvement since I left.
<br />
<br />
From the relative austerity of the clinic, we moved on to exquisite luxury. Some six hours north of New Delhi by train and car, on a manicured green hilltop amid lush forests, the soaring stone palace of the Maharajah of Tehri Garhwal has been converted into
 an almost perfect resort, Ananda in the Himalayas. Ananda is the Sanskrit word for bliss, and the name is entirely fitting for a place where the setting, the solitude, the service and the sumptuous meals should make any guest blissful.
</p>
<p>Ananda offers guided treks overlooking a deep valley where India's holy river, the Ganges, comes tumbling out of the mountains. It has exotic gardens, squash courts and a six-hole golf course carved into a hillside. But the resort really centers on its attractive
 modern spa, where the staff offers all of the ayurvedic massages I experienced at the chikitsalayam, along with courses in Sadhana (meditation), Indian dance and yoga. More dedicated practitioners can travel a half-hour along a winding mountain road to the
 dusty town of Rishikesh, the self-styled "world capital of yoga." There the banks of the Ganges are lined with ashrams teaching all varieties of yogic techniques.
<br />
<br />
Even in India, a country where per-capita income is still less than a dollar per day, the indulgences of Ananda do not come cheap. In the off-season (January), we paid more than $500 per day for room and meals; extra charges are tacked on for each of the ayurvedic
 treatments. That one-day rate was higher than the price for one week of room, board and medical care at the chikitsalayam down south.
<br />
<br />
But whether the setting is austere or extravagant, the heart of an ayurvedic massage tour remains the healing technique devised by Indian medical sages centuries before the birth of Christ. You can make the trip, as I did, with a medical goal in mind. Or you
 can spend a few days at an ayurvedic spa in the course of a traditional tour of India. In either case, one thing is certain: You're going to get the best massage you've ever had.
<br />
<br />
<em>T.R. Reid is The Post's Rocky Mountain Bureau chief. </em></p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>31/12/2011 11:53:54</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/16168/India+Spas+Feel+the+Heat</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">16168</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>16172</publicationdataID>
      <title>Trusting India</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p>Indignation and furor have erupted over President Bush's agreement with India to permit the country to import U. S. civilian nuclear technology. The president's decision was announced last July, and came despite the fact that India never signed onto the
 Nuclear Non-Proliferation regime, and long since developed a modest military nuclear capability. The Economist this week, for instance, features Mr. Bush on the cover as Dr. Strangedeal, riding a nuclear bomb like a bronco, waiving his cowboy hat. (Such an
 original image.) The magazine warns in its leader, that Mr. Bush's "gamble is a dangerous one... in his rush to accommodate India, Mr. Bush is missing a chance to win wider nuclear restraint on one of the world's tougher neighborhoods." To be honest, this
 argument sounds rather like the District of Columbia's gun laws, which leave handguns in the hands of the criminals, but deny honest citizens the right to own one.
<br />
<br />
Before getting into the discussion about political calculations and the cost-benefit analysis of nuclear-proliferation regimes, we should consider whether Congress and the president could together not come up with a new formula for our civilian nuclear- export
 regime. Ideally, it should be one that would strive to make our policy consistent across the board, as we simultaneously work with emerging allies like India to meet their energy needs while at the same time try to deal with the nuclear aspirations of rogue
 nations. </p>
<p>A new set of legislative guidelines to govern U.S. nuclear exports could, for instance, include such standards as a solid record of democratic governance and a clean record on nuclear proliferation by the importing nation ? in addition to more technical
 safeguards. In other words, the principle should be that civilian nuclear power in itself is not the problem; the problem is dangerous regimes that will misuse it to develop weapons to threaten their neighborhood. There is a world of difference between India
 and Iran -- the only similarity being in fact, that both countries begin with an "I."</p>
<p>It is not hard to see how the White House arrived at the conclusion that the agreement with India to lift the U.S. moratorium on nuclear trade is a good idea. In an increasingly uncertain world, the United States needs new allies and partners, and the strategic
 importance of India is undeniable. India is the world's largest democracy, with over 1 billion people, and within several decades it will surpass its neighbor China as the most populous country in the world. In its region, India serves as a balance against
 not just China, but Iran. Trade and investment between the United States and India are growing by leaps and bounds. It's the kind of long-term ally we should want to have.
<br />
<br />
While many in India are leering of getting too close to the United States, India's ballooning energy needs are an undeniable fact. Currently, nuclear power supplies a mere 3 percent of India's electricity, produced by 14 reactors; another 9 are under construction.
 By 2050, however, nuclear energy is expected to reach 25 percent. Needless to say, the languishing American nuclear industry would like to get in on this market, as would other countries. In June, France signed a similar agreement with India.
<br />
<br />
In return for becoming eligible for the purchase of U.S. dual-use technology, India commits itself to some supervision by the International Atomic Energy Agency. It would allow inspectors from the IAEA access to its civilian nuclear program, though reserve
 the right to decide which reactors to designate as civilian. India also commits itself to a moratorium on nuclear testing and to strengthening the security of its arsenals. Given that India has never acceded to the NPT, these steps could be seen as movement
 in that direction. </p>
<p>The real question is whether by voting down a deal with a promising new ally, India, Congress would make it any easier for the United States to deal with Iran and North Korea. It is very hard to see how that would be the case, as both have declared their
 determination to acquire nuclear weapons come hell or high water. For the sake of consistency, however, in a crucially important area of foreign policy, the administration and Congress should go the extra mile to craft a new set of across the board standards
 that fits the world today. Wedding principles to policy can only make the case for India stronger.
</p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>31/12/2011 11:56:27</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/16172/Trusting+India</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">16172</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>16175</publicationdataID>
      <title>Our Opportunity With India</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p>The week before last President Bush concluded a historic agreement on civilian nuclear cooperation with India, a rising democratic power in a dynamic Asia. This agreement is a strategic achievement: It will strengthen international security. It will enhance
 energy security and environmental protection. It will foster economic and technological development. And it will help transform the partnership between the world's oldest and the world's largest democracy.<br />
<br />
First, our agreement with India will make our future more secure, by expanding the reach of the international nonproliferation regime. The International Atomic Energy Agency would gain access to India's civilian nuclear program that it currently does not have.
 Recognizing this, the IAEA's director general, Mohamed ElBaradei, has joined leaders in France and the United Kingdom to welcome our agreement. He called it "a milestone, timely for ongoing efforts to consolidate the non-proliferation regime, combat nuclear
 terrorism and strengthen nuclear safety." <br />
<br />
Our agreement with India is unique because India is unique. India is a democracy, where citizens of many ethnicities and faiths cooperate in peace and freedom. India's civilian government functions transparently and accountably. It is fighting terrorism and
 extremism, and it has a 30-year record of responsible behavior on nonproliferation matters.
<br />
<br />
Aspiring proliferators such as North Korea or Iran may seek to draw connections between themselves and India, but their rhetoric rings hollow. Iran is a state sponsor of terrorism that has violated its own commitments and is defying the international community's
 efforts to contain its nuclear ambitions. North Korea, the least transparent country in the world, threatens its neighbors and proliferates weapons. There is simply no comparison between the Iranian or North Korean regimes and India.
</p>
<p>The world has known for some time that India has nuclear weapons, but our agreement will not enhance its capacity to make more. Under the agreement, India will separate its civilian and military nuclear programs for the first time. It will place two-thirds
 of its existing reactors, and about 65 percent of its generating power, under permanent safeguards, with international verification -- again, for the first time ever. This same transparent oversight will also apply to all of India's future civilian reactors,
 both thermal and breeder. Our sale of nuclear material or technology would benefit only India's civilian reactors, which would also be eligible for international cooperation from the Nuclear Suppliers Group.
<br />
<br />
Second, our agreement is good for energy security. India, a nation of a billion people, has a massive appetite for energy to meet its growing development needs. Civilian nuclear energy will make it less reliant on unstable sources of oil and gas. Our agreement
 will allow India to contribute to and share in the advanced technology that is needed for the future development of nuclear energy. And because nuclear energy is cleaner than fossil fuels, our agreement will also benefit the environment. A threefold increase
 in Indian nuclear capacity by 2015 would reduce India's projected annual CO2emissions by more than 170 million tons, about the current total emissions of the Netherlands.
<br />
<br />
Third, our agreement is good for American jobs, because it opens the door to civilian nuclear trade and cooperation between our nations. India plans to import eight nuclear reactors by 2012. If U.S. companies win just two of those reactor contracts, it will
 mean thousands of new jobs for American workers. We plan to expand our civilian nuclear partnership to research and development, drawing on India's technological expertise to promote a global renaissance in safe and clean nuclear power.
</p>
<p>Finally, our civilian nuclear agreement is an essential step toward our goal of transforming America's partnership with India. For too long during the past century, differences over domestic policies and international purposes kept India and the United States
 estranged. But with the end of the Cold War, the rise of the global economy and changing demographics in both of our countries, new opportunities have arisen for a partnership between our two great democracies. As President Bush said in New Delhi this month,
 "India in the 21st century is a natural partner of the United States because we are brothers in the cause of human liberty."
<br />
<br />
Under the president's leadership, we are beginning to realize the full promise of our relationship with India, in fields as diverse as agriculture and health, commerce and defense, science and technology, and education and exchange. Over 65,000 Americans live
 in India, attracted by its growing economy and the richness of its culture. There are more than 2 million people of Indian origin in the United States, many of whom are U.S. citizens. More Indians study in our universities than students from any other nation.
 Our civilian nuclear agreement is a critical contribution to the stronger, more enduring partnership that we are building.
<br />
<br />
We are consulting extensively with Congress as we seek to amend the laws needed to implement the agreement. This is an opportunity that should not be missed. Looking back decades from now, we will recognize this moment as the time when America invested the
 strategic capital needed to recast its relationship with India. As the nations of Asia continue their dramatic rise in a rapidly changing region, a thriving, democratic India will be a pillar of Asia's progress, shaping its development for decades. This is
 a future that America wants to share with India, and there is not a moment to lose.
<br />
<br />
<em>The writer is Secretary of State of the United States of America.</em></p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>31/12/2011 11:58:59</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/16175/Our+Opportunity+With+India</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">16175</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>16177</publicationdataID>
      <title>The Fruits of Diplomacy</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p>WHATEVER anyone else might say, America's new nuclear and trade pact with India is a win-win deal. India gets nuclear fuel for its energy needs and America, doing far better in what might be called a stealth victory, finally gets mangoes.<br />
<br />
Not those pleasantly hued but lifeless rocks that pass as mangoes in most American grocery stores. Definitely not the fibrous, unyielding, supersized Florida creations that boast long shelf life and easy handling and shipping but little else. They might hint
 at possibilities but provide no satisfaction. <br />
<br />
No. What America will be getting is the King of Fruit, Indian masterpieces that are burnished like jewels, oozing sweet, complex flavors acquired after two millenniums of painstaking grafting. I can just see them arriving at the ports: hundreds of wide baskets
 lined with straw, the mangoes nestling in the center like eggs lolling in their nests.
<br />
<br />
These mangoes will be seasonal. Americans will learn to wait for them, just as Indians do. They cannot be pushed to grow in hothouses. Indian mango trees, many of them hundreds of years old (and some reputed to be thousands of years old) need to breathe the
 same free, fresh air Indians breathe and live through India's three main seasons: summer, the monsoons and winter. Only then will they deign to bear fruit.
</p>
<p>They bear their pendulous fruit idiosyncratically, sometimes on one side, sometimes on another and some years, if they are so inclined, not at all. One generous tree in Chandigarh bore about 30,000 pounds of mangoes every year for 150 years until it was
 hit by lightning. Then it just fell over. <br />
<br />
The mango season begins in early May (but alas, the bureaucracy won't move fast enough for us to get them this year). If they come in sufficient quantities, Americans might well learn to associate them with late spring. I can just see a sentence that my grandchild,
 or yours, might write: "It was the time of cherry blossoms and Indian mangoes ...."
<br />
<br />
Under this new arrangement, reasonably honest Indian-Americans will no longer have to turn into furtive smugglers to bring mangoes into the country. The one attempt I made was quite unsuccessful. A customs inspector, possibly noting my shifty eyes, asked me
 quite directly, "Are you carrying any mangoes?" Unable to lie, I had to reply in the affirmative. The mangoes were confiscated.
<br />
<br />
This would have been bearable had I not been able to peep through a slight crack in the customs office door, a few moments later. The officers were cutting up the mangoes and eating them. That hurt.
<br />
<br />
Mangoes seem to have originated in prehistory in the northeastern forests that lie near India's border with Myanmar. Buddha was known to have rested under their shady trees. Emperor Akbar (the third of the grand Moguls, ruling from 1556 to 1605), accelerated
 the process of planting and grafting by laying out a garden with 100,000 trees. The aim in India had always been to get sweet, melt-in-the-mouth, juicy mangoes with as little stringy fiber as possible.
</p>
<p>And that is what India has now. Whether you buy the sweet-and-sour pale-skinned langras of Varanasi or the intensely yellow, sweet dussehris of Lucknow or the satiny, heavenly Alphonsos of Ratnagiri near Bombay, what you will be getting are mangoes that
 man and nature have perfected together. When these same mangoes entered Florida in the 19th century, they were mainly dismissed as "yard" mangoes. Too soft for shipping, they were considered lacking in commercial qualities. So all the fiber that had been bred
 out of them over thousands of years was bred right back, giving America the hard, pale rocks we see in stores today.
<br />
<br />
When you get your first Indian mango, perhaps an Alphonso, just hold it in your hand and admire its blushes of reds, yellows and greens. Breathe in its aroma, which will reach out to you through its skin. If it is hard, wrap it in newspaper and set it aside,
 unrefrigerated, until it yields very slightly to the touch. Mangoes are never "tree-ripened." The hand of man is needed to coax them to their peak. Wash them and refrigerate them. Then when you are ready, tie a napkin around your neck, peel, slice and eat.
<br />
<br />
<em>Madhur Jaffrey is an actress and the author of "From Curries to Kebabs: Recipes from the Indian Spice Trail" and the forthcoming memoir, "Climbing the Mango Trees."</em></p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>31/12/2011 12:01:55</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/16177/The+Fruits+of+Diplomacy</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">16177</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>16178</publicationdataID>
      <title>U.S.-Indian nuclear deal strengthens NPT</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p>The nuclear deal reached last week during President Bush's visit to India unleashed a predictable wave of criticism. From editorial and op-ed pages to Congress, led by the left but supported on the right, the administration has been assailed for making a
 bad bargain.<br />
<br />
The attacks reflect the view of the non-proliferation lobby - the experts and policy-makers whose central concern is to stop the spread of nuclear weapons. I share their aim. But American arguments against the India deal are misleading and only expose the deep
 contradictions, if not hypocrisy, of our own nuclear policies. <br />
<br />
There are two main criticisms of the agreement - first, it undermines the Nuclear Non-Proliferation Treaty, the NPT, and second, it permits, even encourages, India to expand its nuclear weapons production.
<br />
<br />
The NPT issue is particularly sensitive at a time when the international community is trying to persuade Iran to give up certain nuclear technologies it fears are part of a secret bomb program.
<br />
<br />
The NPT created two sets of global rules - one for the five recognized nuclear weapons powers (United States, China, Russia, Britain and France) and another for everyone else. The Five, for example, allow only "voluntary" international safeguards on their civilian
 nuclear facilities. They have no obligation to open their military programs to any kind of scrutiny. The NPT places no real limits on their arsenals, other than a vague commitment to reduce and eventually eliminate all nuclear weapons.
</p>
<p>The rest must open their programs fully to international inspection and agree never to build bombs. In exchange, they gain access to the peaceful uses of nuclear energy.
<br />
<br />
Iran - and North Korea - made that bargain and can be held to account for breaking its rules. India consistently regarded that as an unequal tradeoff and never signed the NPT - neither did Pakistan and Israel, two other nuclear weapons states.
<br />
<br />
India's nuclear program is the product of decades of largely indigenous effort, driven by its security needs. It is not a case of secretive proliferation in violation of the NPT.
<br />
<br />
The deal with India turns the Five into Six. It treats India as a de facto member of the inner club, including membership in the organization to control nuclear exports. In removing existing U.S. restrictions on transfer of nuclear energy technology, it treats
 India no differently than China. <br />
<br />
That does not weaken the NPT - it strengthens it. It brings it more into accord with reality and gives India a stake in a system it had previously rejected as unfair.
<br />
<br />
The critics are right that the deal enables India to expand its production of fissile materials to make nuclear warheads. Some eight of India's 22 power reactors will remain outside of international controls, along with a new breeder reactor. The Indians feel
 their nuclear arsenal may not be large enough to deter a nuclear first strike by Pakistan or China in the future.
<br />
<br />
Again, this simply treats India like the Five. Non-proliferation experts claim that unlike India, however, the Five have halted their production of plutonium and highly enriched uranium. This is misleading.
</p>
<p>The Five have massive stockpiles of fissile material built up during the Cold War. "If I've got a full pantry, it's easy for me to swear off trips to the supermarket,'' says Michael Levi, an arms control expert at the Council on Foreign Relations.
<br />
<br />
Moreover, the United States has embarked on a new program to rebuild its nuclear weapons production capability, including new facilities to produce plutonium cores for warheads and to assemble them.
<br />
<br />
India has agreed to back a global pact to cutoff fissile material production. But the Bush administration does not support a treaty that would actually verify this is taking place. And the U.S. Senate refused to ratify the Comprehensive Test Ban Treaty that
 would permanently halt any new testing of nuclear weapons. <br />
<br />
A Congress that can support those policies is hardly in a position to challenge this agreement with India. Rather than block the U.S.-India deal, it makes more sense to improve it. This could include agreements for cooperation between the two countries to ensure
 the safety and security of nuclear facilities, including those for military purposes, suggests Stanford professor Scott Sagan, a leading expert on nuclear safety and non-proliferation. "Reducing the risk of terrorist theft of nuclear materials or weapons in
 India would also help protect the U.S.," argues Sagan. <br />
<br />
Beyond that, the Six acknowledged nuclear powers should begin seriously to fulfill their part of the NPT bargain - to cap fissile material production, to ban nuclear testing, and to radically reduce stored arsenals of nuclear weapons and materials. Daniel Sneider
 is foreign affairs columnist for the San Jose Mercury News </p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>31/12/2011 12:04:12</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/16178/USIndian+nuclear+deal+strengthens+NPT</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">16178</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>16180</publicationdataID>
      <title>India Turns to the Middle Kingdom</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p><em>Once viewed primarily as a rival, China is now looking like a hotbed of growth opportunities for Indian tech companies</em><br />
<br />
It's fair to say that Hari Natarajan is obsessed with Microsoft. A vice-president at Satyam Computer Services (SAY ), one of India's biggest outsourcing specialists, Natarajan is in charge of the company's strategic-relationship unit with Microsoft (MSFT ).
 Or, as he puts it, "I breathe, eat, and drink Microsoft every day." <br />
<br />
And what occupies the Microsoft-focused thoughts of Natarajan these days? Easy. Satyam and Microsoft are partners in a new joint venture designed to develop the software-services market in China. Right now, China isn't much of an outlet for Indian outsourcers
 like Satyam. But Natarajan and others at Satyam are determined to change that. <br />
<br />
"This is a huge market with great innovation potential," Natarajan says. The local market is only about $1 billion, but that will probably grow eightfold in the next five years. "You don't see these kind of growth numbers anywhere else in the world," he adds.
<br />
<br />
A MAJOR SHIFT. That's one reason Satyam and other Indian companies have been busy putting down stakes in China. Infosys (INFY) has acquired 50,000 square meters of land in Shanghai and 300,000 square meters in Hangzhou, and is building new centers in both cities.
 Tata Consultancy Services has reached a deal with Microsoft and the Chinese government to launch a new joint venture in Beijing this year. And on Mar. 1, Zhang Guangning, the mayor of the southern Chinese city of Guangzhou, visited Satyam headquarters outside
 of Hyderabad in southern India. While there, Zhang and Satyam's managing director, B. Rama Raju, signed a deal to set up a Satyam operations center in Guangzhou.
</p>
<p>All of this represents a major shift for India's information-technology leaders. Not long ago, China wasn't even an afterthought for Indian software executives, who looked pretty much in one direction: West. And who could blame them? After all, companies
 in Europe and North America represented almost their entire customer base. Japanese companies didn't do much outsourcing, and what little they did wasn't sent India's way. Other Asian markets were similarly unpromising, and there was no business to speak of
 coming from China. <br />
<br />
That's all changing. Increasingly, companies in Japan and South Korea are outsourcing. They're sending a lot of that work to nearby China, where it's relatively easy to find programmers who understand Japanese or Korean -- certainly a lot easier than finding
 people in India who can speak those languages. <br />
<br />
JOB BOOM. With China attracting tens of billions of dollars in foreign direct investment each year, there's a growing list of Western multinationals that need outsourcing help for their Chinese operations. And Chinese companies themselves are starting to realize
 that they not only need to upgrade their IT systems, they need outside help to do the work for them.
</p>
<p>One of the early Indian movers into China was Bangalore-based Infosys. Early this decade, following visits to Infosys headquarters by then-Premier Zhu Rongji and Li Peng -- China's longtime No. 2, who at that time was head of the National People's Congress
 -- the Indian company announced plans to open an office in Shanghai. <br />
<br />
To date, the growth hasn't been spectacular: Infosys has only 450 people in China, out of 50,000 employees worldwide. But James Lin, a Taiwanese-born veteran of IBM (IBM ) Global Services, who joined Infosys in 2004 as chief executive of China operations, says
 Infosys will be embarking on a China hiring spree. "In the next five years," he says, "we're talking about 6,000 [Chinese] staff total."
<br />
<br />
MAINTAINING A LEAD. Why the renewed commitment to China? According to Girija P. Pande, Asia-Pacific director for TCS, Indian companies have to build up their workforces there. The business model depends on it. "This is a business of skill and scale," he explains.
 "There aren't many countries with both. In Asia, you have India and China." Of course, companies like TCS are already employing tens of thousands of Indian engineers. That leaves China as an untapped talent pool. "So China becomes important as well," says
 Pande. <br />
<br />
Executives like Pande insist that Indian companies have little reason to fear that all of those talented Chinese engineers will go to work for homeland companies that can seriously threaten Indian IT dominance. Indian companies last year had $17 billion in
 revenue, compared to just $2 billion for their Chinese counterparts. Three years from now, Indian companies will have sales of $48 billion, compared to $5 billion for Chinese.
<br />
<br />
"They aren't going to be in the same league. If anything, they will fall behind," Pande says. "They don't have scale, and they don't have the marketing connections that Indian companies have established."
</p>
<p>"STRUCTURAL RISK." Not everyone is so sure. A December report from analysts at Merrill Lynch noted that China produces 400,000 new computer-science graduates a year, compared to 181,000 IT-engineering grads in India. China also boasts far better infrastructure,
 the Merrill analysts reported, and less red tape than India. <br />
<br />
While Chinese IT-services outsourcing companies are still in their infancy, they stand a good chance of growing up quickly. "Unlike the general belief that the China threat is a very distant one, we believe the first wave of competition from China could be
 felt in two or three years," wrote the Merrill analysts. "[And] over a three- to five-year time frame, we need to watch the structural risk posed by China in 'commoditizing' IT services outsourcing." All the more reason why Indian companies need to expand
 their operations in China now, while they still have time. </p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>31/12/2011 12:07:47</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/16180/India+Turns+to+the+Middle+Kingdom</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">16180</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>16182</publicationdataID>
      <title>In Bangalore, where the world is not enough</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p><em>Nandan Nilekani, the Indian high technology and its global offensive in a reportage from Bangalore Infosys is the pearl of Bangalore. And Nilekani is its Maharaja. The Global offensive is being launched from this place
</em><br />
<br />
The campus where a new economic order (that brings the West’s dominion over the world to its knees) is being worked out is a modern building, with dark glasses, surrounded by perfectly mowed lawns, located at Electronics City, a satellite city of Bangalore.
 It’s the fortress from which the most spectacular fall of barriers we have ever seen is being planned; the headquarters where the new form of boundless enterprises is decided. We are not talking of commercial negotiations or ministers debating on quotas and
 stakes, or of controlling and regulatory authorities and of red tapes. <br />
<br />
This is the reign of the "new Indians”, engineers, software experts, managing advisors, who explain to the Americans, the Japanese and the Europeans how to run companies in the globalization era. We are in Infosys Technology, seemingly the most attractive company
 in the world, which is located at a few miles from a slum of shanties, but is even closer, online, to the shining headquarters of the multinationals of San Francisco, London and Tokyo.
</p>
<p>The man who is at the very heart of Infosys is aware of his radical assault on the West’s big brain. He theorizes it. And he also likes it. But it’s not a war: we are in India and here the challenge is launched with algorithms, not with suicide bombers.
<br />
<br />
His name is Nandan Nilekani, he earns 60,000 dollars per year – a Gandhian amount - and is an electronics engineer, who is a staunch supporter of capitalism and free trade, and founded the company which has become the symbol of the new India in 1981. The symbol
 of the innovative India, strong in hi-tech, which snatches "rich” works from the advanced economies’ grasp.
<br />
<br />
Many – above all in America where the results of its activities are more evident, but increasingly in Europe and Japan as well – perceive a kind of threat in Nilekani and the group of Indian businessmen of new technologies. The truth is that they are the vanguard
 of a new way of running enterprises in a "flat world”, as the New York Times commentator Thomas Friedman calls it, in the epoch of the "end of geography”, where frontiers have been cancelled and everything is played in an open field.
</p>
<p>Infosys delivers Information Technology services for companies, from applications development to system integration, from the ERP (Enterprise Resource Planning) to consultancy. It’s a competitor of western companies such as IBM and Accenture. The novelty
 is that Nilekani and the other founder of Infosys, Narayana Murthy – the mentor of the company – carry out their activity on a model called Global Delivery Model (GDM), based on the principle "do the job where it creates the maximum value”. Unlike their competitors,
 who do everything in a single place, Infosys carries out 30% of its activities in the US, and the remaining 70% in India. "By using the global resources and the local forces at the best, a new level of freedom is achieved”, Nilekani explains. In other words,
 top quality, highest innovation and minimum costs. <br />
<br />
Nilekani says "it’s a battle of models” and his model is winning, because it increases efficiency and profitability for enterprises and frees capital for development of new products, for new business initiatives, for research and new jobs. The evidence of this
 model’s success is that most of the big American enterprises (and some of the most advanced ones in Europe and Japan) are using it and resort to this kind of outsourcing.
</p>
<p>Through the use of the Internet and the creation of new supplying and distributing chains, models such as the GDM can be used in a revolutionary way from all over the world, optimising the resources. "We are on the gate of history, facing a new world that
 is rapidly globalizing, the opportunities are extraordinary”, Nilekani summarizes.
<br />
<br />
Infosys is probably the most attractive Indian enterprise and its success is based on the capacity to do in Bangalore what used to be carried out in the Silicon Valley, at a much lower cost and with the same quality. But it’s not the biggest one: Azim Premji’s
 Wipro, not far from Infosys, is the number one in terms of turnover and built its success on a similar business model and on the talent of a myth in this sector: Vivek Paul. Electronic City is a hi-tech power concentrate: Opto Circuits, Thermometrics, Cosmos,
 TekNic, Timken, ElcoTeq, Kopar. <br />
<br />
Besides, this new generation of Indians is now set out to conquer positions abroad. In April, Infosys will open its first remote centre in Prague. But, above all, the Indians dominate the Silicon Valley, where they are second only to the Americans, both in
 research and development as well as in financial venture capital. On the other side, the American companies of the sector – including IBM, Accenture, General Electric, Dell, Mircrosoft, Oracle and even Reuters – run towards India to step in the Silicon Valley
 of the East, where the future of enterprises is being planned and the way to win in the era of globalization is studied. As Thomas Friedman says, stop telling your children "eat up your soup because in India people starve to death”; tell them " do your homework,
 because in India they starve for your work”. <br />
<br />
<em>(Unofficial Translation)</em></p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>31/12/2011 12:10:04</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/16182/In+Bangalore+where+the+world+is+not+enough</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">16182</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>16184</publicationdataID>
      <title>Singh leads India's three revolutions</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p>MANMOHAN Singh is an unlikely revolutionary. Yet as the leader of 1.1 billion people, the world's largest democracy and its second-largest nation, the Indian Prime Minister has already enacted three profound revolutions.<br />
<br />
As finance minister during the 1991 economic crisis, Singh decisively turned India towards market liberalisation. Then after the last election he became India's first non-Hindu prime minister -- he is a Sikh -- showing the depth of India's secular democracy.
<br />
<br />
Now, in the nuclear co-operation agreement he has struck with US President George W. Bush, Singh may have marked India's decisive emergence as a global power.
<br />
<br />
The nuclear deal is important in itself, but its true significance is as a marker of a new power structure in Asia and the world. A near trillion-dollar economy growing at 8 per cent a year, India in a couple of decades will overtake China as the world's most
 populous nation. <br />
<br />
Bush hailed New Delhi last week as a global power and took every step he could to cement a US-India partnership, in trade, economics, politics, defence co-operation, nuclear technology, the war on terror and the promotion of democracy.
<br />
<br />
While John Howard will operate on a more modest scale this week, the Prime Minister, too, seems to "get" India and understand the profound challenge it poses for Australian policy.
<br />
<br />
I met Singh at the weekend at his official New Delhi residence. This is a modest single-storey white building, dating from the time of the architect Lutyens, who designed New Delhi as a magnificent capital.
<br />
<br />
It is certainly infinitely more modest than the imperial Zhongnanhai Palace in Beijing occupied by China's rulers.
<br />
<br />
Singh received me in a small, elegant sitting room. In his fine blue turban, proud white Sikh beard and traditional Indian garb, Singh has a bearing both regal and down to earth.
</p>
<p>His voice has the soft timbre of the Cambridge don but the words are crisp and direct, with the addition of the traditional mellifluous Indian influence.
<br />
<br />
Singh always resists casting himself in historic mode, but says of the India-US agreement: "We are too close to the events, I think, to recognise in full measure the importance of this agreement.
<br />
<br />
"If this process we have started goes through, and the international community in its wisdom dismantles various restrictive regimes which it has erected to prevent the transfer of high technology to India, it will have tremendous significance for India's development.
<br />
<br />
"We draw on shared values of democracy, rule of law, pluralism and fundamental freedoms." he says. "The US-India relationship today is better than it has ever been before."
<br />
<br />
Singh has never visited Australia but he has met Howard twice for bilateral discussions at ASEAN meetings. He made many Australian friends during his time at Cambridge, where he was a brilliant economist. He recalls with particular fondness the contribution
 of Sir John Crawford, whom he calls "a great son of Australia and a great friend of mine", to the green revolution that helped India feed itself. As an adviser to the World Bank, Crawford would visit India every year.
<br />
<br />
Singh wants the Howard visit to propel the Australia-India relationship dramatically forward. He wants both sides to overcome the prejudices of the past, saying the relationship has been greatly underdeveloped until recently.
</p>
<p>"Part of it was the result of the Cold War, because in the Cold War we were on different sides. There was (Indian) distrust of Australia, and there was distrust of India in Australia, and I do believe we have a lot to co-operate in."
<br />
<br />
Singh nominated regional institutions as part of this co-operation. Both India and Australia joined the East Asia summit last year, and India strongly backed Australia's inclusion, which was important to the ultimate outcome.
<br />
<br />
Although Singh did not mention APEC, it is a longstanding Indian position that it would like to join APEC, which Australia hosts in Sydney next year.
<br />
<br />
More than any other individual, Singh is responsible for India's booming economy today.
<br />
<br />
Though formed in an intellectual tradition favouring heavy state intervention in the economy, he saw the need to switch to a market-based approach.
<br />
<br />
"I believe we are inching towards a sustained increase of 7 to 8 per cent per annum in our economy, maybe a bit more in the next five or six years.
<br />
<br />
"This much growth I believe is now built into our economic and political processes. That does not mean the economy is on auto-pilot. We need to do a lot more to improve our physical infrastructure and our social infrastructure, particularly to ensure the poorer
 sections of our community get adequate opportunities to become participants in social and economic development."
</p>
<p>There is substantial criticism of Singh's government that it has slowed the pace of economic reform. Somewhat to my surprise, he doesn't duck this criticism. "Yes and no. In one sense yes, we are a coalition government and our partners on the Left do not
 always share our view of what should be the orientation of economic policy. So in one sense, yes we could move at a much faster pace than we are moving.
<br />
<br />
"But the direction of the change is towards increased liberalisation and greater opening of the Indian economy, and giving a greater role to private enterprise in the management of the economy. That has come to stay.
<br />
<br />
"Nobody is questioning that. There are differences about the pace of reform and how much space we should give to foreign investment, but no one today is wanting to go back to the old licence raj, as we used to call it."
<br />
<br />
Singh has the bald figures on his side. The Indian economy grew by better than 8 per cent in 2004, better than 7 per cent last year, and will grow at better than 8 per cent again this year. It is the second-fastest growing substantial economy in the world,
 after China. </p>
<p>A prime minister of India is always beset with security challenges, especially of Islamist terrorism originating in Kashmir, and, many Indians believe, in Pakistan. I asked Singh whether he believes Pakistan is still sponsoring terrorism, in India and more
 widely. <br />
<br />
He would not use precisely those words, but the implication of the words he did use is clear enough: "We feel Pakistan has to do a lot more to prevent the use of Pakistani territory for terrorist acts directed at our country.
<br />
<br />
"I very much hope that Mr Howard will convey this same message (to the Pakistanis). Terrorism as an instrument of state policy is not acceptable to the civilised world, least of all after 9/11. Terrorism is hurting Pakistan as well. We see it every day."
<br />
<br />
The genius of democracy across the world produces many remarkable leaders -- none more so than Manmohan Singh.
</p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>31/12/2011 12:13:36</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/16184/Singh+leads+Indias+three+revolutions</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">16184</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>16188</publicationdataID>
      <title>Ad Agencies Are Booking Passage to India</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p>As one of Leo Burnett's Italian ad agencies pitches for part of the European business of Coca-Cola Co. this month, it has some unlikely competition: Leo Burnett India.<br />
<br />
"Business is highly competitive, and clients say we need the best ideas," says Arvind Sharma, the company's CEO in India, internally named Burnett's top global office in 2003. "India can be a good place to turn, because quality is high and costs are significantly
 less." <br />
<br />
Treated like a dirty word by many on Madison Avenue, outsourcing is starting to invade the global marketing industry, and India is leading the charge. While Mr. Sharma is leading a trend of Indian agencies doing high-end creative work, a large number -- whether
 branches of global marketers or Indian-owned companies -- have already taken on important roles at performing back-office and computer-intensive marketing tasks.
<br />
<br />
WPP Group's Ogilvy &amp; Mather is setting up a base in India to perform production work for its other offices around the world. Already, some work for the company's International Business Machines Corp., Nestlé SA and BP PLC's Castrol accounts has migrated to
 India. In November, Publicis Group, which owns Burnett, bought direct-marketing agency Solutions India, in part because of its capabilities at database marketing for companies beyond India.
</p>
<p>In one of the industry's biggest moves, WPP's Mindshare in 2004 shifted to India all of the data analysis it uses to justify buying media for marketers, who increasingly demand proof of return on their investments.
<br />
<br />
Typical of ad outsourcers is niche luxury brand Alfred Hammel, which pitches $10,000 Swiss watches to Americans and Europeans in tony magazines and newspapers. Looking to cut marketing production costs, two years ago the New York-based company handed its ad
 account over to Banerjee &amp; Partners, an agency specializing in outsourcing work to India.
<br />
<br />
The watch company's president, Gurbakhsh Sethi, meets with Banerjee staff in New York to plan strategy and sign off on designs, slogans and creative ad themes. Behind the scenes, Banerjee's staff in Bangalore, India, does art direction and color correction
 on the photos, which were shot in New York. The finished work is sent back to New York over the Internet. Dave Banerjee, the agency's founder, says his U.S. team, which works in morning and afternoon shifts to take advantage of the time difference, works closely
 with the Indian team throughout to process "to ensure that the work reflects the right cultural nuances."
<br />
<br />
The move saves an estimated 30% to 40% on production costs for Mr. Sethi's annual $3 million ad budget. "They are attentive and respond to our needs, but also save as much money as possible," Mr. Sethi says.
<br />
<br />
Like Burnett's Coke pitch, the Indian units of global agencies are also beginning to pitch, and win, high-end creative assignments. Last year, Omnicom Group's New York BBDO office lost its account with Genpact, a back-office processing company, to WPP Group's
 Grey India. Formerly a unit of General Electric, Genpact was looking to rebrand itself and recruit staff.
</p>
<p>"They're an outsourcing company themselves -- so they saw a lot of sense" in the pitch, says Ashutosh Khanna, chief operating officer of Grey India. His office made print ads for Genpact that ran in magazines targeting senior executives in the U.S. Because
 jobs in the outsourcing industry have become so competitive, companies like Genpact have to work hard to woo and retain quality staff. So Grey India is also making glossy ads to recruit professional back-office staff, like accountants, in China, Hungary and
 India for Genpact. <br />
<br />
Ogilvy's India office has done European spots for Italian candy maker Perfetti after the company liked some domestic Indian ads the agency had produced. One spot, produced specifically for Europe, showed a woman blindfolding her boyfriend on a bed, then using
 the opportunity to take a bite of Perfetti's Alpenliebe candy. <br />
<br />
The shift of creative advertising work to India is happening in part because the industry there is becoming more sophisticated. Local staffs are honing their skills in India's thriving advertising market, which attracted $2.98 billion in spending last year,
 up 14%, thanks to a booming economy, according to TAM Media Research. <br />
<br />
And of course there's cost. Agencies in India can charge as little as an eighth what they might in more developed markets for a campaign, according to marketing consultancy R3. India's outsourced ad-production industry currently about takes in about $280 million
 in revenue each year, according to a study done last year by the Associated Chambers of Commerce and Industry of India. That compares with an estimated $50 billion that U.S. ad agencies spend on creative production each year.
</p>
<p>Much of the outsourced creative work so far has been for online campaigns, which require skills at which Indian agencies excel, such as computer-intensive image editing and database management. Omnicom Group's Tribal DDB digital ad agency in London first
 tried outsourcing with its Indian office 18 months ago, developing the ideas in London, then making the ads in Mumbai.
<br />
<br />
"We realized that this helps us to produce good quality work in quicker turn around times while keeping cost under control," says R. Lakshminarayanan, the CEO of Mudra Marketing Services, DDB's joint-venture partner in India.
<br />
<br />
Some agencies are clearly hoping to pocket the savings they realize by moving some of their overhead overseas. Banerjee and a San Francisco-based outsourcing agency called Tungsten say they have found a niche creating work for other agencies looking to cut
 their own costs. But those agencies often want them to keep quiet about their behind-the-scenes work, so that clients don't have to know it is being made in India.
<br />
<br />
Cost is only one consideration for advertisers; advertising needs can be very culture-specific. That's why Paris-based Publicis chairman Maurice Levy, who prefers the term "sharing" to "outsourcing," says Indian agencies will never pose a threat to Madison
 Avenue's dominance. </p>
<p>"I don't believe that there will be a global agency in India which, due to the fact that they are cheaper, will be able to service all the world's clients," he says.
<br />
<br />
But that's not stopping Indian agencies from trying. "There was a time, not so long ago, when everyone laughed at outsourcing software development to India. Look at that industry now," Mr. Banerjee says. "Our work, despite being much lower in cost, is and will
 be at par with the best in the U.S. industry if not better. Slowly and gradually clients will realize our value proposition. While pioneering something like this, we must keep in mind one thing: Rome was not built in a day."
</p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>31/12/2011 12:17:47</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/16188/Ad+Agencies+Are+Booking+Passage+to+India</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">16188</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>16191</publicationdataID>
      <title>Indian PM makes bid for uranium</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p>INDIAN Prime Minister Manmohan Singh will ask John Howard to back his nuclear co-operation deal with George W.Bush and to lift the ban on sales of Australian uranium.<br />
<br />
On the eve of Mr Howard's visit to India, Mr Singh said he would like to buy uranium from Australia to feed his country's growing appetite for the raw material.
<br />
<br />
"I hope Australia will be an important partner in this. We are short of uranium. We need to import uranium and our needs will increase in years to come," he told The Australian in an exclusive interview in his official New Delhi residence.
<br />
<br />
Foreign Minister Alexander Downer ruled out last week changing the Government's policy of not selling uranium to nations such as India that have refused to sign the UN's Nuclear Non-Proliferation Treaty, comments that privately angered Indian officials.
<br />
<br />
But in an interview before leaving Sydney for New Delhi yesterday, Mr Howard was more accommodating, clearly leaving open the possibility of future co-operation in the sale of uranium to India, if the US-India deal passed through the American political process.
</p>
<p>"We're certainly not going to suddenly change our policy just because the Indians and the Americans have reached an agreement," he said. "We'll study it, and if there are things that should additionally be done that are in Australia's interests then we'll
 do them." <br />
<br />
Mr Singh said he planned to ask for Mr Howard's support in getting the US-India deal accepted by the international Nuclear Suppliers' Group.
<br />
<br />
Under the deal, India puts 65per cent of its nuclear reactors under the safeguards of the International Atomic Energy Agency. In return, it gets access to nuclear technology and fuel and keeps a minority of the reactors involved in its nuclear weapons program.
<br />
<br />
The US has welcomed the deal, saying it brings India, the world's largest democracy, under the international nuclear regime, helping its future energy needs.
<br />
<br />
Mr Singh told The Australian: "I very much hope Australia, as a member of the Nuclear Suppliers' Group, would endorse what I and President Bush have worked out. This is an arrangement which helps the cause of nuclear non-proliferation. India has an impeccable
 record of not entering into any unauthorised arms proliferation." </p>
<p>Apart from Mr Downer's comments, the main critical reaction to the India-US deal has come from China, which sees India as a strategic competitor in Asia.
<br />
<br />
Mr Singh's comments will put Australia under pressure to choose between the new US-India partnership of democracies, and Canberra's traditional adherence to the non-proliferation treaty, which has no method of including any part of India's growing nuclear program
 in the international regime. <br />
<br />
The Americans have argued that the regime needs to be amended to take account of the reality of India's growing international role.
<br />
<br />
Mr Singh also called for increased defence co-operation between India and Australia.
<br />
<br />
He nominated protection of sea trade lanes and combating piracy as areas where Australia and India could co-operate more, but he believes co-operation can extend far beyond that.
<br />
<br />
Security issues have dominated Mr Bush's first tour of South Asia, which wrapped up yesterday in Pakistan, where he praised President Pervez Musharraf for his commitment to the war on terror, but stressed that more work was needed to defeat al-Qa'ida.
<br />
<br />
"President Musharraf made a bold decision for his people and for peace after September 11 when Pakistan chose to fight terror," Mr Bush said after the leader's dialogue.
<br />
<br />
The Pakistani leader has survived three assassination attempts since he abandoned Islamabad's support for Afghanistan's Taliban and backed the US-led military operation to topple the ultra-conservative regime.
</p>
<p>"Part of my mission today was to determine whether or not the President is as committed as he has been in the past to bringing these terrorists to justice, and he is," Mr Bush said.<br />
<br />
Mr Howard will follow Mr Bush to Pakistan, and Mr Singh said he did not believe his country's neighbour was doing enough yet to combat terrorism, and to prevent its territory from being used by terrorists.
<br />
<br />
He said he hoped that Mr Howard would convey this message to General Musharraf. <br />
<br />
Mr Singh said he hoped Mr Howard's visit would take the "very much underdeveloped" bilateral relationship with Australia to a new level.
<br />
<br />
"We both play cricket, we are members of the Commonwealth, we are English-speaking and now I find there's a growing number of Indian students (25,000) whose preferred destination for education is Australia," he said.
<br />
<br />
Although Australian trade has grown more rapidly with India than with any other major nation over the past five years, Mr Singh said he believed there was potential for the economic relationship to increase substantially.
</p>
<p>"We would like Australian companies to look at the possibility of investing in the exploration and development of India's mineral resources," he said.
<br />
<br />
He also said he would encourage Indian companies to "take a stake in Australian mineral industries", as well as information technology and other areas.
<br />
</p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>31/12/2011 12:19:49</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/16191/Indian+PM+makes+bid+for+uranium</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">16191</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>16193</publicationdataID>
      <title>Editorial: Nuclear pact with India; Scrutiny warranted</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p>The implications of the nuclear agreement with India are much broader than the specific terms of the text. This represents an important diplomatic breakthrough with a country that has been ambivalent toward the West for decades.<br />
<br />
The pact hints at the beginnings of a crucial strategic partnership — a relationship that could be especially important given the rise of China and the many questions surrounding Beijing’s military buildup.
<br />
<br />
The agreement, however, also raises serious questions regarding the spread of nuclear technology.
<br />
<br />
India never signed the Nuclear Non-Proliferation Treaty. It developed a nuclear bomb in secret.
<br />
<br />
Under the new pact reached in New Delhi, American nuclear reactor technology could be sold to India. Those transactions currently are not allowed under U.S. law.
<br />
<br />
As a result, Congress must agree before the accord can become a reality. Lawmakers should review the text with great care.
<br />
<br />
Under its terms, India would allow international oversight of 14 civilian nuclear-power facilities. Six other installations would be designated as military and would not be inspected. India would at least partially move within the regime of global nonproliferation.
</p>
<p>Skeptics worry that making India an exception to the usual nonproliferation rules would make it tougher to curb nuclear programs in Iran and North Korea.
<br />
<br />
Yet there’s no evidence the nonproliferation pact has hindered the nuclear ambitions of those countries. Unlike India, North Korea signed the Non-Proliferation Treaty. It proceeded to develop bombs anyway.
<br />
<br />
The strategic goals of India and the United States overlap in several respects, most notably in the common concern over China’s long-term ambitions, and a common interest in battling Islamic terrorism.
<br />
<br />
In considering the agreement, Congress should give the greatest weight to the strategic benefits of warmer ties with the world’s largest democracy.
</p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>31/12/2011 12:21:36</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/16193/Editorial+Nuclear+pact+with+India+Scrutiny+warranted</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">16193</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>16197</publicationdataID>
      <title>Bush stumbles on a trump card in a dangerous world – India</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p>George Bush’s visit to India was such good news that it is hard to know where to begin. No, he was not greeted with garlands, dancing girls and hippies chanting peace and love. There were no pictures of him and Laura by the Taj Mahal, though Bush did say
 "we pledge to be invited back”. This was India modern not exotic. The only chanting was from chief executives waving contracts and the only tigers were generals patrolling fast breeder reactors.
<br />
<br />
Bush came to Delhi as the nearest he gets to a supplicant. Despite its Hindu majority, India has one of the world’s largest Muslim populations, it is a democracy, a nuclear power, an emerging global trader. Indians have watched America’s (and Britain’s) cringeing
 appeasement of Chinese dictatorship and wondered how long the hypocrisy would last.
<br />
<br />
The West’s two "beacon democracies” in Asia — Iraq and Afghanistan — are beacons only of instability. Bush’s two regional allies, Pakistan and Saudi Arabia, are exemplars of authoritarianism. In visiting Pakistan yesterday the president honoured a military
 regime that is an epicentre of regional terrorism and nuclear proliferation. Democratic, English-speaking, freedom-guarding India, the one country Washington should crave as an ally, had been ignored.
</p>
<p>That neglect is now over. The reason is not just that India is looking as rich as China, but that Washington is badly in need of Asian friends. With American foreign policy in disarray the balance of world power is shifting by the year. America and Europe
 are facing oil starvation and population attrition. Energy-rich Latin America is moving leftwards. Russia is turning in on itself in an agony of reconstruction. The once-vaunted tiger economies of the Far East have relapsed as they start to consume their own
 growth. The giants of China and India are flexing their muscles as if awakening from a long sleep.
<br />
<br />
Bush’s Indian visit was part hard, part soft. The deal on nuclear exchange is a flagrant breach of the non-proliferation treaty (NPT). America is rewarding India for not signing it. India is left in unmonitored control of its eight fast breeder reactors yet
 with American supplies to maintain its 14 civilian stations. Nobody will control transfers from the one to the other.
<br />
<br />
This indulgence goes beyond even America’s milder appeasement of the nuclear programmes of Israel and Pakistan. It enables India to emerge as what Manmohan Singh, its prime minister, calls "a full member of the new nuclear world order”. This renders the NPT
 defunct. <br />
<br />
This is good news. It acknowledges reality and must force a revision of the treaty. The export of nuclear technology, in a world desperate to move away from carbon dependency, is a fact not just of life but possibly of global survival. The warming world must
 find some new dispensation for nuclear energy. This will come warts and all and the warts are bound to embrace weapons development. Since the West is armed to the teeth with such weapons, it cannot plausibly gang together to deny Third World states the right
 to develop similar defences. </p>
<p>The diplomatic challenge is not to make emerging nuclear states feel ever more isolated and threatened. The hope is that somehow deals such as the one with India can be used to induce nuclear co-operation with others such as Iran. But such manipulation will
 always fall foul of realpolitik. Washington’s favour shown to India, Pakistan, China and Russia combined with blood-curdling threats against Iran will only fuel the latter’s sense of insecurity. The double standards are too great. This is particularly so given
 reports that a similar deal to the Delhi one was requested by Tehran four years ago and rejected by Washington. If Delhi now induces a new pragmatism towards all emerging nuclear states it will be another gain.
<br />
<br />
Bush’s soft diplomacy can be treated as a cynical exercise in trying to balance friendships in desperate places. But that is the essence of diplomacy. The past week has seen commentators revive the game of China versus India. This pits China’s entrepreneurial
 zeal and financial prowess against India’s educated elite and western-oriented economy. It pits China’s manufacturing industry against India’s service industry. It pits China’s upwardly mobile but slow-growing population against India’s more stratified but
 fast-growing one. China stays in the lead until the end of the game, when India trumps its ace with democracy.
<br />
<br />
What the game fails to answer is whether democracy is really a winning hand or whether its victory is required by political correctness. India is supposedly the Asian tortoise and China the hare. But is this just a pious hope? I think not.
<br />
<br />
Any sensible analysis of China over the next quarter century must embrace another Tiananmen Square, possibly in every Chinese city. It must take account of a vast population demanding greater personal and political freedom.
</p>
<p>It must consider a communist regime faced with two choices: either grant freedom and accept the colossal redistribution of wealth this must entail, or deny freedom but buy off rebellion by making that same redistribution. In either case China’s labour-cost
 advantage over the rest of the world swiftly erodes. Chinese people demand higher wages and retain their surplus production for home consumption. China trumps its own ace.
<br />
<br />
Great leaps forward are being made in both China and India as they decentralise and liberalise their socialised economies. Both are registering real growth rates of two to three times those in the West. In India this process has been slower because democracies
 throw up barriers to unwelcome change. India is still awash in trade unions, cartels, protectionism, corruption and local autonomies. All have acted as a brake on the economic radicalism of the past BJP government and the present prime minister.
</p>
<p>Yet such resistance is also a safety valve, democracy’s way of regulating change. India’s social and economic structure offers a multitude of buffers between contending forces, between labour and capital and between groups and classes. Myriad institutions
 have kept Indian democracy alive against all odds for over half a century. Though they kept India poor — what the economist Jagdish Bhagwati calls "the non-revolution of falling expectations” — they were the carapace on the tortoise’s back.
<br />
<br />
Now that India’s economic reforms offer a revolution of rising expectations, Indian conservatism could be the stabiliser that stops capitalism racing out of control, that ensures it runs alongside redistribution and that makes some reduction in India’s desperate
 poverty. Democracy is not just a good in itself but a means of guiding change. It may take longer to effect change than in China, but in time the tortoise does overtake the hare.
<br />
<br />
In visiting India and favouring it with a nuclear deal, Bush is not just paying his dues to the Indian option, he is recognising that real, rather than ersatz, democracy is worth western championship. He offers a hope that America may be starting to row back
 from neoconservative hegemonism. </p>
<p>Asia’s democratic future does not lie in conquest and occupation, in Iraq and Afghanistan, and in the counter-productive bullying of Iran. It does not lie in the Pentagon propping up a few virtual corpses of democracy to encourage, or more likely terrify,
 the rest of the region. <br />
<br />
India’s democracy was a British import but it was nurtured through decades of empire and has evolved through local custom and practice ever since. India has been no stranger to violence and its democracy has often seemed fragile. Yet it has shown that big countries
 with wide disparities of income can enjoy free speech and the rule of law. They can vote and can change their governments in peace. One India is worth a thousand Iraqs.
<br />
<br />
On Thursday Bush sprinkled petals on the Gandhi memorial, remarking on a man "so spiritual that he captured the imagination of the entire world”. His admiration does not extend to the Mahatma’s espousal of non-violence. Yet this visit suggests at least the
 glimmer of Gandhian humility towards Asia. <br />
<br />
Of all the assumptions that followed the cold war, none was sillier or more short-sighted than that one superpower would be able to bestraddle, let alone stabilise, the world. That died on the heights of Tora Bora and in the ruins of Falluja. Bush in India
 is instead a quiet acknowledgment of Gandhi’s ironic reflection, that western civilisation might indeed be a good idea.
</p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>31/12/2011 12:24:28</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/16197/Bush+stumbles+on+a+trump+card+in+a+dangerous+world++India</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">16197</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>16201</publicationdataID>
      <title>U.S. Gives India Applause, Pakistan a Pat on the Back</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p>NEW DELHI, March 4 — President Bush leaves this region having declared India and Pakistan strategic partners. But his declarations spoke just as loudly of the shifting balance of power in the region, and the world.<br />
<br />
It was India that appeared to come out the biggest winner this week. Pakistan walked away with little more than a mild pat on the back after Mr. Bush's visit on Saturday. While buttressing America's alliances in the region, Mr. Bush also took home a formidable
 political challenge to sell his nuclear deal with India to a skeptical Congress.
<br />
<br />
India could hardly be more pleased. "IND-US CIVILIZATION," screamed a front-page headline in The Times of India on Saturday, in joyous praise for what President Bush had bestowed on the nation.
<br />
<br />
Those gifts included a nuclear deal celebrated by Indian officials, elevation as a global leader, and nary a recriminatory word on the troubles in the disputed province of Kashmir. Indian backers of a United States-India partnership were elated.
<br />
<br />
"I think we have managed to get a rather good deal," a senior Indian official said, unwilling to disclose his name because the full details of the nuclear agreement had yet to be shared with the Indian Parliament. "This is from our point of view, a hard bargain."
<br />
<br />
In Pakistan, the difference was discerned. "One thing is very clear: The U.S. is keeping India and Pakistan at two different levels," said Hasan Askari Rizvi, an independent political analyst in Lahore. "The kind of multifaceted interaction that exists between
 India and the United States is not to be seen with reference to Pakistan. For Pakistan, it's a limited and cautious support."
</p>
<p>Some members of the United States Congress and analysts have already taken the Bush administration to task for making too many concessions to India, the bête noire of outsourcing in some American circles and a stubborn opponent of the Nuclear Nonproliferation
 Treaty. Mr. Bush's test is to persuade Americans that India is worth the bargain.
<br />
<br />
The balance of costs and benefits has everything to do with India's new place in the world and its rise in the American imagination.
<br />
<br />
It is the world's largest democracy, seen in some quarters as a potential check on China. It has the world's second-largest population of Muslims. Its engineers and call center workers are embedded in the largest American corporations. Its immigrants in the
 United States have grown swiftly in number, wealth and influence. <br />
<br />
Perhaps most important, India's economy has galloped forward for the last several years: It is poised to post more than 8 percent growth this year and double-digit growth in the years ahead. Its potential market is vast. Mr. Bush exhorted India to open that
 market further, and in his joint statement with Prime Minister Manmohan Singh he listed "economic prosperity and trade" as the first among several agreements made between the countries. "Economics has featured prominently on this trip," the deputy United States
 trade representative, Karan Bhatia, said Friday. </p>
<p>But it is the nuclear deal, which commits the United States to supporting India's civilian nuclear program, that will stand as the measure of what was achieved this week.
<br />
<br />
Pakistan said it expected Mr. Bush at least to press India harder for a solution to their territorial dispute over Kashmir in exchange for the nuclear favor granted to India.
<br />
<br />
But despite Pakistani demands for equal nuclear status with India, the White House maintained that the scandal surrounding the Pakistani nuclear scientist A. Q. Khan and his illegal nuclear peddling made no such deal possible anytime soon.
<br />
<br />
There was only a passing public reference to Kashmir — and that too only to urge the leaders of both India and Pakistan to work it out between themselves.
<br />
<br />
What Pakistan got instead was affirmation of its standing as a vital ally in the war on terrorism and what many here will interpret as modest blessing of President Pervez Musharraf's brand of democracy, despite Mr. Bush's nudge to conduct transparent elections
 next year. <br />
<br />
Likewise, Indian officials point out that strategic ties with Washington can help India achieve its aspirations on the world stage — chief among them, ending the country's nuclear isolation in the world and yielding the legitimacy it has long sought as a nuclear
 weapons state. <br />
<br />
Mushahid Hussain, a member of the Pakistani Parliament and close to General Musharraf, said at least the new strategic partnership between Pakistan and the United States should yield a "a peace dividend" for South Asia.
</p>
<p>To please two lovers is by nature an impossible task, and in this instance, Mr. Bush did not leave South Asia without leaving a trail of ambivalence — and even outright anger — in both countries.
<br />
<br />
And while both India and Pakistan may be grateful in receiving what support Washington has to offer, it was not clear that either nation could embrace all that Mr. Bush expected of his new friends. In India, for starters, Mr. Bush's message of crusading for
 democracy worldwide raised eyebrows. "As a global power, India has an historic duty to support democracy around the world," is what he told the invitation-only audience here at Purana Qila, a fort, on Friday. He used the word "democracy" 16 times in his speech.
<br />
<br />
Ashok K. Mehta, a retired general who writes about India's foreign policy, pointed out that India was not in the habit of spreading democracy, not even in its own neighborhood. "We would like countries to uphold democratic values but we will not thrust that
 down their throats," is how Mr. Mehta put it, on his way out of the Bush address.
<br />
<br />
Indeed, Mr. Bush's list of rogue states — he mentioned Myanmar, Cuba and Syria in his final speech in New Delhi — are all among India's friends. Then there was the explicit reference to Iran, as a country ruled by a clerical minority. India has a longstanding
 and vital relationship with Iran. "In a world where the Bush administration is perceived in a not very positive light, India is going to have a challenge in structuring its other relationships," said Sundeep Waslekar of the Strategic Foresight Group. "This
 challenge will be most demonstrated in how we manage our relationship with Iran."
</p>
<p>But India is already marching ahead with deepening its engagement with the military junta that rules natural gas-rich Myanmar, formerly Burma. It has bid, with China, on an oilfield in Syria. Fidel Castro — and Hugo Chávez of Venezuela — are regarded here
 as friends, even if they are not held in the same esteem in the United States. Sachin Pilot, a member of Parliament, put it neatly, "We agree to disagree."</p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>31/12/2011 12:28:35</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/16201/US+Gives+India+Applause+Pakistan+a+Pat+on+the+Back</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">16201</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>16204</publicationdataID>
      <title>A powerful friend</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p>AUSTRALIA and India, the Indian Prime Minister, Manmohan Singh, once remarked with acute insight, are two countries with a great deal in common but which have very little to do with each other.<br />
<br />
Prime Minister John Howard will try to remedy that tomorrow night when he arrives in Delhi for a three-day visit to India which will also take in Mumbai, the commercial and entertainment capital, and Chennai (formerly Madras), the heart of Tamil civilisation.
<br />
<br />
Howard's visit is deadly serious. It is a recognition of the unique intersection of geo-strategic, economic, cultural and diplomatic importance which is accumulating around New Delhi in a process of great historic importance.
<br />
<br />
On every front that counts, in every policy question that defines our age, India is a central part of the equation. Australia must do much better with India than it has in the past.
<br />
<br />
The Australian bureaucracy has had three impediments to understanding and acting on the real importance of India. These are: an obsession with the Nuclear Non-Proliferation Treaty, an obsession with China and a tendency to group all things Indian with Pakistan.
<br />
<br />
All of these destructive bureaucratic habits of mind need to be broken if Australia is to reach anything like its potential with India.
<br />
<br />
Howard's visit follows hot on the heels of George W. Bush, who in turn barely missed France's Jacques Chirac, who in turn was in New Delhi only shortly after Britain's Tony Blair. All of these leaders recognise the centrality of India to the new global equations.
 Howard will be accompanied by a big business delegation and this is as it should be. The potential economic relationship between Australia and India is vast. Already India is our sixth largest export market, ahead of Britain, with total two-way trade of $10
 billion, with the balance substantially in our favour. </p>
<p>India's budget, brought down this week, indicates growth of more than 8 per cent in the Indian economy this year, a similar figure to that achieved in the past few years. This puts India just behind China in growth rate for a substantial economy.
<br />
<br />
India stands in direct line to Japan and China as likely to produce the same economic opportunities for Australia that those other two Asian giants did. The energy demands alone of India's rapid development will be huge. It will need other bulk commodities
 in enormous quantities. But more than that, the potential in service industries is almost limitless as India's middle class is growing exponentially.
<br />
<br />
You can get all kinds of startling statistics out of the Indian economy. About a third of all computer engineers in the US's Silicon Valley are Indians, but there are now more Indian computer engineers in Bangalore, India's high-tech capital, than in Silicon
 Valley. <br />
<br />
India, like China, is still a difficult market and Australian companies can often do with the help of government agencies such as Austrade. But there are already 25,000 Indian students studying in Australia. India has been the fourth highest source of migrants
 to Australia in the Howard decade. Given the irreducible connections of cricket and the English language, this is a relationship waiting to boom, apparently designed in heaven and awaiting only the merest human agency to take off spectacularly.
</p>
<p>But in some ways the economic stuff is the easy bit. There will be no opposition to this from anyone and it's just a matter of Australian energy, infrastructure and effort.
<br />
<br />
But other parts of the relationship are more complex and demand a more significant input from the political level of leadership, from Howard himself and from cabinet.
<br />
<br />
In 1998 India tested a nuclear weapon. This was a shocking moment for the world as it breached the Nuclear Non-Proliferation Treaty, although India had never signed the NPT. At first the policy impulse of the US and Australia was to try to reverse India's decision,
 an utterly futile and pointless position. </p>
<p>Australia over-reacted to the Indian test and in fact the US accommodated India before Australia did, leaving Canberra in the bizarre, though not totally novel, position of defending territory that the US had abandoned. It is not only futile to expect India
 ever to give up its nuclear weapons, it can damage good policy. The priority now must be to assist India in making sure it has good command and control procedures to keep its nuclear arsenal safe, and helping it develop a peaceful nuclear energy industry so
 that it will need to chew up fewer fossil fuels in its burgeoning development. <br />
<br />
Moreover, there is a central strategic dimension to all of this, which is India considered vis-a-vis China. India and China, though they have a history of conflict, now have quite good bilateral relations. However, China has opposed India getting a permanent
 seat on the UN Security Council and has opposed a regularised relationship for India with the Nuclear Suppliers Group.
<br />
<br />
No one can play the India card against China. India is far too powerful and independent for that. Nor, indeed, would anyone want to. It's in everyone's interests for India and China to have a stable, peaceful and economically enriching relationship.
<br />
<br />
However, India undoubtedly does provide a balance to China at several levels. First, at the strategic level. India is an important military power with a continental-size landmass, formidable armed forces and a developing blue-water navy.
<br />
<br />
Just by being there, being itself and being successful, India vastly complicates any potential Chinese leadership's move towards an aggressive posture, should any Chinese leadership be so tempted in the future.
</p>
<p>As former US ambassador to India Robert Blackwill has argued, it is overwhelmingly in the US's interests (and in Australia's interests, too) for there to be a broad strategic parity between India and China. It would be against Western interests for India
 to be permanently consigned to an inferior status militarily to China. <br />
<br />
In the nuclear realm, India has a perfect record of never having proliferated nuclear weapons material or technology to any other nation. China on the other hand has an appalling record, not recently but in the past, of giving nuclear technology to Pakistan
 and North Korea. If Islamist terrorists ever do get their hands on nuclear materials the ultimate design is likely to have come, albeit unwittingly, from China.
<br />
<br />
Therefore it would be insane for the US and its allies to freeze India out of this technology while China enjoys unfettered nuclear co-operation. Bush and Prime Minister Singh are trying hard to work out a nuclear deal in which India separates its military
 and civilian nuclear programs and then the US engages in full nuclear co-operation with India.
<br />
<br />
When the outlines of this deal were first announced Howard was broadly supportive of it. In time this could have significant implications for Australia as an exporter of uranium. Certainly if Australia is to export uranium to China it is difficult to see an
 argument against exporting it to India. </p>
<p>The Australian bureaucracy needs a dose of new thinking on these issues, and this can only come from Howard and Foreign Minister, Alexander Downer.
<br />
<br />
Similarly, as well as supporting India for a seat on the UN Security Council, Australia should announce unilateral support for Indian membership of APEC and should invite India to attend next year's APEC summit in Sydney.
<br />
<br />
India also plays a central role in the war on terror. With 130 million Muslims, India has the most Muslims of any nation apart from Indonesia.
<br />
<br />
Yet not a single Indian has joined al-Qa'ida. No Indian was discovered in Afghanistan. None is held in Guantanamo Bay. This is a great tribute to India's secular democracy. This democracy is another way in which India balances China - and that is ideologically.
 It is impossible to argue that democracy is not practical for poor, big countries, or that it is a Western construct, with India in the room.
<br />
<br />
Increasingly India plays a pivotal role in Asian organisations. It is part of the East Asia Summit. It was part of the core group, with the US, Japan and Australia, in responding to the Asian tsunami of Boxing Day 2004. And it is part of the partnership for
 clean development with the US, Australia, Japan, China and South Korea. <br />
<br />
The Australia-India partnership is pregnant with possibility. Can Howard be the midwife of history this week?
</p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>31/12/2011 12:31:10</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/16204/A+powerful+friend</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">16204</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>16206</publicationdataID>
      <title>Nuclear Deal With India a Sign of New U.S. Focus</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p>The cementing through nuclear cooperation of a "strategic partnership" between the United States and India represents a gamble typical of President George W. Bush and a shift in American foreign policy priorities of enormous significance.<br />
<br />
Whether the gamble proves bold or reckless remains to be seen. What is already clear is that, beyond Iraq, American diplomatic energy is no longer focused on Europe, its central concern for the second half of the 20th century, but on the explosive growth of
 Asia driven by the emergence of India and China. <br />
<br />
Confronted by this twin challenge, the United States has now made clear it is prepared to make an exception of India in order to draw it closer. Bush has ended the nuclear pariah status of India despite the fact the country is not a signatory to the Nuclear
 Nonproliferation Treaty. In a proliferation- plagued world, that is an extraordinary step.
<br />
<br />
It will not have been lost on China. R. Nicholas Burns, the U.S. under secretary of state for political affairs, said in a telephone interview: "We have never seen India as a counter to China. It stands on its own and we do not draw that linkage."
<br />
<br />
India has its own fast-developing economic relationship with China and does not want to be seen as a pawn in a Washington-Beijing game. Burns's message will be well received in New Delhi.
</p>
<p>Still, Bush's push to transform the relationship between the world's most powerful and most populous democracies into a strategic alliance locked in by intense military, nuclear, scientific and agricultural cooperation amounts to an overarching response
 to the expansion of Chinese influence in Asia. <br />
<br />
The Chinese Foreign Ministry spokesman, Qin Gang, responded to the agreement between Bush and Prime Minister Manmohan Singh of India by saying that any pact "must meet the requirements and provisions of the nuclear nonproliferation regime and the obligations
 undertaken by all countries concerned." <br />
<br />
That's Chinese grumpiness dressed up in formal demands. The fact is the nuclear nonproliferation regime has been transformed - many would say devalued - by the agreement allowing India to buy nuclear fuel and reactor components from the United States and other
 countries in return for separating its civilian and military nuclear facilities and permitting international inspection of the former.
<br />
<br />
Therein lies the heart of Bush's gamble: He has wagered that it is worth undermining the nuclear treaty, even as the West tries to stop Iran from developing a nuclear weapons program, in order to secure Indian help in increasing "mutual security against the
 common threats posed by intolerance, terrorism and the spread of weapons of mass destruction," as a joint statement put it.
</p>
<p>That looks contradictory. How can emptying the nuclear treaty of meaning help stop the spread of weapons of mass destruction? But the treaty and reality have long been at odds - nobody has any illusions about Israeli nuclear weapons - and Bush has clearly
 taken a hard look at the facts. <br />
<br />
India has been a known nuclear power for more than three decades, ever since it conducted a nuclear explosion in 1974, a move followed by a test of atomic weapons in 1998. Over that period it has never, unlike Pakistan, been a source of proliferation, nor has
 there been any international access to a program run by the much revered "nuclear maharajahs" of the Indian Department of Atomic Energy.
<br />
<br />
Now, India has agreed to classify 14 of its nuclear power reactors as civilian facilities, opening them up to inspection. The others, and a fast-breeder reactor in development, will remain closed military facilities. That India will go on making nuclear weapons
 is clear. <br />
<br />
"Our conclusion was that India should be an exception," Burns said. "It has not been a proliferator of nuclear technology. For 30 years, we've had zero transparency. Now we will have well over half open to supervision and safeguard."
</p>
<p>But of course having 65 percent of a program opened to international oversight still leaves 35 percent without it. The heart of the American calculation is not reining India in; it is bringing an ever more powerful India alongside.
<br />
<br />
The economic and strategic benefits could indeed be enormous. Bush still needs the approval of Congress, where opposition will be stiff, and the agreement will also require the nod of the 45-member Nuclear Suppliers Group, the international body that regulates
 the transfer of nuclear technology. <br />
<br />
These are significant hurdles. But if they can be overcome, the provision to an energy-hungry India of civilian nuclear energy would open a large and lucrative market. It could also, as President Jacques Chirac of France has recognized, reduce the Indian appetite
 for oil and offer environmental benefits. <br />
<br />
That is important but not the heart of the matter. Bush will now count on India to support his nonproliferation efforts, including in Iran, where India has influence.
</p>
<p>He will be looking to India for intelligence and even military support in the war against terrorism. He will be counting on America's fastest- growing export market becoming a strategic partner in the full sense of that term.
<br />
<br />
Unless he gets all this, his gamble may prove expensive. China is not happy. Pakistan will have to be reassured in the form of unstinting American support. Domestic critics will argue a dangerous precedent has been set by legitimizing India as a nuclear power
 outside the nonproliferation treaty. <br />
<br />
But the foundations of a powerful and effective American-Indian alliance are strong: democratic values within multiethnic states, entrepreneurial cultures, the English language, the presence of more Indian students in the United States than any other nationality,
 more than two million Indian-Americans, huge investments and a growing web of business, scientific and technological interests.
<br />
<br />
Bush to India is not quite Nixon to China, but this agreement marks a turning-point. The long Cold War frostiness of Indian-American relations was an anomaly. The thaw began under President Bill Clinton. Through Bush's deal with India, made at the cost of the
 formal weakening of the nuclear treaty, Bush has turned a thaw into an embrace that will serve America, India and democracy well.
<br />
</p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>31/12/2011 12:33:38</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/16206/Nuclear+Deal+With+India+a+Sign+of+New+US+Focus</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">16206</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>16207</publicationdataID>
      <title>Editorial: A good deal in New Delhi</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p>After decades as a nuclear pariah, India all but slipped into the elite club of publicly acknowledged nuclear weapons states on Thursday. That's the best thing about the historic deal that President Bush and Indian Prime Minister Manmohan Singh announced,
 to mixed reviews in both countries. Assuming the deal is approved, no longer will the rest of the world have to guess about what's going on in many of India's nuclear plants, or whether it will decide to test another nuclear device.<br />
<br />
The deal, which requires congressional action, brings India under international restraints in exchange for U.S. nuclear power aid. In brief, India agreed to international inspection of 14 of its 22 nuclear reactors, with the rest off-limits as part of India's
 military program. India also agreed to submit all future civilian nuclear power generators to oversight by the International Atomic Energy Agency. It vowed it won't test nuclear weapons. It declared it will support nuclear export controls, to keep bomb material
 and technology out of the hands of terrorists. And it supports negotiation of a worldwide halt in production of fissile material for bombs.
<br />
<br />
What it won't allow, and what no nuclear weapons state allows, is international inspections of military nuclear programs.
</p>
<p>The deal has drawn criticism from nuclear analysts and some in Congress. They warn that the U.S. gave too much and got too little. But this wasn't an all-or-nothing proposition. The choice, as Undersecretary of State for Political Affairs Nicholas Burns
 explained, was whether to allow India to continue operating a nuclear program in isolation or gain control over a significant portion of it. "It's not a perfect deal," Burns admitted, because India's military program won't be monitored. But this deal should
 be measured against what was in place before: nothing<br />
<br />
. The deal brings the U.S. closer to India, a former Cold War adversary. That's vital, as India is an emerging powerhouse and a potential counterweight to China.
<br />
<br />
The bargain is not without risks. The president tailored this agreement to India, and India alone, knowing that Iran and other nuclear outlaws likely will try to confuse the issue and argue that America is setting a double standard.
</p>
<p>But India didn't run a huge underground black market for nuclear technology, as Pakistan's leading nuclear scientist, A.Q. Khan, did. India didn't lie about its nuclear program for almost two decades, while building secret nuclear facilities, presumably
 to make weapons. Iran did. And India didn't sign the nuclear non-proliferation treaty and then violate it by building weapons to threaten the world. North Korea did. India earned special treatment from the United States, with its commitment to democracy and
 international inspections. <br />
<br />
Still, there's a tough fight ahead to change U.S. policy, which bars nuclear help to nations that have refused to sign the nuclear non-proliferation treaty. The president can bolster his case in Congress by pushing India to pledge more help in a global effort
 to secure nuclear materials so that they never fall into the hands of terrorists.
</p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>31/12/2011 12:36:00</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/16207/Editorial+A+good+deal+in+New+Delhi</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">16207</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>16210</publicationdataID>
      <title>Cashing In on India's Boom; How Americans Can Get Rich, Too</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p>March 3, 2006 — - President Bush might have skipped the Taj Mahal during his first presidential visit to India, but he sure wasn't going to miss the country's other main attraction: its booming market.<br />
<br />
Today, when visiting the southern city of Hyderabad, one of India's premier centers of technology, Bush paid homage to the country's growing business sophistication by stopping by the Indian School of Business, an unusual institution created through a collaboration
 of top corporations and two of America's best business schools, the University of Pennsylvania's Wharton School of Business and Northwestern's Kellogg Graduate School of Management.
<br />
<br />
Calling India a "wonderful trade opportunity," Bush told the ISB students that although it has been painful for U.S. workers who have lost jobs to India, American companies stand to sell lots of goods and services to the 300 million members of India's growing
 middle class. <br />
<br />
But you don't have to be a corporation to cash in on India's boom. Individual Americans, too, can find themselves lifted by the wave of prosperity if they play India's exploding market the right way.
</p>
<p>"Invest in U.S. companies that are taking advantage of cost savings, companies such as GE, Citicorp and American Express," says Jagmohan Raju, a marketing professor at Wharton and executive director of the Wharton co-sponsorship with ISB, "as well as those
 that can capitalize on the growing market in India -- Motorola and Nokia are selling mobile phones at a very rapid rate."
<br />
<br />
It also makes sense to invest directly in Indian companies. As the purchasing power of India's middle class grows, the car and two-wheeler markets have heated up, says Raju, who points to automobile manufacturers, such as Maruti and Tata Motors, and bike makers,
 such as Hero Honda and Bajaj Auto, as hot investments. Retailing and education and microfinance are also good sectors for American investors, according to Raju.
<br />
<br />
Kaushik Basu, a professor of international studies and economics at Cornell University, recommends the infamous back-office outsourcing as "the best sector" for Americans to invest in and for entrepreneurs who want to start businesses in India.
<br />
<br />
"One specific sector that I think will see big growth is the production of books, from copyediting and proofreading to typesetting and binding," Basu says. "Given India's large English-speaking population and growing skills in manufacturing, this is a natural
 sector for growth." </p>
<p>But buying shares in companies listed on stock exchanges is the simplest way to get in the game. "As individuals, the best way to invest in India is through the stock market," says Usha C.V. Haley, director of the Global Business Center at the University
 of New Haven and author of "Strategic Management in the Asia Pacific: Harnessing Regional and Organizational Change for Competitive Advantage." "All emerging markets are fraught with risk, and information on their companies is both at a premium and unreliable.
 India is no different." <br />
<br />
Basu agrees, saying "the best option is to invest in Indian stocks and shares." <br />
<br />
"The equity market in India has boomed, and though the sharpness of the rise may now abate, there will be handsome gains to be made here for some years to come, given India's huge capital needs," Basu adds.
<br />
<br />
Many Indian companies, such as Tata Motors, Infosys and Wipro, are even listed on American stock exchanges. But it's not difficult to buy stocks through foreign exchanges, including the main Indian stock index, Sensex, which hit record highs in February.
</p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>31/12/2011 12:41:16</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/16210/Cashing+In+on+Indias+Boom+How+Americans+Can+Get+Rich+Too</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">16210</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>16212</publicationdataID>
      <title>Thriving, democratic India a must-see for Bush</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p><em>U.S. seeks 'strategic partnership' in business, terror fight</em> NEW DELHI – A booming India beckons.<br />
<br />
With its billion-plus people, the world's largest democracy is in the midst of extraordinary economic growth – and all the successes and challenges that come with it.
<br />
<br />
A new India, as some have called it for some time, is on the move, turning the heads of political and business leaders around the world.
<br />
<br />
Sen. John Cornyn, R-Texas, has noticed, visited and launched an India Caucus in the Senate.
<br />
<br />
"I was just amazed," he said, recalling his Indian industry-sponsored trip two years ago.
<br />
<br />
On Wednesday night, President Bush arrived here after making a brief stop in Afghanistan to bolster its fledgling democracy and salute the U.S. troops that still patrol there.
<br />
<br />
In India to confer with government and business leaders, Mr. Bush is the first president to visit since Bill Clinton in 2000, only the second since Jimmy Carter in 1978 and the first Republican since Dwight Eisenhower in 1959.
<br />
<br />
But that's about to change. <br />
<br />
"A trip to India is no longer just a desired – but a required – part of an American president's itinerary," said Karl Inderfurth, a professor of international affairs at George Washington University who was assistant secretary of state for South Asia during
 the Clinton administration. <br />
<br />
Mr. Inderfurth views Mr. Bush's visit, following that of his Democratic predecessor, as a strong if belated signal of bipartisan support for a more enduring U.S.-India relationship. "Policy continuity," as Mr. Inderfurth framed it, is "something we don't see
 a lot of these days in Washington." </p>
<p>Mr. Bush is particularly interested in pursuing what he calls the "strategic partnership" between the two nations. At the crux of that pursuit are the final negotiations on a deal announced during Indian Prime Minister Manmohan Singh's visit to the White
 House last summer for the U.S. to help India with the fuel and technical support needed to dramatically increase its nuclear power. The deal is contingent upon India's separating its civilian and military programs and agreeing to more international monitoring.
 India's commitment to democracy, diversity and freedom of religion make it a "natural partner" for the United States in fighting terrorism, promoting democracy and free trade and addressing critical health and energy concerns, Mr. Bush said, and he wants to
 foster better cooperation on all those fronts. </p>
<p>At the same time, India is eager to have the U.S. at its side as it harnesses its booming economy and emerges more prominently on the world stage.
<br />
<br />
The president and the United States fare much better in polls in India than in many other countries, where Mr. Bush's decision to invade Iraq has ignited widespread opposition.
<br />
<br />
Still, before his arrival Wednesday, thousands of Indians gathered for an angry demonstration in central New Delhi. Some protesters called Mr. Bush a bully and a killer for ordering the invasion and demanded that he go home.
<br />
<br />
For Mr. Bush, the trip to South Asia will be a quick one. He's spending just two working days in India, then a day in neighboring Pakistan on his way home.
<br />
<br />
Long bitter rivals, India and Pakistan both have nuclear arsenals and are parties to a dispute over the Himilayan territory of Kashmir.
<br />
<br />
"Not long ago, there was so much distrust between India and Pakistan that when America had good relations with one, it made the other one nervous." Mr. Bush said, previewing his trip last week to the Asia Society in Washington.
<br />
<br />
"Changing that perception has been one of our administration's top priorities," he said, "and we're making good progress."
<br />
<br />
Still, it's a juggling act. <br />
<br />
"Clearly, the fear in Pakistan and the hope in India was that the president would make one stop" in India, said Kurt Campbell, senior vice president of the Center for Strategic and International Studies.
</p>
<p>The president's unannounced stop in Afghanistan, though only for a few hours, also highlighted the complicated nature of the region.
<br />
<br />
In a brief news conference with reporters traveling with him on Air Force One and with Afghan reporters, Mr. Bush was asked about the unsettling security situation in Afghanistan and the whereabouts of Osama bin Laden, believed to be hiding along the Afghan-Pakistani
 border. The president said he was confident the terrorist leader would be captured.
<br />
<br />
And, with his next stop India, he was pressed on the prospects of sealing the nuclear deal with the energy-starved country.
<br />
<br />
"Hopefully, we can reach an agreement," Mr. Bush said, citing ongoing negotiations even as he flew to New Delhi. "If not, we'll continue to work on it until we do."
<br />
<br />
The U.S relationship with India, though, is a broader one, he said, one that is increasingly entrenched in economic development.
<br />
<br />
The statistics are staggering. <br />
<br />
With a population of more than 1 billion, India is the second-most-populous country behind China and projected to pass that country in a couple of decades.
<br />
<br />
India's population is young, too. About 750 million Indians are younger than 35, and about 500 million are younger than 25.
</p>
<p>There's a rapidly growing Indian middle class of about 300 million, about the size of the U.S. population. But there are hundreds of millions of Indians of all ages who live in overwhelming poverty.
<br />
<br />
Clearly, India's young, increasingly prosperous population, coupled with the country's stable democracy, promises to stoke economic engines for decades to come.
<br />
<br />
But the challenges are enormous as well. <br />
<br />
India is desperately seeking to develop more nuclear power as an alternative to imported oil and dirty coal, which promises ever-increasing environmental headaches. And its financial system is just beginning a widespread electronic conversion from cash.
<br />
<br />
"All this is brand new to India. ... And all that technology has to be deployed," said Reena Batra, founder and chief executive of SPI, an information technology services company in Irving.
<br />
<br />
On the other hand, Ms. Batra, who came to the U.S. from India 26 years ago at age 24, said she's concerned about what she called the "negative publicity" surrounding the outsourcing of U.S. jobs to India, particularly call centers and other high-tech services.
<br />
<br />
The president should tell Indian leaders that the "U.S. looks at India and Southeast Asia as an untapped market," she said. "Then, it's a win-win situation. We're taking jobs to India, but we actually do business there as well and bring some money back." Mindful
 of the controversy, Mr. Bush addressed the issue bluntly in his speech previewing his trip.
<br />
<br />
"Losing a job is traumatic. It's difficult. It puts strain on our families," he said. "But rather than respond with protectionist policies, I believe it makes sense to respond with educational policies to make sure that our workers are skilled for the jobs
 of the 21st century." </p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>31/12/2011 12:44:00</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/16212/Thriving+democratic+India+a+mustsee+for+Bush</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">16212</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>16213</publicationdataID>
      <title>U.N. watchdog welcomes US-India nuclear deal</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p>NEW DELHI (Reuters) - The U.N. nuclear watchdog welcomed a landmark civil nuclear deal between India and the United States on Thursday, saying it would end New Delhi's nuclear isolation and spur global non-proliferation efforts.<br />
<br />
Under the deal, agreed as U.S. President George W. Bush visited New Delhi, Washington has offered India nuclear fuel and technology provided it separates its civil and military nuclear facilities and places the former under international inspections.
<br />
<br />
Some U.S. lawmakers and nuclear experts have criticised the pact, saying it weakens international safeguards, especially the nuclear Non-Proliferation Treaty, which India has refused to sign calling it discriminatory.
<br />
<br />
But the support of Mohammed ElBaradei, the head of the International Atomic Energy Authority, gives the deal an important seal of approval. ElBaradei said the deal would help satisfy India's growing energy needs.
<br />
<br />
"It would also bring India closer as an important partner in the non-proliferation regime," he said in a statement.
<br />
<br />
"It would be a milestone, timely for ongoing efforts to consolidate the non-proliferation regime, combat nuclear terrorism and strengthen nuclear safety."
<br />
<br />
The deal still needs to be approved by the U.S. Congress, where it is sure to come under close scrutiny. Tom Lantos, the ranking Democrat on the House International Relations Committee, gave it a cautious welcome.
</p>
<p>"A reliable and dependable strategic partnership is in the interest of both our great countries, and this agreement could herald an even closer relationship between the United States and India," he said in a statement emailed to Reuters.
<br />
<br />
"Given the unprecedented nature of this agreement, the Congress will have to carefully examine the details of the separation plan to assure ourselves and our international partners that this agreement will indeed support our shared political and security objectives."
<br />
<br />
China was less positive, urging India to sign the NPT and also dismantle its nuclear weapons.
<br />
<br />
"UNIQUE TO INDIA"<br />
<br />
In New Delhi, the U.S. official who negotiated the pact said it was "unique" to India and would not be repeated with other countries such as neighbor and rival Pakistan.
<br />
<br />
"What distinguishes India is that India has protected its nuclear technology over the 30 years of the Indian nuclear programme -- India has not proliferated. Unlike North Korea which has been a major proliferator," Undersecretary of State Nicholas Burns told
 reporters. </p>
<p>"India has brought itself into conformance with all the international guidelines pertaining to nuclear technology, unlike Iran for instance which has been a great violator of those international programmes," he said.
<br />
<br />
Burns said Russia and European allies had already indicated that they would support the deal, which will be worth billions of dollars to U.S. firms that provide nuclear technology to India.
<br />
<br />
"So we do expect broad scale international support," he said. <br />
<br />
The United States has agreed to allow Western firms to invest in India's nuclear technology, which will require a change in U.S. law.
<br />
<br />
Secretary of State Condoleezza Rice was to start making phone calls to lawmakers later on Thursday, Burns said.
<br />
<br />
"We have always seen this deal to be a unique deal for India alone," Burns said. <br />
<br />
"We certainly would never consider entertaining this with a country that had proliferated, for instance North Korea, or a country that had lied to the IAEA -- Iran."
<br />
<br />
The United States has explained to Pakistan that a similar agreement would not be made with Islamabad, Burns said.
<br />
<br />
Pakistan has had "proliferation problems of a quite serious nature over the last several years that would make this kind of deal impossible, and we've been very up front and direct with the Pakistanis in saying that," he said.
</p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>31/12/2011 12:46:34</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/16213/UN+watchdog+welcomes+USIndia+nuclear+deal</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">16213</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>16215</publicationdataID>
      <title>Banks Boost Efforts in India; Strong Development, Big Potential Lure Investment Firms</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p>Global investment banks are beefing up in India, big time.<br />
<br />
As Indian companies increasingly tap capital markets and seek merger advice, foreign investment banks are building up their operations on the subcontinent, helped by a regulatory regime that is friendlier to them than the one in Asia's other major growth market,
 China. <br />
<br />
While foreign investors are keen to tap into China, too, there they are restricted to minority stakes in joint ventures prohibited from trading domestic stocks and bonds. And permits for even those ventures are frozen at the moment.
<br />
<br />
In India, foreign retail banks face a tough time expanding their business, too. But foreign brokers can get licenses to underwrite and trade equities securities in less than 60 days.
<br />
<br />
That is just what they are doing. The investment-banking arm of Switzerland's Credit Suisse Group is preparing to restart Indian operations after regulators shut down the business in 2001 over a price-fixing scandal. The unit is hiring as many as 50 people
 this year, having poached New York-based Morgan Stanley's top banker in India to develop the business.
<br />
<br />
In December, Merrill Lynch, New York, invested $500 million to buy all but 10% of its Indian joint venture, giving the U.S. firm more say in how the operation is run. Barclays of the U.K. is planning to double the equity it has in India to underwrite larger
 deals. </p>
<p>Spurring all this activity are a boom in Indian investment-banking business and predictions of further economic growth. Last year, Indian companies sold $16 billion of equity and equity-linked securities, 60% more than the year before, according to data
 tracker Dealogic. Mergers and acquisitions more than tripled from 2004 to $20.4 billion.
<br />
<br />
This year, stock sales are on track to surpass last year's $16 billion, and convertible-bond sales alone are already more than half the $3.2 billion total in 2005.
<br />
<br />
After a stock-market surge last year that pushed the Sensex index 42% higher, the benchmark has added 13% so far this year. Indian companies are also aggressively expanding overseas. Dr. Reddy's Laboratories beat out another Indian pharmaceuticals company last
 month to buy German drug company Betapharm Arzneimittel GmbH. <br />
<br />
"All banks need to significantly increase their activities in India, given its scale and continuing high levels of growth," said Rory Tapner, UBS's chief executive for Asia.
<br />
<br />
Indian deals have played second fiddle to those in China, which has been churning out multibillion-dollar pacts through the privatization of state companies for the past decade. Chinese companies selling stock paid their advisers $725 million in fees last year,
 more than double that of Indian entities, according to data from Thomson Financial.
</p>
<p>China's domestic stock markets, though, remain largely off-limits to foreign investors. Currently, securities joint-ventures aren't able to trade domestic securities and have a 33% foreign-ownership cap, though exceptions to these rules have been made. But
 as China tries to shore up its domestic markets and its 130 local securities firms need capital and foreign expertise, investment banks such as Credit Suisse and Morgan Stanley are searching for good partners to access the local market.
<br />
<br />
India has a longer history with investment banks -- and is more open to them. The Bombay Stock Exchange, which dates back to 1875, now has more than 4,700 listed companies, compared with 1,400 in China. As India began to open its economy to foreign capital,
 Goldman Sachs Group, Merrill Lynch and Morgan Stanley all established joint ventures between 1994 and 1997 that sought to meld local influence with global market expertise.
<br />
<br />
Now, as the fee pool grows, more international capital flows into India and more investment banks expand operations, those joint ventures, heralded a decade ago as the best way to access the market, have lost their appeal.
<br />
<br />
Merrill Lynch increased its stake in its Indian joint venture from 40% to 90% in a bid to reap a greater share of the profit and have a bigger hand in the direction of the business. Goldman Sachs is considering several options to expand its Indian business,
 including divesting its 25% stake in Kotak Mahindra Capital Corp., its venture with Kotak Mahindra Bank and setting up its own operations, according to people familiar with their plans.
</p>
<p>"The consensus view is that the JV structure has outlived its usefulness," says Paul Calello, Asia Pacific chief executive for Credit Suisse. "It has not been remunerative to shareholders and there is sometimes disagreement over what types of transactions
 should be done. We look to establish and grow organically." <br />
<br />
While joint ventures dominated the Indian market for years, newcomers such as Citigroup of the U.S., Germany's Deutsche Bank and Switzerland's UBS are snagging a greater share of the market. Because their businesses are wholly owned, they enjoy all the profit.
<br />
<br />
Six years ago, when Citigroup decided to increase its corporate and investment banking presence in India, it opted to go it alone. "It was a difficult decision," says Pramit Jhaveri, Citigroup's head of Indian investment banking. "The successes before us had
 been those with partners." <br />
<br />
Now, Mr. Jhaveri feels vindicated. So far this year, Citigroup is the second-largest underwriter of equity offerings in India after Barclays. The bank advised the country's largest oil company, Oil &amp; Natural Gas Corp., on a joint acquisition with China National
 Petroleum Corp. in Syria. <br />
<br />
Building organically can be slow and potentially costly -- a problem faced by foreign retail banks looking to grow in India. Foreign banks are restricted to a 5% stake in local lenders, and building out branch-by-branch can take years.
</p>
<p>For the new entrants, organic-expansion efforts must take place as competition is driving down fees. Investment banks complain that India's businesses pay low fees on equity transactions and those fees must often be split among several advisers. At the same
 time, salaries for seasoned executives are climbing. The combination spells slimmer profit margins for businesses that shoulder hefty start-up costs.
<br />
<br />
Still, the whole pie is growing. Last year, total equity fees more than doubled from the year before to $296 million, according to Thomson Financial.
<br />
<br />
Credit Suisse's Mr. Calello says rapid economic growth and rising consumer demand will increase the need for efficient financing and strategic advisory. "This spells huge opportunities for investment banks," he says</p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>31/12/2011 12:49:32</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/16215/Banks+Boost+Efforts+in+India+Strong+Development+Big+Potential+Lure+Investment+Firms</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">16215</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>16216</publicationdataID>
      <title>Executives See U.S. Link as Crucial in India's Growth</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p>BANGALORE, India, March 2 — Overshadowed in the discussion over a nuclear agreement between the United States and India is a different sort of pact — the one between corporate leaders of the two countries.<br />
<br />
Chief executives of 5 American corporations and 10 Indian companies presented a report to President Bush and Prime Minister Manmohan Singh on Thursday morning in New Delhi on ways to improve investment and commercial links.
<br />
<br />
As the president and prime minister shared the end of a long table — Indian executives on one side; Americans, including Secretary of State Condoleezza Rice, on the other — the discussion ranged over trade concerns: a need to dismantle Indian commercial barriers,
 the development of basic infrastructure, a strengthening of intellectual property rights and the building of special economic zones to foster joint ventures with American companies.
<br />
<br />
India is becoming a strong base for software development and the outsourcing of services and manufacturing. But the executives concluded in their report that greater United States investment could help the further development of India's infrastructure, and
 more American technical expertise could help upgrade its low-cost manufacturing.
</p>
<p>Nandan M. Nilekani, chief executive of Infosys Technologies, one of India's largest outsourcing companies, who participated Thursday, said, "The C.E.O. Forum was an initiative suggested by President Bush and an acknowledgment that Indian and U.S. businesses
 are catalysts for a close relationship between the two countries." He was joined in the discussion by, among others, Ratan Tata and Mukesh Ambani, the heads of the Tata and Reliance industrial conglomerates.
<br />
<br />
In October, when Cisco Systems said it would invest $1.16 billion in India, tripling its work force here, companies like Intel and Microsoft swiftly followed with commitments of their own.
<br />
<br />
John Chambers, the chief executive of Cisco, the world's largest computer networking manufacturer, has said that India has the potential to become its biggest market in Asia in five years.
<br />
<br />
With 8.1 percent growth expected this fiscal year, India's thriving economy is lifting millions from poverty and Western companies have been quick in trying to pry open the market. More than 600 million Indians of a population around 1.1 billion are under 25,
 and half of those under 15. </p>
<p>"Their rapidly growing buying power presents a massive market for American goods and services," Ron Somers, president of the United States-India Business Council, based in Washington. By some accounts, the two countries are on track to double trade, to $50
 billion, in the next three years. <br />
<br />
For many companies like Cisco, India's potential as a market began only in the last couple of years. But with Indian businesses expanding rapidly, the need for technology has grown. Cisco's revenue in India surged by more than 50 percent in two years.
<br />
<br />
For Cisco, India's highly qualified labor pool makes it an important research base, as well as a center for software development and back-office services. Ranganath Salgame, president of Cisco Systems India, said the country's economy "is not a one- or two-year
 blip in the growth cycle like some other emerging markets." Instead, he said, India has changed.
<br />
<br />
"From a promise waiting to happen," Mr. Salgame said, "India is finally happening."
<br />
<br />
Other American companies are excited too, including Coca-Cola, Nike, Dell and Boeing. In December, Boeing trumped its European rival, Airbus, to win a 68-plane order from Air India worth $11 billion.
</p>
<p>Thomas R. Pickering, Boeing's senior vice president for international relations and formerly a senior American diplomat, said: "India is in great shape. It represents one of the most important long-term markets for Boeing."
<br />
<br />
To be sure, India's economic rise has been upstaged to some extent by the phenomenal growth of China. Since India began to open its economy in 1991, foreign direct investment has totaled $60 billion — the same amount that China took in just last year.
<br />
<br />
But roads, airports, power supplies, ports and clean water in India are still woefully inadequate; the United States-India Business Council estimates that meeting those needs will require $1 trillion in investment, a good part of that from overseas.
<br />
<br />
Businesses also face mind-numbing red tape, frequent job-hopping and some of the fastest-rising pay rates in the world. Certain industries, notably retailing, remain largely closed to foreigners because the government fears that small entrepreneurs might be
 wiped out. <br />
<br />
Still, the market for American companies is growing. Yum Brands, which owns the Pizza Hut and KFC chicken chains, runs 130 Pizza Hut outlets in 31 Indian cities and is riding the country's wave of consumption.
</p>
<p>"We are growing at 35 percent in the last three years," said Sandeep Kohli, managing director, Indian subcontinent, for Yum Restaurants, "and the potential is so vast that we expect to continue growing at this rate for several years."
<br />
<br />
Consumers like Sharille Rod- rigues, 20, a call-center employee here in Bangalore, are at the heart of that growth. Ms. Rodrigues, who has been a technician at an American company, said she loves Mars chocolate, drinks Pepsi-Cola, eats at KFC, uses L'Oréal
 shampoo, and wears Revlon and Maybelline makeup and Nike shoes. She says she enjoys shopping with her Citibank credit card.
<br />
<br />
Does she buy Indian brands? Ms. Rodrigues pauses and then confesses, "Actually, no, not that many."
</p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>31/12/2011 12:51:33</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/16216/Executives+See+US+Link+as+Crucial+in+Indias+Growth</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">16216</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>16217</publicationdataID>
      <title>The Jewel in the Crown; The historic U.S.-India nuclear deal is one of many new agreements enhancing friendly relations between the two countries</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p>The setting could not have been more perfect. At exactly 9 a.m. on Mar. 2, in the golden light of a rising winter sun, U.S. President George Bush was welcomed to India with full honors at the country's magnificent presidential palace in New Delhi. As he
 walked past the army, navy and air force guards, past the mounted presidential bodyguard, and greeted the various Indian and foreign dignitaries who waited in a patient line to meet him, the President looked genuinely happy.<br />
<br />
Bush has received more than a warm welcome from India. He will go back with many prizes firmly in his pocket. Widely regarded as the trip's trophy is the deal for cooperation on civilian nuclear technology, which will give India access to U.S. nuclear knowhow
 and fuel. Certainly, it is a huge public success for Bush<br />
<br />
LAST-MINUTE VICTORY. The negotiations were long and sometimes intractable, with India's opposition and left-wing parties and the scientific community protesting the terms of the deal. Talks almost broke down before Under Secretary of State Nicholas Burns rushed
 to New Delhi last week to try to salvage the situation. It looked worse as hundreds of thousands of Indians took to the streets on Mar. 1 and 2, protesting Bush's invasion of Iraq and the Indian government's alleged capitulation to "American imperialism."
<br />
<br />
The details were sewn up at 10:30 a.m. this morning, barely two hours before Bush and Singh made a joint public statement of success. The nuclear deal will give foreign businessmen the opportunity to provide 20,000 megawatts of nuclear power for India -- business
 worth an estimated $60 billion. Optimism over the deal drove the Bombay exchange to an all-time record high.
</p>
<p>But the real rewards of the agreement are the deeper feelings of cooperation that the effort has fostered. The success of Bush's trip stems from the quiet and determined work done by the U.S. Trade Representative's office and India's Commerce Ministry.
<br />
<br />
FRUITS OF DIPLOMACY. You could call it mango diplomacy. Mangoes as a diplomatic tool? Don’t laugh. Thanks to the efforts of U.S. Trade Representative Rob Portman and Indian Commerce Minister Kamal Nath, much smaller and far more significant and sustainable
 business opportunities were opened today -- starting with the import of Indian mangoes into the U.S.
</p>
<p>The Indian mango, especially the King Alphonso variety, is widely regarded as the most luscious of the species. For years, India has exported it to Europe, Asia, and the Middle East. But the U.S. would not allow the fruit to be imported from India, citing
 lack of compliance with Food &amp; Drug Administration requirements. That hurt India's pride -- and deprived the 2 million Indians living in the U.S. of their beloved fruit.
<br />
<br />
So last November, when Nath met Portman, he explained that civilian nuclear matters could be resolved, but "to millions of Indians, the ability to access and sell mangoes strikes close to their hearts," recalls Karan Bhatia, the U.S. deputy trade representative
 who has been working overtime to cement trade ties. Portman, a Republican from produce-exporting Ohio, understood at once.
<br />
<br />
ENERGY AID. Today, after 17 years, the U.S. has opened trade in mangoes with India. Mangoes will now be exported to the U.S. from India according to U.S. norms of pesticide use and preservation, and will provide Indian exporters with a "road map on how to export
 fruits to the U.S.," adds Bhatia. Speaking to the Indian public on the opening up of new markets after his meeting with Singh today, President Bush said he was "looking forward to eating Indian mangoes."
</p>
<p>This fruitful exchange clearly has been inspiring. Nath and Portman have set a bold goal to double Indo-U.S. trade in three years, to $52 billion, which requires a 25% annual growth in bilateral trade.And, Bhatia declares, "we are already on that path."
<br />
<br />
Given the slew of agreements made today, the two countries can easily reach their goal. One agreement pledges cooperative work on alternate energies to reduce both India's and the U.S.'s dependence on oil. The U.S. promises to consider India's longstanding
 desire to increase the number of visas for Indian professionals, and for students traveling to the U.S. India pledges to lower tariffs on life-saving drugs and on agricultural and manufactured goods imported from the U.S. India also agreed to push for stricter
 intellectual property rights and to provide greater domestic market access to foreign banks, insurance companies, and law firms. In addition, a host of agreements were signed to promote education, research and development in agriculture, agro-processing, biotechnology,
 and water resources. <br />
<br />
BIG BUZZ. Much of this effort has come from Portman and Nath. Both are widely regarded as pragmatic, ambitious, and energetic policymakers who have sought and generated support from official and private sources. In particular, they have relied on the cooperation
 of two groups of U.S. and Indian businessmen. One is the CEO Forum, comprising 20 selected U.S. and Indian business executives, which was set up by President Bush last year to focus on a joint agenda for the private sector outside of the political process.
 The other is the U.S.-India Business Council, a Washington lobbying association with 180 members from both countries.
</p>
<p>The CEO Forum's report on cooperation in infrastructure, technology, trade and investment was submitted today to Bush and Singh. "It creates a buzz, a bonding among businessmen and an energy" that is vital to encourage action from politicians, says Nandan
 Nilekani, chief executive of Infosys Technologies Limited (INFY ) and one of the 10 Indian businessmen in the group.
<br />
<br />
The push from Indian and U.S. business to promote commercial ties is now so strong that the USIBC in the last year has more than doubled its membership. Mark Reidy, who sits on the USIBC board and is its general counsel, predicts that after the Bush trip, membership
 will double again. "The nuclear deal is just the key to the door," says Reidy. He expects Bush to have the nuclear agreement passed by the U.S. Congress by mid-March. Then, he says, U.S. business will roll into India.
<br />
<br />
EXTRA MILE. Reaching this point hasn't been easy. Nath and Portman have met nearly a dozen times in the last six months. The commercial deals almost fell through because the U.S. wanted India to open up its financial sector to more U.S. business, while the
 Indians wanted the U.S. to act on anti-dumping duties on Indian shrimp, for instance. Says an official close to the negotiations, "The U.S. felt till the last minute that it was giving India a very good deal, which India was not accepting, while India couldn't
 understand why the U.S. wouldn't walk the extra mile to get the deals done." </p>
<p>Eventually, though, commercial interests -- and the determination from Nath and Portman to succeed -- triumphed. "Rob Portman and I tell each other what we've done, and how we're gonna move, and how we're gonna [make things] move," says Nath, who earned
 global respect when he used his powers of persuasion to push through a new patent law for India last year ahead of a World Trade Organization deadline.
<br />
<br />
After the Bush-Singh public appearance today, Nath held a private meeting with U.S. businessmen in his office. He gave them some tips on investing in India: Don't be thrown off by Indian bureaucracy and slowness; it's the same as the U.S. Push the small and
 medium U.S. businesses to work with Indian businesses. Most important, don't rock the political boat. For instance, if Wal-Mart or French retailer Carrefour can't wait a year till the Indian government permits retailers to set up shop in India, then get a
 foot in the door by starting out with a wholesale operation, which the government does allow. "Some things you will have to do which are India-specific," he explained. The prize -- India’s vast market -- is worth it.
</p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>31/12/2011 12:53:36</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/16217/The+Jewel+in+the+Crown+The+historic+USIndia+nuclear+deal+is+one+of+many+new+agreements+enhancing+friendly+relations+between+the+two+countries</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">16217</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>16218</publicationdataID>
      <title>Editorial: Deal with India rewards behavior</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p>When you are the world’s largest democracy, a responsible player on the world stage with an economy growing at a speed eclipsing nearly all others, you deserve the benefit of the doubt. And that’s what the United States gave to India yesterday.<br />
<br />
But when you thumb your nose at the international community, oppress your people, and demonstrate an utter unwillingness to comply with international standards governing nuclear technology - well, sorry, Iran and North Korea, there is a double standard.
<br />
<br />
President Bush and Indian Prime Minister Manmohan Singh yesterday signed a landmark nuclear pact that calls for the U.S. to supply India with nuclear technology, in exchange for India opening its civilian nuclear facilities to international inspections.
<br />
<br />
The agreement is all the more remarkable given where the two nations were a mere seven years ago, when the U.S. imposed economic sanctions on India for conducting nuclear weapons tests. No, India hasn’t always played by the rules. But President Bush sees reason
 for optimism. </p>
<p>"What this agreement says is things change, times change - that leadership can make a difference,” he said.
<br />
<br />
Congress now will be asked to change the law to allow the U.S. to move forward, given that India is not a signatory to the Nuclear Non-proliferation treaty - a thorn in the side of many critics.
<br />
<br />
Bush acknowledged it is up to him to press that case that India truly isn’t interested in proliferation.
<br />
<br />
"But the other thing that our Congress has got to understand is that it’s in our economic interest that India have a civilian nuclear power industry to help take the pressure off the global demand for energy,” the president said. "To the extent that we can
 reduce demand for fossil fuels, it will help the American consumer.” <br />
<br />
In other words, there is every reason for our two nations to work together. </p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>31/12/2011 12:58:38</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/16218/Editorial+Deal+with+India+rewards+behavior</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">16218</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>16219</publicationdataID>
      <title>Editorial: Partnering with India</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p>PRESIDENT BUSH'S visit to India, an episode in his administration's courtship of the world's biggest democracy, has been compared to Richard Nixon's Cold War opening to China. There are obvious differences between them, but if the comparison is based solely
 on the transformational effects of these two historic initiatives, then the blossoming of US-India cooperation has the potential to become a development of similar importance.<br />
<br />
As with the earlier metamorphosis in relations with Beijing, however, suspicions need to be overcome and risks weighed. Not the least of these difficulties concerns the delicate and complex triangular relations among India, China, and the United States.
<br />
<br />
Indian officials, sagely, make a point of asserting in public that the new understandings they have wrought with the Americans do not have anything to do with a wish to contain China. A former US ambassador to India has said that nothing will empty out a room
 of Indian strategists quicker than explicit talk of a China-containment design. When India's Prime Minister Manmohan Singh sat for a TV interview with Charlie Rose Monday, he answered a question about containing China by asserting: ''We are not in competition
 with China. We are not going to be a part of any alliance against China." <br />
<br />
It may be true that no formal alliance is being formed against China. Nonetheless, some aspects of the US-India partnership resemble the sort of common endeavors allies might undertake in regard to a common rival, among them joint protection of crucial sea
 lanes in Asia, sharing of intelligence, and close cooperation in security matters.
</p>
<p>These elements of a US-India strategic partnership compose more of an insurance policy than a containment policy. At present, there are no serious points of conflict between India and China, or between America and China. Although India and China fought a
 small war in the early 1960s over their long, contested Himalayan border, they have been holding intermittent talks that are meant, in principle, to reach an agreement defining what is India's and what is China's. Meanwhile, both sides have been clear about
 their common desire not to let the border dispute detract from improving relations.
<br />
<br />
India's motivation is not merely a fear of frightening or provoking China into acting the part of a rising power threatened by military encirclement. There are also positive reasons for India to seek friendly relations with Beijing at the same time as it firms
 up a partnership with Washington. <br />
<br />
Trade between India and China, which has soared from $332 million in 1992 to $13.6 billion in 2005, has been growing at more than 30 percent per year. With both economies expanding rapidly and guzzling energy, the two governments have realized they have a shared
 interest in not driving up the sale price for energy resources in third countries by bidding against each other. So in January they struck a deal on energy cooperation, agreeing not to compete for the same oil or natural gas concessions.
<br />
<br />
This overriding concern about future energy needs explains why India has insisted that the centerpiece of enhanced cooperation with the United States must be the civil nuclear deal that Bush and Singh signed yesterday. India desperately seeks a source other
 than oil to meet its burgeoning need for electricity. The Singh government views India's rapidly increasing dependence on fossil fuels as a threat to future economic development.
</p>
<p>The Bush administration's rationale for striking a deal that is sure to displease supporters of nuclear nonproliferation is two-fold. Apart from the wish to enhance the ''strategic partnership" Singh invoked at a banquet for Bush yesterday, the administration
 has an interest in opening a lucrative market for companies that can expect to sell nuclear fuel, technology, and reactors to India. The deal promises a bonanza not only for US companies but also for French, Canadian, and Russian firms.
<br />
<br />
Compelling as the purely commercial argument for the nuclear deal may be, the implications of creating such a stark exception to the nonproliferation treaty deserve to be scrutinized skeptically by Congress. US laws will have to be changed to accommodate the
 deal, so lawmakers will have the opportunity -- and a responsibility -- to decide if the deal ought to be revised to limit the amount of weapons-grade nuclear fuel it will free up for increasing India's yearly production of nuclear weapons.
<br />
<br />
The case by opponents was weakened considerably by the head of the International Atomic Energy Agency, Mohammed ElBaradei, who welcomed the deal yesterday, saying it would help ''consolidate the nonproliferation regime, combat nuclear terrorism, and strengthen
 nuclear safety." ElBaradei's approval reflects satisfaction at the role the IAEA will have in inspecting and ensuring safeguards for Indian reactors defined as civil rather than military. But Congress should nevertheless consider whether the deal, as currently
 structured, will undermine the case for getting North Korea to cede its nuclear weapons, for Iran to cease pursuing a nuclear weapons capability, and for Pakistan to continue clamping down on domestic proliferators.
</p>
<p>It is unfortunate that the nuclear deal has been at the center of the Bush visit to India. The joint statement he and Singh issued yesterday includes beneficial agreements on trade, investment, agriculture, technology, and sustainable development that seeks
 to address ''concerns of energy security and climate change." <br />
<br />
India is a good country to have as a partner, not merely because it is a pluralistic, free-market democracy, but because it can teach the Bush administration a needed lesson about the interdependence that even the world's two largest democracies must practice
 in the era of globalization. </p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>31/12/2011 13:01:01</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/16219/Editorial+Partnering+with+India</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">16219</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>16220</publicationdataID>
      <title>Bush: U.S. should welcome Indian competition; In India, president furthers effort to nurture countries’ economic ties</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p>HYDERABAD, India - President Bush urged Americans worried about a U.S. job drift to India and other countries to welcome, not fear, competition with this rapidly growing nation of 1 billion.<br />
<br />
"The classic opportunity for our American farmers and entrepreneurs and small businesses to understand is there is a 300 million-person market of middle class citizens here in India,” Bush said Friday during a discussion with young entrepreneurs at a business
 school here, "and that if we can make a product they want, that it becomes viable.”
<br />
<br />
A day earlier, Bush and Indian Prime Minister Manmohan Singh inked a deal for the United States to provide nuclear fuel, reactors and know-how to help this energy-starved nation meet its growing demand for power, while allowing it to continue developing nuclear
 weapons. <br />
<br />
"Yesterday was a way to put the Cold War behind us,” Bush said of the historic nuclear accord.
<br />
<br />
Center of high-tech activity<br />
<br />
As part of an effort to nurture economic ties with a nation that was once estranged from the United States, the president flew here to take in both this city’s high-tech activity that is helping to drive rapid economic growth and the rural areas around it that
 lag behind. <br />
<br />
The meeting with business leaders and an earlier tour around the dusty campus of an agricultural college were aimed at showcasing ways the United States and India can cooperate to spur innovation across industries.
</p>
<p>India’s exploding economy has created millions of jobs. India’s outsourcing industry alone is expected to bring in $22 billion in revenue this fiscal year, much of that generated by U.S. companies.
<br />
<br />
"People do lose jobs as a result of globalization and it’s painful for those who lose jobs,” Bush acknowledged. "Globalization provides great opportunities.”
<br />
<br />
Large consumer demand<br />
<br />
The boom has created millions of jobs along with consumer demands that have attracted American businesses. A luxury goods market has even emerged, with brands like Louis Vuitton and Rolls Royce setting up shop along with consumer demands that have attracted
 American businesses. <br />
<br />
Though 80 percent of Indians live on less than $2 a day, India’s middle class has swelled to a number larger than the population of the entire United States. The U.S. trade deficit with India, however, nearly doubled between 2001 and 2005 to $10 billion.
<br />
<br />
At Acharya N.G. Ranga Agricultural University, Bush watched Indians using sticks and tools to hand-till soil around young peanuts, tomatoes and soybeans.
<br />
<br />
Bush was greeted here by the heavy presence of police and paramilitary soldiers. Black flags flew above buildings in the predominantly Muslim Charminar quarter, where shops were closed in protest. Several hundred communist and Muslim demonstrators, chanting
 "Bush hands off India” and "Bush go home,” carried posters of Osama bin Laden and burned an effigy of the American president.
</p>
<p>"We are protesting against George Bush because he is a warmonger,” said B.V. Raghavulu, a leader of the Communist Party of India (Marxist).
<br />
<br />
There was also a protest against Bush Friday in Srinagar, the summer capital of Indian-controlled Kashmir.
<br />
<br />
Pakistan up next<br />
<br />
Later Friday, Bush was flying to Pakistan for an overnight visit under tight security to a close ally struggling with terrorism problems. An American diplomat and three other people were killed when a suicide attacker rammed a car packed with explosives into
 theirs. The bombing on Thursday was in Karachi, about 1,000 miles south of Islamabad, the Pakistani capital, where Bush will meet with Pervez Musharraf, the military leader who took power in a 1999 coup.
<br />
<br />
U.S. officials said there was evidence the U.S. diplomat, foreign service officer David Foy, was targeted.
<br />
<br />
"Terrorists and killers are not going to prevent me from going to Pakistan,” Bush said at a news conference Thursday in New Delhi with Singh.
<br />
<br />
Bush aides said there were security concerns about the president going to Pakistan but that officials were satisfied adequate precautions were in place. "But this is not a risk-free undertaking,” said national security adviser Stephen Hadley.
</p>
<p>Eight months in the making, the nuclear accord Bush and Singh announced Thursday would reverse decades of U.S. policy and end India’s long isolation as a nuclear maverick that defied world appeals and developed nuclear weapons.
<br />
<br />
India agreed to separate its tightly entwined nuclear industry — declaring 14 reactors as commercial facilities and eight as military — and to open the civilian side to international inspections for the first time.
<br />
<br />
The agreement must be approved by Congress, and Bush acknowledged that might be difficult. India still refuses to sign the Nuclear Non-proliferation Treaty, and skeptics worry that India’s military nuclear program would remain outside of international safeguards.
<br />
<br />
The United Nations’ nuclear watchdog agency, the International Atomic Energy Agency, gave its endorsement, calling the deal "an important step towards satisfying India’s growing need for energy, including nuclear technology and fuel, as an engine for development.”
<br />
<br />
"It would also bring India closer as an important partner in the nonproliferation game,” IAEA Director-General Mohamed ElBaradei said in a statement.
</p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>31/12/2011 13:03:06</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/16220/Bush+US+should+welcome+Indian+competition+In+India+president+furthers+effort+to+nurture+countries+economic+ties</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">16220</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>16221</publicationdataID>
      <title>Bush woos India with nuclear deal and trade pacts</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p>George Bush launched a "historic" charm offensive in New Delhi yesterday, lauding India as a "grand democracy" and US partner in a bid to reach out to its people over the heads of tens of thousands of protesters. Standing on the manicured lawns of Hyderabad
 House, once a symbol of British power in India, the American president and the Indian prime minister Manmohan Singh clapped hands and exchanged hugs after concluding a much-heralded nuclear deal and outlining a series of trade pacts. "History was made today,"
 Mr Singh said. "Our discussion today makes me confident that there are no limits to the Indo-US partnerships."
<br />
<br />
Earlier Mr Bush and his wife Laura, on their first trip to India, tossed flower petals at the site of Mahatma Gandhi's cremation, a traditional gesture of solidarity with India.
<br />
<br />
Mr Bush's three-day visit has been compared to Richard Nixon's rapprochement with China in 1973, a move that ushers India on to the world stage as a major power and develops its nascent partnership with the United States.
<br />
<br />
The nuclear pact marks a breakthrough for New Delhi, long treated as a nuclear outcast by the world, which will allow India to buy atomic technology and fuel to meet its soaring energy needs - provided the US Congress gives its approval. It is expected to allow
 trade between India and other nuclear powers if the Nuclear Suppliers Group, an informal group of 40 nations that controls global nuclear transactions, also lifts sanctions. India last exploded a bomb in 1998, a move that was widely criticised. Yesterday's
 deal in effect accepts India as a nuclear power. </p>
<p>Analysts said the deal survived only because of Mr Bush's personal interest in pushing it forward. "He overrode many of the ideologues - who see this as rewarding nuclear proliferation - in his own administration to push this forward. We owe him gratitude,"
 said K Subrahmanyam, a government adviser. <br />
<br />
Mr Bush argued that it was in America's economic interest to aid India's nuclear programme. He said increasing demand from America, India and China was pushing up oil prices. "To the extent that we can reduce demand for fossil fuels, it will help the American
 consumer." <br />
<br />
This argument did not impress his Indian critics. Thousands of Communists and Socialist party activists marched through the capital, many wearing red caps and waving red flags. "Beat up Bush with slippers," some shouted, while others held placards that said
 "Imperialist, barbarian Bush go back" and "Alert, deadly Bushfire has arrived in India".<br />
<br />
There was some concern that American legislators would tear apart the carefully constructed deal, under which India would place two-thirds of its reactors under the international inspections regime. There is concern on Capitol Hill that the pact will encourage
 other nations to acquire nuclear weapons in the hope of eventual American recognition.
</p>
<p>Robert Blackwill, a former US ambassador to India, said on Indian television that once Congress considered the "strategic context of Indo-US relations" the deal would pass. Pointing out that the pact puts New Delhi on an equal footing with Beijing, "no one
 would want to let China have nuclear dominance over India".<br />
<br />
China reacted cautiously to the news, wary of accepting any parity with its smaller southern neighbour. Beijing urged India to sign the nuclear non-proliferation treaty and dismantle its nuclear weapons.
<br />
<br />
The US delegation also dismissed suggestions that Pakistan would seek a similar deal with the US. "It is a unique deal for India," said Nicholas Burns, a state department official. "Despite our friendship for Pakistan, there have been proliferation problems
 of a quite serious nature over the last several years that would make this kind of deal impossible."
</p>
<p>Explainer: Atomic ambitions<br />
<br />
India's nuclear programme has been virtually isolated for years, thanks to global sanctions imposed after the country detonated a "peaceful nuclear explosion" in 1974. Despite this it is reckoned to be technologically advanced and has produced enough plutonium
 for more than 100 nuclear warheads. <br />
<br />
It is estimated that India has 20 nuclear bombs that could be dropped by its air force. The remainder could be fitted to its home-built Agni and Prithvi missiles, which currently have a range of up to 1,250 miles. Pakistan, by contrast, has between 25 and 50
 missiles, 20 of which could be dropped by fighter aircraft. <br />
<br />
India has 15 nuclear power plants in operation, with a generating capacity of 3,310 megawatts (MW). Seven more plants with a capacity of 3,420MW are scheduled for completion by 2009. Though the country has uranium deposits, they have not been mined in great
 quantities, leading to a shortage. <br />
<br />
Of the 22 reactors, four are already subject to International Atomic Energy Agency (IAEA) scrutiny. Another four will be placed under its watch. America has also promised to provide fuel to reactors open for inspection "in perpetuity".
</p>
<p>The IAEA has welcomed the deal, and some experts say it will limit greenhouse gas emissions by assuring a carbon-free energy source for India's surging economy.
<br />
<br />
India's nuclear programme is nothing if not ambitious. It has introduced novel technologies such as fast breeder reactors, which use spent fuel from existing heavy water reactors to process plutonium, and thorium, a radioactive element abundant in India (it
 has 40% of the world's supply). <br />
<br />
Using a combination of these, it is theoretically possible to create an unlimited supply of nuclear fuel. That remains a distant dream.
</p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>31/12/2011 13:05:55</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/16221/Bush+woos+India+with+nuclear+deal+and+trade+pacts</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">16221</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>16222</publicationdataID>
      <title>A welcome end to India's pariah status</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p>ON THE face of it, the nuclear deal that President Bush signed with India yesterday is outrageous.
<br />
<br />
It blows a hole in the Nuclear Non-Proliferation Treaty (NPT), just as the world is trying to deter Iran from its nuclear aims. It gives India too much, and demands too little.
<br />
<br />
There is some truth in these fears. For good reason, the US Congress, which must approve the deal, will give Bush a very hard time as it scrutinises the terms.
<br />
<br />
Yet this protest is too stark. There is more good in the deal than the objections admit.
<br />
<br />
The deal answers one of the biggest problems of the NPT: what should be done about countries that already have the bomb, but have never signed the treaty?
<br />
<br />
It also delivers the message that for those countries prepared to engage with the West, all the bounty that they might dream of can be theirs: a warm welcome in Washington, trade and, yes, nuclear technology.
<br />
<br />
At the moment, the Iran threat is probably best dealt with through the letter of the NPT, and through threats. But in the end, it is surely the lure of engagement with the West that stands the best chance of winning it round.
<br />
<br />
These are the terms of yesterday’s deal: </p>
<ul class="commonBullets">
<li>India will irreversibly classify 14 of its 22 nuclear power reactors as civilian;
</li><li>For the first time, they will be regularly inspected by the International Atomic Energy Agency, the United Nations’ nuclear watchdog;
</li><li>The rest will be labelled as military sites and will not be inspected; </li><li>India will continue to observe a freeze on nuclear testing; </li><li>In return, the US will give India civilian nuclear help. </li></ul>
The key word is "irreversibly”. India had not wanted to make this concession, for fear it would put a cap on military work. But many would say that it makes little difference.
<br />
<br />
India is still free to expand its military programme. It probably has enough plutonium already for all conceivable needs. And, some sceptics say, "irreversible” is a slippery word in diplomacy, as the years go by.
<br />
<br />
The deal does offend the principles of the NPT. Under that treaty, apart from the five states that were first to get nuclear weapons (US, Russia, China, France and Britain), countries were to receive help with civil nuclear power only if they did not seek weapons.
<p>India, which has never signed the NPT, shocked the world with its nuclear test in 1998. Pakistan promptly followed suit.
<br />
<br />
Critics say that this agreement sends unhelpful signals to Iran. <br />
<br />
On Monday, the board of the IAEA will meet yet again to discuss how to put pressure on Iran to discourage it from its nuclear ambitions (which it insists are entirely peaceful).
<br />
<br />
For that reason alone, Congress will give Bush a hard time as it considers the terms. So will the Nuclear Suppliers Group, the 45 countries that trade in nuclear technology. The group includes China, which may threaten to withhold support unless the US says
 a similar deal for Pakistan could be in the offing. <br />
<br />
But is the deal really that damaging? For years, those battling to enforce the NPT have had to grapple with one glaring fact: India, Pakistan and Israel all have nuclear weapons (assumed if not declared, in Israel’s case). Yet none of them has signed the treaty.
</p>
<p>Mark Fitzpatrick, non-proliferation specialist at the International Institute for Strategic Studies in London, says that the "positive” part of the deal is that "it recognises that India cannot be treated as a pariah for ever” because it has the bomb.
<br />
<br />
How should the credibility of the NPT be upheld, in trying to lean on Iran? He argues that it can be, by spelling out why India is not like Iran: "It has a record of keeping its commitments, protecting its (nuclear) technology (and not exporting it), and it
 is an open and pluralistic society.” <br />
<br />
This is surely right. The importance of Bush’s trip is that it acknowledged — much too late, in many ways — that India’s importance cannot be overlooked.
<br />
<br />
Critics will call him opportunistic for giving this giant help that he wants the world to deny Iran.
<br />
<br />
But this is one time when realism is justified. Yesterday’s imperfect deal is good news.
</p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>31/12/2011 13:09:46</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/16222/A+welcome+end+to+Indias+pariah+status</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">16222</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>16223</publicationdataID>
      <title>Indo-Americans glad for Bush visit</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p>Bay Area Indo-Americans are greeting President Bush's trip to India this week with high expectations. Many hope the improved relationship between the United States and India will propel India out of China's shadow and onto the world stage.<br />
<br />
They also hope the trip will bolster economic ties between the two countries as well as between Silicon Valley and Indian cities such as Bangalore and Hyderabad.
<br />
<br />
``Getting acknowledgment from the United States is great, but what are we going to accomplish together?'' asked Vandana Kumar, publisher of India Currents, a San Jose-based monthly magazine aimed at Indian-Americans.
<br />
<br />
Though a landmark nuclear deal dominates the three-day trip which ends Friday, Indo-Americans hope Bush's presence will also help clarify the importance of outsourcing for both countries. Bush visits Hyderabad on Friday, one of India's bustling high-tech hubs.
<br />
<br />
``How do you continue to get access to Indian skills, which both countries will benefit from?'' said Sridar Iyengar, president of the Indus Entrepreneurs (TiE). ``What kind of longer-term collaborative things will the U.S. and India be able to do to boost both
 economies? That's going to be on the table at the highest level.'' </p>
<p>A Republican president visiting India after President Bill Clinton's trip in 2000 underscores India's rising prominence, many said.
<br />
<br />
``There is an acceptance that India is now a player,'' said Iyengar. ``There will be a better appreciation from the U.S. of the aspirations of India to be considered in the same breath as China.''<br />
<br />
Bush's arrival Wednesday was met by thousands of protesters angry with the U.S. handling of the Iraq war, a marked contrast to Clinton's warmly greeted visit, which improved the once-chilly relations between the nations.
<br />
<br />
Since Clinton's visit, India's economy and global importance have surged, which some say changes the tenor of U.S.-India dialogue.
<br />
<br />
``On the one hand, India is very much interested in being a good partner and wants a good relationship with the United States,'' said Ashok Jethanandani, editor of India Currents. ``On the other hand, we want to do it on our own terms.''<br />
<br />
The nuclear deal, which would give India access to U.S. commercial nuclear technology, is a good example of India asserting itself.
</p>
<p>Though there is widespread criticism of the deal, which the Bush administration agreed to last year, most Indian-Americans support India's ambitions to produce nuclear energy -- and its ability to defend itself against neighbors that are armed with nuclear
 weapons. India last tested its nuclear weapons in 1998, which sparked an outcry, and has not signed the Nuclear Non-Proliferation Treaty.
<br />
<br />
``India is the only democracy in that part of the world,'' said Kanwal Rekhi, a venture capitalist with a fund that invests in Indian start-ups. ``They are the only ones who have a U.S. set of values in a very bad neighborhood.''<br />
<br />
Sukhmander Singh is hoping the trip will have a very different kind of outcome, one that affects him personally. Singh, a civil engineering professor at Santa Clara University, feels that since Sept. 11, there's ``a level of suspicion'' cast on some Indian-Americans,
 namely Sikhs like himself, identifiable by the turbans the men wear. He is hoping Bush's visit, during which the president will meet with Indian Prime Minister Manmohan Singh, a Sikh, will ``raise the profile of Indian-Americans.''<br />
<br />
``It will establish a level of sensitivity toward better understanding of Indians and Sikhs,'' said Singh.
<br />
<br />
For most Indian-Americans, the presidential trip to their homeland, where many still have family and business connections, is an acknowledgment of India's progress.
<br />
<br />
``There is a significant amount of pride in what India is doing,'' said TiE's Iyengar. ``When that is validated by a trip of an American president, we walk a little bit taller.''
</p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>31/12/2011 13:14:31</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/16223/IndoAmericans+glad+for+Bush+visit</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">16223</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>16224</publicationdataID>
      <title>Editorial: Bush in India</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p>As President Bush prepares for today's meetings with Prime Minister Manmohan Singh and other senior Indian officials, relations between Washington and New Delhi are undergoing a remarkable transformation for the better.<br />
<br />
During the Cold War, India, while officially unaligned, frequently sided with the Soviet Union, while Washington supported India's archrival Pakistan.
<br />
<br />
After India suddenly conducted a series of nuclear tests in 1998, the United States imposed sanctions against New Delhi, which it tended to view chiefly as an obstacle to U.S. nonproliferation efforts and other policy goals. The relationship, which began to
 improve following President Clinton's March 2000 visit to India, has made substantial advances since that time, with the world's two largest democracies forging new economic and strategic ties.
<br />
<br />
A major catalyst for change was September 11. In the wake of the terrorist attacks, India immediately offered the United States the use of its bases for counterterrorism operations. Within months, Indian Prime Minister Atal Behari Vajpayee met with President
 Bush, and the two leaders agreed to expand U.S.-Indian cooperation on issues which included counterterrorism, regional security and civilian nuclear safety. Since November 2001, high-level ties between the two nations have expanded substantially, particularly
 in the area of security cooperation. </p>
<p>What is perhaps most extraordinary is that the Bush administration has been able to forge a new military partnership with India during a period when Pakistan became an ally in the war on terror. The United States and India have held numerous joint exercises
 involving air and naval forces. U.S. and Indian special forces have conducted joint exercises near India's border with China (a major strategic rival of both Washington and New Delhi.) In July, Mr. Singh visited Washington, where the United States and India
 signed a joint statement that would have been unthinkable just a few years earlier in the wake of India's 1998 nuclear tests: The statement said that "as a responsible state with advanced nuclear technology, India should aquire the same benefits and advantages
 as other states." Mr. Bush for his part pledged to work to attain "full civilian nuclear cooperation with India."
<br />
<br />
Last year, the two nations launched a program called the Global Democracy Initiative, a joint venture aimed at helping emerging democracies to fight corruption and promote the rule of law. India has pledged $565 million to help the new democratic government
 of Afghanistan repair that country's shattered infrastructure. <br />
<br />
India has also become one of the fastest-growing markets for American exports, which last year grew by more than 30 percent. Its burgeoning middle class, estimated at close to 300 million people, is likely to become an even larger U.S. market in the near future.
</p>
<p>There is, however, one potentially discordant note -- India's relationship with Iran. In 2003, as the Iran nuclear crisis was heating up, New Delhi and Tehran announced a "bilateral strategic partnership." In recent years, the United States has imposed sanctions
 on Indian scientists and chemical firms for transferring WMD-related equipment or technology to Iran -- sanctions that were protested by the Indian government. Indian firms have agreed to long-term contracts for the purchase of Iranian oil and gas, raising
 concern that Tehran could attempt to use the energy deal to put pressure on India in the nuclear realm.
<br />
<br />
Despite this caveat, Washington's improving relationship with New Delhi has thus far been a significant achievement for the Bush administration
</p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>31/12/2011 13:17:25</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/16224/Editorial+Bush+in+India</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">16224</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>16225</publicationdataID>
      <title>Working with India</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p>The relationship between India and the United States brings to mind that of Elizabeth Bennett and Mr. Darcy in Jane Austen's "Pride and Prejudice." They are meant to be together--and yet it has taken them a long time to overcome their mutual antipathy. President
 Bush's visit to South Asia underlines that while the two governments still have some significant disagreements, they and the world have much to gain from the new partnership that now beckons.
<br />
<br />
For decades, India was viewed here as an enormous swamp of poverty and despair. Enamored of socialism and distrustful of American influence, the New Delhi government largely walled its economy off from external trade and free markets. While neighboring China
 was opening up and growing rapidly, India stagnated. <br />
<br />
Only in the 1990s did it embrace economic reforms and begin to tap the vast potential of its own people. Over the last 15 years, India's economy has been second in growth only to China's, hitting a sizzling 7.5 percent in 2005.
<br />
<br />
That boom stems partly from expanded ties with the United States. American companies have increased investment in India, while outsourcing some tasks to take advantage of its low labor costs. The Indian-American community, now 2.4 million strong, has created
 bridges that didn't exist before. </p>
<p>New Delhi's close ties to Moscow unraveled with the end of the Cold War, removing a source of friction. Pakistan's embrace of nuclear weapons cooled the friendship between the U.S. and India's chief adversary. And the rise of Islamic extremism has created
 new sympathies for the U.S. in India, which has 120 million Muslims and and has to contend with a Muslim insurgency in Kashmir.
<br />
<br />
All these changes have pulled the world's two largest democracies toward one another. Despite the protests sparked by the president's visits, 71 percent of Indians have a favorable opinion of the United States, and almost as many see Bush as a friend.
<br />
<br />
But the two governments have long been at odds over nuclear proliferation--which came to the fore when India surprised the world in 1998 by conducting several nuclear tests. President Bill Clinton responded by suspending aid and imposing new economic sanctions.
<br />
<br />
But two facts have become too obvious to ignore. The first is that New Delhi is not about to foreswear nuclear weapons or nuclear power. The second is that in spite of that, India has refrained from selling nuclear knowhow to other countries--unlike Pakistan,
 whose record on that score is disgraceful. </p>
<p>So last summer, during a visit to Washington by Prime Minister Manmohan Singh, the Bush administration signed a compromise agreement: The U.S. would lift the ban on selling nuclear technology to India, and India would open its civilian nuclear sites to international
 inspection. Critics said it rewarded India's bad behavior, but the deal represented the best of some unsatisfying options.
<br />
<br />
Since then, though, the bargain has been stalled by disagreements on details--with India preferring to keep most of its plants exempt from inspection and resisting U.S. demands to include its breeder reactor, a source of plutonium that could be used in bombs.
 The administration has kept pressing for meaningful safeguards, while refusing to be rushed into accepting a poor deal just to dress up this summit meeting.
<br />
<br />
Given the stakes for each side, there is no guarantee that the differences can be resolved immediately. But on the nuclear issue, as on others, it should be clear to both that they will be better off working in concert than in opposition.
</p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>31/12/2011 13:19:26</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/16225/Working+with+India</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">16225</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>16226</publicationdataID>
      <title>A nuclear partnership with India</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p>ONE OF THE few bright spots on a murky US global horizon is India. After decades of tensions with New Delhi, the Bush administration is moving steadily to establish a new strategic partnership to strengthen India as a counterweight to China in the Asian
 balance of power. <br />
<br />
The cornerstone of the administration's India initiative is an agreement concluded July 18 by President George W. Bush and Prime Minister Manmohan Singh providing for civilian nuclear cooperation. Negotiations on the implementation of this agreement are the
 focus of the president's visit to India today. <br />
<br />
India urgently needs a massive expansion of its civilian nuclear power program to cope with an escalating energy shortage that threatens its economic and political stability. But congressional critics, who have never forgiven India for refusing to sign the
 Nuclear Non-Proliferation Treaty, attack the accord as a reward for bad behavior. The July agreement cannot be implemented without proposed changes in 1978 US law that are clearly justified.
<br />
<br />
The treaty does not bar the United States and other signatory nations from providing civilian nuclear technology under safeguards to nonsignatories such as India. But Congress went far beyond the treaty by barring nonsignatories from any civilian nuclear cooperation
 with the United States. This has had ridiculous consequences. </p>
<p>Washington can sell civilian nuclear reactors to China, which signed the treaty but has violated Article One by giving nuclear weapons technology to Pakistan and Iran. At the same time, the United States has barred such sales to India, which did not sign
 the treaty but has never transferred nuclear technology to others. The exclusion of India from civilian nuclear cooperation is a relic of earlier decades when the United States was trying to stop New Delhi from acquiring nuclear weapons. Now that it has joined
 the nuclear club, the 1978 law should be modified. <br />
<br />
The agreement would require India to place all reactors under international safeguards if they get financing, fuel, or components from the United States or members of the US-led Nuclear Suppliers Group. Prime Minister Singh has faithfully fulfilled his commitment
 in the accord that India would ''identify and separate civilian and nuclear facilities in a phased manner." After bitter internal battles with nuclear nationalists in India, he has presented Washington with a credible timetable designating which of India's
 nuclear facilities are restricted to nuclear power generation, which ones will be shifted over to civilian purposes at specified stages, and which ones will be left for military use.
<br />
<br />
Sixty-five percent of India's nuclear power capacity is on the civilian list, much more than the nuclear hawks in New Delhi wanted. The administration has been pressing for a longer civilian list, hoping to appease its critics, who would like to put a cap on
 India's nuclear weapons potential. But the agreement gives New Delhi the right to decide on the civilian-military mix, and whether a compromise can be negotiated is uncertain.
</p>
<p>Critics point out that the agreement gives India the freedom to build new military reactors and exempts key research and development facilities with a military potential from safeguards. They object to the very concept of a civilian-military separation plan
 that implicitly acknowledges the military component of the Indian nuclear program. But this acknowledgement was long overdue. Asia is clearly more stable now that India has its ''credible minimum deterrent" than it would be with China enjoying a nuclear monopoly.
 In any case, the United States, with its 7,000 operational nuclear weapons, is in no position to criticize India for a deterrent force now believed to consist of 150 to 200 warheads.
<br />
<br />
Critics also argue that the accord invites other countries to demand equal treatment. Treaty signatories like Brazil and Argentina that are in compliance with Article One, like India, should indeed be given comparable access to civilian nuclear technology.
 Iran, North Korea, and Pakistan, with questionable compliance records, should not.
<br />
<br />
In a recent conversation in New Delhi, Prime Minister Singh emphasized his belief that India's future prosperity depends on pursuing a close economic and technological partnership with the United States. Such a partnership is a natural. The United States and
 India have no geopolitical conflicts of interest and share democratic values, market economics, and widespread linguistic compatibility in English.
</p>
<p>With India's growth rate now soaring past 7 percent, the United States clearly stands to benefit from expanding trade and investment opportunities in everything from computer technology to military aircraft, not to mention the potential benefit from cooperation
 in fighting Islamic terrorism and maritime cooperation with the Indian navy from the Persian Gulf to the Straits of Malacca. The July accord serves both nonproliferation objectives and wider US geopolitical interests and deserves unqualified congressional
 support. <br />
<br />
<em>Selig S. Harrison, author of ''India: The Most Dangerous Decades," is director of the Asia Program at the Center for International Policy.
</em></p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>31/12/2011 13:21:59</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/16226/A+nuclear+partnership+with+India</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">16226</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>16227</publicationdataID>
      <title>Fast track</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p><em>But politics could still apply a brake </em><br />
<br />
"GROWTH”, as Palaniappan Chidambaram, India's finance minister, puts it, "is the best antidote to poverty.” Presenting his budget on February 28th, he was celebrating an economy that has grown by an annual average of about 8% for the past three years. Mr Chidambaram's
 government now says it wants to see 10% annual growth. But politics still limits its ability to pursue tough economic reforms, without which even the current rate may be hard to sustain.
<br />
<br />
Still, Mr Chidambaram is entitled to feel smug. Rapid growth, underpinned by a savings rate of 29% of GDP and an investment rate of 30%, has been a great help to government finances. His budget was able to include big spending increases and a return to fiscal
 prudence. Last year, mindful of promises to spend more on relieving poverty and on health, education and infrastructure, Mr Chidambaram suspended efforts towards fiscal correction, though the outcome was not as bad as he feared. The central government's deficit
 rose only fractionally, to 4.1% of GDP. </p>
<p>When India's state governments are added in, the overall government deficit climbs sharply, to an expected 7.7% of GDP in the present year. But, at the turn of the decade, it was hovering around 10%, so even fiscal hawks congratulated Mr Chidambaram. For
 the second year running, he was given credit both by the left, for trying to meet his spending promises, and by reformers, for his commitment to growth.
<br />
<br />
Mr Chidambaram himself lists four main threats to the economy: high oil prices, rising interest rates, external shocks and "the temptation to stray from the path of fiscal prudence”. The government has not passed the full impact of rising oil prices on to consumers.
 The IMF has estimated the cost of this, mostly borne by state oil companies, as 0.5% of annual GDP in the first half of this fiscal year.
<br />
<br />
Partly for this reason, inflation, at around 5% a year, remains subdued. Despite this, the Reserve Bank (the central bank) raised interest rates in January. This will help contain the expansion of bank credit, which in the year ending March 2005 was the fastest
 in Asia, at more than 30%, and of economic growth itself. Indeed, according to figures released this week, the economy is already slowing slightly—to an annualised rate of 7.6% in the last quarter of 2005. This will ease the pressure on India's current account,
 which after three years of modest surplus is now back in deficit—by as much as 4.6% of GDP in the third quarter of last year.
</p>
<p>But the IMF also noted that India's large reserves of foreign exchange ($133 billion) and its capital controls provide a buffer. The bigger danger may turn out to be that India misses opportunities. The present boom should offer the chance for a more rapid
 fiscal clean-up. Obvious candidates for reform are the inefficient price subsidies—on food and fertiliser as well as petroleum products—that take up 10% of current expenditure.
<br />
<br />
Mr Chidambaram urged parliament to reach consensus so that subsidies can be directed at the truly needy. But in a year when there are elections in a number of states, this will not happen. And, while its finances remain strapped, the government will find it
 hard to plug India's "infrastructure deficit”—in roads, ports and above all electricity. Nor will it be able to deliver the improvements it so badly needs in health and education.
</p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>31/12/2011 13:23:52</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/16227/Fast+track</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">16227</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>16228</publicationdataID>
      <title>G8 to G9: a formula for democracy</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p><em>With global co-operation under threat, India, China and Brazil could play a crucial part</em><br />
<br />
IN HIS RECENT State of the Union speech George Bush reiterated his commitment to the "historic long-term goal” of spreading democracy. Visiting India he has an opportunity to move that agenda forward. He can start the process of enlarging G8 by admitting India.
<br />
<br />
The creation of G9 by 2007 by including the largest democracy in the world would recognise the significant moves that India has made, since Rajiv Ghandi became Prime Minister in 1984, towards becoming a leading market economy. It would also help to strengthen
 multilateralism at a time of great weakness. <br />
<br />
Why the G8? To start off with, in 2005 an alternative idea of enlarging the permanent membership of the UN Security Council to include India along with Japan, Germany and Brazil and a representative country from Africa was blocked. It is likely to remain so
 for the foreseeable future. Of course the G8 does not have, nor should it pretend to have, a function as broadly based and as internationally recognised as that of the Security Council. Yet its informality and focus are also strengths. It represents, in essence,
 the power base of the democratic open-market economic world. </p>
<p>The origin of the G8 was an informal meeting of a Group of Six of the most industrialised countries, held at Rambouillet near Paris in 1975 under the chairmanship of President Giscard d’Estaing. Since then the group has avoided institutionalisation. It has
 no central secretariat or formal structure. Crucially, membership is not immutable. A country that moves away from the founding principles of democracy and the market economy can simply not be invited to attend in the future.
<br />
<br />
Some believe that the G7 moved too quickly to admit Russia in 2002. But President Clinton was right to reward President Yeltsin, and he could do so safe in the knowledge that G8 membership could be a political constraining mechanism against Russia’s economic
 and democratic reforms sliding backwards. <br />
<br />
The commitment to multilateralism that expansion would indicate is much needed and would be very timely. Multilateralism has taken a terrible knock in recent years. This can be attributed to two things. First, the UN — the great postwar embodiment of multilateralism
 — has appeared feeble and, worse, corrupt. Secondly, there is a widely held view that the US is no longer interested in multilateralism.
<br />
<br />
How would expanding the G8 help to get back to multilateralism? In the aftermath of the invasion of Iraq and the sharp disagreements about its legitimacy, the issue of multilateralism tends to be seen only in the context of military action. And the relationship
 between multilateralism and military action is, naturally, both very important and deeply vexed. But just as important are economic, trade, health, aid issues and global warming — and these were all on the agenda of the last G8 summit at Gleneagles. There
 are other similar questions that the G8 will be dealing with in future meetings: vitally, how to improve the connection between existing global institutions and promote genuine multilateralism — for example, over energy security issues.
</p>
<p>Looking beyond Indian entry, there is China. The Chinese currency is becoming ever more crucial and a G10 with China could help the IMF. On trade matters, WTO’s policies are already subject to prior discussion by a wider grouping in which China and Brazil
 are very influential. Given the impact of international travel, pandemics are already on the G8’s agenda with a dialogue with the World Health O rganisation; and China is a big focus for avian flu. On global warming, China is already the world’s second biggest
 emitter of greenhouse gases. <br />
<br />
So in all these non-military issues, an expanded G8 would be beneficial. Yet reform is also needed to facilitate effective military multilateralsim. On dangerous and difficult peacekeeping missions, the only existing institution capable of hard military action,
 as we are seeing in Afghanistan, is Nato. However, it is not likely to take a larger role in Iraq. A way forward is, with Nato in the lead, to involve other big countries. Russia, for example, first became involved in Bosnia, then in Kosovo. Japan and Italy
 are already involved in Iraq with the US and UK without Nato. All six of Nato’s G8 countries have troops in Afghanistan.
<br />
<br />
So perhaps we are evolving an acceptable multilateral way of having Nato intervene credibly; a way that minimises opposition and where the informality of the structures offers the hope that necessary military intervention can be quickly deployed. Nato can become
 a "hard” peacekeeping resource for multilateral peacekeeping activities either under UN resolution or with UN Security Council acquiescence.
</p>
<p>Where would all this leave the UN? In some people’s eyes, the diluting of the UN’s sole authority to instigate non-self-defence military action would be unacceptable. But the alternative is inaction. After the Rwandan genocide and Darfur, is that acceptable?
 Multilateral action by a large coalition was needed to eject Saddam Hussein from Kuwait in 1991 and the UN could not mount such an operation. The challenge is to work with the grain of the UN Charter if not always with its explicit authority.
<br />
<br />
Unless more effective multilateralism evolves, unilateralism will continue by default. With India now and China and Brazil later making a G11, President Bush can advance a new flexible, informal pattern of multilateralism in international affairs.
<br />
<br />
<em>The author was Foreign Secretary from 1977 to 1979</em></p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>31/12/2011 13:26:31</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/16228/G8+to+G9+a+formula+for+democracy</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">16228</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>16229</publicationdataID>
      <title>Bush strikes deal to bring India back into nuclear fold</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p>President Bush today won the backing of the UN's nuclear watchdog for a controversial deal to end India's status as a nuclear pariah and give it access to Western technology and fuel supplies to develop its civil nuclear power programme.<br />
<br />
The deal was finalised in negotations overnight and announced by Mr Bush in New Delhi after talks with Manmohan Singh, the Indian Prime Minister.
<br />
<br />
Under the agreement, designed to help India meet its surging energy needs, New Delhi will separate its civil nuclear programme from its military programme and open all designated civil facilities to international inspection.
<br />
<br />
Crucially, though, India will not have to sign up to the Nuclear Non-Proliferation Treaty (NPT), the 1968 pact that restricts the spread of nuclear weapons.
<br />
<br />
China, one of five states allowed nuclear weapons under the NPT, criticised the deal, as did Pakistan, India's nuclear rival in South Asia, which demanded equal treatment. Mr Bush is due to travel to Pakistan at the weekend in the next stage of his visit to
 South Asia, despite a suicide bomb attack this morning which killed five people, including a US diplomat, in Karachi.
</p>
<p>Mr Bush is also expected to meet opposition from the US Congress, which must ratifiy the treaty since it involves a change in US law to allow the export of nuclear technology to India. The deal must also be approved by the Nuclear Suppliers' Group, an informal
 group of 45 nations that controls the trade in nuclear technology and fuel. <br />
<br />
Critics of the deal, in America and elsewhere, have complained that it is at best a side-deal to the NPT and at worst will encourage other states to develop nuclear weapons programmes in defiance of the non-proliferation regime.
<br />
<br />
But the deal quickly won the valuable support of Mohammed ElBaradei, director-general of the International Atomic Energy Agency, who said that it would help satisfy India's growing energy needs and would be a "step forward towards universalisation of the international
 safeguards regime". <br />
<br />
While opponents of the deal argue that it undermines non-proliferation goals, Mr ElBararadei said it would help "consolidate the non-proliferation regime, combat nuclear terrorism and strengthen nuclear safety".<br />
<br />
Under the deal, India will place 14 of 22 nuclear power reactors under international safeguards, an Indian official said. India currently has 15 reactors producing 3,310 megawatts of electricity and seven others under construction that would increase output
 to 6,730 megawatts. </p>
<p>Six of the fourteen slated for civilian status, including two under construction, are already under International Atomic Energy Agency (IAEA) safeguards. The rest will be deemed civilian under a phased programme to be completed by 2014.
<br />
<br />
The deal leaves eight nuclear reactors for military uses and Washington agreed today to let India develop an experimental plutonium-based fast breeder power reactor program without international inspection. Plutonium can be also used to make nuclear weapons.
<br />
<br />
"We concluded an historic agreement today on nuclear power," Mr Bush said in the news conference with Mr Singh. "It’s not an easy job for the Prime Minister to achieve this agreement. I understand. It’s not easy for the American President to achieve this agreement."
<br />
<br />
The deal represents a major shift in policy for the United States, virtually according India nuclear power status. Washington imposed temporary sanctions on India in 1998 after it conducted nuclear tests but has since enjoyed a diplomatic and economic rapprochement.
<br />
<br />
Mr Singh repeatedly thanked the US President for personally shepherding through the deal. "But for his leadership, this day probably would not have come so soon," he said.
<br />
<br />
The deal caused consternation in Pakistan, where US officials made it clear that the Pakistani Government should not expect the same kind of treatment.
<br />
<br />
Nicholas Burns, the Under-Secretary of State who headed the US negotiating team in India, said that the deal was "unique".
</p>
<p>"What distinguishes India is that India has protected its nuclear technology over the 30 years of the Indian nuclear programme - India has not proliferated. Unlike North Korea which has been a major proliferator," Mr Burns said.
<br />
<br />
"India has brought itself into conformance with all the international guidelines pertaining to nuclear technology, unlike Iran for instance which has been a great violator of those international programmes," he said.
<br />
<br />
Ahead of Mr Bush's visit to Pakistan, a US diplomat was one of five people killed in a suicide bomb attack. The bomber appeared to have driven a car packed with explosives directly into the diplomat's own vehicle, ripping through the parking lot of the Marriott
 Hotel and shattering windows both the hotel and the nearby US Consulate. Fifty-two people were injured in the attack.
<br />
<br />
Mr Bush said he would not be deterred. "We have lost at least one US citizen in the bombing, a foreign service officer, and I send our country’s deepest condolences to that person’s loved ones and family," he said. "Terrorists and killers are not going to prevent
 me from going to Pakistan." </p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>31/12/2011 13:28:26</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/16229/Bush+strikes+deal+to+bring+India+back+into+nuclear+fold</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">16229</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>16230</publicationdataID>
      <title>A Reversal of the Tide in India; Tech Workers Flow Home to More Success</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p>MADRAS, India -- In 1997, Dutt Kalluri left India to work for a Canadian software company, hoping the overseas experience would do his résumé good. A year later, he was promoted to head U.S. operations from Rockville. But as he returned to India for business
 and to visit his elderly mother, he marveled at the changes sweeping his homeland: new stores, more cars, enthusiasm for technology.<br />
<br />
In 2001, not wanting to miss out on this transformation, Kalluri gave up a six-figure salary and the family's townhouse in Gaithersburg for a job here with an Indian conglomerate. His wife, Uma, gave up her daily syndicated dose of "Seinfeld." Daughter Lakshmi
 said goodbye to her Montessori preschool classmates. <br />
<br />
These return migrations have become increasingly common; Indian expatriates such as the Kalluris are finding that, at times, the best way to move up is to move back.
<br />
<br />
They bought a beachfront house here, arranging the contents from their former home just as they were in Gaithersburg. But other transitions were not as simple.
</p>
<p>They do not drive anymore; chauffeurs do that. Dutt Kalluri is one of the few executives arriving at meetings on time; his colleagues follow "IST" -- Indian Standard Time, which is to say, late. A wistful Uma Kalluri longs to make Folgers coffee instead
 of a sugar-and-spice-laden South Indian java and is adjusting to living with her mother-in-law.
<br />
<br />
Yet the Kalluris brush off the cultural disconnects, saying they have simply followed opportunity to the United States and back. "If you want to be in the latest trends, you have to be in India," said Dutt Kalluri, who heads data warehousing and business intelligence
 at the information-technology division of Larsen &amp; Toubro Ltd., India's largest construction and engineering company. "Technology development happens in India. Technology consumption happens in the U.S."
</p>
<p>President Bush travels to India this week with an ambitious agenda that includes boosting U.S.-Indian commercial ties. Such ties have strengthened in recent years, as Indian workers have migrated back and forth between the two nations. Largely over the past
 five decades, that migration has been outward as millions of Indians left their homeland to seek riches abroad, from the United Arab Emirates to the United Kingdom to the United States. They earned graduate degrees, launched careers in medicine and engineering,
 or took jobs as gas-station attendants and hotel clerks. They sent money back to their villages and delighted relatives with gifts such as Nike sneakers and Pringles potato chips during visits home. But since 1991, as foreign firms have poured billions of
 dollars into a more open and deregulated Indian economy, some expatriates have found the best thing they can give back is themselves.
<br />
<br />
"In the IT industry, there's significant value for people coming back," said Prakash Grama, an Indian native turned U.S. citizen who now lives in Bangalore and runs an association linking returning Indians with volunteer work. "And here you are not just accepted
 into society, you're recognized at the top." <br />
<br />
Other countries are experiencing mass returns as well. The 1989 Tiananmen Square crackdown spurred some of China's most entrepreneurial minds to flee, but with a thriving and more open Chinese economy, they are going back. Immigrants from Africa and Latin America,
 too, are starting businesses that allow them to divide their time between multiple homes and countries.
</p>
<p>Here, members of India's diaspora are known as NRIs, or non-resident Indians. They are a revered lot, presumed to be successful due to their international experience. Those who return to India -- known as returned NRIs, or RNRIs -- tend to fill jobs on the
 higher rungs of the corporate ladder. They are the country's new elite, living in gated communities, networking in golf clubs, celebrating holidays such as Halloween and Thanksgiving -- transplanting their foreign lives in Indian soil.
<br />
<br />
Tens of thousands of India's best and brightest have made these multiple migrations, helping businesses on both sides of the ocean navigate East and West and providing a big boost to India's development.
<br />
<br />
The cultural impact on their nation is visible and visceral. The New Delhi suburb of Noida boasts a collection of luxury homes known as an "NRI Colony." Meanwhile, returning stay-at-home spouses confess they miss the freedom and distance of America, far from
 the prying eyes of in-laws and nosy neighbors. <br />
<br />
"I learned how to drive there . . . a minivan," Uma Kalluri said proudly about her three years in Gaithersburg. "Outings, shopping. There I could go and do it all myself. Here, I have a driver."
</p>
<p>She knows that sounds luxurious, but between the driver, other servants, her 75-year-old mother-in-law, and extended family in her home, Uma Kalluri is rarely alone. "In India, it's just how it is," she said.
<br />
<br />
Asked about living with his mother, Dutt Kalluri's business-speak does not miss a beat. She "adds a lot of value to the household," he said, because the children speak fluent Tamil and have ready access to the family history.
<br />
<br />
In India, his employer is a household name, a conglomerate that makes everything from cement to software. His office is located in this thriving coastal city, also known as Chennai. Companies here seek managers with U.S. experience such as Dutt Kalluri to connect
 American customers with Indian workforces. In a tech sector relying on cheap labor, these hires are often the priciest. Dutt Kalluri would not elaborate on his compensation except to say it was in the "top 5 percent of Indians."
<br />
<br />
His management approach strives to be American, he said. "I want a systematic approach to anything we do," he said. "It's like the new blood mixing with the old blood. We are the change agents."
<br />
<br />
Beyond his official job description, Kalluri's tasks range from emphasizing the importance of time management and punctuality to making sure the Indians do not mispronounce Rockville (it sometimes comes out ROKE-vill-ee) or San Jose (San JOE-zee). Indians tend
 to overpromise, Kalluri said, and he tries to get a new generation of young software engineers to be honest with clients, committing only to what they truly can deliver.
</p>
<p>"Working in India and working in the U.S. is entirely different," said Kalluri. "I used to get a little ticked off by the commitment system."
<br />
<br />
Besides new workplace dynamics, Indian families find themselves adjusting to other facets of life.
<br />
<br />
With their husbands at work and children at school, RNRI women devise activities to stay busy. On a recent morning at the DLF Golf and Country Club in the New Delhi suburb of Gurgaon, women filled the gym to capacity by 9 a.m. They were there to exercise, but
 another attraction had lured them: Oprah. <br />
<br />
Women cluster around the gym's lone television to watch every morning, then resume jogging, walking or biking -- and dissecting the show.
<br />
<br />
"Almost 98 percent of the people here are NRIs," the gym's trainer Surinder Sharma said. "I didn't ever see the U.S. but from what I know, this is what it's like."
<br />
<br />
"This" could be considered a paradise. He gestured at a bastion of manicured lawns, swimming pools and fountains, trimmed bushes that rise and fall like the humps on a camel's back. There are caddies, guards and masseuses.
</p>
<p>After her workout, Nazneen Modak collapsed into a wicker chair on the veranda. It sounds odd, she said, but returning to India has made her feel even more American.
<br />
<br />
"It is a very Westernized life here," said Modak, who was born and raised in Bombay, then lived in New York, New Jersey and Hong Kong. She moved back to India six years ago because her husband transferred to General Electric Co.'s India office. "If you have
 money, you can live quite comfortably." <br />
<br />
That can pose a challenge to raising well-adjusted, grounded children, she said. Her three boys have been instructed to call the driver and the cook "uncle" and to treat them like elder relatives, Modak said.
<br />
<br />
The RNRI Association estimates that between 30,000 and 40,000 expatriates have returned to Bangalore, India's largest technology hub, in the last decade alone. Their boomerang migration exists alongside two seemingly opposite trends: a rapidly Westernizing
 India and an ethnically diversifying United States where immigrants form tight networks to retain cultural ties.
<br />
<br />
In the United States, "we used to go the temple every week for a half day on Sundays. We drove 60 miles," Grama, president of the RNRI Association, said laughing. "Here, it's right across the street and I haven't gone there for six months." Religion in India
 is "in the air, so I just pick it up," said Grama, who spent a decade working in the United States but returned to India in 1998 to become chief executive of Span Systems Corp., a company he co-founded.
</p>
<p>Five years after returning to India, the Kalluri children have picked up an Indian accent when they speak English. Lakshmi, 9, lists the names of several friends and brags that she can already divide decimals -- ahead of where would have been in Montgomery
 County schools, her father points out. <br />
<br />
Perhaps, Lakshmi said, but that does not outweigh what she misses most from the States: her cousin Anita. She lives in the Maryland suburb of Laurel -- and is still an NRI.
</p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>31/12/2011 13:30:54</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/16230/A+Reversal+of+the+Tide+in+India+Tech+Workers+Flow+Home+to+More+Success</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">16230</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>16231</publicationdataID>
      <title>India rising</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p>The glittering skyscrapers of Gurgaon, a satellite city that is home to much of India's outsourcing industry, rise incongruously from the flat dry plains outside Delhi.<br />
<br />
Genpact, the first and one of the largest back-office call centers in India, employs 13,000 mostly young people, processing credit applications and conducting market research for American corporations such as Pfizer and JC Penney. The company is recruiting
 new employees at a rate of 1,100 a month. <br />
<br />
They work all night because of time zone differences; they are trained to "neutralize" their Indian accents, and some are even given such western- sounding names as Tom or Susan.
<br />
<br />
"The person who comes to work for us has never had a credit card, has never been to the U.S., and has never seen a JC Penney store," says Vivek Gour, Genpact's chief financial officer. "We teach them a lot about the culture to whom they are talking."
<br />
<br />
A group of journalists traveling to South Asia recently with the East-West Center, a cultural exchange program, found the call center associates enthusiastic about their working conditions. Most came from small towns and loved the adventure.
<br />
<br />
But all around Genpact's air-conditioned cubicles and conference rooms, it is still India. Water buffalo roam the streets, families live in tin shacks and cook on open fires, dusty children with no shoes beg for rupees, there is garbage everywhere, especially
 plastic bottles and bags, and the traffic is infernal. </p>
<p>India's economy is growing at a vigorous 8 percent. It graduates 400,000 engineers every year, and half of its population is younger than 25, which officials forever promote as a national asset.
<br />
<br />
But it will need to sustain that level of growth and more if it is ever to solve its immense social problems, much less face down competition from China, the other billion-person powerhouse in Asia.
<br />
<br />
India's advantages are many: an English-speaking population; an open, democratic society, and massive amounts of cheap labor. But the vastness of its numbers also creates vast problems: 400 million illiterates, at least 260 million people living on less than
 one dollar a day. Plus, a caste system that still prevents social mobility, a tradition of petty corruption, feather-bedding and whirling-fan bureaucracy, an overwhelmed infrastructure and intense pressures on water and energy resources all hobble India's
 progress. <br />
<br />
The Congress Party, which took power in 2004 partly because of disaffection by the millions left out of India's boom, has passed an ambitious rural employment-guarantee program that promises to give government jobs to one able-bodied person per family, mostly
 on road, water, and sanitation projects. </p>
<p>The plan is being eyed warily by business, which fears it smacks too much of the socialism India left behind in 1991. "The roads built by the government break down after the first monsoon," said Mohandas Pai, chief financial officer of Infosys Technologies
 in Bangalore, more than 1,200 miles south of Delhi. <br />
<br />
The 80-acre Infosys headquarters is the national showcase of India's possibilities. It is a green oasis in a car-choked, drought-stricken city. It employs 16,000 people (average age 27) who ride communal bicycles or golf carts to get around. With its swimming
 pool, gym club, food courts and bookstore, it looks more like a college campus than a $2.1 billion corporation.
<br />
<br />
Infosys founder and chairman Narayana Murthy has taken the company from 500 employees and $10 million to 50,000 employees worldwide and $2.1 billion in 11 years. Despite its obvious importance to India, 98 percent of Infosys revenue comes from other countries.
<br />
<br />
Relations between India and the United States are getting stronger, fueled by such business opportunities, and by immigration. The United States issues more visas to Indians than to citizens of any other country except Mexico.
</p>
<p>When President George W. Bush visits India this week, there will be plenty to discuss with Prime Minister Manmohan Singh besides the nuclear agreement that would allow India to receive U.S. technology for its civilian nuclear industry while remaining outside
 the Nuclear Nonproliferation Treaty. That agreement is hung up on details. <br />
<br />
Still, Nicholas Burns, the U.S. undersecretary of state who has been shuttling between Washington and New Delhi to iron out the differences, has said improving ties with India will be the most important foreign policy initiative of the Bush administration.
<br />
<br />
When India gained independence from Britain in 1947, Winston Churchill predicted it would never hold together. With 1,640 languages and dialects, 75 political parties and countless religions, the idea of India-ness seems hard to fathom. India's relative stability
 may be its most admirable achievement. <br />
<br />
That stability is forever being challenged by India's troubled neighborhood - Pakistan, Bangladesh, Myanmar and Nepal are all bordering countries - and by internal pressures exacerbated by a still-expanding population.
<br />
<br />
Even Murthy of Infosys agrees that all those young people India presents as such a great resource could drag the country down if illiteracy, poverty, and disease are not reversed. "The demographic dividend could become a demographic disaster," he said.
</p>
<p>Only if India finds a way to reconcile growth and equity can its moment as a true world power arrive.
<br />
<br />
<em>(Rene Loth is the editorial page editor of The Boston Globe, where this article first appeared.)</em></p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>31/12/2011 13:34:23</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/16231/India+rising</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">16231</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>16232</publicationdataID>
      <title>Let's Be Friends</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p><em>When George W. Bush lands in New Delhi this week, India and the U.S. hope to seal a transformation from cold war antagonists to strategic partners</em><br />
<br />
If you want a snapshot of a changing world, look at pictures of last May's ceremony in Moscow to mark the 60th anniversary of the end of World War II. At what was one of the largest gatherings of world leaders for years, Germans shook hands with French, Japanese
 with British, and an American President allowed his Russian counterpart to treat him to a display of martial power, topped with hammer-and-sickle flags, while they sat and chatted amiably in front of Lenin's tomb. As well as burying old feuds, the summit was
 a chance to forge new friendships. At a banquet that night at the Kremlin, George W. Bush made a beeline for Manmohan Singh. According to Singh's press adviser, Sanjaya Baru, Bush told his wife Laura, "This is the Indian Prime Minister." Singh later told Baru
 that the President then launched into a mini-presentation to the First Lady. India was growing fast; India had an energy crunch; India had the world's second-largest Muslim population and not one belonged to al-Qaeda. Baru says that Bush then turned to Singh
 and said: "You and I need to talk civilian nukes." The Indians were impressed. Says Baru: "We realized this was coming from the top."
</p>
<p>"This" is one of the more dramatic geopolitical realignments of recent times. Back in the days of the cold war, India was a Soviet ally. New Delhi and Washington supported different sides in the 1971 Bangladeshi war of independence; during the Soviet occupation
 of Afghanistan, when the U.S. and Pakistan armed the mujahedin resistance, India backed the Moscow-imposed Afghan government. And the U.S. was furious over India's 1998 nuclear test, when New Delhi detonated three bombs under the Rajasthani desert. That test
 was followed by a similar one in Pakistan, and the U.S. slapped a raft of sanctions on both nations. As former U.S. ambassador to India Robert Blackwill noted in his farewell speech in New Delhi in 2003: "India was not seen in Washington as an essential and
 cooperative part of solutions to major international problems. India was one of the problems—a nuclear renegade whose policies threatened the entire nonproliferation regime and which had to be brought to its senses." Visits by American officials, said Blackwill,
 "were about as rare as white Bengal tiger sightings." </p>
<p>No longer. This week Bush lands in India for a three-day stay—a top-level follow-up to Secretary of State Condoleezza Rice's visit last March, when she told Singh that Washington's broad aim was "to help India become a major world power in the 21st century."
 Besides creating goodwill, Bush also hopes to deliver something concrete to the Indians: a deal that promises Delhi access to the highly restricted trade in nuclear fuel. The agreement would lift the remaining sanctions and offer access to the world's nuclear
 expertise to help build India's atomic-energy program. In return, India would pledge to use the imported nuclear fuel only to generate power. It would also have to split its existing 23 reactors into military and civilian stations. Washington wants most of
 the reactors—including a fast-breeder program that's under construction and which produces more fuel than it consumes—to be placed in the latter category and opened to U.N. inspection.</p>
<p>The U.S. offer takes place against the backdrop of a shift in the world's nuclear landscape. Many developing countries such as China, Brazil and Iran are launching or stepping up their nuclear-power programs, either to diversify their sources of energy or
 as a matter of national pride. But such an expansion of nuclear power could encourage the illicit trade in plutonium and uranium, the essential ingredients for nuclear weapons. In the 1980s and '90s, Pakistan's chief nuclear scientist A.Q. Khan built a thriving
 trade selling nuclear secrets to Iran, Libya and North Korea. To better police the flow of nuclear materials, the White House has unveiled a proposal for a Global Nuclear Energy Partnership, in which a core of approved supplier nations would provide nuclear
 fuel to users. The trade would be done under international monitoring and on condition of non-military use, and the suppliers would recycle the waste rather than let it be diverted to weapons programs. The proposal would supplement, and require changes to,
 the two key instruments of arms control: the 28-year-old Nuclear Nonproliferation Treaty (NPT), banning the supply of nuclear fuel to states with atomic weapons, and the Nuclear Suppliers Group, a 44-nation nonproliferation body set up in 1974 in reaction
 to India's first nuclear test. At a speech to the Asia Society last week in Washington, Bush said that the U.S.-India deal was the vanguard of this wider restructuring. "We are starting with India," he told reporters. "We'll bring India's nuclear program into
 the international mainstream and strengthen the bonds of trust between our two nations."</p>
<p>Beyond the nuclear initiative, the U.S. and India are beginning to see each other as kindred spirits. Both are democracies. Both have thriving—and increasingly integrated—technology sectors. Both speak English, and enjoy the same yoga gurus, the same escapism
 in movies and even the same food. "Young Indians are acquiring a taste for pizzas from Domino's and Pizza Hut," Bush told the Asia Society. Washington and Delhi also both fight Islamic militancy and share concerns over China's rising power. Indian Foreign
 Secretary Shyam Saran tells Time his U.S. counterparts are explicit about a desire for a strong and lasting alliance to act as a "bulwark against the arc of Islamic instability" running from the Middle East to Asia, and to create "much greater balance in Asia"—in
 other words, for India to act as a counterweight to China. </p>
<p>Relations between Washington and New Delhi took a marked turn for the better in the second term of Bill Clinton. The spark was a friendship between Strobe Talbott, Clinton's U.S. Deputy Secretary of State, and Jaswant Singh, the then Indian Minister of External
 Affairs. The pair first met at a time of crisis, after India's 1998 nuclear test. But the men developed a strong bond. They met every two months during Talbott's time in office and swapped ideas for better ties, as Talbott related in his memoir of the period,
 Engaging India. In particular, they fretted that a U.S. President hadn't stepped on Indian soil since 1978. So on his swan-song foreign tour at the end of 2000, Clinton made a trip to India and did what he does best: charm. For five days, the newspapers were
 filled with images of the Clintons in Ranthambore Tiger Reserve, the President eating kebabs, and his daughter Chelsea shopping for pashminas in Delhi's markets. To this day, carpet traders, hoteliers and restaurants in New Delhi claim a personal relationship
 with America's former first family as proof of their standing. "People loved it," says Lalit Mansingh, a former Foreign Secretary. "The Americans were playing ball with the Indian public for the first time. That was the big change."
</p>
<p>Over the next few years, relations improved. Blackwill decoupled U.S. ties with India and Pakistan, and strove to end a long period in which Washington felt that if it pleased Islamabad it would only annoy New Delhi—and vice versa. That allowed Washington
 to engage simultaneously with India and pursue its anti-terrorism goals in Pakistan. Then, in May 2004, the man who opened up India's economy in 1993 as Finance Minister returned as Prime Minister. Singh's first foreign trip was to the U.S. On the eve of his
 departure, he told Time that India had been slow to wake up to the post-cold war world, but added it wasn't sleeping any longer: "It has taken us quite some time to realize there is no other option but to align ourselves with the modern global economy."</p>
<p>Blackwill says India has long held a personal fascination for Bush as a living and breathing embodiment of his ideals. "A billion people in a functioning democracy," he recalls then governor Bush saying in 1999. "Isn't that something?" Once Bush was in power,
 Blackwill and Rice encouraged the President to pursue his instincts and build an alliance of substance. Blackwill's successor in New Delhi, David Mulford, former Under Secretary for International Affairs at the Treasury in George H.W. Bush's administration,
 soon found himself knee-deep in talks on a range of deals from joint military exercises to aids research to space exploration. Top of the list was the nuclear deal.
</p>
<p>In neither country is support for the new relationship complete. "This is not an easy decision for India," Bush told the Asia Society, "nor is it an easy decision for the United States, and implementing this agreement will take time, and it will take patience
 from both our countries." A fundamental change in policy on the control of nuclear materials is a hard sell. Antiproliferation campaigners say the deal means that the U.S. would be helping India to build more bombs. Congress must approve any change to the
 NPT and in testimony to the House International Relations Committee, Henry Sokolski, executive director of the Nonproliferation Policy Education Center, argued against the new proposals. If the U.S. opposes Iran's atomic program because it suspects civilian
 nuclear facilities would be used to make bombs, said Sokolski, then surely Washington was now freeing up India's existing capacity to produce plutonium and enriched uranium for weapons, and so "helping India expand its nuclear arsenal." Daryl G. Kimball, executive
 director of the Arms Control Association, warns of the possibility that the nuclear deal will spark an arms race with Pakistan and China. Last year, the Pakistani Foreign Office, says one of its officials, submitted a paper to President Pervez Musharraf urging
 him to enhance nuclear cooperation with China, calling it a "must for the country's nuclear deterrent."
</p>
<p>In India, nationalists, nuclear scientists and communists oppose the idea that India open its programs to inspections on the say-so of a foreign power. They accuse Singh of pawning national security for ties with the U.S. and allowing an implicit cap on
 its nuclear deterrent. "India cannot compromise," said India's most senior nuclear scientist, Atomic Energy Commission chief Anil Kakodkar, over the U.S. demand to allow inspectors to view its fast-breeder reactors. So far, India and the U.S. have been unable
 to agree on what proportion of India's nuclear program should be declared civilian, and opened up, and what kept as military and secret. But even if a deal is not finalized by the time Bush lands in India, the visit "will not be a failure," says Robert Hathaway,
 an India expert at the Woodrow Wilson International Center in Washington. "There's a multiplicity of interests with India at this point and I would not want to judge a trip on the lack of progress on a single issue."</p>
<p>Bush, of course, is not the only person to spot India's potential. In the last 18 months, New Delhi has hosted the leaders of Russia, Japan, China and Britain. Bush's visit comes a week after the departure of French President Jacques Chirac, who signed France's
 own civilian nuclear-cooperation deal with India before he left, and a few days before the arrival of Australian Prime Minister John Howard. But the U.S. has an edge. Outside official links—in the diplomacy of the heart—ties between the two nations are growing
 every day. There are 2 million ethnic Indians in the U.S., and India has become the largest source of foreign students there. The U.S. is India's biggest business partner, with bilateral trade worth $20 billion in 2004, three times the 1992 figure; the largest
 foreign investor in the Indian stock market, accounting for 40% of equity inflows between 1993-2005; and the biggest foreign backer of Indian business. In 1991, U.S. direct investments in India were worth just $11 million; in 2004, $620 million flowed in.
 And then there's Silicon Valley. "You can't underestimate the impact of the technological revolution that took place in the U.S. in the late 1990s and the huge number of Indian entrepreneurs who contributed to that," says Narayana Murthy, chairman of Infosys,
 one of India's leading technology firms. "Politics is driven to a large extent by economics." Bush regularly scores higher approval ratings in India than in the U.S.</p>
<p>The biggest hurdles to a bright future are the habits of the past. Sensitivity to foreign interference in its internal affairs is high in India, where a history of opposing imperialism has produced one of the proudest nations on earth. No Indian government
 could accept a relationship with the U.S. in which it was obviously the junior partner. Some in the U.S. are wise to the dangers of being overbearing. Last year, Rice warned India not to pursue a plan to build a gas pipeline from Iran. When she was ignored
 in New Delhi, the U.S. quietly dropped the subject. "We're not trying to strong-arm them in any way," says the deputy chief of mission at the U.S. Embassy in New Delhi, Robert O. Blake. "It's counterproductive." Some U.S. Congressmen insist, however, that
 in return for accepting Washington's help for its nuclear program, India must back the U.S. in its efforts to shut down Iran's. Last summer, Tom Lantos, a Democrat from California, called then Indian Minister for External Affairs Natwar Singh "dense" for not
 grasping the quid pro quo on Iran.</p>
<p>Old attitudes live on in India too. The nation's communists scored their best vote ever at the 2004 general election, and Singh relies on them for his parliamentary majority. Though the economy is opening fast, on matters like privatization India still lags—this
 month New Delhi, Bombay and Calcutta airports were buried in garbage and sewage as 23,000 workers went on strike over sell-off plans. However much the Indian public may love the U.S., Indian intellectuals are overwhelmingly left-of-center and anti-American.
 "Nobody's supposed to be nice about Bush," laughs New Delhi-based nuclear expert C. Raja Mohan. "My friends get terribly upset when I say he's offering us a good deal."
<br />
<br />
Prakash Karat, leader of the Communist Party of India (Marxist), says his party does not oppose America on principle. But he is outraged that Singh is sitting down with the man he considers Imperialist Nemesis No. 1, and grumbles about a sinister-sounding "pro-American
 lobby in the Indian establishment." The timing of Bush's trip, which is expected to wrap up March 3—just before a vote at the International Atomic Energy Agency at which India must decide whether to support referral of Iran's nuclear program to the U.N. Security
 Council—have redoubled Karat's anti-Bush instincts. Tens of thousands of communist supporters, he says, will dog Bush's visit with mass protests.
</p>
<p>But Karat's world is being changed for him. India's revolutionaries are a ragtag bunch who have no real shot at derailing its economic boom. Karat himself admits the old Soviet Union was never the aspirational focus the U.S. is today. And whatever the size
 of the protests Bush meets, bitter hostility towards the U.S. is now only found in demonstrations, not in government. Karat runs his campaign from a sparsely furnished office in a dusty side-street on the edge of the central government sprawl in New Delhi.
 The walls are hung with a small portrait of Lenin and a faded Soviet propaganda poster from the 1920s, exhorting workers to build better steam railways. Asked about the welcome Bush will receive, he says: "When [Soviet leader Nikita] Khrushchev came here in
 1955, the hugest crowds turned out to meet him." The message is unmistakable, if unintended. That was then. But this is now.</p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>31/12/2011 13:37:04</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/16232/Lets+Be+Friends</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">16232</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>16233</publicationdataID>
      <title>A Presidential Passage Through India, Quickly</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p>WASHINGTON — President Bush is planning a two-day wind sprint across India this week, when he will meet with political leaders, chat up high-tech millionaires and give a speech at a 16th-century fort. But to the consternation of the Indians, he will not
 see the country's most famous monument, the Taj Mahal, a decision that Mr. Bush said was made by an omnipotent scheduler.<br />
<br />
"Look, if I were the scheduler, perhaps I'd be doing things differently," Mr. Bush said last week, when he was asked in an interview with Indian reporters at the White House why he was skipping the Taj. "I'll be the president, we've got the scheduler being
 the scheduler. I'm going to miss a lot of the really interesting parts of your great country. I know that."
<br />
<br />
Mr. Bush has never been a sightseer, and his planned two days in India and one in Pakistan are typical of a president who visited the Great Wall of China in 30 minutes flat. For the most part, the president's India is one of strategic calculations — a hoped-for
 nuclear deal, a booming market for American goods, an Asian powerhouse to counterbalance China.
<br />
<br />
But Mr. Bush did sound notes of eagerness last week about his first-ever trip to India, the world's largest democracy and a country that has long cast a powerful spell on the Western imagination. People who know Mr. Bush say he has an interest in the country
 through little-known personal and political connections in Texas. While he was governor, Mr. Bush befriended a number of prosperous Indian doctors and businessmen, all Republicans, who captivated him as embodiments of the American dream and contributed handsomely
 to his campaigns. </p>
<p>One of them was Durga Agrawal, the founder of a Houston-based company, Piping Technology and Products, who was born 60 years ago in a village in central India without electricity or a water supply. Mr. Agrawal went to high school 14 miles away and returned
 home, by bicycle, only every three or four months. He went from there to the University of Delhi and then to the University of Houston for master's and doctorate degrees in industrial engineering.
<br />
<br />
"I really admire the professors in this country," Mr. Agrawal said in a telephone interview on Friday. "We foreigners come, and they pour their hearts, souls and minds into us, and we do not speak like them, but they educate us."
<br />
<br />
Mr. Agrawal first met Mr. Bush when he was running a second time for governor, and said he had raised as much as $100,000 among Indian friends for Mr. Bush's 2000 and 2004 presidential campaigns. He was a guest at the state dinner for the Indian prime minister,
 Manmohan Singh, last July, and said he was stunned when the president seemed to remember him so easily.
<br />
<br />
"All of us claim to know the president very well, but we wonder if he really knows us," Mr. Agrawal said. "But he introduced me to the prime minister of India as 'my good friend from Texas.' I was totally taken by that. I tell people about it all the time."
<br />
<br />
Another Indian supporter of Mr. Bush from Texas, Dr. Virendra Mathur, said that a president who has made the spread of democracy a central theme of his second term was naturally inclined to support a country where the political opposition so regularly trounces
 the incumbents. "The fact that the ruling party gets overthrown in almost every election tells you that democracy really works," said Dr. Mathur, a cardiologist in Houston. Mr. Bush, he said, "realizes that India has a lot of potential, and he's watching the
 7 to 8 percent annual growth rate." </p>
<p>Mr. Bush is also said to get along well with the prime minister, Mr. Singh, even though Mr. Singh's daughter, Amrit, is a Yale-educated staff lawyer for the American Civil Liberties Union who regularly detonates explosive news releases against the Bush administration.
 ("The public has a right to know the full truth about the treatment of detainees not just in Abu Ghraib but elsewhere in Iraq, Afghanistan and Guantánamo Bay," she said in a release this month, after new photographs of abuse at the Abu Ghraib prison were made
 public.) <br />
<br />
Mr. Singh, the son of subsistence farmers who earned a doctorate in economics from Oxford University and then drove India toward economic reform as finance minister in the 1990's, has an engaging manner that Mr. Bush likes. "The previous Indian prime minister
 was a man of very few words," said Michael Green, the former senior director for Asian affairs on the Bush White House National Security Council, speaking of Atal Bihari Vajpayee. "When I was a note-taker for meetings with him, I would rarely go beyond one
 page. The current prime minister is a very modest man, very humble man, very sincere, very charming. And there's a nice chemistry."
<br />
<br />
In interviews last week, Mr. Bush said that he would have to visit the Taj Mahal, a three-hour drive from New Delhi, another time. (President Bill Clinton, an avid sightseer, visited the Taj on a five-day trip to India in 2000.)
</p>
<p>"The part of international travel he likes the best, and the part he's best at, is meeting with other leaders," said Mr. Green, who is now a senior adviser at the Center for Strategic and International Studies. "He'll make a lot of time for that, and he'll
 spend a lot of time preparing for it. That for him is the high value for travel."</p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>31/12/2011 13:38:55</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/16233/A+Presidential+Passage+Through+India+Quickly</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">16233</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>16234</publicationdataID>
      <title>India ascends, and US embraces a partner; In Bush trip, some see strategic shift</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p>NEW DELHI -- For more than a half-century, the relationship between India and the United States was characterized by bitterness and distrust.<br />
<br />
But in the last two years, the two countries have forged a tight alliance that many analysts believe will become part of a shifting global order in the 21st century -- a shuffling of power and influence widely forecast to feature the rise of both China and
 India, which not only account for a third of the planet's population but also are experiencing an economic renaissance.
<br />
<br />
When President Bush makes his first trip to India, a three-day visit that begins Wednesday, he is expected to fervently embrace India's ascendancy -- partly, analysts say, because of its potential as an economic partner and partly to blunt China's growing market
 strength. <br />
<br />
''The new thing for Bush is India -- it's the world's biggest democracy, it has high tech, it's about India's economic potential, and it's insurance against an aggressive China," said Stephen P. Cohen, author in 2002 of ''India: Emerging Power," who spent more
 than a month recently studying and traveling in India. <br />
<br />
For more than four decades after India's independence from Britain in 1947, the US-India relationship was chilly, at best. India, as head of the Non-Aligned Movement, was more firmly in the Soviet sphere of influence and seemingly as an impulse, opposed American
 positions on global issues. That relationship improved after the Cold War ended in 1991, but India's test of a nuclear device in 1998 again threw the two countries into a period of turmoil.
</p>
<p><strong>The nuclear question</strong><br />
<br />
Even now, with relations never better, the question of India's nuclear ambitions still hovers over the two governments. Last July, Bush and the Indian prime minister, Manmohan Singh, surprised the world when they signed an agreement in which the United States
 would share nuclear technology for India's civilian energy use. Eight months later, senior-level negotiators from both governments are still working out details on India's separation of nuclear power into civilian and military sectors, along with establishing
 international oversight for India's civilian programs. <br />
<br />
The US Congress will have to approve the arrangement, and several critics, including Representative Edward J. Markey, a Democrat from Malden, have said that allowing the sale of nuclear technology to India would embolden Pakistan to seek similar treatment and
 other countries, such as Iran and North Korea, to flout the terms of the Non-Proliferation Treaty. India has never signed the treaty.
<br />
<br />
''If we cooperate with India, we are setting terrible precedents with North Korea, Pakistan, and Iran," Markey said in a telephone interview from Washington. ''We would immediately hear back from Iran, which could ask why we are giving special privileges to
 India, which didn't even sign the Non-Proliferation Treaty, and not giving privileges to them."
<br />
<br />
</p>
<p>R. Nicholas Burns, undersecretary of state for political affairs, strongly rejected that argument. ''How is it possible to compare India with Iran in the nuclear sphere?" he told reporters on a trip last month to India.
<br />
<br />
''On the one hand, you have a country -- India -- that has never been a proliferator, that has been very responsible in safeguarding its nuclear technology. On the other hand, you have a government and a regime in Iran, which the IAEA says for 18 years conducted
 secret nuclear research without revealing it to the IAEA," he said, referring to the International Atomic Energy Agency.
<br />
<br />
But even critics of the nuclear deal, including Markey, favor closer US-India ties in principle
</p>
<p>On a person-to-person level, meanwhile, the relationship has been strong for decades.
<br />
<br />
<strong>Doing business</strong><br />
<br />
Sitting on a curb outside the US Embassy recently in New Delhi, clusters of people waited for relatives who were applying for visas inside. No one seemed anxious. Here, unlike most places in the world, the chances of getting a visa to the United States were
 quite good. <br />
<br />
''India is not Pakistan, India is not Afghanistan, and India is definitely not Iraq," said Naresh Kumarjain, 53, whose daughter, Hinajain, was in the process of getting a visa to study at the University of Nevada, Las Vegas. ''India has good relationships all
 over the world, but especially now with America." <br />
<br />
An estimated 80,000 Indians now have student visas for the United States. In fiscal year 2005, 313,815 Indians received visas from the US Embassy and consulates in India, up from 304,734 the year before. More Indians now receive visas to the United States than
 do citizens of any other country other than Mexico, according to the US Embassy here.
<br />
<br />
The relationship is expressed in other ways as well. </p>
<p>The growing influence of the United States can be seen in billboards advertising American goods, shipping containers heading for America, and all-night call centers in which operators who have perfected American accents take orders and answer questions from
 callers in the United States. <br />
<br />
In the United States, the impact of India is felt through 1.5 million Indians living in America who make up an influential and wealthy political lobby; the growing numbers of information technology companies that have set up centers in India; and even in the
 mail-order catalogues of companies such as Pottery Barn, which offers dozens of Indian-made accessories for American kitchens and living-rooms.
<br />
<br />
In the northwestern city of Jodhpur, India's famous ''Blue City" for its sky-blue buildings, Naresh Jain, 24, manager of Maharaja Emporium, said that business with Americans is booming -- mostly from US buyers representing retail outlets.
<br />
<br />
Standing amid colorful tapestries and huge wooden carved statues of mustached kings, Jain said his family's business ships between 100 and 150 containers full of furniture and art to the United States every month.
<br />
<br />
''They're going to New York, Boston, Chicago," he said. ''With the US and India governments coming closer together, we expect business will get only better. More tourists will come, more store buyers will come."
</p>
<p>Jain also said the trend toward outsourcing work to India would help both countries. ''It not only helps us with jobs. It helps you as well because we can do things more cheaply and that allows your companies to spend the money elsewhere," he said.
<br />
<br />
In the south-central city of Hyderabad, where Microsoft, Oracle, and Adobe have set up development centers, Arvind Kumar, the top district government official, said he sees the American and Indian cultures beginning to merge.
<br />
<br />
''I wouldn't have said this 10 years ago, but I don't feel as if the United States is something all that different from India, at least in terms of work produced, work conditions, and the pressures of life," said Kumar, who is the collector of Hyderabad, overseeing
 all district public projects. ''It's fast becoming one. If you are in San Jose or a suburb of Boston, there are streets where you feel you are in Hyderabad."
<br />
<br />
Kumar said Indians are even emulating Americans' spending habits. ''The trend here is shifting from savings to spending," he said.
<br />
<br />
In New Delhi, the capital, many of the tourists at India Gate -- a memorial arch built for the 90,000 Indian soldiers who died in World War I -- are Indian expatriates living in the United States or Canada.
<br />
<br />
''The way life used to be here before, well, I felt sorry for people," said Bina Bhavsar, 44, who walked with her husband and two children. They now live in Toronto. ''But now whatever the kids want here in India, they can get -- just like in Canada or the
 States. McDonald's, Kentucky Fried Chicken, anything!" </p>
<p><strong>Amid unity, some strains</strong><br />
<br />
Yet, not everyone appreciates the close ties. While polls indicate that high numbers of Indians feel positively toward the United States -- a 70 percent approval rating in one recent poll -- a sizable minority strongly objects to the Bush administration's policies
 in Iraq and elsewhere. <br />
<br />
''I would keep the US at arm's length, so we can chart our own course," said Dinesh Mohan, a professor at the Indian Institute of Technology in New Delhi. ''The US is not seen as benevolent by almost any country now."
<br />
<br />
India, though, is sure to assert several independent views that conflict with US policy. For instance, much to the consternation of the United States, which seeks to isolate Iran, India intends to follow through with plans to build a natural gas pipeline from
 Iran across Pakistan. India says it must make such deals to meet growing energy needs; the Bush administration's response was to threaten sanctions on Indian companies.
<br />
<br />
But Bush's visit is expected to obscure such differences, highlighting the bond instead.
<br />
<br />
''We are hopeful that this new relationship is going to go on to even greater heights in the future," Burns said on his trip last month.
</p>
<p>Outside the US Embassy, many echo that feeling. <br />
<br />
''We have four uncles and two aunts applying for visas," said Derrick Masih, 14, a US citizen, whose family moved back to India two years ago. Masih said his father, a doctor, was inside helping his brothers and sisters. The family returned to India because
 of ''my dad's patriotism. My dad loves his country." <br />
<br />
Derrick, who is in eighth grade, said he plans to become a cardiologist and set up practice in America. ''I'm just going to be working hard until that day," he said. ''India is advancing. In five or 10 years, you will see a new India, a new face on the globe."
<br />
<br />
He foresees a life of moving back and forth between India and the United States -- in part, he said, ''because our countries have become so close."
</p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>31/12/2011 13:42:38</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/16234/India+ascends+and+US+embraces+a+partner+In+Bush+trip+some+see+strategic+shift</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">16234</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>16235</publicationdataID>
      <title>Morning in India</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p><em>The values of an open society underpin India’s rapid emergence</em><br />
<br />
It is to an India in the midst of dramatic transformation that President Bush travels tomorrow, a country confidently surfing the tide of change, acknowledged as a rapidly emerging economic power and an increasingly responsible force for stability in Asia.
 Mr Bush will emphasise the "natural” affinities between the world’s most powerful, and its most populous, democracies. So have previous American Presidents, but more in hope than in belief. During the Cold War, India and the US had little other than democracy
 in common. India’s idea of non-alignment was a friendship treaty with the Soviet Union, its legions of bureaucrats tied the protectionist "permit Raj” economy in knots, its politicians worshipped at the altar of Fabian socialism and its diplomats were notorious
 for their prickliness. <br />
<br />
India’s first steps down the reform road 15 years ago excited some comment, but small optimism. The speed of India’s turnaround has astonished the country’s critics – the harshest of whom are, of course, Indians. In the knowledge economy, India has made free
 speech its economic ally. On the basis of only a fraction of the capital invested in China, India’s economy has nearly doubled over the past decade and is now growing by 8 per cent a year, a rate approaching that of China.
</p>
<p>The country’s emergence changes not only the economics, but the politics of Asia. India’s greater political maturity means that America’s ties with Pakistan are no longer a hindrance to the strategic partnership with Delhi that the Bush Administration seeks.
 It is in India’s interest to respond positively. As a regional, and before long global, player, this vast and irrepressible democracy is coming of age.
<br />
<br />
The transformation does not strike the eye. Soaring skylines, superhighways and modern airports are absent, power blackouts are routine, water and sanitation can be appalling, and the transport system is a disgrace. But these problems are outweighed by invisible
 strengths – the rule of law, property rights, free speech, political accountability and thriving enterprises able to draw on millions of skilled, intellectually independent, English-speaking managers, technicians and scientists. India’s economy holds huge
 promise precisely because it is demand-led and talent-centred. </p>
<p>Big challenges remain. Politicised labour unions are a drag on modernisation; bureaucrats still take 89 days to register a business; and highly restrictive laws make it almost impossible to close one down. Government revenue is low because tax evasion is
 chronic. Growth is uneven, not only geographically and because of caste prejudice, but because the modern economy has yet to touch the majority of Indians. The information technology sector employs 1.2 million but it can absorb only a small proportion of the
 eight million people entering the job market each year. Because education, superb at the top end of the market, is abysmal at primary and secondary level, illiteracy is still shamefully high. Politics is factionalised, with the current Congress Government
 led by Manmohan Singh, awkwardly reliant on the Marxist communist party for a majority.
<br />
<br />
Reform in India is thus a two steps forward, one back and one sideways affair. But a prosperous middle class, 300 million strong, is driving the liberalisation of the economy, pushing for the dismantling of state controls that for decades hobbled growth. Unmistakably,
 democratic India is on the move. </p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>31/12/2011 13:44:28</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/16235/Morning+in+India</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">16235</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>16236</publicationdataID>
      <title>Bush strides out to change the world with his new best friend</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p><em>President's first state visit to India could close door on painful history</em><br />
<br />
PRESIDENT BUSH arrives in Delhi for his first state visit this week, hoping to cement an increasingly close relationship between the United States and India that has the potential to alter the strategic balance in the world for the rest of the century.
<br />
<br />
During the Cold War India was the only major democracy in the world that did not side with America in the struggle against communism. But in the past decade, driven by India’s rapid economic growth, a shift in American priorities in Asia and, latterly, the
 demands of the war on terrorism, the interests of the two countries have converged sharply.
<br />
<br />
With US global hegemony increasingly challenged by the rise of China, India — with a population of more than a billion — is seen by many in Washington as a natural and vital strategic ally. Mr Bush arrives in India on Wednesday and will spend three days there
 before visiting Pakistan, also for the first time, where he will hold equally critical discussions with General Pervez Musharraf, the President.
<br />
<br />
American expectations are high for both legs of this trip, but especially for Mr Bush’s meetings with Manmohan Singh, the Indian Prime Minister.
<br />
<br />
"The President’s visit, at least to some extent, marks the transition from a 40-or-so-year painful bilateral history to the transformed relationship the two countries have today,” Robert Blackwill, a former US Ambassador to India, said last week.
</p>
<p>The change in the relationship is reflected in that India is, according to recent surveys, the one place where the popularity of the US, if not its President, has risen in the past four years.
<br />
<br />
American officials cite many areas of common interest. As Mr Bush presses a pro-democracy agenda for the world, India is the world’s largest free nation. Economic growth in the sub-continent has been rapid, bringing trade and investment opportunities for both
 countries’ companies. <br />
<br />
The two countries have shared interests in energy security and, of course, in confronting Islamist extremism. And, in the US at least, some long-term strategic thinkers see India — democratic, capitalist and, in large part, English-speaking — as a powerful
 ally and makeweight to China’s growing hegemony in Asia, although Indian officials, eager to stay on good terms with their large neighbour to the north, are keen to play down that aspect of the relationship.
<br />
<br />
Mr Bush and Mr Singh will discuss those issues, and India’s relations with Pakistan, where a fledgling peace process is under way over the disputed territory of Kashmir.
<br />
<br />
But the most important item on the agenda may also be the most contentious. In 1998 Delhi became a member of the nuclear weapons club, in defiance of the global non-proliferation treaty. For Washington, in its increasingly urgent efforts to halt the spread
 of nuclear weapons, this continues to represent a serious challenge. <br />
<br />
But last July, when Mr Singh visited Washington, the Administration agreed to assist India with its civil nuclear energy programme, despite opposition in the US Congress. Before the deal could be finalised, however, India had to agree to demonstrate clear separation
 between its civil and military nuclear facilities. </p>
<p>This has proved difficult, and so far the proposal has satisfied nobody. The Opposition in India sees it as an attempt by Washington to impose limits on India’s nuclear weapons capabilities. US critics say that it does not go far enough to limit India’s
 military nuclear programme. Officials on both sides were still working on the details at the weekend — hopeful that the final agreement would be ready for Mr Bush to sign this week.
<br />
<br />
US relations with Pakistan, where Mr Bush will spend next weekend, have also been transformed in the past few years, though in this case by the pressing issue of terrorism.
<br />
<br />
General Musharraf’s Government has been persuaded to drop its long-standing support for Islamists in Afghanistan, including its old allies the Taleban, and join the US in fighting al-Qaeda and its associates.
<br />
<br />
With growing evidence that the war against Islamists in Afghanistan is faltering, not least because former Taleban and al-Qaeda members are working unmolested in Pakistan, Mr Bush will seek a renewed Pakistani effort against Islamic militancy — a tricky proposition
 for General Musharraf, whose support for the US is deeply unpopular. </p>
Mr Bush will be on his best diplomatic behaviour, emphasising the emollient new tone of his second term. The US team has even arranged for him to spend some time on a subject of vital significance to both Indians and Pakistanis, though incomprehensible to Americans.
 He told Indian journalists in Washington last week: "As I understand it, I may have a little chance to learn something about cricket. It’s a great pastime. ”
<br />
<br />
<strong>Still growing</strong><br />
<ul class="commonBullets">
<li>1.1 billion people — 15 per cent of the world’s population — live in India </li><li>Its population is growing at 1.5 per cent a year </li><li>India’s economy is the world’s 12th largest, and the third largest in Asia. It is growing at about 8 per cent annually
</li><li>The US is India’s largest trade partner, buying 17 per cent of Indian exports
</li><li>Exports to the US include software, textiles, chemicals, jewellery, seafood, iron and steel
</li><li>More than 350,000 Indians work in call centres, mostly for American and European companies
</li></ul>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>31/12/2011 13:49:04</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/16236/Bush+strides+out+to+change+the+world+with+his+new+best+friend</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">16236</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>16237</publicationdataID>
      <title>Bush's journey to India; Washington and New Delhi see benefits in a new relationship</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p>NEW DELHI--Where, in a world rife with anti-Americanism, can you find most people owning up to warm feelings for the Bush administration? One of those few places is here, in the South Asian giant of India, where President Bush arrives this week to mark rapidly
 warming relations between the world's oldest democracy and the world's largest.<br />
<br />
A recent poll found that nearly 3 out of 4 Indians hold a favorable impression of the United States, solid base for the visiting president. "I like Bush," volunteers a young Indian riding a train bound for the capital, New Delhi, from his home in Agra, best
 known for the famed Taj Mahal. Adds Mohandas Pai, chief financial officer for Infosys Technologies, one of India's IT whiz companies in the southern city of Bangalore, "He's good for the world. He's the only person who can stop the spread of al Qaeda." Predictably,
 India's still-strong leftist parties are planning anti-Bush protests, and some ultranationalists also oppose closer ties with Washington. But the government here seems determined to produce happy images for the Bush visit.
</p>
<p>The president's stops in New Delhi and the developing high-tech center of Hyderabad will underscore a remarkable turnaround in the once prickly relationship. In the Cold War days, Indian governments viewed the United States as a bully that propped up archrival
 Pakistan; American leaders were angered by India's pro-Soviet tilt as a leader of the so-called nonaligned movement. India's nuclear test blasts in 1974 and again in 1998 ran afoul of U.S. nonproliferation laws, leading, for a time, to sanctions and to this
 day to a ban on nuclear trade. But the mood has come nearly full circle. The Bush administration is now engaged in an audacious bit of geopolitical engineering: Its goal, a senior administration official said last year, "is to help India become a major world
 power in the 21st century. We understand fully the implications, including military implications, of that statement."</p>
<p>Despite enormous problems with poverty, infrastructure, and corruption, signs of India's rise can't be ignored. The economy is projected to double in size in a decade, growth fueled by continuing reforms and privatization. Indian companies are buying rights
 to foreign oil fields and acquiring computer and steel firms in the United States. Its IT sector is growing at 15 percent a year. India is the No. 1 arms buyer in the developing world, last year eclipsing China and Saudi Arabia, and its active armed forces
 rank No. 3 in size, behind China and the United States. Its population, already about 1.1 billion, will surpass China's within decades. And Washington gets it. Says Nicholas Burns, the under secretary of state for political affairs, "I think if you look at
 American foreign policy worldwide, the greatest change you will see in the next three or four years is a new American focus on South Asia, particularly in establishing a closer strategic partnership with India."
</p>
<p>Deadline. Already, this is reflected in a broad set of initiatives on trade and investment, energy, democracy promotion, space exploration, HIV/AIDS, agriculture and science, and defense. Last week, Burns flew here to try to rescue what is supposed to be
 the centerpiece of the Bush trip: a breakthrough deal on civilian nuclear cooperation. Indian officials reported progress in the talks, though it was unclear whether key obstacles had been resolved. Washington's terms for lifting trade restrictions on nuclear
 technology would require India to separate civilian from military facilities and accept international nonproliferation inspections. India's powerful nuclear establishment, however, has dragged its heels out of fear that its nuclear arsenal--believed to amount
 to 30 to 100 weapons--will be constrained from further growth. India, which touts its record of never having transferred nuclear know-how to others, is keen on shedding its status as a nuclear pariah--and on getting badly needed access to nuclear fuel and
 new technology. The deal "effectively means recognizing India as a nuclear power," says Sanjaya Baru, spokesman for Prime Minister Manmohan Singh.</p>
<p>For that reason, the deal is controversial. Nonproliferation specialists warn that carving out an exception for India to the rules of the Nuclear Nonproliferation Treaty--which India never signed--could encourage other countries with aspirations for the
 Bomb while doing little to restrain India's nuclear arsenal. The Bush administration counters publicly that the deal will strengthen the overall cause of nonproliferation by placing first-ever safeguards on India. But it is also engaged in some realpolitik.
 "India is special because of its size, because of its potential," explains a senior administration official. The president concluded, says the official, that "we'd be better off creating a special niche for India."</p>
<p>The administration is not alone in its zeal for India. The advocates for closer ties begin with powerful U.S. business interests. India's nuclear market, if opened to the world, could be worth upwards of $100 billion. And Washington has freed contractors
 like Lockheed Martin and Boeing to pitch sales of F-16 and F-18 fighter planes. American corporate giants have made India, with its low-cost English-speaking workforce, a top destination for IT and business-processing operations. The Indian-American community,
 nearly 2 million strong and increasingly active politically, is also lobbying for closer ties.</p>
<p>Hastening India's rise draws support across a wide ideological spectrum. Foreign-policy realists in the United States want to harness India's clout on counterterrorism, weapons proliferation, and revision of global rules on trade and investment. Backers
 of Bush's spread-democracy theme see India's multiethnic democracy as a powerful model for other countries. Likewise, India's fight against terrorism by Islamist militants--an outgrowth of the ongoing conflict over Kashmir--makes it a country confronting the
 same threat as the United States. Some neoconservatives bluntly view India as a counterweight to communist China. After the December 2004 Asian tsunami struck, the U.S. Navy joined with those of India, Japan, and Australia to rush humanitarian relief to the
 devastated areas. That effort may have been a harbinger of power politics: the region's militarily capable democracies banding together--sans China. The administration, sensitive to not offending China, plays down such considerations. Yet a former senior official
 recalls Vice President Cheney and Secretary of Defense Donald Rumsfeld as focused on India's strategic value: "They look at India as a counterbalance to China, which they see as the Soviet Union of the 21st century."</p>
<p>That view, if it ever emerges as official policy, will encounter heavy resistance in India. Here, autonomy and independence are enshrined as core values of the state. So it was not surprising that a firestorm erupted a month ago when U.S. Ambassador David
 Mulford predicted--in stating the political reality--that the U.S. Congress might kill any nuclear deal if India did not join in censuring Iran for its suspected drive for nuclear weapons. Indian officials bristled at the link, and leftist lawmakers demanded
 that Mulford be recalled. He was not, and, as it turned out, India did vote with the United States at the International Atomic Energy Agency.
<br />
<br />
But the flap serves as a reminder that India's hard-won independence still colors its view of other powers, including the United States. "Anybody who thinks you can turn India into a client state hasn't spent a lot of time here," allows a senior U.S. official.
 The Indians couldn't agree more. </p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>31/12/2011 13:51:26</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/16237/Bushs+journey+to+India+Washington+and+New+Delhi+see+benefits+in+a+new+relationship</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">16237</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>16238</publicationdataID>
      <title>US-India warmth follows Indian-American successes</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p>WASHINGTON (Reuters) - When U.S. President George W. Bush heads to India on Tuesday, few people in the United States will be paying closer attention to the trip than the nearly 2 million Americans of Indian origin.<br />
<br />
On the trip, Bush will try to work through differences on a landmark accord to give India access to long-denied U.S. nuclear equipment and fuel to meet its soaring energy needs. A deal was reached in principle last July but has run into trouble.
<br />
<br />
Bush also will meet Indian business leaders amid a surge of U.S. job outsourcing to India and a 30 percent increase in U.S. exports there in the past year.
<br />
<br />
These issues are of intense interest to Americans of Indian origin, who are the country's fastest-growing ethnic group, according to the U.S. Census Bureau, whose data shows they are far better educated and wealthier than the average U.S. citizen.
<br />
<br />
Well before the thaw in U.S.-India ties that began under Bush's predecessor, Bill Clinton, American officials and businesses recognized the importance of a community that punched well above its weight in U.S. society.
<br />
<br />
"The contribution of the Indian diaspora to the American technology revolution centered around Silicon Valley and elsewhere has been profound," said Josette Shiner, undersecretary of state for economic, business and agricultural affairs.
</p>
<p>"Today Indian-American and Indian investors are a very influential presence in Washington, on Wall Street and in the media," she told a forum on Bush's upcoming India trip.
<br />
<br />
Indian-Americans are increasingly setting their sights on the attractive Indian economy and "creating an additional push on the Indian side for additional government reform there," said U.S.-India Business Council director Richard Rossow.
<br />
<br />
Many people he has worked with have taken advantage of the opportunities and returned to India to start companies, he said.
<br />
<br />
SPELLING BEE CHAMPS, MILLIONAIRES<br />
<br />
According to figures compiled from census data by the U.S.-India Political Action Committee, Indian-Americans own 15 percent of Silicon Valley start-up firms, constitute 10 percent to 12 percent of U.S. medical doctors and control about 40 percent of the American
 hotel sector. <br />
<br />
One in 10 Americans of Indian origin are millionaires, while the $60,093 median income of Indian-American families in 2000 was far above the U.S. average of $38,885. They post similarly striking educational statistics.
</p>
<p>"Our children keep winning all the spelling bees and science contests," said Veena Merchant, a director of the Indian American Center for Political Awareness in Washington.
<br />
<br />
"When you put this entire package together, it is a very substantive community," she said.
<br />
<br />
New York Democrat Gary Ackerman, who co-chairs the House of Representatives U.S.-India Caucus, said he helped found the group that now has some 180 members and is the largest caucus in Congress in recognition of the growing importance of India and its diaspora.
<br />
<br />
"Indian-Americans were becoming more prominent in their success in various lines of endeavor and making themselves and issues important to them known," said Ackerman, whose district ranks fourth in Congress in terms of number of Indian voters.
<br />
<br />
Key issues for Indian-Americans include immigration policy, ensuring equal opportunities and fighting discrimination and hate crimes. They also focus on budding U.S.-India ties.
<br />
<br />
Merchant, a naturalized U.S. citizen who was born in the commercial capital Mumbai, said that back in India "most people are expecting a lot to happen" during Bush's visit.
<br />
<br />
"My identity is Indian-American so I'm pleased as an Indian and I'm pleased as an American that there is a better understanding of India in America," she said.
</p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>31/12/2011 13:57:12</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/16238/USIndia+warmth+follows+IndianAmerican+successes</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">16238</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>16254</publicationdataID>
      <title>At Home: American Masala</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p><em>For young Indian-Americans, success is required. They're moving beyond med school to make their mark everywhere.</em><br />
<br />
At 21, Amit Sharma has a resume that would impress most parents—just not his own. After graduating as the valedictorian of his high school in Carbondale, Ill., he entered the University of Chicago, where he majored in biology. His college years were, in many
 ways, typical: he joined a fraternity, played intramural football and spent summers in a lab. But earlier this year, he rocked his parents' world. He decided he wanted to go into business, not medicine, and this summer will start work at JP Morgan as an investment
 banker. His parents are disappointed; they had groomed him to be a doctor since he was a child. But "I grew up in a town where every Indian was a doctor or a professor," Sharma says. "There is so much more out there."<br />
<br />
Raised in America by Indian-born parents, many of today's twentysomething "Desis," as they call themselves, are doing more—and less—than what's expected of them. They're moving beyond science and engineering into fields like business, journalism, literature—even
 acting. These jobs are certainly within reach. Indians come from one of the best-educated groups in the United States, with 66.7 percent of adults over 25 holding at least a bachelor's degree, compared with the national average of 27 percent, according to
 the U.S. Census Bureau. They're also earning more; their median household income of $67,424 per year is top among ethnic groups.
</p>
<p>How did a generation so young and so relatively small—only 2.4 million Indians live in the United States—come to be defined by so much success? For one thing, their parents, most of whom immigrated in the 1960s and '70s, were able to get good jobs as doctors,
 scientists or engineers when they arrived here. But what sets them apart is a strong work ethic combined with the grace of people comfortable with living among strangers: India was, after all, colonized by the British. "Becoming part of America comes more
 naturally to the Indians than perhaps the Chinese or Japanese cultures," says Arvind Panagariya, an economics professor at Columbia University.
</p>
<p>As a sign that they're settling in, some of the parents of these twentysomethings are beginning to see that prestige can be measured in more than M.D.s. "In the end, if you do excel, you're going to succeed in your field," Panagariya concedes, referring
 to his 22-year-old son, whose Web comic Applegeeks is in negotiations to be published as a book. Other young Indians are also finding success in the arts, the last frontier. Kaavya Viswanathan, a 19-year-old sophomore at Harvard, has signed a reported deal
 close to $500,000 for two novels with Little, Brown. Kal Penn, the star of 2004's "Harold &amp; Kumar Go to White Castle," is at 28 a hot new commodity in Hollywood. Later this year, you can see him as Gogol Ganguli in "The Namesake," the film adaptation of Jhumpa
 Lahiri's best-selling novel. He's also set to be in a "Harold and Kumar" sequel due in 2007.
<br />
<br />
Kumar, a pothead slacker who deceives his father into thinking he's going to medical school, is a caricature—but there's truth in how trapped he feels. "There are Indian-Americans who get fed up with the narrowness of the community," says Sunaina Maira, author
 of "Desis in the House." "Some of them try to find their own space." That's why certain college students would much rather host a splashy Bollywood party than embrace their parents' religion. Monika Kasina, an 18-year-old junior at the University of Washington,
 was surprised on a recent visit to India to see even the beggars went to temple. "I wondered where that faith came from," she says. Kasina does plan on becoming a doctor, a cardiac surgeon, but she insists it's her decision—not her parents'. She's living the
 American Dream, and that is the answer to her whole family's prayers. </p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>31/12/2011 15:47:07</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/16254/At+Home+American+Masala</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">16254</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>16255</publicationdataID>
      <title>Booming India finds that America wants to be its new best friend</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p><em>This week Bush visits the next Asian superpower, a honeypot for US firms, a democracy - and a rival to China. Amelia Gentleman reports from Delhi</em><br />
<br />
It takes a while to identify anything Indian inside the Metropolitan Mall in the rich Delhi suburb of Gurgaon. Harrison Ford peers from the cinema posters; Tommy Hilfiger lines up alongside Reebok and Benetton on the shop floor. Only how a cleaner balances
 flattened cardboard boxes on his head, and the prominent sign at the escalator ('Be careful of your sari while riding the stairs') hint this is not a shopping centre in Alabama.
<br />
<br />
American tastes colonise the food hall. Tex Mex jostles with hot dog stalls and ice cream parlours selling Smoothies. At Pizza Hut, teenagers buy Indianised versions of the global brand - Spicy Korma and Tikka Chicken pizzas, sprinkled heavily with green chillies.
<br />
<br />
Last week, George W Bush was giving some thought to the fondness of young Indians for pizzas. As he prepares for a landmark visit to India - a trip analysts promise will bring 'India firmly and irrevocably on to the world stage as a major player' - it is these
 consumers he wants. In a speech ahead of his visit, he told US listeners: 'India's middle class is now estimated at 300 million people. Think about that. That's greater than the entire population of the United States. India's middle class is buying air-conditioners,
 kitchen appliances and washing machines, and a lot of them from American companies such as GE and Whirlpool.'
</p>
<p>The Bush administration is acutely aware of India changing. With a growth rate now at 8 per cent, its economy has transformed itself in 15 years from that of a Third World nation to a powerful emerging force aspiring to rival China.
<br />
<br />
On Wednesday, the President will fly into New Delhi along with a large contingent of business leaders to secure a new relationship with India. The US wants to tap into its vast market: last year US exports grew by more than 30 per cent.
<br />
<br />
With foreign policy initiatives failing elsewhere, Bush's advisers are reaching out in new directions. As Japan and Europe grow weaker and China stronger, the administration has seen India as a strategic priority. The world's largest democracy is, as Bush's
 aides chant endlessly, 'a country sharing our democratic values and commitment to a multi-ethnic, multi-religious society'.
<br />
<br />
At the turn of the century, India's relationship with the US was dominated by sanctions over its 1998 nuclear tests. Interest stirred only very recently, as the effects of economic reforms brought in during the early 1990s began to be felt. For the past three
 years, investment banks have been forecasting a great economic future for India. Goldman Sachs predicted in 2003 it would be the third most powerful economy by 2032. And the date is creeping forward. A CIA prediction for 2020 says: 'Some experts say India
 could overtake China as the fastest-growing economy in the world.' <br />
<br />
'Some 20 per cent of the world's population under the age of 24 is Indian and 70 per cent of our population is under 36. Given these statistics, I am confident our youthful workforce is raring to compete at the global level,' said Nandan Nilekani, president
 of Infosys Technologies, one of India's most powerful software companies. English-speakers add to the value; there are more people who speak English in India than in the US.
</p>
<p>At the World Economic Forum at Davos last month, Indian business seized attention with a $4m promotional campaign that flung aside classical dance and ancient monuments and ran a Bollywood soundtrack to persuade global investors that India was the place
 to be. Delegates were given turbans, pashminas and iPods loaded with contemporary Indian music. Bars served Kingfisher beer and chicken tikkas, as DJs played the latest Hindi hits.
<br />
<br />
A few minutes' drive from the Metropolitan Mall, beyond a dozen sprawling building sites, at the Gurgaon HQ of the India Everywhere campaign, Anupam Yog said perceptions were changing fast: 'What we used to hear and see in the US media about India was not pleasant.
 The New York Times might occasionally print a photograph of an elephant in the street in Delhi, but that was about the only news from India. Now the image is of a 25-year-old software technician.'
<br />
<br />
In a country that has never seen the need for high-rise buildings, even the skyline is imported. In glass towers, Indians work through the night to answer banking queries from US customers; engineers sit at computers redesigning engines for American planes;
 they live in condominiums with names like Malibu and Beverly Park, built out of pink concrete in an ongoing frenzy of construction; youthful CEOs hit balls on the Gurgaon golf club lawns, lush despite chronic water shortages.
</p>
<p>The mall's pizza-eaters are already sold on Bush's visit. Manoj Dahiya, 25, a software engineer with the US firm Fidelity Investments, said: 'No country can afford to be secluded from the US.' His lunch companion, Hitesh Chawla, 24, an analyst with Evalueserve
 - an Indian firm providing back-office services such as filing and research for US businesses - added: 'But it's also a good sign that every world leader wants to have an alliance with India.' Traditional anti-Americanism is melting. A Pew Research Centre
 poll found 71 per cent of the population had a positive opinion of the US, up from 5 per cent in 2003.
<br />
<br />
The Bush delegation comes bearing a package of co-operation agreements, in agriculture, trade and energy; the US is likely also to announce a new consulate in India, part of diplomatic repositioning from Europe to Asia. Most controversial is the centrepiece
 plan for nuclear co-operation, which entails lifting an international ban on sales of civilian nuclear technology to India.
<br />
<br />
Washington has staked a lot on trying to persuade the international community to bypass the non-proliferation treaty (which Delhi has refused to sign) to allow nuclear trading to begin, a move that both sides say should help India tackle its critical energy
 shortage. The proposal has caused outrage in the US and triggered hostility in India, where left-wing parties in the coalition government have criticised the friendship with the US (the Bush administration is the world's 'most organised pack of killers', the
 communist chief minister of West Bengal, Buddhadeb Bhattacharjee, said). India's nuclear energy establishment is also angry at the International Atomic Energy Authority inspections the deal would bring. It is a mark of both sides' determination that both Bush
 and Prime Minister Manmohan Singh have steeled themselves against domestic furore.
</p>
<p>Analysts stress that ties are as important for the US as for India. 'Look at the world as an American does. Where are your friends?' a senior foreign ministry official said, arguing that since the Iraq war there was alienation between the US and Europe,
 disappointment over relations with Russia and growing anxiety about China's rise. 'They are saying, "What relationship have I not tried where I might get some leverage and emerge better in the world? These guys speak English, they're democratic, we know many
 of them because there are two million in the US, a lot of our companies do business with them".'
<br />
<br />
Is India sacrificing anything by entering into this relationship? The ministry official insists not, stressing the buzzword is 'partnership'.
<br />
<br />
'We're not embracing the US without caution,' he said. 'Nobody's striding into an alliance. We can have convergences, but an alliance is more than that. It means giving up some of our decision-making powers, which we would find hard. We're much more useful
 to the US if we're independent .' <br />
<br />
It is not yet certain that India and the US will overcome the obstacles to nuclear co-operation before Bush leaves for Pakistan on Friday. In the longer term, it is less certain still whether India will live up to the optimistic economic analysis.
</p>
<p>The vision of India as an emerging superpower is undercut by its dire infrastructure - congested roads, dwindling water supplies, power shortages and struggling airports - and tortuous bureaucracy. Amid this focus on India's modern face, there is concern
 the other side is being forgotten. The country has more than 300 million struggling to survive on less than $1 a day. About 45 per cent of children under five are malnourished. Even the business community wants the government to bridge the divide between the
 rich and the desperately poor. India 'must get on with the job of sharing its new-found wealth with the vast majority of its people, who so far have little to show for the economic growth', a recent McKinsey report said.
<br />
<br />
In the Bhumi Heen (No Land) Camp slums of Delhi, residents have never glimpsed Pizza Hut. The roads are gravel paths where people string together bamboo ladders and make mattresses from straw; goats are tethered to the shack-like shops, chickens poke out from
 cages. <br />
<br />
But by the standards of Delhi's slums, this is quite a good one. The 10,000 residents live under slats of corrugated iron, rather than rotting plastic. In the 20 years since the slum established itself, many have built brick walls around their tiny allotments.
 Open sewers run through the narrow alleyways between the houses, and often overflow.
<br />
<br />
By the entrance to the room she shares with her family of six, a space smaller than a double bed, Suman Singh is trimming stray threads off saris for a nearby export house. It earns her 14 rupees (18p) a day. She came here aged five with her family to escape
 village poverty, but 20 years later is still hoping for proper housing. 'We are waiting for the government to give us some land,' she said. An electric lightbulb hangs from the ceiling, but laundry is done in buckets - when water is available. She will not
 be buying a US-made washing machine any time soon. </p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>31/12/2011 15:49:23</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/16255/Booming+India+finds+that+America+wants+to+be+its+new+best+friend</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">16255</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>16257</publicationdataID>
      <title>It Never Disappoints; The Taj Mahal has the sort of majestic beauty that catches you unawares</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p>President George Bush this week visits India -- the home of not just a masterpiece, but of one of the great wonders of the world.<br />
<br />
The Taj Mahal is, like the Mona Lisa, one of those masterpieces with which you will be outstandingly familiar long before you ever get to see it.
<br />
<br />
There is not a camera-wielding tourist in the world who will not have seen many pictures of the Taj's onion dome and her four towering minarets.
<br />
<br />
All too often, this familiarity can lead to disappointment when you finally see the original. I well remember the let-down of seeing the Mona Lisa for the first time, smaller than I'd imagined and lost amid a swirling gaggle of tourists.
<br />
<br />
But the Taj Mahal does not disappoint. It does not disappoint the first time you see it, nor the third time, nor even the 30th time.
<br />
<br />
This may be because the Taj's appearance is constantly changing. It might sound strange to say this of an inanimate building, but every time you see the Taj, it looks different. The color of its white marble changes throughout the day, from the waxy yellow
 at dawn through to the pastel blue-gray of a full moon. <br />
<br />
From every angle, the Taj reveals new facets. It has the sort of majestic beauty that catches you quite unawares. You can be sitting in the lush grounds, admiring the cypresses or the palm trees, and then you look up, catch a glimpse of the Taj, and yet again
 its perfect curves take your breath away. </p>
<p>What is even more incredible is when you realize that Shah Jahan's spectacular project is only half-finished -- but more of that later.
<br />
<br />
The Taj is, according to almost every guidebook, the world's "greatest monument to love." The Mughal Emperor Shah Jahan had been married to Mumtaz Mahal for 18 years when she died giving birth to their 14th child.
<br />
<br />
After her death in 1631, Shah Jahan's hair is said to have turned white within the week. The entire country was ordered into mourning, and almost immediately Shah Jahan had conceived of building the most fabulous tomb the world had ever seen.
<br />
<br />
Monarch of all he surveyed, Shah Jahan was more than capable of turning such extravagant dreams into a reality. He was the fifth in an unbroken line of Mughal emperors who had ruled India for over a century. And although his name is now inextricably linked
 to love, Shah Jahan was as ruthless as any of his ancestors, dispatching four of his brothers before seizing the throne in 1628.
<br />
<br />
For 350 years, Agra was the main capital of the Mughal Empire, and it was here by the banks of the Yamuna River that Shah Jahan ordered Mumtaz's mausoleum to be built. Many of the facts about the building of the Taj have been lost, and much of what remains
 is a wealth of far-fetched theories and legends. We cannot even be certain about the name of the architect. Some believe the Taj was designed by the Turk Ustad Isa, while others claim it was Ahmad, a Persian engineer who'd been involved with several of the
 emperor's earlier works. </p>
<p>But although we know nothing of the architect, we know much more of the artisans who worked on the Taj. Ismail Afandi, from Turkey, designed the dome, which is a masterpiece in itself, bulging out slightly before it tapers back in, so that all its load is
 transferred directly downward. Qazim Khan, from Lahore, in what is now Pakistan, made the solid gold finial that would top the dome. And the calligrapher Amanat Khan, from Shiraz -- in modern-day Iran -- was in charge of all the Arabic lettering that was cut
 into the white marble. There is a charming etching of his signature at the base of the interior dome: "Written by the insignificant being, Amanat Khan Shirazi."
<br />
<br />
Some 20,000 workers took 20 years to build the Taj. At first, it was just a job of brute force, moving thousands of white marble blocks a distance of 120 miles. But after the main building had been completed, the most lavish detail was added. Jade and crystal
 were shipped in from China, lapis lazuli from Afghanistan. And coral and mother-of-pearl were garnered from the Indian Ocean. The tomb itself had gold lamps and a door of solid jasper, and was guarded by gates of silver. Sadly, the Taj was long ago plundered
 of its loot, and all that remains in the crypt are the ornate marble tombs of Shah Jahan and his Mumtaz.
</p>
<p>Shah Jahan was said to have been so delighted with the end result that he had the architect beheaded, the better to ensure that no other building would ever rival the Taj. Even to this day, the emperor's wish would appear to have come true.
<br />
<br />
But we can only imagine what the Taj might look like if Shah Jahan's dream had been completed to the full. For later on in his life, he planned to build a black Taj for himself on the other side of the Yamuna. It was to have been every bit as magnificent as
 the white Taj, and the two were to have been connected with a bridge of solid silver.
<br />
<br />
In true Mughal style, however, Shah Jahan was deposed by his son Aurangzeb, who had far better things to do than complete his father's tomb. Shah Jahan spent his last eight years imprisoned in the nearby Agra Fort, from where he would daily gaze at his life's
 work. <br />
<br />
Sometimes though, if the light is right, you can squint at the Taj and see the spectre of its black twin on the other side of the Yamuna -- and it is then that you truly marvel not just at the Taj, but at the wonder of what might have been.
</p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>31/12/2011 15:51:14</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/16257/It+Never+Disappoints+The+Taj+Mahal+has+the+sort+of+majestic+beauty+that+catches+you+unawares</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">16257</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>16258</publicationdataID>
      <title>The President's Passage to India</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p><em>Why Bush's upcoming foreign trip is such a welcome departure</em><br />
<br />
For an Administration beset by troubles, from the war in Iraq and the Medicare drug benefit confusion to, most recently, the controversial ports management deal with the United Arab Emirates, India represents something of a bright spot. While the Iraq War has
 caused notable strains between the U.S. and many of its Western allies, the two formidable countries have actually grown closer in recent years — the product of increased trade, a joint struggle against Islamic-based terrorists and a commitment to common democratic
 values. "The trip will underscore the very dramatic strides that have taken place in the relationship," says Robert Hathaway, an India scholar at the Woodrow Wilson International Center for Scholars in Washington, D.C.<br />
<br />
So it's probably safe to say that a President who hasn't always loved to travel abroad is very much looking forward to his latest getaway. When the President jets off to India (as well as Pakistan) next week, it will be his first visit to the region and the
 first by a Republican president in 35 years, since Richard Nixon traveled there. (President Clinton visited India in 2000, the first president to travel there since Jimmy Carter.)
<br />
<br />
The President’s three days there, which will include a visit to the high-tech industries in Hyderabad, will play up the recent goodwill. Indeed, since 1947, when India won its independence from Great Britain, relations between the United States and world’s
 most populopus democracy have often been rocky. India enjoyed close relations with the Soviet Union during most of the Cold War, while the U.S. often sided with its bitter neighbor Pakistan. India's nuclear program — the country detonated its first atomic
 weapon in 1974 — also made for tension over the years. </p>
<p>Bush and Indian Prime Minister Manmohan Singh will tackle many issues at the summit, including tsunami relief, supporting the Afghan government, Iran's nuclear ambitions, returning democracy to Nepal, and containing avian flu. But one of the most crucial
 items on the agenda is the two nations' impending Nuclear Agreement. Last July, Singh and Bush agreed on the broad outlines of a nuclear deal that would require India to separate its military and civilian nuclear programs. In exchange the U.S. would share
 nuclear technology with India, whose population now exceeds one billion and whose energy demand has been voracious.</p>
<p>Closing the deal is not guaranteed. U.S. and Indian negotiators have been at it in recent days and Undersecretary Of State Nicholas Burns arrives in the region this week to help put the agreement to bed. Among the sticking points are the proportion of its
 nuclear program that will be opened to international inspection. "I'll continue to encourage India to produce a credible, transparent and defensible plan to separate its civilian and military programs," Mr. Bush said in an appearance at a meeting of the Asia
 Society in Washington, D.C., on Wednesday. <br />
<br />
Even if U.S. and Indian negotiators get to a deal, selling it to the U.S. Congress and to India’s parliament won’t be simple. Many in the U.S. fear that the agreement undermines the Nuclear Non-Proliferation Treaty, which India has not signed. And in India,
 where the nuclear program is a deep source of national pride and the ultimate defense against nuclear neighbor Pakistan, there is considerable unease about international inspectors scrutinizing India’s prized program.
<br />
<br />
Still with both administrations committed to the deal, it’s likely to go through — if not on this trip then at some point. Right now India gets only 3 percent of its energy from nuclear power, and it hopes that figure will rise to as much as 25 percent by 2050
 — both to reduce its energy imports and to limit the use of its own coal supplies, which are highly polluting. The U.S. wants to be part of India’s nuclear growth and to see it take place under international oversight.
</p>
<p>Not surprisingly, the U.S. also wants to be part of India's economic growth. In his address to the Asia Society, Bush made it a point to note that while many Americans fear outsourcing of their jobs to India, the Indians have developed a taste for American
 goods. "Younger Indians are acquiring a taste for pizzas from Domino’s and Pizza Hut. And Air India ordered 68 planes valued at more than $11 billion from Boeing, the single largest commercial airplane order in India’s civilian aviation history. Today India’s
 consumers associate American brands with quality and value." <br />
<br />
One major issue that is not likely to get much attention is India’s decades-old conflict with Pakistan over the Indian province of Kashmir. In Washington this week, India’s Ambassador to the United States, Ronen Sen, repeated the country’s longstanding position
 that it doesn’t want third-party intervention in its dispute with Pakistan over the province.
<br />
<br />
As with much of president Bush’s diplomacy, there will be personal touches. Bush and Singh got along well at their July meeting in Washington last year. A senior aide to Bush says the President admires how Singh, a former economist trained at Great Britain’s
 Cambridge University, is committed to cutting tariffs and economic liberalization. Aides also say that while Bush has not visited India, he regards it in some ways as his father did when he was U.S. envoy to China in the 1970s — a country with vast potential
 that is just beginning to come into its own. Says the aide: "He’s very excited about this trip. He knows how important it is." And, he might add given the current circumstances in Washington, how welcome it is.
</p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>31/12/2011 15:53:10</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/16258/The+Presidents+Passage+to+India</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">16258</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>16260</publicationdataID>
      <title>The pursuit of global appeal</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p>Bakul Dholakia looks like a gentle professor, but once he starts talking it becomes clear that this scholar of economics probably conducts a severe tutorial. His steeliness, accentuated by a slightly shrill voice, has become familiar in the battleground
 of Indian higher education, where he is a hero of the country's elite, state-owned business schools.<br />
<br />
That status was enhanced this month when Mr Dholakia - director of the Indian Institute of Management in Ahmedabad in Gujarat, considered by many to be the best of six such centres that produce India's managerial aristocrats - helped persuade the government
 to reverse its earlier opposition and allow IIMs to open campuses overseas. <br />
<br />
"If you want to be the best in the world, you have to be able to compete with the best in the world," he says.
<br />
<br />
For Mr Dholakia, the potential face-off with government - two years ago IIMs emerged on top after a bruising showdown with the government over fees, with the IIMs arguing that entry rules must not be lowered to satisfy government political aims - boils down
 to an issue about the schools' effective autonomy. </p>
<p>Like the equally revered Indian Institutes of Technology, the IIMs are rare examples of independently minded, but government-owned, centres of excellence. When he accepted the job in October 2003 after a career as a member of the IIM-A faculty, Mr Dholakia
 was not only determined to uphold the tradition of autonomy, he also wanted to add "thrust" to IIM-A's vague notions of becoming a globally respected school.
<br />
<br />
Opening a campus overseas would lend weight to the strategic vision, although he admits that, "for now, our plate is full".
<br />
<br />
His current preoccupation, since he took office, is to strengthen IIM-A so that it stands among the world's top 10 business schools within the next five years. There it would mix with Harvard Business School, which helped to set up IIM-A in 1961 and where IIM
 alumni now teach. <br />
<br />
Mr Dholakia has laid down two broad benchmarks to judge his progress: the intellectual rigor of an IIM-A education and its global appeal. One should lead to the other, he says.
<br />
<br />
The first is acknowledged. In the first year of IIM-A's two-year MBA programme, students and faculty spend 700 hours together in a learning situation, compared with 650-700 hours over two years at a US school.
</p>
<p>Some 150,000 people apply for the 250 places on the MBA. The successful applicants emerge from an Indian college system that is patchy in general but which emphasises "initiative-taking and learning on your own", says Mr Dholakia. As evidence of "our intellectual
 horsepower", he points out that "80 per cent of [IIM-A] students on an overseas exchange are in the top quartile of the host school, while 80 per cent of those who come here are in the bottom of our class".<br />
<br />
Mr Dholakia's second measure of success is his strategy for the globalisation of IIM-A.
<br />
<br />
The bottom line for internationally ambitious schools is gaining foreign students for full-time residential courses. But, as he admits, "my hands are tied".
<br />
<br />
His priority is to meet domestic needs, not easy given the extraordinary demand. Yet even if more overseas students applied, IIM-A would admit only those whose Graduate Management Admission Test scores matched the exceptionally high marks of domestic candidates
 in their own common admission tests. <br />
<br />
"This means we'd only be able to take foreign students with a GMAT score of 700. That score opens the doors of Harvard, Wharton and Stanford so why should they come here?" asks Mr Dholakia. "The challenge is to build IIM-A's global brand. That has to happen
 for us to appear on foreign students' applications." </p>
<p>Although that may still be some way off, Mr Dholakia points out that IIM-A receives 100 such applications a year, mostly from expatriate Indians, with "a decent 25 per cent with a GMAT of 750".
<br />
<br />
Under the circumstances, Mr Dholakia is using short-term tools to integrate the school globally. He now has exchange programmes with 37 overseas schools, and the job placements with companies overseas have risen with IIM-A's stock. UBS, the Swiss bank, and
 Singaporean private equity fund Temasek joined a host of international companies at the most recent frenzied recruitment of talent at IIM-A.
<br />
<br />
Finally a faculty exchange scheme is being developed to attract alumni and academics who would otherwise remain beyond IIM-A's budget. Low, government-set salaries are a factor in IIM-A's failure to attract faculty for primary research that would in turn strengthen
 the Institute's academic excellence on another benchmark. <br />
<br />
"I am forced to work on the closest substitute to having foreign students actually on campus here as full-time MBAs - and the impact [of exchange programmes] has been immense in exposing our students to a multicultural environment," says Mr Dholakia.
<br />
<br />
His long-term strategy is to develop executive education programmes and, in April, IIM-A will unveil an ambitious attempt to expand its portfolio by launching a long-planned, one-year MBA. Much faith and effort has been invested in it, adds Mr Dholakia.
</p>
<p>One-year MBA programmes are rare in India. The privately funded Indian School of Business in Hyderabad launched a one-year MBA in 2000 and is slowing winning acceptance.
<br />
<br />
IIM-A's one-year MBA is partly a response to ISB but, more importantly, it is an attempt to plant itself in the hottest area of executive education. With global demand for traditional two-year MBAs showing signs of turning the corner after four years of weak
 demand, IIM-A believes it can benefit from such market conditions by providing a cost-effective and high quality product.
<br />
<br />
IIM-A's MBA programme was designed working closely with businesses and includes a five-week "international immersion" working with big employers overseas. Its $18,000 (£10,000) cost includes most living expenses on a stylish Rs75m (£1m) extension of the original
 Louis Kahn-designed campus. The equivalent MBA at Insead in Europe would cost about $100,000.
<br />
<br />
Mr Dholakia says the profile of the first batch of 65 acceptances, which includes only four people with no Indian connection, places IIM-A in a global elite. The average age is 31, with nine years' work experience and a GMAT score of 700.
<br />
<br />
Such a profile explains why Mr Dholakia believes the programme will "be the vehicle for attracting full-time students to IIM-A".<br />
<br />
In contrast, 90 per cent of entrants to IIM-A's two-year MBA are either straight from university or have one to two years' work experience.
</p>
<p>Nor is Mr. Dholakia confining his activity to India. After this month's government go-ahead, he admits the "next new thing will be to establish a campus abroad for management education", which could be non-degree, short-duration courses of the type IIM-A
 organised in Egypt, Thailand and China last year, as well as conventional tuition.
<br />
<br />
Duke University in North Carolina has emerged as a potential partner for joint executive programmes in the US, "which would be a huge step for our brand".
<br />
<br />
Mr. Dholakia is also in discussion with long-time partner Essec Business School in Paris, with which the Indian school will launch a double degree this year, about a possible role in the French institute's new Essec Asian campus in Singapore.
<br />
<br />
The possible collaboration could prepare IIM-A for an independent foray, which Mr Dholakia admits will come about but is "two years away". After all, a joint effort that shares the glory is unlikely to satisfy Mr Dholakia and his fiercely upwardly-mobile IIM-A.
</p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>31/12/2011 15:55:47</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/16260/The+pursuit+of+global+appeal</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">16260</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>16262</publicationdataID>
      <title>Indian job market appeals to MBAs</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p>Omar Maldonado from the Dominican Republic is studying for an MBA at Stern School of Business at New York University. He believes his payback will be in India. "I want to come back in an entrepreneurial role," says Mr Maldonado, who is spending a semester
 at IIM-A.<br />
<br />
"Legal covenants and social business networks are complex but if I comprehend them, I see it as an asset - companies coming here are looking for such skills," he says.
<br />
<br />
Mr Maldonado is one of an increasing number of non-Indian overseas students from North America and the UK who see India as the destination for their first post-MBA job.
<br />
<br />
"These young people now regard India as part of the global labour market for their particular skills, and that is a big change from a few years back," says Garth Saloner, a professor at Stanford Graduate School of Business. Prof Saloner brought a team of Stanford
 students to Mumbai and Delhi in January. They bumped into large teams of MBAs from Harvard and Wharton, also meeting businesses leaders (and potential employers).
<br />
<br />
The interest in India as a job market was illustrated at Harvard Business School when the school's annual "trek" - a visit to an overseas country; in this instance, India - was advertised.
</p>
<p>"Our registration closed in 55 seconds. That's the strength of interest, and it came from non-Indians - about 15 nationalities are represented," says Harvard MBA student Nishant Sharma, one of the organisers.
<br />
<br />
Neither is the interest directed purely at the corporate world. <br />
<br />
London-born Adrian Li, a banker at JP Morgan before heading for a social enterprise fund and then Stanford, says one reason why he chose to visit India "was to take lessons to China".
<br />
<br />
"There are many parallels but also different levels of development. Take microfinance, which in India alleviates poverty more effectively [than in China]."
<br />
<br />
Mr Maldonado had his first taste of India when he was approached by Copal Partners, a financial outsourcing company looking for professionals in the US keen to work in India. A brief visit to India persuaded him to forgo a Spanish host school for his overseas
 semester in favour of IIM-A. </p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>31/12/2011 15:57:35</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/16262/Indian+job+market+appeals+to+MBAs</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">16262</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>16263</publicationdataID>
      <title>India, poor still, shows confidence of an emerging power; Economic changes fuel hope</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p>NEW DELHI -- Like many of his countrymen, Gurcharan Das, an author and former CEO of Procter &amp; Gamble in India, has been thinking a lot these days about India's new place in the world -- that of a rising power.<br />
<br />
''China's success is the result of an amazing technocratic state that decided to become prosperous," he said as he and his yellow Labrador, Tashi, walked past a row of beggars into Lodi Garden, a green oasis in the middle of this congested city. ''Here in India,
 in a democracy, people are behind our success, almost despite the state. We are doing it in an Indian way -- chaotic, everyone wanting to have a say, but getting it done."
<br />
<br />
He laughed in the day's last light as he passed rose-tinged stone forts and temples worn smooth by rain, wind, and sun for more than 500 years. Then he stopped and said, ''Many will say we've waited 3,000 years for this moment."
<br />
<br />
With a storied ancestry that includes the Indus Valley culture -- which, beginning 4,500 years ago, rivaled all other civilizations for more than a millennium -- India, say economists and international observers, is emerging from the world's shadows to become
 a global player in trade, technology, and political influence. <br />
<br />
One of the most striking changes in India observed during three weeks of travel, from Kerala in the south to this capital of 17 million people in the north, was the country's new tone: a vocabulary of confidence, a word used over and over to describe today's
 Indian psyche. </p>
<p>''India now has the confidence of a rising power. It has become part of the long-term global balance of power," said C. Raja Mohan, an analyst and editor of The Indian Express Newspapers. ''The world is going to be a very different place in the next 20 years,
 and the US, India, and China -- not Europe -- is where the action is going to be economically."
<br />
<br />
And yet, India, home to more than 1 billion people, remains beset by great poverty and great challenges. Pigs root out trash in city streets; cows wander onto highways. Power cuts occur daily even in the wealthiest neighborhoods. Sewage flows down the ancient
 alleyways of Udaipur in the western Rajasthan region; airports fall apart; and 36 percent of the population cannot read or write.
<br />
<br />
''After being here for a while, I'm reminded that India is a very poor country. It's not yet the shining India you often read about," said Stephen P. Cohen, a senior fellow at the Brookings Institution in Washington and author in 2002 of ''India: Emerging Power."
 Cohen, who just finished more than a month in residency at a think tank based in New Delhi, said he acutely felt the ''uneven growth of India, where you can buy an iPod at your local bazaar and in the Old Delhi railway station give a nickel tip to a porter
 to carry your bags, and he is so grateful." </p>
<p>The hope is that the country's economic reforms -- undertaken in 1991, more than a decade after China began its market reforms -- will annually lift millions of people out of wretched conditions. The reforms have gradually liberalized markets, encouraged
 a wider role for private enterprise, and removed regulations from many industries such as software and biotechnology. From 1951 to 1991, India's governments, strongly influenced by the Soviet economic model, had put controls over the economy, stagnating growth.
<br />
<br />
''I believe that the growth of markets is the best way to create prosperity, and that is what is happening here," Das said. ''Of course, it's not going to happen across the board, all at one go. It's going to be uneven. But our middle class -- I call them the
 'scooter class,' or those who can afford scooters -- is growing incredibly fast."
<br />
<br />
Recent figures support his measured optimism. Since 1991, India's economy has grown an average of 6 percent a year, and economists say the country is poised to stay at 7 percent to 8 percent growth for the next decade.
<br />
<br />
In 1981, India's middle class was about 8 percent of the population, or 65 million people. Today, the middle class is believed to number 25 percent of the population, or more than 250 million people. Das and others predict it could exceed 500 million people
 by the year 2020. <br />
<br />
Foreign direct investment is at $5.5 billion, up from $100 million in the early 1990s. Indian expatriates, according to one study, have sent more than $24 billion in remittances home annually in recent years, more than any other national group does.
</p>
<p>Consumer spending is skyrocketing. Annual car sales have leaped from 150,000 in 1991 to more than 1 million today. India's airline industry, which was one of the first to be deregulated in 1991, has gone from one state-owned airline to eight competing carriers.
 Passenger traffic is expected to grow by 20 percent annually over the next five years.
<br />
<br />
At the Hyderabad Central Mall, a huge sign at the entrance reads, ''Shop, Eat, Celebrate!" and one of the first stores inside is Britain's upmarket Marks &amp; Spencer. Billboards light up the night sky of the south-central Indian city of 5.5 million people, advertising
 computers, cellphones, low-cost airlines, and a hospital proclaiming that its ''cardiac care equipment compares with what we have in America!"
<br />
<br />
In Hyderabad, Bangalore, and Mumbai (formerly Bombay), in a time zone 10 1/2 hours ahead of the US East Coast, scores of call center operations open after dark, so that they can answer queries from Americans nearly half a world away. The explosion of such outsourcing
 centers can be explained by economics: Analysts estimate such services costs 40 percent less in India, largely because of lower labor costs.
</p>
<p>Some of the boom is a direct result of multinational companies making huge investments. JP Morgan Chase, the US bank, announced late last year that it would be moving 30 percent of its back office and support staff to India in the next two years, and planned
 to hire 4,500 graduates in India. Last December, Bill Gates, Microsoft Corp. chairman, said on a trip to India that his company planned to invest $1.7 billion in India over the next four years -- the highest ever investment in India's information technology
 sector to date, doubling Microsoft's workforce in the country. <br />
<br />
The proliferation of small businesses also is playing a huge role in the country's economic growth. In one high-rise building in New Delhi filled with hundreds of small start-ups, travel agent Ravneet Kler and two of his friends have built a strong business
 through word of mouth and the Internet. <br />
<br />
''I go on Yahoo chat, it's amazing," Kler said excitedly one day recently in his cramped office. ''It's instant. I go through a client's trip step by step, getting feedback and approval. It means I can compete with anyone, anywhere in the world. I'm starting
 to do a lot of Americans' trips around India, in part because of the technology."
<br />
<br />
Still, India's global advantage of having hundreds of thousands of well-educated English speakers may eventually fade because the educational system is not producing enough trained professionals to keep up with the boom, according to analysts. The concern stretches
 from hiring enough call center operators to finding top executives. ''CEOs in short supply as India booms," read a recent headline in the Times of India.
</p>
<p>But in Ahmedabad, a city of 4.5 million people in western India, Dr. Haren Joshi, 67, said the change in India goes beyond analyzing numbers. He said people's attitudes also are important, and he has noticed a marked difference lately. ''Fifteen years ago,
 if I came and gave my opinion on something, they would say: 'Who are you? We already know everything,' " said Joshi, a native of India who built his career as a doctor and an administrator in a Philadelphia hospital. ''But now, somewhat because of the Internet,
 when I go to train people I can see a hunger in their eyes. They don't feel they know it all, and this will work to their advantage."
<br />
<br />
Joshi and his wife now live eight months in Ahmedabad, running a rural hospital, and four months in Philadelphia. Sitting in the back seat of a taxi, which wove in and out of the chaotic traffic of the city, Joshi said most of the troubles of living in India
 had evaporated for those with money. <br />
<br />
Before, it could take four years to register a car; recently, he bought a Honda Civic, paid cash, and the dealer gave him the keys the same day. Before, it took a month to get an Internet connection; now, in Ahmedabad, private companies have almost immediately
 delivered three Internet lines to his home -- via broadband, cable, and dial-up.
</p>
<p>''It's better than the US!" he said of his Internet access. ''But if India wants to be a world-class power, it will need to improve infrastructure around the country and it will need to build first-class roads. That will take time."
<br />
<br />
For Das, the New Delhi-based writer and former head of Procter &amp; Gamble, it will also take time for the rest of the world to understand India. As he walked out of Lodi Garden, he said too many people have compared India with the East Asian ''tigers," and thus
 judging it as falling short of the explosive growth in the 1990s of several Asian countries. Instead, he said, India should be seen as an elephant, which has important cultural and religious significance here. In the Hindu religion, the elephant-headed deity
 Ganesh brings good luck, joy, and happiness to families. <br />
<br />
''We are the elephant of 1 billion people," Das said. ''The elephant may not be as fast as a tiger, but it is incredibly strong and it has stamina."
<br />
<br />
He laughed softly again as he walked home in the dark, past the clutch of beggars.
</p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>31/12/2011 15:59:55</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/16263/India+poor+still+shows+confidence+of+an+emerging+power+Economic+changes+fuel+hope</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">16263</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>16265</publicationdataID>
      <title>India attracts West with efficient and less expensive hospitals</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p>Dan Robertson, a real estate agent from Phoenix , Arizona has chosen the Jaslok Hospital in Mumbai for a surgical operation that would have cost him $50,000 in the USA, for which he instead paid $20,000 in India, all services and assistance included. Dan’s
 case can be considered emblematic of a new frontier in India, a new type of outsourcing: not a technological but a medical one. Till a little ago, as far as health was concerned, India played an important international role for two reasons: the clinical research
 – since pharmaceutical companies outsource their clinical research studies because of low costs and the availability of volunteers for testing new drugs; and the aggressiveness of some Indian companies producing generic drugs while challenging multinationals’
 patents. Today, the Indian Health Authorities themselves have started promoting medical tourism all over the world in order to make the country a primary destination for health seekers. Foreigners started to seek treatments in the best Indian hospitals in
 the 70s but, for a long time, they were mainly arriving from the Middle East and South-East Asia.</p>
<p>"Starting from last year”, the Director of Jaslok Hospital, Mr. R.K.Arnaud, explains, "Western patients are arriving from USA, Canada, England, Australia. And it is not just by chance. In the USA, a third of doctors bear an Indian name. Almost all the doctors
 in this hospital have studied or practiced abroad, we have state-of-art equipment and organization and this is why US health insurance companies have chosen us”. Colonel Masand, a former Army officer and now Director General of the Hospital explains: "Some
 US insurance companies offer even $5,000 cash to patients to come for treatment here and then be on holiday for a while”. There are 1,600 people employed in the hospital while patients, like on airplanes, are divided in three categories: economy, business
 and first class. Colonel Masand explains that, recently, an Indian delegation has visited London for discussions with the local national health system authorities. British patients, in fact, travel to India to get treatments for which their health system does
 not provide any financial assistance. But this is a sensitive issue. Her Majesty’s Health System sending English patients to India at public expense would mean, once again, hurting former colonialist’s pride: "It is only a question of time-Masand explains-
 because it is a win-win situation for all of us, the foreign country and the patients. We are willing to enter into agreements with public health systems in Europe wishing to cut down prices”.</p>
<p>While objecting that maybe a section of Indian public opinion would not appreciate it, the hospital manager replies: "As per statute, we are a charity organization. With the money paid by foreigners, we are able to offer 10% free-of-cost treatment to the
 needy”. Some agreements have already been signed with some foreign countries. "Patients from Oman are taken back to the Consulate, where we leave the bill”, Dr. Goswani, Head of Radiology explains. Also diagnostics attracts foreign customers. A magnetic resonance
 with latest equipment costs $120 in India, $500 in Europe and from $800 to $1000 in the USA. "Why not expecting also Italian patients in the future?” Dr. Arnaud is asking himself.</p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>31/12/2011 16:01:56</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/16265/India+attracts+West+with+efficient+and+less+expensive+hospitals</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">16265</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>16266</publicationdataID>
      <title>Companies engage Indian graduates</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p>Indian young students to help Italian companies to face new markets with suitable human resources: this is the objective of "Invest your talent in India”, an initiative promoted by the Directorate for Economic Cooperation, Ministry of Foreign Affairs involving
 universities, Confindustria and the foreign desks of Chambers of Commerce of Milan (Promos) and Turin.</p>
<p>The first lot of 50 students will be selected at the end of a road show organized by the Indo-Italian Chamber of Commerce in the universities of Mumbai, Bangalore, Chennai, and New Delhi. The winners, holding a bachelor degree equivalent to our laurea first
 level degree, will pursue university specialization courses (master, specialized laurea course and eventually also PhD) followed by a stage care of Italian companies. Fausto Giunchiglia, Director, Informatics &amp; TLC department, University of Trento, who, along
 with Milan &amp; Turin Polytechnics, Bocconi, Luiss and Scuola Superiore S.Anna di Pisa will host the winners) explains: "Those companies focusing attention on new markets need qualified managerial resources. These could be found in the market but it is much better
 if one could avail of people who have studied in Italy, who have learnt about Italian culture during a special stage of their education”. Giulio Senni, of Sparkle, company handling the international activities of Telecom Italia confirms: "India is already
 an important market with which we are exchanging high volumes of traffic. But the Country is bound to become even more important in the future. The investment we are making, by promoting training programmes of young talents from India, will allow us to rely
 on people with the suitable knowledge and know-how for consolidating relations already underway. Maybe one day the same people will make a career for themselves and will become decision makers”.</p>
<p>Among the Italian companies, which are already using specialized resources from India and have expressed their interest in the initiative, we may mention ST Microelectronics (they run an important R&amp;D complex near Delhi with more than 1650 employees) and
 Banca Sella (already present in Chennai through a subsidiary, Sinergy India, employing 130 people). Some emerging Italian hi-tech companies will also host the students like Eurotech, a recently listed Udine-based company engaged in nano-PCs, and ARS Logica,
 a research company linked to Trento University specialized in network systems.</p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>31/12/2011 16:03:53</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/16266/Companies+engage+Indian+graduates</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">16266</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>16272</publicationdataID>
      <title>Selling India Inc. at Davos</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p><em>The country's top ministers and policymakers made many lucrative contacts among the foreign power brokers on hand at the global economic conference</em><br />
<br />
At Davos on Thursday night, the high and mighty had a choice of events: a speech by U.N. Secretary General Kofi Annan or the popular annual jazz dinner. Not bad. But about 700 participants at this year's World Economic Forum gabfest opted for another venue
 at the Central Sporthotel in Davos Platz. The event? India's Republic Day celebration cocktail.
<br />
<br />
There they were, the important and influential from former U.S. Presidential candidate John Kerry to PC master Michael Dell to the chief executives of Citicorp (C ) and UBS (UBS ). Panitchpakdi Supachai, the former World Trade Organization chief, was amazed.
 "Just five years ago, the India reception attracted 50, maybe 60 people. But look at it now! India is doing so well now, it doesn't need our help any more."
<br />
<br />
DISCO TO BREAKFAST. Indeed, India has been helping itself quite effectively at Davos this year. Sessions on the country were filled to overflowing, from the "Emergence of India" and "New Energy for India's Reforms" to the session on India's and China's oil
 and gas needs and the discussion on Indo-U.S. relations. So were the social events, like the Republic Day celebration and the disco night at the Copacabana club on Jan. 27, where 300 lingered until 4 a.m. to hear Indian DJ Aqueel play Hindi pop.
</p>
<p>The last day of the conference began with a packed breakfast at the Hotel Belvedere where India's top ministers and bureaucrats talked about the importance of foreign direct investment and ended with a rocking Bollywood gala soiree.
<br />
<br />
That's only the official Davos program. More important was what happened on the sidelines. In a shrewd move to build bilateral ties with countries that matter to India, like Japan, the U.S., and Brazil, India's ministers went to work as salesmen, meeting top
 businessmen and officials and extracting promises of investment, particularly in infrastructure -- the first time Indians have focused on what investors regard as the biggest hurdle to foreigners coming to India.
<br />
<br />
"STORY OF THE PAST." Commerce Minister Kamal Nath met with his American trade counterparts like Deputy Secretary of State Robert Zoellick and U.S. Trade Represntative Rob Portman. Nath's meeting with Michael Dell resulted in a coup: In the next two months,
 Dell will begin building a large PC manufacturing facility in India -- the country's first by a multinational. Nath's job, he says, is to explain to the world about the "10 paradigm shifts taking place simultaneously in India. Outsourcing is a story of the
 past. We now want people to see India as a manufacturing base, as the youngest nation with fortunate future demographics."
<br />
<br />
Finance Minister P. Chidambaram scored a key success by luring Japanese business to India -- a commercial alliance of great importance to Tokyo, because of Japan's growing fears and suspicion of China. On Jan. 26, Chidambaram hosted eight Japanese businessmen,
 including the chairmen of Toshiba, Nomura Securities, and Sumitomo. Also present was the chief of Japan's external trade organization and a young member of the Japanese parliament.
</p>
<p>The result? A promise by Japanese companies to look anew at India's power sector and a commitment to conduct a study on investing in the new dedicated rail-freight corridor connecting Bombay, Delhi, and Calcutta. "We will build our infrastructure with Japanese
 help," said Chidambaram. <br />
<br />
VISIBILITY AND ALLURE. Other officials were hard at work, too. Montek Singh Ahluwalia, the senior-most policymaker in India's government, wined and dined informally with policymakers and bankers, like the head of JP Morgan Chase (JPM ), while Ministers Oomen
 Chandy of Kerala and Vasudra Raje of Rajasthan met with investors from the technology, tourism, and education sectors.
<br />
<br />
Indian businessmen, of course, have been using Davos to network with their peers and customers for years. This year, however, India's visibility has given them more allure. Chief executives like Yogi Deveshwar of agro conglomerate ITC, Nandan Nilekani of Infosys
 (INFY ), and Ajay Piramal of pharma major Nicholas Piramal slept less than four hours a night, packing in over a dozen side meetings along with their obligatory session appearances at the conference. If the payoff comes in a burst of foreign investment, it
 will be well worth the sleep deprivation. </p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>31/12/2011 16:12:29</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/16272/Selling+India+Inc+at+Davos</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">16272</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>16274</publicationdataID>
      <title>In India-China Race My Money Is on India</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p>If you want to shock an audience of businesspeople, make this argument: Twenty years from now, India's rise will be more impressive than China's.<br />
<br />
Talk about making social blunder in a crowded room. The conventional wisdom is that efficient and rigidly controlled China will leave unsteady, plodding India in the dust. That certainly was the buzz at last week's World Economic Forum in Davos, Switzerland.
<br />
<br />
Two decades from now, a very different outcome may befall Asia's two nascent superpowers -- one that investors should consider carefully.
<br />
<br />
For an indication why, check out downtown Chennai. The southern city of 4.2 million is India's fourth largest and, like Mumbai and New Delhi, it's experiencing a retailing boom.
<br />
<br />
Chennai's proliferating malls are abuzz with fashionably dressed 20-somethings showing off their growing affluence. They're sipping pricey espressos, buying Italian handbags and text-messaging each other on hyper-modern cellular phones. Upscale eateries are
 popping up everywhere, as are new apartment buildings. <br />
<br />
India or China? </p>
<p>It's scenes like these that have economists such as Stephen Roach at Morgan Stanley saying, ``India is on the cusp of something big.'' As a share of gross domestic product, its burgeoning consumer sector is outpacing China, Europe and Japan. Economists are
 also noticing that India's economy is looking less like those in East Asia and more like those in the West.
<br />
<br />
True, even the most superficial look at Asia's second- and fourth-biggest economies -- China and India, respectively -- argues in China's favor. Its world-class infrastructure, glistening skyscrapers, massive supply of cheap labor and ability to direct huge
 resources anywhere they're needed make it the world's version of a limber hare. <br />
<br />
India is Asia's tortoise, plodding along as China races off with a leading chunk of the world's direct foreign investment. Its infrastructure is an embarrassment, its bureaucracy a major economic headwind and its crushing poverty a reminder of challenges facing
 the world's second-most populous nation. <br />
<br />
Ground-Up India<br />
<br />
Here, the Aesop fable about the tortoise and the hare may offer some insight. In it, the hare, the clear favorite in the race, shoots ahead only to lose steam before the finish line. The less athletic, but steadily progressing tortoise wins in the end.
<br />
<br />
For all its warts, India boasts a level of ground-up entrepreneurship China's top-down model can't match. It's created world-class, globally competitive companies and a real stock market, unlike the financial casinos that pass for equity bourses in China. India
 also has a liquid bond market and its banking system isn't bogged down by bad loans.
</p>
<p>Education policies, an ever-increasing pool of English speakers, demographic trends and political stability also are strengths. Democracy can be an inefficient, messy process and nowhere is that truer than in India. Yet it is civil society, a free press
 and accountable government that offer stability. China's transition from a command economy to capitalism poses many risks, including social instability.
<br />
<br />
Top-Down China <br />
<br />
China's economy is an exciting one and the potential is huge. So seduced are investors and executives by what could go right in China, they often forget all that could go wrong, too.
<br />
<br />
Also lost in the debate are the increasing ways in which Asia's two giants complement each other. As Microsoft Corp. Chairman Bill Gates said in India last month: ``People ask me, `What about India versus China?'; but I ask them `What about India plus China?'''
 It's being called ``Chindia.'' <br />
<br />
Even so, here are three reasons to wonder if China has the stuff to remain ahead of India by the year 2026.
<br />
<br />
The first is entrepreneurship. For all the stories about China churning out millions of engineers and scientists, innovation isn't at the heart of an economy that grew 9.9 percent last year. Foreign investment and massive government spending, not ideas or start-ups
 that create jobs, drive China's boom. <br />
<br />
Piracy's Costs </p>
<p>India isn't exactly running on a single engine. Its economy is growing at an 8 percent rate with far less domestic and foreign investment than China. Simply put, it's done a more impressive job of creating a living, breathing economy. India already has fostered
 globally known and competitive companies like Infosys Technologies Ltd. and Dr. Reddy's Laboratories Ltd. China seems keener on buying brands than creating indigenous ones.
<br />
<br />
The second big issue for China is piracy. While India has its challenges, it does a far better job of protecting intellectual property rights. Piracy is often viewed only as a problem for multinational companies. The phenomenon also holds China back.
<br />
<br />
China must create technologies and products no one has thought of before. Its future as an innovative powerhouse -- and its ability to create millions of new jobs as a result -- depends on protecting the ownership of those advances. If Chinese innovators can't
 profit from their ideas because their fellow countrymen steal them, why should they bother?
<br />
<br />
India's Challenge <br />
<br />
Third, China's rise itself. Nothing has provided a more abrupt wakeup call to India than China's emergence as a global economic power, supplanting the U.K. as the world's fourth- biggest economy. That may just be the catalyst needed to shake India out of its
 lethargy and kick the economy into higher gear. <br />
<br />
For India, there is no time for complacency. It must use the window of opportunity provided by today's growth. If it can, India may prove true something else that Aesop wrote long ago: ``Men often applaud an imitation and hiss the real thing.''
</p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>31/12/2011 16:14:25</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/16274/In+IndiaChina+Race+My+Money+Is+on+India</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">16274</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>16277</publicationdataID>
      <title>India and China take spotlight in Davos</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p>The vigour of the world economy in 2005, bolstered by strong growth in India and China, has convinced many economists at the World Economic Forum in Davos that output will continue to rise healthily this year and next.
<br />
<br />
But some hardened pessimists continued to argue the economy remains dangerously dependent on heavily indebted US consumers.
<br />
<br />
The growth of India and China into leading world economic powers is one of the dominant themes of this year's conference.
<br />
<br />
As expected, Chinese data unveiled yesterday confirmed China had become the fourth-largest economy in the world, overtaking the UK and France. And yesterday some of those attending argued that China and India were outgrowing their stereotypes as simply sources
 of cheap labour for offshoring. <br />
<br />
Reflecting the predominant view of investors, Laura Tyson, dean of London Business School, said that dire warnings a year ago of a collapse in the dollar and asset prices had been proved wrong, adding that there "was a good chance of another Goldilocks year"
 (not too hot, not too cold) in 2006. <br />
<br />
Even Jim O'Neill, the Goldman Sachs chief economist who is an habitual pessimist about the dollar and the US, said: "I am in the unusual position of being quite cheerful about the world economy."
</p>
<p>Mr O'Neill cited calculations that a third of total domestic demand in the world economy over the past five years had come from the so-called BRICs countries (Brazil, Russia, India and China), above the contribution from Europe - suggesting they could take
 up the slack if American consumers cut back their spending. "The world could cope with a US slowdown better than at any time over the past decade," Mr O'Neill said.
<br />
<br />
Stephen Roach, chief economist of Morgan Stanley and perennial pessimist, said the absence of a crisis in 2005 did not solve the basic problems of overstretched US consumers. This was, he said, "the year to look out for the end of the great American spending
 binge". <br />
<br />
As for the prospects of China offsetting any weakness in the US, Mr Roach, alongside Min Zhu, of the Bank of China, worried about existing overcapacity in the Chinese economy. China was still concentrating too much on promoting exports through domestic manufacturing
 investment rather than encouraging consumer demand, he said. China saves around half its national income, much more than do comparable countries. Cheng Siwei, vice-chairman of the standing committee of China's National People's Congress, told participants
 that China's growth was on a sure footing. <br />
<br />
But he said the next five-year plan would target 8 per cent growth rather than double digit growth, and aim to tackle directly poverty and environmental challenges.
</p>
<p>He said China's spectacular savings rate was like a "tiger" and could one day prove a problem for the economy if it were not brought down. He said China's government was working to reduce it by improving the social security safety net and reforming the financial
 sector. <br />
<br />
China would "promote the concept of credit" - urging citizens not to save all today's income to buy tomorrow, but to buy some things today against future income.
<br />
<br />
One of the critical questions is whether countries such as India and China can create millions of new high-spending consumers, boosting the world economy. Aart de Geus, chief executive of the California-based technology company Synopsys, said that enlarging
 the Indian market for American and European exports should help to assuage fears about the job losses from offshoring. "If the [Indian] labour force grows without the same growth in consumption, it could be a real stress point."
<br />
<br />
Indian business representatives said the country had outgrown its reputation as simply an offshore back-office and software service centre, adding that China did not have a monopoly on manufacturing.
<br />
<br />
"IT can't employ a billion people," said Anand Mahindra, vice-chairman of the Indian automotive company Mahindra &amp; Mahindra.
<br />
<br />
India was developing technology-related manufacturing in which it could establish an advantage over China, rather than trying to compete with cheap mass production. "If you want to make Barbie dolls, don't come to India," he said.
</p>
<p>*China's banks have dealt with the problem of non-performing loans but changing the culture of the state-owned lenders' workforces will take many years, senior executives have warned, Peter Thal Larsen reports from Davos.
<br />
<br />
Min Zhu, executive assistant president of the Bank of China, one of the country's four largest banks, said: "I really think the whole issue of NPLs is over. . . . Changing people's mentality is extremely difficult. It will take us five to 10 years to change
 the culture." <br />
<br />
Executives are concerned that while banks may have dealt with historical bad debts, they have not put in sufficient controls when agreeing new loans.
</p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>31/12/2011 16:16:59</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/16277/India+and+China+take+spotlight+in+Davos</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">16277</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>16290</publicationdataID>
      <title>Onward, India</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p>Angus Maddison, a Cambridge historian, has estimated that in 1700 India and China each had a share of world income of about 23%, about the same as Europe's. By 1950, Europe's had increased to around 30%, China's had fallen to around 5%, and India's had collapsed
 to just 3.8%. This decline is now beginning to be reversed. Rapid growth -- witnessed first in China 25 years ago and more recently in India -- suggests that both countries are on the way to reclaiming their rightful places in the world economy.<br />
<br />
Between 1950 and 1980, India's economy grew just 3.5% a year on average. Growth improved considerably between 1980 and 2000, increasing to around 5.8% a year. It has accelerated further to an average of 7% a year over the past three years. Most observers agree
 that India can now sustain growth of 8% a year and perhaps even more. <br />
<br />
With our population growth slowing to around 1.5%, we can expect per capita income growth of more than 6.5%. Rapid growth, combined with redistribution, will rid our country of chronic poverty and provide productive employment for our growing labor force. This
 will not make us a rich country in 10 or even 15 years. It will, however, put us well on the way to becoming a middle-income industrial economy in the next 15 years. And even though our per capita income may be only at middle-income levels, the absolute size
 of the Indian economy will make us a much more significant world player. This is especially so because our strategy for achieving rapid growth involves making our economy more open, with a rising share of trade to gross domestic product.
</p>
<p>We recognize that our objective of growing sustainably at 8% or more every year will not occur without a great effort on our part. We will need to increase investment, upgrade technology, modernize the economy and develop high-quality infrastructure. For
 growth to be inclusive, we must pay special attention to the rural areas. We must also ensure adequate access to education and health services for the people.
<br />
<br />
Reforms implemented over the past 15 years have laid the foundation for rapid growth. Industrial policy, which in the past imposed too many restrictions on the private sector, has been completely restructured. India has a long tradition of private enterprise
 and the market-friendly environment created by recent reforms has stimulated vibrant growth. The economy is now much more open to foreign trade. Import licensing has become a thing of the past and our import tariffs have been slashed. The government proposes
 to continue reducing them until we reach the levels prevailing in East Asia. <br />
<br />
The economy is also open to foreign direct investment (FDI), which is now freely allowed up to 100% of equity in most sectors. We are particularly keen to attract FDI to upgrade technology and modernize our industry and infrastructure. The response thus far
 is satisfying. India was recently ranked as the second most important FDI destination after China. However FDI levels in China are much higher and we hope to narrow the gap. India's high-quality technology and management, familiarity with English, long-established
 commercial and legal institutions, well-run and transparently regulated financial and banking sector and our established legal system all augur well for our competitiveness in today's globalized world.
</p>
<p>One of our strengths has been a commitment to prudent fiscal and balance of payments policies. We recognize that there is some correction required in government finances. The Fiscal Responsibility and Budget Management Act commits the government to fiscal
 discipline. <br />
<br />
Our rapidly expanding and modern financial sector is a credible backbone of a growing economy. We also boast a stock market that is efficient, modern and well-regulated. The efficiency and transparency of our stock market is key to its successful operation
 and growth. We need to develop strong and deep debt markets and to strengthen institutional support for long-term finance.
<br />
<br />
The first fruits of economic reforms are already evident. Software development and information technology-enabled services are new sectors where we are highly competitive and have achieved international recognition. India has also emerged as a competitive supplier
 in several sub-sectors of traditional manufacturing, such as pharmaceuticals, textiles, auto components, and biotechnology. These successes have promoted a broad-based change in mindset, especially in the younger generation of entrepreneurs and professionals.
 Young Indians are ready to compete globally, to test their skills and sell their wares on the world market. They look to government primarily to create an enabling environment. We are committed to more reforms, especially aimed at bolstering the competitiveness
 of manufacturing. </p>
<p>The most important area where the government can help India's entrepreneurs is by addressing infrastructure deficiencies. There is no doubt that India has large gaps in physical infrastructure compared with our competitors in East Asia and even Southeast
 Asia. We need to bridge the gap in electricity generation, roads, railways, telecommunications, ports, airports, and urban mass transport if our potential is to be realized.
<br />
<br />
The investment required to close the infrastructure gap is huge -- current estimates suggest that we will have to spend $250 billion on infrastructure over the next five years, far more than the public purse can afford. We propose to supplement public resources
 by using public private partnerships (PPPs) as much as possible. The extent of private participation that is feasible will obviously vary from sector to sector. We are working on a policy framework that will allow the fullest possible exploitation of PPPs.
 Critical elements will be a regulatory structure that provides a balance between protecting consumers' interests and assuring investors that they can earn fair returns provided they deliver, and that ensures a transparent process.
<br />
<br />
We must move to a new stage of development. We must integrate into the evolving world economy. A dynamic and developed India will be an engine of growth for the region and the world. A prosperous and stable India will contribute to global peace and security
 and strengthen the cause of democracy. <br />
<br />
<em>Mr. Singh is prime minister of India. A longer version of this article appeared yesterday in the World Economic Forum's "Global Agenda" magazine.</em></p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>31/12/2011 16:59:44</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/16290/Onward+India</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">16290</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>16292</publicationdataID>
      <title>What China could learn from India’s slow and quiet rise</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p>In an article published in 2003 called "Can India overtake China?” Tarun Khanna of Harvard Business School and I argued that India’s domestic corporate sector-strengthened by the country’s rule of law, its democratic processes and relatively healthy financial
 system-was a source of substantial competitive advantage over China. At that time, the notion that India might be more competitive than China was greeted with wide derision.<br />
<br />
Two years later, India appears to have permanently broken out of its leisurely "Hindu rate of growth”- an annual gross domestic product increase of around 2 to 3 per cent – and its performance is beginning to approach the East Asian level. From April to June
 2005, India’s GDP grew at 8.1 per cent, compared with 7.6 per cent in the same period the year before. More impressively, India is achieving this result with just half of China’s level of domestic investment in new factories and equipment, and only 10 per
 cent of China’s foreign direct investment. While China’s GDP growth in the last two years remained high, in 2003 and 2004 it was investing close to 50 per cent of its GDP in domestic plant and equipment – roughly equivalent to India’s entire GDP. That is higher
 than any other country, exceeding even China’s own exalted levels in the era of central planning. The evidence is as clear as ever: China’s growth stems from massive accumulation of resources, while India’s growth comes from increasing efficiency.
</p>
<p>The microeconomic evidence also casts India in a better light. While India’s stock market has soared in recent years, the opposite has happened in China. In 2001, the Shanghai Stock Market Index reached 2200 points; by 2005, half the wealth wiped out. In
 April 2005, the Shanghai index stood at 1,135 points. This sharp deterioration occurred against a backdrop of GDP growth exceeding 9 per cent a year. It is difficult to find another country that has this strange combination of superb macroeconomic performance
 and dismal microeconomic performance. It is a matter of time before the two patterns converge.
<br />
<br />
Why, then, is India gaining strength? Economists and analysts have habitually derided India’s inability to attract FDI. This single-minded obsession with FDI is as strange as it is harmful. Academic studies have not produced convincing evidence that FDI is
 the best path to economic development compared with responsible economic policies, investment in education and sound legal and financial institutions. In fact, one can easily think of counter examples. Brazil was a darling of foreign investors in the 1960s
 but ultimately let them down. Japan, Korea and Taiwan received little FDI in the 1960s and 1970s but became among the world’s most successful economies.
<br />
<br />
An economic litmus test is not whether a country can attract a lot of FDI but whether it has a business environment that nurtures entrepreneurship, supports healthy competition and relatively free of heavy handed political intervention. In this regard, India
 has done a better hob than China. From India emerged a group of world-class companies ranging from Infosys in software, Ranbaxy in pharmaceuticals, Bajaj Auto in automobile components and Mahindra in car assembly. This did not happen by accident.
</p>
<p>Although it has many flaws, India’s financial system did not discriminate against small private companies the way the Chinese financial system did. Infosys benefited from this system. It was founded by seven entrepreneurs with few political connections who
 nevertheless managed, without significant hard assets, to obtain capital from Indian banks and the stock market in the early 1990s. It is unimaginable that a Chinese bank would lend to a Chinese equivalent of an Infosys.
<br />
<br />
With few exceptions, the world-class manufacturing facilities for which China is famous are products of FDI not of indigenous Chinese companies. Yes, "Made in China” labels are still more ubiquitous than "Made in India” ones; but what is made in China is not
 necessarily made by China. Soon, "Made in India will be synonymous with "Made by India” and Indians will not just get the wage benefits for globalization but will also keep the profits – unlike so many cases in China.
<br />
<br />
Pessimism about India has often been proved wrong. Take, for example, the view that India lacks Chinese-level infrastructure and therefore cannot compete with China. This is another "China myth” – that the country grew thanks largely to its heavy investment
 in infrastructure. This is a fundamentally flawed reading of its growth story. In the 1980s, China had poor infrastructure but turned in a superb economic performance. China built its infrastructure after – rather than before – many years of economic growth
 and accumulation of financial resources. The "China miracle” happened not because it had glittering skyscrapers and modern highways but because bold economic liberalization and institutional reforms – especially agricultural reforms in the early 1980s –created
 competition and nurtured private entrepreneurship. </p>
<p>For both China and India, there is a hidden downside in the obsession with building world-class infrastructure. As developing countries, if they invest more in infrastructure, they invest less in other things. Typically, basic education, especially in rural
 areas, falls victim to massive investment projects, which produce tangible and immediate results. China made a costly mistake in the 1990s; it created many world-class facilities, but badly under-invested in education. Chinese researchers reveal that a staggering
 percentage of rural children could not finish secondary education. India, meanwhile, has quietly but persistently improved its educational provisions, especially in the rural areas. For sustainable economic development the quality and quantity of human capital
 will matter far more than those of physical capital. India seems to have the right policy priorities and if China does not invest in rural education soon, it may lose its true competitive edge over India – a well-educated and skilled workforce that drives
 manufacturing success. <br />
<br />
Unless China embarks on bold institutional reforms, India may very well outperform it in the next 20 years. But, hopefully, the biggest beneficiary of the rise of India will be China itself. It will be forced to examine the imperfections of its own economic
 model and to abandon its sense of complacency acquired in the 1990s. China was light years ahead of India in economic liberalization in the 1980s. Today it lags behind in critical aspects, such as reform that would permit more foreign investment and domestic
 private entry in the financial sector. The time to act is now. <br />
<br />
<em>The writer, Associate Professor of International Management at MIT Sloan School of Management is author of "Selling China” (Cambridge University Press, 2003 and Chinese edition, 2005)
</em></p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>31/12/2011 17:01:38</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/16292/What+China+could+learn+from+Indias+slow+and+quiet+rise</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">16292</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>16295</publicationdataID>
      <title>The Year of New Delhi: India Grand Prix (Unofficial translation)</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p><em>Fiat, Brembo, Pininfarina, Colaninno a derby of Italian companies on the Ganga riverbanks</em><br />
<br />
Fiat, Brembo, Pininfarina: The Italian four-wheeler industry is landing on the Ganga river banks looking for not only low cost workforce but new markets. Let’s then wait for the sensational derby between Tata, Mirafiori’s ally, and Piaggio of Roberto Colaninno.
<br />
<br />
The time for the passage to India seems to have now come for Italy, once again late if compared to France and Germany. But not too late for reaping the fruits given by a land where economy is growing at a record rate: &#43;11% for the GDP in 2003, 6.4%in 2004,
 around 8.4% in 2005, and similar figures are expected for 2006. One then understands why in December Carraro, manufacturing components for agriculture machineries, inaugurated a second new plant in India, why Danieli is relying on the Indian industrial boom
 and the consequent increase of demand for iron &amp; steel after having acquired 100% of the old joint venture with Alstom. Now, along with these and the other traditional outsourcing activities like those in the textile-clothing sector (where Benetton is a leader)
 or those of Italcementi and De Longhi (the latter’s decision to direct its attention to Asian markets has been well rewarded since the company’s rating is getting stronger), also Italy’ four wheeler industry is turning its attention to India, and we are not
 talking only of Fiat. Because fresh sensational rumours are in the air: like that regarding the SMART IMMSI model to be manufactured somewhere around the Indian Ocean. But let’s get a closer look at the participants in the India Grand Prix.
</p>
<p>BREMBO: In October, 2005 Brembo and the Indian Bosch subsidiary Kalyani Brakes Ltd. Pune, established a 50/50 joint-venture company for the application engineering, production and sales of two- wheeler brakes. The joint-venture company is headquartered in
 Pune and has a turnover of 20 million Euros expected to double in the next four years. From the strategic point of view this is a step of major importance: the Italian partner will hold the industrial leadership (including licenses and technology) while Kalyani
 is contributing with its knowledge of the Indian market and the brand since Bosch has been the first company to sell this kind of brakes in India.</p>
<p>FIAT: The second move, the most important one, was made by Fiat on January 13 in New Delhi, when it signed an agreement with Tata Auto, the second largest Indian car group: from March 28, Tata car dealers will start selling Palio and Siena models already
 manufactured in the old factory in Kurla (near Mumbai). But more than the first steps, what counts is the perspective. In the September Memorandum of Understanding Fiat Ceo Marchionne had drawn the general outline of a more ambitious plan: to become the provider
 of licences, projects, technology (specially for engines) and ideas for a giant that could become the leader in the subcontinent. In other words, this is a way for growing without engaging too much capital. The first test will be made through the D200, a smaller
 model of Grande Punto, of which experts appreciate the beauty combined with the low cost, two features that usually do not come together. But the real hit will be something else. Gossips tell that Tata, along with Suzuki, is one of the companies having shown
 interest in the takeover of SMART. But also Fiat is planning to manufacture a low cost compact car, The first low cost test will be made in Turkey with the Albea car costing, without accessories, less than 10000 Euro. But the real surprise will be the mini500
 which Marchionne is personally supervising along with his close collaborator Alfredo Altavilla. " Why we do not do it together?” Fiat Ceo told Ratan Tata.</p>
<p>IMMSI: here we may have a science fiction scenario. It is in fact known to many that Daimler-Chrysler intends to give away the Smart. And it is also not a secret the fact that Colaninno could be the ideal counterpart even though he is not hurrying up especially
 because Italy is now facing a venomous electoral campaign during which people’s attention is being drawn also on the Telecom affaire (in which Colaninno is involved)
<br />
<br />
PININFARINA: the latest news: on January 14, in Mumbai the complete team of designers of Turin car industry was present: representatives of Bertone, a company already collaborating with Tata and Mahindra, representatives of Italdesign of Giorgetto Giugiaro,
 the Pininfarina top designer who held a well received lecture at the Diam (Society of Indian Automobile Manufacturers). Indians, who have always been jealous of industry having to depend on other people’s technology, are very responsive to design and engineering.
 Rumors say that Bertone is planning to set up an office in Mumbai. And in 2007 Pininfarina will gradually shift part of its basic activities regarding development of models to a country offering low-salary engineers. Let’s also not forget that Sonia Gandhi
 , Indira’s daughter-in-law, was born in Turin area, few kms away from Pininfarina’s headquarters.
</p>
<p>DUCATI: Guidi, Chairman of Ducati Energia will sign a final agreement with a major company in Pune (the name is still top secret) allowing the Italian company to become the main competitor of the Japanese. Since the acquisition by Guidalberto Guidi in 1985,
 Ducati Energia has always closed the books making a profit (5 million in 2005 on a turnover of 100 million) becoming the world leader in the manufacturing of motor starting devices for two wheelers after the Japanese and among the 2 -3 key players in the sector
 of condensers. <br />
<br />
Guidi says:<em> "We have been thinking for years to outsource part of our production chain. We are already present in Romania and in Croatia; this is now a big move for us. There already 120 people in the Indian factory. We have not chosen China because we
 think it is still a different world from ours. India offers less problems and the mentality is closer to ours. In India big two wheeler manufacturers are present: just imagine that in a year, in Europe, 1 million two wheelers are manufactured while some Indian
 groups produce 2 million. In India we may avail of a state-of- the -art technology with engines respecting anti pollution norms. We are independent manufacturers and we will partially control the Pune group. We are also taking technology to India, to conquer
 the market, re-import products and build the foundations for competing with the Japanese”.
</em></p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>31/12/2011 17:03:23</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/16295/The+Year+of+New+Delhi+India+Grand+Prix+Unofficial+translation</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">16295</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>16296</publicationdataID>
      <title>The awakening giant</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p><em>India is set to become one of the dominant global powers of the 21st century, and Britain would do well to pay it more attention, says Ed Vaizey</em>
<br />
<br />
I have recently returned from my first parliamentary trip - to India. I flew out on new year's day with 11 other Conservative MPs, and returned just before parliament resumed. Trips like this rarely get publicity - and then only for the wrong reasons. The media
 likes to refer to them as junkets. <br />
<br />
They focus on the cost, the freebies, the exotic location. They certainly refuse to believe that anything like hard work can take place outside the jurisdiction.
<br />
<br />
Just to clear that bit up, I flew world traveller plus, my wife came with me (I paid for her tickets), and the MPs had back-to-back meetings every day. Why did I want to spend the first week of the new year in India?
<br />
<br />
Simple. Nothing could be clearer than that this is the Asian century, and India will become one of the dominant global powers.
<br />
<br />
You only have to spend a week in the country to realise that it is brimming with self-confidence, something noticed in particular by my colleagues who had last visited a couple of years before.
<br />
<br />
The statistics are mind-boggling. India is the world's largest democracy. It is the second-largest country by population. And the world's second largest Muslim country.
</p>
<p>It's a nuclear power, and has the largest film industry in the world. By 2030 many even those statistics will be redundant - it will be the biggest country in the world, and its economy will rank alongside America's and China's.
<br />
<br />
Yet consider how much attention we pay to a country whose history and culture are so interwoven with our own. I doubt more than one in 10,000 people could tell you who the prime minister of India is. Or the president.
<br />
<br />
You could probably name more members of the Big Brother house than prominent contemporary Indian figures. That is no criticism of India, but a criticism of our myopic euro-centric outlook.
<br />
<br />
This is a massively squandered opportunity. India is now exporting more to us than we are exporting to India. While the Indian economy remains somewhat dirigiste, there are significant investment opportunities for the UK.
<br />
<br />
Yet we spend most of our time focused on the EU, and most of our trade negotiations with India are via the EU. As some Indian officials made clear, we have lost our cultural and historic advantage by only approaching India through the EU.
<br />
<br />
In years to come, call centres will not be the main industry for which India is well known in the UK. I suspect we will rely more and more on them for healthcare, and many Britons will start to consider retiring in India.
</p>
<p>These are the sorts of developments we should be looking at now. Just as important will be India's role on the diplomatic front. India could and should be playing a pivotal role in the west's negotiations with Iran.
<br />
<br />
The two countries have ties that span the millennia. India is a nuclear power, and should have a permanent place on the UN security council. A posting to India should be one of the most coveted in the diplomatic pantheon, on a par with Washington, and far more
 important than Paris or Berlin. We also have the opportunity to embrace India within our culture and history. It is ironic that the so-called hick president of the United States has called on his countrymen to learn Hindi.
<br />
<br />
If a British politician said the same, he would be seen as caving in to the multicultural lobby, instead of being praised for having a far-sighted vision about where our markets will be in 10 years' time.
<br />
<br />
Similarly, if he were to urge a proper place for Anglo-Indian history in the national curriculum. I was astonished that in Gordon Brown's speech on Britishness, he barely mentioned India, and then only in the context of global competition.
<br />
<br />
He could have used that speech to celebrate the legacy of empire. That has left us with a huge fund of goodwill and a shared communal culture across the globe, not least with India.
<br />
<br />
If you visit that country, you will find no embarrassment at all about Britain's role in India, simply a celebration of the legacy it has given both countries, and the enormous potential that is still to come.
</p>
<p>If anything, you will find the Indians perplexed that the British do not exploit the connection to a far greater extent than they do.
<br />
<br />
For too many Britons, India remains a country far, far away about which we know little. We had better learn fast.
<br />
<br />
The special relationship with America helped us immeasurably in the 20th century. Our special relationship with India needs to be worked on to help us in the 21st century.
</p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>31/12/2011 17:05:26</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/16296/The+awakening+giant</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">16296</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>16298</publicationdataID>
      <title>India is still on a high</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p>Risk-takers who invested in India last year enjoyed outstanding returns from unit and investment trusts that specialise in the region.
<br />
<br />
Worth celebrating: India enjoyed great returns last year <br />
<br />
JP Morgan Indian Investment Trust and Fidelity India Focus unit trust both delivered about 60 per cent growth to investors. But where do we go from here?
<br />
<br />
India still has masses of potential, according to the experts. With a population of one billion, India is home to a quarter of the world's population of under-25s. It also has the largest middle class in the world -250 million.
<br />
<br />
If you can afford to risk some capital in a highly volatile market, it may be worth considering dipping a toe in the water. While India is no longer cheap, there are still profits to be made, according to investment advisers. But which fund to choose?
<br />
<br />
Other popular India funds, such as those run by HSBC and Aberdeen, also returned more than 50 per cent to investors last year. These two have good track records over five years as well, with each trebling investors' money over three years.
<br />
<br />
Although Fidelity India Focus endured a small downturn late last year, coinciding with a change in its manager, investment advisers are still backing it for the future. The fund's stock-picking success had been largely overseen by Michael Gordon, who stepped
 down as manager in September following his promotion to chief investment officer at Fidelity.
<br />
<br />
The fund, which invests primarily in small to medium-sized companies with the potential for growth, is now managed by Sandeep Kothari. He has been with Fidelity for three years, and has worked as an analyst since 1993.
</p>
<p>Advisers say the recent downturn was due to a dip in the Asian markets - the MSCI India Index, which the fund is benchmarked against, dropped 10 per cent in October. If any illustrations of the risks that prices might fall without warning were needed, such
 setbacks provide them. Even so, independent financial advisers are not worried by the change in fund manager, however, as Arun Mehra, Mr Kothari's number two, has been involved with the fund since its launch.
<br />
<br />
Darius McDermott, managing director of the advisory discount broker Chelsea Financial Services, said: "That is the Fidelity way. They are very analyst-driven, and always promote from within, very rarely bringing in an outside fund manager. They have a massive
 pool of analysts and a good record in Asia." <br />
<br />
Mr McDermott will keep an eye on the fund to see how it fares in the next few months. For the time being, he believes investors should stay put.
<br />
<br />
Philippa Gee, of independent financial adviser Torquil Clark, said: "Fidelity has the global research capabilities to pull this off and has done so successfully with good performance to date. It could not avoid the problems that plagued the entire sector in
 the final three months of last year." Miss Gee is continuing to recommend Fidelity's fund over others in the sector.
<br />
<br />
Meera Patel, senior analyst with Hargreaves Lansdown, an independent financial adviser, said: "There is no question that Fidelity has the resources and is dedicated to run Indian equities. The fund has grown very large in a short space of time and Fidelity
 has delivered some strong performance." <br />
<br />
This fund is not for the faint of heart. It is based offshore, as are all the unit trusts that focus on India. Fidelity says this is primarily so it can be marketed in other European countries. It is possible to invest in euros, dollars or sterling.
</p>
<p>Overall, advisers are still keen on India. Miss Patel said: "Since deregulation in 1991 the Indian economy has opened up and there is a better infrastructure in place. Foreign investors have brought in $23billion over the last three years."
<br />
<br />
Always a good indicator, mobile phone sales are growing by two million per month with 54 million subscribers now, compared with 10 million in 2002. There are expected to be 250 million by 2007.
<br />
<br />
Advisers are also keen on the Indian stock market's relative maturity compared with China.
<br />
<br />
Miss Gee said: "India has benefited from foreign investment and has provided particular outsourcing services, such as call centres. My concern, particularly over the short term, is how strong this will continue to be.
<br />
<br />
"However, for those who are nervous following the recent downturn, consider reducing your exposure to such a high-risk area. The most sensible course of action would be to reduce your holding by 50 per cent."
<br />
<br />
Making monthly savings also reduces the risk of being hit by fluctuations in the market. Alternatively, it is possible to choose a broader fund that holds some Indian stocks. For investors who prefer this approach, Miss Gee recommended Aberdeen Emerging Markets,
 which holds around 14 per cent in India. </p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>31/12/2011 17:07:40</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/16298/India+is+still+on+a+high</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">16298</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>16301</publicationdataID>
      <title>Subcontinental Drift; More Westerners are beefing up their résumés with a stint in India</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p>After a year answering phones for Swiss International Air Lines Ltd. in a Geneva call center, Myriam Vock was eager to see something of the world. So she packed her bags and hopped a plane to India. Two and a half years later she's still there, sharing a
 five-bedroom apartment in an upscale New Delhi suburb with four other foreigners.<br />
<br />
And how does she pay the bills? She works in a call center, getting paid a fraction of what she did back home. "I'm not earning much, but there is enough to live well and travel," says Vock, 21, who answers queries from French-speaking callers for Tecnovate
 eSolutions, a Delhi arm of London-based online travel agency eBookers PLC. "I don't pay taxes here, and life is so much cheaper," she says. For fun, she and her roommates take in a Bollywood flick a couple of times a week and cook at home or order in pizza
 when they tire of spicier Indian fare. She has already visited exotic spots such as the spiritual haven Hrishikesh in northern India and is now charting itineraries for the next year or so.
<br />
<br />
TO LIVE AND DIAL IN BOMBAY<br />
<br />
Worried about your job fleeing to India? One strategy is to chase it -- an option a growing number of twentysomething Westerners are choosing. Sure, the trend will never make up for the thousands of positions lost back home, but for adventurous young people,
 a spell in a call center in Bangalore or Bombay can help defray the costs of a grand tour of the subcontinent and beyond.
</p>
<p>Of course, firangis -- or foreigners -- have always been part of the Indian outsourcing scene. But until recently, they were mostly highly paid experts from companies that were sending their work abroad, helping the new Indian team learn the processes.
<br />
<br />
Those folks are still coming to India, but they're being joined by less-experienced people who make little more than the rock-bottom wages paid to locals that are a key draw for multinationals. They typically earn about $350 a month and work the phones for
 six months to a year before chilling on the beaches of Goa, trekking in the Himalayas, or visiting the palaces of Rajasthan. They often get their airfare to India paid by their new employer, live for free in a company flat with other foreigners, and receive
 free transportation to the office. "It's a win-win situation," says Sreeram Iyer, chief executive of Scope International, the Chennai-based human resources and software development outsourcing operation of Standard Chartered Bank. "We're not looking for tenure
 at all," he says. <br />
<br />
Despite India's seemingly limitless pool of workers, these foreigners make up for talent shortages faced by the outsourcing industry. Even as call centers are the first job choice for millions of young Indians, employers are getting choosier about the people
 they hire, and it's tough to train Indians to speak the kind of colloquial English, French, Spanish, German, or Dutch that customers want. Although no one knows for sure how many young foreigners are answering phones in India, some 30,000 expats today work
 for Indian tech and outsourcing companies, about triple the number two years ago, says the National Association of Software &amp; Services Companies, the industry trade association.
</p>
<p>And that's just the start. The country's outsourcers will need some 160,000 workers with top-notch foreign-language skills by 2010, estimates Evalueserve, a Delhi-based company that provides research services to corporate clients worldwide. But in the next
 five years, Indian schools will only produce 40,000 or so grads with the proficiency needed for those jobs. Evalueserve expects foreigners to make up the difference.
<br />
<br />
Evalueserve is helping to kick-start the trend. It employs 40 foreigners on a staff of 900 serving clients in 65 countries, and plans to add another 150 firangis this year. "It is important to have cultural contact and language skills to enhance our offerings,"
 says CEO Ashish Gupta. As an affiliate of eBookers -- which serves clients from across Europe -- Tecnovate is also leading the way. More than half its workers, 40 out of 70, are Europeans. Next year the company wants to add another dozen or so. And Pune-based
 outsourcer GTL Ltd. hired a London employment agency to recruit 11 young people when it won a contract to provide customer service for a British company. "It helped us to benchmark our people doing the same job," says GTL's human resources chief, Anand Desai.
<br />
<br />
The trend is also being fueled by the changing customer base of India's outsourcing shops. Traditionally, they focused on serving companies with customers in the U.S. and Britain. But now they're looking to boost their business from Europe. In 2004, 64% of
 all outsourcing contracts came from the U.S. and Britain. Just 29% came from the rest of Europe, but that number could jump to 40% within five years, Nasscom says.
</p>
<p>Some companies are getting creative to keep the pipeline filled with new recruits. Obtaining work visas for foreigners in India requires hours of standing in line for permits. And visas are only given for a year, so anyone wanting to stay longer has to repeat
 the process. To get around those hassles, eBookers hires recruits in Europe and then transfers them to India. While it takes a week or two in Europe to process a visa, getting a work permit on the ground in India takes three or four months.
<br />
<br />
"REVERSE BRAIN DRAIN" <br />
<br />
There's even a new group of service providers to help supply India's outsourcers with hires from overseas. In October, 2004, Tim Bond -- a 32-year-old consultant to offshoring companies in Britain -- set up Launch Offshore, a London recruitment firm that caters
 to Indian call centers. He has found jobs for 100 workers, and this year expects to place 200 more. Headhunters India, a leading tech staffing company, says it gets about 300 unsolicited foreign résumés every month, and has found jobs for about 100 expats
 in the past two years. "Call it reverse brain drain," says Managing Director Kris Lakshmikanth. At Team Lease Ltd., India's largest temp agency, résumés pour in from Africa, Japan, Poland, and Latin America. Although many are from travelers looking for quick
 cash while visiting India, Team Lease has placed some recruits with the likes of IBM () and Dell ().
</p>
<p>The workers don't come only for adventure. Many have had trouble getting jobs in their native land. Nine months ago, Kenny Rooney, a 28-year-old Scotsman, moved to India to answer phones for GTL in Pune, and quickly advanced to become a trainer and team
 leader. "India provided me a growth opportunity that wasn't there back home," he says.
<br />
<br />
More important, time spent answering phones in India can also work wonders on résumés. Kati Koivukangas, for instance, was working at a travel agency in her native Finland when she heard that an outsourcing company in New Delhi was hiring. Koivukangas, a 28-year-old
 graduate in tourism and hotel management from University of Helsinki, jumped at the chance and has been in India for more than two years. She has worked her way up the ladder, now overseeing a dozen other Finns who answer calls. "I'll hang on for another six
 months and then make a call on what to do," she says. "Not only do I get to see the country, but the Indian experience looks good on my CV."
</p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>31/12/2011 17:09:30</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/16301/Subcontinental+Drift+More+Westerners+are+beefing+up+their+rsums+with+a+stint+in+India</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">16301</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>16303</publicationdataID>
      <title>Feature: Trade mission follows the superhighway to Indian riches</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p><strong>Technology firms are leading the way, but Irish builders can also see profits on the subcontinent, writes Joe Brennan
</strong><br />
<br />
WHEN Anil Nanda came to Dublin recently, he cheered a select audience with tales of 150% returns to be made on the subcontinent.
<br />
<br />
In the past three years, his real estate projects in Bangalore, the IT capital of India, have delivered annual returns of between 70% and 150%.
<br />
<br />
Nanda is no property agent, however. He is the chairman, managing director and 30% shareholder in Goetze India, a publicly quoted auto parts manufacturer with a market capitalisation of about $160m (€134m). And he is mindful of not overselling his proposition.
<br />
<br />
"The returns on new developments are no longer as attractive now in Bangalore. They would be in the region of 30% to 40%,” he said, adding that he has set his sights on the northern province of Punjab.
<br />
<br />
Through Akme Projects, a property development firm he set up in June 2004, he is offering joint venture partnerships to Irish investors.
<br />
<br />
Nanda’s roadshow could hardly have been better timed. Bertie Ahern, the taoiseach, sets off with three ministers and about 150 other delegates on a six-day trade mission to India in the middle of this month. There, he will announce the opening of Enterprise
 Ireland’s 34th foreign office, in Mumbai. <br />
<br />
With an economy growing at 7%-8% per year, India represents big potential for Irish business. "India is important,” Ahern said. "India can access the European market through us and it makes huge sense to say India can collaborate with us in different markets.”
<br />
<br />
About 90 people on the mission will be from the traded sectors, with joint venture partnership deals expected to be unveiled between Irish and Indian firms in information and communications technology. Some Irish firms are also expected to sign subcontract
 manufacturing deals. </p>
<p>The Irish delegation will be setting off on a path that has been well trodden by some of the world’s biggest firms.
<br />
<br />
Bill Gates unveiled plans last month for Microsoft to invest $1.7 billion in India. Intel and Cisco Systems have each pledged $1 billion in investments and Vodafone has stumped up $1.4 billion for a 10% stake in Bharti, India’s largest wireless operator, over
 the past few months. <br />
<br />
It didn’t take Sir Tony O’Reilly long to note the attractions of India. In 2004, his Independent News &amp; Media (INM) paid €25.5m for a 26% stake in the Indian publisher Jagran Prakashan. INM is not expected to be a seller of shares when the group floats early
 next year. <br />
<br />
Aidan Heavey, the chairman of Tullow Oil, and Tom Hickey, the finance director, have looked to the subcontinent too. Both are shareholders in Great Eastern Energy, the $240m Indian gas exploration and production company floated on London’s Alternative Investment
 Market before Christmas. <br />
<br />
So far, most of the investment interest has been from the technology sector, which is keen to tap a market that has gained a reputation for highly qualified technology graduates and low labour costs.
<br />
<br />
"People going on this trade mission are mainly curious to see if India has any relevance to their businesses. With a population of 1 billion people, there is a lot of talk that it could be the next China and a big force in the world economy,” said Gabriel McCarrick
 of the Asian desk at Enterprise Ireland. <br />
<br />
"It would be wrong to suggest that India is an open economy, but it is an opening economy. I think people need to be careful in their approach — particularly the regulatory framework in various sectors.”
<br />
<br />
Rules on foreign direct investment in construction were relaxed earlier this year, piquing Irish interest. At the same time, the building industry there is thriving.
</p>
<p>"Our real interest in bringing Irish investors on board is that they have construction experience and know-how,” said Nanda. "India is just beginning to go through a building boom in real estate, something that started in Ireland 15 years ago.”
<br />
<br />
Nanda was brought to Dublin by the Irish Trading Company, which was set up last year by the Monaghan businessman Maurice McCarron and Ratan Kapoor to explore the potential in India for Irish businesses. McCarron says the firm put a lot of effort into choosing
 a partner in India. <br />
<br />
"You have to be very careful when it comes to finding the right partners in emerging markets,” McCarron said. "We’ve done due diligence on about 50 Indian industrialists over the past year and Mr Nanda is one of only six or seven that we would be comfortable
 dealing with at the moment.” <br />
<br />
While in Ireland, Nanda was introduced to Hanly Group, a Roscommon-based construction firm, Cathedral Financial Consultants, a Dundalk-based financial services firm, and the private clients division of a large Dublin stockbroker.
<br />
<br />
Nanda’s vision is to create "integrated cities” — consisting of residential, commercial, retail and recreational areas — within a few miles of the municipal limits of existing cities.
</p>
<p>"Punjab is where it’s happening now,” said Nanda. "It’s one of the fastest-growing states in India and there is a lot of movement of educated people from rural into urban areas.”
<br />
<br />
Demand is also being fuelled by changes in Indian society. For example, the tradition of extended families living under one roof is waning.
<br />
<br />
Nanda has earmarked two near-term projects on the outskirts of cities that would be open to Irish participation.
<br />
<br />
McCarron says three of the groups that met up with Nanda in Dublin are travelling to India this month for follow-up talks.
<br />
<br />
Other Irish money might want to wait, however, for feedback from the upcoming trade mission before setting their sights on the subcontinent.
</p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>31/12/2011 17:11:37</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/16303/Feature+Trade+mission+follows+the+superhighway+to+Indian+riches</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">16303</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>15768</publicationdataID>
      <title>For Indian diaspora, no place like home</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p>BANGALORE, India Standing amid the rolling lawns outside his four-bedroom villa, Ajay Kela pondered about his street in the community of Palm Meadows. One of his neighbors recently returned to India from Cupertino, California, to run a technology start-up
 funded by the venture capital firm Kleiner, Perkins, Caufield &amp; Byers. <br />
<br />
Across the street from Kela is another executive, this one from Fremont, California, who works with the outsourcing firm Infosys Technologies. On the other side is the India chief of Cisco Systems, who returned here after decades in the Bay Area and New York.
<br />
<br />
Also on the block is a returnee from Britain who heads the technology operations of Deutsche Bank.
<br />
<br />
Kela's neighborhood is just a small sample of the reverse brain drain benefiting India. The gated community of Palm Meadows in the Whitefield suburbs, and many others in the vicinity with names like Ozone and Lake Vista, are full of Indians who were educated
 and working in the United States and Europe but who have been lured home by the surging Indian economy and its buoyant technology industry.<br />
<br />
"Nothing unusual about this lane at all," said Kela, 48, who himself moved from Foster City, California, to Palm Meadows last year and is president of the Palo Alto-based outsourcing firm Symphony Services.
<br />
<br />
Nasscom, a trade group of Indian outsourcing companies, estimated that 30,000 technology professionals have moved back in the past 18 months. Bangalore, Hyderabad and the suburbs of Delhi are becoming magnets for the influx of Indians, who count as the top-earning
 ethnic group in the United States. These cities, with their Western-style work environment, generous paychecks and quick career jumps, offer the returnees what they could only get in Palo Alto or Boston until now.
<br />
<br />
Now they offer something else: a housing boom. Homes have tripled in value in Palm Meadows over the past 12 months, and rents have quadrupled.</p>
<p>"Expatriates are returning because India is hot," said Nandan Nilekani, chief executive of Infosys Technologies, India's second-largest outsourcing firm, which recruited 25 returnees from top American schools for its 100-seat summer internship this year.
 "There is an increasing feeling that significant action in the technology industry is moving to India," he said.
<br />
<br />
While most returnees are first-generation expatriates, second-generation Indians living in the United States are also returning, according to Lori Blackman, a recruitment consultant in Dallas. "Among them I sense an altruistic pull to return to India to help
 build their home country to a greater power than the country had ever hoped to achieve," she said.
<br />
<br />
But the trend is raising fears among specialists in the United States that the country's ranks could get depleted of scientific talent and blunt its innovation edge. "The United States will miss the talents of people of Indian origin who return to India," said
 Brink Lindsey, vice president for research at the Cato Institute in Washington, adding, however, that the moves would create greater possibilities for U.S.-Indian trade.
<br />
<br />
For many returnees, the newly challenging work environment has tied in neatly with personal reasons like raising children in Indian culture and caring for aging parents.
<br />
<br />
"When I left India 25 years ago, everybody was headed to the United States," said Kela, who pursued a doctorate at the University of Rochester and stayed two decades, working for companies like General Electric and AutoDesk. For India's best and brightest,
 a technology or engineering career was an irresistible draw to the United States even until four or five years ago. "But now they all want to get on the plane home," said Kela, who returned with his wife and two children.</p>
<p>Once a regular at Silicon Valley job fairs trying to woo Indians back home, Kela no longer needs to sell India. He receives 10 resumes a month from people with decades of work experience in the United States yearning to relocate.<br />
<br />
With globalization, many Americans of Indian origin in the high-technology industry are looking at India as a "career-enhancing move," said Anuradha Parthasarathy, the chief executive of the Menlo Park, California-based search firm Global Executive Talent,
 who is swamped by such job seekers. Many technology companies - multinationals, Indian outsourcing firms as well as start-ups - are eager to hire returnees with Western managerial experience or deep technology specialization.
<br />
<br />
Companies in the United States like the Palo Alto-based ipValue, which commercializes intellectual assets for large technology companies like British Telecom and Xerox, are helping accelerate the trend. When ipValue recently considered expanding its operations,
 it chose India. <br />
<br />
"We are really betting on the Indian diaspora returning home," said Vincent Pluvinage, its chief executive.
<br />
<br />
Similarly, Kela's Symphony Services, which has grown from a few hundred workers two years ago to more than 3,000 employees currently, has more than 100 returnees.
<br />
<br />
The passage back is no more an ordeal because much has changed in India. Whereas watching a movie in a dingy hall used to be a weekend high point, swank multiplexes, bowling alleys and shopping malls fill the gaps in entertainment, and pizzerias and cafés are
 ubiquitous at street corners. Indians who could only choose between two car models and fly a single airline find they have returned to a profusion of choices.</p>
<p>As the lifestyle gaps between India and the West have narrowed, salary differences at top executive levels have virtually disappeared. Annual pay packages of $500,000 are common in Bangalore, but even for those taking a pay cut to return home, the lower
 cost of living balances lesser paychecks. Starting salaries for engineers are about $12,000 in India, versus $60,000 in Silicon Valley.<br />
<br />
But relocating is not without its everyday challenges, as Venki Sundaresan, 38, discovered a year ago when he moved to India after 15 years with his wife and twin daughters to be the information technology director of Cypress Semiconductor.<br />
<br />
In atypical fashion, Sundaresan scorned the "soft landing" that many returning Indians seek by living in gated communities. Instead, in order to have the "true Indian experience," the family opted to live in an apartment block in the teeming Indiranagar neighborhood.
 To condition his 5-year-old twins, he spurned upmarket international schools popular with other returnees and enrolled them in a neighborhood school. True to style, Sundaresan owns an Indian-made car, Maruti Baleno.
<br />
<br />
Living in Palm Meadows, Kela and his neighbor Sanjay Swamy, 41, who heads the Indian operations of Ketera Technologies, face very little transition anxiety.
<br />
<br />
Swamy bought and moved into a Palm Meadows villa with his wife, Tulsi, a financial consultant, and 8-year-old son, Ashwin. Once inside, the communities cocoon returnees from the reality of Bangalore's bumper-to-bumper traffic, unpaved sidewalks and swarming
 neighborhoods.</p>
<p>Kela, his 9-year-old daughter, Payal, and 6-year-old son, Ankur, enjoy riding bikes together on weekends, and they often play cricket, about which Kela is passionate. His daughter learns the classical Indian dances of Kathak and Bharatanatyam. During Halloween
 this year, Kela led his children on a three-hour trick-or-treat walk. <br />
<br />
His neighbor, Swamy, is immersed in building a Silicon Valley-style team in Bangalore, but with some local adjustments. When he learned that the company routinely received calls from prospective fathers-in-law of employees asking to verify their ages, titles
 and salary details, Swamy wrote a memo titled "HR Policy on Disclosing Employee Information to Prospective Fathers-in-Law."
<br />
<br />
"While I want to be entirely supportive of ensuring that our confidentiality agreement does not result in your missing out on the spouse of your dreams," Swamy said, "I don't want competitors to use this as a ploy to get at sensitive information."</p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>29/12/2011 16:12:45</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/15768/For+Indian+diaspora+no+place+like+home</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">15768</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>15770</publicationdataID>
      <title>India, China Win On Venture's Bid For Syria Oil Stake</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p>CALGARY, Alberta -- A joint venture between the flagship state oil companies of India and China has emerged as the winning bidder for Petro-Canada's oil-producing assets in Syria, chalking up a successful conclusion to an initial effort by Beijing and Delhi
 to cooperate over securing energy supplies to power the booming economies of the world's two most populous nations.<br />
<br />
Petro-Canada said it agreed to sell for Ⓤ484 million ($581.2 million) its minority stakes, ranging from about 33.3% to 38%, in a number of mature Syrian oil and natural-gas properties to an entity jointly owned by India's Oil &amp; Natural Gas Corp. and China National
 Petroleum Corp. The Calgary, Alberta, integrated oil company said its share of production from the properties is equivalent to about 58,000 barrels of oil a day. The company said its share of the assets had combined proven reserves equivalent to about 66 million
 barrels of oil at Dec. 31, 2004. </p>
<p>China and India have shown intense rivalry in their respective drives to supplement stagnating domestic oil and gas production with overseas assets, frequently bidding against each other and helping to drive up the price of oil and gas fields throughout
 the world. It is unclear from the outcome of the Syrian auction whether the two will continue to cooperate. Commenting on the proposed transaction, India's petroleum secretary S.C. Tripathi said the joint-venture company outbid seven other parties interested
 in acquiring the Syrian properties. <br />
<br />
The transaction is retroactive to July 1, 2005, and is expected to close early in 2006, subject to Syrian government approval. Petro-Canada said the properties, which account for about half of Syria's total oil output, are operated by Syria's state-owned Syria
 Petroleum Co., with Royal Dutch Shell PLC also holding interests. <br />
<br />
Despite Syria's proximity to Iraq, Petro-Canada doesn't intend to exit the country, but will continue to explore for oil and gas there in the hope of discovering large untapped fields, the company's president and chief executive, Ron Brenneman, said in a conference
 call. Best-known as Canada's former national oil company, Petro-Canada has overseas operations in a number of other parts of the world, including the North Sea, North Africa and Trinidad.
</p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>29/12/2011 16:14:46</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/15770/India+China+Win+On+Ventures+Bid+For+Syria+Oil+Stake</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">15770</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>15772</publicationdataID>
      <title>India to WTO: Help Us Protect Herbs, Tea, Yoga</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p>MUMBAI, India -- India, which has lobbied to help its generic-drug industry sidestep some international drug patents, is seeking protection for its ancient intellectual property, from herbal medicines to Darjeeling tea to yoga positions.<br />
<br />
India is one of several nations pushing that idea at the World Trade Organization talks, now under way in Hong Kong. Along with China, Brazil and other emerging players at the global trade table, India wants WTO members to recognize the need for a system that
 would control how corporations, scientists and other interests in the developed world can use a nation's native plants, animals and centuries-old knowledge to make pharmaceuticals and other products.
<br />
<br />
The developing nations are particularly concerned that a future blockbuster drug might be based on a plant or animal species originating their jungles, without giving them any financial benefit. Officials in India and elsewhere call such poaching of plants,
 animals and ideas "biopiracy," and they want WTO guarantees against it. Indian officials point to attempts over the past decade by scientists in the U.S. and Europe to patent the medicinal qualities of the spice turmeric and neem, a tropical evergreen found
 in Asia. The patents were overturned by U.S. and European authorities after India helped establish that the plants' medicinal properties were already widely known in that country.
</p>
<p>For now, the efforts to protect traditional resources and knowledge are still mostly theoretical. Complexities abound in trying to sort out which countries, communities and tribes have rights to which plants and ideas. Many traditions have been passed down
 orally. Advocates of traditional-knowledge protections want nations to share in the financial rewards of patented products based on native plants and animals, but creating a system that could award compensation and resolve disputes presents a mind-boggling
 challenge. <br />
<br />
"Who gets the rights? How do they manage it? How do they maintain it? How long does it last and from which starting point?" asks Francis Gurry, deputy general of the World Intellectual Property Organization in Geneva, which has been looking at the problem for
 years. These are only a few of the questions that have yet to be answered, he says. "There is a widespread consensus that this is an issue that should be addressed, but the world has not agreed on how to approach this problem."
<br />
<br />
The Indian government is taking a small step toward that goal by building a giant database to catalog more than 100,000 traditional herbal medicines and thousands of plants and yoga positions. The database, in New Delhi at India's National Institute of Science
 Communication and Information Resources, also includes more than 30 million pages of ancient Indian texts translated into English, French, German, Spanish and Japanese. The institute plans to add traditional Indian food, architecture and farming methods --
 all in an effort to establish the provenance of India's natural and cultural property.
</p>
<p>"At least 150 experts have been working six days a week for the last three years on this," says V.K. Gupta, director of the National Institute. "Now we have a mechanism through which we can prevent piracy."
<br />
<br />
Among several specific measures it is endorsing, India wants patent applicants around the world to declare the country of origin of plant or animal-based material used in their application, to seek permission from that country and, eventually, to share monetary
 benefits with the people of that country. "Countries that have traditional knowledge must have the ability to protect it," says Kamal Nath, India's commerce minister.
<br />
<br />
Indian officials also hope one day to apply the similar patent-like protections for traditional Indian products and ideas. They want to obtain WTO restrictions on the use of names such as Basmati rice and Darjeeling tea. India is seeking "geographical indication"
 rights to protect what it sees as its brands, just as France demands that makers of sparkling wine in California refrain from calling their product Champagne.
<br />
<br />
Yesterday at the WTO, Mr. Nath hinted that inequalities in the world-trade system -- such as protecting patents on the developed world's pharmaceutical products while not protecting the developing world's biodiversity and traditional knowledge -- could become
 stumbling blocks at the Hong Kong talks. "If the content of this round only perpetuates the inequalities of global trade, then it will be no round," Mr. Nath said.
</p>
<p>Analysts say there isn't much evidence that biopiracy is rampant. At Merlion Pharmaceuticals Pte Ltd., of Singapore, which has collected more than 130,000 plant and microorganism samples from across the globe and tested their medicinal properties on behalf
 of giant pharmaceutical clients, Chris Molloy, business development manager, says biopiracy may be often debated, but there are few well-documented examples of it.
<br />
<br />
He says his company discloses the country of origin and other information as part of compliance with the 1992 United Nations' Convention on Biological Diversity. That accord marked one of the earliest instances of recognition for the developing world's demands.
 "Companies [that] develop and commercialize drugs from natural products need to ensure the natural sources of their drug candidates are compliant with that agreement," Mr. Molloy says. "We see no direct evidence of anyone doing [biopiracy]."
<br />
<br />
India and the other countries, including Brazil and China, want a call for negotiations on tighter patent disclosure to be a part of any final ministerial declaration at the WTO's Hong Kong talks. "The disclosure of [outside use of] traditional knowledge and
 genetic resources is an absolute must as far as we are concerned," said Naresh Nandan Prasad, a joint secretary at India's Ministry of Commerce and Industry, in New Delhi. "It is the areas of biotechnology and pharmaceuticals that we are most interested in
 protecting." <br />
<br />
It isn't clear how far their demands will go: WTO officials say it is uncertain when or if ministers will get around to discussing the issue in this round of talks.
</p>
<p>The demands from within the developing world come just as "least developed" countries, such as Bangladesh, Cambodia and Rwanda, have won an easing of international pharmaceutical patent-protection law. The WTO last month agreed to give these nations eight
 more years to continue ignoring international patent and trademark protections. The WTO also has outlined guidelines allowing countries to break patents on drugs if they need to manufacture them in the case of a national medical emergency, as in the case of
 Roche Holding AG's Tamiflu and avian flu. <br />
<br />
At the same time, however, India and other countries are beginning to level the regulatory playing field within their borders. Following years of pressure from the WTO, India this year made it tougher for domestic companies to copy patented drugs. Still, the
 recent decision regarding least-developed countries means Indian manufacturers can copy and export generic versions of some patented drugs without the approval of the companies that developed them.
<br />
<br />
Some analysts say the quest to protect traditional knowledge may be more about national pride and politics than profits. While the market for nature-based drugs is huge, only a tiny number of such products turn into blockbusters. "There's money out there but
 it's not megabucks," says Graham Dutfield, an expert on biodiversity laws at Queen Mary College, London. "Having 100,000 species in your country doesn't mean you will find a single chemical that will be valuable."
<br />
<br />
Still, India and other developing countries hope for at least some sort of nod to the issue in Hong Kong. But patent and traditional-knowledge experts say it won't be easy to reach a consensus. "Industrialized countries say it is a complex and intellectually
 challenging issue and we should proceed carefully," said Mr. Gurry of the World Intellectual Property Organization. "Developing countries are rather impatient that progress be made."
</p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>29/12/2011 16:17:11</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/15772/India+to+WTO+Help+Us+Protect+Herbs+Tea+Yoga</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">15772</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>15774</publicationdataID>
      <title>Factory of Computer Magicians in the Indian Silicon Valley (Unofficial translation)</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p><strong>A journey through the Capital City of Software, where very tough selections train the most sought-after brains in the world.
</strong><br />
<br />
<em>This is how the best computer programmers in the world are trained. <br />
<br />
Bangalore is the Indian Silicon Valley. An hour flight from Mumbai, in the State of Karnataka, it is home to 6 million people.
<br />
<br />
The most important hardware and software companies invest in the Universities of Bangalore and have production centres there.
<br />
<br />
The Indian Universities churn out about 180 thousand engineers per year: out them, 1/6 graduate from Bangalore, which is one of the decisive centres for India’s future.
<br />
<br />
Bangalore is the cutting edge of India’s innovation and hi-tech. Here large multinationals have opened their offices. According to the United Nations’ list, Bangalore ranks within the first 11 technological centres in the world.
<br />
<br />
</em>"Harvard is a fallback option for those who could not succeed in entering a University of Bangalore”, said without exaggeration Prof. Soumitra Kumar Nandy. The most selective scientific academy in the world is not one of the American super-faculties of
 the Ivy League: it’s the Indian Institute of Science (IISC) of Bangalore, where the selection of talented persons reaches unprecedented levels. For each IISC research doctorate, thousands of super-graduates from the 5 big Indian schools of engineering face
 the competition. </p>
<p>Out of them, Bangalore screens only 300 according to merit. Almost 300 candidates must pass a week of tests and interviews. At the end of this examination, only five are selected out of 300. But these excellent brains are offered a rare privilege. Immersed
 in a luxuriant tropical vegetation (better than Stanford and Berkeley), the Indian Institute of Science is the heaven of researchers. A thousand teachers, the best of Indian science, take care of 3,000 students (a professor for three students is the ratio),
 who are maintained lavishly by the Indian State. Their researches are financed by hi-tech multinationals, including Intel, Hewlett-Packard, Cisco, STMicroelectronics, Infosys and Philips. VIPs like the Dalai Lama or President Abdul Kalam, a scientist, are
 always seen here to discuss about the sacred Vedas and their links with the ancient Indian mathematic tradition.
<br />
<br />
No material goods are produced in Bangalore. This has preserved the greenery and the quality of life in this city which is also known as the Garden City of India. No chimneys, no trucks columns. Here, in the Deccan Plateau, almost in the centre of the Indian
 peninsula, between the Arabian Sea and the Gulf of Bengal, only "solutions”, concepts, programmes and linguistic codes are produced, to feed electronics and IT, the central nervous system of global economy.
<br />
<br />
Here is where the inventions invading our everyday life are born: new applications of the Google search engine or the software of third generation video-mobile phones. "If you are a name in advanced technologies”, Soumitra Nandy pontificates, "either you’re
 already here or you have to reckon with Bangalore”. </p>
<p>Professor Nandy of the Indian Institute of Science is in charge of the Supercomputer Education. He was a professor at the Massachusetts Institute of Technology, at Cambridge and at the Delft School of Engineering in Holland. His academic career, which began
 in the best universities of the West and reached its climax with his return home, is an evidence of India’s new status. He has the keys of this miracle that is still mysterious to us - India’s unstoppable rise in the software sector, which threatens the American
 supremacy, as well as Bangalore’s sweeping and undisputed superiority over its Asian rivals, including Shanghai, Tokyo and Seoul. "India did not have the critical mass of capitals needed to launch out into the industrial production of computers. We are very
 poor in hardware. But, in order to be creative in the software sector, an open and independent mind is needed. We carry out pure research, from IT to biotechnology to genome. One has to be free and unconventional to succeed in this. China has an authoritarian
 regime; the Japanese are used not to question the ideas of the old. Our democracy, our tradition of freedom are our winning cards”, Nandy explains.
</p>
<p>But there is something else. Bangalore could have remained an oasis of botanical gardens and a holiday resort. If Bangalore has become a high tech city, the new Silicon Valley, it’s because of its long history of support for science and technology. There
 was a concerted effort amongst policy makers to create an environment in Bangalore where high-tech industries would flourish. Since the 50s, many of India's public sector high-tech industries have been located in Bangalore. Because of its dust-free environment,
 between 1956 and 1960, large public sector undertakings like Bharat Electronics Limited (BEL) and Hindustan Aeronautics Limited (HAL) were established by the Government of India in Bangalore, along with national defence research laboratories and the Indian
 Institute of Science by the far-sighted Tata family. <br />
<br />
Bangalore was also chosen as the site for these strategically sensitive industries because of its distance from India's borders. In the 1980s, Premier Rajiv Gandhi, who was educated at Cambridge, was able to launch his plan to endow India with a modern telephonic
 network, before his assassination. He convinced a talented entrepreneur of the Indian Diaspora, Mr. Sam Pitroda, to come back home from America. Once back in India, he founded the Indian "Bell Lab”, an innovation and research centre.</p>
<p>"But the real turning point was the wave of panic due to the imminent Millennium Bug and the expected IT apocalypse”, said Ms Kalpana Shah, a Bangalore based journalist from San Francisco’s Review Ref Herring.
<br />
<br />
"All the US software experts were not enough to meet the demand of the computer programmes updating. With the arrival of Texas Instruments in Bangalore, not only did the Indian software industry get noticed but also did Bangalore as a location. TI's primary
 aim in coming to India was to establish a base in the Asia-Pacific region. India was selected because of its strong educational system in theoretical sciences and engineering and for its very large English-speaking, highly skilled labour force. A myriad of
 small Indian companies offered their experts to work for the banks of Wall Street, of the air companies of Chicago and Atlanta. The American capitalism found out that the IT coolies, the Asian Information Technology workers replying pliably to all their queries
 by email, could solve their problems and appease their angst at every moment of the day and night. Ever since, the Americans have never left us. We became the alter ego of the Silicon Valley, we were able to anticipate their needs before they told us, we offered
 a punctual, reliable and very chip service. From the Millennium Bug, the population in Bangalore has increased fivefold, the recent university graduates in electronics have been flocking in Bangalore to seek their fortune”.
</p>
<p>Bangalore has become a twin city of the Silicon Valley not only for its mild, salubrious climate through out the year, but also for its peculiar fabric of society, consisting of talented immigrants, nomads of the technological knowledge. It brought people
 from all over India, giving the city a very cosmopolitan character and culture. The local language Kannada is known to a minority only. More than Hindi, English has become the bridging language between the different merging ethnic groups. The middle class
 children are taught all subjects in English from the very first class of the primary school. Hindi is studied as a second language, Kannada is optional as third language, and some students decide even to replace it with German or French. Only in Bangalore,
 can one happen to hear an Indian national to talk to the taxi driver or to the greengrocer in English. Cosmopolitism feeds a kind of tolerance here which is even more striking than in the rest of India. "The mosques of Bangalore are regularly visited by Hindus
 who are interested in understanding Islam”, said the 23 year-old IT researcher Priya Sekar.</p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>29/12/2011 16:19:40</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/15774/Factory+of+Computer+Magicians+in+the+Indian+Silicon+Valley+Unofficial+translation</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">15774</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>15776</publicationdataID>
      <title>India rivals US as foreign investment growth accelerates</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p>INDIA is expected to eclipse America as the second fastest-growing recipient of foreign direct investment (FDI) during the next three years.
<br />
<br />
The emerging economy remains a long way short of the United States and China in terms of total FDI, but a survey of 40 companies that are the world’s biggest foreign investors showed that India could soon head the growth league.
<br />
<br />
On a scale of foreign investor confidence, the country scored 1.95 out of 3 — compared with America’s 1.42 and China’s 2.19 — according to a survey by AT Kearney, the management consultant. FDI is defined as investments in physical assets or the ownership of
 at least 10 per cent of a company or joint venture. <br />
<br />
Paul Laudicina, managing director of AT Kearney’s global business policy council, said: "India is the new darling of the foreign investment community and stands on the cusp of a great change. It is where China was when it began to open its markets in 1979.
<br />
<br />
"India has the world’s largest population of skilled scientists and engineers, meaning that it can excel in value-added areas as well as manufacturing,” he added.
<br />
<br />
India’s growth has been driven by the surge in its middle-class population since 1992, when the country began to remove barriers to foreign investment and liberalise its markets. The middle class comprises about 300 million of India’s 1.1 billion population.
 India received about $6 billion (£3.4 billion) of FDI this year, compared with China’s $61 billion and the US’s $95 billion.
</p>
<p>But Mr Laudicina says that the figures distort the true picture, because they do not include "off-shoring”, the process by which companies remotely manage the back-office functions of a multinational.
<br />
<br />
India, the world leader in this area, has seen the value of its off-shoring revenues rise from $500 million in 1992 to $70 billion last year.
<br />
<br />
The UK retained fourth position in the FDI league, followed by Poland, Russia and Brazil, which have each moved up several places.
</p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>29/12/2011 16:22:05</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/15776/India+rivals+US+as+foreign+investment+growth+accelerates</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">15776</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>15779</publicationdataID>
      <title>India 'second favourite for foreign investment'</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p>India is now the most attractive country in the world for foreign direct investment after China, according toan annual survey of global investor confidence bymanagement consultants A. T. Kearney.
<br />
<br />
While China has held the top spot since 2002, an increase in interest in India is a more recent development that coincides with a renewed push by reformers in New Delhi to offer a warmer welcome to FDI as a source of capital, technology and knowhow.
<br />
<br />
"India is on the cusp of an FDI take-off," the report said, while warning that the country needed to overcome narrow business interests and infrastructural, logis-tical and regulatory barriers to take advantage of surging investor confidence.
<br />
<br />
The attraction of offshore centres such as India continues to grow, with 80 per cent of business leaders planning to locate corporate functions overseas over the next three years, compared with 66 percent in 2004 and 50 per cent in 2003, according to the 2005
 FDI Confidence Index. <br />
<br />
India's rise to second place from third last year came at the expense of the US, which fell to number three. Although the UK held its ground in fourth place, other western countries tumbled. Germany declined from fifth to ninth place, France from sixth to 14th,
 Italy from ninth to 19th and Spain from 13th to 17th place. <br />
<br />
India attracted just $5.3bn (€4.5bn, £3bn) in FDI in 2004, equivalent to 0.8 per cent of global FDI inflows, which rose 2 per cent to $648bn in 2004, the first rise since 2000.
</p>
<p>Separately, a US consultancy, World Steel Dynamics, forecast that India could become a large exporter of steel by the turn of the decade, potentially dealing a blow to the profitability of the booming steel business in Asia through the effect of pushing
 down prices. <br />
<br />
It said India could export nearly 20m tonnes of the commodity in 2010-11, four times the amount this year, as a result of large planned increases in production in the next five years.
<br />
<br />
Netherlands-based Mittal Steel and Posco of South Korea, two of the world's biggest steelmakers, are both due to build large steel plants in eastern India, each with a production capacity of 10m-12m tonnes a year. Tata Steel, Essar, Jindal Vijayanagar Steel
 and Ispat Industries, four private-sector Indian steelmakers, are also planning expansion projects.
<br />
<br />
The extra steel from India streaming into world markets could potentially push down steel prices, which have stayed high for much of the past three years and have given a fillip to the earnings of virtually all the world's biggest steel producers. The companies
 that would be hardest hit if this happens are most likely to be based in Japan and South Korea - traditionally strong exporters of steel to other Asia markets.
</p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>29/12/2011 16:24:36</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/15779/India+second+favourite+for+foreign+investment</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">15779</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>15780</publicationdataID>
      <title>Microsoft invests $1.7bn in India</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[The US software giant Microsoft has unveiled plans to invest $1.7bn (£981m) in India over the next four years.
<br />
<br />
The company said it would create 3,000 new jobs in the country and pump more money into research and development.
<br />
<br />
Microsoft is keen expand its operations in India, a country where well-trained workers are available at a fraction of what they cost in the West.
<br />
<br />
On Monday, the world's largest chipmaker Intel announced plans to invest $1bn in India.
<br />
<br />
Intel said it planned to substantially boost research and development in the country over the next five years.
<br />
<br />
'Strategic vision' <br />
<br />
Microsoft chairman Bill Gates said the company wanted to increase its workforce in India to "7,000 over the next three to four years".
<br />
<br />
He said the $1.7bn investment "would be deployed across select focus areas over the next four years in line with Microsoft's strategic vision for India".
<br />
<br />
India's Information Technology minister Dayanidhi Maran said news of the investment was "an indicator of the value that Microsoft attaches to its development and R&amp;D activities in the country".
<br />
<br />
Microsoft currently outsources a number of services to India <br />
<br />
Earlier this year, the company opened a research centre in India's southern city of Hyderabad.
<br />
<br />
Microsoft plans to open a innovation centre in India's technology hub Bangalore next month.]]></description>
      <pubDate>29/12/2011 16:26:30</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/15780/Microsoft+invests+17bn+in+India</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">15780</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>15782</publicationdataID>
      <title>India at centre of Microsoft's world</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p>Microsoft's workforce will expand more rapidly in India than in any other country in the world over the next three to four years, according to Bill Gates, the software maker's chairman, despite a growing shortage of managerial level talent.
<br />
<br />
The US company will hire 3,000 people in India over this period, taking its headcount in the country to 7,000 in a move that reflects the country's "accelerating" productivity in IT, Mr Gates said.
<br />
<br />
"India is the absolute leader in IT services offered on the world market," Mr Gates said in a speech to the Confederation of Indian Industry in New Delhi yesterday.
<br />
<br />
"It's accelerating. The learning curve here just gets better and better." <br />
<br />
Founded 30 years ago, Microsoft still employs nearly two-thirds of its existing 64,000 employees in the US and nearly half in the Seattle region - a proportion that is falling with the emergence of low-cost software development hubs in India.
<br />
<br />
The average age of Microsoft's US employees is 36, old by the standards of the Indian IT sector, and the influx of young and still relatively inexpensive talent is likely to lower average payroll rates.
<br />
<br />
A survey by Mercer in October showed Indian private sector salaries rising more rapidly than anywhere else in the world, at a forecast rate of 7.3 per cent above inflation next year and 11.3 per cent year-on-year.
<br />
<br />
Mr Gates added: "The question is how to scale up when demand is outstripping supply. This is the fastest we can do it [in terms of] getting the management structures in place. We're dependent on the manpower here."
<br />
<br />
Microsoft's recruitment plans will ratchet up the competition among multinationals and local firms seeking to attract and retain talented IT professionals in a sector suffering from rising staff turnover rates and soaring salaries.
</p>
<p>Microsoft will be competing with companies such as JPMorgan Chase, which is planning to hire 4,500 graduates in India over the next two years with the aim of moving 30 per cent of its investment banking back-office and support staff offshore by 2007."
<br />
<br />
We are all chasing the same small pool and this is having a knock-on effect on attrition and wage costs," said Ravi Venkatesan, chairman of Microsoft India, who joined last year from Cummins India, a leading diesel engines maker.
<br />
<br />
Sam Pitroda, chairman of India's Knowledge Commission, set up by Manmohan Singh, India's prime minister to bridge the digital divide, said this week that India needed to expand its pool of managers "four times, not just 50 per cent."
<br />
<br />
Industry has not been left untouched. It is not only facing a fiercer war for talent with higher paying newforeign entrants, but is also losing managers to the buoyant technology services industry.
<br />
<br />
"When big investment banks come in, poaching becomes widespread," said Rumki Fernandes, head of strategy at recruitment agency Manpower.
<br />
<br />
"But the challenge is wider, with manufacturers finding it tough to find expertise in, for example, R&amp;D."
<br />
<br />
Pawan Goenka, president of the auto unit at Mahindra &amp; Mahindra, the Mumbai-based conglomerate, said: "The world has discovered Indian [managerial] talent and found that the cheapest world-class managers are from India."
<br />
<br />
"Our only concern right now is people," said Mr Goenka, who is overseeing production of India's best-selling sports utility vehicle. "I could take on a couple of hundred but I can't get them."
<br />
<br />
He said there was a"tremendous shortage" of senior sales people, manufacturing engineers whose expertise is pivotal in setting up new plant, production development experts and purchasing professionals.
</p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>29/12/2011 16:28:28</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/15782/India+at+centre+of+Microsofts+world</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">15782</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>15783</publicationdataID>
      <title>In the front row of the global economy; Young Americans Seek Career Jolt, Cachet in India</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p>BANGALORE, India - It was just the typical lunch-table banter at work. <br />
<br />
There was chatter about the corporate e-mail on how a company bus driver was attacked by an angry motorist, who, worst of all, swore in front of the women. There was discussion of the possible advantages of arranged marriages and the annoying practice of movie
 theaters here creating intermission breaks just minutes before a film ends. <br />
<br />
Such are the observations of a group of twentysomething Americans in an extraordinary situation -- transplanted to a developing country that gives them a front-row experience in the global economy. The seven professionals signed up for a stint at software outsourcing
 giant Infosys Technologies of Bangalore. <br />
<br />
The boom in Bangalore is drawing foreigners who find new cachet in working in one of the world's fastest-growing tech economies. These young professionals turned down offers at marketing and consulting firms in the United States, opting instead for salaries
 less than what they would earn at home. <br />
<br />
``It feels like it's at the center of change,'' said Scott Stapleton, 22, who grew up in Oakland.
<br />
<br />
``Having this on your résumé really sets you apart,'' said Nathan Linkon, from Milwaukee, Wis.
<br />
<br />
At Infosys, the Americans are able to do higher-level work much earlier in their careers than they would have been able to do back home.
</p>
<p>Joshua Bornstein, 25, joined Infosys' corporate planning team in the fall of 2003 after working as an investment banker in Los Angeles. He's overseen the company's three-year business planning process, working closely with senior executives, including Chief
 Executive Officer Nandan Nilekani. <br />
<br />
Juan Castro, who grew up in Salinas and joined Infosys in August after graduating from Harvard University, is reworking the Infosys Web site.
<br />
<br />
Linkon said working at the Bangalore software company has given him an array of challenges in short order, from creating a company brochure for the Oracle OpenWorld trade show to handling media relations.
<br />
<br />
Infosys is not the only company hearing from non-Indians. ``They want to experience the culture and pick up skills about global engineering, which could help their careers,'' said Vijay Anand, managing director of Sun Microsystems' India engineering center.
<br />
<br />
Infosys believes adding Americans to its sprawling, modern campus with amenities, such as food courts, a swimming pool and a putting green, will help better position the company in the global marketplace. (The company received 10,000 applications from around
 the world for its 100-slot internship program this year.) <br />
<br />
``They bring a sense of openness, confidence -- confidence translated into branding, marketing,'' said Infosys co-founder and chairman N.R. Narayana Murthy. ``These things are better learned from Americans than anybody else.''<br />
<br />
For the Americans, the adventure extends beyond work. </p>
<p>Linkon was struck by the mayhem called Bangalore traffic -- horse-drawn carts, burka-clad women perched on the back of zigzagging motorcycles, beggars wandering into the gridlock, fumes from diesel trucks. ``The initial culture shock sets you back,'' he
 said. ``I'd never seen anything like this before. Never.''<br />
<br />
They are also struck by the ubiquitous cell phones -- people talk on them in movie theaters, in meetings, while navigating the treacherous roads on motorbikes. Office workers, rather than send e-mail, call each other on their mobiles.
<br />
<br />
The young American professionals tend to stick together, hitting the clubs, piling into the three-wheel auto rickshaws, lining up for the company bus in the morning. Indians are equally surprised when they come across the Americans, Bornstein said. ``It's almost
 a shock: `You came here?' ''<br />
<br />
They've quickly picked up the Bangalore rhythms, learning to haggle fares with auto rickshaw drivers, dodging the manic traffic.
<br />
<br />
``If you ever need to cross the street,'' advised 22-year-old Winnie Hsia, ``pick a cow and follow it.''
</p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>29/12/2011 16:30:24</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/15783/In+the+front+row+of+the+global+economy+Young+Americans+Seek+Career+Jolt+Cachet+in+India</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">15783</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>15785</publicationdataID>
      <title>Bangalore Boom: Tech hub aspires to match valley in innovation</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p>BANGALORE, India - Drive along Hosur Road -- Bangalore's version of Highway 101 -- even at 1:30 a.m. and you'll see sparks from welders working on new buildings to house software companies. Pick up any newspaper and read ads from tech companies seeking --
 imploring -- engineers to come work for them. Experience the Silicon Valley-style, masters-of-the-digital-universe attitude permeating Bangalore, from its impossibly jammed roads to the new dot-com-like offices.<br />
<br />
``We think we will overtake Silicon Valley,'' said Vineet Shrivastava, bid manager at the Bangalore campus of Dutch tech services and wireless company LogicaCMG. ``You can see it for yourself.''
<br />
<br />
Bangalore, the tech center of India, is booming as the Bay Area once did, becoming a world-class hub for tech jobs, economic activity and, increasingly, innovation. While Silicon Valley still retains a hold on high-end tech jobs, countless lower-level positions,
 particularly in software -- and now some sophisticated research and development work -- are shifting to this city of 6.5 million in southern India. The emergence of Bangalore -- and of India -- as a tech power signals a new world economic order that is both
 opportunity and threat to Silicon Valley. <br />
<br />
A new challenge </p>
<p>The opportunity comes from the ability of U.S. companies to tap India's abundant technical brainpower and its fast-growing market for tech products and services. The threat is immediately obvious: Jobs involving a range of engineering and technical abilities,
 once plentiful in the valley, have migrated to India. The long-term prospect is that India could some day compete with Silicon Valley as a center for innovation.
<br />
<br />
``Silicon Valley should be concerned,'' said Rafiq Dossani, senior research scholar at Stanford University and an expert on India's tech explosion.
<br />
<br />
Bangalore, he said, could ``start to look like Silicon Valley five to 10 years down the road.''<br />
<br />
For now, ``second-level'' engineering work that is not at the top of the innovation ladder is increasingly being done in India, Dossani said. These include customer service, software quality control and general programming. ``All of that is moving out. And
 that will just continue,'' he said. <br />
<br />
Silicon Valley has always thrived when faced with challenges, and most observers believe that will continue to be true. This region is the epicenter of the venture-capital industry, a constant funding source for new ideas, world-class universities and a network
 of companies and technology brains unmatched anywhere, observed Ash Lilani, head of Silicon Valley Bank's global division.
<br />
<br />
``In many ways, the success of Bangalore is in part due to the fact people in Silicon Valley are willing to work with them,'' said Christopher Thornberg, senior economist of the UCLA Anderson Forecast.
</p>
<p>Last year, companies operating in Bangalore exported $6.3 billion in software and services, more than 35 percent of the total $17.3 billion in software and services exported from India. Such exports from the country are expected to jump by as much as 35
 percent this year, said B.V. Naidu, director of government-run Software Technology Parks of India. This year, India's overall tech industry is expected to have revenues of more than $28 billion -- more than triple the amount five years earlier.
<br />
<br />
Multinational companies have played major roles in the tech revolution. As many as two-thirds of all Fortune 500 companies are estimated to have outsourced operations to contractors in India.
<br />
<br />
Silicon Valley `magic' <br />
<br />
They also have shaped the tech industry by setting up large campuses. Oracle has a staff of 7,000 engineers and other professionals in India; German software maker SAP invested $1 billion in India in 2004 alone and has nearly 2,000 employees in the country,
 most doing research and development. Intel employs about 2,800 tech workers in Bangalore. Cisco recently announced it was investing $1.1 billion and tripling its staff in India, from about 1,400 today to more than 4,000 within three years, to develop products
 for the Indian market. <br />
<br />
In the early 1990s, less than $100 million a year in foreign investment flowed into India; today, it's about $5 billion, said Narendra Jadhav, head of economic research for the Reserve Bank of India.
</p>
<p>And Silicon Valley companies -- from start-ups to giants like Oracle -- are helping drive the change, scrambling to hire ever more engineers and putting up gleaming new buildings. They are trying to import the Silicon Valley ``magic,'' infusing the new cubicle
 culture with the risk-taking spirit of innovation and creating colorful offices with recreation rooms for pingpong and yoga.
<br />
<br />
``Once the Silicon Valley companies came in and introduced stylish offices, Indian companies couldn't be left behind,'' said architect Jessy Jacob, whose business has exploded since the Americans started arriving en masse in recent years. She's been hired to
 create offices outfitted with polka-dot walls, beanbag chairs and basketball hoops.
<br />
<br />
Nightclubs are packed with techies: See the young engineers with iPod earbuds dangling from their ears, the young call-center women in low-hugging designer jeans, the recruiters working the scene to snag new talent for their American employers.
<br />
<br />
To be a young and talented tech worker in India is, well, to have been a young and talented tech worker in the valley in the late 1990s. They are showered with double-digit pay raises and multiple job offers, and encounter headhunters devising ever-more-creative
 ways to track them down, such as randomly calling extensions at software companies.
<br />
<br />
``A lot of employers don't want to be located in the technology parks,'' said Rishi Das with CareerNet Consulting, a headhunter firm in Bangalore. ``They can't take the risk of recruiters meeting their employees in the lift every day. Companies are skeptical
 about putting the names of their employees on their Web sites because they are afraid people will contact them about a job change.''
</p>
<p>By valley standards, where most engineers typically earn between $79,000 and $125,000 a year, workers in India are still a bargain, though escalating salaries could eventually reduce that advantage. Salaries range from about $7,000 a year for the most entry-level
 engineers -- known as ``freshers'' -- to $25,000 to $30,000 for experienced engineers.
<br />
<br />
Bangalore has become a critical part of many tech companies' strategies to tap into a large pool of inexpensive workers to compete globally, and mine new markets. India's superb higher-education system, including the prestigious Indian Institutes of Technology,
 produces more than 100,000 technology workers every year, according to the National Association of Software and Service Companies in India.
<br />
<br />
Excitement in the air<br />
<br />
In the global economy, tech companies, large and small, must have a presence overseas if they hope to sell into different cultures.
<br />
<br />
``It is, and it will become, a much more competitive world,'' said Bryan Stolle, chief executive of San Jose-based Agile Software, which has operations around the globe, including Suzhou, China, and Bangalore. ``That genie is out of the bottle. Nothing is going
 to change that.''<br />
<br />
In late September, Silicon Valley Bank, whose Bangalore operation is dubbed ``Sand Hill Road East,'' sponsored an event for valley venture capitalists. More than 50 showed up. Some were even willing to make the 30-hour trip to Bangalore, whose small and dilapidated
 airport limits daily flights, in coach rather than first or business class. <br />
<br />
``People do whatever they can to get here,'' Silicon Valley Bank's Lilani said. ``There is so much energy here. There is excitement in the air.''
<br />
<br />
Lilani often has to pull strings at Bangalore's posh Oberoi hotel to get rooms for VCs flying in to pursue deals; they meet for power breakfasts at the Oberoi's restaurant, an upscale version of the valley's Buck's restaurant in Woodside.
</p>
<p>A Bangalore strategy enables companies to grow quickly. <br />
<br />
Take NetDevices, a Sunnyvale-based networking company started by three former Cisco engineers. The company, which has created a new type of networking device that combines disparate communications services, does the bulk of its product development in Bangalore.
 With 125 employees in India, including 100 in Bangalore, NetDevices has been able to hire more employees than it could in Silicon Valley. That has helped the company ship its first product in 18 months.
<br />
<br />
If most of the jobs were based in the valley, the company would have had a smaller staff and would have needed three to four years to ship the first product, said Vice President Uday Birje.
<br />
<br />
``The India factor plays a key role in NetD, and not just engineering, but also marketing and services,'' he said.
<br />
<br />
Smaller companies, in particular, hope to use Bangalore as a base for innovation.
<br />
<br />
Access to new markets<br />
<br />
``The R&amp;D is done here. The development is done here,'' said Nav Bhullar, president of San Jose-based Wyse Technology's India operations. Wyse is creating the software code for a new generation of low-cost, handheld computing devices in its elegant Bangalore
 complex that houses a staff of 161, including 71 engineers. The Bangalore team is expected to double within a year.
<br />
<br />
In just three years, Palo Alto-based Symphony Services has grown to a company with more than 2,600 employees worldwide, with 95 percent of them based in India, mostly Bangalore. The company provides software services to U.S. corporate customers, including sophisticated
 data analysis and modeling. <br />
<br />
``This is all leading-edge work,'' said Ajay Kela, president of Symphony Services India, who returned to Bangalore from Silicon Valley two years ago. ``This is innovation. We are moving up the value chain.''
<br />
<br />
Bangalore also gives companies instant access to new markets. </p>
<p>Santa Clara start-up July Systems provides the software that allows companies to sell content, from ring tones to games, for mobile phones. July Systems develops its product completely in Bangalore, where all its engineers are located. Being in Bangalore
 is key to understanding the exploding Asian cell phone market, said Guruprasad Krishnamurthy, director of product management.
<br />
<br />
``We get input from Asia about where the markets are headed,'' he said. <br />
<br />
The global economy is bringing new wealth to a historically poor country. <br />
<br />
Upscale shopping malls are going up. Housing prices are exploding; in the elite Palm Meadows residential enclave of Bangalore, a California suburban-style home that originally sold for $120,000 in 2001 now can go for $600,000.
<br />
<br />
``The market will sustain the appreciation,'' said developer B.M. Jayeshankar, chairman and managing director of the Adarsh Group, which developed Palm Meadows, and president of the local builders association. He expects revenue for the Adarsh Group to triple,
 from $25 million in 2004 to $75 million in 2005. ``The appreciation might slow down slightly, but the demand will continue.''
<br />
<br />
Tech money is seen in more modest measures, as well: On the streets of Bangalore, new automobiles, from starter Korean cars to flashy SUVs, are crowding out the three-wheel auto rickshaw taxis. In 2003, Bangalore's Trident Hyundai, which sells cars for the
 Korean automaker, sold 32,000 vehicles. This year, it will sell 65,000, said Managing Director Samir Choudhry. A college degree and a new tech job is all a young engineer needs to be able to do what his father never could: buy a new car, he said.
<br />
<br />
``There are days when we deliver 100 cars, so we are open until 12 at night,'' Choudhry said. ``The system is stretched. Everyone is going crazy.''
<br />
<br />
But the new wealth is also creating problems. </p>
<p>Traffic is choking roads. A 10-mile journey can take well over an hour. Every day, hundreds of new cars are added to potholed streets packed with motorbikes, sport-utility vehicles, horse-drawn carts and cows. Hosur Road is an artery overflowing with tech-company
 buses delivering their workers to the massive Electronics City, one of Bangalore's most prominent tech parks and home to software services giant Infosys Technologies. The morning traffic report one fall day from Radio City Bangalore, a leading radio station:
 ``I think it will be chaos!''<br />
<br />
The instant wealth in a nation with a literacy rate of about 60 percent, and where 25 percent of the population lives in poverty, has increased class resentments. Activists have protested outside the gates of Infosys to demand the company hire more locals rather
 than just the graduates of India's elite universities. <br />
<br />
Skyrocketing housing costs have forced those not benefiting from the boom to move further away from jobs.
<br />
<br />
``It's the outsiders who work in IT,'' said Srinivas Bhat, a chauffeur for Wyse Technology. ``Fewer Bangaloreans work in IT. Bangaloreans can't afford the rent.''
<br />
<br />
Bhat, though, has seen his life improve significantly since Wyse hired him. The company is teaching him computer skills. And he can now afford to send his 6-year-old daughter to a much better school.
<br />
<br />
His dream for his daughter? Bhat smiles. He hopes she will become an engineer. </p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>29/12/2011 16:32:56</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/15785/Bangalore+Boom+Tech+hub+aspires+to+match+valley+in+innovation</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">15785</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>15787</publicationdataID>
      <title>Workers in India seize opportunity</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p>WASHINGTON – What stands out from a recent visit to India is the shock of the familiar.<br />
<br />
India's embrace of market economics and globalization has, in less than a generation, produced a huge middle class of between 300 million and 400 million people.
<br />
<br />
To get credit cards into the hands of consumers, banks are fighting one another with rebates of 3 percent to 5 percent.
<br />
<br />
Teenagers and young adults in designer jeans mingle in malls and multiplexes, buying clothes, coffee and movie tickets.
<br />
<br />
Mobile phone subscriptions flood in at the rate of 2 million a month. Anil Rodericks, an information technology consultant in Mumbai, explained the new communication priorities of the Indian business class:
<br />
<br />
"If it's urgent, you go voice on your cellphone. If you want to make sure they get the information today, you send an SMS text message," he said. "If it can wait till tomorrow, you send an e-mail."
<br />
<br />
Over the last 13 years, I've made three visits to India for The Dallas Morning News. The first focused on abuses endured by India's women in urban and rural poverty. The second looked at India's preoccupation with sectarian politics. Those and other problems
 linger in a huge country of 1.1 billion people. <br />
<br />
But India today is remarkable for its optimistic, striving, educated men and women who have found jobs in the global economy.
</p>
<p>In Mumbai, an international labor union recently tried to organize workers at some of India's call centers. They struck out, even though the call center employees work through the night to handle calls 12 or more time zones away with American consumers,
 and for salaries of $3,000 to $4,000 a year. <br />
<br />
Opportunities <br />
<br />
The Indian young people – bilingual college graduates – said they liked their jobs and looked on them as an opportunity to get ahead in the world.
<br />
<br />
"People just out of business school look to call centers initially as stop-gap jobs, but once they know the ropes, they often stay on," said Mukesh Nair, marketing manager in India with Tracmail, a call-center company with offices in Mumbai and Boston. "Turnover
 is not a great issue for us, but definitely there are opportunities galore for these youngsters."
<br />
<br />
Consumerism seems implausible at salaries of $300 a month. Yet Harish M, general manager for business development with Texas Instruments India in Bangalore, said it's not hard at all.
<br />
<br />
"You can have a middle-class lifestyle for $200 a month," he said. "It is affordable."
<br />
<br />
This appetite for the good life doesn't extend much toward purchases of U.S. goods. The United States is India's leading trade partner. But U.S. exports to India this year are one-fifth the amount exported to China ($5.9 billion vs. $29.8 billion through September,
 according to the U.S. Commerce Department). <br />
<br />
Anook Mishra, minister of economic matters at the Indian Embassy in Washington, said trade with the United States is growing fast.
<br />
<br />
"American companies are not banging on the door, but I think there is a realization that the market is there," Mr. Mishra said.
<br />
<br />
Trade is growing </p>
<p>Overall trade is growing at better than 20 percent a year, he said, though India's exports to the United States also lag well behind China's ($13.7 billion vs. $176.1 billion through September).
<br />
<br />
India's rise has produced a job scare in the United States, particularly in information technology.
<br />
<br />
A.K. Mago of the Greater Dallas Indo-American Chamber of Commerce said this would only grow if American schools don't sharpen their performance. "We're supposed to be the leaders of the free world, but we cannot be the leader forever if we're not producing
 an educated workforce," he said. <br />
<br />
India has its own education problems: One-fourth of its public school teachers are absent on any given school day.
<br />
<br />
Still, middle-class Indian parents are eager to give their kids the best. Colleges are bulging, and competition for admission is fierce.
<br />
<br />
Sound familiar? </p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>29/12/2011 16:35:57</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/15787/Workers+in+India+seize+opportunity</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">15787</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>15788</publicationdataID>
      <title>The Forgotten Asian Tiger</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p>We interrupt our daily programming of China coverage with a news flash: there's another hugely populous, developing Asian nation that's growing like a weed -- India. True, Delhi's bureaucrats aren't reforming the place as fast as we'd like, to put it mildly.
 But this week's strong economic data should shake awake those who dismiss the steamy subcontinent as a poorer cousin to its Maoist competitor.<br />
<br />
India grew 8% in its fiscal second quarter, mainly thanks to its services industries, such as banking, transport, and telecommunications. That's not a surprise; those businesses have been on a roll for years. There's more to come, too: just think of the nascent
 consumer financing business, or what will happen if the retail sector ever opens up to foreigners. That will help carry along the limping agricultural sector, which still composes roughly a quarter of the country's output and grows in the low single digits.
<br />
<br />
Manufacturing is where the surprising kick has arrived in recent quarters. Though it slowed slightly from the first quarter, to 9.2% from 11.3%, India's garment makers and their peers have continued to invest for growth, despite rising interest rates. Why?
 Well, perhaps India's small businesses see what the media doomsayers deny: continued strong demand for consumer goods in most of the developed world.
</p>
<p>Though it's hard to quantify, most economists think India's base of economic growth is broadening, even though the need for agricultural sector reform looms large. If true, that's an encouraging sign. India may slow a bit next year, as rising interest rates
 take hold, and there's a definite lack of political initiative, but it's hard to find an economist that thinks a crash is on the horizon.
<br />
<br />
"If they did everything right, they could do 10% growth," Deutsche Bank's chief economist for Asia, Michael Spencer, told us. "But 8% is fine." Indeed. India boasts a rule of law and a democratic system of government. That means its economic development has
 stronger underpinnings than its neighbor to the northeast. </p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>29/12/2011 16:37:45</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/15788/The+Forgotten+Asian+Tiger</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">15788</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>15790</publicationdataID>
      <title>Manufacturing helps India beat forecast for growth</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p>India's gross domestic product expanded a stronger than expected 8 per cent year-on-year in the three months to September, providing fresh evidence that the economy is on a higher-growth trajectory.
<br />
<br />
The figures, released yesterday by the Central Statistical Organisation, confirmed that India's surging manufacturing sector is providing a consistent second engine for economic growth alongside the long-booming services sector. Agriculture, boosted by a decent
 monsoon, also contributed to the strong data. <br />
<br />
The 8 per cent rate for the second quarter of India's fiscal year compared with GDP growth of 8.1 per cent in the first quarter to June and market forecasts of a 7.5 per cent increase.
<br />
<br />
Manufacturing output expanded 9.2 per cent in the September quarter, compared with 9.6 per cent in the same period last year. Agriculture, which accounts for a quarter of GDP, grew2 per cent, compared with zero growth a year earlier.
<br />
<br />
"We started to see real signs of life in manufacturing and financial services about 18 months ago," Scott Bayman, president and chief executive of General Electric in India, said in an interview, pointing to the sharp upturn in consumer spending.
<br />
<br />
A new group of consumers - composed in large part of young people working in offshore processing, software and financial services - had put "a lot more money" into the economy, Mr Bayman said, allowing manufacturers to achieve valuable economies of scale.
</p>
<p>He added: "My view is that 8 per cent GDP growth is going to be the run rate for the economy because to get to 10 per cent there needs to be a big increase in infrastructure, a step-up in the savings rate and a fall in deficits."
<br />
<br />
If India "dropped in China's infrastructure", it could achieve "10-12 per cent growth", Mr Bayman said. "The government has the resources if it wants to unleash them, by allowing private sector involvement and public-private partnerships."
<br />
<br />
The government expects economic growth of 7.5 per cent for the fiscal year, at the top of a 7-7.5 per cent range forecast by the Reserve Bank of India. This compares with 6.9 per cent growth last year and average growth of 6 per cent between 1993-94 and 2002-03.
<br />
<br />
Manmohan Singh, India's prime minister, said this week that India's economy was growing at an "unprecedented rate" and that the country should be targeting 10 per cent growth in two to three years' time, a rate he said was "quite feasible".
<br />
<br />
But economists say India's infrastructural shortcomings, which limit the amount of investment companies are prepared to make in new capacity, are likely to cap GDP growth at about 8 per cent. "Growth will struggle to get to 9 per cent because of capacity constraints,"
 said Jim Walker, chief economist at CLSA. </p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>29/12/2011 16:39:27</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/15790/Manufacturing+helps+India+beat+forecast+for+growth</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">15790</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>15791</publicationdataID>
      <title>Generous monsoon buoys India's growth:</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p>By Cherian Thomas, Bloomberg news<br />
<br />
India's economy expanded in the country's financial second quarter, a government agency said Wednesday, as monsoon rains increased harvests for the nation's 600 million farmers.
<br />
<br />
Gross domestic product expanded 8 percent in the three months ending Sept. 30 from a year earlier, the Central Statistical Organization said in New Delhi. The economy grew 8.1 percent in the first quarter.
<br />
<br />
An increase in monsoon rains, which irrigate about two thirds of the nation's cropland, promises to spur a rebound in agriculture after last year's scarcity caused a drop in output. Growth may accelerate this quarter as oil production recovers following the
 destruction of a platform in a storm and with borrowing costs at near-record lows.
<br />
<br />
"The increase in farm production is making the difference to growth," said Pyarelal Raghavan, an economist at Federation of Indian Chambers of Commerce and Industry in New Delhi. "Also, incomes are rising and interest rates are low."
</p>
<p>India's central bank on Oct. 25 raised its growth forecast for the financial year ending March 31 to as much as 7.5 percent from 7 percent. The economy grew 6.9 percent last year.
<br />
<br />
"The forecast is achievable," said R.K. Gupta, a fund manager at Credit Capital Asset Management in New Delhi. "Corporate earnings are rising and more companies are investing to expand capacity."
<br />
<br />
Agriculture gained after a return to normal rains in the summer monsoon boosted production. Farm output accounts for 22 percent of the economy. Last year output was stagnant after the second-lowest monsoon rainfall levels in at least 17 years.
<br />
<br />
Growth slowed from 8.1 percent in the first quarter as oil output fell following the destruction of an oil platform and as flooding in western India hurt auto and cement sales.
<br />
<br />
Industrial production growth slowed to 7.2 percent in the second quarter from 10.4 percent in the first as rains in July and August flooded streets, shops and factories in the states of Maharashtra and Gujarat, killing 932 people.
<br />
<br />
"Growth would've been faster had oil production not been disrupted and rains not paralyzed industry in the western states," said Saumitra Chaudhuri, a policy adviser to Prime Minister Manmohan Singh. "The economy is on a sound footing."
<br />
<br />
Faster growth may enable India to overtake South Korea's economy, which was estimated at $680 billion at the end of 2004 by the International Monetary Fund.
<br />
<br />
The IMF is forecasting 7.1 percent growth for India this year and 3.8 percent for South Korea.
</p>
<p>Companies such as Bajaj Auto are expanding to meet rising demand. The company, which is a major maker of motorcycles, reported a record profit of 2.89 billion rupees, or $63 million, in the quarter ended Sept. 30. It plans to invest $44 million next year
 to increase capacity by 25 percent. Bajaj Auto shares have risen 83 percent this year, making them the second-best best performers on the 30-member benchmark Sensitive index. The stock market measure has climbed about 35 percent this year and set a record
 on Nov. 28. <br />
<br />
Low interest rates are stoking demand. Bank loans to companies and individuals rose 31.5 percent in the six months ended Sept. 30 from a year earlier, the biggest increase since 1971. The Reserve Bank of India on Oct. 25 held the key bank rate at which it lends
 to commercial banks at the 6 percent it has maintained since April 2003. <br />
<br />
A 26 percent surge in exports will also boost economic growth this year, Trade Minister Kamal Nath said on Nov. 28.
<br />
<br />
India's economic growth has averaged 6.3 percent in the past decade, the fastest rate since independence from Britain in 1947, helping double the country's per capita income to 20,862 rupees in the same period, according to government figures.
<br />
</p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>29/12/2011 16:41:35</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/15791/Generous+monsoon+buoys+Indias+growth</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">15791</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>15793</publicationdataID>
      <title>India banks on foreign investment</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p>NEW DELHI Investment by foreign companies in India will rise 20 percent this year, the top bureaucrat in the nation's department of industrial policy and promotion said Monday.
<br />
<br />
Foreign direct investment in the year to March 31 will increase to $6.5 billion as spending on manufacturing and mining rises, Ajay Dua told the India Economic Summit, organized by the World Economic Forum, in New Delhi. Investments would rise at a faster pace
 if roads and ports are improved, he said.<br />
<br />
India is simplifying its investment rules to attract more overseas investment and help close the gap with China, which began to open its economy in 1978, 13 years before India. China has had $48 billion of foreign investment since January, almost 25 times the
 amount India's received.<br />
<br />
India needs increased investments in industry and infrastructure to accelerate the annual pace of economic growth to more than 8 percent from a little over 7 percent, Finance Minister P. Chidambaram said Sunday.<br />
<br />
"We are acutely conscious that there is a huge infrastructure deficiency," Chidambaram said at the conference.
<br />
<br />
India needs $150 billion of investment in ports, roads, power plants and other projects over the next decade to narrow the gap with China, according to Prime Minister Manmohan Singh.</p>
<p>Singh's government, which took power in May last year, wants more overseas investments to sustain a growth rate of over 7 percent a year over the next ten years to cut the budget deficit and improve the lives of the one in three Indians who live in poverty,
 earning less than $1 a day according to the World Bank.<br />
<br />
"Indian manufacturing is constrained in its growth by the fact that it just can't ship goods in and out fast enough to compete with Chinese delivery time," Arjuna Mahendran, chief economist and strategist at Credit Suisse Private Banking in Singapore, said
 in an interview. "India needs to really focus on this aspect if it is going to grow at anything above 7 percent."</p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>29/12/2011 16:43:35</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/15793/India+banks+on+foreign+investment</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">15793</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>15794</publicationdataID>
      <title>Terror in India</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p>The recent terrorist attacks in India indicate that the October earthquake that devastated some jihadist-rich areas in India and Pakistan has not incapacitated the militant groups. On Oct. 29, India suffered its most lethal attack, outside of the embattled
 region of Kashmir, in the past 12 years. On Wednesday, terrorists targeted the swearing-in ceremony of Ghulam Nabi Azad as chief minister of Jammu and Kashmir, killing six, mostly policemen. The strikes left a tragic human toll and threaten geopolitical interests.
<br />
<br />
On Oct. 29, bombers detonated explosives in some of New Delhi's crowded markets as Hindu families busily prepared for Diwali, the festival of lights, killing about 60. The bombing fits an international pattern of terrorist attacks, spanning Madrid, London and
 Bali. The strike has differed from past attacks in India, which have wantonly killed civilians, but did not target them, aiming instead at more strategic targets, such the December 2001 assault on the parliament building in Delhi.
<br />
<br />
In wake of the catastrophic October earthquake, many observers reasoned that India and Pakistan would be jolted toward greater cooperation and improved relations. Indeed, the two countries are taking the significant step Monday of opening crossing points along
 the defacto border in the disputed Kashmir region. This will allow the Kashmiri people to visit their bereaved relatives on either side of the so-called Line of Control. The recent terrorist attacks, though, have already strained relations between the two
 nuclear-armed countries. The earthquakes destroyed some terrorist camps in Kashmir but also gave militants the opportunity to administer to stricken families with medical help and food, before the state or private relief organizations reached them.
</p>
<p>In a conversation with Pakistani President Pervez Musharraf, Indian Prime Minister Manmohan Singh made clear that he holds a Pakistani group responsible for the attack in New Delhi. There were "indications that the bomb blasts had links with militant groups
 in Pakistan," Mr. Singh said, and reminded Mr. Musharraf of his pledge to crackdown on terror training camps. Gen. Musharraf said he will cooperate with any investigation into the attacks.
<br />
<br />
The ongoing Indian-Pakistan peace talks are central to regional security and U.S. counterterror interests. By defusing tensions, the two countries can begin to spend less on military buildups and more on development and public education, which would rival the
 influence of Islamic schools that are the ideological launching pad to terrorism.
</p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>29/12/2011 16:45:19</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/15794/Terror+in+India</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">15794</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>15795</publicationdataID>
      <title>India's New Export: Massages; With spa travel booming, the remote state of Kerala has become a destination for its oil-drip rubdowns</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p>COCHIN, INDIA -- After a grueling 15-hour flight, Ossie Ravid was ready for some pampering. So the Chicago lawyer checked into her hotel here and headed straight for the spa.<br />
<br />
Ms. Ravid was told to strip naked and lie across a hard wooden table. For about an hour, a woman slathered oil along the length of Ms. Ravid's body. The treatment was slightly more unusual than she expected. "The whole time you're thinking, 'Hmm, is this supposed
 to be happening?'" she says. <br />
<br />
One of the trendiest treatments in the spa world these days is ayurveda, based on a 5,000-year-old Indian tradition. The treatment, which involves a massage and, in some cases, incorporates dietary advice and yoga, is increasingly popular in the U.S. This weekend,
 self-help author Deepak Chopra is planning to open a new ayurvedic spa near Times Square in Manhattan. Customers can, among other things, get warm oil dripped on their foreheads for $280. Ayurveda is even reaching the world of skincare, with model Christy
 Turlington pushing a new ayurvedic line. <br />
<br />
But a remote state in the southwestern tip of India has a different pitch: Why go down the street for a massage when you can fly 7,000 miles for one? Kerala is trying to get in on the spa-travel boom by playing up its role as one of the originators of the greasy
 rubdown. <br />
<br />
In recent years, several dozen upscale resorts with extensive spa facilities have opened in the area, including the Kalari Kovilakom, where rooms start at $414 a night, and the Kumarakom Lake Resort, whose 14 treatments include the "Pathra podala swedam," in
 which the customer is repeatedly hit with a cloth packed with herbs and butter milk.
</p>
<p>As travel to South Asia becomes more popular with Americans, Kerala is working its way onto the basic get-to-know-India itinerary. Places like Delhi, Agra (with the Taj Mahal) and Mumbai are still the first stops. But Kerala, whose beachy, laid-back feel
 is a stark contrast with the country's bigger cities, is drawing a growing number of visitors.
<br />
<br />
The number of foreign travelers to Kerala was up 17% last year to more than 345,500, according to the state's tourism authority. People from the U.S., Britain, Germany and other countries come for some of the same reasons that Indians have long traveled here,
 including overnight backwater boat trips, rolling tea plantations, and fresh seafood. The ayurvedic massages are still often performed just as they've always been performed: Customers plop down on a hard wooden table, and the masseur lathers them with round
 after round of warm oil that has been infused with pungent herbs and then rubs vigorously. New Age music and scented candles aren't part of the routine.
<br />
<br />
But as ayurveda has gone upscale, the resorts in Kerala have tried to tweak the treatments for more-selective overseas visitors. Hotel companies have restored colonial homes and rubber plantations and outfitted them with top chefs, plunge pools and spa amenities
 such as fluffy towels and slippers. <br />
<br />
In the U.S., practitioners often package their massages with floral aromas or pleasant spicy scents, while in India, they do little to disguise the smell of mud and grass in the herbs.
<br />
<br />
<strong>Sampling India's ayurveda spa treatments</strong></p>
<p>When Ossie Ravid's plane touched down in Cochin, she checked into her guest house and then headed straight out to a nearby spa. "I always like to get a massage wherever I go," says the well-traveled 34-year-old lawyer from Chicago. Ms. Ravid, who has experienced
 hot-mud treatments in Israel and therapeutic European spas in Hungary, was eager to try out India's 5,000-year-old medicinal therapy called ayurveda.
<br />
<br />
The experience wasn't quite what she imagined. At a small retreat, Ms. Ravid was told to strip naked and lie across a hard wooden table while oil was rubbed along the length of her body. "I'm not prudish, but I think most people would be uncomfortable," she
 says. "The whole time you're thinking, 'Hmm, is this supposed to be happening?' "
<br />
<br />
The spa industry is forever in search of the exotic. Riding on the success in the 1990s of luxury-spa destinations in beachside havens like Bali and Phuket, the spice region of southern India is rapidly becoming a playground for those seeking traditional treatments
 -- without the New Age music and aromatherapy massage. <br />
<br />
Many retreats in the southern state of Kerala offer no-fuss therapy based on the ancient holistic medical practice of ayurveda, which combines diet, yoga, herbs and medicated oil massage to promote health, prevent disease, cure ailments and even stimulate weight
 loss. In the past 10 years, more than 30 resorts offering ayurvedic treatments have opened up along this strip on India's southwest coast. With this in mind, Weekend Journal set out to sample some of the more high profile retreats in central and southern Kerala.
</p>
<p>While the sunny state of Kerala has been on the domestic tourist map for more than a century, the area has been attracting overseas visitors in the past few years. In 2004, the number of international tourists coming to Kerala rose 17% to more than 345,500
 from a year earlier, according to the state's tourism authority. <br />
<br />
The area is a big draw for Indian hoteliers such as the Indian Hotels Co., which operates the Taj hotels and completed its seventh resort in Kerala last year. "There's a great demand for places where people can unwind," says Paul John, an American textile exporter-turned-hotelier
 who opened the 50-room Kumarakom Lake Resort, an ayurvedic spa retreat, three years ago.
<br />
<br />
Today, elements of ayurveda have been massaged to suit overseas visitors. While tiny traditional ayurvedic clinics still dot the roadsides, the restored colonial homes and rubber plantations bought by the new hoteliers feature top-notch chefs, plunge pools,
 and spa amenities such as fluffy towels and slippers. <br />
<br />
While the majority of tourists come from the U.S., the United Kingdom and Germany, the area also is drawing a specialized segment: expatriate Indians. "Indians who go outside to work a few years and are exposed to new ideas now recognize the natural forms of
 treatments back home," says Mr. John. <br />
<br />
Sacred Indian texts known as the Vedas hold the secrets of ayurvedic medicine. According to the Veda scriptures, all aspects of life are combinations of five energy elements -- space, air, fire, water and earth. Each individual's makeup is determined by the
 proportions of these elements flowing through the body and chakras, or energy points. According to ayurvedic doctors, a person can be categorized into three basic body constitutions, or doshas. When these elements are out of order, illness can occur.
</p>
<p>While the authenticity of the experience -- vigorous massage, pungent oils, and diets based on body types -- turns off some tourists, the clinical approach is attracting others. "It isn't tarted up like it is in the U.S.," says Laurie Hitchcock, a 46-year-old
 physician from Monroe, Washington, who recently spent three days at Kumarakom Lake Resort trying out different therapies. Not only was she impressed with the amount of training ayurvedic doctors must undertake -- more than four years studying anatomy and physiology
 -- Ms. Hitchcock says she was pleased to hear the physicians referring to treatments based on long-term lifestyle and medical methods to manage disease, instead of fast fixes.
<br />
<br />
It isn't treatment for the timid. Nor should it be seen as a quick cure-all. "A lot of people come with a lot of expectations that we can cure problems in a short period of time," says K. B. Sandhya, an ayurvedic doctor at the Kumarakom Lake Resort. "We can
 give relief and improve health, but it takes time." Most practitioners recommend a stay of 14 to 28 days.
<br />
<br />
A two-week treatment can bring some relief, as Abdul Rahman Puthur of Dubai discovered recently. Suffering from jaundice due to a liver problem, Mr. Rahman, 49, says his body was so weak after a protracted illness that he could only walk 10 minutes before collapsing.
 "I felt soft like cotton," says Mr. Rahman, who works as a manager for the private affairs bureau of Sheikh Hamad Bin Mohammed Al Sharqi of the United Arab Emirates.
<br />
<br />
But after 15 days in the care of Dr. Sandhya, where Mr. Rahman was prescribed daily massages, a yoga routine and a special diet, he was able to take one-hour hikes. "I felt rejuvenated and my tiredness and muscle pain disappeared," he says.
</p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>29/12/2011 16:47:25</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/15795/Indias+New+Export+Massages+With+spa+travel+booming+the+remote+state+of+Kerala+has+become+a+destination+for+its+oildrip+rubdowns</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">15795</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>15798</publicationdataID>
      <title>No knee-jerk reactions, please!</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p>When President Pervez Musharraf rang the Indian prime minister, Dr Manmohan Singh, on Monday to condole with him over the death of 59 citizens of New Delhi in an act of terrorism, the latter told him that "there were indications that the bomb blasts had
 links with militant groups in Pakistan". President Musharraf's immediate reaction was to offer "unequivocal support for investigations into the ghastly incident". Both leaders then agreed that the bombings would not be allowed to affect the "ongoing peace
 process". Earlier, talking to newspaper editors in Islamabad, President Musharraf had stated, "We stand with India and we are ready to cooperate in any investigation to find out the culprits behind this act". Till all the facts of the case come to light, it
 would be inappropriate, he said, to accuse Pakistani "groups" of involvement. To be fair to Dr Singh, he too had used the word "indications" and not made a direct allegation.
<br />
<br />
In the event, therefore, the Foreign Office in Islamabad seems to have reacted excessively by "rejecting" the Indian claim - made by its Indian counterpart and the media there - that Pakistani groups were involved. A Foreign Office spokesperson stated that
 since India had not provided conclusive proof of the involvement of Pakistani groups the charge would have to be set aside. There are two reasons why the formulation is wrong. Firstly, the Indian prime minister had couched his communication to President Musharraf
 cautiously; secondly, in the past "Pakistani" groups have been involved in terrorism in India, and, if the Foreign Office doesn't read the newspapers, the leaders of these groups - despite a ban on their organisations - daily issue statements of extreme rage
 over President Musharraf's policy of normalisation with India. </p>
<p>The last time India and Pakistan went eyeball-to-eyeball on the border in 2001-2002, the escalation was triggered by a Jaish-e-Muhammad attack on the Indian parliament. Then too the government of Pakistan had denied that any Pakistani group was involved,
 but on March 10, 2004 General (retd) Javed Ashraf Qazi, a former director-general of the Inter-Services Intelligence and now a federal minister, stated: "We must not be afraid of admitting that the Jaish [Jaish-e Mohammad] was involved in the deaths of thousands
 of innocent Kashmiris, in the bombing of the Indian parliament, in Daniel Pearl's murder and in attempts on President Pervez Musharraf's life". He could have added the hijacking of an Indian airliner to Kandahar whereby Jaish was able to get its leader Maulana
 Masood Azhar out of an Indian jail. One should also not forget that the leader of Lashkar-e-Tayba, Hafiz Saeed, had made it a habit of delivering all kinds of threats of "invasion" on Indian TV channels during the tense period of the 2002 confrontation.
</p>
<p>The world has come round to suspend some belief when the Foreign Office speaks from Islamabad on certain matters. For too many times in the past it has acted as an unthinking mouthpiece of organisations and individuals who waged a terrorist jihad in the
 country's neighbourhood. Many stories it denied in the past have turned out to be true. However, the world also knows that President Musharraf has stepped on the toes of some very powerful elements in Pakistan by calling off the jihad. It knows that he himself
 has been attacked by the jihadi terrorists he has rendered unemployed and that his ability to take decisive steps to finish off these other centres of power in Pakistan remains limited. Given this background, there are two things that Pakistan must do: one,
 it must abandon the knee-jerk reactive rhetoric when issuing statements about India; second, it must get ready to take the decisive action it has not yet taken if investigation proves that Pakistan-related groups were indeed involved in the New Delhi weekend
 bombing. </p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>29/12/2011 16:49:20</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/15798/No+++please</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">15798</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>15800</publicationdataID>
      <title>Beguiling India beckons</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p>Will India be the next China? While Washington continues to focus on the politics of nuclear energy and weapons, American investors are fascinated by India's beguiling economic potential.<br />
<br />
India may well take the baton from China as the world's fastest-growing big economy in the coming decade. But Americans need to understand that there are critical differences between these two giants of the developing world that have huge implications for U.S.
 politics and economy. <br />
<br />
Whereas China has become the world's low-cost manufacturer, the key to India's future is in exports from its service sector. And notwithstanding all the hand-wringing in the U.S. over outsourcing of low-skilled jobs in call centers and back-office accounting,
 the growth engine for India's economy is high-skilled/high-value-added services.
<br />
<br />
Indian IT firms such as Infosys and Wipro innovate as well as the best American firms, but at much lower cost. Microsoft and Intel understand. They are investing in India not to make products developed at home but rather to develop new products that will be
 manufactured elsewhere (in China, for example). <br />
<br />
Skeptics are wont to claim that India's successes in software are not "scalable," and cannot be the basis for countrywide development.
<br />
<br />
But software is not a mere "industry" in the traditional sense of steel or textiles, to focus on two of China's strong suits. An uber-industry, software is increasingly in everything.
<br />
<br />
Consider the automobile, the poster child of 20th-century manufacturing. Today's cars don't have much in common with the Model T. They are designed on computer screens, manufactured by robots, and drive using a dizzying array of intelligent features — all made
 possible by software. </p>
<p>If potential global demand for software is so great, can India supply it? India's pool of English-speaking and well-trained engineers is already much larger than that in the U.S. and it is growing all the time.
<br />
<br />
Even those who understand India's human-capital potential point to the country's appalling infrastructure as its Achilles' heel — in stark contrast with China's crusade to build ever more roads, airports and power lines.
<br />
<br />
But while the parlous state of Indian infrastructure would cripple a country whose development hinges on manufacturing, it is less debilitating for one whose future is being driven by information and communication. The fact that Bangalore's airport is antiquated
 and that it is hard to drive to its office parks hasn't stopped Indian engineers telecommuting to the U.S. inside space-age buildings powered by privately run generators.
<br />
<br />
India doesn't even need to build telephone landlines to feed its software habit. The wireless industry, powered by software, is doing the job at warp speed. There are about 40 million Indian landline-phone subscribers; the number of cellphone subscribers is
 already over 60 million — and increasing at more than 3 million a month. <br />
<br />
Software and wireless phones in India are private-sector industries, and they have piqued the interests of global capital. American venture capitalists have already made India the new frontier. If venture capital is a leading indicator, foreign direct investment
 into India (today about $5 billion a year) may soon catch up to China's more than $50 billion.
<br />
<br />
There is also more to the Indian economy than IT. The public-health system is in disrepair, but India's private hospitals are going gangbusters.
</p>
<p>Apollo Hospitals is a booming company now positioned to provide sophisticated elective surgical procedures in India to patients from around the world, combining highly skilled doctors with low-cost operating theaters. According to a recent Pacific Council
 on International Policy-Observer Research Foundation study, open-heart surgery costing $18,000 in the U.S. can be performed for $4,500 in India.
<br />
<br />
Even Indian manufacturing shows signs of taking off. Tata Motors, for example, is currently selling about 40,000 vehicles a month. Ford, the biggest player, sells about the same number of passenger cars in India per year.
<br />
<br />
Indian demand for automobiles will mushroom in coming years, and with it comes demand for better roads. Even if the Indian government can't build them, foreign investors are lining up to do so.
<br />
<br />
The implications of Indian development for the U.S. are clear. Americans shouldn't obsess about the loss of low-skilled service-sector jobs to India. The real threat posed by India is to the heart of the American innovation economy.
<br />
<br />
To turn this into a win-win situation, the U.S. should promote the kind of people-to-people links that have made so much money for Indian-American entrepreneurs in Silicon Valley and elsewhere. Such links have also contributed to the profitability of U.S. firms
 like GE, Ford and Texas Instruments. The U.S. should also use these linkages as a platform for building better government-to-government relations with India.</p>
<p>President Bush's agreement this past July relaxing restrictions on sharing civilian nuclear technology with India is a good first step. But relations between the world's two largest democracies should be strengthened to ensure that the dynamism of the Indian
 economy serves the interests of both countries, rather than exacerbating tensions between them.
<br />
<br />
<em>Richard Celeste is president of Colorado College and co-chair of the Pacific Council on International Policy — Observer Research Foundation Taskforce on the Future of India-US Relations. Geoffrey Garrett is president of the Pacific Council on International
 Policy and professor of international relations, business administration and law at the University of Southern California. Celeste led a discussion on India-U.S. relations in Seattle for members of the Pacific Council on International Policy.
</em></p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>29/12/2011 16:52:13</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/15800/Beguiling+India+beckons</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">15800</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>15801</publicationdataID>
      <title>Grab an Indian miniature to fit your pocket</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p>GO EAST, young collector, go east. That, at any rate, is what connoisseurs of Asian art have the chance to do in London next month at the eighth annual Asian Art in London event on November 3-12.
<br />
<br />
Art dealers, auction houses and galleries will be putting on seminars, auctions and selling exhibitions, providing opportunities for both amateurs and professionals. This week and next we highlight two areas that offer investment potential as well as the chance
 to own truly exquisite works: Indian miniatures and modern Tibetan art. <br />
<br />
Indian miniatures were scarcely collected in the West before Indian independence in 1947 and in the intervening years they have come in and out of vogue. Now, however, they are back in favour in Britain, not least because first and second-generation families
 of Indian origin are interested in buying in to the history of their ancestors. Britain’s colonial history and the quality of the work on offer means that there is a good deal of demand from elsewhere as well.
<br />
<br />
"In India there are three main religions — Hindu, Muslim and Jain — and miniatures can be divided into these categories as well,” says Francesca Galloway, of the eponymous gallery, who is holding a selling exhibition until the end of November.
<br />
<br />
"In the Muslim religion there is traditionally no depiction of human beings in pictures, but these are secular rather than religious works. The Mogul dynasty came to prominence in the 16th century and imported artists from Persia, who painted scenes of the
 life of the courts. They were rulers, not religious figures, and they wanted a record of their courtly delights.”
</p>
<p>The Hindu paintings are quite different, depicting the great epics of Hindu mythology, in particular the life and loves of Lord Krishna, one of the Hindu gods. For example, Krishna and the Cowgirls, from 1790, depicts Krishna surrounded by beautiful gopi
 (cow) girls, gazing at Radha, his consort. The painting has already been sold. <br />
<br />
Much of Ms Galloway’s exhibition comes from the Archer collection. William Archer was a member of the Indian Civil Service and on his return to Britain he became keeper of the Indian section at the V&amp;A Museum. He wrote a definitive work on the subject, Indian
 Paintings from the Punjab Hills. <br />
<br />
It is possible to buy Indian miniatures for as little as £200, but the real entry level is about £3,500. It is only at that price that you can buy something truly stunning that has a real chance of increasing in value.
<br />
<br />
When choosing a miniature to buy, make sure that it has been produced using the best materials. It should be of such exceptional quality that the beauty transcends the odd bit of wear and tear.
</p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>29/12/2011 16:54:15</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/15801/Grab+an+Indian+miniature+to+fit+your+pocket</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">15801</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>15803</publicationdataID>
      <title>India and Pakistan finally co-operate as strong aftershock hits</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p>Pakistan and India are planning to allow earthquake victims across the disputed Kashmir border, bringing the nuclear-armed rivals closer in the wake of a shared tragedy that killed nearly 80,000 people on both sides of the heavily fortified frontier.
<br />
<br />
Meanwhile, as a strong aftershock measuring six on the Richter scale struck the quake zone, General John Abizaid, chief of US Central Command, toured the destruction in Pakistan's half of the divided Himalayan region and promised to "do whatever is possible
 to help Pakistan". He said 15 more US helicopters and more troops would be arriving soon to help the relief effort.
<br />
<br />
The magnitude 7.6 earthquake on 8 October is believed to have killed at least 79,000 people, mostly in Pakistan's portion of Kashmir. About 1,360 died on the Indian side. More than three million people have been made homeless.
<br />
<br />
On Saturday, Pakistan proposed creating five border crossing points for Kashmiris to freely carry relief goods to either side. India earlier offered to open aid camps for quake victims on its side of Kashmir - a region claimed in its entirety by both countries
 and where they have fought two of their three wars. <br />
<br />
"It appears to us that the proposals made by Pakistan can be reconciled with those that we ourselves had already made," an Indian Foreign Ministry spokesman said in Delhi.
<br />
<br />
Any agreement to let Kashmiris cross the frontier - long regarded as one of the world's most dangerous flashpoints - would be a clear sign of mounting trust between the rivals who began a peace process nearly two years ago.
<br />
<br />
India's proposal came in apparent response to repeated calls from Pakistan's President Pervez Musharraf for Kashmiris to be allowed to cross the so-called Line of Control to help each other recover.
</p>
<p>Another earthquake yesterday destroyed homes and killed five people in Afghanistan's eastern Paktika province near the Pakistan border. Army rescue teams have headed for the remote mountainous area.
<br />
<br />
There were no injuries reported from the aftershock in Pakistan, - of which, the epicentre was about 85 miles north of Islamabad.
<br />
<br />
Relief operations in Pakistan have taken on greater urgency, with winter fast closing in. The United Nations has renewed a call for more relief funds.
<br />
<br />
"The lives of thousands are at risk and they urgently need our help," said Rashid Kalikov, the UN co-ordinator for humanitarian assistance in Muzaffarabad. He said 800,000 people in Kashmir had no shelter.
<br />
<br />
India has provided tons of relief goods for Pakistan, but opening the border is particularly sensitive for Delhi, which has fenced and fortified the Line of Control to prevent infiltration by Islamic militants who fight Indian security forces, seeking Kashmir's
 independence or merger with Pakistan. <br />
<br />
Pakistan and India both claim Kashmir in its entirety. The two governments started a cross-border bus service earlier this year, but Kashmiris' movements are still heavily restricted.
<br />
<br />
After Pakistan formally submitted its proposal to allow five crossing points at the border, the Information Minister, Sheikh Rashid Ahmed, said that "the ball is in India's court. We hope India will make the right decision."
</p>
<p>Yesterday's Indian Foreign Ministry statement said India was "ready to engage in discussions between our two foreign offices on these modalities and reach an early decision."
<br />
<br />
Meanwhile, a UN helicopter on a mission to help victims crashed on Saturday in western Azerbaijan, killing at least four crew members. The UN-chartered Russian Ka-32 had stopped to refuel on a flight from Turkey to Pakistan.
<br />
<br />
* Al-Qaida's deputy leader is calling on Muslims to put aside criticism of Pakistan's President and give aid to earthquake victims, according to a video broadcast by Al-Jazeera TV. "You should send as much aid as you can to the victims, regardless of Musharraf's
 relations with the Americans," Mr Al-Zawahri said in the video recording. </p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>29/12/2011 16:57:06</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/15803/India+and+Pakistan+finally+cooperate+as+strong+aftershock+hits</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">15803</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>15806</publicationdataID>
      <title>India ready to open Kashmir camps</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p><strong>India says it is prepared to open relief camps for earthquake survivors from the Pakistani side of Kashmir as early as Tuesday, Indian officials say.
</strong><br />
<br />
Both countries are examining proposals which would allow survivors to cross the Line of Control which divides the fiercely disputed mountain region.
<br />
<br />
On Saturday India said it had offered to open relief centres at three points along the Line of Control.
<br />
<br />
The earthquake killed more than 50,000 and made up to three million homeless. <br />
<br />
India and Pakistan have fought two wars over Kashmir, and relations between the two sides remain tense over the area.
<br />
<br />
An Indian defence ministry spokesman told the BBC News website that Delhi can operate the relief camps despite damage to roads and bridges in the area.
<br />
<br />
"We can airlift supplies, and the mule routes are also open," Colonel VK Batra said from Srinagar.
<br />
<br />
Repairs to bridges along rivers dividing Indian- and Pakistani-administered Kashmir are also being carried out, he said.
<br />
<br />
On Saturday, an Indian foreign ministry spokesman announced a plan to open three points along the LoC where survivors from both sides of the border could meet relatives and receive medical assistance.
<br />
<br />
"Arrangements are being made for providing relief material, medical aid, food, drinking water and temporary accommodation at these points," the spokesman, Navtej Sarna, said.
<br />
<br />
"People from across the Line of Control will be allowed to come in during daylight hours after suitable screening and then return," Mr Sarna said.
<br />
<br />
Disappointed <br />
<br />
But a Kashmiri separatist leader has said he is disappointed by India's offer. <br />
<br />
Umar Farooq, leader of the All Parties Hurriyat Conference - the main separatist alliance in Indian-administered Kashmir - told the BBC the earthquake had offered a chance to dilute the LoC.
</p>
<p>He said the Hurriyat wants free movement of people across the LoC. <br />
<br />
"Of course, there would be checkpoints and travel documents. But it is not a practical proposition that people (from Pakistan) should come in the morning and go back in the evening."
<br />
<br />
But others said the move provided both sides an opportunity to resolve the long-standing Kashmir dispute.
<br />
<br />
"The divide between us is an artificial one," the Associated Press quotes another separatist leader, Nayeem Khan, as saying.
<br />
<br />
"This step will be the biggest confidence-building measure, one which will directly benefit Kashmiris."
<br />
<br />
Pakistan submitted a similar plan to India, which is being examined. <br />
<br />
Pakistani President Pervez Musharraf had earlier suggested opening up the heavily militarised border to help the relief operation following the quake which struck on 8 October.
<br />
<br />
Aid agencies are worried that many more people could die in Pakistani-administered Kashmir as a result of cold weather.
<br />
<br />
They say they need more tents, emergency shelter and helicopters. </p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>29/12/2011 16:58:53</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/15806/India+ready+to+open+Kashmir+camps</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">15806</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>15807</publicationdataID>
      <title>Kids dial India for online tutoring</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p>Twice a week, 14-year-old Princeton John sits in front of the computer in his Glenview home, puts on a headset and gets ready for an hourlong tutoring session.<br />
<br />
What's different compared with scores of other online lessons offered is that Princeton's tutor is not even on this continent. She's 7,000 miles away -- working in the middle of the night -- in a suburb outside Cochin, India.
<br />
<br />
For Princeton, a freshman at Glenbrook South High School, the quirk of having a tutor many time zones away faded long ago.
<br />
<br />
"I never think about it," he said. "It doesn't matter at all." <br />
<br />
Internet tutoring, or e-tutoring, is yet another example of how modern communications, and an abundance of educated, low-wage Asians, are broadening the boundaries of outsourcing and working their way into the minutiae of American life, from replacing your
 lost credit card to reading your CT scan to helping revive your crashed computer.
<br />
<br />
Indian tutors offer a key perk compared with U.S.-based tutors -- they're often much cheaper. Thousands of Indian teachers help U.S. students in math, science or English for about $15 to $20 an hour, a fraction of the $40 to $100 that private tutoring costs
 here. <br />
<br />
''India has very good teachers, especially in math and science. Also, these subjects are culture-free, so it is comparatively easy for Indian teachers to teach them,'' says Kiran Karnik, who heads India's National Association of Software and Service Companies.
<br />
<br />
Solving problems <br />
<br />
Princeton has been using an e-tutor for two years, starting when he was a student at Springman Middle School in Glenview. His father, Piusten, learned about it through a friend whose cousin launched the Growing Stars program, which is based in Cochin and Fremont,
 Calif. </p>
<p>Piusten credits the extra sessions with helping his son turn B's into A's. "When we went for parent-teacher conferences, we told the math teacher about it, and she was very happy, too," he said.
<br />
<br />
Princeton's 12-year-old sister, Priscilla, also uses Growing Stars. So do about 20 of Princeton's friends and relatives.
<br />
<br />
Princeton's tutor's name is Koyampurath Namitha. She arrives for work in India around 4:30 a.m., grabs a cup of coffee and joins more than two dozen colleagues, each settling into a cubicle with a computer and earphones.
<br />
<br />
''Hello Princeton, how are you? How was your test?'' she asks. <br />
<br />
''Hello, yeah . . . I'm good,'' Princeton replies. ''It was good.''<br />
<br />
The chitchat ends quickly and a geometry worksheet pops up on Princeton's computer screen. Teacher and pupil speak to one another, type messages and use digital "pencils" to work on problems. Princeton scrawls on something that looks like a hyped-up mouse pad
 and it shows up on Namitha's screen. He can also use a scanner to send assignments or textbook pages he needs help understanding.
<br />
<br />
Indian firms have benefitted from the growing U.S. government-financed tutoring industry, which had revenues last year of nearly $2 billion. The growth stems partly from the No Child Left Behind law, which requires schools to test kids in math and reading every
 year from third through eighth grades. <br />
<br />
Steve Golden, who co-founded Chicago-based Mindsprinting.com, an online education firm, does not use live tutors for his company. Instead, students log on and complete automated lessons. Live tutors would be a benefit to certain students, he said, and he's
 open to all ways to expand the service, including overseas tutors. Less-threatening environment
</p>
<p>"It's not just India. There's Malaysia and a number of different areas beginning to offer tutors via the Internet," Golden said.
<br />
<br />
New York-based Brainfuse, which provides online tutoring to hundreds of Chicago Public Schools students, employs about 900 tutors during peak months, mostly retired teachers and grad students. Most are U.S.-based, but there are some expatriates overseas.
<br />
<br />
Alec Ross, Brainfuse's regional director, said the idea of hiring foreign tutors is "still an issue we have not completely resolved."
<br />
<br />
"We will be happy to consider the possibility of using these call center-type arrangements if we could be very comfortable with issues of both tutor quality and the dependability of technology," Ross said.
<br />
<br />
Wherever the tutor, some criticize e-tutoring's lack of face-to-face contact. But that can go both ways. Ross says students have said e-tutors offer a shy or struggling student a less-threatening environment to ask questions.
<br />
<br />
"There's no one in the back of the classroom laughing because they're raising their hand," he said.
<br />
<br />
Princeton prefers an online tutor. <br />
<br />
''If I talk back to that person, they won't do anything to me,'' he says, laughing. ''This way is much better.''
</p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>29/12/2011 17:01:31</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/15807/Kids+dial+India+for+online+tutoring</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">15807</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>15809</publicationdataID>
      <title>Bengal tiger: Calcutta is transformed from Marxist redoubt into India's latest hotspot</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p>It is the end of the road for the fabled rickshaw pullers of Calcutta. The decision to ban them is the latest reform to bear the signature of Buddhadeb Bhattacharjee, the Deng Xiaoping-quoting communist who became West Bengal's chief minister in 2001 and
 has turned the eastern Indian state into a laboratory for a high-stakes marriage of Marxist theory with market reality.
<br />
<br />
The first capital of the British Raj, with its slums and its floods, is still a far cry from Shanghai. But under the rule of this highly pragmatic politician, known as Buddha, from the Communist Party of India (Marxist), Calcutta increasingly aspires to be
 seen as a little piece of China in India, a place where money has no ideology and foreign investment is welcome. What Beijing thinks today, the saying goes, Buddha thinks tomorrow.
<br />
<br />
For India-watchers, what happens in Buddha's Bengal is of more than academic interest. The speed limit for economic reform in India is to a great degree set in Calcutta, home to the so-called Left Bloc of Communist parties whose support is crucial to the government's
 majority in parliament. Mr Bhattacharjee's ability to persuade his more ideologically fixated comrades of the need for modernisation in the left's heartland is the sine qua non of reform in India as a whole.
<br />
<br />
"People carrying other people is barbaric," Mr Bhattacharjee says in an interview with the Financial Times. "The sight of a human pulling other humans on his shoulders for a pittance also does not enhance Calcutta's image in the eyes of influential visitors.
 Phase by phase, we will not renew their licences." </p>
<p>For the Communists who have ruled the state since 1977, the rickety contraptions are more than just embarrassing relics of colonial subjugation that other Indian cities abolished long ago. By highlighting Calcutta's infrastructural shortcomings, the slow-moving
 sedan chairs undermine the party's urgent pursuit of foreign capital. "Buddhadeb deliberately announced he was abolishing hand-pulled rickshaws just before he went to Singapore to promote foreign investment," says Sabir Ahamed, programme co-ordinator of the
 Calcutta Samaritans charity. <br />
<br />
The new Calcutta that Mr Bhattacharjee is building, with its information technology parks and special economic zones, has little to offer these unskilled charioteers. But the 61-year-old chief minister is unlikely to heed their protests. He is equally firm
 with hardliners within the Left Bloc who claim he has sold out to global capital. "I want investment," he says. "Money has no colour or nationality."
<br />
<br />
There are limits to how far Mr Bhattacharjee can go, however, without losing the support of his party. Over the past 18 months, the Left Bloc in New Delhi, conscious that the government's survival hinges on its record tally of 61 seats in the May 2004 election,
 has exercised a virtual veto over economic reform. Manmohan Singh, India's prime minister, who criticises their "schizophrenia" in opposing reforms in New Delhi that they champion in states they rule, does his best to support Mr Bhattacharjee.
<br />
<br />
When Azim Premji, founder of software group Wipro, recently hailed the Bengali politician as "the nation's best chief minister" - an extraordinary endorsement for a Marxist politician from the country's wealthiest entrepreneur - Mr Singh publicly agreed. India,
 the prime minister added, needed more such "visionary and courageous political leaders who understand the challenges of modernisation".
</p>
<p>Mr Bhattacharjee, who lives with his wife and daughter in a one-bedroom apartment, is also conspicuously incorruptible, a rare attribute in a country ranked towards the bottom of most global corruption indices. Harsh Neotia, a Calcutta property developer,
 says: "Very rarely do you find corruption in the party. Even his worst enemy would admit that the chief minister has the best interests of the state at heart."
<br />
<br />
The rebirth of West Bengal, now the third-largest economy in the country, began under Mr Bhattacharjee's predecessor, Jyoti Basu, whose reign was already under way by the time Deng Xiaoping started his market-oriented reforms of the Chinese economy in 1978.
 For Mr Basu, the priority was no longer a socialist utopia but to steer the party and the state government towards reform and growth.
<br />
<br />
Mr Basu restored stability to a state wracked by a Maoist insurgency and made land reform a reality for millions. But belligerent unions, which specialised in lock-outs and in encircling terrified managers, pushed the state into deep and prolonged industrial
 decline. West Bengal's share of Indian industrial output fell from around 10 per cent in 1980 to less than 5 per cent by the mid-1990s.
<br />
<br />
As businesses and capital fled the state, Mr Basu made his first significant break with conventional communist strategy. In 1994, as the economic reforms that had started in New Delhi three years earlier started to bear fruit in other states, Mr Basu proclaimed
 Bengal's first industrial policy, welcoming foreign investment "as may be appropriate, or mutually advantageous".
</p>
<p>The process accelerated under Mr Bhattacharjee, notably with the 2002 decision to declare information technology an essential public service. This aimed to protect it from strikes and to guarantee the continuity of service demanded by call-centre operators.
 By and large, it succeeded. Last month, however, a national strike called by the joint action committee of trades unions, with the CPI (M) union leading the way, for the first time disrupted Calcutta's IT industry.
<br />
<br />
His party comrades, some of whom obstructed workers going to call centres, hailed the chaos, but Mr Bhattacharjee was furious. "The strike was called by central trades unions, not me," he says. "They do not understand IT - it's not like a jute mill. It's 24/7
 and should be totally out of bounds for strikes. I am trying to repair this wrong message. I am going to assure the big IT companies - IBM, Wipro, Cognizant, PwC and so on - that next time there will be total peace."
<br />
<br />
Mr Bhattacharjee, who generally decries the lack of political freedom in China and questions the sustainability of reforms enacted without debate, cracked down hard. According to India Today, he reportedly told IT companies to give him the names of the people
 who had obstructed their cars so he could have them arrested. The message was clear: the flow of investment into Bengal's IT industry should at all costs be maintained. "The government will do what it takes to get you to the state," he says.
</p>
<p>For a state whose rulers for years rejected computers as "job-killing devices", West Bengal's recent ability to attract IT investment is a startling turnaround. Capitalising on its high-quality graduates and bottlenecks in Bangalore, India's best-known high-tech
 success story, Calcutta's IT sector is growing at 70 per cent a year - twice the national rate - albeit from a low base. In the next two years 13m sq ft will become available for rent to IT companies such as Infosys, which has just committed to investing Rs5bn
 ($111m, €93m, £63m) in a campus for 10,000 developers. <br />
<br />
One company typical of the new Bengal is Xenitis, a manufacturer of computer components and owner of the Aamar PC (My PC) brand of personal computer. Founded in 2002, the company is now selling 25,000 of its own entry-level branded PCs - some priced at less
 than Rs10,000 - a month and claims a 7-8 per cent national market share. Its sales this year will reach Rs6bn from Rs1.78bn last year.
<br />
<br />
"The same people who rejected computerisation in the 1980s have changed," says Shantanu Ghosh, Xenitis's 35-year-old founder. "They realise it is a part of life and must be accepted. The government is now sensitive to the needs of manufacturers, from identifying
 land to securing power." <br />
<br />
Mr Bhattacharjee has set Bengal a target of ranking among India's top three IT states by 2010 and of contributing 15-20 per cent of the country's total IT revenues, compared with 5 per cent in 2004. India as a whole aspires to increase revenues in the IT sector
 from $16bn in 2004 to $80bn by 2008, including $50bn of exports. </p>
<p>"We started late in IT and, to our horror, discovered huge misperceptions about Bengal linked to the Naxalite [Maoist] movement, traffic jams, Mother Teresa, the slums and so on, but over the last four to five years there's been a sea-change," says G.D.
 Gautama, IT secretary of the West Bengal government. "Almost all big companies are now here and those that are not are thinking about it."
<br />
<br />
Bengal has been growing faster than states that have traditionally attracted most foreign direct investment in India. State domestic product expanded at an annual rate of 7.1 per cent between 1994 and 2003, compared with 6.4 per cent in Karnataka, 6.1 per cent
 in Gujarat, 5.2 per cent in Tamil Nadu, 5.1 per cent in Andhra Pradesh and 4.8 per cent in Maharashtra, according to Planning Commission data.
<br />
<br />
"Our overall perception is that Calcutta has recognised the importance of creating an environment suitable for private-sector investment," says Priya Basu, the World Bank's lead private-sector specialist in India. "The leadership is saying the right things
 - in terms of improving infrastructure, making land available and bringing in foreign investment - and gradually doing the right things too."
<br />
<br />
Mr Bhattacharjee's determination to accelerate economic reform has, of course, exposed a substantial difference between what communists say for effect in New Delhi and what they are prepared to do when they come to power. Mr Bhattacharjee has pushed ahead with
 reforms that his comrades still oppose at national level. <br />
<br />
Tensions within the Left Bloc have been aggravated by Mr Bhattacharjee's latest plan to bring in foreign capital. Indonesia's Salim conglomerate is poised to sign a deal to convert around 5,100 acres of mostly agricultural land near Calcutta into a special
 economic zone containing an IT hub and what it describes as a "health city". It will also manufacture motorbikes in Howrah district, across the river from Calcutta.
</p>
<p>The Salim deal is just the latest in a series. Last year, Bengal signed a $235m contract with P&amp;O, the British ports and shipping group, which will build India's first private port just a few miles from Calcutta. Mr Bhattacharjee has also not flinched from
 restructuring 56 loss-making state-run manufacturing units. <br />
<br />
"What the chief minister does is politically significant because it enables reformers, including the PM, to demonstrate that the left is not unified in opposing the reform agenda," says Mark Runacres, deputy UK high commissioner in India. "But a much more powerful
 message is that major international players are committing to West Bengal because it means business, provides infrastructure and has integrity at the top."
<br />
<br />
So far, however, attempts by Mr Singh to divide and rule have failed. The government recently capitulated to the left by finally shelving the sale of a 10 per cent stake in Bhel, a state-owned electrical equipment group, providing further evidence that privatisation
 has been all but abandoned, labour market reforms watered down and inefficient sectors such as retail and banking protected from foreign investment.
</p>
<p>"I am a proud communist," Mr Bhattacharjee says. "I believe in Marx's world outlook, in the fundamental contradiction between labour and capital and in the class struggle. I know Americans will not write the last chapter of human civilisation but I am also
 a realist. The world is changing. The lesson from the collapse of the Soviet Union and from China is that we reform, perform or perish."
<br />
<br />
Cisco Systems said Wednesday that it would spend $1.1 billion in India over the next three years in the company's largest investment outside the United States.
<br />
<br />
John Chambers, president and chief executive of Cisco, said the company's revenue had grown by 50 percent in the India over the past two years. He added that he expected India sales to grow 30 percent annually in the next three years. "There is a good chance
 India may become our largest total sales market in the whole of Asia," he said. </p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>29/12/2011 17:04:12</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/15809/Bengal+tiger+Calcutta+is+transformed+from+Marxist+redoubt+into+Indias+latest+hotspot</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">15809</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>15810</publicationdataID>
      <title>US, India Sign Science and Technology Accord</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p>The United States and India Monday signed a wide-ranging agreement to increase science and technology cooperation. The bilateral relationship has flourished in recent years, propelled by a critical accord on nuclear cooperation reached in July.
<br />
<br />
Efforts to conclude an umbrella science and technology agreement between the two countries had languished since the mid-1990s, snagged by disputes over intellectual property rights, or IPR.
<br />
<br />
But the accord signed Monday, for the first time establishes IPR protocols necessary to conduct active joint research. It was described by Indian Science and Technology Minister Kapil Sibal at the signing ceremony here as a great leap forward in joint cooperation.
<br />
<br />
Secretary of State Condoleezza Rice signed for the United States, calling the accord another dramatic illustration of the fast-growing bilateral relationship the Bush administration has been cultivating with India:
<br />
<br />
"The United States and India will have greater opportunities and incentives to deepen and accelerate our long-standing scientific collaboration in a variety of fields, including basic sciences, space, energy, nano-technology, health and information technology,"
 she said. "In all of these areas, the United States and the international community already have benefited greatly from the expertise of the Indian scientific community."
<br />
<br />
For his part, Mr. Sibal alluded to strains in relations during the 1990s, when the United States curbed scientific cooperation because of India's nuclear program.
<br />
<br />
But he said the two sides have been engaged in a process of discovery since the beginning of the new millennium.
</p>
<p>"This discovery is bringing the two countries together in a manner never before seen in the history of the world," he said. "We have the oldest democracy in the world, and the largest democracy in the world coming together. And I think that the umbrella
 science and technology agreement that we are signing today is going to allow us to collaborate in areas that are going to serve humanity."
<br />
<br />
The Indian minister said it is time for collaboration in life-sciences to help mitigate the effects of natural disasters, like the recent South Asian earthquake and hurricanes in the southern United States, and to develop vaccines to deal with what he termed
 diseases of the poor that could devastate global populations. <br />
<br />
President Bush and Indian Prime Minister Manmohan Singh cemented what administration officials term a new global partnership in July, with an agreement allowing India to receive U.S. and other outside help for its civilian nuclear program, while allowing it
 to retain nuclear weapons. <br />
<br />
One of the key figures behind the accord, Under-Secretary of State for Political Affairs Nicholas Burns, delivers a policy speech on U.S.-India relations at New York's Asia Society Tuesday, before beginning an overseas trip that will include talks in New Delhi
 later this week. </p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>29/12/2011 17:06:41</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/15810/US+India+Sign+Science+and+Technology+Accord</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">15810</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>15811</publicationdataID>
      <title>Unwinding at India's super spa</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[NARENDRA NAGAR, India (CNN) -- The journey to the Ananda spa begins on the Shatabdi Express, a train that rumbles through the Ganges Valley in northern India.
<br />
<br />
Then a scenic drive up the winding, wooded roads of the Himalayan foothills leads to the grounds of palace that was once home to the Maharaja of Tehri-Gawal.
<br />
<br />
This is Ananda -- the world's best spa, according to Conde Nast Traveler. <br />
<br />
What makes it so special? <br />
<br />
Those who come here say it's because of the spa's emphasis on Ayurveda, an ancient Indian science of healing.
<br />
<br />
Ayurveda is an ancient holistic science developed and perfected by Indian sages for the prevention and cure of diseases, and it is a lifestyle in itself.
<br />
<br />
The Ananda experience begins with a consultation with an Ayurvedic doctor who determines your body type -- Kapha, Pitta or Vatta.
<br />
<br />
What follows is a tailor-made individual program for guests, including a daily routine of yoga classes, spa therapies, special meals and lessons with a chef.
<br />
<br />
The doctor told me that I'm a Pitta body type, which means I need to cut down on certain foods, particularly spicy, pungent tastes.
<br />
<br />
Ananda's chefs create a special menu for me, starting with a breakfast of bean sprout salad with toast and apple.
<br />
<br />
The idea is to bring your body back into its natural balance, which also explains Ananda's emphasis on yoga.
<br />
<br />
It has a special meaning at this spa since it's set in the Himalayas, considered the birth place of yoga.
<br />
<br />
"Yoga is a great stress buster -- and that's one of our unique selling points, and a combination of these will help the modern stressed out businessman," says Ananda's general manager Andrew Saldanha.
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<p>Easing the stresses of modern life seems to be the main aim of my fellow guests at the spa.
<br />
<br />
"Yes, definitely, I think I fit into that category, I have had unfortunately a little bit of work since I've been here, but not much, and I'm feeling so much better than when I arrived," said property developer Steven Milesgrade.
<br />
<br />
"I think these sorts of things are an essential part of life sort of to bring you down, and so that when I get back to London, life will be much more in tune than when it perhaps was when I arrived, so it's great."
<br />
<br />
It's for all these reasons that Conde Nast readers voted Ananda, which takes its name from the Hindi for "joy", the best spa in an increasingly competitive landscape.
<br />
<br />
"Five years ago, ten years ago rather, every hotel felt they had to have a celebrity chef," says Conde Nast Traveler's Sarah Miller.
<br />
<br />
"Now I think every hotel feels like they have to have a spa. The beauty about Ananda is that ... the experience is the spa, it's not a hotel with a spa tacked on."
</p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>29/12/2011 17:09:16</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/15811/Unwinding+at+Indias+super+spa</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">15811</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>15813</publicationdataID>
      <title>Hyundai Motor May Build Diesel Engine Plant in India</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p>Oct. 18 (Bloomberg) -- Hyundai Motor Co., South Korea's largest automaker, said it may produce diesel engines in India for locally assembled cars, cutting costs and making them more affordable in Asia's fourth-biggest automobile market.
<br />
<br />
Hyundai Motor, with $500 million of investments earmarked until 2008 for raising its share of India's vehicle market to 25 percent by 2010, is studying a plan to make diesel engines, said S.S. Yang, the carmaker's managing director for India.
<br />
<br />
``Diesel engines are gaining popularity in India as the operating cost of a diesel car is always lower, compared with a petrol car,'' said Dipen Sanghavi, equities analyst at Pranav Securities Pvt.
<br />
<br />
Hyundai Motor may fit diesel engines on Santro and Getz compact cars in India, following a $390 million investment outside New Delhi by Maruti Udyog Ltd., which makes one of two cars in the country. Vehicles that burn diesel, which is as much as 25 percent
 cheaper than gasoline in India, are increasingly popular amid surging oil prices.
<br />
<br />
Four of the seven types of cars and sports-utility vehicles sold by Hyundai Motor in India are run by diesel engines imported from South Korea.
<br />
<br />
The 1.1-liter Santro and 1.3-liter Getz compete with Tata Motors Ltd.'s diesel-engine Indica hatchback. Tata Motors is the nation's biggest maker of diesel-powered cars with 80 percent of Indica and Indigo sedans having diesel engines.
<br />
<br />
``Diesel engines are gaining a lot of popularity in India,'' Yang said in an Oct. 14 interview in New Delhi, without giving details. ``As oil prices are rising, customers are wanting diesel engines which have lower running costs.''
<br />
<br />
More Powerful Engines <br />
<br />
India's car sales grew 6.1 percent to 409,570 units in the six months ended Sept. 30, according to the Society of Indian Automobile Manufacturers, without breaking out separate figures for diesel-powered engines.
</p>
<p>Sales of Hyundai, the fastest growing carmaker in India this fiscal year, grew 29 percent to 77,423 units in the six months to Sept. 30. Hyundai, the nation's biggest car exporter, boosted overseas sales by 38 percent to 51,698 in the six months.
<br />
<br />
Sales of Hyundai's diesel-powered Accent and Elantra cars, fitted with so-called common rail direct injection engines, have been increasing. The Accent has a 1.5-liter diesel engine and the Elantra a 2.3-liter engine.
<br />
<br />
Diesel Sales <br />
<br />
Diesel cars accounted for 13 percent of Hyundai's sales between January and September compared with 8 percent last year and 7 percent a year before, the company said.
<br />
<br />
Shares of Hyundai Motor, which have gained 37 percent this year, fell 0.26 percent to 76,200 won in Seoul yesterday.
<br />
<br />
Hyundai Motor may make diesel engines with 1.1 liter and 1.3 liter capacities in India, both used on minicars and compact vehicles, Yang said.
<br />
<br />
The Seoul-based carmaker isn't the only manufacturer investing in diesel engines. Maruti, the largest carmaker in India and 54 percent owned by Japan's Suzuki Motor Corp., will make 1.3-liter diesel engines for exports. Half of the engines, made with technology
 from Fiat SpA and General Motors Corp.'s Adam Opel AG, will be exported to Asian and European Union countries, the carmaker said.
<br />
<br />
``A lot of middle-class consumers, for whom daily running costs are paramount, love to buy a diesel-powered car,'' said Bijoy Kumar, editor of the Business Standard Motoring monthly magazine. ``Some of the modern diesel engines are powerful, burn the fuel cleanly
 and offer decent mileage.'' <br />
<br />
Rivals <br />
<br />
Other automakers are introducing new diesel-powered cars too. </p>
<p>Mumbai-based Tata Motors last week introduced a turbo- charged version of its diesel engine in the 1.4-liter Indica hatchback. Ford Motor Co., the second-biggest U.S. automaker, has said it will offer customers a diesel engine when its Fiesta car goes on
 sale next month. <br />
<br />
Maruti will start offering diesel engines in its cars from 2007 after its diesel engine factory is completed.
<br />
<br />
``If Hyundai wants to remain competitive to Maruti, it will have to plan such a move to retain its position in the market,'' Sanghvi of Pranav Securities said.
<br />
<br />
Hyundai Motor expects to export up to 40 percent of its production in India by 2008, from the current 25 percent, when it begins production at a second factory in India, Yang said.
</p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>29/12/2011 17:11:33</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/15813/Hyundai+Motor+May+Build+Diesel+Engine+Plant+in+India</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">15813</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>15814</publicationdataID>
      <title>'Imitate' gives way to 'innovate'; India's pharmaceutical industry increasingly turning to research</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p>(CNN) -- The business proposition has changed dramatically for India's pharmaceutical industry since the beginning of this year.
<br />
<br />
Under new World Trade Organization patent protection rules that took effect on January 1, the era of being the world's "copycat" king of generic drug production is coming to an end.
<br />
<br />
No longer can Indian companies simply copy drugs patented after January 1995. That might work at home, but if they want to thrive in the tougher global environment, imitation is out and innovation is in.
<br />
<br />
In fact, it has been that way for some time for India's flagship pharmaceutical companies such as Ranbaxy Laboratories and Dr. Reddy's Laboratories.
<br />
<br />
They already spend significant amounts in the key area of research and development, recognizing that growth will come primarily from their ability to innovate and bring new drugs to market.
<br />
<br />
Making and marketing generic formulations for big regulated markets such as the United States, Europe, South Africa and Australia is still the key revenue driver for these and other Indian pharmaceutical companies, but the long-term game is being played via
 R&amp;D and the search for new chemical entities (NCEs). <br />
<br />
While finding NCEs is costly, it potentially is hugely profitable. <br />
<br />
Dr. Reddy's, the Hyderabad-based company with a discovery research facility in Atlanta, has six NCEs in the pipeline, including two in clinical development.
<br />
<br />
Company founder Dr. K. Anji Reddy told CNN recently he believed he had a "blockbuster" drug in the pipeline.
<br />
<br />
That might help him achieve his 2010 target of $2 billion annual revenue, up from $500 million this year.
</p>
<p>"All of our revenue now comes from generics. My ambition is that four years from now we will have our own drugs," he said.
<br />
<br />
Reddy, speaking on the sidelines of the Forbes Global CEO Conference in Sydney, said the biggest barriers to innovation were bureaucracy and politics.
<br />
<br />
"If you have politics in a scientific laboratory, nothing sprouts there at all," he said. Money is not the problem, in Reddy's view.
<br />
<br />
"You don't need a lot of money in the discovery stage and phase one to pre-clinical. You don't need huge money to phase-two clinical test," he said.
<br />
<br />
"After that, you need real money -- but if I have a success, big [pharmaceutical companies] will come to me."
<br />
<br />
In the sphere of active pharmaceutical ingredients (APIs), Dr. Reddy's has developed more than 100 molecules, with 70 of them being marketed worldwide.
<br />
<br />
Gurgaon-based rival Ranbaxy, which is India's biggest pharmaceutical company, says it has three to five NCEs in the late discovery stage, with two molecules in phase II clinical trials.
<br />
<br />
It undertook process developmental work for 15 new APIs in 2003, and also commercialized technologies for another 10 APIs.
<br />
<br />
Like Dr. Reddy's and Ranbaxy, other Indian exporters such as Cipla sell generics to a variety of markets around the world. Between them, they sold drugs worth $3.8 billion in 2004-05 to global markets.
<br />
<br />
If things go to plan, India's pharmaceutical exports could reach $6 billion by 2010 -- still small compared to the $70 billion of manufactured goods India exported last year, but a huge advance from 30 years ago, when India made only the most basic of drugs.
<br />
<br />
Today, India has the largest number of drug manufacturing facilities approved by the U.S. Food &amp; Drug Administration outside the United States.
</p>
<p>Just as India has made a name globally on the strength of a vibrant information technology services sector, so too, have its drug companies made tremendous strides in the past decade.
<br />
<br />
India came to pharma with similar advantages to IT -- costs are low and high-quality intellectual capital is plentiful.
<br />
<br />
For example, costs in India for scientists, doctors and laboratory analysts are about one-fifth to one-eighth of those in the United States. India also is making a name for itself as a good place for clinical trials.
<br />
<br />
The other big bonus has been India's "copycat" regime. Domestic legislation allowed reverse-engineering of patented drugs developed at a huge cost by international pharma companies.
<br />
<br />
The rationale for this approach was a population of 1 billion people in need of cheap generic medicines to combat the ever-present risk of disease, particularly during the June-September monsoon season.
<br />
<br />
India acceded to WTO rules banning this approach for drugs patented after January 1995, under what is known as Trade Related Intellectual Property Rights (TRIPS). Now the challenge is to take the industry to the next stage, where Indian pharma companies make
 their own discoveries. <br />
<br />
Reddy is convinced it will happen. <br />
<br />
"The goal must be for India -- and China -- to develop drugs on their own soil at affordable prices for people. They must, or people will die.
<br />
<br />
"We will do that one day," he says. </p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>29/12/2011 17:13:58</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/15814/Imitate+gives+way+to+innovate+Indias+pharmaceutical+industry+increasingly+turning+to+research</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">15814</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>15817</publicationdataID>
      <title>Swirl, Sip, Spit; A connoisseur of India's national drink makes a pilgrimage to Darjeeling for the 'champagne of teas'</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p>India's summer monsoon had started to taper off when I climbed the bank from the chai-colored Hooghly River to the railroad bed. Pottery shards and other detritus littered the stones between the railway ties, and it was there that I found a relic, my most
 sentimental acquisition from the trip: a kulhar, or earthenware tea cup, discarded from a moving locomotive, as is the custom.
<br />
<br />
Miraculously, the vessel had survived intact. Its rough surface was glazed and darkened by rainwater. I held it to my nose. The thick, dark residue at the bottom smelled sweet, of sugar and milk, which is how most Indians take their tea.
<br />
<br />
I had just returned from a tour of Darjeeling, the hilly northeast region tucked between Sikkim, Bhutan, Nepal and Bangladesh, home to what aficionados know as the "champagne of teas." Escorted by proud estate managers, I had tasted what every enthusiast prizes—clear
 decoctions that were astringent, muscatel-scented and gorgeously evanescent. <br />
<br />
Oenophiles have their own unpronounceable group sensibility, and those of us besotted by tea are just as passionate and particular. Tea is said to stimulate more of the human palate than nearly any other food, except the grape. And although the French may bandy
 about the term terroir to denote the unique environmental character of wine, tea—without the snooty terminology—is a truer terroir product. Its tender, topmost leaves register the subtlest changes in soil, rain, wind and sunlight. Importers liken great Darjeelings
 to Château Lafites and Montrachets, at nearly the price. </p>
<p>The 19th century British coined a term for the madness that lured us to these isolated hills: tea fever. On this trip, many in our little group of American buyers and devotees were severely afflicted.
<br />
<br />
We had flown halfway across the planet, crowded into jostling jeeps and held on to our seats as the vehicles climbed rutted, mist-cloaked roads more than a mile up, all to imbibe the freshest possible samples from some of the world's best tea estates. There,
 in tasting rooms, we paid homage to the newest production lots. We scrutinized dry leaves scattered on white paper, the better to discern the presence of silver or golden tips—that is, buds—that abound only when tea plucking and manufacture are done with extraordinary
 care. We poked and sniffed the hot-water-doused leaves, known as the "infusion." We feigned expertly swirling the steeped tea, or "liquor," in our mouths before releasing it sharply into a brass spittoon.
<br />
<br />
Darjeeling teas are special on several counts. The leaves come from China bushes, which the British planted 130 years ago here in the Himalayan foothills. In good years—meaning when spring rains are followed by a prolonged dry spell—flavors are concentrated
 down to pinpoint and idiosyncratic perfection. Though muscatel flavor is the coin of the realm, a stray stand of bushes may sprout leaves that smack of raspberries. Another's leaves may yield a lingering finish that conjures up fresh cream.
</p>
<p>Like fine wine, great lots of Darjeeling teas are one-off propositions. Unlike vintage wine, which can improve in the bottle, Darjeelings are best consumed very fresh and rather quickly, because their refined flavors vanish after 10 minutes of cooling.
<br />
<br />
We sought peak experiences in every sense of the word, which led us, among other lofty destinations, to the Puttabong Estate. A painted sign over the factory entrance proclaims its 1992 DJ-101 lot the "First to Fetch World Record Price" of 10,001 rupees per
 kilogram (at today's exchange rate, about $100 a pound). Since then, prices for top teas have zoomed far higher, reflecting global appreciation of the fragrant leaf. But tea zealots still remember the DJ-101.
<br />
<br />
"It was beautiful. It was an exquisite tea. It was an outstanding, outstanding tea," said Krishan Katyal, a velvet-voiced middleman who also possesses one of the most renowned tea palates. Katyal happened to be the broker of that celebrated lot. At the victory
 party at Puttabong Estate, he had noticed that the wife of the estate superintendent served the pricey DJ-101 but didn't partake. He followed her into the kitchen.
<br />
<br />
"This is a magnificent tea," he said. "Is something wrong? Don't you like it?" <br />
<br />
"That's not tea," she shot back. <br />
<br />
Then, he told us, "she took out a Dooars"—a common, low-grown Indian black tea—"mixed it with water in a pan, boiled it with milk until it was stew, added cardamom and cinnamon, and said, 'This is tea.' "
</p>
<p>We Americans spent two weeks chasing the perfect brew. But for most Indians, tea drinking is not the culmination of an aesthetic quest; it is a non-event, a familiar pleasure—a pleasure because it is familiar. The biggest tea-consuming country in the world
 regards its national beverage not as a lifestyle but as life. In Guwahati, the bustling city in Assam that is India's biggest tea auction center, I spoke to a buyer for Unilever, the giant multinational that owns Lipton and a slew of other commodity tea brands.
 The young man lamented the stagnant state of his homeland's domestic tea sales. <br />
<br />
"Here," he said, "tea is something your granddad used to drink." <br />
<br />
Beyond the serene tasting rooms, with their silence and pure white cups and bowls, real life coursed through the streets, noisy and precarious. Every passing scene framed the full spectrum of joy and misery, devotion and toil. A precious Darjeeling, I began
 to realize, was not the proper accompaniment. <br />
<br />
A man carried a massive load of bricks on his head, a poverty-wage Olympian. Feral dogs congregated with casual authority at street corners. Women in brilliant saris sailed by, carried on battered bicycle rickshaws. A hotel security guard closed his eyes and
 prayed before hoisting up his rifle. Child beggars performed elegant hand gestures and mime to guilt-frozen Westerners. Diesel fumes, wood smoke, urine, incense, truck horns, motorbike buzz, tinny storefront music, a riot of sensations.
<br />
<br />
In the town of Darjeeling proper, a plump chai wallah—or tea maker—sat on a stool like a jazz drummer playing his pots and pans. His wasn't tea made from the just-plucked and tenderly manipulated leaves that we fanatics venerated. Rather, it was Indian tea
 for Indians: a muscular brew produced by the brutal process known as CTC—Crush, Tear and Curl—in which a machine shreds the leaves into cheap, sturdy, uniform delivery systems of color and strength.
</p>
<p>CTC tea was the tea held by the discarded earthenware kulhar I had cradled on the railroad tracks. As I would later learn, India's railway minister had barred the use of plastic cups on train platforms. The policy, announced in mid-2004, had two goals: to
 stem the tide of littering and to create new jobs for hundreds of thousands of potters, thus rejuvenating rural economies.
<br />
<br />
Every 24 hours, India's trains carry about 14 million passengers. According to government calculations, that translated into a daily order for 12 crore, or 120 million, traditional clay cups, a figure that took into account their frequent breakage. My archeological
 relic was one of those 120 million. <br />
<br />
I made a pilgrimage to Darjeeling to pursue my own version of tea pleasure: laced with mystique, served in ceramics, gone within 10 minutes. Someone else just as assuredly found his or hers in a crowded Calcutta railway car. It was milky and sweet, round and
 earthy, like the vessel that held it, and tossed out the window after 10 minutes. In the vast and bracing bazaar of India, you can always find your cup of tea.
<br />
<br />
Madeline Drexler is a Boston-based journalist and author. </p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>29/12/2011 17:17:00</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/15817/Swirl+Sip+Spit+A+connoisseur+of+Indias+national+drink+makes+a+pilgrimage+to+Darjeeling+for+the+champagne+of+teas</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">15817</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>15818</publicationdataID>
      <title>Designing Dream Machines -- In India; India's Tata Consultancy and other outfits are taking on more complex jobs for Detroit</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p>Few folks are surprised to learn that their PC or cell phone was designed by a no-name Asian electronics contractor. But what about something really complex? Could Detroit, say, outsource the design of a whole passenger car to low-cost engineers in Asia?
 Not yet. But visit the engineering operations of outfits such as Tata Consultancy Services, a showcase of India's fast-evolving design capabilities, and that day seems closer than you may think.
<br />
<br />
At TCS labs in India, engineers are working on virtually every aspect of car design for an array of foreign clients. In Bangalore, for example, engineers are tweaking the designs of a drive train for a passenger car to be built by a Western auto maker. Using
 virtual 3D prototypes, ergonomics experts run complex analyses of design changes to the car's interior, helping determine whether the steering wheel or radio controls are at an optimal distance from the driver. "Just one millimeter off can irritate the driver,"
 explains R.G. Prasad, who heads TCS' 850-engineer industrial design operations in Bangalore. TCS experts also scrutinize the structure of a car's outer body, devise embedded software to monitor an engine's performance, and analyze crash-test results. And they
 help design factory production lines that will be built back in the U.S. </p>
<p>Nobody is saying the Big Three are planning to outsource the conceptual design of whole vehicles anytime soon. For now, auto makers tend to farm out less creative, more tedious engineering tasks such testing for design flaws. But clearly, the volume and
 sophistication of engineering design work is growing rapidly in India. Bangalore's Harita Infoserve Ltd. is developing interior parts and conducting computer tests on components for General Motors Corp. (). Bangalore's Plexion Technologies has worked on the
 interior design and windows for a DaimlerChrysler () bus. Toyota (), Ford Motor (), Ferrari, and Honda Motor () all are boosting Indian outsourcing, as are key component makers such as Robert Bosch, TRW Automotive (), Visteon (), and Collins &amp; Aikman ().
<br />
<br />
Detroit's enthusiasm is providing a new boost to the subcontinent's fast-growing info-tech services sector. Within five years, India's contract industrial engineering revenue is expected to grow from around $500 million now to $10 billion. Worldwide, the product
 engineering services industry is expected to double, hitting $53 billion annually by 2009, predicts market research firm IDC.
<br />
<br />
It's unclear how much engineering design work is reflected in these numbers, but it won't be trivial. Last year, for example, auto makers accounted for some 60% of the industrial design work done by Indian suppliers, according to Indian software services trade
 group Nasscom. </p>
<p>Design outsourcing contracts are sweeping into numerous industries. U.S. producers of everything from machine tools and farm equipment to heavy-duty power generators are rushing work to India as well. At one end, the wave is likely to encompass more midsize
 companies such as MarquipWardUnited, a $125 million manufacturer based in the small town of Phillips, Wis. To speed up development of the company's $300,000 machines that create cardboard packaging, executives turned to St. Louis design partner Barry-Wehmiller
 International Resources (BWIR), which in turn employs 200 industrial engineers in Chennai, India, and an additional 50 in the U.S. BWIR intends to boost its Indian design engineering force to 300 by yearend. Likewise, Chicago's Fleetwood Goldco Wyard Inc.,
 a $100 million manufacturer of factory equipment, used BWIR to develop expensive pasteurizing machines for a leading U.S. packaged foods company.
<br />
<br />
OPPORTUNITY TO GROW <br />
<br />
With midsize equipment makers struggling to fend off mounting competition from China, outsourcing arrangements pay off mainly by cutting development time and costs. Many of these manufacturers have had to pass up orders with tight delivery times simply because
 they lacked the necessary engineers. "Where we are, it's hard to hire and train people in a hurry," says Operations Manager Blake Pluemer of MarquipWard United, which supplies production lines to the likes of Weyerhouser Co. () and Georgia Pacific Corp. ().
 "Now we can shrink and expand as needed. This gives us an opportunity to grow." </p>
<p>In Detroit, economics is driving the move to India, which has an abundance of engineers and design outfits that charge less than $15 an hour for their services. And advanced, interactive design technologies are becoming simpler and less expensive. These
 are the tools that enable engineers around the world to use the Internet to swap, test, and modify virtual products that may have thousands of components. Prices of basic computer-aided design software from the likes of Needham (Mass.)-based Parametric Technology
 (), Cincinnati's UGS, and France's Dassault Systems () have dropped from $20,000 per copy in the mid-1990s to as little as $3,000 today.
<br />
<br />
These factors have played to the strengths of big Indian design houses, which can afford to hire hundreds -- even thousands -- of engineers. What's more, huge operations such as TCS, one of India's leading software-services giants, can offer a breadth of engineering
 services unmatched by U.S. rivals. Most independent engineering firms serving Detroit have fewer than 10 engineers, who specialize in just a few niches. Because such expertise is expensive, carmakers "tend to outsource very high-end jobs," says PTC Chief Product
 Officer Jim Heppelmann. In contrast to Detroit boutiques, the Indian outfit has 2,000 industrial engineers, 400 of whom specialize in auto electronics and embedded software. As a result, "virtually every part of a product can now be affordably outsourced,"
 he says. PTC says it sees a sharp drop in design software sold to U.S. engineering operations -- and rapidly rising sales in India.
</p>
<p>Indian companies also offer a broad range of technical capabilities. Among the strengths of TCS is expertise in developing software tools and algorithms to analyze all sorts of engineering challenges. For clients setting up auto factories in the U.S. and
 Europe, TCS engineers, many of whom have experience in the Indian auto and aerospace industries, simulate the production processes under various scenarios and suggest the optimal method to configure the assembly lines and work areas and the best way to program
 assembly robots. They also develop models to study the impact of a collision on any part of a car body at different angles.
<br />
<br />
BROAD EXPERTISE <br />
<br />
When it comes to a car interior, such broad expertise is especially valuable. "Every tweak in the design of a car interior has a cascading effect on every other parametric that then has to be analyzed," such as the configuration of the dashboard or the space
 between a passenger's head and the ceiling, says Ravi Gopinath, TCS vice-president for engineering and industrial services. "We can then come up with solutions very quickly."
</p>
<p>It's not hard to discern where these diverse capabilities converge. Ultimately, Gopinath says, TCS and other Indian engineering contractors would like to win jobs to develop an entire vehicle. "It would be our dream if a car manufacturer just said: 'Here
 are the specs. Go and do the complete job,"' he says. That's unlikely. The design of a car engine, body, and interior are too central to a carmaker's competitive edge and require an intimate feel for the preferences in the home market. But, Gopinath notes,
 "we are getting into larger parts of the development cycle." IDC analyst Joe Barkai confirms the trend: "We'll see manufacturing companies giving much more ownership of design to their trusted partners in India."
<br />
<br />
Ultimately, TCS and other Indian engineering houses say they hope to sell their own conceptual designs for industrial products. If so, a future economy car could well carry a label saying "designed in India."
</p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>29/12/2011 17:19:52</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/15818/Designing+Dream+Machines++In+India+Indias+Tata+Consultancy+and+other+outfits+are+taking+on+more+complex+jobs+for+Detroit</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">15818</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>15819</publicationdataID>
      <title>Rural India Goes Digital; Multichannel Satellite TV Pushes Into the Hinterland To Tap Huge Growth Market</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p>MUMBAI -- A satellite-televison boom in India is finally pushing multichannel TV into its vast rural hinterland and opening a new commercial battlefield in one of the world's biggest TV markets.
<br />
<br />
Places like Lodra, a village of two thousand people and a few hundred mud huts, 700 kilometers north of here in Gujarat state, typify the new phenomenon. At dusk, hundreds of people routinely gather around a TV set propped on a wooden table in the village center.
 They will watch until early morning, drawn by the 36 channels relayed from a satellite to a receiving dish on the ground.
<br />
<br />
"The choice of channels puts us in a good mood after a hard day in the fields," explains farmer Madhabhai B. Thakor in a phone interview. Until last year, Mr. Thakor, like most rural Indians, he had to make do with just two of India's earnest but insipid public
 terrestrial channels. Now, he and his friends enjoy musicals in the local Gujarati dialect and anything with lots of fight scenes.
<br />
<br />
Nearly three-quarters of India's 1.1 billion people live in villages like Lodra, making it one of the world's least-urbanized countries. While India's cable connections have tripled over the past decade to 61 million, rural households have missed out as cable
 companies see no profit in stringing kilometers of wire to reach remote locations.
<br />
<br />
Enter digital television. Relying on signals transmitted from a satellite to a receiving dish and from there to a set-top signal-decoding box, rather than through cables, digital TV can transmit anywhere, delivering more channels and better picture quality.
</p>
<p>"Digital TV is going to change the dynamics of the Indian TV marketplace," says Vivek Couto of Media Partners Asia, a consultancy in Hong Kong, who sees a looming commercial battle between digital and cable companies.
<br />
<br />
Mr. Couto expects India to have 12 million paying subscribers to digital TV by 2015 -- a huge jump from just 400,000 currently -- generating 45 billion rupees, or about $1 billion, in annual revenue. Cable connections are expected to exceed 70 million by then,
 he says. The spread of digital might occur at an even faster clip if India's Congress Party-led coalition government endorses broadcasting-industry proposals to raise the foreign direct-investment ceiling in direct-to-home TV ventures from the current 20%
 to at least 49%, the level permitted in the cable industry. <br />
<br />
There is pent-up demand for such service. India is the world's third-largest television market with 108 million TV-equipped households, a number that is growing by about nine million a year. But that still leaves half of all Indian households without a television
 set. Moreover, many existing TVs are old 14-inch (35-centimeter) black-and-white models that can't receive some satellite channels via cable, even if cable operators were willing to hook up remote areas for new subscribers.
<br />
<br />
So, many villages have been left with only India's famously stodgy state-owned broadcaster, Doordarshan, where the programming emphasis is on informing the rural masses about farming techniques and health issues.
</p>
<p>"Satellite television can only rise in India, and rise very fast," says Atul Phadnis, an analyst at TAM India, a media research firm. "Direct-to-home television will be a huge catalyst."
<br />
<br />
India's pay-TV industry is focused on cable operators and has nearly $3 billion in annual revenue, according to a recent Price Waterhouse Coopers study. But satellite can go where cable hasn't, which is into the increasingly prosperous rural market.
<br />
<br />
R.V. Rajan, managing director at Anugrah Madison Advertising, a rural marketing concern in Chennai, says residents of India's countryside spend about $30 billion a year on everything from air conditioners to shampoo and household detergents. Aggregate rural
 spending power is growing about 25% annually. <br />
<br />
Pradeep Kashyup, another rural-marketing guru and chief executive of New Delhi-based consultancy Mart, says rural household income has risen quickly along with India's economic expansion. Rural households now earn nearly 60,000 rupees a year, still around half
 that earned by urban households. <br />
<br />
Mr. Kashyup contends that disposable income is actually higher in the countryside than in the cities because of a lower cost of living. Many villagers, he explains, own rather than rent their homes, while education and health care are mostly free. "New TV services
 will proliferate in the countryside very quickly," he predicts. "At the press of a button, [advertisers] will be able to reach every corner of the country."
<br />
<br />
Media companies, local and foreign, are rushing to cash in. Zee Telefilms Ltd., India's biggest media company, says it is adding 3,000 new satellite subscribers a month to the direct-to-home service it started last year called Dish TV. "Half of these are coming
 from small towns," says Dish TV's chief executive, Sunil Khanna. </p>
<p>News Corp.'s Hong-Kong based Star TV, which already operates some of India's hottest cable channels, will soon launch a direct satellite service in a joint venture with Tata Sons Ltd., the holding company of Tata Group, one of India's biggest industrial
 conglomerates. <br />
<br />
Even Doordarshan, the public broadcaster, is joining the fray. It is offering a satellite service with 30 free channels, including some broadcast by southern India's Sun TV, which has agreed to join Doordarshan's digital service. The public broadcaster requires
 its customers to purchase only a set-top decoder and a small satellite dish for 1,500 to 2,000 rupees. Doordarshan says its satellite signals can be picked up by the basic decoders already on the market, and it says more than four million decoders already
 have been sold to people wanting to view its programs. <br />
<br />
"No mass-market service can afford to ignore rural India today," says Vikram Kaushik, chief executive of Space TV, the name of the new Tata-Star TV joint venture. "There is a huge market waiting to be tapped."
<br />
<br />
Kirk Johnson, a sociologist at the University of Guam who has studied the impact of television in rural India, believes satellite TV will change social and economic patterns as well, providing poorer country-dwellers with information they can use to improve
 their lives. <br />
<br />
Indeed, Mr. Thakor, the Lodra farmer, has used information gleaned from his village's new Doordarshan service to purchase a new type of cattle feed that produces more milk from his cows and makes his family an extra 45 rupees a day. He plans to use the extra
 cash to finance a truck purchase under a promotion he also saw on TV. <br />
<br />
"We didn't know about these things earlier, but they are good for people like us," Mr. Thakor says.
</p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>29/12/2011 17:22:09</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/15819/Rural+India+Goes+Digital+Multichannel+Satellite+TV+Pushes+Into+the+Hinterland+To+Tap+Huge+Growth+Market</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">15819</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>15820</publicationdataID>
      <title>India's Economic Growth Accelerates to 8.1% in First Quarter</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p>Sept. 30 (Bloomberg) -- India's economy expanded at the fastest pace in more than a year in the first quarter, as companies including Mahindra &amp; Mahindra Ltd. increased production to meet rising orders.
<br />
<br />
Gross domestic product in Asia's fourth-largest economy expanded 8.1 percent in the three months ended June 30 from a year earlier, the Central Statistical Organisation said in New Delhi today. That compares with a 7.2 percent median forecast in a Bloomberg
 survey of nine economists. <br />
<br />
Borrowing costs close to three-decade lows and rising wages encouraged more consumers to buy cars, houses and goods in the world's second-fastest-growing major economy behind China. The spending has boosted profits at companies such as automaker Mahindra &amp;
 Mahindra, lifting the benchmark Sensitive stock index 31 percent this year. The government is targeting more than 7 percent annual growth for the next decade.
<br />
<br />
``Low interest rates and higher disposable incomes are spurring the economy,'' said N. R. Bhanu Murthy, an economist at Institute of Economic Growth in New Delhi. ``Outlook for economic growth in the current fiscal year looks quite strong.'' India's financial
 year runs April though March. <br />
<br />
Japan's economy, the world's second biggest, expanded 2.1 percent in the three months ended June 30. China's GDP gained 9.5 percent and South Korea's 3.3 percent in the same period.
<br />
<br />
The central bank on July 26 held its key lending rate at the 6 percent maintained since April 2003, the lowest since May 1973.
</p>
<p>India's growth has averaged 6.3 percent in the decade ended March 31, 2004, the fastest since independence from Britain in 1947, helping double the nation's per capita income to 20,862 rupees ($474) in the same period, government data shows.
<br />
<br />
Industrial Production <br />
<br />
Industrial production rose 9.3 percent in the four months ended July, the latest period for which figures are available, following 8 percent growth in the year ended March 31 which was the fastest in five years. Industry accounts for a quarter of the $661 billion
 economy. <br />
<br />
Profit at Maruti Udyog Ltd., India's biggest carmaker, rose 32 percent in the quarter ended June 30 as the company boosted sales of more expensive models such as the Alto and the Baleno. Associated Cement Companies Ltd., the nation's biggest cementmaker by
 capacity, said profit rose 72 percent in the same period on higher demand from builders of homes, roads and bridges.
<br />
<br />
Demand for manufactured goods may pick up further this year as normal monsoon rains boost farm production, said Pyarelal Raghavan, an economist at Federation of Indian Chambers of Commerce and Industry in New Delhi. The June-September monsoon irrigates about
 two-thirds of India's cropland. <br />
<br />
Farmers, Monsoon <br />
<br />
The government on Sept. 16 said output of food grains sown in the monsoon season may rise 2 percent because normal rains allowed farmers to cultivate more land. Monsoon rain last year were 13 percent below normal, slowing economic growth to 6.9 percent in the
 year ended March 31 from a 15-year high of 8.5 percent in the previous year. </p>
<p>``We see rising demand in the coming years,' said Gautam Thapar, vice chairman and managing director at Ballarpur Industries Ltd., India's biggest maker of writing and printing paper, which on Sept. 28 said it plans to double its capacity to 1.2 million
 metric tons by 2010. ``Outlook for economic growth looks good and that's getting reflected on the stock market.''<br />
<br />
Exports, which account for about a 10th of the economy, rose 23 percent from a year ago in the five months ended August following a 24 percent gain in the year ended March 31, government data show. Mahindra &amp; Mahindra, India's biggest tractor maker, shipped
 more vehicles to Europe, while companies including Tata Steel Ltd. increased sales to China.
<br />
<br />
Oil, Inflation<br />
<br />
Finance Minister Palaniappan Chidambaram on Sept. 23 said rising oil prices are starting to affect India's economy and may restrain growth in the current financial year.
<br />
<br />
Prime Minister Manmohan Singh's government partially passed on higher global crude oil costs to consumers by approving a 7 percent increase in automobile fuel prices on Sept. 6, the first since June. Crude costs have risen 34 percent in the past year.
<br />
<br />
``The only threat to India's economic growth comes from higher inflation,'' said D. H. Pai Panandiker, director general at RPG Foundation, an economic policy group in New Delhi. ``Inflation will likely accelerate and the central bank may be forced to raise
 interest rates by a quarter point next month.''<br />
<br />
The Reserve Bank of India in its July 26 monetary policy statement left its overnight borrowing rate unchanged at 5 percent, saying inflation probably won't exceed its target of 5.5 percent in the year to March 31. Since last October, the overnight reverse
 repurchase rate has been the central bank's main policy tool because commercial lenders have surplus cash.
<br />
<br />
India's central bank is scheduled to issue its next monetary policy statement on Oct. 25.
</p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>29/12/2011 17:23:56</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/15820/Indias+Economic+Growth+Accelerates+to+81+in+First+Quarter</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">15820</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>15822</publicationdataID>
      <title>India: A Quiet Shopping Spree; So far, foreign companies being bought by Indian players are small -- but that's likely to change</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p>China raised a storm of controversy in the U.S. earlier this year when its cash-rich corporations announced their intention to acquire several American companies, including oil producer Unocal Corp. and appliance maker Maytag Corp. (MYG ). But while China
 was bidding for -- and losing -- overseas acquisitions, another big Asian country, India, was also investing abroad, but with a minimum of rancor.
<br />
<br />
Indian companies, which had a very small presence in foreign locales just a few years ago, have inked 62 overseas deals worth $1.38 billion so far this year, buying up a variety of foreign outfits, from engineering design house INCAT International in Britain
 to Valeant Pharma in the U.S. That compares with just $202 million in deals in 2002. The Indian purchases have flown under the political radar because most of them are small -- the average price of recent Indian acquisitions is just $30 million -- and they
 usually don't involve big-name companies. <br />
<br />
Still, the numbers are adding up -- and a buoyant Indian stock market is helping. "Every day, even small-cap and mid-cap companies come to us wanting to buy companies overseas," says Manisha Girotra, India country head for UBS (UBS ), which advises on such
 purchases. "Everyone wants access to new markets and to leverage India's low-cost production base."
</p>
<p>Surprisingly, the biggest plays have not come from India's vibrant tech and outsourcing sector, which, analysts say, has a sound domestic business model and doesn't see the need to travel boldly abroad. The big moves are coming from more traditional industries:
 telecommunications, pharmaceuticals, auto parts, and other manufacturing businesses that want to secure export markets. Indeed, the biggest deal so far this year is an odd one: Bombay-based TV maker Videocon International Ltd. bought the global color-picture-tube
 business of France's Thomson (TMS ) for $289.8 million. Yes, picture tubes are decidedly old technology, but Videocon, one of the largest manufacturers of picture-tube glass, plans to supply its product to the Thomson operations and integrate the businesses.
<br />
<br />
Most of India's recent acquisitions involve more modern technology. Leading the charge are drugmakers such as Sun Pharmaceutical Industries, Nicholas Piramal India, and Matrix Laboratories. They employ top Indian-trained scientists and technicians and have
 become rich producing generic drugs, mostly for local use and other emerging markets.
<br />
<br />
Now India's new patent legislation, which adheres to international rules, has forced Indian pharma to focus on research and development of new drugs, like its Western counterparts. Swati Piramal, chief scientific officer of Nicholas Piramal, estimates that
 the drug industry will raise more than $3 billion in the stock market in the next year for overseas acquisitions, which will facilitate research collaborations and "cross-border brain transfers." In the biggest pharma deal this year, Matrix bought Docpharma,
 a Belgian maker of generic drugs, for $263.4 million. It followed up on Sept. 26 by buying 60% of Chinese bulk pharmaceutical firm Mchem for an undisclosed sum.
</p>
<p>Ten years ago, India's overseas gold rush would have been impossible. The government in New Delhi imposed severe restrictions on the export of the country's foreign exchange -- in part because there wasn't much of it. Today, India's booming tech, auto, and
 pharma businesses have attracted a flood of foreign investment. The country holds reserves in excess of $140 billion, and curbs on foreign investment by Indian companies are largely gone.
<br />
<br />
Moreover, Corporate India over the last decade has aggressively restructured itself, making management more professional, and increasing efficiencies. In a long list of sectors, including telecom, auto and auto-parts manufacturing, pharma, and commodities like
 steel and aluminum, Indian companies are globally competitive. At the same time, they still lack the expertise they need in overseas marketing and distribution. To fill the gap they're pursuing deals in the U.S., Europe, and Asia. Given some of India's built-in
 advantages -- such as its enormous output of skilled engineers -- its global reach can only grow. Predicts Amit Chandra, joint managing director for DSP Merrill Lynch Ltd., "the next three to five years will see the emergence of Indian multinationals."
</p>
<p>The country already boasts two successful multinationals: the $7.6 billion Aditya Birla Group, and the $17.6 billion Tata Group. Birla has long had overseas operations in palm oil and rubber for car tires, is the world's lowest cost producer of aluminum,
 and recently bought two copper mines in Australia. But more ambitious is Tata, a conglomerate that includes telecom, steel, autos, hotels, tea, and technology. In the last five years, various Tata companies have spent $1.1 billion buying Britain's Tetley,
 U.S. telecom network operator Tyco Global, and INCAT. And it was Tata that executed two of the past year's toniest deals: It put down $50 million for a 30-year contract to manage the Pierre Hotel on New York's Fifth Avenue, and it bought a large stake in one
 of Manhattan's hippest fusion restaurants, Spice Market. Tata already runs a chain of 71 mostly five-star resorts from India to the Middle East to Europe.
<br />
<br />
For smaller Indian companies, overseas acquisitions are the road to global sales. Way back in 1997, India's Sun Pharma, with 2005 sales of $305 million, bought Caraco Pharma Labs, a money-losing producer of generic drugs in Detroit. Sun imposed a ferocious
 cost-saving regimen on Caraco and successfully turned it around. Now it is one of Sun's gateways to the U.S. generic market. The company has done the same for two other U.S. brands it bought recently.
</p>
<p>India's auto-parts companies are expanding, too. Pune-based Bharat Forge Ltd., the world's second-largest forging company for auto parts after Thyssen Krupp, which had 2005 sales of $460 million, on Sept. 20 bought Sweden's Imatra Kilsta and its British
 subsidiary, Scottish Stampings, for an estimated $57.5 million. It was the group's fourth foreign purchase in 21 months. "Each acquisition gave us something new -- access to the new passenger-car market, to the global market for aluminum components, to the
 U.S. pickup-truck market, to the engine business in Europe," says Amit Kalyani, Bharat Forge's executive director. "To them we offer technology, money, and a strategy to grow their business worldwide." Ditto with Mahindra &amp; Mahindra Ltd., which plans to use
 acquisitions to become the world's largest tractor maker. <br />
<br />
For now, India's overseas strategy involves small purchases and big ambitions. But as Indian companies grow larger and more confident, that's likely to change. In coming years, analysts expect big overseas acquisitions by the likes of private telecom giant
 Bharti Tele-Ventures Ltd. and state-controlled oil majors such as Oil &amp; Natural Gas Corp., which is aggressively searching for petroleum reserves. It won't be long before India raises its global corporate profile and, like China, has to worry about the political
 impact of its urge to merge. </p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>29/12/2011 17:26:40</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/15822/India+A+Quiet+Shopping+Spree+So+far+foreign+companies+being+bought+by+Indian+players+are+small++but+thats+likely+to+change</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">15822</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>15825</publicationdataID>
      <title>India's Mirza slams stereotype</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p>NEW YORK — The diamond-studded nose ring protruding from her left nostril is the first giveaway that Sania Mirza is not your typical teenage prodigy shooting up the rankings.<br />
<br />
True, the 18-year-old has star-in-the-making credentials. <br />
<br />
</p>
<ul class="commonBullets">
<li>During the past year, Mirza has managed to leap 284 places to No. 42 in the WTA Tour rankings — better than any other player in that period and the highest ever for an Indian woman.
</li><li>She became the first woman from India to reach the third round of a Grand Slam at the Australian Open in January, and then the first to win a WTA title when she captured her hometown tournament in Hyderabad shortly thereafter.
</li><li>On Monday, she became the first Indian female to win a match at the U.S. Open when she defeated the USA's Mashona Washington in a topsy-turvy affair, 7-6 (8-6), 6-7 (6-8), 6-4.
</li></ul>
Mirza is a devout Muslim from a conservative Islamic family who tries to pray five times a day. Her aggressive game is not only breaking down stereotypes, but also putting tennis on the map in a part of the world where cricket is king.
<br />
<br />
"Fifty years ago, people in India didn't believe that a woman could play a professional sport," says the affable Mirza.
<br />
<br />
While Indian men have had a tradition of success in tennis, women have lagged far behind. In Mirza — a righty with a two-handed backhand who hits ferociously and fearlessly off both wings — they now have a female role model.
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<p>"Girls like me coming out and playing on the world stage is a little shocking, but that's changing, and I'm glad," she says.
<br />
<br />
Mirza's title in Hyderabad in February created standing-room only crowds. Wherever she has traveled since, Indian fans have flocked to see her smashmouth groundstrokes and go-for-broke style.
<br />
<br />
Particularly at home, her popularity has soared. She recently ranked second in a national magazine's youth icon poll, and won the Arjuna award, one of India's most prestigious sports awards.
<br />
<br />
She now travels in India with a bodyguard, and can rarely venture out in public due to the media and fan crush. But perhaps even more than her results, her audacity has propelled tennis out from the back pages of newspapers to the front.
<br />
<br />
"She's not an Indian as far as the mind goes," says Times of India reporter Prajwal Hegde, who came to New York to cover Mirza's every move for India's largest daily paper. "She's bold and brazen and that comes out in her game."
<br />
<br />
If there is tension between being a pro athlete and coming from a conservative Muslim upbringing that calls for women to bare little skin and adopt low-profile lives, Mirza is not fazed.
<br />
<br />
"Not everyone is perfect and just because I wear a miniskirt or just because I'm wearing pants or whatever it is doesn't make me a bad Muslim," she says. "As long as I believe in God and I have my faith, I think that's good."
</p>
<p>Mirza's aggressive style was honed from an early age. She picked up tennis at the urging of her father, a one-time cricketer at the university level. Mirza began bludgeoning the ball almost from the get-go, and eventually won the Wimbledon junior doubles
 crown in 2003. <br />
<br />
"I always liked to hit the ball as hard as I could, even as a little kid," Mirza says. "That aggression is just helping me out now."
<br />
<br />
It also hurts her at times. Against Washington, Mirza showed an occasional lack of patience. She next faces unseeded Maria Elena Camerin of Italy, who upset No. 21 seed Dinara Safina of Russia.
<br />
<br />
"I guess what matters is when you come through, and I did today," she says. </p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>29/12/2011 17:29:39</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/15825/Indias+Mirza+slams+stereotype</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">15825</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>15826</publicationdataID>
      <title>Experts who mine nuggets of data</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p>Srikanth Velamakanni is a numerate young man with a passion for building forecasting models "that reveal how we will behave". He has turned his passion into a business in India's so-called "knowledge process outsourcing" industry.
<br />
<br />
It is tempting to dismiss this latest buzz phrase as a marketing makeover for the unfairly sullied business process outsourcing. But there is more to it than that.
<br />
<br />
Mr Velamakanni crunches data to reveal, for instance, why people fail to pay their telephone bills on time or prefer a blue, rather than a red, shampoo sachet. It is known as "data mining" and is one of the specialist activities of a company that he formed
 with four statistician friends after a chance encounter with an investor. <br />
<br />
The meeting led to an investment of $750,000 (£416,000) and the creation of Fractal Analytics. The company employs 73 Indians, mostly in their mid-20s with a statistical and analytics education, and allows them to build probability models of consumer behaviour
 based on, say, millions of swipes of a credit card. </p>
<p>"Customers, such as banks and consumer products companies, regard us as the think-tank of their marketing set up - they design products and target customers with our interpretation of their raw data. It helps them reach niche market segments," he says.
<br />
<br />
Knowledge process outsourcing (KPO) looks like a cousin of business process outsourcing (BPO), but closer examination suggests they are more distantrelatives.
<br />
<br />
BPO, the fastest-growing part of India's $17.2bn technology services industry, sits at the heart of a company's information technology processes. It is high volume work with thin margins for "customer-facing" tasks such as settling card bills.
<br />
<br />
KPO is built around a demand for business expertise, such as legal services, the analysis that supports a merger, formulating patents, and writing equity, industry and product reports. It is project-based work performed remotely through extensive use of global
 data-bases and sources such as regulatory bodies. It works to the longer-term deadline and rarely has direct client contact that is the domain of the call-centre employee.
</p>
<p>"We are research on tap," says Ashish Gupta, country head of Evalueserve, founded by two former research executives from McKinsey, the consultancy, in 2000, and one of half a dozen independents.
<br />
<br />
The emergence of companies providing instant, analytically complex research is timely. Nasscom, the trade body, is keen to portray a more polished image of a sector still caricatured as vulnerable to bribe-induced security leaks. A UK newspaper's recent claim
 to have bought bank details of customers from a call centre employee in Delhi proved severely embarrassing.
<br />
<br />
Part of the local appeal of the main independent KPO companies is that the industry is offering the type of reward, promotion and work experience that IT services companies were offering at a similar stage of development 15 years ago. Unsurprisingly, companies
 such as Evalueserve and Office Tiger say they can compete withblue-chip banks to attract the best young graduates.In a way, KPO companies are even better placed to benefit from India's massive supply of young English-speaking graduates. They need higher qualified
 specialist staff, which is why a fifth of the people at Office Tiger are accountants or MBAs. Evalueserve received 200 unsolicited responses from doctors after it told a local newspaper that it was moving into medical KPO services.
</p>
<p>In a way, then, the trend represents the maturing of the generic call-centre business model, analogous to IT services companies graduating from process work to more lucrative consultancy.
<br />
<br />
Nasscom, in a survey produced with Evalueserve, says the global "KPO industry" will grow 15-fold to $17bn by 2010, implying a growth rate nearly twice as great as that of its business processing counterpart.
<br />
<br />
In part, this reflects the changing demographics in rich, high-cost countries, where a rising number of retired people is coinciding with a declining proportion of technically qualified young people able to perform these tasks.
<br />
<br />
The upshot is likely to be a rising export of data for processing and other "knowledge-based" tasks, says Kiran Karnik, president of Nasscom, the industry trade body. "In a way we are all becoming KPO workers," he says.
<br />
<br />
In India, Gecis, the former offshore services arm of General Electric, dominates the sector, notably in advanced analytics at its research centre in Bangalore. JP Morgan, Merrill Lynch, McKinsey and other global companies run similar "captive" units in India
 designed to produce research. </p>
<p>But, as in the case of IT services and call centres, the Indian independents are claiming that they are growing fastest and offering the most competitively priced services. Evalueserve and Office Tiger have led the way. Both are on the verge of notable expansions.
 Evalueserve, which says it is growing 6 per cent a month, plans to double its 850-strong workforce in the next year and is on the verge of an expansion into China. Office Tiger, with its 3,500 employees and revenues forecast to grow 2.5 times to $125m in the
 year to March 2006, ison the verge of acquiringa mortgage analyticscompany. <br />
<br />
The sharp growth and promise of these companies has raised intriguing questions about identity: when does a KPO company cease to be a researcher andstart to be a consultant, a cross-over that has potential implications for their business model? Fractal Analytics'
 "data-based consultancy" partly answers that question. Mr Velamakanni cites a project to clean up the disastrous billing strategy of an Indian mobile services company. "We devised strategies based on data mining that were implemented and which got the client
 out of a hole and helped them expand. Our consultancy help the business expand."
<br />
<br />
Mr Gupta at Evalueserve draws a line between "taking an external view of an industry in a report, which is our job, and making recommendations, which is not our job". He adds: "We do not want to do consultants' jobs. They are, after all, our clients," he says,
 noting that "60-70 per cent of a management consultancy's work is business research that can be done in India at 10 per cent of the cost".
</p>
<p>The opportunity has not gone unnoticed at traditional BPO companies looking to diversify. ICICI Onesource, which has grown with call centre work, paid $5m last year for a small research company in Chicago withclients on Wall Street.
<br />
<br />
One benefit of a large BPO company diversifying into KPO is that it can throw its technology strength into designing a product to standardise research. ICICI Onesource, for example, is devising a product that will make it easier for a company to "ask a question
 and get a standardised answer - that's the benefit of scale", says Ananda Mukerji, managing director. That will appeal to small enterprises. Mr Gupta says: "The economics of remote research are very favourable for small businesses."
<br />
<br />
There is room for expansion. A vast arena of professional services work has never been outsourced, let alone sent offshore. Last year, Office Tiger and Hildebrandt International, a legal consultancy in the US, set up a joint venture that promises to shake up
 many of the perceptions of how - and where - legal support services can be performed. "Unlike elsewhere, the legal services industry has not yet experienced the pressure to adopt more efficient ways of business," says Joseph Sigelman, co-founder of Office
 Tiger and a former banker. "Offshoring to India can achieve that." <br />
<br />
As with the outsourcing of technology services, Wall Street has been an early convert to KPO. Mr Sigelman has been quick to seize the opportunity, persuading banks to outsource work on compiling reports, letting Harvard-educated junior investment bankers focus
 on other value-added services. </p>
<p>Indeed, US banks' partnership with Indian KPO companies may blossom after scandals involving unethical working relations between bankers and researchers. Praveen Suthrum and Arvind Ramani of Michigan Business School say, in a report on Evalueserve, that
 "conducting analysis and research offshore creates a physical barrier between investment bankers and researchers, which was never the case before". The sometimes crumbly Chinese walls may take time to solidify, "but the direction of research in investment
 banks is apparent".</p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>29/12/2011 17:32:35</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/15826/Experts+who+mine+nuggets+of+data</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">15826</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>15828</publicationdataID>
      <title>Indian boost for Afghan democracy</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p>On Sunday, Mr Singh and Afghan president Hamid Karzai inaugurated a school renovated by India.
<br />
<br />
The two sides pledged to fight against terrorism describing it as a threat against democracy.
<br />
<br />
Mr Singh is the first Indian prime minister to visit Afghanistan in nearly three decades.
<br />
<br />
The war-ravaged country is a strategically crucial ally for India which is one of Afghanistan's biggest donors.
<br />
<br />
On Sunday the two sides said that Afghanistan was seeking closer links with the South Asian Association for Regional Cooperation (Saarc), a grouping of seven South Asian countries.
<br />
<br />
"Afghanistan is very keen on Saarc and hopes to be a contributor and receiver (from) that organisation," Mr Karzai was quoted by The Hindu newspaper as saying.
<br />
<br />
Mr Karzai said that he was happy with the ongoing peace process between India and Pakistan.
<br />
<br />
"Afghanistan is directly affected by the India-Pakistan peace process and I believe that it is the destiny of the people of the region that there is peace and prosperity," he told journalists in Kabul.
<br />
<br />
"We hope all of us will fight terrorism to remove it from among us," he said. <br />
<br />
The BBC's Sanjeev Srivastava in Kabul says Mr Singh has used the visit to emphasise Delhi's commitment towards rebuilding Afghanistan's economy, infrastructure and democratic institutions.
<br />
<br />
<strong>Motives for generosity </strong></p>
<p>India is Afghanistan's biggest donor in the region. <br />
<br />
It has spent over $500m in Afghanistan since the overthrow of the Taleban in 2001.
<br />
<br />
Much of this money has been spent in rebuilding Afghanistan's infrastructure with regular contributions in sectors like education, health care and power.
<br />
<br />
India has also helped in other areas like transportation, aviation and telecommunications.
<br />
<br />
Delhi is also involved in the training of Afghanistan's civil servants, diplomats and police officers.
<br />
<br />
From India's point of view, Afghanistan has great strategic importance. <br />
<br />
It is India's gateway to Central Asia - a crucial region in view of Delhi's growing energy requirements.
<br />
<br />
Correspondents say Delhi is also keen to counter Pakistan's influence in Afghanistan.
</p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>29/12/2011 17:34:31</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/15828/Indian+boost+for+Afghan+democracy</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">15828</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>15830</publicationdataID>
      <title>India's Singh Arrives in Afghanistan to Improve Ties, Offer Aid</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p>Indian Prime Minister Manmohan Singh arrived in Afghanistan today for a two-day state visit, the first by an Indian premier in nearly three decades, to improve relations with the war-ravaged central Asian nation.
<br />
<br />
India will announce more assistance for the reconstruction of Afghanistan during Singh's visit, Shyam Saran, India's foreign secretary, told reporters in New Delhi on Aug. 26.
<br />
<br />
India is helping rebuild Afghanistan, with which it shares close historic and cultural links, so that it can improve trade with the landlocked nation and other Central Asian countries. India is training Afghan armed forces, diplomats, police and lawyers and
 also building roads, schools and hospitals. India has committed $515.8 million as assistance since 2002.
<br />
<br />
``A stable democratic government in Afghanistan is the larger strategic objective,'' said C. Uday Bhaskar, officiating director at the Institute for Defense Studies and Analyses, a New Delhi-based think-tank. ``The intention is to ensure that Afghanistan does
 not become in any way a haven supporting radicalism and terrorism, as it had in the Taliban time. Helping Afghanistan to consolidate would be in India's interest.''
<br />
<br />
Pakistan, which shares its border with both India and Afghanistan, is uneasy over India's growing relationship with Afghanistan. India supported the opposition forces led by the Northern Alliance that overthrew the Taliban in 2001.
</p>
<p>Transit <br />
<br />
Pakistan hasn't allowed land transit for goods from India bound for Afghanistan and other Central Asian countries. Saran said transportation will continue to be a ``big constraint'' in assistance reaching Afghanistan. Goods are currently routed through Iran.
<br />
<br />
Pakistan has said it would like to be a bridge between India and Central Asian countries. ``If it wishes to play that role, it is not logical not to allow transit,'' Saran said.
<br />
<br />
Singh will have talks with Afghan President Hamid Karzai and other leaders in Kabul.
<br />
<br />
Mohammad Zahir Shah, the former king of Afghanistan, will lay the foundation stone for the country's parliament building to be constructed with Indian support, in the presence of Singh and Karzai. ``We have contributed and will continue to contribute to the
 political stabilization of the country,'' Saran said. <br />
<br />
Fresh funding of as much as $50 million will be announced for community development, apart from expansion of other ongoing programs, Saran said. ``The fresh assistance would be for small developmental projects benefiting grassroot levels.''<br />
<br />
Saran said India will provide help in strengthening Afghanistan's security capability to deal with the ``newly emerging threat'' from the Taliban.
<br />
<br />
``The stability of Afghanistan and its economic recovery continues to be hampered by the activities of the remnants of the Taliban elements,'' Saran said. ``We believe these elements have to be kept under control.''<br />
<br />
He said India is ready to offer any support for the Afghan parliamentary election scheduled in September.
<br />
<br />
Indira Gandhi in 1976 was the last Indian prime minister to visit the Afghan capital Kabul. Karzai has visited India three times in the past three years.
</p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>29/12/2011 17:36:21</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/15830/Indias+Singh+Arrives+in+Afghanistan+to+Improve+Ties+Offer+Aid</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">15830</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>15832</publicationdataID>
      <title>Britons flock to India for fast, cheap surgery</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p>When Karen Holman arrived at New Delhi airport to be confronted by the din and chaos of India's capital city, she could have been forgiven for wondering if she had made a dreadful mistake.
<br />
<br />
"We went outside the terminal and were hit by a wall of heat - the smell and the crush of people. Some were sleeping rough in rags on the streets," she said. "It is quite a culture shock."
<br />
<br />
However for Mrs Holman, 38, of Bognor Regis, a special constable with Sussex police, the pain in her left knee, exacerbated by a nine-hour flight, was reminder enough of her reason for coming.
<br />
<br />
Fed up of waiting for an NHS operation - her case was considered non-urgent even though she couldn't move without crutches - she decided to take the "Indian option".
<br />
<br />
Her case is indicative of a trend of medical "tourism" to India that began as a trickle but in the last 12 months has grown "exponentially", according to one medical services company.
<br />
<br />
The formula for India's medical outsourcing industry is no different from its credit-card processing and call centre businesses: it offers a first world service at near third world prices.
<br />
<br />
Mrs Holman's keyhole surgery on a damaged knee would cost up to £9,000 in the UK. But at the Apollo Hospital, New Delhi, the same operation is just £1,400.
<br />
<br />
However, for many patients such as Mrs Holman it is not the affordability but the speed and availability of service that are India's biggest draw. She wanted her life back.
<br />
<br />
"When my whole leg went numb and I was housebound on crutches, in despair one night I went to A&amp;E to try to see a duty orthopaedic surgeon. I couldn't do any of the things I loved - walk the dog, go to the gym, ride a bike.
</p>
<p>"In the end I saw a house officer who basically said 'go home and wait for your operation', which we were told would take 'months'."
<br />
<br />
A call to a Warwickshire-based company, The Taj Medical Group, began the process that ended in Mrs Holman having a surgery appointment in three weeks.
<br />
<br />
"We were able to check out the surgeon's qualifications on the internet - he was trained in Britain - and he e-mailed us with his mobile phone so we could chat through any concerns. It was incredible," said Mrs Holman's husband, John.
<br />
<br />
Mrs Holman landed back at Heathrow this week and left the aircraft without the aid of crutches, which she left at the hospital in Delhi for use by a charity.
<br />
<br />
"I wouldn't hesitate recommending coming here," she said. "Our experience has been brilliant. I came to have one knee done but in the end I've had the other fixed too, to save me coming back again."
<br />
<br />
Across the corridor from Mrs Holman's private hospital room another English family had also decided that paying out some of their savings was preferable to waiting their turn on the NHS.
<br />
<br />
Karen Knott, a design engineer from Dorchester, said her 14-year-old son, Elliot, was walking "five inches" taller after a £4,700 operation on his spine to correct an injury suffered in an ice-skating accident last New Year's Eve.
<br />
<br />
The same surgery would have cost £25,000 in Britain or could have been done for free on the NHS after a 17-week wait to see a specialist and a further nine months for surgery.
<br />
<br />
"Elliot was virtually housebound and in pain. I couldn't watch him suffer that long. He starts his GCSE year in September and without the operation there was little or no prospect of him going back to school on time. Now we expect he'll make it," said Mrs Knott.
<br />
<br />
India's hi-tech private hospitals believe that such stories will attract Britons in ever growing numbers.
</p>
<p>Companies such as the Taj Medical Group aim to make the trip as comfortable as possible, insulating clients from the "real" India beyond the hospital gates. "We try to take the stress out of coming," said the company's director, Jagdish Jethwa. "We hold
 the patient's hand at every step, fixing everything. Visas, passports, tickets, transfers - the lot."
<br />
<br />
The usually slow-moving Indian government, perhaps spurred on by a report that estimated medical tourism could net India £1.2 billion in the next seven years, has also been uncharacteristically proactive, setting up a system to fast-track medical visas.
<br />
<br />
At a rival facility, Dr Narendra Kumar Pandey, head of surgery at Escorts Hospital, believes that the combination of high quality and low prices will bring Europeans to India in droves.
<br />
<br />
"My post-operative cardiac infection rates [less than 0.5 per cent] compare extremely favourably with any British or American hospital," he said. "This started as a trickle - hips, hernias, hearts, cosmetic and cataract surgery - but the flood is coming. I
 have no doubt about that." <br />
<br />
The number of people waiting for an operation in English hospitals is the lowest for 17 years, the Government said yesterday. At the end of last month the figure was 813,700, a fall of 10,200 since June; of 59,900 since July last year; and of 344,000 since
 March 1997. Only 15 patients had been waiting longer than nine months for surgery, two of them for more than a year.
</p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>29/12/2011 17:38:45</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/15832/Britons+flock+to+India+for+fast+cheap+surgery</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">15832</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>15836</publicationdataID>
      <title>With I-Flex, Oracle bought more than cheap labor</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p>For those who equate India's strength in computer software with its army of cheap engineers, Oracle's decision this month to buy a controlling stake in I-Flex Solutions must have come as a surprise.
<br />
<br />
Oracle's chief executive, Larry Ellison, who paid $909 million for I-Flex, was interested in something other than a cheap head count.
<br />
<br />
The Mumbai company employs 5,500 people. By contrast, Tata Consultancy Services, India's No. 1 software company, has 44,000 people. Oracle itself has 9,000 engineers in the nation.
<br />
<br />
I-Flex's annual revenue of 11.4 billion rupees, or $260 million, makes it a midsize company in a country where each of the top three software companies has sales in excess of $1 billion.
<br />
<br />
Besides, I-Flex's profit dropped 86 percent in its fiscal first quarter from a year earlier. That is unusual in India. Infosys Technologies, the country's No. 2 software company, had its worst quarter in recent years in the three months to September 2002, but
 net income rose 12 percent. <br />
<br />
So what did Ellison see in I-Flex when he bought Citigroup's 41 percent stake in the company for $593 million and agreed to make an open offer to other shareholders for an additional one-fifth of the equity? The answer is intellectual property.
<br />
<br />
While other Indian software companies are focused on providing services to Fortune 500 clients, I-Flex has built a software product exclusively for the banking industry.
<br />
<br />
The product, called Flexcube, has been the world's best-selling banking software for the last three years, according to International Banking Systems of Britain.
<br />
<br />
As many as 240 banks use Flexcube, including Citigroup, UBS, Rabobank Nederland and DBS Group Holdings.
<br />
<br />
Oracle's purchase of the I-Flex stake contains a message for India's software-services companies: Create proprietary knowledge.
</p>
<p>India's software-services industry is a low-risk affair, where flawless execution holds the key to profit: Companies win an order, hire programmers, train them, complete the project on time with few errors, then move on to the next order.
<br />
<br />
Investors are happy because there never seems to be a terrible quarter. <br />
<br />
So when a service company says that it gets a chunk of its revenue from financial services, it only means that it has a set of programmers working for banks or insurance companies, just as it has other groups of code-writers working for clients in areas like
 health care, retail or aviation. <br />
<br />
After a few months, a programmer who was earlier assigned to Bank of America may find himself on a Sears Holdings' Kmart project.
<br />
<br />
The end result is a mixed bag for India: The country has a number of successful technology-services providers. Out of the $40 billion software "outsourced" worldwide last year, 44 percent went to India.
<br />
<br />
At the same time, Indian software-services companies realize that they possess very little know-how of their own. Nor do they enjoy the brand equity of big-name consulting firms.
<br />
<br />
To get better prices, Indian companies need their own products. That would go a long way toward bolstering average annual revenue per employee of $23,000.
<br />
<br />
A case in point: Revenue per employee at I-Flex was 2.5 times the national average last year.
<br />
<br />
"After joining I-Flex, within three years an engineering student is an expert in his domain, which might be derivatives or treasury," Deepak Ghaisas, chief executive of I-Flex's Indian operations, said in an interview in Mumbai.
<br />
<br />
"He starts speaking the same language as the user. He doesn't remain just a programmer. That's where we differentiate ourselves."
</p>
<p>Critics say the I-Flex example does not show if India has what it takes to create successful software products. I-Flex, they say, was lucky because it had Citigroup as its parent.
<br />
<br />
After all, the company's first product, Macrobanker, was conceived within the bank. And when I-Flex became a separate entity in 1992, it was known as Citicorp Information Technology Industries. The name change took place in 2000.
<br />
<br />
It is true that I-Flex received support from Citibank in the initial years. The lineage also helped a great deal in securing customers for Macrobanker in Africa and Southeast Asia.
<br />
<br />
Linkages like those between Citigroup and I-Flex can provide mutual benefits: The Indian company acquires knowledge, while a global airline, retail chain or health-care provider receives a potentially valuable investment stake.
<br />
<br />
Citibank pocketed $593 million on its $900,000 investment in I-Flex. Meanwhile, Oracle, a database software company, got a product it can use to claim a bigger share of the $70 billion that banks spend annually on computer-related technology.
</p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>29/12/2011 17:41:30</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/15836/With+IFlex+Oracle+bought+more+than+cheap+labor</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">15836</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>15838</publicationdataID>
      <title>Look to India</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p>If George W. Bush wishes to be remembered in future ages--and what high-spirited world leader doesn't?--he will devote much of his second term to forging close and durable links with India.<br />
<br />
Naturally, President Bush must seek to get Continental Europe back into the Atlantic camp. With the sun of the anti-U.S. Jacques Chirac setting and the star of the realistic and sensible Nicolas Sarkozy on the rise in France, and with the likelihood of the
 pro-U.S. Angela Merkel's taking over Germany's chancellorship from the ridiculous failure that has been Gerhard Schröder's, the Continentals are already moving Bush's way.
<br />
<br />
People Power <br />
<br />
Regardless of who is in power, Europe is becoming a small player in the 21st century. The 25th International Population Conference, which met at Tours, France in July, made some significant points as to where power will be increasingly exercised in the new
 century. <br />
<br />
By 2050 the EU's 25 member nations will have a total population of only 461 million, compared with the U.S.' 420 million. If you subtract Britain from the European total, the U.S. population will be significantly higher. The makeup of the European population
 will be older, with far fewer in the active workforce. It is more difficult to compute output per capita half a century hence, but if present trends continue, the GNP of the U.S. will be three times that of Europe.
</p>
<p>In contrast, by 2050 India will have the largest population in the world--1.6 billion inhabitants versus China's 1.4 billion, with India's population being much younger. Although much of the Islamic world is growing fast in demographic terms--a matter of
 serious import for southern Europe in particular--India by midcentury most likely will have a greater number of souls than the entire Muslim world. As for India's economic potential, I regard that as almost infinite over the long term.
<br />
<br />
Since China threw off the horrific and destructive legacy of Mao Tse-tung's primitive Marxism, it has done remarkably well, on the whole. It has, however, tended to concentrate unduly on old smokestack industries, with the object of gaining quick returns through
 cheap exports. Needless to say, this has had appalling consequences for the environment, which China will rue desperately in decades to come. China, with estimates of about 20 million convicts, is heavily dependent on slave labor, as well as on the labor of
 underpaid ex-peasants who are still pouring into the industrialized coastal belt. China is not investing enough in high technology, with the exception of the military, and is thus making the same mistakes the Soviet Union made. Indeed, the differences between
 the new China and the old U.S.S.R. are more superficial and visible than fundamental. The entire Chinese apparatus, political and economic, looks fragile to me.
</p>
<p>India, however, with its educated strata fluent in English, is leapfrogging over the industrial epoch into the advanced communications era. Bangalore, India's capital of high technology and outsourcing facilities, is a city fully at home in the 21st century,
 whereas Shanghai, despite its spectacular skyscrapered skyline, is a phenomenon rooted in the 20th century. India looks--and is--astonishingly old, but its futuristic sinews, though often invisible to the untrained eye, are becoming formidable. As things stand,
 India will soon have more English-speaking computer operators than the rest of the world put together, and it will be organically linked to all the advanced economies.
<br />
<br />
Given the climate of freedom that prevails in India, we can expect that it will be producing ideas, inventions and new processes of its own before long. China will not be able to match this until it dismantles its communist system--or lets it collapse. To have
 a truly innovative economy, freedom of thought and expression must be encouraged. That is the most important lesson of the modern age. India has this precious tradition, as well as the rule of law, both of which are legacies (I am proud to say) of British
 rule. The rule of law is essential to long-term investment on the largest possible scale.
</p>
<p>Counterbalance <br />
<br />
India ought to also figure largely in President Bush's calculations for another reason: It is a counterbalance on two important fronts. India will prove invaluable as a counterbalance to China if China becomes aggressive, especially toward Taiwan. China has
 weaknesses in central Asia--especially in Tibet, its much-oppressed and rebellious colony. Tibet, for many reasons, has closer affinities to India and is much closer geographically to Delhi than to Beijing.
<br />
<br />
India is also a counterbalance to the Muslim world. It is an example to its neighbors, Pakistan and Bangladesh. As India's standard of living rises and India takes its place at the world's head table, the inhabitants of these two neighboring countries are bound
 to ask, "What's holding us back, while India prospers?" The answer will come, as it increasingly comes to Arab lands: Islamic fundamentalism.
<br />
<br />
All these trends can be to America's advantage. But they must be cultivated and reinforced by intelligent U.S. policies and sophisticated diplomacy.
<br />
<br />
<em>{Paul Johnson, eminent British historian and author}</em></p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>29/12/2011 17:43:58</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/15838/Look+to+India</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">15838</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>15842</publicationdataID>
      <title>India's Untold Story; For those at the bottom, standards of living are inching higher</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p>The road to the remote village of Kharonda winds around the gentle slopes of the Sahayadri hills in the western Indian state of Maharashtra. Most of the road is well-paved, a black ribbon wrapped around hills washed a brilliant green by the abundant rainfall
 this year. Along the way, other small hamlets peep out of the misty hillsides, their red-tiled roofs flashing in the sun. The people of Kharonda and the other villages have a lot invested in this road. Through the seasons, even during the fierce monsoons,
 they use it to send the mangoes, guavas, and cashews they grow into nearby towns and distant cities for sale. They've got a new commercial activity, too, selling grafts of their flourishing mango trees to other communities in Maharashtra and the neighboring
 state of Gujarat.<br />
<br />
Just a few years ago, Kharonda and the Jawhar district of which it is part were typical of the rural villages where 650 million of India's 1 billion people live. There was no road, and there were no orchards. There was only grinding poverty. In one particularly
 bad year, 1993, 45 children in Jawhar died of malnutrition in one week. Today the district's transformation proves what can be done, even with limited funds, to combat the poverty that many have thought would always be the fate of most Indians.
</p>
<p>Yes, poverty is still a scourge in India. At least 200 million people earn less than $1 a day, when they can find work. Their sense that their problems were being ignored helped the Congress party and its allies unseat the center-right government of Prime
 Minister Atal Bihari Vajpayee in May, 2004. Congress has since made poverty reduction a big focus, introducing a raft of programs aimed at the urban poor and rural areas like Jawhar. Yet a 2005 study by New Delhi economists Surjit Bhalla and Nirtha Das, who
 evaluated several anti-poverty programs over the last 30 years, found that less than 27 cents of every dollar allocated actually reaches the poor. The rest is misappropriated and misdirected by local politicians and bureaucrats, the study says.
<br />
<br />
SWEET HARVEST <br />
<br />
Still, progress, often through self-help, has been made. Indian government census statistics show the number of those living on less than $1 a day has dropped from 26% of the population in 1999 to an estimated 20% today. A combination of projects by nongovernmental
 organizations, local villagers' efforts, and grants from the government has made the difference, as has the beneficial effect of 7% annual economic growth in recent years. "The big unsung story about India is the rapid strides it has made in poverty reduction,
 though many challenges remain," Michael F. Carter, World Bank head for India, told an audience of Indian industrial leaders last year.
</p>
<p>Dhavalu Mahale of Kharonda is one of those unsung heroes. A tall, wiry man, Mahale, like other Jawhar residents, was a textbook example of extreme poverty 10 years ago. He cultivated finger millet, a rough crop used by tribals for their daily bread, on a
 denuded hillside inherited from his father. When the growing season was over, he and his family moved to the shanties of Bombay, where he did building and road construction. "I didn't like it, but there was nothing in the village," he recalls. Even with construction
 work, the total annual income for the family of five was $80. Life was so hard that three of their five children died of malnutrition, and Mahale was desperate for a new chance. In 1995 he approached workers of BAIF Development Research Foundation, a private
 group in Pune. <br />
<br />
The foundation had started a program in Gujarat, in which it worked with impoverished villagers to diversify their farming by combining agriculture with horticulture and forestry on fallow land. Maharashtra authorities had asked BAIF to replicate the program
 in the Jawhar district. It targeted 10 mountain villages, including Kharonda, where 1,000 families lived. The problems were enormous. There were no roads leading to the villages; deforestation and erosion were severe. And the locals were suspicious of the
 outsiders. But the staff persuaded some of the families to visit their projects in Gujarat. That helped, and in the first year, 67 families signed up.
</p>
<p>BAIF workers found their way into the pathless mountains on motorcycles, carrying seed and fertilizer with them. They helped the farmers plant saplings and fruit grafts on the hillsides. They taught them to level the small patches of land and harvest rainwater
 by building small stone dams at the front edge of each patch. In the first year, 90% of the mango and other trees planted survived. Until the trees could bear fruit -- it takes four years -- the foundation taught farmers modern farming practices for the millet
 they were still sowing. When the trees finally bore fruit, each participating family netted an average of $35 -- way over the $7 savings they generally had upon returning from the city, recalls Sudhir Wagle, BAIF's chief program coordinator in Jawhar, who
 helped initiate the project. <br />
<br />
NEW BRICK HOMES <br />
<br />
Mahale soon asked the BAIF workers for help. Wagle set Mahale to work planting fruit trees and developing land and water resources. And he planted high-value crops like watermelons until the mango trees bore fruit. His neighbors smirked. Who would buy the watermelons?
 How would they be transported? There were no roads. But Mahale persisted and managed to get his first crop to the nearest town. It earned him a princely $115 -- more than he had ever earned in a year.
</p>
<p>Meanwhile the government's Tribal Affairs Ministry pitched in. (Jawhar is populated by "tribals" -- indigenous people with special rights whose roots on their land go back millennia.) The Ministry gave cash grants to individual farmers of $115 over five
 years to buy seeds and fertilizer, gave Kharonda a grant to repair and chlorinate the village well, and provided motors and pipes to help bring the water up the hillside to the land and into homes. Within five years, Kharonda and surrounding villages were
 producing tons of nuts, fruits, and other produce. <br />
<br />
Today, villagers like Mahale are local role models. Mahale owns the largest house in the village of Kharonda: an eight-room structure with brick walls and a red-tiled roof. Inside, the house boasts electricity, running water drawn by motor from the local well,
 satellite TV, a sofa set, and a large bed in the master bedroom. Last month, Mahale bought himself a motorcycle with one of the consumer loans so easily available in India these days. His wife, Sintar, a stately woman with a confident smile, helps her husband.
 Their income is now nearly $4,000 a year, the fruit of the 20 mango trees, 40 cashew trees, and a stand of eucalyptus, plus the 6,000 mango-sapling grafts they sell annually.
<br />
<br />
In fact, the income of the entire district has increased. The grass huts typical of less prosperous times are gradually being replaced by brick homes. Vans fly up and down the hill carrying sapling grafts, produce, and supplies. The successful program in Kharonda
 shows that, in its fight against poverty, "the government has kept space for human, social interventions -- more in India than anywhere else," says BAIF Executive Vice-President Girish G. Sohani. The program "catapults people from poverty right into the market
 economy," he adds. It's a model that is giving the abject poor of India hope, and could do the same for others who live in poverty around the world.
</p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>29/12/2011 17:50:45</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/15842/Indias+Untold+Story+For+those+at+the+bottom+standards+of+living+are+inching+higher</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">15842</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>15845</publicationdataID>
      <title>A New World Economy; The balance of power will shift to the East as China and India evolve</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p>It may not top the must-see list of many tourists. But to appreciate Shanghai's ambitious view of its future, there is no better place than the Urban Planning Exhibition Hall, a glass-and-metal structure across from People's Square. The highlight is a scale
 model bigger than a basketball court of the entire metropolis -- every skyscraper, house, lane, factory, dock, and patch of green space -- in the year 2020.
<br />
<br />
There are white plastic showpiece towers designed by architects such as I.M. Pei and Sir Norman Foster. There are immense new industrial parks for autos and petrochemicals, along with new subway lines, airport runways, ribbons of expressway, and an elaborate
 riverfront development, site of the 2010 World Expo. Nine futuristic planned communities for 800,000 residents each, with generous parks, retail districts, man-made lakes, and nearby college campuses, rise in the suburbs. The message is clear. Shanghai already
 is looking well past its industrial age to its expected emergence as a global mecca of knowledge workers. "In an information economy, it is very important to have urban space with a better natural and social environment," explains Architectural Society of
 Shanghai President Zheng Shiling, a key city adviser. </p>
<p>It is easy to dismiss such dreams as bubble-economy hubris -- until you take into account the audacious goals Shanghai already has achieved. Since 1990, when the city still seemed caught in a socialist time warp, Shanghai has erected enough high-rises to
 fill Manhattan. The once-rundown Pudong district boasts a space-age skyline, some of the world's biggest industrial zones, dozens of research centers, and a bullet train. This is the story of China, where an extraordinary ability to mobilize workers and capital
 has tripled per capita income in a generation, and has eased 300 million out of poverty. Leaders now are frenetically laying the groundwork for decades of new growth.
<br />
<br />
INVALUABLE ROLE <br />
<br />
Now hop a plane to India. It is hard to tell this is the world's other emerging superpower. Jolting sights of extreme poverty abound even in the business capitals. A lack of subways and a dearth of expressways result in nightmarish traffic.
</p>
<p>But visit the office towers and research and development centers sprouting everywhere, and you see the miracle. Here, Indians are playing invaluable roles in the global innovation chain. Motorola, (MOT ) Hewlett-Packard (HPQ ), Cisco Systems (CSCO ), and
 other tech giants now rely on their Indian teams to devise software platforms and dazzling multimedia features for next-generation devices. Google (GOOG ) principal scientist Krishna Bharat is setting up a Bangalore lab complete with colorful furniture, exercise
 balls, and a Yamaha organ -- like Google's Mountain View (Calif.) headquarters -- to work on core search-engine technology. Indian engineering houses use 3-D computer simulations to tweak designs of everything from car engines and forklifts to aircraft wings
 for such clients as General Motors Corp. (GM ) and Boeing Co (BA ). Financial and market-research experts at outfits like B2K, OfficeTiger, and Iris crunch the latest disclosures of blue-chip companies for Wall Street. By 2010 such outsourcing work is expected
 to quadruple, to $56 billion a year.</p>
<p>Even more exhilarating is the pace of innovation, as tech hubs like Bangalore spawn companies producing their own chip designs, software, and pharmaceuticals. "I find Bangalore to be one of the most exciting places in the world," says Dan Scheinman, Cisco
 Systems Inc.'s senior vice-president for corporate development. "It is Silicon Valley in 1999." Beyond Bangalore, Indian companies are showing a flair for producing high-quality goods and services at ridiculously low prices, from $50 air flights and crystal-clear
 2 cents-a-minute cell-phone service to $2,200 cars and cardiac operations by top surgeons at a fraction of U.S. costs. Some analysts see the beginnings of hypercompetitive multinationals. "Once they learn to sell at Indian prices with world quality, they can
 compete anywhere," predicts University of Michigan management guru C.K. Prahalad. Adds A. T. Kearney high-tech consultant John Ciacchella: "I don't think U.S. companies realize India is building next-generation service companies."
<br />
<br />
SIMULTANEOUS TAKEOFFS <br />
<br />
China and India. Rarely has the economic ascent of two still relatively poor nations been watched with such a mixture of awe, opportunism, and trepidation. The postwar era witnessed economic miracles in Japan and South Korea. But neither was populous enough
 to power worldwide growth or change the game in a complete spectrum of industries. China and India, by contrast, possess the weight and dynamism to transform the 21st-century global economy. The closest parallel to their emergence is the saga of 19th-century
 America, a huge continental economy with a young, driven workforce that grabbed the lead in agriculture, apparel, and the high technologies of the era, such as steam engines, the telegraph, and electric lights.
</p>
<p>But in a way, even America's rise falls short in comparison to what's happening now. Never has the world seen the simultaneous, sustained takeoffs of two nations that together account for one-third of the planet's population. For the past two decades, China
 has been growing at an astounding 9.5% a year, and India by 6%. Given their young populations, high savings, and the sheer amount of catching up they still have to do, most economists figure China and India possess the fundamentals to keep growing in the 7%-to-8%
 range for decades. <br />
<br />
Barring cataclysm, within three decades India should have vaulted over Germany as the world's third-biggest economy. By mid-century, China should have overtaken the U.S. as No. 1. By then, China and India could account for half of global output. Indeed, the
 troika of China, India, and the U.S. -- the only industrialized nation with significant population growth -- by most projections will dwarf every other economy.
<br />
<br />
What makes the two giants especially powerful is that they complement each other's strengths. An accelerating trend is that technical and managerial skills in both China and India are becoming more important than cheap assembly labor. China will stay dominant
 in mass manufacturing, and is one of the few nations building multibillion-dollar electronics and heavy industrial plants. India is a rising power in software, design, services, and precision industry. This raises a provocative question: What if the two nations
 merge into one giant "Chindia?" Rival political and economic ambitions make that unlikely. But if their industries truly collaborate, "they would take over the world tech industry," predicts Forrester Research Inc (FORR ). analyst Navi Radjou.
</p>
<p>In a practical sense, the yin and yang of these immense workforces already are converging. True, annual trade between the two economies is just $14 billion. But thanks to the Internet and plunging telecom costs, multinationals are having their goods built
 in China with software and circuitry designed in India. As interactive design technology makes it easier to perfect virtual 3-D prototypes of everything from telecom routers to turbine generators on PCs, the distance between India's low-cost laboratories and
 China's low-cost factories shrinks by the month. Managers in the vanguard of globalization's new wave say the impact will be nothing less than explosive. "In a few years you'll see most companies unleashing this massive productivity surge," predicts Infosys
 Technologies (INFY ) CEO Nandan M. Nilekani. <br />
<br />
To globalization's skeptics, however, what's good for Corporate America translates into layoffs and lower pay for workers. Little wonder the West is suffering from future shock. Each new Chinese corporate takeover bid or revelation of a major Indian outsourcing
 deal elicits howls of protest by U.S. politicians. Washington think tanks are publishing thick white papers charting China's rapid progress in microelectronics, nanotech, and aerospace -- and painting dark scenarios about what it means for America's global
 leadership. <br />
<br />
Such alarmism is understandable. But the U.S. and other established powers will have to learn to make room for China and India. For in almost every dimension -- as consumer markets, investors, producers, and users of energy and commodities -- they will be 21st-century
 heavyweights. The growing economic might will carry into geopolitics as well. China and India are more assertively pressing their interests in the Middle East and Africa, and China's military will likely challenge U.S. dominance in the Pacific.
</p>
<p>One implication is that the balance of power in many technologies will likely move from West to East. An obvious reason is that China and India graduate a combined half a million engineers and scientists a year, vs. 60,000 in the U.S. In life sciences, projects
 the McKinsey Global Institute, the total number of young researchers in both nations will rise by 35%, to 1.6 million by 2008. The U.S. supply will drop by 11%, to 760,000. As most Western scientists will tell you, China and India already are making important
 contributions in medicine and materials that will help everyone. Because these nations can throw more brains at technical problems at a fraction of the cost, their contributions to innovation will grow.
<br />
<br />
CONSUMERS RISING <br />
<br />
American business isn't just shifting research work because Indian and Chinese brains are young, cheap, and plentiful. In many cases, these engineers combine skills -- mastery of the latest software tools, a knack for complex mathematical algorithms, and fluency
 in new multimedia technologies -- that often surpass those of their American counterparts. As Cisco's Scheinman puts it: "We came to India for the costs, we stayed for the quality, and we're now investing for the innovation."
<br />
<br />
A rising consumer class also will drive innovation. This year, China's passenger car market is expected to reach 3 million, No. 3 in the world. China already has the world's biggest base of cell-phone subscribers -- 350 million -- and that is expected to near
 600 million by 2009. In two years, China should overtake the U.S. in homes connected to broadband. Less noticed is that India's consumer market is on the same explosive trajectory as China five years ago. Since 2000, the number of cellular subscribers has
 rocketed from 5.6 million to 55 million. </p>
<p>What's more, Chinese and Indian consumers and companies now demand the latest technologies and features. Studies show the attitudes and aspirations of today's young Chinese and Indians resemble those of Americans a few decades ago. Surveys of thousands of
 young adults in both nations by marketing firm Grey Global Group found they are overwhelmingly optimistic about the future, believe success is in their hands, and view products as status symbols. In China, it's fashionable for the upwardly mobile to switch
 high-end cell phones every three months, says Josh Li, managing director of Grey's Beijing office, because an old model suggests "you are not getting ahead and updated." That means these nations will be huge proving grounds for next-generation multimedia gizmos,
 networking equipment, and wireless Web services, and will play a greater role in setting global standards. In consumer electronics, "we will see China in a few years going from being a follower to a leader in defining consumer-electronics trends," predicts
 Philips Semiconductors (PHG ) Executive Vice-President Leon Husson. <br />
<br />
For all the huge advantages they now enjoy, India and China cannot assume their role as new superpowers is assured. Today, China and India account for a mere 6% of global gross domestic product -- half that of Japan. They must keep growing rapidly just to provide
 jobs for tens of millions entering the workforce annually, and to keep many millions more from crashing back into poverty. Both nations must confront ecological degradation that's as obvious as the smog shrouding Shanghai and Bombay, and face real risks of
 social strife, war, and financial crisis. </p>
<p>Increasingly, such problems will be the world's problems. Also, with wages rising fast, especially in many skilled areas, the cheap labor edge won't last forever. Both nations will go through many boom and harrowing bust cycles. And neither country is yet
 producing companies like Samsung, Nokia (NOK ), or Toyota (TM ) that put it all together, developing, making, and marketing world-beating products.
<br />
<br />
Both countries, however, have survived earlier crises and possess immense untapped potential. In China, serious development only now is reaching the 800 million people in rural areas, where per capita annual income is just $354. In areas outside major cities,
 wages are as little as 45 cents an hour. "This is why China can have another 20 years of high-speed growth," contends Beijing University economist Hai Wen.
</p>
<p>Very impressive. But India's long-term potential may be even higher. Due to its one-child policy, China's working-age population will peak at 1 billion in 2015 and then shrink steadily. China then will have to provide for a graying population that has limited
 retirement benefits. India has nearly 500 million people under age 19 and higher fertility rates. By mid-century, India is expected to have 1.6 billion people -- and 220 million more workers than China. That could be a source for instability, but a great advantage
 for growth if the government can provide education and opportunity for India's masses. New Delhi just now is pushing to open its power, telecom, commercial real estate and retail sectors to foreigners. These industries could lure big capital inflows. "The
 pace of institutional changes and industries being liberalized is phenomenal," says Chief Economist William T. Wilson of consultancy Keystone Business Intelligence India. "I believe India has a better model than China, and over time will surpass it in growth."
<br />
<br />
For its part, China has yet to prove it can go beyond forced-march industrialization. China directs massive investment into public works and factories, a wildly successful formula for rapid growth and job creation. But considering its massive manufacturing
 output, China is surprisingly weak in innovation. A full 57% of exports are from foreign-invested factories, and China underachieves in software, even with 35 software colleges and plans to graduate 200,000 software engineers a year. It's not for lack of genius.
 Microsoft Corp.'s (MSFT ) 180-engineer R&amp;D lab in Beijing, for example, is one of the world's most productive sources of innovation in computer graphics and language simulation.
</p>
<p>While China's big state-run R&amp;D institutes are close to the cutting edge at the theoretical level, they have yet to yield many commercial breakthroughs. "China has a lot of capability," says Microsoft Chief Technology Officer Craig Mundie. "But when you
 look under the covers, there is not a lot of collaboration with industry." The lack of intellectual property protection, and Beijing's heavy role in building up its own tech companies, make many other multinationals leery of doing serious R&amp;D in China.
<br />
<br />
China also is hugely wasteful. Its 9.5% growth rate in 2004 is less impressive when you consider that $850 billion -- half of GDP -- was plowed into already-glutted sectors like crude steel, vehicles, and office buildings. Its factories burn fuel five times
 less efficiently than in the West, and more than 20% of bank loans are bad. Two-thirds of China's 1,300 listed companies don't earn back their true cost of capital, estimates Beijing National Accounting Institute President Chen Xiaoyue. "We build the roads
 and industrial parks, but we sacrifice a lot," Chen says. <br />
<br />
India, by contrast, has had to develop with scarcity. It gets scant foreign investment, and has no room to waste fuel and materials like China. India also has Western legal institutions, a modern stock market, and private banks and corporations. As a result,
 it is far more capital-efficient. A BusinessWeek analysis of Standard &amp; Poor's (MHP ) Compustat data on 346 top listed companies in both nations shows Indian corporations have achieved higher returns on equity and invested capital in the past five years in
 industries from autos to food products. The average Indian company posted a 16.7% return on capital in 2004, vs. 12.8% in China.
<br />
<br />
SMALL-BATCH EXPERTISE </p>
<p>The burning question is whether India can replicate China's mass manufacturing achievement. India's info-tech services industry, successful as it is, employs fewer than 1 million people. But 200 million Indians subsist on $1 a day or less. Export manufacturing
 is one of India's best hopes of generating millions of new jobs. <br />
<br />
India has sophisticated manufacturing knowhow. Tata Steel is among the world's most-efficient producers. The country boasts several top precision auto parts companies, such as Bharat Forge Ltd. The world's biggest supplier of chassis parts to major auto makers,
 it employs 1,200 engineers at its heavily automated Pune plant. India's forte is small-batch production of high-value goods requiring lots of engineering, such as power generators for Cummins Inc. (CMI ) and core components for General Electric Co. (GE ) CAT
 scanners. <br />
<br />
What holds India back are bureaucratic red tape, rigid labor laws, and its inability to build infrastructure fast enough. There are hopeful signs. Nokia Corp. is building a major campus to make cell phones in Madras, and South Korea's Pohang Iron &amp; Steel Co.
 plans a $12 billion complex by 2016 in Orissa state. But it will take India many years to build the highways, power plants, and airports needed to rival China in mass manufacturing. With Beijing now pushing software and pledging intellectual property rights
 protection, some Indians fret design work will shift to China to be closer to factories. "The question is whether China can move from manufacturing to services faster than we can solve our infrastructure bottlenecks," says President Aravind Melligeri of Bangalore-based
 QuEST, whose 700 engineers design gas turbines, aircraft engines, and medical gear for GE and other clients.
</p>
<p>However the race plays out, Corporate America has little choice but to be engaged -- heavily. Motorola illustrates the value of leveraging both nations to lower costs and speed up development. Most of its hardware is assembled and partly designed in China.
 Its R&amp;D center in Bangalore devises about 40% of the software in its new phones. The Bangalore team developed the multimedia software and user interfaces in the hot Razr cell phone. Now, they are working on phones that display and send live video, stream movies
 from the Web, or route incoming calls to voicemail when you are shifting gears in a car. "This is a very, very critical, state-of-the-art resource for Motorola," says Motorola South Asia President Amit Sharma.
<br />
<br />
Companies like Motorola realize they must succeed in China and India at many levels simultaneously to stay competitive. That requires strategies for winning consumers, recruiting and managing R&amp;D and professional talent, and skillfully sourcing from factories.
 "Over the next few years, you will see a dramatic gap opening between companies," predicts Jim Hemerling, who runs Boston Consulting Group's Shanghai practice. "It will be between those who get it and are fully mobilized in China and India, and those that
 are still pondering." <br />
<br />
In the coming decades, China and India will disrupt workforces, industries, companies, and markets in ways that we can barely begin to imagine. The upheaval will test America's commitment to the global trade system, and shake its confidence. In the 19th century,
 Europe went through a similar trauma when it realized a new giant -- the U.S. -- had arrived. "It is up to America to manage its own expectation of China and India as either a threat or opportunity," says corporate strategist Kenichi Ohmae. "America should
 be as open-minded as Europe was 100 years ago." How these Asian giants integrate with the rest of the world will largely shape the 21st-century global economy.
</p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>29/12/2011 17:54:00</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/15845/A+New+World+Economy+The+balance+of+power+will+shift+to+the+East+as+China+and+India+evolve</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">15845</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>15847</publicationdataID>
      <title>Asking The Right Questions; These Indian companies realized Western models won't work</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p>The main hall of the Science &amp; Technology Museum in Shanghai was packed. More than 150 top executives of multinational companies had arrived at the invitation of IBM (IBM ) Chief Sam Palmisano to participate in IBM's Business Leadership Forum, a high-level
 conference held on a different continent every May for the past three years. On the dais, Palmisano introduced the day's speaker: Sunil Mittal, chairman and CEO of India's premier mobile-services provider, Bharti Tele-Ventures Ltd. This company, said Palmisano,
 "is on a rocket to the moon." <br />
<br />
Why would IBM's chief be in China lauding an Indian telco that few outside India had even heard of a short time ago? It's not just because Bharti did a 10-year $750 million IT-outsourcing deal with IBM. It's also because Bharti -- one of the world's fastest-growing
 telcos and the most capital-efficient -- is one of the many Indian companies proving to be visionary in their fields. We're not talking about the champions of Bangalore, innovative as they are. These trendsetters range from telco newcomers such as Bharti to
 established giants like the $18 billion Tata Group and even former state-run players like ICICI Bank (IBN ). All are rethinking the way they manage assets, distribute products, and use technologies to create new services. India's "rapid, incremental innovations,"
 in the words of John Hagel III, a business-strategy consultant and author of a recent book on India and China, The Only Sustainable Edge, can provide lessons to companies everywhere.
</p>
<p>What characterizes the best of the Indian outfits? They've learned to question the basic concepts of their industries, an attitude born of collective experience. For decades after achieving independence in 1947, India imposed severe restrictions on the capital
 private companies could tap, the technologies they could import, and the foreign exchange they could hold. So the best ones learned how to devise ingenious, low-cost solutions to their problems and even reimagine industries such as software services.
<br />
<br />
Since Indian industry was unshackled from state strictures in 1991, it has accelerated the process of innovation to stress affordability and quality. Bharti is the largest mobile operator in India, with 12 million subscribers and a 22% market share. It earned
 a net profit of $330 million on sales of $1.8 billion for the fiscal year ending Mar. 31. CEO Mittal, 48, likes to tell investors that Bharti charges just 2 cents a minute for phone calls on its Airtel service -- and pockets 1 cents of that.
</p>
<p>Mittal realized that the Western model for mobile-phone businesses -- building and maintaining huge, expensive cellular networks -- wasn't for Bharti, which wanted to keep costs down in any way possible while providing reliable service. So in February, 2004,
 Bharti became the largest telco in the world to try something truly radical. It outsourced its entire cellular network to its three existing equipment suppliers: Ericsson (ERICY ), Nokia (NOK ), and Siemens (SI ) -- a $725 million, three-year deal. The move
 to "deep outsourcing" was revolutionary. Networks are as crucial to telecom players as engines are to auto makers. But it worked, and the effect on Bharti was profound. With executives no longer focused on managing the network, Bharti has turned its attention
 to marketing and customer service. In a year it has added 6 million subscribers -- one-fourth of India's annual subscriber growth and by far the fastest sign-up rate in India's history. "It's a big transformation, and it's becoming a global model," says Erik
 Oldmark, who runs marketing strategy worldwide for Ericsson. On Aug. 8, Bharti took its model one step further by outsourcing its call-center operations.
<br />
<br />
CARS ON DEMAND </p>
<p>Bharti was able to tap outside expertise to remake its business. The $18 billion Tata Group relies on outside knowhow as well -- but in this case, it's the traditional skills of India's working class. Tata, a conglomerate, has long made sturdy trucks. But
 four years ago, Chairman Ratan Tata plunged into the passenger-car business despite much skepticism. The result was India's first indigenously designed, developed, and produced car -- the $6,600 Indica. Tata used all of India's low-cost engineering skills
 to develop the car, at 60% of the usual cost of launching a new model. Now he has put his team to work on his dream project: a car that will sell for only $2,200. "I wanted to change the rules of the game," Tata says. "I wanted to change the way business is
 done." <br />
<br />
The "people's car" will use a combination of steel and composite plastic for its body, put together with industrial adhesive along with nuts and bolts. But what's the business changer? Tata will attempt to do away with the traditional model of manufacturing
 solely in a factory and distributing exclusively through established dealers. The plan is to make the basic components of the car in Tata plants -- and then to send the car off the company's assembly line much like a bicycle, in a knocked-down kit form. These
 will be shipped across the country to Tata-trained franchisees. Some of them will be Tata Motors car dealers. But other franchisees may be any of India's thousands of roadside garages.
</p>
<p>The mechanics will keep the kits in their garages and assemble them on demand for customers -- then service them as needed. "It will give an opportunity to young, capable people to create an enterprise," says Tata. But the move will also save an estimated
 20% of an auto's production, experts say. "Tata's plan makes the car a commodity," says Kumar Bhattacharyya, director of Warwick Manufacturing Group at the University of Warwick in Britain.
<br />
<br />
If Ratan Tata's plan works, he will have stripped away a layer of distribution and manufacturing costs. Other Indian companies are tackling different kinds of distribution costs -- and blowing away traditional assumptions in the process. In the case of Indian
 Tobacco Co. (ITC), managers are aggressively seeking ways to eliminate the exploitative middlemen who buy, transport, and market Indian farmers' produce.
</p>
<p>Calcutta-based ITC is best known as a hotelier and as India's largest producer of cigarettes. But it also sells fertilizer to farmers and buys their grain to make processed foods. For years, ITC conducted its business with farmers through a maze of intermediaries,
 from brokers to traders. So ITC's head of international business, S. Sivakumar, thought of using e-commerce as a way to break the unhealthy hold of traders over the supply chain. In the initial experiment -- begun four years ago in the central Indian state
 of Madhya Pradesh -- Sivakumar set up computer kiosks in 20 villages and hired a well-known local farmer to run each kiosk. He and other farmers would access the company's intranet -- dubbed e-chaupal, for electronic "town square" -- twice a day to check ITC's
 own offer price for produce, as well as prices in the closest village market, in the state capital, in New Delhi, and on the Chicago commodities exchange. The site relayed daily weather conditions and educated users about new farming techniques worldwide.
 In the evening, the local children took free lessons on the computer. In return, the farmers would usually give ITC first dibs on their crops, thus eliminating the middlemen.
<br />
<br />
RISING INCOMES <br />
<br />
How well the model works can be seen in the life of farmers such as 38-year-old Gulab Singh Varma. His two-room house is well-appointed by the standards of Bhaukhedi, the village of 3,000 where he lives in Sehore district, Madhya Pradesh. In pride of place,
 next to a bright-red velvet sofa, is the e-chaupal computer, complete with speakers, printer, a satellite connection, and two sets of solar-powered batteries.
</p>
<p>Before e-chaupal was set up, he says, farmers would spend three days traveling to the nearest market to sell their produce and never got a fair price. Then they would buy fertilizer and pesticides at premium rates and return home feeling cheated. "Now it
 takes a few hours to make a sale in the local market," Varma says, "because we know the prices a day ahead of time, and we negotiate with the local market on the Web site." Selling produce to ITC, thanks to the direct connection, nets the farmers 5% to 15%
 more than in the traditional marketplace. ITC is now building large, rural Wal-Mart-like supermarkets where farmers come to sell their produce and buy everything they need, from tractors to cell phones. "Since e-chaupal began, the farmers' incomes have increased
 by 25% to 30%," estimates Varma. <br />
<br />
Through 2010, when ITC hopes to reach its goal of 100,000 villages participating in e-chaupal, the company will spend $100 million a year on developing this network. None of the competition, including U.S. rival Cargill Corp., can match this head start. Consultant
 Hagel worries that Western companies are "far too complacent about the changes and won't have the capabilities to respond" to such business models.
<br />
<br />
Will Western multinationals find themselves confronting model Indian companies outside India as well? For now, Indian companies are venturing overseas more slowly and cheaply than their state-backed Chinese counterparts. The Indians are making $1 million to
 $100 million acquisitions to learn about foreign markets or to tap capabilities for their own operations.
</p>
<p>But that doesn't mean there won't be surprises. "Companies out of India and China will be disruptive business models, coming at you in ways you can't anticipate," says Jayant Sinha, author of a recent McKinsey &amp; Co. study of globalizing companies from the
 developing world. Already, India's ICICI Bank, with $42 billion in assets, is adapting the outsourcing model to finance. It has turned itself into a low-cost consumer bank by building its own high-tech back office and is expanding in rural India by setting
 up automated teller machines in villages. <br />
<br />
Now, ICICI is using that technological edge abroad, opening up a wholly owned bank subsidiary in Canada. By operating its low-cost back end in India, the bank is passing on those benefits to locals who bank through the Internet in the form of interest some
 35 to 75 basis points higher than what's available at other Canadian banks. The product has been so popular that the bank already has 22,000 customers, with 1,500 new ones signing up every week. Indian companies like ICICI can successfully take their models
 overseas because they are firmly anchored to their home market. A home market that is constantly being reinvented.
</p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>29/12/2011 17:56:21</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/15847/Asking+The+Right+Questions+These+Indian+companies+realized+Western+models+wont+work</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">15847</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>15852</publicationdataID>
      <title>Taking A Page From Toyota's Playbook; Wipro and other Indian info-tech companies are boosting efficiency by emulating the Japanese carmaker</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p>A year ago, executives of Wipro Ltd. (WIT ) got a glimpse inside a Toyota (TM ) assembly plant. During a guided tour of the factory that produces Corollas near their headquarters in Bangalore, India, Wipro execs hoped to pick up fresh ideas for their businesses
 of developing software and handling clients' back-office operations. <br />
<br />
There were plenty of lessons to learn, but for Sambuddha Deb, Wipro's chief quality officer, one stands out. Deb began to take a shortcut when the safety path painted on the factory floor made a sharp turn. The Japanese manager walking behind him reached out,
 took his shoulders, and gently guided him back onto the path. The message -- all the little rules count. "They had that sort of discipline. It's second nature to them," marvels Deb.
<br />
<br />
Before the Toyota tour, Wipro had been struggling to get on track in back-office services. That might sound odd: With $1.7 billion in revenues, 42,000 employees, and a U.S.-traded stock that has advanced 230% in two years, Wipro is the embodiment of India's
 info-tech revolution. It's not only a leader in software development but also a pioneer in business-process outsourcing, where it does everything for clients from running accounting operations to processing mortgage applications. In that business, the company
 was respected for its low prices and dependability, but the work was too labor-intensive. Wipro wasn't doing enough to improve the way it did its clients' business.
</p>
<p>That's one reason Wipro decided to use Toyota as a model for overhauling operations. Its aim is to make business processes as simple, smooth, and replicable as the way Corollas slip off that Bangalore assembly line every 5.3 minutes. In an unprecedented
 move, Wipro took on the tricky task of translating Toyota's vaunted principles for manufacturing into the realm of services. "What we do is apply people, technology, and processes to solve a business problem," says T.K. Kurien, the head of Wipro's 13,600-person
 business-process outsourcing unit. <br />
<br />
Today, Wipro's paperwork processing operations in Bangalore, Pune, and Chennai bear an uncanny resemblance to a Toyota plant. Day and night, thousands of eager young men and women line up at long rows of tables modeled on an assembly line. Signs hanging over
 each aisle describe what process is being handled there -- accounts receivable, travel and entertainment, and so on. Team leaders such as P.V. Priya, who oversees medical claims in Bangalore, set goals with their colleagues at the beginning of each shift.
 Just like in a Toyota factory, electronic displays mounted on the walls will shift from green to red if things bog down.
<br />
<br />
RUNNING A 21ST CENTURY COMPANY </p>
<p>This infatuation with Toyota-like efficiency now permeates India's tech-services industry. The Indian companies see a kindred spirit in the Japanese auto maker. Like them, Toyota was forced to claw its way into a global business with low prices and a passion
 for quality. Such commitment is the key to becoming the back office for hundreds of Western companies, hastening the transfer of many thousands of jobs offshore. "If the Indians get this right, in addition to their low labor rates, they can become deadly competition,"
 says Jeffrey K. Liker, a business professor at the University of Michigan and author of The Toyota Way, about Toyota's lean manufacturing techniques.
<br />
<br />
Think of any job that can be done remotely, by computer or telephone, and you're looking at a job that can be done by an Indian. Business-process outsourcing, or BPO, includes handling clients' call centers, accounting, human resources, and the like. Top Indian
 services companies don't just perform these jobs well. They demonstrate how a 21st century company ought to run. They have globalized workforces, super-efficient operations, and slavish devotion to customer service.
<br />
<br />
This emerging industry is helping India along the path to building a world-class economy. Already it supplies relatively well-paying jobs for upwards of 300,000. A 23-year-old can make $7,000 -- enough to afford a motorbike, or even a Corolla, to commute in
 style on Bangalore's jam-packed streets. The Indian BPO industry grew 40%, to $5.8 billion, last year and is expected to hit $64 billion and employ 3 million people in 2012, according to a Nasscom/KPMG study.
<br />
<br />
CONTINUOUS IMPROVEMENT </p>
<p>India will only get there if it has more to offer than cheap labor. Any developing nation has that. So Wipro and other Indian tech leaders, including Tata Consultancy Services Ltd. and Infosys Technologies (INFY ), are upgrading their services. They're automating
 processes to skip manual steps and using analytical software to mine data about their clients' customers.
<br />
<br />
The goal for Wipro is to become the Toyota of business services. Toyota preaches continuous improvement, respect for employees, learning, and embracing change. "It's the soft stuff that makes a big impact on the hard numbers," says Kurien, a cheerful 45-year-old.
 There is plenty of hard-edged analysis, as well. To embrace Toyota's methods, Kurien last year assigned teams to examine business processes, break them into discrete components, and come up with streamlined services to sell to clients.
<br />
<br />
Almost immediately, Kurien spotted a surprising problem -- cubicles. They're normal for programmers but interrupted the flow for business-process employees. So he came up with the idea of positioning people side by side at long tables and running processes
 up the line step by step. Wipro also adopted Toyota's kaizen system of soliciting employee suggestions for incremental improvements, and made The Toyota Way required reading. The company even did time-and-motion studies. One discovery: It took an average of
 nine minutes for employees to regain optimal performance after water and bathroom breaks. The water coolers were quickly moved closer to people's desks.
</p>
<p>The initial response to all this "was a roaring disaster," admits Kurien. Some staffers felt like cogs in a machine, and they dragged their heels. Nandini Swamynathan, 34, who runs an employee-benefits help desk, was O.K. with Kurien's plans. Her staff felt
 differently. "The factory idea concerned people," she says. After hearing from his middle managers, Kurien did a reboot. He set up classes to explain the concepts and show how the methods would make their lives easier.
<br />
<br />
The results are coming in. Since the program started, the group has improved productivity by 43% and reduced the percentage of transactions that had to be redone from 18% to 2%. Customers are reaping rewards, too. Look at E-OPS, a Miami startup. On June 14
 it announced the country's first round-the-clock paperless mortgage-processing service. E-OPS had just six employees on Day One, and they focused solely on marketing. "It's amazing that you can run a national company with just a handful of employees, and Wipro
 does the rest," says E-OPS Chief Executive Joseph Machado. <br />
<br />
Indeed, Wipro's paperwork-handling operations run with factorylike efficiency. There are two shifts -- 8:30 a.m. to 6 p.m. and 6 p.m to 3 a.m. When each shift starts, the teams, which are organized by process categories, gather with their team leaders for 10
 minutes to discuss the day's goals and divide up tasks accordingly. Then they scatter to their desks.
</p>
<p>During a recent visit by BusinessWeek to an office in Bangalore, we followed the journey of a single invoice through accounts payable. The first stop was the "imaging" room, where C. Venkatesh fed documents into scanners and attached electronic copies to
 work-flow software, which manages each step of the process. Then H.V. Shivaram typed data from the invoice into the accounting software program, M. Rassal checked the math, Srikanth Vittal Murthy posted the charges in the general ledger, D. S. Varadharajan
 authorized payment, and B. Ravi Sekhar arranged for a check to be cut. Finally, V. Karunakaran printed and mailed it. If the process had hit a bottleneck, a digital display on the wall would have turned red. That would have prompted managers to swarm the center
 of the room, confer, and fix the problem on the spot. <br />
<br />
Wipro's employees seem sincerely excited about their jobs -- work that would likely be considered sheer drudgery by U.S. college grads. Take 28-year-old Priya, who has worked for Wipro for nearly seven years. She has already submitted a handful of kaizen, and
 is thrilled at how quickly her bosses respond. "Even though it's something small, it feels good. You're being considered," she says. Empowerment on the job is spilling over into her private life. She's the first woman in her family to go to college, and recently
 told her parents that while they are free to arrange her marriage, they must pick a man who will not interfere with her career.
</p>
<p>Kurien and his lieutenants do plenty to boost morale. It's stuff that would seem corny in the U.S. Employees who submit suggestions to kaizen boxes near their desks get little rewards -- pens, caps, or shirts. Every week, the bosses wheel out a cake for
 a top performer. Murthy, a 25-year-old accountant on the accounts payable team who aims to be Wipro's chief financial officer some day, was surprised with one in late April. He had led an effort to improve the handling of Indian government import approvals,
 cutting the time it took to process them from nearly 30 days to a maximum of 15 days. He got a cake with his name written on it in honey. "I was surprised management knew what I was doing," he says. Now, he says, "I want to do more projects."
<br />
<br />
Kurien feels he has a long way to go. "On a scale of 1 to 10, we're still at 4," he says. He recently started work in procurement and logistics. The next likely targets are engineering services and health-care claims processing, which are two of the industries
 that Wipro focused on for software services. His idea is to weave business-process services into the company's tech offerings to give clients an ever-widening menu to pick from. A customer who hires Wipro to write new features into its accounting software
 program may also hire Kurien's crew to run the new process itself. <br />
<br />
With every new initiative, he has to hire and train a fresh team and come up with novel techniques for turning messy, manual processes into highly automated and efficient ones. Think of it this way. He's creating a mirror world to the way business is done today
 in the West -- but the reflection has to be sharper than the original image. If Kurien succeeds, a few years from now management gurus may be trumpeting the Wipro Way.
</p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>29/12/2011 17:59:31</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/15852/Taking+A+Page+From+Toyotas+Playbook+Wipro+and+other+Indian+infotech+companies+are+boosting+efficiency+by+emulating+the+Japanese+carmaker</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">15852</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>15855</publicationdataID>
      <title>India Discovers Latin America</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p>Blink and you might miss Mahindra &amp; Mahindra's operations in Uruguay. But the 16 pickup trucks arriving in pieces each month at a small assembly plant in Montevideo are the first wave in a tide of Indian exports heading for Latin America.
<br />
<br />
China's exports to the region were nine times India's last year, and its trade missions have received more press attention. But Indian auto parts, drugs, textiles, and machinery are beginning to make their mark in Latin markets. In the first six months of 2005,
 India's trade with Brazil nearly tripled over the previous year, to $1.1 billion, according to Brazil's External Commerce Secretariat. And India's exports to Mexico are up 15% through March, to $286 million.
<br />
<br />
Fueling the trade expansion are India's relaxation of rules for outward investment, its increasing appetite for raw materials, its success in developing a homegrown information-technology industry, and an economy growing roughly 7% a year. "Based on its success
 at supplying outsourcing services," says Mark Mobius, president of Templeton Emerging Markets, a mutual fund, "India could be a force in Latin America."
</p>
<p>One of India's largest outsourcing companies, Tata Consultancy Services, has more than doubled its staff in Uruguay in the past three years, to 300, and has added 300 more employees in Mexico, Brazil, Chile, and Argentina. Indian firms have set up a dozen
 joint ventures in Brazil involving health care, IT services, and auto parts. And Indian pharmaceutical companies have found an attractive market in Mexico, where drug prices are among the highest in the developing world. Ranbaxy and Sun Pharma now sell drugs
 in Mexico in addition to exporting raw ingredients to local drug manufacturers. The draw? Meaty profit margins stemming from as much as 50% lower manufacturing costs in India than in Mexico, says Volker Adam, a consultant at the Jai Group in Mexico City.
<br />
<br />
Rengaraj Viswanathan, a senior official in the Latin American division of India's Ministry of External Affairs, says investment in the region could top $1 billion this year, up from about $20 million last year, "if a few deals solidify." Among them is the possible
 purchase of the Ecuadorian assets of Canadian oil company EnCana by India's Oil &amp; Natural Gas Co.-for which several Chinese companies are competing as well. ONGC also signed an oil-exploration contract in Venezuela, in March. "Energy is a national-security
 issue, because we import 70% of our fuel," says Amitava Tripathi, India's ambassador to Brazil.
</p>
<p>Deals for services are also solidifying. Ircon, India's railway construction company, is advising the world's largest iron-ore producer, Companhia Vale do Rio Doce in Brazil, on railway upgrades. "India's railroads are impressive," says Guilherme Laager,
 executive director of CVRD's logistics arm, which also supplies services for ports, railways, and distribution centers to Brazil's grain, paper, and chemicals industries.
<br />
<br />
The trade goes both ways. Tata International, the trading arm of industrial giant Tata Group, recently opened an office in Uruguay to scout buying opportunities. "We want to source commodities in which South America is rich," says Muralidharan, Tata's Uruguay
 manager. Dedini, a Brazilian company specializing in technology for sugar ethanol—a crop-based fuel that can power half of Brazil's new cars—is advising Indian sugar mills on ethanol production. And in June, Brazilian aerospace company Embraer clinched a $140
 million aircraft-leasing contract with budget airline Paramount Airways, its first such deal in India.
</p>
<p>Politics will be central to India's long-term success in Latin America. Brazilian President Luiz Inácio Lula da Silva wants to diversify the region's trading partners beyond the U.S. and Europe, where 70% of Latin American exports go today. Last year his
 country helped broker a trade pact between India and Mercosur, the South American trading bloc that includes Brazil, Argentina, Paraguay, and Uruguay. The pact, which takes effect later this year, will cut tariffs on 900 goods, including chemicals and steel
 parts. <br />
<br />
Tie-ups between the two regions are not hassle-free. Latin Americans complain that India protects its markets with high duties. Indians complain about the same thing, particularly in Brazil, where strong unions, endless red tape, entrenched corruption, and
 high inflation and interest rates hamper investment. But both regions say they are better equipped than the U.S. and Europe to meet the needs of emerging economies. If Mahindra's baby steps in Uruguay are a sign, more companies from the subcontinent may soon
 follow. </p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>29/12/2011 18:03:19</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/15855/India+Discovers+Latin+America</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">15855</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>15859</publicationdataID>
      <title>M.B.A. Students Bypassing Wall Street for a Summer in India</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p>BANGALORE, India, Aug. 9 - This summer, Omar Maldonado and Erik Simonsen, both students at the Leonard N. Stern School of Business at New York University, did something different.
<br />
<br />
Bypassing internship opportunities on Wall Street, just a subway ride away from their Greenwich Village campus, they went to India to spend the summer at an outsourcing company in Gurgaon, a suburb of New Delhi.
<br />
<br />
"The India opportunity grabbed me," said Mr. Maldonado, a Boston native whose family is from the Dominican Republic. "I wanted to get a global feel for investment banking and not just a Wall Street perspective."
<br />
<br />
He and Mr. Simonsen, both 27, are spending three months at Copal Partners, an outsourcing firm with 100 analysts. It produces merger and acquisition pitch books and provides equity and credit analysis and other research to global banks and consultant groups,
 including those on Wall Street. <br />
<br />
Mr. Maldonado and Mr. Simonsen, of Riverside, Calif., are part of a virtual invasion of India by American students. Graduate students from top schools in the United States, most from master of business administration programs, are vying for internships at India's
 biggest private companies. For many, outsourcing companies are the destinations of choice.
<br />
<br />
India is not just a line on an American student's résumé, said Kiran Karnik, president of the outsourcing industry trade body, Nasscom, "but also culturally fulfilling." Many students travel while in India, giving them a view of the country and its long history,
 he said. </p>
<p>Nasscom is now trying to track the ever-increasing numbers of foreign interns. Many are in India to study globalization firsthand, Mr. Karnik said; that is often not possible in China because, unlike India, English is not widely spoken there.
<br />
<br />
Mr. Karnik said he had met more than a dozen interns from the Harvard Business School who were spending this summer in India. "I expect a bigger horde of students to arrive next year because the ones here said they had a great time and will go home to talk
 about it," he said. <br />
<br />
Elsewhere, too, the trend is on the rise. Four students from Fuqua School of Business at Duke University are interning in India, compared with only one last year and none in 2003. Of this year's interns, three are at Infosys Technologies, an outsourcing company
 in Bangalore, and the fourth is in Chennai at GlobalGiving, an organization based in Bethesda, Md., that helps support social, economic and environmental projects around the world.
<br />
<br />
At Georgetown University, Stanley D. Nollen, a professor of international business at the Robert Emmett McDonough School of Business, said India was of growing interest to students.
<br />
<br />
"No longer is India thought of as a land of snake charmers and bride burnings," he said. "Now India means the world's best software services, and increasingly, pharmaceuticals and auto parts."
<br />
<br />
Professor Nollen directs the school's programs for M.B.A. students in India, which include "residencies" - academic courses that are centered on consulting projects for companies operating in India. A group of 49 students arrived this month and went to companies
 like Philips India Software and MindTree Consulting, both in Bangalore; the motorcycle-making unit of Eicher in Chennai; and the ICICI Bank in Mumbai.
</p>
<p>India can be a jolt to a first-time American visitor. In Gurgaon, a small town despite its tall office complexes and shiny new malls, Mr. Maldonado and Mr. Simonsen share an apartment where the power fails several times a day. Temperatures are regularly
 above 100 degrees Fahrenheit in the summer. <br />
<br />
The two men said they came prepared to find inadequate infrastructure, but were not prepared for the daily frustrations of Gurgaon. There is no mass transportation system, and shopping, even for something as basic as an umbrella, can take hours. They rumble
 to work in an auto rickshaw - a motorized three-wheeler that seats two and is a ubiquitous form of transport in Indian cities.
<br />
<br />
But the sophistication of the work being done in Copal's Gurgaon office contrasts with the chaotic city outside. Mr. Simonsen said he was amazed. "I came expecting to see number-crunching and spreadsheet type of work; I didn't expect American banks to farm
 out intricate analytics," he said. The two students are working on a project that analyzes investment opportunities for clients across 23 countries.
<br />
<br />
Infosys Technologies, the country's second-largest outsourcing firm after Tata Consultancy Services, discovered how popular India had become as an internship destination for Americans when the company began recruiting: for the 40 intern spots at its Bangalore
 headquarters, the company received 9,000 applications. Only those with a cumulative grade-point average of 3.6 or more made it to a short list, and then they were put through two rounds of interviews.
</p>
<p>The final 40, who cut a wide academic swathe from engineering schools like M.I.T. and Carnegie Mellon to business schools like Stanford, Wharton and Kellogg, have since arrived on campus for average stays of three months. The interns work in areas from marketing
 to technology. They live in a 500-room hotel complex on Infosys's expansive campus in the suburbs of Bangalore, exchanging coupons for meals at the food court and riding the company bus downtown to decompress at the many pubs and bars.
<br />
<br />
Among the Infosys interns is Caton Burwell, 28, from the Stanford Graduate School of Business. "India has come to symbolize globalization and I wanted to participate in the workings of the global economy," he said. "Besides, it would look great on my résumé."
<br />
<br />
Mr. Burwell said that, since arriving in India, he had developed a better grasp of the workings of the global economy and the logic behind the choices companies and countries make. "Being here is a powerful experience; it is impossible not to think differently,"
 he said. <br />
<br />
Also, his attitude toward outsourcing has changed since meeting Indian employees, who he said work very hard and care a great deal about the quality of their work. "To come here, meet these people, and to return home and turn your back on outsourcing is hard,"
 he said. <br />
<br />
Jeffrey Anders, 29, from the Sloan School of Management at M.I.T., is similarly stirred. Mr. Anders is halfway through his internship at the business process outsourcing division of Hewlett-Packard India in Bangalore.
<br />
<br />
"I can't help but feel that I am witnessing the creation of a new global economic order, a new reality that most people back home don't realize is coming," said Mr. Anders.
</p>
<p>After a meeting with the recruiting head of Hewlett-Packard India's back-office unit at a conference at M.I.T., Mr. Anders came to India to help build a group of Indian economists and statisticians to perform complex analytics and predictive modeling for
 Western multinationals. "These highly educated and qualified people are not stopping at call centers and back-office work," he said. "They are getting ready to compete for every job."
<br />
<br />
Meanwhile, Indian companies are looking at summer internships as a way of building a diverse work culture.
<br />
<br />
"Bringing investment bankers here provides our Indian team a perspective and context of Wall Street," said Joel Perlman, co-founder of Copal Partners, a company based in London that has four employees each in New York and London and another 100 or so in India.
<br />
<br />
Other companies, and even the schools themselves, are looking at internships as a step toward attracting bright young Americans to work in India. Infosys, for instance, hired Joshua Bornstein, a former intern from Claremont McKenna College in California, nearly
 two years ago as its first American employee based in India. <br />
<br />
"In this increasingly global economy, we would expect to see India become an even greater source of employment for our students," Sheryle Dirks, director of the Career Management Center at Fuqua, said.
<br />
<br />
Mr. Anders, from the Sloan school, works in a new Hewlett-Packard building, where he sometimes works out at the gym in the basement and eats at the cafeteria on the terrace. The employees work in open cubicles, similar to those in offices anywhere in the West.
 His team consists of four Indians, all with M.B.A.'s like him, and they operate globally, collaborating with teams in California and elsewhere.</p>
<p>Interns like Mr. Anders are getting a close view of social changes that are happening in India. Outsourcing has created thousands of better-paying jobs and spawned communities of young people who can afford cars, apartments and iPods.
<br />
<br />
"I thought the stipend was the down side," said Mr. Anders, "but coming here is a priceless experience."
</p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>29/12/2011 18:05:53</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/15859/MBA+Students+Bypassing+Wall+Street+for+a+Summer+in+India</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">15859</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>15861</publicationdataID>
      <title>The Indian tiger</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p>In what could become the world's most significant 21st-century strategic alliance, a strengthened partnership is forming between the two largest English-speaking democracies: the United States and India. President Bush and Indian Prime Minister Manmohan
 Singh cemented bilateral ties in recent White House talks, paving the way for greater trade, investment and technological collaboration. In time and with the cooperation of other friendly powers in the region -- notably, Japan and Australia -- this new alliance
 could emerge as an essential counterweight to China. Essentially, it will be an Anglospheric alliance in Asia and the Pacific Rim.<br />
<br />
U.S. Undersecretary of State Nicholas Burns, commenting on the multipoint joint statement issued after the White House meeting, declared the two countries had forged "a broad global partnership of the likes that we've not seen with India since India's founding
 in 1947." <br />
<br />
But the economic front has the greatest potential. The world's largest democracy, with an industrious and increasingly educated population, is among the fastest-growing economies, with real GDP expanding at an average 5.9 percent annually, seasonally adjusted,
 over the last eight years, including a 7 percent gain in first-quarter 2005. <br />
<br />
However impressive this performance may be, India's economy has had to endure some stifling restrictions -- and in certain cases outright bans -- on foreign direct investment. FDI, in fact, hasn't grown in at least five years, averaging around $1.3 billion
 per quarter since 2000. In some sectors, such as retailing, mining and railways, FDI is strictly prohibited, In others, like banking and telecommunications, foreign investment is permitted but closely regulated.
</p>
<p>The new bilateral accord promises to change this, and there's every reason to be optimistic. Informal links are being forged every day as large numbers of India-based firms service information-technology (IT) equipment and software in the U.S.
<br />
<br />
In addition, India's current stock-market boom owes much to international investors. Foreign portfolio investment in India totaled $3.8 billion in first-quarter 2005 versus $4.6 billion in fourth-quarter 2004 and $3.7 billion in the first quarter of 2004. These
 inflows compared with a 2000-2003 quarterly average of just $840 million. <br />
<br />
The performance of Indian equities has been nothing short of fabulous, with many prices doubling and even tripling in the past two years. The Bombay Sensex 30 Index is up about 150 percent since May 2003, and the broad Bombay Stock Exchange 500 Index has gained
 around 175 percent. Particularly impressive have been the nearly 200 percent rise in the IT Index and increases of roughly 250 percent in both the Consumer Durables and Capital Goods Indexes.
<br />
<br />
A small public sector and concomitant low taxes have also aided the economy. In the 2004-2005 fiscal year ended March 31, the Union (or central) government's net tax revenue amounted to 7.9 percent of nominal GDP and total receipts equaled 10.8 percent. With
 expenditures running at 17.6 percent of GDP, last year's fiscal deficit (or total government borrowing requirement) equaled 4.5 percent of GDP, according to the Reserve Bank of India Bulletin.
</p>
<p>Prime Minister Singh, as finance minister in the early 1990s, crafted many of the reforms responsible for India's economic renaissance, including lower tariffs, fewer import and forex restrictions, the lifting of industrial licensing and price controls,
 and a reduction in the top marginal income-tax rate from a staggering 97.5 percent to a more sensible 35 percent. Sound monetary management nowadays leaves little room for complaint, with consumer price inflation trending around 4.4 percent on a 12-month basis
 over the past five years. <br />
<br />
Monetary stability has helped keep interest rates down, too. Since 2000, 10-year government bonds have yielded 7.8 percent on average, making for a mean real interest rate of 3.4 percent over the period.
<br />
<br />
But only through an ever-increasing ratio of financial capital to labor capital will labor productivity make the gains necessary for substantial improvements in the country's overall standard of living. Capital availability will rise with expansion of the domestic
 economy, of course. But more is needed. <br />
<br />
Given its immense labor force, India requires massive injections of foreign capital to make the investments in technology and equipment to augment output per hour. So, of the panoply of potential governmental reforms, liberalizing foreign capital flows is far
 and away the most important one. <br />
<br />
If India becomes more hospitable for foreign investment, its economy can grow 10 percent yearly for the next decade, representing an economic shot across China's bow. Embracing Anglo-Saxon market economics will strengthen both the Indian and American economies,
 thereby adding even more power to the new diplomatic entente. <br />
<br />
<em>Lawrence Kudlow is host of CNBC's "Kudlow &amp; Company" and is a nationally syndicated columnist.
</em></p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>29/12/2011 18:09:34</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/15861/The+Indian+tiger</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">15861</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>15864</publicationdataID>
      <title>In India, a Business Behemoth Debuts on Global Stage</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p><em>Led by its U.S.-educated chairman, Tata Group is modernizing operations and making overseas acquisitions as it plugs into the world economy.
</em><br />
<br />
LONDON — No one has done more to announce India's arrival on the international business stage than Ratan Tata, chairman of Tata Group, the country's largest conglomerate.
<br />
<br />
Last month the group unveiled one of the biggest overseas acquisitions in Indian corporate history: the $239-million purchase of Teleglobe, a Bermuda-based wholesale telecommunications company. The two biggest acquisitions by Indian companies abroad are also
 Tata deals: the $432-million purchase of Britain's Tetley Tea in 2001 and the $289-million acquisition of Singapore's NatSteel in 2004.
<br />
<br />
The Teleglobe deal is another milestone for a man who last month surprised the business world by announcing his intention to remain in office beyond his expected retirement date in 2 1/2 years. In a rare interview, Tata, 67, told the Financial Times why he
 was staying on and what he hoped to achieve before handing the reins to a successor.
<br />
<br />
An architect educated at Cornell University in New York, Tata is hurt by suggestions that he is clinging to power. He says non-executive directors warned him that unless the retirement age was raised from 70 to 75, the group would face a sudden loss of experienced
 executives. </p>
<p>"I really am unlikely to stay on for the full period," Tata said. He gives the impression that he has set himself a final set of goals.
<br />
<br />
Tata's ambition is to make Tata Group fit for global competition by transforming its operations at home and plugging it into the world economy. Even if he stays on for the full extra five years, he is unlikely to see that process completed. But he wants to
 advance it before leaving. <br />
<br />
Tata Group is already barely recognizable from the antiquated behemoth of 1991, when Tata inherited the chairmanship from his uncle, J.R.D. Tata. He recalls the situation then with barely disguised horror. Tata Group was an empire in name only. Powerful executives
 ruled the operating companies, merely paying lip service to the group. The board was full of elderly dignitaries. "Some of them fell asleep during meetings," he said.
<br />
<br />
Tata wrested back management control, used cash flow from the booming software unit, Tata Consultancy Services, to rebuild group shareholdings and pushed the industrial companies to invest and modernize.
<br />
<br />
Then Tata stepped out into the world with the Tetley deal. No Indian company had ever attempted anything so ambitious. It was a big success.
<br />
<br />
"I do not think that at any stage I expected the integration to be as good and as robust as it has turned out to be," Tata said. "This has become a model for several of our other acquisitions."
<br />
<br />
Since then Tata Group has bought NatSteel, Daewoo Motors' truck operations, a motor coach manufacturer in Spain, the Tyco global cable network — and now Teleglobe.
</p>
<p>The acquisition spree represents growing confidence in Tata Group's prospects. Three of its big companies — Tata Consultancy Services, Tata Motors and Tata Steel — are generating good profits. But VSNL, the fixed-line telecom unit, is not, and Tata Group
 still has many underperforming businesses. <br />
<br />
The sheer complexity of the group — it has 91 operating companies — forces Tata to grapple with a bewildering array of challenges. At the top of the list is Tata Motors' bid to develop a people's car for the developing world. The project, widely seen as Tata's
 own, is regarded as an expensive gamble. But Tata remains bullish. <br />
<br />
He says the company has been able to offset high steel prices by using more plastic and sourcing parts from China. He insists that the car will be launched in three years with a price of about 100,000 rupees (about $2,200).
<br />
<br />
Meanwhile, Tata and his executives have to work out what to do in Britain, where Tata Motors' attempt to sell higher-value cars in partnership with MG Rover Group came unstuck. Tata Motors is now talking to distributors about selling cars in Britain under its
 own brand. <br />
<br />
There is a lot more in his in-box. Last year, Tata Consultancy went public in India with an initial stock offering that raised a record $1.2 billion.
<br />
<br />
Tata says it would be logical to follow this by listing in the United States. But he is frustrated by the market's focus on short-term earnings. He wants to be "absolutely sure we have all our strategy in place" before adding to the scrutiny by listing in the
 U.S. </p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>29/12/2011 18:14:00</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/15864/In+India+a+Business+Behemoth+Debuts+on+Global+Stage</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">15864</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>15868</publicationdataID>
      <title>High-tech talent flows back to India</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p><em>Those who helped fuel US boom may spur brain drain</em><br />
<br />
An Indian-born software developer, Pavan Tadepalli, wanted to work in a high-tech hub with opportunity for career growth. So it was an easy decision when he was offered a permanent job in the Boston area, after a three-month assignment here ended this spring.
<br />
<br />
Tadepalli turned it down, and chose to return to India. <br />
<br />
''There are more opportunities in India now," he said. ''What I can do in Boston, I am confident I can do the same thing in Hyderabad."
<br />
<br />
The lure of a career in the United States, especially in technology, proved irresistible to India's best and brightest engineering graduates through the 1990s, and even as recently as a few years ago.
<br />
<br />
But with the maturing of the US technology industry, and the rapid expansion of India as a center for software programming and business process outsourcing, thousands of Indian engineers and managers -- many of them US-educated and working on Route 128 or in
 California's Silicon Valley -- are opting to go back to their homeland. <br />
<br />
The trend is raising fear of a brain drain. Some business leaders are worried that the immigrant Indian entrepreneurs who helped fuel the US technology boom might now start companies in India, and take whole classes of jobs with them.
<br />
<br />
''It could deplete the stock of educational and scientific talent that we have here," said Alan Tonelson, a research fellow for the United States Business &amp; Industry Council, a Washington trade group for small and midsized manufacturers.
</p>
<p>American-educated graduates from other countries, from Israel to Taiwan to Ireland, also have launched companies in the United States. But the Indian connection is unique because of the intense engineering focus there.
<br />
<br />
And returnees starting businesses in India, unlike those in smaller and richer countries, can tap into a large and growing domestic market, and into a pool of low-cost skilled workers.
<br />
<br />
For some Indians, the reasons for the exodus are personal. Returning expatriates may have aging parents, or they may want their children raised in the Indian culture. But with the explosive growth of India's economy, cities such as Bangalore or Hyderabad increasingly
 are seen as new magnets for ambitious technologists -- offering an intoxicating mix of hefty raises, multiple job postings, and rapid career advancement, no longer the norm in Cambridge or in San Jose, Calif.
<br />
<br />
Joga Ryali worked in Silicon Valley for 22 years until he got an offer this year to run the Hyderabad product development center for Computer Associates, the computer software giant. He started there in June.
<br />
<br />
''From a professional point of view, I felt until recently that I had more challenging prospects in the US," Ryali said. ''But that's no longer the case. Just in the last couple of years, three or four of my close friends made the move from Silicon Valley to
 India. This feels in many ways like Silicon Valley felt . . . during the boom time."
<br />
<br />
Tadepalli's employer, the Indian outsourcing firm Sierra Atlantic, sent him to Boston in January to handle the merger with Sceptre Database Consultants, a Westwood company that was acquired by Sierra. By April, he had trained Sceptre employees in new technologies,
 worked with US customers, and set up processes enabling him to manage projects -- from India. ''We established good communications," Tadepalli said. ''Now we can do it by phone or e-mail."
</p>
<p>Neither the US nor the Indian government keeps count of how many Indian employees have left the American workforce to return to India. The Economic Times, a business publication in India, estimated this summer that 35,000 have returned to the largest Indian
 high-tech center, which is now in and around Bangalore. <br />
<br />
That is still a small fraction of the approximately 2.4 million Indian residents of the United States, a number that includes Indian-born residents as well as US citizens of Indian heritage. Massachusetts is home to an estimated 65,000 Indians.
<br />
<br />
The reverse migrants are a diverse lot. They include those who have graduated from American schools and return to India for their first jobs, and those who retire in India after spending their work lives in the United States. Many do business in both countries
 but still live in the United States, while some commute between homes in both countries.
<br />
<br />
Returnees say that India's substantially lower average wages are more than offset by its dramatically lower cost of living. And with the proliferation of Western amenities, from air conditioning to consumer electronics to shopping malls, the returnees say they
 have found that the American lifestyle is now available in India -- at least for professionals laboring in the gleaming high-tech office parks of Bangalore and Hyderabad.
<br />
<br />
The impact of the exodus on the US economy is just starting to be felt. When he ran Taral Networks of Lexington, a wireless software company, two years ago, Vinit Nijhawan was surprised that ''one of my competitors came out of nowhere from India." With the
 emergence of a new generation of US-trained Indian entrepreneurs, ''you can't be complacent about this any more," Nijhawan said.
<br />
<br />
Some business people say the trend will help both countries, though skilled American workers will have to adapt to new roles.
</p>
<p>''The US is still going to be the idea lab and the funding lab, but the experiments will take place in India," said Upendra Mishra of Waltham, chairman of the US-India Chamber of Commerce and publisher of the Indus Business Journal and India New England
 newspapers. ''Then they'll bring the technology back to the US." <br />
<br />
Gururaj ''Desh" Deshpande, a cofounder and chairman of Sycamore Networks, an optical networking company in Chelmsford, said the Indian technology boomlet will boost productivity for US companies by making simple functions cheaper. ''The real innovation and
 brainpower will stay here," Deshpande said. ''You can't create MIT and Stanford and Harvard anywhere else in the world."
<br />
<br />
Businesses that operate in both countries can sometimes benefit by accommodating employees who want to return to India. But there can be a downside: Once they have moved workers back to India, companies find it tougher to retain them in the competitive job
 market, said Marc Hebert, executive vice president of Sierra Atlantic, which operates in Fremont, Calif., and Hyderabad.
<br />
<br />
''This is something new," Hebert said. ''Three years ago, these retention problems didn't exist."
</p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>29/12/2011 18:16:03</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/15868/Hightech+talent+flows+back+to+India</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">15868</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>15869</publicationdataID>
      <title>Inviting India to join the club</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p>India became the world's sixth nuclear power when it exploded a bomb in 1974. While the Indians celebrated their technical prowess, the rest of the world shuddered over the possibility of a nuclear arms race in developing countries. Canada, the U.S. and
 other countries had been helping India develop civilian nuclear capabilities. But they angrily halted further assistance with the proof that India had siphoned off some of that help to build a bomb.<br />
<br />
Ever since, India has been a nuclear pariah. <br />
<br />
Now that is changing. Recently President Bush announced that the U.S. would help India get parts and import fuel for nuclear power plants. In essence, India would be welcomed into the rarefied club of bomb-wielding nuclear powers, in all but title. In return,
 India would allow international inspections and safeguards on its civilian nuclear program, refrain from further weapons tests and also from transferring arms technology to other countries.
<br />
<br />
This is a stunning deal that carries some risks, but also the potential for far larger rewards.
</p>
<p>Many non-proliferation advocates are outraged because they say the deal reneges on the basic bargain of the nuclear non-proliferation treaty. That deal is simple: If you promise not to build weapons, those countries with nuclear expertise are encouraged
 to help you develop peaceful nuclear power. The treaty has been largely successful in persuading countries not to acquire nuclear weapons since the 1970s.
<br />
<br />
If India is able not only to build the weapons but also to get the help allowed in the treaty, why should other governments not aim to do likewise, the critics ask. That's potentially troubling, but not likely to happen. Almost every nation in the world already
 has signed the treaty; they're unlikely to back out now. <br />
<br />
Pakistan, India's neighbor and arch-rival, now seems almost certain to seek the same blessing for its nuclear status. But the U.S. and other nuclear states can easily parry that request, given Pakistan's abysmal record as a nuclear outlaw whose chief nuclear
 scientist ran a black market in weapons technology for years. <br />
<br />
More worrisome is whether the deal could undercut U.S. and European efforts to disarm North Korea and blunt Iran's nuclear ambitions. Put it this way: It won't help. It will likely be used for propaganda by those countries' negotiators. But here's the reality:
 Those nations have been developing nuclear expertise and weapons for decades in what they perceive as their national interests. What India gets, or doesn't get, is largely irrelevant to those calculations.
</p>
<p>The deal makes sense for several reasons. <br />
<br />
First, India is a rising global power. It is in America's interest to forge closer ties. Second, India already has nuclear weapons and has had them for a long time. No amount of argument from the U.S. will change that. Third, the point of international non-proliferation
 efforts is to stop the spread of nuclear weapons, particularly to terrorists, by imposing tough safeguards, enhanced security and better controls over the export of dangerous technology. With this deal, India would join many of those critical efforts.
<br />
<br />
Under the deal, India would refrain from transferring nuclear technology that would allow nations to enrich uranium or reprocess plutonium, both key to bomb making, if those nations didn't already have such equipment. India also would support a worldwide halt
 in production of fissile material for bombs and a moratorium on further nuclear testing. Those are all important steps that have been delayed by political squabbling for too long.
<br />
<br />
The Bush administration may have a steep road ahead, to persuade not only Congress but also 40-plus countries in the Nuclear Suppliers Group to go along with the deal. The track record on this is not promising.
<br />
<br />
The U.S., India and the other nuclear countries face common foes: North Korea, Iran and terrorists around the globe seeking nuclear weapons. Making India a full partner in efforts to stop the spread of weapons is bound to help.
</p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>29/12/2011 18:18:25</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/15869/Inviting+India+to+join+the+club</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">15869</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>15873</publicationdataID>
      <title>US shifts on India, Pakistan</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p>WASHINGTON - Historic realignments are best perceived in retrospect, but it may be that we are witnessing a historic change in attitudes toward India and Pakistan.
<br />
<br />
It struck me that something was very different when the visiting Prime Minister Manmohan Singh reached an agreement with President Bush that would permit India to get international help with its peaceful nuclear program while retaining its nuclear arms program.
<br />
<br />
"Because of our shared values, the relationship between our two countries has never been stronger," the president said.
<br />
<br />
That reflected, in the first place, concern about the activities of Pakistani nuclear scientist Abdul Qadeer Khan, who has been helping the nuclear programs of North Korea and other countries. President Pervez Musharraf has done nothing to severely punish him,
 although Khan is reported to be under house arrest. <br />
<br />
But the change in attitude also reflects the end of the cold war and the new requirements of a war against terrorism. A half-century ago Secretary of State John Foster Dulles condemned India as "immoral" because of its policy of nonalignment in the confrontation
 of the superpowers. And when India went to war against Pakistan, Secretary of State Henry Kissinger said, in a secret memo, that the Nixon administration was "tilting towards Pakistan." More recently, Pakistan has been valued by the US as a staging area for
 the war in Afghanistan. <br />
<br />
But in the age of terror the situation is different. The American - and British - view of Pakistan is conditioned by Musharraf's inability, despite lavish aid, to crack down on the terrorist training centers and the Taliban operating from just across the Afghan
 border. </p>
<p>It is symbolic that, whereas most of the 9/11 hijackers originated in Saudi Arabia, three of the four suicide bombers in London on July 7 had been in Pakistan. And while Egyptian authorities say five Pakistanis initially sought in connection with the bombing
 at Sharm el-Sheikh last week are no longer being linked to that incident, the government was continuing to hunt them for questioning.
<br />
<br />
The Bush administration has turned down an Indian request to be recognized as a nuclear weapons state under the nonproliferation treaty.
<br />
<br />
But other than that, the administration seems ready to show the kind of favoritism to India that it once showed to Pakistan.
<br />
<br />
<em>Daniel Schorr is the senior news analyst at National Public Radio.</em></p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>29/12/2011 18:21:32</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/15873/US+shifts+on+India+Pakistan</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">15873</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>15874</publicationdataID>
      <title>Rural finance: Making poverty history</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p>Just 25 km from Udaipur, the tourist town in Rajasthan famous for its luxurious Lake Palace hotel, lies the village of Chapra, a warren of earth huts and crumbling concrete shelters. This low-status tribal community is on the point of becoming integrated
 into India’s financial system through self-help groups that provide simple saving and lending services.
<br />
<br />
Radhi, whose husband owns the village mill and tea stall, maintains a neat ledger for one of the four self-help groups (SHGs) that have started to bring some rudimentary banking services to Chapra’s 1,500 inhabitants. Supervised by a local NGO, she and 15 women,
 by saving half a dollar each per month, have accumulated Rs5931 ($138) since September.
<br />
<br />
Of this pool, $80 is circulating in the Chapra economy in the form of loans to group members to buy seeds, pay for family events and meet unexpected costs. The loans bear a fraction of the 48 per cent average interest rate charged by money lenders. The rest
 of the kitty is lodged with a local bank, which after the scheme has been active for a year, will lend additional money.
<br />
<br />
The villages of this desert state are some of the poorest in India. They are also the least likely to have access to formal finance. Without the impetus of these groups, few manage to accumulate finance in a district where unemployment nears 60 per cent and
 almost all able bodied men migrate to low-paid work as contract labourers. <br />
<br />
Improving access to finance in poor rural areas is one of the biggest developmental challenges facing India today. Of the 260m – 26 per cent of the population – who live in poverty, the overwhelming majority eke out a subsistence existence in rural villages
 cut off from formal sources of credit and dependent on the services of pitiless loan sharks.
</p>
<p>A World Bank-National Council of Applied Economic Research survey found rural banks primarily served the needs of richer borrowers. Whereas two-thirds of large farmers had a deposit account and nearly half had access to credit, 87 per cent of marginal farmers
 lacked access to formal finance, with 44 per cent borrowing from moneylenders at rates near 50 per cent per annum.
<br />
<br />
Priya Basu, financial sector specialist at the World Bank in India, says banks do not want to serve rural poor. "It’s a high-risk, high-cost proposition. There’s uncertainty about the repayment capacity of rural borrowers with volatile and irregular income
 streams and transaction costs are high because of high levels of illiteracy and small loan sizes.”
<br />
<br />
Small, rural borrowers find local banks just as unattractive. Procedures for opening an account or seeking a loan are cumbersome and costly and villagers often have to pay large bribes (ranging from 10 to 20 per cent of the loan amount) to access funds, pushing
 the cost to exploitative levels. The World Bank calculates it takes on average 33 weeks to have a loan approved.
<br />
<br />
Self-help groups and microfinance institutions have grown rapidly in recent years to provide finance to the rural poor but their reach is limited. The number of SHGs linked to banks has grown from 500 in the early 1990s to 700,000 in 2003. But with only 12m
 women linked to banks via group savings accounts, the World Bank says the SHG movement "has a long way to go before it can really make a dent.”
<br />
<br />
Microfinance institutions (MFIs) have yet to attain anything like the scale achieved in comparable developing countries such as Indonesia and Bangladesh. Fewer than 1m borrowers accessed finance through MFIs in 2003. This reflects restrictions imposed by the
 Reserve Bank of India on the deposit-raising activities of unregulated MFIs, as well as the dearth of high-quality professionals to manage them.
</p>
<p>ABN AMRO, for example, a top five player in the Indian microfinance sector, started its programme in late 2003, working through 13 local MFI partners concentrated in southern India. It has created a small but profitable business, with a return on equity
 of 21 per cent, in excess of the bank’s target of 20 per cent. The bank wants to reach 1m borrowers by 2009, with an average loan size of $90 to $120.
<br />
<br />
"The challenge for us is that there aren’t enough MFIs of the quality we need to turn this into a big business,” says Moumita Sen Sarma, ABN’s head of microfinance in India. "Nor is there an enabling regulatory environment because the RBI, which scarcely has
 the resources to regulate the existing banking network, is reluctant to take on regulation of MFIs and makes it difficult for them to mobilise savings.”
<br />
<br />
This leaves the burden of "banking the poor” on public sector banks, whose extensive branch networks provide a distribution channel no private institution can match.
<br />
<br />
Ms Sen Sarma says: "India has one of the densest branch networks, but the people who run them regard their postings as a punishment and look forward to returning to the cities. The whole structure is not geared to lending to the rural poor.”
</p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>29/12/2011 18:23:27</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/15874/Rural+finance+Making+poverty+history</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">15874</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>15878</publicationdataID>
      <title>Indian middle class prepares to take to the skies</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p>Arriving by rickety bicycle, the postman delivers a letter to a man in his remote village. The letter is from the man's son, who has established himself in the big city.
<br />
<br />
Up until this point, a viewer would be forgiven for thinking he was watching a scene from one of the great Indian director Satyajit Ray's cinematic explorations of rural life.
<br />
<br />
But no film this - the television commercial, which debuted this week, depicts the father opening the letter which contains an airline ticket to visit him on Air Deccan, India's first low-cost air carrier.
<br />
<br />
India is on the brink of a new era of travel with 10 new discount airlines planning to enter the market over the next 18 months. They are all banking on heavy volume from first-time passengers like the father in the commercial.
<br />
<br />
For years, prohibitively expensive domestic air travel in India was the preserve of the wealthy or the business traveller, while the large middle-class stuck to the railways, which, built by the British under the colonial regime, reached far into the hinterland.
<br />
<br />
In a country where running water and electricity routinely fail, the government-run train network is efficient and well-regarded by comparison.
<br />
<br />
Soon, however, Indians will abandon their much-loved railways for the skies, lured by dirt-cheap air fares. Filling the aisles will no longer be just the well-heeled businessman's wife or a leading company executive, but students, middle-class families going
 on holiday, and middle managers. <br />
<br />
Some 40 per cent of travellers on the budget airlines are estimated to be flying for the first time.
<br />
<br />
Rita Kakkar, an English professor at Delhi University, is planning to fly to Kolkata with her daughter to shop for gold ahead of her wedding. They were able to snag air tickets from Delhi to Kolkata for Rs500 ($11.50) each in a routine promotional offer by
 Air Deccan. </p>
<p>At Air Deccan's ticket counter at Palam National Airport in Delhi, Ms Kakkar said if she had not found cheap air fares she would have taken a 24-hour train journey that would have cost her at least four times as much. "We come from the middle class. Why
 throw money away?" she says. <br />
<br />
Not all Air Deccan's air fares are as cheap as the one Ms Kakkar found, but they are still on average 50 per cent lower than those offered by India's established domestic airlines - Jet Airways, Indian Airlines and Air Sahara.
<br />
<br />
An average Air Deccan ticket from Delhi to Kolkata would cost about Rs3,000, slightly more than the Rs2,250 fare for a place in a second-class air-conditioned train carriage, but far less than the Rs10,000 charged by the other three air carriers.
<br />
<br />
"There's a whole lot of new travellers coming in," says Nures Sayeed, vice-president of brand communications for Spice Jet, which two months ago became the third Indian budget airline to spread its wings, on the heels of Kingfisher Airlines. "Our whole focus
 was this new traveller." <br />
<br />
Mr Sayeed says Spice Jet is aimed at the time-conscious middle-class Indian who can no longer afford to spend two to three days of a 10-day holiday on the train from Delhi to Bangalore. He says low air fares have also encouraged small and medium-sized companies
 to send their executives on business trips they otherwise would not have made. <br />
<br />
"We have multiple catchment points," he says, adding that the company's average seat occupancy has been 93 per cent since its launch.
</p>
<p>If Air Deccan's success is anything to go by, Spice Jet's optimism is not misplaced.
<br />
<br />
Air Deccan's founder, G R Gopinath, who as a former captain in the Indian army goes by the name of Captain Gopi, started thinking about low-cost air travel in India after having an epiphany in Phoenix airport in the US three years ago.
<br />
<br />
"This tiny airport in the desert, in the back of beyond, was handling 1,200 flights a day, twice the number of flights in all of India," Captain Gopi says.
<br />
<br />
Venture capitalists turned down his proposal to launch a discount carrier, deterred by the government's heavy regulation of the aviation industry. Air Deccan started 19 months ago with one flight from Bangalore to a city called Hubli in the southern state of
 Karnataka. He now has 19 aircraft flying to 34 cities, amounting to 115 flights a day.
<br />
<br />
Captain Gopi estimates Air Deccan will fly 4m passengers this financial year and 8m next year, up from 1m last year. He projects his airline will earn a $15m profit on revenues of $250m this financial year.
<br />
<br />
"India cannot have equitable and sustainable growth if the middle class cannot fly," he said.
</p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>29/12/2011 18:25:29</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/15878/Indian+middle+class+prepares+to+take+to+the+skies</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">15878</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>15879</publicationdataID>
      <title>U.S.-India, a work in progress</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p>Indian Prime Minister Mamnohan Singh got a warm reception in Washington this week, a reflection of a dramatic improvement in relations between the United States and the world's largest democracy. That it could happen while Washington is cozying up to India's
 arch-rival, Pakistan, gives hope that one of the world's hot spots may be cooling down.
<br />
<br />
In their meetings, Singh and President Bush hailed bilateral agreements on trade, energy, the environment, military cooperation and the fight against AIDS.
<br />
<br />
Particularly significant is Bush's promise to help India develop civilian nuclear power without requiring that India sign the Nuclear Non-Proliferation Treaty. It's refused to do that since detonating its first nuclear weapon in 1974. As a result, other nations,
 including the United States, banned exporting nuclear technology to India. <br />
<br />
Unlike Pakistan, which detonated its first nukes in 1998, India does not export nuclear weapons technology.
<br />
<br />
The administration already has begun pitching the policy shift to Congress to lift U.S. bans on exporting conventional weapons and nuclear-power technology to India. It'll be an uphill climb: House members of the energy conference committee on Tuesday OK'd
 a measure to prevent selling nuclear technology to India. </p>
<p>Bush's outreach might have been unthinkable only a few years ago because of hostility between India and Pakistan, a U.S. ally in the war against terror. The neighbors have fought three wars in a half-century and have been on the brink again over disputed
 Kashmir. But tensions have eased due to courageous efforts by leaders of both countries.
<br />
<br />
Deepening commercial and political ties between India and the U.S. are far removed from the Cold War chill when India's first prime minister, Jawaharal Nehru, proclaimed India "non-aligned" but often fell in with the Soviet Union, alienating the United States.
<br />
<br />
Bush's overtures are viewed partly as a counterbalance to China's economic influence in Asia. India is rapidly industrializing with an economic growth rate of 6 percent to 7 percent a year. With 1 billion people, it's an attractive market for the United States.
<br />
<br />
"What I don't like about it, what I distrust about (the agreement)... is that it is bilateral rather than multilateral," said Tom Farer, dean of the University of Denver Graduate School of International Studies. Bilateralism, he said, is the wrong approach
 in an increasingly interconnected global system. <br />
<br />
Ved Nanda, DU professor of international law, said it's "a very good sign" that "for the first time now, India and Pakistan aren't being spoken of in the same breath by the United States." Another positive, he said, is that the U.S. now feels it has common
 interests with India. <br />
<br />
It is a welcome shift in attitude for two nations that were wary for years before U.S. outsourcing took hold.
</p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>29/12/2011 18:28:24</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/15879/USIndia+a+work+in+progress</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">15879</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>15882</publicationdataID>
      <title>A Two-Way Partnership</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p>Perhaps no other bilateral relationship has improved as much under U.S. President George W. Bush's leadership as Washington's relationship with New Delhi. Gone are the days when the "nagging nannies" in the State Department, as former U.S. ambassador to
 India Robert Blackwill calls them, obstructed any attempt to improve relations. During the Clinton administration, they insisted on seeing every issue through the prism of New Delhi's nuclear-weapons program -- and put more emphasis on improving ties with
 China, a country that has far less in common with the U.S. and is rapidly emerging as a strategic competitor.
<br />
<br />
Mr. Bush, by contrast, was quick to see the potential for a closer partnership with a country that shares America's democratic values. "A billion people in a functioning democracy. Isn't that something?" then Gov. Bush said in early 1999, Mr. Blackwill recounted
 in an op-ed on this page in March of this year. Those burgeoning ties were taken to new heights when Indian Prime Minister Manmohan Singh received red-carpet treatment during his visit to Washington this week, including an address to a joint session of Congress
 and the first White House banquet of Mr. Bush's second term. <br />
<br />
As Indian columnist Swapan Dasgupta writes in a related article1, "the White House more than walked that extra mile to give greater substance to the new global and strategic partnership." That included setting aside past concerns about New Delhi's nuclear-weapons
 program to sign a deal to supply India with civilian nuclear technology and conventional military equipment, in return for international inspections of its civilian program. The administration also signaled support for New Delhi playing a greater role in international
 affairs. </p>
<p>Washington stopped short of endorsing India's quest for a permanent seat on the U.N. Security Council, however, in contrast to its explicit support for Japan's bid. That has prompted some disappointment in New Delhi. But it also offers an opportunity to
 reflect on what India still needs to do if it wants to be seen on a par with Tokyo.
<br />
<br />
New Delhi has the potential to become an even closer ally than Japan. Rising concern about China's military modernization was highlighted again Tuesday by a Pentagon report that Beijing was preparing "to fight and win short-duration, high-intensity conflicts."
 This came only days after a Chinese general threatened nuclear war if the U.S. comes to Taiwan's defense in the event of a cross-strait altercation.
<br />
<br />
India, which has its own concerns about Beijing's intentions, could act as a useful counterweight to China's growing military might. But it is difficult to see it becoming a close U.S. ally -- deserving of support for a seat on a reformed Security Council --
 so long as it continues to flirt with rogue regimes. </p>
<p>To be sure, India lives in a rough neighborhood and is concerned about leaving a vacuum in nearby states that China would readily fill. But that is not reason enough for abandoning its previously staunch support for democracy in Burma, and feting Than Shwe,
 head of the country's military junta, during last year's first visit to India by a Burmese head of state in 24 years. No wonder President Bush made a point of reminding Mr. Singh Monday that Burmese opposition leader Aung San Suu Kyi, who remains under house
 arrest in Rangoon, is a heroine who deserves every support. <br />
<br />
The situation is equally bad when it comes to Iran, with Foreign Minister Natwar Singh making it clear that New Delhi sees Tehran differently from Washington. Instead of putting pressure on Iran over its nuclear program, India is championing a lucrative gas
 pipeline project for the mullahs. <br />
<br />
Nor did New Delhi prove a reliable ally over Iraq. While the Japanese government of Prime Minister Junichiro Koizumi invested considerable political capital in sending a contingent of Japan's Self Defense Forces, India ducked the challenge. New Delhi rejected
 repeated requests to send troops to participate in the post-war reconstruction of Iraq, even though the U.S. offered to keep them under Indian command.
</p>
<p>None of this diminishes the importance of the new partnership with India that the Bush administration had the foresight to pioneer. From tackling terrorism to keeping a wary eye on China, there are a wide range of common interests for the two countries to
 pursue. <br />
<br />
But partnerships are a two-way street. The administration made an important gesture this week in essentially exempting India from international accords barring the transfer of civilian nuclear technology to nuclear-weapons states -- a decision for which it
 is already taking heat in the U.S. Congress. <br />
<br />
Mr. Singh could do no better to reciprocate than by addressing some of America's concerns that still stand in the way of the two democracies becoming even closer allies.
</p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>29/12/2011 18:31:02</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/15882/A+TwoWay+Partnership</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">15882</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>15886</publicationdataID>
      <title>Two Great Democracies</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p>U.S.-India relations are at an all-time high as President Bush welcomes Prime Minister Manmohan Singh to Washington today. Our two great pluralistic democracies are now positioned for a partnership that will be crucial in shaping the international landscape
 of the 21st century. Secretary of State Condoleezza Rice has recently said, "the United States is serious about its vision for the U.S.-India relationship," and welcomes India's ambition to become a world power.
<br />
<br />
Secretary Rice's first visit to India in March marked three important areas for expansion of the U.S.-India strategic partnership: economic policies; a formal dialogue on India's energy requirements, including civil nuclear; and strategic and military issues.
 Our respective private sectors will play a key role in all these areas. <br />
<br />
The U.S. commitment to develop deep economic and commercial ties with India has never been stronger. U.S. exports to India are up by 50% and India's by 15% for the first quarter of 2005. The recent Open Skies Agreement with India is already increasing air traffic,
 and India is finalizing a large order for Boeing aircraft. Our revitalized Economic Dialogue focuses on finance, trade, commerce, energy and the environment.
</p>
<p>Private enterprise and free markets are key to long-term progress. Effective public-private cooperation will address economic growth and development challenges far more effectively than micromanagement by governments. Governments after all are not the creators
 of wealth, the makers of markets, the wellspring of human energy and ingenuity. These are the productive forces of individuals, which governments must make special efforts to promote. Business activity and people-to-people engagement will be critical to the
 transformation of U.S.-India relations. <br />
<br />
Nevertheless, governments play an important role in setting the ground rules for much business activity. Prime Minister Singh has put economic reform at the top of India's agenda. I recognize that these reforms must be politically viable to survive, yet there
 are a number of mutually beneficial strategic reforms that could contribute significantly to India's progress and encourage American business to invest in India's future.
<br />
<br />
The most prominent challenge is world-class infrastructure, which India must provide as a platform for higher sustained growth to achieve its vision of becoming a world power. Infrastructure is now a national priority, but bringing together federal and state
 authorities and public and private players is just beginning, and remains a tall order. Political stakes are high because those leaders who provide infrastructure to India's rural and urban millions will gain lasting popular support. Infrastructure challenges
 are complicated by the fact that India's federal and state fiscal deficits severely restrict necessary finances for development. India must invigorate private sources to finance long-term project development.
</p>
<p>This means that the regulatory environment and attitudes towards private investment in infrastructure at the federal and state level must change. Investors need greater confidence to undertake infrastructure investments, especially in the power sector, where
 our new Energy Dialogue promotes increased trade and investment, including in civilian nuclear power.
<br />
<br />
Liberalization of India's financial markets would have significant positive ripple effects throughout the economy. Chronic budget deficits derive in part from wasteful government subsidies. Developing a truly long-term capital market that taps India's vast
 private savings must be a key objective, together with fiscal restraint and creative private-sector financial engineering that reduces government's "crowding out" in India's financial markets. Reducing government's dominance in banking is vital to these reforms
 as is lifting the ceiling on foreign direct investment in insurance and liberalizing India's emerging pension industry, with greater private participation and increased freedom for both foreign and domestic banks to invest in India's rising economy.
<br />
<br />
Continued progress in intellectual property rights, or IPR, is also helping India attract more U.S. investment in biotechnology and pharmaceuticals. We share a major interest in science and technology, and India is proving to be a world-class player in these
 fields. As IPR protection improves, U.S. companies will become major investors, contributing capital, top quality science and technology, global management expertise, and new jobs.
</p>
<p>Liberalization of India's retail sector is another strategic reform vital to India's future development. Today, India effectively prohibits foreign investment in the retail industry and permits a variety of restrictive practices favoring countless middlemen
 and preserving internal barriers that raise costs to India's consumers. International giants like Wal-Mart buy billions of dollars of goods in India annually to sell to foreign consumers. Current Indian law prohibits these same companies from selling goods
 to consumers in India. Likewise, agricultural reform and higher growth may be hampered without commensurate liberalization in retail and related businesses.
<br />
<br />
Increasingly it is understood in India that much can be gained from bold initiatives that liberalize India's economy and, in turn, generate popular political support. Such reform will improve living standards in ways the average citizen can feel and understand.
 Political credit will accrue to those in government with the vision to effect such change. Impressive results in the IT and telecom sectors already demonstrate the dynamic of less regulation, free foreign direct investment, freer trade in services, and consumer
 benefit. Broadening our investment in both directions is firmly in the interests of both our countries.
</p>
<p>Finally, we must extend our growing strategic relationship. Cooperation on political issues -- from promotion of democracy abroad to global peace-keeping operations, to combating terrorism and WMD threats -- are at the core of the bilateral relationship.
 Defense cooperation has reached new levels and military cooperation in the tsunami disaster was unprecedented. A new defense relationship agreement signed recently by Defense Minister Pranab Mukherjee and Secretary of Defense Donald Rumsfeld will guide our
 defense relations for the next decade in a wide variety of areas, including the enlargement of two-way defense trade, improved interoperability, co-production and greater technology transfer.
<br />
<br />
Prime Minister Singh's visit to the U.S. will mark the next stage as the world's two largest multicultural democracies reach for new heights in their relationship.
<br />
<br />
<em>Mr. Mulford is the U.S. ambassador to India.</em></p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>29/12/2011 18:35:57</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/15886/Two+Great+Democracies</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">15886</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>15890</publicationdataID>
      <title>India in the fast lane; Game Makers Go Overseas to New Outsourcing Partner</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p>Rajesh Rao isn't a big man, and as he sits at a table in Santa Clara, his leg shakes nervously. But he's certain to inspire fear in certain quarters of the video game industry.
<br />
<br />
Rao is CEO of Dhruva Interactive, a 65-person video game company based in Bangalore, India. Those who worry video game jobs will follow software and migrate to India may see their worst fears realized in this ambitious 35-year-old executive.
<br />
<br />
Game developer salaries in India are about a third of what they are in the United States, and game publishers are beginning to realize they could make games cheaper in India. But Rao says Dhruva isn't just about outsourcing grunt work to the lowest-cost location.
<br />
<br />
As an outsourcing specialist, the company has created pieces of games for large publishers. For instance, it made sports cars in a Microsoft racing game. Dhruva also develops its own games for the Indian market.
<br />
<br />
``We are acutely sensitive to the jobs issue,'' said Rao, 35, in an interview at a recent conference in Santa Clara. ``We go in there if the people involved really want to do it with us.
<br />
<br />
``Will there be jobs impacted? Yes. But is it good for the business and the industry? Yes. We see inefficiencies in the system, and we're dealing with them,'' he added.
<br />
<br />
Jason Robar, an Issaquah, Wash., consultant who brokers overseas deals between game developers and publishers, said India is climbing up the food chain of countries that make games. Its biggest advantage is its English-speaking, tech-savvy workforce. But its
 short history in games means that it's behind countries such as Korea and China, he said.
</p>
<p>Besides Dhruva, other upstart Indian game companies include Lakshya Digital near New Delhi and in India Games in Bombay. Robar figures that making games in India is 30 percent to 40 percent cheaper than developing games in the United States, after accounting
 for higher travel and communications costs. <br />
<br />
``India is today where China was three years ago on games,'' Robar says. ``You have to acknowledge the limitation that they don't have a long history of making games. But there's a lot of experimentation going on.''
<br />
<br />
Original games <br />
<br />
Rao wants Dhruva to eventually create original video games for the Indian market, which he believes will become a hot market for Western video game makers.
<br />
<br />
``We'll wind up creating a much larger market for U.S. companies,'' he said. <br />
<br />
Dhruva will focus on both outsourcing and making games for the Indian market. As it improves its track record, Rao says, the company will continue climbing up the food chain, doing more original work.
<br />
<br />
Rao started the company in 1995 with seed money from his father. By 1997, he had a team of five. He struck a promotional partnership with Intel and then hooked up with a game partner.
<br />
<br />
Dhruva developed a version of the ``Mission Impossible'' movie game for the PC under a commission from Infogrames, now called Atari. But the game was canceled for licensing reasons. The company bounced back and, in addition to continued work for Atari, it is
 doing work for companies such as Codemasters and Microsoft. </p>
<p>Rao says the company has worked on 10 high-profile titles in the past four years, including creating 85 vehicles for Microsoft's ``Forza Motorsport'' Xbox racing game. Dhruva does grunt work for U.S. game developers so they can focus on things such as character
 art styles and overall game play. <br />
<br />
Lakshya Digital wants to specialize in outsourcing game development. Lakshya Chief Executive Dib Chaudhuri said his 25-person firm opened for business in September and already has five overseas clients. His company recruited its talent from a group of film
 animators. <br />
<br />
``Things are changing,'' Chaudhuri says. ``There's a lot of opportunity. With companies like Dhruva spearheading it, we will soon have an ecosystem of companies.''
<br />
<br />
A poll released in May by market researcher GMI found that video game playing in India is higher than many other developing countries.
<br />
<br />
About 30 percent of those polled in India said they spend half their leisure time playing games, compared with about 20 percent in Mexico and 24 percent in the United States.
<br />
<br />
Bollywood parallel <br />
<br />
``There's an indigenous interest in games in India,'' says Billy Pidgeon, an analyst at Go Play Research in New York. ``It's similar to the appreciation of movies and the Bollywood industry that focuses on movies about Indian culture. There might be potential
 for similar kinds of Bollywood games.'' </p>
<p>Companies such as Electronic Arts are not likely to find that their sports games will do well in India. They might need a partner to show them how to create local content, Rao said. EA itself doesn't have an operation in India, but it recently added to its
 board Vivek Paul, who last week announced he was resigning as vice chairman of Indian tech services company Wipro to join Texas Pacific Group.
<br />
<br />
Indian game companies have barriers to overcome. They have to win the trust of game publishers, who have heard stories about the communications nightmares of outsourcing.
<br />
<br />
To stay in touch with both his own teams and his overseas publishers, Rao works from 11 a.m. India time until 11 p.m. That gives him 90 minutes of overlap with anyone working on the West Coast in the United States.
<br />
<br />
Eventually, Rao thinks online games and cell phone games will be popular in India. His company has already released ``Maria Sharapova Tennis'' for cell phones worldwide. Dhruva will release a game for the Indian market dubbed ``Pool on the Net,'' an online
 billiards game with Indian art styles. Dhruva also is working on an online role-playing game for the Indian market. So far, Rao says his company has no interest in making games for the U.S. market.
<br />
<br />
``We'd be at a disadvantage,'' he said. ``It's hard to imagine a game like Redneck Rampage being done by an Indian team.''
</p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>29/12/2011 18:38:21</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/15890/India+in+the+fast+lane++Makers+Go+Overseas+to+New+Outsourcing+Partner</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">15890</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>15895</publicationdataID>
      <title>From Stars of Asia: 25 Leaders At The Forefront Of Change</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p><strong>India: A Pipeline's "Threads Of Love"; Mani Shankar Aiyar, Minister, Petroleum &amp; Natural Gas, India</strong>
<br />
<br />
<em>By Manjeet Kripalani</em><br />
<br />
In early June, Mani Shankar Aiyar, India's plucky Minister of Petroleum &amp; Natural Gas, made a 10-day trip to Uzbekistan, Pakistan, and Iran. His goal: to secure long-term oil and gas contracts for energy-starved India. He did deals everywhere, but he really
 made international headlines when he arrived in Tehran and announced that India was ready to proceed with a $4 billion natural gas pipeline from Iran to India via Pakistan.
<br />
<br />
Almost at once the U.S. denounced the plan as a violation of trade sanctions against Iran. Aiyar stood firm, insisting India needed such a deal to guarantee supplies of gas and to ease tensions with Pakistan by building commercial ties. In June he vowed to
 continue with the plans, declaring that construction could begin as early as next year. "The pipelines can prove to be the threads of love," says Aiyar.
<br />
<br />
Pretty good work for a guy who didn't even want the job. A former foreign service officer and a school chum of assassinated Prime Minister Rajiv Gandhi, Aiyar was elected to Parliament 14 years ago. He would have been happy to continue serving his constituents
 in Tamil Nadu. But a year ago, when Sonia Gandhi, Rajiv's widow and President of the ruling Congress Party, asked him to take what he saw as an unappealing new ministerial berth, he just couldn't say no.
</p>
<p>Aiyar quickly grew into the post. His diplomatic career has given him a global view of India, including its hunger for energy. India imports 80% of its oil and gas and -- despite domestic gas finds -- has little chance of weaning itself from that dependence
 since its economy is growing at 7% a year. <br />
<br />
So Aiyar made securing India's energy future his first order of business. On Jan. 6, at a closed-door meeting in New Delhi, he assembled the oil ministers of eight OPEC nations as well as Asia's other major oil consumers -- China, Japan, and South Korea. Aiyar's
 vision? Lots of long-term contracts at better rates. He also wants a continuation of the pipeline from India into Bangladesh, back into India's eastern state of Mizoram, then to Burma, and finally to China and Southeast Asia. "If these pipelines can bring
 together countries that have been separated from each other, we can build the biggest geopolitical pact of the 21st century," says Aiyar. Sounds like a man who likes his job now.
</p>
<hr />
<br />
<br />
<strong>India: A Global Flight Plan; Naresh Goyal, Founder and Chairman, Jet Airways, India</strong><br />
<br />
<em>By Manjeet Kripalani</em><br />
<br />
At 4:45 p.m. on May 23, a new Airbus A340 touched down at London's Heathrow airport. Greeting the passengers with garlands of flowers was Naresh Goyal, a slight man sporting a wide smile. Goyal had plenty to grin about. It was the first long-haul flight for
 his Jet Airways. And not only was it on schedule, but passengers were happy -- on the nine-hour journey, they had been treated to Jet Airways' trademarked white-glove service.
<p>Jet Chairman Goyal's three-decade-long dream -- an international airline that "would be profitable, and among the top five globally in terms of reliability and service" -- could come true. Jet is in the black, earning $90 million on $1 billion in revenues
 for the year ended in March. And it has won nearly three dozen awards for excellence. Going global will take a while yet. Having secured the right to fly to London, Goyal is aiming for service to Brussels and New York.
<br />
<br />
Jet's flight may look smooth these days, but the airline has encountered plenty of turbulence since its founding 12 years ago. New Delhi has worked hard to protect India's state-owned carriers, and in 1997 it decreed that no foreign airline could invest in
 the aviation sector. That forced Goyal to buy out a 40% stake held jointly by Gulf Air and Kuwait Airways and find new local partners overnight. But he didn't let it get him down. "You can never feel defeated," he says.
<br />
<br />
The key to Jet's success? Goyal hired quality pilots and managers, poaching from Singapore Airlines, KLM, Lufthansa (DLAKY ), and British Airways. A government rule barring private players from charging lower fares than the state-run airlines didn't hurt, either.
 Jet distinguished itself with top-notch service, tasty hot meals for all fare classes, and on-time arrivals. Business travelers and tourists defected en masse to Jet, and the company today has 46% of India's domestic market. Now Goyal's challenge is to make
 that formula work as India deregulates and Jet goes global. </p>
<hr />
<br />
<br />
<strong>The High-Tech Banker In India </strong><br />
<br />
<em>K. Vaman Kamath, Chief Executive, ICICI Bank Ltd., India</em>
<p>Chief Executive K. Vaman Kamath of ICICI Bank Ltd. (IBN ), India's largest private lender, likes to tell the story about how his automated teller machines spur change in a hierarchical society. Recently, N.R. Narayana Murthy, the chairman of Infosys Technologies
 Ltd. (INFY ), India's premier high-tech company, was in line at an ICICI ATM on the campus of his company's headquarters. In front of him stood the company's janitor, who loved the machine. Why? He got to keep his place in line in front of the big boss. Had
 he been in a bank branch, the manager surely would have given Narayana Murthy preferential service.
<br />
<br />
ICICI's ATMs are breaking down traditional barriers across India. Nearly 2,000 of the machines can be found on street corners, at gasoline pumps, in office and shopping complexes, and even in rural locations. They are part of Kamath's strategy to transform
 ICICI from stodgy lender to corporations and state infrastructure projects to India's most technologically advanced and largest private bank. Since 1999, ICICI's customer base has soared from 100,000 to 15 million, about half of whom use ATMs. "The Indian
 customer is more than ready for transacting business with high technology," says Kamath, an engineer who got his MBA at the Indian Institute of Management at Ahmedabad before entering banking.
<br />
<br />
Kamath, now 57 and an ICICI veteran, was appointed chief executive of the Bombay bank in 1996. India's middle class was starting to assert itself, but a sluggish ICICI was not prepared to seize the moment. So he gave generous handshakes to complacent old-timers
 and hired hundreds of young managers, offering them "freedom and motivation" in a new meritocratic culture. The average employee is now 26, and most managers are in their early 30s. Kamath wrote off $1.5 billion in nonperforming loans, and diversified into
 consumer finance -- a big risk for an Indian bank, since for decades consumers came last in the closed socialist economy.
</p>
<p>Today, ICICI controls a third of India's banking market. Assets are up from $1.4 billion in 1999 to $38 billion. The bank is even going global. By using low-cost India for back-office work, ICICI's Canada branch can offer depositors rates 25 basis points
 higher than rivals. "We want to be the No. 1 provider of financial services worldwide," Kamath declares.
<br />
<br />
That's a bold statement, but Kamath has played his part in bringing Indian banking up to global standards and beyond. Watch for those ICICI ATMs on street corners all over Asia.
</p>
<hr />
<br />
<br />
<strong>India's OfficeTiger: Hear It Roar</strong><br />
<br />
<em>Joseph Sigelman, Co-Founder and Co-CEO, OfficeTiger, India </em><br />
<br />
The lights burn day and night in the gleaming glass-and-chrome building that towers over a leafy street in the southern Indian city of Madras. Here at OfficeTiger, 1,500 young men and women peer into computers 24 hours a day, analyzing and processing U.S. Securities
 &amp; Exchange Commission reports and other documents drawn up by lawyers and bankers on Wall Street. Walking the floor, sometimes even at 3 a.m., is 34-year-old co-founder and co-Chief Executive Joseph Sigelman.
<br />
<br />
The Madras office is the largest of five operations of OfficeTiger, one of India's top four independent financial-services outsourcing shops. The five-year-old company -- one of 200 such businesses that have sprung up in India since 2000 -- began by offering
 secretarial services to Wall Street firms and now specializes in sophisticated financial analysis. The company employs 3,000 people on three continents, has doubled its revenues every year since it started, and expects to hit $100 million in sales by yearend.
 Last year, OfficeTiger attracted a $52 million investment from Silicon Valley venture-capital firm Francisco Partners. "Joe is the quintessential entrepreneur," says Neil Garfinkel, a partner with the venture firm. "I've not met anyone else who has wanted
 to do what Joe is doing."
<p>Indeed, OfficeTiger is the only successful startup in India's $5 billion outsourcing industry that is owned and managed by a U.S. entrepreneur. Sigelman founded the company in 1999 with his classmate from Princeton University and Harvard Business School,
 Randy Altschuler. The two were working in the private equity businesses of Goldman, Sachs &amp; Co. (GS ) and Blackstone Group, respectively, when they got the idea that routine chores could be outsourced so bankers could focus on sophisticated tasks. India was
 just emerging as a back-office processing center. "No one thought it was a viable idea, but we decided to do it ourselves anyway," Sigelman recalls. They called their venture OfficeTiger, after the Princeton mascot.
<br />
<br />
Altschuler stayed in New York to drum up business while Sigelman headed to Madras, the city with the largest concentration of tech talent after Bangalore. Thanks to their emphasis on quality and hard work -- Sigelman puts in 18-hour days -- OfficeTiger quickly
 rose to the top. Another plus: The company's meritocracy contrasts with the hierarchical social strictures in conservative Madras. "My ignorance about India's caste system is a benefit," says Sigelman. "We have the best people, be they from the Brahmin caste
 or from the lowest 'untouchable' caste." <br />
<br />
Next on his agenda is the acquisition of a financial processing company in the U.S. His ultimate goal? "We'd like OfficeTiger to be a global professional-services firm and outgrow being an entrepreneurial back-office venture." Maybe some day Sigelman will even
 move out of his Madras hotel room -- the one he checked into five years ago when he first arrived in India.
</p>
<hr />
<br />
<br />
<strong>Scientific Partnering Pays Off In India</strong><br />
<br />
<em>Raghunath Mashelkar, Director General, Council for Scientific &amp; Industrial Research, India
</em>
<p>Five years ago former Indian Finance Minister Yashwant Sinha wanted to make an upbeat announcement as he presented his annual budget. So he asked Raghunath Mashelkar, the director general of the Council for Scientific &amp; Industrial Research, India's premier
 state scientific research institute, for some guidance. Within an hour, Mashelkar sent Sinha a detailed plan outlining how India could make "world-beating products" by creating partnerships between private companies and government institutions.
<br />
<br />
Sinha was so impressed that he quickly promised Mashelkar $55 million to start the program. Since then the initiative has matched 65 private companies with 160 government institutions. All told, they're working on 34 projects, mostly in pharmaceuticals and
 technology. Two, including an anticancer drug, are in advanced stages of research. Mashelkar's drive has made him one of the leading lights of Indian science. Since he took over CSIR in 1995, the institute -- with 21,000 researchers -- has undergone a dramatic
 transformation. CSIR last year earned $1.26 billion from doing contract research for the likes of General Electric Co. (GE ). That's double what it earned 10 years ago. And CSIR received 196 patents last year, up from eight in 1995. "India developed nothing
 in the 20th century," says Mashelkar, 62. "The 21st century has to be different."
<br />
<br />
Mashelkar knows well the despair of 20th-century India. Born into a poor family, with a widowed mother who worked as a domestic helper, Mashelkar almost dropped out of school because he couldn't scrape together tuition. In the end, he managed, and studied hard
 -- often outside under the streetlights for lack of adequate electricity at home -- and discovered he had a love of physics. He earned a doctorate from Bombay University and taught for seven years at Britain's University of Salford before returning to India
 in 1978. </p>
<p>Once back, Mashelkar was dismayed to find an unmotivated scientific community. When he was asked to take the helm at CSIR, he jumped at the chance to help government scientists "export their knowledge" by selling their research to multinationals. And he
 pushed for reform of India's patent regime, which bore fruit this year with new regulations that finally require Indian companies to honor international patents. Now, multinationals are doing more research and development in India, and Indians have plunged
 into original research. <br />
<br />
These days, Mashelkar is turning his attention to India's traditional products. His labs are developing drugs by merging ayurveda -- the ancient Indian science of holistic healing -- with modern medicine. He expects the effort to help India both by developing
 valuable patents and by reducing the cost of drug development, which will allow more poor people to benefit from treatments. With the likes of Raghunath Mashelkar taking the lead, India just might see the sort of 21st century this scientist dreams of.
</p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>29/12/2011 18:43:00</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/15895/From+Stars+of+Asia+25+Leaders+At+The+Forefront+Of+Change</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">15895</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>15899</publicationdataID>
      <title>India's next export: Doctors?</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p>Singapore and India have agreed to start recognizing each other's educational qualifications in architecture, accounting and medicine. Not many Singapore-trained doctors may want to rough it out in Indian hospitals. From India's perspective, though, sending
 more of its professionals to the city-state is one of the juicier parts of the so-called comprehensive economic cooperation accord that will be signed June 29.
<br />
<br />
It certainly holds out more promise than duty-free trade, which from India's standpoint doesn't matter much because Singapore's import tariffs are already close to nil.
<br />
<br />
Both nations can gain if India shares its abundant human resources with its neighbor, which has an open and pragmatic policy on foreign workers.
<br />
<br />
A Harvard, Yale or Oxford University-educated doctor, whose qualification is recognized by Singapore to be as good as its own, has no compelling, career-enhancing reason to work in Singapore. Many Indian doctors, however, would gladly work in the city, which
 does not produce as many doctors as it needs, drawn by higher pay, better equipment and superior urban amenities for their families.
<br />
<br />
The Indian economy, already the world's largest recipient of remittances from overseas workers, will benefit from sending abroad more white-collar professionals who have high savings potential.
<br />
<br />
In the nine months through December 2004, India got about $16 billion from overseas in "private transfers," or 24 percent more than the export revenue from computer software, the country's best-known international business.</p>
<p>Even before negotiations began with India in 2003 for the economic cooperation agreement, Singapore knew what it would be asked to concede.
<br />
<br />
"I believe India will push us on recognition of Indian professionals and our facilitation of their employment in Singapore," said Foreign Minister George Yeo.
<br />
<br />
"We're prepared to do that," Yeo, who then oversaw the Trade and Industry Ministry, said in an interview in March 2003.
<br />
<br />
That openness on Singapore's part is not surprising. The city of 4.2 million people already has 90,000 expatriate Indians. The Indian MBA pool has contributed a lot to Singapore's financial services industry, which accounts for 11 percent of the island's $107
 billion gross domestic product. <br />
<br />
Take the Indian Institute of Management in Calcutta, and its class of 1993. Among that year's graduates, Vinod Aachi is managing director of the relative-value group, which straddles all aspects of the credit market, at Deutsche Bank.
<br />
<br />
Ashutosh Sinha, a managing director at Morgan Stanley, manages $9 billion in Asian equity investments outside of Japan; Manish Singhai has the same role at Alliance Capital Management, where he is the chief investment officer for the region.
<br />
<br />
Jai Rajpal heads Asian nondeliverable currency forward and options trading at the same bank. Vijay Sivaraman works for Citigroup's retail banking unit.
<br />
<br />
All five of them live in the up-market Orchard Road/Grange Road neighborhood of Singapore. Two other former classmates, currently in London, will soon be joining the group.</p>
<p>"Out of our class of 110, we have more than 15 in Singapore, many in the same industry, living in the same neighborhood," says Sinha at Morgan Stanley. "This is when 40 of us had started our careers in Bombay, where only a few now remain. It's incredible."
<br />
<br />
Singapore, which wants to become an Asian hub for medical tourism, will find India's pool of English-speaking doctors a cost-effective source with which to supplement its own small supply of physicians. The National University of Singapore admitted only 230
 medical students in 2003. <br />
<br />
In recent years, Singapore's government-run hospitals have recruited some Indian-trained doctors, usually those with specialized experience in areas like pediatric surgery. These physicians and surgeons are often overqualified for the contract jobs they are
 offered and underpaid relative to local professionals, according to an Indian-trained doctor in Singapore.
<br />
<br />
Formal acknowledgment of Indian medical qualifications would end the wage discount. Ditto for accountants, architects and professionals in 120 fields in which Singapore is going to make it easier for Indians to live and work in the city, according to a statement
 last week by Trade Minister Kamal Nath of India. <br />
<br />
The contribution by overseas Chinese to China's economic growth has been an example for India, where policy makers are increasingly convinced that the country's 20-million-strong diaspora is worth more than the checks its members send home.
<br />
<br />
Some expatriates are returning to start their own companies; others are buying property in India, contributing to an asset-price boom that is making urban Indians feel richer than ever before.</p>
<p>Singapore could be a net gainer as Indian professionals in the United States and Europe seek a soft landing in the city for a few years before heading for the rough and tumble of their home country.
<br />
<br />
"When I look at the map of the world," Finance Minister P. Chidambaram of India said while presenting his budget in February, "I'm struck by the strategic location of Mumbai. It lies almost midway between London and Tokyo, two nerve centers of world finance."
<br />
<br />
Now that the Indian government has found Mumbai on the map, it will take at least a decade before it can sort out the city's urban mess and turn it into a financial center that can compete with Singapore and entice bankers to return home in large numbers.
<br />
<br />
Indian doctors, meanwhile, could start getting their passports ready.</p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>29/12/2011 18:44:54</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/15899/Indias+next+export+Doctors</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">15899</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>15901</publicationdataID>
      <title>An Indian road to happiness</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p>Consumers in India are in no mood to stop splurging, even as shoppers elsewhere begin to feel jittery. After surveying more than 21,000 shoppers in 38 markets, the New York-based researcher AC Nielsen on Monday ranked India at the top of its newly created
 list of consumer confidence. <br />
<br />
Only 7 percent of the Indian consumers surveyed by Nielsen in May said they were finding it difficult to make ends meet, compared with 25 percent in North America and 13 percent in Europe who said they had no cash to spare.
<br />
<br />
India's score of 127 makes it a nation of "happy people," along with China, which has a confidence index of 108, Nielsen said in a press release issued from Singapore.
<br />
<br />
Optimism among Indian consumers compares with a rather gloomy score of 98 in Britain, 96 in the United States and a global average of 92.
<br />
<br />
Investors want to know how long the consumer frenzy will last. India's retail stocks are red hot. Shares of Pantaloon Retail India, which owns the Big Bazaar department stores, have more than tripled in the past year.
<br />
<br />
Shoppers' Stop, India's biggest retail chain, sold stock to investors at 238 rupees, or $5.45, per share last month. The shares are now trading above 388 rupees - a 63 percent gain for investors.
<br />
<br />
Retail is the most obvious sign of growing urbanization and affluence in India. <br />
<br />
Investors who have put their money on the nation's prowess in computer software have now turned their attention to homegrown retail chains where the country's one million young engineers and call-center employees are spending their rising wages on everything
 from designer clothes and children's toys to kitchen appliances and DVDs. </p>
<p>"Any investment manager on a work trip to India makes it a point to visit a store like Big Bazaar or Shoppers' Stop," Aadil Ebrahim, an analyst and fund manager at Bowen Capital Management in Hong Kong, said Monday in an interview.
<br />
<br />
"He comes out so impressed, he gets into the car and immediately starts calling his trader in New York or London, telling him to buy a piece of the action," Ebrahim said.
<br />
<br />
Provogue India, an eight-year-old apparel manufacturer, runs its own stores, some of which double up as restaurants in the evenings. The company, which is selling stock to the public for the first time, is asking as much as 150 rupees, or 25 times its earnings
 per share. <br />
<br />
That's hardly cheap. Shares of Wal-Mart Stores, the world's largest retailer, are trading at a price-to-earnings ratio of about 20.
<br />
<br />
However, the Indian government has yet to allow global retailers like Wal-Mart, Carrefour and Ikea into the local market. So the only way investors can profit from India's retail boom is to buy shares in companies like Provogue, which has seen 10 times as much
 demand for its shares than it offered to sell. <br />
<br />
Some of the penchant for owning shares in local Indian retailers may ebb once the government of Prime Minister Manmohan Singh allows bigger overseas competitors to open stores in the country. Wal-Mart last month said that it would consider investing in India,
 where it sees "a bright future for retailing." <br />
<br />
On the other hand, if global retailers are allowed to buy stakes in existing Indian companies, share prices of local retailers may rise even more.
<br />
<br />
Unless global investors have a crisis of faith in the Indian economy, the local currency and interest rates should stay supportive of spending.
</p>
<p>India attracted $50 million in equity investments in the week that ended June 8 from emerging market funds, according to the Cambridge, Massachusetts-based Emerging Portfolio Fund Research. That compares with $38 million of inflows into Brazil and an $11
 million outflow from China in the same week. <br />
<br />
A one-year consumer loan in India is available at an interest rate of 7 percent. Five years ago, financing was twice as expensive. The Indian rupee is at 43.55 to the U.S. dollar, almost 10 percent stronger than it was in September 2001.
<br />
<br />
Moreover, India has only now begun to enjoy the so-called demographic dividend. Three out of five Indians are 15 to 64 years old, a percentage that is projected to keep rising beyond 2035. As more people in the economy work to support fewer dependents, discretionary
 consumer spending may increase manifold from the current $178 billion a year. <br />
<br />
Credit card debt is on the rise in India, though it is nowhere near the exorbitant level reached in South Korea when a spending boom went bust in 2003.
<br />
<br />
Globally, the big concerns of consumers at the moment are: the state of the economy, personal health and job security. Those anxieties are rather muted in India, where nine out of 10 consumers surveyed by Nielsen said they were optimistic about their job prospects
 in the next 12 months. <br />
<br />
Valuations of India's retailing companies may indeed be too high. The Indian consumer, however, is nowhere near the top. It looks like the "happy people" can stay that way - happy for now.
</p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>29/12/2011 18:47:22</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/15901/An+Indian+road+to+happiness</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">15901</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>15905</publicationdataID>
      <title>India's productivity advantage</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p>It's a lament one often hears nowadays: Indian software programmers, those global icons of cheap brain power, have become greedy. With compensation costs in the Indian software industry climbing 12.5 percent annually during the past two years, some investors
 are now concerned about how long the country can hold on to its most promising industry.
<br />
<br />
"If salaries continue to escalate," Promod Haque, managing partner of Palo Alto, California-based Norwest Venture Partners, recently told Bloomberg News, "China is more attractive to us as venture capitalists, Israel is more attractive to us, and Eastern Europe
 is more attractive to us." <br />
<br />
That's perhaps too gloomy a view. India is far too ahead in the game to face a serious challenge soon. Out of the $40 billion of software "outsourced" globally last year, 44 percent went to India. China and Eastern Europe got less than 5 percent each, according
 to statistics reported this month by India's National Association of Software and Service Companies, or Nasscom.
<br />
<br />
"With so much research and development and engineering design, wages may not be a problem," says S. Sadagopan, director of the Indian Institute of Information Technology in Bangalore, "as long as productivity and the value of work done are high."
<br />
<br />
According to Nasscom's statistics, the 697,000 people employed in the Indian software industry had an average revenue productivity of about $23,000 in the 12 months ended March 31, a 7 percent increase from a year earlier.
<br />
<br />
Doesn't that prove Haque's point? Why should compensation rise so much faster than labor's revenue productivity, especially since wages are the biggest cost, accounting for about half of the Indian software exporting industry's $12 billion annual revenue?
<br />
<br />
The simple explanation is that averages can be misleading. </p>
<p>India's average programmer wage, which starts at $5,000 a year in Bangalore for fresh engineering graduates, is being pushed up by global software makers who are paying salaries that are high by local standards in order to attract talent and scale up quickly.
<br />
<br />
A U.S.-based company can hire 7,000 programmers in Bangalore for an annual cost, including salaries, real estate and overheads, of $200 million, Sadagopan says. The work done by these 7,000 code writers for a brand-name U.S. company such as Oracle can then
 be sold to final customers for billions of dollars. <br />
<br />
As a result, the productivity of an Indian engineer is much higher from Oracle's perspective than it is from the standpoint of Indian authorities who are looking only at the export revenue earned by the country - a fraction of the "worth" of the work - and
 dividing it by the number of engineers. <br />
<br />
As aggressive recruiting by global companies pushed up programming wages in India - Oracle's India unit has more than doubled the number of workers to 6,900 from 3,200 in July 2003 - the homegrown Indian software industry focused on improving its productivity.
<br />
<br />
Until the end of the 1990s, Indian companies routinely assigned inadequately trained - and poorly paid - engineers to tasks that required advanced programming skills, or knowledge of a particular business area, such as telecommunications or banking.
<br />
<br />
Often, the end result was missed deadlines and high error rates, which were a bigger headache for the customer than for the vendor because in those days it was typical of an Indian service provider to negotiate a "time-and-material" contract with the client
 in the United States or Europe. <br />
<br />
The client paid the vendor for every person-hour of effort. Since projects often took longer than scheduled and required customers to monitor programmers' work very closely to reduce errors, they insisted on paying low person-hour rates.
</p>
<p>"From the Indian vendor's standpoint, reduced risk came at the cost of reduced margins," says a study by Sendil Ethiraj and other researchers at the University of Michigan Business School and the Wharton School of Business.
<br />
<br />
Those days are over. Now, at least the top four Indian software exporters - Tata Consultancy Services, Wipro, Infosys Technologies and Satyam Computer Services - have learned how to split up a project into pieces that can be handled by engineers with varying
 degrees of expertise. <br />
<br />
"Firms that had this capability were able to achieve huge increases in productivity," says Suma Athreye, a researcher at the Open University in Britain.
<br />
<br />
The Indian software industry is now more confident of its ability to run large and complex projects on schedule - and that is evident in its increased preference for "fixed-price" contracts, which are riskier, but pay more.
<br />
<br />
So have Indian software companies done enough to keep their margins intact even as they pay higher wages every year? No.
<br />
<br />
For a lasting advantage, they must become more than just subcontractors; they must make their own products and do their own consulting.
<br />
<br />
The local software service providers still have time. The median wage for a seasoned language programmer is $11,423 a year in India, according to a survey by Seattle-based PayScale; it is $83,000 in the United States.
<br />
<br />
Wage inflation isn't yet a problem for the Indian software industry, though without the next big surge in productivity, greed could indeed kill the golden goose.
</p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>30/12/2011 10:41:15</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/15905/Indias+productivity+advantage</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">15905</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>15906</publicationdataID>
      <title>Whose Asian Century?</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p>China prepares to head a great manufacturing empire. But empires unravel, usually from within. The forces that will determine which nations will dominate the 21st century may yet favor India's emerging reach for global power status more than China's determined
 grasp for that prize.<br />
<br />
Kamal Nath, India's energetic minister of commerce and industry, states the case with economy: "China may win the sprint, but India will win the marathon." In Nath's view, this will be the Asian Century -- but not in the ways many in the United States and Europe
 assume or fear. <br />
<br />
To which you are entitled to respond in unison: Well, he would say that, wouldn't he? It's his job. And right you would be. But right he may be as well: Current straight-line projections of China's rise to power neglect developments and adjustments in other
 Asian countries, particularly in the region's two great democracies, India and Japan.
<br />
<br />
The "smart money" literally favors China. Foreign companies pour billions upon billions into direct investment there. But what if they are pouring 21st-century dollars or yen into a great 20th-century power? Politically, China is ruled by Leninists who must
 maintain the status quo. Militarily it relies on a large, underequipped land army. Economically it has adapted and mastered Henry Ford's assembly line on a continental scale. Financially it hordes its cash, regulates its markets with zeal and defensively uses
 fiscal policy to prevent mass upheaval. </p>
<p>Even the Bush administration's trade arguments with China come from the past. While the United States and India argue about problems of the future, such as intercontinental outsourcing, the U.S.-China quarrel smacks of the Bretton Woods conference of 1944.
 Washington wants Beijing to revalue its currency as a way of cutting the staggering trade imbalances spinning out of low-wage manufacturing.
<br />
<br />
Think Asia, not only China. Only a revaluing of the Chinese currency of 25 percent or more -- a huge, unlikely step -- would raise prices enough to deter consumers abroad, a Chinese businessman suggested in a not-for-attribution talk on Asia's "dispersed manufacturing"
 system delivered at the Trilateral Commission meeting here in April. <br />
<br />
"The yarn for a shirt you think comes from China was perhaps shipped from Thailand to South Korea for processing while buttons came from the Philippines. The final product was stitched together in China and shipped from there," the businessman said. "Revaluing,
 at any politically acceptable level, will not seriously change the final price."
<br />
<br />
This description "underlined that we need an Asia-wide exchange rate agreement, not just one with China," economist Fred Bergstrom said later. He's right: The Middle Kingdom serves as a platform to bring together capital, cheap labor and industrial technology
 from throughout the region and ultimately the world. China relies on this empire, but does not totally control it.
<br />
<br />
India, on the other hand, has set out to become "a global knowledge hub, with a central place in the transnational movement of knowledge and services," Nath said in a conversation here last week. He argued that India's comparative advantage lies in its large
 and relatively young educated population. Seventy percent of India's 1.1 billion people are literate -- many of them are fluent in English -- and about half are under 30.
</p>
<p>Nath's argument intrigues because it incorporates global demographic trends often ignored or glossed over because of the social and political dilemmas they create. Prime among these is the galloping aging of the population of advanced industrial societies
 that will not accept greater immigration flows to renew their labor forces. Where do these countries turn when they have too few workers to meet demand for goods and services -- and to support retirees?
<br />
<br />
"The answer is to move information and services, rather than people, across borders," according to Nath. Shifting low-wage or knowledge-intensive jobs through new communications or other technology to areas where there are surpluses of educated and willing
 workers has been controversial, he acknowledges, but if outsourcing decisions make economic sense, the savings they create will provide new jobs at home.
<br />
<br />
You're right again: He would say that, wouldn't he? But what about these remarks by an influential American, Undersecretary of State Nicholas Burns? Speaking to a U.S.-European group in Brussels on May 26, Burns observed:
<br />
<br />
"The greatest change you will see in the next three or four years is a new American focus on South Asia, particularly in establishing a closer strategic partnership with India . . . If you look at all the trends -- population, economic growth, foreign policy
 trends -- there's no question that India is the rising power in the East. . . . I think you'll see this as a major focus of our president and our secretary of state, and it will be the area of greatest dynamic positive change in American foreign policy."
<br />
<br />
It was fashionable a few decades ago to bemoan the weakness of democracies in the bipolar conflict of the Cold War. Despite that pessimism, totalitarianism did not prevail in that long race -- just as the communists in China will not win the right to shape
 the Asian Century alone. </p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>30/12/2011 10:44:16</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/15906/Whose+Asian+Century</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">15906</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>15907</publicationdataID>
      <title>Bangalore: Hot and Hotter</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p>Bangalore, India: Every time I visit India, Indians always ask me to compare India with China. Lately, I have responded like this: If India and China were both highways, the Chinese highway would be a six-lane, perfectly paved road, but with a huge speed
 bump off in the distance labeled "Political reform: how in the world do we get from Communism to a more open society?" When 1.3 billion people going 80 miles an hour hit a speed bump, one of two things happens: Either the car flies into the air and slams down,
 and all the parts hold together and it keeps on moving - or the car flies into the air, slams down and all the wheels fall off. Which it will be with China, I don't know. India, by contrast, is like a highway full of potholes, with no sidewalks and half the
 streetlamps broken. But off in the distance, the road seems to smooth out, and if it does, this country will be a dynamo. The question is: Is that smoother road in the distance a mirage or the real thing?
<br />
<br />
At first blush, coming back to Bangalore, India's Silicon Valley, that smoother road seems like a mirage. The infrastructure here is still a total mess. But looks can be deceiving. Beneath the mess, Bangalore is entering a mature new phase as a technology center
 by starting to produce its own high-tech products, research, venture capital firms and start-ups.
</p>
<p>"The ecosystem for innovation is now starting to be created here," said Nandan Nilekani, the C.E.O. of Infosys. For several years now, when venture capitalists funded companies in the U.S., they insisted that the R.&amp;D. for the products be done in India.
 But now, increasingly, Western companies will come up with a new idea and then tell Infosys, Wipro or Tata, India's premier technology companies, to research, develop and produce the whole thing.
<br />
<br />
As one Wipro executive put it, "You go from solving my problem to serving my business to knowing my business to being my business." What will be left for the Western companies is the "ideation," the original concept and design of a flagship product (which is
 a big deal), and then the sales and marketing. <br />
<br />
"We're going from a model of doing piecework to where the entire product and entire innovation stream is done by companies here," Mr. Nilekani added. All of this means that innovation will happen faster and cheaper, with much more global collaboration.
<br />
<br />
The best indication that Bangalore is becoming hot is how many foreign techies - non-Indians - are now coming here to work. P. Anandan, an Indian-American who worked for Microsoft for 28 years in Redmond, Wash., just opened Microsoft's research center in Bangalore,
 which follows the ones in Redmond, Cambridge and Beijing. <br />
<br />
"I have two non-Indians working for me here, one Japanese and one American, and they could work anywhere in the world," Mr. Anandan said. He added that when he got his engineering degree in India 28 years ago, all the competition was to get a job abroad. Now
 the fiercest competition is to get an I.T. job in India: "It is no longer, 'Well I have to stay here,' but, 'Do I get a chance to stay here?' "
</p>
<p>In the past year, Infosys received 9,600 applications from abroad, including from China, France and Germany, for internships, and it accepted 100. I asked one of these interns, Vicki Chen, a Chinese-American business student from the Claremont Colleges,
 why she came. "All the business is coming to India, and I don't see why I shouldn't follow the business," she said. "If this is where the center of gravity is, you should go check it out, and then you become more valuable."
<br />
<br />
Even more interesting is how Indian firms are taking the skills they learned from outsourcing and using them to develop low-cost products for the low-wage Indian market: a medical insurance plan for the poor for as little as $10 a year, a $2,000 car, a $200
 laptop, supercheap cellphones, a low-fare airline ($75 one-way for the three-hour Bangalore-Delhi flight) that sells tickets from Internet kiosks in gas stations. Indian companies know that if they can make money producing low-cost technology for poor Indians,
 it gives them an incredible platform to then take these products global. (Imagine the profit potential if they work in the West?) China is doing the exact same thing.
<br />
<br />
Indeed, I now understand why, when China's prime minister, Wen Jiabao, visited India for the first time last April, he didn't fly into the capital, New Delhi - as foreign leaders usually do. He flew directly from Beijing to Bangalore - for a tech-tour - and
 then went on to New Delhi. <br />
<br />
No U.S. president or vice president has ever visited Bangalore. </p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>30/12/2011 10:46:09</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/15907/Bangalore+Hot+and+Hotter</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">15907</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>15908</publicationdataID>
      <title>Wal-Mart's hot on India; No. 1 retailer sings nation's praises to analysts; calls market a 'huge organic growth opportunity.'</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p>NEW YORK (CNN/Money) - Has Wal-Mart tapped India, the second most-populous and fourth largest retail market in the world, to some day become the jewel of its corporate crown?<br />
<br />
Maybe, or at least that's the impression John Menzer gave last week when the president and CEO of Wal-Mart's international operations dedicated a substantial portion of his presentation to analysts talking exclusively about his recent trip to India -- charts
 and photos included. <br />
<br />
It's interesting to note that besides India, Menzer also made pit stops to China and Korea, but those two countries only received a cursory mention during his 30-minute speech as part of Wal-Mart's annual meeting with shareholders and analysts.
<br />
<br />
Menzer's heavy pitch of India came soon after he headed a delegation to the subcontinent last month, which also marked the first Wal-Mart (Research) executive visit to the country.
<br />
<br />
Said Menzer, "India represents a $250 billion retail market, growing 7.2 percent a year, but modern retailing is just starting to emerge This shows us that India is a huge organic growth opportunity for Wal-Mart."
<br />
<br />
But it's not without some challenges, Menzer added, noting that the supply chain was still very weak in India.
<br />
<br />
Menzer's presentation was monitored via Webcast in New York. <br />
<br />
According to Menzer, India is Wal-Mart's fastest growing sourcing market. The world's largest retailer this year expects to export $1.5 billion worth of merchandise to Wal-Mart stores from the country.
<br />
<br />
Wal-Mart already has over 2,000 stores worldwide, including 45 stores in China. Its only presence in India is through its sourcing office located in Bangalore.
<br />
<br />
Menzer said regulatory hurdles, which bar international retailers from directly entering the Indian market, have thus far stymied its plans to set up shop in the country.
</p>
<p>"But it appears that a number of factors may change that," Menzer said. Citing his talks with leading Indian government officials, including Prime Minister Manmohan Singh, he said the government was considering opening up foreign direct investment (FDI)
 to retailers. <br />
<br />
"In our six government meetings, we created a very positive image [of Wal-Mart] in what we think is a very important future market," Menzer said. "We've energized the FDI lobby and preempted the anti-FDI lobby in India. I believe we've told our story."
<br />
<br />
At the same time, if the FDI regulations aren't lifted any time soon, Menzer said Wal-Mart is no longer prepared to wait but is prepared to make its foray into India with an Indian joint-venture partner to "take advantage of this market while it's still developing."
<br />
<br />
Menzer did not say how many stores Wal-Mart was eyeing in India or where they would be located.
<br />
<br />
"The average urban household income in India is about $3,000 a year, roughly in line with China, and the consuming class has grown from 35 million families in 1996 to an expected 80 million this year. That's roughly in line with the U.S.," Menzer said. "This
 is a very big opportunity for us." <br />
<br />
Wal-Mart could not immediately be reached for comment. </p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>30/12/2011 10:48:04</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/15908/WalMarts+hot+on+India+No+1+retailer+sings+nations+praises+to+analysts+calls+market+a+huge+organic+growth+opportunity</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">15908</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>15911</publicationdataID>
      <title>For Indians in the U.S., spelling is path to top</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p>For many contestants, the most uncommon words at the national spelling bee last week were not appoggiatura and onychophagy, but the names of the top four finishers: Anurag Kashyap, Aliya Deri, Samir Patel and Rajiv Tarigopula. All were of Indian ancestry.
<br />
<br />
In recent years, descendants of Indian immigrants - less than 1 percent of the U.S. population - have dominated this contest, snatching first place in five of the past seven years, and making up more than 30 of the 273 contestants this year. Behind those statistics
 lies a story, not just of immigrant pluck, but of a craze that seems to have swept through the Indian-American community.
<br />
<br />
Excellence in a number of fields always has had a cultural tinge - consider the prevalence of Dominicans in baseball, Jews in violin playing, Kenyans in long-distance running. In 1985, when a 13-year-old son of Indian immigrants, Balu Natarajan, beat out his
 competitors by spelling "milieu," the effect was electrifying. He not only became an overnight Indian sensation, one whose name resonates 20 years later, but other Indian-Americans have tried to emulate his feat.
<br />
<br />
Certainly, immigrant strivers have always done astonishingly well in national academic contests, not to mention in school in general. In some years, more than a quarter of the 40 winners in the Intel Science Talent Search, known originally as the Westinghouse
 awards, have been immigrants or their children. <br />
<br />
Interviews with those winners show that to bring the glow of accomplishment into their parents' lives, they will sacrifice television viewing and socializing to work on agonizingly slow and complicated experiments.
</p>
<p>But Indians brought to spelling mastery some particular advantages, said Madhulika Khandelwal, an Indian immigrant who directs the Asian American Center at Queens College in New York. Their parents or grandparents usually were educated and their parents
 generally spoke English and appreciated the power of education. <br />
<br />
Many are comfortable with the rote-learning methods of their parents, the kind needed to master lists of obscure words that easily stump computer spell-checker programs. They do not regard champion spellers as nerds.
<br />
<br />
By 1993, the North South Foundation, which is based outside of Chicago and considers that part of its mission is to ensure that Indians in America do as well in English as in mathematics, set up a parallel universe of spelling bees. Now 60 chapters around the
 country hold such contests, according to its founder, Ratnam Chitturi. <br />
<br />
They have become a minor-league training ground for the major league 80-year-old Scripps National Spelling Bee.'
<br />
<br />
The enthusiasm has spread. There are now chat rooms and blogs where Indians discuss spelling. Stories about it are featured in community papers.
<br />
<br />
"When you see a kid spelling correctly, there was the excitement that he was representing all of us," said Arun Venugopal, a reporter for the newspaper India Abroad who has written about the spelling bees.
<br />
<br />
Indian families throw themselves in fevered fashion behind their youngsters, drilling them on esoteric words and etymologies and using the word lists posted on the Scripps Web site. In doing so, they are as single-minded as other American parents, who have
 been known to help their fledgling gymnasts, tennis players and singers.</p>
<p>Natarajan, the 1985 winner and now a 33-year-old doctor of sports medicine, described the contest as "a bridge between that which is Indian and that which is American."
<br />
<br />
Overall, Natarajan said, the Indian record on spelling bees "gives the community quite a bit of confidence that we can do well here, much like other ethnicities pursuing the American dream."
</p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>30/12/2011 10:50:57</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/15911/For+Indians+in+the+US+spelling+is+path+to+top</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">15911</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>15912</publicationdataID>
      <title>India Comes of Age, As Focus on Returns Lures Foreign Capital</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p>MUMBAI, India -- When New York investment firm Blackstone Group LP announced last month that its first foray in Asia would be a $1 billion fund targeted at India, the decision seemed to ratify the country's slow -- and sometimes painful -- approach to economic
 development. Unlike China, where transformation has been captured by daily headlines of rapid growth on the macroeconomic level, India's conversion occurred quietly on the corporate level.<br />
<br />
Now, after decades of relative isolation, corporate India has become a showcase for the benefits of globalization, the free flow of capital across borders and competition.
<br />
<br />
India hasn't managed to replicate China's astounding record of sustained annual economic growth. But then, corporate India hasn't had many of the advantages of China, notably cheap capital and supportive government policies. Fears that India would be marginalized
 by China instead have proved a catalyst for India's private-sector awakening. The enthusiasm for India reflects the country's strong management culture. "Indian companies are very return-focused," says Jim Walker, chief economist for Credit Lyonnais Securities
 Asia in Hong Kong. "By contrast, China is just market-share driven." </p>
<p>What the world is discovering is that India's handicap of high-cost capital has become a blessing; it has forced companies to become efficient. Indian companies "couldn't waste money," says Chip Kaye, co-president of Warburg Pincus LLC, one of the earliest
 U.S. private-equity funds to invest in India. "They became good at managing because of the bad years." Warburg has deployed nearly $1 billion in India and has taken more than it has invested in profit, with another $1 billion in value that hasn't yet been
 realized. <br />
<br />
The case of textile maker Welspun India Ltd. demonstrates how far Indian companies have come. Textiles were one of the more highly regulated sectors in India, reserved for so-called small-scale industry. Now, textile companies are expanding, frequently with
 the help of foreign capital. A few years ago, Welspun was a second-rate producer without any economies of scale. The company now is moving upmarket to higher-profit-margin areas and looking to expand internationally. Last year, a unit of Singapore's Temasek
 Holdings Pte. Ltd., an investment fund, bought a 14% stake in the company. <br />
<br />
Now, Welspun makes towels, bedsheets and bathrobes and is positioning itself not as a low-cost maker of a commodity product but the high-end maker of a fashion. It produces for such brands as Nautica and Tommy Hilfiger. Moreover, with the Temasek name and money
 behind it, Welspun is looking to acquire distressed U.S. textile companies that it can turn around. "We would keep their branding and distribution and move a lot of the production to India," says Welspun Vice Chairman B.K. Goenka. "In a few years, we will
 be a multinational, too." </p>
<p>Mahindra &amp; Mahindra Ltd., which started life as a tractor maker and now is a conglomerate making everything from cars to consumer loans, also is a testament to the newfound confidence of Indian executives. Its Scorpio sport-utility vehicle competes successfully
 with a comparable SUV from Toyota Motor Corp. in India. It recently formed a $165 million venture with Renault SA to make sedans.
<br />
<br />
It recently purchased a tractor enterprise in China's Guandong province and is upgrading the technology to give it a foothold in that market. "In the past, nobody bothered to upgrade because we all had a captive market," says Hemant Luthra, president of a unit
 of Mahindra &amp; Mahindra. "But now, the cost of capital has come down and everyone is [boosting] capital spending. And lower costs mean that economies of scale kick in earlier."
<br />
<br />
Change is coming even to India's inadequate infrastructure, particularly at India's ports, thanks to a policy shift that has opened ports to private-sector and foreign competition.
<br />
<br />
A decade ago, India was so uncompetitive that the conveyor belts in the port of Mumbai (formerly called Bombay) went one way -- to unload goods from ships. Those conveyor belts came to symbolize all that was wrong with India: The lack of roads, the congested
 railways, the paucity of runways at even major airports. <br />
<br />
The difficulty of exporting didn't matter much because there was little India had to export anyhow. Today, the conveyor belts go both ways, and there are more exports leaving the port than imports arriving at it.
</p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>30/12/2011 10:52:54</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/15912/India+Comes+of+Age+As+Focus+on+Returns+Lures+Foreign+Capital</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">15912</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>15913</publicationdataID>
      <title>Living among giants</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p>AUSTRALIA will spend the next half-century living with two giants, India and China, both driven by a sense of national destiny and high growth off a vast population base, the triggers for a transfer of global power from Europe to Asia.
<br />
<br />
"What we are witnessing is the re-emergence of China and India as global heavyweights," says former Hong Kong governor and former European Union commissioner Chris Patten. "We are used to living in a world which has been shaped and led by the trans-Atlantic
 community – by America principally, but also Europe – and I just think we should sometimes consider how much longer that is going to be true."
<br />
<br />
The answer is not long. Patten spoke a fortnight ago in Singapore and since then the French and Dutch rejection of new EU constitution signals not just a halt to Europe's integration but, more significantly, also reveals the crisis within Europe's social and
 economic model. <br />
<br />
Martin Wolf, from the Financial Times, says that France, with its anti-market ideology, "has set its face not just against Europe but against the modern world". The real European crisis is that its unreformed social democratic model is failing.
<br />
<br />
Six weeks ago the Australian Strategic Policy Institute released a paper by academic Coral Bell titled Living With Giants, assessing the implications for Australia of the "unstoppable and accelerating" redistribution of power. "China isn't the only superpower
 emerging in Asia, there's also India," Bell says. </p>
<p>It hasn't progressed as far as China in economic terms but "India has some political and diplomatic advantages that China lacks". It is a genuine democracy, which means that India, unlike China, has resolved its political destiny. India has an English-speaking,
 IT-savvy elite and a British legal tradition. <br />
<br />
America's ambition to be the paramount Pacific power dictates a rivalry with China, while India "has no built-in basis for rivalry with the US but rather the reverse, a built-in congruity of interest". The Bush administration openly endorses India's aspiration
 to become a global power. <br />
<br />
The paradox is that Australia has much in common with India yet it seems more comfortable with China. The idea of a shared Australia-China economic enterprise has taken hold of our consciousness. India seems more distant, less familiar and less dynamic, though
 the cultural bonds are greater than with China. <br />
<br />
Shared cultural bonds are important. Witness the insults that Australia has hurled at Indonesia over the drugs conviction of Schapelle Corby, the product of an uncomprehending popular sentiment confused about how to manage Indonesia's different values and deluded
 by a fatal misconception that we can change Indonesia to embrace our own norms. If Australia brings this mind-set to dealing with Asia's giants, it faces a store of grief.
<br />
<br />
China's economic modernisation started in 1978 under Deng Xiaoping and India's in 1991 under Prime Minister Manmohan Singh when he was finance minister. In rough terms they were economic equals in the late 1970s but China's income per head today is about twice
 that of India. </p>
<p>India's technocrat and Planning Commission deputy chairman Montek Singh Ahluwalia says: "China is unique. There's nothing else like China. But having China do so well is good for India. It gets our complacency out because people look at China and ask: 'Well,
 why can't we do that here?' So the superior performance of China is having a very positive effect on India."
<br />
<br />
Within India's elites the optimism is rife, typified by Arvind Virmani, from the Indian Council for Research on International Economic Relations, who has just completed a paper titled A Tripolar Century: USA, China and India. "The primary driver of the evolution
 of a unipolar world into a tripolar one is income convergence between India, China and the [US] and other rich countries," Virmani says. "Over the next 50 years both China and India will become high-income countries, with India lagging China by about a dozen
 years." <br />
<br />
This is India's dream: the tripolar world. It may even be possible but that demands further changes in India's economic and political culture, and India remains a slow-moving elephant. These giants have chosen different paths to modernisation. India, unlike
 China, became a democracy before it industrialised. Its economic path, so far, is not the classic East Asian export-based manufacturing model and that's a problem. It is why India's growth is 6per cent to 7 per cent while China's has been 8 per cent to 10
 per cent. <br />
<br />
India's gross domestic product is 50per cent in agriculture, 25 per cent services and 25 per cent manufacturing. India's strength is software; China's is manufacturing. China saves more than India and its trading sector is bigger. It is a myth to believe that
 India can succeed merely by dint of its IT expertise. A hundred Bangalores will not solve India's poverty.
</p>
<p>Asked about India's outlook, Finance Minister P. Chidambaram says: "Since 1992 our growth has averaged 6.2 per cent. Our path is irreversible. But our pace will determine whether we reach our goals soon or later."
<br />
<br />
It is folly to believe that India can match China any time soon. In China economic modernisation is the supreme idea; in India the legitimacy of the state resides in democracy, not development. The great unknown for China is its inevitable political transition.
 Will this derail China's growth surge or will China just become a mega-Singapore?
<br />
<br />
One of India's leading policy analysts, C. Raja Mohan, says in his book Crossing the Rubicon: "In just one generation China's reforms have produced one of the world's largest economies and on that basis China has become the second most powerful country in the
 international system. A decade after the launch of reforms, India remains mired in self-doubt. It is hesitant to make a clean break with the past and seek power and prosperity as China has done. India continues to pretend that the old order works."
<br />
<br />
John Howard will soon make his second trip to India as PM. His visit in 2000 was the first by an Australian leader since the late '80s and Howard's trip points to India's emergence on to Australia's radar, a process driven by three forces.
</p>
<p>First, its 6 per cent to 7 per cent growth trajectory, while slower than China's, makes India one of the fastest growing nations. Its image, aspiration and economic standing are being transformed. India has decided to become a global player and its leader,
 Manmohan Singh, says India's foreign policy must be defined by its democracy and its success in handling globalisation.
<br />
<br />
Second, the rise of India means another significant trading relationship for Australia in Asia, though the scale of the resources trade will not match that with Japan or China.
<br />
<br />
Third, India's "look East" policy opens up new political windows with East Asia and the US. India is likely to be accepted into the East Asian Summit, the future forum for the region. This means that through time Australia and India will be regional partners
 in a totally new manner. (India was excluded from APEC and had no role in Australia's previous regional vision.) Perceptions in Australia and Southeast Asia are changing. Long involved with China, they have a new incentive to play the India card.
</p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>30/12/2011 10:54:49</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/15913/Living+among+giants</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">15913</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>15915</publicationdataID>
      <title>A Race to the Top</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p>It was extremely revealing traveling from Europe to India as French voters (and now Dutch ones) were rejecting the E.U. constitution - in one giant snub to President Jacques Chirac, European integration, immigration, Turkish membership in the E.U. and all
 the forces of globalization eating away at Europe's welfare states. It is interesting because French voters are trying to preserve a 35-hour work week in a world where Indian engineers are ready to work a 35-hour day. Good luck.
<br />
<br />
Voters in "old Europe" - France, Germany, the Netherlands and Italy - seem to be saying to their leaders: stop the world, we want to get off; while voters in India have been telling their leaders: stop the world and build us a stepstool, we want to get on.
 I feel sorry for Western European blue collar workers. A world of benefits they have known for 50 years is coming apart, and their governments don't seem to have a strategy for coping.
<br />
<br />
One reason French voters turned down the E.U. constitution was rampant fears of "Polish plumbers." Rumors that low-cost immigrant plumbers from Poland were taking over the French plumbing trade became a rallying symbol for anti-E.U. constitution forces. A few
 weeks ago Franz Müntefering, chairman of Germany's Social Democratic Party, compared private equity firms - which buy up failing businesses, downsize them and then sell them - to a "swarm of locusts."
</p>
<p>The fact that a top German politician has resorted to attacking capitalism to win votes tells you just how explosive the next decade in Western Europe could be, as some of these aging, inflexible economies - which have grown used to six-week vacations and
 unemployment insurance that is almost as good as having a job - become more intimately integrated with Eastern Europe, India and China in a flattening world.
<br />
<br />
To appreciate just how explosive, come to Bangalore, India, the outsourcing capital of the world. The dirty little secret is that India is taking work from Europe or America not simply because of low wages. It is also because Indians are ready to work harder
 and can do anything from answering your phone to designing your next airplane or car. They are not racing us to the bottom. They are racing us to the top.
<br />
<br />
Indeed, there is a huge famine breaking out all over India today, an incredible hunger. But it is not for food. It is a hunger for opportunity that has been pent up like volcanic lava under four decades of socialism, and it's now just bursting out with India's
 young generation. <br />
<br />
"India is the oldest civilization, the largest democracy and the youngest population - almost 70 percent is below age 35 and almost 50 percent is 25 and under," said Shekhar Gupta, editor of The Indian Express. Next to India, Western Europe looks like an assisted-living
 facility with Turkish nurses. </p>
<p>Sure, a huge portion of India still lives in wretched slums or villages, but more and more of the young cohort are grasping for something better. A grass-roots movement is now spreading, demanding that English be taught in state schools - where 85 percent
 of children go - beginning in first grade, not fourth grade. "What's new is where this movement is coming from," said the Indian commentator Krishna Prasad. "It's coming from the farmers and the Dalits, the lowest groups in society." Even the poor have been
 to the cities enough to know that English is now the key to a tech-sector job, and they want their kids to have those opportunities.
<br />
<br />
The Indian state of West Bengal has the oldest elected Communist government left in the world today. Some global technology firms recently were looking at outsourcing there, but told the Communists they could not do so because of the possibility of worker strikes
 that might disrupt the business processes of the companies they work for. No problem. The Communist government declared information technology work an "essential service," making it illegal for those workers to strike. Have a nice day.
<br />
<br />
"This is not about wages at all - the whole wage differential thing is going to reduce very quickly," said Rajesh Rao, who heads the innovative Indian game company, Dhruva. It is about people who have been starving "finally seeing the ability to realize their
 dreams." Both Infosys and Wipro, India's leading technology firms, received more than one million applications last year for a little more than 10,000 job openings.
<br />
<br />
Yes, this is a bad time for France and friends to lose their appetite for hard work - just when India, China and Poland are rediscovering theirs.
</p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>30/12/2011 10:56:43</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/15915/A+Race+to+the+Top</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">15915</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>15917</publicationdataID>
      <title>Bush's Indian gambit</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p>ITS logic is inescapable yet the idea has been inconceivable: a strategic partnership between the two great democracies, the US and India, long divided by distrust and the Cold War.<br />
<br />
Yet it is happening. George W. Bush has reached out to India and one of the coming debates in global politics will be over the manner and meaning of his decision to support India's quest to become a global power.
<br />
<br />
India's Prime Minister Manmohan Singh will visit Washington in July, with Bush reportedly saying this will be treated as a "grand event", and at the year's end Bush will visit India.
<br />
<br />
A round of interviews in New Delhi this week elicited a plethora of views as India's political elite debates how far it should enter the US embrace. But India is being wooed and its pride at this is palpable.
<br />
<br />
The Bush administration, far more cohesive with Condoleezza Rice as Secretary of State, has launched a diplomatic offensive with India that is stunning in its rhetoric and serious in its content. "India's relations with the US are now the best they have ever
 been," says Rajiv Sikri, the senior official on East Asia at India's external affairs ministry.
<br />
<br />
When the two leaders briefly met in Moscow this month at celebrations to honour the 60th anniversary of the end of World War II in Europe, Bush introduced his wife Laura to Singh, saying, "This is the Prime Minister of India and I'm going to take you to his
 country this Christmas-New Year so you can see the most fascinating democracy in the world."
</p>
<p>The message in New Delhi is that Bush and Singh can do business. How much business they do remains to be seen but the US has set the bar very high. When Rice visited India in March she said: "This is my first stop as Secretary of State in Asia. The President
 has personally put a lot of time and energy into the relationship. The US has determined that this is going to be a very important relationship going forward and we're going to put whatever time we need into it." The aim was to take US-India ties "to another
 level." <br />
<br />
In a calculated State Department briefing in Washington on March 25 (now famous in New Delhi), the real US purpose was made explicit. The spokesman said that Bush and Rice earlier this year "developed the outline for a decisively broader strategic relationship"
 between the US and India. When Rice went to New Delhi she presented this outline to Singh, its purpose being "to help India become a major world power in the 21st century", the abiding dream of the Indian elite.
<br />
<br />
The spokesman continued: "We [the US] understand fully the implications, including military implications, of that statement."
<br />
<br />
It is rare in the past 100 years that a US president has sent a signal of this dimension. It means the US will help India realise the global aspiration that its size, geography and its post-1991 economic reform agenda has made into a national obsession.
</p>
<p>Events are moving fast. The US is offering India a top-of-the-line version of the F-16, hi-tech defence and space co-operation in terms of satellites and launch vehicles, Patriot and Arrow missiles, and access to civilian nuclear technology. (India's aim
 is to generate 25 per cent to 30 per cent of its huge energy needs from nuclear.)
<br />
<br />
"The strategic dialogue will include global issues, the kinds of issues you would discuss with a world power," the State Department spokesman said. The US was prepared to "discuss even more fundamental issues of defence transformation with India, including
 transformative systems in areas such as command and control, early warning and missile defence."
<br />
<br />
After Rice's visit, US ambassador to India David Mulford said the US and India "are poised for a partnership that will be crucial in shaping the international order in the 21st century".
<br />
<br />
While Bill Clinton's 2000 visit to India symbolised a new outlook, the conceptual change has come under Bush. Ashley Tellis, from the Carnegie Endowment for International Peace, says it has been shaped by Rice, her new deputy Bob Zoellick and counsellor Philip
 Zelikow. <br />
<br />
Bush initially appointed Bob Blackwill as US ambassador to India to upgrade the relationship and the 2002 National Security Strategy, which said the US sought a "transformation in its bilateral relationship with India".
<br />
<br />
Now it is going further – the US has recast decisively its policy towards India and South Asia. The core judgment is that a strong, democratic and influential India is an asset for the US in the region and the world. The US no longer narrowly defines India
 within the terms of its rivalry with Pakistan and Bush accepts the reality of India as a nuclear power.
</p>
<p>Bush's thinking is shaped by India's democratic values in contrast with China's authoritarianism. Its strategic essence is the US view that India as a second Asian giant, capitalist, multicultural and democratic, will exert a gravitational pull that must
 limit China's aspiration as a future hegemon and help to balance its rise. This is a new long-run US position (and it doesn't assume that India can overtake China).
<br />
<br />
It should test how far India's elite has transcended the Nehruian diplomatic legacy. It seems, however, that Singh will accept the US overtures and India will negotiate to get the best deals possible. By saying yes to the US, India is hardly selling its soul.
 It is not being asked to become an ally similar to Japan or Australia since that would be impossible anyway.
<br />
<br />
India thinks it can manage this US embrace on its own terms. It knows that China and the world will have to take India more seriously and India will have to give China assurances it is not joining any US "containment of China" strategy. All this is already
 under way. <br />
<br />
Singh's media aide Sanjaya Baru says: "India is an ancient civilisation and has a mind of its own on each issue. But our views are moving in parallel with the US and Anglo-Saxon world." Baru sees a new realism in India's policy that dates from the 1991 economic
 reform era with growth now running at 6 per cent to 7 per cent each year. <br />
<br />
Singh, an economic technocrat, has declared that India's new role in the world will be defined by how it manages globalisation. That is a long advance from Nehru. And it dictates a diplomacy to underwrite entrepreneurship, markets and technology, with all that
 implies for a more positive view of the US. </p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>30/12/2011 10:58:58</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/15917/Bushs+Indian+gambit</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">15917</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>15919</publicationdataID>
      <title>A New India</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p>NEW DELHI -- If a commitment to remain an open society is one of the pillars of India's nationhood, the other is our commitment to remain an open economy -- one that guarantees freedom of enterprise, respects individual creativity, and mobilizes public investment
 for social infrastructure. Indeed, it would be no exaggeration to suggest that these are the principles to which all countries will increasingly want to adhere.<br />
<br />
Just as developed industrial economies enabled "economies in transition" to graduate into open economies, developed democracies should also assist "societies in transition" to become open societies. I believe India's policies toward the world have been shaped
 by this commitment, and we should be proud to identify with those who defend the values of liberal democracy and secularism across the world.
<br />
<br />
Over the past decade, the debate in India on the nature of our interaction with our wider Asian neighborhood -- and with major powers -- has also been shaped by sweeping changes in our economic policy. The initiatives India took in the early 1990s toward economic
 liberalization have not only altered our interaction with the world, but have also shaped global perceptions of India . Indeed, they have shaped more than mere perceptions. They have altered the manner in which other nations, big and small, relate to us. Today,
 there is a greater willingness internationally to work with India -- and to build relationships of mutual benefit.
</p>
<p>The steps that successive Indian governments have taken since 1991 have helped to finally remove what development planners used to refer to as the "external constraint" on growth. Indian industry and Indian professionals have demonstrated their ability to
 step out with confidence from a highly protected environment into a mercilessly competitive one.
<br />
<br />
We do have a vast unfinished agenda of social and economic development, and my government's priority will be to implement this. Doing so will further enable us to deal with the challenges of globalization. The global environment has never been more conducive
 to India's economic development than it is today. The world wants India to do well. However, we recognize that our real challenges are at home. It is for this reason that we place such great emphasis on increasing investment in infrastructure, agriculture,
 health and education, urban renewal and the knowledge economy. Having ensured that there is today no external constraint on growth, we must now ensure that there remain no internal constraints to development.
<br />
<br />
To say that the external constraints on growth have gone, however, is not to suggest that we are making full use of new opportunities. There is much more that we can do to draw on global savings and global markets. As a developing economy, we must tap international
 resources to fuel our development. We should be more open to global capital flows and better prepared to take advantage of new markets for goods and services. India is wholly committed to multilateralism in trade: But we will seek the reform and democratization
 of multilateral institutions. </p>
<p>Globalization is both an opportunity and a challenge. A decade ago, who could have imagined that India would be a major software services exporter and that a new process of "brain gain" -- not "brain drain" -- would be created by opportunities in these sectors?
 We now ask ourselves if we are doing enough to secure this edge. The growth of India's knowledge economy has opened up new markets for science- and technology-based products. In manufacturing, too, there are global opportunities. The end of the multifiber
 agreement opens up new vistas for trade in textiles. <br />
<br />
India would like to make globalization a "win-win" game. How we deal with its challenge -- and how we make use of its opportunities -- will shape our relations with the world, and the perception of our capabilities as a nation. This has already happened in
 substantial measure. Our relations with major powers, especially the U.S. and more recently China, have increasingly been shaped by economic factors. Who could have imagined that China would emerge as our second largest trade partner? In the case of the U.S.,
 an acceleration of people-to-people contact and the consequent business-to-business interaction has forged closer state-to-state relations. Shared values and growing economic links have enabled a closer strategic engagement.
</p>
<p>Similarly, business and commerce also underpin India's strategic partnership with the European Union. It must be our endeavor to ensure that economic and commercial links contribute to a strong and new element in our traditionally friendly relations with
 Russia. In fact, I believe that our strategic relationship with the Russian Federation can be greatly enriched by a greater focus on bilateral economic relations. Renewed cooperation in the economic field is giving a new profile to India's relations with Japan,
 with Japanese investment flows set to increase. Concern for energy security has become an important element of Indian diplomacy and is shaping our relations with a range of countries across the globe, in West Asia, Central Asia, Africa and Latin America.
<br />
<br />
It is notable that the response of other countries to India's national security concerns is being shaped by perceptions of business and economic opportunities. Countries that imposed sanctions on India when we declared ourselves a nuclear weapons power are
 building bridges with us, to take advantage of the opportunities for mutual economic benefit. None of us can underestimate the role of economic interdependence in international relations. The example of the EU, Asean and Apec, Nafta and other regional groups
 shows that the most dynamic economies are creating such relationships for mutual benefit, regional security and peace.</p>
<p>Indeed, India seeks to be more closely engaged with such regional groups. Our links with each of these regions is both civilizational and contemporary, with people of Indian origin acting as a cultural bridge between our multicultural societies. Our foreign
 policy is, of course, shaped by our civilizational values, and by our commitment to peace and freedom. But it is now equally shaped by our commitment to our economic development, within the framework of an open society and an open economy.
<br />
<br />
<em>{Mr. Singh is prime minister of India. He completes a year in office on May 22.}</em></p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>30/12/2011 11:02:18</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/15919/A+New+India</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">15919</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>15921</publicationdataID>
      <title>Rising middle class drives consumer revolution</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p>Ramakrishna Kurumella’s father, a small-town university professor, rode a moped to work until the day he retired at the age of 60. But Ramakrishna, who is not yet 30, has just bought his first car.
<br />
<br />
He is one of the newest members of India’s burgeoning middle class, which has swelled to between 250 million and 300 million people — a quarter of the population. He can afford his car, courtesy of his handsome pay cheque from working as a software engineer
 for Wipro, the Bangalore-based technology group. Millions of others are finding themselves in the same boat.
<br />
<br />
The average middle-class family’s disposable income rose by more than 20 per cent between 1999 and 2003. However, the difference between Ramakrishna and his parents is not only money. He is also determined to spend it. "They saved, we spend,” he said. "It’s
 a whole different ethos.” <br />
<br />
In his parents’ generation, consumerism was frowned on and Gandhian frugality was celebrated. Pre-liberalisation India was, in any case, not much of a shopper’s paradise. People bought very little because there was very little to buy. Curbs on the growth of
 indigenous companies and an outright ban on most imported goods did much to keep consumerism at bay.
</p>
<p>However, liberalisation in 1991, and a second round of economic reforms beginning in 1999, saw the shoots of what has now become a full-scale consumer boom. It has opened up huge investment opportunities as the young middle class looks for ways to spend
 its money. Consumer spending has been rising at an average annual rate of 15 per cent for the past three years and is forecast to keep rising.
<br />
<br />
These days, fewer young married couples are willing to live in the parental home.
<br />
<br />
This has led to the frenzied building of new apartment blocks in towns such as Gurgaon and Bangalore, where thousands of new technology and outsourcing jobs are based.
<br />
<br />
New transport policies and a growing population unwilling to commute on long train journeys have also seen two domestic airlines launched in the past six months, with four more planned in the next six. Domestic aviation is now forecast to grow at almost 30
 per cent annually, meaning that by 2009, more than 40 million people will have taken to the air.
<br />
<br />
New restaurants are opening in cities across India to cater to flush young diners. Spending on eating out has more than doubled in the past decade and is expected to double again in half that time. Sales of prepared food, frowned on by the older generation,
 have risen by 70 per cent since 1998. <br />
<br />
"Self-denial is out and selfindulgence is in,” Vijay Gupta, a young outsourcing manager in Delhi said. "We have the money and we’re spending it.”
</p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>30/12/2011 11:05:01</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/15921/Rising+middle+class+drives+consumer+revolution</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">15921</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>15924</publicationdataID>
      <title>Japan woos India - and the UN</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p>CALCUTTA Prime Minister Junichiro Koizumi of Japan likes to tell how impressed he was by the thrift and conscientiousness of Indians when he last visited New Delhi, as a private citizen, nearly a decade ago. Each time he tried to get rid of some worn underpants,
 the hotel staff would fish out the unwanted garments and return them to him freshly laundered and pressed. A special messenger even chased him to the airport with them in a packet as he was leaving. Indians never throw away a thing.
<br />
<br />
With the aid of such Indian diligence, surely Japan can gain a coveted seat, veto and all, on an expanded United Nations Security Council?
<br />
<br />
This is the nirvana of "the new Asian era" to be ushered in by the eightfold path that Koizumi and his host, Prime Minister Manmohan Singh, chalked out recently.
<br />
<br />
Indians now expect trade with Japan to blossom from $4 billion to $20 billion in just five years. Japanese investment will boom from virtually nothing. Ironically, given Japan's fury when India went nuclear in 1998, the two countries are now "partners against
 nuclear proliferation." <br />
<br />
All this marks a change from years of neglect. True, Japanese loans bailed India out in the early 90s, when Singh, as finance minister, inherited a kitty with just enough to pay for two weeks' imports. Japan also gives more aid to India than it does to China
 and Indonesia. But beyond the call of compassion, Japan showed little interest in ties. Few Japanese tourists bothered with India's special luxury train for Buddhist sites.
</p>
<p>Now both countries have set their sights on becoming permanent members of the Security Council. India's economy is doing well, Japan needs Asian partners to offset disgruntled China and, with cold war estrangement forgotten, even the United States values
 India's cooperation. But though President George W. Bush may not mind how many countries crowd the Security Council, providing they don't have vetoes and providing the United Nations doesn't count for much, Pakistan won't have India there. More important,
 China will not accept Japan at the world's high table. <br />
<br />
Hence Japan's dual strategy. Globally, an expanded Security Council with Japan, India, Germany and Brazil as full members would diminish the consequence of the existing five permanent members. Regionally, a functional and not geographic East Asian Community,
 including India, Australia and the United States, will mean less clout for China, today's biggest kid on the Asian block.
<br />
<br />
Thus the courtship with India. It was not always so. No Japanese prime minister set foot in India from 1961 to 1984. Explaining Japan's refusal to admit India to the Asia-Pacific Economic Cooperation forum, a Tokyo diplomat claimed, only half jokingly, that
 a country wasn't Asian if imperial Japanese forces hadn't occupied it during World War II.
<br />
<br />
Now, says Japan's ambassador to India, Yasukuni Enoki, "Japan is willing to recognize India as a major power in Asia." He even quotes the Goldman-Sachs report that India's gross domestic product will soar to $28 trillion by 2050, when Japan's will have dwindled
 to $7 trillion. </p>
<p>In making this pitch, an ardent worshipper at Tokyo's Yasukuni Shrine like Koizumi must be well aware of latent Indian sentiment. Alone of the 11 judges at the Tokyo War Crimes trial, Judge Radha Benode Pal of India denounced the proceedings as "victor's
 justice." His 1,235-word dissenting verdict - which he was forbidden to read out or publish until the end of the American occupation - mentioned Hiroshima and Nagasaki, and acquitted all 25 defendants whom the court found guilty. The Yasukuni Shrine honors
 them all. <br />
<br />
As Singh reminded his guest, India also rejected the 1951 U.S.-sponsored San Francisco Peace Conference (as a wartime ally, it was entitled to attend) and repudiated a peace treaty that bore John Foster Dulles's imprimatur. Waiving reparation claims, Jawaharlal
 Nehru signed a separate treaty that he felt respected Japan's dignity. <br />
<br />
Politics allows no gratitude. Nations have no memory. But historical association sanctifies present politics as India and Japan mount a diplomatic offensive to lobby governments and present the general assembly's 60th session in September with a resolution
 on UN reform. Neither country will be done out of its place in the sun as the new Asian era dawns.
<br />
<br />
<em>(Sunanda K. Datta-Ray, a former editor of The Statesman in India, is author of ''Waiting for America: India and the U.S. in the New Millennium.'')
</em></p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>30/12/2011 11:06:54</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/15924/Japan+woos+India++and+the+UN</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">15924</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>15927</publicationdataID>
      <title>Bangalore's Big Dreams</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p><strong>India's major outsourcers now offer complex tech services, like design engineering
</strong><br />
<br />
BANGALORE, INDIA--Kaushik Mukherjee's workshop looks like a place where electronics go to die. The guts of tech gear lie exposed, their circuit boards tethered to computer monitors like patients on life support. But the reality is quite different. Mukherjee
 and his colleagues are hard at work on the next wave of consumer electronics. In one area, they are doctoring a low-cost computer chip to mimic a pricey one for a sub-$50 satellite TV digital video recorder. Nearby, they are designing circuitry for a 65-inch
 high-definition television. There are other projects, too, ones they can't talk about for competitive reasons.
<br />
<br />
The name of Mukherjee's employer, Indian tech giant Wipro Ltd., won't appear on any of the eventual products being developed for corporate clients with familiar names. Italian automaker Fiat, for instance, had Wipro design the satellite navigation system for
 its Alfa Romeo cars. Nokia, the big cellphone maker, sends work to Wipro's engineers. In general, though, anonymity is the rule when it comes to product design outsourcing, as the corporate culture here embraces the idea of packaging a "Wipro brain" under
 someone else's brand. "We're not a product company," says Mukherjee. "We're a services company."
</p>
<p>If you think tech outsourcing is limited to call centers, software writing, and back-office operations, think again. The same Indian firms that generated the outsourcing wave--and the ensuing jobs controversy--are moving up what one executive calls the "value
 chain." The big three--Tata Consultancy Services, Infosys Technologies, and Wipro--and myriad smaller firms are taking outsourcing in new directions, tech product research and development being just one example. Since the trend is not as obvious as when it
 involves hearing an Indian-accented voice on a customer help line, it might be considered, as Wipro notes, a "silent revolution."
<br />
<br />
Two worlds. The heart of the revolution is in Bangalore, a burgeoning city of 6 million that is India's high-tech capital. The streets are rutted and crumbling, the traffic is chaotic, and people complain about electric blackouts, garbage piles, and other typical
 Third World afflictions. But pass through the gate at any of the city's major outsourcing campuses, and suddenly you could be in Silicon Valley, with the same modern architecture and landscaping, air-conditioned offices, and cappuccino-serving food courts.
 There are sophisticated videoconferencing facilities, swimming pools, tennis courts, and, perhaps most striking, green lawns in contrast to the brown arid land just beyond the walls. Employees exist in a kind of virtual reality where the normal constraints
 of the physical world--location, distance, even time--can seem irrelevant. Wipro computer systems experts in one control room here, for instance, manage the minute-by-minute operations of a client's complex network that is physically located a continent away
 in Britain. </p>
<p>Just as companies sought substantial savings by farming out call centers, they are now attracted by the potential to outsource engineering design and sophisticated business computing. On any given day at Wipro and Infosys, welcome signs for visiting clients
 read like a list of America's best-known corporations. The firms ask that names not be cited, but Wipro's public client list includes Morgan Stanley, Sun Microsystems, General Motors, Honeywell, Cisco, and Lucent. With some 400 corporate clients, Wipro's head
 count has tripled since 2002 to nearly 42,000. The company is hiring at a rate of three people every working hour--choosing less than 1 in 100 applicants.
<br />
<br />
There is confident talk here that the information technology (IT) services revolution is only the opening act of a larger transformation. And a recent report by research firm Gartner predicts an accelerating pace of technology outsourcing to India, China, and
 elsewhere. Worldwide spending on offshore research and development and engineering, for instance, will increase more than eightfold to $12 billion by 2010, according to Gartner. Similarly, spending on so-called infrastructure outsourcing--such as remote network
 management--will grow from less than $250 million to as much as $4 billion in the same period.
</p>
<p>India's big draw is, of course, its deep pool of skilled technology workers, who may cost a 10th of what they would in the United States and Western Europe. India is turning out some 82,000 engineering undergraduates a year, versus about 60,000 in the United
 States. And India's top graduates are first rate: The elite Indian Institutes of Technology accepts only 3,500 out of 178,000 applicants for undergraduate and graduate study. At Wipro, a new engineer with top academic credentials earns about $9,000 a year,
 and a senior engineer with eight years' experience about $20,000. Even with salaries rising 15 percent or more a year, Wipro chief marketing officer Sangita Singh says confidently, "the cost advantage is still in India's favor, hugely."
<br />
<br />
Jobs of the future. What this will mean in coming years for American tech innovation, and the jobs that it generates, is unclear. India, despite the rapid growth of its tech sector, lags behind the United States in computer software and systems jobs, 540,000
 to 2.5 million. An additional 245,000 Indians work in various other types of outsourced services, such as call centers and business support. Some of the worst fears of potential American job losses are contradicted by positive U.S. government projections in
 computer fields over the decade. Still, a spokesman for electrical engineers sees outsourcing as a factor claiming jobs, suppressing wages, and imperiling U.S. innovation. "Because innovation tends to follow jobs, key drivers of our economic prosperity could
 be lost," says Gerard Alphonse, president of the U.S. arm of the Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers.
</p>
<p>Certainly, Wipro's success can be seen in its annual revenues, which have nearly tripled since 2001 to $1.9 billion. But like its competitors, it is under pressure to maintain explosive profit growth. Wipro last week reported that its IT profits increased
 47 percent for the most recent quarter, while Infosys racked up a 67 percent profit gain. Still, Infosys's stock got hammered, losing more than 7 percent in value after announcing that profit growth for the year would be a strong but less-than-expected 23
 to 25 percent. Investors may be right to worry. A Deloitte Consulting report released last week said some major corporations are reassessing outsourcing in light of "significant negative experiences" and, for nearly half the 25 surveyed companies, failure
 to achieve expected cost savings. But, Deloitte added, outsourcing "for the right reasons" can "still deliver value."
<br />
<br />
Part of Wipro's strategy is to expand into more complicated--and more profitable--tasks. For this, Wipro now has some 9,000 engineers designing products for about 100 companies, making it the world's largest third-party R&amp;D outsourcer. In addition to product
 development, which has grown to some 30 percent of revenues, Wipro has begun marketing other capabilities, such as remotely managing clients' computer networks.
</p>
<p>Similarly, Infosys is looking to move into the turf of management consulting powers such as IBM and Accenture. The idea is to have Infosys management consultants in the United States help a client identify ways to improve efficiency and then hand off to
 software developers back in India the chore of developing the needed systems. Infosys has raided major consulting companies to hire the executives for its new U.S. consulting arm based in Fremont, Calif., projected to employ 700 people within two years. The
 challenge "isn't about buying the new technology or the next new thing," says Infosys CEO Nandan Nilekani, "but how to put it all together to make it better and more effective for business use."
<br />
<br />
Left brainers. Of course, there are a few bugs. India offers an abundance of technical talent but lacks the middle managers who can be key to bringing in projects on time and on budget. Also, attrition among tech employees, while a manageable 15 percent at
 the top companies, is thought to be running 20 to 40 percent at some others. And Indian executives acknowledge that their quantitative strengths aren't matched when it comes to creative tasks, such as envisioning the look and feel of a new MP3 audio player.
</p>
<p>And it is still India. Transportation is so problematic that Wipro must run a fleet of 150 buses to ferry workers, and the 15-mile drive from the perpetually overbooked hotels downtown to the technology zone known as Electronic City can take more than an
 hour. Wipro and other firms have offered to pay a third of the projected $80 million cost to build an elevated toll road from the city to their campuses, but political opposition has stalled the proposal. Without improvements in roads, airports, and power
 generation, India's tech industry "will be unable to continue its meteoric growth," notes a recent Forrester Research study. That worries Wipro Chairman Azim Premji: "I think we lose a lot of foreign credibility because of our infrastructure." So far, though,
 that hasn't kept the clients away.</p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>30/12/2011 11:10:02</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/15927/Bangalores+Big+Dreams</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">15927</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>15929</publicationdataID>
      <title>Courting India</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p>India has no shortage of international suitors these days, as visits by Chinese and Pakistani leaders highlighted over the past few weeks. Amid all this high-level attention, perhaps the most consequential visitor will turn out to be Japanese Prime Minister
 Junichiro Koizumi, who came courting at the end of last week. <br />
<br />
In strategic terms, a stronger Indian-Japanese alliance appeals to both countries as a way to help balance Beijing's regional ambitions. And in the wake of the recent anti-Japanese protests in China, Japan -- and Japanese business -- have even greater reason
 to woo new friends in Asia. Tokyo's chilly relations with Seoul play a part as well.
<br />
<br />
Though India has reveled in the spotlight, there is a sense that Japan's attention carries further meaning. "Of all the visits that have taken place in New Delhi in recent weeks, this is the most important, because it could help bring about a fundamental change
 in the India-Japan relationship and in the security architecture of Asia," says Brahma Chellaney, a professor of strategic studies at the Centre for Policy Research in New Delhi. Mr. Chellaney told us that the "single most important shared strategic objective
 of India and Japan is that no single power should dominate Asia." <br />
<br />
In addition to containing Beijing, New Delhi and Tokyo share other goals. In a joint statement Friday, Mr. Koizumi and Indian Prime Minister Manmohan Singh reiterated their countries' support for each other's bids for permanent seats on the United Nations Security
 Council. The two leaders also agreed to deepen economic ties. It's also possible that the two countries may join forces in the fight against maritime terrorism in the Indian Sea, which is a strategic sea-lane for Japanese marine transport.
</p>
<p>Above all, there is much room for growth on the economic front, leading to questions about why there is so much untapped potential in Indo-Japanese trade relations. "New Delhi must reflect on why trade with Japan has stagnated for six years at around $4
 billion, while that with China has raced ahead in the same period from a near-zero level to $14 billion last year," writes Jasjit Singh in The Times of India. Mr. Singh also points out that there is much potential for an increase in Indian exports to Japan
 in textiles, electronics, chemicals and automotive parts, all of which are high on Japan's list of priorities. The two countries could cooperate in the field of information technology too. Over in Tokyo, the Daily Yomiuri points out, "India is good at creating
 software, while Japan is competitive in creating hardware." <br />
<br />
Why has it been so hard for these two countries to tap the economic potential in their relationship? The economic sanctions that Tokyo slapped on New Delhi in response to India's nuclear tests in 1998 didn't help, but the broader issue is that in the past,
 Tokyo just didn't take India seriously. Before the reforms of the 1990s, Japan was understandably turned off by India's socialist economy. In recent years as well, however, cautious Japanese investors have continued to be wary of India's notorious bureaucracy
 and red tape. Given all this, Mr. Koizumi's visit may have an additional benefit: The potential of new investment from Japan could compel New Delhi to press ahead with the reforms needed to increase efficiency in the Indian economy.
<br />
<br />
It is not just India and Japan that stand to gain from stronger ties. An alliance between the two democracies could make a valuable contribution to stability in Asia.
</p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>30/12/2011 11:12:21</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/15929/Courting+India</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">15929</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>15932</publicationdataID>
      <title>Japan and India move to deepen trade ties</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p>Japan and India have pledged to deepen economic and trade ties as part of a wide ranging "global partnership" agreement signed yesterday by Junichiro Koizumi, Japan's prime minister, and Manmohan Singh, his Indian counterpart.
<br />
<br />
The agreement outlined eight areas of co-operation including "exploration of an India-Japan economic partnership agreement", an oil and natural gas "dialogue", and a pledge to support each other's candidacy for an enlarged United Nations Security Council.
<br />
<br />
Mr Koizumi, on a two-day visit to India, said Japan's economic relations with India were "blessed with huge potential" - tacit recognition that trade between the countries has remained sluggish.
<br />
<br />
Indo-Japanese trade has hovered at around $4bn (€3.1bn, £2.1bn) over the past eight years - in marked contrast to India's rapidly growing $13bn trade with China. India ranks third after South Korea and China as a investment destination for Japanese business;
 but Mr Koizumi said businesses had not yet "woken up" to India's potential. <br />
<br />
Yesterday's agreement sought to realise this potential. It outlined an India-Japan study group, to be set up in June and report "within a year", which will focus on measures to expand trade in goods and services and investment.
<br />
<br />
But the agreement fell short of announcing reductions in trade barriers. Indeed, Kamal Nath, India's commerce minister, warned that sensitive areas such as agriculture would likely remain protected.
<br />
<br />
Still, Mr Nath said bilateral trade could "easily reach" $10bn within three years. "It is my ardent desire that we structure our commercial engagement in such a way that for Japan, India becomes not only a country of possibilities, but also a country of opportunities."
</p>
<p>In a speech to a business audience, Mr Koizumi outlined his hopes for Japanese-Indian co-operation in Asia and internationally. "I want to strongly emphasise that India has Japan as a friend in Asia. Japan and India need each other more than ever in order
 to grow and prosper." <br />
<br />
Mr Koizumi's visit was seen as an attempt to remind New Delhi of Tokyo's importance to south Asia after the recent visit to the region by Wen Jiabao, China's premier. Mr Koizumi said the formation of an "East Asian Community" - the grouping between the Association
 of South East Asian Nations with Japan, China and South Korea - heralded "a new Asian century".
<br />
<br />
South and east Asia represent more than half the world's population; its economies contain its highest savings rates, most of its biggest current account surpluses and some $2,100bn of foreign currency reserves.
<br />
<br />
But economists have questioned the efficiency of the rising number of preferential trade deals in Asia and have urged deeper economic integration through trade agreements and financial institutions to cover the region.
</p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>30/12/2011 11:16:00</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/15932/Japan+and+India+move+to+deepen+trade+ties</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">15932</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>15933</publicationdataID>
      <title>Lessons For Asia-Africa</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p>The Asian-African Summit has concluded. After a week of rhetoric and evocation of the "Bandung Spirit of 1955", we are now left to ponder what this series of events was all about.<br />
<br />
Most Indonesians have some recollection or knowledge of the fabled 1955 Bandung conference. It is an intrinsic part of our national history. A staple in our children's school curriculum. It was the very first assertion of Indonesia's "free and active" foreign
 policy, and the nation's first contribution to its constitutional duty to advocate anti-colonialism and peaceful international cooperation.
<br />
<br />
Most of the presentations over the past week have been about a recommitment to the spirit of mutual cooperation. It is true that over the decades the nations of Asia and Africa have diverged in their respective pursuits. The challenges of development and political
 emancipation demanded more inward looking priorities, with physical proximity being a determinate of mutual cooperation.
<br />
<br />
Despite the best intentions to remain objective in the rivalry between the superpowers, the tribulations of international pressure cannot help but sway de facto allegiances towards one superpower ally or another. Hence the easy solution has always been to look
 to a superpower to resolve domestic problems or overcome challenges that originate from beyond national borders.
</p>
<p>It was therefore pertinent that Indian Prime Minister Manmohan Singh reminded his fellow Asian-African counterparts that solutions to the multitude of challenges faced by individual countries is often found within another country's experience.
<br />
<br />
The solutions to many of Asia's and Africa's problems are "available among us", he asserted.
<br />
<br />
Moving away from the often ambitious action plans for overcoming development problems, he provided a simple antidote; "borrow best practices".<br />
<br />
Countries of the continents have something in common that no "Western" power could hope to match. Each is more akin to the other in terms of development challenges and the pursuit of national welfare and democratisation.
<br />
<br />
The West has been in a position of dominance for too long to relate to the problems faced by emerging nations in Asia and Africa. By picking and choosing, linking and matching, we can choose from the best practices and experiences that are relatable to conditions
 within the region. <br />
<br />
India is a perfect example of a great democracy and of a nation that has paced its liberalisation process without overly straining its domestic economy to the pressures of globalisation. Most countries in Asia and Africa can relate to the prevailing social
 conditions of the sub-continent. It cannot, for example, use the practices and experiences of a country that has been through a 200-year process of industrialisation and democratisation, such the United States.
</p>
<p>Indonesia's own experiences, while not falling under the category of best practices, can also be used as lessons on the pitfalls for an emerging democracy.
<br />
<br />
Similarly, best practices in countries like South Korea and Singapore can be used as relevant examples of successful economic development and modernisation. In less than four decades they have developed into serious, world-class economic players.
<br />
<br />
The essence of this intra Asian-African exchange was succinctly summed up by Singh. Solutions, he said, "cannot be transplanted from the outside" since any comprehensive resolution of national issues must be intrinsic to those respective states.
<br />
<br />
During the pomp and pageantry of the recent summit meetings, we can often lose sight of the their purpose. The core intention of the gathering was not a simple reiteration of 50 year-old doctrines, nor was it a show of force of Third World countries.
<br />
<br />
The purpose was to unite in an effort to better the lives of the peoples of the two continents. The sixty or so Asian and African leaders who gathered in Jakarta and Bandung all brought with them the trust of millions. The leaders' convergence in the pursuit
 of cooperation should be aimed at ensuring that this sacred trust comes to fruition in the form of social good. This means the provision of basic services such as health and education, respect for freedom of expression and equal opportunity.
</p>
<p>Leaders returned home yesterday patting themselves on the back for producing a range of new documents and declarations. They proudly walked in their fathers' footsteps and hogged the headlines for a week. But the hard work is only just beginning. The task
 is to ensure that these two great continents are no longer identified in terms of their poverty or incidence of oppression.
<br />
<br />
It will not be us, participants and witnesses to the recently concluded summit, who will judge whether it succeeded. It is our grandchildren who will be the judges of failure, as Indonesian President Susilo Bambang Yudhoyono remarked, "through failure of political
 nerve". </p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>30/12/2011 11:17:52</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/15933/Lessons+For+AsiaAfrica</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">15933</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>15934</publicationdataID>
      <title>India reaps rewards of rise up diplomatic rankings</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p>When the leaders of 106 Asian and African countries chose Manmohan Singh, India's prime minister, to speak on their behalf in Bandung in Indonesia over the weekend, the honour capped a gratifying month for his country's diplomats.<br />
<br />
In the 50 years since the Bandung Conference paved the way for the Non-Aligned Movement, India has probably never held as many high- ranking diplomatic cards as it does today.
<br />
<br />
Measured in terms of high-profile visits, there has never been a period like it. Since the second half of March, the flow of foreign dignitaries seeking to announce "strategic partnerships" with New Delhi or upgrade existing ones has been relentless.
<br />
<br />
This week's visitors to India include Junichiro Koizumi, prime minister of Japan, and Kofi Annan, secretary-general of the United Nations.
<br />
<br />
They follow hard on the heels of Condoleezza Rice, US secretary of state, Wen Jiabao, China's premier, and Pervez Musharraf, Pakistan's president. Hosts of other leaders are lining up.
<br />
<br />
"India is basking in the sunshine," says Brahma Chellaney of the Centre for Policy Research in New Delhi. "Its size, its growing economy and its strategic clout are all helping it gain a higher profile internationally."
<br />
<br />
If the Non-Aligned Movement is dormant politically, its underlying principles remain useful to a strategic elite in India convinced the country's best hope of achieving great power status is to work with, rather than against, the main powers of the day.
<br />
<br />
"There are growing US concerns about Chinese power and there are growing Chinese concerns about the US and Japan getting together," says G. Parthasarthy, a strategic analyst and former Indian diplomat.
</p>
<p>"This means that India, which has not been part of balance of power politics and which is emerging as a very important force for stability and economic integration in the region, is in a position to seek its own place and pursue its own interests."
<br />
<br />
The fruits of this strategy have been obvious over the past month. <br />
<br />
In the days following Ms Rice's visit in March, Washington gave its clearest support yet for New Delhi's ambitions to become a leading power by offering to sell it jet fighters, share civilian nuclear technology, and co-operate with energy policy.
<br />
<br />
During Mr Wen's visit a fortnight ago, Beijing signed a strategic partnership built around promises to resolve a decades-old border dispute and lift bilateral trade, which stood at $13.6bn (€10.5bn, £7.1bn) last year, to $30bn by 2010.
<br />
<br />
And by making progress towards normalising relations with Pakistan - with the announcement of measures to create "soft borders" across the disputed territory of Kashmir - India is shifting perceptions of south Asia as a nuclear flashpoint.
<br />
<br />
"If you look at the visits we've had and the results we've had, it's been a hugely important period," says Navtej Sarna, joint secretary of India's Ministry of External Affairs. "It's a recognition that India is on its way to being a major power."
<br />
<br />
Yet not quite everything has gone right. The one prize that India's frenetic diplomacy has yet to secure is categorical US and Chinese support for its bid for a permanent United Nations Security Council seat - one of its most important foreign policy objectives.
</p>
<p>Mr Singh's comment that the Non-Aligned Movement remained "a valid and effective instrument to ensure that the architecture of international institutions is democratised and made more representative" may reflect wishful thinking.
<br />
<br />
"For China, the prospect of its two Asian peers becoming permanent Security Council members is a nightmare that will upset its strategic goal of dominating the region," says Mr Chellaney.
<br />
<br />
India says it will use Mr Annan's visit, which comes at a critical juncture ahead of a summit due to be held in New York in September, to discuss his recent report on UN reform.
<br />
<br />
Under one of the two models proposed in the report, India and Japan would gain permanent member status. Last year the two countries agreed to support each other's candidacy for seats.
<br />
<br />
Analysts now expect India and Japan's shared sense of mounting frustration to lead to attempts to strengthen relations between the two countries. Ties have been slow to recover from India's 1998 nuclear tests.
<br />
<br />
According to the Confederation of Indian Industry, Japan's share of Indian exports has halved to 2.68 per cent in 2003-2004 from 6 per cent in 1996-1997.
<br />
<br />
Mr Chellaney adds: "There is a profound change in Tokyo and they are clearly signalling that they are ready to partner India. As Japan is still the second-largest economy in the world, it is a tremendous opportunity for India."
</p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>30/12/2011 11:19:45</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/15934/India+reaps+rewards+of+rise+up+diplomatic+rankings</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">15934</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>15936</publicationdataID>
      <title>(South) Asian Amity</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p>It's too bad China and Japan don't play cricket. It seems to be working wonders for India and Pakistan.<br />
<br />
The two South Asian rivals and nuclear powers just concluded an informal summit at which their leaders appeared to make a good faith effort to work through historical difficulties. The summit was made possible by cricket, a subject on which the people of both
 countries enjoy a shared passion. Pakistan President Pervez Musharraf found himself across the border in New Delhi ostensibly to attend a match between the two neighbors.
<br />
<br />
But sport was just an excuse. The will to get along was there already, and General Musharraf and his host, Indian Prime Minister Manmohan Singh, seemed genuinely intent on preventing emotions from getting in the way of a deal rather than stoking them to enhance
 their legitimacy. Perhaps this is because India is a democracy and its government gets its legitimacy at the ballot box, and President Musharraf is also preparing to hold elections in two years' time. The two leaders said they were determined to make progress
 "irreversible." <br />
<br />
It augurs well that President Musharraf and Prime Minister Singh did not shy from mentioning the thorniest issue in the relationship, Kashmir, but also did not allow the absence of an immediate solution to hobble overall progress in the relationship. Claims
 over the Himalayan region, divided between the two countries, have been at the heart of three wars in the past half century. A fourth war was narrowly averted in 2002. A joint statement issued Monday said India and Pakistan would reach a "final settlement"
 to the dispute. Even with the "when" left open, saying this much was ambitious. </p>
<p>While the two sides aimed high, they also concentrated on more mundane but practical steps. They agreed to increase the bus service already plying routes across Kashmir earlier this month, making it possible for divided families to meet for the first time
 in decades. More important, they also agreed to increase truck crossings elsewhere along the Indo-Pakistan border. Right now trade often has to be rerouted through third countries, some as far away as the Middle East. The two leaders also agreed to hold talks
 next month on proposed pipelines to bring natural gas from Iran and Turkmenistan.
<br />
<br />
Cross-border exchanges should lead to a rapid increase in bilateral trade, and democracies that buy and sell from each other don't go to war. As Mr. Singh said: "Enhanced economic and commercial cooperation would contribute to the well-being of the peoples
 of the two countries." A free trade pact between these two natural partners would do wonders for peace, never mind the war on poverty.
<br />
<br />
Mr. Musharraf, who is the one taking the greater political risk by agreeing to put aside for the moment the issue of Kashmir, said before returning home that it would have to be tackled eventually. "Unless we resolve the core issue, it can erupt again in a
 different time frame and under different leadership," he said in comments that have been interpreted by some as putting a chill on things just as a warm summit was ending. But the Pakistani President's warning was aimed more at Islamic militants, such as the
 ones who put out this charming statement during the summit: "Musharraf has sold out Kashmir for trade and tourism."
<br />
<br />
Notably absent from the talk, and from the joint statement, was the past. Both countries have very different interpretations about which side is at fault for enmity that goes back to partition in 1947. They understood that to have brought up the past at a time
 when they want a new future wouldn't have been cricket. </p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>30/12/2011 11:23:04</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/15936/South+Asian+Amity</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">15936</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>15938</publicationdataID>
      <title>The Courtship of Mother India</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p>Chinese Premier Wen Jiabao, well-tailored, charming and eager to please, paid what some are calling a historic visit to India last week. The two demographic titans had been scowling at each other across a 2,200-mile disputed border for at least a half century,
 and fought a small border war in 1962. But last week's meeting was pure sweetness and light, with Mr. Wen and Indian Premier Manmohan Singh agreeing to a "strategic partnership for peace and prosperity."
<br />
<br />
It's wonderful what a few good economic policies can accomplish. Now that both countries are getting richer, their common slogan is, "make money, not war." China is sucking in over $50 billion in foreign direct investment a year, fueling an annual economic
 growth rate in excess of 9%. India, although far less attractive to foreign investors, is nonetheless managing over 6% growth and has lately become the new international darling, admired not only for its economic potential but also for its role as an increasingly
 important player in Asia's geopolitics. <br />
<br />
George W. Bush understood this early on and has intensified the courtship of India this year. Secretary of State Condoleezza Rice, on her recent 17,000-mile journey to visit Asian capitals, focused her considerable charms especially on the Indians. The U.S.
 she said, wants a strategic relationship with India. Last Thursday in the Oval Office, Mr. Bush told the Indian external affairs minister, Natwar Singh, that he wants to take relations to "a much higher level" during his second term and is excited about his
 planned trip to India late this year or in early 2006. </p>
<p>That means that the U.S. is offering India some of its most sophisticated military technology. Included are F-16 and possibly F-18 fighter planes, high-tech command-and-control systems, and possibly technology transfers to enable the Indians to produce more
 of their own materiel. The Patriot missile defense system is being offered. <br />
<br />
All this ties in nicely with the plans of the Indian military to modernize, getting rid of the obsolete MiG-21 and MiG-23 fighter planes, for example, and ancient tanks. The U.S. is also proposing joint military exercises, even at brigade level where some 4,000
 troops from both sides would take the field. An expansion of joint air force and naval maneuvers is being planned along with greater opportunities for Indian officers to learn their trade in U.S. military colleges.
<br />
<br />
U.S. Ambassador David Mulford said that the U.S. wanted to help India with its ambitions to become a "global power" this century. Since India already has a large military, modernization would make it a formidable presence in Asia. The sanctions imposed by the
 U.S. in 1998 when India tested its first nuclear bomb are now a policy relic. <br />
<br />
This torrid affair between the two democracies is obviously what attracted the attention of Beijing. China is jealous of America's influence in Asia and fearful that the U.S. seeks to weaken China's relations with its Asian neighbors. That's no doubt why Mr.
 Wen followed up Ms. Rice's goodwill tour a week later to say that China has some things to offer India as well, including greater trade and a possible border settlement.
</p>
<p>Getting the border problem sorted out still has a long way to go, but at least it was a friendly gesture. China specifically acknowledged, for what it's worth, that Sikkim state on the border belongs to India. Mr. Wen offered support for India's bid to win
 a permanent seat on the United Nations Security Council. <br />
<br />
Well, there seems little reason to complain about all this bonhomie. Even India and Pakistan are on better terms, despite some carping on either side about the evenhanded U.S. offer of F-16s to both countries. The two sides have established a bus link between
 their respective sectors of Kashmir and Pakistan's President Pervez Musharraf and Premier Singh are willing to sit down together. If Mr. Bush's proactive diplomacy has created a virtuous circle of goodwill in Asia, what's to complain about?
<br />
<br />
Russia was pleased with the Delhi-Beijing reconciliation, but not for the most positive of reasons. Moscow's government mouthpiece, Novosti news agency, commented on the Wen-Singh pact that "India-China rapprochement is a major goal of Russia's foreign policy,
 and the three countries have many things to do together." Russia no doubt thinks that the meeting furthered its long-standing ambition of forming a tripartite coalition of giants, a kind of Russia-India-China axis that could jointly swing more weight in world
 affairs than any one could alone. The frictions between China and India have been an obstacle to that plan.
<br />
<br />
The Russians are dreaming. It's not clear that either China or India wants to cast its lot in anything other than a superficial sense with a Russia that seems to be growing more and more estranged from the Western democracies. Even if that were not the case,
 both India and China are fiercely independent states, with ancient cultures that distinguish them from Russia and each other.
</p>
<p>But back to the point of what economic reform can accomplish. India slumbered for 40 years in the swamps of Soviet-inspired central planning, hiding its inefficiency and poverty behind barriers to imports and investments. But in the late 1980s it began to
 wake up to modern realities. The Soviet experiment was collapsing. China, which had initially followed the Soviet path as well, had made a sudden course change a decade earlier. Deng Xiaoping in 1978 had opened the country up to trade and foreign investment.
 And what do you know? It was getting richer. <br />
<br />
So in 1991, during a severe economic crisis, India under the leadership of Premier Narasimha Rao launched its own reforms. It began to abandon Nehruvian "industrial policy," with which the government attempted to manage investment, and began to open the economy
 up, á la China. It hasn't moved as rapidly as China, but at least it finally is on the right track.
</p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>30/12/2011 11:25:05</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/15938/The+Courtship+of+Mother+India</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">15938</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>15940</publicationdataID>
      <title>Megapower rises in Asia; China-India bloc may have global clout</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p>Alone, China and India always had the potential of each becoming an economic megapower. But together, they could create an even more formidable economic and political bloc that should give the world pause. That's on the way to becoming a reality of deep
 concern to the West. <br />
<br />
On Monday, the two Asian giants - accounting for a third of the world's population - signed a landmark accord to create a "strategic partnership" in an effort to resolve their long-running dispute over the Himalayan border and, more important, create the world's
 largest "free trade" zone, boosting economic and diplomatic cooperation between Beijing and New Delhi.
<br />
<br />
At the very least, this astonishing development should be a wake-up call to Western powers, encouraging the United States and the European Union to establish closer ties as a potential trans-Atlantic trade bloc to counter the power of an Asian mercantile colossus.
<br />
<br />
Whether or not this landmark accord will work as well as both nations predict is open to speculation, even skepticism, given the two nations' historical animosities and cultural differences. But the bubbly optimism expressed by Indian and Chinese leaders on
 signing the pact borders on the grandiose. </p>
<p>"India and China can together reshape the world order," Indian Prime Minister Manmohan Singh said after welcoming his Chinese counterpart, Premier Wen Jiabao, at India's presidential palace. In a joint communique, the two leaders said that India-China relations
 have now "acquired a global and strategic character." <br />
<br />
This is nothing less than a sea change in the two nations' prickly relations, which have been marred by deep distrust and the open sore of a dispute over their mountainous, largely unmarked 2,500-mile border. The two nations went to war over the disagreement
 in 1962. But relations had soured even earlier when Tibet's spiritual leader, the Dalai Lama, fled Chinese communist persecution and was given refuge in India to form a government in exile with 15,000 of his followers.
<br />
<br />
If this week's agreement results in a resolution of the two giants' political disputes and the forging of the largest free trade zone in the world, the India-China pact could alter the balance of economic and political power in Asia and beyond.
</p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>30/12/2011 11:26:57</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/15940/Megapower+rises+in+Asia+ChinaIndia+bloc+may+have+global+clout</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">15940</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>15946</publicationdataID>
      <title>A China, India Combine? Seismic Economics!</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p>April 13 (Bloomberg) -- When it comes to business there are shakes and quakes in the status quo, and then there are real tectonic shifts. China and India joining hands easily tops the economic Richter scale.<br />
<br />
``India and China can together reshape the world order,'' Indian Prime Minister Manmohan Singh said in New Delhi as Chinese Premier Wen Jiabao wrapped up a four-day trip to India.
<br />
<br />
Few developments would shake up things as much as the two most-populous and fastest-growing economies getting together. Think about it: China, the globe's low-cost factory, and India, its low-cost intellectual power, closing ranks against mature, aging, high-cost
 nations. <br />
<br />
That could indeed be the future for Asia's No. 2 and No. 4 economies. Wen and Singh are accelerating efforts to morph a relationship known more for conflict and rivalry into one of ``peace and prosperity.''<br />
<br />
A dose of cynicism is, of course, in order. There's ample reason to think agreements to resolve historic rivalries and boost commercial ties are merely exchanges of courtesies. The race for energy alone suggests these two emerging superpowers are bound to become
 fierce rivals, especially as India's economy catches up with China's. <br />
<br />
Still, amity is good for economies, and that this nascent friendship embraces a third of humanity makes it all the more potent. Along with the good that may come from it, though, it could produce more than a few losers.
</p>
Possible Losers<br />
<br />
Here are some economies and organizations that may end up on the short end should this China-India love fest flower.
<ol class="decimalBullets">
<li>The U.S.: There's a reason the world's biggest economy muscles in on every summit of Asian leaders and policy makers. This region is the new frontier of capitalism and China and India form its core. Losing influence and market access isn't an option for
 the Bush administration. <br />
Lost in the China versus India debate are the increasing ways in which they complement each other. Perhaps the question isn't China versus India, but China and India together versus the world.
<br />
<br />
What if India decides the importance of its economic and political ties with China outweighs its U.S. relationship? Given how the U.S. has coddled Pakistan since Sept. 11, 2001 and taken for granted India, a long-time friend and a true democracy, that's hardly
 out of the question. <br />
<br />
Capital Ideas<br />
<br />
Or maybe China and India will work together to keep at home more of the capital they -- and the rest of Asia -- park in U.S. Treasuries. That's a growing priority and one that might get a massive boost from two nations holding a combined $209 billion of U.S.
 government debt. The beginning of such a trend would have major repercussions in Washington.
<br />
<br />
Greater Chinese access to India's consumer markets and raw materials might cut into how much the world's most dynamic economy buys and sells with the U.S. down the road.
</li><li>Pakistan: Asia's 14th-biggest economy has enjoyed an alliance with China. Now, as China warms to India, officials in New Delhi might ask counterparts in Beijing to distance themselves from Islamabad -- a setback to recent efforts to boost economic ties
 between India and Pakistan. </li><li>Taiwan: A renegade province in China's view, Taiwan has still gotten a boost as its economy provides a sort of technology hub for the mainland. More and more of the components, software and expertise Taiwan sells to China could come from Bangalore Pune
 and Hyderabad, putting more pressure on Taiwan to cut costs and move more of its technology to the mainland. Lost in Transition?<br />
</li><li>Japan: One gets little inkling that the world's Western elites understand the extent to which China and India may eclipse the West. Yet look no further than mighty Japan. After years of pooh-poohing the risks, Asia's second-biggest economy is scrambling
 to avoid getting lost in the transition of the Chinese and Indian economies. <br />
<br />
Perhaps even sooner than the U.S., Japan would experience downward pressure on wages, greater competition, higher prices for scare natural resources and an acceleration of the outsourcing of jobs should those two economies join forces. Japan has long expected
 Chinese and Indian living standards to gravitate its way. What if the opposite is true?
<br />
<br />
Also, Japan and India both want seats on the UN's Security Council. If China supports India and complicates matters for Japan, U.S. and Japanese interests are hurt. Ore Else?
<br />
</li><li>Australia: China's insatiable demand for commodities has been a boon for Australia's economy. News that Wuhan Iron &amp; Steel Group and other Chinese steelmakers, balking at BHP Billiton's bid to double prices of iron ore, are seeking alternate supplies in
 India and elsewhere to feed the world's fastest-growing steel industry might be an ominous sign.
</li><li>Asean. Meetings of the Association of Southeast Asian Nations have become little more than hollow talk fests. In an effort to become more relevant, Asean has begun including Japan, China and India.
<br />
<br />
Should China and India look to form their own economic block of sorts, Asean is likely to feel paranoid -- and for good reason. Together, China and India would suck up a fast-growing share of jobs created globally. And that might very well happen without much
 help from Southeast Asian economies. <br />
<br />
All this is a reminder that if you think east-meets-west was a big story in the last millennium, just wait for the effects of east-meets-east in this one.
</li></ol>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>30/12/2011 11:34:56</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/15946/A+China+India+Combine+Seismic+Economics</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">15946</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>15950</publicationdataID>
      <title>India-China talks hint at radically changed globe</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p>NEW DELHI When China's prime minister, Wen Jiabao, arrives here on Saturday, his four-day visit will be filled with the usual handshakes and protocols that would ordinarily go little noticed beyond this region. This diplomatic mission, though, will have
 an altogether different feeling. <br />
<br />
Perhaps for the first time, there is an expectation that both India and China, together representing a third of humanity, are coming into their own at the same moment, with the potential for a dynamic shift in the world's politics and economy.
<br />
<br />
The impact on the global balance of power, the competition for resources and the health of the planet is causing many analysts and political leaders to sit up and take notice.
<br />
<br />
For America and the rest of the world, this shift could be profound. In the years ahead, it may well mean more downward pressure on wages, the outsourcing of still more jobs, greater competition for investment, and higher prices for scarce resources.
<br />
<br />
The rise of China has already been felt far and wide, from the export of often unbeatably cheap manufactures to the thick plumes of its industrial pollution that spread eastward across the Pacific and the effect of its fast growing economy on rising oil prices.
<br />
<br />
The addition of India, already a major force in services, could pull the globe's economic and political center of gravity decidedly toward Asia, and away from an aging Europe and a United States already stretched by security threats and swelling deficits.</p>
<p>Indeed, Beijing's overtures toward India are being contemplated with a keen awareness of China's rivalry with the United States, which has also jealously courted New Delhi, lately promising to help make it a "major world power in the 21st century.
<br />
<br />
For that reason, Prime Minister Wen will come bearing a package of initiatives. <br />
<br />
They are aimed at drawing India and China, the world's two most populous nations, closer than they have been at any time since the 1950s.
<br />
<br />
Both sides say they will push hard to resolve a decades-old border dispute. There is talk of a free trade agreement as well as joint oil exploration and purchases of commercial airliners.
<br />
<br />
China may even endorse India's bid to become a permanent member of the United Nations Security Council, or at least strongly hint at its support.
<br />
<br />
"If the measure is whether you consult them or take them into account, both countries will be major powers," said Stephen Cohen, a senior fellow at the Brookings Institution, a research institute in Washington.
<br />
<br />
Still, he noted, relations are not completely carefree. "As long as their relationship remains trade, economic ties, cultural, even kibitzing with the U.S., that is fine," Cohen said, "but as soon as you get some confrontation, on the border, Chinese goods
 flooding into India, or an incident at sea, or in Tibet or Nepal, then things quickly become much more nationalistic and complicated."</p>
<p>Indeed, competition is a byword as much as cooperation. The day after Wen arrives, work is set to begin on India's first indigenous aircraft carrier. The construction is clearly being undertaken with China's rising power in mind.
<br />
<br />
"Nonetheless," Cohen added, "I see them collaborating in a lot of areas: high technology, the auto industry and others."
<br />
<br />
China, already an economic powerhouse, is increasingly on people's minds in India, both as a model to be learned from and a cautionary tale. From boardrooms to research institutions and opinion pages, Indians speak often nowadays of matching their neighbor's
 success and power or, as some now dare suggest, surpassing it. <br />
<br />
As long ago as 1959, John F. Kennedy spoke of the importance of what he saw as a contest between these two giants, casting their rivalry as one "for the leadership of the East, for the respect of all Asia, for the opportunity to demonstrate whose way of life
 is better." <br />
<br />
Not least, the two nations pursued divergent paths: India, democracy and belated economic reforms since the 1990s; China, a Communist system that began reforms in 1979, unleashing rapid economic growth.
<br />
<br />
But for much of the last half century that contest was a dud. China nearly self-destructed during the Cultural Revolution of the 1960s, and India wasted decades on policies that left its economy closed and stagnant while hundreds of millions of its people were
 mired in poverty. <br />
<br />
Today, their simultaneous emergence has few comparisons in modern history, economists say.
<br />
<br />
According to the World Bank, their combined growth can be credited with cutting the share of the world's population living in extreme poverty to 20 percent in 2001 from 40 percent two decades earlier.</p>
<p>By the reckoning of most experts, China's development enjoys a good 15-year head start on India. Today India has more illiterates - 480 million, by some estimates - than the country's entire population at independence in 1949, dire poverty on a much larger
 scale than in China and even persistent hunger.<br />
<br />
"India still faces problems that China addressed 50 years ago, rural reforms that would allow us to create a minimally capitalist environment," said Jayati Ghosh, an economist at Delhi University. "It is obscene that we haven't provided education, but we also
 have 250 million educated people we can't employ."<br />
<br />
Despite India's rapid growth, that gap shows no signs of narrowing, and Indians worry openly whether a consensus for growth can be sustained with the kind of single-mindedness that has helped propel China.
<br />
<br />
There is constant talk these days of turning Mumbai, the coastal commercial metropolis formerly known as Bombay, into a new Shanghai, mainland China's most glittering modern city. For now, that is little more than a pipe dream.<br />
<br />
More to the point may be Bangalore, India's booming capital of telephone call centers and high-tech software. Even there, growth has been menaced by political delays that have stalled construction of a new airport for seven years. Shanghai, on the other hand,
 built one of the world's most spectacular airports in just three years. <br />
<br />
Such contrasts have left some Indians to remark, sometimes despairingly, about a "democracy price" that slows their development. At the same time, almost invariably Indians say they would have it no other way.</p>
<p>"I'm often approached by friends returning impressed from China, saying how our airports in Bombay and Delhi can't compare," said G.P. Deshpande, a longtime China scholar at Jawaharal Nehru University in Delhi. "When I tell them that these things come in
 a package, that you don't just get the new airports, and I describe the package, though, they say 'no, thank you."'<br />
<br />
The package Deshpande alludes to is strict authoritarianism, which allows the local and central governments in China to rezone entire districts without so much as a hearing, to pollute city and countryside without having to face public objections and to conduct
 large-scale social engineering, often disastrously, but with similarly little question.<br />
<br />
Indians who follow events in China say proudly that no government of theirs could survive the kind of major mining disasters that are a regular occurrence in China.
<br />
<br />
"Both countries have waited 3,000 years for this moment of economic liberation, of solving age-old problems of want, and being 15 years behind doesn't matter to us," said Gurcharan Das, a former corporate executive and author of India Unbound, a bestselling
 account of his country's recent revival. "Indians will wait if that is the price of being able to talk, which Indians hold dear."
<br />
<br />
Despite the sharp limits on free speech in their country, Chinese intellectuals talk, too, often enviously, of India's advantages in democratic governance. For all of China's apparent strengths today, they say, future success may depend on democratic reform.<br />
<br />
"If China learns its lessons from India, it can succeed in democratizing in the future," said Pang Zhongying, a professor of international relations at Nankai University in Tianjin.</p>
<p>"India is a far more diverse country," he said, "a place with the second largest Muslim population in the world, and lots of ethnic minorities, and yet it organizes regular elections without conflict. China is 90 percent Han, so if India can conduct elections,
 so can China."<br />
<br />
Chinese have also begun openly to question the kind of growth their authoritarianism has spawned.
<br />
<br />
"We are using too many raw materials to sustain this growth," said Pan Yue, China's environment minister, in a recent interview with the German magazine, Der Spiegel. "To produce goods worth $10,000, for example, we need seven times more resources than Japan,
 nearly six times more than the United States and, perhaps most embarrassing, nearly three times more than India. Things can't, nor should they, be allowed to go on like that."<br />
<br />
Pan predicted bluntly that China's miracle "will end soon because the environment can no longer keep pace." Others worry about China's seeming addiction to massive investment, which leads to huge waste and steep cyclical downturns, a shaky financial system
 imperiled by a massive burden of non-performing loans, and rampant official corruption.<br />
<br />
Pointing to those traps, where India is far less vulnerable, experts in both countries say that contest between China and India is far from decided.
<br />
<br />
Pressed for a prediction, Zhang Jun, director of the China Center for Economic Studies at Fudan University, in Shanghai, said he sees the two countries' positions converging within 15 or 20 years, by which time they may rank as the two largest economies in
 the world, if still far below the United States and other top economies in terms of per capita wealth.
</p>
<p>How they get there, and the examples they set along the way, may hold important lessons for other developing nations, on global peace, human rights and democratization.<br />
<br />
"If China continues to grow and grow, people will inevitably begin to think this is proof of the validity of their system, and that would be very bad for all of Asia," said Subramanian Swamy, president of India's Janata Party and former minister of law, commerce
 and justice.<br />
<br />
"On the contrary, if India continues to emerge, taking a seat on the Security Council, it will have a tremendous impact for the good. As far as exporting democracy, it is only a matter of time before India gets the self-confidence to begin doing this."</p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>30/12/2011 11:39:42</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/15950/IndiaChina+talks+hint+at+radically+changed+globe</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">15950</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>15952</publicationdataID>
      <title>Low Costs Lure Foreigners to India for Medical Care</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p>BANGALORE, India, April 6 - Until recently, Robert Beeney, a 64-year-old real estate consultant from San Francisco, lived in pain. But when he finally decided to do something about the discomfort, he spurned all the usual choices.<br />
<br />
His doctors advised that he get his hip joint replaced, which his insurer would pay for, but after doing some research on the Internet, he decided to get a different procedure - joint resurfacing - not covered by his insurance. And instead of going to a nearby
 hospital, he chose to go to India and paid $6,600, a fraction of the $25,000 he would have paid at home for the surgery.
<br />
<br />
This winter, Mr. Beeney flew to Hyderabad, in southern India, and had the surgery at Apollo Hospital by a specialist trained in London, Dr. Vijay Bose. Two weeks later, Mr. Beeney said that he was walking around the Taj Mahal "just like any other tourist."
<br />
<br />
Mr. Beeney's story is becoming increasingly common, as Europeans and Americans, looking for world-class treatments at prices a fourth or fifth of what they would be at home, are traveling to India. Modern hospitals, skilled doctors and advanced treatments are
 helping foreigners overcome some of their qualms about getting medical treatments in India. Even as politicians and workers' groups are opposing the corporate practice of outsourcing, Mr. Beeney and patients like him are literally outsourcing themselves -
 not only to India but also to Thailand, Singapore and other places - for all kinds of medical services from cosmetic to critical surgeries.
</p>
<p>About 150,000 foreigners visited India for medical treatments in the year ending in March 2004, the Confederation of Indian Industry, a leading industry group, said. That number was projected to rise by 15 percent each year for the next several years. The
 consulting firm McKinsey &amp; Company, a management consultant based in New York, said foreign visitors would help Indian hospitals earn 100 billion rupees (about $2.3 billion) by 2012.
<br />
<br />
"Health is an emotional issue; it's not like buying a toy or a shirt made abroad," said a health care analyst for McKinsey, Gautam Kumra, who is based in New Delhi. "Nevertheless, you cannot deny the power of economics."
<br />
<br />
For some foreigners, like George Marshall, a 73-year-old violin restorer from Yorkshire, England, India's hospitals also offer speedier treatments. Last year, Mr. Marshall said that he started having trouble finishing a round of golf. An angiogram showed two
 blocked arteries in his heart. With the British National Health Service, Mr. Marshall would have had to wait three weeks to see a specialist, and six more months for coronary bypass surgery. "At 73, I don't have the time to wait," Mr. Marshall said. "Six months
 could be the rest of my life." Nor could he afford the £20,000 ($38,000) for surgery at a private hospital.
<br />
<br />
After an Internet search and a chance meeting with a businessman who had gone to India for surgery, Mr. Marshall traveled to the Wockhardt Hospital in Bangalore in southern India last winter. His surgeon, Vivek Jawali, had trained at Great Ormond Street Hospital
 in London. The men chatted about British politics and Dr. Jawali gave Mr. Marshall his cellphone number and said that he was available 24 hours. A surprised Mr. Marshall said that in the British health system, "you are just a number, but here you are a person."
 Travel expenses included, the surgery cost him £4,500 ($8,400). </p>
<p>While the number of patients from the West is still small in India, the trend is expected to grow as populations age and health costs balloon. In India, cardiac surgeries cost about one-fifth of what they would in the United States; orthopedic treatments
 cost about one-fourth as much and cataract surgeries are as low as one-tenth of their cost at American hospitals.
<br />
<br />
Mr. Kumra, the McKinsey health consultant who also advises the auto industry, noted that a corporation like General Motors spends $5 billion on health care annually. "When you buy a G.M. car, you are helping G.M. fund $2,000 or $3,000 towards health care costs
 of retired workers," Mr. Kumra said. <br />
<br />
To curb spending, corporations are being forced to look at creative low-cost solutions. For instance, radiologists working for Wipro, a software and information technology company based in Bangalore, analyze X-rays and scans from United States hospitals for
 a fraction of the cost. A diagnostics firm, SRL Ranbaxy, based in New Delhi, tests blood serum and tissue samples from British hospitals. Health specialists say that sending patients to India for treatment is not as unthinkable as it was 20 years ago.
<br />
<br />
"India is well-positioned to expand into this area of outsourcing," said John Lovelock, an analyst in Ontario on global industries for Gartner. "India is equipped to provide long-term in-patient rehabilitation services, which are very labor intensive, require
 large facilities and are under serviced in North America," he said. </p>
<p>In the last four years, the Apollo Hospital chain, which has 18 hospitals throughout Asia, has treated 43,000 foreigners, mainly from nations in southern Asia and the Persian Gulf. Last year, 7 percent of its 5 billion rupees ($114.9 million) in revenue
 came from medical services provided to foreigners. <br />
<br />
Apollo's founder, Dr. Prathap C. Reddy, 73, a surgeon trained at Massachusetts General Hospital in Boston, said that health care in India had drastically changed from the time he returned to open his first hospital in 1983. "Then, all rich Indians rushed overseas
 for medical help," Dr. Reddy said. Now, he has 200 doctors on his staff who are qualified to work in the United States, and has many wealthy Indian expatriates as clients.
<br />
<br />
Still, some hospitals in India are discovering that affordable costs and foreign-trained doctors may not be enough to make India a global health care destination. The country's dilapidated airports, garbage-strewn streets and overcrowded slums can put off even
 the hardiest foreigners. <br />
<br />
"Some foreign patients arrived at the airport and took the next flight back," said Dr. Reddy, who has been trying to persuade the local government in Chennai, formerly known as Madras, to clear a slum next to his hospital there. "I can change the insides of
 my hospitals, but I cannot change the airports and roads," Dr. Reddy said, <br />
<br />
The challenge, said Harpal Singh, chairman of Fortis Healthcare, a chain of hospitals based in New Delhi, is to get the world to understand that India is a complex country. Acknowledging that foreigners might feel more at home having surgery in sleek hospitals
 in Singapore or Thailand, which are competing to woo them, Mr. Singh said, "We have to project that India is capable of delivering first-rate as well as shoddy work." Fortis, part owned by the country's biggest drug firm, Ranbaxy Laboratories, has a chain
 of four hospitals in India and another six on the way. </p>
<p>Indian hospitals are also working to ensure that they meet international standards. The Indian Healthcare Federation, a group of 50 hospitals led by Dr. Reddy, is developing accreditation standards for hospitals.
<br />
<br />
One doctor in India held up as first rate is Dr. Naresh Trehan, a cardiac surgeon based in New Delhi and the executive director of Escorts Heart Institute and Research Center. Dr. Trehan, 58, who studied cardiac surgery at the New York University School of
 Medicine and worked there for a decade, returned to India in 1988 to open his own cardiac hospital in New Delhi. The hospital now conducts 4,000 heart surgeries a year with 0.8 percent mortality rates and 0.3 percent infection rates, on par with the best of
 the world's hospitals. <br />
<br />
Last October, Dr. Trehan performed surgery on Howard Staab, 53, an uninsured self-employed carpenter from Durham, N.C., to repair a leaking mitral heart valve. Mr. Staab paid $10,000 for his surgery, his round-trip fare to India and for a visit to the Taj Mahal.
 In the United States, his options included surgery costing $60,000 at Duke University Medical Center in Durham, N.C.
<br />
<br />
To take advantage of patients like Mr. Staab, Indian hospitals are expanding. In the Gurgaon suburbs of New Delhi, Dr. Trehan is building a $250 million multispecialty hospital modeled after the Cleveland Clinic in Ohio. In the same neighborhood will be Fortis
 Healthcare's Medicity, a 43-acre hospital complex for foreign patients, which will have special immigration and travel counters and interpreters, with the idea of branding itself the Johns Hopkins Hospital of the East.
<br />
<br />
"We're gearing up, and the doors of Indian hospitals are wide open to the Western world," Dr. Trehan said.
</p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>30/12/2011 11:41:50</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/15952/Low+Costs+Lure+Foreigners+to+India+for+Medical+Care</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">15952</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>15954</publicationdataID>
      <title>It's a Flat World, After All</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p>In 1492 Christopher Columbus set sail for India, going west. He had the Nina, the Pinta and the Santa Maria. He never did find India, but he called the people he met ''Indians'' and came home and reported to his king and queen: ''The world is round.'' I
 set off for India 512 years later. I knew just which direction I was going. I went east. I had Lufthansa business class, and I came home and reported only to my wife and only in a whisper: ''The world is flat.''<br />
<br />
And therein lies a tale of technology and geoeconomics that is fundamentally reshaping our lives --much, much more quickly than many people realize. It all happened while we were sleeping, or rather while we were focused on 9/11, the dot-com bust and Enron
 -- which even prompted some to wonder whether globalization was over. Actually, just the opposite was true, which is why it's time to wake up and prepare ourselves for this flat world, because others already are, and there is no time to waste.
</p>
<p>I wish I could say I saw it all coming. Alas, I encountered the flattening of the world quite by accident. It was in late February of last year, and I was visiting the Indian high-tech capital, Bangalore, working on a documentary for the Discovery Times
 channel about outsourcing. In short order, I interviewed Indian entrepreneurs who wanted to prepare my taxes from Bangalore, read my X-rays from Bangalore, trace my lost luggage from Bangalore and write my new software from Bangalore. The longer I was there,
 the more upset I became -- upset at the realization that while I had been off covering the 9/11 wars, globalization had entered a whole new phase, and I had missed it. I guess the eureka moment came on a visit to the campus of Infosys Technologies, one of
 the crown jewels of the Indian outsourcing and software industry. Nandan Nilekani, the Infosys C.E.O., was showing me his global video-conference room, pointing with pride to a wall-size flat-screen TV, which he said was the biggest in Asia. Infosys, he explained,
 could hold a virtual meeting of the key players from its entire global supply chain for any project at any time on that supersize screen. So its American designers could be on the screen speaking with their Indian software writers and their Asian manufacturers
 all at once. That's what globalization is all about today, Nilekani said. Above the screen there were eight clocks that pretty well summed up the Infosys workday: 24/7/365. The clocks were labeled U.S. West, U.S. East, G.M.T., India, Singapore, Hong Kong,
 Japan, Australia.</p>
<p>''Outsourcing is just one dimension of a much more fundamental thing happening today in the world,'' Nilekani explained. ''What happened over the last years is that there was a massive investment in technology, especially in the bubble era, when hundreds
 of millions of dollars were invested in putting broadband connectivity around the world, undersea cables, all those things.'' At the same time, he added, computers became cheaper and dispersed all over the world, and there was an explosion of email software,
 search engines like Google and proprietary software that can chop up any piece of work and send one part to Boston, one part to Bangalore and one part to Beijing, making it easy for anyone to do remote development. When all of these things suddenly came together
 around 2000, Nilekani said, they ''created a platform where intellectual work, intellectual capital, could be delivered from anywhere. It could be disaggregated, delivered, distributed, produced and put back together again -- and this gave a whole new degree
 of freedom to the way we do work, especially work of an intellectual nature. And what you are seeing in Bangalore today is really the culmination of all these things coming together.''
<br />
<br />
At one point, summing up the implications of all this, Nilekani uttered a phrase that rang in my ear. He said to me, ''Tom, the playing field is being leveled.'' He meant that countries like India were now able to compete equally for global knowledge work as
 never before -- and that America had better get ready for this. As I left the Infosys campus that evening and bounced along the potholed road back to Bangalore, I kept chewing on that phrase: ''The playing field is being leveled.''
</p>
<p>''What Nandan is saying,'' I thought, ''is that the playing field is being flattened. Flattened? Flattened? My God, he's telling me the world is flat!''
<br />
<br />
Here I was in Bangalore -- more than 500 years after Columbus sailed over the horizon, looking for a shorter route to India using the rudimentary navigational technologies of his day, and returned safely to prove definitively that the world was round -- and
 one of India's smartest engineers, trained at his country's top technical institute and backed by the most modern technologies of his day, was telling me that the world was flat, as flat as that screen on which he can host a meeting of his whole global supply
 chain. Even more interesting, he was citing this development as a new milestone in human progress and a great opportunity for India and the world -- the fact that we had made our world flat!
</p>
<p>This has been building for a long time. Globalization 1.0 (1492 to 1800) shrank the world from a size large to a size medium, and the dynamic force in that era was countries globalizing for resources and imperial conquest. Globalization 2.0 (1800 to 2000)
 shrank the world from a size medium to a size small, and it was spearheaded by companies globalizing for markets and labor. Globalization 3.0 (which started around 2000) is shrinking the world from a size small to a size tiny and flattening the playing field
 at the same time. And while the dynamic force in Globalization 1.0 was countries globalizing and the dynamic force in Globalization 2.0 was companies globalizing, the dynamic force in Globalization 3.0 -- the thing that gives it its unique character -- is
 individuals and small groups globalizing. Individuals must, and can, now ask: where do I fit into the global competition and opportunities of the day, and how can I, on my own, collaborate with others globally? But Globalization 3.0 not only differs from the
 previous eras in how it is shrinking and flattening the world and in how it is empowering individuals. It is also different in that Globalization 1.0 and 2.0 were driven primarily by European and American companies and countries. But going forward, this will
 be less and less true.</p>
<p>Globalization 3.0 is not only going to be driven more by individuals but also by a much more diverse -- non-Western, nonwhite -- group of individuals. In Globalization 3.0, you are going to see every color of the human rainbow take part.
<br />
<br />
''Today, the most profound thing to me is the fact that a 14-year-old in Romania or Bangalore or the Soviet Union or Vietnam has all the information, all the tools, all the software easily available to apply knowledge however they want,'' said Marc Andreessen,
 a co-founder of Netscape and creator of the first commercial Internet browser. ''That is why I am sure the next Napster is going to come out of left field. As bioscience becomes more computational and less about wet labs and as all the genomic data becomes
 easily available on the Internet, at some point you will be able to design vaccines on your laptop.''</p>
<p>Andreessen is touching on the most exciting part of Globalization 3.0 and the flattening of the world: the fact that we are now in the process of connecting all the knowledge pools in the world together. We've tasted some of the downsides of that in the
 way that Osama bin Laden has connected terrorist knowledge pools together through his Qaeda network, not to mention the work of teenage hackers spinning off more and more lethal computer viruses that affect us all. But the upside is that by connecting all
 these knowledge pools we are on the cusp of an incredible new era of innovation, an era that will be driven from left field and right field, from West and East and from North and South. Only 30 years ago, if you had a choice of being born a B student in Boston
 or a genius in Bangalore or Beijing, you probably would have chosen Boston, because a genius in Beijing or Bangalore could not really take advantage of his or her talent. They could not plug and play globally. Not anymore. Not when the world is flat, and anyone
 with smarts, access to Google and a cheap wireless laptop can join the innovation fray.
<br />
<br />
When the world is flat, you can innovate without having to emigrate. This is going to get interesting. We are about to see creative destruction on steroids.
</p>
<p>How did the world get flattened, and how did it happen so fast? <br />
<br />
It was a result of 10 events and forces that all came together during the 1990's and converged right around the year 2000. Let me go through them briefly. The first event was 11/9. That's right -- not 9/11, but 11/9. Nov. 9, 1989, is the day the Berlin Wall
 came down, which was critically important because it allowed us to think of the world as a single space. ''The Berlin Wall was not only a symbol of keeping people inside Germany; it was a way of preventing a kind of global view of our future,'' the Nobel Prize-winning
 economist Amartya Sen said. And the wall went down just as the windows went up -- the breakthrough Microsoft Windows 3.0 operating system, which helped to flatten the playing field even more by creating a global computer interface, shipped six months after
 the wall fell. <br />
<br />
The second key date was 8/9. Aug. 9, 1995, is the day Netscape went public, which did two important things. First, it brought the Internet alive by giving us the browser to display images and data stored on Web sites. Second, the Netscape stock offering triggered
 the dot-com boom, which triggered the dotcom bubble, which triggered the massive overinvestment of billions of dollars in fiber-optic telecommunications cable. That overinvestment, by companies like Global Crossing, resulted in the willy-nilly creation of
 a global undersea-underground fiber network, which in turn drove down the cost of transmitting voices, data and images to practically zero, which in turn accidentally made Boston, Bangalore and Beijing next-door neighbors overnight. In sum, what the Netscape
 revolution did was bring people-to-people connectivity to a whole new level. Suddenly more people could connect with more other people from more different places in more different ways than ever before.
</p>
<p>No country accidentally benefited more from the Netscape moment than India. ''India had no resources and no infrastructure,'' said Dinakar Singh, one of the most respected hedge-fund managers on Wall Street, whose parents earned doctoral degrees in biochemistry
 from the University of Delhi before emigrating to America. ''It produced people with quality and by quantity. But many of them rotted on the docks of India like vegetables. Only a relative few could get on ships and get out. Not anymore, because we built this
 ocean crosser, called fiber-optic cable. For decades you had to leave India to be a professional. Now you can plug into the world from India. You don't have to go to Yale and go to work for Goldman Sachs.'' India could never have afforded to pay for the bandwidth
 to connect brainy India with high-tech America, so American shareholders paid for it. Yes, crazy overinvestment can be good. The overinvestment in railroads turned out to be a great boon for the American economy. ''But the railroad overinvestment was confined
 to your own country and so, too, were the benefits,'' Singh said. In the case of the digital railroads, ''it was the foreigners who benefited.'' India got a free ride.</p>
<p>The first time this became apparent was when thousands of Indian engineers were enlisted to fix the Y2K -- the year 2000 -- computer bugs for companies from all over the world. (Y2K should be a national holiday in India. Call it ''Indian Interdependence
 Day,'' says Michael Mandelbaum, a foreign-policy analyst at Johns Hopkins.) The fact that the Y2K work could be outsourced to Indians was made possible by the first two flatteners, along with a third, which I call ''workflow.'' Workflow is shorthand for all
 the software applications, standards and electronic transmission pipes, like middleware, that connected all those computers and fiber-optic cable. To put it another way, if the Netscape moment connected people to people like never before, what the workflow
 revolution did was connect applications to applications so that people all over the world could work together in manipulating and shaping words, data and images on computers like never before.</p>
<p>Indeed, this breakthrough in people-to-people and application-to-application connectivity produced, in short order, six more flatteners -- six new ways in which individuals and companies could collaborate on work and share knowledge. One was ''outsourcing.''
 When my software applications could connect seamlessly with all of your applications, it meant that all kinds of work -- from accounting to softwarewriting -- could be digitized, disaggregated and shifted to any place in the world where it could be done better
 and cheaper. The second was ''offshoring.'' I send my whole factory from Canton, Ohio, to Canton, China. The third was ''open-sourcing.'' I write the next operating system, Linux, using engineers collaborating together online and working for free. The fourth
 was ''insourcing.'' I let a company like UPS come inside my company and take over my whole logistics operation – everything from filling my orders online to delivering my goods to repairing them for customers when they break. (People have no idea what UPS
 really does today. You'd be amazed!). The fifth was ''supply-chaining.'' This is Wal-Mart's specialty. I create a global supply chain down to the last atom of efficiency so that if I sell an item in Arkansas, another is immediately made in China. (If Wal-Mart
 were a country, it would be China's eighth-largest trading partner.) The last new form of collaboration I call ''informing'' -- this is Google, Yahoo and MSN Search, which now allow anyone to collaborate with, and mine, unlimited data all by themselves.</p>
<p>So the first three flatteners created the new platform for collaboration, and the next six are the new forms of collaboration that flattened the world even more. The 10th flattener I call ''the steroids,'' and these are wireless access and voice over Internet
 protocol (VoIP). What the steroids do is turbocharge all these new forms of collaboration, so you can now do any one of them, from anywhere, with any device.
<br />
<br />
The world got flat when all 10 of these flatteners converged around the year 2000. This created a global, Web-enabled playing field that allows for multiple forms of collaboration on research and work in real time, without regard to geography, distance or,
 in the near future, even language. ''It is the creation of this platform, with these unique attributes, that is the truly important sustainable breakthrough that made what you call the flattening of the world possible,'' said Craig Mundie, the chief technical
 officer of Microsoft. <br />
<br />
No, not everyone has access yet to this platform, but it is open now to more people in more places on more days in more ways than anything like it in history. Wherever you look today -- whether it is the world of journalism, with bloggers bringing down Dan
 Rather; the world of software, with the Linux code writers working in online forums for free to challenge Microsoft; or the world of business, where Indian and Chinese innovators are competing against and working with some of the most advanced Western multinationals
 -- hierarchies are being flattened and value is being created less and less within vertical silos and more and more through horizontal collaboration within companies, between companies and among individuals.
</p>
<p>Do you recall ''the IT revolution'' that the business press has been pushing for the last 20 years? Sorry to tell you this, but that was just the prologue. The last 20 years were about forging, sharpening and distributing all the new tools to collaborate
 and connect. Now the real information revolution is about to begin as all the complementarities among these collaborative tools start to converge. One of those who first called this moment by its real name was Carly Fiorina, the former Hewlett-Packard C.E.O.,
 who in 2004 began to declare in her public speeches that the dot-com boom and bust were just ''the end of the beginning.'' The last 25 years in technology, Fiorina said, have just been ''the warm-up act.'' Now we are going into the main event, she said, ''and
 by the main event, I mean an era in which technology will truly transform every aspect of business, of government, of society, of life.''
<br />
<br />
As if this flattening wasn't enough, another convergence coincidentally occurred during the 1990's that was equally important. Some three billion people who were out of the game walked, and often ran, onto the playing field. I am talking about the people of
 China, India, Russia, Eastern Europe, Latin America and Central Asia. Their economies and political systems all opened up during the course of the 1990's so that their people were increasingly free to join the free market. And when did these three billion
 people converge with the new playing field and the new business processes? Right when it was being flattened, right when millions of them could compete and collaborate more equally, more horizontally and with cheaper and more readily available tools. Indeed,
 thanks to the flattening of the world, many of these new entrants didn't even have to leave home to participate. Thanks to the 10 flatteners, the playing field came to them!
</p>
<p>It is this convergence -- of new players, on a new playing field, developing new processes for horizontal collaboration -- that I believe is the most important force shaping global economics and politics in the early 21st century. Sure, not all three billion
 can collaborate and compete. In fact, for most people the world is not yet flat at all. But even if we're talking about only 10 percent, that's 300 million people -- about twice the size of the American work force. And be advised: the Indians and Chinese are
 not racing us to the bottom. They are racing us to the top. What China's leaders really want is that the next generation of underwear and airplane wings not just be ''made in China'' but also be ''designed in China.'' And that is where things are heading.
 So in 30 years we will have gone from ''sold in China'' to ''made in China'' to ''designed in China'' to ''dreamed up in China'' -- or from China as collaborator with the worldwide manufacturers on nothing to China as a low-cost, high-quality, hyperefficient
 collaborator with worldwide manufacturers on everything. Ditto India. Said Craig Barrett, the C.E.O. of Intel, ''You don't bring three billion people into the world economy overnight without huge consequences, especially from three societies'' -- like India,
 China and Russia -- ''with rich educational heritages.''<br />
<br />
That is why there is nothing that guarantees that Americans or Western Europeans will continue leading the way. These new players are stepping onto the playing field legacy free, meaning that many of them were so far behind that they can leap right into the
 new technologies without having to worry about all the sunken costs of old systems. It means that they can move very fast to adopt new, state-of-the-art technologies, which is why there are already more cellphones in use in China today than there are people
 in America. </p>
<p>If you want to appreciate the sort of challenge we are facing, let me share with you two conversations. One was with some of the Microsoft officials who were involved in setting up Microsoft's research center in Beijing, Microsoft Research Asia, which opened
 in 1998 -- after Microsoft sent teams to Chinese universities to administer I.Q. tests in order to recruit the best brains from China's 1.3 billion people. Out of the 2,000 top Chinese engineering and science students tested, Microsoft hired 20. They have
 a saying at Microsoft about their Asia center, which captures the intensity of competition it takes to win a job there and explains why it is already the most productive research team at Microsoft: ''Remember, in China, when you are one in a million, there
 are 1,300 other people just like you.''</p>
<p>The other is a conversation I had with Rajesh Rao, a young Indian entrepreneur who started an electronic-game company from Bangalore, which today owns the rights to Charlie Chaplin's image for mobile computer games. ''We can't relax,'' Rao said. ''I think
 in the case of the United States that is what happened a bit. Please look at me: I am from India. We have been at a very different level before in terms of technology and business. But once we saw we had an infrastructure that made the world a small place,
 we promptly tried to make the best use of it. We saw there were so many things we could do. We went ahead, and today what we are seeing is a result of that. There is no time to rest. That is gone. There are dozens of people who are doing the same thing you
 are doing, and they are trying to do it better. It is like water in a tray: you shake it, and it will find the path of least resistance. That is what is going to happen to so many jobs -- they will go to that corner of the world where there is the least resistance
 and the most opportunity. If there is a skilled person in Timbuktu, he will get work if he knows how to access the rest of the world, which is quite easy today. You can make a Web site and have an e-mail address and you are up and running. And if you are able
 to demonstrate your work, using the same infrastructure, and if people are comfortable giving work to you and if you are diligent and clean in your transactions, then you are in business.''</p>
<p>Instead of complaining about outsourcing, Rao said, Americans and Western Europeans would ''be better off thinking about how you can raise your bar and raise yourselves into doing something better. Americans have consistently led in innovation over the last
 century. Americans whining -- we have never seen that before.'' <br />
<br />
Rao is right. And it is time we got focused. As a person who grew up during the cold war, I'll always remember driving down the highway and listening to the radio, when suddenly the music would stop and a grim-voiced announcer would come on the air and say:
 ''This is a test. This station is conducting a test of the Emergency Broadcast System.'' And then there would be a 20-second highpitched siren sound. Fortunately, we never had to live through a moment in the cold war when the announcer came on and said, ''This
 is a not a test.''<br />
<br />
That, however, is exactly what I want to say here: ''This is not a test.''<br />
<br />
The long-term opportunities and challenges that the flattening of the world puts before the United States are profound. Therefore, our ability to get by doing things the way we've been doing them -- which is to say not always enriching our secret sauce -- will
 not suffice any more. ''For a country as wealthy we are, it is amazing how little we are doing to enhance our natural competitiveness,'' says Dinakar Singh, the Indian-American hedge-fund manager. ''We are in a world that has a system that now allows convergence
 among many billions of people, and we had better step back and figure out what it means. It would be a nice coincidence if all the things that were true before were still true now, but there are quite a few things you actually need to do differently. You need
 to have a much more thoughtful national discussion.'' </p>
<p>If this moment has any parallel in recent American history, it is the height of the cold war, around 1957, when the Soviet Union leapt ahead of America in the space race by putting up the Sputnik satellite. The main challenge then came from those who wanted
 to put up walls; the main challenge to America today comes from the fact that all the walls are being taken down and many other people can now compete and collaborate with us much more directly. The main challenge in that world was from those practicing extreme
 Communism, namely Russia, China and North Korea. The main challenge to America today is from those practicing extreme capitalism, namely China, India and South Korea. The main objective in that era was building a strong state, and the main objective in this
 era is building strong individuals. <br />
<br />
Meeting the challenges of flatism requires as comprehensive, energetic and focused a response as did meeting the challenge of Communism. It requires a president who can summon the nation to work harder, get smarter, attract more young women and men to science
 and engineering and build the broadband infrastructure, portable pensions and health care that will help every American become more employable in an age in which no one can guarantee you lifetime employment.
</p>
<p>We have been slow to rise to the challenge of flatism, in contrast to Communism, maybe because flatism doesn't involve ICBM missiles aimed at our cities. Indeed, the hot line, which used to connect the Kremlin with the White House, has been replaced by the
 help line, which connects everyone in America to call centers in Bangalore. While the other end of the hot line might have had Leonid Brezhnev threatening nuclear war, the other end of the help line just has a soft voice eager to help you sort out your AOL
 bill or collaborate with you on a new piece of software. No, that voice has none of the menace of Nikita Khrushchev pounding a shoe on the table at the United Nations, and it has none of the sinister snarl of the bad guys in ''From Russia With Love.'' No,
 that voice on the help line just has a friendly Indian lilt that masks any sense of threat or challenge. It simply says: ''Hello, my name is Rajiv. Can I help you?''
<br />
<br />
No, Rajiv, actually you can't. When it comes to responding to the challenges of the flat world, there is no help line we can call. We have to dig into ourselves. We in America have all the basic economic and educational tools to do that. But we have not been
 improving those tools as much as we should. That is why we are in what Shirley Ann Jackson, the 2004 president of the American Association for the Advancement of Science and president of Rensselaer Polytechnic Institute, calls a ''quiet crisis'' – one that
 is slowly eating away at America's scientific and engineering base. </p>
<p>''If left unchecked,'' said Jackson, the first African-American woman to earn a Ph.D. in physics from M.I.T., ''this could challenge our pre-eminence and capacity to innovate.'' And it is our ability to constantly innovate new products, services and companies
 that has been the source of America's horn of plenty and steadily widening middle class for the last two centuries. This quiet crisis is a product of three gaps now plaguing American society. The first is an ''ambition gap.'' Compared with the young, energetic
 Indians and Chinese, too many Americans have gotten too lazy. As David Rothkopf, a former official in the Clinton Commerce Department, puts it, ''The real entitlement we need to get rid of is our sense of entitlement.'' Second, we have a serious numbers gap
 building. We are not producing enough engineers and scientists. We used to make up for that by importing them from India and China, but in a flat world, where people can now stay home and compete with us, and in a post-9/11 world, where we are insanely keeping
 out many of the first-round intellectual draft choices in the world for exaggerated security reasons, we can no longer cover the gap. That's a key reason companies are looking abroad. The numbers are not here. And finally we are developing an education gap.
 Here is the dirty little secret that no C.E.O. wants to tell you: they are not just outsourcing to save on salary. They are doing it because they can often get better-skilled and more productive people than their American workers.</p>
<p>These are some of the reasons that Bill Gates, the Microsoft chairman, warned the governors' conference in a Feb. 26 speech that American high-school education is ''obsolete.'' As Gates put it: ''When I compare our high schools to what I see when I'm traveling
 abroad, I am terrified for our work force of tomorrow. In math and science, our fourth graders are among the top students in the world. By eighth grade, they're in the middle of the pack. By 12th grade, U.S. students are scoring near the bottom of all industrialized
 nations. . . . The percentage of a population with a college degree is important, but so are sheer numbers. In 2001, India graduated almost a million more students from college than the United States did. China graduates twice as many students with bachelor's
 degrees as the U.S., and they have six times as many graduates majoring in engineering. In the international competition to have the biggest and best supply of knowledge workers, America is falling behind.''</p>
<p>We need to get going immediately. It takes 15 years to train a good engineer, because, ladies and gentlemen, this really is rocket science. So parents, throw away the Game Boy, turn off the television and get your kids to work. There is no sugar-coating
 this: in a flat world, every individual is going to have to run a little faster if he or she wants to advance his or her standard of living. When I was growing up, my parents used to say to me, "Tom, finish your dinner -- people in China are starving.'' But
 after sailing to the edges of the flat world for a year, I am now telling my own daughters, ''Girls, finish your homework -- people in China and India are starving for your jobs.''
<br />
<br />
I repeat, this is not a test. This is the beginning of a crisis that won't remain quiet for long. And as the Stanford economist Paul Romer so rightly says, ''A crisis is a terrible thing to waste.''<br />
<br />
<em>Thomas L. Friedman is the author of ''The World Is Flat: A Brief History of the Twenty-First Century,''to be published this week by Farrar, Straus &amp; Giroux and from which this article is adapted. His column appears on the Op-Ed page of The Times, and his
 television documentary ''Does Europe Hate Us?'' will be shown on the Discovery Channel on April 7 at 8 p.m.</em></p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>30/12/2011 11:44:13</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/15954/Its+a+Flat+World+After+All</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">15954</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>15956</publicationdataID>
      <title>Indian Software Testing Moves from Boredom to Boom</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p>BANGALORE (Reuters) - Testing software to ferret out bugs that drive consumers crazy was once seen as dull and dreary work to be shunned by brainy technology experts.
<br />
<br />
But the need to ensure electronic products' quality has spawned the latest hiring boom in the $16 billion outsourcing industry that already employs some 500,000 people in India's technology capital.
<br />
<br />
Software glitches are estimated to cost nearly $60 billion a year in the United States alone, according to the National Institute of Standards and Technology. Companies such as online share brokers and handset makers are willing to spend a lot to avoid them.
<br />
<br />
``They used to say this is where failed programers went. Not anymore,'' said Vidur Kohli, head of testing at MphasiS BFL Ltd, adding that testers now often make as much as programers.
<br />
<br />
For a long time, giants like Microsoft Corp did their testing in-house. But analysts say independent experts are increasingly being sought out to ensure neutrality and to keep costs down. A key sign of the new wave was sounded last year when India's Aztec Software
 and Technology Services acquired privately held testing firm Disha Technologies for $12 million.
<br />
<br />
Now Aztec is in the market for more. <br />
<br />
``We are quite interested in acquiring companies that have strong engineering skills, and managements that can scale,'' said Sanjiv Pande, general manager at Disha, now a unit of Aztec.
</p>
<p>C.P. Gangadharaiah, vice-president of testing services at Wipro, said his team has jumped four-fold to 2,400 in two years. In the nine months to December, revenue grew 90 percent to $64 million, three times the industry average.
<br />
<br />
``We are expected to grow in a similar way,'' he told Reuters. <br />
<br />
Tata Consultancy Services and Infosys, which rank ahead of Wipro in Indian software sales, acknowledged testing was a growing business, but declined to provide details, citing the quiet period ahead of quarterly results.
<br />
<br />
Aztec officials say some $3.0 billion of $4.6 billion in outsourced testing is sent offshore, throwing up opportunities for companies in India that thrive on low-cost knowledge workers.
<br />
<br />
Testing could make up 25-50 percent of software budgets, said Partha Iyengar, vice-president at industry researcher Gartner. Independent testing is growing at 50-65 percent while the part of work done offshore is growing at 35-40 percent, he said.
<br />
<br />
Indo-American firm Cognizant Technology's testing staff grew five-fold to 1,000 in 2004 and aims to double the staff in 2005, said R. Chandrasekaran, its managing director.
<br />
<br />
``We see an increasing portion of our customers' IT spend earmarked for testing services,'' he told Reuters.
<br />
<br />
COSTLY BUGS <br />
<br />
Bug testing is no longer about routine, random checks. Apart from analytical skills, engineers get trained in tools made by companies such as Mercury Interactive and BMC.
<br />
<br />
Wipro, which develops products for network gear makers like Nortel and Cisco offers ``labs on hire'' to test features such as push-to-talk handsets and video streaming.
</p>
<p>Sohrab Azad, an executive at head-hunting firm eQURA Consulting, told Reuters that industry estimates say Bangalore alone would need 10,000 testing engineers in the next six months.
<br />
<br />
The city is pulling talent from northern cities such as Delhi and Pune by doubling annual salaries to 800,000-1,000,000 rupees ($18,265-$22,831) for those with 6-8 years' experience, he said. This is still only a fraction of what U.S. counterparts earn.
<br />
<br />
Russia, China and Ireland are among potential competitors, but India is a seen ahead in the race.
<br />
<br />
``Once China crosses the language barrier, it is likely to pose a threat due to cost advantage,'' said Pradeep Waychal, head of quality at Patni Computer Systems.
</p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>30/12/2011 11:46:19</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/15956/Indian+Software+Testing+Moves+from+Boredom+to+Boom</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">15956</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>15958</publicationdataID>
      <title>Embracing India as a Rising Power</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p>Another type of earthquake hit the Indian Ocean area last week. It was a tectonic shift by the US to form a close strategic partnership with India, land of a billion people, nuclear weapons, and a huge Muslim population.<br />
<br />
To many Americans, India has become known as a giant customer call center, where the telephone services of many US companies are handled by accented helpers over fiber-optic cables.
<br />
<br />
That new kind of global coziness is exactly why the Pentagon and State Department finally decided India was too much of global player to be left out in the cold, despite its unfettered atomic-weapons program and past ties to the Soviet Union.
<br />
<br />
It's a risky but bold move by the Bush administration, considering India and Pakistan almost engaged in their fourth war - a possible nuclear one - just three years ago over the Kashmir territorial dispute. Both nations are hypersensitive to the US playing
 favorites and tipping the regional balance of power. And Pakistan still serves immediate US needs in trying to capture Al Qaeda leaders and handing over evidence of past nuclear-equipment sales to Iran.
<br />
<br />
While both nations have lately seen the benefits of downplaying Kashmir for the sake of economic growth, that dispute could easily flare again if another violent incident pricks the strong nationalism of these rivals.
</p>
<p>The US signal of a new era in ties with South Asia was its decision to sell F-16 fighter jets to Pakistan while for the first time offering both F-16s and even more advanced F-18 jets to India as well as potential sales of nuclear power plants. The goal,
 a US spokesman said, is to "help India become a major world power in the 21st century."
<br />
<br />
Coming from a superpower beset by nations trying to whittle it down to size, that's a generous offer. The hidden truth, though, is that the US needs a strong India as a counterweight to China's expanding and often belligerent economic and military might in
 Asia. <br />
<br />
The US also believes India's democracy - unlike China's one-party rule - gives it a long-run advantage in political stability in the economic race with its giant to the north. That reflects President Bush's strategy to promote democracy as an antidote to nations
 becoming bases for jihadist terrorists. It is exactly because India is a democracy that few if any Muslims from its 150 million Islamic minority have ever joined Al Qaeda.
<br />
<br />
Playing India off China, while engaging India and Pakistan together, will require delicate diplomacy in the years ahead. Done right, it will be put the US on the offensive, instead of playing defense on many fronts.
</p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>30/12/2011 11:48:17</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/15958/Embracing+India+as+a+Rising+Power</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">15958</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>15960</publicationdataID>
      <title>Dissing Democracy in Asia</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p>Washington - ONE big story from Secretary of State Condoleezza Rice's trip to South Asia was that once again Washington's policymakers are trying to send F-16 jet fighters to Pakistan. This is like a broken record - the argument has come up repeatedly since
 1990, when an amendment I wrote quashed a deal involving 28 of the planes - but unfortunately this time the sale may well happen.
<br />
<br />
Pakistan is a declared ally in the fight against terrorism, and thus we give it huge amounts of military aid. But F-16's have nothing to do with fighting Al Qaeda and the Taliban. So what is really going on here? The answer is entwined in two decades of misguided
 United States policy toward India and Pakistan. <br />
<br />
The truth is, we should have a robust pro-India stance. India is a democracy with a free market and a highly developed system of human rights. It could become our major bulwark against China in East Asia. It also has a large Muslim minority and, generally speaking,
 is an example of tolerance. And we have a mutually beneficial trade relationship with India that is helping us keep our technological edge. (Disclosure: I am on the board of Infosys Technologies, an Indian software company.)
<br />
<br />
Pakistan, on the other hand, is a corrupt, absolute dictatorship. It has a horrendous record on human rights and religious tolerance, and it has been found again and again to be selling nuclear materials to our worst enemies. It claims to be helping us to fight
 terrorism, although many intelligence experts have suggested that most of our money actually goes to strengthening the rule of Gen. Pervez Musharraf.
</p>
<p>Yes, during the cold war India often sided with the Soviet Union while Pakistan went with the United States. Some old hands at the Pentagon still seem to think we should be rewarding Pakistan for that. But the cold war is long over. We have given the Pakistanis
 their due many times over. <br />
<br />
From the late 1970's to the mid-1990's, as a member of the Senate Foreign Relations Committee, I repeatedly warned that Pakistan was selling nuclear materials to other nations. Administrations, both Democratic and Republican, turned a blind eye; they even got
 leaders of our intelligence community to say that I didn't know what I was talking about. Well, everything I said has been proved absolutely true - to an even more worrisome degree than I had described.
<br />
<br />
Our military-industrial complex, which I believe dominates our foreign policy, favors Pakistan not only because we can sell it arms, but also because the Pentagon would often rather deal with dictatorships than democracies. When a top Pentagon official goes
 to Pakistan, he can meet with one general and get everything settled. On the other hand, if he goes to India, he has to talk to the prime minister, the Parliament, the courts and, God forbid, the free press.
<br />
<br />
Meeting with Pakistani leaders last week, Secretary Rice did say she looked forward to "the evolution of a democratic path toward elections in 2007." But she neither asked for nor received any sort of guarantees about elections, human rights or freedom of the
 press. She did bring up nuclear proliferation, but only in a perfunctory way. Likewise, President Bush had General Musharraf as a guest at Camp David in 2003, apparently without ever mentioning the administration's democracy program. This all makes a mockery
 of President Bush's inaugural speech in January, and is a prime example of the sort of dictator-coddling that, eventually, always comes back to haunt us.
</p>
<p>We need a fundamental policy shift for the subcontinent. First, we should enthusiastically improve our treatment of India. We should not reject Pakistan entirely - we need it as an ally - but to treat India and Pakistan the same is a great mistake. Instead,
 we need to speak frankly in public about Pakistan's democratic and human-rights failures, as well as acknowledge that we can achieve our objectives in Pakistan with a much lower level of aid and a closer eye to ensuring that it goes toward the fight against
 terrorists. And we should not sell it any F-16's. <br />
<br />
We should also make it clear that we will favor India in all major regional disputes. Without American support, Pakistan would be forced to drop its claims to the disputed region of Kashmir, as well as end its support of the region's Muslim militants (whom
 many in our intelligence services feel have ties to Al Qaeda). <br />
<br />
Freeing ourselves from our profitless Pakistan policy would allow us to look clearly at the biggest problem in the region: China. We should tell Beijing that we will help India match China's arms buildup and that we will work toward a modified free-trade agreement
 with India to help it offset China's state-dominated trade practices. <br />
<br />
The Bush administration is right to put the expansion of liberty and democracy at the center of its foreign policy. But as long as we favor dictatorships like Pakistan over free countries like India, the world will be right not to take our words seriously.
<br />
<br />
<em>Larry Pressler is a former Republican senator from South Dakota.</em></p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>30/12/2011 11:50:20</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/15960/Dissing+Democracy+in+Asia</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">15960</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>15962</publicationdataID>
      <title>A New Deal for New Delhi</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p>Condoleezza Rice's visit to New Delhi last week boosted the U.S.-India relationship and demonstrated that she and her new colleagues at the top of the State Department view India as a rising great power. John Kenneth Galbraith once said, "There are few ironclad
 rules of diplomacy but to one there is no exception. When an official reports that talks were useful, it can be safely concluded that nothing was accomplished." Ms. Rice's talks in India were more than useful.<br />
<br />
Gone are the days when the State Department viewed India myopically through the lens of India's long troubled relationship with Pakistan. Washington has also stopped playing nagging nanny regarding India's nuclear weapons program.
<br />
<br />
No bilateral relationship in George W. Bush's first term changed as positively as that between India and the U.S. This is important because of congruent vital national interests of the two countries. Each is an enduring target of jihadi terrorism. Other nations
 will weaken and fade in the global war on terror. The U.S. and India will not. Each is at immense risk if weapons of mass destruction become instruments of terror. New Delhi and Washington, New York and Mumbai would be prime targets. Each economy needs the
 continued reliable flow of energy from the Persian Gulf, including through protection of Indian Ocean sea lanes. Each has a huge stake in the peaceful and responsible emergence of China as a great power. Each would be in serious danger if Pakistan with its
 nuclear weapons and infrastructure of terrorism were to shake apart, succumb to Islamic extremism or again begin to export its nuclear weapons technology.
</p>
<p>And each shares the democratic values that are so much on the march these days. When I asked then-Governor Bush in early 1999 about the reasons for his obvious and special interest in India, he immediately responded, "a billion people in a functioning democracy.
 Isn't that something? Isn't that something?" The concept of democratic India, a heterogeneous, multilingual, secular society with its vibrant press and respect for the rule of law, has a particular appeal for this president.
<br />
<br />
Moreover, never in the history of the U.S.-India relationship has the State Department's seventh floor had three policy makers with a global orientation toward India. (Usually it has had none.) State today has the secretary herself, Deputy Secretary Robert
 Zoellick, who was the first Bush cabinet member to visit India in 2001, and Counselor Philip Zelikow, who directed for several years the most prestigious nongovernmental dialogue between the U.S. and Indian strategic elites.
<br />
<br />
And note what these folks have done after only weeks in office, under the president's guidance and with the strong support of Defense Secretary Donald Rumsfeld and National Security Adviser Stephen Hadley. In India, Ms. Rice opened up wide the possibility of
 U.S.-India cooperation on nuclear power generation; co-production with India of multi-role combat aircraft; intensified collaboration on missile defense and expanded defense trade and cooperation; and a larger role for India in international organizations.
 These issues had been the stuff of Washington interagency struggle and stalemate for years. Ms. Rice in New Delhi began to grind down the bureaucratic Etruscan shards.
</p>
<br />
So what next for the U.S.-India relationship? What more can be accomplished in the context of Foreign Minister Natwar Singh's talks in Washington next month, Prime Minister Manmohan Singh's call at the White House in July, and President Bush's visit to India
 at the end of this year or early 2006? <br />
<br />
The U.S. should integrate India into the evolving global nonproliferation regime as a friendly nuclear weapons state. We should end constraints on assistance to and cooperation with India's civil nuclear industry and high-tech trade, changing laws and policy
 when necessary. We should sell India civil nuclear reactors, both to reduce its demand for Persian Gulf energy and to ease the environmental impact of India's vibrant economic growth.
<br />
<br />
We should enter into a vigorous long-term program of space cooperation with India. Such a joint effort would capture the imagination of ordinary citizens in both countries. It is now anachronistic or worse for Washington to limit its interaction with India's
 civil space efforts because of concern that U.S. technology and know-how will seep into India's military missile program. Why should the U.S. want to check India's missile capability in ways that could lead to China's permanent nuclear dominance over democratic
 India? We should sell advanced weaponry to India. The million-man Indian army actually fights, unlike the postmodern militaries of many of our European allies. Given the strategic challenges ahead, the U.S. should want the Indian armed forces to be equipped
 with the best weapons systems and that often means American. To make this happen, the U.S. has to become a reliable long-term supplier, including through co-production and licensed manufacture arrangements, and to end its previous inclination to interrupt
 defense supplies to India in a crisis.
<p>We should announce that in the context of the basic reform of the U.N., the U.S. will support India as a permanent member of the Security Council. Although this would not happen for many years, nothing else would so convince the people of India that the
 U.S. had truly transformed its approach to their country. At the same time, we should promote the early entry of India (and China) into the G-8. Their economic punch and increasing geopolitical reach demands that they be at the head table.
<br />
<br />
Finally, we should initiate an intense and secret discussion with India regarding the future of Pakistan, including contingency planning.
</p>
<br />
India, too, has its share of antique governmental reflexes that need to be overcome. It should now engage in a major way to help build a civil society in Iraq. It should join the U.S. much more actively, if quietly, in trying to persuade Iran to give up its
 insistence on a full fuel cycle and Tehran's pursuit of nuclear weapons. (This is more important than current U.S.-India differences over a gas pipeline to India from Iran which may well never be built). It should generously fund Palestinian reform. It should
 become a member of the Proliferation Security Initiative which calls for interdiction of suspicious ships on the high seas. It should multiply its military exercises with American counterparts, including on counter-insurgency.<br />
<p>It should continue its efforts to normalize relations with Pakistan. It should work ever more closely with the U.S. to deal with regional instability emanating from Afghanistan, Nepal and Bangladesh, the latter a growing center of international terrorism.
 It should substantially reduce barriers to encourage the export of U.S. goods, services and investment to India, in part to deal with the outsourcing problem. It should be a much more cooperative partner with Washington in the Doha trade round. This is an
 exceedingly ambitious bilateral agenda. Old bureaucrats don't fade away; they just dig in. So the Bush administration and the Congress government in Delhi must push through these fundamental changes in policy from the top down. It can be done.
<br />
<br />
<em>Mr. Blackwill is president of Barbour Griffith &amp; Rogers International, a Republican lobbying firm. He was U.S. ambassador to India from 2001-2003, and deputy national security adviser for strategic planning in 2003-2004.</em></p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>30/12/2011 11:53:49</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/15962/A+New+Deal+for+New+Delhi</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">15962</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>15964</publicationdataID>
      <title>Holistic healing's latest darling</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p><strong>Ayurveda is gaining adherents, The ancient tradition uses nutrition, oils and yoga.
</strong><br />
<br />
At the height of his professional football career, Ricky Williams was feeling stressed and unbalanced. Something inexplicable was "off." So the Miami Dolphins star abruptly walked away from the sport and began studying the ancient Indian medical system known
 as ayurveda. <br />
<br />
To football aficionados, Williams is an unlikely ambassador for the 5,000-year-old holistic health tradition, which uses nutrition, oils, herbs, cleansing techniques and yoga. His critics link his newfound interest in ayurveda to a possible suspension from
 the NFL because of a third positive test for marijuana. <br />
<br />
But proponents of ayurveda have welcomed the publicity that Williams has brought and say the 5-foot-10, 226-pound former running back and Heisman Trophy winner is lumbering down the path to rejuvenation.
<br />
<br />
"If anybody needs a good, thorough, deep and proper spring cleaning from the inside out, [ayurveda] is the way to do it," said Reenita Malhotra Hora, author of Inner Beauty, one of a handful of newly published books on ayurveda.
<br />
<br />
And internal spring cleanings, it seems, are needed year round. Interest in ayurveda is growing as Americans are increasingly trying alternative treatments to battle chronic health problems such as colitis, irritable bowel syndrome, and other inflammatory disorders.
 Ayurveda emphasizes diet and prevention, two aspects of wellness often missing from modern medicine.
</p>
<p>The National Ayurvedic Medical Association has surged from 95 members when it started in 2000 to nearly 400 today. Students can learn ayurvedic skills at more than 30 institutions in the United States.
<br />
<br />
Ayurvedic principles are popping up in places from yoga studios to the Spa Nordstrom, which offers herbal-infused body scrubs, facials, massages and hot-oil treatments.
<br />
<br />
Melanie Sherman, 30, a graphic designer living in Grayslake, Ill., was struggling with arthritis and bronchitis when she tried ayurveda. Her diagnosis and treatment called for eliminating wheat, dairy, red meat, eggs, butter, grapes and bananas from her diet.
<br />
<br />
"I had really great results with lifestyle changes," said Sherman, who finds that the arthritis returns when she eats whatever she wants.
<br />
<br />
Considered a comprehensive health-care plan in India, ayurveda teaches that humans are made of three essential qualities, or doshas. When these doshas are knocked out of balance, whether by stress, lack of sleep, a poor diet, or something in the environment,
 symptoms of disease or illness can arise. <br />
<br />
Maharishi Mahesh Yogi, who brought transcendental meditation to the United States, generally also is credited with introducing ayurveda in the 1980s. But it was wellness guru Deepak Chopra who brought it to the masses in the 1990s.
<br />
<br />
Part of the surge has to do with the boom in yoga, a sister science to ayurveda. People are investigating what's next, said Hora, an ayurvedic instructor at the California Pacific Medical Center in San Francisco.
<br />
<br />
But she said it's also gaining converts because of the sorry state of health insurance in the United States. "People are feeling the need to take direct responsibility for health on a preventative basis," Hora said.
</p>
<p>Still, many Western doctors are skeptical about its effectiveness. The National Council Against Health Care Fraud, a group that consistently demands more scientific proof with regard to alternative treatments, has warned that "ayurveda has become a marketing
 term for a variety of health products and services of limited, questionable, or unproved value."
<br />
<br />
Consumers should stick with products recommended by quality practitioners, because the use of supplements such as herbs is largely unregulated by the federal government.
<br />
<br />
"People shouldn't think that just because something is natural it's safe," said Nancy Lonsdorf, medical director of the Raj Ayurveda Health Center near Fairfield, Iowa, and one of the nation's most prominent ayurvedic doctors. "But it's also a mistake to think
 all herbs are unsafe." <br />
<br />
If herbs are used, the type depends on a person's strongest dosha, or constitution. Everyone has all three doshas - called vata, pitta and kapha - but the overall nature of a person, and the way he or she responds to stress, is determined by the dominant dosha.
 Knowing your dominant doshas (many people have two) can affect what you eat to how much exercise you need to what types of oils to use on your skin.
<br />
<br />
The dominant dosha is the one most likely to get out of whack. For minor imbalances, nutrition or lifestyle changes can do the trick.
<br />
<br />
If the problem is deep-rooted and chronic, however, then the body must be detoxified using panchakarma. The lengthy treatment - between 5 and 21 days - consists of full-body massage using heated herbal oils to remove toxins.
</p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>30/12/2011 11:56:21</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/15964/Holistic+healings+latest+darling</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">15964</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>15966</publicationdataID>
      <title>America's New Beginning with India</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p>America's relationship with India is at a crossroads, as U.S. Secretary of State Condoleezza Rice arrives in New Delhi today. This represents a strategic opportunity for both countries. The U.S. and India should have the confidence and capability to take
 full advantage of this moment to move forward with a robust package of new strategic, political, economic and business ties.<br />
<br />
On our visit to India last month as co-leaders of a U.S.-India Business Council group of American defense-industry officials, we witnessed what can only be described as a sea change in Indian attitudes toward cooperation with the U.S. There is broad recognition
 emerging throughout all levels of Indian government and the business community of the distance that the U.S.-Indian relationship has traveled. The close cooperation on relief operations that occurred in January between New Delhi and Washington following the
 disastrous tsunami in Asia would not have been possible just a year ago. U.S. and Indian military forces train together in India and operate jointly in the South Asia region, Washington and New Delhi share sensitive intelligence on mutual threats both countries
 face in dealing with global and local terrorism. <br />
<br />
Senior Indian government officials with whom we met emphasized a new willingness and desire to move forward in the strategic relationship with the U.S. This new attitude manifested itself not only in the tone and tenor of our meetings, but also in repeated
 requests for defense-industrial teaming relationships with American companies and for closer cooperation with U.S. officials to better understand American procedures, rules and regulations. The Indians understand they have a big government bureaucracy and
 demonstrated new willingness to open up to the U.S. </p>
<p>Following India 's test detonation of a nuclear weapon in May 1998, the U.S. introduced economic and trade sanctions which brought most high-tech and defense trade between the two countries to a standstill. As a result, India viewed U.S. companies as unreliable
 suppliers, because they could no longer guarantee the supply of spare parts and technology upgrades for equipment India had already purchased. While the sanctions are behind us, the issues of trust and confidence remain critical to both sides and will require
 significant improvement by both governments for true U.S.-Indian defense-industrial partnerships to take hold.
<br />
<br />
India is the largest democracy in the world and holds foreign currency reserves of more than $130 billion. It wants to spend a significant portion of this money and its regular defense budget on upgrading its older, outdated Soviet-era military equipment. India
 recently made a request for information to support the possible purchase of American fighter aircraft like the F-16 and F-18. If this request goes unapproved by the U.S. Government licensing process, the Indians will likely buy French or Russian aircraft instead.
<br />
<br />
New Delhi wants to upgrade or replace many of its other current air and naval platforms and is looking for the best product at the best price. Under the Next Steps in Strategic Partnership process, the U.S. has already pledged to increase cooperation with India
 in the areas of missile defense, civilian space, civilian nuclear-energy production, and high-technology trade. But, by considering the U.S. as a key provider of new military equipment and upgrades, New Delhi is also telling Washington that it wants to more
 fully align itself with America. </p>
<p>India is focused on becoming a regional political, economic and military power, as a counterweight to growing Chinese influence and as a check to Chinese ambitions. After China, India is the largest consumer of energy resources in Asia. As competition for
 the world's supply of oil and gas heats up, India cannot afford to let China outmaneuver it in energy dealings in the Middle East or Russia. This competition between India and China needs to be managed properly because long-term peace, stability, and security
 in Asia is in everyone's best interests, including those of the U.S. <br />
<br />
In addition to Ms. Rice's current visit to India , a number of high-profile Indian government leaders are expected in Washington this year. These visits will offer ample opportunities for U.S. administration officials and Congressional lawmakers to take full
 measure of the new Indian attitude toward cooperation with America. Bold and innovative thinking on both sides and the courage to get beyond some long-held mistrust holds promise of an even more vibrant, rich, and mutually beneficial new relationship, and
 a true strategic partnership. <br />
<br />
<em>Ambassador Pickering is senior vice president at the Boeing Company and former U.S. ambassador to India . Gen. Ralston is vice chairman at the Cohen Group and former vice chairman of the U.S. Joint Chiefs of Staff and supreme allied commander of the North
 Atlantic Treaty Organization.</em></p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>30/12/2011 11:59:03</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/15966/Americas+New+Beginning+with+India</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">15966</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>15967</publicationdataID>
      <title>India signs deal to explore and develop oil projects in Venezuela</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[India has broadened its quest for long-term energy security with an agreement to explore and develop oil projects in Venezuela, the world's fifth-largest oil producer.
<br />
<br />
The agreement, signed by officials in the presence of Hugo Chávez, Venezuelan president, and Manmohan Singh, India's prime minister, offers state-owned Oil and Natural Gas Corporation a 49 per cent stake in the South American San Cristobal oilfield.
<br />
<br />
India's ONGC will join with Venezuelan national oil firm Petroleos de Venezuela in exploiting San Cristobal, which has the potential to produce 100,000 oil barrels per day. The venture follows several years of diplomatic talks between the two countries. Mr
 Chávez, on a four- day visit to India, said that Venezuela wanted to become a long-term supplier of crude oil to India, which imports more than 70 per cent of its oil needs, mostly from the volatile Gulf.
<br />
<br />
India's expanding economy, and its surging demand for energy, has fuelled a frenetic search to secure long-term energy supplies in new areas such as the Sudan, Russia, Burma, Australia and now South America.
<br />
<br />
Mani Shanker Aiyer, India's petroleum minister, has become one of the Congress-led government's most energetic members, and has launched several energy initiatives over the past few months.
<br />
<br />
As part of the latest agreement, he said India would offer Venezuela equity in an ONGC refinery in the south Indian town of Mangalore.
<br />
<br />
Venezuela's oil diplomacy with India represents an attempt to reduce its long term dependency on the US market, which imports 60 per cent of its crude oil. Relations between Venezuela and the US have deteriorated since the 1998 election of Mr Chávez, a leftwing-nationalist
 who is critical of US policies.]]></description>
      <pubDate>30/12/2011 12:01:29</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/15967/India+signs+deal+to+explore+and+develop+oil+projects+in+Venezuela</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">15967</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>15969</publicationdataID>
      <title>It's time for the U.S. and India to go steady</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p><em>A logical partnership </em>MUMBAI Gurinder Chadha's "Bride and Prejudice" is giving American moviegoers their first taste of Bollywood. Andrew Lloyd Webber's musical extravaganza "Bombay Dreams" soon hopes to dazzle Indian audiences. But today's real-life
 blockbuster is the geopolitical melodrama playing out across South Asia - the epic courtship between India and the United States.
<br />
<br />
Like the marathon musicals for which this city, formerly Bombay, is famous, the Indian-U.S. storyline has been a half-century in the making. During the cold war, Pakistan was the darling of Washington, which saw India as sleeping with the Soviets. Nonaligned
 India played the chaste heroine preaching nonviolence. <br />
<br />
Only after India exploded in a nuclear tantrum in 1998 did Washington start treating New Delhi like an adult. Today, Indian-U.S. relations have matured from that of estranged democracies to engaged partners, and officials in both countries speak breathlessly
 of being "natural allies." <br />
<br />
But as in any Bollywood saga, old flames and new suitors may thwart this blossoming romance. How can Washington and New Delhi realize their dreams of a meaningful long-term relationship?
<br />
<br />
First, both sides must dump their emotional baggage. India must understand that the American embrace of Pakistan since the Sept. 11 attacks is not true love, but an affair of convenience in the war on terrorism.
</p>
<p>At the same time, Washington can be more sensitive to India's legitimate security and economic concerns. By rewarding Islamabad with the status of Major Non-NATO Ally and $1.3 billion in new military hardware - which Indian officials warn will be aimed at
 India, not Al Qaeda - Washington only props up the antidemocratic, anti-American military-mullah complex that runs Pakistan.
<br />
<br />
K. Subrahmanyam, a former member of India's National Security Council, told me, "I cannot understand when the United States acts against its interests, as it is doing in Pakistan."
<br />
<br />
Likewise, the United States should resist knee-jerk reactions when India seemingly acts against American interests. The $40 billion natural gas deal recently signed by India, a leading gas importer, and Iran, a top gas exporter, makes perfect sense. Washington
 should welcome, not fear, plans for an Iranian-Indian pipeline across Pakistan, which would give Tehran and Islamabad economic incentives to behave themselves.
<br />
<br />
With other suitors vying for New Delhi's affections, Washington can no longer take India for granted. Russia has advocated a "strategic triangle" aligning New Delhi, Moscow and Beijing as a counterweight to the United States.
<br />
<br />
China and India, historic rivals, recently sat down for their first strategic talks. The visit to India this month by China's prime minister, Wen Jiabao, may herald new Chinese-Indian energy cooperation, including joint ventures for petroleum exploration to
 feed their oil-hungry economies. <br />
<br />
It's time for Washington to respect India as the mature, responsible global power it is. Within three decades, India is projected to have the world's third largest economy and more people than China. If Beijing continues to accelerate the modernization and
 build-up of its military, as Washington and New Delhi fear, India will be to South Asia what Japan is to East Asia - an indispensable counterbalance to China.
</p>
<p>President George W. Bush has pledged a strategic partnership with India and should take the plunge, starting with a trip to New Delhi bearing the dowry that would win Indian hearts - American support for an Indian seat on an expanded UN Security Council.
 Bush should also breathe new life into bilateral trade, which last year was a mere $21 billion. The U.S.-China economic relationship, by comparison, was last year worth $230 billion.
<br />
<br />
Building on the recent easing of U.S. export controls on technology for India's space and civilian nuclear programs, Washington and New Delhi should move ahead with cooperation in high-tech trade and missile defense.
<br />
<br />
For its part, India must finish what it started in 1991 - letting go of socialist economic policies that stifle innovation and scare off foreign investment.
<br />
<br />
Prime Minister Manmohan Singh, who as finance minister championed the economic reforms of the early 1990s, is off to a good start. His first budget proposes major investments in education, modernizing India's colonial-era infrastructure, lowering tariffs, lifting
 restrictions on foreign ownership and moving ahead with privatization of state-owned companies.
<br />
<br />
With the right direction and some clever choreography, the actors in the elaborate Indian-American drama can fulfill Singh's wish that, "the best is yet to come."
</p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>30/12/2011 12:04:37</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/15969/Its+time+for+the+US+and+India+to+go+steady</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">15969</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>15971</publicationdataID>
      <title>Growth Revolutionizes Indian Air Travel</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p>BOMBAY, India -- Flying in India, once a huge hassle for diamond trader Vasant Mehta, is now saving him time, money and a good deal of anxiety.
<br />
<br />
Just a few years ago, Mr. Mehta had to dispatch millions of dollars in South African diamonds on a risky train journey from Bombay to be cut and polished by artisans in western India. Getting a seat on a plane was almost impossible. "Now, I don't even have
 to book ahead," he said. "I just go to the airport and buy a ticket for the next flight."
<br />
<br />
Mr. Mehta can thank a revolution in Indian aviation that is opening the skies to private carriers, driving down ticket prices and giving foreign airlines and equipment suppliers unprecedented access to one of the world's fastest-growing markets.
<br />
<br />
The explosion in Indian air travel is driven by a booming economy, a rapidly growing middle class and increased deregulation. In the year that ends March 31, an estimated 19 million people will take domestic flights in India. That would be a 28% jump from the
 previous year and one of the highest growth rates in the world. <br />
<br />
Aviation experts forecast that India's annual passenger load will hit 50 million by 2010. International travel to and from India is soaring at a 20% annual clip.
<br />
<br />
"It's just amazing what's happening there," said Maurice Flanagan, vice chairman of Emirates Group in Dubai. Emirates offers about 12,000 seats a week to India and fills more than 85% of them, very high by industry standards.
</p>
<p>India remains far behind China in numbers of domestic passengers and aircraft. But the global aviation industry sees India as the next China, chiefly owing to its increasingly wealthy middle class and the speed with which the sector is opening up.
<br />
<br />
New deregulation measures could help accelerate growth in India. In February, New Delhi granted two privately owned Indian airlines the right to compete with state-owned Air India on routes to Singapore, Malaysia and London, and let one of the carriers, Jet
 Airways, fly to the U.S. as well. And as many as five new privately owned Indian carriers are expected to begin flying domestically this year.
<br />
<br />
India also is opening up to foreign airlines, striking deals with other nations that have multiplied the number of flights foreign carriers can operate to and from India. In the next few months, India expects to sign an open-skies agreement with the U.S. that
 is likely to remove all restrictions on routes between the two countries, currently flown by two million people a year.
<br />
<br />
India "has completely changed its thinking on aviation," says Rod Eddington, chief executive of British Airways.
<br />
<br />
Asian, European and Middle Eastern airlines are already ramping up flights to India. Britain's Virgin Group even hopes to buy a stake in an Indian carrier, although New Delhi has yet to permit such investments. With more competitors flocking to the market,
 prices of tickets for domestic and international travel are plummeting. </p>
<p>Demand for new planes is set to soar, too: Boeing estimates that sales of new aircraft to India will be worth at least $35 billion over the next 20 years, making it the fastest-growing aircraft market after China.
<br />
<br />
It is all a far cry from the 1970s and 1980s: Service often was awful and delays interminable. Air India and its sister carrier, Indian Airlines, held a monopoly on local air travel and access to India by foreign airlines was restricted, even though Air India's
 small fleet couldn't service the international routes it had been allotted. <br />
<br />
The transformation began in the mid-1990s, when the government scrapped a ban on privately owned airlines. A host of smaller carriers sprouted up. Some folded, but others, like Jet Airways, have flourished. Jet Airways now has more than 40% of the domestic
 market. Indian Airlines' market share has fallen to less than 40% from more than 50% a few years ago.
<br />
<br />
The growth, however, is straining airports and other infrastructure. Nearly every aspect of services, from runway maintenance to air-traffic control and baggage handing, needs huge upgrades to cope with bigger demand. The government has earmarked $3 billion
 to upgrade main gateway airports at Bombay and New Delhi, and as much as $300 million to build airports at Bangalore and Hyderabad.
<br />
<br />
The need is urgent, said Adil Zainulbhai, a director at McKinsey &amp; Co. in Bombay. "Every element of infrastructure for aviation in India is going to be stretched over the next three years."
</p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>30/12/2011 12:07:24</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/15971/Growth+Revolutionizes+Indian+Air+Travel</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">15971</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>15972</publicationdataID>
      <title>A Passage to Prosperity</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p>NEW DELHI -- The performance of the Indian economy during the current fiscal year has exceeded expectations. Initial growth projections for the period April 2004 to March 2005 were around 6.8%. Expectations were pared by a percentage point due to low rainfall
 from July 2004. Global price shocks in oil, steel and coal added to apprehension, particularly about inflation. However, shaking off these fears, the economy has grown by a robust 6.9%.<br />
<br />
There is growing acceptance of India as a successful high-growth story. Growth has steadily accelerated from 1980 onwards. And this has been achieved simultaneously with nearly 60 years of faithful adherence to democratic norms and traditions. The enshrining
 of democratic principles in a newly independent country might have involved some initial "fixed costs." But democracy is the only legitimate and stable foundation for a society. India, having paid those "fixed costs," now appears to be reaping the dividends.
<br />
<br />
There are two aspects to the "emergence of India." First, there are signs of vigorous growth in manufacturing. High growth rates in exports have been extended beyond the now-familiar services story to skill-intensive sectors like automobiles and drugs. Manufacturing
 growth accelerated every month after May 2004 to reach double-digit levels in September and October. Merchandise export growth in the first 10 months of 2004-05 was 25.6%. For three quarters running, revenue growth in the corporate sector has been above 20%
 and net profit growth has been around 30%. Second, there is a pronounced pickup in investment. From 2001-02, the investment rate in India, low by East Asian standards, rose by 3.7 percentage points to 26.3% of GDP in 2003-04. There are signs of an investment
 boom in the high growth in production and imports of capital goods in late 2004.
</p>
<p>In May 2004, elections brought the United Progressive Alliance (UPA) into power. In Parliament on Feb. 28, in my budget speech for 2005-06, I emphasized how growth, stability and equity are mutually reinforcing objectives. The quest of the UPA Government
 is to eliminate poverty by giving every citizen an opportunity to be educated, to learn a skill, and to be gainfully employed. The economic strategy of the UPA is composed of four main elements: maintaining macroeconomic balances; improving the incentives
 operating upon firms; enhancing physical infrastructure; and a range of initiatives aimed at empowering millions of poor households to participate in the growing prosperity.
<br />
<br />
The two big elements of the macroeconomic balance are the fiscal deficit and the balance of payments. We are committed to eliminating the federal revenue deficit -- the excess of current expenditure over current revenues -- by 2008-09, as mandated by our fiscal
 responsibility law. It is currently 2.7% of GDP. The federal fiscal deficit -- which is required to be reduced to 3% by 2008-09 -- is currently 4.3% of GDP.
<br />
<br />
A special feature of the current year has been a change in intergovernmental fiscal devolution, between the federal and state governments. The Indian Constitution uses a neutral and expert Finance Commission, every five years, to govern this relationship. The
 latest Finance Commission report places a large burden upon federal finances, amounting to 260 billion rupees ($6 billion) or 0.75% of GDP in 2005-06. As a consequence, we have been constrained to press the "pause" button on fiscal consolidation for 2005-06
 only.</p>
<p>There has been considerable international focus on global imbalances in the intercountry balance of payments. India now has over a decade of experience of conducting macropolicy in a setting where foreign portfolio investors have full convertibility, and
 the exchange rate is determined in the currency market. Having moved from a command and control system for macromanagement, India may have an edge in terms of macroeconomic stability and policy flexibility through exchange rates and interest rates. Currency
 flexibility has risen in the past year. <br />
<br />
A major theme of India's economic strategy is that of creating sound incentives for firms. This is primarily about competition: We are steadily isolating barriers to competition and removing them. India once had a peak customs rate of 300%. In the recent budget,
 the peak rate has come down to 15%. Another element of this is heightened competition through foreign direct investment. India has limits on foreign ownership in a few sectors, and we have steadily made progress on raising these limits. India had earmarked
 certain items which only small firms are allowed to produce. We have steadily made progress on shortening this list. The budget this week removed 108 items from this list.
</p>
<p>We look to the financial markets to enhance management accountability, and allocate scarce capital to the best and the brightest. We have made considerable progress in building a modern financial sector. Securities are prominent in financing our firms, unlike
 the bank domination seen in many developing countries. The efficiency of our financial system is visible in India's higher "bang for the buck," converting investment rates that are modest by Asian standards into respectable GDP growth. Measured by the number
 of trades, our two premier exchanges, the National Stock Exchange of India and the Bombay Stock Exchange, rank third and fifth in the world. This year, we propose to embark on policy initiatives in the corporate bond market and securitization.
<br />
<br />
A major ongoing structural reform is the move to a defined-contribution pension system with fully funded individual accounts. The transition to this new system, after a bipartisan process of discussion and policy analysis from 1997, has been fairly smooth.
 A specialized regulator has been set up for the new pension system. We will attempt institutional innovations to contain administrative costs and improve portability of pensions.
<br />
<br />
It is almost a cliché to describe India as rich in institutional infrastructure and poor in physical infrastructure. As a result, the potential returns to improving physical infrastructure in India are very high. Some results of the concerted efforts at improving
 transportation and communications in the recent decade are already visible. There are better roads, ports and telecom. The easing of infrastructure bottlenecks has contributed to high exports growth. For example, the synergy between telecom and software is
 evident. But, there are literally miles to go before we sleep. Further work on roads, railways, ports, airports, telecom and urban infrastructure is a top priority of the UPA Government.
</p>
<p>An integral part of our economic strategy is empowering the poor through education and health. Public initiatives on these two fronts -- "education for all" and a midday meal scheme for school children -- will empower millions of young Indians every year
 to engage in the market process and become partners in prosperity. It is a partnership for participation in two mutually reinforcing ways: through gainful employment on the supply side and through higher consumption on the demand side. These inclusive policies
 reflect not only the social contract underlying India's democratic success and its vision of development as freedom, but also sound economic principles.
<br />
<br />
With this economic strategy, we expect exciting times of accelerated growth with stability in the years ahead. The strength of a vibrant democracy lies in the role that reasoned discourse plays in policy formulation. We believe that the evolution of reforms
 in India reflects such a considered path. There has been a steady acceleration in growth over the last 24 years and a further gain in momentum appears to be underway.
</p>
<p><em>Mr. Chidambaram is finance minister of India. </em></p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>30/12/2011 12:10:47</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/15972/A+Passage+to+Prosperity</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">15972</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>15974</publicationdataID>
      <title>India: The Reforms Keep On Coming; Premier Singh is widening his deregulation game plan -- and delighting investors</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p>It's a ritual test for Indian governments -- the annual budget, which this year Finance Minister P. Chidambaram will unveil on Feb. 28. Investors usually await the budget anxiously, fearing tax and spending hikes that could wreak havoc on the financial markets.
 But this year, Indian businesspeople expect no unhappy surprises. Indeed, they're giving Prime Minister Manmohan Singh high marks for his first nine months in office, and they expect the coming year to bring still deeper reform. "All the indications suggest
 that India is moving in the right direction," says Sunil Mehta, insurer AIG's India country head.
<br />
<br />
Despite fears of a reform slowdown when the communist-backed, Congress Party-led coalition took office in May, Singh &amp; Co. have kept up a steady pace of structural changes in the economy. Now hopes are rising of new moves that could strongly boost both domestic
 and foreign investment. Analysts expect Chidambaram's budget measures to include a sharp increase in allowed foreign ownership in Indian banks, from 49% to 74%. The cap on outside stakes in Indian insurance companies will likely rise from 26% to 49%. For the
 first time, foreigners could be allowed into the construction industry. Major tax reform is in the cards, too. A myriad of income-tax rates ranging from 10% to 35%, along with complex exemptions, will be simplified to two flat rates of 20% and 30%.
</p>
<p>Singh, the architect of India's first economic liberalization in 1991, and Harvard Business School-educated Chidambaram aim to keep deregulating the economy while boosting spending on the rural poor. Even before Chidambaram's budget presentation, he set
 the tone with a series of pre-budget moves. Both the aviation and telecom industries were opened to more foreign ownership. And the government announced that on Apr. 1 it will replace state sales taxes, which are as high as 22%, with a new value-added tax
 of 4% for raw materials and 12.5% for finished goods. This is expected to bring in $10 billion a year in new revenues -- money the government will use to cut the budget deficit, which is running at 10% of gross domestic product.
<br />
<br />
BIG SPENDERS<br />
<br />
If the tax overhaul works, it could make a big difference in India's overall economic picture. Once Singh gets the deficit under control, India's credit rating could be raised to investment grade for the first time, says Fitch Ratings' chief executive in India,
 Amit Tandon. "It's a critical psychological barrier that, if breached, will draw a greater number of heavyweight investors to India," he says. A big challenge will be reining in profligate state governments, whose share of the budget deficit has been rising
 as they hand out goodies to voters. <br />
<br />
Singh's reforms are making India a hot market. Foreign investment in Indian equities could top $10 billion this year, up from last year's $8.7 billion. If the reforms work, foreign direct investment should rise well above last year's meager estimated $5 billion.
 In February, for example, Korean steel giant Posco (PKX ) said it would invest a total of $8 billion in building a steel plant in the eastern state of Orissa.
</p>
<p>Of course, obstacles, such as creaky infrastructure, remain for investors. But prospects are brightening. Local electricity operators are adding capacity. The government is building thousands of kilometers of highways and plans to privatize five key airports
 and add six ports in the next three years. <br />
<br />
With the tech sector on a roll and manufacturing looking up, Singh and his team are blessed with an economy that's now growing at 6.5%. They want to boost GDP growth to 10% within a decade. Some analysts are skeptical. The demands of leftist coalition partners
 and high-spending state governments "could seriously constrain India's competitiveness down the road," warns Ajay Sondhi, vice-chairman of Goldman, Sachs &amp; Co.'s (GS ) Indian affiliate, Kotak Mahindra Capital. Singh needs to keep up his combo of skillful leadership
 and steady reforms. </p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>30/12/2011 12:14:53</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/15974/India+The+Reforms+Keep+On+Coming++Singh+is++his+++plan++and</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">15974</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>15976</publicationdataID>
      <title>China and India benefit from trade growth</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p>China and India, the world's two most populous countries, used to be described as giant ships passing in the night, such was the paucity of economic and other ties between the two neighbours. But they are starting to sound the foghorns as they draw closer.
<br />
<br />
Perhaps the most important shift in perception has been from the fast- growing, increasingly powerful Chinese side, which long dismissed India as being backward in contrast. Huang Jinxin, of the University of Wisconsin-Madison, recalls that standard Chinese
 school textbooks compared India unfavourably with China on key indicators. "Based on India's comparative experience, the Chinese concluded that development and democracy were a trade-off," she says.
<br />
<br />
But India's economic performance in the last few years has prompted a re- assessment by Beijing. The emergence of a world-class Indian software outsourcing industry has been the most important factor in changing China's mindset. This is increasingly translating
 into trade and investment. <br />
<br />
More than 25,000 Chinese software students have already passed through the doors of NIIT, India's largest software training company, which has 106 "education centres" in China - up from just two in 2001. "China is our number one overseas market and growing
 rapidly," says Vijay Thadani, chief executive of NIIT, from his offices in New Delhi. "China's thirst for Indian software skills is remarkable."
</p>
<p>Meanwhile in Bangalore, Liu Hongqi, India head of TCL, the Chinese consumer electronics enterprise, talks of the growing purchasing power of India's middle classes. TCL recently set aside $150m to build an Indian factory and market its televisions, DVD players
 and air conditioners to Indian consumers. "India is not only a new market for us but [is becoming] a strategic market as well," says Mr Liu.
<br />
<br />
The two countries are held up as having contrasting models of development and economic records, with the Chinese hare outstripping the Indian tortoise. But this is to overlook the growing interaction between the two neighbours, borne out by the experiences
 of companies such as Mr Liu's and Mr Thadani's. <br />
<br />
From only $1.8bn in 2001, bilateral trade will hit $14bn during India's current financial year, which ends next month. By Chinese standards the numbers are still small - its exports are more than $300bn. But in the next two years China is set to overtake the
 European Union to become India's largest trading partner, having been its ninth largest in 2001. Until 2002 there were no direct flights between India and China: now there are five a week with the number set to rise in the next year.
<br />
<br />
India and China are even exploring ways of joining forces to find cheaper sources of supply and boost their competitiveness. There is increasing awareness - especially in India - that, far from competing in a zero sum game, both countries are growing at such
 a speed that there is enough room for each to accommodate greater productive capacity.
</p>
<p>"People used to say it was China and not India, then it was China against India - but if you look at any number of sectors the real story is more likely to be China and India," says N. Srinivasan, head of the Confederation of Indian Industry.
<br />
<br />
To some extent China and India's strengths are complementary rather than clashing. Whereas China has become the world's workshop for manufactured goods, India is developing a highly competitive services sector.
<br />
<br />
From only a handful in 2000, there are now 90 Indian companies with offices in China. They have a presence in sectors ranging from pharmaceutical production to automotive components but are mostly software and information technology companies. Infosys and Tata
 Consultancy Services, two of India's largest software companies, have technology and development centres in Shanghai and other cities.
<br />
<br />
Each company has hired some 150 to 200 locally trained engineers, comparable in cost to skilled workers in India but much cheaper than IT professionals in the US and Europe. Their immediate target is the market for customised software for multinationals in
 China. "That's where we are aiming to go - we want to replicate our model [in China]," says R. Narayanan, the financial manager of Infosys Technologies in Shanghai. "In the past two to three years especially, all the major Indian software companies have looked
 at China in a big way." <br />
<br />
Likewise, Chinese manufacturers are starting to target India's growing purchasing power. Shenzhen-based Huawei Technologies, the telecommunications equipment maker, is one of a number prospering in India. Huawei spent $100m to establish a research and development
 centre in India in 1999 and will expand its workforce from 800 to 2,000 in the next three years.
</p>
<p>"The size of the Indian market and the low costs are not the most important reasons for being here - it's essential to our strategy of being a genuinely international corporation," says James Yuan, the chief operating officer of Huawei in Bangalore.
<br />
<br />
Yet bilateral trade and investment ties are not simply about India selling software to China and China selling hardware to India. The division of labour is not so clear cut.
<br />
<br />
A few years ago there was deep fear in New Delhi about the prospect of cheap Chinese imports flooding into India. Yet India actually has a modest trade surplus with China, driven largely by the export of Indian raw materials such as cement and iron ore, but
 also by exports of manufactured goods including plastics and steel. <br />
<br />
Executives at Tata Steel, India's most competitive steel producer which last week sealed a $300m acquisition of NatSteel, a Singaporean steel company, describe an almost unquenchable thirst for steel in China, India and beyond.
<br />
<br />
Tata Steel plans to double its production within two years. To improve delivery times for its exports for China and elsewhere Tata is constructing a port from scratch in the Indian state of Orissa and building a $3bn steel mill nearby.
<br />
<br />
Tata estimates India is roughly 10 to 15 years behind China's steel production, which, at more than 250m tonnes a year, is well ahead of India's 40m tonnes. But India's output is set to double in the next four years.
<br />
<br />
"The issue is not competition between India and China - there is no way production can keep up with demand in either country," says a senior executive at Tata. "The real question is how quickly what remains of global production will move to China, India and
 Brazil." </p>
<p>Foreign direct investors, who have long shunned India in favour of China, are seeing the advantages of having large-scale manufacturing operations in India as well. Last week Posco, the Korean steel company, said it would set up an $8bn steel plant in Orissa
 to produce steel for export and India's domestic market. <br />
<br />
In textiles, too, the two countries look to be able to compete side by side. China is far ahead of India, with about five times the volume of textile exports. But India is second only to China in reaping the benefits of last month's abolition of the global
 Multi-Fibre Arrangement, which had imposed quotas on developing country textile exports to the developed world. Last month India's overall exports were 33 per cent up on the previous January, driven mostly by Indian garment makers making the most of the abolition
 of quota ceilings. <br />
<br />
Executives say that India's textiles exports would be much greater if they enjoyed the same conditions as Chinese manufacturers. Dinesh Hinduja, chief executive of Gokal Das Exports, one of India's largest clothing exporters and a supplier to Wal-Mart, Marks
 and Spencer, Gap and other western retailers, says he can only envy the advantages of his Chinese counterparts.
<br />
<br />
Chinese textile companies import manufacturing equipment at zero duty, compared with 25 per cent in India. China has impressively modern ports, highways and power supply compared with India's rusting infrastructure. Most importantly, China has more liberal
 labour regulations: Mr Hinduja's Chinese counterparts can hire at whatever pace they like without fear of being stuck with a huge payroll in a downturn. In India, by contrast, downsizing is expensive and difficult. Mr Hinduja is unable under India's labour
 laws to sack even a chronically absentee employee. </p>
<p>Yet somehow India manages to compete. Gokal Das's exports are rising sharply - from $140m last year to an expected $200m in the next 12 months. "When I visit China I am in awe of the benefits that government makes available to its textile manufacturers,"
 says Mr Hinduja. "But we have skills where the Chinese are weak: high quality design and software, the ability to interract with western customers in English and a managerial talent pool which has a very flexible and cosmopolitan mindset."
<br />
<br />
All this makes Indians believe that they can continue to compete even on turf where China seems to have the advantages. At any one time Gokal Das Exports is producing 200 different clothing items for 26 separate western labels. Mr Hinduja points to the £88
 price tag on an item produced for Marks and Spencer. "This would be several hundred pounds if it had been made in England," he says. "It is uneconomic to manufacture these in the west any more. Once one company outsources to China or India, all its competitors
 have to." <br />
<br />
Mr Hinduja's observation would serve for almost any sector, whether in services or manufacturing, call centres or car components, in China or India. "All that will be left to the west is personalised tailoring," he predicts.
<br />
<br />
The much higher quality of China's infrastructure and India's continuing inability to move rapidly ahead with micro-economic reform make it more likely that China will continue to outstrip its democratic neighbour - albeit with the gap narrowing over time.
</p>
<p>But China can also learn much from its neighbour, something that policymakers in Beijing and elsewhere have begun to recognise. India's success in software, although by no means yet comparable in dollar earnings to China's manufacturing performance, has
 sparked Chinese envy. Beijing and Shanghai now compete aggressively for Indian IT investment. "This is really hot right now," says Zhu Peifen, head of the Hi-Tech Industry Development Division for the Beijing city government. "The Indian software sector can
 be a good teacher for us." <br />
<br />
The two countries are also tentatively exploring areas of co-operation, for example as partners for joint purchases in markets such as energy and commercial aircraft. Such a prospect - which Boeing or Airbus would not welcome - is so far not much more than
 talk. Nevertheless there is a determination in both capitals to consider the unmatchable economies of scale that would be available to them as joint buyers of some of the materials and technology that both countries lack.
<br />
<br />
That would help to ensure the 21st century would belong both to China and India - regardless of which of the two neighbours posts the best growth figures over the next few years.
<br />
<br />
Sources for charts: Thomson Datastream; Morgan Stanley<br />
<br />
<strong>Strategic parity prompts a neighbourly respect </strong><br />
<br />
The low point in the recent history of Sino-Indian ties - the moment when, in 1998, New Delhi exploded its first nuclear bomb - was in retrospect also the starting point for the increasingly vigorous bilateral relationship of today. While earning it short-term
 opprobrium, the bomb gave India strategic parity with its hitherto mostly disdainful neighbour.
</p>
<p>Chinese scholars say Beijing helped spur India’s nuclear programme by pointedly refusing a request from New Delhi in the early 1990s for a guarantee of no first strike. Without a bomb of its own, India did not merit such a promise, Beijing reasoned. "China
 did not respect India,” says a Chinese academic, "and it did everything possible to show that China was a great nation and that India was not. This was a big mistake.”
<br />
<br />
Symbolic in rectifying that will be a trip to New Delhi - perhaps as early as next month - by Wen Jiabao, the Chinese premier. The summit he is to hold with Manmohan Singh, Indian prime minister, follows a 2003 visit to Beijing by Atal Bihari Vajpayee, Mr Singh’s
 predecessor. <br />
<br />
Disagreements include a border dispute remaining from China’s humiliation of India in their 1962 war and India’s harbouring of Tibetan exiles. But they are learning how to agree to disagree. Such has been the progress in relations that New Delhi points to the
 negotiating framework on the border issue as a model for resolving its differences with Pakistan over Kashmir. The border dispute "may never be resolved, but the two sides will still maintain peace and tranquillity along the (lines) of actual control,” says
 Shen Dingli of Fudan University in Shanghai. <br />
<br />
Still, India and China this month took their relations to a new level when they inaugurated what they said would be regular talks about issues of "mutual strategic concern”, such as terrorism, energy co-operation and United Nations reform.
<br />
<br />
"The model is to put all the bilateral differences to one side and allow economics to drive the relationship,” says Raja Mohan, a leading Indian analyst. "This doesn’t mean that the disputes will necessarily be resolved, but it does raise the cost of not resolving
 them.” </p>
<p>India’s success in the software industry, and its emergence in the last few years as a potential regional economic superpower, has also helped transform its image in China. Cheng Ruisheng, a former Chinese ambassador to New Delhi, says: "We both need a peaceful
 environment to develop our economies.” <br />
<br />
There is talk of opening negotiations to establish a bilateral trade agreement - but such a project is probably still some way off. Indeed, many in both countries maintain a deep distrust about the motives of the other.
<br />
<br />
"There is very little goodwill on the Chinese side,” says an Indian academic who has had extensive contacts with China. "They are very clear that they see us as a dangerous long-term competitor - and they are simply looking for a way in which we can be neutralised.”
<br />
<br />
India’s economic emergence is openly encouraged by the 10-member Association of South East Asian Nations, which has become increasingly concerned about the growing preponderance of China. In much the same way as the US hopes India will become a geopolitical
 counterweight to China over the next decades, Asean hopes India will become an economic counterweight.
<br />
<br />
That may be premature. India, with its sensitivity about sovereignty, bristles at being asked to play roles on behalf of other countries. But economic ties between India and China will continue to grow and a convergence of the two giants’ broader interests
 at the World Trade Organisation and elsewhere will help bring them closer together.
</p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>30/12/2011 12:17:35</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/15976/China+and+India+benefit+from+trade+growth</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">15976</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>15978</publicationdataID>
      <title>Internet access is spreading prosperity to rural India</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p>Sunil Bharti Mittal, chairman of India's second-biggest mobile phone network, says fishermen on the nation's southern coast are using cellphones while at sea to call traders and find out who's paying the most for lobsters. He is planning to stop that.
<br />
<br />
Instead, Mittal's company, Bharti Tele-Ventures, will offer the fishermen a wireless Internet service that would provide up-to-date prices for their catch and even allow them to book orders from their boats. In so doing, the fishermen "will significantly increase
 their earnings," he says. <br />
<br />
Fishermen are not the only ones on Mittal's radar screen. In the next 12 months to 24 months, he plans to introduce technology that will enable farmers to monitor weather conditions in real time on their mobile phones, Mittal said at an Ernst &amp; Young conference
 in Singapore last week. <br />
<br />
The abysmal lack of communication facilities in rural areas has been, until now, a source of some satisfaction to those who believe that by progressively opening up the industry to private and foreign investors in the past decade, India has only looked after
 the interests of privileged city dwellers. <br />
<br />
The naysayers, prominent among them the Indian Marxists who opposed the government decision this month to allow foreign investors to raise their stakes in telecommunications companies to a maximum of 74 percent, from 49 percent, should take notice as benefits
 of greater competition begin to flow to the remotest regions - with private investors' money and not government subsidies.
<br />
<br />
Reliance Infocomm, Bharti's bigger rival by subscribers, recently announced that by the end of this year it would provide voice, data and video access to 650 million Indians across 400,000 villages and 5,700 cities and towns. Reliance, which has 10.5 million
 subscribers, calls this an attempt to bridge India's "digital divide."</p>
<p>Only 1.5 percent of people in rural India have access to telephones, compared with 25 percent in cities.
<br />
<br />
A glut in global bandwidth is helping to spread connectivity to rural India. In partnership with Singapore Telecommunications, Mittal has set up the world's biggest privately held undersea cable by capacity - an 8.4 terabit-per-second line joining India to
 Singapore. <br />
<br />
Reliance Infocomm, a unit of the country's biggest nonstate company, bought international capacity last year by acquiring the network of the Bermuda-based Flag Telecom Group, which came out of bankruptcy protection in 2003.
<br />
<br />
In November, Videsh Sanchar Nigam, an Indian long-distance phone company owned by the Tata group, announced its decision to buy Tyco International's undersea cable network for $130 million.
<br />
<br />
There is suddenly more bandwidth going around at home, too. Bharti has laid down more than 30,000 kilometers, or 18,645 miles, of fiber-optic cable across India; Reliance has installed about 128,000 kilometers.
<br />
<br />
Some of the growth in capacity is helping India's computer software and call-center industries satiate their appetite for voice and data transmission. Some of it is being used by Indian companies as they modernize. For example, banks need bandwidth to run their
 ATM networks; fleet operators need it to track the movement of their trucks. <br />
<br />
Capacity that is left over is allowing individual consumers in the world's second-fastest growing major economy after China to get affordable access to phone and wireless Internet services. In 1995, mobile tariffs in India averaged 46 U.S. cents a minute; they're
 down to 2 cents a minute now. <br />
<br />
India has 49 million cellular users, according to the phone-services regulator. <br />
<br />
Bharti began a broadband Internet service for $11 a month in northern India last month. The price is competitive by global standards: America Online offers broadband for $14.95 a month.</p>
<p>Indian broadband prices will fall as competition increases. That will bring high-speed data transmission within reach of more Indians - not just in urban areas and not only for entertainment.
<br />
<br />
"Broadband isn't about electronic games or video streaming," Sam Pitroda, a member of the government's National Advisory Council, said at a conference in New Delhi in October. "For India, it means e-governance and e-education."
<br />
<br />
Village accountants in the southern province of Karnataka, whose capital, Bangalore, is now globally known for its software exports, are using handheld computers to capture crop patterns, reducing the time the government takes to collate such information to
 30 days from one year. <br />
<br />
As connectivity spreads, updated land records, which farmers need to get bank loans, can be accessed via the Internet. Farmers can access the records without having to bribe anyone.
<br />
<br />
Broadband has been modestly defined by the Indian telecommunications regulator as any "always-on" connection that offers an Internet download speed of at least 256 kilobits per second (kbps). Western consumers, increasingly used to accessing information at
 eight times that speed or faster, might balk at such a slow service. For India's fishermen, it's likely to be worth the wait as their productivity and earnings rise.
<br />
<br />
That would be a victory for Adam Smith's "invisible hand" and a blow to all those who say markets don't work for the poor.
</p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>30/12/2011 12:20:37</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/15978/Internet+access+is+spreading+prosperity+to+rural+India</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">15978</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>15980</publicationdataID>
      <title>Welcome to the Chinese century? Not so fast</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p>Everyone has an opinion on who will lead Asia in the years ahead, including the Group of 7 industrial nations. This month, the group clearly seemed to be putting its money on China.
<br />
<br />
The wealthiest industrialized nations have not exactly said that India will play second fiddle to China, having invited both nations to attend their Feb. 4 meeting. Yet the G-7's almost linear focus on China and its currency policy leaves little doubt about
 which country it is betting on. The same is true for the policy-making elite who gathered at the World Economic Forum in Davos, Switzerland this year.
<br />
<br />
All this matters because the G-7 is realizing that Asian nations' economic might will one day rival or even eclipse its own. This region, after all, is home to many of the world's most vibrant economies, ones that will increasingly alter the G-7's clubby way
 of viewing the global financial system. <br />
<br />
Markets also are trying to digest recent investment bank reports arguing that China and India will become the world's second- and third-biggest economies sooner, rather than later. In the age of globalization, size matters more than ever; the bigger the economy,
 the more long-term investment it seems to attract. <br />
<br />
As bond and stock markets in the two Asian giants grow along with gross domestic product, G-7 members may have a harder time remaining on investors' radar screens.
<br />
<br />
Yet G-7 ministers and investors should think twice before downplaying India's potential relative to that of China.</p>
<p>China is the heir apparent, according to conventional wisdom. Its 9 percent pace of expansion is largely responsible for Asia's rapid economic growth in recent years. It is the world's leading destination for foreign direct investment.
<br />
<br />
Yet Daniel Lian, a Singapore-based economist at Morgan Stanley, can think of at least two reasons to be optimistic about India.
<br />
<br />
First, economic forecasters have a poor record of predicting the next economic megatrend. Second, India could spring a few surprises that haven't entered the calculations of global investors.
<br />
<br />
Remember how everyone assumed that Japan would lead the so-called Pacific Century? The decline of Japan's economic might, however, along with China's rise since 1994 and the collapse of the Asian tiger economies in 1997, have altered the dynamics for this century.
<br />
<br />
It is not clear to what extent the rest of Asia will be able to compete with China's low wages and growing market share. The phenomenon is not unlike how Wal-Mart Stores is shaking up the U.S. economy - only China's impact globally will unfold on a much larger
 scale. <br />
<br />
Another big question is the fate of China's banks, which have been undermined for decades by an institutionalized misallocation of capital with little regard for international norms of risk management and the extension of credit. Rating agencies think it will
 cost several hundreds of billions of dollars to resolve their bad loans. <br />
<br />
Enter India, which has a measure of economic and political stability that will take China years to develop.</p>
<p>Hovering constantly above China's economy is the question of whether it can complete the transition from socialism to capitalism - and whether the Communist Party can hang on to power.
<br />
<br />
India, for all its warts, is not preoccupied by such risks. Its troubles include a massive national debt, a daunting poverty rate, an inefficient and bureaucratic government and ramshackle infrastructure. Yet India's entrepreneurial vigor, as seen in companies
 like Infosys Technologies, Dr. Reddy's Laboratories and Wipro, is more impressive than China's.
<br />
<br />
India's financial markets are also more developed. China, unlike India, does not have much of a bond market, for example. Indian companies have big head start and a significant advantage when it comes to raising capital in the debt markets. What China must
 build from scratch, India already has up and running. <br />
<br />
A big push into export-oriented manufacturing also is under way in India. While China is clearly ahead on that count, India's efforts could contribute significantly to poverty reduction, by creating jobs for those without the skills to enter India's software
 and call-center industries. <br />
<br />
Western investors, says Lian at Morgan Stanley, ultimately could favor India over China. Reasons include India's well-established democracy, the belief that the nation is better equipped to protect intellectual property rights and fear of China as a geopolitical
 competitor. <br />
<br />
Yes, China has vast potential, but so does India. You would think that the G-7 would be hedging its bets on which economy will dominate Asia a generation from now. It may not be the one they think.</p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>30/12/2011 12:23:25</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/15980/Welcome+to+the+Chinese+century+Not+so+fast</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">15980</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>15982</publicationdataID>
      <title>Embassy Row: 'Pragmatic decision'</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p>India rejected foreign aid to help with the tsunami disaster because its own relief agencies were capable of rescuing, feeding and clothing the victims, said Indian Ambassador Ronen Sen.<br />
<br />
Mr. Sen said his government had made a "pragmatic decision" based on past experience with natural disasters. However, the decision met with international criticism.
<br />
<br />
"There was initial incomprehension and even righteous indignation about what was perceived to be an arrogant and insensitive decision by our government to decline intergovernmental or international assistance in coping with the immediate aftermath of the natural
 disaster," the ambassador wrote in the Indian Embassy's "India Review" magazine.
<br />
<br />
The Indian government's past experiences with natural disasters had showed that "around 90 to 95 percent of relief and rehabilitation work ... was carried out with Indian expertise and resources," he said.
<br />
<br />
Also, India has been overwhelmed in the past with foreign relief donations that officials could not distribute.
<br />
<br />
Indian citizens also contributed generously to the Prime Minister's National Relief Fund, raising $120 million in three weeks.
<br />
<br />
Mr. Sen added that India wanted to avoid being overrun by foreign relief workers, especially in the hard-hit Nicobar Islands, home to an ancient tribal people.
</p>
<p>"We did not want well-meaning foreign or Indian [nongovernmental organizations] to rush to the Nicobar Islands, which are home to declining and vulnerable tribes whose ways of life have remained unchanged for centuries and millennia, and for whom such humanitarian
 intrusions could possibly be as traumatic as the tsunami itself," Mr. Sen said. <br />
<br />
India, which lost about 16,000 people to the Dec. 26 tidal wave that ravaged the coasts of a dozen countries, believed that other nations needed more help.
<br />
<br />
"We remain convinced that the immediate needs of our neighbors, particularly Indonesia and Sri Lanka, were greater than ours," the ambassador said.
<br />
<br />
While dealing with its own disaster, India dispatched assistance to Sri Lanka and the Maldives. Fourteen Indian naval vessels and 1,700 Indian relief workers "maintained a continuous flow of assistance to these countries," he said.
<br />
<br />
"I know of no precedent of a country that, while coping on its own with a massive natural disaster, has extended timely and significant assistance to its neighboring countries," Mr. Sen said.
<br />
<br />
Indian Prime Minister Manmohan Singh did agree last month to accept some financial assistance from the World Bank and the International Monetary Fund.
</p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>30/12/2011 12:25:47</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/15982/Embassy+Row+Pragmatic+decision</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">15982</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>15984</publicationdataID>
      <title>S&amp;P Lifts India's Debt Rating, Citing Strong Growth Prospects</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p>BOMBAY, India -- Standard &amp; Poor's Ratings Services raised India's long-term foreign-currency debt rating, a move that should boost foreign investment and help the country get more competitive pricing on its future borrowings.<br />
<br />
The international credit-rating agency upgraded India's foreign-currency debt by one notch to double-B-plus, and affirmed its double-B-plus long-term local currency and short-term ratings. It cited the country's improved external position -- particularly its
 high foreign-exchange reserves -- and strong growth prospects as reasons for the upgrade.
<br />
<br />
"The current foreign-currency rating leaves India only one notch below the investment-grade rating of triple-B-minus," said Ping Chew, Director of Sovereign and International Public Finance Group at Standard &amp; Poor's.
<br />
<br />
S&amp;P is the third international credit-rating agency to upgrade India in roughly a year. Moody's Investors Service Inc. upgraded India's foreign-currency debt to Baa3, or investment grade, from Ba1 in January 2004. Fitch Ratings also upgraded India's foreign
 debt in January 2004 to double-B-plus from double-B. All three rating agencies have stable outlooks on their ratings for India.
<br />
<br />
Analysts said they believe the S&amp;P upgrade should help sustain the trend of strong capital inflows that India has witnessed in recent months -- stock-related capital inflows alone topped $9 billion in 2004, a record.
<br />
<br />
"Since this is a vote of confidence on India's economic fundamentals, foreign fund inflows -- both foreign-direct investment and portfolio investment -- will continue," said S.P. Prabhu, an analyst at Bombay-based IDBI Capital Markets.
</p>
<p>S&amp;P's move surprised local financial markets -- particularly the rupee, which rallied to a one-month high against the U.S. dollar. The dollar fell to 43.41 rupiah yesterday -- a level last tested on Jan. 1. The dollar settled at 43.70 rupiah Tuesday.
<br />
<br />
Government-bond prices rose on hopes that increased capital inflows in the wake of the upgrade should boost liquidity in the banking system. The price of the actively traded 7.38% paper, due 2015, rose to 105.25 rupiah from 104.94 rupiah Tuesday. Its yield
 eased to 6.68% from 6.71%.<br />
<br />
The stock-market reaction was relatively muted. After rising mildly soon after S&amp;P announced the upgrade, shares quickly shed those gains to end slightly down on broad-based profit-taking. The Bombay Sensitive Index edged down 22.41 points to 6530.06 yesterday.
<br />
<br />
S&amp;P highlighted India's significantly improved external position as the key driver for the ratings upgrade. "India's external balance sheet has strengthened markedly, due to reserves accumulation and prudent debt management, which should lower the external
 liquidity risk from its fiscal vulnerability," Mr. Chew said. <br />
<br />
Foreign-exchange reserves totaled $129.43 billion on Jan. 21, up nearly $24 billion from a year earlier. Reserves now exceed the country's gross external debt, which stood at $113.6 billion at the end of September 2004. Economists consider this a significant
 improvement from 1991 -- the year the country began its economic overhauls -- when reserves measured a mere 7% of external debt.
<br />
<br />
India's economic prospects remain strong, with annual growth in gross domestic product likely to hover at 6.5%-7% in the medium term, supported by a dynamic service sector and gradual industrial and trade liberalization, the ratings agency said.
<br />
<br />
"However, the country's weak fiscal situation continues to be a serious economic concern, with the ratio of general government debt to GDP now hovering above 80%," S&amp;P said.
</p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>30/12/2011 12:28:28</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/15984/SP+Lifts+Indias+Debt+Rating+Citing+Strong+Growth+Prospects</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">15984</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>15986</publicationdataID>
      <title>India Takes Major Role In Sri Lanka Relief Effort; Aid Is Sign of Nation's Emergence as Regional Power</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p>GALLE, Sri Lanka -- Earlier this month, the USS Bonhomme Richard, a Navy helicopter carrier, was steaming toward Sri Lanka to augment U.S. forces helping survivors of the Dec. 26 tsunami when it suddenly changed course for Indonesia. Additional U.S. troops
 were no longer needed in Sri Lanka, because the Indian military had been dispatched to help.<br />
<br />
Over the last three weeks, India has deployed 14 ships, nearly 1,000 military personnel and several dozen helicopters and airplanes to its devastated island neighbor, where more than 30,000 people died in the waves that followed the undersea earthquake off
 the Indonesian island of Sumatra. Indian officials describe the relief mission as the largest outside their borders since independence from Britain in 1947.
<br />
<br />
"It's fantastic," said Indian navy Cmdr. G. Prakash, captain of the anti-submarine frigate Taragiri, berthed at this historic port city on Sri Lanka's heavily damaged southwestern coast. "You finally feel like you're burning diesel for a cause."
<br />
<br />
In the view of many analysts, India's generous response to the tsunami -- not just on its own damaged coastline but beyond -- has underscored the country's emergence in recent years as an increasingly potent diplomatic and economic power.
<br />
<br />
It also has highlighted the growing capability of the Indian military as well as its improving ties to other major powers with interests in the region, particularly the United States.
<br />
<br />
"This is a huge shift," C. Raja Mohan, a professor of international relations at Jawaharlal Nehru University in New Delhi, said in a telephone interview. "What you're seeing is the Indian ability to constitute collective regional security arrangements. The
 attitude has shifted from being a lone ranger to . . . engagement with all the major powers."</p>
<p>During the first decades after independence, which coincided with the Cold War, India pursued a policy of diplomatic nonalignment that often was perceived as isolationism. The country had testy relations with the United States and resented U.S. influence
 in the Indian Ocean region. At the same time, India lacked the resources to assert itself militarily, was preoccupied by its rivalry with Pakistan and was forced by the poverty of its vast population to accept aid from foreign donors.
<br />
<br />
During the 1990s, however, India liberalized its economy and has begun to reap benefits from globalization, especially in services such as software development and other forms of outsourcing. It also has pursued closer diplomatic and military ties with the
 United States, with which it held the first of several military exercises in May 2002.
<br />
<br />
Although India still accepts some foreign aid, such help is declining in importance with the country's rapid economic growth. In the last few years, India has begun to transform itself into a donor nation, offering lines of credit to developing countries in
 Africa and elsewhere. <br />
<br />
Those trends converged in shaping India's response to the tsunami. Although the waves caused immense damage to coastal areas in India, where more than 10,000 people died, the Indian government not only turned down offers of outside assistance but also dispatched
 ships and aid to Sri Lanka and the nearby Maldives, as well as to Indonesia. In addition, it has pledged $23 million for reconstruction in Sri Lanka.
<br />
<br />
"There was a spontaneous desire on the part of India to help," said Nirupama Rao, the Indian ambassador to Sri Lanka, who had been vacationing in India when she received a telephoned plea for assistance from Sri Lankan Prime Minister Mahinda Rajapakse within
 hours of the disaster. Moreover, Rao added, "We had the resources and the capability to effect that kind of response."
</p>
<p>The Indian government's response to the disaster on its own soil, by most accounts, was reasonably effective, particularly in Tamil Nadu state, which suffered the largest number of Indian casualties. By the second day of the disaster, the army was busy collecting
 bodies, running medical camps and building shelters. The military also has played a big role in the heavily damaged -- and strategically sensitive -- Andaman and Nicobar Islands, although Indian authorities have been criticized for barring foreign relief organizations
 from the area on security grounds. <br />
<br />
In Sri Lanka, an Indian navy medical team arrived in Colombo within hours of the tsunami, and four ships docked at several ports around the country by the end of the following day, according to navy Capt. Suraj Berry, the Indian defense attaché in Colombo.
 A team of Indian divers, meanwhile, arrived in Galle to begin raising sunken vessels that were preventing relief ships from entering the port; with help from the Sri Lankan navy, the job was completed in eight days, said navy Lt. Ali Naqvi, who supervised
 the Indian divers. <br />
<br />
"Initially we came for relief but we found most of the job was salvage," he said. "We had to do this thing fast."
<br />
<br />
Nearby, two Indian military doctors worked at a temporary clinic set up on the veranda of a colonial-era hotel, while Indian soldiers wielded shovels to build a latrine at a camp for displaced families. The army engineering unit had already completed a number
 of projects in the area, including restoring electricity to several government buildings that were inundated by the ocean surges, Maj. Girish Kumar said.</p>
<p>In a reflection of India's warming relations with the United States, both governments agreed after high-level contacts -- including a Dec. 29 conversation between Secretary of State Colin L. Powell and Indian Foreign Minister Natwar Singh -- to pool their
 military assets with those of Australia and Japan in response to the disaster. <br />
<br />
Although coordination of relief efforts was subsequently ceded to the United Nations, India and its partners in the aid operation have continued to coordinate closely. Berry, the Indian defense attaché, has been holding daily meetings with his American counterpart
 as well as defense attaches from other countries involved in the relief effort, including, on occasion, Pakistan, which has sent medical specialists and other forms of assistance to Sri Lanka.
<br />
<br />
Although the USS Bonhomme Richard was diverted to Indonesia, about 1,400 U.S. military personnel are now involved in the relief operation in Sri Lanka. About half of them are aboard the USS Duluth, an amphibious ship now off Sri Lanka's east coast, said 2nd
 Lt. Eric Tausch, a Marine spokesman. <br />
<br />
"We should avoid duplication," said Berry. "There was no point in doing the same thing."
</p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>30/12/2011 12:31:42</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/15986/India+Takes+Major+Role+In+Sri+Lanka+Relief+Effort+Aid+Is+Sign+of+Nations+Emergence+as+Regional+Power</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">15986</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>15988</publicationdataID>
      <title>Sobering forecast of change in the balance of world power</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p>Last week the National Intelligence Council, the CIA's think tank, released a 119-page report pondering the world the United States might face in 2020. In a reflection of the myopia of our times, the Washington Post's front page story focused almost entirely
 on the CIA's prediction that Islamic terrorism would still be with us 15 years from now.
<br />
<br />
Left for bare mention was the far more stunning vision that was the main focus of the intelligence report. By 2020, the document forecasts, the United States will have to share global domination with the rising Asian powers of China and India.
<br />
<br />
``The likely emergence of China and India, as well as others, as new major global players -- similar to the advent of a united Germany in the 19th century and a powerful United States in the early 20th century -- will transform the geopolitical landscape,''
 the CIA report concludes. <br />
<br />
If the 1900s were the American Century, the authors say, ``the 21st century may be seen as the time when Asia, led by China and India, comes into its own.''
</p>
<p>This is not news for those of us who live in Silicon Valley. But the rest of the country is still catching up to this reality. The report, ``Mapping the Global Future,'' reflects not only the views of the intelligence community but also academics, business
 people, government officials and other experts around the world. The map is worth studying.
<br />
<br />
Asia's rise starts with economics. By 2020, China's economy will exceed all others except the United States in size. India will likely have overtaken Europe. Other would-be powers such as Brazil and perhaps Russia may follow in their wake.
<br />
<br />
Europe and Japan face a huge demographic breakdown, with aging populations and shrinking workforces. They must allow large immigration from the south or face economic stagnation.
<br />
<br />
Globalization, the growing cross-border flows of information, technology, capital and people, is the ``mega-trend'' shaping everything else. Those countries best able to access and adapt new technologies will benefit most from this trend.
<br />
<br />
While the United States currently sets technology standards for the rest of the world, ``there are signs this leadership is at risk.'' The report details the decline of science and engineering graduates here and the shrinking of privately funded research and
 development. <br />
<br />
``Asia looks set to displace Western countries as the focus for international economic dynamism,'' the CIA forecasts.
<br />
<br />
Asia's multinational corporations -- from Sony and Samsung to China's Huawei -- will drive global integration. The trend of outsourcing jobs to Asia will only accelerate, expanding to more occupations. ``The transition will not be painless and will hit the
 middle classes of the developed world in particular,'' an alarming idea for those who have already felt this impact.
</p>
<p>The ``Asian face'' on globalization may create a rival financial system, one less dependent on the dollar. The currency reserves of Japan, China, Korea and India, now three-quarters of global reserves, will change the way business is done. And economic and
 cultural ties across Asia will grow, at the expense of Europe and America. <br />
<br />
``By 2020,'' the CIA predicts, ``globalization could be equated in the popular mind with a rising Asia, replacing its current association with Americanization.''
<br />
<br />
This Asian century does not only have an economic and technological dimension. China is set to overtake Russia as the second largest defense spender after the United States. In the next two decades, China will emerge as a ``first-rate military power.''&gt;
<br />
<br />
``The key question that the United States needs to ask itself is whether it can offer Asian states an appealing vision of regional security and order that will rival and perhaps exceed that offered by China,'' the CIA concludes.
<br />
<br />
Unfortunately, American attentions are focused elsewhere. ``The U.S. preoccupation with the war on terrorism is largely irrelevant to the security concerns of most Asians,'' participants told the intelligence council.
<br />
<br />
``U.S. disengagement from what matters to Asian allies would increase the likelihood that they would climb on Beijing's bandwagon and allow China to create its own regional security order that excludes the United States.''<br />
<br />
It is a sobering vision of not only the world ahead but the world we are living in right now.
<br />
<br />
Read it. </p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>30/12/2011 12:33:52</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/15988/Sobering+forecast+of+change+in+the+balance+of+world+power</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">15988</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>15990</publicationdataID>
      <title>CIA report: India, China global players</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[Washington: India and China will become major new global players by 2020, enjoying both political and economic powers, a report by a CIA think tank predicted.
<br />
<br />
The report also predicted the United States would face increased competition from growing economic power in Asia and challenges from political Islam.
<br />
<br />
Likening the rise of China and India to the emergence of the United States as a world power a century ago, the National Intelligence Council report predicted Asia's two nuclear-armed nations would "transform the geopolitical landscape" because of their robust
 economic growth, expanding military capabilities and large populations. <br />
<br />
"The rise of these new powers is a virtual certainty," the Council said. It also predicted the rise of the world's two most populous countries would have a positive impact on the world economy, causing it to be about 80 percent larger than in 2000. The world
 per capital income would also increase by 50 percent. <br />
<br />
The 120-page report, titled "Mapping the Global Future," aims at preparing the U.S. administration for future challenges by tracing key trends that may influence world events.]]></description>
      <pubDate>30/12/2011 12:35:38</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/15990/CIA+report+India+China+global+players</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">15990</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>15993</publicationdataID>
      <title>India's new leadership role</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p><em>An economic giant </em><br />
<br />
NEW DELHI The 21st century will be an Asian century. Simply by virtue of its breathtaking size and formidable exporting power, China is already transforming the economic map of Asia and the world. Yet China will not be alone in reshaping the global economic
 order. In India there is an economy with the potential to match it. In its likely impact on the global economy, India is the coming China.
<br />
<br />
The new India sometimes seems like the world in a single country. It combines first-world capabilities in information technology, pharmaceuticals and biotechnology with third-world levels of poverty. Indians buy 2 million mobile phones a month, but 300 million
 Indians live on less than a dollar a day. <br />
<br />
In Calcutta this week, I addressed the Confederation of Indian Industry, whose members represent one of the most dynamic and entrepreneurial industrial sectors in the world. Not far away, on the Bay of Bengal, some of the world's poorest and most vulnerable
 people are struggling to rebuild lives that have been washed away by the recent tsunami.
<br />
<br />
This country of contrasts straddles the developed and the developing world on a continental scale. Not only is India's population more than a billion, but 600 million of them are under the age of 25. By 2030 India will probably have overtaken China as the world's
 most populous country. It will be the world's largest democracy and the world's third or fourth largest economy.
</p>
<p>A country on this scale could easily be tempted to remain inward looking; to rely on domestic production and protect its domestic industry. Indian policy in the past has seemed unpersuaded of the benefits of a more open trade policy. India still has the
 world's highest average trade tariff levels. But that is changing. . <br />
<br />
India's newly elected government has an ambitious goal of sustained annual growth of 7 to 8 percent and a doubling of per capita income over the next 10 years. The leadership has made it clear that such targets are dependent on continued internal reform, boosted
 foreign trade and increased inward investment. . <br />
<br />
Change in an economy the size of India's must take time, and the needs of the poor and vulnerable must be met, but such an outward-looking strategy is unquestionably the right one. India's effective education system produces one of the most literate and numerate
 workforces in the developing world. Its entrepreneurialism is rapidly turning to the challenges of global competition. It is hard to imagine a larger reserve of untapped potential. India will be a global trade heavyweight. .
<br />
<br />
A new outward looking Europe needs to build strategic partnerships with India. Last year the European Union and India agreed on a new plan that will pave the way for closer regulatory convergence, improved conditions for inward investment and closer cooperation
 on shared strategic goals. In trade terms, the European Union wants to engage India in living up to our shared responsibility to see completion in securing agreement on new international trade rules as part of the Doha development round of trade talks, which
 are aimed at helping the world's poorest by reducing trade barriers. </p>
<p>India's diversity gives it a unique perspective in the ongoing Doha round. The round, badly damaged at Cancún and resurrected last July, urgently needs to make progress this year. That progress will depend on our ability to craft an agreement that meets
 the needs of developing countries. Developed countries will have to open their markets in agricultural products. But advanced developing countries will have to move on opening trade in services and nonagricultural goods - which is in India's interest as well
 as the rest of the world's. <br />
<br />
With such a share of the world's poor, India is rightly committed to ensuring that the Doha round delivers free and fair trade for the most vulnerable. Developed and developing countries will look to India to play a leadership role in pressing for the needs
 of the poorest. India's recent experience with liberalization makes the case for more open trade as a key instrument for development. That includes trade in services.
<br />
<br />
India's past negotiating position on services has been defensive when it does not need to be. The success of India's services sector, particularly its international competitiveness as an IT provider, shows that it can compete formidably with developed countries.
 An ambitious offer on services from India would send a positive signal for other developing countries and for international investors. It would bring the international trading system a large step closer to agreeing on its new rulebook at Hong Kong in December.
<br />
<br />
It would also definitively announce India's arrival on the world scene as a global player. Europe stands ready to work in partnership with India to achieve our common goals.
<br />
<br />
(Peter Mandelson is the European commissioner for trade.) </p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>30/12/2011 12:38:37</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/15993/Indias+new+leadership+role</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">15993</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>15996</publicationdataID>
      <title>Ranbaxy’s Challenge To Pfizer’s Lipitor Concerns Wall Street</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p>A LEGAL ATTACK on the patents on Pfizer Inc.’s Lipitor by an Indian generic-drug maker has some on Wall Street worried that a cheap copycat of the world’s biggest-selling drug could come to market years earlier than anticipated.<br />
<br />
In a two-week trial that ended late last month, Ranbaxy Laboratories Ltd. of New Delhi sought to crack two patents that Pfizer says protect the cholesterol-lowering drug until 2009 and 2011. Like most patent cases, the litigation will be decided by a judge
 rather than a jury. A decision from Judge Joseph J. Farnan of the U.S. District Court of Delaware could come in the next six to 12 months.
<br />
<br />
The prevailing view on Wall Street has been that Ranbaxy, which is trying to establish itself in the U.S., wasn’t likely to win the case. But testimony at the trial from both sides on how the patents should be interpreted, as well as disclosures about Pfizer’s
 conduct in applying for the patents, have left a small but growing clutch of investors less certain that Pfizer will triumph.
</p>
<p>"After the trial, the probability of a Pfizer loss has grown a little,” said Ken Tsuboi, a senior analyst at Capital Research &amp; Management Co. Mr. Tsuboi’s $ 200 million Global Health Care Fund hasn’t sold Pfizer shares since the trial, but he said he would
 if Pfizer’s stock rose a bit before the verdict. He rates the stock "under weight” and has reduced his Pfizer position to 9.5% of the funds assets from 15% six months ago.
<br />
<br />
If the challenger prevails, it would send seismic shocks through the pharmaceutical world. Lipitor had global sales of $ 9.2 billion in 2003, a big chunk of Pfizer’s revenue of $45.2 billion that year.
<br />
<br />
A loss of Pfizer also could reverberate through the more than 1,300 stock mutual funds that holds it shares, making it one of the most widely held stocks. More funds own Pfizer than own U.S blue-chip stocks General Electric Co, Exxon Mobile Corp. or City Group
 Inc, according to fund tracker Morning-Star Inc. <br />
<br />
Still, Bob Million and Eric Schoenstein who co-manage Jensen Portfolio with $2.8 billion in assets don’t think Pfizer’s long-term fate hinges on the outcome of the Lipitor trial. "Pfizer has such a broad pipeline and deep financial resources that even if they
 were to suffer some patent litigation losses, they are still going to be a very powerful force in the pharmaceutical industry,” Mr. Schoenstein said. They have kept buying Pfizer shares over the past year even as the stock has stumbled; the fund now owns 4.3
 million shares. <br />
<br />
Investors have been keenly interested in patent trials since 2001, when Eli Lilly &amp; Co. lost patent protection on antidepressant Prozac, its flagship product, after generic company Barr Pharmaceuticals Inc. won a lengthy lawsuit allowing it to bring a copycat
 to market about 2.5 years earlier than Lilly expected. After two months, Lilly had lost nearly three-quarters of its sales, an unprecedented rate of decline.
</p>
<p>Pfizer already has generics woes. It faces more patent expirations in coming years than any other pharmaceutical company. Drugs that account for a quarter of its U.S. sales are set to lose patent protection, including antidepressant Zoloft, antibiotic Zithromax,
 blood-pressure drug Norvasc and allergy drug Zyrtec. Generic makers also are challenging its patents on Celebrex and Detrol.
<br />
<br />
Predicting the outcome of patent cases is difficult because of the complexity of the biochemistry and legal issues. But because verdicts often involve billion-dollar products crucial to drug companies profits, investors hire lawyers to sit through the trial
 and predict the outcome. Such analysts are divided on the Lipitor case. <br />
<br />
In the lawsuit, Ranbaxy must prevail over two Pfizer patents to win the right to sell a generic version of Lipitor. That is a high hurdle, especially when one of the patents covers the molecule itself, rather than the manufacturing process or therapeutic use.
</p>
<p>Pfizer first obtained a patent on a molecule made up to two components; it later obtained a second patent on one of those components and marketed that as Lipitor. Ranbaxy argues that the first patent didn’t expressly cover the component. Because its copy
 only includes the component that mimics Lipitor, Ranbaxy says it doesn’t infringe on he initial patent. Pfizer maintains that the first patent covers the whole molecule and its components. The arguments on the second patent, however, provided new twists. Ranbaxy
 essentially says Pfizer shouldn’t have gotten the second patent because it was too much like the first one. Pfizer counters that, although the second patent was similar, the company deserved extra patent protection because the later version of the molecule
 had surprising advantages over the older one, a critical requirement for a patent. Specifically, Pfizer claimed that the later molecule showed a significant advantage in efficacy at lowering cholesterol than the older molecule.
<br />
<br />
But Ranbaxy attacked Pfizer’s scientific data on the cholesterol lowering and accused Pfizer of botching the tests and then cherry-picking the data. Ranbaxy maintains that if all the data were taken into account, the second molecule’s advantage wasn’t statistically
 significant, and therefore the second patent is illegitimate. </p>
<p>Pfizer said it submitted the most appropriate and reliable test results. And even if the rest of the data were taken into account, Pfizer argued, they only bolstered the case that the second version of the molecule was superior.
<br />
<br />
The judge peppered a key Pfizer witness-a chemistry expert who was supposed to justify Pfizer’s interpretation of the patents-with questions, causing him to make some statements that contradicted his previous testimony. Some analysts saw this as damaging to
 the witness’s credibility. <br />
<br />
Ranbaxy declined to comment. A Pfizer spokesman said Ranbaxy presented "nothing new or surprising” in court. "Pfizer believes strongly that both patents in the litigation are valid and infringed and that, when all the evidence is considered, our position will
 be upheld”. </p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>30/12/2011 12:43:04</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/15996/Ranbaxys+Challenge+To+Pfizers+Lipitor+Concerns+Wall+Street</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">15996</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>15999</publicationdataID>
      <title>Envoy Defends India's Going It Alone</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p>India's ambassador to Washington, Ronen Sen, said yesterday that his country was able to handle its relief effort on its own following last month's tsunami in the Indian Ocean, which hit his country and 11 others, killing more than 150,000 people.
<br />
<br />
He defended his government's decision to decline international relief aid, which he said was neither an "insensitive response, nor was it snooty or arrogant, but a matter of capability, timely reaction and pride."
<br />
<br />
"It is a fact" that the Indian navy has the largest presence in the Indian Ocean and could respond within an hour in some cases, the ambassador said. "Our job was not to compete with anyone or make political points at a critical time, but to mount search-and-rescue
 operations," he said. "Our first and foremost thought, our immediate motivation was to rescue people. When someone is sinking in the water, you rush to help, you think later."
<br />
<br />
Focusing on foreign assistance in the initial stages would have diverted attention from pressing concerns and distracted the national effort, he said. "You forget, it was all a matter of hours. Of course we wanted to get relief to everyone, but we were not
 alerted by all those affected. In some of the remote islands that have maintained their lifestyle for thousands of years, when we finally dropped relief supplies, they began shooting at the helicopters with bows and arrows," he said.
</p>
<p>India deployed three hospital ships and 38 naval and coast guard vessels, a large number of helicopters and small and medium fixed-wing aircraft, and 15,000 service members and others to assist Indian people affected by the tsunami. It also provided aid
 to Sri Lanka, Indonesia and the Maldives, Sen said. <br />
<br />
One of the areas hit hardest by the tsunami was India's Andaman and Nicobar Islands, an archipelago with a population of 350,000 off the coasts of Burma, Thailand and Indonesia, about 900 hundred miles east of the Indian mainland. Of the 5,628 people missing,
 according to the latest update from India, 5,542 were from the islands, Sen said.
<br />
<br />
The main air force base on the island of Car Nicobar was devastated by the tsunami. The ambassador said 33 pilots and 72 family members and civilian personnel were killed. The base's helicopter squadron was washed out to sea, he added.
<br />
<br />
"Still, as soon as we moved helicopters in, some of the surviving pilots, with barely any clothes on, were flying again to move people in and out. People do not realize. Why refuse aid, they ask? First, we had the capability, and we knew we could deal with
 it on our own," he said. <br />
<br />
According to a field report, Sen said, the air base was operational again four days after the disaster.
<br />
<br />
There are more than 500 islands in the archipelago, and many of their inhabitants are members of indigenous tribes. News reports have focused on whether relief workers have been able to contact residents throughout the islands.
</p>
<p>Sen said some tribes on the islands have little contact with the outside world. "We don't allow ordinary Indians to go there. One tribe was once totally wiped out from getting a common cold. They live on fish, coconut, some wildlife and turtles," he said.
 "We have been so careful to preserve them for so long. <br />
<br />
"We could have ended up doing more damage, getting rescuers killed also. I am not doubting anybody's goodwill. We are very grateful for the outpouring of affection and sympathy from Americans from all walks of life, especially schoolchildren."
<br />
<br />
A core group composed of India, the United States, Australia and Japan -- countries with major resources in the Indian Ocean -- went into high gear in the first stages of the emergency under the coordination of Marc Grossman, U.S. undersecretary of state for
 political affairs. The group has now disbanded to allow the United Nations to coordinate relief and rehabilitation as a multilateral institution.
<br />
<br />
Indian citizens also contributed to the relief effort. "There have been donations from the north of the country in Kashmir to the southernmost tip, and that has been uplifting," Sen said, citing $100 million collected since Dec. 27.
<br />
<br />
By last Thursday, India had spent $250 million on rescue and relief within the country and provided $25.5 million to neighboring countries, according to the Indian Embassy.
<br />
<br />
"Our practical experience with past cyclones and natural disasters showed that relief from outside accounted for much less than 5 percent of the total effort," the ambassador said. "We know how to treat waterborne diseases which no one else knows about. We
 have one of the largest pharmaceutical industries producing medication at one-tenth of the cost overseas."
</p>
<p>Sen also discussed his experience in dealing with an earthquake in the state of Gujarat in 2001, when German authorities asked how they could help. The earthquake killed an estimated 20,000 people. Sen, then ambassador to Germany, advocated reconstruction
 help rather than charity. "People would like to come out of this with their heads held high," he said. "They don't want a handout, but don't prevent them from helping themselves."
<br />
<br />
In the case of the tsunami, the poorest members of society have been affected, Sen said. "The multimillionaires with tourist complexes have just been reduced to millionaires," he said. "The most vulnerable victims are the fishermen in the remote islands. Their
 homes, their means and tools of livelihood have been completely destroyed. We will look into the possibility of assistance once we draw up plans for rehabilitation," he said.
<br />
<br />
Meanwhile, tight restrictions on travel are hampering relief work in the islands, according to wire reports from that area, as islanders still struggle to make it to safety and temporary shelters along India's Nicobar chain.
</p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>30/12/2011 12:45:35</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/15999/Envoy+Defends+Indias+Going+It+Alone</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">15999</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>16001</publicationdataID>
      <title>India Pulls Together amid Disaster</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p><em>In its newly wealthy people's will to help tsunami-devastated areas, an increasingly confident and self-sufficient country is being born.
</em><br />
<br />
The news of the tsunami's destruction gets worse every day. U.N. Secretary General Kofi Annan has finally been to the region and said he had "never seen such utter destruction, mile after mile." In India, the hardest hit were those in the state of Tamil Nadu.
<br />
<br />
I learned a lot from my four-day trip to the state's tsunami-hit area. I've learned that people are wonderful in times of crisis: So many ordinary folks, both Indian and foreign, have traveled to places like Nagapattinam to help. I've learned that people are
 terrible in times of crisis: Newspaper reports say caste differences in Tamil Nadu made sure that the very lowest on the social ladder -- and hence the very poorest and most vulnerable -- were made to stand at the end of relief lines and couldn't share shelters
 with those who considered themselves of a higher caste. The poor were discriminating against the very poor.
<br />
<br />
MORE GENEROUS. I've also learned that disaster areas are dumping grounds for expired or unusable goods from developed countries. That has roused considerable anger in India, which is committed to taking care of its own. "What do people think we are -- beggars?
 And that beggars can't be choosers?" an enraged Tamil Nadu government official said to me.</p>
<p>Such unusable relief supplies double the work of an already overstretched system -- everything has to be inspected, then thrown away, creating unnecessary garbage. Worse, even if the aid is unusable, the receiving country feels obliged to the donor nation.
 That's an unnecessary psychological and political burden for a poor country to carry.
<br />
<br />
Yet I've learned that many Indians aren't feeling poor anymore. In 2001, when a terrible earthquake hit Gujarat, India depended on international assistance. The local government's efforts were inadequate, the administration didn't have the skills, and India
 wasn't in good economic shape. <br />
<br />
But in the three years since, the nation has become a different place economically. Its tech and manufacturing sectors are gaining in global importance. People are wealthier, and more citizens are moving into the middle classes, according to the National Centre
 for Applied Economic Research. They're also feeling more generous to their less fortunate countrymen. India has more money to spend on its poor, on its infrastructure, on bettering its education systems, on the aftermath of its disasters.
<br />
<br />
CLEAR CHANGE. Emotionally, India is gaining confidence. Its new wealth and status have given it renewed pride and ambition. In fact, the tsunami has handed India the opportunity to establish itself as a regional power. It's now a donor country -- and one of
 the largest tsunami relief donors to Sri Lanka. The Indian army and navy are engaged in relief operations in Sri Lanka, the Maldives, and Indonesia. India is joining Australia, Japan, and the U.S. in setting up and monitoring a tsunami early-warning system
 in the Indian Ocean.</p>
<p>Some 10 days ago, after the first wave of relief supplies arrived in Tamil Nadu from all over the world, Indian Prime Minister Manmohan Singh sparked national pride when he refused aid offered by the U.S. and other countries. Thanks but no thanks, he said
 politely, we can help ourselves. That refusal boosted the relief effort from within India -- a psychological shift marked by Indians deciding to take charge of their own destiny.
<br />
<br />
This change is so clear in the shattered port of Nagapattinam in southern Tamil Nadu, one of the places I visited last week. Every corner of the country is sending assistance. The engineers and equipment of Indian oil giant Oil &amp; Natural Gas is helping to dredge
 up buried ships. Hyderabad's Nandi Foundation, which provides the compulsory single meal in that city's schools every day, is helping to set up a community kitchen. Men from the Tata conglomerate, wearing hats sporting the company logo, are busy directing
 some rubble clearing. <br />
<br />
PROSPERITY'S FRAGRANCE. Locals are working with their bare hands and feet reerecting power poles, and the army is out in large numbers, helping everybody. Nagapattinam -- which is worse than a war zone -- is packed with volunteers as well as trucks, cranes,
 bulldozers, cars, and vans. Singh's declining of international aid "makes me feel one inch taller," the famous south Indian dancer Padma Subramaniam told me when she was visiting Nagapattinam last week. "That, and the hard working, self-supporting proud fisherfolk."</p>
<p>I believe this is a seminal moment for India, a turning point in the country's history. Its power -- geopolitical, economic, and social -- has clearly emerged. I'm reminded of Aug. 25, 2003, when two bomb blasts ripped a hole in the heart of the business
 district of Bombay, India's commercial capital, killing 52 and injuring four times as many. It was a terrorist attack that authorities blamed on Pakistani groups, and fears were great that the city would break out into religious violence, bringing an end to
 the recent, fragile rise in business confidence. After all, it had happened before.
<br />
<br />
But this time, both the Hindu and Muslim extremists kept their emotions in check. Everyone had caught a whiff of economic prosperity's fragrance. No one wanted to spoil that mood, so hard to come by after so many false starts. So, offices stayed open, the stock
 market rewarded investors for not bolting, and ordinary Indians of all faiths lined up outside hospitals to donate blood to the injured. And since then, India hasn't looked back.
<br />
<br />
NARROWER GAP. The tsunami tragedy has done more. A society riven by huge divides between the rich and the poor, the well-born and the lower castes, is being united. It has brought together Indians of all backgrounds to help each other, the rich and the middle
 class standing shoulder to shoulder with the poor, assisting those who have lost their homes, livelihoods, and families. India's rising middle classes know that if they don't include the poor in their agenda of economic growth, their own efforts will be negated.</p>
<p>So they're pulling them along in whichever way they can. The government officials and relief groups are doing their best, individuals are doing what they can, the press is providing strict scrutiny of the tragedy and the aid effort. That's why the poor fisherfolk
 in Tamil Nadu are, in most cases, not feeling ignored or abandoned. <br />
<br />
The disaster has narrowed just a bit the gap between "us" and "them" in India. It will take decades before that gap closes and a truly egalitarian nation emerges. But at least the narrowing has begun. I hope it continues -- I think it will.</p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>30/12/2011 12:48:49</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/16001/India+Pulls+Together+amid+Disaster</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">16001</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>16003</publicationdataID>
      <title>A natural, low-tech solution to tsunamis: Mangroves</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p><em>The coastal trees and shrubs saved hundreds of lives in India by protecting villages from the waves.</em>
<br />
<br />
MADRAS, INDIA - As nations around the Indian Ocean discuss plans for a tsunami early-warning system, environmental scientists here point to an existent, natural form of disaster minimization: mangrove forests.
<br />
<br />
The coastal trees and shrubs saved the lives of hundreds of people last month, and could save thousands more in the future if further cultivated. Mangroves form a natural barrier between villages and the roiling sea, and could offer a reliable backup to any
 new international effort to coordinate warnings and draw up evacuation procedures.
<br />
<br />
"For thousands of years, mangrove forests have provided a natural buffer against cyclones and other storms that often hit the shores of southern India," says V. Selvum, project director of the MS Swaminathan Research Foundation in Madras (Chennai).
<br />
<br />
Mr. Selvum says that 172 families were saved from the tsunami in the fishing village of Thirunal Thoppu in India's Tamil Nadu state only because the mangroves are thriving and dense there. He also mentions three other Tamil Nadu villages where damage had been
 minimized by the aquatic trees.</p>
<p>"Every village has more than 100 families, so just think of the number of lives saved," he says.
<br />
<br />
One recent CNN story told of a baby boy in Thailand who was saved by the mangroves when the water rushed in and out destroying everything else in its wake.
<br />
<br />
"Even though the mechanical impact of a tsunami is enormous, and is bound to destroy the first line of mangroves, the water suddenly slows down as it moves farther in," Selvum says.
<br />
<br />
Mangroves disappearing <br />
<br />
For the last 70 years mangroves, which are abundant at river mouths, have been severely depleted as villagers chop them down for fuel and fodder. The dried up areas then absorbed sea water, which in turn increased the soil's salinity and destroyed other vegetation.
<br />
<br />
The MS Swaminathan Research Foundation has found a way to reverse this problem by channeling the sea water out and bringing the fresh water in. The foundation, which began 14 years ago, works to conserve and regenerate coastal mangroves along India's eastern
 shores as well as transfer salt-tolerant genes from the mangroves to selected crops grown on the coast.
<br />
<br />
Recognizing their work, the Indian government began a joint Mangrove Management Project in the 1990s, in local communities all along the east coast from Tamil Nadu to West Bengal in seven mangrove ecosystems.
<br />
<br />
"We restored about 5,000 hectares while the government restored 10,000 hectares," says Selvum.
<br />
<br />
The Indian Ministry of Environment and Forests now has a mangrove restoration program which is continuing with the help of local communities on the coast.</p>
<p>"We have a lot of degraded mangrove [areas] in Tamil Nadu - almost one-third of the mangrove area in the state is destroyed completely. It's only now that the local communities, who barely listened to us before, are now seeing the use of the mangroves, which
 also help to preserve fishing waters," says Sridharan, a Tamil Nadu forestry official.
<br />
<br />
One of Sridharan's workers was caught offshore in Cuddalore district when the tsunami struck. He made his way back on the boat by entering a mangrove swamp.
<br />
<br />
"If he had chosen another way, he would surely be dead," says T.K. Sridharan. A thin barrier left
<br />
<br />
According to Sridharan, mangroves form only 62 miles of the 620-mile Tamil Nadu coastline. If well looked after, they could save thousands of lives if their density is at least 70 percent in places.
<br />
<br />
"They must be grown very thickly together to have any use as barriers," Sridharan explains.
<br />
<br />
Bittu Sehgal, a feature editor and ecologist at Sanctuary magazine, told the Indian Express newspaper that he firmly believes the famous mangrove reserve of the Sundarbans in West Bengal saved the coastal part of the state from severe losses.</p>
<p>"The forest officers on duty have reported there that the water level rose by three to five feet when the tsunami hit. But this is nothing abnormal as we can see 10- to 12-foot high tides on the Sundarbans coast. The mangroves saved us," he says.
<br />
<br />
Environmentalists say that to focus exclusively on mangroves would be a mistake. <br />
<br />
"We need many more coastal shelter belts that stop the intrusion of salt water, like casuarinas and acacia trees," says Selvum. "But, as usual, it is very late in the day."
<br />
<br />
Regenerating mangroves can take five to six years. In the meantime, New Delhi is pursuing other tsunami systems that can be in place faster. The Indian government has decided to install about 12 deep ocean assessment and reporting systems that will work in
 coordination with the Pacific Tsunami Warning Center in Hawaii. The cost is expected to run between $22 million and $28 million. The US Congress is also considering a $30 million global tsunami warning network. The plan would build on the Pacific system and
 other proposed efforts.</p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>30/12/2011 12:51:15</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/16003/A+natural+lowtech+solution+to+tsunamis+Mangroves</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">16003</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>16005</publicationdataID>
      <title>Amid Disaster, New Confidence</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p>To understand how much and how fast India is changing, look at its response to the tsunami. I don't mean the government's reaction but that of individual Indians. In the two weeks after the tidal wave hit, the Prime Minister's Relief Fund, the main agency
 to which people make donations, has collected about $80 million. After the Gujarat earthquake of April 2001, it took almost one year to collect the same amount of money. And remember that the 2001 earthquake was massive (7.9 on the Richter scale), killed more
 Indians (30,000) than the tsunami appears to have, and also got intense media attention (Bill Clinton headed the fund-raising efforts). What has changed in these four years is the most important new reality about India: the growing wealth, strength and confidence
 of Indian society.<br />
<br />
Until a few years ago, Indian newspapers were filled with the affairs of the state. Usually written in a cryptic jargon filled with abbreviations (PM TO PROPOSE UGC EXPANSION AT AICC MEETING), they reported on the workings of the government, major political
 parties and bureaucratic bodies. Pick up an Indian newspaper today and it is overflowing with stories about businessmen, technological fads, fashion designers, new shopping malls and, of course, Bollywood, which now makes more movies every year than Hollywood.
 The Times of India, once the country's most venerated newspaper, now has the look and feel of a colorful tabloid.
<br />
<br />
India's biggest story for the past month, aside from the tsunami, has been the rift between Mukesh Ambani and his younger brother, who run India's largest company, Reliance Industries. Twenty years ago, this tale would have been relegated to the (thin) business
 section of a paper; today it's front-page news. It makes sense—after all, Reliance has 3 million shareholders.
</p>
<p>In New Delhi, where I was last week, people ponder prospects for further economic reforms. Some think they are going too slow; others are heartened that at least they are moving forward. This discussion has been going on for two decades. But the real story
 might be that 20 years of modest but persistent reforms in India have had huge effects. Over the past 15 years, India has been the second fastest-growing large economy in the world (after China), with an average growth rate of 6 percent. Per capita income
 in the country has almost doubled (from an admittedly tiny base), and more than 100 million Indians have moved out of poverty. The animal spirits of Indian capitalism, long suppressed, have been unleashed.
<br />
<br />
Over the past two or three years, this growth has produced a critical mass of self-confidence. And confidence yields huge dividends and is self-fulfilling. Success produces confidence, which then produces more success.
<br />
<br />
Gurcharan Das, the former CEO of Procter &amp; Gamble in India, and one of the first chroniclers of these shifts in attitude, told me a story of a poor young teenager he encountered. The boy told Das that in order to succeed, he had three goals. He wanted to learn
 to use Windows, to write an invoice and to learn 400 words of English. "Why 400 words?" asked Das. The boy explained that that's what it took to pass the Test of English as a Foreign Language, the base requirement for admission to an American university. "Now,
 this guy probably won't get into an American college, but this is the way people are thinking all over India," Das said.
</p>
<p>Of course, all the legendary problems of Indian government remain: subsidies, regulation, red tape, bureaucracy and inefficiency are all still large obstacles to growth. And on many of the key problems—subsidies of electricity, agriculture, privatization,
 labor laws—a coalition government, with communist support, is not likely to be able to effect dramatic change. But even here, things look better than they ever have. The new government, with all its constraints, is in fact strongly reformist. It might go slow,
 but it will go steadily forward. <br />
<br />
More important, however, there is a growing constituency for growth and good government. Businessmen in cities like Mumbai, Bangalore and Chennai are joining together to demand that government shape up. Some are solving problems themselves. In Chennai, one
 sees the rise of private street-cleaning that last year had 17,000 chapters, covers 40 percent of the city and 75 percent of the suburbs and serves 1.7 million homes. Private education is growing rapidly in the poorest sections of India. Private health clinics
 are sprouting up in remote villages. <br />
<br />
China is following the East Asian model, with a strong government promoting and regulating capitalist growth. Historically, this has been the most effective way out of poverty. But India might well be forging a new path, of necessity, with society making up
 for the deficiencies of the state. Actually, this is not entirely new. In some ways India's messy development resembles that of another large, energetic, chaotic country where society has tended to loom larger than the state—the United States of America. It
 is a parallel to keep in mind.</p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>30/12/2011 13:00:43</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/16005/Amid+Disaster+New+Confidence</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">16005</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>16014</publicationdataID>
      <title>Far from the swirling cities, a trek in high tea and peak country</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p>DARJEELING -- This small, dense, lush Himalayan town is most famous for its tea, but it is the region's lesser-known allure that continues to seep into our memories.<br />
<br />
Narrow switchback roads climb the smog-draped hillsides, and taxis packed with people negotiate the sharp turns. Others of the city's nearly 100,000 residents hike up the long stairways that shortcut the roads.
<br />
<br />
Multistory buildings slung along the 7,000-foot mountains look a bit shabby, but life seems more relaxed here than in many parts of this teeming country. The British established a ''hill station" here in 1835 to escape the heat of the plains, and the famous
 tea still thrives in many of the manicured estates they started. It is sold, too, from roadside stands or shops along sloped pedestrian malls.
<br />
<br />
Tourist attractions here include the zoo (with a small selection of endangered species such as a red panda and snow leopard) and the Himalayan Mountaineering Institute and its Everest Museum. The museum was established under Tenzing Norgay, who, with Edmund
 Hillary, was the first to reach the summit of Mount Everest, in 1953. Skip Tenzing Rock and the Ropeway, however; just days after we bypassed the ski-lift ride overlooking tea fields, four tourists were killed when the cable snapped.</p>
<p>In addition to tea estates, Darjeeling is dotted with well-kept Tibetan refugee centers. The best to visit can be reached on a hiking trail. Four Tibetans fleeing the Chinese invasion started the Tibetan Refugee Self-Help Centre on Gandhi Road in 1959. Today,
 it supports 750 people, mainly by producing handicrafts. Most famous of these are wool rugs colored with vegetable dyes. Visitors can wander through the workshops and chat with young adults and elderly people at their vigorous work.
<br />
<br />
Our mission, however, is to trek in the Himalaya (which is the more correct name for the mountain system). The Maoist insurgency in Nepal has pushed many trekkers to India, although the infrastructure for teahouse, or hut-to-hut, trekking that Nepal is famous
 for is virtually nonexistent in India. Of the 32 trips described in Lonely Planet's ''Trekking in the Indian Himalaya," only five can be done without a tent. Although porters are available, we want to minimize the load and are carrying our gear. Only one trek
 seemed to provide both food and lodging each night. <br />
<br />
Following the Singalila ridge, which separates eastern Nepal from India, this trek is blessed with fabulous views of Mount Kangchenjunga and more distant but equally heady views of Everest, the world's third-highest and highest peaks, respectively. Lonely Planet
 considers this an easy trek. Inside the Singalila National Park are small villages that cater to trekkers with platefuls of rice and dal (lentils) and Tibetan bread.</p>
<p>At the bus station in Darjeeling, shared taxis filled with more people than seemed possible for the three-hour drive to the start of the trek. Being the first to arrive, we requested the front seat, with the driver and a teenage monk. In the back seat sat
 another four people, and two benches running along the sides in the far back each seated four more. Our packs, produce, grains (which the monk delivered along the way), and a couple more people clung to the top. A few more hung off the back, standing on the
 bumper. <br />
<br />
At the bus stand, we met Eric, 45, a Frenchman who had been traveling for five years nonstop, bringing his lifetime country count to 35. Eric was game for our attempt to cut a day off the trek by climbing up one of the shortcuts that hikers usually take down.
 Starting in Rimbik, where most finish, we found a guide and fueled up on an excellent lunch of momos, steamed wontons stuffed with meat and vegetables.
<br />
<br />
An easy 90-minute walk to Sri Khola and we were in a deep, forested valley where two small rivers converge. The Goparma lodge was across a wide suspension bridge with some rotting boards. The clean, basic room -- with two beds, thick cotton quilts (used to
 augment the thin mattress), flat pillows, and a shared bath with a clean Eastern toilet (a hole in the cement floor, flushed with a bucket of water) -- cost $8 a night, including dinner and breakfast.</p>
<p>At Sandakphu, a village set up at almost 12,000 feet as a waypoint on the trek, the views were reported to be phenomenal. This promise ran through my head like a news-channel ticker, alternating with the ''Scooby-Doo" theme song and triggered by the foggy
 walk through the clouds and -- perhaps -- the lower oxygen level in the thinning air. When our guide, Meema, would mention our destination to his colleagues coming off the trail, they would laugh incredulously. The eight-hour hike was arduous; over 9 miles
 we gained about 5,000 feet in elevation. Turns out, we should have stuck with the standard route starting in Mana Bhanjang.
<br />
<br />
Winded and exhausted, we stumbled up the last steps of the trail. Encasing tired limbs in our sleeping bags and downing sugary tea, we rallied to soak up the most spectacular sunset we had seen -- ever -- and that went for Bob, too, who in a 15-month stretch
 once had traveled to 24 countries. <br />
<br />
Kanchenjunga, all five peaks and 28,169 feet, lay about 20 miles ahead of us. There seemed to be nothing between where we stood and this mass of snow with the sunset burning it into a phenomenal chromatic display. At this time the next day, we hoped, we would
 saturate ourselves in nature's loveliness at Everest. <br />
<br />
Sunrise lodge lived up to its name. We watched an alluring dawn spread from India into Nepal from snug inside our sleeping bags in our ideal corner room. Breakfast, however (porridge and toast), always took longer than it should; even ordering early and setting
 a time didn't help. Soon after we set out, the bright morning faded, and clouds obscured Lhotse, Makalu (No. 4 and No. 5 on the worldwide peak-meter), and surrounding summits.</p>
<p>Four hours later, we entered a shepherd's hut. Several yak-herders stirred soup and made tea around an open fire. As we sat on an inch-high wooden platform on a dirt floor, light from the fire highlighted the thick sticks of yak's cheese dangling overhead.
 Our guide was friendly with the herders, but language was a barrier, so we soaked up the smoke from the fire, the light scent of being close to the animals, and the herders' tea, which was thick, a little oily, and tangy from yak's milk.
<br />
<br />
As we left the hut, clouds rose up, twisting and spinning over the ridgeline and eventually engulfing the trail. Fogged in for the last two hours, we eventually completed the day's 13-mile distance. At one time, the government trekker's hut at Phalut (elevation
 11,800 feet) must have been quite nice with its large-stone exterior. Years of neglect, however, showed in the missing windowpanes, boarded-up doors, and empty whiskey bottles.
<br />
<br />
Phalut was chilly. With nearly everything wearable on, I zipped into my sleeping bag -- good to near freezing -- and hoped I wouldn't have to use the bathroom. Phalut was all afog, so we waited for night to fall and for dinner to be offered: another selection
 of rice and dal. In the middle of the vast main room, lined with dozens of empty twin beds, another trio told tales, one of being English and studying to become a monk in Tibet, and two of being medical students in Sweden and volunteering in Mother Teresa's
 hospices.</p>
<p>Just before dawn, a small, bouncy ''guide dog" raced us up the short, brisk climb to a precipice with uninterrupted views. Sunrise at Phalut was majestic: Kangchenjunga, about 12 miles ahead, absorbed most of the skyline. But Everest, to the left, nestled
 with its lofty mates, was 74 miles northwest. Of the world's five highest peaks, all but K2 (not quite 50 feet higher than Kangchenjunga) were within sight. Prayer flags and prayer-inscribed mani stones were testament to the spirituality of this place.
<br />
<br />
Through dense pine forests and rhododendron groves, the two-day descent to Rimbik was normally broken up by an overnight in Gorkhey. But we had a train reservation and much more of India to see. After lunch in Gorkhey -- a large, plot-farming village -- we
 bid adieu to Eric and the ''guide dog" among fields of marigolds. We spent the night in Raman (elevation 8,400 feet), where our guide Meema's wife ran a trekker's hut. Special treatment included a giant room to ourselves and dinner in the small, smoky kitchen
 hut with eight guides and Meema, while his wife and her younger sister worked over a hand-shaped, hardened mud stove.
<br />
<br />
The night sky here, with no city lights diluting it, was unlike anything at home. Our necks became tired from gazing at the countless stars just as a makeshift jam session started in the main lodge. Accompanying a dozen Dutch trekkers, a boisterous handful
 of guides, porters, and cooks chanted and drummed on pots and pans, which still didn't interrupt our early sleep habit.</p>
<p>On our last day of trekking, we made the easy three-hour descent to Rimbik, where a four-hour taxi ride back to Darjeeling cost $3 each.
<br />
<br />
Fifty miles trekked and five days since a shower, we checked into the fancy New Elgin Hotel. The white, lacy-edged Victorian bungalow beauty showed her 130 years, and the lack of cleanliness (mold in the bathroom) didn't justify the $77 price tag for the room
 and breakfast. But the soft beds were downright dreamy; Bob wouldn't have to sleep with his feet hanging off. Dinner at the Park restaurant was just what the protein-deprived craved: chicken tikka masala with excellent stuffed nan. At the local bakery, Glenary's,
 some tea and tasty Black Forest cake sealed our Darjeeling infusion. <br />
<br />
Suzanne McDonald can be reached at smcdonald[at]globe[dot]com. Bob Roklan can be reached at broklan[at]lycos[dot]com.
</p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>30/12/2011 13:37:06</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/16014/Far+from+the+swirling+cities+a+trek+in+high+tea+and+peak+country</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">16014</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>16018</publicationdataID>
      <title>How India Is Springing Into Action</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p><em>In Tamil Nadu, the relief effort is intense, fast-moving and surprisingly efficient<br />
<br />
To see firsthand the effect of the tsunami on India's southeast coast, Bombay bureau chief Manjeet Kripalani traveled to the state of Tamil Nadu. She saw great devastation -- but also signs of a tremendous will to rebuild. Her report follows.
</em><br />
<br />
After hearing so many stories of bureaucratic bungling and the slow pace of the tsunami relief effort, I was surprised to find the East Coast Road south of Madras crowded with trucks carrying grain, water, tents, and clothing. India's record in such catastrophes
 is dismal: The country has been hit by eight natural calamities since 1989 and has rarely been able to get food, water, and shelter efficiently to the victims. But this time, in the district of Cuddalore, authorities sprang into action, quickly providing relief
 to local fishermen and their families. In at least this small corner of India, the local administration took the steps necessary to care for those in need.
<br />
<br />
One key to the effort is Gagandeep Singh Bedi. He is Cuddalore's "district collector," the most powerful local official in India's administrative system. The 36-year-old civil servant learned about the tsunami the hard way: He was having breakfast at a waterfront
 restaurant when the waves struck. He managed to get himself and his family to high ground and sped back to his office. Within two hours he had mobilized the police, hospitals, doctors, the phone company, and the state transport authority. Four hours later,
 Bedi had called a meeting of community leaders and asked individuals and nongovernment organizations to pool their resources with those of government agencies.</p>
<p>That translated into quick relief for people in places such as the island of Sonakuppam. Just two miles from Cuddalore and, until a bridge was built last summer, accessible only by boat, Sonakuppam was a relatively prosperous fishing village of 2,500. Many
 of its bright pink, green, and blue brick houses sported TV sets, and the average annual income topped $1,000 -- twice the national level. Villagers owned nearly a hundred $2,000 fiberglass catamarans, motorized tugboats, and 30-foot wooden steamboats. Every
 day the men went to sea, bringing back fish for the women to take to market in Cuddalore. Many village children even attended school -- a sure sign of prosperity. The tsunami brought an end to that good life. Most houses and virtually all the boats were destroyed
 by the wave's fury, and 53 villagers are dead, half of them children. Only the new bridge and the Hindu temple, built on raised ground, remain untouched: They're where residents took refuge from the water.
<br />
<br />
Thanks to Bedi, the inhabitants of Sonakuppam aren't being ignored. He ensured that by imposing no restrictions on groups that want to deliver aid. A truck from the federal government is unloading rice, lentils, blankets, and towels. A small army contingent
 from the Madras Regiment is clearing debris. The Communist Party is delivering bedsheets. The former mayor of Madras has brought food. UNICEF has trucked in toys for the children, and a bus carrying 28 Buddhist monks and 20 Scientologists from Great Britain
 and Australia has pulled up to offer trauma relief. <br />
<br />
REBUILDING LIVES <br />
<br />
It would be hard to say that the villagers are happy, but they're not complaining. They're grateful for the charity and are setting about rebuilding their lives. The children are playing, the women do their chores in the rubble, and the men are happy to dole
 out relief packages when the trucks roll in or to pull down wrecked power poles and put up new ones.</p>
<p>That's the easy part. Now they have to reconstruct their homes. Bedi would like to see stricter enforcement of zoning rules -- which would keep many from rebuilding too close to the beach, where their old houses were. And the villagers need to repair their
 boats or buy new ones so they can start earning a living again. The government has promised to help, but Bedi laments that India can't build enough vessels to fill the need. "We should import boats -- fast," he says.
<br />
<br />
The tsunami has been a tragedy for India, but it's an opportunity, too. The country may rethink its archaic village planning and create communities with proper sanitation and other infrastructure. "Let villagers start life afresh, better than how they were
 living before," says Ashok Joshi, chairman of Srinivasan Services Trust, a private foundation. And the tsunami may spur India to institutionalize disaster management, so its people can respond efficiently to such tragedies -- rather than relying just on the
 good will and hard work of the likes of Cuddalore's Gagandeep Singh Bedi.</p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>30/12/2011 13:47:05</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/16018/How+India+Is+Springing+Into+Action</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">16018</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>16020</publicationdataID>
      <title>India's newly wealthy open wallets; A growing middle class, cognizant of its fresh prosperity, shares readily with victims of the tsunami.</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p>CUDDALORE, INDIA - He has driven 90 miles south from Chennai with two friends and a check for $2,000 to donate.<br />
<br />
Rajesh, who refuses to give his last name because he says he does not want any "fame" for himself, looks slightly uncomfortable in his Dockers and IZOD T-shirt as he is jostled by villagers milling around the District Rural Development Agency (DRDA) office.
 That's where the government collects all donations for the area, and this young man is determined to reach the row of desks, set under a striped tent in the driveway, where he can hand over his contribution.
<br />
<br />
Rajesh is a 29-year-old businessman based in Chennai, the capital city of the state of Tamil Nadu, which suffered heavy losses when the tsunami hit the country's southeast coastline.
<br />
<br />
"I want to give something to my people," he says. "I have made enough money for myself in the past five years, and it's time we look beyond ourselves to try and do something for this country," he adds. "I usually stay away from anything that the government
 might be involved in as it leads to too much bureaucracy," he says. "But in this situation, I do believe that it's for the best."
<br />
<br />
Rajesh and his friends have closed up shop for two days to see for themselves the extent of the disaster that took place so close to their homes.
<br />
<br />
They soon make their donations and get directions that will take them to the affected villages down the road toward the beach. They get back in their maroon, air-conditioned Mitsubishi Lancer and drive off to the village of Devanampattinam, where 60 people
 were killed and the beach is still strewn with straw, bits of wood, and broken fishing boats.</p>
<p>According to Raja Rajugopal, a volunteer from Berkeley, Calif., who works with the Bhumika Trust Office, a local nongovernmental organization, the response from India's middle class has been unprecedented.
<br />
<br />
"With the advent of an open media since the early 1990s, people are discovering their own country in a way they never had before," says Mr. Rajugopal, the retired chief operating officer of Mecon Inc., a California-based healthcare software consulting group.
<br />
<br />
Rajugopal says this was first noticeable during the 2001 earthquake in Bhuj in western India, when hundreds of volunteers descended on the Gujarat town.
<br />
<br />
Compared with an earlier, more circumspect middle class, this new group of about 150 million people, armed with new wealth from a decade of rapid growth, has been criticized by some for exhibiting a nouveau-riche mentality. But their rapid rise from modest
 beginnings may also explain their quick grasp of - and response to - the plight of the tsunami victims.
<br />
<br />
"I have an uncle who used to be a fisherman in south India," says R. Ravi, an information-technology worker from Delhi. "I know what it means to lose everything - especially your boat and net."
<br />
<br />
At another end of the driveway at DRDA, a woman in a cotton sari stands looking slightly forlorn in the humid heat of the early afternoon.
<br />
<br />
An official asks her for her details: which village she belongs to and which camp she expects to go to.
<br />
<br />
She looks up, slightly surprised. <br />
<br />
"No, I have come to make a donation of rice," she says in Tamil, pointing to a 10-lb. bag of rice by her side.
<br />
<br />
Amma, as she calls herself, lives in the Cuddalore district and has been buying fish locally all her life. Now her favorite fisherman is gone. She wants to make her contribution.
<br />
<br />
At the desk, the woman painstakingly taking down the names of private donors and their donations, opens a file.</p>
<p>In it are names from as far north as Kashmir and Punjab states and even one from Singapore. The donations vary from$1 to $10,000.
<br />
<br />
"We are starting to get stuff from England, France, and other foreign countries," says Hamida Bano, a government worker who spends 18-hour days at this desk. "But until now, at least for the last week, most of the money and stuff has been coming from inside
 India - most of the people are businessmen and politicians and other well-to-do people."
<br />
<br />
But not all observers believe that the middle-class is generously disposed. <br />
<br />
According to T.N. Gopalan, bureau chief of the southern India edition of India Express newspaper, what does not hurt the wealthy directly might as well be happening on the moon.
<br />
<br />
"December is the season for popular Karnataka music concerts in Chennai, and on the evening of the 26th, not even one concert was canceled," says Mr. Gopalan. "Nor was it canceled the next evening. Fishermen are fringe dwellers in more ways than one, and although
 there is an outpouring of sympathy and some money, there is no real care about what happens to them."
<br />
<br />
But even as he speaks, more loads of relief are being trucked down to Cuddalore and other badly hit regions.
<br />
<br />
Commercial-vehicle manufacturer Ashok Leyland has opened its factory in Chennai to house those left homeless, and says it has sent more than 100 of its employees along with buses and ambulances to help in relief operations.
<br />
<br />
But such gestures can cause problems. <br />
<br />
"At Bhuj, there were more foreigners and Indians from the big cities who had come to help than there were inside the old damaged town, and none of them were used to the difficult condition-they had just rushed in and needed a place to stay, water to drink,"
 says Rajugopal "They became a liability. This time, we are telling [volunteers] to stop, because we will decide when we want them and what we want from them."</p>
<p>Rajugopal believes that the response has been much more efficient than at Bhuj where more than 16,000 people are believed to have been killed and more than 140,000 injured in a 6.9-magnitude earthquake.
<br />
<br />
"That time, it took weeks before people realized that sending old clothes is not acceptable - even villagers here wear new saris. This time, the moment we told them to stop sending old clothes, they did."
<br />
<br />
But mistakes are still being made. A group of 40 Westerners arrived Thursday with scuba diving gear that would have been more suitable in Thailand.
<br />
<br />
"We just had to say, thanks, but no thanks," says Rajugopal.</p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>30/12/2011 13:50:11</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/16020/Indias+newly+wealthy+open+wallets+A+growing+middle+class+cognizant+of+its+fresh+prosperity+shares+readily+with+victims+of+the+tsunami</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">16020</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>16022</publicationdataID>
      <title>Indian state eyes faster internet project</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[HYDERABAD, India --In a bid to give a big push to e-governance, an Indian state on Monday cleared a plan that will help its officials move Internet data thousand times faster than now.<br />
<br />
Under the plan, a consortium of six companies will build a new broadband network in southern Andhra Pradesh state, said Mohammed Ali Shabbir, the state's information minister.
<br />
<br />
The new network -- estimated to cost $90 million -- will transfer data between the state's capital and its 23 districts at a speed of 10 gega bytes per second, or more than 5,000 times the speed on the existing network, Shabbir said.
<br />
<br />
The project will be completed in two years, he said. The network will provide services to 40,000 government offices throughout the state.
<br />
<br />
Andhra Pradesh is one of the first Indian states to promote online provision of government services to citizens. Its capital, Hyderabad, also is a hub of knowledge-based industries that has attracted companies like Microsoft Corp. to set up research centers
 there. <br />
<br />
Shabbir said the new network will also improve Internet connectivity between cities and the rural areas. Government officials posted in district headquarters can transfer data to village-level offices at 1 gega byte per second, which will be more than 1,000
 times faster than now. <br />
<br />
"It will revolutionize the entire communication network," he said. <br />
<br />
Shabbir said a common citizen will also be able to get Internet connection at a very low tariff -- of about $2.2 per month.
<br />
<br />
"Widespread availability of broadband services at very low and affordable rates is expected to take government services to the doorsteps of the citizens and also trigger significant economic activity in ever sector," he added.
<br />
<br />
The consortium will be led by Aksh Broadband Ltd. -- a fiber optic manufacturing company based in Gurgaon, adjoining New Delhi, India's capital.]]></description>
      <pubDate>30/12/2011 13:54:52</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/16022/Indian+state+eyes+faster+internet+project</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">16022</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>14478</publicationdataID>
      <title>It is a Walk of Fame for Bollywood; Advertisers, Entertainers see Indian Film Culture as the latest Big Thing</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p>SINGAPORE -- More and more marketers are betting that Bollywood is the hottest thing since kung fu.
<br />
<br />
Just as global interest in Chinese art, fashion and culture blossomed after a spate of movies such as "Crouching Tiger, Hidden Dragon" prompted martial-arts-inspired ads that played across Asia, advertisers are now leveraging the world's budding love affair
 with India. <br />
<br />
Fandango, a U.S. movie-ticketing service, has run a commercial since May in movie theaters and on New York City-area cable featuring a series of paper-bag figures in a range of scenarios. One of them is an homage to Bollywood opera. Two characters, Raj and
 Chitra, sing the praises of the service. "Is the movie sold out, my husband?" sings Chitra. Upon learning that her spouse has used Fandango, she sings, "My happiness is a golden poem."
<br />
<br />
[Raj and Chitra are two characters who play on Bollywood themes in ads for Fandango.] Raj and Chitra are two characters who play on Bollywood themes in ads for Fandango.
<br />
<br />
The Bollywood motif represents happiness, celebration and passion, says Arthur Levitt, Fandango's chief executive. Like Bollywood, his ad, crafted with Amoeba, a Los Angeles firm, is "upbeat and bright. It's colorful and it's very diverse in its appeal."
<br />
<br />
V&amp;S Vin &amp; Sprit, the Swedish maker of Absolut Vodka, also jumped on the trend, using a comic 12-minute Bollywood ad made in India this year, dubbed "Absolut Mulit," for an online campaign in the U.S.
<br />
<br />
With riffs off India's cultural cachet showing up everywhere -- from Madonna's use of mendhi, the traditional Indian henna art, to bhangra rhythms from northern India mixed into a Britney Spears single, advertisers are far from alone in embracing the colors
 and sounds of the subcontinent. The trend is even more entrenched overseas, where major campaigns with Bollywood themes are popping up from the Mediterranean to the South China Sea.</p>
<p>In Asia, Nokia's latest regional television ad campaign features dozens of women clad in brightly colored saris who leap from a plane and sky-dive toward a bored-looking man standing on the side of the road. Alighting, they start gyrating to pulsating Indian
 music, while the man looks on in astonishment. <br />
<br />
In Europe, Coca-Cola's Spanish unit in August released a major TV campaign for Coke, which ran in Spain, Italy and Portugal, that played on the Bollywood theme. That ad, which was created by Interpublic Group's McCann-Erickson Worldwide, featured a Hindu waiter
 who breaks up an uptight upper-class European house party after he drinks a Coke and breaks out in a Bollywood-style song, and gets everyone dancing along.
<br />
<br />
"Bollywood is cool," says Pasi Jarvenpaa, Nokia's Asian-Pacific director of marketing. "There's a growing buzz about Bollywood movies, celebrities and Indian-related themes that's been touched on even in Western productions," such as the recent hit movie "Bend
 It Like Beckham" and "Bombay Dreams," an Andrew Lloyd Webber-produced musical that closes on Broadway Jan. 1 after an eight-month run.
<br />
<br />
Even Hollywood is going Bollywood: Aishwarya Rai, one of India's most popular female stars, has been cast to star in coming Hollywood movies "Singularity," with Brendan Fraser, and "Chaos," with Meryl Streep.</p>
<p>Like Finland's Nokia, the world's biggest cellphone maker, No. 2 Motorola of Schaumburg, Ill., is betting that as India's booming economy propels the subcontinent onto the global radar screen, Indian pop culture will help it sell to Asia's young and hip.
 "Young people are constantly looking for something that's new and different, and this ad taps into the fact that India is very now," says Neil Stewart, Motorola's Asia Pacific director of marketing. A recent Southeast Asian TV campaign for Motorola's MP3 music
 phone, created with WPP Group's Ogilvy &amp; Mather India, featured sari-outfitted young women dancing atop a train as it races through the countryside.
<br />
<br />
Asia's interest in Indian pop culture also offers advertisers the chance to plug into India's creative ad-making talent. Indian advertising agencies are regularly lauded for their work, outstripping most Asian countries at global industry-award events such
 as the Cannes Lions International Advertising Festival in France. This year, Piyush Pandey, executive chairman of Ogilvy &amp; Mather India, was appointed president for the 2004 Cannes Lions Jury, making him the first Asian to hold the post.</p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>26/12/2011 15:21:09</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/14478/It+is+a+Walk+of+Fame+for+Bollywood+Advertisers+Entertainers+see+Indian+Film+Culture+as+the+latest+Big+Thing</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">14478</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>14483</publicationdataID>
      <title>The Other Textile Tiger; Indian Producers Step Up Efforts To Export as Quotas Are Dropped</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p>TIRUPUR, India -- Every morning before work, Venkata Subramanian gathers 150 employees of Astro Apparels India for an unusual prayer outside his small T-shirt factory in this scruffy textile town in southern India.
<br />
<br />
"We vow to manufacture garments with high value and low cost, and meet our delivery," the workers declare in solemn monotone. "Let us face the challenge of globalization and win the world market."
<br />
<br />
The invocation is timely. With a quota system that for 30 years restricted textile exports from poor nations to rich ones ending on Jan. 1, India is poised to join China as a global textile powerhouse, on a somewhat smaller scale to be sure, but still big enough
 to threaten manufacturers in the U.S. and smaller producing countries. <br />
<br />
While the World Trade Organization estimates that China-made products could account for half of all U.S. textile and clothing imports once quotas disappear -- up from 17% last year -- the trade agency says India could nearly quadruple its share of the U.S.
 market to 15% from 4% in 2002. <br />
<br />
And Indian manufacturers want more. By 2010, the Indian government hopes to boost the value of its textile exports more than fourfold to $50 billion as investors plow money into new textile parks to modernize and expand an industry that already employs 35 million
 people. "The potential is huge," says A. V. Naik of the Confederation of Indian Industry.</p>
<p>All this activity is likely to reinforce fears of job losses in the U.S. and smaller textile-producing nations like Sri Lanka and Cambodia as competition causes price wars and bankruptcies.
<br />
<br />
The U.S. textile industry claims it could as many as 250,000 jobs, mostly to China and India, without protection. But there isn't much sympathy for American workers in the Indian business community, which believes the U.S. protected its textile industry for
 too long. "If somewhere there is gain, then elsewhere there has to be pain," says S. P. Oswal, chairman of the Vardhman Group, one of India's biggest yarn producers.
<br />
<br />
India's big manufacturers are already cranking up expansions. Welspun India Ltd., one of the world's largest producers of terry towel products, is building a $220 million factory in the western state of Gujarat. Arvind Mills Ltd., Asia's largest producer of
 denim and a supplier to J.C. Penney Co. and Levi Strauss &amp; Co., is setting up new plants in Bangalore and the western city of Ahmedabad. "Everyone is very bullish about India's prospects," says Welspun's chairman, Akhil Jindal.
<br />
<br />
China's announcement last week that it will impose duties on some of its clothing exports has raised Indian hopes of grabbing even more global market share before China's huge and superefficient factories are unleashed.</p>
<p>"It's better for us," says Mr. Subramanian, the 42-year-old owner of Astro Apparels, which exports T-shirts to American brands like Fubu. "We now have the time to adjust."
<br />
<br />
Indeed, despite Indian executives' upbeat tone, the country's textile industry still faces some formidable problems. Among them: low productivity and the lack of modern infrastructure, sufficient production capacity and new technology to compete with China's
 industrial muscle in an unfettered trading environment. <br />
<br />
Although India's textile industry is one of the country's oldest and biggest, contributing 6% of gross domestic product, it is made up of many small-scale businesses that compare unfavorably with China's increasingly integrated megafactories. The Confederation
 of Indian Industry says China has three times as many large textile companies -- those with annual revenue of more than $100 million -- as India does.
<br />
<br />
Indian industry, analysts say, suffers from bad roads and a tangle of red tape that can tie up outbound shipments for days at its ports. "The turnaround time for ships is simply far too long," says Arjuna Mahendran, chief economist and strategist for Asia at
 Credit Suisse in Singapore. <br />
<br />
Some of the problems are evident in Tirupur, India's longtime export hub for knitted garments such as T-shirts, where tiny shops crammed with 50-year-old sewing machines overlook the town's potholed streets.</p>
<p>Astro Apparels' Mr. Subramanian grumbles about what he sees as India's biggest hurdle: low productivity that negates the advantage of Indian labor costs that are 15% lower than those in China.
<br />
<br />
That was hammered home on a visit Mr. Subramanian made to China in October. He was amazed at how hard the Chinese worked, barely looking up when he entered textile factories. When he tried to monitor the productivity of his own employees, they protested and
 some didn't turn up for work the next day. Recently, he says he had trouble convincing his workers to slightly alter their working hours to handle an order from Sara Lee Corp., even though they would earn an extra 11,000 rupees, or about $250, a year.
<br />
<br />
The problem, says Krishna Raj, who owns another small factory at Tirupur, is rigid labor laws and strong unions that make it difficult to enforce attendance or dismiss inefficient workers.
<br />
<br />
Still, India's textile industry is changing. Just outside Tirupur is Netaji Apparel Park, a massive expanse of 60 concrete factories costing 2.5 billion rupees and scheduled for completion next month. The complex will be the first of several planned parks to
 come into operation, and marks India's first attempt to match China's industrial scale.
<br />
<br />
The park will overcome regular power outages, a longtime industry headache, with a two-megawatt power plant onsite. Treated water, a scarce commodity in the region, will be pumped direct to the factories. "It will be one of the best parks in the world," says
 A. Sakthivel, president of the Tirupur Exporters Association.</p>
<p>A.G. Mani, chief executive of S.F.G. Exports Ltd., which specializes in embroidered products, says he has 20 new prospective customers in Europe and the U.S. for his small company. "We're sitting here with very high hopes," he says. "China can't get everything
 -- the importing countries won't accept that, so we have a gap in which to enter."
<br />
<br />
But to compete in the long term, India needs more companies like S. P. Apparels Ltd., one of Tirupur's biggest producers. With its manicured lawns, the plant resembles a Spanish hacienda, but S. P.'s ultramodern factory is all business.
<br />
<br />
Automated production lines shift fabric around the shop floor to be stitched and folded by women workers, whose productivity is monitored in real time on a computer at a nearby office.
<br />
<br />
Flush with new orders from J.C. Penney, Target Corp. and Gap Inc., S. P. is building a large new factory in a cornfield behind its current property that will perform all tasks from cutting fabric to packing.
<br />
<br />
"Now [that trade] is free it's a great opportunity for us to enter the U.S. market," says S.P. office manager J. Stanley Jothira, as he passes a pile of T-shirts bound for British retailer Tesco PLC. "The new factory will be on par with Chinese facilities.
 We'll be able to handle the kind of volumes the Chinese are handling."</p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>26/12/2011 15:23:33</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/14483/The+Other+Textile+Tiger+Indian+Producers+Step+Up+Efforts+To+Export+as+Quotas+Are+Dropped</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">14483</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>14486</publicationdataID>
      <title>Delhi takes to trains for a cleaner, safer city</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p>India takes a giant step into the 21st century this weekend when the first stretch of a new £1.2 billion underground metro system is opened in the capital, New Delhi.<br />
<br />
Running for 2.5 serene miles beneath the rickshaw-clogged streets, the gleaming, air-conditioned system is being hailed as a symbol of India's rapid emergence into the developed world.
<br />
<br />
The metro will help in Delhi's plan to reduce pollution by 50 per cent Just as impressively, the project was completed on budget and on time.
<br />
<br />
Modelled on the profitable Hong Kong network, the Delhi Metro will have the capacity to move 60,000 passengers per hour, reducing journey times by up to three-quarters.
<br />
<br />
It presents a great contrast with the Hogarthian chaos above ground, where motorists fight for road space with errant cows, handcarts and rickshaw-wallahs who have a lethally over-developed sense of their own immortality.
<br />
<br />
Each day five people die on Delhi's roads, some of the most dangerous in the world.
<br />
<br />
Passengers who can afford the six rupees (7.5 pence) fare to ride the 2.5 miles from Delhi University to Kashmere Gate will have the benefit of a state-of-the-art safety system.
<br />
<br />
Its reversible ventilation fans and automatic fire-doors are designed to keep passengers safe and cool simultaneously through the roasting Indian summer, while seismic sensors will warn of any impending earthquakes.
<br />
<br />
City planners hope the metro will have an impact on the two great bugbears of Delhi life: interminable traffic jams and poor air quality.
<br />
<br />
Delhi's pollution control board has estimated that the metro will reduce air pollution by up to 50 per cent in the next three years as the final sections are completed.</p>
<p>The Delhi Metro Rail Corporation says that by December next year the system could carry two million passengers a day, the equivalent of 2,600 buses or 33 lanes packed with cars.
<br />
<br />
"The metro will result in roughly 25 million gallons of fuel being saved per year, due to fewer vehicles on the road, and total a reduction of 203,000 metric tonnes of air pollution," a spokesman said.
<br />
<br />
The railway is the latest in a series of measures to ease traffic pressure in Delhi, which has doubled in size to 14 million people over the past 15 years.
<br />
<br />
Buses and auto-rickshaws have been forced to use natural gas, and last month the city ordered a round-up of the estimated 38,000 cows that wander the city, foraging for food and causing accidents.
<br />
<br />
None the less, Delhi-ites need serious encouragement if they are to be persuaded out of their air-conditioned cars in which the middle-classes can escape the heat, dust and cancer-causing particulates.
<br />
<br />
Some environmentalists give warning that the metro's green "savings" will be eaten up by India's booming automotive industry, providing super-affordable small cars that are now entering Delhi's roads at a rate of 10,000 per month.</p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>26/12/2011 15:25:32</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/14486/Delhi+takes+to+trains+for+a+cleaner+safer+city</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">14486</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>14488</publicationdataID>
      <title>Stocky Monkey in Himalayas Becomes Newest Primate Species</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p>Scientists from India working in the Himalayas have discovered a new species of monkey, a stocky, short-tailed, brown-haired creature they have named the Macaca munzala, or Arunachal macaque.
<br />
<br />
Though new species of insects and other tiny creatures turn up frequently, discoveries of primate species unknown to science are far more unusual. The last macaque monkey species to be identified, the Indonesia Pagai macaque, was discovered in 1903, according
 to the Wildlife Conservation Society, the parent organization of the Bronx Zoo. The society was a supporter of the expeditions, this year and last, in which the monkeys were observed.
<br />
<br />
Scientists for the society, the Nature Conservation Foundation and other organizations traveled to the mountainous Indian state of Arunachal Pradesh, which borders Tibet and Myanmar, to inventory the region's wildlife. They found 14 troops, or bands, of monkeys,
 most with 10 or fewer animals. The monkeys differ from other macaques in the dark hair on their heads, their distinctive facial markings and, in particular, the relatively short length of their tails.
<br />
<br />
The Wildlife Conservation Society says it is not known how many of the monkeys there are, or whether they are threatened.
<br />
<br />
The researchers, who describe their discovery in a paper to be published in The International Journal of Primatology, said the monkeys sometimes lived close to villages but were wary of people. In undisturbed forest areas, the researchers wrote, "they seemed
 extremely shy, rapidly disappearing through the undergrowth as soon as they sensed human presence."
<br />
<br />
Though the monkeys are new to science, people in the area are quite familiar with them. They call them "mun zala" or deep forest monkeys, the wildlife society said.</p>
<p>In recent years, other expeditions to Arunachal Pradesh have turned up several species not known to exist in India. Dr. Colleen McCann, curator of primates at the Bronx Zoo, said these discoveries suggested that despite the destructive activities of people,
 there were still "tiny pockets of habitat that have yet to be discovered."</p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>26/12/2011 15:27:19</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/14488/Stocky+Monkey+in+Himalayas+Becomes+Newest+Primate+Species</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">14488</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>14494</publicationdataID>
      <title>Stark Contrasts Found Among Asian Americans</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p><strong>The group's average family income tops the overall U.S. figure. But while Indians prosper, Cambodians, Laotians and Hmong struggle</strong><br />
<br />
Indian Americans have surged forward as the most successful Asian minority in the United States, reporting top levels of income, education, professional job status and English-language ability, even though three-fourths were foreign-born, according to U.S.
 census data released Wednesday. <br />
<br />
The striking success of Asian Americans who trace their heritage to India contrasted with data showing struggles among Cambodian, Laotian and Hmong immigrants. Those three groups reported continued significant poverty rates, low job skills and limited English-language
 ability since their flight from war and political turmoil. <br />
<br />
The report, "We the People: Asians in the United States," was based on 2000 census data and underscored the enormous socioeconomic diversity among the nation's 10 million Asian Americans, more than one third of whom live in California, the state with their
 largest population. <br />
<br />
Asian Americans increased from 6.9 million, or 2.8% of the U.S. population, in 1990 to 10.2 million, or 3.6%, in 2000. Including mixed-race Asian Americans, counted by the census for the first time in 2000, the population was 11.9 million, or 4.2%.
<br />
<br />
"It is a community of contrasts," said Kimiko Kelly, research analyst with the Asian Pacific American Legal Center in Los Angeles. "Asian Americans are seen as a model minority who are not suffering from barriers to education or progress. But if you look closely,
 you see a community that covers the whole spectrum, from wealthy to very poor."</p>
<p>She said the growing diversity of the community, which was mainly Chinese, Japanese and Filipinos until 1965 immigration reforms were instituted, has multiplied the challenges facing service organizations such as hers. Translators for health clinics and
 courts are among the pressing needs, she said. <br />
<br />
The contrasts are detailed in the report, which provides data on such items as age, marital status, citizenship, language, education, earnings, poverty rates, occupation and home ownership among 11 Asian American groups.
<br />
<br />
Median family income, for instance, ranged from $70,849 for Japanese and $70,708 for Asian Indians to about half that for Cambodians and Hmong. Indian men showed the highest full-time earnings, $51,900, about double the figure for Hmong men.
<br />
<br />
About 64% of Asian Indians held a bachelor's degree or more, the highest rate, compared with 7.7% for Laotians and 7.5% for Hmong, the lowest. More than three-fourths of Indians and Filipinos spoke fluent English, twice the rate for Vietnamese.
<br />
<br />
Max Niedzwiecki, executive director of the Southeast Asia Resource Action Center in Washington, D.C., said the differences stemmed in part from different histories. Many Southeast Asian Americans came here as refugees with less formal education and with memories
 of traumatic experiences stemming from the Vietnam War and the murderous Khmer Rouge reign in Cambodia, he said.
<br />
<br />
In contrast, many Asians Indians emigrated voluntarily from a relatively peaceful homeland and were equipped with strong English skills to pursue higher academic degrees or business opportunities. Between 1990 and 2000, they doubled their population to 1.6
 million and now rank as the third-largest Asian American group after Chinese and Filipinos.</p>
<p>Take, for instance, Venkatesh Koka, a 36-year-old real estate investor in Artesia. The son of a civil engineer, Koka left a comfortable life with servants in southern India to earn a master's degree in business administration at Ohio University. As in other
 upper-middle-class families, he had attended schools with instruction in English since his childhood, rendering him fluent even though he has always spoken Telugu, an Indian language, at home.
<br />
<br />
He says he came to the United States in 1986 after a friend studying here lured him with wide-eyed stories of freeways, an easy life and good money.
<br />
<br />
Koka worked at a bank and initially lost $1.5 million in real estate deals, filing for bankruptcy in the mid-1990s. Since then, he said, he has bounced back as manager of his family investments and has increased their value from $3 million to $15 million. This
 year, his family created the Little India Village shopping plaza on Pioneer Boulevard in Artesia.
<br />
<br />
"You never learn life unless you come to America," Koka said. "In India, you have servants and money from your parents. Here, you learn independence and how to lose, how to gain."
<br />
<br />
Vinay Lal, an associate professor of history at UCLA who specializes in the Indian diaspora, said Indian Americans had made their strongest contributions in the medical and high-technology industries. He said more than half of all graduates from India's prestigious
 Indian Institutes of Technology come to the United States, and currently number at least 25,000. He estimated that Indian Americans constituted 20% or more of Silicon Valley employees.</p>
<p>He believes, however, that the Census Bureau significantly undercounted lower-income Indian Americans. Other scholarly studies have found both high rates of wealth and high rates of poverty in the community.
<br />
<br />
The new report found that Southeast Asian communities continued to struggle the most, which Niedzwiecki attributed in part to lingering traumas of strife in that region.
<br />
<br />
The nation's Hmongs originally hailed from Laos but largely migrated here from refugee camps in Thailand. Many of them have settled in California's Central Valley.
<br />
<br />
Pang Houa Moua, a program manager for the Hmong National Development advocacy group in Washington, D.C., said traditional Hmong society was agrarian and isolated, with no running water or electricity. A written language was not developed until 1950, and formal
 education was limited: Her own parents, she said, did not learn that the world was round until they were teenagers.
<br />
<br />
"When you throw a population like that into the middle of the most technologically advanced society in the world, people are going to be confused," she said. "They're going to struggle."
<br />
<br />
Still, experts say they find a striking divide among Southeast Asians between adult refugees and their children, who are more assimilated and successful here.
<br />
<br />
For instance, 17-year-old Prumsodun Ok of Long Beach is a promising filmmaker who just won an award and recognition from the YMCA's Youth Institute, where he works after school. Prum, as he is known among friends, also is a late-blooming accomplished classical
 Cambodian dancer at the Khmer Arts Academy in Long Beach.</p>
<p>He is the third-youngest of 10 children whose parents speak no English and have never gotten off welfare here. They have their hearts in the homeland and are "stuck in place," the teenager said Wednesday.
<br />
<br />
He said his parents' financial dependence on public assistance stemmed from their failure to learn English, from advancing age and from isolation.
<br />
<br />
"I think they've just been so unable to adapt to life here," he said of his parents. "It's always, 'Cambodia! Cambodia!' They always look inward and are scared and isolated."
<br />
<br />
Prum was born in Long Beach, the first of the siblings to be a U.S. citizen. His older siblings were born in prewar Cambodia, postwar Thai refugee camps or elsewhere before the family settled in Long Beach, home to the largest population of Cambodian refugees
 outside Cambodia. <br />
<br />
His eldest siblings, now approaching middle age, have been schooled and employed, and some have their own businesses. One owns a florist shop in Eagle Rock. Another works in the after-school program at Whittier Elementary School in Long Beach. All are off welfare,
 which is Prum's aspiration. <br />
<br />
A senior in Long Beach Polytechnic High School's magnet program, Prum dreams of becoming a filmmaker and is applying to the California Institute of the Arts in Valencia.
<br />
<br />
"I want to be independent," he insisted, "and I don't want anything to hold me back."
<br />
<br />
Asians in America <br />
<br />
The median annual income of Asian families exceeded that of all U.S. families, and the percentage of Asians with at least a bachelor's degree was almost double that of the total population, according to the 2000 census.</p>
Median family Bachelor'sETD<br />
income in 1999 degree or more*ETD<br />
All U.S. families $50,046 24.40%ETD<br />
Asian Americans $59,324 44.10%ETD<br />
(Percent distribution below) ETD<br />
Chinese (23.8%) $60,058 48.10%ETD<br />
Filipino (18.3%) $65,189 43.80%ETD<br />
Asian Indian (16.2%) $70,708 63.90%ETD<br />
Vietnamese (10.9%) $47,103 19.40%ETD<br />
Korean (10.5%) $47,624 43.80%ETD<br />
Japanese (7.8%) $70,849 41.90%ETD<br />
Cambodian (1.8%) $35,621 9.20%ETD<br />
Hmong (1.7%) $32,384 7.50%ETD<br />
Laotian (1.6%) $43,542 7.70%ETD<br />
Pakistani (1.5%) $50,189 54.30%ETD<br />
Thai (1.1%) $49,635 38.60%ETD<br />
Other Asian (4.7%) $50,733 41.40%ETD<br />
*Age 25 and older Source: U.S. Census Bureau]]></description>
      <pubDate>26/12/2011 15:32:47</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/14494/Stark+Contrasts+Found+Among+Asian+Americans</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">14494</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>14499</publicationdataID>
      <title>The voice that touched India's soul</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p>SINGAPORE She was known as the "nightingale of India," but that scarcely captured what Madurai Shanmukhavadivu Subbulakshmi - who died on Saturday at the age of 88 - was all about. Known widely as just "M.S.," she was the greatest singer of Carnatic music,
 the South Indian genre that's considered to be one of the oldest systems of devotional music in the world. Subbulakshmi was more than a voice - she was the very embodiment of a centuries-old music tradition that lives on in the homes of millions of Indians
 in the subcontinent and around the globe. <br />
<br />
While maestros like Pandit Ravi Shankar of India and the late Nusrat Ali Khan of Pakistan, along with the show-biz tunes of Bollywood, put South Asian pop-classical music on the global map, it was Subbulakshmi who introduced Carnatic music to the West. She
 enthralled audiences with her mellifluous voice that captured the seven talas - or rhythmic cycles - and 72 fundamental ragas - or melodic scales - of the genre in a way that could only be characterized as mesmerizing. She sang bhajans, or spiritual songs,
 in 12 Indian languages in venues ranging from her native Chennai to Carnegie Hall.
<br />
<br />
In a career that started when she was 13 years old, Subbulakshmi performed before audiences all over the world, and received scores of awards, including the Bharat Ratna, India's highest civilian honor. But perhaps her greatest accomplishment was that she enticed
 an entire new generation of young Indians to Carnatic music. </p>
<p>Today, even young Indians living in the United States and other places, start their day listening to "Sri Venkateswara Suprabhatam," a hymn invoking the blessings of the elephant-headed Hindu god Ganesh. Sreenath Sreenivasan, a professor at Columbia University,
 tells of how his two-year-old twins nod while the hymn is played in the household every morning.
<br />
<br />
That the Sreenivasan twins - and their Indian-born parents - in New York should listen to Subbulakshmi says something important about the preservation of Indian culture at a time when it's under siege by the Westernization wrought by globalization. Subbulakshmi
 took Carnatic music out of the concert halls and injected it into everyday people's homes.
<br />
<br />
It is music that, while indigenous to India's south and its temple-based Hindu culture, appeals to listeners across the board because of its emotion and spirit of improvisation. Indian classical music is categorized under two genres. The best known is Hindustani,
 developed in the north of the country, in the form of ghazals, Sufi mystical music, and the sitar, which Shankar popularized in the West.
</p>
<p>What Subbulakshmi did was to advance the system codified by Purandara Dasa, a 15th century guru, who codified Carnatic music and gave it an identifiable format as a medium of teaching, performing, prayer and therapy. It was Purandara Dasa, and subsequent
 gurus, who influenced Subbulakshmi. <br />
<br />
Subbulakshmi, with the help of her husband, T. Sadasivam, drew attention to the works of three saint-composers of the 19th century - Tyagaraja, Muthuswami Dikshitar and Shyama Shastri - by organizing concerts featuring thousands of songs that remain favorites.
 As Subbulakshmi explained to me some years ago when I met her and Sadasivam at their modest Chennai home, the lyrics of the traditional Carnatic compositions, whether mythological or social in nature, are set entirely against a devotional or philosophical
 background. <br />
<br />
I asked her if she was surprised that Carnatic music had caught on among India's contemporary youth. No, was her response, it was testimony to the innate power of the genre to induce tranquillity and energy. In an age when young Indians, as young people everywhere,
 are obsessed with career advancement and gaining prosperity, Subbulakshmi's singing offered a welcome musical interlude as well as an opportunity for personal renewal.
</p>
<p>Hers was a public life led very privately. She donated millions of dollars to charities. Subbulakshmi once said that she would stop giving concerts if her husband, Sadasivam, died. He died a few years ago, after which she only sang on private occasions,
 mainly to raise money for struggling musicians. She was already a legend. Her voice and music, summoning up India's ancient traditions of peace and devotion to communal harmony, will always be with us, will always be relevant in a world of increasing tensions.
 What better legacy could this legendary figure have left? <br />
<br />
<em>(Pranay Gupte is a veteran writer on international issues.) </em></p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>26/12/2011 15:35:27</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/14499/The+voice+that+touched+Indias+soul</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">14499</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>14503</publicationdataID>
      <title>India starts to look beyond Pakistan</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p>New Delhi Vladimir Putin and Donald Rumsfeld have been here this month. In November, Prime Minister Manmohan Singh was in Vientiane, Laos, doling out goodwill to East Asian leaders, notably Prime Minister Wen Jiabao of China. India is courting, and being
 courted. <br />
<br />
India's international engagement is gathering momentum. It is happening partly because the country is beginning to escape its preoccupation with Pakistan, which has often blinded it to wider strategic and commercial interests. A nation that seeks to be a global
 player has been locked in an obsession with a much smaller country, which many here are now seeing as at worst a persistent nuisance rather than a major threat.
<br />
<br />
Even if the current thaw with Islamabad is short-lived, the change in India's own mind-set should ensure that it cultivates its relationships, particularly in Asia, with a view to interests other than Pakistan. And if the thaw lasts, India will be at the center
 of enhanced regional prosperity based on trade. <br />
<br />
There is a newfound self-confidence here stemming from the success of economic reforms, the prestige of Indian engineers and entrepreneurs in information technology and pharmaceuticals, and a realization that Indian firms can compete on the world stage, even
 with China. India now wants to be engaged, and is now trying to play a tough but, for once, essentially positive role in the Doha round of trade negotiations.
<br />
<br />
At the same time there is growing acknowledgment that economic interaction and faster growth are bringing new demands on its international relationships at a time when China is occupying an ever increasing amount of global, and particularly Asian, space.
</p>
<p>India is now as dependent as China on hydrocarbon imports, and its needs may increase even more rapidly in the future. But it is lagging in the development of relationships, and military capability, aimed at securing supply. For sure, its closer ties to
 the United States owe something to the U.S. role in protecting Gulf oil flows as well as to mutual concerns about Islamic fundamentalism and China's forward posture. India needs U.S. investment and market access, and its successful migrants to the U.S. have
 created strong, permanent bonds between the two nations. <br />
<br />
But the relationship is currently being complicated not just by America's arms sales to Pakistan and its support for General Pervez Musharraf's bogus democracy but also by what India sees as Washington's ideologically driven obsession with Iran. India wants
 closer relationships and energy deals with its large, strategically important energy-rich near neighbor.
<br />
<br />
Meanwhile, however, China seems to be stealing a march on India, being involved in major construction projects in Iran and currently negotiating the details of a $100 billion gas deal. Nor can India entirely forget its old friend Russia, which is likely to
 remain its main arms supplier even as India continues to buy more from Israel, France and perhaps the United States.
<br />
<br />
Direct relations with China are now as cordial as they have been since the 1950s, and two-way trade is expanding. But border problems are on ice rather than moving toward a solution. India views with disquiet the further Sinicization of Tibet, which seems likely
 to follow the railway China is building to Lhasa. <br />
<br />
India needs to present a friendly face toward China, with which it shares common trade interests, if it is to engage with the countries of Southeast Asia. But here it lags far behind a China whose flag has closely followed the growth of trade.
</p>
<p>It has negotiated some bilateral deals but is kept at a polite distance by the Association of Southeast Asian Nations as a group. It has yet to develop a meaningful relationship with gas-rich Indonesia, an immediate neighbor, and it worries about China's
 access to the Andaman Sea through Myanmar without being able to do anything to supplant Chinese influence with the ruling generals. How long will it be before China's nuclear-powered submarines patrol the Indian Ocean?
<br />
<br />
In short, India has begun to look east, but it needs to do so more vigorously. <br />
<br />
Yet if India is increasingly aware of its own weaknesses in the face of a booming China, others in Asia are beginning to recognize the attractions of India. Japanese and Korean companies are waking up to the nation's longer-term trade and investment potential.
 On a 20-year view, its demographics are much more attractive than those of China and commitment to private capital more assured. Just as India needs strategic partners who can supply capital or resources, there are those in East Asia, notably Japan, Vietnam
 and Indonesia, who remain wary of China's ambitions and are looking for ways of balancing power in Asia in the likely event that the U.S. role as benign hegemon gradually diminishes.
<br />
<br />
India lags behind China by 15 years or so in both economic development and its relations with the wider world. Its internal complexity, messy democratic politics and private-dominated corporate sector may prevent it from duplicating China's single-minded pursuit
 of long-term national interests. But India is back on the world stage. </p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>26/12/2011 15:37:27</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/14503/India+starts+to+look+beyond+Pakistan</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">14503</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>14506</publicationdataID>
      <title>Sun shines on Indian newspaper industry</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p><strong>It's a boom-time for the press in India. And with six out of 10 people now literate, it's only going to get bigger, say Chetan Chauhan and Jonathan Brown</strong><br />
<br />
Anyone who believes the buzz has disappeared from the British newsroom in recent years should pay a visit to the sweltering offices of Delhi's biggest-selling broadsheet. By seven o' clock, the offices of the Hindustan Times are reminiscent of a madhouse. The
 cavernous office, practically deserted during the day, has been filling steadily since early evening with the newspaper's 120-plus Delhi-based reporters, who have been out on the beat since lunchtime, chasing stories in temperatures of 45C.
<br />
<br />
In the three-month monsoon, 178mm of rain can fall in a single day, bringing severe flooding. And in a city of 15 million people where the public transport system is highly unreliable, simply getting about is not easy. Journalists are given special government
 bus passes, although most prefer to avoid the crush and travel by autorickshaw or weave their way through the city's three million vehicles on private motorbike.
<br />
<br />
Coming face to face with the key figures within India's giant bureaucracy and swollen political class is also never easy. Access is normally granted after persistent pleas with secretaries. Meetings are normally limited to 15 minutes, and the reporter will
 seek to arrange as many of these before returning to the office in the evening to file their stories.
</p>
<p>"Khogen, Ashu come over," bellows Yashwant Raj, the news editor, above the hubbub as he sketches out a dummy page, surrounded by senior staff. He is joined by Ashu, the graphic editor, who calls for the master illustrator Jayanto. He ambles over dressed
 in a long kurta over jeans and slippers. His job will be to draw plans for a new Delhi metro line.
<br />
<br />
Next Yashwant disappears into the reporters section, hunting for other reporters whose stories are destined for the front. Unlike in Britain, reporters are not permitted to take a byline on a story written from a press release, an open briefing or reworked
 wire copy. A front-page story brings with it recognition. <br />
<br />
Yashwant returns from his trawl with Shekhar Iyer, a senior special correspondent from the newspaper's political bureau. Leaning back in his chair, he asks him to take him through his story on the day's biggest event: a successful bandh - nationwide strike
 - called by Vishwa Hindu Parishad to protest against the arrest of a Hindu priest Kanchi Shankaracharya on a murder charge. Satisfied, Yashwant gives him an hour to file 400 words.
<br />
<br />
The Hindustan Times began life as a family-owned newspaper in 1924, from a small office in Connaught Place. Today, it is still a family affair. K K Birla is the chairman while his daughter Shobana Bhartia runs the paper which prides itself on its hard news
 coverage, but which has recently added lifestyle and Delhi sections focusing on Bollywood gossip and parties. What has not changed is its support for the Congress Party, which has ruled India for 40 years, taking India through independence, partition, riots,
 emergency and the assassination of Indira Gandhi and Rajiv Gandhi - not to mention the threat of nuclear war with Pakistan that looms over the subcontinent.
</p>
<p>Now selling 900,000 copies a day, the Hindustan Times is bucking the trend seen in Britain, where, with a few notable exceptions, circulation is firmly downward. The HT is on the rise: in the past five years circulation is up 30 per cent. Trends are similar
 for its rival paper, The Times of India. <br />
<br />
Professor Dinesh Sharma, of Delhi University's department of sociology, says that India has seen a massive surge in its media market in the past seven years. "Both newspapers and television are growing. With the population of the cities rising abnormally, the
 circulation of most English-language papers will increase," says Professor Sharma.
<br />
<br />
That ties in with the growth of the Indian middle class, driven by technological expertise in rapidly developing urban areas such as Delhi and Mumbai. The average annual income in cities is now close to $12,000, as opposed to the $4,000 in rural areas.
<br />
<br />
This boom in newspaper circulation means they can charge a high advertising rate. Many papers offer a decent rate for advertisement in all its editions covering almost entire country. This means it can use its low cost base to keep the cover price down. A weekday
 copy costs Rs 1.50, less than 2p. On Sunday, when it is close to 60 pages, it costs Rs2. Pay for reporters is Rs15,000- Rs40,000 (£177-£472) per month, depending on their seniority, but the hours are long. The high revenues have created a fully automated newspaper
 after much recent investment in technology. </p>
<p>That said, there remains a vast and untapped potential for newspapers which serve the non-urban Hindi-speaking masses, as well as the 14 other languages spoken in this giant country. In a population of more than one billion, six out of ten people are now
 literate, and almost all villages are covered by the education programme, offering a potential newspaper market 10 times the size of Britain. The economy is stable and growing at about 8 per cent a year.
<br />
<br />
"The danger for the English-language print media is that their readers are limited to the cities," says Professor Sharma. "The vernacular-language papers have a bigger market in smaller towns and rural India, and that market has yet to be tapped to its full
 potential." <br />
<br />
Good news for the BBC staff facing the axe. A place in the sun, perhaps? </p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>26/12/2011 15:39:40</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/14506/Sun+shines+on+Indian+newspaper+industry</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">14506</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>14508</publicationdataID>
      <title>“ Russia and India”: Strategic partnership, oriented towards future</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p><em>Foreign Minister of the Russian Federation, Sergei Lavrov</em> <br />
<br />
Visit of President of the Russian Federation Mr. Vladimir Putin, is the new historical development in the traditional Russia and India relationship. These relations are characterized as the strategic partnership – which is a reality and not a rhetoric.
<br />
<br />
Today India is not a country with which the world dealt ten-fifteen years ago. Present India is a confident state, which is among the leading states in the world in terms of level of production and on the size of gross national product, and also on a number
 of key parameters of scientific and technical development. <br />
<br />
Russia welcomes the achievements of the Indian friends and sees in them the possibility of further strengthening of the multi-faceted relationship and increase in the practical returns for our people. It concerns first of all cooperation in trade &amp; economic
 and scientific &amp; technical areas. It is important to bring it to the high level of our political dialogue. This theme has actively been studied within the framework of the Intergovernmental Joint Commission.
<br />
<br />
We welcome the interest of the Indian businessmen to work in Russia. On its part the Russian companies are also interested in participation in large-scale programs which are being carried out in India in sphere of energy, construction, civil aircraft manufacturing,
 electronics, computer science, telecommunications, biotechnology. The leading role in the development of economic cooperation belongs to the investment. Here we have considerable positive experience, to name joint development of the Russian deposits on Sakhalin
 or construction in India of a nuclear power station "Kudankulam" is enough. Now this experience should be extended to new mutually advantageous projects.
</p>
<p>The big prospects could be seen in sphere of inter-regional cooperation and contacts between small and medium business. This is reflected in the developed partnership between the subjects of the Russian Federation and states of India, in particular, between
 Astrakhan and Gujarat, Samara and Karnataka, Kazan and Hyderabad. <br />
<br />
Businessmen should know each other better, and should have more information about each other. Therefore the establishment of Representative Office of Confederation of Indian Industry and the Russian-Indian Business Council created by Trade and Industrial Chamber
 of Russia and Federation of the Indian Chamber of Commerce and Industry is significant.
<br />
<br />
We are interested in the increased role and authority of India on the world scene, in the further strengthening of our interaction in the international affairs. Today India becoming one of leading world powers makes the international system more balanced and
 stable. Moscow and New Delhi are united in the aspiration to construct a just and democratic international order. Among our goals is increased effectiveness of multilateral mechanisms of cooperation with the central role of the United Nations and support to
 international law. <br />
<br />
The Russian-Indian relations today is a major factor in the international politics and economy. But their potential is far from being exhausted. I am convinced, that the Russian-Indian summit in New Delhi will help in expanding, in all directions, strategic
 partnership of our states, which will be in the interest of universal peace, safety and prosperity.
</p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>26/12/2011 15:41:36</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/14508/Russia+and+India+Strategic+partnership+oriented+towards+future</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">14508</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>14511</publicationdataID>
      <title>Nokia and Microsoft bet on India</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p>Nokia and Microsoft both announced new ventures in India on Wednesday, underscoring the country's increasing allure for high-technology companies.
<br />
<br />
Nokia, the world's biggest mobile phone maker, plans to spend as much as $150 million on a new mobile phone manufacturing plant in India to reduce costs and to cash in on increasing demand in the country.
<br />
<br />
The facility will employ about 2,000 workers after it is completed over the next four years, Nokia said. The Finnish company currently has nine plants in countries including Hungary, Finland and China.
<br />
<br />
Nokia, Microsoft and other high-technology companies are betting that demand in countries like India, China and Brazil will lift sales as European and American markets near saturation.
<br />
<br />
Microsoft, the world's largest software maker, said Wednesday that it would open a research lab in Bangalore, India, in January to increase its presence in the market and take advantage of the country's large and increasingly sophisticated population of engineers.
<br />
<br />
The lab is Microsoft's sixth and its third outside the United States. The company, which also has labs in Beijing and Cambridge, England, said it planned to employ two dozen scientists, interns and support staff.
<br />
<br />
Microsoft's chief executive, Steve Ballmer, said two weeks ago that the company may hire "hundreds" of workers in the next year for a new development center in Hyderabad, another Indian technology hub. Microsoft is taking advantage of India's low average wages
 for technology workers. It has been locating its customer service and software-testing capabilities outside core markets.</p>
<p>The lab will work with Indian universities and conduct research in areas like multilingual systems and technology for emerging markets. It will be run by P. Anandan, a seven-year veteran of Microsoft Research and an expert in computer vision and video analysis.
<br />
<br />
India will have as many as 184,347 engineering graduates this year, according to the country's National Association of Software &amp; Service Companies.
<br />
<br />
While Microsoft is tapping into India's scientists and engineers, Nokia is targeting its rapidly growing phone market.
<br />
<br />
"India's position at the heart of a rapidly growing mobile communications region" makes it an attractive location for a new plant, Nokia said. "Mobile communications become increasingly affordable and available to more people in this diverse region."
<br />
<br />
Manufacturing will begin in late 2005 or early 2006, the president of Nokia, Pekka Ala-Pietila, said.
<br />
<br />
India is the world's fastest-growing telecommunications market, with companies like Reliance Infocomm, the country's biggest mobile-phone services company expanding networks and cutting call rates.</p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>26/12/2011 15:43:47</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/14511/Nokia+and+Microsoft+bet+on+India</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">14511</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>14516</publicationdataID>
      <title>Outlook for India Still Strong</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p>INVESTORS IN INDIA HAVE HAD MUCH to be grateful for this year. An unexpected election victory for the Congress Party in May torpedoed shares, sinking the Mumbai Sensex index to 4,505. But as fear receded that the Congress Party would derail India's plans
 for economic reforms, shares have rebounded by about 33%, to 6,035, not far from the 6,194 high set on Jan. 14.<br />
<br />
Last week, the World Bank said India's investment climate has improved markedly in recent years. India is still a more expensive and less efficient for business than China -- China's highways and power systems are superior -- but things are improving. Meanwhile,
 Corporate India reported third-quarter earnings growth 31% above the level a year earlier, beating CLSA's forecast of 25%.<br />
<br />
India's rupee now trades at 45.08 to the dollar, off 3.4% from its April high, but up slightly from its July low of 46.47. That's given India's exports an advantage over some other developing nations', including Korea and Taiwan, whose currencies have risen
 sharply against the greenback. <br />
<br />
Thus, the Hindu Festival of Lights may be over, but the celebrating might continue. This year, the Sensex is up 3.4% in local currency, 4.6% in dollars. Yet it exceeds the dismal performance of stock markets in archrival China. Since Dec. 31, the Shanghai Composite
 is down 9.2%, while the "H" share index is off 1.8%.<br />
<br />
Still, some Indian investors are worried. After all, the new government under Manmohan Singh presides over a coalition, a notoriously fragile arrangement in India. And there are other concerns. Says Warren Yeh of Adapa Partners, an Asia hedge fund: "We don't
 have much committed to India because Indian stocks are anticipating a lot of good stuff." According to Bear Stearns, Indian stocks trade at 15 to 17 times earnings, somewhat pricey by historical norms. And interest rates are rising.
</p>
<p>Ask Philip Ehrmann, the head of emerging markets strategy for Gartmore Global Investments, whether he thinks India or China is more promising for the next 12 months, and he replies, "No question China remains strong." Ehrmann may be biased. After all, Gartmore
 just rolled out a new fund focused on China. While he acknowledges that India "has had strong performance since the elections," he contends that "there's not the backdrop of an integrated economy that's making great progress." What's more, Ehrmann fears that
 revenues and earnings of India's giant software services companies, led by Infosys, will suffer if the dollar keeps depreciating.
<br />
<br />
Such worries could be overblown. India, after all, has a broader array of investment opportunities and world-class companies than China. India's largest stocks include petrochemical and telecom group Reliance Industries (whose controlling family is now involved
 in a power struggle but whose operating business is "excellent," Ehrmann reports); Infosys; ICICI Bank, whose shares have shot up even as the bank announced it would sell shares, and energy exploration and production company Oil &amp; Natural Gas Corp.
<br />
<br />
Expect more offerings from India, too, as the government lists state-owned companies and as it raises money to radically improve its weak infrastructure, which has hampered manufacturing.
<br />
<br />
"India has been about service-oriented companies with great ROEs, squeaky-clean balance sheets, that are huge cash-flow generators," says Yeh of Adapa. That will change. Meanwhile, the government, which has set a divestment target of INR53.6 billion, is selling
 shares in National Thermal Power, Power Grid, and Power Finance. </p>
<p>Wall Street is plugging cement companies like Gujarat Ambuja and Grasim, on the belief that cement prices are on the rise with more local infrastructure and construction spending. CLSA Asia-Pacific Markets expects capacity utilization to zoom past 90% next
 year. Bear Stearns thinks post-monsoon construction activity has picked up substantially in Mumbai, Delhi and Calcutta, and that housing finance innovations and new property funds will help sustain growth.
<br />
<br />
Some investors see great promise in stocks of smaller companies. Jim Ayer, the general partner of Tiedemann/Ayer Asian Growth L.P., recently told Grant's Interest Rate Observer that there's plenty of opportunity among smaller-cap stocks "not widely covered
 by Goldman Sachs or Morgan Stanley." <br />
<br />
Among larger Indian companies, Ayer likes Bharti Televentures ("kind of where China Mobile was in 1998-2000 in rapid growth of subscribers and rapid growth of cash flow," he told Grant's); Tata Motors, which "has increased its margins and return on equity over
 the last three years," and ICICI Bank, which Ayer believes "will grow [profits] somewhere between 20% and 30% a year over the next couple of years." In contrast, "there is no way to play consumer banking in China," Ayer points out.
</p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>26/12/2011 15:46:23</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/14516/Outlook+for+India+Still+Strong</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">14516</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>14519</publicationdataID>
      <title>Subcontinent raises its voice</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p><em>With an English-speaking population now likely to have surpassed that of Britain and the US, India, with its dynamic variety of English, is set to become a linguistic superpower, argues David Crystal</em><br />
<br />
India currently has a special place in the English language record books - as the country with the largest English-speaking population in the world. Ten years ago that record was held by the US. Not any more.
<br />
<br />
The population of India passed a billion a couple of years ago, and is increasing at the rate of 3% per annum. In 1997 an India Today survey suggested that about a third of the population had the ability to carry on a conversation in English. This was an amazing
 increase over the estimates of the 1980s, when only about 4%-5% of the population were thought to use the language. And given the steady increase in English learning since 1997 in schools and among the upwardly mobile, we must today be talking about at least
 350 million. This is more than the combined English-speaking populations of Britain and the US.
<br />
<br />
All of these speakers - bar a lakh (hundred thousand) or so - have learned English as a second language. English has special regional status in India, and is an important unifying medium between the Indo-European north and the Dravidian south. Special status
 means much more than having a place in the public institutions of the country - in parliament, the law courts, broadcasting, the press, and the education system. It means that the language permeates daily life. You cannot avoid it, especially in the cities.
</p>
<p>My wife and I have just returned from a two-week lecturing tour of India, sponsored by the British Council. We visited Chennai, Delhi, Kolkata, Pune and Mumbai, and found ourselves surrounded by English everywhere. The roads into the city centres from the
 airports would pass through some very poor areas, but even the smallest shops and stalls would have an English sign or poster nearby.
<br />
<br />
Outside the Red Fort in Delhi, a Hindi-speaking teacher was marshalling a class of 30 Hindi-speaking teenagers, and giving them instructions about where to meet and when their bus would leave - in English. Outside St Thomas' Cathedral in Chennai we met a group
 of primary-school Tamil children coming out of the local school. As soon as they saw us they waved excitedly - we were the only fair-skinned people to be seen - and we received a chorus of "hello", "hi", "how are you?" . . . "Fine thanks, how are you?" we
 replied. "We're fine too," they said. Seven-year-olds, we marvelled, on a confident career-track towards English.
<br />
<br />
Towards Indian English, of course. India has had a longer exposure to English than any other country that uses it as a second language, and its distinctive words, idioms, grammar, rhetoric and rhythms are numerous and pervasive. Don't confuse Indian English
 with what is sometimes called "Hinglish" - a vague phrase that can refer to a use of English containing occasional Hindi words or to a much more fundamental mixing of the two languages, unintelligible to a monolingual English speaker, and heard daily on FM
 radio. Indian English is a much broader notion, applicable to the whole of India, including those regions where other languages are used. There we find Punglish (Punjabi), Tamlish (Tamil), and many more.
</p>
<p>Collections of Indian English vocabulary have been around for more than a century. Hobson-Jobson was the first, published in 1886. It is largely of historical interest now, and there have been attempts to supercede it, such as Hanklin-Janklin (compiled by
 Nigel Hanklin, Banyan Books, 2004). But no dictionary has yet catalogued the extraordinary-stylistic range and regional diversity of Indian English. We encountered hundreds of distinctive usages on our travels, such as pre-owned cars (used cars), near and
 dear numbers (for phoning friends and family) and kitchen platform (work-surface). Words are broken in different ways. Outside the University in Mumbai is the greeting "welcome". A roadside warning reads "land slide prone area". Another says "over-size vehicles
 keep left". <br />
<br />
The historical background of India is never far away from everyday usage. "What do you think you're doing? Cutting grass?" says a boss to a worker lazing about. How can cutting grass be equivalent to doing nothing? Because grass-cutting was done by servants.
 But this history also promotes correspondences. In particular there is a remarkable sharing of linguistic humour between India and Britain. Both countries have the same penchant for word-play. "Austensibly, it's about Jane" reads a review headline about a
 critical book on that author. "Be Ecofriendly" says a sign in Delhi - but it spells the second word "Ecofriendelhi".
</p>
<p>Indian English is changing. Regional dialects of Indian English are increasingly apparent - an inevitable consequence of this huge country's cultural and linguistic diversity. There are noticeable differences of accent and dialect, especially between north
 and south. On the ad billboards, and in Bollywood film posters, there are now Hindi slogans written in the roman alphabet. You can see change in the newspapers too - in the matrimonial columns, for instance, where families advertise for desirable brides or
 grooms. A generation ago these were full of such terms as "wheatish". Today these have largely gone, and we find such criteria as "professionally qualified" instead - a linguistic reflection of an important social change.<br />
<br />
Three generations after independence, Indian English is still having trouble distancing itself from the weight of its British English past. Many people still think of Indian English as inferior, and see British English as the only "proper" English. It is an
 impression still fostered by the language examining boards that dominate teachers' mindsets. At the same time a fresh confidence is plainly emerging among young people, and it is only a matter of time before attitudes change.
<br />
<br />
It could hardly be otherwise when we consider the way Indian writing is increasingly reflecting indigenous varieties. Gone are the days when everyone in a novel, from sahib to servant, spoke standard British English. The same linguistic diversity is apparent
 in the films - over a thousand each year - produced by Bollywood studios. </p>
<p>What status will this rapidly growing English dialect have in the eyes of the rest of the world? Linguistic status is always a reflection of power - political, technological, economic, cultural, religious - so this is really a question relating to the future
 of India as a world player. India is likely to become an eventual cyber-technological superpower. The call-centre phenomenon has stimulated a huge expansion of internet-related activity. The amount of daily text-messaging (SMS) exceeds the UK and US. The IT
 press is always speculating about where future Googles will come from. One day it will be India.
<br />
<br />
India has a unique position in the English-speaking world. It is a linguistic bridge between the major first-language dialects of the world, such as British and American English, and the major foreign-language varieties, such as those emerging in China and
 Japan. China is the closest competitor for the English-speaking record with some 220 million speakers of English, but China does not have the pervasive English linguistic environment encountered in India; nor does it have the strength of linguistic tradition
 that provides multiple continuities with the rest of the English-speaking world.
<br />
<br />
When Indian operators answer your call about train times between Birmingham and Glasgow, they are far more likely to be aware of where you are travelling than would any equivalent operators in China.
</p>
<p>And it is the Indian presence in Britain that marks the other end of this linguistic continuity. British people are familiar with (British dialects of) Indian English as a result of several generations of immigration. When the TV comedy programme The Kumars
 At Number 42 became successful in Britain, I heard local English kids using its catchphrases and copying its speech rhythms, just as they did when Crocodile Dundee made them play with Australian English. There are parallels in the literary world. Suhayl Saadi's
 new novel, Psychoraag, is an amazing mixture of South Asian English (Urdu, in this case), Standard English, and Glaswegian. We ain't seen nothin' yet.
<br />
<br />
And India is special in one other respect. Alongside the spread of English there is a powerful concern for the maintenance of indigenous languages. I repeatedly heard young students express the need for a balance between an outward-looking language of empowerment
 and an inward-looking language of identity. <br />
<br />
"Choose your language for your power bill" says one of the Mumbai billboards, offering Marathi, Hindi, Gujarathi, and English. Many of the smaller tribal languages are seriously endangered, but there is an enviable awareness of the problem that is lacking in
 many western countries. India, it seems, can teach the rest of the world some lessons not only about multidialectism but about multilingualism too.
</p>
<p><strong>Signs of the times</strong><br />
<br />
The following examples of Indian English usage were all seen on the 132km of road between Pune and Mumbai<br />
<br />
- overspeeding and tyre-bursting cause accidents<br />
<br />
- do not crisscross on the expressway<br />
<br />
- do not litter on your expressway<br />
<br />
- speed breaker ahead (road bump) <br />
<br />
- pay 'n' park<br />
<br />
- landscaping and beautification<br />
<br />
- road in curve ahead<br />
<br />
- please drive slow<br />
<br />
- parking inside the lawn is strictly prohibited<br />
<br />
- no 2-/3-wheelers (2-wheelers is the generic term for motorbikes and scooters; 3-wheelers are auto-rickshaws)
<br />
<br />
<em>- David Crystal is honorary professor of linguistics at the University of Wales, Bangor. His latest book, The Stories of English, was published by Penguin in May.</em></p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>26/12/2011 15:49:45</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/14519/Subcontinent+raises+its+voice</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">14519</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>14524</publicationdataID>
      <title>How satellites raised the tax take</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p>After 16 years in Silicon Valley, designing Intel's Pentium chip and watching California's dotcom boom go bust, Srikanth Nadhamuni returned to his home city of Bangalore with an ideal to revolutionise Indian local government. He and his wife Sunita had been
 involved in supporting NGOs in India through the California-based Indians for Collective Action.
<br />
<br />
In 2002 he found pollution, traffic and pot-holed roads. The tax take was not increasing despite increasing population. The result was poor electricity and water supply despite growing personal wealth.
<br />
<br />
"I wanted to figure out why we could not have here what the West has. The first thing I found was that we had no up-to-date maps of the city. I mean when the British were here, India virtually invented modern day cartography," says Nadhamuni.
<br />
<br />
Without mapping the houses and businesses of Bangalore, he reasoned, there was little chance of getting accurate property tax assessments and collection. "In the developed world, property taxes are the single largest source of municipal revenue. In the US municipal
 revenue is 10% of GDP. In India it is 0.6%. It is so low because we do not know what is in our cities and therefore cannot tax people properly."
<br />
<br />
Using Isro satellite maps of Bangalore, Nadhamuni coaxed volunteers to walk round all 100 wards of the city recording buildings. Software being installed by the city administration will store information on all 730,000 properties and allow for electronic tax
 payment. </p>
<p>In the past three years the properties being taxed rose from 35% to about 50% of the total. By bypassing officials, the package has also reduced corruption. The system has been endorsed by the World Bank and is to be rolled out across Karnataka, the state
 of which Bangalore is capital. <br />
<br />
Big players such as IBM eye a business opportunity in "e-governance". Nadhamuni is nonplussed by the prospect of a corporate takeover. "We need big companies to take an interest because we need to standardise the system," he says. "Our interest is to improve
 India's cities, theirs is to make money." Randeep Ramesh </p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>26/12/2011 15:52:26</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/14524/How+satellites+raised+the+tax+take</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">14524</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>14528</publicationdataID>
      <title>Blast off for Bangalore</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p>In an attempt to reassure, Dr P Pawar, a consultant at Hyderabad's sleek Apollo hospital, lowers his voice and begins to ask slowly about the pain felt by his teenage patient. Staring back at him, Lakhsmi gives hesitant answers, looking bewildered. Once
 Dr Pawar finishes taking his patient's history, he asks a colleague for a second opinion.
<br />
<br />
Nothing unusual in this unless you consider that between doctors and patient lies 1,000km of the Indian subcontinent. Dr Pawar and Lakhsmi are talking to images on television screens, communicating via a satellite network that links rural patients with doctors
 in hospitals and hi-tech research centres. In doing so, the hospital is demonstrating that India has begun to realise a core aim of its space programme: using technology to benefit the poor.
<br />
<br />
"We serve a population of 50,000 spread over 50 square kilometres in 192 villages which has no access to specialist doctors," says Suresh Shankar, the administrator of the Aragonda centre in Tamil Nadu. "This therefore is for many people the first time they
 can access high-quality advice." <br />
<br />
Whether scrutinising live CT scans or ultrasound pictures, Mr Shankar says, "telemedicine" has saved patients an often arduous journey from remote rural areas. "With this technology we can tap into the doctors in Hyderabad and tap into their expertise in specialist
 fields such as cardiology, dermatology and neurology. They just are not found here. So far, more than 1,000 people have had consultations. And only 10% needed to travel from here to our hospitals in Hyderabad or Chennai."
<br />
<br />
Making all this possible is the work of the Indian Space Research Organisation (Isro), which provides the bandwidth on its satellites to send images and sound between hospitals on the Earth's surface.
</p>
<p>Nearly 60 remote hospitals are now linked to 16 "super speciality" units in cities. Last month medical centres in Pakistan were connected with those in India as part of the peace process between the neighbouring countries.
<br />
<br />
Isro is a self-styled "space programme for the people", which stresses its civilian abilities and is reticent about its success, unusual in a country where the gap between reality and rhetoric is wide.
<br />
<br />
Little more than 40 years after Isro began life as a launchpad for small US-made rockets, India's national space programme has sprinted ahead of those in wealthier economies such as Israel and Malaysia. By not entering a space race with the world's superpowers,
 the organisation has so far resisted the temptation of prestige projects, such as manned space stations, which become white elephants in orbit.
<br />
<br />
"We are a space programme created to benefit the common man. It is not just to develop high technology for its own sake," says G Madhavan Nair, the chairman, at Isro's headquarters in Bangalore.
<br />
<br />
Keen to stress the thrifty nature of his work, Nair spouts figures and cost benefit analyses so frequently that he often sounds more like an accountant than the aeronautical engineer he is. He points out that his annual budget runs at 27.3bn rupees ($600m),
 a little under a 30th of Nasa's yearly spending. Despite this, India has 14 satellites in orbit with another four planned launches next year.
<br />
<br />
The country's six remote sensing satellites form one of the globe's most advanced "eyes in the skies". And, unlike space programmes in other developing countries, such as Brazil, low costs have not led to spectacular accidents. Isro has recorded half a dozen
 aborted take-offs in almost 40 launches. </p>
<p>Pictures from space have been used to find water, combat deforestation and calculate crop yields. They also made front-page news recently when an artificial lake in Tibet threatened to flood part of northwest India. Data have been used to monitor pollution
 and fight forest fires in Europe and the US. There are plans to join the European Union's Galileo project to produce a rival to America's global positioning satellites.
<br />
<br />
Isro has managed a degree of commercial success, with "earth observation" imaging grabbing a fifth of the world market and generating sales of some $5.5m a year.
<br />
<br />
"One of our most successful projects has been telling fisherman where the largest catches are," says Nair. "You can identify where the fish are by the colour of the ocean as seen from space. Once you relay the information, yields go up by 150-200%."
<br />
<br />
The space agency has managed another world first: launching a satellite dedicated to education, called Edusat. This "schools in the sky" project is aimed at transmitting classes and lectures around the country, and within seven years is projected to reach 37
 million schoolchildren. <br />
<br />
Isro's latest mission also saw India join an elite club of five other nations, which have proved they can place satellites in geostationary orbit. "This is how we want to demonstrate results, with each step getting a tangible result. It is not great leaps but
 steady progress," says Nair. </p>
<p>Perhaps the most ambitious launch will be the country's moon shot. Isro is planning to send a satellite, Chandrayaan I, to the moon by 2007. Question why a poor nation such as India should spend cash on such an ambitious trip and the answer is a short one.
<br />
<br />
"It's low-cost. We can do it for less than $100m," Nair says "For that we can scan the lunar terrain and get imagery of the moon's surface. We will gather vital data on the presence of minerals and gases."
<br />
<br />
If it realises its ambitions, India would become only the fifth power after the US, Russia, Japan and Europe, with this month's Smart-1 mission, to send a spacecraft to the moon.
<br />
<br />
Given that Nasa has comprehensively mapped the lunar surface, the scientific value of another mission might be considered somewhat limited. The real advance for Isro, says Mr Nair, will be deep space travel. "It is a journey of 350,000km. Right now we do just
 36,000km above the Earth. We will need new control, tracking and propulsion systems for Chandrayaan. That is where the added value is."
<br />
<br />
Nair sounds more circumspect on manned space flight or a moon landing. "You can collect the data from the moon and transmit it without a human. Robots can also find minerals on the surface as well as a human."
<br />
<br />
Contrast this with China, which has already sent a man into space, plans to build a space station and is, say analysts, more military-minded. Beijing also hopes to undertake a three-stage lunar programme.
</p>
<p>Nair is cautious in responding to the achievements of India's bigger eastern neighbour.
<br />
<br />
"It is a different set-up. You see, India is a democracy and a developing nation. The start-up costs for a manned moon mission would begin at $2bn. You need a good reason to send someone to the lunar surface for that amount of money."
<br />
<br />
This raises the question why a country like India, with a third of the world's poor, should spend hundreds of millions of dollars on a space programme at all when it could use satellites from the West. "We develop expertise which can be put to use for our own
 needs and do not have to rely on someone else," says M Gangrade, group director at Isro's satellite centre. Set in 40 acres of prime real estate in India's technology capital, Bangalore, the satellite-manufacturing plant is a testament to the country's ambition.
 In one vast hangar are spread the innards of the newest satellite, Cartosat 1, capable of seeing objects less than a metre wide. Around its black hull are masked scientists testing vital components. Engineers speak proudly of indigenously producing their satellites,
 but admit that many components come from abroad. <br />
<br />
For years western experts viewed the Indian programme as a weapons proliferation and security risk, despite the Indian government's insistence that it was a civilian project. Hawks pointed out that rockets could be used to launch military payloads and that
 remote sensing satellites could easily be converted to spy on an enemy. <br />
<br />
Some in India do openly call for the "militarisation" of Isro. "We could easily have an ICBM [intercontinental ballistic missile] with the technology we have developed," says Bharat Karnad, of the Centre for Policy Research in Delhi. "All we need is simple
 changes in the missile architecture. But the Indian government took an early decision to separate . . . [Isro] from the military. But it is about time we changed this attitude."
</p>
<p>Attempts to stop India's entry into the space race have often backfired. In 1992 the US pressed Russia not to give Isro the technology for a cryogenic rocket, which uses frozen fuel and is seen as vital to any ambitious space programme. But last January
 the organisation announced successful tests of an Indian-built cryogenic engine. "You might say it is a decade late but we gained valuable insight into how the engines worked," said Mr Gangrade.
<br />
<br />
In India the space programme has become a symbol of technical prowess and self-sufficiency. Used to infuse the nation with pride at matching first-world powers in scientific fields, Isro has been feted by all the political parties as proof that India can transcend
 poverty. It is notable that the country's president, APJAbdul Kalam, started his career as an Isro engineer, although he made his name developing ballistic missiles.
<br />
<br />
Warming relations between Washington and Delhi are likely to accelerate Isro's development. In September the Bush administration announced it would remove Isro from a US export restriction list, which regulates sales of dual-use technologies those that can
 be used both for civil and military purposes. <br />
<br />
Analysts say this decision should result in a threefold increase in hi-tech imports from the US and speed up collaboration with Boeing to build communication satellites.
<br />
<br />
The commercial imperative is plain for all to see. Nair points out that Isro pays scientists $600 a month. "That is a respectable salary in Bangalore and one that gives you a reasonable standard of living."
</p>
<p>Although there are obvious national security concerns for the US, many say that work will be shifted from over there to India.
<br />
<br />
"I think what we are seeing is the beginning of the outsourcing of space technology," says Raja Mohan, professor of strategic affairs at Jawaharlal Nehru University, Delhi.
<br />
<br />
"What the software industry is seeing right now will happen again with Isro. The question is not if, but when."
</p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>26/12/2011 15:55:06</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/14528/Blast+off+for+Bangalore</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">14528</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>14532</publicationdataID>
      <title>India steps forward on Kashmir</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p>India's new government is proving its will to continue to ratchet down tensions with Pakistan over one of the world's most dangerous potential flashpoints. India began this week to reduce its troops in its portion of the territory of Kashmir. The military
 reduction appears to be India's first since the insurgency in Kashmir began in 1989. Also, Prime Minister Manmohan Singh made his maiden voyage to Kashmir yesterday.<br />
<br />
Pakistan and India have fought two wars since 1947 over the disputed territory of Kashmir, before the two countries had gone nuclear. Needless to say, another war between the nuclear-armed countries would be disastrous, and each is keen to avoid that prospect.
 Successful peace talks are also important for the U.S.-led counterterror effort, since the Kashmir dispute fuels an Islamic insurgency that could at any time shift its focus to international targets.<br />
<br />
There were doubts whether Mr. Singh, who took office in May, would be as determined or able to negotiate peace as his predecessor, Atal Bihari Vajpayee. Mr. Singh, though, appears to be methodically plodding a course for peace with Pakistan.<br />
<br />
India is believed to have between 250,000 and 500,000 troops in Kashmir, and is expected to pull out tens of thousands. This follows Pakistani President Pervez Musharraf's proposed demilitarization of Kashmir. Pakistani Foreign Ministry spokesman Masood Khan
 said the move was "a good development" that would build confidence and facilitate the dialogue.</p>
<p>The troop withdrawal coincided with Mr. Singh's first visit to Kashmir, where he unveiled a $5.3 billion economic revival plan for the state, which is aimed at creating 24,000 jobs. The funds would be used to build new houses, schools, hospitals, railway
 lines, phone connections, and irrigation and power generation systems. Mr. Singh also pledged to speak to all parties that have disavowed violence.<br />
<br />
Mr. Singh's initiative comes despite an outbreak of violence by suspected Islamist militants. Mr. Singh, though, is wisely not letting the militant violence determine the course of the peace with Pakistan and the Kashmiri people.
<br />
<br />
Still, India's troop withdrawal puts extra onus on Pakistan to crack down on terrorist training camps and the movement of Pakistani militants into Indian-controlled Kashmir. Next week, Pakistani Prime Minister Shaukat Aziz will arrive in New Delhi for talks.
 Both sides should work hard to keep the momentum going, and U.S. officials should not refrain from nudging them along.</p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>26/12/2011 15:57:16</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/14532/India+steps+forward+on+Kashmir</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">14532</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>14535</publicationdataID>
      <title>India's child 'geniuses' never lost for an answer</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[If you've ever wondered why India is taking so many jobs away from Britain because of outsourcing, you need look no further than the Subcontinent's most popular TV gameshow - India's Child Genius.<br />
<br />
In the programme, which has just finished its 27-week run with an avidly watched grand final, Indian children as young as 10 confidently answer questions that are often harder than those on University Challenge. Some examples: What inherited form of anaemia
 is characterised by a deficiency of haemoglobin? What does the term thrombosis literally mean in Greek?
<br />
<br />
The contestants were asked to identify the missing symbols in molecular models. They were shown diagrams of curved mirrors and asked to identify the numerical value of the difference in size between an object and its reflection.
<br />
<br />
All this was conducted in English, which for many contestants would not have been their first language - although many Indian middle-class parents speak English with their children at home to improve their command of the language.
<br />
<br />
In some rounds, children were offered the option of seeing multiple choice answers, in the style of Who Wants to be a Millionaire - but the majority chose instead to answer the questions without seeing the choices, for extra points.
<br />
<br />
Winner of the £12,000 prize was Shubham Prakhar, 12, from Bihar. "I've never stood second in life and that's how I want to be," he said]]></description>
      <pubDate>26/12/2011 16:00:23</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/14535/Indias+child+geniuses+never+lost+for+an+answer</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">14535</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>14541</publicationdataID>
      <title>Microsoft Expands Operations in India</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p>BANGALORE, India, Nov. 15 - The Microsoft Corporation announced on Monday that it was significantly expanding its software development operations in India as it opened a new campus near Hyderabad, its second-largest campus after its headquarters in Redmond,
 Wash. <br />
<br />
Microsoft's chief executive, Steven A. Ballmer, formally opened the 28-acre campus in the suburbs of Hyderabad, which is 250 miles north of Bangalore, a rival technology center. The campus thus far has only one building, with capacity for 1,600 workers.
<br />
<br />
Besides Mr. Ballmer, the chief executive of the Intel Corporation, Craig R. Barrett, is to arrive in India this week, highlighting the country's growing role as a source of skilled technical labor as well as a sizable market. Mr. Barrett is scheduled to visit
 Bangalore and Delhi this week. <br />
<br />
The issue of outsourcing, the movement of work to cheaper labor markets like India, was an issue in this year's presidential elections in the United States. The Democratic contender, Senator John F. Kerry, had promised to get tough on companies that were moving
 jobs overseas. <br />
<br />
Even with the re-election of President Bush, corporations like Microsoft are still wary of being tarred as the cause of job losses. Mr. Ballmer said that his company would expand in India, but that this would not reduce job opportunities at its operations in
 the United States. </p>
<p>"The nature of our business is such that there is enough growth potential which allows us to hire both at our Redmond headquarters and here in India," Mr. Ballmer said after the opening. Microsoft has nearly 450 programmers at its development center in Hyderabad.
 "Since we are looking for very high levels of skills, we are looking to hire in the hundreds," Mr. Ballmer said.
<br />
<br />
Last year, Microsoft said that it expected its development center to have 500 employees by 2005, but Mr. Ballmer said the company would exceed that target.
<br />
<br />
Microsoft is not alone. Global corporations like General Electric and American Express started by outsourcing low-end code-writing work to India, but taking advantage of India's pool of technical workers and lower labor costs, many multinational companies have
 recently stepped up outsourcing. Microsoft's own software development center in Hyderabad opened in 1998 with only 12 employees.
<br />
<br />
Increasingly, though, these corporations are outsourcing high-end technology work to India. Microsoft, for instance, outsources work, from call centers to advanced embedded software development, to India.
<br />
<br />
"Many corporations have super-, hyperaggressive outsourcing plans to India to meet their growing needs while keeping costs under check," said Chris Disher, the Chicago-based vice president and head of Booz Allen Hamilton's outsourcing advisory service.
<br />
<br />
While Microsoft's hiring plans are not huge, Mr. Disher said, its moves do send "an important signal about the competencies and innovation skills that are available in India."
</p>
<p>Mr. Ballmer, who visited three Indian cities on Monday, signed major agreements with two of India's leading outsourcing companies, Infosys Technologies and Wipro in Bangalore. The deals will enable Infosys and Wipro to use Microsoft technologies to build
 software for their clients at more favorable terms. With Infosys, Mr. Ballmer announced an $8 million joint venture.
<br />
<br />
"These deals signify Indian outsourcing companies' growing clout in influencing technology decision in American boardrooms," said Sudip Nandy, chief strategy officer of Wipro.
<br />
<br />
Microsoft is one of Wipro's top five customers, and Wipro provides it with a range of services, from call centers to I.T. services to software development. The work for Microsoft employed 200 Wipro employees in March 2001; now it uses more than 5,000.
<br />
<br />
"I'm excited about what's going on here in India," Mr. Ballmer told reporters in Bangalore after signing the two deals.
</p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>26/12/2011 16:02:29</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/14541/Microsoft+Expands+Operations+in+India</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">14541</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>14544</publicationdataID>
      <title>Sugar, spice, sentiment: Diwali's essential elements</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p>A week before Diwali, the Indian festival of lights, Sushila Iyer sweats in her Almaden Valley kitchen, laboring over soaked urad dal -- skinned black lentils with creamy white interiors.
<br />
<br />
Iyer grinds the lentils with drops of water in her food processor and places a ball of the dough inside a thin cotton cloth with a hole in the center. Then she begins to create art by pressing out a stream of dough into a three-inch circle directly over hot
 oil, drawing pretty loops around the circle without pause. <br />
<br />
Hard work? You bet. These saffron-colored jhangiris, which will be soaked in sugar syrup, are a gourmand's delight at South Indian celebrations. For daredevil cooks like Iyer of San Jose, Diwali is a time for dishes bubbling with sugar, spice and sentiment.
<br />
<br />
Diwali falls on Friday this year. In the Bay Area, where 125,000 Indo-Americans make their homes, the weeks around the big day pulsate with colorful garbas (dance groups) in community centers, daily music concerts in temples, trips to Indian sweet stalls and
 elaborate cooking, eating and partying at home. <br />
<br />
Back in India, it's the year's biggest holiday, and traditions vary by region. Families in Chennai on the southeastern coast wake up at 3 a.m. on Diwali morning. They light a lamp at the altar, and the oldest member of the family dots everyone's forehead with
 vermilion and gives them new clothes to signify a new beginning. Kids slip into their finery and rush out into the courtyard to light firecrackers until daylight.
</p>
<p>Food plays a central role in the celebrations -- from the fried lentil patties called thattai in the South Indian state of Tamil Nadu to the kheer (sweetened rice pudding) and fudge-like sweets of Uttar Pradesh in the north.
<br />
<br />
Iyer remembers her grandmother, who lived in Calcutta, laboring over special dishes for her grandfather every Diwali. ``My mother did the same,'' she says, ``and I follow suit.''
<br />
<br />
Individual touches <br />
<br />
Here in Northern California, expatriates from all over India are creating unique celebrations, adding their own touches to the traditions they brought with them. ``For Diwali, I can use my imagination, unlike for other festivals,'' Iyer says. ``Perhaps because
 it celebrates the conquest of good over evil, our forefathers gave us the freedom to do anything we wanted, and that means experimenting with new sweets and savories.''<br />
<br />
In the Fremont home of Charu Prakash -- who throws an annual Diwali bash for 150 people -- house lights blaze all Diwali night to guarantee that the Hindu goddess of wealth, Lakshmi, enters the house to bless its occupants.
<br />
<br />
Diwali was always really big in Prakash's childhood home in Delhi. ``We looked forward,'' she says, ``to receiving many cash-filled envelopes from our elders, to visiting all our cousins and friends over a course of three or four days and taking gifts and sweet
 trays to every one of them.'' <br />
<br />
Prakash, who conducts multi-cuisine cooking classes at the India Community Center in Milpitas, devotes a full month to her party preparations. Just the descriptions of her mithai table are enough to evoke a sugar high: two dozen burfis (made of almond, tofu,
 carrot, fig, date, coconut and more), rasmalai (Indian cottage cheese soaked in sweetened, condensed milk), and deep-fried gulab jamuns stuffed with pistachios or cashews.
</p>
<p>For the decorations, she hand-sews a magnificent red canopy for the ritual Diwali dinner table and lights more than 500 candles and oil lamps. In her own spin on tradition, she even carves cucumber and opo squash boats for chutney, placing sailors with radish
 faces and green chile hats on the rims. <br />
<br />
Getting together with friends and family on Diwali night is the most meaningful part of the holiday for many Indians. Anjali Jhangiani of Fremont takes off work on Diwali day and her daughters, 13-year-old Simrin and 9-year-old Samica, skip school. By 6 p.m.,
 they're dressed in flowing sequined skirts and ready at the door to welcome guests.
<br />
<br />
On the appetizer menu is Indian street food -- chaat -- of many kinds, including bhel puri, a salad of the thinnest lentil noodles, puffed white rice, peanuts, onions, and tomatoes topped with date and coriander chutneys.
<br />
<br />
``Homemade chaat is such a treat for us Indians that I decided to offer it on Diwali night,'' Jhangiani says. So she stands by a pan of hot oil, frying more than 500 mini-puris (small, deep-fried wheat rounds that puff up in the hot oil) for 150 people for
 her Diwali night get-togethers. <br />
<br />
Throwing an annual Diwali gala for close family and friends is Jhangiani's way of affirming her culture. Raised in the United States, she recalls growing up in Skokie, Ill., witnessing grand celebrations of Christmas and Hanukkah but missing out on the most
 festive aspects of Hindu holidays. ``There were very few Indians around us,'' she says, ``and my parents didn't celebrate Diwali with much fanfare.''<br />
<br />
Like Jhangiani and Prakash, large numbers of Bay Area Indians get together at friends' homes or community centers and begin the festivities with a prayer to goddess Lakshmi. Indians believe that offering flowers and coins at her altar and singing songs in her
 praise will bring peace and prosperity to their homes and businesses. </p>
<p>``Diwali brings back memories of how 50 of my family members got together to do a Lakshmi puja (prayer) on Diwali evening at my father's huge house in Lucknow in Uttar Pradesh,'' says Amita Srivastava of Santa Clara.
<br />
<br />
Must-have list <br />
<br />
For her celebration, Srivastava makes the dishes that her mom and aunts made back in Lucknow, and she often invites family and friends to share them. On her must-have list are dahi vada (ground lentil patties soaked in a spicy homemade yogurt sauce), gujhias
 (fried pastry stuffed with seasoned milk fudge) and five kinds of vegetable dishes.
<br />
<br />
``Cauliflower, carrots and peas used to be seasonal back in Lucknow,'' she says. In California, though, with more types of produce available in the fall, she isn't as constrained by what's in season. ``I can be more creative.''
<br />
<br />
As for me, laughing and eating with a happy bunch never fails to ward off my homesickness at Diwali. This weekend, I will pile, along with 20 Indian families, into one little home in Santa Clara.
<br />
<br />
We'll visit, eat festive foods -- including hostess Shobha Agarwal's sugary homemade dumplings known as white rasgullas -- and play cards for hours. Sometime around 4 a.m., we'll straggle home. Those who have won the most at cards will consider themselves lucky
 in more than money. <br />
<br />
`We believe,'' Agarwal says, ``that the one who takes the most money home after a card game will be blessed by goddess Lakshmi all year round.''
</p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>26/12/2011 16:05:06</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/14544/Sugar+spice+sentiment+Diwalis+essential+elements</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">14544</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>14547</publicationdataID>
      <title>Offshoring makes a nice little earner</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p>You cannot believe everything you read in the newspapers - some of them, at least. Across the developed world, press reports warn of the inevitable loss of millions of jobs to low-cost countries such as India as services follow manufacturing offshore. Yet
 countries such as the US and the UK have been among the biggest beneficiaries of offshoring - and can continue to be if they recognise the policies needed to foster service industries.<br />
<br />
The economic benefits of offshoring to developed countries have been explored again in several recent reports - including yesterday's analysis of the impact of offshoring on the UK by the Advanced Institute of Management Research. If offshoring cuts costs or
 improves quality, companies can improve their competitiveness. A country that outsources jobs abroad can shift towards more productive and higher value activities - with benefits for growth. The countries that take up the offshored jobs raise their growth
 rates and can buy more from those that have exported such work. <br />
<br />
The latest reports also show that many advanced economies have been direct beneficiaries of the offshoring trend. Companies outsourcing business services weigh many factors, including availability of skilled staff, language, cultural affinity and time zone,
 as well as costs. The most popular offshoring destinations thus include Britain and the US, as well as low-cost countries such as India and the Philippines.
</p>
<p>In 2002, the US and the UK were the two largest exporters of commercial services. Employment in the industries expected to be most affected by off-shoring is showing the fastest growth in both countries. Britain has a growing trade surplus in business services,
 including research and development, advertising and legal activities. <br />
<br />
Some developed countries do less well as the offshoring trend develops. The share of the world trade in business services of Japan and France has declined since 1995 and both Germany and Japan are net importers.
<br />
<br />
As with all economic change, the gains are unevenly spread in countries that benefit. In most developed economies, employment in business services is growing, but new jobs are not always created in the same places as those that have now been outsourced.
<br />
<br />
Thus governments must adopt policies to ensure their economies are sufficiently flexible to reap the benefits of offshoring. Workers displaced by offshoring must be retrained to do more productive jobs, while education systems must produce the skills that cannot
 easily be offshored. Costly red tape must be avoided if companies are not to be driven abroad - as the CBI reminded policymakers yesterday.
<br />
<br />
The same policies that repel inward investment - excessive regulation and burdensome taxation - will also repel offshored business services. There is no reason why developed countries should be less able than developing economies to recognise this reality -
 whatever it says in sensationalist newspapers. </p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>26/12/2011 16:06:51</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/14547/Offshoring+makes+a+nice+little+earner</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">14547</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>14549</publicationdataID>
      <title>The Journal Report: Women to Watch</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p><strong><em>In Line to Lead</em><br />
<br />
3. Indra Nooyi<br />
President and Chief Financial Officer, PepsiCo</strong> <br />
<br />
Indra Nooyi, second in command at PepsiCo Inc., has played a key role in remaking the snack and beverage giant. And she isn't done yet.
<br />
<br />
The 49-year-old president and chief financial officer helped spin off Pepsi's restaurant and bottling businesses and lobbied for the 1998 acquisition of juice maker Tropicana. But her biggest moment came in late 2000 when she was one of the lead negotiators
 on the $13.8 billion acquisition of Quaker Oats Co. and its prized Gatorade brand. Many industry analysts credit the Quaker acquisition with accelerating Pepsi's diversification beyond soft drinks and salty snacks and putting the Purchase, N.Y., company on
 a solid growth track. <br />
<br />
Ms. Nooyi's tenacity and savvy strategic thinking on the Quaker deal were rewarded in May 2001 when she was given the additional title of president and joined the Pepsi board. That put her on track to someday succeed PepsiCo Chairman and Chief Executive Steve
 Reinemund. <br />
<br />
Raised in a middle-class family in India, Ms. Nooyi joined Pepsi in 1994 after stints as a corporate strategist at Motorola Inc. and Asea Brown Boveri Inc. She remains a director at Motorola.
<br />
<br />
Some analysts think Pepsi may give Ms. Nooyi an operations role running one of Pepsi's snack or beverage units to give her more seasoning for the top job, but it doesn't appear to be a prerequisite for the corner office.
<br />
<br />
In addition to her duties as finance chief, she is focused on revamping the company's internal systems in a multiyear technology upgrade that promises to give PepsiCo a faster read on business trends and help it tackle future acquisitions. She and other executives
 also explore "new growth platforms," including efforts to make healthier foods more convenient as obesity becomes a bigger issue globally.
</p>
<p>A tough, plain-spoken boss, Ms. Nooyi is also known for her humor and singing in the office -- she led an all-female rock band in college.
<br />
<br />
Ms. Nooyi offers special insight into her homeland, which has become a critical market for many consumer-product makers hungry for international growth. For instance, an Indian excise tax on soft drinks is criticized frequently by beverage companies as being
 excessive. But she has counseled Pepsi executives it isn't the right time to take on that issue. "The Indian government needs the revenue and you cannot get it through the political process," she says. "Having lived there, I provide a sanity check on the strategy
 there." <br />
<br />
Meantime, she fields plenty of other opinions about Pepsi's latest commercials or newest flavor of potato chips. Two of the toughest critics are her daughters, ages 20 and 11, who share their mother's blunt style. Ms. Nooyi says her oldest daughter will ask,
 "Did you approve this ad? This is so dorky." <br />
<br />
<strong>21. Naina Lal Kidwai <br />
Deputy Chief Executive, India, HSBC<br />
<br />
</strong>When she became the first Indian woman to graduate from Harvard Business School in 1982, Naina Lal Kidwai had offers to work in the U.S. and participate in the frothy growth of the 1980s.
<br />
<br />
Instead she decided to become a banker in her native India, even though India's growth was being stunted at the time by government controls. The subcontinent was being strangled by tight regulations on how money moved in and out of the country, and on companies'
 methods of raising money, trading and investing. Though it was a tough choice to make, she chose to build her career in India because she wanted to be part of the modernization of the capital markets there.
</p>
<p>"There were enough temptations put in my way, but I stayed the course," she says. "I'm pretty glad I did."
<br />
<br />
Now, 22 years later, she is deputy CEO of HSBC PLC's Indian operations. She has participated in and profited from India's evolution from a backwater of global markets closed to international capital to one of the fastest-growing economies in the world that
 attracts billions of dollars in foreign investment every year. <br />
<br />
At the top of HSBC -- and previously at Morgan Stanley and ANZ Grindlays -- Ms. Kidwai has been part of every step of the liberalization of the Indian economy and has helped Indian companies raise billions at home and abroad. She has been offered positions
 in Hong Kong, London and New York throughout her career, but stuck with India, where she could help shape policy through different industry and government committees.
<br />
<br />
"I believe my ability to make an impact here is far greater than it could have been in an alien environment," she says. In India, "one gets the opportunity to be part of policy making and actually frame the rules and laws," she adds.
<br />
<br />
Though there are few women executives in India, the 47-year-old Ms. Kidwai says it may have been easier for her to excel than for women in the West. "We can count on our mothers, mothers-in-law and sisters much more than in the West, and domestic help is far
 more affordable," she says. "These support systems are quite liberating." </p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>26/12/2011 16:08:51</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/14549/The+Journal+Report+Women+to+Watch</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">14549</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>14553</publicationdataID>
      <title>The Indian festival of Diwali lights the way to spiritual knowledge</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p>Ila Gupta Campbell crouched to light the wicks in a dozen small, oil-filled clay pots lining the concrete path to the entrance of her Sound Beach home.<br />
<br />
Using assorted colored powders, she drew intricate patterns, called rangoli, on the front steps, a welcome sign to the Hindu goddess who will bring wealth to her home for the entire year.
<br />
<br />
Campbell is preparing for Diwali, the Indian religious festival of lights and one of the largest and most popular celebrations among Hindus. Coinciding with the new moon next Friday, the festival will bring together Hindus, Jains, Sikhs and people from other
 parts of Asia to invite peace and prosperity and champion good over evil. In India, the festival lasts five days (Diwali and the two days before and after); here, many shorten the celebration to a day or two.
<br />
<br />
Inside Campbell's front door, more clay lamps, called diyas, form a trail to the corner of her kitchen. Strands of hanging colored electric bulbs cast shadows on the walls, and a "Happy Diwali" banner hangs above a table topped with sticks of incense, images
 of deities and plates of sugary sweets offered to the Hindu goddess of wealth, the four-armed Lakshmi, and the elephant-headed god of wisdom and success, Ganesha.
</p>
<p>"To me, Diwali is a very joyous time," says Campbell, 48, a computer programmer at Brookhaven National Lab. "We come close to our relatives, friends and neighbors. It's very spiritual. ... What mostly appeals to me is its spiritual message. Every year, it
 silently reminds me to remove the darkness within, light up the mind and the heart and recognize that One Light shining through all of us."
<br />
<br />
The feast's origin<br />
<br />
Derived from the Sanskrit term "dipavali," Diwali means "row of lights." As legend goes, one day commemorates the return of Lord Rama and his wife, Sita, to the kingdom of Ayodhya. Sita, Rama and his brother were banished to a 14-year exile, during which time
 Rama heroically rescued his wife from an evil tyrant in Sri Lanka, Lord Ravana. Hearing word of the return of the king and queen, citizens carrying lit lamps greeted their sovereigns and celebrated their triumphal, safe homecoming. With Rama's return to the
 throne, the province experienced great wealth and prosperity. <br />
<br />
Weeks before Diwali, the house is made spotless, and people buy clothing and gold jewelry, sometimes even new kitchen utensils. During the celebration, friends, family and neighbors visit one another, share vegetarian meals and exchange gifts and sweets. Businesses
 close their books on Diwali and start new accounts the next day - the beginning of the new year in the lunar Likrama calendar.
<br />
<br />
"The way Christmas is to the Western world, particularly Christians, is the same way Diwali is to the Indian subcontinent, primarily Hindus ... with the festivity that goes with it, meeting people, having the day off, the enjoyment," says Arvind Vora of Kings
 Park, chairman of Long Island Multi-Faith Forum. </p>
<p>But Diwali has different meanings to Indians of different faiths. In addition to Hindus, Sikhs and Jains also celebrate Diwali, says Vora, 58, an engineer who is of the Jain faith. For Sikhs, he says, it commemorates the release of one of their spiritual
 leaders, or gurus, Sri Hargobind Ji. For Jains, it marks the day in the sixth century B.C. that their 24th god, Mahavira, attained Nirvana.
<br />
<br />
"It is a religious celebration, but with so many stories it also has taken more of a special and cultural fabric to it," Vora says.
<br />
<br />
Many are drawn to temples during Diwali. "The prayer is, 'Give me the light in my inside and in my future,'" says Krishna Dikshit, head priest at the Hindu Center in Flushing. "Light is knowledge. The more light, the more spiritual knowledge."
<br />
<br />
Diwali is the most popular Hindu celebration, says Linda Johnsen, a Sonoma, Calif., an author who has written six books on India, including "Daughters of the Goddess: The Women Saints of India."
<br />
<br />
A joyful celebration </p>
<p>"It's just such a beautiful, wonderful, delightful Christmas-and New Year's-all-rolled-up-into- one holiday," she says. "It's a total explosion of joy."
<br />
<br />
Sharing sweets with family and friends is a big part of the festivities. Inside Rajbhog Sweets &amp; Snacks in Hicksville last week, glass shelves were lined with trays of sugary treats, including jalebi (a pretzel-shaped delicacy made from flour, saffron and nuts,
 fried in hot oil and dipped in pure sugar syrup), kaju pista roll (pistachios ground into paste with milk and sugar inside another paste made with ground cashews) and gajar halwa (a sweet mixture of grated carrots, milk, butter, sugar and cashews). "People
 give them as gifts," says Geeta Kumar, shop co-owner. "It's a token of happiness and good luck for the coming year."
<br />
<br />
Diwali appeals to people of other faiths and traditions. Shamila Murphy, who is Muslim and lives in Freeport, says she has celebrated Diwali in the past with Hindu friends. "It's most beautiful," she says. "You don't have to be Hindu to enjoy it."
<br />
<br />
For Diwali last year, Campbell went home to Bombay with her husband, Bruce, for the celebration, which includes major fireworks displays, dancing and socializing. Although he doesn't participate in the religious rituals, Campbell, raised Presbyterian, says
 he enjoyed the dancers and bands that made their way through the streets. "It's very festive," he says. "It's unusual music, but you get into it."
<br />
<br />
This year, they will join her brother's family in California for the festivities.
<br />
<br />
"The feeling is so nice," she says. "It's that combined spirit that fills everyone's heart with love and peace."
</p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>26/12/2011 16:11:01</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/14553/The+Indian+festival+of+Diwali+lights+the+way+to+spiritual+knowledge</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">14553</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>14555</publicationdataID>
      <title>Commentary: A new benchmark in the race between India and China</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p>China and India, the two Asian giants, are both trying to become rich, each in its own way. China is big in manufacturing, while India's strength is in services.
<br />
<br />
It's India, not China, that has the only Google research center outside of the United States and Japan for building a better Internet search engine. And it's China, not India, that has an Intel semiconductor factory.
<br />
<br />
China has world-class urban facilities. With the exception of telecommunications, India's infrastructure is in shambles.
<br />
<br />
China's communist rulers are laying out the red carpet for foreign investors. India's democratic government must defer to local interest groups, such as farmers or labor unions, even when doing so irks investors or hurts the broader economy.
<br />
<br />
To its credit, India has nine times more engineers than China. It also has a predictable legal system and widespread use of the English language. Yet, China got $54 billion in foreign direct investment last year, 10 times as much as its neighbor.
<br />
<br />
So, who will be the winner of this close race? The majority opinion favors China, which has 30 percent more people than India's 1.05 billion, and whose $1.4 trillion economy is already thrice as big as India's. A small minority that includes Peter Drucker,
 the founder of modern management science, thinks it's going to be India. <br />
<br />
And that's where the debate ends - without any conclusion. <br />
<br />
Taking the comparison forward now is a survey by Edelman Public Relations Worldwide of how 65 business journalists in the United States, Britain, France, Germany, Singapore, China and India view the competition between the two future superpowers.
<br />
<br />
Some of the survey findings are interesting, even when they aren't entirely surprising:
<br />
<br />
The global media are more optimistic about the "current industrial vitality" of India than any other emerging market in the world, including China.</p>
<p>India is improving. Eighty percent of respondents say the country will have a favorable business climate in five years, while only 63 percent view India's current environment as good for business.
<br />
<br />
The top answer to the question, "When you think of these countries as an emerging market, what comes to mind?" was "democracy" for India, and "lack of democracy" for China.
<br />
<br />
It's probably best for Indian policy makers not to dwell too much on the first conclusion, which is that India is leading China in current industrial vitality.
<br />
<br />
The operative word is "current." The overheated Chinese economy could slow down drastically next year. That concern may have weighed on the responses, says Alan VanderMolen, Edelman's Asia president.
<br />
<br />
When it gets out of its present difficulties, China may again be perceived as the world's most exciting investment location, especially before the Beijing Olympics in 2008.
<br />
<br />
The second finding, which is that India's business climate will improve over the next five years, is both an achievement, and a challenge, for the government of Prime Minister Manmohan Singh. It's a success because the previous administration, which was voted
 out in May, was perceived to be more business-friendly. It's a test because if the expectations of improvement are not met, perceptions can change as quickly as they have formed.
<br />
<br />
And perceptions are important. India is "not doing a very good job of communicating its value proposition," which goes well beyond computer software and customer call centers, VanderMolen said.
<br />
<br />
One in four news stories about India in the U.S. media is about outsourcing, he said. Overall, China enjoys a 46 percent "share of voice" in the U.S. media, compared with 14 percent for India.
<br />
<br />
Other emerging markets - Mexico, Russia, Brazil and Poland - share the remaining 40 percent, Edelman's research shows.</p>
<p>Indian industries will have to do more to be noticed. For example, India's booming auto-parts companies should undertake a lobbying effort similar to the one carried out by the country's National Association of Software and Services Companies, VanderMolen
 suggests. <br />
<br />
Democracy - the first thing the respondents in the Edelman survey thought of for both India and China - is a big deal for investors too, although the link between a country's political system and its appeal as an investment location is complex.
<br />
<br />
A study of 52 developing countries by Quan Li and Adam Resnick finds that a democratic government's ability to give concessions to foreigners is limited by powerful local interests. At the same time, democratic countries tend to be associated with strong property
 rights, which help all investors. <br />
<br />
A democratic nation like India can stay in the race for global investment by improving infrastructure, beefing up property rights and laying down regulations that are fair to all investors, domestic or foreign.
<br />
<br />
Doing this well, and doing it fast, is the work of the government, not of the private sector. And that's the key bottleneck. India's two biggest disadvantages are bureaucratic delays and regulatory issues, according to the Edelman survey.
<br />
<br />
The survey, which will be conducted annually, will be a good way for India to keep track of where it stands in the race for investment dollars. It isn't enough to improve the ground reality. Closing the perception gap is critical too.</p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>26/12/2011 16:12:59</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/14555/Commentary+A+new+benchmark+in+the+race+between+India+and+China</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">14555</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>14558</publicationdataID>
      <title>It's the Taj Mahal of Health Insurance Schemes</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p><em>Three months ago, Howard Staab learned that he suffered from a life-threatening condition and would have to undergo surgery at a cost of up to $200,000 -- an impossible sum for the 53-year-old carpenter from Durham, N.C., who has no health insurance.
 So he outsourced the job to India. Taking his cue from cost-cutting U.S. businesses, Staab last month flew about 7,500 miles to the Indian capital [of New Delhi], where doctors . . . replaced his balky heart valve with one harvested from a pig. Total bill:
 about $10,000, including round-trip airfare and a planned side trip to the Taj Mahal.
</em><br />
<br />
<strong>Washington Post news story, Oct. 21 </strong><br />
<br />
Good grief, why didn't someone think of this earlier! Forty-five million Americans lack health insurance, and covering every one of them would be costly. Why not outsource them all to India?
<br />
<br />
The Institute of Medicine, a component of the National Academy of Sciences, calculates that because so many Americans lack health insurance, as many as 18,000 of them die prematurely every year. Of course, this is a drop in the bucket compared with how many
 die from inadequate health care in really squalid places like . . . well, like parts of India. But now there are apparently lots of slick new hospitals in India, run by Western-trained doctors and catering to foreigners who, The Post reports, want "First World
 health care at Third World prices." Since we apparently can't -- won't? -- give our uninsured First World health care at the First World prices the rest of us pay, why not go for the Third World solution?
</p>
<p>Think about it. President Bush has plans for covering somewhere between 2 million and 6 million of the uninsured at costs to the federal government variously estimated at $90 billion to $227 billion over 10 years. Sen. John Kerry has plans that could cover
 25 million to 27 million at federal costs variously estimated at $650 billion to $1.5 trillion over 10 years. Now to the back of the envelope: If all those people could get the Third World deal that Howard Staab got -- a 95 percent discount, including travel
 and that Taj Mahal side trip -- Bush's plan would cost no more than $11 billion over 10 years and Kerry's would total just $75 billion. Either way, it's a steal (and need we point out, a fraction of the cost of the war in Iraq).
<br />
<br />
Opponents will immediately say this idea is impractical. I say, don't be health coverage girlie men! First, not all the uninsured would have to travel to India to get health care. For example, when an uninsured person first got the sniffles, he or she could
 pick up the phone and talk with someone at a call center in, say, Bangalore. An Indian nurse making $10 a day would listen (sympathetically, of course) and offer advice. Through the miracle of telemedicine, people needing to be "seen" could visit a walk-in
 center stateside and have a videoconference with a medical team in India. Prescriptions could be filled by the burgeoning Indian pharmaceutical industry -- now busily producing cheap generic knockoffs of patented Western drugs -- and sent directly to U.S.
 patients via international express mail. (That would also solve that pesky Canadian drug importation problem.)
</p>
<p>For those uninsured in need of hands-on medical care, here's an idea: What if some of those failing U.S. airlines converted to running medical air shuttle services between, say, New York and New Delhi, or Boston and Bombay? Uncle Sam could hire them as private
 contractors, then pay them to ferry the uninsured back and forth. It would be less risky than putting up taxpayer money for more loan guarantees, and it might even create a few new jobs here at home. If we can farm out parts of the war in Iraq to private contractors,
 why not the far easier task of transporting the uninsured?<br />
<br />
The more I think about this idea, the better I like it. Just imagine all the problems it would solve: No more overcrowded emergency rooms choked with uninsured patients. No more worries about a nursing shortage; by transferring our patients to India, we'd outsource
 nursing care there, too. Hospitals and doctors here would be freed up to do what makes most sense for them economically: treat well-insured patients at steep prices -- even to the point of giving them care that they probably don't need! Perform the most lucrative
 elective surgeries on relatively healthy patients, rather than giving high-cost care to the sickest loss leaders!
<br />
<br />
We all know the uninsured are a terrible problem, an embarrassment, really, for such a rich country as ours. Every other major industrialized nation has figured out how to provide health coverage to most, if not all, of its citizens. At last, here's a twist
 on globalization that could really work for everybody. So let's get started. Who says Americans can't take care of their own?
</p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>26/12/2011 16:15:06</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/14558/Its+the+Taj+Mahal+of+Health+Insurance+Schemes</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">14558</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>14561</publicationdataID>
      <title>Clean, efficient, on time. . . welcome to the new India</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p><em>India's urban landscape is littered with half-completed infrastructure projects. But in six weeks' time, citizens of New Delhi will discover something unusually efficient.
</em><br />
<br />
The Delhi Rail Metro, whose inaugural 18-stop elevated line has been running since March, will open the city's first underground rail link in early December. The line, which will connect Delhi University to Kashmir Gate, will be extended to Connaught Circus,
 Delhi's traditional shopping hub, and to parliament by next June. In September, a separate 23-station underground line will be opened - three months ahead of schedule.<br />
<br />
The project, mostly funded with Japanese soft loans, is starting to transform India's teeming capital. When completed, it will have 225 stations covering 245km of track. Technologically it will be a century ahead of most of the creaking lines of the London
 Underground. <br />
<br />
"We haven't done a study on the economic effects of the Delhi Metro but they will be substantial," says E. Sreedharan, managing director of Delhi Metro. "But already from the first line we see the effects on people's behaviour - they queue properly, there is
 no spitting, and it is a safe environment for women to travel." <br />
<br />
The social impact is visible to anyone travelling on the elevated line, which crosses the Jamuna river to link eastern Delhi with old Delhi. The journey takes 36 minutes, compared with two hours in one of Delhi's overcrowded - and often unsafe - buses.</p>
<p>The platforms and carriages are spotlessly clean and the trains arrive bang on schedule every six minutes. There are no paper tickets: passengers use smart cards or smart tokens. Occasionally the commuter forgets this is New Delhi, so smooth is its functioning
 and orderly the passengers. "There is no eve-teasing [sexual harassment] on the Delhi Metro," says one female commuter, who now saves an hour a day in travel time. "And there are no traffic jams. Always it is on time."<br />
<br />
By 2009 the network will link New Delhi to Gurgaon, a booming satellite town in the neighbouring state of Haryana, which is also a magnet for many of India's call centres and back- office processing units. It will also extend to Noida, another investment hub,
 to the east of Delhi in the state of Uttar Pradesh. The roads to both destinations are usually snarled with traffic.<br />
<br />
But Mr Sreedharan says the impact of the Delhi Metro extends far beyond north India. Already feasibility studies have been conducted in the cities of Bangalore, Ahmedabad, Hyderabad and Mumbai, India's commercial capital, where it would be possible to have
 only elevated rail since much of the city is built on reclaimed land.<br />
<br />
By completing each phase of the project ahead of schedule (so far), Delhi Metro has demonstrated that large infrastructure projects can succeed in India. The new Congress-led government has set a target to attract $150bn (€118bn, £82bn) of foreign investment
 in infrastructure in the next decade.<br />
<br />
The Delhi Metro also shows that partnerships between the private sector and the public sector can work. Japanese and German contractors are involved at every stage of the $1.5bn project, although ownership is in public hands. "We are redefining the nature of
 infrastructure projects in India," says Mr Sreedharan. </p>
<p>The most impressive section - and the hub for Delhi's north-south and east-west lines - will be at Connaught Circus, which will open in June. The cavernous underground station, which will be visible from the landscaped park above it, is already taking shape
 amid the masonry and subterranean scaffolding.<br />
<br />
Just two miles away, at New Delhi's main overground railway station, India's traditional infrastructure still advertises its Victorian roots. There are no smart tickets and the platforms are crowded with hawkers, "coolies" and passengers, some waiting hours
 for late trains. <br />
<br />
Although he has been invited, Laloo Prasad Yadav, India's minister for railways, has yet to find the time to visit the Delhi Metro, according to officials. But many are hoping that Mr Yadav, whose priorities do not yet include the modernisation of India's rusting
 railways network, the second largest in the world, will draw lessons from the Delhi Metro.<br />
<br />
"What we have here is a massive demonstration effect," says one government economist. "Imagine - of all things - a modernised Indian railways network."
</p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>26/12/2011 16:17:21</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/14561/Clean+efficient+on+time+++welcome+to+the+new+India</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">14561</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>14566</publicationdataID>
      <title>Surgeries, Side Trips for 'Medical Tourists'; Affordable Care at India's Private Hospitals Draws Growing Number of Foreigners</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p>NEW DELHI -- Three months ago, Howard Staab learned that he suffered from a life-threatening heart condition and would have to undergo surgery at a cost of up to $200,000 -- an impossible sum for the 53-year-old carpenter from Durham, N.C., who has no health
 insurance. <br />
<br />
So he outsourced the job to India. <br />
<br />
Taking his cue from cost-cutting U.S. businesses, Staab last month flew about 7,500 miles to the Indian capital, where doctors at the Escorts Heart Institute &amp; Research Centre -- a sleek aluminum-colored building across the street from a bicycle-rickshaw stand
 -- replaced his balky heart valve with one harvested from a pig. Total bill: about $10,000, including round-trip airfare and a planned side trip to the Taj Mahal.
<br />
<br />
"The Indian doctors, they did such a fine job here, and took care of us so well," said Staab, a gentle, ponytailed bicycling enthusiast who was accompanied to India by his partner, Maggi Grace. "I would do it again."
<br />
<br />
Staab is one of a growing number of people known as "medical tourists" who are traveling to India in search of First World health care at Third World prices. Last year, an estimated 150,000 foreigners visited India for medical procedures, and the number is
 increasing at the rate of about 15 percent a year, according to Zakariah Ahmed, a health care specialist at the Confederation of Indian Industries.
<br />
<br />
Eager to cash in on the trend, posh private hospitals are beginning to offer services tailored for foreign patients, such as airport pickups, Internet-equipped private rooms and package deals that combine, for example, tummy-tuck surgery with several nights
 in a maharajah's palace. Some hospitals are pushing treatment regimens that augment standard medicine with yoga and other forms of traditional Indian healing.
</p>
<p>The phenomenon is another example of how India is profiting from globalization -- the growing integration of world economies -- just as it has already done in such other service industries as insurance and banking, which are outsourcing an ever-widening
 assortment of office tasks to the country. A recent study by the McKinsey consulting firm estimated that India's medical tourist industry could yield as much as $2.2 billion in annual revenue by 2012.<br />
<br />
"If we do this right, we can heal the world," said Prathap C. Reddy, a physician who founded Apollo Hospitals, a 6,400-bed chain that is headquartered in the coastal city of Chennai and is one of the biggest private health care providers in Asia.
<br />
<br />
The trend is still in its early stages. Most of the foreigners treated in India come from other developing countries in Asia, Africa or the Middle East, where top-quality hospitals and health professionals are often hard to find. Patients from the United States
 and Europe still are relatively rare -- not only because of the distance they must travel but also, hospital executives acknowledge, because India continues to suffer from an image of poverty and poor hygiene that discourages many patients.
<br />
<br />
Taken as a whole, India's health care system is hardly a model, with barely four doctors for every 10,000 people, compared with 27 in the United States, according to the World Bank. Health care accounts for just 5.1 percent of India's gross domestic product,
 against 14 percent in the United States. <br />
<br />
On the other hand, India offers a growing number of private "centers of excellence" where the quality of care is as good or better than that of big-city hospitals in the United States or Europe, asserted Naresh Trehan, a self-assured cardiovascular surgeon
 who runs Escorts and performed the operation on Staab. </p>
<p>Trehan said, for example, that the death rate for coronary bypass patients at Escorts is 0.8 percent. By contrast, the 1999 death rate for the same procedure at New York-Presbyterian Hospital, where former president Bill Clinton recently underwent bypass
 surgery, was 2.35 percent, according to a 2002 study by the New York State Health Department.
<br />
<br />
Escorts is one of only a handful of treatment facilities worldwide that specialize in robotic surgery, which is less invasive than conventional surgery because it relies on tiny, remote-controlled instruments that are inserted through a small incision.
<br />
<br />
"Our surgeons are much better," boasted Trehan, 58, a former assistant professor at New York University Medical School, who said he earned nearly $2 million a year from his Manhattan practice before returning to India to found Escorts in 1988.
<br />
<br />
Although they are equipped with state-of-the-art technology, hospitals such as Escorts typically are able to charge far less than their U.S. and European counterparts because pay scales are much lower and patient volumes higher, according to Trehan and other
 doctors. For example, a magnetic resonance imaging (MRI) scan costs $60 at Escorts, compared with roughly $700 in New York, according to Trehan.
<br />
<br />
Moreover, he added, a New York heart surgeon "has to pay $100,000 a year in malpractice insurance. Here it's $4,000."
<br />
<br />
In addition to patients from other developing countries, top Indian hospitals derive a significant share of foreign business from people of Indian origin who live in developed countries but maintain close ties to their homeland. But the same hospitals now are
 starting to attract non-Indian patients from industrialized countries, and especially from Britain and Canada, where patients are becoming fed up with long waits for elective surgery under overstretched government health plans.</p>
<p>"If you can wait for two years for a bypass surgery, then you don't need it or you're dead -- one of the two," Trehan said. "Similarly, if you're wobbling on your frozen joints for two years because of a waiting list, it's a human tragedy."<br />
<br />
One such patient is Tom Raudaschl, an Austrian who lives in Canada and earns his living as a mountain guide. Suffering from osteoarthritis in his hip, Raudaschl last year decided to undergo "hip resurfacing," a relatively new procedure that involves scraping
 away damaged bone and replacing it with chrome alloy. He learned he would have to wait as long as three years if he wanted to have the operation under Canada's national health plan, a delay that would have cost him his job, Raudaschl said. In the United States,
 the procedure would have cost $21,000, he said. <br />
<br />
So this month, Raudaschl flew from Calgary to Chennai, on India's east coast, where a surgeon at Apollo Hospital performed the operation Wednesday for $5,000, including all hospital costs, Raudaschl said by telephone from his hospital bed.
<br />
<br />
"As soon as you tell people that you're going to India, they frown," Raudaschl said. But he said he could not be more pleased with the service. "They picked me up at the airport, did all the hotel bookings, and the food is great, too," said Raudaschl, whose
 private room was equipped with Internet service, a microwave and a refrigerator. Most important, Raudaschl said the surgeon told him he would be "skiing again in a month."
<br />
<br />
To cope with its backlog of cases, Britain's National Health Service has begun referring patients for treatment to Spain and France, although for now, the health service limits referrals to hospitals within three hours' flying time, according to Anupam Sibal,
 a British-trained pediatrician and Apollo's director of medical services. </p>
<p>"Nobody even questions the capability of an Indian doctor, because there isn't a big hospital in the United States where there isn't an Indian doctor working," he said.
<br />
<br />
Before they would admit him for surgery, Staab, the heart patient, said hospital officials at Durham Regional Hospital asked for a $50,000 deposit and warned that the entire cost of treatment could run as high as $200,000.
<br />
<br />
Katie Galbraith, a hospital spokeswoman, confirmed in an e-mail that hospital costs in such cases typically are in the neighborhood of $100,000; the surgeon's bill, which is charged separately, would have added tens of thousands more. Patients such as Staab
 who do not qualify for charity care often are offered a payment plan, she said. <br />
<br />
Staab was discharged from the Indian hospital Monday and was recuperating at a nearby hotel. He planned to return to Durham after visiting the Taj Mahal.</p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>26/12/2011 16:19:41</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/14566/Surgeries+Side+Trips+for+Medical+Tourists+Affordable+Care+at+Indias+Private+Hospitals+Draws+Growing+Number+of+Foreigners</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">14566</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>14570</publicationdataID>
      <title>India, US Make 'Substantial Progress' In High-Tech Talks</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p>NEW DELHI (AP)--India on Thursday reported "substantial progress" in talks with a senior U.S. official on cooperation in advanced technology, weeks after Washington lifted curbs on high-tech defense exports to New Delhi.
<br />
<br />
The two countries have identified four sectors for potential collaboration: biotechnology, nanotechnology, advanced information technology and defense technology. Nanotechnology is the manipulation of atoms and molecules to create microminiature equipment.
<br />
<br />
Christina Rocca, the U.S. assistant secretary of state for South Asia, was set to discuss the scope of the planned cooperation with S. Jai Shankar, a joint secretary in India 's External Affairs Ministry, and other officials, said David Kennedy, a U.S. Embassy
 spokesman. Rocca is head of the U.S.-India implementation group, Kennedy said. <br />
<br />
Since January 2004, the two sides are pursuing what they call the Next Steps in Strategic Partnership, or NSSP. That includes expanding cooperation in civilian nuclear activities, civilian space programs, and high-technology trade. The two countries have also
 agreed to expand dialogue on missile defense. <br />
<br />
"The group made substantial progress on the implementation of Phase-I of NSSP and held discussions on Phase-II," India 's External Affairs Ministry said in a statement. It said the group would meet again "shortly."
</p>
<p>On Wednesday, Rocca met with India 's Foreign Secretary Shyam Saran shortly after she arrived from Pakistan where she encouraged Pakistani leaders to continue peace negotiations with India .
<br />
<br />
Earlier this month, U.S. Under Secretary of Commerce Kenneth Juster said the U.S. was working to give India greater access to advanced technologies, including nuclear know-how for nonmilitary use.
<br />
<br />
In September, Washington removed the Indian Space Research Organization, India 's equivalent of NASA, from a list of institutions barred from receiving U.S. technology.
<br />
<br />
Worries over missile and nuclear weapons proliferation prompted the U.S. to clamp down for years on exports to India of so-called "dual use" technology -items Washington believes could be diverted from civilian to military use.
<br />
<br />
India has promised to comply with strict export controls on such equipment. <br />
<br />
India 's space agency has said its removal from the U.S. export restriction list could result in a threefold increase in high-technology imports from the U.S.
<br />
<br />
The Indian Space Research Organization buys high-technology goods worth $25 million from U.S. companies each year.
</p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>26/12/2011 16:21:32</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/14570/India+US+Make+Substantial+Progress+In+HighTech+Talks</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">14570</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>14573</publicationdataID>
      <title>“India is the New Sensation” (Unofficial translation from Brazilian Magazine VEJA)</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p>Indian economy reaches 3rd place among the most attractive economies of the world.
<br />
<br />
Among 25 nations that were evaluated, Brazil showed up as the 17th most attractive economy for foreign investment. Besides being close to the end of the list, Brazil went 8 positions down (from previous evaluation) in one year’s period. In 2003, Brazil was
 in the 9th place. This year was the worst classification in the last six years, since the American Consultancy company A.T. Kearney started listening to more than 1.000 business men all around the world about the most trustworthy countries to receive foreign
 investments. <br />
<br />
Among the emerging countries, China is the most preferred, which is not really the news. India is the new sensation. The Asiatic country conquered investors with a sparkling growing market and an information technology sector perfectly integrated to the world
 through high speed optical fibers and satellites. To Brazil, came the feeling, more and more frustrating, of even making some progress to see itself being overtaken by one of the most improbable economies of decades ago. Brazil, recently, has made some progress,
 but it wasn’t good enough to put away the feeling or sensation of vulnerability and the perception of risk that the foreign investors have about the country. Among the progress we can cite are the economical stability, the periodic governmental changes maintaining
 the democratic order and the structural reforms which guaranteed the minimum basis for economic growth. This year’s forecast points to an economic growth of 4.5%. In case this really happens, it will be the best results over the past ten years. Exports will
 achieve a new record and can reach 95 billion US dollars. Industrial production has been growing for 6 consecutive months. This means that Brazil is a good player on the economical field. The point is, other countries are also learning how to play even better.
</p>
<p>Another comparative evaluation released last week, left Brazil in a worse position that it stood before. A study made by the World Economic Forum, which organizes Davos Annual Meeting in Switzerland, heard more than 8.700 businessmen in 104 nations. The
 Forum was interested in knowing from the businessmen what stage or level of competitiveness they thought of the countries that were on this study. For the third consecutive year, Brazil stumbled in its relative position. Brazil is at 57th position in the rank
 in which Finland is at first place, USA with the second position and Sweden with third.
<br />
<br />
What holds Brazil? The main problems pointed are very well known to every Brazilian citizen. High taxes, enormous bureacracy and hard to get bank credit at very expensive rates are the main complaints. For the very first time on this study, freedom of action
 of organized crime appeared as the biggest Institutional obstacle between Brazilian society and economy in comparison to other healthy and fast growing economies. Brazil is behind countries such as Botswana, Estonia, and even Morocco, which is rising rapidly
 in the international scene. Morocco can become what Lebanon was before it was ravaged by civil war in the 70’s and 80’s. Problems with the regulatory regime are one of the major complaints heard by the study made by A.T. Kearney. Other negative subjects pointed
 out were the slow justice system and the difficulty to make contracts enforceable. "It is very difficult for Brazil to undo the image built of a country which in a very near past was known for its debts and for not respect for contracts. Credibility takes
 ages until it is redone.” – says Mailson da Nóbrega, former Finance and Economy Minister and partner of the consultancy company Tendências.
</p>
<p>Brazil needs to hurry in order not to get even more behind in the International scene. Direct investments are diminishing in volume all around the world. Therefore, investors, are more and more selective. In 2003, these investments were 565 billion US dollars,
 nearly 1/3 of what was available four years ago. In this picture, China and India are a step forward than Brazil. China highlights itself for its efficient infra-structure throughout Government incentive and for being known for its overwhelming manufacturing
 industry. On the side of India, they have workers with better education, clear rules, transparency and flexibility on environment laws. These details make the difference. Last year, China received 53.5 billion dollars on direct investments, five times more
 than Brazil. <br />
<br />
In Latin America, economy paths of Chile and Mexico highlight Brazilian fragilities. Chile, which is 35 positions ahead of Brazil, began their reforms and the opening of their economy to International market in the 70’s. Brazil only started moving in the early
 90’s. After Mexico’s last default of payment of International debts, 22 years ago, debt default entered the political rhetoric of this country. Four years ago, in one of the most embarrassing International cases of Brazil, a plebiscite run out through the
 country asked if public debt should be paid or not. The lack of trust generated by this attitude doesn’t disappear easily. When it gets into debt, Government’s only positive attitude is to guarantee that it is going to be paid. As written in a recent article
 in the newspaper "La Nación” by Argentinean journalist Mariano Grondona who says: "History shows us that when the will to pay a debt is genuine and unquestionable, most of the times this is enough to satisfy external creditors and the debt doesn’t even needs
 to be paid”. </p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>26/12/2011 16:23:41</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/14573/India+is+the+New+Sensation+Unofficial+translation+from+Brazilian+Magazine+VEJA</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">14573</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>14576</publicationdataID>
      <title>Foreign hardware vendors look to India</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p>Visitors to New Delhi's Nehru Place might imagine themselves in a scene from the film Blade Runner. Brightly lit stalls overflow with assorted computer hardware beside hawkers of street food plying their trade in the shadows of concrete towers.<br />
<br />
Nehru Place is the self-proclaimed "soul of the Indian IT industry", a wholesale market where numerous small tradesmen sell pirated software and cheap, often smuggled, personal computers and laptops.
<br />
<br />
But with Indian import duties on PCs set to fall to zero next March, these vendors are bracing for stiffer competition from big multinational computer companies, such as IBM, Hewlett-Packard, Dell and Acer.
<br />
<br />
The international brands already claim about one-third of India's computer hardware market, which is dominated by unbranded PC "clones" and local manufacturers like HCL, Wipro and Zenith.
<br />
<br />
India's PC market remains small. Desktop and notebook sales in the year to March exceeded 3.1m units, a market worth about Rs75.5bn ($1.6bn), according to Mait, India's computer hardware lobby group.
<br />
<br />
Vinnie Mehta, executive director of Mait, says rising appetite for IT hardware in India's manufacturing, telecommunications and financial services industries could help annual PC sales grow to a record 4m units by early next year.
<br />
<br />
For example, in India's increasingly competitive insurance industry, demand from agents for more sophisticated mobile sales tools has helped notebook sales grow 139 per cent in the year to June.
<br />
<br />
But the main source of demand for computer hardware is India's booming IT services and outsourcing industry, where software export earnings are growing at about 30 per cent a year.
<br />
<br />
Multinational PC vendors hope Indian software exports will increasingly rely on foreign hardware imports.
</p>
<p>This week, IBM unveiled its ultra small S50 desktop PC in India, aimed at call centres and IT outsourcing companies, where work space is often tight.
<br />
<br />
"We currently have a 12.5 per cent share of the commercial desktop market in India. It will continue to grow as our sales grow 47-48 per cent year-on-year, against market growth of 25 per cent," said Neeraj Sharma, vice-president at IBM India.
<br />
<br />
But a potentially much bigger growth opportunity for foreign hardware vendors is India's huge consumer and home office market.
<br />
<br />
Indian household computer penetration is less then 1 per cent, compared with 5 per cent in China, and 60 per cent in the US.
<br />
<br />
Steep PC prices have deterred Indian consumers. A year ago, even PC clones made by unbranded assemblers from imported components cost more than Rs30,000, a price outside the reach of average wage earners.
<br />
<br />
But over the past 12 months, competition and falling customs barriers have slashed PC prices almost by half. Mr Mehta says a basic machine now costs less than Rs20,000.
<br />
<br />
Multinational IT vendors are already talking of lopping another Rs3,000 off PCs that use Linux-based operating systems.
<br />
<br />
"We will see prices come down. We just don't know at what price point the [consumer] market will take off," he added.
<br />
<br />
Rishi Ghai, an analyst with IDC, says aggressive competition between vendors, falling PC prices, and rising consumer "aspirations" would lead to annual desktop and notebook sales growth of 25 per cent until 2008.
<br />
<br />
By then, Indian businesses and households could have around 29m computers. </p>
<p>"How much lower can we expect prices to go? I think the vendors are more focused on product differentiation," Mr Ghai said.
<br />
<br />
Such differentiation includes vendors pushing higher margin notebooks alongside cheap desktop PCs to balance their product mix.
<br />
<br />
This reflects vendor awareness that, while cheap computers might draw more consumers into the market, the strategy has its limits.
<br />
<br />
"Nobody can sustain a price war for long," Mr Ghai said. <br />
<br />
"Revenues would be hit across the industry."</p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>26/12/2011 16:25:36</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/14576/Foreign+hardware+vendors+look+to+India</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">14576</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>14578</publicationdataID>
      <title>Indian Co. to Supply Beans to Starbucks</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[BANGALORE, India -- Coffee retailing giant Starbucks Corp. will buy Indian coffee beans for the first time in an agreement with Asia's largest coffee plantation company, an official said Monday. The Starbucks deal with Tata Coffee "is yet another significant
 milestone to show how Indian coffee is gaining acceptance in the international market," Tata Coffee Ltd. Managing Director Hamid Ashraff said in a statement in the southern city of Bangalore. Ashraff did not announce volumes or financial details of the deal.
 Tata Coffee is Asia's largest coffee plantation company, producing 22 million pounds of coffee each year from 17,300 acres of plantations spread across the hilly districts of Coorg, Chickmagalur and Hassan in India's Karnataka state. Despite its seemingly
 ubiquitous presence, Starbucks only buys about 2 percent of the world's coffee. But the company is a far bigger buyer of high-quality coffee, and that is harder to come by. To satisfy its brisk growth rate, the company is willing to pay a premium price. In
 some cases, it has even begun working with coffee growers to help them meet its standards. Starbucks currently has about 8,500 stores around the globe, including about 6,100 in the United States. The company is planning to more than triple the number of its
 worldwide outlets to 30,000, with half of those in the United States, company officials said this month. Starbucks also plans to set up outlets in India. The company has decided against expanding rapidly into many new countries and is trying to focus on a
 few where it sees a lot of potential, including India, it said.]]></description>
      <pubDate>26/12/2011 16:27:08</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/14578/Indian+Co+to+Supply+Beans+to+Starbucks</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">14578</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>14581</publicationdataID>
      <title>An enduring monument to the power of love</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p><em>India's Taj Mahal, built by a grieving emperor to honor his wife, marks its 350th birthday. From it, a writer drew inspiration for a book.</em><br />
<br />
In the next six months, the citizens of Agra, India, will celebrate the 350th birthday of the Taj Mahal. City officials expect millions of tourists to visit the site during the celebration. People will come to Agra, walk through the vaulted chambers of the
 mausoleum and depart unexpectedly changed — people like me. <br />
<br />
In 1999, my wife, Allison, and I were traveling throughout India on a four-month backpacking trip in Asia. We spent several days in northern India at the Taj Mahal. Our time there left an indelible mark on me and spurred me to dedicate the next five years to
 writing "Beneath a Marble Sky," a novel based on the story behind the creation of the Taj Mahal.
<br />
<br />
By luck rather than design, we arrived at the mausoleum early and were the first visitors on the grounds. Stepping through the vast sandstone gate was like immersing myself in a photo. The Taj Mahal glistened in the light of dawn, glowing like a sculpted ember.
 The day was still; the only movement came from the birds wheeling about the tear-shaped dome.
<br />
<br />
At first glance, the Taj looked seamless to me, as though it had been hewn from a single piece of ivory. It was smooth and soaring, and I found it impossible to believe that human hands crafted it so long ago. In my many travels, I'd seen nothing like it. It
 wasn't boastful, like so many celebrated monuments. It didn't seek to intimidate, to define my thoughts. Instead, it seemed to invite creative interpretation. I thought it looked like the woman it was built to celebrate, abounding with smooth curves and grace.
</p>
<p>I was only vaguely aware then of the remarkable story behind the mausoleum — that the emperor of India built it for his beloved wife, whom he called Taj Mahal. She died in childbirth, and as she departed, she asked him to build her something beautiful and
 to visit the site each year on their anniversary and light a candle. <br />
<br />
Possession of only this tidbit of information was enough to make me walk faster, to move toward the spot where they lay beside each other. To know that a man created this treasure for his wife was inspiring. I had never experienced the depths of what his sorrow
 must have been as she died in his arms, but his passion for her was palpable and somehow infectious. I felt extremely alive.
<br />
<br />
As we drew closer to their tomb, ascending the vast white marble platform on which the main structure rested, I became aware of the millions of precious and semiprecious stones that adorned the walls. One doesn't see these works of art in the standard photos
 of the Taj. Lapis, jade, quartz, amber, emeralds and onyx, among others, are set into the white marble. Marvelously detailed arrangements of these polished and shaped stones form garlands of flowers, timeless and exquisite.
<br />
<br />
Standing at the base of the Taj Mahal, I was pulled back into time, away from stocks and skyscrapers and cyberspace. It was easy to imagine gnarled fingers lifting blocks of white marble, shaping and polishing the blocks until they were as smooth as an infant's
 belly. Patience must have existed then, for the flowers I studied, the minarets that rose like ivory sequoias above me, were masterpieces.
</p>
<p>The Taj Mahal was designed to reflect the different moods of the day, and as the sun rose, the mausoleum whitened, almost as though the light were bleaching it. Though we were tempted to stand motionless, we moved toward the centerpiece of the structure,
 the tomb room. We were the first visitors inside the octagonally shaped room, accessed by eight arched doorways. The domed ceiling towered far above us. The room should have been dark, but the marble surrounding us seemed to glow, as if illuminated from within.
 The two vaults in the center of the room were inset with the most beautiful gatherings of jeweled flowers that I had seen — scarlet tulips and indigo fuchsias.<br />
<br />
The tomb room was a place of echoes. Echoes of the past, certainly, but also of the present moment. The sound of footfalls lingered. The coos of unseen pigeons reverberated. I thought of the two lovers buried here, and questions arose within me. How had they
 lived and died? Why were their lives so celebrated in the East? When he sought to build her the most wondrous memorial the world had ever seen, did he have any inkling that people would visit his creation centuries after its completion? Did he know the Taj
 Mahal would come to symbolize the enormity of love? <br />
<br />
A shared experience <br />
<br />
As the day lengthened, travelers from many corners of the world began to appear. Few spoke. Most acted, as we did, so in awe of the surroundings that conversation seemed trivial, almost sacrilegious.
<br />
<br />
Strangers exchanged knowing smiles, as if we all shared a bond that rendered politics and differences temporarily obsolete.
<br />
<br />
And how could we not? I don't think anyone could have left that site unmoved or unchanged. One doesn't visit the Taj Mahal and walk away without feeling that the world is a better place than one thought.
</p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>26/12/2011 16:29:29</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/14581/An+enduring+monument+to+the+power+of</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">14581</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>14584</publicationdataID>
      <title>Venture Capitalists Book a Passage to India; Expatriate Repatriations Fuel Booming Investment Back Home; 'It's Payback Time for Us</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p>For a long time, Vinod Dham thought of his native India as a nice place to visit but not necessarily a great place to do business. For 16 years, he kept busy in the U.S. as a chief engineer at Intel Corp., ultimately overseeing the creation of its famous
 Pentium series of chips.<br />
<br />
Now Mr. Dham is a multimillionaire venture capitalist. His NewPath Ventures LLC oversees $40 million earmarked for the creation of "crossborder" companies in the U.S. and India. And he isn't alone. Private-equity money pouring into India this year from across
 the globe is on course to nearly double what it was four years ago, with $405 million invested through June, most of it from the U.S., according to the Centre for Asia Private Equity Research, of Hong Kong.<br />
<br />
"More and more, Sand Hill Road money is moving to India," Mr. Dham says, referring to a key location for venture capitalists in Silicon Valley. "It's clear India's time has come."<br />
<br />
For two decades, Indians and Indian-Americans have played a pivotal role in powering Silicon Valley's digital revolution. Ethnic Indians were at the heart of many of America's premier technology firms, including Sun Microsystems Inc., Juniper Networks Inc.
 and Hotmail, now a unit of Microsoft Corp. They also have taken senior posts in Silicon Valley's top venture-capital firms, such as Kleiner Perkins Caulfield &amp; Byers and Norwest Venture Partners.<br />
<br />
But until recently, the heaviest hitters expressed little interest in investing in their homeland. The Indian government had earned a reputation for impeding foreign investment with tariffs, investment caps and tons of red tape. Past governments voiced hostility
 toward expatriate Indians as disloyal. The country's infrastructure -- roads, electricity and airports -- still leaves much to be desired.</p>
<p>Today, however, New Delhi is increasingly opening India's borders economically. Successful Indian entrepreneurs and financiers in Silicon Valley are discovering that going back to their roots is good business. As the U.S. technology sector has slowed, many
 Indians say they prefer to invest in the dynamic subcontinent rather than the mature U.S. The rise of the Internet-based global communication and sharp declines in Indian long-distance charges because of telecommunications deregulation also make investment
 easier and less risky. <br />
<br />
Sanjay Kumar, a former senior executive at Microsoft, now shuttles back and forth between Kirkland, Wash., and New Delhi as chief executive at vCustomer Corp., one of India's largest call-center operators. Mr. Kumar persuaded some of Wall Street's biggest blue-chip
 investment houses, including Warburg Pincus LLC, to put nearly $20 million into the company, which has 4,000 employees and is seeking to buy call centers in the U.S.<br />
<br />
In Santa Clara, Calif., The Indus Entrepreneurs -- a 12-year-old global Indian networking group known as TIE -- meets regularly to assess dozens of investments they oversee in India. TIE has set up 13 offices across India in recent years to push the country's
 high-technology revolution. <br />
<br />
"Biotech firms in Boston have to have a position in China and India now," says Hemang Dave, a Boston investor and TIE member who helped organize a trade trip to Bangalore, Bombay and New Delhi this month for 25 venture capitalists and senior executives. Mr.
 Dave's firm, Celerity Ventures LLC, recently invested in a Bombay investment firm.
</p>
<p>In Foster City, Calif., Sumir Chadha and his partners have set up WestBridge Capital Partners, a venture-capital firm with a mission to bolster India-Silicon Valley ties. So far, the firm, with offices in Bangalore, is putting a $140 million fund to work
 backing technology companies with branches in India and headquarters in Silicon Valley. "We can create a company in India for half the cost of in the U.S.," Mr. Chadha says. His firm is syndicating partnerships with well-established U.S. venture-capital firms
 eager to invest in the subcontinent.<br />
<br />
Promod Haque, managing partner at Norwest Venture Partners, returned to India only four times since he left New Delhi for the U.S. in 1972 -- until this year. He says he has taken four more trips in 2004 to look for opportunities and to "open doors for our
 companies," especially in telecommunications, a sector that is struggling in the U.S. but taking off in India.
<br />
<br />
Vinod Khosla, among Silicon Valley's best-known venture capitalists, has gone part time at Kleiner Perkins to devote more time to business and charity in India. Vish Mishra, a senior partner at Clearstone Venture Partners in Menlo Park, Calif., and other venture
 capitalists are vetting "pitch" sessions with Indian start-up businesses via Web conferences.
<br />
<br />
Other entities are bolstering the Silicon Valley-India infrastructure, too. Chip maker Intel now makes 40% of its investments abroad, up from 5% in 1998, says Intel Capital Managing Director Sriram Viswanathan. "The pain level has gone down" in India, he says.
 "The offices look the same in Bangalore and Santa Clara."</p>
<p>Silicon Valley Bancshares has opened a subsidiary in Bangalore, and Cisco Systems Inc. said in September that it plans to open a venture arm there. Silicon Valley's legal powerhouse Wilson Sonsini Goodrich &amp; Rosati now has a full-service India practice.
 "On average, we are forming one subsidiary in India per week for U.S. companies," says Raj S. Judge, who heads the India practice team. "Three years ago, it was one every quarter."<br />
<br />
Mr. Dham left Intel in 1995. Plunging into the chaos of a start-up business, he helped develop a computer chip that soon was acquired by Intel competitor Advanced Micro Devices Inc. He moved on to a second start-up company that sold for $1.2 billion. Two years
 ago, he started NewPath. He says he investing in India as a way to help his native country. "It's payback time for us," he says.<br />
<br />
Mr. Dham and his partner have backed four companies so far. They follow an 80/20 formula: basing 80% of research and development in India and 20% of the work force in the U.S. to tap markets and capital. All the start-up companies are set up as Delaware-based
 corporations, meaning they are subject to U.S. laws and can trade easily on U.S. stock exchanges. Mr. Dham is mainly interested in companies that create products, not services such as call centers.<br />
<br />
Indian financiers, meanwhile, are thrilled by the surge in interest from their overseas diaspora. Just a few years ago, India was largely seen as a low-cost labor market. Now the Silicon Valley Indians are helping local firms create world-class products.
<br />
<br />
Venture firms also are starting to pop up in India, looking to team up with Silicon Valley firms. Gaurav Dalmia's First Capital India Ltd. venture firm in New Delhi oversees $140 million.</p>
<p>The Indian diaspora also is seeking to advise the Indian government on policies to promote investment. Mr. Dham and TIE board member Kanwal Rekhi traveled to New York last month to meet with India's new prime minister, Manmohan Singh. And Mr. Rekhi has played
 a public role in pressuring New Delhi to deregulate its telecommunications sector.</p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>26/12/2011 16:31:53</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/14584/Venture+Capitalists+Book+a+Passage+to+India+Expatriate+Repatriations+Fuel+Booming+Investment+Back+Home+Its+Payback+Time+for+Us</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">14584</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>14588</publicationdataID>
      <title>India's appeal for foreign investors grows</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p>India has leapt up the ranks of the world's most attractive investment destinations to third place from 15th place two years ago, according to an annual survey by management consultants A.T. Kearney.<br />
<br />
China remains the most attractive destination for foreign direct investment, leading the US for the third year running. The UK, which saw FDI halve last year, jumped up the rankings to fourth place.
<br />
<br />
The survey found global executives in their most bullish mood since 2000, with 69 per cent saying the world economy was in better shape this year than last. For the first time since 2001 companies plan to increase their foreign direct investment overseas.
<br />
<br />
But enthusiasm for cross-border mergers and acquisitions dipped from last year and remains weak compared with the late 1990s, suggesting there will be no strong rebound in M&amp;A activity.
<br />
<br />
Paul Laudicina, managing director of A.T. Kearney's global business policy council, said companies were less concerned about macroeconomic instability and country risk factors, but "more concerned about corporate governance, intellectual property, terrorism
 and other security risks" than they were a year ago. <br />
<br />
Only about a quarter of executives said the rising price of oil would directly affect their investment decisions.
<br />
<br />
Instead they are focused on the strength of the US economy, the value of the dollar and China's attempts to engineer a soft landing.
<br />
<br />
The new-found interest in India is driven by its position as the lead destination for "offshoring" business services. Two-thirds of executives said they intended to offshore services over the next three years, up from half a year ago. The survey suggests India
 will attract 35 per cent of the total market, with China in second place at 16 per cent.
</p>
<p>But while India is likely to attract a large number of projects, it may not attract large amounts of FDI, because services are not capital-intensive.
<br />
<br />
In spite of transatlantic tensions over Iraq, US investors expressed increased desire to invest in several European Union states including France. Last year US investment in the 15 then EU member states increased from $61bn (€66bn, £45bn) to $81bn, with US
 firms accounting for one in four FDI-created jobs in France. <br />
<br />
Japan entered the top 10 most attractive destinations for the first time, amid growing interest in its economic recovery and attempts to deregulate.
<br />
<br />
However, Mexico plunged from third to 22nd place, and Brazil became more attractive but not fast enough to keep pace with the pack, falling from ninth to 17th place.</p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>26/12/2011 16:33:59</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/14588/Indias+appeal+for+foreign++grows</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">14588</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>14590</publicationdataID>
      <title>India's mutual funds keep on rolling up gains</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p>NEW DELHI The net asset values of Indian mutual funds rose for a third straight month in September as investors piled into blue chips in anticipation of strong quarterly earnings.
<br />
<br />
The average net asset value of 243 equity funds investing in such sectors as energy and software rose by 4 percent to 11.4 percent, compared with a 7.5 percent rise in the benchmark stock index, the Sensex, according to Value Research, a fund tracking concern.
<br />
<br />
At Saturday's close, the 30-issue index had risen 3.5 percent so far in October, reflecting hopes for strong earnings this month, but the index is still down 1.1 percent since the start of the year.
<br />
<br />
"Now the entire market breadth has started moving and large caps are jumping ahead of earnings season," said Dhirendra Kumar, a managing director at Value Research. "Investors were picky on sectors, and over the past three months the rally was limited to mid-cap
 stocks." <br />
<br />
Although India's wholesale price inflation eased to 7.4 percent in the year to Sept. 25, down from 7.8 percent a week earlier, a record-breaking run in crude oil prices has led to fears that the inflation rate may return to the three-and-a-half-year highs hit
 in August. <br />
<br />
Growth is likely to slow to between 5.5 percent to 6 percent in the year to March 2005, from 8.2 percent in the previous year, because of erratic monsoon rains and higher oil prices, which analysts fear could push up manufacturers' costs.
</p>
<p>"The oil price hike will adversely impact the energy costs during manufacturing," said Saumitra Chaudhri, economic adviser to ICRA, a credit rating agency.
<br />
<br />
Index funds turned in an average return of 7.5 percent. <br />
<br />
Pharmaceutical funds were the biggest gainers, rising 11.4 percent, but they failed to outperform the 14 percent rise in the benchmark health care index. Funds investing in the fast growing software sector gained 6.4 percent on average, but the gains lagged
 a 7.5 percent rise on the benchmark technology index. </p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>26/12/2011 16:36:17</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/14590/Indias+mutual+funds+keep+on+rolling+up+gains</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">14590</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>14592</publicationdataID>
      <title>Who says a software giant can't make hardware?</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p>The decision by LG Electronics to set up a $43 million cellphone factory near Mumbai is hardly the kind of news that creates ripples in financial markets. The amount the South Korean company is putting into the venture is a paltry 0.008 percent of the $560
 billion of foreign direct investment deals done globally last year.<br />
<br />
It's also less than 1 percent of the overseas investment India receives annually. Even so, LG's announcement last week makes a point. It signifies the growing appeal of India as a manufacturing location, complementing its already formidable reputation as a
 computer-software powerhouse. <br />
<br />
The Deutsche Bank economists Michael Spencer and Sanjeev Sanyal said in December 2002 that for global manufacturers India may now be a more attractive destination than China was in 1990. Their thesis was received with skepticism, even disbelief.
<br />
<br />
The doubters had their reasons. Why will investors tolerate India's meddlesome bureaucracy? How can exporters compete by setting up their factories in a nation of choked ports, potholed roads and crippling power cuts?
<br />
<br />
The view that China is good for manufacturing and India is suitable for services was also articulated by Intel's chief executive, Craig Barrett, who employs 1,500 engineers in Bangalore to design computer chips, and yet has turned down requests to set up a
 microprocessor factory in India. </p>
<p>"India doesn't do well in basic infrastructure compared with China," Barrett said during a trip to India in 2002. "India is much more competitive in engineering, software and hardware design than in manufacturing."
<br />
<br />
Within a year of Barrett making that remark, the situation started changing. Beginning in 2003, Hyundai Motor, South Korea's biggest automaker, shifted its entire global production of the Santro compact car to its Indian unit.
<br />
<br />
Unilever's India unit said in May last year that it had been selected by its Anglo-Dutch parent to supply toothpaste to Europe after a study found that India was one of the cheapest places in the world to manufacture personal-care products. And now LG plans
 to spend $150 million in the country by 2007 and make India its second-largest overseas production base after China.
<br />
<br />
A renewal of manufacturing in India has been long overdue. As in most developing nations, the share of agriculture in the economy is shrinking, dropping to 22 percent last year from 28 percent in 1990. Factory production, however, hasn't picked up the slack.
<br />
<br />
Excess rural labor has gotten pushed into businesses with low productivity that cater to the needs of a domestic population that historically has had very little purchasing power. Meanwhile, software and other "knowledge" industries failed to create jobs for
 less-educated workers. <br />
<br />
"We doubt that India will be the first country in human history to make the transition from agriculture to services without going through manufacturing development," Sanyal at Deutsche Bank says.
</p>
<p>A correction is under way. India's booming service industries have now begun to create a significant source of demand for manufactured goods. Not only are the new Indian spenders able to buy plasma-screen television sets for themselves, they're also increasingly
 likely to give mobile phones to their chauffeurs. For investors like LG, demand in India has reached a scale where manufacturing in the country looks increasingly viable.
<br />
<br />
"It is with some trepidation that we declare renewed enthusiasm for India, given our record here," James Alexandroff and his team at Arisaig Partners, which manages $927 million in Asian assets, wrote in a May 2003 report.
<br />
<br />
When Arisaig wrote that report, its $248 million India Fund had lost almost a fourth of its value in three years. Still, "the fact that Hyundai Motors has declared India to be its global center for manufacturing cars tells a story," Arisaig said. That story,
 according to the fund manager, is one of "new-found and well-based confidence in India's manufacturing sector."
<br />
<br />
The bet has paid off. The India Fund has returned 31 percent in the past year, compared with a 1.3 percent return on Arisaig's $385 million Greater China Fund.
<br />
<br />
Infrastructure bottlenecks are clearing up, albeit slowly. It's possible now to call a small town in India from anywhere in the world, something that was unthinkable 10 years ago.
<br />
<br />
A $12 billion highway project will, by 2007, save companies $1.7 billion annually in transportation costs. The time taken to unload a ship at major ports has fallen 60 percent over 10 years to four days - still a long way from the global benchmark of a few
 hours. <br />
<br />
India may not dethrone China to become the next factory to the world. Still, it won't be forever without that ultimate symbol of manufacturing prowess, something only a handful of countries have: an Intel chip-making or assembly plant.
<br />
<br />
Bloomberg News </p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>26/12/2011 16:38:04</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/14592/Who+says+a+software+giant+cant+make+hardware</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">14592</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>14597</publicationdataID>
      <title>Indian credit quality at a 10-year high</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p>There were no defaults or downgrades of Indian corporate bonds in the first half of this year - the first clean sheet in a decade and striking evidence of the recovery of domestic companies, according to India's top credit rating agency, Crisil.<br />
<br />
Crisil's survey supports evidence of a pick-up in manufacturing, one of the fastest-growing parts of the economy in the quarter to June. Indian companies' sounder health comes after a decade of balance-sheet cleaning through the sale of non-core assets and
 improved working practices.<br />
<br />
With earnings forecast to rise by about a fifth this year, companies are also stepping up capital expenditure to add capacity without damaging their balance sheet or impairing their credit quality.<br />
<br />
The higher capital spending is, for example, being driven by over-full order-books of the top capital goods companies in Crisil's survey, such as Thermax, a Pune-based producer of industrial equipment, and Cummins, part of the US engine manufacturer.<br />
<br />
"We have a waiting list for our engines," said Nasser Munjee, a Cummins director.<br />
<br />
The pick-up in engineering-based manufacturing also won praise from Manmohan Singh, prime minister, yesterday, in a speech to business people in Mumbai.<br />
<br />
But Mr Singh warned that poor infrastructure, such as pot-holed roads, was not only adding to costs, but could hold back an export-led manufacturing sector that depends on efficient overland transportation.<br />
<br />
"Infrastructure is not up to date - the efficiency of roads and airports. The speed at which we are moving is not good enough," Mr Singh said. Exports expanded by a fifth last year.<br />
<br />
Observers said the competitive benefits manufacturers derive from India's big pool of low-cost skilled labour could be negated by a costly operating environment.</p>
<p>"Infrastructure is the most serious problem - it risks crimping the efficiencies of supply-chain management and nationwide delivery capabilities," wrote Stephen Roach, chief economist at Morgan Stanley, in a report.<br />
<br />
The Indian manufacturing model faced two other hurdles, he said: a low savings rate [20 per cent], which could inhibit investment, and anaemic foreign direct investment [$4bn into India, against $50bn into China].<br />
<br />
Crisil's survey of about 500 companies shows a rising trend of healthier companies that now stretches back five years. The low point was in 1998, when 40 per cent of the basket of companies were downgraded.
<br />
<br />
"Improvement has been across the board - in plastics, packaging, autos and fertilisers," says Arun Panicker, director of ratings at Crisil. "The higher credit quality reflects underlying business fundamentals and we believe the outlook will only get better."<br />
<br />
He adds that "aggressive financial and operational restructuring" in recent years had made once-bloated manufacturers leaner and more efficient.
<br />
<br />
"What we are seeing is that multinationals have lost their hesitancy [about India] and are now investing in engineering-based manufacture. The appetite is pent up," says Mr Munjee.<br />
<br />
Next week, for example, representatives from US companies Ford, the vehicle manufacturer, and Cargill, the commodities group, among others, will visit West Bengal to examine investment opportunities.<br />
<br />
"There's genuine interest," says Sunil Mehta, chairman of the American Chamber of Commerce in India.
</p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>26/12/2011 16:41:13</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/14597/Indian+credit+quality+at+a+10year+high</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">14597</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>14599</publicationdataID>
      <title>India's hidden industrial revolution</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[India released some cracking growth figures late last week, with gross domestic product rising 7.4 per cent in the three months to June. This was not only well above expectations; it points to an ongoing, but little-noted transformation of the Indian economy.<br />
<br />
It is well-known that the services sector, which contributes just over half of GDP and is driven by outsourcing and cheap labour, is the country's principal growth engine. And it did indeed expand by 9.5 per cent in the latest quarter.
<br />
<br />
Most observers are also aware that agriculture, which still accounts for just under a quarter of the economy, remains a vital swing-factor. After growing in double digits in the previous fiscal year due to a strong monsoon, this season's weak rains could knock
 two percentage points off GDP in fiscal 2005. <br />
<br />
Often ignored, however, is the manufacturing sector, which makes up the remaining quarter of GDP and grew at 8 per cent in the past few months. Over the past decade, the opening of India to international trade and foreign direct investment has forced domestic
 manufacturers to restructure, improve their competitiveness and focus on core businesses. Large industrial groups such as Tata and Reliance now make fat margins at home and are expanding abroad, both through exports (rising at 20 per cent currently) and acquisition.
<br />
<br />
Further integration of India into the world economy will only spur this industrial transformation. And with services performing well, it will put the spotlight on India's remaining weak link: agriculture.]]></description>
      <pubDate>26/12/2011 16:42:58</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/14599/Indias+hidden+industrial+revolution</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">14599</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>14602</publicationdataID>
      <title>India's GDP growth up 7.4 pct in April-June</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p>NEW DELHI - India's economy grew by a higher-than-expected 7.4 percent in the year through the April-June quarter, helped by strong manufacturing and services which offset a slowdown in farm sector growth.
<br />
<br />
Analysts expect the economy to expand by between 5.5 and 6.5 percent in the fiscal year to March 2005, with forecasts reduced from a pre-monsoon range of 7.0-8.0 percent due to an uneven distribution of rain in the crucial sowing month of July.
<br />
<br />
But the latest figures show the economy is extending a trend of strong growth started last year. Economists said farm sector growth in the coming quarters would be critical to sustain the momentum.
<br />
<br />
"The number is a touch weaker than what we were expecting, which was 7.8 percent, but is certainly better than the broad market's expectations and good to that extent," said Rajeev Malik, economist at JP Morgan in Singapore.
<br />
<br />
"The downside is mainly on the agriculture front, while the good part of the growth story, which is manufacturing and services, is going strong. So, we believe India's growth story is still on track for achieving our full-year target of 6 percent."
<br />
<br />
India's growth topped 8 percent in the fiscal year to March 2004 after the best monsoon rains in a decade, but that was a shade lower than its Asian rival, China, and the latest figures compare with Chinese growth of 9.6 percent in the year through April-June.
<br />
<br />
India's economy grew 8.2 percent in the year through January-March and 10.5 percent in the year through the October-December quarter of 2003. But the latest number was higher than a median forecast of 6.9 percent in a Reuters poll.
</p>
<p>India does not release seasonally adjusted data. <br />
<br />
Farm sector output grew 3.4 percent in the year through the April-June quarter after 10.5 percent growth in January-March.
<br />
<br />
Agriculture accounts for nearly a quarter of the $560 billion Indian economy and more than 600 million people out of a population of more than a billion earn a living from farms, making it vital for consumption growth.
<br />
<br />
Manufacturing output grew 8.0 percent in the year through the April-June quarter compared with 7.6 percent in the previous quarter.
<br />
<br />
Growth in the financial and real estate services sector was 7.0 percent in April-June as consumers splashed out on cars and built houses, encouraged by interest rates at their lowest in nearly three decades. In the previous quarter, the figure was 8.5 percent.
<br />
<br />
A surge in tourist numbers boosted hotels, transport and communication, where output grew 11.0 percent in the April-June quarter after growth of 13.8 percent in January-March.
</p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>26/12/2011 16:45:33</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/14602/Indias+GDP+growth+up+74+pct+in+AprilJune</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">14602</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>14603</publicationdataID>
      <title>Tata Motors lists on NYSE</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p>NEW YORK - Homegrown auto giant Tata Motors (BSE:TAMO) on Monday listed its securities for the first time on New York Exchange in a bid to facilitate acquisitions overseas.
<br />
<br />
The listing will provide the Tata group company currency for acquisitions through equity. Tata Motors is the first Indian engineering and the second Tata group firm to tap the overseas capital market.
<br />
<br />
"It is a great privilege for us to be listed on the New York Stock Exchange and we hope it will provide our overseas investors with greater opportunity to enhance their interest in the company," Tata group chairman Ratan N Tata said after ringing the opening
 bell at the bourse. <br />
<br />
Tata Motors listed its depository share programs through the conversion of its existing international Global Depository Shares (GDSs) into American Depository Shares (ADSs). Subsequent to the NYSE listing, the GDSs listed on the Luxembourg Stock Exchange will
 stand suspended. <br />
<br />
As of Monday, there were 23.1 million outstanding ADSs, each representing one underlying ordinary share of the company. The ADSs in aggregate represent 6.4% of the paid-up share capital of the company. The ADSs are fungible with the ordinary shares of the company
 up to the current permissible limits of 15.1% of its paid-up capital.</p>
<p>Tata Motors' market capitalization is around Rs 150 billion (approximately US$3.3 billion). Ratan Tata expressed confidence that the company would benefit from the capital market access that the listing provides and from the adoption of the comprehensive
 corporate governance standards. <br />
<br />
In a bid to expand globally, Tata Motors had acquired the truck making arm of South Korea's failed Daewoo. Tata Motors is the second Tata group company after VSNL (BSE:VSNL) to be listed on NYSE. The symbol of the company at NYSE will be "TTM" and Citibank
 NA is the depository. Tata Motors will publish its financial results annually under the US GAAP and the Indian GAAP accounts.</p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>26/12/2011 16:47:36</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/14603/Tata+Motors+lists+on+NYSE</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">14603</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>14607</publicationdataID>
      <title>Teaching Tech; Why have so many Indian engineers succeeded around the world?</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p><strong>The Indian Institutes of Technology may be one answer</strong><br />
<br />
KANPUR, INDIA -- "Welcome to the Machine," Pink Floyd's rock anthem, blares from a dormitory on the 1,055-acre Indian Institute of Technology campus here.
<br />
<br />
The song could well be the anthem of the school, and of the six other IITs in India that are churning out top-notch engineers with a regularity that thrills corporations around the world.
<br />
<br />
The government-sponsored institutes are considered among the most demanding engineering schools anywhere, and their alumni can be found in top executive positions in companies around the world.
<br />
<br />
Rajat Gupta, former managing director of McKinsey &amp; Co.; Arun Sarin, chief executive of Vodafone Group PLC; Victor Menezes, senior vice chairman of Citigroup Inc.; Kanwal Rekhi, venture capitalist and founder of Excelan Inc.; Rono Dutta, former president of
 UAL Corp.'s United Airlines; Rakesh Gangwal, former chief executive of US Airways; and Vinod Khosla, partner in Kleiner Perkins Caulfield and Byers and co-founder of Sun Microsystems Inc. -- all are graduates of India's IITs.
<br />
<br />
<strong>Global Presence</strong><br />
<br />
Such success is the reason IIT graduates have such a high profile globally. "The brand is, by now, so well established that in the future, too, IIT graduates will continue to be very successful. It is a self-fulfilling prophecy," says Nandan Nilekani, chief
 executive officer of the Indian software-services company Infosys Technolgies Ltd. and a 1978 IIT Bombay graduate.
<br />
<br />
At present, about 25,000 IIT graduates are working in the U.S., according to the Economic Times, an Indian financial newspaper. Over the years, Cisco Systems Inc., in San Jose, Calif., says it has hired more than 1,000 for its operations, and the director of
 a major U.S. research firm says the IITs are one of its most important sources of research talent, both in the U.S. and in Asia.
</p>
<p>In the past, IITs graduated an average total of 2,500 engineers each year. But an increase in space of about 2,000 students over the past few years means that if all the students admitted in 2004 graduate -- 95% usually do -- the world will be nearly 4,500
 IIT engineers richer in 2008. <br />
<br />
If that number seems large, consider this: In 2004, 175,000 aspirants took the Joint Entrance Examination, or JEE, which governs admission to the IITs. Only 2.6% of those were admitted, and it's not uncommon for Indian applicants to fail to get into the IITs
 but win admission to top U.S. engineering colleges. <br />
<br />
<strong>Tough Test</strong><br />
<br />
"The JEE is the toughest undergraduate entrance exam of its kind in the world, and it acts as a guillotine at the IITs' entrance," says Sandipan Deb, author of "The IITians" and a graduate of IIT Kharagpur. "So what you get are extremely high-quality engineers."
<br />
<br />
Ramanan Raghavendran, managing director at TH Lee Putnam Ventures, a New York private-equity firm, says: "For a technology company looking to quickly find 100 engineers, there really is only one place in the world to do it: India. There are just more engineers
 there than in the U.S." And these engineers are actually contributing to the long-term success of the U.S. economy, he says, because of the needed talent they provide.
<br />
<br />
<strong>Best of the Best</strong><br />
<br />
"What you have at the end of the IIT filtering process, followed by the further filter of those who 'make it' to the U.S., is the crème de la crème of Indian engineers," says Mr. Raghavendran. "If you applied a similar filter in the U.S. -- find the best engineers
 from the top 10 engineering programs in the U.S. -- you'd find an equally brilliant and qualified group of people."
</p>
<p>IIT Kanpur has a particularly impressive record. Rated the top IIT by the domestic news magazine India Today for the past three years, the institute, like all the IITs, emphasizes technical creativity and innovation. "The importance is not in just getting
 the right answer, it is how you get the right answer," says Sanjay Dhande, Kanpur's director. "Problem solving is the crux of training. We teach [students] to think creatively, independently, aggressively and provocatively." He adds that it is these qualities
 that make IIT graduates successful not just as engineers, but also as bankers and corporate executives.
<br />
<br />
But the Kanpur campus is also basking in the glory of the 2002 invention of a "primality algorithm" by Prof. Manindra Agrawal and two of his students. The algorithm, which enables a computer to determine quickly whether or not a number is a prime, is considered
 crucial to cryptography. <br />
<br />
The technical education is formidable. "The course is extremely analytical and very math-based. Not everyone gets an A, only 10% of the class, perhaps, can get an A, so it is extremely competitive," says Mr. Nilekani, the Infosys chief executive.
<br />
<br />
<strong>Engineering, Always</strong><br />
<br />
But unlike engineering schools in the U.S., which often offer courses in the arts and humanities, the IITs focus on technical education and engineering basics to the exclusion of nearly everything else. So, while the number of credits or the course load might
 be the same as that in a U.S. program, the nature of the course load at an IIT is engineering, engineering and more engineering.</p>
<p>Mr. Raghavendran says he scored well enough on the IIT entrance exam to let him choose his campus in the IIT system, but instead he decided to pursue an undergraduate degree at the University of Pennsylvania.
<br />
<br />
"I view an American or even a British undergraduate degree as providing a far more well-rounded education, and also one that offers much flexibility," Mr. Raghavendran says.
<br />
<br />
That may be true, but for many Indians the IITs are a ticket to upward mobility. "Even freshman IITians often walk around with the attitude that they have made it -- a kind of arrogance, really," says Rukmini Bhaya Nair, a professor of English at IIT Delhi.
 "They are like motivated racehorses." <br />
<br />
R. Gopalakrishnan, executive director of Tata Sons, a diversified group of companies in India, and an alumnus of IIT Kharagpur, who has studied the "IIT brand," says that increasingly, even engineers from other Indian universities now do their master's degrees
 at the IITs. The result: more IIT-trained engineers. <br />
<br />
"There is no doubt that we will only do better in the world," says IIT Kanpur's Mr. Dhande. "Our graph is always going up." But he is far from complacent. He believes the IITs need to focus more on research and enhance the nontechnical, creative skills of their
 graduates. "In the next 25 years, it is people with creative talent that will have more opportunities," he says.
<br />
<br />
Mr. Raghavendran couldn't agree more. "The IITs need to turn out better-rounded graduates," he says, "not just better engineers."
<br />
<br />
<em>Ms. Neelakantan is a writer based in New Delhi.</em></p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>26/12/2011 16:51:16</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/14607/Teaching+Tech+Why+have+so+many+Indian+engineers+succeeded+around+the+world</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">14607</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>14608</publicationdataID>
      <title>Bush-Singh meeting hints at tech sales boost</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p><strong>US and India Moving Toward Strategic Partnership</strong><br />
<br />
Iraq has become the black hole of American foreign policy, sucking up all attention. Every once in a while, though, a ray of light escapes the black hole.
<br />
<br />
That happened this week when President Bush had breakfast with the new Indian Prime Minister, Manmohan Singh, in New York. With little fanfare, the two governments announced small but crucial steps toward removing barriers to cooperation in areas such as space,
 nuclear power, high technology and defense. <br />
<br />
The apparently warm meeting between the two men was a welcome sign. It indicated that the formation of a left-of-center government in India after elections this spring has not slowed the move toward strategic partnership between the world's two largest democracies.
<br />
<br />
The attention to India by the Bush administration should be applauded. The emergence of India as an economic dynamo and an Asian megastate is among the most significant developments of the last decade.
<br />
<br />
The American response to this change should not be reduced -- as Democratic candidate John Kerry seems to have done -- to complaints about the outsourcing of American jobs. The growing economic relationship between India and the United States is no small matter.
 But our interaction is much broader, and potentially much more beneficial to Americans, than what a bumper sticker implies.
</p>
<p>American companies are eager to exploit opportunities to sell to India -- sales that create jobs right here. But they face a bewildering set of controls on the export of technology to India, enforced by an entrenched bureaucracy.
<br />
<br />
These are the outcome of India's decision to test nuclear warheads in 1998 and join the club of nuclear powers. After those tests, the United States slapped on sanctions that severely controlled the export of sensitive technology, such as high-speed computers,
 to India. Those restrictions have eased somewhat in recent years but it remains very difficult for American firms to get clearance to sell high technology to India.
<br />
<br />
The Bush administration, spearheaded by former U.S. Ambassador to India and now deputy national security adviser Robert Blackwill, wants to break through these roadblocks. In January, the two governments announced the outline for ``Next Steps in the Strategic
 Partnership,'' or NSSP. <br />
<br />
The United States will gradually lift controls in three areas -- civilian nuclear technology, commercial space programs and dual-use technology that could be used for both defense and civilian purposes. In turn, India will tighten controls on the export of
 such sensitive technologies to other countries and make sure American technology is not used in its nuclear and missile programs. Last week, the two governments announced the first phase, some of which is classified, but includes making it easier for American
 companies to do business with India's civilian space organization. </p>
<p>The fly in the ointment is that these steps challenge existing nuclear non-proliferation policy. The 34-member Nuclear Suppliers Group, created by the United States after India's first nuclear test in 1974, very clearly blocks such technology going to countries
 not under full international safeguards, such as India. <br />
<br />
Non-proliferation experts worry there are very few real barriers between India's civilian space program and its military one. And if the United States makes an exception for India, how can it argue against the supply of such technology to countries such as
 Iran, they ask. <br />
<br />
Those are legitimate concerns, but it is time to stop treating India like a pariah state. It is a responsible nuclear power that shares our concern to halt the further proliferation of nuclear weapons. We need to invite India into the club -- including joining
 the Nuclear Suppliers Group -- and ensure that it follows the rules. Anything that moves us farther down that road -- as Bush and Manmohan Singh have done this week -- should be welcomed.
<br />
<br />
<em>DANIEL SNEIDER is foreign affairs columnist for the Mercury News. His column appears on Sunday and Thursday.</em></p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>26/12/2011 16:53:54</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/14608/BushSingh+meeting+hints+at+tech+sales+boost</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">14608</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>14612</publicationdataID>
      <title>India Sets Focus On Better Life In Rural Regions; Singh Believes His Nation May Show Path to Coping With Islamic Aspirations</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p>NEW YORK -- India is deeply committed to economic modernization, but meeting the expectations of its vast rural population and promoting development of infrastructure and agriculture are its priorities, India's premier said.<br />
<br />
Prime Minister Manmohan Singh said the government hopes to maintain a growth rate of 7% to 8% through more investment and open trade with the world. If the government can't deliver "a ray of hope" for the images of prosperity seen on television by the two-thirds
 of the country's population that still resides in backward rural regions, "we are piling up some trouble for the future," Mr. Singh said.
<br />
<br />
In an interview, Mr. Singh, who took office May 22, also said that India, a land of vast religious diversity and what he said were 150 million Muslims among a population of more than one billion, might offer lessons in how to cope with Islamic aspirations to
 avoid going "further down the road to the thesis that goes by the name of 'clash of civilizations.' "
<br />
<br />
He specifically cautioned the European Union against rejecting the application of Turkey for membership if the country abides by "all the norms" of other European countries. "That would certainly send a very wrong signal," he said. On Oct. 6, European officials
 will recommend to the region's 25 heads of state whether Turkey is ready to begin membership talks, a process that could last a decade.
<br />
<br />
The central lesson India offers, he said, is to avoid sacrificing basic human liberties despite the costs of extremism. India has been a frequent target of terrorism, including by groups that identify themselves as Muslim, and while past governments have enacted
 "draconian" measures to combat such violence, Mr. Singh said his government would repeal such laws and focus instead on dialogue. "This is not an easy path," he said.
</p>
<p>Perhaps the highest-profile dialogue India is engaged in is with neighboring Pakistan. Both countries are nuclear powers, they have fought three wars since their founding in 1947 and they continue to dispute the sovereignty of Kashmir on their Himalayan
 border. On Friday, Mr. Singh will meet on the sidelines of the opening of the United Nations General Assembly with Pakistani President Pervez Musharraf, a meeting Mr. Singh called "an essay in mutual comprehension."
<br />
<br />
"I'm very sincere in our desire to normalize relations with Pakistan," Mr. Singh said. The possibilities of normal ties are "immense," in trade, cooperation on energy and water resources and exchanges of development expertise.
<br />
<br />
Mr. Singh, who is an economist by training, spent much of an hourlong conversation on India's economy, the platform from which, as finance minister in the first half of the 1990s, he gained an international profile by unshackling the economy from an ideological
 past of socialism and self-sufficiency. That Congress Party government lost power in 1996 to a Hindu party that accelerated many reforms and promoted the privatization of state enterprises. In May, Congress led a coalition back to power, backed by strong support
 in rural areas that felt left behind by the rapid pace of change in India. <br />
<br />
The new government won't roll back the privatizations overseen by the previous government, Mr. Singh said. But he said his government would take a "nonideological, pragmatic" approach, privatizing only enterprises that are losing money and could be better managed
 in the private sector. Those state companies that are making money can be kept by the state, he said, although he said they could raise money in the markets.
<br />
<br />
He said he would advocate partnerships between the public sector and the private sector. "We need a new approach," he said, and that could involve bringing in private-sector management.
</p>
<p>On the subject of outsourcing, whereby companies in many developed countries are shifting more and more service work -- such as call centers and software engineering -- to lower-wage workers in India, Mr. Singh said it demonstrates a natural advantage of
 free trade, and is mutually beneficial. <br />
<br />
U.S. companies benefit, he said, by keeping their costs down and remaining globally competitive, helping them continue to hire at home. He said it would be "tragic" if the developed world grew protectionist just when developing countries were gaining some benefit
 of free trade. <br />
<br />
As for India, he said elevating investment in key areas is important, specifically citing infrastructure, which he called a "high priority," and the food-processing industry. There, he said, the inefficiencies are manifest, with farmers receiving too little
 for their goods and consumers paying too much. More must be invested in agriculture and old laws must be modernized. The benefits of biotechnology should be brought in. "We need a second green revolution," he said.
<br />
<br />
Foreign investment will play an important role across the economy, Mr. Singh said. While some sectors still place caps on foreign ownership of companies, he said he intends to work with his political allies in the ruling coalition -- which includes some Marxists
 -- to raise certain ownership levels "before long." </p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>26/12/2011 16:56:33</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/14612/India+Sets+Focus+On+Better+Life+In+Rural+Regions+Singh+Believes+His+Nation+May+Show+Path+to+Coping+With+Islamic+Aspirations</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">14612</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>14614</publicationdataID>
      <title>Indian animation finds digital niche</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p>MUMBAI, India (CNN) -- What do you get when you cross the glitzy entertainment panache of Bollywood with India's prowess in information technology?<br />
<br />
One possible answer is a thriving special effects industry in which Indian creativity, computer skills and low business costs have dealt it a preferred seat at the global animation table.
<br />
<br />
And while animation is just one niche of the entertainment industry, it is still big business -- the worldwide market for digital animation could reach $70 billion next year.
<br />
<br />
That covers more that just the animation component of blockbuster films such as Shrek, Finding Nemo and Lord of the Rings. It includes direct to home videos and DVDs, gaming, merchandising, theme parks and toys.
<br />
<br />
So far, India's share is still quite small -- a total revenue of $150 million a year for leading companies such as Crest Communications, Pentamedia Graphics, Animation Bridge, Toonz Animation and Paprikaas Animation.
<br />
<br />
But the potential is huge, particularly as the needs of the film and television industry evolve and India's capability becomes better understood.
<br />
<br />
One driver is the content itself: the emergence and commercial success of fully animated film and television series in Japan, the United States and Europe (think Princess Mononoke, Final Fantasy, Toy Story, Star Wars).
<br />
<br />
Another is the ability to use technology that goes beyond the traditional movie theater -- what Mumbai-based industry veteran Biren Ghose says is the explosion of mobile communication devices in Asia that all require hot content to win user acceptance.
</p>
<p>"Mobile phones, games, PDAs ... audiovisual content is being added to all these platforms," Ghose told CNN recently.
<br />
<br />
According to Ghose, who is managing director of Animation Bridge, special effects have always been part of a film's budget.
<br />
<br />
"Even a simple story would have 10 to 15 percent of its budget for special effects, even just to save costs," he said.
<br />
<br />
Producers saw that using computer animation could help them minimize the impact of uncertainties such as the weather, and provide a definite production timeline.
<br />
<br />
Ghose maintains that the cost of large-scale animation projects in Japan and the United States became financially untenable " a long time ago," leading to the outsourcing of this work to lower-cost countries such as South Korea and Philippines.
<br />
<br />
But these were simply service contracts, not creative partnerships. <br />
<br />
Now there is a new approach -- one in which he says India has an edge. <br />
<br />
Ghose says it is hard to be prescriptive about Indian computer skills, "but they adopt new software very quickly -- faster than the rest of Asia."
<br />
<br />
"The new business model in animation today is co-production," Ghose says. "It accounts for 70 to 80 percent of programs."
<br />
<br />
Tighter margins<br />
<br />
Ghose says that in the last three to four years, the margins in animation work have tightened and there is stringent cost control, with more money being spent on branding and marketing.
<br />
<br />
That means the big U.S. and European studios want to find partners willing to share risks, budgets and future developments -- understandable when labor and computer time in India can be anywhere from 10 percent to 40 percent of the cost in the United States.
</p>
<p>Companies such as Crest Communications already work closely with U.S. television networks. Crest, which has its main computer animation center in Mumbai, is the creator of the cartoon series, Jakers! The Adventures of Piggley Winks for the U.S. PBS network.<br />
<br />
Pentamedia Graphics, based in Chennai, has gone more for full-length features. It created India's first computer animated feature film, Sinbad: Behind the Veil of Mists, and has followed it up with Alibaba, Buddha (a co-production with Singapore) and the just-released
 Son of Alladin. <br />
<br />
Proponents of India's animation industry argue that while it employs high-powered computer technology, it offers more benefits than plain BPO (business process outsourcing) -- the other industry spawned by India's success in information technology.
<br />
<br />
"This (animation) is a business that is people and skill-led," Ghose told CNN. <br />
<br />
"It is not just price -- there is always going to be somewhere cheaper. What is important is the quality of the people coming into the industry and their skills," he says.
<br />
<br />
The co-production model allows the Indian animation companies to work with film-makers from Japan, North America, Europe and other parts of Asia. "When both parties bring resources to the table, there is more upside for everyone," Ghose says.
<br />
<br />
And, he might add, more content for the marketers to offer to a multitude of entertainment "platforms."
</p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>26/12/2011 16:58:32</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/14614/Indian+animation+finds+digital+niche</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">14614</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>14617</publicationdataID>
      <title>US ends space technology export ban to India</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p>The US has given the clearest signal so far that it trusts India as a nuclear weapons power by removing its ban on technology exports to India's civilian space agency.
<br />
<br />
The move, announced at the weekend after months of talks between senior officials in Washington and New Delhi, comes six years after the US imposed sanctions on India following its first openly declared testing of nuclear warheads.
<br />
<br />
It also comes on the eve of the first visit to the US by Manmohan Singh since be became India's prime minister in May. Mr Singh will meet President George W. Bush over breakfast in New York tomorrow, on the sidelines of the United Nations annual summit.
<br />
<br />
The deal means the US Commerce Department will lift the ban on trade with the Bangalore-based Indian Space Research Organisation, following steps by New Delhi to tighten up its proliferation safeguards.
<br />
<br />
In addition, the US will ease controls on exports of equipment for Indian civilian nuclear power plants. The two countries also said they would continue talks on missile defence co-operation. India wants the US to permit exports of anti-ballistic missile defence
 systems. <br />
<br />
"The progress is only the first phase in this important effort, which is a significant part of transforming our strategic relationship," said a joint statement. "[This will] lead to significant economic benefits for both countries and improve regional and global
 security." </p>
<p>The negotiations, known as "Next Steps", have enabled the US and India to bypass their differences over nuclear weapons - in particular, India's continued refusal to become a signatory to the nuclear Non-Proliferation Treaty, which it dismisses as no more
 than a self-serving club for nuclear powers. <br />
<br />
US law forbids the export of sensitive "dual use" technology - items that can be converted from civilian to military use - to non-signatory countries. US officials have long suspected ISRO, which has achieved notable success in building an Indian space presence
 with mostly indigenous science, of sharing satellite launch technology with the country's nuclear establishment.
<br />
<br />
But New Delhi has recently taken a number of steps both to tighten internal controls between its civilian and military agencies and to reassure the US it has a strict export control regime to prevent the transfer of dual-use technology to third countries. "This
 is a very serious step on the road towards strategic partnership between the US and India," said an Indian strategist.
<br />
<br />
Mr Singh, who will also meet General Pervez Musharraf, Pakistan's military ruler, for the first time in New York this week, is expected to reiterate India's demand for a permanent seat on the United Nations Security Council.
<br />
<br />
Britain, among others, supports India's claim, but Mr Bush is expected to be non-committal.
<br />
<br />
Mr Singh will meet Tony Blair, the British prime minister, in London today. </p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>26/12/2011 17:00:23</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/14617/US+ends+space+technology+export+ban+to+India</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">14617</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>14623</publicationdataID>
      <title>India launches learning satellite</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p><strong>India has launched its first satellite to be used for expanding the country's educational network.
</strong><br />
<br />
The Edusat, weighing around 2,000kg, will help train teachers and provide primary and secondary education by linking classrooms across India.
<br />
<br />
It is hoped the satellite will help revolutionise learning in India by taking education to remote classrooms.
<br />
<br />
About a third of India's billion-plus population cannot read and only 13% finish high school.
<br />
<br />
<strong>'Beautiful bird' </strong><br />
<br />
The Indian Space Research Organisation (Isro) took nearly three years to build the $17m satellite.
<br />
<br />
<strong>"It will be another beautiful bird in the sky spreading education” - </strong>
<em>Sriharikota director PS Goel </em><br />
<br />
It was sent into space by India's locally-made geo-synchronous satellite launch vehicle from Sriharikota island in southern Andhra Pradesh state.
<br />
<br />
"We have got a perfect launch. I hope in the next few days we will have major operations running," PS Goel, director of the satellite centre, told reporters.
<br />
<br />
"It will be another beautiful bird in the sky spreading education." </p>
<p>A spokesman for Isro told the French news agency AFP that universities in three Indian states would be linked through the satellite, which has a mission life of seven years.
<br />
<br />
The states are Karnataka in the south, Maharashtra in the west and the central state of Madhya Pradesh.
<br />
<br />
In the second phase, the satellite will link more than 1,000 classrooms in two more states.
<br />
<br />
Isro chairman Madhavan Nair said the satellite would help beam lectures by eminent persons to classrooms across the country.
<br />
<br />
<strong>Launch history </strong><br />
<br />
India launches its own satellites and plans to enter the lucrative commercial satellite launch market.
<br />
<br />
In September 2002, India successfully launched its first weather satellite to help the country predict cyclones and storms more accurately.
<br />
<br />
In 2001, it successfully tested its first geostationary launch vehicle, which is capable of launching bigger satellites into a higher orbit.
<br />
<br />
India also plans to send a spacecraft to the moon by 2008. </p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>26/12/2011 17:03:07</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/14623/India+launches+learning+satellite</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">14623</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>14624</publicationdataID>
      <title>Made in China, served in India: the clichés are changing but not the march of the East</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p>China or India? Well of course it is not really either/or; it is both. But the practical question many business executives face is on which of those two giant markets to place the greater emphasis. To which country should they outsource manufacturing? Which,
 in the years to come, is likely to be the better market for their products and services? Less agreeably, which is more likely to steal their ideas or confiscate their assets? Tell just about anyone in the business community that you have visited both countries
 in recent months and the conversation swiftly turns to these questions.<br />
<br />
There can be no definitive answers but that does not mean decisions can be delayed. Business has to do it now or risk some competitor gaining an advantage that can never be matched. In recent months, the mood of the business community towards these giants has
 shifted. A year or so ago, all attention was on China: it was the place to outsource, the place to set up a joint venture, the place in which to invest. An economy of 1.2 billion people growing at more than 8 per cent a year was just too big an opportunity
 to let pass. <br />
<br />
It still is, but beside this focus on China has come an awareness of India. The other giant has been growing almost as quickly and will eventually become more populous. In recent years, since the reforms of the early 1990s, it has been growing at 6 to 7 per
 cent. It looks like being 7.2 per cent this year. That will be one percentage point lower than China but it is still very fast by developed world standards.</p>
<p>This raises a key point: just as China's economy is much more than a cheap supplier of manufactured goods, India's is much more than a cheap place for outsourcing. For several years, businesses have sought to outsource computer and other service industry
 functions to India, mostly successfully, sometimes not. I had a poor chap on the phone the other day from a Calcutta call centre, who tried to tell me I had won a holiday in Spain. I have no idea what he was supposed to be selling because the pitch was so
 absurd and it was unfair to waste his time. But it showed that outsourcing overseas has to be done with great care.
<br />
<br />
However, call centres comprise a tiny proportion of the Indian economy: far fewer than a million employees out of a workforce of 600 million. Add in computer support, accounting and all the various back-office tasks that have been outsourced to India and the
 total is still well below 10 million. So, yes, this business is an important driver of growth in some cities, most particularly Bangalore, and yes it is growing fast, but it is not the core of the economy. That remains agriculture, of course, but there is
 also the growing general industrial production. There have, for example, been large but little-noticed improvements in the motor components sector, which now exports to the rest of the region instead of just producing for the captive local market. Indeed,
 India now has a trade surplus with China. </p>
<p>There is a further point, which is where can businesses make money? China will remain a larger economy for the foreseeable future, having passed India in 1985 (first graph). It will also have a higher income per head, having passed India in 1992 (next one).
 But nothing is for ever. In about 10 years' time, India's growth rate is likely to exceed that of China, as China's workforce starts to shrink because of the one-child policy, while India's continues to expand. So while India will remain a smaller market (though
 huge in absolute terms) it is likely to become a more dynamic one than China. <br />
<br />
Meanwhile, it is likely to be more profitable. Few Western firms seem to be making much profit in China. It produces cheap goods so there is money to be made by importing them. But within the country itself, the universal experience seems to be that it is hard
 to make money and harder to repatriate it. <br />
<br />
That may change. In June, the Chinese authorities altered the regulations on foreign investment, which among other things should make it easier to get profits out. There have also been steps to try to improve the protection of intellectual property, though
 any investor transferring technology to China should be aware that the know-how is likely to be stolen. The experience of Volkswagen, which has a successful joint venture building cars there, is salutary. Near copies of its cars are made in a factory once
 owned by VW in Mexico, bought by the Chinese and rebuilt in China. </p>
<p>India, for its part, does a good line in onerous regulation so one should not be starry eyed about the ease of negotiating a path through its tax and red-tape environment. But that is supposedly getting much better and the practical experience of foreign
 companies seems to be that it is easier to make money there. Given the business-favourable climate under the new Prime Minister, the position seems likely to get better rather than worse.
<br />
<br />
That leads to a further issue: which country is more likely to deliver economic stability in the medium term? The very fact that China is growing faster means the risks of some kind of hiccup are all the greater. It does appear to have tamed its boom of recent
 months, a boom that seemed to be getting out of control, so fears of some sort of economic crash have receded. That is probably right. On the other hand, it is especially vulnerable to any downturn in the US economy and is more exposed than India to a sustained
 period of high energy prices. The threats in India are more those of a natural disaster (such as a poor monsoon) than a man-made one (like a banking crash). Both countries are vulnerable to any rise in protectionism in the US, with - from what they each say
 - a Kerry administration being more of a threat than another Bush one. But China may be more exposed than India if only because it has more to lose.
<br />
<br />
Investment and outsourcing decisions are usually industry-specific: if you want a radio made to your design, have it done in China; if you want your computer system managed, go to India; if you want to build a beer-canning plant, do it in China because it is
 a much bigger beer market. But the general message is that these two economies are too big to ignore - as markets, as suppliers and increasingly as competitors. How you make money - well, that is another matter.
</p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>26/12/2011 17:05:34</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/14624/Made+in+China+served+in+India+the+clichs+are+changing+but+not+the+march+of+the+East</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">14624</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>14627</publicationdataID>
      <title>Indian gift links Cambodia to cyberspace</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p>KHAN TAK MAO, Cambodia: It may be vacation time, but students still hang out at a small number of schools in impoverished Cambodia, lured by free Internet kiosks that can get them up to speed in cyberspace.
<br />
<br />
At a high school outside the capital, Phnom Penh, some students research Asian architecture, others check soccer results, and a few, such as Keo Nimol, 12, just silently watch. "I don't know how to use the Internet," he confessed, peering over the shoulder
 of another student checking e-mail, though he has been dropping by since the project opened in April. The four kiosks funded by the Indian government and spread around this war-scarred, mostly agricultural country, are designed to allow the poor to see the
 wonders of the Internet. "The aim is to arouse students' curiosity, encourage them to learn. It's a self-learning process," said Indian diplomat V.K. Sharma.
<br />
<br />
Students clamor for their turn to log on. <br />
<br />
"I saw other people using it, and I just learned. It wasn't very difficult," said Hak Yoty, 16, perched on a railing as he browses using one of the two terminals.
<br />
<br />
Some 49 similar kiosks are open in India, and 30 have been installed in Egypt; talks are under way to set up more in Laos and the Philippines, said Ashoo Dubey, systems executive with NIIT, the company providing them.
<br />
<br />
On average, the kiosks cost $8,000 to $10,000. Access is monitored remotely from New Delhi, with only porn sites being blocked.
<br />
<br />
"It's a new frontier for Cambodian children, accessing the Internet, e-mail, and seeing what's online," said Phu Leewood, secretary-general of the government's top IT authority, which is overseeing the project.
<br />
<br />
Internet cafes are spreading in Cambodia, but with as much as half the population living on a dollar a day or less, the typical dollar-an-hour charge at urban areas outside Phnom Penh -- more in remote areas -- is formidable.</p>
<p>Another kiosk is to open soon in Cambodia, but overwhelming demand from students has the government ready to seek funding to erect kiosks at schools across the kingdom, Mr. Leewood said.
<br />
<br />
Kruy Kroeun, a teacher in Khan Tak Mao, said people from outside the community also flock here.
<br />
<br />
"All classes of people come -- the poorest of people in our society, people wearing rags, they are coming and learning," he said.
<br />
<br />
"At recess, students race each other to get here. Others come, they park their motorbikes and their bicycles, and they wait for a turn. ... They just need to be patient."
<br />
<br />
Access isn't perfect: One problem, said Khen Hasda, 15, who came to scour international and sports news, is that female users are in a minority.
<br />
<br />
"There are too many boys and most girls dare not come," he said. </p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>26/12/2011 17:07:11</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/14627/Indian+gift+links+Cambodia+to+cyberspace</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">14627</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>14629</publicationdataID>
      <title>IT drives India's growth curve</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p>MUMBAI, India (CNN) -- Some time between 2008 and 2010, annual export revenues from India's information technology (IT) sector are predicted to hit $50 billion, up from $16.3 billion this year.<br />
<br />
That is the spectacular growth curve projected by the IT industry's peak body, the National Association of Software and Service Companies (Nasscom), which sees at least 25 percent annual growth for the next five years.
<br />
<br />
Given that India's total exports this year will be around $70 billion, Nasscom's view amounts to a phenomenal performance for an industry that barely existed until the 1990s.
<br />
<br />
Now, the world knows names like Infosys, Wipro, TCS, Satyam, HCL and NIIT, and global clients beat a path to their door for work that meets the three magic criteria of speed, quality and price.
<br />
<br />
The champions of this industry are men such as NR Naryana Murthy of Infosys and Azim Premji of Wipro, whose headline-grabbing financial success has flowed through to thousands of staff shareholders and investors.
<br />
<br />
That pool of lucky shareholders widened even further late last month with the listing of Tata Consultancy Services (TCS), which immediately confirmed its status as India's most valuable IT company with a market worth of $10.2 billion.
<br />
<br />
TCS became India's first billion-dollar software company in revenues last year. TCS managing director S. Ramadorai told CNN last week that "substantial growth" since then had pushed revenue for the year to March 2004 to a record $1.6 billion.
<br />
<br />
Ramadorai sees growth continuing at a healthy rate and "in multiple ways" for TCS because of what he says is its competency in delivering a globally competitive service.
<br />
<br />
But Ramadorai is alert to the competition. "China wants to play in the IT space too," he observes.
</p>
<p>Still, he believes that the "value addition" that Indian professionals bring is the key to the industry's success. "It is a creative exercise".
<br />
<br />
That theme is echoed by Ramadorai's industry peers. In a recent interview with CNN television, Wipro chairman Azim Premji said the Indian IT industry initially won customers because of its low costs. But he said customers had stayed because "we deliver better
 than the best quality in the world, consistently". <br />
<br />
After its listing on Wednesday August 25, TCS stands as the world's third-largest IT services company. Its market capitalization of $10.2 billion makes it substantially larger than rivals Infosys ($8.84 billion) and Wipro ($8.52 billion).
<br />
<br />
The TCS also listing means that the Tata Group -- which holds 85 percent of TCS through its Tata Sons -- has clearly overtaken the Ambani family's Reliance Group as India's biggest private business conglomerate.
<br />
<br />
"The veil has been lifted," Tata Sons executive director R. Gopalakrishnan told CNN. "This group (Tata) has been perceived as No. 1 in India. Now the market shows we really are No. 1".
<br />
<br />
Come of age <br />
<br />
In the view of Morgan Stanley's India chief economist Chetan Ahya in Mumbai, the Indian IT industry has really come of age in the past five years, primarily because of the liberalization of the telecommunications sector and the resultant sharp fall in prices.
<br />
<br />
He said the drop of almost 85 percent in the price of telecom services between 1998 and 2001 acted as a "catalyst to growth in external demand for IT and IT enabled services".
<br />
<br />
"In the last five years we have seen a sea change in IT and telecoms infrastructure," Ahya told CNN.
<br />
<br />
"There is still work to be done in general physical infrastructure, but India's business process outsourcing (BPO) success would not have been possible without this IT infrastructure," he said.
</p>
<p>Ahya believes India's successful software model is a good reflection of the skills available in the country. "It is true to us," he says.
<br />
<br />
Plus, he says, IT has changed India's growth story. He nominates the most important aspect as the contribution it has made to India's savings rate.
<br />
<br />
Morgan Stanley believes that with increased competition from the private sector, telecom costs in India will be the most competitive in the region.<br />
<br />
Similarly, it expects the sector to be a key driver of economic growth in India over the next 10 years.
<br />
<br />
Underlying this trend is India's competitive advantage -- the average salary of a fresh IT sector employee is just 15 percent of that in the United States.
<br />
<br />
Though India lags in primary education, it puts a heavy emphasis on higher education, particularly in its Indian Institutes of Technology (IIT). This leads to the availability of a large number of English-speaking graduates who can take part in IT opportunities.
<br />
<br />
While education is hugely important, so too is PC and Internet access, and the related issue of the affordability of computers in India.
<br />
<br />
Ramadorai of TCS believes that from a current price level of around 35-40,000 rupees ($760-$870), the price of a basic computer must come down to 10,000 rupees (about $217) to increase penetration levels in Indian society.
<br />
<br />
There is another issue that is a cause for concern in the city of Bangalore -- the Indian technology hub that is followed closely by Hyderabad, Chennai and more recently, Pune.
</p>
<p>Bangalore is becoming a victim of its own success -- its rapid transformation into India's Silicon City has not been matched by an upgrade of public infrastructure. In roads, power, transport, water and pollution, it struggles to meet the needs of its high-earning
 and demanding citizens. <br />
<br />
One result is that companies such as Infosys and Wipro -- the very names whose lush campuses epitomise Bangalore's IT success -- are looking elsewhere for expansion.</p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>26/12/2011 17:09:24</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/14629/IT+drives+Indias+growth+curve</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">14629</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>14634</publicationdataID>
      <title>Indian scientists make breakthrough in fighting TB</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p>Indian scientists said on Monday they had discovered the first new tuberculosis molecule in more than four decades, marking a breakthrough in combating a disease that kills 3m people worldwide each year.
<br />
<br />
The remedy is a milestone for India’s science elite, which believes the lower cost and high capability of India’s large biomedical community could make the country a leading, cost-effective location for global drugs R&amp;D.
<br />
<br />
In tests on animals, the new molecule clears tuberculosis infections within two to three months, compared with six to eight months with current treatments, scientists said.
<br />
<br />
The molecule will be tested on humans and later on TB-infected patients in phased clinical trials that are expected to last five to six years before the treatment is ready for commercial launch. Patents have been filed in India and the US.
<br />
<br />
"We’ve been innovative and lucky. I regard this molecule among our top five scientific breakthroughs in terms of affecting people’s lives,” said Dr R N Mashelkar, chief scientific adviser to the government.
<br />
<br />
The molecule cost Rs90m ($1.9m) to develop over three years and will require additional investment of Rs250m.
<br />
<br />
The cost is less than that of similar efforts by global drug majors such as AstraZeneca, which last year was forced by spiraling drug discovery costs to open a $10m TB research centre in low-cost Bangalore in south India.
<br />
<br />
The discovery comes at a time when global drug giants have become more eager to find cures for TB because it is increasingly being contracted among people infected with HIV, making it a bigger potential threat in the developed world.</p>
<p>The new TB molecule has also excited India’s research community because it represents a triumph for a public-private drug discovery project launched in 2000. Efforts for treating tuberculosis was one of seven projects selected for accelerated R&amp;D funding
 under the New Millennium Indian Technology Leadership Initiative. Twelve government research centres and universities and Lupin, a Mumbai-based pharmaceuticals company, jointly developed the molecule.
<br />
<br />
"It shows that private-public partnership is tenable,” said Dr Mashelkar, director general of the Council for Scientific and Industrial Research, an umbrella body of 40 state R&amp;D centres.
<br />
<br />
Eight million new cases of TB are registered each year, including 1m in India, mostly women. The economic cost of the disease is estimated at about Rs120bn annually in lost working days in India.
<br />
<br />
Researchers said the new molecule was particularly effective against "latent TB”, where the disease lingers without showing symptoms. Signs of the disease emerge when the body’s immune system weakens, but by then the TB may have worsened. The new treament was
 less toxic and no recurrence of the disease was evident in animal trials, experts said.</p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>26/12/2011 17:11:40</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/14634/Indian+scientists+make+breakthrough+in+fighting+TB</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">14634</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>14635</publicationdataID>
      <title>Sikhs mark 400 years of holy book</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p><em>Hundreds of thousands of Sikhs have gathered in the holy city of Amritsar in northern India, to commemorate the 400th year of the Sikh holy book.
</em><br />
<br />
They have been joined in prayers by Indian Prime Minister Manmohan Singh, the first Sikh to hold the post.
<br />
<br />
It was on this day in 1604 that the holy book, the Guru Granth Sahib, is said to have been installed in Amritsar's Golden temple.
<br />
<br />
The Guru Granth Sahib is the source of spiritual guidance to all Sikhs. <br />
<br />
<strong>Message to France </strong><br />
<br />
"Let us all pledge on this great day that each one of us will try to spread the philosophy of the Guru Granth Sahib to every house in the world," Prime Minister Singh told a rally of pilgrims.
<br />
<br />
He also said the government would endeavour to relocate missing Sikh artefacts which are believed to have been taken from the Golden Temple when the army stormed the building to flush out separatists 20 years ago.
<br />
<br />
Mr Singh also urged France to permit Sikh school children to wear their headgear in state schools, saying it was a central part of their faith.
<br />
<br />
A law passed by the French parliament in March to ban conspicuous religious symbols from classrooms in state schools is due to come into effect on Thursday.
<br />
<br />
Mr Singh said he wanted to "impress upon President [Jacques] Chirac the significance of the turban to the Sikh faith".</p>
<p><strong>Festive air </strong><br />
<br />
On Wednesday, tens of thousands of Sikh men and women marched in procession towards the Golden Temple, chanting "Wahe Guru" (Praise the Guru).
<br />
<br />
The streets of Amritsar have been lined with gold and silver ribbons and flags in the Sikh colours of saffron and blue for the celebrations.
<br />
<br />
Early on Wednesday, the Indian prime minister and his wife walked to the gold-domed sanctum sanctorum of the temple, where the holy book is kept.
<br />
<br />
Later, Mr Singh and his wife Gursharan Karu were presented with a robe of honour by the temple's head priest.
<br />
<br />
<strong>Millions expected </strong><br />
<br />
Many devotees have travelled from overseas, including neighbouring Pakistan, where Sikhs took advantage of improved ties between Delhi and Islamabad to make the trip.
<br />
<br />
Others made their way from across India. <br />
<br />
"This is not just a book. This is my living guru," said Kuldeep Singh from Delhi, as he joined crowds for a glimpse of the Guru Granth Sahib. Amritsar has been gearing up for the celebrations, with the old party of the city freshly painted and roads and lanes
 leading to the Golden Temple covered in new carpets. <br />
<br />
Organisers say they expect about four million devotees to take part in the five days of celebrations.
<br />
<br />
Special commemorative gold and silver coins are being issued. <br />
<br />
The Golden Temple and the surrounding complex of buildings have been covered with decorative lighting and there are plans for a spectacular fireworks and laser display.
<br />
<br />
Thousands of policemen have been deployed as part of intensive security arrangements.
<br />
<br />
Sikhism is the world's fifth largest religion, with roughly 25 million adherents worldwide, the majority of whom live in India.
<br />
<br />
Sikh men refrain from cutting their hair and wear a turban as evidence of their faith.</p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>26/12/2011 17:13:35</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/14635/Sikhs+mark+400+years+of+holy+book</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">14635</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>14637</publicationdataID>
      <title>India aims to sparkle as leading wine producer</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p><em>With chicken tikka masala Britain's favourite dish India is offering a fresh challenge to the nation's palate: wine.
</em><br />
<br />
Today noses might wrinkle at the thought of an Indian sauvignon blanc or cabernet but tomorrow India's winemakers hope it will be as acceptable as a Chilean merlot or an Argentinian shiraz.
<br />
<br />
Wine has been produced in India for centuries but with help from French and Australian experts India's wine industry is now seeking international acceptance.
<br />
<br />
Its three main producers have all announced increases in exports to Britain, where exposure to Indian wine has been largely confined to the sparkling, chardonnay-based Omar Khayyam, sold in some Indian restaurants and shops in Britain.
<br />
<br />
The Daily Telegraph travelled to the Nandi Hills outside Bangalore where this year Grover Vineyards will produce 600,000 bottles, of which 150,000 will be exported - to Britain, America and even France.
<br />
<br />
Opened in 1992 by Kanwal K Grover, a Europhile businessman who sampled the great French vintages while on business trips to Paris, the Grovers now have 200 acres under cultivation.
<br />
<br />
For Mr Grover, 79, the dream of growing international-standard Indian wine was first conceived over a Parisian breakfast table more than 20 years ago.<br />
<br />
"I was reading the paper and I saw that the French agriculture minister, Michel Rocard, was offering technical help to the Chinese to grow wine - so I phoned him up and asked for some of the same."
<br />
<br />
Mr Grover promised the first bottle to Mr Rocard, who later served as prime minister of France from 1988-91, and it was duly delivered in December 1992.</p>
<p>For the first 20 years Grover Vineyards existed for love, not money, but last year the operation turned a profit for the first time. Mr Grover believes this meant that Indian wine is finally coming of age.
<br />
<br />
The revival of Indian wine - Chateau Indage and Sula Vineyards are the other two big names - takes up where the British left off in the 1890s when phylloxera wiped out India's vineyards, just as it had in Europe.
<br />
<br />
Under British influence vineyards in Kashmir and at Baramati in Maharashtra had turned out wines good enough to draw compliments from visitors to the Great Calcutta Exhibition of 1884.
<br />
<br />
The success of burgeoning exports is mirrored at home, where consumption is increasing be 35 per cent a year.
<br />
<br />
There are, however, two obvious impediments to India joining the front rank of wine-growing nations.
<br />
<br />
The first is technical, as temperatures do not fall low enough at night, which affects the colour and composition of the grapes.
<br />
<br />
The second is a 250 per cent tax regime that means a bottle of wine produced for £1.75 is prohibitively expensive for most Indians as it retails at almost £6.
<br />
<br />
Mr Grover is not deterred, however. "I truly believe that one day our sauvignon blanc will rival some of the great Pouilly Fumes of France," he said.</p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>26/12/2011 17:15:12</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/14637/India+aims+to+sparkle+as+leading+wine+producer</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">14637</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>14645</publicationdataID>
      <title>Indian tech firms go 'upstream'</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p><em>Wipro, Infosys and others see riches in consulting services </em><br />
<br />
On a July morning, a dozen engineers from Wipro, India's third-biggest software exporter, gather at their desks. Vinod Jayaraman is enjoying the sunshine: In a few months, temperatures will plunge as low as minus 27 degrees Celsius, or about minus 17 degrees
 Fahrenheit, and his cricket matches will give way to the national passion: ice hockey.
<br />
<br />
Jayaraman, 33, is what Wipro calls an on-site coordinator. He has been transported 170 kilometers, or 105 miles, north of Helsinki to Nokia, the world's biggest mobile phone maker.
<br />
<br />
"Our people can work in any part of the world," Jayaraman says. "It all depends on what the client wants."
<br />
<br />
After years of cut-rate computer coding and running call centers that fill catalog orders, India's biggest software services companies - Infosys Technologies, Tata Consultancy Services and Wipro - want more. Wipro's chairman, Azim Premji, calls his company
 "a global lab on hire" that can build the guts of a cellphone, design a semiconductor or run a client's computer system for as little as one-fifth of the price that a U.S. company would charge.
<br />
<br />
For two years, Jayaraman has kept Wipro workers in Tampere, Finland, in-sync with 100 programmers in Hyderabad, India. He says he has learned to like the potatoes and fish of the local cuisine, though he misses the spices of his native Bangalore. On this day,
 his team is designing software for Nokia that lets phone companies manage cellular networks from one location.
<br />
<br />
As debate about outsourcing plays out in the United States, Wipro and Infosys have already moved on. They are pursuing lucrative contracts for computer services and technology consulting outside India that were once the exclusive domain of Accenture, Electronic
 Data Systems and International Business Machines.</p>
<p>"There's a collision of sorts going on," says Craig Franklin, executive vice president for global technology development at BearingPoint, formerly KPMG Consulting. "The Indian companies are trying to move upstream."
<br />
<br />
Premji is betting that as Wipro increases its 5,000 engineers, who are scattered from Australia to Canada, and adds to the 190 consultants it gained with two U.S. acquisitions, the low-cost strategy that worked for programming and call centers will grab new
 consulting customers and keep them for decades. <br />
<br />
"The economic compulsions are so enormous that you cannot ignore the India model," Premji says at Wipro headquarters in Bangalore, a city of 4.5 million people in southern India, where workers pour onto Silicon Valley-style campuses via potholed roads jammed
 with buses, motor scooters and the occasional cow. <br />
<br />
Premji, India's richest individual, with an 84 percent stake in Wipro valued at $7 billion, drives a 1996 Ford Escort. His business strategy is winning investors. Wipro's American depositary receipts, which were listed on the New York stock exchange in 2000,
 more than doubled to $17 in the 12 months that ended Friday. Each Wipro ADR represents one ordinary share.
<br />
<br />
The ADRs of Infosys, Wipro's neighbor in Bangalore and India's No.2 software exporter, rose 82 percent in that time, to $49.36.
<br />
<br />
In August, Tata Consultancy, which is based in Mumbai and is India's No.1 software exporter, raised 54.2 billion rupees, or $1.17 billion, from its initial public offering, the biggest by a nongovernment-owned Indian company.
<br />
<br />
Premji has always found his niche. He took Western India Vegetable Products, the business his father started as a maker of cooking oil in 1945, and built a technology company with $1.35 billion in annual sales that has survived the nation's upheavals.</p>
<p>In 1977, when the government of Prime Minister Morarji Desai forced foreign corporations out of India to strengthen the nation's companies, Premji, who studied electrical engineering at Stanford University, saw that the absence of companies such as IBM would
 create a market for Indian vendors of computers and software. <br />
<br />
Premji hired engineers and built his first minicomputer in 1982. A year later, he released Wipro 456, a spreadsheet program similar to Lotus 123, a top seller in the United States at the time. He followed up with Wipro's first personal computer in 1986.
<br />
<br />
When the government of Prime Minister P.V. Narasimha Rao opened the Indian economy in 1991, Premji changed again. Wipro's software was no longer protected by 325 percent duties, so he put his battalion of programmers to work for the corporations that were streaming
 back into India. <br />
<br />
Premji's foray into consulting may prove to be his biggest challenge. Consulting encompasses everything from advising customers on software to corporate overhauls that can take years.
<br />
<br />
"Consulting is a different model," says James Sims, chief executive of the Boston-based technology consulting firm Gen3 Partners, whose clients include Procter Gamble and Ralston Purina. "Indian companies are going to spend a lot of money to go after markets
 that are being served." <br />
<br />
Last year, worldwide revenue from information technology consulting rose slightly to $43.08 billion from $43.03 billion in 2002, according to Gartner, the U.S. market research firm. That means more companies are fighting over a stagnant pool of money.</p>
<p>Subhash Valanju, chief information officer at Johnson Controls, which is based in Milwaukee and is the world's second-largest maker of car interiors, says he is skeptical that Wipro or Infosys will take business from IBM or Accenture in consulting.
<br />
<br />
"Indians may know the technology and have the functional knowledge," says Valanju, who hired Infosys to replace software from Novell this year. "But they may fall short on the style and polish required for consulting."
<br />
<br />
What Indian companies may lack in polish, they are trying to gain through acquisitions. Wipro has bought seven companies since 2000, according to data compiled by Bloomberg. In April 2003, it paid $18.7 million for NerveWire in Newton, Massachusetts, to add
 consulting to the work that it does for banks. <br />
<br />
Bloomberg News</p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>26/12/2011 17:22:06</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/14645/Indian+tech+firms+go+upstream</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">14645</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>14646</publicationdataID>
      <title>The forgotten warriors of the subcontinent</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p>NEW DELHI The wide coverage in the Western media of the 60th anniversary of D-Day and the Allied drive against the Axis powers missed an important factor: the vital contribution of troops from the Indian subcontinent - from today's India, Pakistan, Bangladesh
 and Nepal. <br />
<br />
As many as 2.5 million men were in uniform from the Indian subcontinent in World War II. They fought in some of the major battlefields of the war, from North Africa to Italy and the Far East. The Fifth Indian division, for instance, fought the Italians in Sudan,
 then the Germans in Libya, then was shifted to Iraq to protect the oil fields, before being moved to the Burma and Malaya front, finally going to Indonesia to disarm the Japanese there. Indian personnel received 4,000 gallantry awards and 31 Victoria Crosses,
 the highest award given by the British for valor in action. <br />
<br />
India was at the same time also fighting the British for its independence. Yet, Indian leaders, with one notable exception - Subhash Chander Bose, but that is another story - decided that its armed forces would unstintingly throw in their lot with the Allies.
 It was a wise stand that served the Indian nationalist movement. Indian troops were fighting to keep the world safe for democracy, they were told. "What about democracy in India itself?" India's leaders asked. The British colonial rulers found it difficult
 to counter that argument and soon after the war granted India and Pakistan independence.</p>
<p>During the war, at the pivotal battles of El Alamein in North Africa and Monte Cassino in Italy, Indian troops played a critical role. My great-uncle, Prem Bhagat, was awarded the Victoria Cross for clearing land mines in the African desert. In those days
 it was a deadly business, with no fancy detection equipment, only a hazardous probing of the sand with a bayonet. His jeep was blown up but he survived. After India got its independence, he rose to become one of the most senior generals in the Indian Army.
<br />
<br />
To take another example, Kamal Ram, a 19-year-old private from a Punjab village, saw action for the first time in Italy during the Allied drive to Rome. In the Liri Valley, German machine guns were making life difficult and Ram's company commander called for
 a volunteer to clear a troublesome machine gun nest. <br />
<br />
Ram crawled under the barbed wire and leapt upon the gun crew single-handedly. He shot the gunner and bayoneted his feeder, while swinging about to kill an officer who had sprung on him from a slit trench, firing a pistol. With the post silenced, he pressed
 on. After having sniped the gunner of another nest, he subdued the remaining crew with a grenade. Together with an Indian corporal, he attacked a third machine gun post and dealt with it in similar fashion, opening the line for his Punjab regiment.
<br />
<br />
Later, in a forward reconnaissance move, Ram wiped out a fourth machine gun nest. He got the Victoria Cross for "an unsurpassed day's work," said his citation, with typical British understatement.
<br />
<br />
Vital though the role of the Indian Army was in the North African and European theaters, in the East against the Japanese it was decisive. Thanks to Hollywood, most people believe the Americans defeated the Japanese, but the heaviest reverses on land were inflicted
 by British and Indian troops.</p>
<p>After the fall of Singapore, the Japanese had swept through Malaya and Burma and were soon knocking on India's doors. But at Kohima, on the northeast border of India, they were finally halted, in a battle that was later called the turning point of the war
 in the East, with some of the closest and bloodiest fighting of World War II. More than 7,000 men on both sides died in just 64 hours.
<br />
<br />
After that, the retreating Japanese forces suffered defeat after defeat, the worst being in Burma at the Second Battle of Sittang River. There the 28th Japanese Army was annihilated. Of an initial force of 20,000 men, only 7,000 survived. The British and Indian
 side lost only 95 men. It was one of the most lopsided victories of the war. <br />
<br />
However, it is Kohima that resounds with the greatest poignancy. There, in a vast cemetery on Garrison Hill, is an inscription etched in stone:
<br />
<br />
<em>When you go home <br />
Tell them of us and say <br />
For their tomorrow <br />
We gave our today. <br />
<br />
Rahul Singh is a former editor of The Indian Express. </em></p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>26/12/2011 17:24:02</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/14646/The+forgotten+warriors+of+the+subcontinent</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">14646</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>14648</publicationdataID>
      <title>'A mango is like nothing else'</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p>My family in Delhi had one common ritual for all graduations from school or college. It was the instant mango and ice cream party. Results of final exams, with marks, were announced in the morning papers during the height of summer, which also happened to
 be the height of the mango season. Our grandparents as well as our neighbouring aunts, uncles and cousins, were immediately summoned for a celebratory, sweetening-of-the-mouth party.<br />
<br />
Boxes of mangoes were hurriedly sent for - yellow-skinned dussehris from the northern city of Lucknow for those, like me, who liked their mangoes sweet and meltingly soft; green-skinned langras, or the "lame ones", from Benares for those, like my sisters, who
 preferred a tarter, wilder flavour; and in later years, when mangoes began arriving from states further away from us, the Alphonso, from the area surrounding the once-Portuguese Goan coast, was much desired for its more exotic combination of sweet flavour
 and dense texture. <br />
<br />
We would all bathe and change. The women wore flowing white voile sarees. Jasmine from the garden, also white and fragrant with summer's promises, was the only ornamentation in the hair. The men wore similarly embroidered white kurtas.
<br />
<br />
The mango, now nicely chilled, was served two ways. It was either peeled and cut off the stone into neat pieces to be eaten with ice cream or it was cut into long slices with the skin still on, and eaten, well, rather like artichoke leaves. I did not care for
 the smaller pieces of mango or, for that matter, the ice cream. I wanted my mango undiluted, eaten the old-fashioned way, with my teeth pulling the flesh away from the skin. As good ripe mangoes were full of juice, there was a simple trick, now well mastered,
 of eating them without spraying our crisp white clothing with squirts of orange. You just had to lean over your plate and have napkins handy.
</p>
<p>For most Indians, the mango is, quite simply, the King of Fruit, no questions asked. And most Indians would not even try to define its flavour with the mumbo-jumbo of western foodies who always manage to see "hints of this spice and an undercurrent of that
 berry." No, a mango is like nothing else. It is, itself. <br />
<br />
Where mangoes originated is open to some question though most seem to agree that it was in the forested hills of north-eastern India, near the border of Burma. Hwen T'sang, the Chinese traveller who came to India in the 1st century AD is said to have carried
 information about the fruit to the east. Cultivation all over south-east Asia seems to have followed thereafter. About 1,500 years later, the Portuguese, who had colonies in India, took the fruit west, to Africa, the Caribbean and the Americas. The English
 name for the fruit is derived from the Portuguese manga, which, in turn, was lifted from the Tamil-speakers of the south. But it was only in India that the right climate with defined seasons, combined with the deft hand of man systematically grafting for centuries,
 produced dozens of varieties of the most luscious, non-fibrous, eating fruit in the world.
<br />
<br />
We know that the first ruler of the conquering Moghul dynasty in India, Babur, remained quite Mongol at heart, still yearning for the fruits of his ancestral Central Asian homeland and the lands he passed through, Iran and Afghanistan. But when the third Moghul
 emperor, Akbar, ascended the throne (1556-1605), he consciously and deliberately, made the dynasty Indian. He did this by marrying the daughters of prominent Hindu rajas, by starting a new, all-inclusive religion that united Hinduism with the Islamic faith
 of his forebears, and by appointing Hindu ministers (including one of my direct ancestors) to his learned court.
</p>
<p>He also wasted no time before planting Lakh Bagh, an unprecedented mango orchard with 100,000 trees, at Darbhanga in Bihar. Three hundred years later a British horticulturist, Charles Maries, found some of the royal trees still thriving. Akbar's friend and
 biographer, Abul Fazl, devoted precious space to the mango in his Ain-i-Akbari, saying: "The fruit is unrivalled in colour, smell and taste, and some of the gourmands of Turan and Iran place it above muskmelons and grapes. They also put milk and treacle around
 the tree which makes the fruit sweeter." <br />
<br />
For more than 4,000 years, mangoes and mango trees have woven their way through Indian life. Buddha, it is said, always rested in the mango grove presented to him by a female devotee. I grew up with a fable, now retold to my children and grandchildren, about
 the girl who planted a mango tree to honour her far-away brother and as the brother got sicker and sicker, so did the tree, until there was just one leaf left. The sister kept watering and nurturing the tree until it revived. As the tree healed, so did the
 brother. <br />
<br />
Indian textiles proudly display the mango, most commonly in its stylised, paisley form. Auspicious mango leaves decorate doorways and bridal pavilions. The greenery in miniature paintings is often mango trees.
<br />
<br />
Seemingly happy emigrants secretly dream of returning to their villages one day to spend their last years lolling on charpoys spread under the ample shade of local mango trees.
<br />
<br />
The much-awaited mango season in India starts in the spring when green mangoes, unripe and sour, dangle pendulously from leafy canopies. The trees are eccentric, bearing only the amount of fruit they want to and, sometimes, only on the side they deem fit that
 year. One tree in Chandigarh generously yielded about 16,800 kilos of mangoes annually for more than 150 years until it was hit by lightning in 1955. Then it just keeled over.
</p>
<p>While high-quality mangoes are left to continue ripening, lower-grade trees are quickly stripped of all their green fruit. Depending upon the variety, these can range in size from that of tiny plums to two-kilo monsters. Then, the pickle-and-chutney-making
 industry goes into high gear. Here, only unripe mangoes need apply as they meet all the requirements - they are pectin-rich (essential for jellylike, sweet chutneys), densely fleshed and acidic (a requirement for the long-life, heavily salted and spiced pickles.)
 Such pickles and chutneys grace most Indian tables on a daily basis. They are the flavour-titillators for a nation where extremes are the norm.
<br />
<br />
In our family, pickles and chutneys were made the old-fashioned way, following ancient traditions. Dozens of hands were required for the job. With my major-domo grandmother grunting out the orders and her many daughters-in-law flying around in dutiful compliance,
 mangoes for pickling were washed and left to dry in the sun. <br />
<br />
Any hint of water would mould the pickles, my grandmother warned repeatedly. The green mangoes were then cut into segments, skin and stone included, and smothered with salt. They were spread on metal thalis and left for another bout of sunning while the perspiring
 ladies of the house retired to drink cooling panna,ajuice made with the flesh of boiled green mangoes, salt, sugar and cumin.
</p>
<p>Then, the spices - coriander, fennel, cumin nigella, mustard, fenugreek, turmeric and chillies - were meticulously picked through, sunned and coarsely crushed in cast-iron mortars by the daughters-in-law. The mangoes were smothered with the spices and stuffed
 into giant crocks. Mustard oil was poured in, the crocks arranged neatly on shelves in my grandmother's storeroom and the pickles left to mature.
<br />
<br />
Every now and then my grandfather's manservant was asked to stick his hand in and give them a swish. Only his hand would do. Anyone else's hand would only expose the pickles to that constant danger - the dreaded mould. Grandmother's ginger-mango chutney was
 another story altogether: green mangoes and fresh ginger were peeled, shredded finely, then cooked with salt, sugar, vinegar and chillies. With constant stirring over several hours, a softly flowing jam would form. This too was poured into crocks, cooled and
 set aside in the same storeroom for the rest of the year. <br />
<br />
At special teas, my grandmother would fry up some mutthries,aflaky, savoury biscuit. From the storeroom she would remove a precious ladle of her chutney. We would spread a thick layer of this gloppy gold on our mutthrie and bite. Heaven! Green mangoes are followed
 by the much-awaited ripe mango season. A mango is rarely "tree-ripened". Insects love the ripe fruit too and generally get to it before we can. By tradition, mangoes are taken off the trees several stages before they can be considered fully ripe, ensconced
 in straw and shipped. When we buy mangoes from a grocer in India, we know if the fruit is ready to eat that day or if further ripening is needed. If it is, the fruit is not refrigerated. Each individual mango is wrapped in newspaper and left in a basket until
 it yields ever so slightly to the touch. Then it is cooled and devoured. </p>
<p>Varieties of available mangoes change as the dry summer wears on but once the rains start, the production of good eating mangoes stops abruptly. It is not the end of the world, however. There is still the sucking mango, the chusni. When we were children,
 it was these small, unpretentious fruit that wafted us in bliss to the end of the mango season.
<br />
<br />
My grandfather, a judge in Delhi's colonial High Court, moved up to the Himalayan hill-station, Simla, for the summer as did the entire government. Our family, three generations of us, followed. While my grandfather laboured, we played. Our favourite sport
 was the family picnic. The more remote the spot, the better. It usually took us half a day of riding or walking to get there. While lunch was being heated on charcoal braziers by the servants, we children carefully placed sucking mangoes in icy mountain streams
 to cool. We ate hastily and then made a dash for the mangoes. I would choose a fat one and roll it between my palms, again and again, pressing on it until all the pulp turned to thin juice. Then I would pinch off the very top, put the mango to my lips and
 squeeze. That was pure nectar. </p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>26/12/2011 17:27:09</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/14648/A+mango+is+like+nothing+else</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">14648</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>14650</publicationdataID>
      <title>All the Rage in New Delhi</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p>Anyone living in New Delhi who has an appetite for food other than Indian would agree that the past year has been revolutionary. The restaurant scene has made "foreign" food fashionable, transforming the city from one of India's most insular to its most
 cosmopolitan. <br />
<br />
It started with Diva. When it opened four years ago, it was the first stand-alone restaurant outside Delhi's five-star hotels that promised to serve authentic Italian cuisine. Few thought Diva would last. One problem, says Ritu Dalmia, its chef and co-founder,
 was that the average Delhiite regarded macaroni cheese with ketchup, and mint chutney on the side, as the last word on Italian food. Yet today Diva has built a loyal clientele of about 1,500 customers, split evenly between locals and expatriates. It remains
 one of Delhi's most popular Italian restaurants. <br />
<br />
"People told me I had to Indianise the cuisine, but I won't compromise. I'm a purist," Dalmia says. Diva's excellent Sicilian- inspired menu includes smoked swordfish antipasti, and wood-roasted lamb marinated in grappa. Its ample cellar recently won a Wine
 Spectator award. Diva's prices, at about £40 for two, are steep for many, but comparable with five-star hotel fare. It seats 94 and is busiest at weekends, when it serves about 250 customers a day.
<br />
<br />
"People in Delhi are becoming more adventurous," she says. "They have started to travel a lot more and have found out that this is what Italian food is like, and they spread the word."</p>
<p>When I visited Diva on a Saturday lunchtime, there were locals at every table except one, where an American of Indian origin sat with a compatriot. Upstairs, there was a group of young people preparing to travel abroad to university. For them, eating Italian
 was no big deal. <br />
<br />
Fellow diner Abhimanju Bansal listed the countries he has visited during his 18 years: "The US, Italy, Spain, UK, Kenya, Malaysia -do you want more?" he asks. His travelling has been thanks to his father's business. Sitting nearby, his friend, Amjad Khan, has
 a father who represents India at the United Nations. <br />
<br />
These diners are a snapshot of Delhi's young worldly middle class, whose consumption has seen "foreign" restaurants sprouting across the city. Sourish Bhattacharya, editor of HT City, Delhi's leading lifestyle daily, reckons more than 200 stand-alone restaurants
 have opened around the capital over the past year. <br />
<br />
Some of the most popular of these new restaurants bear distinctly un-Indian sounding names such as Shalom, Olive and Spago. Following Diva's lead, they have popped up in prosperous residential enclaves. "Young Indians spend their money first on eating out.
 A lot of them used to go to five-star hotels once every few months. Today they are going to stand-alone restaurants once every week," Bhattacharya says.
<br />
<br />
The new restaurants have made the most of the increasing availability of foreign goods. Dalmia, for example, still remembers a time 10 years ago when importing foreign food was illegal, and she had to smuggle truffles from Alba in her luggage.</p>
<p>As Delhi's middle class adapts from scarcity to abundance, the new restaurants are scrambling to find a winning cuisine. Many of them offer "international" menus, with Thai, Chinese and Italian the top choices. Yet many are also "Indianising" the dishes.
 It is common to find paneer, Indian cottage cheese, swimming in green curry, for example. Indeed, a version of penne arrabiata, is becoming to Delhi what chicken tikka masala is to Britain.
<br />
<br />
But regional Indian food is fighting back. One new restaurant, Punjabi by Nature, is as steadfastly north Indian as the others are foreign. Many say this is just home-style cooking that has made it out to the streets. If it is, then prepare for India's great
 cuisines-Bengali, Hyderabadi, and Goan -to be the next big thing.</p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>26/12/2011 17:28:44</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/14650/All+the+Rage+in+New+Delhi</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">14650</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>14652</publicationdataID>
      <title>Indian Company Develops New Malaria Drug</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p>NEW DELHI - India's Ranbaxy Laboratories said Wednesday it's developed a new anti-malarial drug, claiming it would cost less but work as well as drugs now used for the disease that kills more than a million people a year worldwide.<br />
<br />
The drug, a synthetic peroxide developed with Geneva-based aid group Medicines for Malaria Venture, is now undergoing clinical trials in Britain, a Ranbaxy statement said.
<br />
<br />
"Our scientists are excited to be able to work on a drug that could save millions of lives," Ranbaxy Chief Executive Officer Brian Tempest said in the statement.
<br />
<br />
The statement said the new drug will work as well as artemisinin, a currently available anti-malaria drug, and will be much cheaper.
<br />
<br />
Artemisinin combination therapy costs about US$2 (euros 1.6) per dose, an amount beyond the reach of many in poor countries. Cheap medicines such as chloroquine no longer cure the disease in Africa because malaria parasites have become resistant to it.
<br />
<br />
Resistance is also spreading in India. <br />
<br />
"We know about this synthetic peroxide developed by Ranbaxy. The reports that we have heard about it are certainly very promising," said Allan Schapira, coordinator of strategy and policy for the World Health Organization's "Rollback Malaria" campaign.
<br />
<br />
But knowledge about the drug is "insufficient to make a judgment at the moment," Schapira said. "We hope that it will prove highly efficacious."</p>
<p>Findings from tests on the new drug are being published in the Aug. 19 issue of the science journal Nature.
<br />
<br />
Malaria, which is carried by mosquitoes, kills more than 1 million people a year, with 90 percent of the deaths occurring in Africa, according to the United Nations. Most of the victims are children under age 5.
<br />
<br />
Malaria also costs Africa an estimated US$12 billion (euros 9.73 billion) a year in lost gross domestic product and drains 40 percent of its public health spending.
<br />
<br />
"The need to develop a low-cost, potent, synthetic anti-malarial drug is more urgent than ever," said Christopher Hentschel, chief executive of Medicines for Malaria Venture. "This could be the biggest breakthrough in malaria treatment of our generation."
<br />
<br />
In May 2003, Ranbaxy Laboratories, India's largest pharmaceutical company, entered into an agreement with the Geneva-based body for laboratory testing, clinical trials and commercial development of the drug.</p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>26/12/2011 17:30:24</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/14652/Indian+Company+Develops+New+Malaria+Drug</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">14652</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>14653</publicationdataID>
      <title>An experiment in globalisation</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p>For the last two decades Nicholas Piramal, a drugscompany based in Mumbai, has made a decent living by buying the rights to medicines developed in the US and Europe and selling them in India.<br />
<br />
These days, however, the company has its sights set on much bigger targets. Swati Piramal, the director responsible for research, has given the company a challenge that - if met successfully - would rewrite the rules of the global drugs industry.
<br />
<br />
"The big pharmaceuticals companies say it costs them at least $800m to develop a new drug," she says. "Well, we can do it for $50m."
<br />
<br />
The obstacles facing the company are daunting, but Dr Piramal is brimming with confidence. "We are going to develop a cancer drug to prove it," she says. "We are hoping to turn the industry upside down."
<br />
<br />
With its combination of high-quality scientists and low costs, India has already become a significant player in the software and information technology industries. The streets of Bangalore, the country's IT hub, are lined with gleaming buildings built in the
 last few years to house companies such as Microsoft, General Electric and Dell. <br />
<br />
Inspired by the revolution in IT, several Indian drugs companies have set out an ambitious game plan. By tapping the same low-cost pool of English-speaking scientists, they want pharmaceuticals to become the next phase in the shift of service industries to
 India. <br />
<br />
Their fate over the next decade will be a fascinating experiment into how far globalisation can be pushed. If developing countries can genuinely compete in industries that depend on brainpower, such as pharmaceuticals, it will have profound implications for
 the corporate world.</p>
<p>The bold talk from India also comes at a time when many executives at large multinational drugs companies are in despair over the sector's future. Over the last decade, they have pumped ever greater sums into drug research, yet the number of medicines produced
 has not increased. Many admit that the industry faces a crisis in the productivity of its research. They are watching closely to see if India will emerge as a low-cost centre of medical research.
<br />
<br />
Indian success in pharmaceuticals would also raise political hackles in the US and could become more controversial than IT outsourcing has been. For many politicians in the US, it might be acceptable under the logic of globalisation that some manufacturing
 jobs shift to Asia. But by the same logic the invention of medicines such as cancer drugs - the ultimate value-added, capital-intensive economic activity - is supposed to take place in developed countries.
<br />
<br />
India has long boasted an army of talented chemists but for the last two decades they have been mostly focused on finding ways to copy other companies' drugs. Under a patent law dating from 1970 Indian companies have been allowed to sell versions of prescription
 drugs as long as they used a different manufacturing process. <br />
<br />
That is all about to change, however. From the beginning of 2005, drug patents will apply in India as part of the World Trade Organisation's intellectual property rules. As a result Indian companies will no longer be able to rely on their lucrative domestic
 market. The search for new business models is being driven by necessity. <br />
<br />
For a handful of Indian companies - including Nicholas Piramal, Ranbaxy and Dr Reddy's - the response has been to invest in innovation. They plan to harness skills in medicinal chemistry to shift from re-engineering other people's drugs to developing their
 own.</p>
<p>"India is moving centre-stage in the drugs industry," says Brian Tempest, chief executive of Ranbaxy, the Delhi-based company, which aims to have 40 per cent of its revenues from innovative products by 2012. "It will be like the scampering mammals taking
 over from the dinosaurs." <br />
<br />
Cost is the key competitive advantage. Just as in the IT industry, India has huge numbers of trained scientists prepared to work at a fraction of European or US salaries. Indian companies estimate the cost of hiring a researcher is between one-third and one-fifth
 of the US rate. <br />
<br />
Moreover, the Indians believe they can conduct clinical trials much more cheaply. Somesh Sharma, chief scientific officer at Nicholas Piramal, says that India's huge population makes it much easier to find patients to take part in trials. When the company participated
 in the trial of a cancer drug developed by a US group, it finished its part four years ahead of its partner.
<br />
<br />
"It was an important experiment that proved we could do it," he says. <br />
<br />
The drugs companies are also beginning to tap the huge diaspora of Indian scientists working in the US. By some estimates, 20 per cent of all the researchers working in the biotechnology industry in the San Francisco area are of Indian origin. The Indian companies
 cannot afford to lure back too many expatriates as they would soon lose their cost advantage. But by recruiting a few experienced executives they can transfer industry skills and standards to local scientists.
<br />
<br />
"There are lots of people who want to come back," says Kasim Mookhtiar, vice-president of new drug discovery at Ranbaxy. "We are now in a position to provide them with a career of their choice."</p>
<p>Dr Mookhtiar, who used to run a research department at Bristol-Myers Squibb in Pennsylvania, also believes that this brain-drain of Indians is the most effective argument against political criticism in the US. "When I graduated from the Indian Institute
 of Technology in Bombay, from my class of 160 people, 120 went to the US," he says. "Indians have made a huge contribution to the US. It cuts both ways."
<br />
<br />
Yet despite the verve and optimism, the obstacles facing the Indian companies are immense. Pharmaceuticals executives estimate that only one in 10 drugs that enters clinical trials actually makes it to market. Over the last two decades, hundreds of biotechnology
 companies have been set up in the US and Europe staffed by well-trained scientists. Only a handful have actually managed to develop a drug.
<br />
<br />
The large pharmaceuticals companies manage this risk by conducting trials in dozens of different drugs, which they hope increases their chances of a few successes. The odds, however, are stacked heavily against smaller companies.
<br />
<br />
Dr Reddy's is a good example. The Hyderabad-based company was the first in India to try to build its own research operation a decade ago. It did have one drug for diabetes in late-stage clinical trials, but that failed 18 months ago. No Indian company has more
 than three molecules in clinical trials. <br />
<br />
Ranbaxy's attempts to lure high-profile Indians from the US have not always gone smoothly. Rashmi Barbhaiya, a former Bristol-Myers Squibb scientist hired to run its research department, left earlier this year after falling out with the senior management. The
 company has also opened a laboratory in the US, prompting rivals to claim that it could not find the necessary skills in India.</p>
<p>While India has great strengths in chemistry, some executives say it is harder to find people trained in molecular biology. Researchers complain about the bureaucracy; until recently, they say, it was difficult to get regulatory approval for animal experiments.<br />
<br />
Moreover, drug research does not depend solely on talented scientists. As more has been discovered about the links between genes and disease, research has come to rely heavily on expensive equipment such as gene sequencers. The big increase in the cost of research
 in the US and Europe has partly been the result of these investments. <br />
<br />
Despite their big cost advantages, the Indian companies do not have huge resources to spend heavily on research. While western companies spend more than 15 per cent of their huge revenues on research and development, the top Indian companies spend around 5
 per cent. Ranbaxy has a research budget of $60m, Dr Reddy's closer to $40m. The entire revenue of the Indian drugs industry is less than the $7bn a year Pfizer alone spends on research.
<br />
<br />
"Are you really trying to tell me that the entire global industry is putting down its money badly?" asks Ranjit Shahani, managing director of Novartis in India. "To go from copying straight to innovation is some leap."
<br />
<br />
There is a chance that one of the Indian companies could make it with a successful drug. As Indian entrepreneurs are quick to point out, many of the big companies in the industry today were transformed by one drug - for instance Glaxo, with its ulcer pill Zantac.
 But it is a long shot. The likelihood is that they will not turn themselves into research-based companies in one swoop.</p>
<p>As a result, most have a "plan B". Rather than try to jump straight up the value chain from selling generics to developing their own drugs, the Indian companies are developing less ambitious strategies. There is a number of ways the companies can move into
 more value-added areas and acquire skills without betting everything on one or two projects.
<br />
<br />
Generics are still part of that strategy. With prospects for the Indian market weak in the long term, a number of Indian companies are pushing into international generics markets, where they can take advantage of their low-cost manufacturing. They are attractive
 businesses in their own right, but also good ways of funding research. <br />
<br />
Producing generic versions of biotechnology drugs, which regulators are expected to allow soon, could also be an interesting market. Indian companies such as Biocon in Bangalore, for instance, have developed the ability to manufacture these drugs, which are
 much more complicated than pills, and have lower labour and land costs than most potential rivals.
<br />
<br />
Indian companies are also focusing on lower-risk types of research that play to their strengths in chemistry, such as devising new ways of delivering established drugs. Ranbaxy is already receiving royalties from Bayer of Germany after developing a once-a-day
 version of Cipro, its antibiotic. <br />
<br />
Dr Reddy's tried to use these skills to challenge to Pfizer's Norvasc, a $4bn-a-year blood pressure treatment. The company developed a version of the same drug that used a different salt in the formulation, hoping that this would allow it to evade Pfizer's
 patents. An initial court ruling went in its favour, but Pfizer won the appeal. <br />
<br />
The company is now taking a different tack, acquiring a portfolio of established dermatology products that it hopes it can improve using its chemistry skills.</p>
<p>These approaches are less glamorous but lower-risk than innovating new molecules and can help build up expertise in the development process.
<br />
<br />
The other strategy being adopted by Indian companies is not to compete head-on with the US and European industry but to collaborate. By partnering with multinationals on research projects, Indian companies can devolve some of the heavy development costs as
 well as learn more about how to manage research projects. <br />
<br />
GV Prasad, chief executive of Dr Reddy's, says the company will not conduct late-stage clinical trials itself because the costs are too high. Its diabetes molecule in phase II trials has been licensed to Novo Nordisk, the Danish company.
<br />
<br />
Ranbaxy has entered into a different type of alliance with GlaxoSmithKline, the UK-based multinational, which allows it to benefit from GSK's extensive research infrastructure. GSK has invested billions of dollars in an early-stage discovery process that produces
 hundreds of possible ideas for drugs every year. Ranbaxy will get access to some of those leads and, if they prove viable in smaller trials, GSK will conduct the late-stage trials. Ranbaxy would then get a royalty on sales.
<br />
<br />
The multinationals are not talking about considerable outsourcing of drug research to India in the near future, but such alliances give them a window to view India's progress.</p>
<p>For all the potential growth that they predict, however, India's pharmaceuticals entrepreneurs are in a hurry. Like many other industries in India, they feel the hot breath of Chinese competition on their necks.
<br />
<br />
"We have about 10 years to make this transition," says Dr Sharma at Nicholas Piramal. "If we do not make it by then, we shall be overtaken by China."
<br />
<br />
IT EXPERIENCE HOLDS LESSONS FOR SECTOR<br />
<br />
Many in India believe the country's drugs companies stand at the cusp of rapid growth - but for reasons that differ from those that transformed its information-technology industry.
<br />
<br />
The key difference will result from a robust patent regime that will be implemented next year. The law will apply intellectual property rules, protecting companies' drug discoveries, thereby encouraging domestic and foreign companies to invest in research.
 By contrast, the IT industry's explosive growth in India happened without regulation.
<br />
<br />
If the law is effectively enforced, Indian - and foreign - drugs companies could be able to climb the "value chain" far earlier than had been the case for their IT cousins.
<br />
<br />
Another difference is the gap in human resources. India's pharmaceuticals sector needs, but appears to lack, the mature biomedical community that commercial research requires.</p>
<p>"The academic contribution is particularly crucial in drugs innovation because so much flowers from researchers who can nurture drug discovery. But India's university-based research departments are not market driven," says Nermeen Varawalla, vice-president
 at PRA International, a US clinical trials company set to open a testing centre in Mumbai. Yet, Dr Varawalla says, the best pharma companies are still dependent on a global network of Indian scientists.
<br />
<br />
Nevertheless, Indian pharmaceuticals companies can learn much from the experience of their IT cousins. First, India's IT companies jumped into low-end and low-value services, while pharmaceuticals companies must "fight commoditisation of their services", says
 Ferzaan Engineer, chief executive of the Indian arm of Quintiles, the US clinical trials group. "We've got abundant home-grown chemistry skills and a mature IT industry to offer data-mining services based on, say, cardiovascular monitoring."
<br />
<br />
One sign of high value services in pharmaceuticals is the emergence of back-office clinical trials facilities. These offshore outsourcing services are far removed from the less complex tele-sales that have made their IT counterpart the fastest expanding segment
 in technology services. <br />
<br />
Second, big Indian pharmaceuticals companies have responded to the patent law, not only by declaring their research and development ambitions, but also by installing the technology and plant that have met US regulatory requirements. That strengthens their hand
 in global competition, making them stronger than most of the early IT service companies.</p>
<p>Third, huge R&amp;D costs have led Indian companies to collaborate, not only with global industry leaders, but also with other Indian companies and across sectors. Raghunath Anant Mashelkar, the government's chief scientific adviser, cites an alliance between
 18 public-sector research bodies and Tata Consultancy Services - a private company - that yielded software for bioinformatics at a fraction of the usual cost.
<br />
<br />
Fourth, Sunil Mehta, vice-president of Nasscom, the Indian IT trade lobby group, says Indian pharmaceuticals companies "should follow our lead and speak in the language of global customers". But perhaps IT's biggest lesson for pharmaceuticals is showing the
 necessity a to create network of advisers, investors and lobby groups. "That will position Indian pharma for the huge healthcare opportunity in US and Europe, where high costs are forcing suppliers to turn to India."</p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>26/12/2011 17:32:18</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/14653/An+experiment+in+globalisation</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">14653</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>14655</publicationdataID>
      <title>India balances needs of poor and investors</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p><strong>Globalization and justice </strong><br />
<br />
NEW DELHI Manmohan Singh's first official action after becoming prime minister of India in May was to meet families of drought-stricken farmers in the state of Andhra Pradesh. The economist-turned-politician's visit was meant to symbolize the priorities of
 the new government: a concern for India's most vulnerable and a renewed attention to the farm sector. Not content to pay lip service to rural problems, his government's first budget allocates funds for rural development but continues to facilitate foreign
 investment inflows to India. <br />
<br />
Singh's visit and the dual-track budget crystallized a debate over what the last 10 years have meant for ordinary Indians. Integration into the global economy and internal deregulation has allowed a new middle class to emerge. But what has globalization brought
 to the rural farmers who make up the bulk of India's one billion people? And what can the government do to help make economic reform benefit the country's poor?
<br />
<br />
After Singh's election, many asked him whether India's poor farmers were suffering despite the economic reforms or because of them. This government's first budget answers emphatically, "despite reforms, not because of them." Economic reforms have to continue,
 but those reforms are compatible with addressing the needs of those whom the economy was leaving behind.</p>
<p>Those who would blame globalization for the plight of India's farmers point to the fact that government investment in agriculture has fallen considerably over the last decade, affecting irrigation projects and research into new technologies. Some argue that
 these cuts were a direct result of the "Washington consensus" that called for a fiscal conservatism whose costs were borne by the poor. In the 1990s, the need to attract foreign investors led the government to make cuts in its spending programs. To make matters
 worse, concern over the health of Indian banks was reducing their ability to target loans to the needy. So while Wall Street was being wooed, the Indian farmer was left without help. Or so the story goes.<br />
<br />
But the truth is that the plight of these farmers had little to do with a government bent on sending signals to investors. Rather, the indebtedness that was prompting such misery was a product of several vicious cycles. Many farmers have to rely on informal
 networks and oppressive moneylenders for their financing needs. And the government itself partly produced the crisis it was responding to. Sops in the form of free electricity had led to indiscriminate use of water pumps, producing a grave water crisis. Most
 of the indebtedness came from the need for inordinate expenditures to drill further for water. And cooperative banks, set up to provide cheap credit, made themselves insolvent by lending indiscriminately.
<br />
<br />
So we have the vicious paradox of a credit crisis having been generated by cheap credit in the past, and a water crisis generated partially by state subsidies. What was doing the damage to the Indian farmer? The invisible allocation of the market? Or the visible
 hand of the state?</p>
<p>Many globalizers argue that just as the state compensates for market failure, the market ought to be a mechanism that can compensate for state failure. The difficulty, unfortunately, is that the market cannot always provide a solution for state failure.
 This seemed to be the premise behind the new government's first budget and recent policy pronouncements. The state will have to address the concerns of the farmer. In particular, there would be increased allocations for restoring water resources, new investments
 in irrigation, rural infrastructure and agriculture research, employment schemes to guarantee minimal rural employment and substantial outlays on education.
<br />
<br />
The new budget demonstrates that globalization, rather than shrinking the power of the state, can enable an expansion of state activity. India's government can increase spending in areas relevant to vulnerable farmers without risking financial meltdown or a
 decline in India's credit ratings. <br />
<br />
Remarkably, while the budget attempts to address the needs of rural India, it resists runaway expenditure. The Fiscal Responsibility and Management Act, passed last year, enjoins the government to eliminate revenue deficits by 2006. With minor modifications,
 this government has accepted that constraint. <br />
<br />
The call to humanize globalization is not just a call to acknowledge the intended recipients of its benefits; it is also a call for a visible human face to reassure the vulnerable that something can be done for them. Singh's promises to the farmers may yet
 be derailed by politics as usual, or by state inertia, but his budget was at least an acknowledgement that globalization cannot and does not entail the displacement of responsibility.</p>
<p>There is no contradiction between a prime minister trying to bring relief to vulnerable farmers and a finance minister rushing to Mumbai to assuage nervous markets. The lesson for states around the world is that globalization is a constraint if you let it
 be one, but an opportunity if you make something of it. <br />
<br />
<em>Pratap Bhanu Mehta is president-designate of the Center for Policy Research, New Delhi.
</em></p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>26/12/2011 17:34:25</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/14655/India+balances+needs+of+poor+and</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">14655</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>14656</publicationdataID>
      <title>Wired pedicab brings the Net to rural India</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p>BITHOOR, India (AP) - For 12-year-old Anju Sharma, hope for a better life arrives in her poor farming village three days a week on a bicycle rickshaw that carries a computer with a high-speed, wireless Internet connection.
<br />
<br />
Designed like temple carriages that bear Hindu deities during festivals, the brightly painted pedal-cart rolls into her village in India's most populous state, accompanied by a computer instructor who gives classes to young and old, students and teachers alike.
<br />
<br />
``By using computers, I can improve my knowledge,'' Sharma, whose parents plan to pull her out of school at 15, said in Hindi, before joining a class on Web cameras. ``And that will help me get a job when I grow up.''
<br />
<br />
The bicycle cart is the center of a project called ``Infothela,'' or info-cart. It aims to use technology to improve education, health care and access to agricultural information in India's villages, where most of the country's 1.06 billion people live.
<br />
<br />
Conceived in 2003 by the Indian Institute of Technology in Kanpur, about 10 miles southwest of Bithoor, the project is funded by the national government and provides free computer classes in six villages here in Uttar Pradesh state.
<br />
<br />
Another computer on a pedicab is being used in an experiment to help doctors in Lucknow, the state capital, provide consultation to villagers through video-conferencing in nearby Saroha village. A project to disseminate the latest crop prices and farming methods
 is also being developed.<br />
<br />
In Bithoor, on the banks of the Ganges River in northern India, manual labor is the alternative to farming and annual incomes rarely exceed $130. Sharma's teachers make only $11 a month. Young people look for jobs in cities, but often lose out to better educated
 urbanites.</p>
<p>``Computers and Internet open up new opportunities for these villagers,'' said Lalty Dutta, a project official.
<br />
<br />
With only 12 computers and four Internet connections per 1,000 people, India has one of the world's lowest Internet usage rates and much of rural India remains oblivious to the sweep of technology. But the villages involved in Infothela all lie within a 50-mile
 wireless corridor created by the Institute of Technology and linked by high-rise Wi-Fi antennae and amplifiers along the highway.
<br />
<br />
Until recently, such technology was the privilege of a tiny section of Indians -- engineers in the country's software hubs who earn more money while in their twenties than Bithoor farmers do in a lifetime.
<br />
<br />
India churns out 300,000 engineers each year and is a growing software power, but farmers are the backbone of its economy. Infothela seeks to break the disparity that confines access to technology and growing affluence to the cities.
<br />
<br />
Many Indian villages are poorly wired -- telephone lines can go dead for weeks at a time -- making wireless technology the most reliable Web connection.
<br />
<br />
The mobility of a cycle rickshaw, which is light enough to cross muddy, potholed roads, ensures that the same computer and Internet connection can be used by people in several neighboring villages. The Infothela cart has a specially designed frame and cushioning
 to protect the computer and accessories from the bumpy ride. <br />
<br />
``The mobile platform is necessary to reduce cost of ownership because the resources are shared by a larger population. It is also necessary to push information to women and elderly people who can't travel outside their village,'' said Manoj Kumar, a project
 manager.<br />
<br />
The service is free for now, but fees will eventually be charged, Kumar said.</p>
<p>A few miles from Bithoor, another cycle rickshaw carries its high-tech load to Gorahah village, where men and women gather side-by-side for a class on electronic mail. The mix is nothing short of a revolution in tradition-bound rural India, where women are
 often kept indoors. <br />
<br />
``We are now learning computers. There is no point if we can't use that new knowledge. We have to go out and do something worthwhile,'' said Snehalatha, 22, who also attends college.
<br />
<br />
Clad in orange pants and a pink tunic, Snehalatha signs up for Yahoo mail, as an impatient queue lengthens behind her.
<br />
<br />
The classes teach the basics of computing, word processing, spreadsheets, Internet browsing and Web cameras. Once they learn own to use a webcam the villagers can take part in online classes, something the info-cart organizers hope to implement later.
<br />
<br />
The simple lessons are a big privilege in an Indian village, where half the population can't read or write.
<br />
<br />
In Bithoor, which is mired in tradition and poverty, Sharma's parents plan to take her out of school in about three years, so she can be trained in domestic chores and married by 18.
<br />
<br />
But a brush with computers has made Sharma look beyond cooking and washing. <br />
<br />
``I want to work and make a name for myself. I want to see the world,'' she said, adding that she hopes to get a job in the city and then travel more widely.
<br />
<br />
Sharma said she has not disclosed her plans to her parents lest they stop her from attending computer classes, ``But I know what I will do.''</p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>26/12/2011 17:36:23</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/14656/Wired+pedicab+brings+the+Net+to+rural+India</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">14656</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>14659</publicationdataID>
      <title>India outsourcer plows new wealth back into charities</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p>HYDERABAD, India - Pride is a precious new feeling for Sudhakar Meriga and two fellow dropouts.
<br />
<br />
The three men, all 21, quit school as teenagers because their families needed the paltry sums they made at odd jobs, running errands and such. They had little hope of improving their lot until nearly three years ago when they heard of a free program to help
 poor teens learn to use computers and other job skills. Hundreds competed for the 25 openings in each course.
<br />
<br />
``I was going along like a dog, everybody telling me to go away,'' Meriga said of the way he was viewed. Of the training opportunity, he said: ``It was a chance for my life, but I thought, `I cannot get in.'''<br />
<br />
Today, he and his two friends are building a Web design and graphic arts business. They are the main support of their families. Life holds promise.
<br />
<br />
They credit their turnarounds to a training program started in 2000 by Satyam Computer Services Ltd., one of India's top software outsourcers. The firm's projects include one for Matthews, N.C.-based Family Dollar Stores Inc.
<br />
<br />
In the United States, Indian outsourcers have been blamed for eroding the middle class by recruiting information-technology jobs to their lower-wage workers. In India, outsourcing's rapid growth is generating big profits and creating some of the nation's most
 sought-after jobs. But many of India's 1 billion people lack the education and English-speaking skills to win jobs in outsourcing.</p>
<p>Satyam and other outsourcers are sharing the new wealth, trying to ease poverty by providing education, health care and job training.
<br />
<br />
``You can't change the poverty of the whole country, but you can make changes for people,'' said Balaji Utla, a former university professor who heads Satyam's teen program, called Alambana. ``We can make a difference in the communities where we work.''
<br />
<br />
The needs are huge. Tens of millions of Indians live without electricity or running water, often in tin and tarp shacks lining city streets. Children forage for food in garbage heaps, competing with cows, dogs and goats. Women clutching painfully tiny babies
 dodge vehicles to beg a few coins. <br />
<br />
The outsourcers' office campuses are a wrenching contrast. At Satyam's headquarters in the southern India city of Hyderabad, manicured grounds include an aviary, pond, deer park and gardens where employees stroll and sip tea.
<br />
<br />
The company has two major outreach programs, Alambana and the Byrraju Foundation.
<br />
<br />
The family of Satyam's founder started the foundation in July 2001, as a memorial, within days of his death. The self-help program has a goal of reaching 141 villages with 800,000 residents.
<br />
<br />
So far, the Byrraju Foundation says it has helped villagers build 20,000 toilets and install water filters. The foundation's work includes stationing nurses in village clinics that double as literacy centers, and it runs an eight-person, 911-type call center
 for villagers.</p>
<p>The foundation has trained women to become maids, jobs that pay about $35 a month plus board and food. In the rural areas where they live, the women would be lucky to make $10 a month working in farm fields. The group also helps villagers identify cottage
 industries, such as crocheting and paper making, that create jobs while allowing residents to stay home.
<br />
<br />
Satyam's Alambana program focuses on older teens, mostly poor dropouts. The name, Alambana, means support in Sanskrit, India's ancient classical language.
<br />
<br />
The program teaches basic word-processing and graphic design as well as English and personal skills needed to hold a job. About 400 people have completed the course; 70 percent of them are working, and most of the others are pursuing additional education, Utla
 said. <br />
<br />
``Our aim is sustainable development rather than checkbook charity,'' said Nandini Raju, whose husband is Satyam's chairman.
<br />
<br />
The wives of top Satyam executives volunteer to help run Alambana. Many of Satyam's 15,000 workers also volunteer, and most donate by payroll deduction to the program.
<br />
<br />
``Five days we work for ourselves,'' said Satish Satyam, 25, a Satyam engineer and frequent volunteer. ``Two days, you work for someone else.''
<br />
<br />
Meriga and two friends he made at Alambana have worked together on basic computer projects for Satyam and one of its clients. Using skills they've learned in the program, the three 21-year-olds also started a business called Right Choice, to do Web design and
 graphic artwork such as greeting-card design. They say they each now earn more than $100 a month.</p>
<p>``I can help my sister to get married in a grand manner,'' Vishal Nalika said grinning.
<br />
<br />
Like his friends, Samuel Selvam thanks Alambana for giving him self-confidence and ambition. Considering that two years ago he and his friends were destitute and spoke little English, Selvam's top goal doesn't seem impossible.
<br />
<br />
``Today, I am known only here,'' he said. ``In five years, many countries will know me.''</p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>26/12/2011 17:38:16</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/14659/India+outsourcer+plows+new+wealth+back+into+charities</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">14659</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>14660</publicationdataID>
      <title>Indian Scooters Zip To the Global Market; Bajaj Auto's Retro-Style Vehicles Are Subcontinent's Latest Products To Find Growth Abroad</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p>SEATTLE -- Squeezed between the Jaguars, Mercedes and Porsches at Harry Khurana's used-car lot here is the latest hot import from India: scooters.<br />
<br />
The chunky machines attract curious customers who like their retro look but haven't a clue about their manufacturer, India's Bajaj Auto Ltd. "They think it's like Baja, California," says Mr. Khurana, the owner of Maharaja Motors. "I have to tell them, 'No,
 it rhymes with garage.' "<br />
<br />
Bajaj is the world's biggest two-wheeled-vehicle maker and one of India's biggest companies, producing more than 1.5 million scooters, motorcycles and three-wheeled auto-rickshaws a year. Still, few people outside India have heard of it.
<br />
<br />
Now that is changing. In the past year or so, exports have become an important revenue generator for Bajaj as the company's push to peddle scooters everywhere from Manila to Miami begins to pay off. Exports are expected to contribute about 15% of Bajaj's sales
 in the financial year ending March 31 -- up from less than 5% in 2002. With a 66% surge in exports last year, Bajaj's sales climbed 17% to 53 billion rupees ($1.15 billion), helping lift profits 36% to seven billion rupees.
<br />
<br />
"For the last 30-odd years, our focus has been primarily domestic," says Sanjiv Bajaj, executive director at Bajaj's Pune headquarters, in western India. "Then, we realized that the low-cost model which is used by the information-technology industry to promote
 exports is also applicable to our business."</p>
<p>Helped by the newfound success abroad, Bajaj's stock price has more than quadrupled in the past three years to about 830 rupees a share on the Bombay stock exchange.
<br />
<br />
Bajaj is only the latest old-school Indian company to discover that the subcontinent has more to offer the world than the services of its inexpensive engineers and telemarketers. Tata Motors Ltd. is exporting its Indian-designed and made cars all over the world.
 International auto makers, such as DaimlerChrysler AG and Toyota Motor Corp., have been buying crankshafts, steering wheels and other parts from Indian manufacturers such as Bharat Forge and Motor Industries Co.
<br />
<br />
And Swedish white-goods maker Electrolux AB said it would buy $300 million of components from Indian companies in the next three years; the supplies would cover products ranging from gardening tools to chainsaws. "India has the right capabilities, and businesses
 here are world-class," said Hans Straberg, Electrolux's chief executive. <br />
<br />
"[Indian companies] understand that depending on domestic growth alone is not good, so they have to be global," says Jigar Shah, head of research at K.R. Choksey Shares &amp; Securities in Bombay. "Their cost of production is very competitive and this has helped
 them." <br />
<br />
A Bajaj scooter, for example, sells for about $2,700 in the U.S., while a refurbished Vespa with a similar old-style look and steel construction costs close to $4,000 at Mr. Khurana's shop in Seattle. A new Honda scooter, which packs a more powerful engine,
 costs close to $5,000.</p>
<p>While Indian families have been piling husband, wife and several kids on Bajaj scooters since the company started making them in 1960s, exports were never a big business. Domestic demand was more than Bajaj could meet while more than four decades of socialist-oriented
 governments strictly regulated India's economy. With limits on the amount of steel and rubber it could use, as well as the price it could charge, Bajaj sometimes had two-year waiting lists for new scooters.
<br />
<br />
Once deregulation began to permit Indian companies more freedom in the early 1990s, Bajaj was able to boost production to meet domestic demand. But it initially didn't have a product that consumers in other countries would buy. Its scooters were based on a
 1960s design of the classic Vespa from Italy's Piaggio Group and were too noisy, polluting and unfashionable for more-developed markets. "The products we made in the past were not suitable for the other markets," acknowledges Sanjiv Bajaj. "We had a '60s design
 that remained basically unchanged." <br />
<br />
Deregulation also meant more imports and tougher competition from rivals such as TVS Motor Co. and Hero Honda Motors Ltd., which is 26% owned by Japan's Honda Motor Co. Bajaj was forced to modernize: Through a link with Japan's Kawasaki Heavy Industries Ltd.,
 the Indian company obtained the latest engine and chassis technology and spent millions retooling its factories, redesigning its scooters and adding motorcycles to its product line.
<br />
<br />
Then Bajaj began targeting foreign markets. It opened its first sales division abroad last year in Dubai to promote sales in the Middle East. This year, Bajaj started selling its vehicles through Kawasaki's dealership networks in Asia and plans to open a factory
 in Indonesia. Next year, Bajaj intends to add another factory in Brazil.</p>
<p>The new strategy has lifted exports more than 50% a year for the past two years. This year, Bajaj aims to export about 200,000 vehicles, and in the next three years, it hopes to increase exports to more than 500,000. "For the company to become strong, more
 growth must come from exports," Mr. Bajaj says. <br />
<br />
Bajaj's arrival in the U.S. follows marketing successes in Asia, the Middle East and Latin America. But the U.S. market has been tougher to crack, says Al Kolvites, president of Bajaj U.S.A., the California-based distributor for Bajaj. It took him two years
 and more than $1 million to build a network of dealers and make sure Bajaj vehicles met all the U.S. safety and pollution requirements.
<br />
<br />
Bajaj sales have been increasing steadily, but still account for less than 5% of the 50,000-unit annual U.S. scooter market, which is dominated by Honda and inexpensive 50cc machines from China. In June, Mr. Kolvites started selling $6,500 three-wheeled Bajaj
 vehicles that are used as taxis in many cities in India. They have been popular with small-business owners who are looking for unique delivery vehicles, he says.
<br />
<br />
Still, Bajaj has something to learn about tailoring products for other markets. Mr. Kolvites says he could sell four times as many scooters in the U.S. if they had automatic transmissions. "Customers love the retro styling, but once they find out that they
 have to shift, they say, 'I can't do it,' " he says. <br />
<br />
One thing Mr. Kolvites plays down is Bajaj's Indian origins. Although he says he has visited Bajaj's modern factories, Mr. Kolvites reckons U.S. consumers' perceptions of industrial conditions in India are still pretty negative. "If we stress the issue of India,
 then there are too many people that will think it is assembled on some dirt floor with child labor," he says.</p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>26/12/2011 17:40:28</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/14660/Indian+Scooters+Zip+To+the+Global+Market+Bajaj+Autos+RetroStyle+Vehicles+Are+Subcontinents+Latest+Products+To+Find+Growth+Abroad</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">14660</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>14662</publicationdataID>
      <title>India parlays education, timing into tech boom</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p>BANGALORE, India — Back in 1981, Kris Gopalakrishnan practically begged government officials to let him and six pals buy a computer so they could start a software company in their apartment. Indian companies didn't make the machine the young engineers needed,
 and the government, wary of foreign businesses, placed burdensome restrictions and taxes on global trade.
<br />
<br />
It took two years to get the request approved, and Infosys finally bought its first computer — a midsize Data General.
<br />
<br />
These days, if Gopalakrishnan needed a new computer, he probably could ask the prime minister to hand-deliver it. This past April, he received personal attaboys from both the prime minister and the president when Infosys' annual sales broke $1 billion — a record
 for a publicly traded tech company in India. <br />
<br />
"In a sense, it signifies the coming of age of the Indian IT industry, which contributes so much today to India's GDP, to our exports and to the image that India enjoys in the world," then-Prime Minister Shri Atal Behari Vajpayee said in his congratulatory
 note. <br />
<br />
The story of Infosys helps illustrate how, in little more than 20 years, this young and impoverished nation grew an industry that has become the envy of the developing world — and the concern of U.S. tech workers who fear their jobs could move abroad.
<br />
<br />
It also helps explain how this formerly sleepy town emerged as the heart of India's Silicon Valley. Bangalore is home to several of the country's blue-chip tech companies, and to subsidiaries of most of the leading U.S. software and computer giants.
<br />
<br />
In an echo of 1990s Seattle and San Jose, it boasts sleek new restaurants, terrible traffic and stratospheric real-estate prices. Hotels and nightclubs are packed, and the locals wonder what happened to the slower-paced world of gardens and retirees they once
 knew.</p>
<p>"I tell people that for us, the culture shock has not really been so much from Redmond to Bangalore," says native Krish Srinivasan, a Microsoft manager who moved back last summer to work out of the company's new customer-support center. "It's really Bangalore
 2003 compared to Bangalore in 1991, before economic reforms." <br />
<br />
Microsoft occupies a midrise tower near the airport, next to buildings occupied by IBM and Dell. Not far away: Sun Microsystems, America Online, Google, Novell, Cisco, General Electric, Motorola, Hewlett-Packard, Texas Instruments and Intel.
<br />
<br />
Those American companies have helped boost the population of Bangalore by more than 70 percent over the past 20 years, to about 6.5 million.
<br />
<br />
Infosys alone hires about 6,000 people a year; last year, the number grew to 9,000.
<br />
<br />
<strong>India's MIT </strong><br />
<br />
<em>School created as cornerstone for achieving India's goals </em><br />
<br />
Bangalore's transformation was not born of chance and has seeds that were planted even before India won independence from Britain in 1947. Coincidentally, it was the dawn of the computing era; scientists were starting to build electric calculating machines,
 although personal computers were still 30 years away. <br />
<br />
Indian leaders saw education and technology as the building blocks of their infant nation's future. The cornerstone would be a school, modeled on the Massachusetts Institute of Technology, to produce engineers, leaders and entrepreneurs.
<br />
<br />
In 1950, the Indian Institute of Technology (IIT) opened in a former prison where the British had once held revolutionaries. The elite institute has expanded to seven technology schools around the country and a companion network of management schools known
 as the Indian Institute of Management.</p>
<p>The IITs admit only 2 percent of the 200,000 annual applicants, giving them a cultlike aura in a nation that has long honored education. Admission is seen as a ticket to jobs or graduate schools overseas — and a ticket out of poverty; despite India's growing
 status in the world economy, only 403 million of its 1 billion residents are employed, and nearly 60 percent of those jobs are in agriculture, according to the 2001 India census.
<br />
<br />
Modern Indian leaders have nurtured what their predecessors started. When the tech industry boomed in the mid-1990s, the government increased enrollment at the IITs — 50 percent in the past seven years — in order to produce more tech workers.<br />
<br />
<strong>Education investment </strong><br />
<br />
<em>Grads leave country, but India hopes they'll eventually return </em><br />
<br />
IIT Bombay sprawls through a lush, lakeside forest. Students slip off their shoes before stepping into air-conditioned computer labs sponsored by companies such as Intel. India's federal government provides 70 percent of the school's annual budget directly.
 Government and industry research projects cover 20 percent, and the rest comes from tuition.
<br />
<br />
But the campus boasts new buildings paid for with donations from distinguished alumni — a testament to the school's success at churning out not only a technology work force but industry leaders. Among them: Infosys Chief Executive Nandan Nilekani and former
 Microsoft General Manager Vijay Vashee. <br />
<br />
The investment in state-of-the-art education was not without risk, especially given India's pervasive poverty and staggering unemployment. And indeed, most of IIT's 4,000 annual graduates leave the country to find better jobs and pay than they can at home.
 Although opportunities are growing in India, about half of IIT Bombay's computer-science graduates in recent years left the country, mostly headed to the U.S. to work or attend graduate school.</p>
<p>The gamble was that, over time, India would not just grow a tech-savvy work force; it would cultivate an industry.
<br />
<br />
"They were supposed to provide leaders in engineering and technology, which has been done," says S.C. Lakkad, deputy director of IIT Bombay. "But the second part was these leaders in technology would be back in India; that has been partly done."
<br />
<br />
<strong>World market explodes </strong><br />
<br />
<em>India positions itself to take advantage of high-tech boom </em><br />
<br />
Gopalakrishnan threw in his lot with that gamble, and stayed home. Four of the seven Infosys founders attended IITs; Gopalakrishnan, now 48, graduated from IIT Chennai, on the coast east of Bangalore. All had doubts about starting a software company in 1980s
 India. <br />
<br />
"In 1989 we almost decided to give up," Gopalakrishnan says. "All of our friends were doing so well — they had houses and cars, and we had nothing to show for all the hard work we'd done.
<br />
<br />
"But we decided to give it another three years. Luckily for us, in 1991, the economy opened up and the government policies were much more conducive."
<br />
<br />
The world market for technology was exploding. India, poised to take advantage of that timing, made its first major step toward globalization, reducing trade tariffs and red tape and setting aside land for industrial parks.
<br />
<br />
Infosys established its headquarters at one of them, in Bangalore, on a Microsoft-style campus, where 7,000 workers tap away in 35 low buildings spread around lavish gardens and a small golf course. Visiting dignitaries have planted trees on the grounds. A
 bull bay, planted by Bill Gates in 2002, stands near a white murdah that Robert Black, the U.S. ambassador to India, planted the same year. Not far away are trees placed by British Prime Minister Tony Blair and Michael Dell, whose college enterprise grew into
 the Dell computing giant.</p>
<p>Inside, employees enjoy a billiard hall, gymnasium and dining halls open to the tropical climate.
<br />
<br />
They develop custom software and design information-technology systems, working in four-person cubicles, window shades drawn against the searing sun. Their primary clients are U.S. companies; Nordstrom hired Infosys to develop the system that supports its financial
 and inventory-tracking operations. <br />
<br />
A key selling point is cost. Infosys pays its engineers about $400 a month in Bangalore — a tenth of what comparable U.S. jobs pay — so it can charge clients less for its services.
<br />
<br />
The price advantage is working for the company and its employees. As of March 31, Infosys had 25,634 employees worldwide. Most work at similarly luxurious campuses across India, including one across the street from Microsoft's new development center in Hyderabad.
 And while $400 a month is a poverty-level wage by U.S. standards, in India it is impressive: The average Indian lives on $470 a year.
<br />
<br />
Infosys, which listed its stock on Nasdaq in 1999, was the first Indian company to grant employee stock options; many workers have cashed them into relative wealth. Late-model cars wind bumper to bumper through the campus roads — something unimaginable a few
 years ago. Software engineers in their 20s are buying houses — something their parents felt lucky to do by their 40s.
<br />
<br />
The company is also expanding its global footprint. It's opening a software-development center in China, where it can serve Japanese and Korean customers, and an operation in the Czech Republic for customers in Germany and elsewhere in Europe.</p>
<p>The company is also expanding in the U.S. with a large center in Fremont, Calif. In April, it announced plans to invest up to $20 million in a new consulting subsidiary in Texas.
<br />
<br />
<strong>Americans arrive </strong><br />
<br />
<em>India offers infrastructure, tax breaks, well-trained workers </em><br />
<br />
After India's independence, the country's first prime minister, Jawaharlal Nehru, called Bangalore the "city of the future." The government located its aerospace company and defense research laboratories there, providing the base for its shift toward computer
 technology. <br />
<br />
Citibank had established the first American high-tech beachhead in India in 1985, with a software subsidiary in Bombay. Two years later, Texas Instruments opened a software-development center in Bangalore, followed by Hewlett-Packard in 1989.
<br />
<br />
Texas Instruments established a satellite link between Bangalore and its Dallas headquarters and shared that link with other companies. That opened a path for Indian companies to do data entry and basic programming for overseas clients. Rather than send software
 programmers to work at client facilities, or mail computer tapes back and forth, Indian tech workers could just jump on the Internet.
<br />
<br />
Again, the timing was perfect. U.S. companies were desperate to meet the growing demands of new, technology-based systems; Indian workers and vendors stepped in with ready-to-go expertise.
<br />
<br />
Sharing the English language was a plus, although accents and cultural differences can complicate transactions. The 12½-hour time difference from the West Coast to India also proved an advantage: Indian tech workers are on the job during what is night in the
 U.S., thus extending the productive work day to 24 hours.</p>
<p>As demand for services grew, India kept pace by improving its power and communications infrastructure, especially to serve dedicated technology parks, such as Bangalore's Electronic City and Hyderabad's Hitec City.
<br />
<br />
Infrastructure led the way to tax breaks and other financial incentives to lure tech companies. For example, companies that locate in Hyderabad's designated technology parks are exempt from zoning and pollution regulations and receive discounted electricity
 rates and a 50 percent reduction in lease taxes and business-registration fees. <br />
<br />
The state of Andhra Pradesh, which includes Hyderabad, also gives companies a $400 rebate in land prices for every job created, and offers grants of up to $40,000 to offset construction costs.
<br />
<br />
<strong>Lure of outsourcing </strong><br />
<br />
<em>Practice grows in U.S., as does controversy surrounding it </em><br />
<br />
As Infosys and other Indian software companies were coming into their own, the U.S. had already developed a long track record of outsourcing work.
<br />
<br />
Work peripheral to companies' operations — from transportation to janitorial services — had been contracted to outside vendors for decades. Throughout the 1990s, business giants such as General Electric's Jack Welch and management guru Tom Peters trumpeted
 the value of "focusing on core competencies" and farming out everything else. <br />
<br />
So when U.S. companies started spending on technology as they started to recover from the 2001 economic slump, India was again poised to step into the void.
<br />
<br />
Gartner, a consulting and research company in Stamford, Conn., estimates that 80 percent of U.S. companies are considering whether to outsource technology work. Through 2004, about half are expected to increase their use of outsourcing by up to 30 percent.</p>
<p>At a Gartner seminar on outsourcing in Seattle last year, the attendees were a who's who of the region's public companies: Microsoft, Paccar, Safeco and AT&amp;T Wireless.
<br />
<br />
Governments, too, have embraced outsourcing, both foreign and domestic, as a way to privatize, streamline and lower costs.
<br />
<br />
But the practice has become as controversial as it is common, especially as the U.S. — and particularly the Pacific Northwest — tries to turn the corner on a struggling economy and stubborn unemployment rates.
<br />
<br />
Unemployment among computer professionals hit a record high of 5.2 percent last year in the U.S., while electrical-engineering unemployment rose to 6.2 percent, according to the Institute of Electrical and Electronic Engineers, a trade group critical of outsourcing
 and its effect on U.S. jobs. <br />
<br />
<strong>State outsources, too </strong><br />
<br />
<em>Official says government seeks "best value" for tax dollars </em><br />
<br />
Labor groups pounced on Washington state last winter for hiring two companies using Indian labor for technology projects. One instance involved a $25 million contract with IBM to develop a tracking system for the Department of Corrections that the labor groups
 alleged would be done by IBM workers in India. The other, a $3 million contract to develop a Web page to administer Department of Social and Health Services benefits, went to Texas-based HealthAxis and Hyderabad's Satyam Computer Services.
<br />
<br />
"You have state departments that are letting out contracts that are flowing to offshore vendors and the work is being done in India — that's displacing not only Washington jobs but U.S. jobs," says Marcus Courtney, president of the Washington Alliance of Technology
 Workers, a Seattle-based organizing unit of the Communications Workers of America.</p>
<p>State officials say the contracts went to the lowest bidders. "We go after the best value for the taxpayers' dollar to do the development work," says Roy Lum, deputy director of the state Department of Information Services.
<br />
<br />
And the 2004 Legislature spurned proposals that would have prohibited the use of foreign labor on state services contracts. Even if approved, such attempts might not have the intended result: Indian companies could still bid on contracts and do the work at
 their U.S. offices, and the Washington proposal still would have allowed state work to be done by foreign workers in the U.S. with short-term work visas.
<br />
<br />
While labor groups suggest India and other emerging markets are permanently taking jobs, business groups argue that outsourcing lowers their costs and enables them to create jobs in the U.S. while keeping the price of consumer goods down. They contend that
 if U.S. companies don't take advantage of global markets, they will lose business to companies that do.
<br />
<br />
"If you go for a protectionist response, that's going to compound the problem of adjustment because we are a highly integrated international economy," says Jagdish Bhagwati, a Columbia University professor and economist. "We are the biggest traders in the world.
 We're in competition with countries like Britain. If they outsource to buy cheaper services and we are not allowed to by protectionist policies, we will lose out in the international competition."</p>
<p>But the backlash against outsourcing is being felt in India. At Infosys, some projects have been delayed by U.S. customers who don't want to invite further controversy, Gopalakrishnan says.
<br />
<br />
"We are sensitive, because losing [a] job is a difficult thing," he says. "But I think it's really driven by macroeconomic factors, more than any individual company's influence. Globalization is here to stay; everybody's looking at the most efficient way to
 provide products or services. Consumers and customers are demanding the lower costs."
<br />
<br />
He says it's important to look at the bigger picture: India's middle class has tripled — from 100 million to about 300 million — in the past 15 years.
<br />
<br />
"All these are new consumers and people who buy stuff," he says. "Look at the most popular drink in India — Pepsi or Coke. All the cars are now imported."
<br />
<br />
And he notes that concern about globalization cuts both ways. A recent proposal to import U.S. seeds to India was opposed because, in a country that is 70 percent agricultural, there were fears that India would become dependent on the United States.</p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>26/12/2011 17:43:24</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/14662/India+parlays+education+timing+into+tech+boom</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">14662</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>14664</publicationdataID>
      <title>India looks to 'brain gain' as new affluence draws migrants back in their thousands</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p>An entire generation of Indians saw the West as the land of opportunity. They left their homeland in their thousands and transformed themselves from poor economic migrants to successful businessmen and professionals. But India's booming economy and promises
 of an affluent lifestyle are drawing increasing numbers of Indians living in America and Britain back to their roots.<br />
<br />
The reverse migration that began as a trickle in the late 1990s is now large enough to suggest a "brain gain" for India as emigrants return home to pursue business ventures and highly paid jobs in IT.
<br />
<br />
There are an estimated 35,000 "returned non-resident Indians" living in the city of Bangalore alone. Attracted by a booming economy, Indians who have amassed professional experience and savings from their years in the West can afford a luxuriously lifestyle
 when they return to their cultural roots. The Indian economy grew by 8.2 per cent last year, making it the second fastest growing economy after China.
<br />
<br />
In a country which saw many of its educated depart for Western countries, leaving the intellectual and professional sectors drained of talent, this "brain gain" is a welcome trend. Manpreet Vohra, an economic counsellor at the Indian High Commission in London,
 said the trend was occurring among first generation Indians who maintained bonds with their homeland.</p>
<p>"The trend seems to affect the more non-Westernised first generation Indians in this country, the ones who come here at a point in their life for higher education or as executives, they settle down for a while and then they return. It is not as relevant
 to the second and third generation of 'truly' westernised Indians. This group has far too many links here in Britain to find it attractive enough to move. Even from America, it would probably be the ones who have moved later in their lives," he said.
<br />
<br />
Many from the Asian community recognise the opportunities presented by the booming economy and are investing in businesses there without moving countries, according to Mr Vohra. "I am aware of some people who have gone back. It has either been for better career
 opportunities or for the pursuit of an entrepreneurial venture after making some money here. Some have ventured on to business opportunities in India but have not necessarily moved lock, stock and barrel."
<br />
<br />
"There are also people from here who have gone and invested in outsourcing industries in India."
<br />
<br />
"There are certainly more and more people including British-based Indians who are venturing into business there.Just because some are choosing to make the most of opportunities in India does not mean there are any less here. Lots of Indians can hold decent
 jobs here. It's a lifestyle and business issue. As a top notch executive, the salary level available in India now promises a better lifestyle than here in Britain," he said.
<br />
<br />
Relocating manufacturing industries to India greatly reduces costs according to Jaffer Kapasi, general secretary of the Leicester Business Association, an Asian consortium.</p>
<p>"The returns here are not that big now. India, on the other hand, has production and labour costs that are far lower. Businesses have traditionally moved their production to places such as Morocco and Eastern Europe but now they are moving to India where
 they share so many things in common such as language and religion." <br />
<br />
"I know a friend who left a few years ago. He used to manufacture samosas in Britain but he is doing the same thing in Bombay because it is so much cheaper there. There are other advantages to business there such as accountants who can do your accounts at a
 fraction of the price," he said. <br />
<br />
He thinks nostalgia plays a role in the return journey, especially for Indians who feel emotionally connected to the subcontinent because of family and friends. But Professor John Harriss, director of development studies at the London School of Economics, said
 the wave of migration was far more prevalent in America. "Asians who come to this country are a very different generation and class of people to those who went to North America, who tended to be well educated and from a higher caste.
<br />
<br />
I know of people who have lived and worked in America for a long time who have gone back to India to start their own software company."
<br />
<br />
"But those who came to Britain emigrated earlier and were predominantly poorer working people. A lot of their children were very bright, performed well at school and many moved into jobs in IT and the finance sector. It may be that some of these may be interested
 in opportunities back in India," he said.</p>
<p>The Asian business sector feels a growing market in India had opened up new possibilities for British-based Indians.
<br />
<br />
One example of this trend is Suraj Khandelwal, 68, who has run a textiles business in Britain for 42 years. He returns to India for three months a year and has recently upgraded his home in Bombay. He can now afford to have servants and a chauffeur there. "If
 a person is enterprising, there is very big scope in India, much, much more scope than there is for a young entrepreneur in this country," he said.
<br />
<br />
Chandu Mattani, 70, who runs a textile and music business, said he began trading with the Indian community in Leicester when he arrived from Gujarat in 1977, but had tapped into a new market in India recently."I started exporting classical Indian music CDs
 to India because I felt there was a lucrative market there. <br />
<br />
Selling the titles over there was more a matter of how quickly we could make them here," he said.
<br />
<br />
He believes the repatriation of talent and money to India is positive step that will have many benefits.
<br />
<br />
"India is always crying over the lost talent of all those youngsters who leave to go to British universities or take up professional posts in America so it is good that it is the other way round now. India's doctors and scientists were always going to the West
 to work so it is nice to think they may be going back home," he said.</p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>26/12/2011 17:45:40</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/14664/India+looks+to+brain+gain+as+new+affluence+draws+migrants+back+in+their+thousands</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">14664</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>14667</publicationdataID>
      <title>Hooray for Bollywood; In the 'burbs, Indians get a taste of home at the movies</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p>"Deewaar” is the true story of Indian soldiers captured in the recent India/Pakistan border war. Imprisoned in a brutal camp, they plot a mass escape to freedom.<br />
<br />
The film has all the elements you'd want: drama, action, suspense, likable good guys, dastardly bad guys.
<br />
<br />
And at the midpoint of the three-hour movie it has something else: a musical. <br />
<br />
With original songs. <br />
<br />
Dancing, even. <br />
<br />
"You've got to have songs,” said Venkat Manda, a native of Hyderabad in southern Indian. "Every Hindi movie, no matter what it's about, has to have musical numbers.”
<br />
<br />
Manda came to the United States eight years ago to work as a computer programmer for Sprint. Three years ago, the married father of two launched a sideline business: He began to import Hindi-language films to serve Kansas City's substantial population of Indians.
<br />
<br />
He began showing the movies at the Trail Ridge Theatre in Shawnee and attracted a following of expatriate Indians eager for a taste of the homeland. He moved his operation to AMC's Oak Park Cinema. For the past 18 months, Manda has been screening the latest
 Hindi releases at the Glenwood Arts Theatre in Metcalf South Shopping Center, usually every other weekend.
<br />
<br />
On a typical Friday or Saturday night, the lobby outside the theater begins filling at 8:30 p.m. for a 9:45 show. Young people in jeans and T-shirts show up with dates. Entire families — from children in shorts to grannies in colorful saris — buy reserved seat
 tickets for $9 after examining the seating chart Manda displays on a table.</p>
<p>On a busy night Manda will pack the theater — which he rents — with 300 or more of his countrymen, plus a smattering of Pakistanis, Sri Lankans, Nepalese and even a few Anglos curious for a new cinematic experience. Some weekends he has to schedule additional
 screenings. <br />
<br />
"What I hope is that someday we'll see Hindi films being shown not just for two nights but for an entire week, just like other movies,” Manda said.
<br />
<br />
A moviegoing tradition <br />
<br />
Indians are dedicated moviegoers and proud of their film industry, which turns out more titles each year than that of any other country. Even Americans who have never seen an Indian film are familiar with the idea of "Bollywood,” the Bombay movie studios specializing
 in lavish musicals. <br />
<br />
Manda books Hindi-language films with English subtitles and usually shows films on their second week of international release.
<br />
<br />
"There's a tradition that Indian audiences want to be among the first to see a new movie,” Manda said. "Besides, within three weeks of release you can buy illegal videos of a new movie at local Indian groceries.”
<br />
<br />
Then there's the music. Most Indians love pop music, and the country's best composers are kept busy writing new songs for the movies. Typically a film's soundtrack album is released a month before the film. By the time the movie opens, many Indian audience
 members already know the songs by heart. <br />
<br />
Another attraction of Indian films: They're chaste. Many Indians are uneasy with the sex, violence and profanity in American movies. Indian films are tamer.
<br />
<br />
Although that's slowly changing.</p>
<p>"There was a film a few months back called ‘Girlfriend,' ” Manda said. "It was India's first lesbian movie. We didn't book it here, and it was a flop in India. Everybody hated it. It went against the usual Indian attitude, which is ‘We know it exists, but
 we don't want to talk about it.' ” <br />
<br />
The staple of Indian films remains the musical comedy romance, such as the recent hit "Hum Tum,” a boy-meets-girl yarn that has been described as India's musical version of "When Harry Met Sally … .”
<br />
<br />
The Glenwood Arts' weekend bookings of Indian titles also provide a social nexus for the Southern Asian community here. People come to meet friends, to see and to be seen.
<br />
<br />
Among these movie fans politics that seemed important back home no longer matter.
<br />
<br />
Raheel Humayoon, for example, a Pakistani who regularly attends Manda's screenings, showed up for "Deewaar,” in which Pakistanis are heavies who torture their Indian prisoners.
<br />
<br />
Humayoon, who owns a convenience store and has been in the United States for more than a decade, said he took the movie's depiction with a grain of salt.
<br />
<br />
"Before 1947, Pakistanis and Indians were the same people,” he said. "Same language, same country. Back home the politicians try to stir up feelings against the other side, but over here, nobody cares. It seems too far away. We just want to see a movie.”
<br />
<br />
Learning curve</p>
<p>Showing Hindi-language films has been an education for Brian and Ben Mossman, the twins who operate the Glenwood Arts.
<br />
<br />
"At first we had them line up outside the theater until the audience from the early show left,” Brian Mossman said. "But as soon as we opened the doors, there was a mad rush for seats. It was like a rock concert. We were afraid somebody's auntie was going to
 get trampled.” <br />
<br />
They instituted a reserved-seat policy. Most customers buy their tickets in advance, either at Indian-run stores around Kansas City or on Manda's Web Site, www.kcdesi .com, which also carries news of interest to the local South Asian community.
<br />
<br />
Then there was the night that an audience for an Indian film erupted in cheers and started throwing handfuls of confetti. Envisioning a housekeeping nightmare, Mossman told the crowd that if there was any more littering, he'd turn off the movie and send everybody
 home. <br />
<br />
"In some parts of India, movie stars are regarded as gods and goddesses,” Manda said. "People even build shrines and temples to movie stars. And with some audiences, it's a tradition to greet the first appearance of your favorite star on the screen with confetti.”
<br />
<br />
Another thing about Indian audiences — they like their movies loud, according to the Mossmans.
<br />
<br />
Manda said he's happy to see American customers showing up for his screenings. On a recent weekend, he was surprised by a group of 40 such adventurous moviegoers who filled two rows.
<br />
<br />
On a recent night Harvey Jetmore of Roeland Park, a retired salesman with a love of foreign films, drove out to the Glenwood Arts to check out a Hindi film.
<br />
<br />
"I was really surprised at the production quality,” Jetmore said. "But there are some things you have to get used to — like three-hour movies with intermissions.
<br />
<br />
"And it's unusual to have this violent story suddenly turn into a musical with soldiers singing.”</p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>26/12/2011 17:48:29</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/14667/Hooray+for+Bollywood+In+the+burbs+Indians+get+a+taste+of+home+at+the+movies</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">14667</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>14669</publicationdataID>
      <title>India targets $10 bln in biotech</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p>BANGALORE: India's fledgling biotechnology sector, seeking to emulate the nation's software companies, hopes to generate one million jobs and investments of $10 billion by 2010, industry officials said on Sunday.
<br />
<br />
Executives are betting on low-cost, highly-skilled knowledge workers to tap new opportunities emerging in drug discovery, contract research, clinical trials and bio-informatics, which involves the use of software to analyze genetic codes.
<br />
<br />
"Our goal is to create a million jobs by 2010 in this sector for the nation as a whole," said Kiran Mazumdar-Shaw, head of a group set up by the southern state of Karnataka to steer the industry, in an address at the annual Bangalorebio.com industry show.
<br />
<br />
Bangalore, Karnataka's capital and India's leading technology city, is also positioning itself to become the country's main biotech center.
<br />
<br />
India's software and back-office service sector, the biotech industry's inspiration, accounted for $12.5 billion in exports and 800,000 workers in the year to March, and expects to grow 30 percent this year.
<br />
<br />
But the biotech sector has a long way to go. <br />
<br />
Mazumdar, managing director of India's leading biotechnology company, Biocon Ltd, told Reuters that some 5,000 scientific workers were employed in biotech in Karnataka, while the nation as whole employs about 25,000 biotech workers.</p>
<p>"Investment in the Indian biotech industry is currently estimated at about $2 billion and is expected to reach about $10 billion by the end of this decade, largely due to multinational collaboration and indigenous research and development efforts," the organizers
 said in a statement. <br />
<br />
Many of India's biotech firms are start-ups seeking capital in a risky field, while multinationals are also investing in their own units. In the latest sign of foreign investment, Germany's MWG Biotech AG set up offices in Bangalore a few weeks ago.
<br />
<br />
<strong>PATENT PUSH </strong><br />
<br />
Industry officials say India's entry into a global patent regime under the World Trade Organization (WTO) next year could help boost investments in biotechnology. Developments, such as the mapping of the human gene, could also lead to new opportunities, they
 said. <br />
<br />
Mazumdar said Karnataka firms accounted for $300 million in revenue out of the nation's total estimated biotech revenue of $700 million in the year to March. She added that some 10 billion rupees ($219 million) of biotech funding was expected in the state over
 the next two years. <br />
<br />
Biocon, which specializes in enzymes, human insulin, clinical trials and contract research alone, reported revenues of $120 million. It had a successful share listing last April.
<br />
<br />
Mazumdar said 25 new biotech firms were established in India in the past year, with 17 located in Karnataka. That raised the state's total number of biotech companies to 110, nearly half of all the 240 biotech firms in India. A 100-acre biotech park in Bangalore
 is expected to be open in two years, she said.</p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>26/12/2011 17:50:38</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/14669/India+targets+10+bln+in+biotech</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">14669</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>14671</publicationdataID>
      <title>The Next Big Draw for India; The computer-savvy subcontinent is moving into a new field: digital animation</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p>Bombay: Sachin Garud, a 28-year-old computer animator, spends a good part of his day staring at a screen while trying to get a cartoon bull named Ferny to talk.
<br />
<br />
Although the operation is entirely digital, the work is nonetheless laborious. Garud, who is employed by a Bombay studio called Crest Communication, has to manipulate Ferny's lip movements to match the words the character speaks in Jakers! The Adventures of
 Piggley Winks, an Emmy Award-nominated cartoon serial on America's PBS network. While Garud handles Ferny's lip-synching, a colleague is in charge of the movements of other taurine body parts; another is making one of Ferny's friends, a sheep named Wiley,
 come to life. <br />
<br />
The work might be time consuming and repetitive, but Garud insists that it has its little pleasures. "It's a lot of fun getting Ferny to sing," he says.
<br />
<br />
Animators like Garud typically earn salaries ranging from $3,500 to $30,000 a year, much less than the $40,000 to $100,000 they'd pocket if they worked in the U.S.
<br />
<br />
But no one at Crest is complaining. India's animators have never had it so good. In what could be the country's next outsourcing boom, a growing number of American companies are looking to India as a place where they can get high-quality computer-generated
 animation done on the cheap. Orders for cartoon serials, computer games, direct-to-home DVDs and demonstration videos are pouring into India; at least nine cartoon serials aimed at the American and European markets are in production. "The amount of work coming
 into India is phenomenal," says Rajiv Sangari, director of the animation unit at Padmalaya Telefilms, which recently signed a $14 million deal with Mondo TV, an Italian company, to produce more than a hundred episodes of an animated TV series.</p>
<p>Although India's tech companies and call centers could sell $12 billion worth of software and services to foreigners this year, insiders estimate that the animation industry makes only about $150 million in annual revenues. But executives expect sales to
 at least double this year and to keep growing exponentially. Animation studios are sprouting throughout India—there are at least 70 already in operation—and companies are on a hiring spree. Sangari, for example, says Padmalaya Telefilms currently has 160 animators
 but aims to increase staff to 400 within a month. Even that won't be enough, so he's planning to fly in 25 animators from the Philippines to help out.
<br />
<br />
American TV and film companies have been outsourcing animation work to South Korea and the Philippines for more than a decade, but India has managed to muscle into the business, thanks to technological advances and shifting American tastes. Although many animated
 films and TV programs still use traditional animation, which begins with hand-sketched images on paper, the success of movies such as Shrek and Toy Story has meant that films and TV serials are increasingly being digitally animated, produced entirely on computers
 using 3-D graphics. That's a boon for India, with its expertise in software and computer skills. While creative control is retained in the U.S.—a team of American master animators comes up with the look of each character, and scriptwriters determine the plots
 and dialogue—the task of creating each episode is outsourced to Indian animators, allowing the American company to lower its costs by up to 50 . A typical half-hour 3-D cartoon episode can cost $70,000 to $100,000 to produce in India compared with $170,000
 to $250,000 in the U.S.</p>
<p>The economics are compelling, but it's still been difficult for India's animators to gain the acceptance of clients who don't think of India as an animation center. A.K. Madhavan, Crest's CEO, recalls fruitless sales trips he made to the U.S. in 1999 and
 2000. "Had we known how tough it would be to get a breakthrough," Madhavan admits in retrospect, "we might not have kept going."
<br />
<br />
Persistence and a little good fortune helped Madhavan get his big break. While in Texas in 2001, he met with an independent animation producer named Mike Young, who happens to share Madhavan's passion for cricket. The two bonded and Young agreed to watch a
 test animation clip done by Crest. He liked what he saw—and gave Crest the order for the Jakers! show. Currently, the studio has contracts to animate three serials destined for American TV.
<br />
<br />
It helps that the stigma once associated with "made-in-India" goods and services is evaporating, thanks to the success of software outsourcing giants such as Infosys and Wipro. "Earlier, you had to spend most of your time selling India and a little time selling
 your company," says Biren Ghose, CEO of Bombay-based Animation Bridge. "Now, I don't have to sell India. I can start selling my company straight away." Because of globalization, cultural differences that affect production values—the look and feel of programs—are
 rapidly disappearing, too. "Ten years ago, when Bugs Bunny said, 'What's the hubbub, bub?,' most Indians would not have got it," says Nilesh Sardesai, creative director at Crest. "But today, they do," because Indian society has opened to foreign influences.</p>
<p>The animation boom is cascading throughout India's entertainment industry. One offshoot has been the rise of computer-game outsourcing. In the Bangalore offices of Dhruva Interactive, a group of twentysomethings sit with comic books and programming manuals
 while their computer screens flash with images of G.I.s carrying machine guns, teenagers shooting pool in smoky halls, ogres and medieval labyrinths. They're developing games that will be sold to Dhruva clients such as Microsoft. While some Indian animation
 companies are looking to expand into computer games, others, emboldened by the success of Crest, are dreaming of the big money: digitally animated films. Rajesh Turakhia, CEO of Maya Entertainment, a Bombay-based studio, says that Indian companies will next
 target smaller Hollywood 3-D animation films with budgets of $10 million to $20 million.
<br />
<br />
India's ambitions could be thwarted by a shortage of skilled animators. Experts estimate that India has only about 4,000 animators who can handle complex projects—which is woefully inadequate for all the work coming in. "We need at least another 2,000 to 3,000
 animators this year, but I'm not seeing that many new people in this business," says Animation Bridge's Ghose. One problem, complains Rajesh Rao, the CEO of Dhruva Interactive, is that few of India's art schools and engineering colleges offer computer animation
 courses. <br />
<br />
Another barrier facing the industry is cultural. "The Indian mentality is that if I have to put my child into a science or engineering school, I am happy. But we don't want our children to go into art or culture as a profession," says Padmalaya's Sangari. The
 shortage of talent has raised concern that some clients could grow disillusioned with the quality of work they receive from Indian animators.</p>
<p>"Many in the industry do not know how they will execute all these orders," says Sangari. India may not have much time to adapt. China, Russia and the Ukraine are rapidly emerging as rivals. One Indian executive laments that he just lost out on a contract
 unexpectedly after offering to do the job at the standard Indian rate of $4,000 per month for each animator; a Russian competitor undercut him, agreeing to do it for just $1,800 per person. India's schools will have to start churning out thousands of qualified
 animators each year—before a new generation of Russian and Chinese animators figures out the fine art of making cartoon bulls talk.</p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>26/12/2011 17:52:34</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/14671/The+Next+Big+Draw+for+India+The+computersavvy+subcontinent+is+moving+into+a+new+field+digital+animation</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">14671</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>14674</publicationdataID>
      <title>Indian economic growth surges 8.2%</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p>NEW DELHI: India's economy expanded 8.2 percent in the first quarter from a year earlier, the government said Wednesday, as rising farm incomes spurred consumer spending, adding pressure on the central bank to raise interest rates from a three-decade low.<br />
<br />
The gain in the quarter that ended March 31 followed revised growth of 10.5 percent in the previous three months, the Central Statistical Organization said. Growth was 8.2 percent in the fiscal year through March, the most in 15 years.
<br />
<br />
Record crops fueled by abundant monsoon rains raised the incomes of the 700 million Indians who depend on farming for a living, spurring sales at companies. The yield on the benchmark bond maturing in 2017 is close to a 13-month high as accelerating inflation
 fuels speculation that the central bank may raise its key interest rate from 6 percent as early as October.
<br />
<br />
"Demand-driven inflation later in the year will prompt the central bank to hike rates by 25 basis points in October," said Siddharth Mathur, an analyst at J. P. Morgan Chase in Mumbai. "The medium-term trend on bonds is bearish."
<br />
<br />
Agricultural production rose 10.5 percent in the first quarter. In the full fiscal year it gained 9.1 percent, which compared with a contraction of 5.2 percent the previous year, the report Wednesday said. Manufacturing rose 7.6 percent in the quarter and 7.3
 percent in the year through March. <br />
<br />
"The economy looks to be on the rails - the harvest was good, the monsoon was good," said Atul Sobti, vice president for sales at Hero Honda, India's biggest motorcycle maker. "Agricultural performance is the key."
<br />
<br />
India's $575 billion economy may grow as much as 7 percent in the year to March 31, 2005, as another year of normal rainfall produces bumper crops, according to the central bank. The Finance Ministry says it expects growth of as much as 8 percent.</p>
<p>Spending by the new government of Prime Minister Manmohan Singh, which announces its budget on July 8, may give rise to wider budget deficits and higher borrowing costs, slowing growth later in the year, some investors said. Singh's Congress Party prevailed
 in May elections on promises to help the poor with spending on education, health and agriculture.
<br />
<br />
"The growth rate for the first quarter" of the new fiscal year "will also be good," said V. Anantha-Nageswaran, the Singapore-based regional head of investment consulting at Credit Suisse Private Banking. "There is a considerable risk of growth slowing down
 from the second quarter of the new fiscal year." <br />
<br />
Higher public borrowing may hamper growth by limiting the amount of money the government can spend on ports, roads and other infrastructure needed to make India's economy more efficient.
<br />
<br />
The Singh government's plans to scale back the sale of state-owned assets may also widen the deficit and make India less attractive than China to foreign investors, said K.C. Reddy, a manager at Thames River Capital in London.
<br />
<br />
China's $1.4 trillion economy, the second-largest in Asia, has grown at double India's pace since the early 1990s and is more than twice the size.
<br />
<br />
A record $3.5 billion of asset sales helped the defeated government of Atal Bihari Vajpayee cut the deficit to a seven-year low of 4.6 percent of gross domestic product in the year that ended in March and fueled an 83 percent gain in the benchmark Sensitive
 index. <br />
<br />
The Indian Meteorological Department on Tuesday reiterated its forecast of a second year of normal rains during the June-to-September monsoon, the main source of water for two-thirds of India's farms.
<br />
<br />
Bloomberg News</p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>26/12/2011 17:54:14</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/14674/Indian+economic+growth+surges+82</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">14674</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>14678</publicationdataID>
      <title>Gallery of painted mansions awaits visitors to India</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p><strong>Northern region of Shekhawati has dwellings filled with frescoes; Bursts of color fill houses in northern India not just the size of the mansions - became a status symbol, as owners tried to outdo each
</strong><br />
<br />
Through the small opening cut in a colossal iron-studded wooden door of the mansion, we left behind a dusty brown village street in Mandawa, India, and entered a fantasy world of color.
<br />
<br />
From wall to ceiling, every available surface of the 79-year-old Newatia Mansion was covered with paintings: elephants carrying triumphant kings, the amorous god Krishna frolicking with milkmaids, scenes of great battles, and amazingly, the first flight by
 the Wright brothers. <br />
<br />
"Don't miss that one," said our little guide, 14-year-old Kamlesh, who had insisted on showing us her village's treasures - a dozen or so mansions bursting with an astounding range of frescoes that attract thousands of foreign tourists and photographers every
 year. <br />
<br />
Mandawa, a village of open drains and wandering cows, is but one jewel in a vast open art gallery of painted mansions, or havelis, in dozens of towns of northern India's Shekhawati region.
<br />
<br />
Located in the desert state of Rajasthan, the region is said to have the largest concentration of household frescoes in the world, inspired mostly by religion, folklore and great social events, such as man's first flight.
<br />
<br />
In the anonymous artist's imagination, two wealthy Indian couples standing next to a palm tree are waving at the airborne Wilbur and Orville Wright while a late-comer spectator pedals toward the historic event on a bicycle.
<br />
<br />
"I show that painting to everybody," said Kamlesh, an 8th-grader who sells candies during holidays. She had abandoned her cart of goodies to accompany me and my wife on a tour of Mandawa's havelis. For free. "You are Indians. I won't take money from you," she
 said. </p>
<p>Each one of the havelis is more brightly decorated than the other with unimaginably vivid frescoes on subjects ranging from religious to mundane, historic to absurd, exotic to erotic.
<br />
<br />
Commissioned ArtMost of the dwellings were built during the 18th- and 19th-centuries by wealthy merchants, or seths, who commissioned armies of artisans to painstakingly trace and color the vivid pictures.
<br />
<br />
The artistry and profusion of the frescoes - <br />
<br />
Folk tradition <br />
<br />
The art of wall paintings is a folk tradition in India, with the earliest examples found in the ancient Ajanta caves of western India. The paintings have generally reflected lifestyles or mythology. Some tribes believed their wall paintings had psychic healing
 qualities. <br />
<br />
The Shekhawati frescoes, however, are "a folk tradition with a contemporary tinge," says Ratnotama Sengupta, one of India's foremost art writers and curators.
<br />
<br />
She said the Shekhawati paintings mirrored social transitions as the region passed through various rulers: Rajputs, Moguls and the British.
<br />
<br />
As the rulers and other gentry succumbed to Western influences in the 19th century, it became apparent in the anachronistic frescoes. The Wright brothers flying their plane in India is but one example.<br />
<br />
Some of the Shekhawati paintings were based on descriptions by those returning from England of the affluent lifestyle there. The rest came from the artists' fervid imagination: One panel shows god-king Rama and his wife Sita, dressed in mythological finery,
 being driven in a Rolls Royce by his brother, Lakshman. </p>
<p>Battalions of marching soldiers and locomotive trains are the most popular motifs in horizontal friezes. A local folk tale of lovers Dhola and Maru escaping by camel, followed by scenes of a chase and a battle, is a popular theme on linear panels.
<br />
<br />
Erotic panels were painted too, but many were defaced in a puritanical backlash. The outer wall of the Gulab Rai Ladia Haveli in Mandawa shows a couple in a lovemaking position, followed by a depiction of childbirth.
<br />
<br />
The marvels of Mandawa and its neighboring towns would have faded away unnoticed but for a chance visit by a writer, Francis Wacziarg, to the castle of Mandawa's erstwhile ruler in 1979.
<br />
<br />
Wacziarg was researching Indian frescoes and had heard about Mandawa. He was invited to spend the night at the castle, which also has fabulous wall paintings.
<br />
<br />
Wacziarg left Mandawa with a deep impression and persuaded French writer Dominique Lapierre to visit the castle. Lapierre did so in October 1979 with a group of 70 French tourists, who were accommodated at the castle by the family. That marked the birth of
 group tourism in Shekhawati. <br />
<br />
"The whole village came out to welcome them. Schools and offices were given a holiday. The villagers had never seen white people before," said Kesri Singh, one of the brothers who own the castle.
<br />
<br />
Realizing the business potential, the brothers turned the 250-year-old castle into the luxury 70-room Castle Mandawa Hotel. Kesri Singh, 60, gave up a bank job to manage the hotel along with his younger brother, Pradyuman Singh.
</p>
<p>Today, it provides the best accommodation in Shekhawati and has become the favorite staging post for exploring the region.
<br />
<br />
We were happy to restrict ourselves to Mandawa while luxuriating in the comforts of Castle Mandawa Hotel.
<br />
<br />
After a sweaty tour of the village, it was rewarding to return to our white marble room, which was once the queen's boudoir, and watch the sun - losing its luminescence with every passing second - dip behind the castle's battlement.
<br />
<br />
Getting there: Mandawa is about 155 miles west of India's capital, New Delhi, which has the closest international airport. It takes about six hours to drive from New Delhi because roads in Rajasthan state are in bad condition. Jhunjhunu is the nearest railhead
 to Mandawa. Trains run between Jhunhjunu and New Delhi, and between Jhunhjunu and the state capital, Jaipur, 110 miles to the south, where there is a domestic airport.
<br />
<br />
Best time to visit: October to March, when the weather is coolest before the sizzling desert summer sets in. A bonus is a visit during the Hindu festival of color, Holi, which will be observed March 25, 2005.
</p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>26/12/2011 17:56:17</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/14678/Gallery+of+painted+mansions+awaits+visitors+to+India</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">14678</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>14686</publicationdataID>
      <title>India gains on China among multinationals</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p>SHENZHEN, China: When Crystal Chen, a mechanical engineer, started designing microwave oven doors for Whirlpool three years ago in this gleaming Chinese metropolis, one of her biggest surprises was the size of the ovens.
<br />
<br />
Built to be installed over ranges in spacious American kitchens, the ovens were twice the size of the countertop microwaves sold for Chinese kitchens. And as she has kept working on them, the Whirlpool models, nearly all them made to be exported to the United
 States and Europe, have grown even larger, approaching three times the size of a typical Chinese microwave.
<br />
<br />
By contrast, at a Whirlpool complex more than 2,500 miles away in Thirubhuvanai, on the southeastern tip of India, the washing machines built in a hot, low-technology factory there are products the Indian workers easily recognize. Unlike the microwave ovens
 in Shenzhen, these washing machines are very much designed for local use, not for export.
<br />
<br />
They have rat guards to protect laundry and hoses. They have extra-strong parts to survive being bumped around in trucks on India's potholed roads. And they are built with heavy-duty wiring to cope with the powerful ebbs and surges in India's electrical grid.
<br />
<br />
The difference is telling. Whirlpool's emphasis on using China to make goods for export while locating in India to enter the local market there reflects a broader trend that is becoming apparent for many household appliances, from television sets to refrigerators.
 And it highlights a division that could spread in the coming years to other industries.
</p>
<p>For all the dreams of selling goods into a fast-growing market of 1.3 billion Chinese, the reality is often very different. While China still holds considerable allure, many multinationals have struggled to find profits selling here.
<br />
<br />
Companies setting up shop in China face domestic manufacturers that consistently undercut them by building factories practically for free, borrowing the money cheaply from state-owned Chinese banks and using various strategies to avoid repayment. To make matters
 worse, many department stores are still owned by municipal or provincial governments that give floor space to local products and resist selling foreign brands. The result has been a struggle among manufacturers to see who can discount their wares more deeply
 - a struggle with little appeal for multinationals that need to make real profits.
<br />
<br />
"We're not interested in chasing a price-driven strategy," said Garrick D'Silva, regional vice president for Asia at Whirlpool.
<br />
<br />
India's economy has been growing nearly as quickly as China's in the past two years. By dismantling many barriers to foreign investment, the government in New Delhi has also made the country an increasingly attractive market for globalizing companies.
<br />
<br />
Marketing is easy through thousands of privately owned retailers, from department stores to corner shops. Risk-averse banks in India charge such steep interest rates to local manufacturers, and so strongly insist on repayment, that some economists worry they
 may even be slowing growth unnecessarily. <br />
<br />
India's steep tariffs, although starting to decline now, long insulated its markets from international competition and still keep prices somewhat higher for many manufactured goods.
</p>
<p>And because India did not follow China's draconian "one child" policy, United Nations demographers forecast that India's population will surpass China's as soon as 2040.
<br />
<br />
With all those advantages, Whirlpool - while still strongly interested in tapping the Chinese market - has found greater opportunity to lock in profits and expand its market share in India than in China, D'Silva said.
<br />
<br />
LG Electronics of South Korea, Whirlpool's archrival in Asia for many kinds of household appliances, shares that view. "We couldn't make a profit in China," chiefly because of the free loans available to local competitors, said Kim Kwang Ro, the managing director
 of LG Electronics India. "The main focus of expansion for LG is India, not China."
<br />
<br />
China's effort in the past month to brake its economy, in response to rising inflation and growing problem bank loans, is also starting to take the edge off some companies' interest. China's political prospects remain murky.
<br />
<br />
By contrast, India has just gone through a peaceful change of democratic government that produced a mere two-day drop in the stock market followed by an immediate recovery in share prices and corporate confidence.
<br />
<br />
"The Chinese economy is looking rather unstable," Kim said. "Meanwhile, in India, the political, economic situation is becoming more stable."
</p>
<p>Many companies, of course, remain bullish on the Chinese market. Automakers are racing to build more assembly plants in China but have moved more cautiously in India, where incomes are still somewhat lower and roads are in much worse repair. Anheuser-Busch
 just defeated SABMiller in a costly battle to take over a low-margin beer business in China's northeastern corner.
<br />
<br />
Moreover, for all their differences, both India and China share a growing popularity as a place for multinationals with high labor costs to set up shop.
<br />
<br />
Like many of its counterparts, Whirlpool is moving quickly to tap Asia's huge supply of well-trained engineers. Its employment of engineers and technicians in India and China has grown to 240 from zero five years ago, with plans for 700 by 2007, or more than
 a quarter of the company's engineering work force. <br />
<br />
"We're shifting quite a bit of our technology capacity to these countries from the higher-cost parts of the world, part of it from the United States and Europe," D'Silva said.
<br />
<br />
<em>The New York Times </em></p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>26/12/2011 18:02:22</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/14686/India+gains+on+China+among+multinationals</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">14686</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>14690</publicationdataID>
      <title>The city of emperors</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p><strong>In northern India lie the ruins of a centre of religious tolerance and enlightenment. William Dalrymple visits Fatehpur Sikri</strong><br />
<br />
In late December, the plains of north India suddenly turn cold and grey. Toward evening, as the sun starts to set over the village mosques, smoke from the cooking fires masses in a layer at the level of the treetops. By dusk, that layer has turned into a vaporous
 mist which thickens and curdles overnight to form a dense fog by morning. In 1984, on a similarly bleak dawn, I climbed the great flight of steps leading to the mosque at Fatehpur Sikri near Agra in northern India. I was a 19-year-old backpacker and enjoying
 the sensation of disorientation. It was immediately before Christmas, I kept thinking, but not only was there not a Christmas tree in sight, there was nothing remotely Christian to be seen.
<br />
<br />
But when I reached the top of the steps that rose to the Buland Darwaza - the great arched victory gateway leading into the mosque - I saw something that startled me. Here was one of the greatest pieces of Muslim architecture, but the calligraphy which framed
 the arch read: "Jesus, Son of Mary (on whom be peace) said: 'The World is a Bridge, pass over it, but build no houses upon it. He who hopes for a day may hope for eternity; but the World endures but an hour. Spend it in prayer, for the rest is unseen'." The
 inscription was doubly surprising: not only was I taken aback to find an apparently Christian quotation given centre stage in a Muslim monument, but the inscription itself was unfamiliar. Did Jesus really say that the world was like a bridge? And even if he
 did, why would a Muslim emperor want to place such a phrase over the entrance to the main mosque in his capital city?
</p>
<p>Although I lived in Delhi for much of the 1990s, I never revisited Fatehpur Sikri. But the place - and particularly that strange inscription - made a strong impression on me. Akbar, the 16th-century Mughal emperor who built the city, sounded much the most
 intriguing of his remarkable dynasty, and wherever I went in India and Pakistan I came across traces of him and his ambitious building programme: in Lahore, Agra, Ajmer, Delhi - even the hilltop fortress of Mandu in the distant jungles of central India. Not
 only did Akbar establish the Mughal Empire from the fragile and unstable north Indian conquests bequeathed to him by his father, Humayun, and his grandfather, Babur, he also planted the roots of two of that empire's greatest single achievements: Mughal art
 and architecture. <br />
<br />
It was as a philosopher and connoisseur of religions that Akbar is most fascinating. He was a Sufi mystic who firmly believed that all existence is one, a manifestation of the underlying divine reality, and that love of God and one's brethren was more important
 than narrow religious ritual. <br />
<br />
Guided by this enlightened philosophy, Akbar's rule succeeded through tact and conciliation. His method, which he came to as much from religious conviction as realpolitik, was to make Mughal rule acceptable to the empire's overwhelmingly non-Muslim population.
 He issued an edict of sulh-i-kul (universal tolerance), forbade the forcible conversion of prisoners to Islam and married a succession of Hindu wives, whose magnificent five-storey zenana palaces I saw at Fatehpur Sikri that cold December morning. He also
 promoted Hindus at all levels of the administration, ended the jizya - a tax levied on non-Muslims - and ordered the translation of the Sanskrit classics into Persian.</p>
<p>Last year the Victoria and Albert Museum exhibited miniatures from the most magnificent illuminated book ever painted in Fatehpur Sikri: Hamzanama. It made me want to return immediately to this place again, this time in the bright sunlight depicted on the
 great epic's pages. Hamzanama displays the same strange mix of apparently different - even contrary - worlds which I had seen on the arch. Just as the ideas of the Christian and Muslim worlds seemed to fuse on the Buland Darwaza so, under the same guiding
 hand of Akbar, Hindu India and Islamic central Asia could be seen coming together in Hamzanama.
<br />
<br />
Hamzanama is a great miscellany of folk tales, legends, religious discourses and fireside yarns which over time gathered themselves around the story of the travels of the hero Hamza, the father-in-law of the Prophet. In Akbar's wonderful version of the book,
 some of the illustrations are Persian in style: flat and linear with a beautifully precise, angular, geometric perfection. Other pages are pure Indian in spirit: there are Indian clothes and gestures, the palette is brighter than in Persian art and there is
 a love of the natural world that is very specific to the subcontinent. The playful elephants seem to have charged straight off the walls of some Hindu cave sculpture. But already you see the two worlds beginning to mesh, as wholly Mughal images emerge fully
 formed from the chrysalis of the Fatehpur Sikri manuscript atelier. The hillside of Sikri was the place where this fusion, this grafting of these two very different shoots took place.
</p>
<p>There was also one other, rather less intellectual, reason for wanting to revisit the area. Agra now boasts what is arguably India's most sybaritic and luxurious hotel, the Oberoi Amarvilas, where from your bed - or even, in some rooms, your bath - you can
 sit back and gaze at the greatest of all Indian buildings, the love monument erected by Akbar's grandson, Shah Jahan: the Taj Mahal. The hotel's swimming pool is heated in winter - unusual in India - and chilled in the heat of summer. The Mughal cuisine of
 the hotel is also some of the best in the country, and makes a suitably indulgent base for any exploration of India's Mughal past.
<br />
<br />
Agra is one of the most interesting towns in northern India. Most visitors tend to spend a night here, pop in to see the Taj then head off again, but Agra can easily support a week-long visit. It was, after all, the capital of north India during the Lodhi dynasty,
 which preceded the Mughals, and continued to be the principal residence of the Mughal emperors Babur, Humayun and Jehangir. Half-ruined gardens and tombs stretch out in all directions, while the bazaars are full of unvisited but elaborately carved havelis,
 or courtyard houses. Many of these are being destroyed to make way for new shopping centres and hotels as Agra expands outwards, and as I headed slowly through the narrow streets on the Fatehpur Sikri road, I saw the bulldozers hard at work, and the gutted
 remains of unprotected late-Mughal courtyard houses collapsing on all sides. <br />
<br />
Passing the crumbling cupolas of the old imperial gardens, we drove out into the fields of yellow winter mustard beyond. Trucks and camel carts headed slowly in the opposite direction as monkeys lolloped across the road and saras cranes preened themselves on
 the edge of irrigation runnels. </p>
<p>After less than half an hour the dark, gaunt, crenulated walls of Fatehpur Sikri rose ahead of us, rearing out of the camel thorn of the flat plain, as impressive as they must have been five centuries earlier - though today the traffic consists of Tata trucks
 and rickety buses rather than the caparisoned war elephants and the imperial Mughal cavalry who once lined this road.
<br />
<br />
I left the taxi at the old Agra gate of the city and climbed on top of the battlements for a better view. Immediately under the gate was a modern Indian village of mud-brick huts: pumps pumping, women winnowing, goats being milked, chillis being fried, babies
 being weaned and old men relaxing in the sun on charpoy beds. Beyond the roofs of the huts - some of them bright red from the chillis left out to dry in the sun - lay the wreckage of the ruined city, scattered over a dry, rocky sandstone ridge: dismantled
 caravanserais and collapsing hamams; the foundations of gutted bazaars and ruined streets; octagonal fountains and water runnels that once lay at the centre of gardens; and elaborate archways that led into the harem courtyards of a grand mansion. Only the
 great Imperial Palace complex remains intact - that and the mosque which encloses the exquisite, white-latticed marble tomb of Sheikh Salim Chisti, Akbar's pir, or spiritual guide, at the very top of the ridge.</p>
<p>Akbar decided to build Fatehpur Sikri in honour of his pir, and it was around his hermitage that the great city was constructed. He had confidently predicted that the childless Akbar would have two sons, and on 30 August 1569, Akbar's Hindu queen, Jodha
 Bai, gave birth to the first of these - Prince Muhammed Salim Mirza, the later Emperor Jehangir - in the mystic's own hut. Soon after this, the emperor decided to "give outward splendour to this spot which possessed spiritual grandeur". In other words, he
 would make Sikri his capital - though what Salim Chisti thought of this invasion of his peace is not recorded. He can hardly have been thrilled that his remote place of spiritual retreat should become the capital city of Akbar's empire.
<br />
<br />
Work began in 1571, when Akbar was only 29 but had already been emperor for 15 years. He supervised the plan. As his biographer and friend Abu'l Fazl put it: "When the engineer of sound judgement [Akbar] drew the line of its foundation on the paper of fancy,
 he ordered it to have a circumference of six miles on the face of the earth, and for houses to be built on top of the hill, facing the lake, and that they should lay out orchards and gardens at its periphery and centre".</p>
<p>Today the wide silver lake onto which the city looked has dried up. As when Akbar first came here, the sufi shrine and a nearby village are all that remain, with peasant women in billowing yellow saris leading their goats out to graze. The efforts of the
 Emperor - the miles of walls, the great palaces, the bazaars and schools, the workshops and the great houses of the nobles - are all deserted. As you walk around the walls - much the best way of seeing everything - you realise how large Fatehpur Sikri once
 was, and how much more there used to be than the palace complex, which many visitors take to be the complete city. The 11 miles of walls enclose great acres of town that have now reverted to agriculture, and what once stood there now lies under mulberry groves
 and mango orchards which in turn give way to lines of poplars and endless winter mustard.</p>
<p>Yet for all this, the principles which guided Akbar in his project are still ones we recognise and respect today. He intended to translate his spiritual ideas into stone. As you walk down from the walls, your feet crunching on potsherds as you head past
 the goatherds and over the ruins of the city's domestic houses, you can still see what Akbar was trying to achieve. He consciously combined Hindu and Muslim elements in an innovative and highly syncretic fusion. This mixed the arch and dome of Islam with Hindu
 Indian elements such as delicate latticed screens, sharp chajja eves and chattri (umbrella) pavilions. He also had his new city filled with a fabulous efflorescence of wonderfully eccentric Gujarati-Hindu decorative sculpture, shipping over to the site a team
 of Hindu temple-carvers from the Gujarat region. All this he oversaw personally, camping in the building site and even helping to quarry the stone. He also made sure that his Hindu wives - who had also moved onto the building site - were not deafened by the
 construction work by ordering that the stone be finished at the quarry before being brought to the new city already prepared and fitted, like a sort of a vast IKEA self-assembly kit.</p>
<p>The city rose in less than five years. The chronicles record the incredible speed with which it swelled and prospered: trade blossomed, merchants from all over Asia set up bases and the caravanserai were so packed that a visiting party of Portuguese priests
 complained of the noise. But as well as a centre of trade, Fatehpur Sikri soon became a philosophical laboratory for Akbar's spiritual enquires. Holy men from all of India's religions were invited to the city to make the case for their particular understanding
 of the metaphysical, including the party of Portuguese priests from Goa. <br />
<br />
The room where these discussions took place - the diwan-i-khas, or hall of private audience - still stands completely intact. It is covered with intricate interlaced designs that appear to have been transferred from the wooden architecture of Gujarat to the
 red sandstone of Fatehpur Sikri. At the centre of the room is a tall, highly decorated pillar on which rests a round platform; under it cascade the serpentine pendentives of one of the most elaborate capitals ever conceived or carved.
<br />
<br />
From this pillar, four walkways branch out to the corners of the building, where there are four smaller platforms. Though academics argue about the exact purpose of this strange structure, most agree that Akbar would sit on silken cushions raised on the central
 platform - thus proclaiming his position as the axis mundi, the central pillar of the Mughal Empire - as holy men of four competing faiths knelt at the ends of the walkways debating the merits of their conceptions of spirituality.
</p>
<p>Akbar's thesis was that "the pursuit of reason" rather than "reliance on the marshy land of tradition" was the proper way to address religious disputes. Attacked by traditionalists who argued in favour of instinctive faith in the Islamic tradition, Akbar
 told his trusted lieutenant Abu'l Fazl: "The pursuit of reason and rejection of traditionalism are so brilliantly patent as to be above the need of argument. If traditionalism were proper, the prophets would merely have followed their own elders [and not come
 with new messages]." Taking note of the fabulous diversity of religious beliefs in India - Hindus, Muslims, Christians, Jains, Parsees, Jews and atheists - Akbar laid the foundations for the secularism and religious neutrality of the modern Indian state. In
 the event, neither Akbar's religious tolerance nor Fatehpur Sikri lasted long. The city went into decline after 15 years when, in 1585, Akbar was forced to move his capital to Lahore to face the threat posed by marauding Persian and Afghan armies. The policy
 of tolerance lasted only another few generations, until Akbar's great-grandson Aurangzeb reverted to a policy of persecuting Hindus and tore the empire apart.
<br />
<br />
Yet as I walked back to the car, passing along the spine of the ridge, the sun setting over the burning plains, I thought how good it is - in an age when ignorant commentators talk of clashes of civilisations and Samuel Huntingdon lectures us on what he believes
 to be the essentially aggressive nature of Islam - to be reminded by Fatehpur Sikri that for much of the past 400 years, Indian Muslim rulers presided over an empire whose traditions of religious tolerance and freedom had no counterpart in the West until the
 end of the 19th century. </p>
<p>Akbar declared that "no man should be interfered with on account of religion, and anyone is to be allowed to go over to a religion that pleases him" at a time when most of Catholic Europe was given over to the Inquisition. Indeed, while Akbar built Fatehpur
 Sikri, in Rome the philosopher Giordano Bruno was being accused of heresy; in 1600, he was burned at the stake in the Campo dei Fiori.<br />
<br />
Just as Akbar's religious ideas were attacked by the Orthodox Muslim fundamentalists of his day, so a new generation of Hindu religious bigots is currently trying to bring to an end that extraordinary tradition of syncretism and assimilation that lies at the
 heart of India's genius. Over the past few years, fundamentalist politicians have been coming to Fatehpur Sikri to try to dissuade the town's Hindus from visiting the Sufi shrine. They attempt to drive the communities apart by making violent verbal assaults
 on the town's Muslims and their holy places. <br />
<br />
The Hindu far-right received a major check at the recent general election, with the secular Congress Party being voted back into power in place of the divisive BJP. One can only imagine that Akbar would thoroughly approve.
<br />
<br />
William Dalrymple's most recent book, 'White Mughals', won the Wolfson Prize for history<br />
<br />
<strong>TRAVELLER'S GUIDE<br />
<br />
GETTING THERE</strong><br />
<br />
William Dalrymple travelled to India as the guest of Greaves Travel (020-7487 9111; www.greavesindia.com) and stayed at the Oberoi Amarvilas Hotel in Agra (91 562 223 1515; www.oberoiamarvilas.com).</p>
<p>Greaves Travel offers a seven-night tour from London Heathrow, flying on British Airways and staying for two nights at the Oberoi New Delhi and five nights at the Oberoi Amarvilas, from £1,495 based on two sharing, including private car transfers, sightseeing
 and a local guide. A three-night trip is available from £999. <br />
<br />
Travelling independently, the closest international airport to Agra and Fatehpur Sikri is Delhi. You can fly there non-stop from Heathrow on Air India, British Airways or Virgin Atlantic, though seats are scarce and fares are high - at least £600 return through
 discount agents. <br />
<br />
Lower fares, starting at around £500 return, are available for indirect flights on airlines such as Air France via Paris, KLM via Amsterdam, Lufthansa via Frankfurt and Emirates via Dubai.
<br />
<br />
From Delhi, you can fly to Agra in half an hour or travel by train in four hours.
<br />
<br />
<strong>RED TAPE</strong><br />
<br />
British-passport holders need visas to visit India. If you call the premium-rate visa information line on 0906 844 4544, you will spend a lot of time and money finding out the following information. For a tourist visa, apply in person or by post to one of the
 following: the High Commission of India, India House, Aldwych, London WC2B 4NA; the Consulate-General of India, 20 Augustus Street, Jewellery Quarter, Birmingham B18 6JL; or the Consulate-General of India, 17 Rutland Square, Edinburgh EH1 2BB.
</p>
<p>Visa application forms can be downloaded from www.hcilondon.net, or obtained by fax by dialling - from an ordinary phone - the premium-rate number, 0906 844 4543; obviously you need a fax machine available.
<br />
<br />
If you are applying by post, first send a stamped addressed envelope for a visa application form to the Postal Visa Section at one of the addresses above. Once completed, send the form with two passport photos, and the fee of £30. Postal applications take up
 to four weeks. <br />
<br />
"You are advised not to finalise your travel arrangements until your visa has been issued," says the High Commission.
<br />
<br />
<strong>FURTHER INFORMATION</strong><br />
<br />
Government of India Tourist Office, 7 Cork Street, London W1S 3LH (020-7437 3677, www.tourismofindia.com)
</p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>26/12/2011 18:04:31</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/14690/The+city+of+emperors</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">14690</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>14693</publicationdataID>
      <title>Meanwhile: A vote that honored Jawaharlal Nehru</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p>NEW YORK: The voters of India confounded all the pundits and pollsters this month to place the country in the hands of a new governing coalition led by the Indian National Congress, which has just provided India with its sixth prime minister.
<br />
<br />
Its first, Jawaharlal Nehru, would have been proud, but not for partisan reasons. His greatest satisfaction would have come from the knowledge that the democracy he tried so hard to instill in India had taken such deep roots.
<br />
<br />
On May 27, India marks the 40th anniversary of Nehru's death at the age of 74. An earthquake rocked New Delhi that day, and many saw this as an omen. Cynics waited for his survivors to fight over the spoils; few predicted that the democracy Nehru had been so
 proud of would survive. <br />
<br />
But it did. There were no succession squabbles around Nehru's funeral pyre. Lal Bahadur Shastri, a modest figure of unimpeachable integrity, was elected India's second prime minister. The Indian people wept and moved on.
<br />
<br />
Nehru never doubted that they would. He had spent a political lifetime trying to instill the habits of democracy in his people: a disdain for dictators, a respect for parliamentary procedures, an abiding faith in the constitutional system. He himself was so
 wary of the risks of autocracy that at the crest of his rise, he wrote an anonymous article warning of the dangers of giving dictatorial temptations to Jawaharlal Nehru. "He must be checked," he wrote of himself. "We want no Caesars."
<br />
<br />
As prime minister, Nehru carefully nurtured the country's infant democratic institutions. He paid deference to the ceremonial presidency; he never let the public forget that these notables outranked him in protocol terms. He subjected himself to cross-examination
 in Parliament by the small, fractious but undoubtedly talented opposition, because he was convinced that a strong opposition was essential for a healthy democracy.
</p>
<p>He took care not to interfere with the judicial system; on the one occasion that he publicly criticized a judge at a press conference, he apologized the next day to the individual and wrote an abject letter to the chief justice of India, regretting having
 slighted the judiciary. And he never forgot that he derived his authority from the people of India; he started offering a daily audience at home for an hour each morning to anyone coming in off the street without an appointment, a practice that continued until
 the dictates of security finally overcame the populism of his successors. <br />
<br />
By his speeches, his exhortations, and above all by his own personal example, Nehru imparted to the institutions and processes of Indian democracy a dignity that placed it above challenge from would-be tyrants.
<br />
<br />
Democratic values became so entrenched that when his own daughter Indira suspended India's freedoms with a state of emergency for 20 months, she felt compelled to return to the Indian people for vindication, held a free election and comprehensively lost it.
<br />
<br />
Another confident government, secure in its assumption of popularity and increasingly accustomed to seeing itself as a natural party of governance, has now bit the dust. But the graciousness with which Prime Minister Atal Bihari Vajpayee immediately accepted
 the electorate's verdict and used it as an opportunity to affirm the transcendent values of democracy is itself an advertisement of India's democratic maturity. Nothing so much became his Bharatiya Janata Party in office as its leaving of it.</p>
<p>The American editor Norman Cousins once asked Jawaharlal Nehru what he hoped his legacy to India would be. "Four hundred million people capable of governing themselves," Nehru replied. The numbers have grown, but 350 million voters have demonstrated yet
 again to the world how completely they have absorbed his legacy. Four decades after Nehru's death, that offers "the world's largest democracy" a genuine cause for celebration.
<br />
<br />
<em>Shashi Tharoor is the author, most recently, of "Nehru: The Invention of India."
</em></p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>26/12/2011 18:06:36</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/14693/Meanwhile+A+vote+that+honored+Jawaharlal+Nehru</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">14693</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>14696</publicationdataID>
      <title>India will shine through the uncertainty</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p>India's election, while a triumph for democracy, has created a great deal of economic uncertainty. The Mumbai stock market's Sensex index has dropped by about 15 per cent over the past 10 days, while there has been talk of foreign investors fleeing the country
 and of an end to privatisation and reform.<br />
<br />
This gloom is overdone. To put the market reaction into perspective: the Sensex has still risen by almost 60 per cent in the past 12 months. And while it is true that the new Congress-led administration has already abandoned plans to sell stakes in big public-sector
 groups, this does not equate to a moratorium on economic reform. <br />
<br />
For a start, prime minister Manmohan Singh was the architect of the original 1991 reforms that lifted India above the so-called "Hindu rate of growth" of 3 to 4 per cent. And liberalisation of sectors such as power and telecoms has gone too far to be reversed.
 The huge drop in telephony charges over the past decade, for example, has been key to the success of India's IT industry.
<br />
<br />
Nor is government policy likely to stymie two trends in full swing: rising urban consumption (fuelled by easier credit) and corporate investment.
<br />
<br />
India's companies have repaired their balance sheets and improved productivity over the past four years, reducing working capital by 30 to 40 per cent on average, according to ICICI Bank. Now, with capacity utilisation rising, they are starting to invest again.
 Average earnings per share are expected to rise 15-20 per cent in 2004. </p>
<p><br />
<br />
On the other hand, a government more concerned with the lot of rural India and its poor should put into place reforms that should boost long-term growth. Education and infrastructure development are the two areas where India most obviously needs to catch up
 with China. And such policies, in turn, should spur manufacturing industry to further increase its investment levels. Other things being equal, that should create new jobs and boost consumer spending, leading to a virtuous circle.
<br />
<br />
The main constraint facing any Indian government, whatever its political colour, is the state of the public finances. With a budget deficit of more than 10 per cent of gross domestic product, there is a need to corral recalcitrant state governments into broadening
 the tax base and collecting payments more efficiently. <br />
<br />
All in all, the new government is more likely to prolong India's recent economic success than it is to cut it short. And it deserves the benefit of the doubt from investors.</p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>26/12/2011 18:08:46</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/14696/India+will+shine+through+the+uncertainty</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">14696</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>14700</publicationdataID>
      <title>An India Out of Rousseau</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p>HE road twisted up into the hills, smooth one minute, potholed the next, taking us away from the clamor of Kochi, the biggest city in Kerala, which occupies the southwestern corner of the vast Indian subcontinent.<br />
<br />
By my count, Ramesh, our driver on that fine morning last spring, hit the horn 10.7 times as often as he hit the brakes. His technique worked; most of the rice and fuel trucks stayed out of our way, as did gaudily painted buses named St. George and St. Thomas.
 There in the heartland of Christian Kerala, schools are dedicated to the Infant Jesus instead of Mahatma Gandhi, and white-clad nuns stroll in the markets.
<br />
<br />
We came across a cow and an egret, strolling along like old friends, which they no doubt were. We saw herds of domesticated buffalo and cattle, their horns painted green, blue and red, on the final lap of their long journey across the mountains, known as the
 Western Ghats, to the coastal markets. And we started our game-watching a bit earlier than expected when we rounded a corner and came face to face - well, more like face to ankle - with a reasonably tame elephant and his mahout.
<br />
<br />
As we climbed, bound eventually for the Periyar Wildlife Sanctuary, we got a cram course in the local economy. After an hour or so, the forest gave way to ordered rows of rubber trees, with rough beige sheets of rubber hanging like laundry on ropes outside
 roomy, modern houses. Roadside stands sold sweet, locally grown pineapples and their juices. We began to notice pepper vines snaking up betel palms, and farther along, my wife, Betsey, spotted two men raking drying peppercorns in a courtyard. Still higher
 up, meticulously trimmed mint-green tea bushes quilted hillsides and terraces as far as we could see.
</p>
<p>For us, this was a new and different India, an India that Rousseau might well have imagined, utterly unlike the sere, dusty north of the maharajahs.
<br />
<br />
We stopped for that night and another two at the Spice Village, one of the Casino group of hotels in and near Kerala owned by the Dominic family. With no false notes of opulence, it triumphantly combines the best of Indian tradition (architecture, food and
 hospitality) with Western creature comforts (air-conditioning, good beds and a small swimming pool). It sits, what's more, in a fragrant, carefully tended botanical garden, where every bush, tree and flower is clearly labeled. Guinea fowl, brought in because
 they keep snakes at bay, prance through the grounds. <br />
<br />
Anil Kumar, the manager, gave me a tour, pointing out not only floral spectaculars like the golden trumpet shrub (Allamanda cathartica) and the pale pink cassia but also clove bushes, cashew trees and vanilla vines. The region was mentioned by Pliny, Mr. Kumar
 said proudly, because of its abundant spices. <br />
<br />
In his willingness to go to any length to help, Mr. Kumar typified the kindness of nearly all the Keralites we met. He was typical as well in his knowledge of and interest in the wider world far beyond his remote mountain domain. Kerala is a tiny state, but
 nearly 91 percent of its 32 million people are literate, according to the 2001 census. They speak Malayalam, a language little known in other parts of India, but the regional newspaper, The Malayala Manorama, is read by eight million people a day, making it
 the nation's second most popular daily, after The Times of India. </p>
<p>The biggest favor Mr. Kumar did for us was the boat. The Periyar reserve encompasses 300 square miles of wilderness, most easily reached by boat on the lake at its northwest corner, which was created by a dam the British built in 1895. (The dam is in rainy
 Kerala, but the water in the lake is desperately needed by arid Tamil Nadu next door, which naturally causes political tensions.)
<br />
<br />
I had been warned that we had no real prospect of seeing much game from the small blue motorboats that ply Lake Periyar, packed with tourists who shout with every sighting, sending all but the most blasé animals scurrying for cover. Hire your own, I was advised.
 Not possible, Mr. Kumar said repeatedly. I pressed him; it worked. The shouters had their boats, we had ours, and we spent our time headed wherever they weren't.
<br />
<br />
Although the park has been designated as a tiger preserve, we saw no tigers, which seldom show themselves. Yet from the moment we arrived at the lake, well before dawn, with mist still rising from its surface, we witnessed a mesmerizing tableau of animal life:
 rare monkeys like lion-tailed macaques frolicking in the bamboo above the jetty, a magnificently colored kingfisher - turquoise, crimson and white, with an orange beak - sitting on a dead tree, herds of ugly wild boar grazing on the grassy verges, and snake-necked
 cormorants spreading their wings to dry as the sun came up in a pink sky. </p>
<p>A forbidding black shadow in the high grass turned out to be "our" first buffalo. When we drifted into one of the lake's many fingerlike bays, we saw a dozen more outlined ominously against the sky, and then, suddenly, we saw a big brute, easily 2,000 pounds,
 with shiny horns and a huge dewlap, slowly munching his breakfast of tender waterside shoots. When we were no more than five or six yards away, he turned his head, shot us a baleful glance and ambled off.
<br />
<br />
At one point, Bhaskaran, the boatman, cut the engine so we could hear the fish jumping and the birds warbling. A sambar deer with dramatic, scimitar-shaped horns stood on a hillside, as if posing for our nonexistent cameras; I was reminded of Landseer's painting
 of a Scottish stag, "The Monarch of the Glen." <br />
<br />
Birds escorted us home - a black-and-white jungle mynah, egrets, a pied kingfisher, a common mynah and a white-necked stork. I was resigning myself to a day without elephants, happy enough with all that we had seen, even with no Babar, no Queen Celeste. As
 we passed a mountain of pink hibiscus, I put my pen away. "Don't close your notebook yet," Betsey said, and then there they were, just to the left, strolling along an inlet, two big tuskers and two babies.
<br />
<br />
We headed over for a close look, fascinated by the elephants' little ears, which are only about a third the size of the unwieldy flaps of their African cousins. The grown-ups lowered their trunks into the water and gave themselves and the kids a shower. We
 took that as a signal to head back for a hearty breakfast of fluffy poori bread, homemade mango preserves and exquisite local tea, and a bath of our own.
</p>
<p>THE rest of our stay in the Ghats might have been an anticlimax, but not with Maria Angela Fernhof around. We met her - a striking black-haired Italian woman in a white robe, with silver bracelets on her wrists - when we went to her hotel, Shalimar Spice
 Garden, for lunch. The trip entailed a short, rather bumpy drive from the Spice Village and a walk along a swaying foot bridge that crosses a hidden valley.
<br />
<br />
"Bliss," the hotel brochure promised. Bliss it delivered, in the form of a beautiful white horse grazing near a lotus pond, brugsmania bushes with peach-colored, bell-shaped flowers, geese milling about nearby, an antique Buddha in the welcoming posture in
 an old, open-sided wooden pavilion, and a pervasive sense of serenity. Small, square windows here and there were glazed with shards of stained glass, in the manner of Le Corbusier's chapel at Ronchamp, in eastern France. In short, a tropical dreamscape, European
 in sensibility, Indian in detail, chic yet unspoiled. <br />
<br />
In addition to seven rooms in the main building, thatched cottages are scattered around the grounds, with whitewashed walls, old Keralan clothes presses, spare modern furniture and outdoor showers. A handsome swimming pool is tucked into a terrace. Yoga classes
 and ayurvedic treatments are offered for those who are so inclined. We had to settle for lunch, our first non-Asian meal in many days (although Indian food was offered, too).
<br />
<br />
At our places at a stone table, we found napkins tied with banana leaves. The food was a study in simplicity: homemade tagliatelli dressed with oil and fresh, wonderfully mild local garlic; a salad of sliced tomatoes with basil leaves from the hotel garden
 to scatter over them; roast chicken scented with rosemary and roast potatoes. </p>
<p>A Maugham heroine come to life, Ms. Fernhof told us she had first come to that part of the world when she was 19 and had returned every winter for years. In 1995, she said with more than a hint of mystery, she decided that "it was time for a change" and
 moved to India. Last year she sold her corner of paradise and left for Europe, promising to return someday soon. Her staff carries on, and the beauty of the place is immutable.
<br />
<br />
<strong>Visitor Information</strong><br />
<br />
Spice Village, Thekkady-Kumily Road, Thekkady, (91-4869) 222314, fax (91-4869) 222317, www.cghearth.com, has 52 villas, $75 to $150 for two, including breakfast.
<br />
<br />
Shalimar Spice Garden, Murikkady, (91-4869) 222132, fax (91-4869) 223022, www.shalimarkerala.com, has 10 rooms (from $140, depending on size and season) and 10 cottages (from $170), including breakfast. There is a swimming pool.
<br />
<br />
Game-viewing boats at Lake Periyar can be paid for through the hotels - $6.50 (at 46 rupees to the dollar) for a place on a public boat (plus the $1.10 park entrance fee), $110 to hire an entire boat, which can easily hold a dozen people. Take field glasses;
 the ones the hotels provide are not very useful. <br />
<br />
<em>R. W. APPLE Jr. is associate editor of The New York Times.</em></p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>26/12/2011 18:11:27</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/14700/An+India+Out+of+Rousseau</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">14700</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>14703</publicationdataID>
      <title>Detour in Rajasthan</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<div>
<div>
<p>WAS sitting in a pleasant bungalow in the desert in Rajasthan, India, thinking about dinner, when I felt a strong twinge in my jaw.
<br />
<br />
How could it be? I hadn't had tooth trouble for 25 years, and nothing had happened to that tooth, or any other, that I was aware of. But the message from the lower right molar could not be ignored, that throb, long forgotten but unmistakable.
<br />
<br />
I said nothing to Lily, my friend and roommate for the trip, as we walked to the dining room bungalow, where the Nepalese chef prepared simple, delicious meals for our small group. Chewing carefully on the other side throughout dinner, I blessed Indian-with-Nepalese-touches
 cuisine for its many slow-cooked vegetarian dishes. Our group walked back through the magnificent silence of the desert night, and I went to bed with a Tylenol and the fervent hope that the ache would disappear by morning.
<br />
<br />
Six of us, with guide and drivers, had come to this small camp, called Far Horizons Dera Dunes Retreat, as part of a tour of Rajasthan in January organized by Geographic Expeditions. The glorious northern Indian state is a storehouse of pink and ocher cities
 with a rich sprinkling of maharajah's palaces, many of them now hotels. <br />
<br />
Crossing into Rajasthan from Agra, we wandered through Fatepur Sikri, the enchanting Mogul palace complex built of red sandstone that has been abandoned since the late 16th century, then traveled by plane and car or van to Jaipur and Jodhpur. On the road, we
 passed through a vivid landscape of fields and market towns teeming with crowds, cows ambling among the food stalls and often into our path. On the poor roads, in often chaotic traffic, we sometimes closed our eyes, hoping for the best from our skillful drivers,
 for whom the horn was as essential as the brakes. </p>
<p>Now we were in the "away from it all" part of the trip - away from the exotic bustling cities to this stark desert country in the region of Jamba, several hours' drive northwest of Jodhpur, to see something of Indian rural life. Our schedule in this poor,
 remote area was a full one: visits to a local primary school and to the immaculate mud-structure compound of a welcoming family of Bishnoi, members of a sect that believe in the sanctity of all animal and plant life, and a picnic in the desert in the shade
 of a thorn tree. I was particularly determined to go on the next morning's visit to a local opium ceremony - a surprisingly low-key event in which several turbaned men quietly sat on the floor as one prepared a kind of opium drink for the group - and later
 that quintessential tourist experience, a sunset camel ride across the dunes. <br />
<br />
Perhaps a sip of the opium beverage would have been a good idea. (None of us tried it, although it is a token of hospitality in this region; partakers slurped it from their cupped palms.) By the time I got on my camel at the end of the day, the tooth was sending
 serious signals; Tylenol was doing nothing. As we lurched along slowly in that peculiar camel gait, I tried to divert myself by imagining I was part of a long-ago camel caravan, but it didn't work.
<br />
<br />
After dinner, I took aside our tour guide, Neel Pratap, and explained that I had to somehow get to a dentist, although we were to leave the next morning for what was to be the high point of the trip, the Nagaur camel fair. His cellphone didn't work from the
 camp, so the next morning the group moved out, as planned, and we proceeded to the nearest village where Neel, Lily and I went into the P.C.O., or public call office.
</p>
<p>Going back to Delhi for treatment seemed to be my fate, but Lily suggested first calling an American writer in Udaipur, our final destination before Delhi and departure, to whom she had an introduction. Miraculously, the writer not only answered the phone
 but also said she had a local dentist she could recommend highly. <br />
<br />
Feeling pathetic, I parted from my friends, who headed for Nagaur, and with the two drivers already arranged by Neel in a whirlwind of efficiency, set off on the three-hour drive back to Jodhpur. There I would spend four more hours before getting a flight to
 Udaipur, and the next morning, a Saturday, I would see the dentist first thing. <br />
<br />
In Jodhpur, a guide had been arranged for me who turned out to be a most appealing character, and I tramped with him through the vast 17th-century Mehrangarh Fort and palace that loomed dramatically over the city. Yes, I felt lousy; but it beat sitting for
 hours in a dreary airport. And seeing the charming 18th-century miniatures of the maharajah disporting himself in this very palace, checking out the collection of royal cradles set in small swings, and looking down from the parapet on the blue houses far below
 (the color blue is reserved for Brahmins), I knew I would be glad I'd been stoical enough to do this.
<br />
<br />
But something snapped later down in the market when my affable guide stopped at a shopfront, the Baba Art Emporium, and announced our impending visit within.
<br />
<br />
"I'm sick," I bellowed. "I absolutely will not go shopping!" </p>
<p>At that very moment, like a jinni in the Arabian Nights, an engaging young Indian appeared from within, assuring me that I needed to sit down and have a cup of tea, and that there was absolutely no need to buy any of the things he would like to show me.
 Five minutes later, through a haze of pain, I was looking at such beautiful shawls, pashminas and bedspreads, for such remarkably low prices, that resistance faded. There had been almost no time on the trip to shop for gifts to take home. "But how will I fit
 them in my luggage?" I asked. "Madam," he smilingly replied, "I will send them by DHL. You will have them in three days."
<br />
<br />
After a night at the almost alarmingly luxurious Oberoi hotel, the Udaivilas, in Udaipur, where the graceful, solicitous staff chose an ultrasoft curry for me, I was driven to the dentist. I naturally felt some trepidation going to a foreign dentist, but it
 was immediately clear that young, businesslike Dr. D. S. Mewara was completely up to speed. He sat me down at the computer to enter my information; he flashed his X-ray of the troubled tooth on the screen for us to look at together; and he explained that I
 indeed had an abscessed tooth, complicated by an old, incomplete root canal. He added that the tooth might ultimately have to come out. But he couldn't go into it without spreading infection; full treatment would have to wait until I got home. Along with a
 detailed drawing of the ailing tooth, he gave me a prescription for a strong painkiller and two antibiotics.
<br />
<br />
"Americans don't like to take antibiotics," he said forcefully. "But you must take!"
<br />
<br />
"I will take!" I swore. </p>
<p>The driver took me to the drugstore - actually a sort of drive-up shopfront - and handed me the drugs, which took effect with remarkable speed. By that night, most of the pain was gone. Although I chewed gingerly on the other side for the rest of the trip,
 I was able to meet the rest of the group when they reappeared, and to enjoy Udaipur, the lovely resort city set on two shimmering lakes. One of them, Lake Pichola, reflects the vast city palace and the celebrated Lake Palace Hotel that floats on its own minuscule
 island. <br />
<br />
IN retrospect, the whole incident was unfortunate; I could have done without it. But it did mean I learned a few things about India that I wouldn't have known otherwise:
<br />
<br />
Modern communications exist even in remote areas of the country. <br />
<br />
There are well-trained dentists even in a small Indian city (my dentist - a new one - back in the United States said Dr. Mewara's drawing and instructions were impeccable).
<br />
<br />
If the things you are looking at are beautiful enough (say, the gold-leaf ceiling of the durbar hall in Mehrangarh Fort in Jodhpur), you can absorb them even with an aching jaw.
<br />
<br />
Shopping for glorious Indian fabrics can be done even under adverse circumstances.
<br />
<br />
But here's the best lesson. </p>
<p>As I left Dr. Mewara that Saturday morning, with my warmest thanks for his help, I asked him what I owed. (I had been worrying about whether my own medical insurance would cover this and berated myself for not taking out the absurdly expensive medical insurance
 offered for the trip - although I had signed up for the emergency evacuation insurance.)
<br />
<br />
"Two hundred rupees," he said - under $5. I gawked at him. <br />
<br />
And the medications? They were $3.75, for two antibiotics and several days' worth of painkillers.
<br />
<br />
The total tab? Under $10. <br />
<br />
That's what I really learned about India. <br />
<br />
<strong>Visitor Information</strong><br />
<br />
An excellent, manageably sized guidebook, which others kept borrowing from me, is "Rajasthan, Delhi and Agra," one of the Neos Guide series published by Michelin; $21.95.
<br />
<br />
Geographic Expeditions, 1008 General Kennedy Avenue, Post Office Box 29902, San Francisco, Calif. 94129-0902; (800) 777-8183, fax (415) 346-5535; www.geoex.com. Although my tour was a customized itinerary, the company offers its own series of 18-day Festivals
 of Rajasthan programs. The remaining one this year, Nov. 11 to 28, is built around the Pushkar Camel Fair. The land-only costs are either $4,785 or $5,485 a person, based on double occupancy, depending on the group size. Air fare within India adds about $160.
<br />
<br />
Oberoi Udaivilas Resort, Haridasji Ki Magri, Udaipur, Rajasthan-313 001, India; telephone (91-294) 243-3300; fax (91-294) 243-3200. This very grand 87-room hotel (five suites) sits on 35 acres overlooking Lake Pichola in Udaipur. Done in modern Mogul style,
 with lots of marble, cascades and fountains, swimming pools and a full spa, and air-conditioning. Doubles $395 or $495, plus 5 percent tax; meals not included. Rates go up in high season, starting Oct. 1.
</p>
<p>Mehrangarh Fort, Jodhpur. Open 9 a.m. to 1 p.m. and 2 to 5 p.m. every day except Holi, a spring festival. Entrance fee $5.75, at 46 rupees to the dollar; the museum, $1.10. You need a few hours to see the ornate interior rooms and courtyards, the small museum
 and the amazing views. <br />
<br />
Baba Art Emporium, C-216, Sadar Market, near LKP Forex, Clock Tower, Jodhpur; telephone (91-291) 264-9174. Of the many shops in the market area of Jodhpur, I visited this one, with rugs, jewelry, handicrafts and a fine collection of shawls, bedspreads and other
 textiles. <br />
<br />
<em>NANCY R. NEWHOUSE is editor of the Travel section.</em></p>
</div>
</div>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>26/12/2011 18:13:27</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/14703/Detour+in+Rajasthan</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">14703</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>14706</publicationdataID>
      <title>The Taj Mahal Is a Glorious Survivor</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p>THE most famous narrative of the Taj Mahal, India's transcendent tourist attraction, is the love story that prompted its construction: the death of queen Mumtaz during the birth of her 14th child; the grief of her emperor-husband, Shah Jahan; and his vow
 to build the world's greatest monument to love.<br />
<br />
But after more than 350 years, there are other narratives worth exploring as well, including India's own complicated relationship with the monument, and with the Islamic emperors who built it and many of this country's architectural treasures.
<br />
<br />
There is the survivor's narrative of a monument that has been plundered, nearly dismantled, and eroded by pollution. Read enough of the history, and it seems a wonder it is standing at all.
<br />
<br />
Then there is the narrative of visiting it. The Taj has been so hyped through time that seeing it seems destined to be an anticlimax. But it isn't. The tomb's whiteness, its symmetry, its curves, majestic scale and exquisite detail are unreal.
<br />
<br />
Unfortunately, visiting it is a little too real. The Taj is set in Agra, an overcrowded city whose population has far surpassed its support system. After three trips to the Taj with different guests, I have come to dread the heat, the hawkers, the haphazardness
 of its surroundings - always vowing that this visit will be the last. Then I see the ethereal dome framed in the gateway that ensures a dramatic entrance and cannot wait to return.
<br />
<br />
The Taj is one of those rare creations that work from a distance and up close, as a whole and in parts, and in totally different ways. It has had its critics ("Marble, I perceive, covers a multitude of sins," Aldous Huxley wrote), but they are few.
</p>
<p>The tomb is set against river and sky, the hue of its marble changing in the day's light. The perfect shape of the dome is reflected in the long rectangular pool in front. The almost womanly nature of the building's curves offsets the more severe formality
 of its planes. The white marble contrasts beautifully with the red sandstone of the mosque and its matching jawab, or answer - the two buildings that flank the tomb - and the greenery of the gardens.
<br />
<br />
The interior bears a totally different kind of scrutiny, to perceive the intricacy and color of the flowers that decorate the marble surface and delicacy of the almost lacy marble screen that surrounds the queen's tomb. Outside, the gardens - the Moguls' signature
 - today are significantly altered from the Mogul era, but they are respectably maintained. You can, and should, walk the periphery of the tomb, both to appreciate the building and its relationship to the river and also the Indian families, lovers and tourists
 who come en masse to see their country's great treasure. <br />
<br />
The Taj Mahal has become the most identifiable symbol of India, drawing 2.2 million tourists a year. People visit for the romance, although it is not a particularly romantic experience. But in an age obsessed with Islamic extremism, it is also worth viewing
 as a manifestation of another side of Islamic civilization. <br />
<br />
Those who talk about the lost glory of Islam and how the loss has helped feed Muslim anger can find that glory in the Taj and its marriage of architecture, design and engineering. It is one of the world's most spectacular examples of Islamic art, albeit melded
 with Persian, Indian and Central Asian influences. It represents the culmination of an empire that, if not always benevolent, did provide India with much of its modern-day structure and administrative foundation.
</p>
<p>Shah Jahan - "Emperor of the World" - was one of a series of Mogul, or Muslim, emperors who ruled India from the 16th to 18th centuries. Theirs was a civilization that contained both cruelty and justice, excess and refinement. The emperors were great patrons
 of the arts and artisans, students of science and architecture and gardens. <br />
<br />
The Taj is a wonder in the best sense, in that much of what makes it work is invisible. The double layer dome. The calligraphers' artfulness in gradually increasing the height of letters in the Koranic scriptures on the exterior so that they look uniform. The
 ingenious underground pipes that supplied water to the channels in the Charbagh, or foursquare garden.
<br />
<br />
But India is a majority Hindu nation, until last week’s election controlled by Hindu nationalists whose bête noire is the Muslim invaders who built the Taj. The Moguls were marauding conquerors who brutalized the bodies, psyches, and monuments of Hindu India.
 But they also gave the country many of its most beautiful buildings and gardens, which lie almost casually studded throughout Delhi and Agra and nearby Fatehpur Sikri, the fabulous abandoned city built by Akbar.
<br />
<br />
Some ardent Hindu nationalists ignore this; others deny it altogether. In our office library I recently unearthed a small volume called the "The Taj Mahal Is a Temple Palace," by one P. N. Oak in 1974, and billed as "An Epoch-Making Discovery Which Has Proved
 All Histories and Historians Wrong." He argues that the Taj was "built by a powerful Rajput king in pre-Muslim times," constructed "of the Hindus, for the Hindus and by the Hindus."
</p>
<p>Most historians, of course, disagree; it is clearly established that the Taj was built by Shah Jahan, the son of Jahangir, the Mogul emperor. Shah Jahan reputedly chose Arjumand Banu, renamed Mumtaz Mahal - "chosen one of the palace" - as a wife at a noble
 ladies' bazaar. Inflated through the ages into an almost impossibly beautiful, virtuous and brave woman, despite a fairly scanty historical record, Mumtaz Mahal accompanied him to war, and bore him 14 children, the last birth killing her at the age of 39.
 In death she became her bereft husband's muse. <br />
<br />
Like most great monuments, the Taj is a testament to the excesses of its time. The Moguls were given to outrageous collections and displays of wealth. So it was that 20,000 laborers (Kipling wrote of the "sorrow of the workmen who died in the building - used
 up like cattle") spent 22 years to fulfill Shah Jahan's fancy, with jewels, materials and craftsmen imported from China, Baghdad, Afghanistan and elsewhere.
<br />
<br />
But its story is also about a struggle between tolerance and extremism within Islam that continues to this day. Shah Jahan was imprisoned by his son Aurangzeb, who succeeded him and reportedly disapproved of his father's profligacy. Discarding the relative
 tolerance of his forebears, Aurangzeb brought a Taliban-style rule, trying to impose a literal Islam and persecuting and penalizing Hindus and others.
<br />
<br />
Shah Jahan had sought perfect symmetry in the Taj, and placed the tomb of Mumtaz (actually a marble cenotaph; her body is buried below) squarely at the center, forming a perfect sightline out the entrance. Aurangzeb spoiled that symmetry by placing his father's
 tomb inside as well. </p>
<p>Some say that was because he felt guilty over how he had treated his father and wanted to make amends. On my last trip, my guide said it was because Aurangzeb deliberately sought to ruin the symmetry because under Islam, symmetry should be reserved for God.
 "He was a fanatic Muslim," the guide, a Hindu Brahmin, said. Whether that particular detail is true or not, Aurangzeb's fanaticism ultimately led to the decline of the Mogul empire, prompting revolts among different subject groups.
<br />
<br />
Aurangzeb did preserve the tomb at the Taj as a sacred space, and for years, the Koran was continually read here by mullahs. That custom ended as the Mogul empire declined, and the British empire began to coalesce.
<br />
<br />
The British, along with the Jats, a caste of northern India, looted the Taj of the lavish carpets, jewels, silver doors and tapestries that once bedecked it. Lord William Bentinck, the first governor-general of India, even planned to dismantle the Taj and sell
 off the marble. And by the mid-19th century, according to D. N. Dube and Shalini Saran in "Taj Mahal," a small, readable guide published by Roli Books International in 1985, the Taj had become a colonial "pleasure resort," with Englishmen and women dancing
 on the terrace, and the mosque and its jawab rented out to honeymooners. <br />
<br />
Lord Curzon, who did more than any Englishman to preserve the Taj and other monuments, noted that picnickers often came armed with hammer and chisel, the better to extract fragments of agate and carnelian from the flowers. He repaired the buildings, restored
 the gardens, although with a British touch, and got the canals working again. </p>
<p>It is easy to revile the British treatment of the Taj, but the Indians haven't always done much better. As Agra grew, little effort was made to spare the Taj the ravages of pollution, which began to discolor the white marble. In the late 1990's, as the monument's
 future began to seem deeply imperiled, the Supreme Court ordered the shifting of some industries farther away.
<br />
<br />
Today, only electric-powered vehicles (or bicycle rickshaws) are allowed near the Taj, and under a public-private partnership between the government and the Taj Group of hotels, a major conservation effort is under way. Moving slowly, thanks to unwieldy bureaucracy,
 but steadily, a group of global experts has spent more than two years researching and documenting the monument. Soon the real work on the ground will begin. First the visitor facilities - toilets, drinking water and the like - will be improved, and security
 made less obtrusive. Then will come questions like how to improve the visitor flow through the site and whether to restore the gardens to their original state or preserve the lawns that were installed by Lord Curzon.
<br />
<br />
A persistent conservation effort seems essential, given the continuing threats to the monument. A scandal erupted after the government of Uttar Pradesh, the state where the Taj sits, allowed construction to start on a Taj Heritage Corridor, which included a
 shopping mall between the Taj and Agra Fort, without securing the permission of the central government. The project was scrapped amid fears that it could damage the Taj, not to mention its ambience, and the state's former chief minister, Mayawati, is being
 investigated for corruption in connection with the project. <br />
<br />
For now, the Taj endures, its elegance in contrast to the slums that house nearly half of Agra's 1.5 million people.</p>
<p>In the words of the Indian publication Outlook Traveller, "Whatever mileage the city gets out of the country's most celebrated building, it loses in the fact that you step out of it into filth."
<br />
<br />
You can avoid some of the unpleasantness by taking an air-conditioned bus tour, as my friend Christine and I did recently. Most tours also stop at Akbar's tomb and Agra Fort, both definitely worth seeing. A tour will spare you much harassment, but is expensive,
 and subject to the whim of a guide; the one we had rushed us through the riveting 16th-century Agra Fort, then forced us to linger endlessly at a souvenir shop.
<br />
<br />
For more control of your time, you can take the train to Agra or drive the 125 miles from Delhi. Either way, you will leave your car or a taxi at the required distance, and hire a bicycle rickshaw or motorized vehicle (or walk) to reach the monument. Most transport
 will drop you at the eastern or western gate, where you will buy tickets, but if you can, make your way to the southern gate - it allows for the most dramatic entrance, in which you move from a medieval city quarter into a garden of paradise.
<br />
<br />
As a foreigner, you will pay $16 and be required to buy a "day pass" to visit all the monuments - Agra Fort, and others - even if you do not plan to visit them. Day pass is a misnomer: even if you buy it, you must pay additional fees at the other monuments.
<br />
<br />
Getting into the Taj can leave you fairly ragged, between multiple pat-downs by security guards, innumerable government-approved guides wanting to sell their services, and having to check your electronic devices, often with extortionists who demand to be paid.
 On your way out, the hawkers will pounce. </p>
<p>The Taj, the Agra Fort and Fatepur Sikri are all in Uttar Pradesh, one of India's poorest, most populous states. Unemployment is extremely high, and you cannot blame residents for viewing the monuments and the foreign tourists they draw as an economic lifeline.
 Desperation sometimes manifests as aggression. <br />
<br />
There may be no more brutal, surreal metaphor for that than what one sees on the road between the Taj and Fatepur Sikri; it is lined with men with dancing bears. As cars approach, the small bears are yanked up on their hind legs in the hope of extracting a
 few rupees from passing motorists. <br />
<br />
But perhaps a certain arduousness in visiting the Taj only adds to its effect. Somehow, after navigating the chaos, its beauty is even more remarkable, perhaps more unexpected, when it first floats into view, an image serene and perfect enough to tattoo inside
 an eyelid. <br />
<br />
<strong>Visitor Information</strong><br />
<br />
Admission to the Taj Mahal is $16, at 46 rupees to $1. Open 7 a.m. to 7 p.m. every day but Friday. Information: (91-562) 2330498 or 2230869; www.tajmahalindia.net.
<br />
<br />
By air: Indian Airlines, (91-11) 24622220 or (91-11) 1400; www.Indian-airlines.nic.in, has service from New Delhi Monday, Wednesday, Friday and Sunday, departing New Delhi at 11 a.m. and arriving in Agra at 11:35 a.m., then departing Agra at 4:05 p.m. and arriving
 at 4:40 p.m.; $130 to $170. <br />
<br />
By rail: The Shatabdi Express, fully air-conditioned, has daily service from New Delhi. Train No. 2002 departs from New Delhi Station at 6 a.m. and arrives in Agra at 8:15 a.m. The return trip on Train No. 2001 leaves Agra at 8:15 p.m. and arrives in New Delhi
 at 10:15 p.m.; $16 to $31. </p>
<p>The Taj Express also has daily service. Train No. 2180 leaves Nizamuddin Station in New Delhi at 7:15 a.m., arriving in Agra at 9:45 a.m.; the return trip (Train No. 2179) leaves Agra at 4:45 p.m. and arrives at 9:45 p.m.; $3.55 (not air-conditioned) to
 $11.55 (air-conditioned). <br />
<br />
Rail information can be found at www.indianrailways.gov.in; (91-11) 131 or 1335. <br />
<br />
Bus tours: Travelite, 5-H, Vandhna Building, 11 Tolstoy Marg, New Delhi; (91-11) 2372 5860 or (91-11) 2372 3166; fax (91-11) 2372 2879 or (91-11) 2331 9511; www.traveliteindia.com. The cost is $29 from Delhi for tours of the Taj Mahal, Akbar's tomb and Agra
 Fort, and includes lunch. <br />
<br />
International Travel House, Maurya Sheraton Hotel and Tours, Diplomatic Enclave, Sardar Patel Marg, New Delhi; (91-11) 2611 2233, Extension 2929 or 1909; www.travelhouseindia.com. The cost is $82, with tours of the Taj Mahal, Akbar's tomb (Sikandra) and Agra
 Fort, breakfast, lunch and tea. <br />
<br />
P. J. ANTHONY<br />
<br />
<em>AMY WALDMAN is co-chief of the South Asia bureau of The New York Times.</em></p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>26/12/2011 18:16:18</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/14706/The+Taj+Mahal+Is+a+Glorious+Survivor</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">14706</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>14711</publicationdataID>
      <title>India emerges as the new star of Asia: Democracy - and growth</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p>For a casual visitor, the most striking feature of India's month-long general election, for which the fourth and final round of voting takes place today, is the ennuiwith which it has been greeted by the local population.<br />
<br />
I spent the past week in New Delhi and found throughout my stay that colleagues and acquaintances were more interested in discussing European soccer players - about whom they were incredibly well-informed - than domestic politicians. While Indian politics,
 as the world's largest exercise in democracy, remain fascinating to outsiders, the boredom of local voters strikes me as a perfectly healthy sign of political maturity.<br />
<br />
As in so many western countries, these elections are unlikely to bring about radical change. Whether the BJP or (less likely) the Congress party end up forming the next government, their political direction - with the important exception of the question of
 religious tolerance - will be similar. From the point of view of foreign investors, the crucial point is that economic reform, deregulation, privatisation and the opening up of India to the world through lower tariffs and fewer trade barriers are likely to
 continue.<br />
<br />
Economically, India is already on a roll at present. Not only is it growing strongly in absolute terms, with gross domestic product rising at an annual clip of more than 8 per cent in the latest quarter, boosted by a favourable monsoon. It is also starting
 to do relatively well against China, with which it has long been unfavourably compared.</p>
<p>India may not be "shining", as the ruling BJP would have voters believe - certainly rural India is not. But as China's growth starts to sputter, India's star will appear even brighter. That should boost inflows of foreign direct investment, which are still
 tiny, as well as attracting even more institutional money.<br />
<br />
And in the long term, India's scope to catch up with developed countries, as well as its favourable demographics, give it a potential for sustained growth that even China may not be able to match. In a recent update to its report last autumn about the four
 big developing economies - Brazil, Russia, India and China (or BRICs) - Goldman Sachs forecasts 5 per cent-plus annual GDP growth for India for the next 45 years. If those assumptions are correct, India will become the world's third-largest economy by 2050,
 behind only China and the US.</p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>26/12/2011 18:18:40</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/14711/India+emerges+as+the+new+star+of+Asia+Democracy++and+growth</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">14711</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>14714</publicationdataID>
      <title>A democratic India is overtaking China</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p>India is now in the middle of what many Chinese would give their right arm for – a general election. Yet, China is the power that gets all the attention. When President Richard Nixon first went to China, it was widely assumed that the reason he ignored India
 and courted China was that China had nuclear weapons and could help balance the Soviet Union. Since 1998, India has possessed nuclear weapons and can balance China. Slowly, Washington is waking up to the fact that the tortoise soon might overtake the hare.
 Still the investors and the press continue in their old ways. Last year, the inflow of foreign capital into China was two and a half times that into India. The press barely covers the Indian election whilst every day there is a story out of Beijing.<br />
<br />
This skewed appreciation has been going on since the time of Mao tse Tung. Whilst in the 1960s and 70s, China basked in accolades, India’s economic planners were widely abused. India was mocked for its "Hindu growth rate”. China’s people were fed, housed, clean
 and tidy, while India’s were ragged, hungry and sinking into a trough of despondency – "a wounded civilisation”, wrote VS Naipaul.</p>
<p>Neville Maxwell of Oxford University was one of the more prominent of the legion of Western intellectuals who in the ‘60s and ‘70s thought China had found the answer to underdevelopment. In 1974, he wrote, "Mao and his party triumphed where Stalin cruelly
 failed, basically because Mao understood and trusted the peasantry”. It was hog wash. With the 1981 famine, we could see, to use George Watson’s phrase, "the intellectuals were duped”. As Watson exposed the romantic gullibility of Beatrice and Sydney Webb,
 Stephen Spender and Andre Gide and their glowing reports of the Soviet economy in the ‘30s, so too the China seers of the ‘60s and ‘70s were held up to the harsh light of day. China had to beg around the world for grain whilst India had managed to survive
 the savage drought of 1979 without having to import a sack. <br />
<br />
Now with Mao long dead and the capitalistic reforms of Deng Xiaoping well into their stride, the story is being repeated but in a more complex way. To many, China’s economic progress has been nothing less than spectacular. But inflationary pressures, bad bank
 loans, a fast increasing maldistribution of income and crime all threaten its economic stability.
<br />
<br />
India, meanwhile, has been gradually but with increasing speed loosening up its old Fabian socialist system. After a major economic crisis in 1991, the then finance minister, Manmohan Singh, introduced major pro-market reforms and fiscal expansion and India’s
 economy has never looked back. Annual growth averages above 5 per cent and now thanks to a good monsoon is 8 per cent. Singh believes that with more reforms than the present government has so far countenanced, an average annual growth rate of 6.5 per cent
 is sustainable – which is what he privately thinks China’s over-hyped growth rate actually is.</p>
<p>In reality, India is better placed for future growth. Its capital markets operate with greater efficiency than do China’s. They are also much more transparent. Companies can raise the money they need. India’s legal system, whilst over slow, is much more
 advanced and is able to settle sophisticated and complex cases. Its banking system has relatively few non-performing assets. Its democracy and media are alive and vital which provides a safety valve for the incoherent changes that modern day economic growth
 brings. India has religious riots, secessionist movements, urban squalor and bitter rural poverty. But the voters know they can throw the rascals out, and regularly do.
<br />
<br />
Moreover, the massive flows of foreign investment into China are a two-edged sword. It has become a substitute for domestic entrepreneurship. Few of the Chinese goods we buy are in fact made by indigenous companies. And the few that exist are besieged by regulatory
 constraints and find it hard to raise domestic capital. Its remaining state-owned enterprises remain massive but bloated and possess a frightening number of non-performing loans from China’s vulnerable banking system. It is India that has created world class
 companies that can compete with the best in the West, often on the cutting edge of software, pharmaceuticals and biotechnology.
<br />
<br />
India’s trump cards are its language, English, its emphasis on maths in its schools, and the talents of its diaspora. For decades, China has benefited from the wealth and the investment potential of its diaspora and the economic energy of Hong Kong and Taiwan.
 After years of ignoring its diaspora, India is now welcoming them back – and they have much more "intellectual capital” to offer than China’s, much of it coming from Silicon Valley where the Indian contribution has shone.
<br />
<br />
Watch the tortoise continue its course as the hare starts to lose its breath. <br />
<br />
Jonathan Power is a columnist based in London</p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>26/12/2011 18:21:05</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/14714/A+democratic+India+is+overtaking+China</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">14714</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>14718</publicationdataID>
      <title>Bengal tiger's prospects are burning bright</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p>Is India the new China? No, but there is a new India, and even if Congress, the party of nostalgic but moneyed socialism, wins the election that ends on Monday it will find that the reform process has taken on a life of its own.<br />
<br />
The gap in economic performance and living standards between the Asian giants - each with a population of more than 1billion - has grown into a chasm since 20 years ago, when they were pretty well on a par. Today, Chinese people earnings are, on average, twice
 that of Indians.<br />
<br />
But Adit Jain, IMA Asia's India managing director, says the country will probably grow by 8per cent this year. The momentum is such that it is unlikely to dip below 5 per cent, he believes. It is still running a modest fiscal deficit, but has also built up
 $153 billion reserves.<br />
<br />
The higher growth figures depend on good monsoons, though. For a quarter of the economy comprises agriculture, compared with 15 per cent of China's. And India's share of world trade is less than 1 per cent, China's 5 per cent.<br />
<br />
While it does not look as if India is catching up with China, its process of change and modernisation is inexorable - later than China, but moving in parallel.<br />
<br />
This is reinforcing powerfully, as is Japan's belated revival, the perception of a true dawning of an Asian century whose birth was delayed by the collapse of 1997.<br />
<br />
A sharply lower cost of funds, down by about 5 per cent to about 7 per cent, is driving an investment and construction boom in India - chiefly from domestic sources. Foreign investment is around 10 per cent of China's $70billion a year but is growing rapidly.
 Of the Fortune 500 companies, 100 have established R&amp; D centres in India.</p>
<p>The election, in which about 670 million people will have voted, has reflected the changed climate in the country. Gurcharan Das, the former chief executive of Procter &amp; Gamble India, says the old electoral focus on "Temple, Mosque, Caste" has been replaced
 by "Electricity, Roads, Water".<br />
<br />
The BJP party that has led the ruling coalition under Prime Minister Atal Bihari Vajpayee, has campaigned on "India Shining", stressing the dividends of reform rather than the Hindu nationalism that was its original raison d'etre.<br />
<br />
The world has watched India change through two processes: software development, and business process outsourcing. These are important, "head-turning" sectors, and their impact has made the world start to take India seriously as an economy.<br />
<br />
China the world's factory, India its services centre. But other stories are now emerging.<br />
<br />
Some manufacturing is shifting to China. But 15 of the world's leading car makers are now sourcing components from India.<br />
<br />
Unilever exports half its Indian production. Wal-Mart is expecting to source $7 billion worth of goods a year from India before 2010. Hero Honda has become the largest motorcycle maker in the world, producing 1.7 million bikes a year.<br />
<br />
Renault is sourcing tractors from India. Chemical manufacturers, such as Ciba and Bayer, are stepping up their Indian exports.</p>
<p>And steel-making is enjoying a revival, with healthy sales to China. Giant conglomerate Tata claims to be the world's lowest cost steel producer.<br />
<br />
All the above are helped immensely by having a rapidly expanding domestic market as a base. The size of the "consuming classes" is estimated as anything from 40 million (those earning $5500 a year) to 200 million.<br />
<br />
Over 15 years, Adit Jain believes, "India will emerge as a country with pockets of excellence", globally competitive in vehicles, pharmaceuticals and biotech, textiles, chemicals and information technology.<br />
<br />
A lasting settlement of the Kashmir stand-off, reinforcing the rapprochement with Pakistan that recently produced a memorable Test series - a triumph of cricket diplomacy - would see a further surge in confidence.</p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>26/12/2011 18:23:03</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/14718/Bengal+tigers+prospects+are+burning+bright</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">14718</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>14722</publicationdataID>
      <title>Made in India, the ideal 'cocktail' for AIDS</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p>A three-year study of AIDS drugs has identified what the research leaders believe is the ideal triple-therapy cocktail for new patients.
<br />
<br />
The successful cocktail, known colloquially as "two nukes plus a nonnuke," is the same one that the World Health Organization has been recommending in poor countries since 2002. It is also the same combination that Indian suppliers of generic drugs have been
 putting in three-in-one pills since 2001. <br />
<br />
Another drug cocktail examined in the study - a "three-nuke combination" - did so poorly that patients were taken off it. The failed cocktail is the only one made as a three-in-one pill by any Western pharmaceutical company.
<br />
<br />
The study, its authors said, suggests that patients who have never been on AIDS drugs should be started on a combination of two nucleoside reverse transcriptase inhibitors ("nukes") and a nonnucleoside reverse transcriptase inhibitor ("nonnuke").
<br />
<br />
Currently, U.S. and European doctors prescribe many different mixes of the 20 drugs approved for fighting AIDS infections, and shift the mixes as patients develop resistance or side effects.
<br />
<br />
The study of 1,147 patients, published in the April 29 issue of The New England Journal of Medicine, looked for an ideal regimen for new patients that avoided protease inhibitors. Those drugs are effective and often prescribed by Western doctors, but they can
 damage the liver or shift body fat into unsightly humps. </p>
<p>The study was begun before any drugs in the two newest classes of AIDS drugs, fusion inhibitors and integrase inhibitors, were approved.
<br />
<br />
AIDS experts said a second conclusion from the study was that the three-in-one pills offered by generic drugmakers from India were better for new patients than any of those sold or planned by Western drug companies.
<br />
<br />
The study "reinforces the point" that the type of cocktail recommended for poor countries by the World Health Organization is right for rich countries as well, said the study's lead author, Dr. Roy Gulick, director of the HIV clinical trials unit at Weill Cornell
 Medical College in New York City. <br />
<br />
The latest guidelines from the National Institutes of Health for U.S. doctors recommend starting new patients either on the same two-nukes-plus-a-nonnuke regimen that the WHO recommends, or a two-nukes-plus-a-protease-inhibitor regimen.
<br />
<br />
Most of the Weill Cornell study's 1,147 patients were nonwhite and 19 percent were women, Gulick said, so the study's conclusions should be applicable worldwide.
<br />
<br />
The AIDS expert who led the committee that formulated the WHO guidelines, Dr. Scott Hammer, chief of the division of infectious diseases at Columbia Presbyterian Medical Center, said the WHO made its 2002 recommendation because the combination worked well and
 the drugs were generally cheap.</p>
<p>Besides their toxicity problems, he said, protease inhibitors were expensive because only companies that held patents on the drugs made them, and some of the medications required refrigeration, which is impossible to guarantee in, for example, rural Africa.
 In the new study, the cocktail that worked best was a mix of the "nukes" AZT and lamivudine plus the "nonnuke" efavirenz. After 32 weeks on the cocktail, 89 percent of the patients had almost undetectable levels of virus in their blood. The cocktail that did
 less well was a mixture of AZT and lamivudine plus abacavir. After 32 weeks, only 79 percent of the patients had low levels of virus.
<br />
<br />
That cocktail is sold by GlaxoSmithKline as a three-in-one pill under the name Trizivir.
<br />
<br />
Most of the study was paid for and monitored by the National Institute of Allergy and Infectious Diseases, part of the National Institutes of Health.
<br />
<br />
The report by Human Rights Watch, a nongovernmental organization based in New York, states that while the Philippines shares many of the risk factors of other countries, Filipinos are more vulnerable because 85 percent of them adhere to a religion, Roman Catholicism,
 "whose leadership objects to the use of condoms for any purpose."</p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>26/12/2011 18:25:04</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/14722/Made+in+India+the+ideal++for</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">14722</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>14725</publicationdataID>
      <title>B'wood gets a TV boost in South Africa</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p><strong>Johannesburg: The Bollywood film industry, enjoying a revival here over the last three years, has received an additional boost with the broadcast on public television of a season of top Hindi films for the first time.</strong><br />
<br />
The country's national public broadcaster, South African Broadcasting Corp (SABC), has started showing Bollywood films Saturday evenings for 13 weeks to test the market here for non-Indian viewers.
<br />
<br />
The first two screenings -- "Devdas" starring Shah Rukh Khan, Aishwarya Rai and Madhuri Dixit, and the Mani Ratnam film "Bombay" -- have had huge responses from audiences who are seeing Bollywood films free on TV for the first time.
<br />
<br />
But it is still early to tell whether the promising doubling of the Saturday night audience will be consistent enough to ensure future airing of Bollywood products, according to Anu Nepal, commissioning editor for SABC.
<br />
<br />
A film distributor herself before joining SABC, Nepal used her knowledge of the South African Bollywood market to secure some of the best films of recent years.
<br />
<br />
"The channel has been looking at the Bollywood industry quite closely and in line with their strategy to offer movies to viewers, it was decided to showcase a season of Bollywood movies to test the market," Nepal told IANS.
<br />
<br />
"The global phenomenon of Bollywood is in line with the channel's objective of meeting the needs of its audience, which is locally rooted but globally connected."
<br />
<br />
Nepal emphasised the idea was not to introduce South African Indian audiences to Bollywood movies as they have had access for a long time through cinema, video, DVD and subscription TV channels like Zee TV, Sony Entertainment Television and B4U.
</p>
<p>"It's to introduce the Bollywood genre of movies to a wider, non-Indian TV audience who until now have just been curious about it and have not been awarded the opportunity (on free-to-air TV) to view Bollywood movies.
<br />
<br />
"In the past Bollywood was not given much attention, but in South Africa now we are open to new ideas. We felt that the time was right and we would like to be the first to give this phenomenon to South African audiences."
<br />
<br />
Nepal commended Indian film distributors who had cooperated to provide the product for the pilot season at affordable rates.
<br />
<br />
"At one stage I almost dropped the whole idea because of the price but everything just worked out in the end. The project would not have been possible if distributors had not come on board."
<br />
<br />
All movies are subtitled to ensure that non-Indian audiences understand them. <br />
<br />
The initial screenings have certainly made an impact on many viewers. <br />
<br />
"I saw the advertisements for Indian films at cinemas and in newspapers and often wondered whether I should spend money on going to see something I might not understand," said Annemarie van Wyk, an Afrikaans-speaking white South African.
<br />
<br />
"After seeing 'Devdas' and 'Bombay' on TV, I now know that it will be worth my while to take my family to see Indian movies which are much more family-oriented than many of the Hollywood movies."
<br />
<br />
Busi Mhlongo of Soweto said: "Yes, I have definitely become a fan of Bollywood and I want to see more of Shah Rukh Khan.</p>
<p>"I used to think that Bollywood movies are only about singing and dancing but now I've seen they are well-made films with good themes. One just needs to be able to follow it to understand them and the subtitles help greatly for that."
<br />
<br />
While most South African Indians would have seen the films being shown on TV, they have welcomed the opportunity to see them again at no additional cost on public television.
<br />
<br />
At the launch of the Bollywood season, SABC talk show host Noelene Mahonlwana-Sanqu donned a sari for the first time in her life and expressed surprise as guests talked of the size of the Bollywood industry and the cult status of Bollywood stars, with fans
 even building temples in their honour sometimes. <br />
<br />
"Look at me - a traditional Xhosa (indigenous South African tribe) woman wearing a sari and now watching Bollywood movies! Now this is what the new South Africa is all about," said Mahonlwana-Sanqu.
<br />
<br />
Films to be screened in coming weeks include "Company", "Dilwale", "Baghban", "Munnabhai M.B.B.S.", "Pinjar", "Ajnabee", "Dil Kya Kare", "Kaun" and "Dil Se.</p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>26/12/2011 18:27:18</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/14725/Bwood+gets+a+TV+boost+in+South+Africa</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">14725</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>14727</publicationdataID>
      <title>Gurus of a spectral art</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p>The emergence of India as a software superpower is still generally attributed to the cheapness of its programmers and software engineers. But the underlying reasons are more complex and interesting, lying in the subcontinent's intellectual and pedagogical
 traditions.<br />
<br />
Software is ubiquitous. It is at the core of processes in every strategic industry, from banking to defence. And the depth of India's advantage in software suggests that it poses a bigger challenge to the Western economies than even China. China, strong in
 manufacturing and computer hardware, has been almost as unimpressive in software as Japan. Indeed, no developing country has ever taken on the developed world in a craft as sophisticated and important as software.
<br />
<br />
Indian software aptitude rests on both the emphasis on learning by rote in Indian schools, and a facility and reverence for abstract thought. These biases of Indian education are usually considered mutually exclusive in the West, where a capacity for abstraction
 is associated with creativity. In India, rote learning is seen by most conventional teachers as essential grounding for speculation.
<br />
<br />
An educational tradition that spans learning by heart and exalting excellence in higher mathematics is just right for software. It fits the mentality of computers. These are, after all, machines so fastidious as to refuse to send email with a missing hyphen
 or full stop in an address. Yet no product on earth is as abstract, boundlessly complex and flexible as software. It cannot be seen, heard, smelled, tasted or touched and it is – to borrow Nabokov’s description of chess, a game invented in India –a "spectral
 art”. </p>
<p>India's accomplishments in software reflect those extremes. Indian firms dominate a world elite of more than 120 companies recognized for producing outstandingly accurate software, those which have earned a C. M. M. Level – 5 tag, software’s equivalent of
 the Michelin 3 star rating. These establishments -- of which the US has less than half the Indian total-are certified to be following an exacting, detail-ridden methodology developed at Carnegie Mellon University in Pittsburgh for producing reliable code.
<br />
<br />
At the other pole of cyber-sophistication, most of the reigning US technology giants -- Microsoft, General Electric, Texas Instruments, Intel, Oracle and Sun Microsystems- have established software design and development facilities and even R&amp;D laboratories
 in India to take advantage of the world-class brains produced by the Indian Institutes of Technology, willing to work for an eighth of the starting salary of their US counterparts.
<br />
<br />
The most far-sighted Brahmin sage of 1500 BC-when the earliest of the vedas, Hinduism’s sacred texts, are thought to have been written down-could not have predicted this application of the teaching conventions born at the same time. Exactitude was central to
 the pedagogy of the Brahmins, because their pupils were, effectively, human data storage media. The Vedas were preserved and passed down orally for hundreds of years (thousands, claims some Indian scholars) before they became texts. An exemplary Brahmin scholar
 of the time had to be capable of holding in his head the equivalent of several books of the Bible and an entire Sanskrit thesaurus. Exactness in memorization mattered. A priestly acolyte had to be capable of not just a word- perfect, but a phoneme-perfect
 recitation of Sanskrit mantras, with the proper intonation, because different sounds corresponded to different spiritual purposes.</p>
<p>The precise, specialised languages be used to program computers are like hieratic Sanskrit, deployed to get absolutely specific results considered vital by their users. Many details of computer languages and their rules-and variations of these for different
 contexts-may be usefully memorized by computer programmers. <br />
<br />
Rote learning still holds sway on the subcontinent, despite complaints about it in the liberal newspapers. And it seems to have served Indian programmers well in adapting to the tightly controlled processes essential to producing the exceptionally accurate
 software that has earned Indian companies C. M. M. Level - 5 certification. Most Western programmers scorn those methods as mental strait jackets and insist that Indian companies and software specialists have adopted them only because of a need to stand out.
<br />
<br />
Western programmers view of their craft tends to stress its more rarefied dimensions, such as this description by the US computer scientist Frederick Brooks: "The programmer, like the poet, works only slightly removed from pure thought-stuff. He builds his
 castles in the air, from air, creating by exertion of the imagination. Few media of creation are so flexible… so readily capable of realizing grand conceptual structures.”
</p>
<p>Yet "pure thought-stuff” is also an encapsulation of ancient India's contributions to world scientific heritage, which are marked by abstractions encumbered by empiricism.
<br />
<br />
In about 600 BC, before the Greeks, some schools of physics in India developed atomic theories, based not on experiment but purely on intuition and logic. Some Western physicists marvel at how much closer the imaginative speculations of Brahmin atomic theory
 have come to current ideas in theoretical physics than those of any other pre modern civilization.
<br />
<br />
"The Indians advanced astronomy by mathematics rather than by deductions elicited from nature,” the science writer Dick Teresi has noted in Lost Discoveries. Indian mathematics was also distinctively airy-fairy. Whereas Greek mathematics was largely extrapolated
 from mensuration and geometry, the ancient Indians most distinguished themselves in abstract number theory. Zero, infinity, negative and irrational numbers-all concepts that the Greeks dismissed as ludicrous-where Indian concepts.
<br />
<br />
Spatial extension and quantities of objects were far less interesting subjects for India's pioneering mathematical minds. In fact, the Indian leaning towards abstraction-so deep-seated that theoretical physicists and mathematicians still outrank every other
 sort of Egghead in status-explains India's relatively poor showing, historically, in more practical sciences. The sinologist Joseph Needham observed that more practical study would have entailed defying Indian caste rules about contact between Brahmins and
 artisans. Similarly, the progress of ancient Indian knowledge of physiology, biology and anatomy was held back by the taboo on contact with dead bodies.
</p>
<p>It was the supreme pragmatists, the Chinese-whose intellectual traditions favoured practicality and action over airy speculation-who were the technological geniuses of antiquity. They invented paper, seismographs, the magnetic compass, the wheel barrow,
 irrigation, ink and porcelain. But reasoning for its own sake was of so little interest to them that, unlike the Greeks and Indians, they never developed any system of former logic. It hardly seems accidental that it is through the manufacture of physical
 objects that China is making its mark today, while India floats on the ethereal plane of software.
<br />
<br />
Will software act as a catalyst for the wider "take-off” of India's economy? IT accounts for just 3% of Indian GDP, and in 2002 --2003 revenue from software and service exports, including outsourcing revenues, amounted to less than a third of Microsoft's annual
 revenue of US $ 32 billion. Yet, despite the scale of India's infrastructure problems, improvements have begun-slowly, but in earnest. If India ever has smooth roads and lights that can be counted to stay on, software and outsourcing will deserve a disproportionate
 share of the credit. <br />
<br />
Cheryll Barron is a former computer correspondent for the Economist.</p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>26/12/2011 18:29:36</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/14727/Gurus+of+a+spectral+art</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">14727</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>14732</publicationdataID>
      <title>Growth Model</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p><em>India's unique approach to development is preparing it to overtake China in the economic-growth race</em>
<br />
<br />
Eye-popping 10.4% GDP growth in the quarter ending in December has excited hopes that India will become the next China, but expectations need to climb even further. India now looks better than China. India's growth model promises more stable, sustainable expansion
 and bigger returns for investors than China or other adherents of the East Asian development strategy have delivered. Eventually, India should overtake China in growth and per-capita output.
<br />
<br />
Superior corporate performance explains much of India's recent success. According to JPMorgan, listed Indian firms deliver a higher return on equity (RoE) than comparable companies in Hong Kong, Singapore, Korea, Taiwan, Japan and Malaysia or Hong Kong-listed
 Chinese firms. Remarkably, Indian firms combine high RoEs with Asia's lowest debt-to-equity ratios. Large equity bases enhance stability but depress RoE, making Indian profitability all the more impressive.
<br />
<br />
India's economic growth has rewarded investors unusually richly by Asian standards. Because the East Asian model generates growth without commensurate profits, the region's stockmarkets badly lag GDP. From 1990-2002, nominal GDP growth exceeded the increase
 in developing East Asia's stock indexes (excluding China, which lacked a sizeable stock exchange in 1990) by an average of 236 percentage points. Backed by superior corporate profitability, India's gap was just 96 percentage points. Only Hong Kong performed
 better. </p>
<p>In contrast to China and other high-growth economies, the state has played almost no role in India's recent growth. Governments in Japan, Korea, Singapore and China support favoured industries with tax breaks, directed lending and hidden subsidies. In India,
 the state has displayed almost no preference for any particular sector. The government poses an equally heavy burden on all firms. It has aided industry of late by demanding less, not by showering businesses with favours. Privatization and deregulation, not
 an intrusive industrial policy, represent the state's biggest contribution to growth.
<br />
<br />
<strong>DOMESTIC DEMAND</strong><br />
<br />
India requires less onerous thrift of its population. National savings in the high-growth countries regularly topped 40% of GDP in the 1990s, and China's savings rate reached 44% last year. India's more modest 20%-25% rate allows workers to enjoy more of the
 fruits of their labour and replaces fickle export demand with steady consumption as a growth driver.
<br />
<br />
More modest savings have fuelled less destabilizing over-investment. In the "Tiger" economies, investment typically exceeded 40% of GDP in the fat years, while China last year invested at a 42% rate. In India, the figure fluctuates between just 20% and 25%,
 in line with savings. <br />
<br />
Freed from state direction, the Indian economy has developed a happy but unusual structure. In China, Korea and Japan, government policies push manufacturing to the forefront. The service sector remains underdeveloped in most of East Asia. In India computer
 programming, back-office outsourcing and call centres flourish, in part because official policy did not divert capital to manufacturers. India's burgeoning service sector makes the economy unique among emerging markets. No other country at India's level of
 development boasts a globally competitive service industry, apart from tourism and money laundering.
</p>
<p>All this should sound familiar. Low investment and savings rates, an even-handed government and highly profitable corporates are also hallmarks of the United States economy. India's approach follows the successful American model, not the failed Japanese
 example. <br />
<br />
India's development model might never reproduce the multi-year, double-digit GDP expansion the Tigers and China registered in their peak years. Hypercharged investment fuelled by underpriced capital propelled those growth spurts. Lower investment and savings
 rates could limit India's expansion. <br />
<br />
But India's model should prove more sustainable than the typical East Asian strategy adopted by China. India is developing more efficient corporates, healthier banks, more robust service industries and a bigger consumption base. China has won the sprint. India
 is training for the marathon.</p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>26/12/2011 18:31:53</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/14732/Growth+Model</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">14732</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>14735</publicationdataID>
      <title>India emerging as important economic force</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p><em>Andy Mukherjee is a columnist for Bloomberg News. The opinions expressed are his own.</em><br />
<br />
April 1 (Bloomberg) -- When David Burton, the International Monetary Fund's top boss in Asia, was recently quizzed about the most important economic developments in his region, there was a winner tucked away among all the ho-hum questions.
<br />
<br />
``Is India the new China?'' Laura Wallace, the interviewer for IMF Survey, an in-house publication, asked Burton.
<br />
<br />
Yesterday, it became a prescient question, as an Indian government report showed that the $547 billion economy grew 10.4 percent from a year earlier in three months to Dec. 31. Not only was it the fastest rate on record for India, it beat China's growth in
 any quarter over the past eight years. <br />
<br />
Thus, India became the world's fastest-growing major economy. Simultaneously, the Indian rupee rose to its highest in four years against the U.S. dollar, making a lot of imported goods that were outside the reach for a majority of the country's 1 billion people
 suddenly look cheaper. <br />
<br />
What does it mean for the rest of the world? <br />
<br />
Ask miners and farmers from Australia and Indonesia to Brazil and South Africa. Economic activity in China has pulled up global prices of commodities ranging from soybeans and aluminum to cement and steel. Now imagine India, which has the only other billion-
 people economy in the world, beginning to enjoy the same kind of clout in the global economy as China. Demand for commodities will go through the roof.
<br />
<br />
A caveat is needed here, and IMF's Burton supplies it. <br />
<br />
``India is definitely emerging as a force in its own right,'' Burton, director of the lender's Asia-Pacific operations, told Wallace. ``But India isn't as open as China, which probably holds it back and keeps it from having as big an impact on the global economy.''
</p>
<p>Openness to Trade <br />
<br />
China bought $413 billion of overseas-made goods last year, compared with India's imports of less than $70 billion. Even discounting for the fact that about half of what China buys from rest of Asia is then assembled and exported to the U.S., there is still
 a wide gap between the two countries' openness to trade. <br />
<br />
``When I talk to managers of funds they say India is the land of brown paper bags -- no contracts,'' says Barry Hughes, chief economist at Credit Suisse Asset Management in Sydney. ``If you think China is a growth story you can put your money into BHP Billiton,''
 explains Hughes, referring to the world's biggest mining company based in London. ``You can't do that with India.''
<br />
<br />
That may change more quickly than investors expect. In the past decade, India's imports have risen more than 150 percent, revealing the tip of a potentially large source of demand, which has so far remained submerged under high import tariffs, a weak local
 currency, and restrictive labor laws that hinder job growth and spending power. <br />
<br />
On all the three fronts, there are signs of improvement. <br />
<br />
Tariffs, Currency <br />
<br />
The peak import tariff rate fell to 20 percent in the fiscal year that ended on March 31, from 150 percent in 1992. The Indian rupee climbed 1.18 percent to 43.56 against the U.S. dollar yesterday, after the ruling party said it favors a ``steadily strengthening''
 home currency. The rupee has risen almost 9 percent in the past 12 months. <br />
<br />
India is also setting up 14 so-called special economic zones, modeled on the hugely successful export-oriented regions in coastal China, where companies will have greater freedom to hire and fire workers.
</p>
<p>``India is a better structural story than China for the next couple of years,'' says Eddie Wong, chief of strategy at ABN Amro Asia Ltd. ``The Chinese economic cycle has clearly peaked. Meanwhile, the Indian economy is firmly on a rising trend.''
<br />
<br />
Accelerating economic growth, along with rising standards of living, have already started creating new opportunities for overseas companies.
<br />
<br />
Just last month, International Business Machines Corp. won a $750 million computer-services order from Bharti Tele-Ventures Ltd., India's No. 2 cellular services provider. In February, Hewlett-Packard Co. bagged a $150 million order to link the computers of
 Bank of India's 750 branches. ABB Ltd., Europe's largest electrical engineering company, won a $13 million order from Tata Steel Ltd., India's No. 2 steelmaker. Boeing Co. and Airbus SAS are vying for a $2.1 billion 43-polane order from Indian Airlines Ltd.,
 a state-owned domestic carrier. <br />
<br />
Middle Class <br />
<br />
India has some way to go before it can catch up with China, where 250 million people now belong to what can be called a ``middle class,'' with family assets of between $18,000 and $36,000, according to a Chinese Academy of Social Sciences study, reported by
 the state-owned Xinhua news agency this week. Comparable numbers aren't available for India, although businessmen like Mumbai-based Jamshyd Godrej estimate that only 5 percent of Indians, or 50 million people, have any spending power.
</p>
<p>Steve Jobs, the chief executive at Apple Computer Inc., may have to wait a little before his company's retail store in Bangalore -- Apple's first in India -- makes money.
<br />
<br />
For financial investors, however, the time to make their bets is now. <br />
<br />
``It's certainly time for all international investors to take a look at India,'' says Jacob van Duijn, chief strategist at Robeco Groep NV, a Dutch company that manages $134 billion worldwide. ``It could be one of the big winners for the balance of the decade.''
<br />
<br />
Goodbye brown paper bags.</p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>26/12/2011 18:34:21</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/14735/India+emerging+as+important+economic+force</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">14735</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>14738</publicationdataID>
      <title>Images of India</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p><em>One of the world's most ancient cultures is emerging as a global powerhouse But dynamic country refuses to lose sight of its fam</em><br />
<br />
CHENNAI, INDIA—India jolts your senses awake like no other country. And it happens through its people and everyday life.
<br />
<br />
You experience sights, sounds and smells like never before — your feelings reach new and exciting heights. India can, indeed, touch the human soul.
<br />
<br />
Despite its many extremes, the poverty, the wealth, the corruption, the honesty — and there is all of that — woven through is a spirituality and a devotion to family that ties all these elements together. Indians live these two binding threads every day; they
 do not just pay lip service to these family values. <br />
<br />
One of the world's ancient cultures, embracing one billion people, is emerging as a world powerhouse with a burgeoning economy, a thriving technology sector, a highly educated middle class and a population that largely speaks English.
<br />
<br />
Yes, there are poor people in India in rural villages and city slums; yes, life is hard, but relatively few are starving and there is growing promise of a better future combining old and new worlds.
<br />
<br />
In the words of one of South India's famous classical Bharatanatyam dancers, Alarmel Valli: "I take the language of thousands of years of tradition and interpret it as a contemporary woman. I am a poet of the ancients."
<br />
<br />
Or as a visitor said: "India is either 50 years behind the rest of the world, or 200 years ahead of it."
<br />
<br />
Many of the country's artists, designers and entrepreneurs are combining their cultural heritage with modern ambitions. Indian fashion, for example, is just one industry putting its stamp of vibrant colour and rich fabrics on the world runways. The high-tech
 area is another. <br />
<br />
</p>
<p>A visit to India is an adventure. Every day is different and you can't help but be moved. Because it is such a vast country, many recommend that to truly experience it, a visitor should focus on one area or one facet at a time.
<br />
<br />
Distances are huge and unless you're flying everywhere, travelling takes a lot of time. A 100-kilometre trip by bus or car takes a minimum of three hours. The roads are generally two lanes, the surface is not always in top condition and many people, cyclists,
 auto rickshaws, buses, trucks and even oxen, use them. Trains are not a lot faster.
<br />
<br />
But if you focus, India can be an adventure of a lifetime. <br />
<br />
For example, in a few weeks in India's southernmost states, Tamil Nadu and Kerala, you can:
<br />
<br />
- Visit ancient temples and ashrams, mingle with pilgrims and learn the legends of Hinduism, one of the oldest religions in the world and the third largest after Christianity and Islam. There are thousands, some say millions, of deities in Hinduism, but they
 are all simply manifestations of the Supreme Being. <br />
<br />
- Travel to the very bottom of the country where three oceans meet: the Arabian Sea, the Bay of Bengal and the Indian Ocean. It's where Mahatma Gandhi's memorial is and you can sit quietly and watch the sunrise and set over the oceans. Only on Oct. 2, Gandhi's
 birthday, do the sun's rays fall on the exact spot where his ashes were kept before being scattered into the three seas.
<br />
<br />
- Take a narrow-gauge train up 2,500 metres to a hill station built by the British in the early 1800s where the wealthy used to go to escape the summer heat of the plains. It's now a throw back to Victorian times with high tea served on the lawn at 4 p.m. and
 hot-water bottles brought to your bed to ward off the nighttime chills. </p>
<p>- Spend 24 hours on a hired rattan-covered boat for you alone taking a leisurely backwater lake and river cruise. You'll sleep aboard in a bedroom with a private bathroom and be attended by a crew and a fine cook. The cruise allows cool breezes and unusual
 views of rice paddies, mud huts and river people who live on 10-metre-wide strips of land with a small house, a garden and animals. The cost? The equivalent of a four-star hotel in India, about $150.
<br />
<br />
- Talk to the Toda, South India's aboriginal people, and see how they live in hill forest mud huts with small doors and windows. There are only 1,500 of them left and they live by farming and weaving unique clothes and blankets to sell at village markets.
<br />
<br />
- Experience an ayurvedic spa, including massage, meditation, medical and dietary advice. But the massage is the thing. The true ayurvedic massage is done in a small brick building on a leather stretcher-like bed with a small wooden stove warming the room.
 You're naked except for a loincloth; different heated herb oils are used for the head, face and body. Unlike kneading the muscles in western massage, the object here is to work the healing oils into the muscles with long repetitive strokes. It's sensational.
<br />
<br />
- Visit a wildlife reserve, a tea or spice plantation, the oldest synagogue and oldest church on the subcontinent and on and on and on ...
<br />
<br />
India has everything. It is more than a vacation, it's an experience. <br />
<br />
- Air Canada offers direct daily flights to Delhi from Toronto. Air Canada is the only North American carrier with non-stop service to India.
<br />
<br />
<em>Vian Ewart is a senior editor at The Star.</em></p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>26/12/2011 18:36:33</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/14738/Images+of+India</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">14738</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>14741</publicationdataID>
      <title>Singapore Leads India Charge; Southeast Asian Nations Hope To Avert Overreliance on China</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p>SINGAPORE -- India's accelerating economy is providing Southeast Asian nations with a welcome business alternative to China, whose meteoric rise in recent years has threatened their economic foundations even while providing another market for their goods.
<br />
<br />
Governments across the region are talking trade deals with India and urging their companies to take advantage of the subcontinent's growth -- which was pegged at 10.4% in the quarter ended December compared with a year earlier, surpassing China to become Asia's
 fastest-growing country during that period. Leading the charge is Singapore, which is using its deep pockets and advanced economy to forge a bond that will help it grow along with an awakening India. Promoting India's growth should also offset worries that
 China's fast expansion will leave the region overly reliant on its huge northern neighbor.
<br />
<br />
"We in Southeast Asia have no wish to become merely an adjunct to the Chinese economy," Singapore Trade and Industry Minister George Yeo told members of the Confederation of Indian Industry during a trip to the country in February. "Hence, our decision to move
 closer to all economies that want closer links to us." </p>
<p>Southeast Asian countries initially worried that China's growth threatened their status as low-cost manufacturing centers. Some of that fear has since dissipated, as China's booming factories have fed on raw materials and components from Southeast Asia.
 According to China's figures, trade between China and the Association of Southeast Asian Nations, which includes Singapore, Thailand, Malaysia and Indonesia, amounted to $62 billion in 2003, up 40% from 2002. Asean's trade with India was $12.3 billion in 2002,
 accounting for only 2% of Asean's total trade, the latest figures show. <br />
<br />
Singapore and the rest of Southeast Asia are by no means ignoring China amid the pursuit of Indian business. Indeed, trade between Southeast Asia and China is expected to continue growing at a faster pace than trade with India for at least the medium term.
<br />
<br />
But growing ties to China have brought a new worry: that Southeast Asia's success is becoming too closely tied to China's. Singapore officials say multinational companies share those concerns. Last year's outbreak of severe acute respiratory syndrome shut down
 factories and slowed trade, sending shivers through foreign companies that are increasingly relying on their Chinese operations.
<br />
<br />
The deals between India and Singapore are flowing in both directions. While Singapore companies have been expanding into India and buying into Indian companies, some of the biggest Indian companies have been moving into Singapore. More than 1,400 Indian companies
 have offices in the city-state; 19 of the top 20 Indian technology companies, including Infosys Technologies Ltd. and Wipro Ltd., have set up in Singapore. Some have regional or Asian headquarters in Singapore, while others use a "front office" there to approach
 the thousands of multinationals with operations in the city-state. </p>
<p>India is increasingly looking to engage Southeast Asia "in a big way," says Madhav Sharma, who heads the Southeast Asian efforts of the Confederation of Indian Industry out of his office in Singapore. "Things are really heating up."
<br />
<br />
Deals are expected to accelerate with the completion of a free-trade agreement between Singapore and India in the next few months. Also in the works is an agreement between India and Asean, with a draft agreement signed last year. Meanwhile, Thailand is working
 on a bilateral trade agreement. India is optimistic that the "great mass of people" in Southeast Asia will be a lucrative pool of customers for products such as generic drugs or motorcycles that its companies produce, says Mr. Sharma. India's one billion population
 is obviously a draw for Southeast Asian companies as well. <br />
<br />
India's success as an outsourcing destination -- a sore point among many in the U.S. -- has been more of a two-way street in Southeast Asia, which has been another boon to building ties. Philippine call centers have attracted investments from some of India's
 big outsourcing firms while one of the Philippines' oldest outsourcing companies, SPI Technologies Inc., announced plans earlier in March to open three new offices in India.
<br />
<br />
And Malaysia's construction sector has been profiting from India's growth: "Malaysian companies are very involved in a number of infrastructure projects right now," Mr. Sharma says, including a highway network connecting the country's four biggest cities.
</p>
<p>Singapore was quick to capitalize on India's relaxation of trade and development restrictions in the early 1990s. India's first -- and biggest -- technology park in Bangalore is a joint venture between the Singapore-government-owned developer Ascendas Pte.,
 India's Tata Industries Ltd. and the local state government. <br />
<br />
Singapore's companies have invested in everything from Indian ports to real-estate developments to communications. Government-owned Singapore Telecommunications Ltd. owns about 28% of Bharti Tele-Ventures Ltd., India's second-largest privately run cellular
 provider and a part of the New Delhi-based Bharti conglomerate. On March 22, another Bharti company, Bharti Enterprises Ltd., and Singapore's government-owned Changi Airport said they would jointly bid for Bombay and New Delhi international airports, which
 the government plans to sell off. The companies said their bid could be as much as US$1 billion.
</p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>26/12/2011 18:38:26</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/14741/Singapore+Leads+India+Charge+Southeast+Asian+Nations+Hope+To+Avert+Overreliance+on+China</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">14741</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>14742</publicationdataID>
      <title>Indian growth sets fast pace</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p>NEW DELHI: India's economy grew at its fastest quarterly pace in at least seven years in the last quarter of 2003 as record farm production and the cheapest borrowing costs in three decades spurred consumers to buy cars and homes.<br />
<br />
Gross domestic product expanded 10.4 percent in the quarter that ended Dec. 31 from a year earlier, the Central Statistical Organization said. It was the highest growth rate since India began quarterly records in April 1997 and was up from 8.4 percent in the
 previous quarter. <br />
<br />
The rapid pace of growth may help Prime Minister Atal Bihari Vajpayee's ruling coalition win a new mandate in general elections in April and May.
<br />
<br />
Vajpayee is proposing to speed up the sale of state assets, to lower subsidies on fuel and food and to increase investment in infrastructure to spur growth.
<br />
<br />
"The growth number could not have come at a better time for the ruling coalition," said R.K. Gupta, a manager at CreditCapital Asset Management. "The economy is soaring and that will mean better company results."
<br />
<br />
Record crop production fueled by the heaviest monsoon rains in five years has raised incomes among the 70 percent of Indians who live in the countryside, encouraging them to spend more on everything from tractors and cars to washing machines.<br />
<br />
"Monsoon rains played a huge role in farm growth," said Anand Mahindra, managing director at Mahindra Mahindra, India's biggest tractor maker, which tripled its profit in the quarter. Economic growth may be sustained because "there is a lag between good farm
 output and consumption."</p>
<p>Indian stocks rose on optimism faster growth would lift profits. The Mumbai stock exchange's Sensitive index rose 1.27 percent to 5,590. The rupee rose on speculation that the central bank would let the currency rise to curb inflation.
<br />
<br />
Growth is also being spurred by the cheapest borrowing costs in a generation. The central bank has held its key rate for loans to commercial banks at a 31-year low of 6 percent since April 2003, and analysts expect no change when policy makers meet next.
<br />
<br />
Agricultural production surged 17 percent in the last quarter of 2003, the fastest on record.
<br />
<br />
Manufacturing expanded 7.4 percent, up from growth of 7.3 percent and the most in three years.
<br />
<br />
"Agriculture is the engine of growth," said B.V.R. Subbu, president of Hyundai Motor India, the local unit of South Korea's biggest automaker. That has led to a "a huge burst of purchasing power in rural India." Hyundai India says it plans to spend $220 million
 next year to double capacity in India. <br />
<br />
An index covering trading, hotels, transport and communications companies grew 13 percent, the fastest rate on record. Financial services providers, insurers, real estate and business services companies grew 7.7 percent. Services now account for more than half
 of the economy. <br />
<br />
The economy may have expanded 8.1 percent in the year to March 31, the most in 15 years, the government said last month.
</p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>26/12/2011 18:40:18</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/14742/Indian+growth+sets+fast+pace</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">14742</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>14744</publicationdataID>
      <title>Vilayat Khan - Innovative maestro of the sitar</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p><em>Vilayat Hussain Khan, sitar player: born Gowripur, India 28 August 1928; twice married (two sons, two daughters); died Bombay 13 March 2004.
</em><br />
<br />
Ustad (maestro) Vilayat Khan was one of the greatest figures in north Indian classical music of the past 60 years.
<br />
<br />
The adoption of vocal style into his sitar playing, the so-called gayaki ang, is what made him a pioneer and role model among sitar players. This style pushed sitar technique to even higher levels, since it demands extensive use of the lateral deflection of
 the string by pulling it sideways. <br />
<br />
Not only did Vilayat Khan avoid the intonation problems inherent in this but he also used it to enormous expressive effect by playing whole phrases after the string was plucked and before the sound faded away. He further modified the sitar by reducing the number
 of strings, confining the instrument to its true treble register and leaving the very low register to the surbahar, a kind of bass sitar also much played in his family. He also adopted a variable tuning of the drone strings, according to the main notes of
 the raga, giving the music new tonal perspectives. <br />
<br />
His age at death was given as 76, though a slight mystery surrounded his date of birth, some putting it as much as four years earlier. The widely accepted date of birth was 28 August 1928, in Gauripur, part of what is now Bangladesh.
</p>
<p>An element of haziness also surrounded his early training. He was a typical Muslim hereditary musician of the kind who have dominated north Indian classical music since the great Tansen, the leading court musician at the court of the Mughal emperor Akbar
 in the late 16th century. In common with many Indian musicians, Vilayat Khan traced his lineage back to Tansen.
<br />
<br />
His father, Inayat Khan, and grandfather Imdad Khan were distinguished string players, and the family tradition stretched back for five generations before him, and is continuing with his sons, Shujaat Khan and Hidayat Khan, and also with his brother and nephews.
<br />
<br />
Training from his father was curtailed by his untimely death when Vilayat was only 10 years old. Exactly from whom he learnt thereafter has remained controversial but it is certain that his mother and her side of the family played a crucial role and helped
 develop the vocalist in him. Among those who did teach him or may well have done so were his mother, Bashiran Begum, her father Bande Hussain Khan and her brother Zinda Hussain Khan, all of them vocalists, and his father's brother Wahid Khan and his senior
 student D.T. Joshi, representing the string tradition. <br />
<br />
The connection between Vilayat Khan's sitar playing and vocal music was made abundantly clear by his habit of singing the compositions he was playing and even explaining the connections to the audience. He would also acknowledge some of the famous vocalists
 of his era, notably Ustad Faiyaz Khan. </p>
<p>When I interviewed him, during an evening at the Nehru Centre, London, in 1997, he underplayed his part in the creation of the gayaki ang, suggesting that it had been part of Indian music all along. On the other hand, he did draw attention to another inspired
 feature of his style: his distinctive way of finding unusual and expressive patterns in the raga.
<br />
<br />
Musicians trained in the Indian manner will be familiar with the exercises based on all the available note combinations and Vilayat Khan was able to prove his point by flawlessly reciting the 24 combinations of the first four notes of the scale. Not only did
 he emphasise that he knew all the others too but he also pointed out that such a discipline was the very basis of improvisation.
<br />
<br />
Khan's development was prodigious. He started giving concerts when he was six and recorded two years later. His concert début in Bombay in 1944 was dramatically successful and immediately established him as a master of the sitar and he was the dominant force
 right up to his death. At another famous concert, also in Bombay, loudspeakers had to be installed outside for the thousands unable to get seats in the auditorium.
<br />
<br />
As in life, so in death, Vilayat Khan attracted huge crowds. Leading musicians and the general public flocked to the hospital before his body was taken to Calcutta to be laid to rest next to his father last week.
</p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>26/12/2011 18:42:19</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/14744/Vilayat+Khan++Innovative+maestro+of+the+sitar</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">14744</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>14748</publicationdataID>
      <title>After Centuries, the Vegetarian Feast of India Finally Arrives</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p>UVIR SARAN, a chef at the ambitious new Indian restaurant Amma, in Midtown, has never tasted the restaurant's tandoor-grilled lamb chops. "My family in Delhi have been vegetarians for generations," he said. "At least since the 15th century. Before that we
 are not so sure." Jehangir Mehta, the pastry chef at Aix on the Upper West Side, grew up in Mumbai, where about 30 percent of the 12 million residents are vegetarian. "The vegetarian cooking of India is excellent training for a pastry chef," he said. "It teaches
 you how much range can be achieved with spices and herbs." <br />
<br />
India has the most varied vegetarian cooking in the world, and it has been thousands of years in the making. Now, finally, it is also widely available and authentically prepared in restaurants across New York City.
<br />
<br />
Religion, economics, demographics and geography conspired early on to make India one of the most prolifically cultivated regions on earth. Today, there are about 220 million strict vegetarians in India, according to the Anthropological Survey of India. Indian
 Hindus, Buddhists and Jains all aspire to an ideal of ahimsa, or nonviolence, that prohibits the killing of anything living or with the potential for life (hence, Indian vegetarians eat dairy products but not eggs).
<br />
<br />
Traditionally in India, cooking is intimately entwined with purity, spirituality and caste. "It's almost impossible to generalize about a country as diverse as India," said Rathi Raja, executive director of the Young Indian Culture Group, in Manhasset, N.Y.
 "But this much is true: although many of the old ways of religion and class are breaking down, eating vegetarian still has a big place in Indian culture."
</p>
<p>Between 1990 and 2000, New York's Indian-American population more than doubled, according to census figures. The city has also seen an explosion of Indian restaurants at every level, from ambitious, expensive spots like Tamarind on East 22nd Street and Sapphire
 near Lincoln Center to Midtown steam-table dhabas like Minar. More than ever, New York's Indian restaurants exist to provide desis — Hindi for countrymen — with authentic tastes of home, instead of presenting a predictable repertory of Northern-style kormas
 and biryanis to outsiders. <br />
<br />
As New York's South Indian population has swelled, the lighter, livelier foods of those regions are being added to the mix. Gujarat, where many of New York City's Indian high-tech workers come from, has a particularly high percentage of vegetarians. "They are
 bachelors, these guys," said Sridhar Rathnam, the chef and an owner of Madras Cafe in the East Village. "So they don't know how to cook. And they need restaurants."
<br />
<br />
With the arrival here of South Indian vegetarian staples like dosas and uttapams, samosa chat and idlis, Indian cooking in New York is finally reflecting how Indians eat in India. And that often means vegetarian meals at least twice a day, or an entirely vegetarian
 home kitchen. <br />
<br />
Indian restaurants outside India have rarely reflected the central role of vegetarian cooking in Indian life, or its varied flavors. Where Americans see "vegetable curries," Indian cooks distinguish among dry and sauced, southern-style (flavored with mustard
 seeds and curry leaves) and Northern-style (cooked in tomatoes and onions), chili-hot and creamy-cool dishes. To one who eats this way from birth, Mr. Rathnam said, "a dish that is spicy and sweet tastes completely different to one that is spicy and sour."
</p>
<p>Part of the craft of Indian vegetarian cooking is composing thalis, plates of rice, bread, dal and cooked vegetables in which the textures and flavors are full of difference and surprise. Even modest establishments like Minar and Dimple present their food
 with garnishes of crunchy vegetables — sliced cucumbers, whole fresh chilies, whole radishes — that are there to provide fresh contrast to the hot food. At Roomali, which just opened on East 27th Street, the vegetarian staple paneer, a fresh cheese, is rolled
 up in hot roti with shreds of raw red onion. <br />
<br />
In Ayurveda, the traditional Hindu system of human biology and medicine, foods — like people — are either hot or cold, and should be combined accordingly. Additionally, food can be broken down into six flavors — salty, sweet, sour, bitter, astringent and pungent
 — that should be balanced at each meal. Tirlok Malik, an owner of the Ayurveda Cafe on the Upper West Side, said, "Ayurveda is all about balance." At the Ayurveda Cafe, a complete vegetarian thali is composed daily and served in its entirety to each diner
 (Thali in Greenwich Village and Vatan on Lexington Avenue operate on the same principle).
<br />
<br />
Many Ayurveda practitioners, Jains, Buddhist monks and Krishna worshipers do not eat any onion or garlic — these pungent foods are considered too "hot" and stimulating. It is hard to imagine a vegetarian cook functioning without onions, garlic, scallions, or
 shallots, but Mr. Rathnam said that vegetarian cooks in India have a much wider range of vegetables to choose from. "Americans are accustomed to thinking of India as a poor country," he said. "But in Madras you can buy three different kinds of radishes, carrots
 that are red and yellow as well as orange, all kinds of leafy greens, fresh spices, baby eggplants, shoestring beans, jackfruit and all different kinds of mangoes."
</p>
<p>Nitu Singh, an owner of Minar in Midtown, says that more and more Indian vegetables are available here, and that more customers order them. "Ten years ago, only Indians ordered okra," he said. At Chinese Mirch, a new Indian-Chinese restaurant on Lexington
 Avenue (Chinese is a popular cuisine in many parts of India), nearly every table holds a mountain of crisp-fried whole okra pods, sprinkled with smoky chili powder.
<br />
<br />
Beyond vegetables themselves, rice and bread are integral to vegetarian eating. Especially in South India, the word "bread" does not really begin to describe the range of savory pancakes, crepes, doughnuts, and plain and stuffed flatbreads that make quick,
 filling, savory meals for millions every day. <br />
<br />
Dosas are lacy, chewy flatbreads, very thin and crisp, with a pleasant sourness that comes from fermenting the rice-and-lentil batter overnight. The dosa can be eaten plain or folded around a filling to make a speedy breakfast that's as integral to Madras as
 egg and cheese on a roll is to New York. The fundamental filling is the spiced potato mixture known as masala, but there are many variations: mysore (with chili powder sprinkled between the bread layers), butter (extra-thin and buttery), rava (made from wheat
 instead of rice); and others with onion or cheese sprinkled inside. Listening to Indians order dosas is like listening to Seattle residents order coffee.
<br />
<br />
You can best do this in New York City in Queens, at the Dosa Hutt, the canteen attached to the Ganesha temple in Flushing, where the dosas are smoky from the griddle and brushed with lashings of ghee, or clarified butter. The unrelated Dosa Hut on Lexington
 Avenue is closed for renovations, but its signature dish, when it returns, should still be the tenderest in Manhattan. Once folded, a normal dosa is about two feet long (a new vegetarian restaurant coming to Manhattan, Saravanas, promises six-foot dosas).
</p>
<p>Many New Yorkers who have adopted dosas are moving on to idlis, also crafted from rice and lentils but much thicker and fluffier than dosas. When well-made, idlis have the pillowy texture and light tang of the perfect buttermilk pancake. Uttapams are also
 something like pancakes, but the batter is poured around tomatoes, mushrooms, onions or mushrooms, to make tender, vegetable-studded rounds.
<br />
<br />
Idlis and uttapams are always served with a bowl of sambar, a soupy, tangy tamarind-spiked stew of lentils and vegetables that is synonymous with South Indian cooking. Mr. Rathnam says that in South India, "we judge a cook by her sambar." A cup of creamy-sweet
 coconut chutney is invariably presented too, to round out the flavors, making this a highly satisfying simple meal. Some of the best idlis in New York are served at Madras Cafe and at Chennai Garden, both vegetarian and kosher-certified restaurants that opened
 in 1999. Chennai Garden, along with Curry Leaf, has some of the best food in the neighborhood known as Curry Hill, which radiates out from Lexington Avenue and 28th Street.
<br />
<br />
At Chennai Garden's lunch buffet last week, visiting engineering students from Hyderabad lined up alongside American Muslim women and kosher-observant New Yorkers like Leah Kahalani. Ms. Kahalani, whose father was a Jewish Indian raised in Mumbai, said the
 new Indian vegetarian food is the best in the city. "We used to make samosas for Shabbat dinner when I was growing up," she said. "This cooking is so much more interesting than most vegetarian and kosher food."
</p>
<p>Lavina Melwani, a writer in New York who grew up in Delhi, has been a vegetarian for 15 years and considers the changes in New York's Indian restaurants to be remarkable. "Now in Midtown you can get a totally traditional chole batura for breakfast," she
 said, referring to a spicy chickpea stew served with crisp, puffy bread, "and then have a dosa for lunch. When I moved here, there was nothing Indian vegetarians could eat, except for pizza."
<br />
<br />
Pizza is still a staple for New York's Indian-Americans, especially young ones. Singas Famous Pizza, originally a Greek-owned family storefront in Elmhurst, Queens, has become a six-store franchise with a cult following. The distinctive Singas tomato sauce
 is heavily dosed with fresh jalapeños. The owner of the Hicksville franchise, Jai Jeyasri, said that about 40 percent of his customers are Indian. "Singas pizza is even too spicy for me," he said. "But I like a mysore dosa."
</p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>26/12/2011 18:44:23</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/14748/After+Centuries+the+Vegetarian+Feast+of+India+Finally+Arrives</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">14748</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>14750</publicationdataID>
      <title>Global entertainment czars gung-ho over India</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p>MUMBAI - FRAMES 2004, the fifth convention of the global entertainment business, whizzed through the lakeside Renaissance Hotel in Mumbai this week, with an eclectic mix of 1,300 delegates dipping into the world's current favorite business environment -
 India - and heaping praise on its achievements and market potential. India has 340 million children under 15. That's a lot of potential.<br />
<br />
From Walt Disney President Andy Bird to Nielsen Media Research Chairman and chief executive officer Robert McCann, entertainment, media and marketing leaders grappled with issues ranging from new technology to persistent headaches like piracy and censorship.
<br />
<br />
Organized by The Federation of Indian Chambers of Commerce and Industry (FICCI), the three-day conference ending mid-week was as ambitious as squeezing the Ben Hur epic into a three-minute promo. More than 25 countries participated, including Australia, Britain,
 Canada, China-Hong Kong, Germany, Singapore and Thailand. <br />
<br />
The media was captivated by the first high-level Pakistani entertainment delegation to attend a global convention in 38 years, especially topical given the warming India-Pakistan relations. While India was playing Pakistan in a one-day international cricket
 match in Rawalpindi, Pakistan, on Tuesday, subcontinent silver screen delegates seemed as keen to keep tabs on the score as the happenings at the conference.
</p>
<p>Meanwhile, after Bollywood super star Amitabh Bachchan and former screen idol Hema Malini were crowned with the FICCI Living Legend Awards in the inaugural session Monday, the day unfolded along the predictably concocted theme, "India Unbound". An Ernst
 &amp; Young study gushed: "In 2003, the Indian entertainment industry continued to out-perform the economy - it has grown by 15 percent to an estimated US$4.2 billion." The study predicted revenues for television to grow at a compounded annual growth rate of 17
 percent over the next five years, to gross $6.4 billion by 2008. <br />
<br />
Marcel Fenez of PricewaterhouseCoopers was equally gung-ho, predicting a 5 percent growth for the Asian entertainment business this year. The boom is expected to be a forerunner in global advertising spending, which is set to expand to $375 billion by 2007.
 This growth rate of 4 percent contrasted sharply with the bleak 1 percent growth the entertainment market experienced in 2002.
<br />
<br />
"Overall ad spends in the future are likely to be boosted by events like Olympics, elections - not just in the United States but in other important economies also," said Fenez. According to him, ad spending in the Asia-Pacific region is expected to grow by
 6 percent. In 2002, entertainment and media spending in the region was $209 billion. Japan was the weak link, said Fenez. Continuing weakness in Japan, the region's largest market, undercut the growth in ad spending in India and China. In India, ad spending
 grew at 9.5 percent in 2003 and is expected to post similar numbers in 2004. <br />
<br />
"Entertainment is part of the Indian psyche, and the consumption of various forms of entertainment is one of your most pleasurable past-times," Walt Disney president Bird said in his keynote address. He called India a cornerstone of Disney's global strategy,
 as India has 340 million children under the age of 15 - more than the entire population of the US, he said.</p>
<p>Sixty percent of the Indian population is under 34, and seven million Indians will enter the lucrative 20-34 age group every year for the next years for the next decade, Bird said. "Almost no other country in the world can make these claims."
<br />
<br />
Referring to a recent Millward Brown Survey, Bird mentioned said 93 percent of Indians surveyed responded to the statement "I love entertainment" with a "strongly agree" response. Only 79 percent of those surveyed in China and the US responded with similar
 enthusiasm. <br />
<br />
Amit Mitra, secretary general of Federation of Indian Chambers of Commerce and Industry, was enthusiastic over this year's conference. "The sheer profile of international participation at FRAMES 2004 is a clear acknowledgement of India's growing importance
 in the global scenario and the pivotal role that FICCI FRAMES plays as a gateway to the Indian market," he told the media.
<br />
<br />
The FICCI was established in 1927 to gather support for India's independence struggle and to support the Indian business community. Starting with a membership of 24, the FICCI grew to more than 3,000 members by the turn of the century. After gaining governmental
 recognition of entertainment as an "industry", the FICCI sought the need for a platform where major global media and entertainment figures could meet and discuss, plans and ideas to improve business.
<br />
<br />
Not everyone was impressed with the FRAMES 2004 fest, however. Aparna Bhosle, creative director of a leading TV company with offices in Mumbai, said the conference discussions were larded with generalities and lacking in insights and case studies. "Most people
 I see here are busy networking, looking for better jobs with lots of visiting cards exchanged," she said at tea on the second day before announcing in disgust, "I'm going home."
</p>
<p>Harish Krishnamachar, vice president of marketing for TVS, one of India's largest two-wheeler companies, liked the idea of FRAMES. He flew into the city a few hours before his turn in a panel discussion on "How do advertisers use television to ensure better
 returns on investments for their brands?" <br />
<br />
"Such events help to crystallize thoughts," he said, before delivering the secret of how his two-wheeler brand achieved happy returns from advertising in Indian television: his company simply turned mega movie and cricket star power into brand power.
<br />
<br />
<em>Raja M is an independent writer based in Mumbai, India </em></p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>26/12/2011 18:46:10</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/14750/Global++czars+gungho+over+India</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">14750</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>14753</publicationdataID>
      <title>S African government determined to assist Indian investors</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p>Johannesburg, Mar 12 (IANS) The South African government, through its ministry of Trade and Industries, is determined to provide every assistance it can to help Indian companies that want to invest in South Africa.<br />
<br />
This emerged quite clearly at a seminar organised jointly by the Ministry and the Indian Consul-General here as a number of representatives from both countries outlined the support they could provide to investors, ranging from tax incentives to assistance in
 securing work permits for specialised staff.<br />
<br />
"India is a very important and strategic country in terms of South Africa’s trade policy agenda,” said Iqbal Meer, chief director of bilateral relations of the South African Department of Trade and Industries (DTI) told about 150 delegates.<br />
<br />
"India is one of the most important sources of global demand. We feel that the SA economy and economic activism in this economy are well-positioned to service this segment and meet a portion of that demand.<br />
<br />
"The strategic relationship with India has been there for a long time in the political and cultural fields, but the economic component of the relationship still needs a lot of work. Part of that has been to do with the mindset of the South African industries.
 South African exporters traditionally have viewed Europe as a market. There has been significant integration more recently into the US and North American markets.”<br />
<br />
Meer said there was not enough awareness of the huge potential that India held: "We believe that industry (in South Africa) has a lack of awareness of the phenomenal opportunities that exist in India and needs to be made aware of that.”</p>
<p>Meer said the seminar was the first of a series of events and there would be more as the DTI moved towards informing colleagues in Southern Africa of the opportunities that lie in India.
<br />
<br />
"India has the world’s largest middle class. It is a country characterised at the moment by high consumer spending and South Africa is well positioned to supply all those consumer goods.”<br />
<br />
Another official said:” We are hoping this year to step up our preparations for launching negotiations with India and indeed I believe that in the second half of this year we will be launching Free Trade negotiations with India.”<br />
<br />
Asked about the incentives, Meer said they were available to small enterprises and large corporations: "They are intended to level the playing fields and give entrepreneurs a jump start. This is for micro enterprises right up to multi-nationals. The multinationals
 have taken advantage of the motor development industry, for example. It’s been one of our most successful programmes. There are lots of policies in place – all it takes is for you to make the call to the DTI and you will be on a sound footing as you embark
 on international trade.” <br />
<br />
Rajamani Krishnamurthi, Confederation of Indian Industry (CII) head in the South African office, confirmed that South African companies could have 100 per cent ownership in India, citing the example of software giant Microsoft, which had made huge investments
 in India. <br />
<br />
Rajamani also allayed fears among South African businessmen that language could be a barrier, as had been experienced in some Eastern countries by them.
<br />
<br />
"Yes, regional languages are found in all the states, but English is spoken in all of them and is taught in schools at all levels. A large pool of English speakers is available so it’s no problem.”
</p>
<p>Andre van Wyk, an importer of capital goods, mainly machinery, made a plea for the South African government to withhold Value Added Tax of 14 per cent on machinery items worth a million rands each imported from India until they had actually been sold to
 customers in South Africa, rather than taxing imports as soon as they landed. He said this made a huge impact on their cash flow.<br />
<br />
In response to a query whether Indian companies would get assistance from DTI to bring in staff, a representative said: "If you come through DTI that is one of the first things we counsel people on. We actually have inside the DTI personnel seconded from the
 Department of Home Affairs to counsel investors on the permitting process, whether it is key personnel or particular skilled personnel.
<br />
<br />
"We would of course also strongly encourage investors to also train local South Africans for those jobs as well.”
<br />
<br />
Meer added: "On the recent state visit to India, President Mbeki highlighted the extreme capacity in India, in ICT, in engineering and similar themes. We need to facilitate people to come over, work here, and also impart some of their skills. So while some
 people talk about brain drain, here’s an opportunity for brain gain. <br />
<br />
"Engineers from India and China even are being turned away because of the tighter immigration laws in markets like the US, so there’s a pool of talent that companies in South Africa can tap into.”</p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>26/12/2011 18:48:05</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/14753/S+African+government+determined+to+assist+Indian</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">14753</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>14755</publicationdataID>
      <title>The Great Indian Dream</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p>Nine years ago, as Japan was beating America's brains out in the auto industry, I wrote a column about playing a computer geography game with my daughter, then 9 years old. I was trying to help her with a clue that clearly pointed to Detroit, so I asked
 her, "Where are cars made?" And she answered, "Japan." Ouch. <br />
<br />
Well, I was reminded of that story while visiting an Indian software design firm in Bangalore, Global Edge. The company's marketing manager, Rajesh Rao, told me he had just made a cold call to the vice president for engineering of a U.S. company, trying to
 drum up business. As soon as Mr. Rao introduced himself as calling from an Indian software firm, the U.S. executive said to him, "Namaste" — a common Hindi greeting. Said Mr. Rao: "A few years ago nobody in America wanted to talk to us. Now they are eager."
 And a few even know how to say hi in proper Hindu fashion. So now I wonder: if I have a granddaughter one day, and I tell her I'm going to India, will she say, "Grandpa, is that where software comes from?"
<br />
<br />
Driving around Bangalore you might think so. The Pizza Hut billboard shows a steaming pizza under the headline "Gigabites of Taste!" Some traffic signs are sponsored by Texas Instruments. And when you tee off on the first hole at Bangalore's KGA golf course,
 your playing partner points at two new glass-and-steel buildings in the distance and says: "Aim at either Microsoft or I.B.M."
<br />
<br />
How did India, in 15 years, go from being a synonym for massive poverty to the brainy country that is going to take all our best jobs? Answer: good timing, hard work, talent and luck.
</p>
<p>The good timing starts with India's decision in 1991 to shuck off decades of socialism and move toward a free-market economy with a focus on foreign trade. This made it possible for Indians who wanted to succeed at innovation to stay at home, not go to the
 West. This, in turn, enabled India to harvest a lot of its natural assets for the age of globalization.<br />
<br />
One such asset was Indian culture's strong emphasis on education and the widely held belief here that the greatest thing any son or daughter could do was to become a doctor or an engineer, which created a huge pool of potential software technicians. Second,
 by accident of history and the British occupation of India, most of those engineers were educated in English and could easily communicate with Silicon Valley. India was also neatly on the other side of the world from America, so U.S. designers could work during
 the day and e-mail their output to their Indian subcontractors in the evening. The Indians would then work on it for all of their day and e-mail it back. Presto: the 24-hour workday.
<br />
<br />
Also, this was the age of globalization, and the countries that succeed best at globalization are those that are best at "glocalization" — taking the best global innovations, styles and practices and melding them with their own culture, so they don't feel overwhelmed.
 India has been naturally glocalizing for thousands of years. </p>
<p>Then add some luck. The dot-com bubble led to a huge overinvestment in undersea fiber-optic cables, which made it dirt-cheap to transfer data, projects or phone calls to far-flung places like India, where Indian techies could work on them for much lower
 wages than U.S. workers. Finally, there was Y2K. So many companies feared that their computers would melt down because of the Year 2000 glitch they needed software programmers to go through and recode them. Who had large numbers of programmers to do that cheaply?
 India. That was how a lot of Indian software firms got their first outsourced jobs.<br />
<br />
So if you are worried about outsourcing, I've got good news and bad news. The good news is that a unique techno-cultural-economic perfect storm came together in the early 1990's to make India a formidable competitor and partner for certain U.S. jobs — and there
 are not a lot of other Indias out there. The bad news, from a competition point of view, is that there are 555 million Indians under the age of 25, and a lot of them want a piece of "The Great Indian Dream," which is a lot like the American version.
<br />
<br />
As one Indian exec put it to me: The Americans' self-image that this tech thing was their private preserve is over. This is a wake-up call for U.S. workers to redouble their efforts at education and research. If they do that, he said, it will spur "a whole
 new cycle of innovation, and we'll both win. If we each pull down our shutters, we will both lose."
</p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>26/12/2011 18:49:51</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/14755/The+Great+Indian+Dream</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">14755</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>14777</publicationdataID>
      <title>Indian lessons which are useful for the Egyptian development process (Translation): AL AHRAM</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p>After his visit to India on the occasion of the celebration of the 55th anniversary of its independence, Mr. Salama Ahmad Salama included in his daily column, during the period from February 8th till February 16, 2004 a number of prudent comments about the
 progress India managed to achieve. Those comments raised question marks about several development issues in general and about the developmental performance in Egypt in particular compared to that of India. I found it necessary to consider the growth of some
 of the main development aspects in the two countries during the period from 1975 till 2001. I based my study on the information derived from the World Bank database about the global development indicators.
<br />
<br />
<em>What was the result of comparing the Egyptian development performance to that of India during a time span of 27 years?
<br />
<br />
What are the lessons derived from this comparison that could represent a guide for the policymakers to mend any malfunctioning?</em>
<br />
<br />
It would seem as though the Egyptian development performance is better than that of India if we look at some general indicators. The per capita income for instance increased by 138% in Egypt compared to 118% in India. The share of the industrial sector in the
 GDP in Egypt has reached 33.1% in 2001 compared to 26.5% in India. </p>
<p>Although the share of the industrial sector in the GDP in Egypt in 1975 was higher than that of India, it has become higher than the Indian share by 6.6 points in 2001 compared to 4.5 points in 1975. The same applies to the transformational industries; Egypt
 managed to increase its share at a higher pace than India. Egypt managed to increase the life expectancy in 2001 to 68.3 years compared to 63 years in India. It seems that the distribution of income in Egypt is better than that in India.
<br />
<br />
As per the previous indicators, it might be strange that the Indian development performance is admired by several Egyptian and non-Egyptian observers. We would know, however, that it is not strange if we remember a number of things that make the Indian performance
 more distinguished than the Egyptian one. <br />
<br />
On the industrial and technological level, India managed to make important achievements. It managed to boost industrialization as the share of equipment and means of transportation has reached 22.7% in 1975. India managed to maintain this standard till 2000.
 In Egypt this percentage receded from 11.4% in 1975 to 5.7% in 2000, which indicated a plummet in its performance. On the other hand, India managed to increase its products exports from 44.8% in 1975 to 76.5% in 2000. On the contrary, the Egypt’s already-small
 share shrank from 34.1% in 1975 to 32.7% in 2001. <br />
<br />
It is more important that India managed to achieve important technological breakthroughs. This enabled it to increase its exports containing hi tech elements such as planes, computers, drugs, equipment, medical appliances, and electric appliances increased
 to 5.7% of the total exports in 2000 compared to 0.8% in 1999. </p>
<p>The story of the Indian excellence in the field of software and IT services is well known and there is no need to mention it here. Suffice it to say that those exports are estimated at $10 billion and they increase by 25% to 30% annually.
<br />
<br />
It is well known that India allocated 1.23% of its GDP for research and development activities in 1996 compared to 0.21% in Egypt. Unfortunately, this percentage deteriorated in Egypt to reach 0.19% in 2000 as per the statistics of the World Bank. It is worth
 noting that India’s interest in the hi-tech projects didn’t divert its attention from developing small-scale industries and traditional crafts.
<br />
<br />
One of the manifestations of the Indian good performance is the purchasing power of its exports that increased during the comparison period to 7.8 times compared to 2.5 times in Egypt. This was of course one of the signs of India’s self-reliance in the field
 of consumer products. In addition, India managed to achieve self-sufficiency in the field of grain production. In general, meeting the basic requirements of the Indian citizens through the national production is one of the high priorities in the Indian developmental
 policy. <br />
<br />
But this is not the only sign for India’s dependence on its own capabilities in the field of development; Egypt on the contrary, relies on foreign countries in this field. Also, the local savings rate in India is higher than that in Egypt although the per capita
 income in India is no more than 40% of that in Egypt. The local savings rate increased in India from 18% in 1975 to 21% in 2001 while it decreased in Egypt from 12.3% to 10.4% during the comparison period. Thus, the Indian savings rate has become double the
 Egyptian rate in 2001. </p>
<p>The increase of self-reliance in India is reflected on how far it depends on foreign aid. In 1975, the rate of reliance on foreign aid in financing the government expenditure was less than Egypt and it has become far less than that of Egypt at the time being
 as it decreased from 14% in 1975 to 2% in 2001. This rate, however, is decreasing in Egypt, which is considered a result of the tendency of donor countries towards reducing their official donations to developing countries. The rate of reduction of reliance
 on foreign aid in Egypt was lesser than that of India; the rate decreased from 30% to 8.6% in 1975.
<br />
<br />
The same phenomenon applies to the rate of the capital accumulation funding through foreign aid; in spite of the sharp plummet in this rate in Egypt from 57.9% to 8.2% between 1975 and 2001, this plummet in dependence on foreign aids for this purpose was sharper
 in India as it decreased from 8.7% to 1.6%. We could also notice that there was progress in the field of the reliance of both countries on foreign aid in financing importing commodities and services; this indicator was five times its counterpart in India in
 2001. <br />
<br />
It is worth mentioning that the ratio of foreign debt to the GDP decreased in Egypt while it increased in India during the comparison period. Yet, this ratio is still higher in Egypt than in India; it amounts to 30% in Egypt while it is 20% in India in 2001
 compared to 42% in Egypt and 14% in India in 1975. This means that Egypt is depending more than India on foreign loans.
</p>
<p>The abovementioned facts indicate that India has achieved distinguished developmental performance through making technological and industrial leaps that boosted industrialization and enabled it to acquire a competitive edge in the field of software and IT.
 The important lesson that we should learn from this is that what is important is not the high share of industries in general in the GDP (the Egyptian share is higher than that of India) but what counts is how a certain industry could give an added value to
 the national economy; industries should not confine themselves to assembling imported components but it should increase the locally manufacturing components in products and have a share in producing capital equipment, and combining between new industries and
 traditional crafts. <br />
<br />
Comparison between the development processes in the two countries revealed that India has a high percentage of self-reliance, which is not the case in Egypt. This makes development more stable and capable of going ahead in India; it gives decision makers more
 independence and immunity against pressures of major countries and financial institutions working for their benefits. One of the proofs to this is the possession of India of nuclear weapons and missiles that are capable of carrying nuclear warheads without
 being exposed to pressures or extortions from the European countries or the USA.
<br />
<br />
In this evaluation, two other things should be mentioned which weigh the balance in favour of India:
</p>
<p align="justify">- First, the large achievements of India have been achieved in a country with a very large population (1023 million in 2001), which is considered 16 times the number of population of Egypt. The Indian population also contains a large variety
 of religions, languages, and cultures. <br />
<br />
- Second, these achievements have been made in a stable democratic atmosphere in which free elections are conducted. One of the most salient signs of democracy in India is that the post of the Indian president is occupied by a member of the Muslim minority
 in India; he is a physicist and the progress of Indian space industries is attributed to him; several years ago a member of the untouchables held the same post.
<br />
<br />
One of the India’s achievements is its interest in the issues of the developing countries and its initiative with Brazil and South Africa to defend the interests of those countries in all the international fora. This front managed to achieve good results in
 foiling the endeavors of major capitalist countries to impose their agenda related to liberalization of trade, and services, and Intellectual Property on developing countries during the latest ministerial meeting of the WTO held in Mexico. In return, the pioneering
 role played by Egypt in defending the interests of the developing countries have receded a lot in comparison to the way it was during the fifties.</p>
<p>Therefore, there are precious lessons that could benefit the development policy makers; they should direct their eyesight towards India and other Asian countries that managed to achieve progress during few decades; this is not an invitation to copy the Indian
 model; there is no doubt that India has its own geographic, strategic and cultural idiosyncrasies and local nature. For instance, if the large population in India has certain disadvantages, it also has its advantages that would give India an edge over Egypt;
 the Indian model can not be said to be faultless; India has a long way to cover to uplift large sections of its population.
<br />
<br />
Democracy in India is not complete, like capitalist democracies, due to the big difference in the distribution of wealth and income, the monopoly of the rich of wealth and power; there is no doubt that there are several advantages in the Indian model that we
 could use to form a framework for a developmental model that suits Egypt. <br />
<br />
In the end, we should take into consideration that there are several fields in which Egypt could have jointly worked with India for the mutual benefit of the two countries. This entails the following:
<br />
<br />
- First, we should stop applying the western ready-made formulas; <br />
<br />
- Second we should trust the developing counties as they might have experiences that could be useful to us,
<br />
<br />
- Third, we should believe in the fact that strengthening economic, scientific, technological and political cooperation should have first priority in the Egyptian foreign policy.</p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>27/12/2011 10:22:09</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/14777/Indian+lessons+which+are+useful+for+the+Egyptian+development+process+Translation+AL+AHRAM</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">14777</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>14786</publicationdataID>
      <title>Small and Smaller</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p>BANGALORE, India<br />
<br />
Jerry Rao wants to do your taxes. <br />
<br />
Ah, you say, you've never heard of Jerry Rao, but the name sounds vaguely Indian. Anyway, you already have an accountant. Well, Jerry is Indian. He lives in Bangalore. And, you may not know it, but he may already be your accountant.
<br />
<br />
"We have tied up with several small and medium-size C.P.A. firms in America," explained Mr. Rao, whose company, MphasiS, has a team of Indian accountants able to do outsourced accounting work from across the U.S. All the necessary tax data is scanned by U.S.
 firms into a database that can be viewed from India. Then an Indian accountant, trained in U.S. tax practices, fills in all the basics.
<br />
<br />
"This is happening as we speak — we are doing several thousand returns," said Mr. Rao. American C.P.A.'s don't even need to be in their offices. They can be on a beach, said Mr. Rao, "and say, `Jerry, you are particularly good at doing New York returns, so
 you do Tom's returns." He adds, "We have taken the grunt work" so U.S. accountants can focus on customer service and thinking creatively about client needs.
<br />
<br />
Mr. Rao's ability to service U.S. accounts this way is at the core of a business revolution that has happened over the past few years. I confess: I missed this revolution. I was totally focused on 9/11 and Iraq. But having now spent 10 days in Bangalore, India's
 Silicon Valley, I realize that while I was sleeping, the world entered the third great era of globalization.
</p>
<p>The first era, from the late 1800's to World War I, was driven by falling transportation costs, thanks to the steamship and the railroad. That was Globalization 1.0, and it shrank the world from a size large to a size medium. The second big era, Globalization
 2.0, lasted from the 1980's to 2000, was based on falling telecom costs and the PC, and shrank the world from a size medium to a size small. Now we've entered Globalization 3.0, and it is shrinking the world from size small to a size tiny. That's what this
 outsourcing of white-collar jobs is telling us — and it is going to require some wrenching adjustments for workers and political systems.
<br />
<br />
Globalization 3.0 was produced by three forces: First is the massive installation of undersea fiber-optic cable and bandwidth (thanks to the dot-com bubble) that have made it possible to globally transmit and store huge amounts of data for almost nothing. Second
 is the diffusion of PC's around the world. And third (what I missed most) is the convergence of a variety of software applications — from e-mail, to Google, to Microsoft Office, to specially designed outsourcing programs — that, when combined with all those
 PC's and bandwidth, made it possible to create global "work-flow platforms." <br />
<br />
These work-flow platforms can chop up any service job — accounting, radiology, consulting, software engineering — into different functions and then, thanks to scanning and digitization, outsource each function to teams of skilled knowledge workers around the
 globe, based on which team can do each function with the highest skill at the lowest price. Then the project is reassembled back at headquarters into a finished product.</p>
<p>Thanks to this new work-flow network, knowledge workers anywhere in the world can contribute their talents more than ever before, spurring innovation and productivity. But these same knowledge workers will be under more pressure than ever to constantly upgrade
 their skills in this Darwinian environment. <br />
<br />
"We created a worldwide network which connected all the resource pools on the planet, and suddenly we changed the rules of the game," said Nandan Nilekani, C.E.O. of the Indian software giant Infosys — which last year received nearly one million applications
 from Indian techies for 9,000 software jobs. You cannot wish away this new era of globalization, he added. "It will not go away."
<br />
<br />
So now I wonder: when they write the history of the world 20 years from now, and they come to this chapter — Sept. 11, 2001, to March 2004 — what will they say was most important? The attack on the World Trade Center and the Iraq war? Or, as Mr. Rao suggests,
 the convergence of PC's, telecom and work-flow software into a tipping point that allowed India to become part of the global supply chain for services the way China had become for manufacturing — creating an explosion of wealth in the middle classes of the
 world's two biggest nations, India and China, and giving both nations a huge new stake in the success of globalization. I wonder?
</p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>27/12/2011 10:38:36</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/14786/Small+and+Smaller</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">14786</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>14792</publicationdataID>
      <title>India is emerging - and fast</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p>Mention India and many of us think of call centres. Politicians and trade unions on both sides of the Atlantic fret over India's flourishing "outsourcing" industry - which threatens to "steal" millions of jobs.<br />
<br />
But India's technical support firms are just a tiny part of a booming economy. The world's largest democracy, India is growing at 8.4 per cent. Last year, the stock market rose a staggering 89 per cent in dollar terms. Inflation and interest rates are low,
 with foreign exchange reserves at a record $100bn (£53.7bn). <br />
<br />
Brazil, Russia, India and China comprise the "BRIC" group, the "big four" emerging markets. Of these, according to a recent Goldman Sachs analysis, India will grow the most. Over the coming half-century, the subcontinent will expand, on average, by 5 per cent
 per year. Within three decades, India's economy will be bigger than Japan's. And by 2050, the national income per head will have risen 35-fold.
<br />
<br />
So buoyant is the economy that the prime minister, Atal Behari Vajpayee, has brought forward the general election, due in October, to April. "We are enjoying good times," Dr S. Narayan, Vajpayee's economic adviser, told me last week. "This is the dawn of a
 golden age for India." <br />
<br />
Over the next month, the government is selling stakes in six state-owned companies, four of them in the energy sector. These privatisations give foreign funds a rare opportunity to buy "big bites" of large companies at the heart of a resurgent economy. Already,
 many offers are over-subscribed. </p>
<p>The Indian government hopes the sell-offs will help close a gaping fiscal deficit - which, for six years, has run close to 10 per cent of gross domestic product. "Putting our fiscal house in order is our top priority - we hope to have eliminated the deficit
 by 2008," says Narayan. But with tax cuts and spending promises being thrown about like electoral confetti - that's difficult to imagine.
<br />
<br />
Another concern is that India registered only $4.5bn in foreign direct investment last year, less than 10 per cent of that attracted by China. Despite reforms, it still has restrictive labour laws, poor infrastructure, glacial-paced litigation and an unwieldy,
 corrupt bureaucracy. <br />
<br />
"Problems remain," says Narayan. "But in terms of cleaning up our economy, we're ready to make a splash."
<br />
<br />
But the bottom line is that India's growth is almost unavoidable - given its demography. "More than half the country is aged under 25," says Narayan. Over the next decade, India's workforce will expand 50 per cent more than all of East Asia's (including China's)
 put together. <br />
<br />
I ask about call centres. After all, the political heat is rising, particularly in America.
<br />
<br />
India accounts for just 2 per cent of the global information industry, Narayan points out. But given the wealth of well-educated, English-speaking, relatively cheap youngsters, he foresees expansion.
<br />
<br />
"Around 500,000 Indians are in outsourcing," he says. "That could grow to 4m over the next 10 to 15 years".<br />
<br />
But perhaps Narayan was at his most interesting when he talked about trade. He disclosed that India might be prepared to reduce agricultural subsidies and import barriers if Western countries were serious about reducing theirs. "We would cut agricultural subsidies
 on a reciprocal basis," he says. "We would look carefully at a phased reduction."
</p>
<p>This is significant. Farm subsidies are highly sensitive in India - where almost half of the 1bn-strong population lives off the land. At the failed September meeting of the World Trade Organisation in Cancun, India led the G-20 group of developing nations,
 which clashed with the European Union and the US over subsidy reduction. <br />
<br />
Now, India's buoyant economy has brought a change in tactics. Not so long ago, Western governments would have viewed access to Indian markets with derision. But, as Narayan knows well, the booming economy is now simply too interesting to ignore.
<br />
<br />
"Our middle classes are emerging as a significant source of demand," he says. "Their consumption ability is rising all the time, and that represents a great opportunity for exports from the West."
<br />
<br />
Starting with agriculture, India is considering opening its borders in return for better access to Western markets for its textiles, cars, pharmaceuticals and high-tech exports. Accounting for 17 per cent of the world's population but only 1 per cent of world
 trade, the growth potential is huge. <br />
<br />
It won't happen overnight, but India will soon make that crucial transition: from "emerging" market to "emerged".<br />
<br />
<em>{Liam Halligan is Economics Correspondent at Channel Four News}</em></p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>27/12/2011 10:45:52</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/14792/India+is+emerging++and+fast</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">14792</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>14794</publicationdataID>
      <title>“India has projects of broadening cooperation with Venezuela”, says India’s External Affairs Minister Mr. Yashwant Sinha (Translation)</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p><em>Foreign Minister Yashwant Sinha gives details of a future Presidential Trip</em><br />
<br />
Agreements in the fields of hydrocarbons, railroads, science and technology, infrastructure, agriculture, small and medium enterprise and pharmaceuticals are in waiting for prompt signature from the leaders of Venezuela and India, Hugo Chavez and Atal Bihari
 Vajpayee. <br />
<br />
This package of agreements was revealed by the Foreign Minister of India, Mr. Yashwant Sinha, who leads the delegation of that country in the meeting of the G-15.
<br />
<br />
The Foreign Minister indicated that precisely last Thursday, he had a meeting with President Chavez that lasted more than 80 minutes, during which they worked on the details of a visit of the President to India. The Minister hopes this visit to take place as
 soon as the elections in India are over in April and May. <br />
<br />
In the case of hydrocarbons, the agreement to be signed refers to the participation of technical personnel from India in exploration and exploitation work.
</p>
<p>The bilateral commercial exchange has been affected by the currency exchange measures. In 2001, Indian exports to Venezuela were $49 million, while Venezuela’s exports were $4 million. In 2002, the corresponding figures were $33 million and $2 million respectively
 while in the first semester of 2003 the figures were 15 million and $ 2 million.
<br />
<br />
With relation to the G-15, Sinha pointed out that what is most important is to relaunch the group and revitalize it.
<br />
<br />
<strong>Democratic advice</strong><br />
<br />
When prompted for advice from a very large democracy, such as India’s to a system in crisis as is the case in Venezuela, Sinha explained: "Each country must find its own answers because there is no formula that could be applied to the whole world”. He also
 pointed out that his country has been able to maintain an average annual growth of 6% for the last 20 years in spite of internal political problems, "because a national consensus on economical policy has been created”.</p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>27/12/2011 10:48:38</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/14794/India+has+projects+of+broadening+cooperation+with+Venezuela+says+Indias+External+Affairs+Minister+Mr+Yashwant+Sinha+Translation</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">14794</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>14796</publicationdataID>
      <title>India's root-and-branch revolution in banking</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p>India's technology revolution recently conquered one of its greatest challenges. The State Bank of India, the lumbering behemoth that controls three-quarters of domestic banking assets, completed the computerisation of its 11,600-branch network.<br />
<br />
It was a necessary change - SBI's antiquated services were damaging its performance. "Our customers were moving away because of our lower level of technology. We had allowed our peers and rivals to bypass us," says A.K. Purwar, chairman of SBI.
<br />
<br />
SBI invested $100m (£54m) to computerise its branches - its largest single item of capital expenditure. As customer migration mounted, SBI was converting 1,000 branches a month, finishing the project 14 months ahead of schedule.
<br />
<br />
The huge task was driven by the emergence of upstart rivals led by private sector banks such as ICICI, one of 11 new commercial lenders.
<br />
<br />
A decade after the government's banking liberalisation, Mumbai-based ICICI is India's second largest commercial bank, with 10m savings and loans customers and the largest share of India's soaring consumer finance market.
<br />
<br />
But, market share aside, ICICI and its competitor, HDFC, have set the pace and agenda in banking. Their primary tool has been the adoption of technology across their business. This has forced slow movers such as State Bank of India and others in the public
 sector to adapt or decline. <br />
<br />
"We are ahead for two reasons: we got in early and we've taken advantage of the technology opportunity," says KV Kamath, ICICI chief executive. His bank has leap-frogged a generation in terms of service provision - similar to what has been achieved in mobile
 communications and niche services such as tele-medicine in rural India. </p>
<p>But there is a big difference. Mr Kamath says ICICI has achieved a comparable level of service to banks in mature markets but at a fraction of the cost and more quickly: "The technology platform is different from ones used in the west but does the same things
 at a lower cost." <br />
<br />
ICICI's yearly technology spending is about $15m, or 10 per cent of that of a foreign bank with a similar number of customers, he says. ICICI's technology bill over the past five years is about $170m. By contrast, Royal Bank of Scotland, the UK's second largest
 bank, spent $662m on information technology in 2002 alone. <br />
<br />
One reason for this low IT capital expenditure is that ICICI's systems were built from scratch: there was no legacy system to fix or replace. Up to 80 per cent of a western bank's annual IT budget goes on adapting or fixing outdated systems, says Infosys, the
 IT services company in Bangalore. ICICI built on its advantage by adopting a flexible IT structure rather than locking itself into a traditional mainframe-based system.
<br />
<br />
"I buy systems that allow me to migrate from one technology to another. Why jump into platforms that lock me in? I am a technology agnostic, " says Mr Kamath.
<br />
<br />
Other banks warn that such a flexible system may be cheaper partly because of lower Indian labour costs; but it is also inherently unstable and may be unable to cope with the fast pace of expansion.
<br />
<br />
So far the Kamath way is working. ICICI has centralised its back-office functions, leaving branches to focus on customers. A large network of automatic teller machines supplements ICICI's more modest branch network. Half of its business by value is carried
 out at ATMs. About two-thirds of the bank's target audience is covered and it is now rolling out the next phase of expansion - in rural areas.
</p>
<p>This is where ICICI's technology model will give it an edge, and perhaps its greatest reward. India's 1.02bn people are spread across a vast area. Most live beyond urban areas and the formal credit network. Tapping these people will lend meaning to "volume-led
 growth". But reaching them is costly. In mature markets such as the UK, banks have closed branches in distant areas because it is uneconomic to serve low-value customers.
<br />
<br />
Mr Kamath argues, however, that ICICI's use of technology lowers its cost base sufficiently for it to accommodate these customers.
<br />
<br />
"We understand the cost-conscious culture of India and our core competence is keeping costs down. We've achieved it by rolling out technology-driven banking in cities, and will do the same in rural India."
<br />
<br />
This technology-based business model is crucial for ICICI to maintain momentum, he argues. The bank is signing on 250,000 customers a month in large conurbations, which, if sustained, would double its customer base in just over three years. The next wave of
 customers will come from taking credit to the countryside. That will depend on the broader spread of internet connectivity in rural India.
<br />
<br />
In the meantime, ICICI has turned to one of India's top technology institutes for help in reaching customers earning Rs1000-Rs2,000 a month (£12-£24) - a level of income likely to test anyone's ability to lay on low-cost services. The result is an ATM specially
 designed for rural customers, which is being launched in three pilot projects in Chennai. The ATMs operate with fingerprint recognition rather than a PIN system, reflecting rural illiteracy. They also dispense soiled notes - a crucial technological breakthrough,
 given the paucity of crisp new notes in small-town economies.</p>
<p>The ATMs are intended to work in conjunction with another product from the bank's technology partner: a low-cost personal computer housed in an all-purpose kiosk. This will provide web-cam, video conferencing and other business-centre services, and could
 emerge as the hub from which to sell banking products such as loans and insurance.
<br />
<br />
The implications are immense. "Banks can use video-conferencing to learn more about potential clients' credit profiles. By using kiosks as an intermediary, you make financing possible," says Ashok Jhunjhunwala, the technologist who is collaborating with ICICI.
<br />
<br />
For example, a rural branch manager would make several visits to complete the formalities of a loan application from a low-income applicant. This is time-consuming and uneconomic and the transaction is viable only when technology replaces the site visits.
<br />
<br />
ICICI is watching for credit patterns to emerge before expanding in rural India. In the meantime, it is so confident of its ability to marry technology and price-sensitive customers that it is targeting the Asian low-income market in Britain, where it launched
 a branch late last year. "We think we can roll out a similar strategy for small shopkeepers ignored by the big banks in the UK," says Mr Kamath.
<br />
<br />
<em>Additional reporting by Jane Croft</em><br />
<br />
BANK LINKS WITH 'TELECOMS EVANGELISTS' ICICI's fingerprint-based ATM is just one of the bright ideas from the Indian Institute of Technology in Chennai. At its heart is Ashok Jhunjhunwala, who is known as India's "telecommunications evangelist". US-educated
 Prof Jhunjhunwala returned to India and became a convert to the gospel of "rural connectivity". But his vision collided with the reality of costly foreign technology.
</p>
<p>A decade ago, he and colleagues formed TeNet to "research, develop and commercialise our telecoms ideas". Helped by Indian information technology professionals and entrepreneurs in the US, who raised between $5m (£2.9m) and $15m for each start-up, TeNet
 has made IIT Chennai possibly the foremost business incubation college among the technology bodies that produce India's finest software engineers. "We made 'incubation' a respectable word," says Prof Jhunjhunwala. TeNet's early aim was to reduce the cost of
 installing a telephone line from Rs38,000 (£83) a decade ago - with an eight-year wait - to Rs10,000. Today, the cost is Rs17,000 and the target is between two and three years away, he says. "We've set the benchmark for affordable technology that is appropriate
 for India. For example, the exchanges withstand heat of 55°C. Ultimately, if villages have access to communication technology, they have access to information. That encourages enterprise and can help lift living standards."
<br />
<br />
Prof Jhunjhunwala sees his low-cost banking kiosk (see above) as a catalyst in uplifting small localised economies by, say, drawing in credit providers such as banks. Yet sceptics doubt whether these low-cost kiosks can break even in the predicted six months
 within a community of exceptionally low-income users. TeNet's biggest start-up success is Midas Communications, which has developed a wireless local loop technology known as CorDect. This fixed wireless system - dubbed "the poor man's mobile" - is less costly
 and has a wider geographic reach than conventional cellular standards. Midas's growth is an example of what Prof Jhunjhunwala calls his "marriage of mission and markets".
</p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>27/12/2011 10:50:29</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/14796/Indias+rootandbranch+revolution+in+banking</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">14796</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>14798</publicationdataID>
      <title>An Agreement to Talk</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p>Those of a more cynical nature might think that the bilateral talks between India and Pakistan last week were a dud. At the end of the meeting, reporters asked Pakistan Foreign Secretary Riaz Khokhar about the fence India is building along the Line of Control.
 He replied, "The subject will come up in future discussions." What about Most Favored Nation status for India? It wasn't touched upon. A bus service between Srinagar in Indian-controlled Kashmir and Muzaffarabad in the Pakistan-controlled part of the territory?
 Later. And when questioned about India's defense ties with Israel, Mr. Khokhar said he didn't discuss it with his counterpart. Was anything negotiated? It seems not.<br />
<br />
The talks, however, were successful. <br />
<br />
The meeting was always meant only to map out how both countries would work to sort out various disputes and build confidence -- rather than as "peace talks" as some have sought to style it. Certainly, a lasting peace was uppermost in participants' minds and
 is the destination Islamabad and New Delhi hope to reach. But eventually. For now, the point is that the difficulty of quickly reaching resolution over Kashmir isn't going to derail détente.
<br />
<br />
The key word in the current process is "composite." Beyond talks already agreed upon earlier, India and Pakistan have committed to holding further dialogues dealing with eight key areas. Some of these naturally overlap -- terrorism and Kashmir are two that
 come soonest to mind. But the point is to cover a number of issues.</p>
<p>By putting a slew of difficult matters on the table at once, both countries relieve themselves of the pressure that comes from negotiating on a single dispute. More importantly, an impasse in any one area isn't likely to cause national angst if progress
 can be seen in others. Moreover, because the issues to be discussed are not the preserve of any one ministry in each country, the process as a whole won't be held hostage to prejudice or national chauvinism at any single institution.
<br />
<br />
Commerce ministry officials will talk about economic and trade cooperation; culture officials will discuss cultural and other exchanges; discussions over drug trafficking will involve officials from the home or interior ministry. And so on. In short, the talks
 will no longer be confined to the foreign ministries of the two countries. By giving them more "legs" and broadening the range of institutional participants, there will be better traction for the "composite" process. The format thus is meant to diffuse the
 risk of a breakdown in the current bilateral relation. <br />
<br />
Of course, India and Pakistan are a long way yet from normal, neighborly relations. Pakistan President Pervez Musharraf is reported to have confirmed his decision to test within the next few weeks the 2,000-kilometer-range Shaheen II missile. But India has
 been less fretful about this than it might have been in the past. If relations continue on this trajectory, India and Pakistan may yet amicably settle their squabble over Kashmir -- and indeed it's on the agenda in May-June. But now the immediate outcome of
 those talks won't make or break ties. And if progress continues toward normal relations, it will ease broader concerns outside the region about the danger of conflict between these two nuclear powers.
</p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>27/12/2011 10:53:07</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/14798/An+Agreement+to+Talk</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">14798</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>14800</publicationdataID>
      <title>Brum strikes up the band for Bollywood</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p><em>Top Indian film composer to conduct city's orchestra <br />
<br />
The City of Birmingham Symphony Orchestra is to break new ground with two concerts of music from Bollywood films, including the Oscar-nominated Lagaan.</em><br />
<br />
It may be best known for its recordings of Mahler and Stravinsky, but the City of Birmingham Symphony Orchestra has enlisted the help of a Bollywood legend to broaden its repertoire.
<br />
<br />
In a fortnight's time, the multimillionaire composer AR Rahman will take the baton for two successive nights of themes from the Indian film industry, including many of his own works.
<br />
<br />
The CBSO, which achieved international status during the tenure of conductor Sir Simon Rattle, is determined to find new audiences closer to home, by persuading Indian and Pakistani audiences into its Symphony Hall headquarters.
<br />
<br />
Tickets for the 2,200-seat auditorium are already selling fast among the city's south Asian population and, according to the orchestra's chief executive, Stephen Maddock, the Bollywood nights promise to pull in the largest ever non-white audience for a mainstream
 British orchestra. <br />
<br />
Rahman is best known to western music fans as the composer of Bombay Dreams, the West End musical.
<br />
<br />
But to his south Asian followers he is a cult figure who, at the age of 38, has already sold nearly 200m albums and worked on more than 50 films, including the Oscar-nominated Lagaan.
<br />
<br />
He recently agreed to score the stage musical version of Lord of the Rings, which is due to open next year.
<br />
<br />
Mr Maddock said the orchestra was setting out to attract non-traditional audiences. Birmingham expected to have a non-white majority by 2010, making it one of the most multicultural cities in Britain. Yet the CBSO's core following was still largely from middle-class
 areas of the city.</p>
<p>"We have a responsibility to provide a range of musical activities," he said. "Our audiences are much less extensively white than you might expect, but it is true to say that right across the world classical music tends to appeal to a predominantly white
 audience." <br />
<br />
The Bollywood initiative forms part of a year long-series of Classic Asia concerts at Symphony Hall.
<br />
<br />
Rahman took his first rehearsal with the orchestra last week. Although he trained at Trinity College of Music in London and regularly hosts television song and dance shows, he declared himself nervous at the prospect of his first orchestral engagement on such
 a scale. <br />
<br />
Known as "king of Indian pop", he has been able to span a range of genres, mixing classical forms with western rhythms and an electronic sound.
<br />
<br />
Piali Ray, the Indian dancer and choreographer whose Sampad dance company will perform with the CBSO later in the year, praised Birmingham for creating an environment in which community arts could flourish.
<br />
<br />
Sampad broke new ground with its recent collaboration with the city's Royal Ballet. Birmingham also hosts Samyo, effectively the national youth orchestra for south Asian music.
<br />
<br />
"There are large sections of the Asian community who are very interested in the arts, but sometimes haven't felt welcomed. Or maybe they don't even know there are things that will interest them," she said. "This is really heartening."
<br />
<br />
The fact that most tickets had already gone showed lessons had been learned on both sides. "The orchestra can see the value of reaching out, while Asian communities are learning about advance booking and turning up on time."
</p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>27/12/2011 10:54:57</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/14800/Brum+strikes+up+the+band+for+Bollywood</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">14800</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>14803</publicationdataID>
      <title>India and Pakistan : Trade offers a sure path to peace</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p>NEW DELHI The historic talks this week between Indian and Pakistani officials in Islamabad, the first since the nuclear rivals nearly went to war in 2002, open the door to the ultimate confidence-building measure - making money, not war.<br />
<br />
To the credit of both sides, their new "composite dialogue" will not only address the disputed Kashmir province, but "all bilateral issues," including "economic development." Commerce between rivals does not guarantee peace, but good economics can promote good
 politics. As it has elsewhere, economic interdependence on the subcontinent can promote trust and reduce tensions.<br />
<br />
The European Union proves the link between prosperity and security. Indeed, the decision last month by the seven-nation South Asian Association for Regional Cooperation to seek a South Asia free trade area by 2006 prompted Prime Minister Atal Bihari Vajpayee
 of India to predict an EU-style common market and single currency for the region.<br />
<br />
Pragmatic entrepreneurs help remind governments that conflict is bad for business. Surging trade between India and China is credited with helping New Delhi and Beijing make progress toward resolving their decades-old border disputes. And China is unlikely to
 invade Taiwan - Beijing's rhetorical outbursts aside - because the island is one of its biggest trading partners and largest investors.<br />
<br />
The subcontinent has no such economic brake on military escalation. Official bilateral trade between India and Pakistan is a trickle - a mere $200 million, less than 1 percent of their global trade. This virtual "no trade area" is unnatural. By the late 1940s,
 nearly 60 percent of Pakistani exports went to India and a third of Pakistani imports came from India. But partition cut off Indian factories and mills from their supplies of raw materials in Pakistan. Punjab, the breadbasket of South Asia, was divided and
 devastated.</p>
<p>New Delhi and Islamabad finally seem to recognize that reversing this economic partition is in their own self-interest. Krishna Rasgotra, a former Indian foreign secretary, told me that "greater economic ties will, in due course, help facilitate calm deliberation
 of more complex political and security related issues." Rajesh Shah, a prominent business executive, agreed. "It is in India's interest," he said, "to encourage democratization of Pakistan and to create strong trade and economic links."
<br />
<br />
Prime Minister Zafarullah Khan Jamali of Pakistan, addressing the U.S. Chamber of Commerce last autumn, said, "people-to-people contact and mutual business interests create a more enduring relationship between nations than is possible through governments alone."
<br />
<br />
The talks this week in Islamabad set the stage for genuine trade diplomacy. <br />
<br />
As South Asia's strongest economy, India should now take the lead and continue reducing tariffs, among the highest in the world, especially those on goods from developing countries like Pakistan.
<br />
<br />
Pakistan, for its part, should grant India "most-favored nation" trading status - which India has already bestowed on Pakistan - as required by the World Trade Organization and as implied in the regional free trade agreement signed last month. This would include
 opening the Pakistani market beyond the list of 610 Indian products now permitted.</p>
<p>Analysts here predict that annual free trade between India and Pakistan could reach $6 billion within a year. Illegal trade via Dubai, Hong Kong and Singapore is already estimated at $2 billion. Under a free trade pact, Pakistan's textile sector, the backbone
 of its economy, would gain access to India's 300 million-strong middle class. India should drop its reservations over the so-called "peace pipeline" to Iran through Pakistan. India, one of the world's largest gas importers, needs Iran, home to the world's
 second largest natural gas reserves. New Delhi's fears of dependence on a trans-Pakistan pipeline are understandable. But the estimated $700 million in annual transit fees would give Islamabad an enormous stake in regional stability and prosperity.<br />
<br />
Finally, India and Pakistan should rebuild the nuts and bolts of their trade infrastructure. The resumption last month of bus, air and rail links was a start. Lifting burdensome visa restrictions would enable business leaders to travel and trade more freely.
 As both India and Pakistan's largest trading partner, the United States can help by encouraging exchanges between industry chiefs and economists.
<br />
<br />
For decades, vested interests - including the millionaire generals who control much of the Pakistani economy - have held trade hostage with the excuse that Kashmir comes first. But as one Pakistani commentator observed recently, "Kashmir is not a core issue
 but a corps commanders' issue." <br />
<br />
Instead of Indian and Pakistani soldiers exchanging gunfire on the battlefield, Indian and Pakistani entrepreneurs could be exchanging business cards in boardrooms.
<br />
<br />
Stanley A. Weiss is founder and chairman of Business Executives for National Security, a Washington-based nonpartisan organization. This is a personal comment.</p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>27/12/2011 10:58:04</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/14803/India+and+Pakistan++Trade+offers+a+sure+path+to+peace</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">14803</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>14807</publicationdataID>
      <title>New farmer’s hotline in India sizzles with requests</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p><em>Thirty years after the Green Revolution helped large farmers make India self-sufficiency in food, a new project aims to help small farmers get better yields and better prices</em><br />
<br />
NEW DELHI, Feb. 20 (CSM) - India is now famous (or perhaps, infamous) for its burgeoning telemarketing and calling-center businesses. In Bangalore, Hyderabad, or Bombay, one can find buildings full of Indian employees wearing headphones, taking GE customer-service
 calls, and watching CNN and Baywatch to brush up on their American accents. <br />
<br />
But the beneficiaries of this transglobal info exchange have been mostly folks in Wisconsin or California. Now, there's a state-of-the art high-volume calling center for South Asians--Indian farmers, no less.
<br />
<br />
In a country where more than 80 percent of the population makes a living from agriculture, the Kisaan Call Center is a godsend. The one-month young project is government-funded but privately run--and by all accounts a huge success. On an average day, it gets
 2,500 calls. <br />
<br />
The volume surprised some, coming from a segment of the population long thought to be too traditional or backward to embrace change.
<br />
<br />
"We expected the demand to be high, but we're getting so many calls now, I think we're going to have to start a second shift," says O.P. Suri, executive director of DSS Infotech Solutions, the company that runs the call center.
<br />
<br />
And while his service will not replace the thousands of government agricultural extension people around the country, Mr. Suri says, "Now, anyone can pick up a phone and have access to an expert who can speak in their own dialect, and give them the respect they
 deserve." <br />
<br />
If farmers are getting more respect these days, it may have something to do with the fact that they make up the single largest voting bloc in the country, and that national elections are in April.</p>
<p>Suri says that the government had been planning to open a farmer call center for some time. But when Suri won the contract, he was told he had only eight days to set up the software, hire a staff of agricultural specialists, and train them in "soft-call"
 techniques. Then, on Jan. 21, live national television recorded the call center's first customer, Prime Minister Atal Behari Vajpayee himself.
<br />
<br />
Sanjeev Phogat, a master's degree agricultural expert with expertise in meteorology, took the call. Everyone in the call center was watching him. "His first question was about the weather," laughs Mr. Phogat. "That was easy, that's my specialty."
<br />
<br />
On one afternoon Phogat's phone is ringing off the hook, and he is fielding a variety of questions:
<br />
<br />
Where is the best place to get improved varieties of wheat seeds? <br />
<br />
Which sort of medicinal crops bring the best profits? <br />
<br />
What kind of irrigation techniques are best for an area that has low-water levels and poor rainfall?
<br />
<br />
Call center employees are trained to handle farmers with respect. For farmers accustomed to the overburdened, not-in-my-job-description clerks of a typical government ministry, it's a surprise to hear the usual programmed greeting of a Kisaan Call Center employee.
<br />
<br />
"Long live the farmer! Welcome, my name is Navneet, how may I assist you today?" says Navneet Yadav, a fashion- conscious graduate of an agricultural college in Meerut, north of Delhi.
<br />
<br />
It's an attitude that leaves many Indian farmers breathless, and calling back with ever more difficult questions.
<br />
<br />
"The common people usually have nothing to do with the Indian government," says Mr. Yadav. "Anyway, their needs are in such a large quantity, and they don't get solutions in proper quantity. What they need is a mediator who can put them in touch with the proper
 experts, someone who understands them very well."</p>
<p>Kisaan Call Center employees are paid a modest but respectable salary, from $110 to $150 a month, about the same wages of the average office clerk. But for many of these employees, the wages are not as important as the opportunity to take part in what Kisaan
 employees like to call "the Second Green Revolution." It's an ambitious goal, given that the first Green Revolution - which distributed higher-yielding seeds and better equipment in the 1970s - allowed India to become self- sufficient in food. "In the first
 Green Revolution ... it was mainly the larger farmers who benefited," says Suri. "But now we are ... aiming at the smaller farmers who were not able to take advantage of the better technology. If we can help those people improve their yields or get a better
 price, then we can really make a difference." <br />
<br />
The call center tracks the questions farmers are asking, with the goal of alerting authorities if there appears to be a broader regional problem. Also, Suri plans to use the media to let farmers know about ways to solve problems.
<br />
<br />
Phogat, the meteorologist, says he finds himself turning into an expert on everything. The hot topic these days is how to grow and market a local herb called safed musli. "It is basically a desi version of Viagra," says Phogat, grinning shyly. Desi is a Hindi
 word that means local. "The farmers these days have smaller and smaller plots, so they are always interested in knowing what is the best crop for making more money."
<br />
<br />
Again Phogat's phone rings. For the hundredth time today, he says, "Long live the farmer."</p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>27/12/2011 11:00:45</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/14807/New+farmers++in+India++with+requests</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">14807</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>14811</publicationdataID>
      <title>Investors Find the 'Other' Billion-Person Nation; It's India, and Portfolio Managers Say It Might Outshine China; Foreign Investing Is Opening Up</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p>At a time when China commands more attention from investors than any other emerging market, many U.S. fund managers are starting to take a closer look at the other billion-person nation: India.<br />
<br />
India has received only a fraction of the money that corporations have invested in China, but portfolio managers say India is in a number of ways the more attractive stock-market investment.
<br />
<br />
The South Asian giant has spawned a greater number of companies that can compete on a global scale and whose management style more closely resembles their U.S. competitors. That list includes Indian software firms such as Infosys Technologies and Wipro and
 pharmaceutical companies such as Dr. Reddy's Laboratories, all of which trade in New York. Investors also credit India with having better corporate disclosure, stronger property rights, and a more investor-friendly legal system than China.
<br />
<br />
India is about a dozen years behind China in liberalizing its economy, lowering tariffs, and opening up industry to foreign investors. But it is beginning to close that gap. Just recently, in fact, the government raised the ceiling on foreign investment in
 private banks and abolished foreign limits on private oil exploration and marketing companies.
<br />
<br />
New Delhi is forecasting Indian economic growth of about 8% for the fiscal year ending next month -- on par with China's official growth forecast for 2004 -- and it has emerged as the world leader for outsourcing and call centers.
<br />
<br />
Some economists say India may be entering a period of rapid growth reminiscent of China's powerful economic expansion of the 1990s, enabling India to evolve over the next few years from a fringe to a more mainstream emerging market. Investors have been encouraged
 to see the government running on a market-reform platform ahead of the April parliamentary elections and anticipate an acceleration in reform measures after the elections.
</p>
<p>"India looks like it is at the beginning of a multiyear upswing," says Mark Madden, who manages the Pioneer Emerging Markets Fund and counts India as one of his three top country picks this year, along with Brazil and Turkey.
<br />
<br />
Foreigners invested a record $7 billion in Indian stocks last year, which helped the rupee appreciate 5% against the U.S. dollar in 2003 as the Bombay Sensex Index jumped 82% in dollar terms. (So far this year, the Sensex is up 3.2%.) Foreign fund mangers raised
 their stakes in India's 10 biggest companies by 7.3 percentage points to 35.2% of shares outstanding, according to Morgan Stanley.
<br />
<br />
Some large global funds with limited emerging-market investments are taking a fresh look. "A lot of our guys [have been] getting excited about what was going on in India," says Shigeki Makino, senior global portfolio manager for Putnam Investments.
<br />
<br />
His fund last year bought shares of Reliant, a conglomerate with telecom and petrochemical businesses, marking the fund's first Indian purchase in years. He cited the stock as a way to play the country's economic growth and a cheap valuation relative to global
 peers, though he adds that most Indian stocks have too small a market capitalization for large global funds that like to take big positions.
<br />
<br />
And even if the optimistic forecasts come true, India still poses plenty of risks. While there has been a recent thaw in tension between India and Pakistan, any future conflict could weigh on the market.
<br />
<br />
In the U.S., a political backlash against the outsourcing of jobs to India has been gaining momentum. Recently, the Senate passed an amendment restricting companies from using offshore workers for government-contract work. State legislators in New Jersey and
 Indiana have passed similar measures, sparking an angry response from New Delhi and raising concerns about a potential trade war. Both the Democrats and Republicans are already making this a campaign issue.
</p>
<p><strong>Populist Opposition</strong><br />
<br />
In India, the ruling coalition could face increasing populist opposition to market overhauls if the economic gains aren't seen as equitably distributed and India's widespread poverty doesn't ease. Also, poor infrastructure -- from roads and highways to ports
 and power supply -- must be improved to cut transportation costs and boost gross domestic product.
<br />
<br />
Even if India's economy does achieve a higher level of sustained economic growth, that alone doesn't make it a wise investment. "Investors commonly fall into the trap of equating fast economic growth with strong stock-market performances," says Andrew Milligan,
 head of global strategy for Standard Life Investments in Edinburgh, Scotland. "That need not be the case."
<br />
<br />
Look no farther than China: Despite persistent annual economic growth of 7% to 10% over the past decade, the stock market has seen no gains over that period and lots of volatility. In fact, the Morgan Stanley Capital International China Index tumbled 75% from
 its inception in 1993 through the end of 2003. <br />
<br />
Yet some investors maintain that there are compelling reasons to expect something better from India, even if the stock market stumbles in the near term following last year's big gains.
<br />
<br />
Most of the Chinese companies that went public in the 1990s were bloated state-owned enterprises. They were selected not because they were the most profitable, or attractive, candidates but because they had political connections or Beijing wanted to use the
 stock market to help bail them out. They remain majority state-owned. <br />
<br />
In India, by contrast, about 60% of publicly traded companies have no state ownership, says Arindam Bhattacharjee, a portfolio manager at Emerging Markets Management in Arlington, Va.</p>
<p>That percentage is poised to rise as privatization and restructuring gather steam. For instance, Maruti Udyog, India's largest auto maker, started in 1977 as a joint venture between the government and Japan's Suzuki Motor. But the government has been selling
 down its stake as part of a plan for the auto maker to be wholly owned by Suzuki and shareholders. Maruti said it sold a record 49,140 cars in January, a 30% year-over-year increase, and the shares have more than tripled in price since the initial public offering
 of stock last summer. <br />
<br />
<strong>Not Cheap?</strong><br />
<br />
After last year's rally, some say that Indian stocks no longer look cheap. Mr. Madden at Pioneer points out, however, that some of the most expensive have the best growth rates. Infosys, for example, trades at 23.4 times its estimated earnings for the fiscal
 year ending in March 2005, but earnings per share are projected to grow 26% for that period.
<br />
<br />
Still, he favors banks that are positioned to benefit from India's economic growth. In recent years, they have been freed from government instructions to lend to the agricultural sector at limited rates and are turning their focus to the more profitable consumer-loan
 market. He likes Punjab National Bank, which trades at less than seven times estimated earnings for the fiscal year ending in March 2005 and has projected earnings growth of 16% for that period.
<br />
<br />
Mr. Bhattacharjee notes that unlike China, where few companies have much presence overseas, several Indian companies rely on exports for the bulk of their revenue. Bharat Forge, an auto-components maker, counts on exports for 60% of its sales, with about half
 of that foreign revenue coming from the U.S. The generic drug maker Ranbaxy gets about 50% of revenue abroad, mostly from U.S. sales.
</p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>27/12/2011 11:04:21</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/14811/Find+the+Other+BillionPerson+Nation+Its+India+and+Portfolio+Managers+Say+It+Might+Outshine+China+Foreign+Investing+Is+Opening+Up</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">14811</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>14814</publicationdataID>
      <title>Articles by Egyptian journalist Salama Ahmed Salama, February 8-11, 2004(Translation)</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p><strong>A visit to India </strong><br />
<br />
What makes one visit India? <br />
<br />
Maybe there is a need for getting off your back the narrow interests that strangle the Arab world, and pressures that have directed the attention of the Arab countries during the past decades towards the western paradigm and made it look for solutions and visions
 serving the interests of the West. The reason might be the desire to explore the successful development and progress experiences in Asia. Amidst the frustrating international circumstances, India looks to be one of the most successful examples of countries
 that managed to break the chains of the monopoly of the international capitalism. It managed to reserve a front seat on the economic competitiveness arena; it managed to achieve self-suffiency in the field of food production and self-reliance in the development
 process. India has possessed information technology potentials, small-scale industries and it is combating poverty without any compromise regarding its independence or decision-making.
<br />
<br />
But it cannot be denied that as long as the Arab world gets away from India, India gets away in its interests and policies from the Arab world. India, however, is the closest country to the Arab world on the intellectual, cultural and ethnical levels. It is
 closer than China. It is closer to us than the USA and Europe. But we forgot about our common historical ties. Since Camp David and Oslo Accords, an ambiguous and an unjustified shift in Arab-Indo relations had taken place. We neglected a number of old bonds
 with countries such as India and Indonesia that supported us on significant issues such as the Arab Israeli conflict.
</p>
<p>China was an exception. It did its best to keep the minimum of distinguished ties with the Arab countries in general and with Egypt in particular. But the Arab-Indo ties dwindled for illogical reasons. China established diplomatic ties with Israel the same
 way India did. But we kept censuring the Indo-Israeli ties without doing anything to return the status of the Arab-Indian ties to the level they were. We didn’t give India its due in view of its growing weight on the international level; India has the largest
 population in the world coming second to none but China. It might even catch up with it in a few years’ time. India also has the second largest Muslim community in the world (140 million).
<br />
<br />
In spite of poverty and backwardness that is widespread among its population, India is on its way to join developed countries not just for its human resources but due to its nuclear, military, technological, and economic strengths; one of its greatest strengths
 is that it has the most stable and respectable democratic system in the world. <br />
<br />
This gives importance to one’s journey to India. <br />
<br />
</p>
<div>******** </div>
<br />
<br />
<strong>February 9, 2004<br />
The paradox of strength and weakness<br />
<br />
</strong>Since a long time ago, I haven’t seen such an interesting and awe-inspiring military parade that differs from the US parades we watch on the silver screen. I watched this parade in New Delhi. It was held in celebration of the 55th anniversary of the
 Indian Republic. The most exciting factors in this parade were the long-range missiles capable of carrying nuclear warheads produced by India. All pressures and US sanctions could not abort the Indian program of testing and producing them. The USA imposed
 sanctions against India and Pakistan to force them relinquish their nuclear programs as it has recently done with Libya.
<p>The contradictory Pakistani policies (allying with Taliban to please the Islamic fundamentalist powers, then attacking it after September 11th) opened the way for having a military and political US presence that imposed some sort of monitoring on its nuclear
 weapons. This led to accusing Abdel Qadeer Khan, the father of the Pakistani nuclear bomb, of selling nuclear secrets to Libya, Iran and North Korea. This step aimed at dismantling the Pakistani nuclear program and alienating Pakistani nuclear scientists and
 experts. India, however, remained resolute and has not allowed any party to interfere in its internal affairs. It even elected Abdul Kalam, the Indian Muslim physicist, the President of India.
<br />
<br />
The striking paradox that needs contemplation is that the men behind the nuclear programs in the two countries are two Muslim scientists. But the corrupt military regime that supports fundamentalism led to the instability in Pakistan while India became a large
 country that enjoys free political will and democracy. Recently there has been unexpected rapprochement between India and the USA. During the visit made by the Indian Prime Minister Atal Behari Vajpayee to New York, he met on the sidelines of the meetings
 of the United Nations General Assembly with President Bush. Both parties agreed on boosting cooperation between India and the USA in four significant areas: Advanced technology, space research, use of nuclear energy for peaceful purposes, and missile defense.
</p>
<p>Thus, relations have been upgraded between the largest democracies in the world. As the Americans put it, relations between the two countries have reached the status of equal strategic cooperation. It might be said that the credit is due to the fruitful
 cooperation between India and Israel in the field of armament and other economic fields. Yet, it is well established that the Indo-American relations have a different level than Indo-Israeli relations. The Indian officials insist that cooperation with Israel
 is a sort of exchange of benefits and no more. They say that cooperation will be confined to certain limits that it would not exceed. Such cooperation, they reiterate, would not affect the Indian stances regarding the Palestinian issue and the Israeli occupation
 of Arab countries. Yet, the issue is much more complicated. <br />
<br />
</p>
<div>******** </div>
<br />
<br />
<strong>February 10, 2004<br />
Democracy and economy</strong> <br />
<br />
Those who relate economic reform to political and democratic reform should have a look at the Indian experience. The decline in the Indian economy at any one time has not led to the collapse of its democracy.
<br />
<br />
In spite of the fact that one sixth of the world population is living in India and a large percentage of the Indian people are living under poverty line, India has managed to turn its religious, cultural and linguistic diversity a source of creation which was
 not degraded by acts of violence that took place now and then between Hindus and Muslims. Since its independence, India hasn’t witnessed one case of declaration of the state of emergency except once at the time of Mrs. Indira Gandhi when she tried to implement
 the male sterilization laws by force in the 70s with the aim of curbing the population increase. But something like a revolt took place and Indira Gandhi was toppled in spite of her large popularity and noble objectives.
<p>The credit for this Indian progress might be attributed to the presence of a federal system that allows the Indian states to have elected governments and have full powers to run their local affairs under the supervision of the parliament. The law gives the
 Central Government the right to interfere in the affairs of states in certain cases. The policy of achieving self-sufficiency in the economic, military and technological fields led to the advancement of the development process in India. Indian technology developed
 in a way that provided a billion Indians with their needed tools, small and medium industrial commodities. The large Indian market and cheap labor helped in producing cheap commodities. India focused on providing the citizens with their basic and practical
 needs instead of encouraging them to import luxurious items. The Indian markets do not have luxurious products or cars.
<br />
<br />
In the Indian streets, there are thousands of Rickshaws, used instead of taxis. They are used to alleviate the traffic problems. This phenomenon attracted the attention of Dr. Boutros Ghali when he visited India and he talked about the possibility of producing
 such vehicles in Egypt with Indian support. India is considered the fourth largest country in the world in the field of production of pharmaceuticals at competitive prices. This is one of the fields of possible cooperation between India and Egypt.
<br />
<br />
There are no logical reasons for the failure of the Egyptian Indian cooperation in the field of import of wheat and grains or in the field of transfer of agricultural technology that led to India’s agricultural self sufficiency. May be our random policies are
 the reason behind the failure of lots of our policies and it might be the reason behind the failure of the visits of two Egyptian ministers to reach an agreement for importing Indian wheat.
</p>
<p>As for the Indian achievements in the field of information technology, it is a pioneering experience in the field of software production and information services.
<br />
<br />
</p>
<div>******** </div>
<br />
<br />
<strong>February 11, 2004<br />
An Indian breakthrough </strong><br />
<br />
India has achieved an unprecedented breakthrough in the field of information technology, which gave the Indian economy a great push forward. The Indian software and information services exports were estimated at $ 9.5 billion with a growth rate ranging between
 25% to 30%. <br />
<br />
India started to focus its attention on the software production since the beginning of the 90s. This industry does not require large capital or assets but it benefits from the surplus of work in the field of information technology in other world markets. It
 also benefits from the time difference among countries: when an American doctor closes his clinic in the evening he shifts the files of his patients to the computers of an Indian company to classify the information and prepare required charts. The Indian person
 doing this job is taking 1/7th the amount of money an American doing the same job charges. This led to the information technology becoming one of the most important sources of income in India. This also led the US Congress to propose a motion for banning outsourcing
 of government-financed projects to foreign countries. <br />
<br />
This Indian breakthrough would not have been achieved if it were not for the good training of thousands of technicians and engineers who have mastered the English language. Around 1,50,000 professionals who have internationally approved credentials, join the
 field of software production and information technology annually.
<p>India established 6 technological areas for producing software. This number is expected to reach 20 by 2010 and the federal government in Delhi will finance them. Responsibility of such areas would be shifted to respective state governments after the federal
 government supplied the required infrastructure, communication system and set up a sound system for exporting the information technology products and simplified the required procedures. The government worked on liberating the communication sector and encouraged
 private investments. <br />
<br />
The information technology sector products are not just exported but they serve local sectors in India on top of which comes the agricultural sector in which the poorer portion of the population work. Programs are developed to assist farmers to receive information
 about dairy products and their quality to facilitate getting their dues without being exposed to the manipulations of the agricultural societies’ staff. There are also lots of instances of the application of information technology in different sectors.
<br />
<br />
In an interview, I had with one of the information technology and communications officials, I was told that Egypt, with its human resources, could be able to provide the Gulf countries with similar services, India is providing to Europe and the USA. Egypt could
 also benefit from French speaking cadres to provide software and information technology services to French-speaking countries, he said.
<br />
<br />
</p>
<div>****** </div>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>27/12/2011 11:07:45</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/14814/Articles+by+Egyptian+journalist+Salama+Ahmed+Salama+February+811+2004Translation</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">14814</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>14817</publicationdataID>
      <title>'I make films for every Indian everywhere'</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p>Karan Johar leans across and declares he has "finished" the sumptuous "trilogy of tears" that has made him Bollywood's most bankable film director.<br />
<br />
Kuch Kuch Hota Hai ("Something Happens"), Kabhi Khushi Kabhie Gham ("Sometime Happiness, Sometime Sadness") and Kal Ho Naa Ho ("Whether Tomorrow Comes or Not") are also the three most popular Indian-origin films in the US and UK, home to millions of expatriate
 Indians. The UK's busiest cinema is a multiplex near London that screens only Bollywood films. "They are beautiful to watch - even with subtitles," says Clare Wise, director of overseas projects at the UK Film Council.
<br />
<br />
In the five years since he directed his first film, aged 26, Johar has emerged as a kingmaker in Bollywood. His mix of romanticism, vigorous song and dance and basic story-telling has produced a feast for the heart, if not for the minds of the Indian diaspora
 in Brooklyn and Birmingham, as well as Bihar. "My cinema sensibilities travel. I make films for every Indian everywhere."
<br />
<br />
And non-Indians. At the Berlin Film Festival last week ("It's just a Bollywood day out for the foreigners", says Johar), the main Indian attraction were films by Johar. And recently in Mumbai Johar spent an evening with Harvey Weinstein, the boss of Miramax
 film studio. "Hollywood is interested, but the only thing we've exchanged is a handshake, not a cheque. I would like to take an Indian film to Hollywood rather than be taken over by Hollywood."
<br />
<br />
Johar is a master of that most pulsating Indian art form - song and dance. In his latest film, Kal Ho Naa Ho, which he wrote but whose direction he handed over to Nikhil Advani, Johar's musical collaborators have spiced up the classic song "Pretty Woman" by
 Roy Orbison, turned it into an even more rhythmic Bhangra (the music of northern Indian farmers celebrating harvest) and set it in prosperous New York.
</p>
<p>If that seems bizarre, just hear Johar out. He argues that Bollywood films are films with songs, not musicals in the old Hollywood tradition when, say, a Fred Astaire and Ginger Rogers song was a device to take the story forward.
<br />
<br />
"In our films we stop a situation and celebrate with a song. We celebrate sorrow, joy, anything with songs. It is perfectly normal. But the song does not move the narrative. The west just does not get it when a song can simply be sung out of nowhere. Nobody
 in a reality setting [in the west] would do this. But we do." <br />
<br />
At the end of a song, actors perform the next scene, which has not moved ahead in any obvious way despite the interruption of a fantastically choreographed song involving dozens of performers and possibly also the battlefield of the India-Pakistan border, the
 Swiss Alps, Fifth Avenue or Buckingham Palace as a backdrop. "The west may see this as kitsch, or surreal. But for us it is normal," says Johar.
<br />
<br />
Johar's mastery of this form is ironic. Many believed a more open India with wider funding opportunities would produce a new generation of "crossover" films focusing on minority Indian issues for non-Indian audiences as well as the diaspora. The fact that this
 new wave has not only failed to take root but has also been beaten to the lucrative outside world by a traditional form of cinema is particularly galling.
<br />
<br />
"Johar's cinema presents a retrograde homogenised India", says Dev Benegal, a Mumbai-based director of such crossover films. He is particularly disappointed because Johar has the loyal audiences and the big budgets to be a risk-taker. "What we get is saccharine
 Indian pride and an outdated view of family, women and relationships. It is based on a notion of a transnational Indian that is designed to appeal to the diaspora. It's regressive."
</p>
<p>Johar is unrepentant. "My cinema is what I want life to be. I am not bothered about the type of Indian I portray. Yes, I do take out the details [of life]; but I rely on my characters' emotional stability to hold the film. This is what connects with millions
 of people. Whether this is right or wrong is someone else's decision." He continues: "What is crossover?" Laagan, directed and starring Aamir Khan, may have won an Oscar nomination two years ago but its crossover status is questionable given its obscure colonial
 content (cricket and the British empire). "And if an Indian wants to make a musical crossover they will have to do it 'their' way and risk losing a large Indian audience overseas."
<br />
<br />
There are examples of crossover successes - but the other way round. The films of US-based Mira Nair (Monsoon Wedding) and the British-Asian filmmaker Gurinder Chada (Bend it Like Beckham) revealed diaspora foibles with sensibility and humour that pleased audiences
 in India and the west. The truth, as Johar insinuates, is that India may not yet possess crossover artists. "Even our self-consciously new-wave films have not attracted foreigners. Perhaps they will in a decade when the art-cinema audience settles down."<br />
<br />
Which means that for the moment the overseas market seems likely to remain the territory of traditional Bollywood. Veteran filmmaker Yash Chopra has remarked how a single London screening earns more than a week's showing in the Indian heartlands. Ultimately
 this can have a bearing on a film's content, as well as its economics.</p>
<p>Johar identifies "simple non-resident Indians who do not even understand Hindi yet see my films" as rich in story material. "When I travel, I feel the pathos of someone who has left their homeland." This emotion only emerged in the 1980s as immigrants found
 their voice. Their sense of homesickness and a conservative, sentimentalised nationalism gave filmmakers a new theme - and foreign currency revenues. Johar is notably effective in extracting every teardrop of expatriates' "emotional graft": at a private school
 in England in Kabhi Khushi Kabhie Gham, a proud and tearful mother admires her award-winning son to the sound of the Indian national anthem.
<br />
<br />
"This industry works on faith, emotion and trust," says Johar, who after his first film attracted Bollywood's finest to his next with barely a reading of the script. "Amitabh uncle [the lugubrious superstar and family friend, Amitabh Bachchan] would have agreed
 even if I had gone as my father's son." <br />
<br />
Johar's reference to "uncle Amitabh" is a hint of his lineage. The son of a film producer, Johar grew up embarrassed by his father's links with the world of filmmaking. The young Johar went to the cinema with his maid rather than with the school friends from
 whom he concealed his father's job. The truth came out when, as a teenager before he went to college to study business management, one of his father's films was a national hit.
</p>
<p>Johar's precocious filmmaking talent became apparent as he hung around the film-sets of his childhood friend, filmmaker Aditya Chopra. "I was a bouncing board for ideas." Three successful films later, Johar is ready for something new. He is reluctant to
 reveal the direction, which he says is still embryonic. "But I want to challenge myself with something different. So I am reading a lot. I've not researched before because my characters are all from my world. Now I must," he says, clasping a document that
 starts, intriguingly, with the words "India and Pakistan".</p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>27/12/2011 11:10:17</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/14817/I+make+films+for+every+Indian+everywhere</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">14817</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>14820</publicationdataID>
      <title>Global vision aims to create 'India's Insead'</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p>Take a look at the upper tier of the faculty of the world's leading business schools and the chances are that an Indian academic will be there.<br />
<br />
Some of these faculties are now casting an eye over the Indian School of Business in Hyderabad. Vijay Mahajan, dean of ISB, wants to draw on this export of management gurus and turn India's first international business school into the "Insead of India".
<br />
<br />
"I've seen what Insead [in France] has done over the past three decades, so I know it can be done here," says Prof Mahajan, who helped set up ISB with other Indian luminaries such as Dipak Jain, at the Kellogg School at Northwestern University, Anil Ambani,
 one of two brothers who control Reliance Industries, the largest business group in India, and Rajat Gupta, senior partner at McKinsey, the business adviser.
<br />
<br />
Last year Prof Mahajan, who has written widely on marketing during three decades in US academia - most recently as associate dean at the University of Texas at Austin, returned to ISB as dean.
<br />
<br />
Now Prof Mahajan, the only academic in a family of 11 siblings from Jammu and Kashmir, brings a marketing gloss to his job, his first in India since leaving for the US three decades ago with little money and a chemical engineering degree from one of India's
 most prestigious colleges. "My vision is to make ISB a global, global, global brand," he says.
<br />
<br />
This is a tall order. Two years after opening its doors, ISB is still not widely known abroad; its permanent faculty is thin (four) and its international student body comprises two out of 220.
<br />
<br />
That is despite boasting a list of founding fathers with global recognition and fund-raising power and an association with the Wharton and Kellogg business schools in the US, as well as a later connection with London Business School.</p>
<p>Nor is ISB alone in nursing global ambitions. Its only serious rivals among India's 900-odd business schools, the Indian Institutes of Management, may be focused on the home market. But their reputation, like that of their sister Indian Institutes of Technology,
 has soared in recent years with the rise of their alumni in domestic and international business as well as at teaching institutes overseas.
<br />
<br />
Indeed, the government-funded IIMs, which confer 1,300 MBAs each year, are arguably more advanced than ISB in some aspects of their international strategy.
<br />
<br />
Prof Mahajan might insist he does not have "Indian benchmarks". But he must admire, for example, IIM Ahmedabad's global student exchange programme. A quarter of the 180 graduates each year from IIM Ahmedabad find jobs overseas.
<br />
<br />
"My aim is to make IIM Ahmedabad among the top 10 global schools within eight years," says Bakul Dholakia, director of IIM Ahmedabad, which was set up with help from Harvard in the early 1960s.
<br />
<br />
Prof Mahajan has a tighter deadline. He has given himself a three-year target before submitting ISB to any global ranking. By 2005, he wants to raise the student body to about 420, of whom a fifth should be international and a quarter women (currently 2 per
 cent and 18 per cent respectively). <br />
<br />
Students will pay higher fees next year, when he says ISB should "break even". But he says ISB needs more income to expand and repay some Rs400m (£4.82m) of loans. By 2005, Prof Mahajan wants half of his permanent faculty of about 40 in place, "each with a
 US salary because I will not do anything that jeopardises the brand".</p>
<p>He says faculty will only come to India if they see "signals of a global institute - that's what I looked for and this will strike a chord with others too. Of course, there is a lot to do, but I said: 'Mahajan you have to do it.' My vision is global.
<br />
<br />
"I will deliver the research and even the faculty, whom I know the world over. But women and international students I cannot fix without more effort."
<br />
<br />
Certainly, ISB has a lot going for it. It has a magnificent campus, designed by architects in New York; the minimalist structure stands like a modern painting against an empty quarter of rural Hyderabad. Opposite is another symbol of global India, a software
 development park belonging to Infosys, one of India's leading IT firms and a big recruiter of MBAs. Microsoft is next door.
<br />
<br />
Second, although ISB is expensive by India standards, it is less costly than overseas rivals. ISB's one-year MBA programme costs Rs1m, rising to Rs1.4m next year. IIM Ahmedabad last week cuts its charge for a two-year MBA by 80 per cent to Rs30,000 a year.
<br />
<br />
ISB has also emerged at a time of exceptional global interest in India's booming and more open economy. As more foreign businesses seek a share of the opportunity, ISB could serve as a link between an inviting economy and foreigners looking to work in India.
<br />
<br />
"IIMs as well as ISB could give the business and cultural insight to make Indian postings productive rather than a burden," says Xavier Bertrand, trade attaché at the French embassy in Mumbai, who studied at IIM Ahmedabad in the 1980s.
</p>
<p>For now, ISB's main product, a one-year MBA for people with at least two years' work experience, sets it apart from other top Indian schools. The staple offering from IIMs is a two-year MBA, pitched at a fresh graduate, although IIM Ahmedabad says a one-year
 MBA "is on the drawing board". ISB has also introduced a post-doctorate course, giving it a more mature, middle management student profile. Unsurprisingly the school is trying to rope in industry to sponsor more students.<br />
<br />
The school's permanent faculty may be small, but the larger block of visiting scholars from US institutes distinguishes ISB from rivals in India. A regular visitor has been Raghuram Rajan, a professor at the Chicago Graduate School of Business and the new chief
 economist of the International Monetary Fund. <br />
<br />
ISB has also persuaded big names from Indian business such as Narayan Murthy, founder of Infosys, to teach corporate responsibility and Ramon Roy, the king of Indian call centres, to lecture on outsourcing, while Kiran Mazumdar, a top biotechnology entrepreneur,
 looks set to join too. <br />
<br />
Ultimately, the quality and durability of faculty will be Prof Mahajan's key test.
<br />
<br />
"A permanent faculty is ISB's most difficult proposition. Without that the splendid physical assets will mean nothing," says Mr Dholakia.
<br />
<br />
Nor will ISB and Prof Mahajan's vision of a global brand be complete without another key element - spirituality. ISB has recruited Ravi Shankar, a guru who runs a lifestyle-therapy institute in Bangalore known as "Art of Living", to teach students lessons he
 shares with stressed chief executives. The meditative course includes yoga, breathing, anger control and other features common in Indian boardrooms.
<br />
<br />
"A global brand from India without spirituality would be a flawed brand," says Prof Mahajan.</p>
<p>SPANISH RECRUIT ADDS UP THE BENEFITS OF STUDYING AT ISB Esther Martinez, from Barcelona, makes up 50 per cent of the international student body at ISB. Her interest in India grew while she was working on an outsourcing project in Spain for Hewlett-Packard,
 the US computer hardware company. Ms Martinez, 27, wanted to add strategic business training to her law degree and masters in human resources from institutes in Barcelona. She turned to business schools in the US and Europe but "they offered everything except
 the personal development. India can offer personal development to anyone in any walk of life. The clincher was a young but very international business school." Eight months into her MBA, Ms Martinez, who found ISB on the internet, says she has no regrets.
 First, ISB's partnerships with Wharton and Kellogg in the US and London Business School means she is taught by international faculty. Her presence in India coincides with a booming domestic economy, and job opportunities with global companies locally or outward-looking
 Indian ones - last week she accepted a job with Tata Consultancy Services. And her course fee is less than half the cost of similar tuition elsewhere.</p>
<p>One of Ms Martinez's early problems was the "numbers side of the course, which was an issue because Indians are very analytical". She felt handicapped but faculty was sympathetic. She set up a study group with colleagues and overcame the hurdle. "My marketing
 background showed to colleagues from an IT background that a problem could have two solutions," she says. That challenge added to the test of adjusting from Barcelona to Hyderabad. Potential problems with a social life have been met by ISB's family host association
 programme. Ms Martinez was "adopted" by a local family in Hyderabad, ensuring she has a life beyond campus. One result is that she has "outsiders to talk to" and does not feel the absence of formal pastoral care on campus. Her biggest gain, though, is the
 belief that she is not missing out by attending a new school that is still barely known in Europe or the US. The faculty is entirely expatriate-Indian with wide teaching experience in the US. "That is why India makes sense for me and the timing is just right,"
 she says.</p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>27/12/2011 11:12:26</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/14820/Global+vision+aims+to+create+Indias+Insead</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">14820</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>14823</publicationdataID>
      <title>A tribute like no other: The Taj Mahal</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p><em>After 350 years, the Taj Mahal stands majestically as a monument to love and Mogul power</em><br />
<br />
AGRA, India -- It shimmers. It floats. It overwhelms. <br />
<br />
The Taj Mahal demands the sort of wonder usually associated with the world's great mountains. Only full, unclouded views of Rainier, Denali, Kilimanjaro and the Matterhorn could equal the excitement of that first Taj Mahal sighting. And all the sightings thereafter.
<br />
<br />
But mountains resulted from eons upon eons of natural force. <br />
<br />
We feel a closer kinship to the Taj Mahal, which means "Crown Palace," partly because it's a human achievement that can be measured in mere centuries. Brilliant designers and highly skilled artisans transformed dead stone into near-translucent marble that almost
 seems to breathe. They constructed an architectural masterpiece that soars yet balances perfectly, its many tons appearing light as gossamer. Gravity, winds and harsh weather still can't weaken the structure; it only looks like a confection.
<br />
<br />
The Taj Mahal defies photography, because it changes aspect according to the light. Pink at dawn, white in the afternoon, orange/red during a brilliant sunset. Like a jewel with many facets, it defies the camera to capture them all in a single shot. It requires
 visits at every time of year and every time of day and night to witness all that it offers.
<br />
<br />
A friend who saw the Taj Mahal said his initial reaction was something like profound humility. "I'm not worthy," he thought.
<br />
<br />
But he was responding to a very personal message sent, over the centuries, by an emperor with power, esthetic sense and a broken heart.
<br />
<br />
The message, perhaps: I am stronger than anyone. I have better taste than anyone. I loved my wife more than any man has loved any woman. This is her tomb, her monument, and it's intended to buckle your knees in wonder.
</p>
<p>A story has evolved, delicate as the carvings and jeweled flowers on the surface of the Taj Mahal. A ruler's favorite wife (for he had more than one) is on her death bed in 1631--a 39-year-old woman in the throes of childbirth, one that she cannot possibly
 survive. She has already given birth to 13 children in their 18 years of marriage, and she had accompanied her husband on most of the military campaigns that beleaguered rulers must conduct. She no longer could stand the strain.
<br />
<br />
Her name was Arjumand Banu Begam, but her devoted husband, the emperor Shah Jahan, called her Mumtaz Mahal for "light of the palace" or "elect of the palace." He couldn't bear to go into battle--or anywhere else--without Mumtaz Mahal at his side.
<br />
<br />
And then, during a stay in the Deccan, she passed away. Before she did, Jahan--wracked by sadness--promised her a fitting memorial. Almost immediately he began construction of her tomb in Agra, beside the Yamuna River.
<br />
<br />
Shah Jahan had inherited artistic sensitivity from his grandfather, Akbar, who is considered the greatest of the Great Moguls of India. Between 1569 and 1585, Akbar built the beautiful palace complex Fatehpur Sikri about 25 miles west of Agra. Akbar, a Muslim,
 encouraged not only a tolerance for Hinduism and other Indian religions, but he blended their architectural styles and many of their customs.
<br />
<br />
In building the Taj Mahal, Shah Jahan consciously or unconsciously adapted a bit of Akbar's methodology. The gardens and parts of the tomb have an Islamic theme, representing the Koranic Paradise, but for esthetic reasons, the Taj deviated from standard practices.
<br />
<br />
A typical Muslim tomb would be unadorned. It would stand in the middle of a garden if a garden was indeed part of the plan. It probably wouldn't be surrounded by a high wall marked with passages from the Koran and topped by kiosks designed in Hindu fashion,
 but Shah Jahan's vision went far beyond convention. </p>
<p>Perfection obviously was the goal here, and a perfect Taj Mahal would have to occupy the northernmost end of the property, backed by the river and visible from the Agra Fort and Shah Jahan's palaces. A less exalted tomb also would not have a triple-domed
 mosque on one side and an identical building on the other side--just for symmetry. And those minarets. What a concept! They function only as additions to the overall beauty, and they function well. Their tapered sides make them appear to splay outward like
 the petals of a lotus.<br />
<br />
"The Taj Mahal is the most symmetrical building in the world," said my guide, Vir Tripathi.
<br />
<br />
India is a country full of superlatives. Lots of languages, hundreds of wonderful monuments and palaces, a great depth of history, some of the world's most delicious food, precious stones of the highest quality and fabrics unmatched for vivid colors. The guides
 will make that clear, and Tripathi was no exception. <br />
<br />
"She must have been a beautiful woman," he said, referring to the favorite wife of Shah Jahan. "She was Persian and Muslim, and she supported her husband in his misery. Shah Jahan had to fight for his survival, had to go from place to place, and she was the
 only one allowed to go with him." <br />
<br />
To arrive at the Taj Mahal requires something of a struggle. Agra overflows with traffic, noise and dirt. Hawkers--even more aggressive than drivers of cars and rickshaws--make sure each visitor sees what they have for sale. They wave postcards and souvenirs
 inches from your nose. They yell. <br />
<br />
Tripathi, with aplomb, led the way through crowds of those hawkers. A slim, balding man with the mien of a professor, he always walked and spoke with utmost assurance. Once inside the gates, all turmoil abruptly stopped, and he could command my full attention.
</p>
<p>His information deviated from the standard guidebooks. No, the emperor did not chop off the hands of artisans so they would never duplicate their work on the Taj Mahal. No, Shah Jahan did not plan to build an identical tomb for himself out of black marble
 and across the river from his wife's memorial. "There is no black marble in India," he declared.
<br />
<br />
"Can you recommend a guidebook I might trust?" I asked him. Tripathi suggested I buy a copy of Louise Nicholson's "India Companion" (Headline Book Publishing). I did buy it and noticed in the acknowledgements that Nicholson received help from, among others,
 one V.N. Tripathi. <br />
<br />
Stories surrounding this perfect building may have imperfections, but some must be told. We can picture Shah Jahan--presumably having gone on to other wives and concubines--diligently supervising this labor of love over more than two decades.
<br />
<br />
Five years after its completion in 1653, Shah Jahan's son Aurangzeb imprisoned his father in the Agra Fort, and, after a two-year struggle with his brothers, ascended the throne. "Kingship has no kinship," Tripathi observed.
<br />
<br />
For the rest of his life, Shah Jahan rattled around the palaces, terraces and gazebos of the Agra Fort. His wealth and harem evidently gave him little solace, and he would often gaze across the bend in the Yamuna River at the magnificent dome and minarets of
 his beloved wife's tomb. The Indian poet Tagore described the Taj Mahal as a "tear on the face of eternity."
<br />
<br />
After Shah Jahan's death in 1666, emperor Aurangzeb had his father's cenotaph added to the interior of the Taj Mahal, standing asymmetrically next to that of Mumtaz Mahal. Of course, both bodies were interred in tombs below the floor.
</p>
<p>With such a wonderful exterior and gardens to look at, I felt no compulsion to rush up to the magnificent archway for a look at the interior. But Tripathi urged me forward, up the platform with a pause for the men who tie cloth booties over visitors' shoes.
<br />
<br />
The close-up look did tender its own rewards, because the Taj Mahal has been lavished with artistic pietra dura, inlaid stones that resemble blossoms, sparkling on their marble stems. Most of the jewels have been sliced and carved to resemble flowers tinted
 by all the hues available in amethyst, jade, carnelian, onyx, coral, jasper and turquoise.
<br />
<br />
Marble screens surround the cenotaphs, each panel carved from a single marble slab with thousands of perforations forming all manner of exquisite and perfectly matched patterns. Few visitors leave until they have a chance to yell up at the dome interior and
 listen to the haunting echo. <br />
<br />
Back outside, Tripathi pointed out the damage resulting from time, smog and acid rain--spots of discolored marble, flower indentations missing a few semi-precious petals, chips and cracks here and there.
<br />
<br />
In the 1830s, the Taj Mahal reportedly faced a threat far more severe than weathering, as British colonizers planned to dismantle the structures and sell off the parts. Supposedly, the enterprise was called off for lack of buyer interest. Around the turn of
 the 20th Century, a new British regime made extensive repairs and cleaned up the gardens.
<br />
<br />
My guide had nothing nice to say about the years of British rule. He pointed toward the huge pearl-shaped dome and the lesser domes surrounding it. Atop each one was a metal finial reaching toward the sky. The main dome has the tallest and most dramatic. "See
 what they did?" Tripathi said. "That finial originally was gold. Now it is brass."
</p>
<p>India has no colonizers these days, but it still can suffer domestic brands of corruption. As recently as last fall, Mayawati, the former chief minister of Uttar Pradesh (she uses only one name), stood accused of colluding with contractors who wanted to
 put up a huge shopping mall and various tourist amusements directly north of the Taj Mahal.
<br />
<br />
When the plan became public, widespread outrage convinced officials to shelve the project. Some work already had begun, however--an attempt to divert the Yamuna River around the proposed complex. A team from UNESCO has been inspecting the United Nations World
 Heritage site to see if the attempted river diversion endangers the Taj Mahal foundations.
<br />
<br />
For now, at least, the view of the Taj Mahal keeps its pristine backdrop of river and parkland.
<br />
<br />
It's hard to believe that anyone would consider altering any of the elements that go into a view of the Taj Mahal--the translucent marble that glows different colors depending on the time of day, the graceful spires, domes and arches that seem to be the work
 of some superhuman force with otherworldly talent. The India architecture expert G.H.R. Tillotson writes: "It is a seductive building; to dislike it requires a very determined cynicism which few can honestly sustain."
<br />
<br />
As I roamed around the gardens, I would turn from time to time and glance at the Taj Mahal. It always jumped out at my eyes, beautiful, beckoning and awesome. Whatever cynicism remained in me couldn't possibly resist. It's a magic place.
</p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>27/12/2011 11:14:47</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/14823/A+tribute+like+no+other+The+Taj+Mahal</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">14823</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>14825</publicationdataID>
      <title>India, Asia's Tortoise Economy or Its Hare?</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p>Feb. 6 (Bloomberg) -- After years in China's shadow, Asia's other nascent giant is getting its own share of the spotlight.
<br />
<br />
Dramatizing the point, Moody's Investors Service last month rewarded India with a much-coveted investment debt rating. Its long-term foreign-currency rating was raised to Baa3 from Ba1, a move that may draw more overseas investment to Asia's third- biggest
 economy. <br />
<br />
The public relations value of all this is huge. Investment- grade status will remind chief executives racing to China that India is booming, too. Indeed, ignoring India's long-run potential could be one of the biggest mistakes CEOS make in the next decade.
 The Indian government must keep that from happening. <br />
<br />
India's fastest growth in seven years is easing pressure on the government to borrow. That, coupled with increasing foreign- exchange reserves and increasing overseas investment, has put India on its most solid economic footing in years. Optimism about less
 antagonistic relations with neighboring Pakistan is another plus. <br />
<br />
On the negative side, much of the good news is at the macroeconomic level, not the micro one where the biggest problems fester. If unchecked in the next year or so, shoddy infrastructure, bureaucracy and profligate government borrowing may douse the economy's
 explosive growth. <br />
<br />
The Window <br />
<br />
That risk explains why other companies, like Fitch Ratings, are withholding an investment-grade rating. ``India's vulnerability to external shocks and the balance of payments constraint on growth have both eased significantly,'' Fitch said last month. But ``the
 poor state of public finances remains a major constraint on India's credit rating.''</p>
<p>At more than 9 percent of gross domestic product, the combined fiscal deficit of India's central and state governments in the year ended March 31, 2003, was among the largest in the world.
<br />
<br />
Today's good times are presenting India with a window of opportunity to attack the powerful and persistent enemy forces within. Like all such windows, this one won't be open for very long, and it's in the best interests of the world's second-most-populous nation
 to use it. <br />
<br />
The first step is to act boldly to repair public finances. Already plagued with high poverty rates, India takes a third of citizens' income as taxes, thereby lowering consumption among those most able to spend. Protectionist trade policies make consumers pay
 some of the world's highest import tariffs. <br />
<br />
Poor Infrastructure <br />
<br />
Things would seem less dire if government revenue was enough to service existing public debt; it's not. So India skimps on the most basic of public services, which disheartens the masses and scares off investors. Power failures, dodgy airports, dismal roads
 and crippling traffic are among the side effects. <br />
<br />
It's a monumental task to upgrade the country's infrastructure, but India has something going for it few economies do: 7 percent growth to help soften the blow from any painful reforms.
<br />
<br />
While China is growing faster, India's progress in creating a living, breathing economy is far more impressive. China's is a top-down economy, while India has an entrepreneurial spirit that produced Infosys Technologies Ltd., Dr. Reddy's Laboratories Ltd. and
 Wipro Ltd. And India's financial system isn't suffocating under the weight of bad loans like China's.</p>
<p>``This can be compared to the children's story of the tortoise and the hare,'' says Christopher Wood, an analyst at CLSA Emerging Markets in Jakarta. ``When it comes to macroeconomic development, India is definitely the tortoise and China the hare. But India's
 slower and plodding average 6 percent GDP growth of the past 10 years is far from atrocious and also has the advantage of being free from violent cycles.''
<br />
<br />
`Powerhouse' India <br />
<br />
It's hardly a reach to say India's economy is the inverse of China's macro story, which is the macro story of a lifetime, but one without compelling options on the micro level. Fund managers raising money for China funds are having an easier time than those
 focused on India. Yet the irony is that it's easier to invest money in India these days.
<br />
<br />
Education matters, too. In recent comments to Fortune magazine and Bloomberg News, 94-year-old management guru Peter Drucker said India is becoming a ``powerhouse'' thanks to its high number of engineers and specialist doctors. Meanwhile, he argues, China's
 small proportion of educated people relative to India's clouds its economic future.
<br />
<br />
In a world with increasingly mobile factors of production, says Chetan Ahya, an economist at Morgan Stanley, India's rising surplus of labor will create more and more opportunities for multinational companies.
<br />
<br />
Yet here also, India can't be complacent. ``To make full use of this opportunity,'' Ahya explains, ``India will have to initiate key reform measures which will enable the manufacturing sector to gear up and provide jobs to the millions likely to join the workforce
 each year.'' <br />
<br />
Bottom line, to begin reaching its true potential, India needs to use today's good times to tackle problems that could hold back its economy tomorrow. For now, being Asia's tortoise economy isn't so bad.</p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>27/12/2011 11:16:38</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/14825/India+Asias+Tortoise+Economy+or+Its+Hare</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">14825</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>14827</publicationdataID>
      <title>Iran: Which way will the camel sit?</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p>The recent visit of Iranian President Syed Mohammed Khatami to India, where he was the chief guest at India's Republic Day celebrations on January 26 in New Delhi, highlights the growing warmth in relations between the two countries in a fast changing strategic
 international environment. <br />
<br />
Before Ayatollah Khomeini's Shi'ite revolution, which shook the world in 1979, India's relations with the Shah of Iran, a Cold War ally of the West and Pakistan, had fluctuated from correct to cool, sometimes becoming even acrimonious. During India's wars with
 Pakistan in 1965 and 1971, Iran helped the latter with military hardware. <br />
<br />
At a time when this writer took a delegation to Tehran and Iran's industrial centers in 1977 to discuss the country's need for Indian engineers, skilled workers and doctors for a fast expanding economy and social services as a result of the October 1973 four-fold
 increase in oil prices, multinational chiefs used to line the skiing slopes of St Moritz to show off their wares to Iran's Reza Shah Pahlavi on vacation. How the world has changed in the past 25 years.
<br />
<br />
While world leaders such as South Africa's Nelson Mandela and Algerian President Aziz Bouteflika have graced Indian Republic Day celebrations in recent years, Khatami was the first leader from the Gulf to be so honored, although Iranian president Hashemi Rafsanjani
 visited India in late 1995. <br />
<br />
Khatami, unlike many other Gulf rulers, is moderate, well read and modern in his world view, a reason for his re-election last year and for a thumping victory in the 1997 elections. The majority of the Iranian electorate, especially the young and women, clearly
 feel stifled by the stranglehold of the conservative mullahs on power. </p>
<p>Khatami received a warm welcome from eclectic Indian president A P J Abdul Kalam and Prime Minister Atal Bihari Vajpayee, the latter with memories of a similar welcome he was accorded in Iran a few years ago. On January 25, Khatami and Vajpayee signed the
 "New Delhi Declaration" which identifies the main areas of bilateral cooperation. Six agreements covering economic, scientific, info-tech, educational and training cooperation were also signed. The two leaders in addition signed a statement calling for a peaceful
 resolution of the Iraq crisis under UN auspices. <br />
<br />
On Kashmir, a sensitive issue and litmus test for India, mindful of a statement made by an Iranian Foreign Ministry spokesman in Tehran that the issue should be resolved within the framework of the United Nations resolutions, Iran's Foreign Minister Kamal Kharrazi
 contended that it was a misquote. "It is true that there are resolutions adopted by the UN, but basically this issue has to be resolved through direct talks between India and Pakistan. We have no role there and we do not wish to compound the issue."
<br />
<br />
Khatami advised Indian Muslims to "participate actively in the progress and development of the land they live in". They "should also help contain extremism and communal tension". On the whole, Shi'ite Muslims appear to give less trouble in India compared to
 Sunnis, who suffer from manipulation with money and other inducements by Saudi Arabia, Pakistan and others.
<br />
<br />
During his visit to Hyderabad, fast becoming another hub of Indian information technology, Khatami said that Iran had the potential to become a flourishing market for Indian IT goods. Iran also "had a huge bank of young and creative talent and a large number
 of extremely active and efficient companies and institutions already functioning there", he said.
</p>
<p>It is true though that IT cooperation could be mutually beneficial if more Urdu/Persian script-based IT programs were created for general use. Urdu still remains the mother tongue of many tens of millions in India. India has made considerable progress, and
 entrepreneurs from the two countries could join hands in this. <br />
<br />
For Iran, cooperation with India remains its best bet for progress in computers and IT as the US is unlikely to give any assistance in this sector. Hyderabad has a large Iranian population, many of whom have lived there for generations, it has an Iranian consulate
 and Iranians run scores of hotel and bakery businesses. <br />
<br />
Numbering perhaps 25 million, India has the second largest Shi'ite population in the world. Oudh, Bijapur, Ahmednagar and Golconda were its kingdoms in the past. Shi'ites are now concentrated in Uttar Pradesh, Bihar, Andhra Pradesh and Ismaili Khojas in Mumbai.
 (Incidentally, Mohammad Ali Jinnah, the founder of Pakistan, was an Ismaili Bohra).
<br />
<br />
While trade between India and Iran has risen from $120 million in 1991 to $500 million in 2002, the potential is much greater. Iran's easy access to Central Asia and Europe and the conclusion of a transit agreement on a North-South corridor between India, Russia
 and Iran should give impetus to more trade and opportunities for joint projects and investment. Iran has nearly 9 percent of the world's oil reserves and 15 percent of the known gas reserves, while India, with a billion-plus population, is deficient in this
 raw material for its petro-chemical and fertilizer industries, apart from its use as an energy source.
</p>
<p>Khatami observed that India was "one of our best customers". But only the creation of a free trade bloc or an economic community for South and Central Asia will be able to usher in prosperity for the region, as have the European Union and ASEAN for their
 members. Such a bloc would help change the agendas in Afghanistan, Pakistan and elsewhere from the opium cultivation and heroin refining of a Kalashnikov culture to the creation of a crossroad for trade, oil and gas pipelines.
<br />
<br />
The US, though, remains a major constraint in India drawing closer to Iran. It forced India to renege on its promise to build an experimental nuclear reactor in Iran - Russia subsequently moved in. It has classified Iran as part of an axis of evil, along with
 North Korea and Iraq (which has been a supporter of India on Kashmir, but India is not fully supporting Iraq so as not to displease the Americans). It may be recalled that when now Defense Secretary Donald Rumsfeld joined the US administration, relying on
 past memories, he even bracketed India with North Korea as a rogue state. <br />
<br />
After the Shi'ite-Sunni split following the Iranian revolution, it was natural that Iran would move away from Sunni-dominated Pakistan (where Shi'ites and Sunnis engage in regular secular violence). It took some time to sheathe the excesses of revolution in
 Iran (even then, Iranian mullahs were pleading with Indian doctors to stay on in the country). When US energy interests were playing their games of coddling up to the Taliban, Russia, Iran and India were the major supporters of the opposition Northern Alliance,
 even when it was reduced to only a pocket of resistance in Afghanistan. </p>
<p>Then September 11 happened. The US learned to its dismay that the fundamentalist tiger it had fed and nursed against the USSR had grown into a Frankenstein monster and was behind the stunning events. The current administration in Kabul, in which the Northern
 Alliance has a major say, has created a situation where Delhi and Tehran can jointly work on projects towards rebuilding the war-ravaged nation.
<br />
<br />
But it will depend largely on the US. Washington has not been happy at India's expansion of consular offices, because Pakistan, which the US still needs, looks askance at the return of Indian influence in Afghanistan. Traditionally, Afghanistan and India have
 had close relations, except during the Taliban regime of the latter half of the 1990s.
<br />
<br />
The glitter of Tehran during this writer's 1977 visit amid booming industrial construction, with its streets clogged with cars and flush with hustlers, turned out to be the boom before the big bang and the bust - the Ayatollah Khomeini-led Islamic revolution,
 which made the world sit up and take note of the cataclysmic stage in the evolution of the Shi'ite sect of Islam, which unlike the main Sunni stream had kept open the ijtihad interpretation of Sharia law to meet new situations. Most people in the West did
 not even know the difference between a Shi'ite and a Sunni and the historical enmity between them.
<br />
<br />
<strong>Old linkages between India and Iran</strong></p>
<p>India's linkages and relations with Iran are ancient and almost umbilical. Not far from Iran's western border, around the junction of Turkey, Syria and Iraq in the upper reaches of the Tigris and Euphrates, a chariot-riding Indian-Iranian military aristocracy,
 embedded among indigenous Hurrians, ruled its Mitanni kingdom between 1500 BC to 1200 BC. It used pre-Vedic Sanskrit phrases, worshipped common Daivya and Assura gods like Indira, Nasatya and Varuna, Mithra. The Mitannis had apparently separated from the main
 Aryan body, which after many centuries in the region of Amu and Syr Darya had moved on to Iran. Then after some acrimony there was a split into factions: Vedic with Daivya gods and Avestan with Assura gods, with the Vedic stream going on to the land of Sapt
 Sindhu, ie northwest India and beyond. On a theory based on linguistic, cultural, religious and other similarities, Iranian and Indian Aryans are, if not racial cousins, at least linguistic and cultural ones.
<br />
<br />
During the Muslim rule, Persians came as bureaucrats with the Turkish rulers in India and left a deep influence on Indian culture, civilization and languages; Hindustani, Urdu and Hindi. From Akbar's time, the Persians formed the majority of the Muslim Amir
 ul Umra, that is, courtiers and civil servants. To get in with Persian and its derivative Urdu as the language of the court and administration (even during the British era), even the Hindus took on some of their traits, like Moghului cuisine (Persian cuisine
 is the mother of most cuisines, except French and Chinese) and meat eating. Also adopted were a love of music and dance. Kayastahs dominated the civil services during the British rule.
<br />
<br />
<strong>Iran: A cradle of civilizations</strong></p>
<p>Situated at the crossroads and itself a cradle of many great civilizations, Iran has exercised great civilizing influence since ancient times. Whosoever (King of Kings, Sahanshah in Darius's words, its Hindu equivalent being Maharajdhiraj) ruled what now
 constitutes Iran, they exercised great political and cultural influence not only in the neighborhood but also in far-off places.
<br />
<br />
During the classical Greek political and social evolution in western Asia Minor which Turkey was then called, the Persian Achaemenid dynasty had its satrapies and outposts on the Aegean coast, known as Ionia, from which the word Yunan for Greece entered the
 eastern lexicon. In 517 BC it was Persian Emperor Darius who ordered Scylax, his Greek subject from Caria (western Turkey) to survey the river Indus from Peshawar to its exit into the sea, part of his empire. And for the first time, the West became acquainted
 with India. Herodotus's chapters on Indian history were based on records of that exploration.
<br />
<br />
The Persians routinely crossed over to European Thrace and a Greek victory over the Persians in 490 BC at Marathon, perhaps the first of the West over the East, is still commemorated as an athletic event in the Olympics (showing Western bias in sports). The
 Trojan war of Homer's Iliad and Odyssey was a small event militarily and a storm in tea cup. Troy was a marginal appendage of the huge Hittite empire in Asia Minor ruled from Bogazkoy, northeast of Ankara.
</p>
<p>Later, even in defeat, the Persians civilized Alexander the Great and his Macedonian and Greek hordes, introduced the small town boys to the protocol, trappings and grandeur of an imperial power and implanted the strongly held belief in the divine right
 of the kings, later adopted by Alexander's military commanders and successors. On these beliefs were laid the foundations of the structure for the Roman and Byzantine empires. The Islamic Omayyed Caliphate in Damascus and later the Abbassid Caliphate in Baghdad
 also borrowed from the same state structures and ceremonies. Up to the 7th century, the Persians disputed with the Romans control of Asia Minor and Syria, which exhausted them both, making them easy prey for the Muslim Arabs. Persians then acted as a civilizing
 sieve to nomad Turks, Mongols and others from the horse-riding nurseries of the Eurasian steppes who played such havoc for centuries in Asia and Europe alike. Whoever ruled Persia, Seljuk rulers in Anatolia (Turkey) or even Delhi's Turkish Sultans and early
 Moghuls, for them the Iranians were the bureaucrats without equal. <br />
<br />
Persia's conversion to Islam, which forced Zoroastrian Parsees to migrate to India in the 7th century, disrupted mutual interaction and enrichment of Indian and Persian social and cultural streams in place since Achemenean days, if not earlier. It isolated
 and weakened Hindustan, when the likes of Ghajnavi, Nadir Shah and Abdali could raid Hindustan with impunity.
</p>
<p>But Islam did not liberate the sophisticated and evolved Persians, deeply influenced by spiritual and speculative Avestan, its excessive rituals and love for the intoxicant soma having been curbed earlier by Zoroaster's reforms (Buddhism was a similar attempt
 against Brahmanical rituals and excesses in India around the same time). Then the Persians lost their language, Pehlavi, which emerged a few centuries later as Persian in modified Arabic script. Having been ruled by Arabs, Turks, Mongols and Tartars for eight-and-half
 centuries, there emerged the Sufi-origin Persian Safavids, who became finally masters of their own land, which more or less comprises present-day Iran. At the same time, to preserve their sect and survive, Iranians after centuries of foreign rule developed
 an uncanny ability not to bring to their lips what is on their minds, and have institutionalized it as takiyya, ie dissimulation.
<br />
<br />
They had modified simple Arab Islam into a more sophisticated and innovative Shi'ite branch, with the direct descent of Imam Ali's progeny from Fatima, daughter of the Prophet Mohammed, echoing their deeply ingrained sense of the divinity of rulers. They strengthened
 (against the Arab caliphs and Turkish sultans) the status of the imams, who among more egalitarian Sunnis are no more than prayer leaders, in line with the Indian-Iranian tradition of placing priests higher than rulers (as are Brahmins in the Indian caste
 system). By tradition, Azeri (Turkish) speaking Iranians become chiefs of the armed forces. Ayatollah Khomeini was an Azeri speaking Iranian.
</p>
<p>The status of the imam evolved into the doctrines of intercession and infallibility, ie, of the faqih/mutjahid. (Somewhat like Hindu shankracharyas and the fraternity of learned pandits). The speculative Aryan mind fused the mystic traditions into Sufi Islam,
 bringing out the best in Islamic mysticism and softening the rigors of austere and crusading Islam which had emerged from the barren sands of Arabia. There were unparalleled contributions by Rumi, Hafij, Attar, El-Ghazali, Firdaus, Nizami, El-Beruni, Omar
 Khayyam and others to Islamic philosophy and civilization. Their answer to interminable Islamic theological arguments on free will v predetermination was that the opposites were the obverse and reverse sides of the divine mind, similar to the concepts in Hindu
 philosophy. Hindustani poetry, music, painting and architecture owe much to their Iranian cousins. Sufis played more than an equal role in the conversion to Islam of India as did the sword or material inducements. Sufi pirs are still as revered as Hindu or
 Sikh holy men in India. <br />
<br />
From Shi'ite variants like the Ismailis emerged the "assassins" from the mountain vastness of Iran and later Syria, representing an individuals' ultimate and sublime sacrifice for a cause (or his master) against the tyranny of the absolute or collective power
 of the caliphs and sultans, inspired by Imam Hussein's martyrdom. The assassin's modern-day versions, the suicide bombers of the Hizbollah, Hamas, Sikh or Tamil Tiger, have become the terrors of mankind.
<br />
<br />
The Iranian hostage-taking of US diplomats certainly tilted the 1980 elections against US president Jimmy Carter, who was made to look impotent. It left a visceral desire for revenge, like against Vietnam and its ally Russia, after its humiliation. The poor
 Iraqis paid for this in the 1991 war - as much was said by George Bush Sr. US policies and relations with Iran are still biased by that skewed experience.
</p>
<p>After the unraveling of the USSR, both the US and Russia were worried about Iranian machinations in the newly-independent Central Asian states, as were their new rulers, the former communists turned "democrats".
<br />
<br />
With a population of over 65 million, just a fourth India's size in area and strategically located, Iran's reach to influence regional and world events remains as durable as ever. But Iranians, now an ethnic mix, may not easily stand the test of territorial
 and linguistic loyalty. Only half speak Persian, a quarter, like Kurds etc, allied languages, the rest mostly Turkic Azeri. Iran has twice the number Azeri speakers as Azerbaijan. It has one fourth the number of Turkomens compared to Turkmenistan. Then there
 are Arabs and others, even Dravidian Brahui-speaking Balochis. <br />
<br />
Iran has many worries of its own, with Islam, perhaps, a major cementing factor, which must be guarded and strengthened to maintain its unity. The excesses of the Khomeini regime, which stunned the West in the early 1980s, now pale in comparison with what the
 Sunni Algerians are still doing to each other, what the Taliban did in Afghanistan, the Sudanese to their Christians in the south, apart from killings between Sunnis, Shi'ites, Mohajirs and others in Pakistan.
<br />
<br />
<strong>The Khomeini revolution</strong><br />
<br />
From the beginning, not all Iranians fully supported the Islamic revolution (in which skillful use was made of Karbala - where Imam Hussein and his army and family fought and died for Islam - and other Shi'ite imagery), its agenda and implementation. Khomeini
 was a rallying point for all against the Shah (caricatured as the sultan or the caliph), the corroding corruption, the excesses of the Savak secret police and its backers, the CIA, the hopes and aspirations of the youth for social justice, the masses suffering
 from inflation and sudden oil wealth inequities. </p>
<p>Khomeini provided that unflinching moral and spiritual bulwark against the Shah's armed-to-the-teeth military machine and his capacity to deny whatever concessions were demanded, and what was held out in the end was too little too late. Many Iranians who
 opposed the hardline clerics and their killjoy agenda were eliminated, forced to flee or went underground. Even in 1980, disenchanted, only one fourth of Iranians went to the parliamentary polls. Expectedly, not all clerics, some even senior to Khomeini, like
 Shariatmadari, favored political parties and more freedoms. But by sheer force, the radical conservatives took over power, sometimes in spite of Khomeini.
<br />
<br />
Then the Iranians laid low and dissimulated. When the big chance came in May 1997, they voted massively in favor of Syed Mohammed Khatami. He started slowly but surely implementing his agenda, like appointing a woman vice president. But the radical conservative
 elements would not give in. When elected, Khatami was called a man with an aura around him and a twinkle in his eyes, but some of that aura has been eroded by the mullahs, who still maintain their control over the levers of power in the judiciary and the higher
 Islamic councils, and they can bring out religious goons to intimidate students and others. And in spite of moderates being in the majority in the majlis (parliament), the country has failed in relaxing the stranglehold of the conservatives.
</p>
<p>The situation has not been made easier by US policies. The radicals accuse the moderates and modernizers of being pro-US or its puppets. Iran did make many moves to ease relations with the US, with Khatami calling for a dialogue between civilizations. But
 after September 11, in spite of Iran's limited support to the US in its war in Afghanistan, the US now has its eyes fixed on Saddam Hussein and a regime change in Iraq. The US is having serious problems with North Korea, and Iran still remains the other member
 of the axis of evil. A US war on Iraq will involve the presence of massive numbers of US troops in the region, most likely on a long-term basis.
<br />
<br />
The US was vehemently opposed by Iran even in 1990-91. So there is a critical need now for all Iranians to remain united, which would of course work in favor the status quo, ie the mullahs in control. But as and when change comes, most experts forecast an incremental
 soft landing. However, violence should not be ruled out. It is a part of the Islamic history and psyche, specially of Shi'ites. Through ceremonies of martyrdom and funeral, recalling Karbala, the tactics used against the Shah could be repeated.
</p>
<p>In the final analysis, what has the post-revolution period brought to the Iranian masses? Suffocating social curbs, little freedom and dwindling living standards in an oil-rich country. It has been made worse by a moribund US policy of embargo (to manipulate
 oil prices for its allies and to keep Israel the strongest power in the region) and isolation, to teach Iranians a lesson.
<br />
<br />
Can the Iranian soul, after all this, undergo a cathartic and cataclysmic rebirth, liberate itself further and give a contemporary meaning to its Islamic-molded psyche which could serve as an example to other Muslims. For, in an overall war between conservative
 Islam and modernism, not necessarily of the Western type, the Iranian conflict is one of the major battles, and a very vital one, being waged all over the Islamic world and elsewhere, through revolutions and evolutions, spread in time and space over large
 areas. <br />
<br />
But the Muslim ummah, which agrees on little, at different stages of tribal, social, political and economic development, is now watching, almost helplessly, the unfolding of US war preparations against Iraq, an ancient center of Islamic culture and civilization,
 in the heart of the Islamic world, next to the sacred soil of Arabia. Add to this the US's avowed declarations of bringing democracy to the ummah, and convulsions await the Islamic world.
<br />
<br />
No one knows how and which way the camel will sit. <br />
<br />
<em>K Gajendra Singh, Indian ambassador (retired), served as ambassador to Turkey from August 1992 to April 1996. Prior to that, he served terms as ambassador to Jordan, Romania and Senegal. He is currently chairman of the Foundation for Indo-Turkic Studies.
</em></p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>27/12/2011 11:18:35</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/14827/Iran+Which+way+will+the+camel+sit</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">14827</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>14829</publicationdataID>
      <title>India gives hope for the future</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p>INDIA'S Prime Minister Atal Bihari Vajpayee was meant to be in Australia this week. The trip had reached an advanced stage of planning with precise dates and itineraries worked out. It would have been the first trip to Australia by an Indian prime minister
 - who represents about 20 per cent of the human race - in many years but it was cancelled at the last minute. But Vajpayee's trip was cancelled for the most excellent reason. For this week he announced the dissolving of the Indian parliament with national
 elections to follow as soon as possible. Vajpayee wants the trip to be rescheduled for as soon after the elections as possible.
<br />
<br />
The polls put him miles ahead and while no democratic election is entirely predictable, he is at very short odds to win - and win big. This is all remarkable in itself. But more than that, it is strongly in Australia's interests that Vajpayee should win and
 come to Australia. For his trip, unlike most heads-of-government visits, could be historic for Australia.
<br />
<br />
India will be the next Asian superpower and Australia stands on the cusp of making a connection with India, of a type it has never forged before.
<br />
<br />
It is too simplistic to say that India will be the next China but the comparison is compelling - with the huge difference that India is an exemplary parliamentary democracy which shares our deepest civic values.
<br />
<br />
This is a historic moment for Australian-Indian relations. This year India will enter the top 10 of our export markets. For the past 15 years the Indian economy has grown, on average, by just under 6 per cent a year. With more than a billion people, India is
 the second-largest nation in the world.</p>
<p>Its population is predicted to stabilise by 2050 at something like 1.8 billion. Half its people are less than 25 so for the next two decades huge numbers of Indians will join the work force and economic growth could well go into overdrive. India could easily
 end up the third largest economy in the world.<br />
<br />
Yet up to now, despite the astonishingly widespread Indian love of cricket, the civilian and official contacts between Australia and India have lacked the depth and volume to sustain the sort of deep strategic engagement which could benefit both nations. But
 this is changing rapidly. <br />
<br />
There are more than 10,000 Indian students in Australia, a number set to soar. India is, after Britain, our second-largest source of skilled migrants and will soon displace Britain on that score.
<br />
<br />
THERE are about 150,000 Australians of Indian descent, who will help give the relationship a domestic-political charge. And Indian migrants are fantastically successful. In the US, they are the single most successful immigrant group, with a per capita income
 twice that of the US average. <br />
<br />
India is increasingly assertive diplomatically. The huge historic shift in the tectonic plates of the world's geo-strategic equations was India's de facto realignment with the US. But it is an increasingly important player in all diplomatic equations.<br />
<br />
It has, for example, transformed its relationship with Israel. This has led to intimate defence co-operation between the two nations. They are also working together closely in combatting Islamist terrorism. A few months ago Israeli Prime Minister Ariel Sharon
 visited India. <br />
<br />
The recalibration of the relationship with Israel is almost as revolutionary as the turn towards the US.</p>
<p>It involved India ditching a key part of decades worth of Non-Aligned Movement rhetoric and spurious Third World solidarity. It also aroused a great deal of hostility among India's Arab friends. Egypt was especially vocal in its criticisms of India. But
 in the end India would not be deterred. It stood its ground. <br />
<br />
Like China, it's big enough to defy much international opinion and effectively force others to accommodate its decisions. Needless to say, India's embrace of Israel has been an immensely important diplomatic coup for Jerusalem.
<br />
<br />
I first met India's redoubtable Prime Minister, Vajpayee, in 1995, when he was Opposition Leader and not widely expected to become prime minister. He struck me then as a warm, avuncular figure; a man of charm and personal generosity, happy, in those less hectic
 days, to share his time with a visiting journalist from a land far away about which he knew little.<br />
<br />
Rather astonishingly he has achieved a national stature greater than any Indian leader since Indira Gandhi.
<br />
<br />
I've spent the past week in New Delhi and it's great to be in a society that feels good about itself and is full of optimism.
<br />
<br />
The nation's leading news magazine, India Today, headlined a recent cover story "The Feel Good Factor". The slogan on everyone's lips is India Shining, from movies to books to the prodigiously successful IT sector.<br />
<br />
Of course, it goes without saying that India's problems remain legion. But there is a beat about India, much like Australia, of growing self-confidence. This is a place that believes it owns a lot of the future. This report appears on NEWS.com.au.</p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>27/12/2011 11:21:01</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/14829/India+gives+hope+for+the+future</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">14829</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>14831</publicationdataID>
      <title>With a Small Car, India Takes Big Step Onto Global Stage; Venerable Tata Conglomerate Creates A New Rover From the Ground Up</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p>BOMBAY -- A row of shiny compact cars in cherry red and pale gray recently rolled off an assembly line near Bombay. Made from scratch in India, the cars were bound for Britain, where they would be sold under the Rover brand name. Ten years ago, nobody would
 have believed this was possible. Indian cars, like many other Indian manufactured products, were so low quality that they could barely satisfy local consumers, let alone buyers abroad.<br />
<br />
Now, MG Rover Group Ltd. is aiming to import 20,000 cars a year from India's Tata conglomerate, a century-old industrial empire. The deal illuminates an arresting change in the world's second-most-populous country. Its vast manufacturing sector, long sluggish
 and inefficient, is becoming a new global force. By seizing upon economic reforms and tapping the country's cheap labor and engineering talent, top manufacturers are taking the nation's economy beyond its well-known strengths in technology and back-office
 outsourcing. India's Ranbaxy Laboratories Ltd. is becoming one of the generic-drug industry's fastest-growing players. An Indian auto-parts company, Bharat Forge Ltd., gobbled up a German firm to become the world's second-largest forging concern. The Tata
 group's own Tata Iron &amp; Steel Co. has become one of the world's lowest-cost producers, selling specialty steel to Toyota Motor Corp., Hyundai Motor Co. and other multinationals.<br />
<br />
Before India's dramatic economic opening began, local companies needed government approval to engage in virtually any element of business in what was known as the "License Raj." High tariffs kept out foreign goods. In steel, for example, import duties were
 as high as 80%. Large areas of the economy, from insurance to telecommunications, were the sole preserve of government-run monopolies.</p>
<p>It took a financial crisis in 1991, when India's foreign-exchange reserves dipped to a dangerously low level, for the government to admit the system was literally bankrupt. Since then, the government has slashed tariffs and removed restrictions on many imports.
 It has stopped requiring companies to seek approval to enter a new business, expand or engage in foreign-exchange transactions.<br />
<br />
The changes brought a flood of local and international competition. That was a big challenge for Tata Sons Ltd., the parent company of a conglomerate founded in 1868 by traders originally from Persia. The group spread its reach over the next century and a half
 into every corner of the Indian economy, from tea to tourism, steel to software. The Tata group founded the country's first steel and airline companies, funded its premier institute for science and even supported the struggle for independence from Britain.<br />
<br />
When Ratan Tata, now 66, became chairman of the parent company in 1991, he took over an unwieldy group of more than 80 companies that lacked even a common logo to tie them together. Trained as an architect at Cornell University, Mr. Tata says he knew he had
 to radically restructure -- or flounder in the ensuing competition.<br />
<br />
"We needed to shed the flab of protection," says Mr. Tata, from the group's Bombay headquarters where portraits of his forebears line the boardroom walls.<br />
<br />
Mr. Tata eliminated tens of thousands of jobs and rolled back benefits at one of his companies where children of longtime employees were virtually guaranteed work. To encourage innovation, he departed from his firm's rigid hierarchy to pose cost-cutting and
 design challenges to a reservoir of talented young engineers.</p>
<p>It paid off. Last year, the stock prices of two major companies in the conglomerate -- Tata Motors Ltd. and Tata Iron &amp; Steel Co. -- both tripled in value.<br />
<br />
Many Indian groups failed to make the transformation, and Tata, along with most other Indian manufacturers, still face obstacles to compete in the top tier globally. They're pushing the government to improve India's old power and transportation infrastructure.
 They're lobbying for policy changes to reduce red tape, cut taxes and relax labor laws. Tata executives acknowledge their group needs to become more aggressive in recruiting talent and developing new ventures.<br />
<br />
Before India's economic reforms, cost-cutting was barely on the radar screen at the Tata group's truck-making arm, now called Tata Motors. Demand for the vehicles surpassed supply, so the company took for granted that almost everything that came off the production
 lines would be bought. There was little thought of increasing capacity because the government set a ceiling on the number of vehicles the company could manufacture. Salaries weren't tied to performance, company officials say. Any change came from the top down.
 When economic liberalization arrived, Mr. Tata saw a chance to expand into automobiles. But friends warned he would be in over his head if he decided to build his own car just as international auto giants such as Ford Motor Co. and Hyundai Motor Co. were entering
 the market, he says. These companies had deeper pockets and greater experience in cars and competitive environments. Instead of backing off, Mr. Tata devised an ambitious expansion plan, drawing on the breadth of engineering talent at Tata Motors to leap into
 the car business. The company's technical prowess reflects an important advantage for India: a deep reservoir of home-grown engineering muscle that goes well beyond software.</p>
<p>In the 1950s, India's first prime minister, Jawaharlal Nehru, made technical education a priority, starting an elite cadre of universities that together form the Indian Institute of Technology. Hundreds of lesser-known engineering schools also serve as magnets
 for young people in a culture that views mathematical and scientific expertise as a prerequisite for economic advancement.<br />
<br />
<strong>India's Car</strong><br />
<br />
Mr. Tata and his team put engineers at all levels to work on designing the small passenger car that would become the Indica. (The name combines "India" and "Car.") One team designed the Indica's parts. Another division developed the conveyors for the assembly
 line. Yet another group built the machines to stamp the parts, and another churned out the software.<br />
<br />
Tata Motors developed the Indica for $350 million. An equivalent project in the U.S. or Europe would have cost at least three times as much, says V. Sumantran, a 16-year veteran of General Motors Corp., who now heads Tata Motors' car business. A good part of
 the savings are in salaries. Indian engineers typically earn a small fraction of the pay that their counterparts in the U.S. do.<br />
<br />
In 1998, after about three years in development, the Indica hit the market. Customers complained about poor suspension, air-conditioning and, above all, after-sales service, company officials say. His employees' initial response, Mr. Tata recalls, was: " 'We
 haven't done anything wrong.' "<br />
<br />
But the company's management took the problems seriously. It invited customers into the factory to talk about their experiences and deployed 500 engineers to talk to buyers.</p>
<p>In 2001, three years after the first Indica rolled off the assembly lines, Tata Motors launched the next-generation car. The new version quickly became one of the biggest sellers in the small-car segment in India. In the year ending in March 2002, Tata Motors
 sold 64,000 Indicas, an increase of 46% from the same period a year earlier. More recently, Tata Motors recorded sales of $1.9 billion from April to December 2003, an increase of 49% over the same period a year earlier, according to its latest quarterly results.
 Getting the Indica on track was only half of the battle. When the company launched the car, an industrial slump in India hit demand for trucks. Tata Motors began posting huge losses, prompting Mr. Tata to turn his attention to cost-cutting.<br />
<br />
Mr. Tata bypassed senior managers and backed an effort to ask young engineers how they'd cut costs. One Tata Motors engineer remembers the company's executive director summoning him and a group of colleagues to breakfast and presenting a challenge: Within the
 next 72 hours, find ways to save 20% on costs. "We were incredulous," says engineer Atul Renavikar.<br />
<br />
They returned with proposals to cut costs in every part of the business, says Ravi Kant, executive director of Tata Motors. In the ensuing months, they found savings in the cost of personnel, finance, inventory and materials that would reduce costs by more
 than $200 million over a three-year period.<br />
<br />
Indian labor laws make it very difficult to lay off workers, requiring large companies to obtain government permission to do so. So Tata Motors launched an early-retirement program, offering employees 45 years of age and older a portion of their salaries until
 they turned 60. The work force has fallen to 22,000, from 36,000 in the late 1990s, the company says.</p>
<p>In 2002, Tata Motors found an eager buyer for the Indica in MG Rover, which was seeking to add a small car to its stable of vehicles. MG Rover looked first in China but signed a deal on the Indica because of its low cost and high quality, according to an
 official from Rover's parent company.<br />
<br />
As he was reshaping Tata Motors, Mr. Tata was also recasting Tata Iron &amp; Steel Co. The 97-year-old company, a major force in the industrialization of India, used to make steel at a price and volume set by the government. The company had evolved over the century
 into a social service agency of sorts. It provided the 700,000 inhabitants of Jamshedpur -- its corporate headquarters in eastern India -- with heavily subsidized hospitals, schools and utilities.<br />
<br />
Company employees -- who made up a quarter of the city's population -- enjoyed other unusual perks. Tata Steel virtually guaranteed jobs to the children of employees who had served for at least 25 years, making it hard for the firm to recruit talent and control
 the size of its staff.<br />
<br />
<strong>'Dead in the Water'</strong><br />
<br />
By 1992, consultants were telling Tata Steel executives that the company was "essentially dead in the water," says its current managing director, B. Muthuraman. They pointed to the new government policy reducing tariffs, arguing that the company lacked the
 size, marketing experience and product mix to compete with foreign companies sure to enter the market. (Today average tariffs on steel are 20%, compared with as high as 80% before the reforms.)</p>
<p>But Mr. Tata and senior managers say they knew they had an unusual resource at their disposal: Jamshedpur's vast reserves of high-grade iron ore. So they concluded they could compete if they scaled up, modernized and diversified. Drawing, as Tata Motors
 did, on the depth of its engineering talent, Tata Steel rapidly refurbished old mills and designed and built a new one. It got the new mill on line in just 26 months, a half-year quicker than its Japanese advisers believed possible. The company also developed
 new lightweight steels to tap into a growing demand in Asia's automotive and electronics industries. Tata Steel is now one of the five lowest-cost producers of steel in the world, according to World Steel Dynamics, an industry publication in New Jersey. By
 building more mills and making acquisitions overseas, the company says, it plans to raise production to 15 million tons by 2010 from four million today.<br />
<br />
Meanwhile, the company is moving to reduce the financial burden of its century-old social contract with the people of Jamshedpur. A world apart from the poverty and lawlessness of the surrounding countryside, Jamshedpur is a city of tree-lined lanes whose schools,
 hospitals and even golf courses were built, run and funded by Tata Steel.</p>
<p>The company plans to transfer many civic and social roles over to a separate company and start charging higher rates for its services, according to Niroop Mahanty, the executive who heads Tata's job-reduction program. By March, he says, the company will
 have spun off the operation of the city's water, sewage, parks and some schools.<br />
<br />
In addition, the company no longer guarantees jobs to the children of employees, Mr. Mahanty says.<br />
<br />
Managers at Tata Steel have also made huge cuts in the labor force, mostly through an early retirement program -- and say they will reduce the staff further. When Tata Steel began reducing staff, Mr. Mahanty says, the company didn't even know how many employees
 it had, due to an abundance of company cooks and drivers.<br />
<br />
Under the retirement program, the company has reduced its vastly overstaffed work force to below 40,000, from nearly 80,000 in the early 1990s, company executives say. They plan to cut still further to about 20,000 by 2010, according to Mr. Muthuraman, the
 managing director.<br />
<br />
The changes have bought opposition, fierce at times. Mr. Mahanty, the executive who heads Tata's job-reduction program, says 30 workers shouted slogans outside his house, roughed up a security guard and broke some furniture one afternoon. A bodyguard still
 accompanies him as he makes the rounds in Jamshedpur. </p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>27/12/2011 11:22:53</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/14831/With+a+Small+Car+India+Takes+Big+Step+Onto+Global+Stage+Venerable+Tata+Conglomerate+Creates+A+New+Rover+From+the+Ground+Up</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">14831</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>14835</publicationdataID>
      <title>India-US strategic ties</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p>The bestowing of strategic ally status on India by the United States is the culmination of a post-cold war process to strengthen and broaden relationship between the two countries which, in the words of US national security adviser Condoleeza Rice, "goes
 beyond security, proliferation or regional issues." <br />
<br />
The geo-strategic interests of Washington and New Delhi have brought them closer to each other and the newly-developed 'strategic partnership' will not only lead to major geo-political changes in the region but also enable India to fulfil its long-cherished
 dream of playing a greater role in Asia. <br />
<br />
Indian Prime Minister Vajpayee, hailing the relaxation of US controls on exports to his country - which comes after years of lobbying by New Delhi - expressed satisfaction that the vision of India-US strategic partnership, shared by him and the US president,
 was now a reality. According to him, the relationship is based increasingly on "common values and common interests."
<br />
<br />
President Bush, who described the expanded cooperation as "an important milestone" in their bilateral relations, is hopeful that the collaboration in new areas will "deepen the ties of commerce and friendship between our two nations and will increase stability
 in Asia and beyond." In his meeting with Indian foreign minister Yashwant Sinha on January 20, President Bush discussed the next steps in their strategic relationship.</p>
<p>The United States has had a testy relationship with India for almost half a century. Viewed against this background, the latest turn-around in their relations is remarkable. The reasons are not far to seek. China is no doubt an important factor in growing
 relations between Washington and New Delhi as the United States wants to build up India to counter-balance the growing power of China. Another important reason - far more urgent at the moment - is to muster Indian support to fight Islamic extremism and terror
 in the region. <br />
<br />
According to reports appearing in US media, policy makers in Washington appear to be of the view that in the "most volatile" part of the world - the Islamic crescent from Turkey to Malaysia - only Israel and India can be depended upon to act as a regional stabilizing
 force. New Delhi and Tel Aviv represent the two most potent non-Muslim militaries in the entire region extending from one end of the Islamic crescent to the other.
<br />
<br />
This line of argument became even more convincing when an old and trustworthy ally like Turkey declined to help the United States at a crucial time in last year's Iraq war. After that the neo-conservatives in Washington began focussing attention on developing
 three-way ties between Israel, India and the United States. <br />
<br />
The green signal from Washington to Tel Aviv to go ahead with the sale of its advanced Phalcon air-borne reconnaissance system to India is indicative of the new trend. Some years back, the Clinton administration had disallowed the sale of Phalcon system to
 India. The relaxation of export controls will immensely increase technology cooperation between the two countries on space, missile defence and civilian nuclear programmes.
</p>
<p>Some Indian security analysts think that by enhancing technology cooperation, Washington has given de facto recognition to India's nuclear status. Under the agreement, the US will gradually relax export controls through a series of "reciprocal steps" in
 which India will tighten its export regime. Washington and New Delhi will also expand cooperation on nuclear regulatory and safety measures and missile defence. It may be recalled that India was one of the first countries to welcome the Bush administration's
 missile defence plans in 2001 - in marked contrast to China's reaction. <br />
<br />
The US decision to relax technology controls will also have a salutary effect on Indian business sectors - from space to information technology. Indian companies are particularly interested in importing from the United States products in the defence sector,
 biotechnology, space and software industries. At the moment, for example, in biotechnology Indian companies are prevented from importing from the United States sophisticated nanotechnology under existing restrictions. Therefore, the relaxation of technology
 exports, will give a huge boost to Indian industry as a whole. <br />
<br />
It is interesting to note that the announcement about the relaxation of technology controls and the 'strategic partnership' between the United States and India was announced after the Islamabad peace process had taken off. Though US officials have denied any
 link between the two, the connection is too obvious to be brushed off. <br />
<br />
The backlash in Pakistan would have been far more intemperate and extensive if Islamabad and New Delhi had not buried the hatchet and started a purposeful peace process. It also appears that the American offer to increase technology cooperation may have acted
 as one of the incentives for India to express its willingness to settle all disputes, including that of Kashmir, through a composite and meaningful dialogue with Pakistan.</p>
<p>For a change, the Pakistan foreign office has not come out with a knee-jerk reaction to Washington's announcement of 'strategic partnership' with New Delhi. As a matter of fact, Islamabad has wisely chosen to keep quiet over this issue because any public
 expression of dissatisfaction or displeasure by us would not have made any ripples in Washington. As far as the Indians are concerned, any adverse reaction from us would have nipped the recently launched peace process.
<br />
<br />
The time has come when Pakistan must face the ground realities as they exist and not as it would like them to be. Compared to India, we are a small country and cannot hope to be an effective rival of our big neighbour in international politics. It is therefore
 futile on our part to oppose India's efforts to achieve its potential and act as a big power in world politics - we simply cannot prevent it. Even the pretence to being the rival of India became meaningless after the country had been halved by the separation
 of East Pakistan. <br />
<br />
Pakistan's obsession with being treated as equal to India is actually a legacy of pre-partition days' rivalry between the Muslim League and the Congress. After the Cabinet Mission Plan, when the British withdrawal from India became a certainty, the Muslim League
 demanded 50 per cent share for 30 per cent Indian Muslims at the centre - equal representation for Muslim majority provinces with Hindu majority provinces at the centre, which of course was not acceptable to the Congress.
<br />
<br />
</p>
<p>Instead of adopting a negative attitude towards India's progress, we should focus on making Pakistan a progressive, democratic, peaceful, stable and prosperous country. If rivalry with India has become a part of our psyche and we cannot live without it,
 then let us have a healthy rivalry - competition with our neighbour in the fields of individual freedoms, human rights, independent judiciary, free and fair elections, peaceful transfer of power, treatment of minorities, economic prosperity, the care of the
 elderly and poor, social reforms, literacy rate, the quality of education and, of course, sports. Let us hope this is not asking too much of most Pakistanis.
<br />
<br />
<em>The writer is a former ambassador of Pakistan. </em></p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>27/12/2011 11:25:05</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/14835/IndiaUS+strategic+ties</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">14835</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>14839</publicationdataID>
      <title>As India's Economy Rises, So Do Expectations</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p>BANGALORE, India, Jan. 28 - Raghu Shenoy, 36, is a tad worried about financial matters. Though business is booming at the software company he founded here, Bit by Bit Computer Services, expenses for his traditional Indian wedding, planned for the end of
 February, are slowly spiraling beyond his budget.<br />
<br />
First, he has to entertain his guests lavishly at a riverside resort two hours' drive from the city. He has booked it for three days of celebrations. Among the guests will be a handful of his overseas clients, mostly from Britain. The hotel stay for them and
 some other guests, along with the wedding feast expenses, will add to the bill, which is nearing $25,000. And that does not include the outlay for the honeymoon in New Zealand with his bride, Usha Kempegowda. "The upbeat Indian economy is not helping me,"
 Mr. Shenoy lamented half seriously. "I find people's expectations have shot up and I'm spending 10 times more than I would have spent some years ago."<br />
<br />
The economy is indeed buoyant. Gross domestic product grew 5.7 percent in the country's first quarter, which ended in June, then jumped 8.4 percent in the next quarter, compared with levels the previous year. And the bounce is being felt across nearly all business
 sectors. The government is expected to take advantage of the positive mood by moving up elections, originally scheduled for the end of the year. Instead, they may be held as early as April, just after the country completes a fiscal year in which growth is
 forecast to exceed 7 percent - perhaps even 8 percent.</p>
<p>The country is experiencing a rare trifecta, said Amit Chandra, an executive vice president at DSP Merrill Lynch in Bombay. "For the first time in the last several decades, agriculture, manufacturing and services are showing a simultaneous revival."
<br />
<br />
Good rainfall, the best in more than half a dozen years, has bolstered the agricultural sector, and that, in turn, has increased consumer demand and manufacturing. High-technology businesses continue to grow spectacularly. A gradual upturn in the global economy
 is expected to bring in an even greater bounty of outsourced jobs to India. <br />
<br />
In addition, despite political and labor opposition, India's government is slowly loosening its stranglehold on various industries through privatization of state-owned companies.<br />
<br />
Of course, huge pockets of poverty remain. And experts warn of a subtler economic soft spot. "The outlook for India's mammoth, and growing, fiscal deficit is poor," said Jyoti Narasimhan, a principal economist with Global Insight, a research and forecasting
 firm based in Waltham, Mass. Still, she said, at least for a while, "consistent, high economic growth rates, as well as judicious policies implemented by politicians and technocrats, will continue to boost personal wealth of all Indians, including the buoyant
 middle class and the very poor." <br />
<br />
Vivek Kulkarni, a career bureaucrat turned high-technology entrepreneur, said, "The euphoric mood in the economy is backed by solid signs."<br />
<br />
"Take a one-mile stretch on Bannerghatta Road in southern Bangalore and the construction points to 45,000 new software and services jobs right there," he added. It is a stretch that includes offices of multinationals like Oracle, I.B.M., Accenture, Hewlett-Packard,
 PeopleSoft, Honeywell and HSBC Bank. </p>
<p>Before becoming chief executive of B2K, a Bangalore-based technology support company, in November, Mr. Kulkarni led the local government's software services department and was responsible for attracting high-technology investment. The ripple effects of India's
 economic boom, he said, are being felt in cities across the country.<br />
<br />
"It is hard to get a hotel booking" in Bangalore, Delhi or Bombay these days, he said, adding: "Can you believe that I went to a restaurant for dinner last week to find all the tables were reserved for the evening? This used to be unheard-of in Bangalore."<br />
<br />
Mr. Kulkarni said that his company, which offers technical support, medical billing and customer behavior and satisfaction analysis services to companies in the United States, had grown to nearly 200 employees from 118 in November. His marketing team, a half-dozen
 Americans based in Flint, Mich., and Denver, is busy, he said. "Providing the marketing leads and even fixing up appointments for the team is done out of Bangalore," he added, indicating the extent of back-office work being carried out in India.<br />
<br />
Other industries, including automobiles and pharmaceuticals, have gained from an increased demand for high-quality products made in the country's low-cost manufacturing plants.<br />
<br />
Adding to the cyclical upturn, India's foreign exchange reserves have grown to more than $100 billion. Its stock markets increased 73 percent in valuation, to $278 billion, with foreign concerns investing close to $7 billion.</p>
<p>Mr. Chandra of DSP Merrill Lynch said that the economic restructuring of the last decade had finally taken root and helped Indian industry become globally competitive.
<br />
<br />
"In the last six months, confidence levels of companies have gone to historic highs," he said. Continued growth, healthy balance sheets and steady cash inflows helped Indian software concerns make bold cross-border acquisitions of software, auto components,
 drugs, telecommunications and other businesses.<br />
<br />
Recent public offerings of companies have met with overwhelming response. Last month, for instance, investors applied for 36 times more shares than were offered for TV Today Network, an Indian television news company whose parent is Living Media India, one
 of the country's largest magazine publishing groups. And according to Prime Database, a capital market research firm based in New Delhi, about $13 billion worth of public offerings are expected during 2004. Among those lining up are several state-owned companies.
<br />
<br />
The bounty has been trickling down. "The spread of roads and cellular phones in rural areas has made development tangible even for India's rural population,'' Mr. Chandra said, "and it has become abundantly clear that the economy will play a large factor in
 the election."<br />
<br />
Skeptics, however, say that not even 2 percent of India's population has been directly affected by the boom, and point to the abysmal state of infrastructure in urban centers and the stark poverty in India's villages. They are critical of the government's boast
 in large, countrywide advertisements that India is shining.</p>
<p>"For the thousands who have lost government jobs in the privatization process and for those involved in traditional occupations such as silk farming, there is hardly any good news," said Narendar Pani, an economist and senior editor at the country's leading
 financial newspaper, The Economic Times.<br />
<br />
Yet, the fact that political parties are taking economic development seriously is an indication that economic growth can now be sustainable, Mr. Chandra said. "This is the healthiest thing to happen to India."<br />
<br />
Even smaller slices of industry are benefiting from - and echoing - the widespread jauntiness. The entertainment industry, for instance, is expected to grow 8 to 12 percent, on top of its 7 percent growth rate in 2003.<br />
<br />
"Entertainment content will reflect the positive mood, with heavy family melodramas on television giving way to frothier, lighter forms," said Sunil Lulla, the Bombay-based executive vice president of Sony Entertainment Television.<br />
<br />
There is, for example, Sony's new series "Jassi Jaisi Koi Nahin" ("There's Nobody Quite Like Jassi"), he said, a show that follows the comic life of an underdog employed as an assistant in a fashion house.</p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>27/12/2011 11:28:22</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/14839/As+Indias+Economy+Rises+So+Do+Expectations</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">14839</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>14841</publicationdataID>
      <title>India Inc Spreads Across the Globe</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p>Reliance Infocomm's $211m bid for the UK's undersea cable company Flag Telecom, announced late last year and clinched this month, crowned a year in which Indian companies discovered a healthy appetite for global assets.
<br />
<br />
The Indian cellular operator's acquisition is the largest overseas telecoms deal by an Indian company and was one of 49 overseas transactions worth a total of $1.78bn concluded in 2003.
<br />
<br />
This compared with 28 deals valued at only $209m in 2002, says India Advisory Partners, which tracks deals.
<br />
<br />
Although the figures were flattered by one bumper transaction, the broader trend is unmistakable: "India Inc" is engaging in more deals overseas across a wider landscape of businesses.
<br />
<br />
ONGC Videsh energy group in March formally acquired exploration assets in Sudan costing a total of $750m and is set to invest another $200m on two more oil fields in the next few months.
<br />
<br />
Bankers say they are busier than ever trying to match potential offshore targets with Indian acquirers, many flush with funds because of lower domestic interest costs, as well as easier access to overseas capital markets.
<br />
<br />
Vedanta, whose core assets are Indian metals and which raised about £507m ($922m) through a London initial public offering in December, typifies this new spirit.
<br />
<br />
"If [expansion] means going global, we will go global," said Mukesh Ambani, chairman of Reliance Industries, India's biggest private-sector business group, of which Reliance Infocomm is a part.
<br />
<br />
The busiest dealmakers have been in the pharmaceuticals and manufacturing sectors, where Indian companies' grasp of complex engineering and their lower costs for technical staff provide a compelling competitive edge.
<br />
<br />
In December, Ranbaxy acquired RPG Aventis' generic drugs unit for about $61m, gaining a foothold in the growing French over-the-counter drugs market.
</p>
<p>"We want to synergise our [low] cost of production [with RPG Aventis], which will give tremendous benefits to both parties," said DS Brar, before he recently stepped down as chief executive of Ranbaxy, India's largest manufacturer of generic drugs.
<br />
<br />
One of the busiest groups has been the $6.4bn Aditya Birla commodities group, which in the past year has invested Rs15bn to expand or buy foreign assets in three continents.
<br />
<br />
This includes a new acrylic fibre plant in Egypt and forays into China, where the group bought a local producer of carbon black (used to toughen car tyres), and Australia, where it acquired copper mills to secure supplies for Birla's smelter in India.
<br />
<br />
"Our level of comfort operating overseas is now very high," says Kumar Mangalam Birla, chairman of Aditya Birla.
<br />
<br />
Several factors have helped position Indian companies for this flurry of deal-making.
<br />
<br />
Indian balance sheets have been rebuilt, accompanied by a root-and-branch overhaul of manufacturing processes. India now has five "Demming" laureates - which recognise manufacturing excellence - the largest number for any country bar Japan.
<br />
<br />
India's roaring economy, built largely on rising domestic demand, has also encouraged its stronger companies to look abroad, where the lowering of barriers to entry presents new opportunities.
<br />
<br />
"They see it [overseas expansion] as a strategic way to grow at home and gain "ownership" of foreign markets," says Narayan Seshadri at consultant KPMG in Mumbai.
<br />
<br />
One such "strategic" aim is to gain a foothold in markets such as Europe. Ranbaxy, for example, expects France to emerge as its third-biggest market following the RPG Aventis deal.</p>
<p>Indian companies have also been desperate to acquire global brands to complement their price-beating manufacturing and design processes and get nearer to the customer.
<br />
<br />
Some, notably Indian IT companies, have in the past 18 months begun acquiring assets that strengthen their position in niche markets or add new capabilities, such as consulting.
<br />
<br />
Overseas expansion has in addition allowed the stronger Indian companies to expand their product range beyond the ceiling of their home markets.
<br />
<br />
Tata Motors' $118m acquisition of the South Korean Daewoo's heavy trucks unit gave it instant access to the larger horsepower commercial vehicle segment, a move that might have taken 3-4 years in India.
<br />
<br />
Commentators say the year ahead will see even more deal making. <br />
<br />
Apart from better business conditions, they cite growing recognition of Indian companies in global markets and the increasing ability of domestic businesses to handle the challenge of absorbing acquisitions.
</p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>27/12/2011 11:30:50</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/14841/India+Inc+Spreads+Across+the+Globe</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">14841</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>14845</publicationdataID>
      <title>Balm from the East; The effectiveness of the ancient Indian healing art of ayurveda is getting a closer look in the U.S.</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p>Jon Mejia experienced heart palpitations after a particularly stressful period running his Santa Monica consulting firm. His doctor diagnosed an abnormal heart rhythm and sent him to a specialist at a prestigious Los Angeles medical center.<br />
<br />
An echocardiogram detected no cause for the extra heartbeats. Although his doctor told him that beta blocker drugs could control the symptoms, Mejia, 49, didn't want to take them because of concerns about side effects.
<br />
<br />
So Mejia turned instead to Martha Soffer and John Holmstrom, practitioners of the ancient Indian medical system ayurveda. After some dietary changes and three days of massage and purification treatments called panchakarma at Surya Spa, an ayurvedic center in
 Pacific Palisades, "the heart palpitations are almost gone," he says. <br />
<br />
"I can't pretend to tell you I know how it works, but if I were to compare where I was when I walked in to where I am now, it's at least 80% relief," Mejia says. "I'm more myself."
<br />
<br />
Mejia is one of a growing number of Americans taking an interest in ayurveda, a 5,000-year-old holistic system of health that in Sanskrit means "knowledge of life." It uses combinations of herbs, purgatives, rubbing oils and other elements to treat diseases.
<br />
<br />
Maharishi Mahesh Yogi, a proponent of transcendental meditation, brought ayurveda to the United States three decades ago, and Dr. Deepak Chopra exposed it to the masses in his bestseller "Perfect Health" (Harmony Books, 1991). Now, the California Assn. of Ayurvedic
 Medicine, a professional group based in Foster City, Calif., is sponsoring its first Ayurveda Awareness Day on Feb. 13.</p>
<p>Chinese medicine, which is more established in the U.S., was influenced by ayurveda, and similarities include the extensive use of natural herbs. Research into ayurveda is in its infancy in this country, but as interest grows, so does funding. The National
 Institute of Health's National Center for Complementary and Alternative Medicine allocated $3.5 million in grants last year to study its safety and efficacy.
<br />
<br />
"It's 100 times more popular than it was 10 years ago," says Scott Gerson, a New York physician with a medical degree from the U.S. and a doctorate in ayurveda from India.
<br />
<br />
Yoga's sister science <br />
<br />
Ayurveda treatments are becoming popular in spas, medical clinics and wellness centers. And like Mejia, many people are finding their way to ayurvedic medicine through the practice of yoga. Ayurveda is considered yoga's sister science, and workshops are frequently
 taught in yoga studios throughout Southern California. <br />
<br />
"Yoga is the doorway," says Mas Vidal, owner of Dancing Shiva, a Los Angeles Veda yoga studio that added an ayurveda healing center last year. "Ayurveda is what all the great yogis practiced. Ayurveda was taught as a way of life."
<br />
<br />
Ayurveda holds that health and well-being of the body, mind and spirit is our natural state, experienced through proper diet, herbs, meditation, yoga, breathing exercises called pranayama and other daily routines. Ayurveda is used to prevent disease and boost
 the immune system so the body can heal itself from illness. <br />
<br />
Ayurveda teaches that each person is made up of a combination of five elements: space, air, fire, water and earth, says Dr. Vasant Lad, a prominent Indian-trained physician who is chairman of the Ayurvedic Institute in Albuquerque. These elements combine to
 create three predominant doshas, or governing principles of the body: vata, pitta and kapha. Each person's constitution is one of these doshas, or a combination of them.</p>
<p>According to ayurvedic practice, vata people tend to be thin; they have cold hands and feet, dry skin and they are more likely to suffer from anxiety, insomnia, arthritis and constipation. Pitta types are "hot," with medium builds and oily skin; they have
 strong appetites, controlling natures, sharp intellects and quick reactions. They get inflammatory diseases, rashes and ulcers. Kapha types are frequently overweight. They move slowly, love salty and sweet foods, have thick hair and big eyes and are prone
 to colds, congestion and diabetes, Lad says. <br />
<br />
Each of these groups has different dietary and lifestyle needs, which also vary by season. Disease in ayurveda is an imbalance in one's natural doshas, caused by improper diet and digestion, negative emotions and stress, which lead to a buildup of toxins in
 the body called ama. <br />
<br />
Ayurvedic practitioners believe that this needs to be corrected through lifestyle changes, as well as panchakarma treatments, including a special diet, laxatives, herbal oil massages, sweat treatments, herbal enemas, nasal therapies and shirodhara, the pouring
 of oil onto the forehead for roughly 30 minutes. These treatments are typically performed in certain seasons and continue for three to 10 days.
<br />
<br />
In India, practices such as vomiting and bloodletting also are used for specific illnesses, but these are rarely done in the U.S. Some practitioners also incorporate sound, color and aromatherapy.
<br />
<br />
"All tools are at the disposal of ayurveda, but we recognize the tool is not the cure," says Marc Halpern, founder of the California College of Ayurveda in Grass Valley, Calif. "Western medicine controls the symptom. Ayurveda looks at the root causes in terms
 of lifestyle and consciousness."</p>
<p>Suppressed during British rule in India, ayurveda was preserved by practitioner families and is now taught in Indian medical schools, which require five years of training and clinical experience. The Indian government sponsors numerous scientific studies
 on ayurveda and its collection of medicinal herbs. <br />
<br />
While ayurveda is often used in India by people too poor to receive Western medicine, panchakarma treatments in the U.S. cost $1,500 to $3,500 a week and are mainly the province of the wealthy, devoted or desperate. Holmstrom says he has treated some Hollywood
 celebrities, including Liv Tyler, Ben Affleck and Matt Damon. Chopra treats people at his Chopra Center at the La Costa Resort and Spa in Carlsbad.
<br />
<br />
Changing attitudes <br />
<br />
But ayurveda also is attracting people with chronic health problems who have become frustrated with Western medical techniques that haven't helped them, and those with alcohol and drug problems who want to detox quickly. One Los Angeles lawyer with chronic
 pain and sleeplessness from damaged spinal disks used ayurveda to kick a growing reliance on sleeping pills and says panchakarma was not about getting pampered.
<br />
<br />
"By the fifth day, you are enema-ed out…. ," said the lawyer, who asked that her name not be used. "It's not a fun procedure. If you're interested in going to a spa and getting a facial, this is not for you."</p>
<p>Still, the treatments worked so well that she asked her doctor to write a prescription for panchakarma so insurance would cover it. She says his response was something like: "I'm not going to sully my name by prescribing something so weird."
<br />
<br />
Although ayurveda is still relatively new in Southern California, such attitudes are gradually changing as ayurveda is subjected to the rigors of Western science. It's difficult to conduct double-blind, placebo-controlled trials, the gold standard of scientific
 research, because ayurveda is a holistic system that treats individuals differently with multiple methods. Some studies have isolated specific components of ayurveda, which advocates of ayurveda say misses the point.
<br />
<br />
But last fall, the National Center for Complementary and Alternative Medicine awarded a two-year, $283,000 grant to establish an Ayurvedic Center of Collaborative Research to study ayurveda as it is practiced in India. Overseen by researcher Leanna Standish
 at Bastyr University in Kenmore, Wash., scientists from Johns Hopkins University and UCLA will work with doctors in India to conduct controlled clinical trials on ayurvedic treatments for rheumatoid arthritis. Eventually, they hope to study treatments for
 hepatitis C, osteoarthritis and diabetes. <br />
<br />
"I do not believe there have been any well-done studies of the whole practice of ayurveda…. " overseen by independent U.S. researchers, Standish says. "It really does deserve very careful evaluation."
<br />
<br />
Although the numbers are still small, more Western doctors are getting trained. Dr. Vandana Soni, an anesthesiologist, realized after years of practicing Western medicine that it only "touches the surface of pain." She now combines Indian and Western medicine
 at her clinic, and some local medical doctors now refer patients to her for conditions such as irritable bowel syndrome, chronic fatigue and menopausal symptoms.</p>
<p>"If ayurveda were perfect, [Western] allopathic medicine would never have come along," she says. "If allopathic medicine were perfect, the world of alternative medicine wouldn't have come into place."
<br />
<br />
When you visit an ayurvedic clinic for the first time, prepare to spend a couple of hours. "Ayurveda is very time-intensive," says Dr. Nancy Lonsdorf, medical director at the Raj Ayurveda Health Center in Iowa. "I never see more than 12 patients a day. Most
 doctors see 50." <br />
<br />
At her clinic, Soni asks patients to fill out a 15-page questionnaire detailing everything from the time they wake up to the characteristics of bowel movements. After a pulse-taking and tongue examination, she determines a patient's dosha and prescribes some
 herbs, spices and self-massage as part of a basic work-up. <br />
<br />
Soni recommends patients retain their primary Western doctors, and she won't treat people taking Chinese herbs because of possible side effects.
<br />
<br />
Standards lacking <br />
<br />
This is one of the problems with ayurveda in the U.S., where people often ingest a complex stew of drugs and Eastern herbs, whose interactions are poorly understood. Although acupuncturists and doctors of Oriental medicine must be certified and licensed in
 California and many other states, there are no standards for training or for practicing ayurveda. Because a system for licensing is probably still years away, "it's buyer beware," Holmstrom says.</p>
<p>Gerson advises people to look for a bachelor's degree in alternative medicine, a doctorate or a medical degree in ayurveda from India. He also founded the National Institute of Ayurvedic Medicine, which verifies practitioner credentials. Because the programs
 teaching ayurveda in the U.S. require just 300 to 500 hours of training, most practitioners here are unqualified to practice in India. Gerson says U.S. schools offer "a really poor level of training in ayurveda."
<br />
<br />
Although it's hard to imagine someone being harmed by oil massages, Gerson says ayurvedic treatments performed by the unqualified can have "serious consequences," including headaches, bowel dysfunction, irregular respiration, fatigue and psychological problems.
 Enemas are "invasive" and when performed improperly can cause colon spasms. "The biggest harm that can be done is the withholding of proper treatment," says Wynn Werner, the administrator of the Ayurvedic Institute.
<br />
<br />
Gerson cites the case of a well-known ayurvedic doctor who treated a woman in her mid-40s complaining of fatigue and muscle aches. "He took her pulse, looked in her eyes and diagnosed a vata imbalance," Gerson said. Prescribing some herbs, dietary changes and
 yoga, he sent the woman away. A few months later, the family informed him she was diagnosed with leukemia. "Because the ayurvedic doctor did not integrate a blood test," he says, "this was missed." But as long as people are prudent, most ayurvedic lifestyle
 changes have stress-reducing benefits and little chance of harming one's health, Halpern says.</p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>27/12/2011 11:33:17</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/14845/Balm+from+the+East+The+effectiveness+of+the+ancient+Indian+healing+art+of+ayurveda+is+getting+a+closer+look+in+the+US</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">14845</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>14848</publicationdataID>
      <title>India: the new tiger</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p><em>It's not just IT, manufacturing is adding to the nation's feelgood factor. But infrastructure reforms are still essential if the momentum is to be kept up, reports Rupali Mukherjee
</em><br />
<br />
Has the Indian elephant finally mutated into a tiger? Its potential was never in doubt, but its stately pace has been a source of annoyance for some foreign investors and economists. Over the last few months, however, there has been a recognition of the improvements
 in India's macroeconomic situation. <br />
<br />
The world is beginning to take notice of India as not just an IT power but also a sourcing hub for sectors such as auto components, textiles and pharmaceuticals. In the $2.3 billion ITES (Information technology enabled services) sector alone, India could grow
 to $23bn by 2008, according to industry estimates. <br />
<br />
The economy is at its best period ever, with a growth rate of about 8 per cent this year, making it one of the best performing economies in the world. Agricultural production is up as a result of good monsoons last year, factories are running at full capacity,
 corporates are earning good returns, stock markets have been on an upswing, and, most important of all, there's a new optimism in the government and its policies.
<br />
<br />
'The average rate of growth during 1992-97 was around 7 per cent, and after 1997 was under 5 per cent. But this year its been between 7.5 per cent to 8 per cent. Overall all sectors are looking up with agricultural production going up, stable prices, falling
 interest rates, political stability, and the most recent relationship with Pakistan', says Dr Sanjaya Baru, chief editor of Financial Express, a prominent financial daily.</p>
<p>So what factors have led to this feel-good factor over the past year? The Federation of Indian Chambers of Commerce and Industry (FICCI) feels last year was 'an exceptionally good year. Among the outstanding achievements the two that stand out are: the projected
 record increase in food grain production by around 38 million tons in 2003-04, and the increase in foreign exchange reserves to above $100bn on 19 December, 2003'.
<br />
<br />
This is a long, long way from those dismal days of 1990-91 when the reserves had fallen below $1bn, and the country had to mortgage its gold to borrow.
<br />
<br />
Moody's last week upgraded India's long-term foreign currency rating due to rising foreign investment and economic growth. India's gross domestic product (GDP) is set to move above 7 per cent in 2003-04 for the first time in seven years (since 1996-97). GDP
 growth touched 8.4 per cent in the second quarter (July-September) of 2003-04, the highest quarterly GDP growth ever recorded.
<br />
<br />
A close look at the figures reveals that the services sector is accelerating at a fast pace and accounted for close to two-thirds of the pick-up in GDP growth rate in the first half of the year, while industry contributed a quarter (24.1 per cent) and agriculture
 one-tenth (11.7 per cent). <br />
<br />
'Domestic growth is being driven by a record consumerism in housing and automobiles, which makes it a very attractive market for investors,' says one fund manager. According to a recent Goldman Sachs Report, the Indian economy is expected to be the third largest
 in the world by 2032, after the US and China but overtaking that of France, Germany and Japan. The stock markets have been buoyant since May 2003 with the indices doubling over the last seven months. Adam Matthews, region specialist Asia with JP Morgan Fleming,
 which has huge fund exposures in India, says: 'India is being rated even higher than China at the moment, and is a hot market right now.'</p>
<p>Buoyed by a good performance in the recent assembly elections in three major states, the Vajpayee government decided to move in for an early kill with elections this April instead of September. Dr N.K. Singh, of the Planning Commission, who is scripting
 the policy road map for FDI in various sectors, says: 'There's a new awakening in the economy, and we are on track by and large.'
<br />
<br />
Only a fortnight ago Finance Minister Jaswant Singh unveiled measures to sustain the 'feelgood' factor across the urban middle-class, rural, small and medium enterprise and infrastructure sector. Analysts feel the reduction of peak customs duty on non-agricultural
 goods from 25 to 20 per cent will enhance the competitiveness of Indian manufacturing industry.
<br />
<br />
But will the impending elections mean a slowdown in the economic reform process? The corporate sector is trusting the government on this one and feels that reforms have been broadly accepted by the country and there are no chances of reversals. The FICCI feels
 that the next stage of reforms should be more focused on fiscal policies and labour market reforms, without abandoning the crucial infrastructure sector. So far government efforts to woo foreign and private investment in major infrastructure projects such
 as ports, airports, and electric power have not met with much interest, because of red tape, corruption and regulations. According to a Confederation of Indian Industry (CII) Business Outlook Survey last year, other factors limiting enterprise are tax administration
 at the state and central government levels, lack of working capital and labour disputes.</p>
<p>hile the road network is improving, power has emerged as one of most vexing problems still plaguing India Inc. The CII says: 'The country has been following a reform programme, but it is not the time to pause. We need to move fast in the infrastructure,
 finance and housing sectors, and make agriculture monsoon-proof.' An encouraging sign is that the states are now increasing their efforts to create a positive investment climate with road and electricity projects.
<br />
<br />
Tarun Das, director-general of CII, feels 'India has so far been acknowledged as a leader in the services industry, but for the past one and a half years it is emerging as a manufacturing hub'. India is now the world's second-largest small car market after
 Japan. Majors such as Suzuki and Hyundai are making it a sourcing base for their global markets.
<br />
<br />
More and more Indian companies are acquiring companies abroad, having pumped out over $1bn already. India is now the eighth largest overseas investor in the UK. Reliance, India's largest conglomerate with interests from oil to telecoms, acquired UK-based Flag
 Group for more than $200m. Wockhardt acquired a mid-sized pharmaceutical firm in Wales, Mastek's software runs London's congestion charge scheme, Ranbaxy took a part of Aventis operations in France and Infosys bought an IT firm in Australia.
</p>
<p>The loosening of controls and entry of overseas players in the Indian market, though opposed initially, has made the corporate sector stronger. 'Due to the intense competition in the market with relaxing of the boundaries, Indian companies were so busy in
 the gym with no time to look in the mirror at their biceps, they did not realise how strong they had become. Now they are deriving the benefits of the work done,' says Anand Mahindra, vice-chairman of automobile major Mahindra &amp; Mahindra. And India's strengths
 in the global marketplace include a large pool of low-wage, English-speaking graduates.
<br />
<br />
But there is still a long way to go. China could steal business away from India if it does not move fast enough with its reforms. The tiger may still be an endangered species.</p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>27/12/2011 11:35:19</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/14848/India+the+new+tiger</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">14848</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>14851</publicationdataID>
      <title>ASIA-PACIFIC: India lifted to investment grade</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p>The Indian economy yester-day passed a critical threshold when Moody’s Investors Service, the credit rating agency, upgraded the country’s sovereign foreign-currency debt to investment grade.<br />
<br />
The upgrade puts India’s rating on a par with countries such as Russia, which Moody’s lifted from speculative to investment grade in a controversial move last year.
<br />
<br />
The agency has been quicker than its rivals to award such ratings to several emerging market countries. Fitch Ratings on Wednesday raised India to BB-Plus from BB, still one notch below investment grade but one level higher than the rating at Standard and Poor’s.
<br />
<br />
Moody’s said yesterday its decision on India had been prompted by the sharp reduction in India’s "external vulnerability”. The move opens the door for a new class of international investors, including pension and certain types of mutual funds, to invest in
 Indian debt and equities. <br />
<br />
India has no sovereign benchmark in the international bond markets. But yesterday’s upgrade is likely to cut further the cost of borrowing for Indian companies issuing debt overseas. "This is a very strong recognition of India’s improving economic fundamentals,”
 said Surjit Bhalla, an economist and fund manager in Delhi. </p>
<p>Moody’s, which upgraded India by one notch to Baa3, said it had been encouraged by India’s rising foreign exchange reserves, which have recently exceeded $100bn (€ 79bn, Pounds 55 bn) – almost the same level as the country’s total external debt obligations.
<br />
<br />
The agency said the Indian economy had shown its resilience when it grew by more than 4 per cent in 2002 in the face of the worst drought in 15 years. India’s economy is expected to grow by more than 7 per cent this financial year, which ends in March.
<br />
<br />
But the agency left India’s domestic debt rating unchanged at Ba2, still two notches below investment grade owing to New Delhi’s high internal debt obligations. India’s public debt is running at about 80 per cent of gross domestic product.
<em>Additional reporting by Pavi Munter in London.</em></p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>27/12/2011 11:37:18</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/14851/ASIAPACIFIC+India+lifted+to+investment+grade</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">14851</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>14855</publicationdataID>
      <title>The Road That Must Be Taken</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p><em>India and Pakistan may be headed toward the unthinkable: peace</em><br />
<br />
South Asia works only as well as India and Pakistan permit it to. Last year, with a million troops mobilized along a volatile border and the prospect of a war going nuclear, the talk-heavy, accomplishment-light seven-nation South Asian Area Regional Conference
 (SAARC) was even less useful than ever. Last week, SAARC was hauled back from the morgue, when the seven countries signed a pact to make South Asia a free-trade zone by 2006. The reason for the success: India and Pakistan were on board. More proof of something
 big in the air came a day later, when the two rivals announced that they would resume a "composite dialogue"—a code signifying that they would even discuss Kashmir, the territory that has kept the subcontinent bristling with arms and animus for more than five
 decades. <br />
<br />
When peace threatens to break out between India and Pakistan, grown men wince—for they have not seen anything like this in their lives. Pakistan launched modern history's longest war in October 1947, when it inspired a jihad to "liberate" Kashmir from its Hindu
 ruler. The first cease-fire was announced way back in January 1949; the most recent along the world's most dangerous dividing line was called by Pakistan last November.
</p>
<p>But then things started to happen. In December, two attempts were made on the life of Pakistani President Pervez Musharraf; the attack on Christmas Day was so close that God must have been on the side of the general. Pakistan's government blamed Kashmir
 militants once supported by Musharraf, now aggrieved by his neglect. Eleven days later the SAARC meeting began in Islamabad, and the initial signals were tentative at best. When Indian Prime Minister Atal Bihari Vajpayee arrived, his Pakistani counterpart,
 Prime Minister Mir Zafarullah Khan Jamali, tried to greet him with a hug. Vajpayee smiled cordially but took a step back. When Vajpayee departed three days later, the hug between the two men was warm and reciprocal.
<br />
<br />
Musharraf declared that credit for the rapprochement went to Vajpayee's "vision, commitment and flexibility"—and it's been a very long time since a Pakistani leader has praised an Indian Prime Minister so sincerely. Simultaneously, Pakistan gave a written commitment
 that it would "not permit any territory under [its] control to be used to support terrorism in any manner," the most definitive response to India's constant drum thump on that issue—and, presumably, a reaction to the attempts on Musharraf's life.
<br />
<br />
What kind of alchemy did Vajpayee work? He placed rational economic cooperation in a multicultural, multinational region against the debilitating cycle of violence, terrorism and repression, and asked people to find the better way forward. He upped the ante
 and spoke of open borders, a single currency and an economic union. He challenged the region to think that if Europe and ASEAN could do it, why not South Asia? For a man schooled in war, Musharraf proved to be surprisingly agile in peace. He matched Vajpayee
 step by step, measure for measure, lending muscle to vision.</p>
<p>Indo-Pak relations are always vulnerable to somersaults of hope and reality, but there are two reasons for optimism. First, the age of economics has finally reached South Asia. There is a perceptible demand for a better life and the rewards of a peace dividend.
 Pakistan, in particular, senses that while India is beginning to enter the comfort zone of high growth, its own people might be left out. The cost of confrontation has exceeded tolerance levels.
<br />
<br />
Second, the end of American ambiguity toward terrorism is beginning to work. Its allies in the war against terror, including Musharraf, cannot sustain a policy of equivocation. Pakistan-based organizations such as Jaish-e-Mohammad or Lashkar-e-Toiba, dedicated
 to keeping the Kashmir fire burning, find their profile has changed: instead of heroes, they have become the hunted. It is not only India that wants them now, but also their own government.
<br />
<br />
India and Pakistan must rise above the rigidity of past demands (like the big nonstarter—a Kashmir plebiscite) and look for an option that is honorable, acceptable and sustainable. It must satisfy the Kashmiri need for honor; it must be acceptable to New Delhi;
 and unless Pakistan signs on, no agreement can be sustained. If they can achieve all that, the next war between India and Pakistan will be fought in March and April, a war guaranteed to drive millions of people delirious: the upcoming cricket Test matches.
 That's the only kind of war we want. </p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>27/12/2011 11:39:04</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/14855/The+Road+That+Must+Be+Taken</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">14855</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>14857</publicationdataID>
      <title>Bigger Than the Both of Them</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p><em>In order to change fundamentally, a country needs to believe in a positive future. This is what is lacking in the Arab Middle East</em><br />
<br />
Jan. 19 issue - Hostility between India and Pakistan has become one of those facts of geopolitical life one simply accepts, like the conflict between Israel and the Palestinians. Except in South Asia there has been neither genuine peace nor even a peace process.
 But things might be changing. India's Prime Minister Atal Bihari Vajpayee and Pakistan's President Pervez Musharraf met last week and, in Musharraf's words, made history. Yes, it's the beginning of a long road, much could go wrong, both sides remain inflexible
 on Kashmir. But suspend disbelief for a moment. In substance and style, the two countries have moved further in the past 10 days than the preceding 10 years. This is big news and understanding why it happened yields big lessons.
<br />
<br />
First, give the leaders their due. Vajpayee and Musharraf have pushed for a rapprochement over the opposition of their bureaucracies. Vajpayee's important peace overture, a speech in Srinagar on April 18, 2003, was read in advance only by his three closest
 advisers. Musharraf is similarly driving policy with a few aides and over the groans of much of the Pakistani establishment.
</p>
<p>Both leaders have evolved. As a general Musharraf was a provocateur, planning the infamous military operation at Kargil in 1999. But the general is becoming a leader. Despite his many stops and starts, Musharraf has done more to battle extremism and promote
 reform than any Pakistani leader in the past quarter century. The recent attempts on his life demonstrate that at the very least the extremists think he's fighting hard against them.<br />
<br />
For his part, Vajpayee has consolidated his position, decisively winning a power struggle against his hard-line Deputy Prime Minister L. K. Adavani. As the prime minister approaches his last election and last term (he is 79), he wants to leave a legacy. For
 Vajpayee, a decent man with honorable instincts, what better accomplishment than a resolution of the 50-year tensions between India and Pakistan.<br />
<br />
But the focus on personalities does not tell the whole story. The backdrop to last week's events involves not just two people but two major shifts in the global landscape—the rising costs of terrorism and the benefits of globalization.<br />
<br />
For 15 years now Pakistan has found a cheap and effective way to fight over Kashmir—by helping Kashmiri militants in their terror tactics. September 11 changed that game. It stigmatized terrorism and gave India a crucial ally on this issue—the United States
 of America. Suddenly Pakistan found that supporting terror had become very costly indeed.</p>
<p>But something equally important has happened in South Asia over the past 15 years. India has been transformed by a market revolution. Globalization has come to every part of the country, whether in the form of a call-center job, a Chinese-made toy or American-inspired
 television shows. Suddenly Indians want to compete. And they are. Last year India's economy was the second fastest growing in the world, at 7.4 percent. Its business leaders speak confidently of becoming global players in their fields. In this Indian future,
 a continuing cold war with Pakistan is a drag. <br />
<br />
During the same period, however, Pakistan went down a different path, one of radical Islam and domestic dysfunction. The results? In 1985, its per capita GDP was 6.5 percent higher than India's; today it's 23 percent lower. Its birth rate is soaring at a frightening
 2.8 percent, while India's is 1.7 percent and dropping. Thirty percent of Pakistan's economy is consumed by its military.<br />
<br />
Musharraf has broken Pakistan's fall. And he realizes, now, that to modernize Pakistan he needs peace with India. But the country is proving hard to turn around; the rot has set in deep. And yet, as Shekhar Gupta, one of India's smartest pundits, has noted,
 peace will be a success only when Pakistan is a success.</p>
<p>Here is the lesson: to stop a country from encouraging conflict, place high costs on such behavior. But to truly change, that country must also see a positive future. This is what is lacking in the Middle East. Arab countries that fund and foment terror
 should know that the costs of doing so have risen. But they must also see a vision of prosperity—and grasp it as India has. So far, too few Arabs believe they can master this globalized world.
<br />
<br />
Last week, however, we have had one small, encouraging counter-example. It turns out that Libya's decision to renounce its nuclear program was crucially pushed by Kaddafi's son—trained at the London School of Economics—who urged his father to help Libya rejoin
 the world and the world economy. The father could see only the stick. The son also saw the carrot.</p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>27/12/2011 11:41:03</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/14857/Bigger+Than+the+Both+of+Them</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">14857</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>14860</publicationdataID>
      <title>India, Tomorrow’s Empire (Translation)</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p>India too has woken up. Like China this country really intends to contend America’s status of the only superpower of the 21st century. It is, therefore, a paradox that the anti-globalisation activists should have chosen India, one of the countries which
 has taken maximum advantage of globalisation, as a new front for their combat against liberalisation.<br />
<br />
There are two nations that co-exist in India: "the fakirs and scientists, wives who immolate themselves and the biggest English language writers, untouchables and officials who have risen to the highest posts in the most prestigious American and British enterprises.
 India, freeing itself from the socialist straitjacket of its political origins, is henceforth posing itself as China’s competitor in the emerging market championship for contesting domination of the old industrialized world.
<br />
<br />
A billion inhabitants of the sub-continent explain why every two out of three persons slave out in the villages with 41% illiterates. But the 300 million citizens, which constitute the middle class of the towns and cities are equal to the entire population
 of the Euro Zone. While France produces 26000 engineers per annum India produces 10 times more, who are paid 10 times less. After having obliged the textile factories of the western world to relocate in India, it has decided to do the same with computer chips.
</p>
<p>In addition to these economic achievements is a surprising political stability. Contrary to other British and French colonies, which have hardly kept the promises of their independence, India has never diverged from its founding vision. Despite the handicap
 of underdevelopment, periodical inter-ethnic problems, recurrent religious clashes, it has always been worthy of its title of the biggest democracy of the world.
<br />
<br />
Lastly, India also has military muscle to show. It has nuclear power that has for official alibi deterring China and Pakistan from vitrifying it. A legitimate fear since Delhi has fought four wars with its neighbours but which has not been enough for summing
 up the strategic equation. This country wants to be a regional police. Geography imposes this role on it given the length of its coastline. Then there is the need to protect its oil supplies, half of which comes from the Persian Gulf. From the Nicobar Island,
 off Indonesia till the Mauritius Island on the southern coast of Africa, India can claim an immense "natural” zone of influence. The anti-globalisation activists will have problems of making themselves heard by the Indian Government. But not Jacques Chirac
 who, since the Iraq war, has been justifying his criticism of the hegemonic will of George W. Bush with his declaration of a multipolar world. In 10 years, in 100 years America will have China and India to reckon with.
</p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>27/12/2011 11:42:47</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/14860/India+Tomorrows+Empire+Translation</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">14860</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>14863</publicationdataID>
      <title>Buoyant India aims to become global power</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p><strong>Thanks to an expanding economy and Pakistan peace initiatives, a nation that once had modest dreams now has a big goal: To be on par with U.S.</strong><br />
<br />
NEW DELHI -- The advertisements are everywhere, on television, in newspapers and in magazines. "India Shining," the slogan proclaims, over pictures of happy-faced people talking on their cell phones, going shopping and reading newspapers trumpeting the latest
 good news about the booming economy. <br />
<br />
"India is awakening to a new dawn," croons the voice on the television ads. "Our dreams were small, but now anything is possible. Across India, you can feel a new radiance."
<br />
<br />
The advertisements don't mention the hundreds of millions of Indians who can't read newspapers, let alone afford a television set, and the campaign has drawn criticism from social activists for overlooking the country's chronic poverty.
<br />
<br />
But the ads, soon to be broadcast globally, nonetheless capture the spirit of a rapidly changing India that is starting to redefine its image.
<br />
<br />
Buoyed by a surging economy, an expanding network of international relationships and the prospect of peace with Pakistan, a newly confident India is asserting its aspirations to become a global power, as a nuclear-armed nation and as a potential market of 1
 billion people. <br />
<br />
"If the 20th Century belonged to the West, the 21st Century will belong to India," the deputy prime minister, Lal Krishna Advani, told an audience last weekend to loud applause.
</p>
<p>"Our short-term objective is to become a developed nation, like Singapore or Taiwan," he added. "Our long-term goal is to be on a par with America."
<br />
<br />
For a country in which per capita income averages less than 2 percent of America's, that is a bold objective. India has declared itself on the threshold of greatness on several previous occasions, only to see its hopes dashed on the realities of the country's
 choking bureaucracy, its crumbling infrastructure and its nearly 300 million impoverished people.
<br />
<br />
Yet the fact some Indians are daring to dream of superpower status is an indicator of the country's new mood, said C. Raja Mohan, professor of South Asian studies at New Delhi's Jawaharlal Nehru University.
<br />
<br />
"For the first time in 45 years we've gone from saying, `We're a Third World developing country,' to saying, `We're going to be a developed nation and a great power,'" Mohan said. "It's a fundamental shift in terms of perceiving who we are and what we can do."
<br />
<br />
Much of the confidence stems from a flurry of good economic news. <br />
<br />
Foreign-exchange reserves passed the $100 billion mark in December; the stock market soared more than 70 percent in the past year, and growth reached 8.4 percent in the third quarter of 2003, putting India among the world's fastest-growing economies.
<br />
<br />
The growth can be attributed partly to one of the most favorable monsoon seasons in years, giving a boost to the farmers who account for 70 percent of the labor force.
<br />
<br />
<strong>Boost from middle class</strong></p>
<p>But as U.S. and European companies continue to shift office jobs to India by the thousands, India's expanding middle class also is lifting growth by splurging on cars, apartments and vacations.
<br />
<br />
Indian companies are emerging as world leaders in such fields as information technology and pharmaceuticals. Over the past year they have moved aggressively into the global market for the first time, acquiring more than 40 foreign companies in the U.S., Europe
 and Asia. <br />
<br />
The new confidence also is finding expression in India's relationships with the wider world. Prime Minister Atal Behari Vajpayee has pushed to mend fences with rival China, initiating talks to end a 40-year cold war along the two nations' disputed Himalayan
 border. <br />
<br />
Most significantly, after leading India to the brink of war with Pakistan in 2002, Vajpayee has extended a "hand of friendship" expected to lead to peace talks next month.
<br />
<br />
"There was this dawning realization by the Indians that they couldn't accomplish their global ambitions unless they first made peace with Pakistan," said Shireen Mazari, director of the Institute of Strategic Studies based in Islamabad, Pakistan.
<br />
<br />
The global recognition that India craves is starting to come. The U.S., Iran, Israel and Russia are among nations upgrading their relationships with India. President Bush promised this week to open cooperation with India in space, nuclear and high technology,
 fields crucial to India's ambitions to become a technology powerhouse. <br />
<br />
Once regarded as worryingly close to the Soviet Union and suspiciously socialist in its policies, India is being hailed by Washington as a "strategic partner" that could one day provide a useful counterweight to the emerging might of China.
</p>
<p>"There is an assessment that Indian power over many fronts is growing steadily and that other countries must develop a working relationship with it," said Stephen Cohen of the Brookings Institution, who predicted the rise of India in a 2001 book.<br />
<br />
Cohen believes India finally is reaping the benefits of a halting but steady reform process that will translate into enduring growth.
<br />
<br />
"India still has substantial problems, but for the first time it's going to have the chance to address them," said Cohen, who is attending a conference in India on ways that U.S. and Indian scientists can use high technology to combat terrorism.<br />
<br />
The ruling Bharatiya Janata Party is calling for early elections, which probably will take place in April, six months ahead of schedule. A renewed mandate seems likely for the Vajpayee government.
<br />
<br />
Yet the government cannot claim all the credit for India's gains, economists say. It has lagged on promises to liberalize the economy and to invest in new infrastructure, such as roads and power stations, urgently required if India is to have any chance of
 becoming a developed country, said Suman Bery, director of the National Council of Applied Economic Research, based in New Delhi.
<br />
<br />
<strong>A lot `still has to happen'</strong> <br />
<br />
The government also has failed to tackle India's ballooning budget deficit, which threatens economic growth.<br />
<br />
"There's a lot that still has to happen if the current level of growth is to be sustainable," Bery said.</p>
<p>That includes addressing poverty. According to a recent United Nations report, the number of Indians facing chronic hunger increased by 19 million, to 213.7 million, from 1999 to 2001, years in which India's new economy was starting to take hold.
<br />
<br />
But the shining part of India is in no mood for gloom. <br />
<br />
"If you look around you, if you walk on the street, you can see with your own eyes that the country is changing," said Prathap Suthan, creative director of Grey Worldwide India, the ad agency behind the media campaign. He disputes allegations that it fails
 to reflect the realities of India. <br />
<br />
"Everyone can feel it," he said. "There is a wonderful spectrum of things coming together."</p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>27/12/2011 11:44:47</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/14863/Buoyant+India+aims+to+become+global+power</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">14863</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>14866</publicationdataID>
      <title>How India is becoming the new giant of Asia</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p>What about the other Asian giant? The huge interest in the Chinese boom and all its consequences is now being matched by interest in India - not least because hardly a day passes without some announcement of British jobs being shifted there.<br />
<br />
Yesterday it was the turn of both Abbey National and AXA to move jobs to India. It is a measure of our concern that this should be a significant story, for set alongside the fall in unemployment of 8,300 last month, some "offshoring" should be acceptable. But
 we worry. <br />
<br />
To focus on job transfers, however understandable, is to see only part of the story. From an Indian perspective the shift of US and UK white collar jobs is helpful to the economy as a whole, and in some cities, such as Bangalore and Hyderabad, it is having
 a big economic impact. (I was in Bangalore last week and it was indeed extraordinary to move from the hubbub of an Indian city to the calm out-of-town campus where young graduates were monitoring the computer systems of a British utility.)
<br />
<br />
But there is a bigger story of the country's considerable, if uneven, economic progress: India has become the new Asian giant.
<br />
<br />
That was the title of the Indian part of a presentation yesterday on China and India by Lombard Street Research. Its thesis runs like this. Indian real growth has risen from the 4 per cent average it had from the 1950s to the early 1980s to a current 6 per
 cent average (first graph). But because population growth has fallen from 2.5 per cent a year to 1.5 per cent, GDP per head is now rising at 4.5 per cent instead of 1.5 per cent - an enormous improvement in living standards. Most recently there has been a
 sudden spurt in growth: in the third quarter of last year it was an annualised 8.4 per cent, faster, as the Indian media crowed, than China.
</p>
<p>Whether this spurt continues is doubtful, for it was in part the result of agricultural output rising following a good monsoon. But the general story of steady improvement stands. The reasons can be gleaned from the next two graphs. There has been a steady
 rise in the service sector since the early 1980s and particularly since the liberal reforms of the early 1990s. Manufacturing, apart from one or two particular segments such as motor components, has gone nowhere - partly because of ill-designed regulation
 but also because poor port and airport facilities make it hard to ship goods. Software, on the other hand, can be shipped over the wires. Thanks in part to this, Indian exports have almost doubled as a percentage of GDP over the past two decades, and are currently
 running up some 25 per cent year-on-year. India now has a trade surplus with China.
<br />
<br />
There is also, unsurprisingly, a long agenda of things needing attention. The fiscal-monetary mix needs to be rebalanced. The government deficit is around 5 per cent of GDP and has been around that level from most of the past 40 years. The deficit funds low-quality
 public investment as well as crowding out private investment. <br />
<br />
Meanwhile monetary policy is too tight, which makes it difficult and expensive for companies to borrow. And while progress has been made in deregulation, labour controls still inhibit hiring by private sector companies.
</p>
<p>The positives, however, also make long list. There is a reasonable expectation that the 6 per cent growth rate can be sustained. Despite all the lapses of governance, the corruption, the destructive regulation and so on, some aspects of the Indian system
 function better than the country's east Asian neighbours. The banking system is solvent, with non-performing loans making only 4 per cent of GDP, against 41 per cent in China. There is the English language, a competence that will take China a generation to
 acquire, and the possibility of the creation of special economic zones, like China, with less rigorous labour and other regulation.
<br />
<br />
Lombard Street Research also feels there are investment opportunities in equities. Certainly the Mumbai stock market is one of the few world-wide that has risen significantly above its 2000 peak. It is now at an all-time high and stands at three times the level
 of a decade ago (final graph). But there is the feel of the bubble about it. If you say that to people in Mumbai, as I did last week, the reply is those ominous words: "This time it is different." Well, maybe. The market is on a PE of 18, which for an economy
 growing at 6 per cent plus, does seem quite acceptable. Investors are also protected by the undervalued rupee, which trades at perhaps one-quarter of its purchasing power parity value. That gap will eventually narrow. Meanwhile booms do come to an end, and
 Mumbai is clearly booming. <br />
<br />
Whatever the market does or does not do, though, the economic story surely remains intact. There are considerable concerns about the growing inequalities that have resulted from this spurt of growth, for the south is racing ahead of the north. Still, the experience
 of economic success is still quite a new one and the wealth that faster growth is throwing out gives the government the political support to carry on its reform programme. The faster the reforms go through, the broader the base for economic progress.
</p>
<p>From a UK point of view, expect outsourcing to continue. Not all call centre jobs will go to India of course. Productivity in UK centres is considerably higher and quality of customer satisfaction higher too. Some jobs that have been shifted to India by
 US companies are being brought back following customer complaints. Where there is a human interface, cultural and accent barriers will remain.
<br />
<br />
Creativity may also be culturally compartmentalised: what appeals to people in one country may not work in others; witness the way television programmes do not generally cross national boundaries.
<br />
<br />
But where there is no direct customer interface the story may be different. The management of computer systems can certainly be done as well in India as anywhere else in the world, maybe better. At any rate it would be wise to expect many more announcements
 of jobs being shifted to India in the years to come. <br />
<br />
It would also be wise to assume that, gradually and inexorably, India will play a larger role in the world economy. The views of its businesses and financiers will attract more attention. It will become more appealing as a market, not just as a supplier of
 cheap services.</p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>27/12/2011 11:46:46</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/14866/How+India+is+becoming+the+new+giant+of+Asia</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">14866</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>14870</publicationdataID>
      <title>Commentary | India versus China: Too close to call?</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p>Peter Drucker, the father of modern management theory, thinks that China, the crown prince of the world economy, could miss its coronation. In a faxed response to questions put to him recently by Bloomberg News - Drucker, 94, prefers to correspond by fax
 - he paints a rather bleak picture of the most-populous nation.<br />
<br />
"The state-planned factories in China are a major social and economic threat," Drucker said. "Many - most? - are in the wrong place turning out the wrong product and are greatly overstaffed. Maintaining them threatens bankruptcy; closing them threatens social
 revolution." <br />
<br />
Overall, "the chances of very serious social unrest in China in the next 10 years are greater than 50 percent," Drucker said.
<br />
<br />
This is Drucker's second alert on China in a month. That country, Drucker argued in a recent Fortune magazine interview, may not be able to absorb its vast army of rural poor into cities without social upheaval. At the same time, the country's existing base
 of educated professionals is too small, he said. <br />
<br />
On both the counts, "India's progress is far more impressive than China's," Drucker concluded.
<br />
<br />
Drucker's verdict on the hopeless situation of China's 300,000 state-owned companies, and their 75 million workers shouldn't be taken lightly at a time when it is becoming increasingly important to consider a global economic landscape, where, in Drucker's words,
 "the dominance of the U.S. is already over." <br />
<br />
China and India, with a third of the world's population between them, are both capable candidates to become the world's future engine of growth, especially as Japanese society, with all its advances in technology, is simply too old to fill the void.</p>
<p>Therefore, from automakers and cellular phone operators to consumer banks and credit card companies, it is crucial for businessmen to ask: Who is more likely to make it - China or India?
<br />
<br />
To be sure, China's economic march since it started opening its economy in 1978 has been rapid. In comparison, India's progress in shedding the baggage of its socialist past has been tardy, and often marred by the hurdles put up by its democratic decision-making
 process. In 2002, China exported eight times as many goods as India and its gross domestic product grew twice as fast as India's 4.3 percent. China also got 12 times more foreign investment than India.
<br />
<br />
Now, as Drucker told Fortune magazine, India, with its numerous engineers and specialist doctors, "is becoming a powerhouse very fast." Whereas, "the greatest weakness of China is its incredibly small proportion of educated people."
<br />
<br />
While the substance of Drucker's argument is valid - India does indeed have a bigger talent pool - China may not be quite the backwater of education that Drucker is making it out to be. For one, the actual number of Chinese college students, if official media
 reports are to be believed, is probably closer to 8 million, not 1.5 million, as Drucker argues.
<br />
<br />
Also, just as India now has aspirations to become more China-like in its "hard" infrastructure - roads, ports and telecommunications - China too is emulating India and building a reservoir of "soft" skills.
<br />
<br />
In his comments to Bloomberg News, Drucker conceded the point that China is "building its knowledge infrastructure very fast" and he said he was "impressed by the number and quality of executive management programs in China."
<br />
<br />
That said, India does have a more enduring advantage that China can't match by simply scaling up college enrollments.
</p>
<p>Unlike China, which has depended on foreign capital and technology to pave the road to progress, India has allowed far greater leeway to local entrepreneurs, such as N.R. Narayana Murthy, the founder of the software services company Infosys Technologies,
 and K. Anji Reddy, chairman of the drug maker Dr. Reddy's Laboratories. <br />
<br />
As a result, India now has a number of indigenous companies that rank among the world's best, whereas in China, "you would be hard-pressed to find a single homegrown Chinese firm that operates on a global scale and markets its own products abroad," Yasheng
 Huang, an economist at the Massachusetts Institute of Technology, and Tarun Khanna, a professor at Harvard Business School, wrote in an August article in Foreign Policy magazine.
<br />
<br />
The future may still go either way. Although, for India a vote of confidence from Drucker will prove to be a strong selling point.
<br />
<br />
"Drucker's name will surely help sell the India story," said Adrian Lim, who manages holdings in Indian computer software companies at Aberdeen Asset Management Asia in Singapore. "Especially to remote investors, who aren't able to see the growth dynamic for
 themselves." <br />
<br />
<em>Bloomberg News</em></p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>27/12/2011 11:49:09</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/14870/Commentary++India+versus+China+Too+close+to+call</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">14870</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>14874</publicationdataID>
      <title>Indian Skepticism of Pakistan's Leader Begins to Ease</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p>NEW DELHI, Jan. 10 — For the last four years, the stately halls of the Central Secretariat buildings, the two sandstone, hilltop colossuses that house India's government, could be relied on for a skeptical view of Pakistan's president and America's ally,
 Gen. Pervez Musharraf.<br />
<br />
In 1999, India identified the general as the architect of an offensive in the disputed territory of Kashmir. The conflict nearly caused a fourth war between the nuclear-armed rivals and humiliated India's prime minister, Atal Bihari Vajpayee.
<br />
<br />
In July 2001, Indian officials bitterly blamed his cockiness for the scuttling of a peacemaking effort in the Indian city of Agra. In December 2001, enraged leaders in New Delhi accused him of backing terrorist groups that carried out a brazen assault on India's
 national Parliament building, and mobilized for war. <br />
<br />
In short, General Musharraf, who seized power in 1999, was dismissed as reckless, aggressive and, most of all, not to be trusted.
<br />
<br />
Yet in a breakthrough this week at a regional summit meeting in Islamabad, it was General Musharraf who agreed to resume talks with India, a move that has pushed Mr. Vajpayee's popularity to a high point.
<br />
<br />
In return for India agreeing to discuss all bilateral issues, including the two countries' half-century-old dispute over Kashmir, Pakistan agreed to not allow any terrorism to emanate from its soil. That is seen as an implicit promise to end its support for
 a 14-year separatist insurgency in the Indian-controlled portion of Kashmir.</p>
<p>India and Pakistan have fought two of their three wars over Kashmir. Each controls part of it. And for years, India has accused Pakistan of arming, training and financing separatist guerrillas and helping them cross into Indian-held Kashmir. Pakistan maintains
 that it supplies only political and moral support. Complicating the conflict, most Kashmiris appear to want simple independence.
<br />
<br />
Indian officials say they have witnessed a surprising transformation of the general.
<br />
<br />
The Indian foreign minister, Yashwant Sinha, said in an interview on Saturday: "He's definitely changed. He was clearly more constructive" at the Islamabad meeting.
<br />
<br />
A senior Indian official who attended both the failed 2001 summit meeting and the negotiations last week in Islamabad called the Pakistani leader "a different man." "There, he was a commando," the official said. "Here, he has to rule the country."
<br />
<br />
Indian officials gave varying reasons for why India now trusts General Musharraf's pledges.
<br />
<br />
First, they said, there is concrete evidence of a change in Pakistan's policy toward Kashmir. Also, after four years of rule, they said, the general appears more measured. They also credited China, noting that Pakistan's positions became far more flexible after
 General Musharraf visited Beijing in early November. The Chinese news media reported that he promised not to allow Uighurs, a Muslim ethnic group waging a separatist struggle in northwestern China, to be trained by militants in Pakistan.</p>
<p>Perhaps most important, the officials said, two assassination attempts may have convinced him to finally crack down on all militants, including those fighting in Kashmir.
<br />
<br />
General Musharraf sees change from India, too, with its agreement to seriously discuss Kashmir's status for the first time in years.
<br />
<br />
Mr. Vajpayee's peace foray is being hailed in New Delhi as another step in an visionary effort to transform India's foreign policy and global image. The agreement on new talks comes six months after Mr. Vajpayee and his diplomats made headway toward resolving
 a 45-year border dispute with China. <br />
<br />
Officials close to Mr. Vajpayee, who faces re-election this year, say his goal is to strengthen India's already booming economy, to speed development and lessen poverty. Western observers say he is also strengthening the case for India to be seen as a mature
 regional power credibly bidding for a coveted permanent seat on the United Nations Security Council.
<br />
<br />
For now, the Indian leader appears to face little domestic political risk. Opinion polls in India show wide public support for peace with Pakistan. Last month, Mr. Vajpayee's Hindu nationalist Bharatiya Janata Party won sweeping victories in three of four state
 elections. <br />
<br />
One Western observer said Mr. Vajpayee's political strength was at its highest point since he took office six years ago, calling his current position "unassailable."</p>
<p>But Mr. Vajpayee could not make peace alone. <br />
<br />
Indian officials said some of the first indications of General Musharraf's shift came at the line that divides Kashmir into two portions, one controlled by Pakistan and one by India.
<br />
<br />
An Indian official who specializes in Kashmiri issues said infiltration by guerrillas from Pakistan's part of Kashmir into India's, as well as attacks, dropped sharply in October. In November, General Musharraf declared a cease-fire along the Kashmir dividing
 line. <br />
<br />
The official said India had also intercepted radio messages from Pakistani officials urging militants not to cross into Indian-held Kashmir. In November and December, Pakistani forces detained two groups of militants trying to cross, the official said, and
 one complained that the Pakistani Army was discouraging them. <br />
<br />
Indian officials said they would make their final judgment on General Musharraf in a few months, when the snow melts in Kashmir. That is when militants usually try to trek in over mountain passes.
<br />
<br />
As insurance, Indian officials say, they will continue the rapid construction of about 435 miles of fencing along the disputed border.
<br />
<br />
The two December assassination attempts, meanwhile, have halted Indian dismissals of General Musharraf's claims that many militants are not under his influence. "There are elements that may not be within their control," Mr. Sinha, the Indian foreign minister,
 said.</p>
<p>One attempt was apparently carried out by men linked to an Islamic militant group fighting in Kashmir whose members see General Musharraf's moves toward peace as a betrayal.
<br />
<br />
The Indian government, which now now has a stake in the general's survival, is facing the real threat that he may be assassinated. Some Pakistani officials predict that a successor "would not have the courage to proceed" with peace talks, the senior Indian
 official said. <br />
<br />
Mr. Sinha recounted a farewell phone conversation in Islamabad between Mr. Vajpayee and General Musharraf that seemed to reflect that fear. In a display of goodwill that could scarcely have been imagined six months ago, the Indian leader wished his once-bitter
 rival well. <br />
<br />
"We would wish him a long life," Mr. Sinha said, "and hope that nothing untoward will happen to him."</p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>27/12/2011 11:51:58</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/14874/Indian+Skepticism+of+Pakistans+Leader+Begins+to+Ease</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">14874</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>14881</publicationdataID>
      <title>India with an American twist; Sizzling economy draws home many who had sought good life in U.S.</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p>GURGAON, India -- Sachin Goel earned a business degree from Mercer University in Macon and was making a comfortable five-figure salary at a financial analysis firm, but he gave it all up two years ago for a better lifestyle -- in India.<br />
<br />
"There are thousands of people like me who are choosing to come back home," Goel said. "And why not? Life is good here."
<br />
<br />
The good life in Gurgaon, a fashionable satellite city on the southern fringes of New Delhi, affords Goel, 29, all the luxuries he found in Georgia and then some. He visits high-end stores like Nike, Benetton and Marks &amp; Spencer in the glitzy Metropolitan Mall,
 where the frenzy of shoppers makes Lenox Square look calm. <br />
<br />
Many of them sip frothy cappuccinos at Barista, India's answer to Starbucks, and take in a showing of "The Matrix Revolutions" or the latest celluloid fantasy produced in Bollywood.
<br />
<br />
Cellphones ring constantly. Traffic decks are jammed with shiny new cars. Families take their kids to eat at McDonald's or the Subway franchise that Goel owns and manages.
<br />
<br />
This is a far cry from the India of old -- when people who traveled abroad would stuff their suitcases with jeans, chocolates and electronics -- even diapers and shampoo.</p>
<p>"I liked Georgia, but I am very happy to be back in India," Goel said. "There is nothing we do not have anymore."
<br />
<br />
In a recent cover story, one magazine proclaimed 2003 India's "Golden Year." The national economy grew by an unexpectedly robust 8.4 percent through the year's third quarter, making it one of the fastest-growing in the world. That trend is expected to continue
 over the next year, according to Indian economists. <br />
<br />
The booming economy has created curious islands of wealth -- such as Gurgaon -- and turned Indian culture and values upside down in the decade since the government opened up a socialist-style economy.
<br />
<br />
"There's a new confidence level. Our aspirations as a society have changed," said Jairam Ramesh, senior economic adviser to the opposition Congress Party.
<br />
<br />
Many still struggle <br />
<br />
That's not to say the India of stereotypes has vanished. <br />
<br />
More than 200 million Indians continue to live rock-bottom lives, struggling to exist in crushing poverty in bleak slums or sparse villages. Many do not have clean water, electricity or access to schools and hospitals.
<br />
<br />
But even in the tiniest rural hamlet, consumers are raring to own color television sets and fancy scooters even though they still fuel their mud stoves with cow dung. Only one in 15 Indian households has running water, but one in seven now has cable television.
<br />
<br />
"People associate India with a Gandhian ethic of spirituality," Ramesh said. "But the fact is that people here who have two-wheelers want cars. And no longer are consumer goods limited to a narrow group of people."</p>
<p>But nowhere does Indian prosperity intersect with the nation's exploding consumerism as in Gurgaon.
<br />
<br />
In this town once known for its sugar cane industry, sleek steel and glass towers dot the main highway leading to the Indian capital. Twenty-one malls are in business or soon will open within a two-mile radius. Neon signs light the night sky, while billboards
 promote "Friends" and "Will &amp; Grace." <br />
<br />
Posh residential complexes named Belvedere Place and Garden Estates sport amenities such as swimming pools, fully equipped gymnasiums and top-notch security.
<br />
<br />
"The generation that is coming up now is into this sort of lifestyle," said Surendra Mukhija, a former mechanical engineer who runs a profitable real estate agency in Gurgaon.
<br />
<br />
Mukhija said several of his customers looking for luxury flats are U.S. passports holders, Indians who "made it" in the United States but, like Goel, want the comfort of affluence with a decidedly Indian twist.
<br />
<br />
Take Big Bazaar, the Target of India, which sells curtains, cookware and jeans alongside diyas, candles made from colored wax used in the Hindu festival of lights called Diwali, and offersapplication of mehndi, traditional henna tattoos.
<br />
<br />
"The entire layout of our store is based on the Indian psyche," said Samir Mathur, manager of Big Bazaar. And that, he said, appeals to India's nouveau middle class -- almost 300 million strong -- whose members suddenly have disposable income on their hands
 or are willing to live on credit. <br />
<br />
A new view of debt <br />
<br />
Before the 1990s, India's middle class was intent on saving money. These frugal spenders incessantly repaired appliances before thinking about replacing them. Borrowing was for them a dirty word.
<br />
<br />
"The traditional Indian aversion to debt has gone," Ramesh said. "People are no longer willing to wait seven generations for a better quality of life."</p>
<p>This middle-class Indian society is becoming increasingly American, said Sarita Bazaz, 34, who recently opened a food kiosk at Metropolitan Mall. She sells "MexBhel," a combination of Tex Mex and Indian snacks such as bhel puri (puffed rice).
<br />
<br />
"This whole thing is a big cultural change," Bazaz said. "These young crowds who work for multinationals -- they are people who live for today, not for tomorrow. They come in here intending to spend what they have. People have started thinking the American
 way." <br />
<br />
Namrata Yadav, 23, works for Daksh, one of India's largest call center and business outsourcing firms. She lives with her parents in a four-bedroom flat in the plush Heritage City complex. Except for a cellphone bill and buying gasoline, she has no monthly
 expenses. <br />
<br />
Yadav spends a chunk of her income at the mall or going out with friends. She wouldn't trade her life to go abroad, a burning desire Indians her age expressed a decade ago.
<br />
<br />
"It's really crazy around here. Gurgaon has changed so much," Yadav said. <br />
<br />
Long fettered by state control, India's economy started looking up after a series of ambitious economic reforms aimed at cutting bureaucracy, deregulating the economy, and stimulating foreign investment.
<br />
<br />
In 2003, India had its best economic year yet, based on strong performance in the agricultural and industrial sectors, higher Indian and foreign investment, and a healthy dose of spending by a new breed of middle-class consumers.
</p>
<p>"The liberalization of the last decade is now starting to give fruit," said Ashish Gupta, head of start-up company Evaluserve.
<br />
<br />
Mother Nature has been kind to India as well. The seasonal monsoon can make or break the economy, still heavily dependent on agriculture. In 2003 the weather patterns were the best India had seen in years.
<br />
<br />
Economist Surjit Bhalla, managing director of Delhi-based Oxus Research and Investments, predicted that India, the world's second most populous country, is set to replace China as Asia's economic superstar. Bhalla sums it up with a slogan: "Asian century, India's
 decade."<br />
<br />
Already the literacy rate has climbed from 62 percent in 1997 to 65 percent in 2003. Urban poverty declined from 40 percent in 1995 to 32 percent in 2000. According to the National Sample Survey Organization, which measures poverty every few years, 19 percent
 of Indians polled in 1983 said they suffered hunger on some days. By 2000 the figure had declined to 3 percent.
<br />
<br />
The number of people living in what are considered middle-class households -- ones with minimum income of $1,800 per year -- has gone up 17 percent in three years, to more than 700 million. That number is expected to increase 24 percent more by 2007.
<br />
<br />
Youth momentum</p>
<p>A big part of the rising prosperity is fueled by the fact that India is growing younger at a faster pace than any other Asian country. The number of working-age adults -- those 20 to 59 -- stood firm during the 1980s at 35 percent but is projected to hit
 47 percent by 2010. More than half of Indians are younger than 25. <br />
<br />
But despite the newfound momentum, some worry that the gap between rich and poor might widen, creating social problems.
<br />
<br />
"There are a billion people in this country; 70 percent are living in poor villages," said Nandan Nilekani, president of Indian software giant Infosys. "Unless you leverage this economic momentum, then all you'll be left with are these islands of prosperity.
 The government obviously has to play a big role in that." <br />
<br />
That means better infrastructure, more deregulation and addressing dismal social indicators on a massive scale, Nilekani said. And creating more jobs for the 41.6 million people -- more than five times the population of Georgia -- on the unemployment rolls.
<br />
<br />
The economic engine is revved up, Nilekani said, but without the right steps, it could go forward while leaving many people behind.
<br />
<br />
"But I am quite optimistic about our future," Nilekani added. "India is going to grow and become more sophisticated."</p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>27/12/2011 12:18:52</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/14881/India+with+an+American+twist+Sizzling+economy+draws+home+many+who+had+sought+good+life+in+US</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">14881</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>14884</publicationdataID>
      <title>Don't underestimate India</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p>Which nation of more than 1billion people can boast these figures: the fourth-largest pharmaceutical industry in the world, growing at 8 to 10 per cent annually; growth in exports of electronic components of 200 per cent in three years; 150,000 IT engineers
 employed in one region, more than in Silicon Valley?<br />
<br />
No, not China. India. <br />
<br />
India's reforms and progress in the past five years have been stunning, a success drowned out by the roar of the Chinese dragon, but they will eventually have as fundamental an impact on Western economies as China's success.
<br />
<br />
In the West, India's surging economy is most often cast in a negative light, focusing on the loss of IT and call-centre jobs to India. This characterisation of India, as a low-rent, low-wage economy that offers no more than cheap phone banks, underestimates
 what's happening. <br />
<br />
The truth is far more interesting and has far more serious implications for India, as well as for the rest of the world.
<br />
<br />
Far from the image of sweatshops and call centres, the true drivers of India's economy are research and development, IT engineering, the pharmaceutical industry, auto engineering and high-end manufacturing. Consider some of these facts:
<br />
<br />
- India is one of only three countries to have built a supercomputer (the others are Japan and the US).
<br />
<br />
- Fifteen of the world's automobile makers source components from India, an industry projected to be worth $US15billion ($19.5billion) in five years.
<br />
<br />
- India is the largest manufacturer of motorcycles in the world. <br />
<br />
- One hundred of the Fortune 500 are operating in India, compared with 33 in China.
<br />
<br />
- A cataract operation costs $US1500 in the US compared with $US12 in India. </p>
<p>The picture for this year and beyond is no less rosy, with many expecting India to quickly establish itself as a global leader in industrial engineering, bio- and nanotechnology and analytics. And, yes, the business process outsourcing industry continues
 to employ an additional 500 people every day. <br />
<br />
The internet and the communications revolution have abolished time and distance. In the 1980s, blue-collar jobs shifted dramatically to developing countries, creating rust belts in Western economies and forcing painful restructuring.
<br />
<br />
Now white-collar jobs, from medical diagnostic work and legal research to any work that is not shopfront, can be moved. There is no difference in calling upstairs or a continent away. US researchers talk of 3 million jobs moving in less than a decade.
<br />
<br />
India, with its rich family commitment to education, the use of the English language and commerce rooted in English law, is, and will be, a winner.
<br />
<br />
India's universities produce 260,000 engineers and 5000 PhDs a year (a US MBA costs $US120,000; an Indian MBA $US5000). The "brain drain" that saw thousands of educated Indians go to Europe and the US is becoming a "brain gain". Many are returning home with
 their skills and a financial nest egg to start up with. <br />
<br />
India's success is still restricted to small pockets of stunning excellence. Bureaucracy, corruption and populist, nationalistic politicians still cause problems and choke creativity and growth. Troubles and tensions with neighbours are costly and capable of
 spinning out of control. But as the current thaw between Delhi and Islamabad shows, there are glimmers of hope. There are prospective talks on Kashmir. Slowly air and road transport is opening between India and Pakistan. And negotiations are continuing about
 the gas pipeline through Pakistan to feed India's growing industrial appetite.</p>
<p>India and China, at war only a few years ago, have exchanged military visits and shared naval exercises. India's exports to China have doubled in the past year. Tensions are being lowered.
<br />
<br />
I had always hoped that China's success would spur its neighbours into reform. Russians look uncomfortable when you explain China's success. A strong, confident and growing India and Russia, alongside China, is a welcome and healthy outcome.
<br />
<br />
Of all peoples polled internationally, Indians are the most favourable towards globalisation. Let's hope their negotiations at the World Trade Organisation start to reflect this by becoming less defensive. It was a matter of some pride that when I visited India
 as director-general of the WTO in 2000, I was simultaneously burned in effigy in a dozen cities. Indian politicians have demonised the WTO as the source of all their problems. The opposite will become apparent as they become even more competitive and confident.
<br />
<br />
<em>· Mike Moore is adjunct professor at La Trobe University, a former director-general of the WTO and a former prime minister of New Zealand.
</em></p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>27/12/2011 12:20:49</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/14884/Dont+underestimate+India</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">14884</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>14145</publicationdataID>
      <title>Moving stories: Francis Wacziarg</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p><strong>BBC World Service's The World Today programme is asking migrants who have been successful in their adopted countries how they got to the top of their field.</strong><br />
<br />
<em>Francis Wacziarg is an author and historian. Originally from France, he has lived in India for 33 years.
</em><br />
<br />
"Even though I'm originally from France, I made India my home. I acquired Indian citizenship after 20 years of living in India, and I find that India has been my country from the word go.
<br />
<br />
Before I came, I spent most of my childhood not in France but in other countries, so I had already travelled around quite a bit.
<br />
<br />
But when I came to India, that was it - this was where I wanted to live. <br />
<br />
My decision was only in favour of India - not giving up France. <br />
<br />
As it is, I go back to France a few times every year, on work or to see my family. But I really feel that home is here.
<br />
<br />
I wrote two books on India, on Rajasthan. <br />
<br />
In the course of my research on the two books, I came across some very old forts that were in ruins.
<br />
<br />
My business partner and I had the idea of picking up one of them, restoring it to its original splendour, and converting it into a hotel.
<br />
<br />
So it went from one first experience to a passion. <br />
<br />
I don't considerer it as a business simply, but more as something that we have to do for society - and for the country.</p>
<p>As far as France is concerned, I consider it a great wealth to be able to have the culture of France. Like India, I think France is backed by centuries of culture.
<br />
<br />
So I think it's a great opportunity to sit on the fence in a way, and enjoy both cultures.
<br />
<br />
I would call myself a Franco-Indian or an Indian-Frenchman. You can never change your culture - you can change your citizenship but you cannot change your culture.
<br />
<br />
I feel richer for that - I have my roots in French culture and I have been able to open up to Indian culture.
<br />
<br />
I don't think I would like to live in France, because there is in India a sense of achievement which is lost in the West.
<br />
<br />
I think the West is old now. I feel that India is a virgin land. There's so much that one wants to do in this country.
<br />
<br />
There are so many things that I wouldn't have been able to do had I lived in any other country.
<br />
<br />
India has its particularities in the sense that there are still things that exist from the Middle Ages and are still contemporary, and can still be achieved here.
<br />
<br />
That doesn't exist in many countries in the world. <br />
<br />
My Indian friends - and I practically have only Indian friends, as I live here permanently - I think they like me for not aping India, but being at home in India.
<br />
<br />
I don't wear Indian clothes, and people say "we like you for that," because traditional dress is not fancy dress - and a foreigner wearing Indian clothes would tend to consider it fancy dress.
<br />
<br />
It's a lack of respect for a culture when you're not intrinsically part of it, when you ape it to that extent.
<br />
<br />
So one of the things that people have been consistently telling me is that "we like you for what you are - and yet being so close to us".
<br />
<br />
<em>The World Today programme would like your comments, to be broadcast on air. If you would like to comment on this story, please use the form on the right.
</em></p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>26/12/2011 10:38:05</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/14145/Moving+stories+Francis+Wacziarg</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">14145</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>14148</publicationdataID>
      <title>Generic Drugs From India Prompting Turf Battles</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p>BANGALORE, India - At 2 that cool winter morning last year when news trickled in that Dr. Reddy's Laboratories had successfully challenged the patent on a blockbuster hypertension drug in a New Jersey court, jubilant senior executives uncorked a bottle of
 Champagne.<br />
<br />
By daybreak, however, the celebration at Dr. Reddy's, a leading Indian drug maker based in Hyderabad, had come to an abrupt end. The patent holder, Pfizer Inc., loath to give up rights to the drug, Norvasc, with its worldwide sales of $3.8 billion last year,
 had announced that it would take the challenge to a higher court. <br />
<br />
One year later, the introduction of Dr. Reddy's version of the drug is still on hold, awaiting an imminent ruling from federal court in Washington, even though the company received final approval from the United States Food and Drug Administration. Pfizer has
 sued the agency over that approval, too. <br />
<br />
The Norvasc dispute is just one of many battles being fought between increasingly aggressive Indian generics makers and global drug companies increasingly fierce about protecting their turf.
<br />
<br />
For decades, Indian drug makers honed their copycat skills under a domestic policy that allowed them to make copies of best-selling, patent-protected drugs and sell them domestically or in unregulated countries as long as they used a different manufacturing
 process. <br />
<br />
Now generics companies like Dr. Reddy's and Ranbaxy Laboratories, two of India's largest, and even smaller ingredients manufacturers like Matrix Laboratories and Shasun Chemicals &amp; Drugs, all eager to expand in or enter foreign markets, are combining their
 re-engineering skills with legal ingenuity to challenge patents held by the world's leading drug companies.</p>
<p>The intense overseas focus comes in part because the domestic market is stagnant, with hundreds of manufacturers vigorously competing with versions of every big brand name drug. More urgent, however, is a looming deadline for the country to recognize international
 product patents granted after 1995, to comply with World Trade Organization requirements. Also under that agreement, a product patent system will replace the current process patent system in India. Both changes are to take effect in 2005.
<br />
<br />
The patent fights over the United States' $17 billion generics market are particularly ferocious.
<br />
<br />
"The U.S. is an attractive market for Indian exporters, whether shoes, software or drugs,'' said G. V. Prasad, chief executive of Dr. Reddy's. "It is huge, fast-growing and offers the biggest margins."
<br />
<br />
Besides, changing regulations in America, like the F.D.A.'s banning of multiple patent extensions on a particular drug, have combined with a push by the federal government, faced with an aging population and squeezed health care budgets, to encourage the entry
 of more low-cost, generic drugs into the market despite the stiff resistance of the rich and politically powerful global drug makers.
<br />
<br />
Several of India's top drug makers, including Dr. Reddy's and Ranbaxy, already earn much of their export revenue from selling bulk ingredients and generics in the United States.</p>
<p>The North American market accounted for $123 million, or 32 percent of Dr. Reddy's total $380 million revenues for the year ended in March. In the first nine months of the year, Ranbaxy's revenues in the United States totaled $304 million, or 42 percent
 of the company's total sales. <br />
<br />
India can produce drugs at a fraction of what it costs to make them in the West. And, according to Jyotivardhan Jaipuria, head of research at DSP Merrill Lynch, "Indian generics have been generating much higher margins in the U.S. by being among the earliest
 to enter the market when patents expire."<br />
<br />
The first generics maker to request and receive approval to sell a drug - the so-called first to file - gets exclusive marketing rights in the United States market for six months. After that, other generics companies often pile in and prices drop.
<br />
<br />
So, increasingly, leading Indian drug makers are busy filing applications with the F.D.A. to market a generic.
<br />
<br />
Indian chemists can reverse engineer a patented molecule within months. Copies of global brands like Pfizer's top-selling cholesterol drug Lipitor and Bristol-Myers Squibb's popular anticlotting drug Plavix were sold in India within two years of those drugs'
 global introduction. These reverse-engineered drugs were then exported to unregulated markets in Asia and Africa, sometimes a whole decade before their patents expired in the United States.</p>
<p>India's total drug exports, including those to the United States and Europe, grew from $1.8 billion in the year ended March 2001 to $2.5 billion in the 2003 fiscal year, according to the Organization of Pharmaceutical Producers of India, a trade group.
<br />
<br />
Demand for Indian generics has enabled Indian drug makers to pour money into their manufacturing operations. Currently, they have 60 plants approved by the Food and Drug Administration, the highest number outside the United States.
<br />
<br />
Predictably, the holders of patents in the United States have been busy filing lawsuits to battle the patent challenges the generics makers file with the F.D.A. William J. Heller, head of the Intellectual Property and Information Technology practice at McCarter
 &amp; English, a Newark-based law firm that represents many brand-name pharmaceutical companies, including Pfizer, though not in the Norvasc dispute, said the patent challenges undermine the basic tenets of patent law. "Generics will whittle away the incentive
 to innovate, jeopardize the investment into new and much-needed drugs, and, with shortcuts to approval, will sacrifice consumer safety in the name of cheaper and less safe and effective medicines,'' he said.
<br />
<br />
To keep generic competitors from eating into the blockbusters' profits, companies like Pfizer and GlaxoSmithKline have also been patenting the component chemicals and processes in addition to the drug itself.
<br />
<br />
Drugs with combined annual sales of $60 billion to $70 billion in the United States are expected to go off patent between now and 2010.</p>
<p>According to Ajay Sharma, a Bombay-based drug industry analyst for Crédit Lyonnais's CLSA Asia Pacific Markets unit, Ranbaxy, based in New Delhi and with $950 million in revenues last year, and the Hyderabad-based, $400 million Dr. Reddy's, have between
 them challenges over drugs with $30 billion worth of sales, including several first-to-file applications. These include a Ranbaxy challenge over Lipitor, Pfizer's cholesterol-lowering drug, and Dr. Reddy's challenge on Zofran, GlaxoSmithKline's medication
 for chemotherapy-induced nausea.<br />
<br />
Ranbaxy's American operations, which started up nearly a decade ago, began marketing products in 1998. It is now among the 10 largest players in the United States generics market and one of the country's fastest-growing drug companies, with a wide range of
 products including bulk ingredients, non-branded generic versions of off-patent drugs and branded generics.
<br />
<br />
A top seller is its generic form of GlaxoSmithKline's Ceftin antibiotic, introduced in March 2002 after a bitter legal battle that Glaxo lost on appeal. Sales of the drug have exceeded $200 million, and were largely responsible for the 47 percent jump in Ranbaxy's
 United States revenue for the first nine months of the year. The drug maker was the sole generic seller of Ceftin for 15 months because there were no other challengers. Competitors are now jumping in, and sales of Ranbaxy's generic are declining.
<br />
<br />
Industry experts say that Ranbaxy, with 25 pending approvals, including 12 potential first-to-file, has one of the best pipelines in the generics industry.</p>
<p>The patent challenge that set off the current flurry, however, was by Dr Reddy's. In mid-2001, the drug maker got a 180-day marketing exclusivity to sell a 40 milligram generic capsule of fluoxetine, a version of Eli Lilly's antidepressant Prozac, whose
 standard dose is 20 milligrams. Mr. Prasad, Dr. Reddy's chief executive, said that "we anticipated the launch of Prozac 40 milligram capsules by the innovator and we were ready with our version in a few months."<br />
<br />
Dr. Reddy's United States unit was established in 1992 but did not start commercial production of generics until 2000. Before graduating to patent challenges, it developed and marketed drug ingredients and off-patent generics.
<br />
<br />
Among its 20 pending challenges is one over Eli Lilly's schizophrenia drug Zyprexa, which had United States sales of $2.8 billion in 2002, and Pfizer's anti-depressant Zoloft, with sales last year of $2.4 billion in the country.
<br />
<br />
The company's generic pipeline, Mr. Prasad said, has "the potential of launching drugs whose branded sales last year exceeded $18 billion.''</p>
<p>Indian drug makers have had their setbacks, however. The Bombay-based Cipla Ltd. had to stop supplying Omeprazole, the main ingredient in the generic version of AstraZeneca's Prilosec made by the Andrx Corporation, a Florida-based generic drug maker, after
 Andrx lost its patent battle with AstraZeneca. (Andrx has since teamed up with Schwarz Pharma of Germany, which was able to win its patent challenge and introduce the generic.)<br />
<br />
The litigation process is a long and expensive one, something only a few Indian companies can afford. And even if the legal battle is won, distribution in the United States poses another hurdle since Indian generics makers have neither a large portfolio nor
 a wide marketing network. Ranbaxy has made a beginning by building a franchisee network, but Dr. Reddy's lags behind.
<br />
<br />
None of this has stopped Indian drug makers from dreaming big. <br />
<br />
Although it may be a while before a blockbuster drug innovated in India hits the world market, the first steps have been taken. In October, Ranbaxy and its opponent in the generic Ceftin battle, GlaxoSmithKline, announced a five-year drug discovery and development
 collaboration, the first research alliance between an Indian drug maker and a global drug firm. Dr. Reddy's recently forged a partnership with Novartis to develop a new medicine for diabetes.<br />
<br />
"In the 1980's, Western drug makers sneered at India's drug entrepreneurs asking, 'Who are these madcaps?' " said Dr. K. Anji Reddy, chairman and founder of Dr. Reddy's. "Today, they are staggered by our never-say-die attitude.''</p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>26/12/2011 10:41:01</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/14148/Generic+Drugs+From+India+Prompting+Turf+Battles</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">14148</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>14149</publicationdataID>
      <title>A Tentative Peace in Kashmir</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p><em>The writer was Indian ambassador to Pakistan from 1998-2000. He is currently a visiting professor in the Centre for Policy Research in New Delhi
</em><br />
<br />
Ever since the summer of 1984, elite troops of the Indian and Pakistan armies have fought bitter battles in the highest and coldest battlefield in the world, located north of the icy Siachen Glacier in Jammu and Kashmir. Hundreds of Pakistani soldiers perished
 in what were brave, but suicidal, attacks on entrenched Indian hill positions. Hundreds of Indian soldiers also perished confronting both treacherous landslides and their Pakistani adversaries. Further south, both sides constantly traded artillery fire, resulting
 in casualties and dislocation of the civilian populations, largely made up of farmers and shepherds. Then last month, Pakistani Prime Minister Zafarullah Khan Jamali surprised the Indian establishment by proposing a ceasefire along the Line of Control. He
 later clarified that the ceasefire would also cover troops positioned north of the Siachen Glacier. New Delhi readily agreed to his offer. The guns in Kashmir have been silent since November 26, the first time in decades.
<br />
<br />
The dramatic ceasefire was preceded by both sides agreeing to discuss a number of confidence-building measures aimed at promoting people-to-people contacts. These included the re-establishment of passenger-shipping services between Karachi and Mumbai and rail
 services across the Sind-Rajasthan border. More importantly, the two sides agreed to discuss the resumption of a bus service across the Line of Control to enable Kashmiris to meet friends and relatives they have not seen for over five decades. Indian Prime
 Minister Atal Behari Vajpayee is scheduled to visit Islamabad in January to attend a summit of the South Asian Association of Regional Cooperation, where a regional free-trade agreement will be signed, hopefully clearing the decks for regional economic integration
 in South Asia. </p>
<p>New Delhi is hoping that discussions on confidence-building measures and expanded trade, investment and business ties will strengthen the constituency for peace and cooperation in Pakistan. But Indian analysts are cautioning that yet another summit-level
 meeting with Pakistan should not mean that history repeats itself. Vajpayee's visit to Lahore in February 1999 was almost immediately followed by the conflict that erupted when Pakistan's army crossed the Line of Control in Kargil. Pakistan President Pervez
 Musharraf's visit to Agra in 2001 was followed by a series of terrorist attacks, including one on the Indian parliament in December that year--which took the two countries to the brink of war. While there is every prospect of Vajpayee meeting Pakistani leaders
 in Islamabad next month, New Delhi does not want a repetition of past experiences. That's why it wants the process of normalization to move "bottom upwards" and not vice versa.</p>
<p>New Delhi is aware that Washington, London and Moscow have leaned heavily on Musharraf to end support on Pakistan territory for the Taliban by groups like the Jaish-e-Mohammad that advocate jihad, or holy war, in both Afghanistan and India. Beijing has also
 expressed concern about the activities of affiliates of such groups in Xinjiang. But Islamabad has not effectively banned the Lashkar-e-Toiba, a group that has publicly advocated jihad against "Christians, Jews and Hindus," and has participated in attacks
 across India, including one on the historic Red Fort in Delhi. Infiltration across the Line of Control continues. Despite this, New Delhi now feels it can politically isolate advocates of violence. It is seeking to widen the political space for participatory
 democratic politics in Kashmir by opening a dialogue with the separatist All-Party Hurriyat Conference--a group that was supported by the Pakistan military establishment and was supportive of militant groups operating across the Line of Control. This development
 is seen as a setback in Islamabad, which used to describe the Hurriyat leaders as the "authentic representatives" of the people of Kashmir.<br />
<br />
Thus, while there is some cause for optimism about recent developments in India-Pakistan ties, there is no room for euphoria or complacency. What has commenced is a process of engagement between the two estranged neighbours. Both agreed to finalize a number
 of nuclear and conventional confidence-building measures when Vajpayee visited Lahore. They could conclude agreements in these areas without much difficulty. The two countries also agreed at Lahore to discuss all issues, including Jammu and Kashmir, in a "Composite
 Dialogue" process. This process could well commence when a climate of trust and confidence develops. What remains to be seen is whether Musharraf means business when he says that "outlawed outfits" will not be allowed to operate in Pakistan.
</p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>26/12/2011 10:43:02</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/14149/A+Tentative+Peace+in+Kashmir</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">14149</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>14151</publicationdataID>
      <title>Sum of the parts adds to a whole new deal for India</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p>India's two leading automotive component manufacturers are shifting up a gear as the country grows in importance in the supply of low cost parts to global carmakers.<br />
<br />
In the past month, Bharat Forge, which makes axles, crankshafts and other components mainly for trucks, has snapped up a leading German forging company and with it gained blue-chip customers such as Volks- wagen to add to those it already has in the US and
 China. <br />
<br />
And Sundram Fasteners, which makes generator-caps for General Motors of the US, has outlined an agreement to buy a precision forging unit in Britain that makes gears.
<br />
<br />
Although small at less than &amp;euro30m ($37m) each, the deals were strategically important. Bharat Forge, which had sales of Rs6.9bn ($152m) last year, has gained a foothold in Europe's passenger car market while Sundram Fasteners, whose sales reached Rs5.19bn
 in 2002-03, is growing its product line. <br />
<br />
Together with plans by a third Indian component maker, Tata AutoComp Systems, to open a factory in Germany in the next few months to fulfil a &amp;euro100m contract to make plastic parts for Ford, the deals add up to a more international feel for India's components
 sector. </p>
<p>The industry has emerged as one of the country's fastest-growing manufacturing sectors in recent years as more Indians buy cars and motorcycles, and as the country emerges as a low-cost engineering centre. India's auto-parts companies had sales of $5.1bn
 last year, of which some $800m was from exports. <br />
<br />
For some companies, the share of exports in their earnings is even higher - offshore sales now account for three quarters of Bharat Forge's revenue, up from half prior to the latest deal.
<br />
<br />
Traditionally, these exports have been mostly to riskier second-tier markets with low volumes and modest quality thresholds. But today a rising share of exports is going to original equipment manufacturers under contract to the major brands.
<br />
<br />
Industry sales will rise to $6.5bn by 2005, with exports accounting for one fifth of total volume, according to the Indian industry's trade group, the Auto Components Manufacturers Association of India.
<br />
<br />
Much of this activity has emerged as Ford, Maruti (controlled by Suzuki), Toyota and others have set up shop in India in the past decade. They have been joined by global autoparts makers such as Visteon, a former division of Ford, and Delphi, which makes components
 for GM. Volvo, Caterpillar and other original equipment manufacturers have also set up purchasing offices in India.
<br />
<br />
Indian wages are a 10th of those in mature markets and this means a company such as Cummins, a US engine manufacturer, is able to export parts from its factory near Mumbai and components sourced elsewhere in India to its assembly sites worldwide at a saving
 of 20 per cent. "As competition intensifies, Cummins has to become a low-cost producer and one way is to make more engines here," says Ravi Venkatesan, head of Cummins in India.
</p>
<p>Yet many in the industry say India's components sector must still overcome several obstacles if it is to realise its potential of becoming a global manufacturing base to rival Mexico, Brazil and China. One problem is fragmentation. The industry is composed
 of some 450 mostly medium-sized companies, few of which have the scale to compete for large global orders.
<br />
<br />
"Component companies in China can do more fundamental engineering because their car industry has scale. It means we are confined to the lower end of the spectrum," says Mr Devendar Gupta, managing director of TAS.
<br />
<br />
Another potential barrier is product liability. As Indian companies gain exposure to foreign markets and jurisdictions, they are also becoming more vulnerable to product recalls.
<br />
<br />
"Indian component companies have improved quality processes greatly but a product recall on the scale of recent recalls in the US could be a huge setback," says Satish Ramanathan, analyst at ICICI Securities in Mumbai.
<br />
<br />
By one estimate, $1.5bn worth of deals are up for grabs in the sector the next year, as more foreign companies look to enter the industry.
<br />
<br />
Brian Tait, head of Visteon's India operations, says: "We have made investments of $150m and have new investments planned for next year."
</p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>26/12/2011 10:44:53</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/14151/Sum+of+the+parts+adds+to+a+whole+new+deal+for+India</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">14151</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>14156</publicationdataID>
      <title>In India, a High-Tech Outpost for U.S. Patents</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p>BANGALORE, India, Dec. 14 - In clusters of modern low- and high-rise office buildings set amid acres of lush greenery here, thousands of engineers are hard at work, writing software for the latest telephones, designing next-generation microprocessors and
 developing wireless broadband technology.<br />
<br />
The work of these engineers is generating significant amounts of intellectual property for American companies like Cisco Systems, General Electric, I.B.M., Intel, Motorola and Texas Instruments - whose various Indian units have filed more than 1,000 patent
 applications with the United States Patent and Trademark Office. Some applications, with patents already granted, date to the early 1990's. But most applications from India have been filed in the last two years and still await decisions by the patent examiners
 in Washington. <br />
<br />
For American technology companies, under pressure to generate quick breakthroughs and develop products while curbing costs, India's big draw is its low-cost, deep pool of well-educated technical talent. The Indian research centers of Cisco and Motorola, for
 example, are now those companies' largest outside the United States. <br />
<br />
While outsourcing lower-level technical tasks to India has been a practice of American industry for years, the United States technology titans' increasing reliance on Indian research-and-development operations is a relatively new and growing trend.
<br />
<br />
"In the process of getting low-end work done in India, multinationals discovered that there are not too many locations where they can find this abundance of superior talent at these kinds of costs," said Chandra Srinivasan, chairman of the Indian unit of the
 consulting firm A.T. Kearney. </p>
<p>Thousands of engineers in disciplines as diverse as textile engineering and aeronautics graduate each year from India's engineering schools. Top-notch graduates can be hired at salaries beginning at $10,000 a year, even as their peers in the United States
 earn six times that amount or more. In all, personnel experts estimate that in the next 18 months, the Indian centers of multinational technology companies will double their head counts from 40,000 today.
<br />
<br />
Intel plans to move into a $41 million, 42-acre Bangalore campus next year and more than double its number of employees in India to 3,000. "It would easily cost twice as much to set up a similar operation in the United States," Ketan Sampat, the president of
 Intel Technology India, said. <br />
<br />
Texas Instruments, with 1,000 employees in India, said it expected to expand to 2,500 and would move to a new high-rise building by 2005, with Motorola as its neighbor. A decade ago, Motorola set up its research and development operations in India with six
 employees who did small jobs for its two-way radios. Today, Motorola's software, integrated circuits and semiconductor divisions in Bangalore and Delhi have 1,200 employees.
<br />
<br />
"Thirty percent of all software for Motorola's latest phones is written in India," said Sammy Sana, managing director of Motorola India Electronics.
<br />
<br />
In a Bangalore plant for Intel, the world's largest chip maker, Ajith Prasad and 20 other engineers are designing and developing chips that they hope will power new types of high-speed broadband wireless technology within the radius of a home or an office in
 the next few years. "This is technology of the future,'' Mr. Prasad said. "Even the standards are still being written."
</p>
<p>Mr. Prasad's team has filed 6 of the 60 United States patent applications from Intel's India unit in the last 22 months. (Because patents can often take four or more years between the filing and the granting, no Intel India patents have yet been awarded.)
<br />
<br />
The center's rate of innovation compares favorably with Intel's mature development centers in the United States, said Mr. Sampat, the Intel president in India, who holds six patents for his work in the United States.
<br />
<br />
"I'm doing exactly what I might have been doing if I worked for Intel in Santa Clara," said Mr. Prasad, 32.
<br />
<br />
In the lobby of the high-rise building that houses hundreds of Intel engineers, Mr. Prasad's photograph hangs on Intel's wall of fame with pictures of a dozen other company engineers who have filed for patents from India.
<br />
<br />
Elsewhere in the building, one floor is out of bounds to other employees as a group of engineers works on a microprocessor chip scheduled for introduction in 2006. The 32-bit processor, designed entirely in Bangalore, is to have one billion transistors (Intel's
 Pentium 4, its most advanced 32-bit chip for desktop computers, has 55 million transistors).
<br />
<br />
As the export of technology jobs from the United States continues, the rise of development centers in India can be a politically delicate topic in American circles. But Indian executives take pride in their nation's growing status as a preferred offshore location
 for high-level work. </p>
<p>"India's high-tech labor costs and scalability are two tangibles that even China cannot beat," said Sham Banerji, the leader for Texas Instruments' software development effort in India, referring to the quality and number of engineers available.
<br />
<br />
Nearly two decades ago, Texas Instruments was the first global technology company to set up a development operation in India, and the company has reaped benefits in the form of 225 United States patents awarded to its Indian operation.
<br />
<br />
It was the company's Indian design center that made a central contribution to the chip Texas Instruments announced the development of this month. That chip is one of the world's fastest for converting analog signals, like the human voice, into digital signals
 that can be transmitted as data on computer networks. <br />
<br />
India's technology talent pool is wider than software and chip development. <br />
<br />
In General Electric's John F. Welch Technology Center, in a Bangalore suburb, 1,800 engineers with backgrounds in fields like mechanical engineering and polymer science are at work on products as diverse as aircraft engines, power and transport systems, and
 plastics. They are part of a global G.E. research team that also has centers in Schenectady, N.Y., Munich and Shanghai - all of which are able to collaborate via computer networks.
<br />
<br />
The growth of research and development opportunities for Indian engineers is helping to propel a repatriation wave of Indians who have been working in Silicon Valley and elsewhere.
<br />
<br />
"First-rate talent is moving back and helping bridge cultures, bootstrap new work and build skill sets in organizations," said Vijay Anand, managing director of Sun Microsystems' India Engineering Center, in Bangalore.
</p>
<p>Sun said that its employee count at the center was expected to rise to 850 soon, from 530, with many of the new arrivals coming from the San Francisco Bay Area.
<br />
<br />
According to India's software trade body, the National Association of Software and Services Companies, about 5,000 technology professionals of Indian origin with more than five years of work experience have moved back to India from the United States in the
 last two years. These include professionals holding United States work visas and green cards, and even American citizens.
<br />
<br />
After a decade with Intel in the United States, seven years of which were spent working in Chandler, Ariz., Sridhar Rajagopal, a 36-year-old naturalized American citizen, moved to Intel's India unit two years ago. "I wanted my kids to grow up close to their
 grandparents," he said. <br />
<br />
Mr. Rajagopal, the editor of a software specification that defines how devices that are compliant with Bluetooth, a short-range wireless standard, interact with each other, said he had wondered whether the work in India would be as advanced as what he was used
 to in Arizona. <br />
<br />
He need not have worried, he said. "The pace and kind of work that I do is beyond my wildest imagination," said Mr. Rajagopal, who is part of a worldwide team that develops graphics devices. The team has members in Bangalore and the California cities of Folsom
 and Santa Clara. Mr. Rajagopal has filed for two patents based on his work since returning to India.
<br />
<br />
Of the 1,400 engineers who work in Intel Technology India, nearly 10 percent are repatriated Indians who have spent significant time working abroad. Mr. Sampat of Intel is a naturalized American citizen who returned to India less than a year ago, after 17 years
 with Intel in Portland, Ore., and 3 after that in Singapore. <br />
<br />
Some repatriates who hold top jobs, like Mr. Sampat, work at salary levels comparable with executives in the United States.</p>
<p>But others, who move of their own volition, may take significant cuts in pay, bringing their compensation closer to Indian salaries. Evidently, the opportunity to return home, and the lower cost of living, make the tradeoff acceptable.
<br />
<br />
Despite the spurt in research in India, some skeptics say the country is nowhere close to being a global electronics development hub in the way Taiwan is now a manufacturing center.
<br />
<br />
Even Mr. Sampat of Intel acknowledged, "The ecosystem of design tools, silicon design, systems design is not completely formed yet."
<br />
<br />
For Mr. Anand of Sun Microsystems, it is mainly a perceptual issue. <br />
<br />
"India has the talent and the infrastructure, but it has a branding problem," Mr. Anand said. "It's a matter of convincing the rest of the world to see India as large-scale and high-end."
</p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>26/12/2011 10:48:25</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/14156/In+India+a+HighTech+Outpost+for+US+Patents</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">14156</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>14157</publicationdataID>
      <title>Bombay breakout</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p><em>Bollywood films are regularly beating American and British films at the box office. How? By Jessica Winter
</em><br />
<br />
On a recent weeknight at the Harrow Warner Village cinema, the only film to sell out its screenings was also the only film without a promo poster displayed outside the lobby. You may not have heard of it, but the Hindi musical melodrama Kal Ho Naa Ho, directed
 by Nikhil Advani, has nestled comfortably in the box-office top 10 for two weeks now. Showing in just a few dozen theatres, Bollywood's latest export - three tempestuous hours of laughter, tears, strops, and spontaneous song-and-dance - boasts easily the highest
 per-screen average of any movie currently playing in the UK. <br />
<br />
Western pop culture has borrowed liberally from Bollywood pageantry for years, with everyone from Missy Elliott to Andrew Lloyd Webber taking a cue from Bombay, though a full-fledged crossover film hit - reaching Hindi and non-Hindi mainstream viewers alike
 - is yet to come. Meanwhile Bollywood abroad is doing just fine, thanks, finding a devoted audience in the UK by skipping over the major Anglo advertising outlets and concentrating promotional efforts with NRI (non-resident Indian) newspapers, TV, and radio.
<br />
<br />
Overseas ticket, video, and DVD sales now account for perhaps 40% of revenues for Bollywood, a multibillion-pound industry. "The export market for Hindi films is especially important due to the low value of the rupee," says Rachel Dwyer, chair of the Centre
 of South Asian Studies at the University of London and author of several books about Indian cinema and pop culture. "A ticket in London is 10 times the cost of a ticket in even the most upmarket theatre in India."
</p>
<p>With an eye toward attracting the Hindi communities of Southall (home of the Himalaya Palace cinema) and Jackson Heights (in Queens, New York), Bollywood has in the last decade incorporated a new staple character: the NRI returning to the motherland. Kal
 Ho Naa Ho - which translates as "Tomorrow May Never Come" - inverts this common premise. "The novelty is that there's no return to India - it's set entirely in New York, which is a first," Dwyer says. (Kal Ho Naa Ho was shot partly, and noticeably, in Toronto.)
<br />
<br />
Just as trendsetters in New York and London have kept close tabs on Bollywood fashions and pop music, Bollywood has absorbed more and more from MTV-style choreography, graphics, and quick-fire editing; as the production values have increased, the spangly outfits
 have accordingly shrunk. Kal Ho Naa Ho's frenetic central love triangle (portrayed by a summit of superstars: Preity Zinta, Saif Ali Khan, and Shahrukh Khan) is further agitated by fast-forwards and re-winds, slow-motion and split-screening. The exuberant
 first dance sequence brings to the New York streets a multiethnic rhythm nation of cuties in halters and hip-huggers, all waving little American flags.
<br />
<br />
Surprisingly, according to Vijay Mishra, author of Bollywood Cinema: Temples of Desire, "Bollywood entrenches not so much hybridity as cultural absolutism - although in the realm of visual representation, the opposite is the case, as skimpy outfits and bulging
 bodies are the norm." Mishra points out that Kal Ho Naa Ho uses a marriage ceremony as a climax point (as do many popular Hindi films). "I was struck by the fact that the dance sequences related to the wedding took up a full half-hour," says Mishra, a professor
 of English and comparative literature at Murdoch University in Perth. "There's a voiceover intoning the Sanskrit wedding mantras, and this is both cinematic spectacle - connecting the wedding to Vedic ritual - and a statement about tradition within modernity."
</p>
<p>How to juggle traditional duties in the midst of contemporary intergenerational conflict is a theme buoying many Bollywood narratives. Queuing for Kal Ho Naa Ho in Harrow this past week with her husband and two daughters, Harshida Rajani cited the recent
 hit Baghban as one of her favourite Bollywood films of the past year: "It's a good family drama about the relationships between parents and children - what children expect from their parents and what the children should give back, the compromises the different
 generations have to make." Rajani points out similar themes in the huge smash Kabhi Khushi Kabhie Gham (popularly known as "K3G" and directed by Karan Johar, a co-writer and producer on Kal Ho Naa Ho).
<br />
<br />
Lately, Rajani notes, theatres have been consistently providing "subtitles for the younger ones," though song sequences generally remain subtitle-free - frustrating, but less so in Kal Ho Naa Ho when Shahrukh Khan belts out a Hinglish rendition of Pretty Woman,
 or when a club crowd gyrates Travolta-style to the chorus of It's the Time to Disco - nothing lost in translation there.
<br />
<br />
All the same, Dwyer says, "A Hindi film doesn't always make sense to a western viewer. If you want to market Hindi cinema to the west, you have to give the west what it wants to see, and generally that's maharajas or poverty. They don't understand Indian girls
 in miniskirts. You can quote a Hindi film" - as Ghost World and Moulin Rouge did - "but the whole picture won't work."</p>
<p>Hence the tightly targeted promotional campaigns for Mumbai's (Bombay's) exports to Britain. "Our advertising is specifically geared to the Asian community in the UK," says Eros International marketing and PR executive Martin Gough. Eros has distributed
 several of the top-grossing Bollywood productions of the past few years, including Baghban and the Bafta-nominated hit Devdas. "Outside of those communities, the films are seen more as art-house fare. It's a sad indictment of the moviegoing public, but a lot
 of people say, 'Oh, there's subtitles, I can't be bothered.' Once you have subtitles, the marketplace narrows completely. These are movies made for a mainstream audience, but financially it's just not viable for us to market them like they're blockbusters."
<br />
<br />
Eros has high hopes for Line of Control (opening December 19), a four-hour account of the 1999 Kargil war between India and Pakistan featuring a glittering firmament of Bollywood actors (including Kal Ho Naa Ho's Saif Ali Khan). "We'd look to market it to a
 crossover audience," Gough says. But Dwyer is sceptical about its box-office chances: "Line of Control won't do well in London because it's already perceived to be anti-Pakistani - because it 'mentions' Pakistan. It loses a great section of the population
 right there. Many Pakistanis have already said they refuse to see it. <br />
<br />
"The dream of the crossover is yet to happen, but it will, with the right film and the right marketing campaign," Dwyer continues. "Most likely it would be a historical epic." That bodes well for the forthcoming 1857: The Uprising, starring megawatt actor-producer
 Aamir Khan - the name above the title for 2001's Oscar-nominated phenom Lagaan. </p>
<p>Mishra thinks that Lagaan - the extravaganza that launched a thousand style articles and drew impressive numbers of arthouse patrons - might be the prelude to a more profitable Bollywood-Hollywood exchange. "At one level, Bollywood is crass, melodramatic
 excess, but at another level, it is exemplary entertainment cinema, which also makes it quite clear to the spectators that it's not reality," Mishra says. "There is a kind of distancing effect - associated with Brechtian theatre, but going back to Sanskrit
 drama theory - that is also part of the system. I think it is quite some cinema, and probably much underrated."
<br />
<br />
· Kal Ho Naa Ho is out now. </p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>26/12/2011 10:50:18</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/14157/Bombay+breakout</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">14157</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>14158</publicationdataID>
      <title>Shoring up the Kashmir Truce</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p>Under American and Chinese pressure, Pakistan has responded to recent Indian peace initiatives with hopeful conciliatory steps that have temporarily eased tensions in embattled Kashmir. But the present lull in fighting is likely to endure only if Washington
 and Beijing keep up their pressure and if New Delhi grants increased autonomy to Kashmir in forthcoming negotiations with insurgent leaders.<br />
<br />
The most important Pakistani move was a unilateral ceasefire in Kashmir that India quickly accepted. Although a welcome opening gambit, the ceasefire covers only the truce line that separates Indian and Pakistani forces. Islamabad is till sending Pakistani
 guerillas across the line into Indian-held areas of Kashmir. To avoid a resumption of fighting on the truce line, Pakistan would have to get its surrogates in Kashmir to negotiate a suspension of hostilities with Indian forces. This would be a significant
 reversal of past policy. <br />
<br />
As well as extending the ceasefire from the truce line to Indian-held Kashmir as a whole, Islamabad should dismantle the infrastructure of base camps and communication centers on the Pakistan side of the line. Otherwise the existing ceasefire will increasingly
 be viewed by India as a ruse to facilitate stepped-up insurgent operations in spring when Himalayan snows melt.
<br />
<br />
The ceasefire could quickly break down if Islamabad uses it to harass Indian forces now seeking to build a 304-mile fence to block infiltration along a crucial sector of the ceasefire line, where the mountain passes are particularly difficult to patrol. The
 $2.4bn fence project, almost as ambitious as Ariel Sharon’s, has been proceeding slowly in the face of Pakistani artillery barrages, and a test of the ceasefire will be whether Islamabad permits construction work to continue.
</p>
<p>The most encouraging evidence of a change in Pakistani stance in Kashmir has come in recent statements indicating a readiness to discuss India’s proposal for a bus service between Srinagar, capital of the Indian state of Jammu and Kashmir, and Muzzafarabad,
 the capital of Pakistan-controlled Azad Kashmir, one of the main planks in a 15-point peace plan put forward by New Delhi in October. Another welcome gesture was Pakistan’s restoration of air service between the countries last week.
<br />
<br />
It is now up to India to promote a continued relaxation of tensions in Kashmir by showing a flexible posture in forthcoming negotiations between L.K.Advani, deputy prime minister, and leaders of Hurriyat, an umbrella organization of insurgent groups. By offering
 greater autonomy and increased economic aid, New Delhi could strengthen moderate Hurriyat leaders and set the stage for a suspension of hostilities between Indian forces and most insurgent groups.
<br />
<br />
When India made its October peace proposal, Pakistan balked. Then the US began to increase pressure on Islamabad, angered not only by its intransigence towards India but also by Pervez Musharraf’s failure to curb Islamic extremist groups in Pakistan that are
 fuelling the Taliban resurgence in Afghanistan and even helping al-Qaeda. Many have long-standing links to hard-line elements in his own intelligence agencies.
<br />
<br />
The Bush administration signaled its displeasure by leaking Defence Intelligence Agency documents showing links between Pakistan’s Interservices Intelligence (ISI) and al-Qaeda. Two weeks ago the US ambassador to Pakistan, pointing to a supposed ban on Islamic
 extremist groups, said these groups were operating under new names, often with the same leaders and urged Gen Musharraf to "enhance” his efforts to stop them sending fighters to Kashmir.
</p>
<p>During his recent visit to China, Gen Musharraf was startled when the Chinese presented evidence that Pakistani sponsored insurgent groups based in Kashmir and Afghanistan were training Uighur separatists fighting Chinese rule in Sinkiang. On his return,
 he told Pakistani journalists it was time to correct the "negative perceptions” of Pakistan abroad. Soon after this, he announced the Kashmir ceasefire.
<br />
<br />
President George W.Bush promised Gen Musharraf $3bn more in economic and military aid when he visited Camp David last June, on top of earlier US grants and loans totaling $1.5bn, and $4bn in debt rescheduling by a US-led aid consortium. Half of this upgraded
 assistance is to be military aid, which gives the US powerful new leverage in dealing with the Pakistani leader.
<br />
<br />
So far Mr. Bush has not had to use this leverage but he should not hesitate to do so if it should prove necessary to keep the Kashmir peace process going. It would be the ultimate folly to pour new military hardware into Pakistan if it continues to support
 the Kashmir insurgency, risking another war with India that could all too easily go nuclear.
<br />
<br />
<em>The writer is director of the Asia programme at the Centre for International Policy in Washington.</em></p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>26/12/2011 10:52:11</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/14158/Shoring+up+the+Kashmir+Truce</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">14158</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>14160</publicationdataID>
      <title>The glittering prize</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p>If prosperity means an end to strife, then in India at least, let the good times roll. Booming service industry and information technology sectors, rising manufacturing exports and a bumper monsoon harvest, coupled with historically low interest rates and
 record foreign exchange reserves, led finance minister Jaswant Singh to predict last week that his country was "on the edge of explosive growth".
<br />
<br />
Economic feel-good factors seem to have played an important part in the ruling Bharatiya Janata party's impressive wins in three recent state elections. Victories in Madhya Pradesh, Rajasthan and Chhattisgarh gave the BJP a steadying boost ahead of national
 elections due by next October. More importantly, they were achieved without recourse to the sort of anti-Muslim, anti-Pakistan incitement that has caused so much grief in the past, notably in Gujarat last year. The government may now feel encouraged to pursue
 its economic reform and good governance themes in the belief that voters are responding positively.
<br />
<br />
In terms of India's external relations, this mood of burgeoning confidence is significant. A weak, domestically challenged Indian prime minister is a very different proposition to one who feels things are going his way. And since Atal Bihari Vajpayee now finds
 himself in the latter category, he has a rare opportunity to succeed where his predecessors have failed: in remaking, indeed reinventing, India's relationship with the old enemy. Some see this as the prime minister's big chance to leave his mark on history.</p>
<p>Pakistan has responded positively to Mr Vajpayee's 12 confidence-building steps of last October; in truth, it had already proposed many of them itself. A Line of Control ceasefire has been agreed and is holding; diplomatic relations are being restored; trade
 barriers are coming down; flights and rail links are to resume. On the most contentious issue, Kashmir, a dialogue is in close prospect between Delhi and the moderate autonomists and separatists of the Kashmiri All-Parties Hurriyat Conference. Now Mr Vajpayee
 has agreed personally to attend a regional summit in Islamabad on January 4 hosted by Pakistan's leader, Pervez Musharraf. Indian officials say no bilateral talks are planned, as yet.
<br />
<br />
Such caution is understandable. One terrorist attack could instantly upset the apple-cart, as often before. Sceptics abound on both sides; they predict that the spring thaw in the mountains will spark resumed conflict. But Mr Vajpayee must be bold. India can
 afford it. It has a responsibility to lead. Far weaker Pakistan badly needs peace. And it is a glittering prize.
</p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>26/12/2011 10:53:48</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/14160/The+glittering+prize</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">14160</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>14162</publicationdataID>
      <title>The constituency for peace grows</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p>Are the stars moving into a proper alignment for India and Pakistan to begin to address seriously their long-standing and often bloody dispute over Kashmir? Perhaps so.<br />
<br />
The often deadly machine gun and artillery duels have stopped along the Line of Control, the military line that divides Kashmir. Pakistan recently proposed a cease-fire; India responded favorably and suggested that it be extended to cover their entire border,
 including the remote Siachen Glacier, which has been a frozen battleground since 1984.<br />
<br />
It is also encouraging that the two sides have agreed to resume commercial air fights. Train service will soon follow suit. India severed these links two years ago to express its strong displeasure with Pakistan over the terrorist attack on the Indian Parliament
 on Dec. 13, 2001.<br />
<br />
The cease-fire and the resumption of travel links are the latest steps the two nuclear-armed neighbors have taken to improve relations, dating back to the offer in the spring by Prime Minister Atal Bihari Vajpayee of India to extend "a hand of friendship" to
 Pakistan. India followed that by announcing a dozen proposals to normalize ties with Pakistan, including an immediate rescheduling of cricket and other sporting contests.<br />
<br />
India also announced that it was prepared to talk with Kashmiri separatist leaders about the state's future, and designated a senior envoy, Deputy Prime Minister L.K. Advani, to head the effort.
</p>
<p>President Pervez Musharraf of Pakistan now says his country is ready to withdraw its 50,000 troops from Pakistan-held Kashmir if India pulls out its forces from the portion of Kashmir it controls. "The steps both the countries have taken recently are just
 a beginning toward establishing a long-lasting peace in South Asia," Musharraf says.<br />
<br />
Fortunately, the opportunity now presents itself for the leaders of the two countries to explore this possibility. Vajpayee has now agreed to attend a long-delayed regional summit meeting in Islamabad next month.<br />
<br />
While encouraging, however, these recent developments do not ensure success. The new cease-fire does not cover the conflict between Indian security forces and militant insurgents who continue to conduct terrorist activities in Kashmir. Until cross-border terrorism
 stops, Indian officials say, there can be no meaningful dialogue with Pakistan.<br />
<br />
So are the new peace efforts likely to fail, as past ones have? One important factor suggests that this time there may be a difference.<br />
<br />
Vajpayee is pushing hard for peace talks. He said recently, "The political leadership of this country is well aware that the constituency for peace with Pakistan is much larger than that which favors hostility."<br />
<br />
Recent successes of Vajpayee's Bharatiya Janata Party in state elections would seem to bear this out. The BJP wrested control from the opposition in three of four state legislatures. Election observers said the party and its allies were probably helped by the
 recent peace initiatives toward Pakistan.<br />
<br />
Pakistani officials have publicly acknowledged the effort Vajpayee is making: "Vajpayee has a lot of respect in Pakistan," says Pakistan's information minister, Sheik Rashid Ahmed. "He is a man of vision, he has the courage to take a bold decision."
</p>
<p>Moreover, the "peace constituency" Vajpayee referred to is increasingly active, as parliamentarians, political activists and journalists from both countries take part in exchanges.<br />
<br />
So are ordinary Indians and Pakistanis, who are re-establishing contacts with families and friends across the political divide. This year a 2-year-old Pakistani girl, Noor Fatima, came to symbolize the desire of millions for better relations when she traveled
 to India to undergo heart surgery. This mission of medical mercy generated wide news coverage and a groundswell of sympathy and goodwill for Noor and her family.<br />
<br />
Back in Pakistan after the successful operation, Noor's father acknowledged that he had not known what to expect the night before he and his family departed for India, especially what kind of reception they would receive. We were "pretty scared," he recalled.
 "Anything can happen."<br />
<br />
Yes, anything can happen today - even peace between India and Pakistan.<br />
<br />
<em>The writer, a professor of international affairs at George Washington University, served as assistant secretary of state for South Asian affairs from 1997 to 2001.</em></p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>26/12/2011 10:55:28</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/14162/The+constituency+for+peace+grows</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">14162</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>14164</publicationdataID>
      <title>The Rise of India</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p>Growth is only just starting, but the country's brainpower is already reshaping Corporate America
<br />
<br />
As you pull into General Electric's (GE ) John F. Welch Technology Center, a uniformed guard waves you through an iron gate. Once inside, you leave the dusty, traffic-clogged streets of Bangalore and enter a leafy campus of low buildings that gleam in the sun.
 Bright hallways lined with plants and abstract art -- "it encourages creativity," explains a manager -- lead through laboratories where physicists, chemists, metallurgists, and computer engineers huddle over gurgling beakers, electron microscopes, and spectrophotometers.
 Except for the female engineers wearing saris and the soothing Hindi pop music wafting through the open-air dining pavilion, this could be GE's giant research-and-development facility in the upstate New York town of Niskayuna.
<br />
<br />
It's more like Niskayuna than you might think. The center's 1,800 engineers -- a quarter of them have PhDs -- are engaged in fundamental research for most of GE's 13 divisions. In one lab, they tweak the aerodynamic designs of turbine-engine blades. In another,
 they're scrutinizing the molecular structure of materials to be used in DVDs for short-term use in which the movie is automatically erased after a few days. In another, technicians have rigged up a working model of a GE plastics plant in Spain and devised
 a way to boost output there by 20%. Patents? Engineers here have filed for 95 in the U.S. since the center opened in 2000.
</p>
<p>Pretty impressive for a place that just four years ago was a fallow plot of land. Even more impressive, the Bangalore operation has become vital to the future of one of America's biggest, most profitable companies. "The game here really isn't about saving
 costs but to speed innovation and generate growth for the company," explains Bolivian-born Managing Director Guillermo Wille, one of the center's few non-Indians.
<br />
<br />
The Welch center is at the vanguard of one of the biggest mind-melds in history. Plenty of Americans know of India's inexpensive software writers and have figured out that the nice clerk who booked their air ticket is in Delhi. But these are just superficial
 signs of India's capabilities. Quietly but with breathtaking speed, India and its millions of world-class engineering, business, and medical graduates are becoming enmeshed in America's New Economy in ways most of us barely imagine. "India has always had brilliant,
 educated people," says tech-trend forecaster Paul Saffo of the Institute for the Future in Menlo Park, Calif. "Now Indians are taking the lead in colonizing cyberspace."
<br />
<br />
This techno take-off is wonderful for India -- but terrifying for many Americans. In fact, India's emergence is fast turning into the latest Rorschach test on globalization. Many see India's digital workers as bearers of new prosperity to a deserving nation
 and vital partners of Corporate America. Others see them as shock troops in the final assault on good-paying jobs. Howard Rubin, executive vice-president of Meta Group Inc., a Stamford (Conn.) information-technology consultant, notes that big U.S. companies
 are shedding 500 to 2,000 IT staffers at a time. "These people won't get reabsorbed into the workforce until they get the right skills," he says. Even Indian execs see the problem. "What happened in manufacturing is happening in services," says Azim H. Premji,
 chairman of IT supplier Wipro Ltd. "That raises a lot of social issues for the U.S."
</p>
<p>No wonder India is at the center of a brewing storm in America, where politicians are starting to view offshore outsourcing as the root of the jobless recovery in tech and services. An outcry in Indiana recently prompted the state to cancel a $15 million
 IT contract with India's Tata Consulting. The telecom workers' union is up in arms, and Congress is probing whether the security of financial and medical records is at risk. As hiring explodes in India, the jobless rate among U.S. software engineers has more
 than doubled, to 4.6%, in three years. The rate is 6.7% for electrical engineers and 7.7% for network administrators. In all, the Bureau of Labor Statistics reports that 234,000 IT professionals are unemployed.
<br />
<br />
The biggest cause of job losses, of course, has been the U.S. economic downturn. Still, there's little denying that the offshore shift is a factor. By some estimates, there are more IT engineers in Bangalore (150,000) than in Silicon Valley (120,000). Meta
 figures at least one-third of new IT development work for big U.S. companies is done overseas, with India the biggest site. And India could start grabbing jobs from other sectors. A.T. Kearney Inc. predicts that 500,000 financial-services jobs will go offshore
 by 2008. Indiana notwithstanding, U.S. governments are increasingly using India to manage everything from accounting to their food-stamp programs. Even the U.S. Postal Service is taking work there. Auto engineering and drug research could be next.
<br />
<br />
<strong>More Science in Schools</strong></p>
<p>Tech luminary Andrew S. Grove, CEO of Intel Corp. (INTC ), warns that "it's a very valid question" to ask whether America could eventually lose its overwhelming dominance in IT, just as it did in electronics manufacturing. Plunging global telecom costs,
 lower engineering wages abroad, and new interactive-design software are driving revolutionary change, Grove said at a software conference in October. "From a technical and productivity standpoint, the engineer sitting 6,000 miles away might as well be in the
 next cubicle and on the local area network." To maintain America's edge, he said, Washington and U.S. industry must double software productivity through more R&amp;D investment and science education.<br />
<br />
But there's also a far more positive view -- that harnessing Indian brainpower will greatly boost American tech and services leadership by filling a big projected shortfall in skilled labor as baby boomers retire. That's especially possible with smarter U.S.
 policy. Companies from GE Medical Systems (GE ) to Cummins (CUM ) to Microsoft (MSFT ) to enterprise-software firm PeopleSoft (PSFT ) that are hiring in India say they aren't laying off any U.S. engineers. Instead, by augmenting their U.S. R&amp;D teams with the
 260,000 engineers pumped out by Indian schools each year, they can afford to throw many more brains at a task and speed up product launches, develop more prototypes, and upgrade quality. A top electrical or chemical engineering grad from Indian Institutes
 of Technology (IITS) earns about $10,000 a year -- roughly one-eighth of U.S. starting pay. Says Rajat Gupta, an IIT-Delhi grad and senior partner at consulting firm McKinsey &amp; Co.: "Offshoring work will spur innovation, job creation, and dramatic increases
 in productivity that will be passed on to the consumer." </p>
<p>Whether you regard the trend as disruptive or benefical, one thing is clear. Corporate America no longer feels it can afford to ignore India. "There's just no place left to squeeze" costs in the U.S., says Chris Disher, a Booz Allen Hamilton Inc. outsourcing
 specialist. "That's why every CEO is looking at India, and every board is asking about it." neoIT, a consultant advising U.S. clients on how to set up shop in India, says it has been deluged by big companies that have been slow to move offshore. "It is getting
 to a state where companies are literally desperate," says Bangalore-based neoIT managing partner Avinash Vashistha.
<br />
<br />
As a result of this shift, few aspects of U.S. business remain untouched. The hidden hands of skilled Indians are present in the interactive Web sites of companies such as Lehman Brothers (LEH ) and Boeing (BA ), display ads in your Yellow Pages, and the electronic
 circuitry powering your Apple Computer (AAPL ) iPod. While Wall Street sleeps, Indian analysts digest the latest financial disclosures of U.S. companies and file reports in time for the next trading day. Indian staff troll the private medical and financial
 records of U.S. consumers to help determine if they are good risks for insurance policies, mortgages, or credit cards from American Express Co. (AXP ) and J.P. Morgan Chase &amp; Co. (JPM ).
<br />
<br />
By 2008, forecasts McKinsey, IT services and back-office work in India will swell fivefold, to a $57 billion annual export industry employing 4 million people and accounting for 7% of India's gross domestic product. That growth is inspiring more of the best
 and brightest to stay home rather than migrate. "We work in world-class companies, we're growing, and it's exciting," says Anandraj Sengupta, 24, an IIT grad and young star at GE's Welch Centre, where he has filed for two patents. "The opportunities exist
 here in India." </p>
<p>If India can turn into a fast-growth economy, it will be the first developing nation that used its brainpower, not natural resources or the raw muscle of factory labor, as the catalyst. And this huge country desperately needs China-style growth. For all
 its R&amp;D labs, India remains visibly Third World. IT service exports employ less than 1% of the workforce. Per-capita income is just $460, and 300 million Indians subsist on $1 a day or less. Lethargic courts can take 20 years to resolve contract disputes.
 And what pass for highways in Bombay are choked, crumbling roads lined with slums, garbage heaps, and homeless migrants sleeping on bare pavement. More than a third of India's 1 billion citizens are illiterate, and just 60% of homes have electricity. Most
 bureaucracies are bloated, corrupt, and dysfunctional. The government's 10% budget deficit is alarming. Tensions between Hindus and Muslims always seem poised to explode, and the risk of war with nuclear-armed Pakistan is ever-present.
<br />
<br />
So it's little wonder that, compared to China with its modern infrastructure and disciplined workforce, India is far behind in exports and as a magnet for foreign investment. While China began reforming in 1979, India only started to emerge from self-imposed
 economic isolation after a harrowing financial crisis in 1991. China has seen annual growth often exceeding 10%, far better than India's decade-long average of 6%.<br />
<br />
<strong>In the Valley's Marrow</strong> <br />
<br />
Still, this deep source of low-cost, high-IQ, English-speaking brainpower may soon have a more far-reaching impact on the U.S. than China. Manufacturing -- China's strength -- accounts for just 14% of U.S. output and 11% of jobs. India's forte is services --
 which make up 60% of the U.S. economy and employ two-thirds of its workers. And Indian knowledge workers are making their way up the New Economy food chain, mastering tasks requiring analysis, marketing acumen, and creativity.
</p>
<p>This means India is penetrating America's economic core. The 900 engineers at Texas Instruments Inc.'s (TXN ) Bangalore chip-design operation boast 225 patents. Intel Inc.'s (INTC ) Bangalore campus is leading worldwide research for the company's 32-bit
 microprocessors for servers and wireless chips. "These are corporate crown jewels," says Intel India President Ketan Sampat. India is even getting hard-wired into Silicon Valley. Venture capitalists say anywhere from one-third to three-quarters of the software,
 chip, and e-commerce startups they now back have Indian R&amp;D teams from the get-go. "We can barely imagine investing in a company without at least asking what their plans are for India," says Sequoia Capital partner Michael Moritz, who nurtured Google, Flextronics
 (FLEX ), and Agile Software (AGIL ). "India has seeped into the marrow of the Valley."
<br />
<br />
It's seeping into the marrow of Main Street. This year, the tax returns of some 20,000 Americans were prepared by $500-a-month CPAs such as Sandhya Iyer, 24, in the Bombay office of Bangalore's MphasiS. After reading scanned seed and fertilizer invoices, soybean
 sales receipts, W2 forms, and investment records from a farmer in Kansas, Iyer fills in the farmer's 82-page return. "He needs to amortize these," she types next to an entry for new machinery and a barn. A U.S. CPA reviews and signs the finished return. Next
 year, up to 200,000 U.S. returns will be done in India, says CCH Inc. in Riverwoods, Ill., a supplier of accounting software. And it's not only Big Four firms that are outsourcing. "We are seeing lots of firms with 30 to 200 CPAs -- even single practitioners,"
 says CCH Sales Vice-President Mike Sabbatis. </p>
<p>The gains in efficiency could be tremendous. Indeed, India is accelerating a sweeping reengineering of Corporate America. Companies are shifting bill payment, human resources, and other functions to new, paperless centers in India. To be sure, many corporations
 have run into myriad headaches, ranging from poor communications to inconsistent quality. Dell Inc. recently said it is moving computer support for corporate clients back to the U.S. Still, a raft of studies by Deloitte Research, Gartner, Booz Allen, and other
 consultants find that companies shifting work to India have cut costs by 40% to 60%. Companies can offer customer support and use pricey computer gear 24/7. U.S. banks can process mortgage applications in three hours rather than three days. Predicts Nandan
 M. Nilekani, managing director of Bangalore-based Infosys Technologies Ltd. (INFY ): "Just like China drove down costs in manufacturing and Wal-Mart (WMT ) in retail," he says, "India will drive down costs in services."
<br />
<br />
But deflation will also mean plenty of short-term pain for U.S. companies and workers who never imagined they'd face foreign rivals. Consider America's $240 billion IT-services industry. Indian players led by Infosys, Tata, and Wipro got their big breaks during
 the Y2K scare, when U.S. outfits needed all the software help they could get. Indians still have less than 3% of the market. But by undercutting giants such as Accenture, IBM, and Electronic Data Systems (EDS ) by a third or more for software and consulting,
 they've altered the industry's pricing. "The Indian labor card is unbeatable," says Chief Technology Officer John Parkinson of consultant Cap Gemini Ernst &amp; Young. "We don't know how to use technology to make up the difference."
<br />
<br />
<strong>Wrenching Change</strong></p>
<p>Many U.S. white-collar workers are also in for wrenching change. A study by McKinsey Global Institute, which believes offshore outsourcing is good, also notes that only 36% of Americans displaced in the previous two decades found jobs at the same or higher
 pay. The incomes of a quarter of them dropped 30% or more. Given the higher demands of employers, who want technicians adept at innovation and management, it could take years before today's IT workers land solidly on their feet.
<br />
<br />
India's IT workers, in contrast, sense an enormous opportunity. The country has long possessed some basics of a strong market-driven economy: private corporations, democratic government, Western accounting standards, an active stock market, widespread English
 use, and schools strong in computer science and math. But its bureaucracy suffocated industry with onerous controls and taxes, and the best scientific and business minds went to the U.S., where the 1.8 million Indian expatriates rank among the most successful
 immigrant groups. <br />
<br />
Now, many talented Indians feel a sense of optimism India hasn't experienced in decades. "IT is driving India's boom, and we in the younger generation can really deliver the country from poverty," says Rhythm Tyagi, 22, a master's degree student at the new
 Indian Institute of Information Technology in Bangalore. The campus is completely wired for Wi-Fi and boasts classrooms with videoconferencing to beam sessions to 300 other colleges.
</p>
<p>That confidence is finally spurring the government to tackle many of the problems that have plagued India for so long. Since 2001, Delhi has been furiously building a network of high- ways. Modern airports are next. Deregulation of the power sector should
 lead to new capacity. Free education for girls to age 14 is a national priority. "One by one, the government is solving the bottlenecks," says Deepak Parekh, a financier who heads the quasi-governmental Infrastructure Development Finance Co.
<br />
<br />
<strong>Future Vision</strong><br />
<br />
India also is working to assure that it will be able to meet future demand for knowledge workers at home and abroad. India produces 3.1 million college graduates a year, but that's expected to double by 2010. The number of engineering colleges is slated to
 grow 50%, to nearly 1,600, in four years. Of course, not all are good enough to produce the world-class grads of elite schools like the IITs, which accepted just 3,500 of 178,000 applicants last year. So there's a growing movement to boost faculty salaries
 and reach more students nationwide through broadcasts. India's rich diaspora population is chipping in, too. Prominent Indian Americans helped found the new Indian School of Business, a tie-up with Wharton School and Northwestern University's Kellogg Graduate
 School of Management that lured most of its faculty from the U.S. Meanwhile, the six IIT campuses are tapping alumni for donations and research links with Stanford, Purdue, and other top science universities. "Our mission is to become one of the leading science
 institutions in the world," says director Ashok Mishra of IIT-Bombay, which has raised $16 million from alumni in the past five years.</p>
<p>If India manages growth well, its huge population could prove an asset. By 2020, 47% of Indians will be between 15 and 59, compared with 35% now. The working-age populations of the U.S. and China are projected to shrink. So India is destined to have the
 world's largest population of workers and consumers. That's a big reason why Goldman, Sachs &amp; Co. (GS ) thinks India will be able to sustain 7.5% annual growth after 2005.
<br />
<br />
Skeptics fear U.S. companies are going too far, too fast in linking up with this giant. But having watched the success of the likes of GE Capital International Services (GE ), many execs feel they have no choice. Inside GECIS' Bangalore center -- one of four
 in India -- Gauri Puri, a 28-year-old dentist, is studying an insurance claim for a root-canal operation to see if it's covered in a certain U.S. patient's dental plan. Two floors above, members of a 550-strong analytics team are immersed in spreadsheets filled
 with a boggling array of data as they devise statistical models to help GE sales staff understand the needs, strengths, and weaknesses of customers and rivals. Other staff prepare data for GE annual reports, write enterprise resource-planning software, and
 process $35 billion worth of global invoices. Says GE Capital India President Pramod Bhasin: "We are mission-critical to GE." The 700 business processes done in India save the company $340 million a year, he says.</p>
<p>Indian finance whizzes are a godsend to Wall Street, too, where brokerages are under pressure to produce more independent research. Many are turning to outfits such as OfficeTiger in the southern city of Madras. The company employs 1,200 people who write
 research reports and do financial analysis for eight Wall Street firms. Morgan Stanley (MWD ), J.P. Morgan (JPM ), Goldman Sachs (GS ), and other big investment banks are hiring their own armies of analysts and back-office staff. Many are piling into Mindspace,
 a sparkling new 140-acre city-within-a-city abutting Bombay's urban squalor. Some 3 million square feet are already leased to Western finance firms. By yearend, Morgan Stanley will fill several floors of a new building.
<br />
<br />
For Silicon Valley startups, Indian engineers let them stretch R&amp;D budgets. PortalPlayer Inc., a Santa Clara (Calif.) maker of multimedia chips and embedded software for portable devices such as music players, has hired 100 engineers in India and the U.S. who
 update each other daily at 9 a.m. and 10 p.m. J.A. Chowdary, CEO of PortalPlayer's Hyderabad subsidiary Pinexe, says the company has shaved up to six months off the development cycle -- and cut R&amp;D costs by 40%. Impressed, venture capitalists have pumped $82
 million into PortalPlayer. <br />
<br />
Old economy companies are benefiting, too. Engine maker Cummins plans to use its new R&amp;D center in Pune to develop the sophisticated computer models needed to design upgrades and prototypes electronically. Says International Vice-President Steven M. Chapman:
 "We'll be able to introduce five or six new engines a year instead of two" on the same $250 million R&amp;D budget -- without a single U.S. layoff.
</p>
<p>The nagging fear in the U.S., though, is that such assurances will ring hollow over time. In other industries, the shift of low-cost production work to East Asia was followed by engineering. Now, South Korea and Taiwan are global leaders in notebook PCs,
 wireless phones, memory chips, and digital displays. As companies rely more on IT engineers in India and elsewhere, the argument goes, the U.S. could cede control of other core technologies. "If we continue to offshore high-skilled professional jobs, the U.S.
 risks surrendering its leading role in innovation," warns John W. Steadman, incoming U.S. president of Institute of Electrical &amp; Electronics Engineers Inc. That could also happen if many foreigners -- who account for 60% of U.S. science grads and who have
 been key to U.S. tech success -- no longer go to America to launch their best ideas.
<br />
<br />
Throughout U.S. history, workers have been pushed off farms, textile mills, and steel plants. In the end, the workforce has managed to move up to better-paying, higher-quality jobs. That could well happen again. There will still be a crying need for U.S. engineers,
 for example. But what's called for are engineers who can work closely with customers, manage research teams, and creatively improve business processes. Displaced technicians who lack such skills will need retraining; those entering school will need broader
 educations. <br />
<br />
Adapting to the India effect will be traumatic, but there's no sign Corporate America is turning back. Yet the India challenge also presents an enormous opportunity for the U.S. If America can handle the transition right, the end result could be a brain gain
 that accelerates productivity and innovation. India and the U.S., nations that barely interacted 15 years ago, could turn out to be the ideal economic partners for the new century.
</p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>26/12/2011 10:57:22</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/14164/The+Rise+of+India</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">14164</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>14167</publicationdataID>
      <title>Is reform possible in a vast, chaotic democracy?</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p>At the entrance to a surprisingly modern and smart-looking hospital near Bangalore in India, stands an ornate rectangular building of curious construction, with a deep alcove in each wall. It turns out to be a chapel, with each of its four faces dedicated
 to a different faith: Hindu, Muslim, Christian and Sikh.<br />
<br />
Inside I was taken to an intensive care unit where dozens of babies lay on respirators, awaiting operations mostly for holes in their hearts. There I was introduced to the hospital’s founder and director, a heart surgeon called Dr Devi Shetty, who treated Mother
 Teresa . He is a combination of doctor, businessman and political visionary. <br />
<br />
His vision is that millions of impoverished Indians, who are genetically three times more likely than Europeans to suffer heart attacks, should be given access to high-tech medical procedures that are considered prohibitively expensive even in Britain and America
 – and he thinks he knows how to do it. <br />
<br />
His hospital, which will soon be conducting more heart bypass operations than any other centre in the world, uses its high profits from affluent patients, including many from foreign countries, to finance free services to the poor — a common practice in charitable
 hospitals around the world. What is unusual about Narayana Hrudayalaya is the very low cost — less than £1000 — for a heart operation, achievable partly because Indian doctors’ salaries start at £800 a year, but also because Dr Shetty applies to medicine the
 techniques of mass production, financial engineering and globalisation, which have brought previously unimaginable luxuries such as televisions and mobile phones to India’s common people.</p>
<p>His hospital uses satellite links to offer specialist consultations to patients across India and also in the Middle East. By concentrating only on cardiac procedures, it ensures continuous use of expensive equipment, instead of the low utilisation rates
 typical in general hospitals around the world. And last year Dr Shetty helped to design and launch a self-financing health insurance programme giving 1.7 million poor farmers private hospital coverage at a cost of only five rupees, roughly 7p per month.
<br />
<br />
On a brief trip to India I could not guess whether these ideas would prove workable. Neither could I judge whether Dr Shetty was a medical genius or merely a skilful publicist. But what I could see absolutely clearly was a flowering of initiative, optimism
 and ambition in a country of one billion people. To people such as Dr Shetty, nothing seems impossible: "We are a country which has gone from no radio to colour TV, from no phone to mobile phone. We will go from virtually no healthcare to the biggest health
 service in the world. People used to believe that a society has to be rich before it can afford proper healthcare. But you see in America that this is not true. As a country gets richer, healthcare gets more expensive and for many people it remains out of
 reach. It is like a mirage. We can take advantage of our low costs, our vast pool of educated people and our scientific skills to leapfrog many rich countries. But the money and the initiative cannot come from government; it must come from the people.”
</p>
<p>All over India, from the Edwardian government offices in Delhi and the modern technology parks of Hyderabad and Bangalore to the grimy villages of Andhra Pradesh, where I watched an assistant district collector supplying illiterate peasants with "caste certificates”
 over the internet, I kept hearing these two themes — that India could use education and technology to leapfrog out of poverty and that private initiative, not government, was the key to success.<br />
<br />
These may seem obvious propositions but they beg three questions. Is India, a nation inspired for 50 years by Ghandi’s philosophy of rural simplicity and economic self-reliance, really serious about integrating its economy with the modern world? Will a vast
 government bureaucracy, created by Nehru on the Soviet model of top-down central planning, really let the private sector take control? And even if Indians really do want to transform their country can they achieve this quickly in a chaotic, scarcely governable
 democracy — the polar opposite of the disciplined Chinese dictatorship, where enlightened despots could simply impose a new economic system from above? The only honest answer to such huge questions is that weasel phrase, "time will tell”. So let me just offer
 some observations to illustrate the reasons for both hope and doubt. <br />
<br />
Will India embrace globalisation and forget Ghandian self-reliance? The good news is that India is fired with enthusiasm about the vast opportunities for selling knowledge-based services, including healthcare, software, and customer support and other "business
 processes” on the world market. Yet Delhi proudly led the backlash against trade liberalisation at the recent World Trade Organisation negotiations in Cancun. Inward investment in many industries is still severely restricted and India has some of the world’s
 highest tariffs on essential imports, ranging from industrial machinery to PCs.</p>
<p>Will India abandon Nehru and unleash private enterprise? Since 1991, all Indian governments have in theory been committed to market reforms and these have produced results, with income per head growing by 4 per cent a year, doubling the so-called "Hindu
 rate of growth” of 2 per cent that politicians considered the best achievable during the decades of central planning. But the state continues to dominate many sectors, including power supply, transport and finance, and privatisation has stalled in the past
 two years.<br />
<br />
Because of the tentative nature of India’s economic reforms, growth has accelerated much more slowly than it did in China after its reform programme started in 1978. As a result, the average Indian now has only half the income of the average Chinese, having
 been richer as recently as 1973. The continuing protectionism has also left India with one of the world’s least open economies. Imports account for just 10 per cent of GDP, compared to 28 per cent in China and $4 bn of capital inflows against China’s $50 bn.<br />
<br />
The resistance to foreign goods and capital explains many of India’s economic handicaps: industry is crippled by power failures and impassable roads; computer prices are much higher than in developed countries; overbooked aircraft keep businessmen and tourists
 away while foreign airlines are prevented from adding new flights; agriculture policies raise food prices for landless labourers and do nothing for subsistence farmers, while favouring landowners who are relatively well off.</p>
<p>Why have India’s reform efforts proved so half-hearted? One possible explanation is democracy — and a deeply depressing thought, since it implies that rapid economic development can only be achieved by Chinese-style authoritarian regimes. However, the truth
 may not be so bleak. While the politicians in Delhi still find it difficult to agree on anything ( hardly surprising when the country is ruled by a coalition of two dozen parties), coherent reform measures have won strong democratic mandates among the country’s
 28 states. In recent state elections, voters have mostly supported politicians on the basis of economic performance, rather than on traditional caste and ethnic lines — and this message seems to percolating up to the politicians in the centre. Almost everyone
 in India seems to agree, therefore, that the direction of economic reform is now irreversible and that the process is steadily gaining democratic support.<br />
<br />
So let me end by quoting the man I met in India with the clearest vision of how the country could advance. This was Chandrababu Naidu, the Chief Minister of Andhra Pradesh, who transformed Hyderabad from an impoverished backwater into a booming centre of IT
 and pharmaceutical research:<br />
<br />
"I am absolutely sure that India will become a developed country because our reforms can never be reversed. Even the Opposition, who will always criticise us, plan to do the same things if they are elected. Everyone understands now that there is only one model
 for development and that is economic reform with a human face. If you let business do its work government can collect revenues and help to spread prosperity, education and health to the poor. But business will only work if you give it freedom to respond to
 incentives. No other model will work — because human beings, rich or poor, Chinese or Indians, Hindus or Muslims, are the same all over the world.”</p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>26/12/2011 10:59:44</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/14167/Is+reform+possible+in+a+vast+chaotic+democracy</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">14167</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>14168</publicationdataID>
      <title>Gujarat riot cases test Indian democracy</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p>TRUE democracies have deeply embedded institutions that work properly even (and especially) in crisis, and leaders and voters who make sure that these institutions are able to do their work. The earth's most populated democracy, India, may be on the verge
 of showing a world that's also roiled by ethnic and religious tensions exactly how this is done.<br />
<br />
This comparatively young democracy (birth: 1947) faces a defining moment in its political evolution. In the province of Gujarat last year, monumental Hindu-Muslim rioting led to many deaths. Now the challenge for India's leaders and institutions is to achieve
 justice for the victims within Indian law. This will be no easy task. <br />
<br />
While India is a secular democracy where tolerance is commonplace, violent religious clashes are not uncommon. This important nation will require political and institutional leadership of a very high order to meet the Gujarat challenge.
<br />
<br />
The critical issue is twofold. One is whether the norms of secularism will be observed in deed as well as in theory. India's prime minister, for his part, says he's not in doubt. "Indian ethos regards secularism as equal respect for all religions," Atal Bihari
 Vajpayee said recently during an observance of Universal Brotherhood Day at his residence in New Delhi. "But even this is being criticised these days. However, those opposed to such a concept of secularism would not succeed."
</p>
<p>Settling the Gujarat case will test Indian democracy as never before. <br />
<br />
Critics and cynics only rolled their eyes when the prime minister, hailing from the nationalist Hindu party, told editors of The Financial Times recently that "there is no doubt that those perpetrating such violence should be punished. Our public, media and
 judiciary are following it closely. Justice will not only be seen to be done, it will be done". Judging from its performance lately, India's Supreme Court would appear to be on message. Last week it opened the door to a dramatic change of venue for a dozen
 alleged violence perpetrators. The court bluntly worried that fair trials could not possibly be held in the provincial state of Gujarat, where passions are inflamed and witnesses for the prosecution of Hindus charged with committing violence on Muslims are
 said to be intimidated from testifying truthfully. <br />
<br />
This is the same Supreme Court that recently ordered the release, on constitutional grounds, of a half-dozen prominent Indian journalists who had been jailed for anti-state activities. So at the moment, India's highest court would appear to be working as independently
 and as well as anyone else's. <br />
<br />
Its 26 judges, though they are political appointees (as in many countries), have the reputation for high competence and a level of education exceeding the country's governing Žlite, which has been known to try to influence court decisions. And the justices
 have had to struggle with parliament over the decades for independence. <br />
<br />
But while the institution is not perfect (and what supreme court is?), it has proven a vital check on state coercion. Ten years ago, for instance, it issued rulings to compensate victims of violence while in police custody and laid down clear guidelines for
 the treatment and interrogation of suspects while under arrest. And now it has fired a shot across the bow of authorities in Gujarat.
</p>
<p>The achievement of a healthy measure of judicial autonomy is a powerful and essential sinew in the muscle of a democracy. To the extent that it underscores the rule of law, it can suffuse a society with a self-confident sense of civilisation and an unwavering
 respect for the rights of others. <br />
<br />
The rule of law and an independent judiciary can also be essential to cultivate a safe and secure climate in which to conduct business and develop the economy. The stakes are often considerable. Earlier this week (November 23-25), the Geneva-based World Economic
 Forum, practically the northern star of globalisation, held an India Economic Summit. Participants from the corporate as well as political world arrived from all over.
<br />
<br />
The timing was apt. For the India that hosted this glitzy globalisation crowd would appear to be advancing along a deeply defined democratic path. The continuing contributions of its highest court are impressive. The statements by its prime minister have been
 helpful. If the trend continues, the payoff both politically and economically will be substantial.
<br />
<br />
"Inequality, poverty, exclusion, religious fanaticism, racism, xenophobia and lack of dialogue are all impediments to development which ought to be overcome if we are to work towards the establishment of a more global democratic culture," wrote former UN Secretary-General
 Boutros Boutros-Ghali recently in The Hindu, a major newspaper. <br />
<br />
In India, many are trying to light the light to show the way in this troubled time. Its example may help other democracies, such as the US, sort out the issue of justice for terrorists in a way that maintains law and order without sacrificing democratic civilisation.
</p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>26/12/2011 11:01:40</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/14168/Gujarat+riot+cases+test+Indian+democracy</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">14168</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>14171</publicationdataID>
      <title>'Feel-good' India senses its time is coming . . . soon</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p>ASIA will be the driving force of the world economy in the next decade, and perhaps for much of the 21st century.
<br />
<br />
The reason for excitement is not just that Asia is home to 60 per cent of the human race. China and India have always been by far the world’s most populous countries, but, until recently, their huge populations were seen as obstacles to development, causes
 of perpetual poverty and reasons for businessmen to give them a wide berth. What, then, has changed? The answer is that Asia has embraced capitalism and globalisation. If Asian countries can harness their enormous populations to the dynamism of free enterprise,
 the efficiency of market competition and the technological opportunities afforded by world trade, they will create wealth on a scale never seen before.
<br />
<br />
This promise is already being realised in China, but the triumph of Chinese communism has raised two troubling questions for the rest of Asia and the world at large. Does rapid development require political dictatorship? And is China now so dominant that other
 developing countries have lost their chance of profiting from world trade? The answers to both these questions can be sought in only one place: India.
</p>
<p>India’s size and economic potential are similar to China’s, but its politics could not be more different. It, therefore, offers the only real test-bed for the proposition that democracy and rapid economic development can co-exist — a question that I will
 discuss in my article on Thursday’s Op-Ed page. <br />
<br />
Today I want to focus on the second issue, about development prospects in the years ahead. India has fallen so far behind since China launched its market revolution in 1978, that many Indians until recently believed their country would be permanently shut out
 of promising global markets, ranging from cars and electronics to textiles and toys. Looking at India’s macroeconomic indicators, this gloom seemed amply justified.
<br />
<br />
India was ahead of China in terms of average income as recently as 1973, but today average income is 2.5 times higher in China than in India. India’s exports last year were $46 billion, compared with China’s $326 billion. India’s $4 billion of foreign investment
 was one-twelfth of the $50 billion reaching China. <br />
<br />
Yet despite this history of underperformance, the pessimism about India’s economic prospects has now largely disappeared. That was certainly what I found last week, on a visit sponsored by the Indian Government, to Delhi and the southern technology hubs of
 Hyderabad and Bangalore. <br />
<br />
As Yashwant Sinha, India’s Foreign Minister and a former Finance Minister, says: "In India there is a feel-good factor. Everyone is feeling happy about something. Where is the confidence coming from? Is it just a good monsoon? Is it Indian industry coming out
 of the woods? Is it the IT sector finding exciting new prospects? Is it the world economy on the turn? It is all these things, but also something bigger. It is a sense of having arrived. India is an idea whose time has come.”
</p>
<p>This may sound like rhetoric, but the phrase "feel-good” factor really is on everyone’s lips. From corporate executives and travel managers, who describe booming orders and chronically overbooked hotels and aircraft, to normally cynical journalists, people
 are expressing confidence, not only in their own personal and business prospects, but in the future of the nation as a whole. Even in the countryside, where 30 per cent of the population still live below the abysmal official poverty line (in contrast to the
 urban areas, where poverty is down to 10 or 20 per cent, depending on the definitions used) the mood seems surprisingly upbeat, partly because of the good rains, but also because of the economic growth trickling down from the towns.
<br />
<br />
The sense that India’s "time is coming” (even if it has not quite arrived) is not confined to politicians. A recent analysis by Goldman Sachs showed that by 2035, on plausible assumptions, India could become the world’s third largest economy after America and
 China. Now that India has grown rapidly for a decade, while Europe has sunk deeper into stagnation, this idea can no longer be dismissed.
<br />
<br />
Chandrababu Naidu, the charismatic Chief Minister of Andhra Pradesh, who transformed Hyderabad in eight years from an impoverished backwater into a booming centre of information technology and pharmaceutical research, said: "Eight years ago, when I started
 talking about the fantastic opportunities for development through reform, nobody believed me. I employed McKinsey to produce Vision 2020, an analysis of what we could achieve with the right policies in 20 years. Now the reforms are irreversible. I am absolutely
 sure India will be a developed economy by 2020.”</p>
<p>Is this confidence justified? So far, the Indian economy as a whole has accelerated only slightly (see second chart) in the 12 years since market reforms were launched in 1991. But there now seem to be three reasons to believe that India could be on the
 point of taking off on a Chinese-style trajectory of consistent 7 per cent economic growth. Yet each of these reasons for optimism must be qualified.
<br />
<br />
First and foremost there is market reform. Deregulation has certainly sparked an upsurge of entrepreneurship, which is hardly surprising given the business acumen of Indian communities around the world. But the question is whether reform has really gone very
 far. India’s tariffs are still among the highest in the world, many industries still operate under government licences and "protective” quotas, foreign investors are excluded from "sensitive” sectors and privatisation has stalled — issues that I will discuss
 on Thursday. <br />
<br />
A second reason for confidence is India’s mastery of information technology. The industry developed too quickly for India’s Government to regulate (though only just — the managing director of Infosys, India’s foremost software company, told me that his business
 began to expand only after the 1991 reforms, because previously it was impossible to obtain licences for "scarce” foreign exchange to buy such "non-priority” items as computers.) As a result of the IT successes, India has discovered comparative advantage in
 many service industries — from pharmaceuticals and hospitals to call centres and data entry. All depend on intellectual capacity, good education and the use of English and some of them turn India’s geographical remoteness, 12 time-zones away from America,
 to its advantage by helping global firms to keep working round the clock. The hope is that specialisation in such service industries could compensate India for its loss of markets to China in industries such as textiles.
</p>
<p>The success of knowledge-based industries is also contributing to a focus on education, which in turn could boost consumption, investment and productivity growth.
<br />
<br />
However, the potential impact of service exports and "business process outsourcing” or BPO (the buzzword for call centres and back-office functions) on the lives of 600 million Indian workers can be questioned.
<br />
<br />
Knowledge industries will not provide work to the first generation of landless agricultural labourers moving out of the countryside. More labour-intensive services such as call centres and other BPO functions could eventually provide millions of jobs, though
 not in the tens of millions. They are certainly helping to create a large Indian middle class. But the question is whether the middle class spending power will trickle down quickly enough to the rural poor.
<br />
<br />
The answer partly depends on a third issue that inspires both confidence and doubt: macroeconomic management. Indians are proud of the country’s strong foreign exchange positions, with reserves of almost $100 billion (£60 billion). The fact that India sailed
 through the Asian crisis of 1997 and the recent recession in the world economy without any financial problems has inspired confidence in the robustness of the country’s post-1991 economic model. But the satisfaction with macroeconomic management seems overdone.
</p>
<p>India’s strong reserves are a product of the highest interest rates in Asia, which are stifling investment, housebuilding and consumer spending. Indians may think their country is enjoying boom conditions, but its infrastructure and housing remain woeful
 and investment levels are pitifully inadequate compared with China. A market-oriented central bank would be cutting interest rates to offset the rupee’s appreciation; but India’s reaction is to tighten regulations on firms wanting to borrow abroad.
<br />
<br />
It seems that Indian authorities still instinctively distrust the markets and behave as if India is on the verge of a financial crisis. Omkar Goswami, chief economist of the Confederation of Indian Industry, says: "For 40 years our civil servants and politicians
 and entrepreneurs learnt to be very good at managing scarcity. The question is whether we can transit from this defensive psychology of managing scarcity to a dynamic policy of managing plenty.”
<br />
<br />
On Thursday I will discuss what such a shift could mean. </p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>26/12/2011 11:03:50</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/14171/Feelgood+India+senses+its+time+is+coming++++soon</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">14171</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>14173</publicationdataID>
      <title>India's high-tech battle heats up</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p><strong><em>Sleepy farm center seeks to become technology hub</em></strong><br />
<br />
CHANDIGARH, India: Thirty years after a "green revolution" turned the plains around this cityinto India's breadbasket, a cadre of ambitious government officials, pricey consultants and local high technology entrepreneurs is trying to accomplish something almost
 as ambitious - transforming this sleepy farm state capital into the "technology hub of northern India."<br />
<br />
"Chandigarh," glossy brochures declare to prospective investors, "the city with brains."<br />
<br />
Chandigarh was designed and built by the Swiss-born modernist Le Corbusier in the 1950's as a replacement for the former Punjab capital, Lahore, which had been absorbed into Pakistan after partition. Now a city of 900,000 people, it is the joint capital of
 India's two most prosperous farming states and one of half a dozen cities and states furiously competing for the call centers and software parks that American and Indian companies are opening across India.<br />
<br />
As tens of thousands of service jobs continue to flow to India from the United States and Europe, cities like Chandigarh offer even lower labor costs than India's "first tier" technology hubs, places like Bangalore, Hyderabad, Bombay and Gurgaon, outside New
 Delhi.<br />
<br />
Manisha Grover, a Bangalore-based consultant hired by Chandigarh to aid its marketing efforts, said those cities were running short of skilled workers. "It's maxing out," she said. "The pace of finding people is definitely slowing down."<br />
<br />
Officials from Bangalore disputed that claim, saying the city's talent pool remained vast. But business people here said that wages were far lower in smaller cities like Chandigarh, where a starting call center operator makes roughly 7,000 rupees, or $150,
 a month. A starting worker in a "first tier" would be paid as much as twice that, they said.
</p>
<p>At the center of Chandigarh's effort is Vivek Atray, a wiry, smooth-talking 36-year-old electrical engineer, who is the city's new director of information technology. In terms reminiscent of the American Internet boom, he breathlessly predicts an explosion
 in jobs here.<br />
<br />
"We expect 5,000 new jobs in the next six months to one year," he said, adding that he expected five new call centers to open. On top of the three that started up in the last 18 months.<br />
<br />
Atray acknowledged that only one of those five companies, Indian-owned Infosys, had committed to opening an office in Chandigarh. It will employ 600 people in its first year, he said, with plans to reach 2,400 workers within three years.<br />
<br />
When contacted, officials from two other companies that Atray said were on the verge of expanding to Chandigarh, Dell Computer and Convergys, said they had made no firm decisions yet.<br />
<br />
In the end, whether Chandigarh can persuade these companies to open call centers here may depend on young men and women like Varun Sood, a short, boyish 20-year-old college student. To a business owner, Chandigarh offers 50,000 college students like him for
 possible employment, what Atray's brochures call a "ready availability of trained manpower."<br />
<br />
Dressed in jeans, a stylish green shirt and baseball cap on a recent evening, he said he was eager to make extra cash at what he sees as a hip and exciting job. Young, open-minded and curious about the outside world, he talks cheerfully about a task many Americans
 might find anesthetizing: working all night cold-calling people in the United States.<br />
<br />
"It's good," said Sood, who adopts an American accent and persona over the phone and uses the name "Boris" - after his favorite tennis player, Boris Becker. "You get to speak to a lot of people outside your country."</p>
<p>He speaks English well, thanks to a strong local education system that includes a leading university, engineering college and medical school.<br />
<br />
His 28-year-old boss, Anuj Mahajan, represents another asset in Chandigarh: local Indian entrepreneurs flush with cash. After traveling to Britain, the United States and parts of India to study methods and scout for customers, Mahajan, the son of a local textile
 mill owner, used family money to open the Kalldesk call center in September 2002.<br />
<br />
A year or so later, he has quadrupled his work force to 80 people from 20, finished renovations on a modern, stylish office and is planning to expand to 200 workers. "It's all family owned," he said. "We borrowed a little, but we've paid them back."<br />
<br />
An older business, IDS Infotech, represents the potential for broader growth. Partap Aggarwal, a software programmer who worked in Orange County, California, for seven years, opened the company in 1990. After struggling for years, it now has 1,150 employees,
 many of whom scan millions of pages of legal and medical documents on behalf of American law firms and drug companies.<br />
<br />
For now, Chandigarh has only about 2,000 jobs in call centers and back offices, not enough to have a major effect on the local economy. Questions have also been raised about the quality of the work, which involves grueling hours and can be mind-numbing. The
 average call-center worker stays in the job for only four months, business owners said.<br />
<br />
"No one takes it seriously as a career," said Kavita Deswal, 23, a law school graduate who was working as a call agent for several months while waiting for her law license to be approved.<br />
<br />
But Atray remains optimistic. "We hadn't been known as a high technology center," he said. "With this knowledge revolution, it's been picking up."</p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>26/12/2011 11:05:44</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/14173/Indias+hightech+battle+heats+up</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">14173</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>14176</publicationdataID>
      <title>Vajpayee's visit affirms India's Historical Ties, Strong Friendship with Syria</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p>Syria rolled out a warm red carpet to welcome Indian leader Atal Bihari Vajpayee in his significant visit to Syria, the first by an Indian Prime Minister in 15 years.<br />
<br />
During the visit, the two leaders Premier Vajpayee and President Bashar Al-Assad shared their perceptions on the developments in Iraq. and discussed a number of issues of mutual concern.
<br />
<br />
The two sides signed wide-ranging agreements on education, biotechnology, industry, culture, agriculture, information technology, science and technology, technical cooperation, and literary activities. These agreements are designed to further enhance bilateral
 ties, to develop new areas of cooperation, and bring the two countries closer. <br />
<br />
Vajpayee's visit affirms India's strong friendship and the historical interaction with Syria that has left its mark on the culture and traditions of the two countries.
<br />
<br />
In this connection, the Syria Times interviews Mr. Navtej Sarna, Joint Secretary (XP) and Spokesperson at the Ministry of External Affairs.
<br />
<br />
Sarna highlighted the attention and hospitality they received in Syria, confirming that India has had strong with the Arab world and particularly with Syria.
<br />
<br />
Concerning the significance of the visit, Sarna and the visit is very important it does show the closeness of cooperation, it does show potentials of cooperation in different areas.
</p>
<p>India and Syria, Sarna affirmed, have had historical relations at both political and cultural levels, ad well as a lot of cooperation between the two countries. However, there is much that we can do together and as an evidence is the large number of agreements
 that we have signed during the visit. <br />
<br />
Sarna pointed out that it is the first visit by an Indian Prime Minister after Rajiv Gandhi came here in 1988, noting that President Al- Assad accepted an invitation extended by Mr. Vajpayee to visit India.
<br />
<br />
Asked that there are fears in the region over New Delhi's increasing military ties with Israel, Sarna said, "There is no fear, I see this only in the press, we have had a very clear and long standing position on the Arab cause.
<br />
<br />
Indian PM Vajpayee said there is no change in India's position and there is no fear of a change of the position."
<br />
<br />
We, Sarna explained, have consistently called for a comprehensive and lasting peace based on full implementation of UN Security Council resolutions 242, 338 and 497, and the land for peace principle.
<br />
<br />
In this regard, Syria has made relentless efforts to work out a lasting solution for the peace process in the Middle East.
<br />
<br />
However, the peace process should move on, but viloence should not be allowed to go on, because violence brings violence and we are not in favor of that.
<br />
<br />
In conclusion, Sarna said India in recent years has a lot to offer in terms of economic liberalization, and ability to cooperate very strongly in the fields of economy, human resource development, biotechnology, and IT.
</p>
<p>And I believe that we must look at the developments we have made in these areas, where we can work together with other countries including Syria, noting that PM Vajpayee and president al-Assad jointly inaugurated a Center for Biotechnology in the Damascus
 University established in cooperation with India. In addition, PM Vajpayee has announced a number of other initiatives such as line of credit, grants for multi-purposes institutions.
<br />
<br />
On the other hand, the Syria Time met. Tarun Vijay, Chief Editor of Panchjanya newspaper. Although his visit was short, Vijay could attain precise details as regards the county, and her people, speaking highly about Syrian women describing them as more dynamic
 than men. Asking him about his impression about his impression about Syria before coming to the country, Vijay said, "This is my first visit to this country. Syria is an Arab Muslim country, hence, I thought it must be a very conservative country, but when
 I came here I realized that I was totally wrong, all my perceptions were proved wrong,"
<br />
<br />
Women, Vijay went on to say, are treated equally in Syria, and in some ways they seem to be more dynamic than men.
<br />
<br />
"People are very warm and friendly to Indians, they have a special feeling for us which is cultural and civilizationl," Vijay affirmed.
<br />
<br />
I was also impressed by the way family values are respected here, It is essentially an oriental value and the secular rule of President Bashar Al-Assad is a significant contribution of Syria to the Arab world.
</p>
<p>Regarding the places he visited, Vijay said, " I visited many places in Syria and I found some of them even more modern and progressive than many of our Indian cities.
<br />
<br />
We went to the Umayyad Mosque although we are Hindus, But we were welcomed honorably in the Mosque. We saw all areas of the Mosque. We saw all areas of the Mosque where prayers are performed, and I bowed my head in reverence, because to me God is one."
<br />
<br />
We, Vijay added, also went to Maaloula and visited Saint Takla Church.We found that Muslims and Christians are living happily in Syria and this is a very happy outcome of a great civilization that treats every one equally. However, I am deeply overwhelmed with
 modern liberal and futuristic outlook of Syrian people especially the young generation. They are full of confidence and are looking for opportunities to learn more and move ahead.
<br />
<br />
There is a spark in the eyes and fortunately your President is also very young. <br />
<br />
I believe that young people from Syria should visit India. I'll be very happy that President Al-Assad who has accepted our Prime Minister Vajpayee's invitation to visit India, will be accompanied by a delegation that comprises young people working in the fields
 of culture, art, music as well as academics. <br />
<br />
I also feel a great need for Syrian journalists to visit India and I will suggest to my Prime Minister to start program of youth exchange.
<br />
<br />
I took more than 200 pictures of Damascus, places, monuments and Syrian people, they were very happy although I was afraid that they would refuse.
<br />
<br />
"Syrians are very cultured, sophisticated and graceful. When I go back home, I will write my memories in Panchjanya newspaper. I pray that through Syria’s true efforts peace will be established in the Middle East and Indo- Syrian relations will grow stronger”,
 Vijay concluded. </p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>26/12/2011 11:08:33</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/14176/Vajpayees+visit+affirms+Indias+Historical+Ties+Strong+Friendship+with+Syria</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">14176</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>14180</publicationdataID>
      <title>‘India’s reform process has not been stop-go’</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p>Prime Minister Atal Bihari Vajpayee was interviewed by John Ridding and Edward Luce at his official residence in New Delhi. The interview combines both verbal and written answers. Vajpayee, aged 78 and clearly relaxed, was dressed in traditional kurta.<br />
<br />
Over the last 20 years China’s GDP growth rate has averaged almost double that of India. Is this a concern for you? And what explains the apparent lock of urgency in pushing through your economic reform programme?<br />
<br />
I visited China recently and was very impressed by its many economic achievements. There is much that India can draw from China’s experience over the last two decades.<br />
<br />
But I do not think anyone who has closely followed the Indian economy over the last decade can say that our economic reform programme has lacked urgency. Since our economic reforms were launched just over a decade ago, the Indian economy has sustained an annual
 average growth of over 6 per cent. Even though last year was a drought year, GDP growth exceeded 4 per cent. This year we hope to touch 7 per cent.<br />
<br />
The macro economic fundamentals have never been better. Foreign exchange reserves have risen from around $8 billion in 1991-92 to over $90 billion. External debt service coverage ratios have fallen, and exports have risen significantly year after year.<br />
<br />
GDP growth is a function of liberalization, reforms and strengthening structures and institutions. The initial phase of the reforms removed several obstacles to investment. In the last five years, the institutional base for the reforms have been further strengthened.
 The most obvious example is in the financial sector. Transparency, speed, efficiency and accountability have been introduced, comparable with world standards, in our equity and debtmarket.our financial institutions are healthy.</p>
<p>The regulatory framework in the telecom and power sector has contributed significantly to the growth and privatization in these key infrastructure sectors. The demand for mobile phones has surged because of the cheap, affordable rates of use. Introduction
 of private sector participation in infrastructure has improved roads and ports significantly within the last three years.<br />
<br />
I could go on and on about the achievements of our reforms in just a decade. The short point is that there is no weakening in India’s commitment to the reform process. Reforms are now a process of ensuring that ideas get converted into reality. I would certainly
 say that success in this has been better than ever before. <br />
<br />
Those who make critical comments about the pace of our reforms should remember that this vast country of a billion people accommodates a diversity of perspectives, interests and needs. There are great disparities in incomes and living conditions. A democratically
 elected government had to be sensitive to these realities. We have sought to implement our economic liberalization with a public accountability and a social conscience, so that we carry along with us the diverse shades of opinions and interest. This makes
 our reforms more enduring and stable.<br />
<br />
Our approach is vindicated by the fact that among the countries which liberalized their economies in the early 1990’s, India alone moved to a higher growth trajectory without an interim period of recession.</p>
<p>India’s economic growth has recently picked up partly because of a good monsoon. But a bad monsoon next year might well push growth below 5per cent again. Is reforming India’s agricultural system an urgent priority? If so, how?<br />
<br />
I think the point to appreciate is that last year, in spite of the worst drought in decades, our GDP registered a growth of over 4per cent, and our reserves of food grain comfortably covered the production deficit.<br />
<br />
Agriculture contributes about 25 per cent to our GDP. Over the last decade or so, the contribution of the service sector has increased to nearly 50 per cent. Manufactures contribute a further quarter to GDP. So we are not totally dependent on agriculture for
 our growth. Also, our agriculture sector is increasingly becoming less dependent on the monsoon for its growth. We are focusing strongly on infrastructure development in rural areas, including improved power availability and upgraded irrigation facilities,
 so that the correlation between our economic growth and the monsoon can be reduced further. Our ambitious project to link the major Indian river basins is also a part of this effort.<br />
<br />
Foreign direct investment to India is still way below that of most other Asian countries. What can be done to accelerate its inflow to India? In particular, what role-and what timetable-would you envisage for the planned special economic zones?<br />
<br />
In past years, statistics of foreign direct investment into India understated the actual figures, since our practice was not to count reinvested earnings and external commercial borrowings as part of foreign in vestment. If one adjusts for this, the foreign
 investment into India over the past few years has been roughly 1.7 per cent of GDP, which is quite comparable to that flowing into other developing countries.</p>
<p>At the same time, we are continuously liberalising our foreign investment regime. As I have said already, we are progressive raising the ceilings on foreign investment in both manufactures and services. We now have an automatic approval route for most sectors.
 A Foreign Investment Implementation Authority has been set up to assist investors and to deal with their complaints. Other institutional and procedural measures are being taken to encourage the inflow of investment into India.<br />
<br />
Our special economic zones (SEZ) are already being established. Three are more or less complete, in terms of infrastructure. We are finalizing the text of an Act of Parliament, which would establish a comprehensive policy structure. We see the SEZ not only
 as stimulating greater investment inflows, but also as policy laboratories. Their success in attracting investment, and the profitability if this investment, will strengthen the confidence in our reform process, both within India and outside.
<br />
<br />
Many people have blamed India’s stop-go economic reform process on the fact that there are too many elections in the calendar. Do you agree with this? And if so, would it be reasonable to expect a big push for new reforms if the NDA won the next general election?
<br />
<br />
We cannot accuse democracy of impeding economic reform process has been "stop-go” in nature. As I have said, it is natural-and beneficial for the durability if reforms-that the process should move forward on the basis of broad consultations and reconciliation
 of competing interests and needs. I would go one step further and say that our new experience of successful coalition governments had been ideal for democratic governance, balancing divergent views and accommodating regional and sectoral interests more effectively.</p>
<p>India and international health campaigners have expressed alarm about the rate of growth of HIV infection in India over the last decade and warn of a South Africa-style epidemic. Has the time come for a more aggressive New Delhi policy to tack AIDS?
<br />
<br />
We do not deny that the prevalence and spread of HIV/AIDS is a cause for concern in India. We estimate that a total of nearly 4.6 million people in India are HIV-infected, which is an adult prevalence rate of 0.8 per cent.<br />
<br />
My government has been working on innovative strategies to combat AIDS, primarily through increasing awareness among high-risk groups.
<br />
<br />
We are working closely with non-governmental organisations, encouraging them to reach out to regions and groups where government agencies are less effective. Our non-governmental organizations are also implementing a World Bank assisted project on AIDS control.
 We will ensure that anti-retroviral drugs continue to be produced in India at affordable prices.<br />
<br />
While we are taking the growth of HIV/AIDS seriously, there are some encouraging signs. By internationally accepted standards, India is still a low-prevalence country. Areas of high incidence and growth of HIV/AIDS are still in pockets of the country and we
 are targeting these regions with focused campaigns. We have manufacturing capacity for anti-retroviral drugs at affordable prices.<br />
<br />
Your widely praised effortata "third and final” peace process with Pakistan appears to be progressing slowly. What explains the lack of progress? Do you plan any new initiatives?</p>
<p>The peace process which I have recently initiated is based on the conviction that it is imperative for India and Pakistan to establish relations of cordiality and co-operation in today’s globalized world. Mistrust and hostility which have existed for over
 five decades cannot be dispelled over-night. We should not expect miracles. Our effort is to promote people-to-people links, cultural exchanges and economic co-operation to build confidence and trust between our peoples. The most recent measures announced
 by my government are an expression of this effort. We have to constantly widen the constituency for peace to shrink the areas of hostility.<br />
<br />
I cannot predict whether or how soon the process can go forward since one hand cannot clap. We cannot have meaningful dialogue on bilateral issues as long as cross border terrorism continues. We have to see concrete evidence of Pakistan’s sincerity in stopping
 cross border infiltration, dismantling terrorist training camps in that country and closing down communication centers which incite terrorist actions from across the border.<br />
<br />
Relations between India and the US are at their warmest in decades. But you are still denied access to certain "dual-use” technologies. Does this hinder your ability to modernize the Indian military? Do you have any reason to expect the US will scrap these
 restrictions? </p>
<p>India has been consistently arguing that global non-proliferation and missile control regimes operate in a discriminatory manner and, moreover, have not achieved he purpose for which they were established. They have resulted in restricting access of responsible
 states to technologies which are termed "dual use”, but have great developmental applications. You only have to look at recent revelations to recognise that these regimes have been unable to prevent nuclear or missile proliferation. In fact the threat of WMD
 and nuclear terrorism has increased considerably in recent years.<br />
<br />
We have been in discussion with the US government about better access to dual use materials and technologies from that country. There has been some forward movement; we expect to see continuing progress in this area. I would, however, like to clarify that India
 has a strong indigenous scientific and technological base to meet all its military and strategic requirements. Our imports of dual use materials and technologies are entirely for civilian developmental applications including in space technology and nuclear
 energy. <br />
<br />
Relations between India and China are also getting closer. But Beijing is still highly reluctant to recognise India’s sovereignty over Arunachal Pradesh and to accelerate progress in exchanging maps over the LAC. How does India plan to over come these problems?</p>
<p>Our relations with China have been improving steadily over the years. During my recent visit to that country, we have agreed to raise our bilateral political and economic co-operation to qualitatively higher levels. As our relationship expands and diversifies,
 it will increase mutual goodwill and trust, which should facilitate resolution of the differences between us on the border. We have appointed Special Representatives to explore the framework of a boundary settlement from the perspective of the overall bilateral
 relationship. We will proceed along this course while simultaneously pursuing the joint clarification of the Line of Actual Control as confidence building measure between our two countries.<br />
<br />
There is evidence that Pakistan continues to upgrade both its missile and nuclear warhead capabilities. Is this a matter for concern? Does it have an impact on India’s nuclear strategy?
<br />
<br />
We have long know of Pakistan’s nuclear weapons programme, and its acquisition of delivery systems. We have been drawing the attention of the world to these clandestine efforts over many years. Naturally, it is a matter of concern for us, since this programme
 is unambiguously directed only against India. India’s nuclear doctrine rejects nuclear war as an instrument of policy. Our minimum credible deterrent is intended to minimize the possibility of nuclear conflict in our region. We have clearly enunciated policy
 of "no first use”.</p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>26/12/2011 11:11:35</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/14180/Indias+reform+process+has+not+been+stopgo</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">14180</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>14183</publicationdataID>
      <title>Vajpayee defends Indian democracy</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p>The speed of India's 12-year-old economic reform process has often been compared unfavourably to that of neighbouring China. But Atal Behari Vajpayee, India's 78-year-old prime minister, vehemently rejects any suggestion either that it has been too slow,
 or that India's democracy should be blamed for its slowness.<br />
<br />
Speaking to the Financial Times at his heavily guarded official residence at Race Course Road in New Delhi, Mr Vajpayee said India had much to learn from China. But China's system of politics was clearly not part of it.<br />
<br />
"I visited China recently [in June] and was very much impressed by its many economic achievements," he said. "But I do not think anyone who has closely followed the Indian economy over the last decade can say that our economic reform programme has lacked urgency."<br />
<br />
Mr Vajpayee, who faces a series of important state elections on December 1 that are seen as a dress rehearsal for national elections in 2004, pointed out that India's average annual growth rate has exceeded 6 per cent since 1991.</p>
<p>Many in India believe that the next wave of reforms, including the government's all-but-stalled privatisation programme, has been held up because of the impending polls. Mr Vajpayee, whose Hindu nationalist BJP-led coalition contains 24 parties, the most
 diverse government in the world, said that reforms carried out in a democracy are more deeply rooted and sustainable.
<br />
<br />
"We cannot accuse democracy of impeding reforms," said Mr Vajpayee. "I also do not accept that our reform process has been 'stop-go' in nature. It is natural - and beneficial for the durability of reforms - that the process should move forward on the basis
 of broad consultations and reconciliation. <br />
<br />
"I would go one step further and say that our new experience of successful coalition governments has been ideal [in] balancing divergent views and accommodating regional and sectoral interests more effectively."<br />
<br />
Owing partly to healthy monsoon rains, growth in India's gross domestic product this year is expected to hit 7 per cent or more - up from just 4.4 per cent last year. Agriculture accounts for almost a quarter of the economy.<br />
<br />
Institutions such as the World Bank have criticised India for an apparent lack of urgency in upgrading the country's rural infrastructure in order to lessen the economy's dependence on the vagaries of the weather. More than 60 per cent of India's 1.05bn people
 rely on farming for their livelihoods.</p>
<p>But Mr Vajpayee, whose "golden quadrilateral" programme will link India's four main cities with four-lane highways by the end of next year, said that such criticism was outdated.<br />
<br />
"We are focusing strongly on infrastructure development in rural areas, including improved power availability and upgraded irrigation facilities, so that the correlation between our economic growth and the monsoon can be reduced further," he said.<br />
<br />
Mr Vajpayee - who is now India's longest serving prime minister not to be from the opposition Congress's Nehru-Gandhi dynasty - also highlighted India's "ambitious" (but controversial) plans to link India's main rivers in a national network of canals and basins.<br />
<br />
In addition, he dismissed the suggestion that foreign direct investment to India would remain far lower than that of neighbouring China. India attracts roughly a tenth of the FDI flows of its neighbour partly because of perceptions that it has a cumbersome
 and corrupt bureaucracy that often fails to honour its obligations.<br />
<br />
But Mr Vajpayee said that FDI to India, which accounts for 1.7 per cent of GDP, was "constantly" being liberalised. Ceilings on foreign investment in protected sectors were also being increased quite rapidly. And the coalition government was finalising legislation
 that would permit the creation of special economic zones that would be free of some of the restrictive tax and labour requirements that apply to the rest of the country.
<br />
<br />
If enacted, this would broadly track the China experience, where the creation of such zones in the early 1980s helped propel the country's export boom.</p>
<p>"We see the SEZ not only as stimulating greater investment inflows but also as policy laboratories," said Mr Vajpayee. "Their success in attracting investment, and the profitability of this investment, will strengthen confidence in our reform process, both
 within India and outside." <br />
<br />
Mr Vajpayee, who has said he will lead the BJP into the next election "and beyond", also emphasised that India's economic reform process was irreversible. And he highlighted India's improving economic fundamentals. India's foreign exchange reserves had recently
 exceeded $90bn - more than 1 year's worth of imports. <br />
<br />
The "policy framework" for India's financial sector had been sharply improved in the past five years, he said. "Transparency, speed, efficiency and accountability have been introduced, comparable with world standards, in our debt and equity markets. Our financial
 institutions are healthy [India's banking sector has a far lower proportion of non-performing loans than that of China]."<br />
<br />
He added that the policy regime for both power and telecommunications had also been strengthened. For example India is now adding more than 1m new mobile phone users every month - almost a fifth of world growth in cellular telephony.
<br />
<br />
"I could go on and on," he said. "The short point is that there is no weakening in India's commitment to the reform process. [But] those who make critical comments about the pace of our reforms should remember that this vast country accommodates a diversity
 of perspectives. <br />
<br />
"We have sought to implement our economic liberalisation with public accountability and a social conscience. This makes our reforms more enduring and stable. Our approach is vindicated by the fact that among the countries which liberalised their economies in
 the early 1990s, India alone moved to a higher growth trajectory without an interim period of recession."</p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>26/12/2011 11:13:14</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/14183/Vajpayee+defends+Indian+democracy</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">14183</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>14188</publicationdataID>
      <title>Indian PM vows punishment for Gujarat atrocities</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p>Those guilty of carrying out the atrocities during the riots in the Indian state of Gujarat last year will be punished and "justice will be seen to be done", Atal Behari Vajpayee, India's prime minister, told the Financial Times in an interview.
<br />
<br />
Mr Vajpayee's remarks on last year's violence - in which up to 2,000 Muslims were killed following an arson attack on a train in which 58 Hindu passengers were incinerated - are his strongest condemnation so far of last year's pogroms in Gujarat.
<br />
<br />
They are also likely to be interpreted as a strong signal of support for India's Supreme Court which in September alleged the Hindu nationalist government of Gujarat was attempting to deny justice to the victims of the communal riots. No one has yet been convicted
 for the violence. <br />
<br />
"There is no doubt that those perpetrating such violence should be punished," Mr Vajpayee told the FT. "Our public, media and judiciary are following it closely. Justice will not only seen to be done; it will be done."
<br />
<br />
Last year Mr Vajpayee came under strong attack for failing to sack Narendra Modi, chief minister of Gujarat, who is also a member of Mr Vajpayee's ruling BJP, for allegedly aiding and abetting the rioters.
<br />
<br />
Mr Vajpayee was also criticised for making a speech shortly after the riots in which he accused Muslims of causing trouble to other communities "wherever they live in the world". But the prime minister's strong remarks to the FT appear to acknowledge the damage
 the incident has done to India's reputation internationally.</p>
<p>"The violence in Gujarat was a tragic aberration and we have condemned it unequivocally," said Mr Vajpayee. "It is important to remember that these tragic incidents remain localised - the secular fabric of India remains intact."
<br />
<br />
Mr Vajpayee's comments are also likely to be taken as a sign that he intends to avoid an overt use of the "communal card" at India's next general election, which must be held before November 2004.
<br />
<br />
Political analysts point out that very few people participated in a much-awaited rightwing agitation last month for a Hindu temple to be built on the site of a mosque that was demolished in 1992 in the holy town of Ayodhya.
<br />
<br />
Mr Vajpayee received rare praise from secular opponents for giving his backing to police efforts to prevent the agitation from taking place. "There isn't much political capital in communalism at the moment," said Mahesh Rangarajan, an academic in New Delhi.
<br />
<br />
In a wide-ranging interview, Mr Vajpayee also expressed "disappointment" with neighbouring Pakistan's alleged failure to take steps to dismantle "the infrastructure of cross-border terrorism". But he said he would stick to his "step-by-step" approach to normalising
 relations with Pakistan.</p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>26/12/2011 11:15:38</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/14188/Indian+PM+vows+punishment+for+Gujarat+atrocities</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">14188</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>14192</publicationdataID>
      <title>Crowning the jewel</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p><strong>Prince Charles sees an India transformed in a decade</strong><br />
<br />
Queen Victoria told Lord Salisbury that the viceroy should not make the Indians feel that they were a conquered people. It is a measure of India’s self-confidence that the Prince of Wales has been able to visit those left behind by the boom in India without
 evoking that earlier echo. Had he spent his time, on his last visit 11 years ago, looking at projects to help the poor and hearing the homeless tell their tales, his hosts would have been slighted. India had hardly begun the economic reforms that have transformed
 the country. Its computer experts were still in school. Its foreign policy was orientated to a collapsing Soviet Union. Its horizons were limited by isolation in a self-contained world of outdated idealism and outworn infrastructure. India was a prickly sub-continent,
 desperate to throw off an image of poverty and sensitive to perceived patronising by the former colonial power.<br />
<br />
India now is a sub-continent come alive. Its economy is growing apace. Its middle class, some estimate, now numbers 350 million people. Its younger generation has moved away from the confines of autarky and embraced globalisation — the internet, satellite television,
 long-distance business deals and global capitalism. India is now flexing its political muscles, reinforcing its dominance in South Asia. It sends troops around the world to join peacekeeping forces and is pushing for a permanent seat in the United Nations
 Security Council. It has decisively left behind a moribund Non-Aligned Movement and is more open to a strategic alliance with the United States.
</p>
<p>The transformation has been gathering pace, but Britons have taken notice only recently. One spur has been the emergence of the Indian community here as a well-educated, well-rewarded group that has broken through barriers to achieve political, economic
 and cultural recognition. The other has been the thousands of jobs being relocated to India. Banks, airlines, insurance companies and health insurers have transferred responsibilities to call centres in Delhi, Bombay and Hyderabad. Rail and telephone inquiries
 are now answered by people 4,000 miles away, sometimes with little local knowledge and confusing results, but often with aplomb. HSBC recently announced the transfer of 4,000 jobs by the end of 2006; one estimate suggests that a further 30,000 jobs in British
 finance and insurance industries are likely to move over the next five years. By 2008, consultants say, India will be earning some $17 billion a year from outsourced jobs.<br />
<br />
The potential for friction is huge: trade unions see India, where wages are a tenth of those in the West, as a threat to almost all service industry jobs. But Indians, in turn, are now global consumers, tourists and investors, offering a vast market to British
 entrepreneurs. Frenetic contacts are reinforcing links that faded with the end of Empire. India’s relationship with Britain is increasingly mature, characterised by self-confidence and the dissolution of old stereotypes and animosities. For both countries,
 the glow of nostalgia is slowly enveloping the past. The hauteur of Lord Curzon, a viceroy summed up in his observation that "gentlemen do not take soup at luncheon”, has given way to the knockabout remarks by the Kumars at No 42.<br />
<br />
India’s growing strength is reflected in a more statesmanlike approach to Pakistan, a consensus on social and economic change and a questioning of entrenched prejudices by a restless younger generation. There are still worries about political stability, the
 intentions of the ruling BJP party and communal relations; and India still has depths of deprivation as well as heights of excellence. The trickle-down of wealth will take time, and the Prince of Wales has seen for himself some of the impatience. How much
 will have changed when he goes back in another decade is incalculable. </p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>26/12/2011 11:18:01</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/14192/Crowning+the+jewel</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">14192</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>14200</publicationdataID>
      <title>Pakistan reluctant to grab Indian olive branch</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p>Pakistan hinted yesterday it would respond negatively to India's proposals for "normalising" relations between the nuclear-armed neighbours.<br />
<br />
Pakistani officials said India's 12 proposals, which included resuming test match cricket and a bus service across the divided portions of Kashmir, were little more than "public relations".
<br />
<br />
"This is a tactical move," said Masood Khan, a Pakistan government spokesman. "We are wondering what the gestures mean. Is it hoodwinking or is this a public relations exercise? It reveals insincerity and raises doubts."
<br />
<br />
But officials said they might accept some of India's proposals, including an expansion of their respective high commissions and an easing of visa and travel restrictions across the international border.
<br />
<br />
Privately, however, Pakistan officials dismissed any possibility of accepting India's proposal of establishing a passenger bus link between Srinagar, capital of India's portion of Kashmir and Muzaffarabad, capital of Pakistan's portion.
<br />
<br />
Pakistan, which claims the whole of Kashmir, India's only Muslim-majority state, would only wish to establish "people-to-people" links after India has reached a settlement on the disputed province. "What legal status would the passengers have?" said one Pakistani
 official. "It looks like India is trying to legitimise the Line of Control [ceasefire line] as a permanent border."
<br />
<br />
Pakistan's response is likely to go down badly with western countries, including the US, which have been pushing New Delhi and Islamabad to improve relations and come to the negotiating table. But India says it will not hold a summit with Pakistan until it
 has ceased its alleged sponsorship of terrorism in Kashmir.</p>
<p>Yesterday, N.C. Vij, India's army chief, said the Indian army would maintain its "forward deployment" in Kashmir throughout the winter, because of alleged persistent high rates of terrorist infiltration from Pakistan.
<br />
<br />
The move is likely to be unpopular with the 400,000 Indian soldiers and paramilitary forces in the province, many of whom will have to brave harsh Himalayan conditions for months on end.
<br />
<br />
"This is a clear sign that India sees no change in Pakistan's sponsorship of terrorism," said Uday Bhaskar at the Institute for Defence Studies and Analyses in New Delhi. "It is only the second time in recent years that India has kept full forward deployment
 during winter." <br />
<br />
Meanwhile, leaders of the separatist Kashmiri Hurriyat Conference - the political wing of anti-India militant groups that operate in the province - yesterday said they were considering a proposal by Mr Advani to hold talks with New Delhi.
<br />
<br />
Leaders of the Hurriyat, which split in August between a pro-Pakistan and a more moderate faction, last week welcomed Mr Advani's offer, having long insisted they would only hold talks with a senior Indian government minister.
<br />
<br />
But they expressed disappointment when Mr Advani followed this up by saying that any outcome would have to fall within India's constitution.
<br />
<br />
"Mr Advani has taken away with one hand what he gave with the other," said Tahir Moiuddin, editor of an Urdu newspaper in Srinagar. "Why should the Hurriyat talk to India when India is not even offering autonomy to Kashmir?"</p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>26/12/2011 11:23:02</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/14200/Pakistan+reluctant+to+grab+Indian+olive+branch</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">14200</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>14212</publicationdataID>
      <title>India's peace game</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p>The latest Indian offer to advance the peace process with Pakistan is welcome. A 12-point package announced on Wednesday shows how New Delhi's growing confidence on the international stage allows it to craft imaginative solutions to one of the world's most
 dangerous confrontations.<br />
<br />
No peace deal on the subcontinent would be complete without making provision for the game of cricket, and one of the 12 proposals is the immediate resumption of sporting contacts. The others are equally practical: more road, rail and ferry connections between
 the two nuclear-armed states and a bus route between the two halves of disputed Kashmir; fresh talks on air links; co-operation between coastguard forces to reduce unnecessary arrests of fishermen; and more diplomats in each other's capitals.
<br />
<br />
In a parallel move, the Indian cabinet has put Kashmiri separatists in a quandary by naming an exceptionally senior envoy - L.K. Advani, the deputy prime minister - to negotiate with the Hurriyat group of separatist parties in Kashmir.
<br />
<br />
Atal Behari Vajpayee, the Indian prime minister, relaunched the peace process in April and wants to go down in history as the man who secured a rapprochement with the country's neighbour. These latest steps are an attempt to keep the momentum going after a
 period of mutual recriminations and increasing violence in Kashmir. </p>
<p>India is in a confident mood. The economy is growing almost as fast as China's. Relations with other Asian countries are improving. And New Delhi is smiled upon by Washington as a useful counterweight to Beijing; India could scarcely contain its delight
 when the US classified Dawood Ibrahim, an Indian Mafia chief, as a terrorist. Islamabad denies he lives in Pakistan but the US Treasury department published his Pakistan passport number and a home telephone number in Karachi.<br />
<br />
In Pakistan, there has been a hesitant response to India's flurry of diplomacy. Gen Pervez Musharraf, the Pakistani ruler, is so busy appeasing disgruntled Islamic militants in the armed forces and in politics that he seems unable to see beyond the Kashmir
 issue and grasp the benefits of a lasting peace with India. <br />
<br />
The Americans and their allies in Afghanistan, although grateful for Pakistan's help so far in tackling al-Qaeda and the Taliban, do not hide their belief that Gen Musharraf is holding something back in deference to Pakistan's influential Islamists. Afghan
 guerrillas are reported to be operating freely in the sympathetic Pashtun villages along the border.
<br />
<br />
No one is suggesting Gen Musharraf has an easy task. India could certainly help by being less rigid about its conditions for holding a summit - which Gen Musharraf says he is ready for at any time. But he owes it to the people of Pakistan - not to mention cricket-lovers
 - to accept India's overtures graciously and to respond with serious and imaginative proposals of his own.
</p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>26/12/2011 11:31:21</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/14212/Indias+peace</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">14212</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>14215</publicationdataID>
      <title>India moves to ease hostility</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p>India unveiled moves to normalise relations with Pakistan yesterday, offering to talk to separatist politicians in Kashmir and giving new hope to families divided by five decades of conflict.
<br />
<br />
But Pakistan said it was disappointed that India had not included an offer to negotiate directly with Islamabad over the fate of Kashmir.
<br />
<br />
The Indian proposals, announced by the foreign minister, Yashwant Sinha, cover concerns such as letting fishermen go about their trade without fear of arrest
<br />
<br />
They also cover talks on resuming air and rail links, and the new ambition of running buses between the capitals of divided Kashmir.
<br />
<br />
The proposals were seen as a move to jumpstart the Indian prime minister Atal Bihari Vajpayee's stalled peace initiative with Pakistan and seal his legacy as the man who renewed the countries' friendship.
<br />
<br />
A Pakistani foreign ministry statement said restoring travel links, sports competitions and other people-to-people initiatives would be given serious consideration.
</p>
<p>But it said Islamabad was "disappointed" that India still refused to discuss what it considers the core issue dividing the two countries: Kashmir.
<br />
<br />
Mr Sinha said Islamabad had to take significant steps to end the infiltration of Pakistan-based militants into Indian-controlled Kashmir before talks on the territory could resume.
<br />
<br />
"No meaningful, productive ... dialogue can be sustained with Pakistan if they carry on with cross-border terrorism as an instrument of state policy," he said.
<br />
<br />
In Washington, the US state department spokesman Adam Ereli welcomed the proposals.
<br />
<br />
They represented a big step towards establishing normal links between the countries and providing a foundation for real progress in resolving differences between India and Pakistan, he said.
<br />
<br />
Earlier, the government announced that for the first time in 13 years, it would meet members of the separatist movement in Indian Kashmir.
<br />
<br />
The surprise announcements were applauded by some Kashmiris in Srinagar, the capital of the Indian sector.
</p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>26/12/2011 11:33:30</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/14215/India+moves+to+ease+hostility</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">14215</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>14220</publicationdataID>
      <title>Asean widens India and Japan links</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p>South-east Asian leaders signed agreements deepening economic co-operation with India and Japan yesterday, a move that some officials think could lead to the development of an Asia-wide free trade area.<br />
<br />
India and members of the Association of South East Asian Nations have agreed to forge an Indo-Asean free trade area by 2012, a deal New Delhi thinks would create opportunities for Indian service industries while subjecting manufacturers to tougher competition.<br />
<br />
Japan and Asean have decided to try to begin negotiations in 2005 for a deal on liberalising trade in goods and services, and investment flows, while enhancing co-operation on measures to promote trade in the meantime.<br />
<br />
The deals reflect the growing momentum within Asia for regional economic integration, a trend that has gained greater urgency since the collapse of the World Trade Organisation talks in Cancún left the multilateral trading system in disarray.<br />
<br />
The commitments by India and Japan follow Beijing's signing last year of a framework to establish a free trade area with Asean by 2010, a move that raised concerns in New Delhi and Tokyo about China's growing influence in south-east Asia. South Korea is also
 considering an agreement. </p>
<p>But at this week's Asean summit in Bali, which ended yesterday, the talk was not of rivalry but rather the prospect of greater co-operation, with many officials beginning to speak about the future evolution of a broader regional free trade area.<br />
<br />
"People are generally speaking of Asean plus [China, South Korea, and Japan] as the final goal. It is not Japan-Asean and it is not China-Asean," said Jiro Okuyama, spokesman for Junichiro Koizumi, Japan's prime minister. "We believe that there should be a
 kind of arrangement to cover the major chunk of countries in east Asia. That is a medium-to-long-term goal that we have in mind."<br />
<br />
But he cautioned that countries were far from committing to even the idea of an all-encompassing Asian free trade arrangement. "How extensive the coverage will be in terms of the degree of liberalisation of trade and investment is something that we need to
 see," Mr Okuyama said.<br />
<br />
Asean members agreed this week to forge their own economic community, with full liberalisation of trade in goods, services, investment and flow of skilled labour by 2020. But the long-term vision, a senior official from one member country said, was focused
 on expanding that to include the big economies that surround it.<br />
<br />
"The prospect of Asean economic integration would not be complete without the parallel co-operation of the three East Asian economies and India," the official said.<br />
<br />
"Without that close co-operation it would be just a matter of time before we would bump into another barrier outside the Asean area."
</p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>26/12/2011 11:35:48</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/14220/Asean+widens+India+and+Japan+links</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">14220</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>14222</publicationdataID>
      <title>Jobs abound in India's booming technology sector</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p>BANGALORE, India -- Software engineer Prakash just quit his job in Bangalore, but he's not worried.
<br />
<br />
''The market is booming. I can pick and choose a firm of my choice,'' said the 28-year-old engineer, who has been in the industry for about five years. Companies are slashing payrolls in the United States and Europe to cut costs, moving software work offshore
 and creating thousands of jobs for India's low-cost engineers. <br />
<br />
Headhunters are scrambling to fill the new jobs. <br />
<br />
''The shelf life of a job hunter has come down to two weeks from about two months,'' said Gautam Sinha, chief executive at TVA Infotech, which is placing about 90 software workers a month, double the number from the start of the year. Top home-grown software
 exporters such as Wipro Ltd. and Infosys Technologies Ltd. are also on a hiring spree but the bulk of their staff additions are entry-level positions.
<br />
<br />
India's software sector, including the back-office services industry, added 130,000 -- nearly 25 percent -- to its work force in the year to March, taking the sector to 650,000. Wage costs are rising but are not yet a threat for a nation that churns out about
 200,000 engineers per year, analysts say. <br />
<br />
Software workers with two years of experience are paid about 25,000 rupees ($545) a month, roughly one sixth of what their US counterparts earn but a princely wage in a country with an average per capita income of $480 a year.
</p>
<p>''Multinational company salaries are 50 to 60 percent higher at the entry-level and 30 percent higher at the middle management level when compared with Indian IT services companies,'' Bombay-based Kotak Securities Ltd. said in a recent report.
<br />
<br />
A fall in US employment visas for foreign workers is partly driving the expansion plans of high-tech firms such as IBM, Accenture Ltd. and Oracle Corp. in India. Visa curbs discourage Indians from seeking employment abroad and some are returning from a stint
 overseas. <br />
<br />
''Clearly, the romance of jobs overseas is no longer there for most Indian techies,'' said Pandia Rajan, the managing director at Ma Foi Management Consultants, a leading headhunter.
<br />
<br />
Walk-in interviews are common in the shining offices of companies in the technology hubs of Bangalore, Madras and Hyderabad in the south and Delhi and Bombay in the west.
<br />
<br />
India's call centers have been magnets for job-hunting youth in the past few years, but it is only in the last six months that software jobs are flooding the market after a two-year crunch. India's software services exports rose to $9.5 billion in the past
 year to March and are forecast to grow 26 percent this year. </p>
<p>''Many Indians overseas are uncertain about their tech jobs and are coming back,'' said Smita Goswamy, who runs HR Solutions, a small consultancy in the western city of Baroda.
<br />
<br />
A full-page advertisement from IBM screams: ''The global giant is at your desktop with the opportunity of a lifetime. Can you afford to ignore it?'' Internet media giant Yahoo Inc. and Fidelity Investments are among other large firms moving technical support
 work to India. <br />
<br />
Yahoo, which set up a software centre in Bangalore in July, is tapping local colleges for talent, said Venkat Panchapakesan, who shifted from Yahoo's US center to head its software unit.
<br />
<br />
Accenture and Oracle are expanding furiously, but their staff in India is still less than a quarter of Infosys and Wipro, which employ about 17,000 and 21,000 people, respectively.
<br />
<br />
''Overseas firms are even hiring from midsized local players,'' said Bangalore-based Shambhu Agrawal, who handles technology placements at ABC Consultants.
</p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>26/12/2011 11:37:54</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/14222/Jobs+abound+in+Indias+booming+technology+sector</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">14222</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>14227</publicationdataID>
      <title>India's 'five-star' hospitals</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p><strong>More and more international patients are travelling to India to seek quality health care at a fraction of the cost back home.</strong><br />
<br />
Typically they are admitted at one of the many upscale private hospitals that have sprung up across the country.
<br />
With state-of-the-art equipment and medical practitioners trained abroad, these "five-star" hospitals now attract a new breed of international traveller - the "medical tourist".
<br />
<br />
Long queues of patients from neighbouring Bangladesh, Pakistan, Africa and the Middle East can be seen in many of these hospitals.
<br />
<br />
But now patients are travelling from even further, from the UK, Europe and North America.
<br />
<br />
Experts believe India is poised to become a major health care destination offering quality medical service at low cost.
<br />
<br />
"Our medical facilities are on par with any centre in the world," Roy Fernandes, Marketing Vice-President of India's Apollo Hospitals, told BBC News Online.
<br />
<br />
<strong>Growth potential </strong>"Our surgeons and cardiologists are trained in the UK and the US and they deliver results that are equal to those achieved by their counterparts across the world."
<br />
<br />
But what is bringing the patients are the comparatively low costs. <br />
<br />
Open-heart surgery in the UK can cost more than $20,000 and double that in the United States.
</p>
<p>In India, leading hospitals can perform that surgery for less than $5,000. <br />
<br />
And the costs can also be covered by most major insurance policies. <br />
<br />
The other attraction is that there is no waiting period for major medical procedures unlike in the UK where, under the National Health Service, patients can wait for months.
<br />
<br />
Both the Indian Government and industry have been quick to recognise the enormous potential of earning a lucrative share of the global health care industry, estimated to be worth hundreds of billions of dollars.
<br />
<br />
In the last budget announced in February, the government announced major tax benefits and incentives to attract investment in health care.
<br />
<br />
<strong>Destination health </strong>The government estimates the Indian health care industry is valued at $17bn, some 4% of India's GDP and growing at over 10% every year.
<br />
<br />
It is expected to reach 2,700bn rupees ($60bn) by 2012. <br />
<br />
Some 70% of India's health care services are privately managed, helping take care of the spill over from poorly maintained and ill-equipped government facilities.
<br />
<br />
Earlier this month, a team of Indian industrialists travelled to Britain to showcase Indian health care.
<br />
<br />
The Healthcare Mission highlighted India's medical facilities and skills especially in the areas of Cardiology, Oncology, Minimal Invasive Surgery and Joint Replacement.
<br />
<br />
Travel agents and tour operators have also taken up the cause and have begun promoting India as a major health care destination.
<br />
<br />
India already attracted visitors seeking alternative healing practices such as ayurveda and reiki.
<br />
<br />
But now, conventional treatment centres are seeing their fair share of international patients.
<br />
<br />
"Over the next 10 years, India will become a major destination for healthcare," says Roy Fernandes.
<br />
<br />
"We have been able to prove we are on par with the West." </p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>26/12/2011 11:40:28</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/14227/Indias+fivestar+hospitals</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">14227</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>14231</publicationdataID>
      <title>Interview with Australian and Indian Foreign Minister</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p style="text-align:center"><strong>CNN - DIPLOMATIC LICENSE<br />
Aired September 26, 2003 - 21:00:00 ET</strong></p>
<strong>RICHARD ROTH</strong> : General Assembly week at the United Nations is like having 500 people coming over to your house and never leaving. The political leaders of the 191 visiting countries toasted the United Nations, though they talked a good game
 of improving the place. <br />
<br />
This is DIPLOMATIC LICENSE. I'm Richard Roth. <br />
<br />
Last year, the big theme: Iraq. This year: Iraq. Powerful U.N. members argued in front of the membership.
<br />
<br />
<strong>GEORGE W. BUSH, U.S. PRESIDENT</strong>: Because a coalition of nations acted to defend the peace and the credibility of the United Nations, Iraq is free.
<br />
<br />
<strong>JACQUES CHIRAC, FRENCH PRESIDENT</strong> (through translator): It is the Council that should set the bounds to the use of force. No one can claim the right to use force unilaterally or preventively.
<br />
<br />
<strong>VLADIMIR PUTIN, RUSSIAN PRESIDENT</strong> (through translator): Being a world power means being together with the world community.
<br />
<br />
<strong>GERHARD SCHROEDER, GERMAN CHANCELLOR</strong> (through translator): Only the United Nations can guarantee the necessary degree of legitimacy in aiding the people of Iraq to speedily rebuild the country under an independent representative government.
<br />
<br />
<strong>JACK STRAW,BRITISH FOREIGN SECY</strong>: What would have happened if we had simply turned away? Would the world be a safer place today? Would Iraq be a better place today? Would the United Nations be a stronger institution today?
<p><strong>ROTH</strong>: So how did all of this play with the rest of the guests? Joining us, a couple of foreign ministers, alphabetically introduced. Australian Foreign Minister
<strong>Alexander Downer</strong>, at the U.N. office of CNN, and India's <strong>
Yashwant Sinha</strong> also at the United Nations. <br />
<br />
Mr. Sinha, will India send troops to help the United States and Britain in Iraq? <br />
<br />
<strong>YASHWANT SINHA, INDIAN FOREIGN MIN</strong>: Well, our view has been that there is no explicit mandate of the United Nations for a multinational force or a U.N. force.
<br />
<br />
<strong>ROTH</strong>: What kind of wording do you want to see, specific wording.
<br />
<br />
<strong>SINHA</strong>: I don't think I'll venture an opinion about the exact wordings in this program. But basically, what we are looking for is an explicit mandate for a multinational force with well-defined responsibilities and duties in Iraq. And that will
 be the stage for consideration of a request if such a request were to be repeated.
<br />
<br />
<strong>ROTH</strong>: Colin Powell says give the Iraqis six months to write a constitution. If that idea has any legs and they come up with some resolution, is that enough, do you think, for your country?
<br />
<br />
<strong>SINHA</strong>: Well, we wait and see what the resolution ultimately says. I believe the resolution, the draft of the resolution, is still being discussed, and our prime minister has already gone on record to say that we'll look at the resolution, we'll
 see what kind of resolution it is, what kind of language is used, and we'll look at our own requirements, our own national security concerns, and then take a final view.
<br />
<br />
</p>
<p><strong>ROTH</strong>: Minister Downer, in Australia, of Australia, you have troops on the ground in Iraq. There were as many as 2,000. They're now around roughly 1,000. Is Australia getting worried about its troops on the ground there? What's your perspective
 on the situation? <br />
<br />
<strong>ALEXANDER DOWNER, AUSTRALIAN FOREIGN MIN</strong>: Well, we're not overly worried about them. Obviously when we have troops in a not terribly permissive environment, we're concerned about their security, but I think it's easy to overstate the problems
 in Iraq today. We're just four months out from the end of the war. Of course there is still left some pocket of resistance, mainly coming from Ba'athists, from Saddam Hussein loyalists who have prepared for these circumstances, and we're doing out best to
 deal with those. <br />
<br />
But overall, the situation is starting to improve, and I think if within a period of the next few months the security situation can improve and increasingly responsibility for security be handed to the Iraqis, then that will be good.
<br />
<br />
<strong>ROTH</strong>: Now that we know what's happened, Minister Downer, your country supported the war effort, but India did not. Was this -- let's start with Australia. So, was this proven right? Was the war justified? Was it correct?
<br />
<br />
<strong>DOWNER</strong>: Well, obviously we believe so. I mean, we think at the end of the day the world is a better place without Saddam Hussein leading Iraq. We also think that if the alternative strategy had been pursued and Saddam Hussein had had a victory
 over the United Nations inspection regime, had had a victory over the Security Council, that would have been deleterious in terms of international security.
<br />
<br />
<strong>ROTH</strong>: All right. Minister Sinha, what do you think? Was the war a mistake? Saddam Hussein is out of power.
<br />
<br />
</p>
<p><strong>SINHA</strong>: Let me say that we believe in let bygones be bygones. But if you ask me a direct question, we did not support military action in Iraq. We were of the view that a peaceful resolution could have been found, and regime change is a responsibility
 of the people of a country. Regime change should not be induced from outside. <br />
<br />
<strong>ROTH</strong>: A lot of countries don't want to let bygones be bygones. It seems this U.S.-French split still sticks and a lot of people think the United Nations has been seriously wounded.
<br />
<br />
<strong>SINHA</strong>: Well, my impression is that the United States and France are engaged in very comprehensive discussions and my impression also is that they are both trying to reach a consensus, and I'm hoping that unlike in the past, the P5 especially
 will be able to reach a consensus on the future of Iraq. <br />
<br />
And I would also like to say at this point of time that I believe that the situation in Iraq is not necessarily one which calls for more firepower or more troops. The situation in Iraq demands a political solution and it's a political solution for which the
 United Nations and the membership of the United Nations should work. <br />
<br />
<strong>DOWNER</strong>: I think the real challenge is the domestic situation on the ground in Iraq. I think it's not so much large quantities of foreign troops that are needed but as quickly as possible the training of the Iraqis so they themselves can take
 over as much of the security as possible and the evolution of a new constitution and then elections under that constitution in Iraq.
</p>
<p>I think, you know, there have been attacks on the Americans and us and the Brits and attacks on the United Nations as well in Iraq. In the end, I think all Iraqis want to see their own country being run by Iraqis, and that is the objective of the exercise
 here. <br />
<br />
<strong>ROTH</strong>: All right, very briefly, a lot of people, including yourself, Mr. Downer, talked about the United Nations and reform and improving the place. In your speech, you said the organization must avoid frittering away its credibility and influence.
 And Kofi Annan appointed a panel of imminent people to look at this. The next report is a year away.
<br />
<br />
What is going to really happen here? Everybody talks a good game, but how are you going to change the place?
<br />
<br />
<strong>DOWNER</strong>: Well, I think there are two areas of reform. <br />
<br />
<strong>ROTH</strong>: Very briefly. <strong>DOWNER</strong>: One is institutional. For example, having our friends in India on the Security Council as permanent members is logical for me.
<br />
<br />
<strong>SINHA</strong>: Thank you. </p>
<p><strong>DOWNER</strong>: Secondly, I think that it's very important to insure that the United Nations has the capacity to address the issues the world is worried about -- terrorism, the proliferation of weapons of mass destruction.
<br />
<br />
Either the United Nations can deal with those problems or else we'll have to find other ways of dealing with them.
<br />
<br />
<strong>SINHA</strong>: I think the reform of the United Nations has been postponed for a long time now and it's time we attempted this reform, and without a reform, the United Nations, we cannot face the challenges of the 21st century. So reform is essential
 and should be attempted. <br />
<br />
<strong>ROTH</strong>: They've been talking for 10 years about expanding the Security Council. A lot of countries don't want India to have a permanent seat or a seat. I mean, you know, the story.
<br />
<br />
<strong>SINHA</strong>: Well, we have a case. We have a legitimate aspiration. But it's not merely the Security Council. We also agree with the U.N. S.G. when he says that the entire U.N. system needs to be reformed.
<br />
<br />
<strong>ROTH</strong>: Thank you both, Alexander Downer, Australian foreign minister, on the left there, and Yashwant Sinha of India, the foreign minister. Thank you both for taking time during your schedules.
<br />
<br />
<strong>SINHA</strong>: Thank you. </p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>26/12/2011 11:42:55</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/14231/Interview+with+Australian+and+Indian+Foreign+Minister</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">14231</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>14235</publicationdataID>
      <title>India Is Poised for Faster Growth; Economists Expect Nation to Join China as a Powerful Asian Engine</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p>NEW DELHI -- Is India finally set to join China as a powerful new economic growth engine for Asia? Judging by the speed at which economists are ratcheting up growth estimates here, it certainly looks that way.<br />
<br />
Government officials are predicting that India's inflation-adjusted growth for the current fiscal year, which ends March 31, may "significantly exceed" New Delhi's earlier forecast of 6% growth and could approach 8%. Private investment firms concur, estimating
 growth of as much as 7.5% and citing the potential for even faster expansion down the road.<br />
<br />
With economies in the U.S., Europe and Latin America still wobbly, India's emergence could be one of the world's most important economic-trend stories over the next two decades. More immediately, the growth explosions in India and China, the world's two most
 populous nations, signal an inevitable changing of the guard in Asia. East Asia's traditional tiger economics, in countries such as South Korea, have seen their export-driven models challenged by sluggish global trade.
<br />
<br />
Indians increasingly feel that their country has chosen the right balance of growing its domestic economy and its export economy at the same time. And no country, many Indians feel, is better positioned to profit from the global boom in information-technology
 services than their own.<br />
<br />
Foreign capital is increasingly taking notice of India's growth.</p>
<p>International portfolio investors have poured $3.65 billion into Indian equities so far this year -- up from $763 million for all of 2002 -- helping the country's main index rise by 50% since late April.<br />
<br />
At the same time, private-equity firms, mainly from the U.S. and Europe, have injected $300 million to $500 million into Indian companies since January, according to the Indian Venture Capital Association, with the bulk of it in long-term capital commitments.
 Blue-chip U.S. investment houses such as Warburg Pincus, Citibank's private-equity arm and Carlyle Group are among those who have recently bought stakes in Indian companies, aiming to tap into the country's growing consumer class and its emergence as a center
 for software development and information-technology services. "My bet is that India will begin to outperform China within the next five years," says Rajiv Lall of Warburg Pincus in New York, whose firm has invested roughly $600 million in India since 1993.
 In fact, Warburg Pincus is one of the few Wall Street firms that have placed a bigger bet on India than China. Warburg is currently in discussions to purchase a major stake in closely held food concern Radhakrishna Foodland Ltd., and Mr. Lall says his firm
 should close a number of Indian transactions in "the near future."<br />
<br />
Positive Cyclical Factors<br />
<br />
Economists cite several cyclical factors as contributors to India's growth this year. The country is enjoying an excellent monsoon season after last year's drought, providing hundreds of millions of farmers with more cash to buy everything from cellular phones
 to motorcycles. Meanwhile, companies are again investing significantly in their new production facilities, after many suffered from overcapacity following an anticipated boom in the mid-1990s that never materialized. A July survey of business confidence by
 a leading Indian institute showed the most optimistic outlook since mid-1995.</p>
<p>Important structural changes in the Indian economy are also driving consumption and investment patterns. Construction of everything from ports to telecommunications networks has accelerated and Prime Minister Atal Bihari Vajpayee's support for a $10 billion
 nationwide road-construction program is expected to be a boon for cement and steel companies. Banks are reporting a 30% rise in loans to consumers and a 30%-35% increase in home mortgages, as they shift from focusing on corporate loans to the country's growing
 middle class, an estimated 250 million Indians.<br />
<br />
These trends are filtering through to the wider economy. Car sales, for example, jumped 26% for April to August this year compared with the same period of 2002. "There are only six cars for every thousand people in India ... We can only grow," says Jagdish
 Khattar, chief executive of India's largest car manufacturer, Maruti Udyog Ltd., which produces 600,000 units annually.<br />
<br />
As Indian companies reduce costs and focus on competing with foreign firms in India's increasingly open economy, their earnings are also improving. Investment banks such as Citigroup's Smith Barney are projecting earnings growth of 25% to 30% among top-tier
 Indian companies, as they benefit from cheaper credit and growing demand for their services and products from foreign companies. In addition to operating call-centers and back-office operations, Indian companies also are increasingly being tapped to produce
 high-end products such as auto components and pharmaceuticals.<br />
<br />
"In our opinion, the frontline Indian companies have never been in better shape since liberalization began in 1991," declares a September report on the India economy by Smith Barney.<br />
<br />
Despite such optimism, the International Monetary Fund and the World Bank warn that India will struggle to reach its 8% annual growth target set out in the government's current Five-Year Plan without more rigorous reforms. They point to New Delhi's yawning
 budget deficit, which stood at more than 10% of gross domestic product in the past fiscal year. The World Bank projects that without strong efforts by New Delhi to raise tax revenues and cut spending on subsidies and civil-service salaries, the rising debt
 could stifle expansion and cap annual growth at 5%.</p>
<p>Impact of Debt Load<br />
<br />
The World Bank and IMF aren't predicting a balance-of-payments crisis for India, as the government is holding $85 billion in foreign reserves and India is running a healthy current-account surplus. But World Bank officials do say New Delhi's debt load -- owed
 mainly to domestic lenders -- is undercutting the government's ability to fund new infrastructure and development programs. "Interest payments are crowding out public spending," says Mark Baird, who wrote this year's World Bank report on the Indian economy.<br />
<br />
The World Bank and others are also pushing New Delhi to move more aggressively to open up the economy. Despite recent initiatives, they say India still maintains among the highest average tariff rates in the developing world. Steps to privatize state-owned
 companies have faced stiff resistance from labor unions and political parties. And caps on foreign investment in sectors such as retailing and the media have denied India a potentially hefty inflow of new funds.<br />
<br />
"In India, it's the sectors where the government isn't interfering that are thriving," says Rishi Sahai, a principal founder of the Indian Venture Capital Association.
</p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>26/12/2011 11:45:33</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/14235/India+Is+Poised+for+Faster+Growth+Economists+Expect+Nation+to+Join+China+as+a+Powerful+Asian+Engine</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">14235</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>14241</publicationdataID>
      <title>Is Pakistan a Friend or Foe?</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p>Pakistani generals routinely deny that their army retains any sympathy for the Taliban. But here is a secret they managed to keep quiet for several months. In early summer U.S. soldiers scrambling after Taliban remnants along the craggy mountains of southeastern
 Afghanistan made a surprising discovery. Among the gang of suspected Taliban agents they nabbed were three men who, it emerged in interrogations, were Pakistani army officers. Authorities in Pakistan clapped the three in a military brig; an official from military
 intelligence called them "mavericks." But the news of their capture alongside enemy fighters underscored a persistent issue in Washington and Kabul: Whose side, exactly, is Pakistan on?
<br />
<br />
The longer the war on terrorism continues, the more questions the U.S. seems to have about Pakistan. Just how devoted is President Pervez Musharraf to fighting terrorism? Is Pakistan undermining stability in neighboring Afghanistan? Is it flirting with the
 potential disaster of a new war on the subcontinent by harboring militants fighting India in the disputed region of Kashmir? What role does Islamabad play in the proliferation of nuclear weapons worldwide? On so many issues of U.S. concern, Pakistan is a crucial
 nexus. <br />
<br />
Certainly Washington continues to appreciate Musharraf's decision to side with the U.S. after 9/11. That meant breaking ties with the Taliban, which Pakistani authorities had nurtured; assisting the U.S. in changing the regime in Afghanistan and in running
 down remnants of Osama bin Laden's al-Qaeda as they fled their sanctuary there; and restraining Islamic extremists in Pakistan. Says a U.S. official of the Pakistanis: "We're certainly better off with the level of partnership we have with them than if we had
 none."</p>
<p>But the faintness of that praise contains at least a hint of disappointment. No one expected Musharraf to reorient Pakistan toward moderation instantaneously. Even if his security chiefs saluted his new orders, rogue operations were inevitable. Plus, Musharraf
 has to balance Washington's demands against the fact that many Pakistanis are sympathetic to the Taliban and al-Qaeda and particularly to the militants in Kashmir. For those reasons, the Bush Administration has settled on what a State Department official calls
 "the carrot approach with Pakistan." In his scheduled meeting with George W. Bush in New York City this week, the fifth session Musharraf has had with the President since 9/11, he can expect a continuation of that policy. But he will also feel an urgency in
 the air. It's sparked by Washington's concern that it needs better results from Islamabad at a time when a resurgent Taliban is using Pakistan as a base for strikes against U.S. and government forces in Afghanistan, threatening the stability of the U.S.-backed
 government in Kabul. Says Norbert Van Heyst, the outgoing commander of the nato peacekeeping force in Kabul: "It is well known that beyond the border, the remnants of the Taliban and al-Qaeda have the chance to reorganize," including establishing training
 camps. <br />
<br />
One reason the Pakistanis have failed to stop these militants is geographical. The border area in Pakistan where Taliban and al-Qaeda survivors have coalesced is made up of semiautonomous tribal lands where the central government's authority is limited and
 where promilitant fervor runs high. In early September U.S. soldiers backed by helicopters and fighter aircraft herded dozens of fleeing Taliban fighters out of the mountains in Afghanistan's Zabul province toward the border, while Pakistani forces waited
 to grab them as they came across. By the third day, tribal protests had become so widespread that Islamabad called off the hunt. Not one Taliban fighter was captured.</p>
<p>Islamabad, meanwhile, is resisting U.S. demands that its forces be allowed to mount their own search parties inside the tribal territories. That scenario, explains a Pakistani military officer, could lead to an armed tribal uprising. "You get these hotshot
 cia guys who come in on a six-month rotation, and they want to tear up everything—mosques, villages—to get bin Laden," a Western diplomat comments. "Well, the Pakistani army has to live with the fallout."
<br />
<br />
And within the army, there seem to be strains of resistance to the U.S.-led effort against al-Qaeda and its allies. Pakistani military-intelligence sources say army investigators in early September arrested three officers, all "below the rank of lieutenant
 colonel," for suspected ties to al-Qaeda. Two of the officers were based in the tribal areas. All three, say the sources, were fingered by al-Qaeda's top planner, Khalid Sheikh Mohammed. They are in Pakistani military custody.
<br />
<br />
Thought to be the mastermind of the 9/11 attacks, Mohammed was caught last March inside an army officers' colony in Rawalpindi. Authorities say he was sheltered there by a serving army major. A senior military-intelligence official denies that al-Qaeda has
 any support in the military beyond this "tiny cell." But according to Talat Masood, a retired lieutenant general and a writer on security issues, a strong anti-U.S. feeling pervades the army. After Musharraf's government turned against the Taliban at Washington's
 prodding and failed to condemn the civilian casualties in the war in Afghanistan, says Masood, "there was a sense of betrayal inside the armed forces."</p>
<p>Weeding out extremists in the military may not be easy. For years, the top brass drummed into midranking officers a sense of Islamic mission. A Prophet-length beard helped an officer's promotion, as did praying five times a day. Now, says Masood, "the army
 is taking measures against officers who are too religious minded." Those deemed overly fanatic are discreetly steered into nonsensitive or dead-end jobs, he says, and a soldier needs permission from his commanding officer before he is permitted to grow a beard.
<br />
<br />
The difficulty of redirecting the army toward moderation is illustrated by Musharraf's struggle to reform Pakistan's powerful internal-security apparatus, Inter-Services Intelligence (isi], once the Taliban's No. 1 ally. These days, says a Western diplomat
 in Islamabad, the isi's top brass carries out Musharraf's bidding, but some of the lower-echelon officers seem to retain ties—ideological and financial—with their former Taliban proteges. Says this diplomat: "At some level, these guys see the Taliban as an
 insurance policy for what happens next in Afghanistan." </p>
<p>These same countervailing forces are at play in Islamabad's relations with militants fighting to expel India from the part of Muslim-majority Kashmir that it occupies. The militants' cause is popular within the Pakistani security forces and among Pakistanis
 in general. After India and Pakistan, both nuclear armed, nearly went to war over the conflict in May 2002, Musharraf assured Bush that there were no militant training camps in Pakistani territory. Deputy Secretary of State Richard Armitage reminded Musharraf
 of that guarantee when the two met in the northern city of Rawalpindi before Musharraf's last meeting with Bush in June. Armitage then produced a dossier of satellite photos showing camps of that nature. "Musharraf acted outraged and upset," a State Department
 official tells TIME, but it wasn't clear to the Americans whether he was angry that the camps were functioning or that the U.S. had uncovered them.</p>
<p>Musharraf has failed to sustain his promise to crack down on extremist groups that in the past fed fighters to the Kashmir cause, carried out sectarian killings and attacked Westerners. In January 2002, at the insistence of the U.S., Musharraf banned five
 such groups. Yet the government has allowed them to resurface under new names. Abdul Rauf Azhar, formerly of Jaish-e-Muhammad, says, "We are still doing our work."
<br />
<br />
Azhar is not just any militant. Indian police suspect him of organizing the 1999 hijacking of an Indian Airlines flight to secure the release of his brother Maulana Masood Azhar, among other prisoners, from an Indian jail. The two Azhar brothers top India's
 wanted-terrorist list, but Pakistan brought no charges against Abdul Rauf. Musharraf did vow to keep Masood under house arrest, but staff members at his ornate mansion in Bahawalpur say he is free to travel, give incendiary sermons against the U.S. and collect
 donations for the Kashmiri insurgency. <br />
<br />
Ultimately, the most explosive issue between the U.S. and Pakistan is the nuclear one. American intelligence officials believe Pakistani scientists have shared—with North Korea and Iran—the technology they developed on their way to becoming a nuclear power.
 That is a possibility Washington cannot ignore when North Korea is explicitly threatening to sell nuclear weapons to terrorists unless the U.S. gives in to Pyongyang's demands for security guarantees, diplomatic ties and economic aid. U.S. officials do not
 think government agents are responsible for the leakage of Pakistani technology, but the U.S. has repeatedly asked Pakistan to impose tighter export controls and remains unsatisfied with Islamabad's response.</p>
<p>Of course, Musharraf has his frustrations with Washington. Like many Pakistanis, he thinks the U.S. has not sufficiently compensated Islamabad for its sacrifices in the war on terrorism. Several dozen Pakistani security men have died in shoot-outs with al-Qaeda
 since 9/11, and two were accidentally shot last month by U.S. troops. Among the rewards Islamabad seeks are for the U.S. to unblock the sale of F-16 fighter planes to Pakistan, open U.S. markets to Pakistani textiles and apply more pressure on New Delhi to
 settle the Kashmir dispute. "Here we are, fighting and dying in Bush's war," a Pakistani general recently told a Western diplomat, "and we're not getting anything in return."
<br />
<br />
When Musharraf and Bush met in June, the President's message to the Pakistanis was, according to a State Department official, "If they really are committed (to fighting terrorism], we're willing to entertain any request they want to make." Ahead of this week's
 meeting, U.S. officials anticipated that Musharraf would arrive with a wish list of military, economic and trade concessions and a rundown of what he would do on the counterterrorism front if granted those benefits. "Then people will decide what the pain thresholds
 are," says the official. Those limits will be determined in part by the ache of the intolerable status quo.
<br />
<br />
<em>—With reporting by Timothy J. Burger/ Washington, Ghulam Hasnain/Bahawalpur and Syed Talat Hussain/Islamabad
</em></p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>26/12/2011 11:48:31</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/14241/Is+Pakistan+a+Friend+or+Foe</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">14241</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>14245</publicationdataID>
      <title>India marshals pan-Asian concerns ahead of WTO talks</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p>India yesterday set a target of $15bn ({13.8bn, {9.5bn) in trade with south-east Asian countries over the next two years-part of a wider goal to promote pan-Asian solidarity ahead of World Trade Organisation talks.<br />
<br />
"India-Asean trade now exceeds $10bn but has barely scratched the surface of its potential," Atal Behari Vajpayee, Indian prime minister, told a conference of Indian and south-east Asian business leaders. "We must aim high and target a turn-over of $15bn over
 the next two years and $30bn by 2007."<br />
<br />
Mr Vajpayee said India was working on a free trade agreement with the Association of South East Asian Nations (Asean). Details would be announced at an Asean meeting in Indonesia next year.<br />
<br />
Foreign trade diplomats fear India's push for closer links with Asean foreshadows an emerging rift in the world trading system between rich and poor countries.<br />
<br />
India is holding free-trade agreement talks with individual Asean countries such as singapore and Thailand, but foreign trade diplomats say politics rather than trade in behind India's move.<br />
<br />
"India's free-trade talks with Asean coutries have strategic factors that are perfectly reasonable. But they're not the same as important issues like improving multilateral market access," said one trade diplomat.<br />
<br />
New Delhi also attacked the WTO for failing to meet its so-called "development goals" for poor countries such as cuts in European and US farm subsidies. "We try to highlight the asymmetries and imbalances in the multilateral trade agreements... but our concerns
 are always on the slower track," Mr Vajpayee said. </p>
<p>"It is in the hands of Asean, India and other developing countries to arrest this trend. We must insist that the multilateral trading regime takes into account the genuine concerns of the not-so-rich countries for the welfare and livelihood of billions of
 their citizens."<br />
<br />
India's rhetoric ahead of next week's WTO ministerial meeting in Cancun, Mexico, worries western trade diplomats who fear a two-tier world trading system could emerge if countries such as India argue for special treatment - such as agricultural protection-
 in trade talks.<br />
<br />
Dorothy Dwoskin, the US Assistant trade representative, said in India on Wedenesday that India was like the European Union and was not interested in opening markets. "If you want cuts in (farm) subsidies then there is a need for higher ambitions on market access,"
 Ms Dwoskin said.<br />
<br />
She said the US was against a two-tier system at the WTO with separate rules for developed and developing countries.<br />
<br />
But Mr Vajpayee said India and Asean shared common concerns on (non-agricultural) market access and hoped to stay united in the coming WTO talks.<br />
<br />
Indian business laders are supporting the pan-Asian positioning. Dr A.C. Muthiah, president of the Federation of Indian Chambers of Commerce and Industry, said Indian and Asean partnerships were key to a pan-Asian identity and Asia "deserves a leading role
 in the emerging world order". </p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>26/12/2011 11:51:23</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/14245/India+marshals+panAsian+concerns+ahead+of+WTO+talks</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">14245</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>14247</publicationdataID>
      <title>Discover the true curry; Forget those packaged powders. These peppery leaves are a must for authentic Indian cuisine</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p>Curry — the word is almost meaningless. In this country, it usually refers to a dish flavored with curry powder or something served at an Indian restaurant, as if all Indian dishes with spicy sauce could be lumped into a single category. This, of course,
 is not the case.<br />
<br />
In fact, authentic Indian cuisine never involves the prepackaged combination of spices known as curry powder. In southern India, however, many dishes make liberal use of curry leaves. Despite their name, these leaves taste nothing like curry powder.<br />
<br />
Curry leaves are small, about the size of a slim basil leaf, with a smooth surface and pointy shape. They add a slightly peppery flavor to all kinds of dishes, from stews to yogurts, from soups to sauces. Just as kaffir lime leaves add a special touch to Thai
 food, and epazote distinguishes certain Mexican dishes, curry leaves are a signature flavoring in south Indian cooking.<br />
<br />
Once unobtainable here, fresh curry leaves are now available year-round in almost every Indian market, and surprisingly, they're less expensive than more common herbs in supermarkets.
</p>
<p>They keep longer too, and can be frozen. However, the flavor dissipates over time, so once picked, curry leaves should be used as soon as possible. For enthusiastic cooks, the best idea is to plant a curry leaf tree and pluck as needed.<br />
<br />
The leaves grow in neat rows on either side of stems, which are usually discarded (although whole sprigs are sometimes added to sauces). The leaves don't wilt when cooked.<br />
<br />
Unlike bay leaves, curry leaves are edible, although I tend to push them aside. This may be a mistake, because they are considered by some to have medicinal benefit, especially for dark-haired people. In his book "Home Remedies" (Penguin Books India), T.V.
 Sairam writes that curry leaves "strengthen the body, increase appetite, eliminate body heat and fever. They impart brightness to the eyes and guarantee blackness of hair."<br />
<br />
You'll find curry leaves regularly in dishes at southern Indian restaurants. There's a concentration of such restaurants in Cerritos and Artesia, but the cuisine has spread beyond those borders. For example, in West Hollywood, Darshan Singh of Flavor of India
 has added several southern Indian dishes to his menu. They include fish molee, a curry rich with coconut milk, golden with turmeric and accented with curry leaves.<br />
<br />
South Indians typically fry mustard seeds, curry leaves and chiles together to add when a dish is almost finished. An example of this preparation is kottu, a dal soup on the menu at Madras Tiffin Café in Cerritos.<br />
<br />
This light, simple soup contains shredded cabbage and green pepper, "but you can use any summer vegetable," says Palwinder Kaur, the cafe's owner. The dal is split yellow channa dal, a lentil-like dried legume available in all Indian markets.<br />
<br />
Curry leaves are used in other parts of India too, especially the states of Maharashtra and Gujarat. Gujarati vegetarians like to dip their roti, a flat bread, into a bowl of soupy potatoes fragrant with spices, says Ravi Merchant of Patel Brothers, who is
 from Gujarat.<br />
<br />
In the recipe for this dish, called bateta shaak, curry leaves, mustard seeds and other spices are fried, then simmered with potatoes to make a dish with plenty of sauce. A heady dose of ground coriander and cumin and a sprinkling of cilantro make for pungent
 flavor.<br />
<br />
But if you've ever traveled to India and eaten this sort of food, you'll recognize at once that it is authentic. Roti and nan breads for dipping are stocked in Indian markets. Pita or any other firm bread can be substituted.<br />
<br />
Once you've tried them in southern Indian recipes, consider experimenting with other uses for curry leaves. They're a natural crossover ingredient. Drop a few into a pot of rice, for example. Or add them to soup. The curry leaf tree may be an exotic newcomer
 in the California garden, but it quickly makes itself at home in our kitchens. </p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>26/12/2011 11:53:20</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/14247/Discover+the+true+curry+Forget+those+packaged+powders+These+peppery+leaves+are+a+must+for+authentic+Indian+cuisine</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">14247</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>14251</publicationdataID>
      <title>Taliban shop in Pakistan for guns to fuel war</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p>Tribes on the Afghan border are giving fighters sanctuary, reports Ahmed Rashid in Gulanai<br />
<br />
Just a few miles from the Afghan border in Pakistan's Mohmand tribal agency, Haji Ahmed Khan stocks everything a Taliban or al-Qa'eda fighter might want.
<br />
<br />
His shop in Gulanai is packed to the rafters with Chinese-made Kalashnikovs for as little as £150, pallets of ammunition, sleeping bags, water bottles and flak jackets.<br />
<br />
The Taliban's renewed offensive in Afghanistan is being fuelled by fighters, arms, money and logistical support from Pakistan's border areas of North West Frontier Province and Baluchistan.<br />
<br />
Pathan tribesmen there are overwhelmingly opposed to the presence of American forces in Pakistan and Afghanistan and deeply sympathetic to the Taliban, who are fellow Pathans.<br />
<br />
That sense of Pathan brotherhood is even stronger in the seven federally administered tribal agencies which run north to south in a 750-mile-long wedge between Afghanistan and the settled areas of the North West Frontier Province.<br />
<br />
The agencies are under the control of Pakistan, but the tribes have been semi-autonomous since the British Raj. They have always carried arms and sold arms to everyone in the region, from Tamil Tigers and Kashmiri militants to the Taliban.
</p>
<p>"The Taliban are clean, honest, believe in Islam and will rout the Americans," said Shakirullah, another shopkeeper in Mohmand. "Anyone fighting the Americans is our friend."<br />
<br />
Isolated from mainstream Pakistan and the media, misinformation is rampant. In dozens of interviews it is clear that the people of Mohmand still refuse to accept that al-Qa'eda carried out the September 11 attacks. They believe they were carried out by "the
 CIA and the Jews".<br />
<br />
Most also believe that the Americans hate all Pathans. "Bush has said many times that all Pathans are evil because the Taliban are Pathan," said Haji Baram Khan, the owner of a hotel and shop in the town. In fact President George W Bush has never criticised
 the Pathans.<br />
<br />
After the defeat of the Taliban in Afghanistan, the Pakistani army entered the tribal agencies one by one at the request of American forces, who are patrolling on the Afghan side of the border looking for al-Qa'eda units.<br />
<br />
In August, at the behest of the Americans, thousands of Pakistani troops occupied the Mohmand agency for the first time.<br />
<br />
"Pakistani troops are all along the border now and we are co-operating with the US coalition forces in Afghanistan," said Lt Gen Mohammed Ali Jan Orakzai, the corps commander on the north-west frontier.<br />
<br />
But the army has not stopped the flow of guns and fighters to the Taliban.</p>
<p>For 10 days, up to 1,000 Taliban have been fighting a similar number of American and Afghan government troops in southern Afghanistan.
<br />
<br />
Yesterday, the Afghan army launched assaults on Taliban forces which have infiltrated the barren mountain ranges of Paktia, Zabol and Oruzgan in recent months.<br />
<br />
Rather than retreat, the Taliban are pouring in more recruits from Pakistan to take on the Americans, who are trying to beat them back with heavy air bombardment.
<br />
<br />
About 300 Taliban reinforcements, led by Anmir Khan Muttaqi, the former education minister, pushed across the Pakistan border into Afghanistan overnight, a senior commander said.<br />
<br />
The Taliban are striking at Afghan and American positions all along the border. Three Americans, 20 Afghans and 100 Taliban have died in the heaviest fighting in the past two years.<br />
<br />
A group of US special forces soldiers is believed to be operating in the Mohmand agency, but they are holed up in safe houses provided by Pakistan's Inter-Services Intelligence and rarely venture out.</p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>26/12/2011 11:55:28</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/14251/Taliban+shop+in+Pakistan+for+guns+to+fuel+war</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">14251</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>14255</publicationdataID>
      <title>White-collar jobs go abroad</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p>At the top of his white-collar game, Jim Brannon worried little about his job. He was six-figure successful, an educated man with a jet-setting software job in Norcross.<br />
<br />
The vagaries of free trade and globalization couldn't touch him. He was, after all, a vaunted executive at Unisys, the world-spanning information technology behemoth. It was the blue-collar Joe, Brannon believed, who'd wake up one morning and discover his factory
 job had gone to Mexico or China.<br />
<br />
Brannon, though, experienced just such a morning in February 2002. A letter ordered him to clear out his desk by day's end. Gone were the fancy office, expense account, feeling of invincibility, and once-solid belief in the righteousness of Corporate America.<br />
<br />
Brannon, now 52, represents one of the hundreds of thousands of American white-collar workers whose jobs have disappeared the last three years. While Unisys' desire to cut costs was partly to blame for Brannon's unemployment, he says a major culprit was offshore
 outsourcing.<br />
<br />
America's middle- and upper-class workers, long immune from globalization's discontents, are under siege this Labor Day. No job, it seems, is safe.
<br />
<br />
It all began two decades ago with the hollowing out of America's manufacturing core and the disappearance of textile, electronic and steel jobs. Low-skilled service workers -- call center employees, credit card processors, computer code writers -- soon followed.
 Information technology jobs were next.<br />
<br />
Now, though, virtually every job is up for grabs to the lowest bidder, who can typically be found in low-wage India. The list is as long as it is scary for America's educated work force: financial analysts; patent researchers; insurance claim processors; architectural
 drafters; radiologists; and, yes, software executives worried about job prospects for themselves and their teenage children.
</p>
<p>"What are they going to do when they get out of college?" asked Brannon, who now installs invisible fences to keep dogs from straying. "Will they seek the proverbial white-collar job? I don't think so. It won't be there."<br />
<br />
The Washington-based Economic Policy Institute reports that the number of long-term unemployed white-collar workers has more than tripled during this most recent recession.<br />
<br />
Forrester Research expects U.S. companies to ship 3.3 million white-collar jobs overseas, most to India, by 2015. Half of those jobs fall under the heading of "office support." Nearly 290,000 management jobs and 184,000 architectural design jobs also will disappear,
 Forrester predicts.<br />
<br />
"For a long time, you had a group in the United States, white-collar service workers, who could enjoy some of the benefits of free trade -- lower prices for clothing, for example -- but felt themselves immune from the downside. Now they realize that's not always
 true," said Josh Bivens, an economist with the Economic Policy Institute. "People are now getting animated about this [when they] didn't get animated about steel closings."<br />
<br />
Much of that animus, like previous times of economic malaise, is targeted at workers from other countries, Indians in particular, who benefit from high-wage America's misfortune.<br />
<br />
A cornucopia of Fortune 500 companies have hired low-wage, English-speaking, well-educated Indians. Got a sick computer? Chances are your Dell Computer answer man lives in Bangalore. American Express screw up your monthly bill? A friendly woman with a slight
 (they're trained to sound American) Indian accent is on the line.<br />
<br />
Hewlett-Packard Co. employs 3,300 software engineers in India. Bank of America recently slashed 5,000 technical and back office jobs with a third reportedly shipped to the South Asian nation.<br />
<br />
The world's top 100 financial institutions plan to move 1 million back office and technical-related jobs to India by 2008, according to Deloitte Research. General Electric already employs 20,000 there.</p>
<p>Atlanta-based Coca-Cola, which doesn't publicize the amount of work it contracts out, is expected to one day employ Indians and workers from other underdeveloped countries to fill up to 70 percent of its outsourced IT work. "Looking for a new job, I was
 astounded by how bad the market is," said Charlie Seaman, 54, who lost his IT job at Georgia-Pacific last month. "I really want to be a consultant, but at this point, I'm wondering if I should get a job at McDonald's or something."<br />
<br />
'How can I compete?'<br />
<br />
Seaman, who has pulled $20,000 from his retirement fund to stay financially afloat, trolls the Web looking for free-lance jobs. It further galls him to discover that Indian contractors bid only $7 an hour for work he's typically paid $45 an hour to do. "How
 can I compete with that?" he asked.<br />
<br />
He can't. Nor, conceivably, can Wall Street analysts who earn maybe $100,000 a year. An Indian MBA graduate makes about $12,000 annually. A U.S. computer programmer is paid at least 10 times his Indian counterpart.<br />
<br />
The Indian government pointedly went after U.S. service industry jobs a decade ago. By 2008, IT and other service-related exports will generate $57 billion in revenue -- and employ 4 million people -- according to an Indian business-government task force.<br />
<br />
India, of course, doesn't monopolize offshore American business. Accenture employs 5,000 Filipinos who handle accounting, software and other back office work. American Express, Eastman Kodak, Intel, Microsoft and others have established 45 call centers across
 the Philippines employing 10,000. With 380,000 college graduates each year, the Philippines -- low-wage and English-speaking friendly -- will remain prime hunting ground for cost-cutting U.S. companies.<br />
<br />
Even China, which graduates 70,000 mechanical engineers each year, twice as many as in the United States, hones in on America's propensity to offshore jobs.</p>
<p>Economic giants in Europe and Asia also ride the cost-cutting outsourcing wave. Banks in Britain increasingly turn to India, a former colonial subject, for back office work. The French are partial to French-speaking Mauritius for telephone service work.
 German companies look east to Russia, the Baltics and Eastern Europe. Dutch electronics giant Philips has shifted most of its television and cellphone research and development work to Shanghai.<br />
<br />
From India to Russia Nor are underdeveloped countries immune from outsourcing. Seaman, angered by so many white-collar jobs going overseas, demanded last week to know who was answering his AT&amp;T service call and where the chap lived. The Indian technician, Seaman
 said, empathized with America's loss of white-collar jobs.<br />
<br />
"And then he said they were having trouble because their jobs were now moving to Russia," Seaman added.<br />
<br />
Not surprisingly, America's anti-offshoring backlash grows. The Boeing Co. has simultaneously laid off 5,000 engineers since 2001 and hired replacements in Russia who make as little as $5,400 annually. Boeing employs Russians in seven cities to help design
 parts for jet wings and the international space station. A year ago, Boeing's Moscow Design Center employed 700 -- far too many for its Washington-based union members. Engineers threatened to walk out last December, when their contract expired, if the Russian
 venture was not scaled back. Boeing cut its Moscow operations in half, but it won't rule out further expansion in the former Soviet Union.<br />
<br />
"To be economically competitive in the future, we need to make sure that we keep science and technology jobs here in this country," said Marcus Courtney, president of WashTech, a burgeoning Seattle-based union for high-tech workers. "But the opposite, in fact,
 is happening. I don't see how this makes America and our economy more competitive when we're exporting every job." Corporate America begs to differ. Buffeted by the recession, lowered profits and Wall Street disillusionment, U.S. businesses have been slashing
 costs for three years. Jobs and benefits have been obvious targets for productivity-minded companies.<br />
<br />
Management gurus insist offshoring can shave 40 percent or more from corporate bottom lines. Coca-Cola says it can save 20 percent by outsourcing. Better days ahead?<br />
<br />
Even Wall Street may feel the sting. Wages comprise three-fourths of a Wall Street researcher's expenses, according to the New York state comptroller's office. The average Wall Street bonus last year: $48,500.<br />
<br />
It's little wonder, then, that U.S. financial services firms expect to ship 500,000 jobs overseas over the next five years, according to management consultant A.T. Kearney.</p>
<p>India's gain, though, won't necessarily come at the expense of American workers. Daryl Buffenstein, general counsel to the pro-business Global Personnel Alliance, argues that without cost-cutting measures, many U.S. companies would fail, taking thousands
 of jobs down with them.<br />
<br />
"To make a blanket assertion that every time a company moves jobs offshore means that somehow we've been robbed of jobs in the United States is not necessarily an accurate assertion," said Buffenstein, an Atlanta immigration lawyer. "By moving certain functions
 offshore, it enables [U.S. companies] to be much more competitive domestically, and it can even increase employment domestically."<br />
<br />
Economists also question the dire prognostications that millions of white-collar jobs will disappear during the next decade. Bivens, at the Economic Policy Institute, says U.S. Department of Labor statistics remain too outdated for accurate crystal ball predictions.<br />
<br />
"There have been lots of anecdotes about companies planning to move jobs abroad, but companies plan lots of stuff," he said. "And they also have an incentive to talk up plans to offshore to keep wages down and to keep current employees uneasy so they can extract
 some wage concessions."<br />
<br />
Clearly, though, jobs of all stripes are gone for good. Nearly 3 million jobs -- white- and blue-collar -- have disappeared since the recession began three years ago. More than 9 million Americans are looking for work.<br />
<br />
Job creation lags Hope wanes that many of the lost jobs will return. Within 18 months of the end of the 1990-91 recession, for example, 516,000 professional and business service jobs were created nationwide, according to Rajeev Dhawan, an economist at Georgia
 State University. But 18 months after this latest recession officially ended, in November 2001, an additional 102,000 white-collar jobs have been lost, Dhawan noted in his recently released economic outlook. Nonetheless, Dhawan predicts the white-collar work
 force will rebound the next two years. Brannon won't wait to find out.<br />
<br />
Soon after being laid off, Brannon lined up a half-dozen interviews. But much-reduced salaries and the fear of another layoff convinced the Gwinnett County father of two that the software development industry was no longer for him. When an old acquaintance
 extolled the money-making virtues of invisible fences, Brannon bit. Now he owns his own "pet containment" business. He earns one-third less than before, but says he's much happier away from the increasingly globalized dog-eat-dog world.<br />
<br />
"I always thought I needed to have a prestigious office and a job with a briefcase, a suit and a laptop and go to corporate meetings," he said. "But now I don't have to worry about the next ax falling or somebody saying, 'If we don't get those numbers up next
 quarter, you guys will be in trouble.' I also control my destiny a lot better."</p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>26/12/2011 11:57:36</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/14255/Whitecollar+jobs+go+abroad</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">14255</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>14258</publicationdataID>
      <title>Bombay bombing: more religious strife?</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p><strong>Two car bombings in India's financial capital Monday prompted concern over Muslim-Hindu relations</strong>
<br />
<br />
BOMBAY - Two car bombs exploded in the heart of India's financial capital Monday raising concern that a cycle of violence between Muslim and Hindu extremists might be flaring up again.<br />
<br />
The bombings were the worst attack in Bombay (Mumbai) since 1993, when a series of bombings killed 260 people. At least 44 people were killed Monday and nearly 150 injured when two almost simultaneous explosions took place - one near the Gateway of India, a
 popular foreign tourist attraction, and the second in the densely packed streets of Zaveri Bazaar, Bombay's gold and diamond district.<br />
<br />
"There are many jihadi groups out, let loose by the enemy country," said Ranjit Sharma, a Bombay police commissioner. The "enemy country" was a clear reference to Pakistan, India's longtime rival. Such an accusation could threaten to increase tension between
 the nuclear-armed neighbors.<br />
<br />
Pakistani officials immediately condemned the attack and expressed sympathy for the families of victims.<br />
<br />
No group had claimed responsibility for the attacks at press time. But Mr. Sharma specifically mentioned the Students Islamic Movement of India, or SIMI, a militant students' group outlawed in September 2001, and Lashkar-e-Tayyaba, one of more than a dozen
 Islamic rebel groups fighting Indian security forces in Kashmir since 1989, seeking independence for the divided Himalayan province or its merger with Muslim dominated Pakistan.<br />
<br />
Indian police blame Muslim extremists for a series of small bombings in the Bombay suburbs since December.<br />
<br />
India's Home Minister Shankar Singh said Monday's explosions were different from the earlier ones because of the intensity of the blasts and their locations in the heart of Bombay.<br />
<br />
Initial speculation about the origin of the blasts prompted Javed Anand, a human rights activist and coeditor of Communalism Combat, a Bombay newspaper, to predict that relations between Muslims and Hindus will sour in the city. "It is going to poison the body
 politic, and that's not good for the Muslims," he says. </p>
<p>But Hasan Kamaal, a columnist at Inquilab, a left-leaning Urdu language daily in Bombay, disagrees. "Muslims in Bombay are very agitated against this heinous crime," he says.<br />
<br />
The 1993 Bombay bombings, say police, were in response to the 1992 destruction of the Ayodhya mosque by Hindu mobs, and to avenge Muslim deaths in the rioting that followed. Mr. Kamaal says the political atmosphere in the city today isn't the same. "At that
 time, there was an instant reaction and a lot of bitterness. I don't sense that now," he says.<br />
<br />
Police said a bomb hidden in the trunk of a taxi went off in Zaveri Bazaar at 12:50 p.m. and another bomb, also in a taxi, was detonated at 1:05 p.m. outside the Taj Mahal hotel, near the Gateway of India monument.<br />
<br />
The hotel, a grand Victorian building, is one of Bombay's most famous landmarks and is frequented by American and European tourists. While the police have not identified any bodies, Ravi Dubey, a spokesman for the Taj Hotel says that no guests were hurt in
 the explosion.<br />
<br />
Zaveri Bazaar is heavily populated by Bombay's Hindu Gujarati community which largely runs the jewelry trade in Bombay.<br />
<br />
Well-aware of the communal riots between Hindus and Muslims in the western state of Gujarat which claimed at least 1,000 lives last year, the state government immediately placed the state's capital Ahmedabad on high alert and security was tightened all over
 Gujarat with police throwing up checkpoints on highways leading in and out of the state.<br />
<br />
Sushil Kumar Shinde, Maharashtra's chief minister, said the five of the seven Bombay bomb attacks in the last six months took place in Gujarati dominated areas of Mumbai leading to further speculation that these attacks could be organized by Muslim groups in
 retaliation to the 2002 communal riots in Gujarat.<br />
<br />
Speculation as to the rationale behind Monday's Bombay bombing also ranged from Al Qaeda hitting "soft targets" to Muslim extremists reacting to a new report released about the Ayodhya temple.<br />
<br />
Indian government archeologists have been excavating the site of the 528-year- old Babri Mosque in Ayodhya which was demolished in 1993. Monday, they reported that they had found evidence of a huge structure with features associated with Hindu temples, validating
 claims that the mosque was built over the ruins of a temple.<br />
<br />
But P.K. Ravindranath, former press secretary to the chief minister of Maharashtra, who has written extensively on communal tensions here, says there just wasn't enough time to plan such an attack in response to the Ayodhya report.<br />
<br />
The Bombay blasts follow an easing in tension between Pakistan and India, which came close to war last year following a December 2001 attack on India's federal parliament.<br />
<br />
India blamed that and other attacks on Pakistan-based militants fighting Indian rule in Kashmir, its only Muslim-majority state.<br />
<br />
<em>• Dan Morrison contributed to this report from India. Material from the wire services was also used.</em></p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>26/12/2011 12:00:59</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/14258/Bombay+bombing+more+religious+strife</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">14258</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>14262</publicationdataID>
      <title>Indian leader sends peace message to Pakistan</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p>ISLAMABAD, Pakistan--India's prime minister sent a strong message to a peace conference in Pakistan on Sunday, saying the nuclear-armed rivals must end decades of bloodshed and stop denying people on both sides their right to better lives.
<br />
<br />
Indian Prime Minister Atal Bihari Vajpayee did not attend the meeting, and neither did Pakistan's prime minister.<br />
<br />
But Vajpayee helped set a friendly tone before the conference, the latest effort to ease Indian-Pakistan tensions that almost erupted into war last year.<br />
<br />
''Violence and bloodshed cannot provide any solutions. We can live together only if we let each other live. Cooperation, rather than confrontation, is the answer to our common problems.''
</p>
<p>The two-day meeting at the capital's Marriott hotel saw Indian Sikhs with flowing beards sipping tea with Islamic Pakistani politicians in turbans. The gathering was organized by a journalist group with branches in both nations, and participants included
 33 lawmakers from India as well as legislators from 12 Pakistani parties.<br />
<br />
Still, Pakistan's government didn't appear to be excited about the meeting. President Pervez Musharraf did not issue a statement and was not expected to appear. State-run PTV reported about a bus crash, Iraq and North Korea before broadcasting a brief story
 about the peace conference 11 minutes into its 6 p.m. newscast.<br />
<br />
The delegates planned to encourage both governments to resume stalled peace talks. The agenda also included Kashmir, a divided Himalayan region claimed by both India and Pakistan.
</p>
<p>''The meeting and the themes for discussion are a forceful reiteration of the popular desire in both of our countries for a normal, peaceful, friendly and cooperative relationship,'' he said. ''We cannot deny our people their right to peaceful and cooperative
 economic development.'' Pakistani and Indian parliamentarians appeared hopeful and enthusiastic as they took turns speaking about the future.<br />
<br />
''We have come here with a message of love and brotherhood,'' Indian lawmaker Laloo Prasad Yadav said. ''Everyone should play their role in tearing down the wall of hatred.''
<br />
<br />
After the opening session, the meetings were closed to reporters. The two nations have fought three wars, two of them over Kashmir, since gaining independence from Britain in 1947.
</p>
<p>They were on the brink of a fourth war last year after a Dec. 13, 2001, attack on the Indian parliament. New Delhi blamed the assault on two Pakistani-based militant groups and Pakistan's spy agency.
<br />
<br />
Pakistan outlawed the militant groups but denied involvement. Both countries rushed hundreds of thousands of troops to the border, but international mediation ended the crisis.<br />
<br />
Relations have improved in recent months, since a call by Vajpayee for renewed peace talks. India and Pakistan have restored diplomatic ties and resumed bus links.<br />
<br />
Progress has been slow and no date for formal peace talks has been announced. Politicians on both sides continue to make inflammatory statements, and their governments frequently trade accusations that the other supports terrorism.
</p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>26/12/2011 12:03:33</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/14262/Indian+leader+sends+peace+message+to+Pakistan</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">14262</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>14267</publicationdataID>
      <title>A child's cure eases Indian-Pakistani pains People rejoice; officials wary</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p>NEW DELHI - When 2-year-old Noor Fatima Sajjid returned to Pakistan last weekend after successful heart surgery in an Indian hospital, her family carried 45 pounds of additional baggage: gifts, letters, and cards from all across India.<br />
<br />
The outpouring, which captured headlines in Pakistan and India, is emblematic of what has been an encouraging summer for unofficial relations between the neighbors and nuclear rivals.<br />
<br />
Since the announcement of a peace initiative in May by Indian Prime Minister Atal Behari Vajpayee, filmmakers, artists, businessmen, legislators, fashion designers, and ordinary citizens from both countries have been crossing the border and voicing a desire
 to end hostilities. The nations have fought three wars and countless skirmishes, mostly over control of Kashmir.<br />
<br />
A delegation of Indian lawmakers arrived in Lahore, Pakistan, yesterday for a two-day conference with Pakistani lawmakers aimed at improving relations.
</p>
<p>Steps also have been taken at the practical level. The bus route between Lahore and New Delhi reopened last month after a gap of nearly 20 months. And talks are set for this month on resuming air links between the two countries; they were terminated after
 an attack on India's Parliament in December 2001 that the government attributed to Kashmiri separatists supported by Pakistan.<br />
<br />
''In this climate, it is hard not to sound optimistic,'' Salima Hashmi, a noted Pakistani painter and daughter of a legendary Pakistani poet, the late Faiz Ahmed Faiz, said recently while visiting New Delhi.
<br />
<br />
Inder Kumar Gujral, the former Indian prime minister who has encouraged ''citizen's diplomacy,'' said: ''There has always been an enormous amount of goodwill between India and Pakistan at the people-to-people level, but this time it's different. There's fatigue
 on both sides about instability and a strong desire to have normal relations.''<br />
<br />
The hints of a thaw don't necessarily reach the official level. The Indian government is still lobbying to prevent Pakistan from resuming membership in the Commonwealth of Britain and former colonies. Pakistan was removed after a coup in 1999 brought Pervez
 Musharraf to power. </p>
<p>Navtej Sarna, a spokesman for India's Ministry of External Affairs, said that whatever happens between the two peoples, official relations are unlikely to normalize unless Pakistan ''stops its support of terrorist activities.'' Last month, several suicide
 attacks were carried out on Hindu pilgrims visiting a shrine in Kashmir and on an army camp. Still, Noor's story has resonated on both sides.<br />
<br />
As Noor and the family prepared for an 11-hour bus journey to their hometown of Lahore, some of the gifts and letters from Indians lay on the double bed in a New Delhi hotel room. Dressed in a frilled lavender dress, Noor nestled in the lap of her mother, Tayeeba.<br />
<br />
In a six-hour operation hours before, doctors in the southern city of Bangalore had repaired two holes in her heart caused by a congenital defect.<br />
<br />
A boy from Kerala sent her a painting of Indian and Pakistani flags flying on a globe; a group of Bangalore students presented her with a large straw hat garnished with red roses; from Manipur, in the northeast, came a small doll dressed in the local attire.
</p>
<p>For the Sajjid family, the reaction was unexpected. Conscious of the level of hostilities between the two countries, Tayeeba had left all her jewelry in Pakistan.
<br />
<br />
But as news of the operation spread, Noor captured the imagination and the hearts of Indians. Prayers, messages of support, and donations poured in. An anonymous donor in India paid for her operation, the family said. ''It was simply unbelievable. It showed
 us how problems between our two countries are kept simmering because of vested interests,'' said the girl's father, Nadeem, who is using the donations to set up a fund for both Indian and Pakistani children in need of urgent medical treatment. The Indian government,
 meanwhile, announced that it would fund the travel, stay, and medical treatment of 20 Pakistani children annually.
<br />
<br />
Hindi films, generally a barometer of the Indian mindset, are magnifying the softening of positions, and thus easing the anti-Pakistan rhetoric. Director Sawan Kumar Tak's latest venture, ''Dil Pardesi Ho Gaya,'' which loosely translates as ''My Heart Belongs
 to a Foreigner,'' relates the tale of an Indian man who falls in love with a Pakistani woman.
<br />
<br />
In addition, three leading Indian designers traveled to Karachi last month for the first time for a fashion event. Also last month, a 130-member business delegation from Pakistan met Indian counterparts in New Delhi, Bombay, and Calcutta in an attempt to bolster
 trade, which has stagnated at $200 million. (Unofficial trade - mostly smuggling - is estimated at $2 billion.)
</p>
<p>Gujral said he believes the Sept. 11, 2001, terrorist attacks have changed attitudes by tightening the ''noose around terrorism'' in the region. ''There is also a growing feeling that the Kashmir problem has been allowed to fester ... simply for reasons
 of political opportunism.'' Increasingly, too, the human costs of 14 years of tension are being exposed. A recent UN Human Development Report found that both countries were suffering by not focusing on issues that would improve the quality of life.<br />
<br />
Kuldeep Nayyar, among the Indian lawmakers visiting Pakistan, said before the trip: ''After many, many years there is a feeling of hope at last. Who knows, this may be the last opportunity for a peaceful resolution.''
</p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>26/12/2011 12:07:20</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/14267/A+childs+cure+eases+IndianPakistani+pains+People+rejoice+officials+wary</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">14267</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>14276</publicationdataID>
      <title>Hello, this is India. Can I help you?'</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p>GURGAON, INDIA - It is nine at night and things are just beginning to buzz in the cubicles at Daksh, a leader in the latest ``new thing'' in global business.<br />
<br />
``Hi, I'm Anurag,'' a polite young Indian man says to someone drinking his morning coffee half a world away in the American Midwest. ``But you may call me Andy.''<br />
<br />
In gleaming call centers like this one, and many more in major cities across India, young men and women are taking care of your medical insurance problems, putting money back on your credit card for returned merchandise or figuring out how much to pay for that
 fender bender you had the other day.<br />
<br />
Welcome to the brave new world of business process outsourcing, or BPO. Thanks to the miracles of the Internet and telecommunications, work that used to be done in Omaha, Neb., or in the offices of some large corporation in New York can now be done across the
 globe. And done just as well and far more cheaply. You can employ five Indians to take calls for the cost of one American.
</p>
<p>That means that jobs, hundreds of thousands of them, are moving offshore. This is a growing source of tension. In New Jersey, legislation was introduced last year to bar outsourcing of public agency work to India, and other states are considering such laws.
 Employees of some companies such as Sun Microsystems and Microsoft are protesting, even suing, to prevent this kind of outsourcing, particularly at a time of downturn in the United States.<br />
<br />
No turning back from globalization<br />
I don't discount the individual tragedies of those who have lost work. But there is also no stopping this new phase of globalization. The competitive pressures are too compelling to keep companies from going down this road. And I buy the argument made by many
 in India that the wealth we create there translates into more jobs here, both from products Indians consume and from helping to expand a global services industry.<br />
<br />
The service industry is following a well-worn path forged by manufacturing industry. Basic assembly line work shifted overseas to take advantage of cheaper labor. Companies created global chains of production, with the final product assembled thousands of miles
 from where the various parts were made. And Americans did the higher-paid design and marketing work.The outsourcing of business services is not new. By now it is a huge business. Spending on this in the United States in 2002 was $450 billion, employing 4 million
 people. </p>
<p>But the outsourcing of this work overseas has exploded in the last few years, propelled by cheap, high-speed data transmission that allows someone to work at a computer terminal in Bangalore as easily as in Boston.<br />
<br />
It started with the most routine jobs -- back office paper work and telephone service calls. In some cases, large multinational firms moved work offshore to their own subsidiaries. Others, like India's Daksh, are contractors for companies that want to move
 some operations outside their walls.<br />
<br />
India is uniquely suited <br />
Outsourcing has gone to Ireland and the Philippines, for example. But India is uniquely suited to seize this business opportunity. It has a vibrant computer software industry, built on the base of an excellent educational system that graduates hundreds of thousands
 of engineers a year. Indian software engineers did the grunt work of writing computer codes beginning in the 1980s and led the way for business process outsourcing.
</p>
<p>English is widely spoken in India as one of the country's official languages. And it is the language of instruction in secondary schools, colleges and universities across India whose graduates are now being hired by the high technology and business service
 industries.<br />
<br />
``You have a whole ecosystem in India that can do IT and can do business processing that is unparalleled anywhere else in the world,'' says Vivek Paul, vice chairman of India's Wipro, a leader in both fields.<br />
<br />
The growth of BPO employment in India has been amazingly fast. The Indian software industry association put it at 171,500 in March, 2003, up about 100,000 in one year and likely to grow by that amount again by the end of the year. In five years, employment
 could reach as high as 2 million by some projections.<br />
<br />
And the kind of work is expanding. New areas include health services, having Indian doctors remotely interpret cat-scans or X-rays overnight. Now Indians are setting up satellite operations in other countries. GE Capital's Indian operation has helped set up
 an sister center in China where Japanese-speaking Chinese do work outsourced from Japan.<br />
<br />
``With globalization, the labor force over here is becoming an extension of a global labor force which can be used anywhere,'' says Daksh co-founder Pavan Vaish.<br />
<br />
It is indeed a brave, new world. Get used to it.<br />
<br />
DANIEL SNEIDER is foreign affairs columnist for the Mercury News. He appears on Sunday and Thursday.
</p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>26/12/2011 12:11:42</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/14276/Hello+this+is+India+Can+I+help+you</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">14276</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>14279</publicationdataID>
      <title>Welcome to Globoworld: the new face of India; Consumer Culture Picking up Steam</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p>Mercury News <br />
GURGAON, INDIA - If you want to understand where this huge and sometimes slowly moving Asian nation is headed, you need to go to the mall.
<br />
<br />
That is what my Indian friends told me. And they were right. <br />
<br />
India's first shopping malls -- three of them, in fact -- opened in recent months here in Gurgaon, on the outskirts of the Indian capital of New Delhi. I stepped out of the muggy afternoon of a July monsoon day into the air-conditioned sparkle of the newest,
 the DT mall. The lines were forming at the multiplex while shoppers moved up escalators from a sari store to a Benetton outlet. The menu at Ruby Tuesday's offered everything from ribs to chicken tikka.
<br />
<br />
Where are we? <br />
<br />
``I'm not in India,'' my driver declared, wide-eyed, as he looked around. Maybe not. Let's call this place Globoworld.
</p>
<p>Globoworld is where India's new middle class lives. These are the 20-something kids in blue jeans and T-shirts who work all night in nearby call centers, talking to folks in Des Moines about their credit card bills. Or the Indian managers who run the offices
 of the multi-national companies that have set up branches in this suburban boom town. They are shopping for shoes at Lifestyle, the mall's three-floor anchor store, or grabbing a chicken sandwich at the McDonald's in the mall across the road. To be sure, most
 of India doesn't live in Globoworld. And even in Gurgaon, steel and glass office buildings are surrounded by a jumble of tiny machine shops and fields. The road to the mall floods in a moment with swirling brown waters when a monsoon shower hits, and the traffic
 has to swerve to avoid the cows resting on the pavement. <br />
<br />
But this is the leading edge of a transformation of India that is just beginning to pick up steam.
<br />
<br />
``This is the new India -- you are seeing it in front of your eyes,'' declares Pramod Bahsin, CEO of GE Capital, a pioneer of the movement to shift service industries such as customer call centers and the processing of company insurance claims to India. The
 boom is spreading from big cities such as Chennai down to smaller cities like Jaipur.
</p>
<p>Where it comes from<br />
<br />
This is a revolution led by the young. They are pouring out of India's fine higher educational system at a rate of 2 million a year. Thanks to British colonialism, English is the primary language of instruction. It is an official language of India, linking
 a vast country where more than a dozen major languages are spoken.<br />
<br />
The younger generation built India's world-class computer software industry, followed now by the globalization of the service industry. Hundreds of thousands of kids join its ranks every year now -- and with their pockets full of money, they are sparking a
 consumer movement. ``They will change India's face more than any of India's politicians will,'' predicts Bahsin. The rate of change is dizzying. Five years ago, credit cards, now widespread, were unheard of. In a span of a few years, the jingle of cell phones
 has become as ubiquitous as cow bells. In a decade, India has gone from one state-owned television network to a cacophony of stations carried by cable and satellite all over the country. Take Khan Market in Delhi, a relatively upscale collection of stores
 where I used to buy my groceries two decades ago. Foreign goods were unavailable, thanks to India's policy of sealing off the country from imports to protect domestic industry. Today the shelves are stocked with everything from extra virgin olive oil and Italian
 pasta to Dijon mustard. A traffic jam used to consist of a few cars jostling with bicycles and exhaust-spewing buses. Now Korean and Japanese carmakers are battling for a growing market, building cars here and creating that dubious sign of progress -- rush
 hour crawls. </p>
<p>Much of this flows from a fateful 1991 decision to adopt reforms, shifting away from a state-directed economy and opening markets to global competition. The tech industry helped catalyze that change, but it was not alone. After decades of barely hitting
 2 percent growth, India has averaged more than 6 percent during the '90s and is poised to grow even faster. In the most dynamic parts of India, the growth rate is already 12 percent or more.<br />
<br />
The opposition <br />
<br />
Not everyone is happy with the emergence of Globoworld. The younger generation is being uprooted from its cultural values, complains Ram Madhav, spokesman for the Hindu revivalist movement known as the RSS.
<br />
<br />
``The consumer culture is alien to a Hindu ethos,'' he says. Others see Globoworld as the invasion of multi-national corporations that swallow native industry and fail to dent the deep poverty that still prevails in large parts of rural India. Those are not
 trivial concerns. But Globoworld has come to India, and any attempt to roll it back is certain to fail. DANIEL SNEIDER is foreign affairs columnist for the Mercury News. He appears on Thursday and Sunday.
</p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>26/12/2011 12:14:10</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/14279/Welcome+to+Globoworld+the+new+face+of+India+Consumer+Culture+Picking+up+Steam</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">14279</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>14281</publicationdataID>
      <title>A thaw between giants</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p>WASHINGTON -- China and India, which together are home to a third of all people on Earth, are moving from decades of confrontation to a new relationship of cooperation that will have global impact.<br />
<br />
Indian Prime Minister Atal Bihari Vajpayee has produced a promising set of agreements to help settle a long-standing border dispute, increase trade and decrease mutual distrust between the two giant Asian nations and their combined populations of 2.2 billion
 people.<br />
<br />
Both countries fought a border war in 1962, leaving a sense of suspicion and tension between them that lasted for years. Diplomatic relations were reinstated in 1976, but each nation has retained thousands of troops along disputed borders, and is armed with
 nuclear weapons.<br />
<br />
In fact, India's 1998 nuclear tests were initially interpreted as a hostile maneuver aimed at China. The situation was exacerbated by the Indian defense minister's statement that China was India's main threat. But in the last few years, both countries have
 slowly come to the conclusion that their national interests can be compatible. When asked, many leading officials and scholars in both countries say that remaining disputes on borders and Tibet are not worth a war.<br />
<br />
As neighbors with huge populations, high poverty rates and weak economies, China and India face many common problems. Increasingly, working together appeals to the leaders of the two nations as the best way to tackle these problems and resolve their disputes.
</p>
<p>With the decline of the communist ideology, Chinese policy-makers note that a political philosophy that can unify the state is absent. Securing its external borders and relations with neighboring countries allows China to focus on growing internal problems.<br />
<br />
Indian policy-makers are less concerned than their Chinese counterparts that ethnic or economic forces could threaten the unity of their nation. In fact, Indian leaders overwhelmingly state in interviews that the unity of the Indian state does not hinge upon
 keeping Kashmir. In contrast, most Chinese policy-makers say a separation from Taiwan could mean the end of China as we know it.<br />
<br />
Rather than worrying about the country disintegrating, India is trying to refocus its national efforts on economic growth to match China's success. Indian growth rates have averaged 6 percent in the past decade, but growth needs to be even faster to eradicate
 poverty and raise living standards. Conflict and tensions with neighboring China and Pakistan have posed a large economic hurdle for India in the past, impeding foreign investment and absorbing critical budgetary resources.
</p>
<p>Moves by Mr. Vajpayee's government to foster ties with Pakistan complement his recent initiatives in China, and could eventually lead to a significant demilitarization of India's northern borders. A breakthrough in Indian relations with China is also likely
 to mean a tremendous growth in trade between the two countries in coming years. Whereas a decade ago, trade volume between India and China was a paltry $300 million per year, it has now increased to $5 billion annually and is growing.<br />
<br />
Of course, the field of competition has also shifted to economic interests. India eyes with envy China's rapid growth rates and competitiveness in the consumer goods sector. China, for its part, is hoping to emulate India's success in the information technology
 arena. With common strengths and export markets, trade competition is inevitable. But a fight on economic terms can do both countries good.<br />
<br />
The implications for U.S. foreign policy are far-reaching. Although India's close relations with the United States will remain a priority, maintaining positive ties with China will probably be increasingly important to ensure future security.<br />
<br />
A warming of ties between India and China also means that America needs to understand that China, India and Japan could work cooperatively in the future, and attempts to play off India against China may be unlikely to bear fruit. At the same time, the new closeness
 between India and China means that the United States can worry less about an outbreak of nuclear war between the two that could kill millions of people and throw the world into turmoil.
</p>
<p>Instead, America can refocus on working with the world's two most populous nations on mutually beneficial economic and strategic relationships that will benefit people in all three nations and much of the world. Rollie Lal is a political scientist in the
 Washington office of the RAND Corp. </p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>26/12/2011 12:16:15</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/14281/A+thaw+between+giants</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">14281</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>14289</publicationdataID>
      <title>The right way and the Indian way; Who has written off poor-country debts and now lends to the IMF? Salil Tripathi on an economic miracle</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p>The next country to rush to the International Monetary Fund to get out of financial crisis may find that India is part of its lifeline. You read that right: India. In May and June, India became a lender to the IMF, contributing GBP180m to a reserve fund
 used to bail out countries in a mess. India also wrote off GBP12.5m that seven Heavily Indebted Poor Countries - Mozambique, Tanzania, Zambia, Guyana, Nicaragua, Ghana and Uganda - owed India.
<br />
<br />
India's generosity arises out of its burgeoning foreign reserves, which have grown to $78bn (up from almost zero in 1991 and $20bn in 1995),making its hoard the seventh-largest in the world. It paid off the last of its dues to the IMF in 2000, since when long-term
 debt has remained relatively stable, around $90bn. The Indian economy is expected to grow at 5 per cent per year in the foreseeable future, though the IMF believes 8 per cent growth is achievable. This is four times what the economist Raj Krishna once called
 the 'Hindu' growth rate of 2 per cent, which characterised the stagnant India of the 1960s and 1970s, when it produced little and traded less. India's turnaround, from being the poster-child of relief agencies to an IMF creditor, is remarkable. In 1991 India
 was so broke it had enough money to pay for only two weeks' imports. The oil price hike after Iraq's invasion of Kuwait left a deep hole in Indian finances, and the disappearance of the east-ern bloc left India without a once captive export market.
</p>
<p>Those were the days when Indian bureaucrats loved saying no to business. In 1978 IBM and Coca-Cola left India in frustration; in the mid-1980s India made Pepsi wait almost three years before it could operate. Indian businesses could neither grow domestically
 nor compete abroad. In 1991 the economy stalled, and India pledged its gold reserves to the Bank of England. Hat in hand, it went to the IMF.
<br />
<br />
That crisis changed Indian thinking. The then prime minister, Narasimha Rao, said: 'Decisions are easy when no options are left.' India allowed foreign investors to take majority stakes in India, the stock market could accept money from abroad, exporters were
 freed from red tape and imports were liberalised. <br />
<br />
Twelve years later, the reforms are largely successful. Globophiles such as Daniel Yergin and Jagdish Bhagwati will argue that India needs to do more; globophobes such as Walden Bello and Vandana Shiva fear that India has already gone too far. India has succeeded
 by shunning extremes and striking the middle path. As the Indian joke says, there are three ways out of any problem: the right way, the wrong way and the Indian way.
</p>
<p>And what was that Indian way? Unlike Russia, India did not plunge without a parachute. Unlike China, it was not flooded with foreign investment. Unlike Argentina, it did not stake everything on a currency policy it could not sustain. Instead, it created
 internal consensus about the need for reforms. It selectively opened its economy, making it easier for physical and financial investors, but hard for speculators. Not the Washington consensus, certainly; but not an anti-globalisation manifesto either. By liberalising
 faster, India could have prospered more with greater inequality, something its democracy would not tolerate; by closing the economy, it would have stagnated, depending on handouts, with its poor getting poorer, a future it did not deserve.
<br />
<br />
In this gradualist approach, some sectors have boomed, such as software, pharmaceuticals, biotechnology and engineering. The consulting firm Deloitte Touche Tohmatsu predicts two million new jobs in services by 2010, as multinationals move their back offices
 to India. As prosperity has increased, the middle class has grown, demanding better products and travelling the world.
<br />
<br />
Has this been at the cost of cultural degradation, as the anti-globalisers warn? In spite of satellite TV, India doesn't really change: teenagers worship Aishwarya Rai and Sachin Tendulkar, not Britney Spears or Michael Jordan; McDonald's has set up shop, but
 Indians still prefer samosas. </p>
<p>To be sure, it isn't all rosy. India still has the world's largest population living in absolute poverty. It still wastes resources in industries the government has no business running; and it needs to invest much more in primary education.
<br />
<br />
But in the first decade after integrating its economy with the globalised world, it has lifted more people out of poverty than at any time in its history. More Indians can aspire to a better future than at almost any other time. And today, India is able to
 use some of its new wealth to help the less fortunate. </p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>26/12/2011 12:20:15</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/14289/The+right+way+and+the+Indian+way+Who+has+written+off+poorcountry+debts+and+now+lends+to+the+IMF+Salil+Tripathi+on+an+economic+miracle</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">14289</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>14293</publicationdataID>
      <title>India, US Working To Renew Science, Technology Pact</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p>NEW DELHI (AP)--The United States will soon begin work on a bilateral agreement on science and technology cooperation with India that wasn't renewed in 1998 after New Delhi tested nuclear weapons, a U.S. official said Friday. The new agreement will allow
 private sector participation in joint projects between the two countries, said John F. Turner, U.S. assistant secretary of state for oceans, international environmental and scientific affairs.<br />
<br />
"We continue to have a lot of joint projects ongoing," Turner said. "We feel that an umbrella (science and technology) agreement with India will provide us a new and enhanced framework for private sector participation, universities, laboratories and for agencies
 to come together under one umbrella." Turner told reporters that during his discussions in New Delhi, officials of the foreign and science ministries agreed to start working on a new agreement.<br />
<br />
"I hope we can be successful in the coming months," he said. He said it was a priority of U.S. President George W. Bush and Secretary of State Colin Powell "that we rebuild these cooperative efforts of the United States, especially in countries like India that
 have a strong commitment to science."</p>
<p>The agreement would focus on cooperation between the world's two largest democracies in developing breakthrough technologies that will help improve quality of life, he said.<br />
<br />
It will also outline a framework for the U.S. and India to work together in protecting intellectual property rights, Turner said, without elaborating on the issue.<br />
<br />
In recent years, the U.S. has steadily relaxed the sanctions it imposed after India tested nuclear weapons in May 1998. It has renewed joint military exercises and allowed trade in many technologies that were restricted under sanctions.<br />
<br />
The U.S. is increasingly participating in several new technology projects, which aim to provide poor families in India with better access to water, education and health care.
</p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>26/12/2011 12:22:09</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/14293/India+US+Working+To+Renew+Science+Technology+Pact</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">14293</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>14299</publicationdataID>
      <title>Fool's Gold in Pakistan</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p>Turning the other cheek is not one of President Bush's best-known traits. But he is ready to forgive a lot in the case of Pakistan, where a skillful political alchemist is transforming a record of failure, extremism and betrayal into gold from the U.S. Treasury.
<br />
<br />
A year after U.S. intelligence confirmed that Pakistan had supplied North Korea's rogue regime with nuclear weapons technology, Bush lavished a much-coveted Camp David welcome on President Pervez Musharraf last week. The general also won a $ 3 billion aid package.
<br />
<br />
Bush did this at the urging of his defense and spy chiefs, who face the day-to-day demands of hunting down al Qaeda and other terror groups. They are desperate for whatever immediate cooperation they can squeeze, cajole or buy from Pakistan. But they risk confusing
 the urgent with the important. </p>
<p>Their needs force Washington to look the other way as Pakistan's Islamic extremists grow more powerful under Musharraf's rule, as cross-border terrorism continues in Kashmir and India (despite Musharraf's promises to end it "permanently") and as it becomes
 plain that Musharraf intends to remain president indefinitely. <br />
<br />
All this is bad enough. But Musharraf's calculated pushing of the American envelope also imperils what promised to be Bush's most innovative and important foreign policy initiative: the building of a new strategic relationship with democratic India.
<br />
<br />
The Bush effort on India has been poised to take a giant step forward. At the president's request, India has been considering sending about 20,000 peacekeeping troops for duty in Iraq.
<br />
<br />
No country could provide more immediate help for the beleaguered U.S. presence there. India's military command is intimately familiar with Iraq, having trained the Iraqi army in the past. Indian troops are experienced peacekeepers. New Delhi is a leader in
 Third World politics. Its participation could help mute outside criticism of the coalition effort.
<br />
<br />
But the decision to help may now be held up as India waits to see how Washington will allocate the $ 1.5 billion in military aid that is part of the five-year package promised to Musharraf at Camp David.
</p>
<p>Bush did keep hopes for a yes from India alive when he refused the Pakistani president's request for nuclear-capable F-16 fighter jets. But New Delhi will want to know more about which arms were not refused to Musharraf before deciding about an Iraqi mission
 and deeper engagement with the United States.<br />
<br />
When he came to office, Bush did not envision walking a tightrope between these two South Asian enemies. He was impressed with India's large economy, democratic politics and the readiness of Prime Minister Atal Bihari Vajpayee's Hindu nationalist government
 to move beyond New Delhi's Cold War fealty to Moscow. Bush set out to make India a meaningful U.S. strategic partner for the first time.
<br />
<br />
But 9/11 changed U.S. priorities. Pakistan was suddenly needed in the war against al Qaeda and the Taliban, the very monsters Islamabad had helped create. To justify a first large infusion of difficult-to-monitor aid, the United States leaned heavily on Musharraf
 to pledge publicly to end extremism at home and halt terror operations against India from Pakistani-held territory.
<br />
<br />
But no one -- not even Musharraf -- seriously disputes today that the cross-border infiltration from camps run by Pakistan's intelligence services and army continues unabated.
</p>
<p>Instead of claiming as he has in the past that there was no infiltration occurring at all, Musharraf told editors and reporters at The Post last week that it was impossible to state with mathematical certainty that movements across the remote, rugged frontier
 had stopped. <br />
<br />
"I can't tell you if there is any cross-border terrorism going on," he said. He responded affirmatively when asked if the position he had conveyed to Bush last week was that he has done everything possible to stop Kashmiri-related terrorism and could do no
 more. This is a change of emphasis that is certain to upset India. <br />
<br />
Musharraf shut off questions about U.S. protests over Pakistan's swapping of nuclear weapons technology for North Korean missiles with a similarly opaque comment: "That chapter is closed." But he carefully avoided disputing that the exchange had occurred, as
 Pakistani officials have in the past. <br />
<br />
Privately, U.S. officials voiced disappointment after the visit that Musharraf gave so little in return for the cash and glory Bush showered on him. But the Pakistani understands the secrets of political alchemy better than they do.
<br />
<br />
The weaker and more ineffective he seems to become in carrying out his promises, the more the Bush administration will have to give Musharraf to keep him afloat. After all, he proved at Camp David that having some terrorists around to pursue buys a lot of forgiveness.</p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>26/12/2011 12:26:20</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/14299/Fools+Gold+in+Pakistan</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">14299</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>14304</publicationdataID>
      <title>India Hopes for Progress on China Border Dispute</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p>SHANGHAI (Reuters) - Prime Minister Atal Behari Vajpayee ended the first visit by an Indian leader to China in a decade saying it would help settle decades-old border disputes and restore trust.<br />
<br />
Vajpayee said the two giant Asian neighbors, whose combined populations make up one third of the world's total, had made a good start on building a new relationship.<br />
<br />
``I came here to strengthen India-China ties and to build trust,'' Vajpayee told a news conference. ``I believe that in the last few days we have taken steps in the right direction.''<br />
<br />
India and China fought a brief war in 1962 over their unsettled border, which remains at the heart of uneasy relations. Both continue to claim large tracts of each other's territory.</p>
<p>Ties soured further after New Delhi conducted nuclear tests in 1998, citing the threat it perceived from a nuclear-armed China. Arch-rival Pakistan, long close to China and on India's western border, followed with tests of its own.<br />
<br />
Vajpayee's six-day trip, which took him to Beijing, the economic hub of Shanghai and the ancient city of Luoyang, was high on symbolism that could help two of Asia's largest economies tackle their problems better in future, one analyst said.<br />
<br />
``It was more of atmospherics and hopefully it should be a prelude to warm and substantive relations,'' said Bharat Karnad, a security expert at New Delhi's Center for Policy Research.<br />
<br />
Vajpayee said a decision to appoint special envoys to speed up settlement of the 3,500 km (2,170 mile) Himalayan border, which runs through some of the world's most inhospitable terrain, was a significant step forward.<br />
<br />
``We hope this new initiative will accelerate the search for a solution to this vexed problem,'' he said.<br />
<br />
India's National Security Adviser Brajesh Mishra and China's top-ranking Vice Foreign Minister Dai Bingguo have been named as envoys to the border talks. The two sides have been in talks since 1998 to map out the border but reported little success.</p>
<p><span style="font-weight:bold">CONCESSIONS</span><br />
Each side made significant concessions on the border issue, with India acknowledging for the first time in writing that Tibet was part of China and Beijing agreeing to open trade though disputed Sikkim.<br />
<br />
Vajpayee said that meant a dispute over the tiny Himalayan state of Sikkim, which China has long refused to recognize as Indian territory, would be over soon.<br />
<br />
``With this protocol which would enable trade between Sikkim and Tibet, we have also started the process by which Sikkim will cease to be an issue in India-China relations,'' he said.<br />
<br />
India annexed tiny Sikkim, which borders Tibet, in 1975 after its legislature voted to abolish the monarchy.<br />
<br />
The Chinese Foreign Ministry spokesman said this week, however, Sikkim remained an issue with India, but a Beijing analyst said the agreement to open a trade route was indirect recognition of Indian sovereignty.</p>
<p>India's written acknowledgement of China's rule of Tibet delighted Beijing, although Vajpayee stressed there was no change in Delhi's position.<br />
<br />
``I would like to state that there is no ambiguity or inconsistency in our position on the Tibet Autonomous Region of the People's Republic of China. We were therefore happy to reiterate our position in the joint declaration.''<br />
<br />
The visit also held out the prospect of greater trade, which has jumped to $5 billion from $300 million a decade ago -- but still accounts for a mere one percent of China's trade.<br />
<br />
``The possibilities are infinite,'' Vajpayee said. </p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>26/12/2011 12:29:25</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/14304/India+Hopes+for+Progress+on+China+Border+Dispute</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">14304</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>14307</publicationdataID>
      <title>Cheap Labor at America's Expense; As U.S. corporations outsource their information-technology operations to the lower-wage countries, American workers are left on the outside looking in</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p>"Hey, it's good work if you can get it," says New Jersey state Sen. Shirley Turner about the outsourcing of the Garden State's welfare-processing contract. But neither New Jerseyans nor any other Americans are getting the work, so she has introduced legislation
 that she believes will keep those jobs at home.<br />
<br />
Turner, a Democrat, filed her proposal after learning that the New Jersey Department of Human Services had contracted with an Arizona-based company to service paperwork for the state's welfare recipients at the "cost-saving" price of $326,000 a month. The Arizona
 company had established a call center in Green Bay, Wis., but once the New Jersey contract came through, the call center was relocated to Bombay, India.
<br />
<br />
"It seems like a race to the bottom," says Turner. "All these jobs are leaving the state and the country, and our unemployment rate continues to climb. We're in a recession and you have to wonder where it ends. The point of the contract was to save money assuming
 that these people overseas can do it cheaper and more efficiently. But this is a ruse because we're supposed to help provide jobs to these [unemployed] people here."<br />
<br />
The irate Turner continues, "Neither the people in India who have the jobs, nor the people who are unemployed here in the U.S., are giving anything back in the way of taxes or buying and consuming U.S. goods and services, which is what stimulates our economy.
 By outsourcing these jobs to other countries we're helping the poor remain poor in this country. We have a $5 billion deficit in New Jersey and outsourcing these jobs to foreign countries only adds to the burden that the state must pick up when our citizens
 need [welfare] services. When people lose their jobs, and their unemployment benefits run out, the state must step in and take up the burden to provide the services. That's not cost savings and it really just snowballs when jobs are taken offshore."
</p>
<p>Turner's bill has made it through the New Jersey Senate but has run into stiff opposition in the General Assembly from lobbies representing companies taking advantage of the cheap offshore labor. And no wonder: Outsourcing to countries that exploit cheap
 labor appears to be the corporate wave of the future. Kishore Mirchandani, president of Outsource Partners International, a U.S.-based company specializing in outsourcing finance and accounting services, tells Insight, "There are a lot of companies in India
 handling the accounting and finance of major corporations. General Electric, American Express and Citibank all do business in India."
<br />
<br />
Mirchandani's company, although U.S.-based, handles the tax-return preparation for the business clients of the accounting firm Ernst &amp; Young at Outsource Partners' facilities in India. "We get business from CPA [certified public accountant] firms in the U.S.,"
 explains Mirchandani, "who then contract with us to get the processing of returns in India. We have about 700 people working for us between India and the United States. A lot of people have raised concerns about the privacy of information, but we have taken
 steps to ensure that all information is secure." <br />
<br />
According to Mirchandani, "the cost savings are tremendous." He says, "The cost to process these returns is anywhere between $100 to $200, whereas in the U.S. the processing would cost $400 to $600. If they outsource it to us the CPA firm saves $300. We hire
 accountants at about 25 percent of what it costs here in the U.S. A lot of major corporations have already done the outsourcing on their own and our company is an alternative to the companies who don't want to handle the outsourcing directly. General Electric
 has 12,000 people in its office in India to do its processing of financial information, and these are mostly Indians working there."
</p>
<p>To get a better idea of just how many corporations are exporting jobs to take advantage of cheap labor overseas, this magazine followed up on those Mirchandani leads. General Electric did not return Insight's calls. Ken Kerrigan, a spokesman for Ernst &amp;
 Young, confirmed that his company outsources tax-return processing to India. "Ernst &amp; Young," explained Kerrigan, has "an office in India and we send [tax] information through our networks so there is no physical paper that goes there. The people who work
 in our offices in India are locals but are trained by Americans who know tax law."
<br />
<br />
According to Kerrigan, just "2 percent of all U.S. tax returns done by Ernst &amp; Young are processed in India. It's a tiny percentage that allows us to work faster and better. The labor is cheaper, but that's not an issue for anybody. For us it's more of a time
 factor." <br />
<br />
Tim Connolly, a spokesman for the accounting firm KPMG, tells Insight that "we are not currently outsourcing returns to India. However, if we did proceed, we would ensure that it was a joint decision and that each client was consulted beforehand. Any firm involved
 in tax-preparation business is continuously seeking to provide the highest-quality service in the most efficient manner. As technological advances progress, we're considering all options to serving our clients."
<br />
<br />
Rob Black, a spokesman for the International Brotherhood of Teamsters, sees the current tidal wave of American jobs floating boats to foreign shores much in the same way as state Sen. Turner. "Essentially what you've got," says Black, "is a race to the bottom
 for the cheapest wages." Black explains: "First we saw corporations in the Northeast move to the Southern states where there were no strong unions. Then, in the 1990s with the unfair trade deals like the North American Free Trade Agreement [NAFTA], we saw
 corporations move to Mexico. Now these companies have been in Mexico awhile and the workers' standards are rising a little so, sure enough, the jobs are being moved to Guatemala, China and India. So really, these corporations are just chasing the globe for
 the cheapest labor rates possible." </p>
<p>According to the Teamsters spokesman, "The people with big business that are on the side of unfair trade love to talk about the markets this allegedly will open for U.S. products, but the fact is workers in Bangladesh aren't buying our personal computers
 and video games. And any cost benefits that are gained by shipping jobs overseas clearly are going to the top executives, not the consumers. It's hard to accept salary reductions and layoffs when the executives of these corporations aren't feeling the same
 pain. Slash and burn may be the overnight cure for shareholders' woes, but if you invest in workers you will build a stable citizenry that will buy your products."
<br />
<br />
The U.S. Department of Labor released figures for the last week in April that revealed U.S. employers had cut jobs for the third straight month. Unemployment rose to 6 percent, meaning that 448,000 people filed new claims for unemployment benefits the last
 week of April, which was only slightly down from the previous week's 461,000 claims. This is not good, even without outsourcing American jobs to India and elsewhere.
<br />
<br />
But, Insight found, trying to get solid figures about the level of outsourcing is about as difficult as finding Iraq's weapons of mass destruction. Corporations such as American Express, rather than identify the number of jobs that are being handled outside
 the United States either by Americans or foreigners, tells Insight that "we've built flexibility into our business model to better withstand external fluctuations in the marketplace. This includes outsourcing some work." Such as the IBM deal.
<br />
<br />
According to Susan Korchak, a spokeswoman for American Express, the "IBM deal" is a $4 billion, seven-year contract awarded to IBM to provide American Express with utilitylike access to its vast computing resources.Whether IBM is outsourcing any of those services
 to foreign countries is "unknown" to Korchak. However, IBM has acknowledged having such service centers in India, Mexico, Argentina, Brazil, Venezuela, Canada and China.
<br />
<br />
According to market-research firms Gartner Inc. and Forrester Research, as reported by Ed Frauenheim of CNET News, "More than 300 of the Fortune 500 firms do business with Indian information-technology-services companies." And it is predicted that "by 2004,
 more than 80 percent of U.S. companies will have considered using offshore IT services." Furthermore, Frauenheim reports that according to Forrester Research, "by 2015, some 3.3 million U.S. jobs and $136 billion in wages will transfer offshore to countries
 such as India, Russia, China and the Philippines." <br />
<br />
These figures represent only outsourced information-technology services such as credit-card and bank financial transactions that are contracted by U.S. companies to be performed for miniscule wages by foreign citizens. The figures do not account for the $500
 billion trade deficit the United States now is facing with its trading partners.
<br />
<br />
Kelly Patricia O'Meara is an investigative reporter for Insight magazine. </p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>26/12/2011 12:31:57</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/14307/Cheap+Labor+at+Americas+Expense+As+US+corporations+outsource+their+informationtechnology+operations+to+the+lowerwage+countries+American+workers+are+left+on+the+outside+looking+in</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">14307</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>14313</publicationdataID>
      <title>Russia, India naval exercise to boost regional military presence</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p>Exercises being conducted this week between the Indian and Russian navies in the Indian Ocean are designed to send a signal to China in the face of its rising influence in the region, a senior naval officer said.
<br />
<br />
Warships from the two countries have been engaged since Thursday in exercises such as gunnery, air defence, anti-submarine and communication and seamanship evolution off India's west coast near Bombay, the country's financial hub.
<br />
<br />
The four Russian warships taking part in the three-day drill are to head to the southern port of Visakhapatnam for further exercises with India's eastern naval fleet in June.
<br />
<br />
"The Russians are here after 10 years. They are looking for strategic futures and would like to boost their military presence in the Indian Ocean as the break-up of the Soviet Union is now behind them," Rear Admiral Vijay Shankar said Thursday aboard the Indian
 warship INS Mysore, one of those taking part in the exercise. <br />
<br />
The last major exercise between the two navies was conducted in 1993. <br />
<br />
"The joint exercise is also a way to explore new ways to rebuild trade between the two friendly countries. For any successful trade the waterways have to be protected and we have to make our presence felt in the sea," Shankar said.
<br />
<br />
During a visit to Moscow earlier this month, Indian Foreign Minister Yashwant Sinha raised key areas of concern between the two countries such as weak physical and financial infrastructure which, he said, could be addressed only through better transport links
 and faster clearance of goods. </p>
<p>Last December, Indian Prime Minister Atal Behari Vajpayee and Russian President Vladimir Putin signed a joint declaration to strengthen economic, scientific and technological cooperation.
<br />
<br />
Bilateral trade between the two countries has fallen drastically to around 1.4 billion dollars at present, from more than four billion dollars before the break-up of the Soviet Union.
<br />
<br />
"Trade is the lifeblood of an economy. It is now an important mission of the navy to defend trade," Shankar said.
<br />
<br />
"Oil is the key to energy security, especially for a country like India. Nearly 55 percent of oil and petroleum products is transported through the Persian Gulf to India. We need a strong navy to police these waterways."
<br />
<br />
"We have to take care of ourselves and our one billion people. For this, military presence in the Indian Ocean has to be boosted also looking at the rising influence of China."
<br />
<br />
He said the rising military presence of China in and around India was emerging as a cause of worry.
<br />
<br />
"China is building a port in Baluchistan in Pakistan and chances are they would keep full military presence there," Shankar told AFP.
<br />
<br />
"China also has military facilities at Myanmar's Coco Islands. These are indications of a growing Chinese influence in the region." The Coco Islands are just 30 kilometers (18 miles) from India's Andaman island chain.
</p>
<p>The ongoing exercise with the Russian navy is an attempt to enhance the Indian navy's operational capabilities given its changing role.
<br />
<br />
"At the operational level, the idea is to understand the inter-operational abilities of the two navies," said Arvind Raj Vardhan, captain of the INS Mysore.
<br />
<br />
"We have many benefits as we get an insight as to how they man their ships, understand their new technology and communication equipment and see how our interests are protected."
<br />
<br />
The two countries are also discussing the sale of the 44,500-tonne Russian aircraft carrier Admiral Gorshkov to the Indian navy as part of a package under which Moscow would also lease Turpov-22M3 long-range strategic bombers and Akula class nuclear-powered
 submarines to New Delhi. </p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>26/12/2011 12:35:53</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/14313/Russia+India+naval+exercise+to+boost+regional+military+presence</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">14313</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>14317</publicationdataID>
      <title>Al Qaeda audiotape is both a summons and a tool of terror</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p>This week's message comes from Al Qaeda's No. 2 official, whose previous calls were followed by attacks.
<br />
<br />
The release of an audiotape purportedly made by Osama bin Laden's No. 2 agent is raising anxiety in US intelligence circles, and among the American public, about a possible imminent attack against the United States or its allies.
<br />
<br />
And perhaps with good reason. <br />
<br />
Intelligence officials say that behind the latest broadcast - if it is authentic - are three possible motives:
<br />
<br />
* Code talk. As a possible exhortation to followers, it may deliver hidden instructions and spring plans into action. "It's never good news when [Ayman al-Zawahiri] speaks," says a senior intelligence official. "He spoke two days before the [1998] east Africa
 bombings ... and he spoke about 20 days before the bombing of the USS Cole [in 2000]."
<br />
<br />
* Sowing fear. In addition to its operational function, the message may have psychological aims, making headlines and terrorizing the public. Already, those ends have been servedt: The tape came a day after President Bush had raised the national terror alert
 to "high," and it prompted the deployment of antiaircraft missiles around Washington, beefed-up searches at airports and borders, and an increased police and military presence.
<br />
<br />
* Recruiting new members. The public rhetoric often, as with this tape, exploits current conflicts and portrays Muslims as under attack. And the dispatches assure followers that Al Qaeda leaders take care of their own.
<br />
<br />
Though US officials are still trying to authenticate the tape, most say the voice and rhetoric match Dr. Zawahiri's.
</p>
<p>"Al Qaeda is not only trying to beat the US," the senior intelligence official says. "It is trying to create a lasting legacy of international insurgencies by supporting conflicts in the Philippines, Kashmir, Pakistan, Chechnya, inside Iraq, Malaysia, Indonesia
 - everywhere on earth ... there is an Islamic insurgency." <br />
<br />
Despite the inroads the US has made - destruction of Al Qaeda's home base and arrests or deaths of several members, some very high-ranking - the recent attacks in Saudi Arabia and Morocco show the group retains the ability for simultaneous strikes.
<br />
<br />
"We have disrupted Al Qaeda, and driven it out of its principal sanctuary in Afghan-istan," Samuel Berger, former national security adviser to President Clinton, said at a Monitor breakfast Thursday. "We have hardly destroyed it. It has obviously reconstituted
 in some ways. It never was a highly centralized operation in the first place."<br />
<br />
Zawahiri's latest talk, which experts say is much like ones he's given in the past, addresses the Iraq war and the fact that the US now - arguably - occupies more Muslim countries than ever before.
<br />
<br />
"After dividing Iraq, Saudi Arabia, Iran, Syria, and Pakistan will come next," Zawahiri says. "What will be left around Israel is only dismembered semistates that are servants to the United States and Israel." He continues, "Be strong, O Muslims, and attack
 the missions of the United States, the UK, Australia, and Norway, and their interests, companies, and employees. Turn the ground beneath their feet into an inferno and kick them out of your countries."
<br />
<br />
Some experts say these entreaties are mainly for propaganda purposes - that Al Qaeda is in fact on the run and suffering from US-inflicted damage.
<br />
<br />
"It's designed to send a message to actual and would-be supporters throughout the world that the brains of Al Qaeda are still around and taking an active role," says Bruce Hoffman, an expert on terror at the RAND Corporation in Washington. On the other hand,
 he says, "We ignore their words at our own peril." <br />
<br />
Zawahiri and Osama bin Laden, Hoffman and other experts say, have long used US actions in the world to portray their organization as a vanguard resisting an American-Zionist hegemonic force. Some 20 days prior to the October 2000 bombing of the USS Cole, in
 which 17 sailors died, Zawahiri appeared at a rally in Afghanistan, as reported in the Al Haya newspaper in London.
</p>
<p>"Enough of words," said Zawahiri, Mr. bin Laden's likely successor. "It is time to take action against this iniquitous and faithless force [the US] which has spread its troops through Egypt, Yemen, and Saudi Arabia."
<br />
<br />
Zawahiri also spoke two days before the 1998 East Africa embassy bombings.On that occasion, the senior intelligence official says, Zawahiri took advantage of drawn-out planning stages for the attack, and sent a message to adherents.
<br />
<br />
"One of his fighters in an Albania cell had just been shot and killed by the police," the intelligence official says. "It was an announcement to his group that 'we will respond in kind with the only thing Americans understand.' "
<br />
<br />
A few days later, 302 people died in the embassy bombings, including 12 Americans. Some 5,000 were wounded.
<br />
<br />
Between bin Laden and Zawahiri, there have been scores of talks, interviews, and orders. The book "Through Our Enemies' Eyes," written by an anonymous intelligence officer, thoroughly explores the correspondence and its aftermath.
<br />
<br />
But if some see an intensifying threat in the latest verbal warning, others see a badly wounded Al Qaeda on the defense.
<br />
<br />
"If you look at this tape coming on the heels of the latest bombings in Saudi Arabia and Morocco, it tells me Al Qaeda has been really hurt," says Richard Schultz, director of the International Security Studies program at the Tufts University Fletcher School.
 "Saudi Arabia and Morocco were not in the high-value target area, like the embassy bombings, the bombing of the USS Cole, or 9/11."
<br />
<br />
Mr. Shultz says he thinks the message is, instead, a bold effort to make Al Qaeda adherents believe their group is still in the game.
</p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>26/12/2011 12:38:53</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/14317/Al+Qaeda+audiotape+is+both+a+summons+and+a+tool+of+terror</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">14317</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>14321</publicationdataID>
      <title>Audio Message Urges Muslims to Attack; Tape Attributed to Al Qaeda Deputy Chief</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p>In an audiotape broadcast today, a man identified as the deputy head of the al Qaeda network called on Muslims to attack Western facilities across the world, kill Western civilians and Jews, and "turn the ground beneath their feet into an inferno."<br />
<br />
Broadcast by al-Jazeera television as the United States and Saudi Arabia braced for possible new attacks, the statement was attributed to Ayman Zawahiri, a physician who founded Egyptian Islamic Jihad, which merged with Osama bin Laden's al Qaeda. There was
 no immediate confirmation that the voice was that of Zawahiri, who is presumed to have been in hiding since U.S. attacks in Afghanistan began in October 2001.
<br />
<br />
U.S. officials have said that al Qaeda has been crippled by more than a year and a half of manhunts and military strikes. The tape appeared to be an effort by remaining members of the network to taunt the United States and its allies in the Arab world and to
 elicit support for new assaults. <br />
<br />
"The crusaders and the Jews only understand the language of murder and bloodshed and are only convinced by coffins, destroyed interests, burning towers and a shattered economy," said the voice on the tape.
</p>
<p>"Be strong, O Muslims, and attack the missions of the United States, the U.K., Australia and Norway and their interests, companies and employees. Turn the ground beneath their feet into an inferno and kick them out of your countries."
<br />
<br />
The tape, which appeared to have been edited, has heavy background noise. A CIA spokesman said that intelligence technicians and analysts were scrutinizing the tape, but that the analysis is particularly difficult because of its poor quality. Also, there are
 "no nuggets that would give you a hint" whether it is Zawahiri speaking, the spokesman said.<br />
<br />
It was not clear from the text when the tape was made, but it does include references to the war in Iraq, which suggests it might have been recorded during the conflict.
<br />
<br />
"O Iraqi people, we have defeated those crusaders several times before and kicked them out of our countries and sanctities," said the man. "Know that you are not alone in this battle."
<br />
<br />
In what could be a reference to pending attacks, the man said, "The next few days will reveal to you news that will gladden your hearts, God willing."
<br />
<br />
Though Saudi Arabia is a close U.S. ally, bin Laden has enjoyed substantial public support here. But Saudi officials said today that if al Qaeda hopes the new tape will bolster that sentiment, it will find that the bombings last week in Riyadh have changed
 popular opinion. Al Qaeda has "lost most of the support they used to be able to muster with these tapes," said a Saudi official.
</p>
<p>The triple bombings on May 12 killed 25 civilians, including Saudis and other Arabs and Muslims; four days later, a number of Moroccans were among the 29 people killed by suicide bombers in Casablanca.<br />
<br />
Today, Saudi television quoted Prince Nayef, the interior minister, as denying that two Moroccans arrested at Jiddah Airport on Monday had intended to hijack a Sudan-bound plane and crash it into a site in the city. But other Saudi officials reiterated reports
 that there was such a plot.<br />
<br />
The two Moroccan men were said to have been detained at passport control after immigration authorities thought they were behaving suspiciously. One Saudi official said authorities believe the target was the National Commercial Bank, the tallest high-rise in
 Jiddah.<br />
<br />
With police manning special roadblocks and the U.S. Embassy and other Western embassies closed, Saudi Arabia remained on a state of high alert today because of intelligence indicating impending attacks.<br />
<br />
Last October, al-Jazeera broadcast what was said to be the voice of Zawahiri, speaking on the anniversary of the start of the U.S.-led war in Afghanistan. The satellite TV network has also broadcast a number of videotapes and audiotapes made since Sept. 11,
 2001, by bin Laden, a Saudi who was stripped of his citizenship by the government.
<br />
<br />
In Washington, Secretary of State Colin L. Powell said he had spoken to the foreign minister of Qatar, which provides funding for al-Jazeera, to complain about the airing of the tape. "All it does is heighten tensions throughout the region, allowing terrorists
 to have this kind of access to the airwaves," he told reporters. </p>
<p>Powell added that he thought Qatar was "taking some action" in response. In a statement, the State Department said, "We expect the Qataris will take immediate steps to prevent any repeat of this activity."
<br />
<br />
Intelligence analysts say Zawahiri and bin Laden are likely hiding in the Afghanistan-Pakistan borderlands.<br />
<br />
U.S. and Saudi officials say that another Egyptian, Saif Adel, has assumed control of al Qaeda's military committee and is issuing orders from a hiding place in Iran.
<br />
<br />
Defense Secretary Donald H. Rumsfeld said on Tuesday that there was "no question" some al Qaeda members were in Iran. He added that there was speculation about their involvement in last week's bombings in Saudi Arabia.<br />
<br />
Iranian officials deny the accusations. Suspicions that senior al Qaeda figures were in Iran, including Adel and one of bin Laden's sons, surfaced a year ago.
<br />
<br />
"The only al Qaeda members that we know of are the ones that have been expelled from Iran," a spokesman for the Iranian government, Abdollah Ramazanzadeh, said at a news conference in Tehran. The purported Zawahiri tape also condemned Arab countries for supporting
 the U.S. war effort, naming Saudi Arabia, Kuwait, Qatar, Egypt, Yemen and Jordan. And it berated Muslims who expressed their opposition in peaceful ways.<br />
<br />
"Protests, demonstrations and conferences are of no use to you," the voice on the tape said. "The only thing that will benefit you is carrying arms and spiting your enemies, the Americans and Jews."
</p>
<p>One Saudi who allegedly took up arms was Abdul Kareem Yazijy, 35, a suspected member of the cell that carried out the suicide bombings here last week. It is unclear if Yazijy was killed in the attacks, because only three of the nine bombers who died have
 been positively identified.<br />
<br />
But at his family home in Riyadh today, Yazijy's younger brother, Abdullah, called on him to turn himself in. "Whatever the authorities will do to you is not worse than what you are thinking of doing," Abdullah Yazijy said in a plea spoken to two American journalists.<br />
<br />
Yazijy said his brother, the third of eight children in a family of civil servants, disappeared about 18 months ago. He said his brother had a long history of "emotional instability."<br />
<br />
He said his mother, in particular, wants to believe her son had nothing to do with the bombings. But he reluctantly outlined his brother's past, which is familiar to investigators.<br />
<br />
Yazijy said his brother went to Afghanistan for a few months in 1990 after Soviet forces withdrew from the country and he later worked for two years in Sarajevo, Bosnia, for a Saudi charity. That charity, the Supreme Committee for the Collection of Donations
 for Bosnia-Herzegovina, was raided in 2002 because of suspected links to al Qaeda.
<br />
<br />
On May 6, Abdul Kareem Yazijy's face was shown on Saudi television as one of 19 men being sought by authorities following the discovery of a major arms cache. Six days later came the bombings.
</p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>26/12/2011 12:41:09</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/14321/Audio+Message+Urges+Muslims+to+Attack+Tape+Attributed+to+Al+Qaeda+Deputy+Chief</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">14321</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>14324</publicationdataID>
      <title>IBM Launches Technology Design Center in Bangalore, India; Engineers and Software Experts to Offer Design Services on Advanced Chips, Cards, System Designs to Customers</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p>IBM Corporation today announced the establishment of a new center in Bangalore, India, to provide technology design services for advanced chips, cards and systems to companies in India and across Asia.
<br />
<br />
The center will coordinate and leverage regional engineering, research and technology design services delivery skills from several IBM locations to design a wide variety of new electronic gear for customers. These designs will range from complex chips to entire
 systems. <br />
<br />
IBM, through its Engineering &amp; Technology Services division, helps companies in a variety of industries design innovative products. With this addition in Bangalore, the organization is approaching 1,000 engineers. In addition to India, technology services design
 centers are located in the United States at Burlington, Vt., Endicott, N.Y., Rochester, Minn., Austin, Texas and Raleigh, N.C.; in Europe at Mainz, Germany; in Japan at Yamato.
<br />
<br />
Service offerings from this new business initiative fall into four basic categories:
<br />
<br />
-Component Solutions: system on a chip design services; custom circuit design services;
<br />
<br />
-System Solutions: system architecture and design services; power, packaging and cooling solutions;
<br />
<br />
-Technology Solutions: IP management consulting; manufacturing consulting; verification and on demand "e-design" services;
</p>
<p>-Mission Transfer Services: enabling a company to focus on its core competencies while turning over entire engineering missions to IBM.
<br />
<br />
"The company's design capabilities are the broadest in the industry," said Dr. Uday Shukla, Director, Technology Group Lab, India. "We have a history of high client satisfaction in technology design services, a record of success in the OEM market and industry-leading
 semiconductor technologies. We can, therefore, provide a variety of clients with unique, cost-effective, end-to-end solutions. The India center will enable IBM to leverage a vast and talented Indian IT talent pool, competent in VLSI and embedded software design
 to create quality and innovative solutions for our customers." <br />
<br />
The new center will combine deep technical know-how with access to IBM's vast portfolio of intellectual property, helping clients enhance current products or build entirely new products.<br />
<br />
Skills will be broad: they will include ASIC logic designers, physical design, verification, mechanical design, server system firmware, card design plus embedded and application software expertise, especially in Linux.
<br />
<br />
Dr. Shukla said the center's value proposition is all about access, giving clients a portal into IBM, leveraging system design expertise, best-practice design methodologies for affordable custom chips and a variety of skills and talent that can be made available
 on demand. </p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>26/12/2011 12:43:35</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/14324/IBM+Launches+Technology+Design+Center+in+Bangalore+India+Engineers+and+Software+Experts+to+Offer+Design+Services+on+Advanced+Chips+Cards+System+Designs+to+Customers</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">14324</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>14329</publicationdataID>
      <title>The World; U.S. Fears Network Has Regrouped, Fanned Out</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p>WASHINGTON Recent attacks and a wealth of new intelligence show that the Al Qaeda leadership -- declared all but dead by many experts -- is reinvigorated, now based in Iran and Pakistan, and orchestrating terrorist strikes around the world, U.S. officials
 said Saturday.<br />
<br />
Some U.S. officials, from President Bush on down, have in recent weeks described the central command of the global terror network as being crippled and unable to coordinate significant new attacks. Several noted that Al Qaeda founder Osama bin Laden's public
 call to arms before the Iraq war appeared to have gone unheeded.<br />
<br />
But information uncovered in last week's bombings in Riyadh, Saudi Arabia, implicates members of the Al Qaeda top command structure, according to several knowledgeable U.S. officials and other counter-terrorism authorities. They said they believe those Al Qaeda
 leaders also have played a direct role in other significant plots underway in East Africa, South Asia and elsewhere, some of which appear to be "imminent."
<br />
<br />
Those U.S. officials, interviewed Saturday, also said they are investigating whether Al Qaeda -- particularly its leaders -- played a role in Friday's attacks in Casablanca, Morocco. The preliminary investigation indicates that the bombings, which killed at
 least 41 people, bore the signatures of an Al Qaeda operation, said two U.S. officials speaking on the condition of anonymity.
</p>
<p>"Major operations for Al Qaeda have always been done with the knowledge, support, blessing and backing of the Al Qaeda leadership," said one U.S. official. "At least in the Saudi case, I don't think it's anything different. We're pretty confident that it
 was senior leadership who were behind it. It didn't just spring up out of nowhere."<br />
<br />
A second U.S. official agreed, saying the CIA and other counter-terrorism authorities have become dismayed in the last week at what they view as fresh evidence of the Al Qaeda leadership's destructive capabilities and intentions, not just in Saudi Arabia, but
 in East Africa, South Asia and other locations.<br />
<br />
Since the attacks of Sept. 11, 2001, the Bush administration has focused on trying to "cut off the head" of Al Qaeda, to separate the leadership's command-and-control structure from the scores of cells operating in as many as 98 countries, the official said.
 The goal was to prevent the cadre of veteran terrorists at Al Qaeda's helm -- who have the money, operational experience, connections and troop loyalty to cause catastrophic damage -- from coordinating, financing and orchestrating attacks.
<br />
<br />
</p>
<div>*** </div>
<p><strong>'Extensive Reach'</strong><br />
<br />
"When you knock out the leadership, the hope is that you've atomized the group and made [the local cells] go off on their own to find resources and do their planning on their own," said the second official. "What this wave, which we may be in the early stages
 of, shows is that this remains an organization with planning and operational capability and extensive reach.<br />
<br />
"Even when the good news articles came out about what we were doing to the Al Qaeda leadership, we knew there were a lot of the good people still out there and planning attacks," said the official. "What may be most disturbing about this is that the command-and-control
 structure is there, their ability to direct from above. Senior leadership clearly does have a role."<br />
<br />
In the Riyadh bombings, U.S. and Saudi officials are focusing on several men they believe are linked to Al Qaeda leaders.<br />
<br />
The CIA now believes that one of the key planners of Monday's attacks may have been a senior Al Qaeda operative in Saudi Arabia named Abu Bakr al Asdi, who is about 30 years old and has links with alleged Sept. 11 mastermind Khalid Shaikh Mohammed.
</p>
<p>U.S. officials also believe Asdi has ties to Abd al Rahim al Nashiri, who is accused of participating in the 2000 bombing of the U.S. destroyer Cole in Yemen. Asdi, they think, may have replaced Al Nashiri as Al Qaeda's top operative in Saudi Arabia and
 perhaps the entire Arabian peninsula since Al Nashiri's capture several months ago.<br />
<br />
Saudi officials are also searching for Khaled Jehani, a 29-year-old Saudi who appears in an Al Qaeda martyrdom tape recovered by the U.S. in Afghanistan, and Mohammed Mansour Jabarah, 23, who is believed to have trained in Afghanistan before being dispatched
 by Mohammed to the Mideast last year.<br />
<br />
One ranking member of the Saudi royal family said last week that Bin Laden himself was involved in plotting the Riyadh attacks. But U.S. officials say it is too early to directly implicate Bin Laden, whom U.S. officials believe is hiding out in Pakistan's rugged
 North-West Frontier Province, near the border with Afghanistan, with his top aide, Ayman Zawahiri.<br />
<br />
U.S. officials did, however, confirm Saturday that they are scrutinizing with renewed interest an audiotape purportedly made by Bin Laden in February, in which he specifically warned Arab leaders not to ally themselves with the United States in what was then
 an anticipated war against Iraq.<br />
<br />
The man on the tape singles out Saudi Arabia, Morocco, Pakistan, Jordan, Yemen and Nigeria. "Muslims should mobilize to liberate themselves from the yoke of these apostate regimes, enslaved by America," he said. "We stress the importance of suicide attacks
 against the enemy, these attacks that have scared Americans and Israelis like never before."<br />
<br />
The CIA and National Security Agency are closely monitoring two areas where they believe Al Qaeda leaders are residing: Pakistan and Iran.<br />
<br />
In recent months, several U.S. officials say, the CIA and other elements of the American intelligence community have concluded that much of Al Qaeda's top leadership -- aside from Bin Laden and Zawahiri -- is in Iran, most probably on the rugged border areas
 near Pakistan. </p>
<p>"There have been a number of reports that a number of their senior officials have been in Iran for a while," said one official.<br />
<br />
Among those key players thought to be in Iran are Saif Adel, Bin Laden's former chief of security; Abu Hafs the Mauritanian, another top Bin Laden aide; and Saad bin Laden, a son of Osama bin Laden and his heir apparent.<br />
<br />
U.S. investigators believe Adel has risen to perhaps the top operational spot in Al Qaeda since Mohammed's arrest in March.<br />
<br />
Since the Sept. 11 attacks and the war in Afghanistan, U.S. authorities have captured a number of top Al Qaeda operatives including Mohammed, fellow Sept. 11 plotter Ramzi Binalshibh and Abu Zubeida.<br />
<br />
Those successes had led some U.S. officials to believe that Al Qaeda had been routed and its command-and-control structure decimated. Just two weeks ago, President Bush declared that "we have seen the turning of the tide" in the war against terrorism.<br />
<br />
But in his weekly radio address Saturday -- taped before Friday's bombings in Morocco -- Bush called the deadly attacks in Saudi Arabia "a stark reminder" of the dangers ahead.<br />
<br />
U.S. officials believe Al Qaeda's leaders have placed regional commanders in places, including Saudi Arabia, Pakistan, Yemen, the Philippines and the Russian republic of Chechnya. They also think that younger members of Al Qaeda have assumed positions left
 open by the capture of Al Qaeda leaders. </p>
<p>"The working assumption is that they have back-filled the leadership positions," said Roger Cressey, who was a senior counter-terrorism official on the National Security Council until several months ago.
<br />
<br />
On Saturday, U.S. officials said so much intelligence has been gathered in recent days about looming Al Qaeda attacks that they and their counterparts around the globe have mobilized in a frantic effort to stop them. The overwhelming majority of the intelligence
 "chatter" concerns Al Qaeda activity overseas, rather than the U.S., authorities said.<br />
<br />
"We continue to believe there is a high likelihood of terrorist acts around the world in a lot of places," said one U.S. official.<br />
<br />
</p>
<div>*** </div>
<p><strong>'Lots of Indicators'</strong><br />
<br />
The official cited "lots of indicators"--including electronic intercepts, "human intelligence" gained through undercover work and other means and interrogations of Al Qaeda suspects -- as evidence of impending attacks. "All of it points to imminent terrorist
 acts in a large number of places," the official said. <br />
<br />
In East Africa, a former top Al Qaeda leader named Fazul Abdullah Mohammed has resurfaced and is believed to be plotting several large-scale attacks, U.S. officials said. Sightings of him have prompted security warnings and lockdowns across the region.<br />
<br />
Mohammed, an alleged mastermind of the 1998 bombing of the U.S. Embassy in Nairobi, Kenya, is one of the FBI's most-wanted men; there is a $25-million bounty on his head. Mohammed is also suspected of orchestrating November's attack on a tourist hotel in Mombasa,
 Kenya, frequented by Israelis.<br />
<br />
U.S. officials have gathered so much intelligence about impending terrorist attacks in East Africa that they, as well as British authorities, have issued warnings in recent days. On Saturday, Israel's internal security service, Shin Bet, canceled all airline
 flights in and out of Kenya due to security concerns, the Israeli newspaper Haaretz reported. The move followed a similar decision by British Airways, which cited the fear of attacks by terrorists using shoulder-fired missiles.
<br />
<br />
There are no direct flights from the U.S. to Kenya, a spokesman for the Federal Aviation Administration said Saturday. Shoulder-held missiles were fired at an Israeli airplane in Kenya in November on the same day as the Mombasa hotel bombing, but the shots
 missed. </p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>26/12/2011 12:47:37</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/14329/The+World+US+Fears+Network+Has+Regrouped+Fanned+Out</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">14329</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>14332</publicationdataID>
      <title>A dispersed Qaeda still poses threat Turns to attacks of smaller scale, specialists say</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p>WASHINGTON -- The US-led global war on terrorism has scattered Al Qaeda, but the network has evolved into a less-hierarchical organization still capable of attacking ''soft'' targets like those hit in Morocco and Saudi Arabia the past week, current and former
 US government officials and terrorism specialists say. <br />
<br />
The war on terrorism has had notable successes, starting with the ouster of the Taliban regime in Afghanistan, denying Al Qaeda a haven and a training ground. Since Sept. 11, 2001, more than 3,000 suspected Al Qaeda members have been killed or captured, including
 key figures like Abu Zubaydah and Khalid Shaikh Mohammed. In addition, the United States and other governments have foiled at least a dozen terrorist plots in various stages of planning, including one last year in Morocco, and have seized more than $121 million
 in Al Qaeda assets.<br />
<br />
The effort has remained global: Last year, 29 countries enacted new antiterrorism laws or adopted antiterrorism treaties, and more than 100 participated in the capture of Al Qaeda operatives and their allies. In response, the specialists said, Al Qaeda has
 shifted tactics and target choices, stringing together a series of smaller-scale attacks in the Middle East and Southeast Asia. They point to the bombings Monday in Saudi Arabia as examples of how the network has responded. US officials said the bombings in
 Morocco on Friday also bore the hallmark of Al Qaeda -- multiple, simultaneous attacks -- although they were unsure whether the blasts were indeed the work of the group. Amid fresh warnings that Al Qaeda may be poised to strike again, President Bush reasserted
 that the United States would not relent in its pursuit of terrorists. <br />
<br />
''The enemies of freedom are not idle, and neither are we,'' Bush said yesterday in his weekly radio address. ''Our government is taking unprecedented measures to defend the homeland. And from Pakistan to the Philippines, to the Horn of Africa, we are hunting
 down Al Qaeda killers.''<br />
<br />
Bush, condemning the Morocco bombings in a statement later, said, ''These acts of murder show, once again, that terrorism respects no boundaries nor borders.''
</p>
<p>The terrorism specialists said the network retains a committed corps of leaders, possibly including Osama bin Laden, who allow greater autonomy for operatives and who have forged stronger ties with affiliated groups. The network is more dispersed, but it
 appears to be growing. The New York Times, citing senior government officials, reported yesterday that two Arab men suspected of scouting possible targets for Al Qaeda were arrested recently in the United States. The suspects' identities and the sites of their
 activities were not disclosed.<br />
<br />
''That constant interaction between offense and defense continues,'' one US official involved with intelligence matters said on condition of anonymity. ''And not just on a tactical level, but also in the Darwinian process of weeding these guys out; [the terrorists]
 are learning lessons.'' <br />
<br />
Al Qaeda previously has targeted military or diplomatic facilities or sites with high symbolic value, like the World Trade Center. But the attacks in Riyadh, Saudi Arabia, which killed 34 people, including eight Americans, and the bombing of a nightclub in
 Bali in October indicate a reaction to stepped-up security around official installations.''They're going after `softer' targets'' -- hotels, restaurants, bars, and tourist sites, said Representative Porter Goss, a Florida Republican who chairs the House Intelligence
 Committee. ''If we harden a target, they don't go after it.'' <br />
<br />
Some of the targets in Casablanca, Morocco -- a restaurant, a hotel, and a Jewish community center -- fit that description. ''Some of what you're seeing now was probably started quite a while back and is just coming into fruition,'' the US official said. ''There's
 a lag time here, so some of the benefits of the disruption that we've achieved will be more visible probably a year or two from now, we hope.'' The Riyadh attack featured for the first time armed suicide escorts. In one of the compounds, the assault-rifle
 wielding terrorists shot the Saudi guards at the entrance and opened the gate, according to the US official involved in intelligence matters. ''We've moved barriers out. There's more of a stand-off distance, so to get close to the buildings you have to go
 through these gates,'' the official said. ''The fact that they have a squad of suicide commandos with each truck to overcome the security at the gates, that is a new development, and I would have to say that would defeat virtually any security here in [Washington,]
 D.C.'' </p>
<p>The move to softer targets, while a shift, appears in keeping with overall Al Qaeda strategy. Months before the 1998 attack on the US Embassy in Kenya, Prudence Bushnell, then-US ambassador, had repeatedly warned that it was vulnerable to attack. Airline
 security problems were well known before Al Qaeda turned airplanes into missiles. ''Their habit is to pick on the most vulnerable,'' Goss said. ''That is really the critical factor. When you let your guard down, that's when they hit.''<br />
<br />
Al Qaeda leaders have changed how they operate between missions, as well. Several specialists said the importance of denying Al Qaeda members haven in Afghanistan cannot be overestimated. ''When the terrorists have to be moving around and hiding and being concerned
 about meeting and being concerned about communicating, it doesn't make operations impossible . . . but it makes it more difficult,'' said Douglas J. Feith, undersecretary of defense for policy. Another lesson Al Qaeda leaders learned from Afghanistan is the
 extent to which the United States can monitor electronic communications. They have turned increasingly to couriers. When they do communicate electronically, ''lots of the chatter we're picking up is fairly clearly disinformation,'' said Ian Cuthbertson, a
 former official in Britain's Foreign Office and the director of the Counter-Terrorism Project at the World Policy Institute. How the military victory over Iraq fits into the antiterrorism puzzle remains the subject of fierce debate in intelligence and antiterrorism
 circles, with advocates of the war arguing that Saddam Hussein's regime was a key supporter of international terrorism and with critics saying the conflict only served as a recruiting tool for Al Qaeda and its affiliated groups. Nevertheless, the war in Iraq
 does not appear to have affected the antiterrorism coalition. ''There's a surprising degree of unanimity, even after all the bad blood over Iraq, that this war is necessary,'' Cuthbertson said. ''There's still a consensus that the war on terrorism as framed
 by the United States is positive and necessary.'' That consensus was reflected in the countries that either enacted new antiterrorism laws or adopted antiterrorism treaties.
</p>
<p>''All that stuff is important in making international cooperation easier,'' said Daniel Benjamin, who was director of transnational threats on the National Security Council during the Clinton administration. ''One of the big problems we had in the past was
 other countries' legal systems made rapid movement and decisive action difficult.'' Roughly half of Al Qaeda's top 20 leaders have been captured or killed, but most of the remainder, including top bin Laden lieutenant Ayman al-Zawahri, come from the Egyptian
 Islamic Jihad, which merged with Al Qaeda in 1998. Several specialists described them as being the elite of the Al Qaeda organization. They have proved adept at survival: Only one,<br />
<br />
Muhammad Atef, has fallen, killed in Afghanistan by allied bombing. ''It was a tremendous coup for bin Laden because he's got this ready-made officer corps,'' said Jessica Stern, a National Security Council aide under President Clinton. International pressure
 has also led to a network that is more diffuse and harder to track. That structural change is ''key,'' the US official involved in intelligence said. ''I don't think there's a simple, clear standard or pattern.'' Potentially more troubling, several specialists
 said, is that the broader radical ideology Al Qaeda promotes continues to gain adherents in the Muslim world. Several sources said Al Qaeda and its related organizations continue to recruit successfully. ''The banner of Al Qaeda symbolizes the biggest threat
 at the moment,'' Goss said. ''That might be the rallying standard.'' It is not a problem of which the Bush administration is unaware. Feith delineated two battlefields for the war on terrorism: the ''kinetic'' side, involving the process of systematically
 hunting down terrorist cells, and the ''battle of ideas,'' of trying to dissuade people from becoming terrorists. ''It is not enough to simply go after the current terrorist personnel and the current terrorist training camps and disrupt them and kill some
 people and capture some people. If that's all you're doing in the war on terrorism, you're on a treadmill,'' Feith said.
</p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>26/12/2011 12:49:46</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/14332/A+dispersed+Qaeda+still+poses+threat+Turns+to+attacks+of+smaller+scale+specialists+say</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">14332</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>14334</publicationdataID>
      <title>Outsource movement may cost more jobs Stock market research follows technology trend</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p>J.P. Morgan Chase &amp; Co. plans to outsource some of its stock market research to Bombay this summer, signaling possible new arenas for the trend that already has sent tens of thousands of information technology jobs abroad in recent years.<br />
<br />
A surge in overseas hiring could result in major job losses in the U.S. professional services sector. A survey of 100 major American banks, brokerage houses and insurance companies by consulting firm A.T. Kearney Inc. projects that a half-million financial-services
 jobs will move overseas in the next five years--8 percent of total employment in the sector.<br />
<br />
The practice of outsourcing may be catching on among financial services and business consulting firms for the same reasons that computer software companies such as Microsoft Corp. and IBM Corp. are increasing their use of overseas labor. India, for instance,
 offers sharply lower labor costs while supplying workers with excellent technical and financial know-how. In 2001, MBA graduates from the prestigious Indian Institutes of Technology could expect to earn just $12,000, compared to an averagestarting salary of
 $102,338 for graduates of Harvard Business School. <br />
<br />
New York-based J.P. Morgan said that the analyst research reports it prepares for stock investors will soon be prepared in part by Indian business school graduates working in Bombay. Meanwhile, A.T. Kearney said it is already having much of its research done
 by Indian workers. </p>
<p>"We're talking about very highly educated people with advanced degrees, who are very motivated," said A.T. Kearney anaging director Andrea Bierce.<br />
<br />
Financial services companies such as Citigroup and GE Capital have long shifted some business activities overseas. But usually this has involved relatively low-level work, such as inputting huge volumes of data or handling simple bookkeeping activities.<br />
<br />
On Wall Street, the move toward sending financial research abroad comes at a sensitive time. Ten top investment bank firms recently reached a $1.4 billion settlement with regulators aimed at protecting investors from biased research.<br />
<br />
"With the market for financial institutions not turning around, and not seeing the revenues that they'd hoped, financial institutions have had to continue to look for ways to reduce costs," Bierce said.
</p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>26/12/2011 12:51:38</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/14334/Outsource+movement+may+cost+more+jobs+Stock+market+research+follows+technology+trend</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">14334</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>14339</publicationdataID>
      <title>U.S. Envoy Lauds India For New Peace Initiative</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p>At the end of a three-day visit to South Asia, a senior U.S. envoy praised India for its new peace initiative with Pakistan and said he hoped it would be the beginning of a "step-by-step process" toward resolving the disputes between the hostile neighbors.
<br />
<br />
Deputy Secretary of State Richard L. Armitage, who visited Pakistan and Afghanistan before stopping in India, said the United States deeply appreciated and was encouraged by the "far reaching act of statesmanship" shown by India's prime minister, Atal Bihari
 Vajpayee. <br />
<br />
"It's a long trip to get there, and I just hope we've begun a process," Armitage said.<br />
<br />
Since gaining independence from Britain in 1947, India and Pakistan have fought three wars, two over the disputed Himalayan region of Kashmir.
<br />
<br />
In recent days, India and Pakistan have attempted to ease a 16-month diplomatic freeze that brought them to the brink of war last summer.<br />
<br />
Vajpayee extended a "hand of friendship" to Pakistan two weeks ago, and the countries have moved toward resuming normal diplomatic ties and lifting curbs on transportation links imposed after an attack on the grounds of India's Parliament in December 2001 that
 India blamed on rebels backed by Pakistan. Pakistan has denied involvement.<br />
<br />
In their meetings with Armitage today, however, the Indian officials stressed that their recent overtures did not mean they were any less concerned about violence.
</p>
<p>"We told Mr. Armitage that our peace initiatives toward Pakistan was designed to create easier conditions for Pakistan to respond to us favorably on cross-border terrorism," said Navtej Sarna, spokesman for India's Foreign Ministry. "It was not meant to
 substitute our requirement" that the incursions stop. <br />
<br />
India accuses Pakistan of arming and training Islamic militants fighting to end Indian rule in Kashmir. Officials say that since 1989, at least 33,000 people have been killed in Kashmir, India's only state with a Muslim majority and the trigger for two wars.
 Separatist leaders, however, say the death toll is at least 60,000.<br />
<br />
Pakistan denies the charges and says it gives only moral support to what it calls the Kashmiri "freedom struggle," and has repeatedly called for talks with India on the status of the region. But India insists that dialogue will begin only after Pakistan shows
 proof that it has ended the "infrastructure of terrorism" on its soil.<br />
<br />
In Islamabad, Armitage had said that the flow of militants into India had decreased in recent months. But Indian officials today told the visiting envoy that they were disappointed with Pakistan's efforts to end the infiltration of armed guerrillas and close
 down training camps.<br />
<br />
"We have heard claims, declarations and assurances before. But these have not been translated into reality," Sarna said. "We will judge Pakistan by what they do and not what they say."
</p>
<p>Armitage avoided questions about his assessment of any specific change in infiltration levels and the number of training camps for militants in Pakistan.<br />
<br />
"It is a terrible thing when we reduce the death of persons, loved ones, to statistics," he said. "So I concentrate on the fact that all violence must end."
</p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>26/12/2011 12:54:47</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/14339/US+Envoy+Lauds+India+For+New+Peace+Initiative</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">14339</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>14343</publicationdataID>
      <title>South Asia's Spring</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p><strong>The Washington Post </strong></p>
<p><strong>May 06, 2003</strong></p>
<p>INDIAN PRIME MINISTER Atal Bihari Vajpayee dramatically described last week's unexpected peace overture to Pakistan as the "third and last" effort of his lifetime. That suggests historic possibility, but the overture also was well timed for short-term gain.
 The Indian leader revealed his intention to restore full diplomatic relations and cross-border transport links with Islamabad just a week before a visit by a senior Bush administration official who was expected to press for just such a reopening of dialogue.
 Mr. Vajpayee also made his move as warmer weather in the disputed territory of Kashmir facilitates a surge of infiltrations by Pakistan-based Muslim militants challenging Indian rule and a repeat of the violence that brought the countries to the brink of war
 last spring. If it accomplishes nothing else, Mr. Vajpayee's initiative has lessened the likelihood of another dangerous standoff between nuclear powers in the coming months. It may also give the Bush administration's envoy, Deputy Secretary of State Richard
 L. Armitage, a better chance of persuading Pakistani President Pervez Musharraf to keep his unfulfilled promises to stop terrorists based in his country from attacking India.
</p>
<p>Sadly, the outlook for a permanent peace settlement in South Asia is not promising. Mr. Musharraf, who led the Pakistani army in an ill-conceived incursion into Kashmir four years ago, not long before he seized power in a coup, has shown little sign that
 he is prepared to give up the Pakistani dream of one day taking control of the Indian-ruled part of the territory. Though he has cooperated with the Bush administration's fight against al Qaeda, he has made only token moves against the Muslim extremists --
 many of them linked to al Qaeda -- who have made challenging Indian rule of Kashmir their cause. Since promising Mr. Armitage last June that he would keep terrorists from crossing the border, Mr. Musharraf has lost much of the strength he might have used to
 act; his attempts to manipulate the Pakistani political system led to the strengthening of radical Islamic parties that support the militants' agenda. The Bush administration has chosen not to confront Mr. Musharraf about his backsliding, perhaps because it
 fears losing his help with al Qaeda. </p>
<p>In this context, Mr. Vajpayee's decision to abandon India's previous insistence that an end to cross-border terrorism must precede any renewal of dialogue was politically courageous as well as pragmatic. Pakistan might respond by restraining the terrorists;
 but if there are more incidents like the bloody assault on the Indian parliament last year, Mr. Vajpayee will face a fierce backlash at home. The best he, and the world, can probably hope for is an incremental and gradual easing of tensions, aided by cricket
 matches and other confidence-building measures. The Bush administration can do its part by pressing for a Pakistani response that is substantial on the ground and flexible about the shape and agenda of any peace talks. Even a modest warming between India and
 Pakistan would make the region look a lot safer than it did a year ago. </p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>26/12/2011 12:57:16</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/14343/South+Asias+Spring</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">14343</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>14349</publicationdataID>
      <title>India Pakistan suddenly talk peace?</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p><strong>Christian Science Monitor (Boston, M) </strong></p>
<p><strong>By Scott Baldauf and Amol Sharma<br />
May 06, 2003</strong></p>
<p>A senior US official arrives in India this week to find the table almost set for peace talks between nuclear rivals.
</p>
<p>After 16 months of stony silence, interrupted by the near outbreak of war last June, India and Pakistan are suddenly making all the right moves to start peace talks.</p>
<p>Monday, Pakistan raised the stakes by offering to get rid of its nuclear arsenal if India followed suit.
</p>
<p>The reasons for this spring warming trend - initiated by India - are still coming to light. But they range from the swift US victory in Iraq and mounting concern over nuclear proliferation and terrorism to a legacy quest by India's ailing prime minister,
 Atal Behari Vajpayee. </p>
<p>Diplomats here say this may be the best chance in years to defuse tensions between two nuclear powers that have fought three wars in the past half century. "The most interesting thing about these peace moves is that they come when absolutely nothing is happening
 on the ground," says a Western diplomat who monitors the Kashmir dispute closely.
</p>
<p>The warmup is all the more unlikely, given the lack of any real improvement of 50-year dispute over the Himalayan state of Jammu and Kashmir, which both India and Pakistan claim. Since January 2002, more than 3,600 civilians, Indian forces, and Islamic separatists
 have died in the picturesque vale of Kashmir, which has been the site of three major Indo-Pakistani conflicts. Fifty-six have been killed in the last week alone.
</p>
<p>"There has been no proof that infiltrations are down; in fact they appear to have gone up," says the diplomat. "There's been no proof that Pakistan has curbed extremist groups. And what is more remarkable is that India's ruling party is putting aside a major
 policy, the security issue, that has been its operating concept for the coming election year."
</p>
<p>Whatever their reasons, leaders from both countries have as much to lose from halting peace talks now as they do from merely starting them, and with the international community less distracted by events in Iraq and Afghanistan, there can be increased support
 - if not strong-armed pressure - for a resolution of lasting Indo-Pakistani issues.</p>
<p>If there is any danger now, diplomats say, it may be that the news media and major international players may raise expectations too high, and push for a resolution too soon.
</p>
<p>"The higher the expectations get, the more risky the operation gets," says the Western diplomat says. "The chances of repeating past mistakes is obvious. The Indian government is never comfortable having the media hype a summit during an election year. The
 whole delicate balance may be damaged by too high expectations from outside." </p>
<p>In Delhi, some experts say the impetus comes not from US pressure, but from Prime Minister Vajpayee. In mid-April, he visited the state of Kashmir and offered what he called a hand of friendship to Pakistan to resolve their differences. Last week, he delivered
 an emotional speech in parliament, describing what he said will be his last push for peace.</p>
<p>"This round of talks will be decisive, and at least for my life, these will be the last," he told Indian lawmakers. "...We are committed to the improvement of relations with Pakistan, and we are willing to grasp every opportunity for doing so."
</p>
<p>Mr. Vajpayee's peace initiatives reportedly took many of his own party members aback, including deputy prime minister L.K. Advani, who thought Vajpayee would simply be giving a nudge to the newly appointed peace negotiator N. N. Vohra. But they were warmly
 received by Pakistan's Prime Minister Mir Zafarullah Jamali, who invited Vajpayee to visit Pakistan at his convenience.
</p>
<p>Vajpayee announced renewed diplomatic ties with Pakistan and restored air travel links. Pakistan responded in kind. The prime minister also said at least some of the violence in Kashmir might be out of Pakistan's control, a statement designed to help his
 government save face with domestic critics. </p>
<p>Uday Bhaskar, deputy director of the Institute for Defense Studies and Analysis in New Delhi, says the prime minister is determined to leave behind a legacy of peace, and is prepared to use the reins of power to do that. "This is the last chance for him
 personally to try and take this relationship forward," Bhaskar says. "I think he's asserting his primacy in the domestic politics of India."
</p>
<p>The prime minister's statement in parliament followed a flurry of diplomatic activity over the last several days. Pakistan's prime minister, Mir Zafarullah Khan Jamali, phoned Vajpayee on April 28 and invited the Indian prime minister to Pakistan. It was
 the first direct contact between Indian and Pakistani leaders in more than two years.
</p>
<p>The drama has been tempered since then with follow up statements - Indian officials say their fundamental stance on terrorism has not changed - but the mood in the Indian capital for peace talks is gaining ground.
</p>
<p>A common explanation is that US pressure is behind the peace overtures - that India and Pakistan are paving the way for a smooth visit by Deputy Secretary of State Richard Armitage's visit to the region this week.
</p>
<p>While Washington says it has always encouraged India and Pakistan to talk out its issues, and denies recent Indian reports of laying out a "roadmap on Kashmir," recent moves by the US State Department have clearly shown that the US is giving more attention
 to the region. </p>
<p>Last week, the US added three more Pakistan-based extremist groups to its growing list of terrorist organizations. The largest of the three, Hizbul Mujahideen, is the oldest and largest Kashmiri militant group. By whittling away at groups that Pakistan regards
 as "freedom fighters," the US has undercut Pakistan's options and its claim of providing only "diplomatic and moral support" for the Kashmiri separatist movement.
</p>
<p>Prem Shankar Jha, a columnist for the leading magazine Outlook, says the peace moves are intended to fend off future US intervention in the region. "The basic feeling is that if we start talking, we can keep away further intrusion by the US. I think both
 sides agree on that." </p>
<p>The US has made clear its main concern in the region is nuclear proliferation - India and Pakistan announced themselves as nuclear powers in 1998 and came under US sanctions thereafter. The sanctions have since been lifted, but India, in particular, worries
 that increased US engagement in the region could translate into renewed pressure to discontinue its nuclear weapons research, which the Hindu nationalist government here considers one of its major achievements.
</p>
<p>"The fear among the Indian establishment is that if they don't start talking to Pakistan, the Americans will try to cap their nuclear programs," says Kamal Mitra Chenoy, an international studies professor at Jawaharlal Nehru University in New Delhi.
</p>
<p>Many analysts also give Pakistan credit for starting the dialogue as well. Most importantly, there have been some hints that Pakistan may be willing to push off discussion on Kashmir, at least for the near future. The last attempt at peace, at a summit held
 in the Indian city of Agra in 2001, failed because Pakistan insisted Kashmir was the central issue for dialogue.
</p>
<p>"Pakistan always said Kashmir was the central dispute," Jha says. "Now we're hearing that they'll talk about other issues. So there's also been some rethinking in Pakistan, I think."
</p>
<p>Pakistan is also trying to show India - and the United States - it is serious about combating terrorism originating from its soil. The government announced last week it would take action against banned terrorist groups that have reinvented themselves with
 new names. Pakistan cracked down on several groups last year at the behest of the US, but many of them have since regrouped.</p>
<p>"We are committed to purge our society of terrorism and our every action must speak of our resolve," Pakistan's information minister said.
</p>
<p>Cynics here say India is only interested in peace talks because its attempt to threaten Pakistan with military force failed to curb cross-border terrorism. India mobilized several hundred thousand troops along its border with Pakistan late in 2001 after
 an attack on India's parliament by Pakistan-based militants, but Pakistan dispatched its own forces, and a stalemate ensued.
</p>
<p>"The Indian government got tough with Pakistan, it mobilized its forces on the border, and nothing happened," Chenoy says. "So now they have no choice but to start looking at possible talks."
</p>
<p>"India realized that the confrontational strategy did not yield results, that it was a total failure," says Suba Chandran, a security analyst at the Delhi-based Institute of Peace and Conflict Studies.
</p>
<p>Some say political changes in both countries and in the global environment have helped propel the diplomatic activity. In India, successful state elections in Kashmir - which displaced the allies of the central government's Hindu nationalists - appear to
 have won over many ordinary Kashmiris and diminished support for the militants' cause.
</p>
<p>The militants have long argued that the Indian government is oppressing Kashmiris. In Pakistan, the recent return of a civilian administration - with a prime minister and a parliament - has given India new leaders to talk to.
</p>
<p>India's leaders deeply distrust President Musharraf, whom they view as a military dictator. The US-led war on terrorism has forced Pakistan to reevaluate its longstanding support for militants in Kashmir, IDSA's Bhaskar says. "My sense is that after the
 Iraq war, the space available for a regime to support any form of terrorism is shrinking, so I think Pakistan has picked that up."
</p>
<p>Taking the peace initiative was a courageous move for both sides, analysts say, and leaders in both countries will be walking a diplomatic tightrope to keep the process on track.
</p>
<p>India cannot be viewed domestically as softening its stance against cross-border terrorism, and Pakistan will forego popular support for the peace initiative if it agrees to sideline the Kashmir issue completely.
</p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>26/12/2011 13:01:15</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/14349/India+Pakistan+suddenly+talk+peace</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">14349</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>14353</publicationdataID>
      <title>South Asian Peace?</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p dir="rtl" align="left"><strong>Baltimore Sun<br />
May 06, 2003</strong></p>
<p>SPRING ANNUALLY brings the threat of armed conflict between India and Pakistan in Kashmir, the mountainous region divided more than a half century ago between the two nations. But this year, rapprochement is suddenly in the air.
</p>
<p>The result of the last two weeks' surprising movement toward peace in South Asia can't be predicted. More than 50 years of enmity between India and Pakistan - including three wars, two fought over this Kashmir - shows more can go wrong than right.</p>
<p>But this breathtaking turn, breaking a 16-month standoff that took the two nuclear powers to the brink of war, should be taken seriously, at least on the Indian side. It provides cause for hope on the Pakistani side - if its army can live with peace.
</p>
<p>Indian Prime Minister Atal Bihari Vajpayee made the first move, surprising even his own foreign ministry two weeks ago with a speech offering the "hand of friendship" to Pakistan. Soon after, the Pakistani prime minister telephoned his appreciation.</p>
<p>On Friday, Mr. Vajpayee announced India would restore diplomatic and airline links with Pakistan, severed after a 2001 terrorist attack on the Indian parliament. Within a day, Pakistan reciprocated, adding that it wants talks on Kashmir and inviting Mr.
 Vajpayee to visit. By yesterday, there was even talk of mutual nuclear reductions.
</p>
<p>The source of Mr. Vajpayee's pre-emptive strike for peace is believed to be personal, no t solely strategic. This is his third such effort, and the 78-year-old poet-politician says it will be his last. For now, he has enough domestic support to fend off
 more extreme Hindu nationalists. </p>
<p>Moreover, as the United States comes off Iraqi battlefields to resume focusing on terrorism, it's inevitably renewing pressure on Pakistan to quash militant Islamic groups on its borders with Afghanistan and Kashmir.
</p>
<p>To that end - plus fears that war once again might be imminent - Deputy Secretary of State Richard L. Armitage had planned visits to the two nations, starting this week. Mr. Vajpayee's initiative was welcomed by the U. S. but hardly expected.<br />
<br />
Diplomacy now is moving fast, but there's no real sign yet of an end to the zero-sum game that has kept India and Pakistan on armed alert for decades.
</p>
<p>For now, Mr. Vajpayee has brilliantly taken the question to Pakistan: Does it want peace, finally? The answer must come from the Pakistani army, the strongest, most coherent political force in a largely failed state and one that has used the constant war
 footing with India to justify its powers.</p>
<p>Will Pakistani President Pervez Musharraf, a former army chief, really get tough on terrorists regularly staging lethal attacks from Pakistan into the Indian state of Jammu and Kashmir, as not only India but the United States has demanded? And would the
 army really carry that out? At stake is not only South Asian peace, but whether Pakistan allows itself to develop into a more viable, modern state.
</p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>26/12/2011 13:15:50</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/14353/South+Asian+Peace</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">14353</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>14364</publicationdataID>
      <title>India's star turn; The first festival in the U.S. solely devoted to movies from and about India will feature 24</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p><strong>Los Angeles Times<br />
By Kavita Daswani, Special to The Times<br />
April 22, 2003</strong></p>
<p>When the call went out for filmmakers to submit their projects for possible inclusion in the first-ever Indian Film Festival of Los Angeles, some 200 submissions arrived from around the world. Neither the number nor the fact that many came from outside India
 surprised festival director Christina Marouda.<br />
<br />
Formerly connected with the American Film Festival and the Los Angeles Film Festival, Marouda believes that Indian films were overdue for widespread exposure. She noted that the festival, which starts Wednesday at ArcLight Cinemas in Hollywood, is riding a
 new wave of popularity in world cinema.<br />
<br />
The festival comes on the heels of critical and commercial hits like Mira Nair's "Monsoon Wedding"; "Lagaan," which was nominated for a best foreign language film Oscar last year; and the current art-house hit "Bend It Like Beckham." Such international directors
 as Baz Luhrmann were acknowledging the influence of Bollywood (India's thriving movie production studios) on their own work. In addition, the government of India recently opened the door for more joint ventures, which Marouda believes will "allow us to see
 more productions of an international standard."<br />
<br />
The festival, which runs through Sunday, is the first of its kind in the U.S. dedicated entirely to films -- be they features, shorts or documentaries -- from and about India, by Indian and non-Indian filmmakers.<br />
<br />
"I've always loved Indian cinema and the culture, did some research and found that while there were Indian sections in international film festivals, or South Asian festivals, there wasn't something devoted just to this particular culture," said Marouda, who
 is of Greek descent.<br />
<br />
The festival features 24 films, all recent productions, selected to appeal to all tastes. They include "A Very, Very Silent Film," a 6-minute production about prostitution in India and the first Indian short to have won at Cannes; a big-budget Bollywood movie
 "Company," set at the heart of a criminal empire; and Ismail Merchant's "The Mystic Masseur," which opened last year in the U.S. Merchant will introduce the film, which plays at noon on Sunday.<br />
<br />
"We wanted to have films that represented all the different categories," said Marouda. "That's why there is a Bollywood movie and films from South India, some made by Indian filmmakers in the U.S. or the U.K., others by non-Indian filmmakers."<br />
<br />
Bombay-based actor and filmmaker Rahul Bose is screening his first writing and directorial effort, "Everybody Says I'm Fine!," which has played in numerous festivals around the world. "The most consistent comment I'm getting is that this is not an Indian movie.
 It just happens to be set in India," Bose said of his film, which revolves around an upscale beauty salon in Bombay where the hairstylist can read the minds of his clients. (It screens on Thursday at 8:45 p.m.).<br />
<br />
"Nothing prepares [audiences] for the way people speak English in high-society Bombay," he said. "The cell phones, the Mercedes-Benzes, the kids in Dolce &amp; Gabbana. That's a given in the movie. There's no tutoring, there's no look at how we've changed. And
 it goes beyond that into the emotional tale. It's a movie that could have been made in any salon in the world." The movie, which will open in limited release around the country May 16, may well prove to be another breakout hit in the vein of recent Indian
 productions.<br />
<br />
"That success has proved that Indian cinema can be modern and good and have something to say," said Bose. "And the timing is just right. A film festival showcasing work from any country must have a reason to exist. If you show 11 bad movies in your festival,
 you are doing a disservice to the one or two good films that come out. Only when one can be assured of a certain quality should one stick one's neck out. As far as India is concerned, we've reached that."<br />
<br />
Larry Whittenberger, who works on programming for ArcLight Cinemas, said that the response so far has been impressive.<br />
<br />
"This being the very first Indian film festival in the U.S., we jumped at the opportunity," he said. "We are now able to showcase a lot of films from India that normally don't get seen by audiences here."<br />
<br />
Marouda said the event would provide a welcome opportunity for new audiences who may have not been willing to explore Indian cinema because it is a genre so often equated with Bollywood -- three-hour song-and-dance spectacles that are usually short on plot
 and substance, and long on glitz.<br />
<br />
"Bollywood is considered to be directly related to Indian cinema, but that's not really the truth," said Marouda. "The marketing comes through Bombay, and that's Bollywood, and so that's become the main focus of Indian cinema. They have come to international
 attention because they have the right names, the money behind the marketing and [because] people are entertained by them. But too many films are produced, and a very small percentage is of high quality."<br />
<br />
The festival will also include a symposium about Indian film, moderated by independent producer Rana Joy Glickman, who is of Indian descent.<br />
<br />
"I've spent lots of time in India and have always been so mesmerized by the prolific nature of Indian films, which in the past have existed on their own island," she said.<br />
<br />
But with the immediate worldwide availability of Indian films, all that is changing.<br />
<br />
"There is a thirst that needs to be quenched, the whole celebration and song and dance that are typical elements of an Indian film. There is just something so joyous and celebratory about them, and I love the idea of splashing them about Hollywood."
</p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>26/12/2011 13:29:53</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/14364/Indias+star+turn+The+first+festival+in+the+US+solely+devoted+to+movies+from+and+about+India+will+feature+24</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">14364</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>14369</publicationdataID>
      <title>Pakistani Militant Vows Holy War Against India</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p><strong>New York Times<br />
April 21, 2003</strong></p>
<p>MUZAFFARABAD, Pakistan (Reuters) - A Pakistani militant leader vowed on Sunday to continue a holy war and suicide attacks to end Indian rule in disputed Kashmir, rejecting an Indian offer of talks. Hafiz Saeed, the former chief of the outlawed Lashkar-e-Taiba
 organisation, said Indian Prime Minister Atal Bihari Vajpayee's offer to hold talks with Pakistan was a sham.``Jihadi (holy warrior) forces do not believe in talks,'' he told about 500 of his supporters in Rawalakot, roughly 65 miles south of Muzaffarabad,
 the capital of Pakistani Kashmir. ``The jihad will not stop, the suicide attacks will continue.'' Lashkar-e-Taiba is a leading Pakistan-based guerrilla group fighting Indian rule in Kashmir. Pakistan banned the group along with four others last year in a crackdown
 on Islamic extremism, after the September 11, 2001 attacks on the United States.<br />
<br />
The ban also followed a December, 2001 attack on the Indian parliament which New Delhi blamed on Lashkar-e-Taiba and which brought uclear-armed India and Pakistan to the brink of war. Saeed, who quit the leadership of Lashkar-e-Taiba days before it wasbanned,
 spent much of last year in jail. He was released in November, and has since formed what he calls a non-violent social welfare group called Jamaat-ud-Daawa. Critics of Pakistan's government cite his release as evidence the crackdown on Islamic extremists has
 been ineffective and half-hearted.<br />
<br />
In tightly controlled Pakistani Kashmir, it is practically impossible to hold a public rally without official approval. Last week, Pakistan's Foreign Minister Mian Khursheed Mehmood Kasuri told Reuters Saeed's calls for jihad against India and the United States
 were ``irresponsible'' and said his statements did not reflect Pakistan government policy.<br />
<br />
Saeed has been touring the country in recent weeks in an attempt to mobilize support for jihad in Kashmir. ``Kashmir will win freedom only through jihad,'' he said. On Friday, Vajpayee offered to hold talks with Pakistan, but later insisted that Islamabad must
 first give up support to Muslim rebels in Kashmir. Pakistan welcomed the talks offer, but denies supporting militants in Kashmir -- the divided Himalayan region which both nations claim as their own.<br />
<br />
The two countries have already fought two wars over Kashmir since British rule ended on the subcontinent in 1947. A third war was fought over former East Pakistan, which is now Bangladesh.
</p>
<hr />
<p align="right"><strong></strong></p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>26/12/2011 13:32:50</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/14369/Pakistani+Militant+Vows+Holy+War+Against+India</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">14369</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>14372</publicationdataID>
      <title>Now Tackle Kashmir</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p><strong>The Wall Street Journal<br />
By Mervyn Dymally<br />
April 16, 2003</strong></p>
<p>The war in Iraq is over and Saddam Hussein is either dead or on the run. Iraqis are welcoming American troops with open arms. U.S. President George W. Bush stands vindicated. Time to celebrate?<br />
<br />
Not so soon. Washington now needs to turn its attention to another foreign policy challenge in the works -- the threat of a war over Kashmir. A war which not only runs the risk of escalating into a nuclear confrontation but which would also gravely undermine
 Pakistan's cooperation with the war on terrorism.<br />
<br />
The recent killing of 24 Hindus in the troubled province by Pakistani-backed Islamist terrorists has already brought dire threats from India to retaliate, citing the invasion of Iraq as a precedent. And things are only expected to get worse. As the snow in
 the Himalayan passes melt in the coming months, it will open the way to increased infiltration by Jihadis (holy warriors) from Pakistan into Kashmir -- India's only Muslim-majority state. This is a pattern repeated every year and 2003 isn't likely to be any
 different.<br />
<br />
Though Pakistan was quick to condemn the recent killings, the fact remains that terrorists based in Pakistan have been carrying out attacks on civilians in Kashmir for over a decade. These attacks resulted in the 1999 clash between India and Pakistan and brought
 the two countries to the brink of another catastrophic war last year.<br />
<br />
The recent attacks come at a time when the U.S. is preoccupied with Iraq and North Korea and are clearly designed to provoke the Indians into retaliation. It once again reminded the U.S. that Kashmir remains a dangerous flashpoint that could easily trigger
 a nuclear exchange with unimaginable consequences. That danger comes not so much from India, which has superior conventional forces and so is less likely to resort to weapons of mass destruction. Instead the real risk is that Pakistan, in an attempt to level
 the playing field, will use its nuclear arsenal first.<br />
<br />
The war of words has already reached alarming heights. Pakistan's ruler, Gen. Pervez Musharraf said in Dec. 2002 that had India invaded Pakistan in the military standoff earlier that year, he would have been prepared to respond "unconventional" weapons (a.k.a.
 nuclear weapons). George Fernandes, India's defense minister, replied chillingly that "we can take a bomb, or two, or more . . . but when we respond there will be no Pakistan".<br />
<br />
The Bush Administration has formally acknowledged the link between the Kashmiri terrorist groups operating in Pakistan and the Pakistani state itself and Gen. Musharraf publicly denounced these terrorist acts in a Jan. 2002 address on Pakistani television.
 Since then, unfortunately, apart from a few shows of house arrests of leaders of these Islamist terrorist organizations, the he has done almost nothing to dissuade these Islamist fundamentalists from continuing their activities on Pakistani soil.<br />
What is particularly worrying is the apparent relaxation of controls on two of the most dangerous groups -- Lashkar-e-Taiba and Jaish-e-Muhammad. Both are radical Muslim organizations, blacklisted by the U.S., which have claimed responsibilities for many previous
 murders in Kashmir. They were banned by Gen. Musharraf early last year, after strong pressure from the U.S. But recently, prominent figures in both organizations have been released from custody, including Maulana Masood Azhar, the leader of Jaish-e-Muhammad.<br />
<br />
America urgently needs to use its strong leverage with Pakistan to convince the Musharraf government to withdraw all support for these militant organizations. It won't be easy. With anger against America over the war in Iraq spreading quickly, Gen. Musharraf
 will find it extremely difficult to rein in the religious fanatics preaching hatred in their mosques and religious schools. He will also find it hard to enlist the support of the military, which remains very hawkish against India, and the secretive and powerful
 leaders of the Interservices Intelligence Agency (ISI), who have never been enthusiastic about the country's alliance with Washington.<br />
<br />
Yet Mr. Bush holds a stronger hand than may be apparent at first sight. For the first time, since the end of the Cold War, Washington is on good terms with both Pakistan and India. It can exploit these good relations to the full to promote goodwill between
 the two countries and decrease tensions. The challenge for the American government will be to use a mixture of pressure,<br />
<br />
diplomacy and financial aid to convince Pakistan to starting being serious about cutting its links with terrorists operating from within its borders.<br />
<br />
Mr. Dymally is a former U.S. congressman. </p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>26/12/2011 13:35:20</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/14372/Now+Tackle+Kashmir</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">14372</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>14375</publicationdataID>
      <title>India's High Tech Bounty</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p><strong>The Wall Street Journal<br />
By Salil Tripathi<br />
April 16, 2003</strong></p>
<p>In mid-January, prominent alumni of the Indian Institutes of Technology gathered to celebrate the 50th anniversary of their alma mater. The first of India's seven IITs was set up in 1953, in the eastern Indian city of Kharagpur. The keynote speaker at the
 celebration was Microsoft chairman Bill Gates, who called the IITs "an incredible institution" from whose traditions "the computer industry has benefited greatly." Unusually, the celebration was not held in Kharagpur or even New Delhi, but in Silicon Valley.<br />
<br />
This wasn't surprising: Over these 50 years, some 25,000 IIT alumni have made their home in the United States, not in India. They have burnished India's reputation and enriched the global economy. They have maintained high standards and their alumni have become
 CEOs of the world's leading corporations. But critics argue this is made possible by generous support from the Indian government, which has diverted resources to the IITs at the cost of primary education. As the Indian government seeks to multiply the magic
 by increasing the number of IITs to 10, it must ensure that quality is not sacrificed at the altar of quantity. And to do that, it needs to reassess the way the IITs are managed so that they continue to remain the great asset they are for India and the world.<br />
<br />
Enriching the global economy was not the original intent behind setting up the IITs. When Jawaharlal Nehru inaugurated the IIT in Kharagpur, his dream was different: to establish first-rate engineering schools that would aid India's development. Nehru wanted
 Indians to cultivate a scientific temper, and the IITs were meant to produce skilled engineers. who'd build what he called the temples of modern India -- its dams and power stations, its petrochemical industries and heavy engineering plants.<br />
<br />
To achieve this, the IITs were to become elite institutions, with the freedom to choose whom to teach, who would teach and what to teach. Full budgetary support was guaranteed. Flush with resources, the IITs became islands of excellence by not allowing the
 general debasement of the Indian system to lower their exacting standards. You couldn't bribe your way to get into an IIT; the selection process remains extremely difficult. Candidates are accepted only if they pass a grueling entrance exam. The government
 does not interfere with the curriculum, and the workload is demanding. The austere environment provides few distractions.<br />
<br />
Arguably, it is harder to get into an IIT than into Harvard or the Massachusetts Institute of Technology. Top American universities typically accept 10% of applicants; of the 178,000 highly motivated kids who apply each year for admission to the seven IITs,
 barely 2% make it. In a recent episode of the American news program, 60 Minutes, the show's host Leslie Stahl said: "Put Harvard, MIT and Princeton together, and you begin to get an idea of the status of this school in India." In the same program, IIT alumnus
 Vinod Khosla, who co-founded Sun Microsystems, said: "When I finished IIT Delhi and went to Carnegie-Mellon for my Master's, I thought I was cruising all the way because it was so easy relative to the education I had got at IIT."<br />
<br />
And that's the heart of the dilemma. For some argue that the benefit goes to the world at the cost of India. Like Mr. Khosla, many graduates went abroad, and many never returned. Until the 1970s, about a third of IIT grads settled abroad, filling the campuses
 of American universities, hi-tech firms, labs and, later, boardrooms of large companies. Inspired by them, today close to half of the graduating class goes abroad.<br />
<br />
This emigration of talent has caused resentment in India. Newspaper editorials and politicians periodically fulminate against the brain drain. It took the enlightened bureaucrat, N. Vittal, who spearheaded the marketing of India's information technology skills
 after 1991, to challenge this notion. "Brain drain is better than brain in the drain," he said, arguing that Indian engineering talent overseas was a long-term blessing for India, not a curse. He pointed out how companies like Texas Instruments decided to
 locate in Bangalore in the mid-1980s after they discovered that a large part of their research staff came from Indian engineering institutes. Why not go to the source, they reckoned, and TI became a trailblazer, "discovering" Bangalore, leading other companies
 to follow, transforming the somnolent, pleasant haven of retirees into India's "Silicon Plateau."<br />
<br />
It is impossible to quantify the value of Indian engineering talent as a brand. India's software reputation is built on the respect Indian engineers command world-wide. Many IIT grads have taken up management functions, often ending up in positions of making
 critical investment decisions, which can go India's way, if India's investment environment remains open.<br />
<br />
It is not easy to quantify such benefits. But it is possible to quantify the costs. Education at the IITs remains highly subsidized. Up to 1991, the annual tuition was ridiculously low, at 250 rupees ($10 at the 1991 exchange rate, and $5 at today's). Tuition
 has now risen to 22,000 rupees ($440) a year. Tuition at elite American engineering schools can be 40-50 times higher. If India subsidizes such high-quality education, and if nearly half the graduates leave India, never to return, is India getting a good return?
 Enthusiasm for globalization apart, it is a fair question.<br />
<br />
Last year, India's budget for the seven IITs was $112.8 million, compared with $715.4 million it had allocated for primary education. On a per-capita basis, that is lop-sided. India's literacy rate is low. Indian planners know the long-term benefits of primary
 education for girls (improved health and lower fertility rates). Many schools in rural India lack even buildings and blackboards. At such a time, should India lavish its rupees on elite engineering schools, whose benefits go to Western corporations?<br />
<br />
This need not be seen in narrow nationalist terms. Nobody denies that India should spend more on primary education. But that money does not have to come at the cost of the IITs. If India wants to, there are many unproductive areas in the Indian economy where
 it can generate savings, like selling off businesses the government should not be running, eliminating subsidies going to the farm sector and levying income tax on wealthy farmers.<br />
<br />
Being world class universities, the IITs need to be managed as such. This includes paying faculty internationally competitive rates, rather than be restricted by government wage scales and labor policies. And the government should resist the temptation of quantity.
 For 40 years, India did well with five IITs. Now there are seven, and talk of 10. Plans include significantly increasing the intake of students. Quantity at the cost of quality will sound the death-knell of the IITs.<br />
<br />
Nehru wanted the IITs to benefit India. Instead, they ended up benefiting the world. Now that India has taken steps to integrate its economy with the rest of the world, it will reap tangible benefits from this exceptionally talented part of its diaspora. When
 the first IIT grads left India, they did so because the rest of India was not as competitive as they were, and the opportunities it offered were not as challenging as what they were trained for. In the next 50 years, it is for India to catch up with its IITs.
 That will be an achievement beyond Nehru's wildest dreams.<br />
<br />
Mr. Tripathi writes from London. </p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>26/12/2011 13:37:15</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/14375/Indias+High+Tech+Bounty</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">14375</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>14377</publicationdataID>
      <title>Save more by going offshore</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p><span style="font-weight:bold">Times Online<br />
March 31, 2003</span></p>
<p>According to recent research, 80% of all offshore software development is done in India. Heather McLean reports on why an increasing number of companies are outsourcing to eastern Europe and Asia<br />
<br />
India is king of offshore outsourcing. The country has been involved in the market for the last two decades, it sees a vast number of IT-trained workers graduate each year, and it has a strong cultural fit with Britain. Above all, it is cheap.<br />
<br />
As a result, AMR Research’s Offshore Outsourcing 2002 report states that 80 per cent of all offshore software development is done in India. Phil Codling, an analyst with Ovum Holway, says: "India has more skilled software professionals than any other offshore
 location.<br />
<br />
"Indian universities turn out many tens of thousands of IT graduates each year who are very adept at turning their hands to anything in software development. It also has an indigenous IT export industry, fostered by the government.”<br />
<br />
Offshore outsourcing is usually seen as a cheap way to augment staff levels, when a business does not have IT-skilled people available for software development or project maintenance. Software development is at the root of offshore outsourcing, and it still
 accounts for the majority of business.<br />
<br />
Offshore outsourcing facilities can be found in many countries, including China, the Philippines and Russia, but the differences in language and culture can be problems for British companies considering outsourcing in these areas.<br />
<br />
Other countries nearer to home include Ireland and eastern Europe, which have good language and cultural fits but are more expensive. Thus India wins on a number of counts, where software development projects have been joined by maintenance, management, call
 centres and business process outsourcing (BPO).<br />
<br />
Nigel Roxburgh, one of the founding directors of the National Outsourcing Association, says: "Software development – code cutting and system development - has traditionally gone offshore to India for as long as ten or 15 years.”<br />
<br />
Sudip Nandy, vice-president for Europe at Wipro, the India-based outsourcing provider, says the application development and maintenance market in India is growing at a rate of more than 25 per cent each year, while BPO is growing at more than 50 per cent per
 annum. "Over the last 10 years the mindset on India has changed from outsourcing non-critical, stand alone, well defined systems, to outsourcing mission critical systems,” Mr Nandy says.<br />
<br />
"We’ve got the internet bandwidth, the hardware capability and the network reliability to take mission critical systems.”<br />
<br />
This long IT services heritage has put India at the top of Software Engineering Institute (SEI) Capability Maturity Model (CMM) list, as the country hosts the highest number of outsourcing companies that have achieved level five status. This means the software
 development processes within those companies, including Wipro and Infosys, are globally recognised as being near-perfect.<br />
<br />
As offshore businesses have profitably undercut onshore companies’ prices by as much as 40 per cent, according to Ovum Holway’s Offshore Services Report 2003, large services companies are recognising a need to have offshore facilities themselves.<br />
<br />
Marianne Kolding, an IDC analyst, says: "The big guys are setting up near-shore facilities in eastern Europe, which is closer in culture, language and distance. They are slightly more expensive than real low-cost countries like India, the Philippines and China,
 but a company might feel more comfortable going near-shore.”<br />
<br />
Two companies that already have offshore facilities are Sapient and the British-based LogicaCMG. Sapient, although a US-based company, has its fastest growing division based in Britain, with most of Sapient’s offshore outsourcing facilities in India, while
 LogicaCMG has split its operations between the Czech Republic and Ireland, plus India, which the company says will grow significantly by 2004.<br />
<br />
However, at a time of international conflict, it is not unreasonable for some corporate heads to wonder whether outsourcing to, say, India, is an entirely safe option.<br />
<br />
Despite war in Iraq and the and heightened tensions between India and Pakistan, Srinjay Sengupta, head of Europe for Infosys, and Wipro's Mr Nandy, are both confident that their companies can cope with most eventualities.<br />
<br />
"Fear mongers would like to believe that any war between India and Pakistan would escalate," Mr Nandy says. "I don't see that as an issue. Our IT parks are as far away from the border of Pakistan as possible, in Bangalore."I know that customers are nervous
 about this kind of thing, so we've spent a lot of money building up business continuity centres.<br />
<br />
"Infosys has continuity centres in Canada, Mauritius and the UK. "The border between our two countries is roughly 2,000 miles away from our development centre,” Mr Sengupta says.<br />
<br />
"Our headquarters is 1,500 miles away. We’ve had security issues with Pakistan for the past 50 years, plus natural disasters, and we have coped.”</p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>26/12/2011 13:39:19</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/14377/Save+more+by+going+offshore</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">14377</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>14380</publicationdataID>
      <title>Pakistan accused of cold-blooded murder</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p>Financial Times<br />
<strong>By Edward Luce</strong><br />
<strong>March 25, 2003</strong></p>
<p>India on Tuesday accused neighbouring Pakistan of carrying out "cold-blooded murder" in a gruesome terrorist attack in the disputed state of Kashmir.<br />
<br />
L.K. Advani, India's deputy prime minister, on Tuesday visited the village where 24 Hindus were killed on Monday, about 50km from Srinagar, capital of the divided province.<br />
<br />
The massacre included 11 women and 2 children. Mr Advani said: "This act was an act of our neighbour [Pakistan] and violence in the state is continuing only because of them."<br />
<br />
Colin Powell, US secretary of state, and Jack Straw, the UK foreign secretary, both telephoned Yashwant Sinha, their Indian counterpart, to condemn the massacre and urge India to show restraint. But there were also renewed domestic calls on New Delhi on Tuesday
 to launch "punitive" military strikes on alleged terrorist camps across the Line of Control that divides the Indian and Pakistan portions of Kashmir.<br />
<br />
Atal Behari Vajpayee, India's prime minister, is expected to announce India's response on Wednesday, but analysts said that immediate military action by India was unlikely.<br />
<br />
"It is doubtful at a time like this [during the Iraq war] that India would do anything impulsive," said Uday Bhaskar at the government-funded defence policy institute in New Delhi. "India takes this attack extremely seriously, but military action might not
 be the best option right now."<br />
<br />
Monday's attack has underlined just how few options New Delhi has to shape its response to continued alleged terrorism from Pakistan.<br />
<br />
Last January India mobilised almost 1m troops along its border with Pakistan following an alleged Pakistan-sponsored suicide attack on the parliament in New Delhi the previous month.<br />
<br />
Mr Vajpayee - twice in January and in May last year - came close to ordering cross-border military strikes on targets in Pakistan's portion of Kashmir but was dissuaded by the intervention of senior US and UK diplomats.<br />
<br />
The crisis between the two nuclear-armed neighbours was defused in June after General Pervez Musharraf, Pakistan's military ruler, pledged to put a "permanent" end to cross-border infiltration.<br />
<br />
India withdrew most of its troops from the Pakistan border last October following elections in Jammu and Kashmir but kept a heavy military presence along the Line of Control.<br />
<br />
However, the apparent continuation of cross-border infiltration from Pakistan and incidents such as the village massacre on Monday have raised doubts in India about whether its "coercive diplomacy" last year achieved anything worthwhile.<br />
<br />
"Clearly India is not going to go through the same exercise of mobilising 1m men along its border," said a western diplomat. "This gives us some reason to fear that a lightning and unexpected military strike is more likely."<br />
<br />
US diplomats have expressed particular concern in recent weeks over India's continued ruling out of talks with Pakistan, which many think would give Gen Musharraf greater domestic leeway to justify a tighter clampdown on the Jihadi groups.<br />
<br />
Western diplomats also failed to persuade India to reinstate full diplomatic relations with Pakistan and to restore air and land transport links that New Delhi severed in January 2002.<br />
<br />
"The fact that these measures remain in place means that India has very few options at its disposal," said the western diplomat.
</p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>26/12/2011 13:41:13</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/14380/Pakistan+accused+of+coldblooded+murder</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">14380</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>14392</publicationdataID>
      <title>Massacre in Kashmir</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p><strong>Pakistan must enforce its crackdown on militants</strong></p>
<p><strong>The Times Editorial<br />
March 25, 2003<br />
</strong>25th March , 2003</p>
<p>The despicable massacre of 24 Hindu villagers by Islamist militants in Kashmir is a calculated attempt to provoke a bloodbath at a time when the world is preoccupied with Iraq. The attacks came after three months of relative peace, and were deliberately
 brutal in order to goad the Indians into retaliation. The villagers, including women and two young girls, were lined up outside their houses by men disguised in army uniforms and shot. It was a crime against Kashmir’s Hindu minority and a shocking reminder
 that Kashmir remains a flashpoint in the confrontation between the subcontinent’s two nuclear powers.<br />
<br />
Pakistan issued a prompt condemnation of the killings, calling them reprehensible. But this will not be enough to deflect Indian anger or absolve President Musharraf’s Government from all responsibility. India has long given warning that groups based in Pakistan
 would try to exploit the Iraq war to step up their operations, just as they did at the time of Israel’s incursion into the Palestinian territories last summer when suicide attacks in Kashmir brought India and Pakistan to the brink of nuclear war. No group
 immediately claimed responsibility for yesterday’s killings. But some extremist groups in Pakistan have made no secret of their determination to continue attacks in Kashmir.<br />
<br />
What is particularly worrying is the apparent relaxation of Pakistani controls on two of the most dangerous groups — Lashkar-e-Taiba and Jaish al-Muhammad. Both are extremist in ideology and behind many previous attacks. Both are suspected of links with al-Qaeda.
 And both were banned by General Musharraf after US warnings that Pakistan was not doing enough to crack down on terrorist groups. But in recent weeks the leaders of both groups have quietly been released from custody.<br />
<br />
India, naturally, sees a link between any violence in Kashmir and Pakistan’s failure to control militants. It even suspects that General Musharraf, who has co-operated closely with the Americans in tracking down and handing over al-Qaeda suspects and top associates
 of Osama bin Laden, may have persuaded Washington, in gratitude, to turn a blind eye to support for the struggle in Kashmir. In any case, it is certainly true that General Musharraf has found, after elections that brought radical Islamists to power in several
 provinces, that any attempt to curb support for Kashmir militants exacerbates the opposition to his rule.<br />
<br />
The terrorists’ motives are obvious. The elections in Kashmir were an unexpected setback in the insurgents’ attempt to polarise and inflame a weary population. More people turned out to vote than predicted; the ballot has brought new people to power and raised
 hopes that peace might, eventually, come through negotiation; and among the Kashmiri groups fighting Indian rule there are now voices urging an end to violence. In frustration, terrorists recently murdered a leading such voice in the Hizb al-Mujahidin, the
 biggest group. They have also attacked soft targets, such as markets and temples where civilians can be killed. Their aim is to thwart attempts to return Hindu refugees to their homes in Kashmir, provoke Indian retaliation and win back the<br />
waning Muslim support for the militants.<br />
<br />
They cannot be allowed to provoke a return to nuclear confrontation. President Musharraf is a vital ally in US efforts to deflect Muslim criticism of the war in Iraq. But he must be held to his commitment to ,end the funding, arming and training of terrorists
 in Kashmir. His condemnation of yesterday’s massacre is prompt and welcome. It must be backed with an unrelenting crackdown on those who would shoot women and children to "liberate” Kashmir.
</p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>26/12/2011 13:52:45</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/14392/Massacre+in+Kashmir</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">14392</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>14394</publicationdataID>
      <title>A space programme for the people</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p>Financial Times<br />
<strong>By Edward Luce</strong><br />
<strong>March 10, 2003</strong></p>
Mechanisation has yet to arrive in large swaths of rural India. But for a growing number of India's poorest farmers, space technology is becoming an integral tool of everyday life.<br />
<br />
Later this year the Indian Space Research Organisation will launch the country's third "remote sensory" satellite and its first dedicated purely to geographical mapping. They will join the 11 Indian satellites already in orbit, most of which are used for economic
 development.<br />
<br />
Unlike neighbouring China, where space research is an offshoot of the military's ballistic missile programme, India's space programme is urely civilian. ISRO is also unusual in forgoing any ambitions of putting people into space.<br />
<br />
"India is a poor country and we cannot afford to play national games in space," says a senior civil servant at ISRO in Bangalore. "Our main purpose is to provide as much help as we can to the poor of India."<br />
<br />
The gap between government rhetoric and reality is often wide in India. But cynicism about ISRO, which has the lowest employee turnover rate of any government department, is unusual.<br />
<br />
Fishermen in the coastal state of Kerala, tribal groups in Madhya Pradesh, cotton farmers in Andhra Pradesh and flower sellers in Maharashtra all put satellite data to daily use. More than 100,000 villages around India owe their drinking water to high resolution
 geological images snapped from outer space.<br />
<br />
Such is India's success in pioneering "satellites for development" that both Malaysia and Thailand - which have far more advanced economies - last year placed orders with ISRO for the manufacture and launch of<br />
remote sensing satellite. ISRO has also constructed satellite data reception centres in South Korea, Burma and Thailand. More are planned for Africa and Latin America.<br />
<br />
Kiran Karnik, head of Nasscom, India's main information technology industry association, says ISRO owes its unexpected and growing success to its idealistic origins. Any link between the philosophy of Mahatma Gandhi, India's anti-colonial leader - whose political
 trademark was the simple village spinning wheel - and ISRO's complex astral machines might appear tenuous. But Mr Karnik insists that many of ISRO's 16,000 employees are motivated by Gandhian ideals. "Almost none of them would be working at ISRO if it were
 building weapons for the military," says Mr Karnik. "The guiding motive is to make technology that is useful for ordinary people in village India."<br />
<br />
Some, most importantly the US government, remain sceptical about whether India's space technology is confined to civilian use. To India's chagrin, the US continues to apply sanctions on the export to India of potential "dual use" technology which, for example,
 could be used for satellite rocket launchers or, equally, for ballistic missiles for the country's nuclear warheads.<br />
<br />
Atal Behari Vajpayee, India's prime minister, loses no opportunity to lobby George W. Bush to scrap these restrictions. But the controversy is increasingly academic. Unlike India's defence research efforts and its civilian nuclear energy programme - neither
 of which have great successes to their name - India's space programme is now almost entirely self-sufficient.<br />
<br />
"When it started off in the 1960s and 1970s, ISRO had to import almost every component both for the satellites and the rocket launchers," says Gopal Raj, author of a book on India's space programme. "Now Indian companies manufacture almost everything that is
 needed. France can usually be relied upon to export any component that is missing."<br />
<br />
S.K. Das, the most senior civil servant at ISRO, says a much greater preoccupation is to ensure that India's satellite data is put to the best possible use. "Our biggest priority is to alert more government departments and local bodies in India to this huge
 resource at their disposal," says Mr Das. "Some are already taking advantage of it. But not enough."<br />
<br />
Many state governments in the south of India, where administration is generally more imaginative than in the more impoverished north, regularly use satellite facilities to provide information that helps farmers choose which crops to sow, warn fishermen of impending
 cyclones, give medical consultations to isolated rural communities or broadcast daily educational programmes to illiterate villagers.<br />
<br />
Sanjoy Dasgupta, a senior civil servant in the state of Karnataka, says that satellite imagery was indispensable to a scheme he pioneered to provide water storage facilities to farmers in the drought-stricken district of Kollar. Mr Dasgupta used satellite imagery
 from ISRO to identify 4,000 ancient "tanks", or water storage points, that had fallen into disuse over the last few decades. "Without the satellite data, this would have been impossible," says Mr Dasgupta.<br />
<br />
Private sector companies and non-governmental organisations are also tapping ISRO's facilities to help lay fibre optic cable routes, assist in town planning, identify underground aquifers and plan new roads.<br />
<br />
At the other end of the scale, the United Nations Inter-Panel Committee on Climate Change, currently chaired by Raj Pachauri, an Indian engineer, is increasingly using ISRO data to understand environmental change through the mapping of natural resources in
 India and elsewhere.<br />
<br />
ISRO data has also been critical in helping the IPCCC understand what causes the "Asian cloud" that annually blocks out vital sunlight for farmers across much of the region. Such insights are expected to play an increasingly important role in future debates
 about global warming.<br />
<br />
Because India's farmers own very small plots, ISRO has sought to develop more detailed and specialised imaging than its US counterpart, where farms are very large. "ISRO has a number of important strengths that other space programmes lack," says Mr Pachauri.<br />
<br />
Ultimately, however, India's space programme will be judged on whether it can assist in lessening the daily grind of India's rural masses. At about $100m (£62m) a satellite, India's space administrators know they have constantly to justify the expenditure.<br />
<br />
A recent audit estimated that (on a cost-benefit analysis) India's development satellites had arguably paid for the country's broadcasting and communications satellites as well. And yet the development mission remains far from fulfilled, says Mr Karnik.<br />
<br />
"In India there is often a large gap between conception and execution," he says. "Converting sophisticated technology from space into practical 'Gandhian' benefits at the village level is a challenge that will continue to occupy some of the best brains in the
 country."]]></description>
      <pubDate>26/12/2011 13:55:03</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/14394/A+space+programme+for+the+people</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">14394</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>14396</publicationdataID>
      <title>India Says US Shows `Weakness In Pakistan Policy Failure</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p>Dow Jones Newswires<br />
<strong>By Raymond Bonner With David Johnston</strong><br />
<strong>March 03, 2003</strong></p>
<p>NEW DELHI (AP)--In unusually strong criticism of the U.S., India's prime minister said Monday that Washington's inability to put enough pressure on Pakistan to honor its commitment to stop cross-border terrorism in Indian-controlled Kashmir exposes America's
 weakness.<br />
<br />
"If assurances given to us are not honored, we will factor this in while formulating our policy in future," Prime Minister Atal Bihari Vajpayee told Parliament.<br />
<br />
"If the United States can't make Pakistan keep its promise, it shows its weakness," Vajpayee said.<br />
<br />
He was referring to assurances that the U.S. government said it received last May from Pakistan President Gen. Pervez Musharraf that infiltration of militants across the frontier would stop.<br />
<br />
Musharraf later denied he had made the promise, and has also said there are no terrorists near the cease-fire line that divides Kashmir between Indian and Pakistan. At the same time, he has said Pakistan will never stop supporting the Islamic militant groups
 fighting to merge India's portion of Kashmir with Pakistan.<br />
<br />
The U.S. and India have said that since Musharraf made his promise, and India agreed to scale back preparations for war, the number of militant incursions has decreased but not ended.<br />
<br />
"Sometimes it appears that cross-border incursions were coming down, while at times it appears that the incidents were rising. We are in a state of alert," Vajpayee said.
</p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>26/12/2011 13:57:12</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/14396/India+Says+US+Shows+Weakness+In+Pakistan+Policy+Failure</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">14396</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>14398</publicationdataID>
      <title>Imported from India</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p><strong>Imported from India; Indian Institute of Technology produces world-class chemical, electrical and computer engineers who've played a leading role in the American technology revolution</strong></p>
<p>CBS News Transcripts<br />
<strong>By Raymond Bonner With David Johnston</strong><br />
<strong>March 02, 2003</strong></p>
IMPORTED FROM INDIA<br />
<br />
LESLEY STAHL, co-host:<br />
<br />
The United States imports oil from Saudi Arabia, cars from Japan, TVs from Korea and whiskey from Scotland. So what do we import from India? We import people, really smart people. And as you're about to see, the smartest, most successful, most influential Indians
 who've migrated to the US seem to share a common credential: They're graduates of the Indian Institute of Technology, better known as IIT. Made up of seven campuses throughout India, IIT may be the most important university you've never heard of.<br />
<br />
(Footage of IIT campus; students)<br />
<br />
STAHL: (Voiceover) This is IIT Bombay. Put Harvard, MIT and Princeton together, and you begin to get an idea of the status of this school in India.<br />
<br />
(Footage from classroom)<br />
<br />
Unidentified Man #1: You compute the capacity of the problem...<br />
<br />
STAHL: (Voiceover) IIT is dedicated to producing world-class chemical, electrical and computer engineers...<br />
<br />
Unidentified Woman #1: And then you plug this back in and you...<br />
<br />
STAHL: (Voiceover) ...with a curriculum that may be the most rigorous in the world.<br />
<br />
(Footage of traffic; from the streets of Bombay; IIT campus; classrooms)<br />
<br />
STAHL: (Voiceover) Just outside the campus gates, the slums, congestion and chaos of Bombay are overwhelming. Inside, it's quiet and uncrowded and, by Indian standards, very well equipped. Getting here is the fervent dream of nearly every school boy.<br />
<br />
With a population of over a billion people in India, competition to get into the IITs is ferocious. Last year, 178,000 high school seniors took the entrance exam called the JEE. Just over 3,500 were accepted, or less than 2 percent. Compare that with Harvard,
 say, which accepts about 10 percent of its applicants.<br />
<br />
(Footage of Vinod Khosla)<br />
<br />
Mr. VINOD KHOSLA: The IITs probably are the hardest school in the world to get into.<br />
<br />
STAHL: The whole world.<br />
<br />
Mr. KHOSLA: To the best of my knowledge.<br />
<br />
(Footage of Khosla)<br />
<br />
STAHL: (Voiceover) Vinod Khosla got into IIT about 30 years ago. After graduating, he came to the US, co-founded Sun Microsystems and became one of Silicon Valley's most important venture capitalists. He's one of thousands of IIT graduates who have made it
 big in the US.<br />
<br />
(Footage of Stahl and Khosla)<br />
<br />
STAHL: How significant would you say the impact of IIT graduates has been on the American technology revolution?<br />
<br />
Mr. KHOSLA: It's far greater than most people realize. Microsoft, Intel, PCs, Sun Microsystems--you name it, I can't imagine a major area where Indian IIT engineers haven't played a leading role...<br />
<br />
STAHL: Leading role?<br />
<br />
Mr. KHOSLA: ...a leading role, and, of course, the American consumer and the American business in the end is the beneficiary of that.<br />
<br />
(Footage of Khosla; McKinsey &amp; Company sign; Citigroup Center; US Airways plane; classroom)<br />
<br />
STAHL: (Voiceover) It isn't just high tech. The head of the giant consulting firm McKinsey &amp; Company is an IIT grad; so is the vice chairman of Citigroup, and the former CEO of US Airways. Fortune 500 headhunters are always on the lookout for that IIT degree.<br />
<br />
Mr. KHOSLA: They are favored over almost anybody else. If you're a WASP walking in for a job, you wouldn't have as much preassigned credibility as you do if you're an engineer from IIT.<br />
<br />
(Footage of Stahl with students)<br />
<br />
STAHL: (Voiceover) Ninety percent of IIT students are male, and the young men we met in Bombay know they're hot commodities.<br />
<br />
And the American companies love the kids from IIT.<br />
<br />
Unidentified Student #1: We've...<br />
<br />
Unidentified Student #2: Thank goodness.<br />
<br />
Unidentified Student #1: That's what we've heard. That's what we've heard, too. After I leave IIT Bombay, I hope to get a good job.<br />
<br />
STAHL: So it can be a ticket to another way of life.<br />
<br />
Unidentified Student #1: Yes.<br />
<br />
Unidentified Student #2: Yeah.<br />
<br />
Unidentified Student #1: Definitely.<br />
<br />
(Footage of group of students)<br />
<br />
STAHL: (Voiceover) And a ticket out of India.<br />
<br />
How many of you think that you're going to end up in the United States?<br />
<br />
Unidentified Student #1: For a while, I think all of us would be there. Maybe for wor...<br />
<br />
STAHL: At some stage.<br />
<br />
Unidentified Student #1: At some stage.<br />
<br />
(Footage of group of students)<br />
<br />
STAHL: (Voiceover) That's not the way it was supposed to be.<br />
<br />
(Historical footage of Nehru; footage of traffic; students)<br />
<br />
Prime Minister NEHRU: I want my country to be strong.<br />
<br />
STAHL: (Voiceover) Nehru, India's first prime minister, created IIT 50 years ago just after independence to train the scientists and engineers he knew the nation would need to move from medieval to modern. He never imagined India would be supplying brainpower
 to the whole world.<br />
<br />
Would you say that IIT graduates are India's most valuable export?<br />
<br />
Mr. EM RAHM (Journalist): Yes, undoubtedly.<br />
<br />
(Footage of Stahl and Em Rahm)<br />
<br />
STAHL: (Voiceover) Em Rahm, one of India's leading journalists, says that because the stakes are so high, a kid starts preparing early.<br />
<br />
Mr. RAHM: Age seven, eight, 10. By 10, you know whether you've made it--you're made for it or not.<br />
<br />
(Footage of classroom)<br />
<br />
STAHL: (Voiceover) And at least half of these 10-year-olds told us they think they're made for it.<br />
<br />
Unidentified Woman #2: ...(Unintelligible).<br />
<br />
(Footage of classroom)<br />
<br />
STAHL: (Voiceover) But just standing out in school won't be enough.<br />
<br />
Unidentified Man #2: Two balances to the other.<br />
<br />
(Footage of classroom)<br />
<br />
STAHL: (Voiceover) At about 16, they enroll in a prep class where they're drilled for the IIT entrance exam. There are even pre-dawn tutoring classes.<br />
<br />
Mr. RAHM: 4:30 to about 8, they--they--they are gr--they're grilled, and then they go to school.<br />
<br />
STAHL: Regular school.<br />
<br />
Mr. RAHM: Regular school.<br />
<br />
STAHL: 4:30 to 8 AM.<br />
<br />
Mr. RAHM: Yes.<br />
<br />
STAHL: Are you saying they do that every day?<br />
<br />
Mr. RAHM: Yes, every day, for that period.<br />
<br />
STAHL: Two years.<br />
<br />
Mr. RAHM: Typically two years. Classes 11 and 12, you do nothing but study.<br />
<br />
(Footage of father and son)<br />
<br />
STAHL: (Voiceover) And parents hover and push and fret.<br />
<br />
Unidentified Student #3: I normally stay up all night and study for my exams. So during--during this period of preparation, my mother never used to let me prepare my own cup of tea.<br />
<br />
STAHL: So if you stayed up all night, she stayed up all night to make your tea?<br />
<br />
Unidentified Student #3: She--she used to stay--stay up with me. Yeah.<br />
<br />
(Footage of Stahl with group of students)<br />
<br />
STAHL: (Voiceover) After years of preparation, the day they and their families believe will make or break the future finally arrives.<br />
<br />
Unidentified Student #3: On the day of the exam, my dad, my mom and my younger brother, they all accompanied me to the center. I said, 'OK, now you can leave. I'll come--I'll come home on my own.' But I was--I was literally amazed when I came back from the--came
 back out of the center and see my parents and brother still waiting for me outside the center.<br />
<br />
STAHL: Still waiting. How many hours?<br />
<br />
Unidentified Student #3: It was--it was close to six hours.<br />
<br />
(Footage of classroom)<br />
<br />
STAHL: (Voiceover) Six hours of testing, then an excruciating monthlong wait for the results.<br />
<br />
Unidentified Student #2: They put them up on the Web and you can call them up. And after 10 days, you get a letter.<br />
<br />
STAHL: But it's on the Web, so everybody knows.<br />
<br />
Unidentified Student #2: Yeah.<br />
<br />
Unidentified Student #1: You don't get your marks. Nobody...<br />
<br />
Unidentified Student #2: You just get your rank.<br />
<br />
Unidentified Student #1: You just get your ranks.<br />
<br />
STAHL: Ranks. So you're first, second, third in the country.<br />
<br />
Unidentified Student #1: Right.<br />
<br />
STAHL: Yeah.<br />
<br />
Unidentified Student #2: So it goes from one to...<br />
<br />
STAHL: So everybody knows.<br />
<br />
Unidentified Student #2: ...3,000, roughly.<br />
<br />
STAHL: So if you were 2,999, everybody knows.<br />
<br />
Unidentified Student #1: Everybody knows.<br />
<br />
Unidentified Student #2: Knows.<br />
<br />
Unidentified Student #1: And you're considered really lucky.<br />
<br />
Unidentified Student #2: The top rankers get their photographs in the paper, you know.<br />
<br />
STAHL: The f--the high ranks.<br />
<br />
Unidentified Student #2: The high ranks.<br />
<br />
Unidentified Student #1: He's one of them.<br />
<br />
STAHL: Of course. You get--you were one of them.<br />
<br />
Unidentified Student #2: Yes, somewhat, yeah.<br />
<br />
STAHL: What number?<br />
<br />
Unidentified Student #2: I was 196.<br />
<br />
STAHL: Did you get your picture in the paper?<br />
<br />
Unidentified Student #2: Oh, yeah.<br />
<br />
(Footage of Student #2; photos titled The Trailblazers)<br />
<br />
STAHL: (Voiceover) The ranking isn't just an ego trip. The top kids get to choose which campus they want and which major.<br />
<br />
Mr. NARAYANA MURTHY: It's a big deal in India, it is.<br />
<br />
(Footage of Murthy)<br />
<br />
STAHL: (Voiceover) Narayana Murthy, founder of the huge software company Infosys, is known as the Bill Gates of India.<br />
<br />
Mr. MURTHY: It's very easy to lose hope in this country. It's very easy to set your aspirations low in this country. But amidst all this, this competition among high-quality students, this institution of IIT, sets your aspirations much higher.<br />
<br />
STAHL: Now what about your own son?<br />
<br />
Mr. MURTHY: Well, my son, he wanted--probably wanted to do computer science at IIT. To do computer science at IIT, you have to be in the top 200 and he couldn't do that, so he went to Cornell instead.<br />
<br />
(Footage of students)<br />
<br />
STAHL: (Voiceover) Think about that for a minute. A kid from India using an Ivy League university as a safety school. That's how smart these guys are.<br />
<br />
Mr. MURTHY: I do know cases where students who couldn't get into computer science at IITs, they have gotten scholarship at MIT, at Princeton, at Caltech, yes, sure.<br />
<br />
(Footage of students; classrooms)<br />
<br />
STAHL: (Voiceover) You wouldn't mistake this for MIT or Caltech. It's the final exam of metal fabrication class, required for every IIT freshman. Call it shop class on steroids. Using just a saw and a file, students have to cut quarter-inch steel into an assigned
 shape, measured to the millimeter. It's an illustration of IIT's emphasis on engineering basics, precision and discipline. Nobody majors in music at IIT. The education is not well-rounded. But in science and technology, IIT undergraduates leave their American
 counterparts in the dust.<br />
<br />
Mr. KHOSLA: When I finished IIT Delhi and went to Carnegie Mellon for my master's, I thought I was cruising all the--all the way through Carnegie Mellon because it was so easy, relative to the education I had gotten at IIT Delhi.<br />
<br />
(Footage from classrooms)<br />
<br />
STAHL: (Voiceover) If you think of engineering students as nerds, not particularly bold or creative, IIT somehow breaks the mold. It turns computer geeks into risk-takers and leaders.<br />
<br />
(Footage of Stahl and group of students)<br />
<br />
STAHL: I'm wondering why so many IIT graduates are entrepreneurs, why so many do start their own companies?<br />
<br />
Unidentified Student #1: I think it's because of the confidence. We are lucky enough to be told by people around us that we're good and that we have a bright future, and that gives us a lot of confidence.<br />
<br />
(Footage of students; dorm rooms; sports event; mess hall)<br />
<br />
STAHL: (Voiceover) There's something else. Students act like entrepreneurs the whole time they're at IIT. They run everything in the dorms, which might be mistaken for cell blocks if not for all the Pentium 4 PCs. They organize the sports themselves. They even
 hire the chefs and pick the food in the mess halls. And unlike so many other institutions in India, they all know they're here because they deserve to be here.<br />
<br />
(Footage of Stahl and Murthy)<br />
<br />
STAHL: Can you slip somebody a couple of rupees and say, 'Come on, get my son in'?<br />
<br />
Mr. MURTHY: No, no, never.<br />
<br />
STAHL: Impossible?<br />
<br />
Mr. MURTHY: Impossible. Impossible. There is no corruption. It's a pure meritocracy.<br />
<br />
(Footage from IIT; students; classrooms; map)<br />
<br />
STAHL: (Voiceover) IIT may also be one of the best educational bargains in the world. It costs a family just about $700 a year for room, board and tuition. That's less than 20 percent of the true cost. The Indian government subsidizes all the rest. While some
 IIT grads stay and have helped build India's flourishing high-tech sector, almost two-thirds--up to 2,000 people--leave every year, most for the US.<br />
<br />
(Footage of Stahl and Rahm)<br />
<br />
Mr. RAHM: Some people would say you're subsidizing factories, which produce largely for the higher end of the American employment market.<br />
<br />
STAHL: So there's this debate here that says, 'Why are we spending so much money to educate these brilliant young men who just leave?'<br />
<br />
Mr. RAHM: You don't have to be crudely nationalistic to raise this question. There's a de--need here. There's a demand here, and these guys are simply not available.<br />
<br />
(Footage of Stahl and Murthy)<br />
<br />
STAHL: How many of them ever come back?<br />
<br />
Mr. MURTHY: Very small percentage, but my view is that we also have to work harder here to make it attractive for them to come back.<br />
<br />
(Footage of IIT campus)<br />
<br />
STAHL: (Voiceover) Murthy is doing his part. His software company, Infosys, hires about 150 IIT graduates every year to stay and work in India. He says the brain-drain doesn't worry him.<br />
<br />
Mr. MURTHY: Sure, Nehru wanted all these young men and women to contribute to the success of India, and they are contributing to the success of India in some way, because today, the respect for the Indian professional is much higher in the United States than
 what it was in the '50s.<br />
<br />
STAHL: But does that translate into investment money coming into India?<br />
<br />
Mr. MURTHY: Some of these people who have reached the higher e--higher echelons in the corporate world in the US, you know, they have persuaded their corporations to start operations in India, whether it's Texas Instruments, whether it's General Electric, whether
 it's Citibank.<br />
<br />
STAHL: So it does mean investment back here.<br />
<br />
Mr. MURTHY: Well, yes, it does mean.<br />
<br />
(Footage of Stahl and Khosla)<br />
<br />
Mr. KHOSLA: I have no question that India now is benefiting significantly from the cycling of knowledge, the back and forth, no question about it.<br />
<br />
STAHL: (Voiceover) And individual IIT grads are sending lots of money back home, too, but the US still gets the better end of the bargain.<br />
<br />
Mr. KHOSLA: How many jobs have entrepreneurs--Indian entrepreneurs in Silicon Valley created over the last 15, 20 years? Hundreds of thousands, I would guess.<br />
<br />
STAHL: For this society.<br />
<br />
Mr. KHOSLA: For this society, here in America.<br />
<br />
(Footage of students)<br />
<br />
Mr. KHOSLA: (Voiceover) For America to be able to pick off this human capital, these well-trained engineers with great minds, it's a great deal.]]></description>
      <pubDate>26/12/2011 13:59:52</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/14398/Imported+from+India</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">14398</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>14401</publicationdataID>
      <title>Threats And Responses: Al Qaeda; Manhunt for bin Laden And Top Aide, Zawahiri, Continues to Be Fruitless</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p><strong>Threats And Responses: Al Qaeda; Manhunt for bin Laden And Top Aide, Zawahiri, Continues to Be Fruitless</strong></p>
<p>The New York Times<strong><br />
</strong><strong>By Raymond Bonner With David Johnston</strong><br />
<strong>February 26, 2003</strong></p>
<p>For months American troops and covert operatives have combed the rugged outlands of eastern Afghanistan and western Pakistan in search of Osama bin Laden and his principal deputy, Ayman al-Zawahiri.</p>
<p>The fruitless manhunt serves as a reminder of the Bush administration's inability to achieve one of the main goals of its antiterror effort, the capture of Al Qaeda's leaders. Mr. bin Laden and Mr. Zawahiri are not only at large, but apparently are the sources
 of recent taped exhortations urging followers to carry out more violence. Pakistani officials are now saying Mr. Zawahiri fled Afghanistan in late 2001, only weeks after the Americans began bombing Qaeda and Taliban strongholds there, an assertion strongly
 rejected by American intelligence officials.</p>
<p>In separate interviews in the last week, two Pakistani officials said Mr.Zawahiri, an Egyptian-born surgeon regarded as the terror network's No. 2 leader, was smuggled across the porous border into Pakistan and escaped by boat across the Arabian Sea, possibly
 to the Middle East or North Africa.</p>
<p>The Pakistani officials said the information about Mr. Zawahiri's escape had come to them only in the last few weeks. They said their sources were diverse: paid informers as well as Qaeda suspects interrogated after being picked up in recent raids in Pakistan.</p>
<p>According to the informers and prisoners, Mr. Zawahiri was in the small southeastern Afghan city of Khost, a main Qaeda training center, in October 2001 when his wife and at least one of his children were killed in the American bombings, the Pakistani officials
 said.</p>
<p>The sources said he and three aides had been taken into the Pakistani province of Baluchistan and then down to the coast, where a boat had been waiting.</p>
<p>The officials also said their information had been shared with American authorities. The Central Intelligence Agency and the Federal Bureau of Investigation have agents in Pakistan searching for remnants of Al Qaeda while American troops look on the other
 side of the border.</p>
<p>American officials in Islamabad, the Pakistani capital, declined to comment on the reports or discuss whether they know anything of Mr. Zawahiri's whereabouts.</p>
<p>In Washington, an American intelligence official said that although Mr. Zawahiri's location was unknown, Americans believed that he was still in hiding in the Afghan-Pakistani border region. The official emphasized that the United States had no evidence
 that Mr. Zawahiri had left the rugged tribal areas.</p>
<p>Another American official in Washington scoffed at the idea that Mr.Zawahiri had escaped from the region. The official asserted that it was in the interest of Pakistani officials to deny that Qaeda leaders were hiding in their country, but that despite such
 denials, the American authorities believed Mr. bin Laden and Mr. Zawahiri to be somewhere in the tribal areas straddling eastern Afghanistan and western Pakistan.</p>
<p>While not as prominent as Mr. bin Laden, Mr. Zawahiri is deemed notorious enough to have a $25 million price on his head and to be included on the short list of people whom President Bush has authorized the C.I.A. to kill.</p>
<p>One American official said Mr. Zawahiri's medical training had helped him develop an expertise in chemical and biological weapons, making him a greater danger.</p>
<p>In October an audiotape by a speaker identified as Mr. Zawahiri was broadcast on Al Jazeera, the Qatar-based television network. In the message, he appeared to take credit for planning a suicide bombing in April 2002 that killed 14 German tourists outside
 a synagogue in Tunisia and a similar bombing in the Pakistani city of Karachi in which 11 French engineers died.</p>
<p>"The young holy warriors have already sent messages to Germany and France," the voice on the tape said. "However, if these doses are not enough, we are prepared with the help of God to increase the dosage."
</p>
<p>The possibility that Mr. Zawahiri escaped from Afghanistan first surfaced last month, during a former Taliban official's interview with Pakistani reporters. The former official declared that Mr. Zawahiri was no longer in Afghanistan or Pakistan, according
 to a Pakistani reporter who was at the meeting.</p>
<p>That assertion was supported in the last week in interviews with two officials from different Pakistani government agencies. Both men have long experience monitoring the activities of suspected terrorists.
</p>
<p>"I am convinced he is not in the region," one of the officials said of Mr. Zawahiri, although he added that he did believe that Mr. bin Laden remained in the tribal areas.</p>
<p>The official said his conclusion about Mr. Zawahiri was based on interrogations of Qaeda suspects in January. Those prisoners said that Mr. Zawahiri had fled after the bombing in Khost, but that they did not know where he had gone, the official said.</p>
<p>The other official said the details of Mr. Zawahiri's flight had been provided to him recently by an Afghan informer who was not a prisoner and who had a long history of providing reliable intelligence on other matters. This informer, too, said that he did
 not know where Mr. Zawahiri had gone in the boat, but that he believed it was to the Middle East, the second official recounted.</p>
<p>The official said the talk with the informer had prompted him to seek corroboration from another source, an Arab who had fought in Afghanistan, who not only backed the account but asserted that Mr. Zawahiri was in Algeria.</p>
<p>The official acknowledged that it was not possible to know whether the informers were telling the truth, but he emphasized that they had been reliable in the past.</p>
<p>Mr. Zawahiri may have had an easier time escaping than Mr. bin Laden. His face is less well known, and he would blend into a crowd better than the Qaeda leader, who is well over 6 feet tall. Neither man would lack for help in the region; both have spent
 many years building a network of hundreds of loyalists on both sides of the mountainous border.</p>
<p>Mr. Zawahiri has been described as the brains of Al Qaeda, the man with the ideas and theory, while Mr. bin Laden provided the money. He was born in 1951 into a prominent Egyptian family. An uncle was the first secretary general of the Arab League and his
 father was a university professor. </p>
<p>He joined the Muslim Brotherhood, a relatively moderate organization, as a teenager, according to American intelligence. While a medical student in Cairo, he was a founder of the Egyptian Islamic Jihad, which became a more radical group.</p>
<p>He was charged in the assassination of President Anwar el-Sadat in 1981, according to an American intelligence official. He was never convicted, but he spent three years in prison on an unrelated weapons charge. He said he was tortured in prison, a claim
 supported by human rights organizations.</p>
<p>After getting out of prison, the American official said, Mr. Zawahiri went to Afghanistan during the war against the Soviet occupation and worked as a doctor, treating refugees. Years later the Russian authorities arrested him as he tried to enter Chechnya
 without a visa.</p>
<p>The Russians never learned of his background and released him after six months, according to a lengthy account of Mr. Zawahiri's career published last year in The Wall Street Journal.</p>
<p>He returned to Afghanistan, where he aligned himself with Mr. bin Laden, in 1996, American intelligence officials said. In 1998 the two men announced the formation of the International Islamic Front for Jihad on Jews and Crusaders. They called on every Muslim
 "to comply with God's orders to kill Americans."</p>
<p>A few days later, two American embassies in East Africa were bombed in attacks orchestrated by Al Qaeda. Mr. Zawahiri was indicted by a federal grand jury for his alleged role.
</p>
<p>Terrorism experts say Mr. bin Laden and Mr. Zawahiri do not need to be together or even in communication with each other to orchestrate terrorist attacks.
</p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>26/12/2011 14:09:41</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/14401/Threats+And+Responses+Al+Qaeda+Manhunt+for+bin+Laden+And+Top+Aide+Zawahiri+Continues+to+Be+Fruitless</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">14401</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>14403</publicationdataID>
      <title>A Challenge to U.N. Council</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p>Los Angeles Times<br />
</p>
<p>The resolution Britain introduced in the U.N. Security Council on Monday with the support of the United States and Spain is as much a challenge to the council as it is to Iraq. In deceptively bland language, the resolution declares that Baghdad "has failed
 to take the final opportunity" the council provided in November to give up its chemical, biological and nuclear weapons.<br />
<br />
The resolution seems sure to spur more days of debate. If that means more gabbing and grandstanding but no progress toward fulfilling the demands the U.N. made more than a decade ago, Saddam Hussein will score another of the victories that keep him in power.
 That's why council members must show the discipline to focus on the critical goal at hand: definitively disarming Hussein.<br />
<br />
Those seeking to delay military action, primarily France, need to announce a deadline for the U.N. inspections they insist should continue. French President Jacques Chirac, who says Iraq probably has biological or chemical weapons, said again Monday that Iraq
 could be disarmed peacefully through continued inspections. That's farfetched.<br />
<br />
It has been 12 years since Hussein agreed to disarm in return for a cease-fire in the war he began by invading Kuwait. Year after year, U.N. inspectors found evidence that the ruthless tyrant was hoarding banned weapons capable of killing millions -- although
 their biggest discoveries came only after defectors pointed out the stockpiles. In 1998, the inspectors left in frustration. Hussein refused to let them back in until November, when the council passed a unanimous resolution demanding that he comply -- and
 the U.S. began massing troops on his border.<br />
<br />
The Bush administration says that if there is no disarmament, it is willing to wage war on Iraq with whatever nations will help. A U.S. official said the resolution Britain introduced Monday might be modified. But, apparently forgetting how diplomacy often
 works, he added, "we're not gonna dance, we're not gonna sing" to win votes.<br />
<br />
What the administration and its allies do need to do now is make blazingly clear to the Security Council why it should back forced disarmament by the U.N. They can do this in part by spelling out a vision of a post-Hussein Iraq. They must address head-on the
 costs of war and reconstruction and the role of the United Nations in rebuilding the country and present all reasonable scenarios of how an attack would spur and thwart future terrorism.<br />
<br />
This is a terrible moment. The debate must be blunt. The United Nations exists in part so that a community of nations can band together to combat international threats. Resolutions, unenforced, can't do that.</p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>26/12/2011 14:15:01</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/14403/A+Challenge+to+UN+Council</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">14403</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>14405</publicationdataID>
      <title>USINPAC Organizes First-Ever India Caucus Day</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p><strong>USINPAC Organizes First-Ever India Caucus Day; Calls upon the 143-member Caucus on India &amp; Indian Americans to play a more effective role on behalf of community</strong></p>
<p><strong>The PR Newswire<br />
</strong>February 18, 2003</p>
<p>The US India Political Action Committee (USINPAC) strongly urged the 143 members of the Congressional Caucus on India and Indian Americans, the largest Caucus in the House, to proactively engage with the Indian American community in resolving its concerns.
 The call was issued during the occasion of the first India Caucus Day organized by USINPAC at Capitol Hill on February 13, 2003. USINPAC organized India Caucus Day to urge the Caucus to develop a concerted plan to address the issues facing the Indian American
 community. The USINPAC delegation comprised of leading Indian Americans from across the country representing the community.<br />
<br />
USINPAC, continuing with its assertive outreach and articulation of the issues facing the Indian American community, shared its objectives and petitioned lawmakers on behalf of the community. These objectives covered business, national and international security
 issues. Talks were held with the newly appointed Co-Chairs of the Caucus - Rep. Joe Crowley (D-NY) and Rep. Joe Wilson (R-SC), Rep. Ed Royce (R-CA) and Rep. Jim McDermott (D-WA), the past Co-Chairs of the Caucus. USINPAC's regularly scheduled Breakfast on
 the Hill event for the month of February was combined with the activities of the India Caucus Day.<br />
<br />
The future role of the Caucus, issues facing the community, and India's role on the global stage featured in these discussions. Rep. Ed Royce, speaking unequivocally, stated, "India is an emerging superpower, and a key ally of the US in the fight against terrorism."
 Responding to USINPAC apprehensions that Indian Americans could be put on a watch list of the US, like citizens of other countries exporting terror, and subjected to fingerprinting under the National Security Entry Exit Registration System (NSEER), Rep. Royce
 expressed his displeasure and assured Indian Americans, through USINPAC, that the matter would be given due consideration at the highest levels possible. He mentioned that all the members of the India Caucus including the newly appointed co-chairs, Rep. Joe
 Crowley and Rep. Joe Wilson, were united on this issue. Strongly opposing the NSEER system, Rep. Crowley agreed that it would send wrong signals to secular India.<br />
<br />
The new Co-Chairs of the Caucus also stated that they have revived the executive committee of the Caucus to make its functioning more effective. Impressing upon Caucus leadership the strong desire of the community for greater representation in federal and Capitol
 Hill positions for the highly qualified Indian American community that has made stellar contributions in all professional fields, USINPAC urged the Caucus to play a leadership role in identifying roles for the Indian American community.<br />
<br />
Rep. Joe Wilson told USINPAC that he would urge the Congress to build strong defense ties with India, adding that the past divisions due to the Cold War were long over and that the time was ripe to enhance strategic and defense cooperation with India. Rep.
 Wilson further exhorted the Indian American community to work more closely with the Republicans as they control both the Senate and House. USINPAC's Manish Mathur, an investment banker from New York, urged lawmakers to level the playing field for US defense
 contractors to sell to the growing Indian defense procurement market, at a time when Britain, France, Germany and Russia are eager to strengthen their presence in the Indian market. Allowing US companies to compete on equal footing with their rivals in India
 will create jobs in the US and strengthen bilateral US-India relations.<br />
<br />
USINPAC delegates urged lawmakers to link US aid to Pakistan with its pledge to permanently ending infiltration of armed terrorists to India. USINPAC proposed passing a House resolution calling on Pakistan to end incursions, and to put conditions on future
 US aid. USINPAC delegates pressed home the point that ending infiltration was in the best interests of the people of India, Pakistan and the United States. Rep. Joe Crowley and Rep. Joe Wilson were united on the issue of ending infiltration permanently, and
 said that Pakistan's actions will need to be watched carefully.<br />
<br />
Adil Zanulbhai, Director, McKinsey and Co., and a USINPAC delegate, expressed concerns about the recently passed New Jersey law that bans state government IT outsourcing to offshore companies. Rep. Crowley expressed his grave disappointment with the passage
 of the law, and strongly urged members of the community to actively petition their elected officials and members of the India Caucus to stop such laws from being enacted.<br />
<br />
USINPAC delegates also urged lawmakers to honor the memory of Dr. Kalpana Chawla, the Indian American astronaut who was killed along with her colleagues in the Space Shuttle Columbia accident. While the loss of all astronauts came as a great shock to the Indian
 American community, Dr. Chawla's death had a special meaning because she had become a role model for Indian Americans and epitomized the community at its best. Rep. Crowley and Rep. Wilson agreed with USINPAC, and pledged to work with the community on this
 issue.<br />
<br />
The success of USINPAC in building relationships, as well as resolving issues, on behalf of the community is drawing an increasing number of concerned and well-meaning community leaders, who are all working to ensure that community, and individual, issues are
 addressed by our elected leaders. USINPAC is continuing to build upon its Capitol Hill outreach with senior leaders, and in the recent past has held substantive talks with Sen. Orrin Hatch, Sen. Charles Grassley, Sen. Richard Lugar, Rep. Robert Wexler, and
 Rep. Tom Davis, among others. USINPAC's agenda for March includes meetings with Sen. Joe Biden, Ranking Member of the Foreign Relations Committee and Sen. Brownback also of the Foreign Relations Committee. Other invited Senators include Sen. Bill Frist, the
 Majority Leader of the Senate, and Sen. Lincoln Chaffee, the Subcommittee Chair of South Asia Subcommittee in the Foreign Relations Committee.<br />
<br />
The US India Political Action Committee (USINPAC) is a national, bipartisan political action committee of the Indian American community. Based in Washington, DC, USINPAC is a strong and clear voice on Capitol Hill. USINPAC's mission is to impact policy on issues
 of concern to the Indian American community.</p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>26/12/2011 14:17:44</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/14405/USINPAC+Organizes+FirstEver+India+Caucus+Day</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">14405</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>14406</publicationdataID>
      <title>Asia File: India's dream machine comes to the screen</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p><strong>The Financial Times<br />
</strong>By Khozem Merchant <br />
February 14, 2003</p>
<p>With two major crises involving weapons of mass destruction unfolding in Iraq and North Korea, Washington would do well to look over its shoulder. Then, it might just spot the third candidate for a nuclear disaster: South Asia. Or more specifically, Pakistan.<br />
<br />
First, the good news. Recently, India announced tightened controls over its nuclear weapons by the creation of the Nuclear Command Authority. This is a political body comprised of key lawmakers empowered to authorize the use of nuclear weapons. The<br />
final decision, however, will be made by the prime minister. The structure ensures against the accidental release of a nuclear weapon -- or worse, a rogue general taking things into his own hands. It is a welcome development that goes a long way toward promoting
 nuclear-weapons transparency in the region.<br />
<br />
Now the bad news: There is no such assurance from Pakistan, where the command of nuclear forces rests solely with the unpredictable military leadership and the country's leader, Gen. Pervez Musharraf. Pakistan is a country in the middle. It has renegade Taliban
 outfits encamped within its eastern border with Afghanistan, sneak terrorists crossing its western border in Kashmir and Muslim extremists fermenting trouble from within. A miscalculation of any of these forces by Gen. Musharraf could mean the fall of his
 two-year-old government. But the constant turmoil not only raises the question of Gen. Musharraf's ability to control events within Pakistan, it prompts considerations of just who really is in charge of Pakistan's nuclear weapons. Are these under the control
 of the sometimes unpredictable army leadership, the vaunted and secretive Pakistan intelligence service or Gen. Musharraf himself, with the help of trusted aides that to the West are largely unknown? These are sc! ary thoughts, but important questions that
 need answers.<br />
<br />
At a time when the world is most concerned about nuclear proliferation, to the point that it is getting ready for war with Iraq, the Bush administration should be asking whether Pakistan's nuclear arsenal is secure from terrorist theft or if it is up for grabs
 to the highest bidder. Already, Pakistan has sold its nuclear technology to North Korea and offered the same to Iraq. It's probably an understatement to say that Islamabad's nuclear arsenal requires more international scrutiny.<br />
<br />
The nightmare of a nuclear exchange between India and Pakistan has always haunted the subcontinent. Both sides not only possess nuclear weapons but also short- and long-range missiles to deliver them -- not to mention fighter aircraft and other means of delivery.
 The London-based Jane's Strategic Weapons System puts India's nuclear arsenal at between 100 and 150 warheads and Pakistan's at between 25 and 50 -- enough not only to inflict catastrophic damage on each other but also neighboring countries.<br />
<br />
The reality of that nightmare was demonstrated again only last month when it was revealed that Gen. Musharraf told his senior military brass that he was ready to use nuclear weapons if Indian forces entered Pakistani territory in the standoff of winter 2002.
 The remark is reminiscent of the harrowing Cuban missile crisis. Though the general quickly backed off, it shows how desperate the situation can get if India retaliates in response to another deadly attack -- like the assault on its parliament -- by Islamic
 terrorists allegedly from Pakistan. There is general agreement that India has superior military capacity and would win a conventional war if waged between the two countries. Pakistan would be more tempted to resort to nuclear missiles if it finds itself losing
 ground.<br />
<br />
Nuclear and missile proliferation has been a concern of Washington policy makers, yet somehow the U.S. never seriously attempted to pre-empt the development of these weapons of mass destruction in this volatile region. Now with rising Islamic fundamentalism
 throughout the world, and especially in Pakistan, and India's get-tough mood, tensions between these two nuclear upstarts are riding high.<br />
<br />
In a recent article in the New Yorker magazine, Seymour Hersh quotes from a top-secret CIA report submitted to U.S. President George W. Bush that states that since 1997 Pakistan has been sharing sophisticated nuclear technology, warhead-design information and
 weapons-testing data with the Pyongyang regime. Pakistan supplied North Korea with sophisticated centrifuges, which were used for manufacturing fissile material for nuclear weapons, and also sent its top nuclear scientist to train the North Koreans. In other
 words, Pakistan helped North Korea build the bomb.<br />
<br />
Unlike Pakistan, which defied Washington by engaging in clandestine nuclear and missile relationships with China and North Korea, India has shown responsibility by refusing to sell its nuclear and missile technology to rogue regimes. India and Pakistan should
 be asked to open their nuclear facilities to international inspection. Greater transparency will not only help remove the suspicions but also prevent nuclear accidents in both countries. Pressure also can be mounted on both to sign the Nuclear Nonproliferation
 Treaty, thus promoting more transparency.<br />
<br />
With all eyes on Iraq and North Korea, President Bush shouldn't neglect the nuclear dangers lurking in South Asia. Any effort to eliminate weapons of mass destruction from unstable regimes and remove them from the clutches of potential terrorists will not be
 complete without the establishment of better controls and more transparency over the nuclear arsenals in South Asia, along the lines just adopted by India. Mr. Bruno, a former U.S. ambassador to Belize, is foreign-affairs advisor to the Western Hemisphere
 Institute for Security Cooperation in Ft. Benning, Georgia.</p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>26/12/2011 14:19:57</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/14406/Asia+File+Indias+dream+machine+comes+to+the+screen</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">14406</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>14408</publicationdataID>
      <title>Are Pakistan's Nukes Secure ?,The Wall Street Journal</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p><strong>By George Bruno<br />
</strong></p>
<p>With two major crises involving weapons of mass destruction unfolding in Iraq and North Korea, Washington would do well to look over its shoulder. Then, it might just spot the third candidate for a nuclear disaster: South Asia. Or more specifically, Pakistan.<br />
<br />
First, the good news. Recently, India announced tightened controls over its nuclear weapons by the creation of the Nuclear Command Authority. This is a political body comprised of key lawmakers empowered to authorize the use of nuclear weapons. The<br />
final decision, however, will be made by the prime minister. The structure ensures against the accidental release of a nuclear weapon -- or worse, a rogue general taking things into his own hands. It is a welcome development that goes a long way toward promoting
 nuclear-weapons transparency in the region.<br />
<br />
Now the bad news: There is no such assurance from Pakistan, where the command of nuclear forces rests solely with the unpredictable military leadership and the country's leader, Gen. Pervez Musharraf. Pakistan is a country in the middle. It has renegade Taliban
 outfits encamped within its eastern border with Afghanistan, sneak terrorists crossing its western border in Kashmir and Muslim extremists fermenting trouble from within. A miscalculation of any of these forces by Gen. Musharraf could mean the fall of his
 two-year-old government. But the constant turmoil not only raises the question of Gen. Musharraf's ability to control events within Pakistan, it prompts considerations of just who really is in charge of Pakistan's nuclear weapons. Are these under the control
 of the sometimes unpredictable army leadership, the vaunted and secretive Pakistan intelligence service or Gen. Musharraf himself, with the help of trusted aides that to the West are largely unknown? These are sc! ary thoughts, but important questions that
 need answers.<br />
<br />
At a time when the world is most concerned about nuclear proliferation, to the point that it is getting ready for war with Iraq, the Bush administration should be asking whether Pakistan's nuclear arsenal is secure from terrorist theft or if it is up for grabs
 to the highest bidder. Already, Pakistan has sold its nuclear technology to North Korea and offered the same to Iraq. It's probably an understatement to say that Islamabad's nuclear arsenal requires more international scrutiny.<br />
<br />
The nightmare of a nuclear exchange between India and Pakistan has always haunted the subcontinent. Both sides not only possess nuclear weapons but also short- and long-range missiles to deliver them -- not to mention fighter aircraft and other means of delivery.
 The London-based Jane's Strategic Weapons System puts India's nuclear arsenal at between 100 and 150 warheads and Pakistan's at between 25 and 50 -- enough not only to inflict catastrophic damage on each other but also neighboring countries.<br />
<br />
The reality of that nightmare was demonstrated again only last month when it was revealed that Gen. Musharraf told his senior military brass that he was ready to use nuclear weapons if Indian forces entered Pakistani territory in the standoff of winter 2002.
 The remark is reminiscent of the harrowing Cuban missile crisis. Though the general quickly backed off, it shows how desperate the situation can get if India retaliates in response to another deadly attack -- like the assault on its parliament -- by Islamic
 terrorists allegedly from Pakistan. There is general agreement that India has superior military capacity and would win a conventional war if waged between the two countries. Pakistan would be more tempted to resort to nuclear missiles if it finds itself losing
 ground.<br />
<br />
Nuclear and missile proliferation has been a concern of Washington policy makers, yet somehow the U.S. never seriously attempted to pre-empt the development of these weapons of mass destruction in this volatile region. Now with rising Islamic fundamentalism
 throughout the world, and especially in Pakistan, and India's get-tough mood, tensions between these two nuclear upstarts are riding high.<br />
<br />
In a recent article in the New Yorker magazine, Seymour Hersh quotes from a top-secret CIA report submitted to U.S. President George W. Bush that states that since 1997 Pakistan has been sharing sophisticated nuclear technology, warhead-design information and
 weapons-testing data with the Pyongyang regime. Pakistan supplied North Korea with sophisticated centrifuges, which were used for manufacturing fissile material for nuclear weapons, and also sent its top nuclear scientist to train the North Koreans. In other
 words, Pakistan helped North Korea build the bomb.<br />
<br />
Unlike Pakistan, which defied Washington by engaging in clandestine nuclear and missile relationships with China and North Korea, India has shown responsibility by refusing to sell its nuclear and missile technology to rogue regimes. India and Pakistan should
 be asked to open their nuclear facilities to international inspection. Greater transparency will not only help remove the suspicions but also prevent nuclear accidents in both countries. Pressure also can be mounted on both to sign the Nuclear Nonproliferation
 Treaty, thus promoting more transparency.<br />
<br />
With all eyes on Iraq and North Korea, President Bush shouldn't neglect the nuclear dangers lurking in South Asia. Any effort to eliminate weapons of mass destruction from unstable regimes and remove them from the clutches of potential terrorists will not be
 complete without the establishment of better controls and more transparency over the nuclear arsenals in South Asia, along the lines just adopted by India. Mr. Bruno, a former U.S. ambassador to Belize, is foreign-affairs advisor to the Western Hemisphere
 Institute for Security Cooperation in Ft. Benning, Georgia.</p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>26/12/2011 14:23:17</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/14408/Are+Pakistans+Nukes+Secure+The+Wall+Street+Journal</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">14408</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>14410</publicationdataID>
      <title>Pakistani agents accused of aiding Taliban groups</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p><strong>The Financial Times<br />
</strong>By Victoria Burnett in Kabul and Farhan Bokhari in Islamabad<br />
</p>
<p>Members of Pakistani intelligence are helping remnants of the Taliban to regroup more than a year after they were ousted from power, according to senior Afghan officials and diplomats in Kabul.<br />
<br />
Taliban operatives are hiding among sympathisers in the mountainous region that straddles the 1,500-mile border between Afghanistan and Pakistan and planning attacks. US forces last week flushed out a group of rebels from caves near the border town of Spinboldak.<br />
<br />
The Taliban have allied with Gulbuddin Hekmatyar, a former prime minister who once fought them but has now sworn to rid Afghanistan of foreign troops and bring down the government of President Hamid Karzai.<br />
<br />
Senior Afghan officials and western diplomats say their intelligence indicates the regrouping Taliban and Hekmatyar forces are receiving logistical and financial support from members - former or current - of the Pakistani InterServices Intelligence (ISI) agency.
 The claims will exacerbate strains between the neighbouring countries, and between Pakistan and the US.<br />
<br />
"They are supporting them now and they will continue to support them," says General Din Mohammed Juraat, Afghan chief of police, speaking of the ISI. He says he has intelligence to support his claim.<br />
<br />
Concern that the border region would become a haven for elements opposed to Mr Karzai and to the West grew after an alliance of hardline Islamic parties, the Mutahida-Majlis-Amal (MMA), won control of Baluchistan and the North-West Frontier Province in elections
 in November.<br />
<br />
"They've been making hay in Pakistan with a view to coming back in Afghanistan," said a senior western diplomat in Kabul. "At the moment, the Tribal Areas - because of the MMA - are a kind of sanctuary for them."<br />
<br />
Senior government officials in Islamabad say the Pakistani government remains dedicated to the hunt for Taliban and al-Qaeda, with 60,000 troops stationed along the border and every one of an estimated 178 mountain passes manned.<br />
<br />
"The key question is, are we as Pakistanis sincere in our commitment? There's certainly no doubt that we are serious," one Pakistani official said.<br />
<br />
Senior Afghan and western officials say support for the insurgents goes beyond local sympathisers. One western diplomat said intelligence received by their embassy indicated the regrouping was being aided by former ISI members. But Afghan officials believe
 the operation is too big to be carried out by anyone other than current ISI operatives. "This is not a hobby," said one senior government official.<br />
<br />
Former Pakistani officials involved closely in the past with the country's policy towards Afghanistan acknowledge that there are influential groups who would provide support. "There are many Pakistanis who take the view that the US campaign in Afghanistan was
 a mistake, as the war on Iraq would be a mistake," said one.</p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>26/12/2011 14:26:26</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/14410/Pakistani+agents+accused+of+aiding+Taliban+groups</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">14410</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>14413</publicationdataID>
      <title>Extremist Groups Renew Activity in Pakistan; Support of Kashmir Militants Is at Odds With the War on Terrorism</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p><strong>The Washington Post<br />
</strong>By John Lancaster and Kamran Khan<br />
February 8, 2003</p>
<p>MURIDKE, Pakistan A year after President Pervez Musharraf announced a ban on Muslim extremist groups, a move hailed in Washington as a turning point for Pakistan, several of the organizations have reconstituted under different names and are once again raising
 money and proselytizing for jihad against India and the West, according to Pakistani officials and members of the groups.<br />
<br />
Over the past few months, leaders of four groups banned by Musharraf have been released from house arrest or jail. One of them, Hafiz Sayeed of Lashkar-i-Taiba, has been traveling around the country to meet with supporters and whip up enthusiasm for renewed
 attacks on Indian forces in Kashmir, according to a top aide. Another, Azam Tariq of Sipah-i-Sahaba, serves in parliament.<br />
<br />
Pakistani authorities have released almost all of the hundreds of militants detained after Musharraf pledged on Jan. 12, 2002, to dismantle extremist groups that he said were "bringing a bad name to our faith," according to Pakistani officials and Western diplomats.
 His landmark speech came as Pakistani and Indian military forces were massing along their common border, one month after an attack on India's Parliament complex by guerrillas that India alleged were supported by Pakistan. Since Musharraf's address, however,
 no effort has been made to disarm the groups, Pakistani officials acknowledge, and donation boxes for the supposedly outlawed organizations have reappeared in stores, mosques and other public places.<br />
<br />
At the same time, Pakistani officials deny that Musharraf has reneged on his commitment to curb extremist groups, noting that scores of al Qaeda operatives have been rounded up in Pakistan in recent months, frequently in cooperation with the FBI. They say the
 government had no choice but to release Pakistani militant leaders and their followers because courts in many cases found insufficient evidence to continue holding them.<br />
<br />
Perhaps nowhere is Musharraf's unfinished business more visible than on the outskirts of this farming community near Lahore, where a group called Jamaat ul-Dawa -- the religious and political affiliate to Lashkar-i-Taiba and now its apparent successor -- occupies
 a sprawling, 190-acre compound protected by barbed wire and bearded men with Kalashnikov assault rifles.<br />
<br />
Though spokesmen for the organization say it has nothing to do with violence, the group continues to churn out books and periodicals preaching the virtues of jihad, or holy war, in Kashmir, Chechnya, the Middle East and elsewhere.<br />
<br />
Sayeed, who founded Lashkar-i-Taiba in the early 1990s and now runs Jamaat ul-Dawa, said in a telephone interview last week that his organization remains dedicated to the armed struggle against Indian forces in Kashmir. Since Muslim Pakistan and Hindu-majority
 India were carved out of British-ruled India in 1947, each has claimed Kashmir as its own. The two countries' military forces occupy separate portions of Kashmir, and Muslims in the Indian portion have been waging an insurrection with Pakistani support since
 1989.<br />
<br />
Sayeed said he does not recognize Musharraf's pledge last spring to "permanently" end militant crossings of the Line of Control dividing Indian and Pakistani Kashmir. "Despite my detention here, jihad didn't stop even for one day in Kashmir throughout last
 year," Sayeed said, asserting that about 1,000 of his supporters have "embraced martyrdom" in Kashmir in the past two years. "India should believe me that it is beyond General Musharraf to blow a whistle and stop the jihad in Kashmir."<br />
<br />
Another hard-line group banned by Musharraf, Jaish-i-Muhammad, is reorganizing under the name of al-Furqan, according to officials with the group.<br />
<br />
The reemergence of "jihadi groups," several of which have been linked to the Taliban and al Qaeda, has caused deep concern among Western diplomats. They say it holds the potential for renewed confrontation between Pakistan and India, both of which possess nuclear
 arms and nearly went to war last spring, and calls into question the depth of Musharraf's commitment to the U.S.-led war on terrorism.<br />
<br />
In that regard, the groups' reappearance is further evidence of the shift that has occurred in the country since hard-line religious parties opposed to Pakistan's cooperation with the United States staged an unexpectedly strong showing in national and provincial
 elections last fall.<br />
<br />
"At one point I think [the government was] very seriously committed to reining them in," said a Western diplomat who spoke on condition of anonymity. "Now I think that commitment has probably flagged."<br />
<br />
Last month, American frustration with Musharraf flared into the open when the U.S. ambassador to Pakistan, Nancy Powell, during a speech to businessmen in Karachi, called on the government to fulfill its pledges to "end the use of Pakistan as a platform for
 terrorism." Although U.S. officials subsequently played down its significance, the remark caused an uproar in Pakistan, whose government is unaccustomed to such blunt talk from Washington's envoy.<br />
<br />
"There was a total feeling of unacceptance of what she had said," Maj. Gen. Rashid Qureshi, Musharraf's spokesman, said in an interview. "The president has said that Pakistan will not be used [by militant groups], and the Pakistani army is not allowing any
 movement across the Line of Control."<br />
<br />
By most accounts, the militants are not operating as freely as they did in the past, when they openly campaigned for funds and recruits and celebrated the "martyrdom" of slain fighters at mass rallies. And Musharraf seems to have taken a hard line toward groups
 involved in sectarian violence between Shiite and Sunni Muslims, regarding them as a serious threat to internal stability, diplomats and analysts say.<br />
<br />
From all indications, however, the government still maintains a lenient attitude toward groups focused on the Kashmir conflict, such as Lashkar-i-Taiba and Jaish-i-Muhammad. Trained and supplied by Pakistan's Inter-Services Intelligence (ISI) agency, these
 organizations have long been regarded as an instrument of state policy. The government has used them to "bleed" India, with its vastly larger military, as a means of applying pressure for a negotiated settlement of the Kashmir issue.<br />
<br />
"I don't think they're terrorists," said a senior military intelligence officer who spoke on condition of anonymity. "Anyone who has a beard -- just put an al Qaeda stamp on him. You have got to be slightly more realistic. We are talking about our own people."<br />
<br />
But Pakistan's long-standing support for those it considers "freedom fighters" in Kasmhir has proved increasingly difficult to reconcile with the U.S.-led global war on terrorism. Indian officials regularly argue to their U.S. counterparts that Pakistan is
 on the wrong side of that war. While Lashkar-i-Taiba, for example, concentrates its military operations on Indian security forces, it has also been blamed for attacks that killed civilians, including the December 2001 assault on the grounds of the Indian Parliament.<br />
<br />
Equally alarming to the West and to moderate Pakistanis, some Lashkar-i-Taiba fighters trained in Afghanistan during the Taliban era, and their leader, Sayeed, have professed admiration for Osama bin Laden. For those reasons, President Bush cheered Musharraf's
 ban on such groups, welcoming his "firm decision to stand against terrorism and extremism and his commitment to the principle that no person or organization will be allowed to indulge in terror as a means to further its cause."<br />
<br />
But progress has been spotty at best. Though guerrilla incursions into India were curtailed early last year, pressure on the groups eased in the spring. In May, militants attacked an Indian army camp in Kashmir, killing 34 people, most of them women and children.<br />
<br />
The incident brought the two countries to the brink of war, a crisis that was defused only when Musharraf, under intense U.S. pressure, pledged to "permanently" end infiltrations across the Line of Control. American and Indian officials say incursions dropped
 sharply in June and early July, but U.S. officials now concur with the Indian assessment that they have resumed.<br />
<br />
The government has also allowed considerable latitude for militant leaders who were supposed to have been reined in. Even during their detention, for example, Sayeed and two other militant leaders -- Masood Azhar of Jaish-i-Muhammad and Fazlul Rahman Khalil
 of Harkat ul-Mujaheddin -- stayed in ISI safe houses, where they were permitted visitors and the use of cell phones, according to statements filed by their relatives in court proceedings related to their cases.<br />
<br />
The militant leaders were held under a loosely defined "maintenance of public order" law. Human rights groups urged that they be prosecuted under laws barring private groups from conducting military training and operating private armies. But none was ever charged,
 and courts ordered their release. They moved home a few weeks before they were officially set free.<br />
<br />
While Musharraf has by most accounts taken a hard line toward militant groups associated with sectarian killings in Pakistan, there are exceptions: The leader of one such group, Azam Tariq of the banned Sipah-i-Sahaba movement, was allowed to run for parliament
 from his jail cell. He has since been released and was recently a guest at the wedding of the daughter of one of Musharraf's top aides, according to Pakistani press reports.<br />
<br />
Pakistani officials insist that the groups face more restrictions than they did in the past, especially in the area of recruitment. Before Musharraf's speech, for example, Pakistan's Interior Ministry had estimated that at least 5,000 Pakistanis trained in
 guerrilla warfare were registered with five key militant groups in Pakistan. But over the past year, said a senior Interior Ministry official in Islamabad, there has been little or no recruitment.<br />
<br />
But that too may be changing. In the two months since he was released, Sayeed, the Lashkar-i-Taiba founder, has addressed about 100 gatherings around the country to "educate people about the virtues of jihad," according to an aide who spoke on condition of
 anonymity.<br />
<br />
At the entrance to the group's headquarters in Lahore the other day, a clear plastic donation box was plainly visible. Filled with crumpled rupee notes, it invited contributions for jihad in Afghanistan, Chechnya, Bosnia and Kashmir.<br />
<br />
An official at the headquarters, who declined to give his full name, said he saw nothing unusual in the appeal. "We will help anybody in the world who is helping jihad," he said.</p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>26/12/2011 14:31:27</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/14413/Extremist+Groups+Renew+Activity+in+Pakistan+Support+of+Kashmir+Militants+Is+at+Odds+With+the+War+on+Terrorism</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">14413</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>14416</publicationdataID>
      <title>India + Iran -&gt; a foundation for stability</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p>By Stanley A. Weiss<br />
February 6, 2003</p>
<p>NEW DELHI --Has the foundation been laid for a stable Middle East and Asia for decades to come? That may well be what happened when India and Iran unveiled a strategic partnership during President Mohammed Khatami's recent visit here.On the economic side,
 the two countries need each other. Iran has the world's second largest natural gas reserves. India is one of the world's largest gas importers and values Iran's strategic location as a gateway to Middle East and Central Asian energy suppliers.<br />
<br />
On the military side, both fear that Islamic fundamentalists might seize Pakistan's nuclear arsenal. India now will get access to Iranian military bases in the event of war with Pakistan. Iran will get access to advanced Indian military technology.<br />
<br />
President George W. Bush calls Washington's unprecedented post-Sept. 11 ties with India, the world's largest democracy, "an important relationship." But he sees Iran, the world's only modern theocracy, part of an "axis of evil." An anonymous U.S. official warns
 that the New Delhi-Tehran alliance could "raise obstacles in our burgeoning defense ties" with India.<br />
<br />
But Bush should not allow his loathing for Tehran's reactionary mullahs to trump America's need for India or the need to embrace what he calls "the Iranian people's hope for freedom." He should recognize that India and Iran are the key to regional stability,
 and join New Delhi and Tehran in an axis of friendship. Deputy Prime Minister L.K. Advani tells me that the United States and India are "the twin towers of democracy." Prime Minister Atal Bihari Vajpayee argues that the two are "natural allies." Indeed, India
 has become a major regional power with the ability to advance American interests from Israel to Iran to Indonesia.<br />
<br />
Want to promote a peaceful Asia? Then partner with India, a reliable U.S. ally in dealing with North Korea, a growing naval presence in Southeast Asia and a leading candidate for a permanent seat on the Security Council. And although the dispute with Pakistan
 over Kashmir attracts global headlines, the primary long-term security concern here is a militarily and economically ascendant China, which occupies a chunk of Indian territory.<br />
Want to show the world's 1.2 billion Muslims a progressive, hopeful alternative to the medieval vision of Osama bin Laden? Then support secular India, a multi-religious society home to the world's second largest Muslim population. India's 150 million Muslims,
 including the world's largest community of Shiites outside Iran, instinctively recoil from Sunni-dominated Al Qaeda.<br />
<br />
Want to simultaneously dampen Pakistan and Iran's support for terrorism? Then give these nations a stake in regional peace and prosperity, like billions in revenue and transit fees from the so-called "peace pipeline" that would connect Iran and India through
 Afghanistan and Pakistan.<br />
<br />
Indian access to Iranian bases encircles and contains Pakistan, fundamentally altering Islamabad's strategic calculations. India's new ties with Iran make it more, not less, valuable to Washington. Both India and Iran fear the Saudi-sponsored puritanical Wahhabi
 brand of Sunni Islam.<br />
<br />
When Afghanistan was controlled by the Sunni-dominated Taliban, Iran and India backed the Northern Alliance. Both countries have played a vital role in creating and sustaining the U.S.-backed government in Kabul. In the reconstruction effort, New Delhi and
 Tehran will build a much needed road connecting the Iranian port of Chabahar to the Afghan city of Kandahar.<br />
<br />
As in Afghanistan, the United States will need Iran to help stabilize a post-Saddam Iraq. Encouraging signs include Tehran's warm welcome to a recent gathering of Iraqi opposition leaders. The major Iraqi Shiite opposition group, based in Tehran, has pledged
 not to incite Iraq's 60 percent Shiite majority to seek an Islamic Republic.<br />
<br />
New Delhi will also be an increasing asset to Washington thanks to its military partnership with Israel. It is easy to see why Shimon Peres calls India "Israel's best friend in the region." Both are secular multi-religious democracies under terrorist attack
 from Islamic militants. Both are nuclear powers surrounded by hostile neighbors with ballistic missiles.<br />
<br />
Bilateral trade has soared, and young Israelis flock to Indian beaches.Israel is poised to become India's largest arms supplier, and India desperately wants Washington's approval to buy the U.S.-Israeli-built Arrow missile defense system. Like its new economic
 and military partnership with Turkey, Jerusalem's growing ties with India give America's closest ally in the Middle East an important friend in a tough neighborhood. Taken together, this web of coopera-tion portends a historic realignment in the regional balance
 of power - an alliance of democracies, with India at its center.<br />
<br />
America should forge its own strategic partnership with India.</p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>26/12/2011 14:34:38</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/14416/India++Iran++a+foundation+for+stability</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">14416</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>14418</publicationdataID>
      <title>Indian's weep for the woman who lived her dream She proved `girls can do anything</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p><strong>The Chicago Tribune<br />
By Liz Sly<br />
February 3, 2003 </strong></p>
<p>KARNAL, India -- For Kalpana Chawla, one of the seven astronauts who died aboard the space shuttle Columbia, the journey from small-town India to outer space was little short of remarkable.<br />
<br />
On Sunday, residents of her hometown gathered in grief and disbelief to mourn the woman who put their town on the world map--and in the process proved that no dream is impossible, even for girls in Karnal, a drab industrial burg where rickshaws still outnumber
 cars, and cows amble through the streets.<br />
<br />
`Role model for everybody'<br />
"At the time when she became an astronaut, people still couldn't believe that a girl can do that kind of thing," said Sangareet Ghaur, 16, an 11th grader at Tagore Baal Niketan, Chawla's former high school. Ghaur had been sponsored by Chawla last year to attend
 NASA's summer camp for international students.<br />
<br />
"But now in India she has shown that girls can do anything," Ghaur added."She is a role model for everybody."All seven astronauts who died aboard Columbia battled fierce<br />
competition from the world's brightest for cherished places in the NASA space program.<br />
But Chawla, 41, also fought her country's poverty and prejudices.<br />
<br />
A grim starting place<br />
Sixty percent of women are illiterate in Haryana state, where, about 80 miles north of Delhi, Karnal is located. Forty-five percent are married off by their families before they reach age 19. Female children are less prized: The region has India's highest rate
 of female infanticide so that fewer than eight girls are born for every 10 boys, underlining the strong societal biases against women that still persist.<br />
<br />
Yet times are changing in India and Chawla had become far more than just a local celebrity. As India strives to assert its status as a world power, she had become a national hero, a symbol of pride in a country that has set its sights on science and technology
 as a way to break out of poverty.A month ago, her picture was splashed across the cover of India's leading news magazine with the headline: "Making Us Proud."<br />
<br />
During the weekend, the entire nation mourned her death, but nowhere more so than in her hometown. Hundreds had gathered at the school to watch Columbia's landing on local television, and some already had begun setting off the firecrackers and tucking into
 the party snacks when word spread that contact had been lost with the shuttle's crew.<br />
<br />
`Glory went to gloom'<br />
"All the glory went to gloom within a matter of seconds," said Amrit Paul Singh Cheema, a family friend. "Some people started crying and then when other people heard what had happened, they started coming to the school too."<br />
<br />
Impromptu shrines to her memory sprang up around town -- at the high school, at the house where she was born, at the stadium, at the local government offices. Residents stumbled among them, draping garlands of marigold and scattering rose petals around her
 candle-lit picture.<br />
<br />
They recalled a bright, determined and ambitious young woman who always,literally, had her head in the sky. Even as a child, when teachers asked pupils to draw a picture, Chawla would draw stars and spaceships where other children drew flowers or trees, recalled
 Darshan Singh, a former neighbor.<br />
<br />
An eye on the stars<br />
"She always said, reach for the stars, and that is exactly what she did," he said. The daughter of a wealthy local businessman, Chawla became the first woman to be accepted to the aeronautical engineering course at Punjab University. She overcame fierce opposition
 from her parents when she asked to be allowed to leave India in 1982 to get a master's degree at the University of Texas, friends said.<br />
<br />
"Most parents around here won't allow their girls to travel and her parents didn't want her to travel," said Namita Alung, 17, who also attended the NASA Space Camp last summer, where she met several times with Chawla. "But now parents allow it -- my parents
 allowed it -- and it's all because of her and what she achieved."<br />
<br />
Even though Chawla left India 20 years ago, and became an American citizen in the 1980s, she didn't forget her roots.<br />
<br />
She returned regularly, and on her first mission into space, she wore a T-shirt imprinted with a message from her high school. Two days before the tragedy, she sent a message to students at her former university: "The path from dreams to success does exist,"
 it said. "Wishing you a great journey."<br />
<br />
Her 1997 space flight, the first by an Indian-born woman, had made her a powerful symbol of achievement.But it was her sponsorship of local students to attend the NASA camp that may prove her most enduring legacy. Karnal may have sent the first Asian woman
 into space, but Chawla will not be the last, said Ghaur, who plans to become an astronaut. "Maybe I will be next," she said.<br />
<br />
`It will continue'<br />
Of the 10 Karnal students who have attended so far, eight are girls."This thing that she started . . . it will continue," said Daljit Madan, who taught Chawla English and is vice principal at her former high school.<br />
<br />
"That's the homage we will pay to her here in Karnal."</p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>26/12/2011 14:36:48</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/14418/Indians+weep+for+the+woman+who+lived+her+dream+She+proved+girls+can+do+anything</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">14418</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>14422</publicationdataID>
      <title>Astronaut always made me smile</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p><strong>The Chicago Tribune<br />
</strong><strong>By V. Dion Haynes and Vincent J. Schodolski<br />
February 3, 2003</strong></p>
<p>HOUSTON -- Shuttle astronaut Kalpana Chawla was a quiet, modest vegetarian<br />
who liked to jog with her pilot husband near their brick home on a tree-lined street in the Houston suburb of Taylor Lake Village.<br />
<br />
Neighbors and friends said they were stunned by the news of her death aboard the Columbia on Saturday and already miss her bright smile and good humor.<br />
<br />
"She was always smiling," said Robert Culp, a professor at the University of Colorado where he was Chawla's mentor as she wrote her doctoral thesis in aerospace engineering. "She spoke with this crisp, British kind of accent. She always made me smile."<br />
<br />
Culp recalled that Chawla told her husband, Jean Pierre Harrison, that he would have to quit his job teaching flying in California so they could move to Houston.<br />
<br />
"He gave up his job to let her pursue her dream of being an astronaut," Culp said.<br />
<br />
Culp e-mailed Chawla on Thursday as she orbited Earth and commended her on her performance during a news conference from space.<br />
<br />
"I told her she was the best, the brightest one," Culp recalled, adding that she never replied. "I guess she was just too busy."<br />
<br />
C.Y. Chow, a professor and doctoral thesis adviser to Chawla at the University of Colorado, recalled that after Chawla's first trip on the shuttle in 1997, she returned to the university for three days during which she gave a seminar and spoke to female engineering
 students.<br />
<br />
"She talked to them about her space experiences, trying to inspire them to get involved in space work," Chow said.<br />
<br />
He remembered a dinner with Chawla during that visit during which she spoke about her space travels and how she spent Thanksgiving on the shuttle.<br />
<br />
"Everybody had turkey, but she could not eat it because she was a vegetarian," Chow said. "She said she just ate the cranberry sauce."<br />
<br />
A security guard outside Chawla's home Sunday said the family would not make a statement.<br />
<br />
A next-door neighbor, Marie Inkofer, recalled that Chawla "did a lot of jogging. I'd see her in the morning as I was going to work. Her husband jogged too."<br />
<br />
"She had a terrific personality but was very modest," Inkofer said. "When she introduced herself to me she didn't say, `Hey, I'm an astronaut' or anything like that."She said that several members of Chawla's family had come from India to welcome Chawla home
 after the mission."They are all in the house," Inkofer said. "They won't answer the phone<br />
or the door."<br />
<br />
Several vehicles were parked outside the home Sunday, including one with a bumper sticker that read, "Space is our future."<br />
<br />
V. Dion Haynes reported from Houston and Vincent J. Schodolski from Los Angeles.</p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>26/12/2011 14:40:06</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/14422/Astronaut+always+made+me+smile</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">14422</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>14426</publicationdataID>
      <title>Threats And Responses: Pakistan Frontier;At the Afghan Border, Warnings of Attacks Tied to Iraq War</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p><strong>The New York Times<br />
By Carlotta Gall<br />
January 28, 2003, Tuesday, Late Edition - Final </strong></p>
<p>UNGORADA, Afghanistan, Jan. 24 Hundreds of Qaeda fighters and Taliban supporters -- now living with families in the rugged tribal area of South Waziristan in Pakistan -- are planning to intensify their attacks on Afghan territory if war breaks out in Iraq,
 interviews with three visitors from Pakistani tribal areaindicate.<br />
<br />
The statements by the men, who traveled across the border to be interviewed, have heightened the concerns of security officials here in this southeastern border village, where the most recent American soldier to be killed by hostile fire, Sgt. Steven Checo
 of the 82nd Airborne Division, died in a gunfight on Dec. 21. The sergeant's night patrol surprised three men crossing from Pakistan to leave some rockets beside a house here, and the security officials see his death as a portent. They warn that Qaeda and
 Taliban supporters are increasing their infiltration -- reparing more, and bigger, attacks against American troops and local villagers who cooperate with them.<br />
<br />
"They are the people who came out of Afghanistan when the Taliban fell," one of the men from Pakistan, who gave his name as Reghduanullah, said of the foreign fighters. "I have seen them, they come to the bazaar." He described Sudanese, Central Asians and men
 from Muslim regions of Russia and China. He said they carried radios, were armed with rifles and grenades, and were always accompanied by local armed men, their hosts in the tribal areas.<br />
<br />
He quoted the foreigners as saying: "We swore we would fight against the Americans until they leave Afghanistan or we die. We will not give up our holy war against America." Mr. Reghduanullah asserted: "I am sure they will do an operation soon. A lot of people
 want to be martyrs so they will come to fight the Americans."<br />
<br />
United States and coalition forces are fighting a pitched battle against a group of 80 rebels aligned to the renegade leader Gulbuddin Hekmatyar in the largest-scale fighting in the past nine months, an American military spokesman said Tuesday. At least 18
 rebel fighters were killed, and there were no reported coalition casualties, the spokesman, Roger King, said at Bagram Air Base near Kabul.<br />
<br />
American warplanes attacked enemy positions with B-1 bombers, F-16's and AC-130 gunships, Mr. King said. The fighting in mountains in southeastern Afghanistan near the border with Pakistan was set off by a minor shootout nearby in which one man was killed,
 one injured and one detained, Mr. King said. He said the detained man said under questioning that a large group of men had massed in the mountain areas.<br />
<br />
Mr. King said the military sent Apache helicopters to the area to investigate, and they came under small-arms fire. The military responded with a quick-reaction force of fighter aircraft that struck the remote region with 500-pound and 2,000-pound bombs.<br />
<br />
Mr. King said the rebel fighters, while loyal to Mr. Hekmatyar, are believed to have sympathies and possible links to the ousted Taliban and to Al Qaeda.<br />
<br />
Mr. Reghduanullah said that many Pakistanis from the area joined the Taliban both before and during the American-led campaign, and that they offered the foreign and Afghan fighters shelter when they withdrew from Afghanistan last year.<br />
<br />
Mr. Reghduanullah's view was supported by the representative in the border area for the Afghan president, Hamid Karzai, who for safety reasons would give only his title and first name, Engineer Amin. "These days, Al Qaeda is very active and they are crossing
 over here a lot," he said. "For a long time they were quiet but in the last two months they have started their activity.<br />
<br />
"Our information is that when America starts the attack on Iraq, they will make an attack here. They will attack in big numbers, on the American base and against anyone who works with the Americans," he said.<br />
<br />
Such attacks have long been promised, but for months, the raids have been small and isolated, involving just a few men at a time. Their target is mainly the more than 1,000 American troops stationed in a line of bases along the eastern border with Pakistan.
 But the fightershave also attacked the Afghan police station in nearby Barmal, the main border crossing, where the police chief is open about his cooperation with American forces.<br />
<br />
United Nations officials have reported that Taliban members have been trickling back in from Pakistan. One United Nations official said at a meeting of nongovernmental organizations over the weekend that Taliban fighters were gathering in Tora Bora, the mountainous
 area in eastern Afghanistan where Osama bin Laden was last heard of in December 2001.<br />
<br />
Whatever their plans, the presence of Qaeda and Taliban fighters has alarmed people on both sides of the border. American Special Forces based in Shkin show an aggressive combat readiness when on patrol that is not currently seen elsewhere in Afghanistan. Flanked
 by heavily armed Afghan militia, they drive armored vehicles with machineguns on the turret and each side door.<br />
<br />
Engineer Amin's concern is visible; shadows from sleeplessness ring his eyes. He moves only with well-armed bodyguards, and he meets with a foreigner in a safe house away from his home. Last month his house came under rocket attack for a second time -- a message,
 he said, from Al Qaeda and the Taliban, to stop his work as a liaison between the American military and the local community. His father and brother, who oppose his<br />
work with Mr. Karzai's government, left for Pakistan after the first attack, but his wife, children and cousins remain, he said.<br />
<br />
Letters were recently left in the bazaar at Barmal, a few miles north of here, with threats to kill him, as well as the commander of the local Afghan militia and any other Afghans who cooperate with the Americans. He has a collection of different notes that
 have been found on the streets in the last month; all handwritten, photocopied letters, signed "Members of the Mujahedeen."<br />
<br />
"The time of the mujahedeen is coming," warned the most recent letter, copies of which were dropped last Thursday night on the main street of Barmal. "Those people who are working with the foreigners, and have good relations with foreigners, we will not let
 them be," it read, "people like Engineer Amin." There was also an offer of 500,000 rupees -- about $9,000 -- to anyone who killed him or any other American collaborator.<br />
<br />
Such threats against collaborators are repeated publicly in the tribal areas of Pakistan, said a second man from Pakistan, who gave his name as Hayatullah. "In Pakistan they are saying these things openly," he said. "The mullahs are saying if you meet with
 Americans you are an infidel, and if you kill an American you will go to paradise. If the mullah told some of these people to climb a mountain, they will."<br />
<br />
In their interview, the three visiting men said they were worried that the presence of Arab and other fugitive foreign fighters in Pakistan was going to bring war or deeper trouble to their area. "Until all these refugees leave the place we will not have peace,"
 said the third interviewee, an older man from Shkai, who gave his name as Muhammad Sarwar.<br />
<br />
The three said they knew of six men who had been murdered in South Waziristan in the last three months because they were suspected of being American informants.<br />
<br />
The killers in one case daubed a message on the nearby bridge. "We have killed a spy of America, he had dollars, an expensive watch and a G.P.S. finder," it read, referring to a Global Positioning System, Mr. Reghduanullah said. He added that he saw the decaying
 body and the message about eight days after the killing.<br />
<br />
The three men said that local tribal elders, as well as Pakistani government and secret service officials, were sympathetic to the foreign fighters, in clear opposition to their government's policy of cooperation with the United States. They were tipping the
 fighters off before raids so they could avoid capture, and allowing them to cross the border on their incursions into Afghanistan, the men said.<br />
<br />
Asked about the accounts of the men, a senior Pakistani official dismissed them as baseless. He denied the presence of Al Qaeda in the tribal areas and said families there were too scared of arrest to harbor them. Yet a Pakistani police official in Peshawar,
 the capital of the North-West Frontier Province, recently acknowledged that there was an Arab presence in South Waziristan.<br />
<br />
In Afghanistan, Engineer Amin, and the police chief, Daoud Jan, have been lobbying the central government and the American military for resources to guard against further attacks, but they lament that their pleas are going unheard.<br />
<br />
"They should help us, and send the Afghan National Army," the police chief said. "If the attackers see I have soldiers, and the Americans with me, they will never attack us."</p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>26/12/2011 14:42:52</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/14426/Threats+And+Responses+Pakistan+FrontierAt+the+Afghan+Border+Warnings+of+Attacks+Tied+to+Iraq+War</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">14426</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>14431</publicationdataID>
      <title>India, a natural ally</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p><strong>The Washington Times<br />
by Larry Pressle<br />
BANGALORE, India<br />
January 27, 2003 </strong></p>
<p>Fast forward to Nov. 1, 2003. The Iraq war is over! Saddam Hussein is gone (Somewhere?)! We won! U.S. troops return to ticker- tape parades, the world bows to America's superpower with our citizens living in homeland peace forever after. Right? No, unfortunately,
 probably wrong.<br />
<br />
After a seemingly inevitable and necessary war with Iraq, President George W. Bush may bask in victory. But Americans must also anticipate postwar chaos, as the Muslim world seethes with anti-American hatred, China and North Korea flex their muscle, the<br />
threat of terrorism increases and countries tell U.S. citizens and businesses to stay home. Add an economy stagnated by staggering war costs, declining foreign trade and an increasing deficit, and the fading dream reveals that the toughest decisions will follow
 a war wrapped in patriotism.<br />
<br />
Post-Iraq, America will attempt to engage the Muslim world through diplomacy, but it must also send its Peace Corps volunteers, business leaders and college students with aid and assistance to placate those who hate us. More importantly, we will need to identify
 our friends and to stand by those countries that reflect our faith in democracy,<br />
human rights and religious freedom. When Mr. Bush woos his closest allies in the post-Iraq war era, India should be first among them. I write from Bangalore in southern India, where the summer sun and the outlook for the town's software companies shine equally
 bright. India's unique workforce is trained and willing to tackle the intricate detail required to create software. The price is right, the world is outsourcing its software business here, and most of the software companies that dominate this town are reporting
 increased profits despite a global economic slowdown. As the ancient Silk Road linked India to the West, so the software trade links it to the United States. But these ties are not nearly close enough. The United States for too long has treated India and Pakistan
 as equal allies in the region, when America would be better served if it set India and China side-by-side and gave India, a democracy of a billion people, the edge. Indians practice more religions than the populace of any other nation. Although they are almost
 20 percent Muslim, they usually coexist peacefully in a climate of religious freedom. India, with the third-largest Muslim population in the world, has a Muslim president, yet religious fundamentalists do not control the country's agenda the way they do in
 Egypt, Saudi Arabia and Pakistan, America's preeminent allies in the region.<br />
<br />
The Pentagon and the U.S. industrial-military lobby have tightly tied American foreign policy to the aforementioned countries that care little for democracy, human rights or religious tolerance. Populated by warring factions and a large fundamentalist population,
 Pakistan is a terrorism problem waiting to happen.<br />
<br />
America must decidedly change its India-Pakistan policy: in particular, to side with democracy and human rights. We should then invite strategically located India to join us at the foreign policy altar.<br />
<br />
Beginning with a state visit to New Delhi, Mr. Bush should acknowledge India as America's foremost friend in this corner of the world. Forming a free-trade zone with India — the arrangement similar to NAFTA or the free-trade zones in Africa and, essentially,
 with Israel — should follow. The United States must also reduce military aid to Pakistan and demand that Pakistan stop terrorist activities against India.<br />
<br />
In Politics Among Nations, Hans Morgenthau suggests that one of the best ways to neutralize a rival power is to make good friends with its neighbor. Embracing India could, perhaps, push China toward democracy and a new respect for human rights. A political
 alliance with India — in addition to a synergetic economic relationship — would stimulate trade and boost America's economy. And, in the war on terrorism, this new partnership would prove America values a country that treats its Muslim minority well.<br />
A billion Indian people of diverse faiths practice democracy and enjoy religious freedom. They look to courts for justice, respect human rights, and, in short, embody American values far more than our closest allies in this region. It is time for Mr. Bush to
 embrace<br />
India — as a key ally, democratic torchbearer and trading partner — for the sake of security in a post war world.<br />
<br />
Larry Pressler, a senator from l979-1997, chaired the South Asia subcommittee of the Senate Foreign Relations Committee and wrote the Pressler Amendment regarding nuclear parity between India and Pakistan.</p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>26/12/2011 14:45:50</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/14431/India+a+natural+ally</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">14431</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>14436</publicationdataID>
      <title>The question remains: Where is Osama?</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p><strong>Chicago Tribune<br />
</strong><strong>January 26, 2003 Saturday<br />
By Liz Sly</strong></p>
<p>The Afghan tribesmen living in Babrak Tanai, a dusty village on the border of Afghanistan and Pakistan, greet foreign visitors with all the warmth and hospitality that the local Pashtun culture demands. They offer tea, food and accommodation, and cheerfully
 engage in conversation on a variety of topics.<br />
<br />
But ask whether they've heard anything about Osama bin Laden, and their demeanor changes. They start fidgeting with their robes and squint as though trying to place the name. They offer vague disclaimers about how he couldn't possibly be anywhere nearby, because
 if he was they would know.And they regard their visitor with a new sense of suspicion.<br />
<br />
Questions about bin Laden in this part of the world evoke a similar response wherever they are asked. Nobody has seen him, nobody has any idea what may have happened to him. Afghan officials say hundreds of Al Qaeda fighters escaped into Pakistan through this
 very border village, aided by the same local tribesmen who welcomed me so warmly yet turned so cagey at the drop of a name.<br />
<br />
It isn't so very different when you put the same question to U.S. officials. They shrug their shoulders, dismiss the relevance of the question and point out that the war in Afghanistan isn't about an individual but an organization, that it is about making sure
 the<br />
country never again serves as a haven for terrorists.<br />
<br />
But bin Laden remains one of the top reasons that America bothered to go to war at all in this distant, troubled land. As the U.S. prepares to launch a different war with Iraq, the failure to find bin Laden, dead or alive, lingers like an unspoken rebuke, a
 reminder that whatever else the year ahead may bring, there is still unfinished business in Afghanistan.<br />
<br />
Most of the biggest challenges lie ahead. The country is no longer a war, but neither is it truly at peace. The power of the country's warlords has barely been scratched. President Hamid Karzai relies on hired U.S. bodyguards to stay alive. The aid effort now
 regarded as crucial to securing long-term stability is just getting under way. In recognition of the fact that more needs to be done, the year ahead will see significant changes in the way U.S. forces operate. Joint civilian-military teams will be deployed
 around the country to kick-start the reconstruction and to promote the authority of Karzai's government outside Kabul.<br />
<br />
The new strategy will involve Americans more deeply at the local political level, but it may also make U.S. personnel more vulnerable to attack.While U.S. forces have been figuring out new ways to take Afghanistan forward, the forces opposed to America's presence
 also have been busy reorganizing.<br />
<br />
In the Pashtun tribal belt bordering Pakistan, attacks against U.S. forces are taking place almost every day. Although they are amateurish and poorly aimed, it may be only a matter of time before they become more effective.<br />
<br />
It is Pakistan that remains the most worrying front in America's unfinished war on terrorism. There, the forces of Islamic fundamentalism that seemed so thoroughly trounced a year ago are in the ascendancy again. The Islamists who scored big in last fall's
 elections are offering barely concealed help to the remnants of the defeated Taliban and Al Qaeda forces. If bin Laden is indeed alive, most likely he is hiding in Pakistan.<br />
<br />
In another futile but enlightening attempt to seek answers to the question of his whereabouts, I traveled also to the Pakistani side of the border, to the town of Miran Shah, one of the places where he was at one point reputed to be hiding.<br />
<br />
The entire tribal region bordering Afghanistan is off-limits to foreigners, who are allowed to visit only with a military escort. My escort was edgy and nervous throughout the trip. No, I couldn't visit the local bazaar, he said, because somebody might shoot
 me. No, I couldn't go into the bazaar at Ghulam Khan--another border town reputed to be crawling with Al Qaeda members--also because I might get shot.<br />
<br />
The apparent danger of visiting any place my escorts didn't want me to go might well have been overstated. But it hardly inspired confidence in the claims by Pakistani authorities that they have brought the tribal areas under central government control--and
 are therefore certain that bin Laden isn't hiding there.<br />
<br />
Huge question marks hang over the level of cooperation afforded to the U.S. by the Pakistani authorities in the past year. President Pervez Musharraf has proved either unable or unwilling to take the tough action needed to root out all the extremist networks.
 The incident last month in which a Pakistani border guard shot and wounded a U.S. soldier, prompting U.S. warplanes to bomb the religious school in which he had taken refuge, underlined just how quickly the relationship could unravel. Musharraf recently issued
 a warning that Pakistan could be next in line for the Iraq treatment by the U.S.<br />
<br />
Any rift between the U.S. and Pakistan would be eagerly seized upon by India, which is still smarting at America's newly formed friendship with its archenemy and still looking for ways to punish Pakistan for its support for terrorist groups in Kashmir. Although
 the tensions that pushed the two countries to the brink of war last year have abated, the deep-rooted enmities that divide them have not. Both countries have nuclear weapons, both are racing to acquire more, and the risk of a major conflagration in the region
 at some point in the future remains as high as ever.<br />
<br />
The prospect of war with Iraq only compounds the uncertainties hanging over this dangerously unstable region. U.S. diplomacy successfully averted a war between India and Pakistan last summer, but an administration preoccupied with Iraq might be too busy to
 devote as much attention to these squabbling neighbors next time around.<br />
<br />
Even if America's attention is not distracted from the military effort in Afghanistan, an Iraq war will almost certainly fuel the fires of anti-Americanism among those who don't want the Americans to stay, and also likely win new recruits to the terror cause
 among those still sitting on the fence.<br />
<br />
Whether that would include the tribesmen I visited is impossible to tell. But I left with the distinct impression that if bin Laden also were to pitch up in their village, they would be just as hospitable, and with the disconcerting sense that this is a war
 that has yet to run its course.</p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>26/12/2011 14:47:58</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/14436/The+question+remains+Where+is+Osama</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">14436</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>14438</publicationdataID>
      <title>Remark Outrages Pakistani Islamic Leaders</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p><strong>Associated Press Online<br />
January 25, 2003 Saturday </strong></p>
<p>Remark Outrages Pakistani Islamic Leaders Pakistani Islamic leaders demanded Friday that U.S. Ambassador Nancy Powell be expelled after she said Pakistan must keep militants from infiltrating India-ruled Kashmir.<br />
<br />
Pakistan officials also objected, but said she wouldn't be asked to leave.The Foreign Ministry did summon her, underscoring the sensitivity over perceived U.S. slights to a key ally in the U.S.-led global campaign against terrorism. Islamic leaders of a coalition
 of religious parties that govern strategic Pakistani provinces bordering Afghanistan<br />
expressed outrage at the envoy's remarks.<br />
<br />
"(The) American ambassador has no right to interfere in the internal affairs of Pakistan, and she must be asked by Pakistan government to leave," said Abdul Ghafoor Haideri, secretary general of a pro-Taliban Islamic group, Jamiat Ulema-e-Islam.<br />
<br />
Haideri said Powell's statement shows "America is not our friend." India accuses Pakistan-based militants of inciting violence in India's portion of Kashmir. India also says Pakistan materially supports the militants, who want outright independence for a united
 Kashmir or union with Islamic Pakistan. Islamabad insists its support is limited to<br />
political and diplomatic aid.<br />
<br />
Powell made her remarks Thursday in a speech to an American Business Council luncheon in Karachi."Pakistan must ensure its pledges are implemented to prevent infiltration across the Line of Control and end the use of Pakistan as a platform for terrorism," Powell
 said, according to a transcript handed to reporters by U.S. officials.<br />
<br />
State Department spokesman Richard Boucher said in Washington that Powell was echoing remarks by Pakistan President Gen. Pervez Musharraf in January 2002 when he said that Pakistan would not allow its territory to be used for any terrorist activity anywhere
 in the world.<br />
<br />
"And that has been a pledge that we've taken seriously and something we've continue to work with Pakistan on." Powell is a career diplomat who arrived in Pakistan a few months ago. She had served previously in Ghana.<br />
<br />
Ranking Foreign Ministry official Aneesunddin Ahmed told Powell that Pakistan was doing all it can to stop the border crossings.Pakistan's information minister, Sheikh Rashid Ahmed, questioned the wisdom of her remarks, but said she had a right to say "whatever
 she wants."<br />
<br />
Powell also said Pakistan has been a staunch ally in the U.S.-led global war on terrorism. However, she said Washington wanted a cease-fire along the border that divides Kashmir between nuclear-armed Pakistan and India.The controversy comes amid outrage among
 many Pakistanis over new U.S.requirements for Pakistanis in the United States to be fingerprinted and photographed by immigration agents, part of a push to register men from 18 nations believed to be linked to terrorism.<br />
<br />
Many Pakistanis are also angry over U.S. preparations to attack Iraq, a fellow Muslim nation, over allegations it is hiding weapons of mass destruction.<br />
<br />
On Friday, the Muslim day of prayer, an experimental religious theater group staged a short play outside mosques and markets in the country accusing the United States of seeking to capture Iraqi oil resources and establish hegemony over the Middle East.<br />
<br />
"Bush is the biggest terrorist as he is attacking the Muslim countries to grab their natural resources," the theater group, Pattan, said in a news release.</p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>26/12/2011 14:50:35</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/14438/Remark+Outrages+Pakistani+Islamic+Leaders</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">14438</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>14445</publicationdataID>
      <title>War not a solution to terrorism: Indian President</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p><strong>The Agence France Presse<br />
22 January, 2003 </strong></p>
<p>War cannot end terrorism, India's president said Wednesday in an apparent reference to proposed military action against Iraq.<br />
<br />
President Abdul Kalam made the remarks at a gathering of around 170 officials and members of parliament from 85 countries to mark the golden jubilee of India's parliament, where the issue of terrorism topped the agenda.<br />
<br />
"Can we remove terrorism by war? Nations have been destroyed by war. Has the world eliminated terrorism? No. Not at all. Is there a solution?" Kalam said while inaugurating the three-day conference. India has opposed military action against Iraq, which is alleged
 to be producing weapons of mass destruction.<br />
<br />
Kalam said one of the solutions to terrorism is for people to become "enlightened human beings."<br />
<br />
"When there is a vision for a nation with focused mission, problems like terrorism and violence will be eliminated," the president said.<br />
<br />
"Terrorism results from various factors like difference in ideologies, religious fanaticism, painful historical memories, discrimination and enmity between organisations and nations."<br />
<br />
The root causes of terrorism, he said, are poverty, illiteracy and unemployment.<br />
<br />
Indian Prime Minister Atal Behari Vajpayee asked the gathering to consider how parliamentarians can strengthen "mutual cooperation in the fight against terrorism and extremism."<br />
<br />
"The dogmas that sustain dictatorships of all stripes and advertise their superiority over democracy in development and human welfare have crumbled," Vajpayee said.<br />
<br />
"Coups, bloody power struggles and military takeovers have come to be seen as anathema to the ethos of our times. Even rulers in khaki have felt the need to take some some kind of democratic legitimacy," he said, referring to Pakistan's military government
 which recently organised federal elections.<br />
<br />
He said democracy should be developed as "an effective instrument for fulfilling people's aspirations and resolving conflicts and contentious issues."<br />
<br />
"Democracy is that system in which there can be opposition without hatred and power can change hands without resort to violence."<br />
<br />
The speaker of the lower house, Manohar Joshi, called on parliamentarians to come together in "unitedly fighting the terrorist menace."<br />
<br />
India's arch-rival Pakistan, which New Delhi accuses of sponsoring "cross-border terrorism" in disputed Kashmir, has not been invited to the meeting.<br />
<br />
The United States, Britain, Australia, China, France, Russia, Germany, New Zealand, Palestine and India's South Asian neighbours are among those who have sent delegations.</p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>26/12/2011 14:54:03</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/14445/War+not+a+solution+to+terrorism+Indian+President</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">14445</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>14447</publicationdataID>
      <title>The Cold Test</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p><strong>The New Yorker<br />
</strong>by Seymour M. Hersh</p>
<p>Issue of 2003-01-27<br />
Posted 2003-01-20</p>
<p><strong>What the Administration knew about Pakistan and the North Korean nuclear program.</strong><br />
<br />
Last June, four months before the current crisis over North Korea became public, the Central Intelligence Agency delivered a comprehensive analysis of North Korea's nuclear ambitions to President Bush and his top advisers. The document, known as a National
 Intelligence Estimate, was classified as Top Secret S.C.I. (for "sensitive compartmented information"), and its distribution within the government was tightly restricted. The C.I.A. report made the case that North Korea had been violating international law—and
 agreements with South Korea and the United States—by secretly obtaining the means to produce weapons-grade uranium.<br />
<br />
The document's most politically sensitive information, however, was about Pakistan. Since 1997, the C.I.A. said, Pakistan had been sharing sophisticated technology, warhead-design information, and weapons-testing data with the Pyongyang regime. Pakistan, one
 of the Bush Administration's important allies in the war against terrorism, was helping North Korea build the bomb.<br />
<br />
In 1985, North Korea signed the Nuclear Nonproliferation Treaty, which led to the opening of most of its nuclear sites to international inspection. By the early nineteen-nineties, it became evident to American intelligence agencies and international inspectors
 that the North Koreans were reprocessing more spent fuel than they had declared, and might have separated enough plutonium, a reactor by-product, to fabricate one or two nuclear weapons. The resulting diplomatic crisis was resolved when North Korea's leader,
 Kim Jong Il, entered into an agreement with the Clinton Administration to stop the nuclear-weapons program in return for economic aid and the construction of two light-water nuclear reactors that, under safeguards, would generate electricity.<br />
<br />
Within three years, however, North Korea had begun using a second method to acquire fissile material. This time, instead of using spent fuel, scientists were trying to produce weapons-grade uranium from natural uranium—with Pakistani technology. One American
 intelligence official, referring to the C.I.A. report, told me, "It points a clear finger at the Pakistanis. The technical stuff is crystal clear—not hedged and not ambivalent." Referring to North Korea's plutonium project in the early nineteen-nineties, he
 said, "Before, they were sneaking." Now "it's off the wall. We know they can do a lot more and a lot more quickly."<br />
<br />
North Korea is economically isolated; one of its main sources of export income is arms sales, and its most sought-after products are missiles. And one of its customers has been Pakistan, which has a nuclear arsenal of its own but needs the missiles to more
 effectively deliver the warheads to the interior of its rival, India. In 1997, according to the C.I.A. report, Pakistan began paying for missile systems from North Korea in part by sharing its nuclear-weapons secrets. According to the report, Pakistan sent
 prototypes of high-speed centrifuge machines to North Korea. And sometime in 2001 North Korean scientists began to enrich uranium in significant quantities. Pakistan also provided data on how to build and test a uranium-triggered nuclear weapon, the C.I.A.
 report said.<br />
<br />
It had taken Pakistan a decade of experimentation, and a substantial financial investment, before it was able to produce reliable centrifuges; with Pakistan's help, the North Koreans had "chopped many years off" the development process, the intelligence official
 noted. It is not known how many centrifuges are now being operated in North Korea or where the facilities are. (They are assumed to be in underground caves.) The Pakistani centrifuges, the official said, are slim cylinders, roughly six feet in height, that
 could be shipped "by the hundreds" in cargo planes. But, he added, "all Pakistan would have to do is give the North Koreans the blueprints. They are very sophisticated in their engineering." And with a few thousand centrifuges, he said, "North Korea could
 have enough fissile material to manufacture two or three warheads a year, with something left over to sell."<br />
<br />
A former senior Pakistani official told me that his government's contacts with North Korea increased dramatically in 1997; the Pakistani economy had foundered, and there was "no more money" to pay for North Korean missile support, so the Pakistani government
 began paying for missiles by providing "some of the know-how and the specifics." Pakistan helped North Korea conduct a series of "cold tests," simulated nuclear explosions, using natural uranium, which are necessary to determine whether a nuclear device will
 detonate properly. Pakistan also gave the North Korean intelligence service advice on "how to fly under the radar," as the former official put it—that is, how to hide nuclear research from American satellites and U.S. and South Korean intelligence agents.<br />
<br />
Whether North Korea had actually begun to build warheads was not known at the time of the 1994 crisis and is still not known today, according to the C.I.A. report. The report, those who have read it say, included separate and contradictory estimates from the
 C.I.A., the Pentagon, the State Department, and the Department of Energy regarding the number of warheads that North Korea might have been capable of making, and provided no consensus on whether or not the Pyongyang regime is actually producing them.<br />
<br />
Over the years, there have been sporadic reports of North Korea's contacts with Pakistan, most of them concerning missile sales. Much less has been known about nuclear ties. In the past decade, American intelligence tracked at least thirteen visits to North
 Korea made by A. Q. Khan, who was then the director of a Pakistani weapons-research laboratory, and who is known as the father of the Pakistani nuclear bomb. This October, after news of the uranium program came out, the Times ran a story suggesting that Pakistan
 was a possible supplier of centrifuges to North Korea. General Pervez Musharraf, Pakistan's leader, attacked the account as "absolutely baseless," and added, "There is no such thing as collaboration with North Korea in the nuclear area." The White House appeared
 to take the Musharraf statement at face value. In November, Secretary of State Colin Powell told reporters he had been assured by Musharraf that Pakistan was not currently engaging in any nuclear transactions with North Korea. "I have made clear to him that
 any . . . contact between Pakistan and North Korea we believe would be improper, inappropriate, and would have consequences," Powell said. "President Musharraf understands the seriousness of the issue." After that, Pakistan quickly faded from press coverage
 of the North Korea story.<br />
<br />
The Bush Administration may have few good options with regard to Pakistan, given the country's role in the war on terror. Within two weeks of September 11th, Bush lifted the sanctions that had been imposed on Pakistan because of its nuclear-weapons activities.
 In the view of American disarmament experts, the sanctions had in any case failed to deal with one troubling issue: the close ties between some scientists working for the Pakistan Atomic Energy Commission and radical Islamic groups. "There is an awful lot
 of Al Qaeda sympathy within Pakistan's nuclear program," an intelligence official told me. One American nonproliferation expert said, "Right now, the most dangerous country in the world is Pakistan. If we're incinerated next week, it'll be because of H.E.U."—highly
 enriched uranium—"that was given to Al Qaeda by Pakistan."<br />
<br />
Pakistan's relative poverty could pose additional risks. In early January, a Web-based Pakistani-exile newspaper opposed to the Musharraf government reported that, in the past six years, nine nuclear scientists had emigrated from Pakistan—apparently in search
 of better pay—and could not be located.<br />
<br />
An American intelligence official I spoke with called Pakistan's behavior the "worst nightmare" of the international arms-control community: a Third World country becoming an instrument of proliferation. "The West's primary control of nuclear proliferation
 was based on technology denial and diplomacy," the official said. "Our fear was, first, that a Third World country would develop nuclear weapons indigenously; and, second, that it would then provide the technology to other countries. This is profound. It changes
 the world." Pakistan's nuclear program flourished in the nineteen-eighties, at a time when its military and intelligence forces were working closely with the United States to repel the Soviet invasion of Afghanistan. The official said, "The transfer of enrichment
 technology by Pakistan is a direct outgrowth of the failure of the United States to deal with the Pakistani program when we could have done so. We've lost control."<br />
<br />
The C.I.A. report remained unpublicized throughout the summer and early fall, as the Administration concentrated on laying the groundwork for a war with Iraq. Many officials in the Administration's own arms-control offices were unaware of the report. "It was
 held very tightly," an official told me. "Compartmentalization is used to protect sensitive sources who can get killed if their information is made known, but it's also used for controlling sensitive information for political reasons."<br />
<br />
One American nonproliferation expert said that, given the findings in the June report, he was dismayed that the Administration had not made the information available. "It's important to convey to the American people that the North Korean situation presented
 us with an enormous military and political crisis," he said. "This goes to the heart of North Asian security, to the future of Japan and South Korea, and to the future of the broader issue of nonproliferation."<br />
<br />
A Japanese diplomat who has been closely involved in Korean affairs defended the Bush Administration's delay in publicly dealing with the crisis. Referring to the report, he said, "If the intelligence assessment was correct, you have to think of the implications.
 Disclosure of information is not always instant. You need some time to assess the content." He added, "To have a dialogue, you really have to find the right time and the right conditions. So far, President Bush has done the right thing, from our perspective."
 (The White House and the C.I.A. did not respond to requests for comment.)<br />
<br />
President Bush's contempt for the North Korean government is well known, and makes the White House's failure to publicize the C.I.A. report or act on it all the more puzzling. In his State of the Union address in January of last year, Bush cited North Korea,
 along with Iraq and Iran, as part of the "axis of evil." Bob Woodward, in "Bush at War," his book about the Administration's response to September 11th, recalls an interview at the President's Texas ranch in August: " 'I loathe Kim Jong Il!' Bush shouted,
 waving his finger in the air. 'I've got a visceral reaction to this guy, because he is starving his people.' " Woodward wrote that the President had become so emotional while speaking about Kim Jong Il that "I thought he might jump up."<br />
<br />
The Bush Administration was put on notice about North Korea even before it received the C.I.A. report. In January of last year, John Bolton, the Under-Secretary of State for Arms Control, declared that North Korea had a covert nuclear-weapons program and was
 in violation of the nonproliferation treaty. In February, the President was urged by three members of Congress to withhold support for the two reactors promised to North Korea, on the ground that the Pyongyang government was said to be operating a secret processing
 site "for the enrichment of uranium." In May, Bolton again accused North Korea of failing to coöperate with the International Atomic Energy Agency, the group responsible for monitoring treaty compliance. Nevertheless, on July 5th the President's national-security
 adviser, Condoleezza Rice, who presumably had received the C.I.A. report weeks earlier, made it clear in a letter to the congressmen that the Bush Administration would continue providing North Korea with shipments of heavy fuel oil and nuclear technology for
 the two promised energy-generating reactors.<br />
<br />
The Administration's fitful North Korea policy, with its mixture of anger and seeming complacency, is in many ways a consequence of its unrelenting focus on Iraq. Late last year, the White House released a national-security-strategy paper authorizing the military
 "to detect and destroy an adversary's WMD assets"—weapons of mass destruction—"before these weapons are used." The document argued that the armed forces "must have the capability to defend against WMD-armed adversaries . . . because deterrence may not succeed."
 Logically, the new strategy should have applied first to North Korea, whose nuclear-weapons program remains far more advanced than Iraq's. The Administration's goal, however, was to mobilize public opinion for an invasion of Iraq. One American intelligence
 official told me, "The Bush doctrine says MAD"—mutual assured destruction—"will not work for these rogue nations, and therefore we have to preëmpt if negotiations don't work. And the Bush people knew that the North Koreans had already reinvigorated their programs
 and were more dangerous than Iraq. But they didn't tell anyone. They have bankrupted their own policy—thus far—by not doing what their doctrine calls for."<br />
<br />
Iraq's military capacity has been vitiated by its defeat in the Gulf War and years of inspections, but North Korea is one of the most militarized nations in the world, with more than forty per cent of its population under arms. Its artillery is especially fearsome:
 more than ten thousand guns, along with twenty-five hundred rocket launchers capable of launching five hundred thousand shells an hour, are positioned within range of Seoul, the capital of South Korea. The Pentagon has estimated that all-out war would result
 in more than a million military and civilian casualties, including as many as a hundred thousand Americans killed. A Clinton Administration official recalled attending a congressional briefing in the mid-nineties at which Army General Gary Luck, the commander
 of U.S. forces in Korea, laconically said, "Senator, I could win this one for you—but not right away."<br />
<br />
In early October, James A. Kelly, Assistant Secretary of State for East Asian and Pacific Affairs, flew to Pyongyang with a large entourage for a showdown over the uranium-enrichment program. The agenda was, inevitably, shaped by officials' awareness of the
 President's strong personal views. "There was a huge fight over whether to give the North Koreans an ultimatum or to negotiate," one American expert on Korea told me. "Which is the same fight they're having now." Kelly was authorized to tell the Koreans that
 the U.S. had learned about the illicit uranium program, but his careful instructions left him no room to negotiate. His scripted message was blunt: North Korea must stop the program before any negotiations could take place. "This is a sad tale of bureaucracy,"
 another American expert said. "The script Kelly had was written in the N.S.C."—the National Security Council—"by hard-liners. I don't think the President wanted a crisis at this time." The C.I.A. report had predicted that North Korea, if confronted with the
 evidence, would not risk an open break with the 1994 agreement and would do nothing to violate the nonproliferation treaty. "It was dead wrong," an intelligence officer told me. "I hope there are other people in the agency who understand the North Koreans
 better than the people who wrote this."<br />
<br />
"The Koreans were stunned," a Japanese diplomat who spoke to some of the participants told me. "They didn't know that the U.S. knew what it knew." After an all-night caucus in Pyongyang, Kang Suk Ju, the First Vice Foreign Minister of North Korea, seemed to
 confirm the charge when he responded by insisting upon his nation's right to develop nuclear weapons. What he didn't talk about was whether it actually had any. Kang Suk Ju also accused the United States, the Japanese diplomat said, of "threatening North Korea's
 survival." Kang then produced a list of the United States' alleged failures to meet its own obligations under the 1994 agreement, and offered to shut down the enrichment program in return for an American promise not to attack and a commitment to normalize
 relations. Kelly, constrained by his instructions, could only re-state his brief: the North Koreans must act first. The impasse was on.<br />
<br />
But, as with the June C.I.A. report, the Administration kept quiet about the Pyongyang admission. It did not inform the public until October 16th, five days after Congress voted to authorize military force against Iraq. Even then, according to Administration
 sources quoted in the Washington Post, the Administration went public only after learning that the North Korean admission—with obvious implications for the debate on Iraq—was being leaked to the press. On the CBS program "Face the Nation" on October 20th,
 Condoleezza Rice denied that news of the Kelly meeting had been deliberately withheld until after the vote. President Bush, she said, simply hadn't been presented with options until October 15th. "What was surprising to us was not that there was a program,"
 Rice said. "What was surprising to us was that the North Koreans admitted there was a program."<br />
<br />
"Did we want them to deny it?" a former American intelligence expert on North Korea asked me afterward. He said, "I could never understand what was going on with the North Korea policy." Referring to relations between the intelligence service and the Bush Administration,
 he said, "We couldn't get people's attention, and, even if we could, they never had a sensible approach. The Administration was deeply, viciously ideological." It was contemptuous not only of the Pyongyang government but of earlier efforts by the Clinton White
 House to address the problem of nuclear proliferation—a problem that could only get worse if Washington ignored it. The former intelligence official told me, "When it came time to confront North Korea, we had no plan, no contact—nothing to negotiate with.
 You have to be in constant diplomatic contact, so you can engage and be in the strongest position to solve the problem. But we let it all fall apart."<br />
<br />
The former intelligence official added, referring to the confrontation in North Korea in October, "The Kelly meeting and the subsequent American statement have tipped the balance in Pyongyang. The North Koreans were already terrifically suspicious of the United
 States. They saw the Kelly message as 'When you fix this, get back to us.' They were very angry. That, plus the fact that they feel they are next in line after Iraq, made them believe they had to act very quickly to protect themselves."<br />
<br />
The result was that in October, as in June, the Administration had no option except to deny that there was a crisis. When the first published reports of the Kelly meeting appeared, a White House spokesman said that the President found it to be "troubling, sobering
 news." Rice repeatedly emphasized that North Korea and Iraq were separate cases. "Saddam Hussein is in a category by himself," Rice said on ABC's "Nightline." One arms-control official told me, "The White House didn't want to deal with a second crisis."<br />
<br />
In the following months, the American policy alternated between tough talk in public—vows that the Administration wouldn't be "blackmailed," or even meet with North Korean leaders—and private efforts, through third parties, to open an indirect line of communication
 with Pyongyang. North Korea, meanwhile, expelled international inspectors, renounced the nonproliferation treaty, and threatened to once again begin reprocessing spent nuclear fuel—all the while insisting on direct talks with the Bush Administration.<br />
<br />
One Clinton Administration official who was involved in the 1994 talks with Kim Jong Il acknowledged that he felt deeply disappointed by the North Korean actions. "The deal was that we'd give them two reactors and they, in turn, have to knock off this shit,"
 he said. "They've got something going, and it's in violation of the deal." Nonetheless, the official said, the Bush Administration "has got to talk to Kim Jong Il." Despite the breakdown of the 1994 agreement, and despite the evidence of cheating, the C.I.A.
 report depicted the agreement as a success insofar as over the past eight years it had prevented North Korea from building warheads—as many as a hundred, according to some estimates.<br />
<br />
Last week, President Bush gave in to what many of his advisers saw as the inevitable and agreed to consider renewed American aid in return for a commitment by North Korea to abandon its nuclear program. However, the White House was still resisting direct negotiations
 with the Kim Jong Il government.<br />
<br />
In a speech in June, Robert Gallucci, a diplomat who was put in charge of negotiating the 1994 agreement with Pyongyang, and who is now dean of the School of Foreign Service at Georgetown University, recalled that Bush's first approach to North Korea had been
 to make it "a poster child" for the Administration's arguments for a missile-defense system. "This was the cutting edge of the threat against which we were planning and shaping our defense," he said. "There was a belief that North Korea was not to be dealt
 with by negotiation.<br />
<br />
"But then September 11th happened, and September 11th meant that national missile defense could not defend America, because the threat was going to come not from missiles but from a hundred other ways as well," he said. "And so we've come full circle. . . .
 North Korea and other rogue states who threaten us with weapons of mass destruction threaten not only because they themselves might not be deterrable but because they may transfer this capability to those who can't be deterred or defended against."<br />
<br />
One American intelligence official who has attended recent White House meetings cautioned against relying on the day-to-day Administration statements that emphasize a quick settlement of the dispute. The public talk of compromise is being matched by much private
 talk of high-level vindication. "Bush and Cheney want that guy's head"—Kim Jong Il's—"on a platter. Don't be distracted by all this talk about negotiations. There will be negotiations, but they have a plan, and they are going to get this guy after Iraq. He's
 their version of Hitler."</p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>26/12/2011 14:56:54</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/14447/The+Cold+Test</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">14447</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>14452</publicationdataID>
      <title>Teen outlines terrorism training Camps revived in Afghanistan</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p><strong>The Chicago Tribune<br />
</strong>By Vanessa Gezari </p>
<p>15 January, 2003</p>
<p>KABUL, Afghanistan -- A teenage boy who wounded two U.S. soldiers in a grenade attack last month in Kabul told interrogators he received combat training at a terrorist camp in eastern Afghanistan as recently as December.<br />
<br />
The account gives new weight to reports that militants have reactivated camps in a region where U.S. forces are most heavily concentrated in their fight against Al Qaeda and Taliban remnants. His statement also sheds light on the recruiting tactics of Gulbuddin
 Hekmatyar, an Afghan warlord opposed to the U.S. presence and suspected of forging ties with Al Qaeda and the Taliban.<br />
<br />
The 17-year-old attacker said he was drugged when he threw the grenade into an unmarked Russian jeep at a busy intersection in downtown Kabul on Dec. 17, wounding two U.S. Special Forces soldiers and their Afghantranslator. The attack was the first direct assault
 on U.S. forces in the capital since the U.S. military campaign began in Afghanistan.<br />
<br />
In the young man's account, gleaned from documents obtained by the Tribuneand interviews with Afghan and Western officials, Hekmatyar's group recruited him from a mosque in Miram Shah, a Pakistani tribal area near the Afghan border.<br />
<br />
Hekmatyar, a former Afghan prime minister, is considered one of the most dangerous opponents of President Hamid Karzai and his U.S.-backed government. His group, Hezb-e-Islami, has opened training camps in Afghanistan's eastern Kunar province, where the militants
 have a loyal following, intelligence officials say.<br />
<br />
While Western officials say the camps are informal--perhaps little more than groups of men meeting in wooded clearings to exchange information about weapons or training--and are operating in a province patrolled by hundreds of U.S. Special Forces soldiers.<br />
<br />
"The U.S. military is out there and U.S. allies are out there," a Western diplomat said. "But this is a country the size of Texas, and it's riven and divided. It has always had all kinds of splinter groups and movements and divided loyalties, and the reality
 now is the same."<br />
<br />
Afghan officials believe Hekmatyar is using the camps to raise a guerrilla army. Recruits are trained to use light and heavy weapons and explosives and taught to organize ambushes, according to an Afghan intelligence official.<br />
<br />
"Currently there are not a lot [of people], not more than several hundred, but [Hekmatyar] has access to money, he receives assistance from the outside world, from like-minded parties in Pakistan, so there is a potential for him to become a more serious threat,"
 the official said.<br />
<br />
While fighting the Soviet occupation of Afghanistan, Hekmatyar received aid from the CIA, Pakistani intelligence and other sources. But after the Soviets left in 1989, Hekmatyar alienated many of his mujahedeen comrades and fueled the civil war that helped
 give rise to the Taliban. He has supporters in Pakistan and Iran.<br />
<br />
The United States sees Hekmatyar as enough of a threat that the CIA tried to kill him last May with a missile fired from a Predator drone aircraft. He narrowly escaped.<br />
<br />
<strong>Inconsistencies seen in story</strong><br />
Authorities say inconsistencies remain in the young man's account of his training with Hekmatyar's group and his attack on the U.S. soldiers. But interviews with officials in the Afghan capital support the broad outlines of his story.<br />
<br />
The teenager initially told investigators that his name was Amir Khan and that he was from Khost province, a former Taliban stronghold in eastern Afghanistan. But after several days in U.S. custody at Bagram air base near Kabul, he changed his story, saying
 his name was Mohammed Jawad and that he was from Miram Shah, about a 90-minute drive from the Afghan border in Pakistan's mountainous and unpoliced North West Frontier province, according to documents. The information was confirmed by U.S. military officials.<br />
<br />
In recent months, he had started attending a mosque in Miram Shah, where he had heard that well-known mullahs, or Islamic religious leaders, came to preach. Jawad was recruited from the mosque to attend the training camp. He learned to use hand grenades. He
 memorized a few basic English phrases. He was given an injection and ordered to take a pill that he believed was meant to reduce his anxiety about killing, he told investigators. He said his trainers promised him about $200 in Pakistani rupees on completion
 of the attack, telling him it would be enough to buy his own house.<br />
<br />
While most Afghan investigators believe the youth is from Afghanistan, a senior Afghan intelligence official who tracked down his relatives said the family is "complicated," with members living in both Afghanistan and the tribal areas of Pakistan, including
 Miram Shah. <br />
<br />
Jawad told authorities that his father died when he was very young. As a child, he managed the family grocery store in Miram Shah, selling rice, oil, cigarettes and candy.<br />
<br />
"He was in Pakistan most recently. He has spent many, many years there," the official said. "But he was born in Khost."<br />
<br />
Already, Hekmatyar is believed to have forged alliances with former Taliban leaders who are regrouping in Pakistan's tribal belt along the Afghan border. Pakistan's tribal areas are inhabited by Pashtuns, the same ethnic group as the Taliban, and many support
 the former Afghan regime. <br />
<br />
"Every problem that we have seen--the many security problems in the past one year since the establishment of the interim administration and the loya jirga until now--has been in one way or another linked to the Taliban, Hezb-e-Islami or Al Qaeda," the intelligence
 official said. <br />
<br />
<strong>Grenades, money and pills</strong><br />
After a brief stint at the camp, Jawad told investigators that he came to Kabul with at least one other trainee. On the day of the attack, two trainers gave Jawad and his companion grenades, a pistol, money and pills.<br />
<br />
According to documents, Jawad was given two pills and told to take one immediately. He told investigators that he did not take the first pill because he was afraid it might kill him, but he did take the second one. The drug made him feel powerful, he said,
 and he lost track of time. The last thing he remembers was getting the signal to throw the grenade, he told authorities.<br />
<br />
Afghan police who arrested Jawad said he did not appear to be drugged. Clean-shaven and dressed in a white shalwar kameez, he looked "like an angel," according to a Western investigator. He spoke clearly and passionately, saying his only regret was that an
 Afghan had been injured in the attack.<br />
<br />
"He was saying all the time that he wanted everybody to do jihad against all . . . non-Muslims, especially Americans," said Najibullah Samsor, chief of police for the part of the city where the attack occurred. "I haven't seen anyone as emotional as that boy.
 His mind had been washed by those people."<br />
<br />
One U.S. soldier was wounded in the leg, and the other suffered an eye injury. They were sent to a hospital in Germany. U.S. military officials would not release their names or current locations, at the soldiers' request.</p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>26/12/2011 15:00:24</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/14452/Teen+outlines+terrorism+training+Camps+revived+in+Afghanistan</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">14452</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>14458</publicationdataID>
      <title>Hamlet of the Indus</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p><strong>The Wall Street Journal<br />
</strong><strong>By Ralph Peters</strong></p>
<p>15 January, 2003</p>
<p>Whenever a voice on the airwaves generalizes about Pakistan, I want to ask, "Which Pakistan do you mean?" Beyond the facade of a flag and customs officers at major airports, there is no integral, unified state behind the name. Does the pundit mean the feudal
 territories east of the Indus river, which resemble 15th century England with electricity? Or the tribal lands to the west, where the blood feuds and clan rule of medieval Scotland are supercharged by religious ferocity?<br />
<br />
Does the Pentagon spokesperson mean the mega-city of Karachi, which the government cannot rule firmly, or the frontier settlements where Islamabad does not even pretend to rule, deferring to tribal elders? Mughal Pakistan yearning for the "liberation" of Kashmir,
 or Pathan Pakistan dreaming of a Pukhtunistan between Kabul and Peshawar? Mohajir or Baluch Pakistan? Or Islamic Pakistan, blaming unbelievers for its self-inflicted failures?<br />
<br />
Today's Pakistan is a military pretending its sponsor is a functioning state. The government shows little sense of responsibility for the welfare of the man on the street or the woman in the field. Pakistani identity succumbs when tribal, family, ethnic or
 regional rivalries come into play. The adjective "lawless" often is used to describe the vast Northwest Frontier Province adjoining Afghanistan. Yet that territory may be the strictest rule-of-law portion of the country -- although the law is not one of ratified
 constitutions, but of Pukhtunwali, of the tribe, based upon religion and cultural traditions immune to modernity. Any foreign businessman can attest that the "lawless" parts of Pakistan are those most evidently under control of the government.<br />
<br />
The contradictions compound. As a firm believer in democracy and the rule of law, I nonetheless recognize that military government is the best, if feeble, hope for keeping Pakistan together and making any progress at all. Even the most nationalistic Pakistanis
 will tell you that the civilian politicians pandered to cancerous extremists and ignored the law whenever they could not exploit it to family advantage.
<br />
<br />
Which leaves us with Pervez Musharraf, a Hamlet in khaki, as Pakistan's head of state.
<br />
<br />
Gen. Musharraf is, without question, a patriot. Those who know him describe him as a dutiful soldier, physically brave, conscientious and honest by local standards -- but a man of limited vision. And that vision focuses obsessively on the reunification of Kashmir.
 Since the events of 9/11 returned America's attentions to Pakistan, Gen. Musharraf consistently has chosen expedient fixes, opting for the tactical solutions natural to the field soldier. But he has left Pakistan in a strategic muddle as he and his paladins
 attempt to placate the U.S. in its war against terrorism, while hesitating to pursue the bold actions against fanatics and renegades necessary if the state is ever to grow healthy -- not least because the extremists have been fervent allies on the Kashmir
 issue. <br />
<br />
Gen. Musharraf has tried to have it both ways – postponing internal and external confrontations, but moving Pakistan no closer to enduring solutions. The U.S. is far from blameless. Washington simply turned its back on Pakistan after the Russians left Afghanistan,
 exacerbating problems American policies had deepened: metastasizing extremism, endemic corruption, and a casual availability of weapons that would make the NRA swoon. Pakistan responded to Washington's desertion by attempting to create strategic depth for
 its endless crisis with India by backing the Taliban regime and its now-notorious consorts in Afghanistan.<br />
<br />
After 9/11, Gen. Musharraf's best chance was to recognize that Islamabad's Afghan policy had failed dangerously and to turn his back resolutely on those who had designed it. He and his supporters needed to purge the extremist elements that had crowded into
 the Inter Services Intelligence agency and, to a lesser extent, the military. Instead, Gen. Musharraf played musical chairs at the top, while leaving the radicalized field structures largely intact. He now heads an internally divided government, in which some
 elements cooperate impressively with American counterparts, while others work to protect violent extremists and preserve terrorist networks.
<br />
<br />
Despite his indefatigable sense of duty, the demands of his position have been too much for Gen. Musharraf. His recent nuclear tantrums vis-à-vis India are not evidence of a bloodthirsty spirit, but of the pressures of trying to serve too many demanding constituencies
 without a coherent strategy -- beyond threatening an enormous, far-more-powerful neighbor with devastation. Meanwhile, the military, the ISI, and the rest of the government are torn between the very human anxiety to back the ultimate winner and loyalties to
 the state, to the institutional military, to self-perpetuating bureaucracies, to friends and allies hunted by America, to family and tribe, and to competing visions of Islam.
<br />
<br />
Could the Pakistani government do more in the war against terror? Certainly. But the military is terrified of breaking the long-standing patterns of doing business that have allowed the pretences of a state to continue. The military could move forcefully into
 the Northwest Frontier Province and Baluchistan, but it does not see the risk of casualties and bloody rebellion as worth taking just to please America's passing fancy.
<br />
<br />
Pakistanis remember all too well that the U.S. walked away from them before. East of the Indus, the government is willing to pursue known terrorists -- especially if they are not Pakistani nationals. But it has been unwilling to take a stand against the organized
 domestic extremists whose avowed goal is to remake Pakistan as a strict Islamic state and who sponsor violence to achieve their ends. All the while the mirage of a "liberated" Kashmir blinds Pakistan's leadership to the country's rational self-interest.<br />
<br />
At present, Washington has no choice but to work -- carefully -- with Gen. Musharraf, a head of state who insists on a sovereignty he cannot enforce over territory that continues to harbor both international terrorists and Afghan renegades. There are no better
 options available to Washington than continuing to pressure the Pakistani government behind closed doors, while avoiding any public humiliation of a leader who, however imperfect, remains preferable to any known alternatives. On the crucial issue of the hot
 pursuit of terrorists across the Afghan border into Pakistan, the U.S. must not be deterred, but must go to all possible lengths to maintain public deniability.<br />
<br />
Perhaps the best for which we can hope is that Pakistan will continue to muddle through, never quite collapsing. Incremental progress against Pakistan-based terrorists may be the best level of cooperation we<br />
<br />
realistically can expect, given the indecisive nature of the Musharraf regime. Increasingly, Pakistan looks like a problem that can only be contained, not solved.
<br />
<br />
Meanwhile, the long-term strategic and economic nterests of the U.S. lie across the border in India and we must manage our engagement on the subcontinent artfully. While the U.S. should endeavor to defuse nuclear confrontations, it must avoid any involvement
 in the insoluble Kashmir issue, in which an honest broker would merely alienate both parties. Finally, Washington must plan for various scenarios were the current government in Islamabad to fall, if Gen. Musharraf were to be assassinated, or, the worst case,
 if hostilities were to break out between India and Pakistan. <br />
<br />
In Gen. Musharraf, the U.S. is bound to a Hamlet, a man torn between action and inaction. We cannot exit the stage, but we should avoid too close an embrace of the leading actor. Mr. Peters, a retired Army officer, is the author, most recently, of "Beyond Terror:
 Strategy in a Changing World" (Stackpole, 2002).</p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>26/12/2011 15:02:56</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/14458/Hamlet+of+the+Indus</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">14458</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>14460</publicationdataID>
      <title>India Harvests Fruits of a Diaspora</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p><strong>The New York Times<br />
</strong><strong>By Amy Waldman</strong></p>
<p>11 January, 2003</p>
<p>Sir Shridath Ramphal's grandmother left India in rebellion 150 years ago, after refusing to throw herself on her dead husband's funeral pyre. She ended up in indentured servitude in South America, in what was then the British colony of Guiana. When it became
 a nation, her grandson, Sir Shridath, became its first foreign minister.<br />
<br />
Dipak C. Jain left India with optimism, heading for Dallas 20 years ago to work on a doctorate in applied mathematics. He became a professor in marketing, a field he had never heard of before leaving India, and then dean of the Kellogg School of Management
 at Northwestern University. This week both men returned to India as part of what was billed as the largest gathering of the Indian diaspora since independence in 1947. Like most of the nearly 2,000 "nonresident Indians" and "people of Indian origin" who made
 the journey from 63 countries, they were abundantly successful. Nonetheless, they represented very different strands of one of the world's largest and most productive diasporas.<br />
<br />
The Indian government and the Federation of Indian Chambers of Commerce and Industry, organized the gathering, which ended today, to determine how the resources and achievements of Indians abroad might be used to uplift India.<br />
<br />
While Prime Minister Atal Bihari Vajpayee said in his speech opening the conference on Thursday that the government was not seeking the diaspora's riches, but its "richness of experience," the riches could not be ignored. According to a recent report by the
 consulting firm McKinsey &amp; Company, the 20 million Indians living abroad generate an annual income equal to 35 percent of India's gross domestic product.<br />
<br />
Indians are the largest minority group in Britain and have the highest income among its minority groups. Indian-Americans have a median income 50 percent higher than the national average for the United States. Yet foreign direct investment by Indians abroad
 is only $1 billion, compared with about $60 billion invested by 55 million overseas Chinese. It is a gap the government hopes to close.<br />
<br />
"We want to create an environment for you so that you can excel in India as much as you could anywhere else in the world," Mr. Vajpayee said.<br />
<br />
To deepen the connection between India and its scattered seed, Mr. Vajpayee announced on Thursday that legislation would be introduced to grant dual citizenship to people of Indian origin living in "certain countries," which officials later tentatively identified
 as the United States, the United Kingdom, Australia, New Zealand, Canada and Singapore.<br />
<br />
On Friday, Finance Minister Jaswant Singh announced a series of measures to ease investment overseas. The limit on mutual fund investments in overseas stock exchanges was doubled, to $1 billion.<br />
<br />
Those attending the gathering included the prime minister of Mauritius and the former prime minister of Fiji, and two Nobel laureates -- the economist Amartya Sen and the writer V. S. Naipaul. There were politicians, scholars, industrialists and jurists.<br />
<br />
More than simply celebrating the "global Indian family," the conference put India -- the brilliance of its minds, the querulousness of its characters, its perpetual grappling to define its identity -- on display.<br />
<br />
Mr. Sen encouraged India to remember its long history of interaction with other civilizations and not to retreat into cultural isolationism. Mr. Naipaul -- who with typically tart precision observed that the gathering "has the element of the trade fair" --
 told India to "stop blaming the British for everything."<br />
<br />
There seemed to be as many opinions as there were participants about what the conference was for, what the meaning of diaspora was, where loyalties should lie, and what India was and should be.<br />
<br />
"We Indian South Africans have had to struggle hard to claim our South Africanness, and that is something we jealously guard," said Fatima Meer, a South African anti-apartheid activist. "We are not a diaspora of India."
<br />
<br />
One divide emerged between affluent professionals prospering in Europe or America and the descendants of indentured servants who had provided plantation labor in British colonies across the globe.<br />
<br />
"We must guard against this conference focusing too much on how India can build a relationship with those in the affluent sector of the diaspora, with little concern for those members of the diaspora who are suffering and whose rights are under assault," said
 Fiji's former prime minister, Mahendra P. Chaudhry, who is of Indian origin.<br />
<br />
Dhundev Bauhadoor, a Mauritian who heads the Global Organization of People of Indian Origin, criticized India for being slow to comment when Mr. Chaudhry was deposed in a coup and held hostage for 28 days in 2000. "This cannot continue," he said. "If India
 is to play her role as mother, she must protect her children wherever they are."<br />
<br />
Bharatkumar J. Shah, a Dubai businessman, spoke for the three million to four million Indians who have followed the oil boom since the 1970's to work as laborers in the Persian Gulf. They send more than $300 million annually to India, yet, he said, India has
 done too little to protect their rights and support their families.<br />
<br />
On Friday, Deputy Prime Minister L. K. Advani said all the delegates were of value to India, but he also said India's influence had widened thanks to the "high socioeconomic profile the Indian community now commands in the United States." More than 400 Indian-Americans
 attended the conference.<br />
<br />
Mr. Advani also waded into the debate, prompted by Hindu-Muslim riots in the state of Gujarat, that has riven India in recent months over its secular character and that seems to have divided the diaspora as well.
<br />
<br />
After Mr. Naipaul's wife, Nadira Naipaul, a Muslim from Pakistan, challenged Mr. Advani to explain the place of Muslims and Christians in India he replied, "Secularism is so embedded in our thinking there can be no departure from that."<br />
<br />
Of the Gujarat riots, which left about 1,000 people, mostly Muslims, dead, he said: "We feel sad, we feel ashamed, we only say it's an aberration, it must not be repeated. I only say let's have it behind us."<br />
<br />
Sixty percent of the Indians in America are from Gujarat. Some at the conference said they were tired of attacks on the state because of the riots. "It's high time Gujarat and even the center stop apologizing for what happened in Gujarat," said Suvas G. Desai,
 a doctor from Lexington, Ky.<br />
<br />
Beyond politics, many of the attendees seemed interested in giving back and frustrated by how difficult India sometimes made it to do so.<br />
<br />
Dr. K. T. Shah, a Texas doctor, said he was harassed at customs when he tried to bring in medical equipment to donate in India.<br />
<br />
Jagadish Shukla, a professor of climate dynamics at George Mason University in Virginia, said he was starting a school in his village in eastern Uttar Pradesh. "In my village, nothing has changed," he said, noting that it took longer to get the village from
 New Delhi than it did to get to New Delhi from the District of Columbia.<br />
<br />
"Why didn't I do this 25 years ago?" he said of the school. He speculated that much of the complaining about India at the gathering was motivated by guilt at having left India behind.<br />
<br />
Chart/Map: "Where They Are" World distribution of nonresident Indians.<br />
<br />
Map of the world highlights the number of nonresident Indians living in the following locations:<br />
<br />
CANADA: 840,000<br />
UNITED STATES: 1.7 million<br />
Caribbean/Latin America: 1.1 million<br />
BRITAIN: 1.5 million<br />
SOUTH AFRICA: 1 million<br />
North Africa/Gulf region: 3 million<br />
East Africa: 200,000<br />
MAURITIUS and RUNION: 900,000<br />
Southeast Asia: 5.5 million<br />
Asia-Pacific: 650,000<br />
<br />
(Source: Government of India)</p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>26/12/2011 15:06:13</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/14460/India+Harvests+Fruits+of+a+Diaspora</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">14460</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>14465</publicationdataID>
      <title>The Evil Behind the Axis?</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p><strong>Los Angeles Times<br />
</strong>By Maggie Farley and Bob Drogin</p>
<p>5 January, 2003</p>
<p><strong>A scientist who built Pakistan's nuclear bomb may have helped North Korea, Iraq and Iran. The national hero denies he's 'amadman.'</strong><br />
<br />
If one man sits at the nuclear fulcrum of the three countries President Bush calls the "axis of evil," it may well be Abdul Qadeer Khan.<br />
<br />
The 66-year-old metallurgist is considered the father of Pakistan's nuclear bomb. He is a national hero at home, where hospitals bear his name and children sing his praises. U.S. and other Western officials do not.They say Khan is the only scientist known to
 be linked to the alleged efforts of North Korea, Iraq and Iran to develop nuclear weapons.<br />
<br />
"If the international community had a proliferation most-wanted list, A.Q. Khan would be most wanted on the list," said Robert J. Einhorn, who was assistant secretary of State for nonproliferation in the Clinton administration. U.S. intelligence long has known
 of Khan's activities. But the extent of his ties to all three "axis" nations became public only<br />
recently as North Korea admitted resuming its nuclear weapons effort, satellite photos showed that Iran may be conducting clandestine nuclear work and Khan's name appeared in a letter offering to "manufacture a nuclear weapon" for Iraqi President Saddam Hussein.<br />
<br />
Pakistan denies giving nuclear assistance to other countries and insists that Khan has done no wrong. But under intense U.S. pressure, President Pervez Musharraf abruptly removed Khan as head of nuclear weapons development two years ago. Bush administration
 officials, wary of undermining a partner in the U.S.-declared war on terrorism, publicly downplay concerns about Islamabad's possible role in spreading nuclear knowledge.<br />
<br />
Privately, U.S. officials have confronted Pakistani leaders in recent years with the suggestion that Islamabad might not have complete control over its nuclear scientists. However, some analysts and experts doubt that a maverick scientist working alone -- even
 one as senior as Khan -- could have engineered such sensitive deals with so many governments.<br />
<br />
"We know he's been [to North Korea] at least 13 times, perhaps more," Gaurav Kampani, a nuclear expert at the Center for Nonproliferation Studies at the Monterey Institute of International Studies in California, said of Khan. "It's obviously been sanctioned
 by institutions within the Pakistani government."<br />
<br />
Khan, with graying wavy hair and a salt-and-pepper mustache, has shrugged off charges that he is a nuclear Johnny Appleseed. Instead, he portrays himself as a scientist, a patriot -- and a pacifist.
<br />
<br />
"Some people have the impression that because I built a nuclear bomb, I'm some sort of cruel person," he told a Pakistani journalist in 2001. "That's not the case. I built a weapon of peace, which seems hard to understand until you realize Pakistan's nuclear
 capability is a deterrent to aggressors. There has not been a war in the last 30 years, and I don't expect one in the future. The stakes are too high."<br />
<br />
Unlike two other senior Pakistani nuclear scientists who were questioned by U.S. and Pakistani authorities in 2001 after meetings with the Taliban and Osama bin Laden, Khan is not an Islamic radical. "He is not a fundamentalist, though he is nationalist --
 and sometimes nationalism and religion get mixed up in Pakistan," said Pervez Hoodbhoy,<br />
an anti-nuclear activist and MIT-trained physicist who teaches at Quaid-i-Azam University in Islamabad, Pakistan's capital. "He has been in it for the power, the money and the glory."
<br />
<br />
Khan has received all three. When he ran Pakistan's bomb-building program, he reported directly to the nation's leader and had free-flowing funds at his disposal. U.S. officials say Khan owns several palatial residences. And he is revered not only at home,
 where he is hailed for putting Pakistan on an equal nuclear footing with rival India, but also in much of the Muslim world, where he is lionized as the man who built the "Islamic<br />
bomb."<br />
<br />
<strong>One-Upmanship Begins</strong><br />
<br />
It began when India tested a nuclear device in 1974 and Pakistan immediately sought to catch up. Khan kick-started the country's nuclear program the following year, allegedly providing copied plans for gas centrifuges from the Urenco uranium enrichment facility
 in the Netherlands, where he had worked. He also obtained a list of suppliers that would prove invaluable. Khan ultimately was tried for treason in absentia in the Netherlands, but the case was dropped when prosecutors failed to properly deliver a summons.
<br />
<br />
"He stole the blueprints," said David Kay, who headed nuclear weapons evaluation programs at the International Atomic Energy Agency in Vienna from 1982 to 1992. "But he's not a cat burglar who snatched some plans. He's a very good scientist."<br />
<br />
Khan took charge of Pakistan's uranium enrichment program in 1976. Using the Urenco designs, his team secretly built gas centrifuges at the A. Q. Khan Research Laboratories in Kahuta, a heavily guarded complex near Islamabad. A separate agency, Pakistan's Atomic
 Energy Organization, built the weapons using what U.S. officials believe were plans obtained from China.<br />
<br />
Pakistan detonated its first nuclear devices underground in May 1998, shortly after India launched a second series of nuclear tests. But U.S. officials say Pakistan had produced its first nuclear weapon a decade earlier, thanks to Khan's success at the hardest
 part of bomb-building: producing fissile material. Islamabad today is believed to have 30 to 60<br />
nuclear weapons.<br />
<br />
Khan has proudly recounted how his team procured key components openly from Western companies that were willing to help -- and by subterfuge when they weren't. Khan said in an interview with Pakistan's Defense Journal that Western governments tried to prevent
 his nation from developing nuclear weapons but were foiled by the greed of their own companies.<br />
<br />
"Many suppliers approached us with the details of the machinery and with figures and numbers of instruments and materials," he said. "They begged us to purchase their goods."<br />
<br />
For other items, the team used offshore front companies in nations such as Japan and Singapore, sometimes routing the goods through Jordan.<br />
<br />
"I am not a madman or a nut," Khan told an interviewer in 2001. "If making nuclear weapons for the sole purpose of safeguarding the existence, independence and sovereignty of your country could be termed madness or fanaticism, there are many thousands in other
 countries who should be awarded even bigger titles. I am proud of my work for my country. It has given Pakistanis a sense of pride, security, and has been a great scientific achievement."<br />
<br />
But international officials worry that Pakistan, through Khan, has spread that nuclear knowledge to other countries. The strongest evidence appears in North Korea.<br />
<br />
U.S. officials say Khan initiated talks with the North Koreans in 1992 to obtain 10 to 12 medium-range Nodong ballistic missiles to help Pakistan boost its military profile against India. The Americans say the deal was finalized during a secret 1993 visit to
 North Korea by Benazir Bhutto, then Pakistan's prime minister.<br />
<br />
In April 1998, Pakistan test-fired a knockoff Nodong missile renamed the Ghauri I, which can carry a nuclear payload deep into India. A month later, North Koreans attended Pakistan's first nuclear tests, according to European diplomats.<br />
<br />
In exchange for the missiles, U.S. and other officials say, Pakistan gave North Korea designs for Khan's gas centrifuges and other assistance needed to enrich uranium for nuclear weapons. After a tense diplomatic standoff with the Clinton administration, North
 Korea promised to freeze its nuclear program in 1994. It recently admitted that it has a uranium enrichment program, however, and it has reopened nuclear facilities that<br />
were closed under the 1994 agreement. Khan has also played a notable role in Iran's nuclear development.<br />
<br />
In 1986, Pakistan and Iran signed a nuclear cooperation agreement after Khan visited Bushehr, a nuclear power plant that Tehran is building with Russian help. After subsequent visits by Khan, Western intelligence reported that Iranian scientists received training
 in Pakistan in 1988 and that Pakistan was helping Iran build a nuclear reactor in 1990. The exchanges seemed to cease by 1993 when Pakistan and Iran became rivals<br />
over Afghanistan, said Ibrahim Marashi, a proliferation expert at the Monterey Institute.<br />
<br />
Because Iran has abundant oil and other energy sources, U.S. officials long have suspected that Bushehr is a cover for a nuclear weapons program. Concerns increased last month when satellite photos showed construction at two other Iranian facilities, Arak and
 Natanz, that Iranian dissidents contend are being used for nuclear weapons development. Iran insists that its nuclear programs are for peaceful purposes only.<br />
<br />
Khan's role with Iraq is less clear. In October 1990, two months after Iraq invaded Kuwait, an intermediary claiming to represent Khan met agents from Baghdad's secret service. A memo dated Oct. 6, 1990, from Section B-15 of Iraqi intelligence to Section S-15
 of the Nuclear Weapons Directorate describes "a proposal from Pakistani scientist Abd-el Qadeer Khan" to help Iraq "establish a project to enrich uranium and manufacture a nuclear weapon."<br />
<br />
The middleman said Khan "was prepared to give us project designs for nuclear bombs," according to the memo. The middleman said he was based in Greece and would oversee shipments from Western Europe, using a company he claimed to own in the Persian Gulf emirate
 of Dubai, according to sources who have studied the memo.<br />
<br />
U.N. weapons inspectors found the memo in 1995 in a cache of documents hidden at a chicken farm near Baghdad. They determined that Iraq had rejected the middleman's offer, but Iraq refused to identify him.
<br />
<br />
A letter from the International Atomic Energy Agency to U.N. Secretary-General Kofi Annan in 1997 details interviews with agents from Mukhabarat, Baghdad's secret service, who described Iraq's clandestine nuclear program, code-named the Petrochemical-3 project.
 The agents said that "PC-3 had adopted a policy of avoiding foreign assistance, believing that the risk of exposure (e.g. through 'sting' operations) far outweighed the likely technical benefits."<br />
<br />
In 1998, Pakistan's government investigated the middleman's letter at the IAEA's request and declared the offer a fraud. The nuclear agency concluded that charges of Pakistani proliferation were "inconsistent with the information available," but it listed the
 memo as a key unresolved issue in a 1999 U.N. report on Iraq's arms programs. Iraq's recent 12,000-page arms declaration referred twice to the "unsolicited offer."<br />
<br />
"The memo was taken quite seriously," said David Albright, president of the Institute for Science and International Security in Washington and a former nuclear weapons inspector in Iraq. "There's this pattern of leakage out of Pakistan. These people broke almost
 every country's law to get their own nuclear components."<br />
<br />
<strong>Nuclear Chief's Ouster</strong><br />
<br />
In March 2001, Musharraf removed Khan as head of Pakistan's nuclear programs and named him a presidential advisor -- a move that nation's nuclear hero heard about on television and at first refused to accept. However, U.S. officials suspected that the exchanges
 with other nations continued, especially after U.S. spy satellites spotted Pakistani military cargo planes picking up missile parts in North Korea last July. The North told U.S. officials that the parts were for surface-to-air missiles, not<br />
for a missile that could deliver a nuclear weapon. In June 2001, Deputy Secretary of State Richard L. Armitage all but named Khan when he expressed concern that "people who were employed by the nuclear agency and have retired" might be spreading nuclear technology
 to North Korea.<br />
<br />
After North Korea confessed last fall that it had resumed its nuclear weapons program, Secretary of State Colin L. Powell again confronted Pakistan's president about illegal assistance.
<br />
<br />
"Musharraf assured me, as he has previously, that Pakistan is not doing anything of that nature," Powell said, though he noted that they did not speak of Pakistan's past contacts with North Korea. "The past is the past. I am more concerned about what is going
 on now. We have a new relationship with Pakistan."<br />
<br />
However, a senior U.S. official says the Bush administration keeps a wary eye on the retired scientist as he oversees philanthropic groups, runs seminars and feeds stray animals in his neighborhood.
<br />
<br />
"How can you stop the transfer of intellectual property?" the official said. "The potential for sharing is always there."</p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>26/12/2011 15:09:12</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/14465/The+Evil+Behind+the+Axis</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">14465</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>14467</publicationdataID>
      <title>India's nuclear command move aims to intimidate Pakistan: analysts</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p><strong>Associated Press Worldstream<br />
</strong>5 January, 2003</p>
<p>India's establishment of a nuclear command and control system was aimed at giving a structure to its strike capability and timed to intimidate Pakistan, analysts said.<br />
<br />
The cabinet late Saturday said a nuclear command authority would manage its arsenal and would be controlled by a political council headed by Prime Minister Atal Behari Vajpayee.<br />
<br />
A commander-in-chief from the military would manage the nuclear forces. The cabinet also decided that India would keep to its pledge of a not using nuclear weapons first.<br />
<br />
Analysts said the structure would help India to ensure a swift retaliatory strike and avoid any confusion that was bound to unfold if it faced a nuclear, chemical or biological attack.<br />
<br />
India's cabinet Saturday said a "credible minimum" level of nuclear deterrent would always be maintained and that India would retain the option of launching a retaliatory strike.<br />
<br />
Brahma Chellaney, a defence analyst, told Aaj Tak television channel: "The timing of the announcement was calculated to send a tough message to Pakistan."<br />
<br />
He said India's leaders were clearly angered by statements from Pakistani President Pervez Musharraf that he had deterred Indian troops from entering his country last year by threatening to use non-conventional warfare.<br />
<br />
In a speech to army troops on December 30, Musharraf revealed he had warned India "they should not expect a conventional war from Pakistan" if Indian troops entered Pakistan during last year's tense 10-month military standoff.<br />
<br />
Musharraf later said he was referring to the use of guerrilla warfare. India's announcement was also intended to show it was a responsible state amid growing "nuclear anxiety" all over the world, Ajai Sahni of the New Delhi-based Institute of Conflict Management
 said. <br />
<br />
"This was in the pipeline. It's important in these tense days of extreme nuclear uncertainty and anxiety not just in the Pakistani case but with North Korea. A responsible power will distinguish itself from the fly-by-night criminal enterprise," he said.<br />
<br />
New Delhi has accused Pakistan of helping North Korea build a nuclear weapon, and also expressed concerns that a Pakistani bomb was in danger of getting into the hands of "terrorists".<br />
<br />
"The only difference is that there is now a clearly announced structure," Sahni said. "What has happened is that with the definition of the doctrine, what was already a practice has become a norm for subsequent governments to follow."<br />
<br />
India's cabinet said it had also discussed Saturday the state of the country's "nuclear readiness". "The cabinet committee on security expressed satisfaction with the overall preparedness," a government statement said.<br />
<br />
In 2001 the International Institute for Strategic Studies (IISS) concluded that although India's nuclear infrastructure and financial means were far greater, Pakistan's military programmes, especially the nuclear and missile ones, have first call on available
 resources.<br />
<br />
It said India's more complex political and military circumstances posed a more demanding problem: New Delhi is up against Beijing's strategic modernisation programmes as well as against Islamabad's.
<br />
<br />
IISS said that by the end of 1999, non-governmental assessment of fissile material stockpiles in South Asia credited India with the means to make 65 nuclear weapons and Pakistan to make 39.<br />
<br />
Analysts have said the nature of statements by India and Pakistan showed that a nuclear conflict between the two South Asian rivals was still a distinct possibility despite easing of war tensions.
<br />
<br />
While India has pledged to maintain a "no first strike" policy, Pakistan has not given any such commitment.</p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>26/12/2011 15:11:51</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/14467/Indias+nuclear+command+move+aims+to+intimidate+Pakistan+analysts</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">14467</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>15684</publicationdataID>
      <title>Indian PM Promises Equal Rights For Muslims, Christians</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[<strong>The Wall Street Journal<br />
By DOW JONES NEWSWIRES</strong><br />
<br />
<p>NEW DELHI (AP)--Prime Minister Atal Bihari Vajpayee on Tuesday criticized Hindu hard-liners for challenging India's secular tradition and assured Muslims and Christians that all Indians have equal rights and responsibilities.<br />
<br />
Vajpayee's assurance came less than two weeks after his Bharatiya Janata Party swept the legislative election in western Gujarat state in a campaign that opponents claim was won by stoking religious tensions.<br />
<br />
Successful candidates of Vajpayee's party in Gujarat had told Hindu crowds that Muslims had no right to live in India .<br />
<br />
Hindu-Muslim rioting killed more than 1,000 people, mostly Muslims, in Gujarat state earlier this year.The riots, India's worst in a decade, began after a Muslim mob burned a train full of Hindu pilgrims, killing about 60 people.<br />
<br />
In his New Year's message, Vajpayee regretted that secularism was being pitted against Hindutva (Hindu-ness) under the belief that the two are antithetical."This in incorrect and untenable...All Indians have equal rights and equal responsibilities," he said.Without
 naming the Hindu hard-liners, he said some people were projecting Hindu-ness in a narrow, rigid and extremist manner - "an unfortunate and unacceptable interpretation that runs totally contrary to its true spirit," he said.<br />
<br />
"Hindutva is liberal, liberating and brooks no ill will, hatred or violence among different communities on any ground."<br />
<br />
Apart from attacking Muslims in Gujarat state, the World Hindu Council and Bajrang Dal, religious affiliates of Vajpayee's party, have attacked Christian churches and missionaries in several parts of the country.<br />
<br />
Insisting that everyone born in India is a Hindu, some members of Vajpayee's party have also demanded an end to the constitutional right to change religious faiths. Two Indian states have recently passed laws requiring people to get police permission before
 converting.<br />
<br />
Muslims account for 14% and Christians for 2.4% of India's 1.2 billion population.<br />
<br />
On Tuesday, the All India Christian Council expressed hope that India would be spared in the future the "hate, sectarian malice and state-sponsored bloodshed."<br />
<br />
The council, an ecumenical organization of Christians, expressed concern over Hindu hard-liners pursuing "a path of terrorism" against religious minorities, particularly Christians.<br />
<br />
"The Indian people, as much as the international community, need to assert themselves in coming times to ensure that such fringe extremists are contained," the council said.</p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>29/12/2011 13:25:24</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/15684/Indian+PM+Promises+Equal+Rights+For+Muslims+Christians</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">15684</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>15688</publicationdataID>
      <title>Foxed by Illusionist Partners</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p><strong>The Washington Post<br />
By Jim Hoagland</strong></p>
<p>From the Korean peninsula to the Red Sea, the Bush administration is absorbing new lessons daily in the difficulties of turning its bold pronouncements and overwhelming global power into workable policies that protect Americans and advance U.S. interests
 abroad.<br />
<br />
Critics will be quick to portray the adjustments that are underway as reality overcoming ideology. They will not be totally wrong. But far more important is the dawning realization in Washington and in capitals around the world of "the inadequacy of existing
 laws of war in the era of new threats such as terrorism," in the words of one European analyst.<br />
<br />
"A new set of rules governing the use of force" that "takes into account phenomena such as failed states" and the easy availability of highly destructive weapons must be devised, says Tomas Valasek, director of the Brussels office of the Center for Defense
 Information. The same basic thought was expressed the other day by a senior administration official in explaining the administration's recent, embarrassing climb-down on a shipment of North Korean Scud missiles to Yemen.<br />
<br />
"We had no legal basis to seize the cargo. . . . We would like to have more tools to deal with this type of situation," the official said in defending the decision to release the interdicted missile shipment once Yemen claimed it.<br />
<br />
The official refused to acknowledge that this punctilious respect for international law departed from the spirit or letter of President Bush's post- 9/11 warnings to other countries to be "with us" or feel the brunt of U.S. power.<br />
<br />
"We will deal with threats" through preemptive action. "Yemen is not a threat. . . . Yemen is a good partner in the war on terrorism," the official said. Those remarks stand in sharp contrast to public and private descriptions earlier by this official and other
 senior officials of their concerns that Yemen was one of the failing or "ungoverned" states that could easily be used as bases for terrorists or become future Afghanistans.<br />
<br />
Yemen is in fact a failing state that has done little on its own to curb the presence of al Qaeda and other terrorist groups on its soil. It has repeatedly rebuffed requests from the U.S. military for a freer hand on Yemeni territory in the war on terror. Manned
 combat aircraft were denied permission to enter Yemeni airspace to hunt for al Qaeda, bringing delays and other difficulties as armed drones have had to do the job. Small and thus far ineffective training missions have had to be handled covertly.<br />
<br />
Yemen's regime is corrupt, unreliable and xenophobic to the nth degree. The fast release of secretly shipped North Korean missiles to that regime shows that in Yemen -- as in Pakistan -- even a pretense of cooperation permits counterterrorism to trump counterproliferation
 in the hierarchy of the Bush administration's urgent goals.<br />
<br />
It also shows that the administration is vastly overpaying -- diplomatically, financially and politically -- for the limited cooperation it receives in fighting al Qaeda in Yemen and Pakistan. An inordinate fear that those two countries and others will swing
 over to supporting the extremists openly (instead of doing so covertly or through omission) drives the overcompensation as much as the practical necessities of the war on terror do. This is a misguided policy emphasis that is likely to be ineffective.<br />
<br />
This may sound harsh in light of the genuine and evident difficulties the Pentagon and Bush's National Security Council face in waging a new kind of war in a radically changed international environment. Critics rarely grant the administration the credit it
 deserves for casting a spotlight on the deadly obsolescence and weakness of international bodies and global rules to deal with the modern threats of weapons of mass destruction and nihilistic terrorism.<br />
<br />
If the speeches and doctrinal statements about preemption and counterproliferation shake the United Nations and other bodies out of their state of inaction and bring a new international legal architecture into being, the rhetoric will have been worth it.<br />
<br />
But the administration risks falling into the easy option of actually believing what it says about Yemen, Pakistan and other illusionist regimes being good partners. Giving them excessive, unmonitored aid and a free pass politically can only backfire.<br />
<br />
Bush is doing well against his enemies in al Qaeda and Iraq. He is doing okay with his friends in Europe. It is the in-betweens who seem to have him foxed.<br />
<br />
Memory is never a substitute for looking it up. I taught myself that lesson yet again in my last column. I said Strom Thurmond lost the 1946 governor's race in South Carolina. He won. Thurmond lost in 1950, in his first bid for the U.S. Senate. Thanks to alert
 readers.</p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>29/12/2011 13:28:33</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/15688/Foxed+by+Illusionist+Partners</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">15688</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>15692</publicationdataID>
      <title>Pakistan is being slowly Talibanised</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p><strong>The Guardian<br />
By Isabel Hilton</strong> </p>
<p><strong>Musharraf has handed over the border regions to al-Qaida allies</strong><br />
<br />
Akram Khan Durrani is not a politician likely to loom large on the world stage. But in his own pond, Mr Durrani is a very large fish. And his pond - Pakistan's North West Frontier Province - has, since September 11, become a place of strategic interest. It
 is of more than passing concern, then, that when Mr Durrani was sworn in as the new chief minister of NWFP, he banned the sale of alcohol, put an end to all gambling and outlawed music in all public vehicles.<br />
<br />
No doubt Mr Durrani had sound reasons for these measures. Alcohol, after all, is banned in Pakistan, though it is a prohibition widely ignored. And if the ban on music carries echoes of the Taliban regime, Mr Durrani can argue that it was a safety measure.
 Music, he said, tends to cause accidents. But among his supporters, it was a promising start to honouring their party's promises: a ban on cable television and cinemas, and the enforcement of sharia law.<br />
<br />
Looked at one way, NWFP is a remote part of the world. Yet it is also a critical border region between Afghanistan and Pakistan, inhabited by people who call themselves Afghan (otherwise described as Pashtun) and once the southern extension of the Afghan kingdom.
 Whatever happens in NWFP impacts on Afghanistan and vice-versa. What Mr Durrani thinks and does is of keen interest not only in Islamabad but in Washington, too.<br />
<br />
The irony is that the US and its ally President Musharraf have helped bring this situation about. The religious parties came to power on the back of two factors: Pashtun anger at General Musharraf's support for the war in Afghanistan, and Musharraf's desire
 to hold on to power while honouring his promise to hold elections. Musharraf excluded Benazir Bhutto and Nawaz Sharif from the elections, the two secular leaders most likely to win. And in the NWFP and Baluchistan, secular parties that supported the war are
 regarded with suspicion by Islamabad because of the capital's fear of local nationalism. They, too, lost to religious militants. Power was handed to men whose sympathies for the Taliban and al-Qaida had never been in doubt, men who had sworn to throw the US
 out of Pakistan.<br />
<br />
Mr Musharraf presents himself as a moderate, pro-western figure who has taken a stand against militant Islamism in Pakistan. Was it political incompetence, then, that facilitated the unprecedented success of the religious parties? Perhaps.<br />
<br />
But some observers see an advantage for Mr Musharraf in the new situation. Before September 11, he was a military leader whom right-minded democracies kept at arm's length. A week later, he was a key ally in the war on terror. Had a secular party won the elections,
 Musharraf risked being challenged internally and marginalised internationally. Now he is confirmed as the man the US needs more than ever to hold back the tide of religious extremism in Pakistan.<br />
<br />
As the election results were announced, EU observers called the process "deeply flawed". But the US state department spokesman, Richard Boucher, called it "a credible representation of the full range of opinion in the country".<br />
<br />
Back in the NWFP, Munawwar Hasan, a leader of the winning religious alliance, the Muttahida Majlisi-Amal, was elaborating his own version of stability and moderation. "Taliban and al-Qaida members are our brothers," he said. "Whether it is Osama bin Laden or
 Mullah Omar, we will not hand over anybody to the US without any proof. Our government will rule according to the Quran and Sunnah and not with the whims of the US." Of the 442 al-Qaida suspects arrested by Pakistani authorities since last year, 380 were detained
 in the northwest border region. Now both NWFP and Baluchistan are ruled by men who regard US policy as "tyranny".<br />
<br />
None of this is reassuring to those organisations in the NWFP who do support moderation - the human rights organisations, the NGOs and the secular political parties. In the last couple of years civic groups, aid workers and development organisations have been
 targeted by religious groups in NWFP: several have been subjected to grenade attacks.<br />
<br />
In Baluchistan, the new chief minister, Jam Mir Mohammad Yousaf, has released Islamist radicals whom Musharraf detained earlier this year when he banned extremist groups. The arrests were applauded in the west as evidence of his determination to eliminate sectarian
 killings and terrorism.<br />
<br />
It is in this hostile terrain that the US continues to hunt for al-Qaida fugitives. The FBI has reportedly now formed its own force of retired army, paramilitary and police personnel to pursue al-Qaida, in an attempt to bypass Pakistan's new political powers.
 The war on terror, in north-west Pakistan at least, is going to be a long one.</p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>29/12/2011 13:31:47</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/15692/Pakistan+is+being+slowly+Talibanised</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">15692</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>15695</publicationdataID>
      <title>End the Nuclear Double Standard for India</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p><strong>LA Times<br />
By Selig S. Harrison</strong></p>
<p>Selig S. Harrison is a senior scholar of the Woodrow Wilson International Center for Scholars and director of the Asia program at the Center for International Policy.<br />
<br />
India and Pakistan are both nuclear powers. But Pakistan has exported uranium enrichment technology to North Korea in exchange for missiles, while India has refused to sell nuclear weapons know-how to any other state. Despite India's consistent record of honoring
 international nonproliferation norms, the United States clings to an increasingly obsolete policy that bans U.S. civilian nuclear cooperation with New Delhi. At the same time, Washington permits such cooperation with China, even though Beijing has transferred
 nuclear and missile technology to Pakistan and Iran.<br />
<br />
The ban is a relic of past decades when the United States was pressing India not to become a nuclear power. Now that New Delhi has joined the nuclear club, Washington needs to reshape its policies.<br />
<br />
Strategically, U.S. policy is now based on the implicit premise that Asia is more stable with India having a minimum nuclear deterrent than with China enjoying a nuclear monopoly. It no longer makes sense to refuse U.S. cooperation in making Indian civilian
 nuclear reactors safer and to bar U.S. companies from selling civilian reactors to India, as they do to China.<br />
<br />
With 14 operating civilian nuclear reactors that produce electricity, and more on the way, India is anxious to avoid a nuclear disaster like the one at Chernobyl in Ukraine and has periodically asked the U.S. to help ensure the safety of its nuclear installations.
 Washington has invariably said no, citing U.S. legislative restrictions that resulted from India's failure to sign the Nuclear Nonproliferation Treaty, or NPT, in 1968.<br />
<br />
Last month, however, the Bush administration opened the door slightly to a possible policy reappraisal. The chairman of the U.S. Nuclear Regulatory Commission, Richard Meserve, will meet in January with Indian Atomic Energy Commission Chairman Anil Kakodkar.
 The White House approved the visit to India after a bitter interagency struggle in which NPT "strict constructionists" tried to block the trip. A compromise was finally reached permitting Meserve to have a "dialogue" but not to arrange actual transfers of
 nuclear safety technology.<br />
<br />
The U.S. rationale for discriminating in favor of China at the expense of India on this issue is based on legalistic hairsplitting. Because China had tested nuclear weapons in 1964, it was classified as a "nuclear weapons state" under the treaty and eligible
 to sign the NPT, along with the other powers then possessing nuclear weapons. Other states were barred in perpetuity from the nuclear club and asked to forswear nuclear weapons formally by signing the treaty. India branded the NPT as discriminatory and refused
 to sign. Now it wants to sign as a nuclear weapons state, but the U.S. will not agree.<br />
<br />
The NPT does not bar its signatories from providing nuclear technology to nonsignatories such as India. However, the U.S. Congress went beyond the treaty with a law barring nonsignatories from receiving U.S. nuclear technology even if they accepted International
 Atomic Energy Agency safeguards on its use. This legislation specifically bars the U.S. from helping India to make its reactors safer.<br />
<br />
In return for access to U.S. civilian nuclear technology, the U.S. should impose two conditions, at minimum, on India. First, New Delhi would have to accept the international agency's safeguards not only on any new reactors purchased but also on all its existing
 civilian nuclear reactors, as it says it is ready to do. Second, India would have to make some form of binding commitment not to export nuclear technology, formalizing its de facto policy.<br />
<br />
Significantly, Hans Blix, the former International Atomic Energy Agency director now heading the U.N. inspection team in Iraq, two years ago endorsed the idea of liberalizing civilian nuclear sales to both India and Pakistan -- but with a third, tougher condition.
 Both would have to freeze their stockpiles of fissile material under intrusive agency safeguards that would block diversion of reactors from civilian to military use.<br />
<br />
"There is nothing in the NPT that would stand in the way of such an arrangement," Blix told a Stockholm seminar. When Blix made this suggestion, Pakistan's secret nuclear transfers to North Korea had not been exposed. It's unlikely he would advocate civilian
 nuclear sales to Islamabad now. But his proposal is more relevant than ever in the case of India. The administration should follow up the Meserve visit with a cooperative nuclear safety program as the prelude to a broader dialogue designed to strengthen India's
 demonstrated commitment to nonproliferation. </p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>29/12/2011 13:35:18</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/15695/End+the+Nuclear+Double+Standard+for+India</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">15695</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>15706</publicationdataID>
      <title>Afghans complain of border creep Pakistanis shift checkpoints, steal land, tribes assert</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p><strong>Chicago Tribune<br />
By Liz Sly</strong></p>
<p>GHULDI KANDAU, Afghanistan -- Pakistan border -- Tempers were starting to fray among the Afghan tribespeople waiting at this remote border checkpoint for the Pakistani guards to allow them to cross into territory they believe doesn't even belong to Pakistan.<br />
<br />
"You have stolen our soil and taken the land of our children," shouted Amanullah, a man in his 60s who said he wanted to cross the border to fetch water from his family's well. "This is Afghanistan, and you should go back."<br />
<br />
"Ignore him, he is mentally disturbed," said Lt. Idrat, the commander of guards, who like many local Pashtun tribesmen uses only one name. "You can see on the map that we are in Pakistan."<br />
<br />
<strong>Border shifts in war<br />
<br />
</strong>Other tribesmen insisted the old man was perfectly sane. During the past two decades of civil war, they said, Pakistani troops have gradually shifted their border checkpoints westward, occupying about three miles of Afghan territory and leaving Amanullah's
 well in a different country. Others have been similarly affected.<br />
<br />
"Last year my house was in Afghanistan, but this year it is in Pakistan," complained Omar Khan, a farmer in his 40s. "Even though the soldiers know me, still I have to beg them to allow me to go home."<br />
<br />
This is just one small dispute among many that are starting to erupt along Afghanistan's historically troubled border with Pakistan. At various points along the 1,400-mile frontier, Afghan government officials and local residents say, Pakistan has taken advantage
 of the conflict to encroach upon Afghan territory, moving checkpoints as much as seven miles into Afghanistan.<br />
<br />
Many of the incursions took place during the Afghans' war against the Russians; others during the chaotic reign of the mujahedeen government in the early 1990s, said Gen. Samiullah Qatra, who is in charge of border forces at the Interior Ministry in Kabul.
 The most recent encroachments occurred last year, during the chaos that surrounded the collapse of the Taliban, he said.<br />
<br />
"According to the information we have gathered, Pakistani troops have occupied between 5 and 10 kilometers of Afghan soil in different locations all along the border. During these past 25 years of war, they have moved inside gradually, but because there was
 no stable government, no one did anything about it," he said.<br />
<br />
Now that Afghanistan has a new government that is seeking to extend its sovereignty into every corner of the country, Afghans are clamoring for the land to be returned.<br />
<br />
In recent weeks, tribal delegations have been streaming into Kabul from border regions to complain to President Hamid Karzai about alleged Pakistani incursions, government officials say. According to one group of elders from the eastern province of Nangahar,
 Pakistani troops visited their village six months ago and offered to provide schools and wells if they agreed to become part of Pakistan.<br />
<br />
"We want Karzai to tell the Pakistanis to stay away. We are the children of the soil of Afghanistan and we will not allow Pakistanis to occupy our land," said Enayatullah, the leader of the group.<br />
<br />
Afghanistan's fragile new government is hardly in a position to engage in a border dispute with Pakistan. Karzai, who is struggling to extend his authority beyond Kabul, has repeatedly said that he wants friendly relations with all neighboring countries.<br />
<br />
Pakistan denies the allegations and insists there is no question over the demarcation of the border. "Pakistan has not moved any checkpoints and it has not taken any Afghan territory," said government spokesman Maj. Gen. Rashid Qureshi.<br />
<br />
U.S. forces, still hunting for Al Qaeda and Taliban fighters in the border region, say the dispute is a local one that will not affect their operations.<br />
<br />
But the problem of the shifting checkpoints is stirring ancient animosities that predate the existence of Pakistan, clouding the embittered relationship between Kabul and Islamabad.<br />
<br />
The two countries nearly went to war twice in the last century over border disputes, and more recently, anti-Pakistan sentiments have been running high among ordinary Afghans, who blame Pakistan for backing the rise of the Taliban regime.<br />
<br />
Although Karzai is striving to mend fences with Pakistan, government officials remain suspicious that at least some Pakistanis are continuing to back elements of the former Taliban regime.<br />
<br />
One problem is that no one seems too sure exactly where the border is. Known as the Durand Line, after the British cartographer who marked out the northwestern frontier of British India in 1893, the line severed the traditional territory of the Pashtun tribe.<br />
<br />
The British never managed to tame the frontier region, and instead granted the local tribesmen a large degree of autonomy. Most Pashtuns ignored the border and continued to cross it at will. Pakistan inherited the arrangement, and until the U.S. sought Pakistan's
 help tracking Al Qaeda fugitives, even Pakistan government soldiers did not have the right to enter the region.<br />
<br />
It may be that memories of where the original border lay have faded. "It is true that there is no exact border between Pakistan and Afghanistan, so I cannot tell you whether the people are right or wrong," acknowledged Qatra.<br />
<br />
When Pakistani soldiers occupied a checkpoint inside Afghan territory near the border crossing of Ghulam Khan two months ago, local tribal elders gathered and agreed that as far as everyone could remember, the border had sliced through the middle of a local
 mosque that was now on the Pakistan side of the border, he said. The Pakistani troops were persuaded to withdraw to the other side of the mosque.<br />
<br />
<strong>Local solutions sought<br />
The Karzai government is hoping other such disputes can also be solved locally.</strong><br />
<br />
"I gather it's not the policy of the central government of Pakistan, but that local border forces have made some mistakes about where the border is," said Karzai spokesman Fazl Akbar. "For now, we are leaving it to the local tribespeople to resolve among themselves."<br />
<br />
Still, Afghanistan has never accepted the Durand Line as the international border. Until the mid-19th Century, the Indus River, deep within present-day Pakistan, served as the natural boundary between Afghanistan and India.<br />
<br />
The Karzai government's position is one of "formal non-recognition of the Durand Line," according to Foreign Ministry spokesman Omar Samad. "It's not an issue for Afghanistan right now. There are other priorities."<br />
<br />
But the question of where the border lies remains a burning issue for those who live alongside it. "That is Afghan soil, and we want it to be joined with Afghanistan," said Rozi Khan, a tribal elder in the Ghuldi Kandau area. "Even if the Pakistanis come farther
 and farther, we will take back that land. If not now then in 50 years, in 100 years, however long it takes."</p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>29/12/2011 14:27:12</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/15706/Afghans+complain+of+border+creep+Pakistanis+shift+checkpoints+steal+land+tribes+assert</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">15706</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>15708</publicationdataID>
      <title>Putin, in India, Asks Pakistanis To End Support for the Militants</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p><strong>The New York Times <br />
By Amy Waldman</strong></p>
<p>The Russian president, Vladimir V. Putin, joined Prime Minister Atal Bihari Vajpayee today in urging Pakistan to abandon its support for Islamic militants who strike India and to oppose the use of force to resolve the situation with Iraq.
<br />
<br />
At the end of talks in New Delhi, the two leaders signed an agreement -- the Delhi Declaration -- for the "further consolidation of strategic partnership" between India and Russia, whose cold war friendship has endured in its aftermath. They also issued a joint
 statement calling for Islamabad "to eliminate terrorist infrastructure in Pakistan and Pakistan-controlled territory as a prerequisite for the renewal of the peace dialogue" between India and Pakistan.
<br />
<br />
Both India and Russia are facing Islamic insurgencies -- Russia in the republic of Chechnya, and India in the state of Jammu and Kashmir.
<br />
<br />
"Such measures should be directed also against those states, entities and individuals who support, fund or abet terrorists or provide them shelter or asylum to engage in cross-border terrorism," the statement said, apparently in a reference to Pakistan. "There
 should be no double standards in the fight against terrorism." <br />
<br />
While both countries have expressed concern that Iraq maintain no weapons of mass destruction, their leaders today expressed reservations about the possibility of American military action there.
<br />
<br />
"Both sides strongly opposed the unilateral use or threat of use of force in violation of the United Nations Charter as well as interference in internal affairs of other states," a joint statement released at the end of the talks said.
<br />
<br />
It continued: "It was stressed that the comprehensive settlement of the situation around Iraq is possible only through political and diplomatic efforts in strict conformity with the rules of international law only under the aegis of the United Nations."
<br />
<br />
Mr. Putin said last weekend that Russia was concerned that Pakistan's nuclear weapons could fall into the hands of bandits and terrorists. He repeated the same concern today. "We should strengthen nonproliferation efforts, and then everything should be done
 to settle all disputes, including the dispute between India and Pakistan," he said.
<br />
<br />
The India-Russia summit meeting focused on a range of defense, strategic and economic issues between the two countries, which were close during the cold war and retain strong military links.
<br />
<br />
"The military and technology cooperation between India and Russia is acquiring a new quality," Mr. Putin said.
<br />
<br />
He also said Russia would continue to cooperate with India on developing nuclear energy.
<br />
<br />
The two countries signed seven other agreements in areas like counterterrorism and information technology.
</p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>29/12/2011 14:32:58</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/15708/Putin+in+India+Asks+Pakistanis+To+End+Support+for+the+Militants</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">15708</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>15711</publicationdataID>
      <title>Russia, India oppose unilateral action against Iraq</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p><strong>Channel NewsAsia</strong></p>
<p>Russia and India have warned against any unilateral action against Iraq over weapons inspections, or any interference in its internal affairs.
<br />
<br />
Russian President Vladimir Putin and Indian Prime Minister Atal Behari Vajpayee, in a wide-ranging joint declaration after summit talks, urged continued efforts to encourage Iraq to cooperate with international inspectors searching for weapons of mass destruction.
 "Both sides strongly opposed the unilateral use or threat of use of force in violation of the UN charter as well as interference in internal affairs of other states," they said in a joint statement in New Delhi.
<br />
<br />
"It was stressed (in their talks) that the comprehensive settlement of the situation around Iraq is possible only through political and diplomatic efforts in strict conformity with the rules of international law only under the aegis of the United Nations,"
 the statement added. <br />
<br />
"Both sides noted the importance of continuing intensive work with the Iraqi leadership in order to encourage it to cooperate in good faith with the United Nations," it said.
<br />
<br />
Mr Putin was in New Delhi on a three-day official visit. He held talks with Deputy Prime Minister Lal Krishna Advani, Foreign Minister Yashwant Sinha and Defence Minister George Fernandes on Wednesday before meeting the Indian Prime Minister later in the day.
<br />
<br />
The joint statement echoed one made by Putin and Chinese President Jiang Zemin in Beijing on Monday, which said the Iraq crisis could "only be solved by political and diplomatic means, on the basis of UN Security Council's resolutions."
</p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>29/12/2011 14:39:35</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/15711/Russia+India+oppose+unilateral+action+against+Iraq</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">15711</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>15721</publicationdataID>
      <title>Nuclear Duplicity From Pakistan</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p><strong>New York Times</strong></p>
<p>Few countries have improved their standing in American eyes as dramatically as Pakistan has in the past two years. Long shunned by Washington for its links to terrorism, its nuclear weapons program and autocratic military rule, Pakistan became a valued ally,
 mainly by abandoning its support of the Taliban leadership in Afghanistan after the Sept. 11 attacks on the United States. Now Pakistan's reputation is threatened once again. American intelligence agencies have recently confirmed that Islamabad provided indispensable
 help to North Korea's secret nuclear weapons program. That program threatens 100,000 American troops in Asia along with the people of Japan and South Korea.
<br />
<br />
Pakistan secretly developed nuclear weapons in the 1980's and 90's, but lacked the longer-range missiles required to threaten India's main cities and military bases with nuclear attack. North Korea had such missiles, but it needed nuclear bomb-making technology
 that could be easily concealed underground to prevent American satellite detection.
<br />
<br />
Pakistan provided Pyongyang with the perfect solution by sharing design plans of the uranium enrichment technology it had stolen from the West and used in its own secret nuclear program. In exchange, Pakistan got North Korean missile components, which Pyongyang
 also ships to Iran, Libya, Yemen, Syria and Egypt. <br />
<br />
Neither country has shown the least hesitation about placing unconventional weapons in the hands of dangerous dictators. Pakistan claims to have ended its exchanges with North Korea, but the United States spotted a Pakistani plane picking up North Korean missile
 parts as recently as last summer. The Bush administration has warned Islamabad of unspecified "consequences" of this reckless traffic.<br />
<br />
Pakistan's actions are not those of a reliable partner. Washington must make plain to its leader, Gen. Pervez Musharraf, that continued behavior of this sort will not be tolerated.
</p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>29/12/2011 14:54:15</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/15721/Nuclear+Duplicity+From+Pakistan</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">15721</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>15727</publicationdataID>
      <title>Pakistan: Rein In Terrorists</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p><strong>Los Angeles Times</strong></p>
<p>The civilian government that took office in Pakistan last weekend is supposed to replace the military rule that began with President Pervez Musharraf's coup three years ago. But looking over the shoulder of the new prime minister, Mir Zafarullah Khan Jamali,
 will be Musharraf, who rewrote the constitution this year so he can dismiss the national assembly, should it displease him. Musharraf also made it difficult for secular opposition parties to field candidates in October elections, at least temporarily diluting
 opposition to him but also clearing the way for the religious parties to increase their political power.<br />
<br />
True democracy is far in the distance. But more worrisome right now is a revolving door for jailed terrorists. The nation that made it possible for the Taliban to take power in next-door Afghanistan and is still home to Muslim terrorists, including some from
 Al Qaeda, should not be giving away get-out-of-jail-free cards.<br />
<br />
Times staff writer Paul Watson has reported that security forces detained more than 3,000 Pakistanis in sweeps of local extremist groups but that at least 1,300 have been released, often after merely signing promises of good behavior. Among those freed were
 leaders of groups that Musharraf has banned -- one accused of killing minority Shiite Muslims and another believed responsible for launching terrorist attacks against neighboring India.<br />
<br />
Musharraf deserves credit for quickly cutting Pakistan's ties to the Taliban after Sept. 11. But he has not done enough to stop guerrillas from crossing into Indian-controlled Kashmir, India's only majority-Muslim state and a bitterly contested region between
 the two nuclear powers.<br />
<br />
Pakistani supporters of the Taliban and Al Qaeda are angry at Musharraf for casting his lot with the United States. Terrorists have staged several assaults on foreigners in Pakistan this year, including a grenade attack on a Christian church in March that killed
 a U.S. embassy employee and her daughter, a May suicide bombing in Karachi that killed 11 French engineers and the kidnapping-murder of Wall Street Journal reporter Daniel Pearl, also in Karachi.<br />
<br />
Musharraf and the new prime minister have to act forcefully against those inciting and carrying out violence. Trying to maintain good relations with Washington while letting guerrillas kill Indians and terrorists attack foreigners in Pakistan is not going to
 work. </p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>29/12/2011 14:59:21</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/15727/Pakistan+Rein+In+Terrorists</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">15727</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>15730</publicationdataID>
      <title>Iraqi Held In Plot to Kill Karzai</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p><strong>The Washington Post<br />
By Pamela Constable</strong></p>
<p>KABUL, Afghanistan, Nov. 23 -- An Iraqi man with 18 pounds of explosives taped under his vest was arrested here Friday, thwarting what intelligence police today said was a plot to assassinate either President Hamid Karzai or the defense minister, Mohammed
 Fahim. "He had been trained and assigned to carry out a suicide mission," Amrullah Salihi, spokesman for the National Directorate of Security, told journalists. "He had very clear links with the Taliban and some extremist Pakistani groups." It was impossible
 to confirm the charges of an assassination plot, but both Afghan officials have been targets of previous attacks. In September, a gunman opened fire at Karzai's car in the city of Kandahar, and the same day a powerful car bomb exploded in Kabul. In April a
 convoy carrying Fahim in the city of Jalalabad was attacked by rockets.<br />
<br />
Salihi would not say how police had learned about the man, whom he identified as a 22-year-old Iraqi Kurd named Bokan Akram Khorani. But he said the man had volunteered numerous details about himself and his alleged suicide mission after his arrest. At a news
 conference in a hotel ballroom, police displayed several plastic packages of explosives wrapped in black tape and attached to wires, which they said were found on Khorani when he was arrested in an affluent Kabul neighborhood. They also showed photographs
 of a tall, bearded man they said was Khorani. Salihi said the Iraqi man had been sent to assassinate Karzai on his return from a trip to the United States last week, but that he reached Kabul too late to ambush Karzai and switched to a plan to kill Fahim.
 The intelligence police official said Khorani had been "casing" the neighborhood where Fahim lived when he was captured, and that police had been watching him since he arrived in the capital from Pakistan several days ago.<br />
<br />
"He knew [Fahim's] movements in Kabul, which mosque he worshipped in and where he lived," Salihi said of the Iraqi man. He said the explosives found inside his clothing "could easily smash a car." Salihi said Khorani had been trained in Pakistani Kashmir for
 the last four months before crossing the border into Afghanistan. He said Khorani had ties to three senior leaders of the former Taliban government who are now believed to be hiding in Pakistan, as well as to Pakistani extremist groups, which he did not name.
 Pakistani Kashmir has long been a training base for terrorist groups fighting in India, Pakistan and Afghanistan. Afghan officials have recently warned that fugitive Taliban officials, possibly working with Pakistani intelligence agencies, may be joining forces
 with violent Islamic groups in Pakistan that are hostile to the Karzai government and its U.S. backers.<br />
<br />
Khorani "bluntly admitted what his task was and said it would be an honor to succeed in the operation," Salihi said. He said the foiled plot, along with the arrest three months ago of an Uzbek man with a car full of explosives in Kabul, "clearly demonstrates
 . . . that the fight against terrorism is not over." In the previous case, intelligence police also showed journalists explosives they said they seized from a car in Kabul, along with its foreign driver. They claimed he was a suicide bomber who planned to
 assassinate high-level Afghan officials. Salihi said that case is now "completed," but he did not elaborate. It was unclear why a putative attacker would interchangeably target Karzai and Fahim, who are ethnic and political rivals with little in common. However,
 since they are the two most important officials in the Afghan government, the assassination of either man could destabilize the country. Police did not say whether the Iraqi suspect was operating alone or with accomplices, but they said that at this point
 only he has been arrested.They said he will be turned over to judicial authorities after their investigation is completed.</p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>29/12/2011 15:04:25</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/15730/Iraqi+Held+In+Plot+to+Kill+Karzai</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">15730</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>15735</publicationdataID>
      <title>In North Korea and Pakistan, Deep Roots of Nuclear Barter</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p><strong>The New York Times<br />
By David E. Sangar</strong></p>
<p>EOUL, South Korea, Nov. 21 — Last July, American intelligence agencies tracked a Pakistani cargo aircraft as it landed at a North Korean airfield and took on a secret payload: ballistic missile parts, the chief export of North Korea's military.<br />
<br />
The shipment was brazen enough, in full view of American spy satellites. But intelligence officials who described the incident say even the mode of transport seemed a subtle slap at Washington: the Pakistani plane was an American-built C-130.<br />
<br />
It was part of the military force that President Pervez Musharraf had told President Bush last year would be devoted to hunting down the terrorists of Al Qaeda, one reason the administration was hailing its new cooperation with a country that only a year before
 it had labeled a rogue state.<br />
<br />
But several times since that new alliance was cemented, American intelligence agencies watched silently as Pakistan's air fleet conducted a deadly barter with North Korea. In transactions intelligence agencies are still unraveling, the North provided General
 Musharraf with missile parts he needs to build a nuclear arsenal capable of reaching every strategic site in India.<br />
<br />
In a perfect marriage of interests, Pakistan provided the North with many of the designs for gas centrifuges and much of the machinery it needs to make highly enriched uranium for the country's latest nuclear weapons project, one intended to put at risk South
 Korea, Japan and 100,000 American troops in Northeast Asia.<br />
<br />
The Central Intelligence Agency told members of Congress this week that North Korea's uranium enrichment program, which it discovered only this summer, will produce enough material to produce weapons in two to three years. Previously it has estimated that North
 Korea probably extracted enough plutonium from a nuclear reactor to build one or two weapons, until that program was halted in 1994 in a confrontation with the United States.<br />
<br />
Yet the C.I.A. report — at least the unclassified version — made no mention of how one of the world's poorest and most isolated nations put together its new, complex uranium project.
<br />
<br />
In interviews over the past three weeks, officials and experts in Washington, Pakistan and here in the capital of South Korea described a relationship between North Korea and Pakistan that now appears much deeper and more dangerous than the United States and
 its Asian allies first suspected.<br />
<br />
The accounts raise disturbing questions about the nature of the uneasy American alliance with General Musharraf's government. The officials and experts described how, even after Mr. Musharraf sided with the United States in ousting the Taliban and hunting down
 Qaeda leaders, Pakistan's secretive A. Q. Khan Nuclear Research Laboratories continued its murky relationship with the North Korean military. It was a partnership linking an insecure Islamic nation and a failing Communist one, each in need of the other's expertise.<br />
<br />
Pakistan was desperate to counter India's superior military force, but encountered years of American-imposed sanctions, so it turned to North Korea. For its part, North Korea, increasingly cut off from Russia and China, tried to replicate Pakistan's success
 in developing nuclear weapons based on uranium, one of the few commodities that North Korea has in plentiful supply.<br />
<br />
Yet while the United States has put tremendous diplomatic pressure on North Korea in the past two months to abandon the project, and has cut off oil supplies to the country, it has never publicly discussed the role of Pakistan or other nations in supplying
 that effort. <br />
<br />
American and South Korean officials, when speaking anonymously, say the reason is obvious: the Bush administration has determined that Pakistan's cooperation in the search for Al Qaeda is so critical — especially with new evidence suggesting that Osama bin
 Laden is still alive, perhaps on Pakistani soil.<br />
<br />
So far, the White House has ignored federal statutes that require President Bush to impose stiff economic penalties on any country involved in nuclear proliferation or, alternatively, to issue a public waiver of those penalties in the interest of national security.
 Mr. Bush last year removed penalties that were imposed on Pakistan after it set off a series of nuclear tests in 1998.<br />
<br />
White House officials would not comment on the record for this article, saying that discussing Pakistan's role could compromise classified intelligence. Instead, they noted that General Musharraf, after first denying Pakistani involvement in North Korea's nuclear
 effort, has assured Secretary of State Colin L. Powell that no such trade will occur in the future.<br />
<br />
"He said, `Four hundred percent assurance that there is no such interchange taking place now,' " Secretary Powell said in a briefing late last month. Pressed about Pakistan's contributions to the nuclear program that North Korea admitted to last month, Secretary
 Powell smiled tightly and said, "We didn't talk about the past."<br />
<br />
A State Department spokesman, Philip Reeker, said, "We are aware of the allegations" about Pakistan, though he would not comment on the substance. "This adminsitration will abide by the law," he said. Intelligence officials say they have seen no evidence of
 exchanges since Washington protested the July missile shipment. Even in that incident,<br />
<br />
they cannot determine if the C-130 that picked up missile parts in North Korea brought nuclear-related goods to North Korea.
<br />
<br />
But American and Asian officials are far from certain that Pakistan has cut off the relationship, or even whether General Musharraf is in control of the transactions. Yet in the words of one American official who has reviewed the intelligence, North Korea's
 drive in the past year to begin full-scale enrichment of uranium uses technology that "has `Made in Pakistan' stamped all over it." They doubt that North Korea will end its effort even if Pakistan cuts off its supplies.<br />
<br />
"In Kim Jong Il's view, what's the difference between North Korea and Iraq?" asked one senior American official with long experience dealing with North Korea. "Saddam doesn't have one, and look what's happening to him."<br />
<br />
A Meeting of Minds in 1993 Pakistan's military ties to North Korea go back to the 1970's. But they took a decisive turn in 1993, just as the United States was forcing the<br />
<br />
North to open up its huge nuclear reactor facilities at Yongbyon. Yongbyon was clearly a factory for producing bomb-grade plutonium from spent nuclear fuel.<br />
<br />
When North Korea refused to allow in inspectors headed by Hans Blix, the man now leading the inspections in Iraq, President Bill Clinton went to the United Nations to press penalties and the Pentagon drew up contingency plans for a strike against the plant
 in case North Korea removed the fuel rods to begin making bomb-grade plutonium. <br />
<br />
In the midst of that face-off, Benazir Bhutto, then the prime minister of Pakistan, arrived in Pyongyang, the North Korean capital. It was the end of December, freezing cold, and yet the North Korean government arranged for tens of thousands of the city's well-trained
 citizens to greet her on the streets. At a state dinner, Ms. Bhutto complained about the American penalties imposed on her country and North Korea.<br />
<br />
"Pakistan is committed to nuclear nonproliferation," she said, according to a transcript issued at the time. However, she added, states still have "their right to acquire and develop nuclear technology for peaceful purposes, geared to their economic and social
 developments." <br />
<br />
Ms. Bhutto's delegation left with plans for North Korea's Nodong missile, according to former and current Pakistani officials.
<br />
<br />
The Pakistani military had long coveted the plans, and by April 1998, it successfully tested a version of the Nodong, renamed the Ghauri. Its flight range of about 1,000 miles put much of India within reach of Pakistan's nuclear warheads.<br />
<br />
A former senior Pakistani official recalled in an interview that the Bhutto government planned to pay North Korea "from the invisible account" for covert programs. But events intervened.
<br />
<br />
Months after Ms. Bhutto's visit, the Clinton administration and North Korea reached a deal that froze all nuclear activity at Yongbyon, where international inspectors still live year-round.
<br />
<br />
In return, the United States and its allies promised North Korea a steady flow of fuel oil and the eventual delivery of two proliferation-resistant nuclear reactors to produce electric power. That was important in a country so lacking in power that, from satellite<br />
<br />
images taken at night, it appears like a black hole compared to the blazing lights of South Korea.<br />
<br />
But within three years, Kim Jong Il grew disenchanted with the accord and feared that the nuclear power plants would never be delivered. He never allowed the International Atomic Energy Agency to begin the wide-ranging inspections required before the critical
 parts of the plants could be delivered.<br />
<br />
By 1997 or 1998, American intelligence has now concluded, he was searching for an alternative way to build a bomb, without detection. He found part of the answer in Pakistan, which along with Iran, Libya, Yemen, Syria and Egypt was now a regular customer for
 North Korean missile parts, American military officials said.<br />
<br />
A. Q. Khan, the father of Pakistan's nuclear bomb, who had years ago stolen the engineering plans for gas centrifuges from the Netherlands, visited North Korea several times. The visits were always cloaked in secrecy.<br />
<br />
But several things are now clear. Pakistan was running out of hard currency to pay the North Koreans, who were in worse shape. North Korea feared that without a nuclear weapon it would eventually be absorbed by the economic might of the South, or squeezed by
 the military might of the United States.<br />
<br />
In 1997 or 1998, Kim Jong Il and his generals decided to begin a development project for a bomb based on highly enriched uranium, a slow and difficult process, but relatively easy to hide.Talking, but Not Changing<br />
<br />
They did so even while sporadically pursuing a better relationship with Washington. In the last days of the Clinton administration, the North negotiated with Secretary of State Madeleine K. Albright for a deal to restrict North Korean missile exports in return
 for a removal of economic penalties, a de-listing from the State Department's account of countries that sponsor terrorism and talks about diplomatic recognition.The deal was never reached.
<br />
<br />
President Clinton even considered an end-of-term trip to North Korea, but was talked out of it by aides who feared that the North was not ready to make real concessions. The nuclear revelations of the past few weeks suggest those aides saved Mr. Clinton from
 embarrassment. <br />
<br />
"Lamentably, North Korea never really changed," said one senior Western official here with long experience in the topic. "They came to the conclusion that the nuclear card was their one ace in the hole, and they couldn't give it up."<br />
<br />
American intelligence agencies, meanwhile, suspected that North Korea was restarting a secret program. In 1998, satellites were focused on a huge underground site where the C.I.A. believed Kim Jong Il was trying to build a second plutonium-reprocessing center.
 But they were looking in the wrong place: after American officials negotiated access to the suspect site, they found only a series of man-made caves with no nuclear-related equipment, and no apparent purpose. "World's largest underground parking lot," one
 American intelligence official joked at the time.<br />
<br />
Rumors of a secret enriched-uranium project persisted, however. The C.I.A. and the Oak Ridge National Laboratory in Tennessee evaluated the evidence but reached no firm conclusion.
<br />
<br />
But there were hints. One Western diplomat who visited North Korea in May 1998, just as world attention focused on Pakistan, which had responded to India's underground nuclear tests by setting off six of its own, recalled witnessing an odd celebration. "I was
 in the Foreign Ministry," the official recalled last week. "About 10 minutes into our meeting, the North Korean diplomat we were seeing broke into a big smile and pointed with pride to these tests. They were all elated.<br />
<br />
"Here was a model of a poor state getting away with developing a nuclear weapon." When the Clinton administration raised the rumors of a Pakistan-North Korea link with Prime Minister Nawaz Sharif, who succeeded Ms. Bhutto, he denied them. It was only after
 General Musharraf overthrew Mr. Sharif's government, and after Mr. Bush took office, that South Korean intelligence agencies picked up strong evidence that North Korea was buying components for an enriched-uranium program.<br />
<br />
The agencies passed the evidence along to Washington, according to South Korean and American officials. It looked suspiciously similar to the gas centrifuge technology used in Pakistan. "My guess is that Pakistan was the only available partner," said Lee Hong
 Koo, a former South Korean prime minister and unification minister.<br />
<br />
A. H. Nayya, a physics professor at Quaid-e-Azam University in Islamabad, who has no role in the country's nuclear program, agreed: "The clearest possibility is that the Pakistanis gave them the blueprint. `Here it is. You make it on your own.' "<br />
<br />
Under American pressure, Dr. Khan was removed from the operational side of the Pakistani nuclear program. He was made an "adviser to the president" on nuclear technology.
<br />
<br />
Here in Seoul, nuclear experts working for the government of President Kim Dae Jung say they were subtly discouraged from publicly writing or speculating about the North's secret programs because the Korean government feared that it would derail President Kim's
 legacy: the "sunshine policy" of engagement with North Korea and encouraging investment there.<br />
<br />
By this summer, however, the C.I.A. concluded that the North had moved from research to production. The intelligence agency took the evidence to Condoleezza Rice, the president's national security adviser, who asked for a review by all American intelligence
 agencies.<br />
<br />
Such a request is usually a prescription for conflicting interpretations. Instead, the agencies came back with a unanimous opinion: the North Korean program was well under way, and had to be stopped.Telling the North, 'You're Busted'<br />
<br />
After sending senior officials to Japan and South Korea in August to present the new evidence, Mr. Bush decided to confront the North Koreans. On Oct. 4, James A. Kelly, the assistant secretary of state for East Asian and Pacific affairs, was in North Korea
 and told his counterparts that the United States had detailed information about the enriched-uranium program.<br />
<br />
"We wanted to make it clear to them that they were busted," a senior administration official said. The North Koreans initially denied the accusation, but the next day, after what they told the American visitors was an all-night discussion, they admitted that
 they were pursuing the secret weapons program, several officials said. "We need nuclear weapons," Kang Sok Joo, the North Korean senior foreign policy official, said, arguing that the program was a result of the Bush administration's hostility.<br />
<br />
Mr. Kelly responded that the program began at least four years ago, when Mr. Bush was governor of Texas. The Americans left after one North Korean official declared that dialogue on the subject was worthless and said, "We will meet sword with sword."<br />
<br />
Since then, the North Koreans have been more circumspect. They have talked publicly about having the right to a nuclear weapon, even though they have signed the Nuclear Nonproliferation Treaty and an agreement with South Korea to keep the Korean Peninsula free
 of nuclear weapons.<br />
<br />
The Bush administration has been uncharacteristically restrained. President Bush led the push for an oil cutoff, but also issued a statement on Nov. 15 saying that the United States had no intention of invading North Korea. His aides hoped that the statement
 would give Kim Jong Il the kind of security guarantee he had long demanded — and a face-saving way to end the nuclear program.<br />
<br />
Mr. Bush's aides say the way to deal with North Korea, in contrast to their approach to Iraq, is to exploit its economic vulnerabilities and offer carrots, essentially the strategy the Clinton administration used. Many here in Seoul believe it may work this
 time.<br />
<br />
"The North Koreans are a lot more dependent on us, and on the West, than they were in the 1994 nuclear crisis," said Han Sung Joo, who served as South Korea's foreign minister then.<br />
<br />
But the reality, officials acknowledged, is that Mr. Bush has little choice but to pursue a diplomatic solution with North Korea.
<br />
<br />
Kim Jong Il has 11,000 artillery tubes dug in around the demilitarized zone, all aimed at Seoul. In the opening hours of a war, tens of thousands of people could die, military officials here say.
<br />
<br />
"Here's the strategy," one American official said. "Tell the North Koreans, quite publicly, that they can't get away with it. And say the same thing to Pakistan, but privately, quietly."</p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>29/12/2011 15:10:36</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/15735/In+North+Korea+and+Pakistan+Deep+Roots+of+Nuclear+Barter</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">15735</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>15740</publicationdataID>
      <title>A Revolving Door for Pakistan's Militants</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p><strong>La Times<br />
By Paul Watson</strong></p>
<p>PESHAWAR, Pakistan -- Police believed they had a good bust: members of an outlawed group allied with Al Qaeda who were caught with a cache of assault rifles, pistols, explosives and two CDs featuring Osama bin Laden.<br />
<br />
When the 11 suspected militants from Harkat-ul-Moujahedeen, the Pakistani group with the longest and most direct ties to Bin Laden, were locked up, the charge sheet landed on the desk of Sher Mohammed Khan, an anti-terrorism prosecutor working from a cubbyhole
 of an office.<br />
<br />
The case promptly hit a wall.Within days, the arrests were shrugged off as a setup by overzealous cops. Khan agreed bail was appropriate, and a special anti-terrorism court granted it about a month after the August arrest. The two leaders of the 11 were quickly
 back on the street.<br />
<br />
One step forward in the war on terrorism became two steps back.Pakistani President Pervez Musharraf, who was sworn in Saturday for five more years, is working closely with the U.S. in the roundup of foreign terror suspects. But his government's record against
 home-grown militants, many of them allies of Bin Laden, looks less resolute.<br />
<br />
Security forces have detained about 3,300 Pakistanis in sweeps against local extremist groups. At least 1,300 have been released, often after signing promises of good behavior. Among those released in recent weeks are leaders of groups accused of killing hundreds
 of minority Shiite Muslims and of launching terrorist attacks against neighboring India. Musharraf has banned both groups.<br />
<br />
Authorities are still holding 1,982 without charge, according to confidential government figures. Musharraf issued a decree last month extending the detention limit from 90 days to a year. In trials that have reached a verdict, 41 people have been convicted
 and 21 acquitted. <br />
<br />
Critics maintain that, at best, Musharraf is warehousing so! me extremists and leaving others untouched for fear of alienating the religious right whose support he needs.<br />
<br />
A pattern of well-publicized arrests followed by quiet releases also feeds suspicion that extremists are being protected, raising doubts that Pakistan can get rid of terrorist networks by pruning them back instead of cutting them off at the root.<br />
<br />
The contradiction is born of Musharraf's struggle to hold on to power, said Samina Ahmed, Pakistan project director for the International Crisis Group, a Brussels-based organization of security and foreign policy analysts.
<br />
<br />
"The main focus of the Musharraf government seems to be much more on its own survival than eradicating terrorism on a systematic basis," said Ahmed, a former researcher at Harvard University's Kennedy School of Government.<br />
<br />
Musharraf's maneuverability also is limited by the conflict over Kashmir. He was able to break with Afghanistan's Taliban regime, but denouncing militants fig! hting Indian rule in Jammu and Kashmir state would betray a struggle that began with Pakistan's birth
 55 years ago. And Kashmir has long been a rallying point for terrorists.<br />
<br />
Prosecutor Khan, an obliging man with a bushy handlebar mustache, insisted that the nine men and two teenagers arrested in Peshawar were not terrorists. "They were people from the laboring class residing together in a house," he said. "During the investigation,
 one or two Kalashnikovs were recovered, and the accused said someone had put these in their house, and they had not searched the bag." He accused the police of framing the men, something that he says happens all the time. "As far as our people are concerned,
 I can clearly say that they show suspects are guilty by planting things," he said. "It gets more attention from the government."<br />
<br />
The prosecutor said the police didn't allege that the suspects were part of a terrorist group, even though the charge sheet clearly does! Police said they found more than a couple of assault rifles: six pistols, four hand grenades, four detonators, 100 rounds
 of different types of ammunition, 60 national identity cards in various names and two Harkat membership cards.
<br />
<br />
In a report filed the night of the arrest, police said they had received a tip that Harkat, the Taliban and Al Qaeda were regrouping in a Peshawar house.
<br />
<br />
"These persons are engaged in terrorist activities and spreading disinformation against the government," Assistant Inspector General Abdul Majeed Marwat alleged. "It is presumed that these persons were planning for mass destruction in Peshawar, and some VIPs
 were also on their hit list." Khan made clear, however, that he doesn't intend to prosecute the nine members of the group still in jail and trying to make bail of about $5,000 each.Meanwhile, one of the two men released admitted in an interview at his home
 in Hayatabad, near Peshawar, that he and the group's le! ader are Harkat members. And he confirmed that police found explosives in the house. The man spoke on the condition he not be identified because his superiors hadn't approved the interview.<br />
<br />
Three of the 11 had returned recently from fighting Indian forces in Jammu and Kashmir state, he said, adding that two members of the group were Afghans. Despite Musharraf's promises to stop infiltrations into the Indian-held portion of Kashmir, India and the
 United States say the incursions continue. <br />
<br />
Sabir Hussain Awan, a Peshawar-area commander of Hizbul Moujahedeen, a group fighting Indian rule in Kashmir that remains legal in Pakistan, said Musharraf is facing domestic pressure to stop restraining the militants.<br />
<br />
"People have lost patience already, and they can hardly wait another seven or eight months," said Awan, who was elected to Pakistan's National Assembly from a coalition of right-wing Islamic parties. "After that, this issue will go out of control." he quiet
 release of the Harkat members in Peshawar is not the only case in which efforts to crack down on terror suspects have been thwarted.<br />
<br />
On Oct. 31, the government of Punjab province said it was allowing Hafiz Mohammed Saeed, leader of the militant Lashkar-e-Taiba group, to go home under a house arrest order that would expire in a month. Saeed, whom India accuses of launching many terror attacks
 including an assault on the Indian Parliament in New Delhi last December, had last been seen more than five months ago when security forces detained him.<br />
<br />
His wife said she was withdrawing a court petition asking for his release because officials of the military's powerful Inter-Services Intelligence agency, or ISI, had assured her he would be freed soon.<br />
<br />
The leader of another banned group was freed from prison the day before, shortly after he was elected to the National Assembly. Azam Tariq heads the Sipah-e-Sahaba, which Musharraf outlawed in Januar! y because it was accused of killing hundreds of minority
 Shiite Muslims. <br />
<br />
A court ordered Tariq released because the government had not filed any charges. In another case, police arrested 12 members of Harkat and a local leader of another banned group in North-West Frontier Province after terrorists bombed a bus, injuring nine foreign
 tourists, most of them Germans. Harkat once had a training base in the region.<br />
<br />
An ISI colonel pressured police to release the men, said a local police official who spoke on the condition he not be identified. The suspects were sent to Peshawar for interrogation by a team that included ISI agents, he added. They were cleared and released,
 and the bombing remains unsolved. <br />
<br />
The ISI's close ties to Harkat stem from the militant group's founding in 1985 as one of the moujahedeen forces fighting the Soviet occupation of Afghanistan. When the Soviet army pulled out of Afghanistan four years later, Harkat shifted its jihad, or holy
 ! war, to Kashmir.<br />
<br />
In 1998, Harkat leader Fazlur Rehman Khalil joined Bin Laden in signing a religious edict declaring it the duty of all Muslims to wage holy war against Americans and Jews.<br />
<br />
Pakistani authorities have handled senior Harkat members very carefully.Unlike other militant leaders, Khalil was not detained when Musharraf banned Harkat and other groups in January. A high-ranking anti-terrorism official said last spring that Khalil was
 in an ISI "safe house." Another source said in October that his whereabouts were unknown.
<br />
<br />
Maulana Masood Azhar, another former Harkat leader, was moved from jail to house arrest this year so that he could be with his family, which is receiving about $170 a month in government support payments because he can't work. Azhar has not been charged with
 any crime even though he is suspected of having been involved in terrorism for a decade.<br />
<br />
One of Azhar's disciples, Ahmad Omar Saeed Sheikh, was convicted of mastermi! nding the kidnapping and killing of American journalist Daniel Pearl this year. Sheikh is in prison awaiting the appeal of a death sentence.<br />
<br />
Musharraf rejected Washington's request to extradite Sheikh, but he did hand over two high-profile suspects caught in Pakistan: Al Qaeda operations chief Abu Zubeida, who is thought to be a Palestinian, and Ramzi Binalshibh, a Yemeni believed to have had a
 major role in the Sept. 11 terrorist attacks.<br />
<br />
Pakistan says it has turned over to the U.S. more than 420 Al Qaeda suspects, most captured as they crossed from Afghanistan after the Taliban collapsed last year. A list of 299 of them obtained from a Pakistan government source includes citizens of 27 countries,
 including an American of Syrian descent identified as Khalid Wazem Diab, believed to be an aeronautical engineer. The Pakistani official said Diab was interrogated and released, and his whereabouts were unknown.<br />
<br />
The list includes citizens of Australia, Britain! , Germany, France and Denmark. The majority are Afghans, Saudis and Yemenis.<br />
<br />
Meanwhile, some of Pakistan's home-grown radicals are branching out, including a Harkat splinter group operating in Karachi that added "al-Almi," or "international," to the name. Police blame the group for a May suicide bombing that killed 11 French naval engineers
 and a car bombing near the U.S. Consulate in Karachi hat killed 11 Pakistanis, including the bomber.<br />
<br />
The Harkat member interviewed in Hayatabad said he believed that the Al-Almi faction had about 100 members and that only about 24 had been arrested. When Pakistan's 32 special anti-terrorism courts do attempt to put suspects on trial, other problems occur.
 Raja Queshi, who won the conviction of Pearl's killers, resigned this month as chief prosecutor of Sindh province. No reason was given, but he previously had said that he was getting constant death threats and that he had moved his family out of Pakistan.
<br />
<br />
Pri! or to his resignation, he failed to turn up repeatedly for the trial of five suspects in the consulate bombing, forcing its postponement. Other anti-terrorism courts have concentrated on cases not normally considered terrorism. Khan, the Peshawar prosecutor,
 doesn't include the case of the 11 alleged Harkat members on his docket of seven anti-terrorism cases. Among those he does include are the rape of a 12-year-old girl and the killing of a dentist. Four of the seven cases date to 1992.
<br />
<br />
While he focuses on those cases, several men are living in the house where the 11 were arrested, behind a wall topped with barbed wire in a neighborhood of Afghan refugees.<br />
<br />
Police say the compound was sealed, but several people still live there. A young man who answered the bell said they had nothing to do with Harkat. But he glowered at a foreign visitor and angrily spit as he walked back through the gate, next to a sign that
 warned: "Outsiders not allowed withou! t permission." <br />
<br />
Mubashir Zaidi in Islamabad and Zulfiqar Ali in Peshawar contributed to this report.</p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>29/12/2011 15:15:03</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/15740/A+Revolving+Door+for+Pakistans+Militants</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">15740</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>15742</publicationdataID>
      <title>Indian IT's New Faces</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p><strong>The Far Eastern Economic Review<br />
By Joanna Slater</strong></p>
<p>In tough times, India's top software firms are assuming multiple roles: code-cruncher, systems integrator, call centre. They're growing rapidly by taking on more business--and larger competitors.<br />
<br />
LAST MONTH, two information-technology firms on opposite sides of the world announced quarterly results. For Texas-based computer-services giant Electronic Data Systems (EDS), the news was bad: sales down by 3% compared to the same quarter last year, new business
 down by more than 50%, and job cuts for 5,000 employees. But for Indian software firm Infosys Technologies, the opposite was true: revenues were up 35%, profits increased 12%, and new hires hit nearly 2,000.<br />
<br />
It's a telling comparison. As global IT giants struggle, India's top software firms are finding new ways to grow at a rapid pace, sometimes at the expense of companies many times their size. By going after larger jobs and expanding the kind of services they
 offer, they're notching revenue growth of 20%-30% over last year even as technology budgets get squeezed.<br />
<br />
Their pitch--high-quality services at highly competitive prices--is music to the ears of cost-conscious executives in the United States and Europe who don't see a worldwide economic recovery any time soon.<br />
<br />
The story goes like this: India's top- tier software firms--Infosys, Wipro, Tata Consultancy Services, Satyam Computer Services and HCL Technologies, with more than $2.5 billion in combined sales--are emerging from their cocoon of custom software development,
 on which they built their businesses. They're still the world's major code-crunchers, but now they're including systems integration and call centres among their services. They'll even run part of your IT department for you, taking over staff or moving them
 to India. And they're devising detailed contingency plans to reassure customers that their work is safe, even when the Subcontinent isn't.<br />
<br />
Those tactics also mean that increasingly they're going head to head with the big boys like EDS, Accenture and IBM in a bid to win customers and spur growth in lean times. "Indian IT companies are in the process of transforming themselves into very serious
 competitors," says C. Srinivasan, managing director in India of A.T. Kearney, the consulting arm of EDS. "They're beginning to tell a good story to clients and clients are beginning to respond."<br />
<br />
The attempt to become a one-stop shop for cost-conscious multinationals is part of a major reorientation by the top Indian firms after a bruising two years that have slowed growth and shrunk profit margins. Before then, everyone was "feeding at the trough,"
 laughs Nandan Nilekani, Infosys' CEO. Since the Internet bubble burst in 2000, however, "the trend among large corporations to rein in IT spending has never been stronger," he says.<br />
<br />
That means pressure on profits will continue, though top firms say it's abating somewhat. While many of India's small and medium-sized tech firms are in trouble, the biggest players are poised to take advantage of the cost-cutting drives sweeping through boardrooms
 in the West.<br />
<br />
This time, however, the deals aren't about sending hordes of bright young software engineers to developed countries on short-term contracts.Instead, for cost reasons, companies are more and more interested in "offshoring"--doing work in India itself. Sales
 from such work jumped 64% in the 12 months to March, according to the National Association of Software and Service Companies, or NASSCOM.<br />
<br />
Multinationals are also eager to consolidate their IT work with a few firms rather than dealing with a dozen. "Clients are saying, 'Can you take total responsibility, and where you do it is your problem'," says S. Ramadorai, CEO of Tata Consultancy Services,
 India's largest software firm.<br />
<br />
TCS, as it's known, is a good example of the trend. In the past year, it has agreed with Japanese hardware giant NEC to collaborate in Asia and beyond. It also acquired an Indian firm with expertise in integrating software and hardware. "The intent clearly
 is to bid for the big deals," says Kiran Karnik, president of NASSCOM in New Delhi.<br />
<br />
Overall, says TCS' Ramadorai, big Indian firms are looking at larger, longer-term and more complex projects than in the past. In one such example, TCS recently announced a deal worth $80 million-100 million over the next four to five years with GE Medical Systems
 that will involve implementing technology in several continents.<br />
<br />
Vivek Paul, CEO of Wipro Technologies, says that companies no longer want to start with a small pilot project and ramp up, but would rather go the whole hog from the start. Paul says his firm is now working on several deals worth $20 million or more per year,
 far higher than the industry's norm.<br />
<br />
All that adds up to a problem for U.S.-based IT giants like EDS and Accenture. "Clearly, competition has increased in the last few months as they get further traction in the market, thanks to their references and credentials," says Sanjay Jain, managing director
 of Accenture in India.<br />
<br />
The Indian companies make no secret of the fact that they're eyeing the business model of the American IT giants, where services run the gamut from consulting to software code-crunching to the installation of hardware. Of course, they're nowhere near that size
 and scope. And when it comes to truly large IT deals that run into billions of dollars, Indian companies still would only qualify as subcontractors.<br />
<br />
Nevertheless, such IT giants "are definitely taking note [of the Indian firms] and they are already losing some smallish deals" to Indian competitors, says Rita Terdiman, vice-president at technology research firm Gartner. As a result, they're paying Indian
 firms the ultimate compliment: replicating their operations. EDS, Accenture, IBM and CSC have set up outsourcing centres in India to find ways to offer the same cost advantages Indian firms do.<br />
<br />
These two sets of competitors view each other with a healthy respect but also a dose of scepticism. IT majors don't believe Indian firms can match their global reach or breadth of expertise any time soon. In turn, Indian firms don't believe IT majors can duplicate
 their cost efficiencies.<br />
<br />
Right now, it's Indian companies that are benefiting from the cost-cutting environment. Software industry executives say investment firm Lehman Brothers is negotiating a large IT outsourcing deal in India, a first for the company, as is PepsiCo. The two companies
 did not respond to requests for comment. They belong to a group of firms who are either looking at India for the first time or greatly expanding the scope of the technology work they do here. Typically, customers have been concentrated in businesses like banking
 and telecommunications, but today, say executives, there's also interest from the automotive, energy and pharmaceutical industries.<br />
<br />
Indian firms aren't simply seen as a cheap alternative. For example, they continue to monopolize the most prestigious measure of software-code writing ability--SEI CMM Level 5, developed by Carnegie Mellon University.<br />
<br />
While average CEOs might not appreciate that kind of geeky honour, they can relate to something like Six Sigma productivity techniques which aim to identify and eliminate errors in a company's internal processes. Firms like Wipro have embraced Six Sigma with
 a vengeance.<br />
<br />
In the meantime, Indian firms are tackling another challenge: the lingering impression that India is an unsafe place in which to base critical work. Ever since the war scare on the Subcontinent in May and June, the software firms have doubled their attention
 to contingency plans in case of disaster.<br />
<br />
Whereas customers previously only wanted back-up within the same city, they now want a plan to shift work elsewhere in India, and, if necessary, elsewhere in the world. Infosys announced earlier this month that it would set up a centre on the island of Mauritius
 in the Indian Ocean for just that purpose. Preparing for the worst has shifted from being a secondary concern to a prime obsession. Privately, some software executives gripe that those worries have become a growth industry for consultants, who will verify
 for clients that such plans are in place.<br />
<br />
The top Indian companies are also pushing ahead with what they see as an important source of growth: providing back-office services for multinationals, whether answering customer calls and e-mails or processing a company's invoices and payroll. Such services
 grew 70% last year. In recent months, Wipro and Infosys have acquired or created businesses to address this need, and if possible, cross-sell them with their other services. Infosy s, for example, is providing back-office services to GreenPoint Mortgage, a
 U.S. home lender, along with its more traditional IT work.<br />
<br />
It's all part of leaving their narrower focus on software behind and growing into something much larger. Says NASSCOM's Karnik: "We're beginning to see visions at least of taking on the big boys."</p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>29/12/2011 15:19:41</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/15742/Indian+ITs+New+Faces</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">15742</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>15744</publicationdataID>
      <title>America's richest man has pledged $500 million to help fight AIDS and promote education on the subcontinent</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p><strong>Christian Science Monitor<br />
By Scott Baldauf</strong></p>
<p>Bill Gates, the biggest thing in India since the BeatlesChristian Science Monitor America's richest man has pledged $500 million to help fight AIDS and promote education on the subcontinent.<br />
<br />
Something happens to people when the world's richest man passes through a crowd.<br />
At a photo exhibit at the regal Maurya Sheraton Hotel here, Bill Gates - the famous billionaire, philanthropist, and founder of the Microsoft Corporation - slid through the masses to view photos of AIDS patients.<br />
<br />
But for everyone else, the main attraction was, well, Bill Gates. Hands were shaken, backs were slapped, and through it all, Gates wore the painful frozen grin of a Hollywood star at the Oscars. "Mr. Gates, you are my idea of the ideal man," purred one former
 Indian fashion model. "You are rich, and you are powerful."<br />
<br />
He is also married, one hastens to add.On his third tour of India, the $46 billion man with the poor man's haircut is causing a stir in Indian society that speaks as much about Gates's power as it does about India's ambitions to be a leader in a technological
 age.<br />
<br />
It's an unlikely match: the world's richest man in one of the world's poorest countries. An American businessman in a country that has been as suspicious of foreign businessmen since the arrival - or invasion - of the British East India Company some 300 years
 ago. <br />
<br />
But as unlikely as the match is, the attraction seems to go both ways. "It's a mutual admiration society," says Chandan Mitra, editor of the Pioneer, a right-of-center daily newspaper here. "He's worshiped almost like a demigod. And it's not just about money.
 A lot of Indians feel that Bill Gates, by funding a development center in India, has made India a world information technology power. So this is India's way of saying, 'Thank you.' "<br />
<br />
Gates has made a habit of showering India with praise. At one press conference, he noted that some 20 percent of his software developers and engineers are of Indian origin. At another, he spoke with pride of the new software development center he has set up
 in Hyderabad, the only site outside of the US where Microsoft has invested money for development.<br />
<br />
People here still quote, with odd pride, an assertion that Gates made on a previous trip that South Indians are the "second smartest people in the world, after the Chinese." Had this come from anyone else, headline writers might have called for a revocation
 of his visa. <br />
<br />
Officially, Gates's visit had two purposes. One was to highlight the growing problem of AIDS in India, which US government reports estimate could affect some 25 million Indians by 2010. For this effort, Gates pledged an astounding $100 million to various government
 agencies and charity groups, more than many developed countries give to AIDS research and treatment.<br />
<br />
The other purpose is much more complex. Gates pledged some $400 million for basic education and computer classes, and for enhanced computer systems and training for Indian government offices. One piece of that package, called Project Shiksha, aims to train
 80,000 teachers and 3.5 million students at public schools to use computer software - Microsoft products, of course.<br />
<br />
On the surface, this looks like good corporate citizenship. Gates himself said, "My philosophy has always been to give back to society what you get from it." But analysts say that Microsoft's donations also could serve to put pressure on the Indian government,
 which recently decided to abandon Microsoft products for cheaper Linux-based software.
<br />
<br />
To avoid the Gates four-day juggernaut, one would probably have to stay in a far-off village. Even those readers of Indian newspapers who skip the front page for the glamour pages inside found out what Gates had for dinner (roast lamb, grilled prawns, black
 lentils, vegetable kebabs), what he found in his minibar (strictly Diet Coke), and what he did to relax (go online on his high-speed ISDN connection to check in with the<br />
office). <br />
<br />
But while Gates may have rock-star status among India's large, well-educated middle class - which is equal to the entire US population, according to some Indian estimates - there are some neighborhoods in town where Gates is just another man in a suit, surrounded
 by an armed entourage worthy of a visiting US president.<br />
<br />
Consider Gates's visit to the Naz Foundation, a local charity with numerous programs to counter the spread of AIDS. There was no red carpet, no elephant ride, no cheering crowds or swarming paparazzi. Just one lone AIDS activist, Anjali Gopalan, who came out
 of the unmarked office, dabbed a red-paste mark on Gates's forehead, and brought him inside to talk with AIDS patients.<br />
<br />
And for half an hour, the world's richest man, sitting cross-legged on the floor, pondered a problem beyond the realm of silicon and software.
</p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>29/12/2011 15:22:51</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/15744/Americas+richest+man+has+pledged+500+million+to+help+fight++and+promote+education+on+the+subcontinent</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">15744</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>15747</publicationdataID>
      <title>To ease tension, focus on trade rather than Kashmir</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p><strong>International Herald Tribune<br />
By Selig S. Harrison<br />
India and Pakistan</strong></p>
WASHINGTON Now that India and Pakistan are pulling back forces from the front lines, ending the immediate danger of war, the United States is once again calling for a dialogue between New Delhi and Islamabad to defuse tensions. Once again, Washington is urging
 Indian and Pakistani leaders to focus the dialogue on a Kashmir settlement.<br />
<br />
But the recent elections in Pakistan and in Indian-held areas of Kashmir make clear that a productive Indo-Pakistan dialogue should not be a rehash of the emotion-laden Kashmir issue. Instead, for the foreseeable future, New Delhi and Islamabad should explore
 other avenues for easing tensions, especially through trade, on mutually beneficial terms. In the past, Indian intransigence on the terms for expanding trade has blocked promising Pakistani initiatives.<br />
<br />
The Pakistani election was window dressing for the continuation of a military regime dominated by hard-line generals who oppose any compromise on Kashmir. President Pervez Musharraf did his best to assure that no one of the divided opposition parties would
 win enough seats to form a stable government. Lacking a popular mandate and facing widespread instability, Musharraf will be more dependent than ever on his fellow generals and would be unable to challenge them by softening his stance on Kashmir even if he
 wanted to do so.<br />
<br />
Historically, civilian political leaders in Pakistan have been much more open to accommodation with India than military regimes that have fanned tensions with New Delhi to justify their rule.
<br />
<br />
The United States should press Musharraf to engage in a dialogue with India in which Kashmir does not dominate the agenda. To set the stage for a dialogue, India should greatly accelerate its efforts to broaden the base of its state government in Kashmir so
 that Islamic militants are politically isolated, and the military conflict there begins to wind down.
<br />
<br />
The crushing defeat of the ruling pro-Indian National Conference Party in the Kashmir elections makes clear that the balloting was not rigged and has led to a coalition government with greater popular acceptance.The new government has just released a leading
 separatist, Yasin Malik, who had been imprisoned by the previous regime. But the two victorious coalition parties do not embrace even the more moderate separatist groups that have been fighting Indian forces. Their inclusion in the coalition government would
 greatly strengthen its credibility as a spokesman for Kashmiri aspirations for greater autonomy.
<br />
<br />
The United States should press Musharraf to make good on his January pledge to stop sending Islamic militants across the Kashmir cease-fire line. This could be offered as a bargaining chip to get India to pull back its forward-deployed forces there. But negotiations
 on the long-term future of Kashmir must await a successful dialogue on greater Kashmiri autonomy between New Delhi and its newly-elected state government in Srinagar.
<br />
<br />
While urging India to show flexibility in negotiating the terms of autonomy, the United States should press Pakistan to resume the effort to open up trade with India. This would require that India agree to terms for the removal of tariff barriers.<br />
<br />
In both countries, the majority of the people live below the poverty line, and the leaders of both have an overriding obligation to move toward economic cooperation that will jump-start progress toward more rapid development.<br />
<br />
The writer is director of the Asia Program at the Center for International Policy. He contributed this comment to the International Herald Tribune.
<p>&nbsp;</p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>29/12/2011 15:26:13</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/15747/To+ease+tension+focus+on+trade+rather+than+Kashmir</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">15747</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>15751</publicationdataID>
      <title>Go-ahead for India's reform programme</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p><strong>Financial Times<br />
By Edward Luce</strong></p>
<p>India's stop-and-go economic reform process appears to be entering a "go" phase,with the promotion this week of Arun Shourie, an aggressive liberaliser, to the post ofcabinet minister forcommerce and industry.<br />
<br />
Mr Shourie, who has spearheaded India's privatisation programme with the sale of more than 30 state enterprises in the last 18 months, will also retain his post as minister for "disinvestment".<br />
<br />
At a moment when Atal Behari Vajpayee, India's prime minister, is under unusually acerbic attack from the xenophobic wing of his Hindu nationalist BJP party, Mr Shourie's promotion is understood as a clear sign that further liberalisation will take place.<br />
<br />
In September Mr Vajpayee felt compelled to impose a three-month freeze on privatisation, following public in-fighting between senior members of the government over the merits of the state sell-off programme. However, the prime minister has since described the
 programme as "irreversible". Mr Shourie's elevation appears to have underlined the point. "Mr Vajpayee's consistent defence of economic reform could be described as statesmanlike in the circumstances," said Suman Bery, head of the National Council for Applied
 Economic Research in New Delhi. "By promoting the government's most visible economic reformer to the cabinet, he is sending a clear message."<br />
<br />
Experienced observers of India's 11-year-old liberalisation programme point out that it is littered with false dawns and Pyrrhic victories.
<br />
<br />
Equally, however, there are many instances where reforms have suddenly materialised just when they had been written off. N. K. Singh, deputy head of India's Planning Commission, a body set up with a neo-Stalinist remit after the country became independent in
 1947, thinks the climate could be shifting in favour of more radical reform. Mr Singh recently chaired a report of high-level Indian bureaucrats that recommended 100 per cent foreign investor equity be allowed in almost every industrial sector.<br />
<br />
The report, which was endorsed by Mr Vajpayee, also recommended scrapping the bureaucratic approvals process for almost every category of foreign direct investment, including drugs, petroleum and civil aviation.<br />
<br />
The only significant item omitted was the retail sector, which is still considered too politically sensitive. Mr Singh says there is now almost no credible opposition to further opening up.
<br />
<br />
Unlike other critical reform measures, such as labour market liberalisation and a fiscal responsibility act, Mr Singh's proposals do not require legislation from parliament. Most of the measures, including conversion of foreign investments to "automatic", can
 be carried out by executive fiat. As the relevant minister, Mr Shourie is thought to be keen to push such measures ahead.
<br />
<br />
Economists point out that the recent history of reforms suggest they often go down well with the wider public. Examples include the privatisation of India's international telecommunications monopoly and liberalisation of petrol pricing.<br />
<br />
Other reforms, including the continued "dereservation" of small-scale industries, which benefit from various economic protections as long as they do not grow beyond a certain size, can only be pushed through by Jaswant Singh, India's finance minister.<br />
<br />
Mr Singh's principal remit is to engineer a BJP victory at the next election, which must take place within two years. His first budget is due in February.<br />
<br />
"There is definitely a clear opportunity for more reform before the next general election," said a senior government official. "But remember: India rarely misses an opportunity to miss an opportunity."</p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>29/12/2011 15:29:31</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/15751/Goahead+for+Indias+reform+programme</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">15751</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>15753</publicationdataID>
      <title>How al Qaeda Put Internet Into Service for Global Jihad With Sites in China, Pakistan, Web Master In U.K. Kept the Brothers Abreast on Terror</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p><strong>The Wall Street Journal <br />
By Andrew Higgins, Karby Leggett, and Alan Cullison</strong></p>
<p>In February 2000, an Egyptian merchant here in the commercial hub of southern China asked a local Internet firm for help in setting up a Web site. After lengthy haggling over the fee, he paid $362 to register a domain name and rent space on a server.
<br />
<br />
Chen Rongbin, a technician at Guangzhou Tianhe Siwei Information Co., and an aide went to the Egyptian's apartment. They couldn't fathom what the client, Sami Ali, was up to. His software and keyboard were all in Arabic. "It just looked like earthworms to us,"
 Mr. Chen says. All he could make out was the site's address: "maalemaljihad.com." Mr. Chen had no idea that meant "Milestones of Holy War." Nor that China, one of the world's most heavily policed societies, had just become a launchpad for the dot-com dreams
 -- and disappointments -- of Osama bin Laden's terror network.<br />
<br />
In the months that followed, Arab militants in Afghanistan, a radical cleric living on welfare in London, a textile worker in Karachi, Pakistan, and others pitched in, laboring to marry modern technology with the theology of a seventh-century prophet. Their
 home page, featuring two swords merging to form a winged missile, welcomed visitors to the "special Web site" of Egyptian Islamic Jihad, a violent group at the core of al Qaeda. A few clicks led to a 45-page justification of "martyrdom operations," jihad jargon
 for kamikaze terrorism. It explained that killing "infidels" inevitably caused innocent casualties because "it is impossible to kill them separately."<br />
<br />
Since the Sept. 11 attacks, radical Islam's use of technology has stirred both scrutiny and fear. The White House has warned that video footage of Mr. bin Laden could hold encrypted messages. The Federal Bureau of Investigation has called for vigilance against
 hacking into the computers that control vital services. Some experts have wondered if terrorism might even lurk in pornographic Web sites, with instructions embedded in X-rated photos.The Milestones of Holy War site signals much more modest cyber-skills. Al
 Qaeda operatives struggled with some of the same tech headaches as ordinary people: servers that crashed, outdated software and files that wouldn't open. Their Web venture followed a classic dot-com trajectory. It began with excitement, faced a cash crunch,
 had trouble with accountants and ultimately fizzled.<br />
<br />
But the project also illuminates the elusive contours of al Qaeda's strengths: far-flung outposts of support, a talent for camouflage and a knack for staying in touch using tools both sophisticated and simple. Though driven from Afghanistan, al Qaeda still
 has many hiding places, many channels of communication and -- boasts Mr. bin Laden's senior lieutenant, Egyptian Islamic Jihad chief Ayman al-Zawahri -- many means of attack.<br />
<br />
Al Qaeda chiefs communicate mainly by courier, say U.S. officials. But their underlings make wide use of computers: sending e-mail, joining chat rooms and surfing the Web to scout out targets and keep up with events. Since late last year, U.S. intelligence
 agencies have gathered about eight terabytes of data on captured computers, a volume that, if printed out, would make a pile of paper over a mile high. The rise and eventual demise of maalemaljihad.com -- pieced together from interviews, registration documents
 and messages stored on an al Qaeda computer The Wall Street Journal obtained in Kabul -- provides an inside glimpse of this scattered, sometimes fumbling, but highly versatile fraternity.<br />
<br />
Using Microsoft Front Page and other software, militants in Afghanistan devised graphics and assembled content, packaging hundreds of text, audio and video files for display on the Web. Because of primitive conditions there, they handed some technical tasks
 to confederates in China and later Pakistan. To upload content, they turned to an ally in Britain, using messengers to deliver compact discs to a shabby rented home in west London.
<br />
<br />
Tracking Jihad The Central Intelligence Agency and other security services have tracked Egyptian Islamic Jihad closely for nearly a decade, monitoring Dr. Zawahri's activities alongside Mr. bin Laden in Sudan, Yemen and Afghanistan. Egyptian Jihad's Web site,
 however, began far from any well-known bastion of Islamic militancy, and beyond the reach of the CIA. Mr. Ali, the Egyptian trader who registered the site in China, lived in Jingui Garden, an upscale complex on Liberation North Road, a few miles from Guangzhou's
 international airport and a short boat ride from Hong Kong.<br />
<br />
A tall, heavyset man with thin, straight hair that dangles over his eyes, Mr. Ali, who also uses the name Mohammed Ali, arrived in China in 1997. To Chinese who met him, he was just another foreign businessman scrambling to cash in on China's vibrant economy.
 He was a Muslim but didn't seem particularly observant. He paid his rent on time, stayed out of trouble and socialized mainly with fellow Arabs. Contacted by the Journal in August, Mr. Ali denied any knowledge of Egyptian Islamic Jihad or its Web site. But
 the site's registration records -- it is registered in Beijing -- name him as the registrant and give the fifth-floor apartment where he lived at the time as a contact address for maalemaljihad.com.
<br />
<br />
Chinese police say they began monitoring Mr. Ali's movements and phone calls after Jingui property managers told them of inquiries by the Journal. Three days after a reporter's visit, Mr. Ali canceled his two mobile phones and disappeared. Police say he moved
 in with an Arab friend in Guangzhou but won't discuss his current whereabouts.<br />
<br />
There's no evidence Mr. Ali was directly involved in terrorism. His role in the Web venture, however, suggests a hitherto-unknown jihad support network in southern China and shows how legitimate business can serve as a cover, even unwittingly, for al Qaeda
 activities.<br />
<br />
Before he moved, Mr. Ali told the Journal that he ran his own machinery trading company called ZMZM General Trading. Officials at China's Industrial and Commercial Bureau say they have no record of a company under this name.<br />
<br />
A housing rental agreement signed by Mr. Ali in 2000 names a different Guangzhou concern, Almehdhar Trading Co., as his place of work. Mr. Chen, the technician who helped set up maalemaljihad.com, says Almehdhar arranged his first meeting with Mr. Ali, and
 they met several times at its office. Almehdhar trades garments out of a cramped room in a downtown Guangzhou building. The firm's owner, a Yemeni named Abubakr Almehdhar, left China late last year, staff members say. Another Yemeni, Ayman Alwan, runs the
 office. He says Mr. Ali sometimes visited but wasn't an employee. Mr. Alwan says he knows nothing of the Web site. In the spring of 2000, after negotiating a price with Mr. Ali, Mr. Chen's tiny Guangzhou firm contacted a big Beijing Internet company, Sinonets
 Information Technology Co., to arrange server space. Sinonets provided Mr. Ali with a facility that let him set up password-controlled mailboxes inside the Web site. "None of us even knew what 'jihad' meant," says George Chen, Sinonet's U.S.-educated president.
 "We never had any reason to be suspicious."<br />
<br />
Nor, say Chinese officials, did China's vast security apparatus. Shortly after the Sept. 11 attacks, Guangzhou police made a sweep through Jingui Garden, checking the documents of foreign residents. Mr. Ali's were in order. China, though efficient at crushing
 Muslim separatists in its northwestern Xinjiang region as well as other dissents, has prickly relations with foreign intelligence services. In contrast to some Asian nations, China has uncovered no suspected al Qaeda activists, despite evidence militants have
 slipped in and out of China for years. <br />
<br />
In the mid-1990s, a senior Egyptian Jihad operative made several trips to southern China posing as a businessman, according to documents seized by Russian police who arrested Dr. Zawahri and two confederates in late 1996 as they tried to enter Chechnya. Russian
 investigators found details of an account at the Guangzhou headquarters of the Bank of China. Still active, it belongs to an Arab friend of Mr. Ali.<br />
<br />
Four months after its Chinese genesis, Egyptian Jihad's Web site put down roots in more-traditional Islamist terrain. In July 2000, maalemaljihad1.com, a sister site, was registered in the Pakistan port city of Karachi, a hotbed of Islamic militancy.Egyptian
 Jihad, a group that announced a united front with Mr. bin Laden against America in 1998 and whose operatives figured prominently in the upper echelons of al Qaeda's operational command, often faced technical troubles. It may have used two Web sites as a precaution,
 says Yasser al-Sirri, a London Islamist who recently revived his own site, after being cleared of helping arrange the murder of the anti-Taliban Afghan warlord Ahmed Shah Massoud days before Sept. 11. Registration records show maalemaljihad1.com was set up
 in July 2000 by a Karachi Web-design company called Advanced Learning Institute &amp; Development Center. Its manager, Muhammed Ali Aliwan, says he registered the site on behalf of Ahmed Bakht, who worked in a local textile factory. Reached by phone in Karachi,
 Mr. Bakht initially denied any knowledge of the jihad Web site. But later he said he had helped set it up on behalf of someone else, whom he wouldn't name. Soon after the call from a reporter, Mr. Bakht, too, vanished. His relatives say he left on a trip.<br />
<br />
With technical foundations laid, militants in Afghanistan set about providing content for the Milestones of Holy War sites. The hard drive of the computer found in Kabul last winter contained the building blocks: statements by Mr. bin Laden and Dr. Zawahri,
 religious tracts, a photo album of "martyrs" and back issues of al-Mujahidoon, an often-vituperative Islamist newsletter.<br />
<br />
News Digests The Kabul computer also contained news digests, including video recordings of bulletins from al Jazeera and other TV stations -- with the faces of unveiled female news readers blacked out. U.S. officials say Mr. bin Laden shut down his satellite
 phone following news-media reports that the CIA was listening to his calls to his mother.<br />
<br />
While fiercely hostile to any religious or social norms tinged by modernity, Islamists "have no problems with technology," says Omar Bakri, a radical cleric from Syria who lives in Britain. "Other people use the Web for stupid reasons, to waste time. We use
 it for serious things." (U.S. officials say Islamists weren't always so earnest: Many computers the CIA recovered from suspected al Qaeda operatives in Afghanistan and elsewhere contained pornographic material.) In the fall of 2000, someone using the computer
 the Journal obtained in Kabul drafted an e-mail to Abu Qatada, a Palestinian preacher who had lived in Britain since 1993. It said a computer disk would be sent to him and asked him to upload its contents onto maalemaljihad.com. The unsigned message gave punctilious
 instructions. It notified Abu Qatada of a password and told him to create an internal mailbox under the name Aljihad. "It is extremely important to establish this mailbox," said the message. Abu Qatada -- also known as Omar Mohamed Othman -- was also asked
 to "please write to the brothers" via Hotmail.<br />
<br />
Abu Qatada took pride in his computer skills, fellow Islamists say. Besides helping out with maalemaljihad.com, he ran his own Web site and frequently joined chat-room debates. He would spend hours each day tapping at his computer in the front room of his rented
 house on a quiet street in Acton, west London. Neighbors say he kept the curtains closed and rarely spoke to them but often received bearded visitors. In an interview late last year, Abu Qatada denied any terrorist links, describing himself as an honest preacher
 with "a big mouth and a big belly." But messages on the Kabul computer to and from Abu Qatada indicate extensive contacts with operatives in Afghanistan. European investigators say Abu Qatada acted as both a spiritual guide and a liaison officer, passing messages
 between scattered al Qaeda cells. Last December, shortly before Britain adopted a new antiterrorist law, Abu Qatada vanished from his Acton home, stiffing his landlord and owing $700 on his cellphone service. He would turn up in London again later. A few weeks
 after the drafting of the first e-mail message to Abu Qatada in late 2000, a militant in Kabul code-named Fat'hi wrote a follow-up note to be delivered to the cleric by courier. "The bearer of this message is a brother we trust," said Fat'hi, an alias used
 by Tariq Anwar al-Sayyid Ahmad, a veteran associate of Dr. Zawahri, the Egyptian Jihad leader and Mr. bin Laden's righthand man. "He will be the link between us and you. He has the CD we promised to send you containing our products. Please add some of the
 products to our site." Most important, he said, was transferring audio and video files to the site.
<br />
<br />
What these files contained wasn't specified. The Kabul computer held sermons and recruitment videos, including footage of militants taking potshots at a lifesize image of Bill Clinton. Clips from Walt Disney cartoons and wildlife films were spliced with hard-core
 jihad films, a technique apparently used to help conceal the content of al Qaeda videos and make it easier for traveling operatives to carry copies through customs.<br />
<br />
Appended to Fat'hi's note was a shopping list for tools needed in Web-site construction, such as Ulead Cool 3D, for animation and three-dimensional effects, and WebPainter, for animation and graphics. "Please make sure you buy the latest," wrote Fat'hi, adding
 that the courier must return with them quickly to Kabul.<br />
<br />
Relations were sometimes testy. "The Web site is OK until now, thank God, but it would have been better if you had done what I asked," said a message bearing the name of Abu Qatada in London, who complained of trouble uploading "the doctor's words," an apparent
 reference to statements by Dr. Zawahri.<br />
<br />
Much of the software on the Kabul computer was pirated. This included a program that muttered Bism Allah ("in the name of God") each time the machine was booted up. Al Qaeda apparently ignored a request from the program's designers in Pittsburgh for a $24.95
 registration fee. The program had been unregistered for 81 days when Kabul fell last Nov. 13. Also tight-fisted was Mr. Ali, the Egyptian who registered maalemaljihad.com in China. In February 2001, the Internet company hired the prior year informed Mr. Ali
 that his contract for server space would expire unless he paid an additional fee. Mr. Ali, says his Chinese translator, declined to pay.<br />
<br />
His reluctance to cough up was motivated in part by dissatisfaction with the Chinese site's erratic operation, e-mail traffic stored on the Kabul computer indicates. "I want you to try to enter and use the site. If you are able to do so I will call the company
 and pay the renewal fees," says an unsigned message from the same Hotmail account Abu Qatada had been told to use to contact the "brothers." A few weeks later, Mr. Ali decided to renew the account after all, paying an additional $120 to Chen Rongbin, the technician
 who visited his apartment earlier. Mr. Chen sent it to Sinonets in Beijing.<br />
<br />
But now the bookkeepers messed up. Sinonets says the accounting department mislaid Mr. Ali's money. The renewal order was never processed. Maalemaljihad.com crashed.<br />
<br />
The site's Pakistan-registered twin staggered on for several months but then crashed in the summer of 2001 after Mr. Bakht failed to pay renewal charges. Islamists still had many communications outlets sympathetic to Mr. bin Laden and Dr. Zawahri, but not the
 "special Web site" supervised from al Qaeda headquarters in Afghanistan. <br />
<br />
Fat'hi, the Egyptian Islamic Jihad veteran who helped organize the Web sites' content, died in a U.S. bombing raid in Afghanistan. Those who set up the Web sites vanished, but one figure stayed in touch. At a London gathering of Islamic radicals in July, the
 organizer read a statement of support he said he'd received via the Web from an absent champion of global jihad: Abu Qatada. Late last month, British police raiding a south London public housing block seized the Palestinian cleric. He has not been charged
 but is being held as a terror suspect under a new British law introduced after the Sept. 11 attacks that permits the detention without trial of foreigners deemed a danger to national security.
<br />
<br />
Held in a high-security jail, he has not responded publicly to his arrest. But Islamist supporters denounced his detention, mostly via statements on the Internet such as "May Allah secure his rapid release."</p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>29/12/2011 15:33:43</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/15753/How+al+Qaeda+Put+Internet+Into+Service+for+Global+Jihad+With+Sites+in+China+Pakistan+Web+Master+In+UK+Kept+the+Brothers+Abreast+on+Terror</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">15753</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>15756</publicationdataID>
      <title>Terrorism in Kashmir is externally driven: US ambassador</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p><strong>Agence France Presse<br />
October 29 ,2002</strong></p>
<p>NEW DELHI, Oct 29 United States ambassador to India Robert Blackwill Tuesday said "terrorism" in Indian-administed Kashmir was "almost entirely externally driven".<br />
<br />
"I want to make it clear, with respect to the tension that existed after December 13, that India was a victim of terrorism so I have no intention of criticising India's response to terrorism or terrorist activities," Blackwill said while replying to questions
 at the end of a business meeting on India-US trade relations. "The problem obviously in Kashmir is cross-border terrorism. It's virtually now, in my judgement entirely externally driven, almost entirely externally driven."<br />
<br />
India accuses Pakistan of sponsoring "cross-border terrorism" in Kashmir by sending in armed Islamic militants from its side of the disputed state. Islamabad says what is happening in Kashmir is a "freedom struggle" launched by the Kashmiris themselves.<br />
<br />
However, since a bloody militant attack on the Indian parliament on December 13, in which 14 people including the five gunmen died, Islamabad agreed to stop the infiltration of Islamic rebels in Kashmir.<br />
<br />
New Delhi says this commitment, made by Pakistan President Pervez Musharraf, remains unfulfilled and infiltration has not stopped.</p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>29/12/2011 15:38:12</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/15756/Terrorism+in+Kashmir+is+externally+driven+US+ambassador</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">15756</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>15758</publicationdataID>
      <title>Nuclear bombing for the beginner</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p><strong>The Financial Times<br />
By William Schneider</strong></p>
<p>After years of fervent posturing to the contrary, the North Korean leadership has admitted it has a clandestine nuclear weapons programme and, as one of its diplomats put it, "more powerful things as well.”<br />
<br />
The admission is an event of utmost importance. The North Korean programme contravenes its obligations under both the nuclear weapons non-proliferation treaty and the framework agreement it signed in 1994.<br />
Important as this event is for regional security its most decisive consequence may be to show how weapons proliferation occurs and the threat this poses to global security.<br />
<br />
It has been reported that Pakistan was the source of nuclear technology that enabled North Korea to produce highly enriched uranium (HEU) although Pakistan denies that. The acquisition of HEU technology is in addition to the plutonium North Korea indigenously
 produced by exploiting gaps in the International Atomic Energy’s inspections required under the non-proliferation treaty.<br />
<br />
North Korea ostensibly abandoned its nuclear weapons programme in 1994 when it signed the framework agreement to the treaty (a deal secured by President Jimmy Carter, the Nobel Peace Prize winner). How Pakistan became the source of North Korea’s nuclear weapons
 programme is a template for 21st-century proliferation, although the story began more than two decades ago.<br />
<br />
North Korea illicitly acquired the Scud, the venerable Soviet-era short range (500 km) ballistic missile, in the 1970s. It "reverse engineered” the Scud – a derivative of the second world war German V-2 rocket – to produce a variant of the Soviet system. It
 then reaped substantial foreign exchange earnings from sales of the Scud to Iran during the "war of the cities” in the 1980-88 Iran-Iraq war.<br />
<br />
These foreign exchange earnings provided the finance needed to produce a medium-range missile known as the No Dong. The No Dong was successfully tested in 1993 and again in 1998 in a celebrated overflight of Japanese territory. The North Korean regime had found
 the "sweet spot” in the international missile market.<br />
<br />
The No Dong missile was subsequently transferred to Iran (where it is known as the Shahab 3) and Pakistan (where it is known as the Ghauri).
<br />
<br />
Both nations could use the missile to deliver nuclear payloads to targets throughout the region. If light-weight biological payloads were employed, the range could be far greater.<br />
<br />
The missile had important limitations, however. Is propulsion system needed improvement. Assistance was provided through clandestine Russian support to Iran – support that Mohammad Khatami, Iranian President, acknowledged in 1998. The missile also needed a
 nuclear weapon, since Pakistan did not have one, despite years of effort. In the 1980s, China obliged with the transfer of a fully tested design complete with fissile material.<br />
<br />
The cumulative effect of these transactions was to produce a structure for the perpetuation of nuclear weapon and missile proliferation. A development, test, production and support infrastructure was established in each of the three nations. A path was created
 whereby improvements made in a missile in one market could be transferred to another with only modest amounts of cash changing hands.<br />
<br />
This 21st century template for proliferation not only mitigates the technical hurdles any single nation might encounter with a solely domestic programme; it also eliminates the need for extensive, and revealing, national test programmes. It is not surprising
 that there has been little flight-testing of missiles and, until India’s resumption of nuclear testing in 1998, no developmental need to test nuclear weapons either. More ominously, the existence of a weapon and missile infrastructure creates a pressure towards
 export in order to maintain the domestic infrastructure.<br />
<br />
In 1998, three years before becoming US secretary of defence, Donald Rumsfeld led a committee to review intelligence data on the ballistic missile threat to the US. The report concluded that any potential adversary could acquire long-range missiles and weapons
 of mass destruction with "little or no warning”. At the time, this was brushed off by the Clinton administration as "worst case thinking”. It is not clear that it was not. What we do not yet know is what other transfers have already taken place between a group
 of states whose only shared interest is in acquiring nuclear, chemical and biological weapons technology.<br />
<br />
The writer is chairman of the US Defence Department’s defence science board.</p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>29/12/2011 15:42:04</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/15758/Nuclear+bombing+for+the+beginner</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">15758</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>15761</publicationdataID>
      <title>Al Qaeda's New Leaders; Six Militants Emerge From Ranks to Fill Void</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p><strong>The Washington Post<br />
By Susan Schmidt and Douglas Farah, Washington Post Staff Writers</strong></p>
<p>With Osama bin Laden and his chief lieutenants dead, captured or on the run, al Qaeda's operations are being directed by a handful of combat-hardened veterans, most of them little-known Middle Eastern men who built their terrorist resumes together mounting
 lethal attacks against the USS Cole and U.S. embassies in eastern Africa.<br />
<br />
U.S. and European intelligence sources identified six emerging leaders as key to running the terrorist network's global military and financial networks. Some members of this group have come to the fore in recent months; others were already known to intelligence
 organizations.Intelligence officials view these men's emerging roles within al Qaeda as proof that the group can adapt to rapidly changing circumstances and regenerate its leadership.<br />
<br />
The new leaders "have been there from the beginning, but were in the shadows, not the most visible people," said a European intelligence analyst. "But they have their skills, and in war you need your best commanders." The nucleus of the group has worked together
 for years. Some of the six crossed paths while training Somali militiamen who killed 18 U.S. Army Rangers during a firefight in Mogadishu in October 1993, setting up the 1998 bombings of the U.S. embassies in Tanzania and Kenya, and plotting the October 2000
 suicide ramming of the USS Cole in a port in Yemen.<br />
<br />
But the overall network is becoming increasingly decentralized. While the al Qaeda leadership prior to Sept. 11, 2001 had a ruling council, called a shura, which vetted plans and made major financial decisions, the new leaders are less able to communicate and
 are spread around Afghanistan, Pakistan, the Arabian Peninsula and Southeast Asia, intelligence officials said.<br />
<br />
"The strength of the group is they don't need centralized command and control," said one U.S. intelligence official. They "know what it is they want to do."<br />
<br />
While Ayman Zawahiri, bin Laden's longtime top aide, is still viewed as al Qaeda's official deputy commander, his months on the run appear to have made it difficult or impossible to exercise operational control over troops on the ground.<br />
<br />
In addition, Saad bin Laden, who was being groomed to succeed his father, is believed to be likewise on the run. In his early twenties, he is also considered too inexperienced to assume operational control of the organization. Based on an analysis of the breathing
 and speaking patterns Osama bin Laden exhibited in a videotape released in December, Western intelligence officers believe he had suffered a severe chest wound but survived a U.S. air and ground assault in eastern Afghanistan.<br />
<br />
The new leaders, in contrast, are believed to have orchestrated a wave of recent terrorist plots against Western targets. The Oct. 12 bomb attack of a Bali nightclub district, which killed 180, most of them tourists, has focused world attention on an entrenched
 regional terrorist network in Southeast Asia and its links to al Qaeda through an Indonesian militant, Riduan Isamuddin, known to followers as Hambali.<br />
<br />
Other recent plots attributed to al Qaeda include the April 11 bombing of a Tunisian synagogue that killed 21 people, including 11 German tourists; the foiled suicide assaults on U.S. and British warships in the Strait of Gibraltar, and an elaborate scheme
 earlier this year to blow up the U.S., British, Australian and Israeli embassies in Singapore.<br />
<br />
Al Qaeda's military operations have moved out of Afghanistan to the Middle East, Southeast Asia and around the world, said Rohan Gunaratna, a terrorism expert at the University of St. Andrews in Scotland. "Al Qaeda will become even more fractured and will rely
 increasingly on local and regional groups" to carry out attacks, he said.<br />
<br />
The organization's financial structure is also rapidly decentralizing, according to a senior U.S. official. "There is no central banker for al Qaeda anymore," the official said, adding that intelligence officials believe bin Laden, as he fled his Afghanistan
 stronghold, told his people "to go out, raise your own money, carry out your own attacks, and you have my blessing for whatever you do. You don't need approval from headquarters anymore."<br />
<br />
With the decentralization has come increased difficulties for intelligence officials tracking the terrorists' moves. The new leaders have carefully hidden their identities behind a maze of aliases. Learning such basic information as their real names, birth
 dates and nationalities has often proved problematic.<br />
<br />
Intelligence analysts said several new leaders came up through the ranks of the Egyptian Islamic Jihad, the organization led by Zawahiri until he merged it with al Qaeda in 1998. The analysts said that a long internal power struggle within al Qaeda between
 Egyptian and Yemeni factions appears to have been won by the Egyptians, based on the contours of the new leadership.<br />
<br />
Until recently, Western intelligence officials had identified Khalid Sheik Mohammed, a Kuwaiti of Palestinian origin who allegedly played a key role in planning the attacks of Sept. 11, 2001, as the most important emerging leader. His background includes involvement
 in the 1993 World Trade Center bombing and a foiled 1995 plot to crash a dozen U.S. airliners into the Pacific, as well as the Tunisia synagogue bombing in April.<br />
<br />
But last month, his associate, Ramzi Binalshibh, a key aide to the Sept. 11 hijackers, was captured in Pakistan after he and Mohammed took part in an interview broadcast on the al-Jazeera satellite television network. Binalshibh, now in U.S. custody, is being
 questioned at an undisclosed location, and Mohammed is believed to be more consumed with avoiding capture than with running operations.<br />
<br />
With Mohammed's status uncertain, intelligence officials have focused onsix other emerging al Qaeda leaders. The following descriptions are based on interviews with U.S. and European intelligence analysts, U.S. law enforcement officials and terrorism experts.<br />
<br />
Saif al-Adel: An Egyptian and a member of al Qaeda's "security committee" for several years, he is viewed as the new military leader for the remnants of al Qaeda and the Taliban in the Afghanistan-Pakistan border region. He took over as chief of military operations
 late last year, after U.S. bombs killed Muhammad Atef, al Qaeda's military commander.<br />
<br />
Described by one European expert as "a military man, prepared to take command," he was a special forces officer in the Egyptian army before he fled to Saudi Arabia. He then traveled to Pakistan in 1988 to join the mujaheddin rebels fighting against Soviet occupation
 in Afghanistan.<br />
<br />
A member of al Qaeda since its founding in the early 1990s, he was trained by the Lebanese guerrilla group Hezbollah. Al-Adel is believed to be a key figure in a tactical alliance between al Qaeda and Hezbollah, cutting across the traditional divide between
 the Shiite Muslims in Lebanon and the Sunni Muslims that make up al Qaeda.<br />
<br />
He has planned or participated in some of al Qaeda's most deadly attacks. Al-Adel trained and fought alongside Somalis who ambushed the U.S. Army Rangers in Mogadishu. He helped plan the 1998 attacks on the U.S. embassies in Africa, and he was a key coordinator
 of the attack on the USS Cole.<br />
<br />
Al-Adel left Afghanistan in November or December and traveled to Europe, returning to Afghanistan in January to lead some of the fighting against U.S. troops during Operation Anaconda in March, when U.S. forces swept through mountains in eastern Afghanistan.
 During those battles, which raged for more than a week, al-Adel faxed his accounts of the fighting to the Pakistani press.<br />
<br />
He was hiding in Iran this summer, but has since moved back to the Afghanistan-Pakistan border area to coordinate strikes against U.S. and allied forces.<br />
<br />
Abdullah Ahmed Abdullah: Another Egyptian, he has become al Qaeda's chief financial officer, at least in Pakistan and Afghanistan. Abdullah, about 40 years old, joined the Egyptian Islamic Jihad and traveled to Afghanistan in the late 1980s. He was among the
 480 Arab combatants who joined bin Laden when he moved to Sudan in 1991.<br />
<br />
From Sudan, Abdullah traveled to Somalia for a time. In 1998 he moved to Kenya, where he arranged and paid for the travel of the al Qaeda operatives who planned the Aug. 7 bombings of the U.S. embassies in Africa.. He left Nairobi on Aug. 6 and went to Karachi,
 Pakistan.<br />
<br />
The following month, Abdullah traveled to Monrovia, Liberia, to buy diamonds on behalf of al Qaeda. The deal, set up to buy diamonds mined by rebels of the Revolutionary United Front in neighboring Sierra Leone, opened a new way for al Qaeda to hide its financial
 assets. The soft-spoken fighter, married with four children, is believed to be in the tribal areas of Pakistan or in Afghanistan.<br />
<br />
Abu Musab Zarqawi: A Jordanian, Zarqawi has traveled extensively in the Arab world since the Sept. 11, 2001 attacks, including going to Baghdad for medical treatment after losing a leg.<br />
<br />
Zarqawi has also traveled to Iran, Syria and Lebanon during the past year and is trained in the use of poisons and toxins. In early July, he took a poisonous substance disguised as an ointment into Turkey, but the purpose was unclear. "He is their highly mobile
 top operator and facilitator," a European source said.<br />
<br />
Little is known about his path in al Qaeda. German officials in May identified him as the leader of Al Tawid, a radical Palestinian group that was identified as a branch or subgroup of al Qaeda. He was sentenced to death in absentia in Jordan for plotting to
 blow up a luxury hotel in Amman in January 2000, part of a millennium bombing plot.<br />
<br />
Riduan Isamuddin: An Indonesian known as Hambali, he is al Qaeda's liaison to loose-knit radical Islamic groups in Southeast Asia -- and one non-Arab who seems to have been given authority to make independent decisions. "Hambali is a regional leader in Southeast
 Asia," said a U.S. official. "He's a really skilled operator, one of the really capable ones."<br />
<br />
A veteran of the wars in Afghanistan, Isamuddin is believed to have plotted the recent, foiled attempts to attack the embassies of the United States, Israel, Britain and Australia in Singapore.<br />
<br />
He was a founder of a company called Konsojaya, which police in the Philippines believe served as a financing arm for terror activities, including the failed 1995 airliner plot.<br />
<br />
Tawfiq bin Atash: Known as Khallad, Atash is either Saudi or Yemeni, and is believed to have lost a leg in combat in Afghanistan. He may now be in Pakistan. In recent months he served as a trainer, along with Binalshibh, of the group that plotted suicide attacks
 in the Strait of Gibraltar.<br />
<br />
"This is a major-league killer who orchestrated the Cole attack and possibly the Africa bombings," wrote a CIA officer two months before the Sept. 11 attacks.<br />
<br />
In the days after Sept. 11, U.S. officials bolstered their charges that the hijackers were linked to bin Laden and al Qaeda by publicizing the presence of two of the hijackers at a Malaysia meeting with Atash in January 2000.<br />
<br />
Rahim al-Nashri: A Yemeni often called al-Makki, he is described as Atash's "handler" within al Qaeda for the Cole attack. He is now in Yemen, U.S. officials said, under the protection of tribesmen there.<br />
<br />
Al-Nashri was an owner of Al Mur Honey in Yemen, a company the United States has branded a terrorist financier. He was detained in Saudi Arabia in 1998 and deported the following year. He is believed to have been involved in the failed Strait of Gibraltar plot.<br />
<br />
"It would be much easier if we had a more centralized structure to aim at, like al Qaeda was in Afghanistan," said a senior U.S. official. "Now, instead of a large, fixed target we have little moving targets all over the world, all armed and all dangerous.
 It is a much more difficult war to fight this way." </p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>29/12/2011 15:45:59</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/15761/Al+Qaedas+New+Leaders+Six+Militants+Emerge+From+Ranks+to+Fill+Void</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">15761</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>15765</publicationdataID>
      <title>Nuclear Enabler</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p><strong>The Washington Post<br />
By Jim Hoagland</strong></p>
<p><strong>Pakistan today is the most dangerous place on Earth.</strong></p>
<p>The discovery that North Korea has been secretly enriching uranium for the nuclear weapons program it promised to freeze in 1994 demonstrates the dangers of putting faith in a confirmed and practiced liar. So does the news that Pakistan provided the nuclear
 technology and perhaps uranium to Kim Jong Il's regime.<br />
<br />
Pakistan's role as a clandestine supplier shatters the Bush administration's efforts to paint that country as a flawed but well-meaning member of the coalition against terror. Pakistan today is the most dangerous place on Earth, in large part because the administration
 does not understand the forces it is dealing with there and has no policy to contain them.<br />
<br />
Pervez Musharraf's Pakistan is a base from which nuclear technology, fundamentalist terrorism and life-destroying heroin are spread around the globe. American and French citizens and Christians of any nationality, including Pakistani, are indiscriminately slaughtered
 by fanatics as occasion arises. This nuclear-armed country is in part ungoverned, in part ungovernable.<br />
<br />
The Bush administration's response is to protect both the life and reputation of President-for-life Musharraf and pretend that he is moving toward democracy. Huge amounts of American aid pour into Pakistan -- even as Washington's ability to monitor how that
 money is spent or stolen declines sharply.<br />
<br />
This response pushes toward a disaster that Bush officials -- and a Congress that has been negligent to cowardly in exercising oversight on Pakistan -- will one day protest that they could not have seen coming. The truth will be that they ignored warnings that
 were in plain sight, as the first Bush administration did on Iraq's Saddam Hussein.<br />
<br />
The second Bush administration sees the dangers that "axis of evil" members Iraq and North Korea pose. It is fashioning considered, realistic responses to those dangers. But it seems paralyzed by the perceived need to secure Musharraf's help in fighting al
 Qaeda and stabilizing Afghanistan. Official Washington will not even tell the truth to or about Musharraf, much less hold him accountable for his lies and subterfuge.<br />
<br />
U.S. policy today amounts to giving money to Pakistan, which agrees to take it. This is a country where American diplomats are limited to one-year tours and not allowed to bring dependents. Nongovernmental organizations that normally would help the U.S. Agency
 for International Development gauge how aid money is being spent have closed down out of fear. The remaining AID personnel would take their lives in their hands by insisting on effective monitoring.<br />
<br />
Elections rigged by Musharraf in his favor this month were praised extravagantly by State Department spokesman Richard Boucher as "an important milestone in the ongoing transition to democracy." That praise cannot be applied to the process or to the outcome,
 which gave new prominence to a fundamentalist Islamic coalition that promptly said it would seek to ban coeducation.<br />
<br />
Rewards rule in all areas: The sanctions on U.S.-Pakistani military-to-military cooperation imposed in 1998 after Pakistan's nuclear tests were personally lifted last week by Central Command's Gen. Tommy Franks, who attended a joint exercise involving a grand
 total of 330 troops.<br />
<br />
This came on Oct. 17, as David Sanger of the New York Times led the way in identifying Pakistan as the source of North Korea's uranium-enrichment process. A secret barter arrangement was suspected during the Clinton administration. It continued after Musharraf
 came to power in 1999 and was finally confirmed last summer, U.S. officials report.<br />
<br />
Pyongyang sent missiles and missile technology to Islamabad in return for nuclear technology. There are strong indications that both nations have helped Iran develop nuclear and missile programs as well.<br />
<br />
Asked about Pakistan's supplier role, Secretary of State Colin Powell said on television last Sunday that Musharraf had promised him that Pakistan was not engaged in this trade now. Powell then refused to talk about Pakistan's past role and would not even explain
 his silence on it.<br />
<br />
Talking about the past would have exposed Musharraf's pattern of lies and evasions, which Powell has increasingly tolerated and covered for as they have become more flagrant. The secretary knows Musharraf lied publicly when giving pledges last spring to end
 cross-border terrorism -- pledges he has broken. Musharraf even lied about whether President Bush had talked to him about that subject in a September meeting in New York.<br />
<br />
The past provides no reason to hope that Musharraf is telling the truth about not helping North Korea now, either. He has paid no price for lying to Powell about ending terrorism in Kashmir or about cooperating fully in crushing al Qaeda. The only consequences
 for duplicity have been rewards and protection. Why in the world would he suddenly change an approach that is working on every level for him?</p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>29/12/2011 15:58:35</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/15765/Nuclear+Enabler</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">15765</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>15767</publicationdataID>
      <title>Bali Bombing May Represent New Wave Of Al Qaeda</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p><strong>The Washington Post</strong></p>
<p>For the last month, the level of terrorist threat against Americans at home and overseas has remained higher than it was around Sept. 11, but U.S. intelligence agencies have been unable to narrow the threat to particular geographic locations and did not
 detect any heightened terrorist activity preceding Saturday's deadly bombing in Indonesia, U.S. intelligence officials said yesterday.
<br />
<br />
The perpetrators of the attack on Bali have not been identified, but U.S. officials said it appeared that the bombing represents the latest in a new wave of attacks being carried out or directed by a partially intact al Qaeda leadership and their sympathizers.
<br />
<br />
CIA stations around the world and foreign intelligence agencies working more closely with their American counterparts than at any time in recent history have received a flood of information about threats to Americans. But the information is usually so general
 or cryptic that it cannot be used to thwart a specific act. "This has been coming in for a while now; people have been warning of all kinds of attacks," said a U.S. official with access to daily intelligence reporting.
<br />
<br />
A recorded call-to-arms broadcast on the al-Jazeera network Tuesday by the second-ranking al Qaeda leader, Ayman Zawahiri, threatened attacks "on America and its allies."
<br />
<br />
The tape was released one day after an audiotape of Osama bin Laden was aired and in the midst of a string of attacks of a level unseen since Sept. 11, 2001.
<br />
<br />
They include what is believed to be a terrorist bombing Oct. 6 on a French oil tanker near Yemen, the shooting death of a Marine in Kuwait on Oct. 8, the bombing death of an Army Special Forces soldier Oct. 2 in the Philippines and other recent attacks against
 French and German targets in the Middle East. Law enforcement officials also have not ruled out the possibility that the Washington area sniper attacks, which have killed eight people and wounded two others, are connected to international terrorism.
<br />
<br />
The ranking member of the U.S. intelligence committee, Sen. Richard C. Shelby (R-Ala.), said yesterday he believed the world may be witnessing a second wave of attacks by a reinvigorated al Qaeda. But, he added, the attacks are likely "to manifest themselves
 in a different way" because the organization is smaller and operating in a more decentralized fashion.
<br />
<br />
Shelby, who is regularly briefed by intelligence officials, said the level of "chatter," or communications being picked up from suspected terrorists and cells around the world, indicates the likelihood of more attacks, including large-scale ones, possibly on
 U.S. soil. He said the Indonesia attack was not surprising. "We know there are cells there," he said.
<br />
<br />
But, he added, the Bali bombing should be understood "in the context of recent events," other bombings in Yemen, Indonesia and elsewhere. "I'm sure there will be more." Intelligence officials said they did not know who was behind the Bali bombing in which at
 least 180 people died but were certain its aim was to kill westerners and hurt the robust western-based tourism on the lush, largely Hindu island.
<br />
<br />
The Bali blast occurred on the second anniversary of the October 2000 suicide bombing of the USS Cole in the Yemeni port of Aden. Seventeen sailors died in the attack. The Cole's destruction has a key link to Indonesia: It was organized in part by Riduan Isamuddin,
 a key leader of Jemaah Islamiyah, the Asian version of al Qaeda. <br />
<br />
After the Cole attack, Isamuddin, also known as "Hambali," fled Malaysia to Indonesia. Even after U.S. officials helped Indonesia locate Hambali, the Indonesian authorities did little to apprehend him and may have tipped him off to the search, a knowledgeable
 official said. Hambali fled and is believed to be in Pakistan. <br />
<br />
Indonesia's approach to Hambali is representative of its mostly hands-off approach to terrorist groups inside the country, which is the largest Muslim nation in the world.
<br />
<br />
As a result, said U.S. officials and Asia experts, Indonesia has become fertile ground for launching terrorist attacks because it remains one of the few countries that have been unwilling to clamp down on domestic terrorist groups with known links to al Qaeda.
 As the worldwide manhunt for al Qaeda members continues, the organization has turned to Indonesia not only as a refuge but also as a platform from which to kill Americans and other westerners, these officials said."The Indonesians have steadfastly avoided
 doing anything with the domestic groups," said Robert Gelbard, who was U.S. ambassador to Indonesia until fall 2001. "There has been an utter lack of political will" from Jakarta.
<br />
<br />
Gelbard and other officials said Indonesian authorities have been "grudgingly" willing to apprehend foreign-born suspected terrorists, but neither the government nor the powerful, semi-autonomous Indonesian military have been willing to arrest many Indonesians
 suspected of terrorist activities. In part, Indonesia authorities fear a backlash, Gelbard said.
<br />
<br />
The U.S. embassies in Jakarta and a half-dozen other Southeast Asian cities were temporarily closed last Sept.11 because intelligence agencies had detected a heightened threat of attack.Yesterday, President Bush called the Bali attack "a cowardly act designed
 to create terror and chaos. We must together challenge and defeat the idea that the wanton killing of innocents advances any cause or supports any aspirations."
<br />
<br />
On CBS's "Face the Nation" yesterday, Maryland Gov. Parris N. Glendening (D), said there was no evidence linking the Washington area sniper shootings to international terrorism. "I do not, nor have I heard any suggestion from anyone that this is a formal terrorist
 organization in that sense," he said. "I will tell you, however, the net impact in many ways is the same, in that it brings terror into the communities and the individuals."<br />
<br />
Pakistan hard-liners' gains alarm Afghan official Boston Globe By Chris Brummitt, Associated Press, 10/14/2002 KANDAHAR, Afghanistan - A key southern Afghan police official warned yesterday that the strong showing of Islamic hard-line parties in neighboring
 Pakistan's elections could hinder efforts to capture leaders linked to Osama bin Laden.
<br />
<br />
Major Shafiullah Afghan of the Kandahar provincial police said the gains by Islamic parties in the Pakistan border areas could make it even tougher to find thousands of Taliban and Al Qaeda extremists who escaped US-led forces in Afghanistan.
<br />
<br />
Many people in Kandahar said they were not surprised by the gains made by the alliance of six religious parties in North-West Frontier and Balochistan - Pakistani provinces known for their Taliban sympathies - in Thursday's elections.
<br />
<br />
The alliance won in the North-West Frontier and is poised to become partners in Balochistan's government. ''These provinces were and still are big supporters of the Taliban,'' said Pashtoon, a shopkeeper who goes by a single name.
<br />
<br />
Another shopkeeper, Ubaidullah Unermand, 22, said the result could have implications for Afghanistan as well. ''If they get power, maybe they will provide help and support to Taliban and pro-Taliban groups to create a problem again.'' But Syed Habib, a 65-year-old
 rickshaw driver, was dismissive. <br />
<br />
''These religious groups have no influence in our community because we don't want them,'' he said. ''Even though they have influence in Pakistan, they don't have any here. If we had an election here you would see everybody is against them. I don't think they'd
 get a single vote.'' <br />
<br />
Kandahar, about 55 miles northwest of Pakistan, was the headquarters of the Taliban, which ruled Afghanistan for seven years until US-led forces and their local allies defeated it last year.
<br />
<br />
Major Afghan said there was little chance the fugitives would be able to regroup in the sparsely populated and rugged border region and again threaten Afghanistan's stability.
<br />
<br />
''They are trying but I don't think they can do anything,'' he said. ''They have lost their power.''
<br />
<br />
But Afghan said the results could hinder efforts in the region to arrest terror suspects wanted by the United States. Several of those in hiding are believed to be senior figures in both organizations, he said. ''They now have a government that supports them,''
 said Afghan. ''They can now hide very well.'' Pakistani government officials differed, emphasizing the national government would not be dominated by the religious parties and that foreign policy would continue. ''We are part of the coalition on terrorism and
 will remain part of the coalition,'' Pakistani President Pervez Musharraf said yesterday during a visit to Turkey for a regional economic meeting. His information minister, Nisar Memon, told journalists, ''The election results will have no negative impact
 on our foreign policy as far as the war on terrorism is concerned.'' </p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>29/12/2011 16:05:50</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/15767/Bali+Bombing+May+Represent+New+Wave+Of+Al+Qaeda</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">15767</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>15792</publicationdataID>
      <title>Playing with fire</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p><strong>The Guardian<br />
By Leader</strong></p>
<p><strong>Pakistan juggles with US and al-Qaida</strong><br />
<br />
If George Bush's "war on terror" were remotely rational, or even roughly reasoned, then its next target might be Pakistan, not Iraq. It should be said that the US is not justified in pre-emptively and unilaterally attacking either country - or any other sovereign
 state for that matter. But on the basis of Mr Bush's own "axis of evil" criteria at least, Pakistan sits squarely in the theoretical firing line. When it comes to weapons of mass destruction, Islamabad's unregulated, uninspected nuclear bombs put it way ahead
 of Iraq and Iran. When it comes to delivery systems, the US was obliged only last weekend to rebuke General Pervez Musharraf's regime for its alarming show-trial of a medium-range missile.<br />
<br />
Pakistan, or elements of Pakistan's intelligence and military services, had well-established links with the Taliban in next-door Afghanistan; Mullah Omar was widely seen as a Pakistani creation. Leading al-Qaida figures, and possibly Osama bin Laden, are supposedly
 holed up in Pakistan. Accelerating terrorist outrages, including attacks in Karachi on westerners and Christian worshippers, have followed al-Qaida's cross-border retreat. From here it is but a short jump to the shipping lanes of Yemen and the airwaves of
 Qatar's al-Jazeera. And according to India, Pakistan is still the prime, deliberate exporter of terrorism in other directions, into Kashmir and Gujarat. By most "war on terror" measures in fact, Pakistan, with its ruptured economy, unstable politics and military
 government is a state both failed and rogue that is over-ripe for regime change.<br />
<br />
Canny Gen Musharraf's strategic leap into Mr Bush's febrile camp one year ago explains his survival so far, his apparent immunity from US prosecution. Last month's timely handover of top al-Qaida suspect Ramzi Binalshibh was the latest down-payment on an expedient
 deal that keeps the 82nd Airborne at arm's length and the soft loans coming. But that said, all the evidence suggests Pakistan's many-headed terrorism and security problems are if anything worsening as the religious parties agitate, assassination plots brew,
 and public opinion, according to one poll, swings against extradition of terror suspects to the US.<br />
<br />
Gen Musharraf, for whatever reason, has plainly failed to fulfil his solemn June pledge to bring a "permanent" end to the infiltration of militants into Kashmir. Over 600 people have died there in the course of the current state elections. Last spring's referendum,
 which made Gen Musharraf president with sweeping powers, was an undemocratic embarrassment. His exclusion from public life of many of Pakistan's established politicians is another. For these and other reasons, how certain can he be that a US administration
 obsessed with al-Qaida, losing its grip in Afghanistan, possibly emboldened by Iraq, and pricked on by Delhi will not eventually turn on him?<br />
<br />
The answer is that he cannot be certain, for US policy is neither rational nor reasoned. Far better all round, therefore, that Gen Musharraf honour his personal promise to return to barracks and leave politics to the politicians after this week's general election.
 Only a strong, popular, democratic government, working with but not for the military, has any long-term chance of rehabilitating Pakistan economically, defanging the terrorists, and persuading India to end its threats and start a meaningful dialogue. Only
 fair, unrigged elections can bring the sort of regime change Pakistan really needs and stymie the threat of escalating US interventionism. If Gen Musharraf reneges and the election is stolen, the Pakistani people will know who to blame.</p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>29/12/2011 16:42:13</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/15792/Playing+with+fire</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">15792</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>15797</publicationdataID>
      <title>Most Kashmiris Don't Want Union</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p><strong>The Washington Post<br />
By Beth Duff-Brown<br />
Associated Press Writer</strong><br />
<br />
SRINAGAR, India –– Pakistan's president insists the hearts of Kashmiris in the Indian-controlled portion of this beautiful Himalayan region ache to be reunited with their Muslim brothers across the border.<br />
<br />
Most Indian Kashmiris just roll their eyes when asked about President Gen. Pervez Musharraf's argument.<br />
<br />
Many do want independence from India, where Hindus are dominant, but few believe Pakistan could provide them the peace and stability they crave after 12 years of conflict between Muslim separatists and Indian troops.<br />
<br />
As the third portion of balloting for a new state government comes Tuesday, the healthy turnout by voters despite the militants' demand for a boycott and threats of violence underlines the desire of many Kashmiris for a new path.<br />
<br />
A poll by the Indian branch of A.C. Nielsen said 90 percent of 574 Kashmiris interviewed in mid-September believe violence will not resolve the five-decade dispute over divided Kashmir. Both India and Pakistan claim the whole region, and they have fought two
 wars over it. They nearly clashed again earlier this year, and a million of their troops remain along the frontier.<br />
<br />
Most people are exhausted from the insurgency, which has killed 60,000, left thousands missing and destroyed Jammu-Kashmir state's leading industry, tourism. Worries about everyday survival outweigh the questions of independence, union with Pakistan or autonomy
 within India.<br />
<br />
"Those choices don't mean much anymore. I'd just be happy with food on the table for my family and education for my children," said 33-year-old Abdul Rashid, who steers one of the colorful gondolas that ply Srinagar's Dal Lake and Jhelum River.<br />
<br />
"But if I really had a choice, I would like Kashmir to be free," he added.<br />
<br />
A vote for self-determination was mandated in a 1948 U.N. resolution, but it has never been allowed by the Indian government, which fears that would encourage separatist sentiment among other minorities. It hopes the state elections will deflate Kashmiri support
 for independence.<br />
<br />
Another boatman, 75-year-old Gulam Mohammad Shoga, is from the older generation that most strongly feels Kashmir was unfairly handed over to India by a Hindu maharaja after the bloody partition of the subcontinent into India and Pakistan at independence from
 Britain in 1947.<br />
<br />
"Those who believe in Islam should be one, and we are Muslim and Pakistan is Muslim," Shoga said.<br />
<br />
He was among those who heeded the call to boycott the elections, calling them a sham to keep the pro-India governing National Conference in power for six more years. Only 11 percent of voters in Srinagar, a separatist stronghold, cast ballots Sept. 23.<br />
<br />
But there are plenty of others who are voting. The federal elections commission said 47 percent of voters went to the polls in the first round Sept. 16 and 42 percent cast ballots in the areas that voted Sept. 23. The third round is Tuesday and the final round
 is Oct. 12.<br />
<br />
"The people want to elect a new government, they are sick and tired of the bloodshed," said Mehbooba Mufti, leader of the opposition Peoples Democratic Party, which argues the National Conference has not kept its pledge to end the insurgency and revive the
 state's economy.<br />
<br />
Mufti, who is running for a legislative seat, said most people want independence, but she ridicules the Pakistani president's contention that most Kashmiris want to be part of his country.<br />
<br />
"Pakistan has not impressed us over the last 50 years. Pakistan is just adding fuel to the fire," she said, saying the Islamabad regime exploits Kashmiris for its rivalry with India.<br />
<br />
The head of Jammu-Kashmir's current government, Chief Minister Farooq Abdullah, insists autonomy for Jammu-Kashmir within the framework of the Indian constitution is the best solution. But India's Parliament refused to even debate that idea when he brought
 it up last year.<br />
<br />
Agha Ashraf Ali, one of Kashmir's most respected scholars, shrugs off the whole political debate.<br />
"Everyone in Kashmir just wants a car, the goodies of life. They don't care about the elections," the 80-year-old historian said. "Kashmiris will tell you they want autonomy, but it's a dream, a figment of their imagination."<br />
<br />
India will never relinquish Kashmir, so Kashmiris and the leaders of India and Pakistan should focus on improving people's lives, Ali said.<br />
<br />
He'd like the United States to step in and force India and Pakistan to talk.<br />
"What we need is friendship between Pakistan and India, so they can leave the poor Kashmiris alone," he said.</p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>29/12/2011 16:49:14</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/15797/Most+Kashmiris+Dont+Want+Union</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">15797</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>15802</publicationdataID>
      <title>Saddam Hussein and Al Qaeda Are Not Allies</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p><strong>The New York Times<br />
By Daniel Benjamin</strong></p>
<p>WASHINGTON<br />
<br />
As the Bush administration works to strengthen support for a war against Iraq, it is sowing a dangerous confusion about the relationship between Al Qaeda and the regime of Saddam Hussein. Arguing, as the president did last week, that the two are "equally as
 bad, equally as evil and equally as destructive" — and that "you can't distinguish between Al Qaeda and Saddam when you talk about the war on terror" — reinforces widely held misunderstandings about the extraordinary danger of the new religious terrorism.<br />
<br />
Undoubtedly, Saddam Hussein is eager to procure weapons of mass destruction, including a nuclear bomb, and to dominate the Persian Gulf region. These facts provide the basis for strong arguments in favor of removing him from power. But such arguments need to
 be considered in their own right, and with the clear understanding that attacking Iraq would not be a continuation of the war against terror but a deviation from it.<br />
<br />
Iraq and Al Qaeda are not obvious allies. In fact, they are natural enemies. A central tenet of Al Qaeda's jihadist ideology is that secular Muslim rulers and their regimes have oppressed the believers and plunged Islam into a historic crisis. Hence, a paramount
 goal of Islamist revolutionaries for almost half a century has been the destruction of the regimes of such leaders as Presidents Gamal Abdel Nasser, Anwar el-Sadat and Hosni Mubarak of Egypt, President Hafez al-Assad of Syria, the military government in Algeria
 and even the Saudi royal family.<br />
<br />
To contemporary jihadists, Saddam Hussein is another in a line of dangerous secularists, an enemy of the faith who refuses to rule by Shariah and has habitually murdered Sunni and Shiite religious leaders in Iraq who might oppose his regime. During the Persian
 Gulf war, Omar Abdel Rahman, the radical sheik now imprisoned in the United States, summed up the Islamist view when he was asked what the punishment should be for those who supported the United States in the conflict. He answered, "Both [those] who are against
 and the ones who are with Iraq should be killed."<br />
<br />
In the years since, opposition to secular regimes has remained central to Islamist thinking. What has changed is the radicals' strategy for toppling these governments. After decades in which jihadists were defeated by security services in their home countries,
 Osama bin Laden and his followers decided that they would attack the "far enemy," the United States, which they believe is the primary source of strength for the secularist regimes in the Arab world. If the United States withdrew its support, the "near enemy"
 that holds power in Muslim capitals would be unable to defend itself.<br />
<br />
Like other Middle Eastern rulers, Saddam Hussein has long recognized that Al Qaeda and like-minded Islamists represent a threat to his regime. Consequently, he has shown no interest in working with them against their common enemy, the United States. This was
 the understanding of American intelligence in the 1990's. In 1998, the National Security Council assigned staff to determine whether that conclusion was justified. After reviewing all the available intelligence that could have pointed to a connection between
 Al Qaeda and Iraq, the group found no evidence of a noteworthy relationship.<br />
<br />
Later, an indirect link appeared. A Sudanese effort to procure chemical weapons, which Mr. bin Laden had invested in, seemed to rely on an Iraqi production method.<br />
<br />
Today it is known that the Iraqi regime supports radical Islamists in Iraqi Kurdistan to undermine pro-American Kurdish groups, but there is no other indication that Mr. Hussein has changed his fundamental policy. The claims of the national security adviser,
 Condoleezza Rice, and Secretary of Defense Donald Rumsfeld that senior Qaeda officials have been in Baghdad and that there is evidence of cooperation on weapons of mass destruction represent a dramatic departure from the record and, as such, ought to be aired
 as comprehensively as possible.<br />
<br />
Iraq has indeed sponsored terrorism in the past but always of the traditional variety: it sought to eliminate Iraqi opponents abroad or, when conspiring against others, to inflict enough harm to show the costs of confronting it. But Mr. Hussein has remained
 true to the unwritten rules of state sponsorship of terror: never get involved with a group that cannot be controlled and never give a weapon of mass destruction to terrorists who might use it against you.<br />
<br />
A more realistic assessment of the relationship between Al Qaeda and Mr. Hussein weakens the arguments for immediate action against Iraq — and strengthens those for focusing on the jihadists first. After all, while we may have to go to war with Mr. Hussein
 eventually, he still has a country that he wishes to hold on to, and that fact will govern all his calculations. Mr. bin Laden, by contrast, has said that Muslims have a duty to obtain nuclear weapons. After Sept. 11, no one should doubt that he and his followers
 would put them to use.<br />
<br />
It is also worth considering how a war in Iraq might further the jihadist cause. With his regime threatened, Mr. Hussein might break the taboo on giving terrorists weapons of mass destruction. Moreover, as images of the United States attacking another Muslim
 nation are beamed throughout the Middle East and South Asia, many will take it as confirmation of Mr. bin Laden's argument that America is at war with Islam.<br />
<br />
The last war against Iraq was a catalytic event for the Islamists who formed Al Qaeda. We should not be complacent and believe that the next one will be different, or that the jihadist violence cannot grow worse.<br />
<br />
Daniel Benjamin served on the National Security Council from 1994 to 1999. He is the co-author of ``The Age of Sacred Terror.''</p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>29/12/2011 16:56:25</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/15802/Saddam+Hussein+and+Al+Qaeda+Are+Not+Allies</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">15802</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>15808</publicationdataID>
      <title>Golden opportunity to prove popularity</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p><strong>Arrayah, Bahrain | Abdullah Al Madani |</strong></p>
<p>The legislative elections, which started in the Indian state of Jammu and Kashmir on September 16 and which will complete their fourth and final phase on October 8, is considered as an opportunity for the people of Kashmir to voice their say about their
 representatives.<br />
<br />
It is also an opportunity for the Kashmiri political parties, whether pro-or anti-India, to provide conclusive evidence about the extent of their popularity and representation of the Kashmiri people rather than making false claims in this respect.
<br />
<br />
Of course, this is dependent upon the non-occurrence of a major security shock that can scare the voters from going to the polls and upon the disappearance of the methods of restricting freedoms by making threats and promises of acts of vengeance by armed factions
 that recently increased their activities. <br />
<br />
If things go this way as hoped for by the advocates of dialogue and peace and by opponents of violence, bloodshed and bidding on the outsiders, it is possible that the state can get a strong parliament that truly expresses the aspirations of the Kashmiri people.<br />
<br />
Then, it will be possible to engage in a constructive dialogue with the central authority in New Delhi for charting a future for the state that has witnessed upheavals for the past 13 years, as recently promised by Indian officials on more than one occasion.
<br />
<br />
It can be argued that the current elections differ in their conditions and circumstances from the last Kashmiri elections held six years ago when a modest percentage of the voters were tempted to take part (according to government sources the percentage was
 45 while independent observer sources said that at best it was not more than eight per cent).<br />
<br />
Our reasons for saying that there is a difference between yesterday and today's elections are many.
<br />
<br />
<strong>Solution</strong><br />
Today's elections take place against a background of a keen desire by New Delhi to find a solution for the Kashmir stalemate through negotiations with true representatives of the State's population after having become convinced that dealing with violence by
 counter violence is a costly and useless solution. <br />
<br />
In this context, the Indian Prime Minister Atal Bihari Vajpayee pledged in more than one speech and press interview that the elections would be free and fair. In an unprecedented gesture, he apologised to the people of Kashmir for all the mistakes in the past.
<br />
<br />
If we add to this undertaking, the presence of observers from several countries to make sure of the soundness of the elections, rigging will be difficult; hence those who boycott the elections will have no valid argument.<br />
<br />
An example of New Delhi's keen interest to remove the doubts of the opposition Kashmiri groups and to attract them to participate in the elections can be found in its approval and support for the efforts of the so-called Kashmir Committee, a group of Indian
 lawyers and journalists that is engaged in narrowing the gap between the divergent views of the Indian Government and 26 separatist Kashmiri groups acting under the banner of "All-Party Hurriyat Conference" led by Abdul Ghani Bhat.<br />
<br />
It is said that when Ram Jethmalani, the head of the Committee, realised that there were positive reactions from prominent figures in the Hurriyat, he urged New Delhi to postpone the elections in order to give more time to efforts aimed at persuading separatists
 to participate, but this did not happen probably to avoid confusion and misinterpretation.
<br />
<br />
Contrary to the previous elections there is a growing feeling amongst Kashmiris, including some former members of the separatist militias, that past boycott of the elections did not lead to any positive result.
<br />
<br />
In fact, such boycott paved the way for some unknown figures and politicians to gain membership of parliament and claim the representation of the people without doing anything for the Kashmir population.<br />
<br />
They also reached the conclusion that adopting negative stands towards New Delhi's peaceful offers and boycotting them could only increase the daily suffering of citizens in Kashmir and serve the interests of non-Kashmiri fundamentalist groups that have hijacked
 the Kashmir issue to achieve their own pan-Islamic agenda in isolation from the Kashmiri goal of self-rule and Kashmiri moderate Sufi Islam.
<br />
<br />
Also contrary to the previous elections, there is now a clear change in the position of the all-party Hurriyat Conference.<br />
<br />
It is true that this alliance still adopts a negative view towards the current elections and boycotts them, but it is also true that it no longer calls for sabotaging them or prevents people from participating in voting, letting them decide according to their
 conscience. <br />
<br />
The new position has opened up the way for some separatist-minded independents to nominate themselves and this could drive more people to the polls. Thus, the turnout could rise to some 40 per cent according to some observers.<br />
<br />
Perhaps the story of Sofi, the candidate who tendered his resignation from the Hurriyat to stand for the elections as an independent candidate, and the broad support he gets, is the best proof of what we are saying.
<br />
<br />
According to the remarks of this candidate, he still wants Kashmir to be liberated from Indian rules but at the same time he wants to try new tactics other than rejection, boycott or resort to violence.<br />
<br />
<strong>Different </strong><br />
On the other hand, there are hopes that the current elections would be different from previous ones in terms of bringing in new and young political leaders who are not encumbered with mistakes of the past and its gloomy events.<br />
<br />
For example, the pro-India ruling National Congress Party, which has been accused of corruption and complacency under the leadership of Farook Abdullah, now participates in the elections under a new leadership represented by the latter's son Omar Abdullah,
 32, who has a different outlook from that of his father.<br />
<br />
On the other side of the equation, namely the Hurriyat Conference, there is Mirwaiz Omar Farook, 29, a key moderate leader known for his openness to all political forces and for his ability to engage in objective dialogue without upholding utopian slogans.
<br />
<br />
Finally, one of the features of the difference in the current elections from the previous ones is that the Pakistani intervention is almost limited.<br />
<br />
This is not only because of the undertaking given by General Pervez Musharraf to stop supporting militancy across his country's borders with India in Kashmir but also because of the warning made recently by U.S. Secretary of State Colin Powell to Islamabad
 about not prejudicing the Kashmir election process. <br />
<br />
It is true that last month the Pakistani leader described the elections as a farce and ridiculed its integrity to the extent of making his Indian counterpart reply by saying: "We do not expect Pakistan to teach us democracy, as it is the last country to talk
 about this subject."<br />
<br />
It is true that Islamabad is still demanding elections over self-determination in Kashmir according to the UN resolutions and not elections that would strengthen Indian sovereignty in this State.
<br />
<br />
However, it is also true that the tense international situation and Islamabad's need to woo Washington and to remove suspicions of terrorism have placed restrictions on what was previously available without limitations.
<br />
<br />
Of course, this does not mean that the Indians are reassured that Pakistan has ended its intervention in the election process in Indian Kashmir. The bitter experiences of the past and recurrent events do not allow any scope for optimism.
<br />
<br />
According to the Indians, even if we assume for argument's sake that President Musharraf's regime is committed to his undertakings to the Americans towards Kashmir, what cannot be confirmed is commitment by factions inside Pakistan towards the same thing, since
 there are certain Pakistani organisations, groups and territories that are not subject to the state control.<br />
<br />
In this context, we can refer to what the U.S. Time magazine published recently of the excerpts of an intercepted wireless conversation between a certain Kashimiri fighting faction and a certain Pakistani agency. This dialogue dealt with identifying some targets
 for the elections in a prelude to deal a blow against them.<br />
<br />
<strong>Making a mistake</strong><br />
The Hurriyat is making a mistake by boycotting the elections as this is a golden opportunity to prove that it is concerned with the daily suffering of the Kashmiri people more than its concern with the Pakistani viewpoint or the issue of Islamabad's role in
 solving the problem.<br />
<br />
In fact, insisting upon getting all demands at the same time and upholding impossible conditions as well as threatening to use violence have nothing to do with the art of politics, let alone having advocates of this policy in the pre-September 11 world.
<br />
<br />
This lesson has been carefully learned and absorbed by the Sri Lankan Tamil Tiger rebels who are currently engaged in unconditional political negotiations with the Colombo government in Thailand to find a solution to one of the most bloody separatist issues.
 So far, their Kashmiri counterparts have not as yet learnt this lesson. <br />
<br />
Abdulla Al Madani is a researcher and Gulf expert in Asian Affairs</p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>29/12/2011 17:03:34</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/15808/Golden+opportunity+to+prove+popularity</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">15808</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>15812</publicationdataID>
      <title>Globalization, Alive and Well</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p><strong>The New York Times<br />
By Thomas L. Friedman</strong></p>
<p>If one were having a contest for the most wrongheaded prediction about the world after 9/11, the winner would be the declaration by the noted London School of Economics professor John Gray that 9/11 heralded the end of the era of globalization. Not only
 will Sept. 11 not be remembered for ending the process of global financial, trade and technological integration, but it may well be remembered for bringing some sobriety to the antiglobalization movement.<br />
<br />
If one thing stands out from 9/11, it's the fact that the terrorists originated from the least globalized, least open, least integrated corners of the world: namely, Saudi Arabia, Yemen, Afghanistan and northwest Pakistan. Countries that don't trade in goods
 and services also tend not to trade in ideas, pluralism or tolerance. But maybe the most important reason why globalization is alive and well post-9/11 is that while pampered college students and academics in the West continue to debate about whether countries
 should globalize, the two biggest countries in the world, India and China -- who represent one-third of humanity -- have long moved beyond that question. They have decided that opening their economies to trade in goods and services is the best way to lift
 their people out of abject poverty and are now focused simply on how to globalize in the most stable manner. Some prefer to go faster, and some prefer to phase out currency controls and subsidies gradually, but the debate about the direction they need to go
 is over.<br />
<br />
"Globalization fatigue is still very much in evidence in Europe and America, while in places like China and India, you find a great desire for participation in the economic expansion processes," said Jairam Ramesh, the Indian Congress Party's top economic adviser.
 ". . . Even those who are suspicious now want to find a way to participate, but in a way that manages the risks and the pace. So we're finding ways to 'glocalize,' to do it our own way. It may mean a little slower growth to manage the social stability, but
 so be it. . . . I just spent a week in Germany and had to listen to all these people there telling me how globalization is destroying India and adding to poverty, and I just said to them, 'Look, if you want to argue about ideology, we can do that, but on the
 level of facts, you're just wrong.' "<br />
<br />
That truth is most striking in Bangalore, India's Silicon Valley, where hundreds of thousands of young Indians, most from lower-middle-class families, suddenly have social mobility, motor scooters and apartments after going to technical colleges and joining
 the Indian software and engineering firms providing back-room support and research for the world's biggest firms -- thanks to globalization. Bangalore officials say each tech job produces 6.5 support jobs, in construction and services.<br />
<br />
"Information technology has made millionaires out of ordinary people in India because of their brainpower alone -- not caste, not land, not heredity,"said Sanjay Baru, editor of India's Financial Express. "India is just beginning to realize that this process
 of globalization is one where we have an inherent advantage."<br />
<br />
Taking advantage of globalization to develop the Indian I.T. industry has been "a huge win in terms of foreign exchange and in self-confidence," added Nandan Nilekani, chief executive of Infosys, the Indian software giant. "So many Indians come and say to me
 that 'when I walk through immigration at J.F.K. or Heathrow, the immigration guys look at me with respect now.' The image of India changed from a third-world country of snake charmers and rope tricks to the software brainy guys."<br />
<br />
Do a majority of Indians still live in poor villages? Of course. Do we still need to make globalization more fair by compelling the rich Western countries to open their markets more to those things that the poor countries are best able to sell: food and textiles?
 You bet.<br />
<br />
But the point is this: The debate about globalization before 9/11 got really stupid. Two simple truths got lost: One, globalization has its upsides and downsides, but countries that come at it with the right institutions and governance can get the best out
 of it and cushion the worst. Two, countries that are globalizing sensibly but steadily are also the ones that are becoming politically more open, with more opportunities for their people, and with a young generation more interested in joining the world system
 than blowing it up.</p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>29/12/2011 17:10:44</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/15812/Globalization+Alive+and+Well</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">15812</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>15816</publicationdataID>
      <title>India Blames Pakistan for 23 Deaths</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p><strong>The New York Times<br />
By The Associated Press</strong></p>
<p>SRINAGAR, India (AP) -- Prime Minister Atal Bihari Vajpayee blamed Pakistan for surging violence ahead of state elections in Kashmir, after suspected Islamic militants killed 23 people in the disputed province.<br />
<br />
``The manner in which elections in the state are being disrupted, there doesn't seem to be any change in Pakistan's attitude toward Kashmir,'' Vajpayee told reporters Sunday.<br />
<br />
At least 24 people were injured after guerrillas attacked a police housing complex, ambushed a paramilitary vehicle and triggered explosives over the weekend.<br />
<br />
Vajpayee said the latest attacks showed that Islamabad was not doing enough to stop cross-border incursions by Islamic rebels seeking Kashmir's independence or merger with Muslim Pakistan. The rebels have vowed to disrupt elections in India's only Muslim majority
 state.<br />
<br />
Pakistan's Information Minister Nisar Memon dismissed India's claims that Islamabad was responsible for the violence and denied the Pakistani government was allowing Islamic militants to cross the border.<br />
<br />
``We totally reject the allegations by the Indian prime minister,'' Memon told The Associated Press. ``Pakistan is not backing violence in Kashmir. We are opposed to terrorism in all its forms.''<br />
<br />
India has repeatedly accused Pakistan of not honoring a commitment made in May to end rebel incursions. The promise pulled the South Asian rivals, who have twice gone to war over Kashmir, from the brink of war earlier this year.<br />
<br />
Elections for the Jammu-Kashmir state legislature are staggered over four phases -- Sept. 16, this Tuesday, and Oct. 1 and 8. Nearly 100 political activists and two candidates, including a state minister, have been killed since elections were announced in August.<br />
<br />
Still, opposition leader Mehbooba Mufti said Kashmiris are eager to vote. The federal elections commission said 52 percent of registered voters turned out for the first round last Monday.<br />
<br />
``People understand that if they want to stop the violence, they must vote,'' she said. She said the ruling, pro-India National Conference had not kept its pledge to end the 12-year insurgency that has claimed 60,000 lives.<br />
<br />
``The people want a change,'' said Mufti, vice president of the People's Democratic Party. ``They are sick and tired of the violence.''<br />
<br />
At least two police officers were killed and eight wounded late Saturday when two suspected militants burst into a housing complex for police officers and their families, setting off grenades and firing automatic weapons, police said.<br />
<br />
Kumar said one attacker was killed and police were searching for the other. Dozens of paramilitary soldiers tried to flush out the intruders from the complex, which houses nearly 100 families.<br />
<br />
The attack in Srinagar, the summer capital of Jammu-Kashmir, sparked a 13-hour fight that ended Sunday, K. Rajindra Kumar, inspector general of police, told The Associated Press.<br />
<br />
Elsewhere Sunday, five militants were killed in a gunbattle with Indian soldiers in northern Kashmir. A spokesman for the Border Security Force said the guerrillas had recently infiltrated into Indian Kashmir from the Pakistani side of the Himalayan province.<br />
<br />
Separately, one soldier was killed and five others wounded in an ambush of a Border Security Force vehicle by suspected Islamic guerrillas near Bijbehara, a town 40 miles south of Srinagar, said Tirath Acharya, spokesman for the paramilitary force.<br />
<br />
In another attack Sunday, a grenade explosion apparently aimed at a police patrol wounded at least 10 civilians when it fell in a marketplace in the nearby town of Sophiyan, police said.<br />
<br />
Elsewhere, security forces killed a suspected rebel in northern Kashmir, police said. An insurgent group, Al-Arifeen, claimed responsibility for the police apartment attack, the Kashmir Press Service said. Srinagar votes on Tuesday.<br />
<br />
Indian police believe the group is a front for Pakistan-based Lashkar-e-Tayyaba, which was banned as a terrorist outfit by Islamabad earlier this year.<br />
<br />
India sees the election as a chance to defuse the Islamic insurgency in Kashmir, but militants call the voting a sham.</p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>29/12/2011 17:16:50</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/15816/India+Blames+Pakistan+for+23+Deaths</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">15816</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>15851</publicationdataID>
      <title>Young Candidate Set to Lead</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p><strong>The Washington Post<br />
By Neelesh Misra</strong></p>
<p>KHAG, India –– A few minutes into his campaign speech, the young man expected to be Indian Kashmir's next administrator said something considered suicidal for a politician in India.<br />
<br />
"We have made mistakes. We realize our mistakes," Omar Abdullah said.<br />
<br />
There was a moment of awkward silence. Then the crowd of 200 Kashmiri villagers broke into applause.<br />
<br />
The 32-year-old Muslim is the new flagbearer of Kashmir's most powerful political dynasty, heading the state's ruling National Conference party founded by his grandfather. He campaigned this week for the second round in state elections next Tuesday.<br />
<br />
Abdullah is expected to succeed his father, the bombastic Chief Minister Farooq Abdullah, as the state's top elected official.<br />
<br />
Though he is staunchly pro-India and struggles apologetically to speak Kashmiri – preferring English or Urdu – Omar Abdullah vows to push for greater autonomy for Kashmir. He also hopes to revive his home region's tourism.<br />
<br />
If the National Conference party wins, as expected, Omar Abdullah would become chief minister of Jammu-Kashmir state – a position his father describes as the "toughest job in India."<br />
<br />
Hopes are difficult to raise in a state where 12 years of insurgency have killed 60,000 people. Tourism is ruined, and Kashmiris are weary of killing.<br />
<br />
Still, Omar Abdullah is making promises.<br />
<br />
"You have told me that the X-ray machine in the local hospital is not working, that you want a fire station, and that the telephones you applied for have not been installed yet," he told a rally Tuesday in Khag, 25 miles north of Srinagar, the summer capital.<br />
<br />
Many people nodded.<br />
<br />
"I promise you, you will get it all within a month of our coming to power."<br />
<br />
Abdullah promises to end unemployment and terrorism and develop the ski slopes and houseboats that once were popular with tourists.<br />
<br />
"I assure you that the tourists with guns will soon go back, and then the real tourists will return," Omar Abdullah said.<br />
<br />
He also promises to push for Kashmir's political autonomy – a status the Indian government took away in 1953.<br />
<br />
Reactions to Omar Abdullah are mixed.<br />
<br />
"He is a liar and an Indian puppet like his father. This family has ruined and sold off our land," said one listener, Shameem Ahmed.<br />
<br />
But another Kashmiri, Qaiser Mohammad, said, "For now, people are taking him as a fresh face with new ideas. If he does good work, perhaps he can make people forget the past misdeeds of his party and family."<br />
<br />
Nuclear-armed rivals India and Pakistan both claim Kashmir in its entirety and have gone to war twice over the enclave.<br />
<br />
The militants claim the elections are a sham and threatened to kill voters and candidates alike. There have been at least 100 election-related deaths, including those of a state minister and two National Conference activists.<br />
<br />
On Friday, India's top election official, J.M. Lyngdoh, rejected widespread allegations that soldiers forced people to vote in the first round of elections Monday. He said some voters were claiming they were forced to vote to avoid the retaliation threatened
 by rebels.<br />
<br />
Violence in Kashmir claimed seven lives Friday.<br />
<br />
Suspected Islamic rebels killed Mohammad Hussain, a worker of the state's ruling National Conference party, in Achabal village, 45 miles north of Srinagar, police said.<br />
<br />
Police also said security forces killed three Pakistani rebels in the Uri Sector after they crossed over the Line of Control, which divides the Kashmir between India and Pakistan. Elsewhere in Kashmir, two rebels and one soldier were killed in separate gunbattles.<br />
<br />
Aware of the violence, both Omar Abdullah and his father wear bulletproof vests and travel with bodyguards.<br />
<br />
Deputy Prime Minister Lal Krishna Advani said Monday that the largest rebel group, Hezb-ul Mujahedeen, has offered a bounty of over $80,000 for the assassinations of father and son.<br />
<br />
"The amount is not enough. I am being sold too cheap," quipped Omar Abdullah, who was born in England, educated in Bombay and Scotland and is married with two sons.<br />
<br />
His grandfather, Sheikh Mohammad Abdullah, was lionized by Indian leaders when he supported Kashmir's accession to India. But he was later called a traitor and imprisoned for years for his separatist ideals.<br />
<br />
A million people walked for an entire day during the grandfather's funeral procession in 1982. But corruption charges had begun to chip away at the family's popularity, and by 1989, soldiers had to protect the grandfather's grave.<br />
<br />
Omar Abdullah has none of the poetic speech of his father and grandfather. The young Abdullah speaks with the stiff, shuffling style of a college debater.<br />
<br />
Another thing sets him apart – language.<br />
<br />
"What can my opponents say against me? Can they say Omar picked up the gun and became a militant? Can they say I took a bribe? No!" he said.<br />
<br />
"At the most they can say Omar cannot speak Kashmiri," he said, switching to the dialect he is learning. "My Kashmiri is faulty. But by Allah's grace, I will learn. Next time I come here, I will speak even better."</p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>29/12/2011 17:58:23</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/15851/Young+Candidate+Set+to+Lead</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">15851</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>15860</publicationdataID>
      <title>Pakistan Allows Kashmir Raids, Militants Say</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p><strong>New York Times<br />
By David Rohde</strong></p>
<p>ISLAMABAD, Pakistan, Sept. 19 - Officials from threePakistani militant groups said in interviews this week that the government of Pakistan has allowed Islamic guerrillas to resume small-scale infiltrations into Indian-controlled Kashmir. India has repeatedly
 demanded that Pakistan halt the practice, which brought the two nuclear-armed rivals to the brink of war this spring.<br />
<br />
Under intense pressure from the United States, Pakistan's president, Gen. Pervez Musharraf, promised in May that his government would do all it could to stop the infiltrations. In a speech today, General Musharraf repeated that promise. "I want to categorically
 state that the government of Pakistan is neither allowing, nor sponsoring, nor encouraging, any kind of movement across the Line of Control," he said, referring to the boundary between the portions of Kashmir controlled by India and Pakistan. He added that
 any claim to the contrary was "motivated and false."<br />
<br />
In an interview in New Delhi today, the United States ambassador to India told Indian journalists that American officials believed infiltrations into Indian-controlled Kashmir had increased recently.<br />
<br />
"Infiltration is certainly still going on, and our judgment is it is up in August and up in September," Ambassador Robert D. Blackwill said, adding that raids had decreased in June and July.<br />
<br />
Maj. Gen. Rashid Qureshi, a spokesman for Pakistan's government, denied the claims of the militants and the American ambassador. He suggested that unknown persons in Pakistan could be posing as militants to undermine the government and insisted that Pakistan
 was neither aiding, nor even tacitly encouraging, border crossings. But members of the three militant groups said in separate interviews this week that while the government had halted all infiltrations in May, it had signaled in late July that small-scale
 infiltrations could resume. They said Pakistan continued to finance their groups and allowed them to buy weapons.<br />
<br />
"There was a green signal from the authorities," said an official from one militant group. "Because of that the groups took the initiative."<br />
<br />
Ershad Mahmud, an expert on Kashmir at the Institute of Policy Studies, a research organization in Islamabad, said he could not confirm that the Pakistani government was still financing the groups. But he said that small-scale infiltrations had resumed, and
 that General Musharraf was under intense domestic political pressure to allow them to continue.<br />
<br />
In June and July, General Musharraf was seen in Pakistan as having made a major concession to India by halting infiltrations, he said, but that he had received nothing in return from New Delhi. With the approach of parliamentary elections, scheduled for October,
 Mr. Mahmud said, General Musharraf may be trying to outflank nationalist and religious parties, which could accuse him of being soft on Kashmir.<br />
<br />
"He is gradually changing his position," Mr. Mahmud said."There is limited infiltration."<br />
<br />
For months, India and Pakistan have been locked in a standoff along their border, where both sides have massed a total of more than one million troops. At the center of the tension is a dispute over whether Pakistan is actively aiding a 13-year-old Islamic
 insurgency in the portion of Kashmir controlled by India.<br />
<br />
Tensions flared last week at the United Nations General Assembly when General Musharraf demanded that Kashmiris be allowed to hold a United Nations mandated referendum on independence. He has denied that Pakistan is aiding the militant groups fighting in Kashmir,
 but he often refers to the separatist drive there as a "freedom struggle."<br />
<br />
India's prime minister, Atal Bihari Vajpayee, responded by again accusing Pakistan of financing, arming and training guerrillas. He also accused Pakistani intelligence agents of assassinating political candidates in elections being held in Indian-controlled
 Kashmir this month.<br />
<br />
In the interviews, an official from one of the militant groups, Hizbul Mujahedeen, the largest Kashmiri group, spoke on the condition of anonymity but said that his organization could be identified. Officials from the three other groups asked that their organizations
 not be identified.<br />
<br />
Two interviews were conducted by a New York Times correspondent and two were conducted by a Pakistani journalist working for The Times.<br />
<br />
An official from one militant group said that in the past government officials had provided money, issued weapons and led groups of 10 to 15 guerrillas to points along the border where they could cross into the Indian-controlled area of Kashmir.<br />
<br />
He said that Pakistani officials told his group in May that in response to intense international pressure, Pakistan was temporarily halting incursions. "We were assured it was on a temporary basis," the official said.<br />
<br />
After May, the money the group received from the government increased, he said. "In a sense, it was a bribe," he said, a way of keeping them happy. But camps and communication points in the Pakistan-controlled portion of Kashmir were closed and his group was
 barred from publicly raising money.<br />
<br />
"For the previous two or three months they were totally shocked and dispirited by the decision," the official said, referring to members of his group. "But now they think that the government of Pakistan is returning to its previous position."<br />
<br />
In late July, government officials signaled that infiltrations could resume, he said. His organization established new communication posts and began sending small groups of three to five cadres over the border. Officials from Hizbul Mujahedeen and one other
 large militant group said in interviews with the Pakistani journalist that the government signaled to them that small-scale infiltrations could resume. They also said<br />
their organizations continue to receive government financing.<br />
<br />
But the representative of the fourth group insisted that the government crackdown on infiltration was continuing. He said his group was receiving no government aid.</p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>29/12/2011 18:07:39</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/15860/Pakistan+Allows+Kashmir+Raids+Militants+Say</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">15860</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>15903</publicationdataID>
      <title>Journalist threatened by secret police</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p><strong>Vincent Brossel<br />
Reporters Sans Frontieres<br />
Asia - Pacific Desk</strong></p>
<p>Reporters Without Borders protested today against threats by Pakistani secret service agents to physically harm journalist Amir Mateen,correspondent in Islamabad of the English-language daily The News,because of his articles criticising the government.<br />
<br />
Intimidation of journalists by the secret service has increased alarmingly in the past few months,said Reporters Without Border secretary-general Robert Mnard in a letter to information minister Nisar Memon.They are not just isolated incidents but seem to have
 become part of a systematic attitude towards the media. This is just another example of the governments limited view of press freedom.<br />
<br />
He called on the minister to see that harassment of Mateen stopped at once. According to information gathered by Reporters Without Borders, the intimidation of the journalist began after he had written several articles about the governments supposed intention,
 feared by many opposition parties, of rigging the general election set for 10 October.<br />
<br />
Mateens phone began to be tapped and he was constantly followed by secret service agents. His colleagues and family were also harassed. He informed information secretary Anwer Mahmood of what was happening and filed a complaint against persons unknown at an
 Islamabad police station, but no investigation was made.<br />
<br />
Since then, things have got worse and Mateen says he was openly threatened by secret services agents who warned him that the earlier treatment has not taught [him] any lesson and that if [he] did not stop writing against the government, [he] could be physically
 harmed.<br />
<br />
They told him that in view of his heart problems, [he] will not be able to bear a days torture.<br />
<br />
A few days ago, information minister Memon said in New York that he would personally look into Mateens case, but the journalist has not been contacted by any government official.<br />
<br />
Other journalists from The News, notably Rauf Klasra, were threatened by the secret service in May. In July, Muzaffar Ejaz, managing editor of the daily Jasarat, was also harassed.</p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>29/12/2011 19:09:52</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/15903/Journalist+threatened+by+secret+police</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">15903</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>15904</publicationdataID>
      <title>Abuse of power taints Musharraf's change of heart</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p><strong>Baltimore Sun<br />
By Steve Chapman</strong></p>
<p>CHICAGO - Pakistani President Pervez Musharraf made a conscious decision to be in the United States this Sept. 11. His purpose was to show solidarity with America, and perhaps to induce a bit of amnesia. Last year's attacks, remember, were spawned by terrorists
 harbored by Afghanistan's Taliban regime, which was recognized by only three countries - one being Pakistan.<br />
<br />
Mr. Musharraf, a career officer in an army that had extensive ties to the Taliban, made a dramatic about-face after Sept. 11. That happened because the Bush administration forcefully demanded his support and help in the American war against al-Qaida and its
 sponsors. As one Pakistani commentator remarked, "Pakistan had to choose between going along with America or becoming another Iraq."<br />
<br />
He was not the only one to undergo a sudden change of heart. Back in the 1980s, when the United States and Pakistan had a common interest in helping Afghans fight the Soviet occupation, the two were best buddies. After the Soviets left, affections cooled in
 Washington, which went so far as to impose economic sanctions to protest Pakistan's nuclear weapons program. Mr. Musharraf's 1999 coup further antagonized the U.S. government.<br />
<br />
All was forgiven, though, when he enlisted on our side in the new war in Afghanistan.<br />
<br />
On a visit to Chicago last Tuesday, Mr. Musharraf said his main goal is to lay the foundation for "real, sustainable democracy." Part of that process, in his view, is the election of a new parliament next month. Real power, he insisted, will lie not with him
 but with elected leaders.<br />
<br />
That will come as news to Pakistanis, who saw the dictator promulgate a new constitution in 2000 - and then dismiss six of 13 Supreme Court justices who refused to take an oath to uphold it. Last spring, he won a five-year term in an election that was missing
 one thing: an opponent. Recently, acting all by his lonesome self, Mr. Musharraf attached 29 amendments to the constitution. Among these was one giving him the right to dissolve parliament anytime it does something to displease him.<br />
<br />
But he says his role has been exaggerated. What matters, he declared, "is the authority to govern and legislate. Let me tell you, that authority will remain with the elected prime minister and parliament." The executive, in this system, is just "checking" the
 power of the national assembly. "We need checks on everyone," he declared.<br />
<br />
In this case, elected legislators will be checked by someone who gained power through the barrel of a gun. The president checks the parliament, but no one checks him. When asked in August how the package of amendments became part of the constitution, he said,
 "I am making it part of the constitution."<br />
<br />
Confronted with demands for a return to democracy, Mr. Musharraf would be justified in replying: What has democracy ever done for Pakistan? The elected leaders who have been periodically evicted from power by the army were mostly dishonest, self-seeking, incompetent
 and not terribly respectful of human rights. When Mr. Musharraf overthrew Prime Minister Nawaz Sharif, most Pakistanis seemed to welcome the change.<br />
<br />
Mr. Musharraf's denunciation of corruption, which was widely blamed for the nation's economic misery, struck a chord with people weary of being governed by pirates. He's happy to note that Pakistan has improved in that respect. Two years ago, he said with a
 knowing smile, "we were ranked second from the bottom for the most corrupt nation in the world. Now we're 23rd from the bottom."<br />
<br />
His promise to move quickly to end military rule has not fared so well. Mr. Musharraf said in 2000 that he would hand over power to an elected government within three years. The parliamentary elections are supposed to fulfill that pledge, but the only power
 the assembly will have is the power to get itself closed down if it dares to challenge his policies. Pakistan will have a parliament, just as England has a queen, but anyone looking for the person who runs the country will look elsewhere.<br />
<br />
People in Pakistan and abroad hoped that Mr. Musharraf would use his opportunity to establish conditions under which authentic democracy might take root.<br />
<br />
In fact, his main achievement has been to expand and institutionalize an autocracy, which will be harder to dismantle than it was to create.<br />
<br />
Maybe Mr. Musharraf has made progress against Pakistan's culture of corruption. But he's also proof that nothing corrupts like too much power.<br />
<br />
Steve Chapman is a columnist for the Chicago Tribune, a Tribune Publishing newspaper. His column appears Tuesdays in The Sun.
</p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>29/12/2011 19:12:44</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/15904/Abuse+of+power+taints+Musharrafs+change+of+heart</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">15904</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>15922</publicationdataID>
      <title>Election turnout high in Kashmir</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p><strong>Boston Globe<br />
By Tim Sullivan</strong></p>
<p>KUPWARA, India - Voters in Kashmir defied threats by Muslim militants and turned out in greater numbers than expected yesterday for state elections in Indian-controlled Kashmir, electoral officials said.<br />
<br />
Although one youth was killed and there were scattered acts of violence, the separatists failed to significantly disrupt the voting.<br />
<br />
Kashmir, a flash point between India and Pakistan for five decades, had been the site of increasingly bloody attacks in recent weeks, with militants opposed to the election - and in favor of independence or union with Pakistan - escalating their campaigns.<br />
<br />
The militants have threatened to kill anyone who participates in the vote, which will be held over four days stretching into October. No results are expected to be made public until Oct. 12.<br />
<br />
The relatively high turnout could partly be in response to separatists who ran as independent candidates.<br />
<br />
Although the state's largest separatist alliance called for an election boycott, the independent candidates said voting was necessary to drive the ruling National Conference Party from power.<br />
<br />
''The locals found saviors in these independent candidates because they want someone to save them from the oppression of the government and the security forces,'' said independent candidate Abdul Haq Khan.<br />
<br />
Many voters agreed. ''The ruling party has done nothing for us,'' said Abdul Khaliq Malik, a civil servant. ''Whatever they get they kept in their pockets.''<br />
<br />
He said he voted and the militant threats did not frighten him: ''This is our freedom, to choose who we want, so why should we be scared?''<br />
<br />
Kashmir's main separatist alliance claimed many voters were forced to cast ballots. ''The army security forces and police entered into villages and coerced people to vote,'' said Abdul Ghani Bhat, chairman of the All Parties Hurriyat Conference.<br />
<br />
''We are scared, but if we don't come out the army will force us,'' said Ghulam Qadir Malik, a 65-year-old farmer. ''In the morning, the army searched our house and told us to vote.''<br />
<br />
He said that in 1996, soldiers came to the town and beat those who did not vote. Despite tight security, a 16-year-old boy was killed and voting was briefly disrupted by a rocket fired at a polling booth in the village of Seri Khwaja.<br />
<br />
An Indian Army spokesman said five militants were killed yesterday in a clash with soldiers. The army said the guerrillas belonged to the Pakistan-based group Lashkar-e-Tayyaba.<br />
<br />
Few voters turned out in the town of Baramula, near Srinagar. ''I don't see the possibility of many people voting here,'' said Farooq Ahmad, a vegetable seller, peering out his door on a desolate street. People are afraid, he said.<br />
<br />
Nearly all shops and businesses remained closed in the Kashmir Valley in response to a call for a strike by the Hurriyat Conference.<br />
<br />
More than 60,000 people have been killed in fighting between the government and insurgents in Kashmir since 1989. The Himalayan enclave is divided between India and Pakistan, nuclear-armed rivals that have twice gone to war over the region.<br />
<br />
India says Pakistan is trying to sabotage the elections by sending Islamic militants to stage terror attacks. Pakistan said yesterday the elections were a sham.
</p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>30/12/2011 11:06:17</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/15922/Election+turnout+high+in+Kashmir</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">15922</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>15926</publicationdataID>
      <title>Kashmir voters defy threats by Muslim militants</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p><strong>Baltimore Sun</strong></p>
<p>KUPWARA, India - Voters in Kashmir defied threats by Muslim militants and turned out in greater numbers than expected yesterday for state elections in Indian-controlled Kashmir, electoral officials said.<br />
<br />
Though one civilian was killed and there were scattered acts of violence, thousands of soldiers were deployed across the Himalayan province and the separatists failed to significantly disrupt the voting.<br />
<br />
Kashmir, a flashpoint between India and Pakistan for five decades, had seen increasingly bloody attacks in recent weeks, with militants opposed to the election - and in favor of independence or union with Pakistan - stepping up their campaigns.<br />
<br />
The militants have threatened to kill anyone who participates in the vote, which will be held over four days stretching into October. No results are expected to be made public until Oct. 12.<br />
<br />
The relatively high turnout of 44 percent reported yesterday by elections officials may partly be in response to separatists who ran as independent candidates. While the state's largest separatist alliance called for a boycott, the independent candidates said
 voting was necessary to drive the ruling National Conference party from power.</p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>30/12/2011 11:09:43</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/15926/Kashmir+voters+defy+threats+by+Muslim+militants</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">15926</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>15930</publicationdataID>
      <title>Kashmir s Elections Stir Some Hopes, Many Fears</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p><strong>The Wall Street Journal<br />
By Joanna Slater</strong></p>
<p>Amid a fresh outbreak of violence, statewide elections begin next week in Kashmir, the disputed territory at the center of a larger conflict between India and Pakistan. The vote will be a monthlong obstacle course that could open new possibilities for talks
 between the two nuclear-armed countries or veer toward another sabre-rattling showdown.<br />
<br />
The elections, the first such vote in the Indian-held part of Kashmir in six years, begin Monday. Ever since India and Pakistan toned down their war-like rhetoric in June, both sides have focused on the elections as the next litmus test in their continuing
 standoff.<br />
<br />
If the elections go reasonably smoothly and violence remains limited, then the two countries will emerge with the best chance for dialogue since December's militant attack on India's Parliament prompted a massive military buildup.<br />
<br />
Some signs point to the elections getting off to a rocky start. At least 24 people, including Kashmir state Law Minister Mushtaq Ahmad Lone, were killed in a surge of violence this week. Earlier in the run-up, militants killed several political-party workers
 and an independent candidate; two other candidates were shot at but were unharmed. India accuses rebels backed by Pakistan of trying to wreck the vote.<br />
<br />
Still, on the key issue of Pakistan-based militants entering Kashmir, Indian officials say the number of militants crossing into Indian-controlled territory is lower than the historical average. But those numbers have been increasing since June as the election
 approaches, says an Indian official.<br />
<br />
And it is still unclear how much Pakistan is prepared to do to stop the militants. The U.S. is urging President Pervez Musharraf to do more. In a speech Aug. 14, Pakistan's Independence Day, Mr. Musharraf described the polls as a farce and repeated that the
 Kashmir struggle is "a sacred trust...which can never be compromised."<br />
<br />
Nevertheless, in a place where polls have tended to range from bad to worse, there are a few positive signs. At the least, this election will likely improve on the last, with better voter turnout, a wider variety of candidates and, in all likelihood, a cleaner
 election process. Still, there has been nothing close to a breakthrough. One of India's major goals -- getting prominent separatist leaders to stand for election -- has failed. And hovering behind it all is the specter of violence by militants, which could
 derail the process. The rebels, who seek an independent Kashmir or merger with Pakistan, reject Indian control over India's only Muslim-majority state and have called for a boycott of the elections.<br />
<br />
The U.S. has tried to persuade prominent leaders of various separatist factions in Kashmir to stand for election. That could make the polls more representative of public opinion. But none of the separatists will run, fearing it would legitimize the status quo
 and also put their lives in danger.<br />
<br />
Abdul Ghani Baht, head of the All-Party Hurriyat Conference, the umbrella organization of the separatists, says "there is no difference" between the coming elections and those held in 1996, which were marred by incidents of voter intimidation and allegations
 of poll-rigging. Still, the Hurriyat hasn't actively opposed the polls as it has in the past.<br />
<br />
An especially unnerving development for the Hurriyat -- and one that may reflect a lessening of its resistance to elections -- is that two members of a group within the Hurriyat resigned and announced they would participate in the elections.<br />
<br />
It is a risky decision for separatists to run. The former leader of the People's Conference, Abdul Ghani Lone, was assassinated in May by unknown gunmen. Many observers interpreted the killing as a warning to separatists not to join the electoral fray. Mr.
 Lone isn't related to the assassinated law minister.<br />
<br />
Experts worry about the possibility of a major militant attack or additional assassinations during the coming month. "If someone very prominent is killed, then all bets are off," says Kanti Bajpai of Jawaharlal Nehru University in New Delhi.
</p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>30/12/2011 11:13:35</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/15930/Kashmir+s+Elections+Stir+Some+Hopes+Many+Fears</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">15930</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>15939</publicationdataID>
      <title>Musharraf on Musharraf: Clearing the air</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p><strong>Chicago Tribune<br />
By Steve Chapman</strong></p>
<p>Is a dictator building democracy in Pakistan?<br />
<br />
Pakistani President Pervez Musharraf made a conscious decision to be in the United States this Sept. 11. His purpose was to show solidarity with America, and perhaps to induce a bit of amnesia. Last year's attacks, remember, were spawned by terrorists harbored
 by Afghanistan's Taliban regime, which was recognized by only three countries--one being Pakistan.<br />
<br />
Musharraf, a career officer in an army that had extensive ties to the Taliban, made a dramatic about-face a year ago. That happened because the Bush administration forcefully demanded his support and help in the American war against Al Qaeda and its sponsors.
 As one Pakistani commentator remarked, "Pakistan had to choose between going along with America or becoming another Iraq."<br />
<br />
He was not the only one to undergo a sudden change of heart. Back in the 1980s, when the United States and Pakistan had a common interest in helping Afghans fight the Soviet occupation, the two were best buddies. After the Soviets left, affections cooled in
 Washington, which went so far as to impose economic sanctions to protest Pakistan's nuclear weapons program. Musharraf's 1999 coup further antagonized the U.S. government.<br />
<br />
All was forgiven, though, when he enlisted on our side in the new war in Afghanistan. Human rights and nuclear proliferation, which had been our priorities, had to take a back seat to the more urgent requirements of self-defense. Enjoying a respite from international
 criticism of his undemocratic rule, Musharraf has proceeded to centralize authority in his own person.<br />
<br />
On a visit to Chicago Tuesday, Musharraf said his main goal is to lay the foundation for "real, sustainable democracy." Part of that process, in his view, is the election of a new parliament next month. Real power, he insisted, will lie not with him but with
 elected leaders.<br />
<br />
That will come as news to Pakistanis, who saw the dictator promulgate a new Constitution in 2000--and then dismiss six of 13 Supreme Court justices who refused to take an oath to uphold it. Last spring, he won a five-year term in an election that was missing
 one thing: an opponent. Recently, acting all by his lonesome self, Musharraf attached 29 amendments to the Constitution. Among these was one giving him the right to dissolve parliament anytime it does something to displease him.<br />
<br />
But he says his role has been exaggerated. What matters, he declared, "is the authority to govern and legislate. Let me tell you, that authority will remain with the elected prime minister and parliament." The executive, in this system, is just "checking" the
 power of the national assembly. "We need checks on everyone," he declared.<br />
<br />
In this case, elected legislators will be checked by someone who gained power through the barrel of a gun. The president checks the parliament, but no one checks him. When asked in August how the package of amendments became part of the Constitution, he explained,
 "I am making it part of the Constitution."<br />
<br />
Confronted with demands for a return to democracy, Musharraf would be justified in replying: What has democracy ever done for Pakistan? The elected leaders who have been periodically evicted from power by the army were mostly dishonest, self-seeking, incompetent
 and not terribly respectful of human rights. When Musharraf overthrew Prime Minister Nawaz Sharif, most Pakistanis seemed to welcome the change.<br />
<br />
Musharraf's denunciation of corruption, which was widely blamed for the nation's economic misery, struck a chord with people weary of being governed by pirates. He's happy to note that Pakistan has improved in that respect. Two years ago, he said with a knowing
 smile, "we were ranked second from the bottom for the most corrupt nation in the world. Now we're 23rd from the bottom."<br />
<br />
His promise to move quickly to end military rule has not fared so well. Musharraf said in 2000 that he would hand over power to an elected government within three years. The parliamentary elections are supposed to fulfill that pledge, but the only power the
 assembly will have is the power to get itself closed down if it dares to challenge his policies. Pakistan will have a parliament, just as England has a queen, but anyone looking for the person who runs the country will look elsewhere.<br />
<br />
People in Pakistan and abroad hoped that Musharraf would use his opportunity to establish conditions under which authentic democracy might take root. In fact, his main achievement has been to expand and institutionalize an autocracy, which will be harder to
 dismantle than it was to create.<br />
<br />
Maybe Musharraf has made progress against Pakistan's culture of corruption. But he's also proof that nothing corrupts like too much power.</p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>30/12/2011 11:25:49</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/15939/Musharraf+on+Musharraf+Clearing+the+air</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">15939</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>15942</publicationdataID>
      <title>Bin Laden Is Said to Name Sept. 11 Hijackers on Tape</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p><strong>The Washington Post<br />
September 10, 2002</strong></p>
<p>CAIRO, Sept. 9 -- The Arab satellite television station al-Jazeera reported today that Osama bin Laden can be heard naming four of the Sept. 11 hijackers on a new videotape, and one of the station's reporters said two key members of al Qaeda had described
 bin Laden's personal involvement in the attacks on New York and the Pentagon.<br />
<br />
There was no way to verify whether the voice heard on the video clip, which the station aired partially, belonged to bin Laden or when the recording was made.<br />
<br />
The al Qaeda leader's whereabouts are not publicly known, and he did not appear in the excerpts shown across the Arab world.<br />
<br />
"As we talk about the conquests of Washington and New York we talk about those men who changed the course of history," a male voice, attributed to bin Laden, is heard saying in Arabic, according to the Associated Press.<br />
<br />
In the excerpts, he identified four of the Sept. 11 hijackers -- Mohamed Atta, Marwan Al-Shehhi, Ziad Samir Jarrah and Hani Hanjour -- as ringleaders and prayed for their souls.<br />
<br />
The 19 hijackers were described as "great men who deepened the roots of faith in the hearts of the faithful and reaffirmed allegiance to God and torpedoed the schemes of the crusaders and their stooges, the rulers of the region."<br />
<br />
The tape also included old footage of several young men identified as some of the hijackers during training in Afghanistan. They appeared to be looking at aviation maps and manuals of cockpit gadgetry.<br />
<br />
Al-Jazeera, which has aired several al Qaeda videotapes since last year's attacks, said it would air the latest video in full on Thursday.<br />
<br />
The station will also broadcast the second portion of a report on al Qaeda by Yosri Fouda, one of its investigative journalists.<br />
<br />
Fouda told the Reuters news agency that interviews he conducted in June in or near the Pakistani port city of Karachi with al Qaeda operatives Ramzi Binalshibh and Khalid Sheik Mohammed "will prove that [bin Laden] had an integral role in planning the attacks."</p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>30/12/2011 11:29:32</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/15942/Bin+Laden+Is+Said+to+Name+Sept+11+Hijackers+on+Tape</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">15942</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>15945</publicationdataID>
      <title>Kashmir Incursions Increasing, India Tells U.S.</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p><strong>The Washington Post<br />
By Glenn Kessler</strong></p>
<p>Islamic militants increasingly have begun to cross into the disputed region of Indian-controlled Kashmir, reversing the decline seen after Pakistan in June pledged a permanent end to infiltrations, Indian External Affairs Minister Yashwant Sinha said in
 an interview yesterday.<br />
<br />
Sinha, speaking over breakfast in his hotel suite before he met with Secretary of State Colin L. Powell at the State Department, accused Islamabad of deliberately allowing militants to cross the border, known as the line of control, in order to disrupt legislative
 assembly polls which start on Sept. 16 in Kashmir.<br />
<br />
"Our information is that Pakistan is trying its best to see that the elections are disrupted and violence takes place," Sinha said, adding that it was a "sign of desperation" by Pakistan.<br />
<br />
Pakistan, which has laid claim to the mostly Muslim territory, has denounced the elections as a sham. Sinha, who said India had "intercepts" demonstrating the complicity of the Pakistani government, said violence would allow Pakistan to "go out and say the
 elections have not been legitimate. That is their game plan."<br />
<br />
India and Pakistan, both nuclear powers, have fought two wars over Kashmir and mobilized a million troops as tension rose over the territory earlier this year. Sinha declined to say how India would respond if the infiltrations continue. "India will tackle the
 problem in the best possible manner," he said. "I can't give you a time frame for what our responses will be."<br />
<br />
Sinha said that although the infiltrations declined in June, after Pakistani President Pervez Musharraf pledged to Deputy Secretary of State Richard L. Armitage they would end, they had "gone up very, very significantly in the month of August." He accused the
 Pakistani army of providing "covering fire" for militants seeking to enter Kashmir, as well as providing funding and training.<br />
<br />
Musharraf is currently visiting the United States. Asad Hayauddin, a spokesman for the Pakistani embassy in Washington, said that Musharraf in media interviews this week has said "there is nothing going on on the line of control."<br />
<br />
Musharraf, who took power in a bloodless coup in 1999, has formed close links with the Bush administration since the Sept. 11 attacks through his aid in the war against al Qaeda in Afghanistan and Pakistan. Bush administration officials have been reluctant
 to criticize him, even as he has taken steps to tighten his grip on power before National Assembly elections Oct. 10.<br />
<br />
When Armitage visited Islamabad on Aug. 24, he said he accepted Musharraf's assurances that he was not aiding the militants. But yesterday, after meeting with Sinha, Powell did not restate the U.S. position that infiltrations had been reduced. Instead, he told
 reporters, "I reaffirmed to the minister that we would continue to press the Pakistani government to do everything possible to stop the cross-border infiltration."<br />
<br />
Powell also said U.S. officials had warned Pakistan not to interfere in the Indian elections. "I reaffirmed to the minister that we have spoken to the Pakistanis about not interfering in any way with those elections, which we expect will be free and fair,"
 Powell said.<br />
<br />
A senior State Department official said yesterday that while infiltrations have gone up since June, the administration believes they have not returned to the level reached earlier this year.<br />
<br />
In the interview, Sinha asserted, "I don't think anyone in the U.S. administration really believes Musharraf has kept his word. There is clearly a disconnect between the public perception and the private perception."<br />
<br />
But he added that the Bush administration is making a "very fundamental mistake" by not fully recognizing that Pakistan, in India's view, is sponsoring terrorism. "It cannot be that Pakistan stops bad terrorism and cooperates in stopping bad terrorism in Afghanistan
 and continues with 'good' terrorism" in Kashmir. But he said that Musharraf is betting that "as long as he keeps on the right side of the United States he will be well off."</p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>30/12/2011 11:33:08</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/15945/Kashmir+Incursions+Increasing+India+Tells+US</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">15945</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>15948</publicationdataID>
      <title>The Extremists Are Losing</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p><strong>The Washington Post<br />
By Fareed Zakaria</strong></p>
<p>In one of his legendary moments of brilliance, Sherlock Holmes pointed the attention of the police to the curious behavior of a dog on the night of the murder. The baffled police inspector pointed out that the dog had been silent during the night. "That
 was the curious incident," explained Holmes. Looking back over the past year, I am reminded of that story because the most important event that has taken place has been a non-event. Ever since that terrible day in September 2001, we have all been watching,
 waiting and listening for the angry voice of Islamic fundamentalism to rip through the Arab and Islamic world. But instead there has been . . . silence. The dog has not barked.<br />
<br />
The health of al Qaeda is a separate matter. Osama bin Laden's organization may be in trouble, but -- more likely -- it may be lying low, plotting in the shadows. In the past it has waited for several years after an operation before staging the next one. Al
 Qaeda, however, is a band of fanatics, numbering in the thousands. It seeks a much broader following. That, after all, was the point of the attacks of Sept. 11. Bin Laden had hoped that by these spectacular feats of terror he would energize radical movements
 across the Islamic world. But in the past year it has been difficult to find a major Muslim politician or party or publication that has championed his ideas. In fact, the heated protests over Israel's recent military offensives and American "unilateralism"
 have obscured the fact that over the past year the fundamentalists have been quiet and in retreat. Radical political Islam -- which had grown in force and fury ever since the Iranian revolution of 1979 -- has peaked.<br />
<br />
Compare the landscape a decade ago. In Algeria, Islamic fundamentalists, having won an election, were poised to take control of the country. In Turkey, an Islamist political party was soon to come to power. In Egypt, Hosni Mubarak's regime was terrorized by
 groups that had effectively shut down the country to foreign tourists. In Pakistan, the mullahs had scared Parliament into enacting blasphemy laws. Only a few years earlier, Iran's Ayatollah Khomeini had issued his fatwa against the novelist Salman Rushdie,
 who was still living under armed guard in a secret location. Throughout the Arab world, much of the talk was about political Islam -- how to set up an Islamic state, implement Islamic law and practice Islamic banking.<br />
<br />
Look at these countries now. In Iran, the mullahs still reign but are despised. The governments of Algeria, Egypt, Turkey and (to a lesser extent) Pakistan have all crushed their Islamic groups. Many feared that, as a result, the fundamentalists would become
 martyrs. In fact, they have had to scramble to survive. In Turkey, the Islamists are now liberals who want to move the country into the European Union. In Algeria, Egypt and elsewhere they are a diminished lot, many of them reexamining their strategy of terror.
 If the governments bring them into the system, they will go from being mystical figures to local politicians.<br />
<br />
Many Islamic groups are lying low; many will still attempt terrorism. But how can a political movement achieve its goals if none dares speak its name? A revolution, especially a transnational one, needs ideologues, pamphlets and party lines to articulate its
 message to the world. It needs politicians willing to embrace its cause. The Islamic radicals are quiet about their cause for a simple reason. Fewer and fewer people are buying it.<br />
<br />
Don't get me wrong. This doesn't mean that people in the Middle East are happy with their regimes or approve of American foreign policy, or that they have come to accept Israel. All these tensions remain strong. But people have stopped looking at Islamic fundamentalism
 as their salvation. The youth of the 1970s and 1980s, who came from villages into cities and took up Islam as a security blanket, are passing into middle age. The new generation is just as angry, rebellious and bitter. But today's youth grew up in cities and
 towns, watch Western television shows, buy consumer products and have relatives living in the West. The Taliban holds no allure for them. Most ordinary people have realized that Islamic fundamentalism has no real answers to the problems of the modern world;
 it has only fantasies. They don't want to replace Western modernity; they want to combine it with Islam.<br />
<br />
Alas, none of this will mean the end of our troubles. The Arab world remains a region on the boil. Its demographic, political, economic and social problems are immense and will probably bubble over. Outside the Middle East, in places like Indonesia, the fundamentalists
 are not yet stale. But you need a compelling ideology to turn frustration into sustained, effective action. After all, Africa has many problems. Yet it is not a mortal threat to the West.<br />
<br />
Nor does it mean, alas, the end of terrorism. As they lose political appeal, revolutionary movements often turn more violent. The French scholar Gilles Kepel, who documents the failure of political Islam in his excellent book "Jihad," makes a comparison to
 communism. It was in the 1960s, after communism had lost any possible appeal to ordinary people -- after the revelations about Stalin's brutality, after the invasion of Hungary, as its economic model was decaying -- that communist radicals turned to terror.
 They became members of the Red Brigades, the Stern Gang, the Naxalites, the Shining Path. Having given up on winning the hearts of people, they hoped that violence would intimidate people into fearing them. That is where radical political Islam is today.<br />
<br />
For America this means that there is no reason to be gloomy. History is not on the side of the mullahs. If the terrorists are defeated and the fundamentalists are challenged, they will wither. The West must do its part, but above all, moderate Muslims must
 do theirs. It also means that the cause of reforming the Arab world is not as hopeless as it looks today. We do not confront a region with a powerful alternative to Western ideas, just a place riddled with problems. If these problems are addressed -- if its
 regimes become less repressive, if they reform their economies -- the region will, over time, stop breeding terrorists and fanatics. The Japanese once practiced suicide bombing. Now they make computer games.<br />
<br />
It might be difficult to see the light from where we are now, still deep in a war against terrorists, with new cells cropping up, new forms of terror multiplying and new methods to spread venomous doctrines. But at his core, the enemy is deadly ill. "This is
 not the end," as Winston Churchill said in 1942. "It is not even the beginning of the end. But it is the end of the beginning."<br />
<br />
The writer is editor of Newsweek International and a columnist for Newsweek </p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>30/12/2011 11:36:33</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/15948/The+Extremists+Are+Losing</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">15948</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>15951</publicationdataID>
      <title>Why isn't democracy necessary for Pakistanis, too</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p><strong>International Herald Tribune<br />
By Brahma Chellaney</strong></p>
<p><strong>South Asia</strong><br />
<br />
<strong>NEW DELHI </strong>The more justifications George W. Bush puts forward to launch military strikes on Iraq, the more he exposes the contradictions in his foreign policy and risks needlessly stoking anti-U.S. sentiment in the world. Bush is right that
 Saddam Hussein, a leader who gassed members of his Kurdish minority, epitomizes evil. He is also right that Saddam's ouster, by whatever means, is essential to resolve the 11-year humanitarian crisis confronting Iraqis and bring their country back into the
 international mainstream. If Iraq were reintegrated with the world it would send oil prices tumbling, benefiting oil-importing nations.<br />
<br />
But Bush is wrong in seeking to impose a unilateral solution. He mistakenly believes that his foreign policy can apply different standards in pursuit of politically expedient, short-term objectives without damaging America's global leadership.<br />
<br />
His differential calculus in foreign policy is most evident on the key issues of democracy, terrorism and weapons of mass destruction. Even as he builds a case for declaring war on Iraq for democracy's sake, he has openly winked at the latest action by the
 military dictator Pervez Musharraf in proclaiming 29 constitutional amendments in one stroke to crown himself virtually the emperor of Pakistan.<br />
<br />
Musharraf's continued export of terror has kept his country perilously close to war with India.<br />
<br />
Asked to comment on the constitutional assault, Bush did not utter a word in criticism. He praised Musharraf for being "still tight with us on the war against terror." He promised, disingenuously, to "continue to work with our friends and allies to promote
 democracy."<br />
<br />
If democracy is good for Iraqis, why is it not good for Pakistanis? If Bush really wants South Asian peace and stability, he cannot overlook the fact that every Pakistani military ruler has waged war with India and that the only occasions when the two neighbors
 have come close to peace have been during the shorter periods of democratic rule in Islamabad.<br />
<br />
The more powers Musharraf has usurped, the more unpopular at home and the more dependent on his army he has become. That makes it more likely that he will ratchet up hostilities with India.<br />
<br />
With cross-border infiltration of Islamic extremists from Pakistan into India rising and Musharraf making belligerent statements on Kashmir, the danger of a full-fledged war between the two nuclear-armed neighbors is again growing.<br />
<br />
No ruler in the world has benefited more than Musharraf from the terrorist attacks on the United States nearly a year ago. Yet he presides over a country that is the main sanctuary of Al Qaeda, Taliban and Kashmiri terrorists.<br />
<br />
Bush insists that Iraq poses a continuing nuclear threat. But he has not said a word about Pakistan's clandestine nuclear and missile cooperation with the Communist regimes in China and North Korea that U.S. intelligence continues to track.<br />
<br />
The Musharraf dictatorship overtly employs nuclear terror to shield its export of terror. When earlier this summer it again used nuclear blackmail against India, how did the Bush administration react? Far from penalizing Islamabad, it urged India to exercise
 restraint.<br />
<br />
Bush's message to India is that the world's largest democracy should not strike, even in retaliation, at state-sponsored terrorism and nuclear blackmail. To stop that possibility, Washington has since the Dec. 13 terrorist attack on the Indian Parliament supplied
 Musharraf with more than $175 million worth of military equipment, including badly needed replacement parts to get the Pakistani F-16 fighter jet fleet back in full service.<br />
<br />
In doing so, Washington has validated Prime Minister Atal Bihari Vajpayee's public admission that he erred in not seizing the moment after Dec. 13 to launch military reprisals. The air force was ready the following day to inflict punitive blows on the Pakistani
 terror infrastructure and its guardians. A wider ground war would not have followed quickly because the rival armies were not mobilized. But the air force waited in vain for the political green light.<br />
<br />
Consistency is a virtue in foreign policy, especially when America's unprecedented primacy in the world calls for responsible leadership and prudence. Bush can hardly strengthen U.S. global leadership by demanding democracy in enemy states while lubricating
 friendly dictatorships.<br />
<br />
The writer, a professor of strategic studies at the privately funded Center for Policy Research in New Delhi, contributed this comment to the International Herald Tribune.
</p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>30/12/2011 11:40:08</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/15951/Why+isnt+democracy+necessary+for+Pakistanis+too</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">15951</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>16027</publicationdataID>
      <title>Musharraf steers a risky course</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p><strong>The Australian</strong></p>
<p>THE withdrawal of exiled former Prime Minister Nawaz Sharif from Pakistan's parliamentary elections should be a warning to General Pervez Musharraf.
<br />
<br />
Pakistan's military ruler has never disguised his contempt for the politicians who ruled the nation during what he calls the decade of disaster. His feelings are shared by many Pakistanis. The bloodless coup in 1999 that toppled the corrupt Sharif government
 was widely welcomed, and few tears have been shed since the exile of two-time prime minister Benazir Bhutto. But the general's recent amendments to the country's constitution are an assault on democracy. He has overstepped the mark. Mr Sharif's declaration
 of support for Ms Bhutto, after she had her nomination to contest the election refused, is a sign of the disquiet that is uniting even former rivals against Pakistan's leader.
<br />
<br />
General Musharraf's constitutional changes allow him to sack the national assembly, appoint provincial governors and Supreme Court judges and impose additional amendments. Having appointed himself president last year, he has extended his term for another five
 years through a sham referendum. For the first time, the military will have an institutionalised role in forming policy on such sensitive issues as Kashmir, the nuclear weapons program and Afghanistan.
<br />
<br />
To pay lip service to the "consultative process" used to formulate the amendments, General Musharraf dropped a measure that would enable him to appoint and dismiss the soon-to-be-elected prime minister. The constitutional changes can be overturned by a two-thirds
 majority of parliament. But the President's ability to sack the national assembly effectively renders both these concessions null and void. The still-vocal Pakistani press blasted General Musharraf's new powers for "wrecking the concept of elected political
 systems". <br />
<br />
No such outrage has emanated from the US. Pakistan's logistical support in mopping-up operations against the Taliban regime and al-Qa'ida fighters has been invaluable, but that is no excuse for delaying democracy. Propping up dictatorial regimes in Pakistan
 has always backfired. After the Soviet Union invaded Afghanistan in 1979, the US poured billions of dollars meant for mujahideen groups into the coffers of Zia ul-Haq, who turned Pakistan into a hotbed of Islamic extremism. General Musharraf, too, is showing
 signs of going soft on fundamentalist groups who have opposed his pro-US tilt since the terrorist attacks on the US last year. He has released thousands of suspected militants after a crackdown in January and continues to turn a blind eye to the Pakistani-trained
 guerrillas in the Indian state of Jammu and Kashmir. Attacks against Western interests, including one on an missionary school last month, have escalated.
<br />
<br />
Ms Bhutto says she is determined to return to contest the October elections even though she faces arrest for failing to appear in court to answer corruption charges. Allowing her to contest the poll, however, will not alter the veneer of democracy General Musharraf
 has created. His constitutional changes are a step backwards to the days when the military called the shots and the rule of law was flouted in the name of national security. If the US and its allies believe democracy is as good for the Islamic world as it
 is for the West, Pakistan should not be allowed to remain an exception. </p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>30/12/2011 14:40:45</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/16027/Musharraf+steers+a+risky+course</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">16027</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>16068</publicationdataID>
      <title>Dancing With Dictators</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p><strong>New York Times</strong></p>
<p>For a nation that honors democracy and freedom, the United States has a nasty habit of embracing foreign dictators when they seem to serve American interests. It is one of the least appealing traits of American foreign policy. Like his predecessors, President
 Bush is falling for the illusion that tyrants make great allies. If Mr. Bush is not careful, Washington will be mopping up for years from the inevitable foreign policy disasters that come of befriending autocrats who maintain a stranglehold on their own people.<br />
<br />
When unsavory governments control strategic locations or resources, the impulse to join hands with them can be irresistible. In some cases, there may appear to be no practical alternative. It would have been much more difficult to dislodge the Taliban and Al
 Qaeda from Afghanistan without the cooperation of Pakistan's military ruler, Gen. Pervez Musharraf. Washington's longstanding ties to the Saudi royal family have ensured a steady flow of oil to the West for most of the last 60 years.<br />
<br />
But there is a difference between making alliances of convenience and uncritically working with dictators. Washington should not repeat the mistake it has made so often in the past by muting its support for democracy and human rights in these societies. General
 Musharraf, the Saudis and other autocratic allies like President Hosni Mubarak of Egypt rule repressive societies that become a breeding ground for anti-American hostility. Terrorism will retreat where democracy advances, not where autocrats muzzle political
 expression or buy peace at home by financing violence abroad.<br />
<br />
When Washington preaches democracy while tolerating the tyranny of allies, America looks double-faced. That's certainly the unflattering picture the world sees today. Mr. Bush has ordered the government to dry up the funding of Islamic terrorism, but Saudi
 Arabia is the principal financier of groups that promote such terrorism. The White House is pressing the Palestinians to establish democratic institutions while largely condoning the undemocratic actions of Mr. Mubarak. Vice President Dick Cheney's recent
 calls for bringing democracy to Iraq ring hollow as long as Washington is silent about General Musharraf's arbitrary rule in Pakistan.<br />
<br />
A long, unhappy history illustrates the cost of cozying up to dictators. America still pays for its blind support of the Shah of Iran. The blank checks Washington wrote to Gen. Zia ul-Haq of Pakistan in the 1980's helped nurture what later became Al Qaeda.
 Decades of misguided American support for Gen. Suharto in Indonesia and Mobutu Sese Seko in Zaire, now Congo, left both countries a legacy of debt, violent ethnic conflict and weak institutions. Ferdinand Marcos in the Philippines was another painful embarrassment.<br />
<br />
The Bush administration seems to have learned little from these costly mistakes. Meeting America's short-term military and diplomatic needs should not require abandoning its democratic principles.</p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>30/12/2011 17:35:11</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/16068/Dancing+With+Dictators</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">16068</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>16070</publicationdataID>
      <title>The deputy secretary of state describes his trip to Asia, designed to help quell tensions between India and Pakistan.</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p><strong>Newsmaker: Richard Armitage</strong></p>
<p>Margaret Warner: Now to our interview with Deputy Secretary of State Richard Armitage. He's just back from a trip to Sri Lanka, India, Pakistan, China, and Japan. It was his second mission to dampen down tensions and the threat of war between India and Pakistan
 over the contested area of Kashmir. Also on the agenda for this trip was the prospect of U.S. military action against Iraq. I talked with him this afternoon from the State Department. Secretary Armitage, welcome.</p>
<p><strong>India-Pakistan tensions</strong></p>
<p>Richard Armitage: Good evening, Ms. Warner.</p>
<p>Margaret Warner: Your visit to India and Pakistan coincided with more violent incidents in Kashmir and a war of words over who is at fault. Is the situation between those two countries deteriorating?</p>
<p>Richard Armitage: I think it is better now than it was in late May, early June. But it's clear that the incidents of violence are on the upswing.</p>
<p>Margaret Warner: As you know, India is saying that the Pakistani President Musharraf essentially broke his word, the word he gave to you in June, that he would bring a permanent end to these cross border incursions. Is India right?</p>
<p>Richard Armitage: Well, President Musharraf, again, reiterated to me that his comments about stopping activities across the line of control was still valid. There'd been nothing changed on that. I think both India and Pakistan recognize that there are certain
 infiltrations across the line of control that no Pakistani President could control.</p>
<p>Margaret Warner: Is India right that the incursions abated somewhat after your visit in June, but that now they are on the upsurge? I mean can you independently confirm that?</p>
<p>Richard Armitage: Yes, that's correct, and I've said so publicly. The cross line of control incursions are up from the end of June, but they're still below the sort of seasonal annual highs.</p>
<p>Margaret Warner: Do you think General Musharraf is doing everything at least that is in within his power; that is, at least none of the incursions that are happening are supported by either Pakistani military or intelligence?</p>
<p>Richard Armitage: Well, we do believe that President Musharraf is a man of his word and we're going to treat him as such and treat his word with all the care which it deserves. Only President Musharraf and his colleagues know for sure, but we think that
 he is exerting some efforts.</p>
<p>Margaret Warner: But are you saying the US can't really be sure if there is still official Pakistani support or at least military intelligence support for some of these raids?</p>
<p>Richard Armitage: Well, I don't know that I want to get into what we know and what we don't know. I'd say that we believe that President Musharraf is exerting efforts to cease Pakistan support for cross border Jihadists. I am saying, however, that there
 are Jihadists that are outside the control of all Pakistani authority. There are also Jihadists that were already existent in Kashmir. They didn't need to cross the line of control to cause trouble.</p>
<p><strong>Future dialogue and violence</strong></p>
<p>Margaret Warner: Just one other question about General Musharraf. He gave an interview to Agence France Press I think just before you were there in which he said essentially look, if India won't take any steps toward Pakistan in opening a dialogue, which
 is of course what both Pakistan and the US have been urging, I can't do anymore. I think he said something like I can't take ten steps when India takes none. Did he say something like that to you?</p>
<p>Richard Armitage: No, he didn't take that, but he made it very clear that he thought that Pakistan had lived up to their end of the bargain and he was very hopeful that India would begin dialogue. We see right now that India, for her part, is focused almost
 entirely on the upcoming Kashmir elections, focused like a laser on it. And perhaps if those elections can proceed relatively free of violence, then there can be some sort of dialogue.</p>
<p>Margaret Warner: Well, now what did Indian officials say to you about the possibility of dialogue and the possibility of some steps toward Pakistan? I mean, were they setting this timetable about the elections which I think are what, late September or early
 October?</p>
<p>Richard Armitage: The elections are four-phase elections from the middle of September till middle October. They've said that if the elections could proceed free of violence from Pakistan, then they would entertain a dialogue. President Musharraf, for his
 part, told me that his government's position was to condemn violence during any electoral season.</p>
<p>Margaret Warner: You said, while you were in the region, that you have fears that there will be violence around the election. Explain why that might happen.</p>
<p>Richard Armitage: Well, there are plenty of people who don't want elections to take place. There have been elections in the past that have been full of violence. And I'm fearful that history would repeat itself. I was happy to receive President Musharraf's
 assurances that his government condemned violence. And I hope that these elections will be carried out relatively free of violence.</p>
<p>Margaret Warner: And these are elections for, essentially, the local parliament and the Indian-controlled part of Kashmir?</p>
<p>Richard Armitage: That's correct.</p>
<p>Margaret Warner: Which the militants want everyone to boycott.</p>
<p>Richard Armitage: They're trying to -- militants are trying to bully people into not voting. And there are simultaneously in October elections in Pakistan for their parliament.</p>
<p>Margaret Warner: The Indian - Indian officials talking to reporters, and I'm sure you've read a lot of these accounts, have been saying that they feel let down, essentially, by the US Columnist Jim Hoagland put it that US diplomacy had been devalued in India's
 eyes because the assurances that you gave to India in June, Musharraf has given us his word, this is going to end or close to end, haven't happened. Did you get that sense when you were in India?</p>
<p>Richard Armitage: Both Indian officials and President Musharraf and his colleagues told me they valued US efforts in this regard and hoped they would continue. Mr. Hoagland is welcome to his own opinion but that's what Indian officials told me.</p>
<p><strong>Musharraf's plans</strong></p>
<p>Margaret Warner: And Indian officials are also saying they think the US is coddling Musharraf, not pushing him hard enough because the United States wants to maintain his support for the effort in Afghanistan. Did they say anything like that to you? And
 what is your response to that?</p>
<p>Richard Armitage: Well, I've heard comments along those lines in the past and it is true that President Musharraf has been extraordinarily helpful in the war on terrorism. By the same token, however, we have obtained a pledge from President Musharraf about
 cross border activities and we are looking to him to live up to that pledge.</p>
<p>Margaret Warner: Did you speak to President Musharraf as well about the steps he took, I think just three or four days before your arrival in which he basically ran it himself, sweeping new powers to dissolve parliament and so on, it has been widely interpreted
 by critics both here and in Pakistan and India as a power grab. Did you talk to him about that?</p>
<p>Richard Armitage: Well, I spoke to the president about the transition back to civilian democracy. It is true that the people of Pakistan have been ill-served by both civilian democratic governments and military governments and pointed out that the US view
 was very important that President Musharraf be able to show a return to civilian controlled democracy and a path to that democracy. And we had a good discussion on this.</p>
<p>Margaret Warner: What did he say?</p>
<p>Richard Armitage: Well, he indicated that when he comes to Washington, excuse me, when he comes to New York for the UN General Assembly in September, that he will be giving a series of interviews. And I fully expect him to talk about his plans and his hopes
 for democracy in Pakistan.</p>
<p><strong>Iraqi military action</strong></p>
<p>Margaret Warner: Another topic on your trip from news accounts is that you are also talking in these various countries about the possibility of military action against Iraq. What kind of a response did you get in your private meetings?</p>
<p>Richard Armitage: Well, you've prejudiced the question. I was talking about the situation of Iraq and I made it very clear that President Bush has all options open to him and that he has not decided which course to take, and when he did decide, then the
 president would consult with friends and allies. We just had exchanges of views on Iraq and on the Middle East in general.</p>
<p>Margaret Warner: But I think right after you left, both China and India warned against any action against Iraq. You said in Japan, I believe, at a press conference, that you thought when the President made his decision-- I don't have the exact words-- but
 that you believed-- we expect to have a fair amount of international support. I'm just wondering what is the scenario, do you think, for all of these leaders from France, to Germany to Saudi Arabia, to Japan, to China, to walk back from all the warnings they've
 issued about don't do this, don't do this. How do you think this might happen?</p>
<p>Richard Armitage: Well, I would suspect that once the president has made a decision, then his administration would fan out and publicly begin making the case for regime change, and I suspect as we go forward, that nations would obviously decide or make the
 decision based on their own national interest. But I think once we make a public case on the question of the regime in Iraq, then we can expect a fair amount of support.</p>
<p>Margaret Warner: Is the administration ready to do anything to make it more palatable to other countries? I'm thinking, for example, the British foreign office said yesterday, it might press for setting, at the UN, a new deadline for Iraq to comply with
 weapon inspectors. Former Secretary of State Baker, as you know, has written that he thinks that would be a good idea, the US should support that as a precursor to any military action. Do you think the administration should take that route?</p>
<p>Richard Armitage: I think the administration should take into consideration the views of all well-meaning friends and allies and former experts like Mr. Baker. And I know the president is looking and listening to all these voices. But he's the one nationally
 elected leader and he will make his own mind up after taking all these views into consideration.</p>
<p>Margaret Warner: Let me ask it another way. What would be the downside or the harm in first going to the UN and trying to put-- and that is what happened before the Gulf War, essentially put some sort of a deadline or obligation on Iraq - and then if Iraq
 doesn't comply, you know, maybe you get more international support -- I'm just wondering what is the downside to doing that?</p>
<p>Richard Armitage: There is an obvious downside spelled out by Vice President Cheney the other day, that Saddam Hussein is a master of bait and switch, and that he can obfuscate and delay and use any such discussions to just buy more time. But let me remind
 you, the president will make the decision whether to go to the UN or just what to do and we'll just have to await his decision.</p>
<p>Margaret Warner: Well, let me ask you about one other decision that I know he will also be making. It concerns what kind of approval, authorization or level of consultation with Congress. Yesterday Dick Lugar, pretty much the senior Republican on the Senate
 Foreign Relations Committee, said in Moscow that he thought the president should come for a formal Senate vote to authorize this. What do you think about that?</p>
<p>Richard Armitage: Well, I think the president takes very seriously his relations with Congress and Congress's duties under the Constitution. And I know he has said he will consult with Congress. And I'm sure Senator Lugar's views, as a very respected foreign
 policy expert, will be taken into consideration. It's not for me to say what the president ultimately will do.</p>
<p>Margaret Warner: All right. Secretary Armitage, thanks for being with us.</p>
<p>Richard Armitage: Thank you, Ms. Warner. </p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>30/12/2011 17:41:19</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/16070/The+deputy+secretary+of+state+describes+his+trip+to+Asia+designed+to+help+quell+tensions+between+India+and+Pakistan</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">16070</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>16072</publicationdataID>
      <title>Discovering the road to India</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p><strong>Espaco Aberto</strong></p>
<p><strong>GILBERTO DUPAS</strong><br />
<br />
India has been showing quite clearly that there are ways of taking advantage of globalisation. The most important care is not to open the economy with uncontrolled zeal and to keep to the country’s plan. As one of the few large countries on the outskirts of
 capitalism that has grown reasonably steadily and stably during the last 25 years – around 5% a year, with an average inflation of 8% -, it deserves to be analysed with greater attention and consideration. Just to emphasize the difference it makes, in 1977,
 Brazil’s actual GDP was 45% superior to that of India; today it is only 25% higher. While we wallowed with a US$4 billion deficit in our external industrial balance in 2001, India generated a surplus of US$ 10 billion in Exports of software alone.</p>
<p>In two recent articles published and commented in the editorial of the Etadão, Thomas Friedman of the New York Times expressed his wonder at the ability in which this multi-religious, multilingual democracy of 1 billion people successfully manage tensions
 and conflicts between Hindus and Muslims, besides the Sikh, Christian and Buddhist minorities. And he is in raptures with Bangalore , the Indian "Silicon Valley” on which Dell, Nortel, Reebok, Sony, American Express, HSBC, GE and other International giants
 depend on to produce and operate their software. Friedman remembers the pressures of these companies on the Indian Government in "cooling down” the recent conflict with Pakistan in the name of the economic interests of the country. He goes on entranced, that
 if there is a serious uprising in India, there could be a world economic crisis, which for a large poor country would not be insignificant.</p>
<p>The first thing that draws our attention to the history of post-war India is its democratic vitality, which began with Nehru in 1948, and which passed through two terms in the hands of Indira Gandhi (1966 and 1980) and stands strong at the present time.
 It is the greatest democratic experience on the planet, moving a large country with the distribution of wealth much less concentrated than that of Brazil with the 10% rich controlling 26% of the national wealth –51% in Brazil- and a huge middle class of 200
 million people.</p>
<p>During the 30 years of Independence from British domain, won after decades of popular action, led – sternly but peacefully – by Mahatma (Great soul) Gandhi, there was one dominant party, the Congress Party, also called the party of consent. In 1977 came
 the first loss to a coalition of opposition parties. From then on, the system has been made up of three main forces: the Congress (centre), BJP (right wing) and the left wing parties.</p>
<p>But the characteristic that makes India unique – at a level that has been higher and which nowadays adapts to the times of deregulation, without however losing its sense of direction – is the intense participation of the government in the economy. Immediately
 after Independence, the country followed an economic strategy – developed by Nehru – directed to achieving economic and technological autonomy, through heavy investments on the part of the government, principally in the agricultural and military fields; with
 the most important economic sectors in the hands of the state, its government plans were followed to the letter. The public sector invested heavily in acquiring autonomy in the agricultural and military sectors, nationalizing banks and Insurance. There was
 an advance in the agricultural reforms and development of the social policies. With the economy strictly regulated, the country grew steadily from the 1950s to the 70s.</p>
<p>One of the results of these applied policies is the great "critical mass” of Indians that form one of the largest groups of technicians and engineers in the world. In 1995, there were 2 million Indian engineers and scientists specialized in nuclear energy,
 biotechnology, software, satellites and rocket launchers, oceanography and high sea drilling; 1500 specialized institutes and laboratories conducting research, while the country’s universities churn out 4500 doctors every year. India carries great weight in
 the power structure of meridional Asia. Although it is a country with peaceful traditions, after the defeat to China in 1962, the country transferred its policy of defence from a diplomatic to a military plan, conducting its first nuclear explosion in 1974.
 With a permanent army of 1.2 million soldiers and with the know-how to produce missiles and tanks, it has a formidable navy and nuclear power.</p>
<p>In the 80s the country began a process of de-bureaucracy of the licences to invest and import. India had until then a regulated economy, with a strong bureaucratic apparatus; its industry was not very diversified and showed modest growth. At the beginning
 of the 90s, the government adopted further policies of liberalization, reduction in the control of capital goods, simplified taxes, allowed up to 51% participation of foreign capital in voting stock in local companies, which could reach 98% in some cases.
 Still, the country did not at any time become slave to movement of international investment in making its external payments. During the entire decade of the 80s, it was the only large country on the outskirts that received the least foreign investments as
 a percentage of its GDP. At the end of the 1990s, while Brazil and Argentina reached more than 5% of their GDP, Indian never reached 1%. And its external debt continued the lowest among all of them (22% of the GDP in 2000; in Brazil, it was more than 40%).
 Besides this, 15 sectors continued under the control of the government for strategic reasons, of which six of them still are. The planning system became more inductive and less imposing, but continued to be present in a clear form, exercising its fundamental
 role in the national strategic planning in a market economy.</p>
<p>The lesson to be learned from the Indian road seems fundamental in these moments of crises. Hereabouts, we mistake our hasty opening of the market with strategy, buying the idea that the mind of the market resolves all. The consequence was the huge external
 instability. Now we know, at an exorbitant price, that market and international investment are not quite enough. Besides the inevitable disadvantages of globalisation - like the damage caused by volatile capital and the negative market of labour markets -,
 we can also take advantage. But we will progress only if we have our own strategy that takes into account the national potentials that involve options of industrial and technological policies. Think about what we might have done with our immense and rare biological
 reserves in Amazon if we had – State, universities and private companies – taken measures in time. It would be one of our "silicon valleys”. Today, unfortunately, most of our native species have had their DNAs mapped and patented abroad and we try in vain
 to close the barn door too late.</p>
<p>Let’s then learn all the lessons we can from the recently rediscovered road to India. It may suggest that the integration of a country to international logic demands original strategies of development commanded by an Inductor and competent Regulator State
 and activated by a strong national private sector and linked worldwide. We need to believe more in ourselves and less in the global economy.</p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>30/12/2011 17:47:23</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/16072/Discovering+the+road+to+India</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">16072</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>16078</publicationdataID>
      <title>Brazil Consolidates relations with India</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p><strong>Humberto Saccomandi</strong></p>
<p><strong>São Paulo</strong></p>
<p>Relations between Brazil and India are at their best levels, with a great economic and political nearness. Trade between the two countries almost doubled in 2001 and is expected to grow this year, in spite of the retrenching of the world Trade. To strengthen
 and coordinate this movement, the two countries this week signed a Joint Commission for Bilateral Trade.</p>
<p>For this purpose, the Secretary of Economic Relations, Mr. Shashank of the Indian Ministry of Foreign Trade is in Brazil. He highlighted the fact that the expectation as to the trade is "to improve further, even during the period of global deceleration”.
 Thus, as the Brazilian Government has included India in the select list of strategic markets, the Asian country has done the same in relation to Brazil.</p>
<p>Another of Shashank’s objectives is to accelerate negotiations on preferential tariffs between the two countries, begun during Minister Sergio Amaral’s visit to India in April.</p>
<p>India has passed through the process of opening its as yet closed market by reducing Import tariffs, opening its economy to foreign investments and privatisations. "In three years, India will reduce its tariffs to the level of ASEAN (association of south
 east Asian countries)”, says Shashank.</p>
<p>According to sources at Itamaraty, this process tends to favour Brazilian Exports, as the Indian Import Tariffs are, as a rule much higher than those adopted by Brazil.</p>
<p>Among the sectors in which bilateral cooperation has been more intense are: the pharmaceutical sector (India is a major producer of generics and Indian companies are already putting down roots in Brazil), Information Technology and software (Indian companies
 are among the most advanced in the world), biotechnology, alcohol and transport.<br />
<br />
India is the second fastest growing economy in Asia, second only to China. This process of playing a prominent part in the global economy is a new stage of consolidation of the country as a regional force.</p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>30/12/2011 18:11:26</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/16078/Brazil+Consolidates+relations+with+India</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">16078</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>16079</publicationdataID>
      <title>Europe's Lesson for South Asia</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p><strong>Far Eastern Economic review<br />
By Anita Inder Singh</strong></p>
<p>The writer is a senior member of St. Antony's College at Oxford University, where she teaches international relations. She is author of The Origins of the Partition of India, 1936-1947 and democracy, Ethnic Diversity and Security in Post-Communist Europe</p>
<p>India and Pakistan have withdrawn from the brink of nuclear war but animosity between them prevails. Indeed, international mediation cannot hope to make a lasting difference because the hostility has its roots in the partition that resulted in creating two
 states with diametrically opposing ideologies. The twain shall never meet. Even so, cohabitation between India and Pakistan is possible, and war is not necessarily inevitable. Bitter history between nations can be put behind, if not forgotten. A decade after
 the end of the Cold War, the majority of states in post-communist Europe--most of them multi-ethnic and with populations with a history of ill will and animosity--have not experienced war. Can't India and Pakistan learn anything from them?</p>
<p>The statistics speak for themselves. The collapse of the Soviet Union and Yugoslavia saw the peaceful redrawing of more than 12,000 kilometres of international borders, most of them between multi-ethnic countries with weak democratic traditions and in which
 ethnic nationalisms still exist. But the single most important reason for the absence of war is the renunciation of territorial claims by the majority of post-communist states. Moreover, the two countries with the largest diasporas, Hungary and Russia, have
 not encouraged irredentism.</p>
<p>The greatest relevance of the East European experience for India and Pakistan is that history is not just about "immutable hatreds" and preserving past enmities, but of overcoming them through dialogue. Next, it must be accepted that India is the status
 quo power, and Pakistan the revisionist one. So it should be Pakistan, in the East European-style, that renounces its territorial claim to Kashmir. This in turn would help secure its present border with India and put the onus on New Delhi for beginning dialogue
 with Kashmiri parties and for forming better relations with Islamabad. More importantly, perhaps, it would offer, for the first time since 1947, the chance of lasting peace in South Asia, with much of the credit then going to Pakistan.</p>
<p>It would also improve life for Kashmiris--and not just economically. The tense Indo-Pakistani frontier has blocked peaceful contacts between Kashmiris living in India and Pakistan. This situation goes against the grain of the 1992 United Nations Declaration
 on Minorities, which advises states to give minorities the right to establish and maintain free and peaceful contacts across frontiers with whom they share an ethnic, religious or cultural identity or common cultural heritage. At the same time, it underlines
 the sovereign equality, territorial integrity and political independence of states. A combination of international advice and a reflection of the East European experience would facilitate contacts between Kashmiris on both sides of the border.</p>
<p>The reconciliation of sovereignty with cross-frontier contacts between "kin" minorities is logical. Historically the state frontiers drawn by imperial powers--in Europe as in Asia--often divided ethnic or religious nations so that the ethnic and political
 nations were incongruent. Consequently, we find that ethnic nations, straddling international borders, potentially threaten the stability of some 90% of the world's states which are multi-ethnic. Cross-frontier contacts are only possible if state borders are
 uncontested and states have no fear of irredentism. This is what has happened in much of former communist Europe, and that is what is needed in South Asia.</p>
<p>Would such a happy outcome be possible in South Asia? War is a method of political choice; countries go to war because they think they will gain something from it. It is for India and Pakistan to decide whether they would benefit more from war or peace.
 At the moment India sees no point in participating in negotiations that it feels will only rake up a rancorous history. Pakistan says it is willing to talk, but to what purpose? Dialogue will only produce peace if both sides can agree on goals. Agreement in
 principle on the acceptance of the existing Line of Control as an international border would open the door to discussing territorial adjustments on a smaller scale.</p>
<p>Dialogue would strengthen the hands of New Delhi and Islamabad in dealing with extremist threats and facilitate the economic development of both parts of Kashmir, which would be a better security investment than vast sums of money spent on military arsenals.
 The mere avoidance of war will not enhance security: a concerted desire to overcome a history of animosity will. Eastern Europe shows India and Pakistan that only the wish can give birth to the thought and practice of good neighbourliness
</p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>30/12/2011 18:25:44</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/16079/Europes+Lesson+for+South+Asia</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">16079</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>16081</publicationdataID>
      <title>Two Plus Two</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p><strong>Far Eastern Economic review<br />
By Joanna Slater</strong></p>
<p><strong>IN THE RACE FOR </strong>foreign investment, India and China have defined roles: tortoise and hare. According to the official numbers, India lagged far behind China last year, grabbing less than one-tenth of the foreign investment dollars that its
 neighbour received.</p>
<p>But now some economists and Indian officials believe the race may be closer than it appears. China is overstating its foreign investment flows, they say, while India is selling itself short. While no one denies that India has some serious catching up to
 do, they dispute how much.</p>
<p>"Even with conservative assumptions, the gap between India and China is far less wide than official statistics suggest," said Guy Pfeffermann, chief economist at the International Finance Corp. in Washington.</p>
<p>Correcting the distortion is important to India because the official figures for last year--$3.57 billion for India and $46.9 billion for China--reinforce the perception that one country repels investors and the other welcomes them. "We are being beaten
 up worldwide by these comparisons," says a frustrated senior official from India's Ministry of Commerce. A more nuanced picture would improve India's image among future investors, he says.</p>
<p>The discussion comes as India is reporting a surge in foreign direct investment, driven in part by the telecoms industry. In the first six months of this year, India received $2.5 billion in FDI, an 86% jump over the same period in 2001.</p>
<p>Pfeffermann turned heads back in April at a World Bank conference on private development, where he gave a presentation that attempted to explain the huge gap in FDI between India and China. He focused first on the phenomenon of "round-tripping," or mainland
 funds that leave China and return as foreign investment to take advantage of tax and other incentives. A recent World Bank report estimated that as much as 50% of China's foreign investment could actually be domestic cash.</p>
<p>While China may be amplifying its FDI, India minimizes it. Though India generally conforms to the definition of foreign investment as set out by the International Monetary Fund, says one international economist, "there are some problems with the FDI data
 and coverage of certain items seems to be incomplete."</p>
<p>By Pfeffermann's back-of-the-napkin calculation, India's level of FDI last year could be as much as $8 billion, while China's--minus the round-tripping estimate--would drop to around $20 billion. At those levels, FDI would account for 1.7% of India's GDP
 and 2% of China's--a far cry from the ten-to-one figures often cited in the media.</p>
<p>Pfeffermann is the first to admit those figures are very rough estimates, but they make a provocative starting point. A Commerce Ministry official said India fails to include several investment flows that are part of the standard definition of FDI: when
 a foreign company chooses to reinvest its earnings, or when it makes certain transfers to its local subsidiary. If India included that money in its calculation, the official claims, the overall FDI figure could rise by 50%-60%, or closer to $6-7 billion.</p>
<p>Officials from the Reserve Bank of India, the country's central bank, and the Department of Industrial Policy and Promotion are now coordinating to catch the FDI that falls through the cracks. They're especially interested in reinvested earnings, which companies
 so far have reported on a sporadic and voluntary basis. Citigroup, for example, said one Ministry of Commerce official, has reinvested significant earnings in its Indian business over a sustained period--funds that show up nowhere in the FDI figures. Citigroup
 says that its Citibank unit in India has retained earnings of about $350 million.</p>
<p>India's central bank could come out with more comprehensive figures for reinvested earnings by December. While investors recognize the need to adjust the statistics, they also say it's important not to lose sight of the bigger picture. "Rather than take
 comfort in the fact that the gap is smaller than we thought," says Dalip Pathak, managing director of Warburg Pincus in Singapore, "we need to identify why the gaps exist in the first place."
</p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>30/12/2011 18:38:36</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/16081/Two+Plus+Two</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">16081</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>16082</publicationdataID>
      <title>Commitments</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p><strong>Far Eastern Economic review</strong></p>
<p><strong>THE SETTING </strong>couldn't have been more poignant. At a ceremony to mark 55 years of independence, Atal Behari Vajpayee of the Hindu nationalist Bharatiya Janata Party spoke from atop Old Delhi's Red Fort--built by Muslim Mughal rulers. The venue
 symbolically reaffirmed official India's commitment to being a nation for people of all faiths. On Pakistan's own independence day, Pervez Musharraf chided India on upcoming elections in Kashmir: "India has organized such farcical elections in the past." In
 the unleavened hypocrisy of his words, there too was a commitment.</p>
<p>The problem is that this one ties the country to further exploit Kashmir as the continuing rationale for the Pakistani state. As often noted, Bangladesh's founding meant the end of Pakistan's claim of special status as a state for South Asia's Muslims. So
 Islamabad vigorously champions the cause of Muslims in Kashmir--the argument now being that there must be a state like Pakistan to stand by the side of Muslim Kashmiris. It is the grasping at this ad hoc cause, and the refusal to accept conditions that half
 a century have solidified, that are stumbling blocks to peace.</p>
<p>For indeed, the possibility of peace is there. It means recognizing the status quo Line of Control as an international border, and for this to be as good as it can get. But that requires Pakistan to renounce all explicit and implied claims relating to Kashmir.
 Now it's true that historical tenure makes for an imperfect argument. But in a less than perfect world a modus vivendi often is all that can be hoped for, and one still is possible in Kashmir if all sides are willing. The argument moreover is strengthened
 by the fact that India's avowed secularism makes it in the long run the better bet for the substantial minority of Buddhists and Hindus on its side of the Line of Control. New Delhi may not have done everything right in Kashmir, but neither has Pakistan; and
 it's better that people who live in a more legitimate democracy should not be handed over to a state with less freedom.</p>
<p>Pakistan needs to accept that any special conditions attached to its birth are no more. Its existence of course is a fact no one disputes. Practically every country take its existence as a given; so should Pakistan. Renouncing its Kashmir jingoism would
 make Pakistan a more normal county, which ultimately can only result in greater economic benefits for all Gen. Musharraf's countrymen.
</p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>30/12/2011 18:42:09</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/16082/Commitments</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">16082</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>16083</publicationdataID>
      <title>East and West: The twain shall meet</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p><strong>The CS Monitor<br />
Takashi Oka</strong></p>
<p>"Asia is one." It was in Rangoon, Burma, under the soaring golden spire of the Shwe Dagon Pagoda monument, that the truth of those words by art historian Kakuzo Okakura struck home.</p>
<p>I had embarked on my voyage of discovery throughout the arc of Asia – from Japan, to Southeast Asia, to India and Pakistan. It was the summer of 1955, just 10 years after World War II. The image most Westerners held of Asia was that it was a continent of
 strange religions and great poverty. China had disappeared behind the Bamboo Curtain drawn by Mao Tse-Tung and his Communist cohorts. Even Japan had barely begun its climb out of defeat and near-total destruction, and still lacked sufficient rice to feed itself.</p>
<p>I had come across Okakura's words years earlier, as a student. They were the counterpoint to Kipling's "East is East and West is West, and never the twain shall meet." How did Asia's oneness apply to Burma, or Thailand, or the Chinese of Taiwan and Hong
 Kong? (In those days before Henry Kissinger's trip to Beijing, mainland China was off-limits to Americans.)</p>
<p>Burma, like the rest of Asia, was a land of youth. I had taken an early-morning taxi ride to the countryside outside the capital. I heard a murmur of children's voices reciting in English coming from a straw hut by the roadside, and stopped the taxi to wander
 in. Sitting on rickety wooden benches were about 15 boys and girls, repeating in unison what their teacher was reading from a dog-eared textbook. It was the story of "The Boy Who Cried Wolf." All I remember are those clear, high-pitched little voices shouting,
 "The wolf is coming!"</p>
<p>The schoolmaster, elderly and bearded, with glasses propped on his nose and wearing a wraparound skirt called a lungi, couldn't have been more accommodating. He stopped the recitation, gave his class some arithmetic problems, and graciously answered my questions.
 This was his school, he said proudly, and it was called St. Timothy's. He was preparing the children to go on to high school and, he hoped, to university. English was the language he used because it was the one the British had brought to the school system.</p>
<p>There wasn't much more to the conversation than that, but the children's scrubbed faces and eager eyes made a profound impression on me. Burma was enjoying a democratic interlude between British colonial rule and the military dictatorship imposed by Gen.
 Ne Win in the early 1960s. It was an old civilization, but a young country. The average age of the Southeast Asians, including the Burmese, was something like 15 years.</p>
<p>Back in Rangoon, I took a trishaw, a Burmese pedicab in which the passenger seat is beside the pedaler. I didn't speak the language, but somehow the trishaw made me feel I was more a part of the life of the streets. Men and women were shopping at market
 stalls pungent with smells of unfamiliar spices. Children with schoolbooks slid between Buddhist monks in saffron robes. The trishaw made only slow progress along the crowded street, but no one was in a hurry, and the musical language sounded pleasant to the
 ears.</p>
<p>Was Asia one? What did the Japanese – tidy, disciplined, fastidious even in those days of relative deprivation, share with the passing crowds? Or the Chinese of Hong Kong who, like the Japanese, seemed much more in a hurry? Or the Vietnamese, enjoying a
 brief period of relative peace between the war with France, which had concluded at Dien Bien Phu, and the war with the United States, which was yet to come?</p>
<p>Then the answer came. Okakura was Japan's first major Western-trained art critic, a friend of Isabella Stewart Gardner and the curator of East Asian art at Boston's Museum of Fine Arts. He had written "Asia is one" in 1903, 10 years after his first visit
 to China and a year after his first visit to India. The words are the opening statement of his book "The Ideals of the East," which he wrote in English in order to show the West that the peoples of Asia were not merely struggling, with varying degrees of success,
 to imbibe Western culture and ways of thought. Rather, these nations, from time immemorial, had had their own proud civilization, which was in no wise inferior to that of the West.</p>
<p>Indian and Chinese thought patterns, typified by Hinduism, Buddhism, and Confucianism, had intermingled and fertilized each other in intricate webs of art, music, and philosophy. And over the centuries, Japan had become the repository for these crosscurrents.
 Therefore, Okakura wanted to tell his Western readers that they had as much to learn from Asia as Asians had to learn from the West.</p>
<p>That was true in Okakura's day, and remains true today. The Asians among whom I was voyaging wanted a better life for themselves and their children; they all wanted more schools, and better schools. Most of them wanted something that had come from the West,
 but was now taking root in their own countries: freedom, equality, and individual rights.</p>
<p>What I glimpsed in Rangoon became the theme song of later visits to the continent – to the countries of the Silk Road; to Mongolia, the land of Genghis Khan's descendants; and to China, finally open to the outside world though remaining Communist. And I
 came to recognize that Okakura, also, was no cultural chauvinist. He was not merely defending Asian civilization in the face of the encroaching West, but wanting his Western readers to recognize that Asia had its own contribution to make to world civilization.</p>
<p>Okakura could well have written, "The world is one," for that is the vision that sustains our hopes for the future.
</p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>30/12/2011 18:46:50</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/16083/East+and+West+The+twain+shall+meet</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">16083</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>16084</publicationdataID>
      <title>We can do this good work together</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p><strong>The International Herald Tribune</strong></p>
<p><strong>Thabo Mbeki, Fernando Henrique Cardoso and Goran Persson</strong> <br />
<strong>Only one Earth </strong><br />
JOHANNESBURG The bounty of the earth is not inexhaustible. The oceans do not contain an infinite number of fish. Much of what is once destroyed by overexploitation or greed is gone forever. Earth sustains life and is our nurturing resource.<br />
<br />
Today we abuse Earth's resources. We feed on portions that belong to unborn generations. Our children's children risk entering this world already bearing the debt of their forefathers.<br />
<br />
It is not an option but an imperative that we "meet the needs of the present without compromising the ability of future generations to meet their needs," as the Brundtland report put it in 1987.<br />
<br />
Thirty years after the United Nations Conference on the Human Environment in Stockholm, and 10 years after the Rio de Janeiro Conference on Environment and Development, the World Summit on Sustainable Development is being held in Johannesburg from Aug. 26 to
 Sept. 4. The year 2002 will therefore be historically linked to 1972 and 1992, and will become a new turning point in international awareness of the environment as a global issue.<br />
<br />
Is the world ready for this new challenge? Concern over degradation of the environment led to the historic 1972 conference in Stockholm. The result was a permanent place for the environment on the global agenda, the beginning of the era of multilateralism in
 the protection of the environment and increased popular awareness. There was recognition of the fact that there is no individual future, but that we all share "only one Earth."<br />
<br />
Protection of the environment is a noble endeavor in itself. But the survival of the environment is also the strategic basis of human survival. The question is therefore principally about human welfare.<br />
<br />
The protection of Earth must go hand in hand with measures to fight poverty and enhance human dignity and security. Development and environment are interlinked.<br />
<br />
It is indeed too much to ask a mother whose child is dying of thirst today to express concern about the health of wetlands. It is indeed too much to ask a man whose family is starving to death today to concern himself with the environmental consequences of
 his fishing practices.<br />
<br />
It is indeed too much to ask a woman who needs to cook a meal for her hungry family today to be concerned about the long-term sustainability of her firewood gathering practices or about climate change. Since 1990, 10 million more people have joined the ranks
 of the poor every year. More than 1.1 billion of our fellow human beings are undernourished, and 1.5 billion people live in water-scarce areas. And we know that in some parts of Africa the desert advances at a rate of 10 kilometers a year.<br />
<br />
The gap between the rich and the poor continues to widen. All this at a time when the world is enjoying an unprecedented level of global productivity and capital accumulation unleashed by the forces of globalization during the last decade.<br />
<br />
To watch passively as poverty increases, the wealth and information gaps widen and environmental degradation continues is not only a human and moral failure. It is also an enormous waste of resources - especially human resources, the most important factor for
 sustainable development. In this context, empowerment of women and a gender perspective are crucial components. No one can afford to let this situation continue.<br />
<br />
We are convinced that far from being a burden, investments and policies that promote sustainable development offer an exceptional opportunity. Economically they help to build new markets and create jobs. Socially they bring people in from the margins. And politically
 they reduce tensions over resources that could lead to violence.<br />
<br />
The Rio Earth summit in 1992 forged a global consensus on the inescapable link between the protection of the environment and social and economic development. The principles of sustainable development were launched. This link should be translated into practice
 through collective action based on concepts and instruments that promote new public policies at both domestic and international levels. The spirit of Rio led to a global consensus on a program for sustainable development, as well as on the Rio declaration
 and on the conventions on climate change and biological diversity.<br />
<br />
The years following the Earth summit brought far-reaching multilateral environmental agreements. There was even greater public awareness and concern. We need to continue to build on these achievements. We have answered the question of what to do, now we need
 to focus our efforts on how to do it in order to move from words to action.<br />
<br />
The fundamental challenge before us is to develop a paradigm that enhances the sustainable use of natural resources and at the same time reverses unsustainable patterns of production and consumption. These changes will require that we build a partnership recognizing
 that our common responsibility toward global sustainability must accommodate striking imbalances among nations.<br />
<br />
It is no longer possible for each of us to focus solely on our own concerns. As the world develops rapidly, global public goods cannot be monopolized by a few. No matter how large a country is, it is still small in view of the challenge before us.<br />
<br />
Sustainability and growth should be terms of the same equation, since there can be no sustainability without a financial basis, nor a financial basis without market access, nor market access unaccompanied by a perspective of solidarity, which will give rise
 to a type of growth that benefits all.<br />
<br />
Sustainable development will be able to trigger modernization only once it is endowed with systemic conditions for competitiveness. The Johannesburg world summit is the opportunity for countries of the world to form a global partnership for the protection of
 the environment and for social and economic development. A partnership not simply in the donor-recipient paradigm but one to which we all contribute.<br />
<br />
Only a global partnership between governments, business and civil society gives us the power to meet the challenge.<br />
<br />
The basis of the global partnership must be an action-oriented implementation plan with clear targets and timetables. Such a United Nations program would be an immediate and tangible contribution to the quest for global peace and security.<br />
<br />
The global partnership must be based on plans and commitments that would constitute a program of action to implement the UN Millennium Development Goals, which include improved access to water, sanitation, energy, health care and food security. It should include
 concrete measures to promote sustainable patterns of consumption and production.<br />
<br />
Concerned citizens everywhere would justifiably say that there is enough capital, technology and expertise to achieve these goals of poverty eradication. In the same way, we have the necessary knowledge and resources to tackle overconsumption, in-efficient
 use of resources, pollution and other environmental problems.<br />
<br />
The commitment of the world, in the United Nations Millennium Declaration, to "assist Africans in their struggle for lasting peace, poverty eradication and sustainable development" will feature prominently at the Johannesburg summit. The New Partnership for
 Africa's Development, NEPAD, provides an important framework for cooperation in the region for achieving this.<br />
<br />
We do not start from scratch - there are positive developments to build on. One is the broad consensus that exists today on the goals for development. Another is the greater participation we have from civil society and business.<br />
<br />
We also need to build on the Doha development agenda and on the consensus reached in Monterrey on financing for development.<br />
<br />
The aim is to help make globalization a positive force for all, one which ensures broad economic and political stability. We and our fellow heads of state and government, representing the nations of the world, together with representatives of all sectors of
 humanity, are gathering this week in Johannesburg. A quantum leap in the struggle to eliminate poverty and move toward a sustainable future is within reach.<br />
<br />
We the hosts of the Stockholm, Rio de Janeiro and Johannesburg conferences call on governments and citizens of the world to seize the opportunity of the World Summit on Sustainable Development to prove that a new paradigm is possible, and that sustainable development
 can be a reality for all.<br />
<br />
May Johannesburg become the start of a new era of international cooperation and global solidarity.<br />
<br />
President Mbeki of South Africa, President Cardoso of Brazil and Prime Minister Persson of Sweden contributed this comment to the International Herald Tribune.
</p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>30/12/2011 18:49:45</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/16084/We+can+do+this+good+work+together</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">16084</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>16085</publicationdataID>
      <title>Shouldn't We Care About Democracy In Pakistan?</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p><strong>The Wall Street Journal<br />
By Tunku Varadarajan</strong></p>
<p>The Bush administration should insist that Gen. Musharraf hold free elections.<br />
<br />
What does it take to get the Bush administration to rebuke Gen. Pervez Musharraf, and to hold him to higher standards than those the U.S. required--in a different age, admittedly--of Ferdinand Marcos or Anastasio Somoza? Or, put another way, if President Bush
 can demand that Yasser Arafat hold free elections, allowing the Palestinians to choose their own leaders, why does he not ask the same of the Pakistani dictator, and extend the same courtesy to the people of Pakistan?<br />
<br />
A week ago, Gen. Musharraf imposed a range of constitutional amendments--29 in total--that would cripple the prime minister who comes to power in the already flawed legislative elections scheduled for October. Stringent eligibility requirements have excluded
 most serious political figures from running for office; and, in any case, Gen. Musharraf has appointed himself president plenipotentiary for five years, after a referendum so clearly rigged that even he--his skin thicker than the Khyber dust--has seemed embarrassed,
 on occasion, by the outcome.</p>
<p>The latest amendments would allow Gen. Musharraf to dissolve the elected parliament at will. All important appointments will be made by him, including the chiefs of the army, navy and air force, the provincial governors, and the justices of the Pakistan
 Supreme Court. The general has also set up a national security council--over which he will preside, of course, and of which the prime minister will be merely a member among many--that will institutionalize the role of the army in national governance, much
 in the manner of the Turkish army. (The analogy with Turkey--beloved of Gen. Musharraf--should not be overstated. In Pakistan, the army is just another interest group, only better armed, alongside the feudal families and the Islamic fundamentalists. It is
 not above the fray. In Turkey, by contrast, the army acts as a central ballast to prevent such groups from going too far.)</p>
<p>Gen. Musharraf has been spared stinging American criticism of his actions for two reasons. First: Pakistani democracy hasn't got a very good name, whether in this country or elsewhere. Recent elected governments have been incompetent and corrupt--and undeniably
 so--giving the general a useful pretext to refuse to relinquish power.</p>
<p>Second, and more contingently, Gen. Musharraf is regarded as a reliable ally in America's war against terror. There is no doubt that he has--in spite of the opportunism of his support--provided handy logistical assistance to the U.S. in its Afghan war. That
 he has shown less enthusiasm for curbing cross-border terrorism against India is hardly surprising, although even here there is evidence that America's tough talking--not to mention India's understandable refusal to withdraw troops from its border with Pakistan--has
 forced him to place some controls on the terrorist camps that operate, with his <em>
imprimatur</em>, on Pakistani soil.</p>
<p>But do these two points mean that he should get a free pass in his assault on democratic institutions in Pakistan? I think not. On the first argument: to say that democracy has never worked satisfactorily in Pakistan, and that this reduces in magnitude Gen.
 Musharraf's sin of anti-democracy, is both trite and fatalistic. Democracy has not worked in that country not because Pakistanis are congenitally incapable of dealing with the political form but because democratic institutions have never been allowed to take
 root, or to operate unmolested. By whom? Why, the army, of course, which is, once more, repeating its anti-democratic canards with the aim of keeping power.</p>
<p>The second argument is equally specious, and even a strategic folly. What the U.S. should want--in a war against Islamist terror that is going to last not a year or two but a generation--is a stable Pakistan, not a stable dictator, however pliant and obliging
 he may be. An assassin's bullet may, one day, end the general's life. What then for the U.S.? Would the anti-terror alliance not be more secure if it rested on a partnership with an institution--that of an elected government--instead of on one individual?</p>
<p>It is folly also to believe that, had Pakistan had a democratic government in power at the time of the Sept. 11 attacks, the U.S. would not have secured the level of cooperation from Islamabad that it did from Gen. Musharraf. No government in Pakistan's
 history--whether led by a man in uniform, or by an elected politician--has ever been hostile to the U.S., or uncomprehending of American interests. The U.S., furthermore, need not fear a government of elected fundamentalists in Pakistan. The voters of that
 country have never supported Islamists, and if the latter thrive today in Pakistan, it is thanks solely to army patronage.</p>
<p>One can't ignore, also, the fact that the army is a part of the problem underlying Pakistan's relations with India. Compulsive anti-Indianism is the army's philosophy, allowing it to posture as the guardian of national security. In this, Kashmir is only
 a symptom, not a cause, of the friction between the two countries. Bear in mind, however--and this is a salutary note on which to end--that not one war has taken place between the two countries while an elected government was in control in Pakistan.
</p>
<p>Mr. Varadarajan is deputy editorial features editor and chief television and media critic of The Wall Street Journal.
</p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>30/12/2011 19:03:52</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/16085/Shouldnt+We+Care+About+Democracy+In+Pakistan</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">16085</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>16086</publicationdataID>
      <title>Autocracy ascendant in Pakistan</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p><strong>The Chicago Tribune</strong></p>
<p>In the United States, amending the Constitution is a cumbersome and difficult process that can take years or even decades. In Pakistan, it's simpler and quicker, as Pakistanis and the rest of the world learned last week when President Pervez Musharraf announced
 a package of 29 changes. "This is part of the Constitution," he declared. "I am making it part of the Constitution."<br />
<br />
King Louis XIV of France once said, grandiosely, "I am the state." Musharraf has a similar belief that the Pakistani Constitution is him--or whatever he says it is.<br />
<br />
It's no surprise to find Musharraf issuing such a decree. He is president not because he was elected to the post but because he declared himself president last year, having come to power in a 1999 military coup. He acquired the "right" to alter the Constitution
 through a ruling from the Supreme Court, which was cowed by his willingness to use whatever methods needed to consolidate power. Earlier this year, he held a plebiscite asking Pakistanis whether he should be given another five years in office--which he won
 amid a low turnout, a ban on opposition rallies and charges of rampant fraud and coercion.<br />
<br />
His unilateral overhaul of the Pakistani system of government is part of a consistent pattern. It does not bode well for his country's future--or for Musharraf's value to the United States as an ally in the war on terror.<br />
<br />
Democracy never functioned well in the country, but a more autocratic Pakistan is not necessarily a more stable Pakistan. By treating virtually all opposition as illegitimate, he invites a further radicalization of his people, who will doubtless hold Washington
 at least partly responsible. By refusing to put pressure on Musharraf to accept the need for accountability and opposition, the Bush administration is courting the hostility of the Pakistani people.<br />
<br />
Musharraf says he wants to "introduce a sustainable democratic order." But the steps he has taken go in the opposite direction. They give him the power to dissolve the elected parliament and to choose military leaders and Supreme Court justices, while guaranteeing
 the army a formal role in running the government.<br />
<br />
A new parliament is scheduled to be elected in the fall, but the leaders of the two opposition parties are in forced exile. And, if he is free to dissolve Parliament anytime he wants, it's not clear that it will have any real power, including the power to revoke
 these amendments.<br />
<br />
Given the often corrupt and unstable elected governments that Pakistan has had to endure, an argument can be made that the country needs a brief period of authoritarian rule to lay the foundation for real democracy. But it is no longer possible to imagine that
 Musharraf intends to use his office for such a wholesome purpose. His only obvious mission is to enlarge and secure his own authority.<br />
<br />
The Bush administration leaned hard on him to join the fight against Al Qaeda and the Taliban, and has reaped the benefit of that cooperation. Nevertheless, the administration needs to use its leverage to push him to liberalize at home. In Pakistan, military
 rule has in the past created fertile soil for anti-American extremism, and it's likely to do the same this time.<br />
<br />
Around the world, rule by despots has been steadily giving way to rule by the people. Musharraf and his friends in Washington would be grossly deluded to think he can defy that trend for long.
</p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>30/12/2011 19:07:33</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/16086/Autocracy+ascendant+in+Pakistan</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">16086</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>16087</publicationdataID>
      <title>Afghan Chief: bin Laden in Pakistan</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p><strong>The New York Times</strong></p>
<p>KABUL, Afghanistan (AP) -- Afghanistan's foreign minister believes most al-Qaida and Taliban fugitives, including Osama bin Laden and Mullah Mohammed Omar, are in hiding across the border in northwest Pakistan.<br />
<br />
In an interview with The Associated Press on Sunday, Foreign Minister Abdullah said the fugitives still pose a threat and all countries in the region should work harder to track them down.<br />
<br />
``They are mainly on the other side of our border, that is, in the northwestern frontier of Pakistan,'' Abdullah said of al-Qaida and Taliban holdouts. ``My perception is that Mullah Omar and bin Laden, they both are somewhere in Pakistan.''<br />
<br />
He gave no proof to back up the claim.<br />
<br />
A U.S.-led coalition has been struggling to hunt down the two leaders and their supporters for months in the rugged hills and mountains that straddle the two nations' common border.<br />
<br />
The commander of U.S. forces in Afghanistan said Sunday that if Osama bin Laden is alive ``it's only a matter of time'' before he is found.<br />
<br />
Gen. Tommy Franks, head of the U.S. military's Central Command, also said there was no ``convincing proof'' that bin Laden and his deputy, Ayman al-Zawahri, are dead.<br />
<br />
Franks spoke during a visit to Bagram air base, the headquarters for the U.S. military in Afghanistan.<br />
<br />
The Taliban were strongly backed by Pakistan's government for years. But Pakistan withdrew its support following the Sept. 11 terrorist attacks in the United States and joined the American-led war on terrorism.<br />
<br />
The Taliban and their al-Qaida allies were ousted last year in a U.S.-led bombing campaign supported by ground troops from the Afghan opposition northern alliance.<br />
<br />
Relations between Pakistan and Afghanistan -- controlled now in large part by northern alliance leaders who once opposed Pakistan -- have been awkward since the transitional government of President Hamid Karzai took power.<br />
<br />
Abdullah said, however, that relations between the two neighbors had ``entered a new phase'' and ``improved a great deal'' in recent months.<br />
<br />
In April, Pakistan President Gen. Pervez Musharraf visited Kabul and met with Karzai. Abdullah was scheduled to visit Pakistan on Monday.<br />
<br />
The foreign minister, who like many Afghans uses only one name, said hunting down terrorists in Pakistan was up to that country's government.<br />
<br />
``We should all focus more on al-Qaida and former Taliban leaders. They are present in the region and they can pose threats in the future,'' Abdullah said. ``The issue of the presence of Taliban leaders and al-Qaida leaders in Pakistan is an issue for Pakistan
 to deal with.''<br />
<br />
Pakistani officials have said repeatedly that they do not believe bin Laden or Mullah Omar are on Pakistani soil. Asked about rumors that bin Laden may be in Pakistan's tribal region, Foreign Ministry spokesman Ahmed Aziz Khan laughed and said Monday that if
 anyone knew his wherebouts ``he should collect the $25 million dollars'' U.S. reward, adding ``If I knew, I would.''<br />
<br />
``These are just claims, everybody keeps making all sorts of claims,'' Khan added.<br />
<br />
In March, a joint U.S.-Pakistan team captured Abu Zubaydah, believed to be the third-ranking figure in al-Qaida, during a raid on a hide-out in the Pakistani city of Faisalabad.<br />
<br />
As part of efforts to improve relations between the two nations, Abdullah said a group of Pakistani prisoners -- captured in fighting last year and suspected of being al-Qaida members -- would probably be handed over to Pakistani authorities ``in a few days.''<br />
<br />
Earlier this month, a dozen jailed Pakistani al-Qaida members escaped from a small prison in the intelligence ministry building. After a lengthy pursuit, three killed themselves with grenades as soldiers closed in and the rest were killed in a gunbattle just
 south of Kabul, according a recent account by Abdullah.<br />
<br />
In other news, the foreign minister said he would travel to New York with Karzai in September to commemorate the terrorist attacks which brought down the World Trade Center towers and the Pentagon.<br />
<br />
Asked if he was concerned about recent statements by American commanders that U.S. troops could be in Afghanistan for years, Abdullah said simply: ``I do not believe that the campaign against terror is a short term one.''
</p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>30/12/2011 19:10:53</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/16087/Afghan+Chief+bin+Laden+in+Pakistan</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">16087</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>16088</publicationdataID>
      <title>Democracy as Afterthought</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p><strong>The Washington Post</strong></p>
<p>TO PROMOTE democracy in the Islamic world while pursuing other strategic goals requires a sense of balance, nowhere trickier to calibrate than in Pakistan. The State Department's effort to get that balance right last week was pretty much undone by President
 Bush, who in an off-the-cuff comment conveyed a sense that democracy in the South Asian country isn't all that important to him. It was the kind of remark that carries weight not only in Pakistan but in every other part of the world -- Palestine, Zimbabwe,
 Egypt -- where the United States claims to care about political liberty.</p>
<p>The catalyst for last week's comments was a series of constitutional changes announced by Gen. Pervez Musharraf, changes that reaffirmed his intention to maintain power for at least another five years despite his promise after his 1999 coup to rule only
 so long as "absolutely necessary to pave the way for true democracy to flourish in the country." State Department spokesman Philip Reeker, hardly throwing bombs at the U.S. ally, restated the U.S. faith that Gen. Musharraf "wants to develop strong democratic
 institutions." But, Mr. Reeker admonished, "we are concerned that his recent decisions could make it more difficult to build strong democratic institutions in Pakistan."</p>
<p>This mild reproof sounds like a spanking compared with the comments of Mr. Bush, who was asked Thursday about the rewriting of Pakistan's constitution. "My reaction about President Musharraf, he's still tight with us on the war against terror, and that's
 what I appreciate," Mr. Bush said. "He's a -- he understands that we've got to keep al Qaeda on the run, and that by keeping him on the run, it's more likely we will bring him to justice. And I appreciate his strong support." Then the president added: "Obviously,
 to the extent that our friends promote democracy, it's important. We will continue to work with our friends and allies to promote democracy, give people a chance to express their opinions the proper way. And so we'll stay in touch with President Musharraf
 in more ways than one."</p>
<p>Pakistan's alliance with the United States since Sept. 11 has been critical to the war against al Qaeda. A takeover there by Islamic fundamentalists would be disastrous. A Pakistani-Indian war remains a danger, with the unimaginable risk of nuclear exchange.
 So few people would suggest that democracy can be America's only goal in bilateral relations. Yet in the long run, Pakistan cannot be a useful ally, nor can it develop successfully, if its military dictator does not loosen his reins and give more scope for
 the rule of law. If he perceives that democracy is an afterthought for Mr. Bush, he is less likely to do so. So are other dictators around the globe.
</p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>30/12/2011 19:24:04</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/16088/Democracy+as+Afterthought</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">16088</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>16089</publicationdataID>
      <title>A Familiar Story In Pakistan</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p><strong>Hartford Courant</strong></p>
<p>Pakistani President Pervez Musharraf's "I am the state" attitude is breathtaking.<br />
<br />
On Wednesday, the general who seized power in a 1999 coup unilaterally amended the nation's constitution with a wave of his hand. He granted himself the power to dismiss parliament, extend his term another five years, appoint Supreme Court justices and military
 chiefs without confirmation, further amend the constitution at will and institutionalize the military's role in politics. In all, the general imposed 29 amendments by fiat.<br />
<br />
At the same time, Gen. Musharraf reiterated his promise that "free" parliamentary elections will be held in October.<br />
<br />
What a joke. He already has decreed that the leaders of the two major parties - former prime ministers Benazir Bhutto of the Pakistan People's Party and Nawaz Sharif of the Pakistan Muslim League - will not be permitted to return from exile to participate in
 politics. Those leaders were no great shakes, but they still have popular support.<br />
<br />
Mr. Musharraf seized power from Mr. Sharif, and for a while a majority of Pakistanis supported him, hoping that he would get rid of corruption and incompetence and return the country to democracy, as he promised to do. The general's popular support has faded
 as it becomes increasingly clear he has no intention of redeeming that pledge.<br />
<br />
It's a pity, but no surprise considering Pakistan's history. The Muslim nation that was once part of India has lived under military rule for more than half of its existence.<br />
<br />
Pakistan has been immensely helpful to the United States in the war against terrorism. Islamabad was one of only three capitals that recognized the Taliban regime in Afghanistan. But Mr. Musharraf quickly sided with the United States after the Sept. 11, 2001,
 attacks in New York City and at the Pentagon. He allowed U.S. forces to use Pakistani military bases and opened his airspace to U.S. attacks on the Taliban and al Qaeda. He cracked down on Islamic militants in Pakistan.<br />
<br />
But Washington will not have a stable friend in Islamabad so long as a dictatorship prevails there. The United States must lean on Gen. Musharraf to honor democracy in Pakistan as he promised. A tyrannical Mr. Musharraf might be helpful to U.S. interests in
 the short term. Over the long term, America's best interests are served if it is aligned with a stable, democratic Pakistan, where the people rule.
</p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>30/12/2011 19:27:10</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/16089/A+Familiar+Story+In+Pakistan</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">16089</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>16090</publicationdataID>
      <title>Our ally the dictator</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p><strong>San Jose Mercury News</strong></p>
<p><strong>Musharraf , in rewriting Pakistan's Constitution, shows what he thinks of democracy</strong></p>
<p>WITH a wave of his hands this week, Pakistani President Pervez Musharraf, one of the United States' closest allies in the war on terrorism, rewrote his country's constitution.</p>
<p>Washington's response? Very little, as if to say, ``Fine by us.''</p>
<p>In 29 amendments announced Wednesday, Musharraf, who seized power in a bloodless coup in 1999, gave himself wide-ranging powers that allow him to dissolve the parliament and appoint Supreme Court justices. He also gave an official role to the military in
 the country's political life. The sweeping changes make a mockery of earlier promises by Musharraf to return Pakistan to democracy. They turn upcoming parliamentary elections into little more than a public-relations show.</p>
<p>The lack of condemnation from the Bush administration fits into a long and too often disastrous pattern of U.S. diplomacy that purports to support democracy but turns a blind eye to friendly dictators. It is as predictable as it is dangerous.</p>
<p>The United States has a vital interest in Pakistan's stability. With the war in Afghanistan far from over, Musharraf's help is critical in hunting down members of Al-Qaida. He has weakened Islamic fundamentalists in the streets of Pakistan's cities and in
 his own intelligence services. He has reined in militants who have carried attacks into India, threatening to unleash a full-scale war between the nuclear-armed rivals over Kashmir.</p>
<p>Musharraf's policies have made him popular in the United States. But he has done little to rally the support of his own people, including many in the politically moderate middle class who initially backed him. He now faces a long list of enemies, many of
 whom scornfully call him ``Busharraf.'' Islamic groups have tried to kill him.</p>
<p>Musharraf's seizure of dictatorial powers no doubt reassures the Bush administration that, for now, the United States can count on a friendly Pakistan. Over the long term, it risks further sidelining moderates inside Pakistan and fostering the kind of anti-U.S.
 radicalism that has turned countries such as Saudi Arabia and Egypt into breeding grounds for terrorists. Internationally, it further undermines U.S. credibility, reinforcing the notion that the United States is only interested in democracy when it serves
 its interests.</p>
<p>During the Cold War, U.S. support for brutal dictators from Nicaragua to Iran to Indonesia was the norm. The policy sowed death in many countries and backfired against U.S. interests in many more. The United States cannot afford to repeat those mistakes
 in the war on terror.</p>
<p>Everyone from the Middle East to South Asia, not to mention the United States, would benefit from a modern, moderate and thriving Pakistan. Supporting Musharraf's power-grab will not further that goal.
</p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>30/12/2011 19:30:06</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/16090/Our+ally+the+dictator</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">16090</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>16091</publicationdataID>
      <title>Power Grab in Pakistan</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p><strong>The NewYork Times<br />
August 23, 2002</strong></p>
<p>Gen. Pervez Musharraf's latest assault on Pakistan's democratic aspirations requires a strong rebuke from Washington. The Bush administration is understandably grateful to General Musharraf for breaking with the Taliban last year and supporting American
 military operations in Afghanistan. Yet any credible long-term strategy against terrorism must include consistent American support for democracy throughout the Islamic world.</p>
<p>Pakistan, the world's second most populous Muslim country, cannot be exempted from this requirement. General Musharraf, who seized power in 1999, summarily added 29 new amendments to his country's Constitution on Wednesday that no future legislature will
 be able to repeal. They allow him to dismiss the country's soon-to-be-elected Parliament, appoint supreme court judges and military commanders and impose additional constitutional amendments whenever he chooses. They also give the military a permanent role
 in government through the establishment of a new national security council. These changes make a mockery of promised October parliamentary elections that opposition parties were given a good chance of winning.</p>
<p>Washington's tepid response is embarrassing. Administration spokesmen have meekly expressed concern and reiterated America's support for an eventual return to democratic rule. What is needed is strong and specific criticism of measures that eliminate any
 chance for a peaceful transition to democracy. It would also help to remind General Musharraf that American aid to Pakistan could be calibrated to reflect democratic progress, as the White House has just done with another repressive but strategic ally, Egypt.</p>
<p>For years, Washington has condoned anti-democratic behavior by pro-American dictators. That double standard has fanned anti-American anger in countries like Saudi Arabia and Egypt. For years Washington cozied up to the previous Pakistani military ruler,
 Gen. Zia ul-Haq, uncritically giving him aid in return for his help in driving Soviet forces out of Afghanistan. Along the way General Zia turned Pakistan into a hotbed for Islamic extremists, including many Arabs who eventually found their way into Osama
 bin Laden's terror network. Washington should never again be so uncritical of the undemocratic company it sometimes feels compelled to keep.
</p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>30/12/2011 19:33:02</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/16091/Power+Grab+in+Pakistan</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">16091</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>16092</publicationdataID>
      <title>The General orders</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p><strong>The Economist</strong></p>
<p><strong>General Pervez Musharraf has tightened his grip on Pakistan by granting himself near total authority for five more years. As one of the United States’ most important allies in the fight against terrorism, his dictatorial methods are unlikely to result
 in much international protest</strong><br />
<br />
"IF YOU want to keep the army out, you have to bring it in.” Thus spake General Pervez Musharraf, Pakistan’s latest Bonaparte, at the televised press conference on August 21st at which he announced his own coronation as president, army chief and chairman of
 a powerful new National Security Council (NSC) for the next five years. In the same breath, he insisted that neither he nor the army would have anything to do with actually running the country. As president, however, he will have the power to sack parliament,
 and the provincial governors appointed by him will have the power to sack provincial parliaments. The NSC will comprise the three service chiefs and the chairman of the joint chiefs of staff, as well as the prime minister, the leader of the opposition, the
 four chief ministers and the chairpersons of both houses of parliament. The general will chair—and dominate—this powerful body.</p>
<p>The constitutional amendments have been carried out under the cover of a "legal framework order” issued on August 21st that simply inserts a new article (270A) in the constitution to validate all acts by the government since it seized power at gunpoint in
 October 1999. "The supreme court has permitted me to do so. If anyone wants to challenge this, he can go to the supreme court,” the general said, in ruling out a demand by the political parties that his amendments should be validated by the next elected parliament.
 "I don't need parliament's approval for these amendments. However, parliament will have the power to undo them by a two-thirds majority.”</p>
<p>But there is a catch. For he also says that if the next parliament tried to gang up against him and the NSC, he would be forced to choose between resigning or sacking the parliament. No prizes for guessing which it would be. With the opposition having denounced
 the move as illegal, writs are bound to fly thick and fast.</p>
<p>Still, General Musharraf urged citizens to look on the bright side. He claimed that more than two-thirds of the constitutional amendments proposed by his government a month ago had been dropped in response to public feedback. These included a measure that
 would have empowered him to appoint and remove the prime minister (though since he can dissolve parliament, this concession may be moot). "This is a critical transition period from democratic dictatorship to an elected democracy,” he averred. "And I mean to
 preside over it for the sake of Pakistan.”</p>
<p>Powerful he may be: but not safe. Fears of assassination are confining him to the capital, Islamabad. A speaking engagement in Karachi this month was cancelled at the last minute on the advice of his intelligence chiefs. General Musharraf has become a prime
 target for al-Qaeda terrorists and their Pakistani allies since the government began helping American agents to track them down. Officials say that in April a group allied to al-Qaeda planted a car bomb on a road taken by General Musharraf in Karachi. It failed
 to explode.</p>
<p>Pakistan has become a dangerous place for anyone with western links. In January, an American journalist, Daniel Pearl, was kidnapped and murdered. In March five people, among them two Americans, died in a grenade attack on a Christian church in Islamabad.
 In May, a car bomb in Karachi killed 14 people, 11 of them French technicians. Pakistan's intelligence agencies now fear that government officials may be the next targets of al-Qaeda in a move to destabilise the country in the run-up to the general election
 in October. Uneasy lies the head that wears the (stolen) crown. </p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>30/12/2011 19:36:21</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/16092/The+General+orders</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">16092</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>16093</publicationdataID>
      <title>Pakistan Says Can't End All Kashmir Incursions</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p><strong>The NewYork Times</strong></p>
<p>KATHMANDU (Reuters) - Pakistan said on Wednesday it was impossible to completely stop Muslim militants slipping into Indian Kashmir, prompting New Delhi to renew offers of joint patrols along one of the world's most dangerous frontiers.</p>
<p>India has demanded a complete halt to infiltrations before it will pull back its troops from a stand-off that brought the nuclear neighbors close to war recently.</p>
<p>``We have always said there is no way to absolutely seal the border. Individuals, probably of divided families, even some rogue elements, some renegades might be crossing the LoC,'' Pakistan junior foreign minister Inam-ul-Haq told reporters in Kathmandu
 on the margins of a South Asian conference. But India said Pakistan should clearly admit it could not on its own end infiltration across the line of control dividing Kashmir and revived a proposal for the two countries to conduct joint patrols to stop incursions.</p>
<p>``If it is beyond their control, they should say so clearly. Perhaps we can do it together,'' India's foreign minister, Yashwant Sinha, told reporters.</p>
<p>Joint patrolling has been rejected by Islamabad in the past.</p>
<p>Haq and Sinha are attending a foreign ministers' meeting of the seven-member South Asian Association for Regional Cooperation in Kathmandu, although Sinha has said there were no plans for the two to hold a bilateral meeting.</p>
<p>However, the two shook hands briefly and smiled for news cameras as they left the opening session of the conference.</p>
<p>Indian Prime Minister Atal Behari Vajpayee and Pakistani President Pervez Musharraf also shook hands at a summit of SAARC leaders in Kathmandu in January.</p>
<p>INFILTRATION CONTINUES</p>
<p>Haq said the Pakistan government was not encouraging the movement of rebels across the LoC, in line with a pledge it has made to stop incursions.</p>
<p>He said while it was not possible for Pakistan to stop individuals from trekking across the Himalayan mountains into Indian Kashmir, India had a large military presence on the frontier and could check the infiltration.</p>
<p>Sinha said Musharraf had said in an interview published on Tuesday that people were crossing over from Pakistani Kashmir into Indian Kashmir.</p>
<p>``So there is no doubt that infiltration is continuing. That is why we have said fulfil your promise, stop all infiltration.''</p>
<p>The nuclear neighbors have massed a million troops on their border since December and were on the brink of war after New Delhi blamed Pakistan-based militants for an attack on an Indian army camp in Kashmir in May.</p>
<p>Musharraf, under intense global pressure to act, had said there was no rebel movement across the cease-fire line.</p>
<p>Both nations are under international pressure to ease their stand-off and hold talks. The Himalayan region is at the heart of more than half a century of tensions and was the trigger for two of their three wars.</p>
<p>Haq reiterated Islamabad's call for dialogue to end the tension and resolve the Kashmir dispute. But Sinha said India would not budge.</p>
<p>U.S. Deputy Secretary of State Richard Armitage returns to South Asia this week to urge the two countries to lower tensions and begin talks.</p>
<p>Haq also said Pakistan's fight against terrorism as a front-line member of an international coalition had led to a backlash from militants trying to destabilize the country.</p>
<p>``Terrorist organizations are trying to fight back and destabilize countries which are fighting terrorism,'' he said.</p>
<p>Islamic militant groups have been incensed by Pakistan's support for the U.S.-led war on terror after the September 11 attacks on the United States and by Islamabad's decision to turn its back on the hard-line Islamic Taliban regime in Afghanistan.
</p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>30/12/2011 19:39:03</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/16093/Pakistan+Says+Cant+End+All+Kashmir+Incursions</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">16093</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>16094</publicationdataID>
      <title>Amendments Will Give Musharraf Power to Dismiss Parliament</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p><strong>The NewYork Times</strong></p>
<p>ISLAMABAD, Aug 21 -- Pakistan President Pervez Musharraf said on Wednesday he would have the right to dismiss parliament as part of a package of constitutional amendments finalized after weeks of debate.</p>
<p>The decision restores to the president a key constitutional power which was taken away by the government of the last prime minister, Nawaz Sharif.</p>
<p>In remarks carried by state television, Musharraf said that his plans for a National Security Council, a civilian-military body to monitor future governments, would be upheld despite strong opposition among political parties and many Pakistanis.</p>
<p>"The majority of people spoke against it. Some also spoke in its favour, but honestly, I think this (council) is very important and this will be done," he said.</p>
<p>Musharraf, who came to power in a bloodless coup in October 1999, said that the president would also have the right to name the chiefs of staff and the head of the joint chiefs of staff committee.</p>
<p>The proposed amendments were put forward in June but were rejected by mainstream political parties and legal bodies, who said they would cement the grip on power of the military, which has ruled Pakistan more than half its 55-year history.</p>
<p>Musharraf appeared to have made only a slight retreat to the proposals despite such determined criticism, ahead of parliamentary elections scheduled for October 10.</p>
<p>The original proposals, unveiled in June, would have also given Musharraf separate powers to dismiss the prime minister and the cabinet. Now it appears Musharraf would have to dissolve the entire parliament to remove the prime minister.</p>
<p>Pakistan was a parliamentary democracy at the time of independence from Britain and partition from India in 1947, with the president no more than a figurehead.</p>
<p>A succession of military rulers undermined parliament's powers, concluding with General Zia-ul-Haq's overthrow of the first elected Prime Minister Zulfikar Ali Bhutto in 1977. He became president and made that position the country's strongest.</p>
<p><strong>TUG OF WAR</strong><br />
Former Prime Minister Nawaz Sharif, who Musharraf overthrew, had gradually returned power to the prime minister's office, stripping the president of the right to dismiss the government or call elections.</p>
<p>Musharraf extended his rule for five years through a referendum in April that the opposition says was massively rigged in his favour.</p>
<p>The opposition accuses Musharraf of manipulating October's poll by passing laws blocking Sharif and his fellow exiled former Prime Minister Benazir Bhutto from returning to power on the grounds that they have served twice before as prime minister.</p>
<p>Nawaz appeared to bow out of the poll earlier this month by handing over his party leadership to his brother Shahbaz, who is living with him in exile in Saudi Arabia, but Benazir has vowed to run.</p>
<p>The daughter of Zulfikar Ali Bhutto filed a court petition last week challenging laws barring her from contesting the polls.</p>
<p>Both Benazir and Nawaz Sharif face corruption charges in Pakistan and the government has said they will be arrested if they return to the country.</p>
<p>Musharraf, a key ally of the United States in its war on terror, appears increasingly isolated at home after even hardline Islamic groups -- traditional allies of military dictators in Pakistan -- also denounced his plans to amend the constitution.</p>
<p>These Islamic groups whose strength lies more in noisy street protests than in popular votes have been angered by Musharraf's support for U.S.-led war on terror that toppled the radical Taliban in neighbouring Afghanistan.
</p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>30/12/2011 19:41:34</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/16094/Amendments+Will+Give+Musharraf+Power+to+Dismiss+Parliament</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">16094</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>16095</publicationdataID>
      <title>How Al-Qaida Slipped away</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p><strong>Newsweek<br />
By Rod Nordland, Sami Yousafzai and Babak Dehghanpisheh</strong><br />
<strong>The war in Afghanistan is widely regarded as a great success. But one key objective was not achieved. The inside story of Al Qaeda’s mass escape.</strong></p>
<p>Aug. 19 issue — The Afghan foot patrol was so hot on the trail of fleeing Qaeda troops that the pursuers could literally smell blood.
</p>
<p>ACROSS THE HIGH PASSES of the Tora Bora range they raced, with blankets drawn over their shoulders and their turbans wrapped around their faces against the freezing December wind. They came upon a man’s severed leg, its stump still oozing blood. The owner
 couldn’t have gotten far. Ahead was a high intermontane valley, and beyond it an even more formidable barrier, the Spin Ghar range—the White Mountains. The fugitives were as good as dead or captured. American B-52s and attack helicopters were plastering the
 hillsides; some 1,500 pro-Western Afghans had joined the chase, and on the far side of the White Mountains the Pakistanis had ostensibly closed the border.</p>
<p>The pursuit team, under the command of the pro-U.S. warlord Hazrat Ali, finally outran its quarry. In a remote valley strewn with discarded blankets and empty ammo clips, Ali’s men fought a three-hour fire fight with 30 or so foreign guerrillas, all of whom
 had fled from the siege of Tora Bora. The Afghans killed most of the Qaeda fighters that day, Ali says. Then they returned home to proclaim victory.</p>
<p><strong>ON THE LOOSE</strong><br />
But even the boastful Hazrat Ali acknowledges that the dead were only stragglers, and that other Qaeda fighters got away. Some Afghans now claim that Qaeda leaders paid off another (supposedly pro-American) warlord to allow safe passage. Others blame American
 forces: the B-52s, they say, dropped their 2,000-pound ordnance on the wrong escape route. Still others, including Ali, claim that mysterious black helicopters swept in, flying low over the mountains at night, and scooped up Al Qaeda’s top leaders. (Pentagon
 sources suggest the choppers were theirs, dropping or plucking up Special Forces.) What is not in dispute is that by mid-December, 1,000 or more Qaeda operatives, including most of the chief planners and almost certainly Osama bin Laden himself, had managed
 to escape. Efforts to capture them since then had one notable success—the capture of key operative Abu Zubaydah in the Pakistani city of Faisalabad in late March. But most of the top echelon and even rank-and-file fighters are still on the loose.<br />
<br />
What went wrong? American officials, both civilian and military, prefer to focus on what went right. In only three months, U.S. forces and Afghan proxies managed to rout the Taliban and deprive Al Qaeda of its base, at modest cost in American lives. American
 officials concede that there was a mass escape from Tora Bora—as well as a broader exodus by various routes into Pakistan and Iran—but insist that Al Qaeda now is crippled and too busy running to do much damage. "Perhaps we could have got them wholesale,”
 says one senior Defense official. "Now we’re doing it retail. In the end, it doesn’t make much difference. We’re getting them.”
</p>
<p>But it does make a difference. Some European and Arab intelligence experts believe, in fact, that Al Qaeda has mutated into a form that is no less deadly and even more difficult to combat. "We are confronted with cells that are all over the place, developing
 in a very horizontal structure without any evident big center of coordination,” a top European counterterrorist investigator told NEWSWEEK. "Our operational evaluation today is that the threat is a lot greater than it was in December. That is to say, the worst
 is ahead of us, not behind us.”<br />
<br />
<strong>FEW CRITIQUES</strong><br />
At a time when leaders in Washington are agitating to move on to the next war—to remove Saddam Hussein—it’s perhaps surprising that few if any are critiquing the Afghan campaign. Criticism is deemed to be almost unpatriotic. But the Afghan war is not over,
 and the primary mission is not accomplished. The fledgling regime of Hamid Karzai has little power beyond the capital, and Karzai himself needs U.S. Special Forces to ensure his safety. Qaeda operatives and their Taliban allies may not coordinate their activities,
 transfer funds and mount sophisticated operations as easily as they used to, but those activities do continue around the world. Inside Afghanistan, they still plot and sometimes mount hit-and-run raids against U.S. and allied Afghan forces. Last week, in the
 deadliest violence in Kabul since the fall of the Taliban, Qaeda fighters who apparently escaped from a local jail attacked an Afghan Army post, igniting a three-hour battle that left 16 people dead. In a separate incident, unknown gunmen ambushed an American
 patrol, shooting one soldier in the chest. Even more worrisome, hundreds if not thousands of Qaeda operatives have fled their Afghan base and dispersed across the map, sometimes with explicit directions to attack Western targets. This is the story, based on
 interviews with eyewitnesses and participants, of how they got away.<br />
<br />
Karim had never seen such a sight, according to his father, a 65-year-old Pakistani shepherd named Durkhan. At dusk on Nov. 16, the first day of Ramadan, Karim was in the village of Mulla Bagh, less than a mile from the Afghan border, when he happened to look
 up the mountain. Through a light snowfall, he noticed a swarm of tiny lights on Zaran peak, descending toward him. When they got closer, he recognized them as flashlights. They were carried by hundreds of heavily armed strangers, who began pouring into the
 village. Most wore black turbans and carried AK-47 automatic rifles. Some were dressed in military uniforms, others wore
<em>shalwar kameez</em>, the traditional long shirts and baggy pants, in multiple layers against the freezing winds. Many of them were barely old enough to grow beards.</p>
<p>Altogether, there were roughly 600 fighters. A local guide named Yaqub had led them on a seven-hour trek through the snow from Tora Bora, through the Afghan village of Malawa and across Zaran peak into Pakistan. Most of the men were clearly Qaeda and Taliban
 fighters. Karim escorted a group of early arrivals down to Sarrakanda, his home village, where Durkhan and other local tribesmen were preparing to break the Ramadan fast with a meager meal of green tea, bread and onions. "We gave them everything,” says Durkhan.
 "They were our Muslim brothers.” One of the fugitives, a Bahraini named Salahuddin, said it was his first meal in five days.<br />
<br />
<strong>‘THEY WERE IN A HURRY’<br />
</strong>Some of the men slept; others merely rested. One group, even more heavily armed than the rest, paused just long enough to catch their breath, Durkhan says. Declining all offers of food, they quickly shouldered their weapons and pushed on. "Some of
 the men seemed very important,” says Durkhan. "They were in a hurry. And they seemed to know where they were going.” The villagers recognized several senior Taliban officials among the group, including Mulvi Abdul Qabir, Mullah Omar’s deputy; Mulvi Sadar Azam,
 the governor of Nangahar province, and Mulvi Taj Mir, Nangahar’s intelligence director. But if bin Laden was there, he apparently went unnoticed in the darkness.
</p>
<p>The fighters kept on. As they made their way through the valley, local men treated them like conquering heroes, offering them food and shelter. Children ran among the marching soldiers. Even the women were allowed to emerge from their mud houses and offer
 them tea. A stocky, mustached young man tagged along. He uses the alias Sharif Gul. The Arabs told him they were coming from Tora Bora, where U.S. bombers had begun relentlessly pounding the mountains and cave complexes. Curious, Sharif set off across the
 mountains to see for him-self. He was surprised to find little evidence of bombing on the way. He knew there were two main routes out of the cave complex: one the way he had come, across the White Mountains, and the other leading down to the Afghan border
 city of Khowst. The Americans were bombing the latter route, he says, but ignoring the former: "The Americans are stupid. They were bombing the wrong place.”<br />
<br />
Sharif decided to go into business as a guide. Over the next month he made five round trips from Tora Bora across the White Mountains and back, escorting roughly 20 Qaeda at a time into Pakistan. He was one of several guides working with a middleman known as
 the son of Sherzai, who collected money and extra weapons from the Arabs, whom he delivered to Sharif for the journey. From Tora Bora Sharif led his groups to a camp at Sulaiman Khial, then onto Malawa and finally across the White Mountains and into the Gandab
 valley. He refuses to say how much money he made. "Thank God I was able to help the Arabs,” is all he will say. "I did my duty for my Muslim brothers.”</p>
<p>Sharif says each trip took from seven to 10 hours. He and his groups would set off at nightfall, following old smuggling paths through the mountains. He says he doesn’t remember the men’s faces. It was dark, he says. Most were Saudis, but there were also
 some Yemenis and Algerians. Almost all were big and physically fit. One of the Saudis said Osama bin Laden and his son Abdullah had left Tora Bora around Dec. 1 "for an unknown place.”<br />
<br />
<strong>DESPERATE FACES</strong><br />
NEWSWEEK retraced the fugitives’ trail east from the White Mountains to the Pakistani tribal areas where they vanished among sympathetic locals. From Sarrakanda it led through the villages of Mukhrani, Sivit and Doggar. The Arabs passed near the small town
 of Maidan, in the White Mountain foothills, although few locals there admit having seen them. An exception is a pickup-truck driver by the name of Sharbata Khan. He says he saw "lots of Arabs.” The memory of their desperate faces kept him awake at night. They
 avoided the main roads and stuck to dirt paths used mostly by cattle, goats and shepherds.<br />
<br />
A local mullah in Gundab nervously fingers his AK-47 as he denies that any Arabs stopped at his religious school. In fact, townspeople say, it was a way station for fleeing Qaeda forces. East of town, the fugitives split up. Half turned south toward Orakzai,
 while the others kept on into the Khyber Agency. Hundreds of fugitives would follow them over the next few weeks.<br />
<br />
The U.S. plan for the Tora Bora operation was based on using Afghan troops as "beaters” to drive the Qaeda fugitives into the sights of snipers. It sounded good, but it proved to be impossible. There weren’t enough U.S. troops to cover the possible escape routes,
 and Pakistani forces had serious problems sealing the border. They had entered the autonomous tribal areas only once before, in 1973, to put down a revolt. It was a bloody, 18-month fight, and Pakistani officers hoped never to repeat it. President Pervez Musharraf
 would spend two weeks negotiating with tribal chieftains before they finally agreed to the deployment.<br />
<br />
December was well underway before Musharraf moved two brigades into position along the Parachinar Salient—and then armed gunmen stormed the Indian Parliament on Dec. 13. Responsibility was claimed by a Kashmiri separatist group based in Pakistan and allied
 with Al Qaeda. India immediately went on a war footing, and Musharraf halted troop deployments to the Afghan border. He had to protect his eastern border instead. Tora Bora fell three days later, on Dec. 16—after the last holdouts bought extra time to slip
 away by pretending to agree to a surrender plan. By that time hundreds of Al Qaeda and Taliban fighters had escaped into Pakistan, including many senior leaders.<br />
<br />
<strong>CAPTURED AND DISARMED</strong><br />
The smuggler Sharif Gul finally ran out of luck. Pakistani soldiers caught him trying to enter Afghanistan on Dec. 18 and threw him in jail. The last big group of Arabs from Tora Bora limped into the village of Manghal the next day. This time Pakistani security
 forces were waiting. Sharif says they were the survivors of a team who had stayed behind to cover the retreat of their Qaeda comrades from Tora Bora. After more than a month of merciless pounding, they were too exhausted, wounded, sick and hungry to put up
 a fight. They were quickly captured and disarmed, and the next morning they were herded aboard three buses for the trip to Kohat prison, about 100 miles east. Their captors didn’t bother handcuffing them. Nizar Hussain, 24, one of nine armed guards on one
 of the buses, says the prisoners kept asking for something to eat. "We ignored them,” he says. But as the bus approached the small town of Alizai one of the other guards, a militant Shia who spoke some Arabic, began taunting the prisoners: "Death to Arabs!
 Soon you will be handcuffed and handed over to the Americans. Then you dirty Arabs will find out what life is really like.”</p>
<p>The driver was getting nervous and told the guard to shut up, but he paid no attention. Finally several prisoners shouted "Allahu akbar!”—”God is great!”—and jumped him, setting off a melee aboard the bus. One prisoner grabbed the wheel and veered into a
 ditch. The two other buses drove on into town, where their prisoners were deposited in the local jail. In the confusion aboard the hijacked bus, roughly 15 Arabs escaped. Ten others were killed, along with six guards. The graves of the 10 have become a local
 shrine, draped with banners: LONG LIVE AL QAEDA! LONG LIVE TALIBAN! THESE MEN ARE HOLY MARTYRS! A visitor at the site told NEWSWEEK, "I have received the anti-American spirit from visiting the shrine.” Soldiers and police launched a massive manhunt for the
 escapees, and eventually 10 were recaptured.</p>
<p>The biggest mystery remains the whereabouts of bin Laden. "The United States does not know where he is,” Defense Secretary Donald Rumsfeld told Congress on July 31. "He may be dead. He may be seriously wounded. He may be in Afghanistan; he may be somewhere
 else. But wherever he is, if he is, you can be certain he is having one dickens of a time operating his apparatus.” Germany’s intelligence chief, August Henning, says he is convinced that bin Laden is "still alive, and is hiding in the border region between
 Afghanistan and Pakistan. He is still Al Qaeda’s symbolic figure, but apparently moves around very little, and when he does, he moves in extreme secrecy.” One apparent sign bin Laden is not dead is the relative lack of background chatter picked up by U.S.
 intelligence officers monitoring radio and other electronic transmissions. Many analysts doubt the Qaeda leader could die without setting off a storm of message traffic among his followers.<br />
<br />
<strong>NO POSITIVE ID</strong><br />
In mid-December, U.S. intelligence picked up a brief radio message that sounded like bin Laden encouraging his forces at Tora Bora. The message was not caught on tape, and the voice could not be positively identified. Since then the story has taken on a life
 of its own. In one popular version, the intercepted call was only a recording of bin Laden’s voice, transmitted as a ruse to conceal his escape from Tora Bora. But U.S. officials discount that explanation.<br />
<br />
NEWSWEEK has interviewed two sources who gave plausible accounts of having seen bin Laden. One is a professional guide and former Taliban official, whose story seems to fit the known facts. He says he led bin Laden and an entourage of 28 people on horseback
 out of Tora Bora around the time of the supposed radio message. They headed for the caves of Shahikot, another Afghan mountain stronghold, via a twisting route that led into Pakistan and back to Afghanistan. "It was the hardest trip in my whole 23 years of
 jihad,” says the guide. "We faced such a zigzag and complicated route and often had to get down from our horses.” Traveling at night, often through heavy snow, the group finally reached Shahikot after four or five days. "Osama rarely got down from his horse,
 he was such an expert rider,” says the guide. (Bin Laden, a devoted horseman, had his own stable in Jalalabad.)<br />
<br />
The second source, a Taliban soldier named Ali Mohammad, 26, who has no connection to the guide and was interviewed separately, tells of seeing bin Laden at Shahikot. In mid-February, Ali’s unit was ordered to prepare for an American attack. As the fighters
 took up fighting positions, Ali spotted a tall man walking down the rocky mountainside from Chilam Kass peak, accompanied by 15 armed security men. When he got closer, Ali recognized the tall, lanky man as bin Laden. The Qaeda leader spoke briefly to the guerrillas
 and shook hands with them. "Be honest with each other and be true and sincere with your commander and keep your morale and spirits high,” Ali recalls his saying. "Take care of the injured and be confident that God will award you on Judgment Day.” Ali says
 he later fought the Americans for five days at Shahikot before being forced to retreat into Pakistan. He’s now living with his brother in Karachi.<br />
<br />
There are hundreds of fighters like Ali, lying low outside Afghanistan but still loyal to bin Laden and what he represents. Intelligence agencies around the world are scrambling to keep up with the jihadists. Al Qaeda’s structure has become so diffuse that
 it’s almost impossible to track. Before, its core was in Afghanistan. "Now the whole world is their field of operations,” says the counterterrorism chief of one Arab intelligence service that works closely with Washington. "The art of predicting an operation
 has become, if not impossible, very difficult.” Arab analysts are particularly worried about Iran as a key transit hub—and possibly a haven as well. "The most important destination is Iran,” the chief adds. Hundreds of Al Qaeda fugitives have taken that route.<br />
<br />
<strong>ESCORT TO IRAN</strong><br />
Many of them left from the Taliban capital in Kandahar, traveling west via Herat. When warlord Ismail Khan shut down that route, others found escape routes to Iran farther south. As with the Tora Bora exodus, the flight to Iran required knowledgeable local
 guides. Mullah Nadar, 30, a Taliban soldier who manned an antiaircraft gun at Kandahar airport, told NEWSWEEK he was summoned by his commander on Dec. 1 to escort a group of Qaeda allies to Iran because he knew the back roads.<br />
<br />
The commander, named Rahmatullah, drove Nadar to a long-abandoned foreign-aid office in Kandahar, where he met about a dozen Arabs. Nadar says they looked "miserable.” They were afraid of U.S. bombing; the local population was turning against them, and the
 town was said to be full of U.S. spies. Nadar recalls he was half asleep that night when an Arab walked in carrying a large briefcase. As the man opened the case, Nadar saw that it was full of foreign passports of different colors, rubber stamps, visa stickers
 and ID photos of men in shirts and ties. The Arab got to work right away, affixing the photos and stickers to dozens of passports.<br />
<br />
At 1 a.m., Nadar and the Arabs were told to move out. The number of Arabs had grown to about 120; most had been working at a Qaeda camp for elite guards near Mullah Omar’s and bin Laden’s houses in Kandahar. They drove through the night in six 4x4 pickups,
 with their headlights off and a gap of 100 meters between vehicles. But when they reached the district of Gharmsiar, guards at a Taliban checkpoint told them it was too dangerous to proceed—and commandeered their trucks. The men then found three larger trucks,
 used by smugglers in the area, to carry them farther on. The following day, when they finally reached the Iranian frontier at the town of Rabat, Nadar says, an Arab named Abu Zubir radioed comrades across the border.<br />
<br />
It was night again when they finally slipped across. The men carefully buried their weapons on the Afghan side, then followed an Iranian guide in the direction of the town of Zahedan. As he left, Abu Zubir thanked Nadar for his help: "The Taliban government
 was perfect according to Islamic law. But you made mistakes such as a lack of discipline in the ranks. Every Talib thinks he is a commander,” he said, adding: "Allah is only testing our will with these present miseries.”<br />
<br />
<strong>KEY PLOTTER</strong><br />
The threat posed by such escapees is exemplified by the story of three Saudis who were arrested this May in Morocco. According to an account provided by Moroccan officials, the three had trained in Afghanistan before September 11. One of them, Zouhair Hilal
 Mohamed Tabiti, claimed to have joined bin Laden several times for meals. But as the pressure of the American offensive mounted, Tabiti and many others made their way to Gardez, where they were briefed by a key official in the Qaeda organization: Ahmed el
 Mullah Bilal, a Yemeni. He told them to go wherever they had previous experience and carry out new operations. But Bilal, identified by the FBI and other intelligence services as a key plotter in the attack on the USS Cole in 2000, tasked Tabiti with a specific
 assignment, Moroccan officials say.</p>
<p>Tabiti and two other Saudis were supposed to lay the groundwork for attacks on American warships in or near the Strait of Gibraltar by reconnoitering and buying Zodiac boats. According to Moroccan court documents, Tabiti had previously served as a Qaeda
 recruiter in Morocco. He arrived back there on Jan. 13 this year on a connecting flight from Tehran. But the Moroccans didn’t focus their attention on him until they were given a chance to interview their 17 captives at the U.S. prison facility in Guantanamo
 Bay in February. One of those prisoners, known as Abu Omar, was "a longtime veteran of Afghanistan,” says one Arab official familiar with the case. "He was practically responsible for the close-up security of Osama bin Laden.” And he revealed enough about
 Tabiti’s identity for the Moroccans to find him and put him under surveillance.</p>
<p>Tabiti had set up an e-mail account to communicate with Bilal, according to Moroccan court documents. He and another alleged conspirator were given $5,000 seed money to get things started, the same documents say. But Tabiti had always thought the attack
 on the ships was too ambitious. He allegedly wanted to change the plan and set off bombs in tourist areas of Marrakech, or on tourist buses. One of his partners who had sworn to be a suicide bomber refused. Tabiti tried to reach Bilal by telephone to sort
 this out, but failed. He was later arrested as he tried to board a flight to Saudi Arabia in May, and the others were rounded up soon thereafter.<br />
<br />
What did the U.S. military learn from these and other episodes of terrorists who got away? "The lesson was pretty simple,” says one senior U.S. military officer: "There are limits to which you can rely on the Afghan militia.” The U.S. Central Command chief,
 Gen. Tommy Franks, has his own carefully couched assessment. "I am satisfied with the way the operation was conducted,” he recently told the Senate Armed Services Committee. "No, I won’t say that. I am satisfied with the decision process that permitted the
 Afghans to go to work in the Tora Bora area.”<br />
<br />
In truth, he had little choice. In early December there were only about 1,300 U.S. troops in country, spread among 17 areas, and hardly a third were acclimated to the altitude. The low ground at Tora Bora is a mile high, and the mountain passes where the Arabs
 were getting away are more than two miles up. Keeping the U.S. presence as small as possible had been a conscious decision. For one thing, the Pentagon desperately wanted to avoid a replay of the Soviets’ disastrous Afghan experience. For another, the country
 posed horrendous logistics problems, and each additional U.S. soldier would have added to the strain on an already teetering supply system. Finally, Franks could hardly say no to the warlords who volunteered to go into Tora Bora. After all, it was their war
 as well as America’s.<br />
<br />
So far, success in the war on terror is measured largely by what hasn’t happened: no more suicide planes, no bioweapons attacks, no September 11-scale attack. As Rumsfeld and others point out, U.S. and other intelligence agencies have succeeded in harassing
 Qaeda and foiling at least some of their plots. But patience has always been one of Al Qaeda’s strengths—the patience of people who believe in the everlasting. In death, in fact, the holy warriors gain a respect that few of them could ever have achieved in
 life.</p>
<p>Dozens of Chechens are said to have volunteered to stay behind and fight at Tora Bora when everyone else left. "They were poor, easily recognizable because they looked like Russians, and had nowhere to go,” says Sharif, the people smuggler. "They became
 martyrs.” A small memorial to them, enclosed by a three-foot-high rock wall, now stands at Tora Bora near the village of Agam. It’s not difficult to find. The spot is marked by pink, green and white flags atop 20-foot poles. Locals say five or six carloads
 of visitors come to the site every day. At night, according to Reyhan Khopolwar, 31, a doctor in nearby Deh Bala, you can still hear their battle cry, "Allahu akbar,” echoing through the valley. Driving the flesh-and-blood Taliban from power was relatively
 easy. The global war against Al Qaeda—and the ideology that helped bring the Taliban to power in the first place—will be far longer and far tougher.
</p>
<p>With Zahid Hussain and Ron Moreau in Islamabad; Christopher Dickey in Rabat; John Barry, Roy Gutman and Mark Hosenball in Washington; Scott Johnson in Gardez; Colin Soloway at Baghram air base; Stefan Theil in Berlin, and Sam Seibert
</p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>30/12/2011 19:59:44</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/16095/How+AlQaida+Slipped+away</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">16095</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>16096</publicationdataID>
      <title>Where Freedom Reigns</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p><strong>The NewYork Times<br />
By Thomas L. Friedman</strong></p>
<p>BANGALORE, India — The more time you spend in India the more you realize that this teeming, multiethnic, multireligious, multilingual country is one of the world's great wonders — a miracle with message. And the message is that democracy matters.</p>
<p>This truth hits you from every corner. Consider Bangalore, where the traffic is now congested by all the young Indian techies, many from the lower-middle classes, who have gotten jobs, apartments — and motor scooters — by providing the brainpower for the
 world's biggest corporations. While the software designs of these Indian techies may be rocket science, what made Bangalore what it is today is something very simple: 50 years of Indian democracy and secular education, and 15 years of economic liberalization,
 produced all this positive energy.</p>
<p>Just across the border in Pakistan — where the people have the same basic blood, brains and civilizational heritage as here — 50 years of failed democracy, military coups and imposed religiosity have produced 30,000 madrassahs — Islamic schools, which have
 replaced a collapsed public school system and churn out Pakistani youth who know only the Koran and hostility toward non-Muslims.</p>
<p>No, India is not paradise. Just last February the Hindu nationalist B.J.P. government in the state of Gujarat stirred up a pogrom by Hindus against Muslims that left 600 Muslims, and dozens of Hindus, dead. It was a shameful incident, and in a country with
 150 million Muslims — India has the largest Muslim minority in the world — it was explosive. And do you know what happened?</p>
<p>Nothing happened.</p>
<p>The rioting didn't spread anywhere. One reason is the long history of Indian Muslims and Hindus living together in villages and towns, sharing communal institutions and mixing their cultures and faiths. But the larger reason is democracy. The free Indian
 press quickly exposed how the local Hindu government had encouraged the riots for electoral purposes, and the national B.J.P. had to distance itself from Gujarat because it rules with a coalition, many of whose members rely on Muslim votes to get re-elected.
 Democracy in India forces anyone who wants to succeed nationally to appeal across ethnic lines.</p>
<p>"Even when Gujarat was burning, practically the whole of India was at peace — that is the normal pattern here," said Syed Shahabuddin, editor of Muslim India, a monthly magazine, and a former Indian diplomat. "India is a democracy, and more than that, India
 is a secular democracy, at least in principle, and it does maintain a certain level of aspiration and hope for Muslims. . . . If there were no democracy in India, there would be chaos and anarchy, because so many different people are aspiring for their share
 of the cake." It is precisely because of the "constitutional framework here," added Mr. Shahabuddin, that Indian Muslims don't have to resort to terrorism as a minority: "You can always ask for economic and political justice here."</p>
<p>It is for all these reasons that the U.S. is so wrong not to press for democratization in the Arab and Muslim worlds. Is it an accident that India has the largest Muslim minority in the world, with plenty of economic grievances, yet not a single Indian Muslim
 was found in Al Qaeda? Is it an accident that the two times India and Pakistan fought full-scale wars, 1965 and 1971, were when Pakistan had military rulers? Is it an accident that when Pakistan has had free elections, the Islamists have never won more than
 6 percent of the vote?</p>
<p>Is it an accident that the richest man in India is an Indian Muslim software entrepreneur, while the richest man in Pakistan, I will guess, is from one of the 50 feudal families who have dominated that country since its independence? Is it an accident that
 the only place in the Muslim world where women felt empowered enough to demand equal prayer rights in a mosque was in the Indian city of Hyderabad? No, all of these were products of democracy. If Islam is ever to undergo a reformation, as Christianity and
 Judaism did, it's only going to happen in a Muslim democracy.</p>
<p>People say Islam is an angry religion. I disagree. It's just that a lot of Muslims are angry, because they live under repressive regimes, with no rule of law, where women are not empowered and youth have no voice in their future. What is a religion but a
 mirror on your life?</p>
<p>Message from India to the world: Context matters — change the political context within which Muslims live their lives and you will change a lot.
</p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>30/12/2011 20:02:30</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/16096/Where+Freedom+Reigns</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">16096</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>16097</publicationdataID>
      <title>Foes Blast Pro-Musharraf Allies</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p><strong>The Washington Post<br />
By Lisa J. Adams</strong></p>
<p>ISLAMABAD, Pakistan –– Several political parties that support President Pervez Musharraf formed an alliance Monday to compete in the October parliamentary elections. Opposition leaders accused the government of providing state resources to give the alliance
 an unfair edge. </p>
<p>The Grand National Alliance comprises five parties led by several well-known Pakistani leaders, including a former president and prime minister. It has yet to name candidates for the elections, which are aimed at returning Pakistan to civilian rule.</p>
<p>"We have formed this alliance for strengthening democratic institutions in Pakistan," alliance spokesman Mohammed Ali Durrani told a news conference.</p>
<p>Critics claim the alliance is a government backed attempt to prevent the Pakistan People's Party, led by former Prime Minister Benazir Bhutto, from regaining power.</p>
<p>Leaders of the opposition Alliance for Restoration of Democracy, a 15-member coalition which includes groups allied with Bhutto and deposed Prime Minister Nawaz Sharif, claimed Monday that government officials have been unfairly lending support and resources
 to the new group.</p>
<p>"He wants to block the way of democracy leaders from contesting the next elections," Nawabzada Nasrullah Khan, head of the opposition alliance, said of Musharraf. "We will resist the army dictator's plans. ... We will contest the elections."</p>
<p>Efforts to contact government spokesmen were unsuccessful. However, the head of the election commission, Irshad Hassan Khan, said he was aware of the allegations and had asked local government officials to report to him on the matter within a week.</p>
<p>Khan, who is not related to the opposition leader, cited an order he issued last month prohibiting government officials from using state resources to give any party an advantage in the election.</p>
<p>The pro-government alliance includes parties of former President Sardar Farooq Leghari and former Prime Minister Ghulam Mustafa Jatoi; and a breakaway faction of Sharif's Pakistan Muslim League, led by Mian Azhar.</p>
<p>The allegations of unfair support are the latest in a string of complaints leveled by opposition parties in recent months against Musharraf, who seized power in a 1999 bloodless coup that toppled Sharif. Musharraf accepted a Supreme Court ruling ordering
 a return to civilian democracy within three years and announced parliamentary elections for Oct. 10.</p>
<p>However, Musharraf is pushing for several constitutional and legal changes which would prohibit convicted politicians from leading parties or contesting elections. Both Bhutto and Sharif were convicted of corruption by the courts during Musharraf's tenure.</p>
<p>Musharraf also has said he wants to amend Pakistan's constitution to give a National Security Council the power to fire the prime minister and his elected government and dissolve national and provincial legislatures.</p>
<p>The council would include the president, the chiefs of the three branches of the armed forces and an opposition representative. Critics say that would perpetuate a strong role for the military in Pakistani politics.</p>
<p>The European Union plans to monitor the October elections. On Monday, the EU mission issued a statement reiterating its pledge to not interfere in Pakistan's internal politics.</p>
<p>That came after the English language newspaper The News reported Monday that remarks made by mission head John Cushnahan "have been infuriating for the government." The newspaper didn't elaborate.</p>
<p>The News also said that the government "has resented certain activities" of the mission and quoted unnamed government officials as saying that Cushnahan had made "harsh" remarks, including that Pakistan could face trade problems with the EU if the elections
 were flawed.</p>
<p>"At no stage since the establishment of the mission did I ever suggest that our mission would recommend the use of sanctions, even if it were to conclude that the election process was flawed," Cushnahan said in the statement.</p>
<p>Chief government spokesman Maj. Gen. Rashid Quereshi declined to comment on The News report.</p>
<p>At a news conference last week, Cushnahan said the team's only mandate was to produce a report on the elections to the EU Commission, which would be the only body with any power to recommend sanctions.</p>
<p>Cushnahan said last week that while Musharraf had welcomed the EU team, observers were still waiting for a formal invitation from the election commissioner and were still seeking assurances on how to operate.
</p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>30/12/2011 20:05:45</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/16097/Foes+Blast+ProMusharraf+Allies</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">16097</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>16098</publicationdataID>
      <title>Musharraf Accused of Fixing Election</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p><strong>The Washington Post<br />
By Munir Ahmad</strong></p>
<p>ISLAMABAD, Pakistan –– Pakistan's main opposition alliance accused President Gen. Pervez Musharraf on Monday of pre-election "rigging" by ordering provincial government officials to help parties that favor him.
</p>
<p>Nawabzada Nasrullah Khan, head of the 15-party Alliance for Restoration of Democracy, said government officials are lending support and resources to four or five parties, effectively creating a pro-Musharraf "King's Party" to compete against former Prime
 Ministers Benazir Bhutto and Nawaz Sharif, who are trying to stage comebacks.</p>
<p>"He wants to block the way of democracy leaders from contesting the next elections," Khan said. "We will resist the army dictator's plans. ... We will contest the elections."</p>
<p>The accused parties include the Millat Party, led by former President Sardar Farooq Leghari; a breakaway faction of Sharif's Pakistan Muslim League, led by Mian Azhar; and several smaller parties, Khan said.</p>
<p>Sources close to those parties, speaking on condition of anonymity, said Monday they were forming an alliance to compete against Bhutto's Pakistan People's Party and Sharif's Pakistan Muslim League, major players in the Alliance for Restoration of Democracy.</p>
<p>Raja Zafarul Haq, chairman of Sharif's party, also expressed fears Monday of election-rigging by Musharraf and asked the country's election commission to prevent it.</p>
<p>Khan's allegations are the latest in a series of complaints by major opposition parties against Musharraf, who seized power in 1999 in a bloodless coup but agreed to a Supreme Court ruling to hold general elections returning Pakistan to democratic rule.
 Those elections are scheduled for Oct. 10.</p>
<p>Musharraf recently implemented a series of electoral changes that include prohibiting convicted politicians from leading parties or contesting elections. Both Bhutto and Sharif were convicted of corruption during Musharraf's tenure.</p>
<p>The president also wants to bar twice-elected prime ministers, such as Bhutto and Sharif, from running for a third term.</p>
<p>Musharraf also wants to amend Pakistan's constitution so the president can fire the prime minister and Cabinet, both to be chosen by the democratically elected parliament.</p>
<p>He has proposed creating a National Security Council of military leaders and opposition figures that could dissolve not only the Cabinet but the national parliament and provincial-level assemblies.</p>
<p>Musharraf said the changes are meant to deter corruption by elected officials.
</p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>30/12/2011 20:08:16</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/16098/Musharraf+Accused+of+Fixing+Election</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">16098</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>16099</publicationdataID>
      <title>Don't play into the hands of extremists</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p><strong>International Herald Tribune<br />
By Youssef M. Ibrahim</strong></p>
<p><strong>NEW YORK</strong><br />
There are people inside the American defense establishment - the most powerful, technologically sophisticated military in the history of mankind - who believe that the greatest threat they face today may come from followers of an early 18th-century religious
 extremist who called for a renewal of Islamic spirit, moral cleansing and the stripping away of all innovations to Islam since the seventh century. Those disciples are known as Wahabis.<br />
<br />
Their namesake would have vanished into obscurity but for an act of political savvy that assured his followers influence over what has become one of the world's wealthiest, most pivotal regions. In 1745, the religious leader Mohammad Ibn Abdul Wahab forged
 an alliance with Mohammad Ibn Saud, the principal tribal leader of a large portion of the Arabian peninsula. Ibn Abdul Wahab wanted to propagate his brand of Islamic orthodoxy. Ibn Saud wanted to unite tribes and secure political command, becoming the founder
 of the Al Saud dynasty that still rules what is now known as Saudi Arabia.<br />
<br />
Since the Sept. 11 attacks, perpetrated by people who mostly came from Saudi Arabia, "Wahabism" has entered the vocabulary of American policy makers almost as synonymous with death, destruction and terror. Moreover, Wahabi teachings and influence in Riyadh
 have colored the American image of Saudi Arabia, threatening to move it from the category of a friend helping to stabilize oil prices and the region to one of a foe alien to American values and bent on hurting Americans.<br />
<br />
Less obvious, however, is that the Sept. 11 attacks also have strained ties between the "Wahabis" and Arab governments. The alliance between the House of Saud - wealthy, cosmopolitan, and increasingly Western in tastes and habits - and the proponents of an
 austere form of Islam based on a literal interpretation of the Koran is becoming harder to sustain.<br />
<br />
An increasing number of newspaper commentators, regional leaders and Saudi officials are daring to speak up against the backwards "Wahabi" vision of society. And Gulf governments are taking a tougher line against extremists once thought to be useful, or at
 least relatively harmless. Instead of representing growing Wahabi power, the Sept. 11 attacks and their aftermath in Afghanistan may signal the peak of Wahabi influence, and a turning point in Arab attitudes toward such extremists.<br />
<br />
These nuances are important for the United States as it wages its war against terror and tries to identify its foes. The Bush administration must better distinguish between Islam and the real enemy - radical extremists within Islam. Otherwise the United States
 risks a collision with 1.2 billion Muslims around the word who do not appreciate being demonized - as Saudi officials felt they were the other day by a report leaked to The Washington Post - just because they disagree with American policies in the Middle East
 or American plans to invade Iraq.<br />
<br />
It is true that the links between Saudi rulers and Wahabi followers have been real and durable. The pact of mutual convenience made more than 250 years ago continues. The Saudi minister of religion is always a member of the Al Sheikh family, descendants of
 Ibn Abdul Wahab. Moreover links between Ibn Abdul Wahab and the house of Saud have been sealed with multiple marriages. The Wahabis' sway over mosques has ebbed and flowed, but they possess their own notorious religious police and have extended their reach
 via networks of schools throughout the Muslim world.<br />
<br />
It is difficult to pinpoint the boundaries of Wahabism. It is not a religion or an offshoot of Islam. Its followers are not a tribe or ethnic group, and they prefer to identify themselves as
<em>muwahiddun,</em> which means "the unifiers."<br />
<br />
It is, however, extremely austere and rigid. It tolerates little dialogue and less interpretation. It frowns on idolatry, tombstones or the veneration of statues and artworks. Wahabis forbid smoking, shaving of beards, abusive language, rosaries and many rights
 for women. They regard all those who don't practice their form of Islam, including other Muslims, as heathens and enemies.<br />
<br />
Their prominence is a relatively recent phenomenon. During the 1950s, Cairo, infused with the nationalism of Gamal Abdel Nasser, was the intellectual center of the Arab world. But the massive Israeli victory over Arab armies in the 1967 war dealt a blow to
 Nasser's prestige. Islamic religious leaders stepped into that ideological vacuum.<br />
<br />
When the big oil money of the 1970s started flooding the Gulf region, the balance in religious matters shifted away from the progressive Levantine version of Islam that existed in Egypt, Syria, Lebanon, Iraq and Algeria, to the Wahabis' rigid tendencies. As
 millions of Egyptian, Moroccan, Pakistani and other guest workers poured into Saudi Arabia, they returned home with both money and a new religion. Egypt started to tip over. Anwar Sadat, who had struck his own alliance with the fundamentalist Muslim Brotherhood
 to fight the remnants of Nasserism, was killed by it. Later there were at least five attempts by Islamic extremists against the life of his successor, Hosni Mubarak.<br />
<br />
The war against the Soviet forces in Afghanistan gave radical Islam a chance to deploy its military prowess. Wahabis in Saudi Arabia and the Muslim Brotherhood in Egypt profited, fattening their ranks with new recruits and coffers with new contributions. At
 that time, the American government considered the Saudis' links with these groups useful. With the encouragement of the Carter and Reagan administrations, the Saudis funded the jihad against the Soviet forces jointly with the CIA.<br />
<br />
Ironically, the money that brought Wahabis power throughout the Arab world has also widened the gap between Wahabis and Arab societies. Increasingly, the Wahabi outlook is detested by the Saudi ruling elite, the growing middle class and the vast, powerful business
 community in Saudi Arabia.<br />
<br />
The attack on the United States by Al Qaeda may spell the beginning of the end of this brand of radical Islamic extremism, as people in the region deal with the harm that Osama bin Laden, a Wahabi disciple, has done to the reputation and welfare of Muslims
 around the world. The entire Saudi religious establishment is under pressure from both the royal family and the Saudi public. For the first time, artists, politicians and pundits are openly criticizing the clergy in Egypt, Pakistan, Saudi Arabia, Indonesia,
 Malaysia and throughout the world of Islam.<br />
<br />
The historic alliance between the Sauds and Wahabis may be coming apart - unless the United States intervenes with unreasonable demands for instant reforms couched in barely disguised racial slurs. Instant anything in Saudi Arabia or the conservative world
 of Islam is impossible.<br />
<br />
The simple-speak propagated by the Bush White House has mixed mainstream Islam with Wahabism into a confusing mish-mash. The two are different. True, Arab governments coddled the fundamentalists. But so did the United States, giving a green card to Sheik Omar
 Abdel Rahman in recognition for his service in rounding up volunteers in Egypt to fight the Soviet forces. He ended up with a life sentence for conspiring to blow up the Lincoln Tunnel and the World Trade Center.<br />
<br />
I would argue that just as the 1967 war spelled the end of Nasserism, the Sept. 11 attack will mark the beginning of the end of radical extremist Islam in all its varieties. The money from Islamic charities is drying up. After Sept. 11, the "swamps" that provided
 recruits are drying up, too, so much so that two Islamic groups in Egypt, Jihad and Al Gamaa al Islamiya, have formally announced they are abandoning the armed struggle. In Saudi Arabia, half the population of 18 million sees Wahabism as oppressive. The same
 goes for people in Egypt, Jordan and Kuwait.<br />
<br />
That does not automatically translate into loving the United States. Sept. 11 has given Americans an opening, though. Millions of Muslims who belong to the secular middle and business classes and the governing elites also detest Muslim fundamentalists. But
 they equally detest U.S. Middle East policy. It is time to bond with them on fighting fundamentalism without demanding that they subscribe to every American policy. America's friends there, the secularists, need to be offered a way to bond with America instead
 of being presented with simplistic choices of black and white. </p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>30/12/2011 20:11:01</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/16099/Dont++into+the+hands+of+extremists</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">16099</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>16117</publicationdataID>
      <title>The General's Dilemma</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p><strong>News Hour<br />
By Simon Marks</strong></p>
<p><strong>In the first of a series of reports on Pakistan, India and the disputed region of Kashmir, special correspondent Simon Marks looks at the future of Pakistan's leadership and the growing opposition to President Pervez Musharraf.<br />
</strong><br />
SIMON MARKS: These are difficult days for President Pervez Musharraf of Pakistan. He faces more opposition in Islamabad than ever before, just three years after he seized power in a bloodless coup, and less than a year after he became a pivotal U.S. ally in
 the war on terror. It is opposition that is not afraid to voice itself publicly.<br />
<br />
At this, the first in a series of national rallies, the Alliance for the Restoration of Democracy, an umbrella group of opposition parties, demanded that the President step down. It is opposition that poses a sudden problem for President Musharraf who, while
 since the attacks of September 11, quickly turned his country from an Islamic patron of the Taliban government in neighboring Afghanistan, into one of the architects of its destruction.
</p>
<p>PRESIDENT PEREZ MUSHARRAF: Pakistan has a firm position of principle in the international battle against terrorism. We reject terrorism in all its forms and manifestations anywhere in the world. We will continue to fulfill our responsibilities flowing from
 our commitments.</p>
<p>SIMON MARKS: And it is opposition that threatens to undercut U.S. policy in Pakistan, policy that is now heavily invested in the personality of the country's leader and his continued stewardship at the helm in Islamabad.</p>
<p><strong>Voices of the opposition</strong></p>
<p>SIMON MARKS: You can find opposition to President Musharraf almost anywhere in Pakistan today, even at a roadside barber shop in the middle of the nation's capital.</p>
<p>TARIQ DAAS (Translated): Before Musharraf came to power, people trusted him, but now, after three years of his rule, no one trusts him any longer.</p>
<p>MOHAMMED AHMED: For the people and by the people, why Musharraf is in politics? What is his role? He is talking about democracy and even he don't know the ABC's of democracy.</p>
<p>SIMON MARKS: Do you think more and more people are beginning to feel like you feel?</p>
<p>MOHAMMED AHMED: I think the people who are jobless, the people who are illiterate, the people who are poor, the people who are searching for food, the people who have no shelter, they are totally against Musharraf's policies.</p>
<p>SIMON MARKS: The general who ousted the country's elected prime minister in October, 1999, maintains that he enjoys public support and even a mandate to govern Pakistan. In a referendum this past May, 97 percent of the votes cast supported his call for a
 further five years as President. His opponents insist the ballot was rigged.</p>
<p>Now President Musharraf has called fresh elections this October to choose a new parliament. He is also seeking public support for a package of constitutional amendments that he says will encourage real democracy to emerge here.</p>
<p>Last month he told a national television audience that he wants to make the post of prime minister the most powerful in the nation, not the post of President that he occupies.</p>
<p>PRESIDENT PERVEZ MUSHARRAF: Give power to the prime minister of Pakistan. (Translated:) I am not power hungry. I do not want power, but I want to give strength to the government. I will transfer all executive powers to the prime minister after the October
 election.</p>
<p>SIMON MARKS: But democracy activists say general Musharraf is power hungry and seeks to disbar many veteran politicians from public service. While the President's image graces the campaign posters of parliamentary candidates loyal to him, a number of leading
 Pakistani politicians find themselves suddenly prevented from running for office.</p>
<p>GOHAR AYOUB KHAN: I can't-- I'm disqualified.</p>
<p>SIMON MARKS: Gohar Ayoub Khan is a leading member of the Pakistani opposition, but he never graduated from college, and general Musharraf says only college graduates should be allowed to run for election.</p>
<p>GOHAR AYOUB KHAN: I was speaker of the national assembly conducting the business and making rules and procedure, and leader of the parliament opposition of Pakistan, and today-- like the founder of Pakistan, who will not be allowed to contest-- I am not
 allowed to contest.</p>
<p>SIMON MARKS: Neither would the country's two most popular politicians, former Prime Ministers Nawaz Sharif and Benazir Bhutto. Both live in exile overseas and run the risk of immediate arrest on criminal charges if they return to Pakistan. On many of the
 country's editorial pages, the President's proposals are getting the thumbs down. Mohammed Ziauddin edits the influential national daily, Dawn.</p>
<p>MOHAMMED ZIAUDDIN: If you go to what the men proposed, and the kind of referendum he had in the month of April, one comes to the conclusion that he does not want to give up power. He wants to keep all the power in his hands after an elected parliament is
 put in place.</p>
<p><strong>The influence of the U.S.</strong></p>
<p>SIMON MARKS: That, according to many observers here, may be difficult. They argue that free and fair elections would deliver a parliament full of the President's opponents. General Musharraf doesn't just face opposition from those political forces here seeking
 a return to democracy, he's also under fire from a variety of other causes from figures who don't seek political liberalism for Pakistan, but who still don't like what he has been doing here.</p>
<p>In this deeply Islamic country, the general now finds himself opposed by a significant body of Muslim opinion. Earlier this year, he ordered the country's 10,000 religious schools, the madrassahs, to undergo voluntary registration and regulation.</p>
<p>The U.S. is concerned that these schools, with their intense-- sometimes exclusive-- focus on the study of the Koran, are producing a generation of Pakistanis ill-equipped to deal with the modern, secular world. The clerics who run the madrassahs were outraged
 by the President's demands, and today these schools are a haven of anti-Musharraf criticism.</p>
<p>RASHID KHAZI: It is just because of the American pressure. America is, in fact, pressurizing the government of Pakistan unnecessarily, and the government of Pakistan, you know, they have bowed and they have surrendered before the American pressure.</p>
<p>SIMON MARKS: Rashid Khazi runs the Jamia Faridia Madrassah in Islamabad, one of the country's largest. He says the school teaches a broad curriculum that includes math, science, and English. He argues that by taking on the madrassahs, President Musharraf
 has bitten off more than he can chew.</p>
<p>RASHID KHAZI: In my opinion, it's unwise of him that he has opened many fronts. At the same time, maybe he has some pressure or whatever. He might have his own logic behind that, but it's true that he is stepping in a lot of trouble.</p>
<p>SIMON MARKS: Trouble, too, from other elements here that find Pakistan's new relationship with the United States beyond the pale. Hamid Goul is a former head of Pakistan's all-powerful ISI, the Intraservices Intelligence Agency. He's credited with training
 the anti-soviet Mujahaddin forces in Afghanistan that went on to become the Taliban and he is witheringly critical of the U.S. war against them and the ongoing U.S. military presence in Pakistan aimed at hunting down members of al-Qaida.</p>
<p>HAMID GUL: Ninety-five percent of the people of Pakistan, according to CNN surveys, hate America now because of what America has done and what America is doing: The FBI milling around, midnight knocks at doors, and under the pretext of hunting for al-Qaida,
 they are doing all sorts of things. They are hurting Pakistan's national pride, our sovereignty, our dignity-- or whatever we have-- and we haven't got anything in return.</p>
<p>SIMON MARKS: Not even sufficient economic assistance, says General Gul, who accuses the U.S. of failing to help alleviate poverty in this deeply impoverished nation. He points to Pakistan's textile industry as an example. It's the backbone of the country's
 economy, accounting for 30 percent of exports, yet trade barriers still prevent Pakistan from shipping fabrics to the United States, despite the assistance the country has given Washington over the past year. Critics accuse General Musharraf of giving the
 Bush Administration everything that it wants and getting nothing in return.</p>
<p>HAMID GUL: It is good for them to have a person that enjoys all the authority, he has control over the army, he has control over the parliament, and he sits on top of the National Security Council. There it is with one man. So concentration of power in one
 hand, it is not Pakistani nation's desire, it is not their needs, it is the need of somebody else. That is, precisely, America.</p>
<p><strong>The future of Pakistan's leadership</strong></p>
<p>SIMON MARKS: With opposition to his rule growing and a handful of plots to assassinate him foiled, President Musharraf faces a difficult period between now and the October elections. Some voices here say the United States should prepare itself for a day
 when a different leader is in charge in Pakistan.</p>
<p>GOHAR AYOUG KHAN: Politically, he will survive. All military generals who help us do, in turn, survive because the political mechanism is not there for their removal. But it's a large country with 140 million people. We can't peg our stakes and destiny to
 one man. There are thousands and thousands better than maybe General Musharraf to take the mantle, et cetera. It's just that the West is now dealing with him. Dozens and dozens more may be better.</p>
<p>SIMON MARKS: On the outskirts of Islamabad, there's a memorial lionizing Pakistan's 1998 nuclear tests. For now, none of President Musharraf's detractors expect anyone else to be controlling the country's nuclear arsenal anytime soon, but they warn that
 the United States should brace itself for eventual political change in Pakistan, a country that has already shown its former Taliban allies in Afghanistan that it can switch direction rapidly, and with very little warning.</p>
<p>GWEN IFILL: Today, a group of the President's supporters formed an alliance to compete against his detractors in the October elections.
</p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>31/12/2011 11:03:21</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/16117/The+Generals+Dilemma</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">16117</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>16120</publicationdataID>
      <title>Pakistan acknowledges presence of al Qaeda fugitives</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p><strong>The Washington Times<br />
By Ralph Joseph</strong></p>
<p>ISLAMABAD, Pakistan — Federal officials acknowledge that al Qaeda operatives fleeing Afghanistan have been able to pass through Pakistan on their way to their homelands, and a newspaper says hundreds have gone underground in Pakistani cities.<br />
<br />
It is not clear whether any are directly connected to a wave of attacks on Westerners — including two incidents aimed at Christians last week — but authorities believe the perpetrators are at least loosely connected to al Qaeda.</p>
<p>Many members of Osama bin Laden's Afghanistan-based terror network are believed to have crossed the border into Pakistan's rugged tribal areas in the face of U.S.-led attacks late last year.
</p>
<p>Despite Pakistani efforts to seal off the border, some of these fugitives have made their way deeper into Pakistan with the help of local sympathizers, and even have reached seaports for the voyage to their homes, mainly in the Middle East, according to
 Interior Minister Moinuddin Haider.<br />
<br />
"We are mindful of people sometimes leaving by boat," said Mr. Haider, a retired army general who heads Pakistan's civilian security forces, in an interview. The Independent, a Lahore-based weekly newspaper, recently reported that Pakistani sympathizers helped
 an estimated 200 al Qaeda activists make their way to Karachi, the nation's largest city, where they were taken to safe houses in the city's suburbs.<br />
<br />
The newspaper quoted an unnamed police source as saying, "Many al Qaeda people were received with bullet wounds at some private hospitals and were looked after by supporters and sympathizers." They keep changing their addresses to escape arrest, amid manhunts
 carried out jointly by Pakistan's military Inter-Services Intelligence and the FBI, the newspaper said. It said many escaped by boarding boats at small ports such as Port Qasim, or by taking bumpy bus rides through the Baluchistan desert to Mand, near the
 Iranian border.<br />
<br />
From Iran, it is a short hop by dhow or launch, using ports such as Bandar Abbas or Chabahar, to get to Oman, the United Arab Emirates and Saudi Arabia. Mr. Haider acknowledged that some al Qaeda fighters "did manage to come through" the border with the help
 of tribal supporters "who were with them in Afghanistan."<br />
<br />
But he noted that Pakistan's security agencies were able to track down many of them in places such as Lahore, Faisalabad and the tribal areas.Pakistani police and intelligence agencies scored their biggest success on March 28 when they captured bin Laden's
 top field commander, Abu Zubaydah, with help from the United States.<br />
<br />
Mr. Haider said security forces had stepped up surveillance in coastal areas in recent months to prevent seaborne escapes. U.S. warships have also been patrolling the coast since the war on terrorism began last fall.<br />
<br />
The minister said there had been no reports of al Qaeda members escaping by sea "in large numbers." Authorities "are very alert on the other side, also," he said, referring to immigration police in ports such as Muscat, Oman, and Abu Dhabi, U.A.E., to which
 the stragglers were believed to be heading.<br />
<br />
Police and intelligence officials got a wealth of information from Zubaydah and others arrested with him and from other al Qaeda suspects captured in Karachi, but often too late to prevent others from escaping.<br />
<br />
Police have been able to learn that many al Qaeda men got away on regular flights from Karachi airport by using fake travel documents, or on regular shipping lines by bribing ship captains in Karachi harbor.<br />
<br />
There was no suggestion that bin Laden was among those who managed to escape.<br />
<br />
Making the work of the police and intelligence agencies more difficult is the fact that the Karachi City Council is dominated by Islamic fundamentalists from parties such as the Jamaat-e-Islami, many of whom are known to be bin Laden sympathizers. Some are
 rich enough to own posh houses in the Karachi suburbs, and are able to keep al Qaeda activists hidden for months.<br />
<br />
Police now fear that the presence of so many al Qaeda activists and supporters in the city has made Karachi a nest of terrorist cells.<br />
<br />
The city has been the scene of three terrorist events since October, including the kidnapping and murder of Wall Street Journal reporter Daniel Pearl in January. There was also a car bomb explosion that killed 11 French technicians and four Pakistanis in March,
 and a car bomb blast that killed 12 Pakistanis outside the U.S. Consulate in June.<br />
<br />
Investigators were quoted yesterday saying two attacks on Christians in northern Pakistan last week are most likely the work of Jaish-e-Mohammed, an indigenous Pakistani group that supports al Qaeda and has been banned by President Pervez Musharraf.<br />
<br />
An intelligence official told the Associated Press that authorities believe at least two out of five extremist groups outlawed by Mr. Musharraf have links to al Qaeda.
</p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>31/12/2011 11:06:11</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/16120/Pakistan+acknowledges+presence+of+al+Qaeda+fugitives</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">16120</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>16123</publicationdataID>
      <title>Al Qaeda massing for new fight</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p><strong>Afghan spies say the group has two new bases in Pakistan and is acquiring missiles.<br />
The Christian Science Monitor<br />
By Khaled Ahmed</strong></p>
<p><strong>ASADABAD, AFGHANISTAN </strong>– Three separate clashes with Al Qaeda fighters this week, including Wednesday's foiled attack inside the city of Kabul, point to the terrorist organization's resurgence in Afghanistan.</p>
<p>But there may be much more to come</p>
<p>According to exclusive interviews with Afghan military intelligence chiefs in the eastern Afghan province of Kunar, Al Qaeda has established two main bases inside Pakistan – hundreds of miles north of where US and Pakistani troops are now hunting – and is
 preparing for a massive strike against the Afghan government. To blunt US air superiority, Al Qaeda forces are attempting to acquire surface-to-air missiles in China.</p>
<p>"Al Qaeda has regrouped, together with the Taliban, Kashmiri militants, and other radical Islamic parties, and they are just waiting for the command to start operations," says Brig. Rahmatullah Rawand, chief of military intelligence for the Afghan Ministry
 of Defense in Kunar Province. "Right now they are trying to find anti-aircraft missiles that are capable of hitting America's B-52 bombers. When they find those, they will bring them here."</p>
<p>Spokesmen for the American military operations in Afghanistan say they are able to confirm parts of the Afghan intelligence reports, and add that they are prepared for any possible Al Qaeda military offensive in the next few weeks or months.</p>
<p>"I can't say I have never heard these reports before about the areas you are mentioning," says Lt. Col. Roger King, spokesman for the US-led Operation Enduring Freedom at Bagram Air Base outside of Kabul. "Some parts of the intelligence reports and the locations
 you've described are similar to what we are hearing ourselves, and other parts are different." He declined to say which parts were similar and which parts were different.</p>
<p>The US is currently making sure it has enough troop strength in areas where Al Qaeda is deemed to be most active, he says.</p>
<p>"If you look back over time, you find there are two fighting seasons in this country," says Colonel King. "We're at the beginning of one, and the other ended in May."</p>
<p>A US soldier on patrol near the Pakistan border in Paktika Province was wounded by a sniper Wednesday night, and airlifted to a medical facility in Germany yesterday.</p>
<p>In Kunar Province, Afghan intelligence sources say that their reports were compiled this week, after Afghan spies, pretending to be Islamic radicals, infiltrated the two Al Qaeda camps in Pakistan. The report concludes that China itself may be involved in
 supporting the camps, either by tacitly allowing Islamic radicals of the ethnic Uighur minority in China's western Xinjiang Province to cross into Pakistan to join Al Qaeda, or overtly offering to provide Al Qaeda with antiaircraft missiles.</p>
<p>"That area, even though it is in Pakistan, is basically under the government of China," says Afghan Brigadier Rawand. "There is a possibility that the Chinese are also involved in this, and they may give Al Qaeda the missiles."</p>
<p>Military experts agree that the ability of Al Qaeda to shoot down American B-52 bombers would alter tactics and undermine US efforts in the Afghan war. It was the B-52s, together with precision-guided bombs and munitions, rather than troops on the ground,
 that destroyed the Taliban's defenses outside of Kabul and other strongholds and forced the Taliban and Al Qaeda to give up control of Afghanistan.</p>
<p>"The Americans are proud of their control of the air, but they don't take care of the ground," says Brig. Ghulam Haider Chatak, chief of military intelligence for the eastern zone of Afghanistan, which includes Kunar, Laghman, and Nangarhar provinces. "Now
 they could lose both."</p>
<p>Here in Kunar Province, a lush green region of fertile well watered valleys and tall forested mountains, US special forces carry out joint operations with local Afghan forces mainly along the major roads to Asadabad and within the capital itself.</p>
<p>Local military commanders, who report to the Ministry of Defense, complain that the Americans are working only with one warlord, Commander Zarin, and not with the official military units of President Hamid Karzai's government.</p>
<p>"Unfortunately, in the last six months, the international coalition forces haven't taken any bold steps against Al Qaeda," says Commander Mohammad Zaman, military chief of Kunar Province, under the command of the Afghan Ministry of Defense. "That's why Al
 Qaeda and the terrorists are all present here. They have only changed their outfits, from turbans to
<em>pukhols</em>," floppy woolen hats favored by Afghan fighters in the Northern Alliance.</p>
<p>Arab radicals and Taliban supporters walk the street of the capital here, apparently without fear of capture, preaching their harsh version of Islam and calling for an uprising against American and other foreign troops supporting the Karzai government.</p>
<p><strong>Bin Laden alive?</strong></p>
<p>Meanwhile, intelligence sources say that just over the border in Pakistan, most of the top Taliban and Al Qaeda leadership, including Osama bin Laden himself, have been seen moving into northern Pakistan from the tribal belt south of the Afghan town of Tora
 Bora. Mr. bin Laden, the top Al Qaeda leader, was last seen three weeks ago in the Pakistani tribal city of Dir, about 45 miles east-northeast of Asadabad.</p>
<p>Osama's top lieutenant, Ayman Zawahiri, is now thought to be directing operations from Al Qaeda's newly built base in the village of Shah Salim, about 30 miles west of the Pakistani city of Chitral, near the border of Afghanistan's Kunar Province. The other
 base is in the Pakistani village of Murkushi on the Chinese border, about 90 miles north of the Pakistani city of Gilgit.</p>
<p>To fight a new war against American forces, Al Qaeda is reportedly broadening its base of support to include new like-minded members, including the Afghan warlord Gulbuddin Hekmatyar and his Pashtun-dominated radical Islamist Hizb-I-Islami party.</p>
<p>Mr. Hekmatyar's party, which received substantial Saudi funding, CIA training, and Pakistani military support during the war against the Soviet occupation of the 1980s, still enjoys support in Kunar and other Pashtun-dominated provinces and is also the closest
 in ideological terms to the Taliban.</p>
<p>From exile in Iran last fall, Mr. Hekmatyar called on all Muslims to fight alongside the Taliban against any invasion of American forces.</p>
<p>With its renewed mission, Al Qaeda has taken on a new name, Fateh Islam, or Islamic Victory. Their battle plan, Afghan intelligence sources say, is to launch a massive attack on eastern Afghanistan, by crossing along the poorly defended mountainous border
 of Kunar Province, where opium and timber smugglers take their products out of Afghanistan either undetected or with the compliance of corrupt Afghan border officials.</p>
<p>On the streets of Asadabad itself, it's clear that Al Qaeda already has established a network of informers and preachers. In mosques and religious schools, Al Qaeda members have begun whipping up local anger against the US presence in Afghanistan, and the
 house-to-house searches in Kunar.</p>
<p>One Arab man, dressed in Afghan <em>salwar kameez</em>, but wearing the traditional white headdress of a Saudi preacher, was seen this week standing in the center of the main square of Asadabad, before being led away by two young religious students toward
 a local mosque.</p>
<p>Another man, who teaches primary school in Asadabad, told the Monitor there are plenty of Al Qaeda supporters in Kunar.</p>
<p>"I'm proud to be Al Qaeda," says Abdur Rahim, a soft-voiced man who studied Islam for 16 years at a hard-line Islamic seminary in Peshawar, Pakistan. "I'm 100 percent sure they will come back here. It will be very soon, and the Taliban were 100 times better
 than these warlords who rob us on the streets."</p>
<p>"The jihad is compulsory against the <em>kaffirs</em> [unbelievers], but we cannot fight against their planes," he adds. Speaking of American special forces based in Asadabad, he says, "These are infidels and they have destroyed our religion. Jews and Christians,
 all of them, we want Muslim forces, we don't want infidels."</p>
<p>As a crowd gathers, cautioning the Al Qaeda member to be quiet, Mr. Rahim becomes even more outspoken. "Everyone here feels like me, but some people have big hearts and others have little faith. These people are quiet because they have little faith."</p>
<p>Other Afghans seem more pragmatic. Mohammad Malang, a timber merchant in Asadabad's massive lumber market, says hundreds of Arabs came through Kunar late last year, after the bombing campaign began on the mountain hideout of Tora Bora, south of Jalalabad.
 Now, when he carries wood to the border of Pakistan on his logging truck, he sees plenty of Al Qaeda fighters coming and going through the Afghan checkposts.</p>
<p>"The Americans pay us money and we give them Al Qaeda," he says with a smile. "The Al Qaeda give us money and we give them shelter. Nowadays we are not giving them shelter because of the US troops here, but up there on the border, they are there right now
 up in the forests. They come and go and nobody stops them."</p>
<p>Even some border security officials admit that it would be easy for Al Qaeda to enter Kunar Province. "This is a long border, and we don't have enough forces to patrol it," says Wazir Mohammad Sadiq, deputy commander of checkpoints for the Kunar Border Security
 Force. "We need the Americans there. They only come once a month, and they never stay long. They just have a cup of tea, chat, and leave."</p>
<p>Haji Said Amin Khan, commander of a checkpost on the border, says that his men used to stop every car coming from Pakistan, but was ordered to stop this practice by Commander Jandad, the former governor of Kunar.</p>
<p>"We were told not to stop certain people, like armed men, and even now, people can come and go without questions," says Mr. Khan.</p>
<p>"But the problem is that we need thousands of men to patrol the border in Kunar. There are four main roads into Kunar, and we have checkposts on those roads, but there are lots of other smaller roads. Al Qaeda is not stupid enough to come on the main roads,
 so they take the other roads."</p>
<p>Commander Zaman, the military chief, says that his men are preparing for a long war against Al Qaeda, even if they have to continue fighting without any salaries or coordination with US forces.</p>
<p>"You can't defeat an ideology with a gun, so the best we can do is create a new ideology, and make people feel that we are making the situation better than before," he says. "If that works, that's great. But if not, then we already have our enemy and their
 guns here among us."</p>
<p><strong>Afghan plea to US: 'Listen to us'</strong></p>
<p>The vehicle was full of armed men who could have been friends, foes, or just another group of Afghan men out for a ride.</p>
<p>But what is certain is that when the vehicle encountered a checkpoint manned by US special forces soldiers on Tuesday night, a gunbattle broke out. US forces say one of the Afghans aimed his Kalashnikov at a US soldier and pulled the trigger. The Afghan's
 gun jammed, but US soldiers opened fire, killing all four of the Afghan fighters. None of the American soldiers was injured.</p>
<p>But the slain Afghans were friends, not foes. They were soldiers working for the Afghan military chief, the sons of a prominent tribal leader, and should never have been told by US soldiers to disarm, say local military commanders.</p>
<p>Even before the gunfight, tempers in Asadabad were on edge. On Monday, soldiers killed two men who fired at them from a hilltop.</p>
<p>And for the past two weeks, US special forces have been conducting house-to-house searches in this dusty frontier capital of Kunar Province near the Pakistan border, looking for heavy weapons and Al Qaeda supporters. According to top Afghan leaders here,
 the invasive procedures violate strong Pashtun traditions, which forbid outsiders to enter their homes and see their women.</p>
<p>Afghan merchants, political leaders, and military commanders say that local sentiments are turning sharply against the US forces here.</p>
<p>"So far the relationship with US forces here is just neutral, neither positive nor negative, but it's going in the negative direction," says Acting Gov. Haji Ali Rahman. "We hope the US forces will use their cleverness and change their tactics. But if they
 continue to search houses, even my own commanders will not work for me."</p>
<p>He smiles through his long grey beard. "The first revolt of the villagers will be against us, because we are the ones who brought the US forces here."</p>
<p>Public anger over the house searches has grown so much that Governor Rahman called an emergency meeting of tribal elders this week in Asadabad, where dozens of Pashtun leaders vented their anger at the Americans. Some leaders called for Afghan forces to
 stop cooperating with the US forces. This idea was quickly squelched, when the Afghan military chief of the province, Brig. Mohammad Zaman, pointed out that his troops – including the four men killed on Tuesday night – haven't even been asked to conduct joint
 operations with US forces in anti-Al Qaeda operations.</p>
<p>"Right now they are working with just one warlord, and they aren't getting any results except angering the people," says Brigadier Zaman. "They don't have to pay us, we will fight with our own guns, our own rations. But at least they should listen to us."</p>
<p>Instead, the US forces are working with Commander Zarin, a local warlord who was the first Afghan leader to help the US forces in Kunar Province in the buildup to the fall of the Taliban last November. US military spokesmen at Bagram airfield in Kabul say
 it is up to local US commanders to decide who to work with, and in many cases the US special forces continue to work with a local warlord they know rather than with leaders deployed by the Kabul government.</p>
<p>"This is a common statement that you hear from local military chiefs, 'Why aren't you working with us?'" says Lt. Col. Roger King, spokesman for the US military at Bagram. "In some cases, our forces have been working with local commanders, or warlords, long
 before the Ministry of Defense in Kabul was formed. We're in a transitional phase, and you may see some of that coordination shifting over to more official channels."
</p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>31/12/2011 11:08:23</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/16123/Al+Qaeda+massing+for+new+fight</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">16123</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>16126</publicationdataID>
      <title>Indians weep for the woman who lived her dream She proved `girls can do anything</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p><strong>The Friday Times<br />
By Khaled Ahmed</strong></p>
<p>Reported in <em>Khabrain </em>(10 July 2002), FBI and Pakistani intelligence agencies arrested an Egyptian Arab Hisham al-Wahid from Saudi Arabia and brought him to Pakistan. He guided the agencies to Gaggar Phatak in Karachi where behind the police station
 in a garage three activists of Jaish-e-Muhammad and two of Lashkar Jhangvi were arrested. These activists belonged to Sargodha and had been trained in the Akora Khattak seminary of Maulana Samiul Haq. These activists then guided the police to Gulshan Hadeed
 in Steel Town where in a bungalow, the police arrested one Iraqi and two Yemeni Arabs. All of them belonged to Al Qaeda and were working in a poultry farm owned by a man from Nazimabad. The three Arabs spoke fluent Urdu, Balochi and Pushto. From them the police
 recovered three satellite mobile phones, two laptop computers, four ordinary computers, four mobile phones, four sub-machine guns along with six magazines. The police also searched Mujahid Colony Nazimabad and arrested Rafeequl Islam of Sipah Sahaba. It recovered
 cassettes showing Mullah Umar and Osama bin Laden and books on jehad from Nazimabad. Rafeequl Islam acted as a communications man for the jehadi network in Karachi. Daily Din described Rafeeq as a ‘companion of Osama bin Laden. The same day the police discovered
 a large cache of arms and rocket launchers of Russian make from Kachra Mandi behind UBL Sports Complex.
</p>
<p><strong>American Consulate case resolved: </strong>Lt. Gen. (Retd) Sardar F.S. Lodi writing in
<em>The Nation </em>(12 July 2002) says: ‘On Monday July 8 the Director General of Pakistan Rangers, Sindh, Major General Salahuddin Satti addressed a crowded press conference at his headquarters in Karachi. He announced the arrest of three persons who were
 directly involved in the bombing incident outside the American Consulate General situated on Abdullah Haroon Road in which 12 persons lost their lives and over 50 were injured. The three accused seem to have confessed to their involvement in the bombing at
 the US Consulate. They have also admitted to other crimes and terrorist attacks committed by them along with their accomplices in Karachi. According to the accused they killed two policemen on Jehangir Road and snatched their weapons on October 15 last year,
 threw hand grenade at the KFC near NIPA Chowrangi, placed an explosive device at Agha Khan Jamaat Khana. They were also responsible for the bomb explosion in the parking area of Creek Club on New Year’s eve and attack on Jinnah International Airport terminal
 number one with rockets. The accused had also planned to blow up the President’s car by exploding a vehicle loaded with explosives by remote control when President Musharraf’s cavalcade drove from the airport to Army House on April 26. But fortunately the
 remote control device did not work. For this purpose they had parked a Suzuki high-roof vehicle full of explosives near the Falak Naz Centre on Sharae Faisal. It was the same Suzuki vehicle, which was later used for the suicide bombing attack on the US Consulate
 General on June 14. It was the ‘third’ vehicle as pointed out by the United States FBI.</p>
<p>‘Of the three persons arrested two were produced at the Rangers press conference. They included Muhammad Imran, Amir of Harkat-ul Mujahideen Al-alami and Muhammad Hanif, Naib Amir of the organisation and in charge of its Askari (military) wing. The third
 person arrested is Muhammad Ahmed alias Daniyal, who was involved in the murder of two police constables of Jamshed Quarters Police Station. He could not be produced before the newsmen because of certain legal complications according to the Rangers. The newsmen
 were informed that an Inspector of the Rangers Department Waseem Akhtar was also involved in taking part in the terrorist activities being a close friend of the accused. He has also been arrested and is under interrogation. Although nothing seems to be known
 about the organisation the accused belong to, they are using the word Al-alami (International), and may well be a new set-up or one kept underground so for. I talked to Major General Salahuddin the Director General of Sindh Rangers on July 9. As I had heard
 some comments to the effect that the terrorist bombing was too sophisticated a job for organisations like the Harkat-ul-Mujahideen, I asked General Salahuddin if he was sure that the three persons arrested were in fact the persons involved. The General replied
 without any hesitation that he was 500 percent sure of the involvement of the three persons arrested.’</p>
<p><strong>What is Harkatul Mujahideen Al-Alami? </strong>We know that the jehadi militias in Pakistan tend to change their names. In fact, almost all the Deobandi militias have names that serve as covers to hide the grand Deobandi consensus behind their jehad.
 They also change names every time an internal struggle results in the wrangling leaders dividing the original organisation. The activists caught on July 8 are said to have belonged to Harkatul Mujahideen al-Alami. There is a Harkatul Mujahideen led by Fazlur
 Rehman Khaleel which has been banned. It is quite possible that the new name was adopted after the ban as in the case of Lashkar-e-Tayba and Jaish-e-Muhammad (renamed by Mufti Shamzai but it never caught on). It stands to reason why the militia was renamed
 Al-Alami (international) after its ‘national’ identity was destroyed by the ban. But there is another Al-Alami militia which is a little differently named: Jamiatul Mujahideen Al-Alami, a Deobandi organisation which was formed in 1973 in Multan by Maulana
 Masood Alvi who died in Khost in 1988 when he stepped on a mine. He merged his organisation with Harkatul Mujahideen when he met the latter’s leader Fazlur Rehman Khaleel, but in 1987 he separated from him. In 1990 Jamiatul Mujahideen entered Kashmir for jehad
 with boys mostly recruited from Punjab. It had close relations with Sipah Sahaba and Lashkar-e-Jhangvi. Jamiatul Mujahideen Al-Alami has always been a small organisation, but when the jehad was ‘reorganised’ earlier this year, the banned Harkatul Mujahideen
 was asked to fight under its command. In this reorganisation a Harkatul Mujahideen Al-Alami was also included as a separate outfit. Although many journalists are agreed that Harkatul Mujahideen is simply an offshoot of Harkatul Mujahideen, its separate existence
 within the Deobandi jehad is quite possible.</p>
<p>Harkatul Mujahideen has enjoyed a long career in Afghan and Kashmir jehad. Its leader Fazlur Rehman Khaleel, living in Islamabad in some luxury, has not been arrested but in May this rumours were that he could be handed over to the Americans because of his
 close connections with Osama bin Laden. He himself has issued contradictory statements in the past in this regard, but when in 2000 his organisation was split by Mufti Shamzai of the Banuri Mosque Deobandi headquarters in Karachi, and he fell foul of the new
 outfit Jaish-e-Muhammad, Osama bin Laden ‘compensated’ him for the losses sustained by in the shape of a dozen double-cabin pick-up wagons. Harkatul Mujahideen was born out of Harkatul Jehad Islami inspired by the Afghan jehadi leader Nabi Muhammadi. After
 the split, Harkatul Mujahideen entered the Afghan jehad in 1984 under the tutelage of the Afghan commander Jalaluddin Haqqani. After the end of the Afghan war, Harkatul Mujahideen entered the Kashmir jehad in 1991. It worked in competition with Harkatul Jehad
 Islami and sometimes clashed with it, whereupon Maulana Samiul Haq and Maulana Hafiz Yusuf Ludhianvi (murdered in 2000) merged them and renamed the new organisation Harkatul Ansar. This led to intensification in jehad in Kashmir, but in 1994, Harkat leader
 Masood Azhar was caught in India. Harkatul Ansar kidnapped two British tourists and used them as bargaining chips for the release of Maulana Masood Azhar. Azhar later alleged that the two Britons were released too soon by Harkatul Ansar and he was not therefore
 set at liberty by India. This led to infighting in Harkatul Ansar and its final break-up after it was declared terrorist by the United States.</p>
<p><strong>Harkat-Jaish and Al Qaeda: </strong>In 1995, an organisation called Al-Faran kidnapped American, German, British and Norwegian tourists in Pehlgam. The two commanders who created this outfit both belonged to Harkatul Mujahideen, Abdul Hameed and
 Muhammad Akbar. Chief Fazlur Rehman Khaleel denounced Al-Faran and called it a RAW creation. Both commanders were later killed which made it easy for Harkatul Mujahideen to detach itself from Al-Faran. The captured tourists, kidnapped to be used as a leverage
 to get Maulana Masood Azhar freed, were never released. In 1999, Maulana Masood Azhar was finally released after the hijack of an Indian airliner. Within two months, he announced his new outfit Jaish-e-Muhammad. It is said that Mufti Shamzai and Maulana Hafiz
 Yusuf Ludhianvi intrigued to bring about the split in 2001, which greatly offended the supporters of Harkatul Mujahideen. Fazlur Rehman Khaleel, from Dera Ismail Khan, brought his organisation close to Osama bin Laden. When in 1998, America bombarded Afghanistan,
 two training camps run by Harkat were destroyed and 21 of its jehadis were killed. In Mansehra, where Harkat had its largest training camp, many Arabs sent by Al Qaeda allegedly took training which caused American agencies to target it, only to find that the
 camp had been closed. Fazlur Rehman Khaleel took his Harkat boys to Afghanistan to fight on the side of Al Qaeda and the Taliban against the Americans. Sixty-three of these warriors got killed before the Taliban were routed and Osama bin Laden had to flee.
 Khaleel returned safely and is now living in Islamabad.</p>
<p>About the Jaish-Umar Sheikh connection much has already been written because Umar Sheikh was sprung from the Indian jail together with Maulana Masood Azhar. Weekly
<em>Independent </em>(11-17 July 2002) has established another more dangerous connection: ‘The investigators (FBI) believe that former ISI chief General Mehmood Ahmad had also been involved in the transaction of the money (through Umar Sheikh) to Muhammad Atta
 (the September 11 Arab terrorist) who reportedly returned $15,600 through the <em>
hawala </em>channel just before the kamikaze attacks’. It appears that the Jaish/Harkat connection with Al Qaeda is gradually coming out in the open as the drive against terrorism inside Pakistan picks up and meets with success. What is also becoming clear
 is the fact that the proliferation of jehadi organisations was in fact a result of ‘strategic handling’ and the never-ending internal feuding that went on within these rather loosely organised outfits. Osama bin Laden dealt with almost all of them as one Deobandi
 and Ahle Hadith consensus that drove the jehad in Afghanistan and Kashmir. </p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>31/12/2011 11:11:25</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/16126/Indians+weep+for+the+woman+who+lived+her+dream+She+proved+girls+can+do+anything</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">16126</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>16129</publicationdataID>
      <title>Govt. Official, Policeman Killed in Kashmir Attacks</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p><strong>The New York Times</strong></p>
<p>SRINAGAR, India (Reuters) - An Indian government official and a policeman were illed and six people were wounded in fresh militant attacks in India's strife-torn Kashmir region, police said on Wednesday.</p>
<p>Separatist violence has resumed, after a brief lull, in the disputed Himalayan region which is at the heart of a seven-month military face-off between nuclear rivals India and Pakistan.</p>
<p>Police said suspected rebels fired at a car of a revenue department official near Tral town, south of Srinagar, the summer capital of Jammu and Kashmir.</p>
<p>``Fayaz Ahmad Bhat, naib tehsildar (revenue official), died on the spot and four people, including two security guards in the car, were injured,'' a police official told Reuters.</p>
<p>In another incident, a policeman was killed and two people were injured when militants attacked a police post at Khrew on the outskirts of Indian Kashmir's summer capital Srinagar late on Tuesday, police said.</p>
<p>No militant group has claimed responsibility for the attacks, which followed a weekend peace mission to India and Pakistan by Secretary of State Colin Powell, aimed at defusing tensions.</p>
<p>Indian officials say militant activity fell after Pakistan said in May it would halt infiltration of militants into Indian Kashmir. But the violence has now returned to previous levels, they say.</p>
<p>Suspected rebels on Tuesday launched a grenade attack on Hindu pilgrims on route to a holy cave shrine in the state, killing a pilgrim and a driver and injuring four devotees.</p>
<p>There have been several other grenade attacks in the past week.</p>
<p>India accuses Pakistan of stoking the revolt in the region by training and arming rebels and sending them into Indian Kashmir.</p>
<p>The two countries nearly went to war in May after massing a million troops on their border in a confrontation sparked by a December raid on India's parliament, which New Delhi blamed on Pakistan-based rebels.</p>
<p>India has said the incursions must stop before it will pull back its forces.</p>
<p>Pakistan has said incursions have stopped and Kashmiri militants said on Monday they had shut training camps in Pakistan Kashmir on the orders of Pakistan President Pervez Musharraf.
</p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>31/12/2011 11:14:27</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/16129/Govt+Official+Policeman+Killed+in+Kashmir+Attacks</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">16129</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>16132</publicationdataID>
      <title>Asia Commits to Squeezing Terrorists</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p><strong>The Los Angeles Times<br />
By Ted Anthony</strong></p>
<p>BANDAR SERI BEGAWAN, Brunei -- Taking aim at terrorists' wallets, the nations of Southeast Asia moved Wednesday to build a sturdy network of intelligence and cooperation aimed at cutting off the money that funds extremist attacks.
<br />
<br />
The Association of Southeast Asian Nations joined its 13 security partners -- including China, the United States and the European Union -- in agreeing to a broad range of measures designed to undermine terrorist financing.
<br />
<br />
"We will block terrorists' access to our financial system," the nations vowed in a joint statement.
<br />
<br />
Among their plans: a "financial intelligence unit" in each nation to scrutinize the sources of extremists' financing; an agreement to freeze terrorists' assets "without delay"; and a retooling of anti-money-laundering efforts to focus on terrorism.
<br />
<br />
The accord dovetails with the proactive approach to fighting terrorism that permeates this year's ASEAN meeting. Its member nations worry that a perception of Southeast Asia as a breeding ground for terrorists impedes investment and economic recovery.
<br />
<br />
"Do you wait for tragedy to happen? Do you want for terrorism to take place? I don't think so," Syed Hamid Albar, Malaysia's foreign minister, said Wednesday.
<br />
<br />
The financing agreement presages another, more sweeping accord expected to be signed Thursday by ASEAN and Secretary of State Colin Powell. That one, which focuses on the sharing of intelligence, aims to create "a framework for cooperation to prevent, disrupt
 and combat international terrorism." <br />
<br />
Under the financing plan, the ASEAN Regional Forum will increase its cooperation with the International Monetary Fund, the World Bank and other global financial institutions to ferret out cash used in terrorism.
<br />
<br />
Poorer ASEAN countries that lack the money and infrastructure to comply will receive technical assistance from their richer brethren, the agreement states.
<br />
<br />
Since the Sept. 11 attacks on the United States, Southeast Asia has emerged as a second front in the U.S.-led battle against terrorism.
<br />
<br />
In the Philippines, officials are investigating where Abu Sayyaf, a small but brutal Muslim extremist group loosely linked with al-Qaida, received its funds and where it may have stashed large ransoms from scores of foreign and Philippine hostages.
<br />
<br />
Malaysia and Singapore have also arrested scores of extremists they say may be linked to al-Qaida.
<br />
<br />
Most of the finance agreement's recommendations were made by forum officials at a conference in Honolulu in March. Finance officials from each country in the forum were consulted and lodged no major objections.
<br />
<br />
The finance agreement is the latest in a spate of anti-terrorist agreements approved since Sept. 11 that bind ASEAN members to each other or to security partners overseas. ASEAN has stressed that fighting terrorism is impossible if nations don't cooperate.
<br />
<br />
"We have to work together," Syed Hamid said. <br />
<br />
The regional forum comprises the 10 ASEAN countries -- Brunei, Cambodia, Indonesia, Laos, Malaysia, Myanmar, the Philippines, Singapore, Thailand and Vietnam -- along with countries that have security interests in the region.
<br />
<br />
Non-ASEAN members in the forum are Australia, Canada, China, India, Japan, North Korea, South Korea, Mongolia, New Zealand, Papua New Guinea, Russia, the United States and the European Union.
</p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>31/12/2011 11:16:56</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/16132/Asia+Commits+to+Squeezing+Terrorists</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">16132</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>16134</publicationdataID>
      <title>Anti-democratic measures guarantee Pakistan’s election will be a sham</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p><strong>World Socialist Web Site<br />
By Vilani Peiris</strong></p>
<p>Pakistan’s military ruler General Pervez Musharraf has announced National and Provincial assembly elections for October 10 in a bid to give his regime a democratic veneer and a degree of legitimacy. But a series of sweeping constitutional changes and presidential
 decrees announced over the last month ensure that Musharraf, not parliament, will wield power after the elections. The military junta is setting the rules for the election and at the same time ensuring that those elected will have no significant say in the
 running of the country.</p>
<p>Musharraf had himself endorsed as president for five years in a referendum in April, which was widely regarded as rigged. If his proposed constitutional changes come into force, he will be able to change the prime minister and dissolve the cabinet and parliament
 unilaterally. He will also have wide powers to appoint senior judges, state bureaucrats and provincial officials as well as to sack individuals for "serious abuse of authority, failure to check corruption, compromising national security interests and violation
 of the constitution”. The interpretation is left up to the president—namely Musharraf.</p>
<p>The proposed constitutional changes will also entrench the military as the overseers of the political process through the establishment of a permanent 11-member, policy-making National Security Council (NSC). While the council will contain the prime minister,
 opposition leader and four provincial chief ministers, the military will call the shots. Not only will Musharraf, as president, preside over the council but it will contain the joint military chief of staff as well as the three chiefs of the army, navy and
 airforce. The NSC will have the power to veto the decisions of parliament and will be answerable to the president, not the prime minister.</p>
<p>In a national television address on July 12, Musharraf attempted to defend his anti-democratic measures by attacking the record of previous governments. "There has never been true democracy in Pakistan,” he said. He appealed to criticism, saying: "All amendments
 are debatable. Give your views with patience and balance and we will respect your views.” With the period of "consultation” almost over, however, there is every indication that he will ignore widespread opposition and implement the amendments.</p>
<p>In addition to the constitutional changes, Musharraf has issued a series of presidential decrees that severely restrict who is able to stand as an election candidate. Only university graduates will be eligible, effectively ruling out 98 percent of the population.
 As a result, more than half of the previous parliament will be barred from contesting the elections, including two former prime ministers Benazir Bhutto and Nawaz Sharif. The country’s Supreme Court again demonstrated its subservience to the military when
 on July 12, it dismissed a petition challenging the anti-democratic character of this decree.</p>
<p>To make doubly sure that neither Sharif nor Bhutto will become a challenge, Musharraf decreed on July 6 that no one could be prime minister more than twice. In a further attempt to undermine the standing of his opponents, the Musharraf regime has pursued
 legal cases against them. A special court sentenced Bhutto on July 9 to three years in jail and ordered the confiscation of her property for failing to appear to answer charges of corruption. Bhutto, who has been in exile, faces arrest if she returns to Pakistan.</p>
<p>Sharif is also in exile. Musharraf seized power in a military coup in October 1999, ousting prime minister Sharif who he accused of corruption. Sharif was put on trial in a special anti-terrorism court on trumped up charges of having attempted to kill the
 general by preventing his plane from landing on the day of the military coup. He was found guilty and jailed, but later allowed to leave the country.</p>
<p>Musharraf’s anti-democratic measures do not stem from a position of political strength. He came to power with the backing of the military and Islamic fundamentalist groups that were incensed over Sharif’s decision to bow to pressure from Washington and withdraw
 support from militants entrenched in the Kargil areas of India’s Jammu and Kashmir.</p>
<p>After the terrorist attacks on the US on September 11, Musharraf alienated sections of his own base by ending support for the Taliban regime in Afghanistan and agreeing to demands from Washington to crack down on Islamic extremist groups in Pakistan. The
 Pakistani leader has also generated opposition by continuing to pursue the economic restructuring measures demanded by the IMF and World Bank that have led to widening unemployment and poverty. He is proceeding with plans to sell of some of the country’s largest
 state-owned enterprises including the banks, oil and gas companies.</p>
<p>Three months ago, he had cobbled together a coalition of minor parties known as the National Alliance to contest the October elections. However, according to a recent article in the
<em>Far Eastern Economic Review</em>, "[S]ince then their leaders have either abandoned the alliance or left on long holidays in London to avoid being pressured by the intelligence agencies.”</p>
<p>The press, major political parties and civil rights groups are near unanimous in their opposition to the proposed changes. As Hina Jilani, secretary general of the Human Rights Commission in Pakistan scathingly commented: "Why bother having an election when
 the army sets the rules and the candidates and will rig the outcome?”</p>
<p>Muttahida Majilas-e-Amal, an alliance of six Islamic parties, issued a statement last week, saying: "The government should avoid amendments in the constitution and this task should be left to the next elected parliament.” Liaqat Baloch, leader of the Islamic
 Jammaat-i-Islami, issued a press statement, declaring: "The army ruler does not have a right to change the constitution.”</p>
<p>All the major parties, including Bhutto’s Pakistan Peoples Party (PPP) and the Pakistan Muslim League (PML), are part of a 16-party Alliance for Restoration of Democracy (ARD), which has strongly opposed the constitutional changes and called for a caretaker
 government to replace Musharraf. PML spokesman Siddiqui Farooq described the amendments as "an effort to change the basic structure of the constitution and designed to make the sovereign parliament subservient to the will of one man.” A PPP statement said
 that if implemented the changes if "will ring the death knell of democracy in the country.”</p>
<p>Far from appealing to the masses, however, these parties are calling on the major powers, the US in particular, to get Musharraf to change his plans. ARL leader Nawabzada Nasrullah, who has described the constitutional amendments as "the murder of democracy,”
 appealed for support from international human rights bodies. Bhutto, who was recently in the US, was more specific, calling on Washington to control Musharraf’s "undemocratic acts and pressure him to hold free and fair general election”.</p>
<p>The Bush administration is clearly backing the military dictator and his anti-democratic methods. Far from criticising the constitutional changes, the US has declared that the October election will establish democracy in Pakistan. According to the
<em>Frontier Post</em> on July 20, the Bush administration has even pledged $US2 million to the junta as election assistance to help arrange the fraud.</p>
<p>US support for the military strongman is fuelling resentment. According to the
<em>Far Eastern Economic Review</em>, "Public anger is not reserved for Musharraf: the Americans get their share as well, as in may peoples’ eyes Musharraf is only getting away with his plans because of unstinting US support due to his cooperation in tracking
 down Al Qaeda.” Under the pretext of "fighting terrorism”, hundreds of US Special Forces, CIA operatives and FBI officials have been given free rein in Pakistan establishing a growing US presence in the country.</p>
<p>While Musharraf appears to be in control, a groundswell of opposition is developing to his dictatorial methods. Whatever the final outcome of the elections in October, the resulting government will have no legitimacy in the eyes of the majority of the population.
 Far from stabilising Musharraf’s rule, the poll is likely to intensify the country’s political crisis.
</p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>31/12/2011 11:19:07</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/16134/Antidemocratic+measures+guarantee+Pakistans+election+will+be+a+sham</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">16134</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>16136</publicationdataID>
      <title>Picking up Osama's vaporous trail</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p><strong>The Washington Times</strong></p>
<p>A prominent Pakistani tribal leader who has 600,000 pairs of eyes and ears at his beck and call is "absolutely certain" that Osama bin Laden is well — and has been living in Peshawar, the capital of Pakistan's Northwest Frontier Province, since last December.<br />
<br />
Dressed in a one-piece dishdashi garment, this tall, Spartan chief of a Pathan tribe receives his visitors in a small dusty room under a flickering, low-voltage naked light bulb. He does not wish to be quoted by name, but the CIA knows who he is and where he
 lives. He is an old and trusted contact of this writer and this is the third time that we have mentioned in The Washington Times his claim to know the details of bin Laden's escape from the Tora Bora mountain range into Pakistan.</p>
<p>He is the antithesis of flamboyant, not given to hyperbole and not interested in financial reward. After dusk he sits in his small courtyard near Peshawar, sipping tea and chatting late into the night with tribal elders, messengers with news from parts of
 FATA (Federally Administered Tribal Areas along the border with Afghanistan) and out-of-town visitors, both politicians and journalists. But neither the CIA nor the FBI has contacted him to get the OBL story firsthand.</p>
<p>There are, admittedly, lots of rumors about OBL sightings. But this man is also a national political figure who has visited the U.S. and Europe and speaks English. He is well read and a moderate in his political views, but he maintains cordial relations
 with Pakistan's politico-religious fundamentalists.</p>
<p>Soft-spoken, he is adamantine, firmly immovable in purpose, and sticking to his guns about OBL. His story is that the Saudi terrorist leader made it out of Tora Bora last Dec. 9 on horseback with about 50 men through the Tirah Valley. They dismounted near
 the main road through the tribal areas that connects Parachinar with Peshawar and finished the journey in SUVs.</p>
<p>Pentagon officials assume that if the Pakistani Inter-Services Intelligence agency knew that OBL was in Peshawar, they would go over the sprawling slum city of 3.5 million "with a fine-tooth comb." This would be a faulty assumption.
</p>
<p>OBL has many friends and admirers in ISI. A majority of the population, both in Peshawar and smaller towns in the tribal areas, are pro-OBL and anti-American. A walk through the labyrinthine city would convince any observer there are thousands of places
 to hide, above and below ground; that every conceivable weapon (including shoulder-fired anti-aircraft missiles) is for sale; that OBL, if indeed he is in the city, is well protected by thousands of sympathizers; that President Pervez Musharraf is seen as
 the villain who sold out to the Americans; and that a hovel-by-hovel search would result in large casualties.</p>
<p>The tall, gaunt tribal leader speculates that bin Laden is a snare for both President Bush and President Musharraf. A U.S. trial for bin Laden could be a long, drawn-out spectacle a la Slobodan Milosevich, with embarrassing disclosures. A Pakistani trial
 could prove equally embarrassing for Mr. Musharraf, e.g., his longstanding relationship with ISI.<br />
<br />
For five years prior to September 11, Pakistan was a state that openly supported Taliban and surreptitiously provided aid and comfort to bin Laden and his al Qaeda organization.<br />
<br />
An ISI officer was assigned to bin Laden. In addition to a score of now destroyed terrorist training facilities in Afghanistan, al Qaeda enjoyed privileged sanctuaries and safe houses throughout Pakistan. These were managed by Pakistan's many extremist organizations.
 Most foreign recruits for al Qaeda used Pakistan's madrassas (religious schools) as way stations as they made their way to Afghanistan.</p>
<p>London's Sunday Times recently published an exclusive based on documents captured in Afghanistan: Some 3,000 men holding British passports have passed through al Qaeda's Afghan camps in recent years.</p>
<p>This network is yet to be dismantled. Mr. Musharraf's much-publicized crackdown against Islamist extremists simply resulted in name and address changes. In fact, Mr. Musharraf sought to dispel rumors he was seeking to transform Pakistan into a secular country
 following national elections scheduled Oct. 10. Faced with a delegation from the "alliance of mainstream religious parties" led by two leading firebrands — Fazalur Rehman and Qazi Hussain Ahmed, the president assured them "Pakistan was born as an Islamic state
 and nobody has the authority to change its Islamic character."</p>
<p>Benazir Bhutto, one of the country's two best-known secular political leaders, let it be known she plans to return from government-imposed exile at the end of August to get ready for the October elections. Mr. Musharraf has said publicly she will be arrested
 the minute she sets foot back on Pakistani soil.</p>
<p>Fired as prime minister and then sentenced on charges of corruption, Mrs. Bhutto (whose father was executed by the previous military dictator) opted to live close by in Dubai. Her husband is in prison in Pakistan on similar charges. Between Mrs. Bhutto's
 Pakistan People's Party (PPP) and the Muslim League of Nawaz Sharif (also exiled by Mr. Musharraf) on the one hand, and the extreme religious parties on the other, Mr. Musharraf's road back to democracy is strewn with axle-deep potholes.</p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>31/12/2011 11:20:36</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/16136/Picking+up+Osamas+vaporous+trail</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">16136</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>16138</publicationdataID>
      <title>Pakistan weak on religious schools</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p><strong>BBC</strong></p>
<p>Pakistan's efforts at regulating religious schools or madrassas have been criticised by an international conflict prevention group as inadequate.
</p>
<p>The non-government International Crisis Group says in a report that the military government has "acted weakly" in dealing with the madrassas.
</p>
<p>Pakistan has been under pressure to crackdown on the schools, which are viewed as training grounds for Islamic militants.
</p>
<p>Last month, the Pakistani Government ordered all religious schools in the country to register within the next six months, but the report says the measures do not go far enough.
</p>
<p>Foreign governments, especially those from the Middle East, are known to be unhappy about their nationals, usually Islamic dissidents, attending madrassas in Pakistan.
</p>
<p><strong>Future concerns </strong></p>
<p>The report says Pakistan's new draft law makes no provision for the enforcement of reforms.
</p>
<p>The madrassas will simply be asked to comply which it said "gives some sense of the lack of commitment to reform'.
</p>
<p>There is also concern about the future of about 1.5m graduates to be produced by these madrassas.
</p>
<p>"Their constrained world view, lack of modern civic education, and poverty make them a destabilising society," according to the report.
</p>
<p>They are also susceptible to "romantic notions of sectarian and international jihadis with a promise of instant salvation".
</p>
<p>Nearly 10,000 madrassas are reported to be operating in Pakistan, but they have never faced any regulation.
</p>
<p>Last month, the Pakistani Government introduced an ordinance making it mandatory for all madrassas to register with the government.
</p>
<p>The government also ordered them not to accept any foreign aid or grant. </p>
<p>President Musharraf's reform measures have enraged hardliners. </p>
<p><strong>Tough regulations</strong></p>
<p>But the International Crisis Group said the military government's confrontation with its former religious allies is "at best a short-term response compelled by circumstances and foreign pressure".
</p>
<p>The group called for a regulatory body that would implement tough new laws requiring the mandatory registration of madrassas.
</p>
<p>It recommended that those affiliated with banned militant organisations be closed.
</p>
<p>It also suggested that all funding of madrassas should be audited and published.
</p>
<p>In many rural areas, the madrassas provide the only real chance of any education.
</p>
<p>They attract the poor because they are free and provide children with board and lodgings.
</p>
<p>Many of the Taleban, who lived in Pakistan as refugees, received their education in the schools, and Pakistan's own extremists have attended them.
</p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>31/12/2011 11:22:16</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/16138/Pakistan+weak+on+religious+schools</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">16138</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>16141</publicationdataID>
      <title>By order of the general</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p><strong>Guardian<br />
By Rory McCarthy<br />
The west has gone along with Musharraf's dictatorial regime. But Pakistan's voters may not</strong></p>
<p>Nearly three years ago, Pakistan's army chief General Pervez Musharraf led a strangely popular coup. There were no tanks on the streets, not a single shot was fired and no blood was spilt. Most Pakistanis applauded the arrival of the military after a decade
 of corrupt civilian governments. Gen Musharraf, a straight-talking former commando, promised a bright future. Corruption would be eliminated, the economy would be rebuilt, the rule of law would be ensured and, perhaps most importantly, a decent democratic
 system would be restored. "Our people were never emancipated from the yoke of despotism," the general said. "I shall not allow the people to be taken back to the era of sham democracy but to a true one."
</p>
<p>Many people gave him the benefit of the doubt. The American ambassador in Islamabad at the time praised him as a "moderate man who is acting out of patriotic motivation". Pakistan's supreme court gave him three years to prepare for general elections. The
 west turned a blind eye as a court convicted the friendless former prime minister, Nawaz Sharif, of hijacking and terrorism in connection with the night of the coup. Now those three years are almost up and Gen Musharraf has committed himself to holding parliamentary
 elections in October. But is he really emancipating Pakistan from the "yoke of despotism"? Many think not.
</p>
<p>If the general gets his way, he will end up with unprecedented power as a president who is able to dismiss at will his unfortunate puppet prime minister. For the first time the military, through a new national security council, will have an institutionalised
 role in forming policy, particularly on sensitive issues such as Kashmir, Afghanistan and nuclear deterrence. At the heart of the problem is the poorly disguised contempt with which Gen Musharraf regards the politicians who have ruled Pakistan in the short
 breaths between military dictatorships. He reserves special opprobrium for Mr Sharif, the last prime minister, and Benazir Bhutto, who took turns in running the country during what the general calls a "decade of disaster".
</p>
<p>To keep the legislators in check, Gen Musharraf is putting the finishing touches to a list of constitutional amendments which do as much as possible to constrain future politicians. In a country where a third of the population is illiterate, he has ordered
 that only graduates may stand for election. As president, he will be free to appoint any elected politician as prime minister, whether or not they lead the largest party in parliament. Anyone who has already served two terms as either prime minister or a provincial
 chief minister will not be able to hold those posts again - a move which, unsurprisingly, rules out Mr Sharif and Ms Bhutto.
</p>
<p>Most importantly, the general is giving himself blanket powers as president to dismiss any prime minister, cabinet or parliament that he does not like. In short, it amounts to what Gen Musharraf describes in his trenchant soldier-speak as "unity of command".
 In a chilling warning, he said in a speech in April that future prime ministers "would not dare" reverse these reforms. "I do not believe in power sharing," he brazenly admitted. "There has to be one authority for good government."
</p>
<p>In his defence, the general has made no secret of these plans, which he insists provide the only "checks and balances" that will prevent corruption and misrule. The reforms have been floated and debated for months. Pakistan's politicians, lawyers, journalists,
 clerics, academics and human rights experts have been scathing in their condemnation. Yet there has not been a single word of criticism from the west. Instead, London and Washington have quietly backed away from any disapproval of the regime.
</p>
<p>In the months after the coup, the British and American governments at first turned on the pressure for a return to democracy. Robin Cook, the then foreign secretary, said that Britain would "strongly condemn any unconstitutional actions". Gen Musharraf quickly
 promised elections within three years and his critics appeared mollified. And so there was little complaint last year when, in a clearly unconstitutional action, he appointed himself president. When earlier this year he decided to hold a heavily rigged referendum
 to endorse his presidency for another five years, the US administration dismissed it as an "internal matter". Britain said nothing.
</p>
<p>Since September 11, Gen Musharraf has been expediently promoted from troublesome dictator to crucial ally in the war against terror. Overnight, the little remaining pressure from abroad for reform disappeared. When Jack Straw visited Islamabad earlier this
 month to discuss peace in Kashmir and war in Afghanistan, he did not think to question the stark military vision of "true democracy" which Gen Musharraf is slowly imposing on Pakistan.
</p>
<p>However, while the general is for now a friend of the west, he is facing dissent at home from a growing number of Pakistanis who resent the idea that their country is soon to be run like an army by a general. Looking back at the promises made three years
 ago, it is difficult to see what he has achieved. The general appears to have slowed the infiltration of Islamist militants into Kashmir, something a political leader may have found difficult. He has also created a system of new local councils which have challenged
 the colonial-era dominance of bureaucrats and have given a rare voice to women. </p>
<p>Yet in many other areas he has fallen short. Too many people convicted of corruption have paid their way out of jail, the economy is still struggling and the rule of law is all too frequently overwhelmed by terrorist attacks, sectarian killings or brutal
 and misogynistic tribal customs. (Last week, village leaders allowed four death-row convicts to sell their daughters as brides to the elderly relatives of their victims in an attempt to escape the gallows.)
</p>
<p>This discontent is likely to rear its head in the October elections, and the general and his entourage are said to be increasingly anxious about what the vote might bring. The supreme court rulings, which have allowed Gen Musharraf to run the country untroubled
 thus far, insist that every reform he has introduced and every amendment he has added to the constitution must be ratified by a parliamentary vote. If, as appears increasingly likely, the majority elected in the October parliament opposes the general, he will
 find himself in a sticky position. Perhaps one day, his critics say, he may even stand trial for treason.
</p>
<p>For months, politicians have feared that he may delay the inevitable by postponing the elections. Now there are rumours of unhappiness among senior army officers, who feel the military's image is being sullied. Gen Musharraf may be about to discover that
 seizing power in a bloodless coup was easy compared with imposing himself as the unassailable commander of his own "true democracy".</p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>31/12/2011 11:23:45</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/16141/By+order+of+the+general</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">16141</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>16143</publicationdataID>
      <title>Al-Qaeda's New Hideouts</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p><strong>Time Asia<br />
By Tim Mcgirk/Kohat<br />
Chased out of Afghanistan, bin Laden's fighters are lying low—but hot to strike back—in Pakistan</strong></p>
<p>As a Pakistani undercover intelligence officer, Abdul Rauf Niazi was trained to keep his nerve. But as he sat in the backseat of a minivan last month, tearing through the badlands along the Afghan border with four heavily armed al-Qaeda members beside him,
 Niazi may have sensed he was riding to his death. Niazi had spent weeks befriending the Uzbek al-Qaeda fighters, posing as a smuggler who could take them safely into the frontier city of Peshawar. Now he had lured the Uzbeks into the trap. He would drive them
 into an ambush in which Pakistani police would capture the al-Qaeda fighters alive. From there they would be flown away from the nearby Kohat army base to be interrogated by American spooks.
</p>
<p>Things went wrong from the start. The al-Qaeda men showed up for the ride with AK-47s and grenades bulging under their tribal robes. They refused to allow Niazi to ride shotgun up front, where he had a chance to escape, but wedged him between two Uzbeks
 in the back. As the van neared the checkpoint where the ambush awaited, Niazi started to sweat. The police roadblock was hidden by a rocky hill, and when the driver took the curve, he had to slam hard on the brakes. About 70 cops were hidden behind large boulders
 on one side of the road and among the tombstones of a shady cemetery on the other.
</p>
<p>When a Pakistani officer approached the van and ordered the driver to get out, the al-Qaeda man in the front seat stuck a gun in his ribs. As the driver tried to leap out of the van, the al-Qaeda fighter shot him. In response, all 70 cops opened fire. Two
 of the Uzbeks hurled grenades and tried to make a run for the boulders, but were cut down by police bullets. Pinned in the cross fire, Niazi never made it out of the backseat.
</p>
<p>His story had a posthumous twist. Through Niazi's good intelligence work, authorities were able to find a fifth al-Qaeda man, also an Uzbek, who is now in U.S. custody. But the scene of the roadside shoot-out resembles a makeshift shrine to the fallen al-Qaeda
 fighters. Graffiti glorifying Osama bin Laden has been painted on the rocks, and pilgrims flock to the spot in busloads. Some say they can smell the fragrance of martyr's paradise wafting from the bloodstains in the dirt. And Niazi's own father considers his
 son a traitor to Muslims. He refused to say the customary funeral rites. "Let Bush come and pray for my son," the father said. "I won't do it."
</p>
<p>The deadly highway shoot-out was just one of many troubling signs that al-Qaeda has found a new home—in Pakistan. While the U.S. and coalition forces continue to squeeze al-Qaeda inside Afghanistan, thousands of militants have slipped across the border since
 last winter. Officials estimate that, altogether, more than 3,500 al-Qaeda operatives and their Pakistani comrades are hunkered down in the tribal belt along the Afghan border and in the sprawling cities of Karachi and Peshawar, sheltered by homegrown extremists.
 Since December, Pakistani authorities working with U.S. intelligence agents have caught more than 380 suspected al-Qaeda members. In Peshawar last week, U.S. and Pakistani officials detained seven suspected terrorists but failed to snatch two senior al-Qaeda
 aides who were the main targets of the raids. </p>
<p>For months U.S. and Afghan officials have speculated that bin Laden has sought refuge over the border, though Pakistani intelligence officers tell Time that the al-Qaeda boss was last definitely seen on Nov. 17 in a 25-vehicle convoy, heading from Jalalabad
 into Afghanistan's Tora Bora mountains. Since then, the Pakistanis say, there have been no credible sightings. But thousands of al-Qaeda fighters did cross into Pakistan in two waves. According to Pakistani intelligence officials, the first exodus came in
 November, when al-Qaeda fled into the remote Tirah Valley to escape the U.S. bombardment of Tora Bora. The second wave entered last March, during the allied forces' Operation Anaconda against al-Qaeda positions in Afghanistan's eastern Shah-i-Kot mountains.
</p>
<p>Some were just passing through, en route to Indonesia, Yemen and the Arabian Gulf. According to diplomats, a few al-Qaeda fugitives may have been given money and transport to get out of Pakistan by sympathetic staff at an Arab consulate in Karachi. Bangladeshi
 intelligence sources say that in the same month, a Saudi-owned vessel smuggled 150 al-Qaeda and Taliban out of Karachi to the Bangladeshi port of Chittagong. But most of the terrorists stayed in Pakistan. Many of them, especially the non-Arab Uzbeks, Chechens
 and Sudanese, operate like bandits in the tribal areas, where they raid U.S. outposts across the border. The militants have fiercely resisted Pakistani efforts to arrest them. On June 25, several hundred Pakistani paramilitaries raided a mud-walled fortress
 in the mountains of South Waziristan, a rifle-shot away from the Afghan border.</p>
<p>According to a Pakistani intelligence source, they had help from several CIA operatives, who picked out the al-Qaeda refuge with satellite photos and electronic eavesdropping. The Uzbek fugitives had heavy machine guns and an arsenal of rocket-propelled
 grenades piled up on the ramparts, but they held their fire for close to an hour, until a group of Pakistani soldiers smashed the gate and walked into the courtyard. Snipers promptly raked the soldiers with machine-gun fire. About three hours later, a militant
 inside the fort yelled out that they were ready to surrender. It was a ruse: as soon as the al-Qaeda fighters, dressed in commando gear, began filing out, they opened fire on the soldiers and scattered across the orchards into the darkness. Two al-Qaeda men
 were killed, but an additional 35 escaped and are thought to be still roaming the tribal area. "When cornered, these people fight to the death," says a Pakistani intelligence officer. "They don't want to end up in Guantanamo."
</p>
<p>Hundreds of al-Qaeda terrorists of Arab nationality, richer and better at blending in, have vanished into Karachi, the megacity of 12 million on the Arabian Sea. Diplomats say that the al-Qaeda fugitives who reached Karachi late last year "were not living
 in slum areas," but preferred high-rent districts where money buys high-walled privacy. Some were believed to have hidden in posh safe houses for much of the winter. But since then, they have scattered again. Says a senior Pakistani official: "They don't like
 to keep in one place. They're in lower-class neighborhoods, middle class, everywhere." Karachi authorities say that raids of militants' hideouts and homes in recent weeks have uncovered huge stashes of Kalashnikovs, rockets and ingredients for bombs.
</p>
<p>Pakistani intelligence officials believe al-Qaeda is attempting to regroup by linking up with Pakistani graduates from Afghan terrorist training camps who came home to continue their lethal struggle. Officials think al-Qaeda is now contracting out terror
 assignments to Pakistani militant groups, especially the banned extremist groups Lashkar-e-Jhangvi and Jaish-e-Muhammad. "These are branch offices. They are using Pakistanis as servants," says a Pakistani terrorism expert.
</p>
<p>Karachi police chief Syed Kamal Shah told Time that investigators believe the kidnapping and murder of U.S. journalist Daniel Pearl was coordinated by "foreigners"—a standard code word for al-Qaeda. Pakistani investigators say al-Qaeda's fingerprints are
 hard to detect, but their hunch is that bin Laden's network was behind the May attack that killed 11 French technicians riding through Karachi on a bus and the June bombing of the U.S. consulate in Karachi that killed 12 Pakistanis.
</p>
<p>Now U.S. and Pakistani authorities have begun to unravel a web of connections between the perpetrators of those attacks and the militants involved in the Pearl murder. Last Monday a Hyderabad court ordered the death penalty for Ahmad Omar Saeed Sheikh, a
 British-educated Islamic militant, and sentenced three accomplices to life in prison for their role in the American journalist's murder. Police have since detained new suspects, who likely will also be tried for Pearl's murder. One of the suspects, Fazal Karim,
 has allegedly confessed to beheading Pearl at a farmhouse on the outskirts of Karachi, although he has not been formally charged.
</p>
<p>Through wiretaps and the FBI's growing ring of informants ("Money talks," grins a Pakistani official), investigators have tracked communications between Karim and two suspects arrested on July 8 for attempting to kill Pakistani President Pervez Musharraf
 last April. The two accused, Mohammed Imran and Mohammed Hanif, confessed they parked a pickup truck loaded with explosives along Musharraf's motorcade route through Karachi. The remote-control detonator failed. Then eight weeks later, the same explosive-rigged
 vehicle was used in the blast at the U.S. consulate. </p>
<p>Pakistani intelligence officials believe these bombers and Pearl's killers were carrying out the attacks as part of a broader strategy of terror that has the signature of bin Laden's network. "These terrorists are smart. They had fire walls between the different
 cells, so that if anyone got caught, the trail would stop there," says an investigator. "Some people provided them with money, the equipment and a plan. And we think those people are connected to al-Qaeda."
</p>
<p>Bin Laden's network is far from finished. As an extremist detained by Pakistani authorities recently told his interrogators, "Al-Qaeda is nowhere, and it is everywhere. If Americans are after us, we are after them." That chilling threat is what makes the
 hunt for al-Qaeda's latest Pakistan hideouts so urgent. </p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>31/12/2011 11:25:40</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/16143/AlQaedas+New+Hideouts</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">16143</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>16144</publicationdataID>
      <title>Powell rejects Pakistan's claim of end to incursions</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p><strong>Boston Globe<br />
By Kathy Gannon</strong></p>
<p>ISLAMABAD, Pakistan - Secretary of State Colin L. Powell refused yesterday to back the claim by Pakistan's president, Pervez Musharraf, that his government had stopped militant Muslims from crossing the disputed Kashmiri border into India, but he said tensions
 between the rivals have eased. </p>
<p>The crossings are a major source of friction between the nuclear-armed neighbors, who came close to war earlier this year. India says it will not consider dialogue with Pakistan until they are stopped.
</p>
<p>''Everybody agrees that it has gone down,'' Powell said of infiltrations at a news conference in the Pakistani capital at the end of a two-day visit to the Asian subcontinent. ''Some say significantly, some say it's only temporary and not yet significant.
</p>
<p>''With respect to the US position, we are monitoring this carefully,'' Powell said. ''We still are not able to say that they have been stopped, though they have gone down.''
</p>
<p>General Musharraf, however, said yesterday that he had done all there was to do to stop Islamic militants from crossing the disputed border into Indian-ruled Kashmir, where a bloody secessionist uprising has killed 60,000 people since 1989.
</p>
<p>''It is not taking place now. Whatever the Indian side is saying is absolutely baseless,'' said Musharraf, who was not at the news conference. ''I don't have to do anything because we've already done it.''
</p>
<p>Powell, who visited Islamabad after meeting with Indian leaders in New Delhi, characterized Musharraf's denial as ''assurances,'' a phrasing underlining the delicacy of the situation.
</p>
<p>In his talks with Musharraf, Powell had to juggle Washington's need for Pakistan's support to capture Al Qaeda and Taliban soldiers with demands that cross-border attacks into Indian Kashmir come to an end. He said Washington's commitment to working with
 Pakistan was ''not just for today or tomorrow but for the long haul.'' </p>
<p>Powell called upon both India and Pakistan to open negotiations. </p>
<p>On his third trip to the region since October, Powell said he saw signs that the two neighbors might be inching toward fresh talks that could lead to a lasting peace.
</p>
<p>''I am hopeful that if we keep moving in the direction we've been moving in the past couple of months, where the tension has been going down and where there have been some preliminary de-escalatory steps. ... I think the possibility of dialogue in the near
 future is something that can be achieved,'' Powell said. </p>
<p>After the news conference, Powell flew to Thailand, arriving in Bangkok early today for a 20-hour visit, during which he is scheduled to meet with Prime Minister Thaksin Shinawatra.
</p>
<p>In New Delhi, Powell had called for India to release political prisoners and find ways to convince Kashmiris that elections this fall in Indian-ruled Kashmir will be free and fair. He also said both Pakistan and India had to ensure the safety of those who
 wanted to contest elections or vote. </p>
<p>A spokeswoman for India's Foreign Ministry rejected Powell's call to free political prisoners, saying prisoners are either criminals or terrorists. India has arrested several Kashmiri political leaders.
</p>
<p>''They are the people who violate the law, work against national interests, and have links with groups that foment terrorism,'' Nirupama Rao said.
</p>
<p>Rao reiterated that India would not permit international monitors in Kashmir, but said individual diplomats and journalists can travel to the state during the elections.
</p>
<p>India accuses Pakistan of arming, training, and helping militants to cross the Kashmir frontier to launch attacks. Pakistan, which controls a third of Kashmir, has said it supports the guerrillas' cause, but denies it provides material aid.
</p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>31/12/2011 11:27:14</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/16144/Powell+rejects+Pakistans+claim+of+end+to+incursions</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">16144</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>16146</publicationdataID>
      <title>Powell appeals for Kashmir talks</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p><strong>The Washington Times<br />
By George Gedda</strong></p>
<p>NEW DELHI — Secretary of State Colin L. Powell, concerned about a renewal of tensions, is pressuring India and Pakistan to open a dialogue on resolving their differences over the disputed border region of Kashmir.<br />
<br />
Mr. Powell took his message to Indian Foreign Minister Yashwant Sinha last night and will make the same appeal today in a visit with President Pervez Musharraf in Pakistan. Before leaving India, he also planned to see Prime Minister Atal Behari Vajpayee.<br />
<br />
The U.S. delegation had no comment after the talks, which included an hourlong meeting between Mr. Powell and Mr. Sinha. Indian Foreign Ministry spokeswoman Nirupama Rao said India is not satisfied with the progress so far after tensions reached a high point
 in the spring.<br />
<br />
She said infiltration by Islamic militants into Indian-held Kashmir "has come down only marginally" during the past six weeks, notwithstanding promises by Gen. Musharraf to curb these activities permanently."We can't play games of diplomatic bluff on this,"
 she said.<br />
<br />
The fragility of the situation was underscored by an outbreak of violence in Kashmir as Mr. Powell was arriving in the Indian capital. Seven persons were killed in attacks in the Kashmir Valley yesterday, and Pakistani guns shelled Indian positions along the
 cease-fire line.<br />
<br />
The visit is Mr. Powell's third to the subcontinent since October, all on Kashmir-related missions. He said he does not expect the trip to yield any breakthroughs.<br />
<br />
Joining Mr. Powell at a photo session before their talks, Mr. Sinha said, "India has always held that if the necessary conditions for talks are created, we will have talks, but we do not think the necessary condition exists at present."<br />
<br />
India and Pakistan have held summit meetings twice during the past three years. Both were followed by periods marked by confrontation.<br />
<br />
Although he stressed the importance of reopening a dialogue, Mr. Powell told reporters en route to New Delhi that timing was critical."Will it be when the escalation goes down?" he asked. "Will it be when there is greater assurance that there's no cross-border
 infiltration? Will it be when the Kashmiri elections are over?"<br />
<br />
Those elections are scheduled for September and October. Mr. Powell said before his meeting that he planned to encourage Mr. Sinha to hold "free, open, fair, inclusive elections in Kashmir and to permit an international presence."<br />
<br />
Mr. Sinha told CNN on Friday that the elections will be free. "There is no reason for anyone to question the democratic credentials of India," he said. India and Pakistan have placed 1 million troops along their border, and a series of attacks by suspected
 Pakistan-based militants nearly pushed the country to a fourth war last month.<br />
<br />
India accuses Pakistan of arming, training and funding the Islamic insurgents who have been fighting since 1989 for Indian-controlled Kashmir's independence or merger with Pakistan. More than 60,000 have died in the fighting in India's only predominantly Muslim
 state.<br />
Pakistan says it provides only moral and diplomatic support to the guerrillas. After his talks in Pakistan, Mr. Powell will travel to Thailand, Malaysia, Singapore, Brunei, Indonesia and the Philippines..
</p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>31/12/2011 11:28:40</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/16146/Powell+appeals+for+Kashmir+talks</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">16146</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>16148</publicationdataID>
      <title>Military engineering of statutes is wrong</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p><strong>Gulf News<br />
By Nasim Zehra </strong></p>
<p>Many Pakistanis tipped him as a bridge-builder of a distrust-infested power scene.</p>
<p>Yet President Pervez Musharraf's analysis of Pak-istan's political scene was vastly different from that image. Instead, while his speech dwelt on Pakistan's turbulent power scene, most analysts found his was a selective recall of these events.
</p>
<p>Contrary to his view, that holds politicians primarily responsible for the 'turbulence', an objective review of Pakistan's power scene establishes that incompetence, corruption, policy blunders and the undermining of the rule of law was not the preserve
 of the civilian political class alone. </p>
<p>An objective charge-sheet would also blame past generals for much of Pakistan's ills.</p>
<p>In fact, many lessons need to be imbibed from the events that marked the dark political era of General Zia ul Haq where security agencies manipulated Pakistan's politics.</p>
<p>Despite the failings of politicians, there is no justification for the expansion of the role of security agencies within the domestic political context. Yet this has happened.</p>
<p>The use of 58(b) 2 by successive Presidents Ghulam Ishaque Khan and Farooq Leghari was prompted by personal interests. Not by national interest. Ishaque Khan wanted another presidential term and Leghari fell out with Asif Ali Zardari.</p>
<p>It must be noted that at that point, the president and prime minister were not involved in a one-on-one confrontation. In fact, despite the fact that he had no political constituency, the president derived political power from the barrel of the gun.</p>
<p>Only an alliance, forged with the Chief of Army Staff (Coas) enabled the presidents, armed with 58(b)2, to 'take on' civilian prime ministers.
</p>
<p>Significantly after 58(b)2 was repealed and General Musharraf came into power he opted for a straightforward working relationship with the Nawaz Sharif government and later, the prime minister's younger brother Shahbaz Sharif.</p>
<p>The younger Sharif turned to him for advice and Musharraf obliged. Musharraf played ball when Nawaz sought the military's cooperation in reforming the ailing water and power body, Wapda.
<br />
<br />
In fact, contrary to popular perception, the post-Kargil period, despite its many problems, saw the revival of a degree of trust in civilian-military relations.</p>
<p>Musharraf played by the Constitutional rules, almost till the end. He indeed contributed towards strengthening the civilian democratic system. However October 12 turned that nascent relationship on its head.
<br />
<br />
In the month preceding the October 12 coup, various events caused the unravelling of that emerging civil-military understanding. The ambitious Inter Services Intelligence chief, an aspirant for the Coas's slot, General Ziauddin successfully misguided the former
 prime minister.</p>
<p>The September 1999 statement issued by U.S. officials calling for the military to play its constitutional role too made the army leadership edgy.
</p>
<p>Similarly when the prime minister met the Quetta corps commander directly, the army leadership began to suspect foul play.
</p>
<p>Musharraf was indeed the reluctant coup maker till the end. However a man with a strong survival instinct, he had ensured contingency arrangements to hit back, if the civilian leadership struck against him. Constitutionalism became secondary as a naked power
 play unfolded. </p>
<p>The point here is that the pre-October 12 army-civilian relationship was on the mend because an element of trust had replaced the conspiratorial interaction that had existed earlier.
</p>
<p>General Jehangir Karamat's uncalled-for statement in late 1998 urging the government to set up a National Security Council was a case in point.
</p>
<p>Mushararf, by contrast, played it straight and open. That the civilian-military relations ended in the most extraordinary circumstances with a coup d'etat does not detract from the interaction between the prime minister and the Coas that was based on trust
 and the constitution.</p>
<p>It had even begun to encourage 'constitutionalism' within the armed forces. It may have ended very abruptly, but that does not take away from the validity and indispensability of civil-military relations that are based on the country's constitution and would
 surely have contributed to the development of genuine democracy. <br />
<br />
Now we are dealing with a fundamentally altered situation. The constitution is out and under the 'law of necessity', a heavy restructuring job is underway.
</p>
<p>First, the obvious. Should a military ruler be proposing constitutional amendment packages? Never. The army's place is in the barracks. But Pakistan's tragically unique circumstances have now positioned the army leadership as the country's prime political
 reformers. </p>
<p>That in the immediate context the army leadership will play this role unhindered is fairly clear. Of the situations which challenge a country's established power wielders, none of those I have listed is on the cards.<br />
<br />
It is unlikley there will be an ideological Khomeini-style revolution, or a Philippines-style people's uprising, or even a middle class issue-based intellectual movement attracting street support. Still less, judicial activism of the Supreme Court.
</p>
<p>For now, there are no crowd pullers are on the political horizon. The Jamaat-i-Islami's Qazi Hussain Ahmad too is likely to play by the rules. The establishment believes the politicians will finally come around, that they will play by the new rules.
</p>
<p><strong>Safety net</strong></p>
<p>Unless any major upset takes place, the establishment is probably right. Till October it can have its own way. To achieve some kind of stability post-October, it may avoid taking the constitutional package to the parliament and get the politicians to agree
 to the two amendments while filing their election papers or taking the parliamentary oath. The Supreme Court too may support such a safety net for the coup makers.
<br />
<br />
In assessing the two proposed constitutional packages, neither the intentions of General Musharraf nor the elements of the proposed constitutional packages are of major significance.
</p>
<p>While it must be acknowledged that Musharraf is well-intentioned and that there is merit in some of the proposed amendments, the question of whether this package addresses the fundamental problem of distrust between the army and the civilian leadership,
 the factor that inevitably cuts short the term of every elected prime minister, is still to be answered.</p>
<p>To what extent, has the issue of the unconstitutional ascendancy of the army in Pakistan's power-wielding and policy-making scene been addressed in the amendments? The answer is that it has not.
<br />
<br />
The package was put together by minds incapable of appreciating the complexity of political processes and of power dynamics.</p>
<p>Whether this package is even final is not completely clear. Mixed signals have come from General Musharraf on taking a consensus-based decision on these amendments. In his speech he said "no personalised decisions will be made, that thought through decisions
 based on discussions will be made." </p>
<p>The following morning however he reportedly told journalists that he was committed to the idea of the National Security Council and to the revival of 58(b)2.</p>
<p>The Musharraf government's track record suggests that while the president personally explains every key foreign and domestic policy decision to the public, nothing convinces him to alter any decision. On key proposals like the NSC, therefore no review is
 likely. </p>
<p>It is the issue of distrust among Pakistan's power-wielders that remain an abiding hurdle in the way of clean politics and efficient governance.
</p>
<p>In a recent interview with TIME magazine General Musharraf defended the amendments by arguing that there can be no generic design of a democratic system which can necessarily be appropriate for every country. That he is in fact designing a Pakistan-specific
 democratic system. This is not correct. <br />
<br />
Democracy is not about cultural specificity. It is about operating under a set of principles.
</p>
<p>In Pakistan, power brokers, especially the military has prevented a process from evolving which would have finally ensured the functioning of the system in accordance with principles as opposed to the whims of personalities.
</p>
<p>Democracy by principles would have enabled the self-cleansing aspect of democracy to sift out the rot. The army stepping in, staying on and getting involved in civilian affairs, has ensured the survival of a static and rotten power culture in Pakistan.<br />
<br />
To change that, commitment to a process which factors in the combined dynamics of power, people and principles, is the only answer. Genetic engineering authored by military minds will not achieve genuine democracy and good governance. Instead it will merely
 further distort Pakistan's power scene. </p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>31/12/2011 11:30:24</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/16148/Military+engineering+of+statutes+is+wrong</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">16148</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>16150</publicationdataID>
      <title>4 Killed in Kashmir Attacks</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p><strong>The New York Times</strong></p>
<p>SRINAGAR, India (Reuters) - A teenaged girl and three Indian security troops were killed and 30 others wounded in guerrilla attacks across Kashmir, police said Wednesday, ahead of a visit by the U.S. secretary of state to India and Pakistan.</p>
<p>Colin Powell is due to arrive this weekend to calm tensions between the nuclear-armed neighbors over the decades-old dispute in the Kashmir region.</p>
<p>Two Indian paramilitary soldiers including an officer were killed Wednesday when suspected separatist guerrillas ambushed a security patrol in southern Kashmir, a police officer said.</p>
<p>He said security forces laid siege immediately after the ambush in Kulgam area south of Srinagar, summer capital of Jammu and Kashmir, and started house-to-house searches. A policeman was shot dead elsewhere in the bloodied region.</p>
<p>India has said it would not end its huge military deployment along the border with Pakistan until it was convinced the neighbor had stopped what New Delhi called trans-border terrorism in Kashmir.</p>
<p>Guerrillas also lobbed a grenade at a security post outside the tax office in the heart of Srinagar Wednesday, wounding three paramilitary troops.</p>
<p>A teenaged girl was killed Tuesday and 27 people wounded when a grenade went off in a crowded marketplace in Rajouri, southwest of Srinagar.</p>
<p>Pakistan says incursions by rebels from its territory into Indian Kashmir have stopped, but Indian authorities say violence has resumed in recent weeks after a brief lull.</p>
<p>More than 33,000 people have died since rebellion broke out in Muslim majority Kashmir in late 1989. Separatists put the toll closer to 80,000.
</p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>31/12/2011 11:31:59</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/16150/4+Killed+in+Kashmir+Attacks</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">16150</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>16153</publicationdataID>
      <title>Muslims see wordplay as swordplay in terrorism war</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p><strong>The Washington Post<br />
By Larry Witham</strong></p>
<p>Muslim scholars who want to get rid of the oft-used word "jihad" are meeting with U.S. officials today in Washington.<br />
<br />
The academics, who have origins across the Muslim world, want to engage in an ideological battle within Islam to replace "jihad" with a term that labels terrorists as cowardly pirates who kill women and children, which in Islam is the crime of "hirabah."<br />
<br />
"There has been an increase in the number of people working on terrorism, and some of them have portfolios that include the Muslim world," a U.S. official said, confirming the closed conference. "Yes, more analysts are working on that."<br />
<br />
In an attempt to penetrate the mysteries of Islam, analysts and the public often have begun with the Arabic word "jihad," made famous by the 1979 Iranian revolution and now used widely by terrorist groups such as Islamic Jihad and al Qaeda.<br />
<br />
But because the term roughly means "religious effort," the West can come off as attacking the daily life of ordinary Muslims worldwide, while the terrorists get away with wrapping their crimes in religious phraseology.<br />
<br />
"When people carelessly dump on jihad, it has an immediate polarizing effect," said Khaled Abou el Fadl, a professor of Islamic law at the University of California at Los Angeles who will attend the meeting.<br />
<br />
Mr. Abou el Fadl is among those who want the despised label of "hirabah," reserved for terrorizing bandits, to become the popular label for the radical groups.<br />
<br />
"It may not change much, but it allows Muslims and non-Muslims to say something about terrorists without appearing to malign Islamic theology," said Mr. Abou el Fadl, who has advised U.S. officials since the September 11 terrorist attacks.<br />
<br />
"'Hirabah' is seen as a bad thing, while 'jihad' is a good thing," said Mr. Abou el Fadl, whose book compares the two concepts.<br />
<br />
Riffat Hassan, a professor of religion at the University of Louisville, agrees that a proper war of words can help attract rank-and-file Muslims to democracy.<br />
<br />
"Language is how we describe reality, and this is not a difficult word," she said of "hirabah." "It might take some getting used to."<br />
<br />
To critics of this gradual approach, Islam is too deeply flawed to be changed by words and needs an internal upheaval.<br />
<br />
"I think we must drive Islam to have a Reformation, which is what Salman Rushdie is saying, that Islam unreformed will be brutal and barbaric," the Rev. Patrick Sookhdeo of the Institute for the Study of Islam and Christianity in London said in a talk here
 earlier this year.<br />
<br />
Yet State Department and intelligence officials are clearly interested in this verbal battle for hearts and minds, and advocates note how terms such as "peace" colored the Cold War and how using "pro-life" or "anti-abortion" tilts the reproductive-policy discourse.<br />
<br />
"We should use language to move moderates toward the West and quarantine the extremists," said M.A. Khan, director of international studies at Adrian College.
<br />
<br />
Another U.S. official said there are pockets of "self-examination" in global Islam related to tolerance, women and democracy, and they are important to U.S. foreign policy. "We have to find the moderates and encourage them. It's not easy."<br />
<br />
Some scholars of Islam have drafted a religious indictment of al Qaeda's crimes and hope to circulate it for signing by Muslim authorities worldwide. The impact on popular opinion, they say, would be to cast such groups as outlaws, not holy warriors.<br />
<br />
The terminology debate began after President Bush used "crusade" in early comments on the war on terrorism, but switched in a televised policy speech to saying that radicals "hijacked" Islam and that the United States was not in a religious war.<br />
<br />
Since then, fierce debate has broken out on whether a good religion was hijacked or Islam is inherently violent, a debate that both interests and divides U.S. policy-makers, according to participants.<br />
<br />
With the shift in the emphasis of U.S. intelligence from the Cold War to Islamic topics, there was a ready adoption of an all-or-nothing "clash of civilizations" view, according to analysts.<br />
<br />
"The debate is getting much more sophisticated now," said Cleveland State University professor David F. Forte, whose writings influenced the president's TV speech on the "hijacking" of Islam.<br />
<br />
"Whatever language we use will be politicized by Muslims, so getting it clear on our side is important for long-term policy," Mr. Forte said.<br />
<br />
"In my view, we don't want to contest a remnant of triumphalist Islam with a new triumphalist Christianity," he said. "Triumphalist religions always gets in trouble, so we should work to develop a moderate Islam.".
</p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>31/12/2011 11:35:25</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/16153/Muslims+see+wordplay+as+swordplay+in+terrorism+war</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">16153</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>16155</publicationdataID>
      <title>US wary of Pakistan intelligence services' links to al-Qaida</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p>The FBI is becoming almost as distrustful of its Pakistani counterpart as the CIA is of the warlords across the border in Afghanistan.<br />
<br />
During the trial of journalist Daniel Pearl's murderers – which ended with the conviction of the British public schoolboy Omar Sheikh – one small but disturbing fact never made its way into the headlines: that one of the co-accused was a former Pakistani police
 officer. The final testimony of the trial – released only yesterday morning – must owe something to his evidence.<br />
<br />
It revealed, for example, that Mr Pearl made two escape attempts from his captors and that it was this which prompted them to murder him. Three Yemenis were brought in to perform his throat-cutting. But all we know of the ex-cop is that – even at the time of
 his arrest – he was still working for the Pakistan Special Branch.<br />
Pakistan's Inter-Services Intelligence (ISI), the powerful state institution which helped arm Afghan fighters against the Soviets and then supported the Taliban, was supposedly reformed once the Pakistani President, General Pervez Musharraf, joined President
 George Bush's "war on terrorism". <br />
<br />
Few in Pakistan believe it. There are rumours, for example, that intelligence officers helped to hide three al-Qa'ida members after a gun battle in a village in Waziristan, in the border tribal territories on 25 June in which 10 soldiers were killed. US agents
 in Pakistan suspect that several of their raids on remote villages in Waziristan were betrayed to al-Qa'ida operatives in advance. Since then, both the FBI and the Pakistan army have preferred not to inform local police officers of their activities.<br />
<br />
Although authorities in Islamabad insist that US forces cannot operate alone inside Pakistani territory, recent reports suggest the contrary. Last week, for example, three Pakistani tribesmen were apparently picked up by US troops from the border town of Angoor
 Adda and flown across the frontier to the US base at Birmal in Afghanistan. It also appears that American forces have been using their old Afghan device of handing out wads of cash in return for local tribal loyalty.<br />
<br />
If Pakistan can deny America is waging an undercover war on its territory, it is far more difficult to conceal the involvement of a police Rangers inspector, Waseem Akhtar, in the conspiracy to murder General Musharraf during his visit to Karachi on 26 April.
 And there is evidence that the explosives to be used in the failed attack were subsequently employed in the suicide bombing of the US con- sulate in Karachi on 14 June.<br />
<br />
Because of the past co-operation between the Taliban – and by extension al-Qa'ida and Pakistan's intelligence services – many Pakistan Special Branch and Field Security Wing officers are working blind, forced to build up entirely new files on militants who
 remain well known to elements of the ISI. Only patient police work in Karachi, for instance, uncovered hitherto unknown connections between Islamist and secular groups, leading to a series of arrests.<br />
<br />
All in all, the civil police and the Americans might learn more by talking to the ISI. But no one is sure for whom their individual members work.
</p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>31/12/2011 11:36:50</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/16155/US+wary+of+Pakistan+intelligence+services+links+to+alQaida</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">16155</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>16157</publicationdataID>
      <title>Top-level fugitives slip by in Pakistan Agency accused of protecting Taliban leaders</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p><strong>San Francisco Chronicle</strong></p>
<p><strong>Peshawar, Pakistan</strong> -- If anyone asks, the name he's currently using is Mehmood.
</p>
<p>Gone is his black turban, a Pashtun tradition that came to symbolize Taliban fighters. These days, this sturdy 29-year-old Afghan man -- a former member of the Taliban's Ministry of Defense -- wears a white skullcap, and his beard is neatly trimmed. He changes
 residence often, moving easily from neighborhood to neighborhood in this bustling border town full of smugglers, refugees, fighters and spooks.
</p>
<p>"I have to be careful. They are looking for me, and too many people know me, " he said.
</p>
<p>Mehmood is running from the very people who helped arm and train the Taliban militias he had joined in 1994 -- Pakistan's InterServices Intelligence (ISI) agency.
</p>
<p>Thousands of Taliban and al Qaeda fighters fleeing last year's American-led military onslaught reportedly have escaped through Pakistan, and many are suspected of setting up shop here with the implicit knowledge, if not support, of Pakistan's intelligence
 agencies. </p>
<p>Created in 1948, the highly secretive ISI has long supported the creation of extremist and radical Islamic militias -- often with the explicit consent of politicians -- to forward Pakistani policies.
</p>
<p>ISI operatives trained and funded mujahedeen, or holy warriors, who fought against the Soviets in Afghanistan, the Taliban and more than a dozen groups fighting in Kashmir -- dropping and adding radical movements as the agency's leadership saw fit. During
 the Soviet occupation of Afghanistan, the CIA made a deal with the Pakistani intelligence agency to operate a clandestine pipeline of arms and money to various Islamic factions. The ISI is believed to have siphoned off large sums of U.S. money and weapons
 to further its own agenda. </p>
<p>Pakistan's military, which has dominated the country for much of its history, maintains an informal alliance with the ISI. The country's civilian political leaders have long sought support from the military and ISI to retain power.
</p>
<h3>'A STATE WITHIN A STATE'</h3>
<p>"The stupendous rise in power of the ISI can be understood by looking at the ethos of the Pakistani military since independence. It has become a 'state within a state,' " said Ajay Darshan Behera, a visiting fellow at the Brookings Institution in Washington.
</p>
<p>Pakistani President Pervez Musharraf, a general who led a coup against the nation's elected government, sacked hard-liners and replaced the top ISI leadership in October, after he formed an alliance with the United States to support its war on terrorism.
 But many within the fiercely independent ISI remain opposed to his reformist agenda.
</p>
<p>"There are plenty of reports that rogue elements within the ISI are helping the Taliban and al Qaeda," Behera wrote in a report issued in the spring.
</p>
<p>"The ISI is supporting top-level commanders and people associated with their own groups. They are giving them protection," said Mehmood, referring not only to the Taliban and al Qaeda, but to Kashmiri separatists and other radical groups in Pakistan, "while
 hunting down lower-level people like me so they can show the Americans how good they are."
</p>
<p>He added angrily, "They have betrayed us all." </p>
<p>Western and Pakistani intelligence officials estimate that as many as 1,000 Taliban and al Qaeda fighters are sheltering in Pakistan's tribal belt, a largely autonomous region that flanks the 1,510-mile border with Afghanistan.
</p>
<p>"There are more than 1,000 just in there," claimed Mehmood. "But most have fled to the cities. We have centers set up there."
</p>
<h3>REFUGE IN THE CITIES</h3>
<p>In Pakistan's densely populated cities, fighters get shelter from sympathetic individuals and groups. Nowhere has this proved more deadly than in the sprawling southern port city of Karachi, where small cells believed to have links with al Qaeda have carried
 out two large bomb attacks. </p>
<p>Mehmood as well as many independent observers agree that such freedom to operate simply is not possible without a willingness by Pakistani intelligence agents to look the other way.
</p>
<p>"Some of them (Taliban forces) are undoubtedly under protection, even if it's just at local levels -- the theory being, they may still prove to be useful," said Nejum Mushtaq, an analyst in Islamabad for the International Crisis Group.
</p>
<p>It is a charge government officials vehemently deny. </p>
<p>"There is absolutely no question of harboring anyone," insisted Interior Minister Moinuddin Haider. "Anyone who crosses the border must be able to prove his identity. They are being challenged."
</p>
<p>Haider called "ridiculous" accusations that Pakistani security forces were slow to react on intelligence reports last spring, before U.S. and Pakistani forces began joint operations, of the presence of top al Qaeda leader Ayman al- Zawahiri in the tribal
 regions. </p>
<h3>DIFFERENT AGENDAS</h3>
<p>Yet government officials acknowledge that on some occasions, their agenda does not quite match up with that of their Western allies.
</p>
<p>For example, Jalaluddin Haqani was a powerful mujahedeen commander from the Soviet days whose alliance with both the Taliban and the ISI is well known. Pakistani and U.S. troops conducted a raid in May searching out Haqani in the tribal area of North Waziristan,
 but since then little effort has been made to snag the man Western intelligence officials say provided safe passage to dozens of high-ranking Taliban and al Qaeda members.
</p>
<p>"The Americans are far more interested in catching him than we are," Haider said.
</p>
<p>Western officials say they think Pakistani officials fear that captured radicals might divulge too much about the ISI and other Pakistani agencies' involvement in radical activities. "They have a lot of skeletons in their closets," said one Pakistan-based
 U.S. diplomat. </p>
<p>Pakistan's main focus is on rounding up "foreigners" -- mainly Arabs and Afghans -- who they fear can provide money, technical assistance and a more sophisticated know-how than the average Pakistani militant has.
</p>
<p>But it may be more a question of the government's own survival rather than a commitment to the U.S.-led war on terror. Militant groups outraged by Musharraf's alliance with the West have unleashed a series of deadly attacks designed to embarrass and weaken
 his government. </p>
<p>"The Pakistanis are doing nothing in reality except arresting those they don't need," said Mehmood, the on-the-run Taliban official. "And that has left the command structures of those they claim to fight almost fully intact."
</p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>31/12/2011 11:40:43</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/16157/Toplevel+fugitives+slip+by+in+Pakistan+Agency+accused+of+protecting+Taliban+leaders</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">16157</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>16163</publicationdataID>
      <title>Opposition builds on Musharraf's proposed changes</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p><strong>Boston Globe<br />
By Elizabeth Neuffer</strong></p>
<p><strong>Critics say plans would boost power, hinder democracy<br />
<br />
</strong>ISLAMABAD, Pakistan - General Pervez Musharraf, the military coup leader turned self-proclaimed president, is facing widespread outrage across Pakistan to his plan for constitutional changes that critics argue would virtually outlaw any significant
 challenge to Musharraf's rule despite democratic parliamentary elections this fall.
</p>
<p>Musharraf, a staunch ally of the US-led war against terrorism, seized power in a bloodless coup in 1999 but was ordered by Pakistan's Supreme Court to hold elections this fall to ensure Pakistan's transition to democracy.
</p>
<p>But a series of presidential edicts and proposed constitutional amendments Musharraf has proposed ahead of the Oct. 10 election have drawn fire from many of the country's leaders and residents. They now accuse him of consolidating the military's grip on
 power rather than allowing democracy to flourish. </p>
<p>In recent weeks every political party in Pakistan, including pro-Musharraf groups, have denounced the proposals, which limit who can run for election and consolidate more power in the presidency.
</p>
<p>''It was not necessary to go this far,'' Abdul Hafeez Peerzada, lawyer and one of the authors of Pakistan's 1973 constitution, said in a telephone interview from Karachi. ''The government has overreacted.''
</p>
<p>The most controversial measure is a proposed constitutional amendment that would strengthen the president - a position whose powers have fluctuated in the past but is now mostly ceremonial - and military advisers rather than the elected prime minister.
</p>
<p>Musharraf's proposal would create a National Security Council that would have the power to fire the prime minister, his Cabinet, and the entire parliament. The council would include the president and the chiefs of the three branches of the military.
</p>
<p>''I am not power hungry,'' Musharraf said in a televised speech Friday in which he defended his proposals. ''I want to give power to the people and not take it away, but we need checks and balances.''
</p>
<p>Two days later, Musharraf announced additional constitutional reforms that would allow him to appoint all key posts, including Cabinet members, regional governors, even the chief election commissioner of Pakistan.
</p>
<p>At the heart of the debate over Musharraf's apparent power grab is the nature of Pakistan's democracy. Musharraf was given three years by the Supreme Court to curb corruption and return the country to democracy. But the general, who held a controversial
 referendum this spring allowing him to remain as leader for another five years, says true democracy has never worked in his homeland and that he believes Pakistan should focus some power in the hands of the military to ensure a ''sustainable democracy.''
</p>
<p>Musharraf also has proposed a presidential decree - which, unlike constitutional amendments do not require parliamentary approval<strong>
</strong>- that bans anyone who does not have a university degree from running for election. Critics say the measure is unrealistic in a land where illiteracy hovers around 60 percent. They took their case to Pakistan's Supreme Court, which upheld the edict
 last week. </p>
<p>''It's not only a setback for political parties but to the democratic process,'' said Raja Zafarul Haq of the Pakistan Muslim League party of Nawaz Sharif, the prime minister deposed by Musharraf in October 1999. The PML, along with the Pakistan People's
 Party of Benazir Bhutto, are the most popular parties here and often seen as Musharraf's political rivals.
</p>
<p>Another controversial edict would ban political leaders from seeking office if they had served two terms as prime minister, which effectively disqualifies Bhutto and Sharif. Critics maintain Musharraf is establishing a military dictatorship by another name.
</p>
<p>''It's the influence of the military, they assume they can get away with it,'' said Samina Ahmed, Pakistan and Afghanistan project director for the International Crisis Group, a political analysis organization. ''And with the backing of the US, they can
 have a good try.'' </p>
<p>US officials here say only that the furor over the proposed constitutional amendments is up to Pakistan to resolve. But the controversy has caused problems for the Bush administration, which is torn between its support for an antiterrorism ally and its desire
 for a more open democracy. </p>
<p>That contradiction is not lost on American critics in Pakistan. </p>
<p>''This is typical American policy,'' said Qazi Ahmed Hussain of Jamiat-u-Islamyia, an Islamic political party that has opposed Pakistan's support of the US-led coalition. ''The Americans have said Musharraf is good for us and they want Musharraf to continue.''
</p>
<p>Not all the constitutional reforms and decrees proposed by Musharraf are controversial. Some, say lawyers and commentators, are quite positive, including a proposal to lower the voting age to 18 and to ensure that women will be adequately represented in
 parliament. </p>
<p>Western diplomats say Musharraf's amendments reflect his insecurity, both in Pakistani politics and his popularity among Pakistan's voters. The general is deeply influenced, they say, by the Pakistan military's skepticism toward the country's political class,
 which they perceive as having saddled the nation with corrupt and ineffective leaders.
</p>
<p>For that reason, Musharraf has made little effort to woo popular support in Pakistan. Some of his proposals now reflect a fear that his supporters will be trounced in the upcoming elections, commentators say.
</p>
<p>Despite the public outcry over his proposals, Musharraf shows no sign of backtracking. But he runs the risk of having this fall's elections perceived as illegitimate, observers said. That, some analysts warn, could endanger America's interests in the region.
</p>
<p>''If they don't have democratic elections, you will have many more generations of Islamic extremists,'' said Ahmed. ''
</p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>31/12/2011 11:49:25</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/16163/Opposition+builds+on+Musharrafs+proposed+changes</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">16163</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>16164</publicationdataID>
      <title>Show US mettle in Pakistan</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p><strong>The Christian Science Monitor<br />
By Amitai Etzioni</strong></p>
<p><strong>WASHINGTON</strong> - The credibility of American power is being tested these days not in Iraq, but in north Pakistan.<br />
<br />
This is where most Al Qaeda fighters – who avoided US forces in Afghanistan – have found a congenial home. It's the place from which Osama bin Laden and Mullah Omar are believed to be operating. The area is also teeming with Muslim extremists who endanger the
 government of Gen. Pervez Musharraf, who has stuck his head into the noose to help the United States.</p>
<p>So far America has urged the Pakistani Army, which is reluctant to act in this area, to clean it up – the way the US got the Northern Alliance to do the lion's share of the fighting in Afghanistan. When the Pakistanis recently tried, they got their noses
 bloodied, losing 10 soldiers when their attack on an Al Qaeda hideout failed.</p>
<p>One reason the US is reluctant to join the fight in north Pakistan is that, despite the brave rhetoric, America still seems not to have overcome the Vietnam syndrome, fearing too many casualties. It might be said that the American military cannot openly
 operate in the confines of the sovereign nation of Pakistan, and that to do so would undermine General Musharraf. But the US already has military bases in Pakistan, and if it cleaned up the north, the Musharraf government might be profoundly grateful, while
 protesting mildly in public.</p>
<p>The north poses the greatest threat to the Pakistani government. Even more important, America would show terrorists everywhere that it means business.</p>
<p>People who study military power and international diplomacy may not agree on many things, but one thing is clear: Every time one nation threatens another, it is tested twice. First, will it win the particular contest? (Say, Bush against Hussein.) Second,
 will its future threats be effective? Every time the US declares it is going to catch bin Laden, make him public enemy No. 1, and unleash everything it's got, and he gives us an obscene gesture (or sends a tape), we lose not merely that round, but we also
 begin to look like a nation with a lot of swagger and not much else.</p>
<p>If Washington had never announced that Saddam Hussein would be ousted, US resolve may not have been on the line in Iraq. But the Bush administration has put down this marker. Few doubt that the US will act in the end. But for now, all the world knows is
 that Hussein has succeeded in peeling away most US allies on the issue of ousting him; that the US is having a tough time getting use of the bases it needs to attack; that the fear of heavy casualties has given Pentagon planners the willies; and that the US
 needs to wait for cold weather because its soldiers have to wear special gear to protect them from chemical and biological attacks, which makes summer fighting too hot for them.</p>
<p>Perhaps America should have postured less and prepared more.</p>
<p>The United States is also on record that it will fight terrorism wherever it occurs, in some 60 countries. One of the first on the list is, of all places, the Philippines, in which more than 1,000 US troops have trained, advised, and assisted the Philippine
 Army in catching a few hundred bandits from the Abu Sayyaf group.</p>
<p>The US now stresses that the jungle is thick, and the climate is hot and humid. But so it was when America made this forgotten piece of real estate a test of its resolve and capabilities. The US is not doing much better in Colombia, nor in some 50 other
 countries in which terrorists must yet be engaged.</p>
<p>On the domestic front, the newly invigorated FBI has been unable to lay a glove on the anthrax killer. No wonder even the relatively moderate Arab nations are taking a "wait and see" approach as to who will prevail.</p>
<p>You may say, "But we showed them in Afghanistan. The Soviet Union failed there after 10 years of war and we won, with next to no casualties, within a few months."</p>
<p>Indeed, the world was impressed with American might and commitment in those brief days.</p>
<p>But since, it has begun to ask, "What did you say was your goal in Afghanistan? To defeat the Taliban? To engage in nation-building? Or to eradicate bin Laden and his gang? And if this last one was what you were after, did not the fact that you relied on
 local warlords to do most of the fighting result in most Al Qaeda leaders and foot soldiers changing their addresses, but not much more?"</p>
<p>In 1990, when Iraq invaded Kuwait, British Prime Minister Margaret Thatcher famously warned the first President Bush not to go wobbly. Today, the US should threaten less and deliver more. Pakistan, a major ally, seems a good place to show American mettle.
 It is an easier nut to crack than Iraq, and the US need not wait for the winter or anything else, other than finding its backbone.</p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>31/12/2011 11:51:03</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/16164/Show+US+mettle+in+Pakistan</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">16164</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>16167</publicationdataID>
      <title>How does Al-Qaida stay organised when its members are in hiding and scattered across the world?</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p><strong>The Guardian<br />
Easy - it runs a website, says Paul Eedle </strong></p>
<p>For a secret organisation hunted by the intelligence services of the most powerful nations on earth, al-Qaida has a remarkably public face. It is a website run by the Centre for Islamic Studies and Research. Since the start of the war on terrorism, the site
 has been producing hundreds of pages of material to rally support among radical Muslims, scare the west and enable al-Qaida cells to operate independently of Osama bin Laden and other leaders now in hiding.
</p>
<p>The site is entirely in Arabic, which means that tens of millions of people who hate American policies on the Middle East can read it, but almost nobody in either the governments or the media of the west can understand a word.
</p>
<p>The website is central to al-Qaida's strategy to ensure that its war with the US will continue even if many of its cells across the world are broken up and its current leaders are killed or captured. The site's function is to deepen and broaden worldwide
 Muslim support, allowing al-Qaida or successor organisations to fish for recruits, money and political backing.
</p>
<p>The whole thrust of the site, from videos glorifying September 11 to Islamic legal arguments justifying the killing of civilians, and even poetry, is to convince radical Muslims that, for decades, the US has been waging a war to destroy Islam, and that they
 must fight back. "America is the cause of every injustice, every wrong, every tyranny that afflicts Muslims... It is steeped in the blood of Muslims," wrote Sulaiman Bu Ghaith, an al-Qaida spokesman, in a series of articles published on the site last month
 entitled Under the Shadow of Spears. "America does not understand dialogue. Nor peaceful coexistence. Nor appeals, nor condemnation, nor criticism. America will only be stopped by blood."
</p>
<p>The site works to maintain the morale of al-Qaida supporters in the face of obvious reverses since September 11. In a letter to "brother mojahedin everywhere" in late May, Bu Ghaith warned: "My dear brothers: the path of principles and prayers is surrounded
 by calamities and obstacles, full of dangers and misfortunes, prison, death, banishment and exile. One day the believers are victorious over the infidels, the next day the infidels are victorious over the believers. Victory will never be the ally of either
 side, although definitely in the end the believers will triumph." </p>
<p>He repeated the message in an audio recording on the site late last month. He also warned of new attacks on the US and promised a television appearance soon by Bin Laden. The story topped world headlines when the satellite TV channel al-Jazeera broadcast
 the recording, although it did not mention the website as the original source. Al-Qaida has also been using the site to launch diatribes against Muslims who question its strategy of total war with America.
</p>
<p>Although there is deep, broad anger in the Muslim world against US policies, there has been a surprising amount of criticism of al-Qaida from radicals who were once its allies and even its religious mentors. Shaykh Salman al-Oadah, for instance, who was
 admired by Bin Laden as one of the two religious leaders of Saudi Arabia's opposition movement in the mid-1990s, condemned the September 11 attacks for killing civilians. In April, he coordinated an open letter by 150 Saudi intellectuals entitled How We Can
 Coexist, calling for a dialogue with the west. Muntasser al-Zayyat, a lawyer for Egypt's radical Islamic Group, part of which merged with al-Qaida in the 90s, criticised al-Qaida for releasing a video featuring one of the September 11 hijackers explaining
 his motives for martyrdom at a time when Israeli-Palestinian violence was at its peak in April. He said the video, broadcast by al-Jazeera, diverted attention from the Palestinian issue and risked alienating potential supporters of the Palestinian cause in
 the west. </p>
<p>Al-Qaida reacted furiously with a deluge of polemic on its website defending the entire conduct of its war against the west and dismissing any approach to the west other than violence. One statement on the subject of "the legality of the operations in Washington
 and New York" laid out seven grounds in Islamic law on which it is permissible to kill "sacrosanct infidels" - essentially civilians - and six grounds on which it is permissible to kill Muslims.
</p>
<p>These polemics explain why the site is so important to al-Qaida and why the real action in radical Muslim politics is now in a jungle of websites, bulletin boards, email lists and chatrooms on the internet. Al-Qaida knows it has to engage people there if
 it is to dominate debate. </p>
<p>The Centre for Islamic Studies and Research website is a substantial undertaking. It has 11 sections, including the centre's own reports of fighting in Afghanistan, a regular digest of world media coverage of the conflict, books of jihad theology to download,
 videos such as the hijacker's testament, information about prisoners held in Pakistan and Guantanamo Bay, and poetry about jihad.
</p>
<p>The site has been hosted by legitimate internet service providers in Malaysia and, more recently, the US, at addresses such as
<a href="http://www.alneda.com" target="_NEW">www.alneda.com</a> and <a href="http://www.drasat.com" target="_NEW">
www.drasat.com</a>. The site has been shut down three times, each time because CNN was researching a story about the site and emailed the ISP for comment. As soon as the ISPs realised what they were hosting, they closed it. The site is now offline, but it is
 of such importance to al-Qaida that it is likely to try to find a new way to publish it.
</p>
<p>There has been media speculation that the site is being used to direct al-Qaida operational cells, and it has certainly carried low-level operational information. In February it published the names and home phone numbers of 84 al-Qaida fighters captured
 by Pakistan after their escape from fighting in Afghanistan, presumably with the aim that sympathisers would contact their families and let them know they were alive.
</p>
<p>More broadly, the site supports al-Qaida's effort since the war in Afghanistan to disperse its forces and enable them to operate independently. It provides all the strategic guidance, theological argument and moral inspiration - in a word, leadership - that
 a cell of trained al-Qaida operatives would need to plan an attack on western targets.
</p>
<p>A statement signed by Qaidat al-Jihad ("the Base of Jihad", al-Qaida's official name), published on the site in April, said: "God has enabled al-Qaida by his grace to reorganise its ranks, distribute its forces and arrange cooperation with the Afghan mojahedin.
 Serious work has begun inside Afghanistan. As for work abroad against the Americans and the Jews, matters have been arranged so that if one link is removed, however large its organisational importance, the organisation will not be struck by fatal blows, for
 new units have been formed..." </p>
<p>Whether Bin Laden, al-Qaida's Egyptian theorist Ayman al-Zawahiri and their colleagues are on a mountain in the Hindu Kush or living with their beards shaved off in a suburb of Karachi no longer matters to the organisation. They can inspire and guide a worldwide
 movement without physically meeting their followers - without even knowing who they are.
</p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>31/12/2011 11:52:41</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/16167/How+does+AlQaida+stay+organised+when+its+members+are+in+hiding+and+scattered+across+the+world</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">16167</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>16169</publicationdataID>
      <title>Bin Laden still alive, says senator</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p><strong>Bin Laden still alive, says senator<br />
BBC</strong></p>
<p><strong>Bin Laden suspected alive <br />
U</strong>S Senator Bob Graham, head of the Senate's Intelligence Committee, is convinced Osama Bin Laden is still alive.
<br />
<br />
The senator, who is regularly briefed by US intelligence agencies, told Panorama's Jane Corbin: "Our intelligence sources say that they think he's (Bin Laden) still alive and they believe he probably is in those tribal territories between Afghanistan and Pakistan.
<br />
<br />
"Can they give you an address, zip code and telephone number? No. <br />
<br />
"There is compelling evidence that in fact a significant part of what remains of the hierarchy of al-Qaeda has moved from Afghanistan into Pakistan and would try to regroup and regenerate from there."
<br />
<br />
<strong>Threat from Pakistan <br />
</strong><br />
Senator Graham adds: "The worst case scenario would be if a terrorist group such as al-Qaeda were to gain access to the arsenal of nuclear weapons and missiles which the Pakistani Government has and use them for terrorist purposes."
<br />
<br />
Musharraf: Al-Qaeda in Pakistani cities cannot be ruled out<br />
<br />
And General Perez Musharraf has admitted that al-Qaeda has infiltrated Pakistani cities.
<br />
<br />
Speaking to Panorama, the Pakistani president said: "The possibility of their (al-Qaeda terrorists) moving into our cities is always there and that is what was proved when we moved against their groups in Faslabad and Lahore and got about over 40 of them, and
 Abu Zabada. <br />
<br />
"So therefore I cannot rule out they're being in our cities, but they will be in small numbers, in penny packets, that is a surety."
<br />
<br />
<strong>'Osama was at Tora Bora' <br />
</strong><br />
In the programme, Jane Corbin follows the escape route taken by the al-Qaeda leader from the Afghan capital.
<br />
<br />
During the battle in Tora Bora it was possible for al-Qaeda to escape... there was some kind of dishonesty
<br />
<br />
<strong>Afghan warlord Hazret Ali </strong><br />
<br />
Afghan warlord Hazret Ali, who fought alongside the Americans at the Tora Bora battle, tells Panorama: "Osama, as far as I knew, was at the battle at Tora Bora.
<br />
<br />
"One of the prisoners who was captured told us that he saw him with his own eyes and I also had information from my own sources that Osama was out here at Tora Bora."
<br />
<br />
And he confirms suspicions that treacherous local warlords, supposedly helping the Americans, enabled Bin Laden and his most hardened fighters to escape from the battle.
<br />
<br />
"During the battle in Tora Bora it was possible for al-Qaeda to escape - I cannot point to anyone but I think there was some kind of dishonesty."</p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>31/12/2011 11:54:06</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/16169/Bin+Laden+still+alive+says+senator</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">16169</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>16170</publicationdataID>
      <title>Quicksand in Pakistan</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p><strong>International Herald Tribune</strong></p>
<p>The United States has no more important ally in the war against terrorism than Pakistan. Were Pakistan and its nuclear weapons to fall under the control of Islamic fundamentalists, American security would be gravely threatened. That is why it is critically
 important that General Pervez Musharraf deal smartly with the rising challenge to his pro-Western, secular rule. Mounting criticism from Islamic militants and the mainstream press has started to focus on his decision to ally Pakistan with the United States,
 and on the recent American pressure on Pakistan to stop aiding the Islamic guerrillas in neighboring Kashmir. The general has also infuriated many political leaders by moving to consolidate and enhance his powers in spite of his earlier pledge to restore self-government.
 These are serious problems that could abruptly undercut Pakistan's role in the war on terrorism.
</p>
<p>Since Sept. 11, Musharraf has engaged in an impressive balancing act, shifting his nation from its longtime support for the Taliban in Afghanistan to an alliance with the United States against the Taliban and Al Qaeda. Last January he gave a historic speech
 explaining why Pakistan must align itself with the West and against Islamic militant hatred of America. It was a courageous address at a pivotal moment for Pakistan and the United States.
</p>
<p>More recently the general has drawn criticism over the involvement of the Pakistani military in chasing after Qaeda forces in the semiautonomous northwest tribal areas, especially after 10 Pakistani soldiers died in an unsuccessful raid on a suspected Qaeda
 hideout. But Musharraf has most overplayed his hand in matters related to Pakistan's continuing support of the anti-India uprising in Kashmir and by his move to undercut, in advance, the results of the parliamentary election scheduled for later this year.
</p>
<p>The explosive Kashmir situation has eased somewhat, in part because of the general's assurances that Pakistan would halt its aid to militant groups operating in what is India's only Muslim-dominated state. In the face of criticism in the press and elsewhere
 that he has been too compliant toward President George W. Bush, who demanded a cutoff in aid to Kashmiri militants, Musharraf must work harder to make Pakistanis aware that support of violence in Kashmir or anywhere else can only undercut the nation's stability.
</p>
<p>As for democratic self-rule, Musharraf has unfortunately succumbed to a dismal pattern that has recurred throughout Pakistan's history. He seized power from an elected government headed by Prime Minister Nawaz Sharif, with whom the public was clearly disenchanted.
 What Musharraf has forgotten is that the public can become quickly disillusioned with a military government when it thinks the generals are trying to grasp for power and stifle democratic institutions. It was a blunder, for example, for Musharraf to have sponsored
 a referendum on his leadership this year, banned opposition groups from working against it and then declared that its passage gave him a mandate to rule for five more years.
</p>
<p>Facing these sentiments, the general should not postpone the parliamentary elections scheduled for October. Nor should he take any steps to hamstring the opposition's ability to contest them. Last month he proposed constitutional changes that would enable
 him to dismiss a new Parliament and prime minister and set up a shadow government in the form of a national security council that he could control, reducing the new civilian government to a puppet. These proposals should be reconsidered and promptly withdrawn.
</p>
<p>The United States has an incalculable interest in maintaining friendship with Pakistan at this delicate moment. But Washington must encourage a return to civilian rule as the best guarantor of stability and popular support for the alliance with the United
 States in the fight against terrorism. </p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>31/12/2011 11:55:19</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/16170/Quicksand+in+Pakistan</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">16170</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>16173</publicationdataID>
      <title>Kabul wary of efforts to create pact with Pakistan</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p><strong>Times Online<br />
By Shyam Bhatia in Kabul</strong></p>
<p>Efforts to encourage greater co-operation between Afghanistan and Pakistan in the war against terrorism are being opposed by senior Afghan government officials, who fear that they are being pushed into a formal act with Islamabad.
</p>
<p>American and European diplomats in Kabul say that they are hoping for a constructive relationship between the two countries, but deny that there have been any covert attempts to forge a military pact. However, Muhammad Fahim, the Afghan Defense Minister
 said that his understanding was that Washington would like Afghanistan to sign a pact with Pakistan.<br />
<br />
"The United States has been hoping that we would reach a joint security agreement with Pakistan against terrorism,” Mr Fahim told The Times. "I can tell you for the record that this will not work because terrorism and terrorists are being accommodated by Pakistan.
 Terrorists are trained there in that country. </p>
<p>The Minister said that he and Ahmed Shah Masood, the late commander of the Northern Alliance, believed that they had been marked for assassination by Pakistan, which continued to be a heaven for terrorist trained by its Intelligence services. " Any move
 for a joint security pact could only be purely symbolic,” he said. "Anything else would not be practical because we are not able to trust Pakistan.
</p>
<p>"How concerns have been echoed by another senior Afghan official, Ahmad Wali Masood, the Ambassador to Britain.
</p>
<p>He said: "Let’s put it this way- there has been some sort of persuading or punishing the government to forge a special friendship with Pakistan. But we said this idea was not good. Let the representative parliament decide with whom they are going to form
 a strategic friendship. </p>
<p>" If someone pushes the government, or makes use of this government to form this kind of alliance, it will be dangerous for Afghanistan. Some sort of polarization will start and Afghanistan will be divided. That’s not a good idea. Let’s get the people of
 Afghanistan together in peace and prosperity and let them decide on their own political destiny.
</p>
<p>The diplomatic move follows the failure of coalition forces to capture top Teleban and Al-Qaeda leaders, including Mullah Mohammad Omar and Osama bin Laden, who were driven out of Kabul last November. Capturing them remains a US priority.
</p>
<p>One American official, noting that President Musharraf of Pakistan had gone out of his way to reach out to the new Afghan Government, said, ”We think that it is important for Pakistan and Afghanistan to build a constructive relationship based on the accomplishments
 of both nations made in the war against terrorism.” </p>
<p>Asked if America was trying to promote a military pact between the two countries, a Western diplomat in Kabul said: " There is no US plan to push for a pact. But there is a US interest for both parties to have good relations.”
</p>
<p>Mr. Fahim underlined his hopes of attracting foreign assistance to raise a reconstituted national army of 150,000 men. He also praised the International Security Assistance Force (Isaf) that patrols the streets of Kabul and was led by Britain until last
 month.</p>
<p>Acknowledging his earlier reservations about the security force's deployment, Mr. Fahim said: " Whatever i said before reflected popular sentiment, because in the beginning people were worried that Isaf would interfere in the internal affairs of my country.
 But over a period of time people realized that Isaf is not an invader. On the contrary, it serves and helps people."</p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>31/12/2011 11:56:47</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/16173/Kabul+wary+of+efforts+to+create+pact+with+Pakistan</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">16173</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>16174</publicationdataID>
      <title>As Pakistani s Popularity Slides, Busharraf Is a Figure of Ridicule</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p><strong>The New York Times</strong></p>
<p>ISLAMABAD, Pakistan, July 4 — The man chosen to provide the local muscle in America's campaign against terrorism is finding himself with hardly a friend at home.</p>
<p>Gen. Pervez Musharraf, Pakistan's dictator, who bet his future on a post-Sept. 11 alliance with the West, has lost considerable popular support as he has forced a series of dramatic changes on this Islamic country at the behest of his foreign allies, according
 to recent interviews with dozens of Pakistanis. </p>
<p>Nine months after joining the Western coalition against terrorism, General Musharraf, 58, is isolated in his own land, increasingly a figure of ridicule and the focus of a growing anti-Western fury that is shared by Islamic militants and the middle class
 alike.</p>
<p>The decline in the general's fortunes represents an abrupt turnaround since last autumn, when he was hailed at home and in the West as a reform-minded Muslim leader in the mold of Ataturk, the founder of modern Turkey and one of the general's heroes.</p>
<p>The general's hold over the army and at least the upper echelons of Pakistan's powerful intelligence services is not in doubt, for now, and there appears to be no immediate threat to his power. But at no time since Sept. 11 has he appeared as isolated or
 vulnerable.</p>
<p>General Musharraf's dutiful carrying out of Washington's demands is galvanizing a widespread feeling here that he has largely traded away Pakistan's sovereignty to the United States and that Pakistan's new policy toward Kashmir is the latest in a series
 of humiliations he has endured at America's hand. With F.B.I. agents now joining in raids of suspected hideouts of Al Qaeda and the Taliban, the anti-American sentiment here has reached a peak.</p>
<p>Indeed, General Musharraf has become so closely identified with the Americans that he has even earned a nickname on Pakistan's streets: "Busharraf."</p>
<p>A nationwide referendum on his rule two months ago was regarded so widely as fraudulent that the general was forced to acknowledge the nation's anger publicly.
</p>
<p>His decision this spring to block the infiltration of Islamic fighters into the Indian-held part of Kashmir, while averting a war with India, is prompting threats of revenge from the militants.
</p>
<p>"If America stops its support, Musharraf wouldn't last for a day," said Usman Majeed, 31, a businessman in Islamabad, echoing the sentiment of many middle-class Pakistanis. "Musharraf is doing all these unconstitutional things because he has America's support.
 But America is not our friend."</p>
<p>While no public opinion polls are available to judge the general's performance, many anecdotal indicators, like his portrayal in the press and comments from political and business leaders around the country, suggest that public confidence in him has eroded
 markedly in recent months.</p>
<p>A vivid illustration of the general's changing fortunes can be found in an influential Pakistani monthly, The Herald. After General Musharraf's major speech on Jan. 12, when he proposed to turn the country away from militant Islam, he appeared on the magazine's
 cover, dressed in a white tunic and gesturing boldly under the headline "Musharraf's New Pakistan."</p>
<p>Two months later he appeared on the cover again, his face bloated and sweating, hiding behind a mask of Gen. Mohammad Zia ul-Haq, Pakistan's dictator in the 1980's, who is widely reviled for his brutality and for supporting the forces of militant Islam.
 The headline: "Games Dictators Play."</p>
<p>"I think he missed his opportunity," said Afrasiab Khattak, a lawyer and human rights advocate in Peshawar. "Once he had the public behind him. But now he has chosen only to perpetuate his own power."</p>
<p>As his popularity ebbs, the general is making efforts to shore up his rule. </p>
<p>Last week he announced that he was considering rewriting the Constitution to give himself the power to dissolve Parliament and dismiss the prime minister in any future elected government. With the general widely expected to hold parliamentary elections in
 the fall, many analysts here say he is setting the stage for an almost certain confrontation.</p>
<p>After the events of Sept. 11, when President Bush offered General Musharraf the stark choice of helping the West or opposing it, he embarked on a bold course intended to lead this Islamic republic down a more moderate and secular path.
</p>
<p>He withdrew support for the Taliban, the militant Islamic group that ruled neighboring Afghanistan and which his country's intelligence agencies had helped to create, and orchestrated a crackdown against militant Islamic groups that had long sent fighters
 to Afghanistan and Kashmir and were threatening to radicalize Pakistan itself.</p>
<p>At the time, General Musharraf demonstrated a combination of boldness and agility that enabled him to prevail in the face of extraordinary pressures. He faced down his critics and outmaneuvered his enemies, particularly the Islamists within his army.
</p>
<p>To do that he relied on the support of the vast majority of Pakistanis who share his vision of moderate Islam and who were willing to set aside their desires for a more democratic government.</p>
<p>But the general's nimbleness seems to have failed him, and the people have taken notice.
</p>
<p>General Musharraf's eroding fortunes present American officials with a quandary: if they keep pushing the leader of Pakistan to help prosecute the campaign against the terrorism and to avoid a potentially catastrophic war on the subcontinent, they may also
 contribute to his downfall.</p>
<p>American officials have long worried about the prospect of Pakistan's nuclear weapons falling into the wrong hands, particularly in case of a takeover by Islamic militants. At the very least it seems likely that domestic pressures may force the general to
 balk at future American demands, particularly insistence that he continue to shut down the flow of insurgents into Kashmir.</p>
<p>General Musharraf may yet regain his footing. He still commands the support of a large number of Pakistanis, particularly those who see him as the only alternative to rule by conservative mullahs or by elected thieves.
</p>
<p>Even in a country as vibrant as Pakistan, with a relatively free press and an outspoken populace, the general need not fear a public rebellion yet. As long as the army remains unified behind him, he will probably be able to continue in office.</p>
<p>The concern among some Pakistanis, though, is that he may rule in a vacuum. As his support fades, he will feel less and less confident to make politically difficult choices, like taking on the militants who want to fight in Kashmir.</p>
<p>"There is a growing perception that Musharraf is a weak person, a weak commander, who continuously retreats," said A. H. Nayyar, a physics professor at Qaid-e-Azam University.</p>
<p>For now the more immediate danger is an attack by one of the many militant groups that have made the general their enemy. A senior Pakistani official said last week that suspected members of Al Qaeda imprisoned at Guantánamo Bay had told their American interrogators
 of a plot to kill General Musharraf for his perceived betrayal. </p>
<p>Security around him has been beefed up recently, the official said, and he is so concerned about traitors in his ranks that he often carries his own handgun.</p>
<p>Some militant groups, blocked for the first time from moving into the Indian side of Kashmir, are vowing to strike back. Some people worry that militants may be conspiring with some elements inside the Pakistan Army to destabilize the general's government.</p>
<p>"No Pakistani leader has ever betrayed Kashmir and survived," said Yahya Mujahid, a leader of Lashkar-e-Taiba, or the Army of the Pure, which has been outlawed by the Pakistani government and deemed a terrorist organization by the United States. "We are
 angry."</p>
<p>The last Pakistani leader who showed weakness over Kashmir was Prime Minister Nawaz Sharif, who under pressure from the United States and India withdrew his forces from the Kargil region of India three years ago. Two months later, he was overthrown and arrested.</p>
<p>The man who toppled him, of course, was General Musharraf, the leader of the Pakistan Army.</p>
<p>Some Pakistanis have begun to speculate that Islamic militants inside the military may try to topple General Musharraf, especially if he continues to block the militants in Kashmir. For years the Pakistan Army and Inter-Services Intelligence trained and
 armed Islamic radicals to fight in places like Afghanistan and Kashmir. </p>
<p>Severing that connection might be more difficult than simply issuing an order.</p>
<p>"The army is a very disciplined force, but the president has taken actions against the broad national sentiments," said Lt. Gen. Hamid Gul, a retired chief of the intelligence agency and a supporter of militant Islamic groups. "Its discipline could be tested."</p>
<p>Outside the army, there is discontent among many moderate Pakistanis who see signs that General Musharraf's stifling of democracy is beginning to push Pakistani society into the hands of the militants.</p>
<p>"America is making things worse by supporting the general," said Mr. Khattak, the Peshawar lawyer. "After Sept. 11, democracy is indispensable here. Only democracy can root out terrorism."</p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>31/12/2011 11:58:17</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/16174/As+Pakistani+s+Popularity+Slides+Busharraf+Is+a+Figure+of+Ridicule</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">16174</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>16183</publicationdataID>
      <title>India: Militant infiltration on rise again</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p><strong>The New York Times</strong></p>
<p>NEW DELHI (Reuters) - India said on Wednesday militant infiltrations into Indian Kashmir, which slowed recently, had risen again despite Pakistani pledges to halt such incursions aimed at ending a military standoff between the nuclear-capable foes.</p>
<p>``Initially there was some evidence of some reduction in infiltration which in recent days seems to have gone back to the situation that was prevailing prior to May 24,'' India's new foreign minister Yashwant Sinha told reporters.</p>
<p>On May 27, Pakistan's President Pervez Musharraf said no infiltration was taking place across the Line of Control dividing Indian and Pakistani forces in the disputed Kashmir region. He also pledged Pakistan would not allow its territory to be used as a
 base ``for terrorism against anybody.''</p>
<p>``We are looking at it (infiltration) on a continuous, almost day-to-day vigil,'' said Sinha, named foreign minister on Monday in a cabinet shuffle. ``We need to be very, very careful in our dealings with President Musharraf.''</p>
<p>India and Pakistan backed away from a war over Kashmir after Musharraf's pledge to stop Islamic militants from crossing into Indian Kashmir to join a revolt against New Delhi's rule. But India has said it will keep its army massed on the border until it
 is convinced infiltration has halted.</p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>31/12/2011 12:13:31</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/16183/India+Militant+infiltration+on+rise+again</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">16183</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>16186</publicationdataID>
      <title>Al Qaeda thriving in Pakistani Kashmir</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p><strong>The Christian Science Monitor<br />
By Philip Smucker </strong></p>
<p><strong>TARSHING, KASHMIR</strong> – Nasir Ali, a wiry jeep driver, says Al Qaeda fighters from Afghanistan have arrived here in large numbers. He should know, he says, because he was the one who gave them a lift in from northern Pakistan after their escape
 from Afghanistan. "I, myself, drove three Arab fighters into the center of Kashmir," says Ali. "I carried them only part way in and their own jeeps met us and drove them the rest of the way. Hundreds have entered Kashmir in the last several months."</p>
<p>Mr. Ali, an employee for a private transport company, described in detail subsequent meetings with Middle Eastern fighters he admires. Ali's account, and several others gathered this week, of how groups of Al Qaeda fighters have infiltrated Kashmir present
 a harrowing prospect for Washington. Strategic analysts have long warned that Osama bin Laden's Al Qaeda network is keen to exploit tensions between the two nuclear powers of India and Pakistan, whose governments both claim full rights to divided Kashmir.A
 week-long investigation uncovered evidence that Al Qaeda and an array of militant affiliate groups are prospering inside Pakistani-controlled Kashmir, with the tacit approval of Pakistani intelligence. The evidence comes after recent statements by US Defense
 Secretary Donald Rumsfeld that he had "seen indications that there are Al Qaeda operating near the [UN] Line of Control" that separates Indian and Pakistani Kashmir, but that he had no hard evidence on numbers or location.</p>
<p>Senior officials in Pakistan called Mr. Rumsfeld's statements inaccurate and stressed that he had no real evidence. But the Pakistani military, which has begun to chase stray Al Qaeda elements in its tribal areas bordering Afghanistan, has been unwilling
 to crack down in Kashmir on Islamic militant groups that it has been pledging to eradicate since January.</p>
<p><strong>Militants out in the open</strong></p>
<p>Near the town of Astore, the gateway to northern Kashmir, sledgehammer blows echo across the steep valley walls as villagers break boulders and lay gravel for a new strategic road. Pakistani army engineers and villagers, drenched in perspiration and the
 light patter of early monsoon rains, look up as a shiny new jeep passes them with a bearded mullah smiling in the back seat. The vehicle bears a banner proclaiming the arrival in Kashmir of Harakat ul Mujahideen, an organization high on the US government's
 list of terrorist groups.</p>
<p>The Pakistani government has banned the group, which has intimate ties to Al Qaeda and suffered heavy losses while fighting the Western antiterror coalition last year in Afghanistan. The group, which wants Kashmir to be ruled by strict Islamic law, lost
 22 fighters in a single US airstrike last year in Kabul. After the deaths, senior officials in Peshawar said that they would avenge the killings and continue their holy war.</p>
<p>The group now operates with impunity in this remote part of northern Kashmir. Fighters for several like-minded Pakistani "jihad" groups stream up and down a road leading to the Line of Control near Kupwara.</p>
<p>Pakistan's guerrilla war to liberate Indian Kashmir has been largely delegated to an array of holy warriors. Critics say that this "privatization" of the war allows the Pakistani government to continue to support its interest in recapturing Kashmir while
 denying any official government responsibility for armed attacks inside Indian Kashmir.</p>
<p>Mohammad Muslim, the regional chief of Pakistan's powerful Interservices Intelligence (ISI) agency, says there are no Al Qaeda cells operating inside Kashmir. But he bitterly denounces what he calls the US government's "war against Islam."</p>
<p>"The US government destroyed the World Trade Center so that it would have an excuse to destroy Afghanistan," he says, drinking tea in the office of the regional police chief, who nods in full agreement. "After that, the US military killed tens of thousands
 of women and children in Afghanistan."</p>
<p><strong>Bin Laden 'wrongly vilified'</strong></p>
<p>The terse comments from the Pakistani official highlight long-standing Western concerns that Islamic radicals hold sway within the ISI, an agency that rose to prominence with CIA funding during the war against the Soviets in Afghanistan. Some of Musharraf's
 own intelligence officials, like Mr. Muslim, are now scoffing at the Pakistani president's professed new pro-Western, "anti-terrorist" stance here in Kashmir.</p>
<p>Asked if he agreed that Al Qaeda was a terrorist group, Muslim chuckled and said that Osama bin Laden has been wrongly vilified through CIA-produced fake videos of him talking about the World Trade Center attack. He added: "We don't have to agree with Musharraf
 here. He is the leader of our country, but he is not an elected leader."</p>
<p><strong>A limited crackdown</strong></p>
<p>Pakistan has not been completely inactive against Al Qaeda and its affiliates. Near the Afghan border last week, 10 Pakistani soldiers were killed in a firefight with Al Qaeda troops, and over the weekend, the government claimed to have nearly 3,000 troops
 combing the area for bin Laden's men.</p>
<p>But with "banned" militant groups operating in the open in Kashmir, it is increasingly clear that there are limits to the crackdown.</p>
<p>For Mr. Musharraf, reversing past government policies may prove easier said than done. Since 1989, the Pakistani government has openly helped the uprising against government forces in Indian Kashmir. In the '90s the ISI paid for Kashmiri guerrilla training
 camps to be moved into Afghanistan with the help of groups like Harakat ul Mujahideen.</p>
<p>Now, these same jihad fighters are flocking back to Kashmir. Some of the best guerrillas, say Kashmiri locals, are Arabs and other foreign nationals in bin Laden's group. "They are the most courageous fighters," says an unemployed local tour guide, speaking
 at the base of the 26,660-foot Nanga Parbat mountain. "They will ford a rushing stream at the risk of drowning."</p>
<p>Nasir Ali, the jeep driver, agrees. "They are the bravest. They are the elite warriors. If you talk with the most devoted fighters, most of them will tell you that the only way to deal with the
<em>kafirs</em> [infidels] is to sacrifice yourself by strapping on bombs. This, they say, is the way of the true jihad fighter."</p>
<p>The Harakat and other Islamic jihadi groups also continue to staff offices in Pakistan proper near the Karakoram Highway which covers a stretch of the ancient "Silk Road." The road runs from Abbottabad along the western perimeter of Kashmir and into China.</p>
<p><strong>School for Islamic fighters</strong></p>
<p>Near the town of Besham in the Alai valley, the "School for the Revival of Islam" advertises on a large billboard that instructors provide Koranic studies and "military lessons." Students said the guerrilla tactics have proven useful in Kashmir.</p>
<p>Across the countryside, the Islamabad government is facing protests against its efforts to register and reorganize religious schools that foster a culture of militancy.</p>
<p>Leaders of these schools have strongly criticized President Musharraf for supporting what they call Western "infidel powers" and have vowed, along with the militant groups they nurture, to resist what they see as government interference in their activities.</p>
<p>Shabir Ahmed Madani, an armed activist with Harakat ul Mujahideen, whose own mountain redoubt is reached by a small cable car that swings precariously across an immense gorge, says his organization has played a vital role in moving thousands of Afghan and
 Arab fighters across northern Pakistan and into Kashmir.</p>
<p>"We have sent all of our Afghan friends to Kashmir," he says. "The army won't dare come across this valley and try to close us down. We have guns and we won't let his forces across this ravine." Mr. Madani readily provided a bank account and name for anyone
 interested in donating to his group's holy war.</p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>31/12/2011 12:15:05</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/16186/Al+Qaeda+thriving+in+Pakistani+Kashmir</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">16186</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>16187</publicationdataID>
      <title>Pakistan criticized for lack of action</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p><strong>BBC</strong></p>
<p>The authorities in Pakistan have been heavily criticised by a leading writer and journalist for their failure to crack down on militant groups in the region.</p>
<p>Ahmed Rashid accused the ruling military regime of not putting "its money where its mouth is" over its failure to dismantle the al-Qaeda network.
</p>
<p>He said: "The regime is at the moment is running scared of the fundamentalists, you know although this is a military regime I think they are unwilling to do anything seriously to crack down."
</p>
<p>"There's huge international pressure to have a decisive policy towards the extremist groups which the government has announced but does not seem to be willing to carry out."
</p>
<p><strong>Tough speaking</strong></p>
<p>In January under pressure from India and the West, the president of Pakistan, General Musharraf banned five militant groups.
</p>
<p>In a televised address to the nation he also announced that Pakistan would no longer be used as a base for religious extremists and groups that supported terrorism.
</p>
<p>But in an interview with HARDtalk Pakistan, Mr Rashid said that tough words had failed to be converted into decisive action.
</p>
<p>He said: "Musharraf banned these five groups in January but they're still wandering around and they're holding press conferences and rallies."
</p>
<p>"We still see them all the time and they are acting very threateningly. So the regime is not prepared to actually put its money where its mouth is."
</p>
<p><strong>Safe houses</strong></p>
<p>Mr Rashid also claimed that after 11 September members of the Taleban and Al Qaeda have crossed into Pakistan.
</p>
<p>He claimed that they are not only living openly in the country, but that they also have the support of the people.
</p>
<p>He said: "Clearly there is a whole network, a whole grid of safe houses, of cars, of logistics, of support for these militants inside Pakistan and the regime has done absolutely nothing about tackling this issue."
</p>
<p>He added: "Most of the Taleban cabinet is living in Peshawar, untouched. They go shopping, they meet people, they have dinner parties, they invite people into their homes. Many of them are living in Quetta and many of the other Taleban and Al Qaeda are living
 in Punjab and in Karachi." </p>
<p><strong>Warning</strong></p>
<p>Ahmed Rashid is highly regarded as the author of 'Taliban-Militant Islam, Oil and Fundamentalism in Central Asia.'
</p>
<p>Originally published in 1998 the book at the time made little impact. </p>
<p>But in 'Taliban', Mr Rashid, warned about the threat of the Taleban and the plight of the Afghan people.
</p>
<p>Mr Rashid also claimed that US policy in Afghanistan will fail because they insist on still pursuing it as a war, which in the long term could cause problems.
</p>
<p>He said: "US policy right now in Afghanistan is proving disastrous because the Pentagon is running the policy. They are pursuing it still as a war. Donald Rumsfeld constantly says there's a war on."
</p>
<p>He added: "What most what most people are concerned about is how are you helping reconstruct the country, how are you helping the political process."
</p>
<p>"I think the Americans have lost a great deal in this process and it doesn't seem that the Bush administration has got the message."
</p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>31/12/2011 12:16:42</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/16187/Pakistan+criticized+for+lack+of+action</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">16187</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>16189</publicationdataID>
      <title>Terrorist wage a new jihad in Kashmir</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p><strong>The Telegraph</strong></p>
<p><strong>Forced out of Afghanistan, troops close to al-Qa'eda are regrouping in northern Kashmir, reports Philip Smucker in Tarshing.
</strong></p>
<p>A jeep negotiates a gorge deep in Pakistani-controlled Kashmir. Across its bonnet is a banner proclaiming the arrival of a leader from an organisation on the US government's list of terrorist groups.</p>
<p>He and his warriors have come to fight in what is fast becoming "for some in the Islamic world" one of the holiest of guerrilla wars, the fight for the liberation of Indian-controlled Kashmir.</p>
<p>Members of Harakat ul Majahedeen, which has long had ties to Osama bin Laden's al-Qa'eda network, suffered heavy losses while fighting the Western anti-terrorism coalition last year in Afghanistan. But the group now operates with relative impunity in this
 remote part of northern Kashmir.</p>
<p>Members of several Pakistani "jihad" groups use a road leading to the UN "Line of Control" near Kupwara that is fast being paved by the Pakistani military engineers with the help of local villagers.</p>
<p>What is just as worrying to officials in London and Washington, however, are reports that large groups of al-Qa'eda's elite fighters have entered the fray.</p>
<p>A week-long investigation by The Telegraph provided ample evidence that bin Laden's network and an array of affiliates
<a lang="en.uk" href="http://www.telegraph.co.uk/news/main.jhtml;$sessionid$33MVO1IAAEMEPQFIQMGSFGGAVCBQWIV0?xml=/news/2002/06/13/wkash13.xml">
are prospering amid popular support inside Pakistani-controlled Kashmir</a>.</p>
<p>Nasir Ali, 27, a wiry jeep driver who regularly plies the slippery dirt tracks above the Astore River, said he recently drove three Arab fighters into the centre of Kashmir.</p>
<p>He said:"I drove them only part way in and their own jeeps met us and drove them the rest of the way."</p>
<p>He said: "Hundreds have entered Kashmir in the last several months. In some cases they left their new, four-wheel-drive vehicles with us and rode further into Kashmir with our trucks."</p>
<p>Villagers near the spectacular Nanga Parbat mountain said al-Qa'eda fighters preached to them in their bazaars about the need for self-sacrifice and struggle.</p>
<p>Mohammad Muslim, the regional chief of Pakistan's powerful Interservices Intelligence bureau, denied that al-Qa'eda was operating inside Kashmir.</p>
<p>However, he went on to denounce what he described as America's war against Islam.</p>
<p>"The US government destroyed the World Trade Centre so that it would have an excuse to destroy Afghanistan," he said. "After that, the US military killed tens of thousands of women and children in Afghanistan."</p>
<p>The terse comments from the senior Pakistani intelligence official also highlighted Western fears that
<a lang="en.uk" href="http://www.telegraph.co.uk/news/main.jhtml;$sessionid$33MVO1IAAEMEPQFIQMGSFGGAVCBQWIV0?xml=/news/2002/06/09/wkash109.xml">
Islamic radicals hold sway within the Interservices Intelligence</a>.</p>
<p>Ironically, this bureau rose to prominence with CIA funding during the war against Soviet aggression in Afghanistan.</p>
<p>The Pakistani military <a lang="en.uk" href="http://www.telegraph.co.uk/news/main.jhtml;$sessionid$33MVO1IAAEMEPQFIQMGSFGGAVCBQWIV0?xml=/news/2002/06/27/wafg27.xml">
lost 10 of its own fighters</a> earlier this week in a botched raid on a suspected al-Qa'eda hideout in South Waziristan, close to the Afghan border.</p>
<p>The attack, which left only two militants dead, was conducted on a tip-off from US intelligence sources and was overseen by US officials. It ended in the escape of 32 al-Qa'eda fighters.</p>
<p>However, yesterday Pakistani troops seized at least 16 suspected foreign al-Qa'ida fugitives involved in the shootout.</p>
<p>In the remote highlands President Musharraf's authority carries little weight.</p>
<p>The Pakistani government <a lang="en.uk" href="http://www.telegraph.co.uk/news/main.jhtml;$sessionid$33MVO1IAAEMEPQFIQMGSFGGAVCBQWIV0?xml=/news/2002/06/08/wkash08.xml">
denies that terrorist organisations operate out of its own half of Kashmir</a>. </p>
<p>The guerrilla war to take Indian-held Kashmir has been largely contracted out to a vast array of holy warriors, who answer only to their senior mullahs, or religious leaders.</p>
<p>Locals said some of the best fighters were Arabs in bin Laden's group. "They are the most courageous fighters," said a local tour guide. "They will ford a rushing stream at the risk of drowning."</p>
<p>Nasir Ali, the jeep driver, agreed. "They are the bravest. They are the elite warriors."</p>
<p>He said: "If you talk with the most devoted fighters, most of them will tell you that the only way to deal with the kafirs [infidels] is to sacrifice yourself by strapping on bombs. This, they say, is the way of the true jihad fighter."</p>
<p>Mr Ali described in detail his meetings with one Middle Eastern fighter he named as Mohammad Abdullah, who regularly waves a Koran in the air when he preaches holy war to Kashmiri villagers.</p>
<p>Since 1989, the Pakistani government has helped the uprising against government forces in Indian Kashmir.</p>
<p>In the Nineties, Pakistan's Interservices Intelligence bureau helped move Kashmiri guerrilla training camps into Afghanistan with the help of groups such as Harakat ul Majahedeen, whose members, mostly Pakistani, streamed into al-Qa'eda camps in the east
 of the country.</p>
<p>Despite Pakistan's vows to crack down on Islamic extremism, the Harakat and other
<a lang="en.uk" href="http://www.telegraph.co.uk/news/main.jhtml;$sessionid$33MVO1IAAEMEPQFIQMGSFGGAVCBQWIV0?xml=/news/2002/06/04/wkas104.xml">
Islamic extremists continue to operate openly</a>.</p>
<p>Near the town of Besham in the Alai valley, the "School for the Revival of Islam" advertises on a large billboard that instructors provide Koranic studies and "military lessons". Students said the guerrilla tactics were useful in Kashmir.</p>
<p>Shabir Ahmed Madani, 35, an armed activist with Harakat ul Mujahedeen, whose own mountain redoubt was reached by a small cable car across an immense gorge, said his organisation had played a vital role in moving thousands of Afghan and Arab fighters into
 Kashmir.</p>
<p>"We have sent all of our Afghan friends to Kashmir," he said. "The army won't dare come across this valley and try to close us down. We have guns and we won't let forces across this ravine.'</p>
<li>
<p>Islamic militants fighting Indian rule in Kashmir pledged yesterday to keep up their revolt, which could disrupt elections crucial to bringing peace to the region.</p>
<p>The Hizb ul Mujahideen guerrilla group, based in Pakistan, made its statement after a surge of violence in Indian Kashmir.</p>
</li>]]></description>
      <pubDate>31/12/2011 12:18:22</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/16189/Terrorist+wage+a+new+jihad+in+Kashmir</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">16189</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>16192</publicationdataID>
      <title>Tribal defiance thwarts U.S. hunt for Al Qaeda</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p><strong>Pakistanis in west hinder operations<br />
By Liz Sly, Tribune foreign correspondent<br />
The Chicago Tribune</strong></p>
<p>MIRAN SHAH, Pakistan -- If Osama bin Laden is still hiding in the lawless tribal areas of western Pakistan, the chances that U.S. forces will find him here are fading fast.<br />
<br />
The secretive and highly sensitive hunt for Al Qaeda leaders by Special Forces soldiers, working with the Pakistani army in the one corner of the world where U.S. officials believe bin Laden may be hiding, is faltering in the face of fierce local tribal resistance.<br />
<br />
Since U.S. forces started operating in the tribal area of Waziristan in mid-April, establishing a small but well-publicized presence at a local vocational school, raids on suspected hide-outs have failed to uncover a single Al Qaeda fugitive.<br />
<br />
According to Pakistani military sources, the Americans have now vacated the school, though the sources say the Americans will return if necessary to join in future raids. A brief glimpse inside the white-gated compound displayed no evidence of activity, apart
 from a handful of Pakistani soldiers lounging near the only vehicle parked in the driveway.<br />
<br />
In a related development Tuesday, a U.S. official said a recent audio recording of Al Qaeda's spokesman threatening new attacks against the United States appears to be legitimate. In the tape, the spokesman says bin Laden and a top deputy are alive, as is Taliban
 leader Mullah Mohammed Omar. The message was released as an audio file on Islamic Web sites.<br />
<br />
In the latest setback to the hunt for bin Laden, local tribal leaders said last week at a jirga, or council, that they would continue to cooperate with the search for Al Qaeda only on condition that no U.S. forces are involved. They also demanded that Pakistani
 authorities inform them in advance of the locations for raids, which observers said would guarantee the escape of any fugitives.<br />
<br />
In Miran Shah, the administrative capital of Waziristan, tribal elders insist there are no Al Qaeda leaders in the area and that the Americans are wasting their time.<br />
<br />
"The Americans have entered our territory and searched our area, but neither have they arrested any Arab, and nor is there any Arab in the whole of Waziristan," said Liaq Shah, a local tribal leader.<br />
<br />
Yet U.S. officials suspect this is where at least some Al Qaeda leaders who escaped from Afghanistan are hiding. Sen. Bob Graham (D-Fla.), who heads the Senate Intelligence Committee, said U.S. intelligence believes that if bin Laden is alive, he is most likely
 in the tribal regions of western Pakistan.<br />
<br />
<span style="text-decoration:underline">Focus on Waziristan</span><br />
<br />
The spotlight has fallen on Waziristan, the most remote of the tribal regions bordering Afghanistan and the last to permit outside forces to enter in search of Al Qaeda fugitives.<br />
<br />
In Afghanistan, where U.S. forces have free rein to hunt for Al Qaeda, the ongoing search operation is focusing on areas immediately adjoining Waziristan and its porous, ill-defined border. U.S. forces also are pursuing clues that important Al Qaeda or Taliban
 figures may be hiding in Konar province, northeast of Jalalabad, U.S. officials said Tuesday.<br />
<br />
The presence of U.S. forces in Pakistan is highly sensitive. Officially, the Americans will not admit they are there, but officials privately acknowledge that as many as 100 are working alongside the Pakistani army.<br />
<br />
The entire tribal frontier has been off-limits to outsiders ever since British colonialists gave up trying to subdue the region's unruly Pashtun tribesmen a century ago. The British granted the tribesmen a form of autonomy in their own "agencies," an arrangement
 inherited by the Pakistani government.<br />
<br />
In other parts of the tribal frontier, the hunt has been more successful. After the first reports of Al Qaeda fighters fleeing into Pakistan surfaced during the battle of Tora Bora in December, the Pakistani army entered three tribal agencies closest to the
 battle zone and swiftly secured the cooperation of most tribesmen. Nearly 200 fleeing Al Qaeda fighters were caught.<br />
<br />
But Waziristan, divided into the agencies of North and South Waziristan, has proved a tougher nut to crack. With a history of rebellion against the central government, this desolate territory of soaring mountains and parched, rocky plains, of heavily armed
 tribesmen and ancient blood feuds, has long served as a sanctuary for fugitives.<br />
<br />
The political sympathies of the locals are barely concealed. The religious schools of Waziristan trained many of the Taliban who ruled Afghanistan. Thousands of locals volunteered to fight the Americans on the side of the Taliban last fall.<br />
<br />
"If Osama came to my house, I would give him refuge," said Shah, the tribal leader. "But he isn't here."<br />
<br />
Miran Shah, a short drive from the border, is a notorious center for smuggling, mostly guns, narcotics and stolen cars. It is best-known for its trade in fake passports and visas.<br />
<br />
<span style="text-decoration:underline">Hanging on to autonomy</span><br />
<br />
Local tribesmen have clung to their cherished autonomy, forcing authorities into painstaking negotiations at each stage of their deployment in the area.<br />
<br />
It was only in April, four months after the first reports of Al Qaeda fleeing Afghanistan, that Pakistani troops were first able to enter Waziristan. The first raid involving U.S. forces took place April 26, against a prominent Miran Shah madrassa, or religious
 school, owned by a bin Laden ally. But the raid only enraged the tribesmen, provoking armed demonstrations.<br />
<br />
"The Americans opened our Korans and all our Islamic books, and they locked our mosque, and we are very angry," said Mashar Khan, another tribal elder from the area.<br />
<br />
The crisis with India over Kashmir starting mid-May added to the delays and frustrations. Although Pakistan did not redeploy regular troops, commanders and intelligence experts were diverted to the Indian frontier just as the Waziristan operation was getting
 under way, military sources say.<br />
<br />
Late last month, Pakistani troops finally secured an agreement to enter Shawal, the last unconquered corner of Waziristan and home to some of the most inhospitable terrain in the region. But tribal leaders there have also demanded that no U.S. troops be allowed
 into the area, and the only raid on a suspected hide-out there, conducted by Pakistani troops, triggered more anti-American demonstrations.<br />
<br />
The failure to uncover Al Qaeda fugitives has prompted allegations from Pakistani officials and local tribal leaders that the Americans are acting on faulty intelligence and don't understand local customs.<br />
<br />
<span style="text-decoration:underline">Last raid 3 weeks ago</span><br />
<br />
The last raid involving U.S. forces in the Miran Shah area was three weeks ago, when U.S. commandos accompanied Pakistani troops to search a house in a nearby village. Nothing was found, said Maqsood Ahmed, a local Pakistani official who said he joined the
 operation at 10 minutes notice after being awakened at 5 a.m. by Pakistani military officials and told his presence "was needed."<br />
<br />
"The Americans tell us nothing," he said. "And I don't think they know anything."<br />
<br />
What the Americans know comes mostly from Afghan intelligence officials cooperating with U.S. forces just across the border, many of whom share tribal affiliations--but also feuds--with their fellow Pashtuns in Pakistan. Afghan officials have been claiming
 since March that top Al Qaeda leaders, including bin Laden and his deputy, Ayman al-Zawahiri, have been spotted in the Miran Shah area, and that there may be hundreds of Al Qaeda fighters regrouping in Waziristan--claims to which U.S. officials give credence.<br />
<br />
Pakistani officials and local elders say that if any Al Qaeda leaders were at one time hiding in Waziristan, the well-broadcast presence of U.S. and Pakistani forces must surely have prompted them to move on.<br />
<br />
"Only a stupid person would still be hiding in Waziristan," one Pakistani official said.<br />
<br />
The arrest in March of Abu Zubaydah, a top Al Qaeda logistician, in Faisalabad seems to bear out the contention that Al Qaeda leaders have already slipped out of tribal areas. Several sources say Zubaydah made his way to the eastern Pakistan town from Afghanistan
 via Miran Shah with the help of Pakistani militant sympathizers. But until his arrest, the Pakistani government had been insisting that there were no Al Qaeda leaders anywhere in Pakistan.<br />
<br />
Though tribal elders acknowledge that Al Qaeda fighters, and even top leaders, have almost certainly passed through Waziristan while fleeing Afghanistan, they say it is inconceivable that any are still here. In accordance with tribal custom, no tribesmen could
 harbor an outsider for more than a few days without securing the approval of the entire tribe at a jirga, Shah explained--and none has been held, he said.<br />
<br />
Nonetheless, although Pakistani troops have permission to enter most of Waziristan, there are vast tracts that have not been penetrated, some because they are too remote, others because of local resistance to outsiders.</p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>31/12/2011 12:20:47</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/16192/Tribal+defiance+thwarts+US+hunt+for+Al+Qaeda</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">16192</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>16195</publicationdataID>
      <title>Pakistan's President Could Confront Axis of Extremists Asia</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p><strong>Under a worst-case scenario, three militant groups could link up to try to topple Musharraf.<br />
by TYLER MARSHALL (Times Staff Writer)<br />
The Los Angeles Times</strong></p>
<p>ISLAMABAD, Pakistan -- President Pervez Musharraf faces an ominous new challenge to his rule from
<strong>three Islamic militant groupings that now stand against him, each clearly capable of using violence to bring him down,
</strong>diplomats and others following developments in Pakistan believe.<br />
<br />
The presence of an <strong>undetermined number of fighters from Osama bin Laden's Al Qaeda terrorist network who fled to Pakistan
</strong>last winter after the Taliban regime's collapse in neighboring Afghanistan merely adds to the volatile brew.<br />
<br />
Those who track Pakistan's turbulent domestic political environment worry openly about a nightmare scenario--one in which elements from the
<strong>three diverse strains of militancy set aside their individual causes, link up with Al Qaeda members and unite around a set of shared objectives: removing Musharraf,
</strong>a key U.S. ally in the war on terror; destabilizing the country; and driving the United States from the region. Two of these groups--<strong>one consisting of Pakistanis who fought with the Taliban in Afghanistan, the other made up of Muslim holy warriors
 dedicated to capturing all of the disputed Kashmir region for Pakistan and the Islamic cause--were once de facto allies of Musharraf's government.</strong><br />
<br />
The <strong>third--extremists from Pakistan's majority Sunni sect who have waged a bloody, mafia-style war against the minority Shiites--was already at odds with him.<br />
</strong><br />
The <strong>dangers posed by these extremist groups have increased sharply in recent weeks because of steps taken to ease the crisis with India over Kashmir,</strong> diplomats and others following developments in Pakistan believe.<br />
<br />
To reduce those tensions, <strong>Musharraf intensified a crackdown on militants whom the Pakistani government had for years trained for attacks on Indian-controlled areas of Kashmir.</strong><br />
<br />
With this crackdown coming just nine months after Musharraf withdrew his government's support for the Taliban, angry and disillusioned sympathizers of both the Afghan and Kashmiri causes view the president, a general who took power in a coup, as a traitor to
 militant Islam.<br />
<br />
There are about 1,000 uniformed Americans and a large FBI contingent based here as part of the war on terrorism,
<strong>so the United States has a large stake in Pakistan's internal stability.</strong><br />
<br />
At a different level, Americans also have a stake in a political struggle being watched across the Muslim world--that of a leader who cast his fate with the West in the wake of Sept. 11 and is now locked in a battle to survive the backlash.<br />
<br />
Some observers believe that <strong>informal linkups between militant groups may already have begun.</strong><br />
<br />
Communications Minister Javed Ahraf Qazi, the former head of Pakistan's Inter-Services Intelligence agency, or ISI, said that this month's bombing at the U.S. Consulate in Karachi had the earmarks of cooperation between local religious extremists and Al Qaeda
 refugees believed to be in the rough port city.<br />
<br />
"My suspicion is that sectarian elements did this at the behest of Al Qaeda," he said. "They are [both] ruthless murderers."<br />
<br />
Presidential spokesman Rashid Qureshi acknowledged, "Some [Pakistani] groups may have developed Al Qaeda links."<br />
<br />
<strong>So far,</strong> <strong>there is no hard evidence that followers of the three militant causes have entered into any formal agreement or established anything as structured as a common underground network to pursue their shared goals.</strong><br />
<br />
<strong>With Al Qaeda and Pakistani Taliban fighters in disarray, the heads of several large Sunni groups in jail and many Kashmiri militants only now beginning to contemplate an alternative future, organizational leadership is in short supply, according to
 those who monitor militant activities.</strong><br />
<br />
They believe that, instead, little more than a camaraderie among individuals attracts the militants together as small groups explore possible cooperation.<br />
<br />
"Al Qaeda elements and others are now in the process of coming together to find a specific-oriented agenda," said Aamer Ahmed Khan, editor of the Herald, a Karachi-based monthly that closely follows the activities of Islamic militant groups. "Some leaders haven't
 even met yet, but groups are starting to work together."<br />
<br />
A previously unknown group calling itself Al Qanoon--"The Law"--claimed responsibility for the consulate attack. In a note faxed to local newspapers, it described the bombing as the beginning of a campaign against "America, its allies and its lackey Pakistani
 rulers."<br />
<br />
Although no one has claimed responsibility for a bombing last month outside the Sheraton Hotel in Karachi that killed 11 French defense contract workers, authorities talk privately of a possible similar nexus in that attack.<br />
<br />
Musharraf's government pressed its search for Al Qaeda remnants in the wake of the U.S. Consulate attack.<br />
<br />
Last week, precinct-level police officers in all four provinces were called to urgent meetings where superiors ordered them to search for possible links between known Sunni militants in their areas and Al Qaeda members who might have found refuge there.<br />
<br />
A senior Interior Ministry source said that as part of the search, landlords have been told to report to police any tenants willing to pay conspicuously more than the market rate for accommodations.<br />
<br />
The government also has invoked longer-term measures to choke off support for Islamic extremists.<br />
<br />
A tough new law announced last week tightens controls on the thousands of religious schools, known as madrasas, and cuts off foreign sources of funding to them. With financial help from foreign-based Islamic fundamentalist organizations, many of Pakistan's
 madrasas instilled their students with extremist ideas heavily laced with anti-Americanism.<br />
<br />
Authorities have also launched investigations into the activities of several Pakistan-based nongovernmental organizations funded by Arab world money suspected in recent months of providing aid and shelter to fleeing Arab Al Qaeda fighters and their families.<br />
<br />
<strong>So far, no one has linked Kashmiri militant groups to the string of recent attacks against foreigners in Pakistan, primarily because their break with Musharraf has only just occurred. But many fear that the potential is now there.<br />
<br />
"There's a very serious danger of the government losing control over the Kashmiris," said Aamer. "It's a major failure that the government didn't prevent the Kashmiri freedom movement from being infiltrated by these [other] militants."</strong><br />
<br />
Veteran Pakistan-based diplomats claim that Musharraf had already decided before Sept. 11 to end the government's support of Muslim extremist elements in the country because the price in terms of domestic violence and a growing international isolation had become
 too high. His strategy, however, had been to take on the militants quietly.<br />
<br />
"He wanted to finish them off one by one," noted a respected Islamabad-based Arab envoy. "Now he has been forced to fight on three fronts simultaneously. Politically, this could be dangerous."<br />
<br />
So far, the extremist groups have made no public statements or issued any credible claims regarding their intentions. But previous shared ties could help bring them together despite their different political agendas, diplomats and analysts fear.<br />
<br />
<strong>Evidence of these ties abounds.</strong><br />
<br />
For example, <strong>Kashmiri militants and Sunni sectarian extremists from Pakistan were routinely trained at Al Qaeda-run camps in eastern Afghanistan. In fact, there is now evidence that at least one of the terrorist camps in eastern Afghanistan hit by U.S.
 cruise missiles in 1998 was training recruits for Kashmiri militant groups, not Al Qaeda.
</strong>The U.S. attack came as a reprisal for the American Embassy bombings in East Africa.<br />
<br />
In addition, <strong>Pakistani journalists who trekked across the mountains into eastern Afghanistan for a May 1997 news conference with Bin Laden recall that their guides and hosts for the trip were members of the Kashmiri militant organization Harkat Moujahedeen.</strong><br />
<br />
"The collective experience of having trained and fought together has led to a camaraderie," said a senior member of Musharraf's government who declined to be identified. "This camaraderie is now playing itself out."<br />
<br />
U.S. and Pakistani authorities have had some notable successes in the search for Al Qaeda operatives in Pakistan in recent months. A raid in the Punjab city of Faisalabad in March netted a senior Bin Laden aide, Abu Zubeida. U.S. officials say that information
 provided by Zubeida led to last month's arrest of Jose Padilla, the so-called "dirty bomber."<br />
<br />
Despite this, senior Pakistanis worry whether their security forces are up to a major confrontation with militants on the home front. The police, they say, are ill-equipped, overextended and so corrupt that the government has come to rely increasingly on paramilitary
 units such as the Pakistani Rangers to carry out sensitive tasks.<br />
<br />
Interior Minister Moinuddin Haider admitted that his forces aren't in good shape.<br />
<br />
"I have my problems about police capabilities," he said. "I used to get help from the [paramilitary forces], but they are now on the border. So I'm left with a police force which has been tired ever since September, when hundreds of thousands of [protesters]
 came onto the streets."<br />
<br />
Haider said he had requested additional resources to beef up both the manpower of the police and their investigative capabilities.<br />
<br />
"We don't want the land of Pakistan to be used by any militants, extremists or terrorists," he said. "This is the policy of our president, and we'll do our best to implement it."
</p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>31/12/2011 12:22:14</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/16195/Pakistans+President+Could+Confront+Axis+of+Extremists+Asia</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">16195</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>16196</publicationdataID>
      <title>A Defining Moment in Islamabad</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p><strong>U.S.-Brokered 'Yes' Pulled India, Pakistan From Brink of War </strong>
</p>
<p><strong><em>By Glenn Kessler</em><br />
Washington Post </strong></p>
<p>Deputy Secretary of State Richard L. Armitage eased into his chair in the spacious villa of the Pakistani president with one critical objective: What sort of concession could he bring to India the next day that would erase the threat of a potential nuclear
 war between the longtime South Asia rivals?<br />
<br />
Armitage had war-gamed his strategy with key advisers in the days before he landed in Islamabad on June 6. His boss and close friend, Secretary of State Colin L. Powell, had paved the way with 11 phone calls to President Pervez Musharraf over two months, as
 the tensions over the disputed Kashmir area had flared up and the two countries mobilized a million troops. President Bush had weighed in with his own calls, including one the day before.<br />
<br />
A veteran diplomat with a blunt manner, Armitage spent the next two hours gently probing Musharraf, asking, "What can I tell the Indians?" Musharraf had already pledged to halt terrorist infiltrations in the Indian-held part of Kashmir. Armitage wanted to go
 a step further: Would Musharraf now promise a "permanent end" to the terrorist activity long encouraged by Pakistan?<br />
<br />
"Yes," Musharraf replied.<br />
<br />
The Armitage-Musharraf agreement, which was described by U.S. and Pakistani officials in recent interviews, proved to be a defining moment in weeks of frantic diplomacy by the U.S. and its allies to pull two proud nations from the brink of a devastating nuclear
 exchange. Musharraf's decision to agree to the word "permanent" -- backed by U.S. assurances to India that he would keep his word -- immediately led India to take steps to ease tensions.<br />
<br />
The meeting could have long-term implications. Terrorist attacks in Kashmir have repeatedly drawn India and Pakistan into conflict, and if Pakistan's tacit support for the insurgents dries up, it could lead to a new relationship between two nations long divided
 by religion and a bloody, tense history.<br />
<br />
While the general outlines of the U.S. effort to defuse the conflict have been known, few details of the diplomatic effort have emerged until now. In part, that's because tensions are still at a slow boil and the next stage of U.S. involvement has not been
 determined, making many U.S. officials reluctant to discuss their diplomacy.<br />
<br />
"We had a choice," said Dennis Kux, a former State Department official who has written histories of U.S. relations with Pakistan and India. "We could sit on our hands or we could slam the Pakistanis. And we did, hard but politely."<br />
<br />
Indeed, Musharraf's concession amounted to a huge foreign-policy victory for India, which for a decade had sought an end to the terrorist attacks. Indian officials were so stunned by Armitage's report on his meeting with Musharraf that they had trouble believing
 it at first, Bush administration officials said.<br />
<br />
But India's decision to press to the military brink came with a price, because U.S. officials -- including President Bush the day before Armitage arrived in Islamabad -- also gave Musharraf private assurances that they would finally focus on ways to resolve
 the half-century dispute over Kashmir. <br />
<br />
"We told him we want to stay involved," one official said.<br />
<br />
In early May, the State Department had already privately decided to send Armitage to the region as part of diplomatic efforts to head off the crisis. But while Assistant Secretary of State Christina B. Rocca was visiting New Delhi, insurgents killed 30 people,
 including women and children, in India-controlled Kashmir.<br />
<br />
The attack suddenly sent the two nations on a war-footing, leading to widespread speculation that the world was facing its tensest nuclear confrontation since the Cuban Missile crisis in 1962. Even before both sides had acquired nuclear weapons, India and Pakistan
 had fought three wars over Kashmir since the two countries were founded in 1947 and India absorbed the Muslim-majority state over Pakistan's objections.<br />
<br />
Indian Prime Minister Atal Bihari Vajpayee visited troops near the front and spoke of a "decisive victory." Musharraf scheduled provocative tests of missiles that could carry nuclear warheads.<br />
<br />
In many ways, the Indians were testing the limits of the Bush administration's rhetoric in the war on terrorism. Officials have striven to reward Musharraf for his dramatic decision to abandon the Taliban after Sept. 11 and support U.S. military intervention
 in Afghanistan, even while he quietly allowed terrorist activity to resume once the snows melted in the Kashmir region this spring.<br />
<br />
Since President Bush never made a distinction between all terrorists and simply al Qaeda, Indian officials -- much like Israelis and the Russians -- decided to force the United States to choose sides in a conflict that only one side labeled terrorism. Ultimately,
 the United States had to clamp down on Pakistan's continuing support for jihadist groups in Kashmir, even though many officials also believe India long has thwarted Kashmiri political ambitions.<br />
<br />
Within the administration, White House national security adviser Condoleezza Rice mostly handled the India account, speaking regularly to her Indian counterpart, Brajesh Mishra. Powell also spoke a few times to the Indian foreign minister, Jaswant Singh, but
 he was primarily responsible for working Musharraf. In one two-week period in May, Powell spoke to Musharraf five times, according to State Department records.<br />
<br />
Powell had formed a bond with Musharraf, a fellow general, who has charmed U.S. officials with a quietly impressive manner. At a dinner in November, for instance, Musharraf -- who seized power in a 1999 coup -- captivated Bush during a detailed conversation
 on education reform. And in January, with Powell's urging, Musharraf had made a speech forcefully declaring his opposition to terrorism and Islamic extremism.
<br />
<br />
But now the relationship had come under strain. Musharraf had gone ahead with a controversial referendum on his leadership, which had weakened him domestically, and the United States had information that Pakistan, especially its intelligence agency, was still
 linked to terrorist groups in Kashmir. Musharraf also had released hundreds of extremists that had been rounded up after the January speech.<br />
<br />
Within Pakistan, Musharraf has struggled not to be seen as weak on Kashmir, since any perceived loss to India would devastate him politically. In fact, in Musharraf's speech explaining his decision to join the U.S. alliance after Sept. 11, he cited Kashmir
 as a reason, saying it "could be endangered if we make the wrong decisions now."<br />
<br />
Powell, in his phone calls, pressed Musharraf to put a stop to infiltrations over the "Line of Control," the tense de facto border between India and Pakistan in the Kashmir highlands.<br />
<br />
While the administration decided to tilt toward India in the crisis, officials also ratcheted up pressure on Pakistan's neighbor by issuing a travel advisory warning Americans to avoid traveling to India and suggesting diplomatic personnel consider leaving.
 Countries around the globe followed suit, chilling Indian business investment and trade.<br />
<br />
On June 5, in what Pakistani officials consider a key commitment, Bush called Musharraf to emphasize the United States would stay engaged to resolve the Kashmir conflict.<br />
<br />
In essence, U.S. officials were pressing an unusual diplomatic gambit, which Stephen P. Cohen, a South Asia specialist at the Brookings Institution, labeled "parallel bilateralism."<br />
<br />
With the India and Pakistan unable or unwilling to resolve the conflict themselves, the United States decided to step in forcefully to change Pakistan's behavior while at the same time vouching for Pakistan to the Indians. That left India little choice but
 to accept U.S. assurances and begin to take steps to reduce its military posture. It was also politically easier for Musharraf to accede to U.S. pressure than Indian saber-rattling.<br />
<br />
The stage thus was set for a deal when Armitage arrived on the morning of June 6, a hot and windy day, at the Chief Executive's Office, once the residence of Pakistan's elected prime ministers, in a room with views over Islamabad's Margalla Hills. The conversation,
 according to officials in both governments, was relaxed and comfortable. <br />
<br />
Armitage told Musharraf that the U.S. was aware that Musharraf had ordered an end to the infiltrations, and the U.S. had concluded the cross-border activity had abated. He said he would share this assessment with the Indians when he arrived in New Delhi. But
 he wanted to know what else he could bring.<br />
<br />
Once Musharraf agreed to the term "permanent," Armitage reconfirmed several times over the two-hour conversation that Musharraf was comfortable with it, and that he could relay this commitment to India, officials said.<br />
<br />
Musharraf then raised his own point -- that an early and substantial response from the Indian side "will make what I am doing sustainable." Armitage agreed that was a reasonable position and that he would convey that to the Indian government.<br />
<br />
In India, which has a thriving and complex democracy, the response "was touch and go for a while," an administration official said. As Armitage and his team briefed the Indian leadership, the response was often fairly skeptical. Many said Musharraf could not
 be trusted, but they ultimately conceded that if the United States was vouching for him, they had to respond.<br />
<br />
"If Pakistan had not agreed to end infiltration, and America had not conveyed that guarantee to India, then war would not have been averted," Indian Prime Minister Vajpayee told an Indian newspaper last week.<br />
<br />
Within days, before what amounted to a mop-up visit by Defense Secretary Donald H. Rumsfeld, India had taken steps to signal the response sought by Musharraf, including allowing commercial overflights, moving fleets back to their home bases and preparing to
 name a high commissioner for Pakistan. Indian officials said last week the border crossings appear to have ended.<br />
<br />
Still, tensions are still high enough that U.S. officials are wary of proclaiming victory. The risk is that Musharraf, despite his pledge, is unable or unwilling to reign in the jihadist insurgents in Kashmir; the plight of the Kashmiri people is often used
 by Pakistani politicians to whip up nationalist fervor. India, meanwhile, has long resisted any international efforts to resolve the Kashmir dispute, insisting it is strictly a regional issue. Greater autonomy or independence for Kashmir, some argue, could
 lead to the breakup of the multiethnic state.<br />
<br />
Officials say this makes the next step even more critical. Powell is urging his staff to think of creative ways to encourage a dialogue between India and Pakistan which would ultimately lead to a readjustment of the status of Kashmir.<br />
<br />
Officials believe such an outcome would strengthen Musharraf's position and reward him for continuing to accommodate U.S. demands. It also would help India to finally emerge as a great power, an assessment officials believe the Indians privately share.<br />
<br />
"The Indians know they have to do something politically in Kashmir," one official said.</p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>31/12/2011 12:23:58</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/16196/A+Defining+Moment+in+Islamabad</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">16196</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>16199</publicationdataID>
      <title>Al Qaeda's privileged sanctuary</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p><em><strong>Arnaud de Borchgrave</strong></em><br />
<strong>The Washington Times</strong></p>
<p>Is Pakistan taking Afghanistan's place as the new fulcrum of transnational terrorism? Intelligence sources in Washington, London, Paris and Rome agree that al Qaeda's underground network in Pakistan is functioning with the complicity of the clergy and intelligence
 services. President Pervez Musharraf's much-publicized crackdown on Islamist extremists is a dismal failure, according to Western intelligence appraisals. Pakistani national police sources in Islamabad estimate that some 10,000 Afghan Taliban cadres and followers
 and about 5,000 al Qaeda fighters are now hiding in Pakistan "with the full support of intelligence authorities, as well as religious and tribal groups."<br />
<br />
The latest reports from Pakistan are ringing alarm bells throughout the Western intelligence community. Disinformation about U.S. intentions is being circulated by "mid-level" Inter-Services Intelligence (ISI) agency operatives and some field grade army officers.
 Samples: </p>
<ul class="commonBullets">
<li>U.S. forces are not to be trusted "at all." </li><li>Pakistan's nuclear program is the key objective. </li><li>China, working closely with ISI, has saved the Pakistani nuclear program several times by informing Pakistani intelligence of American, Israeli and Indian plans to destroy it.
</li><li>India and Israel will try again to attack Pakistan's nuclear facilities at Kahuta (near Islamabad), just as Israel bombed Iraq's nuclear reactor in 1981.
</li><li>The U.S. wants to neutralize Peshawar, capital of the Northwest Frontier Province, and Quetta, capital of Baluchistan, where religious groups are working with frontier tribes to neutralize U.S. actions.
</li><li>The U.S. wants to divide Pakistan into seven separate states — Punjab, Sind, NWFP, Baluchistan, Fata (Federally Administered Tribal Areas), Karachi and Kashmir. Kashmir, under the U.S. plan, is to become an independent state. The Kashmir declaration of
 independence is ready and the U.S. will demand that Pakistan and India sign it. The U.S. Army will control the region.
</li><li>The CIA is fanning ethnic tensions and planning civil unrest, riots and killings between the Muslims of Pakistan and Indian Kashmir to prepare all parties for Kashmir independence.
</li><li>The U.S. and India want Pakistan to become a small Nepal-type state under Indian influence.
</li><li>India will be rewarded with a U.N. Security Council seat for agreeing to Kashmir independence.
</li><li>Out of 4,000-plus NGOs (Non-Governmental Organizations) presently working in Pakistan, approximately 1,000 have been identified by ISI as U.S. intelligence agents implementing the U.S. agenda.
</li><li>These American agents are trying "at all levels" to destroy the unity of Pakistani armed forces.
</li><li>Wall Street Journal reporter Daniel Pearl (executed by Islamist extremists) was a spy for both the U.S. and Israel. The American media is controlled by Jews and most U.S. journalists work for secret intelligence services that are fighting Islam.
</li><li>The U.S. is "planning and scheming" against Pakistan because it is Islam's only nuclear power, which is not acceptable to the G8 countries, including Russia.
</li><li>The U.S. and Israel concocted the September 11 plot in order to produce conditions favorable for "a new world order controlled by America." The only way to defeat America's global domination strategy is to create a world Muslim order with China's support.
</li></ul>
<p>Senior Pakistani officials concede privately they are "deeply concerned" about Punjab Province where Kashmiri "freedom fighters" are undergoing training with full government support. The government plan to clean up the madrassa (religious school) network
 has been largely ignored. Interior Ministry figures show there are some 6,000-plus "important" madrassas that "educate" youngsters to believe that to be a jihadi (holy warrior) is Islam's highest calling. The government has tried to get the mullahs to explain
 that jihad means "an internal struggle to better oneself" but the clergy continues to teach it is the sacred duty to resist the American, Israel and Indian infidels that want Islam's destruction. The demise of the Taliban regime in Afghanistan is repeatedly
 cited as "proof" of what the mullahs claim.<br />
<br />
Punjab Province alone has 2,500 madrassas, 80 percent of them in the city of Lahore. Some 600,000 students are still being taught to hate America and Americans. The U.S. has allocated $34 million for madrassa reform during the current fiscal year. Poor families
 — 40 percent of 145 million live below the poverty line — favor the schools because they provide free meals and lodgings. Mullahs talk proudly about their common heritage, culture and religion and say the financial strength of the entire "Muslim Ummah" is
 behind them. The madrassa system is almost entirely dependent on subsidies from Saudi Arabia, the United Arab Emirates (UAE) and Libya.<br />
<br />
Notwithstanding President Musharraf's denials and assurances of total control of Pakistani intelligence agencies, ISI, including many "retired" cadres, are stirring a "witch's brew" designed to force a postponement of next October's elections and the country's
 return to democratic government. Anti-American forces are "slowly but surely coalescing against American aggression and is using the Palestine issue to join hands with al Qaeda as a new Taliban movement," said one former prime minister.<br />
<br />
Some 30 Muslim extremist organizations that were blacklisted by the U.S. are still in business and are proselytizing Muslim countries to join forces with al Qaeda. In Pakistan, al Qaeda's network is expanding rapidly with full intelligence and private financial
 support, according to a prominent tribal leader in NWFP who claims that Osama Bin Laden has been living in Peshawar since the second week in December, "where he is among friends and admirers and protected by several thousand Pakistani sympathizers." More than
 80 percent of Pakistanis, according to a public opinion poll last fall, believe bin Laden is a "freedom fighter," and not a "terrorist."<br />
<br />
ISI operatives are spreading the word, according to this tribal chieftain, that "America is a glass house that is breakable" and predict, "U.S. injustices all over the world, especially in the Middle East, will lead to far worse incidents than September 11."<br />
<br />
For Pakistani extremists, the loss of Afghanistan was no more than the destruction of an outpost in a global battlefield. Pakistan has now taken Afghanistan's place. Al Qaeda's underground in Pakistan emerged unscathed from Operation Enduring Freedom across
 the 1,300-mile border. The extent of bin Laden's network in Pakistan can be gauged from the movements of U.S.-born Jose Padilla, who converted to Islam and adopted the name Abdullah al Muhajir. Known as the "dirty" bomber, he took a bomb-making course at an
 al Qaeda safe house in Lahore last January, then met with senior al Qaeda agents in March in Karachi and moved around Pakistan with impunity.<br />
<br />
Prior to September 11, Mr. Musharraf estimated that Pakistan harbored about 1.4 million extremists — or 1 percent of the population — who were holding the rest of the population hostage. Since September 11, Mr. Musharraf conceded that 10 percent to 15 percent
 of the population opposed his pro-American foreign policy. That would be 10 million to 14 million people whose sympathies are with America's enemies.<br />
<br />
<em>Arnaud de Borchgrave is editor at large for The Washington Times, a position he also holds with United Press International.</em></p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>31/12/2011 12:25:58</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/16199/Al+Qaedas+privileged+sanctuary</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">16199</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>16200</publicationdataID>
      <title>Pro-Islamic hackers join forces</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p><strong>BBC</strong></p>
<p>There is mounting evidence that individual hacker groups connected by a pro-Islamic agenda are working together to carry out hack attacks, say experts.
<br />
<br />
Security firm mi2g says an alliance of anti-Israel, anti-US and anti-India groups are increasingly highlighting issues such as the Middle East conflict, the war on terrorism and the Kashmir stand-off as part of their destructive digital attacks.
<br />
<br />
At the height of the tensions between Pakistan and India over Kashmir in May, two groups (Unix Security Guards and World Fantabulous Defacers) carried out a total of 111 digital attacks on Indian educational and business sites.
<br />
<br />
Security firm mi2g said political and ideological motives were increasingly behind hack attacks.
<br />
<br />
<strong>Hacktivist groups <br />
</strong><br />
<em><strong>USG (Unix Security Guards) - an anti-Israel alliance responsible for 87 overt attacks since May 2002
<br />
<br />
WFD (World's Fantabulous Defacers) - a Pakistani alliance of 12 member groups responsible for 445 overt attacks since November 2000
<br />
<br />
AIC (Anti-India Crew) - a Pakistani alliance founded in July 2001, responsible for 422 attacks to date
</strong></em><br />
<br />
<strong>Digital tensions </strong></p>
<p>At a round table event in London to discuss the security threats in a post-11 September world, Chief Executive of mi2g, DK Matai, said hacktivism posed one of the biggest risks to business and government computer systems.
<br />
<br />
"Political motivation is an increasingly rising factor in digital attacks," he told delegates at the forum.
<br />
<br />
"The primary reason why web attacks are increasing is political tensions between Israel and Palestine, India and Pakistan and China and Taiwan."
<br />
<br />
<strong>New viruses decreasing <br />
</strong><br />
Israel has suffered a barrage of hack attacks since the start of the Palestinian uprising in September 2000.
<br />
<br />
An Egyptian hacker group has said it is behind the action. It began its activities shortly after 11 September.
<br />
<br />
Similar attacks happened during the Serbian conflict in 1999 when Nato and US Department of Defense networks were targeted by pro-Serbian hackers.
<br />
<br />
Despite the gloomy picture, the total number of new viruses has actually been decreasing since a peak in 1997, according to mi2g.
<br />
<br />
However, new viruses are causing more havoc because of the number of computers that are now networked together.
<br />
<br />
"When one catches a cold the entire global organisation catches it," said Mr Matai.</p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>31/12/2011 12:27:23</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/16200/ProIslamic+hackers+join+forces</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">16200</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>16203</publicationdataID>
      <title>Dirty Bomb Probe Widens</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p><strong>Terrorism: A suspect is interrogated in Pakistan. Officials say plot may have involved an effort to steal nuclear material from a university lab.<br />
By BOB DROGIN, ERIC LICHTBLAU and JOSH MEYER<br />
<em>(TIMES STAFF WRITER)</em><br />
The Los Angeles Times</strong></p>
<p>WASHINGTON -- U.S. authorities overseas have interrogated a second suspect in the alleged Al Qaeda plot to detonate a radioactive bomb in America, officials said Tuesday, as investigators scrambled to determine if other accomplices are in the United States,
 Switzerland, Egypt or elsewhere.<br />
<br />
U.S. officials also said the so-called "dirty" bomb plan apparently called for stealing radioactive material from a U.S. university laboratory or other American facility. Low-level nuclear isotopes are widely used in medicine, research and industry.<br />
<br />
The plot, which was in its early stages, was foiled when CIA, FBI, Customs and State Department agents identified and tracked Jose Padilla--a Brooklyn-born Muslim convert who adopted the name Abdullah al Muhajir--in Cairo and Zurich, authorities said. He was
 arrested May 8 when he flew from Switzerland to Chicago on what officials called a scouting mission for a terrorist attack. President Bush said Padilla was one of many "would-be killers" that the U.S. has captured, and that it is looking for many more.<br />
<br />
"This guy Padilla's one of many who we've arrested," Bush said in a meeting in his Cabinet Room. "The coalition we've put together has hauled in 2,400 people. And you can call it 2,401 now. There's just a full-scale manhunt on.... We will run down every lead,
 every hint. This guy Padilla's a bad guy and he is where he needs to be: detained."<br />
<br />
Officials said Padilla has refused to cooperate since his arrest. After President Bush decided Sunday that Padilla should be held as an "enemy combatant" against the United States, rather than as a criminal defendant, he was flown in a military C-130 to a high-security
 Navy brig outside Charleston, S.C., where he has been isolated from other inmates and is under heavy military guard.<br />
<br />
On Tuesday, Padilla's lawyer said at a federal court hearing in New York that Padilla's continued detention is a violation of the Constitution because he has not been charged and is being denied access to legal counsel. "My client is a citizen," attorney Donna
 R. Newman told reporters. "He still has constitutional rights."<br />
<br />
Members of the Senate Intelligence Committee were given a closed-door briefing on the case Tuesday as part of their wide-ranging review into Sept. 11 intelligence failures. But some members came away with more questions than answers, a congressional source
 said.<br />
<br />
"The concern we'd like to pursue is, what's the substance of this? Not many people were satisfied that we had a whole hell of a lot" on Padilla in terms of hard evidence, the source said. "We're all for sticking bad guys in the hole, but you've got to have
 evidence."<br />
<br />
A senior U.S. intelligence official said Pakistan had detained a second suspect in the plot last month. The official said the man, who has not been publicly identified but is from an Arab country, is being interrogated by U.S. authorities at an undisclosed
 location. There were conflicting reports as to whether Pakistan had handed the suspect over to U.S. authorities.<br />
<br />
The second suspect traveled with Padilla to eastern Afghanistan last fall to meet Abu Zubeida, Al Qaeda's operations chief, and later accompanied Padilla to secret meetings with other senior Al Qaeda leaders inside Pakistan to discuss the dirty-bomb proposal
 as well as potential attacks against hotels, gas stations and other targets, the official said.<br />
<br />
<strong>Search for Accomplices<br />
</strong><br />
One of the most urgent aspects of the investigation is whether Padilla had other accomplices, particularly in the United States.<br />
<br />
U.S. authorities do not believe Padilla acted alone or planned to carry out a major attack in the United States without help from others.<br />
<br />
"He clearly had associates, and one of the things we want to ask him about is who those associates were and how we can track them down," Deputy Defense Secretary Paul D. Wolfowitz said on CBS' "Early Show."<br />
<br />
With evidence indicating that the FBI and CIA missed early clues to the Sept. 11 attacks, members of Congress also pressed for assurances that Padilla had no other U.S. accomplices.<br />
<br />
"That's one of the big questions," a congressional investigator said.<br />
<br />
An FBI official, who spoke on the condition of anonymity, said an aggressive investigation had yet to find any American accomplices but that the probe is continuing. Investigators also are checking to see if possible accomplices may have entered and left the
 country.<br />
<br />
"That's how they operate, so there is good reason to assume that may be the case here," the FBI official said.<br />
<br />
But a senior government official said investigators have found no co-conspirators despite pursuing a number of investigative leads. "I'm not picking up any sense that [investigators] believe anyone's out there," the official said. "They're satisfied that there
 was no one else here."<br />
<br />
<strong>A Pattern Emerges<br />
</strong><br />
In other Al Qaeda plots, those actually carrying out the attacks often are met in a target city by other Al Qaeda operatives. They may provide safe houses, money, transportation, false documents and other logistical help, said the FBI official.<br />
<br />
That was the case with Ahmed Ressam, who was convicted of plotting a millennium bombing with Al Qaeda. Ressam was supposed to drive a car laden with explosives from Canada into Washington state in December 1999 and ultimately plant a bomb at Los Angeles International
 Airport.<br />
<br />
According to wiretaps and other evidence introduced at his trial last year, Ressam was to be met by another operative who had flown in from New York, as well as perhaps other co-conspirators in the Seattle area. After Ressam testified that several accomplices
 had helped him, two men were convicted in the case.<br />
<br />
U.S. intelligence officials said they had not determined if Padilla was a seasoned Al Qaeda operative who had escaped detection until recently or a vagabond freelance agent who somehow made contact with senior Al Qaeda leaders last fall and was embraced by
 the group.<br />
<br />
Padilla got his new passport in March, but the local consular official was concerned that Padilla might be involved in a case of identity theft.<br />
<br />
"It was after the passport was issued [in March] that the consular officer just felt there was something odd about the case and raised it to the attention of the regional security officer, who looked into it and then reported to the other elements of the consulate,
 including the FBI," State Department spokesman Richard Boucher said Tuesday.<br />
<br />
The discovery that Padilla had a long criminal record in Florida and Illinois led to questions about why he was in Pakistan. The information was forwarded to joint terrorism task forces, led by the FBI, in Miami and Chicago.<br />
<br />
The investigation picked up steam after FBI and CIA agents, working with Pakistani authorities, captured Zubeida, the alleged operations chief for Al Qaeda, in a raid in the Pakistani city of Faisalabad on March 28.<br />
<br />
During an interrogation in late April, Zubeida told U.S. authorities he was approached late last year at his hide-out in Khowst, in eastern Afghanistan, by an American and another man who proposed building a dirty bomb for use in the United States, according
 to intelligence officials.<br />
<br />
''He didn't identify him, or give a name, just a generic description of him,'' one official said. ''It was fairly sketchy information.''<br />
<br />
It remains unclear how Padilla was able to find and meet Zubeida, a fugitive who was the focus of an intense manhunt by U.S. and allied forces at the height of the Afghan war last winter.<br />
<br />
Zubeida may have escaped Afghanistan with Padilla at that point, the official said. Padilla is known to have traveled with Zubeida inside Pakistan early this year and spent time at an Al Qaeda site in Lahore, in eastern Pakistan, to learn how to wire explosives
 and to study radiological dispersal devices on the Internet. In March, Padilla met with other Al Qaeda leaders in Karachi to further discuss his plan.<br />
<br />
<strong>Interrogations Pay Off<br />
</strong><br />
After interrogating other Al Qaeda prisoners detained at the U.S. Navy base at Guantanamo Bay, Cuba, and checking immigration and other documents, the CIA and other agencies quickly identified Padilla and the second suspect.<br />
<br />
Agents then took passport photos of the two men back to Zubeida for confirmation. ''He was surprised, but he said, 'Yes, that's them,' '' an intelligence official said.<br />
<br />
By then, however, Padilla was gone. Pakistan had briefly detained him and his accomplice for using false travel documents this spring. But he was released after several days and left Karachi for Zurich in early April.<br />
<br />
''He wasn't known as Al Qaeda,'' the intelligence official said. ''He was just allowed to go.''<br />
<br />
Padilla subsequently flew to Egypt, where authorities believe he has a wife and several children. U.S. intelligence caught up with him there and are still seeking to determine if he had contacts with Egyptian supporters of Al Qaeda.<br />
<br />
''At some point, in the middle of this process, we pick him up in Cairo,'' the intelligence official said. ''After that he was under constant surveillance.''<br />
<br />
FBI and other agents trailed him in Cairo and then back to Zurich, where they made sure Swiss authorities closely checked his baggage and shoes--in case he sought to emulate accused ''shoe bomber'' Richard C. Reid--before he boarded a Swissair flight from Zurich
 to Chicago on May 8.<br />
<br />
About six FBI agents, and an equal number of Swiss law enforcement officers, secretly watched Padilla on the flight home, monitoring his every move.<br />
<br />
''There were an awful lot of people on that flight who could have prevented'' anything from going wrong, said a U.S. law enforcement official. ''We knew everything about the guy on that flight--where he was going to sit and everything else. I don't think there
 was ever anybody in danger on that flight.''<br />
<br />
Padilla told the FBI agents who arrested him at O'Hare that he had come to ''see his son,'' a source said.<br />
<br />
<strong>Taking No More Risks<br />
</strong><br />
A senior government official said the FBI considered letting Padilla leave the airport and trailing him to see who he met, but decided it was not worth the chance of losing him.<br />
<br />
Authorities believe that on one of his Switzerland trips, Padilla received some $10,000 in cash. The money was confiscated in Chicago, but authorities are trying to determine who gave it to him and where the money came from.<br />
<br />
U.S. officials had faced months of resistance from Swiss officials who rejected the idea that terrorists were using their financial institutions. But they quickly came on board in the Padilla operation, officials said.<br />
<br />
A senior U.S. official said the arrest, which involved the combined efforts of at least four U.S. agencies, reflects the ''convergence of investigative strengths'' developed since Sept. 11. Padilla's life remains a focus of intense scrutiny.<br />
<br />
Now 31, he and his family moved to Chicago when he was 4. His first arrest, for the brutal stabbing death of a local man, came when he was 14. At least four other arrests and two convictions for armed robbery and battery followed. He worked at restaurants and
 hotels when he wasn't in jail.<br />
<br />
In the fall of 1991, he jumped bail on a weapon charge and moved to South Florida.<br />
<br />
He soon found himself in trouble again, charged with aggravated assault and carrying a concealed weapon. It was after serving 10 months in the Broward County Jail that the man raised as a Roman Catholic converted to radical Islam along with his future wife,
 Cherie Maria Stultz.<br />
<br />
They both worked at a Taco Bell restaurant in Davie, near Fort Lauderdale, close to about 20 Islamic centers or mosques. Padilla disappeared after two years and the couple later divorced.<br />
<br />
U.S. officials now say Padilla had moved to Egypt by 1998. His goal, they said, was to further explore Muslim teachings and traditions. He stayed about two years, taking up with illegal underground mosques that preach extremist forms of Islam, officials said.<br />
<br />
Authorities now are keen to find out who he met in Egypt, which has battled Islamic extremists for years, and how he ultimately gravitated toward a terrorist faction that vows to kill millions of Americans.<br />
<br />
A Justice Department official said Padilla ''definitely seemed to be seeking out over time a more radical view.''<br />
<br />
Ultimately, even the underground mosques did not satisfy him, and teachers he met in Egypt pointed him to still more extreme factions in Pakistan and Afghanistan, the official said.<br />
<br />
''Once he was there [in Egypt], he didn't feel like it was going far enough, so he went to Pakistan and Afghanistan,'' the official said. ''There was this progression with his growing radical extremism.''<br />
<br />
Eric Slater in Chicago, John-Thor Dahlburg in Fort Lauderdale, Anna M. Virtue in Miami and Robin Wright in Washington also contributed to this report.</p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>31/12/2011 12:28:56</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/16203/Dirty+Bomb+Probe+Widens</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">16203</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>16291</publicationdataID>
      <title>Betrayal of confused jihadis</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p><strong>Pakistan's shadowy spy agency, the ISI, has run thousands of militants into Kashmir and is now responsible for reining them in<br />
Jason Burke in Rawalpindi<br />
The Observer</strong></p>
<p>In the early morning the radio set crackled into life and the men gathered round expectantly. Dawn had begun to light up the hills. The men had waited through the night for their controllers in the valleys 30 miles away to call with instructions.
<br />
<br />
It was bad news. The fighters were told not to move. The line of control - the de facto border that splits the Indian and Pakistani parts of Kashmir - was less than a mile away but they were not to cross it. For months they had been training to do just that.
 'Well what are we meant to do?' the fighters' leader asked. 'Just sit here?' <br />
<br />
The conversation, revealed by Indian intelligence intercepts last week, was not unique. Scores of Islamic militants waiting along the line of control have received similar instructions in the past 10 days. Their tone, the Indians say, has been hurt, resentful
 and confused. They believe they have been betrayed. <br />
<br />
They are not the only ones. Under massive international pressure General Pervez Musharraf, Pakistan's President, has ordered that no more militants cross the line. Since 1990 Pakistan has aided the locals who have been fighting Indian rule in Kashmir - the
 predominantly Hindu nation's only Muslim-majority state. <br />
<br />
There has been diplomatic and substantial military aid, including logistics, weapons and training. In recent years thousands of recruits, drawn from hardline Muslim groups in Pakistan and overseas, have been sent to fight a guerrilla campaign in which thousands
 of civilians have died. <br />
<br />
Kashmir has provoked two wars between India and Pakistan. This year tensions were raised by a murderous attack on the parliament in New Delhi in December and a massacre last month of women and children - mainly military families - in Kashmir itself.
<br />
<br />
Now the threat of war - possibly nuclear - hangs over 1.25 billion people. In Islamabad last week Richard Armitage, the US Deputy Secretary of State, delivered a blunt message that help for militancy would not be tolerated in any circumstances. He then travelled
 to New Delhi where the Indians, though far from reassured, welcomed his hard line.
<br />
<br />
Pakistan had miscalculated. Musharraf and his advisers clearly felt that with their new international credibility, gained by joining the 'war on terror', the world would be more sympathetic to their Kashmir policy. They were wrong.
<br />
<br />
'We knew we would get dumped eventually,' one senior Pakistani official said. 'We didn't think it would be so soon.'
<br />
<br />
Abdul Sattar, Pakistan's Foreign Minister, resigned on Friday for health reasons.
<br />
<br />
Now the focus is shifting to Pakistan's internal affairs where there is growing anger at what many see as Musharraf's 'surrender' to the West.
<br />
<br />
'We have become lackeys of the imperialist powers,' Lieutenant General (retired) Hameed Gul, a known hardliner, said last week. 'Musharraf is playing on the loyalty of the religious cadres because he knows they won't oppose the army when we are threatened by
 India. But soon something will snap. We have bent low to Washington. We cannot bend low to India too.'
<br />
<br />
Gul is a former director general of the Inter Services Intelligence, the shadowy Pakistani spy agency which has played a major role in Pakistani politics for 20 years and is now key to defusing the crisis.
<br />
<br />
Musharraf has given his word that the infiltration of militants across the border will cease - the main demand of New Delhi and the international community. The ISI will have to execute his orders and if it will not, or cannot, the President, and the region,
 are in grave difficulties. <br />
<br />
Crucially, members of the ISI are also the only people who can control the extreme Islamist groups most likely to try to assassinate or destabilise Musharraf. There are fears of a suicide bombing and security around the President and his top aides has been
 stepped up. <br />
<br />
The agency, set up when Pakistan became independent in 1947, came to prominence during the war in Afghanistan against the Soviets when it ran the mujahideen resistance on behalf of the Americans.
<br />
<br />
Based in a nondescript warehouse-like office block in Rawalpindi, the steaming, seething city on the northern Pakistani plains, the ISI has a staff of about 9,000, mainly army officers who rotate back to their units after two or three years. Around a tenth
 are dedicated to prosecuting Pakistan's Kashmir policy. <br />
<br />
The agency has a reputation for hardline Islamist views. Saeed Omar Sheikh, the British-born militant leader on trial for kidnapping and murdering American journalist Daniel Pearl earlier this year, has connections with the ISI as do many Taliban and al-Qaeda
 figures. <br />
<br />
The ISI has run thousands of militants into Kashmir and other parts of India in recent years and provided massive help to the Taliban in Afghanistan until Musharraf turned against them last September. As late as November, ISI aid to the Taliban was continuing
 - proof, some say, of their jihadi tendencies. One of Musharraf's first acts after joining the US-led coalition was to replace the head of the ISI, an Islamic hardliner.
<br />
<br />
But Pakistani defence analysts as well as serving and retired ISI officers insist the ISI is not a 'rogue agency' dedicated to furthering a jihad .
<br />
<br />
'The ISI have never been a separate actor that can challenge what their chief is saying. Fundamentally they are soldiers and obey orders, albeit sometimes reluctantly,' said Brigadier (retd.) Shaukat Qadir.
<br />
<br />
However all analysts agree that it is hard for the ISI to reverse a long-established policy.
<br />
<br />
'The ISI ran the militant outfits for 12 years and believed in what they were doing. Now they are being asked to destroy everything they did,' said Ershad Mahmood, of the Islamabad-based Institute for Policy Studies.
<br />
<br />
One problem is that banning militant organisations forces them underground and beyond control. Jaish-e-Mohammed, a new and violent group, has, according to Western intelligence sources, 'gone completely awol'.
<br />
<br />
'There is no knowing what they might do,' the source said. 'They are almost completely out of the control of anyone. One suicide bombing would enrage New Delhi and send us straight back to a red alert on war.'
<br />
<br />
Even the one group yet to be banned, Hizbul Mujahideen, is adamant their fight is not over.
<br />
<br />
Saleem Hashemi, a Hizb spokesman, said: 'We are struggling for the liberation of Jammu and Kashmir. The process started in 1947 and it will continue until it is successful.'</p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>31/12/2011 17:01:00</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/16291/Betrayal+of+confused+jihadis</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">16291</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>16294</publicationdataID>
      <title>US seizes terrorist in dirty bomb plot</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p><strong>By Toby Harnden in Washington<br />
The Telegraph</strong></p>
<p>An al-Qa'eda terrorist plotting to build and explode a radioactive "dirty bomb" in an American city was captured flying into the United States from Pakistan, the White House said yesterday.</p>
<p>Abdullah Al Mujahir, an American citizen who changed his name from Jose Padilla after converting to Islam while in jail, was being held by the US Defence Department as an "enemy combatant".</p>
<p>No charge had been laid since his arrest on May 8 and it was unclear whether any other conspirators had been identified. Officials said Mujahir, 31, had not begun assembling any device and that the materials he intended to use would have been acquired in
 America.</p>
<p>The White House said that the US intelligence services had nipped in the bud the first major terrorist attack on American soil since more than 3,000 people died in the September 11 atrocities in New York and Washington. The American capital was thought to
 have been the target.</p>
<p>During a press conference with Ariel Sharon, Israel's prime minister, President Bush said: "We have a man detained who is a threat to the country, and thanks to the vigilance of our intelligence gathering and law enforcement, he is now off the streets, where
 he should be."</p>
<p>Mujahir was being held in a naval prison in Charleston, South Carolina. He was handed over from civil custody in New York to military custody so the CIA could interrogate him for an unlimited period and where he would enjoy fewer legal rights.</p>
<p>The former gang member was arrested at O'Hare airport, Chicago, on May 8 and held on a federal judge's authority. He was carrying about £7,000 in cash.</p>
<p>Sources said he was identified from information gained during the interrogation by the CIA of
<a lang="en.uk" href="http://www.telegraph.co.uk/news/main.jhtml?xml=/news/2002/05/24/wterr24.xml">
Abu Zubaydah, an al-Qa'eda leader captured last March</a> in Faisalabad, Pakistan. However, he did not name Mujahir.</p>
<p>Documents suggesting that Osama bin Laden's terrorist movement was contemplating
<a lang="en.uk" href="http://www.telegraph.co.uk/news/main.jhtml?xml=/news/2001/12/05/wbomb05.xml">
the use of a "dirty bomb"</a> - in which conventional explosives are laced with radioactive material - were discovered in Afghanistan after the fall of the Taliban.</p>
<p>The initial announcement about Mujahir's arrest was made from Moscow by John Ashcroft, the US Attorney General.</p>
<p>Mujahir was held in secrecy for more than a month. The Bush administration said it chose to publicise the case because he had been transferred to military custody.</p>
<p>Paul Wolfowitz, the deputy defence secretary, said Mujahir had studied nuclear weapons.</p>
<p>"He received training in wiring explosives while in Pakistan and he was instructed to return to the United States to conduct reconnaissance operations for al-Qa'eda," Mr Wolfowitz said.</p>
<p>The detonation of a "dirty bomb" in America could have killed scores of people, contaminated many more and prompted widespread panic.</p>
<p>The explosion of such a device in Washington would have been a devastating national blow as large parts of the government would have been forced to close.</p>
<p>Officials said the plan was in its initial stages. It was not believed that there were other terrorists at large contemplating the use of "dirty bombs", which could be made using nuclear waste.</p>
<p>Mr Ashcroft said the American authorities had "disrupted an unfolding terrorist plot to attack the United States by exploding a radioactive dirty bomb".</p>
<p>He said knowledge of Mujahir's alleged plans had come from "multiple, independent, corroborating sources". Mr Ashcroft said that Mujahir was being held in accordance with US law.</p>
<p>The arrest of Mujahir was presented as a major intelligence success. It comes as a welcome boost to the Bush administration after weeks of questions about
<a lang="en.uk" href="http://www.telegraph.co.uk/news/main.jhtml?xml=/news/2002/06/05/wus05.xml">
CIA and FBI failures before September 11</a> and the poor communication between the two agencies.</p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>31/12/2011 17:02:39</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/16294/US+seizes+terrorist+in+dirty+bomb+plot</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">16294</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>16297</publicationdataID>
      <title>Lion of India</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p><strong>In his controversial new book, Gurcharan Das claims that India will soon overtake Europe as a global economic power - and that Britain should have exploited its colony more. He tells Randeep Ramesh why
<br />
The Guardian</strong></p>
<p>Gurcharan Das is a small man with a big voice. Standing 5ft 3in tall, he is booming away to the Guardian's photographer. "My name is Gurcharan Das, G-U-R-C-H-A-R-A-N-D-A-S. It means the servant of the guru's feet... a name of humility." The smiling Das has
 nothing to be humble about, and he knows it. His book, India Unbound, is a quiet earthquake that shook faraway shores long before its shockwave reached our own. Britain has become accustomed to Indian authors whose ease with English belies their mother tongue.
 Das is different insofar as his work is non-fiction, an economic tract embroidered by personal narrative.
<br />
<br />
India Unbound's conclusion is that in the next two decades India will become the third largest economy, after the US and China, with a middle class of 250 million people. He talks of an India where teenage tea-shop assistants work to save money for computer
 lessons. Where Bill Gates has replaced Gandhi in the hearts of the people and money is the new god in the temple. Where the lifting of the "dead hand of politicians and bureaucrats" means the private sector runs schools and multinationals are free to exploit
 the country. In this India, Das says, "minds have been decolonised". <br />
<br />
A manifesto for free trade, free markets and economic reform, the book has made Das an unlikely pin-up for globalisers. Professor Amartya Sen, the Nobel Prize-winner and master of Trinity College, Cambridge, was so impressed he asked Das to start a "secular,
 rightwing party" modelled on Britain's Tories in India. Citibank, the Wall Street financial house, was so taken with India Unbound that it ordered 1,000 copies. Das even got a six-figure advance for the US edition. In India, there are no plans for a paperback
 because the hardback is still selling well. <br />
<br />
Born into a well-to-do middle-class family in pre-independence India, Das spent his youth in Washington after his father, a civil servant, was posted there. He graduated from Harvard with a philosophy degree, and was taught by JK Galbraith, Henry Kissinger
 and the philosopher John Rawls. It was Rawls who turned Das into an unapologetic capitalist. "His minimax theory did it. Basically, it says that if the poor get rich and a few people get filthy rich, that is better than worrying about the distribution of wealth
 and no one getting rich." <br />
<br />
At the age of 21 Das returned to Bombay, discovered a flair for sales and went on to sell more Vicks VapoRub than anyone else in the world. That he did so by relabelling the menthol rub an "ayurvedic" medicine and briefing lawyers to prove that Vicks was really
 a traditional herbal Indian remedy is a tale that he delights in retelling. Despite rising to the top of the career ladder - ending up with a $1m pay package and directorship at Procter &amp; Gamble in America - Das, aged 50, gave up on business to become a writer.
 "I got bored, basically. My friends at P&amp;G played golf. I wrote." <br />
<br />
It is globalisation that has provided Das with the best lines. India nearly went bankrupt in 1991 and thanks to pressure from the International Monetary Fund, its finance minister burned 40 years of red tape in seven hours. That this revolution also saw Hindu
 nationalism course through the country's veins is "deplorable". But the last decade, says Das, has seen literacy jump from 52% to 65%, population growth slow and 110 million people cross the poverty line. "We had six prime ministers and the most appalling
 governance. But we had great economic growth." <br />
<br />
In fact, Das says, it is the west's anti-capitalists who are denying the poor the chance of getting rich, a fact illustrated by the delay in allowing GM crops to be grown in India. "I think it is terrible that the Indian government wasted six years denying
 its farmers Monsanto's GM cotton." He argues that the US and China have seized the opportunity to turn vast chunks of farmland over to GM cotton, which not only produces more crop per acre than its natural equivalent, but is also resistant to insect attack.
 "Thanks to the Greenpeace-funded lunatics, nobody points this out. If Monsanto gets rich and at the same time the Indian farmer gets rich beyond his wildest dreams, then what is wrong with that?"
<br />
<br />
For Das, two industries, information technology and agriculture, will lift India out of poverty. It was after all the subcontinent's computer scientists who helped inflate the internet bubble - but now that has been pricked, is the argument not redundant? "No.
 Indian IT companies grew by 32% last year, and that was in a recession." <br />
<br />
With farming, the reasoning is simpler. Within India's borders lies half of all the arable land in Asia. India should, therefore, be able "to feed and clothe the world". "China's industrial products are on every high street in the world. Why is India's produce
 not there too?" <br />
<br />
For a British reader, the eyebrow-arching passages in India Unbound are those that claim that India and China, growing at more than 6% a year, will overtake Europe but not America. The reason he gives is that America's economy is as vigorous as its more populous
 rivals, but the old world's is not. "Europe has chosen the good life. A short working week, long vacations, beauty, museums, art. As an aesthete I love Europe's traditions. But they do not create wealth."
<br />
<br />
The problem with Europe is not just its history, but its demographics. Not only, says Das, does Europe have an ageing population, but it cannot seem to absorb immigrants. Even Britain, says Das, will not wake up before it sleepwalks into economic insignificance.
 "I think, when the chips are down, the UK is part of Europe, not part of America. Economically you would gain from being part of America. Culturally you would lose. You don't want to become McWorld."
<br />
<br />
Das admits that nuclear war casts a large shadow over the subcontinent, but frowns on his country's obsession with its neighbour. "Even when there is no sign of conflict, for every mention of China in our papers there are eight mentions of Pakistan. We should
 be following every move in China, not Pakistan." <br />
<br />
A columnist for the Times of India, Das enjoys controversy. He believes that colonialism did not go far enough, that Britain should have exploited India more. That Arundhati Roy, another author-turned-activist (albeit for the other side), is a "sadly misguided
 thing who does not understand economics". That India's disease was socialism, which saw it export less than Hong Kong and become addicted to foreign aid. That the only cure is a form of shock therapy, which he regrets is only being administered slowly.
<br />
<br />
Big political players on the subcontinent sense that the ground beneath them is shifting and that Das might know in which direction. Both opposition and government court him, although he loathes the resurgent Hindu nationalist cause. But despite the endorsement
 of Amartya Sen, Das says democracy is better off with him outside shooting in. "There are not enough people like me in India, but there will be. That is the story of India Unbound."
<br />
<br />
· India Unbound is published by Profile Books at £9.99</p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>31/12/2011 17:06:18</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/16297/Lion+of+India</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">16297</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>16299</publicationdataID>
      <title>US stops al-Qa'ida dirty bomb attack on Washington</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p><strong>By Andrew Buncombe in Washington<br />
The Independent</strong></p>
<p>The FBI disrupted an al-Qa'ida plot led by an American citizen to detonate a radioactive "dirty bomb" in Washington as Moroccan authorities announced they had arrested terrorist suspects, accused of planning suicide attacks on British and US warships.<br />
<br />
The US Attorney General, John Ashcroft, said agents from the bureau had arrested Abdullah al-Muhajir, 31, as he arrived at Chicago's O'Hare International Airport from Pakistan on what was meant to be a reconnaissance trip.
<br />
<br />
Mr Muhajir ­ who changed his name from Jose Padilla after converting from Catholicism to Islam while in prison ­ had apparently been taking his orders directly from Abu Zubeida, the senior al-Qa'ida lieutenant being groomed to take over the leadership from
 Osama bin Laden. <br />
<br />
Plans for the attack were discovered on Mr Muhajir when he landed. "We know from multiple independent and corroborating sources that Abdullah al-Muhajir was closely associated with al-Qa'ida and ... was involved in planning future terrorist attacks on innocent
 American civilians," Mr Ashcroft said. <br />
<br />
In Morocco, police said they had broken up a terrorist cell with links to al-Qa'ida with the detention of three Saudi Arabian nationals.
<br />
<br />
The unnamed men, holding Saudi passports, were arrested last month. They were said by Moroccan officials to have been plotting operations against British and US naval vessels patrolling the Strait of Gibraltar.
<br />
<br />
News of Mr Muhajir's arrest on 8 May comes against a backdrop of continuing tension in the US in the wake of reports that al-Qa'ida is planning further attacks.
<br />
<br />
The Moroccan authorities last night said they had thwarted an attempt by three alleged Saudi members of the terror group to target British and American warships in the Straits of Gibraltar.
<br />
<br />
The men, who were arrested last month in a joint operation with unnamed Western security agencies, had plotted to sail a dinghy loaded with explosives into shipping lanes to blow up military vessels, officials said.
<br />
<br />
Last month, the Defence Secretary, Donald Rumsfeld, said it was "inevitable" that terrorists would obtain weapons of mass destruction. There has also been a wave of criticism that the Bush administration failed to detect clues that al-Qa'ida was planning the
 attacks of 11 September. Given that, the administration seized on Mr Muhajir's arrest as major breakthrough. While officials admitted his plot was only in its very early stages, they said that Mr Muhajir, who was born in Brooklyn, had received training in
 explosives, wiring and "radioactive dispersal devices". <br />
<br />
"We have a man detained who is a threat to the country and that thanks to the vigilance of our intelligence gathering and law enforcement he is now off the streets, where he should be," said President George Bush, as he broke from a meeting in Washington with
 Israel's Prime Minister, Ariel Sharon. <br />
<br />
While it is not certain Mr Muhajir was planning to detonate the device in the nation's capital, the Deputy Defence Secretary, Paul Wolfowitz, said he "did indicate knowledge of the Washington DC area". Experts agree that while a dirty bomb may not be very destructive
 in physical terms, it would have huge psychological impact. <br />
<br />
Having been held for a month on a federal warrant, Mr Muhajir was named an "enemy combatant" and passed to the custody of the military yesterday ­ a move that will enable the authorities to hold him as long as they want without charge.
<br />
<br />
Officials said Mr Muhajir, a former street gang member, trained in Pakistan and Afghanistan. He also met Mr Zubeida, formerly al-Qa'ida's director of operations, who is in US custody.
</p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>31/12/2011 17:08:00</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/16299/US+stops+alQaida+dirty+bomb+attack+on+Washington</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">16299</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>16302</publicationdataID>
      <title>India to Recall Warships, Name Pakistan Envoy</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p><strong>Gestures Are First Response to Musharraf's Pledge to Curb Militants in Kashmir
<br />
By John Lancaster<br />
Washington Post Foreign Service</strong></p>
<p>NEW DELHI, June 10 -- India will soon return some of its warships to port and is preparing to name a new ambassador to Pakistan, gestures intended to lessen the threat of war between the two rival nations, a senior government official said tonight.<br />
<br />
The disclosure came just hours after the Indian government formally announced that it was lifting a ban on flights through Indian airspace by Pakistani aircraft.<br />
<br />
The conciliatory moves came after Pakistani President Pervez Musharraf last week pledged to cut off the flow of Islamic militants to the Indian state of Jammu and Kashmir, focal point of a tense six-month standoff between the Indian and Pakistani armies that
 has sparked fears of a possible nuclear exchange. Musharraf made the pledge Thursday to U.S. Deputy Secretary of State Richard L. Armitage, who conveyed it to Indian leaders in New Delhi a day later and strongly urged them to reciprocate in some fashion.<br />
<br />
Today's overtures from New Delhi marked India's first response to Armitage's request and were an apparent sign of progress in the U.S.-led diplomatic effort to avert a war in South Asia. Defense Secretary Donald H. Rumsfeld is to arrive in New Delhi Tuesday
 night and visit Islamabad later in the week.<br />
<br />
In Islamabad, Pakistani Foreign Ministry spokesman Aziz Khan responded to the lifting of overflight restrictions by saying that his government had "taken note of India's action. This constitutes a step in the desired direction. Obviously, a lot more remains
 to be done."<br />
<br />
Although India's gestures seemed likely to lower tensions, officials here stressed that they do not mean that India is backing down from its threat to wage a "decisive" battle against Pakistan if Musharraf does not rein in the militants.<br />
<br />
Indian officials remain deeply suspicious of the Pakistani leader, whom they describe as a key supporter of the Pakistani-backed guerrilla movement in Kashmir, and they say it will likely be several months before they know whether he intends to follow through
 on his commitment to end what they describe as "cross-border terrorism."<br />
<br />
In the meantime, they say, India will stay on a war footing, with hundreds of thousands of troops poised on the border with Pakistan and ready to strike on just a few hours' notice. Pakistani forces are deployed in a similar posture, and the two armies continue
 to engage in daily artillery-and-mortar duels across the Line of Control, which separates their forces in Kashmir.<br />
<br />
Some Indian leaders, moreover, are insisting that Musharraf do more than seal the Line of Control against militant incursions.<br />
<br />
In an interview today, Home Minister L.K. Advani, leader of the hard-line wing of the Hindu nationalist Bharatiya Janata Party, which heads India's governing coalition, said that Musharraf must also shut down militant training camps in Pakistan-controlled Kashmir,
 end arms deliveries to Kashmiri separatist groups, cut off financial support to militants and their families, and deny sanctuary to militants who commit terrorist acts on Indian soil.
<br />
<br />
"We would expect a country that abandons the path of terrorism to abandon all these," Advani said. "Cross-border terrorism doesn't mean merely infiltration."<br />
<br />
Pakistani officials say the Kashmiri uprising is a homegrown phenomenon and that they limit their assistance to moral, diplomatic and political support.
<br />
<br />
Advani acknowledged that he does not speak for the entire Indian government and that the process of determining whether Musharraf had fulfilled his pledge would not be scientific. "It's a political judgment," he said, "but it's a collective judgment."<br />
<br />
For now at least, the tone has been set by Prime Minister Atal Bihari Vajpayee and Foreign Minister Jaswant Singh, who today telephoned his British counterpart, Jack Straw, to alert him to India's reciprocal moves.<br />
<br />
"He told me that India was announcing today that restrictions on overflights from Pakistan over India were to be lifted and that the name of the next Indian high commissioner [ambassador] to Pakistan was being made public," Straw told the British Parliament.<br />
<br />
"I also understand that the western and east Indian fleets are returning to port," he added.<br />
<br />
There was some confusion tonight as to the timing of the warship redeployment. After Straw's declaration, an Indian navy spokesman contradicted him, telling the Associated Press that the warships were not returning from the Arabian Sea near Pakistan to the
 Bay of Bengal, on the other side of the subcontinent.<br />
<br />
A senior government official, however, said the decision to redeploy the warships had been made, although the order might not have been formally transmitted to military commanders. The official also noted that the navy never formally announced the deployment
 near Pakistan in the first place.<br />
<br />
"The ships, and the units of the western naval fleet, they are sailing back to their bases," the official said.<br />
<br />
In another nod to Islamabad, the official said that New Delhi would soon name a replacement for the ambassador withdrawn from Pakistan after a December attack on the Indian Parliament by armed men allegedly backed by Islamabad. India's choice for ambassador
 is Harsh Bhasin, a former ambassador to South Africa who lately has been teaching international relations at New York University.
<br />
<br />
The official cautioned that even after Bhasin is formally named, India must still submit his name to Islamabad for approval and is unlikely to take that step until it has further evidence that Musharraf is making good on his pledge to Armitage.<br />
<br />
"It depends," the official said. "Let's see in the coming days and weeks how things develop."<br />
<br />
<em>Correspondent Karl Vick in Islamabad contributed to this report.</em></p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>31/12/2011 17:10:20</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/16302/India+to+Recall+Warships+Name+Pakistan+Envoy</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">16302</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>16304</publicationdataID>
      <title>India Takes Steps to Ease Tensions With Pakistanis</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p><strong>By CELIA W. DUGGER<br />
The New York Times</strong></p>
<p>NEW DELHI, June 10 — India took its first concrete measures to ease tensions with Pakistan today by lifting a five-month-old ban on Pakistani commercial aircraft flying over India and pulling a flotilla of naval vessels away from Pakistan's coast, officials
 said.</p>
<p>India has also selected a new ambassador to Pakistan and plans to proceed with his appointment, officials said, if convinced that Pakistan is continuing to address a crucial condition for reducing the standoff between the nuclear-armed rivals: halting the
 infiltration of Islamic guerrillas into Indian Kashmir.</p>
<p>Nirupama Rao, spokeswoman for India's ministry of external affairs, called the decision to allow overflights "a significant step," and Indian officials, one serving and one retired, interpreted it as an important marker that the immediate risk of war has
 receded. Diplomats hope that it will encourage both nations to tiptoe back from the brink of war.</p>
<p>Pakistan is expected to reciprocate by opening its airspace, but it is still far from clear that President Pervez Musharraf will be satisfied with India's announcement. "The response we expect is the initiation of a dialogue process on Kashmir," General
 Musharraf said today before India's announcement, repeating a demand that Indian officials have consistently rejected as premature.
</p>
<p>India's steps today were taken in response to a pledge last week by General Musharraf to halt the infiltrations permanently. He made the pledge in a meeting with Deputy Secretary of State Richard L. Armitage, who passed the assurances to Indian officials.
</p>
<p>The meetings were part of an American diplomatic offensive to prevent a fourth war between the countries. It will continue when Defense Secretary Donald H. Rumsfeld arrives in New Delhi for a meeting with senior Indian officials on Wednesday morning. He
 is expected to fly to Islamabad that afternoon to meet with General Musharraf. </p>
<p>The State Department spokesman in Washington, Richard Boucher, welcomed the Indian announcement today. "Armies on both sides remain mobilized, however, and both sides need to continue to seek to lower tension," he said. He urged both nations to continue
 to take steps to reduce the risk of war. </p>
<p>Pakistan's foreign office spokesman, Aziz Ahmed Khan, said in Islamabad that Pakistan will not formally respond to India's announcement until Tuesday. But Pakistan has said the danger of war will not pass until the million Pakistani and Indian troops deployed
 along the border are pulled back.</p>
<p>Those troops were mobilized after a heavily armed, five-man squad attacked India's Parliament on Dec. 13. India blamed the attack on Pakistan-backed terrorist groups and quickly mounted a huge military buildup. It also recalled its ambassador to Pakistan
 for the first time in 30 years and barred Pakistani aircraft from its air space.
</p>
<p>Despite Pakistan's insistence on talks and a scaling back of troops, India has no intention of either fully demobilizing or joining negotiations anytime soon, officials here say.</p>
<p>They say India will sustain the threat of war until the infiltration has stopped and Pakistan dismantles the training camps, safe houses and dormitories that support the Kashmiri insurgency from Pakistani territory. India also wants to ensure that Pakistan
 does not sow violence in Kashmir before state elections in September or October.
</p>
<p>Pakistan, an Islamic nation that sees itself as the subcontinent's Muslim homeland, maintains that Kashmir, India's only Muslim majority state, should be allowed to merge with it. Pakistan has supported an anti-India insurgency in Kashmir for more than a
 decade. </p>
<p>So far, there are no signs General Musharraf is dismantling what India calls the "infrastructure of terror," though they say he has given the order to halt infiltrators. Western diplomats concur.</p>
<p>But for the first time today, India said infiltration is down. After announcing the restoration of overflights, Nirupama Rao, spokeswoman for India's ministry of external affairs, said: "There has been some fall in infiltration. A trend is not established
 yet." </p>
<p>The decision to allow Pakistani airliners to fly over India will again enable them to take direct routes to Nepal, Bangladesh and Sri Lanka. "It's an acknowledgment that Pakistan has made an important pledge," Mrs. Rao said.
</p>
<p>If Pakistan reciprocates, India aircraft, too, will be spared the inconvenience of flying around Pakistan to get to countries in the Persian Gulf, Europe and Central Asia. When India's prime minister, Atal Bihari Vajpayee, flew to Almaty, Kazakhstan for
 a regional conference last week, the flight took seven and a half hours instead of three.</p>
<p>Indian officials said it will also send a strong signal to countries abroad that travel in the region is safe, despite American and British advisories that have strongly urged their nationals to leave the region.</p>
<p>India still has not restored rail or bus service between India and Pakistan, nor does its decision today about overflights allow Pakistani aircraft to land in India. There are still no air, rail or road connections between the two countries.</p>
<p>India has intentionally left itself with additional positive steps in can take in response to further progress from Pakistan. "There is a menu of options available to the government," Mrs. Rao said today.</p>
<p>India did not publicly announce the redeployment of a flotilla of vessels. Their movement will be easily detected by American and Pakistani military intelligence, so there was no need to do so, Indian officials said.</p>
<p>Nor did India publicly announce that it has picked the man who will serve as high commissioner to Pakistan if downward trends in infiltration continue, though two senior officials confirmed it. The choice is Harsh Bhasin, formerly India's consul general
 in New York and its high commissioner in South Africa.</p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>31/12/2011 17:12:27</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/16304/India+Takes+Steps+to+Ease+Tensions+With+Pakistanis</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">16304</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>16305</publicationdataID>
      <title>Wider Military Ties With India Offer U.S. Diplomatic Leverage</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p><strong>By CELIA W. DUGGER<br />
The New York Times</strong></p>
<p><strong>N</strong>EW DELHI, June 9 — When Defense Secretary Donald H. Rumsfeld arrives here this week, he will have the ear of India's senior political leaders in a way that would have been hard to imagine for most of the past three decades.<br />
<br />
Military cooperation between India and the United States has remarkably quickened since Sept. 11, with a burst of navy, air force and army joint exercises, the revival of American military sales to India and a blur of high-level visits by generals and admirals.<br />
<br />
The fledgling relationship between American and Indian military leaders will be important to Mr. Rumsfeld in talks intended to put to rest fears of war between India and Pakistan.<br />
<br />
"We can hope this translates into some influence and trust, though I don't want to overstate it," a senior American defense official said in an interview on Thursday. "I don't want to predict this guarantees success."<br />
<br />
The American diplomatic efforts yielded their first real gains on Saturday when India welcomed a pledge by Pakistan's military ruler to stop permanently the infiltration of militants into Kashmir. India indicated that it would soon take steps to reduce tensions,
 but a million troops are still fully mobilized along the border — a situation likely to persist for months — and the process of resolving the crisis has just begun.<br />
<br />
India has linked the killing of civilians in Kashmir to a Pakistan-backed insurgency there and has presented its confrontation with Pakistan as part of the global campaign against terrorism.<br />
<br />
India itself made an unstinting offer of support to the United States after Sept. 11, and Washington responded by ending the sanctions placed on India after its 1998 nuclear tests. With that, the estrangement that prevailed between the world's two largest democracies
 during the cold war, when India drew close to the Soviet Union and the United States allied with Pakistan, has eased.<br />
<br />
India, for decades a champion of nonalignment, seeks warmer ties with the United States in hopes of gaining access to sophisticated military technology and help in dealing with Pakistan.<br />
<br />
From the start of President Bush's term, some influential officials in his administration saw India as a potential counterweight to that other Asian behemoth, China, whose growing power was seen as a potential strategic threat.<br />
<br />
But since Sept. 11, the priority has been terrorism. The United States is hoping its deeper military and political ties with India will give it some measure of leverage to prevent a war between India and Pakistan that could lead to a nuclear holocaust and would
 play havoc with the hunt for Al Qaeda in Pakistan.<br />
<br />
The military relationship has certainly accelerated in recent months. "We've moved from crawling to walking and we're preparing to run," said an American military official.<br />
<br />
American warships have been docking in the Indian cities of Bombay, Cochin and Madras. The first major sale of military equipment to India — $140 million of artillery-finding radar made by Raytheon — has been approved by Congress. Aircraft engines, submarine
 combat systems and helicopter parts are in the pipeline.<br />
<br />
In the largest-ever joint ground and air operations, American and Indian paratroopers jumped last month from the same aircraft over the city of Agra. Later this year, for the first time, Indian troops will venture to the United States for exercises in Alaska.<br />
<br />
American and Indian naval ships are jointly patrolling the Strait of Malacca to protect commercial shipping, while the number of Indian military officers training in the United States has jumped to 150 this year from 25 in 1998.<br />
<br />
A parade of military brass has been marching through each other's capitals. "The current level of military to military cooperation between our nations is unprecedented," Gen. Richard B. Myers, chairman of the Joint Chiefs of Staff, said upon arriving in New
 Delhi in February.<br />
<br />
Mr. Bush took office determined to bring the United States and India closer together, an undertaking that began under President Bill Clinton. The Bush administration's approach to India was conceived as part of a broader geopolitical strategy in Asia.<br />
<br />
Some senior officials saw a close American military relationship with India, a developing, democratic nation of a billion people with a million-member army, as a factor that would give pause to a rising, autocratic China, if not now, then a decade or two down
 the road when India has become richer and more powerful, American officials say.<br />
<br />
By most accounts, Robert D. Blackwill, the American ambassador here and a China expert who taught at Harvard, is a proponent of this school of thought. He has used his contacts in the White House and the Pentagon to speed up United States-India military collaborations.
 He was a foreign policy adviser to Mr. Bush during the presidential campaign and the boss of the current national security adviser, Condoleezza Rice, when both served at the National Security Council under the president's father. Mr. Blackwill declined to
 comment.<br />
<br />
In public remarks, American officials have been careful not to depict the warming relations with India as having anything to do with China for fear of alarming China or offending India.<br />
<br />
But the senior American defense official said in the interview on Thursday, "Given our strategy in Asia, the more sober view of China, and Russia no longer being a competitor, there were objective strategic reasons the India-U.S. relationship would improve."<br />
<br />
Analysts are more direct. George Perkovich, a South Asia expert at the Carnegie Endowment for International Peace, said some Pentagon officials see the military relationship with India primarily as a way to make China nervous.<br />
<br />
"The joint patrol of the Strait of Malacca is a great example," Mr. Perkovich said. "The administration says it loves India in its own right and is not trying to contain China, but when officials say this, they then mutter under the breath, `Of course, India
 is a neighbor of China and if China draws certain conclusions, this is O.K.'<br />
<br />
"At this point, it is too early for U.S. military or defense officials to see India as a potential military ally and the Indians themselves don't want an alliance," Mr. Perkovich went on to say. "Americans still regard India as prickly, Indian politics as too
 volatile and the Indian military as too hamstrung by civilian bureaucracy and technical limitations to be of great current value.<br />
<br />
"That said," he added, "the U.S. would probably welcome access to Indian ports or military bases down the road."<br />
<br />
India has its own objectives in the relationship. By threatening a war with Pakistan over terrorism that could jeopardize American interests in Pakistan, India has forced American diplomats to say plainly and publicly something they used to say only privately:
 that Pakistan must stop sponsoring terrorism against India in Kashmir. The United States is now using the weight of its power to exact such a commitment from Pakistan's president, Gen. Pervez Musharraf.<br />
<br />
India also sees American investment, technology and influence as crucial to the realization of its great power aspirations.<br />
<br />
"That is the essential engine that drives the U.S.-India military relationship," said Lt. Gen. V. R. Raghavan, a retired director general of military operations in the Indian Army. "India requires technological development, economic development and military
 growth in terms of technology."<br />
<br />
If India had had the radar systems it is acquiring now during its 1999 Kargil war with Pakistan in Kashmir, India could have much more quickly destroyed Pakistani artillery and charged up the mountains to retake the heights, Indian officials say. "Without any
 doubt whatsoever," Jaswant Singh, India's foreign affairs minister, said in an interview.<br />
<br />
India and Pakistan have been fighting over Kashmir since 1947, and the bloody competition drives their military spending higher. This year, India has increased military spending 13 percent, or $1.45 billion, and most of that will go for capital expenses to
 modernize the military. American companies are now contending for a share.<br />
<br />
But India is not going to allow itself to become dependent on American military hardware anytime soon. Its primary supplier was the Soviet Union and is still Russia. The United States, with its ready use of sanctions, is seen as an unreliable supplier. For
 example, after the 1998 sanctions were imposed, India was unable to get spare parts for its Sea King helicopters.<br />
<br />
Mr. Singh said the small-scale American military sales to India were still not much more than "a kind of diplomatic lubricant." The Indian emphasis is on self-reliance.<br />
<br />
"It doesn't matter if it is not the best," he said, "but we must have it as our own, as something that we produce for ourselves."<br />
<br />
Still, India wants the high-technology weaponry that American companies produce and that the United States has been leery of selling India because of its nuclear program.<br />
<br />
"We are looking forward to closer relations both in technology as well as in procurement," India's defense minister, George Fernandes, said in a recent interview.</p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>31/12/2011 17:14:24</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/16305/Wider+Military+Ties+With+India+Offer+US+Diplomatic+Leverage</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">16305</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>16306</publicationdataID>
      <title>A Good Voice Silenced: Kashmir's Loss Is Also Mine</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p><strong>By Pamela Constable<br />
Washington Post </strong></p>
<p>KABUL, Afghanistan: Two weeks ago, I was in a dingy government office in northern Afghanistan, interviewing a police official. A small TV set flickered in the corner, but I barely noticed it until I suddenly glimpsed a familiar, grizzled face frozen on the
 screen. Underneath was a one-word caption: Assassinated.<br />
<br />
It was Abdul Ghani Lone, a 70-year-old lawyer and politician from India's Kashmir Valley. He had been gunned down in Srinagar, the region's major city, just after delivering a speech at a memorial service for another slain political leader.<br />
<br />
Sick with sadness and rage, I sank down in front of the TV and touched the face on the screen. Lone had been my friend, a man I admired greatly for his candor and courage. I had no idea who had killed him, but I immediately knew why: The stakes in Kashmir had
 simply become too high to tolerate an honest, moderate voice.<br />
<br />
Tens of thousands of people have died violently in the Kashmir Valley, a corner of India whose natural beauty has been savaged by a vicious guerrilla war for the past 13 years, a place where fading posters of scenic lakes and mountain crags were long ago eclipsed
 by news photos of kerchiefed women wailing over corpses.<br />
<br />
During numerous visits to Kashmir over the past four years, I have written about dozens of these deaths, always struggling to achieve that fraudulent balance between outrage and impartiality. Sometimes I saw the mutilated bodies of young Kashmiri guerrilla
 suspects dumped by roadsides, sometimes the charred bodies of young Indian soldiers torn to shreds by grenade blasts.<br />
<br />
Always, the killings were fresh fodder for the propaganda war being waged by India, Pakistan and the Kashmiri separatist movement, whose competing claims to the divided border region are rooted in the chaotic, never-clarified partition of Hindu-dominated India
 that created Muslim Pakistan more than half a century ago.<br />
<br />
Always, facts were hard to come by and blame was easily diffused in the murky fog of a protracted proxy war in which all sides were guilty of intransigence, cruelty and cynicism -- and virtually no one ever told the truth.<br />
<br />
But when I learned that Lone had been assassinated on May 21, I felt as if an unforgivable line had been crossed -- as if the forces of extremism were sending the ultimate, nihilistic message from the murk. I felt a sense of despair far deeper and sharper than
 anything I had experienced while covering scores of more anonymous deaths in Kashmir.<br />
<br />
For years, Lone had been one of the few voices of consistent reason in a conflict dominated by radical posturing, narrow self-interest and gratuitous violence. A one-time state legislator and lifelong Muslim separatist who was a senior leader of the All Parties
 Hurriyet Conference, he harbored equal mistrust of India's and Pakistan's designs on Kashmir.<br />
<br />
He defended the Kashmiri armed insurgency, but only as a necessary, limited evil in the absence of dialogue and democracy. And when Islamic fundamentalist fighters from Pakistan began gaining influence over the guerrilla movement several years ago, he was the
 only prominent separatist who spoke out against them. <br />
<br />
Since 1998, Lone and I had met periodically in his barren Srinagar office for long conversations, closer to history lectures, laced with his mournful aphorisms and wry wit. I ate with his family, I traveled with him, I was invited to his son's wedding. I called
 him "Lone Sahib," a term of respect. He called me "daughter," which made me feel embarrassed but never compromised.<br />
<br />
Our conversations helped me understand the tortured history of Kashmir, the fatalistic pride and bitterness of the valley's Muslim majority, the alienation and frustration that drove thousands of young Kashmiri men to take up arms in the early 1990s against
 the far more powerful military forces of the Indian state.<br />
<br />
"Kashmir is like a well with a poisoned dog inside it," Lone told me in 1999. "India keeps removing buckets and buckets of water, but it has never removed the dog. As long as the Kashmir issue is not resolved, the poison will remain."<br />
<br />
But Lone never allowed himself to be poisoned. Despite his abiding suspicion of India's central government, which he viewed as an occupying colonial power, he never gave up hoping for negotiation and democratic rule in Kashmir. Although convinced he had been
 cheated out of his state assembly seat by Indian officials in 1987, he recently expressed support for upcoming state elections.<br />
<br />
Despite his movement's longtime dependence on Pakistan, and the separatist myth that most Kashmiri Muslims yearned to be part of the neighboring state, Lone was increasingly critical of Pakistan's self-interested patronage. Two years ago, during a rare trip
 to Islamabad for his son's wedding, he pointedly said it was time for Kashmir's Islamic "guest fighters" to go home.<br />
<br />
"Our biggest danger now is sabotage from extremists on both sides," he told me then. "Both the Pakistani [intelligence services] and the Indian army want to continue this war. There are many vested interests, and we must not fall into their trap. Kashmir should
 be left to manage its own problems."<br />
<br />
But the guerrilla attacks intensified, hostility between India and Pakistan mounted, and now the neighboring rivals -- both possessing nuclear arsenals -- proclaim themselves ready for war. Hundreds of thousands of troops stare each other down across the border,
 and Pakistani officials have made veiled threats to use nuclear weapons if India attacks.<br />
<br />
Against this backdrop of near-total polarization, the slaying of Lone made tragic sense. Just as Kashmir seemed about to boil over into the decisive regional conflict of Islamic extremists' dreams, the senior separatist leader was disavowing their radical agenda
 and backing Indian elections. He had to be silenced.<br />
<br />
Lone's assassination, by masked gunmen who posed as police and then escaped, made me think instantly of Neelam Tiruchelvam, a moderate Sri Lankan politician from the Tamil ethnic minority, who had been respected for his efforts to find neutral ground and a
 negotiated solution to the protracted civil war with the Sinhalese majority. <br />
<br />
In July 1999, Tiruchelvam, 55, was killed by a suicide bomber, probably from the Tamil Tiger guerrillas. Like Lone's, his reasonable demands for negotiation and limited political autonomy for an ethnic-minority region posed a far greater threat than any armed
 foe to extremists' visions of cataclysmic confrontation.<br />
<br />
To those genuinely concerned about solving the Kashmir conflict, Lone's audacious slaying seemed to deal a blow to the prospects for peace. Indian newspaper editorials mourned the "death of moderation," the "redundancy of reason" and the demise of a dove in
 a "season of hawks."<br />
<br />
To those more concerned with spin, the unsolved crime was another opportunity for easy finger-pointing. Many Indians blamed Pakistan, suggesting that its intelligence agencies had decided to eliminate a persuasive, anti-Pakistan voice. Some Pakistani guerrilla
 groups blamed India, suggesting that its agents had used Lone to tar them as terrorists.
<br />
<br />
Given the treacherous history of the Kashmir conflict, neither scenario was out of the question. But to me, it hardly mattered who had pulled the trigger. Lone Sahib was gone. There would be no more edifying chats in his office, no more Kashmiri proverbs and
 no more embarrassing moments when a grizzled old politician, with sly but irresistible charm, greeted me fondly as "daughter."<br />
<br />
I will always miss him.<br />
<br />
<strong><em>Pamela Constable, who is currently based in Kabul, has been The Post's South Asia bureau chief for three years.
</em></strong></p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>31/12/2011 17:15:58</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/16306/A+Good+Voice+Silenced+Kashmirs+Loss+Is+Also+Mine</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">16306</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>16308</publicationdataID>
      <title>Kashmir crucible puts heat on Pakistan's leader</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p><strong>Musharraf at odds with officers<br />
Juliette Terzieff, Chronicle Foreign Service<br />
San Francisco Chronicle </strong></p>
<p>Islamabad, Pakistan -- Close friends and advisers describe him as a strategic thinker, a man eager to face any challenge head on.
<br />
<br />
And after Sept. 11, Pervez Musharraf, Pakistan's military president, boldly reversed 20 years of foreign policy, withdrawing Pakistani support for Afghanistan's Taliban leaders against the wishes of many in his own administration.
<br />
<br />
Later, when the international community demanded that he crack down on rampant militancy in his own nation, the general obliged, knowing the majority of Pakistanis would support him.
<br />
<br />
But now, the once widely popular Musharraf is facing a growing tide of international and domestic criticism over the explosive Kashmir issue, which is threatening to plunge the subcontinent into a potential nuclear conflict.
<br />
<br />
"He is a failure," said Hafiz Mohammed Idress, a member of the political party Jamait Islami. "Our economy is a mess; nobody believes his words anymore;
<br />
<br />
relationships with our foreign friends are strained -- and now? Kashmir." <br />
<br />
With over a million troops eyeball-to-eyeball across the India-Pakistan border, exchanges of fire are almost a daily occurrence. Dozens of civilians on both sides have been killed or injured in the past month, with thousands forced to flee their homes.
<br />
<br />
Wednesday saw the first use of armored vehicle-launched weaponry on the plains of the Punjab around Sialkot, a previous Indian invasion route and the scene of ferocious tank battles in previous wars. Pakistani officials report hundreds fleeing the fighting.
<br />
<br />
The decades-old dispute over predominantly Muslim, Indian-controlled Kashmir has long since morphed into a virtual definition of Pakistani identity.
<br />
<br />
"Changing policy on Afghanistan was something most Pakistanis felt was overdue and acceptable," said retired Maj. Gen. Anwar Sher. "But even any appearance of giving up Kashmir to India would meet staunch resistance from most sectors of society."
<br />
<br />
Like his predecessors in office, Musharraf had hoped to continue the army's long-standing, semi- covert support for the Muslim guerrilla war in Kashmir.
<br />
<br />
But international criticism over bloody attacks on Indian installations recently prompted him to order the military to stop fighters crossing over from Pakistani-controlled Kashmir -- at least for the next six weeks.
<br />
<br />
The move, according to Musharraf's advisers, met with stiff resistance from army generals, including the third-ranked figure in the hierarchy, Kashmir- born Lt. Gen. Mohammad Aziz Khan. The generals reportedly agreed to toe the line as long as the move was
 only temporary. <br />
<br />
It also remains unclear how much control Musharraf can exert over Muslim militants.
<br />
<br />
Noting that the groups have received funding from al Qaeda and other foreign sources, Amanullah Khan, chairman of the Jammu Kashmir Liberation Front (JKLF), a political alliance struggling to ensure peaceful self- determination for Kashmir's 15 million people,
 said: "They have outgrown their dependence on Pakistan, and they could pose a serious threat to Musharraf."
<br />
<br />
Two of the largest militant groups -- Jaish-e-Mohammad (Army of Mohammad) and Lashkar-e-Tayyeba (Army of the Righteous) -- have the ability to strike out at the regime either directly of indirectly, Khan said.
<br />
<br />
"Lashkar was born and raised in Pakistan; their ability to strike here is solid," he said. "Either group could conceivably attack inside India to provoke a response or inside Pakistan to diminish Musharraf's stature."
<br />
<br />
If India were to follow through on threats to launch retaliatory strikes against Pakistan, the militant groups could prove themselves a valuable ally to the outmanned Pakistani army -- a fact not lost on Musharraf as he maneuvers his way through the maze of
 conflicting interests. <br />
<br />
The risky attempt to rein in the groups without totally alienating them comes as Musharraf finds himself under immense pressure from society as a whole not to concede anything on Kashmir.
<br />
<br />
"Musharraf is not to be trusted," said M.A. Raja, an Islamic activist. "He is acting under pressure from India and the United States -- for his interest, not ours, not Kashmir's."
<br />
<br />
Others have taken the criticism to the extreme. <br />
<br />
At mosques around the country, pamphlets are being circulated calling for Musharraf's removal from power.
<br />
<br />
"America is giving war support and weapons to India while crushing the abilities of the Pakistan army -- encouraging India to improve its missile technology," claimed one flyer distributed this past week in and around the capital of Islamabad by a group calling
 itself Hizb-ul Tehreer (Independence Alliance). <br />
<br />
Musharraf, said the pamphlet, "knows that America is harming Pakistan -- and is lying to the Pakistani people. (He) is an agent of the West being paid to ignore atrocities against innocent Muslims."
<br />
<br />
"Muslims have no choice but to get rid of this cruel leader," the screed concludes.
<br />
<br />
To avert further criticism, a tired-looking Musharraf adopted the role of defiant leader in a televised speech last week and promised a "full response" to any Indian attack in Kashmir.
<br />
<br />
At a regional conference in Kazakstan this week, Indian Prime Minister Atal Bihari Vajpayee rejected the idea of bilateral talks with a conciliatory- minded Musharraf and issued veiled accusations against the Pakistani leader for playing both sides of the coin.
<br />
<br />
That is exactly where Musharraf finds himself at the moment. <br />
<br />
The insurgency provides Pakistan with powerful leverage to keep the Kashmir issue at the top of the international agenda. Ending all support for the rebels could spark an Islamic revolt inside Pakistan itself. But too much violence there could drag the region
 into a catastrophic conflict. <br />
<br />
"He's between a rock and hard place," concluded Khan. "And the light at the end of the tunnel seems very far away right now."
</p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>31/12/2011 17:17:50</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/16308/Kashmir+crucible+puts+heat+on+Pakistans+leader</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">16308</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>16309</publicationdataID>
      <title>The Bushies Bungle South Asia: Silent Partner</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p><strong>Lawrence F. Kaplan<br />
The New Republic<br />
Post date: 06.06.02 </strong></p>
<p>When it comes to U.S. foreign policy, it's not true that September 11 changed everything. In the case of America's relationship with its cold war client Pakistan, it actually restored the status quo. In the months before September 11, relations between Washington
 and Islamabad rapidly soured as the Bush team became enthralled with India--a country that, unlike Pakistan, offered a valuable market, a democracy, and a potential strategic partner against China. Last summer Deputy Secretary of State Richard Armitage lumped
 Pakistan in with other "rogue states"; announced that our cold war friendship with the country was a "false relationship"; and worried about its nuclear program, while expressing no similar concern about India's. But September 11, and the need for Pakistani
 cooperation in Afghanistan, moved the clock back to the cold war. Since then, President George W. Bush has lauded Pakistani autocrat Pervez Musharraf as a "leader with great courage and vision"; Secretary of State Colin Powell has praised his "courage and
 foresight"; and State Department officials have likened him to Ataturk. <br />
<br />
They were closer to the truth the first time: In their rush to reembrace Pakistan as an ally against the Taliban and Al Qaeda, for months American policymakers willfully disregarded evidence that Musharraf has been a less-thanreliable partner. Hence, the Bush
 administration has greeted with silence Musharraf's rejection of its demand that he impose order along Afghanistan's lawless border. Pressed to account for that refusal last month, Defense Secretary Donald Rumsfeld lamely explained that Pakistan is "a sovereign
 nation." Silence, too, has followed Musharraf's refusal to hand over the central suspect in the murder of Wall Street Journal reporter Daniel Pearl and to provide American investigators full access to Pakistani nuclear scientists believed to have had contacts
 with Al Qaeda. And the Bush team barely uttered a peep when Musharraf rigged a referendum extending his rule two months ago. But when it comes to Musharraf's refusal to stanch the flow of terrorists into Kashmir--a refusal that explains why South Asia now
 teeters on the brink of war--the Bush administration has been worse than mute. It has responded with ostentatious praise.
<br />
<br />
"You have to give him credit," Powell said of Musharraf's effort to halt Kashmiri terrorism in January; and in New Delhi one week later Powell asked his Indian hosts to give the general a "chance." Bush, too, has pressed India to "let Musharraf bring terrorists
 to justice," adding that the Pakistani leader has been "responding forcefully and actively to bring those who would harm others to justice" and "cracking down hard" on terrorists. Or as a Pentagon official put it to The New York Times in January, "The United
 States thinks that Musharraf is for real and has undertaken fundamental changes. We have been trying to persuade the Indians to take 'yes' for an answer." But "yes" was never Musharraf's answer at all. And by pretending for so many months that it was, the
 Bush administration may have brought the two countries closer to war. <br />
<br />
The claim that Musharraf has been "cracking down hard" on cross-border terrorism was always a questionable proposition. After Pakistani terrorists attacked the Indian parliament last December, prompting India to mass troops along the Pakistani border in response,
 Musharraf heeded the Bush team's demands by arresting extremists at home and by condemning terrorism in a nationally televised speech. But no sooner had the crisis passed--and the parade of administration officials shuttling back and forth between New Delhi
 and Islamabad came to a halt, as the Bush team turned its attention to the Middle East--when the Pakistani dictator reverted to type. The general has since released almost all the militants he rounded up in January. He has refused to hand over to India 20
 terrorists linked to the attack on its parliament, and he still touts his support for "the Kashmiri struggle for liberation." Most important, administration officials concede that the flow of militants--which had subsided when snow blocked infiltration routes
 from Pakistan during the winter--has resumed with the spring thaw. In fact, just three weeks ago, Pakistani-backed militants murdered 34 Indians at an army base in Kashmir.
<br />
<br />
If the Bush administration has averted its gaze to Pakistani malfeasance, it hasn't been for lack of warning by Indian officials. As early as last December, Indian Prime Minister Atal Behari Vajpayee complained bitterly about being subjected to American "sermons
 about restraint" while Washington turned a blind eye to Musharraf's antics. On a trip to New Delhi three weeks ago, Assistant Secretary of State Christina Rocca was ambushed by officials from India's foreign ministry, who told her they were exasperated by
 U.S. admonitions for restraint and were tired of Washington's "double standards." One week later Indian Defense Secretary Yogendra Narain conveyed the same message to Armitage and Rumsfeld. "We told them that our patience [had] almost come to an end, and what
 Musharraf had promised in his January twelfth speech, he has not lived up to it," Narain said after meeting with his American counterparts. "We also felt that the U.S. had not done enough to control or advise Pakistan on this issue." And last week Foreign
 Minister Jaswant Singh went so far as to declare that the presence of U.S. forces at Pakistani bases would not be "an inhibiting factor in [India's] policy determinations."
<br />
<br />
Brahma Chellaney, an Indian strategist with close ties to the government, believes the present crisis might not have arisen had the Bush administration responded more forcefully to ample evidence of Pakistani misconduct. "So eager has the Bush team been to
 win Musharraf's cooperation," says Chellaney, "that until last week they did not press him on the issue of cross-border terrorism against India." Hence, officials in New Delhi reacted furiously when Rocca repeated Washington's praise for Musharraf last month.
 In fact, it was only after Rocca conveyed their anger by telephone to Powell, who in turn informed the White House, that the crisis received Cabinet-level attention--with Bush placing a call to Vajpayee, and national security adviser Condoleezza Rice phoning
 her Indian counterpart, Principal Secretary Brajesh Mishra. <br />
<br />
The Indians particularly distrust Powell, who even members of the Bush team admit has established a kinship of "fellow generals" with Musharraf. The chumminess has been noticed in Delhi, too, particularly since Powell has repeated Musharraf's contention that
 Kashmir is the core issue in Indo-Pakistani relations--something India denies. "The Bush administration and particularly Secretary of State Powell [have made] Musharraf feel that they go to great lengths to please him," complains Gopalaswami Parthasarathy,
 India's former high commissioner to Pakistan. "General Musharraf was so sure of United States support that he blatantly rigged a referendum and has continued to aid terrorists in Jammu and Kashmir." One of the reasons the White House dispatched Rumsfeld to
 South Asia this week rather than Powell was precisely, as one senior administration official puts it, "to show that we take this very seriously."
<br />
<br />
The perception of American bias has been made worse by the reality of American ineptitude. "The administration doesn't have a plan, just a crisis management policy," says The Brookings Institution's Stephen Cohen, author of India: Emerging Power. "They haven't
 been engaged at all." After meeting with Musharraf in February, Bush said, "I hope we can facilitate serious and meaningful dialogue between India and Pakistan"--this, despite the fact that India loudly opposes third-party intervention. The next day, however,
 Rice said, "[W]e don't believe this is something that mediation or facilitation is going to help." In a similar vein, the National Security Council's director for Asian affairs, Harry Thomas, announced in March that Pakistan should either try suspected terrorists
 or hand them over to India. A week later the State Department said that was a matter for the countries themselves to decide.
<br />
<br />
Adding to the disarray, relations between the American Embassies in India and Pakistan have become almost as tense as relations between the two countries themselves. Wendy Chamberlain, the U.S. ambassador to Pakistan, and Robert Blackwill, the U.S. ambassador
 to India, have spent the last few months bombarding Washington with cables--arguing, in Chamberlain's case, that Musharraf has done everything in his power to halt incursions into Kashmir and, in Blackwill's case, that he has done nothing of the sort. According
 to one official, "Their reporting completely distorts our picture of what's happening on the ground." And if the presence of Chamberlain and Blackwill has confused administration policy, their sudden absence could muddle the picture further: Chamberlain has
 just vacated her post to join her children in the United States, and Blackwill--the subject of a State Department inspector-general review for what an official called in The Washington Post "treat[ing] his staff like furniture"--may soon be departing the region
 as well. <br />
<br />
But this much is clear: The Bush team needs a new road map for South Asia. U.S. officials readily concede that if war breaks out on the subcontinent it will be because India invades to counter Pakistani provocations in Kashmir. The obvious administration strategy,
 then, would simply be to address the source of India's complaint. After all, the Bush team knows the charge has merit: "Musharraf," says an official directly involved in managing U.S.-Pakistani relations, "could clamp down on infiltration in a minute if he
 wanted to. He's certainly done so before." Even the Clinton team, which generally made a hash of South Asia policy, understood the proximate cause of Kashmir's woes. In a recent paper published by the Center for the Advanced Study of India at the University
 of Pennsylvania, Bruce Riedel, a special assistant to the president, recounts Bill Clinton's response when faced with the possibility of a nuclear exchange over Kashmir in 1999. Reasoning that to do otherwise would reward Pakistani aggression in Kashmir, Clinton
 placed the blame squarely where it belonged--publicly demanding a Pakistani withdrawal from Indian-controlled Kashmir; assuring Vajpayee that he was "holding firm on demanding the withdrawal [of Pakistani troops] to the [line of control]"; and turning down
 repeated pleas to intercede with India on Islamabad's behalf. The Pakistanis backed down.
<br />
<br />
Today, of course, there is a new ingredient in the mix: America's need for Pakistan's assistance in flushing out Al Qaeda forces. But that imperative hardly justified the Bush team's boundless solicitude for Musharraf. Having created and sponsored the very
 government that harbored bin Laden, Pakistan had little choice last fall but to cooperate with the United States in the war on terror or face its wrath--a message Armitage bluntly conveyed to Pakistan's intelligence chief last September. To do otherwise would
 have led to Pakistan's international isolation, wrecked its already spiraling economy, and--as Musharraf himself argued--drawn Washington and New Delhi closer than ever. The logic still holds true. Rather than coddle Pakistan, then, the administration might
 take New Delhi's warnings a bit more seriously. Alas, even today many in the administration suspect that India's current buildup is aimed merely at frightening them into applying pressure on Pakistan. "This is really a case of the boy who cried wolf," says
 a senior State Department official. "[India's] strategy ever since September eleventh has been to prevent us from getting too cozy with Pakistan, and so they're always complaining about Musharraf and threatening to take action if we don't." But it really shouldn't
 take a war to get Washington's attention. </p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>31/12/2011 17:19:15</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/16309/The+Bushies+Bungle+South+Asia+Silent+Partner</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">16309</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>16310</publicationdataID>
      <title>Alleged 9/11 Mastermind Linked to Hamburg Cell</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p><strong>Inquiry: A '99 meeting of the Bin Laden aide and hijackers shows his key role, investigators say.<br />
BOB DROGIN and JOSH MEYER<br />
Times Staff Writers<br />
The Los Angeles Times</strong></p>
<p>WASHINGTON --- Khalid Shaikh Mohammed, who authorities now believe conceived the Sept. 11 attacks, apparently met with the terrorist plot's chief suicide hijackers in 1999 in Hamburg, Germany, U.S. intelligence officials said Wednesday.<br />
<br />
A senior intelligence official said "several different sources" had placed Mohammed at the Hamburg apartment that was used for meetings by three of the Arabs who are believed to have piloted the hijacked planes, as well as by several others implicated in planning
 and funding the operation.<br />
<br />
The new intelligence may help to solve one of the major puzzles about Sept. 11—who outside the hijacking teams helped coordinate their actions and provided the link to senior Al Qaeda leaders. Mohammed is now believed to have filled at least part of that pivotal
 role.<br />
<br />
The intelligence official said interrogation of Al Qaeda prisoners captured in Afghanistan and elsewhere, as well as "tracing of documents" and other raw intelligence collected in recent months, indicated that Mohammed was one of the few people with direct
 knowledge of the recruiting, training, funding and other operational details behind the attacks.<br />
<br />
"The number of people central to this plan was very small," said the official, who spoke on condition of anonymity. "He was one of them."<br />
<br />
Although Mohammed was little known to the public until this week, officials said he has now been tied to the 1993 bombing of the World Trade Center, a foiled 1995 attempt to bomb 12 U.S. airliners over the Pacific, the 1998 bombings of U.S. embassies in Tanzania
 and Kenya, and the Sept. 11 attacks on New York and the Washington area.<br />
<br />
"He is the Forrest Gump of Al Qaeda," a Bush administration official said. "He has more of a presence in some of their plots than we had previously known."<br />
<br />
The official said counter-terrorism experts had focused their attention over the last two years chiefly on the more high-profile Abu Zubeida, the Al Qaeda operations chief who was captured in March in Pakistan.<br />
<br />
"Khalid Shaikh Mohammed had been quiet and had stayed off the airwaves," the official added. "In hindsight, I don't think people appreciated how important a player he had become in the Al Qaeda hierarchy. We are learning all that now."<br />
<br />
Mohammed was indicted by a U.S. court in 1996 for his alleged role in the airliner plot, but the federal arrest warrant was sealed so he wouldn't know that authorities were scouring the globe for him.<br />
<br />
Officials said it is still unclear precisely when Mohammed visited Hamburg, or which of the hijackers he met there. Mohamed Atta, Marwan al-Shehhi and Ziad Jarrah—who are believed to have piloted three of the hijacked planes—lived in the northern German city
 for most of 1999.<br />
<br />
Atta's two roommates—Ramzi bin al-Shibh and Said Bahaji—also are suspected of participating in the plot. Unable to get a U.S. visa, Bin al-Shibh helped wire tens of thousands of dollars to the hijackers and to Zacarias Moussaoui, who was arrested before Sept.
 11 and later was charged with conspiracy. Investigators have said Moussaoui was supposed to take bin al-Shibh's place as the 20th hijacker.<br />
<br />
Mohammed's whereabouts are unknown, although officials hinted that at least one unsuccessful covert operation was launched to capture him in the late 1990s in the Middle East.<br />
<br />
"We don't have a real good bead on where's he been," another intelligence official said. "Obviously we'd love to talk to him."<br />
<br />
U.S. authorities are offering a reward of as much as $25 million for information leading to his capture. He is believed to be in Afghanistan or Pakistan.<br />
<br />
Mohammed initially was known as an accomplice to Ramzi Yousef, the convicted mastermind of the first World Trade Center bombing in 1993 and of a 1995 plot to detonate bombs aboard 12 U.S. airliners over the Pacific Ocean.<br />
<br />
According to the 1996 U.S. indictment, Yousef, using the name Dr. Adel Sabah, rented an apartment in the Tiffany Mansion condominium building in the San Juan section of Manila, the capital of the Philippines, in August 1994.<br />
<br />
In the next two months, Yousef and Mohammed lived there and used the location to mix chemicals for explosives. They were also in possession of "modified timing devices," the indictment said.<br />
<br />
On Dec. 1, 1994, they and a number of other men blew up an explosive device at Manila's Greenbelt Theater. That was a test, authorities say, for the explosive device placed on Philippine Airlines Flight 434 from Manila to Tokyo 10 days later. The small bomb
 exploded in midair, according to the indictment, killing passenger Haruki Ikegami.<br />
<br />
The plot was uncovered in January 1995 when Mohammed's "bomb factory" caught fire and authorities searching Yousef's computer found detailed plans to blow up the airliners. Abdul Hakim Murad, a commercial pilot who wanted to hijack planes, and Wali Khan Amin
 Shah, a suspected Bin Laden associate, were captured and convicted in the plot along with Yousef.<br />
<br />
Also in the computer: a communication signed by "Khalid Shaikh" and an apparently related letter that threatened to attack American targets "in response to the financial, political and military assistance given to the Jewish state in the occupied land of Palestine
 by the American Government."<br />
<br />
The letter, apparently written by Mohammed and his associates, also threatened to assassinate the president of the Philippines, attack aircraft or even launch a biochemical attack if one of their co-conspirators was not released from custody.<br />
<br />
At the time, U.S. counter-terrorism officials tried but failed to find connections between the group and the still-embryonic terrorist network called Al Qaeda.<br />
<br />
They concluded, however, that Mohammed was unlike the low-level "soldiers" who had helped Yousef in the airliner plot, which was called Bojinka, Bosnian for "big noise."<br />
<br />
Mohammed, they said, appeared to be an equal to Yousef, and someone whom Yousef trusted and respected, said one former law enforcement official involved in that investigation and prosecution.<br />
<br />
"Yousef was a one-man band who planned it, built [the explosives], and it never would have happened without him," said the official, who spoke on the condition of anonymity. "The others were a bunch of clowns who couldn't have done it without Yousef."<br />
<br />
Except Mohammed, the official said. "He was someone of stature that Yousef respected," said the former official. He also said Mohammed was believed to be Yousef's relative by marriage.<br />
<br />
But Mohammed now appears to have had early links to the larger terror network. His citizenship remains in question—the FBI says he is from Kuwait, while other officials suspect he may be from Baluchistan, a Pakistani province. Moreover, he has had access to
 significant sums of money, an indication that others may be backing him, officials said.<br />
<br />
"I was always under the impression that he had connections; he could move around, had money and could go from one place to another," said the former official.<br />
<br />
Later, authorities linked Mohammed to the 1998 bombings of the two U.S. embassies in Africa. On Wednesday, they said his role in those attacks was still being investigated.<br />
<br />
Since Sept. 11, authorities have struggled to piece together the complex plot, as well as the Al Qaeda hierarchy and network that spawned it. They now have concluded that Mohammed had quietly risen from a low-level figure to a position of relative authority.<br />
<br />
He had access to Zubeida and Bin Laden, and authorities now believe that he thought up the Sept. 11 plot, possibly incorporating elements of the first World Trade Center attack and the botched airliner plot.<br />
<br />
"He's definitely a player," said the Bush administration official Wednesday. "He's definitely a major guy. People have known about him for a while."<br />
<br />
The latest information places him in Hamburg in 1999, after the Sept. 11 cell had been assembled.<br />
<br />
The young Arabs who formed it had arrived in Germany over the previous decade, but all were in Hamburg and were in contact with one another by 1998.<br />
<br />
Atta came first, arriving as a student in 1992 from his home in Egypt. In early 1999, he moved out of student housing and into a refurbished apartment on Marienstrasse that investigators think served as the base for the cell.<br />
<br />
Al-Shehhi moved to Germany from the United Arab Emirates in 1996, settling two years later in a Hamburg apartment close to Atta's. Jarrah arrived in the fall of 1997.<br />
<br />
German investigators think that the Hamburg group was chosen by Al Qaeda for their technical skills and relative sophistication. The investigators say the three probably were singled out at Al Qaeda training camps in Afghanistan, probably in late 1998 or early
 1999.<br />
<br />
In any case, German federal police say airline records show that the three presumed pilots, plus Bin al-Shibh, flew to Pakistan in late 1999, presumably en route to Afghanistan. The three pilots were in Florida by July 2000, the first leg of the U.S. travel
 that ultimately would end in the airborne attacks.<br />
<br />
<em><strong>Times staff writer Terry McDermott in Los Angeles contributed to this report.
</strong></em></p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>31/12/2011 17:28:18</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/16310/Alleged+911+Mastermind+Linked+to+Hamburg+Cell</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">16310</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>16311</publicationdataID>
      <title>World cannot tolerate Pak stance on nukes: Straw</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p><strong>The News International - Pakistan</strong></p>
<p>LONDON: The international community understands but "cannot tolerate" Pakistan's stance of not ruling out a first use of nuclear weapons in its dispute with India over Kashmir, British Foreign Secretary Jack Straw said on Thursday.<br />
<br />
"We have to obtain an undertaking on both sides that they won't in any circumstances use the nuclear weapon first," Straw told BBC radio. "That already has happened in respect of India. It hasn't yet happened in respect of Pakistan."<br />
<br />
The foreign secretary added: "All of us can comprehend why Pakistan does not rule out what is called first use (of nuclear weapons). They are very much less strong" than India. "We can comprehend it but we cannot tolerate it because a nuclear exchange is no
 way whatever to resolve this conflict," he said.<br />
<br />
"More immediately, we have to do better to ensure that there is effective verification along the Line of Control in Kashmir (to prevent) the infiltrations of cross-border terrorists," he added.<br />
<br />
According to the Independent, a British broadsheet, US Defence Secretary Donald Rumsfeld, who is expected in India and Pakistan next week, is set to propose an Anglo-American "verification force" of 500 helicopter-borne troops to patrol the Line of Control.</p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>31/12/2011 17:30:08</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/16311/World+cannot+tolerate+Pak+stance+on+nukes+Straw</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">16311</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>16312</publicationdataID>
      <title>MADE IN THE U.S.A</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p><strong>Hundreds of Americans have followed the path to jihad. Here's how and why<br />
By David E. Kaplan<br />
U.S. News</strong></p>
<p>Fifteen thousand feet high in Kashmir and armed with a Kalashnikov–that was not how friends thought Jibreel al-Amreekee would end up. All of 19, the restless kid from Atlanta had grown up in a wealthy family attending Ebenezer Baptist Church, the home pulpit
 of Martin Luther King Jr. A soft-spoken youth with long dreadlocks, al-Amreekee had a passion for sky diving and reading books on the world's religions.
<br />
<br />
One religion that drew his interest was Islam, and while he was at North Carolina Central University, that interest grew into a calling. By 1997, he had converted and was spending his time at the modest Ibad-ar-Rahman mosque in Durham, where African-Americans
 mixed easily with immigrants from Egypt and Pakistan. He fell in with a group of fundamentalists who preached of how fellow Muslims were being slaughtered overseas and how jihad–holy war–was every Muslim's obligation. For al-Amreekee, it came as a revelation.
 He dropped out of school, read the Koran daily, fasted, and prepared for combat overseas. "He was into it, man," recalled a friend, Jaleel Abdullah Musawwir. "You know, Islam says when you get into something you go full ahead, and that's the way he did it."
<br />
<br />
In late 1997, al-Amreekee took off for Kashmir, where India and Pakistan have clashed for decades. Through friends in Durham, he hooked up with Lashkar-e-Taiba (the Righteous Army), a now banned militia blamed for December's terrorist attack on the Indian parliament.
 Lashkar leaders, closely allied with Osama bin Laden's al Qaeda, have announced plans to "plant Islamic flags in Delhi, Tel Aviv, and Washington."
<br />
<br />
After training at a Lashkar base in Pakistan, al-Amreekee got his chance: His unit began ambushing Indian troops in Kashmir. But the American didn't last long. After just 21/2 months as a jihadist, he was dead–killed while attacking an Indian Army post. "He
 got what he wanted," said Abdullah Ramadawn, a friend and fellow Georgian who used to drive him home after prayers. "He always said he wanted to be a martyr."<br />
<br />
Americans are accustomed to thinking of the jihad movement as something overseas, inspired among the faithful in spartan Pakistani schools and gleaming Saudi mosques. But there is also an American road to jihad, one taken by true believers like al-Amreekee
 and hundreds of others. For 20 years–long before "American Taliban" John Walker Lindh–American jihadists have ventured overseas to attack those they believe threaten Islam. It is a little-known story.
<br />
<br />
They have left behind comfortable homes in Atlanta, New York, and San Francisco, volunteering to fight with foreign armies in Bosnia, Chechnya, and Afghanistan. Their numbers are far greater than is commonly thought: Between 1,000 and 2,000 jihadists left America
 during the 1990s alone, estimates Bob Blitzer, a former FBI terrorism chief who headed the bureau's first Islamic terrorism squad in 1994. Federal agents monitored some 40 to 50 jihadists leaving each year from just two New York mosques during the mid-'90s,
 he says. Pakistani intelligence sources say that Blitzer's figures are credible and that as many as 400 recruits from America have received training in Pakistani and Afghan jihad camps since 1989. Scores more ventured overseas during the 1980s, to fight the
 Soviets in Afghanistan. <br />
<br />
U.S. News traced reports of more than three dozen American jihadists, many of them previously unknown. Unlike the 9/11 hijackers, who spent only months here, many are U.S. citizens, native born or naturalized. Most put down roots here, attended schools, ran
 businesses, and raised families. A majority appear to be Arab-Americans–Egyptian, Saudi, and Palestinian immigrants–or fellow Muslims from lands as far afield as Sudan and Pakistan. But a fair number are African-Americans, who make up nearly one third of the
 nation's Muslims. Still others are as varied as Lindh, a wealthy white kid from California's Marin County, or Hiram Torres, a Puerto Rican convert from New Jersey.
<br />
<br />
No records. Surprisingly–despite the key role some have played in terrorism –investigators have never tracked them as a group. Immigration agents keep no records on foreign travel by U.S. citizens and resident aliens. FBI and CIA officials say that fear of
 political spying charges has kept them from monitoring suspicious trips by U.S. citizens abroad. Nor does the State Department have files. "Why would we keep records?" asks one official. "These are people who are dropping out of U.S. society." With few such
 records, government files on al Qaeda backers here were woefully incomplete. Thus, after September 11, most of the 1,200 suspects arrested were found by combing immigration rolls for persons out of compliance–not by tracking those with jihadist ties or training
 in the jihadist military camps of Pakistan and Afghanistan. <br />
<br />
Those camps–once run freely by bin Laden and his allies–are the connective tissue binding together the international jihadist movement. To date, the United States and its allies have captured al Qaeda fighters from no fewer than 33 countries, including Australia,
 Belgium, and Sweden. Only two "American Taliban" are in custody: Lindh and Yasser Esam Hamdi, a Baton Rouge-born 22-year-old who spent most of his life in Saudi Arabia. But some counterterrorism officials are convinced dozens more remain active, including
 several who may play key roles within bin Laden's network. Their trails are difficult to track; dual citizenship and false passports are common, and they typically have Arabic names, either given or adopted, with multiple spellings. "God knows where the hell
 they are, because we never found them," says Blitzer. "It's always been a potential time bomb."
<br />
<br />
They are, to be sure, a tiny minority of the nation's 4 million Muslims. Law enforcement officials stress they see no evidence of a tightly organized "fifth column" among America's diverse Muslim communities. And many jihadists have fought in struggles that
 the United States either supported or was neutral in–against the Russians in Afghanistan and Chechnya, for example, or against ethnic cleansing in Bosnia. In fact, Americans have long fought in other nations' wars. Such actions may violate the Neutrality Act–which
 bans fighting against nations with which America is at peace–but the law is rarely enforced. During the late 1930s, for example, nearly 3,000 Americans fought the fascists in Spain's civil war.
<br />
<br />
But the international jihad movement is different, analysts say. It has become virulently anti-American, anti-Western, and steeped in the kind of absolutist religious fervor that is the hallmark of bin Laden's al Qaeda network. In that, American holy warriors
 resemble their brethren overseas: They tend to be young, smart, and motivated, often introverted and detached, and ready to risk life and limb. "These are the true believers," says Howard University's Sulayman Nyang, author of Islam in the United States of
 America. "You feel you are an instrument of God, or part of a historical force."
<br />
<br />
Call to war. Jihad–literally, "struggle" in Arabic–can also mean one's private spiritual quest. But today it is widely used to connote holy war. And for many, that journey begins in the mosques and Islamic centers of America. There young Muslims may hear imams
 full of fire and brimstone sermonizing on the persecution of Muslims abroad. They may be handed videos depicting a Muslim world under siege, filled with images of bloodied and broken corpses. Those same images beckon online. Since the mid-1990s, Web sites
 have spread the call to holy war at cyberspeed. Links like almuhajiroun.com and azzam.com now bring the faithful to harrowing displays of refugees and martyrs in faraway lands. In 2000, a Chechen jihadist Web site, www.qoqaz.net, directed recruits to network
 quietly: "Anyone interested in going to fight . . . should contact members of their own communities and countries who are known to have been for Jihad. You will know these people and they will know you."
<br />
<br />
Others proselytize less subtly. For years, the San Diego-based American Islamic Group sent its Islam Report to Internet news groups with its bank account listed. "Supporting Jihad is an Islamic obligation," read one report. Included were communiqués from Algeria's
 terrorist Armed Islamic Group and war reports from Bosnia and Chechnya. In a 1995 Internet posting titled "First American Martyr in Chechnya," the group mourned the loss of Mohammad Zaki, an American killed in Chechnya that year. Zaki was a Washington, D.C.,
 native who ran the group's Chechnya relief effort, his colleagues wrote. The father of four, he reportedly died in a Russian air attack while delivering aid to Chechen villages. U.S. and Russian officials in Moscow have no record of Zaki's death. (Kifah Jayyousi,
 who was then the San Diego group's head and later facilities chief for the Detroit and Washington, D.C., school districts, could not be located for comment.)
<br />
<br />
Some jihadists become radicalized overseas, as did Lindh. In the past 25 years, Saudi and Pakistani groups have targeted African-American Muslims, in particular, offering scholarships to study Islam and Arabic in their countries, according to Prof. Lawrence
 Mamiya, an expert on Islam at New York's Vassar College. "The first step is education, and then they're recruited by more militant groups," he says. "Being in those countries, they come across the oppression those people confront."<br />
<br />
New recruits. Once recruited, the jihadists all but disappear. A rare window opened on their world at last year's trial of U.S. Embassy bomb- ers, in which a half-dozen names surfaced of Americans allegedly tied to al Qaeda. Wadih el-Hage, an Arlington, Texas,
 tire store manager and top bin Laden aide, got some media attention, but others passed unnoticed. There was Mubarak al-Duri, an Iraqi native living in Arizona, who officials say worked with bin Laden's firms in Sudan; Mohamed Bayazid, a Syrian-American who
 allegedly bought weapons and uranium for al Qaeda; and Abu Osama, an Egyptian-American said to have trained al Qaeda fighters in Afghanistan. Government witness L'Houssaine Kherchtou testified to knowing "some black Americans" who he believed were al Qaeda
 associates in Sudan and Pakistan. Perhaps most intriguing were accounts of Abu Malik, a martial arts expert from New York who allegedly fought in Afghanistan and later turned up at al Qaeda's headquarters in Sudan.
<br />
<br />
U.S. News gained access to records of other American jihadists from some of Pakistan's best-known Islamic schools. There are thousands of these madrasahs, as they are known, and they provided tens of thousands of recruits to the Taliban. One of the most influential,
 the Haqqania school outside Peshawar, graduated much of the Taliban's senior leadership–along with at least nine Americans. The records are sketchy. In most cases, they list only the student's Arabic name, ethnicity, and home country. In 1995, seven Arab-Americans
 enrolled in the school, among them Zaid Bin Tufail of North Carolina, Zahid Al-Shafi of Texas, and Ahmed Abi-Bakr of Washington, D.C. All received military training and fought with Taliban units in their drive to unite the country, school officials say. Other
 students included two African-Americans: a "Dr. Bernard" from New York, who arrived in 1997, and "Abdullah," whose parents left their native Barbados and settled in Michigan; he, too, joined the Taliban and was reported "martyred" near Mazar-e Sharif in 1999
 or 2000. None of them, however, shows up in checks of U.S. public records. <br />
<br />
Records at another madrasah, the Tajweed-ul-Koran in Quetta, show that three Americans studied there in 1996. Two were African-American–"Omar" and Farooq" are the only names listed in the register–and school officials described the third, "Haidar," as a tall,
 white fellow, about 25, "with a strong build and small golden beard." The foreigners, they say, left for military training with the Taliban in Kandahar. At another pro-Taliban school in Quetta, the Jamia Hammadia, workers recall a 25-year-old American student
 from Chicago–Abu Bakar al-Faisal–who arrived in 1995 and died while soldiering with the Taliban in 1999. Al-Faisal, they say, had broken with Louis Farrakhan's Nation of Islam before coming to Afghanistan. Even sketchier records exist at the Jamia Abi-Bakr
 school in Karachi, where officials say about a dozen African-Americans studied. The madrasah is linked closely to Lashkar-e-Taiba, the Kashmir militia Jibreel al-Amreekee joined.
<br />
<br />
The best-known American jihadist–John Walker Lindh–attended yet another madrasah. The alienated Lindh, a lawyer's son, discovered Islam online and, like many jihadists, later fell in with Tablighi Jamaat, a Pakistani evangelical group. Although not itself linked
 to terrorism, Tablighi's radical preaching is thought to have influenced several British citizens now held by U.S. forces in Guantánamo, as well as suspected shoe bomber Richard Reid.<br />
<br />
Rocket grenades. Through Tablighi, Lindh ended up at his Pakistani madrasah. At age 19, he finished six months of studies at the pro-Taliban school. His next stop was Harakat ul-Mujahideen–the Jihad Fighters Movement–another Kashmir-focused militia tied to
 hijackings, kidnappings, and bin Laden's terrorist network. In mid-2001, armed with a Harakat letter of introduction, Lindh presented himself to al Qaeda, where he trained with explosives and rocket-propelled grenades, U.S. officials say. Captured in November
 and then wounded in a revolt, Lindh stayed true to his views, insisting that martyrdom is "the goal of every Muslim." Today, his hair cut and beard shorn, he sits in an Alexandria, Va., jail, facing charges of murder and terrorism. His attorneys argue he is
 innocent; they say Lindh never fired on Americans and has constitutional rights to bear arms and associate with radicals like al Qaeda.
<br />
<br />
Harakat ul-Mujahideen seems to be a favored home for traveling jihadists. Earlier this year, an apparent list of recruits surfaced in a Harakat safe house, bearing the name Hiram Torres–a Puerto Rican from New Jersey missing for years. In 1995, Harakat officials
 claimed they were hosting several hundred foreign Muslims at their training camps, including 16 Americans. That year, at Harakat offices in Lahore, Pakistan, two Saudis boasted of their own American backgrounds to a reporter. In smooth English, Muhammad Al-Jabeer
 claimed to be from Chicago, where he'd studied for an M.B.A. His friend, Ahmed Usaid, said he hailed from New Jersey and held a B.S. in computer science. Usaid, Harakat sources say, died in battle near Mazar-e Sharif in 1999 and was buried in Afghanistan.
<br />
<br />
One well-trod route to jihad leads through London, a city so popular among radical Islamists that some call it Londonistan. This was the apparent path taken by New Yorker Mohammad Junaid. The grandson of Pakistani immigrants, the 26-year-old Junaid surfaced
 in Pakistan last October, vowing to kill fellow Americans on sight. Sounding much like a New Yorker, Junaid claimed to have grown up listening to Whitney Houston and riding roller coasters. The stocky, spectacled Junaid said he'd left a dot-com job in midtown
 Manhattan, but even more striking was the claim that his own mother escaped from the ninth floor of the World Trade Center.<br />
<br />
None of that lessened his rage at America, which stemmed, he said, from racist taunts at his Bronx high school. At college, Junaid read of how Muslims were under attack worldwide; he later linked up with the London-based al-Muhajiroun (the Emigrants). The group
 is believed to have sent hundreds of foreign jihadists to Pakistan and Afghanistan, largely by targeting British colleges and immigrant communities. Now banned on U.K. campuses, its leaders have praised the 9/11 attacks and say that America has declared war
 on Islam. Junaid believes them. "I will kill every American that I see," he vowed to a TV reporter. "I'm not a New Yorker. I'm a Muslim."<br />
<br />
Holy warriors like Junaid deeply worry authorities, but that wasn't always the case. During the Cold War, Washington encouraged the jihad movement in its drive to bog down the Soviets in Afghanistan. As many as 25,000 foreigners answered the call during the
 1980s, most notably bin Laden. The majority hailed from Arab nations, but many journeyed from Sudan, Southeast Asia, China, and Great Britain. Others came from the United States, among them dozens of native-born Americans. One, Muhammed Haseeb Abdul-Haqq,
 was the son of a Baptist preacher in New York. A recent convert to a Pakistani Sufi sect, Muslims of the Americas, Abdul-Haqq rallied fellow Americans to fight the Soviets in the early 1980s. The group set up "jihad councils" across the country and in 1982
 sent 12 members to Pakistan, intent on finding their way into battle. "It was amazing for me," recalls Abdul-Haqq. "I had no military training, but I knew what I was doing was for the Almighty."<br />
<br />
Fearing an international incident, alarmed U.S. and Pakistani officials stopped the group from entering Afghanistan. But others followed. "We were the spark," says Abdul-Haqq. "Different avenues opened and others got through." Indeed, during the war, a handful
 of journalists came across Americans fighting alongside the Afghans. Among them was 34-year-old Akhbar Shah, an African-American from Boston found by reporters in 1985. Shah claimed to be a U.S. Army veteran helping the rebels organize training camps and said
 he'd seen two dozen other black American Muslims in Afghanistan. <br />
<br />
Soldiers of Allah. Meanwhile, Abdul-Haqq's Muslims of the Americas continued to preach jihad. The sect's American branch had been founded in 1980 by a charismatic Pakistani cleric, Sheik Mubarik Ali Hasmi Shah Gilani, who appeared at a Brooklyn mosque bedecked
 with ammunition belts and calling on his mostly African-American converts to wage holy war. A recruitment video from the early 1990s–Soldiers of Allah–depicts would-be guerrillas handling firearms and explosives and shows Gilani boasting how recruits are given
 "highly specialized training in guerrilla warfare." The organization freely admits sending more than 100 of its members–all U.S. citizens–to Pakistan, but says it was only for religious study. Federal agents believe that dozens also received military training
 there and that some fought in Afghanistan, Chechnya, and Kashmir. It was Gilani whom the Wall Street Journal's Daniel Pearl was seeking before he was murdered–on a tip the cleric was tied to alleged shoe bomber Reid. Gilani was questioned and released.
<br />
<br />
Gilani's claims of nonviolence would be easier to believe if so many of his followers were not in trouble with the law. Over the years, the group has drawn more than 1,000 members to rural compounds in a half-dozen states. During the 1980s, its followers engaged
 in a bloody campaign of U.S. bombings and murders, largely against Indian religious figures in America, officials say. Two Muslims of the Americas members were recently convicted on firearms charges, and another was charged with the murder of a deputy sheriff
 in California. The group's Abdul-Haqq says that these crimes are not typical of his membership and that most occurred many years ago. Law enforcement officials, meanwhile, have found nothing to tie the group to bin Laden's al Qaeda and note that Gilani's Sufism
 has long been at odds with Taliban-style Islam.<br />
<br />
The dream of Gilani and other jihadists to drive the Soviets from Afghanistan came true in 1989. For them, it was a great victory, the triumph of international Islam over a godless superpower. Even as America withdrew its CIA officers and its funding, the emboldened
 jihadists stayed and plotted new campaigns. Some went on to new battles overseas; some returned to their homelands, such as Egypt or Saudi Arabia, intent on making them strict Islamic states. Others took aim at America, angry over its support of Israel and
 basing of troops in Saudi Arabia. <br />
<br />
On Feb. 26, 1993, their pent-up rage exploded in the form of a 1,200-pound bomb under the World Trade Center, which killed six and injured more than 1,000. That first attempt to topple the twin towers led investigators to a sheik named Omar Abdel Rahman. An
 Afghan war veteran, Abdel Rahman had been driven from his native Egypt for his ties to terrorism. He arrived in Brooklyn in 1990, and soon, he, too, was preaching holy war at local mosques. More important, Abdel Rahman's followers took control of an obscure
 "charity" in Brooklyn–the Alkifah Refugee Center. Founded in Pakistan in the early 1980s, Alkifah had scores of branches around the world, including Jersey City, N.J.; Tucson, Ariz.; Boston, and 30 other U.S. cities. Most were little more than storefronts–the
 Brooklyn one sat atop a Chinese restaurant–but they raised millions of dollars to support the Afghan resistance. And, they sent men along with the money. By 1993, the Brooklyn office alone had sent as many as 200 jihadists from America to join the mujahideen,
 investigators say. <br />
<br />
As agents closed in on Abdel Rahman's network, they were stunned at the number of jihadists heading overseas, says Blitzer, the former FBI counterterrorism chief. "What the hell's going on?" he remembers thinking. Five years after the Soviets had left Afghanistan,
 the jihad movement was booming in America. "It was like a modern underground railroad," says Neil Herman, who supervised the FBI investigation of the bombing. Most were Arab immigrants, but investigators remember many native-born Americans who frequented the
 center.<br />
<br />
One of those Americans was a bearded black Muslim named Rodney Hampton-el, known to his friends as Dr. Rashid. Hampton-el juggled several roles: He battled local drug dealers on the streets of New York's 67th Precinct, while at his job he worked a dialysis
 machine in an AIDS ward. By 1988, he'd made his way to Afghanistan and joined the rebels, but he was nearly killed by a land mine. Recuperating in a Long Island hospital, Hampton-el gave a revealing interview to anthropologist Robert Dannin, author of Black
 Pil- grimage to Islam. A true believer, Hampton-el said his wound was "a blessing" and he hoped to return soon to Afghanistan. "To be injured in jihad is a guarantee that you will go to Paradise," he explained. "Most important of all, you must have faith in
 order to go. This is the ultimate honor for a true Muslim."<br />
<br />
Bomb plots. Within months, Hampton-el was leading workshops on guerrilla warfare for Abdel Rahman's followers in Connecticut and New Jersey. By 1993, there was talk among his group of fighting in Bosnia, but increasingly attention focused on America. Hampton-el
 offered to supply his friends with bombs and automatic weapons, part of a plot that included attacks on major bridges and tunnels leading into Manhattan. He never got the chance. The FBI nabbed Hampton-el, Abdel Rahman, and eight others, who all received heavy
 prison sentences in 1996. <br />
<br />
And what became of the Alkifah Center and its jihadists? The Brooklyn center closed, but the network of other jihad centers remained active, where they helped form the nucleus of bin Laden's al Qaeda network. Indeed, the centers were left largely intact, even
 in the United States. "They certainly continued on, but were somewhat fragmented," says Herman, the former FBI case agent. Only in the wake of 9/11–eight years after the 1993 attack–did the White House issue an executive order freezing Alkifah's assets.
<br />
<br />
By then, however, the centers had gone underground. Today, many of the connections are handled informally, through radical members of mosques and Islamic centers, investigators say. But officials believe a network of Islamic charities has also helped fill the
 void, among them the Illinois-based Benevolence International Foundation. With offices in nine countries and a budget last year of $3.4 million, Benevolence is one of the nation's largest Muslim charities. In December, federal officials froze its assets, and
 in April they arrested its director, Enaam Arnaout, for allegedly lying about ties to terrorism. They claim that Arnaout, a Syrian-born U.S. citizen, is an Alkifah veteran and longtime bin Laden associate. According to an FBI affidavit, the 39-year-old Arnaout
 helped send jihadists to Bosnia and nearly $700,000 to Chechen rebels, and direct- ed arms convoys into Afghanistan and Croa- tia. Arnaout denies any wrongdoing, and his foundation is suing the government to recover its funds.
<br />
<br />
Whatever the outcome of those cases, the jihad movement in America remains alive and well. And while it is easy enough to dismiss the varied jihadists as adventurers or extremists, most seem motivated by unselfish aims; they care deeply about the suffering
 of their brethren overseas. What else would propel someone like Jibreel al-Amreekee, the soft-spoken Atlanta teenager, to leave his home, travel 7,000 miles, and get killed fighting a foreign army? "The Muslims don't have any help," says Abdul-Haqq of Muslims
 of the Americas. "Look at the world's hot spots; look at how many places Muslims are being killed." The problem is balancing their right to intervene against the danger posed by the fanaticism that infects so much of their movement. For now, America seems
 convinced that the business of jihad needs to come to an end. "The government did too little too late," says Herman. "Had law enforcement looked harder at some of these issues, we wouldn't be talking about it today."
<br />
<br />
With Monica M. Ekman, Jonathan Elliston in Durham, N.C., Aamir Latif in Pakistan, Michael Reynolds, and Kit R. Roane in New York</p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>31/12/2011 17:34:18</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/16312/MADE+IN+THE+USA</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">16312</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>16313</publicationdataID>
      <title>Musharraf's Blessing, and His Curse</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p><strong>Pakistani Guerrillas Could Aid War Over Kashmir, but Prevent Peace <br />
By Sharon LaFraniere<br />
Washington Post Foreign Service</strong></p>
<p>CHAKOTI, Pakistan -- On the eastern side of a thickly forested ridge in the Pir Panjal mountain range, Mohammad Shakir mans an army post at one of the most dangerous points on the line dividing the troubled Kashmir region between India and Pakistan.<br />
<br />
But the 38-year-old Pakistani army officer says he feels no fear as he looks out of the narrow gun slit in his bunker of baked mud and straw, across a forested valley at the Indian posts less than a mile away.<br />
<br />
"I am totally confident there will not be any attack here," said Shakir, who has spent five years behind these sandbags guarding the stony mountain paths above a small village. "Indian troops don't enjoy any support at all over there, and armies don't feel
 confident in a hostile environment."<br />
<br />
Many military experts in Pakistan agree. Indian soldiers must watch not only their Pakistani counterparts, they say, but also their backs. About 3,000 Pakistani Islamic militants and an untold number of local insurgents hide out inside India's portion of Kashmir,
 fighting to end Indian rule in the mostly Muslim region.<br />
<br />
At a time when Pakistan appears closer to war with India than it has for three decades, the guerrillas are a distinct asset to Pakistan's president, Gen. Pervez Musharraf, and his military forces. "They really are the front line in any future conflict with
 India," said Ahmed Rashid, an expert on militant groups in South and Central Asia. "They could be a fifth column. That is very important."<br />
<br />
But the militants are Musharraf's nemeses as well. The Pakistani leader is under intense international pressure to prevent them from crossing into Indian Kashmir and staging raids. As long as they continue to operate, Musharraf is to a degree their hostage.<br />
<br />
Pakistan's powerful spy organization, the Inter-Services Intelligence agency (ISI), trained and armed Islamic militants over the past two decades to be the government's proxy force, first against Soviet troops in Afghanistan and then, covertly, against India
 in Kashmir. But the umbilical cord has gradually loosened as the guerrillas have developed their own sources of arms, explosives and financing. Should they decide that Musharraf is compromising the Kashmiri cause, they could destabilize this impoverished nation
 of 145 million through assassinations and other terrorist attacks.<br />
<br />
"Musharraf is not in a position to crush these forces," said a representative of the United Jihad Council, an umbrella organization for 14 groups of so-called Kashmiri freedom fighters based in Pakistani Kashmir, in an interview Saturday.
<br />
<br />
"In the long run, we will not obey the orders of the Pakistani government," said the representative, who asked that he not be named. "There is pressure from certain [militant] quarters. They don't like Musharraf. If the Pakistani government pressures them too
 much, there is a danger of intensified suicide attacks."<br />
<br />
The guerrillas might also be able to stage an attack inside India deadly enough to provoke a strike against Pakistan, sparking the kind of war that many militants say is the only way to end what they -- and most ordinary Pakistanis -- see as the unjust subjugation
 of most Kashmiris to India, which is overwhelmingly Hindu.<br />
<br />
Musharraf traveled to Kazakhstan today for a regional summit, where President Vladimir Putin of Russia will attempt to broker talks between the Pakistani leader and Prime Minister Atal Bihari Vajpayee of India. Musharraf is likely to ask for time to rein in
 the militants and for some recognition from India that Kashmir's unresolved status is at the root of more than a decade of fighting in the divided region that has claimed tens of thousands of lives.
<br />
<br />
At the very least, analysts in Pakistan agree, Musharraf needs to come away from the summit in Almaty with some sign that India will abide by a 1949 U.N. resolution mandating that Kashmiris be allowed to vote to determine their future. Without achieving that
 agreement, Musharraf risks being seen as the dictator who sold out Kashmir -- and that could be politically fatal.<br />
<br />
Vajpayee, meanwhile, wants assurances that Musharraf will stop the influx of militants and dismantle the guerrilla camps inside Pakistan that have fed the Kashmiri insurgency. Musharraf pledged to crack down on the militants in a speech Jan. 12, but by most
 accounts, he has failed to carry through on that promise.<br />
<br />
Facing war, Musharraf promised anew last week to stop incursions across the Line of Control, which divides Kashmir, but not explicitly to dismantle what some experts say are dozens of rebel camps in Pakistan's part of the region. Some argue that was the best
 Musharraf could do when at least three-fourths of his army was deployed at or near the Indian border.<br />
<br />
"For God's sake, the poor guy needs some space," said Mahmud Ali Durrani, a retired Pakistani general. "He cannot in three or four days erase all the ills of all the past decades. He cannot start another dismantling exercise now. To root these groups out he
 needs force, and that force is sitting on the border."<br />
<br />
Analysts such as Rashid agree -- to a point. "It's a huge task," he said. "Clearly he needs some time. But breaking up most of the biggest camps could be done quite quickly, and could be monitored by the U.S."<br />
<br />
How much influence the Pakistani government now wields over the militant groups is debatable, but most agree it lessened after Musharraf cast his lot with the United States after Sept. 11, agreeing to curtail Pakistani support for the Taliban in neighboring
 Afghanistan and isolating the Taliban's allies, Osama bin Laden and his al Qaeda organization.<br />
<br />
Rashid, who has written two books about Islamic militancy in the region, said the militants "certainly have acquired a degree of independence since September, but they are still very closely linked" to the ISI.<br />
<br />
The guerrilla groups say they have halted incursions across the Line of Control -- but only long enough to see whether Musharraf can win concessions from India. "We are having a mini-cease-fire," said the United Jihad Council representative. "So far no one
 is crossing.<br />
<br />
"But if this chance is spurned by the world community, the mujaheddin [holy warriors] will intensify their struggle," he said. "Then there will be a more dire situation."<br />
<br />
Some argue that the threat of war ties Musharraf's hands to some extent because he needs the militants as insurance against the superior Indian forces, which outnumber his by 2 to 1. And the militants say they are happy to provide a hedge. Should India attack
 Pakistan, the United Jihad Council's representative said, the guerrillas will sabotage Indian army installations and bridges.<br />
<br />
Indian officials and defense analysts say the militants are a concern, but not a grave threat. "When it's an all-out war, then all the restraints under which the Indian army has been fighting will be lifted," said Afsir Karim, a retired major general and defense
 analyst in New Dehli. "They'll be killing anybody who comes near them."<br />
<br />
In fact, the Islamic guerrillas have never played much of a role when Indian and Pakistani armies have clashed over Kashmir. In a 1965 war and in a 1999 skirmish, the Pakistani forces were forced to give way to India's military might and to international pressure.
<br />
<br />
No one is sure how many militants hide out among Kashmir's pine-covered, 15,000-foot peaks. The guerrillas say they have their own infrastructure there and need not rely on the Pakistani government for logistic support.
<br />
<br />
"They have their own bases now. They can arrange their own weapons. They have their own explosive material. Even they can buy it inside India," said the United Jihad Council representative.<br />
<br />
Kashmiris across the line dividing their region are ready to join them should war break out. Ijaz Ahmed, 30, who fled Indian Kashmir, now teaches children languages and social studies at a refugee camp a 45-minute drive from the Line of Control.<br />
<br />
"The militants should keep fighting to force India to negotiate over Kashmir," he said firmly as he stood under the awning of one of the camp's rough-hewn shelters on Saturday. If they provoke war instead, he said, "I would sneak into India and use my last
 drop of blood to fight with them."<br />
<br />
<em>Correspondent Rajiv Chandrasekaran in New Delhi and special correspondent Kamran Khan in Karachi, Pakistan, contributed to this report.
</em></p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>31/12/2011 17:35:47</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/16313/Musharrafs+Blessing+and+His+Curse</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">16313</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>16358</publicationdataID>
      <title>Musharraf must go</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p><strong>The Guardian<br />
By Benazir Bhutto</strong></p>
<p>India and Pakistan are moving inexorably towards war, and once again the international community is involved in firefighting a potential nuclear conflict.<br />
<br />
The chance of such a war was predicted by the American CIA chief in March. Testifying before the Senate Armed Services Committee, George Tenet said: "If India were to conduct large-scale offensive operations into Pakistani-controlled Kashmir, Pakistan might
 retaliate with strikes of its own in the belief that its nuclear deterrent would limit the scope of an Indian counterattack."
<br />
<br />
For the last six months, Indian and Pakistani soldiers have stood eyeball to eyeball at the line of control. Now India has expelled Pakistan's high commissioner and the Indian prime minister has called for a "decisive fight" against Pakistan. The drums of war
 are beating. <br />
<br />
The international community has high stakes in the region. Pakistan is now a key US ally and the last thing the US needs is the war against terror deflected by war between India and Pakistan. But if the militants wanted to deflect attention from the heat of
 allied forces against al-Qaida in the tribal areas bordering Afghanistan and Pakistan, they have succeeded.
<br />
<br />
The international community made a critical error when it concluded that a military dictator could defuse tension between India and Pakistan or hold back the tidal wave of extremism that is now engulfing the region.
<br />
<br />
The tenure of General Pervez Musharraf, the great white hope in the fight against terrorism, has been marked by the rise of extremism, militancy, terrorism and regional tension. He missed the opportunity at Agra in 2000 to sign a confidence-building treaty
 with New Delhi. He carries the baggage of being the architect of the Kargil conflict that nearly led to an Indo-Pak war in 1999. His "lone ranger" politics pits him against domestic political forces. Given this history, it's unlikely that he can halt the march
 to war. <br />
<br />
There is one way that war can be prevented, and that is regime change in Islamabad. This would offer the possibility of halting hostilities to permit a new government to make a fresh start. The voices of the international community as well as the Pakistani
 armed forces are critical: they will determine whether Musharraf resigns to defuse the crisis or clings to power in a show of nuclear brinksmanship.
<br />
<br />
In 1971, the senior officers of the Pakistan army went to then military dictator, General Agha Muhammad Yahya Khan, forcing him to resign after Islamabad suffered a military defeat in an earlier war between the two countries. Yahya Khan's resignation paved
 the way for the formation of a new government. That government signed the Simla Agreement in 1972, holding peace in place until both India and Pakistan detonated nuclear devices in 1998. Since then the two countries have thrice come to the brink of war.
<br />
<br />
Clearly a new, post- nuclear explosions treaty is needed. Reports indicate that the Pakistani generals do speak up. They will question a two-front war at a time when their men are stretched out both at the eastern and western borders.
<br />
<br />
The view of Pakistan's important and powerful ally, America, is pivotal, too. New Delhi will reflect before starting a military action that lacks the support of the US. But it enjoys far greater freedom of action than Islamabad did during the Kargil fighting.
 Then President Clinton could dictate to a debt-laden Islamabad held hostage by the International Monetary Fund. President Bush might find it difficult to dictate to New Delhi: its economy is largely independent.
<br />
<br />
But Bush does have one weapon that can deter New Delhi. That is the threat of international mediation for the Kashmir cause. New Delhi is opposed to such intervention.
<br />
<br />
A military setback means trouble for Musharraf. Far better for him and the region that he agrees to regime change to prevent the start of armed hostilities that could trigger a nuclear nightmare.
<br />
<br />
And far better for New Delhi to accept such a regime change as face-saving than allow a limited war that could spill out of control.
<br />
<br />
New Delhi should consider that Islamabad could do well in a war that is limited in area and time. Its military is well equipped.
<br />
<br />
During his testimony before the Senate committee last March, the CIA chief said the decision to turn Islamabad in to an ally in the wake of the September 11 attacks "was a fundamental political shift with inherent risk". Those risks are now all too evident.
</p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>02/01/2012 18:27:43</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/16358/Musharraf+must+go</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">16358</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>16359</publicationdataID>
      <title>Al Qaeda Provoking War</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p><strong>The New York Times<br />
By William Safire</strong></p>
<p><strong>T</strong>he emergence of terrorism as a global threat has forced nation-states of the world to adopt a new view of sovereignty: If a governing body cannot stop terrorists victimizing others from its territory, then governments of the victims will
 reach across borders to do the necessary stopping. <br />
<br />
Former Secretary of State George Shultz told an audience of diplomats yesterday in Virginia that "we reserve, within the framework of our right to self-defense, the right to pre-empt terrorist threats within a state's borders — not just 'hot pursuit,' but hot
 pre-emption."<br />
<br />
The first example of the Bush strategy of hot pre-emption was, of course, the U.S. strike against Al Qaeda in Afghanistan, where the Taliban regime was actively sponsoring terror. We did not consider this formal war against a state, but pre-emption of further
 attacks based in that state. <br />
<br />
The second recent example is Israel's roundup of terrorists in the West Bank conducted when the governing authority supported, condoned or refused to take action against terrorists targeting Israeli civilians.
<br />
<br />
I submit a third example: India, exercising its right of self-defense, is now threatening to employ that strategy of hot pre-emption against terrorists in the Pakistan-controlled part of divided Kashmir. Three times, well-organized terrorists — with ties to,
 or directed by, Al Qaeda — have struck deep into India, even to a bloody assault on the Parliament in New Delhi.
<br />
<br />
There is this difference: Unlike the Taliban regime or the feckless Palestinian Authority, Pakistan is a nation with nuclear missiles, capable of responding massively to any hot pre-emption.
<br />
<br />
That is the most worrisome issue in the world today. India has 700,000 troops massed on its border; Pakistan has 300,000, and has been openly flexing its missile muscles almost daily.
<br />
<br />
The Indians point to the new global antiterrorist principle enunciated by George W. Bush and practiced by Ariel Sharon, and say, with unassailable logic, they have been patient enough. But India, which could win another conventional war with Pakistan, surely
 wants no nuclear exchange. What can it expect from the world in return for more restraint?
<br />
<br />
India demands pressure on Pakistan to exercise its internal sovereignty. Either the government of President Pervez Musharraf controls Pakistan's portion of Kashmir or it invites policing from outside.<br />
<br />
But there's this complication: The U.S. needs Musharraf to help root out Al Qaeda, which has gone underground in Muslim Pakistan and is trying to provoke nuclear war with Hindu India. And too many Pakistanis fail to realize that the terrorists railing about
 the "occupation" of Kashmir by India hope to call down millions of casualties on both countries.<br />
<br />
What to do? <br />
<br />
1. Lean harder on Pakistan to assert internal sovereignty by warring on the terrorists, not wasting manpower by posturing against India's army. Sweeten this with non-military aid and trade openings from the European Union as well as the U.S.
<br />
<br />
2. Lean on India to agree to talks with Pakistan about Kashmir after Al Qaeda is rooted out and terror attacks cease from the Pakistani side of the Line of Control that splits Kashmir.
<br />
<br />
3. Start pushing the concept of "de facto autonomy" in divided Kashmir, as most of its residents want, without upsetting the current claims of sovereignty by both India and Pakistan. Both sides will deride this as a non-starter, but the object of such a temporary
 solution is to non-start a war. <br />
<br />
What if the prospect of mutual destruction acts as a deterrent to going nuclear, but conventional war breaks out instead? India would start to win again, and Pakistan would prevail on its closest ally, China — India's strategic rival — to open a second front.
 To counter that mass of troops, India might then turn to Russia. <br />
<br />
Endangered human beings don't need any of this. The West is trying to prevent a war, but where is diplomatic help from the nation that made Pakistan a nuclear power, and with most influence on its leaders?
<br />
<br />
That's China. Time for a call from Dick Cheney to his counterpart in Beijing, Hu Jintao, the man chosen by China's rulers to take over from Jiang Zemin. Presumably Hu understands the new doctrine of hot pre-emption. Let's see if he is up to prevailing on Pakistan
 to put fighting terror first — so as to preserve both its sovereignty and peace on the subcontinent.</p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>02/01/2012 18:29:48</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/16359/Al+Qaeda+Provoking+War</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">16359</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>16361</publicationdataID>
      <title>India Calls a Speech by Pakistan's President Dangerous</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p><strong>The New York Times<br />
By Celia W. Dugger</strong></p>
<p>On a day when Pakistan test-fired a missile capable of carrying a nuclear warhead, India said today that Pakistan's president, Gen. Pervez Musharraf, had delivered a "dangerous" speech Monday that offered no new steps to relax tensions between the countries.
<br />
<br />
India's external affairs minister, Jaswant Singh, offering India's official reaction at a news conference today, accused Pakistan of continuing to support infiltration of terrorists into India's side of Kashmir, the mostly Muslim region both nations claim.
 Mr. Singh said India would only de-escalate after it saw that Pakistan had stopped the infiltration.<br />
<br />
In his speech Monday, General Musharraf said repeatedly that Pakistan was not aiding any such infiltration and would never allow the export of terrorism from its territory, even as he said the country was ready for war if India attacked.<br />
<br />
Alarmed at the possibility of a war that could go nuclear, Jack Straw, Britain's foreign minister, met with General Musharraf in Islamabad today and urged him to stop the infiltration. Mr. Straw arrived here tonight and will meet Wednesday with India's senior
 political leaders.<br />
<br />
"I think that President Musharraf is under no doubt about the expectation of the international community for clear action to be taken in addition to that which has already been taken to clamp down effectively on cross-border terrorism," Mr. Straw said today
 at a news conference in Islamabad.<br />
<br />
Western diplomats fear another attack could set off an armed conflict at a time when India and Pakistan have more than a million troops mobilized along their border. The military buildup began five months ago after five heavily armed men attacked India's Parliament
 in another incident India blamed on Pakistan.<br />
<br />
It was still unclear today whether an intense diplomatic campaign by the United States, Britain, France and Russia has persuaded the general to end Pakistan's financial and logistical support for an insurgency he called a liberation struggle against Indian
 oppression in Kashmir in his speech Monday. <br />
<br />
However, Mr. Singh, the Indian minister, left no doubt that India was losing patience, not just with Pakistan, but with American and British efforts to get Pakistan to act against Islamic militants battling India in Kashmir, India's only Muslim majority state.
 India alleges that the militants are sneaking into Indian Kashmir from dozens of training camps in Pakistan-held Kashmir.<br />
<br />
After attacks in October, December and again this month on Indian targets, the United States pleaded with India to act with military restraint, even as it went to war in Afghanistan. "India cannot continue to be punished for its patience," Mr. Singh declared.<br />
<br />
Mr. Singh's statements today offered clues to both the strategy and the psychology of India's leadership. He is one of a handful of officials who will influence Prime Minister Atal Behari Vajpayee's decision about whether India takes military action against
 Pakistan.<br />
<br />
Above all, India is playing hardball with the United States, which can ill afford a war in the region when it is trying to hunt down Qaeda and Taliban fighters in Pakistan. India wants the United States to use its clout to get Pakistan to satisfy India's demands
 to stop infiltration.<br />
<br />
Indian officials have in recent days repeatedly voiced the strong suspicion that the United States has let up on General Musharraf because it needs him so much.
<br />
<br />
Mr. Singh effectively reminded American officials today that India can also disrupt the United States' plans in Pakistan. Asked whether the presence of American forces in Pakistan would deter India from launching a strike against Pakistani forces, Mr. Singh
 said, "That is factored, but it is not an inhibiting factor in policy determinations."<br />
<br />
India is also using President Bush's logic on terrorism to justify its own implicit threat to attack militant training camps in Pakistani territory — a stance the United States finds very difficult to challenge given Mr. Bush's declaration that countries harboring
 terrorists are as bad as terrorists.<br />
<br />
Mr. Singh rejected the idea that India was irresponsibly risking a catastrophic war with Pakistan, saying a war is already raging — a proxy war initiated by Pakistan against India.
<br />
<br />
He scoffed at the idea that General Musharraf may not fully control anti-India militants operating in Kashmir or that India's evidence against Pakistan was insufficient. "Let the world recognize that today the epicenter of international terrorism is located
 in Pakistan," he said. "Terrorists targeting not just India but other countries, too, received support from state structures within Pakistan. The current war against terrorism will not be won decisively until their base camps inside Pakistan are closed permanently."</p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>02/01/2012 18:32:49</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/16361/India+Calls+a+Speech+by+Pakistans+President+Dangerous</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">16361</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>16362</publicationdataID>
      <title>Indian Official Calls Pakistan</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p><strong>The Wall Street Journal<br />
By Staff Reporter Joanna Slater</strong></p>
<p><strong>Epicenter of World Terrorism</strong></p>
<p>India called its neighbor the "epicenter of international terrorism" and condemned it for engaging in "belligerent posturing" in an angry response to Monday's speech by Pakistan President Pervez Musharraf.<br />
<br />
India's official reaction, delivered by Foreign Minister Jaswant Singh in his most substantive comments on the issue to date, confirms fears that Mr. Musharraf's closely watched national address did little to calm the volatile situation on the subcontinent
 -- and may even have exacerbated it. The threat of a clash between the two nuclear neighbors over the disputed region of Kashmir remained real; Pakistan test-fired its third missile in four days, though most experts believe there is still room for diplomatic
 efforts to succeed.<br />
<br />
Calling Mr. Musharraf's speech "disappointing and dangerous," Mr. Singh demanded that Pakistan take a series of concrete actions against anti-India militants -- namely that Pakistan stop the passage of the militants and shut down their training camps. He also
 chastised the Pakistani leader for his claim that no such fighters were crossing into Indian territory, a statement Mr. Singh rejected as running "against the facts on the ground." Mr. Singh refused to say how much time India is willing to give Pakistan to
 comply with its ultimatum.<br />
<br />
The two countries have been locked in an increasingly dangerous tug-of-war since May 14, when militants killed 34 people in an attack in the Indian state of Jammu and Kashmir. One million troops are now massed on both sides of the border. In some parts of Kashmir,
 India and Pakistan are trading daily artillery fire across the unofficial line that divides the disputed Himalayan region.<br />
<br />
Despite India's harsh words, Mr. Musharraf still has a limited time to prove his intentions and avoid an armed conflict. Over the coming days, a series of diplomats will attempt to defuse the crisis. British foreign secretary Jack Straw arrived Tuesday in Islamabad
 for talks with Mr. Musharraf before continuing on to New Delhi. On June 4, U.S. Deputy Secretary of State Richard Armitage will leave for the region.<br />
<br />
Mr. Straw's arrival coincided with Pakistan's third missile test in four days. Pakistan maintains that the tests, involving three types of ballistic missiles, are unconnected to the current situation.<br />
<br />
In recent days, both U.S. President George W. Bush and Russian President Vladimir Putin have urged Mr. Musharraf to prevent militants from passing into India. Such extremists have fought a bloody insurgency since 1989 to wrest Muslim-majority Kashmir from Indian
 control.<br />
<br />
Despite strenuous efforts, India has been unable to plug the flow of militants along the rugged, unofficial border that divides Kashmir into Indian and Pakistani halves. Pakistan, for its part, has done nothing to stop them. During the summer months, the number
 of such crossings -- known here as "infiltrations" -- tends to rise as high mountain passes are freed from snow.<br />
<br />
Monday that no infiltration was taking place, but Indian officials on Tuesday disagreed. Mr. Singh, the foreign minister, said that nothing short of "action we can see on the ground" would suffice to reduce tensions. Security experts say India is likely to
 use satellite surveillance and human intelligence to judge whether Pakistan has dismantled militant camps and stopped infiltrations.<br />
<br />
India's distrust of Mr. Musharraf runs deep. In a sweeping address back in January, he promised to combat extremist forces within his country and prevent terrorists from using it as a base. But the crackdown that followed the speech didn't live up to Indian
 -- or international -- expectations. Many of the militants arrested were later freed and training camps reopened.<br />
<br />
India also remembers with bitterness a meeting in July of last year, when Indian Prime Minister Atal Bihari Vajpayee invited Mr. Musharraf to India for summit-level discussions. The meeting ended in acrimony, with the two leaders failing to reach an agreement
 on reducing violence in Kashmir.<br />
<br />
After last year's summit and the January speech, "to use an American statement, it's three strikes and you're out," said C. Raja Mohan, an expert on strategic affairs in New Delhi. "The third time India has to get it right .. it doesn't want a temporary pause
 in the violence and then back to square one in a few weeks."</p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>02/01/2012 18:35:02</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/16362/Indian+Official+Calls+Pakistan</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">16362</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>16363</publicationdataID>
      <title>India Dismissive of Musharraf Speech</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p><strong>The Washington Post Foreign Service<br />
By Rajiv Chandrasekaran and Kamran Khan</strong></p>
<p><strong>Official Indicates Chance Remains to Act on Militants </strong><br />
<br />
NEW DELHI, May 28 -- India's foreign minister today called Pakistan's latest proposals for resolving the conflict over Kashmir "disappointing and dangerous" but suggested that India would give Pakistan's president time to fulfill his promise to block the flow
 of Pakistani militants into Indian's portion of the divided region.<br />
<br />
In India's first official response to a speech Monday night by the Pakistani leader, Gen. Pervez Musharraf, Foreign Minister Jaswant Singh described the address as "belligerent posturing" and said it "merely repeats some earlier assurances which remain unfulfilled
 until today."<br />
<br />
Speaking at a crowded news conference, Singh said that India has suffered from terrorism sponsored by Pakistan for almost two decades and that "India cannot continue to be penalized for its patience."<br />
<br />
India, which has deployed an estimated 750,000 soldiers and heavy artillery along its border with Pakistan, has threatened to strike at guerrilla camps in Pakistani Kashmir in retaliation for attacks over the past seven months against India's Parliament, the
 Kashmiri legislature and an army camp. Musharraf warned Monday that Pakistan would respond "with full might" if attacked, fueling fears of a full-scale war on the Indian subcontinent. Both countries have nuclear weapons.<br />
<br />
In his speech, Musharraf did not make any new commitments about a domestic crackdown on Islamic guerrillas fighting to drive India from Kashmir, but he insisted Pakistan would not "export" militants.<br />
<br />
Singh said "sufficient time has already elapsed" for Musharraf to have reined in the militants, though he hinted that India was still willing to let him take steps to end what India calls cross-border terrorism.<br />
<br />
"If Pakistan were to act on the assurances that they have themselves given, then India shall reciprocate," Singh said. "But we have to have the actions from Pakistan."<br />
<br />
A senior Indian government official and a senior Western diplomat said India's political leadership has resolved to wait two to three weeks before launching any military action, in the hope that intense diplomatic pressure on Pakistan from the United States
 and Britain will lead Musharraf to follow through on his pledge.<br />
<br />
"There's still some space," the Indian official said. "Yesterday's speech was mere words. The speech was not reason enough to go to war. Tremendous pressure is being brought on him. There's still a lot of work going on. We do not want to focus too much on the
 speech. We're still in the phase of intensive diplomacy."<br />
<br />
The British foreign secretary, Jack Straw, arrived in New Delhi tonight after meeting with Musharraf and other Pakistani officials in Islamabad. The U.S. deputy secretary of state, Richard L. Armitage, is expected in the region next week.<br />
<br />
"Military action is not very imminent," said Commodore Uday Bhaskar, an Indian naval officer serving as deputy director of the Institute for Defense Studies and Analysis in New Delhi. "With Jack Straw in town and with Richard Armitage coming, it wouldn't be
 very prudent for India to do anything right away."<br />
<br />
At a news conference after meeting Musharraf, Straw said the Pakistani leader was given a clear message to stop militants from infiltrating into India's portion of Kashmir. "President Musharraf is under no doubt about expectations of the international community
 to take action . . . to crack down on cross-border terrorism," Straw said.<br />
<br />
In a speech in January, also delivered after intense diplomatic pressure, Musharraf vowed that his country would not be used as a staging ground for terrorism and announced a broad ban on militant groups accused of fomenting violence against India. Two of those
 organizations are alleged to have been responsible for an attack on the Indian Parliament in December that left 14 people dead, including the five assailants.<br />
<br />
After the speech, Pakistani police rounded up about 2,000 suspected militants. That eventually led India to mute talk of a military strike.<br />
<br />
India and Pakistan have fought three wars since independence in 1947, two over Kashmir. India contends that Kashmir, the country's only Muslim-majority state, is an integral part of the predominantly Hindu nation. Pakistan maintains that Kashmiris have the
 right to self-determination and that the Indian military has engaged in widespread human-rights abuses in the region.<br />
<br />
Activists who support two Islamic militant groups in Pakistan said today that they felt no compulsion to curtail their actions in Kashmir. The guerrillas said they remained as active as ever and were able to easily slip by Indian army positions along the cease-fire
 line that divides Kashmir.<br />
<br />
"Three layers of security positions manned 'round the clock by the heavily armed Indian troops can't stop us from reaching destinations well inside Kashmir valley," said one activist, who gave his name as Abu Hamza. "How can Pakistani troops do something that
 12 divisions of Indian army so grossly failed to achieve?"<br />
<br />
Two other activists, who refused to give their names, said hundreds of militants had infiltrated Kashmir in April and the first three weeks of May. Only late last week, after Pakistani officials renewed their pledge to crack down on incursions, did the border
 crossings tail off, they said.<br />
<br />
Indian officials said they want to confirm that the militants' operations have been shut down for good before relaxing their war posture.<br />
<br />
"If it becomes evident on the ground that cross-border infiltration or terrorism have been stopped, and the camps inside Pak-occupied Kashmir have been wound up, and not just temporarily, we shall be willing to reciprocate," Singh said today.<br />
<br />
In Pakistan, however, a senior official suggested that his government would control the militants only long enough for India to demonstrate that it was willing to take steps to resolve the dispute over Kashmir.<br />
<br />
"It was a difficult decision, but Pakistani military commanders decided to give India a chance to prove her commitment to the international community," the official said.<br />
<br />
Other Pakistani officials suggested that government control over the militants is tenuous at best. Some Pakistani officials say they suspect the militants' recent attacks across the border were a deliberate effort to provoke a war between Pakistan and India
 that could strengthen their influence.<br />
<br />
<em>Khan reported from Karachi, Pakistan. Correspondent Sharon LaFraniere in Islamabad and special correspondent Rama Lakshmi contributed to this report.</em></p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>02/01/2012 18:37:16</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/16363/India+Dismissive+of+Musharraf+Speech</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">16363</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>16364</publicationdataID>
      <title>Al Qaeda, Taliban linked to Kashmir</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p><strong>The Washington Times<br />
Associated Press<br />
By Beth Duff-Brown</strong></p>
<p>NEW DELHI — India said yesterday that al Qaeda terrorists and remnants of Afghanistan's Taliban have moved into Pakistan-controlled Kashmir, and it said American forces in the region would not deter military action against Pakistan.
<br />
<br />
"We have information that the number of terrorists who are on the other side of the border [are] people who have fled from Afghanistan, al Qaeda men and Talibanis," Indian Defense Minister George Fernandes told Star News Television.<br />
<br />
Indian Foreign Minister Jaswant Singh separately said, "The physical presence of U.S. troops in certain parts of Pakistan is clearly known to us and it is not an inhibiting factor in policy determination."<br />
<br />
Meanwhile a senior U.S. defense official in Washington, speaking on the condition of anonymity, said there are signs that Pakistani troops are preparing to move toward Kashmir from the Pakistan-Afghanistan border, where they are searching for al Qaeda fighters
 and Taliban members.<br />
<br />
The warning of al Qaeda fighters in Kashmir came as India sharply criticized a speech by Pakistani President Pervez Musharraf a day earlier, in which he said Pakistan would fight back "with full might" if attacked by India.<br />
<br />
Mr. Singh repeated India's charge that Gen. Musharraf has done little to curb cross-border infiltration by Islamic militants into Indian-controlled Kashmir. He also called his speech Monday night "disappointing and dangerous."<br />
<br />
"Disappointing as it merely repeats some earlier reassurances that remain unfulfilled today," Mr. Singh said. "Dangerous because of deliberate posturing; tensions have been added, not reduced."<br />
<br />
The nuclear-armed South Asian rivals also cranked up their war rhetoric after Pakistan test-fired another missile, which is capable of carrying nuclear warheads into India.
<br />
The Abdali missile fired yesterday was the third nuclear-capable rocket tested by Pakistan since Saturday.<br />
<br />
Despite international pressure, India said yesterday that it was unlikely that Prime Minister Atal Bihari Vajpayee would hold talks with Gen. Musharraf.<br />
<br />
"You cannot put a pistol of terrorism to my temple with the finger on the trigger and say, 'Dialogue with me, or I will release this trigger of terrorism,'" Mr. Singh said.<br />
<br />
Russian President Vladimir Putin offered to bring Mr. Vajpayee and Gen. Musharraf together during an Asian summit in Kazakhstan next week.<br />
<br />
Pakistan has accepted, but Mr. Singh reiterated that India would not resume dialogue until Pakistan stopped attacks by Pakistan-based Islamic militants.<br />
<br />
Addressing concerns that the subcontinental rivalry could unleash a war between the two nations, Mr. Singh restated India's policy that it would not strike first with nuclear weapons.<br />
<br />
"India has not ever spoken of nuclear weapons," he said.<br />
After a NATO luncheon in Italy, Secretary-General George Robertson said President Bush, Mr. Putin and 18 other alliance leaders "share a deep common concern" and urged India and Pakistan "to de-escalate and resume talking together."<br />
<br />
Pakistan's Foreign Office spokesman in Islamabad responded to Mr. Singh yesterday by saying India first deployed troops at the border.<br />
<br />
"The intemperate and shrill statements by its leaders have also served to heighten tensions between the two countries," he said, speaking on the condition of anonymity.<br />
Britain, meanwhile, kept up diplomatic pressure on Pakistan.<br />
<br />
"President Musharraf is under no doubt about expectations of the international community to take action, as well as the action he already has taken, to crack down on cross-border terrorism," British Foreign Secretary Jack Straw said after meeting Gen. Musharraf.<br />
<br />
Mr. Straw planned to see Mr. Vajpayee in New Delhi today.<br />
India and Pakistan have fought three wars since achieving independence from Britain in 1947, two of them over Kashmir. Both nations claim the Himalayan province in its entirety.<br />
<br />
The two nations put 1 million troops on high alert on both sides of the border after New Delhi blamed Pakistan-based militants for a December suicide assault on the Indian Parliament.
<br />
<br />
The troops regularly exchange gunfire and heavy artillery and mortar fire.<br />
Relations were further strained two weeks ago after an assault on an Indian army base in Kashmir killed 33 persons.</p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>02/01/2012 18:39:47</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/16364/Al+Qaeda+Taliban+linked+to+Kashmir</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">16364</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>16365</publicationdataID>
      <title>Al Qaeda imprint seen in Kashmir</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p><strong>The Chicago Tribune<br />
By Liz Sly and Michael Kilian, Tribune correspondents. Michael Kilian reported from Washington, and Liz Sly reported from Islamabad</strong></p>
<p><strong>Analysts say war is militants' goal</strong></p>
<p>ISLAMABAD, Pakistan -- Islamic militants with ties to Al Qaeda and possibly directed by Al Qaeda leaders are operating in the disputed territory of Kashmir, intelligence officials and analysts say, in what may be an effort to provoke a war between India
 and Pakistan.<br />
<br />
The reports, from Indian, Pakistani and American agents and analysts, are conflicting. But they all add to the pressure on Pakistani President Pervez Musharraf to rein in militants in his country. At the same time, India and Pakistan have done little to reduce
 tensions that have the two nuclear powers edging toward war.India on Tuesday condemned a Musharraf speech as "dangerous and disappointing." It accused him of sponsoring the armed groups that are attacking Indian soldiers and civilians across the Kashmir Line
 of Control.<br />
<br />
"The world recognizes that today the epicenter of international terrorism is in Pakistan," said Indian Foreign Minister Jaswant Singh. "Terrorists targeting not only India but other countries, too, receive support from state structures in Pakistan."<br />
<br />
Pakistan denies backing terrorism in Kashmir, and Musharraf insisted in his speech that Pakistan is doing everything in its power to prevent the launching of terror attacks from Pakistani soil.<br />
<br />
Musharraf's willingness and ability to curtail the militant groups, some of which his government once sponsored, have emerged as a central issue in the region. Musharraf's efforts will affect not only the U.S.-led fight against terrorism but also the world's
 efforts to keep India and Pakistan from going to war.<br />
<br />
India says Al Qaeda members have linked up with militants in Pakistani-controlled Kashmir, but U.S. officials say they have no direct evidence of that.<br />
<br />
Still, the U.S. does believe that Al Qaeda's senior leadership has taken refuge in western Pakistan. And American officials say they are "deeply concerned" that Al Qaeda fugitives appear to be teaming up with Pakistani militants as they wage war against India
 in Kashmir.<br />
<br />
"We do know that there are militants in Kashmir with ties to Al Qaeda," said a U.S. intelligence official. "We don't know if Al Qaeda are in Kashmir directing or conducting operations, but it is a matter of deep concern."<br />
<br />
The extremist groups blamed by India for carrying out the recent terrorist attacks that provoked the latest crisis in Kashmir have a long history of ties to Pakistan's military establishment and to Osama bin Laden's Al Qaeda organization.<br />
<br />
U.S. officials say they believe that most Al Qaeda fugitives from Afghanistan have taken refuge in the autonomous tribal areas of Pakistan that border Afghanistan, where they can count on the hospitality of friendly local tribes.<br />
<br />
But analysts and sources close to Al Qaeda say that while some key leaders may still be hiding out in the tribal area of Waziristan, many Al Qaeda Arabs have dispersed across Pakistan, finding shelter with a vast network of militant Pakistani sympathizers and
 friends who trained with them in camps in Afghanistan and Pakistan.<br />
<br />
"If they had been given shelter at one time, then by now they have slipped away," said Hamid Gul, who headed Pakistan's Inter-Services Intelligence agency in the 1980s when Pakistan's government was openly assisting Arab fighters in Afghanistan, with U.S. help.
 "A stray dog couldn't arrive in the tribal areas without everyone knowing. And also, the tribes would say, please don't stay here, we don't want the Americans coming and bombing us."<br />
<br />
Relationships with Arabs<br />
<br />
According to Arif Jamal, an Islamabad-based expert on Islamic militants, at least 500,000 Pakistani holy warriors passed through military camps in Afghanistan and Pakistan. Not only do they closely identify with the Islamist causes embraced by bin Laden and
 Al Qaeda, but many of them have close personal relationships with the Arabs they encountered at the camps and could be counted on to help their former comrades hide from Pakistani and U.S. authorities, he said.<br />
<br />
In a sign that Pakistan is continuing to offer cooperation in the U.S. effort to hunt down Al Qaeda fighters, Pakistani police accompanied by American FBI officials conducted raids overnight Monday in Peshawar, according to Pakistani police officials.<br />
<br />
Between 70 and 100 people were detained, including Afghans, Pakistanis and about a dozen Arabs, the police officials said. There was no immediate indication that any senior Al Qaeda members were among the detained Arabs, the officials said.<br />
<br />
The raid underscored the widely held suspicion that many of those believed to be aiding Al Qaeda are not in remote tribal areas but in the teeming, overpopulated urban jungles of Pakistan's cities, where it is far easier to hide, said Ershad Mahmud, an expert
 on Islamic militants at the Islamabad-based Institute of Policy Studies.<br />
<br />
"They are everywhere in Pakistan. They are in Karachi, Faisalabad, Lahore, Peshawar," he said. "In the tribal areas, they are more vulnerable because everyone is looking for them there. In the cities, no one knows who they are."<br />
<br />
Despite claims by Musharraf that the Kashmiri separatist movement is an indigenous movement over which he has no control, most militant groups blamed by India for the latest terrorist attacks are Pakistan-based and consist mostly of Pakistanis schooled in the
 Islamic fundamentalist principles that were encouraged by Islamabad until Musharraf's decision last fall to back the U.S.-led coalition against terrorism.<br />
<br />
The militant groups have a history of ties to Al Qaeda, dating to the jihad in Afghanistan against occupying Soviet forces.<br />
<br />
Operationally, the groups involved in Afghanistan and those involved in Kashmir were not linked, but their shared allegiance to the goal of establishing an Islamic state throughout the region has given them a common cause in the months since Musharraf abandoned
 the Taliban to back the U.S.-led war against terrorism, said Jamal, the expert on militants.<br />
<br />
Musharraf lacks leverage<br />
<br />
Whether the Pakistani government is still in a position to exert control over these groups is in question. When Musharraf began supporting the U.S.-led coalition, he lost much of his leverage over the most extreme militants, analysts say.<br />
<br />
"After the Musharraf decision to support the war on terrorism he and his government lost credibility with these militant groups. They think Musharraf is an agent of the West against them," Mahmud said.<br />
<br />
With India threatening to go to war against Pakistan to stop terrorist attacks, there is a danger that Al Qaeda and its militant Pakistani allies will join forces to carry out a terrorist attack that would force India to carry out its threat, analysts say.<br />
<br />
"Al Qaeda's main enemy is not India but America, and they want to have Pakistan and India go to war because this whole American exercise in Afghanistan would go away," said Imtiaz Alam, current affairs editor at the Lahore-based The News. "War with India would
 create chaos and give Al Qaeda breathing space in Afghanistan."<br />
<br />
The international community has stepped up pressure on both India and Pakistan to ease tensions. Yet Pakistan on Tuesday test-fired another missile capable of carrying nuclear warheads into India. It was the third such test since Saturday.<br />
<br />
In Washington, Pentagon officials expressed concern that the threat of war would divert attention from the war on terrorism.<br />
<br />
"Pakistan has been tremendously helpful in that effort, and we need that assistance going forward," said Pentagon spokeswoman Victoria Clarke. "We remain hopeful that they can and will stay committed to that effort."</p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>02/01/2012 19:04:17</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/16365/Al+Qaeda+imprint+seen+in+Kashmir</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">16365</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>16366</publicationdataID>
      <title>Taliban and Qaeda Believed Plotting Within Pakistan</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p><strong>The Washington Post<br />
By James Dao</strong></p>
<p>BAGRAM AIR BASE, Afghanistan, May 27 — Virtually the entire senior leadership of Al Qaeda and the Taliban have been driven out of eastern Afghanistan and are now operating with as many as 1,000 non-Afghan fighters in the anarchic tribal areas of western
 Pakistan, the commander of American-led forces in Afghanistan said today.<br />
<br />
The commander, Maj. Gen. Franklin L. Hagenbeck, said in an interview that intelligence reports indicated that the Qaeda and Taliban leaders now in Pakistan were plotting terrorist attacks, including car and suicide bombings, to disrupt the selection of a new
 national government in Kabul next month.<br />
<br />
"We know that they are there and have a capability to do harm to this country," General Hagenbeck said. "Our job is to deny them the freedom of movement and sanctuary."<br />
<br />
Though he suggested two months ago that coalition forces might cross the border in pursuit of Qaeda and Taliban fighters, General Hagenbeck said today that he did not expect that to happen, largely because Pakistan had developed its own plans to drive Al Qaeda
 and the Taliban from their mountain sanctuaries.<br />
<br />
But he echoed a concern voiced in Washington that tensions between India and Pakistan over Kashmir could delay Pakistani military operations in the tribal areas. The Pakistan government said last week that it intended to move some of its troops from the Afghan
 border to the Kashmir region.<br />
<br />
General Hagenbeck also said several recent raids on compounds in southern Afghanistan, the Taliban's spiritual base, had been intended to break up groups that had been plotting terrorist attacks against coalition forces and their Afghan allies.
<br />
<br />
Residents of those villages have asserted that the American forces were mistaken about the presence of terrorist groups, and say innocent people have been killed or taken into custody in the raids.<br />
<br />
General Hagenbeck, the commander of the Army's 10th Mountain Division, would not say whether Pakistan had begun pulling back troops from the border. But he expressed confidence that President Pervez Musharraf of Pakistan would fulfill a pledge to eliminate
 the Qaeda and Taliban sanctuaries in the tribal region, which historically has resisted the rule of Islamabad.<br />
<br />
"I have no concern that they are not going to do what they've said they will do," General Hagenbeck said in his office at this former Soviet base, now the headquarters for more than 10,000 allied troops in Afghanistan. "They are interested in ridding western
 Pakistan of Al Qaeda."<br />
<br />
He added, "With what is currently going on in India, I don't know what the timing's going to be."<br />
<br />
There have been reports from Pakistan that Osama bin Laden, the head of Al Qaeda, has been seen in the tribal areas as recently as last month. But General Hagenbeck said he had no solid information on the whereabouts of Mr. bin Laden or Mullah Muhammad Omar,
 the Taliban leader.<br />
<br />
In making his remarks today, General Hagenbeck was sending two messages. One is that he believes that the American-led coalition, which includes British, Canadian and other forces, has effectively cleared the rugged mountains southeast of Kabul of all but the
 smallest groups of Taliban and Qaeda fighters.<br />
<br />
A major offensive into the Shah-i-Kot Valley in March killed as many as 700 Taliban and Qaeda fighters, the Pentagon says, though Afghan officials have said the number may have been lower.<br />
<br />
But on a second level, General Hagenbeck was expressing the view, widely held in Washington, that it is up to Pakistan to move more aggressively against the Qaeda forces, which are considered particularly fierce and well disciplined.
<br />
<br />
He estimated that 100 to 1,000 non-Afghan Qaeda fighters were in the tribal areas, including Chechens and Uzbeks, as well as Uighurs from western China.<br />
<br />
Northwestern Pakistan, which is heavily populated by Pashtuns, the ethnic group from which the Taliban came, is a semiautonomous region that has long been hostile to attempts by the central government to police, regulate or tax it.<br />
<br />
Officials in Washington have said they are deeply concerned that tensions between India and Pakistan may severely disrupt the American campaign to destroy the remnants of Al Qaeda's leadership, which until recently had been thought to be operating on both sides
 of the porous Afghan border.<br />
<br />
"We could be getting a lot more help from the Pakistanis if there were not the tense situation with respect to the two countries," Defense Secretary Donald H. Rumsfeld said last week. "They have forces along the Indian borders that we could use along the Afghan
 border."<br />
<br />
Before tensions with India increased recently, Pentagon officials said the Pakistan military seemed to be gradually building up its troop presence in the tribal areas. There was also talk of a coordinated operation in which Pakistani forces would push Qaeda
 and Taliban fighters westward toward waiting American-led forces at the border.<br />
<br />
In June, General Hagenbeck will be relieved as commander of ground forces in Afghanistan by one of his superiors, Lt. Gen. Dan K. McNeill, the commander of the 18th Airborne Corps at Fort Bragg, N.C. General Hagenbeck, who has been in Afghanistan for six months,
 will remain in Bagram for a while to assist in the transition, military officials said.<br />
<br />
Though much of the senior Taliban leadership seems to be operating in Pakistan's tribal areas, General Hagenbeck said intelligence reports showed that a few Taliban leaders had returned to Afghanistan to try to establish guerrilla operations. Their goal, he
 said, would be to undermine a meeting of elders in Kabul next month that is to select a permanent national government.<br />
<br />
"They are looking for something that will gain them a lot of publicity," he said. "They are looking to do something violent that would be, in their eyes and internationally, so spectacular that it would convince the local populace who are now sitting on the
 fence or supporting us that they need to re-embrace the Taliban."<br />
<br />
General Hagenbeck said recent raids by special operations forces on compounds in southern Afghanistan were intended to break up groups that were thought to be plotting just such attacks.<br />
<br />
But residents in one of those villages, Bandi Temur, said that a raid last Friday caused a 3-year-old girl to plummet to her death down a well while trying to flee and that a tribal elder had died in American custody. More than 50 villagers were taken into
 custody in that raid.<br />
<br />
General Hagenbeck said American forces had shot and killed three men who had fired on them first and that he knew of no other casualties in that raid. He said about half of the detainees had been released, while the rest were still being interrogated. At least
 two of the prisoners have been found to be Taliban or Qaeda officials, he said.<br />
<br />
General Hagenbeck acknowledged that civilians might sometimes be killed. But he asserted that Taliban and Qaeda officials had gone into villages after American raids and exaggerated civilian casualties to sow discontent against the American forces and their
 allies in Kabul.</p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>02/01/2012 19:12:59</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/16366/Taliban+and+Qaeda+Believed+Plotting+Within+Pakistan</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">16366</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>16367</publicationdataID>
      <title>Musharraf: There Is Nothing Happening on the Line of Control</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p><strong>The Washington Post</strong></p>
<p><strong><em>Following are excerpts from an interview Saturday with Pakistani President Gen. Pervez Musharraf, in Islamabad, Pakistan, by Washington Post Managing Editor Steve Coll:</em></strong><br />
<br />
<strong>Q. I'd like to start by asking how serious, at this stage, you think the threat of war is.</strong><br />
A. My honest judgment is that the situation is certainly tense, and serious. I say this because of the massing of troops – army, navy, air force – by the Indians, and our doing the same in response. Now in military terminology, we judge it by capability and
 intention. If intentions are judged through rhetoric and what they are thinking in the mind, capability is physical. It can be quantified. When capability is acquired, in quantified terms, on ground, in terms of forces, the situation becomes extremely explosive.
 Because the intention can arise at any moment, and extreme adventurism can be undertaken at any time. The seriousness of the situation now is that the capability exists for any adventurous act. So whenever an intention comes about, it will erupt. So therefore,
 I think as long as the capability exists, the situation will remain serious.<br />
<br />
<strong>Q. The United States and some of its allies have asked your government, as part of the discussions surrounding this crisis, to do everything in your power to stop cross-border infiltrations along the Line of Control. Have such infiltrations stopped?</strong><br />
A. Well, I've always been saying that there is nothing happening across the Line of Control. And I've also said that Pakistan is a part of the coalition to fight terrorism. And we will ensure that terrorism does not go from Pakistan anywhere outside into the
 world. That is our stand, and we adhere to it.<br />
<br />
<strong>Q. Are there new steps, concrete steps, that you feel you can take to assure all observers that this commitment can be met?</strong><br />
A. Well, first of all, as far as observers are concerned, we certainly want neutral observers to watch what is happening. We've been saying this all along. There is a United Nations mission here, and this mission should be strengthened, and they must be allowed
 to monitor the Line of Control on both sides. Unfortunately, the Indian side is not allowing that. We cannot allow Indians to be the judges because they are a party. Therefore any neutral monitors are more than welcome. We've been saying that many times. So
 this is the reality on [the] ground. And may I also add that Pakistan looks for reciprocation. Now, reciprocation is not de-escalation alone, because de-escalation, if there is some actions from our side, there has to be responses and reciprocation from the
 other side. Unfortunately, we don't see reciprocation. Reciprocation, we mean, is de-escalation, initiation of [a] dialogue process, reduction of atrocities within Kashmir. And when I say that, on defining it, it really means that as a first step, the military
 should leave the towns and cities of Kashmir and be in the outskirts. And then allowing the international media, human rights organizations, into Kashmir. These are reciprocative measures. We want reciprocation on these lines. And then . . . a useful process
 on normalization, in its entirety, between India and Pakistan, can proceed.<br />
<br />
<strong>Q. Just to finish up on this area, and I don't mean to harp only on Pakistan's obligations, but just to be clear about what you're saying about where you are this week on the effort to renew the commitment that you outlined on January 12th. As to infiltration
 across the border, as to camps, as to the status of the groups that were banned earlier in the year: Are there new initiatives that your government can take now to advance the cause that you outlined in January? And if so, what concrete steps might be involved?</strong><br />
A. I know a lot of people are having doubts about this issue, about my having made this speech on 12th January, and not going along with that, or backtracking on it. Let me assure the world through your newspaper that this is furthest from the truth. Now there
 are three elements – I'll take a little time on this – there are three elements of terrorism that the world is concerned about. Number one, the al Qaeda factor. Number two is what they are calling cross-border terrorism and we are calling the freedom struggle
 in Kashmir. Number three is the sectarian [Sunni vs. Shia] extremism and sectarian terrorism within Pakistan. My government is looking at these three elements. Now, let's take each. The third one is more our concern, and unfortunately, the world is not bothered
 about that. We are very much bothered about that, because that is destabilizing us internally. I'll take each one.<br />
<br />
Now, number one, the al Qaeda factor. Pakistan will not – repeat, will not – allow any foreign mercenaries, militants, anywhere inside Pakistan, from anywhere outside the world, whether they are infiltrating through Afghanistan, or coming from any other place.
 Whether they are on our border belt, or in our cities, we will hunt them down. Now, and let me tell you, I know an article from [The] Washington Post, I was very disturbed about [reporting that Pakistan had hesitated to send troops to its tribal border areas
 as part of a joint military operation with the United States against al Qaeda and Taliban cells]. And I spoke personally to the leadership in the United States. And I asked them, is there a problem? There is no problem whatsoever. And I would request you to
 find out from the leadership, from the administration in the United States, and from the military, who's taking part in all these operations. There is no problem whatsoever in the cooperation and coordination between Pakistan and the United States, on the
 effort against al Qaeda in Pakistan. There is no doubt in this. Because it's in our own interest. We are flushing out anyone who comes from outside. So that much for al Qaeda. And there has been wonderful, successful operations on this, very successful operations.
 We know how many al Qaeda anyone has caught – how much al Qaeda has the United States caught? We have caught all of them. It's we who are active. So let that be very, very clear. And this will be borne out by anybody. I take full authenticity of what I am
 saying. So this is the al Qaeda part. There is no backtracking on it.<br />
<br />
Now, let's come on to the issue of cross-border terrorism. As I've said, I think it suffices to say that there is nothing happening across the Line of Control. Now, but I must say, that unfortunately, whatever happens in Kashmir, I cannot guarantee that. Everything
 that happens there, unfortunately, gets thrown onto Pakistan. . . . Every time they manage to get people, and they kill them and arrest them, and they say they are ISI agents and Pakistanis. Now, the issue of Jammu, or Parliament, or the bomb attack on the
 Parliament, and Calcutta, these are condemnable because there were civilians who have been killed, and I call them terrorist acts. There is no doubt in my mind. But let's have proof. Let us have evidence, if there is anyone involved here who we'd like to move
 against. This much for cross-border.<br />
<br />
. . . You mentioned the groups that we moved against. There were – we moved against a number of groups because they were also involved in – they were involved in sectarian extremist activities in Pakistan. They were destabilizing us internally. And also, many
 of them, also had fingers in the pie as far as al Qaeda was concerned. So we moved against them. . . . We have closed down their offices. We have sealed their funds. We have sealed their offices, closing their funds. We have arrested their people, both the
 leaders. So this is what we've done. Now, unfortunately, the world talks of some people having been let [go]. There is a legal process on the ground. When something happens, you take drastic measures, you take people in, according to the law, which allows
 arresting people. But the law does not allow keeping people under detention without their trial. And the trial is not possible without evidence. So we must understand that. If we've taken 500 people, that doesn't mean that each of those 500 is to be tried
 and punished. If there's evidence, by all means we would like to try them and punish them. Even when we are talking about action against al Qaeda, several times, the people crossing through our borders, we got hold of a number of people. But even the joint
 interrogation with the coalition, with the United States, and our own people interrogating, many are found innocent and they are let [go]. That doesn't mean you have taken people and each one of them has to be arrested, and if any one of them is let [go],
 that we are backtracking. It doesn't mean that at all. We are not backtracking. Let me assure you, there is no backtracking on what I said on 12th January. What happened against the French, we moved against these very organizations because we thought that,
 maybe, again they are involved. And we picked up people and we are trying to interrogate and investigate. But that doesn't mean that everyone we get in is the man who was involved in the attack on the French. So those who are not, they are cleared, and declared
 [innocent], and they are let [go]. So you must understand that there is a legal process going on in the country, which I cannot violate. This is where we stand.<br />
<br />
<strong>Q. Just to follow up on two parts of that. You referred earlier to the cooperation with the United States in the western tribal areas, in the campaign against al Qaeda, and wanting to emphasize that cooperation was strong. But has this crisis with India
 affected your ability to deploy against al Qaeda in those areas?</strong><br />
A. Yes. We wanted to move – actually, these areas where no troops were allowed for over a century. Never have people moved into that area. And I would request Washington Post to give us the credit, that this is the first time that this government has moved
 in. Our forces moved into areas where nobody went. No British troops went into those areas. And we have gone in. We'll take the credit for that. We moved in the Frontier Corps. And we moved in the army. And we have got the willing cooperation of the people
 of that area. Now, this is the biggest point. They have allowed us to come in. And we are doing a lot to pacify that area, to have reconstruction and rehabilitation afterwards in that area, so that people accept us. The people are very much with us in telling
 us if there is any al Qaeda activity there, any foreign activity, any foreigners in that area. They are with us. I am very sure of that. There may be some who may be sympathetic towards them. But I am 100 percent sure that the majority have assured us that
 we will tell you, and we have even laid down the rules of the game of how much fine there will be, and how much punishment there will be, if anyone is harboring anyone from outside. This is the agreement between us and those people, the tribals. This is a
 great achievement that we've got. There should be no suspicion around this by anyone. Now. The issue is, to answer your question now, the east, and what happened in the east. Yes, we are very concerned. And whatever our regular troops there, we have stalled
 it for the moment. We haven't moved them out. But we have stalled the additional induction. We were going in a big way. We have stalled that all right. And if the tension rises, we will have to move them to the eastern border. We haven't done it as yet.<br />
<br />
<strong>Q. Just one last time, I wanted to make sure I understood what you were saying on the cross-border subject. You said, 'There is no activity on the Line of Control' now. And I wasn't sure that you meant that you had consistently seen no activity, since
 January, or whether what you're saying is, right now, this week, you feel confident that you have stopped the infiltration.</strong><br />
A. I repeat: There is nothing happening on the Line of Control. That is what I would like to repeat. And I would like to repeat again: Reciprocation is extremely important. And reciprocation, again, is not de-escalation, because that appears – and I told this
 even to Mr. Chris Patten [the European Union's commissioner for external affairs] – we are not bothered about escalation. If they think they are doing us a favor by de-escalating, please don't do this favor for us. I would say, we are doing them a favor by
 de-escalating ourselves. So this is no favor. Nobody is doing anybody a favor. If at all, we are doing a favor to our respective countries by de-escalating. So let that not be a favor to us.<br />
<br />
<strong>Q. What do you think India is trying to accomplish in this crisis?</strong><br />
A. We are very clear, whether the world believes it or not, and I would ask you to make the world believe it. They want to destabilize Pakistan. There is no doubt in our minds. They have their own agenda on Kashmir. They don't want to see the realities on the
 ground in Kashmir, where not one man in Kashmir would like to be with India. I am100 percent sure of that. Let them have an election today. Not one man would want to be India. They are not seeing this reality, and they want to suppress this movement, this
 freedom struggle which is their right in accordance with a United Nations Security Council resolution. They want to suppress this. With all their military might, with all the atrocities – more than 70,000 people are dead now – this is one thing that they want
 to achieve. They want to isolate Kashmir and then crush whatever is happening with all their force. Secondly – their second aim – is to destabilize me, my government, and Pakistan. Destabilize us economically and politically and diplomatically. This is what
 they want to achieve.<br />
<br />
<strong>Q. I guess then it goes without saying, but you don't believe that India wants a stable, modernizing Pakistan as its neighbor.</strong><br />
A. No, sir, not at all. Not at all. This is what they say. They keep saying that. No, sir, this is not what they want. They want a subservient Pakistan which remains subservient to them. They don't believe in sovereign equality. They believe in their own superiority
 in the region. They've done this with all countries of the region. They are arrogant and they want to impose their will on every country in the region. If I was to even say that they want to bully every country in this region. Pakistan, fortunately, or unfortunately
 for them, is the only country which is a thorn in their side. We want to live in peace. But we want to live in peace with our sovereignty guaranteed, with our honor and dignity not compromised. We will not compromise it. We will never compromise. So if they
 are prepared to accept this reality, we will live in peace, there will be peace in the region. They don't want this. They don't want to accept this reality. And that is the conflict between India and Pakistan.<br />
<br />
<strong>Q. Just to shift gears a little bit. If a war were to erupt, despite the best efforts of all parties, in what circumstances would you consider using nuclear weapons?</strong><br />
A. This is a – it is such a question which I wouldn't like to even imagine, frankly, that we come to a stage where this is due. But let me give an assessment that this stage will never come. And I would like to give my views on this. Because the whole world
 thinks that India has very large armed forces. They keep talking of punishing us, going across the border, "We've given two weeks to them," "We've given two months to them." Let me tell you that we don't accept this kind of gimmick. Pakistan is no Iraq. India
 is no United States. We have forces. They follow a strategy of deterrence. And we are very capable of deterring them. And in case that deterrence fails, we are very capable of an offensive defense. Our forces are capable of offensive defense. These words are
 very important. We are not only on the defensive. We'll take the offensive into Indian territory. That must be very clear to the Indians. Let me add to this. At the moment, if there is anything that they do across the Line of Control, there are thousands,
 hundreds of thousands of people in Kashmir, Azad Kashmir, our part of Kashmir, who are demanding to be armed. And they will be inside Kashmir. If they think this is going to be a battle between two forces alone, Pakistan will be defended by every man in Pakistan.
 And this will be such – it is going to unleash such dynamics in this area that their forces will be engulfed by people inside Kashmir who will rise, they have already risen, and people on this side of Kashmir, who are telling me, that you be out, we will take
 Kashmir. Let me also tell you that there are 150,000 at the moment – roughly – retired army soldiers in Kashmir. In Azad Kashmir. They are from our army. They are retired soldiers who have retired from service over all these years. This is the dynamic, the
 reality on [the]ground. And they are all brothers and kin across the border, in Kashmir. They want to fight for them. So such dynamics will be unleashed if they ever attempt to cross the Line of Control, which maybe even I may not be able to control. And Mr.
 Vajpayee must know these realities. Their military analysts and their political analysts must know these realities. So we are very strong on the ground. If they think anything other than this, they are miscalculating. Miscalculations in the military field
 can lead to blunders. This is my message to them. This is the reality on ground. So, coming to your question, I really don't think we will ever reach that stage, and I only hope that we – I hope and pray that we will never reach that stage. It's too unthinkable.<br />
<br />
<strong>Q. What has been your message to the Americans as they have interacted with you, as Colin Powell and other officials in the last week have opened this channel at that level? What message have they delivered to you, what message have you delivered to
 them?</strong><br />
A. Exactly almost the same [as I have been saying here]. That there is nothing happening across the Line of Control. And this issue of reciprocation. And frankly, and I've said, there's so much of chest thumping that goes on from the other side, this rhetoric.
 We have been restrained. And I've said this. The amount of restraint that we have shown – that I have personally shown – but continuously, there is a jabbing at us, a rhetoric, which is annoying. Which is, if not responded, if I may say, frankly, we would
 be humiliated. As if we are nothing. As if they are very great, they are very powerful. And here we are, we'll get a spanking from them. This is not the case. And this [is] visible even now. We have fired, we have tested our missiles. They have tested more
 than10 missiles in the past months, I would say, over the year. So we have tested our missiles. We are not saying anything. We have informed them. And they were honor-bound not to raise a hue and cry. When they tested their missiles, did we raise a hue and
 cry? They were honor-bound now to do that, but they come out, "This doesn't impress us." Who's telling them? We're not trying to impress you. We're doing something to try to ensure our own security. So this kind of rhetoric goes on, and this is what I have
 complained, really. "Antics," yes. "We are not impressed by these antics." I didn't say these are antics, so you don't need to be impressed. And we are also not impressed by their antics, giving us two weeks and two months. We are not impressed. So this the
 message. Sorry, I deviated from your question. But basically, reciprocation, which is a very important factor if we are to move forward and bring peace to this region.<br />
<br />
<strong>Q. And your definition of reciprocation is not limited, of course, to de-escalation, as you've said. But the renewal of dialogue – and what else in concrete terms?</strong><br />
A. I said that, renewal of dialogue. And in which we can discuss all issues, and Kashmir. And in fact we achieved that in Agra. But it was just unfortunate that in their own areas, behind the scenes, there were some things that went on. Other than that, reciprocation
 for the people of Kashmir. There are such atrocities going on there, which the world doesn't know. Because the international media is not there. The international media must go in. Human rights organizations must go in. I would even say, okay, monitoring on
 the Line of Control by neutral organizations, the United Nations. Let's beef them up and let them come in. Then atrocity reduction. Now this is a vague term, but in concrete form, I say as a step one, they should leave the cities and towns, and as a step two,
 the forces should be reduced. They have 750,000 troops there, carrying out all kinds of activities, like rapes. This is the kind of thing that is going on there, other than killings, and burning of houses. This is the reciprocation I am talking about.<br />
<br />
<strong>Q. Do you believe that India sponsors terrorist attacks on Pakistan's soil?</strong><br />
A. Yes, indeed. I'm very sure. I'm very sure. There are so many bomb attacks here. These attacks on our mosques. Well, I wouldn't say that all of them could be inspired from abroad. I am pretty sure that our sectarian divide is such an issue that it can be
 easily exploitable. So this is the area where they exploit. Wherever there is an ethnic division which can be exploited, wherever there is a sectarian division which can be exploited, these are the two areas which they have exploited all along in the past
 years. All along. And we know that. We know that there have been training camps across on their borders when there were certain ethnic differences within our society. They have been involved with that. We are very sure that they carried this out. . . .<br />
<br />
<strong>Q. Thank you very much for taking the time. I appreciate it.</strong><br />
A. Thank you very much. I think at such a moment of tension, you allowed me to vent my feelings. [Laughs]. Thank you very much.<br />
<br />
<strong>Q. Now, are you going to address the nation in the next day or two, is that part of your plan? Are you going to be speaking on these subjects, on the crisis, or on other subjects?</strong><br />
A. No, I'll speak on the crisis.<br />
<br />
<strong>Q. What will your message be, in general terms?</strong><br />
A. Well, the message, frankly, you ask an important question. It has to be – we want to avoid war. We want to bring peace into the region. So therefore the message is to be addressed to the outside world. The message has to be addressed to India. The message
 has to be addressed to my own people.<br />
<br />
<strong>Q. Complicated.</strong><br />
A. Very complicated. This is a complicated region.<br />
<br />
<strong>Q. You must have excellent speechwriters.</strong><br />
A. I don't write speeches. I speak with points, and then I let my mind flow free. So that becomes a little more natural, and I think it will become more natural. And you can show more feelings. With something that you're reading, feelings never come out.<br />
<br />
<strong>Q. When you will deliver this speech?</strong><br />
A. We're still discussing it. The problem is, I was even, I thought I'd come in the evening [Saturday], but I think there's too much rhetoric on, the missiles and such, so I think I'll delay it a bit. Maybe not tomorrow – if you do it tomorrow, the newspapers
 are not there. Maybe the day after tomorrow. But within the next two or three days I will speak to the nation. Let me see how I go through this complicated message. This is a complicated region. International issues are involved, regional issues are involved,
 and domestic issues. All three joined in one. It becomes a very. . . .<br />
<br />
<strong>Q. You talked so forcefully earlier about India's arrogance and hegemony, at least you used one of those words. As you think about your legacy in Pakistan, whenever it's completed, can you visualize a prosperous peace of the sort that was suggested
 at Agra and Lahore, a "two-state solution" to use the terminology of the Middle East, that is peaceful and focused on economic progress? Do you think that's possible in your time?</strong><br />
A. In the region, or in Pakistan?<br />
<br />
<strong>Q. Between India and Pakistan.</strong><br />
<br />
A. It's possible in two ways. There are two possibilities. Number one, either we submit, and we accept them as a big brother, and we do whatever they want. They dominate, they will dominate our foreign policy and our economic policy. This is what they do exactly
 with other countries, these two elements. So either we accept this, or they be magnanimous enough to let our countries with sovereign equality, and they accept Pakistan as a sovereign, equal state. Unless they change this attitude of theirs, one of these two
 things has to happen, to bring this harmony. Otherwise, it's difficult. Otherwise, we need to grow within this conflict situation.<br />
<br />
<strong>Q. Do you think the Americans can help more than in the past, given their role here?</strong><br />
A. Yes. They're the only ones who can help. They must help. They can bring normalcy here. They must resolve this dispute. And they must ensure balance in this region. Balance is when two opposites cannot be met. India does not want to give up its domineering
 and hegemonistic attitude. And we don't want to give up, we don't want to submit. So therefore, the only answer in this situation is to have a balancing power, a balancing conventional power. It can easily be done. But that must be maintained. So that there
 is balance and peace.</p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>02/01/2012 19:15:13</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/16367/Musharraf+There+Is+Nothing+Happening+on+the+Line+of+Control</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">16367</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>16368</publicationdataID>
      <title>Pakistan reviews support for Kashmir</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p><strong>London Daily Telegraph<br />
The Washington Times<br />
By Ahmed Rashid</strong></p>
<p>ISLAMABAD, Pakistan — Pakistan has begun a review of its policy toward the disputed territory of Kashmir because of mounting pressure from the United States to drop its support of Kashmiri militants.
</p>
<p>"We cannot underestimate the intense pressure from the U.S. to stop what India calls cross-border terrorism," a senior Pakistani official said.<br />
<br />
Pakistani President Gen. Pervez Musharraf is seeking the views of his government as he considers a change of policy that could help de-escalate the rising tension between India and Pakistan.<br />
<br />
Gen. Musharraf held separate meetings yesterday with army commanders, the Cabinet, the National Security Council and politicians. They are believed to have discussed how Pakistan could comply with America's demands and desist from backing the Kashmiri militants.<br />
The tough American message was delivered last week to Gen. Musharraf by Assistant Secretary of State Christina Rocca, who told him the United States knew that Pakistan was still sending militants into Indian Kashmir.<br />
<br />
"The U.S. has made an incontrovertible assessment that Pakistan continues to support militancy in Kashmir," said a senior Western diplomat in Islamabad. "There are still active camps in Azad [Pakistani] Kashmir which train militants and send them across the
 border."<br />
<br />
Western diplomats said Deputy Secretary of State Richard Armitage, who is coming to South Asia but whose arrival date is not yet fixed, would not arrive in the region until Gen. Musharraf takes the necessary steps to stop cross-border terrorism.<br />
<br />
The diplomats said Mr. Armitage would only come to mediate between the two countries "if Musharraf has something to give him like evidence on the ground that the cross-border activities have stopped." Once that happens, the United States would be in a much
 stronger position to pressure India to pull its troops back from the border and de-escalate the tension.<br />
The policy review in Islamabad is the first ray of hope in the gathering storm as India and Pakistan mobilize for war and the first indication that Pakistan wants to avoid it, even at the cost of having to change its policy toward Kashmir.<br />
<br />
Such a change would be far more problematic for Pakistan than the U-turn it carried out after September 11 when it stopped supporting the Taliban and helped the United States defeat.</p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>02/01/2012 19:35:51</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/16368/Pakistan+reviews+support+for+Kashmir</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">16368</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>16369</publicationdataID>
      <title>Pakistan is new battleground for foreign militants against the west?</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p><strong>The News Pakistan<br />
By Kamran Khan</strong></p>
<p><strong>Pearl case cover-up leaves govt clueless about new terrorist threat</strong><br />
<br />
KARACHI: The man, who had provided the CID police with graphic details about Daniel Pearl's ghastly murder and had pinpointed his butchered remains to the police, has also revealed that major Pakistani cities may soon witness more suicidal attacks against the
 westerners and key government personalities, officials with direct knowledge about the interrogation of this new accused person in the Pearl case divulged here on Wednesday.<br />
<br />
Pakistani security officials believe that because of increased monitoring activities by the military services in the tribal areas, scores of the foreigners, earlier hiding there, have now moved with the help of their trusted Pakistani religious supporters to
 the populous urban centres, such as Karachi.<br />
<br />
Specific intelligence information about new terrorism threat to Pakistan, gathered from new suspects in the Pearl case, is currently restricted to a few CID police investigators as the police have yet to officially acknowledge this major breakthrough in the
 Pearl case.<br />
<br />
Despite being arrested about a week ago by the CID, Fazal Karim -- a resident of Rahim Yar Khan and a father of five -- is yet to be formally arrested by the Sindh police, whose senior officials believe that the arrest of a new accused and an official confirmation
 about the discovery of the Pearl's body will derail the ongoing trial against Sheikh Omar and 10 other persons, earlier identified by the police as main accused in the kidnapping-cum-murder of Daniel Pearl. Before the police had dug the shallow grave in the
 nursery garden of Gulzare Hijri on Friday, the same person is believed to have provided the police a video compact disc (VCD), the master print of Danny's video murder, and had informed the police that they would found Danny's body in 10 pieces.<br />
<br />
"There are scores of Arabs and their Pakistani loyalists who are desperate to blow themselves up to settle score with the Americans and other westerners," an official quoted Fazal Karim as saying. "These Arabs residing in various neighbourhoods in the outskirts
 of Karachi are on do-or-die missions," he added.<br />
<br />
Fazal told his investigators, "Our Arab friends hosted us in Afghanistan when we were on the run, now it's our turn to pay them back." Informed officials said that Fazal Karim had identified Lashkar-e- Jhangvi's Naeem Bukhari as the ring leader of the group
 that also included "three Yemeni-Baluch" who took part in Pearl's kidnapping, his murder and disposal of his body parts. Naeem Bukhari is wanted by police in Punjab and Karachi in more than a dozen cases of sectarian tension.<br />
<br />
Even Fazal Karim, official sources said, acknowledged Ahmed Saeed Omar Sheikh's role in planning Pearl's kidnapping which was initially planned to trade the Wall Street Journal reporter with an arrested Jihadi leader or with some unidentified Pakistani or Arab
 prisoners at the US military-run Guntanamo Bay prison in Cuba.<br />
<br />
Giving more specific information about the new terrorist threat in Karachi, Fazal is believed to have disclosed that the Airport hotel near Karachi airport, where the western military personnel of International Security Assistance Forces (ISAF) were staying,
 had been selected by his group for a possible suicidal strike.<br />
<br />
Already, a senior Pakistani security official said: "Local and al-Qaeda footprints have been found" in every major strike against the so-called soft western targets in Pakistan this year: Pearl kidnapping and murder in January, grenade attack that killed two
 Americans and others in an Islamabad church in March and the car bomb that killed 16, including 12 French technicians, outside a Karachi hotel early this month.<br />
<br />
Informed diplomats in Islamabad termed "a watershed" and "very dangerous" the evidence that previously friendly groups have merged operationally. Al-Qaeda signatures, not seen previously in Pakistan, were starkly visible in the recent attacks apparently carried
 out principally by the Pakistanis: detailed planning, western targets and, in the two attacks, suicide bombers.<br />
<br />
Visiting French intelligence officials last week were quoted as anticipating another terrorist strike inside Pakistan in the space of 15 to 21 days. They were talking to the remaining members of the French defence contractors in Karachi.<br />
<br />
In the event of police's confirmation about Fazal Karim's arrest, he would have been interrogated by a Joint Investigation Team (JIT) of the ISI, IB, MI and police CID. Because of his alleged involvement in the kidnapping and murder of Daniel Pearl, he would
 have also been questioned by the FBI agents.<br />
<br />
Fazal Karim has stated that at least two groups, comprising local religious extremists, had pledged to strike against key personalities of Pakistan government at an opportune time this year, informed official said. After spending a few days at a CID-run detention
 facility, Fazal Karim has now been shifted to the police's branch famously known as the CIA -- the Karachi police wing officially assigned as the prosecutors in the Pearl case.<br />
<br />
While Fazal Karim's status with the Sindh police is still unclear, Inspector General of Sindh Police Syed Kamal Shah had officially stated on Friday that the Pearl's remains had been recovered on a tip-off from a "special informant". Many crime watchers in
 Karachi, though wondered why the "special informant" had not approached the US government which was offering $5 million and the relocation of the informant in the US for the same piece of information that led the Karachi police to the remains of Daniel Pearl.<br />
<br />
While the FBI's results on the tissue samples, taken from the decapitated body, are expected any day, Sindh police bosses still insist that for the confirmation of Daniel Pearl's body they would rely on the Pakistani DNA test to be carried out in Lahore.<br />
<br />
A highly-placed Sindh government source confirmed on Wednesday that the Lahore facility, selected by the Sindh police to conduct the DNA test, obviously, does not have the base material or Danny's blood samples to match the tissue samples collected from a Karachi
 morgue on Sunday night.<br />
<br />
A top-ranking federal health ministry official separately confirmed on Tuesday that no DNA tests, particularly for forensic reasons, had ever been carried out in Pakistan. Official sources confirmed that the US government had shipped Danny's tissue samples
 to a FBI facility in the US and its results will be announced soon.</p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>02/01/2012 19:39:20</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/16369/Pakistan+is+new+battleground+for+foreign+militants+against+the+west</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">16369</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>16371</publicationdataID>
      <title>Pakistan/India: Peril ahead?</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p><strong>The Philadelphia Inquirer<br />
By Trudy Rubin</strong></p>
<p>Pay attention to Pakistan.<br />
<br />
President Pervez Musharraf has been a key ally in U.S. efforts to mop up al-Qaeda leaders. But his cooperation in fighting anti-American terrorists isn't matched by an equal zeal in fighting domestic militants.<br />
<br />
Pakistani jihadis who wage holy war against India have brought the two countries to the brink of nuclear war over the disputed territory of Kashmir.<br />
<br />
These Islamic extremists threaten the U.S. military presence in Pakistan, which is crucial to crushing the remnants of al-Qaeda. They also threaten any hopes of building a tolerant, prosperous Pakistan.<br />
<br />
Why is the Pakistani government willing to help us track al-Qaeda but unwilling to thwart the holy warriors who fight in Kashmir?<br />
<br />
"The problem in Pakistan," says veteran Pakistani journalist Husain Haqqani, "is that the government still makes a distinction between various militant outfits and doesn't recognize that a single thread runs through them all."<br />
<br />
Before Sept. 11, militants who fought in Afghanistan and Kashmir were intermingled. These fighters often studied in the same religious schools and trained together in Afghanistan, mixing with al-Qaeda fighters. After Sept. 11, when Musharraf opted to ally with
 the United States, his intelligence apparatus officially turned against al-Qaeda.<br />
<br />
But the fight over divided Kashmir is so dear to Musharraf - and most Pakistanis - that the same approach isn't applied to radical groups who fight in Kashmir. Two thousand Pakistani extremists were arrested early this year, but most have been released, along
 with some leaders of banned groups.<br />
<br />
This double game poses a danger to Pakistan as well as the United States.<br />
<br />
Pakistani militants fighting in Kashmir have been linked to terror attacks against Pakistani Shiites, Westerners, and civilians inside India.<br />
<br />
One of many examples: Ahmed Omar Saeed Sheikh, on trial for plotting the murder of U.S. journalist Daniel Pearl, said he knew the men who attacked the Indian parliament in New Delhi in December that nearly triggered war with India.<br />
<br />
Saeed's banned group - Jaish-i-Muhammad (Army of the Prophet Mohammed) - is headed by Masood Azhar, who claimed credit for the bombing of the state assembly in the Indian-controlled part of Kashmir last October. Azhar has been released to cushy house arrest.<br />
<br />
No wonder Indian officials scoff when Islamabad insists that such attacks don't originate in Pakistan. Thus, India blames Musharraf for a May 14 attack on wives and children of servicemen stationed in Indian-controlled Kashmir. This attack goaded the Indian
 government to start making preparations for war.<br />
<br />
As for attacks on foreigners in Pakistan, the May 8 bombing of 11 French engineers in Karachi has been linked by Pakistani media to a group fighting in Kashmir.<br />
<br />
I asked Pakistani Interior Minister Moinuddin Haider why Pakistan's fight against domestic terrorists is moving so slowly. Haider was in Washington two weeks ago to meet top counterterrorism and law-enforcement officials.<br />
<br />
Haider is a courageous man, dedicated to the fight against terrorism and for a better Pakistan. His brother was murdered as a warning to him for such dedication, and his immediate family has been threatened. He perseveres.<br />
<br />
He told me his men badly need computer equipment to trace terrorists, a better passport system so documents can't be faked, and better training. The Bush administration should give him what he needs.<br />
<br />
Why has the Musharraf government released hundreds of militants, I asked? Because the law says they can't be held longer than three months, answers Haider. Yet the Musharraf government holds politicians accused of corruption for much longer - without trial.<br />
<br />
If the problem is the law, it can surely be amended. But the problem appears much bigger. Musharraf either will not or dares not crack down on radical Pakistani Islamists fighting in Kashmir.<br />
<br />
Down this road lies disaster for Kashmir, for Pakistan, and for U.S. policy in the region.<br />
<br />
The Bush team needs to wrench its attention away from al-Qaeda and focus on how to restart a Pakistan-India dialogue on Kashmir. That will require getting Musharraf to control militants who want to provoke an India-Pakistan war.</p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>03/01/2012 10:31:25</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/16371/PakistanIndia+Peril+ahead</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">16371</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>16373</publicationdataID>
      <title>Misreading Musharraf</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p><strong>The Washington Post<br />
By Jim Hoagland</strong></p>
<p>India and Pakistan are three to four weeks from a foreseeable war that the United States has done too little to prevent. By misreading Gen. Pervez Musharraf, the Bush administration has contributed to a dangerous confrontation between South Asia's two nuclear-armed
 rivals.<br />
<br />
Troops the two sides have deployed in and around the Kashmir theater total 1 million. They balance on a razor's edge. The winter snows that immobilized them for four months are gone. Extreme heat and then monsoon conditions will arrive in a month or so in the
 region, limiting India's logistical capabilities and campaign predictability. India's politically faltering government faces a choice of going to war before that moment -- or enduring the embarrassment of backing down from a costly and seemingly pointless
 mobilization.<br />
<br />
India of course does not have to wait until the last moment and give up the element of surprise. Another incident in Kashmir like the May 14 guerrilla attack on defenseless Indian women and children in the city of Jammu could easily trigger immediate Indian
 retaliation.<br />
<br />
"The country is ready for war," Indian officials say confidently to diplomats. Pakistan's tightly monitored press is featuring usually taboo reports of deployments of troops and weapons such as surface-to-surface Shaheen missiles.<br />
<br />
Musharraf's aim presumably is not a full-scale war. He cannot conquer India. But the Pakistani military ruler has shown in the past two months that when it comes to the half-century conflict over Kashmir, he is an extraordinary risk-taker. He has dared India
 to fight. And he has just as boldly reneged on a promise to the Bush White House to shut down terror camps in Kashmir. The two steps are part and parcel of his brinksmanship.<br />
<br />
After internal debate, the U.S. intelligence community now accepts that Musharraf allowed the 50 to 60 guerrilla camps in Kashmir that harbor some 3,000 fighters to come back to life in mid-March after two months of quiescence. Two other Musharraf promises
 -- to prevent cross-border terrorism from Pakistan or Pakistani-controlled territory, and to dismantle permanently Pakistan's Islamic fundamentalist organizations that preach violence -- have also withered as American attention has been focused on the Middle
 East.<br />
<br />
"The debate about what is going on has been settled," says one U.S. official involved in the contentious discussions here about Musharraf's abandoned pledge to cut off help and training that this intelligence services and military give to terrorists in Kashmir
 and India. "The rate of infiltration into Indian-occupied Kashmir is above the rate of a year ago. What is still being debated is Musharraf's intention. Is he unable or unwilling to prevent what is happening? And what do we do about either case?"<br />
<br />
The effect of Secretary of State Colin Powell's intense and successful diplomatic intervention last winter to ease tensions has been washed away by U.S. inattention and failure even to acknowledge Pakistan's subsequent backsliding. "America is either with us
 or with the terrorists," Omar Abdullah, a rising star in India's political system, said mockingly in Parliament last week as details of the grisly Jammu raid spread.<br />
<br />
The attack on an Indian military family housing area by three guerrillas identified in the Indian media as Pakistani citizens could hardly have been more inflammatory. Wives and children of Indian soldiers were butchered. A 2-month-old baby was machine-gunned
 to death. By coincidence or design, the attackers went to the very limit of the Indian military's tolerance.<br />
<br />
Musharraf's own assessment of the consequences of such acts remains murky. He may believe that India does not have the will to attack. Or he may believe that Washington needs him too much in the war on al Qaeda and the Taliban to let India come after him. U.S.
 officials have given him grounds for thinking that.<br />
<br />
Or Musharraf may be quite willing to see limited clashes begin in hopes of provoking international intervention that will aid his position in Kashmir, much as Yasser Arafat seeks to draw outside powers into his conflict with Israel.<br />
<br />
In 1971, Pakistan launched attacks along India's western frontier that had no chance of military success. Pakistan's military rulers, humiliated by India's easy conquest of their forces in the eastern territory that was to become Bangladesh, went to war in
 a desperate and forlorn bid for outside intervention to save them from defeat or at least from disgrace.<br />
<br />
Managing Musharraf and Pakistan's role in Operation Enduring Freedom is a tricky task. But Powell and his chief aides have devoted too little time and energy to that demanding job since mid-February. They have let events drag them back in belatedly to separate
 two nuclear-armed antagonists.<br />
<br />
Pakistan helped create and foster al Qaeda and the Taliban. It has long used terror as an instrument of state policy to try to break India's hold on two-thirds of Kashmir that New Delhi controls. Confronted with anything less than unrelenting pressure, Musharraf
 will keep on gambling, up to the brink and -- in a matter of days from now -- perhaps beyond.</p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>03/01/2012 10:33:54</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/16373/Misreading+Musharraf</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">16373</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>16375</publicationdataID>
      <title>Indian Muslim leader is slain at memorial service</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p><strong>The International Herald Tribune<br />
By Rama Lakshmi (The Washington Post)</strong></p>
<p>SRINAGAR, India Two masked men wearing police uniforms on Tuesday fatally shot a Muslim leader who advocated a conciliatory approach to resolving a long-running separatist dispute in Indian-controlled Kashmir that has brought India and Pakistan to the brink
 of war.<br />
<br />
The brazen daylight killing of Abdul Gani Lone, which occurred while he was leaving a boisterous rally memorializing another assassinated Kashmiri independence leader, could provide a serious setback to India's efforts to forge a peaceful settlement in Kashmir,
 the Himalayan territory divided between India and Pakistan.<br />
<br />
Lone was a senior leader of the All Parties Hurriyet Conference, a group of political and religious parties that advocate the separation of Indian Kashmir, a Muslim-dominated state, from the rest of India, which is predominantly Hindu. But unlike other members
 of the conference, Lone favored dialogue with India, supported a cease-fire and objected to the participation of fighters from Pakistan in the separatist struggle - positions that earned him the ire of hard-line militant organizations.<br />
<br />
Lone also had been expected to field several proxy candidates in state legislative elections in September, a move that some of his opponents called a sellout to India.<br />
<br />
"This is a great tragedy. It is a hard blow not only to the Hurriyet Conference, but also to the people of Kashmir," said Abdul Gani Bhatt, a senior Hurriyet member as he stared at Lone's corpse, which was covered with a white sheet and placed outside his house
 Tuesday night. "We have lost a seasoned leader who could blend his experience with political reality."<br />
<br />
India has blamed Pakistani militants for a series of terrorist strikes, including an attack on the national Parliament in December that killed 14 people and a raid one week ago on an army camp in Jammu, the winter capital of Kashmir, where 31 people died, including
 soldiers' wives and children. India contends that the militants have been trained and funded by the Pakistani government, which wants to annex all of Kashmir. Pakistan maintains that the fighters are Kashmiris who are engaged in a legitimate struggle for self-determination.<br />
<br />
Witnesses said Lone was shot after the rally as he left the wooden stage and walked toward a row of white sedans. Officials said Lone was shot in the chest at close range by two pistol-toting men who beckoned him to follow them off the stage.<br />
<br />
There was no immediate claim of responsibility for the assassination and the police said they had made no arrests. The inspector-general of the Srinagar police, K. Rajendra Kumar, said: "We suspect definitely Pakistan-backed groups waging a war against peace
 and against anybody talking of elections."<br />
<br />
An Indian intelligence official, speaking on the condition of anonymity, said the shooting likely was the result of a "clash between the moderates and the hard-liners in the Hurriyet."<br />
<br />
As Lone's body was brought home Tuesday night, hundreds of mourners converged upon his house. Wailing women surrounded the body, some of whom beat their chests and cried out, "Whose curse is this?" Addressing the mourners, Lone's son, Sajjad Lone, blamed Pakistan's
 Inter-Services Intelligence Agency and a conservative Hurriyet leader, Syed Ali Shah Geelani, for the attack.<br />
<br />
"The ISI is behind this," he said, his eyes bloodshot and his finger wagging. "Mr. Geelani and Pakistan is behind this."<br />
<br />
In recent months, Abdul Gani Lone had made little secret of his disgust with role extremist groups based in Pakistan have played in Indian Kashmir, accusing them of co-opting the Kashmiri independence campaign.<br />
<br />
"There was a time when we wanted them, but now they should just go home," Lone said in an interview with The Washington Post in December. "They don't support an independent Kashmir. It's just part of their international struggle to Islamicize the world."<br />
<br />
At a meeting in Dubai last month, he reportedly told the chief of the Pakistani intelligence agency and the governor of Pakistan-controlled Kashmir that non-Kashmiri militants should stop participating in the struggle. "It did not go down well," said one official
 familiar with the meeting.<br />
<br />
After his visit to the United Arab Emirates, Lone traveled to the United States, returning to the Kashmir Valley only two days ago.
</p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>03/01/2012 10:37:38</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/16375/Indian+Muslim+leader+is+slain+at+memorial+service</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">16375</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>16377</publicationdataID>
      <title>A timeworn terrorism list</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p><strong>The U.S. News<br />
By Linda Robinson</strong></p>
<p><strong><em>The annual report on state sponsors is rigid, politicized, and hard to change
</em></strong><br />
<br />
Later this month, the Bush administration will release its annual list of "state sponsors of terrorism," and this year being named to the list would seem to be a big deal. Besides triggering a whole set of sanctions–bans on aid, loans, and arms, on top of trade
 restrictions and asset freezing–the list will be seen as America's new indictment of nations that abet terrorists. Yet the countries to be named this year–Iran, Iraq, Syria, Libya, Cuba, North Korea, and Sudan–will surprise no one. Some have been on the list
 since it was first drawn up, as mandated by a 1979 law, and all seven have shared the list since 1993.</p>
<p>So why was Afghanistan–for years the host of al Qaeda and the recently routed Taliban–never put on the list? What about Yemen, the scene of the USS Cole bombing and a refuge for al Qaeda members? Or Pakistan, supporter of the Taliban and Kashmir terrorist
 groups? Such questions are raised not just by policy critics but by some of the very people responsible for making up the list in the past. Indeed, four former State Department counterterrorism coordinators have told
<em>U.S. News</em> that the list, while a potentially useful tool, is too blunt, too rigid, and too often corrupted by political considerations. "It has become a grab bag of regimes we don't like for one reason or another," says Anthony Quainton, who oversaw
 the creation of the first list.</p>
<p><strong>Making links.</strong> This year, political considerations abound. Sources say that the report that accompanies the list,
<em>Patterns of Global Terrorism,</em> will be twice as thick as in the past, as the administration bolsters its cases against the named countries–especially Iraq. In a speech last week, Under Secretary of State John Bolton signaled the administration's new
 double-barreled approach: castigating countries that are researching or developing chemical and biological weapons, and linking that work to terrorism. The problem, sources say, is that such a link cannot always be made, as with two of the three countries
 in President Bush's "axis of evil." "The axis of evil is not really about terrorism. It's more about weapons of mass destruction and missile development–a serious but different problem," says Michael Sheehan, who was the State Department's counterterrorism
 coordinator from 1998 to 2001.</p>
<p>To be sure, not everyone thinks such distinctions are very important, especially after September 11. Morris Busby, who was counterterrorism coordinator from 1989 to 1991, believes that the law is one good tool to use against countries that threaten the United
 States. But others believe it could become an even better tool if it were more honest.
</p>
<p>The faults with the list begin with its making. Insiders say that while an interagency group of desk officers compiles a dossier of every country's record on terrorism, no one seriously proposes changes. That's because they know they would be overruled by
 higher-ups at State, the White House, or Congress who are captive to the lobbies that track who's on and who's off. For example, the Christian lobby resists revision of Sudan's status, ethnic lobbies keep countries like Greece from being criticized as "not
 cooperating fully," and no one wants to grant longtime bête noire Muammar Qadhafi a pass.</p>
<p>Still, some have argued for a list with more integrity: for, at least, making a distinction between current sponsors and past supporters of terrorism. Sheehan and other coordinators say that Libya, Cuba, and Sudan, having supported terrorism at one time,
 have largely abandoned the practice. Two countries, Iran and Syria, are considered to be current sponsors of terrorism–principally for their support of Hezbollah and Hamas. Then come Iraq and North Korea. Iraq's documented support for terrorists is thin, although
 this year's report will include its payment of "death benefits" to suicide bombers' families. (Iraq was actually off the list for a while, from 1982 through 1989, when the United States was "tilting" toward that country in its long war with Iran.) The case
 against North Korea is even thinner: It allegedly harbors remnants of the Japanese Red Army who hijacked a plane in the 1970s and also sold some arms to Islamic Philippine rebels. However, Quainton says, "In the last 15 to 20 years, it has ceased support for
 any terrorism outside its borders." </p>
<p>Since the 1979 law allows for delisting of any country that has not backed terrorism in the past six months, North Korea and Libya would seem to be candidates. Sheehan says that, with the backing of Congress, he was working with North Korea toward its delisting
 during the Clinton administration's missile talks. But the talks went south, and that was the end of the overture. As for Libya, it claims to have severed ties to terrorists and expelled the Palestinian Abu Nidal group in 1999. The main impediment to Libya's
 removal are the families of the victims of Pan Am Flight 103, which was bombed over Lockerbie, Scotland. They are demanding compensation. "It's going to be a hell of a fight to get Libya off the list," notes one former State official.</p>
<p><strong>Vexing Havana</strong>. The official reasons for Cuba's listing are its granting of safe haven to U.S. fugitives who hijacked planes to Cuba in the 1970s, as well as to Basque terrorists and Colombian guerrillas. In the latter cases Cuba accepted
 the Basques at the request of Spain and France, and the Colombian government has thanked Castro for assistance in its efforts to negotiate peace accords. "You can find a lot of governments guilty of a lot worse behavior when it comes to shielding terrorists,"
 says Robert Oakley, a former coordinator and terrorism expert. And while Under Secretary Bolton last week hinted at a new tack toward Cuba–scoring it for doing biological-warfare research–knowledgeable U.S. sources told
<em>U.S. News</em> that there is no evidence of Cuba's making or weaponizing such agents, or of supporting such work abroad. Still, the anti-Cuba lobby remains ever powerful.
</p>
<p>Sudan, too, would like to be removed. In 1994 it handed over the notorious assassin Carlos the Jackal, and it booted out Osama bin Laden. Though it is still used as a safe haven by three suspects linked to the 1995 attempted assassination of Egyptian President
 Hosni Mubarak, Sudan approached the United States in the mid-'90s to get off the list. The upshot: Sudan's signing of antiterrorism conventions and shutting down two terrorist groups. The progress was deemed sufficient for the Bush administration to approve
 lifting U.N. sanctions last year, and since the September 11 attacks the Sudanese have shared 200 to 300 intelligence files on terrorists. But a strong lobby still opposes lifting its state sponsor status until the ongoing war against Christians in the south
 is halted.</p>
<p>In fact, the last time a state was dropped from the list was 1990: North Yemen was removed from the list because it had ceased to be a country after merging with South Yemen. The new entity, host to the USS Cole bombing, was not placed on the list. As with
 Pakistan, it turns out, the United States hoped to elicit more cooperation by going easy on the government. So what about Afghanistan, open supporter and home of bin Laden, al Qaeda leaders, and the best-known training camps? The rationale is purely diplomatic:
 The United States did not wish to formally recognize the Taliban as Afghanistan's government.
</p>
<p>How to fix this thing? One idea is to construct gradations, with countries like Iraq and Syria at the top and Libya and Cuba at the bottom. This would require revising the 1979 law to allow more flexibility in setting penalties. In any case, creating a believable
 list is important, experts say, if the United States is to gather international support for sanctions or military action. A politicized list makes people doubt your objectivity, says Oakley. "Therefore, they're less likely to cooperate."
</p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>03/01/2012 10:44:17</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/16377/A+timeworn+terrorism+list</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">16377</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>16379</publicationdataID>
      <title>Western world extends support to India</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p><strong>A Chalomumbai Correspondent</strong></p>
<p>While the European Union has decided to send its influential External Relations Commissioner Chris Patten to Pakistan to urge it to "clamp down harder on terrorism,” Russia has reiterated its support to India’s demand that Pakistan stop cross-border terrorism
 and a leading US Congressman has said India can initiate peace efforts with its neighbour only after Pakistan stopped supporting cross-border terrorism.<br />
<br />
"We recognise there were things promised in (President Pervez Musharraf’s) January speech — arrests, prevention of terrorism across the LoC in Kashmir and sending convicted terrorists to India — which would all contribute to improvement of the situation,” Patten,
 who is to arrive in Pakistan on May 20, said in an interview to Dawn.<br />
<br />
Patten said he would be interested in what the Pakistani Government had to say about its attempts to prevent terrorism from being generated by extremists on Pakistani soil. However, he clarified Eur! ope was not seeking to take sides "except in the sense that
 we are totally and implacably opposed to anyone who encourages terrorism”. <br />
<br />
Russia, on its part, said "‘we regard as just and absolutely legitimate India’s desire to put an end to the brazen activities of terrorists.’’<br />
<br />
South Carolina Republican Joe Wilson said in a speech on the floor of the House of Representatives on Friday that "once Pakistan moves away from the path of supporting terrorism, a real peace initiative can begin between India and Pakistan.’’ It is time for
 India and Pakistan to live in peace as neighbours, he said, adding this can only begin after Pakistan stops supporting terrorism in India. He said the latest terrorist attack was yet another aimed at civilians, specifically Hindus in Kashmir.
</p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>03/01/2012 10:46:33</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/16379/Western+world+extends+support+to+India</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">16379</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>16381</publicationdataID>
      <title>The General's Broken Promise</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p><strong>The Washington Post<br />
New Delhi</strong></p>
<p>LAST JANUARY Pakistani President Pervez Musharraf delivered a highly promoted television address in which he promised to lead his divided and impoverished country in an entirely new direction. His aim, he said, was to create a modern, prosperous and democratic
 "Islamic welfare state"; to do that, he would purge the country of the Islamic extremism that had infected its politics, its schools and its armed forces. Terrorism, Mr. Musharraf declared, would no longer be tolerated, and militant groups that had waged war
 against India and its rule of Muslim Kashmir would no longer be supported. In the days after the speech, as police rounded up some 2,000 militants from five newly banned organizations, it seemed that Mr. Musharraf might really be determined to transform his
 country, defuse a mounting confrontation with India and turn a short-term alliance with the United States in Afghanistan into a long-term partnership.<br />
<br />
Four months later, that hopeful prospect has largely dissipated. Most of the militants Mr. Musharraf had arrested are back on the streets, and there has been a string of sensational terrorist attacks against Westerners in Pakistani cities. Extremist religious
 schools are still operating. Guerrillas are once again infiltrating from Pakistan into Kashmir, prompting renewed talk of war between two nuclear-armed states that between them have 1 million troops deployed along their border. Mr. Musharraf may even be scaling
 back his cooperation with the U.S. military; according to a report in The Post by Thomas E. Ricks and Kamran Khan, Pakistan has refused to launch operations against concentrations of al Qaeda and Taliban fighters who have taken refuge in its western provinces.<br />
<br />
Rather than pursue the courageous agenda he outlined, Mr. Musharraf has recently devoted himself to a counterproductive effort to consolidate power at the expense of Pakistani democracy. Last month he staged a one-sided referendum to extend his term as president
 for five years, an initiative that served to weaken rather than confirm his political authority. Now he is talking about imposing a military-dominated national security council to oversee future civilian governments. Pakistan's normally fractious political
 parties, media and civil society have united in opposition to these measures, virtually ensuring that Mr. Musharraf will be locked in a power struggle for the foreseeable future, not with Muslim extremists but with the very Pakistanis who most support a secular
 and democratic society.<br />
<br />
Perhaps Mr. Musharraf believes he must strengthen his position before carrying out the promised reforms; more likely he finds it easier to take on journalists, civilian politicians and India than the Muslim extremists or those in his own military who insist
 on promoting an insurgency in Kashmir. In any case, his present course risks not only the ruin of his promise of reform but even greater disasters, including the resurgence of al Qaeda inside Pakistan, or war with India. The Bush administration embraced Mr.
 Musharraf last year after he pledged his support for the military campaign in Afghanistan; it showered him with economic aid and overlooked his bogus referendum. But it cannot continue to cling to him if he is to lead his regime over a cliff. Once again, as
 it did after Sept. 11, the administration must present the Pakistani president with a stark choice: Either he must act decisively against the extremists of al Qaeda and Kashmir, and implement the domestic reforms he promised, or lose the support of the United
 States..</p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>03/01/2012 10:50:17</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/16381/The+Generals+Broken+Promise</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">16381</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>16382</publicationdataID>
      <title>India Says Pakistani Crackdown Failing</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p><strong>The Washington Post<br />
By Rama Lakshmi</strong></p>
<p><strong>Officials Charge Musharraf Hasn't Stopped Militants From Crossing Border
</strong></p>
<p><strong>F</strong>our months after India and Pakistan deployed soldiers and heavy artillery to their shared border, senior officials in New Delhi have expressed disappointment that Pakistan has not stopped militants from crossing into India, indicating that
 Indian troops will not be withdrawn any time soon.<br />
<br />
Locked in an eyeball-to-eyeball confrontation across the 1,800-mile border since an attack on India's Parliament in December, which New Delhi blamed on Pakistan-based militants, the two nuclear-armed neighbors have spent the past few months in a diplomatic
 silence. Senior Indian government and intelligence officials say that despite promises in January by Pakistan's president, Gen. Pervez Musharraf, that he would clamp down on militant groups fighting to end India's rule in the disputed Himalayan region of Kashmir,
 India has seen little progress on the ground.<br />
<br />
"There is still every need to be vigilant," Foreign Ministry spokeswoman Nirupama Rao said last week. "There is no cause for complacency. In fact, the figures for infiltration of militants into India closely match that of previous years."<br />
<br />
India's defense minister, George Fernandes, said recently that troops would not be withdrawn until "our conditions are met by Islamabad."<br />
<br />
About 1 million Indian and Pakistani soldiers have been massed on the border, backed by tanks, ballistic missiles and warplanes, since the Parliament attack. The incident left 14 people dead, including the five assailants.<br />
<br />
India has recalled its top envoy to Islamabad, suspended air and rail links between the two countries and demanded that Pakistan stop militants from infiltrating Jammu and Kashmir. But senior Indian intelligence officials say about 60 to 70 militants infiltrate
 the region each month, about the same number as last year.<br />
<br />
Kashmir, divided into Indian- and Pakistani-controlled zones for more than 50 years, is claimed by both countries and has been the focus of two wars between them. Since 1989, Islamic militants inside the Indian-controlled portion of Kashmir have waged an armed
 rebellion with the support and participation of Muslim militants operating from Pakistan. India, which has a Hindu majority but is officially secular, accuses Pakistan's government of arming and training the militants.<br />
<br />
Militant infiltration into the region usually declines in winter because of heavy snowfall, but tends to resume in the spring. Last week, a group of nine men crossed the border into the area.<br />
<br />
"There is every reason to watch what happens in the coming months as the snow melts and the passes open up," said a senior intelligence official from Kashmir.<br />
<br />
Indian officials recently decided that troops would remain positioned along the border at least until fall.<br />
<br />
Musharraf, a pivotal player in the U.S.-led war on terrorism, vowed in a televised address in January that he would crack down on militant groups in Pakistan and announced a ban on several of them, including the two groups accused of plotting the attack on
 the Parliament. Pakistan arrested several Islamic leaders and shut down offices of some extremist groups in a countrywide crackdown.<br />
<br />
But Pakistan has not yet handed over 20 suspects wanted by India on charges of bombings, hijackings and assassinations.<br />
<br />
"There has been confusion in the ranks of militant groups in Kashmir," said K. Rajendra Kumar, the police chief in Srinagar, Indian Kashmir's summer capital. Militant leaders in Pakistan have asked them to lie low for now, not carry out any major strikes and
 stop communicating with Pakistan for advice and direction.<br />
<br />
There were no major strikes or suicide attacks by militants in Kashmir until April, when the calm was broken by armed militants who stormed a Hindu temple in Jammu, killing seven people and injuring 20.<br />
<br />
Indian officials said they believe that militants will try to disrupt the proposed Indian state elections in Kashmir, now planned for September, and predicted that violence may increase in the run-up to the polls. Already, they said, 17 political activists
 have been killed in attacks in the past few months.<br />
<br />
Some analysts are beginning to doubt that India has made any headway with Pakistan, despite its largest troop mobilization in 30 years. More than 40,000 civilians have been displaced by the deployment, and about 50,000 acres of farmland are under army control.
 Soldiers have also placed land mines along vast areas near the border. <br />
<br />
"The buildup has achieved nothing for India," said Praful Bidwai, of the Coalition on Nuclear Disarmament and Peace. "You can't be locked on the border forever, heavily armed."<br />
<br />
But officials argue that withdrawing now without any substantive concessions from Pakistan would be politically disastrous for India.<br />
<br />
"We have already played our last card by sending our army to the border and placing them on a war posture," an intelligence official said. "Pakistan wants India to blink first. India cannot afford to do that. What if there is a major terrorist strike tomorrow
 after we pull out?"</p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>03/01/2012 10:53:21</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/16382/India+Says+Pakistani+Crackdown+Failing</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">16382</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>16385</publicationdataID>
      <title>Head off more South Asian instability</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p><strong>The Christian Science Monitor<br />
By Selig S. Harrison</strong></p>
<p>WASHINGTON – As the snow melts in the Himalayas, Pakistan is again sending Islamic militants into Indian-held areas of Kashmir. This, despite US pleas for restraint and Gen. Pervez Musharraf's Jan. 12 pledge to curb Islamic extremism.
<br />
<br />
Trouble in Kashmir could quickly trigger a conflict between the forward-deployed Indian and Pakistani forces that have faced each other since the attack by Islamic extremists on the Indian Parliament four months ago.<br />
<br />
Is there nothing the United States can do to head off a new crisis between South Asia's nuclear-armed adversaries?<br />
<br />
Anxious not to disturb its cooperation with Pakistan in tracking down Al Qaeda remnants, Washington is unwilling to threaten a cutoff of its massive post-Sept. 11 economic aid to put pressure on Islamabad.<br />
<br />
But there is another way the United States and other concerned powers can help stabilize the situation in Kashmir: Provide India with state-of-the-art ground-based and airborne surveillance equipment that would enable New Delhi to detect infiltration across
 the cease-fire line in time to stop it.<br />
<br />
At a minimum, the US could give India the latest ground-based monitoring equipment developed for use along the Mexican border and for enforcement of the 1973 Sinai Desert cease-fire agreement, especially magnetic sensors sensitive to metal; infrared sensors;
 long-range, night-vision video cameras; and new types of halogen lighting systems capable of illuminating wide areas at night.<br />
<br />
To have a decisive impact, US surveillance help would also have to include sophisticated airborne radar scanners and night-vision video cameras, such as the Lynx and Skyball systems developed for the Predator unmanned monitoring aircraft that has proved so
 effective in Afghanistan. This would require a waiver of US export restrictions.<br />
<br />
Pakistan Army units on their side of the cease-fire line help infiltrators elude Indian detection by firing on Indian forces to divert their attention. In addition to this overt Army role, Pakistani military intelligence agencies bankroll, arm, and train the
 infiltrators, most of them Pakistanis, Arabs, Afghans, and other non-Kashmiri Islamic militants.<br />
<br />
Hopefully, US surveillance assistance to India, or even the possibility of it, would be a powerful deterrent to Pakistani-sponsored infiltration. Should Pakistan proceed with its infiltration anyway, the United States could then consider arrangements for leasing
 Predator aircraft to New Delhi and for sharing the results of US spy satellite monitoring along the cease-fire line.<br />
<br />
The United States and India have already established a Joint Working Group on Counter-Terrorism, which discussed the possibility of cooperation in monitoring along the cease-fire line at a January meeting attended by monitoring experts from the Pentagon and
 the Sandia National Laboratory. Sandia experts are now training Indian specialists in monitoring technologies that can be applied along all of India's borders to counter terrorism. But no decision has yet been made to provide US equipment specifically earmarked
 for use on the Kashmir cease-fire line.<br />
<br />
Such a decision would send a powerful signal to Pakistan that the United States regards cross-border incursions by Pakistani-sponsored Islamic militants into Kashmir as a threat to the US interest in a stable South Asia.<br />
<br />
At the same time, it would make clear that the US favors a long-term Kashmir settlement based on a recognition of the existing cease-fire line as a permanent international boundary.<br />
<br />
Signals of support for a settlement based on the cease-fire line from the US would compel Pakistan to reconsider whether there is anything to be gained by stoking the fires of insurgency in Kashmir.<br />
<br />
Pakistani policy rests on the hope that the major powers can be induced to internationalize the dispute, and ultimately support accession of the Indian-controlled Kashmir Valley to Pakistan.<br />
<br />
Until now, all that the US has done is to exhort President Musharraf to stop sending Pakistani Islamic militants into Kashmir, and to cut off weapons aid to Kashmiri insurgent groups.<br />
<br />
But there are limits to what Musharraf can do, even if he tries, given the entrenched grip of Islamic militant sympathizers in the Pakistan armed forces and intelligence services. If he is, in fact, ready to negotiate a realistic Kashmir solution, American
 support for a settlement based on the cease-fire line would strengthen his hand. At the same time, it would strengthen moderates in India prepared for such a solution.<br />
<br />
<em>Selig S. Harrison is the author of 'India: The Most Dangerous Decades' and five other books on South Asia. He is a senior scholar at the Woodrow Wilson International Center for Scholars and director of the Asia Program at the Center for International Policy.</em></p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>03/01/2012 10:58:12</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/16385/Head+off+more+South+Asian+instability</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">16385</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>16387</publicationdataID>
      <title>US infuriated by Pakistan's go-slow war</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p><strong>The Guardian <br />
By Rory McCarthy in Islamabad</strong></p>
<p><strong>T</strong>he first splits in America's alliance with Pakistan in the war against al-Qaida began to emerge last night as officials in Washington complained about the slow pace of military operations in Pakistan's sensitive tribal areas.
<br />
<br />
US intelligence analysts believe several hundred al-Qaida fighters have fled across the Afghan border into Waziristan, the southernmost of Pakistan's lawless tribal agencies. Pentagon officials have pressed the military regime in Islamabad to take action but
 they are facing strong resistance, according to a report in yesterday's Washington Post.
<br />
<br />
"We've been after them to attack and we haven't made much progress," one senior defence official told the paper. Another official said: "We are trying to encourage, wheedle, coerce, urge the Pakistanis to move more aggressively. We've had some success but movement
 is slow." <br />
<br />
Hundreds of British Royal Marines have been deployed in south-east Afghanistan, directly across the border from Waziristan. Although the Marines have found large concentrations of ammunition there has been little sign of al-Qaida fighters.
<br />
<br />
Islamic clerics in Pakistan have grown increasingly angry about the presence of American troops operating in the tribal areas.
<br />
<br />
The hardline Jamiat Ulema-i-Islam party, which had close links with the Taliban, held protests across the North-West Frontier province last Friday. "The presence of US troops and raids on madrassahs [seminaries] are unacceptable for the independent people of
 Pakistan," the party's leader, Maulana Fazal-ur Rehman, said. <br />
<br />
A rocket was fired on Friday at a school in Miram Shah in Waziristan where US troops are staying. It was the second such attack in two weeks but again the rocket missed its target.
<br />
<br />
The Pakistani army, which has longstanding and complex ties with the religious right, is reluctant to risk creating any more opposition from the clerics who could be a useful ally for the military ruler General Pervez Musharraf in the elections due in October.
 In an interview with foreign reporters earlier this month Gen Musharraf admitted operations in the tribal belt were extremely sensitive.
<br />
<br />
In contrast to American intelligence, he said there were no large concentrations of al-Qaida fighters in the area. "If you think they have come here and taken over whole chunks of territory and established themselves, no, this is just out of the question, this
 is not possible at all, zero possibility," he said. "A small number of infiltrations, in terms of four or 10 or eight people, small groups or parties, is a possibility."
<br />
<br />
At the same time Pakistan's generals are deeply concerned about the eastern border with India where hundreds of thousands of soldiers have been deployed on either side of the border at a state of high alert since December, when the two countries came close
 to their fourth war. <br />
<br />
Major-General Rashid Qureshi, a Pakistan military spokesman, said the stand-off with India was limiting operations on the Afghan border.
<br />
<br />
"We are being distracted in the war against terrorism on our western border with Afghanistan which we are not able to seal as effectively as we would like," he said. "The US and the western world need to tell India to back off."
<br />
<br />
In Karachi police investigating last week's suicide bombing which killed 14 people, including 11 French submarine engineers, have arrested five new suspects.</p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>03/01/2012 11:01:44</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/16387/US+infuriated+by+Pakistans+goslow+war</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">16387</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>18091</publicationdataID>
      <title>Pakistan resists fighting Qaeda</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p><strong>The International Herald Tribune<br />
By Thomas E. Ricks and Kamran Khan <br />
The Washington Post </strong></p>
<p><strong><em>U.S. urges offensive, citing a buildup of bin Laden's forces</em></strong>
</p>
<p><strong>WASHINGTON</strong> : U.S. intelligence analysts have concluded that the major remaining concentrations of Al Qaeda fighters are in western Pakistan, rather than in Afghanistan, but Pakistan has resisted U.S. pressure to mount large-scale attacks
 against them, according to officials in Washington and Pakistan.<br />
<br />
American officials have pressed Pakistan to act against what they believe are groups of Al Qaeda fighters concentrated in the Waziristan area of western Pakistan, near the Afghan border.<br />
<br />
"We know where there is a large concentration of Al Qaeda," a Pentagon official said last week. But, he added, "Our guys haven't been getting the cooperation" requested from Pakistan.<br />
<br />
The Pakistani government's reluctance to conduct an offensive in the border area is the first major difference to surface in the U.S.-Pakistani alliance against terrorism, which has been surprisingly strong since the Sept. 11 attacks. If the intense U.S. pressure
 for a Pakistani offensive succeeds, it would mark a major widening of the eight-month-old battle against terrorism, in which overt combat has taken place only in Afghanistan. Defense officials said the Pakistani military had been moving very slowly, despite
 U.S. offers to provide intelligence, helicopters, special forces or even conventional military units. For the last two weeks, a senior official said, "We've been after them to attack, and we haven't made much progress."<br />
<br />
Another added: "We are trying to encourage, wheedle, coerce, urge the Pakistanis to move more aggressively. We've had some success, but movement is slow." Pakistani officials responded that, with or without U.S. aid, they were reluctant for several reasons
 to begin such an offensive. They said they feared an internal political backlash, both in the unruly border area and from Islamic extremists across Pakistan. They said their military already was strained by the standoff with India. They also said they lacked
 confidence in U.S. intelligence reports about the supposed buildup of Al Qaeda forces on their territory. "There can't be any such large-scale concentrations in any area of Pakistan," Brigadier Javed Iqbal Cheema, director of the Interior Ministry's crisis
 management group, said Friday. "It isn't possible."<br />
<br />
The Pakistani president, General Pervez Musharraf, met with his top military commanders last week in Rawalpindi to consider how to deal with the U.S. push to beginmilitary operations in the border area.<br />
<br />
Speaking privately, Pakistani officials said that the military leaders had concluded that no operation would be conducted in the volatile border region without more specific intelligence that the Pakistani government deemed credible.<br />
<br />
The commanders' meeting also concluded that the United States should be told that until tensions relaxed between Pakistan and India, the Pakistani military could not mount large-scale operations on its border with Afghanistan. About 80 percent of Pakistan's
 troops are deployed on its border with India.<br />
<br />
Despite its resistance, the Pakistani government has indicated it understands that the United States may choose to bomb any pockets of enemy fighters unilaterally, especially if intelligence points toward the location of Osama bin Laden or other Al Qaeda leaders.<br />
<br />
"We've made it very clear" to tribal leaders that providing sanctuary to terrorists and their allies "would bring great harm to them," Moinuddin Haider, the Pakistani interior minister, told Washington Post reporters and editors on Friday. He said, however,
 that he was not aware either of large groups of Al Qaeda fighters in Pakistan or of U.S. pressure to do more against them. He also said he did not believe bin Laden was in Pakistan.
</p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>25/01/2012 17:32:16</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/18091/Pakistan+resists+fighting+Qaeda</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">18091</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>17841</publicationdataID>
      <title>India, U.S. Stage Joint Army Exercise</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p><strong>The Los Angeles Times<br />
By Reuters</strong></p>
<p>NEW DELHI -- Indian and U.S. troops launched their biggest joint military exercise in nearly 40 years Saturday, marking another step in the growing ties between the world's two largest democracies that once sat on opposite sides in the Cold War.<br />
<br />
"Exercises opened today and would continue for the next two weeks. It's the largest army exercise involving Indian and U.S. ground forces," a U.S. Embassy spokesman here said.<br />
<br />
Exercise Balance Iroquois, in the northern Indian tourist town of Agra, comes in the midst of India's latest tense military standoff with nuclear rival Pakistan, which was triggered by an attack on the Indian Parliament in December. Nearly a million troops
 are massed on both sides of the border, raising fears of a fourth war between the neighbors.<br />
<br />
The United States suspended military links with India and Pakistan after both carried out nuclear tests in 1998, but ties have resumed with the two nations, especially after they backed the U.S.-led war in Afghanistan.<br />
<br />
"It is part of growing military relations between the two countries. It will make operations better," the spokesman said of the exercise with India. He said special operations forces from the Asia-Pacific Command are participating.<br />
<br />
Indian officials were not immediately available to give details on the number of soldiers participating in the exercise, taking place about 400 miles from the Pakistan border.<br />
<br />
Though Pakistan has been a U.S. ally much longer than India, New Delhi has continued strengthening ties with Washington in recent months. Top military officials have exchanged visits, and Washington agreed to resume sales of defense equipment that were banned
 under sanctions imposed after India's nuclear tests. </p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>24/01/2012 11:32:44</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/17841/India+US+Stage+Joint+Army+Exercise</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">17841</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>17843</publicationdataID>
      <title>Political Killings Hint at Pakistani Dirty War</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p><strong>The Los Angeles Times<br />
By Paul Watson, Times Staff Writer</strong></p>
<p>Asia: In the port city of Karachi, bombings and homicides have become commonplace, yet some see the shadowy hand of national security forces<br />
<br />
KARACHI, Pakistan -- Even in the middle of the night, traffic is steady on Sunset Boulevard, yet Karachi police can't find anyone who saw roadside assassins fire 14 bullets into two of the city's most popular politicians.<br />
<br />
The two men were moderate, respected leaders of Pakistan's third-largest political party, which, after years of conflict with Pakistan's government, was making peace with President Pervez Musharraf.<br />
<br />
Mohammed Farooq Sattar, a leader of the two men's Muttahida Quami Movement, says he suspects that the killers got their orders from a faction of the military's powerful Inter-Services Intelligence agency, or ISI, the paramilitary Rangers or members of other
 federal agencies that he says are conspiring to destroy Musharraf and his reforms. Bombings and homicides are so common in Karachi these days that there are numerous possible motives for the politicians' slaying.<br />
<br />
But the timing and targets of the assassins suggest to many here that elements of Pakistan's security forces are waging a new, dirty war on the streets of this treacherous port city to undermine Musharraf.<br />
<br />
Sattar isn't alone in his suspicions. Maulana Fazlur Rehman, who heads one of Pakistan's largest religious parties, Jamiat-ul-Ulema-e-Islam, has added his influential voice to accusations that the army and the ISI are trying to split various political parties
 and stir up sectarian violence in cities such as Karachi.<br />
<br />
Sattar predicted that enemies within Musharraf's regime will win unless the army general, who took power in a coup, gets tough with them soon.<br />
<br />
"He's walking a tightrope--no doubt," Sattar said. "But he has to, very quickly, take care of his 'friends.' He has to be organized to deal with this religious intolerance, extremism, bigotry and this monster of a state within a state.<br />
<br />
"If he does not get rid of these elements, then he will not be able to deliver the agenda he is promising to the people of Pakistan and the international community. This is the last chance for Pakistan: now or never."<br />
<br />
Sattar's party, known as the MQM, wants most federal government powers to be shifted to the provinces, and Musharraf's promised reforms would meet at least some of those demands. If Musharraf goes far enough, agencies such as the ISI will lose a lot of power,
 and that is why they want to stop him, Sattar said.<br />
<br />
Although Musharraf continues to support the U.S. effort against foreign Al Qaeda and Taliban fighters, there is mounting evidence that his most important domestic reforms have stalled.<br />
<br />
Hundreds of suspected militants have been released on promises of good behavior, their leaders have not been put on trial for any serious crimes, and the government has quietly abandoned a campaign to collect illegal weapons.<br />
<br />
Evidence of Musharraf's failure to control extremist groups mounts with daily killings and bombings. The victims in one recent week's violence included children maimed by a series of small bombs planted in garbage heaps where they were scavenging.<br />
<br />
Karachi's bloodletting spread to the city center Wednesday, when a car bomb exploded next to a Pakistani navy bus, killing 11 French defense contract workers and two Pakistanis, along with the bomber, in an apparent suicide attack in front of the Sheraton Hotel
 and Towers.<br />
<br />
Senior Karachi police officers declined interview requests, and spokesman Ghulam Saqlain said they were under strict orders not to speak to foreign reporters without written permission from Interior Ministry officials in the capital, Islamabad.<br />
<br />
Maj. Gen. Rashid Qureshi, Musharraf's spokesman, called Sattar's allegations irresponsible and said they were hardly worthy of comment.<br />
<br />
"It's the most ridiculous claim that anyone could ever make," he said from Islamabad.<br />
<br />
No Suspects, Yet Clues oint to an Expert Hand<br />
<br />
As in most of the thousands of political killings that have cursed Karachi over the past decade, police have told the slain politicians' families that investigators have no suspects and few leads to follow. The clues that are known suggest an expert hand in
 the killings.<br />
<br />
In the minutes before they were killed April 27, politicians Mustapha Kamal Rizvi and Nishat Mallick were coming back from dinner at the nearby Tandoori Hut restaurant in Rizvi's black Toyota Corolla. Police found it parked, with the engine off, about five
 minutes away from the crime scene.<br />
<br />
The shawarma sandwich Rizvi had promised to bring home to his wife, Firdaus, 45, was still in the car, and apart from Rizvi's cell phone and a Rolex watch, nothing was stolen, members of both families said.<br />
<br />
Without knowing that her husband was dead, or dying, in the street, Firdaus called his cell phone six or seven times to warn him of the shooting outside Mallick's home. Each time she dialed, someone hung up her husband's phone without speaking.<br />
<br />
Investigators told her the cell phone hasn't been found.<br />
<br />
Victims Had Not Mentioned Threats<br />
<br />
Police took at least 15 minutes to reach the crime scene from the Gizri station house just a minute's drive away, even though the heavy fire from two automatic pistols could be heard for blocks in the wealthy neighborhood, said Mallick's son Ucksy, a 22-year-old
 medical student.<br />
<br />
The widows of both men said they had never mentioned any death threats, and described them as gentle men who were working to build support for Musharraf within their party.<br />
<br />
Neither of the women suggested a possible motive for the killings.<br />
<br />
"All I know is that my husband was very vocal," said Firdaus Rizvi, her head covered with a white scarf of mourning. "Rivals are there in every field, especially if you are so popular, and successful, and a politician. I'm not saying there were enemies within,
 but there could have been."<br />
<br />
The MQM, reportedly founded with the ISI's help in the early 1980s, accuses the intelligence agency of backing a splinter group in 1992. The two factions have been killing each other's supporters ever since, and a growing number of political and religious leaders
 charge that the ISI is reviving its divide-and-conquer strategy.<br />
<br />
Sattar's MQM faction has won strong support by demanding more autonomy for Sindh province, of which Karachi is the capital. When its exiled leader, Altaf Hussain, sensed that Musharraf was sympathetic, he offered qualified support to the president as he asked
 voters for five more years in power in an April 30 referendum.<br />
<br />
The party's backing for Musharraf collapsed after the killings of Rizvi and Mallick--just one day before what was supposed to be Musharraf's triumphant, final rally in Karachi.<br />
<br />
The MQM, which is Karachi's most powerful political party, has long accused the shadowy ISI of killing party leaders, supporters and members of their families. But that seemed to change after Musharraf's bloodless coup in October 1999, Sattar said.<br />
<br />
Like most in the MQM's power base, Musharraf is a refugee of India's partition in 1947, when millions of Urdu-speaking Muslims fled violent mobs into the newly created Pakistan.<br />
<br />
That makes him a minority in Pakistan's military and security apparatus, which is dominated by ethnic Punjabis and Pathans. Many members of the security forces still sympathize with the religious extremists that Musharraf says he wants to eradicate.<br />
<br />
Karachi's violence, and complaints of torture in police custody, dropped off sharply after Musharraf seized power and quietly began to reach out to the MQM, Sattar said.<br />
<br />
Banned Groups Still Publish Openly<br />
<br />
Today, however, as Musharraf's critics complain that his reforms are faltering, at least four extremist and terrorist groups that the president banned are openly publishing newspapers and magazines.<br />
<br />
In Peshawar, where Taliban officials secretly come and go as U.S. and Pakistani forces conduct search missions along the nearby Afghan border, the Zarb-i-Momin, or Blow of the Believer, is a newsstand favorite.<br />
<br />
Published in Karachi by the Al Rashid trust, a group banned by the U.S. and Pakistan because of alleged Al Qaeda links, the newspaper exhorts readers to support the Taliban as it battles U.S. forces in Afghanistan.<br />
<br />
The lead editorial in Saturday's issue praised Taliban leader Mullah Mohammed Omar as the legitimate ruler of Afghanistan, calling him "Emir al Momineen," or "Leader of the Faithful."<br />
<br />
"The popularity of Emir al Momineen among the Afghan people is evidence that he did not rule the people through power, but through his piety, honesty and love for Islam," the newspaper said. "The people of Afghanistan will continue to love him as long as they
 have a single spark of belief in their hearts."<br />
<br />
The MQM points to the recent reinstatement of at least five police officers it accuses of waging a covert war against the party as proof that orders have been issued to escalate the campaign again. One of the officers is Chaudhry Mohammed Aslam, deputy superintendent
 of police.<br />
<br />
In a May 2 letter to U.N. Secretary-General Kofi Annan, an MQM leader, Imran Farooq, accused Aslam of personal responsibility for the December 1995 abduction, torture and murder of the brother and nephew of party leader Hussain.<br />
<br />
Aslam was also the lead investigator in the November 1997 killings of four U.S. oil workers and their Pakistani driver.<br />
<br />
A special anti-terrorism court sentenced two MQM party members to death for the murders in August 1999.<br />
<br />
But at the time, U.S. officials questioned whether the real culprits had been caught and didn't pay out a $2-million reward offered to anyone providing information leading to the arrest of the four Americans' killers.<br />
<br />
Instead, the State Department more than doubled the reward to $5 million for information or other assistance leading to the arrest or conviction "of those responsible for this cowardly attack against civilians," says the reward offer still posted on the State
 Department's Web site.<br />
<br />
Despite official denials from Musharraf's government, Sattar insisted that the general knows that conspirators within his own government are working against him. Sattar also says Musharraf is still trying "to mend fences" with the MQM through secret contacts
 with party leaders in London.<br />
<br />
But Musharraf spokesman Qureshi insisted: "I'm not aware of any such discussion."
</p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>24/01/2012 11:43:25</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/17843/Political+Killings+Hint+at+Pakistani+Dirty+War</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">17843</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>17845</publicationdataID>
      <title>Why Musharraf clings to power</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p><strong>The International Herald Tribune<br />
By Selig S. Harrison</strong></p>
<p>WASHINGTON: General Pervez Musharraf tells the world that he must perpetuate military rule in order to save Pakistan from two scourges: corrupt, money-grubbing politicians and Islamic extremists.<br />
.<br />
But one of the key reasons why he is so determined to hold on to power is that the generals like the smell of money just as much as the politicians. As chief of staff of the armed forces, Musharraf presides over a vast industrial, commercial and real estate
 empire under direct military control with assets and investments of at least $5 billion.<br />
.<br />
As for Islamic extremists, despite promises of a crackdown designed to please foreign listeners, he has done little for fear of alienating powerful hard-line generals who want to continue using Islamic militants to destabilize India.<br />
.<br />
Shielding the business activities of the armed forces from the prying eyes of civilian government ministers and parliamentary committees has been a preoccupation of the four military regimes that have ruled Pakistan. Musharraf's rigged presidential referendum
 last week will give him the power to curb the investigative activities of the lawmakers scheduled to be elected in October.<br />
.<br />
The core of the military business empire is a little-known network of four foundations that were originally created to promote the welfare of retired servicemen but have since branched out into multifarious money-making ventures manned by 18,000 serving and
 retired military officers.<br />
.<br />
The biggest of these, the Fauji Foundation, is the single largest business conglomerate in Pakistan, with assets of $200 million. Fauji operates 11 enterprises ranging from cereal, cement and fertilizer companies to sugar mills and oil storage terminals. Three
 other foundations, Shaheen, Bahria and the Army Welfare Trust, run everything from banks and insurance companies to airlines, all under the control of the Defense Ministry or one of the three services.<br />
.<br />
In addition to the foundations, the armed forces also control a variety of large independent business activities, notably the National Logistics Cell, a trucking and transportation giant, and the Frontier Works Organization, which has a virtual monopoly in
 road-building and construction. Both were established to serve military needs but grew so fat with military contracts that they moved into the civilian economy and have gradually squeezed out most private competitors.<br />
.<br />
Musharraf would no doubt say that the armed forces know how to run business ventures more efficiently than civilians. But the Pakistani defense analyst Ayesha Agha-Siddiqa demonstrated in her carefully documented study, "Soldiers in Business," that "most of
 these business ventures have been suffering losses that are covered by financial injections from the national exchequer," either from the defense budget or from various public sector enterprises vulnerable to military pressure.<br />
.<br />
Agha-Siddiqa, former director of naval research for the Pakistan Navy, points to the opportunities for corruption resulting from the military business empire's exempttion from "even a trace of public accountability."<br />
.<br />
Whether or not they are a cover for large-scale corruption, it is clear that the foundations provide perks, privileges and fancy salaries for serving and retired officers, beyond public scrutiny, that give the armed forces a powerful vested interest in retaining
 power. Moreover, the constant flow of public resources from the national budget to military-controlled ventures to cover their losses constitutes a financial drain that a deeply indebted, bankrupt country like Pakistan, dependent on U.S. and International
 Monetary Fund aid, cannot afford.<br />
.<br />
Musharraf's claim that military rule is needed to combat Islamic extremism is increasingly implausible. After making a big show of arresting 2,000 Islamic militants immediately after his Jan. 12 speech pledging a crackdown, most of them were released with a
 "conditional amnesty" on March 7, provided they agreed to sign a statement declaring that they would give up extremist activities.<br />
.<br />
Among those released were the leaders of Lashkar-e-Taiba and Jaish-e-Mohammed, Hafiz Mohammed Saeed and Maulana Masood Azhar. These groups, which have close ties with Al Qaeda, are on the State Department list of foreign terrorist organizations. Both send Pakistani
 Islamic militants into Indian-held areas of Kashmir to carry out terrorist attacks against state officials and other Kashmiri civilians who refuse to support Pakistani-sponsored Kashmiri insurgent groups. Saeed is in a Pakistan government guest house where
 he has a telephone. Azhar is under house arrest but can receive his Jaish-e-Mohammed lieutenants.<br />
.<br />
When a key Qaeda fugitive, Abu Zubayda, was captured with his henchmen by FBI agents and Pakistani police in early April, the Pakistani authorities, ignoring American protests, released 16 of the captured Pakistanis who were suspected to be Lashkar-e-Taiba
 members.<br />
.<br />
To give Musharraf his due, he has made good on his Jan. 12 pledge to crack down on one type of Islamic extremism: the destructive sectarian warfare between militant Shia and Sunni groups within Pakistan that target each other, undermining Pakistan's internal
 stability. But he has pointedly stopped short of dismantling the Islamic extremist groups that target India and the United States.<br />
.<br />
The reason is that the Pakistan armed forces and intelligence agencies are still riddled with Islamic extremist sympathizers such as General Mohammed Aziz, chairman of the joint chiefs of staff. Perpetuating military rule will not cleanse Pakistan of corruption
 or Islamic extremism. It will intensify the danger of another war between the forward-deployed armies of South Asia's nuclear-armed neighbors and it will assure that Qaeda fugitives hiding out in Pakistan will continue to have protectors in high places.<br />
.<br />
The writer, director of the Asia Program of the Center for International Policy, contributed this comment to the International Herald Tribune.
</p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>24/01/2012 11:46:15</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/17845/Why+Musharraf+clings+to+power</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">17845</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>17847</publicationdataID>
      <title>Musharraf echoes dictators of the past</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p><strong>The Gulf News<br />
By Husain Haqqani </strong></p>
<p>Following the embarrassment of the referendum, General Pervez Musharraf is now struggling to convince sceptics about his commitment to democracy. Talking to foreign newsmen, who saw and chronicled the farcical nature of the April 30 referendum, he emphasised
 the importance of parliamentary elections scheduled for October. <br />
<br />
After these elections, Musha-rraf was quoted as saying that the Prime Minister will run the country and "I will relax and play tennis and golf". The statement might impress U.S. State Department officials, clutching at straws to justify their refusal to reprimand
 their favourite military ruler, as well as those who do not remember Pakistan's history.
<br />
<br />
But knowledgeable Pakistanis find nothing new in Musharraf's latest assertion. In fact, it sounds too much like an echo from the country's chequered past.<br />
<br />
In March 1985, after he had nominated Mohammed Khan Junejo as Pakistan's Prime Minister, General Zia ul Haq gave me an interview for the Far Eastern Economic Review. Asked how he saw his new role after the induction of a new parliament, General Zia said, "I
 will now spend my time reading books and playing golf". Within three years, however, General Zia ran out of books to read and did not find his golf game sufficiently interesting.
<br />
<br />
He sacked Prime Minister Junejo unexpectedly, for reasons that remain the subject of speculation to this day. Zia's Chief of Staff at the time, the erudite and refined Lt. General Syed Refaqat, and his spokesman, the late Brigadier Siddiq Salik, both confessed
 that they had been surprised by Prime Minister Junejo's ouster. <br />
<br />
Ironically, Junejo could not be accused of amassing wealth and stashing it abroad or of intolerance towards his opponents - the arguments invoked against the two most recent former Prime Ministers. He had simply asserted his constitutional authority in an area
 that General Zia and his colleagues considered their domain. <br />
<br />
Given that background, General Musharraf and his minions should not grudge my refusal to believe that tennis and golf will engage his exclusive attention after the October election.
<br />
<br />
Much of what General Musharraf says these days reads like a rehashed version of statements of Pakistan's previous military rulers. His claims of creating a new political system and establishing a system of checks and balances seem straight out of Field Marshal
 Ayub Khan's book Friends, Not Masters. Consider these lines, and compare them with General Musharraf's recent utterances.
<br />
<br />
"To my knowledge there has never been so much freedom in this country as there is today". "I feel that if the man at the top commands respect, he does not have to be a dictator. The people will follow him in their own interest, because human nature demands
 and, indeed, cannot live without leadership". <br />
<br />
"All these reforms were devised and oriented to prepare the country and the people for a representative government in the shortest possible time. The object was not to impose any particular system from above, but to cause a system to grow from below in relation
 to the social, economic, educational and moral realities of the situation. <br />
<br />
All changes and reforms that were introduced had only one purpose: to prepare the base on which the upward pyramid of a sound political system could be developed."
<br />
<br />
"(Before I assumed power) The sense of demoralisation had seeped down to the masses and they started saying openly, 'let someone save this country'. The implication was obvious: it was the army alone that could step into the breach. That was the only disciplined
 organisation that could give the country the necessary covering fire, in order to enable it to steady itself and extricate itself from the evils which had surrounded it.
<br />
<br />
Things did not look like improving. But I had hoped that someone might rise to the occasion. I would have been the first person to welcome him and to give him all support. I kept hoping and praying."<br />
<br />
Despite his personal charm and mild manner, General Musharraf is not a new political thinker. He represents the continuity in military thinking that began with Ayub Khan.
<br />
<br />
The failings of Pakistan's current generation of politicians, and there are many, are not the reason for the military leadership's contempt for democracy and the political process. They are merely its justification.
<br />
<br />
Field Marshal Ayub spoke about politicians in the same vein as Musharraf though the politicians he was dealing with were all among Pakistan's founding fathers.
<br />
<br />
None of the leaders he disqualified from politics were accused of having overseas bank accounts, nor were they charged with squandering public money. In fact, the only surplus budgets in Pakistan's history were presented by post-independence politicians preceding
 Ayub Khan.<br />
<br />
Pakistan's first military ruler faced opposition from Mohtarma Fatima Jinnah, the Madar-e-Millat (Mother of the Nation), sister of Quaid-e-Azam Moham-med Ali Jinnah. But his political idiom was still the same as the one being used by General Pervez Musharraf
 against Benazir Bhutto four decades (and many political faux pas) later. <br />
<br />
Since the days of Ayub Khan, Pakistan's military has been looking for junior civilian partners in a power-sharing arrangement that leaves key areas of decision-making in military hands.<br />
<br />
Since Pakistan's first military coup in 1958, the objective of military leaders has not been to provide the country with a firm basis for democracy, as they have repeatedly claimed. It has been to create an illusion of institution building while ensuring that
 the military remains the country's only viable institution. <br />
<br />
Thus pseudo-democratic exercises, such as local government elections and referenda to authenticate a military leader, are meant as legitimising exercises not as serious efforts at political reform.
<br />
<br />
The judiciary and Election Commission have been used as rubber stamps instead of being allowed to grow into independent institutions. If these institutions had been nurtured, instead of being subjected to manipulation, they could have acted as a check on any
 excesses committed by politicians.<br />
<br />
The Pakistani military simply does not trust the country's civilians. It wants to control the political process, not simply to guide it back on the rails once it has been derailed. This alone can explain Musharraf's decision to ignore all sane advice and go
 ahead with the referendum instead of participating himself in General Elections in October 2002.
<br />
<br />
After all, if the problem with Pakistan's democracy is that it does not throw up good leaders and Musharraf believes that he is the good leader Pakistan really needs, why can't he gracefully retire from the military and transform himself into a bonafide political
 leader? <br />
<br />
General De Gaulle did that for France and his political legacy (as well as the constitution made by him) has lived on long after him.
<br />
<br />
France's recent election shows how politics can only be changed through politics. The errors of judgement of French politicians during the first round of presidential elections, contested by over a dozen candidates, left only a maverick bigot and a discredited
 incumbent in the arena. <br />
<br />
By Musharraf's reasoning, and that of his many apologists, the French army chief should have assumed power to disqualify both second round candidates from politics and gone back to the drawing board to re-write the rules of French politics.
<br />
<br />
Instead, French politicians accepted second best and threw their weight behind the scandal-tainted President Jacques Chirac. For his part, Chirac also promised to accept the reality of his across-the-board mandate and address the concerns that led to the unusual
 situation in French politics.<br />
<br />
Such reaching out is unknown in Pakistan. Instead of taking refuge in the fantasy of restructuring Pakistani politics through the machinations of the intelligence-military complex, Musharraf should talk to Pakistan's politicians including those he does not
 like.<br />
<br />
Only a voluntary consensus on the political rules of engagement, and strict adherence to these rules by all including the military, will break the country's vicious cycle of military rule followed by impotent civilian regimes.
</p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>24/01/2012 11:48:34</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/17847/Musharraf+echoes+dictators+of+the+past</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">17847</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>17848</publicationdataID>
      <title>11 French killed in Karachi blast</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p><strong>The International Herald Tribune<br />
By Raymond Bonner The New York Times </strong></p>
<p><strong><em>Qaeda suicide bomber is suspected in attack on navy shuttle bus at hotel</em></strong></p>
<p><strong>ISLAMABAD, Pakistan</strong> In what is being seen as a major escalation in the war by international terrorists, at least 14 people, 11 of them French citizens, were killed and more than 20 seriously wounded Wednesday when a red Toyota pulled up
 alongside a shuttle bus in front of the Sheraton Hotel in Karachi and exploded, leaving a deep crater and scattering arms, legs and other body parts over a wide area.<br />
<br />
As Western diplomats and Pakistani officials warned of further attacks, the police said they believed it was a suicide bombing, and although no one immediately took responsibility, Western and Pakistani officials said it all the earmarkings of an Al Qaeda operation.<br />
<br />
President Jacques Chirac of France called it "a murderous, cowardly, odious terrorist attack."<br />
<br />
The attack Wednesday, coming two months after a suicide bomber killed five people, including two Americans, in an attack on a church here in the capital, represents a dramatic and ominous shift in the method, magnitude and targets of terrorist attacks in this
 country.<br />
<br />
Sectarian violence often seems to border on the endemic here - a lawyer, a high school principal and a doctor have been killed in the latest wave of sectarian killing - but suicide bombings have been extremely rare. Moreover, in the past, the targets have been
 Pakistanis, Iranians or Americans. The explosion Wednesday, along with the attack on the church, which was located in the diplomatic compound, were aimed at the Western community said a Western diplomat. "Any place where foreigners gather is now vulnerable,"
 he added.<br />
<br />
The two attacks appear to be linked, officials said. "A one-two," as the diplomat put it. "It was very well-planned," he said about the attack Wednesday.<br />
<br />
It was one of the deadliest single attacks on civilians, outside of Israel, since the attacks on the World Trade Center and Pentagon on Sept. 11.<br />
<br />
The American Embassy in Islamabad warned American citizens in the country Wednesday to maintain a low profile and avoid predictable patterns and behaviors.<br />
<br />
There was no apparent link between the bombing and the trial of four men, who are accused of the kidnapping and murder of the Wall Street Journal reporter Daniel Pearl, which resumed Wednesday in Hyderabad, about 160 kilometers south of Karachi. The trial had
 been moved from Karachi for security reasons.<br />
<br />
Once again, the trial, which prosecutors had originally said would be finished by mid-April, was put off, as defense lawyers sought to have the case moved back to Karachi.<br />
<br />
There were fears that more attacks were likely here, aimed at foreigners and at the government of President Pervez Musharraf, who has sided with the United States in the war on terrorism.<br />
<br />
This may not be the end, the information minister, Nasar Memon, said at a news conference Wednesday evening. "It appears their nefarious designs will continue, and therefore we want to ward against this as much as we can," he said.<br />
<br />
He added that he was not basing the warning on any specific intelligence but on the historic facts in the last few months.<br />
<br />
The attack Wednesday raises fundamental questions about security here, and serious challenges for Musharraf, diplomats and Pakistani political observers said.<br />
<br />
The bus, operated by the Pakistani Navy, had stopped at the hotel to pick up French civilians who were working on a submarine project for the Pakistani government.<br />
<br />
"If the government of Pakistan can't protect workers in the defense industry, what does it say for its security?" said a diplomat. "General Musharraf must act decisively, within the next two or three days. If I were him, I would crack down with a vengeance.
 In an impoverished country already on the ropes economically, today's attack has done enormous damage. Who is going to invest here now?"<br />
<br />
A senior Pakistani official agreed. "He has to act and act quickly," the official said about Musharraf. "We have to do more than issue a press release."<br />
<br />
Musharraf convened his national security and intelligence heads for a two-hour meeting Wednesday morning. The measures announced seemed modest but suggested how difficult it will be for a country like Pakistan to prevent suicide attacks.<br />
<br />
The government said that it was beefing up its intelligence gathering and security at places where foreigners gather, which is what the government said after the church attack two months ago.<br />
<br />
On Wednesday, the government also established a toll free hotline for people to call when they see what they think is suspicious terrorist activity, and an interactive Web site:
<strong><em>www.geocities.com/$ wantedforterrorism</em>.<br />
</strong><br />
The attack would also seem to underscore questions that have been asked recently about just how effective Musharraf has been in his declared war on violent Muslim groups.<br />
<br />
Musharraf has banned several groups, and the authorities have rounded up about 2,000 men suspected of links to terrorist organizations. But nearly three-quarters of those arrested have been released, and not a single person has been charged. This raises fundamental
 questions about his follow-up, said a diplomat.<br />
<br />
After the church bombing, the government promised a swift investigation and a report that was to have been released by early April. But the report has not been released, and the authorities appear no closer to solving the crime. The identity of the man who
 blew himself up when he threw the grenades remains a mystery. </p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>24/01/2012 11:51:50</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/17848/11+French+killed+in+Karachi+blast</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">17848</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>18022</publicationdataID>
      <title>Anatomy of a referendum</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p><strong>The News Pakistan<br />
By Nasim Zehra</strong></p>
<p><strong><em>The writer is an Islamabad-based commentator on security issues</em></strong></p>
<p>An objective assessment of the outcome of the Referendum should leave no doubt in anybody's mind that the opponents of the Referendum have been vindicated. The constant refrain of those opposing the Referendum was that General Pervez Musharraf neither would
 personally gain from it nor would the cause of democracy be advanced. Through Referendum, which was at best going to be a non-event and at worse a case of rigged endorsement, a state sponsored certification for General Musharraf was sought. Ironically, it
 was a certification he as the man in power did not need. In the power play of Pakistani political landscape, General Musharraf had earned himself the reputation of a General with a difference. Naturally his military credentials and his entry through coup d'etat
 compelled him on to the path of power accumulation and some political manipulation was never going to allow the person of General Musharraf complete legitimacy.<br />
<br />
Against the backdrop of much criticising of Musharraf's unbridled exercise of power, he was always even if grudgingly, seen as the man who would indeed play some constructive role in ensuring the return of democracy in Pakistan. It was a role many gave to him
 in the default zones created by Pakistan's political class. Admittedly, perpetual hijacking of the process by Pakistani military in collaboration with opposition politicians has prevented the maturing of Pakistan's political class.<br />
<br />
Whatever maybe the case today the Pakistani's political leaders have found themselves incapable of proactively determining the political course of Pakistan. The only gain they appear to have made is through General Musharraf's Referendum blunder. Certainly
 in the post-referendum phase ARD seems to have gone into a high gear mode. It has placed a list of demand before the government, which include the setting up of an independent election commission and for allowing Benazir Bhutto and Nawaz Sharif now living
 in self-exile in Dubai and Jeddah. The ARD is planning an all parties' conference to try and put pressure on the General Musharraf government using the referendum issue.<br />
<br />
Both the ARD and the Jamaat-e-Islami are planning to issue white papers on the referendum rigging. Press reports and independent personal accounts all point towards a free for all activity at the polling booths throughout the country. In deserted polling booths
 polling agents sat stamping yes on bunches of ballot papers. In Bhara Kahu and Abbottabad men and women merrily cast multiple votes using multiple identity documents including passports, driving licenses and old and new identity cards! In a polling booth in
 rural Abbottabad relatives merrily cast multiple votes on behalf of those residing in Islamabad. Voters of all age cast their votes. It was a genuine 'free for all'. For Musharraf's voters no questions were asked as long as the vote count was increasing. After
 all the referendum was without independent monitors, without competing parties, without a voters' list and without strict Identity Card requirements<br />
<br />
Yet PTV continuously reported high voter turnout. Competing claims came from the Chief Election Commissioner and the Information Minister Nisar Memon. CEC claimed a 71% turnout while Memon on the same day said, "25% is high and 30-35% will be higher than our
 expectation." The following day the Election Commission reported the turn out to be 56%. Finally the tally revealed that Musharraf received more votes than the combined vote cast for Benazir and Nawaz Sharif in the last elections. Also that the voter turnout
 was even higher than the 1970 elections.<br />
<br />
After casting his vote in Rawalpindi, General Musharraf told newsmen that the public had spoken in the referendum in favour of him and against the established political leaders. There was no sign of this having happened. At least not inside Pakistan. Interestingly
 having been in Dubai on the referendum day, watching Pakistanis come to vote for Musharraf throughout the day and with a lot of enthusiasm was intriguing. The contrast between the home reaction and the reaction of expatriate Pakistanis was interesting. Patriotism
 often peaks in foreign lands plus the fact that expat Pakistanis were not exposed to the complete unfairness that was unfolded in the shape of the referendum idea and procedure. It is noteworthy for General Musharraf that among factors like lack of interest,
 the knowledge that the referendum outcome was determined before the referendum and also that a peoples' basic sense of justice was being violated in the way that the state moved in actively to ensure General Pervez Musharraf's success.<br />
<br />
In the conduct of the referendum and referendum results truth was a casualty. Fortunately, the Pakistanis themselves spoke after the referendum and highlighted the other issues. Another feared casualty of this referendum-related phase could be the Musharraf
 government's tolerance. Print media can no longer be successfully censored. It is now too difficult to gag plus Musharraf himself is tolerant of difference of opinion. Fortunately, his earlier harsh criticism of press critics of the referendum turned into
 an appreciation for their 'different' opinion. However, the state-controlled academia of the government of Punjab has acted in a highly controversial manner. An associate professor of Urdu Ajmal Niazi in the FC College is being terminated because as a government
 employee he is not supposed to be involved in politics. Niazi had written a column in the local daily 'Din' criticising the presidential referendum. Whatever the technical interpretation of any law stopping government officials from writing there is the question
 of the Punjab government's motive to remove Niazi. After all, all those serving in government positions throughout Punjab have not been stopped from writing. Those who have written in the press have not been terminated. Whatever legal cover the government
 may invoke for removing Niazi, his fault was that he criticised the referendum. Such thought control is never desirable. In educational institutions, technically a place of inquiry, to hit back with such vengeance against one who expressed his opinion is unwise
 and inexcusable. The Punjab governor should change his decision. Niazi must continue in the position he has held for many years.<br />
<br />
For Musharraf a review exercise on the referendum will produce instructive lessons. Three lessons are important. One, political parties are not undependable allies. The last minute turning away by MQM and the complete non-involvement of ANP who ostensibly was
 supporting Musharraf underline the complexity of politics. Two, that credibility and support is built upon credible action not upon state-engineered referendums. Three, that the shifting sands of politics cannot be fully comprehended by men from the barracks
 used to functioning in controlled environments. Interestingly even the nazims from the local government structure also generally failed to deliver. In fact even earlier, before the Lahore referendum rally, apparently it was established in a meeting with the
 Punjab governor that the nazims could not deliver the desired numbers for the Lahore rally. This prompted the provincial secretaries to assure the governor that they could deliver! The bureaucracy produced the state employees at the Lahore referendum from
 the education, health, labour and other departments.<br />
<br />
Against the backdrop of this controversial referendum what are the choices before general Musharraf. Not very different from his pre-referendum choices. To hold a genuinely fair and free elections in which an independent Election Commission can win the confidence
 of all political parties. For the October elections to be credible, a level playing field should be ensured for all political parties. General Musharraf must know that for genuine democracy fair and free elections are a foremost requirement. No amount of a
 just cause can allow the use of unjust tools to succeed. Formation of king's parties will initiate a new round of criticisms and mudslinging against the government. The government's credibility will further diminish. However, which way the government heads
 depends on how successful or otherwise it believes the referendum has been.</p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>25/01/2012 12:36:16</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/18022/Anatomy+of+a+referendum</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">18022</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>18023</publicationdataID>
      <title>Al-Qaeda fear as bomb kills 14 in Karachi</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p><strong>The Times Online<br />
By Zahid Hussain<br />
Islamabad </strong></p>
<p>A suicide bomber in a car packed with explosives rammed a bus outside a Karachi hotel yesterday, killing 14 people including 11 French defence technicians.<br />
<br />
The attack, for which no one has claimed responsibility, prompted Pakistan to call for international help to fight terrorism.
<br />
<br />
The Government suspects that al-Qaeda supporters or members of another outlawed Islamic group might have been involved in what was the worst terrorist attack in Pakistan since the country joined the United States and other nations in the War on Terror.
<br />
<br />
"We cannot rule out the involvement of al-Qaeda,” Kamal Shah, the Sind provincial police chief, said.
<br />
<br />
The New Zealand cricket team, which was staying at a hotel across the street, immediately cancelled yesterday’s Test match with Pakistan to return home. One of its officials was injured by glass as he sat in a bus and a Pakistani team liaison officer suffered
 a heart attack. <br />
<br />
The bomb exploded as the bus containing French naval workers was about to leave the Sheraton Hotel for the dockyard. The French were assisting a Pakistani naval submarine manufacturing project.
<br />
<br />
More than 20 people, including 13 French, were seriously injured. Police said that an old car that had been waiting in the hotel car park crashed into the bus.
<br />
<br />
Charred body parts were scattered across the road. The car’s engine was sent flying 100ft down the street. The explosion was heard ten miles away.
<br />
<br />
Almost all the windows facing the road in the ten- storey Sheraton and nine- storey Pearl Continental Hotel, where the New Zealand and Pakistan teams had been staying, were shattered. Dozens of other foreigners were at the hotels.
<br />
<br />
The two teams had been due to board a bus outside their hotel a few minutes after the explosion. Reg Dickerson, the New Zealanders’ security manager, said: "I saw a scene of total devastation. There are bodies and pieces of bodies all over the place.”
<br />
<br />
Dayle Shackle, the team physiotherapist, was injured by broken glass. <br />
<br />
Asad Jehangir, the city police chief, said: "It was apparently a suicide bombing.” The body of the suspected bomber was recovered from the car.
<br />
<br />
Yesterday’s was the first suicide bombing in Pakistan. The country’s military Government has asked the US and France to send anti-terrorism experts and investigators.
<br />
<br />
General Musharraf condemned the "dastardly act of terrorism” and said that Pakistan was being subjected to a systematic campaign of terrorism for its stand against international terror.
<br />
<br />
Later he chaired a meeting of intelligence and law enforcement agencies and offered President Chirac his condolences by telephone.
<br />
<br />
The United States voiced its disgust at the blast and reaffirmed its support for President Musharraf. "We strongly condemn the heinous attack against France and Pakistan, two of our closest allies in the war on terrorism,” Richard Boucher, the State Department
 spokesman, said. <br />
<br />
Pakistan has been racked by religious and sectarian violence, but the Karachi bombing indicates how strong and well organised the terrorist groups are and how easily they can hit their targets.
<br />
<br />
Pakistani government officials fear many more such incidents. Islamic militants have vowed to fight a military Government they accuse of being an "American puppet”. Islamic groups have made widespread protests at the involvement of American military personnel
 in raids on suspected al-Qaeda hideouts in semi-autonomous and lawless tribal areas.
<br />
<br />
President Musharraf has promised to fight them with full force, but his administration appears to have neither the capability nor the resolve to meet the challenge. The terrorists have become increasingly defiant since the Government freed more than 1,000 Islamic
 radicals — including group leaders — arrested after the President ordered a crackdown on extremists on January 12. They were released as he tried to woo Islamic parties in last week’s referendum, in which he won five more years in power.
<br />
<br />
After an attack on a church that left three Americans dead, the US and Britain have evacuated the families of diplomatic staff and advised nationals to avoid visiting the country, now seen as one of the most dangerous. Only a few dozen British and European
 nationals are thought to have stayed. Most are in Islamabad or Karachi. <br />
<br />
Wendy Chamberlain, the American Ambassador in Islamabad, resigned last month, saying that she did not feel Pakistan was safe for her two daughters.
<br />
<br />
The suicide bomber may have chosen the French because they were easy prey. France has been deeply involved with Pakistan’s defence organisations.
<br />
<br />
It became an important supplier of defence equipment to the Pakistani Navy and Air Force after the United States stopped military sales to Pakistan.
<br />
<br />
In the mid-Nineties, Pakistan agreed a £600 million deal to buy three Agosta submarines from France. Two have already been handed over and the third was being manufactured at Karachi’s naval dockyard. Yesterday’s victims were associated with the project.
<br />
<br />
<strong>Terror attacks on foreigners<br />
</strong><br />
The suicide bombing was the third recent terrorist attack on foreign nationals in Pakistan:<br />
<br />
Daniel Pearl, an American journalist, was kidnapped in January and murdered by an Islamic group in Karachi<br />
<br />
Five people were killed in a grenade attack at a Protestant church in Islamabad’s high security diplomatic enclave in March<br />
<br />
And Islamic groups outlawed by General Musharraf carried out a similar suicide bombing in Indian-controlled Kashmir</p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>25/01/2012 12:39:24</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/18023/AlQaeda+fear+as+bomb+kills+14+in+Karachi</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">18023</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>18025</publicationdataID>
      <title>Car Bombing Jolts Pakistani Government</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p><strong>The Washington Post Foreign Service<br />
By Karl Vick and Kamran Khan<br />
Karachi, Pakistan</strong></p>
<p><strong>Karachi Attack Targeted Foreigners; Musharraf Hints Outside Militants to Blame
</strong></p>
<p>For months the big pink and white bus pulled up outside the Sheraton Hotel and Towers, always at the same curb on Club Road, always at 7:45 a.m. It made a regular circuit of the high-rise hotels where Pakistan put up its special guests -- French engineers
 who were working at a nearby naval base -- and this morning the last of them had climbed aboard the 46-seat Mercedes Marco Polo when the Toyota Corolla beside it exploded.
<br />
<br />
The car packed with TNT left a crater in the asphalt and 14 people dead -- 11 French nationals, two Pakistanis and the unidentified driver of the car. One of the Pakistani victims was Razia Begum, who had just emerged from a drugstore across the street with
 a package of cookies for a street beggar.<br />
<br />
The store's security camera recorded the detonation at 7:52:30 a.m., the precise instant the tape goes from the bleary white of a retail doorway to a tangle of bent metal in a slowly settling gray mist.<br />
<br />
"Every morning, eight o'clock, they leave for the job," said the drugstore's owner, Junaid Admjee, nodding toward the scene of the third terrorist attack on foreigners in Pakistan in four months.<br />
<br />
"Very embarrassing for us." <br />
<br />
The attack was the latest jolt to the government of Pakistan's president, Gen. Pervez Musharraf, whose decision to support the U.S.-led war in neighboring Afghanistan has been labeled a betrayal by Islamic militants once encouraged by Pakistan's military government.<br />
<br />
By midnight, no group had claimed responsibility for the attack, the most lethal on foreigners in Pakistan since a grenade assault March 17 on a Protestant church in the capital city of Islamabad killed five people, including two Americans.
<br />
<br />
But in a nationwide television address this evening, Musharraf appeared eager to lay blame on non-Pakistani militants, warning citizens, "If you see any suspicious activity involving foreigners, please report it to the police."<br />
<br />
Pakistani police officials said the driver of the Corolla was killed in the blast. Investigators collected what were believed to be the driver's remains, including fingers and portions of the head. They were handed over to the FBI for DNA and other forensic
 testing that might determine at least ethnic origin.<br />
<br />
"Definitely it was a suicide bombing," said Tasneem Noorani, a senior Interior Ministry official.<br />
<br />
Suicide bombings are relatively rare in Pakistan, and Kamal Shah, chief of police for Sindh province, which includes Karachi, said, "We are actively investigating the al Qaeda angle."<br />
<br />
Pakistani officials, speaking anonymously, quoted French officials as saying their intelligence also pointed to the terrorist organization headed by Osama bin Laden, which is blamed for the Sept. 11 attacks on the United States.
<br />
<br />
Meanwhile, 100 miles to the northeast, in Hyderabad, police were questioning Sheik Omar Saeed, the Islamic militant being tried on charges of orchestrating the kidnapping of American newspaper reporter Daniel Pearl on Jan. 23. A police official said Saeed was
 being grilled because of remarks an officer heard him make in court three days ago to the effect that suicide bombers were not exclusively Palestinian, they could also come from Pakistan.<br />
<br />
President Jacques Chirac of France condemned the attack as "a murderous, cowardly, odious terrorist attack" and accepted Musharraf's invitation to immediately dispatch counterterrorism experts to Karachi.
<br />
<br />
The victims were employees of France's state-owned maritime construction company, Direction des Constructions Navales, sent by the Defense Ministry to assist Pakistan in the construction of submarines capable of delivering nuclear weapons. The engineers had
 been in Karachi for months, shuttling from the international business hotels in the city's prosperous southern section to their workplace on a schedule that shopkeepers said never varied.
<br />
<br />
The risk inherent in such predictability was widely acknowledged among police officials today, as was the lack of any security escort for the bus, which bore the stencil "PN," for Pakistan Navy. In Karachi, a city of 14 million that is notorious for ethnic
 and sectarian violence, public figures routinely travel with a pickup truck bristling with policemen.<br />
<br />
FBI agents already in Karachi assessed the bomb scene twice today, ducking under canvas shrouds erected around the ruined bus and scraps of the Corolla, blown almost a block away. Afterward, Pakistani police officials said the Americans described the charge
 as "sophisticated." <br />
<br />
The TNT was fashioned like a rod, the officials said, a configuration that extended the explosive impact along the length of the car, maximizing damage to the adjacent bus.<br />
<br />
The 1974 Corolla had been purchased only a day earlier by "mullah types," said one police official, who asked not to be named. The transaction was traced from the serial number on the car's engine, the only bit of the vehicle to remain intact.
<br />
<br />
Residents said the timing of the attack, while devastating to the foreign visitors, spared countless other lives. Karachi's rush hour routinely starts around 9 a.m., a late start for a city that comes alive late at night to escape the punishing heat of the
 day.<br />
<br />
"If it had been an hour later, it would have been a complete disaster," said Usman Khwaja, who runs a travel office opposite the blast site that was shuttered at the time of the blast.<br />
<br />
Others, however, considered losses beyond human life. Singapore Airlines, whose flight crew had been eating breakfast in the Sheraton restaurant behind the bus, immediately canceled its Pakistan routes. The Karachi stock exchange, which had been booming, lost
 3 percent of its value. And the New Zealand cricket team, which had been staying in the hotel across the street, canceled its final match and hurried home in a hail of b</p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>25/01/2012 12:43:04</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/18025/Car+Bombing+Jolts+Pakistani+Government</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">18025</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>18031</publicationdataID>
      <title>Suicide attack hits Pakistan</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p><strong>The Christian Science Monitor<br />
By Jawad Naeem</strong></p>
<p><strong><em>A car packed with explosives killed 11 French nationals and 3 Pakistanis yesterday – perhaps nation's first suicide bombing.</em></strong></p>
<p>A suicide bomber blew up a bus yesterday in Pakistan's port city of Karachi, killing 14 people – most of them French nationals – including himself. The huge morning blast outside the posh Sheraton Hotel also left 24 people wounded.<br />
<br />
At present, there are as many theories as to who masterminded the blast as there are extremist groups who could have perpetrated the attack.<br />
<br />
Many experts say it is pointed retaliation at Pakistani President Pervez Musharraf's crackdown on Islamic militant groups and for his allowing US troops to cross the Pakistani border to hunt down Al Qaeda fighters. Moreover, the trial for the four Muslim men
 accused of murdering Wall Street Journal reporter Daniel Pearl resumed yesterday. After the slaying of Mr. Pearl, his captors, who were suspected Islamic militants, warned of more attacks against foreigners.<br />
<br />
Some experts are pointing to Muttahida Quami Movement, a Karachi-based political party with past ties to separatist groups that supported Mr. Musharraf during the recent referendum and changed its mind after Musharraf won.<br />
<br />
Other possible players include militant groups with ties to Al Qaeda, such as the Harkatul Mujahideen and Jaish-e Muhammad, which are both blamed for airline hijackings, kidnapping of foreigners, including Pearl. The bombing coincides with the resumption of
 the trial of four Muslims accused of kidnapping and murdering Pearl.<br />
<br />
Persistent rumors continue that Indian or Pakistani agencies may be stirring up trouble in a bid to weaken Musharraf before the October elections.<br />
<br />
After the blast, Musharraf held emergency talks with top military leaders and security officials to discuss the situation.<br />
<br />
The "sole purpose of the enemies of Pakistan is to disrupt its economic recovery," said an official statement released after Musharraf met his security and intelligence advisers. "By this act of terrorism against the French citizens who were involved in a defense-related
 project, the terrorists have clearly tried to weaken the defense of the country.<br />
<br />
Musharraf spoke by telephone to French President Jacques Chirac and assured him that Pakistan would spare no effort to hunt down the culprits, an official said, adding that Mr. Chirac offered French assistance in the investigations.<br />
<br />
Police and intelligence sources say that the blast could be retaliation by Islamic extremists linked to Al Qaeda or the handiwork of agents in neighboring India. After Musharraf banned five Pakistani militant groups last January – some of which are linked to
 Al Qaeda – they vowed revenge.<br />
<br />
"It is an act of sabotage clearly aimed at hitting Pakistan's defense capability and strategic interests," Information Minister Nisar Memon says, blaming unnamed "forces inimical to Pakistan's interests."<br />
<br />
In Karachi, the provincial police chief, Syed Kamal Shah, says the investigation would cover all aspects including involvement of Al Qaeda elements or a possible Indian hand in the incident.<br />
<br />
This was the most deadly attack against foreigners in Pakistan since Musharraf joined the US-led international coalition in September, providing bases to American military for logistical support.<br />
<br />
"This is the first confirmed suicide attack in Pakistan and indicates a very serious threat to the civil society and the government," says political analyst Mohammad Afzal Niazi. Mr. Niazi says Pakistani officials must determine whether the attack was carried
 out by internal militant groups or outside Arabs. "Arabs have a history of suicide attacks, but Pakistanis have never been known to indulge in such acts. If Pakistanis have become so desperate as to carry out suicide attacks to achieve their objective, then
 it puts an already exhausted security apparatus under more pressure."<br />
<br />
Anger over the US campaign in Afghanistan has surged among radical Islamic circles lately, after American military personnel joined Pakistani troops in operations in Pakistani tribal territory over the past weeks to capture Al Qaeda fugitives.<br />
<br />
"This appears to be a reprisal attack from the Al Qaeda," says Khalid Mahmood, an analyst at the Islamabad-based Institute of Regional Studies. "It appears that some hard-line Taliban or Al Qaeda terrorists have sneaked into Pakistan and are actively planning
 to disturb peace in the country."</p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>25/01/2012 12:52:02</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/18031/Suicide+attack+hits+Pakistan</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">18031</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>18034</publicationdataID>
      <title>Protest in Pakistan</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p><strong>The New York Times</strong></p>
<p>"Pakistan's Dubious Referendum" (editorial, May 1) raised a question about the intent behind Pakistani citizens' withdrawal from the referendum. I would like to clarify that the Pakistanis declined to participate in the election not out of indifference or
 apathy but out of strong protest against the present regime. The public was actively supporting the opposition's call to boycott the elections. Solely for this reason the voter turnout was, according to some sources, less than 7 percent.<br />
<br />
<strong>Shafqat Tanweer<br />
Director</strong><br />
<strong>Pakistan League of America</strong></p>
<p><strong>Bayside, Queens, May 4,2002</strong></p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>25/01/2012 12:55:23</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/18034/Protest+in+Pakistan</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">18034</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>18037</publicationdataID>
      <title>When judiciary shames democracy</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p><strong>The Kuwait Times<br />
By Muddassir Rizvi</strong></p>
<p>The overwhelming yes vote, a foregone conclusion, giving Pakistan President General Pervez Musharraf five more years in power in a referendum held on 30 April highlights the role of the judiciary in propping up Pakistan's military rulers.
<br />
<br />
Each time the military has stepped into the political domain overtly - in total disregard of Pakistan's constitution - the country's higher judiciary has validated its actions and allowed the digression from the constitution on the pretext of expediency, or
 need of the hour. <br />
<br />
It is in fact a military-judiciary complex that has been at play against democracy and the rule of people's vote.
<br />
It was the Supreme Court that first endorsed Musharraf's takeover in 1999 and allowed him to rule for three years, and then upheld his plans of holding a referendum to extend his tenure for five years. This was in spite of a clear-cut constitutional provision
 that maps out the modus operandi of election to the office of the head of state.
<br />
<br />
A cursory look at Pakistan's tainted judicial history shows that the higher courts are as responsible as the military for the lack of democratic traditions in the country. The judiciary has never ruffled the feathers of sitting governments, especially when
 the rulers were men in uniform. <br />
<br />
Judges let down Pakistan's nascent democracy as early as the mid-50s, just a few years after independence in 1947, when Chief Justice Mohammad Munir under his famous Doctrine of Necessity stamped the seal of approval on Governor General Ghulam Mohammad's action
 to dissolve the first Constitutional Assembly of Pakistan. <br />
<br />
Ghulam Mohammad was fully backed by the military. Subsequently the then-army chief Ayub Khan was appointed the country's defence minister.
<br />
<br />
Since then, the judiciary has been obliged to come to the constitutional rescue of the military each time the men in khaki took over from elected civilian rulers.
<br />
<br />
The Supreme Court gave judicial endorsement to President Sikandar Mirza's actions in 1958 to abrogate the 1956 constitution and impose martial law, setting the constitutional stage for Field Marshal Ayub Khan's military takeover a day after the judgment.
<br />
<br />
Once again, the Supreme Court unanimously validated Gen. Zia ul Haq's toppling of Zulfikar Ali Bhutto's elected government in November 1977 and the imposition of martial law under the same Doctrine of Necessity - a judicial tool apparently developed for constitutional
 backing of the military each time it trespasses the constitution. <br />
<br />
Pakistan's 1973 constitution clearly declares that anybody abrogating it, suspending it or holding it in abeyance is to be charged with sedition - which carries the death penalty. But this constitutional clause has never been invoked.
<br />
<br />
The only time the Supreme Court declared a military rule unconstitutional was in 1972, but that judgment was ex-post facto - with retrospective action.
<br />
<br />
The way it happened was that in April 1972 the Supreme Court declared that General Yahya Khan had usurped powers and that his action was not justified by the Munir Doctrine of Necessity. But that judgment came when the military's popularity had reached its
 nadir - its ranks were demoralised after its humiliating defeat in the 1971 war with India, which saw Pakistan's dismemberment and 90,000 Pakistani soldiers surrendering to India in what is now Bangladesh.
<br />
<br />
On another occasion, the Supreme Court declared Gen. Ziaul Haq's dismissal of Prime Minister Mohammad Khan Junejo's government in 1988 as unconstitutional, but that too came after Gen. Zia's death in an explosion in his aircraft. And the court didn't restore
 the unconstitutionally dissolved assemblies. <br />
<br />
"It is regrettable that each time the apex court threw its support behind the military dictator and justice was relegated into the background," said Farooq Hasan, commenting on the Supreme Court's 27 April verdict validating Musharraf's referendum.
<br />
<br />
Hasan represents the country's rightwing Jamaat-i-Islami party, which challenged the constitutionality of the referendum in the Supreme Court.
<br />
<br />
Other challengers were the opposition Alliance for Democracy and the Supreme Court's Lawyers Association, all calling the referendum a digression from the constitution, but the Supreme Court's nine-member bench disagreed unanimously.
<br />
<br />
"The verdict has provided a cover to a dictatorial and unconstitutional regime," Hasan said. "It will have a demoralising effect on the federation and people's longing for democracy."
<br />
<br />
Musharraf, who continues to be the army chief, is trying his best to marry the military with democracy. His planned National Security Council will include the chiefs of the three armed services, in addition to the prime minister and president, and will act
 as the supreme un-elected body that will keep the elected parliament under its thumb.
<br />
<br />
This is the "true democracy" that Musharraf has promised the nation. He wants to become an all-powerful president with all democratic institutions under his control. This, he says, is essential for nurturing democracy in Pakistan.
<br />
<br />
But Musharraf's authoritarian designs have created the broadest-based opposition alliance ever in Pakistan, bringing together parties of all colours - rightwing and leftwing, nationalists and unionists, conservatives and progressives.
<br />
<br />
Musharraf has on his side the military and judiciary. And with their backing, the general is on his way to grant 'freedoms' to people and introduce a unique model of democracy in which the military will be the driving force - not the people's representatives.
 -- KT-Gemini News.</p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>25/01/2012 12:59:06</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/18037/When+judiciary+shames+democracy</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">18037</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>18039</publicationdataID>
      <title>Vote for Me—Now</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p><strong>The Time asia<br />
By CELIA W. DUGGER</strong></p>
<p><strong>Pakistan's leader General Pervez Musharraf has called a referendum. The nation may choose just one candidate: him
</strong></p>
<p>It's not unusual for democrats in Pakistan to behave like dictators, but dictators who try to behave like democrats are an anomaly. Thus Pakistan's leader, General Pervez Musharraf, has created a rare spectacle in recent weeks by campaigning for the people's
 consent to continue as President. Musharraf came to power in 1999 by grabbing it from an elected Prime Minister in a coup. He did not seek permission then, but on April 30, Pakistanis are being asked to vote in a referendum to approve another five years of
 Musharraf. There is no other candidate, yet he has been crisscrossing Pakistan, addressing rallies, donning enormous turbans, promising electricity and roads—all the things politicians love to do.
<br />
<br />
On the surface, Musharraf does not need to put himself—and the country—through this exercise. His corps' commanders—whose support is critical to his survival—are handpicked loyalists, and most Pakistanis accept his rule. But with national legislative elections
 coming up in five months, he wants to shore up popular support in case a vengeful new Parliament tries to throw him out or charge him with treason for the coup.
</p>
<p>Musharraf's future has ramifications beyond Pakistan's borders. He is the linchpin in the U.S.'s war against terrorism. If he goes, Pakistan's position as frontline state could be undermined. But the referendum could backfire, says political scientist Hasan
 Askari Rizvi: "Suddenly people are thinking, how different is he really?" Some fear Musharraf may also try to consolidate his power further by formalizing the role of the National Security Council, a military-dominated body that would undercut Parliament and
 hold decision-making authority over all major national issues. <br />
<br />
Certainly, Musharraf is taking no chances with the referendum. The government, which is spending nearly $28 million on the campaign, is so worried about an embarrassingly low turnout that it has reduced the voting age from 21 to 18 and set up 87,000 polling
 stations, including mobile booths at bazaars, bus stops, airports, offices, even prisons. At a rally in Peshawar last week, the nearest Musharraf supporters—including his own government officials—were kept 50 m away from the elevated stage, which was surrounded
 by commandos brandishing automatic rifles. Riot police were poised to charge, but the crowd was docile. Most had been carted in by local officials who had lured them with promises of dinner or of passing on to Musharraf requests for help. "Just see the love
 for our President!" gushed one booster. But the crowd merely cheered on cue. <br />
<br />
Whatever love there might have been is diminishing among many liberal and moderate Pakistanis who previously supported Musharraf. They now compare him to the late, hated dictator General Zia ul-Haq, who in 1984 initiated a constitutionally questionable referendum
 to legitimize his rule. Likewise, some industrialists have grown disillusioned with Musharraf. They claim government officials threatened them into backing the referendum; to show their support, they sponsored huge banners praising the President. Exorbitant
 tax bills were presented to those who claimed other political loyalties. "Everybody is terrified," says a Karachi businessman. "We don't want our businesses to be destroyed. So we are supporting him."
<br />
<br />
All of Pakistan's major political and religious parties have stood against the vote, but quietly, because opposition rallies are banned. Qazi Hussain Ahmad who heads the Jamaat-e-Islami, Pakistan's largest religious party, was arrested briefly last week after
 calling the referendum "farcical" and trying to lead a small protest. Musharraf has also been attacking the country's exiled former Prime Ministers, as they are the only rivals who might muster significant political support. "Nawaz Sharif and Benazir Bhutto
 have no role in Pakistani politics, this should be clear," he declared in a recent televised speech. Pakistan People's Party leaders claim that Musharraf has tried to make a deal with Bhutto, who has been convicted of corruption, to stay out of politics for
 the next five years; she purportedly refused and plans to return to Pakistan for the October elections. Bhutto herself excoriates Musharraf as "a power-hungry general" holding "an illegal referendum to perpetuate his illegal rule."
<br />
<br />
As for the U.S., its message is clear: so long as Musharraf stays in lockstep with Washington's antiterror objectives, he can do pretty much what he pleases at home. Privately, however, U.S. officials have expressed reservations about the referendum. "It doesn't
 seem like the greatest tactic," says a State Department official. "It'd be better if he just let the Parliament make him President." But real democracy is a messy, unpredictable business. "It does not simply mean elections," says political scientist Rizvi.
 "It also means you must compromise, and you may lose some power." That, for now, is not something Musharraf is willing to entertain.</p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>25/01/2012 13:01:52</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/18039/Vote+for+MeNow</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">18039</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>18041</publicationdataID>
      <title>Kitsch With a Niche: Bollywood Chic Finds a Home</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p><strong>The New York Times<br />
By Ruth La Ferla</strong></p>
<p>It was a swell crowd last Tuesday at a dinner party in the Fifth Avenue apartment of Tracey Jackson, a screenwriter, and Glenn Horowitz, a rare-book dealer. The hosts had lured their guests — including the journalist Carl Bernstein; Shashi Tharoor, a United
 Nations official and writer; and Amy Gross, the editor in chief of O, the Oprah Magazine — with the prospect of meeting India's hottest new import. Not the requisite guru or swami, fixtures at society gatherings since Edith Wharton's day, but Aamir Khan, a
 superstar from Bombay's over-the-top film industry, Bollywood.<br />
<br />
Mr. Khan, the leading man of "Lagaan," a colorful epic that opens in New York next week, has been called India's Tom Cruise, and he was dressed to thrill in a snug T-shirt and cargo pants. Guests craned for a glimpse. Although he has toured the United States
 several times — as a singer performing hits from his films for throngs of Indian-Americans — this night Mr. Khan seemed a little unnerved. "This is my first time actually being invited to a party on Fifth Avenue," he said. "A year ago, it would not have happened."<br />
<br />
From the point of view of Ms. Jackson, a longtime aficionado of Bollywood films, she was a megastar's host. "It's like having Clark Gable drop by in 1944," she declared.<br />
<br />
Maybe so. But Mr. Khan's status as guest of honor among the urbane crowd was a kind of milestone, an indication that the gaudy style and excesses of Bombay's film industry are making inroads into the tastes of non-Indians in America.<br />
<br />
Since the 1960's, India's chief cultural export has been spiritualism, embodied in a pantheon of leaders from Maharishi Mahesh Yogi to Gurumayi and Deepak Chopra. Today, the exports are more showily crowd-pleasing, arriving in the form of film-inspired fashions,
 home décor and foods. Once such goods were marketed mainly to Indian-Americans, whose numbers have more than doubled since 1990, to almost 1.7 million. Now they are finding an avid non-Indian audience. Style-struck New Yorkers are embracing Bollywood style,
 which they once might have dismissed as kitsch.<br />
<br />
"When you're living in a society that is always pushing towards homogeneity, flamboyance has an inescapable allure," said Gita Mehta, the Indian-born author of "Snakes and Ladders: Glimpses of Modern India" (Doubleday, 1998). Bollywood-inspired style, she added,
 feeds "a tremendous hunger for everything that is over the top, rowdy, gaudy and noisy — everything, in short, that is reflective of that mad celebratory chaos of India."<br />
<br />
The riches trickling from India include lurid movie posters; wedding ensembles crusted with spangles and gold embroidery; denim tote bags and T-shirts irreverently splashed with Hindu deities; and a maharani's ransom of gold bangles, eardrops and chokers. To
 hear some tell it, that trickle may soon become a freshet. "The interest in India's spiritual side has been going on a long time," said the producer and director Ismail Merchant, who celebrated the melodramatic conventions of Bollywood filmmaking in such early
 movies as "Bombay Talkie" and "Helen, Queen of the Nautch Girls." The news, Mr. Merchant said, is that Americans are about to be seduced by India's exuberant secular side. "In fashion, in movies, in music and in food, Bollywood is going to hit New York with
 a bang," he predicted.<br />
<br />
It is already infecting London. In anticipation of Andrew Lloyd Webber's stage extravaganza "Bombay Dreams," which is to open next month, the London department store Selfridges is highlighting Bollywood-inspired fashions and music. M.A.C, the American cosmetics
 maker, has gotten into the act, introducing a collection of Bollywood-inspired products like Aura nail polish and Smolder eye kohl that will first be offered at Selfridges.<br />
<br />
This month Warren-Tricomi, an upscale Manhattan hair salon, introduced mehndi, Indian henna body painting, to meet a resurgent demand. In the salon's exotically decorated backroom, Melody Weir, a makeup artist who helped drive the henna trend in the mid-90's,
 is creating new variations on this ancient ritual art. Instead of using henna alone, Ms. Weir embellishes her filigree designs with Swarovski crystals.<br />
<br />
"The look is very Rajasthani," said Ms. Weir, who has applied henna and crystal designs to Karen Lauder, a New York social figure, and Joi, a popular hip-hop artist. "Henna and crystals are great fashion accessories," Ms. Weir declared, calling them the perfect
 complement to the vibrantly colorful saris some young New Yorkers have begun to wear in the streets, wrapped sarong style and paired with simple T-shirts.<br />
<br />
It is mainly through films that a taste for exaggerated Indian style is spreading to the United States. The movie "Monsoon Wedding" by the New York-based filmmaker Mira Nair might not be a product of Bollywood, but it incorporates Bollywood-inspired dance numbers,
 costumes and music. The film is about the chaotic wedding preparations of a New Delhi family. Like many Bollywood sagas, its story unspools in a staunchly middle-class milieu.<br />
<br />
"Indian culture has long been the rage in the other half of the world," Ms. Nair said. "Finally it is coming our way, too."<br />
<br />
Other mainstream international filmmakers have been borrowing from the Bollywood tradition. In "Moulin Rouge!" the Australian director Baz Luhrmann has Nicole Kidman, bedizened like a goddess, performing a Hindi dance sequence. Mr. Merchant's new movie, "The
 Mystic Masseur," about Trinidadian Indians in the 1940's and 1950's, includes a Bollywood-style wedding scene, complete with gold-flecked crimson saris.<br />
<br />
Ms. Jackson, the screenwriter who gave the party for Aamir Khan, has written "The Guru," a splashy commercial comedy scheduled for release by Universal in the fall. The film fuses Indian spectacle and American mass culture. It stars Heather Graham, who plays
 a porn star doubling as an exotic dancer, resplendent in a sari and mounds of gilt.<br />
<br />
India's cacophony and hothouse color "bring us a sense of pageantry, of religious imagery mixed with Disneyesque characters," Ms. Jackson said. "You can lose yourself in it."<br />
<br />
On the heels of the movies come the goods. Quick to capitalize on the success of "Monsoon Wedding," Vikram Nair, Mira Nair's brother, an Indian garment manufacturer, has introduced a collection of apparel and accessories: iridescent shawls, swim trunks, sandals,
 gold bangles and a heart-shaped bag covered in marigolds — a direct steal from his sister's film.<br />
<br />
The travel industry, too, is trying to capitalize on the current interest in the gaudy side of India. This year, Arrow Travel, a New York agency, will offer tour packages that include visits to a Bombay movie set.<br />
<br />
When some New Yorkers need a taste of Bollywood chic, they venture to the South Asian enclave of Jackson Heights, Queens. Ms. Jackson likes to load up on bangles, videos and CD's. Jane Schub, the owner of a cosmetics business in New York, stepped into one of
 the many jewelers lining 37th Road the other day, which was filled with 22-karat gold bangles, earrings and rings, and exclaimed, "This is a total candy store!"<br />
<br />
One day, she will need travel no farther than her local pharmacy or Virgin record store for a fix. Already, Zitomer, the tony Madison Avenue drugstore, is stocking sari-style textiles, and Ricky's, the New York drug and cosmetics chain, offers handbags laminated
 with splashy Hindu iconography — signs that Bollywood has begun to invade the American market in a manner unthinkable a decade ago.<br />
<br />
"Ten years ago, for most Americans, India and Bollywood simply didn't figure," said Mr. Tharoor, the United Nations official and author of "Show Business" (Arcade, 2001), a satirical novel about Bombay's Tinseltown. "But now, in many ways, it has entered the
 mainstream."</p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>25/01/2012 13:03:30</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/18041/Kitsch+With+a+Niche+Bollywood+Chic+Finds+a+Home</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">18041</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>18043</publicationdataID>
      <title>U.S.-Led Raids in Afghanistan Press Search for Qaeda Fighters</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p><strong>The New York Times<br />
By Barry Bearak</strong></p>
<p>Khost, Afghanistan, May 1 — Hundreds of American-led forces are hunting for Al Qaeda holdouts in Afghanistan, although two senior Afghan commanders whose troops also joined six raids in the past three weeks said today that only two suspects had been detained
 and none killed so far.<br />
<br />
As hundreds more coalition troops have been sent into the rolling hills and craggy mountains of eastern Afghanistan, an Afghan intelligence official said Osama bin Laden himself had been spotted twice in recent weeks just over the border in the tribal areas
 of Pakistan. In Washington, Secretary of Defense Donald H. Rumsfeld discounted such reports.<br />
<br />
"I do not know, in direct answer to your question, of any intelligence that I would personally say is actionable with respect to very senior people at the moment," he said.<br />
<br />
Indeed, intelligence seems spotty and unreliable, according to the senior Afghan commanders, who noted that the raids over the past three weeks have yielded only a trove of weapons and ammunition, and no dead Qaeda soldiers.<br />
<br />
"When we get there, they are gone," said one of the commanders, who spoke on condition of anonymity, saying he did not want to offend his American colleagues.<br />
<br />
The White House has repeatedly insisted that the war against terrorism will require patience, and the experience of recent months certainly proves it.<br />
<br />
"The situation in Afghanistan is far from over," Mr. Rumsfeld noted again today. "There is no question that in the country and over the border, there still are a nontrivial number of those folks that would very much like to take back the country and that would
 very much like to attack coalition forces." <br />
<br />
In Washington, senior military officials said today that American helicopters have ferried hundreds of troops into a mountain range south of the Shah-i-Kot Valley, where in March the coalition staged the largest ground action in the seven-month war.<br />
<br />
The allied fighters number about 800, including about 100 Americans, mainly Special Forces and soldiers from the 101st Airborne Division, as well as Canadian, Australian and British troops. Their mission here, as in other parts of eastern Afghanistan in recent
 weeks, has been to clear caves, valleys and mountain ridges, and kill or capture Taliban or Qaeda fighters they encounter. American and Australian troops killed four suspected Taliban or Qaeda fighters along the Afghan frontier this week, military officials
 said. <br />
<br />
About 1,000 of the 1,700 British Royal Marines recently sent to Afghanistan are conducting search operations in the southeast, and about 500 British troops have joined the coalition forces in this area, a senior American military official said.<br />
<br />
Afghan soldiers bivouacked at the Sahara Bagh post in Khost say that operations involving hundreds of soldiers have become commonplace in recent weeks, especially with the arrival in April of the British.<br />
<br />
"In Mustalbar, we had about 300 British soldiers and 60 Americans along with 500 of my own soldiers," said an Afghan commander.<br />
<br />
He named villages in the region around Khost where raids have occurred: Mustalbar, Mandozai, Soroobi, Zani Khel, Terizai, Nariz, Dangi, Ghlang, Tani.<br />
<br />
"In different places we've done things different ways," he said, "but we never come across many Al Qaeda. They have no strong x-ud. They are spread out. Anyway, during the day they may be in one place and during the night in another."<br />
<br />
Pentagon officials say that at any given time, there are more than a dozen specific missions.
<br />
<br />
Senior American officers discounted any impending large-scale attack like the one in March, largely because Qaeda and Taliban fighters have dispersed and are being tracked down in smaller numbers.
<br />
<br />
"What you're seeing are pieces and subpieces of Mountain Lion, and you'll see it for weeks to come," said one American military official, using the operation's military name.
<br />
<br />
Although the remaining Qaeda forces are often said to be massed around Khost, the area is huge, cavernous and concealing. It also spans two countries, leading into the tribal areas of Pakistan, where there is broad sympathy for radical Islam.<br />
<br />
An intelligence official in the Afghan government said recently that Mr. bin Laden had been seen in Waziristan, a nearby tribal area of Pakistan. Before that, Mr. bin Laden was spotted in the Tirah Valley of the tribal area, the same official said.<br />
<br />
The coalition has begun to mount raids on both sides of the border. Within the past week or so, a small number of American Special Forces, mainly communications and intelligence specialists, have begun operating with Pakistani troops in the tribal zone. This
 arrangement has allowed both allied and Pakistani forces to target Qaeda fighters traveling back and forth across the border. But the presence of even a few Americans is anathema to many of the people who live in this storied backwater of the Pakistani northwest.<br />
<br />
Today, before dawn, a rocket was fired at a vocational training school housing American forces in the tribal town of Miram Shah, Pakistani officials said. The projectile missed its presumed target, hitting an empty building. No one was hurt.<br />
<br />
It was not known who fired the rocket, but searchers turned up pamphlets from a previously unknown group called Mujahedeen of North Waziristan, where Miram Shah is situated. The flyers warned residents to "wake up" because Muslim hypocrites had "challenged
 Islamic honor" with the American presence.<br />
<br />
While Qaeda soldiers may be hard to locate, former members of the Taliban militia are not. Many have simply changed turbans — and some have not even bothered to do that. Many are retread soldiers, now among the 600 trained in Khost by the Americans and paid
 $200 a month.<br />
<br />
These troops were provided to the American military by a Khost warlord, Kamal Khan Zadran, who says he still has 3,500 men in reserve. "I like helping the Americans," he said.<br />
<br />
Warlords make for strange bedfellows, and the American military has climbed under the covers with a good many of them. Expediency prevails during wartime.<br />
<br />
Mr. Zadran is the younger brother of the more notorious Padsha Khan Zadran, who, adding to a colorful history of misdeeds, on Saturday ordered his soldiers to fire hundreds of rockets into the city of Gardez, killing at least 25 people, mostly women and children.<br />
<br />
On Tuesday night, Afghanistan's American-backed interim chairman, Hamid Karzai, called the older Mr. Zadran a "murderer" and promised to bring him to justice.<br />
<br />
Both of the Zadrans have received American support, as have the warlords Abdul Rashid Dostum and Ostad Atta Muhammad, whose soldiers clashed on Tuesday and today in the north. At least six people were killed.<br />
<br />
Warlords are now at each other's throats in several provinces. Mr. Karzai is trying to settle some of these disputes by appointing new provincial governors. Today, in Khost, where gunmen loyal to two rival police chiefs engaged in a murderous shootout last
 week, an unlikely strongman arrived to assume the governorship.<br />
<br />
"God help me," said the new arrival, Hakim Taniwal, a slight, bespectacled, 56-year-old sociology professor who until February had been living in Australia. Two former classmates now associated with the government prevailed upon Mr. Taniwal to accept a challenge,
 bringing good government to the Afghan badlands.<br />
<br />
"I was reluctant to take the job," he said, moments after first entering the Governor's Guest House, his new home. "But this is a new Afghanistan. Many people from Khost came to me and requested that I try. When I met them, and heard how much they needed me,
 I decided that maybe I should, oh, what is the word?"<br />
<br />
Suddenly, his English had failed him. Finally, someone whispered the answer. "Oh yes," he said. "I decided that maybe I should dare."</p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>25/01/2012 13:05:08</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/18043/USLed+Raids+in+Afghanistan+Press+Search+for+Qaeda+Fighters</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">18043</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>18044</publicationdataID>
      <title>Pakistanis to Aid U.S. Forces Near Border</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p><strong>The Washington Post<br />
By Thomas E.Ricks and Peter Baker</strong></p>
<p>Aim Is to Drive Fugitives Back Into Afghanistan <br />
<br />
Plans for a U.S.-led offensive along the Afghan-Pakistani border call for the Pakistani military and U.S. Special Forces to sweep through villages and mountain passes in western Pakistan, flushing out fugitive al Qaeda and Taliban fighters and driving them
 toward U.S. and allied forces waiting across the border, a senior Pentagon official said yesterday.<br />
<br />
The official said the operation, which was developed jointly by U.S. and Pakistani military planners, is still in its early stages. "The Pakistanis are preparing to move," he said.<br />
<br />
U.S. and Afghan officials acknowledged this week that a major military operation was being set in motion against Taliban and al Qaeda fighters believed to be hiding in western Pakistan. Driven from Afghanistan late last year by U.S. and allied forces, large
 contingents of the two radical Islamic groups are said to have taken refuge in Pakistan's remote tribal areas, though some of their forces remain in Afghanistan.<br />
<br />
"There really are pockets on both sides of the border that have to be dealt with," the official said.<br />
<br />
The U.S. Army has flown AH-64 Apache attack helicopters to a forward operating base near the eastern Afghan town of Khost and has begun ferrying infantry troops from the 101st Airborne Division into the area to support the British Marines and U.S. Special Forces
 troops positioned there. Defense officials said as many as 1,000 U.S. troops ultimately could be involved in the fight.<br />
<br />
The cross-border operation reflects lessons U.S. military strategists learned at two earlier battles in eastern Afghanistan, at Tora Bora in December and at Shahikot in March. The new plan relies little on Afghan militias, whose performance disappointed their
 U.S. allies in both engagements. <br />
<br />
Instead, it leans heavily on the Pakistani military, which has consistently pleased the U.S. military with its ability to execute missions along the border. U.S. military officials privately credit the Pakistanis with apprehending about half of the 300 suspected
 members of al Qaeda and the Taliban now detained at the U.S. Navy base at Guantanamo Bay, Cuba.<br />
<br />
In a possible sign that al Qaeda fighters inside Pakistan are reacting to the mounting pressure on them, a rocket was fired before dawn yesterday at a building in the border village of Miram Shah where American personnel were sleeping, a local Pakistani official
 said. The rocket damaged an adjacent building but did not inflict any casualties, he added.<br />
<br />
A spokesman for the Central Command, the U.S. military headquarters for the Afghan war, said he had no information on the rocket attack. U.S. officials generally are reluctant to publicly discuss U.S. operations inside Pakistan, but some have said privately
 that U.S. soldiers are participating in reconnaissance and other offensive operations there.<br />
<br />
Defense Secretary Donald H. Rumsfeld, who visited several sites in Afghanistan last weekend, said yesterday that the country is becoming more stable. He cited the heavy flow of Afghans back into their country.<br />
<br />
"Notwithstanding the periodic flare-ups, the security situation in the country is generally good and seems to be improving modestly," Rumsfeld said at a Pentagon briefing. As evidence, he noted that officials report "an encouraging movement of refugees and
 internally displaced persons back towards their homes."<br />
<br />
But nearly six months after the Taliban was driven from Kabul, the capital, Afghanistan's political situation remains unsettled and volatile, as regional militias and political factions battle for shares of power and territory. Yesterday, the Afghan interim
 government issued an ultimatum in Kabul to a militia commander whose fighters have been firing rockets at a southeastern city in recent days, declaring that it would dispatch Afghan troops to arrest him if he does not desist within a week.<br />
<br />
The warning to Bacha Khan could test the government's ability to establish control over provinces that historically have ignored edicts from Kabul. The use of government forces to settle a long-running dispute among local factions could set a precedent for
 bringing disputatious regional leaders to heel, or it could serve to widen the conflict.<br />
<br />
The head of the interim government, Hamid Karzai, has for months expressed deep anger about the continuing turmoil in southeastern Afghanistan but had done little to intervene until renewed fighting killed an estimated two dozen civilians over the weekend.
<br />
<br />
"He's trying to destabilize the situation there," Col. Mir Jan, a spokesman for the Afghan Defense Ministry, said of Khan. "The government waited for a long time to see if they could solve the problem peacefully. But they didn't. So now we've given them one
 more week."<br />
<br />
The fighting involving Khan in Gardez and in the nearby border town of Khost represents only part of the civil strife in Afghanistan. In recent weeks, factional fighting also has broken out in Nimruz province in the far southwestern part of the country, Wardak
 province just outside Kabul and Laghman province to the northeast of the capital.<br />
<br />
Just this week, fighters loyal to two rival northern commanders, Gen. Abdurrashid Dostum and Attah Mohammad, clashed in Sar-e Pol province. Reports from the region were unclear about casualties, but the battle suggested that a recent truce between the two powerful
 figures may be too fragile to last.<br />
<br />
Baker reported from Kabul, Afghanistan.</p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>25/01/2012 13:07:10</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/18044/Pakistanis+to+Aid+US+Forces+Near+Border</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">18044</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>18081</publicationdataID>
      <title>US scrutinizes Pakistan's backyard</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p><strong>The Christian Science Monitor<br />
By Lutfullah Mashal and Ilene R. Prusher</strong></p>
<p><em><strong>US special forces killed up to four Al Qaeda militants near the Afghan-Pakistani border this week.</strong></em></p>
<p>MIRAN SHAH, PAKISTAN, AND KABUL, AFGHANISTAN - The US-led military campaign in Afghanistan, launched nearly seven months ago, appears to be shifting southeast of the border into Pakistan. The country's loosely governed tribal territories have long been suspected
 of being havens for Al Qaeda and Taliban operatives.<br />
<br />
In the past few days, US forces in pursuit of Al Qaeda and Taliban elements have been conducting joint operations inside Pakistan alongside Pakistani security forces, witnesses and Afghan military officials say. US special forces clashed on Monday and Tuesday
 with suspected Al Qaeda militants a mile from the border near the city of Khost, according to US military officials. Up to four Al Qaeda militants were killed, said US commander Maj. Gen. Franklin Hagenbeck, according to a wire report.<br />
<br />
And on Friday night, a famous madrassah (religious seminary) in the northern Waziristan city of Miran Shah was raided by US and Pakistani troops, say local observers.<br />
<br />
If the US is to meet its objectives in the war – "to kill or capture Al Qaeda and Taliban fugitives," in the words of one US military spokesman here – hideouts in Pakistan's tribal areas are a natural next target. But the new campaign to hunt down fugitives
 inside Pakistan and clog crossings on the treacherously porous 1,400-mile border that stretches between the two countries will need the cooperation of many.<br />
<br />
In Afghanistan, new flare-ups among rival warlords are making it difficult to find allies. Over the weekend, feuding leaders clashed in the eastern city of Gardez. Up to 28 people were reported killed in fighting that included rocket attacks on the city.<br />
<br />
And in Pakistan's tribal areas, predominantly Pashtun places where sympathy for Al Qaeda and the Taliban runs high, local residents see both US and Pakistani government troops as enemy intruders who have put Islam – not terrorism – under attack.<br />
<br />
On Friday, joint teams of 10-15 US combat troops and 200 Pakistani paramilitary troops raided Manba al-Uloom, a famous religious school in Darpa Khail, residents say. The school used to be run by Jalaluddin Haqqani, the commander of the Taliban's armed forces
 until the regime's removal from power last fall.<br />
<br />
"A big crowd of people rushed to the spot, but the local security forces did not allow anybody to go near the troops. When the soldiers came out of their vehicles we saw some foreign soldiers with sophisticated weapons and cameras," says Ghulam Sakhi Dawar,
 a local villager who was surprised to see American troops in the Pakistani tribal area.<br />
<br />
"They opened the main gate and searched the madrassah room by room, but found nothing and left the area late in the evening," he says. He says that the forces made no arrests because the building was empty when they entered.<br />
<br />
Haji Salam Wazir, the caretaker of the madrassah and a tribal chief of the Darpa Khail branch of the powerful Waziri tribe, worried about the future of the religious institute. "[The troops] broke all the locks of the doors and even windows and tore some of
 valued books and documents," he says, standing in front of a big cupboard of books and papers that had been overturned.<br />
<br />
"This school was founded and established by Sheikh Haqqani, and he spent millions of rupees to build it. Now the military forces with foreign spies want to destroy it," says Mr. Salam. "We will never allow anybody to destroy our religious institutions."<br />
<br />
"I am surprised how the Americans use the Muslims," adds Salam. "Until yesterday, Haqqani was a hero and freedom fighter for the US, and they sent their own military experts to train him. Now he is a terrorist," he says.<br />
<br />
Many people at Miran Shah's bazaar said that they had seen red-faced US soldiers – presumably more sunburned than tanned – in plain clothes buying food and beverages at the city market. Qudrat Ullah, an Afghan refugee who sells beverages in the city, says that
 "a sophisticated land cruiser stopped near my shop and four American nationals, escorted by 10 Pakistani paramilitary soldiers in a truck, came down and bought some Pepsi cans along with some bottles of mineral water."<br />
<br />
Until now, there have been no reports of US forces entering tribal regions of Pakistan lying along the lengthy and mountainous border with Afghanistan, riddled with traditional strongholds for the Taliban and Al Qaeda. The Pakistani Army treads lightly in this
 region and has been unable to police it in the past.<br />
<br />
Afghan military officials say that hundreds of Al Qaeda renegades have taken refuge in tribal areas and are trying to regroup for a guerrilla campaign over the summer.<br />
<br />
Amanullah Zadran, the Minister of Frontiers and Tribal Affairs, says that the US should consider installing hundreds or even thousands of small Afghan guardposts along the border, to help prevent illegal crossings in both directions. By paying only $150 or
 $200 a month per soldier, he claims, the situation on the ground could be changed radically.<br />
<br />
"The important thing is to control the border activity and to have checkpoints all along the border," he says. "Ten percent of the cost of one bomb could pay for soldiers to police the border."<br />
<br />
Sardar Khan, deputy commander of the 600 Afghan soldiers working with US forces in Khost, says that some senior Al Qaeda leaders have been seen in the border areas in the past two weeks.<br />
<br />
"Not only Al Qaeda fighters are hiding in the tribal areas, but some of their leaders are also hiding there," Mr. Khan says. "Our people have seen Osama bin Laden's No. 2, Ayman Al Zawahiri, the Egyptian doctor." This information echoes other reports – which
 remain impossible to confirm – that Mr. bin Laden and Mr. Zawahiri are both in Maidan, a remote mountain village in northern Waziristan.</p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>25/01/2012 17:05:53</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/18081/US+scrutinizes+Pakistans+backyard</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">18081</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>18082</publicationdataID>
      <title>Pakistan's Dubious Referendum</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p><strong>The New York Times</strong></p>
<p>To no one's surprise, Gen. Pervez Musharraf almost certainly won a rigged referendum in Pakistan yesterday awarding him another five years as president. Even less surprising, the general's aides proclaimed the results a vote of confidence. But either out
 of indifference or protest, most Pakistanis declined to participate in an election that was preceded by curbs on dissent. The balloting has actually diminished General Musharraf's stature and he must now take aggressive steps to restore democracy with a vigorously
 contested parliamentary election, due in October.<br />
<br />
General Musharraf seized power in a military coup in 1999, ousting Prime Minister Nawaz Sharif. Since Sept. 11, he has won broad support for allying himself with the American battle against terrorism. He helped crush the Taliban in Afghanistan and has arrested
 many Islamic militants at home. In a recent sign of possible backpedaling, however, he has released most of the 2,000 people arrested earlier.<br />
<br />
There can be no room for easing up on terrorism or the promised return to democracy. The general made a grave mistake in scheduling the referendum in the first place. He compounded the error by banning organized rallies by political parties. The two main political
 parties are actually supportive of the crackdown on militants and terrorism. Now they have been alienated by General Musharraf's tactics. As the Pakistani commentator Husain Haqqani put it recently, it is time for him to stop trying to be his nation's savior
 and become its leader. He should be working with the parties instead of trying to freeze them out of power.<br />
<br />
The next big test for General Musharraf, politically speaking, is October's parliamentary elections. The two parties in the best position to win them are the Pakistan Muslim League of former Prime Minister Sharif, who accepted exile when he was threatened with
 prosecution after his ouster, and the Pakistan People's Party of former Prime Minister Benazir Bhutto. At the very least, General Musharraf needs to allow Ms. Bhutto's and Mr. Sharif's organizations to participate fully in the election and accept the results.
 He carried out the referendum to enhance his credibility on the world stage. Instead, he set in motion a test of his credibility when the elections get under way.
</p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>25/01/2012 17:07:28</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/18082/Pakistans+Dubious+Referendum</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">18082</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>18083</publicationdataID>
      <title>Pakistan's one-man band</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p><strong>Leader<br />
Guardian</strong> </p>
<p><strong>Musharraf storms to a singular victory</strong></p>
<p>Pakistan's voters are being invited to select a president today. They can choose between General Pervez Musharraf, Gen P Musharraf, or Musharraf, Pervez (General). The outcome of this referendum, unlike messier political processes in countries such as France,
 is thus not really in doubt. It is possible, in theory, that Pakistan's next president may be "none of the above"; that protest voters may simply say "no" to the only choice on offer. The candidate says he will be happy with 30% support; which suggests he
 already suspects that 70% of Pakistanis will not be happy with him. But in all probability, Gen Musharraf will follow fellow generals Ayub Khan and Zia ul-Haq into a position of supreme national power. In doing so he will hope to boost his legitimacy and expunge
 memories of his 1999 military coup, his suspension of parliament and of normal party political life, and his subsequent usurpation of the old office of the presidency. This newly politicised, campaigning Gen Musharraf, who in the past had portrayed himself
 as a reluctant Cincinnatus, is now set to become a figure far more powerful than any prime minister that he may in future deem sufficiently fit to take office. The armed forces, too, through a national security council, will in effect have their enhanced role
 in the civilian life of the nation permanently institutionalised. <br />
<br />
None of this is particularly welcome. Whatever the problems of governance, and there were many, prior to 1999, Gen Musharraf's priority after deposing Nawaz Sharif should have been a swift return to honest, democratic rule. He was not justified in suspending
 the constitution. The general election now promised this October should have long preceded, not followed, this presidential vote. And if and when he stood for office, it should have been a genuine contest in which his record came under scrutiny. That record,
 indeed, is nothing to write home about. Gen Musharraf's regime has barely dented core problems such as poverty and illiteracy. His crackdown on reactionary, anti-democratic Islamists, announced in January, is mostly a sham. He has presided over a worsening
 of relations with India. Such progress that he can lay claim to, such as debt relief and resumed aid, arises largely from his pro-Washington lurch after September 11. One day, the US will decide it no longer needs him. And so, too, sooner or later, will the
 Pakistani people. Historically, that's what they do with uppity generals.</p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>25/01/2012 17:09:08</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/18083/Pakistans+oneman+band</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">18083</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>18084</publicationdataID>
      <title>The Dictator's New Clothes</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p><strong>The New York Times<br />
By Brahma Chellaney<br />
New Delhi</strong></p>
<p>The move by Pervez Musharraf, Pakistan's military ruler, to legitimize and cement his grip on power through a referendum today to extend his self-declared presidency for five years is likely to see him emerge far weaker politically and more vulnerable on
 the legitimacy question. And instead of the political consensus he needs to rally his nation behind the United States-led antiterror war, the increased divisiveness in Pakistan over the sham referendum will further constrain his ability to dismantle Pakistan's
 terrorist infrastructure.<br />
<br />
In reneging on his pledge to return Pakistan to democracy, General Musharraf has attacked the main political parties and their leaders but mollycoddled Islamic groups, freeing from custody many extremists in the run-up to the vote. Also, by alienating the very
 constituency that supported his bloodless coup — the secular civilian elites — he has turned on the domestic allies necessary to his regime's attempt to contain terrorism and virulent fundamentalism.<br />
<br />
The consequences of General Musharraf's referendum for regional peace will be equally dangerous. There is little prospect now of an early demobilization of the nearly one million Pakistani and Indian soldiers that, for more than four months, have been positioned
 and ready for war along the border.<br />
<br />
In the past, whenever a Pakistani dictator has employed a referendum to strengthen his rule, tensions with India have risen. The difference is that General Musharraf is riding high internationally, having transformed his image from a virtual pariah to an ally
 of the West following his post-Sept. 11 desertion of the Taliban. He has used that American-compelled turnabout in Pakistani policy and his assistance in the antiterror war to reap major benefits, including significant Western aid to save Pakistan from another
 debt default. He has also kept Washington happy through certain concessions, like giving permission to United States special forces to join Pakistani troops in hunting for Taliban and Qaeda elements within Pakistan.<br />
<br />
In turn, General Musharraf has taken advantage of the friendly attitudes of the West not only to break his democracy pledge but also to shrink back from promises he made in January — under India's threat of war — to clamp down on Pakistani terrorist networks.<br />
<br />
With India preoccupied internally by Hindu-Muslim clashes in Gujarat state and the United States' attention now diverted to the Israeli-Palestinian crisis, General Musharraf has quietly released most of the 2,000 militants he arrested as part of his much-publicized
 antiterrorist crackdown. They include leaders of two Pakistani outfits tied to Al Qaeda — Lashkar-e-Taiba and Jaish-e-Muhammad, the latter group being implicated in the murder of Daniel Pearl, the Wall Street Journal reporter. Many of the detainees were picked
 up for their links with terrorism, but they were freed on little more than their promise not to associate themselves again with an extremist group.
<br />
<br />
The ugly fact is that Pakistan has become the main sanctuary of Al Qaeda and the Taliban. The capture a month ago of Abu Zubaydah and some important Qaeda members in Pakistan showed that such terrorists have moved from Pakistan's western tribal regions to areas
 adjacent to India and that these groups may be infiltrating Indian Kashmir, with the possible support of Pakistani military intelligence.<br />
<br />
The United States is perhaps too preoccupied with other crises to demand that General Musharraf keep his word even while he is quietly moving backward on terrorism. For months, he has been telling the West what it wants to hear, and at times it seems that Washington
 is lulled into believing the military ruler is a trustworthy ally. Yet he will even publicly fib, as he did on his last American tour when he surprised his hosts by claiming India had secret plans to conduct a nuclear test and may have been involved in Mr.
 Pearl's murder.<br />
<br />
While Washington does need to work with General Musharraf, given the lack of a credible alternative in Pakistan, United States policy also needs to realize the long-term risks of giving General Musharraf legitimacy and support. As the leader of the international
 fight against terrorism, the United States has to make sure that it does not repeat the very mistakes of the past that have come to trouble its security and that of the rest of the world.<br />
<br />
General Musharraf oils his dictatorship with American aid, as did the previous Pakistani dictator, Gen. Zia ul-Haq, who spurred on the rise of the forces of jihad. Yet General Musharraf continues to place limits on American antiterrorist operations, barring
 American forces from making independent hot-pursuit raids from Afghanistan into Pakistan. He is willing to hand over Arab and Afghan terrorist suspects to the United States but not Pakistani militants. Not one of the thousands of Pakistani jihadists who returned
 home from Afghanistan has been charged. And his broad releases of jailed Pakistani militants have helped banned terrorist outfits to regroup under new names.
<br />
<br />
The backsliding is hardly unexpected. The scourge of Pakistani terrorism emanates not so much from the mullahs as from whiskey-drinking generals who reared the forces of jihad and fathered the Taliban. Yet by passing the blame for their disastrous jihad policy
 to their mullah puppets, General Musharraf and his fellow generals have made many outsiders believe that the key is to contain the religious fringe, not the puppeteers.<br />
<br />
The reality is that without the military's grip on power being loosened and the rogue Inter-Services Intelligence agency being cut to size, there can be no real, sustained movement in Pakistan toward democracy or against terrorism. As for stability on the subcontinent,
 the only occasions when India and Pakistan have come close to peace have been during the brief periods of democratic rule in Islamabad.
<br />
<br />
Today's referendum will make strong antiterrorism efforts in Pakistan even less possible. Washington needs to insist on a twofold reform process — dismantling the jihad structures in Pakistan and restoring democracy there — and link aid to progress on those
 fronts. A key lesson of Sept. 11 is that terrorism springs from religious and political extremism nurtured by autocracy and the suppression of democratic voices.
<br />
<br />
<em><strong>Brahma Chellaney is professor of strategic studies at the Center for Policy Research in New Delhi.</strong></em></p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>25/01/2012 17:10:53</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/18084/The+Dictators+New+Clothes</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">18084</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>18085</publicationdataID>
      <title>Critics Doubtful of Musharraf's Intentions</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p><strong>The Washington Post<br />
By Karl Vick, Washington Post Foreign Service<br />
Lahore, Pakistan </strong></p>
<p><strong>Turnout Only Question In Today's Plebiscite </strong></p>
<p>In the nationwide referendum President Pervez Musharraf has called for today, the general who took power in a coup 30 months ago has framed his quest to stay in office as the means to "real democracy."<br />
<br />
No one, including Musharraf, seems quite sure what that means.<br />
<br />
Musharraf has worded the referendum as a plebiscite not on him but on the reforms that his military government promoted when it came to power in October 1999. But with dissent stifled and a court challenge to the vote denied, the outcome of the referendum is
 considered a foregone conclusion.<br />
<br />
As a result, Pakistanis are focusing more on what will come after the vote, and critics of the exercise are expressing worry that Musharraf will brandish a victory not only as approval for at least five more years in office but as a mandate for increasingly
 personal rule.<br />
<br />
One prominent human rights lawyer, Asma Jahangir, offered her assessment of Musharraf's intentions as she drafted a plea asking a judge to free 13 people arrested for carrying signs reading "Musharraf Go."<br />
<br />
"Teaching lessons," Jahangir muttered as her pencil dug into a blue-ruled tablet. "Teaching lessons to us dirty civilians who have the nerve to ask for our rights, when we deserve none."<br />
<br />
Since the coup, Musharraf has promised to restore democracy to Pakistan within three years, and genuine elections -- the kind with more than one candidate -- are scheduled for October. Voters will be asked to reconstitute the parliament that Musharraf disbanded
 after taking power. But the Pakistani president already has vowed to intercede if he decides that the prime minister chosen by the new legislature is failing to serve "the national interest." He also will sustain the National Security Council, an appointive
 body that serves as a "check and balance" on parliament.<br />
<br />
In remarks to reporters over the weekend, Musharraf wondered aloud whether legislators' terms of office really needed to be five years.<br />
<br />
If the October elections occur under the kind of shadow that has marked the run-up to the referendum, many analysts say Musharraf risks sparking a backlash, particularly by the Islamic militants whom the president and his government say they are trying to rein
 in.<br />
<br />
"If the political process is closed down, the vacuum is always filled by terror," said Samina Ahmed, a political scientist in the Islamabad office of the International Crisis Group, a research group based in Brussels. "If you eliminate the mainstream political
 parties and the army is still in control, who is going to occupy that space? The elements you are supposedly trying to get rid of."<br />
<br />
Pakistan's religious parties have led the fight against Musharraf's referendum, exploiting the prominence they have gained under 2 1/2 years of military rule. One of them, Jamaat-e-Islami, unsuccessfully challenged the constitutionality of the referendum in
 the Supreme Court, which had blessed the military coup that ousted a democratically elected government. At a rally here in the eastern city of Lahore, an opposition stronghold, party leader Qazi Hussain Ahmed mocked Musharraf for asking the people to concentrate
 more power in him.<br />
<br />
"He will burst if he is invested with anything more," Hussain Ahmed said. "He is about to explode with the already accumulated powers in his person."<br />
<br />
Such ridicule has increased steadily since Musharraf formally announced the referendum, squandering much of the standing he gained by casting Pakistan's lot with the United States in the war on terrorism, a stand generally supported here. Analysts agree that
 the general's many merits as a leader -- refreshing candor, apparent honesty -- have been overwhelmed by the spectacle of his public transformation into amateur candidate. At carefully staged public rallies over the last month, Musharraf has addressed desultory
 audiences from beneath a variety of local headgear, including a very loose-fitting turban.<br />
<br />
Streets are festooned with huge portraits that further fudge the central question of Musharraf's identity: In some posters, the general appears at attention in full dress uniform. In others, he wears civilian clothes -- but salutes.<br />
<br />
"Poor man, after a life defined by military uncertainties, Musharraf is having to live with the genie of political risk," columnist Sherry Rehman wrote in the Daily Times newspaper.<br />
<br />
With Pakistanis already looking beyond today's vote, the only real suspense concerns turnout.<br />
<br />
When Pakistan's last military leader, Gen. Mohammed Zia ul-Haq, held a referendum on his continued rule in 1984, it attracted an embarrassingly low number of voters, estimated at around 5 percent to 10 percent. Musharraf has set a goal of "around 30 percent"
 in a nation of 140 million, not half of whom are of voting age, and has erected an extraordinary 100,000 polling places -- roughly one for every 20 voters if his goal is reached. He has also commandeered thousands of private vehicles to ferry people to the
 polls. A photo on the front page of one newspaper yesterday showed police bludgeoning a driver who refused to "loan" his minibus to the effort.<br />
<br />
It's difficult to know how Musharraf would fare in a legitimate election. Sarwar Bari, an admirer of the president and head of the nonprofit Pattan Development Organization, said his surveys show wide support for the military government's move to devolve power
 from the provinces to newly elected local representatives.<br />
<br />
"There is a very clear division in Pakistan on the referendum issue," he said. "You are poor, you are illiterate, you are a Musharraf supporter. You are educated, you are well-off, you are anti-Musharraf."<br />
<br />
But men on the street -- women are seldom seen walking in public here -- speak nostalgically of past prime ministers Nawaz Sharif and Benazir Bhutto, both of whom have been accused of corruption and are now living in exile.<br />
<br />
Hashad Masir, who earns about $2 a day in Lahore gathering used motor oil and selling it to a rubber factory, said he often made twice that much under Sharif, Musharraf's predecessor, whose government built roads and promoted the sale of taxi fleets.<br />
<br />
"This government is not good for business," Masir said.<br />
<br />
"Benazir Bhutto, she does good work for Pakistan," volunteered Mohammed Yunas, a fruit merchant.<br />
<br />
Musharraf has warned that both Bhutto and Sharif face arrest if they return to Pakistan. The question is whether their respective parties, the Pakistan Muslim League and the Pakistan Peoples Party, can function without them -- or will be allowed to.<br />
<br />
"Is it a democracy he's trying to establish through undemocratic means?" asked Khalid Mahmood, a Labor Party Pakistan member spending his Saturday trying to free colleagues who were jailed for protesting.<br />
<br />
"The man is so annoying," said Jahangir, the human rights lawyer. "He comes on television and tells us his definition of democracy, and we have to take it. He is so convinced he knows everything."</p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>25/01/2012 17:12:28</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/18085/Critics+Doubtful+of+Musharrafs+Intentions</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">18085</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>18086</publicationdataID>
      <title>Kidnapped Nation</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p><strong>The Fortune<br />
By Richard Behar</strong></p>
<p><strong>Welcome to Pakistan, America's frontline ally in the war on terror, where culture and economy conspire against even the best intentions.
</strong></p>
<p>Flies are landing on Abdul Khaliq Siddiqi's body. But the secretary-general of Sipah-e-Sahaba--one of the deadliest terror groups in Pakistan--is very much alive and doesn't notice. "We were worried about the World Trade Center families that were destroyed,"
 Siddiqi says, sitting in a circle with fellow militants, cross-legged and sipping black tea, at the group's office in Quetta. "But after the U.S. attacked Afghanistan, it is our commitment that they are great men who destroyed the World Trade Center." Shaking
 his fist, FORTUNE's host slips into a 20-minute diatribe, saying that Sept. 11 was "all the fault of Jews," vowing that "God will destroy Bush," blaming President Pervez Musharraf for the Taliban's defeat, and providing details about the cash, supplies, and
 soldiers Sipah had slipped across the porous border to aid the Taliban. "God willing, that day is not far when the Islamic flag will be hoisted at the top of America's buildings."
<br />
<br />
Across town, the scene is just as chilling at Al-Badar Mujahideen's "House of Martyrs," where a visitor is expected to remove his shoes on one of three flags taped to the floor--U.S., Israeli, and Indian. "You're the only American we've allowed inside," says
 Umer Inqlabi, the 36-year-old bearded commander, as he invites a FORTUNE reporter to eat curry with fellow guerrillas and watch a video of the group's violent escapades in Afghanistan, Kashmir, and Chechnya. "Today you are my guest--my brother! But you belong
 to the enemy side. If I see you at the war field, I will just kill you." <br />
<br />
As the abduction and brutal murder of Wall Street Journal reporter Daniel Pearl makes clear, that war field now includes the streets of Pakistan. Pearl's death and the mid-March bombing of a Protestant church in Islamabad are only the most visible signs of
 a dysfunctional nation--call it Problemistan--a country that professes to be an ally of the U.S. in its war on terrorism but probably harbors more terrorists than any place on earth. It is the most unstable nuclear power in the world, a land where even the
 best intentions are undermined by some of the world's worst economic conditions. Despite some bold moves by Musharraf and a talented team of ministers to steer the country in a new direction, Pakistan is teetering on the edge of bankruptcy, overwhelmed by
 poverty, vulnerable to a fourth war with neighboring India, and unable to control thousands of jobless jihadis whose anger is fueled by religious fundamentalists.
<br />
<br />
"You people just woke up to something that's been simmering for more than 20 years," says Mahmoud El Said, Egypt's ambassador to Pakistan, whose own embassy in Islamabad was bombed in 1995. "We as Arabs and Muslims have a lot of soul-searching to do. We let
 those fanatics hijack the religion." <br />
<br />
And, so it would seem, a nation. A ten-week journey through Pakistan--and dozens of interviews with suicide bombers, government ministers, Western-trained bankers, tribal gun dealers, and illegal moneychangers--confirms this notion of a society held hostage.
 Corruption is so deeply ingrained in all aspects of Pakistani life, from the stock market to the country's own intelligence services, that rooting it out will require Herculean efforts. (It has even apparently penetrated the U.S. Embassy in Islamabad, according
 to a former employee, who told FORTUNE that a ring of American and Pakistani employees ran a visa-selling racket there for at least three years, until after Sept. 11--a charge the embassy says it will investigate.)
<br />
<br />
A list of Pakistan's problems reads like an encyclopedia of disaster. In a nation of 140 million people, only one million tax returns are filed each year, forcing the government to run up a debt almost equal to its GDP. Annual per capita income is $430, the
 infant mortality rate is as high as in sub-Saharan Africa, and nearly two-thirds of school-age children don't attend school. Many of those who do are enrolled in religious academies called madrassahs, where the only textbook is the Koran. Not surprisingly,
 more than half of the population is illiterate. Roads are in terrible shape, much of the population doesn't have access to clean water, there are frequent power outages, and the legal system is in shambles.
<br />
<br />
Truth itself seems in short supply. When Musharraf's spokesman, Maj. Gen. Rashid Qureshi, told FORTUNE that "before Sept. 11, I for one had not heard of al Qaeda" and that he was "quite sure" Musharraf hadn't either, he must have conveniently forgotten that
 the U.S. had bombed al Qaeda targets in Afghanistan in 1998. And when Musharraf declared that less than 15% of Pakistan's population was extremist-minded, he must not have seen a Gallup poll released in mid-October, which found that 82% of urban Pakistanis
 viewed Osama bin Laden as a freedom fighter. <br />
<br />
Today, everyone from the American media to Musharraf's own spin machine paints the Pakistani leader as an apolitical pragmatist on a tightrope, struggling to crack down on terrorism and bring his country into the 21st century. But even if you grant Musharraf's
 sincerity, it's an open question whether he has the will or the power to take on the cancerous elite who have gotten rich from smuggling, black markets, a crooked stock market, and an illegal moneychanging system--and who have helped turn Pakistan into a hothouse
 for terrorism. <br />
<br />
Ground zero for Pakistan's economic reform movement is the country's Securities &amp; Exchange Commission, launched in 1999 and modeled after America's SEC, where Chairman Khalid Mirza, a Western-trained expert in capital markets, is battling to institute basic
 disclosure and governance rules for public companies. It seems a reasonable enough mission. But, says Mirza, "nobody is supporting it. It's like the Greek myth of Ajax battling the elements. Transparency? Accountability? Who wants it?"
<br />
<br />
Mirza's effort to reform the stock market has led brokers to take to the streets with placards labeling him an "American agent." Behind the scenes, the situation is even grimmer. "They [brokers] told me that people who do this don't last long," says Mirza--adding
 with a nervous laugh, "in office, I mean." Still, his friends have told him he needs to look after his own safety. "I'm not liked," he says. "In fact, I'm considerably hated."
<br />
<br />
Mirza arrived on the job in March 2000 to find the stock market a cesspool of Ponzi-like trading schemes. When measured by its capitalization (only $6 billion), the market had "the most phenomenal turnover, the most volatile anywhere in the world," Mirza says.
 "And no dot-coms!" Almost all of the trading was in just 30 stocks (the other 735 were listed largely for tax advantages). The Karachi Stock Exchange, the country's premier bourse, was run by six brokers. Fund diversion to crafty directors was commonplace,
 margin requirements were nonexistent, and small investors were regularly scalped. Even commercial banks were in on the action, lending money to crooked brokers, who in turn loaned the money at 20% interest rates to the client-investors that the brokers would
 ultimately gang up on and devour, a practice known as "cornering." Shareholder meetings took place nine months after closing the books, and many weren't held at all. Only six firms went public in 2001. Instead, the trend was to buy back shares at the low points,
 delist, and liquidate assets--in effect a deindustrialization of the economy. <br />
<br />
And today? Although Mirza says the stock market is "a bit cleaner," massive manipulation still takes place. "They [brokers] paid off everyone--government officials, intelligence agencies," says one of Mirza's deputies, who asked not to be identified. While
 new SEC regulations prevent brokers from managing the exchange, they still control 60% of the board. The SEC was recently given a mandate to regulate accountants, but the maximum fine for cooking the books is only $30 per offense. "There are vested interests,"
 complains Mirza.<br />
<br />
The roots of corruption run deep. Last year the U.N. contracted one of Canada's leading fraud experts, Wayne Blackburn, to prepare a report on the country's money-laundering problems. "The whole economy is predicated on avoiding taxes," Blackburn says, adding
 that about 85% of all transactions are in cash, compared with 3% in North America. "Our culture is money flow," says Jameel Yusuf, who runs the Citizens-Police Liaison Committee, one of the country's most sophisticated police agencies. "Nobody follows it."
<br />
<br />
Estimates of the size of the country's black-market economy, which includes everything from underground banking to narcotics to the smuggling of consumer goods, range up to 100% of the so-called formal sector. That ratio "is probably the most severe" of any
 country in the world, says Muhammad Mansoor Ali, one of Pakistan's leading economists. "It is essentially a parallel economy."
<br />
<br />
At the heart of this black-market economy is hundi, a network of brokers and moneychangers who transmit funds to and from Pakistan without moving money across borders or creating a paper trail. Similar systems exist all over the world--hawala, flying money--primarily
 to serve poor people who are uncomfortable entering banks or don't have access to them. But hundi has also been used to facilitate drug trafficking, smuggling, terrorism, and tax evasion. (Even the U.N. has moved funds into Pakistan in recent months through
 an illegal money-exchange company in Quetta, according to U.N. memos reviewed by FORTUNE.) A Citigroup banker says the hundi flows are "so robust that this economy defies gravity." Pakistan should have had hyperinflation in 1998 after its nuclear bomb tests
 caused capital flight, he says, and it should have had plummeting foreign-exchange rates after Sept. 11. But neither of those things happened. The reason: Hundi is both killing the economy and keeping it afloat.
<br />
<br />
Pakistan's financial situation is so precarious it came close to sovereign default on its foreign debt last year, according to government documents obtained by FORTUNE. The documents, prepared for the finance ministry, reveal that nearly $8 billion was being
 remitted into the country each year by overseas Pakistanis through the hundi system--none of it taxed--a far greater amount than previously estimated and eight times what flows in through the country's banks. And the documents don't even mention the $100 billion
 in capital that government leaders estimate has been taken out of Pakistan in recent years.
<br />
<br />
Most experts say they either don't know or are too scared to identify who controls the hundi system. But central bank insiders tell FORTUNE that six men, all members of the Memon ethnic group, sit at its apex, which they describe as a "mafia" or "cartel." The
 six have their bases in Karachi and Dubai and use each other's networks, which stretch from Peshawar to New York. They keep a low profile, driving broken-down cars and wearing traditional Pakistani clothes. But the power they wield is enormous. "Hundi saps
 the very vitals of the country," says Razi-ur-Rahman Khan, who runs J.P. Morgan's banking operations in Pakistan. "If hundi is stopped, it would be a boon."
<br />
<br />
It's difficult to pin down whether hundi is even illegal in Pakistan. Central bank governor Ishrat Husain concedes there is much confusion. "It is not illegal if done through licensed moneychangers who keep documentation," he says. At the Karachi headquarters
 of Khanani &amp; Kalia Intl., the country's largest licensed chain of moneychangers, visitors must get past guards carrying AK-47s and men counting stacks of bills to reach the office of Owais Kalia, one of four brothers who runs the enterprise. He insists his
 company doesn't engage in illegal money transfers, but documents obtained by FORTUNE detail five hundi transfers from Kalia's Las Vegas office to Pakistan in recent years. One of Husain's deputies says hundi is often arranged secretly by companies behind the
 licensed changers and that it is illegal "in any form"--a position held by U.S. officials and backed by the central bank's published rules. What gives? The deputy says the bank winks at moneychangers big enough to maintain foreign currency accounts in banks
 "either here, in Dubai, or abroad," so long as they use those accounts as one layer in a hundi transfer.
<br />
<br />
Another reason for Husain's position may be that the central bank is itself knee-deep in the muck. Since 1999 it has purchased $4.4 billion from dealers to shore up dwindling dollar reserves and finance its trade deficits. "I had no other option," says Husain,
 who insists that the purchases were made from "reputable Pakistani firms based in the U.A.E." But the United Arab Emirates has been the region's undisputed financial hub for drug and terror money, including funds used for the Sept. 11 attacks. And by buying
 dollars in Dubai, complains the treasurer of one of Pakistan's largest foreign banks, the government has institutionalized hundi to a degree that doesn't exist anywhere else. "Here," he says, "the tail wags the dog."
<br />
<br />
Every night wooden boats laden with cigarettes and auto parts and TVs set sail from Dubai for Karachi. The cargo is bound for Afghanistan, thanks to a treaty that allows the landlocked country to receive goods via Pakistan duty-free. In reality most of the
 merchandise winds up staying in Pakistan--or quickly returning there--evading import duties as high as 80%. That means cheap goods for consumers on the streets of Karachi, but it's also destroying local industry.
<br />
<br />
The smuggling racket, fueled by hundi and estimated at $5 billion a year, is half the size of Pakistan's legal imports. It also helped feed the Taliban treasury. Interior Minister Moinuddin Haider says he met with Taliban leaders three times to get them to
 knock it off. "I said, 'You don't like TVs for your people, and you say it's a satanic box, but you don't mind dumping them to your Pakistani brothers without duties and taxes.' We did not get much cooperation." Pakistan could shut the smuggler markets today--places
 like Quetta's silk market, a Byzantine sprawl of stalls filled with acres of smuggled fabrics. But shutting it, says Haider, "would be very hard on the people."
<br />
<br />
The government could also crack down on money smuggling by requiring the five million Pakistanis living abroad to remit a minimum amount through the country's banks each year or forfeit citizenship--a plan Pakistani officials considered and rejected before
 Sept. 11. It was the terror attacks that finally sparked a change, as overseas Pakistanis, fearing their accounts could be frozen by Western governments, began sending money back through the banking system. That helped bolster Pakistan's dollar reserves to
 $5 billion, up from $1 billion in 1999. And it inspired the central bank to propose incorporating hundi into the banking system, so Pakistanis at home and abroad could more easily send money through legitimate banking channels. "We are asking the banks to
 mimic hundi," says Husain. But how can banks do that, when Finance Minister Shaukat Aziz, a former Citibank executive in Pakistan, tells FORTUNE that they "need to learn to say no," and that "walk-in transactions should be discouraged"? Husain says the time
 is right to go after the moneychangers, but he's afraid that hundi dealers will join with extremist parties to protest. "We can't predict whether we'll succeed or not," he adds. "They are very powerful--and some are very unhappy."
<br />
<br />
The battle over who gets to control the flow of money is being waged across Pakistan. So far the reformers' prospects don't look good. Last July the head of Pakistan State Oil, who was preparing to privatize the company, was murdered after allegedly unearthing
 massive corruption in the state-owned oil business. <br />
<br />
And in December the brother of Interior Minister Haider was gunned down on a Karachi street, days after Haider had criticized the country's radical mullahs. The crime has not been solved, even though Haider, a close friend of Musharraf's, presides over the
 country's largest nonmilitary intelligence agency.<br />
<br />
A law still on the books in Pakistan calls for 80 lashes for Muslims caught drinking alcohol. Even in the big cities, commoners sipping a can of beer are often jailed for three months. But the rich? That's another story. At a party at the lavish Islamabad home
 of one of Pakistan's top hoteliers, the liquor flows freely as Roedad Khan, an advisor to six Presidents and author of the political memoir Pakistan--A Dream Gone Sour, talks about Musharraf's chances at reform. "It's too early to know," he says. "There's
 no accountability and too much corruption." <br />
<br />
Yet one can't help but admire the perseverance of Pakistan's younger generation--the top model in Lahore who, in a country where 75% of the women are illiterate, talks openly about "chick power"; the rising-star banker in Karachi who says a new generation of
 Pakistanis, trained at Wharton and Harvard, understands the need to invest in their family businesses rather than strip out the profits. "They're forcing changes," says the banker, Munawar Noorani. "They understand globalization and the need to be competitive."
<br />
<br />
Finance Minister Aziz is one of those who gets it. "This is a government of professionals," he says. "There's no talk of scandal and corruption at the top. It's a government that believes that it's not the government's business to be in business." Aziz points
 to Musharraf's economic accomplishments: deregulating interest rates, opening up markets, improving the skills of government workers. But he admits he's worried about the enormousness of Pakistan's problems. "The level of poverty is an issue that keeps me
 up," Aziz says. "A feeling of injustice leads to extreme behavior--no hope, no jobs. They could become radicalized, and that's not good for Pakistan or the world." One need only drive through Korangi, one of the poorest sections of Karachi, to understand Aziz's
 concerns: Outside a Kentucky Fried Chicken store, teenage employees, spiffy in their KFC uniforms, pose for pictures and shout,
<br />
<br />
"We like Osama!" And those are the ones who have jobs. One Western diplomat in Pakistan says his embassy calculates that for every 10% drop in textile exports to the U.S.--the biggest destination for Pakistan's exports--some 300,000 Pakistanis are put out of
 work. But there doesn't seem to be much appetite in Washington to take on domestic textile manufacturers and open U.S. markets to more Pakistani imports. After touring a textile plant in Lahore in November, U.S. Ambassador Wendy Chamberlin said it was "patriotic"
 for Americans to buy Pakistani goods--a comment that caused a backlash back home. She hasn't repeated the statement since.
<br />
<br />
Pakistan's Commerce Minister Abdul Razak Dawood warns that this is short-sighted. He tells a story about a textile worker who lost his job and went to his production manager for an explanation. He was told that America is not placing orders. "Now what goes
 through his mind?" asks Dawood. "He said, 'I thought we were on the same side as the Americans. What have I done wrong?' Next Friday he goes to prayers and then joins the procession. Next, hundreds and then thousands will do it. It snowballs. The West has
 to realize that there is no safety net here." <br />
<br />
How serious is Pakistan in the war on terror? "We are working on it on a 24-hour basis," says Saiyed Mohib Asad, chief of the Federal Investigation Agency--Pakistan's FBI--widely perceived to be one of the country's most inept agencies. While dozens of suspected
 terrorists have been arrested in recent weeks, some in joint operations with U.S. officials, it's not clear how far Musharraf's commitment extends. His own spokesman, Gen. Qureshi, told FORTUNE that no radical groups in Pakistan have links to al Qaeda and
 that the government hasn't seen any evidence of terrorism funds moving through Pakistan.
<br />
<br />
Counterterrorism investigator Mazhar Hussain, an ex-air force sergeant, disagrees. He says several of the more than 50 radical groups currently operating in Pakistan have links to al Qaeda. "Osama is not alone," Hussain says. "He has a big organization, in
 every city, in every district here." Indeed, Pakistan has long been to terrorism what Las Vegas was to the Mafia--a free zone, where any hood from any "family" can pass through with impunity.
<br />
<br />
The government doesn't have the law-enforcement capability to deal with the problem. Until last August the nation's provincial police--the primary investigators of terror in Pakistan--didn't have the authority to demand records from banks, let alone from hundi
 operators. "If a terrorist has funds and influence, he is free and can move anywhere in the country," says Zafar Anjum, who runs one of Pakistan's only corporate investigative agencies. "We have laws on the books, but there is no practical enforcement in Pakistan.
 Where are the task forces on money laundering, organized crime, or terrorism? We don't have a criminal database like the FBI. People are afraid to do investigations."
<br />
<br />
In late October officials let Said Bahaji, the alleged Sept. 11 logistical mastermind, slip through their fingers at the Karachi airport, FORTUNE has learned, because his name wasn't on an exit control list. And when it comes to freezing terror funds, it's
 hard not to conclude that Pakistan is leaving extremists just enough time to clean out their bank accounts. So far Pakistan has managed to freeze roughly $300,000 in terrorist funds out of more than $100 million seized worldwide. Some of the highlights: $323.65
 seized from the Taliban consulate in Quetta; $1.50 hauled off from an account belonging to Jaish-e-Muhammad, the radical group suspected of involvement in the murder of Daniel Pearl. "I find it hard to believe there weren't more assets in Pakistan banks,"
 says John Bauman, U.S. consul general in Karachi. <br />
<br />
The government's slowness in cracking down on groups such as Al-Badar and Sipah--both of which are believed to have links to al Qaeda--raises questions about how far Pakistan is willing to go in the war on terror. Sipah, which police suspect is responsible
 for the deaths of ten Shiite Muslims in a mosque in February, has been calling for jihads against the West for a year. It wasn't banned by Pakistan until January, shortly after its meeting with FORTUNE. Al-Badar, one of the largest militant groups in Kashmir,
 is still operating in Pakistan even though a year has passed since the group's leader announced that "jihad has become the foremost duty of the Muslim community against the U.S., Israel, and India."
<br />
<br />
Two years ago, when the newsroom of the highly regarded Business Recorder in Karachi was torched following publication of a story linking religious extremists to smuggling, Musharraf paid a visit. "I told him the sectarian killing must stop," deputy CEO Arshad
 Zuberi recalls. "I said, 'You have to take on these bearded fellows.' He said, 'Yeah, we're trying.'"
<br />
<br />
Whether Musharraf, who is seeking another five years in office, is trying hard enough--and many say he isn't--the odds are stacked against him. "Nothing's going to change here," says Naeem Zakeria, a gun dealer based near Peshawar who says he lost a big order
 when the Taliban was driven from power. "Musharraf will go eventually, and it will be back to business as usual. Just an endless cycle of cancer."
</p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>25/01/2012 17:14:10</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/18086/Kidnapped+Nation</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">18086</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>18087</publicationdataID>
      <title>Pakistan faces lasting military presence in politics</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p><strong>The Financial Times<br />
By Farhan Bokhari and Edward Luce</strong></p>
<p>Nobody doubts the outcome of Tuesday's referendum to give General Pervez Musharraf another five years as president of Pakistan. But fearful of a low turnout, Pakistan's military regime has taken unprecedented measures to induce people to vote.
<br />
<br />
Waiving normal electoral procedures, Islamabad has set up polling stations in just about every place imaginable, including prisons, hospitals and workplaces.
<br />
<br />
To ensure that state employees do not shirk the ballot box, the regime has abandoned the normal practice of declaring a public holiday.
<br />
<br />
For those who are neither employed by the state nor incarcerated, there is free transport provided by the municipal councillors elected in the military's supervised elections of last year.
<br />
<br />
"There are more polling stations than public latrines," said Asma Jahangir, a leading human rights lawyer. "They are leaving nothing to chance."
<br />
<br />
In a more serious vein, the regime has also scrapped the electoral register and turned Pakistan into a single constituency. This means that anyone can vote anywhere regardless of where they live. Voters will apparently be stamped with indelible ink.
<br />
<br />
But sceptics, including the Alliance for the Restoration of Democracy, a coalition of Pakistan's 15 largest political parties, which oppose the referendum, say that it will not stop people from "voting early and voting often".
<br />
<br />
The heavy-handed manner in which the referendum has been conducted - to the accompaniment of television propaganda about Pervez Musharraf - has alienated a lot of the regime's natural supporters.
<br />
<br />
"A lot of us feel deeply embarrassed and let down by this referendum," said Ghazi Salahuddin, a senior television executive based in Karachi. "We saw Gen Musharraf as a man who was above the cheap tricks of politicians. But he is proving himself to be no different."
<br />
<br />
Those familiar with army-run plebiscites elsewhere in the world would find little to surprise them in Pakistan. At every intersection, Gen Musharraf's face adorns huge billboards portraying the simple soldier, dressed in plain battle fatigues, the hero general,
 bedecked with medals, the man of the people, in turban and shalwar kameez, and the international statesman, in a well-cut suit.
<br />
<br />
Although Gen Musharraf has pledged to stamp out Islamic extremism and modernise Pakistan, it is not difficult to imagine him as the pious mullah were political circumstances to change.
<br />
<br />
"Musharraf has promised to restore democracy, create a modern economy, eradicate illiteracy and provide clean drinking water," said Ms Jahangir. "Just about the only thing he hasn't promised is to give husbands back to their widows."
<br />
<br />
Hamida Khuro, vice-president of a faction of the Pakistan Muslim's League that is supporting the general, said Gen Musharraf's main aim was to institutionalise the role of the military in Pakistan politics. According to her, such a move provided the best hope
 of defending the country from its corrupt political parties and Islamic radical groups.
<br />
<br />
"Pakistan has never been free of the military in its 55 years of existence," said Ms Khuro. "So if you can't beat them, you might as well join them."
<br />
<br />
Such logic finds little echo among those preparing for national assembly elections in October. Before the referendum campaign, analysts had expected a fragmented political climate in which the various parties fought it out.
<br />
<br />
Now, it seems, they have a banner under which to unite. "In calling this referendum, Gen Musharraf has galvanised the political parties in opposition to him," said Mr Salahuddin.
<br />
<br />
The regime's western supporters believe the 58-year-old general remains the best hope of ensuring Pakistan's modernisation. But Tuesday's poll guarantees that the country's politics will have a lasting military flavour.
<br />
<br />
"Gen Musharraf has portrayed himself as a referee of democracy," said Ms Jahangir. "But how can you be a referee when you are the only player?"
</p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>25/01/2012 17:15:37</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/18087/Pakistan+faces+lasting+military+presence+in+politics</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">18087</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>18088</publicationdataID>
      <title>An undemocratic friend</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p><strong>The Financial Times</strong></p>
<p><em><strong>The US supports General Musharraf. But as Pakistan's self-appointed president aims to extend his term by five years there are fears about his agenda, say Edward Luce and Farhan Bokhari</strong></em></p>
<p><strong>T</strong>here is a creeping sense of <em>deja` vu</em> in Pakistan. On Tuesday, General Pervez Musharraf, Pakistan's self-appointed president, who took power in a bloodless coup in 1999, is holding a referendum to extend his term by five years.
 The move, which has been attacked by Pakistan's political parties as "unconstitutional" and has worried some in Washington, echoes similar plebiscites staged by Gen Musharraf's two military predecessors.
</p>
<p>In both cases - General Ayub Khan in 1960 and General Zia-ul-Huq in 1984 - the Pakistan electorate ratified the generals' request for a further five years in office. Gen Khan was ousted by popular protest in 1969. Gen Zia was assassinated when a bomb exploded
 in his aircraft in 1988. </p>
<p>Is Gen Musharraf risking a similar fate? It is a question that has relevance far beyond Pakistan. Since September 11, the US and its allies have relied heavily on Gen Musharraf's co-operation in the west's campaign in Afghanistan and in the wider war against
 terrorism. And by promising to eliminate Islamic terrorist groups and restore democracy to Pakistan, Gen Musharraf has apparently charted a moderate course for a country that was flirting with extremism.
</p>
<p>Yet few Pakistanis or foreign observers would bet their life savings on Gen Musharraf's longevity. In taking steps to concentrate more power in his own office while confronting the country's heavily armed
<em>jehadi </em>groups, the general is creating powerful enemies. </p>
<p>Those concerned about stability in Islamabad point to the recent attack on a Christian church in the diplomatic quarter in which four people died. They also point to the abduction and murder in February of Daniel Pearl, the Wall Street Journal reporter,
 to whose safety Gen Musharraf had publicly attested. Both are thought to have been carried out by
<em>jehadi</em> groups. </p>
<p>"If Gen Musharraf is sincere about stamping out militancy in Pakistan, we must expect a lot more violent incidents in the near future," says Teresita Schaffer, a Washington-based expert on the region. "Whether that threatens Gen Musharraf himself is anybody's
 guess. But Pakistan's recent history is not reassuring." </p>
<p>Personal safety aside, Gen Musharraf faces two immediate problems. First, there is mounting concern about what is seen as an unsubtle attempt to aggrandise the power of the presidency at the expense of genuine democracy. Under Pakistan's 1973 constitution,
 the president is elected by the senate, the national assembly and the country's four provincial assemblies.
</p>
<p>Gen Musharraf has pledged to restore democracy to Pakistan in assembly elections this October. In holding a referendum first, he is signalling that he would not trust the newly elected assembly to ratify his next term. Last week he said he would respect
 the October polls but would maintain "unity of command" in their aftermath. </p>
<p>To critics, such talk smacks of military authoritarianism. "Gen Musharraf tells the Pakistan people: 'I am a soldier, I believe in the unity of command' but 140m people cannot be made to stand to attention," says Husain Haqqani, former adviser to two Pakistan
 prime ministers and visiting scholar to the Carnegie Endowment in Washington. </p>
<p>Yet it is clear that Gen Musharraf can still call on widespread support in a country that has become deeply cynical of democratic parties. Prominent members of Pakistan's "technocratic class", including leading economists and civil servants, believe that
 Gen Musharraf provides a far better hope of modernising Pakistan than his opponents.
</p>
<p>"Those who are protesting loudest against the referendum are from the country's elite, which is narrow, feudal and corrupt," says Shahid Javed Burki, former Pakistan finance minister. "Gen Musharraf is the man best equipped to ensure Pakistan rids itself
 of the <em>jehadi </em>groups." </p>
<p>Domestic and international support for Gen Musharraf's sec ond pledge - to eliminate Islamic militancy from the country - has arguably given him some latitude to ignore constitutional niceties. Yet here too there are questions about whether he can keep his
 promise. </p>
<p>Although the Bush administration remains publicly supportive of Gen Musharraf - having fulfilled its pledge last December to reschedule a large chunk of Pakistan's external sovereign debt - some in Washington are starting to question both his sincerity and
 his capacity to deliver what he has promised. Doubters point out that Gen Musharraf has already released an estimated 1,600 of the 2,000 Islamic militants who were arrested after his widely praised television address on January 12 in which he vowed to eliminate
 Islamic terrorism from Pakistan. </p>
<p>Among those released include Hafiz Saeed, head of the banned Lashkar-e-Taiba group, one of the most feared Islamic groups in south Asia. Meanwhile, Masoud Azhar, leader of the banned Jaish-e-Mohammed group, which India claims was responsible for a suicide
 attack on its parliament last December, has been transferred to house arrest. </p>
<p>"A lot of people are beginning to question whether this is a genuine crackdown at all," says Ms Schaffer: "It looks more like a slap on the wrist and a promise to behave in future."
</p>
<p>For its part, the Bush administration appears likely to overlook awkward questions about Gen Musharraf provided he continues to offer full support to the US-led war on terrorism. In spite of Gen Musharraf's alleged prevarication in stamping out domestic
<em>jehadi </em>groups, diplomats say Islamabad continues to respond with alacrity to Washington's requests.
</p>
<p>The US still needs Pakistan's assistance in tracking down Osama bin Laden, head of the al-Qaeda terrorist group, and Mullah Omar, head of Afghanistan's ousted Taliban regime, both of whom are thought to be in Pakistan or in Afghan territory close to its
 border. </p>
<p>In addition, officials in Washington say they appreciate the political risk Gen Musharraf takes whenever he permits US military personnel to operate on Pakistan soil. They also appreciate his pledge to desist from sponsoring Pakistan's traditional client
 groups within Afghanistan, where the stability of the interim government remains precarious.
</p>
<p>"America has no illusions that Gen Musharraf is necessarily a model democrat or even the man who will transform Pakistan society - these may or may not be the case," one western diplomat says. "Washington's top priority is to continue the war on terrorism
 and the rebuilding of Afghanistan, neither of which can be achieved without him."
</p>
<p>For the moment, Gen Musharraf's usefulness to the US provides wide leeway to pursue his own agenda. But if he is perceived to misuse that - for example, in sponsoring "cross-border terrorism" in the Indian-held portion of disputed Kashmir - US patience could
 erode. </p>
<p>US officials say they have not forgotten the fact that more than 1m Indian and Pakistan troops remain fully mobilised along the Indo-Pakistan border following the terrorist attack on India's parliament in New Delhi last December. India and Pakistan both
 possess nuclear weapons. </p>
<p>Nor have the more experienced US diplomats forgotten what happened to Gen Zia, the last Pakistan military leader to have been championed by the west. Gen Zia was widely hailed as Pakistan's answer to the war on communism when he helped Afghan "freedom fighters"
 defeat Soviet occupying forces in the 1980s. </p>
<p>But the assassinated general bequeathed a legacy of Islamic militancy in both Pakistan and Afghanistan. Gen Musharraf is considered indispensable in the fight to eradicate that. In the process, there is a risk the Pakistan leader may create an undesirable
 legacy of his own. </p>
<p>"America is often accused of sacrificing the complex task of long-term diplomacy to whatever its short-term political agenda happens to be," says Mr Haqqani. "It is to be hoped that history does not repeat itself with Gen Musharraf."
</p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>25/01/2012 17:17:22</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/18088/An+undemocratic+friend</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">18088</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>18089</publicationdataID>
      <title>Skeptics Question Sincerity Of Crackdown by Musharraf</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p><strong>The Washington Post Foreign Service<br />
By Karl Vick<br />
Rawalpindi, Pakistan </strong></p>
<p><strong>Militant Groups Continue to Operate, but in the Shadows </strong></p>
<p>Located down a steep flight of stairs off the main road through this teeming city, the Jaish-i-Muhammad Bookstore was literally underground long before becoming politically so. But when President Pervez Musharraf banned the Islamic militant organization
 for which it was named, the newsstand donned a bit of camouflage, renaming itself the Reformatory Library.
<br />
<br />
The gaudy militaristic publications on its simple wooden shelves made cosmetic changes as well. The magazine formerly called Jaish-i-Muhammad, or Soldiers of Muhammad, now goes by al-Islah, or Reform. Weekly Jihad, or Holy War, is now published as Ghazwa, or
 Battle, a rhetorical scaling back matched by the militant group that publishes it, Lashkar-i-Taiba, or Army of the Righteous, which now goes by Jamaat-ad Dawa, the Party of Preachers, since being listed as a terrorist organization by the United States. Its
 Web site changed names, too, but maintained the same mix of piety, instruction and cries against India, Jews and the United States.<br />
<br />
So the shadows shift in the twilight world of Islamic militancy in Pakistan. More than three months after Musharraf drew applause from the West by banning religious extremist groups and announcing firm measures to curb Muslim militancy, independent observers
 wonder whether it is a crackdown in name only.<br />
<br />
"I don't see any kind of a crackdown on the jihadis," said Arif Jamal, an Islamabad journalist and author who follows Pakistan's radical Islamic community closely. "They are operating the way they used to. The only difference is they are not visible."<br />
<br />
Skeptics cite the highly publicized roundup of 2,000 militants in the days following Musharraf's Jan. 12 national address on terrorism. So far, no charges has been brought against a Pakistani militant, and three-quarters of those rounded up have been released,
 fueling perceptions that a government that historically encouraged Islamic militancy is unable to change its ways.<br />
<br />
"If you pick up people and then release them, the signal you then send is, 'This is a public relations exercise,' " said Samina Ahmed, a researcher in Islamabad for the International Crisis Group, a Brussels-based research organization.
<br />
<br />
Among those freed was Hafiz Sayeed, leader of Lashkar-i-Taiba, considered the largest of Pakistan's militant groups. He did his time in a government guesthouse with access to a mobile phone.<br />
<br />
"His release speaks to the establishment being very weak in its resolve," said Zafarullah Khan, who studies religious extremism at the Islamabad office of Friedrich Naumann, a German foundation.
<br />
<br />
Pakistani officials dispute such assessments as premature, noting that several hundred militants remain behind bars.<br />
<br />
"We haven't released the real extremists," said Brig. Javed Iqbal Cheema, head of the Interior Ministry's crisis management group. "And the operation's not over yet."
<br />
<br />
Interior Minister Moeenuddin Haider, a leading voice against extremism even before Sept. 11, insisted that the crackdown is "sincere." He said some reforms promised by Musharraf are in the pipeline, such as regulations aimed at damping militancy in Pakistan's
 7,000 madrassas, or religious schools, a primary engine of radical Islam in Central Asia.<br />
<br />
"It's our duty to turn the president's vision into a viable action plan," Haider said. "But we have our limitations."
<br />
<br />
Independent analysts and some Pakistani officials say Musharraf's military government is playing a double game. While providing key assistance in the U.S.-led campaign to track down foreign-born terrorists in Pakistan, the Musharraf government has been far
 less aggressive against Pakistan's own militants, experts here say. <br />
<br />
The reason, it is widely believed, is that Pakistan has a use for its militants: fighting a proxy war in the disputed region of Kashmir. The region at the edge of the Himalayas has been the scene of two wars and a skirmish between Pakistan and India, which
 both claim it. But even when the armies don't cross the line that partitions Kashmir, Islamic separatists from the Pakistani side carry out attacks on the Indian side in the name of the Muslim population there.<br />
<br />
India accuses Pakistan of arming and supporting the insurgent groups and their campaign of what Indian officials call "cross-border terrorism." Pakistan's government insists the separatist movements are "indigenous" rather than state-supported, but links between
 the guerrillas and Pakistan's army are well established, according to Jamal and many other researchers. Some Pakistani officials acknowledge privately that the militants serve as surrogates that the army is loath to do away with.
<br />
<br />
"There may not be any other country in the world which has at least 50,000 non-military personnel ready to [give] their lives for the state," said one senior Pakistani official, speaking on condition of anonymity.
<br />
<br />
Analysts say the arrangement explains the apparent ambivalence in Musharraf's actions since his Jan. 12 speech.
<br />
<br />
Tahir Amin, a professor of international relations at Quaid-i-Azam University, said the government's "shuttling between two positions" illustrates competing pressures. As a participant in the U.S.-led coalition against terrorism, Pakistan wants to appear tough
 on extremists, yet there is domestic pressure to continue "bleeding India" for its presence in Kashmir.<br />
<br />
"Musharraf is actually in a deep dilemma in how he should actually go in controlling the militants in Kashmir," Amin said.
<br />
<br />
But can militants be controlled? <br />
<br />
Nine days after Musharraf's speech, Wall Street Journal reporter Daniel Pearl was kidnapped in Karachi, Pakistan's commercial capital. A videotape documenting the mutilation of his slain body was delivered a month later.
<br />
<br />
Sheik Omar Saeed, the man charged with plotting the kidnapping, was a prominent member of Jaish-i-Muhammad. The group was founded as a Kashmiri separatist organization in January 2000, just days after Masood Azhar, its founder, and Omar were ransomed from an
 Indian prison in response to demands by hijackers of an Air India jetliner.<br />
<br />
Until it was banned in January, the group enjoyed close relations with the Pakistani army, chiefly through ties with the powerful Inter-Services Intelligence agency. Last year, when Musharraf was campaigning to rid Pakistan of the weapons that are ubiquitous
 here, Azhar's entourage openly brandished Kalashnikovs and Uzis. Pakistani government sources said Jaish-i-Muhammad was allowed to set up paramilitary training camps in Kashmir and send recruits to al Qaeda camps in eastern Afghanistan.
<br />
<br />
When a bomb exploded in the state assembly for the Indian-controlled section of Kashmir in October, Azhar telephoned a Pakistani newspaper to claim credit. Saeed, after surrendering to investigators in the Pearl case, told his questioners he knew the men who
 attacked India's national Parliament complex in New Delhi in December, an incident that brought the two nuclear-armed neighbors to the brink of war.<br />
<br />
"If you sponsor crazies, the crazies will come back to haunt you," said Ahmed, the researcher.
<br />
<br />
For the United States, the implications of Musharraf's ambiguity may reach far. <br />
<br />
Most immediately, Pakistani officials acknowledge that Pakistani militants have provided shelter and logistical help to al Qaeda members fleeing Afghanistan. An Iraqi recently arrested in the western Pakistani province of Baluchistan carried papers from Harkat-ul-Jihad,
 another Pakistani militant group. <br />
<br />
"We are hunting down the supporters, the sympathizers," Cheema said. <br />
<br />
But beyond aiding the escape of existing militants, analysts warn, radical Pakistani groups have been allowed to leave in place the machinery that produces extremists.
<br />
<br />
Though the branch of Islam long predominant in South Asia has its roots in Sufism, a mystical strain that emphasizes tolerance, the severe Wahhabi theology that promotes militancy spread here from the Persian Gulf in the 1980s. Taught in scores of madrassas,
 or Islamic schools, that were founded to teach it, Wahhabism was funded by Saudi Arabia and promoted by a CIA eager to marshal jihad as a weapon against the Soviet invasion of Afghanistan.
<br />
<br />
"It was a gift from America," said Pervez Hoodbhoy, a nuclear physicist active in peace causes.
<br />
<br />
Radical Islam also took deep root in Pakistan's army, already a bastion of relative piety. And when paramilitary volunteers returned from victory over the Soviets in Afghanistan and set their sights on Kashmir, a close relationship was forged.<br />
<br />
"I, myself, was a jihadi," said Hamid Gul, a retired general who headed the Inter-Services Intelligence agency in the late 1980s. "If America really wants this militancy to be stopped, they have got to solve the Kashmir dispute."
<br />
<br />
Yet even if the issue is resolved, the militants may remain if given nothing better to do. In Pakistan, a country with slow economic growth, Khan, a researcher, estimated that "the jihadi industry" employs 600,000 to 800,000 people. The figure includes publishing,
 paramilitaries, madrassas and the armed men who roll into villages in expensive four-wheel-drive vehicles during Muslim holidays, demanding donations.<br />
<br />
For the most recent holiday, donations fell by two-thirds, said Mohammed Anwar, another Friedrich Naumann foundation analyst. In another sign that some of the government's efforts are bearing fruit, residents note that the collection boxes once found on almost
 every shop counter, bidding contributions for jihad, are also gone. <br />
<br />
Given time, officials said, Musharraf's government will remove what he calls "root causes" of religious militancy that, after a quarter-century in the making, cannot be undone overnight.<br />
<br />
But few expect Musharraf to act fast, even if he could. Beyond the institutional and financial constraints, any reformer must think twice before heedlessly provoking armed groups that Jamal, the author, said already find the rhetoric leveled against them "confusing
 and distracting." <br />
<br />
"In the back of everyone's mind is, if you push too hard, they'll take Musharraf with them," said Ahmed, of International Crisis Group.<br />
<br />
It is no empty threat. Long before Sept. 11, Interior Minister Haider led a campaign against sectarian extremists, identifying Sunni Muslim militants who have killed scores of Shiite doctors. In December, Haider's older brother was gunned down.
<br />
<br />
"I lost my brother; I lost my real brother," Haider said. "It was a message."</p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>25/01/2012 17:18:54</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/18089/Skeptics+Question+Sincerity+Of+Crackdown+by+Musharraf</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">18089</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>18090</publicationdataID>
      <title>Living Like a Maharajah, for a Day or Two</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p><strong>The New York Times<br />
By Philip Shenon</strong></p>
<p>I did see the maharajah in his palace, but early one morning, I could hear his alarm clock go off.</p>
<p>The royal apartments of Maharajah Gaj Singh II were only a few dozen feet from my room, down one of the pink sandstone hallways that separate his family's residence from the portions of the Umaid Bhawan Palace that have been converted into one of India's
 most remarkable hotels.</p>
<p>I rose that morning before the maharajah, who is still the titular ruler of Jodhpur, one of the most picturesque cities of Rajasthan, the desert province in the northwestern part of the country where the Rajput warrior kings held court for centuries.</p>
<p>The sun was just making itself known on a horizon that stretched from the city's borders out to the Thar Desert. Now, the parched air was still cool, the wind off the dunes still a whisper.</p>
<p>Before setting out for a day of sightseeing, I strolled down the palace's inlaid marble floors — past the museum displaying the maharajah's collection of antique clocks and crystal, past the stuffed leopards and other big cats that his uncles and grandfather
 bagged, beneath the 185-foot-high central dome — to the colonnaded balcony overlooking the gardens. The balcony has been turned into an open-air restaurant, and I watched the sun finish its climb as ever-smiling turbaned waiters arrived with my breakfast:
 a silver-plated pot of steaming coffee, a glass of fresh sweet lime juice, and a basket of Danish pastry. The maharajah's flock of peacocks strutted across the immaculately manicured lawns.</p>
<p>Certainly most mornings on this trip to India had not begun with this sense of luxury and calm. Far from it. I was still recovering from the journey that had brought me to Rajasthan from central India — a trip that, at its most Dante-esque moment, found
 me in New Delhi's grim central train station at 4 in the morning.</p>
<p>Here I was a few days later on the verandah of a desert palace in the most romantic part of India, sipping fresh coffee after a night of deep, undisturbed sleep in a cavernous room decorated with framed family photographs from the royal collection.</p>
<p>There should have been a twinge of guilt about such indulgence in a nation where poverty is so evident and disturbing. But this morning, at least, I wanted only to relax and contemplate what must have been the hedonism of a maharajah's life.</p>
<p>India is one of the world's most rewarding destinations, with every bit of the exoticism and adventure that you would expect from reading Kipling or Forster. But after four visits in a dozen years, I think I can say with some authority that as a travel destination,
 India is also one of the world's most frustrating.</p>
<p>No matter how careful the travel planning, at some point the exoticism — as well as the crowds, the traffic snarls, the heat — will feel like an assault. For me, an extended trip to India demands not only a sense of humor and tolerance but also an occasional
 taste of the incredible comfort that India can also offer its visitors.</p>
<p>On a three-week trip last winter, that meant stays in three of India's most splendid hotels: the Umaid Bhawan Palace in Jodhpur and the Lake Palace in Udaipur, both of them converted by maharajahs into so-called heritage hotels, and one modern palace: Amarvilas,
 a new luxury resort hotel built virtually in the shadow of the Taj Mahal.</p>
<p>It would be a mistake to spend every night in India in places like these. To understand India, there is something to be said for the occasional night's sleep on a hard bench in a second-class train compartment, and I have certainly done that. But for a day
 or two, it is a fantasy worth indulging.</p>
<p><strong>Amarvilas</strong></p>
<p>I stayed first in the newest of the three hotels. Amarvilas, which opened last year, is the latest in a series of small, palacelike resort hotels built in the last few years by the Oberoi Group, one of India's most respected luxury chains. I suspect the
 Mogul empire rulers who created the Taj Mahal and other architectural wonders would find Amarvilas a fitting 21st-century home.</p>
<p>My journey to Agra, the unlovely city that surrounds the Taj Mahal, began with hand-wringing frustration. At the last minute, my flight there from Delhi was canceled because of fog, so I set off instead on a five-hour taxi ride south, on a road flanked by
 factories and India's version of strip malls. By the time I got to Agra, I was ready for a little magic.</p>
<p>Arrival at Amarvilas — Sanskrit for "eternal haven" — did not disappoint, as my driver pulled into a courtyard lighted by flaming braziers. The flames reflected off nearly a quarter-acre of water gardens bubbling with fountains, and the sand-colored exterior
 of the five-story hotel rising beyond.</p>
<p>The white marble lobby is set beneath a gilded cobalt-blue Mogul-style dome, lighted with a massive cut-glass chandelier.</p>
<p>A charming young sari-clad woman showed me to my room, stepping to the window to the open the curtains. "Tonight there is fog," she explained apologetically. "But in the morning, you should have a wonderful view of the Taj." With or without the Taj, I was
 happy with the spacious room, with its dark teak floors, marble bathroom and DVD player.</p>
<p>When morning came, the view out my window was wondrous. Amarvilas is separated from India's most beloved national monument by 600 yards of protected forest, and each of the 105 rooms and suites has a postcard-perfect view of the Taj, the 17th-century mausoleum
 built by a Mogul emperor for the most beloved of his wives.</p>
<p>The food in the hotel was fit for an emperor, as was the foamy latte served afterward in the teak bar in the lobby. (The lobby finally provided me with something to complain about: the music, a numbing, never-ending collection of Kenny G tunes.)</p>
<p>I wish I had the riches for a longer stay, and the chance to take advantage of the spa and outdoor pool, but with rates beginning at $330 a room, a single night in this palace would have to do.</p>
<p><strong>The Umaid Bhawan Palace </strong></p>
<p>I have had few travel experiences to match my first glimpse of the Umaid Bhawan Palace. It came through the dusty window of a wheezing 1960's-vintage Ambassador taxicab making its way up a scrub-covered hill on the fringe of the desert that surrounds the
 city.</p>
<p>A huge, golden sandstone structure, the palace seems half Hindu temple, half elegant colonial-era mansion — all of it perfectly symmetrical, with several shrinelike towers surrounding a huge central dome.</p>
<p>The maharajah's guards motioned the cab through the central gates, and I passed through a courtyard before pulling to a stop in front of a sandstone staircase leading to what was once the maharajah's reception area and is now the hotel lobby.</p>
<p>The doorman snapped to attention, welcoming me with a salute. He had the long mustache and pierced ears — a heavy clump of silver in each ear lobe — typical of Rajasthani men. "You are most welcome to the palace," he said.</p>
<p>Among the last great royal residences built in India, the 347-room palace was constructed between 1929 and 1943 as a public works project by the current maharajah's grandfather during a particularly severe cycle of droughts.</p>
<p>The mix of architectural styles is explained by the instructions given to the British architect by the royal family, which wanted a palace that blended the best of traditional Hindu design with the Art Deco style of the time. The interior is pure Art Deco,
 with the sandstone carved into angular visions of native animals and birds. In the basement is a circular swimming pool, the walls painted in the signs of the zodiac.</p>
<p>The palace, like many royal dwellings across the country, was turned into a hotel in the 1970's, a financial necessity after the Indian government cut off its subsidies to the country's remaining royal families.</p>
<p>Today, the maharajah lives in a wing at one end, with the rest open to guests. A grand formal restaurant is set in what had been the family's main dining room.</p>
<p>The food — Indian, Continental, or an outdoor barbeque in the evenings — was uniformly delicious. And there is nothing to match the bar, set in the maharajah's politically incorrect trophy room, filled with a taxidermist's fantasy of stuffed animal heads
 and torsos.</p>
<p>As my room was in the "palace wing," to reach it I had to walk through a small courtyard that is now the maharajah's private entrance. My room , which cost $165 and was the least expensive lodging in the palace, was a little musty. But it was enormous, with
 a balcony overlooking the gardens and the hillside, a dressing room, a pair of overstuffed sofas and a marble bathroom.</p>
<p>I was sorry that I never did see the maharajah, if only to thank him for the chance to live briefly in one of the great homes of India.</p>
<p><strong>The Lake Palace Hotel </strong></p>
<p>For a hotel that is billed as the most romantic in India, the first impression of the Lake Palace was actually a little disappointing.</p>
<p>Perhaps the zinc plant belching smoke on the road from the airport into the city had put me in the wrong mood. Perhaps it was the harsh midday sun that baked the barren mountains surrounding Lake Pichola. Perhaps it was the view of the hotel, as the ferryboat
 approached, through the smoky windows of the buffet restaurant, with T-shirted American and European tourists lining up for another too-large meal.</p>
<p>But then the day ends, and the huge red sun begins to set into the lake. The light softens, and the magic of the place takes over. The 250-year-old palace was built by a local maharajah on a small island in the middle of the lake, and the white-washed palace
 decorated at night with strings of tiny white lights appears to float.</p>
<p>Apart from the grumpy reception clerk who was determined at checkout to make me pay separately for meals that I knew were part of my package, the staff of the Lake Palace was uniformly gracious, and I was especially grateful to the maid who would constantly
 refill the bowl in my room with bunches of tiny, impossibly sweet bananas. The chefs are among the most talented in India.</p>
<p>My corner suite was spacious, although its interior when I was there lacked any sense of the romance of the rest of the hotel. There were a handful of legendary suites in the Lake Palace that looked much as they did when the maharajah was in residence a
 century ago, with stained-glass windows and inlaid marble floors — the suites that Queen Elizabeth, Jackie Kennedy and other celebrities have called home. But mine was hung with framed prints that could have come from any gift shop in the city. (Let's hope
 the major renovation now under way will improve the interior design.)</p>
<p>My view of the lake was marred by the greenish-blue plastic coating applied to the windows to deal with the sun. It dealt with the sun all right, but it also kept the sitting room bathed in a hospital-like light. But at moments when I might have felt like
 complaining, I walked down the corridor to the lakefront terrace, took a seat near the bougainvillea draping the outer walls, and watched the hotel's tiny ferryboats cross the silvery lake.
</p>
<p><strong>Visitor Information</strong></p>
<p>India's high season (quite logically when the weather is best) runs from October through March. The following rates reflect the low season, when prices are 15 to 30 percent lower; spokesmen for the three hotels said they had not yet established charges for
 the high season. Rates for foreigners are set in dollars and are about a third higher than those for Indians; 15 percent tax (20 percent at Umaid Bhawan Palace and Lake Palace Hotel after July) is extra.</p>
<p><strong>Amarvilas,</strong> Taj East Gate Road, Agra; (91) 562-231515, fax (91) 562-231516, www.oberoihotels.com, has 105 rooms and suites. Single rooms from $330 to $350 a night, doubles $350 to $370, suites $450 to $1,500.</p>
<p><strong>Umaid Bhawan Palace,</strong> Jodhpur; (91) 291-510101; fax (91) 291-510100, www.welcomgroup.com, offers 98 rooms and suites. Single rooms $165 a night, doubles $185, larger "chamber" rooms $225, suites $325 to $750.</p>
<p><strong>Lake Palace Hotel,</strong> Lake Pichola, Udaipur; (91) 294-528800, fax (91) 294-528700, www.tajhotels.com, has 88 rooms and suites, 43 of them closed for at least six months for renovation. Single rooms from $180 to $220 a night, doubles $200 to
 $240, suites $300 to $550.</p>
<p><strong><em>PHILIP SHENON is a correspondent in the Washington bureau of The Times.</em></strong></p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>25/01/2012 17:20:44</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/18090/Living+Like+a+Maharajah+for+a+Day+or+Two</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">18090</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>18156</publicationdataID>
      <title>Has Pakistan Tamed its Spies?</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<table width="100%" border="0">
<tbody>
<tr>
<td width="100%">Has Pakistan Tamed its Spies?
<p><b>T I M E . c o m <br />
</b><b>By </b><b>Tim Mcgirk<br />
Islamabad - April 28, 2002</b></p>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td dir="ltr">
<p><b>How an agency that once fostered militants is showing success in fighting them. Now comes the $25 million question: Can the ISI help find bin Laden?
</b></p>
<p>This is how bad it was for terrorist hunters before Sept. 11: after weeks of dangerous surveillance work along the Afghan border, Egyptian investigators visiting Pakistan last summer with the permission of that country's government finally tracked down their
 quarry, a close associate of Osama bin Laden named Ahmad Khadr, who was wanted in connection with the 1995 bombing of the Egyptian embassy in Islamabad that killed 15 people. The Egyptians surrounded the safe house in the Pakistani frontier city of Peshawar
 where Khadr, an Egyptian Canadian, was hiding. All that remained was to notify General Mehmood Ahmed, then Pakistan's chief spymaster, so that his spooks could burst in and arrest Khadr. Ahmed promised swift action.
<br />
<br />
It was swift — but not in the way the Egyptians expected. That night the Pakistani security forces never turned up. Instead a car with diplomatic plates roared up to the Peshawar house. As the Egyptians watched, a gang of Taliban spilled out, grabbed Khadr
 and then drove him over the Khyber Pass to Afghanistan, beyond the Egyptians' reach. The Pakistani spy agency, known as Inter-Services Intelligence, had betrayed the Egyptians. "The next day the ISI called up and said, 'So sorry, the man gave us the slip,'"
 a diplomat recalls. "It was a lie." <br />
<br />
Since Pakistani President Pervez Musharraf threw in his lot with the U.S. after Sept. 11, he has been wrestling to gain control over the 10,000-strong ISI, a group of soldiers, field agents, sneaks and tens of thousands of additional informers so formidable
 and independent its critics call it "a kingdom within a state." The stakes for Musharraf and the U.S. are high. Transforming the organization from one that has abetted Islamic militancy to one that combats it is fundamental to both Washington and Islamabad
 as they struggle to impose moderation on a radicalized part of the world. The preliminary signs are that Musharraf, despite many obstacles, may actually be succeeding in taming the ISI.
<br />
<br />
"We're quite pleased with the cooperation we've got from them," says a U.S. official in Washington. A Western diplomat in Islamabad says, "There's grudging compliance. They're saluting Musharraf and obeying him."
<br />
<br />
For the ISI to sign on to Washington's war against terrorism is quite a switch. Until Sept. 11, the organization was suspected of propping up the Taliban and by extension its al-Qaeda guests in Afghanistan, although Pakistan hotly denies this. As Washington
 mops up after the war in Afghanistan, pursuing the surviving remnants of bin Laden's terrorist web, the ISI's cooperation is particularly critical. Western intelligence sources in Islamabad say hundreds of al-Qaeda operatives are still hiding out in Pakistan.
 Last week, according to tribal elders, some 40 U.S. commandos set up base in the Pakistani town of Miramshah, following reports that bin Laden might be holed up nearby in either north Waziristan or the Tirah valley. Officially, Pakistan's government, sensitive
 to popular anti-American sentiment, denies that U.S. special forces crossed into its tribal borderlands. Whether or not U.S. troops are on the ground, Washington must depend, at least in part, on Pakistani intelligence to flush out remaining fugitives. The
 working deal is this: the American hunters provide electronic surveillance and whopping rewards for information; the ISI supplies the human intel, the spies and informants who actually know who is where.
<br />
<br />
So far, the arrangement has worked well. When suspected terrorists have been collared by the ISI along the Afghan border, they have been turned over to the fbi for joint interrogation at safe houses in Peshawar and at Kohat, near the tribal borderlands. The
 ISI has grabbed about 300 al-Qaeda agents in recent months. Most are Yemenis, followed by Saudis and Palestinians; all were given one-way tickets to the U.S. detention center in Guantánamo Bay. It was an ISI tip-off last month that enabled the feds to put
 a tracking device on a car that led them to al-Qaeda's chief of operations, Abu Zubaydah. His capture was the most damaging blow so far against bin Laden's outfit.
<br />
<br />
Hunting down al-Qaeda agents is just one of Musharraf's challenges. ISI has also backed Muslim rebels in Kashmir, a disputed territory that both India and Pakistan claim as their own. Five months ago, violence by the guerrillas escalated tensions between India
 and Pakistan and nearly led to full-scale warfare. The President must also rely on the agency to crack down on sectarian extremists who operate within Pakistan proper — zealots have killed more than 70 people this year, including two Americans and three others
 in an Islamabad church in March — even though the ISI is believed to have kept up indirect links with these groups in the past.
<br />
<br />
And Musharraf needs the ISI's loyalty for his own survival. Popular anger against America runs high in Pakistan because of civilian casualties caused by U.S. bombing in Afghanistan and Washington's stalwart support of Israel in its conflict with the Palestinians,
 who, like most Pakistanis, are mainly Muslims. With Musharraf firmly allied with Washington, the fury extends to him as well. Western diplomats say the threat of assassination is ever present for Musharraf. He packs a silver-plated derringer in his chest pocket
 and always leaves his presidential office in an armor-plated Mercedes, using two others as decoys. The ISI is in charge of "the chief's" security.
<br />
<br />
The first move Musharraf made to tame the ISI was dumping its chief, Ahmed. He and the President were close friends and fellow plotters in the 1999 coup that brought Musharraf to power. But the intelligence chief proved too radical for Musharraf's purposes.
 Former comrades of Ahmed's say he experienced a battlefield epiphany in the Himalayan peaks during a 1999 summer offensive against India and began to pursue his own Islamic-extremist agenda. At a Cabinet meeting, he once yelled at an official, "What do you
 know? You don't even go to prayers." <br />
<br />
Of more concern than these outbursts was Ahmed's sympathy for the Taliban. When the President sent him to Kandahar six days after Sept. 11 to persuade Taliban chief Mullah Mohammed Omar to hand over bin Laden, the spymaster instead secretly told Omar to resist,
 an ex-Taliban official told TIME. Word of this double cross reached Musharraf, who on Oct. 7 replaced Ahmed as ISI boss. He put in Lieut. General Ehsan ul-Haq, a trusted head of military intelligence who shares Musharraf's more Westernized outlook. His orders
 from the President were to weed out "the beards," as Islamic extremists are called in the ISI, and make the group more obedient to the President. The top officers were reshuffled. "For us, Sept. 11 was a blessing in disguise," a senior official said. "We were
 scared the religious extremists would dominate the country." <br />
<br />
Of course, the ISI helped create that extremist danger. Since becoming a nation in 1947, Pakistan has tried with war and guile to pry away the part of Kashmir, a former princely state with a Muslim majority, that is in India's hands. Borrowing a page from the
 cia's proxy war against the Soviets, which used the mujahedin in Afghanistan, the ISI in 1989 began encouraging Islamic-militant outfits inside Pakistan to cross over the mountains and snipe at Indian troops in Kashmir. As a guerrilla tactic, it was brilliant.
 On any given day, more than 300,000 Indian troops are busy chasing 2,000 Kashmiri and Pakistani militants up and down the Himalayas.
<br />
<br />
But there have been side effects. These militants are sowing terror inside Pakistan too, attacking religious minorities and the occasional foreigner. The blowback began after these religious warriors shifted their training camps to Afghanistan. There the extremists,
 recruited from radical mosques and seminaries around Pakistan, fell in with al-Qaeda. For them bin Laden's messianic vision of Islam defeating the infidel world was compelling. Moreover, he had lots of cash. Pakistani extremist groups such as Jaish-e-Muhammad
 shared terrorist camps near the Afghan towns of Khost and Kandahar with al-Qaeda, according to Western diplomats and foreign intelligence officials in Islamabad. The Pakistanis provided al-Qaeda agents a network of safe houses in Pakistan to facilitate their
 transit in and out of Afghanistan. They also vetted new recruits for al-Qaeda and laundered terrorist funds through a global network of illegal money changers. It was no surprise to foreign spooks that the ISI let the Egyptian-Canadian Khadr escape from Peshawar.
 He knew too much, they say, about the ISI's alleged ties with al-Qaeda. <br />
<br />
Similarly, the ISI had no interest in catching bin Laden before Sept. 11. According to U.S. officials, in early 1999 the U.S. pressed the Pakistanis to establish a snatch team that could go into Afghanistan to grab the al-Qaeda chief. The Pakistanis did set
 up a commando unit, under the aegis of the ISI and with training by the cia. But a U.S. official familiar with the operation says that in the end the Pakistanis didn't do "squat."
<br />
<br />
Even after Sept. 11, Pakistani loyalties were still divided. According to Western diplomats, at least five key ISI operatives — some retired and some active — actually continued helping their Taliban comrades prepare defenses in Kandahar against the Americans.
 Even now, with all the ISI's changes, none were punished for their disobedience. Midway into the U.S. campaign in Afghanistan, the Pakistanis were still allowing military and nonlethal supplies to flow across the border to the Taliban.
<br />
<br />
While the ISI appears to have turned its back on the Taliban and its extremist comrades, it hasn't completely abandoned ties to militants. Activity has been suspended in the training camps that once fed the Kashmir rebellion, militants say. But the ISI seems
 unwilling to make an irrevocable breach with the guerrillas, in the event it later decides to rev up its clandestine support of them, according to foreign diplomats. The seven main suspects still at large in the kidnapping and murder of Wall Street Journal
 correspondent Daniel Pearl last January all had indirect links with the spy agency through the Kashmir conflict, according to Western diplomats. Now they're on the run. A Pakistani police investigator in the case remarked acidly, "It seems inconceivable that
 there isn't someone in ISI who knows where they're hiding." Maulana Masood Azhar, leader of the Jaish-e-Mohammad militant group to which most of the kidnap suspects belong, is under what a diplomat dubbed "country club" arrest at his home in Bahawalpur. Despite
 Musharraf's Jan. 12 ban on five extremist groups, most of their firebrand leaders were recently set free, a move that perplexed diplomats in Islamabad. "We didn't have enough proof to charge them," a Pakistani official said with a shrug.
<br />
<br />
Even with the ISI helping the U.S. against al-Qaeda, conditions in the tribal territory favor the terrorists. There are few roads into the terrain's soaring mountains. Gripes a Pakistani official: "If we get a lead, it takes four days to send an agent up into
 the villages, and by then the suspect's gone." That problem should be solved this June after Pakistan takes delivery of a fleet of U.S. helicopters and airplanes for border surveillance. Even still, tribesmen remain hostile to the U.S. presence. After the
 antiterrorist forces raided a seminary in Miramshah, shops closed and mullahs urged tribesmen to kill Americans on sight. So far, nobody has paid heed to the mullahs.
<br />
<br />
In the meantime, Pakistani tribesmen near the border have all the tools to help an al-Qaeda fugitive. In Miramshah, not far from what is said to be the U.S. commandos' new base, locals are offering a complete fashion makeover: for $100 a fugitive gets his beard
 shaved and a new set of clothes, plus help in slipping through checkpoints on the roads to major Pakistani cities. "These al-Qaeda are willing to pay a lot — and in dollars," a tribal shopkeeper marveled. The U.S. is offering dollars too — $25 million for
 bin Laden's capture. But while the ISI may be on board in the battle against al-Qaeda, the tribesmen's natural affinity with the terrorists still remains an obstacle.
<br />
<br />
— With reporting by Hannah Bloch/Islamabad and Massimo Calabresi/Washington </p>
</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<table width="100%" border="0">
<tbody>
<tr>
<td width="100%">
<p><b>International Media</b></p>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="100%">
<p style="text-align:center"><b>Ministry Of External Affairs, India</b></p>
</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>31/01/2012 10:45:02</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/18156/Has+Pakistan+Tamed+its+Spies</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">18156</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>18157</publicationdataID>
      <title>Pakistan's Hard Line on Terror Shows Signs of Softening</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<table width="100%" border="0">
<tbody>
<tr>
<td width="100%"><b>Pakistan's Hard Line on Terror Shows Signs of Softening</b>
<p><b>The </b><b>New York Times</b> <b><br />
</b><b>By </b><b>Seth Mydans<br />
April 28, 2002</b></p>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td dir="ltr">
<p><b>K</b>arachi, Pakistan, April 27: Three months after President Pervez Musharraf announced a major crackdown on violent Muslim groups and on the religious schools that breed them, doubts are rising here about his commitment to follow through.</p>
<p>Of nearly 2,000 people arrested in a sweep of Islamic radicals, as many as 70 percent have been set free. After five militant groups were banned, many of their members reorganized under new names. The reform of religious academies has met strong resistance,
 and the schools continue to operate much as they always have.</p>
<p>The most volatile issue the president addressed, a military standoff with India over the disputed territory of Kashmir, persists along the border.
</p>
<p>The reasons and motives involved vary from issue to issue, and they are the subject of debate among Pakistani and foreign analysts.</p>
<p>General Musharraf has not backed away from his major policy reversal of choosing to support the United States in its war on terrorism. Joint police operations have been carried out to arrest militants, and the two countries are cooperating in intelligence
 gathering.</p>
<p>But on the most sensitive and entrenched domestic issues, the direction of his policies is not so clear.</p>
<p>The general, who seized power in a coup in 1999, is seeking to extend his rule in a referendum next week and may be treading softly against militant groups to minimize opposition.</p>
<p>The laws of Pakistan do not allow for indefinite detention without charge, and security officials say it is the least dangerous detainees who are being released, after signing pledges of good behavior. But many members of violent militant groups are now
 free again.</p>
<p>The religious schools have been required to register and regulate the admissions of foreign students. But the poorly financed government education system has few alternatives to offer, and it is next to impossible to require religious teachers to change
 their beliefs. There have been no changes in their curriculums.</p>
<p>Radical religious groups represent a minority in Pakistan, and General Musharraf's crackdown on militants has broad public support. But there is some resistance, even within the government, to taking strong measures against the religious schools.</p>
<p>It is Kashmir that worries many analysts the most. Since the general's speech, there has been little sign that substantive steps have been taken to ease tensions there.</p>
<p>Half a million Indian troops have massed in the area to reinforce a demand that Pakistanis stop crossing the demarcation line to carry out acts of violence, and they remain in what Pakistan says is an aggressive posture. Tensions escalated in December when
 a group of terrorists mounted a suicide attack on the Indian Parliament. India blamed Pakistani militants, although American officials said they did not believe that General Musharraf was involved.</p>
<p>The general seemed to be announcing a new policy in his speech on Jan. 12 when he said, "No organization will be allowed to perpetuate terrorism behind the garb of the Kashmiri cause."</p>
<p>He also seemed to be taking action in the arrests that followed. About half of the detainees belonged to groups involved in the Kashmir conflict. Two major groups blamed for violence in Kashmir and India were banned: Lashkar-e-Taiba and Jaish-e-Muhammad.
 The United States had already declared both to be terrorist groups and had frozen their assets.</p>
<p>But many of those arrested have now been released. The leader of Lashkar-e-Taiba, Hafiz Muhammad Saeed, has been freed. Masood Azhar, who heads Jaish-e-Muhammad, has been moved to house arrest.</p>
<p>Turning Pakistan against the Taliban, which it had supported and helped to create, was General Musharraf's first major change in policy, and it aroused a much weaker and less violent response here than had been feared.</p>
<p>Taking the next step — backing away from confrontation in Kashmir — is a much more difficult political step to take.</p>
<p>In his speech, the general put the issue starkly. "Kashmir runs in our blood," he said. The territory has been the cause of wars and rebellion since the partition of India and Pakistan in 1947, and what India may call terrorism, many in Pakistan see as holy
 war.</p>
<p>Analysts are now waiting for the winter snows to melt in the mountains of Kashmir to see whether there will be a genuine thaw in the standoff.</p>
<p>At the time of General Musharraf's speech, the Indian defense minister, George Fernandes, said, "Any efforts at de-escalation can come only — I repeat, only — if and when crossborder terrorism is effectively stopped."</p>
<p>Since then, according to one Pakistani security official, a sense of grievance has emerged here over the absence of any peace gesture by India in response to the speech.</p>
<p>As the warm weather of spring approaches, it is not clear that Pakistan is prepared to act to halt the infiltrations. There is considerable sympathy for the militants within the army, sentiments that the president must take into account and may not find
 entirely alien.</p>
<p>"On Sept. 10, these guys were virtually the auxiliaries of the armed forces and some of their internal activities were sort of winked at," said M. A. Niazi, a columnist for The Nation, a daily newspaper. "So having picked them all up, there's obviously some
 indication that they've been told to lie low like Br'er Rabbit and say nothing for the time being."</p>
<p>In Pakistan's new antiterrorism stance, analysts see a distinction between the government's attitude toward groups that pose the kind of broad threat that concerns the United States and those that focus on Kashmir. Some of the groups associated with Kashmir
 do, however, share the anti-American ideology prevalent here among Islamic fundamentalists.</p>
<p>The release of Mr. Saeed of Lashkar-e-Taiba may involve an agreement that his group will limit its activities to Kashmir, one security official said.</p>
<p>Another group, Hezbul Mujahedeen, which is based in the Pakistani area of Kashmir and has focused all along on that conflict, escaped the government ban entirely. According to one theory among both foreign and Pakistani analysts, the government might now
 shift to a posture of greater deniability, reducing the holy war movement in Pakistan and painting the conflict as a purely local insurgency.</p>
<p>"They are running a freedom movement and they have the backing of the local people," said a Pakistani intelligence official. "They have every international right to do this."</p>
<p>Whatever may be happening on the ground, there does not seem to be an easing of this hard-line viewpoint.</p>
<p>Hamid Gul, a former head of the intelligence agency, Inter Services Intelligence, is one of the don't-get-me-started voices defending militancy.</p>
<p>"Kashmir is divided along the line of control," he said. "That's worse than the Berlin Wall. Why should there be a hue and cry if some people are scaling this Berlin Wall and fighting on the other side? They are a divided nation, they are oppressed, subjugated
 and held under the tyranny of the Indian gun."</p>
<p>His remarks may sound extreme, but they are almost routine here. Newspapers print sentiments like this almost every day.</p>
</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<table width="100%" border="0">
<tbody>
<tr>
<td width="100%">
<p><b>International Media</b></p>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="100%">
<p style="text-align:center"><b>Ministry Of External Affairs, India</b></p>
</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>31/01/2012 10:57:25</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/18157/Pakistans+Hard+Line+on+Terror+Shows+Signs+of+Softening</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">18157</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>18158</publicationdataID>
      <title>Political tragedy for U.S., Musharraf</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<table width="100%" border="0">
<tbody>
<tr>
<td width="100%"><b>Political tragedy for U.S., Musharraf</b>
<p><b>The Chicago Tribune</b><b> <br />
</b><b>By </b><b>George Perkovich. George Perkovich is a senior associate with the Carnegie Endowment for International Peace</b><b>
<br />
April 28, 2002</b></p>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td dir="ltr">
<p><b>L</b>ike a hero of classical tragedy, Pakistan's President Pervez Musharraf seems increasingly trapped. No matter how well-intentioned, his choices lead relentlessly to an unhappy ending. By calling a referendum on Tuesday, Musharraf seeks a political
 and constitutional legitimacy that his opponents will never grant him. The only way forward is for the army and political parties to reform and establish the primacy of the rule of law. As patron and critic of this drama, the U.S. also has a major stake in
 this outcome.<br />
<br />
The plot of the recurring Pakistani drama is simple. Corrupt civilian governments create economic and social crisis, the army chief takes over. The U.S., desiring Pakistan's help to fight a nearby evil (communism in the '50s and '60s, Soviets in Afghanistan
 in the '80s, terrorism now), embraces the man in uniform. In time, the army's strong hand becomes a dead weight, stifling the development of democratic institutions and new leadership. Eventually, military defeat or other setbacks drive the army back to barracks.
 The cycle starts again--with everything and everyone more desperate.<br />
<br />
The tragedy now unfolding began with Musharraf's October 1999 coup, which displaced the avaricious, incompetent but fairly elected government of Nawaz Sharif. Pakistan's Supreme Court, in legitimating the 1999 coup, ruled that elections must be held by October
 2002. The Pakistani Constitution dictates that an elected parliament shall select or affirm the president.<br />
<br />
Tuesday's referendum is Musharraf's way to popularly validate his superior power as president for five more years and to pre-empt the outcome of the October elections. He seeks to protect his primacy from the machinations of the two major political parties
 and their leaders--Nawaz Sharif of the Muslim League and Benazir Bhutto of the Pakistan Peoples Party. Bhutto and Sharif each have governed, failed, and fallen twice. Both are in de facto exile. Both wish to ride back into power on a wave of votes from desperate,
 patronage-dependent elites.<br />
<br />
In terms of policy substance, a strong case can be made that the Musharraf government displays more integrity and effectiveness than the governments of Bhutto and Sharif ever did.<br />
<br />
Still, Pakistan is supposed to be a democracy and Musharraf recognizes that his position and the future progress of Pakistan will not be sustainable if the government's legitimacy is not settled through democratic principles. He seeks to undo this knot by saying
 that "true democracy" has two elements. One is the process of elections; the second is the way the government functions. As a results-oriented general, the latter is more important: "People say I am not elected, but the true essence of democracy is there now."
 Elections will "put the label on it."<br />
<br />
This is Musharraf's big, perhaps tragic mistake. Politicians will not accept the referendum as a substitute for their own constitutional role in selecting the president. Whatever happens on Tuesday, the big political crisis will come after the October elections,
 unless Musharraf supporters win free and fair elections. Musharraf's lack of a political party base makes this unlikely, despite his personal popularity.<br />
<br />
Rather than focusing on Musharraf as the embodiment of reform, as the referendum has, the light should shine on the political institutions that must be reformed if progress is to be sustained. Respected Pakistani figures, led by former finance minister and
 World Bank vice president Javed Burki, have proposed a slate of electoral and party reforms that would in particular make political parties more open and accountable. Without such reforms, "democracy" in Pakistan will remain an exercise in patronage and power.<br />
<br />
As a democratic Pakistani commentator noted recently, "The single greatest sin of Pakistan's politicians is their failure to make their political parties into enduring institutions. Our parties are one-person pantomimes. . . . Take that one person away and
 the pantomime crumbles. ... Not one of Pakistan's political parties has ever held a meaningful internal election."<br />
<br />
The period between now and the October elections is vital. The best way for the U.S. to support its new friend will not be to concentrate on his virtues or vices, but to insist on broader political reforms. U.S. officials and observers should use their unavoidable
 roles as patrons and critics to call attention to the vital challenge of reforming political parties and setting fair rules for the electoral game. Real reform also requires the army genuinely to transfer political and economic power to civilians.<br />
<br />
As important, the "rule of law" needs to be written back into the Pakistani script. Without the international community's insistence, and organized pressure from Pakistanis, the October campaign will not feature advocacy of the rule of law as a way out of the
 eternal mess of Pakistani politics. As long as the Pakistani state is not built on the rule of law, and politics does not rise above personality feuds, it will never be stable. Individuals and corporations will not invest their talents or money in such a petty,
 unreliable setting.<br />
<br />
As the recurring Pakistani drama plays out, the United States should adopt policies and rhetoric that support short-term interests and themes that travel well to other lands and times.<br />
<br />
Political and electoral reform, and the rule of law, fit this bill without prejudicing the fate of America's friend Pervez Musharraf.</p>
</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<table width="100%" border="0">
<tbody>
<tr>
<td width="100%">
<p><b>International Media</b></p>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="100%">
<p style="text-align:center"><b>Ministry Of External Affairs, India</b></p>
</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>31/01/2012 11:04:04</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/18158/Political+tragedy+for+US+Musharraf</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">18158</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>18160</publicationdataID>
      <title>Cross-border military actions target Taliban, Qaeda pockets</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<table width="100%" border="0">
<tbody>
<tr>
<td width="100%">
<p><b>Cross-border military actions target Taliban, Qaeda pockets </b></p>
<p><b>By </b><b>Brian MacQuarrie, Globe Staff and Bryan Bender, Globe Correspondent</b><b>
<br />
Kabul, </b><b>Afghanistan</b><b> - April 26, 2002</b></p>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td dir="ltr">
<p><b>A</b>merican troops are now conducting search and destroy missions on both sides of the border with Pakistan, squeezing the last remnants of Al Qaeda and Taliban resistance into a steadily shrinking area of Pakistan's mountainous frontier, a senior Afghan
 defense official said yesterday. <br />
<br />
The US special forces operation has been so successful, the official said, that Paktika and Paktia provinces along Afghanistan's southeast border have been ''cleared'' of meaningful opposition in the last month. As a result, the covert US campaign recently
 moved into Pakistan with a pincer movement that has encircled and steadily reduced the field of battle along the rugged border east of the Afghan city of Khost, said the defense official, who asked not to be identified.
<br />
<br />
In Washington, however, military officials denied the presence of US troops, saying reports of the special forces operations inside Pakistani territory are inaccurate.
<br />
<br />
''There are no US military personnel in the area,'' said a senior defense official who asked not to be identified. He acknowledged, however, that plans to mount cross-border raids have been in the works for some time, and he did not rule out that other US government
 forces, including the CIA, which has mounted some of its own raids in the Afghan war, might be in the region.
<br />
<br />
But General Nematullah Jalili, chief of Afghanistan's domestic intelligence agency, confirmed yesterday that US special forces are operating inside Pakistan. ''America has to do so,'' Jalili said. ''Most of Al Qaeda are now in Pakistan.''
<br />
<br />
The cross-border US military operation was also confirmed by a senior Pakistani interior official, who said that about 40 American soldiers, supported by US helicopters and fixed-wing aircraft, are fighting in the Waziristan tribal area east of Khost. The Pakistani
 official said the US operation began about four days ago. <br />
<br />
US and Pakistani officials have said little publicly about joint operations in Pakistan, concerned that such activities could fan antigovernment activism by religious parties sympathetic to the Taliban and Al Qaeda and critical of President Pervez Musharraf's
 alliance with the United States. <br />
<br />
Reports of US military activity in Pakistan can only be a complication for Musharraf, who has called for a national referendum Tuesday to extend his presidency by five years. Government officials in Islamabad continue to deny that the US military is operating
 in Pakistan against a foe that finds recruits, support, and shelter in the country.
<br />
<br />
The top military spokesman for Musharraf denied that US troops had crossed the border. ''No US forces are operating inside Pakistan, but there are communication and intelligence experts here,'' said Major General Rashid Qureshi. ''They are sharing with us what
 they find from across the border. The Americans have electronic capabilities that are far better than ours.''
<br />
<br />
US diplomats in Islamabad would neither confirm nor deny that American troops are operating inside the country. ''We've been cooperating very closely with the Pakistani government to track down members of Al Qaeda and the Taliban,'' said John Kincannon, an
 embassy spokesman. ''We've had excellent cooperation, and that cooperation continues.''
<br />
<br />
Still, officials speaking on condition of anonymity said the covert missions are part of a two-pronged strategy to destroy remaining pockets of Taliban and Al Qaeda resistance. The search and destroy operations, backed by US aircraft, are targeting enemy fighters
 who escaped the US-led military campain in Afghanistan and are suspected of regrouping to wage a guerrilla campaign against allied forces.
<br />
<br />
Following last month's Operation Anaconda, in which thousands of US and allied forces attacked hundreds of Taliban and Al Qaeda fighters in the mountains of eastern Afghanistan, an unknown number of enemy forces escaped despite allied efforts to close off the
 mountain passes and other escape routes. <br />
<br />
The Afghan defense official insisted that the war crossed the border when Al Qaeda and Taliban fighters fled northeast through Paktika Province, into and out of Paktia Province, and finally into Pakistan. The official said Afghan troops assisted US soldiers
 in that campaign, but stopped their advance at the border. <br />
<br />
This time, hundreds of British troops are being used to reinforce Afghan and US units in Nangarnar Province, north of the Pakistan frontier village of Parachinar.
<br />
<br />
<i>MacQuarrie reported from Kabul and Bender from Washington. </i></p>
</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<table width="100%" border="0">
<tbody>
<tr>
<td width="100%">
<p><b>International Media</b></p>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="100%">
<p style="text-align:center"><b>Ministry Of External Affairs, India</b></p>
</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>31/01/2012 11:10:41</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/18160/Crossborder+military+actions+target+Taliban+Qaeda+pockets</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">18160</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>18162</publicationdataID>
      <title>Officials Say Qaeda Suspect Has Given Useful Information</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<table width="100%" border="0">
<tbody>
<tr>
<td width="100%"><b>Officials Say Qaeda Suspect Has Given Useful Information</b><b>
<br />
<br />
The </b><b>New York Times</b> <b><br />
By </b><b>Philip Shenon<br />
April 26, 2002</b></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td dir="ltr">
<p><b>A</b>merican officials said today that they had verified the accuracy of some of the information provided by a captured senior leader of Al Qaeda, and expressed cautious optimism that he would eventually divulge more detailed information about the terrorist
 network and the whereabouts of its surviving leaders, including Osama bin Laden.<br />
<br />
The suspect, Abu Zubaydah, is the most senior Qaeda figure captured since Sept. 11.
<br />
<br />
"This is a work in progress," said an American official, describing the interrogations of Mr. Zubaydah, which are being carried out by the C.I.A. and the F.B.I. at an undisclosed location overseas. "Some of what he says is hard to confirm or deny, but other
 information is proving to have some accuracy to it. Some of it is proving to be quite valuable. These people who tell you that he's just playing with us, that's being excessively cynical."<br />
<br />
Few Qaeda leaders would know more than Mr. Zubaydah, a Palestinian in his early 30's who was Mr. bin Laden's chief of operations. He was the principal recruiter for Al Qaeda's terrorist camps in Afghanistan and is believed to know the identity of members who
 are hiding around the world in so-called sleeper cells.<br />
<br />
Representative Porter J. Goss, a Florida Republican who is chairman of the House Intelligence Committee and has been briefed on the interrogations, would not provide details of Mr. Zubaydah's purported confessions. But he said in a telephone interview, "The
 Abu Zubaydah story is a good story, with more to come."<br />
<br />
American officials said they had still not been able to confirm the truthfulness of the most important claims made by Mr. Zubaydah, including his assertions that Al Qaeda had been close to building a crude nuclear device and that the group might attack American
 banks or shopping centers. On the basis of that information, the F.B.I. has issued terrorist alerts over the past week.<br />
<br />
Officials say they fear that some of Mr. Zubaydah's claims are disinformation, possibly an attempt to create panic among the American public or to divert officials away from investigations that might foil future attacks. They say he may be attempting to mix
 truthful statements about matters of only limited importance to the terrorist network with lies and false leads on larger issues.<br />
<br />
Senator Richard C. Shelby of Alabama, the ranking Republican on the Senate Intelligence Committee, said in an interview, "We have to be very wary of anything these people tell us." He noted that Mr. Zubaydah and other Qaeda terrorists were carefully trained
 in techniques of disinformation. "These people are very smart, very well trained and very hard core," he said.<br />
<br />
Government officials have revealed little about how and where they are interrogating Mr. Zubaydah and his associates, who were captured last month in Pakistan. They have refused to comment on reports that Mr. Zubaydah had been transferred to a military base
 in Pakistan or on Diego Garcia, in the Indian Ocean. They did confirm that the questioning was being carried out by counterterrorism specialists from the Central Intelligence Agency and the Federal Bureau of Investigation, working with the assistance of psychologists
 and other specialists.<br />
<br />
Mr. Zubaydah, they said, had grown more talkative as he has recovered from serious gunshot wounds suffered in the shootout during his capture by the Pakistani police. "He's getting better," said one official. "He's doing all right now. He's certainly coherent."<br />
<br />
The Bush administration has insisted that Mr. Zubaydah and other suspects will not be subjected to any form of torture. But officials said other, nonviolent forms of coercion were being used, including sleep deprivation and a variety of psychological techniques
 that are meant to inspire fear.<br />
<br />
Officials say they face unusual and uncomfortable challenges in interrogating Mr. Zubaydah, both because he is believed to be willing, even eager, to die as a martyr for his cause, and because he has been so well trained in deception.<br />
<br />
"How do you deal with somebody who may feel, truly, that there is nothing to lose?" one official asked, noting that during the cold war, American interrogators could often persuade a spy to talk by promising asylum in the United States or by offering large
 amounts of money. "I don't think those hold much appeal to Mr. Zubaydah."<br />
<br />
American officials denied news reports that the Bush administration had leaked information over the last week about Mr. Zubaydah's purported confessions in an effort to stir up communications among his former terrorist colleagues, perhaps in an effort to catch
 them as they swapped telephone calls or e-mail messages.</p>
</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<table width="100%" border="0">
<tbody>
<tr>
<td width="100%">
<p><b>International Media</b></p>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="100%">
<p style="text-align:center"><b>Ministry Of External Affairs, India</b></p>
</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>31/01/2012 11:16:21</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/18162/Officials+Say+Qaeda+Suspect+Has+Given+Useful+Information</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">18162</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>18163</publicationdataID>
      <title>U.S. Told of More Possible Attacks</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<table width="100%" border="0">
<tbody>
<tr>
<td width="100%"><b>U.S. Told of More Possible Attacks<br />
<br />
<br />
The </b><b>Washington Post Staff Writers</b> <b><br />
By </b><b>Dan Eggen and Bill Miller</b> <br />
<b>April 25, 2002</b></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td dir="ltr">
<p><b>Malls, Markets on Alleged Target List </b></p>
<p><b>A</b> captive al Qaeda lieutenant, who has already warned of plans to attack banks in the Northeast and assemble radiation bombs, has also told U.S. interrogators that supermarkets and shopping malls are possible targets for terrorist assaults, officials
 said yesterday.<br />
<br />
The latest statements by Abu Zubaida, a senior aide to Osama bin Laden recently captured in Pakistan, led the FBI to issue an internal warning Tuesday to FBI field offices that was forwarded to anti-terrorism task forces nationwide.<br />
<br />
But U.S. officials cautioned yesterday that the information was vague and unsubstantiated, and said intelligence analysts are divided over whether the claims made by Abu Zubaida are reliable.<br />
<br />
Abu Zubaida, 31, a former military field director for bin Laden, is being interrogated by the CIA and FBI at an undisclosed location, said to be in Pakistan.<br />
<br />
"You just can't assess his credibility with any certainty," a law enforcement official said. "Everyone's got a theory on why he's saying all this stuff, but at the end of the day, you have to do the appropriate thing and issue these alerts. . . . They're just
 going to keep coming."<br />
<br />
Abu Zubaida provided the information that led the FBI to issue a public warning last Friday to financial institutions in the northeastern and mid-Atlantic United States of a possible attack. He also told interrogators that al Qaeda has tried unsuccessfully
 to develop a radiation bomb.<br />
<br />
Officials said yesterday that the information about supermarkets and shopping centers was too vague to warrant a public announcement. In the case of the bank warning, the information included a specific region and sector of the economy.<br />
<br />
"This information is much more general in nature," said Gordon Johndroe, a spokesman for Homeland Security Director Tom Ridge. "It's just information. It's not really an alert. . . . While we need to be aware of our surroundings and vigilant, we don't need
 to be telling people not to go out to shopping centers and supermarkets."<br />
<br />
Ridge unveiled a national alert system last month to help the public gauge the seriousness of terrorist threats. Ever since, the nation has been in a "yellow" stage of alert, which is the midpoint of a five-color spectrum.<br />
<br />
Bill Berger, police chief in North Miami Beach and president of the International Association of Chiefs of Police, said late yesterday he hadn't received any information on the warning yet. He said he's not sure what he would do with it anyway.<br />
<br />
"There's only about a million of those," Berger said of the prevelance of malls and supermarkets.<br />
<br />
Also yesterday, the State Department alerted Americans abroad that terrorists may be preparing to strike, especially in the Persian Gulf and Arabian Peninsula. A statement said "softer targets" may be selected by terrorists because security at U.S. installations
 has been strengthened.</p>
</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<table width="100%" border="0">
<tbody>
<tr>
<td width="100%">
<p><b>International Media</b></p>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="100%">
<p style="text-align:center"><b>Ministry Of External Affairs, India</b></p>
</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>31/01/2012 11:23:28</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/18163/US+Told+of+More+Possible+Attacks</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">18163</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>18165</publicationdataID>
      <title>Confession Arises Again at Secret Trial</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<table width="100%" border="0">
<tbody>
<tr>
<td width="100%"><b>Confession Arises Again at Secret Trial</b>
<p><b>The </b><b>New York Times</b> <b><br />
By </b><b>Seth Mydans<br />
</b><b>April 24, 2002</b></p>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td dir="ltr">
<p><b>K</b>arachi, Pakistan, April 23 — A startling confession blurted out in court in February was the center of testimony today in the trial of four men accused of kidnapping and killing the Wall Street Journal reporter Daniel Pearl.<br />
<br />
Two police officers who were present at the time said the main defendant, Ahmed Omar Sheikh, had admitted responsibility and had said he did not wish to defend himself, his lawyer, Abdul Waheed Katpar, said after the court adjourned today. He said Mr. Sheikh
 had listened without statement as his statements were repeated to the court.<br />
<br />
The trial is closed to the media.<br />
<br />
Mr. Sheikh, 28, has not publicly repeated his confession and on Monday pleaded not guilty.<br />
<br />
Both the defense lawyers and the prosecutor, Raja Qureshi, said the introduction of the confession, which was not made under oath, did not stand on firm legal ground.<br />
<br />
Investigators who have dealt with Mr. Sheikh say he sometimes makes conflicting statements. He had seemed an accomplished con man when he lured three Westerners into an earlier kidnapping, in 1994, for which he was convicted in India. He was freed in 1999 in
 return for the passengers on a hijacked airliner.<br />
<br />
But the courtroom confession in February, which was overheard by reporters, carried a chilling air of veracity. Weary and grim, according to those reporters, Mr. Sheikh spoke in a voice that was barely above a whisper.<br />
<br />
"I don't want to defend this case," he told the judge in February. "I did this. Right or wrong, I had my reasons. I think that our country shouldn't be catering to America's needs."<br />
<br />
Speaking of Mr. Pearl, for whom the police were still searching, he added, "As far as I understand, he's dead."<br />
<br />
It is not clear now whether Mr. Pearl, 38, had been killed when Mr. Sheikh spoke, on Feb. 14. The reporter disappeared on Jan. 23, apparently on his way to a secret meeting as he researched a story on Islamic terrorists.<br />
<br />
Mr. Sheikh is accused of entrapping Mr. Pearl, then ordering the sending of e-mail messages that demanded ransom and displayed photographs of Mr. Pearl in custody. On Feb. 21, American diplomats received a videotape with a graphic depiction of the murder.<br />
<br />
Apart from the confession described today, prosecutors say they have only circumstantial evidence against Mr. Sheikh and his co- defendants, Salman Saqib, Fahad Naseem and Sheik Mohammad Adeel, who are accused of sending the e-mail messages. They have also
 pleaded not guilty.<br />
<br />
On Monday a taxi driver testified that he had driven Mr. Pearl to a meeting with Mr. Sheikh on the evening he disappeared.<br />
<br />
Today Jamil Yusuf, who heads a citizens' anticrime group that was involved in the investigation, said Mr. Pearl had been in his office when the reporter received a telephone call setting a meeting for 7 p.m.<br />
<br />
When he learned the next day that Mr. Pearl was missing, Mr. Yusuf said, he obtained telephone records that traced the call to one of seven men who are still being sought in connection with the kidnapping and murder.
</p>
</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<table width="100%" border="0">
<tbody>
<tr>
<td width="100%">
<p><b>International Media</b></p>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="100%">
<p style="text-align:center"><b>Ministry Of External Affairs, India</b></p>
</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>31/01/2012 11:29:42</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/18165/Confession+Arises+Again+at+Secret+Trial</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">18165</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>18167</publicationdataID>
      <title>Pakistan's dubious referendum</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<table width="100%" border="0">
<tbody>
<tr>
<td width="100%"><b>Pakistan's dubious referendum</b>
<p><b>The </b><b>Chicago Tribune</b><b> <br />
April 24, 2002</b></p>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td dir="ltr">
<p><b>P</b>ervez Musharraf is campaigning hard to persuade Pakistanis to cast their votes for him to serve another five years in the presidency. But there's something conspicuously lacking from his campaign: an opponent.<br />
<br />
Musharraf, who led a military overthrow of Prime Minister Nawaz Sharif in 1999, has decided he needs a measure of democratic validation to strengthen his position. So he is holding a referendum April 30 to give his citizens a chance to express their sentiments
 on whether he should continue in power. There seems no doubt that the votes will go his way.<br />
<br />
This dubious plebiscite creates considerable discomfort in the U.S. government, which imposed sanctions on Pakistan after Musharraf's coup but lifted them in gratitude for his indispensable help in the war against the Taliban and Al Qaeda. Washington does not
 like to invite criticism for hypocrisy, which it is getting from Musharraf's detractors.<br />
<br />
But the Bush administration's dependence on the general for cooperation in fighting terrorism means it can ill afford to break with him over his undemocratic policies. Object too strenuously, and the U.S. military might lose the bases it has been using in Pakistan.
 The Pakistani security services, which recently arrested one of the highest-ranking leaders of Al Qaeda, might also lose interest in locking up terrorists.<br />
<br />
At the same time, no one in the U.S. romanticizes the democracy that Musharraf dismantled. It coexisted with corruption, human rights abuses, rampant violence and terrible poverty.<br />
<br />
Still, American diplomats ought to be speaking frankly with their Pakistani counterparts about the dangers of trying to put a false democratic veneer over what remains an autocracy. Critics complain that the nation's leader is supposed to be chosen by elected
 legislators, making Musharraf's innovation illegal. The two main political parties have denounced it as a charade.<br />
<br />
The incumbent doesn't seem to shrink from winning by any means necessary. Government employees have been required to show up for his appearances. The ballot will include a list of Musharraf's achievements, for those voters who need to be reminded.<br />
<br />
The opposition won't be allowed to hold mass meetings to persuade voters to vote no--or to stay home in protest. Musharraf has barred the return from exile of his two elected predecessors, Sharif and Benazir Bhutto, who might rally voters against him.<br />
<br />
The leader of the country's biggest Islamic party was arrested following a protest in Lahore. The president has loosened voting rules and lowered the voting age to avoid the embarrassment of a puny turnout that would taint his victory.<br />
<br />
But any victory will be tainted by the simple fact that this is not a real election--and doesn't promise to lead to real elections. The only way Musharraf can prove his right to govern is to submit himself to the rough and tumble of an authentic, competitive
 campaign.<br />
<br />
For the moment, at least, the Bush administration is in a weak position to demand reforms from Musharraf. But it shouldn't encourage his delusion that the referendum will confer on him a legitimacy that he hasn't earned.</p>
</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<table width="100%" border="0">
<tbody>
<tr>
<td width="100%">
<p><b>International Media</b></p>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="100%">
<p style="text-align:center"><b>Ministry Of External Affairs, India</b></p>
</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>31/01/2012 11:34:48</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/18167/Pakistans+dubious+referendum</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">18167</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>18170</publicationdataID>
      <title>How in a Little British Town Jihad Found Young Converts</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<table width="100%" border="0">
<tbody>
<tr>
<td width="100%"><b>How in a Little British Town Jihad Found Young Converts</b>
<p><b>The </b><b>New York Times</b> <b><br />
By </b><b>Amy Waldman</b><b> <br />
April 24, 2002</b></p>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td dir="ltr">
<p><b>T</b>ipton, England — The young men lived within a few blocks of one another in a Muslim pocket in this small town near Birmingham. They were out of school and often on the streets, in the occasional fight, sometime smokers of marijuana. They were, in
 the slang of the British Midlands, "dossers" — slackers, layabouts. <br />
<br />
So when they renounced the street for Islam, gave up their bad habits for prayer, their parents — immigrants from Pakistan and Bangladesh — were pleased. Neighbors were bemused: the drifters had found faith.
<br />
<br />
Last fall, four young men announced that they were leaving for Pakistan — for a computer course, a holiday, an arranged marriage — then disappeared. Their families had no word until January, when the Foreign Office called. Three of them — Shafiq Rasul, Asif
 Iqbal and Ruhal Ahmed — had been captured with the Taliban in Afghanistan and taken to Camp X-Ray in Guantánamo Bay, Cuba.<br />
<br />
The fourth, Munir Ali, believed to have accompanied them into Afghanistan, is missing.
<br />
<br />
No one knows precisely what drove them to Afghanistan — whether they went to take up arms or offer aid. What is clear is that in Tipton, as across Britain, the seeds were there: a Muslim generation uncertain of its identity and prospects, angry at the treatment
 of Muslims the world over, and prey to recruitment, by individual journeymen and potent imagery, to militant Islam.
<br />
<br />
The "Tipton Taliban" were just four young men in a corner of one small town in England. But their story is a window into the psychic journey being taken in immigrant communities across Western Europe as young Muslims are swept up by an orthodox, and often politicized,
 form of Islam far removed from the "Friday Prayers" version of their elders.<br />
<br />
Some of the youths are stagnant or unemployed, others breezily successful. Either way, in a poignant kink in the immigrant arc, they have often deemed immaterial all the material comforts their parents emigrated for.<br />
<br />
Today, the Taliban are fallen and Al Qaeda is, at least temporarily, in some disarray. The world's attention has shifted to another group of angry young Muslims — the Palestinians battling Israel. Still, here in Britain, what one jihad champion calls the "nexus
 of politics and religion and frustration" remains unbroken. If anything, it has been fortified by events in the Middle East.
<br />
<br />
These young men were ripe for being swept up. They lived a small-town ennui that could make trouble attractive because at least it made them feel alive. Asif Iqbal, 20, was hyper and excitable. He liked to test the limits. He had left school at 16, run with
 a wild crowd for a while, and blown a chance at college. <br />
<br />
He lived with both his Pakistani-born parents but often seemed on his own. His father, 68 and retired, was busy with leisure pursuits. His mother was uneducated and mentally a bit unwell. "He had no one to give him advice," a friend said.<br />
<br />
He worked the night shift at an office postal service and spent most of his free time in the street, other than a Sunday afternoon soccer game. In 1999, he and a friend, also now in Camp X-Ray, had fought with other Asian youths in a nearby town, hurting one
 so badly he was left scarred.<br />
<br />
<b>A Refuge for Muslim Activists</b><br />
<br />
When he turned toward Islam, then, Asif Iqbal did not do so in half-measures. What began as a mild curiosity soon became aggressive, even confrontational.<br />
<br />
His path was already a well-trodden one. Britain has during the last two decades become a refuge unmatched in Europe for Muslim activists, scholars and clerics fleeing repressive governments in the Arab world or North Africa, and thus a center of Islamist influence.<br />
<br />
Richard Reid, who tried to detonate a shoe-bomb on a trans-Atlantic flight, came to radical Islam at London's mosques; so did Zacarias Moussaoui, the only person charged in the Sept. 11 terror attacks. Djamel Beghal, accused of plotting an attack on the American
 Embassy in Paris, sought spiritual tutelage there. Ahmed Omar Sheikh, who is on trial in Pakistan accused of the kidnapping and murder of Daniel Pearl, grew up in Britain, the child of prosperous Pakistani parents.
<br />
<br />
In all, no one knows how many of the newly radicalized have actually taken the journey from Britain to jihad. But over the last decade, members of the jihad movement say, hundreds have gone for training or fighting in Bosnia, Chechnya and Afghanistan. A document
 found by New York Times reporters at a Kabul house used by the Islamic militant group Harkat ul-Mujahedeen lists nine trainees, identified by code name, from Britain.
<br />
<br />
Since Sept. 11, the presence of so many radicals, and a number of tantalizing, if ambiguous, terrorist links, have prompted other European nations to accuse Britain of being soft on terrorism.<br />
<br />
Stung by the criticism and fearful that Britain will become a target for supporting America's war on terror, the government is using tough, even draconian, new laws to crack down on extremism. It is also trying to better understand why young men like Mr. Iqbal
 turn to militancy. <br />
<br />
The young men of Tipton are out of British hands, for now. Whether they will be tried here or in America, or simply go free, is unclear. For now, they pass their days in sunbaked cages in Camp X-Ray, far from the Midlands drizzle.<br />
<br />
<b>At Ease in Neither Land</b><br />
<br />
Their families and friends have mostly put forward the same defense: the boys were too Westernized for fundamentalism to creep in. They were irreligious; they had to be prodded to mosque. They drank. They smoked. They went clubbing and chased girls.<br />
<br />
Asif Iqbal preferred snooker and soccer to politics, his father told one newspaper. Shafiq Rasul's brothers said he wore Armani, as if that alone was impregnable armor against extremism.
<br />
<br />
It is a disorienting image: Muslim immigrant parents defending their children on grounds of decadence.<br />
<br />
But it hints at the forces pulling at this immigrant second generation, the first to be British raised. Their parents had brought their home country to their host country and so lived comfortably in both. Their sons seemed at ease in neither.
<br />
<br />
Aziz ul-Hak, 22, was Asif Iqbal's best friend, and if, like most people here, he isn't terribly forthcoming about what happened, he is willing to talk a bit about his own "stressful" in-between life.<br />
<br />
He speaks Bengali with his father and Birmingham English with his mates. His uniform is Nikes and a baseball cap, his wife a Bangladeshi his father picked. He does not feel particularly British, but in Bangladesh that's all he feels — a rich Briton ripe for
 ripping off.<br />
<br />
His father came from Bangladesh in 1963, part of a great migration of former imperial subjects from the Indian subcontinent invited to toil in Britain's factories. Many came here to the West Midlands, creating in Victoria Park Estate in Tipton a community that
 feels like a sari beneath a drab, gray English coat.<br />
<br />
<b>In Truth, a Place Apart</b><br />
<br />
It is just six or so streets of linked plain prewar houses in neat uninterrupted rows. But behind the doors, the South Asian village culture survives, in the handmade chapatis, the parentally arranged marriages and the mildly intoxicating Bangladeshi leaf stored
 in a basket by the register at the Pakeeza grocery store. <br />
<br />
All this has made for the appearance of quirky cultural fusion. Pep's Park Lane Chippy serves curry sauce as well as fish and chips. Bollywood and Hollywood share space at the video store. Young Muslims study at the Roman Catholic school.
<br />
<br />
But, in truth, the Park Estate is a place apart, a lace-curtained ghetto surrounded by the whites who make up 86 percent of Tipton's 50,000 residents. Around Tipton, young Asian men who wear Moschino jeans and gold earrings in one ear also hear themselves referred
 to as "Pakis." <br />
<br />
It cannot help that the entire economic basis of this world has fallen away. The factories are mostly closed now. Aziz ul-Hak thinks himself lucky to work at a food shop, since in Tipton many young Muslims do not work at all. More graduate to prison than university.<br />
<br />
"The main thing with our teenagers is a drug problem, not a religious problem," says Bashrhan Khan, 34.
<br />
<br />
Similar social strains among young South Asians prompted riots in some British towns last summer. Tipton's afflictions have been milder, but jarring nonetheless. A few years ago, gangs of young whites came through the Park Estate yanking off Muslim women's
 head scarfs.<br />
<br />
<b>The Pull Between Cultures</b><br />
<br />
The Asians settled the score, sometimes violently, but felt personally betrayed by onetime schoolmates. Two years ago, the right-wing British National Party, whose Web site now features a "Campaign Against Islam," won 24 percent of the vote in a local election.
<br />
<br />
This was the circumscribed stage on which the young men who disappeared were playing out their lives. They had left school at 16 and were living at home, two on the same street.
<br />
<br />
Ruhal Ahmed, 20, was a takeaway worker and skilled kickboxer who felt the pull between cultures more acutely than most. A Bengali, he had fallen in love with a local Pakistani girl. In Tipton, this was not done. Parents picked partners back home. The Park Estate
 was too small to be disrupted by love. <br />
<br />
Shafiq Rasul, 24, was 6 foot 2 and model-handsome, by his brothers' reckoning. His father had come from India 35 years ago to work in a factory, and died four years ago. The son's purpose seemed less clear: shy Shafiq had dropped out of college or "taken some
 time off," and was working part time at an electronics store.<br />
<br />
Munir Ali, 21, now missing, was also Bengali. Sweet and simple, he had struggled to find work, relying, as many young people here do, on temporary jobs. Before he left, he wasn't working at all.<br />
<br />
As he searched for his place, his older sister had found hers — unusual in a culture where women rarely work outside the home. She had won election to the local council, the first Asian woman to do so.
<br />
<br />
After the news broke about her missing brother, she issued a statement: "We have grown up in Britain in a Western society. All members of our family share and respect British values."<br />
<br />
Those values, like freedom of speech and human rights, have drawn Islamic dissidents seeking haven from repression at home. Some have used Britain as a base for influencing their home countries' politics, through writing, lobbying or fund-raising.
<br />
<br />
But others are steadily kneading the identity crises of Britain's young South Asians, as well as converts like Richard Reid. These purveyors of radicalism single out moderate mosques, prisons and universities. Their foil is the West — its actions, its policies,
 even the very freedoms they use to malign it.<br />
<br />
On a Wednesday night in Luton, just north of London, 20 or so brown young men crowd into the Islamic Educational Center to hear the Syrian-born Sheik Omar Bakri Muhammad. Sons of Pakistani or Bangladeshi immigrants, most wear Western dress.
<br />
<br />
"They want to keep calling us Pakis, bloody Arabs, brown Kaffirs," Mr. Bakri says.
<br />
<br />
He caresses a bushy beard and conjures an imaginary character to dramatize a favorite theme: the futility of assimilation. "Abu Jabar changes his name to Bobby. He changes all his clothes. He dances. He raves with them. They still call him Paki."
<br />
<br />
Bobby asks, "For God's sake who do I belong to?"<br />
<br />
Mr. Bakri answers: "You belong to the Muslim umma, brothers. Come on in."<br />
<br />
Mr. Bakri heads Al Muhajiroun, or The Emigrants, which he calls an Islamic ideological party. Some say he is all bombast and bluff, others that he manipulates young men into jihad. Whatever the truth, he indisputably transforms anomic young Muslims into Islamists.
<br />
<br />
<b>Conjuring Up the Caliphate</b><br />
<br />
His followers see recreating the caliphate — the era of Islam's ascendancy after the death of Muhammad in the eighth century — as the answer to Muslims', and the world's, problems. They often sound like nothing so much as young Marxists of another era.
<br />
<br />
Islam "will guarantee every single individual the bare necessities of food, clothing, shelter," says Muhammed Ali, a 21-year-old information technology specialist of slight build and febrile mien.<br />
<br />
In Britain, as everywhere, Islam has ribboned into countless sects and schools that often spend as much time attacking one another as attracting fresh recruits.
<br />
<br />
The Birmingham Central Mosque is crowded with young people raised as indifferent Muslims who have now turned to a Taliban-style Islam that provides a way of life as much as a religion. The women cover not just their heads, but their faces; the long-bearded
 men no longer allow their children to be photographed. <br />
<br />
At the same time, many well-educated young Muslims have joined Hizb ut-Tahrir, a movement brought to England in the 1980's by Middle Eastern students. Its followers, who wear Western dress and often work in high-tech jobs, use anti-American propaganda to rally
 support for a pan-Islamic state. <br />
<br />
"Your Muslim brothers are suffering," they whisper to potential recruits.<br />
<br />
The goal of the radicals, of whatever stripe, is to make Islam a political force. To do this, they employ a potent mix of vivid imagery, Koranic scholarship, hard facts and soft-boiled conspiracy theories — the Jews attacked the World Trade Center to discredit
 Osama bin Laden; the C.I.A. did it to give America a way into Central Asia; Mr. bin Laden is an American agent meant to discredit Islam.
<br />
<br />
All of this is passed along a Muslim information loop, a daisy chain of Web sites and word of mouth. Azzam.com, for example, features pictures of Iraqi babies malnourished because of American sanctions or videos of graphic slaughter by and of Muslims in Chechnya.<br />
<br />
Imran Khan, 32, who publishes and sells pro-jihad literature, says that jihad recruitment is "more promising in smaller towns than larger towns."<br />
<br />
"In smaller towns," he said, "there's nothing happening."<br />
<br />
<b>The Tales They Told </b><br />
<br />
In the small town of Tipton, Shafiq Rasul told his family he was going to take a computer course in Pakistan. Asif Iqbal was going to carry out an arranged marriage, and Ruhal Ahmed was going to watch, or going on holiday, or making a religious pilgrimage —
 no one, anymore, seems sure. <br />
<br />
As these stories have fallen away, parents and friends say the young men must have been brainwashed. They describe jihad recruiters and fiery visiting sheiks; Muslim door-to-door preachers and extremist mosques that influenced the young men. None of their theories
 are provable, but all are plausible.<br />
<br />
With three mosques in four square blocks, the Park Estate was ripe for revival. Islam here has been parsed by denomination, language and culture — all the divisions of the subcontinent. That variety well suited the Tipton youths' meanderings through faith.
<br />
<br />
When they first turned to Islam, over idle talk at a local pool hall, their guides were moderates with mystical leanings. They borrowed tapes of Hamza Yusuf, a moderate American convert who has achieved a mass following in Britain and the United States. Their
 families immediately noticed a change. Asif's father was happy, he told friends — his son had become a good religious boy.
<br />
<br />
But, friends say, the boys soon migrated to an Islam of a more puritanical bent. They became judgmental, telling friends that they would see after they died how bad their clubbing and pubbing was.<br />
<br />
They became convinced of their rightness. Asif once threw a punch because he could not win a theological argument in front of a group of friends. They argued against citations from classical scholars by saying they could interpret the Koran themselves — they
 didn't need scholars. <br />
<br />
They challenged moderates in town to debate visitors like Sheik Abdullah el-Faisal, a Jamaican-born, Saudi-educated preacher who came to Tipton for two visits. He talked of the obligation to jihad, of Muslims killed in Bosnia.
<br />
<br />
<b>A World of Conspiracies</b><br />
<br />
Mr. Faisal sketched a world of conspiracies, of cabals of Jews and Freemasons plotting to take over the world. It was more exciting than Bollywood and Hollywood combined. It was real.<br />
<br />
On some of his tapes, he speaks of why Muslims can never have peace with the "filthy Jews," and of Muslims' right to kill a Hindu if they encounter one in the road. In February, those tapes got him arrested and charged with "solicitation to murder," a charge
 he has said he will answer by showing that everything he said exists in the Koran.
<br />
<br />
Asif and his friends were briefly taken with Mr. Faisal, but then moved on. They learned about Hizb ut-Tahrir, and attended lectures given by a recruiter for Al Muhajiroun. They argued that the Palestinians' conflict with Israel justified jihad.
<br />
<br />
Then came Sept. 11. Muslims in Tipton, like those across Britain, were outraged by America's bombing of Afghanistan. Still, that the young men undertook their pilgrimage without parental permission shocked this tradition-bound community almost as much as their
 going at all. <br />
<br />
"They were supposed to ask their mother three times and their father once," one young woman said.
<br />
<br />
But the literature of jihad has an answer to that. "Join the Caravan," considered a "classic" treatise of the Afghan jihad movement, states, "When Jihad becomes Fard Ain" — an individual obligation — "no permission of parents is required."
<br />
<br />
All the young men needed was someone to make the argument that jihad had become Fard Ain. In Tipton and beyond, there was no shortage of people to make it.</p>
</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<table width="100%" border="0">
<tbody>
<tr>
<td width="100%">
<p><b>International Media</b></p>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="100%">
<p style="text-align:center"><b>Ministry Of External Affairs, India</b></p>
</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>31/01/2012 11:41:26</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/18170/How+in+a+Little+British+Town+Jihad+Found+Young+Converts</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">18170</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>18172</publicationdataID>
      <title>Bin Laden said to be hiding in Pakistan</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<table width="100%" border="0">
<tbody>
<tr>
<td width="100%">
<p>Bin Laden said to be hiding in Pakistan <b></b></p>
<p><b>The Washington Times<br />
By Arnaud de Borchgrav <br />
April 23, 2002</b></p>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td dir="ltr">
<p><big>P</big>ESHAWAR, Pakistan — Osama bin Laden has been hidden by many sympathizers in this dusty slum city, a gigantic labyrinth of 3.5 million people, since early December.
</p>
<p>A major tribal leader — the same chieftain whose scouts in December said they knew "within 1 square kilometer" the whereabouts of the world's most wanted terrorist in the Tora Bora mountain range — says that bin Laden crossed over into Pakistan on Dec. 9
 as the Pakistani army began deploying a brigade of 4,500 troops along a 30-mile stretch of mountainous border.<br />
<br />
Peshawar is the cloak-and-dagger world of plots and counterplots, of arms and narcotics smuggling — what Casablanca was to skullduggery in the early days of World War II.</p>
<p>Organized crime in this city is, for the most part, in Afghan hands. The Khyber Pass and Afghan border are 30 minutes away by car. Taliban leaders have kept houses here and in Quetta, the capital of Baluchistan province, since they started their conquest
 of Afghanistan in 1994. They received their religious training in madrassas (Koranic schools) in the region surrounding Peshawar.</p>
<p>The failure of U.S.-led forces to nab bin Laden, despite a $25 million reward for information leading to his capture, has sparked numerous reports of his whereabouts.<br />
One said he escaped to the mountains of Uzbekistan. </p>
<p>Another said he and his family hid in shipping containers on a vessel leaving Pakistan for an undisclosed location.</p>
<p>In the account of this tribal leader, who has been a reliable source on several occasions, bin Laden escaped from Tora Bora with about 50 of his fighters through the Tirah Valley, long reputed to be the most inaccessible part of Pakistan's Northwest Frontier
 province, populated by fiercely independent tribesmen traditionally hostile to the Pakistan government.</p>
<p>Bin Laden is thought to be safe in Peshawar, as he is still a hero to the man in the street, said the tribal leader, who spoke on the condition that he not be identified.</p>
<p>Locating an individual concealed in this city, where pedestrians jostle shoulder-to-shoulder in narrow dirt streets lined with squalid stalls that sell everything from Ecstasy pills to computer chips, is no easy task.</p>
<p>If, as some reports indicate, bin Laden has had plastic surgery to alter his appearance, that would make the task of finding him in Peshawar even more difficult.</p>
<p>Pakistani officers say 100,000 men would have been needed to "hermetically seal" the frontier, as the government announced it had done, and block a bin Laden escape route from the Khyber Pass to Parachinar, a border town in the Kurram tribal agency.</p>
<p>Pakistan deployed up to 12,500 men but then gradually decreased their numbers as the Tora Bora battle subsided and the crisis with India threatened to explode into a military confrontation.</p>
<p>American reporters were warned in early December by this same tribal leader to stay out of the Tirah Valley, "as you are certain to be kidnapped for ransom."</p>
<p>A Pakistani battalion negotiated its way into Tirah two days after bin Laden and his cohort had made it safely out of the valley. There they split into smaller groups.</p>
<p>Pakistani roadblocks were not set up until Dec. 17, after word got out that al Qaeda fighters were escaping from Tora Bora into Pakistan by the hundreds. Eventually about 1,000 "Afghan Arabs" and Pakistani jihadis, or holy warriors, fled Afghanistan. Pakistani
 army patrols and police arrested between 400 and 600 of them.</p>
<p>Pakistan's president, Gen. Pervez Musharraf, insisted last week that the United States never told him that bin Laden was in Pakistan after fleeing from Afghanistan.</p>
<p>The tribal leader said he was "reasonably confident" that bin Laden enjoyed the protection of "certain rogue elements of Pakistan's intelligence world that have taken exception to Musharraf's alliance with America."</p>
<p>It was Pakistan's Inter-Services Intelligence (ISI) agency that nurtured the Taliban movement as it began to grow in Pakistan in the early 1990s, and that sustained it after it became the government of Afghanistan in 1996. The ISI also maintained links to
 bin Laden and his al Qaeda terrorist organization.</p>
<p>Taliban and al Qaeda fighters now in Pakistan are said to have been instructed to re-enter Afghanistan "to kill Americans and other foreign troops."</p>
<p>Leaflets recently began appearing in Kandahar, Afghanistan, praising Palestinian suicide bombers and saying, "We need to display similar courage today." Villagers are urged to collect information on all foreigners operating in their areas, and are warned
 that anyone assisting Americans will be killed "like mad dogs."</p>
<p>The day after ex-King Mohammed Zahir Shah returned to Kabul, Afghanistan, from his Italian exile last week, former Afghan President Burhannudin Rabbani warned that efforts to sideline the Taliban's mujahideen could only lead "to another crisis."</p>
<p>Diplomatic sources say that more than 60 al Qaeda operatives were arrested two weeks ago in Faisalabad, Pakistan, along with Abu Zubayda, the organization's third-highest-ranking member.</p>
<p>Pakistani federal police agents, accompanied by FBI agents from the United States, were said to be acting on an overheard telephone conversation between Zubayda and bin Laden.</p>
<p>Towns and villages in Pakistan's tribal belt still display bin Laden posters and pro-al Qaeda and Taliban slogans, daubed on rocks and adobe dwellings.</p>
<p>U.S. forces want permission to pursue al Qaeda forces in this area, but Gen. Musharraf has made it clear he cannot approve such action without jeopardizing an April 30 referendum on his request for five more years as president. It would also provide ammunition
 to his opponents in October's national elections.<br />
<br />
•<i>Arnaud de Borchgrave is editor at large of The Washington Times, as well as an editor at large of United Press International. His account also appears on the UPI wire.</i></p>
</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<table width="100%" border="0">
<tbody>
<tr>
<td width="100%">
<p><b>International Media</b></p>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="100%">
<p style="text-align:center"><b>Ministry Of External Affairs, India</b></p>
</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>31/01/2012 11:52:38</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/18172/Bin+Laden+said+to+be+hiding+in+Pakistan</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">18172</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>18173</publicationdataID>
      <title>Pearl murder case Briton ‘was a double agent’</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<table width="100%" border="0">
<tbody>
<tr>
<td width="100%"><b>Pearl murder case Briton ‘was a double agent'</b>
<p><b>The </b><b>Sunday Times, London</b> <br />
<b>By </b><b>Nick Fielding</b> <b><br />
</b><b>April 21, 2002</b></p>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td dir="ltr">
<p><b>O</b>mar Sheikh, the former British public-school boy on trial in Pakistan for the kidnap and murder of the Wall Street Journal reporter Daniel Pearl, may have been an agent for both Pakistani intelligence and Osama Bin Laden's Al-Qaeda organisation.
<br />
<br />
A Sunday Times investigation into Sheikh's slide from privilege to religious zealotry and terrorism found evidence that he was sheltered and supported for several years by the Pakistani authorities.
<br />
<br />
Documents also show that Sheikh was close to the radical Pakistani cleric Maulana Masood Azhar — a close associate of Bin Laden's.
<br />
<br />
Sheikh, who faces the death penalty if convicted over Pearl's kidnap and murder, is no newcomer to terrorism.
<br />
<br />
He denies the charges now made against him but admits he was involved in a string of outrages including kidnappings dating back to 1994 and the attack on the Indian parliament last December that almost led to India and Pakistan going to war.
<br />
<br />
"Sheikh is a vital key that can open the doors to theAl-Qaeda network (and) to the links between the Pakistani military intelligence establishment and the terror groups,” said MJ Gohel of the Asia Pacific Foundation, a group that has been investigating Pearl's
 murder. <br />
<br />
Witnesses say Sheikh led Pearl to a car after arranging to meet the journalist in Pakistan's southern port, Karachi, in January.
<br />
<br />
Three of Sheikh's co-accused admit that he passed them photos of the kidnapped journalist, plus a series of demands to be fed to the media, including better treatment for Al-Qaeda terrorists in Camp X-Ray in Cuba.
<br />
<br />
It is thought unlikely Sheikh was present when Pearl was filmed having his throat cut, but the Pakistani authorities are sure he instigated the outrage.
<br />
<br />
It remains unclear whether the kidnapping was Sheikh's idea or whether he was acting for a higher terrorist authority. But what is clear is that he had close connections to Azhar, who in turn has been linked to Bin Laden.
<br />
<br />
Sheikh was first introduced to Azhar nine years ago in a training camp for Islamic guerrillas in Afghanistan. The two spent five years in prison in India together for terrorist activities.
<br />
<br />
The cleric was even introduced to Sheikh's father while on a visit to Britain in 1994. His group Harakat ul-Ansar was not then illegal in Britain, although it has since been proscribed.
<br />
<br />
Azhar now leads the radical Jaish-e-Mohammed organisation and is under house arrest in Pakistan. He is close to Bin Laden, and visited Somalia in 1993 on behalf of Al-Qaeda in order to convince different factions to patch up their differences. Within weeks
 US forces in the country came under attack and suffered casualties. <br />
<br />
Sheikh's father Saeed, who runs a clothing business in east London, is in Pakistan for his son's trial and has refused to condemn his actions. "He will be acquitted,” he said last week.
</p>
</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<table width="100%" border="0">
<tbody>
<tr>
<td width="100%">
<p><b>International Media</b></p>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="100%">
<p style="text-align:center"><b>Ministry Of External Affairs, India</b></p>
</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>31/01/2012 12:00:07</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/18173/Pearl+murder+case+Briton+was+a+double+agent</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">18173</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>18174</publicationdataID>
      <title>The British jackal</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<table width="100%" border="0">
<tbody>
<tr>
<td width="100%"><b>The British jackal</b>
<p><b>The </b><b>Sunday Times, London</b> <br />
<b>April 21, 2002</b></p>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td dir="ltr">
<p><b><i>From a London public school to the shadow of the noose — Nick Fielding </i>
</b><i>unravels a story of terrorism, betrayal and political intrigue that is approaching its denouement in a foreign courtroom</i><br />
<br />
<b>J</b>ust inside London's North Circular Road at Snaresbrook, where the outer reaches of the East End give way at last to the genteel villages of Epping Forest, is a fee-paying school of 1,100 pupils that counts among its former students the England cricket
 captain Nasser Hussain and the Manchester United midfielder Quinton Fortune. <br />
<br />
The Forest school, founded in 1834, is proud of its sporting traditions. It also does well in exam league tables and exudes a quiet respectability. Many of its pupils come from the families of successful Asian entrepreneurs in the area.
<br />
<br />
One boy who was expected to do particularly well when he left to study at the London School of Economics 10 years ago was Omar Saeed Sheikh. He was not too good at orthodox sports — he preferred arm wrestling in pubs — but he was bright enough to have earned
 A-grade passes at A-level in maths and economics. <br />
<br />
All who have met him speak of his charm, his humour, his good looks. His former tutor in economics, George Paynter, remembers: "He was pleasant and communicative, had a jolly good brain and was a willing and capable student.”
<br />
<br />
A decade later, 28-year-old Sheikh is on trial for his life with three other men in a cage in a Karachi prison, accused of involvement in the kidnapping and particularly cruel murder of the American journalist Daniel Pearl.
<br />
<br />
The high, spacious courtroom is divided in two: one part for the four prisoners in their metal cage, the other for court officials. Defending lawyers have their thumbprints checked by a computer. No journalists or members of the public are allowed in. Outside,
 up to 200 armed police stand guard. <br />
<br />
Sheikh comes to court each day wearing a white shalwar kameez, his glasses and trimmed beard giving him a studious look. He is trying both to charm and to intimidate those around him. In the last hearing two weeks ago he objected to the court proceedings, saying
 they were based on English law and that he wanted to be tried under Islamic sharia law. "I don't accept this English court. I should be tried under shariat law,” he shouted at the judge, Arshad Noor Khan.
<br />
<br />
At the same time he has been exhibiting the charm which saw him effortlessly entrap at least half a dozen westerners into kidnap and, in Pearl's case, murder. "He is a nice man. He makes no complaints. He is very well behaved,” said Amanullah Niazi, a senior
 official at Karachi Central Prison. <br />
<br />
Sheikh has pleaded not guilty to the Pearl charges; but by his own account, shouted out to reporters during one of his court appearances, he was behind other crimes, including blowing up the Kashmir parliament in October last year, the attack on the Indian
 parliament last December — which almost resulted in war between India and Pakistan — the kidnapping of Indian businessmen for ransom and the attack on the American Cultural Centre in Calcutta in January.
<br />
<br />
Both the Americans and the British would like to interrogate Sheikh, who is wanted in the United States for his kidnapping in 1994 of an American citizen, as well as for conspiracy to commit hostage taking in relation to Pearl.
<br />
<br />
The charges against him in Karachi carry the death penalty. Whatever the verdict announced in the next day or two, however, so many powerful men in Pakistan are afraid of the knowledge that Sheikh holds that he is unlikely to leave the country alive.
<br />
<br />
Nor is the real story likely to be told in court. For Sheikh is no ordinary terrorist but a man who has connections that reach high into Pakistan's military and intelligence elite and into the innermost circles of Osama Bin Laden and the Al-Qaeda organisation.
<br />
<br />
His use of charm, intelligence and brutality to achieve his ideological ends draws an obvious comparison with Carlos the Jackal — the glamorous Venezuelan-born terrorist Ilich Ramirez Sanchez, who played cat-and-mouse with western governments in the 1970s when
 Sheikh was a small boy at an east London primary school. <br />
<br />
For months I have been piecing together the hidden story of this charismatic yet repugnant figure, on whose account so many people have suffered. As the trial approaches its conclusion and Sheikh awaits his fate, I can reveal what took him there and who has
 exploited his commitment to terror. <br />
<br />
Like most people in Britain I had never heard of him until last September, just after the attack on the World Trade Center, when I received a call from a journalist in India. Did I know, the caller asked, that the British were asking India for legal assistance
 to try to find a man called Omar Sheikh for questioning? My contact said Sheikh was an Islamic terrorist and kidnapper who had been freed from an Indian jail in 1999 in exchange for 154 passengers on a hijacked Indian Airlines plane.
<br />
<br />
Intriguingly, the British inquiry about him had been made in August, before the attacks on America. I was told by police sources that, although almost unknown to the western public, this Londoner was considered to be a potential leader of the Islamic fundamentalist
 movement. <br />
<br />
Gradually, after that first tip-off, the story of the making of this top terrorist emerged, much of it in his own words. Perhaps as chilling is the underlying story I eventually uncovered: his involvement with Pakistani intelligence, the step too far that may
 prove to be his death warrant. <br />
<br />
IN 1968, a young Pakistani businessman called Saeed Ahmed Sheikh and his wife Qaissia left the village of Dhoka Mandi near Lahore and travelled to Britain, where they settled in Wanstead, one of east London's more leafy suburbs. Five years later, on December
 23, 1973, their son Omar was born at nearby Whipps Cross hospital. Later they had another son, Awais, and a daughter, Hajira.
<br />
<br />
After attending Nightingale primary school in Wanstead, Omar transferred to the £8,000-a-year Forest school, a 10-minute bus ride away, where he studied until he was 13. In 1987, his father sold up his business in London and decided to move the family back
 to Pakistan. Some say it was because he thought his children would have a more moral upbringing.
<br />
<br />
The family semi in Wanstead was rented out and Omar Sheikh went to live with his grandparents on Ravi Road in Lahore. He was sent to Aitchison College, a prestigious school favoured by Pakistan's elite, but he left after only two years. "He was a violent person,
 into boxing,” says Syed Ali Dayan Hasan, who studied with him. Hasan says Sheikh was expelled for beating up fellow pupils, but Sheikh has claimed it was because he failed his higher secondary exam.
<br />
<br />
Sheikh's father had invested about £250,000 in a business, Crystal Chemical Factory Ltd, with three relatives. But the company failed and Sheikh's father decided to return to Britain in December 1989. Here he started Perfect Fashion, an import-export business
 that still exists today in a grimy Commercial Road shopfront in the East End garment district.
<br />
<br />
By December 1990 Sheikh had been called back from Pakistan and was once again at Forest school, studying for his A-levels and obtaining admission to the LSE, where he read applied mathematics, statistical theory, economics and social psychology.
<br />
<br />
Having matured into a powerfully built young man, he relaxed through arm wrestling, a sport that thrives in a network of pubs. He even attended the "world championships” in Geneva in 1992 as part of the 17-strong British team.
<br />
<br />
"He was a very nice guy, well mannered and educated,” recalls David Shead, head referee of the European Arm Wrestling Federation. "He liked a joke and always had a bit of nerve. Sheikh never won any titles, but competed for a year or two.”
<br />
<br />
Shead remembers Sheikh turning up for an arm wrestling match with a fierce former convict known simply as Mr X. "Mr X always wore dark glasses and on the day Omar showed up for the match, he too was wearing the same kind of glasses. He was trying to psych him
 out, to get an edge and to have a laugh at the other guy's expense,” says Shead.
<br />
<br />
What was it that drove this congenial figure towards terrorism? The first clue came in October last year when I found that Sheikh's diary had been discovered among forgotten legal papers in a courthouse near Delhi.
<br />
<br />
The 35-page diary, written in neat longhand after he was shot in an attempted kidnapping in India in 1994, explains in a matter-of-fact manner how he had turned his back on his comfortable middle-class existence in Britain at the age of 20 to join a Pakistan-based
 organisation that supported Bin Laden and had dedicated himself to a jihad against the "corrupt” West.
<br />
<br />
The diary shows a complete lack of conscience. In it, Sheikh reveals how he kidnapped gullible western backpackers in India by pretending to take them to a feudal village that he had inherited from an uncle: "It seems amazing the story was greeted with such
 credible enthusiasm, but the newly arrived traveller in India yearns to hear extraordinary stories.”
<br />
<br />
My next breakthrough came in a confession written by Sheikh or possibly dictated to him by Indian interrogators after his 1994 arrest. Drier than his diary, it nonetheless filled in many of the gaps.
<br />
<br />
"During my initial period in the LSE I became a member of the Islamic Society,” Sheikh said. "In November 1992, ‘Bosnia Week' was observed and various documentary films on Bosnia were shown. One such film, The Destruction of a Nation, shook my heart. The reason
 being Bosnian Muslims were shown being butchered by the Serbs.” <br />
<br />
It was the start of Sheikh's political involvement. He helped to organise a student conference on Bosnia and began fundraising.
<br />
<br />
At the end of February 1993, despite his studies, Sheikh accompanied his father on a business trip to Pakistan, taking with him propaganda videos on the war in Bosnia, and made contact with Islamic militants. On his return he decided to join a "convoy of mercy”
 to Bosnia in the Easter holidays. <br />
<br />
This expedition, said Sheikh, was run by a Pakistani businessman living in Finchley, north London. The six-vehicle convoy took relief material to Bosnia, although Sheikh said it was also organising clandestine support for the Muslim fighters. When he got to
 Split, near the border between Croatia and Bosnia, he was unable to go on "due to indisposition and fatigue”. While recuperating he met Abdur Rauf, a Pakistani veteran of the fighting in Afghanistan who had arrived to join the Muslim militia.
<br />
<br />
Rauf belonged to the Harakut-ul- Mujaheddin (HUM), an Islamic guerrilla group. Sensing a potential recruit, Rauf advised Sheikh not to waste his time as an aid worker in Bosnia but to train as a fighter in Pakistan. According to the interrogation document,
 Rauf suggested that Maulvi Ismail, imam of the Clifton mosque in north London, whom he described as a sympathiser of HUM, could help Sheikh to get his father's permission to take up jihad.
<br />
<br />
Five months later, Sheikh arrived in Lahore "with zeal and intention to undergo arms training and joining the mujaheddin”. He was directed to Miranshah on the Afghan border.
<br />
<br />
"I saw approximately 20 youths waiting to undergo arms training in Afghanistan. Miranshah is a place where arms/ammunition are easily available and smuggling of arms is also open,” Sheikh told his Indian interrogators.
<br />
<br />
From here he crossed into Afghanistan to the Khalid bin Waleed training camp where he joined the "Istakbalia” 40-day training course. "The training schedule included morning namaz (prayers) in the mosque followed by physical exercise till 0800 hours. After
 breakfast we were imparted classes in handling of small and medium firearms, Kalashnikov and Seminov, till lunch, followed by a rest of two hours and then namaz . . . Other exercises included night security duties and firing practice. For the latter we used
 to get six cartridges each.” <br />
<br />
After two weeks, ill-health forced Sheikh back to the Lahore home of his uncle, Tariq Shaikh, who "tried to persuade me to quit arms training and go back to the UK. But I remained adamant and resumed training after a hiatus of 10 days”.
<br />
<br />
He soon joined a special course from September to December 1993. The instructors, Sheikh says in the interrogation document, were from the Pakistan army's Special Services Group and taught surveillance techniques, disguise, interrogation, secret writing and
 codes, first aid, making attacks and night ambushes. "This special training was sort of a city warfare training. Apart from the above-mentioned, weapons training in assault rifle, rocket launcher etc was also imparted by the same instructors.”
<br />
<br />
At the end of the course, the training camp was visited by senior HUM leaders. One of them, Maulana (Mullah) Masood Azhar — who would later visit Sheikh's father during a trip to Britain — asked Sheikh to come to India with him for an important mission. But
 his dual nationality was a problem. It would be difficult to get an Indian visa.
<br />
<br />
So he returned to Britain in January 1994, starting martial arts classes in Crawley, West Sussex, for a group of Muslims and trying to interest his old friends and classmates in joining the jihad in Afghanistan.
<br />
<br />
He renewed his British passport and dropped his dual nationality. Finally in March 1994 he got an Indian visa and the following month left for Afghanistan where he attended a refresher course and became an instructor on another course for new recruits.
<br />
<br />
Two months later, in June 1994, he once again received a visit from senior leaders of HUM — now renamed Harrikat-ul-Ansar (HUA) — who asked him to help a group of activists captured in India and Maulana Masood Azhar, who had by then been arrested in Kashmir.
<br />
<br />
He was told that several British backpackers had been captured in Kashmir with a view to being exchanged for the activists, "but due to weak planning they had to be released unconditionally”. This was not true. Five westerners — including two Britons — kidnapped
 in Kashmir had been brutally murdered. Their bodies have never been recovered. <br />
<br />
One far-fetched idea suggested to Sheikh was that he should join a cruise ship in America and make friends with passengers whom he could later kidnap: "I smiled at this suggestion because it appeared to be a very funny idea to me.”
<br />
<br />
Instead they decided to organise a kidnapping in India, of either foreigners or leading members of the BJP, the ruling Hindu nationalist party. Its supporters had been behind the destruction of the 16th-century Babri Masjid mosque, which had inflamed Muslim
 opinion across the world. <br />
<br />
Sheikh booked himself a flight in July. After arriving in Delhi, he checked in to the Holiday Inn with some of the £600 and 20,000 Indian rupees he had been allocated for his mission.
<br />
<br />
There, with several accomplices, he kidnapped three Britons and an American, holding them in safe houses well away from Delhi. It was an amateurish operation with Sheikh himself at one point walking into the BBC offices in New Delhi to deliver a ransom note.
<br />
<br />
Letters containing photographs of the captives were sent to the Indian prime minister and to local news agencies. But the operation went wrong at the end of October when a police patrol stumbled across the kidnappers close to one of the safe houses. A scuffle
 broke out followed by a gunfight in which a senior Indian policeman was killed and Sheikh was shot in the shoulder. All the hostages were freed unharmed and Sheikh was sent to prison, where interrogation took place and he wrote his diary.
<br />
<br />
The diary is a disturbing document. It reveals a pleasant, educated academic achiever who could put all that aside and immerse himself in the dirty business of playing with other people's lives. Despite his injuries and incarceration, it is almost jaunty in
 tone. <br />
<br />
Writing about his arrival in India in the autumn of 1994, prior to the first batch of kidnaps, he states: "Over the next month, every place I visited I analysed from various points of view as a ‘future conqueror' as I fondly imagined myself to be, as a social
 scientist, a traveller, noting down the intricacies of a new country. I went to mosques and madrassahs and talked about ideas pertaining to jihad.”
<br />
<br />
Nowhere in his diary is there even a hint of remorse. The only sign of that came from an interview carried out by an Indian television journalist, Zubair Ahmed, shortly after Sheikh was first arrested. He was seen in a private hospital under heavy armed guard.
 "The authorities clearly had no idea who he was,” recalls Ahmed. <br />
<br />
"With police permission we filmed an interview at his hospital bed. Sheikh looked extremely worried and he told me he would give anything to return to life in Britain. Over and over, he repeated he had made a mistake . . . I asked him if he was released, would
 he go back and tell people in Britain that we Indian Muslims were free to build mosques, say our prayers and work in government offices? He said he would. He appeared repentant, but clearly not enough.”
<br />
<br />
After five years held without trial at Tihar prison near Delhi, Sheikh was released in December 1999 with Maulana Masood Azhar in exchange for 154 passengers on board an Indian Airlines plane hijacked by fellow members of HUA. He was flown to Kandahar airport
 in Afghanistan. Officially he then disappeared; but it is now clear that he began living within the Sheikh family circle in Lahore.
<br />
<br />
He appears to have kept little back from his family about his activities. He married and had a child; it is inconceivable that the Pakistani authorities did not know where he was.
<br />
<br />
<br />
BY the beginning of this year, the story of Sheikh's background was reasonably clear in my mind. He was a seasoned terrorist with both operational and prison experience behind him. But who was running him and what would he do next? The answers came more quickly
 than I anticipated. At the end of January, Daniel Pearl of The Wall Street Journal was kidnapped in Karachi and murdered after his captors had taunted his wife, his newspaper and the police with false leads and photographs of the journalist being held at gunpoint.
<br />
<br />
The incident looked similar to the kidnappings in India. I felt sure Sheikh was involved. Within days I was in Pakistan, staying in the same guesthouse used by Pearl and, like every other journalist in the region, trying to report this terrible story while
 looking over my shoulder to avoid a similar fate. <br />
<br />
Confirmation came within a few days when three people arrested over the case, including a cousin of Sheikh, confessed he had provided them with photographs of Pearl to e-mail to news organisations. It would later emerge that Sheikh had already had a meeting
 with Pearl in Rawalpindi and that the meeting in Karachi had been planned down to the smallest detail.
<br />
<br />
Sheikh had left his home in Lahore with his wife and newborn baby four days before the Pearl kidnapping and was now on the run. It would be only a matter of time before he was caught.
<br />
<br />
Now the next question: who was Sheikh working for? There was one bizarre clue in the demands made by Pearl's kidnappers, who wanted America to honour an agreement to sell F-16 fighter aircraft to Pakistan. This hardly squared with the outlook of a militant
 Muslim organisation fighting a jihad in Afghanistan and Kashmir. <br />
<br />
It did, however — no matter how counterproductively — express the interests of Pakistan's military government, which wanted the fighters so they could be fitted out to carry nuclear warheads. What was going on?
<br />
<br />
The next clue came with the revelation that Sheikh was in custody. On a visit to America on February 12, Pakistan's leader, General Pervez Musharraf, announced that he had been captured by police in Lahore. But Sheikh shouted out in court that he had turned
 himself in to the home secretary of the Punjab, retired Brigadier Ejaz Shah, on February 5, a full week earlier.
<br />
<br />
Shah, who had served in the Pakistan military's powerful and pervasive Inter-Services Intelligence service (ISI), used to direct the activities of two Islamic terrorist groups fighting in Kashmir. He reportedly passed on the news of Sheikh's surrender to General
 Mohammad Aziz Khan, chairman of the joint chiefs of staff committee and former head of the ISI section dealing with India and Afghanistan. Khan knew Sheikh personally.
<br />
<br />
It would appear that the ISI had its own reasons for holding Sheikh for a week before announcing to the world that he was in custody. One thing it would have wanted to do was to make sure that its protégé did not give more away than absolutely necessary about
 his relationship with Pakistan's intelligence services. <br />
<br />
This "missing week” shed new light on unsubstantiated Indian reports last October that Lieutenant General Mahmud Ahmed, director-general of the ISI, had been forced into retirement after FBI investigators uncovered credible links between him and Sheikh in the
 wake of September 11. <br />
<br />
According to these reports, the FBI team established that in early September, Ahmed had instructed Sheikh to transfer $100,000 to Mohammed Atta, leader of the hijackers who crashed into the World Trade Center.
<br />
<br />
There is a further angle that implicates the ISI. It had strong reasons for tailing Pearl: he was normally based in India, which to the ISI was prima facie evidence that he was reporting back to Indian intelligence. When the ISI discovered Pearl was trying
 to find out who was financing the HUA, it was the final straw, according to a source in Karachi. "He was beginning to get too close to understanding the links between the ISI and the jihadis,” alleged the source.
<br />
<br />
"Sheikh was their (the ISI's) man and he was brought in to deal with Pearl. The ISI knew everything.” The Karachi police, who deeply distrust the ISI, leaked details of their interrogation of Sheikh in which he talked about his ISI connections. As a result,
 ISI operatives broke into the newsroom of The News, Pakistan's largest English language newspaper, in February in an apparent attempt to prevent publication of a leak in which Sheikh was reported to have said that the ISI helped him to finance, plan and execute
 last December's attack on the Indian parliament. <br />
<br />
The News is edited by Shaheen Sehbai, the first local journalist Pearl contacted when he arrived in Pakistan. Failing to prevent publication of Sheikh's confession, the ISI demanded an apology from Sehbai, who has fled to America fearing for his life.
<br />
<br />
M J Gohel of the Asia-Pacific Foundation, a security and terrorism policy assessment group that has been researching Pearl's murder, said: "Sheikh is a vital key that can open all the doors to the Al-Qaeda network, to the links between the Pakistani military
 intelligence establishment and the terror groups, and can destroy General Musharraf's credibility with Washington.
<br />
<br />
He is a vital piece in the jigsaw and for that reason it is highly unlikely the US will ever be allowed to interrogate him.” The full story of the kidnapping of Pearl will probably never come to light. What is clear is that Sheikh has for long been very close
 to the ISI and that it regarded him as an asset. The whole affair has been a setback and embarrassment to Musharraf and has destabilised the country.
<br />
<br />
Small wonder that Musharraf is said to have told Wendy Chamberlain, the American ambassador, that he would rather "hang Sheikh myself than have him extradited”.</p>
</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<table width="100%" border="0">
<tbody>
<tr>
<td width="100%">
<p><b>International Media</b></p>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="100%">
<p style="text-align:center"><b>Ministry Of External Affairs, India</b></p>
</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>31/01/2012 12:05:57</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/18174/The+British+jackal</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">18174</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>18175</publicationdataID>
      <title>Pakistan's Perpetual President</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<table width="100%" border="0">
<tbody>
<tr>
<td width="100%"><b>Pakistan's Perpetual President</b>
<p><b>The </b><b>New York Times</b> <br />
<b>Editorial</b> <b><br />
</b><b>April 17, 2002</b></p>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td dir="ltr">
<p><b>I</b>n the two and a half years since he seized power in a military coup, Gen. Pervez Musharraf has frequently pledged to return Pakistan to democratic rule. But General Musharraf deludes himself if he thinks the presidential referendum he has scheduled
 at the end of the month is an affirmation of democracy. He is campaigning unopposed and plans to extend his presidency for five years after the vote. In a surreal spectacle, General Musharraf has been barnstorming around Pakistan holding rent-a-crowd rallies
 while barring anti-referendum demonstrations. His heavy-handed tactics can only undermine the nation and weaken its ability to fight terrorism.<br />
<br />
Pakistan has been run by military dictators for most of its history. General Musharraf's coup in 1999 was unjustified but nonetheless accepted by many Pakistanis who had grown tired of the corruption and abuses by Prime Ministers Benazir Bhutto and Nawaz Sharif,
 both of whom are now in exile. The general has impressed Americans, and indeed the whole world, with his help in defeating the Taliban in neighboring Afghanistan and his crackdown on terrorists at home. President Bush has repeatedly declared his appreciation.
 General Musharraf was mistaken if he took these expressions of support as a green light to press his referendum and avoid democratic accountability.<br />
<br />
With the war on terrorism far from won and the Muslim world unsettled by the situation in the Middle East, General Musharraf may think he is doing the United States a favor by extending his term. He is wrong, in principle and in practice. He has, until now,
 won broad support for his antiterrorism campaign within Pakistan, especially among the nation's educated elite — members of its business and landowning class, politicians, human rights groups and even many mainstream religious leaders. His recent blunt tactics
 to promote the referendum risk alienating the very supporters who have stood by him.<br />
<br />
The general's attacks on Ms. Bhutto and Mr. Sharif yesterday appear to have been inspired by the fact that these two former leaders' supporters are actively opposing the referendum. General Musharraf said the two would be arrested if they tried to return to
 Pakistan. He is not the first leader to equate endorsement of his leadership with the survival of his country, but such an overstatement is hardly likely to help get the country back to elected government.
<br />
<br />
The Bush administration has mildly questioned the legitimacy of the referendum. It should more forcefully tell General Musharraf that his plan can only undermine the respect he has earned throughout the world since Sept. 11.</p>
</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<table width="100%" border="0">
<tbody>
<tr>
<td width="100%">
<p><b>International Media</b></p>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="100%">
<p style="text-align:center"><b>Ministry Of External Affairs, India</b></p>
</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>31/01/2012 12:10:56</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/18175/Pakistans+Perpetual+President</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">18175</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>18176</publicationdataID>
      <title>U.S. Seeks To Deter Pakistani Jihadists</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<table width="100%" border="0">
<tbody>
<tr>
<td width="100%"><b>U.S. Seeks To Deter Pakistani 'Jihadists' </b>
<p><b>The </b><b>Washington Post</b> <b><br />
By</b><b> Thomas E. Ricks - Washington Post Staff Writer</b> <br />
<b>April 17, 2002</b></p>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td dir="ltr">
<p><b>Afghan Border Closely Watched <br />
<br />
O</b>fficially the latest allied military operation in Afghanistan simply continues the pursuit of al Qaeda and Taliban leaders hiding in the eastern mountain borderlands. But privately, Pentagon officials say it is also aimed at deterring Pakistani sympathizers
 from crossing into Afghanistan and further agitating that country at a crucial moment.</p>
<p>A springtime influx of Pakistani "jihadists" allied with the Taliban and al Qaeda would add a new threat in Afghanistan at a tenuous time. Factional violence has been increasing in and around the capital of Kabul, the long-exiled Afghan king is scheduled
 to return to the country Thursday, and preparations are accelerating for a landmark meeting of the<em> loya jirga</em>, or grand council, to pick a new government in June.</p>
<p>"It's always been a concern that it [the Pakistani borderland] could be a staging ground," a U.S. official said yesterday. But that concern is deepening now, the official added, because "the snow is melting, so there are more ways to get across the border."</p>
<p>In addition, Pakistan itself is expected to become more politically turbulent with the approach of a nationwide referendum scheduled for April 30. The referendum, on Gen. Pervez Musharraf's self-declared presidency, is widely opposed in Pakistan, including
 by the major Islamic political groups.</p>
<p>The concern about Islamic extremists entering Afghanistan as the secondary mountain passes open points to a contradiction in Pakistan's conduct over the last six months: It has done better in cracking down on foreign terrorists, such as members of al Qaeda,
 than it has in reeling in its own extremists. </p>
<p>When the Taliban movement held power in Afghanistan during the 1990s, thousands of Pakistani extremists surged into Afghanistan to support it in combat with the Northern Alliance. But the Pakistani government aided those movements in the past; it isn't helping
 now. </p>
<p>U.S. officials -- especially the Army generals running the war -- have repeatedly said they are pleased with the extent of Pakistani cooperation during the war. In addition to giving the United States access to four air bases in Pakistan, Islamabad has thrown
 thousands of troops and security police into apprehending fugitive al Qaeda members. Just yesterday, Pakistani police reported capturing an Iraqi man they said had left Afghanistan recently and is suspected of being an al Qaeda member. About half the 300 suspected
 terrorists detained at the U.S. naval base in Guantanamo Bay, Cuba, were originally in Pakistani custody, U.S. officials report.</p>
<p>But Pakistan has taken a far different course in dealing with its own citizens who are Islamic extremists, officials said. The Pakistani military tends to turn over to the United States the Arabs it captures, but it turns loose Pakistani jihadists, they
 say. "The Pakistanis have been very good about dealing with foreigners, but less diligent when dealing with people of Pakistani origin," said one person tracking the situation.</p>
<p>Over the last month, even as Pakistan conducted high-profile raids that netted more than two dozen suspected terrorists, including Abu Zubaida, the highest-ranking al Qaeda official captured in the war on terrorism, it quietly released about 1,000 Pakistani
 extremists who had been in detention, sources in Pakistan said.</p>
<p>Asked for comment, Asad Hayauddin, a spokesman for the Pakistani Embassy in Washington, said that "hard-core" extremists weren't released but that "more benign" people detained with them were. "The whole jihad culture is pretty much in a downturn," he added.
</p>
<p>U.S. officials have said for months that they are closely monitoring the border area, especially Paktia province, the site of last month's Shahikot battle, the biggest of the Afghan war. In recent days, the British Marines moved into that area, "where we've
 been doing our surveillance and reconnaissance," Air Force Brig. Gen. John Rosa said at a Pentagon briefing yesterday.</p>
<p>The nature and type of military force the United States and its allies are using in the current operation point toward an effort to watch and seal border passes. The British Marines are an elite force that specializes in cold weather warfare and operating
 behind enemy lines. In the view of U.S. intelligence analysts, almost all of the southeastern Afghanistan borderland is enemy territory, with a population deeply sympathetic to the Taliban and al Qaeda.
</p>
<p>The United States is providing transport and intelligence support to the British, as well as air support if needed. The high mountain environment presents unusual military challenges. Attack helicopters have difficulty operating at altitudes above 10,000
 feet, so a few weeks ago the U.S. Air Force moved several A-10 Thunderbolt ground attack warplanes to the base at Bagram, 35 miles north of Kabul.</p>
<p><em>Special correspondent Kamran Khan contributed to this report. </em></p>
</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<table width="100%" border="0">
<tbody>
<tr>
<td width="100%">
<p><b>International Media</b></p>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="100%">
<p style="text-align:center"><b>Ministry Of External Affairs, India</b></p>
</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>31/01/2012 12:18:52</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/18176/US+Seeks+To+Deter+Pakistani+Jihadists</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">18176</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>18177</publicationdataID>
      <title>U.S. Concludes Bin Laden Escaped at Tora Bora Fight</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<table width="100%" border="0">
<tbody>
<tr>
<td width="100%">
<p><b>U.S. Concludes Bin Laden Escaped at Tora Bora Fight </b></p>
<p><b>The </b><b>Washington Post</b> <b><br />
By</b><b> Barton Gellman and Thomas E. Ric`ks - Washington Post Staff Writers</b>
<b><br />
</b><b>April 16, 2002</b></p>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td dir="ltr">
<p><b>Failure to Send Troops in Pursuit Termed Major Error </b></p>
<div><b>T</b>he Bush administration has concluded that Osama bin Laden was present during the battle for Tora Bora late last year and that failure to commit U.S. ground troops to hunt him was its gravest error in the war against al Qaeda, according to civilian
 and military officials with first-hand knowledge.<br />
<br />
</div>
<div>Intelligence officials have assembled what they believe to be decisive evidence, from contemporary and subsequent interrogations and intercepted communications, that bin Laden began the battle of Tora Bora inside the cave complex along Afghanistan's mountainous
 eastern border. Though there remains a remote chance that he died there, the intelligence community is persuaded that bin Laden slipped away in the first 10 days of December.<br />
<br />
</div>
<div>After-action reviews, conducted privately inside and outside the military chain of command, describe the episode as a significant defeat for the United States. A common view among those interviewed outside the U.S. Central Command is that Army Gen. Tommy
 R. Franks, the war's operational commander, misjudged the interests of putative Afghan allies and let pass the best chance to capture or kill al Qaeda's leader. Without professing second thoughts about Tora Bora, Franks has changed his approach fundamentally
 in subsequent battles, using Americans on the ground as first-line combat units.<br />
<br />
</div>
<div>In the fight for Tora Bora, corrupt local militias did not live up to promises to seal off the mountain redoubt, and some colluded in the escape of fleeing al Qaeda fighters. Franks did not perceive the setbacks soon enough, some officials said, because
 he ran the war from Tampa with no commander on the scene above the rank of lieutenant colonel. The first Americans did not arrive until three days into the fighting. "No one had the big picture," one defense official said.<br />
<br />
</div>
<div>The Bush administration has never acknowledged that bin Laden slipped through the cordon ostensibly placed around Tora Bora as U.S. aircraft began bombing on Nov. 30. Until now it was not known publicly whether the al Qaeda leader was present on the battlefield.<br />
<br />
</div>
<div>But inside the government there is little controversy on the subject. Captured al Qaeda fighters, interviewed separately, gave consistent accounts describing an address by bin Laden around Dec. 3 to
<em>mujaheddin</em>, or holy warriors, dug into the warren of caves and tunnels built as a redoubt against Soviet invaders in the 1980s. One official said "we had a good piece of sigint," or signals intelligence, confirming those reports.<br />
<br />
</div>
<div>"I don't think you can ever say with certainty, but we did conclude he was there, and that conclusion has strengthened with time," said another official, giving an authoritative account of the intelligence consensus. "We have high confidence that he was
 there, and also high confidence, but not as high, that he got out. We have several accounts of that from people who are in detention, al Qaeda people who were free at the time and are not free now."<br />
<br />
</div>
<div>Franks continues to dissent from that analysis. Rear Adm. Craig Quigley, his chief spokesman, acknowledged the dominant view outside Tampa but said the general is unpersuaded.<br />
<br />
</div>
<div>"We have never seen anything that was convincing to us at all that Osama bin Laden was present at any stage of Tora Bora -- before, during or after," Quigley said. "I know you've got voices in the intelligence community that are taking a different view,
 but I just wanted you to know our view as well."<br />
<br />
</div>
<div>"Truth is hard to come by in Afghanistan," Quigley said, and for confidence on bin Laden's whereabouts "you need to see some sort of physical concrete proof."<br />
<br />
</div>
<div>Franks has told subordinates that it was vital at the Tora Bora battle, among the first to include allies from Afghanistan's Pashtun majority, to take a supporting role and "not just push them aside and take over because we were America," according to
 Quigley.<br />
<br />
</div>
<div>"Our relationship with the Afghans in the south and east was entirely different at that point in the war," he said. "It's no secret that we had a much more mature relationship with the Northern Alliance fighters." Franks, he added, "still thinks that the
 process he followed of helping the anti-Taliban forces around Tora Bora, to make sure it was crystal clear to them that we were not there to conquer their country . . . was absolutely the right thing to do."<br />
<br />
</div>
<div>With the collapse of the Afghan cordon around Tora Bora, and the decision to hold back U.S. troops from the Army's 10th Mountain Division, Pakistan stepped in. The government of President Pervez Musharraf moved thousands of troops to his border with Afghanistan
 and intercepted about 300 of the estimated 1,000 al Qaeda fighters who escaped Tora Bora. U.S. officials said close to half of the detainees now held at the U.S. base at Guantanamo Bay, Cuba, were turned over by the Pakistani government.<br />
<br />
</div>
<div>Those successes included none of the top al Qaeda leaders at Tora Bora, officials acknowledged. Of the dozen senior leaders identified by the U.S. government, two are now accounted for -- Muhammad Atef, believed dead in a Hellfire missile attack, and Abu
 Zubaida, taken into custody late last month. But "most of the people we have been authorized to kill are still breathing," said an official directly involved in the pursuit, and several of them were at Tora Bora.<br />
<br />
</div>
<div>The predominant view among the analysts is that bin Laden is alive, but knowledgeable officials said they cannot rule out the possibility that he died at Tora Bora or afterward. Some analysts believe bin Laden is seriously ill and under the medical care
 of his second-in-command, Ayman Zawahiri, an Egyptian-trained physician. One of the theories, none supported by firm evidence, is that he has Marfan syndrome, a congenital disorder of some people with bin Laden's tall, slender body type that puts them at increased
 risk of heart attack or stroke.<br />
<br />
</div>
<div>The minority of U.S. officials who argue that bin Laden is probably dead note that four months have passed since any credible trace of him has surfaced in intelligence collection. Those who argue that he is probably alive note that monitoring of a proven
 network of bin Laden contacts has turned up no evidence of reaction to his death. If he had died, surely there would have been some detectable echo within this network, these officials argue.<br />
<br />
</div>
<div>In public, the Bush administration acknowledges no regret about its prosecution of Tora Bora. One official spokesman, declining to be named, described questions about the battle as "navel-gazing" and said the national security team is "too busy for that."
 He added, "We leave that to you guys in the press."<br />
<br />
</div>
<div>But some policymakers and operational officers spoke in frustrated and even profane terms of what they called an opportunity missed.<br />
<br />
</div>
<div>"We [messed] up by not getting into Tora Bora sooner and letting the Afghans do all the work," said a senior official with direct responsibilities in counterterrorism. "Clearly a decision point came when we started bombing Tora Bora and we decided just
 to bomb, because that's when he escaped. . . . We didn't put U.S. forces on the ground, despite all the brave talk, and that is what we have had to change since then."<br />
<br />
</div>
<div>When al Qaeda forces began concentrating again in February, south of the town of Gardez, Franks moved in thousands of U.S. troops from the 101st Airborne Division and the 10th Mountain Division. In the battle of Shahikot in early March -- also known as
 Operation Anaconda -- the United States let Afghan allies attack first. But when that offensive stalled, American infantry units took it up.<br />
<br />
</div>
<div>Another change since Tora Bora, with no immediate prospect of finding bin Laden, is that President Bush has stopped proclaiming the goal of taking him "dead or alive" and now avoids previous references to the al Qaeda founder as public enemy number one.<br />
<br />
</div>
<div>In an interview with The Washington Post in late December, Bush displayed a scorecard of al Qaeda leaders on which he had drawn the letter X through the faces of those thought dead. By last month, Bush began saying that continued public focus on individual
 terrorists, including bin Laden, meant that "people don't understand the scope of the mission."<br />
<br />
</div>
<div>"Terror is bigger than one person," Bush said March 14. "He's a person that's now been marginalized." The president said bin Laden had "met his match" and "may even be dead," and added: "I truly am not that concerned about him."<br />
<br />
</div>
<div>Top advisers now assert that the al Qaeda leader's fate should be no measure of U.S. success in the war.<br />
<br />
</div>
<div>"The goal there was never after specific individuals," Gen. Richard B. Myers, chairman of the Joint Chiefs of Staff, said last week. "It was to disrupt the terrorists."<br />
<br />
</div>
<div>Said Quigley at the Central Command: "There's no question that Osama bin Laden is the head of al Qaeda, and it's always a good thing to get rid of the head of an organization if your goal is to do it harm. So would we like to get bin Laden? You bet, but
 al Qaeda would still exist as an organization if we got him tomorrow."<br />
<br />
</div>
<div>At least since the 1980s, the U.S. military has made a point of avoiding open declaration of intent to capture or kill individual enemies. Such assignments cannot be carried out with confidence, and if acknowledged they increase the stature of an enemy
 leader who survives. After-action disclosures have made clear, nonetheless, that finding Manuel Noriega during the Panama invasion of 1989 and Saddam Hussein in the 1991 Persian Gulf War were among the top priorities of the armed forces.<br />
<br />
</div>
<div>The same holds true now, high-ranking officials said in interviews on condition that they not be named. "Of course bin Laden is crucial," one said.<br />
<br />
</div>
<div>In Britain, Armed Forces Minister Adam Ingram told BBC radio yesterday that bin Laden's capture "remains one of the prime objectives" of the war.<br />
<br />
</div>
<div><em>Staff researcher Robert Thomason contributed to this report.</em></div>
</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<table width="100%" border="0">
<tbody>
<tr>
<td width="100%">
<p><b>International Media</b></p>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="100%">
<p style="text-align:center"><b>Ministry Of External Affairs, India</b></p>
</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>31/01/2012 12:33:04</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/18177/US+Concludes+Bin+Laden+Escaped+at+Tora+Bora+Fight</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">18177</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>18179</publicationdataID>
      <title>Afghan Elders Begin an Ancient Process to Choose a Government</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<table width="100%" border="0">
<tbody>
<tr>
<td width="100%">
<p><b>Afghan Elders Begin an Ancient Process to Choose a Government</b></p>
<p><b>The New York Times</b> <b><br />
By Carlotta Gall<br />
April 16, 2002</b></p>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td dir="ltr">
<p><b>M</b>ARDIAN, Afghanistan, April 15 — Nearly five months after the Taliban were swept from power, Afghans embarked today on the complicated and lengthy process — quite distinctly their own — of choosing new leaders. In this remote Turkmen village, more
 than 1,000 bearded and turbaned tribal elders gathered today on a tented field for the first session to select representatives for the grand council which will choose Afghanistan's next government.</p>
<p>Every village in the land will be consulted, and will put forward one or more representatives to go forward to regional gatherings, which will then select the 1,500 people to attend the loya jirga, or grand council, in Kabul from June 10 through 16.</p>
<p>The loya jirga will formally be convened by the former king, Mohammed Zahir Shah, who is set to return to Kabul this week after 29 years in exile, and will choose a transitional government to rule for two years before elections.</p>
<p>A government delegation will leave Kabul on Tuesday for Rome and expects to return with the ex-king Wednesday or Thursday, a government spokesman, Yusuf Nuristani, said Sunday.</p>
<p>Today's meeting here was the first of hundreds to be held around the country in the next 45 days. The United Nations special representative for Afghanistan, Lakhdar Brahimi, joined Gen. Abdul Rashid Dostum, the Uzbek who controls much of northern Afghanistan,
 to watch. </p>
<p>"This is a new era for Afghanistan," Mr. Brahimi told the tribal chiefs. "Everyone realizes at long last the long night of conflict is coming to an end. I think the people of Afghanistan are going to put the conflict behind them and start rebuilding the
 country."</p>
<p>General Dostum stood beside him in a gray suit, white shirt and tie, the warlord turned politician. He has delighted the United Nations, which is overseeing preparations for the loya jirga, by his apparently wholehearted embrace of the process, and has pledged
 to keep the peace. </p>
<p>"Your choice of candidate should be clear, it should be the one who helps the people, who works for the country," he told the crowd.</p>
<p>One reason for choosing northern Afghanistan to start the political process was that it has been relatively peaceful for months. By contrast, the American-led coalition is still fighting Taliban warriors in the east of the country, and the international
 security force in Kabul is reporting increasing attacks on its own men.</p>
<p>Afghan government troops also engaged in fierce fighting today when they moved against a warlord south of Kabul and killed 20 of his troops and captured most of his weaponry, Agence France-Presse reported, quoting a government official.</p>
<p>United Nations officials and members of the Afghan commission organizing the loya jirga admit it will be fraught with difficulties, power struggles and even violence. But they say that even an imperfect process will give the Afghans a say in their future
 for the first time since Soviet forces invaded the country in 1979. </p>
<p>"After 23 years of fighting, if this loya jirga is just completed, we will call it democratic," said Said Nurullah, chief aide to General Dostum.</p>
<p>Mr. Brahimi called on the various factions here, which all have armed militias, not to interfere in the selection process. Commenting afterwards on the large turnout, he called the day a promising start.</p>
<p>Certainly, people here voiced great enthusiasm. Elders from the 16 villages of the district sat in their tents and declared their choices to members of the commission.</p>
<p>Within an hour, 40 representatives were recorded who will go forward to a regional gathering in Mazar-i-Sharif at the end of May.</p>
<p>"'For a long time we were in the dark, and right now we are in the sun," said Khaq Mohammed, 60, who was selected by his village as a representative. He praised the United States and the United Nations for ending the Taliban's rule and saving his drought-gripped
 village from starvation. "We are just thinking that we are alive again," he said.</p>
<p>Old bearded men from two settlements, Qulbaqua and Aranqi, sat in a circular tent decorated with Turkmen embroideries and carpets, and explained they had already selected three representatives back at home, one white- bearded elder and two younger men in
 their late thirties. </p>
<p>"We had a big discussion with the people and agreed we would not choose a bad person, like a drug smuggler, or murderer," said the village teacher, Mallem Abdul Ghani, 63. "We chose him because he is honest and he is always doing things voluntarily for the
 village," he said, pointing out one of the younger representatives.</p>
<p>A 21-member commission has drafted rules for the selection, that the candidate should be over 22 and literate, have no criminal or terrorist connection, and not be guilty of causing civilian deaths directly or indirectly. If there is intimidation or cheating,
 villagers can object by letter to the commission.</p>
<p>But Humaira Neamati, a commission member, said she did not doubt that some unsavory warlords would ensure that they were selected for the loya jirga. "We cannot bring 100 per cent democracy to the country because the situation is not so good," she said in
 an interview last week. "But if we have 60 per cent good people and only 40 per cent bad people, then maybe we will close our eyes to it, because 40 per cent will not be able to do much."</p>
</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<table width="100%" border="0">
<tbody>
<tr>
<td width="100%">
<p><b>International Media</b></p>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="100%">
<p style="text-align:center"><b>Ministry Of External Affairs, India</b></p>
</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>31/01/2012 12:43:51</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/18179/Afghan+Elders+Begin+an+Ancient+Process+to+Choose+a+Government</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">18179</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>18183</publicationdataID>
      <title>Nuclear nightmare</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<table width="100%" border="0">
<tbody>
<tr>
<td width="100%">
<p><b>Nuclear nightmare </b></p>
<p><b>The Washington Times<br />
</b><b>Editorial</b><b><br />
April 16, 2002</b></p>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td dir="ltr">
<p>In just the latest indication of the horrors that Osama bin Laden has in store for us, two Afghan nuclear physicists have revealed that al Qaeda attempted to recruit them to build a nuclear bomb. Julian West of The Washington Times reported Thursday that
 the scientists risked their lives by hiding enough radioactive materials to build dozens of "dirty" nuclear bombs in the ruins of a Kabul mental hospital and the basement of a university's nuclear physics department. Last week, they directed a team of specially
 trained British soldiers equipped with state-of-the-art detection equipment to the hidden materials. The British soldiers were astonished by what they found.<br />
<br />
"We've been finding stuff that's far more potent and dangerous than even 'dirty bombs,' " said Capt. James Cameron, head of the British team. Capt. Cameron works for the British Nuclear, Biological and Chemical Regiment, which also monitors Saddam Hussein's
 weapons programs from Kuwait. In the cancer treatment room of the hospital, they found a broken radiotherapy machine containing enough cobalt 60 to kill a man instantly. In the basement of Kabul University, they found containers of solid and liquid radioactive
 material and chemical warfare agents. Had the scientists not put their lives on the line by defying the Afghan government by tearing up their research documents and stashing the materials where al Qaeda and the Taliban couldn't find them, the consequences
 could have been horrible.<br />
<br />
One of the hero-scientists was Mohammed Korbani, a nuclear physics professor. He said that after the Taliban seized power in Kabul, he was approached by a mysterious organization known as the Chand Groupi or Multi Group, located in a part of the city where
 many Arab al Qaeda fighters lived and bin Laden operated terrorist safe houses. The organization was linked to a charity run by a renegade Pakistani nuclear scientist named Sultan Bashiruddin Mahmoud, a man described by the CIA as "bin Laden's nuclear secretary."
 Mr. Mahmoud is currently under house arrest in Pakistan. Weapons found in Mr. Mahmoud's home showed that he was involved in experiments to float an anthrax-laden helium balloon over the United States and that he was attempting to build a nuclear bomb.
<br />
Mr. Korbani said that members of Mr. Mahmoud's organization "offered me a lot of money, and said they wanted me to find 100 other nuclear scientists and technicians and come to Karachi [Pakistan]," adding that "they kept calling me, but I never returned" the
 calls. Capt. Cameron told The Washington Times that there was little doubt that the Taliban and al Qaeda were also seeking to make chemical weapons. Were it not for the heroic behavior of Mr. Korbani and his colleague, Mohammed Jan Naziri, al Qaeda might have
 been able to build several "dirty" nuclear bombs. All civilized people owe Messrs. Nazari and Korbani a tremendous debt of gratitude.</p>
</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<table width="100%" border="0">
<tbody>
<tr>
<td width="100%">
<p><b>International Media</b></p>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="100%">
<p style="text-align:center"><b>Ministry Of External Affairs, India</b></p>
</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>31/01/2012 14:07:22</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/18183/Nuclear+nightmare</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">18183</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>18184</publicationdataID>
      <title>Mr. Musharraf's Referendum</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<table width="100%" border="0">
<tbody>
<tr>
<td width="100%">
<p><b>Mr. Musharraf's Referendum</b></p>
<p><b>The Washington Post<br />
April 12, 2002</b></p>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td dir="ltr">
<p><b>G</b>en. Pervez Musharraf has already reaped considerable benefits for Pakistan by choosing to align his government with the United States in the war on terrorism. Now he is reaching for his own reward. Rather than return power to an elected parliament
 and president, Mr. Musharraf announced last week that he will hold a referendum April 30 on extending his own term in office. After overthrowing Pakistan's last democratic government in a 1999 coup, Mr. Musharraf promised the country's supreme court that he
 would hold new parliamentary elections by this October. He says he will keep that commitment; but by the time the elections are held, the general clearly intends to have preempted the selection of a new president -- which under the constitution is the prerogative
 of parliament and regional assemblies -- and to have introduced other unspecified reforms allowing him to control the civilian government. This bold move is opposed overwhelmingly by Pakistan's educated elite -- political parties, media and other civil institutions
 -- and it's unlikely the general would be attempting it unless he believed he had earned the indulgence of a grateful Washington. That's why the Bush administration should tell Mr. Musharraf he is wrong.<br />
<br />
So far the administration has dodged the issue. A State Department spokesman issued a muddled statement suggesting that courts should decide if the referendum is constitutional -- a response that sidesteps the fact that Mr. Musharraf intends to radically alter
 the constitution in an undemocratic direction. There is obvious reason for the administration's ambivalence; it has lionized Mr. Musharraf as an invaluable ally in the fight against the Taliban and al Qaeda, and it even pointed to him as a model for other
 Muslim leaders. Pakistan's political parties, in contrast, have a bad record: Successive governments led by Benazir Bhutto and Nawaz Sharif in the 1990s were flagrantly corrupt and had poor relations with the United States.<br />
<br />
There are, nevertheless, strong reasons not to support Mr. Musharraf's initiative. Like Pakistan's military ruler of the 1980s, Mohammed Zia ul-Haq, Mr. Musharraf is attempting to legitimize his rule through a means that is more democratic in appearance than
 in practice; the referendum format means no one will oppose him for president, the state apparatus can be used freely to mobilize voters on his behalf, and the question can be worded in a way that makes it difficult to vote no. In his speech to the nation,
 Mr. Musharraf sought to personalize the question of whether far-reaching changes should be made to Pakistani democracy, telling voters they should decide whether "I'm required or not." If history is a guide, many Pakistanis will simply ignore such appeals
 -- turnout for past referendums has been extremely low -- and Mr. Musharraf will effectively fail to obtain the popular mandate he seeks.<br />
<br />
No doubt some Bush administration officials would like to perpetuate a relationship with Pakistan that allows the United States to do business with a single, relatively cooperative general. But a likely outcome of the referendum initiative is a weakened leader
 who will be mired in power struggles with the civilian politicians elected in October. The administration can do a service for both itself and Mr. Musharraf by urging him to negotiate any changes in the political system with the political parties, rather than
 dictating reforms. If he is really "required" for Pakistan, Mr. Musharraf should be able to work within a legitimate democratic system. If he is unwilling to do that, continued U.S. support for his rule would be a mistake.</p>
</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<table width="100%" border="0">
<tbody>
<tr>
<td width="100%">
<p><b>International Media</b></p>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="100%">
<p style="text-align:center"><b>Ministry Of External Affairs, India</b></p>
</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>31/01/2012 14:11:58</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/18184/Mr+Musharrafs+Referendum</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">18184</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>18185</publicationdataID>
      <title>Musharraf begins stumping before referendum</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<table width="100%" border="0">
<tbody>
<tr>
<td width="100%"><b>Musharraf begins stumping before referendum </b>
<p><b>The USA Today</b><br />
<b>By Elliot Blair Smith<br />
April 09, 2002</b></p>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td dir="ltr">
<p><b>L</b>AHORE, Pakistan — President Pervez Musharraf began a three-week election campaign Tuesday asking Pakistanis to endorse his military rule and give him five more years in power.<br />
<br />
Tens of thousands of supporters attended Musharraf's first-ever rally, held ahead of an April 30 referendum he announced only Friday. The Pakistani leader cited his efforts to rebuild the economy and fight against terrorism as his two major accomplishments.<br />
<br />
Musharraf, a key U.S. ally in the war in Afghanistan, wants to use his new standing on the world stage to gain the legitimacy accorded elected leaders. He seized power in a 1999 military coup that culminated in the exile of his two elected civilian predecessors.<br />
<br />
Musharraf, 58, is expected to ask voters to endorse him in yes-or-no balloting that offers no alternative candidates. He is trying to link his name to that of Pakistan's revered late founder, Quaid-I-Azam Mohammad Ali Jinnah, who favored an Islamic republic
 but opposed religious fundamentalism.<br />
<br />
At the rally, Musharraf wore a camouflage jacket and bulletproof vest. "Should my reforms continue? Should I remain president?" he asked the crowd. In his appearance here at the birthplace of the Pakistani state, in 1947, he was greeted by handpicked supporters
 and banners calling him "the voice of God." In the broiling sun, knots of supporters clashed in fistfights broken up by riot police wielding bamboo rods.<br />
<br />
Pakistan's major political parties oppose the referendum as unconstitutional. The constitution holds that the parliament and provincial assemblies select the president. With national elections scheduled for October, opponents have challenged Musharraf's referendum
 in the country's highest courts.<br />
<br />
Musharraf appears to be relying on a lightning 21-day campaign and the backing of the army and bureaucracy to turn out voters.<br />
<br />
Democracy is a low priority for many in this nation of 145 million people. It was cited as a top concern by 2% of the population in a recent national poll by Herald magazine. That poll identified the public's chief concerns as the economy and law and order.
 Other recent polls show Musharraf's approval rating running from 67% to 95%.<br />
<br />
Most supporters at Tuesday's outdoor rally consisted of low-level civil servants, the elderly and unemployed, who were bused and trucked to the event in mass-transit vehicles commandeered by police. The move stranded thousands of poor workers, who rely on privately
 owned commuter wagons to get around.<br />
<br />
Opponents were excluded from the rally. Some protesters were beaten and removed the night before. Lahore Mayor Mian Amir Mahmood, who staged the rally, estimated the crowd at 250,000. Pakistani journalists put it at 50,000.<br />
<br />
"He's helping the poor. He's a moderate. He's not an extremist," said a young religious leader, Sajad Ahmed, who traveled in a group of 50 men to support Musharraf.<br />
<br />
Musharraf spent most of his 45-minute speech lambasting former prime ministers Nawaz Sharif and Benazir Bhutto, whom he exiled and refuses to allow to return.<br />
<br />
"They have no place here," Musharraf said, accusing the two of massive corruption. "When I came to power, the economy was in a shambles. People thought Pakistan would collapse. We brought honor to the country."<br />
<br />
He never mentioned the United States, a controversial ally in this Muslim country. But he took credit for making Pakistan strategically important by backing the Bush administration's war on terrorism.<br />
<br />
"Pakistan was about to be declared a terrorist state. I changed its complexion," he said.</p>
</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<table width="100%" border="0">
<tbody>
<tr>
<td width="100%">
<p><b>International Media</b></p>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="100%">
<p style="text-align:center"><b>Ministry Of External Affairs, India</b></p>
</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>31/01/2012 14:16:04</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/18185/Musharraf+begins+stumping+before+referendum</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">18185</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>18186</publicationdataID>
      <title>Militant's Case Casts Doubt on Pakistans Resolve</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<table width="100%" border="0">
<tbody>
<tr>
<td width="100%">
<p>Militant's Case Casts Doubt on Pakistan's Resolve</p>
<p><b>The Los Angeles Times</b> <br />
<b>By Paul Watson (Times Staff Writer)<br />
April 06, 2002</b></p>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td dir="ltr"><small>Asia: Authorities have allowed a Bin Laden ally to go underground, critics contend, saying a government crackdown is mostly tough talk.</small>
<p><big>I</big><small>slamabad, Pakistan: One of the four men who added their signatures to Osama bin Laden's 1998 edict declaring it a Muslim's duty to kill Americans has mysteriously gone underground in Pakistan.<br />
<br />
Officially, the government says it doesn't know the whereabouts of Maulana Fazlur Rehman Khalil. However, a senior military officer said privately that the longtime Bin Laden ally is "in the custody of the government" at a military intelligence safe house.<br />
<br />
Khalil has not been charged with any crime, or interviewed by any of the FBI agents tracking suspected terrorists here, according to army Brig. Javed Iqbal Cheema, coordinator of a crackdown on Islamic radicals announced by President Pervez Musharraf in a Jan.
 12 speech.<br />
<br />
A leading Pakistani human rights activist says cases such as Khalil's illustrate the hollowness of Musharraf's tough rhetoric against Islamic militants. The Pakistani president refuses to challenge army generals who still support and protect key radicals, said
 Afrasiab Khattak, head of the independent Human Rights Commission of Pakistan.<br />
<br />
"The government is, unfortunately, turning a blind eye because even in his so-called historical speech, which was also praised by President Bush, Musharraf blamed misguided clerics," Khattak said. "But he failed to mention misguided military officers, so there
 has been a kind of impunity. There have been 'holy cows.' It is a taboo subject."<br />
<br />
Musharraf's government has detained more than 2,000 suspected militants. But police have released hundreds of them on promises of good behavior, and some of their leaders are held in what authorities call protective custody in comfortable government guest houses.<br />
<br />
"The protection is not for society. It is for the person who is in custody," Khattak said.<br />
<br />
The human rights advocate says he in unsure whether Musharraf is unable to move more forcefully against the radicals, or whether the president has secretly approved a policy that contradicts his public commitment to bring all terrorists to justice.<br />
<br />
Khattak said there had been irresponsible conduct by "certain elements," a common euphemism in Pakistan for the military's powerful Inter-Services Intelligence agency, or ISI. Musharraf, an army general who seized power in a 1999 coup, insists that the ISI
 is fully under his control.<br />
<br />
Khalil is secretary-general of the outlawed Harkat Moujahedeen, or Movement of the Holy Warriors, guerrilla army, which has been described by the State Department as a terrorist organization.<br />
<br />
Branching Out After Fight Against Soviets<br />
<br />
Like many of the groups linked to Bin Laden's Al Qaeda network, Harkat has its roots in the 1980s war against the Soviet occupation of neighboring Afghanistan. But by the early 1990s, Harkat also claimed to have militants in countries ranging from Egypt to
 Bosnia-Herzegovina and Myanmar.<br />
<br />
In 1993, the group merged with another Afghan guerrilla faction to form Harkat Ansar with the aim of driving Indian troops from the disputed territory of Jammu and Kashmir. When the State Department put Harkat Ansar on its list of terrorist organizations, the
 group simply reverted to its previous name.<br />
<br />
Atty. Gen. John Ashcroft noted in January that a federal indictment against Californian John Walker Lindh alleges that he "joined a paramilitary training camp run by the terrorist group Harkat Moujahedeen" in May 2001.<br />
<br />
Ashcroft said that after Lindh finished his training, he was given a choice of fighting with Harkat in Kashmir or joining the Taliban forces in Afghanistan. Lindh chose the Taliban.<br />
<br />
In addition, Indian investigators suspect that a faction of Harkat was behind the July 1995 kidnapping and killing of Western hikers--an American, two Britons, a German and a Norwegian--in Kashmir. Another American escaped.<br />
<br />
In another case, Pakistani militant Maulana Masood Azhar told Indian police after his arrest in Kashmir in 1994 that Khalil had instructed him to travel to Kenya in 1993 to support Somalis organizing attacks against U.S. and other international forces in Somalia.<br />
<br />
The Kenya-based terror organization was identified in U.S. court last year as the cell responsible for the 1998 bombings of the U.S. Embassy in Nairobi, the capital, and in Tanzania that killed 224 people, including 12 Americans.<br />
<br />
India released Azhar from jail in December 1999 along with Ahmad Saeed Omar Sheikh in order to free the passengers of an Indian airliner that was hijacked to Afghanistan.<br />
<br />
Sheikh appeared Friday in a court in Karachi to stand trial as the chief suspect in the kidnapping and killing of Wall Street Journal reporter Daniel Pearl this year. But the closed trial in Karachi's central jail was adjourned until April 12.<br />
<br />
Khalil signed Bin Laden's February 1998 fatwa, or religious edict, that called on Muslims everywhere to kill Americans and their allies, whether military or civilian. It was declared under the banner of the "World Islamic Front for Jihad Against Jews and Crusaders,"
 with the goal of driving the U.S. and its allies from the Arabian Peninsula.<br />
<br />
"The ruling to kill the Americans and their allies--civilians and military--is an individual duty for every Muslim who can do it in any country in which it is possible to do it," the fatwa declared.<br />
<br />
Khalil signed it along with Bin Laden and his chief lieutenant, Egyptian Ayman Zawahiri; another Egyptian militant, Ahmed Taha; and Pakistani religious scholar Sheikh Mir Hamza.<br />
<br />
Like Bin Laden, Zawahiri is on the run after the fall of the Taliban regime in Afghanistan, and it is unclear where he is.<br />
<br />
Hamza has not been accused of direct involvement in terrorism. Taha, wanted in connection with terrorist attacks in Egypt, reportedly was extradited from Syria last fall.<br />
<br />
Last Oct. 3, Pakistani military intelligence officers detained Khalil but released him a week later after he insisted that he had no links to Bin Laden or Afghanistan's Taliban rulers, according a report in the Urdu-language Ausaf newspaper.<br />
<br />
When Musharraf made his speech in January vowing to end all forms of terrorism in Pakistan, police raided Khalil's home in Rawalpindi, a suburb of Islamabad, the capital, but news reports said they couldn't find him.<br />
<br />
Cheema, who heads Pakistan's national crisis management center, said that he didn't know where Khalil was but that he was certain U.S. authorities hadn't asked to interrogate the Harkat leader. Cheema denied that military intelligence was protecting suspected
 terrorists.<br />
<br />
"I think I would not be wrong if I said that we have the confidence of the government of the United States with regard to what we are doing in Pakistan," Cheema said.<br />
<br />
U.S. Upset by Release of Suspects<br />
<br />
Washington is grateful for Pakistan's help last week in the arrest of Abu Zubeida, believed to be a Saudi with ties to Palestinians, who is suspected of running Al Qaeda's recruitment and training operations. He is the highest-ranking Al Qaeda member captured
 since the Sept. 11 terrorist attacks on the U.S.<br />
<br />
Zubeida was caught in raids in three Pakistani cities that were carried out with the assistance of FBI agents. More than two dozen other foreigners, all suspected Al Qaeda militants, also were detained.<br />
<br />
But U.S. diplomats were dismayed when police released at least 16 Pakistanis rounded up in the raids, including suspected members of the Lashkar-e-Taiba, a banned guerrilla group accused of terrorist attacks in India and its Jammu and Kashmir state.<br />
<br />
Pakistani police Wednesday arrested 21 more men who allegedly belong to Harkat Moujahedeen in North-West Frontier Province, which borders Afghanistan.<br />
<br />
Harkat is the military wing of the Jamiat-ul-Ulema-e-Islam, whose political leader Maulana Fazlur Rehman was held in a government rest house for more than five months until his release March 17.<br />
<br />
Rehman, who said he used to be a friend of Khalil, insisted that he doesn't know where his namesake is now.<br />
<br />
Efforts to contact Khalil this week included a meeting in an Islamabad restaurant with a member of Jaish-e-Mohamed, a banned Harkat offshoot with ties to the ISI.<br />
<br />
The man claimed that Khalil was living under a false name in Rawalpindi. Khalil was unlikely to speak to a reporter because military intelligence officers were keeping a close eye on militant leaders after Pearl's slaying, the Jaish member said. The U.S. military
 fired several cruise missiles at a Harkat camp near the eastern Afghan town of Khowst on Aug. 20, 1998, in attacks on training bases affiliated with Bin Laden to retaliate for the embassy bombings in Africa.<br />
<br />
Two days after the attack, Khalil told reporters in Islamabad that 50 people were killed and 60 others injured in six minutes of airstrikes.<br />
<br />
"The USA has struck us with Tomahawk cruise missiles at only two places, but we will hit back at them everywhere in the world, wherever we find them," Khalil reportedly said. "We have started a holy war against the U.S., and they will hardly find a tree to
 take shelter beneath it." </small></p>
</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<table width="100%" border="0">
<tbody>
<tr>
<td width="100%">
<p><b>International Media</b></p>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="100%">
<p style="text-align:center"><b>Ministry Of External Affairs, India</b></p>
</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>31/01/2012 14:21:35</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/18186/Militants+Case+Casts+Doubt+on+Pakistans+Resolve</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">18186</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>18187</publicationdataID>
      <title>To catch a terrorist</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<table width="100%" border="0">
<tbody>
<tr>
<td width="100%">
<p><b>To catch a terrorist </b></p>
<p><b>A</b><b> Boston Globe Editorial<br />
</b><b>April 03, 2002</b></p>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td dir="ltr">
<p>THE ARREST IN Pakistan of Abu Zubaydah, one of Osama bin Laden's top lieutenants, is a welcome accomplishment in a new phase of the international war against Al Qaeda terrorism: not military battles but the slow, painstaking slog of police work.
<br />
<br />
Zubaydah, one of 60 suspects captured last Thursday in the cities of Faisalabad and Lahore, has been identified by cooperating witnesses as the number three man in Al Qaeda's hierarchy. Intelligence sources have described Zubaydah as the man who winnowed recruits
 from the organization's training camps in Afghanistan, selecting those who were suited for advanced training as terrorists and assigning them missions after they completed their sinister curriculum.
<br />
<br />
Even if, as expected, Zubaydah refuses to cooperate with his captors, withholding information about planned terrorist operations and the whereabouts of his colleagues, the very fact that he could be taken into custody suggests that Al Qaeda ringleaders who
 survived the American onslaught in Afghanistan are now vulnerable to their pursuers.
<br />
<br />
Another raid of two safe houses in Lahore on Monday, an operation that netted 16 more suspected terrorists, underlined the difficulty bin Laden's followers and supporters now have in hiding. They were pinpointed by confidential informants. Some of the crucial
 information was transmitted from American law enforcement and intelligence agents to their Pakistani colleagues, and some was received first by Pakistani officials and passed on to the Americans.
<br />
<br />
These raids suggest a crucial lesson for the future of what President Bush has properly called a long struggle against terrorism with a global reach. They illustrate the need for American cooperation with police forces and intelligence agencies of other countries.
 This kind of cooperation has little in common with the theatrics of international diplomacy or the technological prowess of precision-guided munitions snaking into caves and underground bunkers. Rather it entails on-the-ground collaboration with foreign detectives
 and intelligence agents, sharing information, coordinating strikes against wanted fugitives.
<br />
<br />
In the case of Pakistan, the United States can simultaneously serve its own interests and assist its willing Pakistani partners by giving Pakistan's police forces the hardware and software needed to set up a database of suspects. Pakistani police have no computerized
 collection of fingerprints and photos. Their fingerprinting capabilities are those inherited from British colonialism.
<br />
<br />
The Pakistani police were told by suspects captured in Thursday's raid that they missed capturing bin Laden by a half hour. The more assistance they receive, the more likely the Pakistani police are to help their American colleagues catch their man.</p>
</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<table width="100%" border="0">
<tbody>
<tr>
<td width="100%">
<p><b>International Media</b></p>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="100%">
<p style="text-align:center"><b>Ministry Of External Affairs, India</b></p>
</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>31/01/2012 14:28:18</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/18187/To+catch+a+terrorist</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">18187</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>18188</publicationdataID>
      <title>Pakistan battles backlash from siding with U.S.</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<table width="100%" border="0">
<tbody>
<tr>
<td width="100%"><b>Pakistan battles backlash from siding with U.S.</b>
<p><b>The </b><b>Chicago Tribune</b><b><br />
</b><b>By E.A. Torriero, Tribune staff reporter</b><b><br />
April 03, 2002</b></p>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td dir="ltr">
<p><b>Anti-American anger increases as few rewards seen <br />
<br />
</b>LAHORE, Pakistan -- Six months after President Pervez Musharraf joined the U.S.-led coalition against terror, Pakistan has seen few tangible benefits and is reeling from waves of anti-American attacks.<br />
<br />
"There was a hope that when Musharraf broke ranks and sided with the Americans that things would improve," said Arif Jamal, an author who has spent much of the last two years researching Islamic militant organizations in Pakistan. "Instead they have gotten
 worse. And when you look at the indicators, I am very sure that things will become bleaker."<br />
<br />
Economically, many of the anticipated $1 billion-plus in international incentives have yet to materialize. Foreign investment has fallen by a third in recent months, and textile orders plummeted 64 percent.<br />
<br />
Despite praise from abroad for his tough stance, Musharraf's crackdown on the religious right has failed to curb political and sectarian backlashes. There have been dozens of incidents since September, including assassinations of doctors and other prominent
 people who may have been viewed as symbols of Western tolerance by religiously motivated attackers.<br />
<br />
<b>Musharraf determined</b><br />
<br />
Musharraf is standing fast. He traveled to Afghanistan on Tuesday to reaffirm his backing for interim leader Hamid Karzai and the Kabul government. Pakistan's aim, Musharraf said, is to help Afghanistan stamp out terrorism.<br />
<br />
As Arab militants and opponents of Musharraf's alliance with the U.S. work to destabilize his regime, U.S. citizens have come under attack. Two Americans and three other people were killed last month in a grenade attack on an Islamabad church frequented by
 foreigners, and American reporter Daniel Pearl was kidnapped in January and murdered.<br />
<br />
The trial of Sheik Omar Saeed, the alleged mastermind of the Pearl kidnapping, and three defendants is scheduled to begin Friday. The case is expected to end without a clear-cut verdict because of weak evidence. Pearl's body has not been recovered, and several
 key suspects have not been apprehended.<br />
<br />
If American authorities persuade Musharraf to later extradite Saeed in connection with investigations into the Sept. 11 U.S. terror attacks, violent protests are expected.<br />
<br />
Fears of further attacks prompted U.S. Embassy officials recently to evacuate families and support staff.<br />
<br />
<b>Concern over U.S. intervention</b><br />
<br />
As U.S. investigative agencies get more involved in Pakistani terrorist probes and U.S. military advisers help guide Pakistani border containment efforts, there is worry in many Pakistani circles over rising American intervention.<br />
<br />
After U.S. military officials suggested they would chase Taliban and Arab fighters from Afghanistan into Pakistan, analysts warned of a public backlash. There were harsh words last week at mosque prayers against the government and the United States after a
 few dozen suspects with links to Al Qaeda were arrested in two Pakistani cities by authorities working in conjunction with American agents.<br />
<br />
A continuing concern for Pakistanis is the uneasy detente along the Indian border, where they worry that Musharraf is distracted by internal problems while India seeks strategic advantage.<br />
<br />
"Pakistan has acted against its own interest to please America," said retired army Gen. Hamid Gul, a former Pakistani security chief and a vocal critic of the U.S.-Pakistan alliance. "Pakistan is paying the price in economic and social upheaval."<br />
<br />
Musharraf seems determined to keep the reins of power and has been trying to muster support for a referendum reaffirming his rule. The ballot would be sometime before parliamentary elections in October. Islamic leaders have vowed to rally opposition to the
 referendum.<br />
<br />
"It is unprecedented in democracy that you should have a referendum and not an election to keep yourself in power," said Nawabzada Nasrullah Khan, leader of the anti-government coalition Alliance for the Restoration of Democracy.<br />
<br />
"There is no democracy in Pakistan," said Khan, who was banned from his hometown, Lahore, last month for 30 days after trying to stage a demonstration. "Musharraf has all the power unto himself."<br />
<br />
Critics charge that, like his token efforts toward democracy, Musharraf's aid to the anti-terror coalition is halfhearted.<br />
<br />
Along the border areas with Afghanistan, the government boasts that the passages are "sealed tight." But locals insist the border is porous. Afghan and American intelligence indicates that Al Qaeda and the Taliban are regrouping inside Pakistani territory for
 a strike in Afghanistan.<br />
<br />
Money, arms, supplies and electronic equipment have been ferried to Taliban fighters in the mountains through middlemen and into places accessible only by natives who can navigate the difficult terrain, according to several longtime residents who travel in
 and out of Afghanistan.<br />
<br />
U.S. advisers arrived in the border region last week, and more than $70 million in U.S. surveillance aid is on the way. Still, the government says the region already is stable. It has made deals with tribes controlling the territories for joint patrols in exchange
 for aid.<br />
<br />
<b>`Deep anger among people'</b><br />
<br />
Among the thousands of tribesmen who live in the area there is fury against the U.S.-led war, especially after more than 3,500 U.S. bombs were dropped in recent weeks in the Afghan mountains where their Pashtun brothers live and some civilians were injured
 and killed.<br />
<br />
Despite government insistence that residents back the coalition, there are calls in religious schools, mosques and on the streets for a holy war against U.S. and Afghan troops.<br />
<br />
"There is serious resentment, a deep anger among people," said Sayid Nasib Ali Shah, who runs a religious school in Bannu, the provincial hub near the Afghan border. "If there is a call for people to fight, they will."<br />
<br />
Even those targeted by Musharraf say that his crackdown has been weak. While more suspected militants were arrested last week, some 1,300 have been released in recent days as the government attempts to appease religious parties.<br />
<br />
"What are they achieving with all these detentions but bad will?" said Qazi Hussan Ahmad, the leader of Jamaat-e-Islami, the largest Islamic party, who was released this month after spending four months in detention in a guest house and hospital room.<br />
<br />
"If anything, my detention brought out more people to protest," said Ahmad, a leading opponent of the military regime.</p>
</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<table width="100%" border="0">
<tbody>
<tr>
<td width="100%">
<p><b>International Media</b></p>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="100%">
<p style="text-align:center"><b>Ministry Of External Affairs, India</b></p>
</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>31/01/2012 14:32:17</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/18188/Pakistan+battles+backlash+from+siding+with+US</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">18188</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>18189</publicationdataID>
      <title>In Kabul, Musharraf Spurns U.S. Aid in Hunting Qaeda</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<table width="100%" border="0">
<tbody>
<tr>
<td width="100%"><b>In Kabul, Musharraf Spurns U.S. Aid in Hunting Qaeda</b>
<p><b>The New York Times</b> <b><br />
</b><b>By </b><b>John F. Burns<br />
April 03, 2002</b></p>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td dir="ltr">
<p><b>K</b>ABUL, Afghanistan, April 2 — President Pervez Musharraf of Pakistan made a surprise visit to Afghanistan today, trying to mend fences but also rejecting any future American military operations against Al Qaeda or Taliban forces who have fled to Pakistani
 tribal areas adjoining Afghanistan.</p>
<p>He said the job of hunting the fighters inside Pakistan could be accomplished by Pakistani troops alone, despite American commanders' concerns that Pakistan has become a sanctuary for troops seeking to regroup for a new guerrilla war in Afghanistan.</p>
<p>In a brief visit under close guard by American troops, the Pakistani leader sought to bind up wounds inflicted during the years when Pakistan, under General Musharraf and other leaders, supported the Taliban, and even maintained covert contacts through its
 military intelligence agency with Al Qaeda. Those policies were abandoned under American pressure after Sept. 11, when Pakistan became America's most important regional ally in the war against terrorism.</p>
<p>Meeting with Hamid Karzai, chairman of the interim Afghan government, General Musharraf came close to apologizing for having backed the Taliban during the years when it imposed a harsh system of Islamic rule on Afghanistan's 20 million people. He embraced
 leaders of the Northern Alliance, the only force to have resisted the Taliban, which now forms the core of the Karzai government, and whose leaders have frequently excoriated Pakistan and General Musharraf for having helped sustain the Taliban.</p>
<p>Now, he said at a news conference with Mr. Karzai in the old royal palace, Pakistan had no agenda of its own in Afghanistan, only a wish to support the interim government, and to make sure that neither country again becomes a sanctuary for terrorists seeking
 to harm the other. </p>
<p>As for Pakistan's military intelligence agency, regarded by many Afghans as the alter ego of the Taliban, General Musharraf said that it was firmly under his control and that it would not be allowed to meddle in Afghanistan again.</p>
<p>"I made it absolutely clear to my brother here," he said, gesturing toward Mr. Karzai, "that Pakistan has only one aim, to assist Afghanistan in whatever he wants to do. His plan is our plan."</p>
<p>But General Musharraf, the first Pakistani leader to visit the country's western neighbor for 10 years, showed a prickliness over the issue that has moved to the center of American commanders' concerns — the use of the largely lawless Pakistani tribal areas
 abutting Afghanistan as safe havens by Taliban and Al Qaeda fighters who survived after Taliban rule collapsed in November under American bombing.</p>
<p>In response to questions, he assertively rejected suggestions that the absence of effective Pakistani controls along the 1,400-mile border, especially in a mountainous area around the Afghan city of Khost about 100 miles south of Kabul, had allowed Al Qaeda
 and Taliban remnants to regroup.</p>
<p>"I'm very proud of our forces; they are very capable of taking actions against intruders into our country," General Musharraf said. As for suggestions that American forces might eventually need to mount "hot-pursuit" raids into Pakistan, he added: "I don't
 think that doing this is in the coalition's interest, or in Pakistan's interest."</p>
<p>As evidence of Pakistan's vigilance in the hunt for terrorists, he cited the arrests last week of "40 or 50" suspected Taliban and Al Qaeda members in a swoop by Pakistani and American agents in three cities in Pakistan's central province of Punjab. He also
 cited earlier arrests of Al Qaeda fugitives in Pakistan's tribal areas. </p>
<p>The White House confirmed today that one of those seized in the raids last week was Abu Zubaydah, said to have become the operational commander of Al Qaeda after the collapse of Taliban rule forced many of the group's fighters to flee to Pakistan.</p>
<p>The arrests, although a coup for the Musharraf government in its relations with Washington, had the effect of validating American military commanders' concerns about the porousness of the border. These concerns became acute in the wake of the 11-day battle
 American troops fought last month against a Taliban and Al Qaeda force in the Shah-i-Kot valley, barely 25 miles northwest of the closest crossing point into the Pakistani tribal area of Waziristan.
</p>
<p>Although American commanders declared Shah-i-Kot a victory, many signs since the battle have indicated that they learned that they would have to prevent these fighters from going back and forth into Pakistan to achieve their aim of eliminating Taliban and
 Al Qaeda fighters who have threatened to mount a guerrilla war against American forces and Mr. Karzai's American-backed government in Kabul.</p>
<p>Concerns about Taliban and Al Qaeda cells still active in Afghanistan were evident in the tight security cordon around General Musharraf. He arrived only 36 hours after troops of the international security force in Kabul arrested two men driving a Pakistan-registered
 vehicle carrying 32 Kalashnikov rifles. A British military spokesman said the rifles were destined for an underground group in Kabul linked to one of Pakistan's most powerful Islamic militant groups, Jamiat Ulema-e-Pakistan.</p>
<p>The spokesman did not say any link had been made to General Musharraf's visit, which took place without prior public announcement. But arrangements for General Musharraf showed the high level of concern.</p>
<p>For General Musharraf, the visit marked a way station in his transformation of Pakistan from a country whose government nurtured the Taliban and sheltered Islamic extremist groups.
</p>
<p>In many ways, the Pakistani leader seemed to have come here to wash away the past. Mr. Karzai has close ties with Pakistan, having lived there during the periods of Communist and Taliban rule in Afghanistan. But there is no such affinity among the Northern
 Alliance men who hold major positions in the interim government. </p>
<p>At the news conference, General Musharraf acknowledged that there were "bitter memories" to be overcome, but said they should be viewed in the broader context of a relationship sustained for centuries by a common Muslim faith, a common culture and a shared
 geography. He said the days of Pakistani interference in Afghan affairs were over.
</p>
<p>He handed Mr. Karzai a $10 million check as a gift from Pakistan.</p>
<p>But a hint that hard feelings may not be altogether assuaged came from Mr. Karzai's account of the wavering by Gen. Muhammad Fahim, the Northern Alliance military commander who serves as defense minister, about attending the airport arrival ceremony.
</p>
<p>"He called me this morning and said, `I'm going to Kandahar,' and I said, `Fine, go ahead,' " Mr. Karzai said. "And then he said, `Don't you think I should be at the airport to greet General Musharraf?' and I said, `That's a wonderful idea,' so he delayed
 his trip."</p>
<p>But if General Musharraf regarded this as a mixed compliment, he showed no sign of it. Referring to General Fahim, who spoke excoriatingly of General Musharraf and Pakistan in the weeks leading up to the collapse of the Taliban, the Pakistani leader said
 that in their airport embrace, "He called me a brother, and I called him a brother, and I said, `I mean every word of it.' "</p>
</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<table width="100%" border="0">
<tbody>
<tr>
<td width="100%">
<p><b>International Media</b></p>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="100%">
<p style="text-align:center"><b>Ministry Of External Affairs, India</b></p>
</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>31/01/2012 14:39:09</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/18189/In+Kabul+Musharraf+Spurns+US+Aid+in+Hunting+Qaeda</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">18189</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>18190</publicationdataID>
      <title>Qaeda and Taliban May Ply Pakistan's Porous Frontier</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<table width="100%" border="0">
<tbody>
<tr>
<td width="100%"><b>Qaeda and Taliban May Ply Pakistan's Porous Frontier</b>
<p><b>The New York Times</b> <b><br />
</b><b>By </b><b>Dexter Filkins<br />
April 03, 2002</b></p>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td dir="ltr">
<p><b>M</b>ASHAKALAY, Afghanistan, April 1 — Along this desolate frontier said to be teeming with Al Qaeda and Taliban fighters, the border with Pakistan seems as elusive as the fugitives themselves.
<br />
<br />
From sunrise to dusk, people cross the imaginary line that cuts through the mountains here: nomads with camels, smugglers with wares, young men with guns.<br />
<br />
The Afghan border guards, recently hired by the Americans to look for terrorist suspects, give a lazy wave. Pakistani guards are nowhere to be seen.
<br />
<br />
An American reporter and photographer crossed the border into an area where foreigners have largely been banned by the Pakistani government. There were no Pakistanis on the border to question them.
</p>
<p>"Al Qaeda and Taliban fighters cross back and forth, and we cannot stop them," said Shah Wali, the commander of the Afghan border post here, which opened with American help four weeks ago. "On this side, there are mountains. On that side, there are mountains.
 What can we do?" <br />
<br />
The remote border region, formed where the eastern Afghan province of Khost meets Pakistan, has come under intense scrutiny after persistent reports that Al Qaeda and Taliban fighters are regrouping and planning to mount guerrilla attacks from sanctuaries across
 the border.<br />
<br />
In recent days, government officials in Khost, the provincial capital, have cited reports from witnesses that Osama bin Laden and other senior members of Al Qaeda and the Taliban are operating in the Khost region on both sides of the border.
<br />
<br />
American Special Forces have created an army of local Afghans to patrol the border, and the Americans themselves recently came under attack at their base in Khost.<br />
<br />
Recent arrests of people suspected of being Al Qaeda members in areas under tribal control on the Pakistani side of the order, carried out by Pakistani authorities, give credence to the reports that large numbers of fugitive fighters have fled to the one place
 where the Americans cannot, as yet, go and get them. <br />
<br />
The rugged frontier that stretches from the Khyber Pass to Quetta is famous for the smuggling routes that weave their way through the area's arid mountains. In the 1980's, the same region gave sanctuary to the mujahedeen fighters, who traveled back and forth
 across the border to stage attacks on the forces of the Soviet Union.<br />
<br />
Frustrated by what appear to be havens for Al Qaeda, American officials have begun hinting that they may reach across the frontier to carry out military strikes. Pakistani officials said that a senior American military commander raised the possibility of joint
 operations in the country's tribal areas. Pakistani leaders, who have sent 12,000 troops to the border areas, have indicated that if any military action is needed, they will undertake it themselves.
<br />
<br />
The scene at the Mashakalay crossing suggests how difficult it could be for American forces to crush the Taliban and Al Qaeda without striking across the border.
<br />
<br />
"There are thousands of Al Qaeda on the other side of the border," said Muhammad Mustafa, the security chief for Khost Province. "They have had lots of meetings. They are trying to regroup. That is what our intelligence has told us. They are going to start
 guerrilla attacks." <br />
<br />
Only three months ago, the Taliban and Al Qaeda were thought to be largely defeated in Khost Province, and most local energy was focused on the struggle that erupted when Padsha Khan Zadran, a longtime local warlord and ally of the Americans, tried to shoot
 his way into power in Khost and nearby Paktia Province. He failed to gain political office in either place, but established himself and family as the dominant force in the area.
<br />
<br />
As that was going on, Taliban and Qaeda fighters appear to have been regrouping on both sides of the border. That led to the battle at Shah-i-Kot valley, where American forces attacked what they believed to be a large concentration of Qaeda fighters.
<br />
<br />
In recent days, Mr. Mustafa, the security chief here, said his intelligence agents reported seeing Ayman al-Zawahiri, Mr. bin Laden's top deputy, and Jalaluddin Haqqani, the Taliban's top military commander, in the Pakistani town of Miram Shah, about 10 miles
 inside the Pakistani border.<br />
<br />
Muhammad Ibrahim, the governor of Khost Province, said local residents had also reported seeing Mr. bin Laden. Other reports have placed fugitive Taliban and Qaeda fighters in the Pakistani tribal village of Qabail and in parts of North and South Waziristan.
<br />
<br />
The reports are impossible to verify, but the signs of increased activity on and near the border appear unmistakable. Today, a bomb exploded in a bus parked in South Waziristan, killing one person and injuring 12. Local authorities blamed "unknown saboteurs."
<br />
<br />
The American base in Khost, about 20 miles from the Pakistani border, came under attack on the morning of March 20, and the ensuing firefight lasted more than an hour. While there are indications that the American base may have been caught in the crossfire
 of a tribal dispute, the police said they had arrested a local Afghan in possession of documents suggesting a link to Al Qaeda. The Afghan and the documents were turned over to the Americans in Khost, who declined a request for an interview.
<br />
<br />
The same week, Pakistani officials arrested seven suspected Qaeda members as they tried to cross the border, and a group of American Special Forces killed 16 suspected Qaeda members near the Pakistani border.
<br />
<br />
To help the Afghans seal their border, American soldiers have helped create a 600-man force of local Afghans, assigned to locations across the province. So far, no arrests by that group have been reported. Indeed, local officials say the force, while welcome,
 does not begin to the supply the manpower needed to watch the border effectively.<br />
<br />
"I would say that 60 percent of the border is completely open," said Mr. Ibrahim, the governor of Khost. "We can't afford the cars, the troops, the logistics."
<br />
<br />
The scene at the Mashakalay border crossing suggests that the governor's appraisal might be overly optimistic. Mr. Wali, the commander at the post, said his men checked the documents of every truck and driver that crossed the border.
<br />
<br />
But as he spoke, cars and trucks passed through in both directions, some loaded with passengers, other laden with cargo. The vehicles were given a quick glance by the guards and sent on their way. None were searched. When the guards' performance was pointed
 out by a visitor, Mr. Wali smiled and shrugged.<br />
<br />
"Most drivers around here don't have documents; most people don't have any identification at all," he said. "This is not England, France or America."<br />
<br />
On the Pakistani side, neither troops nor border guards were visible for more than a mile inside the border.
<br />
<br />
At the first village, a tiny hamlet called Khalwol, the villagers said they had not seen Pakistani soldiers for more a month. The villagers said Pakistani soldiers had set up checkpoints farther down the road, but the area around Khalwol was surrounded by mountains
 and trails, offering an array of paths for any enterprising traveler to elude official checkpoints.
<br />
<br />
"There are lots of ways to cross the border here," said Wali Khan, a villager. <br />
<br />
As Mr. Khan spoke, a truck full of men carrying rocket-propelled grenades and machine guns rumbled out of Afghanistan and across the border. The men in the truck said that they were Afghan fighters working for Mr. Zadran, the warlord, and that they were going
 to Pakistan to visit families there. <br />
<br />
"This road is not completely legal," said Raz Muhammad, one of the fighters. "It's a smugglers' trail."
<br />
<br />
At times, the border itself seems more illusory than real, with even the locals disagreeing on its exact location. Take, for instance, Ghulam Khan, a village located well within the Pakistani border.
<br />
<br />
"Ghulam Khan is in Afghanistan," Mr. Ibrahim told a visitor. <br />
<br />
"Ghulam Khan is in Pakistan," said Momin Khan, a villager in Khalwol. </p>
</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<table width="100%" border="0">
<tbody>
<tr>
<td width="100%">
<p><b>International Media</b></p>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="100%">
<p style="text-align:center"><b>Ministry Of External Affairs, India</b></p>
</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>31/01/2012 14:43:27</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/18190/Qaeda+and+Taliban+May+Ply+Pakistans+Porous+Frontier</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">18190</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>18191</publicationdataID>
      <title>Raid Netted Top Operative Of Al Qaeda</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<table width="100%" border="0">
<tbody>
<tr>
<td width="100%"><b>Raid Netted Top Operative Of Al Qaeda </b>
<p><b>The Washington Post Foreign Service<br />
</b><b>By Karl Vick and Kamran Khan</b><b><br />
April 02, 2002</b></p>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td dir="ltr">
<p><b>I</b>SLAMABAD, Pakistan, April 1 -- A man captured in Pakistan last week has been positively identified as Abu Zubaida, the chief of al Qaeda operations outside Afghanistan and the highest-ranking lieutenant of Osama bin Laden taken alive since the Sept.
 11 terrorist attacks, according to U.S. and Pakistani officials.<br />
<br />
U.S. officials took custody of Abu Zubaida and other suspected al Qaeda operatives from Pakistani authorities on Sunday and were preparing to fly them to an undisclosed U.S. military facility, according to senior U.S. and Pakistani intelligence officials, who
 spoke on condition of anonymity.<br />
<br />
Abu Zubaida was taken prisoner along with more than 20 other al Qaeda suspects and about 40 Pakistanis early Thursday in raids on more than a dozen private homes in the eastern Pakistani cities of Faisalabad and Lahore.
<br />
<br />
He was shot in the groin and thigh while trying to escape the Pakistani police officers and U.S. agents swarming over a home that he shared with seven or eight other Arab men, according to one Pakistani intelligence official.<br />
<br />
U.S. intelligence agents targeted the homes "after multiple weeks of planning," one U.S. official said. The Pakistani official said the homes were identified after U.S. intelligence intercepted a phone call from Afghanistan to a residence in Faisalabad, an
 industrial city about 200 miles from the Afghan border. The Pakistani official said he did not know who placed the call.<br />
<br />
Intelligence officials have come to regard Abu Zubaida, 30, as one of the most important remaining leaders in an al Qaeda organization that has been substantially crippled by the U.S.-led military campaign in Afghanistan. One U.S. official said today that Abu
 Zubaida "ranks probably third on a list of al Qaeda leaders we would like to have, but not third in their hierarchy."<br />
<br />
As a chief recruiter for al Qaeda in the late 1990s and one of several gatekeepers for its training camps in Afghanistan, Abu Zubaida not only culled recruits but also arranged for their travels after they completed training -- a role that gave him detailed
 knowledge of undercover terrorist cells scattered around the world.<br />
<br />
He moved up in al Qaeda's ranks after the organization's commander of military operations, Muhammad Atef, was apparently killed in November in a bombing attack in Afghanistan. In recent months U.S. officials feared that Abu Zubaida, whose photo has never been
 released, had been deployed to organize fresh attacks. <br />
<br />
Abu Zubaida, a Saudi-born Palestinian whose full name is Zayn Abidin Muhammed Hussein abu Zubaida, is not known to be facing charges in the United States and was not included on the FBI's list of "most wanted" terrorists released last year. But court testimony
 has described him as intimately involved in thwarted plans to bomb hotels in Jordan during the millennium celebration. A Jordanian court sentenced him to death in absentia for his role in that plot.<br />
<br />
Since Sept. 11, Abu Zubaida has been linked to other plots. The number of his satellite phone was found in the memory of a cellular phone of a man accused of organizing a plot to blow up the U.S. Embassy in Sarajevo, Bosnia. And a man accused in an al Qaeda
 plot against the U.S. Embassy in Paris reportedly told a French judge of being briefed by Abu Zubaida in bin Laden's home.<br />
<br />
Abu Zubaida is said to have joined al Qaeda in the 1990s and spent several years screening recruits in a residence known as the "House of Martyrs" in Peshawar, a Pakistani city near the Afghan border where militant Islamic sentiment is pronounced.<br />
<br />
"He is the person in charge of the camps," Ahmed Ressam, a confessed Algerian terrorist, testified last July in the trial of a man accused in the "millennium plot" aimed at Los Angeles International Airport. "He receives young men from all countries. He accepts
 you or rejects you. And he takes care of the expenses of the camps.<br />
<br />
"He made arrangements for you when you travel, coming in or leaving."<br />
<br />
Abu Zubaida's position is believed to have given him access to information about the current status of bin Laden and Ayman Zawahiri, bin Laden's deputy.
<br />
<br />
He also would be expected to know the names and possible locations of al Qaeda members around the world and possibly the sites of planned operations, since the terrorist network is known to have closely watched many potential targets in the years leading up
 to the Sept. 11 attacks.<br />
<br />
U.S. interrogators, however, have had difficulty getting usable information from many al Qaeda members already in captivity, though a few have provided leads that may have headed off several terrorist operations, one U.S. official said.<br />
<br />
When he was captured Thursday, Abu Zubaida was far from the Afghan border and the mountainous tribal areas where the hunt for al Qaeda and Taliban members fleeing Afghanistan has been concentrated. Faisalabad, a sprawling Punjabi industrial center sometimes
 called "the Manchester of Pakistan," is not known for harboring religious extremists.
<br />
<br />
Another of the raided homes was owned by the local head of Lashkar-i-Taiba, a militant Muslim group banned by Pakistan's president, Gen. Pervez Musharraf. The local party leader, Hameedullah Khan Niazi, has been released by the Pakistani police, who nevertheless
 say they took his apparent links to Abu Zubaida as evidence that Pakistan's militant Islamic fringe is providing valuable assistance to al Qaeda as it seeks to regroup.<br />
<br />
Pakistani Islamic militant groups extend far beyond the western areas that border Afghanistan. With backing from the Pakistani government, which until Sept. 11 was also the primary sponsor of Taliban rule in Afghanistan, militant Islamic parties have opened
 hundreds of offices across Pakistan in recent years. <br />
<br />
Though the parties have been banned by Musharraf, their adherents remain active, officials and analysts say.
<br />
<br />
Sheik Omar Saeed, accused of planning the Jan. 23 kidnapping that ended in the death of American newspaper reporter Daniel Pearl of the Wall Street Journal, is associated with one of the largest groups, Jaish-i-Muhammad. His trial is scheduled to begin Friday
 in the port city of Karachi.<br />
<br />
<i>Khan reported from Karachi. Staff writer Walter Pincus in Washington contributed to this report.
</i></p>
</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<table width="100%" border="0">
<tbody>
<tr>
<td width="100%">
<p><b>International Media</b></p>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="100%">
<p style="text-align:center"><b>Ministry Of External Affairs, India</b></p>
</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>31/01/2012 14:50:34</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/18191/Raid+Netted+Top+Operative+Of+Al+Qaeda</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">18191</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>18193</publicationdataID>
      <title>Take the War on Terrorism to Pakistan</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<table width="100%" border="0">
<tbody>
<tr>
<td width="100%">
<p><b>Take the War on Terrorism to Pakistan<br />
<br />
March 28, 2002</b></p>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td dir="ltr">
<p><b><i>Ted Galen Carpenter is vice president for defense and foreign policy studies at the Cato Institute and is the author or editor of 13 books on international affairs.</i></b>
</p>
<p><b>G</b>eneral Tommy Franks, commander of U.S. forces in Afghanistan, recently caused a stir when he hinted that U.S. forces might pursue al-Qaeda fighters across the border into Pakistan. Secretary of Defense Donald Rumsfeld has now quietly but firmly rejected
 that suggestion. That's too bad, because General Franks was right. Instead of sending U.S. troops to (at best) marginally relevant arenas such as the Philippines and the Republic of Georgia for training missions, the next stage of the war against terrorism
 needs to be fought in Pakistan.</p>
<p>There is overwhelming evidence that, after the initial victories last autumn by the United States and the Northern Alliance, hundreds of Taliban and al-Qaeda fighters fled Afghanistan to seek refuge in Pakistan's rugged northwest frontier province. A similar
 pattern occurred in response to the recent U.S. offensive, Operation Anaconda.</p>
<p>The reality is that al-Qaeda will never be destroyed as long as it can enjoy a de facto sanctuary in Pakistan. One of the most serious mistakes in the otherwise successful U.S. military operation in Afghanistan was the decision to trust the Pakistani government
 to seal the border and trap Taliban and al-Qaeda troops. It is now clear that Pakistan failed to fulfill that task.
</p>
<p>Given the terrain, sealing the Afghan-Pakistani border would have been a daunting task even for the most capable military force. But it seems that the Pakistani authorities made something less than a wholehearted effort. Indeed, there is evidence that elements
 in Pakistan's military, as well as the notorious Interservices Intelligence directorate (ISI), actually helped evacuate Taliban and al-Qaeda fighters following the first U.S.-led offensive in October.</p>
<p>Although such treachery might seem shocking, it would be consistent with Islamabad's track record. The Bush administration likes to tout Pakistan as an enthusiastic ally in the war on terrorism, but the regime of military dictator Pervez Musharraf is a very
 recent convert in that struggle. Prior to the September 11 attacks, the Pakistani government-especially the ISI-- was the chief patron of the terrorist Taliban regime in Afghanistan. And religious schools, the madrassas, in Pakistan were renowned incubators
 for the terrorist recruits who joined Osama bin Laden.</p>
<p>It would be a mistake to allow misplaced gratitude to the Musharraf regime for belatedly abandoning the Taliban to deter us from taking the war against al-Qaeda to its next logical stage. The principal nest of terrorist vipers is not in the Philippines,
 Georgia, Yemen, or Somalia. It is in Pakistan.</p>
<p>Washington should inform Musharraf that we intend to wipe out the al-Qaeda sanctuaries in the northwest frontier province, with or without Islamabad's permission. The reality is that the writ of Pakistan's central government has rarely extended to that region
 in any case. Typically, the local tribes exercise most of the real power. Musharraf would be wise to recognize his lack of control and give the U.S. permission to take military action. If he declines to do so, the United States should make it clear that from
 now on we will regard Pakistan as part of the problem in the struggle against terrorism, not part of the solution, and will treat the country accordingly. The recent comment by Foreign Minister Abdul Sattar that his government was prepared to discuss allowing
 U.S. troops to cross the border in pursuit of al-Qaeda suspects is an encouraging development and should be explored.</p>
<p>But whatever Musharraf's ultimate decision about granting permission, the United States should not shrink from confronting al-Qaeda in its Pakistani lair. The war against the perpetrators of the September 11 atrocities will not be successful until that mission
 is accomplished.</p>
</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<table width="100%" border="0">
<tbody>
<tr>
<td width="100%">
<p><b>International Media</b></p>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="100%">
<p style="text-align:center"><b>Ministry Of External Affairs, India</b></p>
</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>31/01/2012 14:56:02</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/18193/Take+the+War+on+Terrorism+to+Pakistan</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">18193</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>18194</publicationdataID>
      <title>Musharraf Vows to Step Up War on Terror</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<table width="100%" border="0">
<tbody>
<tr>
<td width="100%">
<p><b>Musharraf Vows to Step Up War on Terror</b><br />
<br />
<b>The </b><b>Washington Post Foreign Service</b><b><br />
</b><b>By Keith B. Richburg and Kamran Khan</b><b><br />
March 24, 2002</b></p>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td dir="ltr">
<p><b>Release of Militants Brings Questions About Pakistani Leader's Commitment </b>
</p>
<p><b>K</b>ARACHI, Pakistan, March 23 -- With his country reeling from political violence and the U.S. Embassy evacuating all dependents and nonessential workers, Pakistan's president, Gen. Pervez Musharraf, today promised an intensified crackdown to "identify
 and eliminate those involved in terrorism."<br />
<br />
"We have to save Pakistan from terrorism and the menace of sectarianism, even if we have to pay a heavy price," Musharraf said in a nationally televised address marking the country's national day. Among other steps, he pledged to reform Pakistan's intelligence
 agencies so they could prevent terrorist attacks rather than "report them" after they occur.<br />
<br />
This was the second time this year that Musharraf has used a nationwide speech to promise an end to the political and sectarian violence that has rocked Pakistan since he signed onto the U.S.-led war on terrorism. On Jan. 12, Musharraf vowed to crack down on
 militant organizations and banned five radical Islamic groups. Following that pledge, Pakistan rounded up about 2,000 suspected militants.<br />
<br />
But with the violence continuing almost daily -- including a grenade attack that killed two Americans and three others at a Protestant church in Islamabad last Sunday -- many analysts are asking whether the crackdown has been mostly talk.
<br />
<br />
For example, in recent days about 1,300 of the arrested militants have been released without being charged with any crime. The leader of one group, Maulana Masood Azhar, was quietly allowed to go home Friday and is said to be under a form of house arrest --
 despite the fact that his group, Jaish-i-Muhammad, is on the State Department's list of terrorist organizations and was banned by Musharraf in January.<br />
<br />
Hafiz Mohammad Saeed, the leader of another banned group, Lashkar-i-Taiba, is still detained, but Pakistani sources said he was in a government guesthouse, not a jail cell. Neither Masood Azhar nor Saeed has been charged with a crime.<br />
<br />
Explaining the release of the 1,300 militants after their very public roundup, a senior Pakistani official said, "We don't want to give the impression that only religiously motivated people are liable for terrorist acts in Pakistan."<br />
<br />
The leaders of Pakistan's two largest religious parties have also been quietly released from jail in recent weeks. They were arrested for leading anti-government rallies in October protesting Musharraf's decision to join the anti-terrorism coalition.<br />
<br />
Analysts here said that while they believed Musharraf was serious about wanting to crack down on Islamic militancy and prevent further terrorist attacks, he was also walking a fine line, trying not to offend powerful religious groups and even making conciliatory
 gestures toward them. <br />
<br />
In a little-noticed move, the government recently ordered Pakistan Television not to promote "Western culture" in its programs. There have also been new edicts regulating privately held parties.<br />
<br />
Political analysts said the Pakistani leader particularly wants to avoid confrontations with religious groups as he seeks to extend his rule. Musharraf, who seized power in a bloodless coup in 1999, has promised to hold parliamentary elections in October that
 he says will return Pakistan to democracy. He is also considering holding a referendum, possibly in May, to give himself a full five-year term.<br />
<br />
"These are the most testing times for Musharraf," said a Pakistani journalist with contacts in the military. "He doesn't want a major group campaigning against him. He doesn't want any enemies. . . . He wants to secure the traditional allies of the military,
 and the religious groups have always been their allies." <br />
<br />
Police in the eastern city of Lahore rounded up dozens of members of Pakistan's main opposition party today to prevent them from holding a rally demanding Musharraf's ouster.<br />
<br />
Sources said Musharraf also wants to avoid agitating the thousands of armed "jihadis," or holy warriors, who fought alongside the Taliban in Afghanistan or are doing battle in Indian-controlled Kashmir, where Pakistani-backed militants have staged a series
 of terrorist attacks. <br />
<br />
None of the fighters has been prosecuted or even disarmed, the sources said.<br />
<br />
"There may not be any other country in the world which has at least 10,000 nonmilitary personnel who were ready to give their lives," a top Pakistani security official said.<br />
<br />
Pakistan's intelligence agencies have long had covert ties to militant and "jihadi" groups in Pakistan -- ties nurtured to help successive Pakistani governments support the now-defunct Taliban, as well as pressing Pakistan's battle against Indian troops in
 Kashmir.<br />
<br />
In the part of today's speech directed at India, Musharraf again called Kashmir a "core issue." He warned India that "Pakistan has the full capacity to defend itself." The rival nuclear powers massed several hundred thousand troops on the border following a
 December attack on the Indian Parliament grounds, which India blamed on Pakistani-backed militants.<br />
<br />
Meanwhile, U.S. Embassy dependents and nonessential staff were packing to leave Pakistan after the State Department ordered their departure following an attack on a church near the embassy that killed an embassy employee, Barbara Green, and her 17-year-old
 daughter, Kristen Wormsley. The State Department cited a continued threat to Americans in the first mandatory departure of embassy staff since the U.S.-led war in neighboring Afghanistan heightened security risks.</p>
</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<table width="100%" border="0">
<tbody>
<tr>
<td width="100%">
<p><b>International Media</b></p>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="100%">
<p style="text-align:center"><b>Ministry Of External Affairs, India</b></p>
</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>31/01/2012 15:01:07</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/18194/Musharraf+Vows+to+Step+Up+War+on+Terror</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">18194</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>18195</publicationdataID>
      <title>Terrorists' Aim in Pakistan</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<table width="100%" border="0">
<tbody>
<tr>
<td width="100%">
<p><b>Terrorists' Aim in Pakistan</b><b><br />
<br />
<br />
</b><b>The Christian Science Monitor</b><b><br />
March 20, 2002</b></p>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td dir="ltr">
<p><b>T</b>wo more American civilians were killed by terrorists in Pakistan this week. The attack comes soon after the slaying of journalist Daniel Pearl. Such killings, however, aren't just a signal to the US. They're also aimed at President Pervez Musharraf,
 who did a quick U-turn after Sept. 11 on Pakistan's past support for the Taliban and terrorist groups.
<br />
<br />
Pakistan has a history of intra-Muslim violence, and in the perverse logic of Al Qaeda and related groups, their ultimate goal is victory for their brand of Islam in the Muslim world. Killing Americans to agitate the US to overreact is a means to that end.<br />
<br />
The US thus needs to be careful in how it reacts to the killings, and how it supports Mr. Musharraf's campaign against religious extremism.<br />
<br />
The long-term goal is to ensure that Pakistan is no longer a haven for terrorists, as Afghanistan was. Musharraf's latest action – a plan to expel thousands of Arabs, Afghans, and other foreigners studying at Islamic religious schools – is a bold step in the
 right direction.<br />
<br />
But like other reformist, secular leaders of Muslim countries, Musharraf must use hard and soft tactics.<br />
<br />
He'll have difficulty directing his military to eliminate terrorists, as the same military – including Musharraf – once sought influence by supporting many terrorists.<br />
<br />
The former general, who took power in a 1999 coup, must also somehow shift a largely lawless, poor nation toward democracy and prosperity, or else terrorists will still find a home there. The US should make sure Musharraf doesn't rig a presidential election
 in October. Dictators, while helpful in the short run, ultimately cause trouble later.<br />
<br />
Mere expediency – by the US in supporting a dictator, and by Pakistani forces half-heartedly cracking down on terrorists – is not a foundation for peace. Pakistan's U-turn can't be sustained by relying only on the Pakistani military.</p>
</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<table width="100%" border="0">
<tbody>
<tr>
<td width="100%">
<p><b>International Media</b></p>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="100%">
<p style="text-align:center"><b>Ministry Of External Affairs, India</b></p>
</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>31/01/2012 15:05:05</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/18195/Terrorists+Aim+in+Pakistan</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">18195</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>18196</publicationdataID>
      <title>October 2002 worries</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<table width="100%" border="0">
<tbody>
<tr>
<td width="100%">
<p><b>October 2002 worries<br />
<br />
<br />
The Dawn<br />
By Shahid Javed Burki<br />
March 19, 2002</b></p>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td dir="ltr">
<p><b>G</b>eneral Pervez Musharraf needs to act now, act decisively and act comprehensively to ensure that Pakistan does not return to political and economic instability after October 2002. There are enough people in Pakistan - among them not only bankers and
 businessmen but also politicians - who worry that something quite significant needs to be done in order to save the country from another period of chaos and uncertainty.
<br />
<br />
Given where Pakistan is situated, there must also be a large number of people concerned about Pakistan's economic and political situation to hope for some fairly significant reshaping of Pakistan's political landscape. Will General Musharraf rise to this challenge?
 Has the Supreme Court judgment that legitimized his assumption of power on October 12, 1999 given him enough space within which to introduce a fundamental change? Will the political establishment allow him to change the structure in a radical way? Should the
 general and his advisers treat the 1973 Constitution as if it is divine revelation not subject to any kind of tinkering? Or, conversely, should he take the courageous step of wiping the slate almost clean and starting all over again?
<br />
<br />
These are all very important questions; to answer them will need more space than available in one article. Accordingly, this article will appear in two parts. In today's piece and the one that will appear in tomorrow's edition, I will suggest the approach the
 military government could adopt in correcting the imbalances that are at the root of Pakistan's political problems. However, before I get to the main subject of these two write-ups, I need to explain how I got engaged in this enterprise in the first place.
<br />
<br />
Political science is not my subject. Politics has never been my vocation. The only time I came face to face with politics and politicians was in 1996-97 when, as a member of Prime Minister Meraj Khalid's government, I managed Pakistan's economy and finance.
<br />
<br />
But economists - a profession I have pursued now for nearly four decades - cannot be unmindful of politics. Economics and politics act and react in many different ways. Those who practise one discipline but ignore the other do so at considerable peril to themselves
 and their subject. This is the lesson taught by Pakistan's turbulent history of nearly 55 years. Politics intervened every time Pakistan seemed on the verge of economic take-off.
<br />
<br />
Similarly, economics intruded on every occasion Pakistan seemed to be finding its political feet. The time has come for us to produce a positive interaction between these two forces rather than continue to have them interact negatively upon one another.
<br />
<br />
We need to get economics and politics to support each other since Pakistan's economy seems poised to move forward. Investor confidence is returning. Karachi, the heart of Pakistan's finance and commerce, is buzzing with activity. State Banks' coffers are full.
 The rupee has strengthened against the dollar. There is excitement in the air. All this is happening in spite of the damage done to the economy and the uncertainty created by the events of September 11, 2001.
<br />
<br />
However, co-existing with this palpable return of confidence is a deep worry about October 2002. What will happen once the Musharraf government gives way to an administration peopled by politicians? Although the general has indicated that he will stay on in
 his present job for a period of five years and although he has pledged that the policies adopted by his government will continue even under the new administration, can we be sure that the economy will not be disturbed? Will the Pakistani economy continue to
 run on the track laid down by the general and his associates or will it be derailed once again by people's elected representatives?
<br />
<br />
Before answering this question, I will take a moment to say a few words about my recently concluded thirteen day stay in Pakistan. I arrived in the country on February 25 and left on March 10. During that time, I visited Lahore, Islamabad and Karachi. Along
 with Professor Mohammad Waseem, I spoke at four seminars - one held in Islamabad, two in Lahore, and one in Karachi. Two of these seminars were organized by the British High Commission in Pakistan, one jointly by the newspapers Jung and The News, and one by
 the Lahore University of Management Sciences. About a hundred and fifty people came to these events and several of them engaged us in earnest debate.
<br />
<br />
All four seminars dealt with the same subject - "Strengthening Democracy in Pakistan: A practical Programme." Our presentation at these seminars drew from a study Professor Waseem and I had prepared at the invitation of the United Kingdom Department of International
 Development (DFID). The study was published under the same title used for the four seminars.
<br />
<br />
Although the study as well as our visit to Pakistan was financed by the DFID, the report was written entirely by Professor Waseem and myself. The U.K. authorities made no attempt to influence in any way the content of the document. But why were they interested
 in this project? I can only guess what might be their reason. <br />
<br />
London is perhaps concerned that in spite of several past attempts, Pakistan has not succeeded in achieving political stability. In 55 years, it has tried four constitutional arrangements -in 1956, 1962, 1973 and 1985. Although the structure put in place in
 1985 was built on the Constitution promulgated in 1973, the eighth amendment introduced a number of significant changes - especially in the distribution of powers between the legislative and the executive. It is therefore legitimate to regard the 1985 structure
 as something quite separate from the one put in place in 1973. <br />
<br />
None of these arrangements proved durable. Given that, what is the assurance that using the old system, even with some changes, would bring stability back to Pakistan. The West is worried about continuing political turmoil in Pakistan for an obvious reason.
 As already indicated, Pakistan sits on the faultline where Arab Islam meets the Islam of Central and South Asia. It is interesting that Al-Qaeda, which drew its inspiration from a number of radical Arab activists and thinkers, found its feet not in an Arab
 country but in a Central Asian nation. <br />
<br />
Why that happened is a subject to which serious scholarship will be ultimately attracted. For the moment, I need only to underscore the important point that persistent political instability creates non-governable space within which movements such as Al-Qaeda
 could take root. The West obviously wants to prevent such a development and it is important for Pakistan to join that project.
<br />
<br />
The recognition that the region of which Pakistan now has become an integral part is still a long way from becoming stable has come, but it has arrived slowly. To take one example, Martha Brill Olcott, an expert on the Central Asian region, worries in a recent
 article about a proliferation of "Afghanistan-like states." Such states could appear in the region of Central Asia. Or, Pakistan could move in that direction.
<br />
<br />
The UK government is not the only one to recognize that there has to be some serious nation building efforts launched in the world's sensitive spots to ensure that the events of September 11 do not repeat themselves.
<br />
<br />
As the West observed the six-months' anniversary of the terrorist attacks on America, several commentators began to articulate the belief that military action of the type undertaken by America will not provide a solution to the underlying problem - alienation
 from both domestic and global institutions of a very large number of people. <br />
<br />
Some are deeply worried that President George W. Bush's "axis of evil" speech may provoke destabilization in the very regions where political and economic tranquillity needs to prevail. As Dan Plesch put it in a recent paper: "the international equivalent of
 inner-city regeneration are neglected at the expense of more equipment for the riot squad." Applying force can be only a small component of solving the problem that produced September 11. A large part of it will be the building of political and economic institutions
 that will provide a sense of participation as well as economic rewards to the unhappy segments of the population. It was in this spirit that I approached my own participation in the project on strengthening democracy in Pakistan.
<br />
<br />
This thirteen-day stay in Pakistan was not spent in only addressing seminar audiences in Islamabad, Karachi and Lahore. I also spent a good amount of time meeting with a large number of people. I met one-on-one or in small groups scores of politicians who had
 held senior position in previous administrations. I also met many journalists, academics, bankers and members of the business community. As can be expected, I encountered a vast range of views on the subject at hand - strengthening democracy. There were those
 who held with great passion that repeated military interventions had held back Pakistan's political development.
<br />
<br />
As one academic put it: "Send the military back to barracks, bring back the political parties and give them the opportunity to serve their full term in office and all will be well."
<br />
<br />
I do not agree with this view. I am more inclined to accept the argument advanced by those who believe that this is a good time to take a good look at Pakistan's political history and draw some important lessons from it.
<br />
<br />
One of them is that the political structure that is currently on hold will not serve the people when it gets restored. It needs to be dismantled with a view to putting in place something very different. Before going on to recommend what should be the shape
 of things to come, I want to make one more general observation. <br />
<br />
President Pervez Musharraf, during his recent visit to the United States, said that the Pakistani society was divided into three components: Two fringes on either side of the spectrum and a vast majority in between.
<br />
<br />
One fringe comprised the devotees of radical and militant Islam; the other the ultra liberal community that blindly followed the West. Both fringes were rejected by the vast majority of the Pakistani population. This majority - the silent majority - wanted
 its voice to be heard and he was determined that he would make that happen. <br />
<br />
I divide the Pakistani society also into three components but one of them is different from President Musharraf's list. He is right in saying that there is a small radical Islamic element in the country with little support among the people, occupying a small
 amount of space on one side of the political spectrum. He is also right in saying that there is a vast majority in the middle that has been silent and now wants to be heard. But the third element in my scheme is not the ultra liberal but the powerful political
 elite that has quite deliberately refused to allow the silent majority to find its voice.
<br />
<br />
The programme of political reform that Professor Waseem and I presented in our study is directed at loosening the grip of this group on Pakistan's political system. Another general election in October 2002 - following upon the general elections of 1985, 1988,
 1990, 1993 and 1997 - will not release the powerful hold of this small elite on the country's political system. To do so will require some radical political engineering. What form should that take is the subject of tomorrow's article.
</p>
</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<table width="100%" border="0">
<tbody>
<tr>
<td width="100%">
<p><b>International Media</b></p>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="100%">
<p style="text-align:center"><b>Ministry Of External Affairs, India</b></p>
</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>31/01/2012 15:09:41</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/18196/October+2002+worries</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">18196</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>18197</publicationdataID>
      <title>Afghan Camps Turn Out Holy War Guerrillas and Terrorists</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<table width="100%" border="0">
<tbody>
<tr>
<td width="100%">
<p><b>Afghan Camps Turn Out Holy War Guerrillas and Terrorists</b><b> </b><b><br />
<br />
The New York Times</b> <b><br />
By C. J. Chivers And David Rohde<br />
March 18, 2002</b></p>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td dir="ltr">
<p><b>W</b>hen helicopters touched down in the mountains in early March at the start of the deadliest battle for Americans in Afghanistan, the infantrymen who rushed out immediately came under surprisingly intense fire. Bursts from rifles and machine guns were
 joined by explosions from well-placed mortar rounds, a coordinated mix of firepower that is one mark of a capable military force.<br />
<br />
Specialist Wayne Stanton, a 10th Mountain Division soldier who was wounded in the skirmish, later paid his foes a soldier's grudging compliment. "They knew what they were doing," he said.<br />
<br />
The Taliban and Al Qaeda resistance near Gardez was a bracing display for fighters who, despite their appearance as a ragged band of fanatics, had achieved a level of competence that American military officials say was on par with the world's best guerrilla
 forces. It also demonstrated the degree to which Osama bin Laden and other jihad leaders had turned Afghanistan's network of training bases and guest houses, typically described as terror schools, into a sort of two- tiered university for waging Islamic war.<br />
<br />
Details of the training emerge in hundreds of documents and thousands of pages collected from those schools by reporters from The New York Times, and from interviews with American government and military officials.<br />
<br />
The documents — including student notebooks, instructor lesson plans, course curriculums, training manuals, reference books and memorandums — show that one tier, by far the busiest, prepared most of the men who enlisted in the jihad to be irregular ground combatants,
 like those who repulsed the 10th Mountain Division's helicopter-borne assault. The other provided a small fraction of the volunteers with advanced regimens that prepared them for terrorist assignments abroad.<br />
<br />
American military instructors who reviewed the documents said the first tier of instruction was sophisticated in a conventional military sense, teaching, one said, "a deep skill set over a narrow range" that would reliably produce "a competent grunt." The second
 tier was similarly well organized, albeit with more sinister curriculum.<br />
<br />
Implicit in the split levels of training was the Islamic groups' understanding of the need for different sets of skills to fight on several, simultaneous fronts: along trench lines against the Northern Alliance in Afghanistan; against armor or helicopter assaults
 from conventional foes in Chechnya; as bands of foot-mobile insurgents in Kashmir, Central Asia or the Philippines; and as classic terrorists quietly embedded in cities in the Middle East, Africa, the former Soviet Union and the West.<br />
<br />
To instill these diverse lessons, the schools applied ancient forms of instruction — teachers pushing students to copy and memorize detailed tables and concepts — to modern methods of killing. Michael R. Hickok, a professor at the Air War College in Montgomery,
 Ala., said they used "Islamic pedagogy to teach Western military tactics."<br />
<br />
Evident as well in the documents, which were translated for The Times, were signs that in developing martial curriculums, the groups were cannily resourceful in amassing knowledge. Some lessons were drawn from manuals from the former Soviet Union. Others, the
 use of Stinger missiles or Claymore mines, were derived from instruction underwritten by the Pentagon and the Central Intelligence Agency in the 1980's, when Washington backed the Afghan resistance against Soviet occupation.<br />
<br />
In the years after the Soviets withdrew and American money evaporated, the groups aggressively cribbed publicly available information from the United States military and the paramilitary press. Ultimately, American tactics and training became integral parts
 of the schools.<br />
<br />
One camp, used by the Islamic Movement of Uzbekistan, gave instruction in movements by four-man fire teams that was modeled after formations used by the United States Marine Corps, according to military instructors who reviewed it. The Uzbeks also used reconnaissance
 techniques long taught at the Army's Ranger School in Fort Benning, Ga. Other documents show that jihadi explosives training covered devices and formulas lifted from a Special Forces manual published in 1969.
<br />
<br />
While these materials are available through open sources, from on-line booksellers to rural gun shows, military officials said it was a feat to digest far-flung sources, translate them into Arab and Asian languages and assemble them in an orderly way. Bomb-making
 instruction, for instance, combined the electrical engineering necessary to make detonation systems with Vietnam-era Army formulas for home- brewed explosives, then was translated into Arabic, Uzbek and Tajik. "It indicates a tremendous amount of filtering
 and organization to get to that," an American military instructor said.<br />
<br />
Moreover, notebooks from several camps demonstrate that even in courses taught in different languages and hundreds of miles apart, many lessons were identical, sharing prose passages, diagrams and charts. This was an important achievement, military officials
 said, as it created compatibility between members of what essentially became an Islamic foreign legion.<br />
<br />
It also marked a significant advance beyond training that the United States sponsored for Afghans in the 1980's.<br />
<br />
"One of the problems we had against the Soviets was getting the mujahedeen to be uniform," said an American official familiar with that movement. "We couldn't get them on the same page. When you went to one valley, they fought one way. When you went to the
 next, they fought another. To the extent these guys were able to level the training and make it consistent, they were on the right track."<br />
<br />
<b>Core Curriculum</b><br />
Afghanistan's dozen or so jihad schools were hard, spartan places, compounds with dusty classrooms in arid mountains or on the sun-baked steppe where men hunched over note pads and applied an ageless form of learning to guerrilla war. Outside were obstacle
 courses and mazes of barbed wire and trenches for infantry drills. Inside, men slept on mats in buildings made of mud.<br />
<br />
Jihad groups had the means to reproduce lesson plans in bulk, and distribute them in neat folders, as most modern militaries do. But they chose not to, opting instead to have students copy material by longhand, meticulously following instructors who stood before
 the class. Dr. Charles P. Neimeyer, a dean at the Naval War College in Newport, R.I., said camps treated each student "like a monk in a monastery in the Middle Ages."<br />
<br />
From these carefully scribed records, dropped or discarded last fall by recruits and the veterans who trained them, a pattern emerges.<br />
<br />
The core curriculum began simply. It opened with classes in Kalashnikov rifles, the hardy series of automatic weapons designed in the Soviet Union after World War II and since then exported worldwide. The weapons were the predominant arms in Taliban and Qaeda
 formations, and the jihadis, like American recruits learning to master M-16's, studied their history, design and operation. Then they turned to PK machine guns, 82-millimeter mortars and the RPG-7, a shoulder-fired rocket effective against armored vehicles
 and trucks.<br />
<br />
Each class began with a modicum of history then plunged into important facts: names of components, steps to dismantle and clean them, characteristics of different munitions, steps to clear misfires and jams.<br />
<br />
Together, the classes served as infantry weaponry 201, a course mastered by rote.<br />
<br />
Students copied sections on how to fine- tune a rifle sight at short range to ensure accuracy at longer distances, a procedure known as zeroing. They recorded sections on directing rockets or controlled bursts of bullets and tracers at moving targets, on the
 ground or in the air. They reviewed several different shooting scenarios, scribbling down technical solutions for each.<br />
<br />
The training, Professor Hickok said, was "a lot more sophisticated than a bare-bones, simple, `Here is your weapon, go forth.' "<br />
<br />
American tactics instructors who reviewed the notebooks were similarly impressed. "They have standardized targets throughout their program of instruction," one said. "That's good stuff. That's professional. It shows you have standards, you have some level of
 shooting that's acceptable and not."<br />
<br />
Most students also trained on the tripod- mounted heavy machine guns and antiaircraft pieces, which Afghan soldiers use to spray flak at planes but also to control roads, valleys and mountain passes. Some received classes covering the Dragunov, a sniper rifle
 with a telescopic sight.<br />
<br />
Others studied portable antiaircraft missiles, including the American Stinger, the British Blowpipe and the Russian Grail. American officials have said concerns about these weapons in certain regions of Afghanistan kept coalition airplanes at high elevations,
 — out of the missiles' range, during sorties. (One American military official said a Stinger or Blowpipe was fired at a pair of United States Navy aircraft last fall. The pilots took evasive actions. The missile passed narrowly between them.)<br />
<br />
Veterans also led their charges through demolition instruction covering mines and grenades, as well as TNT and plastic explosives. This training — seen in notebooks from Mazar-i-Sharif and Al Farouk, where the Talib from California, John Walker Lindh, trained
 — was geared for combat rather than terrorism, said American instructors who reviewed it. It surveyed the equipment and skills needed to mine roads, create obstacles or destroy infrastructure on the battlefield.<br />
<br />
"It's not like, `How can you sneak an explosive onto a plane?' " a senior instructor with extensive demolition experience said. "It shows how you could blow up a bridge before it's crossed by the infidel regiment."<br />
<br />
Similarly, lessons on booby traps — rigging explosives for surprise detonation, as when a pedestrian steps on a pad and closes an electric circuit, or crosses a trip wire and releases a time fuse's pin — resembled classes for American marines and soldiers,
 who are taught to create makeshift weapons for ambushes and defensive positions.<br />
<br />
"That's the poor man's B-52, the booby traps," the instructor said. "They're effective; they're cheap and fairly easy to rig. The instructions in these notebooks would work."<br />
<br />
But other subjects, which appear menacing in student notes — briefcase bombs, truck bombs or bombs that would detonate when a spring is depressed in a couch or bed — lacked enough detail to be effective, the instructors said. Their inclusion most likely served
 a clever purpose: giving students a sense of esprit with terrorists who had struck American embassies in Africa and military barracks in the Middle East.<br />
<br />
"Most of that stuff with demolitions is motivational," the senior instructor said. "They've had huge successes with truck bombs against us, so they are going to use the truck bomb in the curriculum to reinforce the success, even if they do not realistically
 expect each of these guys to use a truck bomb. It reinforces their way of doing business. It reinforces their heritage."<br />
<br />
<b>Diverse Recruits</b><br />
As the jihad camps grew during the 1990's, recruits arrived from at least 15 nations and speaking more than a half- dozen languages, conditions that posed a challenge for a force hoping to be cohesive. The documents show that the Islamic groups developed a
 uniform training program that assimilated recruits with different cultures and skills.<br />
<br />
Reviews of notebooks from in or near Kunduz, Kabul, Rishkhor, Mazar-i-Sharif and Kandahar turn up the same hand-drawn diagrams for classes in weaponry, map reading, celestial navigation, trench digging, mortar employment and demolition.<br />
<br />
The similarities bridge social differences and speak of the jihad's effective network. "The classes have the same prearranged instructor scripts, because you see the exact same classes being given in different years, different regions, different languages,"
 said an American tactics instructor.<br />
<br />
Another added: "This is why you can take so many different ethnic groups — foreigners, Afghans, people from either side of the Hindu Kush — and you can put them together, and they can fight together. They all have the same basic skills."<br />
<br />
Moreover, the lessons were what curriculum experts call "modular," meaning self- contained. A student need not complete Lesson A to be ready for Lesson B. "That's a pretty sophisticated way to do this curriculum," said Professor Hickok, who reviewed several
 notebooks. "It makes the curriculum pretty adaptable."<br />
<br />
It also allowed instructors to mix and match lessons for each jihad group's particular needs.<br />
<br />
Recruits of the Pakistani group Harkat- ul-Mujahedeen received instruction in M- 16's, American-made rifles they could encounter while fighting in Kashmir, the disputed territory divided between Pakistan and India. Students trained to fight in Central Asia
 or Afghanistan, where M-16's are all but nonexistent, skipped these weapons.<br />
<br />
In the end, the camps avoided almost entirely the painstaking rituals of state-run militaries: the weeks spent on proper wearing of uniforms, or marching, or procedures of garrison life and administration. They remained focused on jihad indoctrination and fighting
 skill.<br />
<br />
"They are leaving the bureaucracy out, and teaching them a couple of basic things very, very well," one instructor said. "It is a classic saying: Master the basics; become brilliant at the basics. If you take care of those, when the time comes for combat, you'll
 do better than okay."<br />
<br />
American officials estimate that 20,000 men received this training since Mr. bin Laden moved from Sudan to Afghanistan in 1996. Today they are scattered. Many died in airstrikes. Others were taken prisoner. Some were executed by the Northern Alliance. How many
 remain, and how organized they are, is unknown.<br />
<br />
<b>Advanced Courses</b><br />
Although standard jihad training prepared recruits for ground combat, the line between guerrilla and terrorist could often grow fuzzy. Basic courses provided a martial foundation, and government officials said that with initiative and further study, the graduates
 could develop specialized terrorist skills, much as Timothy McVeigh, once a conventional American infantryman, later built the truck bomb that killed 168 people in Oklahoma City.<br />
<br />
Al Qaeda and other groups did not leave this evolution entirely to chance. They were trying to do more than use guerrilla insurgents to topple Muslim governments they saw as secular or corrupt. They had declared war against infidels and were eager to carry
 the battle to where the infidels lived.<br />
<br />
To further this end, students with special abilities were identified in basic camps and sent to courses that prepared them for more difficult missions. "We look at it as sort of being a winnowing process," an American official said. "There is sort of a scouting
 process going on."<br />
<br />
Only a very small fraction of the jihadis are thought to have received the higher level of training, government officials say, but it was enough to improve the guerrilla forces and to turn loose a resourceful breed of killer on the larger world.<br />
<br />
"Afghanistan," said Michael A. Sheehan, the State Department's counterterrorism coordinator during the last years of the Clinton administration, "was the swamp these mosquitoes kept coming out of."<br />
<br />
There were two tracks: one for advanced infantry techniques, another for terror.<br />
<br />
Infantry classes refined battlefield skills. One course, detailed in a notebook from Kunduz, was intermediate-level instruction in 82-millimeter mortars. Another, described in a syllabus found in Kabul, taught advanced land navigation. A third described using
 global positioning satellites and a scientific calculator to plot artillery firing data.<br />
<br />
Records showed that as guerrillas advanced, their roles sometimes blurred. A series of courses, taught by Harkat and repeatedly described as a curriculum for "commandos," included instruction in sniping, interrogation, first aid, escape, evasion and hand-to-hand
 combat — all infantry tasks. But as the course progressed, its objectives grew darker, including "how to kill a policeman" and "traps, murder and terrorist moves."<br />
<br />
Other courses also had military or terrorist applications, including one in espionage and another in secure communications, which has been effectively used by terrorist cells abroad.<br />
<br />
<b>Some lessons were wholly dedicated to terror.</b><br />
Bomb-making instruction included recipes for brewing explosives and crude poisons from readily obtainable substances, including making an explosive booster beginning with a paste of ground aspirin and water.<br />
<br />
The class further covered the manufacture, handling and storage of nitroglycerin, HMDT, C-4 and C-3. One document began with an explanation of the instructor's goals.<br />
<br />
"God Almighty has ordered us to terrorize his enemies," it reads. "In compliance with God's order and his Prophet's order, in an attempt to get out of the humiliation in which we have found ourselves, we shall propose to those who are keen on justice, fighting
 against those who oppose them and those who diminish them until they receive fresh orders from God. To those alone, we present: `Rudimentary Methods in the Manufacturing of Explosive Materials Effective for Demolition Purposes.' "<br />
<br />
Instructors included enough electrical engineering — uses of diodes, resistors, switches and more — to help students plan the wiring, power sourcing and fuses required to spark an explosive charge. Notebooks also included tips for putting familiar objects to
 nefarious use, like converting a hand set for a radio-controlled toy boat into a remote detonator. Government officials said those methods would work, in the right person's hands.<br />
<br />
"This isn't for everybody," a senior American military instructor said. "This is for somebody who is smart."<br />
<br />
Dr. Kamal Beyoghlow, a professor at the Marine Corps Command and Staff College in Quantico, Va., and a former counterterrorism officer at the State Department, said the curriculum reflected care and deliberation.<br />
<br />
"The lesson is very well organized, extremely organized," he said. "It is the work of a methodical hand."<br />
<br />
The jihad groups clearly were proud of it, and eager to pass its lessons around. One notebook ended with an Arabic passage: "We ask you, dear brother, to spread around this document on all the mujahedeen. Do not keep what you know a secret, if you please."<br />
<br />
Graduates from courses like those — resourceful, smart men who have used simple materials to produce bombs that destroyed two American embassies and crippled a Navy warship — are the jihadis the government most fears, particularly if they were to expand their
 capabilities to include nuclear, chemical or biological weapons.<br />
<br />
The American-led coalition says it has turned up no evidence that the men had reached this point, although they were actively educating themselves in the subject. But current and former officials warned that even if they lacked the technology or skill to make
 such weapons themselves, they still might deliver a terrifying blast. "What worries me," Mr. Sheehan said, "is their ability to get their hands on a weapon someone else has put together."<br />
<br />
Experts also said they feared that bomb- making skills taught in advanced classes would be sufficient for making a "dirty bomb," in which spent radioactive material could be lashed to high explosives for a mildly radioactive blast.<br />
<br />
Officials said papers from Kabul explaining uses of radioactive isotopes in agriculture and medicine, found in the same rooms as the explosive notebooks, indicate research into precisely that sort of weapon.<br />
<br />
<b>Military Models</b><br />
All successful military organizations study one another, sizing up threats, identifying weaknesses, copying weapons and tactics. The jihad groups were no exception.<br />
<br />
Law enforcement officials have described a multivolume set of terrorist instructions, dubbed the Encyclopedia of the Afghan Jihad, as a sort of master guide for the camps. Parts of the encyclopedia were found by The Times at four training sites, and officials
 said parts of its explosives section were incorporated into classes at the camps.<br />
<br />
But records from students and teachers also show that most jihad courses lasted several weeks to a few months and that rather than covering the encyclopedia's breadth, stayed intensely focused on small sets of skills. To create those classes, the groups relied
 heavily on an array of sources obtained from the West: military training manuals, American hunting magazines, anarchist manuals, popular action movies, chemistry and engineering textbooks, and Web sites hawking James Bond-like tricks.<br />
<br />
Signs of this collection effort are sprinkled throughout their documents. American military trainers who reviewed the jihadi students' notes quickly identified lessons from their own playbooks, including Islamic Movement of Uzbekistan reconnaissance techniques
 also used by Army Rangers, or four-man weapon deployments and formations — wedges, columns, echelons, lines — that are the Marine Corps standard.<br />
<br />
One senior military instructor noticed a familiar streak of professionalism in class schedules, a carefully selected mix of lectures, demonstrations and practice. "Wherever they got this, it was modeled after somebody's program," he said. "It was not made by
 some guys on some goat farm outside of Kabul."<br />
<br />
He was right. It had been cribbed from an appendix in a Marine Corps manual seeking to standardize sniper training, a copy of which was found with terrorist course schedules in a Harkat house in Kabul.<br />
<br />
American influence also appears in jihadi explosives courses. For instance, chapters from the "Improvised Munitions Handbook," a United States Army manual published in 1969, were found by a Times reporter in the same Kabul guest house. Ink tracing on its pages
 show that it had been translated into Arabic. The manual, according to its introduction, was intended "to increase the potential of Special Forces and guerrilla troops by describing in detail the manufacture of munitions from seemingly innocuous locally available
 material."<br />
<br />
It seems to be fulfilling its mission. The manual's diagram for using a laundry pin as part of a trip-release firing circuit was used in the basic demolition instruction at the Farouk camp. Other lessons, including how to make an antipersonnel bomb from a light
 bulb, were found in an advanced demolition notebook. (The light bulb device is similar to a weapon shown in a scene in the Burt Reynolds movie "The Longest Yard." The jihadis translated the manual to learn an additional step, as well as a way to use bulbs
 as detonators in larger bombs.)<br />
<br />
This sort of resourcefulness is reminiscent of another Afghan war, current and former officials said. In the 1970's the Soviet Union trained a cadre of Afghan Army officers in its military academies, teaching them leadership and tactics. When the Soviet Army
 came in, many switched sides.<br />
<br />
"These officers knew the Soviet Union's armor doctrine, and when the Russians tried to go up the valleys, some of them were right there, directing ambushes," said Dr. Joshua Spero, a professor at Merrimack College in Massachusetts and former Central Asia military
 planner for the Joint Chiefs of Staff.<br />
<br />
But officials also noted that the breadth of the camps' curriculum search resulted in uneven quality. Some material was well- chosen, some not. Harkat had obtained a copy of "The Poisoner's Handbook," a book commonly sold by survivalist stores in the United
 States. Its information is insufficient for making mass-casualty weapons. "It's nonsense," one official said.<br />
<br />
(The effort resembled some attempts to gather nuclear materials. Officials said, for instance, that Al Qaeda members have been duped by swindlers and sold bogus goods.)<br />
<br />
Officials also said even useful references could be problematic. One said that while cautious handlers could use some Special Forces bomb recipes, others would endanger themselves. "People have had to be scraped off of their ceilings after trying these things,"
 he said.<br />
<br />
The jihadis seemed to know this. One notebook warned: "Make sure that first aid kits are available at all times in order to deal with any mishaps that might result from the performance of this experiment."<br />
<br />
<b>Whatever the shortfalls, the two tiers of training worked.</b><br />
The small number of graduates of the top tier have struck American targets in Africa, the Middle East, Washington and New York. In 1999 customs officers caught another alumnus, Ahmed Ressam, with a functional bomb and plans to explode it at Los Angeles International
 Airport.<br />
<br />
The battle near Gardez demonstrated that when American soldiers come down from the sky and fight within machine-gun range, the guerrillas have the training to turn them back. Two days after Specialist Stanton's unit withdrew, American soldiers again came under
 fire from machine guns and rocket-propelled grenades, this time as they tried to recover the body of Petty Officer Neil Roberts, a Navy Seal.</p>
</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<table width="100%" border="0">
<tbody>
<tr>
<td width="100%">
<p><b>International Media</b></p>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="100%">
<p style="text-align:center"><b>Ministry Of External Affairs, India</b></p>
</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>31/01/2012 15:13:57</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/18197/Afghan+Camps+Turn+Out+Holy+War+Guerrillas+and+Terrorists</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">18197</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>18198</publicationdataID>
      <title>Church Attack In Pakistan Kills Two From U.S. Three Others Dead, 40 Injured</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<table width="100%" border="0">
<tbody>
<tr>
<td width="100%">
<p><b>Church Attack In Pakistan Kills Two From U.S. <br />
Three Others Dead, 40 Injured </b><b><br />
<br />
The Washington Post<br />
By Keith B. Richburg<br />
March 18, 2002</b></p>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td dir="ltr">
<p><b>I</b>slamabad, Pakistan, March 17 -- A man hurling hand grenades burst into a Protestant church in the heavily guarded diplomatic district of the Pakistani capital this morning, killing five people -- including an American who worked for the U.S. Embassy
 and her teenage daughter -- and wounding more than 40.</p>
<p>President Bush and Pakistan's president, Gen. Pervez Musharraf, condemned the assault, the second against Christians since Pakistan joined the U.S.-led anti-terrorism coalition following the Sept. 11 terrorist attacks on New York and the Pentagon. No one
 asserted responsibility for today's assault, but Pakistani intelligence sources said they were treating it as an anti-American attack.</p>
<p>Witnesses said a series of blasts blew open the doors of the Protestant International Church at 10:50 a.m., just after the pastor began his sermon. The explosions shattered windows and sent the 60 to 70 worshipers diving for cover. Many witnesses said there
 was one attacker wearing a belt of grenades, but some said there were two men.</p>
<p>Dozens of police and soldiers rushed to the church, a square, white building between the fortified U.S. Embassy compound and the Chinese Embassy. Blood was splattered on the walls of the church up to its 30-foot ceiling. Glass and debris covered the floor,
 and outside, single-sheet copies of the day's hymns fluttered in the breeze.</p>
<p>"I was sitting in the first row, and suddenly I heard this bang," said Elizabeth Mundhenk, an English teacher from Germany who has lived in Pakistan for 12 years and sometimes plays piano for the congregation. "I saw one person . . . and I'm 90 percent sure
 I saw a second person. He had this black thing, a grenade, and he threw it. I hid under the piano."</p>
<p>Mundhenk, speaking from a hospital while waiting for surgeons to remove shrapnel from her leg, said that when she emerged from under the piano, she saw "devastation. It was absolutely terrible. . . . One body was just split in two. Almost everybody was covered
 in blood."</p>
<p>Georgina Dabassum, a Pakistani with a gaping wound on her face and shrapnel in her side, said she never saw the attackers but heard "some noise, like someone firing something. Then there was smoke, the windows were broken, and people were running around.
 The doors just opened by themselves from the blast."</p>
<p>"People were lying all around me," she said. "It was too much. The whole church was full of blood."</p>
<p>The State Department identified the dead Americans as Barbara Green and her daughter Kristen Wormsley, 17, a senior at the American School in Islamabad. Green and her husband, Milton Green, worked at the embassy -- she in administration and he in the computer
 division. Milton Green and the couple's young son were injured in the attack, according to police. The State Department would not disclose their home town.</p>
<p>A Pakistani and an Afghan were also killed, and one body remained unidentified tonight. The Associated Press quoted unidentified officials as saying it might be that of an assailant.</p>
<p>Ten Americans were among the injured, as were 12 members of Pakistan's small Christian minority and the Sri Lankan ambassador and his family. Most suffered injuries to their legs and other lower body parts. An emergency room doctor said some of the injuries
 were critical.</p>
<p>Sectarian violence has become numbingly commonplace across Pakistan, mostly involving attacks on the country's minority Shiite Muslims. In one of the worst of the recent incidents, 10 people were killed in Rawalpindi, near Islamabad, when two gunmen entered
 a mosque and fired on worshipers during evening prayers Feb. 26.</p>
<p>Attacks on Christians have been rare, but on Oct. 28, 15 worshipers and a policeman were gunned down at a church in the central city of Bahawalpur, the worst assault on Christians in Pakistan since independence from Britain in 1947.</p>
<p>Much of the violence has been blamed on Islamic extremists angry with Musharraf for his support of the U.S. anti-terrorism campaign and his crackdown on domestic terrorism and extremism. The latter effort began Jan. 12 with the arrest of thousands of suspected
 militants and the banning of five radical groups.</p>
<p>Today's attack in this usually tranquil capital occurred in the heart of the diplomatic enclave, which is considered one of the most secure areas of the city. Police at roadblocks check cars on the main roads approaching the neighborhood, where security
 was stepped up after Sept. 11. Relatives of U.S. Embassy personnel were told to leave the country after Sept. 11, because of concerns about possible attacks, and were allowed to begin returning only last month.</p>
<p>The Jan. 23 abduction and subsequent slaying of Wall Street Journal reporter Daniel Pearl in the southern port city of Karachi heightened concern about the safety of Americans in Pakistan.</p>
<p>"A message has been given to foreigners and minorities that they are not safe here -- a planned and calculated message," said Aftab Ahmed Sheikh, a former senator and leader of a political party of Muslim migrants from northern India.</p>
<p>Bush said in a statement that he was "outraged by the terrorist attack . . . against innocent civilians. I strongly condemn them as acts of murder that cannot be tolerated by any person of conscience nor justified by any cause."
</p>
<p>Musharraf pledged to find those responsible for what he called "a ghastly act of terrorism." Other Pakistani officials hinted that India, Pakistan's rival, might be involved.</p>
<p>"Maybe it's an exercise to spoil our relations with our foreign friends," said Khalid Ranjha, Pakistan's law minister. "One cannot rule out the possibility that they chose the place to embarrass the Pakistani government."</p>
<p>He referred to "forces across the border," meaning India, and said that "I would not take it completely out of consideration" that India might be involved.</p>
<p>Other intelligence sources said the police were treating the incident as an attack on Americans. "If you want to attack churches, there are hundreds in Pakistan totally unprotected," said one source with close contacts to the intelligence community. "Rather
 than an anti-Christian attack, this is being seen as an anti-American attack."</p>
<p>Investigators said they were looking at a possible link to the indictment in the United States last week of Sheik Omar Saeed, who is in a Karachi jail awaiting trial on charges of organizing the Pearl kidnapping. Investigators speaking on condition of anonymity
 also recalled the March 1995 killing of two U.S. diplomats following the extradition to the United States of Ramzi Yousef, who was later convicted of the 1993 World Trade Center bombing. The slaying of four Texas-based oil workers in Karachi in 1997 followed
 the conviction of another Pakistani, Aimal Kansi, for the shooting deaths outside CIA headquarters in Northern Virginia.</p>
<p>A State Department spokesman in Washington said: "As the Danny Pearl murder demonstrated, there are a number of extremist groups operating in Pakistan who have anti-American ideology and the means to act against U.S. interests. . . . Extremist groups in
 Pakistan have repeatedly demonstrated a willingness to commit horrific crimes against their government, innocent civilians and foreigners."</p>
<p>Many of the stunned and wounded churchgoers said they had no intention of leaving Pakistan or of being frightened away by attacks such as today's. "There are anti-Christian attitudes all over the world," said Mundhenk, the English teacher from Germany. "We
 are not surprised."</p>
<p><em>Correspondents Pamela Constable in Kabul, Afghanistan, and Molly Moore in Istanbul, special correspondent Kamran Khan in Karachi, and staff writers David Brown and Mike Allen in Washington contributed to this report.</em></p>
</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<table width="100%" border="0">
<tbody>
<tr>
<td width="100%">
<p><b>International Media</b></p>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="100%">
<p style="text-align:center"><b>Ministry Of External Affairs, India</b></p>
</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>31/01/2012 15:24:01</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/18198/Church+Attack+In+Pakistan+Kills+Two+From+US+Three+Others+Dead+40+Injured</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">18198</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>18199</publicationdataID>
      <title>Pakistan Seethes as the Militants Lash Out</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<table width="100%" border="0">
<tbody>
<tr>
<td width="100%">
<p><b>Pakistan Seethes as the Militants Lash Out<br />
<br />
The New York Times <br />
By Raymond Bonner<br />
March 17, 2002</b></p>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td dir="ltr">
<p><b>I</b>slamabad, Pakistan, March 16 — On Tuesday evening, Dr. Anwarul Islam, a prominent surgeon, was leaving the hospital and about to get into his car when two men pulled up on motorcycles and cut him down.<br />
<br />
The previous Thursday, Dr. Muzaffar Sammon dropped off his children at school, then stopped at a bakery where three men approached his car and opened fire, killing him. Three days earlier, Dr. Alay Safdar Zaidi was on his way to work at a kidney center when
 he was gunned down.<br />
<br />
The three doctors — and three others who barely escaped death after their car was fired on — are the latest victims of sectarian violence that has surged in Pakistan in the last six weeks.<br />
<br />
Though the doctors were members of the country's Shiite religious minority, they were not politically active, and the attackers' real target appears to be the government of Gen. Pervez Musharraf. They are angry about his decision to side with the United States
 in the war against the Taliban and his domestic policy of getting tough on terrorists at home.<br />
<br />
Violence has long been epidemic in this nation, where every man seems to have a gun, often several. This is particularly the case in Karachi, a teeming port where the recent wave of killings has occurred. But there was a lull of sorts after Sept. 11 as the
 government cracked down on Islamic militants.<br />
<br />
Now the militants appear to be regrouping, Pakistani officials and diplomats said this week.<br />
<br />
"Every evening we wonder who has been bumped off," Jameel Yusuf, a textile businessman who is the leader of a citizen anticrime organization in Karachi, said this week in a telephone interview.<br />
<br />
"This is the gift we are getting for supporting the war on terrorism," he added.<br />
<br />
In a reflection of how bad the situation has become in Karachi, the government told foreign diplomats this week that they may carry weapons when they are in Karachi.<br />
<br />
There have been 13 sectarian killings in Karachi since Jan. 29, Mr. Yusuf said. At that pace, it would be the most violent year Karachi has experienced, surpassing the 59 last year, the worst on record, he said.<br />
<br />
<b>Hope is hard to find.</b><br />
"This is going to get worse," a Western diplomat here said. The militants are regrouping, he said. "They used to exist above ground. Now they have gone underground."<br />
<br />
He attributed the intensifying attacks to the humiliation that many Islamic militants here felt after the Taliban were so easily routed by the American forces, and to a speech in January by General Musharraf in which he pledged to crack down on terrorism at
 home.<br />
<br />
Islamic militants here, as in many other countries, were sure that the United States would get dragged into another Vietnam in Afghanistan and that the Taliban would stand and fight. Neither happened, of course.<br />
<br />
Adding to the anger of the groups here, not only did the Musharraf government back the United States in the war but he has seized the moment to crack down on his own Islamic militant groups, who supported the Taliban, carried out attacks in Kashmir and created
 an atmosphere of fear, violence and political instability.<br />
<br />
"This situation cannot be tolerated any more," General Musharraf said in his January speech to the nation. "Sectarian terrorism has been going on for years. Every one of us is fed up with it."<br />
<br />
He then announced he was banning four groups, including a Sunni organization, the Army of the Prophet's Companions in Pakistan, and its Shiite counterpart, the Movement for the Shiite Sect in Pakistan. Both organizations had their own militias.<br />
<br />
Pakistani intelligence officials say the groups have now formed a loose alliance to fight their perceived common enemy, the government of General Musharraf.<br />
<br />
"In the past, sectarian killings were part of the extremists' efforts to frighten minorities so that they would leave the country," a senior Pakistani intelligence official in Karachi said Friday. "The recent killings have another purpose. They are telling
 General Musharraf that `we will not go away just because we have been banned.' "<br />
<br />
The killing of an American journalist, Daniel Pearl, is also seen here as a message intended to tell the government that it is not in control, and to embarrass the government internationally.<br />
<br />
The main suspect in the killing, Ahmed Omar Sheikh, was a leader of another group banned by General Musharraf, the Army of Muhammad. Mr. Pearl, a reporter for The Wall Street Journal, was seized in Karachi in January, and since then news organizations have
 kept their reporters out of the city. <br />
<br />
No organization has taken responsibility for any of the recent killings, and no arrests have been made, but Pakistani officials say they are the work of Sunni militants. Nearly all of the recent victims of the recent violence have been Shiites, who constitute
 about 15 percent of Pakistan's mainly Sunni Muslim population.<br />
<br />
In Karachi, 5 of the 13 men who have been killed were medical doctors, and last Monday three other doctors barely escaped death after their car was fired on.<br />
<br />
The attackers have selected doctors as victims because doing so creates more fear and terror among the public, said Mr. Yusuf of the Karachi citizens' group.<br />
<br />
When a mosque leader or small shopkeeper is killed, unfortunately, "we tend to overlook that," Mr. Yusuf said. The same is true, he went on, if the person is from the middle or lower class.
<br />
<br />
But when it is a doctor, someone prominent in the community, "someone of higher status and repute, then it affects everyone," he said.<br />
<br />
"It has sent a chill in the bodies of everybody," he said about the recent wave of killings.<br />
<br />
It has also created problems for the government. There is a growing anger about the government's inability to control the violence. On Wednesday, doctors in Karachi went on strike and held demonstrations in the streets to protest the killings and the government's
 inaction.</p>
</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<table width="100%" border="0">
<tbody>
<tr>
<td width="100%">
<p><b>International Media</b></p>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="100%">
<p style="text-align:center"><b>Ministry Of External Affairs, India</b></p>
</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>31/01/2012 15:29:17</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/18199/Pakistan+Seethes+as+the+Militants+Lash+Out</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">18199</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>18200</publicationdataID>
      <title>Bush Outraged by Attack on Pakistan Church</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<table width="100%" border="0">
<tbody>
<tr>
<td width="100%">
<p><b>Bush 'Outraged' by Attack on Pakistan Church<br />
</b><b><br />
<br />
Yahoo News (Reuters) </b><b><br />
March 17, 2002</b></p>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td dir="ltr">
<p><b>W</b>ashington - President Bush expressed outrage Sunday over an attack on a church in Pakistan that killed five people, including two Americans, and promised to help find those responsible.The attackers lobbed grenades inside a Protestant church during
 a Sunday service in Islamabad, the Pakistani capital, witnesses said. There was no claim of responsibility but suspicion fell on hard-line Islamic groups opposed to President Pervez Musharraf's support for the U.S.-led war on terrorism in neighboring Afghanistan
 . <br />
<br />
"I am outraged by the terrorist attack that took place today in Islamabad, Pakistan, against innocent civilians. I strongly condemn them as acts of murder that cannot be tolerated by any person of conscience nor justified by any cause," Bush said in a statement
 issued by the White House. <br />
<br />
"On behalf of the American people, I extend my deepest sympathy and condolences to the families of the victims of this terrible tragedy, and I wish a full and fast recovery to those injured. We will work closely with the government of Pakistan to ensure those
 responsible for this terrorist attack face justice," Bush added. <br />
<br />
An American woman and her daughter were among the five people killed inside the Protestant International Church, a popular place of worship for foreigners in Islamabad. Forty-two people were wounded.
<br />
<br />
Witnesses said the Sunday sermon was under way when they heard an explosion at the back of the church. Then they saw one man rushing up the aisle brandishing grenades and shouting. Worshipers tried to take cover as five or six explosions ripped through the
 church, filling it with smoke and splattering the walls and ceiling with blood.</p>
</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<table width="100%" border="0">
<tbody>
<tr>
<td width="100%">
<p><b>International Media</b></p>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="100%">
<p style="text-align:center"><b>Ministry Of External Affairs, India</b></p>
</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>31/01/2012 15:33:30</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/18200/Bush+Outraged+by+Attack+on+Pakistan+Church</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">18200</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>18201</publicationdataID>
      <title>Al Qaeda's Grocery Lists and Manuals of Killing</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<table width="100%" border="0">
<tbody>
<tr>
<td width="100%">
<p><b>Al Qaeda's Grocery Lists and Manuals of Killing<br />
<br />
The New York Times</b> <br />
<b>By David Rohde and C. J. Chivers<br />
March 17, 2002</b></p>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td dir="ltr">
<p><b>O</b>n Aug. 17, 1995, Amir Maawia Siddiqi, the son of a bookshop owner in a small village in Pakistan, set down his oath of allegiance to the jihad.
<br />
<br />
"I, Amir Maawia Siddiqi, son of Abdul Rahman Siddiqi, state in the presence of God that I will slaughter infidels my entire life," he wrote. "And with the will of God I will do these killings in the supervision and guidance with Harkat ul-Ansar."
<br />
<br />
He accepted a code name, Abu Rashid, signed his name and concluded, "May God give me strength in fulfilling this oath."
<br />
<br />
The oath, found in a house in Kabul used by a Pakistani Islamist group, was part of an extensive paper record that fleeing Taliban and Al Qaeda fighters left behind last fall at sites across Afghanistan. Reporters for The New York Times collected over 5,000
 pages of documents from abandoned safe houses and training camps destroyed by bombs.
<br />
<br />
It is a rare collection, the raw, unmediated stuff of the jihadis' lives. Individually, the documents are shards — as mundane as a grocery list and as chilling as notes for the proper positioning of a truck bomb. But taken together, they tell a rich inside
 story of the network of radical Islamic groups that Osama bin Laden helped assemble in Afghanistan.
<br />
<br />
The documents show that the training camps, which the Bush administration has described as factories churning out terrorists, were instead focused largely on creating an army to support the Taliban, which was waging a long ground war against the Northern Alliance.
<br />
<br />
An estimated 20,000 recruits passed through roughly a dozen training camps since 1996, when Mr. bin Laden established his base of operations in Afghanistan, American officials say. Most received basic infantry training that covered the use of various small
 arms, as well as antiarmor and antiaircraft weapons and, in some cases, basic demolition, the documents show.<br />
<br />
"The vast majority of them were cannon fodder," a United States government official said.<br />
<br />
A smaller group of recruits was selected for elite training that appeared to prepare them for terrorist actions abroad. "Observing foreign embassies and facilities," was the subject of one Qaeda espionage course. Another taught "shooting the personality and
 his guard from a motorcycle." <br />
<br />
Above all, the documents show how far Mr. bin Laden progressed in realizing his central vision: joining Muslim militants, energized by local causes, into a global army aimed at the West. From the mid- 1990's on, recruits came to Afghanistan from more than 20
 countries, as varied as Iraq and Malaysia, Somalia and Britain. <br />
<br />
The young men arrived in Afghanistan under the auspices of several different militant groups, each of which ran training camps. But once there, they received strikingly similar courses of religious indoctrination and military training. Parts of the same Arabic-language
 terrorist manual were found in houses of three of those groups: Al Qaeda, the Islamic Movement of Uzbekistan and Harkat ul-Ansar, the Pakistani group that changed its name to Harkat ul-Mujahadeen and has been linked to the killing of the American journalist
 Daniel Pearl. <br />
<br />
Commingled under that umbrella was a mix of spoken and written languages; in the documents translated by The Times, there were more than half a dozen: Arabic, Urdu, Tajik, Dari, Pashto, Uzbek and Russian. A few documents were in English.
<br />
<br />
This community of militants had progressed so far that it took on the feel of a bureaucracy. There were forms to keep track of ammunition, spending and more. Al Qaeda commanders, like middle managers everywhere, griped about the bosses. In one letter, a commander
 commiserated with another about their boss's lack of support, and tried to bolster his friend's flagging morale, reminding him, "Jihad is, by definition, surrounded by difficulties."<br />
<br />
Reporters came upon the documents in musty basements and yards strewn with trash and grenades and mines. Some were streaked with mud, others partly burned. They hardly present a complete picture of Al Qaeda. They show no specific plans for terror operations
 abroad, and while hinting at an ambition to use nuclear, chemical or biological weapons, they contain no evidence that the groups possess them.<br />
<br />
They are a decidedly eclectic amalgam. In a house used by the Islamic Movement of Uzbekistan, an Islamist publication inveighed against "the phenomena of the Beatles and the hippies," which had "caused a great danger against the security of America and Europe."
 A National Rifle Association target was found in a Harkat house in Kabul. A few miles away, in a Qaeda house, a sign implored, "My brother the mujahid, my brother the visitor, please keep the guest house clean."<br />
<br />
<b>Resumes of Holy Warriors</b><br />
The letter, dated Feb. 26, 1995, was addressed to "respected emir for ministry of ammunition" and it announced the arrival at a Harkat safe house of another recruit.<br />
<br />
"Brother, Muhammad Afzal, who is with this letter, is coming for the training," said the letter from a Harkat official in Pakistan. "He is master in karate. You can try to take full advantage of him, very hard-working fellow. Blessings to all other fellows."<br />
<br />
Throughout the late 1990's, young men streamed through the Khyber Pass and on to dusty training camps operated by Al Qaeda and other Islamic radical groups. Many carried letters of introduction as proof of their trustworthiness.<br />
<br />
Lists found in houses around Afghanistan show that the men came from countries in the Islamic world and beyond: Pakistan, Uzbekistan, Turkmenistan, Tajikistan, Kyrgyzstan, Syria, Egypt, Morocco, Algeria, Jordan, Turkey, Iraq, Kuwait, Saudi Arabia, Yemen, Libya,
 Sudan, Somalia, Bosnia, Bangladesh, China, the Philippines, Russia, Britain, Canada and the United States.<br />
<br />
The imported military force turned middle-class homes in Kabul, Mazar-i-Sharif, Kandahar and other cities into headquarters and guest houses, crammed with recruits. Derelict Afghan military bases and fallow fields became training grounds.
<br />
<br />
A variety of documents, mostly handwritten, offer glimpses of the young men, and of what drew them to the jihad. One document, found in a Kabul house used by Harkat, contains short biographical sketches of 39 recruits. They were all unmarried. Few had gone
 beyond secondary school. But quite a few, the interviewers noted, had studied the Koran. Several had previously been connected to fundamentalist groups at home. Many, it appears, were asked if their parents had given them permission to join the jihad. Twelve,
 the document noted, had permission. Fifteen did not. <br />
<br />
The list gave this information about a man with the code name Sultan Sajid: "Son of Mr. Muhammad Anwar, owner of sweet store. Age: 18 years. Status: Unmarried. Education: Matriculate and learned Koran by translation. Knows how to make sweets, and can hunt birds
 and fish. Five brothers and four sisters. Address: Kamoke District Gujranwala, at Saboki dandian. Got permission from home happily."<br />
<br />
Of a man code-named Hafiz Abu Muhammad, the document says: "Education: Matriculate, memorized Koran. Knows how to embroider. Served in military for three and a half years. He is fond of jihad; that is why he came to us."<br />
<br />
Sixteen-year-old Hafiz Muhammad Arif was the son of a customs officer and had five brothers and four sisters, one in medical school. "No permission from home," the list says. "His [family] wanted to send him to America. Impressed by the speech of Mr. Maulana
 Fazal-ur-Rehman Khalil," Harkat's leader.<br />
<br />
Across Kabul, near the Intercontinental Hotel, an ornate, two-story home with a fireplace in the living room had been converted into a Qaeda safe house. There, the lists revealed less personal information; code names were primarily used. But they did record
 the weapons the men carried. <br />
<br />
A man from Yemen, code-named Abu Labath, was armed with a Kalashnikov assault rifle and three hand grenades. He arrived on May 7, 1999. Abu Qatada al- Madani, a code name suggesting he came from the Saudi city of Medina, arrived on Nov. 29, 1998, armed with
 a Kalashnikov, an ammunition pouch and hand grenades. He had memorized through the "second part" of the Koran and completed "half of the foundational course."
<br />
<br />
Afghanistan was the embodiment of Mr. bin Laden's vision of a global jihad. Radical leaders and foot soldiers met there, networked and bonded, sharing military tactics and religious tracts. The abandoned houses and camps were strewn with inspirational pamphlets,
 books, videos and CD's, all sounding the call to arms. Central to their message was the re-establishment of the Caliphate, the era of Islam's ascendancy after the death of Muhammad in the eighth century.
<br />
<br />
The Caliphate "is the only and best solution to the predicaments and problems from which Muslims suffer today and indubitable cure to the turbulence and internal struggles that plague them," said one English- language treatise. "It will remedy the economic
 underdevelopment which bequeathed upon us a political dependence on an atheist East and infidel West."
<br />
<br />
There was a publication for every count in Mr. bin Laden's indictment of the West.
<br />
<br />
The cover of a magazine called The Window shows a woman weeping as a cobra bearing the Star of David looms over Muslim protesters at the Dome of the Rock, the holy Islamic site in Jerusalem. A pamphlet with an American soldier superimposed over the holy city
 of Mecca urges readers, "Fight until there is no discord and all of religion is for God." A yellow paperback book, "Announcement of Jihad Against the Americans Occupying the Land of the Holy Places," shows a map of Saudi Arabia encircled by American, French
 and British flags. Its author was "Sheik Osama bin Laden."<br />
<br />
Diverse Muslim groups joined Mr. bin Laden's global jihad. Sometimes, they also came seeking help in pressing their own causes back home.<br />
<br />
In a Qaeda house in Kabul, there was a public statement from the "Islamic Battalion, Kurdistan, Iraq," dated Nov. 20, 1999, calling on "the movement for Islamic unity" to help in the jihad against President Saddam Hussein. There was also a handwritten letter
 to Mr. bin Laden from an unidentified Russian who said his group needed training for two attacks in Russia.
<br />
<br />
Harkat members fought alongside the Taliban in Afghanistan, but their true obsession was India's control of the disputed territory of Kashmir. In the moldering basement of the group's Kabul house, amid rocket-propelled grenades, ammunition boxes and land mines,
 sat boxes of glossy green labels for a recruiting cassette featuring "sermons of distinguished Muslim scholars" and "jihadi poems."
<br />
<br />
Fighters from Uzbekistan and Tajikistan had a different agenda: installing an Islamic government in Uzbekistan, and ultimately uniting Central Asia and Xinjiang, a predominantly Muslim region of western China, into an sprawling Islamic theocracy called Turkestan.
<br />
<br />
"All the Muslim people of Turkestan have lost their patience and have chosen the holy road to emigration for preparing for jihad- in-the-way-of-God," said a flier found in the headquarters of the Islamic Movement of Uzbekistan in Mazar-i-Sharif. "Thank God
 that all these new immigrants have completed jihad training and are prepared for practical jihad."
<br />
<b><br />
Push-Ups and Sit-Ups</b><br />
A sprawling training camp in the serene farming village of Rishkhor, 20 miles south of Kabul, is mostly rubble now. Walls are still painted with Koranic verses and slogans invoking the jihad. "All the Christians, Jews and infidels have joined hands against
 Afghanistan," one poster begins. Bombing by American fighters last fall destroyed all but two of the dozen or so buildings and turned fields into a landscape of craters. The ground is littered with unexploded mines and unspent ammunition. Everywhere there
 is paper.<br />
<br />
Documents from Rishkhor — where Afghans, Pakistanis and Arabs trained — along with records, notebooks and manuals found elsewhere in Afghanistan, show that recruits received the kind of regimented, demanding basic training that infantry soldiers get in much
 of the world, but with steady infusions of Islamic fervor. This is reflected in the "Rules for the Day" found at a Harkat house. It declares:<br />
<br />
"Follow all Islamic principles. <br />
"Pray five times a day.<br />
"Punctual for food.<br />
"No ammunition training without the permission of the teacher.<br />
"Cleanliness.<br />
"Clean beds and tents once a week.<br />
"Clean the environment.<br />
"Do not leave compound.<br />
"No political discussions.<br />
"No arguments.<br />
"No drugs.<br />
"Go to bed early." <br />
<br />
Physical training began at 6 a.m., according to a schedule found at the house. Calisthenics performance was scrupulously monitored. One morning, a recruit named Abu Turab led his class of 38, knocking off 45 push-ups and 40 sit-ups and crawling 25 meters in
 21 seconds, according to a chart. <br />
<br />
Abu Rashid was in the middle of the pack, with 30 push-ups, 30 sit-ups and 35 seconds in the crawl. Even injured men took part. Abu Hanza, who the chart noted had a wounded hand, and Asad Ullah, with a wounded leg, did 30 sit-ups each and crawled 25 yards in
 23 seconds. (They skipped push-ups.)<br />
<br />
Others struggled to make the grade. Saif Ullah took a full 60 seconds to crawl those 25 yards. Others labored to complete a group run. Khalid was "slightly behind," Abdullah "cannot run along," and Asad Ullah "stopped three times," according to the chart. Tipu
 Sultan appeared to be the worst of all, managing only 11 push-ups and 10 sit- ups and skipping the group run. His name was scratched off the list.
<br />
<br />
After their workout, recruits took a break, presumably for breakfast, and returned for basic infantry classes from 8:30 to 9:10, 9:15 to 10:40 and 11:10 to 12:35. After lunch and prayers, the afternoon was for Koran study, sports and lectures. Students answered
 essay questions. "It is not easy to write on martyrs such as these," one said in answering a question on the lives of the great Muslim martyrs. "The pen does not give them their due."
<br />
<br />
Classes at the different camps followed the same basic infantry lesson plan. A training notebook from a recruit named Muhammad Rashid Arghany moved through the use of the Kalashnikov, rocket-propelled grenades, mortars, map reading and celestial navigation.
 The course was highly detailed, and the recruit appears to have taken handwritten notes every step of the way.<br />
<br />
Military instruction drew on religious doctrine. "Without a sign from the leader you should not retreat," read the notes of a student in a class on ambush tactics. "Because the Koran says: `Do not retreat, but stay steady; in time of war there is no death.
 My only power is the power of Allah.' "<br />
<br />
The instructor emphasized the importance for gunmen to remain completely still while laying in wait. "This is very difficult work, and therefore in order to save oneself from melancholy, and selfishness and confusion, you must remain in prayer and meditation
 on Allah," the class notes say. <br />
<br />
The notebook goes on to describe how to carry out a coordinated infantry assault, a carefully timed maneuver in which infantrymen advance while support troops on their flank fire directly in front of them. If the timing is off, the advancing soldiers can be
 killed by the fire of their comrades. <br />
<br />
"If he is hit by their own bullets or if the enemy's fire becomes intense, do not become upset, but do your work with patience and care," the notes say. The lecturer explained that a soldier killed by his own forces would still be considered a "shahid," or
 martyr, and be granted immediate entrance to heaven. <br />
<br />
Like any army, though admittedly with its own religious and political vernacular, the jihadi network was constantly indoctrinating and building esprit de corps. A quick summary of the "Goals and Objectives of Jihad" was found in a Qaeda house:
<br />
<br />
"1. Establishing the rule of God on earth.<br />
"2. Attaining martyrdom in the cause of God.<br />
"3. Purification of the ranks of Islam from the elements of depravity."<br />
<br />
Another document described the two "illegitimate excuses for leaving Jihad" — "love of the world" and "hatred of death."<br />
<br />
The Qaeda Media Committee made sure past victories were remembered. A flier from one guest house advertised a screening of a new film, "The Destruction of the American Destroyer Cole."
<br />
<br />
"Please let us know your comments and suggestions," the committee wrote. <br />
<br />
Other notebooks depicted an entirely different type of training: espionage and explosives classes, perhaps for more advanced recruits or those headed to terror cells abroad. (Ahmed Ressam, a Qaeda member convicted of plotting to blow up Los Angeles International
 Airport during millennium celebrations, testified at a trial in New York last year that he first attended a basic infantry camp and then received advanced training.)
<br />
<br />
An espionage class notebook, written in neat Arabic but not signed, had the following headings: "How to use a code, security of operations, security plan, intelligence, intelligence gathering, surveillance, methods of communication, methods of opening envelopes,
 persuasion, planning for intelligence operations, recruitment, managing assets, choosing an asset."<br />
<br />
"Persuasion," for instance, involved "obtaining information from a person through conversations with him without his realizing the importance of what he is saying."<br />
<br />
There were step-by-step instructions on surveillance: "Get complete description of person, his habits, his daily errands, his children and his wife, his standing in the community, his skills and educational goals, his income, when he wakes, the best times for
 inspecting his house, places he goes regularly." <br />
<br />
An Arabic-language explosives curriculum found in the Harkat house gave detailed instructions on how to make and handle a range of substances: nitroglycerin, HMDT, RDX, C-4, C-3, dynamite and ammonium nitrate.<br />
<br />
A final section dealt with "major poisons and poison gasses," which "can be extracted in various ways, and we shall, God willing, review these various ways later." The document listed the toxins — including ricin, botulism and cyanide — and described how to
 manufacture and use them. <br />
<br />
There were syllabuses for a variety of advanced classes. For one class, a Harkat document listed these "standards to be achieved":
<br />
<br />
"1. Follow the armed person, and kill him quietly.<br />
"2. To be able to patrol closely.<br />
"3. To penetrate at enemy positions with expertise."<br />
<br />
Another Harkat class, this one 65 days long, involved instruction in such matters as "hit teams" and "hijacking of air, bus, ship." For yet another, the fourth item on the syllabus was "Movie, `Great Escape.' "<br />
<br />
Among the students at one elite 10-day program was a Qaeda recruit named Atta al-Azdi. On his first day, a Sunday, he learned "shooting the personality and his guard from a motorcycle," his class schedule shows. On Monday, he moved along to "shooting at two
 targets in a car from above, front and back."<br />
<br />
The training, which included strict limits on the range and number of bullets he could use, wound up with lessons in "killing personality using R.P.G.," a rocket-propelled grenade, and "killing personality and guards from car."
<br />
<br />
An instructor scribbled a one-word evaluation of Mr. Azdi's performance during the final two sessions: "Good."<br />
<br />
<b>Bureaucracy and Paperwork <br />
</b>Behind the sprawling network of camps lay an extensive bureaucracy. And like every bureaucracy, it churned out paper: expense forms, finance notebooks, computer parts inventories, lists of rented houses.
<br />
<br />
"Twenty-Second Jihad Division — Kabul Front" had its own forms for tracking soldiers and expenses, with the name of its commander, "Abdul Wakil from Somalia," printed in the lower left-hand corner. "Al Qaeda Ammunition Warehouse" forms kept an inventory of
 weapons and munitions. <br />
<br />
Officials were hounded to monitor spending. In a testy note dated June 19, 2001, a Qaeda official named Abdel Hadi el-Ansary wrote to a colleague, "El Shaikh Abu Abdalla had personally emphasized for the second time the necessity of absolutely sending the budget
 expenditure tables."<br />
<br />
Even the most common expenditures were recorded. "Bread, vegetables, cooking oil, medicines," one expense form read. "Potatoes, onions, tea, rice," read another. One document accounted for an assistant chef's salary of $20 a month.
<br />
<br />
There were even inventories of martyrs. A computer-generated list found in the Harkat house enumerated each man's "time of death," "place of death," "cause of death," "where buried," and "number of grave."<br />
<br />
The groups even produced organizational guidelines, including a 28-page Arabic-language document, "Forming Military Units at the Behest of the Ministry of Jihad," found in a Qaeda house.
<br />
<br />
One page devoted to command structure listed three divisions under the "executive officer": "administrative affairs," "personnel issues" and "social work." It went on to enumerate various administrative responsibilities, including "monitoring young men," "attention
 to administrative affairs of brothers staying for periods of longer than six months," and "undertaking basic services — food, cleaning clothes, making sure meals are served on time."
<br />
<br />
Another page showed how to set up a camp for a battalion of soldiers, with a diagram showing placement of the entrance gate, sleeping quarters, ammunition warehouse, water tank, mosque and headquarters. The camp, the document said, "is like a beehive," where
 soldiers should "check and maintain their weapons," "train for combat," receive "moral guidance" and have "pure, clean competitions between the various units for excellence."
<br />
<br />
There were equipment specifications. Each "mujahid," according to a Harkat document, should get "uniform, boots, army belt, hat, handkerchief, flashlight, batteries, soap, pencil, jackets, gloves, medicines."
<br />
<br />
Mr. bin Laden, who has effectively used the media to fashion an image and spread his message, was also quite interested in what the press was saying about him and his cause. The March 2001 issue of the Qaeda Media Committee's monthly press packet included news
 articles culled from the Internet with these headlines: <br />
<br />
"Taliban Halt Production of Opium."<br />
"Belgian Intelligence Service Stops Bin Laden Smuggling of Russian Missiles." <br />
"Jordan: 9 Indictments Against 2 Leaders of Bin Laden's Organization."<br />
"Taliban Execute 2 Women Accused of Prostitution."<br />
<br />
Under a headline that read "American State Department: Israel Used Excessive Force" was a picture of a Israeli soldier picking up the body of an Arab man. The soldier resembled former Prime Minister Ehud Barak of Israel. Under the picture was a note: "Barak
 murdering a Muslim."<br />
<br />
If the jihadi army operated like other organizations, it also displayed much of the usual internal bickering.
<br />
<br />
Recruits complained about their instructors. "Thank God for the opportunity to take this course," a recruit named Rami wrote in what appeared to be an evaluation of one of his classes. But then he pointed out that "I'm not sure about the requirements of this
 course, since the trainer pressures the trainees and stresses their nerves."<br />
<br />
Commanders griped about their bosses. In an Aug. 27, 2001, letter, a commander named Abd al-Hadi al-Ansari commiserated with a colleague, Abd al-Wakil, about how their superior did not support them. He said he had noticed a recent loss of morale in Mr. Wakil
 and counseled him on how to navigate the frustrations of the bureaucracy.<br />
<br />
"Don't let anyone put pressure on you. Don't accept an assignment you cannot implement," he wrote. "Whenever you are given a new assignment, try to create your own team and never choose brothers that are older than you."<br />
<br />
<b>Even the big bosses carped</b><br />
"I think that there are no more people who truly trust in good any more," said a memo dated June 15, 1998, from a Qaeda house. "Everyone has trained his followers so that they are only concerned about their own status, name and rank, that they have forgotten
 everything about following orders and respecting their main leader."<br />
<br />
It was signed "the servant of Islam Mullah Muhammad Omar."<br />
<br />
<b>Chain of Command</b><br />
Mr. bin Laden's dream took shape on the desolate Shamali Plain, a broad plateau just north of Kabul where years of trench warfare have turned a belt of vineyards into a maze of wilted vines and jagged stumps. Hundreds of young Muslim men who came from around
 the world for indoctrination and training in Afghanistan were sent to the front to fight for the Taliban in a grinding war with the Northern Alliance.<br />
<br />
Defending the Taliban's hold on Afghanistan was the primary mission of the jihad, and Northern Alliance soldiers spoke with awe of the willingness of Arabs, Pakistanis and other volunteers to die for the cause.<br />
<br />
Mr. bin Laden, in a long dispatch to the Muslim faithful found in a house used by Al Qaeda in Kabul, urged them to recognize Mullah Omar, the head of the Taliban, as "the leader of the faithful."
<br />
<br />
But for many fighters, the deepest inspiration was Mr. bin Laden himself. <br />
<br />
In a handwritten Arabic letter from the trenches north of Kabul, a commander named Oma al-Adani described a dream "one of the brothers" had about Mr. bin Laden. "I was in my bedroom, and I saw the Prophet Muhammad," he wrote. "He looked to his left and saw
 Fahd, the king of Saudi Arabia, and said, `Those are not from me, and I am not from them.' "<br />
<br />
"Then he walked and saw Sheik Osama and the martyrs," a reference to Mr. bin Laden and his followers, "and said, `Those are from me, and I am of them.' "<br />
<br />
The machinery that Mr. bin Laden had assembled answered his call to defend the Taliban. Ledgers, notebooks and letters found in houses used by Al Qaeda and Harkat detailed the movement of soldiers to units stationed north of Kabul. A notebook entitled "Kabul
 front" and written in Arabic appeared to record fighters sent to the front: Bilal, 20, who went to Afghanistan in 1998, and Amir, 23, who arrived in 2000.<br />
<br />
Left behind in the trenches of the Shamali Plain are crumpled scraps of paper that reflect the diversity of fighters Mr. bin Laden had drawn to the jihad. In one bunker, Lufti, an Arab recruit, left a note written by two friends, imploring, "Don't forget us
 in your prayers while you're gone." Pakistani newspapers and cassettes with sermons by radical Pakistani clerics were found a few hundreds yards away. A pay stub for a young Pakistani man named Ahmad Bakhtair lay on the ground outside one bunker. His job title
 was "helper," according to the stub, and his net salary in May 2001 was 2,655 rupees, or roughly $40.<br />
<br />
In another trench, a volunteer left another scrap: a page from Newsday, the Long Island newspaper, dated April 19, 2001.<br />
<br />
Today, the young men of Mr. bin Laden's jihad are again in combat, this time against American troops.<br />
<br />
The end of their story has not yet been written, but the words of a Harkat recruit who fought against the Northern Alliance in an earlier battle may suggest one.<br />
<br />
"I was wounded," he wrote in a diary found in a Harkat house. "Out of four of us, three of us were wounded and the fourth one, Brother Muhammad Siddiq, was martyred. . . . We were taken to the hospital, and there we said farewell to Brother Siddiq. We three
 are still in search of our home."</p>
</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<table width="100%" border="0">
<tbody>
<tr>
<td width="100%">
<p><b>International Media</b></p>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="100%">
<p style="text-align:center"><b>Ministry Of External Affairs, India</b></p>
</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>31/01/2012 15:37:50</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/18201/Al+Qaedas+Grocery+Lists+and+Manuals+of+Killing</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">18201</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>18202</publicationdataID>
      <title>Pakistan Briefing</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<table width="100%" border="0">
<tbody>
<tr>
<td width="100%">
<p><b>Pakistan Briefing<br />
<br />
</b><b>Islamabad/Brussels, </b><b>March 12, 2002</b></p>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td dir="ltr">
<p><b>Pakistan : The Dangers Of Conventional Wisdom<br />
</b>With the continuing military campaign in Afghanistan, the international community has fundamentally shifted its policies toward Pakistan. The government of President Pervez Musharraf has been repeatedly praised as a key ally in the war against terrorism,
 and the U.S. alone has indicated that it will offer Pakistan more than one billion dollars in assistance. This briefing explores some of the most important dynamics underpinning the international community's revised approach to Pakistan and suggests that much
 of the conventional wisdom relies on dangerously faulty assumptions with important implications for future policy and regional security.</p>
<p><b>Overview<br />
</b><b></b>Few nations have been more dramatically thrust into the spotlight since 11 September than Pakistan. Prior to that date, Pakistan found itself increasingly isolated as a result of a number of factors including fairly transparent military and security
 support for both the Taliban and militant cross border insurgents in Kashmir, a military takeover of government in October 1999 and deep and persistent economic difficulties.
<br />
<br />
In the immediate aftermath of the terrorist attacks in New York and Washington, the government of General Musharraf was directly pressured to cooperate with the Bush administration on a range of issues including condemning the 11 September attacks and assisting
 in the destruction of Osama bin Laden and the al-Qaeda network, ending support for the Taliban, granting blanket overflight and landing rights and access to Pakistani military bases, and offering intelligence assistance and logistical support. Pakistan moved
 quickly to assure the United States that it would offer full cooperation, and it was deemed an essential partner in the war on terrorism.
</p>
<p>Clearly, Pakistani assistance has greatly facilitated the military campaign in Afghanistan. Given its central role in helping bring the Taliban to power, the withdrawal of direct support was bound to have a significant impact. Equally evident, Pakistan's
 stability and economic and political prospects will be crucial in shaping South Asia's security picture – no small matter in an area with two nuclear powers and several active terrorist networks. Given its importance in the regional equation, however, it is
 worth subjecting key assumptions of the</p>
<p>international community's approach to Pakistan to closer scrutiny. </p>
<p>The current high praise for the Musharraf government is driven both by appreciation for measures it has taken and by fears of possible alternatives. Western officials, analysts and</p>
<p>reporters have warned direly of that government's fragile state and suggested that it could succumb to angry street protests or swelling Islamic extremism. Similarly, much has been made of the influence of extreme Islamic religious parties within Pakistan's
 political system and public life. Others have pointed to potential splits between the country's military and its Directorate for Inter-Services Intelligence (ISI) in trying to explain Pakistan's long running support for Islamic extremist groups. All these
 points are often combined, when viewed against the backdrop of efforts to cooperate with the West since 11 September, to suggest that the Musharraf government has made a fundamental strategic and philosophical shift in recent months.
</p>
<p>Unfortunately, many of these claims do not stand up under closer scrutiny. They require glossing<i>
</i>over the symbiotic relationship between Pakistan's military and security services and Islamic extremists in recent years as well as the desire of the country's generals to maintain their institution's central role in political life. Far from being besieged
 by Islamic extremists, Pakistan's military government has carefully used that</p>
<p>phenomenon as an essential tool to justify its hold on power, improve its standing with the West, and resist restoring secular democracy and as a tactical means to advance its goals in both Afghanistan and Kashmir.
</p>
<p>Unless the international community more clearly recognises this, it will likely cede the current military government far too much latitude in delaying, or denying, long overdue moves to restore democratic governance and create a disturbing impression among
 the citizens of Pakistan that the West actually favours authoritarian governments over freely elected ones. Giving the Musharraf government carte blanche will only likely drive the country further into its long spiral of corruption and economic malaise. Ultimately,
 instability in Pakistan would lead to intensified regional instability and help create an environment in which terrorism could flourish.
</p>
<p><b>I. A Government On The Brink?</b></p>
<p><i>"Top officials are adamant that the government's decision to side with the U.S. is a moral stand against terrorism. But they also say President Pervez Musharraf must be rewarded for his gamble -- or risk losing public support to the angry mullahs calling
 for a jihad against America." <br />
<br />
</i><b>USA Today</b></p>
<p><b>5 October 2002</b><br />
One of the first pieces of conventional wisdom regarding Pakistan to take a direct hit during the last several months was the notion that an angry "Pakistani street" was waiting to rise up against the military government if it cooperated with the West. As events
 unfolded, street protests were relatively few, not well attended and short lived. However, the military government was able to use the threat of such unrest to help leverage wider benefits for its cooperation, and President Musharraf was able to portray himself
 as a bold leader taking a stand against religious extremism. </p>
<p>However, the fizzle of street protests should come as no surprise. It has traditionally been Pakistan's military that has played a lead role in encouraging religious parties to take to the streets when it saw fit for such protests to be held. Far from being
 under direct siege by the more extreme religious parties, the military and these parties have enjoyed a long running and symbiotic relationship. It is also important to note that Pakistan's military, while relying heavily on such elements to achieve certain
 goals, remains a largely secular force with little interest in embracing a fundamentalist religious</p>
<p>worldview – making its approach all the more cynical. </p>
<p>The military and intelligence services have used these parties to promote their agenda in several important ways. According to a former chief of ISI, General Hameed Gul, "Religious forces have always aligned themselves with the military's views with regard
 to the defense budget [and] the Kashmir and Afghan policies".<br />
1 <b>1 Mubashir Zaidi, "The loss of strategic depth can be attributed to the unholy shadow of the foreign office—former ISI chief, Hameed Gul",
<i>Herald, </i>December 2001, p. 4<i>9. </i></b>Pakistan's military leaders supported the Taliban to attain their goal of strategic depth in Afghanistan by squeezing out the interests of other regional rivals including Iran and India and the forces of the Northern
 Alliance. The concept of strategic depth was developed in the 1980s by General Gul and implemented by Army Chief General Aslam Beg. According to the former, the policy of "strategic depth" was originally strongman General Zia-ul-Haq's, who "had given the ISI
 the task of running it".2<b> 2 Ibid. p. 48. <br />
</b><br />
Support for the Taliban and religious parties within Pakistan also let the government take potential steam out of a move for a unified Pashtun territory stretching across the borders of Afghanistan and Pakistan. Religious extremists trained and funded in Afghanistan
 by Pakistan were also seen as an important tool by which to "bleed" India in Kashmir through cross border insurgency. The logic was simple: if Pakistan could make the cost of holding Kashmir high enough for India by helping to sponsor a long running guerrilla
 campaign, New Delhi would eventually offer a fundamentally favourable deal at the negotiating table.</p>
<p>The military government has also used its support for extremist groups to advance its domestic and international agendas. The military and intelligence services have employed extremist elements as a convenient tool with which to bludgeon mainstream political
 parties when they are seen as becoming too powerful or moving in directions contrary to the perceived interests of the military establishment. By pointing to the twin threats of religious extremism and political party corruption, the military establishment
 has also been able to justify its self-perpetuating rule to the people of Pakistan. Similarly, when dealing with the international community, the military government has often portrayed itself as the best defender against the same extremist groups that it
 has done so much to nurture – an effort somewhat akin to the old tale of the man who murdered his wife and then pleaded for leniency as a widower.</p>
<p>For the extremists military and intelligence backing has helped to carve out a sometimes influential role in a society where there has traditionally been little support for fundamentalism, and extremist parties mostly fare poorly at the polls. Before 11
 September, official support also meant money, guns, transport, intelligence and an aura of immunity from prosecution for these groups and their leaders.
<br />
<br />
Given such deep links between Pakistan's military government and these groups it is small surprise that extremist groups did not turn out en masse to bite the hand that feeds them. While the military government's control over more radical religious parties
 is clearly not absolute, these groups would exist even farther on the margins of Pakistani society if it were not for the frequent sustenance they have received from the military government and security services.</p>
<b>
<p>II. An ISI-Military Split?</p>
</b><i>
<p>"Although Musharraf recently has replaced the ISI leader, there are doubts he has a firm hold on the organisation. This looms as a long term threat to the Pakistani leader."</p>
</i>
<p><b>The Courier Mail</b></p>
<p><b>11 January 2002 </b></p>
<p>Much has been made by international commentators that the ISI is a rogue agency, with an independent agenda, that poses a potential threat to President Musharaff's hold on power. From such a perspective, the Pakistani military is seen as a more secular force,
 with the ISI serving as a hotbed of extremism and fundamentalist Islamic beliefs. Much attention was also given to the fact that on 8 October 2001, Musharraf demoted the head of ISI, Lt. General Mehmood Ahmed. Musharraf insisted this was simply a long planned
 staff shake-up but others speculated that Ahmed was demoted because he wished to maintain support for the Taliban. While much has been made of the dismissal, it should be noted that within Pakistan Ahmed has never been considered particularly fundamentalist
 in his worldview. As a key coup maker who commanded the crucial Rawalpindi corps, Ahmed did, however, pose a threat to Musharraf himself. Hence Musharraf first removed Ahmed from active command by appointing him Director General of the ISI. After 11 September,
 and confident of US support, Musharraf removed him from the Army altogether. </p>
<p>In any case, the ISI's independence has often been overstated. Pakistan's military remains deeply disciplined, and the ISI falls directly within its chain of command. Almost all ISI officers are regular military personnel, who are rotated in and out for
 no more than three years. Few military officials interviewed in Pakistan would even suggest that ISI would operate out of the direct chain of command that traces back to the Chief of Staff of the Army. According to Musharraf's Communications Minister and a
 former Director-General of ISI, Lt. General Javed Ashraf Qazi, the ISI is composed of elements inducted into the agency for a fixed tenure from all over the armed force and then returned to their units.3
<b>3 <i>The New</i>s, "ISI Doesn't Have Links with Jihadis: Qazi", 28 February 2002.</b> Indeed, while the ISI does include some non-military officials, they are usually not senior. Most often, any separation is designed to allow the government plausible deniability
 more than anything else.<br />
<br />
President Musharraf's own career offers ample testimony to the close working relationship</p>
<p>between the military and the ISI and should serve as a cautionary tale to those now arguing that he is at the "courageous forefront" of the battle against extremism and supports efforts to "rein in" the ISI. In 1995-1996, the very years that the Taliban
 advanced rapidly from their base in Kandahar to capture more than two-thirds of Afghanistan, Musharraf was Director-General of Military Operations at Army General Headquarters in Rawalpindi. He clearly played a key role to play in overseeing Pakistan's all-out
 support for the Taliban. Very little ISI assistance to the Taliban militia would have happened without his knowledge and consent. There were also reports that once becoming Chief of Staff of the Army, General Musharraf personally was responsible for blocking
 a U.S. plan to use Special Forces to apprehend Osama bin Laden in Afghanistan, an effort that would at least have required transit through Pakistan's air space.
</p>
<p>Even after 11 September, General Musharraf initially counselled working with the Taliban and suggested that it would need to be given some role in whatever new government was formed within Afghanistan. In a televised interview in November 2001, Musharraf
 argued: "The moderate Taliban are willing to bring about change. They should be accepted in a future administration".4<b> 4 Humayun Akhta<i>r,
</i>"Army is Behind Me, Says Musharraf", <i>The Nation, </i>12 November 12, 2001 </b>
It was only after intense international pressure that General Musharraf began publicly to adjust his position, and even after the onset of the allied military campaign, there were still widespread reports of some degree of cooperation between Pakistani intelligence
 services and Taliban elements fleeing the fighting. General Musharraf is also widely seen is the key engineer of Pakistan's disastrous operation in Kargil during May and June 1999. The effort to flood large numbers of extremist fighters and Pakistani regulars
 across the Line of Control with India and into key strategic positions in Kashmir relied heavily on direct Pakistani military and intelligence collaboration with these "Jihadi" fighters, and pushed India and Pakistan dangerously close to all out war – a remarkably
 dangerous prospect given their nuclear capabilities and rather fragile early warning systems. Many within Pakistan also view the Kargil operation as a deliberate move by the military to embarrass the civilian government of then Prime Minister Nawaz Sharif
 and to scuttle the possibility of détente then emerging on the sub-continent. <br />
<br />
While obviously much about Pakistani intelligence remains murky, there is little to suggest that the military and ISI are in anything other than lockstep even today. Pakistan still devotes tremendous resources in essence to spying upon itself. Given the tremendous
 challenges facing the country, efforts by intelligence agencies to monitor everyone from journalists to party activists must be viewed as a serious misallocation of resources that undermines development prospects.</p>
<p><b>III. The Power Of Religious Parties</b><i><br />
"For Pakistan itself, Musharraf's plan – outlined in an address to the nation this month – signals an end to a quarter century in which political power has flowed gradually yet steadily in the direction of conservative religious forces, turning the country
 into a safe haven for extremists."<br />
</i><b>Los Angeles Times<br />
29 January 2002</b></p>
<p>Most fundamentalist religious parties in Pakistan have never developed broad support at the ballot box on those occasions when citizens have been allowed to freely express their will. The two most powerful political parties remain the Pakistan People's Party
 and the Muslim League. Election results during Pakistan's ten-year experiment with democracy belie alarmist claims that Islamic extremists are on the verge of taking over the state, and the military is the last defence. Periods of representative rule have,
 in fact, strengthened moderate democratic forces, not their religious counterparts.</p>
<p>By 1988, when General Zia-ul-Haq's demise in a mid-air explosion ended over a decade of military rule, state patronage had given Islamic extremist organisations considerable political clout. But when Pakistani citizens were permitted to elect their own representatives,
 they voted overwhelmingly for moderate, mainstream secular parties. Electoral support for extremist religious parties, in fact, progressively declined between 1988 and 1999.</p>
<p>The rise of the Taliban in Afghanistan in the 1990s, had, for instance, stimulated fears that their success would be replicated in Pakistan. Support for parties such as the Jamiat-Ulema-e-Islam (led by Fazlur Rehman) (JUI-F), one of those that had helped
 the military to create and sustain the Taliban, however, has been minuscule in every national election. In 1988, the JUI-F obtained seven national assembly seats with 1.84 per cent of total votes; in 1990, six seats with 2.94 per cent of votes; in 1993, four
 seats with 2.4 per cent of the vote; and, in 1997, only 2 seats with 1.61 per cent of the votes. Ironically in the 1997 elections, when its Taliban allies had captured 90 per cent of Afghanistan's territory, the JUI-F was soundly defeated in its Northwest
 Frontier stronghold by the Muslim League and failed to win a single seat. </p>
<p>As political parties gear up for the October 2002 polls, the most vocal opponents of the U.S.-led anti-terrorism campaign in Afghanistan, the Jamiat-Ulema-e-Islam (led by Samiul Haq) and the JUI-F, are forging an electoral alliance. However, if free and
 fair elections are held, the People's Party and the Muslim League will once again easily prevail. In short, the threat of a groundswell of Islamic extremism at the polls appears to be more mirage than reality. Unfortunately, with the repeated disruptions in
 the electoral process, Pakistan's citizens have had fewer opportunities to underscore this fact than they deserve.
</p>
<p><b>IV. A Bastion Against Corruption?<br />
</b><b></b><i>"Certainly, corruption was at the heart of last week's coup, which removed from office Nawaz Sharif, who looked on as Benazir Bhutto was hauled into court for graft. For her part, Miss Bhutto, convicted along with her husband, earlier had accused
 Mr. Sharif of corruption. Then there is the taint attached to supporters on both sides. Just who is clean and who isn't is almost impossible to figure out. Not surprisingly then, Gen. Pervez Musharraf's coup met with little dismay from his countrymen."</i></p>
<p><b>Far Eastern Economic Review Editorial</b></p>
<p><b>October 28, 1999 </b></p>
<p>From President Musharraf's own comments when justifying his coup in October 1999 to those of western diplomats and editorial writers, the corruption of civilian political leaders has often been cited as a rationale for military leadership. There is no question
 that the People's Party and the Muslim League, particularly during the tenures of Benazir Bhutto and Nawaz Sharif, were marked by corrupt practices and official abuses, often on a systematic level. Bhutto's continued insistence that she should serve as "chairwoman
 for life" of the People's Party is fundamentally undemocratic and provides commentators with plentiful ammunition that the political parties are little more than cults of personality. Her relatively cavalier responses to credible charges of corruption have
 also diminished international confidence in Pakistan's political process. Similarly, efforts by Sharif late in his tenure to push through questionable constitutional changes helped erode the rule of law</p>
<p>and hasten a showdown with the military.<br />
<br />
However, corruption in Pakistan is hardly limited to elected officials or the dominant political parties. The country continues to suffer from systematic and widespread corruption across political parties, judiciary, military, civil bureaucracy, police, and
 intelligence services. Indeed, the notion that the military is somehow a "cleaner" institution should be greeted sceptically. The military and intelligence services still continue to command the lion's share of the national budget with almost zero accountability
 or public oversight. Scandals in recent years concerning military procurement have only emphasised the lack of transparency in military acquisitions. The military, which controls the borders, is also well positioned to profit from taxes and tariffs, both formal
 and informal. </p>
<p>The military has also consistently used the distribution of state land which it controls – often in prime locations in larger cities – as an extensive patronage network for officers. Most of the latter readily admit that General Musharraf's tenure has been
 generous for such "benefits" – perhaps even more so than earlier civilian administrations. It is also interesting that Pakistan's ratings in Transparency International's annual corruption perception index declined from 1998 to 2001. Musharraf has not created
 a greatly improved sense of accountability despite the extraordinary legal tools available if his government were serious about prosecuting corruption cases beyond those largely designed for political purposes.
<br />
<br />
The international perception of the military government as less corrupt may also stem from the fact that since 1999 there has simply been less money flowing into Pakistan and thus</p>
<p>consequently less to misappropriate, a trend that recent events have reversed rather dramatically. Given that assistance to Pakistan will be increasing significantly – not as a result of improved economic performance but because of the global war on terrorism
 – prospects for greatly improved accountability within a military dictatorship seem tenuous at best. A number of retired military officials who spoke with ICG directly expressed their hope that the West would not resume large-scale military assistance because
 they feared it would only make much needed reforms more problematic. </p>
<p>Many pro-democracy activists in Pakistan, while acknowledging the depth and perniciousness of corruption across society, argue that "If all of our governments are going to be corrupt, why shouldn't we at least be able to elect them?" Certainly, accountability
 across society will not occur without strengthened public institutions that improve transparency and promote the rule of law. However, continued military rule will do little to make progress on any of these fronts.
</p>
<b>
<p>V.A Fundamental Strategic Shift?</p>
</b><i>
<p>"Musharraf is now in the Ataturk position, a dictator deploying absolute power for the apparently paradoxical ends of modernising and democratising. Like Ataturk, he has to work in chaotic conditions to create a nation-state capable of dealing with the difficulties
 it faces. He made his existential choice when he broke with the Taliban, joined the American coalition, and opened local air bases to American aircraft. He has also purged senior generals in the army and the ISI who were Islamists and promoters of the "strategic
 depth"</p>
<p>doctrine that has wreaked such havoc. He has banned Jaish-e-Muhammad and Lashkar-e-Taiba and several other terror groups as well, closing 500 of their offices and ordering the tracking of their funds with the aim of freezing them. In the most fraught part
 of this U-turn, he has had arrested an estimated 2,000 militants who until now were secretly subsidised and encouraged by the ISI. He describes madrassahs correctly as places that ‘propagate hatred and violence,' and in the future they will have to register
 with the authorities and teach modern courses. Rival politicians and influential opinion-makers who hitherto have criticised Musharraf for usurping democratic rule are now coming around to him because Pakistan has changed course and will not become an extremist
 Islamist state."</p>
</i>
<p><b>The National Review</b></p>
<p><b>25 February 2002 </b></p>
<p>The government of Pakistan has taken a number of important steps in recent months, including sharply curtailing its direct support for the Taliban, widely making its bases available for allied forces, shifting its rhetoric, clamping down on public fundraising
 by extremist groups, banning several of the most notorious Islamic extremist groups and detaining a significant a number of militants. While on the surface it is easy to portray this as a 180-degree policy turn, this claim bears closer analysis. Indeed, it
 remains to be seen whether the moves amount to a fundamental strategic shift or rather simply a series of tactical moves designed to curry favour with the West while maintaining the military's dominant position.<br />
<br />
In several areas, there is far less change then meets the eye. First, the military government was the over-arching institution in Pakistan's public life before 11 September, and despite modest moves, it appears the October 2002 election will be so heavily engineered
 as to constitute only a veneer of a genuinely competitive electoral process. Already the government has widely curtailed the eligibility of potential candidates, added a substantial number of parliamentary seats for "technocrats" that it hopes to control and
 stacked the high courts. Through selective accountability, Musharraf is attempting to eliminate his civilian rivals. Sentenced to life imprisonment for hijacking Musharraf's plane at the time of the coup, former Prime Minister Sharif has been exiled to Saudi
 Arabia. Cases have been instituted to prevent Bhutto from running. <br />
<br />
At the same time, Musharraf has created an alternative civilian clientele through nominal local bodies and by encouraging the break up of the Muslim League. The splinter group of the latter, the Muslim League (Quaid-i-Azam), headed by former Punjab Governor
 Mian Mohammad Azhar, is more than likely to receive governmental patronage during the elections. Since Musharraf has also appointed a pliant Election Commissioner, former Supreme Court Chief Justice Irshad Hussain Khan, it is equally unlikely that the election
 commission will question or curb malpractice.<br />
<br />
General Musharraf is well on the way to acquiring an additional five-year presidential term virtually by military fiat. He has openly told local political leaders that he would like to serve an additional five-year term after that – giving him at least thirteen
 years of uncontested military rule. This contrasts sharply with his comments in October 1999 after he assumed power when he assured the bation and the world, "The armed forces have no intention to stay in charge any longer than is absolutely necessary to pave
 the way for true democracy to flourish in Pakistan." Musharraf has also revealed his intention to restore the president's</p>
<p>power to dismiss the prime minister and dissolve the legislature. Further, by establishing a potential military-dominated National Security Council with de facto veto over the actions of an elected prime minister and parliament, military officials are seeking
 to ensure control over Pakistan's government in perpetuity. <br />
<br />
It would appear to be no coincidence that the military is pushing through these extra- constitutional measures when its international standing is at a high water mark because of its cooperation with the anti-terrorism campaign. Senior Pakistani officials have
 acknowledged off the record that they have been told directly by the Bush administration that Washington would prefer to see General Musharraf remain in power for a number of years. If true, it would constitute extraordinarily poor judgement to endorse what
 must be considered a military dictatorship over a legitimate democratic process. That choice can be shown almost always to result in more instability, not less, over the long term. Pakistan has never been able to develop full civilian control over its military.
 The fact that it has fought three wars with India since Independence while failing to make much needed investments in public education and health underscores the high cost of marginalising the country's civilian leadership.
<br />
<br />
The events of 11 September also appear to have done little to fundamentally shift the Pakistani military's approach to Kashmir despite tactical adjustments. After the 13 December 2001 terrorist attack on the Indian parliament and the large Indian military build-
 up on the Line of Control, Pakistan appears to have curtailed its support for cross border raids by "Jihadi" groups. However, given the close scrutiny by both India and the United States to activities across the Line of Control, this appears more expediency
 than good will and not real abandonment of proxy war. President Musharraf has repeatedly made it clear publicly that Pakistan will not lessen its commitment to the cause of Kashmir. Addressing gatherings on Kashmir Solidarity Day on 5 February 2002, he condemned
 India for attempting to "mislead the world community by projecting the indigenous struggle of the Kashmiri people as terrorists", and reiterated Pakistan's diplomatic, political and moral support for "their struggle that includes the blood of thousands of
 martyrs".5 5 Roshan Mugha<i>l, </i>"Musharraf Seeks World Help on Kashmir", <i>The Natio</i>n, 6 February, 2002.<br />
<br />
It would be no surprise if the ISI continues to support insurgent groups both in Kashmir and</p>
<p>elsewhere in India with funds and intelligence while reducing cross border raids. Indeed, there are some indications on the ground that Pakistan is moving in this direction. Such an approach would maintain the larger Pakistani strategy to bleed India as
 a means either to achieve a favourable settlement on Kashmir or "internationalise" the conflict. Continuing to embrace such a strategy would only ensure that tensions with India are maintained, hobbling Pakistan's prospects for economic and social development.
</p>
<p>Similarly, only time will tell if the ISI and Pakistan's military can approach Afghanistan with</p>
<p>relative restraint. The upcoming Loya Jirga process should provide a useful barometer of Pakistan's desire to control whatever government sits in Kabul. A long history of meddling in Afghan affairs has most often proved counterproductive and left Islamabad
 with an unstable neighbour and host to millions of refugees. While Pakistan has been far from alone in pursuing such ill-advised policies in Afghanistan, it has often suffered the most as a result. This again highlights the dangers of having the military and
 intelligence services act without a civilian brake on their foreign policy activities.
</p>
<p>Lastly, amid suggestions that the military and intelligence services do not wish to alienate fringe parties as the electoral process is manipulated in the run-up to October, there continue to be serious questions regarding the scale to which Musharraf has
 actually cracked down on extremist groups. There are few indications that the military government has made a serious attempt to reform the madrassas system or to push through core changes in its curricula. On the contrary, a number of government officials
 continue to make highly supportive statements to officials running these religious schools, and efforts to develop educational alternatives have seen little progress. In fact, the military government lauds the social and economic contributions made by religious
 seminaries, denies it intends to crack down on them and emphasises that it is aiming only at ending sectarian terrorism. "Western countries either lack information or lack sincerity about madaris", noted Musharraf's Minister for Religious Affairs, Dr. Mehamood
 Ahmad Ghazi, who also categorically claimed, "It is absolutely clear that no religious school is involved in the training of terrorists".6
<b>6 Waseem Abbas<i>i, </i>"Madaris not involved in Terrorism: Ghazi", <i>The Natio</i>n, 13 February 2001.</b>
</p>
<p>The murder of Wall Street Journal correspondent Daniel Pearl by Jaish-I-Mohammad activists and sectarian killings of Shias by Sunni terrorists are hardly evidence of government success in reining in extremists. The government needs to take immediate steps
 to identify and close down madrassas that give military training to religious extremists. Those responsible for propagating religious hate and for terror acts must be arrested and tried in courts of law. But jihadis will continue to flourish if the state and
 its intelligence agencies support their activities in Afghanistan or Kashmir. <br />
<br />
Western news reports claim the military government is disbanding ISI units with close links to Kashmiri and Afghan jihadis,77 Douglas Jehl, "Pakistan to Cut Islamist Links to Spy Agency",
<i>The New York Times, </i>20 February 2002. reassigning personnel, and restricting activities to information gathering. Transferring personnel will make little difference, however, until ISI's internal and external missions are severely restricted, and the
 agency is subjected to civilian oversight. At present, the ISI charter, according to former chief Hameed Gul, is broadly defined to include "counter intelligence, operational intelligence security, security of the three services, items related to national
 security" and an internal political cell.8 8<b> Dayan Hasan, "What is a Prime Minister?—General Hameed Gul, former DG ISI",
<i>Herald, </i>January 2001, p. </b><b>62.</b> Even if this mandate is restricted, oversight would be impossible without a sovereign parliament and rule of law.
</p>
<b>
<p>VI. Conclusion</p>
</b>
<p>Pakistan has an essential role to play in promoting security and stability in both South and Central Asia. The government of Pervez Musharraf has widely, although not universally, cooperated with the international alliance's anti-terrorism campaign, and
 a strategy of engagement with Pakistan certainly makes more sense than a policy of isolation at this time. That said, the international community should approach Pakistan and its problems with open eyes. Offering tacit support for quasi-military rule into
 the indefinite future, may make it more difficult, not less, to tackle the foundations of Pakistan's insecurity.<br />
<br />
A strong, secure and stable Pakistan will need to be built on a far more robust economy, aggressive efforts to educate a population where more than 50 per cent of students drop out by the American equivalent of the third grade, establishing the rule of law
 and unshackling a robust civil society that can combat pervasive corruption. All these efforts will demand resources and need to be supported by the public. However, as long as Pakistan's military and intelligence services continue to claim the lion's share
 of the national budget – official estimates are at least 29 per cent, with actual figures likely much higher – it is difficult to believe that Pakistan will be able to meet its challenges.
<br />
<br />
As the single wealthiest, most powerful and influential institution in Pakistan, whose generals receive generous perks on a regular basis, the military is unlikely to limit its own broad reach voluntarily. Indeed, it is remarkable that generous U.S. assistance
 will flow to a country where the large military budget is approved only as a single line item by the parliament – a lack of transparency that encourages corruption as fundamental in the military establishment as in any of Pakistan's other institutions.
<br />
<br />
It is also difficult to think that Pakistan's military will make a good faith effort to resolve its myriad of tensions with India, when those have often been used as the prime justification by the military for its over-arching domestic role. Very few institutions
 would embrace any peace agreement that would seem to ensure their own increasing marginalisation, which provides all the more reason for the international community to put pressure on Pakistan to achieve an actual democracy rather than simply its veneer.
<br />
<br />
There continues to be tremendous thirst and demand for genuine democracy in Pakistan, a remarkable fact given the travails that the country has experienced. While the notion of "managed democracy" may appeal both to the generals in Pakistan and to the short
 term interests of western planners, the deep, systematic and institutional challenges that face Pakistan will only be surmounted when the country has a competitive and fair political process that allows the will of the people to be heard.
<b><br />
<br />
Further information about ICG can be obtained from our <a href="http://www.crisisweb.org/">
website: www.crisisweb.org</a></b></p>
</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<table width="100%" border="0">
<tbody>
<tr>
<td width="100%">
<p><b>International Media</b></p>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="100%">
<p style="text-align:center"><b>Ministry Of External Affairs, India</b></p>
</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>31/01/2012 16:05:49</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/18202/Pakistan+Briefing</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">18202</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>18203</publicationdataID>
      <title>After Deadly Firestorm, India Officials Ask Why</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<table width="100%" border="0">
<tbody>
<tr>
<td width="100%">
<p><b>After Deadly Firestorm, India Officials Ask Why<br />
<br />
<br />
The </b><b>New York Times</b> <b><br />
</b><b>By</b><b> Celia W. Dugger<br />
March 06, 2002</b></p>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td dir="ltr">
<p><b>G</b>odhra, India, March 5: While the nation's attention has been riveted on the deadliest Hindu-Muslim riots India has seen in almost a decade, investigators here have been trying to fathom the unspeakable crime that ignited them.<br />
<br />
Last Wednesday morning a train loaded with Hindu activists coasted into the densely populated heart of a poor, tough Muslim neighborhood here. Minutes later, a Muslim mob materialized from the ether and descended on it. The mob sent Coach S- 6 up in flames,
 and with it cities, towns and villages across the western state of Gujarat. <br />
<br />
Fifty-eight people — mostly Hindu women and children — were burned alive here in a matter of minutes, while 519 people, mostly Muslims, have been burned, stabbed, beaten and otherwise killed in the vengeful bloodletting that has followed.
<br />
<br />
A week later, this city of 120,000 is under a curfew so complete it has left hardly more than policemen slouching languorously in lawn chairs and goats, pigs, dogs and cows on the streets.<br />
<br />
There are still many unanswered questions. Was there an altercation on the platform that sparked the rage of the Muslims? Was the attack planned or spontaneous? Was India's favorite nemesis, Pakistan's military intelligence agency, pulling the rioters' strings?<br />
<br />
The Muslim mayor of Godhra and two Muslim city council members have been arrested in connection with the train attack, as have 38 Muslims who lived along the railway tracks, officials here say. The officials could not be reached for comment because they are
 in police custody. <br />
<br />
In Ahmedabad, another city here in the western state of Gujarat, the police are said to have filed reports accusing local Hindu politicians and leaders of the World Hindu Council — the group that rolled into town last week — of encouraging the attacks against
 Muslims that followed. <br />
<br />
However unclear the particulars of what happened in Godhra remain, the context for the crime is etched in this small city's history.
<br />
<br />
In a predominantly Hindu country where Muslims are a minority of about 12 percent of the population, Godhra is almost evenly divided between Hindus and Muslims.
<br />
<br />
It patently lacks the kind of social, civic and workplace integration that blesses more peaceful cities, says Asutosh Varshney, a political scientist who has studied both India's riot- prone and harmonious cities in his book, "Ethnic Conflict and Civil Life"
 (Yale University Press, 2002).<br />
<br />
Rioting is a habit that Godhra has been practicing for more than half a century. The clashes began around the time known as partition, when India and overwhelmingly Muslim Pakistan were carved from the British Empire in 1947.<br />
<br />
A legendary episode came in the early 1980's when the district administrator imposed a day-and-night curfew that lasted six months. The violence reignited in 1992 when Hindu fanatics, including many from the World Hindu Council, tore down a northern Indian
 mosque with their bare hands, crowbars and other implements.<br />
<br />
Today, the mutual contempt and mistrust with which Hindus and Muslims regard each other here is remarkable for its openness.
<br />
<br />
Gopalsinh G. Solanki is a member of Parliament from the Hindu nationalist Bharatiya Janata Party that governs this state and leads the government at the national level. Without self-consciousness, Mr. Solanki, a prosperous lawyer, described the Muslims of his
 city as pro-Pakistani people who do little work except to steal.<br />
<br />
Gujarat borders the Pakistani province of Sindh and Mr. Solanki asserted that "ladies and gents" from the Muslim community here marry Pakistanis, establishing a linkage that Pakistan's Inter-Services Intelligence agency can exploit.
<br />
<br />
"Many people are spies," he said.<br />
<br />
Senior leaders of the national government from his party said the possibility of a link to Pakistani or outside groups was being investigated.
<br />
<br />
But for the poor people of the Signal locality that stretches along the railway tracks, the trouble was caused by the great, oppressive "they" — the Hindus on the train and the Hindus in their town.<br />
<br />
"They created some trouble, then arrested all Muslim leaders to break the back of Muslims, to make Muslims slaves," said Mohammad Salim, a truck driver, as dusk fell and swarms of mosquitoes rose from fetid puddles of still water in the muddy courtyard. "They
 themselves burned the bogies," meaning the train cars. <br />
<br />
The fateful events of Wednesday morning unfolded in the span of 15 minutes. The Sabarmati Express pulled into Godhra station at 7:43 a.m., according to the station superintendent, Jaisinh Katija.<br />
<br />
Most people agree that some scuffle ensued in the five minutes the train paused at the station. It was probably between the Muslim tea and pakora vendors and Hindu activists who had just returned from the northern Indian town where the World Hindu Council is
 trying to build a temple on the site of the 16th century mosque razed in 1992.<br />
<br />
Rajendrasinh Patel, a state assemblyman from the Congress Party, said a witness told him that a worker from the World Hindu Council, known for its virulent anti-Muslim rhetoric, demanded that a tea vendor say, "Jai Shri Ram" — or "Victory to Ram" — the incarnation
 of the Hindu god Vishnu — before the Hindu would pay him.<br />
<br />
There are dozens of Muslim tea and snack vendors who work the platform and the trains — and they may have helped rouse a mob to avenge the insult, some officials say.<br />
<br />
Seventeen minutes after the train arrived at the station — and after someone twice pulled a chain to stop the train as it eased away from the platform — a mob variously estimated at 500 to 2,000 people engulfed the train, stoning and burning it.<br />
<br />
Pradeepsingh B. Thakur, who drives the city's only fire engine, said he roared toward the train station by 8:20, only to be waved down by Bilal Haji, a member of the town council. Mr. Thakur pulled over, figuring that the elected official was going to give
 him directions. Instead, Mr. Haji signaled the crowd to begin stoning the fire truck, then raced off on his motorcycle, the firefighter said.
<br />
<br />
"I was delayed 8 to 10 minutes because of the crowd," Mr. Thakur said.<br />
<br />
Jayanti Ravi, a decisive, commanding district administrator who wears a thick braid down her back, was the first to enter the still smoldering coach.<br />
<br />
Determined not to give in to emotion, she was nonetheless moved by the horror of what she witnessed.<br />
<br />
The fire must have been most intense on the sides of the sleeper car.<br />
<br />
"There was a heap of bodies in the middle," she said. "People ran to the middle to save themselves. There on the top was what must have been a lady with an infant sheltered in her hands. I saw skulls black and charred."</p>
</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<table width="100%" border="0">
<tbody>
<tr>
<td width="100%">
<p><b>International Media</b></p>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="100%">
<p style="text-align:center"><b>Ministry Of External Affairs, India</b></p>
</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>31/01/2012 16:11:22</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/18203/After+Deadly+Firestorm+India+Officials+Ask+Why</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">18203</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>18207</publicationdataID>
      <title>A riveting book on India</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<table width="100%" border="0">
<tbody>
<tr>
<td width="100%">
<p><b>A riveting book on India<br />
<br />
<em>Gulf News, </em>The Financial Times<br />
</b><b>By</b><b> </b><em>Parsa Venkateshwar Rao Jr. </em><b><br />
March 04, 2002</b></p>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td dir="ltr">
<p><big>M</big>ost former diplomats write memoirs that recall the many important things they have achieved, and the many big crises in which they played an important part.</p>
<p>Chandrashekhar Dasgupta chose to take a different route. Dasgupta, who retired as Indian envoy to the European Union (EU) in Brussels, has exhaustively researched a riveting period in India's history. He went to the British Foreign Office archives to look
 at the documents pertaining to the first India-Pakistan war in 1947-48 over Kashmir.</p>
<p>And what he has come up with is a treasure-trove of startling information about the role played by British army generals and the decision-makers at the Foreign Office in the first war between the two newly independent states in south Asia.</p>
<p>The book, Kashmir War and Diplomacy 1947-48, has made ripples in diplomatic and historical circles But Dasgupta, an unassuming and articulate man, takes it in his stride as he throws himself into his new assignment as the Distinguished Fellow at the Tata
 Energy Research Institute (TERI), with enthusiasm.</p>
<p>In an exclusive interview to Gulf News, he talked about the book, and the nuggets of historical details that he had unearthed during his research.</p>
<p>Q. What is it that led you to look at the very beginnings of the Kashmir problem - the first war fought in 1947-48?</p>
<p>A. I never handled the Kashmir during my entire career in the Indian Foreign Service. What I really wanted to know was the role played by the international big powers - which were, and still remain - Western players.</p>
<p>I saw that the duration and intensity of wars between Third World countries depended entirely on the international environment. It was not within the power of Third World countries to decide in the matter. And this was clearly evident in the first Kashmir
 war.</p>
<p>Your book implies that it is the British who played a key role. What was the position of the United States and the Soviet Union?</p>
<p>At the end of World War II, there were two-and-a-half big powers. The two big powers were the US and the Soviet Union. The half power was Britain. Though Britain's empire was shrinking, and it was not the great empire it prided itself to be at the beginning
 of the century, it still wielded enormous influence.</p>
<p>Britain retained its crucial sphere of influence in the whole of Asia - in West Asia, in south Asia and in southeast Asia. The Americans left it to the British to defend the Western interests in these regions.</p>
<p>Britain said that it did not have the men to defend Greece and Turkey at the end of the war. So, these two countries came under the US protective umbrella.</p>
<p>It has long been believed that it was Jawaharlal Nehru (India's first prime minister) who had taken the Kashmir issue to the United Nations and internationalised it. But your book says that as a matter of fact Nehru did not like the idea and resisted it,
 and it was Lord Mountbatten who pushed for it. How did this happen?</p>
<p>You must remember that in 1947-48, India and Pakistan were still British dominions, and owed allegiance, however nominally, to the British Crown.</p>
<p>If the two countries were to go to war, then it would have been two British dominions going to war, and which did not ever happen in the history of the Commonwealth. Mountbatten was eager to avoid the embarrassing situation, and forced the idea on Nehru
 of taking the issue to the UN.</p>
<p>Nehru yielded only after deciding to pursue the military option along with the diplomatic option involved in going to the UN.</p>
<p>You also say in the book, that Nehru was keen to push back the raiders, and recover the whole of Kashmir, including the portion now in Pakistan. Why did the Indian military not succeed?</p>
<p>There was an anomalous situation. The Indian and Pakistan armies were headed by British generals, and they were communicating with each other.</p>
<p>Those communications were not shown to Nehru.</p>
<p>Meanwhile, Mountbatten had also got himself appointed as the chairman of cabinet committee on defence, which was again anomalous, because he was the Governor-General as well. And he was able to prevent the full implementation of the military plans from the
 Indian side.</p>
<p>What was the reason for Britain leaning towards Pakistan at that moment, as indicated in your book?</p>
<p>British policymakers believed that they needed to support a Muslim country like Pakistan because they did not want to alienate the whole Muslim world after Britain gave up the Palestine mandate, and Israel was formed.</p>
<p>It was a misperception because they did not distinguish between Arab nationalism - which was the question at issue in Palestine - and pan-Islamism.</p>
</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<table width="100%" border="0">
<tbody>
<tr>
<td width="100%">
<p><b>International Media</b></p>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="100%">
<p style="text-align:center"><b>Ministry Of External Affairs, India</b></p>
</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>01/02/2012 11:43:32</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/18207/A+riveting+book+on+India</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">18207</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>18208</publicationdataID>
      <title>Pakistani Scientist Who Met Bin Laden Failed Polygraphs, Renewing Suspicions</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<table width="100%" border="0">
<tbody>
<tr>
<td width="100%">
<p><b>Pakistani Scientist Who Met Bin Laden Failed Polygraphs, Renewing Suspicions
</b><b><br />
<br />
The Washington Post<br />
</b><b>By</b><b> Peter Baker, </b><em>Washington Post Foreign Service</em><b><br />
March 03, 2002</b></p>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td dir="ltr">
<p><big>I</big>slamabad, Pakistan : It didn't seem all that strange to his son when Sultan Bashiruddin Mahmood began spending part of his retirement in Afghanistan working on charity projects. But he was curious enough after one of those trips to ask his father
 if he had met Osama bin Laden there. "He said no," the son recalled.</p>
<p>Only after his father was arrested did Asim Mahmood learn the truth. His father had met with bin Laden twice. "What were you doing with him?" Asim said he demanded. "Why did you meet with him?"</p>
<p>Those are the same questions still being asked by intelligence officials here and in Washington. Mahmood was no ordinary retiree-philanthropist but one of the top nuclear scientists in Pakistan. In addition to lying to his son, intelligence officials concluded,
 Mahmood had failed a half-dozen lie detector tests they gave him.</p>
<p>The mysterious case of the Pakistani scientist touched off alarms in the West, and CIA Director George J. Tenet raced to Islamabad to personally look into the matter last fall. But four months of investigation by U.S. and Pakistani authorities have failed
 to yield a definitive explanation of what Mahmood was doing in Afghanistan before the Sept. 11 attacks on the United States. Was he handing over nuclear secrets to bin Laden, or has he been caught up in an investigation built largely on suspicion and circumstance?</p>
<p>Pakistani authorities maintain that whatever he might have discussed with bin Laden, Mahmood did not possess the specialized knowledge necessary to build a weapon by himself, and they decided in January not to prosecute.</p>
<p>Yet U.S. officials said they remain dissatisfied and have pressed Pakistan to keep Mahmood under wraps. He remains on the U.S. list of designated terrorists, his assets have been frozen and he lives under a form of house arrest with a guard watching over
 him 24 hours a day.</p>
<p>No evidence has emerged that bin Laden has obtained nuclear weapons, but he is believed by diplomats and intelligence agencies to have made serious attempts to secure them. "They were knocking on every door. They were trying every avenue," said an Arab diplomat
 who monitored al Qaeda activity from here. "This was for them the future. Why not? It's a weapon of mass destruction, so why not try to get hold of it? Whether it was biological, germ, chemical, gas, they were looking into every sort of possible thing."</p>
<p>They may have turned to Mahmood, who admired the radical Taliban militia that controlled Afghanistan, a neighbor of Pakistan's. He also held unusual views on such topics as the role of sunspots, genies and palm-reading in modern society. A 38-year veteran
 of Pakistan's nuclear program, Mahmood spent years working on a process to enrich uranium, and rose to chairman of the Pakistan Atomic Energy Commission.</p>
<p>His work did not focus on weapons construction, a fact that has convinced authorities and some independent specialists that he would not have been much use to bin Laden. Yet Mahmood helped develop the Kahuta plant near Islamabad that produces enriched uranium
 for bombs. Before his retirement he was head of the Khosab reactor in the Punjab region that produces weapons-grade plutonium. The production of such fissile materials has long been considered a key obstacle to any terrorists trying to build weapon.</p>
<p>Still, some nuclear experts maintain that the difficulty of creating fissile material means that a terrorist might be forced to try to buy it on the black market. As a result, investigators theorize that bin Laden might have been using Mahmood mainly to
 find other scientists who could have helped him use such purloined material to build a nuclear device or an unsophisticated "dirty bomb" that could spread radioactive material through conventional explosives.</p>
<p>Either way, Mahmood's philosophy seemed to make him an obvious target for Islamic radicals seeking a collaborator. Pakistani officials said he advocated the massive development of weapons-grade material to help arm other Islamic countries. After he publicly
 and vociferously argued against government plans to sign the Comprehensive Test Ban Treaty, he was demoted, and he eventually retired under pressure in 1999.</p>
<p>"Mahmood was one of the nuclear hawks," said Rifaat Hussain, a former Pakistani official who now heads the Defense and Strategic Studies Department at Quaid-i-Azam University in Islamabad. "People say he was a very capable scientist and very capable engineer,
 but he had this totally crazy mind-set."</p>
<p>An Audience With Bin Laden</p>
<p>Mahmood represented a faction of scientists in the Pakistani nuclear program who promoted extreme Islamic views and became increasingly disgruntled with the country's more moderate leadership. "There are lots of them over there," said Pervez Hoodbhoy, a
 nuclear physicist at Quaid-i-Azam. "In recent years it's become a quite frightening place to go to. You see all these long beards."</p>
<p>After his retirement, Mahmood established a charitable organization that operated in Afghanistan. Authorities in Pakistan began focusing on Mahmood's activities last fall after receiving a tip from U.S. intelligence officials. Investigators suspected the
 organization was a front for dealings with bin Laden.</p>
<p>On Oct. 23, the Pakistani secret service arrested Mahmood, a fellow former government nuclear scientist, Abdul Majid, and five associates from the purported charity.</p>
<p>Most of the men were soon released, but Pakistan held Mahmood and Majid for two months for intensive interrogations conducted jointly with U.S. investigators.</p>
<p>The investigation established that Mahmood met with Taliban leader Mohammad Omar and bin Laden and discussed nuclear weapons with bin Laden. In an interview at his family's home here, Asim Mahmood said that his father had met with bin Laden twice and that
 bin Laden grilled him about how to build a bomb. But he insisted that his father sought out bin Laden only to solicit help with the charity and that he refused to trade in nuclear secrets.</p>
<p>"My father never went along," Asim Mahmood said. Bin Laden "asked him about how to make a bomb and things like that. But my father wouldn't help him. He told him, 'It's not so easy, you can't just build a bomb, you can't just do it with a few thousand [Pakistani]
 rupees. You need a big institution. You should forget it.'‚"</p>
<p>"He had to meet Osama bin Laden because he was trying to convince him to make a polytechnic college in Kabul," said Asim Mahmood, a 33-year-old physician. "My father thought, 'He's a rich man, he's got so much influence there, maybe he could help.'‚"</p>
<p>According to Pakistani sources, the nuclear scientist said during interrogation that bin Laden suggested he already had fissile material to build a bomb, having obtained it from former Soviet republics through a militant Islamic group, the Islamic Movement
 of Uzbekistan. Bin Laden asked Mahmood to help find other Pakistani scientists more versed in the mechanics of bomb-building, the sources said.</p>
<p>A U.S. source said Mahmood failed polygraph examinations during his questioning. Asim Mahmood confirmed that his father took "six or seven" lie detector tests and failed, but he called the technology unreliable. Although he said his father initially lied
 to him about bin Laden, Asim Mahmood said he has accepted his father's explanation that the whole situation was misinterpreted. Asim Mahmood also acknowledged that a diagram describing a helium balloon to disperse anthrax spores was found last fall in the
 building that housed his father's charity in Kabul, but he said it was planted by authorities after the building was abandoned.</p>
<p>'We Have Done Nothing'</p>
<p>Approached in the garden of the gated, two-story house where he lives under constant guard, the elder Mahmood declined to comment. Neither of the scientists is permitted to give interviews. "We're not allowed to see you," Majid said when reached by telephone
 at his home. "The restriction has been made by your government. Your government and our government don't allow us. I have given the truth to the investigators, but we are not permitted to tell it to anybody else. . . . We have done nothing, only welfare work."</p>
<p>Majid quickly hung up, afraid of the consequences of speaking longer, saying, "Even this telephone call is under observation."</p>
<p>Pakistan became the seventh country known to test a nuclear device when it set off underground bombs in 1998 in response to similar tests by arch-rival India. Analysts say they believe Pakistan has enough fissile material to assemble 30 to 40 warheads, and
 U.S. officials have been anxious about the security of the program.</p>
<p>But independent specialists cast doubt on whether Mahmood and Majid could have given bin Laden enough help to build a bomb. "They didn't deal with the weapons program, they had nothing to do with the designing of nuclear devices," said Zahid Malik, a biographer
 and friend of Abdul Qadeer Khan, the former head of Pakistan's nuclear program.</p>
<p>"He may not actually have much more knowledge than you would get from an undergraduate degree in nuclear physics," Zia Mian, a Pakistani nuclear scientist now based at Princeton University, said of Mahmood. "My suspicion is if you gave him a bucket full
 of plutonium he wouldn't know what to do with it, because he never worked with nuclear weapons, as far as we know."</p>
<p>Path to Prominence</p>
<p>Mahmood grew up in India and moved with his family to a small village 25 miles outside of Lahore after Pakistan was created by the partition of the Indian subcontinent in 1947. He spent his childhood in poverty. He won a scholarship to the University of
 Engineering and Technology in Lahore and, later, a job in the nascent Pakistani atomic energy program. He spent nearly six years in the 1960s in Manchester, England, where he earned a master's degree in nuclear engineering.</p>
<p>His career was marked by bureaucratic successes – 10 patents, a top civilian award, recognition for his work in detecting leaks of radioactive water. But it also had moments of turbulence. He was replaced as head of the uranium-enrichment program by Khan,
 who was later recognized as the father of Pakistan's nuclear program for his pioneering work – an event that started a lifetime feud between the two men.</p>
<p>Mahmood was investigated for two years in the 1970s because of suspicions that he was secretly a member of the Qadyani sect, an offshoot of Islam founded in the 19th century by a man claiming to be the manifestation of the prophet Muhammad. Members of the
 sect are often persecuted in Pakistan for not being genuine Muslims, but Mahmood eventually satisfied authorities that he was a true believer.</p>
<p>Indeed, his religious beliefs seem to have deepened as the years passed. In 1986, he founded the Holy Koran Research Foundation to explore the intersection between Islam and science, and began writing books advancing provocative theories.</p>
<p>In "Mechanics of the Doomsday and Life After Death," published in 1987, he asserted that natural catastrophes happened in locations where moral degradation has taken hold. In 1998, he published "Cosmology and Human Destiny" arguing that sunspots have determined
 the course of world events such as World War II, revolutions against colonial power in India, Vietnam and the Philippines and the Communist takeover of Eastern Europe.</p>
<p>Mahmood also became a practiced palm-reader and talked about the role of genies, the spirits called djinnis in the Koran. Once clean-shaven, Mahmood grew a long, unkempt beard as the Taliban and conservative Muslims require, and came under the influence
 of Israr Ahmad, a prominent, pro-Taliban radical Islamic cleric.</p>
<p>Ahmad styles himself as the "emir" of Tanzeem-e-Islami, an organization whose 2,000 members pledge loyalty to him. In an interview at the religious academy he runs in Lahore, Ahmad said he wants to foster a true Islamic state similar to the one the Taliban
 attempted. The cleric called the conflict that began in Afghanistan last fall "the last war between Islam and the infidels."</p>
<p>Ahmad, who asserted that the Israeli secret service and not bin Laden carried out the attacks on the World Trade Center and the Pentagon, said Mahmood started coming to him in the late 1980s, when the cleric was shown preaching on television regularly.</p>
<p>"He's a practicing Muslim," Ahmad said of Mahmood, adding that Pakistani authorities went after Mahmood only to please the Americans. "Our government became oversensitive about these issues."</p>
<p>After his retirement in 1999, Mahmood founded Ummah Tameer-e-Nau (Islamic Reconstruction), an agency purportedly devoted to relief and reconstruction work in Afghanistan. Mahmood appointed Ahmad as the group's patron and traveled to Afghanistan several times,
 ostensibly to work on projects related to the organization.</p>
<p>Mahmood recruited others to help, including Sheik Mohammad Tufail, chief executive of Tufail F.W. Fabrication, an engineering firm in Lahore. Tufail was arrested in October and held for two months while being interrogated about his involvement in Mahmood's
 organization.</p>
<p>"It was exclusively a charitable thing," said Tufail's son, Sheik Mohammed Zubair, 43, sitting in the company's offices in Lahore, where a photograph of Pakistan's first nuclear test in 1998 hung from the wall. "It was just to rehabilitate those people,
 especially the people with no means. . . . To tell you the truth, we were never aware of Osama bin Laden or – what's the other's name? – Mullah Omar until the World Trade Center."</p>
<p>Among the charity's projects were a mill that had just begun producing flour when it was bombed by U.S. warplanes last fall, ambulance units in Kabul and a 12,350-acre land development near Kandahar, according to those involved.</p>
<p>"It was a legitimate project," investor Mohammed Hayat said of the land deal. "They wanted to level the ground and put in some tubes and wells and get it ready for cultivation. There is absolutely nothing [sinister about it]. . . . They were not interested
 in atomic bombs or anything."</p>
<p>Staff writers Bob Woodward and Barton Gellman in Washington and special correspondent Kamran Khan in Pakistan contributed to this report.</p>
</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<table width="100%" border="0">
<tbody>
<tr>
<td width="100%">
<p><b>International Media</b></p>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="100%">
<p style="text-align:center"><b>Ministry Of External Affairs, India</b></p>
</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>01/02/2012 12:02:42</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/18208/Pakistani+Scientist+Who+Met+Bin+Laden+Failed+Polygraphs+Renewing+Suspicions</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">18208</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>18209</publicationdataID>
      <title>Fears Prompt U.S. to Beef Up Nuclear Terror Detection Sensors Deployed Near D.C., Borders; Delta Force on Standby</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<table width="100%" border="0">
<tbody>
<tr>
<td width="100%"><b>Fears Prompt U.S. to Beef Up Nuclear Terror Detection </b><b>Sensors Deployed Near D.C., Borders; Delta Force on Standby</b><br />
<p><b>The Washington Post<br />
</b><b>By </b><b>Barton Gellmon, </b><em>Washington Post Staff Writer</em><b><br />
March 03, 2002</b></p>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td dir="ltr">
<p><big>A</big>larmed by growing hints of al Qaeda's progress toward obtaining a nuclear or radiological weapon, the Bush administration has deployed hundreds of sophisticated sensors since November to U.S. borders, overseas facilities and choke points around
 Washington. It has placed the Delta Force, the nation's elite commando unit, on a new standby alert to seize control of nuclear materials that the sensors may detect.</p>
<p>Ordinary Geiger counters, worn on belt clips and resembling pagers, have been in use by the U.S. Customs Service for years. The newer devices are called gamma ray and neutron flux detectors. Until now they were carried only by mobile Nuclear Emergency Search
 Teams (NEST) dispatched when extortionists claimed to have radioactive materials. Because terrorists would give no such warning, and because NEST scientists are unequipped for combat, the Delta Force has been assigned the mission of killing or disabling anyone
 with a suspected nuclear device and turning it over to the scientists to be disarmed.</p>
<p>The new radiation sensors are emplaced in layers around some fixed points and temporarily at designated "national security special events" such as last month's Olympic Games in Utah. Allied countries, including Saudi Arabia, have also rushed new detectors
 to their borders after American intelligence warnings. To address the technological limits of even the best current sensors, the Bush administration has ordered a crash program to build next-generation devices at the three national nuclear laboratories.</p>
<p>These steps join several other signs, described in recent interviews with U.S. government policymakers, that the Bush administration's nuclear anxieties have intensified since American-backed forces routed Osama bin Laden's network and its Taliban backers
 in Afghanistan.</p>
<p>"Clearly . . . the sense of urgency has gone up," said a senior government policymaker on nuclear, biological and chemical terror. Another high-ranking official said, "The more you gather information, the more our concerns increased about al Qaeda's focus
 on weapons of mass destruction of all kinds."</p>
<p>In "tabletop exercises" conducted as high as Cabinet level, President Bush's national security team has highlighted difficult choices the chief executive would face if the new sensors picked up a radiation signature on a boat steaming up the Potomac River
 or a truck heading for the capital on Interstate 95.</p>
<p>Participants in those exercises said the gaps in their knowledge are considerable. But the intelligence community, they said, believes that al Qaeda could already control a stolen Soviet-era tactical nuclear warhead or enough weapons-grade material to fashion
 a functioning, if less efficient, atomic bomb.</p>
<p>Even before more recent discoveries, some analysts regarded that prospect as substantial. Some expressed that view when the intelligence community devoted a full-day retreat to the subject early last year in Chantilly, Va., according to someone with firsthand
 knowledge.</p>
<p>A majority of those present assessed the likelihood as negligible, but none of the more than 50 participants ruled it out.</p>
<p>The consensus government view is now that al Qaeda probably has acquired the lower-level radionuclides strontium 90 and cesium 137, many thefts of which have been documented in recent years. These materials cannot produce a nuclear detonation, but they are
 radioactive contaminants. Conventional explosives could scatter them in what is known as a radiological dispersion device, colloquially called a "dirty bomb."</p>
<p>The number of deaths that might result is hard to predict but probably would be modest. One senior government specialist said "its impact as a weapon of psychological terror" would be far greater.</p>
<p>These heightened U.S. government fears explain Bush's activation, the first since the dawn of the nuclear age, of contingency plans to maintain a cadre of senior federal managers in underground bunkers away from Washington. The Washington Post described
 the features of the classified "Continuity of Operations Plan" on Friday.</p>
<p>Bush's emphasis on nuclear terrorism dates from a briefing in the Situation Room during the last week of October.</p>
<p>According to knowledgeable sources, Director of Central Intelligence George J. Tenet walked the president through an accumulation of fresh evidence about al Qaeda's nuclear ambition. Described by one consumer of intelligence as "an incomplete mosaic" of
 fact, inference and potentially false leads, Tenet's briefing raised fears that "sent the president through the roof." With considerable emotion, two officials said, Bush ordered his national security team to give nuclear terrorism priority over every other
 threat to the United States.</p>
<p>Tenet told Bush that Pakistan's nuclear weapons program was more deeply compromised than either government has acknowledged publicly. Pakistan arrested two former nuclear scientists, Sultan Bashiruddin Mahmood and Abdul Majid, on Oct. 23, and interrogated
 them about contacts with bin Laden and his lieutenants.</p>
<p>Pakistani officials maintain that the scientists did not pass important secrets to al Qaeda, but they have not disclosed that Mahmood failed multiple polygraph examinations about his activities.</p>
<p>Most disturbing to U.S. intelligence was another leak from Pakistan's program that has not been mentioned in public. According to American sources, a third Pakistani nuclear scientist tried to negotiate the sale of an atomic weapon design to Libya. The Post
 was unable to learn which Pakistani blueprint was involved, whether the transaction was completed, or what became of the scientist after discovery. Pakistan's nuclear arsenal is believed to include bombs of relatively simple design, built around cores of highly
 enriched uranium, and more sophisticated weapons employing Chinese implosion technology to compress plutonium to a critical mass.</p>
<p>At the October briefing, Bush learned of a remark by a senior member of al Qaeda's operational command. The operative had been an accurate, though imprecise, harbinger of al Qaeda plans in the past.</p>
<p>After U.S. bombing began in Afghanistan, an American official said, the same man was reliably reported to have said "there will be another attack and it's going to be much bigger" than the one that toppled the World Trade Center and destroyed a wing of the
 Pentagon on Sept. 11.</p>
<p>"What the hell did that mean?" the official said, recalling the stunned reaction of those briefed on the remark. Other reports reaching Washington described al Qaeda references to obtaining, or having obtained, special weapons. "The benign explanation is
 bucking up the troops" with false bravado, the official said, but the Bush administration took the report "extremely seriously."</p>
<p>Searches of al Qaeda sites in Afghanistan, undertaken since American-backed forces took control there, are not known to have turned up a significant cache of nuclear materials.</p>
<p>The New York Times reported that U.S. personnel in Afghanistan sent three suspected samples to American labs for analysis but found no significant radioactive source.</p>
<p>There is evidence that some of al Qaeda's nuclear efforts over the years met with swindles and false leads. In one case, officials said, the organization was taken in by scam artists selling "red mercury," a phony substance they described as a precursor,
 or ingredient, of weapons-grade materials.</p>
<p>If al Qaeda has a weapon or its components, U.S. officials said, its whereabouts would be the organization's most closely guarded secret. Addressing the failure of American searchers to find such materials in abandoned Afghan camps, one policymaker noted
 that "we haven't found most of the al Qaeda leadership either, and we know that exists."</p>
<p>The likeliest source of nuclear materials, or of a warhead bought whole, is the vast complex of weapons labs and storage sites that began to crumble with the end of the Soviet Union in 1991. Russia has decommissioned some 10,000 tactical nuclear weapons
 since then, but it has been able to document only a fraction of the inventory.</p>
<p>The National Intelligence Council, an umbrella organization for the U.S. analytical community, reported to Congress last month that there are at least four occasions between 1992 and 1999 when "weapons-grade and weapons-usable nuclear materials have been
 stolen from some Russian institutes."</p>
<p>Of those thefts, the report said, "We assess that undetected smuggling has occurred, although we do not know the extent or magnitude."</p>
<p>Victor Yerastov, chief of nuclear accounting and control for Russia's ministry of atomic energy, has said that in 1998 a theft in Chelyabinsk Oblast made off with "quite sufficient material to produce an atomic bomb."</p>
<p>An American official, commenting on that theft, said that "given the known and suspected capabilities of the Russian mafia, it's perfectly plausible that al Qaeda would have access to such materials." The official added, "They could get it from anybody they
 could bribe."</p>
<p>Col. Gen. Igor Valynkin, chief of the Russian organization responsible for safeguarding nuclear weapons, said on Oct. 27 that any claim Russia has lost an intact warhead is "barking mad."</p>
<p>The U.S. government is not accepting that assurance at face value. "We don't know with any confidence what has gone missing, and neither do they," said one American official.</p>
<p>Thefts of less threatening nuclear byproducts, especially isotopes of strontium, cesium and partially enriched uranium, have been reported more frequently. In November 1995, Chechen rebels placed a functioning "dirty bomb" using dynamite and cesium 137 in
 Moscow's Izmailovo park. They did not detonate it. Al Qaeda is closely aligned with the Chechens.</p>
<p>There are limits, "governed by the laws of physics," as one official put it, to American technology for detecting these materials. In broad terms they have to do with sensing radioactivity at a distance and through shielding, and with the balance between
 false positives and false negatives. There are classified Energy Department documents that catalogue what one of them called "shortcomings in the ability of NEST equipment to locate the target materials which if known by adversaries could be used to defeat
 the search equipment and/or procedures." The Post has agreed to publish no further details.</p>
<p>A division of the Los Alamos National Laboratory, known as NIS-6, is leading efforts to build an improved generation of sensors. Some will use neutron generators to "interrogate" a suspected object, and others are planned for long-range detection of alpha
 particles.</p>
<p>A measure of the government's grave concern is the time devoted by top national security officials to developing options for a crisis involving nuclear terrorism.</p>
<p>One hypothetical scenario, participants said, began with a sensor detecting what appeared to be the radiation signature of a nuclear weapon amid a large volume of traffic on a highway such as I-95.</p>
<p>According to two participants, the group considered how the Energy Department's NEST teams, working with Delta Force, might find and take control of the weapon without giving a terrorist time to use it.</p>
<p>Roadblocks and car-by-car searches, for example, would create chaos, require hours, and give ample warning to those hiding the device. But without roadblocks the searchers might fail to isolate the weapon within a radius defined by the limits of sensor technology.
 If commandos found the device, they could expect to encounter resistance. Would the president delegate to on-scene commanders a decision that might result in nuclear detonation? Which officials, meanwhile, should be evacuated? Would government inform the public
 of the threat, a step that would wreak panic without precedent in any country and complicate the job of finding the weapon?</p>
<p>"Evacuation is one of those issues you throw your hands up and say, 'It's too hard,' " said one participant in a tabletop exercise. "Nobody wants to make that decision, certainly not in advance."</p>
</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<table width="100%" border="0">
<tbody>
<tr>
<td width="100%">
<p><b>International Media</b></p>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="100%">
<p style="text-align:center"><b>Ministry Of External Affairs, India</b></p>
</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>01/02/2012 12:17:31</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/18209/Fears+Prompt+US+to+Beef+Up+Nuclear+Terror+Detection+Sensors+Deployed+Near+DC+Borders+Delta+Force+on+Standby</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">18209</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>18210</publicationdataID>
      <title>In Caucasus Gorge, a Haven for Muslim Militants</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<table width="100%" border="0">
<tbody>
<tr>
<td width="100%">
<p><b>In Caucasus Gorge, a Haven for Muslim Militants<br />
<br />
The </b><b>New York Times</b><b><br />
By Patrick E Tyler<br />
</b><b>February 28</b><b>, 2002</b></p>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td dir="ltr">
<div>
<p><b>P</b>ankisi Gorge, Georgia — Dozens of Afghan and Arab fighters are hiding in this 40-mile-long slash of rock and forest in the Caucasus Mountains, according to Georgian officials. They say at least some of the new arrivals are plotting terrorist strikes
 in Russia or seeking to reach Europe and the United States, possibly to mount attacks.<br />
<br />
Officials from both Russia and the United States have indicated they would like to bring the fight against global terrorism here to the snow- encrusted escarpments northeast of Georgia's capital, Tbilisi.<br />
<br />
But the government of President Eduard Shevardnadze is reluctant to act while an estimated 8,000 Chechen refugees and about 1,500 Chechen rebels are also taking shelter in the area, which has long served as a no man's land of crime, drug trafficking and hostage
 taking on the border between Georgia and Russia.<br />
<br />
The Russian defense minister, Sergei B. Ivanov, referred this month to the Pankisi Gorge as "a mini-Afghanistan on Russia's doorstep," a pronouncement in line with Russia's history of pressing Georgia to crush the Chechen rebels on its territory, or at least
 drive them back into Chechnya.<br />
<br />
But senior government officials in Tbilisi note that any military operation in the gorge would endanger civilians and risk bringing Russia's war in Chechnya to Georgia.</p>
<p>[<i>In Moscow, Russia's foreign minister said an American proposal to deploy about 200 military specialists to train and equip Georgian armed forces to fight terrorism "could further aggravate the situation in the region, which is difficult as it is."</i>
 ] <br />
<br />
Georgia, among the weakest of the post-Soviet states, would like the United States to provide military hardware — tanks, artillery, munitions and armored vehicles — before Georgian troops are sent against the hardened fighters of the gorge.<br />
<br />
But neither Washington nor Moscow seems willing to provide the kind of heavy weapons that Georgian officials are seeking, in part because Georgia remains afflicted by deep ethnic conflicts in two breakaway regions, Abkhazia and South Ossetia. There is no guarantee,
 American and Russian officials say, that such weapons would not be employed to inflame those conflicts.<br />
<br />
And so far, Mr. Shevardnadze and senior officials in his government insist that neither Russian nor American troops will be allowed to intervene in combat operations here, though all agree that action against Islamic militants hiding here is urgently needed.<br />
<br />
The terrorist threat is growing, according to Georgia's top security officer, Valery Khaburdzania. In an interview, he said his agents had arrested dozens of Afghans, Saudis and Jordanians, many without identity documents, who entered Georgia on the run from
 Afghanistan or Central Asia, trying to reach safety in this rocky enclave.<br />
<br />
Some were planning terrorist acts against Russia, he said. Others were trying to make their way to Europe and, perhaps, the United States. Both Georgian and American officials said they believed dozens of Afghan and Arab militants were still on the loose.<br />
<br />
"Afghans are going there for a breather and, unfortunately, the region has become a hide-out" and a "hotbed of tension for us," Mr. Khaburdzania said. "The drug business is flourishing. We can't control everything that is going on there, and unless we tackle
 the Pankisi problem, this issue will create a threat to Georgia's integrity and the security of the region."<br />
<br />
The United States is considering sending advisers to other countries where Al Qaeda operatives are believed to be hiding or regrouping.<br />
<br />
Gen. Tommy R. Franks, commander of American forces in the Middle East, told a House panel on Wednesday that he expects to recommend that the American military help train Yemeni forces to pursue Al Qaeda and other terrorists.<br />
<br />
At least two Al Qaeda suspects wanted by the United States are believed to be hiding in Yemen. In October 2000, terrorists attacked a the destroyer Cole, a United States Navy ship, in the port of Aden, killing 17 sailors.<br />
<br />
In Georgia, the state security service, recently placed under Mr. Khaburdzania's management, has circulated photos and fingerprints of every Afghan and Arab transient it has arrested, hoping that American and European intelligence services can determine if
 Al Qaeda members are among them.</p>
<p>Top Russian officials have even suggested — while admitting they have no proof — that Osama bin Laden could find refuge in Pankisi Gorge. A Chechen rebel commander, Ruslan Gelayev, has set up training camps for fighters who use the gorge as a rear area for
 rest, training and arms supply, Russian officials said. Western officials say some criminals operate from the gorge, in league with corrupt Georgian politicians.<br />
<br />
Russian officials bristled last year when Mr. Shevardnadze complimented Mr. Gelayev as an "educated man," and Western diplomats say there is evidence that Mr. Shevardnadze employed Mr. Gelayev's forces last year in an ill-considered military operation in Abkhazia.
 Western officials are concerned that a better armed Georgian military might undertake a similar venture.<br />
<br />
In February, Russian and Georgian officials discussed a proposal to take a census of the thousands of Chechen refugees here and offer them an opportunity to return home. But so far there are no takers, given the intense fear of Russians and how they treat Chechen
 civilians. "Not until the last Russian boot has left Chechen soil will we go home," said Omar Shakai, 40, who fled Chechnya with his family two years ago.<br />
<br />
Roza Girikhanova, a refugee who saw her mother and sister die during the bombing of the Chechen capital in early 2000, said, "I would rather carry out an act of self-immolation than be forced to go back to Grozny."
<br />
<br />
Georgian veterans of the Soviet invasion of Afghanistan in the early 1980's have taken to the streets in Akhmeta, a nearby town, to chide Mr. Shevardnadze's government for its failure to eradicate the "viper's nest" in Pankisi.<br />
<br />
But there is an overarching caution among many Georgians and Western officials about the danger of undertaking a major military campaign in the gorge; they fear it would cause the war in neighboring Chechnya to spill across the border.<br />
<br />
"If the people start shooting here, it will be worse than Abkhazia," said Zaza Ketiladze, a young Georgian officer standing guard outside Duisi, the largest village in the gorge.<br />
<br />
Thousands died and hundreds of thousands of Georgians were displaced when Abkhazia, a mountainous region in the wast, declared its independence from Georgia during the collapse of the Soviet Union. Such internal conflicts continue to fester under a weak and
 corrupt central government beset by political pressure from 300,000 refugees displaced within Georgia.<br />
<br />
The sudden focus on the Pankisi Gorge is thus a nightmare for Tbilisi.<br />
<br />
"These people are highlanders and all of them have weapons, and if we start a sudden military action, it could result in some kind of ethnic clashes," Mr. Khaburdzania said.<br />
<br />
For now, Georgian officials say, they will not attack the gorge while thousands of Chechen refugees shelter here. They will not allow Russian forces to enter to do the job for them, and they will not force refugees to leave against their will.<br />
<br />
Georgia has sought to remain neutral in Russia's war in Chechnya, and Mr. Shevardnadze refuses to brand the Chechen rebellion as a terrorist movement, much to Moscow's displeasure. Many Georgians regard the Chechen quest for independence as much like their
 own separation from Moscow's rule.<br />
<br />
The Pankisi Gorge is a haven for the Muslim Chechens in part because it houses Georgia's tiny population of Kistinians, who share the Chechens' language and faith. Georgia is predominately Christian.<br />
<br />
The number of Islamic militants sheltered among the 1,500 Chechen fighters under Mr. Gelayev's command is small, by all accounts. But these Afghan and Arab fighters see the Chechen conflict as an extension of their jihad to create radical Islamic states across
 Central Asia.<br />
<br />
It is all but impossible to separate terrorists from the indigenous independence movement. The leadership of the Chechen rebellion is split between President Aslan Maskhadov, who is in hiding, and powerful field commanders like Shamil Basayev and a Jordanian
 known as Khattab.<br />
<br />
American policy here continues to differentiate between the terrorist forces that have grafted themselves onto the Chechen rebellion and the larger Chechen struggle for independence from Moscow.<br />
<br />
But the senior American diplomat in Tbilisi, Philip Remler, surprised even Georgian officials when he suggested this month that members of Al Qaeda were among the Afghan and Arab mujahedeen fighters making their way to Pankisi.<br />
<br />
"As for Al Qaeda, according to our information, several tens of mujahedin fled from Afghanistan and hide now in the Caucasus," he said in a local newspaper interview.</p>
</div>
</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<table width="100%" border="0">
<tbody>
<tr>
<td width="100%">
<p><b>International Media</b></p>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="100%">
<p style="text-align:center"><b>Ministry Of External Affairs, India</b></p>
</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>01/02/2012 12:24:31</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/18210/In+Caucasus+Gorge+a+Haven+for+Muslim+Militants</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">18210</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>18211</publicationdataID>
      <title>U.S. Is Negotiating the Hand Over of a Suspect in Reporter's Killing</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<table width="100%" border="0">
<tbody>
<tr>
<td width="100%"><b>U.S. Is Negotiating the Hand Over of a Suspect in Reporter's Killing</b>
<p><b><br />
The </b><b>New York Times</b> <br />
<b>By Husain Haqqani<br />
</b><b>February 26</b><b>, 2002</b></p>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td dir="ltr">
<div>
<p><b>I</b>slamabad, Pakistan, Feb. 25 — American and Pakistani officials have begun detailed talks on arrangements that could lead to Pakistan's turning over Ahmed Omar Sheikh, the chief suspect in the kidnapping and murder of Daniel Pearl, an American journalist,
 to the United States, officials from both countries said tonight.</p>
<p>A decision could come as early as Tuesday, when the American ambassador to Pakistan, Wendy Chamberlin, is to meet with President Pervez Musharraf of Pakistan for the first time since Mr. Pearl was determined last week to have been killed, the officials said.
 But they said any deal might be contingent on when Pakistani investigators said they had completed their questioning of Mr. Sheikh.</p>
<p>An agreement could go a long way toward healing a quiet rift that was opened in November, when the United States first formally requested that Pakistan locate Mr. Sheikh, arrest him and make him available to American investigators, who have been seeking
 for several years to charge him in connection with a 1994 kidnapping in India.</p>
<p>In Washington, Bush administration officials said today that Mr. Sheikh was secretly indicted in November by a federal grand jury in Washington that had investigated his role in the 1994 kidnapping of Bela Nuss, an American who was taken hostage in India
 along with three British tourists. They said Mr. Sheikh threatened to behead the four men. The hostages were later freed by the Indian police.</p>
<p>The Americans said the indictment provided the legal grounds to have Mr. Sheikh turned over to the American authorities, allowing him to be prosecuted both for the 1994 kidnapping and for the murder of Mr. Pearl, if charges are brought.</p>
<p>The White House made clear today that President Bush wants Pakistan to turn over Mr. Sheikh.</p>
<p>During a brief appearance before reporters today, Mr. Bush stopped just short of demanding the handover of Mr. Sheikh, saying, "We're always interested in dealing with people who have harmed American citizens."
</p>
<p>But a short time later, his spokesman, Ari Fleischer, said, "The United States would very much like to get our hands on Omar Sheikh." He added that the White House was considering invoking an extradition treaty that it struck with Britain in 1931. The treaty
 was later extended to India, then under British colonial rule, and the State Department asserts that, by extension, it covers Pakistan, which was carved from India during the Partition more than a half-century ago.
</p>
<p>The initial American request, made in a letter to Pakistan's Foreign Ministry, was ignored, as was a follow-up request in early January, senior Pakistani officials acknowledged today. As recently as Jan. 24, the day after Mr. Pearl's kidnapping, Ambassador
 Chamberlin made the request directly to President Musharraf in a meeting in which she was accompanied by Robert S. Mueller III, the F.B.I. director, who was visiting.</p>
<p>Mr. Sheikh was freed into Afghanistan in 1999 after being released from an Indian jail in a hostage- prisoner swap. The American authorities have long suspected that he quickly returned to Pakistan, but until his arrest here earlier this month on charges
 related to Mr. Pearl's disappearance, Pakistan had said his whereabouts were unknown.</p>
<p>Tonight, a high-ranking Pakistani intelligence officer spoke of reservations about handing over Mr. Sheikh, who is in custody in a Karachi jail. But he said the decision was in the hands of President Musharraf, who has vowed an all-out war on terrorism in
 his country, and who has said that Mr. Pearl's killing had strengthened his resolve.</p>
<p>"There is some reluctance because Pakistan's own legal system should be able to take care of the situation," the intelligence official said.
</p>
<p>"But if the U.S. demand is conceded by the president, then everyone will fall in line."</p>
<p>Mr. Sheikh, shrouded in a white sheet, was hustled into a court in Karachi today, but prosecutors said they did not yet have the evidence to charge him with a crime.</p>
<p>The appearance in court was his first since the death of Mr. Pearl, a reporter for The Wall Street Journal, was documented in a videotape sent to the American authorities. Mr. Sheikh appeared before a judge only behind closed doors.</p>
<p>The judge in Karachi ordered that Mr. Sheikh and two other suspects be detained for another 14 days, after the police said they needed more time to find Mr. Pearl's body and the weapon that was used to cut his throat on camera.</p>
<p>Mr. Sheikh was in police custody last Thursday when the American authorities announced that they had received the videotape containing evidence of Mr. Pearl's death. The images on the tape made clear that Mr. Pearl had been decapitated, although perhaps
 only after his death.</p>
<p>In a previous court appearance, Mr. Sheikh said within earshot of reporters that he was responsible for Mr. Pearl's murder. But prosecutors have said that statement cannot be regarded as a confession, because it was not made under oath, and today, the suspect
 was apparently much more careful in his remarks.</p>
<p>Mr. Sheikh is not being represented by a defense lawyer. But a lawyer representing two other defendants in the case said Mr. Sheikh and his clients had all complained to the judge that they had been pressured into confessions, including signing blank sheets
 of paper.</p>
<p>Mr. Sheikh, 28, was born in Britain. He is a leader of the Army of Muhammad, or Jaish-e-Muhammad, one of the militant organizations nurtured in the past by Pakistan's main intelligence agency but banned since December by President Musharraf's government,
 which has promised a crackdown on extremist groups.</p>
<p>American and Pakistani officials acknowledged that the failure of Pakistan's government to act on the earlier American request involving Mr. Sheikh had become a major embarrassment since his role in Mr. Pearl's kidnapping became apparent.</p>
<p>In an interview broadcast this morning on CBS, Ambassador Chamberlin said, "Sheikh Omar is a nasty character," using one variant of his name. "He's been involved in kidnappings and crimes against American citizens for many years. He's someone that we've
 had our eye on for many years, and this has been an ongoing effort."</p>
<p>The United States does not have a formal extradition treaty with Pakistan, but the two countries have worked closely together in the past in the handover from Pakistan to the United States of several top terrorism suspects. They include Mir Aimal Kansi,
 convicted in the 1993 attack outside the headquarters of the Central Intelligence Agency, and Ramzi Ahmed Yousef, convicted in the 1993 bombing of the World Trade Center.</p>
<p>In addition, since the current Afghan crisis, Pakistan has handed over to the United States scores, if not hundreds, of suspected Taliban and Al Qaeda fighters who were detained in Pakistan as they fled from Afghanistan. They are now in American custody.
 Pakistani officials have said those handovers have been carried out on the basis of an agreement with the United States that is limited to actions connected to the crisis with Afghanistan.</p>
<p>A nationwide manhunt is under way for other suspects wanted in the case.</p>
<p>Some Pakistani law enforcement officials have said they have become convinced that the kidnapping and murder might have broad international connections and be linked to Al Qaeda. But some Pakistani military officers have expressed skepticism about that theory,
 suggesting that it might be motivated mostly by a desire to steer attention away from any shortcomings in the investigation into Mr. Pearl's death.</p>
</div>
</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<table width="100%" border="0">
<tbody>
<tr>
<td width="100%">
<p><b>International Media</b></p>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="100%">
<p style="text-align:center"><b>Ministry Of External Affairs, India</b></p>
</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>01/02/2012 12:33:18</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/18211/US+Is+Negotiating+the+Hand+Over+of+a+Suspect+in+Reporters+Killing</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">18211</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>18212</publicationdataID>
      <title>Islamic radical was a public figure in Lahore</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<table width="100%" border="0">
<tbody>
<tr>
<td width="100%"><b>Islamic radical was a public figure in Lahore</b>
<p><b><br />
USA Today<br />
By Elliot Blair Smith<br />
</b><b>February 26</b><b>, 2002</b></p>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td dir="ltr">
<div>
<p><b>L</b>AHORE, Pakistan — Islamic radical Ahmed Omar Saeed Sheikh lived openly in this densely populated city near the border with India, even after the Sept. 11 attacks in the USA.<br />
<br />
Saeed, 28, who is being held in Karachi in connection with the murder of American journalist Daniel Pearl, hobnobbed with local officials until the attacks in the USA prompted Pakistan's government to withdraw support from Islamic radicals, say intelligence
 and government officials in the region.<br />
<br />
Former Indian government spy chief B. Raman says Saeed was "frequently seen" at local parties hosted by government leaders and "made no secret of his stay in Lahore." As recently as January, he celebrated the birth of his baby at a party he hosted in the city.<br />
<br />
Controversy over when and where he was arrested has fueled questions about Saeed's relationship with the Pakistani government. Punjab Police Chief Malib Asif Hyat initially took credit for Saeed's arrest Feb. 12 in Lahore, Punjab province. Hyat said he arranged
 for Saeed to be turned over to Sindh province police in the southern port city of Karachi.<br />
<br />
But Saeed told the anti-terrorism court in Karachi at his initial hearing Feb. 14 that he had been detained Feb. 5, one week earlier than announced, buttressing rumors that Pakistani intelligence agents had taken him into custody and interrogated him before
 turning him over to the police.<br />
<br />
Government and intelligence sources now confirm Pakistan's military intelligence agents took Saeed into custody on Feb. 5. Punjab and Sindh police never explained how the arrest was made, deflecting reporters' questions.<br />
<br />
Saeed's parents are wealthy clothing merchants who live in London. His in-laws own a prosperous trucking company in Lahore. Neighbors and a real estate agent here said Saeed's wife and her family moved into a massive two-house compound in November. The opulent
 complex, which dwarfs neighboring properties, is in a middle-class neighborhood.<br />
<br />
Neighbors say they never saw Saeed at the house. Family members at the house, including three cousins who referred to Saeed as a "brother," declined to comment on his case.<br />
<br />
But the unlikely contrast between Saeed's public persona as a self-proclaimed Islamic avenger and his private life of privilege raises questions about how his presence in Lahore went undetected.<br />
<br />
Pakistani police and government officials deny knowing Saeed moved here after India released him from prison in December 1999.<br />
<br />
The Indian government contends elements of Pakistan's intelligence service aided Saeed's safe return to this country. India and Pakistan frequently accuse one another of destabilizing acts. However, Indian officials have offered evidence tying Saeed to terrorist
 acts. Pakistan's government has said Saeed is an Indian agent but has provided no evidence to support that assertion.<br />
<br />
Indian Ministry of External Affairs spokeswoman Nirupama Rao told reporters in New Delhi last week, "We have our own information about this individual's involvement in various terrorist acts, and that after his release in Kandahar (Afghanistan) we know he had
 moved to Pakistan."<br />
<br />
Rao added that "his movement in Pakistan was facilitated by Pakistani (government) agencies."</p>
</div>
</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<table width="100%" border="0">
<tbody>
<tr>
<td width="100%">
<p><b>International Media</b></p>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="100%">
<p style="text-align:center"><b>Ministry Of External Affairs, India</b></p>
</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>01/02/2012 12:38:34</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/18212/Islamic+radical+was+a+public+figure+in+Lahore</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">18212</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>18213</publicationdataID>
      <title>Defence minister confirms German special forces involved in hunt for Bin-Ladin</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<table width="100%" border="0">
<tbody>
<tr>
<td width="100%">
<p><b>Defence minister confirms German special forces involved in hunt for Bin-Ladin</b><b><br />
<br />
The Financial Times</b></p>
<p><b>BBC Monitoring Service - United Kingdom<br />
</b><b>February 25</b><b>, 2002</b></p>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td dir="ltr">
<div>
<p>Text of report by "DW": "Bin-Ladin is alive: Elite German soldiers are hunting for him. Scharping in conversation with Die Welt: 'We can be proud.' About 100 Bundeswehr soldiers hunting for Al-Qa'idah hiding places" by German newspaper Die Welt web site
 on 25 February.<br />
<br />
Berlin: The United States is firmly convinced that the terrorist leader Usamah Bin-Ladin is alive and hiding along the Afghan border with Pakistan. The New York Times is reporting this. About 100 elite German soldiers are participating in Afghanistan in the
 hunt for Bin-Ladin. Units of the Special Forces Command (KSK) would be used jointly with soldiers of the allies, Federal Defence Minister Scharping said on Sunday [24 February]. He thereby confirmed press reports to the effect that KSK-forces have already
 been in operation against Al-Qa'idah for several weeks and together with British and American soldiers are searching for the organization's hiding places.<br />
<br />
Scharping appeared very satisfied with the course of the operation. "Our soldiers are doing an outstanding job. We can be proud of them," he said in a conversation with Die Welt. Scharping declined to give exact information on the Bundeswehr mission. He says
 that he understands the public's interest but priority goes to the "security of the soldiers and their families at home". The Bundestag and the Defence Committee would be informed about the mission, however.<br />
<br />
Nevertheless there was fierce criticism of the federal government's information policy. Paul Breuer, defence politician for the CDU [Christian Democratic Union], said that there is no reason for secrecy about the "basic information on the KSK-mission". Angelika
 Beer, defence expert for the Greens, proposed "regular reporting to a special body of parliament".<br />
<br />
Scharping demanded that the further financing of the Afghanistan mission be from the overall budget when the special funding for the war against terrorism has been spent. He denied that there are already operational plans for Iraq.</p>
</div>
</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<table width="100%" border="0">
<tbody>
<tr>
<td width="100%">
<p><b>International Media</b></p>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="100%">
<p style="text-align:center"><b>Ministry Of External Affairs, India</b></p>
</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>01/02/2012 12:44:04</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/18213/Defence+minister+confirms+German+special+forces+involved+in+hunt+for+BinLadin</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">18213</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>18214</publicationdataID>
      <title>Death of Reporter Puts Focus on Pakistan's Intelligence Unit</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<table width="100%" border="0">
<tbody>
<tr>
<td width="100%">
<p><b>Death of Reporter Puts Focus on Pakistan's Intelligence Unit</b> </p>
<p><b>The New York Times<br />
By Douglas Jehl<br />
</b><b>February 25</b><b>, 2002</b></p>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td dir="ltr">
<div>
<p><i>This article was reported by Douglas Jehl, Celia W. Dugger and Felicity Barringer and was written by Mr. Jehl.<br />
</i><b><br />
I</b>n October 1994, a gleeful young kidnapper walked into a house in Saharanpur, north of New Delhi, to tell three British tourists chained to the floor that he had sent authorities an ultimatum: Release a group of Islamic militants from Indian jails, or the
 hostages will die.</p>
<p>"We've just told the press we're going to behead you," said Ahmed Omar Sheikh, a 21-year- old who once studied at the London School of Economics, as Rhys Partridge, one of the hostages, remembered it. "He was laughing," Mr. Partridge said in a recent interview.
 "The prospect excited him."</p>
<p>Mr. Sheikh's plans went awry when he was captured and his captives released. But after five years awaiting trial, he was freed, along with two other Islamic militants, in exchange for more than 160 people aboard an Indian Airlines jet that had been hijacked
 from Katmandu, Nepal.</p>
<p>Mr. Partridge was aghast. "I got to know the guy and I got to know his agenda, and I made it very apparent to anyone who would listen that he would continue to do this kind of stuff," he said. "He would take hostages again. He would murder people, given
 the opportunity."</p>
<p>The opportunity may have presented itself last month when Mr. Sheikh, now 28 and close to a Pakistani militant group known as the Army of Muhammad, apparently enticed a Wall Street Journal reporter, Daniel Pearl, to a meeting that led to his abduction on
 Jan. 23 and brutal execution.</p>
<p>Pakistan's president, Pervez Musharraf, has vowed to prosecute everyone involved, an inquiry that could well raise the lid on one of the more unsavory chapters in this country's recent history: the ties between radical Islamic groups and Pakistan's main
 intelligence service.</p>
<p>Pakistani military and intelligence officials with knowledge of the events disclosed that a Pakistani intelligence officer played a key role in nurturing the Army of Muhammad after its formation in 2000 and also helped facilitate Mr. Sheikh's frequent travels
 between Afghanistan and Pakistan, his ancestral home.</p>
<p>That intelligence officer, Brigadier Abdullah, who uses one name, was among those who were pushed aside late last year as President Musharraf began his shake-up of the country's powerful and secretive spy service, known as Inter-Services Intelligence, or
 I.S.I.</p>
<p>Mr. Sheikh told a Pakistani court earlier this month and American and Pakistani interrogators that he helped kidnap Mr. Pearl. But his statements raised as many questions as they answered. Did he act with accomplices and, if so, was a former Pakistani police
 official among them, as some say? Was someone giving orders to him? If so, why have they not been apprehended? Why was Mr. Sheikh allowed to turn himself in to a former Inter- Services Intelligence agency official on Feb. 5, and why did the local police issue
 misleading statements for a week indicating that he was still at large?</p>
<p>The intelligence agency's past actions indicate that its interests — or, at a minimum, those of former agency officials — have often dovetailed with the interests of Mr. Pearl's kidnappers, as reflected in their original demands. New disclosures of links
 between Mr. Sheikh and two recently dismissed agency officials only intensify suspicions about the its role in this case.</p>
<p>The intelligence agency came to prominence during the Soviet Union's invasion of Afghanistan, when it served as the C.I.A.'s paymaster, funneling billions of dollars in covert aid to the Afghan rebels. More recently, it has been the main instrument of Pakistan's
 covert policies in the region, cultivating close ties with the Taliban rulers of Afghanistan and with radical Islamic groups seeking to lay claim to the Indian provinces of Jammu and Kashmir.</p>
<p>When Mr. Sheikh was freed from an Indian prison in 1999, he and two other freed prisoners became affiliated with the newly minted group, the Army of Muhammad. It was one of several militant groups with close links to Pakistani intelligence, particularly
 to Brigadier Abdullah, who headed Inter-Services Intelligence's Kashmir department.</p>
<p>All this raises a delicate issue for President Musharraf and also for the United States, which has forged a much closer relationship with Pakistan since Sept. 11. Two days before the kidnapping of Mr. Pearl, the American ambassador in Islamabad asked Pakistan
 to hand over Mr. Sheikh in connection with the 1994 kidnapping, in which an American was also held captive. Before Pakistan did anything, Mr. Pearl was abducted.
</p>
<p>Not surprisingly, India is pointing the finger at Pakistan.</p>
<p>The Indian foreign minister, Jaswant Singh, who accompanied Mr. Sheikh and two other Islamic militants to Kandahar, Afghanistan, in exchange for the release of the passengers aboard the hijacked jetliner, told the Spanish newspaper El Mundo last week that
 "Omar was allowed to live peacefully in Pakistan till he kidnapped another American. But I do not want to sound bitter."</p>
<p>In Pakistan, an editorial in the English language newspaper, The News, raised much the same question this weekend. "Any doubts about incompetence or deliberate mishandling of the Pearl case, or similar cases in the future, will have to be removed."
</p>
<p>Enlisting Militancy<br />
<em>Pakistani Intelligence Fuels a Guerrilla War</em></p>
<p>During the 1980's, Inter-Services Intelligence became Pakistan's most influential political and foreign policy force. At the time, its operatives were allowed extraordinary leeway in forging contacts with Islamic militants in Afghanistan and in the disputed
 territory of Kashmir, according to senior Pakistani officials and a broad range of published accounts, including the book, "Holy War Inc." (Simon &amp; Schuster: 2001), which details these contacts; the author is Peter L. Bergen, a terrorism analyst on CNN.</p>
<p>After the Soviet Union withdrew from Afghanistan in 1989, the onset of a guerrilla war in Kashmir gave the agency a politically more potent reason for being — as the force to nurture a guerrilla conflict against India, through the proxy of militant Islamic
 groups. </p>
<p>The United States government grew increasingly concerned about the activities of its former partner. That year, in a confidential letter to Nawaz Sharif, then Pakistan's prime minister, President George Bush quietly warned that he might have to declare Pakistan
 a terrorist state if the cross-border attacks into India, paid for and orchestrated by Inter-Services Intelligence, did not cease, according to a former Pakistani official who said he has seen the letter.</p>
<p>The rise of the Taliban only added to that Pakistani-American gulf. While the United States soured on the force, Pakistan, through its intelligence agency, helped sustain it, solidifying links built on kinship, Islamic solidarity and longstanding personal
 and institutional allegiance.</p>
<p>Similar ties were being forged with various militant groups based in Pakistan, who were recruiting young Muslim men to join them. Mr. Sheikh, who at 19 had been radicalized when he learned of the atrocities against Bosnian Muslims, was ripe for recruitment.
 In the spring of his first year at the London School of Economics, he went on a relief mission to Bosnia.</p>
<p>He described the recruitment in a diary entry, verified by his attorney and written while in prison in India awaiting trial for the 1994 kidnappings:</p>
<p>"April 93. Go with Convoy of Mercy up to Split in Croatia. Too ill to accompany them into Bosnia. Meet Mujahedeen going into Bosnia who recommend training in Afghanistan first. Back for England with recommendation letter from Abdur Rauf for Harkat ul- Mujahedeen.
 Try to get back into academic to prepare for exams. Still attending talks by various groups. Can't settle down. Leave for Pakistan. Go to Lahore office of Harkat ul- Mujahedeen."
</p>
<p>Harkat ul-Mujahedeen was a Pakistan- based group whose aim was ending Indian rule in Kashmir.
</p>
<p>After some travel and training in Afghanistan, Mr. Sheikh was given an assignment: kidnap American, British and French tourists who could be traded for the freedom of Maulana Masood Azhar, the Harkat leader jailed by the Indian government in 1994.</p>
<p>Mr. Sheikh lured Mr. Partridge into captivity in September of that year; two other Britons were taken two weeks later. In late October, an American, Bela Nuss, became the fourth hostage, held at a separate house.</p>
<p>Mr. Sheikh, an impetuous young man who, according to the diary, annoyed superiors by overstepping his mandate, was not successful in the operation. Indian police stumbled onto the plot, arrested Mr. Sheikh, and freed both Mr. Nuss and the British hostages.</p>
<p>In prison, Mr. Sheikh met Mr. Azhar, the man he had hoped to free.</p>
<p>Indian officials say the two men were in Tihar prison for almost two years. "They became thick friends in Tihar," said an Indian intelligence officer who interviewed both men.</p>
<p>"Masood Azhar would use religion as a tool to influence people," he said. "But this fellow Omar Sheikh was a very sharp boy. He studied a mind and thought how he could manipulate you. He didn't use religion."</p>
<p>Mr. Sheikh and Mr. Azhar and a third man were freed after the 1999 hijacking.</p>
<p>On the Move<br />
<em>Out of Prison, Out of the Spotlight</em></p>
<p>As early as January 2000, Pakistani military officers say, Mr. Azhar formed a new group, The Army of Muhammad (or Jaish-e- Muhammad).</p>
<p>Mr. Azhar, then 32 years old, returned to Pakistan to renew his angry call for jihad in Kashmir at raucous rallies in the port city of Karachi.</p>
<p>Mr. Azhar's high-profile role soon ran afoul of Pakistani authorities, particularly General Musharraf, who had taken power in late 1999. By December 2001, Mr. Azhar was under house arrest.</p>
<p>Much less is known about Mr. Sheikh. For instance, he was not listed in any official Pakistani records as having returned from Afghanistan, where he was sent after being freed from jail, according to Pakistani officials.</p>
<p>Mr. Sheikh apparently did spend much time in Afghanistan, a base for the Kashmir militants. But he did not steer clear of Pakistan. He was spotted by Indian intelligence on a number of occasions, according to senior Indian officials, including once in early
 2001, at a bookstore in Islamabad, the capital.</p>
<p>The Indian officials say they believe that he traveled frequently, with his new wife and infant son, to Lahore, where his parents had been born and relatives still lived. According to two Pakistani military officials, officers of a smaller, less powerful
 intelligence agency, the Military Intelligence Branch, then headed by Lt. Gen. Ehsanul Haq, had urged caution in allowing Mr. Sheikh to return, fearing that his years in an Indian jail might have turned him into an enemy agent.</p>
<p>To explain his apparent ease of travel, the officials suggested that Mr. Sheikh may have drawn on clandestine contacts with the former Inter-Services Intelligence officer known as Brigadier Abdullah, the head of the Kashmir cell, and, some now speculate,
 also with Brig. Ejaz Shah. He is a former agency official who had become home secretary in the Punjab, Mr. Sheikh's native province.</p>
<p>Mr. Sheikh's growing profile among Islamic militants did not go unnoticed in the West. A year ago, the American and British governments seemed interested in taking him out of circulation, or so Rhys Partridge and Bela Nuss, two of the 1994 hostages, say
 they were told when they were questioned by British and F.B.I. agents.</p>
<p>The F.B.I. agents indicated that the former hostages would be giving evidence to a grand jury in the United States last spring, but then backed off, saying they were not needed.</p>
<p>It is unclear whether Mr. Sheikh was ever indicted in the United States. But a request last month that Pakistan turn over Mr. Sheikh would most likely have been made only if there were outstanding charges against Mr. Sheikh in the United States.
</p>
<p>In January in Karachi, according to Mr. Sheikh's own courtroom statements, he replayed his role as a kidnapper. So far, three other suspects have been charged in the Pearl case, and investigators say that all have identified Mr. Sheikh as the man who directed
 them to send e-mail messages to Western news organizations that included photographs of the reporter in captivity. At least five others are being sought, Pakistani officials say.</p>
<p>Cracking Down<br />
<em>Pakistan's President Tackles Radicalism</em></p>
<p>Even as he pledges to find the rest of the kidnappers, President Musharraf is pursuing a broader crackdown on militants, promised in January, with 2,000 arrests announced so far. The purpose is to rein in the Islamic extremist organizations that Pakistan
 had condoned or supported over the years. And within Inter-Services Intelligence, he has begun what military and intelligence officials describe as a major purge, including the effective dismantling of the Kashmir and Afghanistan cells.</p>
<p>One of the first to go, according to those officers, was the commander known as Brigadier Abdullah, the head of the Kashmir cell who helped forge ties with the Army of Muhammad and, those officers assert, helped facilitate Mr. Sheikh's travels between Afghanistan
 and Pakisan. </p>
<p>The overlapping of the crackdown, the intelligence purge, and Mr. Pearl's murder have added to the mystery surrounding the crime, including the question of whether it might have been carried out with the knowledge or support of current or former Pakistani
 intelligence officials.</p>
<p>At least so far, there has been no indication that Mr. Azhar, the Army of Muhammad leader who returned so quickly to Pakistan, played any role in the kidnapping. He has remained under house arrest.
</p>
<p>But one of the four suspects now in police custody for the kidnapping has been identified as Sheikh Mohammad Adeel, a former constable in a special branch of the Karachi police that had responsibility for terrorism. And even today, no one in authority has
 resolved conflicting accounts of where Mr. Sheikh was between Feb. 5, when he has said he turned himself in, and Feb. 12, when his arrest was announced.</p>
<p>During the intervening week, Pakistani police officials gave optimistic interviews indicating that they were on the verge of capturing Mr. Sheikh.</p>
<p>But this weekend, two Pakistani law enforcement officials, confirmed that Mr. Sheikh had turned himself in on Feb. 5 to Brigadier Shah, the Punjab home secretary and former I.S.I. official. It is not clear why news of his surrender was kept quiet for a week
 while Pakistani police said the hunt for Mr. Sheikh continued.</p>
<p>The arrest of Mr. Sheikh was announced at the time of General Musharraf's visit to Washington, a full week after he was taken into custody.</p>
<p>If Pakistani officials' decision to let him surrender was part of some attempt to seek a negotiated handover of Mr. Pearl, it failed. On Feb. 1, Mr. Sheikh had received a coded message from his confederates telling him that Mr. Pearl was already dead, according
 to the account that he has given to his interrogators in Karachi and which they now regard as credible.</p>
<p>The days-long negotiations, some Pakistani investigators now say, may have been a delaying tactic to allow Mr. Sheikh's associates to escape.</p>
<p>In an interview, the American Ambassador to Pakistan, Wendy Chamberlin, went out of her way to praise Pakistan for leading the effort to find those responsible for Mr. Pearl's abduction and murder.</p>
<p>"Cooperation has been extremely good, and the Pakistani authorities are showing much aggressiveness as we proceed," she said on Friday. State Department officials in Washington echoed that sentiment.</p>
<p>If there was any kind of collusion between operatives and militants, Pakistani intelligence officials now insist, it would almost certainly have involved former I.S.I. officers, rather than those now serving under General Ehsan, who was formerly the director
 of Military Intelligence. General Musharraf installed him as the Inter-Services Intelligence chief last fall with a mandate to sever ties to terrorist groups.</p>
<p>But after so many years of tangled ties between Pakistan's government and the militants, few in Pakistan even now claim to understand the full picture, and they say that the murder of Mr. Pearl has only underscored how fraught the situation remains.</p>
<p>"Our journey is not a short one to control the terrorists," the interior minister, Moinuddin Haider, said this week.</p>
</div>
</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<table width="100%" border="0">
<tbody>
<tr>
<td width="100%">
<p><b>International Media</b></p>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="100%">
<p style="text-align:center"><b>Ministry Of External Affairs, India</b></p>
</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>01/02/2012 13:01:56</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/18214/Death+of+Reporter+Puts+Focus+on+Pakistans+Intelligence+Unit</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">18214</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>18215</publicationdataID>
      <title>Pakistan Says a Suspect in Reporter's Killing Has Links to a Regional Web of Militants</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<table width="100%" border="0">
<tbody>
<tr>
<td width="100%">
<p><b>Pakistan Says a Suspect in Reporter's Killing Has Links to a Regional Web of Militants</b></p>
<p><b>The New York Times<br />
By Douglas Jehl<br />
</b><b>February 25</b><b>, 2002</b></p>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td dir="ltr">
<div><dt>Islamabad, Pakistan, Feb. 24: The top fugitive being sought in the Daniel Pearl case was identified today and described by Pakistani officials as a man closely linked to a web of Muslim militants in Afghanistan and Kashmir, reflecting the view of authorities
 here that the killing of Mr. Pearl was much more than an isolated act.<br />
<br />
The man, identified as Amjed Hussain Farooqi, was described by Pakistani officials as a former bodyguard for Maulana Masood Azhar, the founder of the banned group called Jaish-e-Muhammad, or Army of Muhammad. Mr. Azhar was a mentor to Ahmed Omar Sheikh, the
 British-born militant who is the chief suspect now in custody. Mr. Farooqi is suspected of being the man who picked up Mr. Pearl in Karachi and took him to his death.<br />
<br />
At the same time, Pakistani intelligence and law enforcement officials said the police had widened their search to include as many as three Arab suspects.
<br />
<br />
Pakistani officials today confirmed that several investigators had received threatening calls within the last 10 days from a mobile telephone now identified as having belonged to Mr. Pearl</dt></div>
</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<table width="100%" border="0">
<tbody>
<tr>
<td width="100%">
<p><b>International Media</b></p>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="100%">
<p style="text-align:center"><b>Ministry Of External Affairs, India</b></p>
</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>01/02/2012 13:06:59</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/18215/Pakistan+Says+a+Suspect+in+Reporters+Killing+Has+Links+to+a+Regional+Web+of+Militants</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">18215</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>18216</publicationdataID>
      <title>Pursuing violence across borders</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<table width="100%" border="0">
<tbody>
<tr>
<td width="100%"><b>Pursuing violence across borders<br />
</b><b><br />
<br />
The </b><b>Financial Times<br />
</b><b>February 25</b><b>, 2002</b></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td dir="ltr">
<p>Bangkok Post - Thailand: The foreign ministers of the 10 countries that make up Asean took the correct step last week of committing each nation to the the war against international terrorism. The Phuket meeting, an annual two-day ``retreat'' by the foreign
 ministers, was a watershed event. The ministers made important new decisions to fight cross-border criminals by cross-border means. There will be no more safe havens.<br />
<br />
It is easy to say that Asean was a late-comer to the war on terrorism, but that is a cheap shot. Rather, the organisation includes countries with no terrorists, and those that face serious threats. Action has taken place not only since Sept 11 but long before.
 Thai troubles with terrorism date back to the 1970s. Malaysia fought communist terrorists before that, and still has the special laws to prove it.<br />
<br />
Asean members were quick to act when the attacks on America gave new urgency to the problem. The group itself, however, was slow to respond. Countries that do not face direct threats from international terrorism had to overcome great inertia to consider anti-terrorist
 policies. Poorer members like Cambodia and Laos have huge internal problems that consume the government and the nation's best minds.<br />
<br />
In Phuket last week, the larger and concerned countries took the lead. Singapore pressed the message it has been pushing since December: The most pressing problem in the region is terrorism. Terrorists pose a greater threat than recession. Singapore was clearly
 unnerved by the discovery at home of a terrorist ring loyal to the bin Laden gang. It has worked feverishly to wrap up the extremists, and expand the search for others.<br />
<br />
Singapore is correct. Asean suffers two ways from terrorism: Real damage and image. The sudden news that terrorists have found their way deep into the communities of our region have shocked many. Bombings in Manila and Jakarta, arrests in Malaysia and Singapore
 have stripped the innocence of those in the region. The world has also been shocked that the seemingly serene Southeast Asia could hide such extremism.<br />
<br />
That would account for the anguish displayed by Foreign Minister Surakiart Sathirathai. He said Asean should get credit for finding terrorist cells. He has a point. But then there is the slow reaction of Asean to the events of Sept 11. Now the grouping is going
 to work in a manner not seen since the threat of the Vietnamese invasion of Cambodia in 1978.<br />
<br />
The Thai-US Cobra Gold operation will simulate anti-terrorist operations, and most of Asean _ and China _ are attending. Prime Ministers Goh Chok Tong and Thaksin Shinawatra agreed to co-operate more closely, and to share intelligence. So did the 10 foreign
 ministers, who went further. From now on, any warrant issued in the Philippines, Malaysia or Indonesia for a cross-border criminal will be honoured in the other countries. Thailand will sign on for this unprecedented new co-operation as well.<br />
<br />
Properly used, this is a tremendous advance in the region's fight against its worst elements. Not only terrorists are covered in this landmark agreement. Traffickers in drugs weapons and people now face the possibility _ dare we hope probability? _ of arrest.<br />
<br />
Thailand is properly taking a short time to analyse this watershed agreement. The Philippines, Malaysia and Indonesia already have signed it. Thailand also is signing on to new agreements to share and exchange both general information and crucial intelligence
 on trans-national criminals and terrorists. There is still much to do before the world is safe from cross-border violence. A major step forward is this agreement on cross-border law enforcement.</p>
</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<table width="100%" border="0">
<tbody>
<tr>
<td width="100%">
<p><b>International Media</b></p>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="100%">
<p style="text-align:center"><b>Ministry Of External Affairs, India</b></p>
</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>01/02/2012 13:11:06</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/18216/Pursuing+violence+across+borders</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">18216</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>18218</publicationdataID>
      <title>Murder In a Dark Place</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<table width="100%" border="0">
<tbody>
<tr>
<td width="100%"><b>Murder In a Dark Place <br />
</b><b><br />
<br />
The </b><b>Washington Post<br />
By Jim Hoagland<br />
</b><b>February 24</b><b>, 2002</b></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td dir="ltr">
<p><b>H</b>eartbreaking to his family and colleagues, the ritualistic slaughter of reporter Daniel Pearl in Pakistan is more than a personal tragedy. This is a political murder that exposes the fractures and violence of a land that has escaped the control and
 influence of the Westernized, affluent elite that pretends to govern it.</p>
<p>The killers of the Wall Street Journal correspondent made sure the religious fanaticism that has undermined the rule of law in Pakistan featured prominently in their ghastly work. According to Pakistani officials quoted by news agencies, a videotape shows
 an assassin slashing the reporter's throat immediately after Pearl says into the camera: "I am a Jew, my mother is a Jew."</p>
<p>Abductions and murders happen in the most orderly of societies. It is logically possible to write off Danny Pearl as the victim of a deranged criminal act that could have occurred anywhere. Possible, but not wise: This murder happened where it happened as
 it happened for a reason. And other governments investigating this crime would not have surrounded it with exactly the same odd collection of half-truths, misstatements and evasions that came out of the regime headed by President Pervez Musharraf.</p>
<p>The killers had their own symbols in mind for the world to take away from this event. They may have been trying to undermine Musharraf's regime, which is one of several explanations the general has given in the month since Pearl was abducted in the chaotic
 drug-smuggling port of Karachi.</p>
<p>But there is a larger symbolism available. The lawlessness of Karachi that helped cost Pearl his life is the result of a decades-long, losing struggle by the country's tiny, highly sophisticated and essentially secular upper class to run a country founded
 as an Islamic state. The impoverished and uneducated populace is virtually invisible to its leaders as they sit in the palaces of the remote, sterile capital of Islamabad.</p>
<p>Musharraf, his finance, foreign and interior ministers, along with other senior officials I also met last month in Islamabad, can hold their own in the chancelleries and salons of any Western capital. They are charming, articulate and expert in their fields.
 And like the generals and political brigands who held office and robbed the nation blind before Musharraf seized power, they have cultivated fan clubs of influential foreigners to explain how well things are going now, whenever "now" happens to be. Colin Powell's
 State Department and the woefully uninformed U.S. Embassy in Islamabad currently lead the cheering and tribute-paying.</p>
<p>But the conversations with Musharraf and other officials uncovered both a fear and an ignorance of political and social behavior in the rural areas and biggest cities of Pakistan. Musharraf repeatedly explained that he had been astonished to discover that
 he could denounce religious extremism, as he did on Jan. 12, and not face serious upheaval in the streets of his cities. And he said he would not increase the miserly amounts now spent to educate girls in rural areas because that would be culturally controversial.</p>
<p>There is a political schizophrenia as well as a cultural divide in Pakistan. Asked one day about Pearl's abduction, Musharraf sought to blame it on India. Then the general said his domestic opponents had done it to embarrass him. His security officials leaked
 word of the arrest of a prominent Islamic militant, Sheik Omar Saeed, on kidnapping charges as Musharraf was arriving in Washington on Feb. 12. It now turns out that Saeed turned himself in a week earlier. Word was withheld for the purpose of political spin,
 The Post suggested in Friday's news pages.</p>
<p>Unraveling the details of what happened to Pearl would be difficult under the best of circumstances in the gangland shadows of Karachi. But with the investigation under the control of an intellectually inconsistent regime that merely pretends to be in touch
 with its own disinherited population, that task will be next to impossible. Despite Musharraf's assurances in Washington that Pearl was likely to be rescued soon, the leads that would have made that possible never developed.</p>
<p>Daniel Pearl died in a journalist's search for truth, in the best tradition of his profession. But the political uses of his murder implicate all Americans in his fate. Washington is pouring billions of dollars in aid and debt relief into a very shaky society,
 which has grown embittered over repeatedly seeing aid money disappear before it ever gets to the villages and ghettos. The U.S. assumption is that Musharraf wants to and can stabilize the collapsing system he inherited. This abduction-murder and its bungled
 investigation are more signs of how tenuous those assumptions -- and Musharraf's grip -- really are.</p>
</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<table width="100%" border="0">
<tbody>
<tr>
<td width="100%">
<p><b>International Media</b></p>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="100%">
<p style="text-align:center"><b>Ministry Of External Affairs, India</b></p>
</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>01/02/2012 14:19:15</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/18218/Murder+In+a+Dark+Place</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">18218</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>18219</publicationdataID>
      <title>Kashmir paper reports killing of two Pakistani militants</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<table width="100%" border="0">
<tbody>
<tr>
<td width="100%"><b>Kashmir paper reports killing of two Pakistani militants <br />
</b><b><br />
<br />
The </b><b>Financial Times<br />
</b><b>BBC Monitoring Service - United Kingdom; Feb 23, 2002</b><b><br />
</b><b>February 23</b><b>, 2002</b></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td dir="ltr">
<p><b>Text of report by privately owned Jammu based newspaper Daily Excelsior web site on 23 February</b><br />
<br />
Srinagar, 22 February: While as unidentified assailants have killed a civilian in Kupwara, security forces today eliminated two Pakistani militants of Jaish-i-Mohammed outfit in Tangmarg area.<br />
<br />
Informed sources in north Kashmir told Excelsior that, on the basis of a specific information, Special Operations Group (SOG) Baramulla, Rashtriya Rifles 02 Bn [Battalion] and men of 15 JAKLI [Jammu and Kashmir Light Infantry], swooped on a militant hide-out
 at Hardu Bani village (Kunzar) in Tangmarg area late this afternoon. According to the tip-off, two Pakistani militants of Jaish-i-Mohammed were hiding in the house of one Abdur Rehman Bhat. As the troops zeroed in on the target house, the holed-up militants
 opened fire and hid in a cowshed. Both of them were killed in a brief shoot-out. Sources said that security forces, SOG or civilians did not suffer any casualty.<br />
<br />
Officials identified the militants killed in the gunbattle as Saifullah Gazali and Abu Muawiya, both residents of Pakistan. They claimed that the duo were responsible for at least 14 killings in Tangmarg area. This belt of central Kashmir has been a haven for
 Jaish-i-Mohammed militants for the last two years. Official sources said that the Jaish chief in Jammu and Kashmir, Abu Hijrat alias Gazi Baba of Pakistan (who is the most wanted militant in India and now a proclaimed offender in the 13 December attack on
 the Parliament) has been operating in this area. Gazali and Abu Muawiya are believed to have been Gazi Baba's close associates.<br />
<br />
Reports available from Kupwara said that late last night, unidentified persons kidnapped one Habib Mir S/o [son of] Jabbar Mir R/o [resident of] Badi-Bera, Lolab, in Sogam area. His decapitated dead body was recovered today from Gangbug village. Officials claimed
 that he had been kidnapped and slaughtered by militants.<br />
<br />
Source: Daily Excelsior web site, Jammu, in English 23 Feb 02</p>
</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<table width="100%" border="0">
<tbody>
<tr>
<td width="100%">
<p><b>International Media</b></p>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="100%">
<p style="text-align:center"><b>Ministry Of External Affairs, India</b></p>
</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>01/02/2012 14:23:28</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/18219/Kashmir+paper+reports+killing+of+two+Pakistani+militants</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">18219</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>18220</publicationdataID>
      <title>Police knew of Pearl's death for several days</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<table width="100%" border="0">
<tbody>
<tr>
<td width="100%"><b>Police knew of Pearl's death for several days </b>
<p><b>The </b><b>Financial Times<br />
By Abdullah Iqbal - Gulf News</b><b><br />
</b><b>February 23</b><b>, 2002</b></p>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td dir="ltr">
<p>While Karachi police stated yesterday that they too had received a videotape showing the murder of abducted American journalist Daniel Pearl, hours after the U.S. authorities had confirmed identical evidence had reached them, sources also say investigators
 "knew for several days" that Pearl was dead.<br />
<br />
"This information had reached us through intelligence personnel," said a police source - who also indicated that, despite the contradictory statements made by him, detained militant Omar Sheikh had in fact confirmed Pearl was dead.<br />
<br />
Indeed, it is also believed Sheikh "gave himself up" or that his arrest from a house in Lahore was "orchestrated by some powerful elementsï only after Pearl had been murdered.<br />
<br />
"Before this, if there was any risk of a confession being extracted from Sheikh stating where and by who Pearl was being held, he would never have handed himself in," said a senior intelligence official.<br />
<br />
He also added that Sheikh's statements were intended only to confuse the issue, and that the militant himself knew Pearl would never be found alive.<br />
<br />
The videotape reaching U.S. authorities, showing Pearl being beheaded with a sword, apparently by members of an extremist organisation, confirmed late Thursday night that Pearl had in fact died.<br />
<br />
This brought to an end the search for the journalist that had lasted almost three weeks. Pearl's family and colleagues at the Wall Street Journal for which the journalist worked, expressed grave shock over the murder.<br />
<br />
"We never believed anyone could kill such a gentle soul," was the comment of one of Pearl's long-time colleagues. Pearl's wife, Marianne, who has remained in Karachi since the abduction and is expecting the couple's first child, was reported to be "too disturbed"
 to comment.<br />
<br />
Police however say she has stated a desire to return home with Pearl's body.<br />
<br />
This may however not be possible given that so far, the hunt for the body has produced no results.<br />
<br />
According to sources, police "discreetly" have dug up hundreds of graves and acres of open fields in areas of Lahore and the Sindh province in an effort to uncover the body.<br />
<br />
"This was not made public earlier because we were advised not to state we were looking for a corpse rather than a victim who was still alive," said a senior police official. He also said police were "certain no one would take the risk of holding a foreigner
 for so long, and had indeed killed Pearl."<br />
<br />
It may be noted Gulf News had reported previously that senior police officials were convinced Pearl had been killed. The matter of when the videotape showing Pearl's death was filmed is still uncertain.<br />
<br />
However, investigators believe he was not held alive for "more than a day or two" after the kidnapping. They say this would also explain why no further e-mails were received after two initial messages stating Pearl had been abducted.<br />
<br />
The U.S. authorities are said to have received the shocking, and some sources say "almost unbearably gruesome" videotape some days ago but were verifying its authenticity before making any public announcement.<br />
<br />
The use of a sword to behead Pearl fits in with traditional Islamic methods of execution, still used in many Arab states. The group responsible for the murder has not yet been pinpointed, and there is still conjecture that "hidden powers", a hint at renegade
 intelligence elements, could have been involved.<br />
<br />
It is as yet uncertain if those in detention in the case, including Sheikh Omar and three men who confessed they had sent the original e-mail messages, will be charged with murder. It may also be noted that, at the start of hostilities in Afghanistan late last
 year, several extremist groups had offered large amounts for the murder of any U.S. citizen.<br />
<br />
It is thought Daniel Pearl's killing too was seen by his abductors as "revenge against the U.S." even though, ironically, Pearl himself held views that sympathised partially with the cause of extremists.<br />
<br />
Pearl reported from the United States, Europe and Asia in a 12-year career with the financial daily. Based in Bombay, India, for the past year as the Journal's bureau chief for South Asia, Pearl was on assignment in Pakistan as part of its coverage of the war
 on terrorism in Afghanistan.</p>
</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<table width="100%" border="0">
<tbody>
<tr>
<td width="100%">
<p><b>International Media</b></p>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="100%">
<p style="text-align:center"><b>Ministry Of External Affairs, India</b></p>
</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>01/02/2012 14:29:18</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/18220/Police+knew+of+Pearls+death+for+several+days</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">18220</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>18221</publicationdataID>
      <title>Terrorism must be condemned: Bradshaw</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<table width="100%" border="0">
<tbody>
<tr>
<td width="100%">
<p><b>Terrorism must be condemned: Bradshaw </b></p>
<p><b>The Times of India</b><br />
<b>The </b><b>Financial Times</b><b><br />
</b><b>February 23</b><b>, 2002</b></p>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td dir="ltr">
<p>Kolkata: UK Foreign Office Minister Ben Bradshaw has strongly denounced incidents of cross-border terrorism. Speaking to reporters during his short visit to the city, Bradshaw, without naming any country, said: "It was unacceptable that cross-border terrorism
 will be tacitly supported and funded by a government or elements of the state.” Bradshaw also pointed out that it was too soon to bring Pakistan back to the Commonwealth.<br />
<br />
"We appreciate the efforts made by President Musharraf's recent moves and the roadmap to elections, we need to be cautious,” Bradshaw observed.<br />
<br />
Bradshaw, who arrived in the city from Nepal, pointed out that the hill kingdom was in need of help from "neighbours like India and long-time associated like UK”. Later, speaking to TNN, Bradshaw pointed out that in the British government's perception, the
 turmoil in Nepal was more of an "homegrown” problem.<br />
<br />
Interestingly, Bradshaw revealed that the labour government in UK was moving towards bringing in "religious schools into the state system so that the government can excercise control over curriculum”. Bradshaw explained that while some of these schools were
 run by the catholics, a large number were muslim religious schools.<br />
<br />
Commenting on South Asia's strategic situation, Bradshaw said that UK will be concerned about "lifting the pressure from the military regime in Myanmar to move move back towards democracy”. "We would not want Myanmar to be allowed to play India and China off
 against each other and get away without making progress to get back towards democracy,” Bradshaw said.<br />
<br />
The UK minister said that Afghanistan, Middle East and the security situation in West Bengal had featured during his discussions with chief minister Buddhadeb Bhattacharjee on Friday.<br />
<br />
Pointing out that West Bengal was one of the four partner states in UK's development assistance programme, Bradshaw said that UK aid to India will increase three times from the present 100 million pound in the next three years.<br />
<br />
Bradshaw also hoped that under the relaxed immigration regime, which enables an Indian student in UK to get a work permit without coming back to India, more skilled workers will move to UK which is facing a labour shortage.<br />
<br />
Armsdrop case Justice Ashok Ganguly of the Calcutta high court sent back the case of British national Peter Bleach, convicted in the Purulia armsdrop case, to the chief justice for examination as the application placed before him was not the one relating to
 discrimination as alleged by Bleach.<br />
<br />
Bleach, who was convicted by a sessions court to life imprisonment alongwith five other Latvians, had alleged discrimination in a writ pe-tition as the Latvians, sentenced on similar grounds, had been released due to remittance of their sentence by the president,
 while he remained in jail.<br />
<br />
As such, the division bench comprising Justice D.P. Sengupta and Justice Moloy Kumar Basu, which was hearing Bleach's appeal against the lower court judgement, had on February four observed that it would hear the main appeal case of bleach only after the discrimination
 point was decided.<br />
<br />
The chief justice then assigned the writ to the court of Justice Ganguly. But it appeared that a different application under section 340 Crpc against the cbi and other officers of the government of india had been placed before the court when the matter came
 for hearing today and not the one relating to the alleged discrimination.</p>
</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<table width="100%" border="0">
<tbody>
<tr>
<td width="100%">
<p><b>International Media</b></p>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="100%">
<p style="text-align:center"><b>Ministry Of External Affairs, India</b></p>
</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>01/02/2012 14:33:53</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/18221/Terrorism+must+be+condemned+Bradshaw</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">18221</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>18222</publicationdataID>
      <title>No immediate reinduction of Pakistan into Commonwealth - UK minister in India</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<table width="100%" border="0">
<tbody>
<tr>
<td width="100%">
<p><b>No immediate reinduction of Pakistan into Commonwealth - UK minister in India
</b></p>
<p><b>The </b><b>Financial Times</b><b><br />
</b><b>February 22</b><b>, 2002</b></p>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td dir="ltr">
<p><i>BBC Monitoring Service &amp; PTI - United Kingdom: </i>Kolkata [Calcutta], 22 February: Britain's Foreign and Commonwealth Office (FCO) Parliamentary Under-Secretary of State Ben Bradshaw Friday [22 February] said he did not see any immediate reinduction
 of Pakistan in the Commonwealth despite President Musharraf's announcement of steps to restore democracy in that country.<br />
<br />
"It is too soon to comment on the possibility of Pakistan's full membership. We welcome some road maps laid by President Musharraf for elections but we will have to see the results," Bradshaw told a press conference here.<br />
<br />
Making it clear that Pakistan had not been invited to the forthcoming Commonwealth meet in Australia, he reminded the mediapersons that Britain, however, was only one of the Commonwealth members and any decision on Pakistan's reinduction would have to be taken
 jointly with other members.<br />
<br />
Referring to the situation in Zimbabwe, a Commonwealth member, whose President Robert Mugabe has drawn criticism internationally for his alleged subversion of democracy, Bradshaw said there ought to be rules to enable a member country to take steps against
 such country.<br />
<br />
To a question, whether Zimbabwe would be expelled from the Commonwealth, he said: "Unless a miracle happens, I think that position will be taken. But we will have to wait till the Commonwealth meet."<br />
<br />
Asked to clarify his government's stand on the Indian demand for extradition of 20 terrorists harboured in Pakistan, he evaded a direct reply saying: "We think you have every right to expect that Pakistan take steps against cross-border terrorism."<br />
<br />
Denying that Britain was lacing its criticism of Pakistan-sponsored cross-border terrorism in India with praises for President Musharraf for his 12 January announcement of weeding out terrorism, Bradshaw said: "We do not tone down or qualify our condemnation
 of terrorism. We want Pakistan to do more in this direction. Even after President Musharraf's speech, we expect him to do more."<br />
<br />
Bradshaw earlier met Indian Home Minister L.K. Advani, Prime Minister's National Security Adviser Brajesh Mishra and Junior Minister for Foreign Affairs Omar Abdullah in Delhi.<br />
<br />
The British minister asked his country's high commissioner in India, Sir Rob Young, to reply to a question whether that country's security and intelligence agencies were planning to open office in India.<br />
<br />
Sir Rob, however, evaded a direct reply, stating that Indo-British relations on security were very strong and pointing out that both countries had signed two extradition treaties so far.<br />
<br />
In reply to a question on his country's stand on Peter Bleach, a main accused in the Purulia Armsdrop Case lodged in the Presidency jail here, Bradshaw said that his incarceration was inconsistent with the release of five Russian co-accused.<br />
<br />
"Besides, his health is causing concern. We spoke to your chief minister but he said that it was up to the central government to take a decision."<br />
<br />
Asked whether British Foreign Minister Jack Straw would raise the issue with Advani during his stopover in Delhi on 27 Februrary, Bradshaw said: "If he gets a chance, he will."</p>
</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<table width="100%" border="0">
<tbody>
<tr>
<td width="100%">
<p><b>International Media</b></p>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="100%">
<p style="text-align:center"><b>Ministry Of External Affairs, India</b></p>
</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>01/02/2012 14:39:04</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/18222/No+immediate+reinduction+of+Pakistan+into+Commonwealth++UK+minister+in+India</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">18222</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>18223</publicationdataID>
      <title>Pakistan's Thorny Transition</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<table width="100%" border="0">
<tbody>
<tr>
<td width="100%"><b>Pakistan's Thorny Transition </b>
<p><b>The </b><b>Washington Post</b><br />
<b>By </b><b>Jackson Diehl</b><br />
<b>February 18</b><b>, 2002</b></p>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td dir="ltr">
<p><b>T</b>here has been a wondrous simplicity to the Bush administration's dealings with Pakistan during the past five months. The president and his top aides have called on a single general -- Pervez Musharraf -- who, it happily turns out, shares their cause
 of combating terrorism and Islamic extremism and is prepared to act aggressively, even courageously. Deals are quickly struck, as they were last week in Washington; though domestic political pressures sometimes constrain both sides from delivering all that
 might be promised, the Americans, at least, feel confident they have a partner they can count on.<br />
<br />
Now all that is about to change. Just as the war on terrorism starts to get muddy and complicated, so, too, is the U.S. link to Musharraf about to go wobbly. There's been no lessening of love for the general in Washington, as his visits to the White House and
 the Pentagon demonstrated. But Musharraf now faces the beginnings of a potentially ugly internal conflict that, unlike those he just fought against the Taliban and its extremist allies in Pakistan, might cripple him or at least constrain his campaign against
 terrorism.<br />
<br />
His adversary this time is one the Bush administration cannot easily condemn, at least in public: Pakistani democracy. Long before Sept. 11, the general promised Pakistan's Supreme Court that he would hold new elections for parliament by this October, thereby
 allowing the formation of a civilian democratic government to replace the military regime he installed by coup 2 1/2 years ago. Pakistan's political party elite is determined to hold him to his commitment -- and to resist any attempt by the general to perpetuate
 his authority or that of the military past the promised transition.<br />
<br />
Democracy itself is not the problem here -- it is, after all, an antidote to extremism, and most of Pakistan's civilian politicians are as opposed to the terrorists as Musharraf is. But the political transition could overlay the battle Musharraf has declared
 between a moderate Muslim state and religious extremism with a more familiar contest between the Pakistani military and civilian elites -- and give the embattled extremists a crucial respite.<br />
<br />
As I circulated among the politicians and intellectuals of Islamabad earlier this month, Musharraf's fight with the militants was dismissed, despite the drama of the abduction of U.S. journalist Daniel Pearl. "The jihadis will get only a fraction of the election
 vote," was the obtuse but common refrain. Never mind that 100,000 unemployed Pakistani men, educated only in hatred and trained only for war, may pose a threat bigger than their slice of the electorate. The power struggle, as the politicians see it, is between
 them and Musharraf.<br />
<br />
The general, it is widely reported, wants to graduate the return to democracy, extending his term as president for another three years, and establish a military-dominated national security council to oversee the civilians. History supports him: During a disastrous
 decade of failure, four successive civilian administrations failed to complete their terms amid worsening extremist violence and ever-more-spectacular displays of corruption. But the unchastened civilians are determined to block the constitutional changes
 Musharraf seeks. That means eroding Musharraf's still-high popularity among voters -- which means, in turn, that the general's new alliance with the United States may make a fat political target.<br />
<br />
Since September, "Pakistani-U.S. relations have run on an axis from Washington, D.C., to Musharraf and the military," said Mushahid Hussein, the former spokesman for the civilian prime minister Musharraf deposed, Nawaz Sharif. "Now it's going to get more complicated.
 Once the election campaign gets going, people will want to hear about what has been the quid-pro-quo for this relationship. August and September will be payback time."<br />
<br />
The Pakistani politicians also want strong relations with the United States, of course. But that won't stop them from shrilly demanding accountability from Musharraf: Did Pakistan really get anything in return for helping the United States in Afghanistan? Didn't
 Washington really force the general to kowtow to India during the recent military buildup on the border? And hasn't Musharraf sold out the country's most venerable nationalist cause -- ending Indian rule of Muslim Kashmir -- in order to appease the White House?<br />
<br />
Perhaps the demagoguery won't work -- but then, Musharraf already is swerving to anticipate it. Two weeks ago he celebrated Pakistan's national Kashmir day by delivering a fiery speech reviving all the old Kashmir slogans -- the ones his military used before
 Sept. 11 to cover its sponsorship of Muslim terrorist movements. Meanwhile, the campaign against the militants has slowed, despite the Pearl kidnapping -- which Musharraf recently tried to blame on India.<br />
<br />
The best outcome, from the American point of view, would be a truce that halts this incipient power struggle. "Musharraf is as indispensable as any individual can be in this situation, but he needs to leave a legacy of collective acceptance of the dramatic
 turn he has brought about in Pakistani policy," said Rifaat Hussein, a leading Pakistani political thinker. "If he were to remain as president but lead Pakistan back to democracy, that could create the best circumstances for a more fundamental change." As
 it watches from the sidelines in the coming months, the Bush administration can only hope for that outcome.</p>
</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<table width="100%" border="0">
<tbody>
<tr>
<td width="100%">
<p><b>International Media</b></p>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="100%">
<p style="text-align:center"><b>Ministry Of External Affairs, India</b></p>
</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>01/02/2012 14:44:05</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/18223/Pakistans+Thorny+Transition</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">18223</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>18224</publicationdataID>
      <title>India aims to be the world's back office</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<table width="100%" border="0">
<tbody>
<tr>
<td width="100%"><b>India aims to be the world's back office<br />
</b>
<p><b>The Straits Times <br />
</b><b>By </b><b>Meenu Shekar </b><br />
<b>Bangalore - </b><b>February 18</b><b>, 2002</b></p>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td dir="ltr">
<p><b><i>The Bangalore-based writer covers Indian developments for The Straits Times, particularly IT-related issues from India's 'Silicon Valley'.</i></b></p>
<p>With the 'IT-enabled' services segment poised for a major boom globally, India is working towards becoming the preferred hub for these services to emerge as the global back office.<br />
<br />
The global IT-enabled services market, which was a US$10-billion (S$18.3-billion) market in 1998 and US$15 billion in 2001, is expected to touch around US$142 billion by 2008.<br />
<br />
The National Association of Software and Services Companies (Nasscom) of India has forecast that India's revenues from IT-enabled services will shoot up to US$17 billion by 2008.<br />
<br />
IT-enabled services are business processes or services performed or provided from a location different to that of their users or beneficiaries and are delivered over telecom networks and the Internet.<br />
<br />
These services cover a wide range, including telemarketing, call centres, medical transcription, payroll management, insurance claim and credit-card processing, remote education, network consultancy and management.<br />
<br />
The twin advantages rendered by IT-enabled services are radically reduced cost and improved service standards.<br />
<br />
Till the end of the 1990s, most of the IT-enabled services work was being handled by companies in the United States and Europe.<br />
<br />
Rapid advancements in recent years in telecommunications and information systems have helped India emerge as an attractive alternative.<br />
<br />
India's attraction is its skilled, English-speaking, IT-savvy workforce at a lower cost. It is estimated that India can offer IT-enabled services 30 to 40 per cent cheaper than countries like Ireland and the Philippines.<br />
<br />
The 12-hour time difference with the US and other major markets also allows for round-the-clock services every day of the week on a 24/7 model.
<br />
<br />
A good number of international companies already have their back-operations in India. These include GE, British Airways, America Express, Citibank, and Dell Computers.<br />
<br />
Said Mr M.D. Ramaswami, managing director of Dell International Services: 'I see the IT-enabled services segment as the next big wave for India. It is a large volume business with huge potential for the country.<br />
<br />
'India's competitive advantage is its large pool of skilled, educated and low-cost talent.'<br />
<br />
India also has a large and rapidly growing number of domestic IT-enabled services providers who collectively cover a wide range of services with different levels of complexity and value adds.<br />
<br />
Currently, however, the highest growing segment in IT-enabled services in India is customer interaction services, including call centres. This grew at around 112 per cent over 1999-2000.<br />
<br />
The IT-enabled services segment has also opened a wide window of opportunities for young job-seeking graduates because unlike software services, this emerging segment does not require very high-end specialised education.<br />
<br />
Said Ms Bharati Jacob, principal investor at Infinity Technology Investments: 'India's emphasis on education is finally paying off.'<br />
<br />
In fact, with the downturn in the software industry, it is proving to be an attractive option even for software professionals.<br />
<br />
According to industry professionals, about 15 per cent of the new recruits in call centres in the last six months were software professionals.<br />
<br />
This is different from about a year ago when only fresh graduates were lining up for jobs as agents.<br />
<br />
Increase in high-end services demanding vertical expertise is another reason why software professionals find IT-enabled services appealing.<br />
<br />
As per Nasscom's projections, it is estimated that IT-enabled services will generate 1.1 million jobs in India by 2008. Currently, there are 70,000 people employed in this segment in the country.<br />
<br />
Venture Capitalists are also eyeing this segment keenly. Around US$100 million of venture capital has been invested in the IT-enabled services sector in India last year. This is expected to increase by 40 per cent in the current year.<br />
<br />
However, India's foray into the growing segment of IT-enabled services is not without challenges.<br />
<br />
One major challenge is the telecom infrastructure. Said Mr Ramaswami: 'While it has improved dramatically in the last few years, it remains a continuous challenge if India is to become a global leader in this segment.'<br />
<br />
Another big challenge is the need for a strong middle management.<br />
<br />
Mr Ramaswami commented: 'India has a strong base of technical people but this business also requires strong management skills to manage the large number of people, the operations and the infrastructure.'<br />
<br />
According to Ms Jacob, the ability to invest is one of the key factors:<br />
<br />
She said: 'Unlike the software services where you can scale up gradually, the IT-enabled services is a highly capital-intensive business. It works on economies of scale.'<br />
<br />
Training and quality is yet another critical issue. <br />
<br />
Mr Supriya Sanyal, chief marketing officer of Customer Asset, remarked: 'This is an execution business and demands relentless focus on quality and process. The clients hand over a critical part of their business and there is no margin for error.'<br />
<br />
The Indian government recognised IT-enabled services as a key opportunity for India and has been working closely with the industry to implement various initiatives to help India emerge as a preferred global hub.<br />
<br />
These initiatives include measures like ensuring global parity in telecom infrastructure, setting up IT-enabled services training institutes, income-tax exemption to IT-enabled services units and marketing and building the India brand.</p>
</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<table width="100%" border="0">
<tbody>
<tr>
<td width="100%">
<p><b>International Media</b></p>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="100%">
<p style="text-align:center"><b>Ministry Of External Affairs, India</b></p>
</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>01/02/2012 14:50:14</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/18224/India+aims+to+be+the+worlds+back+office</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">18224</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>18225</publicationdataID>
      <title>Afghan Official Says Pakistanis Helped bin Laden Evade Capture</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<table width="100%" border="0">
<tbody>
<tr>
<td width="100%">
<p><b>Afghan Official Says Pakistanis Helped bin Laden Evade Capture</b></p>
<p><b>By Douglas Jehl<br />
</b><b>February 13</b><b>, 2002</b></p>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td dir="ltr">
<p><b>ISLAMABAD, Pakistan, Feb. 12 </b>— A senior official of Afghanistan's interim government, in comments published today, accused elements in Pakistan's intelligence service of helping Osama bin Laden and Mullah Mohammad Omar evade capture.<br />
<br />
The official, Yunus Qanooni, said Pakistani officials were "probably protecting" both Mr. bin Laden and Mullah Omar, and were "concealing their movements and sheltering leaders of Taliban and Al Qaeda."<br />
<br />
The accusations by Mr. Qanooni, the interim interior minister, were the most direct expression of the deep suspicions among Afghanistan's current leaders that old ties between Pakistan and the Taliban government had not been entirely broken.<br />
<br />
On a visit here just last Friday, Hamid Karzai, Afghanistan's interim leader, tried to end the bitterness.<br />
<br />
With Pakistan's president, Pervez Musharraf, he said that recent distrust between Pakistan and those who now form Afghanistan's leadership should soon be eclipsed by trust and partnership.<br />
<br />
But the remarks by Mr. Qanooni, published today in the Arabic-language newspaper Asharq al-Awsat, seemed intended almost as a rebuttal to such assurances.<br />
<br />
"He still needs to act in a more firm way to filter all the elements supporting the terrorist," Mr. Qanooni was quoted as saying of Mr. Musharraf, whose efforts to combat terrorism he otherwise praised.<br />
<br />
Asked by the newspaper about the Taliban in Afghanistan, Mr. Qanooni said: "The system is gone for good, and it has no chance of coming back."<br />
<br />
But, he added, "The people are still there."<br />
<br />
Mr. Qanooni said some former Taliban officials and fighters were "trying to regroup in Pakistan in a new formation."
<br />
<br />
The former officials and fighters, he said, "have relations with Pakistani intelligence that still insists on interfering in the Afghani affairs and that is not in the interest of the relations between the two countries."<br />
<br />
President Musharraf was in Washington today, with most of the government's senior officials, so there was no immediate comment about the new accusations.<br />
<br />
But in interviews, speaking on condition of anonymity, senior Pakistani officials have vehemently denied continuing support of the Taliban or their remnants.<br />
<br />
Until October, Pakistan was the world's leading supporter of the Taliban, and their primary link to the Afghan leadership was its Inter- Services Intelligence service.<br />
<br />
Since then, President Musharraf has restructured the intelligence agency to sever the old ties.</p>
</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<table width="100%" border="0">
<tbody>
<tr>
<td width="100%">
<p><b>International Media</b></p>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="100%">
<p style="text-align:center"><b>Ministry Of External Affairs, India</b></p>
</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>01/02/2012 14:54:28</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/18225/Afghan+Official+Says+Pakistanis+Helped+bin+Laden+Evade+Capture</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">18225</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>18226</publicationdataID>
      <title>Trying to Create a New Pakistan</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<table width="100%" border="0">
<tbody>
<tr>
<td width="100%">
<p><b>Trying to Create a New Pakistan</b> </p>
<p><b>The </b><b>New York Times</b> <br />
<b>By Husain Haqqani<br />
</b><b>February 13</b><b>, 2002</b></p>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td dir="ltr">
<p><b>P</b>resident Pervez Musharraf of Pakistan, who visits President Bush at the White House today, has won praise for his cooperation with the United States in the war against terrorism and for his decision to end Pakistan's tolerance of Muslim extremists.
 But the kidnapping of Daniel Pearl, a reporter for The Wall Street Journal, complicates his visit. Many Muslim extremists remain well beyond General Musharraf's control. Some are even former members of the country's military intelligence agency — and may have
 been involved in Mr. Pearl's abduction.<br />
<br />
While he can expect praise in public, General Musharraf can expect a sterner message in private: the United States wants him to terminate all links between Pakistan's security establishment and Islamic extremist groups.<br />
<br />
The kidnapping of Mr. Pearl is a signal from the militants that they still have power, despite General Musharraf's recent crackdown. The timing of the abduction, just weeks ahead of General Musharraf's Washington visit, is significant. The kidnappers were no
 doubt eager to secure media attention to embarrass the Musharraf government.<br />
<br />
The meeting between General Musharraf and President Bush is not only about terrorism. General Musharraf seeks debt relief and an opening of the American market to Pakistani textiles. Pakistan would like to buy more arms from the United States; both nations
 seek increased military-to-military contacts. President Bush wants to know what progress he can expect on democratization, and what can be done to turn Pakistan's educational system in a more secular direction.<br />
<br />
But Mr. Pearl's captivity has symbolized the limits of General Musharraf's power. Even with the arrest yesterday of Ahmed Omar Sheikh, whom some officials believe to be the leader of Mr. Pearl's kidnappers, Mr. Pearl's fate remains unclear.<br />
<br />
The Pakistani authorities are trying to secure Mr. Pearl's release. But years of poor governance have rendered the Pakistani government incapable of dealing with extremists. The criminal underworld and radical religious groups have long been used by Pakistan
 in its covert war with India. (The Indians, of course, have also supported ethnic militias across the border as their instruments in undermining Pakistan.) As a result, violent groups have spread their tentacles throughout Pakistani society. And the mafia-militant
 alliance appears to command greater means than the country's police or intelligence services — themselves penetrated by criminals and terrorists. The links established as a result of training and arming Islamic militants for over two decades cannot be easily
 broken, especially in a country where the intelligence apparatus has remained independent of judicial or legislative oversight.<br />
<br />
Pakistan's involvement in Afghanistan's internal affairs, its support of the Taliban and for militants fighting Indian control of the disputed territory of Jammu and Kashmir, created a strong, and as yet unbroken, tie between the country's security apparatus
 and shadowy Islamic groups.<br />
<br />
Before Sept. 11, Pakistan did not identify pro-Taliban militias, or the militants operating in Indian-controlled areas, as terrorists. While some of these groups have, upon American insistence, been banned, there are others still operating within the country
 clandestinely. Some extremist groups are not even known to the Pakistani government, which has until now ignored fringe groups. And the United States has only vague knowledge about the various terrorist organizations operating out of Pakistan.<br />
<br />
While the United States may see a need to help Pakistan develop the means of dealing with the threat of terrorism, breaking the nexus between organized gangs, terrorist groups and criminal elements in the Pakistan military and government will require a change
 in the relationship between civilian society and the state machinery. In the past, journalists and social workers who tried to expose Islamic extremist activity have been harassed by police and intelligence officials. Politicians criticizing those groups have
 been described as anti-state. These people will be able to provide intelligence on terrorist groups only if they feel that the state itself is not aligned with these groups.<br />
<br />
For now, Pakistan's leaders need to acknowledge that, in the strategic struggle with India, Pakistan nurtured the formation of terrorist cells that are capable of acts like kidnapping Mr. Pearl. If Pakistan is to make a clean break with such policies, it will
 have to begin cooperating with India by exchanging intelligence and agreeing to extradite wanted terrorists.<br />
<br />
The United States needs to make the dismantling of the connection between the military and the militants a primary aim in its new relationship with the Musharraf government. This will not be easy. General Musharraf himself defended Muslim militants publicly,
 describing them as freedom fighters. Even now, his power is based on his control of the military and, in turn, on the military's domination of Pakistani society. For extremism to be curbed, Pakistani society needs to be freed from the grip of the military.
 That may be a lot to ask of a general who took power by force but, given his recent pronouncements, it may be possible.<br />
<br />
Although General Musharraf appears keen to oblige the United States in its antiterrorist effort, he has done nothing substantive yet to move the country toward democracy. (His promise of October elections remains only a promise.) This failure means that terrorists'
 allies remaining within Pakistan's security services cannot be effectively rooted out. Civilian control of all aspects of national policy, including security matters, is the only way to ensure that Pakistan does not become a haven for extremists again. Without
 that kind of transformation, General Musharraf and the international community will likely have to struggle with more terrorist acts emanating from Pakistan, like the kidnapping of Mr. Pearl.
<br />
<br />
<br />
<i>[Husain Haqqani served as adviser to Prime Ministers Nawaz Sharif and Benazir Bhutto and as Pakistan's ambassador to Sri Lanka.]</i></p>
</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<table width="100%" border="0">
<tbody>
<tr>
<td width="100%">
<p><b>International Media</b></p>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="100%">
<p style="text-align:center"><b>Ministry Of External Affairs, India</b></p>
</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>01/02/2012 14:59:00</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/18226/Trying+to+Create+a+New+Pakistan</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">18226</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>18227</publicationdataID>
      <title>Mr. Musharraf in Washington</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<table width="100%" border="0">
<tbody>
<tr>
<td width="100%">
<p><b>Mr. Musharraf in Washington</b> </p>
<p><b>The </b><b>Washington Post<br />
</b><b>February 12</b><b>, 2002</b></p>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td dir="ltr">
<p><b>G</b>en. Pervez Musharraf of Pakistan arrives in Washington today for what likely will be, at least in part, a celebration of his readiness to join the U.S.-led campaign against terrorism. Any political boost he reaps from his scheduled White House meeting
 with President Bush will be largely justified; Mr. Musharraf's cooperation has been instrumental to the military campaign in Afghanistan, and his strong public initiative to arrest and reverse the mounting influence of Islamic extremists in Pakistan may prove
 even more important over time. But the general's visit needs to be more than a love fest. For all he has done in the past five months to advance the counterterrorist cause, the Pakistani leader has much more to do; and the Bush administration should match
 the political and economic rewards it offers him with concerted pressure to move ahead.</p>
<p>The need to keep pressing Pakistan's ruler seems all the more urgent because of the worrisome signs he offered in the days before his visit. Mr. Musharraf promised in a landmark speech last month to end Pakistan's support of terrorists who have been crossing
 its border to carry out attacks in India, including an assault on the Indian parliament in December that brought the two countries close to war. But last week he delivered another address that restated Pakistan's longstanding official position that the fighting
 in Indian-controlled Kashmir is the result of an "indigenous" rebel movement that deserves Pakistan's support. At face value, that stand might look legitimate; but the problem is that Pakistani governments for years have used that formulation as a cover to
 foment and supply the Kashmir insurrection.</p>
<p>Mr. Musharraf has formally banned the Pakistani militant groups dedicated to the Kashmir cause, including several with close ties to the Afghan Taliban and al Qaeda as well as to Pakistan's military intelligence agency. But some in Pakistan suspect that
 despite hundreds of reported arrests, his crackdown has not been uncompromising, that many of the militants have been allowed to remain free in exchange for lying low. Those fears could only be heightened by the president's statements to The Washington Post
 last weekend about the kidnapping of American journalist Daniel Pearl, which Pakistani police believe was orchestrated by a well-known member of one of those extremist Muslim groups. Rather than blame the Pakistani terrorists, or the evident failure of his
 new campaign to stop them, Mr. Musharraf suggested that India might somehow be behind the kidnapping -- an irresponsible and implausible suggestion that is not backed by evidence.</p>
<p>Mr. Musharraf's forthright public condemnations of Islamic extremism, which began well before Sept. 11, leave little doubt that he genuinely would like to fashion a moderate Muslim state that would resemble Turkey rather than Taliban-ruled Afghanistan. But
 the general faces strong opposition to his project, some of it within his own military; and where the extremists' cause intersects with that of Kashmir, a focus of Pakistani nationalism since the country's foundation, Mr. Musharraf may feel tempted to pull
 his punches. That is where the Bush administration should intervene: It should make clear to the Pakistani leader that he must decisively break with the terrorists on this front as on others. Mr. Musharraf wants U.S. help in persuading India to begin negotiations
 on Kashmir, and the Bush administration should weigh whether it can help galvanize a peace process without compromising its longstanding neutrality in that conflict. But it must be clear, too, that continued collaboration between Islamabad and Washington depends
 on Mr. Musharraf's campaign against Islamic extremism proving aggressive and unambiguous in deeds, as well as in words.</p>
</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<table width="100%" border="0">
<tbody>
<tr>
<td width="100%">
<p><b>International Media</b></p>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="100%">
<p style="text-align:center"><b>Ministry Of External Affairs, India</b></p>
</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>01/02/2012 15:03:34</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/18227/Mr+Musharraf+in+Washington</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">18227</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>18228</publicationdataID>
      <title>The Real Islam Is Not About Extremist Politics</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<table width="100%" border="0">
<tbody>
<tr>
<td width="100%"><b>The Real Islam Is Not About Extremist Politics </b>
<p><b>The </b><b>International Herald Tribune</b><br />
<b>By </b><b>Mahathir Bin Mohamad<br />
</b><b>February 08</b><b>, 2002</b></p>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td dir="ltr">
<p><b>N</b>ew York Islam is a religion of peace and moderation. If it does not appear to be so today, this is not due to the teachings of Islam but to interpretations made by those who are apparently learned in Islam to suit their patrons or their own vested
 interest.<br />
.<br />
Islam differs from Judaism and Christianity, because it has no system of priests. Muslims believe that Hebrew and Christian priests changed the original religions. They do not want priests to change Islam.<br />
.<br />
But over the centuries those learned in Islam, the ulama, gained such authority over the Muslim laity that many of them tended to use their considerable influence to gain power for themselves. They became like the priests of other religions. Early ulama figures
 were knowledgeable in many disciplines besides theology. Today, political ulamas are knowledgeable only in those parts of the teachings of Islam which seemingly support their political views. Many misinterpret and distort Islam to legitimize their political
 creed. A favorite view is that only ulamas may rule a country, democracy notwithstanding. These political ulamas reject knowledge that is not specifically religious for fear that people with such knowledge might challenge their authority. The early Muslims
 were great scholars excelling in mathematics and the sciences, but today's Muslims are generally backward in most fields of learning. They are also not knowledgeable in Islam.<br />
.<br />
Every time an attempt is made to bring Muslim nations to the development levels of non-Muslim countries, Muslim groups emerge demanding a "return to Islam." These groups are usually violent and often declare "holy wars" against Muslim governments that are trying
 to develop their countries. Because Muslim countries are backward, instead of helping themselves as enjoined by the Koran, they tend to depend solely on divine help, led by the deviant ulamas.<br />
.<br />
In Malaysia, the government I lead is labeled secular and un-Islamic by the opposition Pan Malaysia Islamic Party. The party is headed by people who claim that they are ulamas. Hatred for the so-called secular government is fostered in their kindergartens and
 schools. Fighting against this hate campaign absorbs much of the government's time, hindering development.<br />
.<br />
Yet Malaysia is a reasonably developed modern nation not in spite of Islam but because of Islam, because it tries to adhere to Islam's fundamentals. Islam is not just a religion. It is a way of life. It should bring about peace, stability and success. It is
 a way of life which does not neglect spiritual values and can bring greatness to the followers of Islam, as it once did. Malaysia is an Islamic country. The state religion is Islam. Non-Muslims are free to practice their religions, because this is permitted
 by Islam. But deviant Muslims still insist that Malaysia is secular and the government must be overthrown, preferably by violence.<br />
.<br />
Still, Malay Muslims have largely refused to deviate from the fundamentals of Islam or give power to self-appointed ulamas who are incompetent in administration and development. The problem faced by Muslim countries is the result of deviation from Islamic fundamentals.
 People are fond of equating fundamentalists with fanatical orthodoxy, but the fundamentals of Islam are simple and good.<br />
.<br />
Islam abhors wars of aggression and the killing of innocent people. Defensive wars are permitted, but should the enemy sue for peace, Muslims must respond positively.<br />
.<br />
Islam has promoted the acquisition of knowledge and skills. But the ulamas later interpreted learning to mean religion only. Bereft of nonreligious knowledge, the great Islamic civilization declined and faded away.<br />
.<br />
If Muslims return to the fundamentals of Islam, they could concentrate on the development of their nations. They would be at peace with each other and with non-Muslim nations. Muslim nations would then be well administered by trained and skillful people. They
 would be able to compete within the global community. As a result, they would have a vested interest in international stability and peace, and would want to maintain it.<br />
.<br />
If today Islam is perceived to be a religion of backward, violent and irrational people, it is not because of Islam itself as a faith and way of life. It is because Muslims have deviated from the fundamentals of Islam and abused its teachings to justify their
 personal greed and ambitions.<br />
.<br />
Islam, fundamental Islam, does not just have a role in the modern Islamic state. In this grossly materialistic age, Islam can instill the spiritual values which distinguish man from the lower creatures. This comment by the prime minister of Malaysia was adapted
 by the International Herald Tribune from an address on Sunday at the World Economic Forum meeting in New York.
</p>
</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<table width="100%" border="0">
<tbody>
<tr>
<td width="100%">
<p><b>International Media</b></p>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="100%">
<p style="text-align:center"><b>Ministry Of External Affairs, India</b></p>
</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>01/02/2012 15:08:06</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/18228/The+Real+Islam+Is+Not+About+Extremist+Politics</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">18228</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>18229</publicationdataID>
      <title>A chameleon ally in Pakistan</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<table width="100%" border="0">
<tbody>
<tr>
<td width="100%"><b>A chameleon ally in Pakistan</b>
<p><b>The Christian Monitor<br />
</b><b>By </b><b>Benazir Bhutto</b><br />
<b>February 05</b><b>, 2002</b></p>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td dir="ltr">
<p><b>Benazir Bhutto, pictured upper left, was prime minister of Pakistan from 1988 to 1990 and 1993 to 1996. She is the chairperson of the Pakistan People's Party, and is based in the United Arab Emirates.</b></p>
<p>The Sept. 11 assault upon America changed the contours of the world. It also gave Pakistani military dictator Pervez Musharraf an avenue to respectability.
<br />
<br />
The Pakistani general, who seized power in a coup d'état in 1999, was a principal architect of policies that empowered Osama bin Ladin and strengthened the Taliban regime harboring Al Qaeda. General Musharraf failed to close the militant Islamic schools in
 Pakistan that filled youngsters with hatred toward the West and were the prime recruiting grounds for Mr. bin Ladin's war on civilization.<br />
<br />
Twice during Musharraf's tenure as Army chief, a position he still holds, two confrontations have taken place with India that have brought South Asia to the brink of nuclear Armageddon. By marginalizing democratic forces, Musharraf has permitted a political
 vacuum for the religious parties to fill.<br />
<br />
Musharraf has a record of disingenuous manipulation of world public opinion at the expense of basic human and democratic rights. Although he now denounces the contours of a theocratic state in Pakistan, he and his establishment supporters have yet to dismantle
 the governmental structure on which it rests. Though he now claims containment of terrorists and militants, for years he turned a blind eye to the Islamic groups Lashkar-e-Tayyaba and Jaish-e-Mohammad, which many believe were involved in the Dec. 13 attack
 on the Indian Parliament.<br />
<br />
Musharraf now denounces Pakistan's "state within a state" - the Inter-Services Intelligence, or ISI - while he and his military predecessors tasked the ISI to destabilize democratic government in Pakistan and manipulate the electoral process. He denounces the
 Islamicization of Pakistan, while for years the exploitation of Islam has been the military's way of stifling the Pakistani people.<br />
<br />
In September 2001 he addressed the Pakistani nation to announce that he was joining the "lesser evil" (the United States) in the war against terror, suggesting it was necessary to avoid more international support for a greater evil, India. These words were
 out of touch with the emerging world realities. Both of these "evil" forces coalesced to press him to act against the militias and militants that his regime patronized for years.<br />
<br />
His administration stood by as Pakistani Taliban supporters printed posters, hired trucks, established camps, and exhorted young Pakistanis to "join the jihad" led by Al Qaeda after the war against terror began. Thousands of young Pakistanis crossed over into
 Afghanistan. Their dead bodies are a monument to the pre-Sept. 11 policies of Pakistan's dictatorship.<br />
<br />
Tragically, there is indifference around the world to the human and political price paid by Pakistanis for the fatally flawed policies of this regime. The West accepts Musharraf for his post-Sept. 11 turnabout on the Taliban and the January 2002 turnabout on
 terrorism against India. But these strategic somersaults are tarred by unreliability. It is only a matter of time before circumstances change, new opportunistic alliances are created, and Musharraf and his men surely will morph back into their previous incarnation.<br />
<br />
Just as we must recall Western miscalculation in abandoning Afghanistan after the Soviet defeat, let us remember the lessons of Iran. The Shah was the West's surrogate regional policeman for decades. His policies of choking and victimizing democratic forces
 led to the fundamentalist revolution from which the world has yet to recover.<br />
<br />
Musharraf plans to continue his military dictatorship through a manufactured political party in elections next October almost certain to be fraudulent, shutting out from the contest the legitimate political parties and leaders of Pakistan. This will play into
 the long-term goals of Pakistani Islamic fundamentalism.<br />
<br />
Only an internationally monitored, free and fair, party-based election open to all political parties - including the Pakistan People's Party, which I chair - can create the legitimacy that would derail the fundamentalists' dream of a theocratic state.<br />
<br />
The Musharraf military dictatorship, like that of Zia ul Haq's two decades ago, is an assault on the fundamental human and democratic rights of the Pakistani people. The regime's confrontation with the values of peace, democracy, human rights, rule of law,
 and justice erodes civil society.<br />
<br />
Unless Musharraf revamps his administration and reaches out to democratic forces in agreeing on the modalities of a fair election and transfer of power, the domestic situation in the country will remain dangerous. In a democratic Pakistan, Wall Street Journal
 reporter Daniel Pearl would not have been kidnapped by a fundamentalist cabal.<br />
<br />
Remember that just as democracies do not start wars, democracies do not sustain state-sponsored terrorism. The modus operandi of dictatorship is war, fundamentalism, and terrorism. To contain terror, we must promote democracy.<br />
<br />
For the moment, some might find Musharraf's dictatorship useful. But the United States must proceed with great caution and wisdom. In the words of John F. Kennedy, "foreign policy requires the long view." Ultimately, the West's blind eye to democracy and human
 rights can have unintended, unforeseen, and deadly consequences, not just in Pakistan, but for regional and world peace.</p>
</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<table width="100%" border="0">
<tbody>
<tr>
<td width="100%">
<p><b>International Media</b></p>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="100%">
<p style="text-align:center"><b>Ministry Of External Affairs, India</b></p>
</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>01/02/2012 15:15:30</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/18229/A+chameleon+ally+in+Pakistan</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">18229</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>18230</publicationdataID>
      <title>Absolute power</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<table width="100%" border="0">
<tbody>
<tr>
<td width="100%">
<p><b>Absolute power </b><br />
<b><br />
The </b><b>News Pakistan</b><br />
<b>By</b><b> </b><b>Masooda Bano</b><br />
<b>January 31, 2002</b></p>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td dir="ltr">
<p><i>The writer is a columnist and researcher on development issues</i></p>
<p><span style="text-decoration:underline"><b>Development Notes</b></span><br />
There is no doubt that General Pervez Musharraf and his ardent supporters, who are many among the educated and so-called liberal classes of this country, have won. The world community is all praise for General Musharraf. International Media is going crazy praising
 him to the sky. Magazines of international repute like Economist and Newsweek are devoting pages in his praise where people are quoted as calling Musharraf the "second Jinnah". All this is praise for his stand against the extremists in Pakistan who in the
 eyes of the west is the predominant breed in this country. General Musharraf is being projected as a daring, revolutionary leader who has risked his life for cleansing the country of this extremist element.
</p>
<p>General Musharraf is definitely not oblivious to this praise that is coming his way. He had made clear his intention to stay on after the completion of his three years much earlier, but now his statements are becoming increasingly self-confident and his
 assessment of his own performance even more self-congratulatory. "It is just that I am not elected, the essence of a democratic set up is there, I would just put the label of democracy on it, as desired by the west and the rest of the world", he said in his
 speech at the Human Development Forum last week.</p>
<p>He also made it very clear that he is envisioning a new form of democracy for this country. "Democracy with checks and balances" that is what he calls it. "The system which is good for some countries cannot be applied constantly at other places," he adds.
 Basically, that means that we are going to get yet another distorted version of democracy which will be designed to best serve the interests of the military General of the time.
</p>
<p>The problem is that Pakistanis seem to have very strong memory. This is not the first time that a military government is planning to have elections while at the same time continuing to hang on to real power. All military regimes in Pakistan have sooner or
 later tried to give their governments a democratic face by having some form of elections, primarily to give their own government more legitimacy. General Ayub Khan and General Ziaul Haq, the former stayed a decade while the latter crossed his tenure by a year,
 played with the same idea. A helpless and powerless Prime Minister Junejo, and a silent parliament was the outcome of elections held by General Zia besides creating politicians like Nawaz Sharif, who is now being held responsible for most ills of this country
 along with Benazir Bhutto. </p>
<p>But, again we are being told that this military regime will be different and will bring true democracy to this country. Since the very beginning of his takeover General Musharraf has been advocating that he is a firm believer in democracy. Also, he has been
 emphasising that democracy is not just about having elections, it is more about how you run the affairs of the country.
</p>
<p>Now, if General Musharraf is claiming that his government is really democratic in its working then how can we explain General Musharraf holding umpteen titles? He is the self-appointed Chief Executive Officer, then he became the President, he is also the
 Chief of the Army Staff and the list goes on. If the government is really democratic then how come Nawaz Sharif who was projected to be such a big culprit against the whole nation was released without consulting the public or even taking them into confidence
 before undertaking that action. Similarly, how come now Admiral Mansur, who was extradited from US for the massive corruption charges against him in defence deals, is now being released with most of his assets intact, because he threatened to reveal names
 of other military officials involved in these deals. What form of democracy is this?
</p>
<p>The thing is that when a military government becomes too keen on wearing democratic garb, it is basically wasting the nation's time in useless activity. The way the government comes in power matters. There will always be a difference between legitimacy of
 a government that is elected and one that is voted in by the people and eventually has to go back to the same people to get reelected than the government which uses the backdoor and takes on the main seat by force. There is simply no point trying to justify
 the legitimacy of the government that has to put the constitution in abeyance in order to take charge.</p>
<p>The only justification for such a government is to take drastic reforms for developing the country. But, in case of the present regime, we have not seen any of those drastic reforms. Most of the government's time has gone in justifying its rule and making
 claims that it is the most democratic government that this country has ever had. Investments in education and health, which are critical not only for the well-being of the population but also for economic growth, have seen no increase. Even the courage to
 take on the extremist elements in the country, something that the country had needed for a long while, came only after India and US forced the government into doing it. One can only hope that all the donor money that is coming to this country now is used for
 the right purposes with top priority given to education. But, going by the performance of the government in education so far it will be self-deluding to expect too much.
</p>
<p>Meanwhile, the international community with its generous praise for General Musharraf has proven that it does not care what happens to the people of poor countries as long as their own interests get served. When General Musharraf took over as a military
 leader Pakistan was chastised by the Commonwealth, President Clinton gave a long speech on PTV on the need to have democracy in his one-day stopover in Pakistan, US imposed some more sanctions on us. But, now because the same military general is serving the
 interest of the west, he has become a hero. If these are not double standards than what are?</p>
<p>At one level, it now seems pointless to keep criticising the military government. General Musharraf found a lot of willing supporters among the educated Pakistani civilians after his coup, now he has many admirers in the international community. He is going
 to be in power for years and his hold is going to become even stronger with time. Military as an institution intervening in the governance process is going to grow even deeper roots. It seems that those of us arguing for democracy should accept the fate and
 rest our case. </p>
</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<table width="100%" border="0">
<tbody>
<tr>
<td width="100%">
<p><b>International Media</b></p>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="100%">
<p style="text-align:center"><b>Ministry Of External Affairs, India</b></p>
</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>01/02/2012 15:22:17</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/18230/Absolute+power</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">18230</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>18231</publicationdataID>
      <title>America's India Problem</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<table width="100%" border="0">
<tbody>
<tr>
<td width="100%">
<p><b>America's India Problem</b><br />
<b><br />
The</b><b>Los Angeles Times</b><br />
<b>By</b><b> Selig S. Harrison<br />
</b><b>January 27, 2002</b></p>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td dir="ltr">
<p><b>Selig S. Harrison has reported on South Asia since 1951 and written five books on the region. He is director of the National Security Project at the Center for International Policy and a senior schola</b></p>
<p>WASHINGTON -- "If Pakistan is an ally of the United States of America ... good luck to the United States of America."<br />
<br />
When Indian Foreign Minister Jaswant Singh made this caustic remark to an American journalist recently, he was sending multiple messages to Washington. The most obvious one was that Pakistan remains a hotbed of Islamic extremists, despite President Pervez Musharraf's
 promised crackdown, and cannot be trusted. But at a deeper level, his words also serve as a powerful reminder that Indian anger over Pakistani provocations in Kashmir is directed not only at Islamabad, but also at the United States.<br />
<br />
Behind the polite diplomatic exchanges now taking place between New Delhi and Washington lies the Indian belief that America's unconditional embrace of Musharraf since Sept. 11 has emboldened Pakistani hawks to step up their pressure in Kashmir. More broadly,
 in this view, U.S. military aid to Pakistan (some $7.3 billion over the past five decades) has encouraged Pakistan to twist India's tail, and there is no sign yet that Washington is ready for a showdown with Musharraf if he fails to stop cross-border terrorism
 in Kashmir. If the United States wants to restrain Indian hawks and help prevent another India-Pakistan war, the Bush administration should send a threefold message back to New Delhi: first, that it regards India, some seven times bigger than Pakistan, as
 the focus of U.S. interests in South Asia; second, that it will gradually phase out U.S. military cooperation with Islamabad now that the need for it is declining; and finally, that it will make economic aid to Musharraf conditional on an end to Pakistani
 army support for Islamic militants infiltrating Kashmir.<br />
<br />
Until Sept. 11, the White House was moving toward a long-overdue reversal of Cold War policies, in which Washington either tilted toward Islamabad or, at best, treated India on a par with Pakistan--notwithstanding its superior size and its growing importance
 to the United States as a counterweight to China in the Asian balance of power.<br />
<br />
Since the World Trade Center and Pentagon tragedies, in the hopes of getting military and intelligence cooperation in Afghanistan, the United States has lionized Musharraf, showering him with a cornucopia of economic aid--no strings attached--that has so far
 included $600 million in immediate cash infusions, $2.1 billion in projected grants and credits, $1.5 billion in International Monetary Fund credits (which had previously been blocked by the United States because Pakistan had not met IMF criteria) and a rescheduling
 of $12.2 billion in Pakistan's debt to a U.S.-led consortium of aid donors (including $3.75 billion owed directly to the United States). This aid was possible only after sanctions imposed on Pakistan after its 1998 nuclear test were lifted in the wake of Sept.
 11.<br />
<br />
With budgetary sleight of hand, much of this economic aid can be used to subsidize military spending. More important, Pentagon statements increasingly envisage the establishment of permanent U.S. military bases in Pakistan, closer Pakistani ties with the U.S.
 Central Command, the supplying of spare parts and components for U.S. weapons already in Pakistani hands and a possible resumption of grants and sales of military hardware.<br />
<br />
To balance out its growing ties with Islamabad, the United States is offering to sell sophisticated defense equipment to New Delhi. Since India wants to get as much as it can while the getting is good, New Delhi is not making a public fuss, for the moment,
 over the U.S. embrace of Pakistan. If a U.S. military role there temporarily serves Indian interests, New Delhi will swallow it. But the test in Indian eyes will be whether Musharraf's crackdown on Islamic extremists extends to Kashmir, and whether it will
 last or is merely a tactical gambit.<br />
<br />
New trouble in Kashmir would quickly bring to the surface sublimated Indian anxieties over a long-term U.S. military role in Pakistan. In any case, Musharraf has strongly advised against such a role, warning that Pakistani anger over U.S. policy in the Middle
 East would make U.S. forces a divisive issue. To the extent that a continuing U.S. military role is needed in Afghanistan to back up peacekeeping forces, it can be adequately supported by the new U.S. military base now being established in Kandahar.<br />
<br />
The Pentagon spin that the U.S. military role in Pakistan relates only to the "war on terrorism" rekindles Indian memories of earlier reassurances by President Dwight D. Eisenhower in 1954 that the program of "limited" weapons aid to Pakistan then unfolding
 was solely for use against communist aggression. By 1965, the United States had provided $3.8 billion in military hardware to Pakistan. This led the military dictator then ruling in Islamabad, Gen. Ayub Khan, to launch cross-border raids in Kashmir that triggered
 a broader war, in which Pakistan, predictably, relied primarily on its U.S. planes and tanks.<br />
<br />
Just when India had begun to forgive and forget, the Soviet invasion of Afghanistan prompted the U.S. to supply Pakistan with $3.5 billion in new weapons aid as a reward for serving as a "front-line state." The nature of this aid package, with its F-16 aircraft
 and its heavy tanks, made clear that it was not intended for use on the mountainous Afghan border but rather to bolster Pakistan's balance of power in open-plains warfare with India. Additional U.S. weapons were sent through Pakistan to the Afghan resistance
 forces.<br />
<br />
In contrast to 1954, the United States did not even pretend in 1982 that its aid could be used only against the Soviet Union. In a controversial speech on Oct. 10, 1984, U.S. Ambassador to Pakistan Deane Hinton said that the 1959 U.S. mutual security treaty
 with Islamabad left the door open for the United States to support Pakistan in a war with India. Lawrence S. Eagleburger, who was Undersecretary of State at the time, told me later that the United States wanted to establish a "balance" between India and its
 smaller neighbor.<br />
<br />
Against this background, India's current brinkmanship becomes more understandable. New Delhi is not likely to pull back from the brink unless the United States can get Musharraf to take meaningful steps toward peace.<br />
<br />
The most important immediate step would be to stop infiltration by Pakistani and Kashmiri Islamic militants into the India-controlled Kashmir Valley. Pakistan's army would have to stop providing the diversionary covering fire and logistical support that makes
 this infiltration possible.<br />
<br />
Indian Interior Minister Lal Krishna Advani told a recent off-the-record meeting in Washington that the cease-fire line should be "adjusted" in key places where the terrain makes infiltration easy. If Musharraf means business, he would agree to negotiations
 on such changes. In return, New Delhi would not only have to withdraw the forward deployments ordered after the Dec. 13 attack on the Indian Parliament building but, equally important, negotiate with insurgent groups on greater autonomy for Kashmir within
 India.<br />
<br />
Such negotiations would require Pakistani support for a cease-fire between the Indian army and Kashmiri insurgents like the one proposed in July 2000 by Hizbul Moujahedeen. Hizbul consists solely of Kashmiris, not Pakistanis, and was sensitive to the mood of
 war-weariness in the valley. But the group receives Pakistani weapons aid, and when Islamabad objected to the proposal, Hizbul withdrew its cease-fire offer.<br />
<br />
Despite its denials, Pakistan controls most Kashmiri insurgent groups. On May 29, 1999, shortly after the Pakistani army launched its offensive across the cease-fire line at Kargil, Indian intelligence intercepted a revealing international telephone conversation
 between then-Gen. Musharraf, who was in Beijing, and his deputy, Lt. Gen. Mohammed Aziz. CIA sources have validated the authenticity of the intercept. Nawaz Sharif, then prime-minister, had expressed concern, Aziz said, that Kashmiri insurgent groups fighting
 with the army might get out of hand and force an escalation, but that "there need be no such fear, since we have them by the scruff of the neck and whenever desired, we can regulate the situation."</p>
</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<table width="100%" border="0">
<tbody>
<tr>
<td width="100%">
<p><b>International Media</b></p>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="100%">
<p style="text-align:center"><b>Ministry Of External Affairs, India</b></p>
</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>01/02/2012 15:27:14</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/18231/Americas+India+Problem</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">18231</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>18233</publicationdataID>
      <title>The Getaway</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<table width="100%" border="0">
<tbody>
<tr>
<td width="100%">
<p><b>The Getaway<br />
<br />
TheNew Yorker<br />
By Seymour M. Hersh<br />
January 23, 2002</b></p>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td dir="ltr">
<p><b>Questions surround a secret Pakistani airlift.<br />
<br />
I</b>n Afghanistan last November, the Northern Alliance, supported by American Special Forces troops and emboldened by the highly accurate American bombing, forced thousands of Taliban and Al Qaeda fighters to retreat inside the northern hill town of Kunduz.
 Trapped with them were Pakistani Army officers, intelligence advisers, and volunteers who were fighting alongside the Taliban. (Pakistan had been the Taliban's staunchest military and economic supporter in its long-running war against the Northern Alliance.)
 Many of the fighters had fled earlier defeats at Mazar-i-Sharif, to the west; Taloqan, to the east; and Pul-i-Khumri, to the south. The road to Kabul, a potential point of retreat, was blocked and was targeted by American bombers. Kunduz offered safety from
 the bombs and a chance to negotiate painless surrender terms, as Afghan tribes often do.<br />
<br />
Surrender negotiations began immediately, but the Bush Administration heatedly—and successfully—opposed them. On November 25th, the Northern Alliance took Kunduz, capturing some four thousand of the Taliban and Al Qaeda fighters. The next day, President Bush
 said, "We're smoking them out. They're running, and now we're going to bring them to justice."<br />
<br />
Even before the siege ended, however, a puzzling series of reports appeared in the Times and in other publications, quoting Northern Alliance officials who claimed that Pakistani airplanes had flown into Kunduz to evacuate the Pakistanis there. American and
 Pakistani officials refused to confirm the reports. On November 16th, when journalists asked Secretary of Defense Donald Rumsfeld about the reports of rescue aircraft, he was dismissive. "Well, if we see them, we shoot them down," he said. Five days later,
 Rumsfeld declared, "Any idea that those people should be let loose on any basis at all to leave that country and to go bring terror to other countries and destabilize other countries is unacceptable." At a Pentagon news conference on Monday, November 26th,
 the day after Kunduz fell, General Richard B. Myers, of the Air Force, who is the chairman of the Joint Chiefs of Staff, was asked about the reports. The General did not directly answer the question but stated, "The runway there is not usable. I mean, there
 are segments of it that are usable. They're too short for your standard transport aircraft. So we're not sure where the reports are coming from."<br />
<br />
Pakistani officials also debunked the rescue reports, and continued to insist, as they had throughout the Afghanistan war, that no Pakistani military personnel were in the country. Anwar Mehmood, the government spokesman, told newsmen at the time that reports
 of a Pakistani airlift were "total rubbish. Hogwash."<br />
<br />
In interviews, however, American intelligence officials and high-ranking military officers said that Pakistanis were indeed flown to safety, in a series of nighttime airlifts that were approved by the Bush Administration. The Americans also said that what was
 supposed to be a limited evacuation apparently slipped out of control, and, as an unintended consequence, an unknown number of Taliban and Al Qaeda fighters managed to join in the exodus. "Dirt got through the screen," a senior intelligence official told me.
 Last week, Secretary of Defense Rumsfeld did not respond to a request for comment.<br />
<br />
Pakistan's leader, General Pervez Musharraf, who seized power in a 1999 coup, had risked his standing with the religious fundamentalists—and perhaps his life—by endorsing the American attack on Afghanistan and the American support of the Northern Alliance.
 At the time of Kunduz, his decision looked like an especially dangerous one. The initial American aim in Afghanistan had been not to eliminate the Taliban's presence there entirely but to undermine the regime and Al Qaeda while leaving intact so-called moderate
 Taliban elements that would play a role in a new postwar government. This would insure that Pakistan would not end up with a regime on its border dominated by the Northern Alliance. By mid-November, it was clear that the Northern Alliance would quickly sweep
 through Afghanistan. There were fears that once the Northern Alliance took Kunduz, there would be wholesale killings of the defeated fighters, especially the foreigners.<br />
<br />
Musharraf won American support for the airlift by warning that the humiliation of losing hundreds—and perhaps thousands—of Pakistani Army men and intelligence operatives would jeopardize his political survival. "Clearly, there is a great willingness to help
 Musharraf," an American intelligence official told me. A C.I.A. analyst said that it was his understanding that the decision to permit the airlift was made by the White House and was indeed driven by a desire to protect the Pakistani leader. The airlift "made
 sense at the time," the C.I.A. analyst said. "Many of the people they spirited away were the Taliban leadership"—who Pakistan hoped could play a role in a postwar Afghan government. According to this person, "Musharraf wanted to have these people to put another
 card on the table" in future political negotiations. "We were supposed to have access to them," he said, but "it didn't happen," and the rescued Taliban remain unavailable to American intelligence.<br />
<br />
According to a former high-level American defense official, the airlift was approved because of representations by the Pakistanis that "there were guys— intelligence agents and underground guys—who needed to get out."<br />
<br />
Once under way, a senior American defense adviser said, the airlift became chaotic. "Everyone brought their friends with them," he said, referring to the Afghans with whom the Pakistanis had worked, and whom they had trained or had used to run intelligence
 operations. "You're not going to leave them behind to get their throats cut." Recalling the last-minute American evacuation at the end of the Vietnam War, in 1975, the adviser added, "When we came out of Saigon, we brought our boys with us." He meant South
 Vietnamese nationals. " 'How many does that helicopter hold? Ten? We're bringing fourteen.' "<br />
<br />
The Bush Administration may have done more than simply acquiesce in the rescue effort: at the height of the standoff, according to both a C.I.A. official and a military analyst who has worked with the Delta Force, the American commando unit that was destroying
 Taliban units on the ground, the Administration ordered the United States Central Command to set up a special air corridor to help insure the safety of the Pakistani rescue flights from Kunduz to the northwest corner of Pakistan, about two hundred miles away.
 The order left some members of the Delta Force deeply frustrated. "These guys did Desert Storm and Mogadishu," the military analyst said. "They see things in black-and-white. 'Unhappy' is not the word. They're supposed to be killing people." The airlift also
 angered the Northern Alliance, whose leadership, according to Reuel Gerecht, a former Near East operative for the C.I.A., had sought unsuccessfully for years to "get people to pay attention to the Pakistani element" among the Taliban. The Northern Alliance
 was eager to capture "mainline Pakistani military and intelligence officers" at Kunduz, Gerecht said. "When the rescue flights started, it touched a raw nerve."<br />
<br />
Just as Pakistan has supported the Taliban in Afghanistan, Pakistan's arch-rival India has supported the Northern Alliance. Operatives in India's main external intelligence unit—known as RAW, for Research and Analysis Wing—reported extensively on the Pakistani
 airlift out of Kunduz. (The Taliban and Al Qaeda have declared the elimination of India's presence in the contested territory of Kashmir as a major goal.) RAW has excellent access to the Northern Alliance and a highly sophisticated ability to intercept electronic
 communications. An Indian military adviser boasted that when the airlift began "we knew within minutes." In interviews in New Delhi, Indian national-security and intelligence officials repeatedly declared that the airlift had rescued not only members of the
 Pakistani military but Pakistani citizens who had volunteered to fight against the Northern Alliance, as well as non-Pakistani Taliban and Al Qaeda. Brajesh Mishra, India's national-security adviser, said his government had concluded that five thousand Pakistanis
 and Taliban—he called it "a ballpark figure"—had been rescued.<br />
<br />
According to RAW's senior analyst for Pakistani and Afghan issues, the most extensive rescue efforts took place on three nights at the time of the fall of Kunduz. Indian intelligence had concluded that eight thousand or more men were trapped inside the city
 in the last days of the siege, roughly half of whom were Pakistanis. (Afghans, Uzbeks, Chechens, and various Arab mercenaries accounted for the rest.) At least five flights were specifically "confirmed" by India's informants, the RAW analyst told me, and many
 more were believed to have taken place.<br />
<br />
In the Indian assessment, thirtythree hundred prisoners surrendered to a Northern Alliance tribal faction headed by General Abdul Rashid Dostum. A few hundred Taliban were also turned over to other tribal leaders. That left between four and five thousand men
 unaccounted for. "Where are the balance?" the intelligence officer asked. According to him, two Pakistani Army generals were on the flights.<br />
<br />
None of the American intelligence officials I spoke with were able to say with certainty how many Taliban and Al Qaeda fighters were flown to safety, or may have escaped from Kunduz by other means.<br />
<br />
India, wary of antagonizing the Bush Administration, chose not to denounce the airlift at the time. But there was a great deal of anger within the Indian government. "We had all the information, but we did not go public," the Indian military adviser told me.
 "Why should we embarrass you? We should be sensible." A RAW official said that India had intelligence that Musharraf's message to the Americans had been that he didn't want to see body bags coming back to Pakistan. Brajesh Mishra told me that diplomatic notes
 protesting the airlift were sent to Britain and the United States. Neither responded, he said.<br />
<br />
Mishra also said that Indian intelligence was convinced that many of the airlifted fighters would soon be infiltrated into Kashmir. There was a precedent for this. In the past, the Pakistani Army's Inter-Services Intelligence agency (I.S.I.) had trained fighters
 in Afghanistan and then funnelled them into Kashmir. One of India's most senior intelligence officials also told me, "Musharraf can't afford to keep the Taliban in Pakistan. They're dangerous to his own regime. Our reading is that the fighters can go only
 to Kashmir."<br />
<br />
Kashmir, on India's northern border, is a predominantly Muslim territory that has been fiercely disputed since Partition, in 1947. Both India and Pakistan have waged war to support their claim. Pakistanis believe that Kashmir should have become part of their
 country in the first place, and that India reneged on the promise of a plebiscite to determine its future. India argues that a claim to the territory on religious grounds is a threat to India's status as a secular, multi-ethnic nation. Kashmir is now divided
 along a carefully drawn line of control, but cross-border incursions—many of them bloody—occur daily.<br />
<br />
Three weeks after the airlift, on December 13th, a suicide squad of five heavily armed Muslim terrorists drove past a barrier at the Indian Parliament, in New Delhi, and rushed the main building. At one point, the terrorists were only a few feet from the steps
 to the office of India's Vice-President, Krishan Kant. Nine people were killed in the shoot-out, in addition to the terrorists, and many others were injured. The country's politicians and the press felt that a far greater tragedy had only narrowly been averted.<br />
<br />
In India, the Parliament assault was regarded as comparable to September 11th. Indian intelligence quickly concluded that the attack had been organized by operatives from two long-standing Kashmiri terrorist organizations that were believed to be heavily supported
 by the I.S.I.<br />
<br />
Brajesh Mishra told me that if the attack on the Parliament had resulted in a more significant number of casualties "there would have been mayhem." India deployed hundreds of thousands of troops along its border with Pakistan, and publicly demanded that Musharraf
 take steps to cut off Pakistani support for the groups said to be involved. "Nobody in India wants war, but other options are not ruled out," Mishra said.<br />
<br />
The crisis escalated, with military men on both sides declaring that they were prepared to face nuclear war, if necessary. Last week, Colin Powell, the Secretary of State, travelled to the region and urged both sides to withdraw their troops, cool the rhetoric,
 and begin constructive talks about Kashmir.<br />
<br />
Under prodding from the Bush Administration, Musharraf has taken action against his country's fundamentalist terror organizations. In the last month, the government has made more than a thousand arrests, seized bank accounts, and ordered the I.S.I. to stop
 all support for terrorist groups operating inside Kashmir. In a televised address to the nation on January 12th, Musharraf called for an end to terrorism, but he also went beyond the most recent dispute with India and outlined a far-reaching vision of Pakistan
 as a modern state. "The day of reckoning has come," he said. "Do we want Pakistan to become a theocratic state? Do we believe that religious education alone is enough for governance? Or do we want Pakistan to emerge as a progressive and dynamic Islamic welfare
 state?" The fundamentalists, he added, "did nothing except contribute to bloodshed in Afghanistan. I ask of them whether they know anything other than disruption and sowing seeds of hatred. Does Islam preach this?"<br />
<br />
"Musharraf has not done as much as the Indians want," a Bush Administration official who is deeply involved in South Asian issues said. "But he's done more than I'd thought he'd do. He had to do something, because the Indians are so wound up." The official
 also said, however, that Musharraf could not last in office if he conceded the issue of Kashmir to India, and would not want to do so in any case. "He is not a fundamentalist but a Pakistani nationalist—he genuinely believes that Kashmir 'should be ours.'
 At the end of the day, Musharraf would come out ahead if he could get rid of the Pakistani and Kashmiri terrorists—if he can survive it. They have eaten the vitals out of Pakistan." In his address, Musharraf was unyielding on that subject. "Kashmir runs in
 our blood," he said. "No Pakistani can afford to sever links with Kashmir. . . . We will never budge an inch from our principled stand on Kashmir."<br />
<br />
Milton Bearden, a former C.I.A. station chief in Pakistan who helped run the Afghan war against the Soviet Union in the late nineteen-eighties and worked closely with the I.S.I., believes that the Indian government is cynically using the Parliament bombing
 to rally public support for the conflict with Pakistan. "The Indians are just playing brinkmanship now—moving troops up to the border," he said. "Until September 11th, they thought they'd won this thing—they had Pakistan on the ropes." Because of its nuclear
 program, he said, "Pakistan was isolated and sanctioned by the United States, with only China left as an ally. Never mind that the only country in South Asia that always did what we asked was Pakistan." As for Musharraf, Bearden said, "What can he do? Does
 he really have the Army behind him? Yes, but maybe by only forty-eight to fifty-two per cent." Bearden went on, "Musharraf is not going to be a Kemal Atatürk"—the founder of the secular Turkish state—"but as long as he can look over his shoulder and see that
 Rich Armitage"—the United States Deputy Secretary of State—"and Don Rumsfeld are with him he might be able to stop the extremism."<br />
<br />
A senior Pakistani diplomat depicted India as suffering from "jilted-lover syndrome"—referring to the enormous amount of American attention and financial aid that the Musharraf government has received since September 11th. "The situation is bloody explosive,"
 the diplomat said, and argued that Musharraf has not been given enough credit from the Indian leadership for the "sweeping changes" that have taken place in Pakistan. "Short of saying it is now a secular Pakistan, he's redefined and changed the politics of
 the regime," the diplomat said. "He has de-legitimized religious fundamentalism." The diplomat told me that the critical question for Pakistan, India, and the rest of South Asia is "Will the Americans stay involved for the long haul, or will attention shift
 to Somalia or Iraq? I don't know."<br />
<br />
Inevitably, any conversation about tension between India and Pakistan turns to the issue of nuclear weapons. Both countries have warheads and the means to deliver them. (India's capabilities, conventional and nuclear, are far greater—between sixty and ninety
 warheads—while Pakistan is thought to have between thirty and fifty.) A retired C.I.A. officer who served as station chief in South Asia told me that what he found disturbing was the "imperfect intelligence" each country has as to what the other side's intentions
 are. "Couple that with the fact that these guys have a propensity to believe the worst of each other, and have nuclear weapons, and you end up saying, 'My God, get me the hell out of here.' " Milton Bearden agreed that the I.S.I. and RAW are "equally bad"
 at assessing each other.<br />
<br />
In New Delhi, I got a sense of how dangerous the situation is, in a conversation with an Indian diplomat who has worked at the highest levels of his country's government. He told me that he believes India could begin a war with Pakistan and not face a possible
 nuclear retaliation. He explained, "When Pakistan went nuclear, we called their bluff." He was referring to a tense moment in 1990, when India moved its Army en masse along the Pakistani border and then sat back while the United States mediated a withdrawal.
 "We found, through intelligence, that there was a lot of bluster." He and others in India concluded that Pakistan was not willing to begin a nuclear confrontation. "We've found there is a lot of strategic space between a low-intensity war waged with Pakistan
 and the nuclear threshold," the diplomat said. "Therefore, we are utilizing military options without worrying about the nuclear threshold." If that turned out to be a miscalculation and Pakistan initiated the use of nuclear weapons, he said, then India would
 respond in force. "And Pakistan would cease to exist."<br />
<br />
The Bush Administration official involved in South Asian issues acknowledged that there are some people in India who seem willing to gamble that "you can have war but not use nuclear weapons." He added, "Both nations need to sit down and work out the red lines"—the
 points of no return. "They've never done that."<br />
<br />
An American intelligence official told me that the Musharraf regime had added to the precariousness of the military standoff with India by reducing the amount of time it would take for Pakistan to execute a nuclear strike. Pakistan keeps control over its nuclear
 arsenal in part by storing its warheads separately from its missile- and aircraft-delivery systems. In recent weeks, he said, the time it takes to get the warheads in the air has been cut to just three hours—"and that's too close. Both sides have their nukes
 in place and ready to roll."<br />
<br />
Even before the airlift from Kunduz, the Indians were enraged by the Bush Administration's decision to make Pakistan its chief ally in the Afghanistan war. "Musharraf has two-timed you," a recently retired senior member of India's diplomatic service told me
 in New Delhi earlier this month. "What have you gained? Have you captured Osama bin Laden?" He said that although India would do nothing to upset the American campaign in Afghanistan, "We will turn the heat on Musharraf. He'll go back to terrorism as long
 as the heat is off." (Milt Bearden scoffed at that characterization. "Musharraf doesn't have time to two-time anybody," he said. "He wakes up every morning and has to head out with his bayonet, trying to find the land mines.")<br />
<br />
Some C.I.A. analysts believe that bin Laden eluded American capture inside Afghanistan with help from elements of the Pakistani intelligence service. "The game against bin Laden is not over," one analyst told me in early January. He speculated that bin Laden
 could be on his way to Somalia, "his best single place to hide." Al Qaeda is known to have an extensive infrastructure there. The analyst said that he had concluded that "he's out. We've been looking for bombing targets for weeks and weeks there but can't
 identify them."<br />
<br />
Last week, Donald Rumsfeld told journalists that he believed bin Laden was still in Afghanistan. Two days later, in Pakistan, Musharraf announced that he thought bin Laden was probably dead—of kidney disease.<br />
<br />
A senior C.I.A. official, when asked for comment, cautioned that there were a variety of competing assessments inside the agency as to bin Laden's whereabouts. "We really don't know," he said. "We'll get him, but anybody who tells you we know where he is is
 full of it."<br />
<br />
India's grievances—over the Pakistani airlift, the continuing terrorism in Kashmir, and Musharraf's new status with Washington—however heartfelt, may mean little when it comes to effecting a dramatic change of American policy in South Asia. India's democracy
 and its tradition of civilian control over the military make it less of a foreign-policy priority than Pakistan. The Bush Administration has put its prestige, and American aid money, behind Musharraf, in the gamble—thus far successful—that he will continue
 to move Pakistan, and its nuclear arsenal, away from fundamentalism. The goal is to stop nuclear terrorism as well as political terrorism. It's a tall order, and missteps are inevitable. Nonetheless, the White House remains optimistic. An Administration official
 told me that, given the complications of today's politics, he still believed that Musharraf was the best Pakistani leader the Indians could hope for, whether they recognize it or not. "After him, they could only get something worse."</p>
</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<table width="100%" border="0">
<tbody>
<tr>
<td width="100%">
<p><b>International Media</b></p>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="100%">
<p style="text-align:center"><b>Ministry Of External Affairs, India</b></p>
</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>01/02/2012 16:29:02</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/18233/The+Getaway</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">18233</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>18234</publicationdataID>
      <title>Omar Still in Afghanistan, U.S. Says</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<table width="100%" border="0">
<tbody>
<tr>
<td width="100%"><b>Omar Still in Afghanistan, U.S. Says </b>
<p><br />
T<b>he Washington Post<br />
By Pauline Jelinek <br />
July 23, 2002 </b></p>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>
<p>WASHINGTON –– Taliban leader Mullah Mohammed Omar is still believed hiding from U.S.-led forces inside Afghanistan, but most of the al-Qaida leaders he once harbored have left, Bush administration officials said Tuesday.
</p>
<p>Most of the important captures of al-Qaida figures announced in recent weeks have been on the Pakistan side of the border or elsewhere in the world.
</p>
<p>Omar and al-Qaida leader Osama bin Laden, the top two on America's most wanted terrorist list, remain elusive.
</p>
<p>American troops hoped early this month that they were on the trail of one-eyed Taliban spiritual leader Omar, who like most others from the routed fundamentalists regime have remained in their home country, defense officials said Tuesday.
</p>
<p>But the search in Omar's home province of Uruzgan went horribly wrong. </p>
<p>U.S. troops believed they were drawing anti-aircraft fire, responded with air strikes by an AC-130 gunship and accidentally killed an estimated 40 Afghan civilians. Omar is believed to remain in the mountainous region in or near the province.
</p>
<p>As for al-Qaida, leader bin Laden's whereabouts remain a mystery. </p>
<p>His lieutenants – mostly Arabs – have all but abandoned the home they had under Taliban, an administration official said on condition of anonymity. One group of al-Qaida leaders is thought to have fled to Pakistan, while other members scattered to other
 countries. </p>
<p>In recent months, U.S. officials acknowledged the capture of two high-ranking al-Qaida figures: operations chief Abu Zubaydah in March in Pakistan, and operational planner Abu Zubair al-Haili in June in Morocco.
</p>
<p>Though the Pentagon has been secretive about identifying those captured, here is a scorecard on some others captured, killed or still sought in the first campaign of the counterterror war:
</p>
<p>–Among al-Qaida, America and its allies say they've captured or killed 12 top leaders since Sept. 11.
</p>
<p>–They have identified about 20 more al-Qaida they are seeking, including bin Laden top deputy Ayman al-Zawahri, financial chief Shaikh Saiid al-Sharif and operational planner Khalid Shaikh Mohammed, believed involved in the Sept. 11 attacks and the April
 11 bombing of a Tunisian synagogue. </p>
<p>–Suspected al-Qaida fugitives captured in Pakistan in the past two weeks may include a senior official, Secretary of Defense Donald H. Rumsfeld said Monday.
</p>
<p>–In the Taliban, the United States and its allies have several leaders in custody, including Mullah Fazel Mazloom, army chief of staff; Mullah Abdul Wakil Muttawakil, minister of foreign affairs, and Mullah Abdul Salam Zaeef, ambassador to Pakistan.
</p>
<p>–Taliban intelligence chief, Qari Ahmadullah, was killed by U.S. bombing Dec. 27.
</p>
<p>–Though most Taliban still wanted by the United States are thought to remain in Afghanistan, a few may have gone to Pakistan. Those wanted include top Omar aide Tayeb Agha, former Minister of Frontier Affairs Jalaluddin Haqqani, and former guerrilla commanders
 Mullah Baradar Akhund, Akhter Mohammed Osmani and Mullah Dadullah. </p>
<p>A U.S. Air Force AC-130 gunship was supporting a search for Omar – or others who know his whereabouts – when it struck civilians celebrating a wedding July 1, defense officials said Tuesday.
</p>
<p>"They thought he was in the area," said U.S. Army spokesman Gary Tallman at Bagram air base in Afghanistan. "Multiple intelligence sources led us to that conclusion."
</p>
<p>The Pentagon previously refused to say why troops were in the area that night.
</p>
<p>But on Tuesday, they said on condition of anonymity that U.S. special forces, teamed with Afghan allies, were pursuing intelligence tips suggesting Omar, at least one of his top commanders or some other Taliban or al-Qaida figure might be there.
</p>
<p>Coalition forces have been in Uruzgan for months trying to root out Taliban and al-Qaida holdouts. Much attention also has been given to the southeastern provinces of Paktia and Paktika along the Pakistan border.</p>
</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<table width="100%" border="0">
<tbody>
<tr>
<td width="100%">
<hr />
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="100%">
<p><b>International Media</b></p>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="100%">
<p style="text-align:center"><b>Ministry Of External Affairs, India</b></p>
</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>01/02/2012 16:37:10</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/18234/Omar+Still+in+Afghanistan+US+Says</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">18234</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>18235</publicationdataID>
      <title>India Looks With New Favor on a Natural Ally</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<table width="100%" border="0">
<tbody>
<tr>
<td width="100%">
<p><b>India Looks With New Favor on a 'Natural Ally'<br />
<br />
TheInternational Herald Tribune <br />
By Jim Hoagland<br />
January 22, 2002</b></p>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td dir="ltr">
<p><b>U</b>.S. troops and bases on foreign soil were once anathema to India's nationalistic government. But now India's leaders encourage America to be in no hurry to give up the strategic foothold in Central Asia established by the military campaign in Afghanistan.<br />
.<br />
"I don't think America can give up the Central Asia presence now," says Foreign Minister Jaswant Singh to my wondering ears. "You will be criticized. The presence troubles Russia and China. But you won't be able to give it up any time soon," he continues. He
 then adds casually that U.S. forces should stay on in Pakistan to help stabilize a nation that India has long treated as a mortal enemy. Yankee Go Home Slowly also surfaces as a theme in a later conversation with Prime Minister Atal Bihari Vajpayee. The United
 States and India "are natural allies," he says. "We would like to develop relations on a long-term basis ... There has been close cooperation during this crisis on defense and security that should be extended."<br />
.<br />
America's war on global terrorism has scrambled old patterns of diplomacy and politics and creates potential reversals of alliances on a large scale.<br />
.<br />
While Saudi Arabia, Pakistan and other Muslim nations have been forced into hard choices, Mr. Vajpayee's secular coalition government has been quick to take advantage of these changes and is emerging as the big- gest strategic winner thus far in the aftermath
 of the Sept. 11 terror attacks on the United States.<br />
.<br />
The U.S. Afghan campaign destroyed one of India's enemies, the Taliban, and has seriously hobbled another, Pakistan. Rival China "feels somewhat isolated" at the moment because "the changes since Sept. 11 have not been to China's advantage," in Mr. Singh's
 words.<br />
.<br />
And the war has helped India completely escape from the international pariah status that Washington hung on New Delhi for testing nuclear weapons more than three years ago.<br />
.<br />
Fortune has thus smiled on India, and the debonair Mr. Singh smiles back with the satisfaction of a man who knows that he has a good thing going and does not want to see it end yet. He is more than willing to give the United States more time to squeeze Pakistan's
 President Pervez Musharraf and to stir Beijing's fears of encirclement by setting up long-term bases in Uzbekistan and elsewhere in Central Asia.<br />
.<br />
In a lengthy conversation on Thursday with members of the Aspen Strategy Group, an informal body of U.S. foreign policy analysts, Mr. Singh put limits on India's embrace of a more significant U.S. role in his region. He specifically warned against well-meaning
 U.S. offers of sophisticated devices or advice to help Pakistan control access to its nuclear warheads, since this could inadvertently give Islamabad greater confidence in its ability to deploy nuclear weapons.<br />
.<br />
Senior Indian officials indicated that they had detected no assembly of Pakistani nuclear components in the mobilization of both armies since December. On Jan. 1, the two nations routinely exchanged lists of their nuclear facilities, as they now do every year.<br />
.<br />
Mr. Singh urged Washington not to overreach in Afghanistan. "It is not Finland," he said, in a remark that he repeated later in the day to Secretary of State Colin Powell, who arrived on his second visit here in three months. "Don't try to convert it to Finland.
 There are limits to what you can do."<br />
.<br />
There was no viable long-term security role in Afghanistan for American forces, he told the Aspen members. "It is best for the U.S. to maintain ... a not too visible presence," while Afghans develop their own national security force.<br />
.<br />
India would not interfere in Afghanistan, Mr. Singh said. And neither should any other neighbor. "Pakistan for the last 20 years played a role to keep India out of Afghanistan. That phase is over."<br />
.<br />
Mr. Singh, who resembles Anthony Eden wearing a Nehru jacket and a deep tan, is enjoying India's escape from the international doghouse to which it was consigned after surprise nuclear tests in 1998. Those tests triggered Pakistani atomic blasts, and sanctions
 for both nations.<br />
.<br />
New Delhi's temptation will be to let ride the bet that has performed so handsomely for it in this opening phase of the war on terror - to believe that it needs to do nothing to help decrease the tensions with Pakistan that have prevailed since Dec. 13. The
 better way of managing its sudden success is for India to take small but meaningful steps of military de-escalation, now. NEW DELHI U.S. troops and bases on foreign soil were once anathema to India's nationalistic government. But now India's leaders encourage
 America to be in no hurry to give up the strategic foothold in Central Asia established by the military campaign in Afghanistan.<br />
.<br />
"I don't think America can give up the Central Asia presence now," says Foreign Minister Jaswant Singh to my wondering ears. "You will be criticized. The presence troubles Russia and China. But you won't be able to give it up any time soon," he continues. He
 then adds casually that U.S. forces should stay on in Pakistan to help stabilize a nation that India has long treated as a mortal enemy. Yankee Go Home Slowly also surfaces as a theme in a later conversation with Prime Minister Atal Bihari Vajpayee. The United
 States and India "are natural allies," he says. "We would like to develop relations on a long-term basis ... There has been close cooperation during this crisis on defense and security that should be extended."<br />
.<br />
America's war on global terrorism has scrambled old patterns of diplomacy and politics and creates potential reversals of alliances on a large scale.<br />
.<br />
While Saudi Arabia, Pakistan and other Muslim nations have been forced into hard choices, Mr. Vajpayee's secular coalition government has been quick to take advantage of these changes and is emerging as the big- gest strategic winner thus far in the aftermath
 of the Sept. 11 terror attacks on the United States.<br />
.<br />
The U.S. Afghan campaign destroyed one of India's enemies, the Taliban, and has seriously hobbled another, Pakistan. Rival China "feels somewhat isolated" at the moment because "the changes since Sept. 11 have not been to China's advantage," in Mr. Singh's
 words.<br />
.<br />
And the war has helped India completely escape from the international pariah status that Washington hung on New Delhi for testing nuclear weapons more than three years ago.<br />
.<br />
Fortune has thus smiled on India, and the debonair Mr. Singh smiles back with the satisfaction of a man who knows that he has a good thing going and does not want to see it end yet. He is more than willing to give the United States more time to squeeze Pakistan's
 President Pervez Musharraf and to stir Beijing's fears of encirclement by setting up long-term bases in Uzbekistan and elsewhere in Central Asia.<br />
.<br />
In a lengthy conversation on Thursday with members of the Aspen Strategy Group, an informal body of U.S. foreign policy analysts, Mr. Singh put limits on India's embrace of a more significant U.S. role in his region. He specifically warned against well-meaning
 U.S. offers of sophisticated devices or advice to help Pakistan control access to its nuclear warheads, since this could inadvertently give Islamabad greater confidence in its ability to deploy nuclear weapons.<br />
.<br />
Senior Indian officials indicated that they had detected no assembly of Pakistani nuclear components in the mobilization of both armies since December. On Jan. 1, the two nations routinely exchanged lists of their nuclear facilities, as they now do every year.<br />
.<br />
Mr. Singh urged Washington not to overreach in Afghanistan. "It is not Finland," he said, in a remark that he repeated later in the day to Secretary of State Colin Powell, who arrived on his second visit here in three months. "Don't try to convert it to Finland.
 There are limits to what you can do."<br />
.<br />
There was no viable long-term security role in Afghanistan for American forces, he told the Aspen members. "It is best for the U.S. to maintain ... a not too visible presence," while Afghans develop their own national security force.<br />
.<br />
India would not interfere in Afghanistan, Mr. Singh said. And neither should any other neighbor. "Pakistan for the last 20 years played a role to keep India out of Afghanistan. That phase is over."<br />
.<br />
Mr. Singh, who resembles Anthony Eden wearing a Nehru jacket and a deep tan, is enjoying India's escape from the international doghouse to which it was consigned after surprise nuclear tests in 1998. Those tests triggered Pakistani atomic blasts, and sanctions
 for both nations.<br />
.<br />
New Delhi's temptation will be to let ride the bet that has performed so handsomely for it in this opening phase of the war on terror - to believe that it needs to do nothing to help decrease the tensions with Pakistan that have prevailed since Dec. 13. The
 better way of managing its sudden success is for India to take small but meaningful steps of military de-escalation, now. NEW DELHI U.S. troops and bases on foreign soil were once anathema to India's nationalistic government. But now India's leaders encourage
 America to be in no hurry to give up the strategic foothold in Central Asia established by the military campaign in Afghanistan.<br />
.<br />
"I don't think America can give up the Central Asia presence now," says Foreign Minister Jaswant Singh to my wondering ears. "You will be criticized. The presence troubles Russia and China. But you won't be able to give it up any time soon," he continues. He
 then adds casually that U.S. forces should stay on in Pakistan to help stabilize a nation that India has long treated as a mortal enemy. Yankee Go Home Slowly also surfaces as a theme in a later conversation with Prime Minister Atal Bihari Vajpayee. The United
 States and India "are natural allies," he says. "We would like to develop relations on a long-term basis ... There has been close cooperation during this crisis on defense and security that should be extended."<br />
.<br />
America's war on global terrorism has scrambled old patterns of diplomacy and politics and creates potential reversals of alliances on a large scale.<br />
.<br />
While Saudi Arabia, Pakistan and other Muslim nations have been forced into hard choices, Mr. Vajpayee's secular coalition government has been quick to take advantage of these changes and is emerging as the big- gest strategic winner thus far in the aftermath
 of the Sept. 11 terror attacks on the United States.<br />
.<br />
The U.S. Afghan campaign destroyed one of India's enemies, the Taliban, and has seriously hobbled another, Pakistan. Rival China "feels somewhat isolated" at the moment because "the changes since Sept. 11 have not been to China's advantage," in Mr. Singh's
 words.<br />
.<br />
And the war has helped India completely escape from the international pariah status that Washington hung on New Delhi for testing nuclear weapons more than three years ago.<br />
.<br />
Fortune has thus smiled on India, and the debonair Mr. Singh smiles back with the satisfaction of a man who knows that he has a good thing going and does not want to see it end yet. He is more than willing to give the United States more time to squeeze Pakistan's
 President Pervez Musharraf and to stir Beijing's fears of encirclement by setting up long-term bases in Uzbekistan and elsewhere in Central Asia.<br />
.<br />
In a lengthy conversation on Thursday with members of the Aspen Strategy Group, an informal body of U.S. foreign policy analysts, Mr. Singh put limits on India's embrace of a more significant U.S. role in his region. He specifically warned against well-meaning
 U.S. offers of sophisticated devices or advice to help Pakistan control access to its nuclear warheads, since this could inadvertently give Islamabad greater confidence in its ability to deploy nuclear weapons.<br />
.<br />
Senior Indian officials indicated that they had detected no assembly of Pakistani nuclear components in the mobilization of both armies since December. On Jan. 1, the two nations routinely exchanged lists of their nuclear facilities, as they now do every year.<br />
.<br />
Mr. Singh urged Washington not to overreach in Afghanistan. "It is not Finland," he said, in a remark that he repeated later in the day to Secretary of State Colin Powell, who arrived on his second visit here in three months. "Don't try to convert it to Finland.
 There are limits to what you can do."<br />
.<br />
There was no viable long-term security role in Afghanistan for American forces, he told the Aspen members. "It is best for the U.S. to maintain ... a not too visible presence," while Afghans develop their own national security force.<br />
.<br />
India would not interfere in Afghanistan, Mr. Singh said. And neither should any other neighbor. "Pakistan for the last 20 years played a role to keep India out of Afghanistan. That phase is over."<br />
.<br />
Mr. Singh, who resembles Anthony Eden wearing a Nehru jacket and a deep tan, is enjoying India's escape from the international doghouse to which it was consigned after surprise nuclear tests in 1998. Those tests triggered Pakistani atomic blasts, and sanctions
 for both nations.<br />
.<br />
New Delhi's temptation will be to let ride the bet that has performed so handsomely for it in this opening phase of the war on terror - to believe that it needs to do nothing to help decrease the tensions with Pakistan that have prevailed since Dec. 13. The
 better way of managing its sudden success is for India to take small but meaningful steps of military de-escalation, now.
</p>
</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<table width="100%" border="0">
<tbody>
<tr>
<td width="100%">
<p><b>International Media</b></p>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="100%">
<p style="text-align:center"><b>Ministry Of External Affairs, India</b></p>
</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>01/02/2012 16:53:35</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/18235/India+Looks+With+New+Favor+on+a+Natural+Ally</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">18235</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>18236</publicationdataID>
      <title>Indian army holds captives</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<table width="100%" border="0">
<tbody>
<tr>
<td width="100%">
<p><b>Indian army holds captives</b><br />
<b><br />
Mercury News, San Jose California (US)<br />
By Mark Mcdonald</b> <b><br />
January 11, 2002</b></p>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td dir="ltr">
<p><b>K</b>hanabal, Kashmir -- The Indian military rarely takes prisoners when it encounters Islamist militants here in Kashmir. Most are killed in suicidal gunbattles or quietly consigned after capture to an Indian prison.
</p>
<p>But this week the commander of the Indian army in southern Kashmir allowed two fighters from the militant group Lashkar-e-Tayibba to be taken alive. And Thursday, in an unprecedented move, he permitted the two militants to be interviewed.
</p>
<p><b>The Indian commander, Maj. Gen. R.S. Jamwal, said he was intent on showing that Pakistani-backed jihadis, or holy warriors, continue to infiltrate and terrorize the Indian portion of Kashmir.
</b></p>
<p><b>He also wanted to counter the Pakistani contention that the Kashmir insurgency is being conducted by local freedom fighters. One of his prisoners, a 16-year-old self-described jihadi, was born in Pakistan and attended an Islamic school in the Pakistani
 part of Kashmir. </b></p>
<p>India has accused Pakistan of training and funding the Islamist fanatics who stage strikes against Indian security forces deployed in Kashmir. Pakistan says the attacks are the work of heroic and duty-bound freedom fighters who want to liberate their land
 from Indian occupation. </p>
<p>``This is terrorism, not freedom fighting, and we're not going to tolerate it any more,'' Jamwal said in his compound in Khanabal, 35 miles south of the capital, Srinagar. ``The world won't tolerate it any more, either.''
</p>
<p>The general also dismissed the recent crackdown against extremists by the Pakistani president, Gen. Pervez Musharraf. Under growing international pressure to extend the curbs on extremists, Musharraf is expected to deliver a strong anti-terrorism speech
 to his nation in the coming days. </p>
<p>``Musharraf is cornered now,'' said Jamwal, who directs all Indian army forces in southern Kashmir. ``He will say he wants to counter terrorism with all his might, with this and that, but he'll continue to infiltrate. He'll give a dovish, apologetic speech.
 But no matter what he says, here on the ground, things aren't changing. He's still fighting his proxy war.''
</p>
<p><b>Rival claims </b></p>
<p>India and Pakistan both lay claim to Kashmir, a predominantly Muslim territory of 9.9 million people. The nuclear-armed rivals have fought two wars and countless battles, and a Islamist guerrilla insurgency has raged in Kashmir for the past dozen years.
</p>
<p>In recent weeks there has been a massive military buildup by both countries along the de facto border known as the ``line of control.''
</p>
<p>One of the captured Lashkar fighters, Murtaza Aqib, said in an interview Thursday that he is the eldest of seven children of a tailor from southern Pakistan. While attending a madrasah, an Islamic religious school outside Lahore, Aqib joined Lashkar when
 the group's recruiters told him Kashmiri Muslim girls were being raped by Indian soldiers.
</p>
<p>He spent three weeks in a Pakistani boot camp with 1,200 other trainees, then had an additional 45 days of specialized training with weapons and explosives. The camp, he said, was near Muzaffarabad, in the Pakistani portion of Kashmir.
</p>
<p>When Aqib got the honored assignment to sneak into Indian Kashmir, he was given an automatic rifle with three clips, a pistol and a hand grenade. He said he was temporarily housed at a Pakistani army garrison before being taken to the border by a major and
 another officer in the ISI, the Pakistani intelligence agency. </p>
<p>Wearing a ragged track suit, a dirty twill cloak and torn loafers, Aqib said he is worried that he has brought shame upon his parents, who were not happy with his venture into radicalism.
</p>
<p>``My parents wanted me to be a teacher,'' said Aqib, 16, sporting the thin beginnings of a teenage mustache. ``I wanted to get married and have children, but I've never had a girlfriend before.''
</p>
<p><b>The capture </b></p>
<p>He was captured Wednesday when 35 Indian troopers, acting on a tip, surrounded a house where he and his commander were staying. They surrendered -- along with two Chinese-made AK-47s, three grenades and 150 rounds of ammunition -- after soldiers tossed tear
 gas and stun grenades inside the house. </p>
<p>Aqib said he had fired his weapon only one time -- at a leopard he came across while hiding in a jungle. He spoke softly, and fearfully, but one Indian officer involved in Wednesday's raid said Aqib was angry and defiant when captured.
</p>
<p>``Yes, I surrendered, but they had to catch me,'' Aqib said Thursday as he was unshackled and unhooded for an interview. ``Even the Prophet Muhammad was behind bars at one point. I still call myself a jihadi.''
</p>
<p>Had he been tortured by the Indians? No, he said, but he expects to be. </p>
<p><b>The Lashkar commander captured with him was Mohammad Shafi Bhat, 24, a Kashmiri native. He said he was abducted two years ago by Lashkar agents and then forced -- under threat of execution -- to train in Pakistan.
</b></p>
<p>In October, before crossing into Indian Kashmir, Shafi said he got 10,000 Indian rupees (about $200) from a Lashkar paymaster.
</p>
<p>Thursday, Shafi disavowed any allegiance to Pakistan, holy war, Lashkar or Al-Qaida. He called Osama bin Laden ``a terrorist,'' and said he had not seen a tape of the Sept. 11 attacks on the World Trade Center and the Pentagon. He also said he had been made
 a Lashkar commander just two weeks ago. </p>
<p>``He's trying to save his skin,'' said Jamwal, who listened to the interview. </p>
<p>The general said that his anti-terrorism unit known as Vector Force had ``seven kills'' on Thursday and that morale was high among his troops.
</p>
<p>``We kill six or eight every day now. Usually the number of kills goes down in the winter months because there's less activity. But I predict this winter they will go up -- double the number.
</p>
<p>``I am quite confident we will wipe them out, and this militancy will come to an end. By this summer, things will be great again in Kashmir.''
</p>
</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<table width="100%" border="0">
<tbody>
<tr>
<td width="100%">
<p><b>International Media</b></p>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="100%">
<p style="text-align:center"><b>Ministry Of External Affairs, India</b></p>
</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>01/02/2012 17:09:39</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/18236/Indian+army+holds+captives</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">18236</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>18237</publicationdataID>
      <title>Camps Thrive in Pakistan, India Charges</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<table width="100%" border="0">
<tbody>
<tr>
<td width="100%">
<p><b>Camps Thrive in Pakistan, India Charges<br />
<br />
TheLos Angeles Times (US)<br />
By Paul Watson and Siddhartha Barua<br />
New Delhi - January 11, 2002</b></p>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td dir="ltr">
<p><b>Asia: Spy agency says Islamabad won't dismantle 17 terrorist training complexes.
</b></p>
<p>While pressure mounts on Pakistan to take tougher action against terrorism, <b>
India's top spy agency charges that Pakistani President Pervez Musharraf has done nothing to dismantle what it says are at least 17 terrorist training camps in territory under his control.
</b><br />
<br />
India's equivalent of the CIA, <b>the Research and Analysis Wing, has identified the training camps in Pakistani-controlled areas of the disputed Kashmir region and Pakistan proper.</b> The camps are used to train fighters for three Pakistan-based groups battling
 to end Indian rule in Kashmir, a senior Indian intelligence source said, speaking on condition he not be identified because of the clandestine nature of his work.
<br />
<br />
<b>At least two of the three groups have links to Osama bin Laden's Al Qaeda terrorist network,</b> according to the RAW, which answers directly to Indian Prime Minister Atal Behari Vajpayee.
<br />
<br />
<b>Although Musharraf insists publicly that he is determined to end all forms of terrorism, there is no evidence that his government has tried to shut down the camps,</b> the Indian intelligence official said.
<br />
<br />
"He is incapable at this point in time to move against these camps physically. And he knows it," the official said. Referring to Musharraf's role in the U.S.-led war on terrorism, he said, "Beyond a point, Washington cannot pressure Musharraf because the entire
 strategy of sustaining him then gets distorted. <br />
<br />
"We accept that he requires time. But at this point, I would say he has not done anything that reflects sincerity in the anti-terrorism campaign that Islamabad is embarking on."
<br />
<br />
On Thursday, Pakistani Foreign Ministry spokesman Aziz Ahmed Khan said the anti-terror crackdown will continue.
<br />
<br />
"Pakistan is taking certain actions," he said in Islamabad, Pakistan's capital. "Pakistan will continue to take actions against terrorism."
<br />
<br />
Musharraf is expected to announce stricter measures against at least some Kashmiri separatist groups, and may even ban the most extreme, when he makes a much-anticipated speech to his nation in the next few days.
<br />
<br />
India, which has heard Pakistani leaders promise to help root out international terrorism before, will want to see any promises of a new policy quickly followed by significant action, such as the closing down of the alleged training camps.
<br />
<br />
<b>After the first bombing of New York's World Trade Center in February 1993, the Clinton administration threatened to put Pakistan on a list of states sponsoring terrorism.
<br />
<br />
But the following July, the State Department removed Pakistan from a watch list after Washington received assurances that the Pakistani government would cooperate. More than eight years later, India insists that Pakistan has done little to keep its word.
</b><br />
<br />
<b>Camps Can Easily Be Moved, India Says</b><br />
<br />
If Musharraf closes down some or all of what India claims to be terrorist bases, New Delhi will then want to make sure that they aren't reopened somewhere else.
<br />
<br />
<b>"In our assessment, a camp is just a kitchen, a shooting area, a small training ground and maybe barracks," the Indian source said. "It can easily be moved. It can easily be restructured."
</b><br />
<br />
Most of the camps India wants shut down are in villages and towns in the roughly one-third of Kashmir under Pakistani control. They include Barakot, Bhimber, Kotli, Chilas, Astor, Gilgit, Skardu and Muzaffarabad, according to Indian intelligence sources.
<br />
<br />
But India claims that there is also a training camp in Swat, in Pakistan's lawless North-West Frontier province.
<br />
<br />
India believes that three groups operate from the camps--in most cases, sharing them--and suspects that most of the camps are used by Lashkar-e-Taiba, the most feared guerrilla force in Indian-controlled Kashmir. The other two guerrilla forces are Harkat Moujahedeen
 and Hizbul Moujahedeen. <br />
<br />
Lashkar-e-Taiba, or Army of the Pure, is a chief suspect behind the Dec. 13 terrorist attack on India's Parliament, in which 14 people died, including the five gunmen.
<br />
<br />
<b>The Indian spy agency has what it says is proof that all five attackers were Pakistani citizens, including tape recordings of cell phone calls that two of the gunmen made to their homes in Pakistan before the assault.
<br />
<br />
The calls, recordings of which have been given to the CIA, lasted about four minutes on the evening before the assault on Parliament.
</b><br />
<br />
"They were conversations with their families along the lines of: 'We are planning something. Don't worry about us.' The tension in the voice and tenor of speech all gave away a lot of things," the intelligence official said.
<br />
<br />
Police later found more than 10 pounds of RDX plastic explosive in the men's car, which had failed to explode. Investigators say it is also clear that the RDX came from Pakistan because, they claim, it is stamped with the city of origin: Lahore.
<br />
<br />
Lashkar-e-Taiba is the militant wing of the Markaz al Dawa Wal Irshad, or Center for Preaching, which has its headquarters in Muridke, about 30 miles from Lahore in eastern Pakistan, a second Indian intelligence official said.
<br />
<br />
The 190-acre headquarters has been used to provide military training in three-week and three-month courses, the source said.
<br />
<br />
"It is not overtly proactive [in training] anymore, but it can be activated within no time," the senior official said.
<br />
<br />
Markaz and Lashkar-e-Taiba joined Bin Laden's International Islamic Front for Jihad Against Jews and Crusaders in 1998, India says. Bin Laden issued a fatwa, or religious edict, calling on Muslims to attack Americans, including civilians.
<br />
<br />
The signatures on the fatwa included Maulana Fazlur Rehman Khalil, who until a year ago was leader of another Pakistan-based group fighting in Kashmir, Harkat Moujahedeen.
<br />
<br />
Pakistani police detained Khalil for a week in early October, at the start of the U.S. airstrikes in Afghanistan but released him.
<br />
<br />
Khalil's organization grew out of Harkat Ansar, a guerrilla faction in the Afghan war against Soviet occupation in the 1980s that was backed by Pakistan's military intelligence, the Inter-Services Intelligence agency, or ISI.
<br />
<br />
That complex evolution is an example of how South Asia's militias frequently splinter or morph into new organizations that can plot terrorist attacks in the name of the struggle to liberate Kashmir, Indian authorities complain.
<br />
<br />
Maulana Masood Azhar, a former leader of Harkat, formed Jaish-e-Mohammed after India released him from jail in December 1999 in a deal to free passengers on an Indian Airlines flight hijacked to Kandahar, Afghanistan.
<br />
<br />
Azhar is on a list of 20 people, about half of whom are Indian nationals, whom New Delhi wants Pakistan to extradite for trial on terrorism, hijacking, drug-trafficking and other charges.
<br />
<br />
<b>Musharraf could prove his credibility in the war on terrorism if he at least handed over Indians Dawood Ibrahim and Tiger Memon, the main suspects in a string of bombings in Bombay that killed 257 people and wounded 713 others in March 1993, the senior official
 said. </b><br />
<br />
<b>"The biggest risk [to Pakistan's ISI] if [Ibrahim] comes to us is the damaging account he can give of the linkages, because Dawood is the point man for Al Qaeda,</b>" the senior official said. "He was the contact man for funding certain Taliban-related things.
<br />
<br />
<b>"He is an ISI mentor, not an agent. He is a big gun with assets worth millions of dollars. So it would not be a token handing-over. Once we had access, we would interrogate him and what followed could be very damaging."
</b><br />
<br />
<b>New Delhi has provided Musharraf's government with Ibrahim's addresses in the Pakistani cities of "Lahore, Islamabad and Karachi, his telephone numbers, photographs of his houses and the women he is with--everything," the source said. "He is not hard to
 find at all." </b><br />
<br />
On Wednesday, Secretary of State Colin L. Powell appeared to support India's demand that Musharraf extradite at least some of the 20 suspects.
<br />
<br />
"We have discussed the list with him. I know he is examining it, and I hope he will take appropriate action on this list," Powell said in Washington. "But it is in his hands."
<br />
<br />
Powell plans to fly to India and Pakistan next week to press for a diplomatic solution to the nations' dangerous confrontation, which erupted after the Dec. 13 attack.
<br />
<br />
India sees the training camps not only as a measure of Musharraf's real intentions but as potential targets if New Delhi decides to follow the U.S. and Israeli examples and launch military strikes to take out alleged terrorist bases.
<br />
<br />
<b>The Indian spy agency has concluded that the Kashmiri separatist groups can survive only with continued logistics, training and other support from Pakistan.</b> In turn, Pakistan accuses the RAW of trying to destabilize Pakistan through secret support for
 militants who have carried out car and bus bombings in several Pakistani cities during the 1990s.
<br />
<br />
By detaining suspected terrorists but not yet charging them with criminal offenses, Musharraf is only doing enough "to placate Washington and London," said the senior Indian intelligence source, who has several decades of experience tracking Pakistan's support
 for Kashmiri separatists. <br />
<br />
"He has not done enough to structurally, or quantitatively, damage the jihad [holy war] framework," he said.
<br />
<br />
Despite daily clashes between Indian and Pakistani forces along a 1972 cease-fire line in Kashmir known as the Line of Control, guerrilla fighters continue to infiltrate Indian-controlled Kashmir from bases in Pakistani-controlled areas, the Indian intelligence
 source said. <br />
<br />
"Now only the really daring ones are coming across, the ones who have absolutely safe bases in the other [Pakistani-held] part of Kashmir," he said.
<br />
<br />
<b>Many See Musharraf as 'Indispensable'</b><br />
<br />
India sees the Bush administration's strong support for Musharraf as part of a pattern in U.S.-Pakistani relations that has treated that country's military rulers as stabilizing forces that can stop the spread of Islamic extremism.
<br />
<br />
The late Gen. Zia ul-Haq, who seized power in 1977, was a key U.S. ally on a front line of the Cold War. But he built popular support by making Islam a more powerful force in society and the military. Musharraf is now trying to tame the monster that Zia set
 loose. <br />
<br />
"The world view is that he is indispensable, he is the 'last bastion' of Islamic moderation, and if he goes, you open the corridors to an extremist takeover," the senior Indian intelligence official said.
<br />
<br />
"The same logic had also been adhered to when Zia was in power. Western calculations were, 'When Zia goes, there will be chaos, hellfire and all of that.' "
<br />
<br />
But even as Vajpayee refuses to talk with Musharraf about a way out of the current crisis, Indian officials acknowledge privately that they think they could eventually reach a deal with him.
<br />
<br />
Their real worry is the military, and especially the ISI, because they doubt that Musharraf has complete control over a powerful apparatus that is united only by a goal as old as Pakistan itself: unification with Kashmir.
<br />
<br />
"You need a tectonic change--in attitude, in psychology, in personnel and in tactics on Kashmir," the senior Indian intelligence source said.<br />
<br />
<i>Watson is a Times staff writer and Barua is a special correspondent.</i></p>
</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<table width="100%" border="0">
<tbody>
<tr>
<td width="100%">
<p><b>International Media</b></p>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="100%">
<p style="text-align:center"><b>Ministry Of External Affairs, India</b></p>
</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>01/02/2012 17:13:41</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/18237/Camps+Thrive+in+Pakistan+India+Charges</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">18237</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>18238</publicationdataID>
      <title>Muslim rebels dodge Pakistan police raids</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<table width="100%" border="0">
<tbody>
<tr>
<td width="100%">
<p><b>Muslim rebels dodge Pakistan police raids</b><br />
<b><br />
The Sunday Telegraph</b> <br />
<b>By </b><b>Kamran Khan and Massoud Ansari in Karachi</b><b><br />
January 06, 2002</b></p>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td dir="ltr">
<p><b>M</b>ilitant Muslim factions based in Pakistan - blamed by India for last month's attack on its parliament - have eluded a military crackdown ordered by Islamabad.
<br />
<br />
They have moved offices, changed their leadership and hidden their funds, The Telegraph can reveal.<br />
<br />
Pakistan yesterday completed another wave of arrests and raids on extremist groups as the forces of the two nuclear powers were involved in a stand-off along their 2,070-mile border.<br />
<br />
Although more than 300 radicals have been rounded up in recent days, the impact on the operations of the Kashmiri separatist guerrillas is thought to be minimal. Offices were also shut down and bank accounts frozen.<br />
<br />
In Karachi, three empty tables, half a dozen chairs, two broken cupboards, a disconnected telephone and a sign reading "Allah" are the only remnants of the once-bustling headquarters of Lashkar-e-Taiba following last week's police raid.<br />
<br />
The group, one of two accused of involvement in the parliament attack on December 13, used the offices to recruit 3,000 young men to fight the Indian army in Kashmir and to raise millions of pounds for its guerrilla wing, according to police.<br />
<br />
By the time the building was raided, activists had removed all documents in large briefcases and replaced a big hoarding carrying Lashkar's name and calls for jihad (holy war) with the "Allah" sign.<br />
<br />
The organisation apparently had prior warning of the raid, fuelling speculation that they had been tipped off by sympathisers in the security services.<br />
<br />
Police also raided a religious seminary in Karachi that was suspected of being a secret Lashkar guest house and arms storage depot. Although the raids have hampered Lashkar's activities, they failed to yield any illegal weapons or money.<br />
<br />
In the following four days, police raided or searched the premises used by Lashkar and Jaish-e-Mohammadi - the other group accused of the Delhi raid that left 14 dead, including the five attackers - across the provinces of Punjab and Sindh.<br />
<br />
Simultaneously, Pakistani officials removed thousands of pro-jihad publicity signs and hoardings and washed away graffiti. Hafiz Mohammad Saeed and Maulana Masud Azhar, the heads of Lashkar and Jaish, were also asked to surrender, an order with which they complied
 after handing over responsibilities to their senior aides.<br />
<br />
The two men are being held in relatively comfortable government-run premises. They were not in police stations or prisons.<br />
<br />
"We are well aware of the cost of confronting the government on this issue but the country can't afford such an internal crisis at this crucial juncture," said Hafiz Ilyas, a Lashkar leader.<br />
<br />
"The recent arrests and related police actions do not show that the government's commitment with the freedom struggle in Kashmir has weakened."<br />
<br />
A senior police official in Karachi admitted: "We know that arresting 300 to 400 people is like a drop in the ocean but these groups have plenty of hideouts, including the 15,000-plus religious seminaries."<br />
<br />
Both groups have also managed to hide their funds, which they had amassed over the years in the name of jihad.
<br />
<br />
The State Bank of Pakistan has frozen dozens of accounts of religious organisations and individuals, but more than 50 blocked accounts contained just £100,000.<br />
<br />
A senior bank official said: "This is a tiny amount compared to their resources, but ever since September 11 it was obvious that the government might freeze their accounts. Most of these activists had plenty of time to withdraw their money."<br />
<br />
Both groups have been collecting jihad funds aggressively. Their collecting boxes are placed in almost every big shop in all the 106 districts across the country. They are also believed to have been raising funds in Britain, the US and the oil-rich Gulf countries.<br />
<br />
A military official said: "There is no way that we will take up arms against the religious elements at home and ignite a new fire while India is getting ready to attack us. A negotiated compromise with the militant leaders is the best option for us."<br />
<br />
Indian security forces killed 13 militants in 24 hours in separate gunbattles across disputed Kashmir, police said yesterday. The dead include three militants of Jaish-e- Mohammadi.</p>
</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<table width="100%" border="0">
<tbody>
<tr>
<td width="100%">
<p><b>International Media</b></p>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="100%">
<p style="text-align:center"><b>Ministry Of External Affairs, India</b></p>
</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>01/02/2012 17:17:20</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/18238/Muslim+rebels+dodge+Pakistan+police+raids</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">18238</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>18239</publicationdataID>
      <title>South Asia's nuclear dangers</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<table width="100%" border="0">
<tbody>
<tr>
<td width="100%">
<p><b>South Asia's nuclear dangers<br />
<br />
The Washington Times <br />
By Mohammed Ayoob<br />
January 04, 2002</b></p>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td dir="ltr">
<p><b>I</b>t is not since the Cuban missile crisis that the world has come so close to nuclear war. Rising tensions between India and Pakistan following the terrorist attack on the Indian parliament have created a scary scenario. Defusing South Asian tensions
 has, therefore, become an American priority. However, these tensions can be defused and the world saved from the horrors of nuclear confrontation if the Bush administration fully comprehends the political and nuclear issues involved in the crisis.<br />
<br />
There are basically two political issues that affect India-Pakistan relations. The first is the territorial dispute over Kashmir. Without going into the history of the dispute, it would be salutary to remind ourselves that the self-definitions of the two nations
 are inextricably intertwined with this issue. India considers Kashmir to be a touchstone of its secular and civic nationalism. The presence of 140 million Muslims in India, of whom barely four million or five million live in Kashmir, means that New Delhi cannot
 accept another partition of India on the basis of religion. Doing so would reopen the issue of the status of Muslims as Indian citizens and refresh the wounds of partition.<br />
<br />
Similarly, Pakistan cannot afford to give up its claim to the only Muslim majority state in India without forfeiting the "two-nation" theory — that Hindus and Muslims in the Indian subcontinent form two different nations, on which it is founded. The corollary
 of this theory is that no Muslim majority region can legitimately form a part of the Indian Union. The separation of the majority of Pakistanis from Pakistan in 1971 and the creation of Bangladesh has not disabused the Pakistani political elite from this idea.
 It has made them even more strident in their demand that Kashmir should be detached from India and attached to Pakistan.<br />
<br />
The Pakistan-supported insurgency beginning in 1990 and the subsequent infiltration of jihadist elements trained and armed by Pakistan's Inter-Services Intelligence (ISI) is the latest phase in Pakistan's attempt to change the status quo in Kashmir. There is
 convincing evidence, known not merely to the American intelligence community but to reporters of the national dailies and their readers as well, of Pakistani complicity in the insurgency-cum-terrorism in Kashmir. The terrorist attack on the Indian parliament
 on Dec. 13 has been the latest demonstration of this complicity and has escalated tensions to the current high level.<br />
<br />
Terrorism, therefore, is the second political component of the problem. Terrorist groups based in Pakistan and armed by Pakistanis, with close ideological links to al Qaeda, have become the main vehicle for the anti-Indian campaign in Kashmir for the past five
 years. The terrorist attacks of September 11 have finally awakened the American administration to the threat such groups pose, not only to India, but to the United States as well. This has led to pressure on the Pakistani government by Washington.<br />
<br />
However, Pakistan's Gen. Musharraf has attempted to get the best of both worlds. While cooperating under duress with the United States in the latter's war against terrorism in Afghanistan, Pakistan has attempted to build a firewall around jihadi groups operating
 in Kashmir. The attack on the Indian parliament and the subsequent Indian military mobilization, however, have changed the terms of the terrorism debate. Although Gen. Musharraf has taken cosmetic steps, such as arresting the leaders of two terrorist outfits
 in Pakistan, to demonstrate his commitment to the anti-terrorism cause and deflect Indian anger, this is not enough. Pakistan must cut off all support to insurgents and terrorists in Kashmir before its sincerity can be accepted.<br />
<br />
Escalating tensions in South Asia have the dangerous nuclear angle built into them, and this requires active American involvement. This involvement has to go beyond the diplomatic for two reasons. First, the United States must distinguish between the perpetrator
 of terror and its victim. Pakistan should be put on a very short leash and should be threatened with sanctions if it does not reverse its present very dangerous course of supporting terror in Kashmir and in other parts of India.<br />
<br />
Second, the nuclear postures of India and Pakistan are very different. India is committed to a no first-use policy. An authoritative study by RAND published last year corroborated that India's policy of no first-use is confirmed by its current nuclear posture.
 RAND's Ashley Tellis, currently senior adviser to the U.S. ambassador in New Delhi, defined this posture as one of a "force-in-being" which stops well short of the actual deployment of nuclear weapons. Moreover, India does not need to use its nuclear capability
 in a war with Pakistan except in retaliation to a Pakistani nuclear attack.<br />
<br />
Pakistan, on the other hand, is unwilling to subscribe to a no-first-use doctrine. Consequently, the only way to make South Asia and the world safe is for the United States to have a strategy in place to forcefully decimate Pakistan's rudimentary nuclear capability
 if the crisis worsens to a point where war becomes inevitable. The existence of such a contingency plan and the sending of clear signals to Islamabad that it may be put into operation should be enough to persuade Pakistan to reverse course, both in terms of
 nuclear bravado and its support for terrorism in Kashmir.<br />
<br />
South Asia and the world would be a much safer place if Washington made it clear to Islamabad that its support for terrorism and the deliberate uncertainty surrounding its nuclear posture will be tolerated no longer. Furthermore, it must make clear that if
 Pakistan continues down this road it may be faced with disastrous consequences. Averting a nuclear catastrophe should take precedence over the hunt for bin Laden in American strategic calculations.</p>
<p><i>Mohammed Ayoob is university distinguished professor of international relations at Michigan State University.</i></p>
</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<table width="100%" border="0">
<tbody>
<tr>
<td width="100%">
<p><b>International Media</b></p>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="100%">
<p style="text-align:center"><b>Ministry Of External Affairs, India</b></p>
</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>01/02/2012 17:21:02</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/18239/South+Asias+nuclear+dangers</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">18239</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>15542</publicationdataID>
      <title>A message for Gen. Musharaff</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p><strong>The Washington Times</strong><br />
<br />
President Bush has moved forcefully to address the deteriorating situation along the India-Pakistan border, telephoning Pakistani President Pervez Musharraf on Saturday to urge him to "eliminate" Kashmiri terrorists who launched a murderous attack on India's
 parliament earlier this month. While Mr. Bush expressed appreciation for Pakistan's "continued support" for the U.S.-led military campaign against Osama bin Laden's terror network, he made clear that Gen. Musharraf's government must end its backing for the
 Kashmiri terrorists, in particular the Jaish e-Mohammed (JEM) and the Lashkar-e-Taiba (LT), the groups believed responsible for a Dec. 13 attack in which 14 people (nine Indians and all five attackers) were killed. Mr. Bush "urged President Musharraf to take
 additional strong and decisive measures to eliminate the extremists who seek to harm India, undermine Pakistan, provoke a war between India and Pakistan and destabilize the international coalition against terrorism," a White House spokesman said. In a telephone
 conversation Saturday with Indian Prime Minister Atal Behari Vajpayee, Mr. Bush denounced the attack as "a strike against democracy" and emphasized that Washington is "determined to cooperate with India in the fight against terrorism." Secretary of State Colin
 Powell announced last week that the JEM and LT would be added to the U.S. list of foreign terrorist organizations.<br />
<br />
While India, a majority-Hindu nation, has behaved in a brutal, heavy-handed manner in its administration of Kashmir (most of whose residents are Muslims), the lion's share of the blame for the current crisis lies with the Kashmiri radicals and their longtime
 supporters in Pakistan like Gen. Musharraf. It is no secret that since the 1980s, Pakistan's military and intelligence services have strongly supported Islamic extremists in neighboring Kashmir and the Taliban in Afghanistan. In a report issued April 30, the
 State Department's counterterrorism office noted that "Pakistan's military government, headed by Gen. Pervez Musharraf, continued previous Pakistani Government support of the Kashmiri insurgency, and Kashmiri militant groups continued to operate in Pakistan,
 raising funds and recruiting new cadre. Several of these groups were responsible for attacks against civilians in Indian-held Kashmir, and the largest of these groups, the [LT], claimed responsibility for a suicide car-bomb attack against an Indian garrison
 in Srinagar." Moreover, the report noted that the United States "remains concerned about reports of continued Pakistani support for the Taliban's military operations in Afghanistan. Credible reporting indicates that Pakistan is providing the Taliban with material,
 fuel, funding, technical assistance and military advisers. Pakistan has not prevented large numbers of Pakistani nationals from moving into Afghanistan to fight for the Taliban. Islamabad also failed to take effective steps to curb the activities of certain
 madrassas, or religious schools, that serve as recruiting grounds for terrorism."<br />
<br />
In the wake of September 11, Washington threw down the gauntlet to Gen. Musharraf so far as the Taliban (and by extension, bin Laden) are concerned, forcing the general to choose between between his relationship with Washington and his relationship with Taliban
 terrorists. A prudent man, Gen. Musharraf wisely decided he would be better off siding with the United States. Since that terrible day, Pakistan has been a key player in the coalition that drove the Taliban from power and now has bin Laden on the run. The
 sharply contrasting tone of President Bush's messages to Mr. Vajpayee and Gen. Musharraf on Saturday strongly suggests that Washington is about to do the same thing with regard to Islamabad's support for Kashmiri terrorist groups like the JEM and LT. This
 would be a very important move, especially in a region of the world with two nuclear-weapons states. Pakistan needs to understand that to continue support for Kashmiri terrorists would be the height of folly. It is essential that Islamabad get completely out
 of the terrorism business. </p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>28/12/2011 19:43:07</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/15542/A+message+for+Gen+Musharaff</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">15542</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>15543</publicationdataID>
      <title>India and Pakistan seek allies</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p><strong>Financial Times</strong><br />
<br />
<strong>Gwen Robinson in Washington, Edward Luce in New Delhi and Farhan Bokhari in Islamabad</strong><br />
<br />
Pakistan and India rallied political friends and rivals to their cause on Sunday and continued the military build-up on their border, each expressing a reluctance to go to war but a readiness to do so.<br />
<br />
The two countries appeared to harden their positions over the disputed territory of Kashmir and US President George W. Bush telephoned the Indian and Pakistani leaders over the weekend to appeal for restraint.<br />
<br />
Tension between the nuclear neighbours has risen sharply since the December 13 attack on India's parliament in which 14 people died, including the five assailants.<br />
<br />
A White House spokesman said Mr Bush urged Pervez Musharraf, Pakistan's military ruler, to take "additional strong, decisive measures to eliminate the extremists who seek to harm India, undermine Pakistan, provoke a war between India and Pakistan and destabilise
 the international coalition against terrorism".<br />
<br />
Mr Bush assured Atal Behari Vajpayee, the Indian leader, of continued US support in India's battle against terrorism.<br />
<br />
But a senior US lawmaker said Washington had not expended enough diplomatic effort to resolve the Kashmir dispute, which he described as "one of the most dangerous situations on the globe".<br />
<br />
"We have allowed the situation in Kashmir to fester for over half a century," Bob Graham, Democratic chairman of the Senate intelligence committee, told CNN. "We should have and we need today to apply more diplomatic effort to resolve that issue."<br />
<br />
US television reported on Sunday night that Pakistan had arrested the leader of Lashkar-e-Taiba, a militant group accused of the attack on India's parliament. The group is suspected of orchestrating the attack along with another, Jaish-e-Muhammad. Both groups
 deny involvement.<br />
<br />
Pakistan's military regime on Sunday formally approached Benazir Bhutto - the former premier in exile in Dubai - for the first time since it seized power in October 1999. The move reflects Mr Musharraf's search for a wider national consensus against the Indian
 build-up.<br />
<br />
The message to Ms Bhutto - not publicly disclosed - was believed to contain an invitation to meet politicians to discuss the stand-off.<br />
<br />
India's opposition parties said they were united behind the Vajpayee government.<br />
<br />
But at a meeting with ministers, the opposition leaders - including Sonia Gandhi, leader of the Congress party, the fiercest rival of the ruling Bharatiya Janata party - urged the government to provide "maximum scope" for a diplomatic solution. Jaswant Singh,
 the Indian foreign minister, said the build-up of Indian troops was "purely defensive".<br />
<br />
Tony Blair, the prime minister, plans to travel to the region in the coming days, said Scott McClellan, a White House spokesman.
</p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>28/12/2011 19:47:11</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/15543/India+and+Pakistan+seek+allies</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">15543</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>15545</publicationdataID>
      <title>India is Ready to Defend Itself</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p><strong>By Brahma Chellaney<br />
The New York Times</strong><br />
<br />
The border skirmishes and the largest military buildup between India and Pakistan since their last war in 1971 could escalate to a full-blown confrontation unless Pakistan is willing to go beyond symbolic steps against the terror groups its military and intelligence
 service have nurtured and directed for years.<br />
<br />
The Dec. 13 attack by Pakistan-based Islamic terrorists on the Indian Parliament was a signal of how deadly and audacious these forces have become. It was an attempt to wipe out India's political leadership and to bring about chaos in the world's largest democracy.<br />
<br />
In terms of what the terrorists sought to achieve, Dec. 13 was comparable to Sept. 11. It is thus understandable that India's resolve to respond to these terrorists is as firm as America's resolve to defeat terrorism after Sept. 11.<br />
<br />
These Islamist terror groups, nurtured in jihad by religious schools, are instruments of what Pakistani officials call their war of "a thousand cuts" against India. But the crisis will be ended not merely by action against these groups, which keep changing
 their names and which serve as front organizations, but by the Pakistan military's stopping its undeclared war against India, based on terrorism through these organizations.<br />
<br />
The Pakistan military is licking its wounds from its ruinous Afghan jihad policy, and now it faces the consequences of its jihad-inspired war on India. It should now be clear to the international community that the military has had a large role in turning that
 nation into a staging ground for global terrorism. Even now, the military equates Pakistan's future with its own hold on power.<br />
<br />
The recent terrorist attacks have been carefully timed to send a message. The Oct. 1 strike on the Indian Kashmir legislature, which killed 38 people, followed the military's forced desertion of its creation, the Taliban. And the Dec. 13 attack on the Indian
 Parliament came after the Taliban's rout exposed the full extent of the Pakistan military's role in propping up that militia and setting up terrorist training camps deep inside Afghanistan. The two attacks showed that the military is still doggedly sticking
 to its primary agenda — jihad against India.<br />
<br />
India is now forced to confront this escalating level of state-sanctioned terrorism. New Delhi's approach would first penalize Pakistan through diplomatic and economic sanctions, as reflected in the new actions it announced yesterday. But India is also preparing
 for military action if the other measures fail to force the Pakistan military to stop supporting and aiding terrorist groups.<br />
<br />
It would be a serious mistake to read the Indian military preparations as political posturing and a tactic to generate more American pressure on Islamabad. While New Delhi certainly would like Washington to employ its formidable leverage to make the Pakistani
 military regime disband the terrorism operations, India is clearly willing to move against Islamabad on its own. For India, the move from facing an undeclared war to engaging in a declared war no longer seems like an impossible leap. After all, the cumulative
 economic and human costs of the indirect war have been far greater than those of all the direct wars India has fought since independence.<br />
<br />
The United States and India share common goals in relation to Pakistan. As targets of jihad terrorism, both wish to see a moderate Pakistan, freed from Taliban-like elements in its regime. Both want the dismantling of Pakistan's terrorist infrastructure and
 the capture of Qaeda members and other terrorists who have taken refuge there. Both seek the reform of Pakistan's Islamic schools that are producing tomorrow's jihadis.<br />
<br />
But they differ markedly on how to achieve those goals. The United States has put its money on the military dictator Pervez Musharraf, whom it portrays as a moderate. Washington needs the Pakistan military, but India believes there can be no regional peace,
 or an end to transnational terrorism, or even nation-building in Pakistan, unless the military's iron grip is shattered there.<br />
<br />
Pakistan has been an ally of the United States only under military rule, with its brief periods of democratic governance coinciding with a cooling of its relations with Washington. Despite the new international faith that the Musharraf government will be able
 to moderate the radical currents sweeping through Pakistani society, Pakistan's history illustrates the opposite case: Religious fundamentalism and militarism feed on each other, with the Islamists and the military often partners in illegal activities. In
 fact, fundamentalism and terrorism in Pakistan were bred by the previous military regime of Gen. Mohammed Zia ul Haq, who received multibillion-dollar aid packages from the United States during his 11-year rule.<br />
<br />
Despite warming United States-Indian relations, Washington has undercut its influence with New Delhi by disbursing aid totaling $1.1 billion to Islamabad and by helping Pakistan obtain international debt relief and credit from the International Monetary Fund
 without requiring the Musharraf regime to end its terrorism against India.<br />
<br />
There appears no early end to the crisis on the subcontinent, but Washington can help avert an open war by intensifying pressure on General Musharraf to end the military's jihad. Not only should such a change be a condition for further disbursement of American
 aid, but Washington should also be pushing in Pakistan what it has helped establish in Afghanistan — a broad-based civilian government.<br />
<br />
<strong>Brahma Chellaney is a professor of strategic studies at the Center for Policy Research in New Delhi.</strong></p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>29/12/2011 10:44:39</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/15545/India+is+Ready+to+Defend+Itself</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">15545</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>15546</publicationdataID>
      <title>Don't sideline India for Pak</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p><strong>By Selig S. Harrison<br />
The Asian Age</strong><br />
<br />
<em><strong>The importance of Pakistani contribution to the war has been exaggerated . Pakistan has provided the use of airfields that have been valuable for close-in helicopter operations ....But the big US planes used in Afghanistan have come from aircraft
 carriers, bases in Diego Garcia and Central Asia, and captured airfields in Afghanistan itself.</strong></em><br />
<br />
The unconditional American embrace of General Pervez Musharraf as an ally has emboldened government-sponsored Pakistani terrorist groups to step up pressure on India, increasing the danger of a new war over Kashmir. Secretary of State Colin Powell has responded,
 decisively to the attack on the Indian Parliament by placing two of these groups, Lashkar-e-Tayyaba and Jaish-e- Mohammed, on the official US list of foreign terrorist organisations. But much stronger action will be needed to rein in President Musharraf and
 dissuade India from retaliating militarily. To get Pakistani cooperation in Afghanistan, the US has promised grant economic aid totalling $1.1 billion in cash. Since this aid is not earmarked for specific civilian projects, it can be used to subsidise military
 spending. America and its allies are also giving Pakistan debt relief and a relaxation of the conditions governing $1 billion in IMF aid, which will free up additional funds for military purchases. The United States should use its new economic leverage in
 Islamabad to stop the drift toward a war that could escalate to the nuclear level, and to promote, the long-term stabilisation of South Asia.
<br />
<br />
First, before disbursing the rest of its promised economic aid and making any new aid commitments, the Bush administration should make certain that its assistance will not be diverted, to military spending by earmarking it for civilian uses. Second, it should
 resist blandishments for the sale or grant of military equipment, spare parts and components. Nearly $50 million worth of military spare parts and components has been transferred since September 11, and history shows that this will be used to bolster Pakistan's,
 military posture towards India, not to fight terrorism. <br />
<br />
Third and of the most immediate importance, the United States should condition new economic aid and the fulfilment of existing aid commitments on an end to Pakistani terrorism in Kashmir. General Musharraf has commendably begun to restrain the use of Islamic
 religious schools in Pakistan for military purposes. However, Pakistani intelligence agencies continue to arm and finance both Lashkar-e-Tayyaba and Jaish-e- Mohammed, which assassinate moderate Kashmiri leaders as well as, government officials and police.<br />
<br />
Both groups consist mainly of Pakistanis, not Kashmiris. Having designated them as terrorist groups, the United States should insist that their military capabilities be dismantled. Finally, and most important, the United State, should condition the fulfilment
 of economic aid commitments on steps toward a meaningful transfer of power to a war broad-based civilian government. Gen. Musharraf has appointed himself President in perpetuity and is planning to set up a facade of phoney civilian rule, with the armed forces
 continuing to maintain control through veto power in the <br />
<br />
<strong>Security Council.</strong><br />
Permanent de facto military rule would lock in the power of the hard-line, anti-Indian generals who were responsible for the rise of the Taliban and Lashkar-e-Tayyaba
<br />
<br />
and are waiting for their chance to unseat, Gen. Musharraf. The Islamic parties are a minority in Pakistan. Their strength rests primarily on their support from powerful generals, and their power would be greatly diluted by democratic elections. Past so-called
 democratic elections in Pakistan have been based on gerrymandered National Assembly constituencies that have kept politics confined to a small circle of landed oligarchs and their conservative allies in monopolistic sections of big business and in the armed
 forces. This inbred, closed system has encouraged corruption, <br />
<br />
made, the rich richer and blocked egalitarian economic reform measures targeted on the impoverished majority of Pakistanis. The United States should press for a new electoral system, based on constituencies that would give the educated urban middle class fair
 representation.<br />
<br />
Some observers, argue that putting conditions on US aid could lead to a withdrawal of Pakistani support for US military operation in Afghanistan. But the importance of the Pakistani contribution to the war has been greatly exaggerated.<br />
<br />
Pakistan has provided the use of airfields that have been valuable for close-in helicopter operations. At the moment, the border is being patrolled to try to prevent Qaeda units from escaping to Pakistan. But the big US planes used in Afghanistan have come
 from aircraft carriers, bases in Diego Garcia and Central Asia, and captured airfields in Afghanistan itself. The Interservices intelligence Directorate in Islamabad (ISI) is so divided between moderates and Taliban sympathisers that Pakistani intelligence
 has been much less helpful than expected. Gen. Musharraf replaced head of the ISI, but he has not really, purged it or the armed forces in general of hard-line, anti-Indian elements allied with Islamic extremists. Nor can he do so without undermining his own
 position. General Mohammed Aziz, the leading hard-liner, has been kicked upstairs from corps commander in Lahore to chairman of the joint chiefs of staff. But he has not been kicked out.<br />
<br />
Another argument against conditionality is that it could lead to Gen. Musharraf s overthrow in a coup. But the hardliners appear to recognise that it is in the interests of Pakistan to get as much from the United States as possible while the getting is good.
 So they along with Gen. Musharraf and bide their time. The danger now is not that Pakistan will throw the United States out but rather that the Bush administration will pay an exorbitant price for Pakistani cooperation at the expense of the broader American
 interest in South Asian peace and improved relations with India, a rising power that will be of growing importance to the United States long after Qaeda has dropped out of the news.<br />
<br />
<strong>SELIG S. HARRISON is the director of the National Security Project at the Centre for International Policy in Washington and author of five books on South Asia.<br />
<br />
By arrangement with International Herald Tribune</strong></p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>29/12/2011 10:47:54</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/15546/Dont+sideline+India+for+Pak</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">15546</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>15548</publicationdataID>
      <title>Afghanistan: Dancing with wolves</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p><strong>EL Pais (Spain)</strong><br />
<br />
One of the most dramatic aspects of the "new world”, which emerged after the spectacular mega terrorist acts of September 11 is the tremendously uncertain character of its contours; the vulnerability of the only existing superpower (and consequently of all
 others); the lack of information about the identity and the nature of the enemy of terrorism, which does not have any frontiers and through the destruction of the Twin Towers has demonstrated its harmful and lethal character; the difficult balance between
 international justice which forcefully demands exemplary punishment for the criminals and their accomplices and the need to avoid at any cost this punishment becoming indiscriminate or being directed against poor and innocent people. It has also been said
 that the Governments and regimes that have provided protection to the terrorists must not escape punishment.<br />
<br />
The presence of Pakistan and Saudi Arabia as critical elements in an anti terrorist coalition is a cruel irony. Further, an alliance based on two such complex and vulnerable pillars will find it difficult to sustain itself. It is true that both countries have
 very strong cards; the oil empire of Saudi Arabia and the nuclear arsenal of Pakistan. However, urgent alternatives must urgently be found. If not, we would have appointed the wolves to take care of the chicken coop.<br />
<br />
During these days, we all have heard and read a thousand times what has been an open secret for years, that it was Pakistan itself who created, indoctrinated, nourished, armed, supported and brought to power the Taliban movement in Kabul. With the blessings
 of Washington, Pakistani training and Saudi finances, a most radical and violent wing of Islamism emerged in central Asia, which the French Islamic expert Gilles Kepel has called "salafism-jihadism”. Its number one protagonist is the symbiosis between Taliban
 and Al Qaeda and the pair consisting of Mullah Omar and Osama Bin Laden.<br />
<br />
Contrary to what is commonly believed, the Taliban did not play any role in the multi ethnic Afghan struggle against the Soviet military occupation during the decade of 1979-89. It was precisely the leaders of the so-called Northern Alliance who have sustained
 an unequal resistance to the Taliban, who had actually led the Afghan struggle against the invaders from Moscow.<br />
<br />
After the defeat of the USSR and the downfall of the pro-Soviet regime of Najibullah, the Afghan inter ethnic alliance disintegrated into a number of tribal and religious factions, led by their respective "war lords”. The Soviet withdrawal brought a miserable
 and destroyed Afghanistan into a civil war driven by the interests of the hegemonic ambitions of its neighbours. All of them –particularly Pakistan, Iran and Russia- intervened openly in the Afghan conflict.<br />
<br />
Islamabad did not take long to find a likeminded and manageable ally in the fanatical and battle hardened Talibans, Islamic students recruited by the ISI among the Afghan refugees in Peshawar and Quetta, trained under rigorous Wahabi discipline. The Talibans
 later managed to prevail by force of arms over other factions in the war and conquered Kabul in the autumn of 1996.<br />
<br />
It is useful to recall that Pakistan itself is a state born out the partition of British India in 1947, under the banner of an Islamic religious identity. The Pakistani State has gone through a turbulent history, always dominated by the armed forces, which
 have become the sole pillar in a country lacking cohesion, and they have acquired the freedom to interfere with the constitutional order as many times as they liked. Within the military apparatus, the secret service ISI directs, without any controls, the internal
 and foreign policy of Pakistan.<br />
<br />
Anyone who knows the region should not be surprised that General Pervez Musharraf is facing extraordinary difficulties in selling the spectacular and forced change in his Afghan policy to his perplexed and fanatically aroused public opinion. The imperatives
 of an economy in ruins and above all, the categorical threat of getting included among the enemies of Washington have forced the dictator from Islamabad to distance himself from his Taliban creation, from which he has probably not yet fully de-linked himself.
 Pakistan continues to be the only contact point of the Taliban with the outside world, and everything indicates that the assassinations of opposition leaders Ahmed Shah Massud and Abdul Haq –before and after September 11 respectively – would not have been
 possible without the decisive collaboration of the ISI.<br />
<br />
For Islamabad, the maintenance of a allied regime in Kabul has been an essential element to enable Pakistan, along with the nuclear parity which it already has, to acquire sufficient "geostrategical depth” against India, permitting its continued support to
 terrorist groups (Harkat ul Mujahid and others), organised by the ISI against the Indian army and the population in Indian Kashmir which is Pakistan’s ultimate objective. For this reason, the probable fall of the Taliban and the return to Kabul, under a Russia
 –US umbrella, of a regime led by the Northern Alliance has frightened the Pakistani elite, which is perfectly aware that, with this, the long and costly efforts over many years on their highly delicate northern frontier will be demolished.<br />
<br />
In the new geopolitical environment which is getting configured in Central and South Asia, the likely outcome of the events in and around Afghanistan make it is naturally advisable to promote stability in Pakistan. But this should not mean, in any event, the
 concession of a veto right for Islamabad over the government to be formed in Kabul, which must be multi ethnic and neutral. The de-Talibanisation of Pakistan does not depend only on the unstable and suspect military regime of Musharraf. One has to start with
 eradicating the Talibans from Kabul. The terms "Taliban” and "moderate” are absolutely contradictory. If the terrorists and the States that support them are to be really fought, there cannot be exceptions based on the sympathies or the strategic or economic
 convenience of any one.<br />
<br />
It is necessary to find alternative allies. The desirable rapprochement of Europe, and hopefully of the US, with a strong and reforming Iran would be a element to balance the excessive strategic weight which, with its immense petroleum reserves, an autocratic
 and feudal Saudi Arabia exercises in the Middle East and the Gulf - a country where respect for human rights is non-existent and which, to prevent internal danger, has been acting as the banker of Islamic terrorism in the five continents.<br />
<br />
For the West, democratic India has to be a privileged ally in South Asia instead of an unstable Pakistan, which has to be shown its place and which should not be allowed to continue to be the base for terrorist actions against its neighbours. Finally, the interests
 of Russia and China must be recognised, and both the powers must be associated to guarantee, with their undisputable weight, the basic balance in a region of the world whose decisive importance in the global strategic map has been confirmed by the latest events.<br />
<br />
Mr. Juan Manule Lopez Nadal is a Spanish Diplomat who has served in many Asian countries
</p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>29/12/2011 10:51:29</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/15548/Afghanistan+Dancing+with+wolves</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">15548</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>15552</publicationdataID>
      <title>Tilting again</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p><strong>San Francisco Chronicle<br />
By Richard Rapaport</strong><br />
<br />
America's new best friend, Pakistan's President Pervez Musharraf, has been a busy strongman since September 11. Weekly, U.S. Cabinet secretaries, the British prime minister, generals and diplomats arrive at Islamabad's President's House to pay court. Saturday,
 at a joint press conference in New York, Major Gen. Musharraf was given President Bush's public seal of approval and a billion dollars in aid.<br />
<br />
All tailored suits and crisp manners, Gen. Musharraf is very much the model of a modern major general, fitting Margaret Thatcher's characterization of former Soviet President Mikhail Gorbachev as a man with whom we can do business. Superficially, the match
 seems reasonable.<br />
<br />
Musharraf's Anglo-Saxon-isms and the Pakistani military's British personality have helped smooth the way for the West's "tilt" toward the Islamic world's sole nuclear power. But the United States might want to dampen its enthusiasm for Musharraf and his "good
 guy" status; conjuring, as it does, the Philippine's Ferdinand Marcos, Chile's Augusto Pinochet, South Vietnam's Nguyen Van Thieu, Indonesia's Suharto and Cambodia's Lon Nol, all authoritarian "new best friends" for whom American benediction and foreign aid
 did little to ensure their shaky governments or even further long-term American interests.<br />
<br />
Similarly, this latest manifestation of America's foreign policy propensity for taking the easy way out by aligning ourselves with the Pakistani dictator will not necessarily help the United States achieve its goals of stability and peace in South Asia or further
 the battle against Islamic radicalism. The deal with Pakistan indicates an inability on the part of the United States to think through long-term strategies, and is shameless in its transparency. Only last summer, Pakistan, the chief backer of Afghanistan's
 Taliban, was under international sanctions for violating the nuclear-test-ban treaty, supporting terrorists in Kashmir and for the anti-democratic coup that brought Musharraf to power.<br />
<br />
There is precedent for America's latest "tilt"; the phrase "tilting toward Pakistan" has been in the U.S. foreign policy lexicon since the Nixon administration, when the United States supported another modern major general, Yaya Khan, who declared himself president
 of Pakistan in 1969.<br />
<br />
Then as now, America's South Asian tilt meant cooling relations with Pakistan's archenemy, India. It also prevents recognizing that India, rather than Pakistan, should be the stable anchor of U.S. regional policy.<br />
<br />
The logic is a powerful one. India is a nation created very much in America's image; a huge, market-driven economic power, which shares a common heritage of English-speaking democracy with the United States. India and the United States are the world's two largest
 constitutional democracies. Both have strong political parties committed to representational government. Even during crisis, India has stuck to its democratic guns. By contrast, for half its history, Pakistan has been ruled by "modern major generals" such
 as Musharraf, who have toppled elected leaders.<br />
<br />
This totalitarian tendency derives from a fragility that has plagued Pakistan since its independence. Pakistan's diverse, often-warring ethnic groups have meant a fractious history, with the Pakistani military periodically providing the glue preventing national
 disintegration. The one unifying issue that has helped hold Pakistan together is the goal of taking the Muslim-majority territory, Kashmir, from India. Kashmir has been the spark for wars and continued tension with India largely because Pakistan's political
 disunity necessitates a unifying crusade against a foreign devil.<br />
<br />
During these conflicts, India, with a population more diverse than Pakistan's, maintained its democratic instincts and institutions. In democracy's greatest test, the Congress Party, which ruled India since independence in 1947, lost its parliamentary majority
 in 1977 and accepted its role as the opposition party without so much as a whisper of retaining control through unconstitutional means.<br />
<br />
But even as a democratic paragon, the party's socialist ideology clouded U. S.-Indian relations since the late 1940s. Nor did advocacy for nonalignment by India's first prime minister, Jawaharlal Nehru, endear India to the United States. For Americans, India
 has been a diplomatic prickly pear, ironically reminiscent of the United States' own spiny world image.<br />
<br />
Since the Cold War's end, much has changed in India. Its command economy is transforming into a powerhouse capitalist engine. India has played a crucial role in America's technology primacy by providing thousands of engineers and software professionals working
 in the United States and India. With a middle class of 400 million -- and growing -- India is an increasingly important consumerist partner of the United States.<br />
<br />
Demographics alone compel:<br />
<br />
India's population of 1.033 billion is eight times Pakistan's. Included are 145 million Muslims, equal to the total population of Pakistan and only surpassed by Indonesia as the world's largest Islamic country.<br />
<br />
India's Muslims are loyal citizens. Which raises the puzzling question of why, while the United States struggles to find linguists and other experts to unravel the Islamic terrorist conundrum, it has not turned to India which has its own large stake in defeating
 terrorism. In recent years, thousands of Indians have been killed by Kashmiri insurgents, many trained at the al Qaeda camps that produced the September 11 hijackers. Far closer relations with India could provide a bonanza of intelligence capabilities for
 the United States.<br />
<br />
Indians have a right to feel let down by this latest tilt, which the Times of India calls "The U.S.-Pak Lovefest." This is especially true because of the reassessment of U.S.-Indian relations during the Clinton administration.<br />
<br />
In 1999, President Clinton delivered an electrifying speech to the Indian Parliament outlining the seeming arrival of intimate relations between the two nations. The speech, a milestone in U.S.-Indian relations, received little notice here.<br />
<br />
Even the Bush administration, seemingly determined to undermine all things Clintonian, decided that the rapprochement between India and the United States should continue. Unfortunately September 11's shock has provoked yet another reflexive "tilt" toward Pakistan.<br />
<br />
Whatever the tactical gain, U.S. policymakers need to reassess the strategic realities of betting on Musharraf, the fourth general to name himself president of a country that is a poster-child for political instability.<br />
<br />
Musharraf is likely to succumb to the political turmoil that undid each of his military dictator-predecessors. And, ironically, greater distance from the United States in the face a rising tide of pro-Taliban and Islamic sentiment in Pakistan may help Musharraf
 survive longer than will the perception of his status as an American puppet.<br />
<br />
Most importantly, America must recognize that it is the superpower India, not the political and economic basket-case Pakistan, that is key to long-term peace and stability in South Asia, and perhaps even to a victory in the war on terrorism. With a solution
 to Kashmir unlikely, and a violent, perhaps even nuclear confrontation between India and Pakistan a distinct possibility, America needs to think clearly about where its true long-term interests lie and the dangers posed by a Pakistan emboldened by another
 U.S. tilt.</p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>29/12/2011 10:57:34</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/15552/Tilting+again</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">15552</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>15557</publicationdataID>
      <title>Victims of '93 Bombay Terror Wary of U.S. Motives</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p><strong>The New York Times <br />
By CELIA W. DUGGER</strong><br />
<br />
BOMBAY, Sept. 21 — This city, the financial capital of the world's most populous democracy, knows the sudden horror of a terrorist attack that seems to come from nowhere.<br />
<br />
Eight years ago, as hundreds of brokers hustled to the manic rhythms of the trading ring in the 28- story Bombay Stock Exchange, someone drove a car into the basement and detonated a powerful bomb.<br />
<br />
The blast sent a hailstorm of glass flying into the lanes around the building. Shards sliced through the bodies of pushcart vendors. Then, before anyone had time to assimilate the carnage, more bombs exploded in swift succession across the city, killing more
 than 260 people and wounding more than 700.<br />
<br />
If any place should rejoice in America's declaration of war on terrorism, it would seem to be Bombay, a city that has suffered its effects firsthand and where many people have deep ties to the United States.<br />
<br />
Yet there is also a wariness here of America's motives in announcing that every country must either stand with or against the United States as it goes after terrorists and the states that harbor them.<br />
<br />
India has accused Pakistani intelligence agents of sponsoring the bombings in Bombay in 1993, a contention Pakistan has always denied. But to get at America's No. 1 suspect, Osama bin Laden, the United States is working with Pakistan, which many Indians regard
 as the principal incubator of terrorism directed against them.<br />
<br />
Some Indians think that despite its righteous call to arms, the world's sole superpower is mainly interested in fighting the terrorists who struck it, not the ones who hit them.<br />
<br />
"What happened to the United States is deadly and sad," said Gaurav Sanghvi, who was a 22-year- old broker in the stock exchange building on the day of the blasts in 1993. "They keep talking about a war on terrorism, but they keep asking Pakistan to help, and
 Pakistan supports terrorism."<br />
<br />
The Bush administration's seemingly straightforward goal of defeating global terrorism has inevitably enmeshed it in the tricky, complicated realities of South Asia. "This is the world's fight," Presdent Bush declared. "This is civilization's fight."<br />
<br />
But for India and Pakistan, the terms of the struggle are not that simple. For years each of them has accused the other of sponsoring terrorism in their battle for Kashmir, the Himalayan territory that both claim.<br />
<br />
Now, when relations between India and America have been improving, the United States faces a delicate diplomatic challenge to sustain Pakistan's support for American military strikes into neighboring Afghanistan while not alienating India.<br />
<br />
The Indian government says it supports America in its hour of need, but the strains of America's cooperation with Pakistan are showing. Prime Minister Atal Behari Vajpayee said in an interview with The Times of India on Thursday that Washington had not yet
 shown that "it was in a mood to focus on India's bitter experience of terrorism on its own soil."<br />
<br />
India would eventually like the United States to put pressure on Pakistan to return those accused of carrying out the Bombay blasts — Muslim gangsters from Bombay's underworld who India says now live in Karachi — and to crack down on the Islamic religious schools
 and training camps in Pakistan that India believes breed terrorists. But none of that is happening, at least not now. Indian officials say no such request has been made to the United States at this point.<br />
<br />
India wakes with numbing regularity to headlines that announce the latest slaughter of innocents in the Indian-controlled part of Kashmir, most recently of beheaded Hindu priests and murdered shepherds. India blames the killings on Islamic fundamentalist groups
 in the territory that it says are supported by Pakistan. Pakistan denies it.<br />
<br />
The Indian authorities have built a detailed circumstantial case laid out in yellowing confidential documents that they say prove that Pakistan was behind the Bombay attacks.<br />
<br />
When Pakistan's military ruler, Gen. Pervez Musharraf, visited India in July, India's home minister, L. K. Advani, raised the issue and the need for an extradition treaty so that the accused, Dawood Ibrahim, could be returned to India to face justice.<br />
<br />
The general denied that Mr. Ibrahim was in Pakistan, but earlier this month Newsline, a reputable Pakistani magazine, reported that the main suspects charged in the Bombay blasts were living in Karachi "under fake names and ID's, and provided protection by
 government agencies."<br />
<br />
This city and the stock traders who were at the Bombay Stock Exchange when the bomb exploded eight years ago seem to savor the ironies of the current situation.<br />
<br />
A banner draped on Marine Drive, a broad thoroughfare that sweeps along the Arabian Sea, says, "Terrorist Attack Expensive Wake-Up Call for U.S.," capturing the sense here that the United States is finally enduring in one ghastly, overwhelming incident what
 India has suffered in countless cruel cuts for more than a decade.<br />
<br />
"It's only when the police commissioner's house is robbed that strict action is taken," said Rakesh Jhun jhunwala, an investor who was on the trading floor when the bomb exploded on March 12, 1993.<br />
<br />
American State Department reports annually chastise India for human rights abuses in Kashmir, but leading American politicians are now demanding that the C.I.A. again be empowered to hire shady operatives with violent pasts and to assassinate evildoers.<br />
<br />
"Generally the feeling here is that whenever there's a bomb blast, India is asked, `Where is the proof Pakistan is involved?' " said Deena Mehta, a stockbroker. "Now that it's happened in America's own backyard, they're not asking for proof. They're just announcing
 that the finger points at Afghanistan and planning to attack."<br />
<br />
Still, there is a strong conviction among the peddlers and the brokers who work in and around the stock exchange that India should help America. Partly, it grows out of self- interest. The Afghan training camps that America is likely to strike produce holy
 warriors battling India in Kashmir, they say.<br />
<br />
But there is another more personal undercurrent in the desire to help that goes beyond politics. Many of the brokers interviewed had studied in the United States or had friends or family there.<br />
<br />
The number of people of Indian descent living in the United States has doubled in the last decade to 1.7 million. They are linked to their Indian friends and relatives by e-mail, Internet chat rooms and telephone. Scores of those missing in the collapse of
 the World Trade Center are of Indian origin, officials here say.<br />
<br />
"On the street level there are deep roots with America," said Ramesh Damani, who studied and worked in California for a dozen years before moving back to Bombay to run his own small brokerage firm. "The country of aspiration is America. Everyone wants to go
 to America."<br />
<br />
Sanat Dalal, dapper in a brilliant white safari suit, epitomizes the contradictory tugs of feeling toward the United States. An autographed portrait of Bill Clinton hangs on the wall of his sleek 12th-floor trading office at the stock exchange.<br />
<br />
He unabashedly admires America's capitalist, individualistic ethos. His son, who got his master's in business administration at the University of Hartford, lives and works in Connecticut.<br />
<br />
But like many Indians, Mr. Dalal seems baffled that the United States, the second-largest democracy in the world, has turned to Pakistan, run by a military government since a coup in 1999, rather than democratic, pluralistic India. "Americans talk of democracy,"
 he said, "but side with dictators." </p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>29/12/2011 11:02:53</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/15557/Victims+of+93+Bombay+Terror+Wary+of+US+Motives</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">15557</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>15563</publicationdataID>
      <title>Ariz. Mourns Sikh Killed by Gunman</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p><strong>By SCOTT THOMSEN<br />
Associated Press Writer</strong><br />
<br />
PHOENIX -- Nearly 3,000 people gathered Saturday to remember Balbir Singh Sodhi, an Indian immigrant killed in what police say was a hate crime that followed the terrorist attacks.<br />
<br />
They were Sikh, Jew, Christian, Muslim, and more, some with veils or turbans, others in suits and ties. Many never knew Sodhi, but they offered prayers, songs, tears and sympathy anyway.<br />
<br />
</p>
"My father had a lot of friends, but no enemies. The word hatred was not in his vocabulary at all, but he ended up falling from the bullet of hate," said Sodhi's son, Sukhwinder Singh. "My family doesn't want any innocent people hurt."<br />
<br />
Sodhi, who like many male Sikhs had long facial hair and wore a turban, was killed during a Sept. 15 shooting spree that authorities said targeted the victims because of their race.<br />
<br />
His death touched off protests in India and a call to President Bush by India's prime minister.<br />
<br />
Authorities called the shooting a hate crime but haven't said whether it was linked to the Sept. 11 terrorist attacks.<br />
<br />
"On Sept. 11, America was attacked from abroad," Maricopa County Attorney Rick Romley said during the nearly two-hour service at the Phoenix Civic Plaza. "However, with the murder of Mr. Sodhi, we have now been attacked from within."<br />
<br />
Authorities said Frank Silva Roque shot Sodhi outside his gas station in the suburban Mesa.<br />
<br />
Police reports say Roque then drove 10 miles to a second gas station and fired several shots through a window at a Lebanese-American clerk and then fired shots into the home of a family of Afghani descent. No one was injured in the last two shootings.<br />
<br />
Roque, 42, an aircraft mechanic at Boeing, is charged with first-degree murder, four counts of attempted murder and three counts of drive-by shooting. He is being held in lieu of $1 million bond.<br />
<br />
Police said Roque told them he was a patriot as he was arrested. He has declined all media interviews.<br />
<br />
At the service, Sodhi's relatives, elected officials, and religious leaders called on Americans to look past differences of skin color, dress or religious affiliation and unite.<br />
<br />
Arizona Attorney General Janet Napolitano said Sodhi's name belongs among the list of victims from the terrorist attacks. "How dare anyone claim it is out of patriotism to let the terrorists add another name to their death toll?"<br />
<br />
"We are all Arizonans," she said. "We are all Americans. And in some profound way we are all now New Yorkers."<br />
<br />
Along the walls of the convention hall, five bulletin boards were filled on both sides with cards, notes, pictures and newspaper clippings related to Sodhi's death and a long canvas was stretched across a table for people to sign.<br />
<br />
Some wrote in English. Some in Spanish. Others in Arabic. One person merely wrote "Balbir" and drew a heart around it with a red marker.<br />
<br />
Miriam Pruett said she has seen other Indian people harassed and wanted to show her support for the Sodhi family and others who are mistakenly being victimized.<br />
<br />
"We don't want to be the same as the terrorists in New York," she said. Sukhwinder Singh thanked everyone at the service for their concern and compassion.<br />
<br />
"My mind is numb. My heart is breaking," he said. "My comfort is the love I have seen from my community. If anything can pull me through this it is your love."
<p>&nbsp;</p>
Copyright © 2001, The Associated Press
<p>&nbsp;</p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>29/12/2011 11:08:19</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/15563/Ariz+Mourns+Sikh+Killed+by+Gunman</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">15563</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>15571</publicationdataID>
      <title>Collateral Damage in War on Terrorism</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p><strong>The Los Angeles Times<br />
By MIKE ANTON, TIMES STAFF WRITER</strong><br />
<strong>A Sikh immigrant is killed at his gas station. Suspect shouted: 'I stand for America all the way!'</strong><br />
<br />
MESA, Ariz. -- Balbir Singh Sodhi was a businessman, not a terrorist. He was Indian, not Arab. He was a Sikh, not a Muslim. But his dark skin and the turban he wore to cover his flowing black hair made him uneasy in the days after the terrorist attacks.<br />
<br />
He told customers at his Chevron gas station that he had gotten at least two threats. For days, he scoured stores, unsuccessfully trying to buy a U.S. flag that he could fly outside his business--a symbol to show his love for America.<br />
<br />
Today, Sodhi will be cremated and his ashes will be flown back to his native India. The 49-year-old was killed outside his business last Saturday, the victim, police say, of an angry man who was becoming ever more enraged. Sodhi was the first to die in a nationwide
 series of attacks against Arab-looking people since hijackers linked to Osama bin Laden's terrorist network slammed planes into the World Trade Center and the Pentagon.<br />
<br />
To his family, Sodhi is as much a victim as those who died in the air crashes. He represents, in a sense, collateral damage in America's new war on terrorism.<br />
<br />
"He was killed because of his turban," Sodhi's brother, Harjit, said. "It is what people see on TV. They are confused."<br />
<br />
Sodhi was checking on the new landscaping in front his business when he was killed. Police said Frank Roque, a 42-year-old Mesa machinist, opened fire with a .38-caliber handgun as he drove past in his pickup truck.<br />
<br />
Roque drove to a Mobil station a few miles away and allegedly fired at a Lebanese American clerk. He missed. Then it was on to a home Roque once owned, where he blazed away again, this time barely missing an Afghan man who was coming out the front door, according
 to authorities.<br />
<br />
Two hours later, Roque was arrested at his home. As he was led away, he shouted: "I stand for America all the way!"<br />
<br />
The killing of Sodhi--a gentle and generous man who lived for his faith, family and 12-hour workdays--has roiled the Sikh community.<br />
<br />
Central Arizona is home to more than 2,000 devotees of the 500-year-old religion that espouses peace and tolerance. Some have been here for more than 30 years, finding in this largely white, conservative region a safe and prosperous life. Now, many have pulled
 their children out of school.<br />
<br />
"We're supposed to be as strong as steel, as steady as stone. That's our motto," said Gurukirn Kaur Khalsa, a minister and president of Arizona's largest and oldest Sikh temple. "For all of us, this is a test of our courage."<br />
<br />
The killing has also rocked the larger Mesa community. Here, on the leading edge of Phoenix's suburban sprawl, people are grappling with Sodhi's death with a mixture of sympathy, anger and shame.<br />
<br />
"What this guy who fired the shots did makes me embarrassed and ashamed to be a white man," said Guy Crawford, a heavy-equipment operator. Sodhi "treated everyone so well, he greeted us all, he made us all feel good. . . . Then some white guy goes and shoots
 him just because of the color of his skin. Disgusting."<br />
<br />
Family Migrated From India to Escape Violence<br />
<br />
Sodhi's younger brother, Harjit, 40, was the first of four brothers to leave their family farm in the northern Punjab province of India to come to the United States. They sought to escape violence against Sikhs who were seeking an independent state.<br />
<br />
"I wanted to save my children. I wanted to save my wife, save my family," Harjit Sodhi said. "I sat back, and thought: 'Where can I go? Where can I send my family?' The U.S., I thought, was the best, the most wonderful country. We will be safe there."<br />
<br />
One by one, his brothers took the same path, settling first in Los Angeles, working at convenience stores, holding down two jobs at a time. One by one they learned English, saved their money and moved on to start businesses.<br />
<br />
Balbir Sodhi, the eldest son, arrived in 1988 and became the family's patriarch in the United States, the man the other brothers consulted for advice.<br />
<br />
Sodhi invested his savings in opening a tiny fabric store in downtown Los Angeles. Within months, it failed.<br />
<br />
Sodhi's brothers had set down roots in the Phoenix area. Harjit had an Indian restaurant. Lakhwinder ran a gas station. Jaswinder opened an air-conditioning company, naming it American Air Standard.<br />
<br />
"America is my country," Jaswinder said, explaining his choice.<br />
<br />
The brothers pitched in, bought land and built a second gas station and convenience store in the desert, out where all the new homes were going up.<br />
<br />
"You've never seen a gas station that beautiful," Harjit said proudly.<br />
<br />
Balbir Sodhi moved into a house across the street, along with two fellow Indians hired to help him run the place.<br />
<br />
Sodhi quickly became a beloved figure in the neighborhood of working-class whites. People flocked to the new establishment--partly because they enjoyed bantering with the easygoing Sodhi, but also because there are few convenience stores in the area of modest,
 low-slung homes.<br />
<br />
When the local youngsters used the parking lot as a skateboard park, Sodhi didn't run them off. If anything, he encouraged them.<br />
<br />
"I warned him about liability," Harjit said. "He would say, 'Do you have faith in God? God is not going to do something wrong to these kids.'<br />
<br />
"He was always so nice. He was always giving candies free to the children who came in. One time I told him, 'You know who pays for those candies? You know we don't get them for free?' "<br />
<br />
Balbir pulled out his wallet and handed his brother--his business partner--a $10 bill to cover the cost. And he told Harjit, "These are my kids. I love them."<br />
<br />
Harjit shakes his head at the memory.<br />
<br />
"I feel myself shame," he said.<br />
<br />
Tribute: 'I Hope I Can Be as American as You'<br />
<br />
Within hours of the killing, people from the neighborhood--some of whom had warned Sodhi to be careful in recent days--began bringing flowers and candles to the gas station. A street-corner memorial sprang up overnight.<br />
<br />
A week later, the candles have turned to rivers of wax under Arizona's blazing sun. The flowers have wilted. But the inscriptions left on cards and poster boards still resonate.<br />
<br />
"Don't feel alone. We are all Sikh," said one.<br />
<br />
"I have lived here all my life. I hope I can be as American as you," read another.<br />
<br />
A woman named Sherry wrote: "I stopped every day for the last five months to get my cigarettes. I am very saddened."<br />
<br />
In the days before he was killed, Sodhi consulted religious leaders at his temple and told them it would be a good idea to contact the media, ask for stories to be done explaining who the Sikhs are, and what they are not.<br />
<br />
Two days before Sodhi died, one regular customer noticed that he came to work without his turban, the first time she had seen him without it.<br />
<br />
"He said he did it out of respect, as a sign he was in mourning for what happened to this country," said the woman, fighting back tears.<br />
<br />
Roque didn't like what had happened to his country either. Shortly after the shooting rampage, he burst into Papillion's Too, a Mesa sports bar, and was pounding his fists on the bar.<br />
<br />
"He was shouting, 'We're going to take back our country from the Arabs! We need to stand up and fight!' " said Dan McLellan, the bar's manager. Then Roque added, "They're investigating the murder of a turban head down the street."<br />
<br />
The bartender wouldn't serve Roque, and tried to ease him out, then called the police.<br />
<br />
Little is known about Roque, who moved back to Mesa from Alabama last year and worked at a nearby Boeing facility. Authorities aren't talking as they continue to investigate the case.<br />
<br />
Local media have reported that his wife, Dawn, obtained court orders of protection against him at least twice in recent years after he punched her, put a gun to her head and roughed up their children.<br />
<br />
The mobile home park where Roque lived is less than three miles from Sodhi's Chevron station. The complex is hard and dusty, a ramshackle collection of sun-bleached trailers with cars parked on lawns that have given way to weeds.<br />
<br />
"This place is made up of old folks, dirt balls and poor white trash," said J.H. Woods, who is 64 and has lived here 23 years. "I wouldn't call this Beverly Hills."<br />
<br />
At Roque's trailer, a block from Iran Avenue, a shirtless man in his 20s sporting a nipple ring answered the door. He said his name was Douglas Williams, that he is Roque's friend, and, no, the family doesn't want to talk.<br />
<br />
"He's a good guy," Williams said of Roque. "He just had a really bad night and it led to something. There was stress from work, stress from everything that's going on around the world.<br />
<br />
"His family loves him a lot and wishes he was back home. They're sorry about what happened to this man who died. In Frank's own heart, I'm sure he is sorry too."<br />
<br />
Victim's Family Urges Forgiveness<br />
<br />
Sodhi's family is sorry. Sorry, saddened, apprehensive of what might come next--but not angry.<br />
<br />
In the Sikh religion, a life not lived well will be repeated through reincarnation. "We're not thinking bad for him," Harjit Sodhi said of his brother's killer. "We just pray to God that in his future life that he not do this thing to other people."<br />
<br />
Life has many paths, but in the Sikh religion, anger and hatred are not among them.<br />
<br />
"I can't really be mad. He wouldn't have been mad either," said Khalsa, Sodhi's minister. "He would have forgiven him for what he did. And then he probably would've reached into his pocket and given him some candy."<br />
<br />
Times staff writer Kurt Streeter contributed to this story. </p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>29/12/2011 11:13:55</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/15571/Collateral+Damage+in+War+on+Terrorism</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">15571</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>15574</publicationdataID>
      <title>The Changing Face of Terror</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p><strong>The New York Times </strong><br />
<br />
The first step toward combating international terrorism is to identify the places from which it springs, and the latest State Department report properly points to South Asia as a new hub of activity. Pakistan and the rigidly Islamist Taliban movement that dominates
 Afghanistan are providing safe haven and support for the loose networks of individuals and groups that seem to be replacing states as the primary source of global terror. The challenge for the United States and its allies is to devise a combination of diplomatic
 and economic pressure that will induce the leaders of Pakistan and Afghanistan to join the fight against terrorism.<br />
<br />
Washington cannot rely on methods that have helped to reduce terrorist threats elsewhere. In South Asia, unlike the Middle East, peacemaking does not offer the prospect of ameliorating underlying inequities that fuel terrorism. The conflicts of South Asia,
 especially the tensions between India and Pakistan and the confrontation between them in Kashmir, are not the primary source of inspiration or support for the international terrorist groups that are based in the region.<br />
<br />
The terrorist problem in South Asia involves privately sponsored groups motivated less by political grievances than by religion and ideology, which are not amenable to negotiation. The most notorious of these organizations is led by Osama bin Laden, the fugitive
 Saudi-born financier suspected of masterminding the 1998 bombings of two American embassies in East Africa that killed more than 200 people. Mr. bin Laden remains at large in Afghanistan, sheltered by the Taliban, which he supports financially. He also leads
 a militia with thousands of fundamentalist fighters that defends the Taliban against northern Afghan insurgents.<br />
<br />
Washington has already imposed some sanctions on both the Taliban and Pakistan, and it does not recognize the Taliban's harshly repressive regime. Pakistan is a key source of support for the Taliban, providing arms, food, fuel and, not least, thousands of volunteers
 for its fighting forces. But Washington, concerned about Pakistan's economic stability, has refrained thus far from placing Pakistan on the list of states that sponsor terror, which would cut off aid, loans and credit from Washington and international lending
 institutions. If Pakistan's military ruler, Gen. Pervez Musharraf, fails to reduce his country's links to the Taliban, Washington will have to consider stronger measures.
</p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>29/12/2011 11:17:54</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/15574/The+Changing+Face+of+Terror</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">15574</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>15588</publicationdataID>
      <title>Holy Warriors: Killing for the Glory of God, in a Land Far From Home</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p><strong>By Judith Miller</strong> <br />
<strong>New York Times</strong> <br />
<br />
Panjshir Valley, Afghanistan — Muhammad Khaled Mihraban, a polite, softspoken 26- year-old Pakistani, thinks he has already killed at least 100 people. Maybe more; he isn't really sure.
<br />
<br />
"My goal was not to kill," he said. "But I had a line to follow, an Islamic ideal. I knew that Muslims needed their own country, a real Islamic country."
<br />
<br />
Mr. Mihraban found that country when he came to Afghanistan in 1992. Having decided "to consecrate my life to jihad" while studying Islamic law at Punjab University in Lahore, he said, he joined a Pakistani militant group that was fighting India in the disputed
 province of Kashmir. His training took place in Afghanistan. <br />
<br />
"We learned how to plant mines, how to make bombs using dynamite and how to kill someone quietly," he recalled.
<br />
<br />
A gifted student, he was soon asked to train others in group camps near Khost. "But I wanted to act, not teach," he explained. So after a stint waging war in Kashmir, he returned to Kabul to fight alongside the Taliban forces that control most of the country.
<br />
<br />
Mr. Mihraban, who was captured by the rebels fighting the Taliban in northern Afghanistan, said in an interview in a bleak prison that if he were released, he would "stay right here and fight again for Kabul." If he were asked to do so, he said, he would go
 to London, Paris or New York and blow up women and children for Islam. "Yes, I would do it," he said quietly, without hesitation.
<br />
<br />
If the international terrorism that has haunted Americans for the last decade has a home, it is Afghanistan, the place that comes closest to the extremists' ideal of a state ruled by the strict code of Islamic law.
<br />
<br />
Afghanistan is an inspiration, an essential base of operations, a reservoir of potential suicide bombers and a battle front where crucial ties are forged. It is also, American officials say, where Osama bin Laden is experimenting with chemical weapons.
<br />
<br />
Participants in nearly every plot against the United States and its allies during the last decade have learned the arts of war and explosives in Afghan camps, authorities say, including the defendants in the 1998 bombings of two American Embassies in East Africa.
<br />
<br />
The Central Intelligence Agency estimates that as many as 50,000 to 70,000 militants from 55 countries have trained here in recent years. The agency says the Taliban permit a wide range of groups to operate in Afghan territory, from the Pakistani militants
 who trained Mr. Mihraban to Mr. bin Laden's organization Al Qaeda (Arabic for The Base). Middle East officials said that as many as 5,000<br />
recruits have passed through Mr. bin Laden's camps. <br />
<br />
American and Middle Eastern intelligence officials believe that Mr. bin Laden maintains a network of a dozen camps in Afghanistan that offer training in small arms and in explosives and logistics for terrorist attacks. The officials said the embassy bombings,
 which killed more than 200 people, were rehearsed on a model built to scale at one of Mr. bin Laden's Afghan camps.
<br />
<br />
One camp, according to those officials, is educating a new generation of recruits in the uses of chemicals, poisons and toxins.
<br />
<br />
Within the last year, trainees at the camp, which is called Abu Khabab, have experimented on dogs, rabbits and other animals with nerve gases, the officials said. Recruits have also fashioned bombs made from commercially available chemicals and poisons, which
 have been tried out on animals tethered to outdoor posts on the camp test range, according to surveillance photographs and informers' reports.
<br />
<br />
"The role of Afghanistan is now absolutely clear," said Michael A. Sheehan, the former coordinator of the State Department's Office of Counterterrorism, who in late December became assistant secretary general for peacekeeping operations for the United Nations.
 "Every Islamic militant we've looked at goes scurrying back there for sanctuary. Afghanistan, and to a lesser extent Iran, are the only major sanctuaries left."
<br />
<br />
<strong>The Training</strong><br />
<strong>Where Recruits Study Tactics and Explosives </strong><br />
<br />
Middle Eastern officials estimate that in the last six months, more than 100 men recruited by Mr. bin Laden's and affiliated groups have been trained at the camp, which is named after the Egyptian militant<br />
<br />
who runs it, Midhat Mursi — whose nom de guerre is Abu Khabab. <br />
<br />
The camp is part of a large complex of such training sites known as Darunta, about eight miles from Jalalabad, an Afghan eastern provincial capital, down a dusty road that runs atop an old stone dam of the same name. According to Western and Middle Eastern
 officials, a cache of chemicals is stored in the reinforced caves of nearby mountains and naturally protected underground tunnels.
<br />
<br />
Abu Khabab's graduates in the last year include Raed Hijazi, the Jordanian-American whom Jordan has convicted in absentia as a ringleader of the failed plot to attack tourists in Amman during the millennium celebrations.
<br />
<br />
Mr. Hijazi, whom the Syrians arrested in October and sent back to Jordan, has described his advanced training on explosives to Jordanian investigators, according to Western officials. He has told investigators that a key lieutenant of Mr. bin Laden helped arrange
 his trip to Afghanistan. <br />
<br />
A rare reference to the explosives training at the Abu Khabab camp appears in the sealed indictment of Nabil abu Aukel, a Palestinian arrested last June by Israel.
<br />
<br />
Israel has accused Mr. Aukel of collaborating with Hamas, or the Party of God, the militant Palestinian organization, and several Arab-Israelis on plots aimed at military and civilian targets inside Israel. The indictment, a copy of which was provided by Steven
 Emerson, an American expert on Islamic terrorism, states that Mr. Aukel, a Palestinian, received advanced training in explosives using chemicals at the Abu Khabab camp in March 1998.
<br />
<br />
The camp leader warned Mr. Aukel "never to discuss the nature of the training," the indictment says. Israeli officials said Mr. Aukel's arrest marked first time Israel had uncovered an Al Qaeda cell inside its borders.
<br />
<br />
At the urging of the United States and Russia, which also sees a threat from Afghan training camps, the United Nations recently imposed the harshest economic sanctions on Afghanistan to press the Taliban not only to evict Mr. bin Laden and his senior entourage,
 but also to close down all the militant camps to foreigners. <br />
<br />
The Taliban, or "students of Islam," who rule all but a sliver of Afghanistan, deny that they harbor terrorists or those who train them. Wakil Ahmad Mutawakil, the Taliban foreign minister, said the pressure to expel Mr. bin Laden was both "insulting and useless."
 Mr. Mutawakil denied in an interview in November that Mr. bin Laden was financing the Taliban, saying he had become a "very poor man." Mr. bin Laden, the foreign minister said, could not possibly be planning terrorist operations since his activities were "closely
 supervised by Afghan guards." <br />
<br />
Mr. Mutawakil recently invited a New York Times reporter to visit any location in Afghanistan identified by Western officials as part of Mr. bin Laden's network.
<br />
<br />
But Taliban officials in Afghanistan ultimately barred the reporter from visiting any of the locations. At Darunta, the reporter was stopped several miles from the gates of the complex. After five days in Kabul, Jalalabad and environs, the reporter and her
 Afghan- American interpreter were politely escorted to the border and told to leave Afghanistan.
<br />
<br />
<strong>The Inspiration </strong><br />
<strong>Afghanistan's Appeal as a War Zone</strong><br />
<br />
The Afghan cause has inspired several generations of young men determined to wage holy war. Thousands came here in the 1980's to fight the Soviet forces in response to a fatwa, or religious order, from leading Islamic scholars. Thousands more have come since
 then to help the Taliban expand their power, or to be trained for jihads elsewhere.
<br />
<br />
Taliban officials boast that they have imposed true Islamic rule, cleansing Afghan society of Western influence. Since their capture of Kabul in 1996, they have among other things banned education for girls and most work for women, and instituted harsh punishments
 for blasphemy, playing cards, watching television, listening to music and trimming one's beard.
<br />
<br />
Mr. bin Laden arrived in Afghanistan in 1996 after he was expelled from Sudan. American officials and Afghan opponents of the Taliban say their loyalty to him has been well earned. The officials say Mr. bin Laden provided the Taliban with some of the cash they
 used to buy off local warlords in their march to power. <br />
<br />
His financial support of the Taliban is said to continue. Several diplomats and aid workers in Afghanistan estimated that he had put up millions of dollars — one diplomat's estimate was $40 million — to rebuild roads destroyed in the war against the Soviets
 and the ensuing civil war. <br />
<br />
Mr. bin Laden is also said to be providing the Taliban with military help. <br />
<br />
Ahmed Shah Massoud, commander of a group of rebels in northern Afghanistan, said in an interview at his headquarters that he was fighting a unit of soldiers specially trained by Mr. bin Laden, the 55th Brigade, which includes some 700 Arabs and other militant
 Muslims. Mr. Massoud said he had captured brigade members, whom he called the most seasoned fighters.
<br />
<br />
Despite financial aid and weapons from Iran and Russia, Mr. Massoud's alliance lost ground to the Taliban last year. His forces are now confined largely to the northern region's impregnable Panjshir Valley with its soaring, snow-tipped mountains and dazzling
 vistas. <br />
<br />
Mr. Massoud said his soldiers were holding some 1,200 Taliban prisoners, 122 of them foreign Muslims. There are Pakistanis, an immigrant to Pakistan from the Burmese province of Arakan, Yemenis, Britons and Chinese Uigurs, among others. Interviews with several
 of them illustrate the attraction that Afghanistan still has for militants around the world.
<br />
<br />
Mr. Mihraban, the young Pakistani, comes from the town of Chaghi, in the province of Baluchistan. His gentle eyes and polite manner gave no hint of the fervor that had led him to this stark prison in the harsh, craggy mountains of the Hindu Kush.
<br />
<br />
His trip to Afghanistan began when he joined Harakat ul Mujahedeen, a group whose dedication to unlocking India's grip on Kashmir has landed it on the State Department's list of terror groups. He trained first in 1992 at the Salman i Farsi camp in Baktiah,
 Afghanistan, which was run by Harakat. He said he also fought in Tajikistan. <br />
<br />
Obeida Rahman, 21, a Yemeni from Sana from a poor family of 10 children, had his living and training expenses in Afghanistan paid for by the teachers at his madrassa, or religious academy. They had urged him to fight in Afghanistan against his family's wishes,
 he said. He had relished his training. "When you have a gun, you're free," he said. "You feel as if you can do anything."
<br />
<br />
Abdul Jalil, 21, from Kashgar in Xingiang Province, China, said that despite his capture, he was glad that he had come and fought in Afghanistan on the $1,000 his father, a farmer, gave him to study. "I still want to create an Islamic state all over the world,
 God willing," he said. When he is released, he said, "I will go fight a jihad in China."
<br />
<br />
The goal of returning home to continue the jihad is common among the prisoners. Julie Sirrs, a former Defense Intelligence Agency analyst who has interviewed many of the non-Afghan prisoners held by Mr. Massoud, said nearly half belonged to groups that the
 State Department has designated as terrorist. None had ever met Mr. bin Laden, they said, but he was their hero. Ms. Sirrs, now an independent consultant, financed her own studies of the prisoners.
<br />
<br />
In an interview at one of his camps in the Panjshir Valley in late summer, Mr. Massoud said his prisoners had been deluded into believing that they were fighting a jihad in Afghanistan by helping the Taliban.
<br />
<br />
The prisoners, he said, are in fact "sinners" for conducting terrorism and violating Islam's injunction against fomenting division within Muslim ranks. "My message to those fighting in Afghanistan now is that they will never get God's blessing for what they
 are doing in my country," he declared. <br />
<br />
<strong>The Enablers</strong><br />
<strong>How Islamic Schools Urge Students On </strong><br />
<br />
American officials acknowledge that they have limited influence over the Taliban, who they say have a powerful regional ally in Pakistan.
<br />
<br />
Relief officials and Afghans said they saw soldiers in Pakistan Army uniforms fighting for the Taliban last summer and fall. The witnesses reported that Pakistani Army buses with blackened windows and burlap-covered trucks filled with weapons and supplies routinely
 crossed into Afghanistan heading for the front near Taliqan, a northern town that the government captured last fall.
<br />
<br />
Mr. Massoud and relief officials in Afghanistan said the Taliban were finding it ever harder to recruit fighters for the civil war and had even encountered armed resistance to their recruitment missions in different towns and villages. The Taliban forces, he
 asserted, are increasingly dependent on Pakistani soldiers and students sent to the front to fight for the Islamic cause.
<br />
<br />
Pakistan denies that it has sent soldiers to fight alongside the Taliban. But diplomats, relief workers and Afghans interviewed in Kabul and Jalalabad insist that Pakistan has provided not only weapons, logistical and other assistance, but soldiers as well.
<br />
<br />
"Some soldiers apparently came to fight; others for just a look-see at real fighting," said a United Nations official who visited areas near the front during the offensive. "The Taliban were doing quite badly at first. But there is no doubt that Pakistani support
 gradually turned the tide." <br />
<br />
There are also suggestions that Pakistani authorities have pressed students to fight for the Taliban. One relief worker who visited the Indira Gandhi Children's Hospital in Kabul in late June said that all of its 400 beds were filled by Pakistanis wounded at
 the front, some as young as 15. Several patients said that they had been sent to fight by their religious academies, many of which closed for the summer battle season, leaving impoverished students with no place else to go. A doctor at the hospital said Chechens,
 Yemenis and Saudis were among the patients. <br />
<br />
American officials say they have little leverage over Pakistan. The United States cut off military aid in 1990 after the Pakistanis detonated a nuclear bomb.
<br />
<br />
With no ally in the region to help, the Clinton administration has mounted a wide- ranging diplomatic campaign to isolate the Taliban militia from the world community. The effort bore fruit late last year when the United Nations, prodded by the United States
 and Russia, expanded economic sanctions on Afghanistan — a change that will take effect on Jan. 19.
<br />
<br />
Senior American officials said that for all their concern about the threat of terrorism, the administration never explicitly offered the Taliban what they most want: formal diplomatic recognition. In its dealing with the Taliban, officials said, the administration
 promised only that relations would dramatically improve if they expelled Mr. bin Laden and Al Qaeda's leaders and barred foreigners from the camps.
<br />
<br />
Officials said they decided against directly offering recognition, because, they said, the administration had profound reservations about the Taliban's abuses of human rights, particularly of women.
<br />
<br />
Senior officials also felt that they could not trust the Taliban to deliver on their promises, citing what they called repeated "lies" from the Afghan leadership about Mr. bin Laden's status.
<br />
<br />
In late December, President Clinton's top national security advisers gathered in Washington to consider the next steps against the Taliban, including possible military action.
<br />
<br />
A senior C.I.A. official told the group that the bombing of the destroyer Cole in Yemen in October 2000 appeared to have been organized by Muhammad Omar al-Harazi, a longtime member of Al Qaeda also involved in an earlier attempt to destroy an American warship,
 The Sullivans, as it passed through Aden in January 2000. Mr. Harazi founded the first Al Qaeda cell in Saudi Arabia and was arrested in 1997, accused oftrying to smuggle antitank missiles into the kingdom. Between the failed attack on The Sullivans and the
 bombing of the Cole, officials said, Mr. Harazi fled to an Al Qaeda guest house in Kandahar, a Taliban stronghold. The C.I.A. said this evidence did not conclusively establish that the group ordered the attack.
<br />
<br />
Several officials at the meeting opposed military action on the ground that it would achieve little and would make Americans targets of further terrorist attacks. And officials said a military strike could even be counterproductive, enhancing Mr. bin Laden's
 public standing among militants. "Making him a hero is the last thing we want to do," said one senior American official.</p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>29/12/2011 11:27:20</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/15588/Holy+Warriors+Killing+for+the+Glory+of+God+in+a+Land+Far+From+Home</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">15588</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>15596</publicationdataID>
      <title>Extremists attract students</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p><strong>By Arslan Malik</strong> <br />
<strong>Washington Times</strong> <br />
<br />
Located in the northwestern Pakistani town of Akora Khattak is an Islamic seminary which boasts among its alumni virtually the entire leadership of the Taliban, the oppressive Islamist group that controls most of neighboring Afghanistan. The seminary, run by
 former Pakistani Senator Sami-ul-Haq, currently has about 3,000 young male students from Pakistan and elsewhere who are being indoctrinated with a militant version of extremist Islam that incites them to take up jihad, Islamic holy war against non-Muslims.<br />
<br />
Although it stands apart for its notable alumni, the seminary at Akora Khattak is just one example of the thousands of seminaries, referred to as madrassas, that have burgeoned all over Pakistan in the last few decades. Many of these madrassas,<br />
<br />
in preparation for jihad, are either arming the students themselves or graduating them to militarized training camps. More disturbingly, a symbiosis has developed between these seminaries and Pakistan's rulers which is a threat to regional as well as international
 security. Since radical Islam is of vital concern to the U.S. national interest, American policy-makers should focus their efforts on containing these madrassas.<br />
<br />
Until the 1970s, there were less than 1,000 madrassas in Pakistan and they were dedicated primarily to the formal instruction of Islamic theology. The decade-long Soviet occupation of Afghanistanstarting in 1979 changed this as U.S.policy-makers and their Pakistani
 allies, convinced that a religious opposition would be well-suited to fight the "godless communists," set out to use the seminaries as prep schools for anti-Soviet insurgents. With arms from the United States, support from the Inter-Services Intelligence(ISI),
 the Pakistani intelligence agency, and funding from Islamist sources abroad, the madrassas evolved into indoctrination and guerrilla training camps. In no time they sprang up throughout the country. By 1988 there were 2,891 madrassas in Pakistan.<br />
<br />
Despite the Soviet pullout a year later and the end of U.S. involvement, the madrassas have continued to expand over the last decade. According to a recent issue of the Pakistani newspaper Ausaf, over 6,000 madrassas exist in Pakistan today, each producing
 hundreds of battle-ready alumni yearly. The primary reason that madrassas have continued to grow is their support by successive Pakistani governments, including the present one under General Pervaiz Musharraf. Although a few government officials are sympathetic
 towards the madrassas because of their religious views, many see them more practically as rendering the country a host of services.<br />
<br />
Indeed, the madrassas do the government a favor by functioning as social welfare institutions that house and feed many of the restless youths that would otherwise not be provided for in the poverty-stricken country. This is a surefire way of creating a<br />
<br />
cadre of people loyal to the madrassas, intent on bringing Islamist rule, like that in Afghanistan, to Pakistan – a dangerous prospect for the world's latest nuclear power.<br />
<br />
The government also supports the madrassas because they help it fight archenemy India. Seminarians, in many cases, form the bulk of extremist religious organizations, such as the Lashkar-e-Tayebba, that alongside separatists are combating Indian<br />
<br />
forces in Kashmir. This further provokes India and keeps the two regional nuclear powers precariously close to the specter of war. The seminarians also aid Pakistan in retaining leverage over Afghanistan by constantly filling Taliban ranks — and thus in turn
 bolstering the repressive regime. For instance, 200 seminarians joined the Taliban just last year.<br />
<br />
During his trip to South Asia in March, President Clinton, in alluding to Islamic extremists, urged Pakistan "to intensify its efforts to defeat those who inflict terror." In recent months the government there has made apparent strides towards clamping<br />
<br />
down on madrassas by ordering their registration and calling for a standardized curriculum free of jihad indoctrination.<br />
<br />
However, given the government's vested interest, any such efforts are unlikely to be serious. Containing the madrassas is left to U.S. policy-makers who remain concerned with both security in South Asia as well as the Taliban menace. Because an armed or political
 confrontation with the seminaries is certain to incite a militant backlash, the ideal way to handle them would be to deprive them of their funding which primarily comes from abroad. For instance, it is widely known that various interests within Saudi Arabia
 are filling the coffers of these madrassas with the goal of influencing them with their rigid brand of Islam, referred to as Wahabbism. In this case, the United States should try to work with its Saudi allies in reining in all such backers. This would be a
 significant step in curbing the problem of Islamic extremism, especially given the fact that in recent years hundreds of students have been coming to these madrassas from as far away as Chechnya and the Philippines with the promise of fomenting trouble outside
 South Asia as well.<br />
<br />
The rising threat of these Pakistani seminaries is in part due to myopic U.S. policy-makers who helped militarize them in the Cold War's last chapter. It is now up to the successors of those policy-makers to restrain these seminaries. Otherwise, these madrassas
 are certain to forge a vast and cohesive network of extremists trained to wreak terror internationally that is unparalleled — a grim prospect for the free world.<br />
<br />
<strong>(Arslan Malik is a writer, living in New York )</strong></p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>29/12/2011 11:38:35</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/15596/Extremists+attract+students</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">15596</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>21596</publicationdataID>
      <title>Could a program tracking identities of 1.3 billion Indians be the secret to ending poverty?</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p><span style="font-style:italic">Washington Post/ by Howard Schneider</span></p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<p>Could a semi-Orwellian program to collect biometric data for 1.3 billion Indians become a key tool to pulling people out of extreme poverty and integrating them into the global economy? The world’s largest democracy is betting it will, and that it could
 offer important benefits in poorer countries around the world.</p>
<p>In this case, Big Brother has a name. It is Nandan Nilekani, Indian technology entrepreneur, founder of outsourcing company Infosys, and now chairman of the Unique Identification Authority of India – an agency that is collecting fingerprints and iris scans
 of all Indian residents and assigning them a unique ID number in a massive database on the cloud.</p>
<p>This is not, Nilekani insists, a scary example of government intrusion. Rather, he and others described the effort in near revolutionary terms during a lecture Monday at the Center for Global Development in Washington.</p>
<p>Suddenly, said Nilekani, tens of millions of people born without a birth certificate or any formal registration "exist” in the eyes of the government – and can demand services and benefits, get a mobile phone or open a bank account. Putting all the data
 on the cloud, he said, breaks the monopoly of civil servants over the distribution of such things as food and fuel subsidies.</p>
<p>Once you’re in the database, your identity can be verified at any government office, distributed from a bank, or transferred automatically to a bank account. It’s efficient. It cuts down on opportunities for corruption, such as bribes or what economists
 call "rent-seeking,” the skim off the top an official might demand for delivering a service. It vests people in the system – so much so that the roughly 30,000 registration sites Nilekani’s agency has established around India are registering a startling 1
 million people a day. More than 300 million have been registered since the effort began, and the aim is to have half the population in the database in another year or so.</p>
<p>In developed nations, "identity happens when a child is born; it is a basic document,” Nilekani said. In India, half of births aren’t registered. "It’s a serious handicap…Unique identification is a means to empowerment.”</p>
<p>At the Center for Global Development, experts on the issue such as Alan Gelb are studying how Nilekani’s system – and indeed technology and biometrics generally – might speed development. Having a basic way to verify identity doesn’t just change the dynamics
 between citizen and government; it could encourage companies to set up, for example, health insurance systems in a given area because they are able to authenticate a policyholder’s identity.</p>
<p>It’s also a real example of how steady advances in computing power are changing the nature of how governments do business. The exercise involves collecting and manipulating massive amounts of data. To ensure that a person’s biometric information isn’t duplicated,
 Nilekani said, the Indian government chose to take prints from all 10 fingers and scans of both eyes – enough data from each individual to guarantee "uniqueness across a billion people.”</p>
<p>But consider this: Each time a person registers, his or her data has to be compared to everything in the system to be sure the person did not register elsewhere. And every time a resident shows up at a government office to collect a benefit, that individual’s
 retinal image or thumbprint has to be matched against government records to make sure the person hasn’t already received the benefit.</p>
<p>The technology did not even exist five years ago.</p>
<p>Nilekani downplays any privacy issues. There is only basic information in the database: the biometrics, a name, gender, date of birth. Agencies or businesses that build applications using the database are responsible for their own data security — a bank
 for keeping its transactions private, a health company for securing its records.</p>
<p>It was not clear how law enforcement figures into the mix — whether a finger print pulled from a crime scene, for example, could be run against the database.</p>
<p>But Nilekani appears less like an architect of "The Matrix” and more like an immigration agent, ushering people into the modern world.</p>
<p>"People are coming from the nonexistent to the organized world,” he said. "It’s a modern day Ellis Island.”</p>
<p><span style="font-style:italic">(The views expressed above are the personal views of the writer)</span></p>
<p><br />
</p>
This article can also be read at:<br />
<a href="http://www.washingtonpost.com/blogs/wonkblog/wp/2013/04/24/could-a-program-tracking-identities-of-1-3-billion-indians-be-the-secret-to-ending-poverty/ " target="_blank">Could a program tracking identities of 1.3 billion Indians be the secret to ending
 poverty?</a><br />
<br />
]]></description>
      <pubDate>25/04/2013 16:48:47</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/21596/Could+a+program+tracking+identities+of+13+billion+Indians+be+the+secret+to+ending+poverty</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">21596</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>21597</publicationdataID>
      <title>Could a program tracking identities of 1.3 billion Indians be the secret to ending poverty?</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p><span style="font-style:italic">Washington Post/ by Howard Schneider</span></p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<p>Could a semi-Orwellian program to collect biometric data for 1.3 billion Indians become a key tool to pulling people out of extreme poverty and integrating them into the global economy? The world’s largest democracy is betting it will, and that it could
 offer important benefits in poorer countries around the world.</p>
<p>In this case, Big Brother has a name. It is Nandan Nilekani, Indian technology entrepreneur, founder of outsourcing company Infosys, and now chairman of the Unique Identification Authority of India – an agency that is collecting fingerprints and iris scans
 of all Indian residents and assigning them a unique ID number in a massive database on the cloud.</p>
<p>This is not, Nilekani insists, a scary example of government intrusion. Rather, he and others described the effort in near revolutionary terms during a lecture Monday at the Center for Global Development in Washington.</p>
<p>Suddenly, said Nilekani, tens of millions of people born without a birth certificate or any formal registration "exist” in the eyes of the government – and can demand services and benefits, get a mobile phone or open a bank account. Putting all the data
 on the cloud, he said, breaks the monopoly of civil servants over the distribution of such things as food and fuel subsidies.</p>
<p>Once you’re in the database, your identity can be verified at any government office, distributed from a bank, or transferred automatically to a bank account. It’s efficient. It cuts down on opportunities for corruption, such as bribes or what economists
 call "rent-seeking,” the skim off the top an official might demand for delivering a service. It vests people in the system – so much so that the roughly 30,000 registration sites Nilekani’s agency has established around India are registering a startling 1
 million people a day. More than 300 million have been registered since the effort began, and the aim is to have half the population in the database in another year or so.</p>
<p>In developed nations, "identity happens when a child is born; it is a basic document,” Nilekani said. In India, half of births aren’t registered. "It’s a serious handicap…Unique identification is a means to empowerment.”</p>
<p>At the Center for Global Development, experts on the issue such as Alan Gelb are studying how Nilekani’s system – and indeed technology and biometrics generally – might speed development. Having a basic way to verify identity doesn’t just change the dynamics
 between citizen and government; it could encourage companies to set up, for example, health insurance systems in a given area because they are able to authenticate a policyholder’s identity.</p>
<p>It’s also a real example of how steady advances in computing power are changing the nature of how governments do business. The exercise involves collecting and manipulating massive amounts of data. To ensure that a person’s biometric information isn’t duplicated,
 Nilekani said, the Indian government chose to take prints from all 10 fingers and scans of both eyes – enough data from each individual to guarantee "uniqueness across a billion people.”</p>
<p>But consider this: Each time a person registers, his or her data has to be compared to everything in the system to be sure the person did not register elsewhere. And every time a resident shows up at a government office to collect a benefit, that individual’s
 retinal image or thumbprint has to be matched against government records to make sure the person hasn’t already received the benefit.</p>
<p>The technology did not even exist five years ago.</p>
<p>Nilekani downplays any privacy issues. There is only basic information in the database: the biometrics, a name, gender, date of birth. Agencies or businesses that build applications using the database are responsible for their own data security — a bank
 for keeping its transactions private, a health company for securing its records.</p>
<p>It was not clear how law enforcement figures into the mix — whether a finger print pulled from a crime scene, for example, could be run against the database.</p>
<p>But Nilekani appears less like an architect of "The Matrix” and more like an immigration agent, ushering people into the modern world.</p>
<p>"People are coming from the nonexistent to the organized world,” he said. "It’s a modern day Ellis Island.”</p>
<p><span style="font-style:italic">(The views expressed above are the personal views of the writer)</span></p>
<p>This article can also be read at:<br />
</p>
<a href="http://www.washingtonpost.com/blogs/wonkblog/wp/2013/04/24/could-a-program-tracking-identities-of-1-3-billion-indians-be-the-secret-to-ending-poverty/ " target="_blank">Could a program tracking identities of 1.3 billion Indians be the secret to ending
 poverty?</a><br />
<br />
]]></description>
      <pubDate>25/04/2013 16:49:19</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/21597/Could+a+program+tracking+identities+of+13+billion+Indians+be+the+secret+to+ending+poverty</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">21597</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>21773</publicationdataID>
      <title>India beyond materialism: A visit to the empire of hugs</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p><span style="font-style:italic">Daily Mail/ By Peter Raj Singh</span><br />
<br />
Lunch last week at a packed Italian restaurant on New York's upper eastside ended with an Om. It was a wonderful moment, intoned by a well-known singer with a beatific voice who told us she's practiced Kriya yoga for decades.<br />
<br />
We were five in all, including a record executive and a designer. Our chatter flitted about - from sweaty New York gyms to Washington's dysfunctional politics, with a lot said on music, theatre and film.<br />
<br />
<span style="font-weight:bold">Spirituality</span><br />
<br />
The conversation finally settled upon Indian spirituality, a subject everyone could speak to without pretension or affect. I was impressed by my companions' mastery of Indian saints and gurus, more meaningful than, say, the Beatles' flirty photo ops as flower
 children of the Maharishi.<br />
<br />
The singer has been a longtime disciple of Swami Yogananda. The record exec and his wife, a talented musician and screenwriter, warmly described being hugged by Amma, a 59-year-old guru from Kerala. Conveying unconditional love, Amma, whose full name is Mata
 Amritanandamayi, tirelessly hugs hundreds of thousands of devotees for hours on end around the world.<br />
<br />
These friends, who submit themselves regularly to Amma's gripping clutches, said you leave the fray, after lining up for ages, aglow with feelings of well-being. The three of us who'd never had an Amma hug made a note to self to do so.<br />
<br />
In this dog-eat-dog world, hugs are hard to come by, unless you happen to run into the genial President of New York University in Greenwich Village. He's a compulsive bear hugger, albeit not quite at Amma's level of awakening.<br />
<br />
Given all the Amma talk, it was a curious synchronicity to see her on the front page of The New York Times Business Section this Memorial Day Weekend. Justifying the article's business slant, was the headline: "Amma's Multifaceted Empire, Built on Hugs". Amma,
 it turns out, is presently on a two-month hugging spree across eleven US cities.<br />
<br />
The New York Times article was extensive. Among other things, it recounts the author's Kipling-like journey to meet Amma that took him deep into the backwaters of Kerala, through bare-chested men fishing in canoes. Smitten by rusticity he seemed to miss mentioning
 their cell phones.<br />
<br />
It's a picture strikingly similar to bodyscapes of flesh and flab starkly in evidence every summer across the exotic orientalism of the Hamptons or Jersey Shore. Just substitute fiberglass kayaks for those dugout log canoes.<br />
<br />
He continues describing the unnerving, dystopic moment of coming upon Amma's utopian "mega-ashram" metropolis in the forest with buildings taller than palm trees. It's a far cry, one supposes, from rundown Spartan outhouses of how ashrams are supposed to be.
 In the great hall of the people, feeling at home like in "a New York subway car at rush hour", the author's pilgrimage concludes as he propels himself into an honoured niche, by Amma's saintly feet.<br />
<br />
<span style="font-weight:bold">Reductionism</span><br />
<br />
Somewhat sympathetic in how he highlights Amma's effective charity work, the author nevertheless cannot help himself from hinting at the sinister. There are bits of cultish innuendo, a few sensationalist biographical details that should have been excised in
 the interests of good taste, and then comes the major premise - that finances lack transparency providing the "possibility for abuse".<br />
<br />
It's as if Amma's cuddles are really a ruse to part Americans from their wallets, pizza and cappuccino thrown in with a subtext that if you could really follow the money there's something illicit going on. We see how even in situ hugs at Amma's Amritapuri jungle
 lair, into which the author was "lured" by tales of miracles, could not purge the writer of snide and cynical traits and the need to slash and burn.<br />
<br />
Regrettably, this sort of tactical demolishing is now rather commonplace. There are various names for it, such "swift-boating" which refers to gratuitous smearing for political gain. The only antidote is clout and power, such as the collective heft of the Hasidic
 religious community in Brooklyn who would picket the Times in droves if there were attempts to besmirch them. Stretching the metaphor, one recalls literature and art that's full of images of kisses and betrayals. What better place to stab Amma in the back
 than through the proximate positioning of a hug.<br />
<br />
As the New York Times article aptly demonstrates, reducing every activity to brute materialism is part of the vulgarity of our time. To be clear, everyone who's ever been to an Amma gathering, including my friends at lunch, are adamant that soliciting money
 from people could not be further from the spirit of the enterprise. Elective donation boxes apparently are few and far between.<br />
<br />
<span style="font-weight:bold">Transcendence</span><br />
<br />
A business journalist friend recently sent me a link to the TED talk of a former investment banker turned Hindu monk called Rasanath Das. He's an IIT and Cornell grad and begins his talk with a slide of a statement presented to him at an interview: "Investment
 Banking is a business where thieves and pimps run freely…and the few good men die the death of a dog… There is also a negative side."<br />
<br />
Das does not engage in diatribes against investment bankers. He simply illustrates why he chose to walk away. In high demand as a speaker on the New York business circuit, Das's vedic message - of trying to achieve some authenticity of Self by seeing through
 the empty trappings of materialism - seems to have widespread resonance.<br />
<br />
Last summer I came across a fascinating book - Fous de l'Inde: Délires d'Occidentaux et Sentiment Océanique by Régis Airault. It depicts Westerners throwing themselves into India to experience an enlightenment but literally becoming psychotic from an overdose
 of spiritual practices, coupled with the sensory overload of all the madcap elements of India that drive one crazy.<br />
<br />
I'm not sure which is worse: Westerners losing their minds in India, or departing the subcontinent with minds intact, yet severely cloudy and confused. The latter represents the inability to perceive a noble truth - that amidst the grasping chaos and bare-chested
 bedlam, there actually does exist an India where money is not worshipped at all.<br />
<br />
(The views expressed above are the personal views of the writer)<br />
<br />
<span style="font-weight:bold">This article can also be read at:</span><br />
<a href="http://www.dailymail.co.uk/indiahome/indianews/article-2332853/India-materialism-A-visit-empire-hugs.html?ito=feeds-newsxml" target="_blank">India beyond materialism: A visit to the empire of hugs</a></p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>31/05/2013 12:34:31</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/21773/India+beyond+materialism+A+visit+to+the+empire+of+hugs</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">21773</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>21978</publicationdataID>
      <title>Heart surgery in India for USD 1,583 costs USD106,385 in US</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p><span style="font-style:italic">Bloomberg Businessweek/by Ketaki Gokhale</span><br />
<br />
Devi Shetty is obsessed with making heart surgery affordable for millions of Indians. On his office desk are photographs of two of his heroes: Mother Teresa and Mahatma Gandhi.<br />
<br />
Shetty is not a public health official motivated by charity. He’s a heart surgeon turned businessman who has started a chain of 21 medical centers around India. By trimming costs with such measures as buying cheaper scrubs and spurning air-conditioning, he
 has cut the price of artery-clearing coronary bypass surgery to 95,000 rupees ($1,583), half of what it was 20 years ago, and wants to get the price down to $800 within a decade. The same procedure costs $106,385 at Ohio’s Cleveland Clinic, according to data
 from the U.S. Centers for Medicare &amp; Medicaid Services.<br />
<br />
"It shows that costs can be substantially contained,” said Srinath Reddy, president of the Geneva-based World Heart Federation, of Shetty’s approach. "It’s possible to deliver very high quality cardiac care at a relatively low cost.”<br />
<br />
Medical experts like Reddy are watching closely, eager to see if Shetty’s driven cost-cutting can point the way for hospitals to boost revenue on a wider scale by making life-saving heart operations more accessible to potentially millions of people in India
 and other developing countries.<br />
<br />
"The current price of everything that you see in health care is predominantly opportunistic pricing and the outcome of inefficiency,” Shetty, 60, said in an interview in his office in Bangalore, where he started his chain of hospitals, with the opening of his
 flagship center, Narayana Hrudayalaya Health City, in 2001.<br />
<br />
<span style="font-weight:bold">Out-of-Pocket</span><br />
<br />
Cutting costs is especially vital in India, where more than two-thirds of the population lives on less than $2 a day and 86 percent of health care is paid out of pocket by individuals. A recent study by the Public Health Foundation of India and the London School
 of Hygiene &amp; Tropical Medicine found that in India non-communicable ailments such as heart disease are now more common among the poor than the rich.<br />
<br />
One in four people there die of a heart attack and per-capita health spending is less than $60 a year. Yet the country performs only 100,000 to 120,000 heart surgeries each year, well short of the 2 million Shetty estimates are needed. The mortality rate from
 coronary artery disease among South Asians is two to three times higher than that of Caucasians, according to a study published in 2008 in the journal Vascular Health and Risk Management.<br />
<br />
<span style="font-weight:bold">Dietary Patterns</span><br />
<br />
"There has been fast urbanization in India that’s brought with it a change in dietary patterns and lifestyle,” said Usha Shrivastava, head of public health at the National Diabetes, Obesity and Cholesterol Foundation. "It’s leading to this huge jump in cardiovascular
 disease.”<br />
<br />
The average age for a first heart attack in India, Pakistan and other South Asian nations was 53 years, compared with 58.8 years in countries outside the region, according to a study published in 2007 in the Journal of the American Medical Association.<br />
<br />
The biggest impediment for heart surgery in India is accessibility. Shetty aims to bridge that by building hospitals outside India’s main cities. He said he plans to add 30,000 beds over the next decade to the 6,000 the hospital chain has currently, and has
 identified 100 towns with populations of 500,000 to 1 million that have no heart hospital.<br />
<br />
A 300-bed, pre-fabricated, single-story hospital in the city of Mysore cost $6 million and took six months for construction company Larsen &amp; Toubro Ltd. to build, Shetty said. Only the hospital’s operating theaters and intensive-care units are air-conditioned,
 to reduce energy costs.<br />
<br />
<span style="font-weight:bold">Changing Procedures</span><br />
<br />
One of the ways in which Shetty is able to keep his prices low is by cutting out unnecessary pre-op testing, he said.<br />
<br />
Urine samples that were once routine before surgery were eliminated when it was found that only a handful of cases tested positive for harmful bacteria. The chain uses web-based computer software to run logistics, rather than licensing or building expensive
 new systems for each hospital.<br />
<br />
When Shetty couldn’t convince a European manufacturer to bring down the price of its disposable surgical gowns and drapes to a level affordable for his hospitals, he convinced a group of young entrepreneurs in Bangalore to make them so he could buy them 60
 percent cheaper.<br />
<br />
In the future, Shetty sees costs coming down further as more Asian electronics companies enter the market for CT scanners, MRIs and catheterization labs -- bringing down prices. As India trains more diploma holders in specialties such as anesthesiology, gynecology,
 ophthalmology and radiology, Narayana will be able to hire from a larger, less expensive talent pool.<br />
<br />
One positive unforeseen outcome may be that many of the cost-saving approaches could be duplicated in developed economies, especially in the U.S. under health reform.<br />
<br />
"Global health-care costs are rising rapidly and as countries move toward universal health coverage, they will have to face the challenge of providing health care at a fairly affordable cost,” said the World Heart Federation’s Reddy, a New Delhi-based cardiologist
 who is also president of the Public Health Foundation of India.<br />
<br />
<span style="font-weight:bold">This article can also be read at:</span><br />
<a href="http://www.businessweek.com/news/2013-07-28/heart-surgery-in-india-for-1-583-costs-106-385-in-u-dot-s-dot-health" target="_blank">Heart surgery in India for USD 1,583 costs USD106,385 in US</a></p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>29/07/2013 20:36:07</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/21978/Heart+surgery+in+India+for+USD+1583+costs+USD106385+in+US</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">21978</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>21992</publicationdataID>
      <title>India's Walmart of heart surgery cuts the cost by 98%</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p><span style="font-style:italic">Business Week/ by Ketaki Gokhale </span><br />
<br />
Devi Shetty keeps photographs of Mother Teresa and Mahatma Gandhi on his desk, and he’s obsessed with making cardiac surgery affordable for millions of Indians. But these two facts are not connected. Shetty’s a heart surgeon-turned-businessman who founded a
 chain of 21 medical centers around India. Every bit the capitalist, he has trimmed costs by buying cheaper scrubs and spurning air-conditioning and other efficiencies. That’s helped cut the price of artery-clearing coronary bypass surgery to 95,000 rupees
 ($1,555)—half of what it was 20 years ago. He wants to get it down to $800 within a decade. The same procedure costs $106,385 at Ohio’s Cleveland Clinic, according to data from the Centers for Medicare &amp; Medicaid Services.<br />
<br />
"It shows that costs can be substantially contained,” says Srinath Reddy, president of the Geneva-based World Heart Federation. "It’s possible to deliver very high-quality cardiac care at a relatively low cost.”<br />
<br />
Medical experts like Reddy are watching closely to see if Shetty’s severe cost-cutting can serve as a model for making life-saving heart operations more profitable and more accessible to patients in India and other emerging nations. "The current price of everything
 that you see in health care is predominantly opportunistic pricing and the outcome of inefficiency,” says Shetty, who opened his flagship hospital, Narayana Hrudayalaya Health City, in Bangalore in 2001.<br />
<br />
Controlling costs is key in India, where more than two-thirds of the populace lives on less than $2 a day and 86 percent of health care is paid by individuals. Per capita health spending is less than $60 a year. A recent study by the Public Health Foundation
 of India and the London School of Hygiene &amp; Tropical Medicine found that in India noncommunicable ailments such as heart disease are now more common among the poor than the rich. One in four people there die of a heart attack, yet the country performs only
 100,000 to 120,000 heart surgeries a year, well short of the 2 million Shetty estimates are needed. "There has been fast urbanization in India that’s brought with it a change in dietary patterns and lifestyle,” says Usha Shrivastava, head of public health
 at the National Diabetes, Obesity, and Cholesterol Foundation. "It’s leading to this huge jump in cardiovascular disease.”<br />
<br />
Shetty plans to add 30,000 beds over the next decade to the 6,000 his hospitals have now, and he has identified 100 towns with populations of 500,000 to 1 million that have no heart hospital.<br />
<br />
All of that expansion is dependent on keeping costs low. A 300-bed, prefabricated, single-story hospital in the city of Mysore cost Shetty’s company $6 million and took just six months to build, he says. To reduce energy costs, only the hospital’s operating
 theaters and intensive-care units are air-conditioned. Shetty also saves by cutting out unnecessary pre-op testing. Urine samples that were once routine before surgery were eliminated when only a handful of cases tested positive for harmful bacteria. And the
 chain uses Web-based computer software to run logistics, rather than licensing or building expensive new systems for each hospital.<br />
<br />
When Shetty couldn’t persuade a European manufacturer to lower the price of its disposable surgical gowns and drapes to an affordable level, he persuaded a group of entrepreneurs in Bangalore to make them—for 60 percent less.<br />
<br />
<span style="font-style:italic">(The views expressed above are the personal views of the writer)</span><br />
<br />
<span style="font-weight:bold">This article can also be read at:<span style="font-weight:bold"><br />
<a href="http://www.businessweek.com/articles/2013-08-01/indias-walmart-of-heart-surgery-cuts-the-cost-by-98-percent taget=">India's Walmart of heart surgery cuts the cost by 98%</a></span></span></p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>02/08/2013 16:35:19</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/21992/Indias+Walmart+of+heart+surgery+cuts+the+cost+by+98</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">21992</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>22784</publicationdataID>
      <title>Bhojpuri Parivar determined to preserve Bhojpuri culture</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p><span style="font-style:italic">India West/by Varnica Singh</span><br />
<br />
Living miles away from the home state, it is difficult to sustain your original roots and pass on to the upcoming generation one’s own language and culture. Now, those individuals seeking to preserve their Bhojpuri culture need not to worry as Bhojpuri Parivar
 is one such association which is trying its best to promote and preserve the "Bhojpuri” language, culture and traditions in the U.S. and Canada.<br />
<br />
Bhojpuri Parivar is a nonprofit organization registered in California. Based on the social and cultural needs of Bhojpuri families, the association has been in existence for several years but it was given a formal shape only in 2013.<br />
<br />
Bhojpuri Parivar is now working towards linking all American Bhojpuriyas with each other seeking to provide a medium of interaction among them by hosting conventions, meetings and annual fairs. Its aim is to encourage people to learn, write and speak Bhojpuri,
 as well as striving to create awareness and increase the popularity of Bhojpuri music and arts in the U.S. and Canada. Bhojpuri Parivar is also working towards providing academic opportunities in U.S. schools and universities with Bhojpuri as a medium of instruction.<br />
<br />
"Bhojpuri Parivar has a set of short-term and long-term goals. One of the short-term goals of Bhojpuri Parivar is to provide a platform to all families who come from a rich and diverse back ground of Bhojpuri culture and feel isolated even among Indian communities
 in the metropolitan cities such as Los Angeles and San Francisco,” Rohit J. Singh, founder of the Bhojpuri Parivar, told India-West. "Bhojpuri Parivar connects families by organizing festivals, shows and seminars on Bhojpuri traditions and culture. An example
 of a long-term goal is to be a partner with other worldwide Bhojpuri associations and the governments in preserving and promoting the language and culture by organizing gala events, film festivals, and finding resources to preserve and archive the old literature.”
<br />
<br />
There are currently over 300 members of Bhojpuri Parivar. As of now the group has a solid foundation in California, predominantly in Los Angeles and Silicon Valley, but hope to expand to other states.<br />
<br />
There are approximately 150 million Bhojpuri speakers worldwide, according to Singh. But intellectuals of Bhojpuri community have been genuinely concerned about the threats that Bhojpuri as a language and culture is facing by more popular languages surrounding
 Bhojpuri regions in India and in several other countries such as Fiji, Mauritius, Surinam and West Indies. "If no additional efforts are made to preserve it then soon this language will get extinct, most of the words and phrases will be absorbed by other languages.
 It’s our humble request to all Bhojpurians to instill importance of preserving Bhojpuri language and traditions in youths and be proud of our culture and heritage,” said Singh.<br />
<br />
One of the most important initiatives of Bhojpuri Parivar is to develop a curriculum for teaching Bhojpuri to kids and adults in the U.S. and Canada who are interested in learning the language. "President Obama in 2009 recognized and recommended Bhojpuri (among
 other languages) for Americans to learn. Hence, Bhojpuri Parivar would like to tap on president’s recommendation and if schools agree then we will provide volunteers to teach basic Bhojpuri for free to kids from elementary through 12th grade,” Singh told India-West.
 The group is also supporting a petition for recognition of Bhojpuri as an official language of India.<br />
<br />
Among upcoming Bhojpuri Parivar events include "Holi Milan” on Mar. 22.<br />
<br />
(The views expressed above are the personal views of the author) <br />
<br />
<span style="font-weight:bold">This article can also be read at:</span><br />
<a href="http://www.indiawest.com/news/16494-bhojpuri-parivar-determined-to-preserve-bhojpuri-culture.html" target="_blank">Bhojpuri Parivar determined to preserve Bhojpuri culture</a></p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>28/01/2014 10:11:39</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/22784/Bhojpuri+Parivar+determined+to+preserve+Bhojpuri+culture</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">22784</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>23120</publicationdataID>
      <title>How India is building Asia's largest secure forest network</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[
<p>BBC/by Jay Mazoomdaar<br />
<br />
A landmark effort by the Indian state of Karnataka to connect isolated protected forests could lead to the building of Asia's largest unbroken forest, writes Jay Mazoomdaar.<br />
<br />
It's been all about connecting the green dots.<br />
<br />
Since 2012, the southern state of Karnataka has declared nearly 2,600 sq km (1,003 sq miles) of forests as protected areas, linking a series of national parks, tiger reserves and sanctuaries.<br />
<br />
Protected areas cover nearly 5% of India's landmass and come under strict legal protection that makes conversion of land for non-forestry purposes difficult. Tiger reserves and national parks do not allow human settlements.<br />
<br />
Karnataka has already built three unbroken forest landscapes spread over more than one million hectares along the Western Ghats, a mountain range that runs along the western coast of India. It is also a Unesco World Heritage site and one of the eight hottest
 biological hotspots of the world.<br />
<br />
In southern Karnataka, the missing links in the Bannerghatta-Nagarhole landscape have been bridged to achieve an unbroken stretch of 7,050 sq km that includes adjoining protected areas in the neighbouring states of Tamil Nadu and Kerala.<br />
<br />
In central Karnataka, the Kudremukh-Aghanashini landscape across 1,716 sq km has been made contiguous.<br />
<br />
In the north, expanding the Anshi-Bhimghad landscape has linked a forest stretch of 2,242 sq km in Goa and Karnataka.<br />
<br />
Experts say habitat fragmentation is a major threat to wildlife conservation. Contiguous forest landscapes allow gene flow and increase colonisation probability, thereby reducing the risk of local extinction.<br />
<br />
Interconnected forests also offer a better chance of adaptation and survival when wild animals shift habitats to cope with the impact of climate change.<br />
<br />
None of these concerns has stopped the Indian government from dragging its feet over implementing the recommendations of an expert panel to safeguard the Western Ghats.<br />
<br />
But Karnataka has on its own secured much of this biological treasure trove.<br />
<br />
But, it has not been easy.<br />
<br />
Given the exclusionist conservation model of the Indian state, local communities usually fear losing their traditional rights when a forest is brought under legal protection.<br />
<br />
But the state forest department officials say they have treaded cautiously.<br />
<br />
From the beginning, explains former forest official BK Singh who initiated the expansion process, it was made clear that all existing rights of the people would continue.<br />
<br />
"The protected area expansion covered only reserve forests where people's rights were already settled. Even in those areas, we did not force our decisions on people," says Vinay Luthra, Principal Chief Conservator of Forests, Karnataka.<br />
<br />
'No threat'<br />
<br />
"We have not relocated a single village for this expansion," says MH Swaminath, former wildlife official who was part of the team that drew up the plan in 2011, adding that the focus was on protecting biodiversity-rich forests and key wildlife corridors from
 invasive development such as heavy industries, mining or dams.<br />
<br />
"In comparison, existing villages [within the expanded protected areas] do not pose any serious threat to conservation," says Mr Singh.<br />
<br />
The expansion plan was accepted by the Karnataka state wildlife officials in July 2011. By January 2012, it had the approval of the National Board for Wildlife in Delhi. Within a month, the first expansion was implemented in the Bandipur tiger reserve.<br />
<br />
"Since then, nearly 1,700 sq km was added to three national parks and five wildlife sanctuaries. Another 906 sq km was notified as a new sanctuary," says wildlife biologist Sanjay Gubbi.<br />
<br />
Besides supporting wildlife, these expanded protected areas also serve as watersheds and support 15 rivers, he adds.<br />
<br />
The state forest department hit some roadblocks in Bhadra tiger reserve and Pushpagiri wildlife sanctuary.<br />
<br />
Largest network<br />
<br />
"Certain vested interests tried to mislead people. A lot of ground has been covered in just two years but a few key links still remain to be achieved to establish forest connectivity between Bangalore and Goa," says Mr Singh.<br />
<br />
A spate of small hydel power projects, for example, threatened to block the elephant corridors and spoil the natural water systems in and around Pushpagiri wildlife sanctuary.<br />
<br />
In April 2013, the Karnataka government informed the High Court that no new mini-hydel project would be permitted in the Western Ghats region and also set an example by cancelling the land leases granted to two ongoing projects.<br />
<br />
Yet, an unbroken Bangalore-Goa landscape may remain just a dream.<br />
<br />
There are only two small conservation reserves - Aghanashini (known for the lion-tailed macaque) and Bedthi - in a sea of human settlements and areca nut plantations between the northern and central Karnataka landscapes (see map).<br />
<br />
"But it is possible to link the southern and the central Karnataka forest landscapes into a contiguous protected area spread over 15,000 sq km in Karnataka, Tamil Nadu and Kerala," says Mr Gubbi.<br />
<br />
"That in itself will probably be Asia's largest unbroken protected area network."<br />
<br />
(The views expressed above are the personal views of writer)<br />
<br />
This article can also be read at:<br />
<a href="http://www.bbc.com/news/world-asia-india-26478430" target="_blank">How India is building Asia's largest secure forest network</a></p>
]]></description>
      <pubDate>20/03/2014 19:43:11</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/23120/How+India+is+building+Asias+largest+secure+forest+network</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">23120</guid>
    </item>
    <item>
      <publicationdataID>24234</publicationdataID>
      <title>Indian boy, 5, becomes youngest to trek to Mount Everest base camp</title>
      <shortdesc><![CDATA[]]></shortdesc>
      <description><![CDATA[<span style="font-style:italic">Harshit Saumitra, from New Delhi, did his mountaineer father proud when he spent 10 days trekking the 45 miles to reach the South Base Camp in Nepal, fighting through heavy snowfall, in October.</span><br />
<br />
<span style="font-style:italic">New York Daily News</span><br />
<br />
A 5-year-old boy has become the youngest boy to trek to Everest Base Camp.<br />
<br />
Harshit Saumitra, from New Delhi, India, spent 10 days trekking 45 miles to reach the famous camp and is now hoping to register his name in the Guinness Book of Records.<br />
<br />
Harshit is already an aspiring mountaineer and has been trekking on difficult terrain since he was just three years old.<br />
<br />
"I'm so proud of my son; he has done the unthinkable," said Harshit's father 42-year-old father, Rajeev Saumitra.<br />
<br />
"I'm confident his name will get into the Guinness Book of Records. We've sent video clips, pictures and Harshit's birth certificate so fingers crossed."<br />
<br />
Saumitra, a teacher and an avid trekker running a private coaching institute, said his son expressed a desire to climb Mount Everest on a family holiday in 2012.<br />
<br />
"He kept saying he wanted to climb Mount Everest but I said he was a little too young for the huge mountain. Then I realized he could most probably do the base camp...........<span style="font-weight:bold"><a href="http://www.nydailynews.com/news/world/indian-boy-5-youngest-trek-everest-base-camp-article-1.2006574" target="_blank">[Read
 more]</a></span>]]></description>
      <pubDate>12/11/2014 16:41:22</pubDate>
      <pubBy>MEA Admin</pubBy>
      <link>https://mea.gov.in/articles-in-foreign-media.htm?dtl/24234/Indian+boy+5+becomes+youngest+to+trek+to+Mount+Everest+base+camp</link>
      <author>MEA</author>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">24234</guid>
    </item>
  </channel>
</rss>